Skip to main content

Full text of "Journal of the Medical Society of New Jersey"

See other formats


AO  VOOI  I % 0v  ( / { ^ v-  . 

X SmFamsc,  >f  ooSmvjiv^  Yf  ^ 

X X2^  /f— )S  LfBRAfiLY  /r-}\  /r— , 

\a/  \a/  Y/C  Sf3/  x 

y X j.'?  (MOj-^n4  j i.  PL  r-%.  X Y -5—  X ^ 


C4£o? 
IY 


/ 


/ Awnan  1 Ui  % X ^an 

X oopptwufiv^  \f  $cmJram$co  X 

/n\  JP* /n\  ubW  /a\  YL 

^y/6'  \r;/  Vs  wm  V;/  y/c  \:  - / 

*\  ' it  J X\  om/rmasco  x\ 

iJ* L*J  X jX^j  LIBRARY  X XX 

r*n  X ^ _ X r^i  L'  *"J 


x*  x 


% 


$aiiJr<mct$co 

\ library  /n\  ^72_,  XL-X  lTbrai 

X r~T^~l  d4  °b  ■ «— *— » v3  ^ — ' % r-| — j 

n \L -V  §&£  V~/  ****  ^ \X  Y/C 

J-\  S(Mjjraimsco  X Satvjranck 

e I nternet  Archive^]  *\  u 8 R^RJ| 

*°  rp  Y \,  m , 


> /r--j  \u 

d1  LyJ 

A^'flll 
03$mvjLpwQ 

7TL, 


.iz-Cvj  uy  u ic  ii  uei  i lei  /ni  er  live 

o ^0  pX  d4  % m 

/ ^ 20\a/  \X 

^ 7—  , **  x oo9iomjJ  nwQ  ^ 


^ % <&  %■  111  X 

r-*-,  \ LIBRARY  a?  m % J'i-j  J>  r*~ i 

Lj-J  0,  p,-.  Y L— 1 % r— . ,®V  LJ 

iv>fnn  %,  Lr-~s  i • 7//1  ^ * ,<^  X>ivVlf 


t'  T“V  ^ 

Saajraticisco 


Xi. 

,0^  \. 


/ 


9-1  jO 


:#n? 


\ 

% 


=b  vO  L_J_1  p-r-.  d4'' 

\U0^  xav^an  \L-J/  \LjU0/  xavbai 

-CL-  zr  .'-- - % y oo9mwjJan 


U /\  }(  S^amsco  X . „ 

-Y  v/rn\  X pX  %.  library  XfXl \ 0^ 

/ hx.  \R/  *’•*»«"  vV  me  \R 


oanJrma$c° 


^ X X c?«aw» 

GX  r 

lP  ^ L — J ’’J'.fs  p— p- — , 

CP 


% 


X % 
./  X. 


XL 


\ LIBRARY  _v  p-|\  ,//L_, 

X r — r — | yo 

n \H/  XX  \U/ 


% ' # 
\ J 


me 


0 ' 

^ xaviign  \ 


\ LIBRARY  / 


f\ 


% 


W9  Saihframsco  oo9Pwifiv^  Jp  Sanjram 

X .X  • XX  XfpX  librar 


d4 


cp 


nr 


X X ^ X % 

P /x  \ library  /n\ 

CX  Ur_J  o.  X L^J  _ \ 

k+trvr»  ■ / /r»  /n  /m«/n  /olrktn!lr» /i) 


https://archive.or 

ooPmvjJo/vQ  XX „ zr 

9Z  j <><x  oafb  p~atia$co 

A XT'  X ^ 


piwjjf'iwg  po  &anjranti$co  ooSmvj^awg  «*  OanJ1! 

y ‘Y  ^ yT  &o  '"Ym  V ^ 


A 


p r— *■— ) L I S RA RJY  X . f . 

I — * — I 0*  — ^ Y,  | — T 1 >>° 

V^/  C*XlQ 


O 


pr. 


°b 


G^ 


Y 


<G 


r0 

Y 


> 


LI  B F 


\ ^ 

/t- 

*>?  ^ 


u <fe 


• CD  \ - — f UJ  ~ ' 0u  UJ  ■■ 

C/C  \U/  ^gn  \C~y  C/C 

(Uvjrancisco  J4j,  oo2puv.Ljpiv<^  J.^  $anJi-atieisco 

-IBRARY  /#CC\  IYC  /<V-1\  LIBRA' 

U~J  ^ r^//7  \ U J / ayi  vJ  g n ■\Lv~J 

k $atiJramsco  C otyovvj/awQ 

^ cy  # v) 

X nX  "'X.  b rafly  X j — r — j 

' — 1“'  *V  f -y~  j <P  Ur=“* 

osv^ien  cXlC 


otfpvvjjawff  ^ Sawpancisco  ^ 

O'I'Lj  library  /°p-j 


r-*“i  J Ll-J  % r 
l-l-j  -ravJ  a 1 1 \L 

f 'fr  U, v 


% 

X / 


J"  P 

° \ 


ooSpvvujptvQ 


h 


O 


-/ 


°A 


AJ> 

CD 


3° 


X 


A 


"/ 


J 

Y>  X 


X 

X 


,v  r 


ODS’lOVi 


m 


\ 


Dd 


b 


r*" 


£ 


.oY 


# X 


Dv, 


% 


mfrattdsco 


is 

r<r 


vnd  [— i % ^ cv- 

r~*-n  '?  °^  j — r — j 

/Qjvuen  r- 

n nwjfivg  \f  SaPjpKisco  \p  oo9iyuvjfiv^  V 

y/Zj  ./^  ^ ubrary  yV^ 

X AC^vHen  % UJ  X rjip 


o 


Y 


A. 


CD 


v;._ 


y>  c 

XU 


\ 


oiSmwjJwQ 

yu 


C"  T^  ' ^ 

Oarvjranctsco 


O. 

X 


CD 


\ 
s/> 
•> 


ooPmvjJawQ 


°A 


G 


u 


v) 


X 


^ CD  y 

c/c  xUU  A^^sn  UcX 

anJraiKtsco  ooSiowxj  om(^  J.^  $aihJraticisco 


,»° 


•V 


<^- 

;D 


LI  B f^ARjy 


Y 


YA 


AJ  6 V, 

o>  r~T^i  k 


UJ 


j 


V * " ' v> 

\ ^>° 
%p- 


■i 


CD  ry  Y"’ 

oanj-rancisco 


U CJ 


•U 

'P 


X / 

u>  C 


■t 


v^"  ipJ 


uu, 


/cd\u  bXX/0cd 

AYiv^an  c\CJ/  ^ 


% 


otfmvjpwQ 


°* 


CD 


A 

..  >> 


'O 


❖ 


o 


r4>  J 
4“  As 


y 


\y 


s \ 

SO'  „ t’0 

C r^i  Jy>, 


athfrandsco 


& - ^ LIBRARY  <? 


°b 


JW^C>  Xf  Sanpcmtisco 


\ 


u 


y y>° 


jp 

Jr 


LJ 


C ^LD 

\ 
u j 


r '\.  ^ c/ 


U ^ 


\. 


OOSlOW.LpJwQ 


o' 


Y7-i  ~ o^'  '%  " ^ " # \ ju  " Y Y 

JILs  /rU  Y library  /m  \ Jlu  J°r’-i\ 

I — X 0<C  — 1 — X*  j r — | 5?  Xr-J  ^ * — 1 — » °s 

^Y/  AYiv^an  \D-i/  o'//7  Y.*-U/  xnv^an 

%.  Y ^ _ % a0  _,  LLLx  % Jr 

vY  n^Qj  'VI  IVl  t / n iM  /'  D 'G  ; ■'o^'  Y>  y rt-^Ch  'X  l rii  I H /lilt, 


X 039iyuviPw9  X Sawpamsco  % °8p™fia>$ 


P% 

o *y» 


January  1984 


journal  of 
thejMedical 
Society  of 


Autopsies:  Newark  City 
Hospital 

W.D.  Sharpe,  M.D. 

Area  Health  Education 
Center  Program 

M.A.  Landay,  D.D.S.,  et  al. 


Acute  Radiation  Pneumonitis 
S.  Silberstein,  M.D.,  et  al. 

Table  of  Contents 
Page  4 


Send  this  coupon 
for  no-obligation 
information 
of  the  savings 
under 
the  Medical 
Society  ©f 
New  Jersey 
Eiiiersei 
Insurance 
Plans 


Check  this  list 
against  your 
coverages . . . . 

□ $5000  Monthly  Guaranteed 
Convertible  Accident  and  Health 

□ $10,000  Monthly  Practice 
Overhead  Expense 

□ $1,250,000  Term  Life  Insurance 

□ $500  Deductible 
COMPREHENSIVE 
MILLION-DOLLAR  MAJOR 
MEDICAL  PLAN— No  other 
coverage  needed — Issuable  to  Age 
69 

□ $15,000  Deductible  MILLION- 
DOLLAR  UMBRELLA 
MAJOR  MEDICAL  PLAN  for 
holders  of  Blue  Cross  and  other 
Major  Medical  Plans — Issuable 
to  Age  69 

□ $100-a-day  Hospital  Income 
Policy 

□ $200,000  High  Limit  Accident 

Plan 

□ Keogh  and  Corporate  Plan 
NOW!  $15,000  KEOGH 


E.  & W Bianksteen 

Agency,  Imc. 

E.  & W.  Bianksteen 

75  Montgomery  St., 
Jersey  City,  N.J.  07302 
(201)  333-4340 
or  (800)  742-2849 


Name: 


Address: 


Tel.  No. 


Best  Time  To  Call 


Keflex’ 

cephalexin 


Additional  information  available 
to  the  profession  on  request. 


^pDISTA 


Dista  Products  Company 

Division  of  Eli  Lilly  and  Company 
Indianapolis,  Indiana  46285 
Mfd.  by  Eli  Lilly  Industries,  Inc. 
Carolina,  Puerto  Rico  00630 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  1— JANUARY  1984 


THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY 

OF  NEW  JERSEY  Founded  July  23,  1766 


Officers  and  Trustees 


President 

Alexander  D.  Kovacs,  M.D.  (Union)  Scotch  Plains 

President-elect 

Frank  Y.  Watson,  M.D.  (Essex)  Glen  Ridge 

First  Vice  President 

Ralph  J.  Fioretti,  M.D.  (Bergen)  Rochelle  Park 

Second  Vice  President 

Edward  A.  Schauer,  M.D.  (Monmouth)  Farmingdale 

Immediate  Past  President 

Howard  D.  Slobodien,  M.D.  (Middlesex)  Metuchen 

Secretary 

Arthur  Bernstein,  M.D.  (Essex)  South  Orange 

Treasurer 

Paul  J.  Hirsch,  M.D.  (Somerset)  Bridgewater 

Trustees 

Douglas  M.  Costabile,  M.D. , C/7a/>wa/7(  1984) (Union)  ..  Murray  Hill 

Frank  Campo,  M.D.  (1984)  (Mercer)  Trenton 

Harry  M.  Carnes,  M.D.  (1985)  (Camden)  Audubon 

Joel  S.  Cherashore,  M.D.  (1986)  (Essex)  Nutley 

John  J.  Crosby,  Jr.,  M.D.  (1984)  Jersey  City 

Palma  E.  Formica,  M.D.  (1984)  (Middlesex)  New  Brunswick 

Harry  W.  Fullerton,  Jr.,  M.D.  (1985)  (Salem)  Carney’s  Point 

Frank  Gingerelli,  M.D.  ( 1986)  (Bergen)  Hackensack 

William  Greifinger,  M.D.  (1984)  (Essex)  Belleville 

John  P.  Kengeter,  M.D.  ( 1984)  (Ocean)  Toms  River 

Edwin  W.  Messey,  M.D.  (1985)  (Burlington)  Willingboro 

Myles  C.  Morrison,  Jr.,  M.D.  (1985)  (Morris)  Morristown 

John  J.  Pastore,  M.D.  (1986)  (Cumberland)  Vineland 

Michael  R.  Ramundo,  M.D.  (1984)  (Passaic)  Clifton 


Councilors 


January  1984 


Publication  Committee 

Paul  J.  Hirsch,  M.D.,  Chairman 
Dirck  L.  Brendlinger,  M.D. 
Frederick  B.  Cohen,  M.D. 

A.  Olusegun  Fayemi,  M.D. 
Robert  M.  MacMillan,  M.D. 

Leon  G.  Smith,  M.D. 

La  Verne  Fioretti 

Editor 

Arthur  Krosnick,  M.D. 

Managing  Editor 

Geraldine  R.  Hutner 

Assistant  Managing  Editor 

Dorothy  J.  Griffith 

Advertising  Manager 

E.  Elizabeth  Cookson 

Executive  Director 

Vincent  A.  Maressa 

Executive  Director  Emeritus 

Richard  I.  Nevin 


First  District 

(Essex,  Morris,  Union,  and  Warren  Counties) 


Edward  M.  Coe,  M.D.  (1984)  Cranford 

Second  District 

(Bergen,  Hudson,  Passaic,  and  Sussex  Counties) 

Robert  A.  Weinstein,  M.D.  (1986)  Newton 

Third  District 

(Hunterdon,  Mercer,  Middlesex,  and  Somerset  Counties) 

Albert  F.  Moriconi,  M.D.  (1985)  Trenton 

Fourth  District 

(Burlington,  Camden,  Monmouth,  and  Ocean  Counties) 

Frederick  W.  Durham,  M.D.  (1984)  Haddonfield 

Fifth  District 

(Atlantic,  Cape  May,  Cumberland,  Gloucester,  and 
Salem  Counties) 

Paul  H.  Steel,  M.D.  (1986)  Atlantic  City 

AMA  Delegates 

William  J.  D’Elia,  M.D.,  Chairman  (1985)  Spring  Lake 

Alfred  A.  Alessi,  M.D.  (1984)  Hackensack 

Frederick  W.  Durham,  M.D.  (1984)  Haddonfield 

Palma  E.  Formica,  M.D.  (1984)  New  Brunswick 

Karl  T.  Franzoni,  M.D.  (1984)  Trenton 

John  S.  Madara,  M.D.  (1984)  Salem 

Henry  J.  Mineur,  M.D.  (1984)  Cranford 

Myles  C.  Morrison,  Jr.,  M.D.  (1985)  Morristown 

Howard  D.  Slobodien,  M.D.  (1985)  Metuchen 

AMA  Trustee 

James  S.  Todd,  M.D.  (Ridgewood)  Bergen 


Editorial  Board 

Jerome  Abrams,  M.D.  (Obstet/Gynecol) 
Harold  Arlen,  M.D.  (Otolaryngol) 

Alfonse  Cinotti,  M.D.  (Ophthalmol) 

Stuart  D.  Cook,  M.D.  (Neurol) 

Robert  Dodelson,  M.D.  (Nephrol) 

Wm.  A.  Dwyer,  Jr.,  M.D.  (Surg) 

Norman  H.  Ertel,  M.D.  (Int  Med/Endocrinol) 
Arthur  Goldfarb,  M.D.  (Allerg/Clin  Immunol) 
Christine  E.  Haycock,  M.D.  (Sports  Med) 
Monroe  S.  Karetzky,  M.D.  (Pulmon  Med) 
Avrum  L.  Katcher,  M.D.  (Pediatr) 

Joel  D.  Levinson,  M.D.  (Gastroenterol) 
Henry  R.  Liss,  M.D.  (Neurosurg) 

Geobel  A.  Marin,  M.D.  (Int  Med/Gastroenterol) 
Robby  Meijer,  M.D.  (Plas  Surg) 
Christopher  A.  Papa,  M.D.  (Dermatol) 
Victor  Parsonnet,  M.D.  (Vase  Surg) 
Norman  Riegel,  M.D.  (Book  Review) 
Edwin  L.  Rothfield,  M.D.  (Cardiol) 
Benjamin  F.  Rush,  Jr.,  M.D.  (Surg) 
Morris  H.  Saffron,  M.D.  (Med  His) 

Mark  M.  Singer,  M.D.  (Int  Med/Endocrinol) 
Sheldon  D.  Solomon,  M.D.  (Rheum) 

Lloyd  N.  Spindell,  M.D.  (Radiol) 

A.  Arthur  Sugerman,  M.D.  (Psychiat) 
Edwin  S.  Wilson,  M.D.  (Radiol) 

Louis  S.  Zeiger,  M.D.  (Nucl  Med) 

Robert  B.  Zufall,  M.D.  (Urol) 


The  Journal  of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  (ISSN-0025-7524)  is  published  monthly  (since  1904)  except  semimonthly 
in  July  (13  issues),  under  direction  of  the  Committee  on  Publication,  by  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey,  Two  Princess 
Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648.  Printed  in  East  Stroudsburg,  PA,  by  the  Hughes  Printing  Co.  Whole  number  of  issues  958. 
Member’s  subscription  ($10)  is  included  in  Society  dues.  Rates  for  nonmembers,  $20;  outside  USA  add  $7.50  for  postage. 
Single  copies,  $2.  Address  communications  to  The  Journal  MSNJ,  2 Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648,  (609)  896-1766. 
Second-class  postage  paid  at  Trenton,  NJ,  and  additional  entry  office.  Copyright  1984  by  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey. 


2 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


good  reasons  for  buying  or 
leasing  your  BMW  or  SAAB 

from  JMK^ 


o 


Our  People  Our  Service 

• Specialized  and  individual  service  departments 

• Computerized  body  and  repair  facilities 

• Over  $300,000  parts  inventory 

• Concerned,  caring,  conscientious  sales, 
service,  parts  people 


From  tires  to  tail  lights  . . . From  radios 
to  radiators  ...  If  you  own  your  BMW  or 
SAAB  for  20  years  . . . you’ll  never  have 
to  bring  it  to  anyone  else. 

Specialist  in  Sales/European  Delivery  Program/ 
L easing/F  ina  ncing 

Call  for  appointment  for  FREE  FACTORY  DEMONSTRATION! 


AUTO  SALES 

391  RT.  22  (East)  Springfield,  N.J.  • 379-7744 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  1— JANUARY  1984 


January  1984 


Journal  of 
the  Medical 
Society  of 


Z 


America’s 

First 

Medical 

Society 


CONTENTS 


7 MEMBERSHIP  NEWSLETTER 
13  PROFESSIONAL  LIABILITY  COMMENTARY 
EDITORIAL 

17  William  Carlos  Williams,  M.D. — A Postscript 

21  HOSPITAL  GOVERNING  BOARDS 
26  JEMPAC  REPORT 

SPECIAL  ARTICLE 

31  AMA  Principles  of  Medical  Ethics 

ARTICLE 

37  The  Area  Health  Education  Center  Program 

M.A.  Landay,  D.D.S.,  B.L.  Cohen,  D.O.,  R.C.  Reynolds,  M.D.,  Camden 

CASE  REPORTS 

43  Infantile  Embryonal  Carcinoma  in  Children 

P.S.  Affuso,  M.D.,  and  A.O.  Fayemi,  M.D.,  Teaneck 
45  Peroral  Esophageal  Endoprosthesis  for  the  Management  of  Incurable  Esophageal 
Carcinoma 

M.N.  Kalkay,  M.D.,  B.  Pancer,  M.D.,  A.  Derman,  M.D.,  Holmdel 
49  Acute  Radiation  Pneumonitis 

S.  Silberstein,  M.D.,  D.  Malcolm,  M.D.,  E.V.  Braun,  M.D.,  A.O.  Fayemi,  M.D.,  Teaneck 

MEDICAL  HISTORY 

53  Autopsies  at  Newark  City  Hospital,  1908  to  191 1 
W.D.  Sharpe,  M.D.,  South  Orange 

63  PEDIATRIC  BRIEFS 

IMPAIRED  PHYSICIANS  PROGRAM 

65  D.l.  Canavan,  M.D.,  Lawrenceville 

DOCTORS’  NOTEBOOK 

68  Trustees’  Minutes:  November  20,  1983 

69  President’s  Column,  Alexander  D.  Kovacs,  M.D. 

70  UMDNJ  Notes,  Stanley  S.  Bergen,  Jr.,  M.D. 

71  MSNJ  Auxiliary,  Mrs.  Gale  VJayman 
71  AM NJ  Report,  Paul  J.  Hirsch,  M.D. 

71  New  Members 

72  Physicians  Seeking  Location  in  New  Jersey 

74  Housing  Application 

75  Medical  Philately,  Joseph  A.  Kler,  M.D. 

77  CME  Calendar 

81  Letters  to  the  Editor 

82  Obituaries 

83  Book  Reviews 

85  Information  for  Authors 


On  The  Cover:  Our  cover  photograph.shows 
a working  Dr.  Harrison  S.  Martland,  a 
pathologist  at  Newark  City  Hospital  from 
1908  to  1952.  The  medical  history  of 
autopsies  performed  at  Newark  City  Hospital 
from  1908  to  1911  uncovers  a wealth  of  ma- 
terial; read  the  full  story  on  page  53.  Cover 
photograph:  UMDNJ,  Archives/George  F. 
Smith  Library,  100  Bergen  Street,  Newark, 
NJ  07103. 


mininwn— «Mi i 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


V' 


AID  SERVICE  CORPORATION 

Specializing  in  allergy  and  immunology  testing. 


One  of  our  greatest 

14  i I O4.  . . 


contributions  to  medicine  is  giving 
you  more  time  to  practice  and  an 
opportunity  to  provide  more  sendees 

for  your  patients. 


MODERN 

Over  the  years  you  may  have 
heard  a lot  of  controversy 
about  the  modified  RAST  test 
versus  the  old  scratch  and 
stick  test  methods  of  allergy 
diagnosis.  What  you  haven’t 
heard  much  about  is  how  to 
modernize  and  upgrade  your 
practice  so  that  you  can  get 
more  time  for  the  things  you 
really  want  to  do.  AID  can  help 
you  with  that. 

SAFE  and  ACCURATE 

Because  we  offer  a safe, 
efficient  and  accurate 
method  of  providing  the 
patient  with  fast,  precise, 
definitive  allergy  diagnosis 
and  treatment  capability,  we 
can  save  you  the  irreplace- 
able time  you’d  lose  by  con- 
tinuing to  perform  skin  tests. 
If  you  are  referring  patients 
for  these  tests  now,  we  can 
offer  to  you  a system  that 
allows  you  to  confirm  an 
allergy  diagnosis  by  merely 


drawing  a blood  sample. 
Treatment  extracts  based  on 
serum  levels  of  specific  IgE 
are  available  on  your  request. 

COMPREHENSIVE 

Our  comprehensive  services 
include  a broad  range  of  in- 
vitro  diagnostic  tests  per- 
formed on  human  serum  for 
the  diagnosis  of  allergic  and 
immune  deficiency  diseases. 

In  fact,  we  can  perform  specific 
tests  for  almost  200  different 
types  of  allergies  on  a blood 
sample.  These  results  can  con- 
firm the  presence  of  IgE  medi- 
ated (type  I)  allergy  and  can 
form  the  basis  for  rational  im- 
munotherapy based  upon  the 
quantitative  levels  of  IgE  to  a 
specific  allergen. 

CONVENIENT 

In  addition,  our  method 
increases  the  patient’s  accep- 
tance, while  reducing  costs, 
and  increases  your  office  pro- 
ductivity by  reducing  con- 


gestion. It’s  also  ideal  for 
infants  and  children  who  are 
afraid  of  skin  tests,  patients 
with  skin  conditions  that  con- 
traindicate skin  tests  and 
those  who  can  not  discontinue 
medication  that  would  inter- 
fere with  skin  tests. 

EFFICIENT 

If  you’d  like  to  spend  more 
time  successfully  treating  pa- 
tients, instead  of  wasting  time 
and  energy  on  costly  and 
time-consuming  methods, 
call  your  AID  expert  today. 


Allergy  Immunology 
Diagnostic  Service  Corp. 

P.O.  Box  F 

Maywood,  New  Jersey  07607 
(201)  836-2844 
or  call  toll-free: 

(800)  631-1379 


AID  SERVICE  CORPORATION  uses  quality  reagents  from  VENTREX  LABS,  INC. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  1— JANUARY  1984 


5 


It’s  about  time  you  had 
a real  professional  assist  you 
in  attaining  your  personal, 
practice  and  retirement 
investment  goals. 


Dr.  S.  Randy  Sarantos  is  that  professional. 


A doctor  with  over  20  years  of  financial  experience,  who  is  now  a 
full-time  Registered  Investment  Advisor  and  financial  planner 
counseling  health  care  professionals.  Dr.  Sarantos  understands  the 
special  problems  you  face  in  developing  your  personal  estate  plan, 
managing  your  practice  economic  goals,  planning  for  your 
retirement,  and  investing  your  pension  assets. 

Dr.  Sarantos  is  a member  of  the  International  Association  of 
Financial  Planners  and  is  licensed  through  Investment, 
Management  & Research,  Inc.,  member  National  Association  of 
Securities  Dealers  and  Security  Investors  Protection  Corporation 
and  an  affiliate  of  Raymond,  James  & Associates,  Inc.,  member 
New  York  Stock  Exchange,  in  the  securities,  tax  shelter; 
commodities  and  insurance  investment  areas. 

For  a confidential  consultation  with  Dr.  Sarantos,  please  call  or 
return  the  coupon  below  today.  He  is  ready  to  answer  the  many 
diverse  financial  questions  that  probably  only  another  health 
sciences  professional  can  effectively  answer. 


Dr.  Sarantos: 

Please  contact  me  regarding  the  following  area  of  interest: 

□ Developing  a financial  plan 

□ Investment  management 

□ Tax  shelter  planning 

Name 


□ Insurance  review 

□ Retirement  plan  review 

□ Practice  management  review 


Address 


City/State/Zip. 
Office  Phone  — 


Home  Phone - 


Call  800-223-0164 
or  201-539-4000  (NJ  only) 


SARANTOS  & LANSING 
FINANCIAL  SERVICES,  INC. 

240  Cedar  Knolls  Rd,  Cedar  Knolls,  NJ  07927  J 


6 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY  VOLUME  B 


MEDICAID  FACTS 

Physicians  frequently  are  criticized  for  Medicaid 
abuse  and  the  high  cost  of  health  care.  An  analysis  of 
Medicaid  payments  by  service  category  in  New  Jersey 
in  1973  and  1983  indicates  physicians  are  not  the  cause 
of  the  problem  but  like  the  patients  have  become  vic- 
tims of  the  system. 

Physician  reimbursement  has  dropped  from  13.5 
percent  of  the  service  budget  in  1973  to  7 percent  of 
the  service  budget  in  1983. 

Physician  reimbursement  constitutes  total  payment 
to  physicians  for  all  types  of  service,  i.e.  diagnostic, 
therapeutic,  medical,  surgical,  outpatient,  and  inpa- 
tient. 

In  fiscal  year  1983,  hospital  outpatient  services  were 
reimbursed  in  the  amount  of  $63  million.  This  ex- 
ceeded total  physician  reimbursement  by  $6.3  million. 

Medicaid’s  response  to  this  situation  is  the  Personal 
Physician  Plan  or  “gatekeeper”  concept  that  centers 
on  the  primary  care  physician  as  a “case  manager” 
which  pays  the  physician  on  a per  capita  basis  and 
places  him  at  risk  for  services  ordered. 

MSNJ  maintains  the  “gatekeeper”  is  not  the  answer. 
Fair  and  reasonable  fees  to  physicians  for  services 
rendered  in  their  offices  is  the  only  real  answer.  Every 
other  approach  is  simply  an  effort  to  avoid  coming  to 
grip  with  the  basic  issue. 


TABLE 

Medicaid  Payments 

Fiscal  Year 

Fiscal  Year 

1973 

1983 

(millions) 

(millions) 

Hospitals 

86.9 

297.1 

Nursing  homes 

76.3 

278.4 

Drugs 

18.3 

61.6 

Other 

30.7 

99.4 

Physicians 

33.1 

56.7 

Total 

$245,253,840 

$793,180,750 

NEW  ECFMG  EXAM 

ECFMG  plans  to  administer  the  new  foreign  medi- 
cal graduate  examination  in  the  medical  sciences 


(FMGEMS)  each  January  and  July  beginning  in  July 
1984.  The  examination  will  consist  of  a one-day  test 
in  the  basic  medical  sciences  and  a one-day  test  in  the 
clinical  sciences,  both  derived  from  the  pool  of  ques- 
tions in  the  basic  and  clinical  sciences  maintained  by 
the  National  Board  of  Medical  Examiners.  The 
ECFMG  English  test  will  be  given  with  each  adminis- 
tration of  FMGEMS. 

The  final  ECFMG  examination  in  the  present  for- 
mat will  be  given  for  the  last  time  in  January  1984, 
and  the  final  Visa  Qualifying  Examination  was  admin- 
istered in  September  1983. 

Individuals  attending  medical  schools  listed  in  the 
current  edition  of  the  World  Directory  of  Medical 
Schools  may  take  the  basic  sciences  component  of 
FMGEMS  at  the  end  of  two  years  at  the  school,  and 
they  may  take  the  clinical  sciences  component  when 
they  are  within  12  months  of  completing  the  formal 
didactic  requirements  of  the  medical  school. 

MEDICARE  ASSIGNMENT — 
FEE  FREEZE 

The  American  Medical  Association  strongly  urged 
Congress  to  reject  provisions  requiring  physicians  to 
accept  Medicare  assignment  and  to  roll  back  Medicare 
physicians’  fees  for  hospital  inpatient  services.  The 
Association  pointed  out  that  the  House  Ways  and 
Means  Committee  already  had  rejected  these  two 
proposals.  The  Association  also  strongly  opposed 
proposals  to  require  hospitals  to  obtain  agreements 
from  all  members  of  its  medical  staff  to  accept  assign- 
ments for  all  Medicare  inpatient  services.  (Letter  to  all 
members  of  the  House  of  Representatives,  October  24, 
1983) 

MUTUAL  PROTECTION 
ASSOCIATIONS,  S.  1745 

The  AMA  supports  S.  1745,  a bill  that  would 
provide  tax-exempt  status  to  physicians’  and  surgeons’ 
mutual  protection  and  indemnity  associations  provid- 
ing malpractice  insurance.  The  bill  also  provides  that 
initial  payments  made  by  a physician  or  surgeon  to 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  1— JANUARY  1984 


7 


such  entities  would  be  tax  deductible  as  a business 
expense.  The  bill  represents  a reasonable  step  towards 
providing  equality  of  tax  treatment  for  this  form  of 
providing  essential  professional  liability  coverage. 
(Letter  to  Senator  Robert  Dole,  Chairman,  Senate 
Finance  Committee,  October  25,  1983) 

PATIENT  RECORDS 

The  following  is  a letter  sent  to  the  State  Board  of 
Medical  Examiners  on  September  14,  1983,  by  the 
Legal  Counsel  to  MSNJ  along  with  the  complete  text 
of  the  Request  for  Declaratory  Ruling: 

Dear  Doctor  Riggs: 

In  reading  through  the  June  8,  1983,  minutes  of  the 
State  Board  of  Medical  Examiners,  I have  noted  that 
the  State  Board  listed  a detailed  format  of  record  keep- 
ing in  a disciplinary  action  against  a chiropractor. 

A review  of  the  New  Jersey  Administrative  Code 
and  the  New  Jersey  Statutes  Annotated  reveals  that  the 
format  for  medical  records  required  by  the  Board  has 
not  been  established  by  statute  or  regulation.  There  is, 
therefore,  uncertainty  in  the  medical  community  as  to 
what  the  Board  of  Medical  Examiners  deems  to  be 
adequate. 

I am,  therefore,  submitting  the  enclosed  request  for 
a declaratory  ruling. 

(signed)  Vincent  A.  Maressa 
Legal  Counsel 

Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
Two  Princess  Road 
Lawrenceville,  New  Jersey  08648 
(609)  896-1766 

Department  of  Law  & Public  Safety 
Division  of  Consumer  Affairs 
State  Board  of  Medical  Examiners 

Docket  No. 

In  the  Matter  of  the  Request  of  the 
Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
for  a Declaratory  Ruling. 

Request  for 
Declaratory  Ruling 

The  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey,  with  offices 
located  at  Two  Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  New 
Jersey,  by  way  of  a request  for  a declaratory  ruling 
pursuant  to  N.J.S.A.  52A4B-8,  says: 

1.  On  or  about  June  8,  1983,  the  State  Board  of 
Medical  Examiners  found  that  a chiropractor,  Howard 
I.  Cantor,  D.C.,  was  guilty  of  repeated  acts  of  negli- 
gence and  malpractice  when  it  found  that  Doctor  Can- 
tor failed  to  record  in  his  patient  records  a complete 
history,  description  of  the  examination  rendered, 
physical  findings,  a diagnosis  on  those  physical  find- 
ings, a descripton  of  the  treatment  rendered  during 
each  patient  visit,  and  a notation  of  any  progress  made 


by  the  patient  from  one  visit  to  another.  The  Board 
found  that  failure  to  make  such  patient  records  was 
a deviation  from  accepted  standards  of  chiropractic 
practice. 

2.  The  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  is  a pro- 
fessional society  which  represents  over  9,200  fully 
licensed  New  Jersey  physicians  and  surgeons. 

3.  The  Medical  Society  denies  the  existence  of  any 
statute  or  regulation  which  declares  that  a physician 
or  surgeon  in  the  state  of  New  Jersey  is  required  to 
keep  records  in  the  same  fashion  as  those  required  by 
the  Board  of  Medical  Examiners  with  respect  to 
chiropractors. 

4.  No  action  is  pending  in  any  court  involving  the 
matters  herein  in  dispute. 

Wherefore,  plaintiff  requests  a declaratory  ruling 
whereby  the  State  Board  of  Medical  Examiners  shall 
set  forth  that  a physician  in  the  state  of  New  Jersey 
is  not  required  to  maintain  patient  records  in  the  same 
fashion  as  chiropractors. 

Dated:  September  14,  1983 

Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
By:  Vincent  A.  Maressa 
Legal  Counsel 


The  following  response  dated  November  14,  1983, 
has  been  received  from  the  State  Board  of  Medical 
Examiners  and  is  printed  at  their  request  and  for  your 
information  and  guidance: 

Dear  Mr.  Maressa: 

On  behalf  of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey,  you 
have  submitted  a Request  for  Declaratory  Ruling  re- 
garding the  keeping  of  medical  records  by  physicians. 
You  assert  that  there  is  no  “statute  or  regulation  which 
declares  that  a physician  or  surgeon  in  the  state  of  New 
Jersey  is  required  to  keep  records  in  the  same  fashion 
as  those  required  by  the  Board  of  Medical  Examiners 
with  respect  to  chiropractors”  and  you  ask  the  Board 
to  agree  with  that  statement,  as  if  that  statement  per- 
manently settled  the  implied  matters  raised  in  your 
letter.  Your  cover  letter  of  September  14,  1983,  states 
that  the  “format  for  medical  records  required  by  the 
Board  has  not  been  established  by  statute  or  regu- 
lation.” 

We  make  several  observations  at  the  outset: 

1)  Your  request  sets  forth  certain  elements  of  a 
patient’s  record  which  purport  to  be  those  held  by  the 
Board  in  the  case  of  in  re  Cantor,  D.C.  to  be  required 
of  a chiropractor.  Your  list,  however,  not  only  fails 
to  include  all  the  elements  set  forth  in  the  Board’s 
Order  in  that  case,  but  also  changes  the  wording  in 
a manner  which  materially  alters  the  sense  of  the 
Order.  For  example,  you  omitted  reference  to  x-ray 
findings — which  can  be  a very  important  aspect  of 
chiropractic  practice,  and  required  inclusion  of  that 
data  in  the  diagnosis  and  treatment  plan.  This  is  sig- 


8 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


nificant  because  the  fundamental  thrust  of  the  Board 
Order  in  that  case  was  to  stress  the  theory  of  scientific 
method  as  applied  to  a professional  practice — where 
pertinent — and  a rationale  in  patient  management. 

2)  The  “format”  of  a record,  to  which  you  refer, 
relates  more  to  form  and  organization  than  to  substan- 
tive content,  and  therefore  is  not  particularly  relevant 
to  the  subject  at  hand,  except  where  substance  is 
absent. 

3)  The  scope  of  practice  of  a licensed  chiropractor 
is  vastly  different  from  that  of  a licensed  physician  or 
surgeon.  The  records  of  a Doctor  of  Chiropractic  must 
therefore  inevitably  contain  certain  minimum  data 
which  will  not  necessarily  be  part  of  the  record  of  a 
Doctor  of  Medicine  or  a Doctor  of  Osteopathic  Medi- 
cine, and  vice  versa. 

Thus,  it  is  clear  that  the  question  you  pose  actually 
answers  itself — and  yet  is  not  the  significant  question 
at  all.  We  shall  assume  that  the  real  question  you  pose 
is  this:  Is  there  a mandatory  minimum  content  to  a 
physician’s  patient  record  and  if  so,  what  is  it  and  by 
what  standard  is  it  imposed? 

It  is  clear  that  neither  the  Legislature  nor  the  Medi- 
cal Board  has  deemed  it  necessary  thus  far  to  adopt 
a law  or  rule  specifying  the  answer  to  your  question. 
This  is  because  the  answer  is  found  in  the  standards 
of  accepted  practice  in  the  profession,  and  as  carried 
out  in  the  various  specialties.  Modern  medical  schools 
teach  the  practice  of  medicine  and  surgery  based  upon 
the  scientific  method.  That  method  presumes — 
certainly  on  the  part  of  persons  licensed  in  this  state 
and,  we  believe,  generally  across  the  country — that  the 
physician  has  studied  and  acquired  a significant  fund 
of  knowledge  of  anatomy,  biology,  physiology,  neu- 
rology, chemistry,  physics,  pharmacology,  psychology, 
etc.  The  profession  of  medicine  expects  that  the 
plenary-licensed  physician  will  bring  the  study  of  these 
sciences  to  bear  upon  the  total  condition  of  each  pa- 
tient presenting  with  a complaint.  It  is  the  doctor’s  task 
to  receive  and  make  a record  of  the  subjective  com- 
plaints that  brought  the  patient  to  seek  treatment;  to 
consider  what  physical  and  psychological  examination 
seems  indicated,  both  minimally  and  particularly,  in 
light  of  the  problem  presented,  based  upon  the  doc- 
tor’s training  and  experience.  The  doctor  must  then 
effectuate  the  appropriate  examination  and  record  the 
findings.  If  the  doctor  believes  x-rays  are  warranted, 
in  spite  of  their  recognized  risk,  in  order  to  make  a 
proper  diagnosis,  then  a proper  performance  of  the  x- 
ray  procedure  is  expected,  as  is  a report  of  the  findings. 
Similarly,  if  subjective  and  clinical  findings  make  lab- 
oratory studies  advisable,  it  is  expected  that  they  will 
be  properly  performed  and  evaluated,  and  the  results 
integrated  into  the  doctor’s  diagnosis.  Where  surgery 
is  involved,  consultation  may,  on  occasion,  be  ap- 
propriate, and  should  be  reflected  in  the  record. 

If,  in  the  treatment  plan,  medication  is  deemed 
necessary,  it  is  expected  that  the  physician  will  make 
careful  determination  of  the  indications  and  contrain- 


dications, and  will  appropriately  inform  the  patient  of 
the  treatment  goals,  risks,  and  cautions.  When  a Con- 
trolled Dangerous  Drug  is  the  drug  being  prescribed, 
extra  care  must  be  taken.  Because  of  the  abuse  poten- 
tial of  these  drugs,  the  physician  is  expected  to  be 
particular  in  recording  the  drug  prescribed,  its  quanti- 
ty, dosage  unit  and  frequency,  and  the  date  the 
prescription  is  issued.  The  physician  must  comply  also 
with  all  pertinent  rules  of  the  Department  of  Health 
and  of  the  Board  of  Medical  Examiners  and  federal 
government  respecting  utilization  of  the  drugs  them- 
selves and  record-keeping  requirements.  Clearly,  cer- 
tain administrative  procedures  have  been  ordered  by 
rule  because  of  the  inherent  dangers  of  these 
drugs — which  have  been  magnified  by  careless  prac- 
tices on  the  part  of  some  physicians.  Other  require- 
ments are  simply  codifications  of  the  good  general 
practices  dictated  by  common  sense. 

We  need  not  address  the  necessity  of  patient  in- 
formed consent  to  the  examination  to  be  conducted, 
and  the  treatment  to  be  given.  These  issues  have  been 
amply  dealt  with  in  medical  training,  in  common  sense, 
and  in  widely  publicized  cases  indicating  the  conse- 
quences of  failure  to  assure  adequate  communication 
and  agreement  between  physician  and  patient.  Where 
significant  treatment  risks  are  involved,  good  practice 
would  seem  to  require  that  patient  consent  be  included 
in  the  record. 

In  short,  the  content  of  the  physician’s  patient  re- 
cord is  established  by  standards  of  accepted  medical 
practice  pertaining  both  to  general  practice  and  to  a 
specialty,  as  appropriate.  Physicians  recognize  that 
medical  practice  always  involves  a reception,  examin- 
ation, and  evaluation  of  subjective  complaints,  objec- 
tive findings,  analysis,  and  treatment  plan — whether  it 
be  in  the  area  of  general  practice  or  psychiatry.  A 
current  rule  of  the  Medical  Board,  N.J.A.C.  13:35-6.5, 
requires  that  a patient  record  be  prepared  and  main- 
tained for  seven  years  from  date  of  last  entry.  Sections 
(b)  and  (c)  of  that  rule  make  clear  that  a patient  record 
is  expected  to  include  objective  data  as  well  as  a nonob- 
jective data  portion. 

The  making  of  a written  record  is  of  assistance  to 
the  busy  physician — who  may  not  remember  on  a 
subsequent  visit  observations  or  findings  which  seemed 
significant — or  unexplained — on  a prior  visit.  It  is  of 
assistance  when  reviewed  retrospectively,  to  perceive 
a general  pattern  of  behavior  which  may  have 
diagnostic  or  prognostic  significance.  It  is  important 
for  the  substantial  portion  of  our  population  which  is 
transient,  for  the  patient  who  is  moving  and  needs  to 
carry  to  the  next  health  care  professional  a proper  and 
complete  medical  history,  to  avoid  costly  trial  and 
error  in  treatment.  Finally,  we  must  recognize  that  a 
written  record  may  be  significant  in  the  course  of  in- 
quiry or  even  litigation,  where  the  appropriateness  of 
the  treatment  has  been  called  into  question.  A doctor 
best  can  protect  the  integrity  of  the  medical  treatment 
process  by  having  noted  the  significant  elements  of  the 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  1— JANUARY  1984 


9 


treatment.  These  concerns  do  not  require  the  writing 
of  a book  on  the  occasion  of  each  patient  visit;  but 
they  do  warrant  the  recordation  of  basic  data  and  all 
such  other  data  as  medical  training  and  experience 
teach  us  are  significant  in  aiding  us  to  bring  to  bear 
our  special  training  in  order  to  provide  good  medical 
care  to  our  patients. 

In  summary,  standards  of  accepted  practice  estab- 
lish the  proper  content  of  the  physician’s  medical  rec- 
ord on  each  patient.  Where  the  state  or  federal  govern- 
ment, or  administrative  agencies,  have  found  ad- 
ditional or  more  explicit  requirements  to  be  necessary, 
they  have  been  promulgated  by  law  or  rule,  and  it  is 
the  obligation  of  each  licensee  to  remain  current  with 
respect  to  law  and  rules  applicable  to  that  licensed 
profession.  Professional  societies  can  certainly  aid 
their  memberships  in  this  regard,  by  calling  particular 
notice  to  new  rule  proposals  and  adoptions  and  to 
legislation.  It  is  for  that  reason  that  the  Board  of 
Medical  Examiners  has  regularly  invited  representa- 
tives of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  to  attend 
the  public  meetings  of  the  Medical  Board,  in  hope  that 
the  representatives  will  carry  back  to  the  membership 
news  of  importance  in  the  development  of  the  pro- 
fession. 

We  trust  that  this  letter  answers  the  direct  and  in- 
direct questions  in  your  cover  letter  and  Request  for 
Declaratory  Ruling.  As  your  questions  were  submitted 
on  behalf  of  the  membership  of  your  Society,  we  an- 
ticipate that  you  will  make  the  Board’s  views  available 
to  the  entire  membership. 

Yours  truly, 
(signed)  Edwin  H.  Albano,  M.D. 

President 

NJ  State  Board  of  Medical  Examiners 

MARKETING  STRATEGIES 
FOR  PRIVATE  PRACTICE 

The  traditional  ways  of  practicing  medicine  in  the 
United  States  have  been  undergoing  a transition  for 
several  years. 

The  manner  in  which  health  service  is  being  offered 
with  its  multiple  modalities  is  confusing  and  somewhat 
threatening  even  to  people  who  have  been  practicing 
for  many  years. 

The  new  doctors  coming  into  practice  are  con- 
fronted with  various  delivery  systems  of  medical  care 
that  they  will  be  forced  to  contend  with.  The  estab- 
lished older  physicians  need  to  be  made  aware  of  the 
changes  that  have  taken  place  and  what  effect  it  will 
have  on  their  future. 

As  a service  to  its  membership,  MSNJ  is  willing  to 
cosponsor  a program  on  coping  with  these  changes  in 
conjunction  with  the  AMA  Department  of  Practice 
Management. 

The  subject  matter  of  the  program  would  cover 
medical  marketing,  how  to  meet  patients’  needs,  and 
planning  for  changes  coming  from  business,  govern- 


ment, and  the  insurance  industry.  The  planning  for 
changes  in  health  care  delivery  systems  and  changes] 
in  hospital/physician  relationships  will  be  discussed. 

The  professional  relations  necessary  to  maximize 
patient  satisfaction  will  be  included  and  cover  dealing] 
with  patients  on  a one-on-one  basis. 

Pricing  of  services  with  a look  at  your  options  andi 
how  to  communicate  credit  and  fee  policies  clearly  will 
be  discussed. 

The  mobility  of  the  American  people  resulting  in 
population  shifts  brings  about  changes  in  medical 
practicing  opportunities.  Deciding  where  you  will 
locate  or  relocate  is  important  to  your  professional 
success  and  this  will  be  covered. 

Practice  viability  is  vitally  important.  Community 
involvement,  community  service,  and  proper  advertis- 
ing will  be  part  of  the  program. 

The  workshop  will  allow  ample  time  for  group  ques- 
tions and  answers. 

The  cost  of  this  all-day  session  will  be  $100  to  cover 
the  expenses  of  the  speakers  and  food.  This  is  a tax- 
deductible  expense.  If  20  members  or  more  write 
MSNJ  indicating  their  interest  in  the  workshop,  we 
will  make  it  available  at  the  Executive  Offices. 

MEDIA  TECHNIQUES’ SEMINAR 

The  Council  on  Public  Relations  and  MSNJ  are 
aware  of  the  necessity  of  enlightening  our  membership 
with  the  proper  procedures  for  dealing  with  the  various 
media.  This  especially  is  true  for  those  physicians  who 
aspire  to  leadership  positions  in  the  medical  pro- 
fession. 

The  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  will  be  offering 
its  second  Media  Techniques  Seminar  at  the  Executive 
Offices,  Two  Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  on 
Wednesday,  March  21,  1984,  from  9 A.M.  to  4:00  P.M. 
Luncheon  will  be  served.  The  registration  will  be  lim- 
ited to  the  first  50  applicants.  There  will  be  a fee  of 
$30  to  cover  expenses  and  lunch.  This  is  a tax-deduc- 
tible expense  and  a worthwhile  experience. 

This  seminar  is  an  excellent  opportunity  to  learn 
how  to  handle  media  interviews  and  gain  exposure  to 
the  various  public  relations  techniques.  Outstanding 
media  personalities  will  be  participating  in  this  sem- 
inar. There  will  be  ample  opportunity  for  questions 
and  answers  and  role  play  sessions. 

HEALTH  CARE  FOR  THE 
UNEMPLOYED  AND  NEEDY 

The  Society’s  Council  on  Medical  Services  feels  that 
substantial  unemployment,  along  with  reductions  in 
Medicaid  and  disability  programs,  continue  to  make 
it  difficult  for  increasing  numbers  of  people  to  obtain 
necessary  health  care.  Because  of  the  need  further  to 
address  the  problem  of  health  care  for  the  unemployed 
and  needy,  the  AMA  has  requested  the  distribution  of 
a letter  designed  to  be  utilized  by  physicians,  with 


10 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


modifications  to  fit  their  office  letter  format  and  style, 
for  distribution  to  their  patients  (Figure).  The  purpose 
is  to  make  patients  aware  of  the  physician's  desire  to 
respond  to  the  economic  hardship  of  his  unemployed 
and  needy  patients  through  provision  of  necessary 
medical  care  on  a free  or  reduced  fee  basis  or  through 
creation  of  other  appropriate  financial  arrangements. 
Physicians  also  are  urged  to  continue  to  discuss  with 
local  hospitals  ways  to  allow  for  necessary  hospital- 
ization for  those  who  have  lost  their  health  insurance 
because  of  unemployment  or  changes  in  eligibility  or 
coverage  for  Medicaid  or  disability  programs. 


FINI 

No  talent  or  record  of  achievement  is  necessary  to 
criticize  another. 


AN  ACT  OF  LOVE 

Their  own  DENIAL  that  a respected  colleague  could  be  IMPAIRED  and/or  the  “con- 
spiracy of  silence”  that  makes  them  unwilling  to  speak  out  allows  the  illness  of  our  impaired 
colleagues  to  progress,  sometimes  to  a fatal  outcome. 

“Blowing  the  whistle”  on  a suffering  colleague  is  indeed  an  ACT  OF  LOVE! 

Call  Us  EARLY 

We  can  help  CONFIDENTIALLY 
IMPAIRED  PHYSICIANS  PROGRAM 
(609)  896-1766 
Hot  Line  . . . (609)  896-1884 


1 1 


Dear  Patient: 

At  a time  when  substantial  unemployment,  along  with  re- 
ductions in  Medicaid  and  disability  programs,  continue  to 
make  it  difficult  for  increasing  numbers  of  people  to  obtain 
necessary  health  care,  I want  to  assure  my  patients  that  such 
circumstances  will  not  be  a barrier  to  my  provision  of  neces- 
sary medical  services. 

I believe  it  is  important  that  you  continue  to  receive  the 
medical  care  you  need.  Provision  of  the  best  medical  care 
possible,  as  always,  is  my  primary  goal  in  serving  my  pa- 
tients. 

If  you  would  have  difficulty  in  paying  my  bills  because  of 
unemployment  and  a loss  of  health  insurance  or  due  to  a 
cutback  in  Medicaid  or  disability  program,  please  let  me  or 
my  staff  know.  We  can  make  arrangements  to  provide  for 
necessary  care  on  a free  or  fee-reduced  basis,  or  make  other 
financial  arrangements. 

Most  importantly,  do  not  hesitate  to  seek  my  services  be- 
cause you  are  having  financial  problems  beyond  your  con- 
trol. Please  let  me  or  my  office  staff  know  if  you  would  like 
to  discuss  my  policy  on  this  further.  Sincerely, 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  1— JANUARY  1984 


“4  MIDLAHTK  CREDIT  UNI 

CAN  PUT  $100400  RIGHT 

AT  YOUR  FINGERTIPS.” 


“Investments.  Auctions.  College. 
Business  expansion. 

“Will  you  have  ready  capital  when 
golden  opportunities  knock?  The  Hungry 
Bankers  say  ‘Yes.’ 

“We  give  you  a choice  of  credit  lines 
that  put  you  in  touch  with  a whole  world  of 
financial  freedom. 

“Chec-King,  for  instance,  adds  the 
convenience  of  a line  of  credit  to  your 
Midlantic  checking 
or  NOW  account. 

Whenever  you 
need  money, 
write  a check 
—up  to  the 
limit  of  your 
credit  line. 


“Or  how  about  our  Capital  Linesm  account? 
It  gives  you  a personal  line  of  credit  based  on 
the  equity  you’ve  built  up  in  your  home. 
Anywhere  from  $10,000  to  $100,000. 

“Any  time  a great  opportunity  comes  your 
way,  simply  write  one  of  your  Capital  Line 
checks.  As  often  as  you  like.  For  as  little 
as  $500.  Or  as  much  as  $100,000. 


FOOD 


“Applying  is  easy,  too.  Just  stop 
by  any  Midlantic  office.  Our  Tltf/WI/ll 

brief  application  could  be  the  wfjnf  IHI1I I til 


last  of  its  kind  you’ll  ever  have 
to  fill  out. 

“Let  the  Hungry  Bankers 
put  up  to  $100,000  of  financial 
leverage  right  at  your  fingertips 
“Then,  when  you  need  it, 
you’ve  got  it.” 


FROMM 
I HUNGRY  I 

mmm 


lanti 


Bob  Van  Buren,  Chairman, 
Midlantic  Banks  Inc. 


•PROFESSIONAL  LIABILITY  COMMENTARY* 

Court  Decisions 


The  Appellate  Division  of  the  Su- 
perior Court  of  New  Jersey  held 
that  a lower  court  had  erred  in  or- 
dering the  removal  of  a nasogastric  feeding  tube  from  an  84- 
year-old  nursing  home  patient  {In  Re  Conroy,  190  N.J. 
Super.  453,  App.  Div.  1983). 

The  patient,  Claire  Conroy,  suffered  from  severe  organic 
brain  syndrome,  decubitus  ulcers,  diabetes,  and  arterioscler- 
osis. Her  only  living  relative,  a nephew,  petitioned  the  court 
to  authorize  the  removal  of  the  tube  after  Ms.  Conroy’s 
treating  physician  refused  to  do  so. 

The  lower  court  ordered  the  tube  removed  but  its  decision 
was  appealed  immediately  and  the  tube  was  not  removed. 
The  patient  died  two  weeks  after  the  lower  court’s  order  was 
issued. 

The  Appellate  Division  of  the  Superior  Court  held  that 
the  lower  court  erred  in  ordering  the  removal  of  the  tube. 
It  said  that  the  removal  of  the  tube  would  cause  death  by 
dehydration  and  starvation  and  would  violate  a basic  prin- 
ciple of  medical  ethnics,  “to  do  no  harm.”  The  court  said 
that  the  decision  to  remove  life  support  should  be  limited 
to  those  patients  who  are  incurable  and  terminally  ill  and 
who  are  irreversibly  comatose  or  vegetative.  It  said,  “to 
allow  a physician  or  family  member  to  disconnect  life-sus- 
taining treatment  to  a person  solely  because  that  person's 
lack  of  intellectual  capacity  precludes  her  from  enjoying  a 
meaningful  quality  of  life  would  establish  a dangerous  prece- 
dent that  logically  could  be  extended  far  beyond  the  facts 
of  the  case  before  us.”  The  Supreme  Court  of  New  Jersey 
had  agreed  to  hear  the  Conroy  case.  As  of  this  writing,  the 
state’s  highest  court  has  not  yet  issued  its  opinion. 

CAN  THE  OBSTETRICIAN  DOCUMENT  REASONS 
FOR  DECISIONS? 

A practical  tip  from  a clinician-academician  could  help 
obstetricians  guard  against  possible  “bad  baby”  claims.  His 
suggestion  is  to  make  sure  fetal  monitoring  done  during 
labor  and  delivery,  whether  by  auscultation  or  electronically, 
is  recorded. 

“Nurses  generally  can  monitor  a patient  in  labor  as  well 
as  the  equipment  can,”  said  Clark  Miller  Hinkley,  M.D., 
chief,  department  of  obstetrics,  Baylor  College  of  Medicine. 
“But  if  it  isn’t  recorded,  (as  far  as  the  courts  are  concerned) 
you  didn’t  do  it.  That’s  one  of  the  major  problems  in  (baby) 
cases  today.  The  plaintiff  contends  that  the  physician  didn’t 
adequately  monitor  labor.” 

The  malpractice  threat  has  stimulated  many  physicians  to 
provide  better  records,  Dr.  Miller  said,  but  added,  “I  see  a 


lot  of  them  who  are  not  properly  documenting  what  hap- 
pened. Doctors  take  shortcuts  in  paperwork,  because  there’s 
so  much  of  it,  and  I don’t  know  how  we  can  get  around 
it.” 

Should  an  obstetrician  store  all  the  tapes  when  electronic 
fetal  monitoring  is  used?  A busy  obstetrician  could  fill  a 
room  with  the  miles  of  tape  generated,  Dr.  Miller  pointed 
out.  Here’s  his  solution: 

"I  put  an  interpretation  of  the  monitoring  slip  in  the  chart 
right  after  delivery  and  then  I throw  the  tape  away,  just  as 
the  doctor  who  takes  an  EKG  usually  does.” 

Dr.  Miller  was  not  making  a case  for  electronic  fetal 
monitoring,  except  with  high-risk  patients  or  when  there  are 
ominous  indications  during  labor  that  call  for  internal  fetal 
monitoring.  Referring  to  a Denver  study  by  Albert 
Haverkamp,  M.D.,  Dr.  Miller  said  there  are  times  when 
electronic  monitoring  can  lead  to  performance  of  unneces- 
sary cesarean  sections. 

It  was  the  conclusion  of  Haverkamp  that  the  monitoring 
pattern  does  affect  the  method  of  delivery  “despite  the  fact 
that  these  data  indicate  very  little  predictive  value  in  the 
pattern.”  Dr.  Haverkamp,  with  James  R.  Murphy,  M.D., 
and  other  associates  at  Denver  General  Hospital,  studied  the 
relation  of  electronic  fetal  monitoring  patterns  to  infant  out- 
come measures  and  stated  that  considerable  work  needs  to 
be  done  before  they  can  be  used  reliably  as  an  indicator  of 
infant  distress.  In  addition,  Haverkamp  concluded,  “Studies 
need  to  be  conducted  which  separate  chronic,  morbid  fetal 
conditions  which  lead  to  ominous  patterns  from  acute  fetal 
distress  during  labor.”  (Medical  Liability  Monitor,  Vol.  8, 
No.  7,  July  29,  1983) 

FLORIDA  APPEALS  COURT  UPHOLDS  $12  MILLION 
AWARD  BUT  CUTS  ATTORNEY’S  BIG  FEE 

A Florida  district  appeals  court  has  upheld  a $12.47 
million  jury  award — the  largest  in  the  state's  history — to  a 
comatose  woman  who  suffered  brain  damage  in  a 
Lauderdale  Lakes  hospital,  but  has  reduced  an  award  of  $4.4 
million  in  legal  fees  to  the  plaintiff s attorney  in  the  case. 
The  West  Palm  Beach  Appeals  Court  reduced  Sheldon  J. 
Schlesinger’s  award  under  a two-year-old  state  law  that  calls 
for  the  loser  in  a medical  malpractice  suit  to  pay  “reasonable 
attorney’s  fees”  to  the  winner  to  $1.5  million. 


*This  item  from  the  Department  of  Professional  Liability  Control, 
MSNJ,  was  prepared  by  James  E.  George,  M.D.,  J.D.,  and  A. 
Ronald  Rouse  who  are,  respectively.  Director  of  the  Department 
and  Director  of  Special  Projects. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  1— JANUARY  1984 


Schlesinger  still  could  collect  a contingency  fee  from  the 
family  of  Susan  Von  Stetina  of  between  30  and  50  per- 
cent— or  between  $4  million  and  $6  million — in  addition  to 
the  court-awarded  $1.5  million.  Schlesinger,  who  has  ob- 
tained seven  jury  verdicts  in  excess  of  $1  million,  reportedly 
charges  a standard  40  percent  contingency  fee  and  as  much 
as  50  percent  if  the  case  is  appealed. 

Susan  Von  Stetina,  30,  suffered  irreversible  brain  damage 
and  now  is  in  a permanent  coma  when  a respirator  at  Florida 
Medical  Center  failed  in  the  night  and  the  malfunction  was 
not  discovered  until  morning.  She  had  undergone  surgery 
following  an  auto  crash. 

In  March  1982,  a Broward  County  Circuit  Court  jury 
awarded  Ms.  Von  Stetina  $7.5  million  for  lifetime  medical 
costs  and  care,  and  $5  million  for  pain  and  suffering.  Ap- 
pellate Judge  Gavin  K.  Letts,  likened  her  state  to  “the  tor- 
tures of  the  damned,”  and  said  she  was  entitled  to  the  award. 

Florida  Medical  Center  and  the  state’s  Patient  Compensa- 
tion Fund  say  they  will  appeal  the  award  to  the  Florida 
Supreme  Court.  Florida  sources  say  the  fund  has  half  of  its 
assets  pledged  in  this  case  and  somewhere  between  $125 
million  and  $175  million  pending  in  unpaid  claims.  The  PCF 
stopped  writing  protection  for  physicians  and  hospitals  in 
late  June.  (Medical  Liability  Monitor,  Vol.  8,  No.  8,  August 
29,  1983) 

DID  YOU  KNOW  . . . 

The  trend  toward  million-plus  jury  awards  is  accelerating, 
claims  Jury  Verdict  Research  Inc.  which  tracked  a total  of 
536  personal  injury  suits  with  high  payouts?  Significantly, 
one-third  were  made  in  the  past  three  years. 

St.  Paul  Companies  report  that  their  insured  doctors  are 
averaging  4.8  claims  per  100,  up  from  2.9  per  physician  in 
1975? 

WHERE  MALPRACTICE  SUITS  ARE  MOST  LIKELY 
TO  OCCUR 

More  than  25  percent  of  all  malpractice  claims  against 
physicians  stem  from  surgery-related  incidents,  according  to 
a study  of  claims  incurred  by  the  nation’s  largest  medical 
liability  insurer,  St.  Paul  Fire  and  Marine  Insurance  Co. 
(Table).  The  highest  awards  for  damages,  however,  are  made 
on  claims  for  birth-related  problems  resulting  from  improper 
treatment.  (Medical  Economics,  September  19,  1983) 


TABLE 

Top  15  Malpractice  Claims  Against  Physicians  (1982) 

Number  of  Claims 

541 
245 
207 


Nature  of  Claim 

Postoperative  complications 
Improper  birth-related  treatment 
Failure  to  diagnose  fracture  or 
dislocation 

Inadvertent  act  during  surgery 
Inappropriate  surgical  procedure 
Failure  to  diagnose  cancer 
Improper  treatment  of  fracture  or 
dislocation 

Failure  to  diagnose  infection 
Improper  treatment  of  infection 
Improper  treatment  involving  drug 
side  effects 

Failure  to  diagnose  pregnancy- 
related  problems 
Lack  of  treatment  supervision 
Insufficient  therapy  treatment 
Postoperative  death 
Improper  treatment  during 
examination 


191 

168 

144 

120 

109 

109 

108 

103 

97 

86 

79 

71 


DOCTORS  REFUSE  TO  BUY  INSURANCE;  MICHIGAN 
HOSPITAL  REVOKES  PRIVILEGES 

Exercising  a right  which  the  courts  around  the  nation 
increasingly  have  upheld,  a Michigan  hospital  recently  re- 
voked staff  privileges  of  three  physicians  who  refused  to  buy 
malpractice  insurance  on  grounds  that  it  was  too  costly. 

Early  in  June,  Sinai  Hospital,  Detroit,  sent  warning  letters) 
to  about  25  of  the  nearly  800  physicians  on  staff  advising 
them  that  they  could  not  continue  to  practice  in  the  institu- 
tion without  proof  of  malpractice  insurance.  When  the  cut-) 
off  date  passed  in  late  June,  3 physicians  immediately  were 
dropped.  Fourteen  of  a possible  16  physicians  filed  suit  in 
Wayne  County  Circuit  Court,  but  Judge  Roland  Olzark 
refused  their  request  for  a temporary  restraining  order  to 
block  the  dismissals. 

Originally,  the  hospital  stipulated  that  each  doctor  must 
carry  $ 1 /$  1 million  in  coverage,  but  the  amount  was  reduced 
to  $200,000/$600,000  after  complaints  by  physician  staff 
members.  (Medical  Liabiility  Monitor,  Vol.  8,  No.  7,  July 
29,  1983) 


14 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


HOMED  has  more  than  25  Years  of  Professional  Experience 
in  providing  Home  Health  Care  Products  & Services... from 

• CONVALESCENT  EQUIPMENT  & REPAIRS 

• OXYGEN  & RESPIRATORY  THERAPY 

• PARENTERAL/ENTERAL  NUTRITIONAL  THERAPY 

• INFANTILE  APNEA  MONITORING 

• BARRIER-FREE  HOME  MODIFICATION 

• SPECIALIZED  HEALTH  PROFESSIONALS  REGISTRY 

...to  assisting  Physicians  and  their  Patients  in  Securing 
Specialized  Care  and  Services. 


Homed 


...the  Home  Health  Care  Company 

Serving  the  Greater  Metropolitan  Area 

CALL  TOLL  FREE.. .NORTHERN  NEW  JERSEY  (800)  452-9777-SOUTHERN  NEW  JERSEY  (800)  392-6936 

OUT  OF  STATE  - Call  Collect  (201)  227-1800 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  1— JANUARY  1984 


15 


© 1983  Health  Wavs  Inc. 


Henry  Mineur,  M,D.,  Card 
Speaker  of  the  House  of  Delegates  of  the  Medical 


;ist,  Cranford, 
;ty  of  New  Jei 


"Sadly,  as  the  cost  of  medical 
care  increases  and  the  scope  of 
many  health  insurance  pro- 
grams decreases,  my  patients 
wind  up  in  a terrible  squeeze. 

I found  a very  satisfactory  solu- 
tion. I became  a participating 
physician  in  Health  Ways. 

With  HealthWays,  I can  prac- 
tice the  kind  of  medicine  that 
will  truly  benefit  my  patients 
without  worrying  about  their 
financial  positions  because  of 


the  HealthWays  unique  physi- 
cian reimbursement  policy. 
That's  a significant  plus. 

In  addition,  the  administra- 
tive and  financial  structure  of 
HealthWays  is  fighting  the  as- 
tonishing escalation  of  costs  by 
covering  procedures  easily  done 
on  an  out-patient  basis  rather 
than  in  the  hospital.  That  makes 
a lot  of  sense.  So  does  their 
policy  of  covering  routine 
check-ups.  And  since  the  bills 


go  directly  to  HealthWays,  the 
specter  of  unpaid  bills  is  elimi- 
nated." 

HealthWays  can  be  most  valu- 
able to  your  practice  too.  For 
more  information,  call  Jon  Mar- 
sicano,  M.D.,  Vice  President, 
Medical  Affairs,  at  201-636-6200 
or  609-394-1995. 

HealtliWays 

THE  WAY  TO  BETTER  V HEALTH  CARE. 


16 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


EDITORIAL 


William  Carlos  Williams,  M.D. — A Postscript 


On  Sunday,  September  11,  1983,  a group  of  physicians, 
irtists,  composers,  professors,  authors,  and  their  spouses  and 
'riends,  gathered  in  Princeton  to  “celebrate  a man,  a physi- 
cian, and  a poet,  on  the  100th  anniversary  of  his  birth." 
[Poems  were  read.  Anecdotes  of  personal  encounters  with 
Williams  were  recited. 


Arthur  Krosnick,  M.D. 


The  highlight  was  the  comment  of  William  Eric  Williams, 
M.D.,  who  lives  and  practices  pediatrics  at  9 Ridge  Road, 
Rutherford,  the  home  and  office  of  his  father,  William 
Carlos  Williams,  M.D.  (1883-1963).  A.K. 


“ ‘The  Use  of  Force’  carries  in  it  probably  all  of  pediatrics 
in  a nutshell.  “Williams's  short  stories  . . . say  as  much  about 
pediatrics,  which  is  my  work,  as  anything  I've  ever  seen 
written.”  Avrum  L.  Katcher,  M.D. 


Avrum  L.  Katcher,  M.D. 


“When  I first  read  'The  Sparrow’  (a  poem  dedicated  by 
William  Carlos  Williams  (to  my  father)  many  years  ago),  I 
really  was  moved  by  it.  The  final  image  of  the  poem  is  the 
one  I tried  to  make  a painting  of.  I made  some  drawings 


and  studies;  then,  finally,  I started  working  on  a painting 
of  this  dead  sparrow  lying  in  the  road.  I just  couldn’t  make 
it  work,  so  I just  put  it  away.  About  a year  later,  I was 
looking  for  something  on  which  to  paint,  and  I had  com- 
pletely forgotten  what  was  on  this  panel.  It  was  just  a white 
panel  to  me.  I put  it  up  on  the  easel,  and  I started  making 
a self-portrait.  In  the  process,  all  of  a sudden,  to  my  surprise, 
this  bird  came  up  over  my  head.  I called  this  self-portrait, 
The  Sparrow.”  Henry  Niese 


Bill  Smith  and  Henry  Niese 


“Dr.  Williams  sent  most  of  his  patients  to  the  Passaic 
General  Hospital,  but  occasionally  he  did  come  to  St.  Mary’s 
Hospital.  One  day,  I was  introduced  to  the  great  man.  I had 
just  finished  reading  Paterson,  and  I told  this  august  individ- 
ual that  I'd  just  finished  reading  this  wonderful  poem.  He 
was  a taciturn  person,  and  he  didn't  react  very  strongly,  but 
he  did  turn  to  me  and  say,  'My  God,  you  deserve  a medal 
of  honor  for  reading  that  junk!'  He  was  surprised  that  any 
young  person  would  wade  through  that  great  epic.” 

Morris  H.  Saffron,  M.D. 


Morris  H.  Saffron,  M.D. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  1— JANUARY  1984 


17 


“As  I became  acquainted  with  him,  there  were  many 
admirable  things  about  Williams.  The  one  I would  choose 
would  be  his  persistence.  When  he  started  as  a poet  in  the 
1910s  and  1920s,  it  was  a period  of  great  experimentation. 
People  were  doing  all  sorts  of  strange  and  in  some  cases, 
like  Williams,  really  very  wonderful  things,  all  kinds  of  new 


James  Guimond,  Ph.D. 

forms.  He  also  was  persistent  in  the  way  he  could  shift  his 
creativity,  not  only  between  medicine  and  literature,  but  also 
within  literature  itself.  When  he  started  having  trouble — like 
most  poets — with  dry  periods,  he  would  start  writing  prose. 
For  example,  he  produced  the  wonderful  short  stories  which 
he  started  writing  in  the  1930s.  At  first  he  did  this  because 
the  poetry  was  coming  very  slowly.” 

James  Guimond,  Ph.D. 

“'The  Widow's  Lament  in  the  Springtime’  was  written  in 
1922.  I came  across  it  basically  not  only  as  a result  of  having 
read  a great  deal  of  William  Carlos  Williams,  but  also  be- 
cause of  that  famous  book  by  Yvor  Winters  called  Primi- 
tivism and  Decadence,  in  which  he  analyzed  this  poem.  When 
I met  William  Carlos  Williams,  at  the  Brandeis  Creative  Arts 


Milton  Babbitt 


Festival  (very  likely  in  1957),  there  were  poetry  readings  of 
Williams's  writing.  I was  involved  in  the  musical  aspects  of 
it.  We  sat  and  talked  quite  a bit  about  this  analysis  of 
Winters,  which  Dr.  Williams  may  have  remembered.  After 
I set  to  music  ‘The  Widow's  Lament’  it  was  performed  first 
here  in  Princeton  by  Bethany  Beardsley,  a soprano,  at  the 
time  of  a memorial  service  for  the  first  chairman  of  the 
Princeton  Music  Department,  Roy  Dickinson  Welch.” 

Milton  Babbitt 

“I  think  your  Journal  is  very  successful — the  issue  is  ter- 
rific—the  people  did  a great  job.  It's  been  quite  a year  for 
me — with  this  climax  now  of  the  issue  of  The  Journal.  The 


Dr.  and  Mrs.  William  Eric  Williams  and  Henry  Niese 


following  is  part  of  the  foreword  to  a new  biography  (in 
press)  by  Leo  Baldwin: 

“His  life’s  work  was  poetry,  his  avocation — medicine. 

“Poetry  became  his  addiction,  his  habit,  the  gyroscope 
that  kept  him  on  an  even  keel  when  the  going  got  rough. 
He  found  poetry  everywhere,  no  need  to  search,  just  keep 
the  receptors  uncluttered  and  let  it  come  to  you.  Get  it  down 
while  it's  hot,  no  garble,  no  distortion,  nothing  artificial.  I’m 
sure  he  was  familiar  with  the  old  orthopedic  adage,  ‘splint 
it  where  they  lie.'  To  the  physician  this  means  to  immobilize 
the  fracture  before  the  patient  or  some  well-meaning 
Samaritan  damages  the  injured  part  further.  He  would  prac- 
tice this  in  his  own  poetry.  When  an  old  woman  takes  a plum 
from  a wrinkled  paper  bag  and  relishes  its  flavor  and  juici- 
ness, say  so.  When  a cat  climbs  over  a jam  closet,  putting 
its  paws  precisely,  rhythmically,  into  some  clay  pots,  say  so. 
If  some  bawdy  dancers  with  big  cans,  hips,  and  breasts  shake 
the  joint  as  they  go  round,  and  round,  and  round,  say  so. 
And  he  did!  He  was  a capable  and  respected  physician,  he 
was  an  accurate  and  honest  reporter  in  his  poetry.  The 
trained  observer  physician  complemented  the  vibrant  imagist 
in  the  poet.  Either  occupation  for  most  men  would  be  a full- 
time job.  Fortunately,  he  had  an  inexhaustible  flow  of  energy 
that  made  it  possible  to  do  both  jobs  well — the  doctor 
nurtured  the  poet  through  his  privileged  admission  into  the 
lives  of  his  patients,  the  poet  returned  into  the  physician  the 
distillate  of  his  observations,  making  the  doctor  a more 
humane  and  altruistic  minister  to  the  sick.  But,  it  was  a 
lonely  existence,  I suspect.  There  was  little  time  or  energy 
left  once  the  poet  and  the  physician  had  been  sated.  He  was 
exploring  new  frontiers — a frontier  always  is  scantily  popu- 
lated. He  was  overthrowing  or  attempting  to  overthrow  a 
tradition.  He  took  the  bit  in  his  teeth,  kicked  over  the  traces, 
and  galloped  for  the  horizon.”  William  E.  Williams,  M.D. 


18 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


beW.IkU  the  BROWN  PHARMACEUTICAL  CO.,  INC. 

2500  West  Sixth  Street,  Los  Angeles,  CA  90057 


For  Full  Prescribing  Information,  Please  See  PDR. 


REFER  TO 


PDR 


Android 5 10  25. 

Methyltestosterone  U.S.R  Tablets 


Android/f 

Fluoxymesterone  U.S.R  Tablets,  10 


Outpatient  Pulmonary  Services 

• Complete  and  limited  pulmonary  function  tests 

• Arterial  blood  gas  studies 

• Exercise  physiology  evaluations 
(cardiopulmonaiy  stress  tests) 

• Pulmonaiy  rehabilitation  programs 

Services  include  typed  report  returned  to  referring  physician  within  48  hours,  or 
sooner  upon  request.  Same-day  telephone  report,  if  requested. 

Conveniently  located  across  from  Morristown  Memorial  Hospital.  Staffed  by  board- 
certified  physician  and  technician  specialists. 

Brochure,  A Physician's  Introduction  to  The  Breathing  Center,  available  on 
request. 


The  Breathing  Center 

Testing,  Diagnosis  & Conditioning 

101  Madison  Ave  Morristown,  NJ  07960  • 201  539-5330 


Doctors:  Write  your  own  prescription 

to  cure  insurance  pains  . . . 

Prescription 

P,  Prescription 

x 

Nam*  MSNJ  Member 

Name 

Arid  mss 

MSNJ  Group 

Blue  Cross/Blue  Shield 
Major  Medical  and 
iental  Insurance 

that  provides: 

- Flexible  plans 

- Comprehensive  benefits 

- Low,  competitive  rates 

- Centralized  Administration 

Designed  and  Administered  by  1 

(DONALD  E SMITHO* ASSOCIATES) 

Phone 

Please  send  more  information 
on  the  MSNJ 

□ Blue  Cross/Blue  Shield  Program 

□ Major  Medical  Program 

□ Group  Dental  Program 

Return  to: 

Donald  F.  Smith  & Associates 
One  Airport  Place,  Route  206  North 
P.O.  Box  2197, 

Princeton,  New  Jersey  08540 

(609)  924-8700,  (201)  622-6046 

20 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


HOSPITAL  GOVERNING  BOARDS* 

AMA  House  of  Delegates’  Actions 


Hospital  governing  board  members 
include  a minority  of  physicians,  yet 
the  decisions  made  closely  embrace 
the  professional  lives  of  the  hospital’s  medical  staff.  Since 
the  American  Medical  Association  is  one  of  the  organized 
voices  of  American  physicians,  it  behooves  the  hospital  gov- 
erning board  to  be  cognizant  of  AMA  policies,  just  as  the 
hospital  governing  board  must  study  the  platforms  of  the 
American  Hospital  Association  and  the  myriad  official 
health-regulating  agencies  that  impact  on  the  health  indus- 
try. 

At  its  1983  Annual  Meeting,  the  House  of  Delegates  of 
the  AMA  debated  many  resolutions,  but  adopted  as  policy 
six  which  pertain  to  issues  of  interest  to  hospital  medical 
staffs  and  thus  to  governing  boards  as  well. 

Physician  Credentialing:  “Resolved,  that  the  American 
Medical  Association  recommends  that  hospital  medical 
staffs  adopt  bylaws  which  enable  such  medical  staffs  to  retain 
the  prerogative  and  responsibility,  as  granted  by  the  hospital 
governing  body,  for  credentialing  all  physicians  and  other 
licensees  who  apply  for  clinical  privileges,  including  those 
who  seek  to  enter  into  contractual  arrangements  with  hospi- 
tals.” 

In  this  column  (October  1983),  Dr.  James  E.  George  point- 
ed out  the  pitfalls  of  credentialing  and  the  potential  legal 
ramifications  of  the  process  as  it  affects  the  hospital  and  its 
governing  board.  It  seems  quite  logical  that  the  essence  of 
credential  review  is  that  of  “peer  review.”  Who  is  better 
qualified  to  evaluate  physicians  and  other  health  pro- 
fessionals who  provide  clinical  services? 

Open  Nomination  and  Election  for  Medical  Staff  Officers: 
“Resolved,  that  the  American  Medical  Association  supports 
the  right  and  responsibility  of  hospital  medical  staffs  to  have 
an  open  and  democratic  nomination  and  election  process  for 
medical  staff  officers.” 

Although  the  hospital  governing  body  retains  unto  itself 
the  final  judgment  as  to  who  shall  be  officers  of  the  medical 
staff  through  an  approval  process,  it  clearly  would  be  in- 
imical for  the  board  to  reject  the  elected  officers  without 
overwhelming  evidence  of  misfeasance  in  the  elective  proc- 
ess. Representation  of  the  governing  board  may  and  should 
observe  the  elective  process,  but  the  likelihood  of 
shenanigans  is  small. 


Confidentiality  in  Medical  Staff  Peer  Review:  “Resolved, 
that  the  American  Medical  Association  encourages  medical 
staff  peer  review  committees  when  evaluating  the  pro- 
fessional practices  of  fully  licensed  physicians  to  consider 
excluding  nonphysicians.” 

Confidentiality,  through  computer  intrusion,  “right  to 
know”  concepts,  and  the  urgency  to  record  every  word  lest 
a potential  medical-legal  confrontation  arise,  has  been  shat- 
tered irreparably.  However,  common  sense  dictates  that  the 
complexities  of  medical-surgical  practice  are  beyond  the  ken 
of  the  nonphysician  observer  in  a peer  review  climate  to 
process  unfamiliar  data  and  come  out  with  a balanced  evalu- 
ation. “Trials”  by  the  news  media  based  on  inadequate  infor- 
mation, ineptitude,  and  bias,  have  virtually  made  a shambles 
of  the  American  jury  system.  In  the  interest  of  fair  play, 
medical  staff  peer  review  committees  may  serve  their  hospital 
and  its  clients  better  by  meeting  in  executive  session  when 
sensitive  matters  which  may  be  misinterpreted  are  discussed. 

Bylaws,  Rules,  and  Regulations:  No  Incorporation  by  Refer- 
ence: “Resolved,  that  the  American  Medical  Association 
encourages  medical  staffs  to  develop  their  own  bylaws,  rules, 
and  regulations  and  not  to  incorporate  other  documents  by 
reference.” 

The  hospital  governing  body  has  its  own  bylaws  and  the 
hospital  medical  staff  has  a constitution,  rules,  and  regu- 
lations. It  is  obvious  that  conflicts  between  the  staffs  canons 
and  those  of  the  Board  of  Directors  can  be  resolved  by  the 
latter  by  fiat.  It  equally  is  obvious  that  the  staff  can  avoid 
conflicts  by  accepting  the  governing  body’s  prescripts  as  its 
own  in  a mindless  fashion.  Neither  of  these  choices  is  de- 
sirable in  these  days  of  fluidity  in  the  science,  technology, 
and  economics  of  medicine  and  health  services.  The  hospital 
medical  staff,  being  aware  of  the  consequences  of  new  con- 
cepts, new  developments,  and  new  relationships,  must  be  free 
to  govern  itself  within  those  constraints  that  are  essential. 
Rules  and  regulations,  as  they  pertain  to  patient  care,  must 
be  subject  to  revision  and  fine  tuning.  The  physician  must 
retain  this  prerogative  and  responsibility. 

Incorporation  of  Medical  Staffs:  “Resolved,  that  the 

*The  material  for  this  column  is  coedited  by  Arthur  Krosnick, 
M.D.,  Editor,  The  Journal,  MSNJ;  Vincent  A.  Maressa,  J.D.,  Ex- 
ecutive Director,  MSNJ;  and  James  E.  George,  M.D.,  J.D.,  Director 
of  the  Department  of  Professional  Liability. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  1— JANUARY  1984 


21 


American  Medical  Association  investigates  all  aspects  of  the 
incorporation  of  medical  staffs  and  report  back  to  the  House 
of  Delegates  at  the  1984  Annual  Meeting.” 

Why  should  a hospital  medical  staff  consider  incorpora- 
tion? Why,  indeed,  should  the  modern  hospital  be  a corpor- 
ation and  why  should  the  individual  practitioner  be  in- 
corporated? The  reasons  for  each  of  these  facts  of  life  in 
America  are  manifold  and  complex.  They  are  related  to  tax 
laws,  security  for  the  future,  and  protection  of  the  individual. 
A hospital  medical  staff  tends  to  appear  like  an  amorphous, 
faceless,  ever-changing  group  of  professionals  whose  individ- 
ual contributions  to  the  hospital  and  its  patients  are  limited 
by  time,  health,  and  other  factors.  The  AMA  reference  com- 
mittee “believed  that  the  merit  of  this  concept  should  be 
studied  before  the  AMA  developed  bylaws  or  assisted  medi- 
cal staffs  in  efforts  to  incorporate.”  Obviously,  medical  staffs 
are  free  to  consider  incorporation  without  the  AMA  inter- 
vening; therefore,  hospital  governing  boards  should  be  aware 
of  this  consideration. 


Legal  Counsel  for  Hospital  Medical  Staffs:  “Resolved,  that 
the  American  Medical  Association  encourages  medical  staffs 
to  consult  with  their  own  attorneys  or  those  of  their  county 
medical  society,  state  medical  society,  and/or  AMA  in  secur- 
ing knowledgeable  legal  counselors  as  appropriate.” 

Most  physicians,  individually  and  in  groups,  are  not  law- 
yers, yet  many  of  their  professional  activities,  their  decisions, 
and  their  problems  as  a hospital  staff  may  have  legal  implica- 
tions. Balanced  judgment  would  suggest  that  the  medical 
staff  should  seek  its  own  legal  counsel  rather  than  to  utilize 
the  hospital  corporation’s  legal  advisors.  In  fact,  it  would 
appear  that  the  latter  may  have  a conflict  of  interest  and 
should  step  aside  and  encourage  the  medical  staff  to  consult 
its  own  attorney. 

Hospital  governing  boards  and  medical  staffs  are  powerful 
groups  made  up  of  educated,  intelligent,  and  successful  men 
and  women.  Shared  ideas  should  help  strengthen  mutual 
respect  and  cooperation. 

A.K. 


22 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


ibuprofen,  Upjohn 

600 mg  Tablets 


More  convenient  for  your  patients 


j-4044  January  1984 


The  Upjohn  Company  • Kalamazoo,  Michigan  49001  USA 


984  The  Upjohn  Company 


This  Publication 
is  available  in 
Microform. 


University  Microfilms 
International 

Please  send  additional  information 

for  

Name 

Institution 

Street 

City 

State Zip 

300  North  Zeeb  Road 
Dept  P R 

Ann  Arbor,  Mi  48106 


I WHY 

ama? 

medicine.  ™ d the  Medica 

Physician  Section  ^ groups  par 

Student  Sectio,  proceSS  of 

ticipate  «ntbepol>cy  ate  their  con- 
the  AM  A and  comm  dership  in 

cerns.  one  more 

organized  me  should  be  a part 

good  reason  why  y 
of  the  AMA. 

T°  Join,  or  state  medical 

Contact  your  co  J Qf  Member- 

society  or  wnt®Nlnrth  Dearborn  Street, 

Chicago,  ""n01b 

(312)751-6"'  96. 


References: 

1 . Stone  PH,  TuriZG,  Muller  JE:  Efficacy  of  nifedipine  therapy  for  refractory  angina 
pectoris.  Am  Heart  J 104:672-681,  September  1982. 

2.  Antman  E,  Muller  J,  Goldberg  S,  et  al:  Nifedipine  therapy  for  coronary-artery 
spasm:  Experience  in  127  patients.  N Engl  J Med  302:1269-1273,  June  5,  1980. 


BRIEF  SUMMARY 

PROCARDIA " (nifedipine)  CAPSULES  For  Oral  Use 

INDICATIONS  AND  USAGE:  I.  Vasospastic  Angina:  PROCARDIA  (nifedipine)  is  indicated  for  the 
management  of  vasospastic  angina  confirmed  by  any  of  the  following  criteria:  1 ) classical  pattern 
of  angina  at  rest  accompanied  by  ST  segment  elevation,  2)  angina  or  coronary  artery  spasm  pro- 
voked by  ergonovine,  or  3)  angiographically  demonstrated  coronary  artery  spasm  In  those  patients 
who  have  had  angiography,  the  presence  of  significant  fixed  obstructive  disease  is  not  incompatible 
with  the  diagnosis  of  vasospastic  angina,  provided  that  the  above  criteria  are  satisfied.  PROCARDIA 
may  also  be  used  where  the  clinical  presentation  suggests  a possible  vasospastic  component  but 
where  vasospasm  has  not  been  confirmed,  e g , where  pain  has  a variable  threshold  on  exertion  or 
in  unstable  angina  where  electrocardiographic  findings  are  compatible  with  intermittent  vaso- 
spasm, or  when  angina  is  refractory  to  nitrates  and/or  adequate  doses  of  beta  blockers 

II.  Chronic  Stable  Angina  (Classical  Effort-Associated  Angina):  PROCARDIA  is  indicated  for 
the  management  of  chronic  stable  angina  (effort-associated  angina)  without  evidence  of  vasospasm 
in  patients  who  remain  symptomatic  despite  adequate  doses  of  beta  blockers  and/or  organic  nitrates 
or  who  cannot  tolerate  those  agents. 

In  chronic  stable  angina  (effort-associated  angina)  PROCARDIA  has  been  effective  in  controlled 
trials  of  up  to  eight  weeks  duration  in  reducing  angina  frequency  and  increasing  exercise  tolerance, 
but  confirmation  of  sustained  effectiveness  and  evaluation  of  long-term  safety  in  those  patients  are 
incomplete 

Controlled  studies  in  small  numbers  of  patients  suggest  concomitant  use  of  PROCARDIA  and 
beta  blocking  agents  may  be  beneficial  in  patients  with  chronic  stable  angina,  but  available  infor- 
mation is  not  sufficient  to  predict  with  confidence  the  effects  of  concurrent  treatment,  especially  in 
patients  with  compromised  left  ventricular  function  or  cardiac  conduction  abnormalities.  When  in- 
troducing such  concomitant  therapy,  care  must  be  taken  to  monitor  blood  pressure  closely  since 
severe  hypotension  can  occur  from  the  combined  effects  of  the  drugs  (See  Warnings. ) 
CONTRAINDICATIONS:  Known  hypersensitivity  reaction  to  PROCARDIA 
WARNINGS:  Excessive  Hypotension:  Although  in  most  patients,  the  hypotensive  effect  of 
PROCARDIA  is  modest  and  well  tolerated,  occasional  patients  have  had  excessive  and  poorly  tol- 
erated hypotension  These  responses  have  usually  occurred  during  initial  titration  or  at  the  time  of 
subsequent  upward  dosage  adjustment,  and  may  be  more  likely  in  patients  on  concomitant  beta 
blockers. 

Severe  hypotension  and/or  increased  fluid  volume  requirements  have  been  reported  in  patients 
receiving  PROCARDIA  together  with  a beta  blocking  agent  who  underwent  coronary  artery  bypass 
surgery  using  high  dose  fentanyl  anesthesia  The  interaction  with  high  dose  fentanyl  appears  to  be 
due  to  the  combination  of  PROCARDIA  and  a beta  blocker,  but  the  possibility  that  it  may  occur  with 
PROCARDIA  alone,  with  low  doses  of  fentanyl,  in  other  surgical  procedures,  or  with  other  narcotic 
analgesics  cannot  be  ruled  out  In  PROCARDIA  treated  patients  where  surgery  using  high  dose 
fentanyl  anesthesia  is  contemplated , the  physician  should  be  aware  of  these  potential  problems  and . 
if  the  patient's  condition  permits,  sufficient  time  (at  least  36  hours)  should  be  allowed  for 
PROCARDIA  to  be  washed  out  of  the  body  prior  to  surgery. 

Increased  Angina:  Occasional  patients  have  developed  well  documented  increased  frequency,  du- 
ration or  severity  of  angina  on  starting  PROCARDIA  or  at  the  time  of  dosage  increases  The  mech- 
anism of  this  response  is  not  established  but  could  result  from  decreased  coronary  perfusion 
associated  with  decreased  diastolic  pressure  with  increased  heart  rate,  or  from  increased  demand 
resulting  from  increased  heart  rate  alone 

Beta  Blocker  Withdrawal:  Patients  recently  withdrawn  from  beta  blockers  may  develop  a with- 
drawal syndrome  with  increased  angina,  probably  related  to  increased  sensitivity  to  catechol- 
amines Initiation  of  PROCARDIA  treatment  will  not  prevent  this  occurrence  and  might  be  expected 
to  exacerbate  it  by  provoking  reflex  catecholamine  release  There  have  been  occasional  reports  of 
increased  angina  in  a setting  of  beta  blocker  withdrawal  and  PROCARDIA  initiation  It  is  important 
to  taper  beta  blockers  if  possible,  rather  than  stopping  them  abruptly  before  beqinninq 
PROCARDIA 

Congestive  Heart  Failure:  Rarely,  patients,  usually  receiving  a beta  blocker,  have  developed  heart 
failure  after  beginning  PROCARDIA  Patients  with  tight  aortic  stenosis  may  be  at  greater  risk  for 
such  an  event 

PRECAUTIONS:  General:  Hypotension:  Because  PROCARDIA  decreases  peripheral  vascular 
resistance,  careful  monitoring  of  blood  pressure  during  the  initial  administration  and  titration 
of  PROCARDIA  is  suggested  Close  observation  is  especially  recommended  for  patients  already 
taking  medications  that  are  known  to  lower  blood  pressure.  (See  Warnings.) 

Peripheral  edema:  Mild  to  moderate  peripheral  edema,  typically  associated  with  arterial  vaso- 
dilation and  not  due  to  left  ventricular  dysfunction,  occurs  in  about  one  in  ten  patients  treated  with 
PROCARDIA  This  edema  occurs  primarily  in  the  lower  extremities  and  usually  responds  to  diuretic 
therapy  With  patients  whose  angina  is  complicated  by  congestive  heart  failure,  care  should  be  taken 
to  differentiate  this  peripheral  edema  from  the  effects  of  increasing  left  ventricular  dysfunction 

Drug  interactions:  Beta-adrenergic  blocking  agents.  (See  Indications  and  Warnings.)  Experience 
in  over  1400  patients  in  a non-comparative  clinical  trial  has  shown  that  concomitant  administration 
of  PROCARDIA  and  beta-blocking  agents  is  usually  well  tolerated,  but  there  have  been  occasional 
literature  reports  suggesting  that  the  combination  may  increase  the  likelihood  of  congestive  heart 
failure,  severe  hypotension  or  exacerbation  of  angina 

Long-acting  nitrates  PROCARDIA  may  be  safely  co-administered  with  nitrates,  but  there  have 
been  no  controlled  studies  to  evaluate  the  antiangmal  effectiveness  of  this  combination. 

Digitalis  Administration  of  PROCARDIA  with  digoxin  increased  digoxin  levels  in  nine  of  twelve 
normal  volunteers  The  average  increase  was  45%  Another  investigator  found  no  increase  in  di- 
goxin levels  in  thirteen  patients  with  coronary  artery  disease  In  an  uncontrolled  study  of  over  two 
hundred  patients  with  congestive  heart  failure  during  which  digoxin  blood  levels  were  not  meas- 
ured, digitalis  toxicity  was  not  observed  Since  there  have  been  isolated  reports  of  patients  with 
elevated  digoxin  levels,  it  is  recommended  that  digoxin  levels  be  monitored  when  initiating,  adjust- 
ing, and  discontinuing  PROCARDIA  to  avoid  possible  over-  or  under-digitalization 

Carcinogenesis,  mutagenesis,  impairment  of  fertility  When  given  to  rats  prior  to  mating,  nife- 
dipine caused  reduced  fertility  at  a dose  approximately  30  times  the  maximum  recommended  hu- 
man dose 

Pregnancy:  Category  C Please  see  full  prescribing  information  with  reference  to  teratogenicity  in 
rats,  embryotoxicity  in  rats,  mice  and  rabbits,  and  abnormalities  in  monkeys 
ADVERSE  REACTIONS:  The  most  common  adverse  events  include  dizziness  or  light-headedness, 
peripheral  edema,  nausea,  weakness,  headache  and  flushing  each  occurring  in  about  10%  of  pa- 
tients, transient  hypotension  in  about  5%,  palpitation  in  about  2%  and  syncope  in  about  0.5% 
Syncopal  episodes  did  not  recur  with  reduction  in  the  dose  of  PROCARDIA  or  concomitant  antian- 
ginal  medication  Additionally,  the  following  have  been  reported:  muscle  cramps,  nervousness, 
dyspnea,  nasal  and  chest  congestion,  diarrhea,  constipation,  inflammation,  joint  stiffness,  shaki- 
ness, sleep  disturbances,  blurred  vision,  difficulties  in  balance,  dermatitis,  pruritus,  urticaria,  fe- 
ver, sweating,  chills,  and  sexual  difficulties.  Very  rarely,  introduction  of  PROCARDIA  therapy  was 
associated  with  an  increase  in  anginal  pain,  possibly  due  to  associated  hypotension 

In  addition,  more  serious  adverse  events  were  observed , not  readily  distinguishable  from  the  nat- 
ural history  of  the  disease  in  these  patients.  It  remains  possible,  however,  that  some  or  many  of 
these  events  were  drug  related  Myocardial  infarction  occurred  in  about  4%  of  patients  and  conges- 
tive heart  failure  or  pulmonary  edema  in  about  2%.  Ventricular  arrhythmias  or  conduction  disturb- 
ances each  occurred  in  fewer  than  0 5%  of  patients. 

Laboratory  Tests:  Rare,  mild  to  moderate,  transient  elevations  of  enzymes  such  as  alkaline  phos- 
phatase, CPK,  LDH,  SGOT,  and  SGPT  have  been  noted,  and  a single  incident  of  significantly  ele- 
vated transaminases  and  alkaline  phosphatase  was  seen  in  a patient  with  a history  of  gall  bladder 
disease  after  about  eleven  months  of  nifedipine  therapy  The  relationship  to  PROCARDIA  therapy  is 
uncertain  These  laboratory  abnormalities  have  rarely  been  associated  with  clinical  symptoms 
Cholestasis,  possibly  due  to  PROCARDIA  therapy,  has  been  reported  twice  in  the  extensive  world 
literature 

HOW  SUPPLIED:  Each  orange,  soft  gelatin  PROCARDIA  CAPSULE  contains  10  mg  of  nifedipine 
PROCARDIA  CAPSULES  are  supplied  in  bottles  of  100  (NDC  0069-2600-66),  300  (NDC  0069- 
2600-72),  and  unit  dose  (10x10)  (NDC  0069-2600-41).  The  capsules  should  be  protected  from 
light  and  moisture  and  stored  at  controlled  room  temperature  59°  to  77°F  ( 15°  to  25°C)  in  the  man-, 
ufacturer  s original  container 

More  detailed  professional  information  available  on  request  © 1982,  Pfizer  Inc. 

LABORATORIES  DIVISION 

PFIZER  INC 


24 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Quotes  from  art  unsolicited  1 
letter  received  by  Pfizer  from  an 
angina  patient. 

While  this  patient's  experience 
is  representative  of  many 
unsolicited  comments  received, 
not  all  patients  will  respond  to 
Procardia  nor  will  they  all 
respond  to  the  same  degre^^ 


"My  daily  routine  consisted  of 
sitting  in  my  chair  trying  to  stay  alive." 

"My  doctor  switched  me  to 
PROCAR  DI A M as  soon  as  it  became 
available.  The  change  in  my  condition 
is  remarkable." 

"I  shop,  cook  and  can  plant 
flowers  again." 

"I  have  been  able  to  do  volunteer 
work... and  feel  needed  and  useful 
once  again." 


PROCARDIA  can  mean  the  return  to  a more  normal  life 
for  your  patients — having  fewer  anginal  attacks,1  taking 
fewer  nitroglycerin  tablets,2  doing  more,  and  being  more 
productive  once  again 

Side  effects  are  usually  mild  (most  frequently  reported 
are  dizziness  or  lightheadedness,  peripheral  edema, 
nausea,  weakness,  headache  and  flushing,  each  occurring 
in  about  10%  of  patients,  transient  hypotension  in  about 
5%,  palpitation  in  about  2%  and  syncope  in  about  0 5%). 


© 1983,  Pfizer  Inc. 


for  the  varied  faces  of  angina 


* Procardia  is  indicated  for  the  management  of: 

1 ) Confirmed  vasospastic  angina 

2)  Angina  where  the  clinical  presentation  suggests  a possible 
vasospastic  component. 

3)  Chronic  stable  angina  without  evidence  of  vasospasm  in 
patients  who  remain  symptomatic  despite  adequate  doses  of 
beta  blockers  and/or  nitrates  or  who  cannot  tolerate  these 
agents.  In  chronic  stable  angina  (effort-associated  angina) 
PROCARDIA  has  been  effective  in  controlled  trials  of  up  to 
eight  weeks'  duration  in  reducing  angina  frequency  and 
increasing  exercise  tolerance,  but  confirmation  of  sustained 
effectiveness  and  evaluation  of  long-term  safety  in  these 
patients  are  incomplete. 


PROCARDIA 


(NIFEDIPINE} 


Capsules  10  mg 


Please  see  PROCARDIA  brief  summary  on  adjoining  pi 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  1— JANUARY  1984 


25 


JEMPAC  REPORT 

Political  Action  and  Political  Activity 


The  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
can  look  forward  to  the  1984-1985 
session  of  the  legislature  with 
heightened  interest  and  optimism,  thanks  in  large  measure 
to  our  best  effort  of  supporting  pro-physician  candidates  in 
the  November  legislative  elections  (Table). 

Physician  response  was  generous — even  enthusiastic — in 
the  campaign  fund  raising  activities  of  MSNJ’s  political  ac- 
tion committees,  JEMPAC  and  MedAc.  Reflecting  the  tire- 


less efforts  of  JEMPAC  Chairman,  William  E.  Ryan,  M.D., 
(Mercer  County),  the  committees  together  contributed 
$66,300  to  incumbent  legislators  and  challengers  who  are 
supportive  of  medicine.  In  the  120  legislative  races,  MSNJ 
supported  100  candidates  of  whom  87  won  and  13  were 
defeated. 

Democrats  retained  control  of  both  the  Senate  (23-17)  and 
the  Assembly  (44-36).  The  new  Senate  includes  20  Democrats 
and  15  Republicans  who  received  MSNJ  support.  In  the  new 


TABLE 

New  Jersey  Legislature  1984-1985 

District 

Senate 

Assembly 

1 

James  R.  Hurley* 

Joseph  W.  Chinnici— Guy  F.  Muziani 

2 

William  L.  Gormley* 

Dolores  G.  Cooper*— John  Edward  Kline* 

3 

Raymond  J.  Zane* 

Martin  A.  Herman— Thomas  A.  Pankok* 

4 

Daniel  J.  Dalton* 

Anthony  S.  Marsella*— Dennis  L.  Riley* 

5 

Walter  Rand* 

Francis  J.  Gorman*— Wayne  R.  Bryant* 

6 

Lee  B.  Laskin* 

Thomas  J.  Shusted*— John  A.  Rocco* 

7 

Catherine  A.  Costa* 

Barbara  Faith  Kalik— Thomas  P.  Foy* 

8 

H.  James  Saxton* 

Robert  J.  Meyer*— C.  William  Haines* 

9 

Leonard  T.  Connors,  Jr.* 

John  T.  Hendrickson,  Jr.*— Jorge  A.  Rod* 

10 

John  F.  Russo* 

John  Paul  Doyle*— Marlene  Lynch  Ford 

11 

Frank  Pallone,  Jr. 

Anthony  “Doc”  Villane*— Joseph  A.  Palaia* 

12 

S.  Thomas  Gagliano* 

Marie  Sheehan  Muhler*— John  O.  Bennett* 

13 

Richard  Van  Wagner* 

William  E.  Flynn*— Jacqueline  Walker 

14 

Francis  J.  McManimon* 

Joseph  L.  Bocchini*— Joseph  D.  Patero* 

15 

Gerald  R.  Stockman* 

John  S.  Watson*— Gerard  S.  Naples* 

16 

John  S.  Ewing* 

Walter  J.  Kavanaugh*— John  (Jack)  Penn* 

17 

John  A.  Lynch* 

David  C.  Schwartz— Angela  L.  Perun 

18 

Peter  P.  Garibaldi* 

Frank  M.  Pelly*— Thomas  H.  Paterniti 

19 

Laurence  S.  Weiss* 

Alan  J.  Karcher*— George  J.  Otlowski 

20 

Raymond  J.  Lesniak* 

Thomas  J.  Deverin*— Thomas  W.  Long* 

21 

C.  Louis  Bassano* 

Chuck  Hardwick* — Edward  K.  Gill* 

22 

Donald  T.  DiFrancesco 

Bob  Franks*— Maureen  Ogden* 

23 

Walter  E.  Foran* 

Richard  A.  Zimmer— Karl  Weidel* 

24 

Wayne  Dumont,  Jr.* 

Robert  E.  Littell*— Garabed  Haytaian 

25 

John  H.  Dorsey* 

Arthur  Albohn*— Rodney  P.  Frelinghuysen* 

26 

Leanna  Brown 

Dean  A.  Gallo*— Ralph  A.  Loveys* 

27 

Richard  J.  Codey* 

Harry  A.  McEnroe— Mildred  Barry  Garvin 

28 

John  P.  Caufield* 

Michael  F.  Adubato*— Jimmy  Zangari 

29 

Wynona  M.  Lipman* 

Willie  B.  Brown* — Eugene  H.  Thompson* 

30 

Carmen  A.  Orechio* 

A.J.  “Buddy”  Fortunato*— Stephen  Adubato,  Jr. 

31 

Edward  T.  O’Connor,  Jr.* 

Joseph  Doria,  Jr.*— Joseph  Charles,  Jr.* 

32 

Thomas  F.  Cowan* 

Paul  Cuprowski*— Anthony  Vanieri 

33 

Christopher  J.  Jackman* 

Robert  A.  Ranieri — Nicholas  J.  LaRocca 

34 

Joseph  L.  Bubba* 

Newton  E.  Miller*— Gerald  Zecker 

35 

Frank  X.  Graves,  Jr.* 

John  Girgenti— Vincent  Ozzie  Pellecchia* 

36 

Joseph  Hirkala* 

Robert  Hollenbeck— Richard  Visotcky 

37 

Matthew  Feldman 

Byron  Baer— D.  Bennett  Mazur 

38 

Paul  Contillo 

Louis  Kosco*— William  P.  Schuber 

39 

Gerald  Cardinale* 

John  Markert*— John  E.  Rooney 

40 

Garrett  W.  Hagedorn* 

Walter  M.D.  Kern,  Jr.— Nicholas  R.  Felice* 

* = MSNJ  Support 

26 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Assembly,  we  supported  24  Democrats  and  28  Republicans. 

These  results  tremendously  overshadow  any  of  MSNJ's 
ipast  efforts.  For  example,  JEMPAC  was  able  to  contribute 
only  $18,650  in  the  1981  legislative  and  gubernatorial  races; 
JEMPAC  had  317  members  that  year.  In  1983,  JEMPAC’s 
1 610  members  contributed  $27,700  to  the  legislative  races  and 
MedAc — the  fund  raising  mechanism  created  specifically  for 
the  legislative  elections — contributed  $38,600. 

Political  action  of  this  magnitude  comes  not  a moment  too 
soon.  Last  year  was  MSNJ's  most  politically  active  year  in 
the  legislature.  We  successfully  fought  the  seemingly  endless 
battle  against  the  combined  efforts  of  administration  and  the 
automobile  insurance  lobby  to  create  a statutory  medical  fee 
schedule  for  physician  services  for  auto  accident  victims.  At 
the  same  time,  we  battled  back  an  extremely  well-organized 
attempt  of  the  Optometric  Association  to  pass  a law  per- 
mitting optometrists  to  prescribe  drugs.  Numerous  other 
skirmishes  Hared  up  throughout  the  year:  a move  by  the 
physical  therapists  to  establish  themselves  as  freestanding 
practitioners,  a variety  of  incursions  by  nonmedical  groups 


to  gain  health  insurance  reimbursement  for  their  services. 

From  our  lobbying  activity  we  certainly  learned  who  our 
friends  were  in  the  legislature,  and  it  was  time  for  MSNJ 
to  show  its  appreciation  for  their  help  by  supporting  their 
campaigns  with  contributions  of  $500,  $750,  and  more.  One 
example  stands  out:  Senator  James  Bornheimer  (D-East 
Brunswick),  chairman  of  the  Labor,  Industry,  and  Pro- 
fessions Committee  where  many  of  our  battles  are  fought, 
showed  a consistent  antiphysician  bias  throughout  the 
1982-1983  session.  In  the  election  we  generously  supported 
Bornheimer’s  opponent,  Peter  P.  Garibaldi  (R-Cranbury). 
Today,  Garibaldi  is  a senator. 

The  amount  of  contributions  we  were  able  to  raise  does 
not  simply  put  MSNJ  “on  the  map"  in  the  realm  of  political 
action — it  reHects  medicine’s  legitimate  growing  interest  and 
involvement  in  legislation  that  affects  the  livelihood  of  phy- 
sicians and  the  well-being  of  their  patients.  Keep  up  the  good 
work!  Clark  Martin 

Joseph  W.  Katz 
MSNJ  Lobbyists 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  1— JANUARY  1984 


27 


ONLY  DALMANE 

flurazepam  HCI/Roche 

IMPROVES  SLEEP.. 


WITH 

COMPLETE 

SLEEP  LABORATORY 

PROOF15... 


Copyright®  1984  by  Roche  Products 


reserved. 


N ALL  THESE  WAYS 


Rapid  sleep  onset1'6 

Effective  for  middle-of-the-night 
and  early-morning  awakenings25 

Undiminished  efficacy  for  at 
least  28  nights2'4 

Patients  usually  awake  rested 
and  refreshed7^ 

Avoids  rebound  insomnia  after 
discontinuation  of  therapy35,10'12 

Caution  patients  about  driving,  operating  hazardous  machinery  or  drink- 
ing alcohol  during  therapy.  Limit  dose  to  15  mg  in  elderly  or  debilitated 

patients.  Contraindicated  during  pregnancy. 


AND  THE 
PREDICTABILITY 
THAT  COMES  WITH 
EXPERIENCE 


FOR  EFFECTIVE  RELIEF  OF  INSOMNIA 

DALMANE® 

flurazepam  HCI/Poche 


STANDS  APART 


«S5S&' 


15-MG/30-MG 

CAPSULES 

See  next  page  for 
references  and  summary 
of  product  information. 


References:  1.  Kales  J et  al:  Clin  Pharmacol 
Ther  12: 691-697,  Jul-Aug  1971.  2.  Kales  A et  al: 
Clin  Pharmacol  Ther  18: 356-363,  Sep  1975. 

3.  Kales  A et  al:  Clm  Pharmacol  Ther  19: 
576-583,  May  1976  4.  Kales  A et  al:  Clin  Phar- 
macol Ther  32:781-788,  Dec  1982.  5.  Frost  JD  Jr, 
DeLucchi  MR.  J Am  Genatr  Soc  27:541-546,  Dec 
1979  6.  Kales  A,  Kales  JD  J Clm  Pharmacol 
3:140-150,  Apr  1983.  7.  Monti  JM:  Methods  Find 
Exp  Clm  Pharmacol  3: 303-326,  May  1981. 

8.  Greenblatt  DJ  et  al:  Sleep  5 (Suppl  1):S  18-S27, 

1982  9.  Kales  A et  al  Pharmacology  26:121-137, 

1983  10.  Greenblatt  DJ,  Allen  MD,  Shader  R1 
Clin  Pharmacol  Ther  21: 355-361,  Mar  1977. 

11.  Zimmerman  AM:  Curr  Ther  Res  13:18-22, 
Jan  1971.  12.  Amrein  R et  al:  Drugs  Exp  Clm  Res 
9(1)  :85-99,  1983. 


Dalmane11  @ 

flurazepam  HCI/Roche 

Before  prescribing,  please  consult  complete  product  infor- 
mation, a summary  of  which  follows: 

Indications:  Effective  in  all  types  of  insomnia  characterized  by 
difficulty  in  falling  asleep,  frequent  nocturnal  awakenings  and/ 
or  early  morning  awakening;  in  patients  with  recurring  insom- 
nia or  poor  sleeping  habits;  in  acute  or  chronic  medical  situa- 
tions requiring  restful  sleep.  Objective  sleep  laboratory  data 
have  shown  effectiveness  for  at  least  28  consecutive  nights  of 
administration.  Since  insomnia  is  often  transient  and  intermit- 
tent. prolonged  administration  is  generally  not  necessary  or  rec- 
ommended. Repealed  therapy  should  only  be  undertaken  with 
appropriate  patient  evaluation. 

Contraindicabons:  Known  hypersensitivity  to  flurazepam  HCI; 
pregnancy.  Benzodiazepines  may  cause  fetal  damage  when 
administered  during  pregnancy.  Several  studies  suggest  an 
increased  risk  of  congenital  malformations  associated  with  ben- 
zodiazepine use  during  the  first  trimester.  Warn  patients  of  the 
potential  risks  to  the  fetus  should  the  possibility  of  becoming 
pregnant  exist  while  receiving  flurazepam  Instruct  patient  to 
discontinue  drug  prior  to  becoming  pregnant.  Consider  the  pos- 
sibility of  pregnancy  prior  to  instituting  therapy. 

Warnings:  Caution  patients  about  possible  combined  effects 
with  alcohol  and  other  CNS  depressants.  An  additive  effect 
may  occur  if  alcohol  is  consumed  the  day  following  use  for 
nighttime  sedation.  This  potential  may  exist  for  several  days 
following  discontinuation.  Caution  against  hazardous  occupa- 
tions requiring  complete  mental  alertness  (e.g. . operating 
machinery,  driving).  Potential  impairment  of  performance  of 
such  activities  may  occur  the  day  following  ingestion.  Not  rec- 
ommended for  use  in  persons  under  1 5 years  of  age.  Though 
physical  and  psychological  dependence  have  not  been  reported 
on  recommended  doses,  abrupt  discontinuation  should  be 
avoider)  with  gradual  tapering  of  dosage  for  those  patients  on 
medication  for  a prolonged  period  ol  time.  Use  caution  in 
administering  to  addiction-prone  individuals  or  those  who  might 
increase  dosage. 

Precautions:  In  elderly  and  debilitated  patients,  it  is  recom- 
mended that  the  dosage  be  limited  to  15  mg  to  reduce  risk  of 
oversedation,  dizziness,  confusion  and/or  ataxia.  Consider 
potential  additive  effects  with  other  hypnotics  or  CNS  depres- 
sants, Employ  usual  precautions  in  severely  depressed  patients, 
or  in  those  with  latent  depression  or  suicidal  tendencies,  or  in 
those  with  impaired  renal  or  hepatic  function. 

Adverse  Reactions:  Dizziness,  drowsiness,  lightheadedness, 
staggering,  ataxia  and  falling  have  occurred,  particularly  in 
elderly  or  debilitated  patients.  Severe  sedation,  lethargy,  dis- 
orientation and  coma,  probably  indicative  of  drug  intolerance  or 
overdosage,  have  been  reported.  Also  reported;  headache, 
heartburn,  upset  stomach,  nausea,  vomiting,  diarrhea,  constipa- 
tion. Cl  pain,  nervousness,  talkativeness,  apprehension,  irrita- 
bility. weakness,  palpitations,  chest  pains,  body  and  joint  pains 
and  GU  complaints.  There  have  also  been  rare  occurrences  of 
leukopenia,  granulocytopenia,  sweating,  flushes,  difficulty  in 
focusing,  blurred  vision,  burning  eyes,  faintness,  hypotension, 
shortness  of  breath,  pruritus,  skin  rash,  dry  mouth,  bitter  taste, 
excessive  salivation,  anorexia,  euphoria,  depression,  slurred 
speech,  confusion,  restlessness,  hallucinations,  and  elevated 
SGOT,  SGPT.  total  and  direct  bilirubins,  and  alkaline  phospha- 
tase; and  paradoxical  reactions,  eg.,  excitement,  stimulation 
and  hyperactivity. 

Dosage:  Individualize  for  maximum  beneficial  effect.  Adults: 

30  mg  usual  dosage;  15  mg  may  suffice  in  some  patients. 
Elderly  or  debilitated  patients:  15  mg  recommended  initially 
until  response  is  determined 

Supplied:  Capsules  containing  15  mg  or  30  mg  flurazepam  HCI. 


Roche  Products  Inc. 

Manati,  Puerto  Rico  00701 


This  Publication 
is  available  in 
Microform. 


University  Microfilms 
International 

Please  send  additional  information 

for  

Name 

Institution 

Street 

City 

State Zip 

300  North  Zeeb  Road 
Dept  P R 

Ann  Arbor,  Mi  48106 


WHY, 

**  .:„al  students  now 

Residents  and  me  . ,n  organized 

have  a suong  ^ Besiden 

medicine.  seclion  and  the  Med.cal 
Physician  S thpse  two  groups  par 
Student  Section,  ^ ng  ptocess  ol 
ticipate  .n  m® p municate  their  con- 
the  AMA  and  co  leaciership  m 

cerns.  0e',e'op'"®  ne  it’s  one  mote 

good  reason  wny  y 
0t  the  AM  A. 

To  Join,  state  medical 

Contact  y°u'.  ,c°d, vision  ot  Membe,‘ 
society  O.  Dea.botn Street, 

sWpAMA,„mos6^0o.caltoo»ec., 

Chicago, 

(312)  751-6196. 


30 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


SPECIAL  ARTICLE 

AMA  Principles  of  Medical  Ethics 


The  medical  profession  long  has  subscribed  to  a body  of  ethical 
statements  developed  primarily  for  the  benefit  of  the  patient.  As  a 
member  of  this  profession,  a physician  must  recognize  responsibility 
not  only  to  patients,  but  also  to  society,  to  other  health  professionals, 
and  to  self.  The  following  Principles  adopted  by  the  American  Medical 
Association  are  not  laws,  but  standards  of  conduct  which  define  the 
essentials  of  honorable  behavior  for  the  physician. 


Principle  I:  A physician  shall  be  dedicated  to  providing  compe- 
tent medical  service  with  compassion  and  respect  for  human 
dignity. 

Of  all  the  seven  Principles,  this  is  the 
one  that  applies  specifically  to  our  pro- 
fession. In  the  other  six,  banker,  law- 
yer, or  architect  could  be  substituted 
for  physician,  and  client  for  patient, 
and  the  statement  would  be  cogent  for 
that  particular  profession.  But  the  fact 
that  only  a physician  is  entrusted  with 
“laying  hands  on”  the  human  body 
makes  the  first  Principle  especially  ap- 
plicable to  medicine.  Of  all  the  tasks 
allotted  to  man,  none  is  more  privi- 
leged than  ours  in  dealing  with  persons  in  their  raw  state, 
as  it  were,  and  facing  the  intimate  problems  of  people  head 
on.  This  intimacy  is  so  sacred  that  “unconsented  touching 
of  another  person”  is  enough  to  warrant  an  allegation  of 
battery.  Other  professions  deal  with  ideas,  things,  money, 
dwellings,  movement  of  objects,  communication  of  thoughts, 
means  of  pleasure,  and  satisfactions  of  the  soul.  Ours  deals 
directly  with  people — as  someone  said,  we  handle  “diseases 
of  the  skin  and  its  contents.”  And  to  this  we  are  dedicated 
or  set  apart,  regardless  of  the  specialty  chosen  or  the  type 
of  remuneration  accepted.  The  pathologist  is  no  less  con- 
siderate of  the  body  he/she  dissects  than  the  pediatrician  is 
of  the  newborn  baby  he/she  cares  for.  Whatever  our  area 
of  expertise,  we  are  committed  to  provide  capable  assistance 
and  meet  the  needs  of  those  we  serve. 

This  first  Principle  guarantees  that  we  do  this  with  a deep 
feeling  of  sharing  our  patient’s  suffering  or  offering  the  last 
ounce  of  mercy.  In  so  doing  we  recognize  the  inherent  worth 
of  each  individual  patient — no  one  should  be  excluded  from 
our  regard.  Our  concern  should  be  for  all,  but  particularly 
for  those  who  seek  help  in  bearing  the  burden  of  sickness 
or  injury.  No  problem  should  be  beyond  our  solving,  no 
person  beyond  our  care.  Even  a doctor  going  through  an 
illness  realizes  that  one  hand  cannot  wash  itself,  but  a fellow 
physician  can  help  make  us  whole.  We  can  do  no  less  for 
any  other  patient. 


The  fulfillment  of  this  first  Principle  is  the  ultimate  in 
following  the  golden  rule:  “In  everything,  do  unto  others  as 
you  would  have  others  do  unto  you.” 

John  S.  Madara,  M.D. 

Past  President,  MSNJ 

Principle  II:  A physician  shall  deal  honestly  with  patients  and 
colleagues,  and  strive  to  expose  those  physicians  deficient  in 
character  or  competence,  or  who  engage  in  fraud  or  deception. 

I think  we  logically  can  break  this 
Principle  down  into  two  separate  com- 
ponents. The  first  component  is  the 
obligation  of  the  physician  to  deal 
honestly  with  patients  and  colleagues 
and  second  is  the  obligation  of  the 
physician  to  expose  physicians  who  are 
deficient  in  character  or  competence  or 
who  engage  in  fraud  or  deception. 

I can  think  of  no  profession  in  which 
the  need  for  absolute  honesty  is 
greater.  Honesty  in  medicine  involves 
a careful  evaluation  of  one’s  own  knowledge  and  limitations 
and  an  unwillingness  to  extend  one’s  efforts  beyond  those 
established  boundaries.  It  requires  truth  in  every  area  of 
professional  relationships;  in  dealing  with  patients,  col- 
leagues, hospital  staff,  patient  advocate,  and  fiscal  intermedi- 
aries. The  physician  must  be  extremely  careful  in  the  use  of 
ancillary  medical  services  that  the  indication  always  is  the 
patient’s  need,  particularly  when  those  services  lead  to 
financial  gain  for  the  physician. 

Physicians  must  accept  their  responsibility  to  their  pa- 
tients, the  profession,  and  the  general  public  to  keep  the 
“medical  house”  in  order  by  taking  action  to  expose  and  to 
bring  appropriate  disciplinary  action  to  physicians  whose 
standards  of  practice  are  less  than  those  that  have  been 
outlined  above.  The  concept  of  honesty  in  medicine  is  in 
absolute  contradiction  to  the  practice  of  medicine  that  is 
beyond  the  area  of  a physician's  knowledge,  skill,  or  ex- 
pertise or  to  the  obvious  dishonesty  that  must  be  involved 
in  fraud  or  deception  in  any  area  of  medical  practice. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  1— JANUARY  1984 


31 


We  might  summarize  in  the  words  of  the  playwright  “This 
above  all  else,  to  thine  own  self  be  true  then  it  follows  as 
the  night  the  day,  thou  canst  be  false  to  any  man.” 
Physicians  who  are  “impaired”  because  of  mental  illness, 
physical  handicaps,  or  substance  abuse  fall  into  a special 
category.  These  doctors  must  be  exposed  as  well!  The  thrust 
however,  should  be  to  rehabilitate  or  retire  these  physicians 
who  are  victims  of  an  illness  that  they  did  not  seek.  Dis- 
ciplinary action  seldom  is  needed. 

David  I.  Canavan,  M.D. 

Medical  Director 
Impaired  Physicians  Program,  MSNJ 

Principle  III:  A physician  shall  respect  the  law  and  also  rec- 
ognize a responsibility  to  seek  changes  in  those  requirements 
which  are  contrary  to  the  best  interest  of  the  patient. 

Principle  III  was  incorporated  by  the 
AMA  House  of  Delegates  into  the  cur- 
rent version  of  the  Principles  of  Medi- 
cal Ethics  which  were  adopted  in  1980. 
The  explanatory  material,  accompany- 
ing the  revision  and  published  in  Cur- 
rent Opinions  of  The  Judicial  Council  of 
the  AMA — 1982,  is  helpful  in  inter- 
preting the  intent  of  this  particular 
statement. 

Section  1.02,  The  Relation  of  Law 
and  Ethics  of  that  edition,  states,  in 
part,  “Ethical  standards  of  professional  conduct  and  re- 
sponsibility may  exceed  but  are  never  less  than,  nor  contrary 
to,  those  required  by  law  ....  Ethical  pronouncements  of 
the  Judicial  Council  and  the  House  of  Delegates  should  not 
be  so  interpreted,  construed,  or  applied  as  to  encourage 
conduct  which  violates  a valid  law.” 

It  appears  to  me  that  the  AMA  attempted  to  resolve  the 
occasional  conflict  that  professionals  of  all  types  have  ex- 
perienced between  law  and  ethics.  It  determined  that  as  a 
professional  society  the  only  course  available  to  it  was  to 
require  adherence  to  and  respect  of  the  law,  while  requesting 
and  seeking  changes  that  would  work  toward  the  protection 
of  the  best  interest  of  the  patient. 

Principle  III,  therefore,  holds  that  physicians  are  to  resolve 
conflicts  between  law  and  ethics  in  favor  of  the  law.  It  places 
a further  burden  on  the  physician,  however,  by  declaring  an 
affirmative  duty  to  seek  changes  in  any  legal  requirements 
which  are  contrary  to  the  best  interest  of  the  patient. 

Vincent  A.  Maressa,  J.D. 

Executive  Director,  MSNJ 

Principle  IV:  A physician  shall  respect  the  rights  of  patients, 
of  colleagues,  and  of  other  health  professionals,  and  shall 
safeguard  patient  confidences  within  the  constraints  of  the  law. 

The  medical  profession’s  regard  for 
patient  confidentiality  can  be  traced  to 
the  oath  of  Hippocrates.  The  modern 
counterpart  to  the  Hippocratic  Oath  is 
Principle  IV  of  the  AMA  Principles  of 
Medical  Ethics.  What  do  the  various 
parts  of  Principle  IV  mean  to  me? 

First,  a patient  has  a right  to  assume 
that  information  revealed  to  a physi- 
cian will  not  be  transmitted  without 
his/her  consent.  A physician  who  vio- 
lates this  trust  not  only  acts  unethical- 


ly, but  also  may  be  held  civilly  liable  for  such  an  un- 
authorized disclosure  of  confidential  patient  information. 
The  rationale  behind  this  physician  duty  to  safeguard  con- 
fidences stems  from  the  necessity  that  patients  seeking  medi- 
cal attention  should  feel  free  to  reveal  private  matters  to  their 
physician  without  fear  of  unwarranted  disclosures.  The 
strength  and  value  of  the  patient-physician  relationship  must 
be  based  on  this  safeguard. 

What  about  respect  for  the  rights  of  colleagues?  This  ethi- 
cal guideline  is  akin  to  the  golden  rule  which  states  “Do  unto 
others  as  you  would  have  others  do  unto  you.”  In  essence, 
physicians  should  try  always  to  be  open-minded  and  respect- 
ful of  each  other  and  avoid  letting  personal  differences  com- 
promise patient  care.  Patient  care  always  comes  first  and  we 
should  not  let  our  personal  convenience  interfere  with  this 
necessity.  In  reality,  physicians  respect  those  physician  col- 
leagues the  most  who  are  guided  by  the  patient's  welfare  and 
who  dispatch  their  clinical  duties  with  skill,  compassion,  and  i 
the  least  amount  of  complaining. 

Finally,  what  does  it  mean  to  respect  the  rights  of  other 
health  professionals?  To  me,  this  means  that  physicians; 
should  accord  an  appropriate  measure  of  respect  and  ac- 
knowledgement for  the  other  health  professionals  involved 
in  caring  for  their  patients.  This  most  obviously  includes 
members  of  the  nursing  staff,  as  well  as  technicians,  aides,1 
orderlies,  volunteers,  housekeepers,  and  ambulance  person- 
nel. They  all  have  much  to  offer  our  patients  and  we  could 
not  function  without  their  cooperation  and  assistance.  They; 
deserve  to  know  we  appreciate  their  efforts. 

James  E.  George,  M.D.,  J.D. 

Director 

Department  of  Professional  Liability,  MSNJ! 

Principle  V:  A physician  shall  continue  to  study,  apply,  and 
advance  scientific  knowledge,  make  relevant  information  avail- 1 
able  to  patients,  colleagues,  and  the  public,  obtain  consultation, 
and  use  the  talents  of  other  health  professonals  where  in-j 
dicated. 

Principle  V actually  embodies  sev- 
eral ideas.  First,  it  reminds  the  phy- ; 
sician  that  a commitment  to  the  heal-: 
ing  arts  means  commitment  to  a life- 
time as  a student.  For  the  physician,' 
the  educational  phase  never  ends;  now, 
more  than  ever,  medical  education  is  I 
a continuum,  beginning  in  under-  j 

(graduate  college,  extending  through 
medical  school,  residency,  and  the  en- 1 
tire  career  of  practice.  Medical  educa- 
Hs  tion  is  integral  to  medical  practice,  ut- 
terly necessary  to  its  success.  It  is  not  an  option,  not  an 
individual  decision,  but  an  absolute  requirement  for  the 
conscientious  physician. 

Next,  Principle  V reminds  us  that  a physician  may  not 
keep  his/her  own  counsel  and  act  thereon.  Particularly  in 
the  context  of  contemporary  medicine,  the  physician  must 
share  knowledge  with  colleagues  and,  conversely,  seek  col- 
leagues’ knowledge  in  the  patient’s  best  interests. 

Lastly,  Principle  V reminds  us  that  the  physician  must 
continually  teach — teach  colleagues,  students,  patients,  fam-  j 
ily  members,  and  society  in  general.  Only  through  fulfilling 
the  role  of  doctor,  which  literally  means  teacher,  does  the. 
physician  meet  the  moral  obligation  in  its  broadest  sense. 

Stanley  S.  Bergen,  Jr.,  M.D. 

President,  UMDNJ 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


32 


Principle  VI:  A physician  shall,  in  the  provision  of  appropriate 
patient  care  except  in  emergencies,  be  free  to  choose  whom 
to  serve,  with  whom  to  associate,  and  the  environment  in  which 
to  provide  medical  services. 

Recently,  I was  told  that  Principle 
VI  of  the  AMA  Principles  of  Medical 
Ethics  was  a violation  of  the  Civil 
Rights  Act  because  the  exercise  of  this 
moral  right  on  our  part  interferes  with 
the  legal  rights  of  others  to  select  a 
doctor  of  their  choice.  Until  that  mo- 
ment, I had  taken  this  Principle  for 
granted.  I realize  now  how  important 
Principle  VI  is  and  how  fragile  our 
hold  on  the  exercise  of  our  civil  rights. 
The  law,  to  some  extent,  already  has 
eroded  this  Principle.  We  are  forced  by  law  to  associate 
professionally  with  others  whose  training  is  not  comparable 
to  our  own. 

We  certainly  find  our  choice  of  environment  in  which  to 
serve  drastically  curtailed  as  regionalization  of  medical  care 
removes  more  and  more  facilities  from  the  list  of  those  which 
are  available  to  us.  The  coming  glut  of  physicians  will  limit 
these  choices  by  our  younger  colleagues  even  more. 

Despite  these  obvious  reductions,  we  have  not  yet  lost  our 
freedom.  To  date,  the  government  has  not  ordered  us  to 
serve  any  individual  nor  any  group  of  patients  against  our 
will. 

Freedom  is  seldom  lost  in  a coup.  It  is  milked  away  bit 
by  bit  and  often  we  are  unaware  of  the  teethmarks. 

Despite  efforts  of  MSNJ  to  stop  it,  Governor  Thomas 
Kean  recently  signed  into  law  a bill  requiring  our  carriers 
and  our  hospitals  to  report  to  the  New  Jersey  State  Board 
of  Medical  Examiners  any  liability  claim  settled  for  more 
than  $25,000.  We  fought  this  bill  for  18  months  yet  most 
doctors  found  out  about  it  only  recently  when  they  were 
notified  of  it  by  their  hospitals.  The  popular  no-fault  in- 
surance bills  contain  requirements  for  mandated  fee  sched- 
ules. 

We  must  distinguish  carefully  between  the  legitimate 
interest  of  the  public  in  the  proper  employment  of  our  skills 
and  the  mandated  use  of  those  skills.  Point  of  view  is  impor- 
tant. What  the  public  perceives  as  legitimate  interest  may  be 
construed  by  us  as  illegitimate  intrusion. 

Quality  audits  by  our  peers  in  our  hospital  is  legitimate; 
reduction  or  loss  of  hospital  privileges  because  we  fail  to 
admit  patients  with  high  revenue  DRGs  is  illegitimate.  The 
requirement  that  we  perform  free  service  in  hospital  clinics 
in  return  for  privileges  is  legitimate;  forcfrrg  us  to  accept 
indigent  persons  as  private  patients  in  our  offices  on  a capita- 
tion basis  is  illegitimate.  Giving  our  patients  sufficient  time 
to  satisfy  their  fears  about  their  disease  is  legitimate;  requir- 
ing that  we  spend  useless  time  and  frighten  patients  by  ex- 
plaining every  possible  far-out,  one-in-a-million  complica- 
tion from  a medication  or  a procedure  is  illegitimate.  Exercis- 
ing our  options  to  refer  our  patients  to  therapists,  chiroprac- 
tors, or  other  paraprofessionals  if  it  is  in  the  best  interest 
of  the  patient  is  legitimate;  mandating  that  we  accept  those 
whose  training  is  not  comparable  with  ours  as  equals  on  the 
executive  committees  of  our  hospital  staffs  is  illegitimate. 

If  you  read  carefully  all  the  Principles,  you  quickly  can 
see  that  none  can  be  effective  unless  Principle  VI  is  preserved. 
Its  preservation  requires  a willingness  to  sacrifice  time  and 
money  and  a commitment  to  practice  compassionately  so 
that  those  who  wish  to  reduce  our  profession  to  the  level 


of  a public  utility  cannot  use  our  own  actions  against  us. 

In  1790,  John  Philpot  Curran  stated,  “The  condition  upon 
which  God  hath  given  liberty  to  man  is  eternal  vigilance 
which  condition  if  he  breaks,  servitude  is  at  once  the  conse- 
quence of  his  crime  and  the  punishment  of  his  guilt.” 

Alexander  D.  Kovacs,  M.D. 

President,  MSNJ 

Principle  VII:  A physician  shall  recognize  a responsibility  to 
participate  in  activities  contributing  to  an  improved  communi- 

That  a physician  should  assume  re- 
sponsibility for  participation  in  ac- 
tivities contributing  to  an  improved 
community  is  a principle  of  medical 
ethics.  Nevertheless,  only  a small  per- 
centage of  physicians  participate  in 
community  activities.  This  most  likely 
is  due  to  the  overwhelming  respon- 
sibilities associated  in  caring  for  pa- 
tients, demanding  maximum  energy, 
fulltime  and  constant  training.  Also, 
the  typical  medical  student  was  so 
steeped  in  premedical  curricula  that  the  student  often  lacked 
perspectives  of  national  and  international  problems.  Preoc- 
cupation with  the  need  to  pass  every  science  course  often 
precluded  the  opportunity  to  engage  in  political,  social,  and 
community  activities.  In  general,  physicians,  medical  faculty, 
and  medical  students  become  carbon  copies  of  each  other, 
resulting  in  narrow  perspectives  due  to  focusing  on  the  need 
to  succeed  and  compete  in  their  field  with  always  more  and 
more  to  learn.  All  of  this  is  totally  understandable  to  those 
of  us  who  have  struggled  through  the  system. 

Furthermore  at  the  time  of  graduation,  the  typical  medical 
student  is  in  heavy  financial  debt.  Thereafter,  the  debt  is 
furthered  by  the  financing  of  a new  office,  insurance,  a car, 
and  setting  up  a practice.  Young  physicians  are  consumed 
by  these  burdens.  In  addition,  the  growing  surplus  of  doctors 
has  added  another  anxiety  that  one  might  fail. 

Nevertheless,  the  responsibility  of  physicians  to  become 
involved  in  community  affairs  remains.  Respect,  intelligence, 
and  potential  leadership  qualities  often  are  associated  with 
the  profession,  and  these  characterisitics  lend  themselves 
nicely  to  community  participation.  Community  service  can 
be  extremely  variable.  School  boards,  little  league  football 
physicians,  library  committees,  political  parties,  specific 
major  projects  such  as  nuclear  or  antinuclear  groups,  cancer 
societies,  volunteer  ambulance  or  volunteer  fire  departments, 
and  numerous  other  organizations  are  worthy  of  consider- 
ation. Not  only  can  the  doctor  provide  ideas  and  leadership 
to  the  group  but  often  will  meet  laypeople  of  good  meaning, 
which  is  a wonderful  experience  in  itself.  Even  without  con- 
siously  building  a practice,  these  exposures  can  only  help 
increase  your  referral  base. 

In  summary,  it  is  not  easy  to  find  a proper  perspective 
in  life,  especially  if  you  are  a compulsive  physician.  Follow- 
ing one’s  responsibility  to  family,  then  to  profession,  and 
finally  to  community  one  can  only  bring  new  meaning  to 
life.  The  line  between  the  fortunate  and  unfortunate  is  ever 
so  thin  that  only  by  the  grace  of  God  have  physicians  re- 
mained above  this  line.  Yet,  men  so  quickly  forget  from 
whence  they  came.  No  longer  can  the  medical  profession  live 
like  an  ostrich.  We  must  become  involved  with  every  aspect 
of  society.  It  is  part  of  our  oath  and  heritage. 

Leon  G.  Smith,  M.D. 

St.  Michael's  Medical  Center 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  1— JANUARY  1984 


33 


JUST  ONCE-DAILY 
FOR  INITIAL  THERAPY 
IN  HYPERTENSION 


Unique,  once-daily  formulation 
providing  comprehensive 
cardiovascular  protection 

INDERAL  LA  offers  the  antihypertensive  and  car- 
diovascular benefits  of  INDERAL-with  the  additional 
advantage  of  convenient,  single  daily  dosage.  With  a 
unique  controlled-release  formulation,  INDERAL  LA 
(propranolol  HC1)  provides  sustained  plasma  levels 
and  consistent,  24-hour  beta  blockade. 


Smooth  24-hour 
blood  pressure  control 


In  controlled  clinical  studies,  INDERAL  LA  effec- 
tively maintained  systolic  and  diastolic  blood  pressure 
reductions  with  single  daily  dosing. 


Avoids  die  potassium  loss 
associated  with  diuredcs 

INDERAL  LA  controls  blood  pressure  without  the 
problem  of  hypokalemia  often  associated  with  long- 
term diuretic  therapy.  Like  conventional  INDERAL, 
INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  used  in  the  presence  of 
congestive  heart  failure,  sinus  bradycardia,  heart 
block  greater  than  first  degree,  or  bronchial  asthma. 


34 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


THE 


TO  COUNTON 


Start  with  80  mg  once  daily. . . 

Dosage  may  be  increased  to  120  mg  or  160  mg  once 
daily  as  needed  to  achieve  additional  control.  When 
converting  patients  from  other  beta  blockers,  includ- 
ing INDERAL  tablets,  start  with  the  nearest  milli- 
gram equivalent  of  INDERAL  LA  once  daily  and 
evaluate  clinical  results  to  determine  if  dosage 
adjustment  is  necessary.  For  arrhythmias,  use 
conventional  INDERAL  (propranolol  HC1)  tablets. 


n 

fa 

a 

IftlLA 

id 

RftLLA 

1 

v •>* 

n 

WT 

IP 

80  mg 

120  mg 

160  mg 

The  appearance  of  INDERAL  LA  capsules 
is  a registered  trademark  of  Ayerst  Laboratories. 

Please  see  next  page  for  brief  summary 
of  prescribing  information. 


ONCE-DAliy 


INDERAL  LA 

(PROPRANOLOL  HCI) 


Ayerst 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  I— JANUARY  1984 


35 


The  one  to  count  on 
for  HYPERTENSION,  ANGINA 
and  prevention  of  MIGRAINE. 


ONCE-DAILY 


INDERAL LA 

(PROPRANOUX  HCI)  L°CAPSULESG 


BRIEF  SUMMARY  (FOR  FULL  PRESCRIBING  INFORMATION  SEE  PACKAGE  CIRCULAR.) 
INDERAL*  LA  BRAND  OF  propranolol  hydrochloride 

(Long  Acting  C«psul««) 

DESCRIPTION.  Inderal  LA  is  formulated  to  provide  a sustained  release  of  propranolol 
hydrochloride  Inderal  LA  is  available  as  80  mg,  120  mg,  and  160  mg  capsules 
CLINICAL  PHARMACOLOQY.  INDERAL  is  a nonselective  beta-adrenergic  receptor 
blocking  agent  possessing  no  other  autonomic  nervous  system  activity.  It  specifically  com- 
petes with  beta-adrenergic  receptor  stimulating  agents  for  available  receptor  sites.  When 
access  to  beta-receptor  sites  is  blocked  by  INDERAL,  the  chronotropic,  inotropic,  and 
vasodilator  responses  to  beta-adrenergic  stimulation  are  decreased  proportionately. 

INDERAL  LA  Capsules  (80. 120,  and  160  mg)  release  propranolol  HCI  at  a controlled  and 
predictable  rate.  Peak  blood  levels  following  dosing  with  INDERAL  LA  occur  at  about  6 hours 
and  the  apparent  plasma  half-life  is  about  10  hours.  When  measured  at  steady  state  over  a 24- 
hour  period  the  areas  under  the  propranolol  plasma  concentration-time  curve  (AUCs)  for  the 
capsules  are  approximately  60%  to  65%  of  the  AUCs  for  a comparable  divided  daily  dose  of 
INDERAL  tablets.  The  lower  AUCs  for  the  capsules  are  due  to  greater  hepatic  metabolism  of 
propranolol,  resulting  from  the  slower  rate  of  absorption  of  propranolol.  Over  a twenty-four  (24) 
hour  period,  blood  levels  are  fairly  constant  for  about  twelve  (12)  hours  then  decline 
exponentially 

INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  considered  a simple  mg  for  mg  substitute  for  conventional 
propranolol  and  the  blood  levels  achieved  do  not  match  (are  lower  than)  those  of  two  to  four 
times  daily  dosing  with  the  same  dose.  When  changing  to  INDERAL  LA  from  conventional 
propranolol,  a possible  need  for  retitration  upwards  should  be  considered  especially  to 
maintain  effectiveness  at  the  end  of  the  dosing  interval.  In  most  clinical  settings,  however, 
such  as  hypertension  or  angina  where  there  is  little  correlation  between  plasma  levels  and 
clinical  effect,  INDERAL  LA  has  been  therapeutically  equivalent  to  the  same  mg  dose  of 
conventional  INDERAL  as  assessed  by  24-hour  effects  on  blood  pressure  and  on  24-hour 
exercise  responses  of  heart  rate,  systolic  pressure  and  rate  pressure  product.  INDERAL  LA 
can  provide  effective  beta  blockade  for  a 24-hour  period. 

The  mechanism  of  the  antihypertensive  effect  of  INDERAL  has  not  been  established. 
Among  the  factors  that  may  be  involved  in  contributing  to  the  antihypertensive  action  are  (1) 
decreased  cardiac  output,  (2)  inhibition  of  renin  release  by  the  kidneys,  and  (3)  diminution  of 
tonic  sympathetic  nerve  outflow  from  vasomotor  centers  in  the  brain.  Although  total  peripheral 
resistance  may  increase  initially,  it  readjusts  to  or  below  the  pretreatment  level  with  chronic 
use.  Effects  on  plasma  volume  appear  to  be  minor  and  somewhat  variable.  INDERAL  has 
been  shown  to  cause  a small  increase  in  serum  potassium  concentration  when  used  in  the 
treatment  of  hypertensive  patients 

In  angina  pectoris,  propranolol  generally  reduces  the  oxygen  requirement  of  the  heart  at 
any  given  level  of  effort  by  blocking  the  catecholamine-induced  increases  in  the  heart  rate, 
systolic  blood  pressure,  and  the  velocity  and  extent  of  myocardial  contraction.  Propranolol 
may  increase  oxygen  requirements  by  increasing  left  ventricular  fiber  length,  end  diastolic 
pressure  and  systolic  ejection  period  The  net  physiologic  effect  of  beta-adrenergic  blockade 
is  usually  advantageous  and  is  manifested  during  exercise  by  delayed  onset  of  pain  and 
increased  work  capacity. 

In  dosages  greater  than  required  for  beta-blockade,  INDERAL  also  exerts  a quinidine- 
like  or  anesthetic-like  membrane  action  which  affects  the  cardiac  action  potential  The 
significance  of  the  membrane  action  in  the  treatment  of  arrhythmias  is  uncertain 

The  mechanism  of  the  antimigraine  effect  of  propranolol  has  not  been  established  Beta- 
adrenergic  receptors  have  been  demonstrated  in  the  pial  vessels  of  the  brain 

Beta  receptor  blockade  can  be  useful  in  conditions  in  which,  because  of  pathologic  or 
functional  changes,  sympathetic  activity  is  detrimental  to  the  patient  But  there  are  also 
situations  in  which  sympathetic  stimulation  is  vital.  For  example,  in  patients  with  severely 
damaged  hearts,  adequate  ventricular  function  is  maintained  by  virtue  of  sympathetic  drive 
which  should  be  preserved.  In  the  presence  of  AV  block,  greater  than  first  degree,  beta 
blockade  may  prevent  the  necessary  facilitating  effect  of  sympathetic  activity  on  conduction. 
Beta  blockade  results  in  bronchial  constriction  by  interfering  with  adrenergic  bronchodilator 
activity  which  should  be  preserved  in  patients  subject  to  bronchospasm 

Propranolol  is  not  significantly  dialyzable. 

INDICATIONS  AND  USAGE.  Hypertension:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  in  the  manage- 
ment of  hypertension;  it  may  be  used  alone  or  used  in  combination  with  other  antihypertensive 
agents,  particularly  a thiazide  diuretic.  INDERAL  LA  is  not  indicated  in  the  management  of 
hypertensive  emergencies. 

Angina  Pectoris  Duo  to  Coronary  Atheroscierosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated 
for  the  long-term  management  of  patients  with  angina  pectoris. 

Migraine:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  for  the  prophylaxis  of  common  migraine  headache 
The  efficacy  of  propranolol  in  the  treatment  of  a migraine  attack  that  has  started  has  not  been 
established  and  propranolol  is  not  indicated  for  such  use. 

Hypertrophic  Subaortic  Stenosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  useful  in  the  management  of 
hypertrophic  subaortic  stenosis,  especially  for  treatment  of  exertional  or  other  stress-induced 
angina,  palpitations,  and  syncope.  INDERAL  LA  also  improves  exercise  performance.  The 
effectiveness  of  propranolol  hydrochloride  in  this  disease  appears  to  be  due  to  a reduction  of 
the  elevated  outflow  pressure  gradient  which  is  exacerbated  by  beta-receptor  stimulation. 
Clinical  improvement  may  be  temporary 

CONTRAINDICATIONS.  INDERAL  is  contraindicated  in  1)  cardiogenic  shock,  2)  sinus 
bradycardia  and  greater  than  first  degree  block;  3)  bronchial  asthma;  4)  congestive  heart 
failure  (see  WARNINGS)  unless  the  failure  is  secondary  to  a tachyarrhythmia  treatable  with 
INDERAL 

WARNINGS.  CARDIAC  FAILURE.  Sympathetic  stimulation  may  be  a vital  component  sup- 
porting circulatory  function  in  patients  with  congestive  heart  failure,  and  its  inhibition  by  beta 
blockade  may  precipitate  more  severe  failure.  Although  beta  blockers  should  be  avoided  in 
overt  congestive  heart  failure,  if  necessary,  they  can  be  used  with  close  follow-up  in  patients 
with  a history  of  failure  who  are  well  compensated  and  are  receiving  digitalis  and  diuretics. 
Beta-adrenergic  blocking  agents  do  not  abolish  the  inotropic,  action  of  diqitalis  on  heart 
muscle. 

IN  PATIENTS  WITHOUT  A HISTORY  OF  HEART  FAILURE,  continued  use  of  beta  blockers 
can,  in  some  cases,  lead  to  cardiac  failure  Therefore,  at  the  first  sign  or  symptom  of  heart 
failure,  the  patient  should  be  digitalized  and/or  treated  with  diuretics,  and  the  response 
observed  closely,  or  INDERAL  should  be  discontinued  (gradually,  if  possible) 


Nonaiicrglc  Bronchospasm  (a.g.,  chronic  bronchitis,  omohysamal— 

PATIENTS  WITH  BRONCHOSPASTIC  DISEASES  SHOULD  IN  GENERAL  NOT  RECEIVE  BETA 
BLOCKERS.  INDERAL  should  be  administered  with  caution  since  it  may  block  bronchodila- 
tion  produced  by  endogenous  and  exogenous  catecholamine  stimulation  of  beta  receptors 


MAJOR  SURGERY  The  necessity  or  desirability  of  withdrawal  of  beta-blocking  therap 
prior  to  major  surgery  is  controversial  It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  the  impaired  ability  c 
the  heart  to  respond  to  reflex  adrenergic  stimuli  may  augment  the  risks  of  general  anesthesi; 
and  surgical  procedures. 

INDERAL  (propranolol  HCI),  like  other  beta  blockers,  is  a competitive  inhibitor  of  bets! 
receptor  agonists  and  its  effects  can  be  reversed  by  administration  of  such  agents,  e g 
dobutamme  or  isoproterenol.  However,  such  patients  may  be  subject  to  protracted  sever! 
hypotension.  Difficulty  in  starting  and  maintaining  the  heartbeat  has  also  been  reported  wit. 
b6t3  blockers 

DIABETES  AND  HYPOGLYCEMIA:  Beta-adrenergic  blockade  may  prevent  the  api 
pearance  of  certain  premonitory  signs  and  symptoms  (pulse  rate  and  pressure  changes)  c 
acute  hypoglycemia  in  labile  insulin-dependent  diabgtes  In  these  patients,  it  may  be  moil 
difficult  to  adiust  the  dosage  of  insulin 

THYROTOXICOSIS;  Beta  blockade  may  mask  certain  clinical  signs  of  hyperthyroidisrr 
Therefore,  abrupt  withdrawal  of  propranolol  may  be  followed  by  an  exacerbation  of  symptom  i 
of  hyperthyroidism,  including  thyroid  storm.  Propranolol  does  not  distort  thyroid  function  tests 
IN  PATIENTS  WITH  WOLFF-PARKINSON-WHITE  SYNDROME,  several  cases  have  been 
reported  in  which,  after  propranoloi,  the  tachycardia  was  replaced  by  a severe  bradycardi; 
requiring  a demand  pacemaker.  In  one  case  this  resulted  after  an  initial  dose  of  5 mol 
propranolol. 

PRECAUTIONS.  General:  Propranolol  should  be  used  with  caution  in  patients  with  impaired 
hepatic  or  renal  function  INDERAL  is  not  indicated  for  the  treatment  of  hypertensivi 
emergencies 

Beta  adrenoreceptor  blockade  can  cause  reduction  of  intraocular  pressure.  Patient;' 
should  be  told  that  INDERAL  may  interfere  with  the  glaucoma  screening  test  Withdrawal  ma) 
lead  to  a return  of  increased  intraocular  pressure 

Clinical  Laboratory  Tests:  Elevated  blood  urea  levels  in  patients  with  severe  heart  disease; 
elevated  serum  transaminase,  alkaline  phosphatase,  lactate  dehydrogenase 

DRUG  INTERACTIONS'  Patients  receiving  catecholamine-depleting  drugs  such  as  reser 
pine  should  be  closely  observed  if  INDERAL  is  administered  The  added  catecholamine 
blocking  action  may  produce  an  excessive  reduction  of  resting  sympathetic  nervous  activit' 
which  may  result  in  hypotension,  marked  bradycardia,  vertigo,  syncopal  attacks,  or  orthostatic 
hypotension 

Carcinogenesis,  Mutagenesis,  Impairment  of  Fertility:  Long-term  studies  in  animals  have 
been  conducted  to  evaluate  toxic  effects  and  carcinogenic  potential.  In  18-month  studies  ir 
both  rats  and  mice,  employing  doses  up  to  150  mg/kg /day,  there  was  no  evidence  of  significan 
drug-induced  toxicity.  There  were  no  drug-related  tumorigenic  effects  at  any  of  the  dosage 
levels.  Reproductive  studies  in  animals  did  not  show  any  impairment  of  fertility  that  was 
attributable  to  the  drug. 

Pregnancy.  Pregnancy  Category  C.  INDERAL  has  been  shown  to  be  embryotoxic  ir 
animal  studies  at  doses  about  10  times  greater  than  the  maximum  recommended  human  dose 
There  are  no  adequate  and  well-controlled  studies  in  pregnant  women.  INDERAL  shoulc 
be  used  during  pregnancy  only  if  the  potential  benefit  justifies  the  potential  risk  to  the  fetus 
Nursing  Mothers:  INDERAL  is  excreted  in  human  milk.  Caution  should  be  exercised  wher 
INDERAL  is  administered  to  a nursing  woman 

Pediatric  Use:  Safety  and  effectiveness  in  children  have  not  been  established 
ADVERSE  REACTIONS.  Most  adverse  effects  have  been  mild  and  transient  and  have 
rarely  required  the  withdrawal  of  therapy 

Cardiovascular  bradycardia;  congestive  heart  failure;  intensification  of  AV  block;  hypo 
tension;  paresthesia  of  hands;  thrombocytopenic  purpura;  arterial  insufficiency,  usually  of  the 
Raynaud  type. 

Central  Nervous  System,  lightheadedness,  mental  depression  manifested  by  insomnia 
lassitude,  weakness,  fatigue;  reversible  mental  depression  progressing  to  catatonia,  visua 
disturbances;  hallucinations;  an  acute  reversible  syndrome  characterized  by  disorientation  foi 
time  and  place,  short-term  memory  loss,  emotional  lability,  slightly  clouded  sensorium,  anc 
decreased  performance  on  neuropsychometrics. 

Gastrointestinal  nausea,  vomiting,  epigastric  distress,  abdominal  cramping,  diarrhea 
constipation,  mesenteric  arterial  thrombosis,  ischemic  colitis. 

Allergic  pharyngitis  and  agranulocytosis,  erythematous  rash,  fever  combined  with  achinc 
and  sore  throat,  laryngospasm  and  respiratory  distress. 

Respiratory:  bronchospasm. 

Hematologic  agranulocytosis,  nonthrombocytopenic  purpura,  thrombocytopenic 
purpura 

Auto-Immune  In  extremely  rare  instances,  systemic  lupus  erythematosus  has  beeri 
reported 

Miscellaneous:  alopecia,  LE-like  reactions,  psoriasiform  rashes,  dry  eyes,  male  impo 
fence,  and  Peyronie's  disease  have  been  reported  rarely  Oculomucocutaneous  reactions 
involving  the  skin,  serous  membranes  and  conjunctivae  reported  for  a beta  blocker  (practolof 
have  not  been  associated  with  propranolol. 

DOSAGE  AND  ADMINISTRATION.  INDERAL  LA  provides  propranolol  hydrochloride  in  a 
sustained-release  capsule  for  administration  once  daily.  If  patients  are  switched  from  INDERAL1 
tablets  to  INDERAL  LA  capsules,  care  should  be  taken  to  assure  that  the  desired  therapeutic 
effect  is  maintained  INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  considered  a simple  mg  for  mg  substitute  foij 
INDERAL.  INDERAL  LA  has  different  kinetics  and  produces  lower  blood  levels  Retitration  may 
be  necessary  especially  to  maintain  effectiveness  at  the  end  of  the  24-hour  dosing  interval  i 
HYPERTENSION— Dosage  must  be  individualized  The  usual  initial  dosage  is  80  mg 
INDERAL  LA  once  daily,  whether  used  alone  or  added  to  a diuretic.  The  dosage  may  be 
increased  to  120  mg  once  daily  or  higher  until  adequate  blood-pressure  control  is  achieved 
The  usual  maintenance  dosage  is  120  to  160  mg  once  daily.  In  some  instances  a dosage  of  640 
mg  may  be  required  The  time  needed  for  full  hypertensive  response  to  a given  dosage  is 
variable  and  may  range  from  a few  days  to  several  weeks 

ANGINA  PECTORIS — Dosage  must  be  individualized.  Starting  with  80  mg  INDERAL  LA 
once  daily,  dosage  should  be  gradually  increased  at  three  to  seven  day  intervals  until  optimurr 
response  is  obtained  Although  individual  patients  may  respond  at  any  dosage  level,  the 
average  optimum  dosage  appears  to  be  160  mg  once  daily.  In  angina  pectoris,  the  value  and 
safety  of  dosage  exceeding  320  mg  per  day  have  not  been  established. 

If  treatment  is  to  be  discontinued,  reduce  dosage  gradually  over  a period  of  a few  weeks' 
(see  WARNINGS). 

MIGRAINE — Dosage  must  be  individualized  The  initial  oral  dose  is  80  mg  INDERAL  LA 
once  daily.  The  usual  effective  dose  range  is  160-240  mg  once  daily.  The  dosage  may  be' 
increased  gradually  to  achieve  optimum  migraine  prophylaxis.  If  a satisfactory  response  is  not, 
obtained  within  four  to  six  weeks  after  reaching  the  maximum  dose,  INDERAL  LA  therapy 
should  be  discontinued  It  may  be  advisable  to  withdraw  the  drug  gradually  over  a period  of 
several  weeks. 

HYPERTROPHIC  SUBAORTIC  STENOSIS— 80-160  mg  INDERAL  LA  once  daily 
PEDIATRIC  DOSAGE  — At  this  time  the  data  on  the  use  of  the  drug  in  this  age  qroup  are 
too  limited  to  permit  adequate  directions  for  use. 

•The  appearance  of  INDERAL  LA  capsules  is  a registered  trademark  of  Ayerst  Laboratories. 

8688/863 

AYERST  LABORATORIES 
New  York,  N Y.  10017 


IN  PATIENTS  WITH  ANGINA  PECTORIS,  there  have  been  reports  of  exacerbation  of 
angina  and,  in  some  cases,  myocardial  infarction,  following  abrupt  discontinuance  of 
INDERAL  therapy  Therefore,  when  discontinuance  of  INDERAL  is  planned  the  dosage 
should  be  gradually  reduced  over  at  least  a few  weeks,  and  the  patient  should  be 
cautioned  against  interruption  or  cessation  of  therapy  without  the  physician’s  advice  If 
INDERAL  therapy  is  interrupted  and  exacerbation  of  angina  occurs,  it  usually  is  advisa- 
ble to  reinstitute  INDERAL  therapy  and  take  other  measures  appropriate  for  the  manage- 
ment of  unstable  angina  pectoris  Since  coronary  artery  disease  may  be  unrecognized,  it 
may  be  prudent  to  follow  the  above  advice  in  patients  considered  at  risk  of  having  occult 
atherosclerotic  heart  disease  who  are  given  propranolol  for  other  indications 


36 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


The  Area  Health  Education 
Center  Program 

MERWYN  A.  LANDAY,  D.D.S.,  BENJAMIN  L.  COHEN,  D.O., 

RICHARD  C.  REYNOLDS,  M.D.,  Camden* 


The  Area  Health  Education  Center  (AHEC)  Program  is  a 
decentralized  effort  to  improve  health  professions  education  in 
southern  New  Jersey  and  eventually  the  health  status  of  the 
^population  of  this  region.  It  is  intended  to  correct  the  deficit  in  the 
type  and  numbers  of  education  programs  for  the  health  professions  in 
the  region  by  linking  the  educational  and  training  programs  of  the 
University  of  Medicine  and  Dentistry  of  New  Jersey  to  community 
hospitals,  local  affiliated  educational  institutions,  and  local  health 
providers  in  southern  New  Jersey. 


T 


he  Area  Health  Education  Center 
Program  in  New  Jersey  consists  of 
two  principal  components:  the  Uni- 
versity of  Medicine  and  Dentistry  of  New  Jersey  (UMDNJ) 
with  its  cooperating  and  participating  schools,  and  three 
Area  Health  Education  Centers  (AHECs).  The  three  AHECs 
encompass  a region  that  includes  the  eight  counties  of 
southern  New  Jersey  (Figure  1). 

The  UMDNJ  schools  participating  in  the  AHEC  Program 
include  the  New  Jersey  School  of  Osteopathic  Medicine, 
Rutgers  Medical  School,  New  Jersey  Dental  School,  and  the 
School  of  Health-Related  Professions.  The  New  Jersey 
School  of  Osteopathic  Medicine  developed  and  secured  the 
grant  and  is  the  management  agent  for  the  program.  Among 
the  other  institutions  to  participate  in  the  New  Jersey  AHEC 
Program  are  12  affiliated  schools,  22  hospitals  or  major 
health  care  providers,  over  30  preceptor  offices,  and  more 
than  20  community  organizations. 

The  AHEC  Program  is  a decentralized  effort  to  improve 
health  professions  education,  the  geographic  and  specialty 
distribution  of  health  manpower,  and,  eventually,  the  health 
status  of  the  population  of  southern  New  Jersey.  It  is 
intended  to  correct  the  deficit  in  the  type  and  numbers  of 
health  professions  education  programs  in  the  region  as  well 
as  to  improve  the  coordination  and  use  of  existing  resources 
by  linking  the  educational  and  training  programs  of  the 
University  of  Medicine  and  Dentistry  of  New  Jersey  to 


community  hospitals,  local  affiliated  educational  institu- 
tions, and  local  health  providers.  Using  this  partnership 
approach,  the  program  provides  training  that  specifically 
addresses  the  health  personnel  needs  of  particular  com- 
munities of  southern  New  Jersey. 

Southern  New  Jersey  has  two  related  problems  in  health 
status  and  health  manpower.  The  health  status  of  the  eight 
counties  of  southern  New  Jersey  is  below  the  state  average, 
and  there  is  uneven  distribution  and  some  shortages  of  health 
manpower.  And,  until  recently,  health  professions  education 
institutions  and  resources  virtually  were  nonexistent  in  this 
region. 

During  the  first  three  years  (1978  to  1981)  of  the  New 
Jersey  AHEC  Program,  the  Camden  AHEC,  an  urban  area 
health  education  center  with  an  emphasis  on  Camden  City, 
was  developed  in  Camden  County.  This  past  year,  planning 
was  accomplished  for  two  additional  AHECs  to  cover  the 
remaining  seven  counties  of  southern  New  Jersey.  The  new 
Garden  AHEC  covers  Gloucester,  Salem,  and  Cumberland 
counties  in  southwestern  New  Jersey  and  has  urban  and  rural 
components.  The  new  Shore  AHEC  covers  Burlington, 


*From  UMDNJ,  where  Dr.  Landay  is  Program  Director,  UMDNJ- 
Area  Health  Education  Center  Program,  Dr.  Cohen  is  Dean, 
UMDNJ-New  Jersey  School  of  Osteopathic  Medicine,  and  Dr.  Rey- 
nolds is  Dean,  UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School.  Correspondence 
may  be  addressed  to  Dr.  Landay,  UMDNJ-AHEC  Program,  300 
Broadway,  Camden,  NJ  08103. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  1— JANUARY  1984 


37 


Figure  1 — The  three  AHECs  encompass  a region  that  includes 
the  eight  counties  of  southern  New  Jersey. 


Ocean,  Atlantic,  and  Cape  May  Counties  in  southeastern 
New  Jersey  and  has  urban,  rural,  and  geriatric  components. 

Each  of  the  three  AHECs  in  the  program  is  operated  by  a 
corporate  entity  independent  from  UMDNJ.  The  Camden 
AHEC  is  administered  by  Camden  AHEC,  Inc.,  a not-for- 
profit  community  corporation  formed  expressly  for  the 
purpose  of  conducting  a regional  educational  center  in 
Camden  County.  The  Garden  AHEC  is  administered  by  the 
Bridgeton  Hospital  Association,  which  is  an  independent 
corporation  that  operates  Bridgeton  Hospital  in  Cumberland 
County.  The  Shore  AHEC  is  administered  by  the  Atlantic 
City  Medical  Center,  which  is  a hospital  with  two  divisions  in 
Atlantic  County.  Both  of  these  are  community  hospital 
corporations  which  have  adopted,  as  one  of  their  additional 
functions,  the  operation  of  an  area  health  education  center. 

Large  numbers  of  students  of  all  types  are  having  signifi- 
cant portions  of  their  formal  training  provided  in  settings  in 
southern  New  Jersey.  This  includes  undergraduate  os- 
teopathic and  allopathic  medical  students,  osteopathic  and 


allopathic  postgraduate  students,  undergraduate  and  gradu- 
ate dental  students,  nurse  practitioners,  nurse  midwives, 
mental  health  workers,  social  workers,  and  a wide  variety  of 
allied  health  professionals.  In  addition,  large  numbers  of 
continuing  education  programs  are  being  conducted  in  the 
previously  professionally  isolated  and  underserved  southern 
New  Jersey  region  to  improve  the  quality  and  other  impor-  i 
tant  features  of  the  health  manpower  and  health  services  of 
the  area.  These  include  extensive  activities  in  continuing 
education,  health  education,  prevention,  nutrition,  National 
Health  Service  Corps  support,  minority  recruitment  into 
health  professions,  learning  resources  development,  and 
health  care  management. 

The  intention  of  the  UMDNJ-AHEC  Program  is  to 
continue  the  progress  already  achieved  in  Camden  County 
and  to  begin  to  achieve  the  same  results  in  the  remaining 
seven  counties  of  southern  New  Jersey. 

THE  REGION 

Over  1.85  million  people  live  in  the  eight  southern  New 
Jersey  counties  which  comprise  this  AHEC  Program  region. 
Seventy-two  percent  of  this  population  are  urban  residents 
and  28  percent  are  rural  residents. 

The  major  urban  concentration  in  this  area,  Camden  City, 
has  been  ranked  as  the  ninth  most  distressed  city  in  the 
nation  on  the  basis  of  the  percentage  of  citizens  living  in 
poverty,  the  percentage  of  pre-1940  housing,  and  the  rate  of  j 
population  decline.  Vineland-Bridgeton-Millville,  the  second 
largest  metropolitian  area  in  the  region,  recently  was  ranked  j 
as  very  nearly  the  worst  metropolitian  area  in  the  United 
States  in  which  to  live  (267  out  of  277  metropolitan  areas), 
comparing  economics,  housing,  crime,  education,  health  j 
care,  recreation,  transportation,  climate,  and  terrain.1  In  i 
Atlantic  City,  the  third  largest  city  in  the  region,  71.3  percent 
of  Atlantic  City  public  school  pupils,  a few  years  ago,  were 
recipients  of  Aid  to  Families  with  Dependent  Children.  In 
addition,  the  rural  residents  of  southern  New  Jersey  have 
high  rates  of  unemployment  and  high  numbers  of  families 
below  the  poverty  level  because  of  the  troubled  farm  in- 
dustry. 

In  1979,  two  general  indices  of  health  status,  the  Standard-  ! 
ized  Mortality  Ratio  (SMR)  and  the  Years  of  Life  Lost  Index 
(YLL),  revealed  that  the  health  status  of  the  residents  of 
southern  New  Jersey  is  poor.  Among  the  200  health  service  j 
areas  (HSAs)  across  the  country,  southern  New  Jersey 
ranked  worse  than  156  others  in  general  health  status.2  Parts 
of  the  area  experience  generally  higher  than  average  morbidi- 
ty and  mortality  rates,  high  infant  mortality,  and  other 
specific  indicators  of  poor  health  status.  In  addition,  poor  ‘ 
access  to  health  care  exists  in  the  region  due  to  economic,  ; 
cultural,  linguistic,  geographic,  and  transportation  barriers. 
For  portions  of  the  population  of  the  region,  access  largely  is 
limited  to  crisis  care,  with  little  preventive  medicine,  early 
detection  of  disease,  or  health  education. 

Of  the  eight-county  southern  New  Jersey  areas,  five  coun- 
ties had  portions  of  their  region  classified  as  primary  care 
Health  Manpower  Shortage  Areas  (HMSA)  or  Medically 
Underserved  Areas  (MUA).  All  of  the  20  census  tracts  in  the 
city  of  Camden  have  been  designated  as  primary  care 
HMSAs.  In  addition,  areas  of  southern  New  Jersey  have 
only  1 primary  care  physician  per  3,500  to  5,000  population, 
and  some  areas  have  even  less  than  1 physician  per  5,000 
population.3  The  New  Jersey  Department  of  Higher  Educa- 
tion projected  the  need  for  an  increase  of  25.3  percent  or  680 


38 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


physicians  by  1985  for  the  southern  New  Jersey  area,4  if 
foreign  medical  graduates  are  restricted.  In  addition,  there  is 
a need  for  other  health  care  professions  manpower  in  certain 
parts  of  the  region  such  as  nurse  practitioners,  dentists, 
nurses,  and  allied  health  workers  of  many  types. 

Finally,  until  the  arrival  in  1978  of  the  New  Jersey  AHEC 
Program  and  the  recent  beginning  of  the  development  of  a 
southern  campus  of  UMDNJ  in  Camden  County,  there  was 
a virtual  absence  of  health  professions  educational  programs 
in  southern  New  Jersey. 

GOALS 

The  goals  of  the  UMDNJ-AHEC  Program  are  to  plan, 
develop,  and  operate  area  health  education  centers  in  the 
eight  counties  of  southern  New  Jersey  in  order  to:  improve 
the  supply,  distribution,  quality,  utilization,  and  efficiency  of 
health  manpower  in  the  health  service  delivery  system  and 
ultimately  the  health  of  the  residents;  to  accomplish  this 
through  the  extension  and  regionalization  of  educational 
responsibilities  of  currently  existing  health  professions 
schools. 

ORGANIZATIONAL  STRUCTURE 

The  University  of  Medicine  and  Dentistry  of  New  Jersey  is 
the  state-supported  system  for  health  professions  education 
for  New  Jersey.  It  is  a multicampus  institution  for  educating 
health  personnel  with  more  than  2,000  students  enrolled  in 
doctor  of  medicine,  doctor  of  osteopathy,  doctor  of  dental 
medicine,  doctoral  and  master  of  science  programs,  and 
many  hundreds  more  in  allied  health  programs,  with  cam- 
puses in  Newark,  Piscataway,  and  a newly  developing  cam- 
pus in  Camden.  UMDNJ  serves  as  the  recipient  of  the 
AHEC  Program  cooperative  agreement.  One  of  its  compo- 
nents, the  UMDNJ-New  Jersey  School  of  Osteopathic  Medi- 
cine, is  the  cooperating  school,  as  well  as  the  management 
agent  for  the  program.  The  organizational  structure  of  the 
program  is  illustrated  in  Figure  2 and  is  modeled  on  federal 
recommendations  to  carry  out  the  mandate  of  the  AHEC 
Program  legislation  designed  to  assure  a significant  non- 
university voice  in  AHEC  program  functioning. 

The  UMDNJ-New  Jersey  Dental  School  and  the 
UMDNJ-School  of  Health-Related  Professions  both  are 
participating  schools  in  the  program.  The  UMDNJ-Rutgers 
Medical  School,  which  in  the  past  was  involved  only  for  the 
purchase  of  services  for  which  it  had  unique  resources,  in- 
tends to  increase  its  role  in  the  program  as  the  Garden  and 
Shore  AHECs  become  operational. 

ACCOMPLISHMENTS  IN  MEETING  FEDERAL  AHEC 
REQUIREMENTS  AND  PROGRESS  TO  DATE 

The  UMDNJ-New  Jersey  AHEC  Program  has  met  all  of 
the  requirements  in  Section  781  of  Public  Law  94-484  and 
associated  Rules  and  Regulations,  and  the  Program  Guide 
for  Area  Health  Education  Center  Programs.  Meeting  these 
requirements  and  regulations  was  considered  to  be  the 
minimum  acceptable  performance  for  this  program. 

The  real  accomplishments  and  richness  in  the  UMDNJ- 
AHEC  Program  are  in  the  many  new  educational  programs 
and  activities  that  go  beyond  the  basic  781  requirements.  For 
example,  12.8  percent,  rather  than  10  percent,  of  the  clinical 
education  of  the  New  Jersey  School  of  Osteopathic  Medicine 
now  occurs  in  AHEC  settings.  Although  only  two  other 
health  professions  schools  other  than  the  cooperating  school 
are  required  to  participate  in  an  AHEC  program,  nine 
schools  now  rotate  students  into  the  Camden  AHEC  alone 


Figure  2 — The  organizational  structure  of  the  UMDNJ-AHEC 
Program. 


for  clinical  experiences  as  a result  of  the  New  Jersey  AHEC 
Program.  Although  only  75  percent  of  the  funds  awarded  to 
the  program  must  pass  to  the  centers,  8 1 percent  in  fiscal  year 
1983  and  85  percent  in  fiscal  year  1984  will  go  to  the  centers. 
Although  either  a nurse  practitioner  or  physician’s  assistant 
program  is  required,  new  clinical  training  programs  for 
nurse-midwives,  nurse-practitioners,  and  physician’s  assis- 
tants have  been  brought  into  the  region.  A new  family 
practice  residency  has  been  started  which  had  over  20 
applicants  for  seven  positions  this  past  year.  Innovative 
continuing  education  programs  have  been  offered  in  content 
areas  relating  to  practice  in  underserved  areas.  Nutrition 
education  has  been  newly  provided  to  the  region.  Health 
professionals  now  receive  skills  training  in  health  education 
important  to  the  promotion  of  health  in  the  area.  National 
Health  Service  Corps  members  receive  assistance  while  locat- 
ing and  practicing  in  the  area,  as  well  as  a potential  faculty 
appointment  at  UMDNJ-NJSOM  and  UMDNJ-RMS. 
Thousands  of  minority  and  disadvantaged  high  school  stu- 
dents have  been  exposed  to  health  career  opportunities.  The 
Center  Board  of  Directors  and  Center  and  Program  Ad- 
visory Committees  have  involved  extraordinarily  large  num- 
bers of  health  professionals  and  broad  community  constit- 
uencies in  developing  educational  programs  needed  in  this 
region,  and  providing  many  of  the  resources  for  their 
support. 

In  this  past  year,  93  undergraduate  osteopathic  medical 
students  spent  a total  of  11,928  student  hours  in  AHEC 
settings  and  institutions  in  the  region.  The  AHEC  Program 
provided  supporting  resources  for  105  existing  and  new 
primary  care  residents  and  rotating  interns.  As  part  of  the 
developing  Rutgers  Medical  School  of  Camden,  70  al- 
lopathic undergraduate  medical  students  spent  rotations  in 
southern  New  Jersey,  and  12  Fifth  Pathway  students  spent  a 
full  year  in  the  Camden  inner  city.  All  86  dental  students 
from  the  northern  part  of  the  state  rotated  through  the 
AHEC  region  for  a total  of  1,204  student  hours  of  instruc- 
tion in  AHEC  settings  in  the  region.  Extensive  rotations  were 
provided  in  nursing,  allied  health,  and  social  work  education. 
These  included  nurse  midwifery  students  full  time  for  15- 
week  rotations,  nurse  practitioner  students  for  18-week 
rotations,  physician’s  assistant  students  for  4 weeks  full  time, 
social  work  graduate  students  for  three  days  a week  for  a 
year,  and  dietary  technician  students  for  60  hours  each. 
Other  allied  health  rotations  occurred  in  mental  health, 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  1— JANUARY  1984 


39 


physical  therapy,  and  dental  hygiene,  for  a total  of  approx- 
imately 6,000  student  hours  of  clinical  experience  in  the 
AH  EC  region.  Over  200  students  from  various  disciplines 
participated  in  formal  educational  programs  in  health  care 
management.  In  nutrition  education,  85  students  were  in- 
volved in  direct  instruction  and  clinical  experiences  in  the 
region.  Over  50  minority  and  disadvantaged  students  were 
involved  in  extensive  health  careers  development  programs 
for  over  2,500  student  hours  of  educational  experience.  In 
continuing  and  other  education  in  the  past  two  years,  over  75 
courses  have  been  conducted  in  Camden  with  2,463  partici- 
pants, for  over  9,000  participant  hours.  In  addition,  over 
2,000  students  in  various  high  schools  throughout  the  region 
were  involved  in  health  careers  awareness  programs. 

As  a result  of  the  AHEC  Program,  a number  of  other 
significant  accomplishments  have  occurred.  Nursing  educa- 
tion at  the  graduate  level  has  increased  considerably  in  the 
region  with  the  development  of  a nurse-midwifery,  a nurse 
practitioner,  and  a continuing  education  effort.  The  cooper- 
ating medical  school  now  accepts  the  AHEC  rotation  into 
underserved  areas  as  part  of  their  standard  curriculum.  A 
large  number  of  clinical  rotations  have  started  in  the  region 
which  are  expected  to  lead  to  a more  favorable  distribution 
of  health  personnel  in  southern  New  Jersey.  Partnerships 
have  been  established  between  many  health  professions 
training  institutions  and  local  health  providers  and  educa- 
tional institutions  in  the  region.  The  AHEC  Program  has 
provided  the  link  between  the  health  sciences  centers  in  the 
northern  and  middle  parts  of  the  state  and  the  underserved 
areas  of  southern  New  Jersey.  An  enhanced  professional 
environment  has  begun  to  develop  for  health  professionals  in 
southern  New  Jersey  which  should  make  this  area  a more 
attractive  location  in  which  to  practice.  The  University  has 
begun  to  help  increase  the  skills  of  practitioners  and  adminis- 
trators in  health  care  delivery  with  its  health  care  man- 
agement training.  And,  most  importantly,  the  AHEC  Pro- 
gram through  its  broad  extension  of  educational  programs 
and  the  University  presence  into  this  previously  neglected 
area  has  begun  to  address  the  health  manpower  needs  of  the 
area. 

SCOPE  OF  FUTURE  WORK 

The  next  two  years  will  move  the  New  Jersey  AHEC 
Program  further  towards  a three-center  program.  In  1983, 
the  Camden  AHEC  entered  its  fifth  year  and  continues  to 
function  at  a fully  operational  level  through  increased  local 
support.  The  Garden  and  Shore  AHECs  will  enter  their 
developmental  years  and  continue  to  form  the  necessary 
linkages  and  partnerships,  as  well  as  design  the  educational 
programs  needed  in  this  region.  In  addition,  during  this  next 
year,  continuing  education  and  the  start  of  student  rotations 
in  a number  of  disciplines  will  begin  in  the  Garden  and  Shore 
AHECs.  In  1984,  the  Garden  and  Shore  AHECs  will  enter 
their  operational  years  and  conduct  the  wide  variety  of 
educational  programs  developed  for  their  regions. 

During  1983,  formal  educational  programs  conducted  in 
the  AHEC  region  include  20  disciplinary  areas  and  over  900 
students.  Three  hundred  forty-eight  students  are  from  os- 
teopathic and  allopathic  undergraduate  and  postgraduate 
medical  education,  89  students  from  dental  education,  54 
students  from  allied  health,  and  85  students  from  nutrition 
education.  In  addition,  social  work  education  involves  60 
students;  health  care  management,  200  students;  and  health 
education,  35  students.  Also,  a total  of  10,812  participants 
are  involved  in  almost  30,000  hours  of  continuing  education 


programs  in  the  fields  of  medicine,  dentistry,  nursing,  allied 
health,  health  care  management,  and  multidisciplinary  top- 
ics. 

During  this  next  year,  the  New  Jersey  AHEC  Program  will 
place  emphasis  on  the  development  of  the  Garden  and  Shore 
AHECs.  Both  centers  will  continue  the  formation  of  partner- 
ships with  potential  participating  institutions  as  well  as 
piloting  new  rotations  for  students  needed  in  the  region.  The 
development  of  a geriatric  emphasis  for  the  Shore  AHEC 
will  be  continued  so  that  appropriate  student  experiences  are 
planned  and  readied  for  implementation.  Emphasis  on  nurs- 
ing education  is  planned  throughout  the  region  with  in- 
creased activity  in  innovative  education  which  attempts  to 
keep  nurses  in  the  work  force  and  increase  their  job  satisfac- 
tion. Efforts  also  will  be  made  to  develop  the  region  as  a 
model  for  NHSC  placements  and  innovative  extensions  of 
learning  resources  into  this  region  through  an  existing  con- 
sortium  will  be  pursued. 

The  extension  into  the  remaining  seven  counties  of  south- 
ern New  Jersey  during  these  next  three  years,  besides  ad- 
dressing the  needs  of  the  population  of  this  area,  will  increase 
the  number  of  students  enrolled  in  AH  EC-supported  ac- 
tivities and  enhance  student  experiences  by  providing  rota- 
tions in  a variety  of  sites  and  an  opportunity  to  work  with 
urban,  rural,  migrant,  and  geriatric  patient  populations. 
With  the  types  and  numbers  of  educational  programs 
projected,  UMDNJ  will  continue  to  develop  an  increased 
presence  and  responsibility  throughout  the  region  and  con- 
tinue to  bring  about  the  necessary  interinstitutional  change 
and  resources  needed  to  address  the  health  education  and 
health  manpower  needs  of  southern  New  Jersey. 

PROJECTED  OUTCOMES 

The  UMDNJ-New  Jersey  AHEC  Program  will  achieve  a 
number  of  important  organizational,  educational,  and  com- 
munity outcomes  in  the  region. 

Organizational  outcomes  include  the  following; 

1.  Three  AHEC  regional  education  centers  will  have  been 
developed. 

2.  The  University  of  Medicine  and  Dentistry  of  New 
Jersey  will  have  another  structure  to  provide  educational 
programs  to  the  complete  southern  New  Jersey  region. 

3.  Multiple  linkages  and  partnerships  in  educational  pro- 
grams will  have  developed  between  components  of  UMDNJ 
and  community  hospitals,  local  affiliated  educational  institu- 
tions, and  local  health  care  providers. 

4.  The  numbers  of  primary  care  health  professions  train- 
ing programs  and  students  will  have  been  increased. 

5.  Significant  institutional  change  will  occur  in  the  tradi- 
tional pattern  of  health  professions  education. 

Educational  outcomes  include  the  following; 

1.  UMDNJ  will  have  regionalized  its  medical,  dental,  and 
allied  health  education  programs  into  the  southern  New 
Jersey  area. 

2.  The  deficiency  in  health  professions  educational  pro-  i 
grams  in  southern  New  Jersey  will  have  been  relieved. 

3.  Coordination  of  the  education  and  training  of  medical, 
dental,  nursing,  social  work,  mental  health,  and  allied  health 
workers  in  primary  care  will  have  increased. 

4.  Coordination  and  increase  of  the  quality  of  continuing 
education  will  have  occurred  throughout  the  region. 

5.  Coordination  and  integration  of  UMDNJ  health  pro- 
fessions education  programs  with  local  health  professions 
education  programs  will  have  increased. 

6.  Important  educational  experiences  in  primary  health 


40 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


care  with  urban,  rural,  and  geriatric  populations  will  have 
been  added  to  the  educational  programs  of  UMDNJ  and 
affiliated  schools. 

7.  Highly  needed  academic  programs  will  have  been  de- 
veloped in  a most  cost-effective  manner  through  the  com- 
bination of  resources  in  multiinstitutional  partnerships. 

Community  outcomes  include  the  following: 

1.  Professional  isolation  will  be  reduced  and  an  im- 
proved professional  environment  will  have  been  developed  in 
underserved  areas  of  southern  New  Jersey. 

2.  Retention  of  students  and  residents  trained  in  south- 
ern New  Jersey  will  be  improved. 

3.  Geographic  distribution  of  primary  care  health  pro- 
fessionals will  be  improved. 

4.  Needed  health  professions  educational  programs  will 
have  been  extended  into  the  underserved  communities  in  the 
region. 

5.  The  supply  of  primary  care  physicians  and  other  types 
of  health  manpower  needed  in  the  underserved  areas  of  the 
region  will  have  increased. 

6.  The  quality  of  the  health  professionals  practicing  in 
underserved  areas  will  be  improved. 

7.  Access  to  primary  health  care  services  for  residents  in 
the  underserved  areas  of  southern  New  Jersey  will  increase. 

8.  There  will  be  larger  numbers  of  representatives  of 
minorities  and  disadvantaged  populations  in  the  health 
professions  of  the  region. 

9.  Health  care  practices  in  the  region  will  be  improved. 

10.  The  health  status  of  the  residents  of  southern  New 

Jersey  ultimately  will  improve. 

SPECIAL  FEATURES  OF  THE  PROGRAM 

The  AHEC  Program  in  New  Jersey  has  several  special 
features: 

1.  Collaboration  between  Osteopathic  and  Allopathic  Phy- 
sicians. The  development  of  a multiinstitutional  partnership 
to  establish  an  AHEC  program  in  southern  New  Jersey 
required  a concerted  effort  of  the  osteopathic  and  allopathic 
professions  working  together  to  address  the  health  education 
and  health  care  needs  in  the  community.  This  represents  a 
significant  collaborative  effort  between  these  two  segments 
of  the  medical  profession.  Although  other  AHEC  programs 
have  osteopathic  schools  as  participants,  this  is  the  only 
program  in  which  an  osteopathic  medical  school  is  the 
cooperating  school  and  the  management  agent  working  in 
partnership  with  a large  number  of  allopathic  institutions. 
This  is  increasing  the  cooperation  between  these  two  seg- 
ments of  the  medical  profession  in  this  region. 

2.  Pioneering  Efforts  in  Statewide  Health  Professions 
Education.  New  Jersey  is  one  of  the  leading  states  that  is 
developing  a statewide  university  of  the  health  professions 
with  multiple  campuses  and  regionalized  education  responsi- 
bility. The  New  Jersey  AHEC  Program  provides  the  final 
link  to  this  regionalized  statewide  approach  by  providing 
health  professions  education  into  the  remaining  educational- 
ly deficient  southern  part  of  the  state. 

3.  Pioneering  Efforts  in  Urban  Area  Health  Education 
Centers.  The  UMDNJ-AHEC  Program  was  one  of  the 
earliest  urban  AHECs  when  it  was  established  in  1978.  In  the 
city  of  Camden  it  dealt  with  perhaps  the  most  depressed  and 
deficient  urban  area  addressed  by  an  AHEC.  This  extensive 
experience  will  be  invaluable  for  use  for  the  urban  residents 
who  represent  72  percent  of  the  population  in  the  eight 
counties  of  southern  Jersey.  In  addition,  this  experience  is 
available  for  use  in  other  urban  areas  of  New  Jersey  which, 


with  13  standard  metropolitan  statistical  areas,  is  the  most 
urbanized  state  in  the  United  States. 

4.  Pioneering  Efforts  in  Health  Care  Management.  This 
AHEC  program  is  unique,  with  its  high  emphasis  on  increas- 
ing the  skills  in  management  in  the  health  care  delivery 
system  of  the  state.  This  is  especially  important  in  a state  that 
has  placed  its  whole  hospital  industry  on  a prospective 
reimbursement  system  to  contain  health  care  costs  and  is  in 
critical  need  of  skilled  management  to  accomplish  this 
change.  In  addition,  this  training  has  significant  implications 
in  cost  containment  and  is  providing  students  with  the 
practice  management  skills  to  locate  in  underserved  areas,  as 
well  as  the  patient  management  skills  to  treat  the  special 
needs  of  the  populations  found  in  these  underserved  areas. 

5.  Pioneering  Affiliations  with  the  National  Health  Service 
Corps.  Working  with  the  regional  office,  four  NHSC  place- 
ments were  assigned  on  July  11,  1982,  in  Camden  AHEC 
Provider  settings  and  will  receive  appointments  to  the 
UMDNJ-NJSOM  faculty.  These  assignees  will  meet  their 
Corps  service  delivery  requirements,  as  well  as  have  the 
professional  stimulation  and  permanent  appeal,  of  an  educa- 
tional role.  Once  this  model  is  evaluated,  the  regional  office 
would  like  to  develop  additional  dual  service-educational 
placements  throughout  southern  New  Jersey. 

6.  Potential  in  Geriatrics-Gerontology  Education  and  Ser- 
vice. The  extraordinarily  high  geriatric  populations  in  the 
counties  of  south  Jersey,  especially  along  the  Atlantic  shore, 
present  both  a need  and  an  opportunity  for  New  Jersey.  This 
is  a severely  underserved  population.  The  potential  exists  to 
make  the  Shore  AHEC  the  focus  for  geriatric-gerontology 
rotations  and  training  for  the  UMDNJ  system  and  to  secure 
external  funding  sources  for  support. 

7.  Extraordinary  Cost  Effectiveness  of  the  Program.  The 
benefits  and  effectiveness  of  the  UMDNJ-AHEC  Program 
are  extremely  high  in  comparison  to  the  costs  of  the  pro- 
gram. Larger  numbers  of  students  and  populations  and 
larger  areas  are  being  impacted  by  the  program  than 
projected  in  the  original  UMDNJ  proposal  to  the  federal 
government  and  at  funding  levels  which  never  have  reached 
near  the  levels  of  those  requested  in  the  original  proposal.  In 
addition,  innovative  programming  is  planned  to  allow  the 
developing  Garden  and  Shore  AHECs  to  meet  all  Section 
781  requirements  without  high  costs.  The  intent  is  to  provide 
high  quality,  noncostly  models  of  area  health  educations 
centers  in  the  Garden  and  Shore  regions. 

CONCLUSION 

The  UMDNJ-AHEC  Program  is  critical  to  the  improve- 
ment of  the  health  manpower  and  health  status  of  the 
residents  of  southern  New  Jersey.  With  its  decentralized  and 
regionalized  approach  to  the  problem,  extending  and  linking 
currently  existing  health  professions  schools  to  the  local 
community,  it  is  providing  a highly  cost-effective  approach 
to  the  health  personnel  needs  of  southern  New  Jersey. 

REFERENCES 

1.  Boyer  R,  Savageau  D:  Places  Related  Almanac.  New  York, 
NY,  Rand  McNally  Co.,  1981. 

2.  Southern  New  Jersey  Health  Systems  Agency:  Health  Systems 
Plan,  1979-1984,  pp  31. 

3.  Southern  New  Jersey  Health  Systems  Agency:  Health  Systems 
Plan,  1979-1984,  pp  63. 

4.  New  Jersey  Department  of  Higher  Education:  Graduate  Medi- 
cal Education  Master  Plan.  Physician  Need  Projection  by  Specialty 
and  Geographic  Location  for  New  Jersey.  Office  of  Research  and 
Manpower,  1981. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  I— JANUARY  1984 


41 


We’re  6,900 
New  Jersey  physicians 
managing  our  own 

non-profit  liability 
insurance  company  — 

for  our  own 
sake. 


Six  years  ago,  when 
commercial  malpractice 
insurance 
premiums  went 
through  the  roof, 
the  Medical  Society  of  N.J. 
sponsored  4,400  Newjersey 
physicians  in  the  doctors’  own  venture 
to  insure  themselves  at  a realistic  cost. 


We  invite  you 

to  loin 
us. 


By  eliminating  the  middleman,  minimizing 
operating  expenses,  and  managing  our  own 
funds,  we  beat  the  system.  Recently  introduced 
commercial  products  have  had  to  resort  to 
(ultimately  very  expensive)  short-term 
gimmicks  and  “come-ons.”  Despite  their 
efforts,  our  membership  increased  by  a full 
10%  in  1982 — that’s  a testimonial  by  600  of 
your  colleagues  who  recently  compared  all 
the  currently  available  alternatives.  Today, 
our  subscribers  represent  two- thirds  of 
the  practicing  physicians  purchasing 
insurance  in  the  state. 


We’d  like  very  much  to  talk  to  you.  You’ll 
discover  that  a chat  with  someone  with 
your  interests  at  heart  can  be  a real 
eye  opener.  Call  me,  Bill  Reilly,  * ‘'TVlP 

Vice  President /Policy  Holder  **  * 

Services  at  800-257-6288.  UOCtOYS 


Company” 


Medical 

Inter-Insurance 

Exchange 

of  Newjersey 


Two  Princess  Road 
Lawrenceville,  New  Jersey  08648 
(609)  896-2404 


42 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


CASE  REPORTS 

Infantile  Embryonal 
Carcinoma  in  Children 


PHILIP  S.  AFFUSO,  M.D.,  and 
A.  OLUSEGUN  FAYEMI,  M.D.,  Teaneck* 


We  report  two  children  with  infantile  embryonal  carcinoma  of  the 
testis  presenting  as  painless  testicular  enlargement  in  one  case  and  a 
clinical  picture  indistinguishable  from  a hydrocele  in  the  other.  The 
patients  underwent  orchiectomy  without  lymph  node  dissection  or 
adjuvant  chemotherapy. 


Primary  testicular  neoplasms  are  rare 
in  infancy  and  childhood.  Two  to  5 
percent  of  all  testicular  tumors  oc- 
cur in  children  and  the  majority  of  these  make  their  ap- 
pearance before  the  age  of  two  years.1  Approximately  35  new 
cases  are  diagnosed  annually  throughout  the  United  States.2 
This  report  concerns  the  occurrence  of  primary  malignant 
testicular  neoplasms  in  two  children.  The  lesions  were  treated 
by  surgery  alone  with  a followup  period  of  one-and-a-half  to 
two  years,  respectively. 

CASE  REPORT  1 

A two-year-old  boy  was  brought  to  the  emergency  room 
because  of  painful  enlargement  of  the  right  scrotum.  Two 
months  prior  to  admission  he  was  diagnosed  as  having  a 
hydrocele  and  elective  hydrocelectomy  had  been  planned. 

Physical  examination  revealed  the  right  scrotum  to  be 
diffusely  enlarged  and  tender.  Because  of  the  possibility  of  an 
incarcerated  hernia,  emergency  operation  was  performed 
through  an  inguinal  incision.  At  surgery,  the  right  testis  was 
found  to  be  completely  replaced  by  tumor  and  right  radical 
orchiectomy  was  performed. 

The  testis,  which  measured  4.5  x 3 x 3 cm,  showed  a 
smooth  and  glistening  tunica  albuginea.  Almost  the  entire 
testicular  substance  was  replaced  by  a yellow-gray  tumor 
showing  focal  hemorrhage,  necrosis,  and,  in  areas,  a mucoid 
appearance. 

Microscopically,  malignant  epithelial  cells  were  arranged 
in  glandular  forms  with  prominent  papillary  pattern  (Figure 
1).  The  lumen  of  some  contained  lightly  eosinphilic 


amorphous  material.  The  tumor  cells  usually  were  hyper- 
chromatic,  some  showing  prominent  vacuolated  cytoplasm. 

The  postoperative  course  was  uneventful.  He  subsequently 
was  referred  to  Memorial  Sloan  Kettering  Medical  Center 
where  detailed  investigation  revealed  no  evidence  of 
metastases,  hence  no  further  treatment  was  administered. 
Two  years  following  surgery,  the  patient  is  alive  and  well. 
Careful  followup  has  failed  to  reveal  any  evidence  of  recur- 
rence. 

CASE  REPORT  2 

An  18-month-old  child  was  evaluated  for  a two- week 
history  of  painless  swelling  of  the  right  scrotum.  Physical 
examination  revealed  that  the  right  testis  was  diffusely 
enlarged,  nontender,  and  soft.  Transillumination  was  pos- 
sible and,  therefore,  the  diagnosis  of  a hydrocele  was  enter- 
tained although  a testicular  neoplasm  could  not  be  excluded. 
The  preoperative  chest  roentgenogram,  beta  unit  of  human 
chorionic  gonadotropin  (HCG)  and  alpha  fetoprotein  were 
all  negative. 

Exploration  through  an  inguinal  incision  was  performed. 
The  testis  was  found  to  be  enlarged  and  replaced  by  a 
gelatinous-like  tumor.  A radical  orchiectomy  was  performed. 

The  testis  measured  3.2  cm  in  maximum  dimension, 
showed  a smooth  tunica  albuginea,  and,  on  section,  revealed 
replacement  of  testicular  parenchyma  by  a soft  light-pinkish 

*From  Holy  Name  Hospital  where  Dr.  Affuso  is  Attending 
Urologist  and  Dr.  Fayemi  is  Attending  Pathologist.  Correspondence 
may  be  addressed  to  Dr.  Fayemi,  Holy  Name  Hospital,  Department 
of  Pathology,  Teaneck,  NJ  07666. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  1— JANUARY  1984 


43 


Figure  1 — Testicular  tumor  showing  distinct  and  prominent 
papillary  pattern.  The  glandular  lumens  contain  eosinophilic 
material.  Many  cells  show  vacuolated  cytoplasm  (H&E,  xlOO). 


Figure  2 — Embryonal  carcinoma  dispersed  in  loosely  woven 
masses  and  forming  tubular  spaces.  Cytoplasmic  vacuolation 
commonly  is  observed  (H&E,  xlOO). 


Figure  3 — Testicular  tumor  showing  irregular  cystic  cavities  and 
a Schiller-Duval  body  (H&E,  xlOO). 


tumor  with  mucoid  appearance.  The  surrounding  testicular 
parenchyma  was  compressed  and  atrophic. 

Microscopically,  the  tumor  was  composed  of  undifferen- 
tiated vacuolated  cells  disposed  in  loosely  woven  masses  and 
forming  irregular  tubular  spaces  with  small  cystic  cavities 
(Figure  2).  Present  in  several  areas  were  Schiller-Duval 
bodies  consisting  of  a central  capillary  surrounded  by  a 
mantle  of  cuboidal  cells  projecting  into  a capsule  lined  by 
similar  cells  (Figure  3). 

The  postoperative  course  was  uneventful.  Although  he  was 
referred  to  Memorial  Sloan  Kettering  Medical  Center  for 


further  evaluation,  no  further  treatment  was  administered 
Eighteen  months  postoperatively,  the  patient  is  alive  and  well 
without  evidence  of  recurrence. 

DISCUSSION 

Childhood  testicular  tumors  are  so  rare  that  only  about  35 
new  cases  are  being  diagnosed  annually  in  the  United  States, 
Because  of  the  infrequent  occurrence  of  neoplasms,  scrotal 
enlargement  in  childhood  usually  is  assumed  to  be  due  to  a 
hydrocele.  The  diagnosis  of  a testicular  tumor  may  be  missed 
on  initial  physical  examination,  as  was  shown  in  the  two 
cases  reported  in  this  paper. 

About  80  percent  of  testicular  tumors  in  infancy  and 
childhood  are  derived  from  germ  cells;  three  histological 
patterns  of  these  tumors  are  recognized:  embryonal 
carcinoma,  teratoma,  and  seminoma.3  While  seminomas  are 
extremely  rare,  they  usually  occur  beyond  the  age  of  ten 
whereas  embryonal  carcinomas  and  teratomas  occur  most 
commonly  during  the  first  three  years  of  life. 

Numerous  synonyms  of  embryonal  carcinoma  abound, 
based  partly  on  the  histologic  morphology  and  partly  on 
suggested  pathogenetic  mechanisms:  infantile  embryonal 
carcinoma,4  juvenile  embryonal  carcinoma,3  yolk  sac  tumor, 
and  endodermal  sinus  tumor.6  Adult-type  embryonal 
carcinoma,  a distinctive  histologic  and  clinical  entity,  also 
may  occur  in  childhood.  Unlike  its  infantile  counterpart,  this 
tumor  has  a more  aggressive  behavior  and  shows  a proclivity 
to  retroperitoneal  lymph  node  metastasis. 

Much  of  the  confusion  regarding  the  treatment  of  em- 
bryonal carcinoma  stems  from  the  failure  of  some  authors  to 
make  a morphologic  distinction  of  the  infantile  form  from 
the  adult  type.710  The  occurrence  of  the  adult-type  lesion 
calls  for  orchiectomy  combined  with  retroperitoneal  lymph 
node  dissection  with  or  without  chemotherapy,  whereas  with 
the  relatively  less  malignant  course  of  the  infantile  em- 
bryonal carcinoma,  radical  orchiectomy  with  high  ligation  of 
the  cord  often  suffices.11 

It  has  been  suggested  that  such  children  be  followed 
closely  by  clinical  examination,  monthly  chest  x-rays,  and 
determination  of  serum  tumor  markers  (alpha  fetoprotein 
and  beta  subunit  of  HCG)  in  the  first  year  following  surgery. 

REFERENCES 

1.  Young  PG,  Mount  BM,  Foote  FW,  Whitemore  WF:  Em- 
bryonal adenocarcinoma  in  the  prepubertal  testis.  A clinico- 
pathological  study  of  18  cases.  Cancer  26:1065,  1970. 

2.  Excelby  PR:  Personal  communication. 

3.  Mostofi  FR,  Price  EB:  Tumors  of  the  male  genital  system. 
Atlas  Tumor  Pathology,  Armed  Forces  Institute  of  Pathology, 
Washington,  DC,  1973. 

4.  Mostofi  FR:  Infantile  testicular  tumors.  Bull  NY  Acad  Med 
28:684,  1952. 

5.  Abal  MR,  Holtz  F:  Testicular  neoplasms  in  infants  and 
children  I.  Tumors  of  germ  cell  origin.  Cancer  16:965,  1963. 

6.  Teilum  G:  Classification  of  endodermal  sinus  tumor 
(mesoblastoma  istellium)  and  so-called  “embryonal  carcinoma”  of 
the  ovary.  Acta  Pathol  Microbiol  Scand  64:407,  1965. 

7.  Puri  P,  Guiney  EJ:  Testicular  neoplasms  in  children.  Urology 
9:624,  1977. 

8.  Drago  JR,  Nelson  RP,  Palmer  JM:  Childhood  embryonal 
carcinoma  of  testes.  Urology  12:499,  1978. 

9.  Smith  JP:  Testicular  tumors  in  infants  and  children.  Urology 
2:353,  1973. 

10.  Hopkins  TB,  Jaffe  N,  Colodny  A,  Cassady  JR,  Filler  RM: 
The  management  of  testicular  tumors  in  children.  J Urol  120:96, 
1978. 

11.  Exelby  PR:  Testicular  cancer  in  children.  Cancer  45:1803, 
1980. 


44 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Peroral  Esophageal  Endoprosthesis 
for  the  Management  of  Incurable 
Esophageal  Carcinoma 

VI.  NURI  KALKAY,  M.D.,  BERNARD  PANCER,  M.D., 

VRNOLD  DERMAN,  M.D.,  Holmdel* 


A 67-year-old  woman  presented  with  progressive  dysphagia, 
weight  loss,  marked  sialorrhea,  and  recurrent  upper  respiratory 
tract  infections  secondary  to  a malignant,  nonresec  table 
esophageal  carcinoma.  A quick,  immediately  effective  palliation 
was  achieved,  in  two  sessions,  by  serial  dilatations  of  the 
malignant  stricture  with  Eder-Puestow  bougies  and  placement  of 
a peroral  esophogeal  endoprosthesis.  General  principles  of 
peroral  esophageal  endoprosthesis  are  discussed  and  compared 
with  other  modalities  of  palliation. 


Carcinoma  of  the  esophagus  has  a 
poor  prognosis  no  matter  what 
form  of  treatment  is  attempted.1'6 
By  the  time  the  disease  becomes  symptomatic  and  the  patient 
seeks  medical  advice,  most  of  the  cases  already  are  in- 
operable or  nonresec  table.  Under  these  circumstances,  pa- 
tients gradually  become  desperate  and  will  do  almost  any- 
thing in  order  to  be  able  to  eat  again. 

The  primary  goal  of  therapy,  for  these  patients,  is  pallia- 
tion.3'6 The  most  humane  form  of  palliation  is  to  enable 
them,  with  minimal  risk,  to  take  their  food  and  continue  to 
eat  during  their  remaining  days.  Surgical  palliative  interven- 
tions carry  unacceptable  risks  for  a palliative  procedure,  16 
and  a feeding  gastrostomy  leaves  the  patient  with  a miserable 
existence.  Thus,  peroral  esophageal  endoprosthesis,  a simple, 
quick,  effective  and  low-risk  procedure,  becomes  the  treat- 
ment of  choice  in  nonresectable  obstructing  esophageal 
carcinoma.3'9,  11 

The  purpose  of  this  paper  is  to  present  an  illustrative  case 
of  an  obstructing  esophageal  carcinoma  and  to  share  our 
experience  regarding  peroral  insertion  of  esophageal  pros- 
thesis for  palliation  purposes. 


CASE  REPORT 

A 67-year-old  black  female  was  admitted  to  the  hospital 
because  of  progressive  dysphagia,  marked  weight  loss,  and 
recurrent  upper  respiratory  tract  infections.  Solid  food  dys- 
phagia started  six  months  prior  to  admission  and 
progressively  became  worse,  so  that  she  was  not  even  able  to 
swallow  her  saliva.  She  lost  approximately  30  pounds  during 
this  time. 

She  had  a past  history  of  moderate,  daily  alcohol  con- 
sumption, heavy  smoking,  and  hypertension. 

Physical  examination  revealed  an  emaciated  black  female 
in  acute  respiratory  distress,  with  marked  sialorrhea,  con- 
stant cough,  and  wheezing.  Blood  pressure  was  200/110; 
pulse  was  1 16  and  regular,  and  temperature  was  100.6.  There 
was  no  peripheral  lymphadenopathy.  The  trachea  was  in  the 
midline.  The  lung  fields  were  clear  to  percussion,  but  re- 


*From  Bayshore  Community  Hospital  where  Dr.  Kalkay  is  Chief  of 
Medicine,  Dr.  Pancer  is  Chief  of  Radiology,  and  Dr.  Derman  is 
Attending,  Department  of  Radiology.  Correspondence  may  be 
addressed  to  Dr.  Kalkay,  Bayshore  Community  Hospital,  Holmdel, 
NJ  07733. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  1— JANUARY  1984 


45 


Figure  1 — Carcinoma  of  the  esophagus.  A large,  irregular, 
circumferential  lesion  with  shelfing  and  marked  luminal  narrow- 
ing is  demonstrated  in  the  thoracic  esophagus. 


Figure  2— Barium  swallow,  following  the  procedure,  demon- 
strates proper  placement  of  esophageal  endoprosthesis  without 
leakage  or  perforation. 


vealed  diffuse  rhonchi  and  wheezing  to  auscultation.  The 
liver  and  spleen  were  not  enlarged. 

An  x-ray  of  the  chest  was  normal.  A barium  swallow 
revealed  a large,  constricting,  irregular  thoracic  esophageal 
lesion  measuring  10  cm  in  length  (Figure  1).  After  pre- 
medication with  meperidine  50  mg  IV,  atropine  0.5  mg  IM, 
and  diazepam  5 mg  IV,  an  Olympus  GIF-P2  gastroscope  was 
passed  under  direct  vision  to  the  level  of  the  stricture.  The 
lumen  was  only  5 to  6 mm  in  diameter.  Under  fluoroscopic 
control,  a guide  wire  was  passed  through  the  stricture  and 
positioned  in  the  stomach,  and  serial  dilatations  were  carried 
out  with  the  Eder-Puestow  dilators.  In  spite  of  considerable 
mechanical  resistance,  dilatation  was  continued  to  a 35  F 
size.  This  immediately  was  followed  by  esophagogas- 
troduodenoscopv  which  demonstrated  a circumferential  ir- 
regular elongated  12  cm  lesion.  The  esophagogastric  junc- 
tion, stomach,  and  duodenum  were  normal.  Biopsy,  brush 
cytology,  and  washings  were  done  and  all  were  positive  for 
squamous  cell  carcinoma.  After  24  hours  rest,  the  dilatation 
to  a 50  F size  was  carried  out  and  a Key-Med  Atkinson 
esophageal  prosthesis  was  placed  with  ease,  perorally,  under 


direct  endoscopic  view  and  with  the  aid  of  a pusher  tube. 
Repeat  barium  swallow,  performed  immediately  after  the' 
procedure,  demonstrated  that  the  prosthesis  was  in  perfect 
position,  without  leakage  or  perforation  (Figure  2).  The 
patient  was  placed  on  a blenderized  diet.  No  dysphagia 
occurred.  Washing  down  with  water  was  occasionally  re- 
quired. The  patient  was  particularly  pleased  with  the  return 
of  normal  swallowing. 

Further  investigation  included  liver/spleen  scan  and  bone 
scans  that  were  normal.  CT  scan  of  the  chest  demonstrated 
local  lymph  node  involvement. 

The  patient’s  clinical  condition  improved  rapidly;  she 
gained  weight  and  a few  days  later  was  referred  for  radio- 
therapy as  an  outpatient. 

DISCUSSION 

A definite  cure  of  esophageal  cancer  lies  only  in  its 
prevention  and  early  detection,1,4'6'7  both  of  which,  un- 
fortunately, are  very  rarely  possible.  By  the  time  the  patient 
seeks  medical  advice,  the  disease  already  is  widespread  and 
nonresectable.1'6  Therefore,  in  this  situation,  palliation  re- 


46 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


;igure  3— The  pusher  tube  and  Key-Med  Atkinson  en- 
loprosthesis  are  assembled  on  an  Olympus  GIF-P2 
(astroscope  ready  for  insertion. 


nains  the  only  achievable  goal.4,6  Although  surgery  frequent- 
ly is  used  for  this  purpose,  it  rarely  is  a successful  option  in 
he  management  of  terminal  esophageal  cancer.4'6  The  suc- 
ess  of  surgical  palliation  will  depend  on  the  location  and  the 
ize  of  the  esophageal  cancer.4,6,8,12,13  Lower  esophageal 
esions  offer  the  best  chance  for  surgical  palliation.  The 
ilassification  and  staging  of  esophageal  cancers  have  been 
low  to  evolve.  CT  scanning  can  contribute  significantly  to 
he  staging  and  selection  of  the  best  potential  surgical 
:andidates.4, 6,8,12,13  In  general,  one  may  state  that  the  smaller 
he  lesion,  the  better  the  chance  of  survival.  In  one  series,  66 
percent  of  the  patients  with  lesions  smaller  than  5 cm 
survived  more  than  one  year.14 

Radiotherapy  temporarily  may  alleviate  dysphagia,  but  an 
unobstructed  esophageal  lumen  may  be  difficult  to  maintain 
(with  radiotherapy  alone.4,7  Furthermore,  because  of  initial 
edema  secondary  to  radiotherapy,  complete  obstruction  of 
esophageal  lumen  may  be  unavoidable.  Therefore,  no  patient 
with  carcinoma  of  the  esophagus  should  have  radiotherapy 
without  adequate  dilatation  and/or  insertion  of  esophageal 
prosthesis.3,4,6 

Conventional  chemotherapeutic  agents  have  limited  val- 
ue,1,3 but  newer  investigational  drugs  appear  to  be  substan- 
tially more  effective.5  Trials  of  endoscopic  palliative  therapy 
with  laser,  for  obstructing  esophageal  carcinomas,  have  been 
tried  successfully  but  they  are  in  an  experimental  stage.13 

Feeding  gastrostomy  leaves  the  patient  with  a miserable 
existence  for  the  rest  of  his  or  her  life.  Marked  sialorrhea, 
with  associated  aspiration,  continues  unabated. 

DILATATION  AND  ESOPHAGEAL  PROSTHESIS 

Thus,  it  seems  clear  that  the  best  palliative  method,  which 
is  the  easiest,  safest,  and  quickest  for  the  nonresectable 
carcinoma  of  the  esophagus,  is  peroral  dilatation  and  inser- 
tion of  an  esophageal  prosthesis,4,6,9,11  with  or  without 
radiotherapy.  Pull-through  esophageal  endoprosthesis  re- 
quires another  surgical  intervention  and  carries  a significant 
morbidity  and  mortality  for  a palliative  procedure.15  There- 
fore, it  should  be  replaced  by  push-through  peroral 
esophageal  endoprosthesis. 

The  peroral  esophageal  endoprosthesis  can  be  placed 
anywhere  in  the  esophagus  except  above  and  in  the  im- 
mediate vicinity  of  the  crycopharyngeal  muscle,  because  of 
foreign  body  sensation  and  dangerous  pressure  effect  on  the 
adjacent  organs.3,6  It  provides  an  effective  means  of  pallia- 
tion in  all  malignant  esophageal  obstructions,  due  to 
esophageal  carcinomas  and  to  gastric  and  pulmonary 


carcinomas  involving  the  esophagus.3,4,6,8,9,11,12  Esophageal 
endoprosthesis  especially  is  indicated  in  bronchoesophageal 
fistulae.9,12  It  is  contraindicted  in  benign  esophageal  stric- 
tures.6 

Before  any  attempt  is  made  to  insert  the  esophageal 
prosthesis,  the  location,  configuration,  and  length  of  the 
tumor  must  be  determined  accurately  and  a tissue  diagnosis 
must  be  obtained.  Barium  swallow,  especially  endoscopic 
measurements  and  biopsy,  washings,  and  brush  cytology  are 
most  important  for  diagnosis  and  evaluation.  Not  only  the 
length  of  the  tumor,  but  also  the  distance  between  the  teeth 
and  proximal  end  (shelf)  of  the  tumor  and  the  proximity  of 
the  distal  end  of  the  tumor  to  the  cardia  should  be  recorded 
carefully.  These  measurements  are  extremely  important  in 
tailoring  a prosthetic  device  or  selecting  a commercially 
available  one  to  fit  the  patient’s  particular  need.  Precise 
measurements  also  are  mandatory  for  proper  placement  of 
the  device  within  the  esophagus. 

According  to  the  method  precisely  described  by  Palmer 
and  Boyce,17  a prosthetic  device  can  be  tailored  easily  to  the 
patient’s  need,  from  inexpensive  polyvinyl  tubing.  At  the 
same  time,  a pusher  tube  measuring  45  cm  in  length  can  be 
prepared.  The  distance  between  the  teeth  and  the  proximal 
shelf  of  the  tumor  should  be  marked  on  the  distal  end  of  the 
pusher  tube.  This  mark  will  indicate  how  far  the  prosthesis 
should  be  pushed  into  the  esophagus.  The  length  of  the 
prosthesis  should  be  2 to  3 cm  longer  than  the  length  of  the 
tumor  so  that  tumor  overgrowth  will  not  cause  obstruction 
of  the  prosthesis. 

The  malignant  stricture  should  be  dilated  to  at  least  45  F 
luminal  diameter  before  a prosthesis  is  inserted.  The  pace 
and  intervals  between  dilatations  depend  on  the  patient’s 
tolerance,  the  distensibility  of  malignant  stricture,  and  the 
development  of  complications  such  as  perforation,  copious 
bleeding,  or  aspiration  pneumonia. 


“Before  any  attempt  is  made  to 
insert  the  esophageal  prosthesis, 
the  location,  configuration,  and 
length  of  the  tumor  must  be  de- 
termined accurately  and  a tissue 
diagnosis  must  be  obtained.” 

If  there  is  no  marked  tortuosity  in  the  malignant  stricture 
or  bronchoesophageal  fistula,  larger  diameter  dilatations  (35 
F and  over)  may  be  carried  out  without  a guide  wire  and  with 
Hurst’s  or  Maloney’s  mercury  bougies. 

The  endoscope  itself,  the  shaft  of  the  Eder-Puestow 
dilator,  or  a large  size  (45  F)  Hurst’s  bougie  can  be  used  as 
guide  shaft  on  which  the  esophageal  prosthesis  and  the 
pusher  tube  can  be  assembled  (Figure  3).  After  liberal 
lubrication,  including  the  inside  and  the  outside  of  the 
prosthesis  as  well  as  the  pusher  tube,  the  whole  assembly  can 
be  passed  perorally,  as  if  performing  an  esophagoscopy  with 
a large-size  endoscope.  Patients  usually  tolerate  this  end- 
stage  procedure  surprisingly  well. 

We  prefer  using  the  gastroscope  as  a guiding  shaft  because 
it  enables  us  to  examine  the  position  of  the  prosthesis  in 
place,  to  detect  any  complication  that  might  have  developed, 
and  finally  by  bending  the  tip  of  the  scope,  the  whole 
assembly  can  be  pulled  back,  if  necessary.  The  prosthesis  also 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  1— JANUARY  1984 


47 


can  be  withdrawn  by  using  a grasping  forceps  or  a polypec- 
tomy snare. 

After  the  endoprosthesis  is  seated  properly,  the  pusher 
tube  is  first  twisted  clockwise  so  that  it  can  disengage  from 
the  prosthesis;  then,  it  is  gently  pulled  back  with  the  scope, 
while  the  prosthesis  in  place  is  observed  for  any  sign  of 
complication.  This  is  followed  by  a chest  x-ray  and  later  a 
barium  swallow,  to  check  once  more  the  position  of  the 
prosthesis  and  to  look  for  any  sign  of  a complication. 

Complications  related  to  the  procedure,  in  a series  of  200 
patients,  are  reported  as  follows:6-10  bleeding,  1.5  percent; 
perforation,  8 percent;  pressure  necrosis,  4 percent;  migra- 
tion of  the  prosthesis,  17  percent;  and  obstruction  of  the 
prosthesis  by  tumor  overgrowth,  22  percent.  In  our  series  of 
five  patients,  we  have  not  seen  any  significant  bleeding. 
There  has  been  one  perforation  and  frequent  obstruction  of 
endoprosthesis  by  food  which  was  dislodged  easily  by  a small 
Hurst  bougie  or  by  the  endoscope  itself.  When  the  patients 
were  taught  to  wash  down  the  food  with  water,  this  com- 
plication was  reduced  significantly.  We  did  not  see  any 
obstruction  due  to  tumor  overgrowth,  probably  because  we 
always  used  radiotherapy  as  an  adjunct  to  endoprosthesis. 
Migration  of  the  endoprosthesis  can  be  prevented  by  adding 
a distal  retaining  flange  to  it  (Figure  3). 

CONCLUSION 

Although  carcinoma  of  the  esophagus  is  a progressive, 
debilitating,  and  fatal  disease,  peroral  dilatation  and  en- 
doprosthesis, with  or  without  radiotherapy,  can  provide 
adequate  palliation  in  the  great  majority  of  patients.  Life  is 
not  prolonged,  but  its  quality  is  dramatically  improved. 
Endoprosthesis  immediately  relieves  the  dysphagia  and 
sialorrhea,  prevents  aspiration  pneumonia,  and  gives  the 
patient  a chance  and  satisfaction  to  resume  normal  eating 
and  nutrition.  It  also  allows  the  patient  to  spend  as  much 
time  as  possible  out  of  the  hospital,  in  the  comfort  of  his  or 
her  home. 


REFERENCES 

1.  Rorenberg  JC,  Schwade  JG,  Vaitkevicius  VK:  Cancer  of  th  | 
esophagus,  in  DeVito  VT,  Heilman  S,  Rosenberg,  SA  (eds):  Cancer 
Principal  and  Practice  of  Oncology.  Philadelphia,  PA,  Lippincqt 
1982,  pp.  499-533. 

2.  Lowe  WC:  Survival  with  carcinoma  of  the  esophagus.  An 
Intern  Med  77:915-918,  1972. 

3.  Boyce  HW  Jr:  Medical  management  of  esophageal  obstructio 
and  esophageal-pulmonary  fistula.  Cancer  50:2597-2600,  1982. 

4.  Boyce  HW  Jr:  Approaches  to  management  of  cancer  of  th 
esophagus.  Hosp  Prac  17:108-124,  1982. 

5.  Kelsen  D:  Treatment  of  advanced  esophageal  cancer.  Cance 
50:2576-2581,  1982. 

6.  Sivak  MV  Jr:  Therapeutic  endoscopy  of  the  esophagus.5«^ 
Clin  North  Am  62:807-820,  1982. 

7.  Skinner  DB,  Dowlatshahi  KD,  DeMeester  JR:  Potentially  I 
curable  cancer  of  the  esophagus.  Cancer  50:2571-2575,  1982. 

8.  Howard  M,  McCallum  RW:  A modified  technique  for  perora  • 
placement  of  an  esophageal  prosthesis.  Gastrointest  Endosc  i 
62:805-820,  1982. 

9.  den  Hartog  Jager  FC,  Bartelsman  JF,  Ttytgat  GN:  Palliative  j 
treatment  of  obstructing  esophagogastric  malignancy  by  endoscopic  : 
positioning  of  a plastic  prosthesis.  Gastroenterology  77:1008-1014. 
1979. 

10.  Adams  CL:  The  complications  of  endoesophageal  tubes.  Jjj 
Thorac  Surg  51:685-693,  1966. 

11.  Palmer  ED:  Peroral  prosthesis  for  the  management  of  in- 
curable esophageal  carcinoma.  Am  J Gastroenterol  59:487-498,  1973. 

12.  Moss  AA,  Schynyder  P,  Ruedi  FT,  et  al.:  Esophageal 
carcinoma:  Pretherapy  staging  by  computed  tomography.  AJR 
136:1051-1056,  1982. 

13.  Bralow  SP:  Diagnosis  and  staging  of  esophageal  and  gastric 
cancer.  Cancer  50:2566-2570,  1982. 

14.  Goodner  JT:  Surgical  principles  of  resection  and  reconstruc- 
tion, in  Rubin  P (ed):  Cancer  of  the  Gastrointestinal  Tract.  American 
Cancer  Society,  Inc.  New  York,  NY,  1974,  pp.  17-19. 

15.  Fleischer  D:  The  current  status  of  gastrointestinal  laser  activi- 
ty in  the  United  States.  Gastrointest  Endosc  28:157-161,  1982. 

16.  Girardet  RE,  Ransdel  HT,  Wheat  MW:  Palliative  intubation 
in  the  management  of  esophageal  carcinoma.  Ann  Thor  Surg 
18:417-430,  1974. 

17.  Boyce  HW  Jr.  Palmer  ED:  Instruments  for  esophageal  dilata- 
tion, in  Boyce  HW  Jr,  Palmer  ED  (eds):  Techniques  of  Clinical 
Gastroenterologv.  Springfield,  IL,  Charles  C.  Thomas,  1975,  pp. 
226-236. 


48 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Vcute  Radiation  Pneumonitis 


TUART  SILBERSTEIN,  M.D.,  DANIEL  MALCOLM,  M.D., 

VALYNNE  V.  BRAUN,  M.D.,  A.  OLUSEGUN  FAYEMI,  M.D.,  Teaneck* 


\ patient  with  lymphosarcoma  and  pleural  effusion  was  treated  with 
;hemotherapy  and  radiation  therapy  to  the  affected  lung.  Clinical 
'emission  resulted  and  the  chest  x-ray  became  normal.  One  week  later, 
>he  developed  an  asymptomatic  interstitial  pulmonary  infiltrate, 
vhich  biopsy  proved  to  be  acute  radiation  pneumonitis.  This  case 
illustrates  an  abrupt  onset  of  acute  radiation  pneumonitis  without 
dyspnea,  cough,  or  fever  and  demonstrates  that  the  radiologic 
distinction  between  acute  and  chronic  radiation  changes  is  not  absolute. 


The  appearance  of  a new  chest 
roentgenographic  infiltrate  in  an 
immunocompromised  host  presents 
a perplexing  problem  to  the  clinician.  In  the  case  of  a patient 
with  a lymphoma  who  has  received  both  chemotherapy  and 
radiotherapy,  the  differential  diagnosis  consists  of  extension 
of  the  malignancy,  opportunistic  infection,  and  toxicity  of 
therapeutic  agents.  The  appearance,  location,  distribution, 
and  time  of  appearance  of  the  infiltrate  are  important 
features  leading  to  the  correct  diagnosis,  especially  in  radi- 
ation-induced lung  disease.  We  report  a case  of  radiation 
pneumonitis  that  emphasizes  how  abruptly  and  atypically 
this  entity  can  appear. 

CASE  REPORT 

A 56-year-old  white  woman  with  lymphosarcoma  diag- 
nosed by  cervical  lymph  node  and  parotid  gland  biopsies  in 
1976  was  treated  with  cyclical  courses  of  cyclophosphamide, 
vincristine,  and  prednisone.  She  did  well  until  February 
1981,  when  she  developed  dyspnea  and  a left  chylous  pleural 
effusion.  CAT  scan  revealed  mediastinal  lymphadenopathy; 
a left  pleural  biopsy  showed  involvement  by  lymphosarcoma. 
She  then  was  treated  with  vinblastine  and  bleomycin;  a total 
dose  of  150  mg  of  the  latter  was  administered  by  continuous 


infusion  over  ten  days.  There  was  no  response  to  this 
therapy;  she  subsequently  was  given  radiotherapy  consisting 
of  4,500  rads  to  the  mediastinum  over  Five  weeks.  At  the 
completion  of  the  radiotherapy,  there  still  was  a large  left 
pleural  effusion.  In  April  1981,  she  was  treated  with  cyclical 
courses  of  carmustine,  procarbazine,  and  prednisone. 
Lymphadenopathy  and  pleural  effusion  resolved,  and  a chest 
roentgenogram  on  October  10,  1981,  was  normal  (Figure  1). 
One  week  later,  she  developed  pancytopenia  and  a chest 
roentgenogram  revealed  a left  upper  lobe  streaky  interstitial 
infiltrate  (Figure  2).  She  had  no  cough,  dyspnea,  or  fever; 
physical  examination  of  the  lungs  was  normal.  Gram  stain  of 
sputum  revealed  few  polymorphonuclear  leukocytes  but  no 
organisms.  Sputum  culture  grew  normal  flora  only;  blood 
and  urine  cultures  were  sterile.  There  was  no  evidence  of 
recurrence  of  the  lymphosarcoma.  She  underwent  fiberoptic 
bronchoscopy  and  transbronchial  lung  biopsy  of  the  in- 
volved portion  of  the  lung  under  fluoroscopic  guidance.  The 
bronchial  mucosa  appeared  grossly  normal. 

*From  Holy  Name  Hospital  where  Dr.  Silberstein  is  Attending, 
Department  of  Pulmonary  Medicine;  Dr.  Malcolm  is  Director, 
Division  of  Medicine;  Dr.  Braun  is  Attending  Pathologist;  and  Dr. 
Fayemi  is  Attending  Pathologist.  Correspondence  may  be  addressed 
to  Dr.  Silberstein,  133  Engle  Street,  Englewood,  NJ  07631. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  1— JANUARY  1984 


49 


Figure  2 — Anterior-posterior  view  of  chest  taken  one  week  iater, 
demonstrating  streaky  interstitial  infiltrate  in  left  upper  lobe. 


PATHOLOGY 

Microscopically,  the  lung  parenchyma  showed  thickening 
of  the  alveolar  septa  by  edema,  fibrosis,  and  mild 
mononuclear  inflammatory  infiltrate.  Hyaline  membranes 
partially  lined  the  wall  of  occasional  alveoli.  Hyperplasia  of 
alveolar  lining  cells  with  large  bizarre  hyperchromatic  nuclei 
and  foamy  cytoplasm  also  was  observed  (Figure  3).  Some 
blood  vessels  showed  myointimal  proliferation;  rare  foamy 
cells  in  the  intima  were  seen  (Figure  4).  Cytologic  changes 
similar  to  those  seen  in  the  alveolar  lining  also  were  observed 
on  the  bronchial  epithelium.  These  histopathologic  alter- 
ations are  characteristic  of  acute  radiation  pneumonitis.9 

DISCUSSION 

Radiation-induced  lung  disease  can  take  the  form  of  acute 
radiation  pneumonitis  or  late-onset  radiation  fibrosis.  The 
statistics  are  varied  as  to  the  incidence,  but  Gross  estimates 
that  10  to  15  percent  of  patients  receiving  radiotherapy  to  the 
lungs  develop  clinically  appreciated,  radiation-induced  lung 
disease.1  Acute  radiation  pneumonitis  usually  ensues  two  to 
three  months  following  completion  of  therapy;  the  range, 
however,  can  extend  from  two  weeks  to  greater  than  six 
months.  The  most  common  symptoms  are  dyspnea,  cough, 
and  fever  which  can  be  high  and  spiking.  The  physical 
examination  usually  is  unremarkable  but  tachypnea, 
cyanosis,  and  evidence  of  pulmonary  consolidation  may  be 
observed.  The  earliest  roentgenographic  feature  observed 
rarely  consists  of  an  area  of  radiolucency.2  More  common  is 
a ground-glass  haze  with  sharp  borders  corresponding  to  the 
port  of  the  radiotherapy.  An  air  bronchogram  may  be 


Figure  3 — Lung  biopsy  showing  thickening  of  alveolar  septa  by 
edema,  fibrosis,  and  mononuclear  inflammatory  cells.  Enlargec 
alveolar  lining  cells  (cuboidal  and  polygonal)  are  present 
Hyaline  membrane  (arrows)  partially  lines  the  wall  of  an  occa 
sional  alveolus. 


Figure  4 — Artery  showing  myointimal  proliferation  with  rare 
foam  cells.  Bizarre  large  alveolar  cells  are  seen  at  upper  right- 
hand  corner. 


visualized  and  alveolar  and  nodular  infiltrates  are  observed, 
albeit  infrequently.  Pleural  effusion,  when  present,  usually  is 
small  and  once  established  does  not  increase. 

The  majority  of  patients  with  radiation  pneumonitis  be- 
come asymptomatic  over  a period  of  months;  however, 
nearly  all  will  develop  roentgenographic  evidence  ol 
pulmonary  fibrosis  in  the  area  of  the  previous  pneumonitis. 
While  the  time  course  is  variable,  roentgenographic  changes 
from  pneumonitis  to  fibrosis  progress  over  a period  of  six 
months  to  one  year.  An  occasional  patient,  however,  will 
show  interstitial  fibrosis  without  preceding  symptoms  of 
radiation  pneumonitis.3  The  majority  of  patients  with  in- 
terstitial fibrosis  are  asymptomatic,  though  a few  will  have 
extensive  disease  leading  to  chronic  respiratory  failure  and 
cor  pulmonale.4  Once  established,  the  roentgenographic 
changes  are  permanent. 

Factors  known  to  increase  the  likelihood  of  radiation 
pneumonitis  are  large  radiation  dose,  short  course  of  thera- 
py, treatment  of  a large  volume  of  lung,5  previous  radiation 
therapy,6  concurrent  chemotherapy,7  and  steroid  with- 
drawal.8 One  can  speculate  that  the  antecedent  therapy  with 
bleomycin  played  a role  in  determining  the  speed  and  nature 
of  this  patient’s  roentgenographic  changes.  However,  not 
only  was  the  dose  of  bleomycin  not  large,  but  more  than  six 
months  elapsed  between  the  bleomycin  therapy  and  radi- 
ation and  the  subsequent  evolution  of  atypical  pulmonary 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


50 


infiltrate.  Hence,  synergism  between  bleomycin  and  radi- 
ation most  probably  would  not  explain  the  occurrence  of  the 
atypical  presentation. 


CONCLUSION 

This  case  demonstrates  how  abruptly  the  changes  of 
radiation  pneumonitis  can  develop.  We  were  fortunate  to 
have  had  a chest  x-ray  that  was  normal  one  week  prior  to  the 
abnormal  x-ray.  The  radiologic  change  exhibited  was  an 
interstitial  change  usually  interpreted  as  chronic  radiation 
fibrosis;  lung  biopsy,  however,  demonstrated  changes  of 
acute  radiation  pneumonitis. 

One  can  conclude  that  the  radiologic  distinction  between 
the  acute  and  chronic  radiation  changes  is  not  absolute.  The 
presence,  then,  of  rapid  development  of  a streaky  interstitial 
infiltrate  should  not  preclude  the  diagnosis  of  radiation- 
induced  lung  disease. 


REFERENCES 

1.  Gross  MJ:  Pulmonary  effects  of  radiation  therapy.  Ann  Intern 
Med  86:81-82,  1977. 

2.  Warren  S,  Spencer  J:  Radiation  reaction  in  the  lung.  Am  J 
Roentgenol  43:682-701,  1940. 

3.  Lipshitz  HZ,  Southard  ME:  Complications  of  radiation  thera- 
py: The  thorax.  Semin  Roentgenol  9:41-49,  1974. 

Fried  JR,  Goldberg  H:  Postirradiation  changes  in  the  lung  and 
thorax.  Am  J Roentgenol  43:877-895,  1940. 

5.  Evans  WA,  Leucutia  T:  Intrathoracic  changes  induced  by 
heavy  radiation.  Am  J Roentgenol  13:203-220,  1925. 

6.  Brady  LW,  Germon  PA,  Caudler  L:  The  effects  of  radiation 
therapy  on  pulmonary  function  in  carcinoma  of  the  lung.  Radiology 
85:130-134,  1965. 

7.  Phillips  TL,  Wharam  MD,  Margolis  LW:  Modification  of 
radiation  injury  to  normal  tissues  by  chemotherapeutic  agents. 
Cancer  35:1678-1684,  1975. 

8.  Castellino  RA,  Glatstein  E,  Turbow  MM,  et  al.:  Latent 
radiation  injury  of  lungs  or  heart  activated  by  steroid  withdrawal. 
Ann  Intern  Med  80:593-599,  1974. 

9.  Fajardo  LF,  Berthrong  M:  Radiation  injury  in  surgical 
pathology,  a review  article.  Am  J Surg  Pathol  2:159-199,  1978. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  1— JANUARY  1984 


51 


Are  you  faced  with 
DIVORCE? 


Do  you  know  how 
EQUITABLE  DISTRIBUTION 
in  New  Jersey  affects  you? 

Trial  Attorneys  of  New  Jersey 
invites  you  to  attend  its  seminar: 

"Valuing  the  Professional  Entity 
in  Divorce  Litigation" 

Saturday  • January  21,1984 
9 a.m.  - 3:30  p.m.  • Scanticon-Princeton 

Tuition:  $125. 

Send  check  with  name,  address,  phone  number  to: 
trial  TANI 

WTORNCYS  J 

_ .jTi new  Box  148 
^jcrscy  Boonton,  N.J.  07005 

Questions?  Call  201-263-8025 


Doctors:  Write  your  own  prescription 

to  cure  insurance  pains  . . . 


Prescription 


Name 


MSNJ  Member 


MSNJ  Group 

Blue  Cross/ilue  Shield 
Major  Medical  and 
Dental  insurance 

that  provides: 

- Flexible  plans 

- Comprehensive  benefits 

- Low,  competitive  rates 

- Centralized  Administration 

Designed  and  Administered  by 


(DONALD  F SMITH 


1^0  associates) 


* 


Name 


Prescription 


Address 


Phone 


Please  send  more  information 
on  the  MSNJ 

□ Blue  Cross/Blue  Shield  Program 

□ Major  Medical  Program 

□ Group  Dental  Program 

Return  to: 

Donald  F.  Smith  & Associates 
One  Airport  Place,  Route  206  North 
P.O.  Box  2197, 

Princeton,  New  Jersey  08540 

(609)  924-8700,  (201)  622-6046 


52 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


VIEDICAL  HISTORY 

Autopsies  at  Newark  City  Hospital, 
1908  to  1911 

VILLIAM  D.  SHARPE,  M.D.,  South  Orange* 


Despite  considerable  real  poverty,  between  1908  and  191 1,  Newark 
vas  a much  safer  and  less  violent  place  to  live  than  now,  based  on  a 
•eview  of  autopsies  at  Newark  City  Hospital. 


During  the  decade  before  the  first 
World  War,  Newark — the  largest 
city  in  New  Jersey — was  a prosper- 
ous industrial  and  trading  center  with  a population,  for 
Health  Department  purposes,  of  about  348,000.  In  1910,  its 
death  rate  was  16.64/1,000  and  its  city  death  rate  "excluding 
hospital  mortality”  was  12.12/1  ^OO.1  It  was  a blue  collar 
town  with  strong  ethnic  traditions;  it  was  not  greatly  dif- 
ferent from  the  other  industrial  cities  of  a prosperous 
Northeast.  Newark  had  a distinguished  medical  community, 
some  of  whom  had  international  reputations. 

Newark  City  Hospital  was  founded  in  1883,  and  the  main 
building — four  stories  with  basement,  of  red  brick — was 
built  in  1899  at  a cost  of  $450,000.  From  1908  to  191 1,  it  had 
approximately  250  beds  and,  for  the  time,  was  a large 
hospital.  Twelve  interns,  beginning  their  two-year  terms  at 
ijStaggered  three-month  intervals,  cared  for  their  patients 
under  the  supervision  of  a voluntary  and  wholly  unpaid 
attending  staff  drawn  from  the  best  physicians  and  surgeons 
in  the  community.  Newark  had  other  hospitals  at  that  time: 
Saint  Michael’s,  Babies,  Saint  Barnabas,  Saint  James,  Ger- 
man Hospital,  Women  and  Children,  Eye  and  Ear,  and  Beth 
[{Israel.  Some  of  these  survived,  others  have  merged  or  fled  to 
the  suburbs.  There  also  were  a variety  of  refuges,  alms- 
houses, private  sanatoria,  and  private  hospitals,  some  of 
them  little  more  than  a private  residence  with  an  operating 
room  for  the  use  of  a single  surgeon.  In  1910,  1,558  deaths 
occurred  in  Newark  hospitals  and  kindred  institutions:  625 
were  in  Newark  City  Hospital  (40  percent  of  the  total)  and 
799  in  the  other  eight  hospitals  listed  (51  percent  of  the  total 
number  of  hospital  deaths).  We  may  conclude  that  these 
smaller  institutions  played  a very  minor  role  in  Newark’s 
1910  medical  care  scene.1 

In  1910,'  ty  pical  of  the  years  with  which  we  are  concerned, 
part-time  physicians  employed  by  the  City  Health  Depart- 
ment sent  1,879  patients  to  Newark  hospitals,  592  of  them  to 
the  Newark  City  Hospital;  32  percent  of  those  sent  to  the 


hospital  by  city  physicians  consulted  by  patients  who  did  not 
have  their  own  private  physicians.  The  rest  of  the  breakdown 
is  as  follows:  45  (2  percent),  Hospital  for  Women  and 
Children;  23  (1  percent),  Home  for  Crippled  Children;  270 
(14  percent),  Eye  and  Ear  Infirmary;  277  (15  percent),  Babies 
Hospital;  160  (9  percent),  Newark  Tuberculosis  Sanatorium; 
128  (7  percent),  Saint  Michael’s  Hospital;  93  (5  percent), 
Saint  Barnabas  Hospital;  87  (5  percent),  Saint  James  Hospi- 
tal; 98  (5  percent),  German  Hospital  (now  Clara  Maass);  and 
106  (6  percent),  Beth  Israel. 

Of  the  1,104  patients  sent  by  city  physicians  to  general 
hospitals,  592  (59%)  went  to  Newark  City  Hospital.  This  was 
an  adequate  sample  and  sufficient  evidence  that  City  Hospi- 
tal then  as  now  was  the  main  source  of  hospital  care  for  the 
medically  indigent.1 

I will  review  the  autopsies  performed  by  Dr.  Harrison 
Martland  between  October  1908,  and  the  end  of  1911  to 
describe  the  patterns  of  disease  at  that  hospital  at  that  time 
to  learn  about  the  urban  poor  Newark  City  Hospital  served. 
Harrison  Stanford  Martland  was  born  in  Newark  in  1883;  he 
graduated  from  Western  Maryland  College  in  1901  and  from 
the  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons  of  Columbia  Univer- 
sity in  1905.  Dr.  Martland  spend  18  months  as  an  intern  at 
the  New  York  City  Hospital,  then  on  Blackwell’s  Island  in 
the  East  River,  and  for  a year  was  assistant  pathologist  at  the 
Russell  Sage  Institute,  New  York.  In  the  fall  of  1908,  he  was 
appointed  pathologist  to  Newark  City  Hospital.  Until  1920, 
he  had  no  secretary.  He  spent  his  professional  life  at  Newark 
City  Hospital,  lived  at  180  Clinton  Avenue,  retired  after  a 
cerebrovascular  accident  in  1952,  and  died  in  1954. 2 This 
report  is  based  on  the  first-bound  volume  of  Martland’s 
autopsy  protocols  in  the  archives,  UMDNJ,  Newark;  others 

*A  portion  of  this  paper  was  read  at  a meeting  of  the  Medical 
History  Society  of  New  Jersey,  October  20,  1982,  and  at  the  Section 
on  Medical  History,  New  York  Academy  of  Medicine,  May  25, 
1983.  Correspondence  may  be  addressed  to  Dr.  Sharpe,  62  Univer- 
sity Court,  South  Orange,  NJ  07079. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  1— JANUARY  1984 


53 


TABLE  1 

Newark  City  Hospital  Autopsy  Outline,  1908-1911 

Pathological  Laboratory  of  the  Newark  City  Hospital 

History  No Autopsy  No 

Name  Age Source  

Date  of  Death  Date  of  Autopsy  

Diagnosis  Anatomica 

Cerebrum 
Medulla  spinalis 
Cor 

Pulmo  (Sinistra 
(Dextra 

Lien 

Glandula  Sinistra 

Suprarenalis  dextra 
Ren  (Sinistrum 
(Dextrum 
Duodenum 
Ventriculus 
Pancreas 
Hepar 

Intestinum  tenuum 
Intestinum  crassum 
Tractus  genito-urinarius 
Systemum  lymphaticum 
Telae  serosae 
Os  et  larynx 

Abnormalitates  anatomicae 
Laesiones  alterae 
Causa  mortis 

Path  


in  the  series,  and  the  contemporaneous  patient  records,  have 
perished. 

THE  PROTOCOLS 

The  autopsy  protocols  themselves  are  extremely  terse,  and 
sometimes  provide  only  the  patient’s  surname  and  a few 
words  of  description.  A Latin  outline  was  printed,  the 
diagnosis  anatomica,  on  a good  grade  of  16-pound  bond 
paper  measuring  10y2  by  14  inches.  These  were  completed, 
very  sketchily,  by  entering  a diagnosis  rather  than  a descrip- 
tion or  organ  weights,  in  ink,  speared  on  a spindle  file,  and 
eventually  collected  into  heavy  canvas-bound  folios  about  3 
inches  thick.  Martland  started  by  describing  his  findings  in 
Latin,  but  soon  gave  this  up  and  wisely  reverted  to  English. 
Table  1 illustrates  the  format. 

The  protocols  are  numbered  consecutively  from  1 (4 
October  1908)  through  576  (29  December  1911)  but,  as  Table 
2 shows,  1 protocol  was  interpolated,  13  are  missing,  and 
26  are  blank — an  accession  number  and  perhaps  a name  are 
provided,  but  nothing  more;  hence,  our  analysis  will  be  based 
on  537  protocols.  Most  of  these  are  extremely  brief,  but  25  of 
the  printed  sheets  are  accompanied  by  quite  full  gross 
descriptions  of  which  the  printed  diagnoses  anatomicae  pro- 
vide accurate  summaries.  We  do  not  know  whether  these  25 
were  exceptions,  or  whether  full  descriptions  were  prepared 
for  all  of  the  autopsies  but  have  been  lost.  Almost  no  clinical 
information  is  provided,  and  there  are  neither  microscopic 
descriptions  nor  epicrises.  Most  data  are  entered  in  long- 
hand.  Martland  performed  all  but  2 (478  and  481)  of  this 
series,  the  2 being  done  by  a Dr.  McKenzie  during  the  third 
week  of  June  1911  when  Martland  was  apparently  on 


TABLE  2 

Newark  City  Hospital  Autopsy  Study,  1908-1911: 
Statistical  Base  (537  cases  available  for  analysis) 


Year 

1908 

1909 

1910 

1911 

Opening  accession  number 

1 

37 

201 

387 

Closing  accession  number 

36 

200 

386 

576 

Protocols  missing  from  book 

0 

5 

6 

2 

Protocol  present  but  blank 

0 

2 

19 

5 

Interpolated  protocol  (i.e.  307%) 

0 

0 

1 

0 

T otal  autopsies  for  the  year 

36 

164 

186 

190 

Blank  and  missing  protocols 

0 

7 

24 

7 

Available  for  analysis 

36 

157 

161 

183 

vacation.  Sometimes,  ten  days  elapsed  between  autopsies, 
and  sometimes  Martland  did  4 in  one  day.  Surviving  com- 
plete protocols  suggest  that  he  usually  spent  about  an  hour 
and  a half  on  a discussion,  about  the  same  time  an  ex- 
perienced autopsy  surgeon  still  requires. 

DO  THESE  AUTOPSIES  REPRESENT 
THE  HOSPITAL  POPULATION? 

Martland  usually  recorded  the  number  of  deaths  and  the 
number  of  autopsies  performed  during  each  month,  and  we 
have  this  information  for  33  of  the  39  months  under  review. 
The  monthly  autopsy  percentage,  that  is,  the  percent  of 
deaths  in  hospital  in  which  autopsies  were  done,  ranged  from 
a low  of  14  percent  in  September  1909  to  a high  of  35  percent 
in  April  1909.  For  these  33  months,  the  mean  monthly 
autopsy  rate  was  25.5  percent,  the  median,  25  percent,  and 
the  mode,  27  percent.  The  median  monthly  autopsy  rate 
varied  little  from  year  to  year;  in  1909,  27  percent;  in  1910,  27 
percent;  and  in  1911,  25  percent.  Most  pathologists  would 
consider  this  an  adequate  sampling  of  Newark  City  Hospital 
deaths,  but  only  just  adequate,  although  it  is  a higher 
autopsy  rate  than  now  obtained  in  many  teaching  hospitals. 

It  is  axiomatic  that  every  patient  buried  without  an 
autopsy  died  of  a correctly  diagnosed,  correctly  treated 
disease  without  undiagnosed  complications.  It  also  is  cus- 
tomary that  clinicians,  particularly  those  who  really  are  not 
interested  in  taking  care  of  sick  people,  react  to  unwelcome 
autopsy  reviews  by  an  attack  on  the  statistical  base  of  the 
study.  Hence  it  also  is  axiomatic  that  every  autopsy  series 
reports  atypical  events.  Granting  that  537  autopsies  is  not  a 
sufficiently  large  number  of  autopsies  to  manipulate  very 
vigorously,  Table  3 shows  that  our  series  comes  from  the 
same  population  as  the  whole  number  of  deaths  in  the 
United  States  and  in  Newark  during  1910  so  far  as  can  be 
recalculated  from  the  somewhat  idiosyncratic  nosologic  clas- 
sification used  by  the  Newark  health  department  at  that 
time. 

There  are  some  difficulties.  Autopsy  diagnoses,  for  quite 
complicated  reasons,  may  describe  a somewhat  different 
population  than  that  described  by  death  certificates,  and 
death  certificates  notoriously  are  inaccurate.  Syphilis,  then  as 
now,  often  is  underreported  as  a cause  of  death,  with  or 
without  autopsy.  Newark  had  good  drains  and,  until  World 
War  II,  an  outstanding  health  department,  so  that  typhoid 
and  the  other  enteric  fevers  were  less  frequent  in  Newark 
than,  for  example,  in  New  Orleans.  Childhood  diseases 
usually  were  treated  at  home  or  in  special  children’s  hospi- 
tals. Whatever  it  was  that  physicians  in  1910  termed 
"gastritis,  duodenitis,  enteritis,  and  colitis”  now  is  beyond 
conjecture,  but  very  likely  it  included  such  dissimilar  entities 


54 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


TABLE  3 

Some  Common  Causes  of  Death:  Newark,  United  States  (1910),  and  Newark  City  Hospital  Autopsies,  1908-1911 

Deaths/1 00,000/Year 


U.S.* 

Newark# 

U.S.* 

This 

1910 

1910 

1970 

Series 

Tuberculosis,  all  forms 

153.8 

233 

2.6 

84 

Syphilis,  excl.  aortic  aneurysm 

13.5 

3 

0.2 

5 

Typhoid,  paratyphoid  fevers 

22.5 

12 

t 

7 

Scarlet  fever,  strep,  throat 

11.4 

11 

t 

0 

Diphtheria 

21.1 

29 

t 

4 

Whooping  cough 

11.6 

13 

t 

0 

Measles 

Malignant  neoplasms,  incl. 

12.4 

9 

t 

0 

hemolymphatic 

76.2 

86 

162.8 

30 

Diabetes  mellitus 

15.3 

17 

18.9 

2 

Major  cardiovascular-renal 
Influenza,  pneumonia,  excl. 

371.9 

313 

496.0 

77 

newborn 

Gastritis,  duodenitis, 

155.9 

211 

30.9 

41 

enteritis,  colitis 

115.4 

20 

0.6 

7 

Cirrhosis 

13.3 

20 

15.5 

8 

Motor  vehicle  accidents 

1.8 

— 

26.9 

7 

Accidental  falls 

15.4 

— 

8.3 

10 

Other  accidents,  incl.  homicides 

67.0 

23 

21.2 

79 

Suicide 

15.3 

21 

11.6 

18 

Total,  excluding  fetal 

1,470.0 

1,664 

950.0 

379 

*U.S.  1910  and  1970  death  rates  from  United  States  Department  of  Commerce,  Historical  Statistics  of  the  United  States, 
Colonial  Times  to  1970.  Washington,  D.C.,  1975,  vol.  1,  pp.  49-64. 

#Newark  1910  death  rates  have  been  calculated  as  a reasonable  approximation  from  Annual  Report  of  the  Department  of  Public 
Health,  City  of  Newark,  NJ,  for  the  year  1910,  pp.  100-107,  and  assumes  a population  of  348,000. 
fFewer  than  0.5. 


TABLE  4 

Ages  at  Death,  Newark  City  Hospital  Autopsies,  1908-1911 


Number 

Median 

Mode(s) 

Adults 

Gender  not  stated 

318 

41  yr 

35,  40  yr 

Men 

47 

42  yr 

42,  45  yr 

Women 

48 

33  yr 

30,  32  yr 

Total  adults 

413 

40  yr 

22  yr 

Children  (below  10  years)* 

Gender  not  stated 

62 

6y2  mo 

1 mo 

Boys 

5 

2'/2  mo 

— 

Girls 

1 

4 yr 

— 

Total  children 

68 

7 mo 

1 mo,  1 yr 

‘Excluding  17  stillbirths  and  9 "newborns.” 

as  acute  myocardial  infarction,  perforated  duodenal  ulcer, 
and  carcinoma  of  the  colon.  City  hospitals,  then  as  now, 
attract  more  than  their  share  of  accident  victims.  Overall, 
this  1908  to  1911  autopsy  series  is  fairly,  if  not  completely, 
representative  of  the  world  of  disease  as  it  was  defined  in 
1910.  The  patient  population  is  weighted  toward  low-income 
groups  who,  when  they  fell  ill,  were  attended  by  physicians 
who  were  paid  by  the  city  rather  than  by  private  physicians. 

HOW  LONG  DID  THE  PATIENTS  LIVE? 

The  patient’s  age  not  always  is  given  in  these  protocols, 
and  a scatter  plot  of  patients’  ages  at  death  yields  the  usual 
concentrations  of  deaths  at  30,  35,  40,  45,  50,  and  55  years 
that  suggests  that  these  ages  often  were  estimated.  The 
median  age  at  death  was  40  years  (Table  4).  Among  the  small 
sample  of  men  and  women,  the  ages  at  death  were  42  and  33, 


respectively;  the  latter  was  partially  but  not  entirely  due  to 
the  hazards  of  childbirth.  It  is  when  we  turn  to  the  children 
that  we  see  how  uncertain  the  first  year  of  life  really  was  even 
so  late  as  1910.  The  median  age  of  death  among  children, 
here  defined  as  the  completion  of  fewer  than  10  years,  was 
seven  months,  with  modes  of  1 year  and  one  month.  Most 
children  died  at  home,  or  in  one  of  the  children’s  hospitals  in 
Newark. 

This  relative  youth  at  death — a median  of  40  years  for  the 
whole  series — should  be  reviewed  in  the  light  of  age-cohort 
death  rates  for  1910  (Table  5).  In  1910,  death  rates  began  to 
double  at  55  to  64  years,  and  in  1970,  65  to  74  years.  But 
among  our  population,  the  greatest  number  of  deaths  oc- 
curred during  the  decade  35  to  44  years,  and  more  died  at  25 
to  34  and  45  to  54  than  at  55  to  64  years.  In  1908  to  1911, 
Newark  City  Hospital  was  not  a place  where  old  people  came 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  1— JANUARY  1984 


55 


or  were  abandoned  to  die.  It  was  a place  where  young  people, 
many  with  young  families,  died  early  during  what  should 
have  been  their  most  productive  years. 

OF  WHAT  DID  THEY  DIE? 

Neither  neonatal  nor  pregnancy- related  deaths  in  this 
series  reflect  the  whole  Newark  experience  because  in  1908  to 
1911,  as  in  most  parts  of  the  United  States,  most  confine- 
ments took  place  at  home. 

Neonatal  deaths  at  Newark  City  Hospital  in  1908  to  191 1 
came  from  a population  that  did  not  give  birth  at  home 
(Table  6).  We  suspect  that  high-risk  or  complicated  deliveries 


TABLE  5 

Death  Rates  by  Cohorts,  U.S.  1910  and  1970,  v Newark  City 
Hospital  Autopsies,  1908-1911 


Deaths/1 00,000/Year* 

Newark 

City 

1910 

1970 

Hospital 

Autopsies 

Total 

14.7 

9.5 

499“ 

Under  1 Year 

131.8 

21.4 

51  “* 

1 to  4 Years 

14.0 

0.8 

19 

5 to  14  Years 

2.9 

0.4 

16 

15  to  24  Years 

4.5 

1.3 

42 

25  to  34  Years 

6.5 

1.6 

84 

35  to  44  Years 

9.0 

3.1 

109 

45  to  54  Years 

13.7 

7.3 

81 

55  to  64  Years 

26.2 

16.6 

61 

65  to  74  Years 

55.6 

35.8 

28 

75  to  84  Years 

122.2 

80.0 

8 

85  Years  and  older 

250.3 

163.4 

0 

‘Excluding  fetal  deaths,  from  United  States  Department 
of  Commerce,  Historical  Statistics  of  the  United  States, 
Colonial  Times  to  1970.  Washington,  D.C.,  1975,  vol.  1, 
pp.  49-64.  Addendum:  Distribution  of  ages  at  death 
from  the  1910  Newark  City  Health  Department  report  (p. 
99)  cannot  be  compared,  but  from  the  population  of 
348,000  were  as  follows:  Under  one  year  1,242;  1 to  2 
years,  278;  2 to  5 years  258;  5 to  20  years  357;  20  to  60 
years  2,350;  and  over  60  years  1,299  deaths. 

“Autopsy  series  excludes  stillbirths. 

“‘Ages  are  not  stated  in  32  records,  and  17  protocols  are 
of  stillbirths. 


were  admitted  or  transferred  to  the  hospital  only  after 
difficulties  beyond  the  physician’s  or  midwife’s  capacity  were 
encountered,  and  that  many  mothers  in  advanced  com- 
plicated labor  arrived  in  the  hospital  too  late  for  cesarean 
section.  This  may  be  the  best  explanation  for  the  number  of 
deaths  attributed  to  traumatic  or  prolonged  labor  (6)  and  to 
placental  or  cord  problems  (5) — a total  of  11  out  of  the  38 
neonatal  deaths  and  stillbirths.  Since  neonatal  intensive  care 
units  were  unknown  until  primitive  incubators  were  in- 
troduced after  World  War  I,  deaths  from  prematurity  (7), 
atelectasis  neonatorum  (5),  and  asphyxia  (1)  were  more 
frequent  than  now.  Central  nervous  system  anomalies 
claimed  4 lives,  and  we  cannot  explain  this  incidence,  which:: 
does  seem  unusually  high.  Three  were  merely  stillborn,  and  3 
had  fatal  congenital  syphilis.  What  was  meant  by  infantile 
nonrenal  anasarca  is  not  clear;  perhaps  it  was  hydrops  fetalis. 

Pregnancy- related  deaths  in  this  series  probably  do  not 
reflect  the  whole  community’s  experience.  Other  specialized 
hospitals  existed,  most  babies  were  born  at  home,  and  one  is 
not  sure  what  percentage  of  mothers  were  hospitalized 
(Table  7).  Obstetric  complications  can  be  abrupt,  unan- 
ticipated, and  without  blood  replacement  and  immediate 
access  to  an  operating  room,  rapidly  fatal.  Hemorrhage  and 
placenta  previa  claimed  four  mothers,  and  puerperal  sepsis 
killed  five  mothers.  We  do  not  know  whether  these  five 
women  developed  their  sepsis  at  home  and  were  admitted  to 
the  hospital,  or  whether  they  were  delivered  and  infected  in 
the  hospital.  Neither  eclampsia  nor  renal  complications  of 
pregnancy  are  without  risk  today. 

Abortion,  then  illegal,  claimed  lives.  Three  women  died  of 
postabortal  sepsis,  one  of  sudden  air  embolization  while  a 
midwife  was  inducing  abortion  using  a catheter,  one  de- 
veloped peritonitis  from  a perforated  uterus,  and  two  died 
from  drugs  taken  to  induce  abortion.  The  youngest  woman 
who  died  of  the  effects  of  abortion  was  20  years  old  and  the 
oldest  was  27.  Abortion  then  was  a criminal  offense  but  was 
not  a problem  among  teen-aged  girls;  neither  knitting  needles 
nor  coat  hangers  are  mentioned  in  these  autopsy  protocols. 

Pediatric  deaths  in  this  series  are  difficult  to  interpret; 
many  of  the  children  who  died  when  younger  than  ten  years 
old  have  been  grouped  among  the  infections  (Table  8).  Even 
excluding  those  who  died  of  diagnosed  infections  and  the  two 
who  died  of  malignant  neoplasms,  the  results  make  grim 


TABLE  6 

Newark  City  Hospital  Autopsies,  1908-191 1:  Neonatal  Deaths 


Cause 

Number 

Median  Age 
(years) 

Range 

Prematurity 

7 

15  days 

2 to  30  days 

Traumatic  or  prolonged  labor 

6 

SB 

SB  to  12  days 

Atelectasis  neonatorum 

5 

SB 

SB  to  1 day 

Congenital  anomalies: 
Central  nervous  system 

4 

SB 

SB  to  1 day 

Heart 

2 

3 mo 

1 day;  6 mo 

Multiple 

1 

8 days 

Stillborn 

3 

SB 

Maternal  placenta  previa  or 
hemorrhage 

3 

SB 

SB  to  1 day 

Congenital  syphilis 

3 

1 wk 

SB  to  7 mo 

Asphyxia 

1 

1 day 

Premature  separation  of  placenta 

1 

SB 

Prolapsed  cord 

1 

SB 

Infantile  nonrenal  anasarca 

1 

6 wk 

SB  = Stillborn 

56 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


TABLE  7 

Newark  City  Hospital  Autopsies,  1908-191 1:  Pregnancy-Related  Deaths 

Median  Age 

Cause 

Number 

(years) 

Range 

Puerperal  sepsis 

5 

30 

26  to  32 

Postabortal  sepsis 

3 

25 

21  to  26 

Eclampsia 

2 

22.5 

1 7 to  28 

Postpartum  hemorrhage 

2 

38 

36  to  40 

Postpartum  renal  failure 

1 

34 

Postpartum  anemia 

1 

24 

Postpartum  nephritis 

1 

31 

Placenta  previa 

1 

22 

Postabortal  peritonitis 

1 

27 

Postabortal  air  embolism 

1 

20 

Postabortal  gastrointestinal 

hemorrhage  (took  unknown  drug 

to  induce  abortion) 

1 

— 

Mercury  bichloride  poisoning 

(used  as  abortifacient) 

1 

22 

TABLE  8 

Newark  City  Hospital  Autopsies,  1908- 

1911:  Pediatric  Deaths 

Median  Age 

Cause 

Number 

(years) 

Range 

Malnutrition 

4 

6 mo 

3 to  12  mo 

Marasmus 

3 

60  days 

40  to  120  days 

Congenital  herniation  of  cecum 

into  duodenojejunal  fossa 

1 

6 yrs 

Intussusception 

1 

13  mo 

Acute  enterocolitis 

1 

1 yr 

Empyema 

1 

16  mo 

Aspiration  of  vomit 

1 

8 days 

Exposure,  asphyxia 

1 

2 mo 

Exposure 

1 

10  mo 

Hydrocephalus 

1 

18  mo 

Sepsis 

1 

10  days 

Gastroenteritis 

1 

6 mo 

Streptococcal  peritonitis 

1 

11  mo 

TABLE  9 

Newark  City  Hospital  Autopsies,  1908-1911. 

Cardiovascular  Deaths 

Cause 

Number 

Median  Age 
(years) 

Range 

Bacterial  endocarditis 

5 

27 

11  mo  to  48  yr 

Mitral  stenosis 

5 

40 

20  to  66 

Myocarditis 

5 

55 

35  to  65 

Aortic  regurgitation 

4 

48.5 

40  to  52 

Rheumatic  bacterial  endocarditis 

2 

47.5 

42  to  53 

Chronic  aortic  endocarditis 

2 

49.5 

42  to  57 

Mitral  insufficiency 

2 

42 

32  to  52 

Patent  foramen  ovale 

1 

42 

Syphilitic  heart  disease 

1 

35 

Combined  aortic  and  mitral  stenosis 

1 

31 

Coronary  thrombosis 

1 

47 

Hypertrophied  dilated  heart  with 
fatty  degeneration  of  coronary 

arteries 

1 

62 

Myocarditis  with  atheromatous 

coronary  arteries 

1 

50 

Cardionephritis 

1 

21 

Pulmonary  embolus 

1 

38 

Ruptured  thoracic  aneurysm 

1 

41 

Heart  failure 

1 

— 

VOL.  81— NUMBER  1— JANUARY  1984 


57 


TABLE  10 

Newark  City  Hospital  Autopsies,  1908-191 1:  Digestive  Diseases 


Median  Age 


Cause 

Perforated  gastric  or  duodenal  ulcer 
Strangulated  hernia 
Ruptured  appendix 
Ileus  from  fibrous  band  obstruction 
Acute  peritonitis 
Acute  gangrenous  colitis 
Sigmoid  volvulus 
Cirrhosis  of  liver 
Hemorrhagic  pancreatitis 
Choledocholithiasis  with  ascending 
cholangitis 

Multiple  liver  abscesses  from 
suppurative  cholangitis 
Hepatitis 


Number 

(years) 

Range 

6 

43 

28  to  60 

2 

30.5 

22  to  39 

1 

3 

1 

33 

1 

53 

1 

27 

1 

65 

8 

46.5 

34  to  57 

3 

45.5 

41  to  50 

1 

26 

1 

14 

1 

70 

TABLE  11 

Newark  City  Hospital  Autopsies,  1908-1911:  Renal  Diseases 

Cause 

Number 

Median  Age 
(years) 

Range 

(Chronic)  nephritis 

16 

46.5 

23  to  70 

Chronic  nephritis  with  uremia 

6 

34 

29  to  59 

Chronic  Bright’s  disease 

3 

67 

25  to  70 

Acute  Bright’s  disease 

2 

44 

38  to  50 

Complications  of  urethral  stricture 

2 

50 

47  to  53 

Post  scarlatinal  nephritis 

1 

25 

Rupture  of  urethra 

1 

— 

Renal  calculi 

1 

52 

Suppurative  cystitis  with 
pyelonephritis 

1 

22 

Pyelonephritis 

1 

47 

reading.  Malnutrition,  marasmus,  exposure  combined  with 
asphyxia,  and  exposure  alone  account  for  9 of  the  18  deaths 
in  this  group.  These  deaths  very  probably  represent  aban- 
doned and  neglected  children,  the  oldest  of  whom  was  12 
months  old,  and  surely  constituted  child  abuse  at  least,  and 
perhaps  attempts  at  homicide  by  neglect. 

Cardiovascular  deaths  differed  substantially  in  their  pat- 
tern in  1908  to  191 1 from  now,  but  interpretation  of  autopsy 
diagnoses  without  histologic  confirmation  is  hazardous 
(Table  9).  It  was  not  until  World  War  I that  physicians  began 
to  take  seriously  the  possibility  that  heart  disease  could  be 
treated;  hence,  most  of  the  diagnostic  classifications  that  we 
now  find  intelligible  were  developed  between  the  world  wars. 

Rheumatic  heart  disease  was  a very  frequent  cause  of 
death  and  disability  until  ignorant  general  practitioners 
began  to  treat  sore  throats  using  antibiotics  without  waiting 
for  bacterial  culture  reports.  Most  of  the  endocarditis  and 
valvular  heart  disease  in  our  series  reasonably  can  be  at- 
tributed to  rheumatic  heart  disease.  Thus,  17  of  the  35 
cardiovascular  deaths  in  this  series  may  be  attributed  to 
rheumatic  heart  disease.  Syphilitic  heart  disease  probably 
was  responsible  for  the  cases  of  aortic  regurgitation  and  for 
the  one  ruptured  thoracic  aneurysm.  One  case  was  signed  out 
only  as  “syphilitic  heart  disease.”  Thus,  infection — strep- 
tococcal or  treponemal — rather  than  arteriosclerosis  caused 
23  of  the  35  cardiovascular  deaths. 

Arteriosclerotic  heart  disease’s  contribution  to  the  other 
21  cardiovascular  deaths  may  be  difficult  to  assess  very 
accurately  in  retrospect.  J.B.  Herrick  first  described,  in 
English,  the  clinical  features  of  sudden  obstruction  of  the 


coronary  arteries  in  1912,  although  the  association  between 
disease  of  the  coronary  arteries  and  angina  pectoris  and 
sudden  death  had  been  known  at  least  since  the  18th 
century.3  Thereafter,  what  previously  had  been  death  from 
“acute  indigestion”  gradually  became  death  from  coronary 
thrombosis.  Three  of  our  autopsies  describe  what  now  we 
would  consider  coronary  artery  disease:  coronary  throm- 
bosis, myocarditis  with  atheromatous  coronary  arteries,  and 
hypertrophied  dilated  heart  with  fatty  degeneration  of  coro- 
nary arteries.  We  also  may  suspect  that  most  of  the  five 
deaths  listed  as  "myocarditis,”  in  fact,  were  due  to 
myocardial  ischemia,  but  without  histologic  confirmation, 
we  cannot  be  sure. 

Digestive  diseases  causing  death  (Table  10)  were  domi- 
nated by  the  six  who  died  of  the  complications  of  perforated 
gastric  or  duodenal  ulcers,  and  the  eight  who  died  of 
cirrhosis  of  the  liver.  Three  deaths  from  acute  hemorrhagic 
pancreatitis  would  not  be  unexpected  in  any  city  hospital 
population.  Too  few  deaths  from  other  digestive  diseases 
permit  us  to  identify  a pattern.  The  two  who  died  from 
strangulated  hernias  probably  were  compounded  by  late 
presentation  to  the  hospital. 

Renal  disease  interpretation,  like  diseases  of  the 
cardiovascular  system  70  years  ago,  require  caution.  It  is  now 
quite  impossible  to  determine  just  what  the  16  patients  who 
died  of  chronic  nephritis  really  had  (Table  11).  We  may 
suspect  that  this  was  an  all-inclusive  vague  diagnosis  and 
what  was  termed  “chronic  Bright’s  disease”  now  is  almost 
uninterpretable.  Chronic  nephritis  with  uremia  claimed  6, 
and  postscarlatinal  nephritis  claimed  1 victim,  but  these  7 


58 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


TABLE  12 

Newark  City  Hospital  Autopsies,  1908- 

191 1:  Infections 

Median  Age 

Cause 

Number 

(years) 

Range 

Lobar  or  bronchopneumonia 

41 

40 

1 wk  to  78  yr 

Tuberculosis: 

Pulmonary 

44 

38.5 

4 mo  to  63  yr 

Miliary 

20 

35 

4 to  58 

Meningitis 

7 

30 

2 to  49 

Intestinal 

4 

31 

7 mo  to  40  yr 

Kidneys 

2 

48.5 

35  to  62 

Bladder 

1 

49 

Peritonitis 

1 

78 

Not  otherwise  specified 

5 

40 

36  to  62 

Erysipelas 

5 

38 

8 mo  to  57  yr 

Typhoid  fever 

7 

32.5 

22  to  44 

Diphtheria 

4 

3.5 

6 days  to  45  yr 

Rabies 

3 

14 

12  to  54 

Tetanus 

2 

26.5 

14  to  39 

Malaria 

1 

33 

“Sepsis": 

Lung  abscess,  empyema 

6 

42.5 

27  to  55 

Streptococcal 

1 

50 

Secondary  to  pyarthrosis 

1 

61 

Peritonsillar  abscess 

1 

58 

Suppurative  pyosalpinx 

1 

29 

Gangrenous  stomatitis 

1 

45 

Not  otherwise  specified 

1 

35 

TABLE  13 

Newark  City  Hospital  Autopsies,  1908-1911:  Central  Nervous  System  Diseases 

Median  Age 

Cause 

Number 

(years) 

Range 

Bacterial  meningitis 

9 

36 

6 mo  to  71  yr 

Cerebral  hemorrhage 

8 

55 

45  to  70 

Meningitis  or  brain  abscess 

following  mastoiditis 

4 

16.5 

3 to  30 

Subdural  hemorrhage 

3 

55 

35  to  65 

Cerebral  thrombosis 

3 

41 

37  to  45 

Encephalomalacia 

2 

57 

39  to  75 

Poliomyelitis 

2 

8.5 

7 to  10 

Extradural  hemorrhage,  spinal  cord 

1 

— 

Cerebral  hyperemia 

1 

35 

Brain  abscess 

1 

— 

CNS  syphilis 

1 

37 

Multiple  sclerosis 

1 

46 

Acute  ascending  paralysis, 

spinal  cord 

1 

26 

Skull  fracture  during  epileptic  fit 

1 

42 

patients  probably  died  from  what  we  now  would  classify  as 
chronic  glomerulonephritis  of  some  sort. 

Infections  accounted  for  159  of  the  537  deaths  in  our  series 
for  which  we  have  even  rudimentary  diagnoses,  and  con- 
stitute just  under  30  percent  of  the  total  (Table  12).  Lobar 
pneumonia  and  bronchopneumonia,  “captains  of  the  men  of 
death,”  took  41,  while  the  various  forms  of  tuberculosis 
killed  84 — 15.6  percent  of  all  of  the  autopsies  during  1908  to 
191 1 attributed  death  to  one  form  or  another  of  tuberculosis. 
Deaths  also  occurred  from  infections  that  would  now  be 
medical,  or  at  least  autopsy,  curiosities:  typhoid  fever, 
diphtheria,  rabies,  and  tetanus.  Malaria  claimed  1 life  and 
erysipelas — before  modern  antibiotics  was  a properly 
dreaded  disease — killed  5.  Generalized  sepsis,  our  sep- 
ticemia, from  other  infections  accounted  for  12  deaths. 

Central  nervous  system  disorders  (Table  13)  caused  38 


deaths,  but  13  of  these  were  from  bacterial  meningitis  and  1 
from  a brain  abscess:  bacterial  meningitis  then  was  common, 
and  meningitis  or  brain  abscess  was  a frequent  and  lethal 
complication.  The  8 deaths  from  cerebral  hemorrhage  almost 
certainly  were  related  to  untreated  hypertension,  but  the 
protocols  provide  neither  heart  weights  nor  measurements  of 
the  left  ventricular  wall,  so  this  must  remain  conjectural.  The 
3 deaths  from  cerebral  thrombosis  and  the  2 from  en- 
cephalomalacia  would  now  be  ascribed  to  complications  of 
cerebral  arteriosclerosis,  although  the  patients  with  cerebral 
thrombosis  do  seem  a bit  young.  Subdural  hemorrhage  and 
extradural  spinal  cord  hemorrhage  are  usually  post- 
traumatic.  One  patient  died  from  central  nervous  system 
syphilis,  1 from  multiple  sclerosis,  I from  an  ascending 
paralysis,  and  1 of  a skull  fracture  sustained  during  an 
epileptic  fit.  Two  died  of  poliomyelitis,  and  we  cannot  be 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  1— JANUARY  1984 


59 


TABLE  14 

Newark  City  Hospital  Autopsies,  1908-1911: 

Miscellaneous  Causes  of  Death 

' UK 

, 1 

1 

■ 

Cause 

Number 

Median  Age 
(years) 

a 

Range 

Protocols  blank 

26 

37.5 

SB  to  68  yr. 

Alcohol  related 

Delirium  tremens,  “wet  brain” 

12 

37 

25  to  62 

Acute  alcoholism 

1 

56 

Chronic  alcoholism 

1 

57 

Broke  leg  when  drunk 

1 

36 

| 

Subdural  hematoma  from  fall 
when  drunk 

1 

35 

Endocrine  diseases 

Diabetes  mellitus 

2 

55 

50  to  60 

Addison’s  disease 

1 

16 

Miscellaneous 

Senility 

2 

70.5 

70  to  71 

Exhaustion 

1 

49 

Progeria 

1 

16% 

Pernicious  anemia 

1 

— 

Morphine  given  to  a patient 
with  nephritis 

1 

— 

Uremia  with  lung  and  kidney 
infarcts 

1 

49 

TABLE  15 

Newark  City  Hospital  Autopsies,  1908-191 1:  Malignant 
Neoplasms 


Classification 

Number 

Ages 

Colon 

4 

38, 

43,  63,  78 

Esophagus 

3 

40, 

44,  45 

Rectum 

3 

41, 

60,  71 

Uterine  cervix 

3 

50, 

52,  60 

Chronic  lymphatic  leukemia 

2 

40, 

45 

Glioma,  gliosarcoma 

2 

10, 

53 

Tongue 

2 

52, 

66 

Pancreas 

2 

52, 

60 

Hodgkin’s  disease 

1 

35 

Acute  lymphatic  leukemia 

1 

18 

Jaw 

1 

60 

Stomach 

1 

64 

Larynx 

1 

70 

Bronchus 

1 

40 

Prostate 

1 

— 

Endothelioma,  pleura 

1 

8 

Vulva 

1 

34 

sure  what  “cerebral  hyperemia”  meant. 

Alcohol  directly  caused  16  deaths,  12  during  delirium 
tremens  or  from  alcoholic  “wet  brain”  (Table  14).  This  total 
of  only  3 percent  of  city  hospital  deaths  in  1908  to  1911  as 
alcohol-related  is  remarkably  low,  probably  from  gross 
underreporting.  Without  blood  alcohol  assays,  there  is  no 
way  to  determine  how  extensively  alcohol  may  have  con- 
tributed to  other  illnesses,  and  particularly  to  accidents  and 
homicides. 

Endocrine-related  deaths  include  vo  from  diabetes 
mellitus,  patients  aged  50  and  60  respectively,  so  that  this  was 
likely  to  have  been  of  the  nonketogenic  maturity-onset 
variety.  Juvenile  diabetics  did  not  live  very  long  before  the 
availability  of  insulin.  One  16-year  old  died  of  Addison’s 
disease,  but  the  record  does  not  make  its  etiology  clear. 

Miscellaneous  deaths  include  a 16y2-year-old  girl  who  died 
of  progeria.  She  was  a patient  of  Dr.  William  H.  Martland, 


Harrison  Martland’s  father.  Senility  claimed  two  lives  and 
exhaustion  claimed  one.  One  patient  each  died  of  pernicious 
anemia,  of  uremia  with  renal  and  pulmonary  infarcts 
(etiology  unknown),  and  one  with  nephritis  who  was  unwise- 
ly given  morphine. 

In  the  United  States,  in  1910,  the  annual  death  rate  for 
malignant  neoplasms  (including  the  hemolymphatic  systems) 
was  76.2/100,000,  and  in  1970,  it  was  162.8/100,000.  Malig- 
nant tumors  (Table  15)  contributed  only  30  deaths  to  this 
series — 5 percent  of  the  whole.  The  most  striking  thing  is  that 
only  1 death  was  due  to  bronchogenic  carcinoma  and, 
indeed,  in  1908  to  1911  bronchogenic  carcinoma  was  a 
pathologic  curiosity.  Moreover,  none  of  the  women  in  this 
series  died  of  cancer  of  the  breast. 

Table  3 reviews  some  common  causes  of  death  in  1910. 
Comparing  these  against  our  autopsy  series,  diabetes 
mellitus,  cardiovascular  disease,  pneumonia,  and  gastritis 
(i.e.  enteritis,  duodenitis,  colitis,)  are  underrepresented  in  this 
series.  Motor  vehicle  accidents,  homicides,  and  suicides  are 
overrepresented,  perhaps  because  Martland  was  the  cor- 
oner’s physician.  But  deaths  from  malignant  neoplasms  in 
our  1908  to  1911  autopsy  series  are  only  slightly  fewer  than 
what  would  have  been  expected  from  the  general  death  rates 
at  that  time.  It  does  not  appear  that  patients  with  cancer 
selectively  stayed  out  of  the  hospital  to  any  significant  extent. 
Not  all  of  the  increase  in  deaths  from  malignant  neoplasms 
between  1910  and  1970  can  be  dismissed  as  an  effect  of 
longevity  in  the  population  or  of  better  case  finding.  Two 
generations  ago  pathologists  very  accurately  could  tell 
benign  from  malignant,  although  their  diagnostic  classi- 
fications were  less  complicated  than  ours.  It  is  clear  that  they 
saw  proportionately  fewer  cancers  than  we  do. 

Accidental  deaths  (Table  16)  tell  us  a good  deal  about  the 
environment — occupational  and  domestic — from  which  our 
patients  came;  without  clinical  summaries,  autopsies  cannot 
provide  much  background  information.  Of  the  80  deaths 
classified  as  accidental,  how  do  we  interpret  the  25  for  whom 
we  have  only  the  bald  diagnosis  of  “skull  fracture”?  One 
patient  also  died  of  meningitis  following  an  accidental  skull 


60 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


TABLE  16 

Newark  City  Hospital  Autopsies,  1908-191 1:  Accidental  Deaths 


Median  Age 


Cause 

Number 

(years) 

Range 

Skull  fracture,  not  otherwise 

specified 

21 

44.5 

4 to  71 

Automobile  accident 

6 

50.5 

8 to  84 

Broken  neck  or  back 

5 

40 

25  to  62 

Accidental  gunshot 

5 

17 

3 to  32 

Trolley  accident 

4 

45 

35  to  57 

Railroad  accident 

4 

28 

18  to  33 

Multiple  injuries,  not  otherwise 

specified 

3 

42 

30  to  47 

Anesthetic  (chloroform)  misadventure 

3 

30 

24  to  32 

Hip  fracture 

3 

70 

67  to  73 

Heat  stroke 

2 

56 

56  to  56 

Wagon  accident 

2 

65.5 

52  to  79 

Wood  alcohol  ingestion 

2 

37.5 

30  to  45 

Horse 

2 

42.5 

29  to  56 

Rib  fractures  with  pneumothorax 

or  hemothorax 

2 

50 

28  to  72 

Illuminating  gas 

1 

83 

Hanging 

1 

— 

Hit  by  brick 

1 

22 

Motorcycle  accident 

1 

46 

Meningitis  following  skull  fracture 

1 

56 

Fractured  pelvis  jumping  from 

window  at  fire 

1 

23 

Subpial  hemorrhage,  scalp  hematoma 

1 

40 

1 

Falls:  From  window 

1 

30 

From  fire  truck 

1 

50 

Not  otherwise  specified 

1 

61 

On  railroad  station  platform 

1 

36 

Down  stairs 

1 

37 

Off  stoop  of  house 

1 

— 

From  scaffold 

2 

40.5 

30  to  51 

Down  elevator  shaft 

1 

16 

fracture,  2 died  of  rib  fractures  with  pneumothorax  or 
ijhemothorax,  and  1 died  of  a scalp  hematoma  with  subpial 
hemorrhage.  Eighteen  accidental  deaths  involved  various 
modes  of  transportation:  6 automobile  accidents,  4 trolley 
car,  2 horse-drawn  wagon,  and  1 motorcycle,  while  2 were 
killed  by  horses  in  unspecified  manners.  Four  died  in  rail- 
road accidents,  but  it  is  not  clear  whether  as  employees  or 
as  passengers  because  details  simply  are  too  sparse. 

Accidental  gunshot  wounds  killed  five  persons;  the  median 
age  was  17,  and  ranged  from  3 to  32.  Three  died  from 
anesthetic  mishaps,  usually  tonsillectomy.  The  anesthetic 
was  chloroform  and  usually  the  operations  were  done  on 
outpatients.  Two  drank  wood  alcohol,  one  died  from  il- 
luminating gas  at  age  83,  one  was  hit  by  a flying  brick,  and 
one  broke  his  pelvis  jumping  from  a window  at  a fire.  There 
were  five  broken  necks  or  backs,  three  cases  of  multiple  and 
not  further  specified  injuries,  three  hip  fractures,  two  heat 
strokes,  and  one  accidental  hanging.  Falls  were  frequent 
causes  of  death:  windows,  fire  trucks,  railroad  station  plat- 
forms, staircases,  front  stoops,  scaffolds,  and — inevitably — a 
16-year-old  boy  was  killed  when  he  fell  down  an  elevator 
shaft. 

Murder  was  much  less  frequent  than  in  today’s  large  cities, 
but  was  even  then  a young  man’s  game  (Table  17).  Gunshot 
and  homicidal  skull  fractures  each  took  six  lives,  and  one 
each  died  of  kicking,  stabbing,  assault  with  a shovel,  and — 
an  act  of  truly  Edwardian  elegance — a hatpin  wound  of  the 
heart.  The  pattern  of  homicides  (murder  is  a jury  verdict)  in 
our  series  suggests  random  violence.  None  of  the  16 


homicides  in  this  series  looks  like  an  assassination  and, 
although  quite  impressively  violent  street  gangs  existed  in 
large  cities  at  the  time,  Newark’s  Health  Department  report- 
ing area  recorded  only  9 homicides  during  1910.  Crime  never 
was  organized  until  Prohibition. 

Suicide  methods  change  with  time.  Gunshot  was  chosen  by 
four  young  victims,  aged  23  to  34.  Their  elders  took  arsenic, 
usually  as  Paris  green,  or  inhaled  carbon  monoxide.  Each  of 
two  21  year  olds  took  morphine,  easily  available  over  the 
counter,  and  five  other  suicide  victims  used,  respectively, 
bichloride  of  mercury,  carbolic  acid,  a mixture  of  arsenic  and 
ammonia,  bichloride  of  mercury  and  carbon  monoxide,  and 
one  unidentified  poison. 

CONCLUSIONS 

What  do  these  autopsy  protocols  tell  us  about  the  lives  of 
the  people  who  died  in  Newark  City  Hospital  between  1908 
and  1911?  Although  our  conclusions  must  be  tentative,  we 
can  offer  some  suggestions  about  what  things  were  like  for 
the  urban  poor  whom  the  hospital  served  at  that  time. 

In  1908  to  191 1,  prosperous  citizens  of  Newark  were  born 
and  usually  died  at  home.  They  often  were  operated  upon  at 
home,  or  in  small  private  hospitals.  They  did  not  come  to 
Newark  City  Hospital  by  choice,  although  they  may  have 
been  carried  there  by  ambulance  following  an  accident. 
Hence,  in  1908  to  1911,  Newark  City  Hospital  retained  many 
characteristics  of  late  18th  and  early  19th  century  charity 
hospitals  in  that  it  provided  care  for  those  whose  domestic 
resources  or  network  of  human  ties  could  not  accommodate 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  1— JANUARY  1984 


61 




TABLE  17 

Newark  City  Hospital  Autopsies,  1908-191 1:  Homicides  and  Suicides 

(\ 

Cause 

Number 

Median  Age 
(years) 

Range 

Homicides:  -’il 

Gunshot 

6 

32 

28  to  38 

Skull  fracture 

6 

35.5 

26  to  60 

Hatpin  wound  of  heart 

1 

— 

Hit  by  shovel 

1 

30 

Kick  to  abdomen 

1 

35 

Stabbing 

1 

18 

Suicides: 

Gunshot 

4 

28.5 

23  to  34 

Arsenic,  Paris  green 

4 

62 

48  to  69 

Carbon  monoxide 

3 

59 

20  to  66 

Morphine 

2 

21 

21  to  21 

Mercury  bichloride 

1 

17 

Arsenic  and  ammonia 

1 

16 

Carbolic  acid 

1 

— 

Mercury  bichloride  and  carbon 

monoxide 

1 

34 

Poison,  not  otherwise  specified 

1 

34 

their  births,  illnesses,  surgical  operations,  or  dyings. 

In  1908  to  1911,  poverty  clearly  left  a great  many  people 
no  alternative  to  Newark  City  Hospital.  Poor  people  do  not 
live  as  long  as  rich  people,  they  seek  medical  advice  later 
during  the  courses  of  their  illnesses,  and  their  responses  to 
the  stress  of  illness  and  injury  sometimes  are  less  effective 
than  they  might  be.  Malnutrition,  fatigue,  chronic  depres- 
sion, hopelessness,  and  other  intangibles  are  common  among 
the  poor.  Most  of  our  patients  died  when  they  were  between 
25  and  54,  and  especially  when  they  were  between  35  and  54. 
At  the  very  stage  in  life  when  privileged  or  middle-class 
citizens  were  getting  nicely  started  in  their  lives  and  careers, 
our  patients  were  reaching  the  ends  of  theirs.  To  be  blunt,  as 
late  as  1910,  the  lives  of  many  of  the  patients  whom  Newark 
City  Hospital  served  were  as  nasty,  as  brutish,  and  as  short 
as  they  would  have  been  100  years  earlier. 

Conventional  wisdom  regards  tuberculosis  and  rheumatic 
heart  disease  as  related  to  poverty,  to  overcrowding,  and  to 
marginal  diet.  We  may  suspect  the  same  of  the  meningitis  in 
our  series.  Mortality  from  both  tuberculosis  and  rheumatic 
heart  disease  began  to  fall  long  before  the  development  of 
modern  antibiotics  as  housing  and  diet  improved,  but  we 
safely  can  suggest  that  this  improvement  had  not  exerted  its 
full  impact  on  the  poor  of  Newark  by  1910. 

In  1908  to  191 1 Newark,  patterns  of  death  among  children 
— malnutrition,  marasmus,  exposure,  asphyxia — suggest  that 
infanticide  by  neglect,  man’s  oldest  form  of  population 
control,  still  was  operative.  The  complications  of  childbirth 
were  not  problems  for  adolescent  girls,  and  only  1 of  the  19 
mothers  in  our  autopsy  series  was  younger  than  20.  She  was 
17 — young,  but  by  the  standards  of  the  time,  nubile.  Abor- 
tion-related complications  did  not  fill  the  wards,  and  in  1908 
to  1911,  deaths  from  “unplanned  pregnancies”  were  only 
peripheral  concerns  at  Newark  City  Hospital.  We  therefore 
may  suggest  that  sexual  lives  were  perhaps  better  disciplined 
in  Newark  than  now. 

Cancer  was  not  so  frequent  a cause  of  death  as  now  is  the 
case.  This  change  is  real,  and  merits  serious  exploration 
although  no  useful  opinion  can  be  offered  as  to  why  this  is  so 
until  a much  larger  statistical  base  permits  us  to  assess  the 
relative  impact  of  changes,  over  time,  in  the  incidence  of  site- 


specific  tumors.  The  increase  in  bronchogenic  carcinoma 
alone  during  the  past  generation  has  affected  the  cancer 
death  rate  enormously,  but  careful  and  accurate  retro- 
spective reviews  might  yield  some  provocative  insights.  Prior 
to  World  War  I,  for  example,  cigarette  smoking  and  wrist 
watches  were  viewed  widely  as  effeminate  and  macho  men! 
avoided  both.  Of  our  entire  series,  only  one  bronchogenic 
carcinoma  was  recorded  and  no  deaths  that,  on  review, 
seemed  to  be  from  chronic  obstructive  lung  disease.  We  mayjj 
suggest  that  whatever  lifestyle  or  environmental  factors 
explain  this  increase  in  cancer  deaths,  they  were  less  potent 
or  frequent  two  generations  ago. 

Old  people  were  not  abandoned  in  Newark  City  Hospital;  j 
it  was  neither  a geriatric  hospital  nor  a nursing  home. 

In  1908  to  191 1,  murder  was  vastly  less  frequent  than  now, 
and  murderers  ran  a considerable  risk  of  being  executed.  The 
criminal  justice  system  may  have  done  things  that  would 
upset  the  American  Civil  Liberties  Union,  but  it  seems  to 
have  been  effective  at  least  in  preventing  murder.  Deaths 
from  drug  overdoses  were  unheard  of,  except  when  taken  as 
abortifacients  or  with  suicidal  intent.  None  of  the  autopsies 
in  this  series  suggested  sexual  abuse;  we  can  be  reasonably 
sure  that  had  such  victims  died  in  the  hospital,  Martland — as 
the  coroner’s  physician — would  have  done  the  autopsy. 

Our  1908  to  1911  autopsies  include  fewer  homicides  than 
now  would  be  the  case,  and  no  fatal  sexual  assaults.  Certain 
bacterial  diseases  now  are  curable  that  then  usually  were 
lethal.  There  were  far  more  deaths  from  such  diseases  as 
tuberculosis  and  rheumatic  heart  disease,  which  generally  are 
attributed  to  poverty  and  which  may  be  good  indices  of  real 
deprivation.  More  workers  seem  to  have  been  killed  at  work 
than  now.  But  we  also  may  have  to  suggest  that  despite 
considerable  real  poverty,  Newark  then  was  a much  safer 
and  less  violent  place  to  live. 

REFERENCES 

1.  Annual  Report  of  the  Department  of  Public  Health,  City  of 
Newark,  N.J.,  for  the  Year  1910. 

2.  Samuel  Berg:  Harrison  Stanford  Martland.  New  York,  NY, 
Vantage  Press,  1978. 

3.  Herrick  JB:  Clinical  features  of  sudden  obstruction  of  the 
coronary  arteries.  JAMA  59:2015-2020,  1912. 


62 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


PEDIATRIC  BRIEFS 

Selected  Abstracts  with  Comments* 




Leiken  SL:  Minors'  assent  or  dissent  to  medical  treatment. 
Pediatrics  102:169,  1983. 

This  essay  by  an  oncologist  argues  for  a flexible  and  indi- 
vidualized approach  to  the  inclusion  of  minor  patients  in 
:reatment  decisions.  In  general,  children  14  years  of  age  or 
older  have  developed  the  elements  of  cognition  required  for 
(rational  consent.  Voluntariness,  i.e.  independence  from  over- 
whelming conformity  needs,  also  is  required  for  true  consent. 
•'Fourteen  or  15  years  of  age,  generally  speaking,  is  the  earliest 
ithat  children  may  be  expected  to  dissent  in  the  presence  of 
Hparents  who  already  have  agreed  to  a proposed  treatment. 
^However,  the  variability  in  psychologic  development  and  in 
other  factors  (i.e.  social  class  or  prior  experience  with  illness 
and  hospitalization)  is  so  great  that  no  arbitrary  age  criteria 
will  suffice  to  determine  how  a child  should  be  included  in 
the  decision  process. 

The  goal  of  such  determination  is  to  avoid  disrespect  for 
the  minor  on  the  one  hand  and  to  avoid  unrealistic  expecta- 
tions of  competence  on  the  other.  The  responsible  health  care 
professional  who  makes  or  participates  in  the  making  of 
these  determinations  will:  (1)  be  informed  by  the  work  of 
Piaget  et  al.  on  “levels”  of  cognitive  development;  (2)  make 
careful  assessments  of  the  individual  minor’s  “levels”  of 
psychologic  and  social  development;  and  (3)  honor  the  child 
by  respecting  him/her  at  the  “level”  of  competence  which 
a careful  assessment  demonstrates.  This  means,  for  example, 
that  if  a minor  is  judged  on  good  clinical  grounds  as  being 
able  to  assent  meaningfully  to  proposed  treatment  and  then 
dissents,  the  dissent  should  be  honored  as  well.  Often, 
however,  a minor  will  not  be  assessed  confidently  as  able 
to  decide  autonomously.  In  such  cases,  there  is  an  obligation 
to  inform  and  include  the  child  when  treatment  decisions  are 
being  considered  by  others.  Here,  the  determination  of  com- 
petence is  not  so  critical.  It  is  not  respect  for  autonomy  which 
is  at  stake,  but  humane  treatment  and  efforts  to  strengthen 
the  therapeutic  alliance.  Even  so,  there  remains  the  general 
obligation  to  deal  with  any  patient  openly  and  honestly. 
Moreover,  the  decisions  reached  by  physician  and  parents 
should  accommodate  the  minor’s  needs  and  values,  even 
though  he/she  is  not  accorded  the  right  to  assent  or  dissent. 

Comment:  I agree  wholeheartedly.  The  developmental  ap- 
proach to  assessing  competencies,  and  hence  appropriate 
involvement  in  decision  making,  makes  great  sense.  Here  is 


another  clear  instance  where  psychological  sophistication 
and  careful  clinical  assessment  is  required  to  give  effect  to 
our  moral  commitments.  Every  pediatrician  should  know 
about  cognitive  development  (and  its  corollaries  for  concep- 
tualization of  illness).  Every  pediatrician  should  practice  as- 
siduously the  assessment  skills  required  to  determine  the 
appropriate  involvement  of  minors  in  treatment  decisions. 
The  moral  force  behind  these  standards  of  knowledge  and 
skill  is  derived  from  the  ethical  obligation  to  provide  auton- 
omy to  those  individuals  capable  of  assuming  it,  without 
denying  protection  to  those  who  are  not.  (D.  Price,  Ph.D, 
Adj.  Asst.  Professor,  Health  Care  Humanities) 

Vu  NV,  et  al.:  How  medical  students  learn.  J Med  Educ 
58:601,  1983. 

Medical  school  faculties  have  emphasized  what  students 
should  learn  rather  than  how  to  learn.  Recently,  the  Associa- 
tion of  American  Medical  Colleges  stated  that  medical  stu- 
dents must  be  steered  toward  development  of  independent 
and  analytic  learning  skills.  In  a comprehensive  analysis  of 
how  students  learn  in  the  first  two  years  at  two  United  States 
medical  schools  (one  with  a traditional  curriculum,  the  other 
with  an  “objectives-based  mastery  curriculum”),  the  authors 
concluded  that  the  medical  students  they  studied  would  not 
be  effective  lifelong  learners  because  they  adopted  behaviors 
antithetical  to  same.  They  did  not  have  well-planned  study 
systems  and  they  were  not  motivated  to  active  searching  of 
learning  beyond  expectations  of  their  teachers.  There  was 
evidence  of  development  of  analytic  skills,  however.  The 
authors  state  “students  do  not  possess  independent  learning 
skills  [upon  entry]  and  seem  not  to  develop  them  [during 
the  first  two  years].”  They  speculate  that  the  curriculum  in 
the  first  two  years  may  be  so  overloaded  that  “students  adopt 
only  those  learning  behaviors  which  help  them  cope  with 
curriculum  requirements.  . .[and]  the  structure  and  frequen- 


*Abstracts  are  from  the  Department  of  Pediatrics  Newsletter, 
UMDNJ-New  Jersey  Medical  School,  Vol.  8,  No.  9,  1983.  Selections 
are  made  by  Richard  J.  Rapkin,  M.D.,  Medical  Director  of  Chil- 
dren’s Hospital,  Newark,  who  is  Editor;  and  by  Coeditors,  Franklin 
C.  Behrle,  M.D.,  Professor  and  Chairman,  Department  of  Pedi- 
atrics, UMDNJ-New  Jersey  Medical  School,  and  Shyan  C.  Sun, 
M.D.,  Director  of  Neonatology,  Children's  Hospital,  Newark.  Cor- 
respondence may  be  addressed  to  Dr.  Rapkin,  Children's  Hospital 
of  New  Jersey,  15  South  9th  Street,  Newark,  NJ  07107. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  1— JANUARY  1984 


63 


cy  of  examinations  in  medical  curricula  may  inhibit  even  the 
most  self-confident  and  independent  student  from  learning 
in  his  own  way.”  They  recommend  that  “curriculum  com- 
mittees and  faculty  members  need  to  create  an  environment 
in  which  students  can  learn  effectively  and  efficiently  and  one 
which  encourages  . . . self-directed  learning  habits.”  They 
make  four  suggestions:  ( 1 ) curricula  with  gradually  less  struc- 
ture on  students’  learning;  (2)  provision  of  time  for  indepen- 
dent learning  and  reduction  of  amount  of  information  re- 
quired; (3)  replace  some  examinations  with  self-evaluation 
exercises;  and  (4)  research  the  subject  of  curricula  change  and 
its  relation  to  student  learning  behaviors. 

Duff  GW,  et  al.:  Fever  and  immunoregulation.  Yale  J Biol 
Med  55:437,  1982. 

Fever  is  mediated  by  a polypeptide  (endogenous  pyrogen 
[EP])  produced  by  macrophages.  Interleuken  I is  a macro- 
phage-made-polypeptide which  stimulates  T lymphocyte 
proliferation.  Interleuken  1 and  EP  probably  are  identical. 
Hyperthermia  (in  vitro  cell  studies)  increases  the  T cell 
response  to  EP.  “If  naturally  occurring  fever  influences  the 
immune  response  in  vivo  to  the  extent  suggested  by  our 
observations  in  vitro,  then  the  role  of  fever  as  a host  defense 
may  warrant  further  examination.  For  example,  antipyretic 
drugs  may  be  useful  in  autoimmune  diseases  where  the  im- 
mune response  is  detrimental  to  the  host,  but  when  the 
immune  response  is  to  the  host's  advantage  (e.g.  directed 
against  infections  or  neoplastic  cells),  then  fever  itself  may 
be  beneficial.  . . [These  findings]  call  into  question  the  cur- 
rent indiscriminate  use  of  antipyretic  agents." 

Gershel  JC,  et  al.:  The  usefulness  of  chest  radiographs  in  first 
asthma  attacks.  N Engl  J Med  309:336,  1983. 

Three  hundred  seventy-one  consecutive  children  over  age 
one  year  with  initial  wheezing  episodes  had  radiographs.  Of 
those  with  “positive”  films  (abnormal  beyond  the  usual  find- 
ings in  asthma),  95  percent  could  be  predicted  clinically  by 
signs  in  combination:  tachycardia,  fever,  and  localized  find- 
ings (rales  or  decreased  breath  sounds).  Routine  radiographs 
are  not  necessary  in  the  vast  majority  of  first-time  wheezers 
over  age  one. 

Comment:  I was  brought  up  on  “all  that  wheezes  is  not 
asthma  ' and  urged  to  obtain  a chest  x-ray  whenever  seeing 
a (presumed)  asthmatic  for  the  first  time  or  whenever  such 
children  warranted  admission  for  status.  This  study  did  not 
address  the  latter  situation  which  remains,  for  me,  a signifi- 
cant illness  requiring  careful  evaluation  among  which  is  a 
chest  x-ray.  I am  not  looking  for  subsegmental  atelectasis 
(often  mislabeled  and  mistreated  as  pneumonia)  but  rather 
evidence  of  laterality  (e.g.  foreign  body),  pneumothorax  or 
pneumomediastinum,  or  significant  underlying  lung  disease. 

I will  not  quarrel  with  the  authors'  conclusion  that  chest 
radiographs  are  superfluous  in  many  patients  with  wheezing. 


THE 


These  patients  most  often  are  seen  in  physician  office  prac- 
tices and,  I would  guess,  rarely  get  radiographs  unless  they' 
are  to  be  admitted.  The  latter  patients  are  a different  group 
and  until  a large  study  is  done  on  those,  I will  remain? 
traditional  in  my  approach. 

Staheli  LT:  In-toeing  and  out-toeing  in  children.  J Fartt  Praci 
16:1005,  1983. 

Causes  of  in-toeing  include:  (1)  Metatarsus  adductus  (of 
which  85  percent  resolve  without  treatment).  Rigid  deformity 
or  failure  to  resolve  spontaneously  in  six  to  nine  months  isil 
an  indication  for  simple  casting.  (2)  Internal  tibial  torsion 
(which  rarely  persists).  No  treatment  has  been  proved  effec- 
tive for  the  remainder.  (3)  Medial  femoral  torsion  (this  often 
gets  worse  for  a few  years  and  then  improves  spontaneously). 
No  treatment  is  indicated  since  none  has  been  proved  effec- 
tive. The  only  cause  of  out-toeing  is  tibial  torsion  and  no 
treatment  is  known.  Rotational  osteotomy  for  many  of  these 
conditions  is  “one  of  the  most  risky  operations  in  or- 
thopedics.” Inappropriate  therapies  include  shoe  modi- 
fications which  are  “ineffective,  waste  family  resources,  and 
embarrass  the  child”.  Orthotics  have  no  place  in  manage- 
ment of  these  conditions. 

Comment:  Dr.  Staheli  is  a careful  pediatric  orthopedist. 
My  own  beliefs  are  supported  by  his  observations  and  litera- 
ture review.  In-toeing  and  out-toeing  are  rarely  of  signifi- 
cance, usually  are  self-limited  and,  even  if  persistent,  are  only 
cosmetic.  There  is  no  proved  safe  and  effective  treatment  but 
many  expensive  and  dangerous  ones.  The  physician  should 
beware  and  be  resistant  to  proposed  cures  until  evidence  is 
forthcoming. 

Campbell  JB,  et  al.:  Foley  catheter  removal  of  blunt 
esophageal  foreign  bodies.  Experience  with  100  consecutive 
children.  Pediatr  Radiol  13:116,  1983. 

One  hundred  consecutive  children  with  blunt  esophageal 
foreign  bodies  were  treated  with  a nonoperative  method  of 
foreign  body  removal  utilizing  a Foley  catheter.  Dislodge- 
ment  was  successful  in  98  children.  There  were  no  complica- 
tions. Performed  properly,  the  technique  is  rapid  and  safe. 
It  precludes  hospitalization  and  even  the  slight  hazards  of 
endoscopy  and  general  anesthesia. 

( omment:  I certainly  agree  with  the  approach  of  the  above 
writers  in  handling  blunt  esophageal  foreign  body 
nonoperatively  in  the  x-ray  department  under  fluoroscopy 
using  the  Foley  catheter  technique.  This  is  a very  old  method 
being  reported  frequently  in  the  literature  and  should  be  kept 
in  mind  in  handling  children  with  this  type  of  foreign  body. 
Only  children  with  a blunt  esophageal  foreign  body  are 
candidates  for  this  technique.  If  this  method  fails  in  remov- 
ing the  foreign  body  or  successfully  pushing  it  to  the 
stomach,  the  patient  should  be  taken  to  the  operating  room 
and,  under  general  anesthesia,  the  foreign  body  should  be 
removed  with  instrumentation.  (S.  Saad,  M.D.,  Asst. 
Professor,  Pediatric  Surgery.) 


JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


64 


IMPAIRED  PHYSICIANS  PROGRAM 


Monitoring 


DAVID  I.  CANAVAN,  M.D.,  Lawrenceville* 


The  high  incidence  of  recidivism  that 
is  associated  with  the  diseases  of 
impairment;  the  frequency  of  in- 
volvement with  disciplinary  boards  at  the  hospital  and  state 
level;  and  our  responsibility  to  the  public,  the  profession,  and 
the  individual  impaired  physician  mandate  an  effective  pro- 
gram for  monitoring  the  continuing  recovery  of  our  clients. 

Because  of  the  ever-increasing  number  of  physicians  in  our 
program,  it  becomes  more  and  more  difficult  for  the  medical 
director  to  supervise  personally  all  of  the  clients  to  the  extent 
that  we  would  like.  It  is  essential  that  a well-coordinated 
network  be  available  to  assist  in  this  critical  function.  There 
now  are  several  different  phases  of  our  monitoring  program 
in  operation.  The  followup  of  each  individual,  however,  is 
tailored  to  that  physician’s  own  special  needs  and  the  nature 
of  the  impairment  involved.  We  try  to  personalize  this  pro- 
gram to  the  extent  that  it  is  possible. 

PHASE  I:  FOLLOWUP  CONTACT  WITH  THE  INITIAL 
REFERRAL  SOURCE 

In  the  experience  of  our  program,  the  initial  referral 
usually  is  from  a seriously  concerned  individual  who  cares 
deeply  about  the  impaired  physician.  These  usually  are  close 
colleagues,  family  members,  office  personnel,  or  hospital 
staff  members  who  continue  in  close  contact  with  the  re- 
covering physician  and  are  as  intimately  aware  of  the  phy- 
sician’s continuing  recovery  as  they  were  of  the  downhill 
spiral  of  his  original  impairment.  These  people  are  an  excel- 
lent and  usually  quite  reliable  source  of  information  on  the 
doctor’s  progress  or  the  lack  thereof. 

PHASE  II:  COMMITTEE  ON  IMPAIRED  PHYSICIANS 

An  important  part  of  the  role  of  the  members  of  the 
Committee  on  Impaired  Physicians  is  their  function  as  local 
monitors.  We  have  divided  the  state  into-regions.  Each  re- 
gion has  a regional  coordinator  who  is  a member  of  our 
Executive  Subcommittee.  Each  member  of  the  Committee  is 
assigned  to  one  of  the  regional  teams  and  has  the  responsi- 
bility of  monitoring  the  progress  of  physicians  assigned  to 
him  and  reporting  regularly  on  the  physician’s  recovery 
either  to  the  regional  coordinator  or  directly  to  the  medical 
director.  Very  often  the  monitor  is  the  same  physician  who 


participated  in  the  initial  confrontation  and,  therefore,  is 
known  to  the  physician  client.  Whenever  possible,  each  phy- 
sician client  has  an  assigned  local  physician  monitor. 

PHASE  III:  THE  MEDICAL  DIRECTOR 

The  medical  director  in  addition  to,  or  occasionally  in 
place  of,  the  local  monitor,  attempts  to  maintain  personal 
contact  with  all  the  physician  clients  in  the  program.  He 
takes  over  this  responsibility  if  the  physician  lives  in  an  area 
of  the  state  where  there  are  no  close  monitors  available.  All 
physician  clients  are  made  aware  of  their  right  of  access  to 
the  medical  director  at  any  time  that  they  feel  he  can  assist 
them  in  any  area  of  their  recovery.  For  those  physicians 
whose  problems  are  most  severe,  and  often  therefore  most 
involved,  the  medical  director  assumes  the  responsibility  of 
the  burden  of  their  followup.  This  close  contact  with  a con- 
cerned physician  from  the  Committee  on  Impaired  Phy- 
sicians is  a key  element  in  the  ability  of  the  program  to 
succeed. 

PHASE  IV:  ATTENDANCE  RECORDS 

One  of  the  important  aspects  in  assisting  the  recovering 
physician  in  dealing  with  administrative  issues  at  the  hospital 
or  the  State  Board  level  is  the  ability  to  document  the  phy- 
sician’s participation  in  a structured  recovery  program. 

We  have  developed  an  attendance  record  card  as  one 
means  of  providing  this  documentation. 

It  is  a principle  of  the  support  group  philosophy  that 
attendance  is  not  taken  at  meetings  of  the  groups.  However, 
when  an  individual  member,  for  his  or  her  own  personal 
needs,  requires  documentation,  the  group  secretary  is  able 
and  authorized  to  confirm  the  member's  attendance.  The 
attendance  card  is  identified  with  the  physician’s  code 
number  so  that  if  it  is  lost  it  does  not  reveal  the  identity  of 
the  impaired  physician  to  the  person  who  finds  it.  This  card 
also  assists  us  in  documenting  the  frequency  with  which  the 
physician  attends  and  enables  us  to  measure  performance 
versus  our  recommendations. 


*Dr.  Canavan  is  Medical  Director,  Impaired  Physicians  Program. 
Correspondence  may  be  addressed  to  Dr.  Canavan,  MSNJ,  Two 
Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  1— JANUARY  1984 


65 


PHASE  V:  URINE  MONITORING 

In  the  case  of  physicians  whose  problem  is  the  abuse  of 
drugs,  other  than  alcohol,  our  most  valuable  documentary 
tool  is  the  ability  to  monitor  the  physician's  urine  for  the 
presence  of  mood-altering  drugs.  With  the  close  cooperation 
of  the  Division  of  Laboratories  of  the  New  Jersey  Depart- 
ment of  Health,  we  have  been  able  to  structure  a very  effec- 
tive program  for  the  substance-abusing  clients  in  our  Pro- 
gram. 

The  physician  client  presents  himself  or  herself  at  one  of 
the  15  state-sponsored  drug  abuse  clinics.  Only  the  clinic 
director  is  aware  of  the  physician's  identity.  The  physician 
provides  a fresh  urine  sample  under  direct  observation.  The 
sample  then  is  labeled  with  the  physician's  code  number  and 
forwarded  under  the  code  number  to  the  State  Department 
of  Health  laboratories  in  Trenton  where  it  will  be  analyzed 
for  the  presence  of  up  to  four  different  classes  of  mood- 
altering  drugs.  Testing  for  a total  of  eight  different  classes 
of  drugs  is  available.  Our  office  selects  the  four  classes  for 
each  specimen.  We  can  vary  this  each  time  if  we  choose  to 
do  so.  We  also  control  the  randomicity  of  the  specimens. 


The  test  results  are  forwarded,  under  the  code  number 

' 

to  MSNJ  headquarters  in  Lawrenceville.  Only  two  people 
have  access  to  the  code:  the  medical  director  and  his  sec- 
retary. j 

Positive  urine  results  immediately  are  pursued  with  thej 
physician  involved.  There  is  occasional  cross  reactivity  with 
benign  substances  and  these  must  be  ruled  out  carefully.  The 
urine  test  results  are  very  accurate.  When  a choice  must  be 
made  between  the  reliability  of  the  urine  and  the  reliability 
of  the  client,  the  edge  goes  to  the  urine  test. 

Urine  monitoring,  in  these  cases,  serves  three  important 
functions:  it  is  a constant  reminder  to  our  recovering  col- 
leagues that  “big  brother"  is  watching;  it  is  an  excellent  early 
warning  system  and  promptly  alerts  us  when  our  client  be- 
gins to  “slip”;  and  it  is  excellent  documentation  of  the  drug- 
free  state  for  submission  to  administrative  boards. 

It  should  be  apparent  that  the  Impaired  Physicians  Pro- 
gram considers  close  monitoring  of  our  clients  a major  re- 
sponsibility. Without  it,  the  initial  gains  of  early  identifi- 
cation, confrontation,  appropriate  treatment,  aftercare,  and; 
support  groups  easily  could  be  lost 


I 


AN  ACT  OF  LOVE 

Their  own  DENIAL  that  a respected  colleague  could  be  IMPAIRED  and/or  the  “con- 
spiracy of  silence’'  that  makes  them  unwilling  to  speak  out  allows  the  illness  of  our  impaired 
colleagues  to  progress,  sometimes  to  a fatal  outcome. 

“Blowing  the  whistle”  on  a suffering  colleague  is  indeed  an  ACT  OF  LOVE! 

Call  Us  EARLY 

We  can  help  CONFIDENTIALLY 
IMPAIRED  PHYSICIANS  PROGRAM 
(609)  896-1766 
Hot  Line  . . . (609)  896-1884 


66 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


A 


WORD 


TO  THE 


WHYS 


WHY  AMA? 

The  AMA  actively  works  to 

W W I i A rePreSent  ydThVpuWic  Each 

should  be  partofthe  AMA. 


WHV  AMA?  Today  you  can  ^ "patient  care 

he  most  advanced,  currents 

a part  of  the  AMA. 


«miy  AMA?  Residents  and  Section  and 

JKr s? sss 

■ IStSSSSS  S-3- SSSC1 SS  « - 
««*•»«— —«**»••• - 


e more  good  reabu  or  wnte: 

TO  w..  c»r  »»■  ~r5y[NSoT=tm ««»■ 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  1— JANUARY  1980 


67 


DOCTORS’  NOTEBOOK 


Trustees’  Minutes 
November  20,  1983 

A regular  meeting  of  the  Board  of 
Trustees  was  held  on  Sunday,  November 
20,  1983,  at  the  Executive  Offices  in 
Lawrenceville.  Detailed  minutes  are  on 
file  with  the  secretary  of  your  county 
society.  A summary  of  significant  ac- 
tions follows: 

Report  of  the  Executive  Director  . . . 

(1)  MSNJ  Financial  Statements  . . . Ap- 
proved the  financial  statements  for  the 
periods  ending  September  30  and  Octo- 
ber 31,  1983. 

(2)  State  Board  of  Medical  Examiners 

(SBME)  . . . 

(a)  Approval  of  Letters  of  Admonishment 
and  Criticism  . . . Noted  that  before  let- 
ters of  admonishment  are  issued,  phy- 
sicians will  have  the  opportunity  for  a 
hearing  with  the  SBME. 

(b)  Proposal  To  Amend  Ruling  on 
Advertising  . . . Was  advised  that  the 
Board  will  have  the  opportunity  to  re- 
view and  comment  on  amendments  to 
the  ruling  on  advertising  when  the 
proposal  is  developed  by  the  SBME. 

(3)  Litigation 

(a)  SBME  v Strauch  and  Aluri  . . . 

Noted  that  the  decision  of  the  SBME  in 
both  cases  was  upheld  by  the  Appellate 
Division;  a petition  for  certification  has 
been  filed  by  the  New  Jersey  Supreme 
Court. 

(b)  Subordinated  Loan  . . . Noted  that 
the  trial  date  was  set  for  December  14, 
1983,  in  Tax  Court. 

(4)  Professional  Liability  Rates  . . . Was 
informed  that  the  Board  of  Governors 
of  the  Medical  Inter-Insurance  Ex- 
change of  New  Jersey  has  voted  to  file 
a rate  request  that  will  increase  all  pro- 
fessional liability  rates  by  13.7  percent 
effective  February  1984. 

(5)  Licensing  and  Regulation  of  Athletic 
Trainers — A-3262  . . . Approved  the  re- 
ferral of  the  bill  to  the  chairmen  of  the 
Council  on  Legislation  and  the  Commit- 
tee on  Sports  Medicine  to  determine 
whether  the  amended  version  possibly 


could  produce  a change  in  MSNJ’s  po- 
sition of  active  opposition. 

UMDNJ  Report  . . . 

(1)  New  Jersey  Blood  Banks  ...  Was 
alerted  to  the  possibility  that  an  article 
to  be  published  in  the  New  England 
Journal  of  Medicine  may  cause  a prob- 
lem for  blood  banks  in  New  Jersey;  the 
article  reports  on  cases  of  AIDS  involv- 
ing persons  who  received  blood  trans- 
fusions. 

(2)  President’s  Contract  . . . Con- 
gratulated Dr.  Bergen  on  receiving  the 
approval  of  UMDNJ’s  Board  of 
Trustees  for  the  extension  of  his  term  as 
president  through  June  30,  1989. 

New  Jersey  Hospital  Association  . . . 

(1)  Disciplinary  Proceedings  and 
Malpractice  Actions  . . . Noted  that  the 
report  form  used  for  reporting  dis- 
ciplinary actions  or  proceedings  against 
a physician  as  well  as  any  malpractice 
actions  should  state  that  the  final  dis- 
ciplinary action  was  taken  against  the 
physician  by  the  governing  board  of  a 
health  care  facility  and  does  not  involve 
an  administrative  matter. 

(2)  Licensing  and  Accreditation  . . . 
Noted  that  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the 
New  Jersey  Hospital  Association  en- 
dorsed the  following  position: 

a.  Hospitals  should  have  the  right  to  vol- 
untarily use  Joint  Commission  accreditation 
as  an  alternative  to  duplicate  licensing 
surveys. 

b.  The  hospital  would  submit  to  the  De- 
partment of  Health  a copy  of  its  Joint  Com- 
mission survey  results. 

c.  When  the  Department  of  Health  utilized 
the  Joint  Commission  survey  results  for 
purposes  of  assuring  compliance  with  licens- 
ing standards,  it  would  agree  to  maintain  the 
strictest  confidentiality  of  the  Joint  Com- 
mission findings. 

d.  The  Department  of  Health  would  ac- 
cept accreditation  for  licensing  purposes  with 
the  understanding  that  the  Department 
would  need  to  retain  the  right  to  validate  or 
audit. 

(3)  Definition  of  Death  . . . Noted  that 
with  the  change  in  wording  in  bill  S-140 
(Uniform  Determination  of  Death  Act) 


which  refers  to  the  discontinuance  of 
“life  support”  measures,  the  New  Jersey  | 
Hospital  Association  now  supports  the 
legislation. 

(4)  Facility  Definition  . . . Agreed  that  a 
strong  effort  should  be  made  to  reach  a 
mutually  acceptable  form  with  the  New 
Jersey  Hospital  Association  on  the  is- 
sues involved  before  legislation  is  in- 
troduced. 

MSNJ  Student  Association  . . . Received 
as  informative  the  monthly  report  of  the 
MSNJ  Student  Association  noting  mem- 
bership figures,  a donation  of  $500  from 
the  Essex  County  Medical  Society,  sug- 
gestions for  speakers  for  business  of 
medicine  seminars,  and  mention  of  the 
first  issue  of  the  student  newsletter. 

Council  on  Medical  Services  . . . 

(1)  Corporate  Restructuring  of  New  Jer- 
sey Hospitals  . . . Approved  and  effected 
the  following  recommendations: 

That  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
objects  to  the  fact  that  it  was  not  asked  to 
have  a member  participate  in  the  delibera- 
tions of  the  Blue  Ribbon  Committee  on  an 
issue  bearing  directly  on  the  practice  of  medi- 
cine. 

That  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
objects  to  recommendation  #1  contained  in 
the  Blue  Ribbon  Committee’s  report,  which 
recommends  broader  application  of  regu- 
latory principles  to  all  providers  of  health 
care. 

That  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
wishes  to  participate  in  any  discussions  on  the 
development  of  a definition  of  “core”  hospi- 
tal services  if  such  a definition  is  needed. 

Referred  back  to  the  Council  on  Medi- 
cal Services  for  an  explanatory  state- 
ment on  unbundling,  the  following  rec- 
ommendation: 

That  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
understands  and  recognizes  the  economic 
need  for  some  hospitals  to  unbundle. 

Approved  the  following  recommen- 
dation: 

That  the  Board  of  Trustees  make  a strong 
statement,  with  explanations,  opposing  the 


68 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


application  of  certificate  of  need  regulations 
to  physicians’  private  offices,  and  that  all  the 
recommendations  be  conveyed  to  the  Com- 
missioner of  Health. 

(2)  AMA  Council  on  Medical  Service 
Report  on  Physician  Reimbursement  . . . 

Approved  the  following  recommen- 
dation: 

That  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
supports  pluralistic  methods  of  reimburse- 
ment to  include,  but  not  limited  to,  UCR, 
private  billing,  and  indemnification.  (Italics 
indicate  an  editorial  amendment  by  the 
Board.) 

(3)  Resolutions  #14,  #15,  and 

#16 — House  of  Delegates  . . . Referred 
the  following  recommendation  back  to 
the  Council  on  Medical  Services  for  re- 
view and  a restatement: 

That  the  Board  of  Trustees  strongly 
protests  the  legislation  that  now  governs  the 
generic  prescribing  system  on  the  grounds 
that  it  affects  adversely  the  quality  of  medical 
care  and  increases  physician  liability  in 
prescribing  drugs  over  which  he  has  very  little 
control. 

(4)  Statewide  Health  Coordinating 
Council  (SHCC)  . . . Approved  the  fol- 
lowing amended  recommendation: 

That  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  be 
allowed  to  designate  a representative  to  the 
Statewide  Health  Coordinating  Council 
(SHCC). 

Council  on  Public  Relations  . . . 

(1)  Health  Research  and  Educational 
Trust  of  New  Jersey  (HRET)  . . . Voted 
to  disapprove  the  following  recommen- 
dation: 

That  the  Board  of  Trustees  approves  the 
purchase  of  a TV  dish  in  order  to  participate 
in  the  Healthcare  Information  Network  Pro- 
gram. 

(2)  New  Jersey  Network  . . . Approved 
the  following  recommendation: 

That  the  Board  approves  spending  $5,000 
to  support  health  programs  on  New  Jersey 
Network-Consumer  Line. 

Committee  on  Medicaid  . . . 

Medicaid  Personal  Physicians  Plan  . . . 

Approved  the  following  amended  rec- 
ommendation: 

The  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  does 
not  endorse  the  Medicaid  Personal  Physicians 
Plan  as  currently  offered.  The  Society  urges 
the  Division  of  Medical  Assistance  and 
Health  Services  to  reconsider  the  Pilot  Project 
presented  by  the  Division  in  September  of 
1980  for  Atlantic  and  Mercer  Counties,  since 
it  will  serve  as  a means  of  improving  the 


provision  of  medical  care  to  Medicaid  recipi- 
ents. 

Committee  on  Maternal  and  Child  Care 

(1)  Third  Trimester  Abortions  (Resol- 
ution #17)  . . . Approved  the  following 
recommendation: 

That  the  Burlington  County  Medical  So- 
ciety be  requested  to  reconsider  Resolution 
#17  (Third  Trimester  Abortions)  and  resub- 
mit it  in  proper  form  and  content  if  they  are 
interested  in  pursuing  this  issue  further. 

(2)  Guidelines  for  Perinatal  Study  Con- 
ferences . . . Approved  the  following  rec- 
ommendation: 

That  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
endorses  the  “Guidelines  for  Perinatal  Study 
Conferences,”  which  will  be  distributed  by 
the  State  Department  of  Health  through  the 
Maternal  and  Child  Health  Programs. 

(3)  Task  Force  on  Fetal  Alcohol  Syn- 
drome . . . Approved  the  following  rec- 
ommendation: 

That  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
endorses  the  educational  goals  of  the  Task 
Force  on  Fetal  Alcohol  Syndrome  and  urges 
all  physicians  caring  for  women  of  child-bear- 
ing age  to  bring  the  dangers  of  drinking  to 
their  attention. 

Executive  Subcommittee,  Committee  on 
Impaired  Physicians  . . . 

(1)  Full-time  Alcoholism  Counselor  ... 

Noted  that  there  will  be  further  dis- 
cussion concerning  the  need  for  and  ad- 
dition of  a full-time  alcoholism  counse- 
lor for  the  Impaired  Physicians  Pro- 
gram. 

(2)  Statement  of  the  Problem  . . . Ap- 
proved the  following  recommendation: 

That  the  Board  of  Trustees  endorses  the 
Statement  of  the  Problem  as  an  official  docu- 
ment of  the  Impaired  Physicians  Program. 

Noted  that  a copy  of  the  full  statement 
is  available  upon  request. 

Old  Business  . . . 

(1)  Future  Physician  Supply  in  New  Jer- 
sey . . . Noted  that  according  to  cor- 
respondence received  from  Donald  B. 
Louria,  M.D.,  New  Jersey  will  suffer 
from  the  doctor  glut  by  1990. 

(2)  Special  Committee  on  Long-Range 
Planning  and  Development  . . . Indicated 
that  the  Board  would  like  to  develop 
guidelines  for  the  running  and  support- 
ing of  candidates  seeking  election  or  ap- 
pointment to  AMA  office. 

New  Business  . . . 

(1)  Denial  of  Payment  to  Surgical  Assis- 
tants in  Hospitals  Having  a Surgical  Resi- 


dency Program  . . . Received  cor- 
respondence from  a Monmouth  County 
member  objecting  to  a provision  under 
Medicare  which  stipulates  that  no  pay- 
ment may  be  made  for  the  services  of 
assistants  at  surgery  furnished  in  a teach- 
ing hospital  which  has  a training  pro- 
gram related  to  the  medical  specialty  re- 
quired for  the  surgical  procedure  and 
has  a resident  available  to  perform  the 
service.  Noted  that  James  E.D.  Gardam, 
M.D.,  Vice-President  of  Medical  Ser- 
vices, Governmental  Health  Programs 
Office  of  Prudential,  suggested  that 
where  exceptional  medical  circum- 
stances exist,  the  case  will  be  reviewed 
on  an  individual  basis. 

(2)  Preferred  Provider  Health  Care  Act 
of  1983  . . . Reviewed  AMA  comments 
on  HR  2956,  a bill  that  would  preempt 
state  laws  regarding  Preferred  Provider 
Organizations  (PPOs). 

(3)  Urgi-Centers  . . . Will  obtain  infor- 
mation from  Ohio,  Tennessee,  and  Ken- 
tucky where  legislation  was  enacted  to 
regulate  and  control  the  development  of 
urgi-centers  and  to  require  that  these 
centers  be  subjected  to  the  certification 
of  need  process. 

President’s  Column 

Alexander  D.  Kovacs,  M.D. 

As  I write  this,  the  outlook  for  the 
country  as  a whole  is  brighter  than  it  has 
been  in  some  time.  The  future  looks 
good,  but  it  does  not  look  quite  so  rosy 
for  physicians.  We  appear  to  be  at  the 
beginning  of  a decline.  Most  of  us  have 
yet  to  notice  any  real  change  in  our  prac- 
tices or  our  lifestyles  but  change  is  in  the 
air. 

Will  the  changes  result  in  better  medi- 
cal care?  Recent  statistics  released  by  the 
federal  government  would  indicate  we 
are  doing  well  now.  The  average  life  ex- 
pectancy in  the  United  States  is  the  high- 
est it  ever  has  been.  A baby  born  in  1982 
can  expect  to  live,  on  the  average,  to  the 
age  of  75.  Our  infant  mortality  rate  is 
at  its  lowest.  With  a system  this  good, 
why  would  anyone  want  to  tinker  with 
it?  You  know  the  old  saying,  “If  it  isn’t 
broke,  don’t  fix  it!" 

In  one  sense,  the  system  is  broke  or 
at  least  is  going  broke.  Government 
doomsayers  tell  us  that  we  no  longer  can 
afford  all  this  good  care.  They  still  want 
it  to  be  good — they  just  do  not  want  it 
expensive.  Health  care  costs  represent 
10.5  percent  of  the  gross  national  prod- 
uct, and  government,  big  business,  and 
the  unions  are  screaming.  Because  of  the 
cost  and  because  of  public  perception, 
unsupported  by  fact,  that  medical  care 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  1— JANUARY  1984 


69 


is  not  as  good  as  it  used  to  be,  we  are 
in  a state  of  flux.  Rapid  changes  are 
taking  place  and  our  futures  will  bear 
only  a faint  resemblance  to  our  past. 

At  the  first  White  House  Conference 
on  Aging,  in  the  1960s,  the  principle  that 
access  to  medical  care  was  a right  for  all 
citizens  was  first  articulated;  the  means 
for  such  access  was  created  through 
Medicare  and  Medicaid. 

In  the  1960s,  unions  were  at  the  peak 
of  their  power.  They  demanded  and  re- 
ceived fringe  benefits,  most  notably 
health  insurance  coverage.  Big  business 
thought  it  was  money  well  spent  even  if 
the  demand  was  for  first  dollar  coverage. 

A second  problem  became  apparent 
quickly.  With  money  for  access  to  medi- 
cal care,  the  demand  was  created  for 
more  doctors.  American  medical  schools 
were  built  quickly  and  immigration 
regulations  were  eased  to  permit  foreign 
medical  graduates  to  fill  the  perceived 
shortage. 

We  had  the  money  and  the  doctors. 
A combination  like  that  leads  to  an  in- 
crease in  technology  and  our  golden  age 
was  underway.  We  broke  barriers  in  dis- 
ease faster  than  ever  before.  We  could 
cure  more  people  of  more  illness  than  at 
any  other  time  in  history,  and  we  did. 

We  did  not  do  this  alone.  Hospitals 
and  nursing  homes  were  built  to  accom- 
modate our  patients.  Nurses,  tech- 
nicians, administrators,  clerical  help, 
drug  houses,  and  instrument  manufac- 
turers— an  entire  medical-industrial 
complex — was  built  based  on  the  new 
ease  of  access  and  the  money  such  access 
provided.  Health  care  has  become  the 
nation’s  largest  industry  with  expen- 
ditures of  more  than  300  billion  dollars 
per  year.  Its  phenomenal  growth  rate  of 
15  percent  annually  makes  it  the  nation’s 
second  largest  employer. 

Now,  society  and  government  are 
alarmed  at  the  size  of  their  baby  and  its 
insatiable  appetite.  Their  answer  is; 
“The  same  level  of  care  for  less  money.” 
There  are  many  proposals  to  reduce 
costs  and  some  of  them  have  merit.  That 
a system  should  be  as  large  as  this 
without  some  waste  is  not  possible.  The 
big  question  is,  “How  much  can  you 
tighten  the  belt  before  the  patient  says 
ouch.”  We  physicians  are  going  to  say 
ouch  sooner  than  the  patient. 

Hospitals  are  readjusting  faster  than 
we  are.  They  are  looking  to  the  future 
while  we  still  bemoan  the  past.  For- 
profit  hospitals  are  one  of  the  fastest 
growing  segments  of  the  industry.  They 
can  bypass  the  sick  and  poor  and  con- 
centrate on  patients  with  good  in- 
surance. Nonprofit  hospitals  are  begin- 


ning to  unbundle  profitable  services  and 
set  up  satellites.  They  have  organized 
themselves  into  cooperatives  for  the 
purchase  of  services  such  as  laundry  and 
food.  They  are  hiring  physicians  to 
provide  outpatient  care  formerly  avail- 
able only  in  a doctor’s  private  office. 
They  are  hiring  brains  in  the  form  of 
public  relations  experts  to  market  their 
product. 

Insurance  carriers  also  are  adjusting. 
Third-party  payers  are  compiling  lists  of 
preferred  providers,  i.e.  doctors  willing 
to  provide  services  for  a negotiated  fee. 
They  also  are  cutting  down  on  first 
dollar  coverage. 

Big  business  is  renegotiating  contracts 
to  include  givebacks.  The  unions,  caught 
between  shrinking  memberships  and 
economic  distress,  are  accomodating 
themselves  to  the  new  reality. 

What  are  we  doing?  First  of  all,  we  are 
trying  to  get  our  members  to  understand 
that  a problem  exists.  At  the  same  time, 
we  are  trying  to  adapt  our  own  swollen 
ranks  to  the  new  rules  of  the  game. 

Competition?  We  must  form  partner- 
ships between  medical  staffs  and  hospi- 
tals for  market  development.  Cost  con- 
tainment? We  must  try  to  encourage 
such  measures  where  the  request  for  ser- 
vice originates — with  the  patient.  We 
must  discourage  first  dollar  coverage 
and  encourage  individual  responsibility. 
Public  health?  We  must  assume  active 
roles  in  promoting  healthy  lifestyles,  i.e. 
less  junk  food,  no  smoking,  a reduction 
in  alcoholic  consumption  leading  to  ac- 
cidents, and  reduction  of  air,  water,  and 
earth  pollution. 

There  is  a new  era  wherein  neither  the 
prevention  of  death  from  epidemics  nor 
the  correction  of  physiologically 
measurable  abnormalities  will  be  the  ob- 
jective. The  new  central  objective  of 
health  care  will  be  the  maintenance  or 
improvement  of  individual  patient  func- 
tioning in  the  patient’s  normal  environ- 
ment while  he/she  performs  usual  ac- 
tivities. 

If  we  are  to  survive,  we  must  do  it  by 
working  together  for  the  common  good. 
None  of  us  are  going  to  get  everything 
we  want.  We  will  have  to  make  some 
concessions.  We  will  have  to  accept  that 
the  majority  of  doctors  no  longer  will  be 
in  the  solo  private  practice  of  medicine. 
We  will  have  to  stretch  to  accommodate 
the  younger  physician,  the  salaried 
physician,  and  the  preferred  provider. 
We  must  realize  that  we  cannot  allow 
our  profession  to  be  fragmented.  We 
physicians  must  stand  together  in  one 
united  organization  with  the  muscle  to 
negotiate  and  to  fight  for  all  members. 


We  must  be  active  politically  if  we  are 
to  have  an  impact  on  our  futures. 

The  lessons  of  history  are  there  for  us 
to  learn.  We  ignore  them  at  our  peril. 

UMDNJ  Notes 

Stanley  S.  Bergen,  Jr.,  M.D. 
President 

The  Hospital  Corporation  of  America 
(HCA)  has  completed  its  first  year  as 
interim  manager  of  the  day-to-day  oper- 
ations of  University  Hospital,  having  es- 
tablished a foundation  for  pursuing 
critical  short-  and  long-term  hospital  ob- 
jectives. The  hospital  management  com- 
pany has  recruited  new  leadership,  re- 
aligned the  hospital’s  organizational 
structure,  furthered  management  train- 
ing, and  decentralized  functions  to  in- 
crease efficiency  and  effectiveness  and  to 
maximize  the  hospital’s  full  potential  as 
a primary  care  facility  serving  Newark 
and  as  a major  teaching  and  referral 
center  serving  all  of  New  Jersey. 

At  a recent  staff  retreat  attended  by 
officials  of  UMDNJ  and  HCA,  several 
hospital  needs  were  re-emphasized. 
Among  them  were  the  need  for  auto- 
mated information  systems  (computers) 
to  store  and  transmit  patient  infor- 
mation and  records  and  new  high-tech- 
nology equipment  necessary  to  the  hos- 
pital’s role  as  a regional  state  referral 
center  for  many  tertiary  care  services. 
Participants  in  the  retreat  also  reaf- 
firmed commitments  to  furthering  the 
hospital’s  “centers  of  excellence”  in 
areas  such  as  cancer  research  and  treat- 
ment, the  handling  of  traumatic  injury, 
and  the  care  of  high-risk  maternity  pa- 
tients and  newborns. 

The  contractural  arrangement  be- 
tween UMDNJ  and  HCA  is  a three-year 
agreement  and  only  an  interim  step  in 
the  overall  plan  for  managing  the  hospi- 
tal. During  HCA’s  tenure,  the  UMDNJ 
Board  of  Trustees  will  continue  to  dis- 
cuss the  eventual  structure  for  the  most 
efficient  and  effective  governance  of  the 
hospital. 

UMDNJ  and  the  St.  George’s  Univer- 
sity School  of  Medicine  reached  a rental 
agreement  which  enabled  up  to  190  stu-  I 
dents  of  the  Grenada-based  medical  pro- 
gram to  pursue  a course  in  gross 
anatomy  by  using  the  facilities  of 
UM  DNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School, 
Piscataway.  The  agreement,  effective 
November  9,  was  to  continue  for  no 
longer  than  eight  weeks.  St.  George’s 
officials  plan  to  re-establish  the  medical 
school  on  Grenada  or  another  off-shore 
site  by  early  in  1984.  St.  George’s  Uni-  : 
versity  faculty  and  students  used  a newly 


70 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


[constructed  space  as  a gross  anatomy 
^laboratory  at  the  medical  school.  A 
schedule  was  established  under  which 
UMDNJ  provided  the  laboratory  space 
for  several  hours  Monday  through  Sat- 
urday. A lecture  hall  also  was  made 
available  weekday  evenings.  St. 
George's  University  provided  its  own 
[ faculty  and  staff,  its  own  cadavers,  and 
all  necessary  educational  supplies.  Its 
students  were  not  considered  students  of 
UMDNJ,  but  were  subject  to  all  rules 
and  regulations  of  the  UMDNJ-Rutgers 
Medical  School.  The  program  and  rental 
was  developed  with  the  concurrence  and 
approval  of  the  New  Jersey  Board  of 
Medical  Examiners. 

Victims  of  mild  hypertension  can  re- 
ceive free  treatment  through  the  Hyper- 
tension Intervention  Trial  (HIT),  a pro- 
gram based  on  UMDNJ's  Newark  cam- 
pus and  designed  to  prove  that  these 
people  can  maintain  health  without 
drugs.  The  program,  funded  by  a 
$700,000  grant  from  the  National  In- 
stitutes of  Health's  Heart,  Lung,  and 
Blood  Institute,  concentrates  on  diet  and 
stress  reduction. 

Norman  Lasser,  M.D.,  associate 
professor  of  medicine  at  UMDNJ-New 
Jersey  Medical  School,  and  Norman 
Hymowitz,  Ph.D.,  clinical  associate 
professor  of  psychiatry,  codirect  the  pro- 
gram. Earlier  both  led  the  national 
MRFIT  program's  New  Jersey  Medical 
School  center.  The  staff  includes  20 
nutritionists,  psychologists,  and  other 
health  professionals. 

A pioneering  health  care  program  for 
diabetics,  designed  to  reduce  the  debili- 
tating disorders'  often  associated  with 
the  disease,  is  underway  at  the  Newark 
campus  of  UMDNJ.  The  new  am- 
bulatory care  program,  which  offers  the 
use  of  a 24-hour  insulin  pump,  focuses 
on  an  intensification  of  insulin  therapy 
coupled  with  the  daily  self-monitoring  of 
glucose  levels  of  the  eyes,  kidneys,  and 
nerves.  The  UMDNJ  program  is  admit- 
ting diabetics  who  are  18  or  older  and 
insulin-dependent.  In  addition  to  the  in- 
sulin and  monitoring  components,  each 
patient  receives  comprehensive  educa- 
tion on  the  disease,  including  proper 
nutrition,  exercise,  and  other  health- 
enhancing information.  All  patients  will 
receive  continuous  followup  care  for  the 
duration  of  the  program,  expected  to  be 
at  least  three  years. 

According  to  Margo  Cohen,  M.D., 
program  director  and  chief  of  en- 
docrinology at  UMDNJ-New  Jersey 
Medical  School,  patients  are  taught  to 
test  their  blood  sugar  levels;  if  needed, 
they  increase  their  insulin  by  adding  in- 


jections or  using  the  pumping  device. 
Called  the  “Intensive  Ambulatory 
Treatment  of  Insulin-Requiring  Dia- 
betes,” and  sponsored  by  a grant  from 
the  Hunterdon  Health  Fund,  the  pro- 
gram is  modeled  after  a project  being 
run  by  the  National  Institutes  of  Health 
at  a number  of  medical  centers  across 
the  country. 


MSNJ  Auxiliary 

Gale  Wayman, 

President 

The  start  of  a new  year  finds  your 
Auxiliary  continuing  to  work  hard  in 
many  areas.  With  our  members  serving 
on  14  councils  or  committees  of  the 
Medical  Society  and  reporting  to  our 
Executive  Board,  we  are  trying  to  better 
serve  MSNJ  by  becoming  better 
educated. 

Our  legislative  chairman,  Mrs.  Frank 
Campo,  and  JEMPAC  chairman,  Mrs. 
Frank  Romano,  Sr.,  have  been  doing  an 
outstanding  job  in  keeping  the  member- 
ship aware  of  what  is  happening  with 
medical  legislation.  Our  members  are 
kept  abreast  of  “legislative  alerts”  and 
are  asked  to  write  their  legislators.  We 
are  aware  of  the  problems  with  PPOs 
and  DRGs  and  by  educating  our  mem- 
bers on  these  and  other  problems  facing 
medicine,  we  are  able  to  speak  upon  is- 
sues that  affect  our  hardworking  spouses 
who  many  times  do  not  have  the  time 
to  defend  and  protect  themselves.  We 
are  asking  our  members  to  become  in- 
volved in  the  political  process  because 
their  involvement  can  make  a difference. 


AMNJ  Report 

Paul  J.  Hirsch,  M.D. 

President 

The  membership  of  the  Academy  of 
Medicine  of  New  Jersey  continues  to 
grow,  as  it  has  over  the  last  several  years. 
Nevertheless,  the  Board  of  Trustees  re- 
mains interested  in  encouraging  new  ap- 
plicants for  membership.  At  the  recent 
meeting  of  the  Board,  the  membership 
committee  was  directed  to  review  our 
procedures  for  new  applicants,  with  a 
view  towards  streamlining.  For  example, 
now  it  is  required  that  each  applicant 
provides  three  sponsors.  It  is  proposed 
that  two,  or  perhaps  even  one  sponsor, 
would  be  sufficient.  At  the  same  time, 
the  Board  wishes  to  maintain  an  ap- 
propriate screening  procedure.  Dr.  Ben- 
jamin Rush,  chairman  of  the  member- 
ship committee,  will  review  these  poli- 
cies with  his  committee. 

Dr.  Alfred  Alessi,  chairman  of  the 


education  committee,  recently  reported 
to  the  Board  about  a new  interactive 
computerized  education  technique.  This 
program  currently  is  in  use  by  other 
medical  organizations,  and  has  been 
demonstrated  at  an  AMA  educational 
meeting.  Dr.  Alessi  has  arranged  for  this 
program  to  be  demonstrated  at  the  next 
meeting  of  the  AMNJ  Board  of 
Trustees.  The  aducation  committee  has 
been  invited  to  attend  this  meeting. 

J.  Richard  Goldstein,  M.D.,  Com- 
missioner of  Health  of  New  Jersey  was 
the  guest  at  the  October  “First  Wednes- 
day at  the  Academy”  meeting.  Dr. 
Goldstein  spent  1 Vi  hours  in  an  intensive 
question-and-answer  session.  These 
small  luncheon  meetings  are  open  to  all 
members  of  the  Academy  of  Medicine 
and  their  spouses.  The  sessions  are  in- 
tended to  provide  the  opportunity  for 
free  discussion  in  an  informal  setting.  A 
representative  of  the  State  Board  of 
Medical  Examiners  was  the  guest  at  the 
November  meeting. 

At  the  January  meeting  of  the  Board 
of  Trustees,  the  Board  decided  upon  the 
recipients  of  the  Edward  J.  Ill  Award, 
and  of  the  Citizen's  Award.  The  recipi- 
ents of  these  awards  will  be  formally 
honored  at  the  annual  Academy  dinner 
on  May  23,  1984. 


New  Members 

The  Journal  would  like  to  welcome  the 
following  members  to  the  Medical  So- 
ciety of  New  Jersey: 

Atlantic  County 

Lawrence  Blacher,  M.D.,  Northfield 
Raymond  S.  Schreyer,  M.D.,  Pomona 
Stephen  H.  Uretsky,  M.D.,  Linwood 

Bergen  County 

John  T.  Andronaco,  M.D.,  Hackensack 
Robert  M.  Bernstein,  M.D.,  Englewood 
Robert  B.  Ein,  M.D.,  Westwood 
Bernard  Gardner,  M.D.,  Hackensack 
Donald  H.  Kutner,  M.D.,  Saddle  Brook 
Murray  H.  Rothman,  M.D.,  Rutherford 
Geoffrey  W.  Tobias,  M.D.,  Englewood 

Burlington  County 

James  Q.  Atkinson,  III,  M.D.,  Medford 
Max  Burger,  M.D.,  Medford 
Joseph  DeLaurentis,  M.D.,  Mount  Laurel 
Jeffrey  J.  Kutscher,  M.D.,  Moorestown 
Mylappan  Selvaraj,  M.D.,  Browns  Mills 
Bruce  W.  Wulfsberg,  M.D. 

Cape  May  County 

Warren  F.  MacDonald,  Jr.,  M.D.,Cape  May 
Court  House 

Bruce  R.  Noll,  M.D.,  Cape  May  Court 
House 

Essex  County 

RenatoC.  Miguel,  M.D.,  Paramus 
Fanya  Munits,  M.D.,  Maplewood 
Myles  I.  Rosenthal,  M.D.,  New  Providence 
Lewis  P.  Stolman,  M.D.,  Livingston 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  1— JANUARY  1984 


71 


Gloucester  County 

Saroja  Nadig,  M.D.,  Woodbury 

Hudson  County 

Ignacio  A.  Chiong,  M.D.,  Union  City 

Mercer  County 

Robert  B.  Berger,  M.D.,  Princeton 
Steven  R.  Levine,  M.D.,  Princeton 
Frank  P.  Schinco,  M.D.,  Trenton 

Middlesex  County 

Pablo  Bencosme,  M.D,  Perth  Amboy 
Anthony  J.  Chiaramida,  M.D.,  Perth  Amboy 
Sheela  Choubey,  M.D,  Piscataway 
Nancy  E.  Gary,  M.D.,  Piscataway 
Betty  L.  Hammond,  M.D.,  New  Brunswick 
Edward  D.  Harris,  M.D.,  New  Brunswick 
Stuart  M.  Hochron,  M.D.,  Iselin 
Robert  H.  Rathauser,  M.D.,  North 
Brunswick 

Stanley  E.  Rich,  M.D.,  Manalapan 
Joseph  P.  Romano,  M.D.,  Rahway 
Kenneth  D.  Steiner,  M.D.,  Woodbridge 
Lawrence  T.  Taft,  M.D.,  New  Brunswick 

Monmouth  County 

Gabor  Barabas,  M.D.,  Long  Branch 
John  B.  Checton,  M.D,  Long  Branch 
Paul  E.  Dedick,  M.D.,  Red  Bank 
Danilo  R Espineli,  M.D.,  Howell 
Michael  H.  Flashburg,  M.D.,  Asbury  Park 
Suresh  C.  Giri,  M.D  , Freehold 
Jennifer  L.  Harper,  M.D.,  Neptune 
Michael  D.  Karoly,  M.D.,  Red  Bank 
Amos  Katz,  M.D.,  Freehold 
William  1.  Kohlberg,  M.D.,  Freehold 
Randall  S.  Krakauer,  M.D.,  Freehold 
Mary  L.  Krisza,  M.D.,  West  End 
Alvin  H.  Morgenstern,  M.D.,  Freehold 
Joseph  T.  Nitti,  M.D.,  Brielle 
Charles  B.  Peeples,  M.D.,  Long  Branch 
Arthur  H.  Phair,  M.D.,  Red  Bank 
Vijayalaxmi  Varadarajan,  M D.,  Red  Bank 

Morris  County 

Hiliary  C.  Brynildsen,  M.D.,  Denville 
Peter  J.  Brynildsen,  Denville 
Arthur  R.  Israel,  M.D.,  Morristown 
Barry  K.  Levin,  M.D.,  Morris  Plains 
Lawrence  M.  Skolnick,  M.D.,  Morristown 
Andrew  N.  Stolzar,  M.D.,  Dover 

Passaic  County 

Ralph  E.  Caprio,  M.D.,  Clifton 
Steven  R.  Isaacson,  M.D.,  Clifton 
Deanna  Z.  Macek,  M.D.,  Riverdale 
Arnold  H.  Slyper,  M.D.,  Paterson 
Lawrence  D.  Weinstein,  M.D.,  Pompton 

Union  County 

Marvin  J.  Blumenfrucht,  M.D.,  Elizabeth 
Calvin  G.  Constandis,  M.D.,  Cranford 
Thomas  F.  Crompton,  M.D.,  Elizabeth 
Brian  Donnelly,  M.D  , Summit 
Richard  L.  Eichel,  M.D.,  Elizabeth 
Ralph  E.  Farinella,  M.D.,  Union 
Steven  L.  Halpern,  M.D.,  Summit 
Michael  S.  Lux,  M.D.,  Summit 
Donna  D.  Mahlstedt,  M.D.,  Warren 
Richard  A.  Marfuggi,  M.D.,  Elizabeth 
Erenio  Mejias,  M.D.,  Elizabeth 
Kantilal  Patel,  M.D.,  Newark 
Vito  A.  Petrozzino,  M.D.,  Union 
Adam  J.  Rowen,  M.D.,  Elizabeth 
Lome  B.  Sheren,  M.D.,  Summit 
Donald  R.  Sweeney,  M.D.,  Summit 
Richard  W.  Tai,  M.D.,  Union 
Stuart  Waldstreicher,  M.D.,  Summit 

Warren  County 

Eduardo  C.  Lomibao,  M.D.,  Phillipsburg 


Physicians  Seeking 
Location  in  New  Jersey 

The  following  physicians  have  written  to  the 
Executive  Offices  of  MSNJ  seeking  infor- 
mation on  possible  opportunities  for  practice  in 
New  Jersey.  The  information  listed  below  has 
been  supplied  by  the  physician.  If  you  are 
interested  in  any  further  information  concern- 
ing these  physicians,  we  suggest  you  make  in- 
quiries directly  to  them. 


ANESTHESIOLOGY— Jan  Charles  Hor- 
row,  M.D.,  131  Pond  Brook  Rd.,  Chestnut 
Hill,  MA  02167.  Pennsylvania  1977.  Board 
certified.  Group,  academia,  HMO.  Avail- 
able. 

CARDIOLOGY  — Aubrey  Orrin  Lewis, 
M.D.,  200  Carman  Ave.,  Apt.  2 1 - F,  East 
Meadow,  NY  11554.  SUNY-Syracuse 
1979.  Also,  general  internal  medicine. 
Board  certified  (IM).  Solo,  partnership, 
group,  academia  (cardiology).  Available 
July  1984. 

Ltc.  Gary  P.  Schwartz,  M.D.,  USAF,  8 
Lodge  Dr.,  Rockville,  MD  20850.  SUNY- 
Upstate  1968.  Board  certified.  Single 
specialty,  multispecialty  group,  partner- 
ship. Available  September  1984. 

FAMILY  MEDICINE— Jaime  F.  Lara, 
M.D.,  6045  Palisade  Ave.,  West  New 
York,  NJ  07093.  Seville  (Spain)  1979. 
Board  eligible.  Partnership  or  institutional- 
ly based.  Available. 

David  Neidorf,  M.D.,  1701  Taxville  Rd., 
Apt.  7A,  York,  PA  17404,  SUNY-Stony 
Brook  1981.  Board  certified.  Group,  part- 
nership, HMO.  Available  August  1984. 

GASTROENTEROLOGY  — Albert  M 
Harary,  M.D.,  2121  N.  Bayshore  Dr.,  Apt. 
1001,  Miami,  FL  33137.  Columbia  1978. 
Also,  general  internal  medicine.  Board 
certified  (IM).  Group,  partnership,  solo. 
Available  July  1984. 

P.  Kothanda  Raman,  M.D.,  9 Lake  Ave., 
Apt.  5A,  East  Brunswick,  NJ  08816. 
Stanley  Medical  College  (India)  1977. 
Board  eligible  (IM).  Also  internal  medi- 
cine. Partnership,  group,  solo.  Available 
July  1984. 

INTERNAL  MEDICINE — Harold  J.  Brown, 
M.D.,  260  Eggerts  Rd.,  Lawrenceville,  NJ 
08648.  UMDNJ  1982.  Primary  care  clinic, 
HMO,  group,  partnership.  Available  July 
1985. 

Elliott  Friedman,  M.D.,  25  Penny  La.,  Bal- 
timore, MD  21209.  SUNY-Syracuse  1978. 
Subspecialty,  endocrinology.  Board 
certified  (IM);  board  eligible  (endo- 
crinology). Group  or  partnership  (both 
specialties).  Available  July  1984. 

Lee  W.  Hoffer,  M.D.,  1017  East  80th  St., 
Brooklyn,  NY  11236.  Rome  (Italy)  1980. 
Solo,  partnership,  group.  Available. 

Arvind  Mehta,  M.D.,  805 1 N.  Hanover  St., 
Anaheim,  CA  92861.  Seth  G.S.  Medical 
College  (India)  1975.  Also,  nephrology. 
Board  eligible.  Solo,  group,  associate. 
Available. 

P.  Kothanda  Raman,  M.D.,  9 Lake  Ave., 


Apt.  5A,  East  Brunswick,  NJ  0881;  1 
Stanley  Medical  College  (India)  197 
Board  eligible.  Also,  gastroenterolog 
Partnership,  group,  solo.  Available  Ju 
1984. 


Patricia  M.  Romano,  M.D.,  1077  Riv 
Rd.,  N608,  Edgewater,  NJ  07020.  Cornci 
University  Medical  College  1979.  Als 
pulmonary.  Board  certified.  Group.  Ava 
able  July  1984. 

Laurence  M.  Silverstein,  M.D.,  500  Avi 
G,  #7,  Redondo  Beach,  CA  90277.  Albe  ! 
Einstein  1979.  Board  certified.  Availabl  j 
Yi-po  Wu,  M.D.,  32  Hapgood  Wa 
Shrewsbury,  MA  01545.  National  Taiwa 
University  Medical  College  1972.  Boar  J 
eligible.  Group  or  partnership. 


NEPHROLOGY — Arvind  Mehta,  M.D 

805  i N.  Hanover  St.,  Anaheim,  CA  92861 
Seth  G.S.  Medical  College  (India)  1 975 
Also,  internal  medicine.  Board  eligible 
Solo,  group,  partnership.  Available. 

NEUROLOGY — Elizabeth  Kamenar,  M.D. 
12701  Shaker  Blvd.,  Apt.  410,  Cleveland 
OH  44120.  Ohio  State  1975.  Board  eligible 
Group,  partnership,  academia.  Availabli 
July  1984. 

Robert  P.  Rubens,  M.D.,  105  Ward  St. 
Apt.  204,  Seattle,  WA  98109.  UMDNJ 
New  Jersey  Medical  School  1980.  Boarc : 
eligible.  Available  July  1984. 

OBSTETRICS/GYNECOLOGY— Alan  M 
Askinas,  M.D.,  1309  Carrollton,  Apt.  321, 
Metairie,  LA  70005.  Illinois  1980.  Board  | 
eligible.  Group,  partnership,  solo,  part 
academia.  Available  July  1984. 

Joseph  Booker,  Jr.,  M.D.,  2500  Milvia  St., 
Apt.  228,  Berkeley,  CA  94704.  University 
of  California-San  Francisco  1973.  Partner- 
ship, group,  solo.  Available. 

Wook  Chung,  M.D.,  2212  Watterworth 
Dr.,  Kalamazoo,  MI  49008.  Catholic 
Medical  College  (Korea)  1967.  Board 
certified.  Solo,  group,  partnership.  Avail- 
able. 

Iris  E.  Dominy,  M.D.,  108  Pinegate  Circle, 
Apt.  2,  Chapel  Hill,  NC  27514.  Albany 
1978.  Board  eligible.  Partnership  or  group 
in  metropolitan  area.  Available  July  1984. 
Angela  McVey,  M.D.,  3191  Agate  St., 
Philadelphia,  PA  19134.  Bucharest  Medical 
School  (Rumania)  1949.  Board  eligible. 
Group,  partnership,  hospital,  academia. 
Available. 


OPHTHALMOLOGY — Steven  R.  Davis, 
M.D.,  1000  Lakeview  Rd.,  Clearwater,  FL 
33516.  University  of  Alabama  1975.  Board 
certified.  Solo  or  association.  Available. 
Andrew  Gewirtz,  M.D.,  519  Beach  133  St.,  | 
Belle  Harbor,  NY  11694.  Chicago  1978. 
Board  eligible.  Board  certified  (pediatrics). 
Group  or  partnership.  Available  July  1984. 

PAT  HOLOGY — Mark  A.  Grathwhol,  M.D., 
2510  West  Tremont  Ct.,  Richmond,  VA 
23225.  NYU  1980.  Group.  Available  July 
1984. 


PEDIATRICS — Jonathon  J.  Evans,  M.D., 
1800  Calvin  Ct.,  #6,  Iowa  City,  IO  52240. 
Univ.  of  California-San  Diego  1981.  Board 
eligible.  Group  or  HMO.  Available  July 
1984. 


72 


! ME  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Howard  Mintz,  M.D.,  60  Presidential 
Plaza,  Apt.  308,  Syracuse,  NY  13202.  Pitts- 
burgh 1981.  Board  eligible.  Group  or  part- 
nership. Available  July  1984. 

PSYCHIATRY— Eric  M.  Levin,  M.D.,  43 
West  8th  St.,  Media,  PA  19063.  La  Faculte 
Libre  de  Medicine  (Spain)  1980.  Board 
eligible.  Group,  institutionally  based, 
CMH  outpatient.  Available  July  1984. 

PULMONARY  DISEASES— James  Kohan, 
M.D.,  19  Highmanor  Dr.,  Henrietta,  NY 
14467.  Virginia  1979.  Also,  general  internal 
medicine.  Board  certified  (IM).  Group, 
partnership,  solo,  institutional.  Available 
July  1984. 

Patricia  M.  Romano,  M.D.,  1077  River 
Rd.,  N608,  Edgewater,  NJ  07020.  Cornell 
University  Medical  College  1979.  Also, 
internal  medicine.  Board  certified  (IM). 
Group.  Available  July  1984. 

RADIOLOGY/NUCLEAR  MEDICINE— 

Conrad  P.  Erlich,  M.D.,  1243  Beacon  St., 
Apt.  3B,  Brookline,  MA  02146.  Boston 
1976.  Board  certified.  Group  or  partner- 
ship. Available  July  1984. 

Mindy  M.  Horrow,  M.D.,  131  Pond  Brook 
Rd.,  Chestnut  Hill,  MA  02167.  Med  Col- 
lege of  Pennsylvania  1980.  Board  eligible. 
Group,  HMO,  academia.  Available. 

RHEUMATOLOGY— Richard  Furie,  M.D., 
435  E.  70th  St.,  Apt.  8-F,  New  York,  NY 
10021.  Cornell  1979.  Also,  general  internal 
medicine.  Board  certified  (IM).  Group, 
partnership,  solo.  Available  July  1984. 

SURGERY,  GENERAL— Ramon  J Gomez, 
M.D.,  40-71  Gleane  St.,  Elmhurst,  NY 
1 1373.  University  of  the  East  (Philippines) 

1978.  Group  or  hospital-based  emergency 
medicine  practice.  Available. 

Ravinder  Jagpal,  M.D.,  3408  Balboa  La., 
Apt.  33,  Columbia,  MO  65201.  Rutgers 
1981.  Also  cardiothoracic  surgery.  Board 
certified  (general  surgery);  board  eligible 
(cardiothoracic  surgery).  Group.  Available 
July  1984. 

SURGERY,  ORTHOPEDIC— Jeffrey  H 
Charen,  M.D.,  155  Lexington  St.,  Apt.  15, 
Auburndale,  MA  02166.  Rochester  1978. 
Board  eligible.  Group,  partnership,  solo 
(central  or  northern  NJ  preferred).  Avail- 
able January  1984. 

Salvatore  Inserra,  M.D.,  1847  79th  St., 
Brooklyn,  NY  11214.  NYU  1979.  Board 
eligible.  Group,  partnership,  solo.  Avail- 
able July  1984. 

Richard  Lebovicz,  M.D.,  415  Grand  St., 
New  York,  NY  10002.  SUNY-Downstate 

1979.  Group  or  partnership.  Available  July 
1984. 

Oscar  A.  Reicher,  M.D.,  71  Brookwood 
Ter.,  Nashville,  TN  37205.  Pittsburgh 
1979.  Solo  or  group.  Available  July  1984. 

UROLOGY — Joseph  G.  Colonna,  M.D., 
1234  Van  Voorhis  Rd.,  Apt.  C-6,  Morgan- 
town, WV  26505.  Guadalajara  (Mexico) 
1977.  Board  eligible.  Group  or  partnership. 
Available  October  1984. 

Barlow  S.  Lynch,  M.D.,  5145  Linda  Lou 
Dr.,  Carmichael,  CA  95608.  SUNY-Buf- 
falo  1977.  Board  eligible.  Partnership, 
group,  solo,  academia.  Available  July  1984. 


A peripheral 
vasodilator 


for  treatment  of 

leg  cramps 
cold  feet 
tinnitus 
discomfort  on 
standing 


LIPO-NICIN 

Nicotinic  Acid  Therapy 

For  patient’s 

comfort/convenience 

in  choice  of 


3 strengths 


Gradual  Release 

LIPO-NICIN®/300  mg. 

Each  time-release  capsule  con- 


tains: 

Nicotinic  Acid  300  mg 

Ascorbic  Acid 150  mg 

Thiamine  HCL  (B-1) 25  mg 

Riboflavin  (B-2) 2 mg 

Pyridoxine  HCL  (B-6) 10  mg 


in  a special  base  of  prolonged 
therapeutic  effect. 

DOSE:  1 to  2 tablets  daily. 
AVAILABLE:  Bottles  of  100,  500 


Immediate  Release 

LIPO-NICIN® /250  mg. 

Each  yellow  tablet  contains: 


Nicotinic  Acid  250  mg 

Niacinamide 75  mg 

Ascorbic  Acid 150  mg 

Thiamine  HCL  (B-1) 25  mg 

Riboflavin  (B-2) 2 mg 

Pyridoxine  HCL  (B-6) 10  mg 


DOSE:  1 to  3 tablets  daily 
AVAILABLE:  Bottles  of  100,  500 

LIPO-NICIN®/100  mg. 

Each  blue  tablet  contains 


Nicotinic  Acid  100  mg 

Niacinamide 75  mg 

Ascorbic  Acid 150  mg 

Thiamine  HCL  (B-1) 25  mg 

Riboflavin  (B-2) 2 mg 

Pyridoxine  HCL  (B-6) 10  mg 


DOSE:  1 to  5 tablets  daily. 
AVAILABLE:  Bottles  of  100,  500. 


Indications:  For  use  as  a vasodi- 
lator in  the  symptoms  of  cold 
feet,  leg  cramps,  dizziness, 
memory  loss  or  tinnitus  when 
associated  with  impaired  peri- 
pheral circulation.  Also  provides 
concomitant  administration  of 
the  listed  vitamins.  The  warm 
tingling  flush  which  may  follow 
each  dose  of  LIPO-NICIN®  100 
mg.  or  250  mg.  is  one  of  the 
therapeutic  effects  that  often 
produce  psychological  benefits 
to  the  patient. 

Side  Effects:  Transient  flushing 
and  feeling  of  warmth  seldom  re- 
quire discontinuation  of  the  drug. 
Transient  headache,  itching  and 
tingling,  skin  rash,  allergies  and 
gastric  disturbance  may  occur. 

Contraindications:  Patients  with 
known  idiosyncrasy  to  nicotinic 
acid  or  other  components  of  the 
drug.  Use  with  caution  in  preg- 
nant patients  and  patients  with 
glaucoma,  severe  diabetes,  im- 
paired liver  function,  peptic  ul- 
cers, and  arterial  bleeding. 


Write  for  literature  and  samples 

( BRolMTfc  THE  BROWN  PHARMACEUTICAL  CO.,  INC. 
2500  West  Sixth  Street,  Los  Angeles,  California  90057  1*® 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  1— JANUARY  1984 


Housing  Application 

218th  ANNUAL  MEETING 


THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF 

NEW  JERSEY 

MAY  3-6,  1984 

Single 

Twin 

Suites 

Resorts  International 
(headquarters  hotel) 

$80.00 

$80.00 

$171 /$250 

Harrah’s  Marina  Hotel  Casino 

$75.00 

$75.00 

World  International  Hotel/Motel 

$58.00 

$58.00 

Lafayette  Motor  Inn 

$58.00 

$58.00 

Rates  subject  to  12%  state  and  local  taxes;  tax  subject  to  change. 


i 


All  hotel  reservations  for  the  218th  Annual  Meeting  of  MSNJ  will  be  handled  by  the  Atlantic  City  Convention 
Bureau.  Please  send  your  housing  application  with  your  1st,  2nd,  and  3rd  choices  directly  to  the  Bureau,  16  Central 
Pier,  Atlantic  City,  NJ  084.01.  All  Delegates  and  Members  are  urged  to  make  their  hotel  reservations  early.  Blocks 
of  rooms  will  be  available  at  Resorts  International  (headquarters  hotel),  Lafayette  Motor  Inn,  World  International 
Hotel/Motel,  and  Harrah's  Marina  Hotel  Casino.  The  cut-off  date  for  reservations  will  be  April  6,  1984.  Reservations 
cannot  be  guaranteed  after  this  date.  No  Saturday  arrivals  please.  All  registrants  will  be  charged  for  three  nights: 
Thursday,  Friday,  and  Saturday,  May  3,  4,  and  5,  1984. 


MAIL  THIS  APPLICATION  DIRECTLY  TO  THE  ATLANTIC  CITY  CONVENTION  BUREAU 

16  Central  Pier 
Atlantic  City,  NJ  08401 

Please  list  1st,  2nd,  and  3rd  choices;  confirmation  will  come  directly  from  hotel. 

1st  Choice 2nd  Choice 

3rd  Choice 

Accommodations  desired:  □ Single  □ Twin  □ Suite  Parlor  & T Bedroom 

□ Suite  Parlor  & 2 Bedrooms 


Name 

Address 

City— State Zip 

Phone ___ 

Wil1  arrive — Time Will  depart Time 

date 

Check  if  Official  Delegate County 


74 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


V/IEDICAL  PHILATELY 


rhe  Path  to  Modern  Medicine 


JOSEPH  H.  KLER,  M.D.,  New  Brunswick* 


ABDOMINAL  SURGERY 

Theodor  Billroth  (1829-1894)  was 
ijjborn  in  Ruegen  and  obtained  his  medi- 
cal degree  from  the  University  of  Berlin 
in  1852.  In  1859,  he  was  appointed 
professor  of  surgery  at  the  University  of 
Zurich,  and  from  1867  until  his  death  he 
held  a similar  position  at  the  University 
of  Vienna.  During  the  Franco-Prussian 
War  (1870-1871),  he  served  as  surgeon 
in  the  military  hospitals  at  Weissenberg 
and  Mannheim. 

In  1871,  Billroth  successfully  per- 
formed the  most  extensive  resection  of 
the  pharynx  to  date  (pharynx,  larynx, 
epiglottis,  and  thyroid).  Also,  he  in- 
troduced a successful  gastrorrhaphy  for 
the  cure  of  gastric  fistula.  Billroth  per- 
formed the  first  successful  gastrectomy 
for  cancer  of  the  pylorus  on  January  29, 
1881.  Malignant  lymphoma  (Billroth’s 
disease)  received  his  surgical  appraisal  as 
! a destructive  lesion  with  nodal  recur- 
rence. His  contributions  to  medical 
literature  included,  General  Surgical 
Pathology  and  Therapeutics,  which  went 
through  1 1 editions  and  was  translated 
into  many  languages. 

Considered  one  of  the  foremost  sur- 
geons of  his  time,  Billroth  was  an 
authority  on  histology,  pathology,  and 
military  surgery.  A man  of  genial  per- 
sonality and  strong  artistic  bent,  he  was 
a lifelong  friend  of  Johannes  Brahms.  In 
1887,  Billroth  was  given  a seat  in  the 
upper  house  of  Parliament  of  Austria- 


Billroth 
Austria,  1937 


Hungary,  a distinction  rarely  conferred 
on  a member  of  the  medical  profession. 
He  had  the  respect  and  love  of  all  Vien- 
na. He  is  considered  the  founder  of  mod- 
ern abdominal  surgery. 

DIGESTION  AND  CONDITIONED 
REFLEXES 

Ivan  Pavlov  (1849-1936)  was  born  in 
Ruazan,  Russia,  the  son  of  a priest.  He 
studied  at  St.  Petersburg  University  and 
received  his  doctorate  in  1883.  He  then 
studied  with  Heidenhain  in  Breslau  and 
with  Ludwig  in  Leipzig. 

Pavlov  returned  to  St.  Petersburg  and 
became  one  of  the  greatest  physiologists 


of  modern  times.  He  became  interested 
in  the  processes  of  gastric  digestion  and 
painstakingly  worked  out  the  details  of 
the  role  of  the  autonomic  nervous  sys- 
tem. For  this,  Pavlov  received  the  Nobel 
Prize  in  1904. 

However,  Pavlov’s  most  outstanding 
work  was  on  “conditioned  reflexes,”  a 
physiological  discovery  of  first  rank  that 
has  had  a profound  influence  on  physi- 
ology and  psychology. 


r 


Pavlov 

Argentina,  1949 


*It  is  with  regret  that  we  state  this  will  be  the 
last  column  on  medical  philately.  Dr.  Kler 
died  on  November  22,  1983. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  1— JANUARY  1984 


75 


Ajml-Septcmiher  1984 
# 312  lues.  Eves,  4-7 p.m. 


Medicine 
Board 


TUITION: 

$795 

Accreditation: 

63  AMA  Category  1 credit  hours. 
63  AAFP  credit  hours. 
63  ACEP  credit  hours. 


MJ 


For  New  York  metropolitan  area  physicians:  Twenty  one  weekly  3-hour 
sessions  spread  over  a 21  week  period  to  prepare  for  the  written  portion 
(Part  I ) of  the  Emergency  Medicine  Board  Examination,  plus  on  a 
limited  first-come  basis  two,  2 -hour  ("1  on  1")  patient  management 
encounters  for  each  registrant  that  simulates  and  prepares  candidates 
for  the  oral  portion  ( Part  II)  of  the  Board  Examinations. 

Information  available  on  #315  EMERGENCY  MEDICINE,  June  18-22, 1984, 
Monday-Friday 

FOR  Ft  IRTHER  INFORMATION:  NYl  Post-Graduate  Medical  School 
550  First  Avenue.  New  York,  NY  10016  (212)  340-5295  (24  Hour  Service) 


iS 


LIKOFF  CARDIOVASCULAR  INSTITUTE 

of  Hahnemann  Medical  College  & Hospital 

230  N.  Broad  Street,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania  19102  (215)  448-8063 

CARDIOLOGY  UPDATE.  . . 

IS  DESIGNED  FOR  THE  PHYSICIAN  AND  PROVIDES  AN  INTENSIVE  SURVEY  OF  THE 
CURRENT  STATUS  OF  CLINICAL  CARDIOLOGY. 

WEDNESDAY,  FEBRUARY  1,  1984 

CARDIOMYOPATHY 

MODERATOR:  BERNARD  L.  SEGAL,  M.D. 

3:00  CASE  PRESENTATION  Edward  Catherwood,  M.D 

3:30  THE  CLINICAL,  ECHOCARDIOGRAPHIC,  VENTRICULOGRAPHIC 

DIAGNOSIS  OF  HYPERTROPHIC  CARDIOMYOPATHY  Gary  S Mintz  M D 

4:00  THE  REST  AND  EXERCISE  ELECTROCARDIOGRAM  AND  HOLTER 
MONITORING  IN  PATIENTS  WITH  HYPERTROPHIC 
CARDIOMYOPATHY 

4:30  MEDICAL  AND  SURGICAL  MANAGEMENT/RISK 
AND  BENEFIT 

5:00  NEW  ADVANCES  IN  CORONARY  ANGIOPLASTY 
5:30  PANEL  DISCUSSION 


A- Ham  id  Hakki,  M.D. 

Morris  N.  Kotler,  M.D. 
Demetrios  Kim  bin's,  M.D. 


LECTURE  HALL  A 2nd  floor  New  College  Building,  Hahnemann  University 
15th  and  Vine  Streets,  Philadelphia,  PA 

9 NO  REGISTRATION  FEE  • NO  ADVANCE  REGISTRATION  REQUIRED  • 
• CME  CATEGORY  I CREDITS  CERTIFIED  • 

**W!NE  & CHEESE  SERVED  FOLLOWING  CONFERENCE** 


76 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


CME  CALENDAR 


This  list  is  compiled  through  the  cooperation 
of  the  Committee  on  Medical  Education  of  the 
Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey,  the  Academy 
of  Medicine  of  New  Jersey,  the  New  Jersey 
Chapter  of  the  American  Academy  of  Family 
Physicians,  and  the  Office  of  Continuing  Medi- 
cal Education  of  the  University  of  Medicine 
and  Dentistry.  For  information  on  accredita- 
tion, please  contact  the  sponsoring  organiza- 
tions), indicated  by  italics — last  line  of  each 
item. 

ANESTHESIOLOGY 

Feb. 

11  Clinical  Anesthesia  1984 

8  a. m. -3:50  p.m. — UMDNJ-New  Jersey 
Medical  School,  Newark 
( UMDNJ ) 

Mar. 

9  25th  Postgraduate  Anesthesia  Seminar 

10  8 a.m. — Hyatt,  Cherry  Hill 

1 1 ( NJ  State  Society  of  A neslhesiologists 
and  A MNJ ) 

CARDIOLOGY 

Feb. 

16  Pathophysiology  and  Management  of 
Angina  Pectoris 

5-6:30  p.m. — Somerset  Medical  Center, 
Somerville 

(Somerset  Medical  Center ) 

Mar. 

7  Noninvasive  Testing  in  Cardiovascular 
Disease 

9-1 1 a.m. — Middlesex  General  Hospital, 
New  Brunswick 

( Middlesex  General  Hospital  and  A M NJ) 

7 Cardiology 

14  3-6  p.m. — Overlook  Hospital,  Summit 

21  ( Overlook  Hospital  and  A M NJ) 

20  Current  Therapy  of  Acute  Myocardial 
Infarction 

12  noon — St.  Mary’s  Hospital,  Orange 
(AMNJ) 

MEDICINE 

Feb. 

1 Endocrinology  Series-Medical  Grand 
Rounds 

1 1:30  a.m. — VA  Medical  Center,  East 
Orange 

2 9:30  a.m. — Newark  Beth  Israel  Medical 
Center,  Newark 

3 11:30  a.m. — UMDNJ-University 
Hospital,  Newark 
(Endocrinology  Section,  AMNJ) 

1  Endocrine  Conference 

8 3:30-5  p.m. — Rotates  between  Newark 

15  Beth  Israel  Medical  Center,  University 

22  Hospital,  United  Hospitals  Medical 


29  Center,  Newark,  and  VA  Medical 
Center,  East  Orange 
(Endocrinology  Section,  AMNJ) 

1 Newer  Insulins 

8 Congenital  Pulmonary  Anomalies 

I -2:30  p.m. — Christ  Hospital,  Jersey 
City 

(Christ  Hospital) 

1 Diagnosis  and  Treatment  of  Incontinence 
in  Geriatric  Patients 

1 :30  p.m. — Essex  County  Hospital 

Center,  Cedar  Grove 

(Essex  County  Hospital  Center) 

1 CDS  Prescribing  Practices 

I I a.m. -12  noon — Morristown 
Memorial  Hospital 
(AMNJ) 

1 Gastroenterology 
15  Pulmonary 
22  Pulmonary 

3-6  p.m. — Overlook  Hospital,  Summit 
(Overlook  Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

1 Lung  Cancer 
8 Breast  Cancer 
15  Sickle  Cell  Anemia 
22  Chronic  Lymphocytic  Leukemia 
29  Metabolic  Renal  Stone  Disease 

8- 9  a.m. — Alexian  Brothers  Hospital, 
Elizabeth 

(Alexian  Brothers  Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

1 Hodgkins  and  Non-Hodgkins  Lymphoma 

8 Urological  Cancer 

15  Hematologic  Emergencies 
22  Colon  Cancer 

29  Burn  Assessment  and  Emergency 
Treatment 

9- 10  a.m. — Alexian  Brothers  Hospital, 
Elizabeth 

(Alexian  Brothers  Hospital  and  A MNJ) 

2 The  Current  Status  of  Antiviral 
Chemotherapy 

1 1 a.m. -12:30  p.m. — St.  Joseph’s 
Hospital  and  Medical  Center,  Paterson 
(St.  Joseph 's  Hospital  and  Medical 
Center) 

3 Renal  Conference  in  Nephrology 

17  4-5  p.m. — UMDNJ-University  Hospital, 
Newark 

(Nephrology  Society  of  NJ,  Nephrology 
Section,  and  AMNJ) 

7 Geratrics-Medication  Prescribing 
Practices 

21  Hypertension-Malignant 

11-12  noon — Greystone  Park  Psychiatric 
Hospital,  Greystone  Park 
( Greystone  Park  Psychiatric  Hospital) 

9 Diagnosis  and  Treatment  of  Multiple 
Sclerosis 

1 1 a.m. — St.  Joseph’s  Hospital  and 
Medical  Center,  Paterson 
(UMDNJ  and  St.  Joseph ’s  Hospital) 

15  Rutgers  Dermatological  Conference 


6- 9  p.m. — Rutgers  Community  Health 
Plan,  57  U.S.  Hwy.  1,  New  Brunswick 
(UMDNJ  and  AMNJ) 

17  Management  of  Portal  Hypertension 

8- 9:30  a.m. — Overlook  Hospital, 

Summit 

(Overlook  Hospital) 

21  Nephrotoxicity-1984:  An  Update 

4-5  p.m. — Academic  Health  Service 
Center,  New  Brunswick 
(UMDNJ) 

21  Prevention  and  Treatment  of  Decubitus 
Ulcers 

12  noon — St.  Mary’s  Hospital,  Orange 
(St.  Mary's  Hospital) 

21  Sodium  Homeostasis  in  Liver  Disease 

7- 8  p.m. — Ramada  Inn,  Clark 
(Nephrology  Society  of  New  Jersey) 

22  Pulmonary  Function  Tests  and 
Emphysema 

10:30-12  noon — St.  Mary’s  Hospital, 
Passaic 

(St.  Mary's  Hospital) 

22  Renal  Hypertension  or  HPN  Secondary 
to  Kidney  Disease 

1 :00  to  2:30  p.m. — VA  Medical  Center, 
Lyons 

( Veterans  A dministration  Medical 
Center) 

29  Evaluation  and  Treatment  of 

Occupational  and  Environmental  Lung 
Disease 

9- 1 1 a.m. — Middlesex  General- 
University  Hospital,  New  Brunswick 

( Middlesex  General-University  Hospital) 

29  Ophthalmology  Associated  with  Systemic 
Diseases 

10:30-12  noon — St.  Mary’s  Hospital, 
Passaic 

(St.  Mary 's  Hospital) 

Mar. 

1 Medical  Grand  Rounds 

9:30  a.m. — Newark  Beth  Israel 
Medical  Ctr. 

( Endocrinology  Section,  AMNJ) 

1 Effects  of  Stress  on  Disease 

15  Heart  Disease,  Lipoproteins,  and 
Nutritional  Counseling 

1 1 a.m. — St.  Joseph’s  Hospital  and 

Medical  Center,  Paterson 

(St.  Joseph  's  Hospital  and  UMDNJ) 

2 Medical  Grand  Rounds 

1 1 :30  a.m. — University  Hospital, 

Newark 

(Endocrinology  Section,  A M NJ) 

2 Renal  Conferences  in  Nephrology 

16  4-5  p.m. — UMDNJ-University  Hospital, 
Newark 

( Nephrology  Society  of  NJ  and 
Nephrology  Section,  A MNJ) 

6 Nutrition  Support — Middle  Age  and  the 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  1— JANUARY  1984 


77 


WE  NEED  YOUR  ASSISTANCE! 

The  Treatment  Loan  Fund  of 
the  Impaired  Physicians  Program 

Our  impaired  colleagues  often  are  financially  impaired  in  addition 
to  their  major  impairment.  MSNJ  has  set  up  a loan  fund  to  assist  these 
physicians  with  low  interest  loans  in  meeting  the  costs  of  treatment 
and/or  family  support  during  their  time  away  from  their  practice  in 
treatment. 

The  Board  of  Trustees  of  MSNJ  has  authorized  this  ad  to  solicit 
voluntary  contributions  from  our  membership  to  this  fund  We  have 
begun  solicitation  of  the  New  Jersey  pharmaceutical  houses  and  to  date 
we  have  received  contributions  from  Warner  Lambert;  Sandoz;  Merck; 
American  Home  Products;  and  Squibb. 

A common  question  in  soliciting  contributions  from  outside  source 
is  "What  are  the  doctors  doing?"  Your  assistance  will  aid  our  impaired 
colleagues  and  improve  our  outside  returns. 

Please  send  you  contributions  to:  Impaired  Physicians  Program 
Treatment  Loan  Fund,  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey,  2 Princess 
Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648. 


my  I medkal cbntel  Post- G raduate 

1 Medical  School 

January 

Internal  Medicine  Board  Review,  Wednes- 

1/4-6/20 

days,  4-7  PM 

March 

12-16 

Managing  Clinical  Problems  in  the  Elderly 
(Cerromar  Beach  Hotel/Puerto  Rico) 

19-23 

Seminar  in  Advanced  Rheumatology 

26-30 

Anesthesiology:  Comprehensive  Review  III 

April 

26-28 

Update  in  Clinical  Dermatology 

Information: 

Mary  Ann  Giammarino,  NYU  Post-Graduate 

Medical  School,  550  First  Avenue,  New  York,  NY  10016  (212) 

340-5295. 

ACUPUNCTURE  IN  CLINICAL  PRACTICE 

N.Y.  State  Boards  of  Medicine  & Dentistry  25-hour  accredited 
seminar  and  workshop  on  the  latest  theories  & techniques  of 
manual  and  electro-acupuncture,  applicable  toward  the  200- 
hour  requirement  for  certification,  will  be  given  for  licensed 
clinicians  (with  or  without  prior  training)  during  the  weekend  of 
January  27-29,  1984  and  again  the  weekend  of  March  23-25, 
1984  at  the  Barbizon  Plaza  Hotel,  New  York  City.  Co-sponsored 
by  the  International  College  of  Acupuncture  & Electro-Thera- 
peutics, its  official  journal  (published  by  Pergamon  Press)  the 
Heart  Disease  Research  Foundation  and  the  Neuroscience 
Dept,  of  Long  Island  College  Hospital,  Pharamcology  Dept,  of 
The  Chicago  Medical  School.  Also  eligible  for  AMA/CME  credit. 
For  information,  contact  Y.  Omura,  M.D.,  ScD.,  800  Riverside 
Drive  (8-1),  NYC  10032.  Tel:  (212)  781-6262  or  (212)  WA8-0658, 
or  Saul  Heller,  M.D.,  Tel:  (212)  838-7514. 


CONTRACEPTION  TODAY 

Improving  the  Results — Reducing  the  Concerns 
March  31  -April  1,  1984 
SCANTICON-PRINCETON  CONFERENCE  CENTER 
PRINCETON,  NEW  JERSEY 

Topics  Include:  Improving  Contraceptive  Utilization  • 

Managing  Common  Complaints  • Risks  • Detection  of 
Contraceptive  Failure  • Legal  Aspects  of  Providing 
Contraception. 

Inquiries:  Patricia  Reid,  UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical 

School,  Box  101,  Piscataway,  NJ  08854  (201)  463-4707 


CHRONIC  DISORDERS  IN  PEDIATRICS: 
Naw  Approaches  to  Old  Problems 

March  21,  22,  1984 

Central  Nervous  System  Trauma 
Chronic  Respiratory  Disorders 
Kinesthetic  Disorders 
Birth  Defects 

The  Madison  Hotel 

Convent  Station,  New  Jersey 

Sponsored  by: 

CHILDREN'S  SPECIALIZED  HOSPITAL 

New  Providence  Road 
Mountainside,  New  Jersey  07091 

for  more  information  call: 

Sallie  Comey 
Education  Coordinator 
(201)  233-3720 


NEW  YORK 
FERTILITY  RESEARCH 
FOUNDATION,  INC. 

For  the  Investigation  of 

Problems  of  Human  Infertility 

The  Foundation  provides  a complete 
diagnostic  and  consultation  service  for  in- 
fertile couples.  Investigations  are  con- 
ducted by  well-known  specialists  in  con- 
junction with  consultants  in  the  various 
fields  of  medicine  related  to  infertility. 

The  Foundation  is  supported  by  an  in- 
house  modern  laboratory  equipped  to  do 
most  tests  required  for  diagnosis  and 
treatment.  Literature  on  request. 

1430  Second  Avenue,  Suite  103 
New  York,  N.Y.  10021 
Phone:  (212)  744-5500 


78 


HE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Elderly 

1 1 a.m.-12  noon — Greystone  Park 
Psychiatric  Hospital 
(A  MNJ) 

7  Medical  Grand  Rounds 

1 1 : 30  a.m. — VA  Medical  Ctr., 

East  Orange 

( Endocrinology  Section.  AMNJ) 

7 Hypertension 

1:30  p.m. — Essex  County  Hospital  Ctr., 

Cedar  Grove 

(AMNJ) 

7 Angina 

21  Obstructive  Uropathy 

1-2:30  p.m. — Christ  Hospital, 

Jersey  City 

( Christ  Hospital  and  A M NJ ) 

7 Endocrine  Conferences 
14  3:30-5  p.m. — Rotates  between  Newark 
21  Beth  Israel  Medical  Ctr.,  UMDNJ- 
28  University  Hospital,  Newark,  VA 

Medical  Ctr.,  East  Orange,  and  United 
Hospitals  Medical  Ctr.,  Newark 


( Endocrinology  Section.  A M NJ) 

8  Pain  Therapy 

2 p.m. — John  E.  Runnells  Hospital  of 
Union  County,  Berkeley  Heights 
(AMNJ) 

13  Diet  and  Cancer 

22  Detection  and  Diagnosis 

29  Principles  of  Patient  Management 

4- 6  p.m. — Institute  for  Medical 
Research,  Copewood  St.,  Camden 
(Institute  for  Medical  Research  and 
AMNJ) 

15  Current  Approaches  to  Irritable  Bowel 
Syndrome 

5- 6:30  p.m. — Somerset  Medical  Ctr., 
Somerville 

(Somerset  Medical  Center  and  A M NJ ) 

20  Emergency  Care — Cardiac  Drug 
Overdose 

I I a.m. -12  noon — Greystone  Park 

Psychiatric  Hospital 

(AMNJ) 


20  Hypertension 

1 :30-2:30  p.m. — Essex  County  Hospital, 
Cedar  Grove 
(A  MNJ) 

20  Regional  Nephrology  Conferences 

4-5  p.m. — Academic  Health  Science  Ctr. 
(UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School  and 
A MNJ ) 

21  Dermatological  Conference 

6-9  p.m.  — Rutgers  Community  Health 
Plan,  57  U.S.  Hwy.  1,  New  Brunswick 
( UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School  and 
AMNJ) 

21  Significance  and  Treatment  of  Common 
Abnormalities  in  Serum  Electrolytes 
and/or  Acid-Base  Balance 
28  Antibiotic  and  Antiviral  Agents  in  an 
Office  Practice 

9-1 1 a.m. — Middlesex  General  Hospital, 
New  Brunswick 

( Middlesex  General  Hospital  and  A MNJ) 

28  Extended  Spectrum  Penicillin  and 
Cephalosporins 

10:30  a.m. -12  noon — St.  Mary's 

Hospital,  Passaic 

(St.  Mary 's  Hospital  and  A M NJ) 

28  Implications  of  Clinical  Trials  on 
Management  of  Mild  Hypertension 

1- 2:30  p.m. — VA  Medical  Center,  Lyons 
( VA  Medical  Center  and  A MNJ) 

28  Dermatology 

3-6  p.m. — Overlook  Hospital,  Summit 
(Overlook  Hospital  and  A MNJ) 

NEUROLOGY/PSYCHIATRY 

Feb. 

1 Psychopharmacology 

2- 3  p.m. — Ancora  Psychiatric  Hospital, 
Hammonton 

(Ancora  Psychiatric  Hospital  and  A MNJ) 

2 Benzodiazepines  in  the  1980s 
16  Suicide  Assessment 

12  noon-1  p.m. — Carrier  Foundation, 
Belle  Mead 

( Carrier  Foundation  and  A MNJ) 

9  The  New  Pathogens 

12  noon-1  p.m. — Carrier  Foundation, 
Belle  Mead 

( Carrier  Foundation  and  A MNJ) 

15  Group  Therapy 

29  2-3  p.m. — Ancora  Psychiatric  Hospital, 
Hammonton 

( Ancora  Psychiatric  Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

16  Spirit,  Psyche,  Religion,  and 
Psychopathology 

12  noon-4:30  p.m. — Carrier  Foundation, 
Belle  Mead 

( Carrier  Foundation  and  A MNJ) 

29  Neurology 

3- 6  p.m. — Overlook  Hospital,  Summit 
(Overlook  Hospital  and  A MNJ) 

Mar. 

1 Pharmacotherapeutic  Agents  in  the 
Management  of  Borderline-Personality 
Disorders 

8 Advances  in  Neuroleptic  Medication 
15  Alone — Yearning  for  Companionship 

12  noon-1  p.m. — Carrier  Foundation, 
Belle  Mead 

( Carrier  Foundation  and  A MNJ) 

6 Is  There  a Devil? 

8: 1 5-10:30  p.m. — 39  Crescent  Ave., 
Passaic 

( Essex  Psychiatric  Seminar  and  A MNJ) 


218th  Annual  Meeting 
May  2-6,  1984 

Resorts  International 
Atlantic  City,  New  Jersey 

Daily  Schedule 

Wednesday,  May  2,  1984 

3:30  p.m. — Board  of  Trustees'  Meeting 

7:00  p.m. — Officers'  Cocktail  Reception  followed  by  Dinner 

Thursday,  May  3, 1984 

9:00  a.m. — Registration  Opens 
2:00  p.m. — House  of  Delegates 

4:00  p.m. — Reference  Committees  (Three  Reference  Committee 
Meetings) 

Friday,  May  4,  1984 

7:30  a.m.— Registration  Opens 

9:00  a.m. — House  of  Delegates  (election) 

9:00  a.m. — Message  Center,  and  Scientific,  Informational,  and  Insurance 
Exhibits  Open 

12:00  noon — Golden  Merit  Award  Ceremony  followed  by  Reception 
2:30  p.m. — Reference  Committees  (Three  Reference  Committee 
Meetings) 

5:00  p.m. — JEMPAC  Political  Forum 

5:45  p.m. — JEMPAC  Wine  & Cheese  Reception 

Saturday,  May  5,  1984 

8:00  a.m. — Registration  Opens 

9:00  a.m. — Message  Center,  and  Scientific,  Informational,  and  Insurance 
Exhibits  Open 
9:00  a.m. — Scientific  Sessions 
12:00  noon — Luncheons 
1 :00  p.m. — Scientific  Sessions 

6:30  p.m. — Inaugural  Reception  followed  by  Inaugural  Dinner 

Sunday,  May  6,  1984 

6:30  a.m. — County  Society  Breakfast  Caucuses 
8:00  a.m. — Registration  Opens 

9:00  a.m. — Message  Center,  and  Scientific,  Informational,  and  Insurance 
Exhibits  Open 

9:00  a.m. — House  of  Delegates 
3:00  p.m. — Board  of  Trustees’  Meeting 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  I— JANUARY  1984 


79 


7  Group  Therapy 

21  2-3  p.m.— Ancora  Psychiatric  Hospital, 

Hammonton 

(A  ncora  Psychiatric  Hospital  and  AMNJ ) 

14  Anxiety  and  Neurosis 

9-1 1 a.m. — Middlesex  General  Hospital, 
New  Brunswick 

f Middlesex  General  Hospital  and  A M NJ ) 

15  Aspects  of  Anorexia  Nervosa 

8- 10  p.m. — Hackensack  Hospital 

(NJ  Psychoanalytic  Society  and  A M NJ) 
19  Principles  of  Child  Psychotherapy 

8:30-10:30  p.m.— Office  of  Dr.  Deutsch, 
301  Broad  St.,  Englewood 
(NJ  Psychoanalytic  Society  and  AMNJ) 
21  Tardive  Dyskinesia  and  Other  Movement 
Disorders 

9 a.m. -4:45  p.m. — Carrier  Foundation, 
Belle  Mead 

( Carrier  Foundation  and  A M NJ) 

OBSTETRICS/GYNECOLOGY 

Feb. 

1  Amenorrhea 

9- 11  a.m. — Middlesex  General- 
University  Hospital,  New  Brunswick 

( Middlesex  General-University  Hospital) 

1 Laparoscopy,  Colposcopy,  Infertility 
10:30-12  noon — St.  Mary's  Hospital, 
Passaic 

(St.  Mary's  Hospital) 

2 Fetal  Visualization  of  Prenatal  Diagnosis 

9:00  a.m. — Freehold  Area  Hospital, 
Freehold 

(Freehold  Area  Hospital) 

Mar. 

31  Contraception  Today 

9 a.m. -5  p.m. — Princeton  Scanticon 
Conference  Ctr.,  Princeton 
( UM DNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School  and 
A MNJ) 

PATHOLOGY 

Feb. 

2 Macrophages  and  Their  Relations  to 
Neoplasia 

9 Natural  Killer  Cells 

16  Cell-Mediated  Immunity  and  Regulatory 
Cells 

23  Tumor  Protective  and  Facilitating 
Antigens 

4-6  p.m. — Institute  for  Medical 
Research,  Camden 
(Institute  for  Medical  Research) 

8  Pathology  Grand  Rounds 

10:30  a.m. -12  noon — St.  Mary’s 
Hospital,  Passaic 
(St.  Mary's  Hospital) 

Mar. 

1 Biology  of  Immune  Complexes  in  Cancer 
8 Epidemiology  of  Cancer:  An  Overview 

4-6  p.m. — Institute  for  Medical 
Research,  Copewood  St.,  Camden 
(Institute  for  Medical  Research  and 
AMNJ) 

14  Pathology  Grand  Rounds 

10:30  a.m. -12  noon — St.  Mary’s 
Hospital,  Passaic 
( St.  Mary 's  Hospital  and  A MNJ) 


80 


21  Pathology  Slide  Seminar/New  Procedure 
Update 

7- 9  p.m.— Hyatt  House,  Cherry  Hill 
(South  Jersey  Pathology  Society  and 
A MNJ) 

PEDIATRICS 

Mar. 

1 The  Mouth  and  Teeth  in  Pediatric 
Practice 

9  a.m. — Freehold  Area  Hospital 
(A  MNJ) 

19  Pediatric  Lecture  Series 

12  noon-1  p.m.— The  Mountainside 

Hospital,  Montclair 

(The  Mountainside  Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

21  Chronic  Disorders  in  Pediatrics: 

22  New  Approaches  to  Old  Problems 

8 a.m. -4  p.m. — Madison  Hotel,  Convent 
Station 

(Children's  Specialized  Hospital) 

23  Diagnosis  and  Management  of  the 
Various  Forms  of  Rickets 

8- 9:30  a.m. — Overlook  Hospital, 

Summit 

( Overlook  Hospital  and  A M NJ) 

PSYCHIATRY 

Feb. 

3  Psychiatric  Aspects  Concerning  the 
Prevention  of  Nuclear  War 

8:30-10:30  p.m. — The  Atrium  West, 

West  Orange 

( New  Jersey  Psychiatric  Association) 

6 Anorexia  in  a Professional  Woman 

8:15-10:30  p.m. — Office  of  Rita 
Newman,  M.D.,  543  Park  St., 

Upper  Montclair 
(Essex  Psychiatric  Seminar) 

8 Muscle  Weakness-Approach  to  Diagnosis 
and  Treatment 
22  Fits  and  Faints 

9- 11  a.m. — Middlesex  General- 
University  Hospital,  New  Brunswick 
(Middlesex  General-University  Hospital) 

15  Sleep  Onset  Insomnia:  Assessment  and 
Clinical  Management 
1-2:30  p.m. — Christ  Hospital  Jersey  City 
(Christ  Hospital) 

15  Treatment  of  the  Agitated  Elderly  Patient 

1 :00  to  2:30  p.m. — VA  Medical  Center, 
Lyons 

( Veterans  A dministration  Medical 
Center) 

20  Principles  of  Child  Psychotherapy 

8:30-10:30  p.m. — Office  of  Lawrence 
Deutsch,  M.D.,  Englewood 
( New  Jersey  Psychoanalytic  Society) 

RADIOLOGY 

Feb. 

8 Radiology 

3-6  p.m. — Overlook  Hospital,  Summit 
( Overlook  Hospital  and  A MNJ) 

16  Radiology  Meeting 

7:30-10  p.m. — St.  Barnabas  Medical 
Center,  Livingston 

(Radiological  Society  of  NJ.  Radiology 
Section,  and  A MNJ) 


Mar 

16 


21 


Radiology  Meeting 

7:30-10  p.m. — St.  Barnabas  Medical 
Center,  Livingston 
( Radiological  Society  of  NJ  and 
Radiological  Section,  A MNJ) 

Dinner  Meeting 

6:30  p.m. — The  Manor,  West  Orange 
(Radiotherapy  Section,  AMNJ) 


SURGERY 


Feb. 

1 

8 

15 

22 

29 

15 


Surgical  Departmental  Conferences 

8:30-10  a.m. — Medical  Education  Bldg. 
Rutgers  Medical  School, 

New  Brunswick 
( UMDNJ ) 

Thyroid,  Parathyroid  Surgery 

10:30-12  noon — St.  Mary’s  Hospital, 
Passiac 

(St.  Mary's  Hospital) 


Mar. 


7 

14 

21 

28 


Use  of  Appropriate  Antibiotics  in  Surgery 

10:30  a.m. -12  noon — St.  Mary’s 
Hospital,  Passaic 
(St.  Mary 's  Hospital  and  A MNJ) 

Diagnosis  and  Surgical  Management  of 
Esophageal  Reflux  and  Hiatus  Hernia 

10:30  a.m. -12  noon — St.  Mary’s 
Hospital,  Passaic 
(St.  Mary 's  Hospital  and  A M NJ) 
Surgical  Departmental  Conference 
8:30-10  a.m. — Rutgers  Medical  School, 
Medical  Education  Bldg. 

( UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School) 


SURGICAL  SPECIALTIES 


Feb. 

2 

9 

16 

23 

15 


Vascular  Surgical  Rounds 
4-5  p.m. — Rutgers  Medical  School, 

New  Brunswick 
(UMDNJ) 

When  and  Why  To  Replace  Which  Joint- 
An  Update 

9-11  a.m. — Middlesex  General- 
University  Hospital,  New  Brunswick 
(Middlesex  General-University  Hospital) 


Mar. 

1 Vascular  Surgical  Rounds 

8 4-5  p.m. — Rutgers  Medical  School, 

15  Medical  Education  Bldg. 

22  (UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School) 

29 

6 Surgical  Management  of  Benign  and 
Malignant  Disease  of  the  Breast 

7:30  p.m. — Burdette  Tomlin  Memorial 
Hospital,  Cape  May  Court  House 
(AMNJ) 


MISCELLANEOUS 

Mar. 

Clinicolegal  Correspondence  Course 
Seif-Instruction-Contact  Medical  Inter- 
Insurance  Exchange 

( Medical  Inter-Insurance  Exchange  of  NJ 
and  A MNJ) 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


ETTERS  TO  THE  EDITOR 


/ocal  Cord  Paralysis 

October  17,  1983 

Dear  Dr.  Knosnick: 

I am  writing  in  reference  to  a case 
r report  in  the  October  1983  issue  of  The 
Journal.  A case  of  vocal  cord  paralysis 
n a benign  histological  disease  certainly 
is  interesting  and  worth  reporting. 
[Fibrosing  mediastinitis  certainly  is  rare 
'■and  interesting  enough  as  well. 
Although  the  article  is  entitled,  “Tem- 
porary Vocal  Cord  Paralysis,”  there  is 
no  evidence  that  the  vocal  cord  indeed 
truly  recovered.  The  fact  that  the  patient 
was  free  of  hoarseness  seven  weeks  later 
probably  meant  that  the  opposite  vocal 
cord  compensated  for  the  left  vocal  cord 
paralysis  or  the  left  vocal  cord  migrated 
to  the  midline.  Those  of  us  who  do  or 
who  are  familiar  with  thyroid  surgery 
are  quite  familiar  with  this  happening. 
A simple  mirror  indirect  laryngoscopy 
postoperatively  may  have  been  done  and 
inadvertently  unreported.  This  clinical 


! 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  1— JANUARY  1984 


finding  would  have  been  more  in  keep- 
ing with  the  title  of  the  case  report, 
(signed)  Lawrence  J.  Pizzo,  M.D. 

Phimosis:  A Cause 
of  Renal  Failure 

October  25,  1983 

Dear  Doctor  Krosnick: 

My  congratulations  to  Joel  W.  Rosen- 
berg, M.D.,  for  his  excellent  article  in 
the  October  1983  issue  of  The  Journal 
entitled,  “Phimosis:  A Cause  of  Renal 
Failure.”  His  emphasis  on  the  plethora 
of  articles  in  the  lay  and  pediatric  litera- 
ture objecting  to  circumcision  is  a point 
well  taken  and  may  lead  to  increased 
susceptibility,  as  mentioned,  to  venereal 
disease,  malignancy,  local  inflammatory 
conditions,  paraphimosis,  urinary  reten- 
tion, and  recurrent  verruca  of  the  fore- 
skin. 

These  conditions  occur  not  only  in  the 
young,  but  also  in  those  of  advanced 


years.  I would  like  to  mention  a black 
man,  age  102  years,  who  was  admitted 
to  Ancora  State  Hospital  a few  years  ago 
with  a diagnosis  of  chronic  brain  syn- 
drome. He  was  seen  in  consultation  be- 
cause of  incontinence  during  the  day  and 
at  night.  He  was  extremely  lethargic  and 
had  a markedly  elevated  BUN.  Examin- 
ation of  the  penis  revealed  a markedly 
redundant  foreskin  with  a pinpoint 
opening.  He  would  urinate  into  the  fore- 
skin and  then  would  drip  urine  constant- 
ly. He  had  a history  of  working  on  his 
farm  in  Salem  County  the  previous  sum- 
mer and  had  married  three  times;  each 
of  his  wives  had  died.  Circumcision  was 
performed,  with  return  of  the  BUN  to 
normal  and  complete  clearing  of  his  sen- 
sorium. 

In  selected  cases  where  there  is  dif- 
ficulty retracting  the  foreskin  easily,  cir- 
cumcision is  mandatory.  In  proper 
hands,  circumcision  is  a relatively  simple 
operation  with  lasting  beneficial  results, 
(signed)  Stanley  J.  Okulicz,  M.D. 


OBITUARIES 


Dr.  George  E.  Barbour 

George  Edgar  Barbour,  M.D.,  a phy- 
sician at  Somerset  Medical  Center, 
Somerville,  for  over  50  years,  died  on 
October  28,  1983.  Born  in  1903,  Dr. 
Barbour  earned  his  medical  degree  at  the 
University  of  Pennsylvania  Medical 
School  in  1928.  A surgeon,  Dr.  Barbour 
was  a member  of  our  Somerset  County 
component  and  of  the  American  Medi- 
cal Association.  Dr.  Barbour  was  the 
recipient  of  MSNJ's  Golden  Merit 
Award  for  his  years  of  service  to  the 
medical  community. 

Dr.  Herman  H.  Goldstein 

A retired  member  of  our  Union  Coun- 
ty component,  Herman  Harold  Gold- 
stein, M.D.,  died  on  September  30,  1983. 
Born  in  1902,  Dr.  Goldstein  received  his 
medical  degree  from  Yale  University 
School  of  Medicine,  Connecticut,  in 
1927.  A urologist,  Dr.  Goldstein  was  af- 
filiated with  Newark  Beth  Israel  Medical 
Center,  St.  Elizabeth  Hospital,  and 
Alexian  Brothers  Hospital,  both  in 
Elizabeth.  A member  of  the  American 
Medical  Association,  Dr.  Goldstein  was 
a Fellow  of  the  American  College  of 
Surgeons,  a Fellow  of  the  International 
College  of  Surgeons,  and  a Diplomate  of 
the  American  Board  of  Urology. 

Dr.  Louis  F.  Marrella 

Louis  Frank  Marrella,  M.D.,  former 
director  of  the  NYSA-ILA  Medical 
Center,  Hoboken,  died  on  October  3, 
1983.  Born  in  191 1,  Dr.  Marrella  earned 
his  medical  degree  from  Loyola  Medical 
School,  Illinois,  in  1940.  Dr.  Marrella 
was  a member  of  our  Hudson  County 
component  and  of  the  American  Medi- 
cal Association  and  was  a Fellow  of  the 
American  Academy  of  Family  Practice. 
During  his  career,  Dr.  Marrella  was  af- 
filiated with  Jersey  City  Medical  Center 
and  Christ  Hospital,  Jersey  City. 

Dr.  Martin  M.  Meehan 

At  the  grand  age  of  87,  Martin  Mat- 


thew Meehan,  M.D.,  died  on  October 
27,  1983.  Dr.  Meehan  received  his  medi- 
cal degree  from  the  University  of  Ver- 
mont College  of  Medicine  in  1925.  Dur- 
ing his  lengthy  career.  Dr.  Meehan  was 
affiliated  with  St.  Mary  Hospital, 
Passaic.  Dr.  Meehan  was  a recipient  of 
MSNJ’s  Golden  Merit  Award  for  50 
years  of  service  to  his  community.  A 
retired  member  of  our  Essex  County 
component.  Dr.  Meehan  was  a member 
of  the  American  Medical  Association. 

Dr.  Alexander  E.  Schefrin 

Alexander  Eugene  Schefrin,  M.D., 
died  on  October  16,  1983.  Born  in 
1904,  Dr.  Schefrin  received  his  medical 
degree  from  Long  Island  College  of 
Medicine,  New  York,  in  1928.  A pedia- 
trician, Dr.  Schefrin  was  affiliated  with 
General  Hospital  and  Beth  Israel  Hospi- 
tal, both  in  Passaic.  Dr.  Schefrin  was  a 
member  of  our  Passaic  County  compo- 
nent and  of  the  American  Medical  As- 
sociation; he  was  a Diplomate  of  the 
American  Board  of  Pediatrics  and  a Fel- 
low of  the  American  Academy  of  Pedi- 
atrics. In  1978,  Dr.  Schefrin  was  the  re- 
cipient of  MSNJ's  Golden  Merit  Award 
for  50  years  of  medical  service. 

Dr.  Eugene  W.R.  Sims 

At  the  age  of  62,  Eugene  W.  Rock- 
feller  Sims,  M.D.,  died  on  October  26, 
1983.  Dr.  Sims  earned  his  medical 
degree  at  Meharry  Medical  College, 
Tennessee,  in  1945,  and  then  established 
a family  practice  in  East  Orange  in  1947. 
Dr.  Sims  served  as  federal  aviation  ad- 
ministration examiner  and  as  medical  di- 
rector for  the  Essex  County  Department 
of  Corrections;  also,  he  was  medical  di- 
rector of  the  Armed  Forces  Examining 
Center  in  Newark.  Dr.  Sims  was  a mem- 
ber of  our  Essex  County  component  and 
of  the  American  Medical  Association. 
Dr.  Sims  was  the  first  air  surgeon  for  the 
New  Jersey  Air  National  Guard.  He  re- 
ceived the  Col.  Vance  H.  Marchbanks 
Award  of  the  National  Medical  Associa- 
tion and  the  Air  National  Guard  Meri- 


torious Service  Award  for  his  contribu- 
tions to  military  medicine. 

Dr.  Joseph  G.  Varhol 

A member  of  our  Passaic  County 
component,  Joseph  Gregory  Varhol, 
M.D.,  died  on  October  1,  1983.  Born  in 
1917,  Dr.  Varhol  received  his  medical 
degree  from  the  University  of  Maryland 
School  of  Medicine  in  1943.  During  his 
career,  Dr.  Varhol  was  affiliated  with 
General  Hospital,  Passaic,  where  he  was 
the  president  of  its  medical  staff  in  1967 
and  director  of  the  department  of 
anesthesia.  Dr.  Varhol  was  a member  of 
the  American  Medical  Association  and 
a Fellow  of  the  American  College  of 
Anesthesiologists. 

Dr.  Don  B.  Weems,  Sr. 

At  the  age  of  81,  Don  Bright  Weems, 
Sr.,  M.D.,  died  on  October  15,  1983, 
after  a long  illness.  Dr.  Weems  earned 
his  medical  degree  at  Jefferson  Medical 
College,  Pennsylvania,  in  1930.  A mem- 
ber of  our  Gloucester  County  compo- 
nent, Dr.  Weems  was  affiliated  with 
Underwood  Memorial  Hospital,  Wood- 
bury. Dr.  Weems  was  a family  practi- 
tioner; he  was  a member  of  the  Ameri- 
can Medical  Association.  In  1981,  Dr. 
Weems  received  MSNJ’s  Golden  Merit 
Award  for  50  years  of  medical  service  to 
his  community. 

Dr.  William  L.  Weintraub 

At  the  age  of  82,  William  Louis  Wein- 
traub, M.D.  died  on  September  30, 
1983.  Dr.  Weintraub  earned  his  medical 
degree  at  Bellevue  Hospital  Medical 
College,  New  York,  in  1923.  During  his 
lengthy  career,  Dr.  Weintraub  was  af- 
filiated with  Barnert  Memorial  Hospital 
Center,  Paterson,  Chilton  Memorial 
Hospital,  Pompton  Plains,  St.  Joseph’s 
Hospital  and  Medical  Center,  Paterson, 
and  two  Passaic  Hospitals,  Saint  Mary’s 
Hospital  and  Beth  Israel  Hospital.  In 
1973,  Weintraub  was  the  recipient  of 
MSNJ's  Golden  Merit  Award  for  50 
years  of  service  as  a physician. 


82 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


BOOK  REVIEWS 


Clinical  Gastroenterology. 
A Problem-Oriented 
Approach 

Sidney  Cohen,  M.D.  New  York,  NY, 
John  Wiley  & Sons,  Inc.,  1983.  Pp.  464. 
($25) 

I commend  the  editor  for  a good  and 
useful  book.  The  authors  are  recognized 
experts  and  many  already  have  appeared 
in  large  disease-oriented  standard  text- 
books. This  book  is  designed  for  pri- 
mary care  physicians  and  general  in-, 
ternists  who  frequently  need  practical 
help  with  gastrointestinal  (GI)  patients. 

The  book  is  organized  by  specific 
clinical  problems  that  may  be  seen  daily 
by  practicing  physicians.  The  editor 
found  that  some  of  the  topics  would  be 
better  handled  as  specific  disease  en- 
tities, with  clinical  problems  discussed  in 
the  text.  He  succeeded  in  keeping  the 
inevitable  duplication  to  an  admirable 
minimum.  There  are  18  chapters 
grouped  in  four  parts;  i.e.  main  presen- 
tations of  GI  disease,  specific  GI  con- 
dition, GI  cancer,  and  hepatobiliary  dis- 
ease. 

There  are  very  few  illustrations,  but 
the  tables  and  algorithms  are  very  useful 
as  is  the  index.  I missed  the  pictures,  but 
appreciated  the  resultant  economies. 
The  book  succeeds  as  an  aid  to  the  prac- 
ticing generalist  and  will  be  read  with 
profit  by  many  gastroenterologists  as 
well.  Norman  Riegel,  M.D. 

Current  Surgical  Diagnosis 
& Treatment,  Sixth  Edition 

Lawrence  W.  Way,  M.D.,  (ed).  Los 
Altos,  CA,  Lange  Medical  Publications, 
1983.  Pp.  1221.  Illustrated.  ($28) 

This  new  book  is  a most  fitting  memo- 
rial edition  to  Dr.  J.  Engelbert  Dunphy, 
formerly  professor  of  surgery  emeritus. 
University  of.California  School  of  Medi- 
cine, San  Francisco,  who  was  associated 
with  its  concept. 

The  material  is  up  to  date;  the  book 
is  revised  biennially.  The  text  is  very 


complete,  stressing  the  broad  surgical 
diagnostic  and  therapeutic  aspects  of 
surgery. 

Art  work  and  photography  are  excel- 
lent and  helpful.  Indexing  is  sensible  and 
accurate.  Well-selected  references  are 
provided  throughout. 

Subjects  included  in  the  text  include 
major  areas  such  as  anesthesiology, 
wound  healing,  cancer  chemotherapy, 
transplantation,  and  diseases  of  individ- 
ual organs. 

It  is  a pleasure  to  recommend  the  text 
to  all  associated  with  the  care  of  surgical 
patients,  be  they  medical  students,  clini- 
cians, or  academicians.  The  editors,  con- 
tributors, and  publishers  certainly  have 
provided,  as  planned,  concise,  up-to- 
date  information  about  surgery. 

The  text  is  printed  on  good  paper  and 
with  clear  type.  Its  cover  is  soft.  Attest- 
ing to  the  value  of  the  material  in  the 
book  is  the  fact  that  it  is  published  in 
many  foreign  languages. 

Robert  K.  Spiro,  M.D. 

Heart,  Multiple  Imaging 
Procedures 

Florencio  A.  Hipona,  M.D.,  (ed).  New 
York,  NY,  Grune  & Stratton,  1983.  Pp. 
241. 

This  book  is  one  of  a series  in  imaging 
procedures  of  various  systems.  Well- 
known  radiologists  contributed  chapters 
covering  the  various  imaging  diagnostic 
modalities  used  to  study  the  heart.  There 
are  discussions  on  cineangiocardiog- 
raphy,  echocardiography,  nuclear 
cardiology,  and  other  new  diagnostic 
modalities. 

The  chapters  on  axial  cineangiog- 
raphy, congenital  heart  disease,  and  cor- 
onary artery  disease  are  very  well  done 
and  will  be  of  great  interest  to  those 
physicians  doing  cardioangiog- 
raphy.  Two-dimensional  echocardiogra- 
phy also  is  well  discussed  and  in  great 
detail  and  is  worth  the  price  of  this 
book. 

However,  the  chapters  on  dynamic 


chest  roentgenography  (kymography), 
99mtechnetiurn  pyrophosphate  myo- 
cardial infarct  scanning,  and  cardiac 
computed  tomography  practically  could 
have  been  omitted.  There  is  no  dis- 
cussion at  all  about  the  great  potential 
of  nuclear  magnetic  resonance  in  cardiac 
imaging. 

There  are  enough  topics  that  will 
interest  cardiac  radiologists  and 
cardiologists  to  make  this  a worthwhile 
book  to  peruse. 

Heart,  Multiple  Imaging  Procedures  is 
not,  however,  a book  that  is  the  defini- 
tive work  in  the  field. 

Sidney  Ketyer,  M.D. 

Manual  of  Clinical 
Gastroenterology 

Gail  L.  Bongiovanni,  M.D.  New  York, 
NY,  McGraw-Hill  Book  Company,  1983. 
Pp.  581.  ($15.95) 

This  is  one  of  a series  of  manuals 
about  clinical  medicine  designed  for  an 
audience  of  medical  trainees,  clinical 
clerks,  and  house  officers. 

The  subject,  gastroenterology,  is  sub- 
divided into  19  chapters,  each  written  in 
a terse  outline  form  and  an  appendix 
about  signs  and  symptoms  of  GI  disease. 
The  first  two  chapters  are  generalized, 
about  pain  and  GI  bleeding,  and 
together  with  the  appendix  would  be 
useful  to  a young  clinician,  especially  at 
night  when  confronted  by  a critically  ill 
patient. 

Each  topic  is  covered  in  only  two  or 
three  pages  or  less  and  a recent  bibli- 
ography refers  the  interested  reader  to 
more  information.  I found  the  index  too 
short,  but  the  trainee  probably  will  use 
the  table  of  contents  as  a guide.  The 
experienced  specialist  will  disagree  at 
numerous  minor  points,  but  will  agree 
with  almost  all  of  the  presentations.  I 
especially  liked  the  tables  and 
algorithms. 

The  authors  are  all  fellows  or  assistant 
professors  at  Columbia  and  Harvard; 
however,  the  material  is  all  so  basic  that 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  1— JANUARY  1984 


83 


regionalism  does  not  intrude  and  these 
are  the  words  of  the  front  liners  about 
up-to-date  use  and  interpretation  of  tests 
and  current  treatments.  For  those  in 
training  and  for  many  generalists,  this 
manual  would  be  very  useful  for  navi- 
gation on  a stormy  night  at  the  hospital. 

Norman  Riegel,  M.D. 

The  Social  Transformation 
of  American  Medicine 

Paul  Starr.  New  York,  NY,  Basie  Books, 
Inc.,  1982.  Pp.  514.  ($24.95) 

The  Social  Transformation  of  Ameri- 
can Medicine  is  a book  that  should  be 
read  by  every  physician.  In  spite  of  its 
harsh  words  and,  at  times,  abrasiveness 
toward  doctors,  it  reveals  how  our  pro- 
fession attained  its  present  status.  Paul 
Starr’s  basic  thesis  seems  to  be  that  doc- 
tors have  created  a sovereignty  which  is 
beginning  to  erode  through  fragmenta- 
tion into  specialties,  industrialization, 
exploitation  by  corporations,  and 
capitulation  to  bureaucracy.  Many  facts 
and  figures  are  presented  to  support  this 
view.  Statistics  can  be  boring  but,  I as- 
sure you,  this  book  is  not  as  dull  as  its 
title.  It  more  properly  could  be  called  a 
bible  of  American  medicine,  and  could 
be  divided  into  the  historical  books,  a 
hospital  book,  a public  health  book,  a 
book  on  medical  economics,  books  on 
health  insurance,  a book  on  medical 
schools,  a book  on  third  parties,  and  a 
book  on  competition. 

The  author  is  a sociologist  and  looks 
at  doctors  through  the  eyes  of  a social 
activist.  More  than  once  he  brings  out 
that  our  cultural  authority  becomes  con- 
verted into  economic  power  and  politi- 
cal influence.  He  speaks  of  the  essence 


of  our  achievement  being  the  ability  to 
see  social  interests  defined  so  as  to  con- 
form with  our  own  interests. 

This  book  often  is  eloquent,  with 
many  quotable  passages.  For  example, 
the  dean  who  exclaimed,  “It’s  easier  to 
move  a cemetery  than  to  change  a cur- 
riculum.’’ It  speaks  of  postwar  America 
as  being  “a  society  which  believed  it  had 
solved  life’s  most  serious  problems,  ex- 
cept what  to  do  with  one’s  spare  time.” 
The  author  recalls  Everett  Hughes’s 
definition  of  quacks  as  “practitioners 
who  continue  to  please  their  customers 
but  not  their  colleagues.”  In  two  pages, 
the  book  describes  the  three  types  of 
medical  benefits  (indemnity,  service,  and 
direct)  better  than  the  much-discussed 
report  “D”  of  the  AMA's  Council  on 
Medical  Services  distributed  at  the  an- 
nual meeting  in  June  1983. 

No  one  involved  in  health  care  is 
neglected:  specialists  (“The  specialist 
typically  gives  up  those  services  offering 
the  lowest  return  and  concentrates  on 
those  offering  the  highest.”  “Specialty 
incomes  vary  directly  with  the  per- 
centage of  work  reimbursed  by  third 
parties.”);  pharmacologists  (“Between 
1900  and  1910,  three  changes  enabled 
the  medical  profession  to  wrest  control 
of  the  flow  of  pharmaceutical  infor- 
mation”); general  practitioners  (“Medi- 
cine is  so  large  now  that  a doctor  doesn’t 
feel  confident  unless  he  knows  at  least 
one  field  extremely  well,  rather  than  a 
little  about  all  subjects”);  physicians  in 
group  practice  (“Does  it  mean  that  the 
family  physician  is  being  replaced  by  a 
corporation?”);  medical  school 
professors  (“It  is  inconceivable  that  the 
university  would  try  to  carry  out  a policy 
contrary  to  the  wishes  of  the  department 
chairmen  of  the  medical  school  and 


damned  difficult  for  the  hospital  to  carry 
out  a policy  contrary  to  the  wishes  of  the 
chiefs”);  entrepreneurs  “(Who  deprive 
both  private  doctors  and  local  voluntary 
hospitals  of  their  traditional  auton-  i 
omy”);  doctors  in  politics  (“In  the  past, 
decisions  on  health  care  delivery  were 
largely  professional  ones.  Now  the  de- 
cisions will  be  largely  political”);  hospi- 
tal trustees  (“Must  increasingly  exercise 
the  authority  conveyed  to  them  by  law 
to  supervise  their  medical  staffs.”);  and 
even  those  who  wish  to  care  for  them- 
selves (“Courts  view  the  doctor-patient 
relationship  as  a partnership  in  decision 
making  rather  than  a doctors’  mon- 
opoly.”). 

By  the  time  you  finish  this  book,  your 
intellectual  wheels  will  be  spinning,  j 
There  is  an  adequate  index  and  painstak- 
ing notes. 

The  big  questions  asked  by  the  author 
(and  to  be  answered  in  time)  remain; 
How  do  we  as  physicians  retain  our 
autonomy  and  not  lose  control?  How  do 
we  handle  the  new  forces  which  threaten 
to  reduce  the  sovereignty  that  private 
doctors  have  long  exercised  over  medical 
care?  In  spite  of  feeling  that  “doctors 
continue  to  hold  strategic  positions 
through  their  established  relations  with 
both  patients  and  hospitals,”  Paul  Starr 
still  predicts  a backward  move  of  doc- 
tors into  institutional  services,  a forward 
move  by  hospitals  into  ambulatory  care, 
and  the  creation  of  hybrid  prepayment 
plans  by  insurance  companies. 

It  may  be  that  the  whole  book  is  ! 
summed  up  quite  well  by  a sentence  in 
the  final  paragraph:  “Images  of  the  fu- 
ture are  usually  only  caricatures  of  the 
present.”  If  you  want  to  face  reality, 
read  this  book! 

John  S.  Madara,  M.D. 


84 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


INFORMATION  FOR  AUTHORS 


The  Journal,  the  official  organ  of  the 
Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey,  is  pub- 
lished monthly  under  the  direction  of  the 
Committee  on  Publication.  The  goals  of 
The  Journal  are  educational  and  in- 
formational. All  material  published  in 
The  Journal  is  copyrighted  by  the  Medi- 
cal Society  of  New  Jersey. 

CONTENT 

The  educational  content  of  each  issue 
appears  as  scientific  articles,  based  on 
research,  original  concepts  relative  to 
epidemiology  of  disease,  and  treatment 
methodology;  case  reports  based  on  un- 
usual clinical  experiences;  review 
articles;  clinical  notes,  succinct  items  on 
some  aspect  or  new  observation  or  tech- 
nique of  a case  experience;  and  special 
articles,  which  include  evaluations,  poli- 
cy and  position  papers,  and  reviews  of 
nonscientific  subjects.  Other  topics  in- 
clude commentary  (critical  narration); 
medical  history;  therapeutic  drug  in- 
formation; pediatric  briefs;  nutrition  up- 
date, and  an  opinion  column.  Editorials 
are  prepared  by  the  Editor  and  by  guest 
contributors  on  timely  and  relevant  sub- 
jects; editorials  are  the  responsibility  of 
the  author.  The  Doctors’  Notebook  sec- 
tion contains  organizational,  informa- 
tional, and  administrative  items  from 
MSNJ  and  from  the  community.  Letters 
to  the  Editor  and  book  reviews  are 
welcome  and  will  be  published  as  space 
permits.  The  principal  aim  in  the  prepa- 
ration of  contribution  should  be  rel- 
evance to  diagnosis  and  treatment  and 
to  education  of  patients  and  pro- 
fessionals. Preference  will  be  given  to 
professional  authors  from  New  Jersey 
and  to  out-of-state  lecturers  who  submit 
a suitable  manuscript  based  on  a presen- 
tation made  in  New  Jersey. 

ASSIGNMENT  OF  COPYRIGHT 

In  compliance  with  the  Copyright  Re- 
vision Act  of  1976  (effective  January  1, 
1978),  a transmittal  letter  or  a separate 
statement  accompanying  material  of- 
fered to  The  Journal  of  the  Medical 
Society  of  New  Jersey  must  contain  the 
following  language  and  must  be  signed 
by  all  authors; 

“In  consideration  of  The  Journal  of 


the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  tak- 
ing action  in  reviewing  and  editing  my 
submission,  the  author(s)  undersigned 
hereby  transfers,  assigns,  or  otherwise 
conveys  all  copyright  ownership  to  the 
Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey,  in  the 
event  that  such  work  is  published  in  The 
Journal,  MSNJ.” 

SPECIFICATIONS 

Submit  two  manuscripts  that  must  be 
typewritten  and  double-spaced  on 
8- 1 /2"  by  11”  paper.  This  material  is  for 
the  exclusive  use  of  The  Journal  and  will 
not  be  published  elsewhere  except  in 
abstract  form  or  with  the  consent  of  the 
Committee  on  Publication.  Statistical 
methods  used  in  articles  should  be  iden- 
tified. Acknowledgments  will  be  made 
only  for  specific  preparation  of  an  essen- 
tial part  of  the  manuscript. 

Authors  are  asked  to  seek  clarity, 
accuracy,  and  originality;  attention  to 
details  of  grammar,  spelling,  and  typing 
are  important. 

The  title  page  should  include  the  full 
name,  degrees,  and  affiliations  of  all 
authors,  and  the  name  and  address  of 
the  author  to  whom  reprint  requests 
should  be  sent. 

The  author  should  submit  a 50-word 
abstract  to  be  used  at  the  beginning  of 
the  article. 

Tables  must  be  typewritten  and 
double-spaced  on  separate  8-1/2”  by 
11”  sheets,  with  a title  and  number. 
Symbols  for  units  should  be  confined  to 
column  headings,  and  abbreviations, 
properly  explained,  should  be  kept  to  a 
minimum. 

Illustrations  should  be  professional 
quality,  black-and-white  glossy  prints. 
The  name  of  the  author,  figure  number, 
and  the  top  of  the  figure  should  be  noted 
on  a label  attached  to  the  back  of  each 
illustration.  Where  photographs  of  pa- 
tients are  used,  the  subjects  should  not 
be  identifiable  or  publication  per- 
mission, signed  by  the  subject  or  respon- 
sible person,  must  be  included  with  the 
photograph.  Material  taken  from  other 
publications  must  give  credit  to  the 
source;  written  permission  for  republica- 
tion from  the  original  publisher  must  be 
submitted.  The  cost  of  color  photo- 


graphs must  be  borne  by  the  author. 

Generic  names  should  be  used  with 
proprietary  names  indicated  parenthet- 
ically or  as  a footnote  with  the  first  use 
of  the  generic  name.  Proprietary  names 
of  devices  should  be  indicated  by  the 
registration  symbol — ®. 

The  summary  of  the  article  should  not 
exceed  250  words;  it  should  contain  only 
essential  facts. 

References  should  not  exceed  35  cita- 
tions except  in  review  articles,  and 
should  be  cited  consecutively  in  the  text 
by  numbers  in  parentheses  at  the  end  of 
the  sentence.  The  reference  list  should  be 
typewritten  and  double-spaced  on  sepa- 
rate 8-1/2”  by  11”  sheets  in  the  numer- 
ical order  in  which  they  are  first  cited  in 
the  text.  The  style  of  reference  is  that  of 
Index  Medicus: 

1.  Goldwyn  RM:  Subcutaneous  mas- 
tectomy. J Med  Soc  NJ  74:1050-1052, 
1977. 

2.  Dixon  WJ,  Massey  FJ;  Introduc- 
tion to  Statistical  Analysis.  New  York, 
NY,  McGraw-Hill,  1969,  Pp.  42-48. 

PUBLICATION  POLICY 

Receipt  of  each  manuscript  will  be 
acknowledged  and  a copy  delivered  to 
the  Editor  who  refers  the  paper  to  one  or 
more  members  of  the  Editorial  Board. 
The  final  decision  is  reserved  for  the 
Editor.  No  direct  contact  between  the 
reviewers  and  the  authors  will  be  per- 
mitted, but  authors  will  be  informed  of 
the  reviewers’  comments.  The  publica- 
tion lag  for  original  articles  may  be  six 
months  or  more.  Galley  proofs  will  be 
submitted  to  the  author  for  correction  of 
typographical  errors. 

REPRINT  ORDERS 

Reprints  may  be  ordered  after  the 
author  is  notified  that  the  article  has 
been  selected  for  a specific  issue  of 
JMSNJ.  A check  for  the  cost  of  reprints 
including  remake  charge  if  order  is  re- 
ceived after  due  date  must  accompany 
the  order. 

COMMUNICATIONS 

All  communications  should  be  sent  to 
the  Editor,  The  Journal,  MSNJ,  2 Prin- 
cess Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  1— JANUARY  1984 


85 


Leasing’s  not  for  you? 


Compare  these  figures  (based  on  a $20,000  vehicle): 


DUE  1ST  DAY 

6%  sales  tax 
down  payment 
monthly  payment 


PURCHASE 

$1200 

4000 

554 


LEASE* 

$25/mo. 

none 

410 


total  due: 


$5754 


$435 


So  by  leasing,  you’ve  got  $531  9 savings  on  your 
initial  outlay,  plus  $1 1 9 a month,  to  invest  any 
way  you’d  like!  And  insurance  is  available  to 
qualified  N.J.  motorists  for  as  little  as  $480  a 
year.  Call  for  similar  savings  on  ANY  make  or 
model,  foreign  or  domestic.  *36-mo/closed-end 

Evenings  and  weekends, 
call  (201)  530-4088 

91  Monmouth  St.,  Red  Bank,  N.J.  07701  (201)  530-1282 


FOR  SALE— BEST  OFFER 

ROYAL  WORD  PROCESSING  SYSTEM— "Onmiwriter  with 

text  pac,  24  line  display,  screen,  2 MF  disc  drives.  Moveable 
keyboard  and  daisy  wheel  printer;  compatible  data-base  man- 
agement. 

A.B.  DICK,  MAGNA  II  ELECTRONIC  TYPEWRITER,  com- 
patible with  IBM  mag  card  machine,  32  character  display,  full 
page  memory.  Prints  45  characters  per/second,  daisy  wheel 
printer.  Flexible— display  allows  for  adding,  deleting,  and  rear- 
ranging without  printing  on  paper.  Electronic  tab  grid,  margin 
and  pitch. 

Contact:  Mr.  Robert  Cherecwich,  Metropolitan  Peer  Review 
Organization,  155  Morris  Avenue,  Springfield,  NJ 
07081-201-379-6300 


EXECUTIVE  COLONIAL 

Flandsome.  12  rooms— 7 bedrooms,  3 Vi  baths,  28'  living  room, 
15Y2'  dining  room,  family  room  PLUS  3 room  DOCTOR’S 
SUITE,  nurse’s  station,  lab;  parking  13  cars.  Westfield. 
$298,500.  REALTY  WORLD— Joy  Brown,  Inc.,  112  Elm  St., 
Westfield,  N.J.  (201)  233-5555. 


WE  WANT  YOUR  PRACTICE! 

FOR  IMMEDIATE  SALE 
PROFESSIONAL  OFFICE  C0N90 

180  DEAN  PLAZA 
PRESTIGIOUS  ENGLEWOOD,  N.J. 


Weigh  These  Advantages 

• AT  ENGLEWOOD  HOSPITAL 

• 17,400  SQ.  FT.  ON  3 FLOORS 

• SUPERIOR  CONSTRUCTION  AND  DESIGN 

• OWN  YOUR  OWN  SUITE,  FULL  FLOOR,  OR  ENTIRE 
BUILDING 

• SUITES  AVAILABLE  FROM  1,450  SQ.  FEET 

• BEAUTIFULLY  LANDSCAPED  3-STORY  ATRIUM 

• 90  CAR  PARKING 

• MUNICIPAL  LOT  NEXT  DOOR 

• N.Y.  & N.J.  BUSES  AT  DOOR 

• A GREAT  VALUE  AT  $137.95  PER  SQ.  FT. 

• DESIGNED  AND  FINISHED  TO  SUIT 

• LEASE  TERMS  CAN  BE  ARRANGED 

Call  Exclusive  Broker 

CHARLES  KLATSKIN  CO. 

(201)  288-5700 


ROSELAND  MEDICAL  CENTER 

556  Eagle  Rock  Avenue 
Roseland,  New  Jersey  07068 

(At  Corner  of  Eagle  Rock  Avenue  and  Eisenhower  Parkway, 
One  Block  in  from  Route  208) 


PURCHASE  OR  LEASE 

Suites  Available  from  1000  Square  Feet 
Finished  To  Suit 


First  Floor  Presently  Occupied  By: 

ROSELAND  SURGICAL  CENTER 
Excellent  Parking  Available 


FOR  MORE  INFORMATION  PLEASE  CONTACT: 

or 


Nadine  L.  Smith 
Eric  Bram  & Company 
111  Madison  Avenue 
Morristown,  NJ 
(201)  285-0110 


Michael  Shalit 
Eric  Bram  & Company 
77  Milltown  Road 
East  Brunswick,  NJ 
(201)  238-3500 


86 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


CLASSIFIED  ADVERTISEMENTS 


ANESTHESIOLOGIST— Seeks  position 
Board  certified,  experienced  anesthesiologist 
seeks  position  in  central  or  south  Jersey. 
Broad  clinical  experience  in  all  phases  of 
anesthesiology.  Small  hospital  preferred.  Re- 
sume and  details  on  request.  Reply  to  Main- 
land Anesthesia,  P.A.,  52  East  New  York 
Avenue,  Somers  Point,  NJ  08244.  Call  (609) 
927-7782. 


GENERAL  PRACTITIONER— Desires  in- 
dustrial, pharmaceutical  or  similar  position. 
Semi-retired,  age  55.  (201)  545-4339. 


GENERAL  SURGEON— Board  certified, 
wishes  to  join  another  surgeon  or  a group  in 
the  area  of  Monmouth  County  or  adjoining 
counties.  If  interested  please  contact  Dr. 
Hasan  (201)  972-1584. 


INTERNIST — Available  immediately,  fel- 
lowship in  cardiology.  Looking  for  associa- 
tion to  join  a group  or  hospital  based  situ- 
ation in  Southern  New  Jersey,  especially  Bur- 
lington and  Camden  counties.  Write  Box  No. 
41,  JMSNJ. 


OB/GYN— Available,  UMDNJ  Rutgers 
trained,  graduate  with  broad  clinical  ex- 
perience in  infertility,  colposcopy,  maternal- 
fetal  medicine  and  ambulatory  services,  seeks 
private  practice  in  Central-North  New  Jersey. 
Write  Box  No.  59,  JMSNJ. 


OB/GYN  — Available,  UMDNJ  trained, 
UMDNJ  graduate  with  broad  clinical  ex- 
perience seeks  to  join  private  practice  in  Cen- 
tral-North New  Jersey  or  Manhattan.  Speaks 
fluent  Spanish.  Write  Box  No.  60,  JMSNJ. 


OPHTHALMOLOGIST — Desires  partner- 
ship or  group.  Board  eligible  July  1984,  board 
certified  ped  (1982),  age  29.  Available  July 
1984.  Write  Box  No.  58,  JMSNJ. 


ORTHOPEDIC  SURGEON— Desires  as- 
sociation with  group  or  solo.  Board  eligible, 
Albert  Einstein  1978,  Mt.  Sinai  (NY)  or- 
thopedic residency  1983.  Presently  in 
Arthritis  Total  Joint  Replacement  Fellowship 
at  University  of  Colorado.  Available  July 
1984.  Berton  Taffet,  M.D.,  1177  Race  St., 
Denver,  CO  80206.  Phone  (303)  320-6355. 


PHYSICIAN — Semi-retired,  57  years  old, 
seeking  part  time  or  full  time  position.  Prefer- 
able, industrial  clinic.  Telephone  (201) 
224-5252. 


NEEDED — Cardiologist/General  internist. 
Multi-specialty  group.  Southern  New  Jersey, 
seeking  a board  certiHed /eligible  cardiologist 
and  general  internist.  Send  C.V.  to  Box  No. 
54,  JMSNJ. 


NEEDED— I nternist.  Board  certified  or 
eligible  to  join  10-man  multi-specialty  group 
in  suburban  Morris  County,  NJ.  Immediate 
opening  available  for  permanent  position. 
Send  C.V.  to  Box  No.  44,  JMSNJ. 


NEEDED — Internist/Cardiologist.  To  join  2 
clinical  cardiologists.  Busy  practice  in  South 
Jersey  community.  35  minutes  from  Philadel- 
phia and  Atlantic  City.  Respond  with  C.V. 
to  Box  No.  45,  JMSNJ. 


NEEDED— I nternist.  Board  certified/eligi- 
ble. Must  have  had  training  in  cardiology, 
gastroenterology  and  endoscopy  for  associa- 
tion position  in  busy  general  practice  North- 
ern New  Jersey  suburban  setting.  Submit  re- 
sume to  Box  No.  56,  JMSNJ. 


NEEDED— I nternist.  Board  certified/eligible 
to  join  former  New  Jersey  internist  now  in 
solo  practice  in  Blue  Ridge/Smokey  Moun- 
tain cosmopolitan  community.  Salary  first 
year  plus  all  fringes,  then  partnership  pro- 
gression. Send  CV  to  Box  No.  57,  JMSNJ. 


NEEDED — OB/GYN.  To  join  solo  practice 
in  South  Jersey  shore  area.  Growing  area,  one 
hour  from  Philadelphia.  Write  Box  No.  42, 
JMSNJ. 


NEEDED — Associate.  Pediatrician  board 
certified,  seeks  associate  (board 
certified/eligible)  to  join  well  established 
practice.  Excellent  opportunity.  Northern 
New  Jersey  near  New  York  City.  Write  Box 
No.  40,  JMSNJ. 


NEEDED—  Pri  mary  Care  Physicians.  Private 
fee-for-servive  practice  in  new,  fully  equipped 
suburban  offices.  All  personnel  supplies,  and 
management  services  provided.  This  is  an  ex- 
cellent opportunity  for  physicians  with  a 
good  "bedside"  manner  interested  in  develop- 
ing a lucrative  practice  and  still  desiring  time 
for  the  pursuit  of  happiness.  Reply  to  Neigh- 
borhood Doctor  Corporation,  901  Long 
Beach  Blvd.,  Ship  Bottom,  NJ  08008. 


NEEDED — Radiologist.  Part  time,  2 morn- 
ings per  week.  Ocean  County.  Prefer  compe- 
tent retired  person.  Write  Box  No.  62, 
JMSNJ. 


WANTED— Gh  ost  writer  for  Medical 
Articles  for  publication.  Write  P.O.  Box  61, 
Livingston,  NJ  07039. 


PRACTICE/ALLERGIST— Certified  or 
board  eligible  for  purchase  of  very  desirable 
Practice,  child  and  adult.  Central  NJ  Write 
Box  No.  47,  JMSNJ. 


FOR  SALE — Practice,  established,  lucrative, 
excellent  location.  Office  fully  equipped, 
ready  to  take  over.  Exceptional  opportunity 
for  young  physician.  Two  family  house,  six 
rooms  and  two  baths.  Available  if  required. 
Jersey  City.  (201)  433-0743. 


FOR  SALE — Home/Office.  Large  beautiful 
home  with  doctor's  office  in  Summit.  Seven 
bedrooms,  four  full  bathrooms,  three  powder 
rooms,  four  fireplaces.  Office  at  ground  level, 
completely  furnished  with  large  waiting 
room,  receptionist  and  bookkeeping  area, 
five  large  examining  rooms.  Separate  en- 
trance and  exit.  Twenty  car  parking  area. 
House  and  office  have  fire,  smoke  and  bur- 
glar alarms.  Separate  three-car  carriage  house 
with  four-room  apartment  (two  bedrooms). 
Swimming  pool  22'  x 46',  close  to  two  acres 
beautifully  landscaped.  Five  minutes  from 
Overlook  Hospital  Please  write  to  Box  No. 
28,  JMSNJ. 


FOR  SALE— Fa  mily  Practice  or  rent  office 
and  equipment  near  a 550  bed  teaching  hospi- 
tal in  Monmouth  County.  Call  after  6 P.M. 
(201)  681-2566. 


FOR  SALE  or  RENT — Fully  equipped  and 
furnished  medical  office  building  including 
small  medical  practice.  ECG,  x-ray  machines. 
Therapeutic  Ultrasound,  Pulmonor.  Good 
location,  Kearny,  NJ.  Call  after  8 P.M.  (201) 
746-1709. 


MEDICAL  OFFICE  — Half  interest  in  medi- 
cal office  with  rental  income.  Three  private 
rooms,  internist  equipment  and  furnishings. 
Shared  use  of  common  areas.  Central 
Middlesex  County  location.  Offered  at 
$60,000,  financing  available.  Also  available 
for  rent  at  $700.  monthly  including  all  util- 
ities, equipment  and  furnishings.  Write  Box 
No.  61,  JMSNJ. 


OFFICE  SPACE  FOR  SALE— Roselle 
Modern  2,400  square  feet.  6 treatment  rooms 
and  4 consultation  rooms.  On-site  parking. 
Warinanco  Medical  Building.  Phone  (201) 
687-0102. 


OFFICE  FOR  RENT — Bergen  County, 
Ridgefield,  NJ.  700  square  feet.  Call  (201) 
833-0117. 


OFFICE  SPACE — Edison.  1214  square  feet, 
8 rooms,  bathroom,  carpeted,  near  all  high- 
ways and  hospitals.  On-site  parking,  available 
immediately.  Dr.  Bronstein  (201)  738-8000. 


OFFICE  SPACE  For  Rent— 1300  square 
feet.  New  building,  712  Amboy  Avenue, 
Edison.  Ample  parking,  no  steps.  Near  Perth 
Amboy  and  JFK  hospitals.  Call  (201) 
442-4444. 


OFFICE  SPACE — Moorestown,  NJ.  Vic- 
toria Medical  Arts  Building.  Renting  custom 
medical  offices  in  new  building.  Ideal  for 
radiologist,  orthopedist,  urologist,  general 
surgeon,  industrial  physician.  Excellent  lo- 
cation and  parking.  Call  (609)  235-2651. 


MEDICAL  OFFICE  For  Rent— G reat  lo- 
cation in  resort  center  Vernon.  Manager  on 
site,  easy  terms.  (201)  764-3330  days,  (201) 
382-6284  nights  and  weekends. 


OFFICE  FOR  SHARE — Berkeley  Heights. 
800  square  feet  in  professional  building. 
Interested  parties  write  to  P.O.  Box  1293, 
Summit,  NJ  07901. 


OFFICE  FOR  SHARE— Highland  Park.  900 
square  feet  office  space.  Fully  equipped,  near 
hospital.  Minimal  rent,  $250.  per  month  in- 
cluding utility  and  equipment.  For  details  call 
(201)  545-2045. 


SHARE  OFFICE— Ridge  wood,  near  Valley 
Hospital.  Prime  medical  space,  new  building. 
Large  parking  lot,  easily  accessible,  on  main 
road.  Call  (201)  652-6060. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  1— JANUARY  1984 


87 


Want  to  expand  your  practice? 

we  are 

SPECIALISTS 

in 

PUBLIC  RELATIONS 

FOR  THE  MEDICAL  PROFESSION 

for  a confidential  interview  call  — 


(201)  531-7080 

phyllis  kessel  associates 

780  West  Park  Avenue,  Oakhurst,  N.J.  07755 


PROGESTERONE  SUPPOSITORIES 
25  mg.,  50  mg.,  100  mg.,  200  mg.,  & 400  mg. 
Boric  Acid  Suppositories  600  mg. 

in  Polyethylene  Glycol  Base  for 
Vaginal  Use,  are  now  being 
compounded  at  the  following  Pharmacy 
Hidden  Lakes  Pharmacy 

2039  Rt.  #27,  Somerset,  N.J.  08873  201-821-8500 

Howard  L.  Rubenstein,  R.Ph. 

Specific  dosage  and  ingredient  requirements  can  be  tailored 
to  your  patients  needs.  We  specialize  in  compounding 
prescriptions. 

Delivery  available  to  your  patients  home.  Call  for 
details. 


TAXES  AND  ACCOUNTING 
AFFECT  YOUR  PROFITABILITY! 

GEIN,  CONNOLLY  & SWJTAJ 

Certified  Public  Accountants 

Central  New  Jersey  CPA  Firm  Providing  Tax, 
Accounting  and  Management  Advisory  Services 
to  the  Medical  Profession. 

721  North  Beers  Street 
Holmdel,  New  Jersey  07733 
(201)  739-2020 


FOR  SALE:  two  ten  percent  interests  in  a New 
Jersey  Subchapter  “S”  equipment  leasing  corpor- 
ation. Prefer  New  Jersey  Physician  with  former  or 
current  military  affiliation.  Write  to  Col  John  T. 
Evans  or  Maj  Edward  K.  Ernstrom  at  First  National 
Equipment  Corporation,  Ten  Woodhill  Road, 
Towaco,  New  Jersey  07082.  Tel  4:30  pm  to  9:00 
pm  201-263-5054. 


A SPECIAL  PRACTICE 
FOR  SPECIALISTS 


If  you’re  a surgeon  or  OB/GYN  or  other  medical 
specialist,  the  Air  Force  may  have  a special  practice 
for  you. 

What  makes  it  special?  You’ll  enjoy  an  excellent 
pay  and  benefits  package.  Your  regular  working 
hours  will  allow  you  to  spend  more  time  with  your 
family.  You’ll  receive  30  days  of  vacation  with  pay 
each  year.  And  you  will  work  with  modern  equipment 
and  some  of  the  most  highly  trained  professionals 
in  the  world,  serving  your  country  and  your  patients. 
Now  that’s  special! 


FIND  OUT  JUST  HOW  SPECIAL  YOUR 
PRACTICE  CAN  BE.  Contact: 

TSGT  ED  PORTER— (201)  790-8116/8117 
CALL  COLLECT 


A great  way  of  life 


T°  Career  Oriented  F 

Can  you  accept  th  u er9ency  Medicine 
Vou^cV  ifSSi°na'  °{  l°'n'n9  a proc 

s S' 1 9r°u^ 

* ‘X .“"osoll"'*-  &*poMbD 

EP*  Offers..  096°rca"  (609)  848  38:7° 

0 C°mP*i«ve  income 
0 ^'P-ctice  insurance 
F,e*ible  schedule 
0 CME  credits 

0 Clo  an  and  rUra' 5eWnas 

0 E5~S^Y°rk'^hiaandthe 

— - 

emergency  depart  * 3 medicine  or  9encV  medicin 

c*"or:zrtz  n'rpe^e  surser^  Pn, 

you  on  vonr , *°  us  or  anFp  » 

^--Vtoare.ar4^r^t?n(ha^i)(^ 
emergency  medicine 


Can 


Von 


ChaHei,9e' 


88 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


The  Journal 
of  the  Medical 
Society  of 


New  Jersey 

FEBRUARY  1984 


« > ^ 

5 O 3* 
(D 

: £ ^ 
f*  tr1 

w Ft 

o h* 

i-ti  r+ 

F- 
O O 
p 3 

F* 
t-h 


O 

. F' 

! ' < 

I . F- 
i(/5  tn 
«•  CJ  F 
*3  0 


D F 
^ P) 
F*  3 
^ O 
U>  F* 
(0 
O 
O 
in 


rm 


Send  this  coupon 
for  no-obligation 
information 
of  the  savings 
under 
the  Medical 
Society  of 
New  Jersey 
Endorsed 
Insurance 
Plans 


Check  this  list 

against  your 
coverages . . . . 

□ $5000  Monthly  Guaranteed 
Convertible  Accident  and  Health 

□ $10,000  Monthly  Practice 
Overhead  Expense 

□ $1,250,000  Term  Life  Insurance 

□ $500  Deductible 
COMPREHENSIVE 
MILLION-DOLLAR  MAJOR 
MEDICAL  PLAN— No  other 
coverage  needed — Issuable  to  Age 
69 

□ $15,000  Deductible  MILLION- 
DOLLAR  UMBRELLA 
MAJOR  MEDICAL  PLAN  for 
holders  of  Blue  Cross  and  other 
Major  Medical  Plans — Issuable 
to  Age  69 

□ $100-a-day  Hospital  Income 
Policy 

□ $200,000  High  Limit  Accident 
Plan 

□ Keogh  and  Corporate  Plan 
NOW!  $15,00©  KEOGH 


E.  & W.  Blanksteen 
Agency,  Inc. 


Name: 


Address: 


E.  & W.  Blanksteen 

75  Montgomery  St., 
Jersey  City.,  N.J.  07302 
(201)  333-4340 

or  (800)  742-2849 


Tel.  No. 


Best  Time  To  Cal! 


V. 


Our  reputation  has 
been  built  on  our 


SERVICE 


JMK  AUTO  SALES 

391  Rt.  22  (East)  Springfield,  New  Jersey 

L 379-7744  A 


OL.  81— NUMBER  2— FEBRUARY  1984 


89 


THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY 
OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Founded  July  23,  1766 


Officers  and  Trustees 

President 

Alexander  D.  Kovacs,  M.D. 
President-elect 
Frank  Y.  Watson,  M.D.  (Es 
First  Vice  President 
Ralph  J.  Fioretti,  M.D.  (Ber 
Second  Vice  President 
Edward  A.  Schauer,  M.D.  (1 
Immediate  Past  President 
Howard  D.  Slobodien,  M.D. 
Secretary 

Arthur  Bernstein,  M.D.  (Esst 
Treasurer 


Trustees 

Douglas  M.  Costabile,  M.D.,  Chairman  (\%4)  (Union)  ..  Murray  Hill 

Frank  Campo,  M.D.  (1984)  (Mercer)  Trenton 

Harry  M.  Carnes,  M.D.  (1985)  (Camden)  Audubon 

Joel  S.  Cherashore,  M.D.  (1986)  (Essex)  Nutley 

John  J.  Crosby,  Jr.,  M.D.  (1984)  Jersey  City 

Palma  E.  Formica,  M.D.  (1984)  (Middlesex)  New  Brunswick 

Harry  W.  Fullerton,  Jr.,  M.D.  (1985)  (Salem)  Carney’s  Point 

Frank  Gingerelli,  M.D.  (1986)  (Bergen)  Hackensack 

William  Greifinger,  M.D.  (1984)  (Essex)  Belleville 

John  P.  Kengeter,  M.D.  (1984)  (Ocean)  Toms  River 

Edwin  W.  Messey,  M.D.  (1985)  (Burlington)  Willingboro 

Myles  C.  Morrison,  Jr.,  M.D.  (1985)  (Morris)  Morristown 

John  J.  Pastore,  M.D.  (1986)  (Cumberland)  Vineland 

Michael  R.  Ramundo,  M.D.  ( 1984)  (Passaic)  Clifton 

Councilors 

First  District 

(Essex,  Morris,  Union,  and  Warren  Counties) 

Edward  M.  Coe,  M.D.  (1984)  Cranford 

Second  District 

(Bergen,  Hudson,  Passaic,  and  Sussex  Counties) 

Robert  A.  Weinstein,  M.D.  (1986)  Newton 

Third  District 

(Hunterdon,  Mercer,  Middlesex,  and  Somerset  Counties) 

Albert  F.  Moriconi,  M.D.  (1985)  Trenton 

Fourth  District 

(Burlington,  Camden,  Monmouth,  and  Ocean  Counties) 

Frederick  W.  Durham,  M.D.  (1984)  Haddonfield 

Fifth  District 

(Atlantic,  Cape  May,  Cumberland,  Gloucester,  and 
Salem  Counties) 

Paul  H.  Steel,  M.D.  (1986)  Atlantic  City 

AMA  Delegates 

William  J.  D’Elia,  M.D.,  Chairman  (1985)  Spring  Lake 

Alfred  A.  Alessi,  M.D.  (1984)  Hackensack 

Frederick  W.  Durham,  M.D.  (1984)  Haddonfield 

Palma  E.  Formica,  M.D.  (1984)  New  Brunswick 

Karl  T.  Franzoni,  M.D.  (1984)  Trenton 

John  S.  Madara,  M.D.  (1984)  Salem 

Henry  J.  Mineur,  M.D.  (1984)  Cranford 

Myles  C.  Morrison,  Jr.,  M.D.  (1985)  Morristown 

Howard  D.  Slobodien,  M.D.  (1985)  Metuchen 

AMA  Trustee 

James  S.  Todd,  M.D.  (Ridgewood)  Bergen 


Scotch  Plains 

Publication  Committee 

..  Glen  Ridge 

Paul  J.  Hirsch,  M.D.,  Chairman 

Rochelle  Park 

Dirck  L.  Brendlinger,  M.D. 
Frederick  B.  Cohen,  M.D. 

. Farmingdale 

A.  Olusegun  Fayemi,  M.D. 
Robert  M.  MacMillan,  M.D. 

Metuchen 

Leon  G.  Smith,  M.D. 

South  Orange 

La  Verne  Fioretti 

..  Bridgewater 

Editor 

February  1984 


Arthur  Krosnick,  M.D. 

Managing  Editor 

Geraldine  R.  Hutner 

Assistant  Managing  Editor 

Dorothy  J.  Griffith 

Advertising  Manager 

E.  Elizabeth  Cookson 

Executive  Director 

Vincent  A.  Maressa 

Executive  Director  Emeritus 

Richard  I.  Nevin 

Editorial  Board 

Jerome  Abrams,  M.D.  (Obstet/Gynecol) 
Harold  Arlen,  M.D.  (Otolaryngol) 
Alfonse  Cinotti,  M.D.  (Ophthalmol) 

Stuart  D.  Cook,  M.D.  (Neurol) 

Robert  Dodelson,  M.D.  (Nephrol) 

Wm.  A.  Dwyer,  Jr.,  M.D.  (Surg) 
Norman  H.  Ertel,  M.D.  (Int  Med/Endocrinol) 
Arthur  Goldfarb,  M.D.  (Allerg/Clin  Immunol) 
Christine  E.  Haycock,  M.D.  (Sports  Med) 
Monroe  S.  Karetzky,  M.D.  (Pulmon  Med) 
Avrum  L.  Katcher,  M.D.  (Pediatr) 

Joel  D.  Levinson,  M.D.  (Gastroenterol) 
Henry  R.  Liss,  M.D.  (Neurosurg) 

Geobel  A.  Marin,  M.D.  (Int  Med/Gastroenterol) 
Robby  Meijer,  M.D.  (Plas  Surg) 
Christopher  A.  Papa,  M.D.  (Dermatol) 
Victor  Parsonnet,  M.D.  (Vase  Surg) 
Norman  Riegel,  M.D.  (Book  Review) 

Edwin  L.  Rothfield,  M.D.  (Cardiol) 
Benjamin  F,  Rush,  Jr.,  M.D.  (Surg) 

Morris  H.  Saffron,  M.D.  (Med  His) 

Mark  M.  Singer,  M.D.  (Int  Med/Endocrinol) 
Sheldon  D.  Solomon,  M.D.  (Rheum) 

Lloyd  N.  Spindell,  M.D.  (Radiol) 

A.  Arthur  Sugerman,  M.D.  (Psychiat) 

Edwin  S.  Wilson,  M.D.  (Radiol) 

Louis  S.  Zeiger,  M.D.  (Nucl  Med) 

Robert  B.  Zufall,  M.D.  (Urol) 


The  Journal  of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  (ISSN-0025-7524)  is  published  monthly  (since  1904)  except  semimonthly 
in  July  (13  issues),  under  direction  of  the  Committee  on  Publication  by  the  Medical  Sncietv  nf  lsjo,,,  i^r  ^ x d ■ 
Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648.  Primed  in  East  Stroudsburg.  PA  by  the  Hughes  Prmtin^  To  L™  Pn"£S 

Member  s subscription  ($10)  is  included  in  Society  dues.  Rates  for  nonmembers,  $20;  outside  USA  add^  7^0°  for  postage 
Single  copies,  $2.  Address  communications  to  The  Journal  MSNJ,  2 Princess  Road  Lawrenceville  NT  08648 
Second-class  postage  paid  a,  Trenton.  NJ.  and  addit.onal  entry  office.  CwritfWE'SfiM  £§2$ ^NewJersey 


90 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


TAX  PREPARATION  AND  PLANNING 

Individual,  Partnership,  Corporate,  Business,  Estate 

Services 

Expert  Services 

Federal,  Any  State,  Foreign  Taxes  of  any  type 

All  Year  Service 

Audit  Representation 

Tax  Planning  and  Reduction 

In  Home  or  In  Office  Service 

H.  Michael  Zukowski 
(201)  945-8443 


If  your  professional 
liability  insurance  company 
ran  out  of  money,  you  could 
find  yourself  very  much . . . 


Want  to  expand  your  practice? 

we  are 

SPECIALISTS 


in 

PUBLIC  RELATIONS 

FOR  THE  MEDICAL  PROFESSION 

for  a confidential  interview  call  — 

(201)  531-7080 

phyllis  kessel  associates 

780  West  Park  Avenue,  Oakhurst,  N.J.  07755 


. . . alone. 


YOUR  OFFIC€ 
IS  OUR 
BUSINESS. 


fou're  a professional  in  your  field  and  so  are  we.  we  specialize 
n the  design  and  furnishing  of  offices  — interiors  that  suit  the 
needs  and  desires  of  our  clients.  Your  choices  are  limited  only 
ay  your  imagination,  using  all  major  lines  of  contract  furniture, 
custom  cabinetry,  open  office  systems  and  accessories,  as  well 
as  floor  and  wall  coverings,  and  window  treatments,  we  can 
create  an  office  ideally  suited  to  your  special  needs.  Your 
office  is  our  only  business 


^nFARKAS 

_ BUSINESS  INTERIORS  INC. 

|B  SIXTEEN  PINE  STREET 
/,  imoni  MORRISTOWN.  NEW  JERSEY  07960 
imim  J (201)267-1065 
MONDAY-FRIDAY  9 00  A M -5  00  P M SATURDAY  10  00  A M -2  00  P M 


I 


We  re  6,900  New  Jersey  physicians 
insuring  ourselves  through  our  own 
non-profit  company.  If  you  haven’t 
joined  us,  you  could  be  more  at  risk 
than  you  know.  You  owe  it  to 
yourself  — and  those  that  depend  on 
you  — to  call  us  for  more  information. 

800-257-6288 

Do  it  now.  Everything  is  at  stake. 


A professional  service  message  from  the 

Medical  Inter-Insurance  Exchange  of  N.J. 
Two  Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648 
(609)  896-2404 

‘ The  Doctors * Company  ” 


OL.  81— NUMBER  2— FEBRUARY  1984 


91 


February  1984 


Journal  of 
the  Medical 
Society  of 


America’s 

First 

Medical 

Society 


CON TENT S 

94  MEMBERSHIP  NEWSLETTER 


99 

105 

105 

106 

107 


110 


PROFESSIONAL  LIABILITY  COMMENTARY 

EDITORIALS 

Blood  Banks  and  AIDS 

Sir  Frederick  G.  Banting— The  Artist 

Baby  Doe  and  the  Prognosis  Committee 


HOSPITAL  GOVERNING  BOARDS 


ARTICLES 


Postmyocardial  Infarction  Rupture  of  the  Ventricular  Septum 
S.K.  Agarwal,  M.D.,  J.  Haft,  M.D.,  J.  Goldstein,  M.D.,  Newark 


1 13  The  First  Clinical  Year  of  Medical  School 

H.  Kranzler,  M.D.,  K.  Vitting,  M.D.,  R.C.  Reynolds,  M.D.,  Piscataway 
121  Is  There  an  Indigenous  Viral  Flora  in  Man? 

F.J.  Michalski,  Ph.D.,  Newark 

125  May  a Blood  Bank  Refuse  Donations  To  Prevent  the  Spread  of  AIDS? 
LG.  Smith,  M.D.,  R.  Brennan,  LL.D.,  B.  McDonough,  J.D.,  Newark 


CASE  REPORTS 

131  Hydatid  Disease  of  the  Liver 

M.A.  Kessler,  M.D.,  S.  Ketyer,  M.D.,  J.V.  Cholankeril,  M.D.,  J.  Cenizal,  M.D.,  Elize 
135  Fine-Needle  Aspiration  in  Metastatic  Malignant  Melanoma 
D.  Rothman,  M.D.,  Y.  Olaizola,  M.D.,  J.  Baker,  C.T.,  Red  Bank 


MEDICAL  HISTORY  AND  ART 

138  The  Art  of  Banting 

A.  Krosnick,  M.D.,  Lawrenceville 

IMPAIRED  PHYSICIANS  PROGRAM 

140  Advocacy 

D.l.  Canavan,  M.D.,  Lawrenceville 


DOCTORS’  NOTEBOOK 

143  Trustees’  Minutes:  December  16,  1983 

144  President’s  Column,  Alexander  D.  Kovacs,  M.D. 

144  UMDNJ  Notes,  Stanley  S.  Bergen,  Jr.,  M.D. 

145  MSNJ  Auxiliary,  Mrs.  Gale  Wayman 

145  AMNJ  Report,  Paul  J.  Hirsch,  M.D. 

146  Task  Force  on  Fetal  Alcohol  Syndrome 

1 46  Physicians  Seeking  Location  in  New  Jersey 
149  CME  Calendar 

1 53  Letter  to  the  Editor 

154  Obituaries 

155  Book  Reviews 

157  Information  for  Authors 


: : New  Jersey 


Qrs  The  Cover:  Sir  Frederick  Banting, 
Nobel  Laureate  for  the  discovery  of  in- 
sulin, was  an  amateur  artist.  The  original 
watercolor  sketch  on  our  cover  provides 
the  perfect  reason  to  discuss  the  art  of 
Banting.  Read  the  full  story  on  page  138. 
The  watercolor  belongs  to  Mrs.  Sylvia 
Swern  of  Trenton. 


92 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 

; 


IT’S  MADE  US  THE  LEADER 
ACROSS  NORTH  AMERICA 

AND  NEW  JERSEY 


m-house  data  processing  is  available  from  many  sources, 
iut  when  you  invest  in  CyCare  100,  you'll  get 
omething  you  can't  get  anywhere  else... our 
ommitment  to  you. 

It  means  concentrating  our  efforts  on  a single 
ndustry  since  1 968.  Your  industry. 

It  means  giving  you  the  benefit  of  the  millions  of 
dollars  we're  spending  on  research  & development 
annually. 

And,  it  means  providing  ongoing  training  and 
Drompt  service  through  our  regional  office  near  you. 

Our  commitment  has  paid  off  for  62 1 group 
practices  across  the  United  States  and  Canada.  But  the 
most  important  place  we  can  put  it  to  work  is  where 
you  work. 

Get  the  full  story  about  CyCare  1 00,  a system 
designed  for  practices  with  2 or  more  physicians.  Phone 
(609)  667-8894  or  write  today.  You'll  learn  it  now  costs  no 


more  to  go  with  the  leader. 


Mail  to: 

CyCare  Suite  308 
1 030  Kings  Highway  North 
Cherry  Hill,  NJ  08034 

□ Rush  free  details  to  me  about  CyCare 
1 00.  My  business  card  is  attached. 

□ Have  a representative  contact  me. 


North  America's  leading  provider  of 
data  processing  services,  software  and 
systems  for  medical  group  practices. 


VOL  81— NUMBER  2— FEBRUARY  1984 


93 


THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY  VOLUME  ' 


DISCIPLINARY  ACTIONS 

Two  cases  concluded  by  the  State  Board  of  Medical 
Examiners  (SBME)  in  November  1983  demonstrate 
situations  which  are  a potential  threat  to  physicians 
and  patients  alike.  These  cases  are  discussed  for  the 
guidance  of  the  membership. 

Experimental  Drugs.  A physician  administered  a 
drug  not  approved  by  the  Food  and  Drug  Adminis- 
tration (procaine  polyvinylpyrrolidone)  to  about  15 
patients  without  appropriate  review  of  the  substance’s 
efficacy.  There  was  no  evidence  that  patients  were 
injured  or  that  the  physician  knew  the  drug  had  not 
been  approved.  The  license  of  the  doctor  was 
suspended  for  one  year  and  stayed.  He  was  assessed 
a fine  of  $2,500,  enjoined  from  the  further  adminis- 
tration of  the  drug,  and  assessed  costs  of  $4,160.  In 
addition,  $960  is  to  be  repaid  to  one  of  the  patients. 
Caution:  Please  be  sure  when  administering  drugs  that 
they  are  FDA  approved  for  use  or  that  you  have  an 
investigational  permit. 

Life  Insurance  Physical  Examinations.  A physician, 
socially  aquainted  with  another  physician  and  his  wife, 
completed  a medical  examination  form  for  the  couple 
so  that  they  could  apply  for  life  insurance.  The  phy- 
sician executed  the  certification  that  indicated  he  had 
conducted  a personal  physical  examination  of  the  ap- 
plicants. He  collected  the  examining  fee  paid  by  the 
carrier.  The  factual  presentation  at  the  administrative 
hearing  indicated  that  the  couple  had  filled  in  the  form. 
The  certifying  physician  did  not  conduct  an  examin- 
ation, nor  did  he  fill  in  or  dictate  the  answers  on  the 
forms.  The  State  Board  ruled  that  the  physician’s  ac- 
tions constituted  professional  misconduct  and  a dem- 
onstrated lack  of  good  moral  character.  His  license 
was  suspended  for  one  year  and  the  suspension  stayed. 
He  was  assessed  a penalty  of  $5,000  and  costs  of  $115. 
Caution:  When  completing  life  insurance  examination 
forms,  please  conduct  a complete  history  and  physical 
of  the  applicant  and  thoroughly  document  your  find- 
ings and  conclusions. 


RABIES  CONTROL 

The  continued  migration  of  wildlife  rabies  from  th 
southeastern  to  northeastern  parts  of  the  United  Statfj 
is  an  indication  that  New  Jersey  may  be  vulnerable  t 
an  outbreak  of  rabies. 

It  has  been  suggested  by  the  Department  of  Healti 
Biological  Services  Program  that  clinics  be  organize 
on  a county  or  regional  basis.  Robert  F.  Goldsborc 
D.V.M.,  M.P.H.,  Coordinator,  Veterinary  Publi  : 
Health  Biological  Services  Program,  will  be  contactin  g 
the  president  of  each  county  society  to  outline  the  pla  i 
of  control  and  to  seek  physician  support  where  needed 
For  further  information,  call  609-984-1378. 

CERTIFICATE  OF  NEED 

At  the  November  meeting  of  the  Statewide  Healtlj 
Coordinating  Council  (SHCC),  the  Department  o; 
Health  recommended  that  a diagnostic  radiological 
service  be  deemed  a health  care  facility  and  thereb’ 
subject  to  a certificate  of  need. 

The  radiological  service  is  organized  as  a pro 
fessional  corporation  and  names  five  individuals  a. I 
members  of  the  Board  of  Directors.  All  five  Board 
members  are  physicians,  but  none  are  radiologists.  At 
such,  these  physicians  are  not  practitioners  at  the  fa 
cility;  diagnostic  radiological  services  are  provided  byi 
radiologists  who  are  members  of  a radiology  group.j 
In  addition,  the  corporation  employs  a full-time  office^ 
manager,  a full-time  secretary,  two  full-time  x-ray; 
technician’,  and  a part-time  darkroom  technician. 

Utilizing  the  Marsh  decision  as  a basis  for  the  rec- 
ommendation, the  Health  Department  stated,  “Only 
a physician  in  his  private  practice’  is  exempted  from 
the  certificate  of  need  requirements,  but  the  Health1 
Care  Facilities  Planning  Act  does  not  define  this  term. 
Nevertheless,  the  term  and  the  exemption  were  sub- 
jects of  the  landmark  case,  Marsh  v Finley.  In  that i 
case,  Dr.  Albert  Marsh,  a radiologist  and  solo  practi-l 
tioner,  sought  to  install  a Computerized  Axial  Tomo-  ; 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


-aphy  (CAT)  scanner  in  his  private  practice.  It  was 
mnd  that  Marsh  was  undeniably  a private  practi- 
oner  who  desired  to  augment  his  private  practice  by 
stalling  in  his  office  a piece  of  equipment  directly 
dated  to  his  radiology  practice.  The  Court  noted  that 
i>  larsh’s  practice  ‘does  not  involve  merely  the 
rovision  of  facilities  for  medical  diagnosis  and  treat- 
lent  as  in  a hospital  or  other  institutional  facility,  but 
i he  actual  diagnosis  and  treatment  of  patients  seeking 
is  aid.’  The  Court  also  stated:  ‘Plaintiffs  practice  and 
le  tools  he  uses  are  inseparable.  The  scanner  ap- 
arently  will  be  only  one  of  many  diagnostic  tools 
Ivhich  are  incidental  to  this  specialty  of  radiology. 

I “A  comparison  of  the  diagnostic  radiological  service 
i question  to  Dr.  Marsh’s  practice  clearly  shows  that 
here  are  significant  differences.  Structurally,  the 
i hareholders  of  the  diagnostic  radiological  service 
unction  as  investors  and  corporate  owners,  not  as 
ihysicians.  Unlike  Dr.  Marsh  who  is  engaged  in  ‘the 
ctual  diagnosis  and  treatment  of  patients’  the  phy- 
ician-shareholders  of  the  diagnostic  radiological  ser- 
ice  are  not  radiologists.  In  addition,  there  is  no  con- 
lection  between  the  equipment  owned  by  the 
liagnostic  radiological  service  and  the  individual  prac- 
ices  of  its  physician-shareholders.  Only  the  practice  of 
adiology  could  logically  be  said  to  be  ‘inseparable’ 
rom  the  equipment  housed  in  the  facility.” 

Given  these  findings,  the  Department  of  Health  rec- 
ommended that  “this  diagnostic  radiological  service  be 
Jeemed  a health-care  facility  subject  to  the  certificate 
of  need  requirements  of  the  Health  Care  Facilities 
Planning  Act.  Such  a determination  is  considered  es- 
sential for  effectuating  the  cost-containment  purposes 
of  nuclear  magnetic  resonance  imaging. 

WHAT  DOCTOR/PATIENT 
RELATIONSHIP? 

Physicians  no  longer  are  physicians;  they  now  are 
referred  to  as  providers.  Recently,  we  were  informed 
that  in  Arizona,  primary  care  physicians  will  be  re- 
ferred to  as  “gate  keepers.”  How  much  lower  can  we 
go?  Patients  no  longer  are  patients  because  now  they 
are  consumers.  And  what  happens  between  a physician 
and  a patient  now  is  referred  to  as  an  encounter.  The 
context  is  all  wrong  and  the  result  is  a further  weak- 
ening of  the  doctor/patient  relationship.  It  is  as  if  we 
are  dealing  with  potatoes  and  canned  corn — according 
to  Ernest  E.  Simard,  M.D.,  Past  President,  College  of 
American  Pathologists. 

JCAH  PUBLISHES  NEW  GUIDE 

The  Joint  Commission  on  Accreditation  of  Hospi- 
tals (JCAH)  has  announced  publication  of  the  Hospice 
Standards  Manual  and  the  Hospice  Self-Assessment 
and  Survey  Guide.  The  Manual  contains  standards  to 
be  used  in  the  assessment  of  hospice  programs  that 
apply  for  a JCAH  accreditation  survey  through  the 
Accreditation  Program  for  Hospice  Care.  The  Manual 

VOL.  81— NUMBER  2— FEBRUARY  1984 


also  includes  a statement  of  principles  reflecting  the 
essence  of  hospice  care,  a “Using  the  Manual”  section 
that  explains  how  the  Manual  may  best  be  suited  to 
the  particular  needs  of  each  hospice  program,  and  a 
“General  Administrative  Policies  and  Procedures”  sec- 
tion that  includes  information  on  the  survey  process. 
The  Guide,  a companion  publication  to  the  Manual, 
is  designed  as  an  educational  and  self-evaluation  tool 
that  further  will  assist  hospice  program  staff  in  prepar- 
ing for  a JCAH  survey. 

To  order  books,  please  send  $25  for  each  publication 
to:  Cashier:  JCAH,  875  North  Michigan  Avenue,  Chi- 
cago, IL  6061 1.  For  further  information  regarding  any 
JCAH  publication,  telephone  the  Department  of  Pub- 
lications at  (312)  642-6061. 

LASER  SURGERY 

The  nation’s  11,000  ophthalmologists  are  turning 
from  scalpels  to  lasers  as  their  preferred  surgical  in- 
strument. Conditions  as  diverse  as  glaucoma  and  ret- 
inal disease  are  alleviated  without  benefit  of  a knife, 
and  lasers  are  effective  in  radial  keratomy  (incisions 
in  the  cornea),  lens  operations,  and  other  procedures. 

The  laser  is  a deft  tool  because  it  permits  “non- 
invasive”  surgery — noinvasion  of  the  body,  and  no 
cutting.  A coherent  light  beam  is  focused  inside  the  eye 
at  the  point  where  the  tip  of  a scalpel  might  otherwise 
be.  But  only  the  laser  “tip”  has  an  effect;  the  light 
waves  pass  harmlessly  through  intervening  tissue. 

In  treating  glaucoma,  for  example,  the  laser  beam 
makes  tiny  marks  on  the  trabecular  network.  In 
glaucoma,  this  meshlike  network  of  connective  tissues 
gets  clogged,  impeding  the  flow  of  the  aqueous  fluid. 
This  fluid  is  to  the  eye  as  blood  is  to  the  body;  it  carries 
nutrients  throughout  the  eye  tissues,  and  carries  waste 
products  away.  When  the  flow  is  obstructed,  vision  is 
impaired. 

The  laser  beam  “scratches”  portions  of  the 
trabecular  network  by  creating  minute  burns.  These 
burns  contract  the  network  in  spots,  as  scabs  draw 
surrounding  skin  together.  Portions  of  the  network 
thus  open  up,  allowing  the  aqueous  fluid  to  flow  freely 
again. 

Ophthalmologists  also  use  lasers  in  a “photo- 
coagular”  process  that  stops  bleeding  in  the  eye’s  in- 
terior. “Welding”  of  lenses  and  other  eye  parts  is  also 
performed  employing  a laser. 

Comment:  Through  ophthalmic  laser  instrumenta- 
tion, the  complications  of  surgery  by  scalpel  are 
avoided.  An  operation  requiring  three  days  in  the  hos- 
pital may  be  performed  by  laser  on  an  outpatient  basis 
in  half  an  hour. 

PHYSICIANS’  SERVICES 

Pursuant  to  Executive  Order  No.  66  (1978),  the 
Division  of  Medical  Assistance  and  Health  Services  is 
proposing  to  readopt  Subchapter  1 of  the  Manual  for 
Physicians’  Services.  The  proposal  appeared  in  the  De- 

95 


cember  19,  1983,  issue  of  the  New  Jersey  Register. 

There  are  some  changes  on  readoption,  which  are 
designed  to  clarify  existing  Medicaid  policy.  Changes 
include  an  update  to  the  childhood  immunization  pol- 
icy to  conform  with  the  Procedure  Code  Manual,  de- 
letion of  reference  to  A.I.D.  (Approval  by  Individual 
Diagnosis),  and  revisions  to  the  sections  dealing  with 
pharmaceuticals  to  insure  conformity  with  the  Phar- 
macy Manual. 

RETIRED  LIVES  RESERVE 

The  following  article  was  written  by  William  P. 
Squire,  Jr.,  President,  Professional  Corporations  Ltd., 
Washington,  D.C. 

The  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  recently  has 
endorsed  a new  benefit  plan  for  members  called  Re- 
tired Lives  Reserve.  This  is  the  only  tax-advantaged 
method  available  to  continue  group  term  life  insurance 
after  a physician  retires.  Group  term  life  insurance 
almost  always  is  terminated  either  at  or  shortly  after 
retirement.  If  a physician  dies  after  retirement  (usually 
the  case),  his  family  is  left  without  the  group  term  life 
benefit.  Retired  Lives  Reserve  is  an  annual  funding 
program  accomplished  during  a physician’s  working 
lifetime  to  provide  enough  money  at  retirement  to 
continue  paying  premiums  on  the  group  term  policy 
until  he  dies.  Retired  Lives  Reserve  converts  a 
terminable  benefit  into  one  that  is  guaranteed  and 
permanent. 

Retired  Lives  Reserve  has  four  tax  advantages:  (1) 
The  deposits  placed  in  the  reserve  fund  are  tax  deduct- 
ible to  the  corporation.  (2)  The  interest  earnings  on 
the  reserve  fund  are  not  taxed  as  income  to  the  phy- 
sician. (3)  The  proceeds  at  death  pass  income  tax  free 
to  the  beneficiary.  (4)  If  a spouse  or  marital  trust  is 
named  the  beneficiary,  the  proceeds  avoid  federal  es- 
tate taxes. 

This  is  the  only  property  afforded  all  four  tax  advan- 
tages by  the  Internal  Revenue  Code.  These  powerful 
tax  advantages  make  the  Retired  Lives  Reserve  Plan 
particularly  attractive  for  physicians. 

Because  of  the  changes  under  the  new  “Tax  Equity 
and  Fiscal  Responsibility  Act”  of  1982  (TEFRA),  any 
benefit  over  $100,000  from  qualified  pension  or  profit- 
sharing  plans  now  are  subject  to  federal  estate  taxes, 
and  current  tax  rates  could  claim  about  half  of  the 
retirement  plan(s)  proceeds.  Thus,  if  conventional  life 
insurance  is  in  a qualified  retirement  plan,  its  proceeds 
will  be  subject  to  federal  estate  tax  erosion.  This  would 
not  be  the  case  with  Retired  Lives  Reserve,  where 
effective  planning  will  avoid  the  federal  estate  tax  on 
death  benefits. 


A qualified  pension  or  profit-sharing  plan  tied 
together  with  a Retired  Lives  Reserve  Plan  is  th< 
answer  because  it  will  provide  permanent  life  insurance 
benefits  and  eliminate  the  problem  caused  by  conven 
tional  life  insurance.  Retired  Lives  Reserve  gives  th«j 
physician  the  economy  of  term  insurance  with  the  per 
manency  of  whole  life  insurance.  The  economy  is  mag 
nified  with  tax  deductible  premiums  and  tax  fret 
growth.  At  retirement,  the  life  insurance  is  paid  in  ful 
and  is  perpetuated — not  cancelled  or  transferred  to  the 
physician  causing  a monetary  burden.  Unlike  qualified 
retirement  plan  benefits,  the  death  benefit  of  a Retiree 
Lives  Reserve  Plan  is  received  by  the  physician’ 
beneficiary  free  of  income  tax. 

TEFRA  also  has  imposed  serious  limitations  on  thi 
annual  contributions  and  ultimate  payout  benefits  o 
qualified  retirement  plans.  Restrictions  also  have  been 
placed  on  “top  heavy”  plans.  These  new  statutory 
limitations  will  have  a restrictive  effect  on  many  plans 
which  have  favored  the  highly  compensated  physician 
As  a result,  there  should  be  an  abundance  of  funds 
available,  which  in  the  past  went  to  contributions  to 
qualified  plans,  and  presumably  now  will  have  no 
place  to  go. 

But  these  released  funds  will  have  a place  to  go; 
namely,  into  a Retired  Lives  Reserve  Plan.  TEFRA  i 
an  evil  wind,  but  even  an  evil  wind  often  blows  some 
good. 

For  additional  information  on  the  new  Retired  Lives 
Reserve  Plan  sponsored  by  the  Medical  Society  of  New 
Jersey  contact,  Joseph  C.  Lucci,  Director  of  Medical 
and  Insurance  Affairs,  MSNJ,  2 Princess  Road,  Law 
renceville,  NJ  08648. 


SPORTS  MEDICINE 
SYMPOSIUM 


The  Second  Annual  Garden  State  Symposium, 
sponsored  by  the  Mid-Atlantic  Chapter  of  the  Ameri- 
can College  of  Sports  Medicine,  the  Medical  Society 
of  New  Jersey’s  Committee  on  Medical  Aspects  of 
Sports,  and  the  Institute  for  Medicine  in  Sports  of 
Hamilton  Hospital,  will  take  place  on  April  5,  6,  and 
7,  at  the  Ramada  Inn,  East  Brunswick.  For  more  infor- 
mation contact:  The  Institute  for  Medicine  in  Sports: 
of  Hamilton  Hospital,  P.O.  Box  2621,  Hamilton,  NJ 
08690,  or  call  Mrs.  Ann  Clutter  (609)  586-7900,  x6402. 

FIN! 

Some  people  see  things  as  they  are,  and  ask  why? 

Some  people  see  things  that  never  were,  and  ask  why 
not-  Robert  Frost 


1HE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


96 


Upjohn 


The  Upjohn  Company  • Kalamazoo,  Michigan  49001  USA 


j-4044  January  1984 


Motrin 


600 mg  Tablets 


Leasing’s  not  for  you? 


Compare  these  figures  (based  on  a $20,000  vehicle): 


DUE  1ST  DAY  PURCHASE  LEASE* 

6%  sales  tax  $1200  $25/mo. 

down  payment  4000  none 

monthly  payment  554  410 

total  due:  $5754  $435 


So  by  leasing,  you’ve  got  $5319  savings  on  your 
initial  outlay,  plus  $1 1 9 a month,  to  invest  any 
way  you’d  like!  And  insurance  is  available  to 
qualified  N.J.  motorists  for  as  little  as  $480  a 
year.  Call  for  similar  savings  on  ANY  make  or 
model,  foreign  or  domestic.  *36-mo/closed-end 

Evenings  and  weekends, 
call  (201)  530-4088 

91  Monmouth  St.,  Red  Bank,  N.J.  07701  (201 ) 530-1  282 


TAXES  AND  ACCOUNTING 
AFFECT  YOUR  PROFITABILITY! 

GEIN,  CONNOLLY  & SWITAJ 

Certified  Public  Accountants 

Central  New  Jersey  CPA  Firm  Providing  Tax, 
Accounting  and  Management  Advisory  Services 
to  the  Medical  Profession. 

721  North  Beers  Street 
Holmdel,  New  Jersey  07733 
(201)  739-2020 


PROGESTERONE  SUPPOSITORIES 
25  mg.,  50  mg.,  100  mg.,  200  mg.,  & 400  mg 
Boric  Acid  Suppositories  600  mg. 

in  Polyethylene  Glycol  Base  for 
Vaginal  Use,  are  now  being 
compounded  at  the  following  Pharmacy 
Hidden  Lakes  Pharmacy 

2039  Rt.  #27,  Somerset,  N.J.  08873  201-821-8500 

Howard  L.  Rubenstein,  R.Ph. 

Specific  dosage  and  ingredient  requirements  can  be  tailorec 
to  your  patients  needs.  We  specialize  in  compoundinc 
prescriptions. 

Delivery  available  to  your  patients  home.  Call  for 
details. 


Doctors:  Write  your  own  prescription 

to  cure  insurance  pains  . . . 


F\,  Prescription 

Prescription 

m m - — 

Name  MSNJ  Member 

A 

Name 

MSNJ  Group 

Blue  Cross/ilue  Shield 
Major  Medical  and 
Dental  Insurance 

that  provides: 

- Flexible  plans 

- Comprehensive  benefits 

- Low,  competitive  rates 

- Centralized  Administration 

Designed  and  Administered  by 

(DONALD  E SM ITH  (V ASSOCIATES! 

Address 

Phone 

Please  send  more  information 
on  the  MSNJ 

□ Blue  Cross/Blue  Shield  Program 

□ Major  Medical  Program 

□ Group  Dental  Program 

Return  to: 

Donald  F.  Smith  & Associates 
One  Airport  Place,  Route  206  North 
P.O.  Box  2197, 

Princeton,  New  Jersey  08540 

(609)  924-8700,  (201)  622-6046 

THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


PROFESSIONAL  LIABILITY  COMMENTARY* 

Negligence  Suits,  Baby  Doe  Hotline, 
ind  Emergicenters 


he  partners  of  a deceased  physician 
were  liable  for  $375,000  in  damages 
for  his  negligent  treatment  of  a pa- 
ent,  the  highest  court  of  Massachusetts  ruled  in  Van  Dyke 
Bixby,  448  N.E.  2d  353  (Mass.  Sup.  Jud.  Ct„  April  8,  1983). 
The  physician  practiced  medicine  with  several  other  phy- 
cians  in  1959,  when  he  operated  on  the  patient  for  cancer 
f the  rectum.  In  1962,  the  physicians  formed  a partnership, 
in  July  1969,  the  patient  returned  to  the  physician  complain- 
ig  of  severe  pain.  He  performed  two  operations — one  for 
twisted  bowel  and  one  for  adhesions.  A single  Penrose 
rain  was  inserted  during  one  of  the  operations. 

Two  months  later  the  patient  came  back  to  the  physician 
/ith  an  abscess  in  his  perineum,  which  the  physician  drained, 
'he  drainage  persisted  and  he  tried  to  cauterize  the  abscess 
Vith  a silver  nitrate  stick.  He  told  his  patient  that  those 
iroblems  often  take  a long  time  to  go  away.  On  January 
, 1970,  the  partnership  ended  and  a corporation  succeeded 
t.  The  patient  saw  the  physician  several  times  during  the  first 
lalf  of  1970. 

The  abscess  continued  to  drain  during  the  next  several 
/ears,  causing  a substantial  unpleasant  odor  and  consider- 
ible  discomfort.  In  1978,  another  physician  performed  a 
sinogram.  The  perineal  sinus  was  explored,  part  of  the  pa- 
tient’s coccyx  was  removed,  and  a Penrose  drain  was  found 
above  the  sinus  tract  and  in  front  of  the  coccyx. 

The  treating  physician  died  in  1975,  and  the  patient  filed 
suit  against  the  nine  physicians  who  were  his  partners.  A trial 
court  returned  a verdict  of  $375,000  in  favor  of  the  patient 
and  the  physicians  appealed. 

On  appeal,  the  court  said  that  the  evidence  was  sufficient 
to  show  that  a partnership  existed.  There  was  testimony  that 
the  patient  received  joint  bills,  that  a certificate  filed  with 
the  city  clerk  was  signed  by  all  ten  physicians,  that  they 
insured  their  liability  as  partners,  and  that  certain  of  the 
physicians  stated  that  they  were  partners. 

The  evidence  was  sufficient  to  find  the  physician  negligent 
for  failing  to  remove  the  Penrose  drain  and  delaying  in 
taking  action  to  correct  the  cause  of  the  drainage.  (The 
Citation,  November  1,  1983,  Vol.  48,  No.  2) 


BABY  DOE  SQUADS  TRACK  THREE  VALID 
COMPLAINTS 

Responding  to  33  complaints  on  the  “Baby  Doe  Hotline," 
representatives  of  the  Department  of  Health  and  Human 
Services  sent  teams  of  physicians  and  civil  rights  in- 
vestigators to  check  out  1 1 complaints.  Complaints  were 
unsubstantiated  in  eight  cases,  but  in  three  others,  they 
helped  save  the  lives  of  handicapped  infants,  Time  magazine 
reported  September  26,  1983. 

Interestingly,  the  problem  in  the  three  cases  is  one  that 
may  sometimes  be  at  the  root  of  malpractice  suits.  “Doctors 
seem  to  be  unaware  of  new  techniques  for  treating  birth 
defects,”  the  magazine  reported.  The  American  Academy  of 
Pediatrics,  which  with  other  professional  organizations  is 
fighting  against  the  controversial  “Baby  Doe”  regulations 
that  interpose  the  government  between  physicians,  hospitals, 
and  the  parents  of  handicapped  infants,  agrees,  arguing  that 
the  best  way  to  help  afflicted  babies  is  by  “better  educating 
doctors  about  medical  advances”  and  by  creating  infant 
bioethical  review  committees  in  hospitals.  (Medical  Liability 
Monitor,  October  27,  1983,  Vol,  8,  No.  10) 

DID  YOU  KNOW  . . . 

The  United  States  Supreme  Court  on  October  3,  1983,  let 
stand  an  Illinois  Supreme  Court  ruling  that  said  two  Chi- 
cago-area  couples  could  not  recover  the  costs  of  raising 
children  born  after  sterilization  procedures?  It  was  the  first 
time  that  the  “wrongful  birth”  issue  reached  the  nation's 
highest  court.  The  justices  dismissed  the  appeal  without  com- 
ment. (Medical  Liability  Monitor,  October  27,  1983,  Vol.  8, 
No.  10) 

Reports  from  New  York  indicated  that  the  JUA  will  re- 
quest a 165  percent  increase  in  malpractice  insurance? 

California  and  Missouri  courts  have  ruled  that  osteopaths 
are  prohibited  from  using  the  M.D.  designation? 


This  item  from  the  Department  of  Professional  Liability  Control. 
MSNJ,  was  prepared  by  James  E.  George,  M.D.,  J.D.,  and  A. 
Ronald  Rouse  who  are,  respectively.  Director  of  the  Department 
and  Director  of  Special  Projects. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  2— FEBRUARY  1984 


99 


their  staff  physicians  to  malpractice  suits,  medico-legal  e. 
perts  say.  Courts  are  likely  to  find  for  the  plaintiff  in  cast 
involving  a center’s  refusal  to  treat  a patient  whose  conditic  ; 
was  too  complicated,  the  lawyers  say.  In  one  such  case,  a 
emergicenter  settled  a suit  by  a family  of  a diabetic  patiei 
who  died  while  being  transferred  to  a hospital.  Doctors  an 
centers  could  get  into  more  legal  hot  water  is  they  fail  t 
provide  followup  care,  arrange  appropriate  referrals,  c 
otherwise  appear  to  abandon  the  patient.  ( Medical  Ecoi lj| 
omics,  November  14,  1983) 

( 


1 1 
V 

p 


The  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 

PRESENTS 


MEDICAL  MALPRACTICE  SEMINARS 

FOR  AS  LITTLE  AS  $45.00 

Professional  Liability  and  the  Obstetrician/Gynecologist 
Professional  Liability  and  the  Orthopedic  Surgeon 
Professional  Liability  and  the  Anesthesiologist 
Professional  Liability  and  the  General  Surgeon 
Professional  Liability  and  Internal  Medicine 
Neurosurgery  and  the  Law 

The  Department  of  Professional  Liability  Control  of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  has  developed 
professional  liability  video  tapes  aimed  at  specific  medical  specialties.  The  video  tapes  incorporate  a 
“talk  show”  format  featuring  James  E.  George,  a physician-attorney,  and  physician(s)  representing  the  J 
medical  specialty  of  the  tape.  Each  of  the  45-55  minute  video  tapes  is  designed  to  encourage  postviewing 
discussion  and  is  available  for  a $45.00  rental  fee.  All  tapes  are  available  in  3A  inch,  Beta,  and  VHS. 

TOPICS  INCLUDE 

• Physician  to  physician  and 
physician  to  staff  communications 

• Group  practice 

• Emergency  room  setting 

• Three  “R’s”  of  malpractice  prevention 

Category  I AMA  accreditation  can  be  obtained  if  the  video  tapes  are  used  as  part  of  a planned 
program  in  conjunction  with  a moderator. 

For  more  information  please  contact  the  Department  of  Professional  Liability  Control  at  the  Medical 
Society  of  New  Jersey,  (609)  896-1766. 

All  tapes  carry  the  copyright  of  MSNJ  and  may  not  be  reproduced  or  distributed  in  any  form  or 
fashion  without  the  express  written  consent  of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey. 

Copyright  1982. 


• General  assessments  of 

professional  liability 

• Informed  consent 

• Multiple-physician  consultants 

• Medical  records 


Board  of  Governors  of  the  Medical  Inter-Insurance  Ex- 
change of  New  Jersey  has  voted  to  file  a rate  request  that 
will  increase  all  professional  liability  rates  through  the  Ex- 
change by  13.7  percent  effective  February  1984? 

POTENTIAL  LEGAL  PITFALLS  LIE  AHEAD  FOR 
EMERGICENTERS 

Use  of  the  term  “emergency”  by  freestanding  emergency 
centers  creates  expectations  that  may  expose  the  centers  and 


100 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


WORLDS  UNDER  DRG... 

Care,  Homed  Preserves  the  Physician /Parent 
Ensuring  the  Continuity  of  Patient  Care 


CALL  TOLL  FREE  - NORTHERN  N.J.  (800)  452-9777  SOUTHERN  N.J.  (800)  392-6936 
OUTSIDE  NEW  JERSEY  CALL  COLLECT  - (201)  227-1800 


WHEN  YOUR  PATIENT  NEEDS  HOME  HEALTH  CARE.. .ONE  CALL  TO  HOMED  DOES  IT  ALL 

• RESPIRATORY  THERAPY  PROGRAM  • CONVALESCENT  & REHABILITATION  EQUIPMENT 

• FULL  RANGE  OF  OXYGEN  SYSTEMS  • EQUIPMENT  REPAIRS 

• PARENTERAL/ ENTERAL  NUTRITIONAL  THERAPY  • BARRIER-FREE  HOME  MODIFICATION 

• INFANTILE  APNEA  MONITORING 

HoMed  ...the  Home  Health  Care  Company 
Serving  the  Medical  Community 


From  the  moment  your  homebound  patient  leaves 
the  hospital,  HoMed  helps  make  the  transition 
home  a smooth  one.  Our  experienced  HEALTH 
CARE  PROFESSIONALS  are  in  continuous  com- 
munication with  the  physician,  providing  progress 
reports,  handling  all  the  necessary  paperwork  and 
delivering  products  and  services  in  all  areas  of 
HOME  HEALTH  CARE. 

HoMed  provides  the  kind  of  quality  care  you  ex- 
pect...keeping  in  mind  that  the  physician/patient 
relationship  is  foremost  in  the  continued  care  of 
the  patient. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  2— FEBRUARY  1984 


101 


JUST  ONCE-DAILY 
FOR  INITIAL  THERAPY 
IN  HYPERTENSION 


— - 


, 











Unique,  once-daily  formulation 
providing  comprehensive 
cardiovascular  protection 

INDERAL  LA  offers  the  antihypertensive  and  car- 
diovascular benefits  of  INDERAL-with  the  additional 
advantage  of  convenient,  single  daily  dosage.  With  a 
unique  controlled-release  formulation,  INDERAL  LA 
(propranolol  HC1)  provides  sustained  plasma  levels 
and  consistent,  24-hour  beta  blockade. 


Smooth  24-hour 
blood  pressure  control 

In  controlled  clinical  studies,  INDERAL  LA  effec- 
tively maintained  systolic  and  diastolic  blood  pressure 
reductions  with  single  daily  dosing. 


Avoids  the  potassium  loss 
associated  with  diuretics 

INDERAL  LA  controls  blood  pressure  without  the 
problem  of  hypokalemia  often  associated  with  long- 
term diuretic  therapy.  Like  conventional  INDERAL, 
INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  used  in  the  presence  of 
congestive  heart  failure,  sinus  bradycardia,  heart 
block  greater  than  first  degree,  or  bronchial  asthma. 


102 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS 


Start  with  80  mg  once  daily . . . 

Dosage  may  be  increased  to  120  mg  or  160  mg  once 
daily  as  needed  to  achieve  additional  control.  When 
converting  patients  from  other  beta  blockers,  includ 
ing  INDERAL  tablets,  start  with  the  nearest  milli- 
gram equivalent  of  INDERAL  LA  once  daily  and 
evaluate  clinical  results  to  determine  if  dosage 
adjustment  is  necessary.  For  arrhythmias,  use 
conventional  INDERAL  (propranolol  HC1)  tablets. 


ONCE-DAIL y 


INDERAL  LA  » 

(PROPRANOLOL  HCI)  “ 


n 

BHl| 

n 

w 

80  mg 


RALU 


HI 

ini 


120  mg  160  mg 


The  appearance  of  INDERAL  LA  capsules 
is  a registered  trademark  of  Ayerst  Laboratories. 

Please  see  next  page  for  brief  summary 
of  prescribing  information. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  2— FEBRUARY  1984 


103 


The  one  to  count  on 
for  HYPERTENSION,  ANGINA 
and  prevention  of  MIGRAINE. 


ONCE-DAILY 


INDERALLA 

(PROPRANOLOL  HCI) 


LONG  ACTING 
CAPSULES 


80  120  160 
mg  mg  mg 


BRIEF  SUMMARY  (FOR  FULL  PRESCRIBING  INFORMATION  SEE  PACKAGE  CIRCULAR .) 
INDERAL1  LA  BRAND  OF  propranolol  hydrochloride 

(Long  Acting  Capaulos) 

DESCRIPTION.  Inderal  LA  is  formulated  !o  provide  a sustained  release  of  propranolol 
hydrochloride.  Irideral  LA  is  available  as  80  mg.  120  mg,  and  160  mg  capsules 
CLINICAL  PHARMACOLOOY.  INDERAL  is  a nonselective  beta-adrenergic  receptor 
blocking  agent  possessing  no  other  autonomic  nervous  system  activity  It  specifically  com- 
petes with  beta-adrenergic  receptor  stimulating  agents  for  available  receptor  sites  When 
access  to  beta-receptor  sites  is  blocked  by  INDERAL,  the  chronotropic,  inotropic,  and 
vasodilator  responses  to  beta-adrenergic  stimulation  are  decreased  proportionately 

INDERAL  LA  Capsules  (80. 120,  and  160  mg)  release  propranolol  HCI  at  a controlled  and 
predictable  rate  Peak  blood  levels  following  dosing  with  INDERAL  LA  occur  at  about  6 hours 
and  the  apparent  plasma  half-life  is  about  10  hours.  When  measured  at  steady  state  over  a 24- 
hour  period  the  areas  under  the  propranolol  plasma  concentration-time  curve  (AUCs)  for  the 
capsules  are  approximately  60%  to  65%  of  the  AUCs  for  a comparable  divided  daily  dose  of 
INDERAL  tablets.  The  lower  AUCs  for  the  capsules  are  due  to  greater  hepatic  metabolism  ot 
propranolol,  resulting  from  the  slower  rate  of  absorption  of  propranolol.  Over  a twenty-four  (24) 
hour  period,  blood  levels  are  fairly  constant  for  about  twelve  (12)  hours  then  decline 
exponentially. 

INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  considered  a simple  mg  for  mg  substitute  for  conventional 
propranolol  and  the  blood  levels  achieved  do  not  match  (are  lower  than)  those  of  two  to  four 
times  daily  dosing  with  the  same  dose  When  changing  to  INDERAL  LA  from  conventional 
propranolol,  a possible  need  for  retitration  upwards  should  be  considered  especially  to 
maintain  effectiveness  at  the  end  of  the  dosing  interval  In  most  clinical  settings,  however, 


such  as  hypertension  or  angina  where  there  is  little  correlation  between  plasma  levels  and 
ffect,  INDERAL  LA  has  1 


clinical  effect,  INDERAL  LA  has  been  therapeutically  equivalent  to  the  same  mg  dose  of 
conventional  INDERAL  as  assessed  by  24-hour  effects  on  blood  pressure  and  on  24-hour 
exercise  responses  of  heart  rate,  systolic  pressure  and  rate  pressure  product  INDERAL  LA 
can  provide  effective  beta  blockade  for  a 24-hour  period. 

The  mechanism  of  the  antihypertensive  effect  of  INDERAL  has  not  been  established 
Among  the  factors  that  may  be  involved  in  contributing  to  the  antihypertensive  action  are  (1) 
decreased  cardiac  output,  (2)  inhibition  of  renin  release  by  the  kidneys,  and  (3)  diminution  of 
tonic  sympathetic  nerve  outflow  from  vasomotor  centers  in  the  brain.  Although  total  peripheral 
resistance  may  increase  initially,  it  readjusts  to  or  below  the  pretreatment  level  with  chronic 
use  Effects  on  plasma  volume  appear  to  be  minor  and  somewhat  variable.  INDERAL  has 
been  shown  to  cause  a small  increase  in  serum  potassium  concentration  when  used  in  the 
treatment  of  hypertensive  patients 

In  angina  pectoris,  propranolol  generally  reduces  the  oxygen  requirement  of  the  heart  at 
any  given  level  of  effort  by  blocking  the  catecholamine-induced  increases  in  the  heart  rate 
systolic  blood  pressure,  and  the  velocity  and  extent  of  myocardial  contraction  Propranolol 
may  increase  oxygen  requirements  by  increasing  left  ventricular  fiber  length  end  diastolic 
pressure  and  systolic  election  period.  The  net  physiologic  effect  of  beta-adrenergic  blockade 
is  usually  advantageous  and  is  manifested  during  exercise  by  delayed  onset  of  pain  and 
increased  work  capacity. 

In  dosages  greater  than  required  for  beta-blockade,  INDERAL  also  exerts  a quimdine- 
like  or  anesthetic-like  membrane  action  which  affects  the  cardiac  action  potential  The 
significance  of  the  membrane  action  in  the  treatment  of  arrhythmias  is  uncertain 

The  mechanism  of  the  antimigraine  effect  of  propranolol  has  not  been  established  Beta- 
adrenergic  receptors  have  been  demonstrated  in  the  pial  vessels  of  the  brain 

Beta  receptor  blockade  can  be  useful  in  conditions  in  which,  because  of  pathologic  or 
functional  changes,  sympathetic  activity  is  detrimental  to  the  patient.  But  there  are  also 
situations  in  which  sympathetic  stimulation  is  vital  For  example,  in  patients  with  severely 
damaged  hearts,  adequate  ventricular  function  is  maintained  by  virtue  of  sympathetic  drive 
which  should  be  preserved.  In  the  presence  of  AV  block,  greater  than  first  degree,  beta 
blockade  may  prevent  the  necessary  facilitating  effect  of  sympathetic  activity  on  conduction. 
Beta  blockade  results  in  bronchial  constriction  by  interfering  with  adrenergic  bronchodilator 
activity  which  should  be  preserved  in  patients  subject  to  bronchospasm. 

Propranolol  is  not  significantly  dialyzable. 

INDICATIONS  AND  USAGE.  Hypertension:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  in  the  manage- 
ment of  hypertension;  it  may  be  used  alone  or  used  in  combination  with  other  antihypertensive 
agents,  particularly  a thiazide  diuretic.  INDERAL  LA  is  not  indicated  in  the  management  of 
hypertensive  emergencies. 

Angina  Pactorls  Du©  to  Coronary  Atherosclerosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated 
for  the  long-term  management  of  patients  with  angina  pectoris. 

Migraine:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  for  the  prophylaxis  of  common  migraine  headache 
The  efficacy  of  propranolol  in  the  treatment  of  a migraine  attack  that  has  started  has  not  been 
established  and  propranolol  is  not  indicated  for  such  use. 

Hypertrophic  Subaortic  Stenosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  useful  in  the  management  of 
hypertrophic  subaortic  stenosis,  especially  for  treatment  of  exertional  or  other  stress-induced 
angina,  palpitations,  and  syncope.  INDERAL  LA  also  improves  exercise  performance.  The 
effectiveness  of  propranolol  hydrochloride  in  this  disease  appears  to  be  due  to  a reduction  of 
the  elevated  outflow  pressure  gradient  which  is  exacerbated  by  beta-receptor  stimulation 
Clinical  improvement  may  be  temporary, 

CONTRAINDICATIONS.  INDERAL  is  contraindicated  in  1)  cardiogenic  shock;  2)  sinus 
bradycardia  and  greater  than  first  degree  block;  3)  bronchial  asthma;  4)  congestive  heart 
INDERAL6  WARNINGS*  unless  ,he  failure  is  secondary  to  a tachyarrhythmia  treatable  with 

WARNINGS.  CARDIAC  FAILURE;  Sympathetic  stimulation  may  be  a vital  component  sup- 
porting circulatory  function  in  patients  with  congestive  heart  failure,  and  its  inhibition  by  beta 
blockade  may  precipitate  more  severe  failure.  Although  beta  blockers  should  be  avoided  in 
overt  congestive  heart  failure,  if  necessary,  they  can  be  used  with  close  follow-up  in  patients 
with  a history  of  failure  who  are  well  compensated  and  are  receiving  digitalis  and  diuretics. 
Beta-adrenergic  blocking  agents  do  not  abolish  the  inotropic  action  of  diqitalis  on  heart 
muscle  M 

IN  PATIENTS  WITHOUT  A HISTORY  OF  HEART  FAILURE,  continued  use  of  beta  blockers 
can,  in  some  cases,  lead  to  cardiac  failure  Therefore,  at  the  first  sign  or  symptom  of  heart 
failure,  the  patient  should  be  digitalized  and/or  treated  with  diuretics,  and  the  response 
observed  closely,  or  INDERAL  should  be  discontinued  (gradually,  if  possible). 


IN  PATIENTS  WITH  ANGINA  PECTORIS,  there  have  been  reports  of  exacerbation  of 
'n  son2®  cases,  myocardial  infarction,  following  abrupt  discontinuance  of 
INDERAL  therapy.  Therefore,  when  discontinuance  of  INDERAL  is  planned  the  dosaqe 
should  be  gradually  reduced  over  at  least  a few  weeks,  and  the  patient  should  be 
, a9a|nst  interruption  or  cessation  of  therapy  without  the  physician’s  advice  If 
INDERAL  therapy  is  interrupted  and  exacerbation  of  angina  occurs,  it  usually  is  advisa- 
ble to  reinstitute  INDERAL  therapy  and  take  other  measures  appropriate  for  the  manage- 
ment of  unstable  angina  pectoris.  Since  coronary  artery  disease  may  be  unrecognized  it 
may  be  prudent  to  follow  the  above  advice  in  patients  considered  at  risk  of  havinq  occult 
atherosclerotic  heart  disease  who  are  given  propranolol  for  other  indications 


NonalUrgic  Bronchospasm  (a.g.,  chronic  bronchitis.  •mohvsAmal  — 

RA^ENTS  WITH I3RONCHOSPASTIC  DISEASES  SHOULD  IN  GENERAL  NOT  RECEIVE  BETA 
BLOCKERS  INDERAL  should  be  administered  with  caution  since  it  may  block  bronchodila- 
tion  produced  by  endogenous  and  exogenous  catecholamine  stimulation  of  beta  receptors. 


MAJOR  SURGERY;  The  necessity  or  desirability  of  withdrawal  of  beta-blocking  thei 
prior  to  major  surgery  is  controversial.  It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  the  impaired  abilii 
the  heart  to  respond  to  reflex  adrenergic  stimuli  may  augment  the  risks  of  general  anesth 
and  surgical  procedures 

INDERAL  (propranolol  HCI),  like  other  beta  blockers,  is  a competitive  inhibitor  of  b 
receptor  agonists  and  its  effects  can  be  reversed  by  administration  of  such  agents,  ( 
dobutamine  or  isoproterenol.  However,  such  patients  may  be  subject  to  protracted  se'., 
hypotension.  Difficulty  in  starting  and  maintaining  the  heartbeat  has  also  been  reported 
beta  blockers 

DIABETES  AND  HYPOGLYCEMIA;  Beta-adrenergic  blockade  may  prevent  the 
pearance  of  certain  premonitory  signs  and  symptoms  (pulse  rate  and  pressure  changes! 
acute  hypoglycemia  In  labile  insulin-dependent  diabgtes.  In  these  patients,  it  may  be  rr 
difficult  to  adjust  the  dosage  of  insulin 

THYROTOXICOSIS;  Beta  blockade  may  mask  certain  clinical  signs  of  hyperthyroidn 
Therefore,  abrupt  withdrawal  of  propranolol  may  be  followed  by  an  exacerbation  of  symptc 
of  hyperthyroidism,  including  thyroid  storm.  Propranolol  does  not  distort  thyroid  function  te; 

IN  PATIENTS  WITH  WOLFF-PARKINSON-WHITE  SYNDROME,  several  cases  have  bl 
reported  in  which,  after  propranolol,  the  tachycardia  was  replaced  by  a severe  bradyca; 
requiring  a demand  pacemaker.  In  one  case  this  resulted  after  an  initial  dose  of  5 
propranolol 

PRECAUTIONS.  General:  Propranolol  should  be  used  with  caution  in  patients  with  impai' 
hepatic  or  renal  function  INDERAL  is  not  indicated  for  the  treatment  of  hypertens1 
emergencies. 

Beta  adrenoreceptor  blockade  can  cause  reduction  of  intraocular  pressure.  Patie1 
should  be  told  that  INDERAL  may  interfere  with  the  glaucoma  screening  test.  Withdrawal  r: 
lead  to  a return  of  increased  intraocular  pressure. 

Clinical  Laboratory  Tests:  Elevated  blood  urea  levels  in  patients  with  severe  heart  dises 
elevated  serum  transaminase,  alkaline  phosphatase,  lactate  dehydrogenase. 

DRUG  INTERACTIONS:  Patients  receiving  catecholamine-depleting  drugs  such  as  re; 
pine  should  be  closely  observed  if  INDERAL  is  administered  The  added  catecholami 
blocking  action  may  produce  an  excessive  reduction  of  resting  sympathetic  nervous  acti 
which  may  result  in  hypotension,  marked  bradycardia,  vertigo,  syncopal  attacks,  ororthost; 
hypotension 

Carcinogenesis,  Mutagenesis,  Impairment  of  Fertility:  Long-term  studies  in  animals  hi 
been  conducted  to  evaluate  toxic  effects  and  carcinogenic  potential.  In  18-month  studiei 
both  rats  and  mice,  employing  doses  up  to  150mg/kg/day,  there  was  no  evidence  of  signific 
drug-induced  toxicity  There  were  no  drug-related  tumorigenic  effects  at  any  of  the  dosj 
levels  Reproductive  studies  in  animals  did  not  show  any  impairment  of  fertility  that  v 
attributable  to  the  drug 

Pregnancy:  Pregnancy  Category  C.  INDERAL  has  been  shown  to  be  embryotoxic 
animal  studies  at  doses  about  10  times  greater  than  the  maximum  recommended  human  do 

There  are  no  adequate  and  well-controlled  studies  in  pregnant  women  INDERAL  sho 
be  used  during  pregnancy  only  if  the  potential  benefit  justifies  the  potential  risk  to  the  fet 

Nursing  Mothers:  INDERAL  is  excreted  in  human  milk.  Caution  should  be  exercised  wf 
INDERAL  is  administered  to  a nursing  woman 

Pediatric  Use  Safety  and  effectiveness  in  children  have  not  been  established 
ADVERSE  REACTIONS.  Most  adverse  effects  have  been  mild  and  transient  and  ht 
rarely  required  the  withdrawal  of  therapy. 

Cardiovascular  bradycardia;  congestive  heart  failure,  intensification  of  AV  block;  hyp 
tension,  paresthesia  of  hands;  thrombocytopenic  purpura;  arterial  insufficiency  usually  of  t 
Raynaud  type 

Central  Nervous  System,  lightheadedness;  mental  depression  manifested  by  insomr 
tessitude,  weakness,  fatigue,  reversible  mental  depression  progressing  to  catatonia;  visi 
disturbances;  hallucinations;  an  acute  reversible  syndrome  characterized  by  disorientation 
time  and  place,  short-term  memory  loss,  emotional  lability,  slightly  clouded  sensorium,  a 
decreased  performance  on  neuropsychometrics. 

Gastrointestinal:  nausea,  vomiting,  epigastric  distress,  abdominal  cramping,  diarrhr 
constipation,  mesenteric  arterial  thrombosis,  ischemic  colitis. 

Allergic  pharyngitis  and  agranulocytosis,  erythematous  rash,  fever  combined  with  achi 
and  sore  throat,  laryngospasm  and  respiratory  distress 

Respiratory : bronchospasm. 

p ^Hematologic.  agranulocytosis,  nonthrombocytopenic  purpura,  thrombocytoper 

Auto-Immune  In  extremely  rare  instances,  systemic  lupus  erythematosus  has  be 
reported 

Miscellaneous  alopecia,  LE-like  reactions,  psoriasiform  rashes,  dry  eyes,  male  imp 
tence,  and  Peyronies  disease  have  been  reported  rarely.  Oculomucocutaneous  reactio 
involving  the  skin,  serous  membranes  and  conjunctivae  reported  for  a beta  blocker  (practol 
have  not  been  associated  with  propranolol 

DOSAGE  AND  ADMINISTRATION.  INDERAL  LA  provides  propranolol  hydrochloride  ir 
sustamed-release  capsule  for  administration  once  daily  If  patients  are  switched  from  INDER/ 
table  s to  INDERAL  LA  capsules,  care  should  be  taken  to  assure  that  the  desired  therapeu 
f\inppAim?MncDACil  ilrl^.ER^L.,LA  should  not  be  considered  a simple  mg  for  mg  substitute  ’ 
INUEHAL  INDERAL  LA  has  different  kinetics  and  produces  lower  blood  levels.  Retitration  m 
be  n®=essa4Y  especially  to  maintain  effectiveness  at  the  end  of  the  24-hour  dosing  interv 
winroAi  , IENS 'ON— Dosage  must  be  individualized.  The  usual  initial  dosaqe  is  80  n 
INDERAL  LA  once  daily,  whether  used  alone  or  added  to  a diuretic.  The  dosage  may  I 
increased  to  120  mg  once  daily  or  higher  until  adequate  blood-pressure  control  is  achieve 
The  usual  maintenance  dosage  is  120  to  160  mg  once  daily  In  some  instances  a dosaqe  of  6* 
mg  may  be  required  The  time  needed  for  full  hypertensive  response  to  a given  dosaqe 
variable  and  may  range  from  a few  days  to  several  weeks 

ANGINA  PECTORIS— Dosage  must  be  individualized  Starting  with  80  mg  INDERAL  L 
once  daily,  dosage  should  be  gradually  increased  at  three  to  seven  day  intervals  until  optimu 
response  is  obtained  Although  individual  patients  may  respond  at  any  dosaqe  level  tl 
average  optimum  dosage  appears  to  be  160  mg  once  daily  In  angina  pectoris,  the  value  ar 
safety  of  dosage  exceeding  320  mg  per  day  have  not  been  established 
(see  WARNINGS)  *°  ^ dlscontinued' reduce  dosage  gradually  over  a period  of  a few  weel 

MIGRAINE— Dosage  must  be  individualized  The  initial  oral  dose  is  80  mq  INDERAL  L 
once  daHy  The  usual  effective  dose  range  is  160-240  mg  once  daily.  The  dosage  may  t 

ncrcasprt  nr^rii  \/  tn  arhiowo  nntim,  ,rr^  U.  .,_  _ . . T,  1 


™.9.r?Lnf  ProPhy|axis  If a satisfactory  response  is  n 


°h,a'iHeK  wjthin  ,our  ,0  SIX  weeks  attar  reaching  the  maximum  dose.  INDERAL  LA  theraj 
several  ^veeks'061""'116^  **  ma^  de  advisable  ,0  withdraw  the  drug  gradually  over  a period 


PFYnFAimr  nniASrUpBA0AR,TIKC  STEN°SIS-80-160  mg  INDERAL  LA  once  daily, 
too  Sdlo  perm?t Adequate  d'recti'oTs  fo?  °n  the  US6  °'  the  drU9  'n  ,h'S  396  9r0up  3 1 

•The  appearance  of  INDERAL  LA  capsules  is  a registered  trademark  of  Ayerst  Laboratorie 


Ayerst 


8688/88 


AYERST  LABORATORIES 
New  York,  N Y.  10017 


DITORIALS 


Blood  Banks  and  AIDS 


The  panic  which  has  spread  through  our  nation  about 
cquired  immunodeficiency  syndrome  (AIDS)  has  had  sig- 
lificant  real  and  imagined  effects  on  blood  banks,  blood 
lonors,  and  blood  recipients. 

In  this  issue  (page  125),  Smith,  Brennan,  and  McDonough 
lebate  the  legal  implications  of  refusal  to  accept  blood  dona- 
ions  from  Haitians,  heroin  addicts,  and  homosexuals,  in 
erms  of  privacy,  equal  protection  of  the  laws,  constitutional 
ights,  and  public  health.  Their  conclusions  seem  to  offer 
omfort  to  the  blood  banks. 

In  order  to  provide  equal  comfort  to  recipients  of  blood 
ransfusions  and  to  encourage  the  continued  supply  of  blood 
jo  banks  from  donors  who  are  not  in  the  segments  of  the 
)opulation  which  appear  to  be  the  exclusive  carriers  of 
\IDS,  a statement  was  released  to  the  public  media  by  the 
Blood  Banking  Task  Force  for  New  Jersey.*  The  statement 
was  endorsed  by  the  New  Jersey  State  Department  of  Health 
ind  the  New  Jersey  Blood  Bank  Association,  and  was  ap- 
)roved  by  the  Board  of  Trustees,  MSNJ. 


Analysis  of  the  data  available  from  national 
and  state  public  health  authorities  supports  the 
conclusion  that  acquired  immunodeficiency 
syndrome  (AIDS)  is  not  being  spread  by  blood 
transfusions  from  voluntary  donors.  Ap- 
propriate public  health  measures  are  being  em- 
ployed by  all  blood  collection  facilities  in  the 
state  of  New  Jersey. 

All  blood  transfused  to  patients  in  New  Jer- 
sey is  collected  from  volunteer  blood  donors. 
Additional  screening  methods  currently  em- 
ployed in  New  Jersey  include  rigorous  medical 
screening  and  the  exclusion  of  donors  who  are 
at  high  risk  of  exposure  to  AIDS.  These 
measures  have  been  shown  to  be  effective. 


One  result  of  the  excessive  fears  concerning 
possible  transfusion-associated  AIDS  has  been 
requests  by  patients  for  blood  donors  selected 
from  family  members,  friends,  or  associates 
(“directed  donors”).  We  agree  with  the  Ameri- 
can Association  of  Blood  Banks,  the  American 
Red  Cross,  and  the  Council  of  Community 
Blood  Centers,  that:  ‘A  system  of  directed 
donations  may  create  intense  pressure  for  fam- 
ily members  and  friends  who  may  therefore  be 
untruthful  about  their  ability  to  meet  donor 
requirements.’  Therefore,  we  are  concerned 
that  such  donations  may  be  less  safe  than 
blood  donated  by  volunteers  at  blood  centers 
and  hospitals,  to  meet  the  community’s  needs. 
Directed  donations  strongly  are  discouraged. 
Physicians  can  reassure  their  patients  that  the 
community’s  blood  supplies  are  not  considered 
a source  of  the  spread  of  AIDS. 

People  in  good  health,  who  are  not  members 
of  groups  known  to  be  at  high  risk  of  exposure 
to  AIDS,  are  urged  to  give  blood  to  meet  the 
needs  of  patients  in  New  Jersey  hospitals. 

Blood  donation  is  carried  out  under  strictly 
hygienic  conditions,  with  sterile,  new,  dis- 
posable equipment,  used  only  once  for  the 
donation.  The  donation  is  perfectly  safe  for  the 
donor. 

Physicians  who  refer  persons  to  blood  banks  as  donors 
or  who  order  blood  transfusions  for  their  patients  may  wish 
to  utilize  the  statement  to  answer  questions  on  the  subject. 
A.K. 

*Frank  Campo,  M.D.,  a member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees,  was 
MSNJ’s  liaison  of  the  Task  Force. 


Sir  Frederick  G.  Banting — The  Artist 


What  did  William  Carlos  Williams,  M.D.,  and  Sir  Freder- 
ick G.  Banting,  M.D.,  have  in  common?  They  both  were 
physicians,  recipients  of  prestigious  awards  (Williams  won 
the  Pulitzer  Prize  and  Banting  won  the  1923  Nobel  Prize), 
artists,  art  collectors,  and  friends  and  admirers  of  artists. 

Williams’s  artistic  interest  was  international  with  head- 
quarters in  New  York  City.  Banting,  however,  was  parochial 


in  his  artistic  taste,  being  limited  primarily  to  Canada. 

We  were  privileged  to  discover  and  borrow  an  original 
painting  by  Dr.  Banting  and  to  reproduce  it  as  a cover  for 
this  issue.  Readers  are  encouraged  to  learn  more  about  Sir 
Frederick  (pages  138-139)  and  to  share  our  admiration  for 
one  who,  like  Williams,  was  able  to  utilize  scientific  and 
artistic  talents  for  the  betterment  of  mankind.  A.K. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  2— FEBRUARY  1984 


105 


Baby  Doe  and  the  Prognosis  Committee 


A child  is  born;  a child  dies:  is  there  another  event  more 
likely  to  bring  to  our  eyes  the  tears  of  sorrow?  It  is  not  hard 
to  understand  that  Baby  Does  born,  living,  dead,  and  yet 
to  be  born,  elicit  from  health  workers  the  desire  to  do  all 
that  can  be  done  to  alleviate  suffering  and  preserve  life.  Our 
common  humanity  lays  upon  us  the  need  to  do  what  we  can. 
Quality  of  care  is  our  first  consideration.  Is  it  really? 

In  a recent  issue  of  the  ‘'Physician  Legal  Bulletin”  pub- 
lished in  The  Journal , George  and  Quattrone  review  some 
of  the  issues  concerning  when  not  to  treat  and  when  to  allow 
life  to  end.1  Should  all  available  medical  resources  be 
marshaled  for  everyone?  If  not:  How  does  one  choose?  Who 
chooses?  What  are  the  criteria  of  choice? 

Costs  of  care  for  the  child  with  serious  abnormalities  may 
be  in  excess  of  any  family’s  ability  to  pay.  One  child  who 
receives  a liver  transplant  may  use  up  all  the  funds  available 
for  the  state  of  New  Jersey,  for  a year,  by  legislative  ap- 
propriation, for  out-of-state  hospital  care.  It  has  become 
recognized  widely  that  if  every  person  received  all  the  ben- 
efits of  health  care,  our  country  would  not  have  enough 
money  to  pay  for  all. 

If  we  are  to  live  in  a time  of  shortage,  health  care  resources 
clearly  will  need  to  be  allocated.  How  is  this  to  be  done? 
In  some  parts  of  the  world,  guns,  physical  strength,  or  money 
may  determine  resource  allocation.  Our  country  has  gone  far 
in  the  direction  of  equalizing  access  to  health  care.  Some  feel 
it  has  not  gone  far  enough.2  If  there  is  not  enough  to  go 
around,  some  individuals  will  be  provided  for  and  others  will 
not.  Whether  or  not  we  like  the  idea,  our  society  has  de- 
veloped criteria  to  determine  the  outcome  when  individuals 
compete  for  satisfaction  of  needs.  At  present,  outcomes  are 
determined  by:  enthusiasm  and  skill  of  the  physicians;  vigor, 
social  class,  and  resources  of  the  patient  or  parents  who 
conceived  a child;  cultural  and  ethical  mores  of  the  com- 
munity in  which  all  these  persons  live;  and  political, 
financial,  and  geographic  situations  of  a particular  state. 

Is  it  fair  to  allow  such  results?  Is  it  more  in  keeping  with 
the  historical  policies  of  equality  of  opportunity  of  our  coun- 
try to  develop  more  systematic  methods  for  allocating  care? 

When  an  infant  is  born  with  serious  congenital  ab- 
normalities (structural  or  physiological),  attending  phy- 
sicians rapidly  must  determine  what  steps  are  needed  to 
correct  the  problem.  They  must  prognosticate  the  results  of 
modern  technological  treatment.  A child  with  deficient  B and 
T cell  function,  delivered  by  an  aseptic  method  into  a sterile 
life-island,  survives.  Delivered  vaginally,  into  even  a clean 
nursery,  the  child  dies.  An  infant  with  short  gut  syndrome 
survives  with  total  parenteral  nutrition.  An  infant  with  con- 
genital hypothyroidism  survives  if  detected  early  enough  and 
is  normal  if  treated  properly.  Sterile  life-islands  are  available 
at  only  a few  places  in  this  country.  Parenteral  nutrition  is 
offered  at  every  tertiary  care  institution  for  infants,  and  in 
some  secondary  centers.  Treatment  for  hypothyroidism 
should  be  available  everywhere. 


If  the  situation  is  complicated  because  the  treatment  i 
long,  difficult,  and  expensive,  it  is  unfair  to  offer  treatmer 
without  helping  the  family  sustain  the  financial,  educationa 
and  emotional  burden  involved.3 

If  the  situation  is  one  in  which  the  quality  of  life  is  sue 
as  to  cause  a prudent  person  to  doubt  if  it  is  worthwhile 
then  we  have  Baby  Doe.  Now  the  situation  has  become  ver 
comparable  to  that  of  the  elderly — past  all  caring.1  Much  ha 
been  made  of  the  need  for  review  of  parental  decisions,  wit 
respect  to  the  treatment  to  be  offered  children.  Once,  a chili 
was  property,  to  be  disposed  of  according  to  the  wishes  o 
the  father.  It  is  recognized  now  that  the  state  may  interven 
to  protect  children  to  see  that  they  are  given  appropriatii 
treatment,  and  to  safeguard  children  from  abuse  or  neglect! 
It  is  but  a small  step  between  intervention  upon  notice  o 
probable  cause  for  suspicion  (our  current  child  abuse  legis 
lation)  and  systematic  examination  of  parental  decision 
about  a class  of  children  (those  with  birth  defects).  Should, 
all  such  instances  be  reviewed  by  an  agency  of  government 
Are  records  to  be  opened?  Privacy  invaded?  Parents’  desire 
overruled,  condemning  them  to  later  financial  and  emotiona 
bankruptcy?  The  decisions  are  not  easy.  The  first  Baby  Do 
had  Down’s  syndrome  and  intestinal  obstruction.  Treatmen 
was  straightforward.  Who  is  to  say  that  the  child  witl 
Down's  syndrome  does  not  enjoy  life,  although  the  paren 
may  find  life  more  burdensome.  The  second  had  spina  bifid; 
and  multiple  defects.  It  is  known  that  such  children  usuall; 
are  very  severely  retarded,  immobile,  and  highly  likely  no 
to  survive.  One  could  describe  anecdotes  of  case  after  case 

There  is  a precedent  known  to  almost  every  physician  01 
a hospital  staff:  the  prognosis  committee.1  Usually  composec 
of  several  physicians  with  expertise  in  the  specific  illness  am 
one  or  more  neurologists  or  neurosurgeons,  the  committei 
reviews  patients  considered  to  have  brain  death,  to  determim 
when  it  is  appropriate  to  advise  the  abandonment  of  effort; 
to  prolong  life.  It  may  be  that  members  of  the  clergy  or  othe 
nonphysicians  serve  on  such  a committee.  The  principle  o ! 
group  wisdom  to  help  the  practitioner  and  the  unhappy 
family  in  reaching  a repugnant  decision  is  well  establishec 
and  usually  functions  well. 

Cannot  such  a precedent  guide  us  in  offering  care  to  the 
seriously  abnormal  newborn,  for  whom  the  quality  of  lift 
under  the  most  ideal  circumstances  may  be  compromised  tet 
an  intolerable  degree?  The  system  may  not  be  perfect,  bu 
it  works  in  many  hospitals.  Privacy  is  affirmed,  the  public 
is  served,  and  the  rights  of  infants,  parents,  and  state  are 
protected. 

Avrum  L.  Katcher,  M.D 

REFERENCES 

1.  George  JE,  Quattrone  M:  Physician  legal  bulletin.  J Med  Sot. 
A7  80:12,  997. 

2.  Courter  J:  Time  to  act  on  organ  transplants.  J Med  Soc  Nj 
80:12,  1052. 

3.  Will  GF:  The  Washington  Post,  December  1983,  p.  A23. 


106 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


HOSPITAL  GOVERNING  BOARDS* 


Hospital  Staff  Privileges 
for  Nonphysicians 


T 


he  subject  of  hospital  staff  privi- 
leges for  nonphysicians  has  been 
heating  up  over  the  last  few  years. 
More  and  more  nonphysician  professionals,  including 
podiatrists,  nurse  midwives,  and  psychologists,  have  been 
attempting  to  gain  medical  staff  privileges  in  order  to  prac- 
|ice  their  professions  within  the  confines  of  the  hospital. 

Of  necessity,  these  nonphysician  professionals  are  unable, 
[by  virtue  of  their  limited  scope  of  training  and  licensure,  to 
assume  complete  responsibility  for  the  care  of  a patient  as 
s the  case  for  a licensed  physician.  Therefore,  hospitals 
which  have  granted  clinical  privileges  to  these  nonphysician 
professionals  have  had  to  create  some  medical  staff  oversight 
mechanism  to  review  their  cases  while  in  the  hospital  or  to 
fpoadmit  to  the  combined  service  of  the  nonphysician  and  the 
[oversight  physician. 

Many  physicians  have  voiced  their  concern  that  these  ar- 
rangements might  expose  them  to  liability  for  the  negligent 
acts  of  the  nonphysician  professional.  Hospitals,  too,  have 
[(voiced  concern  over  nonphysician  staff  privileges  because 
[hospitals  also  know  that  they  will  be  responsible  in  one  form 
or  another  for  the  outcome  of  care  rendered  by  these 
nonphysician  professionals.  A recent  podiatric  malpractice 
(case  clearly  highlights  the  fact  that  everybody’s  anxieties  in 
these  areas  are  well-founded. 

The  case  of  Elam  v College  Park  Hospital,  1 32  Cal.App.3d 
332,  was  decided  by  the  California  Court  of  Appeals  on  June 
25,  1982.  In  the  patient’s  complaint,  the  plaintiff  stated  that 
a licensed  podiatrist  performed  negligent  podiatric  surgery 
at  the  hospital  to  correct  bilateral  bunions  and  bilateral 
hammer  toes.  The  patient  was  admitted  to  the  hospital  for 
surgery  by  the  podiatrist  and  for  treatment  by  a medical 
doctor  member  of  the  medical  staff. 

This  admission  to  two  professionals  occurred  pursuant  to 
a hospital  coadmission  procedure  requiring  concurrence  of 
the  medical  doctor  before  admitting  the  podiatric  patient. 
It  was  not  contested  that  the  medical  doctor  had  assumed 
responsibility  for  the  overall  medical  care  of  that  patient 
including  the  taking  of  the  medical  history  and  the  per- 
formance of  the  physical  examination  to  insure  that  podiatric 
surgery  was  not  contraindicated. 

The  facts  further  revealed  that  the  podiatrist  was  entirely 
an  independent  contractor  with  the  hospital,  and  never  an 
employee  or  agent.  The  podiatrist  never  was  paid  by  the 
hospital,  operated  his  own  office,  and  billed  the  patient 
directly.  The  patient  in  this  case  personally  had  selected  the 


podiatrist  for  medical  and/or  surgical  treatment.  The 
podiatrist  had  complied  with  the  hospital’s  credentialing  pro- 
cess and  the  hospital’s  governing  board  granted  him 
podiatric  surgery  privileges  in  April  1975.  Apparently,  the 
podiatrist  had  three  other  malpractice  cases  pending  against 
him  by  the  same  plaintiff s attorney  who  represented  the 
patient  in  the  Elam  case.  The  hospital  in  this  case  argued 
that  it  did  not  owe  its  patients  a legal  duty  to  exercise 
reasonable  care  in  selecting,  reviewing,  and  periodically 
evaluating  the  competency  of  the  physicians  and  podiatrists 
it  permitted  to  treat  patients  within  its  facilities.  This  argu- 
ment was  not  well  received  by  the  court  which  cited  numer- 
ous references  underscoring  the  integrity  of  the  doctrine  of 
hospital  corporate  liability. 

The  court  went  on  to  conclude:  “In  summary,  we  hold 
a hospital  as  accountable  for  negligently  screening  the  com- 
petency of  its  medical  staff  to  insure  the  adequacy  of  medical 
care  rendered  to  patients  at  its  facility.”  The  court  went  on 
to  quote  various  provisions  of  the  California  Administrative 
Code,  more  particularly  Title  22,  section  70703  as  follows: 
“(a)  Each  hospital  shall  have  an  organized  medical  staff 
responsible  to  the  governing  body  for  the  fitness,  adequacy, 
and  quality  of  the  care  rendered  to  patients  of  the  hospital; 
(b)  The  medical  staff  shall  be  composed  of  physicians  and, 
where  dental  or  podiatric  services  are  provided,  dentists  or 
podiatrists.” 

Thus,  the  hospital  cannot  avoid  liability  for  podiatrist 
members  of  its  staff  due  to  the  hospital’s  overall  responsi- 
bility as  a corporate  entity  for  what  transpires  within  the 
hospital  confines.  Physicians  also  must  be  aware  of  the  clear 
fact  that  they  will  be  held  accountable  for  any  patient  whom 
they  have  coadmitted  with  a nonphysician.  Hospitals  and 
medical  staffs  should  exercise  great  care  and  caution  in 
pursuing  solutions  to  the  problem  of  granting  privileges  to 
nonphysician  professionals. 

One  thing  is  certain,  however,  and  that  is  that  an  element 
of  responsibility  always  will  remain  on  the  shoulders  of  the 
hospital  and  physician  who  are  responsible  for  evaluating 
and  overseeing  the  care  rendered  by  these  nonphysician  pro- 
fessionals. J.E.G. 


*The  material  for  this  column  is  coedited  by  Arthur  Krosnick, 
M.D.,  Editor,  The  Journal,  MSNJ;  Vincent  A.  Maressa,  J.D.,  Ex- 
ecutive Director,  MSNJ;  and  James  E.  George,  M.D.,  J.D.,  Director 
of  the  Department  of  Professional  Liability. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  2— FEBRUARY  1984 


107 


WHY 

ama9 


immediate  acces  ^ socjo.econom- 

medical,  scie  ^ mainla,ns  a 


jc  information.  > journals,  and 

,atge  collection  of  books,^^  ^ 

microfilm  and  p information 

aCC6SS  throuQb  computerized  data 

S0U'CfTtle  AMA  library.  It'S  one  more 

good^eaaorTwhy  you  should 

of  the  AMA. 

To  Join,  ctate  medical 

Contact  you.  coun^rnSta.eMember 

society  or  w"te_  Qearborn  Street, 

ship,  AMA,  535  North  Dea  ^ 

Chicago,  Illinois  60610 

(312)751-6196. 


References: 

1.  Stone  PH.  Turi  ZG,  Muller  JE  Efficacy  of  nifedipine  therapy  for  refractory  anqina 
pectoris  Am  Heart  J 104:672-681,  September  1982. 

2.  Antman  E,  Muller  J,  Goldberg  S,  et  al:  Nifedipine  therapy  for  coronary-artery 
spasm:  Experience  in  127  patients.  N Engl  J Med  302:1269-1273,  June  5,  1980 


BRIEF  SUMMARY 

PROCARDIA " (nifedipine)  CAPSULES  For  Oral  Us 

INDICATIONS  AND  USAGE:  I.  Vasospastic  Angina:  PROCARDIA  (nifedipine)  is  indicated  for  tf 
management  of  vasospastic  angina  confirmed  by  any  of  the  following  criteria:  1 ) classical  pattei 
of  angina  at  rest  accompanied  by  ST  segment  elevation.  2)  angina  or  coronary  artery  spasm  prr 
voked  by  ergonovine,  or  3)  angiographically  demonstrated  coronary  artery  spasm . In  those  patienl 
who  have  had  angiography,  the  presence  of  significant  fixed  obstructive  disease  is  not  incompatib 1 
with  the  diagnosis  of  vasospastic  angina,  provided  that  the  above  criteria  are  satisfied.  PROCARDI 
may  also  be  used  where  the  clinical  presentation  suggests  a possible  vasospastic  component  bi 
where  vasospasm  has  not  been  confirmed,  eg.  where  pain  has  a variable  threshold  on  exertion  r 
in  unstable  angina  where  electrocardiographic  findings  are  compatible  with  intermittent  vase 
spasm,  or  when  angina  is  refractory  to  nitrates  and/or  adequate  doses  of  beta  blockers 

II.  Chronic  Stable  Angina  (Classical  Effort-Associated  Angina):  PROCARDIA  is  indicated  ft 
the  management  of  chronic  stable  angina  (effort-associated  angina)  without  evidence  of  vasospasr 
in  patients  who  remain  symptomatic  despite  adequate  doses  of  beta  blockers  and/or  organic  nitrate 
or  who  cannot  tolerate  those  agents. 

In  chronic  stable  angina  (effort-associated  angina)  PROCARDIA  has  been  effective  in  controlle 
trials  of  up  to  eight  weeks  duration  in  reducing  angina  frequency  and  increasing  exercise  tolerance 
but  confirmation  of  sustained  effectiveness  and  evaluation  of  long-term  safety  in  those  patients  ar 
incomplete. 

Controlled  studies  in  small  numbers  of  patients  suggest  concomitant  use  of  PROCARDIA  an 
beta  blocking  agents  may  be  beneficial  in  patients  with  chronic  stable  angina,  but  available  infort 
mation  is  not  sufficient  to  predict  with  confidence  the  effects  of  concurrent  treatment,  especially  i 
patients  with  compromised  left  ventricular  function  or  cardiac  conduction  abnormalities.  When  in 
troducing  such  concomitant  therapy,  care  must  be  taken  to  monitor  blood  pressure  closely  sine 
severe  hypotension  can  occur  from  the  combined  effects  of  the  drugs  (See  Warnings.) 
CONTRAINDICATIONS:  Known  hypersensitivity  reaction  to  PROCARDIA 
WARNINGS:  Excessive  Hypotension:  Although  in  most  patients,  the  hypotensive  effect  o 
PROCARDIA  is  modest  and  well  tolerated,  occasional  patients  have  had  excessive  and  poorly  tol 
erated  hypotension  These  responses  have  usually  occurred  during  initial  titration  or  at  the  time  o 
subsequent  upward  dosage  adiustment,  and  may  be  more  likely  in  patients  on  concomitant  bet; 
blockers. 

Severe  hypotension  and/or  increased  fluid  volume  requirements  have  been  reported  in  patient," 
receiving  PROCARDIA  together  with  a beta  blocking  agent  who  underwent  coronary  artery  bypas: 
surgery  using  high  dose  fentanyl  anesthesia  The  interaction  with  high  dose  fentanyl  appears  to  b( 
due  to  the  combination  of  PROCARDIA  and  a beta  blocker,  but  the  possibility  that  it  may  occur  with 
PROCARDIA  alone,  with  low  doses  of  fentanyl,  in  other  surgical  procedures,  or  with  other  narcotit 
analgesics  cannot  be  ruled  out.  In  PROCARDIA  treated  patients  where  surgery  using  high  dost 
fentanyl  anesthesia  is  contemplated , the  physician  should  be  aware  of  these  potential  problems  and 
if  the  patient's  condition  permits,  sufficient  time  (at  least  36  hours)  should  be  allowed  fo 
PROCARDIA  to  be  washed  out  of  the  body  prior  to  surgery 

Increased  Angina:  Occasional  patients  have  developed  well  documented  increased  frequency  du- 
ration or  severity  of  angina  on  starting  PROCARDIA  or  at  the  time  of  dosage  increases.  The  mech- 
anism of  this  response  is  not  established  but  could  result  from  decreased  coronary  perfusion 
associated  with  decreased  diastolic  pressure  with  increased  heart  rate,  or  from  increased  demand 
resulting  from  increased  heart  rate  alone. 

Beta  Blocker  Withdrawal:  Patients  recently  withdrawn  from  beta  blockers  may  develop  a with- 
drawal syndrome  with  increased  angina,  probably  related  to  increased  sensitivity  to  catechol- 
amines Initiation  of  PROCARDIA  treatment  will  not  prevent  this  occurrence  and  might  be  expected 
to  exacerbate  it  by  provoking  reflex  catecholamine  release  There  have  been  occasional  reports  of 
increased  angina  in  a setting  of  beta  blocker  withdrawal  and  PROCARDIA  initiation.  It  is  important 
to  taper  beta  blockers  if  possible,  rather  than  stopping  them  abruptly  before  beginning 
PROCARDIA 

Congestive  Heart  Failure:  Rarely,  patients,  usually  receiving  a beta  blocker,  have  developed  heart 
failure  after  beginning  PROCARDIA  Patients  with  tight  aortic  stenosis  may  be  at  greater  risk  for 
such  an  event 


PRECAUTIONS:  General:  Hypotension:  Because  PROCARDIA  decreases  peripheral  vascular 
resistance,  careful  monitoring  of  blood  pressure  during  the  initial  administration  and  titration 
of  PROCARDIA  is  suggested  Close  observation  is  especially  recommended  for  patients  already 
taking  medications  that  are  known  to  lower  blood  pressure.  (See  Warnings  ) 

Peripheral  edema:  Mild  to  moderate  peripheral  edema,  typically  associated  with  arterial  vaso- 
dilation and  not  due  to  left  ventricular  dysfunction,  occurs  in  about  one  in  ten  patients  treated  with 
PROCARDIA  This  edema  occurs  primarily  in  the  lower  extremities  and  usually  responds  to  diuretic 
therapy  With  patients  whose  angina  is  complicated  by  congestive  heart  failure,  care  should  be  taken 
to  differentiate  this  peripheral  edema  from  the  effects  of  increasing  left  ventricular  dysfunction 

Drug  interactions:  Beta-adrenergic  blocking  agents:  (See  Indications  and  Warnings.)  Experience 
m over  1400  patients  in  a non-comparative  clinical  trial  has  shown  that  concomitant  administration 
of  PROCARDIA  and  beta-blocking  agents  is  usually  well  tolerated,  but  there  have  been  occasional 
literature  reports  suggesting  that  the  combination  may  increase  the  likelihood  of  congestive  heart 
failure,  severe  hypotension  or  exacerbation  of  angina. 

Long-acting  nitrates:  PROCARDIA  may  be  safely  co-administered  with  nitrates,  but  there  have 
been  no  controlled  studies  to  evaluate  the  antianginal  effectiveness  of  this  combination. 

Digitalis:  Administration  of  PROCARDIA  with  digoxin  increased  digoxin  levels  in  nine  of  twelve 
normal  volunteers  The  average  increase  was  45%.  Another  investigator  found  no  increase  in  di- 1 
goxin  levels  in  thirteen  patients  with  coronary  artery  disease  In  an  uncontrolled  study  of  over  two 
hundred  patients  with  congestive  heart  failure  during  which  digoxin  blood  levels  were  not  meas- 
ured, digitalis  toxicity  was  not  observed  Since  there  have  been  isolated  reports  of  patients  with 
elevated  digoxin  levels,  it  is  recommended  that  digoxin  levels  be  monitored  when  initiating,  adjust- 
ing, and  discontinuing  PROCARDIA  to  avoid  possible  over-  or  under-digitalization. 

Carcinogenesis,  mutagenesis,  impairment  of  fertility  When  given  to  rats  prior  to  mating,  nife- 
dipine caused  reduced  fertility  at  a dose  approximately  30  times  the  maximum  recommended  hu- 
man dose 

Pregnancy:  Category  C.  Please  see  full  prescribing  information  with  reference  fo  teratogenicity  in  i 
rats,  embryotoxicity  in  rats,  mice  and  rabbits,  and  abnormalities  in  monkeys. 

ADVERSE  REACTIONS:  The  most  common  adverse  events  include  dizziness  or  light-headedness, 
peripheral  edema,  nausea,  weakness,  headache  and  flushing  each  occurring  in  about  10%  of  pa- 
tients, transient  hypotension  in  about  5%,  palpitation  in  about  2%  and  syncope  in  about  0.5%. 
Syncopal  episodes  did  not  recur  with  reduction  in  the  dose  of  PROCARDIA  or  concomitant  antian- 
ginal medication  Additionally,  the  following  have  been  reported:  muscle  cramps,  nervousness, 
dyspnea,  nasal  and  chest  congestion,  diarrhea,  constipation,  inflammation,  joint  stiffness,  shaki- 
ness, sleep  disturbances,  blurred  vision,  difficulties  in  balance,  dermatitis,  pruritus  urticaria  fe- 
ver, sweating,  chills,  and  sexual  difficulties.  Very  rarely,  introduction  of  PROCARDIA  therapy  was 
associated  with  an  increase  in  anginal  pain,  possibly  due  to  associated  hypotension 

In  addition,  more  serious  adverse  events  were  observed,  not  readily  distinguishable  from  the  nat- 
ural history  of  the  disease  in  these  patients.  It  remains  possible,  however,  that  some  or  many  of 
these  events  were  drug  related  Myocardial  infarction  occurred  in  about  4%  of  patients  and  conges- 
tive heart  failure  or  pulmonary  edema  in  about  2%.  Ventricular  arrhythmias  or  conduction  disturb- 
ances each  occurred  in  fewer  than  0 5%  of  patients. 

Laboratory  Tests:  Rare,  mild  to  moderate,  transient  elevations  of  enzymes  such  as  alkaline  phos- 
phatase,  CPK,  LDH,  SGOT,  and  SGPT  have  been  noted,  and  a single  incident  of  significantly  ele- 
vated transaminases  and  alkaline  phosphatase  was  seen  in  a patient  with  a history  of  gall  bladder 
disease  after  about  eleven  months  of  nifedipine  therapy.  The  relationship  to  PROCARDIA  therapy  is 
uncertain  These  laboratory  abnormalities  have  rarely  been  associated  with  clinical  symptoms. 
Cholestasis,  possibly  due  to  PROCARDIA  therapy,  has  been  reported  twice  in  the  extensive  world 
literature 


SDnrADm,lV\n,,,,r?ange'  son  9e'a,in  " hucahuia  CAPSULE  contains  10  mg  of  nifedipine 
PROCARDIA  CAPSULES  are  supplied  in  bottles  of  100  (NDC  0069-2600-66),  300  (NDC  0069- 
2600-72),  and  unit  dose  (10x10)  (NDC  0069-2600-41).  The  capsules  should  be  protected  from 
light  and  moisture  and  stored  at  controlled  room  temperature  59°  to  77°F  ( 15°  to  25°C)  in  the  man-, 
ufacturer's  original  container 


More  detailed  professional  information  available  on  request 


© 1982,  Pfizer  Inc. 


LABORATORIES  DIVISION 


108 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


otes  from  an  unsolicited 
er  received  by  Pfizer  from  an 
jina  patient. 

He  this  patient  's  experience 
epresentative  of  many 
solicited  comments  received, 
all  patients  will  respond  to 
cardia  nor  will  they  all 
pond  to  the  same  degree  ! 


"My  doctor  switched  me  to 
PROCAR  Dl  A M as  soon  as  it  became 
available.  The  change  in  my  condition 
is  remarkable." 

"I  shop,  cook  and  can  plant 
flowers  again." 

"I  have  been  able  to  do  volunteer 
work. .and  feel  needed  and  useful 
once  again." 


83,  Pfizer  Inc. 


PROCARDIA  can  mean  the  return  to  a more  normal  life 
for  your  patients — having  fewer  anginal  attacks,1  taking 
fewer  nitroglycerin  tablets,2  doing  more,  and  being  more 
productive  once  again 

Side  effects  are  usually  mild  (most  frequently  reported 
are  dizziness  or  lightheadedness,  peripheral  edema, 
nausea,  weakness,  headache  and  flushing,  each  occurring 
in  about  10%  of  patients,  transient  hypotension  in  about 
5%,  palpitation  in  about  2%  and  syncope  in  about  0.5%). 


for  the  varied  faces  of  angina 


, 


"My  daily  routine  consisted  of 
sitting  in  my  chair  trying  to  stay  alive." 


ocardia  is  indicated  for  the  management  of: 

Confirmed  vasospastic  angina. 

Angina  where  the  clinical  presentation  suggests  a possible 
sospastic  component. 

Chronic  stable  angina  without  evidence  of  vasospasm  in 
itients  who  remain  symptomatic  despite  adequate  doses  of 
;ta  blockers  and/or  nitrates  or  who  cannot  tolerate  these 
;ents.  In  chronic  stable  angina  (effort-associated  angina) 
tOCARDIA  has  been  effective  in  controlled  trials  of  up  to 
§ht  weeks'  duration  in  reducing  angina  frequency  and 
:reasing  exercise  tolerance,  but  confirmation  of  sustained 
:ectiveness  and  evaluation  of  long-term  safety  in  these 
itients  are  incomplete. 


PROCARDIA 


(NIFEDIPINE) 


Capsules  10  mg 


Please  see  PROCARDIA  brief  summary  on  adjoining  page 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  2— FEBRUARY  1984 


109 


Postmyocardial  Infarction  Rupture 
of  the  Ventricular  Septum 


SHASHI  K.  AGARWAL,  M.D.,  JACOB  HAFT,  M.D., 
JONATHAN  GOLDSTEIN,  M.D.,  Newark* 


Cross-sectional  echocardiography  has  acquired  an  important  role  in 
the  evaluation  of  seriously  ill  patients  with  complicated  myocardial 
infarction.  The  case  presented  illustrates  the  quick,  accurate,  and 
hazard- free  capability  of  two-dimensional  echocardiography  for  acute 
postmyocardial  infarction  septal  rupture. 


Cross-sectional  echocardiography 
has  allowed  assessment  of 
myocardial  dysfunction  in  coronary 
artery  disease. I,J  It  especially  has  been  useful  in  recognizing 
complications  of  ischemia  such  as  ventricular  aneurysm,3 
ventricular  rupture  with  pseudoaneurysm  formation,4  and 
papillary  muscle  dysfunction  or  rupture.5  Since  cross-sec- 
tional echocardiography  visualizes  the  cardiac  apex  directly6 
where  the  majority  of  ischemia-related  septal  defects  are 
located,7  it  has  been  extremely  useful  in  diagnosis  of  post- 
myocardial infarction  ventricular  septal  rupture.8-10  We  de- 
scribe a case  with  ventricular  septal  defect  complicating  an 
acute  myocardial  infarction,  diagnosed  by  cross-sectional 
echocardiography  and  confirmed  by  angiocardiography  and 
cardiac  surgery. 

CASE  REPORT 

The  patient  was  a 61-year-old  white  female,  transferred  to 
Saint  Michael  s Medical  Center,  Newark,  for  evaluation  and 
further  management  after  she  was  admitted  to  a nearby 
hospital  with  prolonged  chest  pain.  Admission  electrocardio- 
grams and  cardiac  enzyme  levels  were  consistent  with  an 
extensive  acute  myocardial  infarction  (MI).  She  did  well  for 
two  days  until  the  day  prior  to  transfer,  when  she  developed 
transient  atrial  fibrillation,  and  was  treated  with  digitalis  and 
furosemide.  On  the  day  of  transfer,  a harsh  holosystolic 
murmur  was  audible  for  the  first  time  over  the  precordium 
and  was  associated  with  a resting  tachycardia  of  122/min. 


The  patient’s  past  history  was  remarkable  only  for  hyper- 
tension, for  which  she  had  been  on  hydrochlorothiazide  25 
mg  daily  for  several  years.  There  were  no  other  known  risk 
factors  for  coronary  artery  disease.  On  evaluation,  the 
patient  appeared  to  be  comfortable  in  the  supine  positions 
and  afebrile.  Pulse  was  regular  at  95/min;  blood  pressure  was 
110/70  right  arm;  respirations  were  18/min  and  unlabored. 
Jugular  venous  pulse  was  not  distended  and  there  was  no 
peripheral  edema.  PMI  was  poorly  felt;  SI  and  S2  were  soft; 
S4  was  present.  A harsh  grade  III/VI  holosystolic  murmur 
was  audible  at  the  left  sternal  border  without  any  definite 
radiation.  Examination  of  the  lungs,  abdomen,  and  central 
nervous  system  was  unremarkable.  An  electrocardiogram 
was  consistent  with  a recent  extensive  anterior  wall  MI. 
Portable  chest  roentgenogram  revealed  a possible  left  lower 
lobe  infiltrate.  A bedside  two-dimensional  echocardio- 
graphic  study  showed  akinesis  of  the  entire  left  ventricle  (LV) 
apex.  The  apical  portion  of  the  interventricular  septum 
consistently  was  absent  in  several  views.  This  was  best  seen 
on  the  apical  four-chamber  view  (Figure  1 ).  The  free  inferior 
portion  of  the  interventricular  septum  further  appeared 
bulbous  suggesting  marked  edema.  The  LV  and  left  atrium 
(LA)  also  were  enlarged.  A Swan-Ganz  catheter  was  inserted 
percutaneously  and  revealed  a step  up  at  the  right  ventricle 

♦From  the  Department  of  Cardiology,  Saint  Michael’s  Medical 
Center,  Newark.  Correspondence  may  be  addressed  to  Dr.  Agarwal, 
Saint  Michael  s Medical  Center,  306  High  Street,  Newark,  NJ 
07102. 


110 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  2— FEBRUARY  1984 


gure  1 — Two-dimensional  echocardiogram;  apical  four- 
lamber  view.  Note  the  missing  apical  interventricular  septum 
,rrow).  LV  = left  ventricle;  RV  = right  ventricle;  LA=left  atrium; 
A = rig ht  atrium. 


figure  2 — Coronary  angiogram.  Note  the  total  occlusion  of  the 
9ft  anterior  descending  (LAD)  artery  (arrow).  The  left  circumflex 
irtery  (LFC)  appears  clean. 


Figure  3 — Left  ventriculogram.  The  contrast  is  seen  entering  the 
right  ventricle  (RV)  when  injected  into  the  left  ventricle  (LV).  Ao 
= Aorta. 


Figure  4 — The  arrow  points  to  the  ventricular  septal  defect  as 
seen  during  surgery. 


RV)  level  consistent  with  recirculation  from  the  left  heart  to 
[he  right  ventricle  with  a Qp/Qs  ratio  greater  than  3:1.  On 
;ated  acquisition  of  the  blood  pool  scan,  the  LV  was 
lijinlarged  greatly  with  akinesis  of  the  entire  anteroseptal 
jijnferoapical  wall.  The  LV  ejection  fraction  was  17  percent. 
Cardiac  catheterization  revealed  a large  anterior  septal  and 
Epical  infarction  with  total  occlusion  of  the  left  anterior 
(descending  artery  in  its  proximal  position  (Figure  2).  A large 
ventricular  septal  defect  was  recognized  on  left  ventriculog- 
■aphy  (Figure  3).  A guidewire  mediated  intraaortic  balloon* 
was  inserted  percutaneously  and  the  patient  was  operated  on 
[the  following  morning.  At  surgery,  a large  apical  ventricular 
septal  defect  was  confirmed.  (Figure  4). 

DISCUSSION 

Ventricular  septal  rupture,  a rare  complication  of  acute 
myocardial  infarction,  is  a serious  event11  with  the  majority 
occurring  within  the  first  week  after  infarction.12  Clinical 
recognition  often  is  difficult13  but  unremitting  circulatory 
deterioration14  may  demand  early  surgery.13  Further,  recent 
data  suggest  an  acceptable  mortality  (50  percent)  with  early 
surgical  intervention  in  the  unstable  patient  versus  unac- 
ceptably high  mortality  (90  percent)  with  medical  therapy  of 
afterload  reduction  and  intraaortic  balloon  pump  once  shock 


*Kontron  Cardiovascular,  Inc.,  Everett,  Massachusetts. 


ensues.16  Although  cardiac  catheterization  may  be  performed 
in  critically  ill  patients,17  it  imposes  an  increased  risk. 
Bedside  Swan-Ganz  catheterization  does  not  allow  the  site  or 
size  of  the  septal  defect  to  be  judged  well.18  This  information 
is  of  importance  to  the  surgeon.14 

Several  M-mode  echocardiographic  findings  in  ischemic 
septal  rupture  have  been  described19'21  including  dilatation  of 
the  right  ventricle,  early  mitral  valve  opening  or  abnormal 
septal,  and  tricuspid  valve  motion.  Rarely,  septal  discon- 
tinuity may  be  recognized.22  Since  these  are  nonspecific 
findings,  an  accurate  assessment  of  the  myocardial  damage  is 
lacking  in  this  method. 

Cross-sectional  echocardiography,  by  providing  spatial 
orientation,  allows  direct  visualization  of  isolated  ventricular 
septal  defects.23  By  using  several  acoustic  windows,  the  entire 
length  of  the  interventricular  septum  can  be  viewed.24  Left  to 
right  shunting  may  be  inferred  by  negative  contrast  in  the 
right  ventricle  using  intravenous  contrast  echocardiog- 
raphy.23 Further,  recognition  of  an  associated  septal 
aneurysm  or  localization  of  the  defect  anteriorly  or  posterior- 
ly easily  can  be  made  providing  useful  preoperative  informa- 
tion.14,26 

It  is  important  that  several  sweeps  be  made  from  apical  to 
basal  and  inferior  to  posterior  areas  to  avoid  a false  negative 
study.  Although  technical  dropouts  may  occur,  correct  ad- 
justments of  gain  characteristics  usually  will  allow  defects  as 
small  as  5 mm  to  be  visualized.27 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  2— FEBRUARY  1984 


A false  positive  study  due  to  echo  dropouts  from  technical 
aberration  should  be  excluded  by  recording  the  defect  per- 
sistently in  the  same  location  on  at  least  two  separate  two- 
dimensional  views. 

The  most  useful  views  have  been  parasternal  short  axis8 
and  apical  four  chamber.10’28  We  recognized  the  defect  best 
in  the  apical  four-chamber  view. 

Cross-sectional  echocardiography  has  acquired  an  impor- 
tant role  in  the  evaluation  of  seriously  ill  patients  with 
complicated  myocardial  infarction.  The  case  presented  in 
this  report  illustrates  the  quick,  accurate,  and  hazard-free 
capability  of  two-dimensional  echocardiography  in  diagnos- 
ing an  acute  postmyocardial  infarction  septa!  rupture. 

REFERENCES 

1.  Niscon  JV,  Narahara  KA,  Smitherman  TC:  Estimation  of 
myocardial  involvement  in  patients  with  acute  myocardial  infarction 
by  two-dimensional  echocardiography.  Circulation  62:1248-1255, 
1980. 

2.  Meltzer  RS,  Woythaler  JN,  Buda  AJ,  et  al.:  Two-dimensional 
echocardiographic  qualification  of  infarct  size  alteration  by  pharma- 
cologic agents.  Am  J Cardiol  44:257-262,  1979. 

3.  Weyman  AE,  Peskoe  SM,  Welham  ES,  et  al.:  Detection  of  left 
ventricular  aneurysm  by  cross-sectional  echocardiography.  Circula- 
tion 54:936-942,  1976. 

4.  Catherwood  E,  Mintz  GS,  Kotler  MN,  et  al.:  Two-dimensional 
echocardiography  recognition  of  left  ventricular  pseudo-aneurysm. 
Circulation  62:294-303,  1980. 

5.  Fergenbaum  H:  Echocardiography,  3rd  Edition.  Philadelphia, 
PA,  Lea  and  Febiger,  1981,  pp.  469. 

6.  Hickman  HO,  Weyman  AE,  Wann  LS,  et  al.:  Cross-sectional 
echocardiography  of  the  cardiac  apex.  Circulation  56:3:153,  1977. 

7.  Kaplan  MA,  Harris  CN,  Kay  JH,  et  al.:  Postinfarctional 
ventricular  septal  rupture:  Clinical  approach  and  surgical  results 
Chest  69:734-738,  1976. 

8.  Scanlan  TG,  Seward  JB,  Tajrk  AJ:  Visualization  of  ventricular 
septal  rupture  utilizing  wide-angle  two-dimensional  echocardiog- 
raphy. Mayo  Clin  Proc  54:381-384,  1979. 

9.  Farcot  JC,  Borsante  L,  Rigand  M,  et  al.:  Two-dimensional 
echocardiographic  visualization  of  ventricular  rupture  after  acute 
anterior  myocardial  infarction.  Am  J Cardiol  45:370-377,  1980. 

10.  Sanders  RJ,  Kern  WH,  Blount  SG  Jr:  Perforation  of  the 
interventricular  septum  complicating  myocardial  infarction  Am 
Heart  J 81:736-748,  1956. 

11.  Giulian,  ER,  Danielson  GK,  Piuth  JR,  et  al.:  Postinfarction 
ventricular  septal  rupture:  Surgical  considerations  and  results. 
Circulation  49:455-459,  1974. 


12.  Dugall  JC,  Pryor  R,  Blount  SG:  Systolic  murmur  follow, 
myocardial  infarction.  Am  Heart  J 87:577-583,  1974. 

13.  Kaplan  MA,  Harris  CN,  Kay  JH,  et  al.:  Postinfarctio | 
ventricular  septal  rupture  clinical  approach  and  surgical  resu 
Chest  69:734-738,  1976. 

14.  Dagget  WM,  Guyton  RA,  Mundth  E,  et  al.:  Surgery  ■ 
postmyocardial  infarct  ventricular  septal  defect  Am  S 
186:260-271,  1977. 

15.  Bardet  J,  Masquet  C,  Kahn  JC,  et  al.:  Clinical  £| 
hemodynamic  results  of  intraaortic  counterpulsation  and  surgery 
cardiogenic  shock.  Am  Heart  J 93:280-288,  1977. 

16.  Felner  JM,  Arenberg  D,  Meyer  TP,  Sympas  PN,  Schlant  F 
Ventricular  septal  rupture  and  mitral  regurgitation  in  a patient  w 
an  acute  myocardial  infarction.  Chest  75:614-617,  1979, 

17.  Hill  JD,  Lary  D,  Kirth  WJ,  et  al.:  Acquired  ventricular  sep 
defects.  J Thorac  Cardiovasc  Surg  70:440-450,  1975. 

18.  Meister  SG,  Helfant  RH:  Rapid  bedside  differentiation 
ruptured  interventricular  septum  from  acute  mitral  insufficiency 
Engl  J Med  287:1024-1025,  1972. 

19.  Chandraratra  P,  An-Balachandran  PK,  Shah  PM,  et  J 
Echocardiography  observations  on  ventricular  septal  rupture  co 
plicating  acute  myocardial  infarction.  Circulation  51:506-510,  19' 

20.  De  Joseph  RL,  Seides  SF,  Linder  A,  et  al.:  Echocardiograpl 
findings  of  ventricular  septal  rupture  in  acute  myocardial  infarctic 
Am  J Cardiol  36:346-348,  1975. 

21.  Felner  JM,  Arenberg  D,  Meyer  TP,  et  al.:  Ventricular  sep1 
rupture  and  mitral  regurgitation  in  patients  with  an  acu, 
myocardial  infarction.  Chest  75:614-617,  1979. 

22.  Kerin  NJ,  Edelstein  J,  DeRue  RG:  Ventricular  septal  defe 
complicating  acute  myocardial  infarction.  Echocardiographic  der 
onstration  confirmed  by  angiocardiograms  and  surgery  Che 
70:560-563,  1976. 

23.  Seward  JB,  Tayrk  AJ,  Hagler  DJ,  et  al.:  Visualization  , 
isolated  ventricular  septal  defect  with  wide-angle  two-dimension 
sector  echocardiography.  Circulation  2:202,  1978. 

24.  Tayrk  AL,  Seward  JB,  Hagler  DJ,  et  al.:  Two-dimension 
real-time  ultrasonic  imagery  of  the  heart  and  great  vessels  techniqu 
image  orientation,  structure  identification,  and  validation  Max 
Clin  Proc  53:271-303,  1978. 

25.  Weyman  AE,  Wann  LS,  Hurwist  RA,  et  al.:  Negative  contra: 
echocardiography:  A new  technique  for  detecting  left  to  right  shun 
Circulation  111:11-26,  1977. 

26.  Gerayr  FJ,  Schwartz  MJ,  Bell  AL:  Postmyocardial  infarctio 
ventricular  septal  tear  syndrome.  Chest  60:583-586,  1971. 

27.  King  DL,  Stieg  CN,  Ellis  K:  Visualization  of  ventricula 
septal  defects  by  cardiac  ultrasonography.  Circulation  48: 12 15-122( 

28.  Bishop  HL,  Gebson  RS,  Stann  RB,  et  al.:  Role  of  twc 
dimensional  echocardiography  in  the  evaluation  of  patients  wit! 
ventricular  septal  rupture  postmyocardial  infarction.  Am  Heart  , 
102:965-971,  1981. 


112 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


OMPUTER  CRUISE  FOR  DOCTORS 

DAYS  ON  THE  LUXURIOUS  QUEEN  ELIZABETH  2 
DEPARTING  FROM  PHILADELPHIA  MAY  12-20,  1984 

• COMBINE  BUSINESS  WITH  PLEASURE 

• FUNDAMENTALS  OF  MICRO  COMPUTERS 

• UP-TO-DATE  INFORMATION  ON 
MEDICAL  BUSINESS  APPLICATIONS 


U.L  PROVIDED  IN  THE  MOST  SUPERB  ACCOMMODATIONS  ABOARD  THE  MOST 
.UXURIOUS  SHIP  AFLOAT  - THE  QUEEN  ELIZABETH  2 - SAILING  FROM  THE  PORT 
)F  PHILADELPHIA  MAKING  STOPS  AT  BERMUDA  - ST.  THOMAS  - ST.  MARTIN. 


Doctors  and  professional  staff  with  responsibility  for  cost  ef; 
tive  operation  of  medical  businesses  should  attend.  Mi< > 
computers  are  changing  the  way  the  medical  business  opera!* 
At  this  seminar  you  learn  how  to  cope  with  the  microco 
puter  explosion. 


WHO  SHOULD  ATTEND? 


• LEARN  TO  RECOGNIZE  APPROPRIATE  OPPORTUNITIES  FOR  THE  USE  OF  MICRO- 
COMPUTERS IN  YOUR  PRACTICE 

• LEARN  TO  SELECT  THE  SOFTWARE  THAT  BEST  MEETS  YOUR  SPECIFIC  NEEDS 

• BECOME  ACQUAINTED  WITH  THE  STRENGTHS  AND  WEAKNESSES  OF  PARTICULAR 
CLASSES  OF  SOFTWARE  IN  VARIOUS  APPLICATIONS 

• GAIN  THE  KNOWLEDGE  YOU  NEED  TO  EFFECTIVELY  IMPLEMENT  AND  MANAGE 
MICROCOMPUTER  USE 

I.  INTRODUCTION  TO  MICROS 

DAY  ONE  - 

• HARDWARE  OVERVIEW 

• SELECTING  A MICRO 

• INTRODUCTION  TO  SOFTWARE 

• SELECTING  SOFTWARE 

• USING  SOFTWARE 

II.  GETTING  AHEAD  WITH  MICROS 

DAY  TWO  - 

• SELECTING  A SYSTEM 

• WORD  PROCESSING 

DAY  THREE  - 

• WORD  PROCESSING  APPLICATIONS 

• DATA  base  management  software 

DAY  FOUR- 

• SPREADSHEET  AND  FINANCIAL  ANALYSIS  SOFTWARE 

• ACCOUNTING  SOFTWARE 

• UNIQUE  PROBLEMS  OF  MEDICAL  SYSTEMS 

III-  keeping  up  with  new  products 

• MEDICAL  SOFTWARE  DEMONSTRATIONS 


SEMINAR  INSTRUCTORS 


1968-1976  computer  science. 


QUEEN  ELIZABETH  2 

A FESTIVAL  OF  LIFE 


REGISTRATION  PROCEDURES 

• PLEASE  COMPLETE  ALL  INFORMATION  REQUESTED  ON  THE  REGISTRATION  FORM 

• MAKE  CHECK  PAYABLE  TO:  P & A COMPANY-CUNARD  FOR  $400  PER  PERSON 
DEPOSIT 

• MAIL  COMPLETED  REGISTRATION  FORM  AND  ACCOMPANYING  CHECK  TO  P & A 
COMPANY,  29  TEE-AR  PLACE,  PRINCETON,  N.J.  08540 

• REGISTRATION  DEADLINE:  MARCH  1,1984.  ACCOMMODATIONS  ON  THE  SHIP 
ARE  ASSIGNED  ON  A FIRST  COME-FIRST-SERVED  BASIS 

• CANCELLATION  POLICY:  CANCELLATIONS  RECEIVED  BY  APRIL  1 1 , 1984  WILL 
RECEIVE  A FULL  REFUND.  CANCELLATIONS  RECEIVED  BETWEEN  APRIL  12  AND 
APRIL  27  WILL  RECEIVE  A REFUND  MINUS  $100;  BETWEEN  APRIL  28  AND  MAY  11 
50%;  NO  SHOW/NO  WRITTEN  NOTICE-NO  REFUND 

WORKSHOP/CRUISE  FEES 

COMPUTER  COURSE $500.00 

CRUISE  RATES  (BASED  ON  DOUBLE  OCCUPANCY)  AT  DISCOUNTED  GROUP  RATES 

PLUS  PORT  TAXES,  PER  PERSON 


CATEGORY  L 

= $1390 

CATEGORY  J 

= $1540 

CATEGORY  H 

= $1750 

CATEGORY  G 

= $1800 

CATEGORY  F 

= $1860 

CATEGORY  E 

= $1910 

BROCHURES  WILL  BE  SUPPLIED  UPON  RECEIPT  OF  RESERVATION  FOR  SELECTION 
OF  CABIN  CATEGORY,  OR  MAY  BE  REQUESTED  IN  ADVANCE  BY  MAIL  OR  TELEPHONE 

609  452-2455 


REGISTRATION  APPLICATION 

(Please  type  or  print) 

NAME  TELEPHONE  ( ) 

NAME  OF  ACCOMPANYING  SPOUSE  OR  COMPANION  

STREET  ADDRESS  

CITY STATE  ZIP 

AMOUNT  ENCLOSED DOLLARS  (CHECK  PAYABLE  TO  P&  A COMPANY/CUNARD) 

(SINGLE  ACCOMMODATIONS  ARE  AVAILABLE,  RATES  WILL  BE  SUPPLIED  UPON  REQUEST) 
(UP-GRADING  OF  CABINS  WILL  BE  AVAILABLE  ON  A LIMITED  BASIS) 


MAIL  COMPLETED  APPLICATION  FORM  TO: 

P & A COMPANY 
29  TEE-AR  PLACE 
PRINCETON,  NJ  08540 


THIS  IS  NOTAN  OFFER  OR  A CONTRACT.  THE  ATTENTION  OF  THE  PASSENGER  IS  SPECIFICALLY  DIRECTED 
TO  THE  TERMS  FOR  CARRIAGE  OF  PASSENGERS  AS  SET  FORTH  IN  THE  CUNARD  PASSAGE  CONTRACT 
COPIES  OF  WHICH  ARE  AVAILABLE  FROM  CUNARD  OR  YOUR  TRAVEL  AGENT.  British  Registry  Printed  in  USA 


rhe  First  Clinical  Year  o 
Medical  School 

1ENRY  KRANZLER,  M.D.,  KEVIN  VITTING,  M.D., 

ICHARD  C.  REYNOLDS,  M.D.,  Piscataway* 


two  medical  students  from  UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School  kept 
liaries  during  their  third-year  clerkships  in  medicine,  surgery, 
)ediatrics,  obstetrics-gynecology,  and  psychiatry.  An  analysis  of  the 
liaries  provides  a quantitative  reflection  on  their  experience  and 
nsight  into  their  professional  and  personal  maturation  during  this 
period  of  their  medical  education. 


For  most  students,  the  third  year  of 
medical  school  is  a series  of  clinical 
clerkships  exposing  them  to  an  en- 
tirely new  form  of  education  and  personal  experience.  Dur- 
ing this  year  the  focus  of  medical  education  is  shifted  from 
j lectures,  books,  and  classrooms  to  patients  and  hospitals. 

The  world  of  patient  care  makes  new  demands  on  the 
“doctor-in-training,”  who  assumes  an  increasing  amount  of 
'responsibility  accompanied  by  anxiety.  This  also  is  a time 
for  the  third-year  student  to  explore  future  career  op- 
portunities and  perhaps  to  select  a specialty.  It  is  a period 
in  which  the  student  experiences  a series  of  value  conflicts 
that  commonly  go  unresolved.  The  student  wants  to  spend 
more  time  talking  to  patients,  but  is  obligated  to  attend 
rounds.  He/she  sees  patients  undergoing  painful  procedures 
and,  unsure  of  their  appropriateness,  is  hesitant  to  question 
their  utility. 

A number  of  personal  accounts  of  the  years  spent  in 
medical  school12  and  of  the  internship  year’  recently  have 
appeared.  These  are  the  latest  contributions  to  a growing 
literature  on  “the  inner  sanctum”  of  medical  training  and 
practice.4  There  also  have  been  a number  of  reports  which 
have  sought  to  document  quantitatively  the  use  of  time  by 
medical  students  and  residents,5  as  well  as  by  a variety  of 
medical  practitioners.6  These  studies  have  relied  upon  the 
keeping  of  detailed  diaries  by  the  individuals  involved. 

This  report  combines  quantitative  observations  with  per- 
sonal accounts  and  reflections  on  the  third  year  of  medical 
school.  The  material  which  follows  is  derived  from  diaries 
kept  during  the  third  year  at  UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical 
School  (RMS). 


METHODS 

Rutgers  Medical  School  has  a traditional  four-year  cur- 
riculum. During  the  first  two  years,  the  student  becomes 
familiar  with  the  science  of  medicine,  studying  anatomy, 
physiology,  pharmacology,  biochemistry,  microbiology,  and 
pathology.  He/she  is  exposed  briefly  to  statistics, 
epidemiology,  ethics,  and  selected  topics  in  health  economics 
and  health  care  delivery.  Near  the  end  of  the  second  year, 
in  a course  entitled,  “Introduction  to  Clinical  Medicine,”  the 
student  learns  the  skills  required  for  examining  patients.  The 
third  year  consists  of  48  weeks  of  major  clinical  clerkships 
in  pediatrics,  psychiatry,  and  obstetrics-gynecology  (8  weeks 
each)  and  in  medicine  and  surgery  (12  weeks  each).  These 
are  offered  at  the  major  teaching  hospital  and  affiliated 
institutions.  Individual  student  schedules  are  formulated 
through  a computerized  matching  system.  The  fourth  year 
of  medical  school  is  largely  a series  of  electives  on  various 
clinical  services,  except  for  obligatory  rotations  in  family 
medicine  (4  weeks),  neurology  (2  weeks),  and  ophthalmology 
and  otolaryngology  (1  week  each). 

The  authors  met  several  times  prior  to  the  third  year  to 
plan  the  format  of  the  diaries,  as  well  as  to  discuss  expecta- 
tions of  the  upcoming  year.  Throughout  the  third  year  of 
medical  school,  the  authors  met  monthly  to  discuss  the  en- 

*Dr.  Reynolds  is  Dean,  UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School.  Dr. 
Kranzler  is  a psychiatric  resident.  University  of  Connecticut.  Dr. 
Vitting  is  a medical  resident,  Lenox  Hill  Hospital,  New  York.  This 
paper  was  written  while  Drs.  Kranzler  and  Vitting  were  medical 
students  at  UMDNJ.  Correspondence  may  be  addressed  to  Dr. 
Reynolds,  UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School,  P.O.  Box  101, 
Piscataway,  NJ  08854. 


113 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  2— FEBRUARY  1984 


tries.  Once  the  year  ended,  the  authors  continued  to  meet 
in  order  to  develop  a summary  of  the  experience  and  to 
assess  the  impact  of  the  diary  and  discussions  on  that  ex- 
perience. 

RESULTS 

The  results  of  the  year-long  personal  review  of  the  clinical 
clerkships  are  two  kinds:  quantitative  and  subjective. 

Table  I depicts  the  character  of  the  individual  clerkship. 
Student  assignments  to  major  clinical  disciplines  at  RMS  are 
comparable  to  other  medical  schools.7  Within  each  student 
clerkship  at  RMS  there  is  considerable  similarity.  Each 
clerkship  is  structured  to  include  some  didactic  instruction. 
For  example,  the  faculty  of  obstetrics-gynecology  provides 
an  extensive  syllabus  to  the  student  and  introduces  the  8- 
week  clerkship  with  1 week  of  formal  instruction.  The  12- 
week  medical  clerkship  includes  a series  of  lectures  on  com- 
mon medical  problems. 

The  clinical  clerkships  are  conducted  in  hospitals  affiliated 
with  RMS.  Currently,  Middlesex  General-University  Hospi- 
tal is  the  primary  teaching  hospital  of  RMS  and  most  stu- 
dents have  a significant  portion  of  their  clerkships  at  this 
institution.  Clerkships  also  are  conducted  at  St.  Peter’s 
Medical  Center,  New  Brunswick,  The  Medical  Center  at 
Princeton,  and  Muhlenberg  Hospital,  Plainfield.  Psychiatric 
clerkships  also  use  the  Institute  of  Mental  Health  Sciences, 
Piscataway,  and  the  Carrier  Clinic,  Belle  Mead. 

Table  2 provides  the  number  of  patients  we  actually  exam- 
ined during  our  third  year  of  medical  study.  Other  patients 
were  seen  and  discussed  at  rounds,  but  we  were  involved  in 
the  care  of  the  patients  listed.  We  also  have  recorded  the 
major  procedures  in  which  we  participated  during  clerkships. 

T here  are  little  data  to  compare  our  clinical  experiences  with 
students  enrolled  in  other  schools. 

The  personal  reflections  from  this  year-long  experience 
will  be  described. 

Kranzler:  I approached  my  third  year  of  medical  school 
with  trepidation.  I was  concerned  about  being  able  to  toler- 
ate long  hours,  let  alone  function  effectively  with  too  little 
sleep.  I was  reluctant  to  become  involved  with  the  keeping 
of  a journal,  fearful  that  further  demands  on  my  time  would 
detract  from  my  personal  life. 

Nonetheless,  I began  the  year  with  gusto.  Pediatrics 
proved  an  ideal  jumping-off  point,  for  I enjoy  children  im- 
mensely. However,  my  earliest  entries  in  the  journal  were  to 
the  point  and  involved  little  reflection,  which  I suspect  was 
equally  true  of  my  performance  on  the  ward.  The  following 
entry  is  illustrative:  Tn  the  afternoon  a 16-month-old  girl  was 
admitted  for  extreme  hyperactivity,  unwillingness  to  eat,  and 
inability  to  sleep.  The  working  diagnosis  was  that  of  toxic 
ingestion.  After  the  child  was  taken  to  her  room,  her  mother 
told  me  that  she  had  to  return  home  for  a while  to  attend 
to  her  other  child  I suggested  that  she  carefully  search  her 
house  for  a clue  regarding  the  substance  apparently  ingested 
by  her  daughter.  She  returned  about  an  hour  later  with  a 
vial  of  Cylert,  a stimulant  which  had  been  prescribed  for  a 
neighbor’s  child.  Given  this  information  we  were  able  to  give 
the  child  chloral  hydrate,  which  we  had  been  reluctant  to 
do  for  fear  that  she  had  ingested  phenobarbital,  a medication 
that  had  been  prescribed  for  her  father  (September  11, 
1980).  Though  I was  proud  of  having  intervened  success- 
fully, the  above  description  gave  no  hint  of  that  fact. 

As  time  passed  and  I became  more  confident  in  my  role, 
my  entries  more  accurately  reflected  my  feelings,  though  I 
still  strove  faithfully  to  document  what  I saw  and  heard.  One 


TABLE  1 


Weeks  in 

Clinical  Clerkships 

Clerkship 

Weeks 

KV 

HK 

Pediatrics 

Lectures 

1 

1 

Inpatient 

3 Vi 

3 Vi 

Outpatient  & Nursery 

3 Vi 

3 Vi 

Psychiatry 

Adult 

8 

4 

Adolescent 

0 

4 

Obstetrics-Gynecology 

Lectures 

1 

1 

Clinical  Work 

7 

7 

Medicine 

12 

12 

Surgery 

General  Surgery 

6 

6 

Orthopedics 

2 

2 

Urology 

2 

2 

Anesthesia 

1 

1 

Plastic  Surgery 

1 

0 

issue  that  1 considered  repeatedly  as  I wended  my  wa 
through  the  maze  of  medical  specialties  was  the  proper  rol 
of  technology  in  medical  care.  My  first  encounter  with  open 
heart  surgery  prompted  me  to  write  the  following:  'Th 
environment  in  the  operating  room  (OR)  is  technology  a 
its  unrestrained  best.  With  the  addition  of  some  cardiai 
monitoring  equipment  and  a heart-lung  machine,  the  roorr 
became  all  the  more  mechanically  surreal.  The  operation  wa: 
well  underway  before  these  feelings  of  mine  gave  way  tc 
intense  concentration  on  the  specifics  of  the  procedure.  Tht 
pop  music  in  the  background  prompted  dance-like  move- 
ments on  the  resident’s  part,  and  at  times  he  and  the  scrut 
nurse  appeared  to  be  almost  dancing  together  as  they  movec 
to  the  music.  Suddenly,  a McDonald’s  commercial  came 
blaring  from  the  wall,  and  this,  in  the  present  context  and 
mixed  in  my  mind  with  earlier  news  comments  concerning 
the  attempted  assassination  of  President  Reagan,  created  a 
montage  of  America  in  the  1980s  that  was  at  once  both 
curious  and  frightening.  Though  I wanted  to  share  my 
thoughts  with  the  others  at  the  table,  I suspected  that  they  j 
would  not  be  receptive  to  my  thinking  aloud  and  I sup- 
pressed the  urge.  I refocused  my  attention  on  the  now  quiver- 
ing mass  of  cardiac  muscle  which  lay  before  me,  buoyed  in  , 
a sea  of  blood  (March  31,  1981).’ 

Earlier  in  the  year  it  had  become  apparent  to  me  that  the 
wonders  wrought  by  medical  technology  often  required  that 
a price  be  paid:  'I  watched  amniocentesis  performed  on  a 
35-year-old  black  woman,  for  the  purpose  of  genetic  screen- ' 
ing.  The  whole  event  was  disturbing  and  it  angered  me 
because  the  woman  was  very  frightened  and  she  began  crying 
and  chanting  in  a foreign  language.  I later  asked  her  where 
she  was  from  and  realized,  when  she  said  she  was  from  West 
Africa,  just  how  strange  and  culturally  alien  the  whole  ex-  | 
perience  must  have  been  for  her.  It  was  at  this  point  that 
I realized  that  my  anger  was  due  to  the  lack  of  concern  for 
this  person  s psychic  well-being  that  the  people  “caring”  for 
her  had  demonstrated.  Though  some  effort  was  made  to 
calm  her,  it  was  apparent  that  she  had  not  been  prepared 
adequately  beforehand.  The  sight  of  a half-dozen  white 
people  in  white  coats  surrounding  her  and  about  to  violate 


I 14 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


TABLE  2 

Number  of  Patients  in  Student  Clerkship  Experience 


Patients  Studied1  or 

KV 

Followed2 

HK 

Major  Procedures 

Pediatrics 

Inpatients  studied:’ 

8 

11 

Cesarean 

followed:2 

3 

6 

sections 

Clinic  Visits— illness: 

12 

17 

routine: 

Newborn  examinations: 

15 

many 

9 

Psychiatric 

Adults  studied: 

6 

10 

Electroconvulsive 

followed: 

24 

4 

therapy 

Adolescents  studied: 

0 

10 

Cerebral  Dysfunction  Clinic 

0 

4 

Child  Evaluation  Conference: 

0 

1 

Obstetrics-Gynecology 

Inpatients  studied: 

29 

31 

Operations: 

followed: 

6 

6 

Deliveries 

Outpatients  seen— Gyn 

18 

11 

Vaginal: 

Ob 

26 

30 

Cesarean: 

Amniocenteses: 

Medicine 

Inpatients  studied: 

27 

28 

followed: 

17 

10 

Outpatients  seen: 

0 

3 

Surgery 

Inpatients  studied: 

40 

15 

Operations 

followed: 

many 

Assisted: 

Outpatients  seen: 

4 

56 

Observed: 

’Patients  “studied”  received  a complete  history  and  physical 

examination  and  were  followed  with 

2Patients  “followed”  were  seen 

regularly  but  only  during  part  of  their  hospital  stay. 

KV  HK 


10 


21 

15 

8 

2 


87 

8 


16 

11 

7 

4 


42 

17 


Iier  pregnant  abdomen  with  a long  needle  was  a virtual 
nightmare  for  her  (January  22,  1981).’ 

As  the  year  passed  and  I became  more  competent  and 
Comfortable  in  my  role  as  a third-year  medical  student.  I 
began  to  welcome  the  time  I would  spend  each  evening 
■chronicling  the  day’s  events.  I also  looked  forward  to  our 
'monthly  meetings,  at  which  time  we  discussed  our  different 
experiences  and  the  feelings  they  aroused.  Eventually  I re- 
alized that  the  journal  and  meetings  enhanced  my  medical 
education  by  requiring  that  I reflect  critically  on  my  ex- 
perience and  by  providing  me  with  an  opportunity  to  discuss 
my  feelings  with  a fellow  student  and  a senior  faculty  mem- 
ber. 

Immersion  in  a strange  environment,  combined  with 
stringent  demands  on  one’s  time  and  energy,  can  result  in 
feelings  of  panic  and  distraction.  The  continuity  provided  me 
by  my  regular  journal  entries  contributed  enormously  to  my 
perception  that  the  many  parts  of  specialized  medicine  do, 
in  fact,  comprise  a unified  whole.  More  than  simply  integrat- 
ing experiences,  the  journal  and  monthly  meetings  provided 
me  with  an  opportunity  to  make  explicit  many  of  the  un- 
spoken rules  of  clinical  medicine  and  hospital  conduct. 

Vitting:  My  third  year  of  medical  school  was  more  than 
a first  pass  with  the  many  caricatures  of  disease — it  was  a 
challenge  daring  me  to  assume  the  role  of  the  clinician.  To 
do  this  required  not  only  a conceptual  and  empirical  data 
base,  it  depended  on  role  models  and  a setting  in  which  to 
imitate  them. 

I soon  discovered  that  the  character  of  my  relationships 


with  patients  depended  on  my  knowledge  and  experience  in 
addressing  what  ailed  them.  At  first,  whenever  I felt  that  they 
knew  more  than  I did  about  their  own  diseases,  I feared  that 
my  questions  would  betray  my  naivete.'  This  was  especially 
true  in  psychiatry.  Sometimes  a weary  patient  would  ask  me 
to  go  learn  on  someone  else;  usually,  though,  the  barrier  was 
a silent  one.  But,  as  my  expertise  and  assertiveness  mounted, 
I addressed  an  expanding  repertoire  of  disease  with  increas- 
ing ease.  Eventually,  even  very  highly  educated,  private  pa- 
tients accepted  my  intrusion  as  necessary  and  beneficial  to 
them  as  well  as  to  me. 

The  impediment  that  I faced  with  some  patients  was 
characteristic  of  the  environment  of  Rutgers  Medical  School. 
Unlike  the  circumstances  at  many  established  urban  medical 
centers,  most  of  our  patients  were  highly  educated  and  pri- 
vate. And  they  knew  that  medical  students  were  not  neces- 
sary for  their  care.  The  newness  of  our  school  itself  presented 
another  obstacle,  for  some  patients  and  hospital  staff  were 
used  to  years  of  nonacademic  medicine  and  did  not  see  why 
this  had  to  change.  But  our  suburban  setup  did  confer  some 
benefits  in  that  we  studied  in  settings  typical  of  those  in 
which  most  of  us  someday  will  practice. 

With  time,  my  interaction  with  patients  improved,  as  did 
my  recording  of  their  histories  and  physicals  and  both  came 
to  be  motivated  by  a spirit  of  curiosity  rather  than  a yearning 
for  completeness.  I began  to  know  many  of  my  patients  as 
friends.  Their  clinical  revelations  enabled  me  to  become  fully 
involved  in  their  care  and,  I hope,  to  add  to  the  quality  of 
care  provided  by  those  in  charge.  In  this  way,  most  patients 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  2— FEBRUARY  1984 


I 15 


came  to  appreciate  my  participation  in  their  care. 

The  teaching  by  the  clinical  faculty  at  RMS  was 
enthusiastic.  Most  attendings  took  pains  to  be  punctual  and 
to  emphasize  what  was  important  in  their  lectures  and 
rounds.  They  shared  their  patients  and  techniques  with  me. 
I gave  them  a platform  at  the  bedside  for  professing  their 
art.  They  supported  my  fragile  role  as  a fledgling  clinician 
by  trusting  my  findings  and  addressing  me  as  “doctor.” 

I was  initiated  into  the  ancient  rite  of  attending  rounds 
early  in  pediatrics:  ‘I  found  that  the  demands  of  the  attend- 
ings on  rounds  sometimes  are  hard  to  predict.  At  any  point 
they  might  divert  you  and  you  may  have  to  pick  up  and  talk 
about  any  one  detail  while  not  losing  your  place  in  the 
presentation.  You  must  appreciate  the  digressions,  however, 
for  they  are  almost  always  enlightening  and  memorable  (Oc- 
tober 7,  1980).’ 

By  the  time  I finished  my  rotation  in  medicine  my  attitude 
had  matured:  ‘I  enjoyed  the  internists  who  derived  great 
pleasure  from  recounting  old  clinical  tales  that  contain  a 
twist  or  a moral.  They  share  the  best  cases  collected  over 
a lifetime,  pouring  them  out  like  vintage  wines,  tasting  them, 
and  recorking  them  for  the  next  time.  And  they  love  to  hear 
the  students  presenting  patients,  provided  that  they  take  the 
pains  to  ensure  accuracy  and  coherence  (April  23,  1981).’ 

“Sometimes  a weary  patient  would 
ask  me  to  go  learn  on  someone 
else;  usually,  though,  the  harrier 
was  a silent  one.” 

Another  great  tradition  in  which  we  participated  was  the 
oral  examination,  which  is  a natural  and  spontaneous  ex- 
tension of  attending  rounds.  I felt  it  served  as  a much  truer 
assessment  of  my  abilities  than  did  our  written  multiple- 
choice  exams. 

My  interaction  with  the  house  staff  was  variable.  Some 
of  them  were  highly  enthusiastic,  humane,  and  instructive. 
With  most  of  them  I had  an  understanding  that  they  would 
help  me  interpret  the  cases  and  learn  what  is  really  important 
if  I would  write  the  progress  notes  and  do  most  of  the  routine 
procedures. 

Being  accessible,  the  residents  served  as  more  immediate 
role  models  than  did  the  attendings.  Some  were  exceptionally 
gallant  and  courteous  to  patients;  some  would  skip  seeing 
them  and  write  down,  WNL.  Some  were  abrupt  and  callous 
toward  patients  and  would  even  scorn  me  for  stopping  to 
talk  to  them.  Some  derided  any  patient  who  could  not  speak 
for  himself:  ‘I  find  myself  sometimes  drifting  into  the  resi- 
dents’ detachment.  It  seems  we  can  speak  more  freely  in  the 
elevators  when  there  are  no  laymen  around,  and  when  we 
turn  a corner  and  walk  through  a gathering  of  worried 
relatives  outside  the  ICU,  we  have  to  remember  to  resume 
a serious  expression,  reminding  ourselves  of  the  grave  nature 
of  our  work.  It  is  essential  for  the  people  to  respect  our  work. 
And  it  is  equally  imperative  for  us  to  respect  our  work  (April 
2,  1981).’ 

I encountered  a more  altruistic  spirit  among  the  ancillary 
personnel— nurses,  technicians,  and  social  workers— who 
still  seemed  to  react  to  the  ravages  of  disease  through  the 
same  eyes  as  its  victims. 

An  important  facet  ot  my  third-year  experience  was  my 
clinical  diary.  At  times,  for  the  sake  of  the  diary,  I felt 
compelled  to  make  time  for  my  own  rounds  with  patients. 


at  which  time  I got  to  know  their  personalities  and  the 
illnesses  on  a more  personal  level  and  to  record  informatie 
about  them  for  further  reflection.  From  these  anecdot 
there  became  a forum  for  my  triumphs  and  frustration 
from  which  emerged  a choice  of  career  and  a standard  < 
medicine. 

Reynolds:  As  dean  of  the  medical  school  I encouraged  tu 
students  to  keep  diaries  and  meet  with  me  regularly  to  di 
cuss  their  clerkship  experiences.  I was  interested  in  exact 
what  took  place  in  a clerkship:  How  many  patients  did 
student  actually  examine  on  each  clerkship?  How  muc 
didactic  teaching  occurred?  How  was  the  student  actual 
involved  in  patient  care?  How  many  hours  did  the  studei 
spend  in  the  hospital?  Most  of  these  questions  represente 
a quantitative  description  of  the  clerkship,  information  thf 
surprisingly  is  difficult  to  find.  In  addition,  I was  curioi 
to  try  to  understand  how  the  student  felt  about  the  third  yes 
of  medical  school.  Most  of  us  generalize  from  our  earl, 
clinical  experiences  and  too  commonly  make  pronounci, 
ments  and  decisions  from  this  point  of  reference.  How  doe 
the  clinical  maturation  of  medical  students  take  place?  Ho' 
anxious  is  the  student  who  begins  a clerkship  today?  Whs 
exaggerates  the  uneasiness?  How  is  stress  handled? 

The  regular  meetings  with  the  two  students  helped  t 
bridge  the  gap  between  the  administrative  and  educations 
processes.  Medical  schools  now  are  complicated,  sophist! 
cated  institutions  with  many  employees  and  large  budget; 
It  is  all  too  easy  for  the  dean  of  the  medical  school  to  becom 
detached  from  the  education  of  medical  students,  the  majo 
purpose  of  the  school,  and  to  have  no  personal  under 
standing  of  their  problems.  Communication  with  medica 
students  unfortunately  is  a task  too  often  neglected  by  medi 
cal  school  administrators. 

Reading  regularly  the  diaries  and  meeting  monthly  witl 
the  students  did  give  me  more  knowledge  and  insight  int( 
the  third-year  clerkship  experience.  For  the  first  time,  I hat 
a detailed  record  of  two  students'  experiences  which  prob 
ably  are  representative  of  students  in  the  third  year  at  RMS 
Of  equal  importance  were  the  subjective  analyses  by  thes< 
students  of  their  own  clerkships. 

Early  in  our  discussions  it  was  necessary  to  decide  tha 
all  remarks  were  made  in  confidence.  It  was  not  possible  foi 
students  to  comment  on  their  clerkships  without  a mixtun 
of  laudatory  and  derogatory  remarks  about  faculty  and  pri- 
vate attending  physicians  and  hospitals.  I also  shared  with 
the  students  my  observations  on  the  clinical  education  pro- 
cess at  Rutgers  Medical  School.  I soon  began  to  understanc 
from  the  student's  perspective  the  fear  of  looking  stupid, 
intimidation  early  in  the  clerkship  by  nearly  everyone  includ- 
ing nurses  and  technicians  as  well  as  faculty,  and  the  required: 
commitment  of  hours  and  weeks  during  the  successive 
clinical  experiences. 

I did  not  readily  accept  the  students'  complaints;  they  did 
not  always  agree  with  my  explanations  for  some  of  their  less 
than  pleasant  experiences.  Unquestionably,  we  all  profited 
from  the  exchange. 

CONCLUSION 

Kranzler  and  Vitting:  During  the  third  year  of  medical 
school,  the  maturation  of  our  clinical  skills  followed  a pre- 
dictable course,  which  is  memorable  to  every  physician.  The 
year  was  replete  with  new  experiences  and  pressures.  It  de- 
manded a substantial  change  in  self-image.  We  came  to 
appreciate  our  patients  as  something  more  than  complex 
biological  systems.  By  providing  an  opportunity  for  reflec- 


1 16 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


n,  our  journals  and  regular  discussions  enhanced  both  our 
||)fessional  and  personal  development. 

Though  we  recorded  comparable  numbers  of  clinical  en- 
jnters  in  similar  settings,  it  is  interesting  to  note  the  dif- 
ence in  emphasis  in  our  separate  discussions.  While  one 
us  was  concerned  with  the  impact  of  technology  on  the 
ictice  of  medicine,  the  other  focused  on  his  own  maturing 
ationships  with  patients  and  physicians.  Our  essays  reflect 
r differing  backgrounds  and  temperaments.  They  comple- 
:nt  each  other  to  form  a students'  perspective  on  the  first 
nical  year  of  medical  school. 

iFinally,  keeping  a journal  has  enabled  us  to  compile  an 
curate  account  of  the  clinical  exposure  gained  in  the  con- 
ct  of  a traditional  third  year.  We  expect  that  this  enumer- 
on  will  stimulate  efforts  to  define  further  this  pivotal  year 
medical  education. 

Reynolds:  The  process  of  meeting  regularly  with  two  in- 
ligent,  sensitive  medical  students  and  discussing  with  them 
eir  diary  entries  during  the  year  of  clinical  clerkships  gave 


me  far  more  insight  into  this  phase  of  medical  education  than 
the  review  of  faculty  program  descriptions  and  student  evalu- 
ations. I experienced  the  concomitant  pleasure  of  watching 
two  young  medical  students  achieve  clinical  maturity  as  they 
progressed  through  their  third  year  of  medical  school. 

REFERENCES 

1.  Klein  K;  Getting  Better:  A Medical  Student's  Story.  Boston, 
MA,  Little,  Brown  and  Co.,  1981. 

2.  LeBaron  C:  Gentle  Vengeance.  New  York,  NY,  Richard 
Mareck,  1981. 

3.  LaPalio  LR.  Time  study  of  students  and  house  staff  on  a 
university  medical  service.  J Med  Educ  56:61-64,  1981. 

4.  Shem  S:  The  House  of  God.  New  York,  NY,  Dell,  1978. 

5.  Borgenicht  L:  American  medicine:  An  annotated  bibliography. 
N Engl  J Med  304:1112-1117,  1981. 

6.  Mendenhall  RC,  Lloyd  JS,  Repicky  PA,  Monson  JR,  Girard 
RA,  Abrahamson  S:  A national  study  of  medical  and  surgical 
specialties:  II.  Description  of  the  survey  instrument.  JAMA 
240:1160-1168,  1978. 

7.  AAMC  Curriculum  Directory:  1982-83,  Washington,  D.C. 


)L.  81— NUMBER  2— FEBRUARY  1984 


1 17 


Treatment  with  Navane  can  produce  improvement  in 
psychotic  symptoms  such  as  hallucinatory  behavior  and 
unusual  thought  content  as  well  as  hostility,  disorientation 
and  depressive  mood,1 2 leaving  the  elderly  patient  more 
alert2  and  better  able  to  participate  in  the  activities  of 


g,  5 mg,  10  mg,  20  mg 
il  Intramuscular  2 mg/ml,  5 mg/ml 


A division  of  Hizer 


Navane 

(thiothixene)  (thiothixene  HCI) 

References  1.  Util  TM,  Unverdi  C.  Wohlrade  J,  et  al:  Drug  therapy  of  psychosis  associated  with 
organic  brain  syndrome.  Presented  as  a Scientific  Exhibit  at  the  American  Public  Health  Associa- 
tion Centennial,  Atlantic  City,  New  Jersey,  November  12-16,  1972,  2.  Katz  MM,  Util  TM:  Video 
methodology  for  research  in  psychopathology  and  psychopharmacology.  Arch  Gen  Psychiatry 
31:204-210, 1974.  3.  Ketai  R:  Psychotropic  drugs  in  the  management  of  psychiatric  emergencies. 
Postgraduate  Medicine  58:87-93, 1975.  4.  Birkett  DR  Hirschfield  W,  Simpson  GM  Thiothixene  in 
the  treatment  of  diseases  of  the  senium.  CurrTherRes  14:775-779, 1972.  5.  Data  on  file  at  Roerig 


BRIEF  SUMMARY  OF  PRESCRIBING  INFORMATION 
Navane®  (thiothixene)  Capsules:  1 mg,  2 mg,  5 mg,  10  mg,  20  mg 
(thiothixene  hydrochloride)  Concentrate:  5 mg/ml,  Intramuscular:  2 mg/ml,  5 mg/ml 
Contraindications:  Navane  (thiothixene)  is  contraindicated  in  patients  with  circulatory  collapse, 
comatose  states,  central  nervous  system  depression  due  to  any  cause,  and  blood  dyscrasias! 
Navane  is  contraindicated  in  individuals  who  have  shown  hypersensitivity  to  the  drug.  It  is  not 
known  whether  there  is  a cross-sensitivity  between  the  thioxanthenes  and  the  phenothiazine 
derivatives,  but  the  possibility  should  be  considered. 

Warnings:  Usage  in  Pregnancy  -Safe  use  of  Navane  during  pregnancy  has  not  been  established. 
Therefore,  this  drug  should  be  given  to  pregnant  patients  only  when,  in  the  judgment  of  the 
physician,  the  expected  benefits  from  the  treatment  exceed  the  possible  risks  to  mother  and  fetus. 
Animal  reproduction  studies  and  clinical  experience  to  date  have  not  demonstrated  any 
teratogenic  effects. 

In  the  animal  reproduction  studies  with  Navane,  there  was  some  decrease  in  conception  rate 
and  litter  size,  and  an  increase  in  resorption  rate  in  rats  and  rabbits,  changes  which  have  been 
similarly  reported  with  other  psychotropic  agents.  After  repeated  oral  administration  of  Navane  to 
rats  (5  to  15  mg/kg/day),  rabbits  (3 to  50  mg/kg/day),  and  monkeys  (1  to  3 mg/kg/day)  before  and 
during  gestation,  no  teratogenic  effects  were  seen,  (See  Precautions.) 

Usage  in  Children- The  use  of  Navane  in  children  under  12  years  of  age  is  not  recommended 
because  safety  and  efficacy  in  the  pediatric  age  group  have  not  been  established. 

As  is  true  with  many  CNS  drugs.  Navane  may  impair  the  mental  and/or  physical  abilities  required 
for  the  performance  of  potentially  hazardous  tasks  such  as  driving  a car  or  operating  machinery 
especially  during  the  first  few  days  of  therapy.  Therefore,  the  patient  should  be  cautioned  accord- 
ingly. 

As  in  the  case  of  other  CNS-acting  drugs,  patients  receiving  Navane  should  be  cautioned  about 
the  possible  additive  effects  (which  may  include  hypotension)  with  CNS  depressants  and  with 
alcohol. 


Precautions:  An  antiemetic  effect  was  observed  in  animal  studies  with  Navane,  since  this  effect 
may  also  occur  in  man,  it  is  possible  that  Navane  may  mask  signs  of  overdosage  of  toxic  drugs  and 
may  obscure  conditions  such  as  intestinal  obstruction  and  brain  tumor. 

In  consideration  of  the  known  capability  of  Navane  and  certain  other  psychotropic  drugs  to 
precipitate  convulsions,  extreme  caution  should  be  used  in  patients  with  a history  of  convulsive 
disorders  or  those  in  a state  of  alcohol  withdrawal  since  it  may  lower  the  convulsive  threshold 
Although  Navane  potentiates  the  actions  of  the  barbiturates,  the  dosage  of  the  anticonvulsant 
therapy  should  not  be  reduced  when  Navane  is  administered  concurrently. 

Caution  as  well  as  careful  adjustment  of  the  dosage  is  indicated  when  Navane  is  used  in 
conjunction  with  other  CNS  depressants  other  than  anticonvulsant  drugs 
Though  exhibiting  rather  weak  anticholinergic  properties,  Navane  should  be  used  with  caution 
in  patients  who  are  known  or  suspected  to  have  glaucoma,  or  who  migfit  be  exposed  to  extreme 
heat,  or  who  are  receiving  atropine  or  related  drugs. 

Use  with  caution  in  patients  with  cardiovascular  disease. 

Also,  careful  observation  should  be  made  for  pigmentary  retinopathy,  and  lenticular  pigmenta- 
tion (fine  lenticular  pigmentation  has  been  noted  in  a small  number  of  patients  treated  with  Navane 
for  prolonged  periods)  Blood  dyscrasias  (agranulocytosis,  pancytopenia,  thrombocytopenic 
purpura),  and  liver  damage  (jaundice,  biliary  stasis)  have  been  reported  with  related  drugs. 

Undue  exposure  to  sunlight  should  be  avoided.  Photosensitive  reactions  have  been  reported  in 
patients  on  Navane. 

Neuroleptic  drugs  elevate  prolactin  levels;  the  elevation  persists  during  chronic  administration 
Tissue  culture  experiments  indicate  that  approximately  one-third  of  human  breast  cancers  are 
prolactin  dependent  in  vitro,  a factor  of  potential  importance' if  the  prescription  of  these  drugs  is 
contemplated  in  a patient  with  a previously  detected  breast  cancer.  Although  disturbances  such 
as  galactorrhea,  amenorrhea,  gynecomastia,  and  impotence  have  been  reported,  the  clinical 
significance  of  elevated  serum  prolactin  levels  is  unknown  for  most  patients.  An  increase  in 
mammary  neoplasms  has  been  found  in  rodents  after  chronic  administration  of  neuroleptic  drugs 
Neither  clinical  studies  nor  epidemiologic  studies  conducted  to  date,  however,  have  shown  an 
association  between  chronic  administration  of  these  drugs  and  mammary  tumorigenesis  the 
available  evidence  is  considered  too  limited  to  be  conclusive  at  this  time. 

Intramuscular  Administration- As  with  all  intramuscular  preparations,  Navane  Intramuscular 
should  be  injected  well  within  the  body  of  a relatively  large  muscle.  The  preferred  sites  are  the 
uppf 1 r outer  quadrant  of  the  buttock  (i.e.  gluteus  maximus)  and  the  mid-lateral  thigh. 

The  deltoid  area  should  be  used  only  if  well  developed,  such  as  in  certain  adults  and  older 
children,  and  then  only  with  caution  to  avoid  radial  nerve  injury.  Intramuscular  injections  should  not 
be  made  into  the  lower  and  mid-thirds  of  the  upper  arm.  As  with  all  intramuscular  injections 
aspiration  is  necessary  to  help  avoid  inadvertent  injection  into  a blood  vessel. 

Adveree  Reactions:  Note:  Not  all  of  the  following  adverse  reactions  have  been  reported  with 
Ho^ever  since  Navane  has  certain  chemical  and  pharmacologic  similarities 
to  the  phenothiazines,  all  of  the  known  side  effects  and  toxicity  associated  with  phenothiazine 
therapy  should  be  borne  in  mind  when  Navane  is  used. 

Cardiovascular  effects:  Tachycardia,  hypotension,  lightheadedness,  and  syncope  In  the  event 
ypotens'on  occurs  epinephrine  should  not  be  used  as  a pressor  agent  since  a paradoxical 
Inmo  n^Ver!n9  ° blood  pressure  may  result.  Nonspecific  EKG  changes  have  been  observed  in 
some  patients  receiving  Navane.  These  changes  are  usually  reversible  and  frequently  disappear 

snmp  nhn0UelNaVane  Tif^'  Th®  lncidence  of  ,hese  changes  is  lower  than  that  observed  with 
^oPh«  hlaZlnes  The  cllnlcal  Sl9nif'cance  of  these  changes  is  not  known 

of  Nalne^hemnvThpInPiH  Sually  ?lldhmay  occur  a'though  it  usually  subsides  wtih  continuation 
“!Nav?hne  the,apy-  The  incidence  of  sedation  appears  similar  to  that  of  the  piperazine  qroup  of 

«nm^  h'neShbU  es® taan  that  of  certain  al'Phatic  phenothiazines.  Restlessness,  agitation  and 
lav®  been  n°ted  Wlth  Navane  (thiothixene).  Seizures  and  paradoxical  exacerbation  of 
psychotic  symptoms  have  occurred  with  Navane  infrequently 

relatePdedreufgsXia  ^ rep0rted  'nfantS  delivered  from  mothers  havin9  received  structurally 

brospinai'fluKf  SrSes*  denVa,'VeS  ***  ^ W,th  Cerebral  edema  and  cere- 

Ext,ra5y^midal  sympt°ms'  such  as  pseudo-parkinsonism,  akathisia,  and  dystonia  have  been 
p p° ded,  Management  of  these  extrapyramidal  symptoms  depends  upon  the  type  and  severity. 
Rapid  relief  of  acute  symptoms  may  require  the  use  of  an  injectable  antiparkinson  agent  More 

tehng^n oe^an.fpYaTkPn°son  agem"  ma"a9ed  by  redUC'n9 the d°Sa9e °' Navane and/or adminis' 
Persistent  Tardive  Dyskinesia:  As  with  all  antipsychotic  agents  tardive  dyskinesia  may  appear  in 
some  patients  on  long  term  therapy  or  may  occur  after  drug  therapy  has  been  discontinued.  The 
risk  seems  to  be  greater  in  elderly  patients  on  high-dose  therapy,  especially  females  The  symp- 
K°mK  a.Le  per*ls,en,t  and  in  some  Patients  appear  to  be  irreversible.  The  syndrome  is  characterized 
by  rhythmical  involuntary  movements  of  the  tongue,  face,  mouth  or  jaw  (e  g.,  protrusion  of  tonque 
puffing  of  cheeks,  puckering  of  mouth,  chewing  movements).  Sometimes  these  may  be  accom- 
panied by  involuntary  movements  of  extremities. 


Capsules 
available  in 
5 strengths 


1 mg 

JKr 

2 mg 

5 mg 

10  mg 

WBMft  HUMG  i 

Mm  “ 

Concentrate 
5 mg/ml 


! NDC  0049-5750-51 

I Navane 


j ^othixene  HCI 


Intramuscular 
2 mg/ml 
5 mg/ml 


There  is  no  known  effective  treatment  for  tardive  dyskinesia,  antiparkinsonism  agents  usufjl 
not  alleviate  the  symptoms  of  this  syndrome.  It  is  suggested  that  all  antipsychotic  ageril 
discontinued  if  these  symptoms  appear 

Should  it  be  necessary  to  reinstitute  treatment,  or  increase  the  dosage  of  the  agent,  or  switc.,| 
different  antipsychotic  agent,  the  syndrome  may  be  masked. 

It  has  been  reported  that  fine  vermicular  movements  of  the  tongue  may  be  an  early  sign ..II 
syndrome  and  if  the  medication  is  stopped  at  that  time,  the  syndrome  may  not  develop.  j 
Hepatic  effects:  Elevations  of  serum  transaminase  and  alkaline  phosphatase,  usually  trar | 
have  been  infrequently  observed  in  some  patients.  No  clinically  confirmed  cases  of  jaujl 
attributable  to  Navane  (thiothixene)  have  been  reported. 

Hematologic  effects:  As  is  true  with  certain  other  psychotropic  drugs,  leukopenic  I 
leukocytosis,  which  are  usually  transient,  can  occur  occasionally  with  Navane.  Other  antipsyc  I 
drugs  have  been  associated  with  agranulocytosis,  eosinophilia,  hemolytic  anemia,  ti  i 
bocytopenia  and  pancytopenia. 

Allergic  reactions:  Rash,  pruritus,  urticaria,  photosensitivity  and  rare  cases  of  anaphylaxis 
been  reported  with  Navane.  Undue  exposure  to  sunlight  should  be  avoided.  Although  note; 
enced  with  Navane,  exfoliative  dermatitis  and  contact  dermatitis  (in  nur.sing  personnel)  have 
reported  with  certain  phenothiazines. 

Endocrine  disorders.  Lactation,  moderate  breast  enlargement  and  amenorrhea  have  occ 
in  a small  percentage  of  females  receiving  Navane.  If  persistent,  this  may  necessitate  a redi 
in  dosage  or  the  discontinuation  of  therapy.  Phenothiazines  have  been  associated  with 
positive  pregnancy  tests,  gynecomastia,  hypoglycemia,  hyperglycemia,  and  glycosuria. 

Autonomic  effects.  Dry  mouth,  blurred  vision,  nasal  congestion,  constipation,  increased  si 
ing,  increased  salivation,  and  impotence  have  occurred  infrequently  with  Navane  the 
Phenothiazines  have  been  associated  with  miosis,  mydriasis,  and  adynamic  ileus. 

Other  adverse  reactions:  Hyperpyrexia,  anorexia,  nausea,  vomiting,  diarrhea,  increase  in  a 
tite  and  weight,  weakness  or  fatigue,  polydipsia  and  peripheral  edema. 

Although  not  reported  with  Navane,  evidence  indicates  there  is  a relationship  betv 
phenothiazine  therapy  and  the  occurrence  of  a systemic  lupus  erythematosus-like  syndromi 
NOTE  Sudden  deaths  have  occasionally  been  reported  in  patients  who  have  received  ce 
phenothiazine  derivatives.  In  some  cases  the  cause  of  death  was  apparently  cardiac  arre 
asphyxia  due  to  failure  of  the  cough  reflex.  In  others,  the  cause  could  not  be  determined  nor  c 
it  be  established  that  death  was  due  to  phenothiazine  administration. 

Dosage  and  Administration:  Dosage  of  Navane  should  be  individually  adjusted  depending  o 
chronicity  and  severity  of  the  condition  In  general,  small  doses  should  be  used  initially 
gradually  increased  to  the  optimal  effective  level,  based  on  patient  response. 

Some  patients  have  been  successfully  maintained  on  once-a-day  Navane  therapy. 

Usage  in  children  under  1 2 years  of  age  is  not  recommended  because  safe  conditions  for  its 
have  not  been  established. 

Navane  Intramuscular  Solution  Navane  For  Injection —Where  more  rapid  control  and  treatr 
of  acute  behavior  is  desirable,  the  intramuscular  form  of  Navane  may  be  indicated.  It  is  als 
benefit  where  the  very  nature  of  the  patient's  symptomatology,  whether  acute  or  chronic  rem 
oral  administration  impractical  or  even  impossible. 

For  treatment  of  acute  symptomatology  or  in  patients  unable  or  unwilling  to  take  oral  medica  j 
the  usual  dose  is  4 mg  of  Navane  Intramuscular  administered  2 to  4 times  daily.  Dosage  ma  ! 
increased  or  decreased  depending  on  response  Most  patients  are  controlled  on  a total  c 
dosage  of  16  to  20  mg.  The  maximum  recommended  dosage  is  30  mg/day.  An  oral  form  shi.j 
supplant  the  injectable  form  as  soon  as  possible.  It  may  be  necessary  to  adjust  the  dosage  w j 
changing  from  the  intramuscular  to  oral  dosage  forms.  Dosage  recommendations  for  NaC 
(thiothixene)  Capsules  and  Concentrate  appear  in  the  following  paragraphs. 

Navane  Capsules:  Navane  Concentrate  - In  milder  conditions,  an  initial  dose  of  2 mg  three  tii  ’ 
daily  If  indicated,  a subsequent  increase  to  15  mg/day  total  daily  dose  is  often  effective  I 
In  more  severe  conditions,  an  initial  dose  of  5 mg  twice  daily. 

The  usual  optimal  dose  is  20  to  30  mg  daily.  If  indicated,  an  increase  to  60  mg/day  total  ci 
dose  is  often  effective.  Exceeding  a total  daily  dose  of  60  mg  rarely  increases  the  benef  I 
response. 

Overdosage.  Manifestations  include  musculartwitching,  drowsiness,  and  dizziness.  Symptorr  j 
gross  overdosage  may  include  CNS  depression,  rigidity,  weakness,  torticollis  tremor  salivat 
dysphagia,  hypotension,  disturbances  of  gait,  or  coma. 

Treatment.  Essentially  is  symptomatic  and  supportive.  For  Navane  oral,  early  gastric  lavag  j 
helpful.  For  Navane  oral  and  Intramuscular,  keep  patient  under  careful  observation  and  main  j| 
an  open  airway,  since  involvement  of  the  extrapyramidal  system  may  produce  dysphagia  .1 
respiratory  difficulty  in  severe  overdosage.  If  hypotension  occurs,  the  standard  measures: 
managing  circulatory  shock  should  be  used  (I.V  fluids  and/or  vasoconstrictors.) 

If  a vasoconstrictor  is  needed,  levarterenol  and  phenylephrine  are  the  most  suitable  driSI 
Other  pressor  agenjs,  including  epinephrine,  are  not  recommended,  since  phenothiazine  der 
tives  may  reverse  the  usual  pressor  action  of  these  agents  and  cause  further  lowerinq  of  the  bid 
pressure. 

If  CNS  depression  is  present  and  specific  therapy  is  indicated,  recommended  stimulslj 
include  amphetamine,  dextroamphetamine,  or  caffeine  and  sodium  benzoate.  Stimulants  tjl 
may  cause  convulsions  (e  g picrotoxm  or  pentylenetetrazol)  should  be  avoided.  Extrapyrami ;j 
symptoms  may  be  treated  with  antiparkinson  drugs 
There  are  no  data  on  the  use  of  peritoneal  or  hemodialysis,  but  they  are  known  to  be  of  little  vai 
in  phenothiazine  intoxication. 


ROeRIG<@ 

A division  of  Pfizer  PharmaceuticJ 


; 


120 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY! 


[s  There  an  Indigenous 
Viral  Flora  in  Man? 


FRANK  J.  MICHALSKI,  Ph.D.,  Newark* 


Does  man  have  a normal  viral  flora  in  the  same  way  that  he  has  a 
bacterial  flora?  Although  pertinent  data  are  scarce,  available  data 
suggest  a negative  response.  Many  types  of  viruses  can  be  found  in 
the  human  body;  so  far,  no  symbiotic  function  as  occurs  with  bacteria 
has  been  shown. 


The  question  of  a viral  flora  has  been 
asked  by  physicians  and  medical 
students  during  lectures  on  the 
diagnosis  of  viral  infections  in  humans.  A computer  search 
of  the  literature  revealed  no  papers  specifically  addressed  to 
this  question.  Isenberg  and  Painter  stated  discussion  of  virus 
carriage  in  healthy  individuals  has  been  omitted  because  of 
the  paucity  of  pertinent  information.'  In  this  paper,  an 
attempt  will  be  made  to  document  the  data  available  and 
to  answer  this  intriguing  question. 

Indigenous  is  defined  as  produced,  growing,  or  living 
naturally  in  a particular  region  or  environment.  Another 
word  with  a slightly  different  meaning  that  sometimes  is  used 
instead  of  indigenous  is  endogenous,  which  means  growing 
on  the  inside  or  originating  within  the  body.  As  applied  to 
bacteriology,  these  definitions  have  a twofold  meaning.  One 
is  the  location  in  or  on  the  human  body  and  the  second  is 
an  implied  lack  of  harm  due  to  their  presence,  i.e.  living 
naturally.  Almost  every  microbiology  textbook  contains  a 
chapter1'4  on  indigenous  bacteria  in  humans:  “The  body  of 
man  becomes  infected  from  the  moment  of  birth,  and  a 
variety  of  species  establish  a more  or  less  permanent 
residence  on  or  even  in  the  superficial  tissue.  Here,  they 
usually  are  symbiotic  and  benefit  the  host  in  a number  of 
ways.  Some  of  their  actions  however,  may  not  be  beneficial, 
and  when  the  general  resistance  of  the  host  is  sufficiently 
depressed  they  may  even  cause  disease.'” 

Infection  with  viruses  may  take  place  at  birth,  such  as  the 
highly  lethal  neonatal  herpes  simplex  infection,  or  even 
before  birth  as  congenital  rubella  or  cytomegalovirus  (C  MV) 
infection.  The  consequence  of  most  of  these  acute,  lytic- 
virus  infections  is  disease  of  varying  severity.  Another  type 


of  virus  infection  not  as  greatly  researched  and  written  about 
is  the  persistent  virus  infection  which,  in  some  cases,  can 
cause  disease  without  any  apparent  cytopathology.5  There- 
fore, in  contrast  to  bacteria,  most  viral  infections  are  not 
symbiotic  and  do  not  benefit  the  host.  So,  the  term 
indigenous  as  applied  to  bacteria  may  not  apply  to  viruses 
in  the  second  meaning  as  being  helpful.  In  the  other  meaning, 
viruses  may  be  found  in  the  body  and  this  usually  is  referred 
to  as  persistent  or  latent  infections. 

Much  has  been  written  about  persistent  or  latent  virus 
infections  and  many  definitions  have  been  brought  forward. 
Melnick  defines  latent  virus  infection  as  viral  persistence  in 
the  absence  of  clinical  symptoms.6  The  virus  might  or  might 
not  be  in  a proviral  or  a negative  state,  and  virus  particles 
might  or  might  not  be  produced.  Rapp  defines  persistent 
infection  as  one  in  which  infectious  virus  continually  is 
released  even  in  the  presence  of  circulating  antibody  and  in 
the  absence  of  symptoms  of  disease.7  A latent  infection  is 
one  in  which  at  least  the  genome  of  the  virus  is  present,  but 
infectious  viruses  cannot  be  recovered  except  during  episodes 
of  overt  disease.  So,  with  reference  to  infection  with  viruses, 
the  term  persistent  or  latent  would  be  better  than  the  term 
indigenous  as  used  for  bacteria. 

Almost  all  types  of  animals  that  have  been  used  for  virus 
research  have  been  found  to  harbor  latent,  indigenous,  or, 
as  it  often  is  referred,  endogenous  viral  flora.814  These 
include  chickens,  mice,  rats,  rabbits,  hamsters,  dogs,  cats, 
guinea  pigs,  and  monkeys.  The  fact  that  these  animals  harbor 

*Dr.  Michalski  is  affiliated  with  the  Diagnostic  Virology  Labora- 
tory, Saint  Michael’s  Medical  Center.  Correspondence  may  be 
addressed  to  Dr.  Michalski,  Saint  Michael's  Medical  Center,  268 
High  Street,  Newark,  NJ  07102. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  2— FEBRUARY  1984 


121 


numerous  types  of  indigenous  viruses  would  seem  to  make 
it  likely  that  man  also  harbors  indigenous  viruses.  So  far, 
testing  of  human  tissues  has  found  few  viruses  which  would 
be  considered  indigenous.1'  There  are  viruses  in  the  human 
body,  in  some  circumstances,  that  could  be  considered 
indigenous.  These  viruses  can  be  isolated  or  identified  using 
either  standard  diagnostic  virology  methods  or  special 
biochemical  techniques.  Some  could  be  considered  as 
persistent  infections  with  virus  shedding  for  long  periods 
and,  in  some,  the  virus  can  be  reactivated  from  a latent  stage 
somewhere  in  the  body. 

If  you  search  a human  body  for  viruses  at  a time  of  no 
overt  illness,  what  viruses  might  you  find?  The  Table  shows 
a list  of  possible  candidates  for  human  indigenous  viruses 
grouped  by  type  of  nucleic  acid,  either  DNA  or  RNA.  This 
list  does  not  pretend  to  be  inclusive  and  other  viruses  yet 
to  be  discovered  may  have  to  be  added  later. 

First  on  the  list  is  hepatitis  B because  the  virus  sometimes 
can  remain  in  the  blood  for  years  after  primary  infection  as 
a chronic  persistent  infection  in  the  absence  of  overt  dis- 
ease.lf,IH  This  virus  causes  clinical  serum  hepatitis,  but 
sometimes  there  is  liver  damage  leading  to  cirrhosis  or  even 
carcinoma.  The  virus  sometimes  can  be  found  in  the  liver 
and  in  the  urine.  Since  the  virus  cannot  be  grown  in  cell 
culture,  diagnosis  relies  on  the  detection  of  antigen  or 
antibody  by  serodiagnostic  methods  such  as  radioimmune 
assay  (RIA)  or  enzyme  linked  immunosorbent  assay 
(ELISA).  The  body  responds  to  infection  with  production 
of  antibodies  to  the  various  antigens  of  hepatitis  B,  namely 
hepatitis  B surface  antigen  (Hbs  Ag),  hepatitis  B core  antigen 
(Hbc  Ag),  or  hepatitis  B e antigen.  Some  of  these  antibodies 
can  persist  for  life  and  in  some  populations  5 to  20  percent 
of  healthy  adults  have  antibody  to  HBSAg.  Posttransfusion 
hepatitis  primarily  is  carried  by  non-A,  non-B  hepatitis  virus. 
Much  research  now  is  in  progress  on  the  non-A,  non-B 
hepatitis  virus,  but  preliminary  results  suggest  it  may  be 
similar  to  hepatitis  B. 

BK  and  JC,  members  of  the  papovavirus  family,  were  put 
on  the  list  because  they  can  be  reactivated  from  latency  in 
an  unknown  part  of  the  body;  they  are  found  in  the  urine 
of  immunosuppressed  patients,  especially  those  with  renal 
transplan ts.142"  The  only  disease  associated  with  these  viruses 
is  progressive  multifocal  leukoencephalopathy  (PML).  JC 
virus  has  been  isolated  from  brain  tissue  of  PML  patients. 
Infection  with  these  viruses  is  common  since  70  to  80  percent 
of  human  sera  tested  was  found  to  contain  antibody. 

Adenovirus,  of  which  there  are  34  different  human 
serotypes,  often  can  be  isolated  from  healthy  human  tissue, 
such  as  the  adenoidal  or  tonsillar  tissue  of  most  chil- 
dren.-u-  Respiratory  disease,  pharyngitis,  and  external 
disease  of  the  eye  are  caused  by  adenovirus  infection, 
although  most  infections  are  subclinical.  There  may  be 
persistent  intermittent  excretion  of  virus  following  clinical  or 
subclinical  infection.  The  antibodies  that  arise  to  these 
viruses  persist  for  life. 

All  five  types  of  human  herpesviruses  were  put  on  the  list 
because  latency  is  a characteristic  of  all  herpesvirus 
infections.-’  The  oral  strain  of  herpes  simplex  type  1 causes 
gingivostomatitis  as  a primary  infection  in  young  children, 
although  many  infections  are  subclinical.  Keratitis  and 
sometimes  encephalitis  can  follow  type  1 infection.  The 
genital  strain  of  herpes  simplex  type  2 produces  lesions  in 
the  genital  organs  and  is  spread  by  sexual  contact.  Babies 
infected  at  birth  acquire  neonatal  herpes  with  a lethality  of 
71  percent.  By  adulthood,  70  to  90  percent  of  the  population 


TABLE 

Candidates  for  Human 


DNA 

Hepatitis  B 
BK  and  JC 

Adeno 

Human  herpesviruses 

Herpes  simplex  type  1 
Herpes  simplex  type  2 
Varicella-zoster 
Cytomegalovirus 
Epstein-Barr 


Indigenous  Viruses 

RNA 

Entero 

Polio 

Coxsackie  A 
Coxsackie  B 
Echo 

Measles 

Retro 

Human  type  C leukemia 
Foamy 


have  antibodies  to  herpes  simplex.  The  virus  persists  in  th 
human  body  latent  state  in  vertebral  and  sacral  ganglior 
Spontaneous  recurrences  of  lesions  are  prompted  by  stres 
on  the  body.24 

Varicella-zoster  virus  causes  chickenpox,  a commoi ; 
disease  of  skin  and  mucous  membranes  of  children.  Eight 
percent  of  the  population  have  antibody  to  V-Z.25  The  virul 
remains  latent  in  the  body  in  the  nuclei  of  dorsal  nervi1 
ganglion  similar  to  the  way  HSV  does.  Reactivation  of  laten 
infection  by  trauma  over  the  age  of  45  leads  to  inflammatory 
reaction  of  posterior  nerve  roots  and  ganglion,  wit! 
dermatomal  distribution  of  skin  lesions  known  as  shingle; 
or  zoster. 

Cytomegalovirus  has  caused  an  inapparent  infection  in  8( 
percent  of  the  population  by  35  years  of  age.26  Infectior 
during  embryonic  development  sometimes  causes  severe 
congenital  abnormalities.  Virus  most  easily  is  isolated  from 
the  urine,  but  where  it  is  latent  in  the  human  body  is  nofii 
known-.  It  may  be  in  the  leucocytes.  It  has  been  isolated  from 
adenoids  and  has  been  found  in  salivary  glands  of  10  to  33 
percent  of  autopsies  on  children.  Fifty  to  80  percent  of  the 
population  have  antibodies  to  CMV.  Often,  the  virus  is 
reactivated  during  immunosuppression,  as  in  kidney 
transplant  patients. 

Epstein-Barr  virus,  the  most  recently  discovered  human 
herpesvirus,  causes  primary  infection  which  mainly  is, 
subclinical  in  children,  but  infection  of  young  adults  can  lead 
to  mononucleosis.27  Ninety  percent  of  adults  have  antibodies 
to  EB  virus,  and  it  remains  latent  in  the  body  somewhere 
in  the  leucocytes.  Stress  can  cause  reactivation. 

First  on  the  list  of  RNA  viruses  is  the  enterovirus  group, 
which  consists  of  the  polio  (3  types),  coxsackie  A (23  types),  j 
coxsackie  B (6  types),  and  echo  (33  types)  viruses.  They  were 
placed  on  the  list  because  they  can  cause  infection  of  the 
alimentary  canal  in  the  absence  of  disease.28  Most  infections 
are  subclinical,  but  when  disease  is  produced,  it  can  include 
poliomyelitis,  acute  respiratory  infection,  aseptic  meningitis, 
herpangina,  pleurodynia,  hand,  foot,  and  mouth  disease,  and 
pericarditis.  A large  percentage  of  the  population  has 
antibodies  to  many  of  these  strains.  Following  a disease- 
producing  infection,  virus  can  remain  in  the  alimentary  canal 
for  long  periods,  two  to  four  weeks. 

Measles  virus  was  included  because  it  sometimes  can' 
remain  after  primary  clinical  infection  and  then  lead  to  the  I 
chronic  neurological  disease  subacute  sclerosing  pan- 
encephalitis (SSPE).  y Virus  can  be  found  in  lymph  nodes  and 
in  the  brain  tissue.  A large  percent  of  the  population  has  : 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


122 


intibodies  to  measles.  German  measles,  or  rubella,  a member 
pf  the  Toga  virus  group  was  not  placed  on  the  list,  although 
n congenitally  infected  infants,  the  virus  may  persist  for 
several  years. 

Retroviruses  had  to  be  included  because  many  of  them  are 
rue  endogenous  viruses,  having  the  viral  genome  integrated 
nto  the  cellular  genome  as  a provirus.'0  In  this  way, 
mdogenous  means  that  viral  genetic  information  is  a 
:onstant  part  of  the  genetic  constitution  of  an  organism. 
Many  vertebrate  animals  including  chickens,  mice,  cats,  and 
baboons  possess  endogenous  virus  sequences.  Man  also  may 
possess  endogenous  virus  sequences,"  but  most  of  the 
endogenous  viruses  have  a very  low  disease-producing 
potential.  The  majority  have  not  yet  been  demonstrated  to 
transform  cells  in  vitro  or  to  be  oncogenic  in  vivo.  Recently, 
the  first  human  type  C retrovirus  has  been  isolated  from  T 
' lymphocytes  of  leukemia  patients.'2  Another  retrovirus  that 
previously  had  been  found  in  human  cell  culture  is  foamy 
virus.  It  has  not  been  associated  with  disease  so  far. 

Ji 

CONCLUSION 

Many  types  of  human  viruses  can  be  found  in  different 
parts  of  the  human  body  in  the  apparent  absence  of  disease. 
The  function,  if  there  is  any,  has  yet  to  be  discovered.  Most 
virologists  would  not  consider  them  to  be  a normal  flora. 
In  fact,  the  retroviruses,  which  in  some  cases  can  become 
intimately  connected  to  the  cellular  genome,  are  more  truly 
indigenous  or  endogenous  than  are  the  bacteria.  Therefore, 
the  answer  to  the  intriguing  question  which  was  posed  in  the 
! introduction  is  that  there  are  human  indigenous  viruses,  but 
most  people  would  not  consider  them  to  be  a normal  viral 
flora  as  comparable  to  the  normal  bacterial  flora. 


REFERENCES 

1.  Isenberg  HD,  Painter  BG:  Indigenous  and  pathogenic  micro- 
organisms of  humans,  in  Lennette  EH,  Spaulding  EH,  Truant  SA 
(eds):  Manual  of  Clinical  Microbiology.  Washington,  D.C.,  Ameri- 
can Society  of  Microbiology,  1980,  pp.  25-29. 

2.  Davis  BD,  Dulbecco  R,  Eisen  H,  Ginsberg  H (eds): 
Microbiology,  3rd  Edition.  Harperstown,  MD,  Harper  and  Row, 
Inc.,  1980,  pp.  808-810. 

3.  Jawetz  E,  Melnick  J,  Adelberg  EA:  Review  of  Medical 
Microbiology.  Los  Altos,  CA,  Lange  Medical  Publication,  1980,  pp. 
283-286. 

4.  Joklik  W,  Willett  HP:  Zinsser-Microbiology.  New  York,  NY, 
Appleton-Centrury-Crofts,  1976,  pp.  404-411. 

5.  Oldstone  MB:  Immunopathology  of  persistent  viral  infections. 
Hospital  Practice  17:61-72,  1982. 

6.  Melnick  JL:  Latent  viral  infections  in  donor  tissues  and  in 
recipients  of  vaccines,  in  Cell  Cultures  for  Virus  Vaccine  Production. 
National  Can.  Inst.  Monograph  29,  1968,  pp.  337-353. 

7.  Rapp  F,  Jerkofsky  MA:  Persistent  and  latent  infections,  in 
Kaplan  AS  (ed):  The  Herpes  Viruses.  New  York,  NY,  Academic 
Press,  1973,  pp.  271-289. 

8.  Luginbuhl  RE:  Viral  flora  of  chick  and  duck  tissue  sources, 
in  Cell  Culture  for  Virus  Vaccine  Production.  Nat.  Can.  Inst. 
Monograph  29,  1968,  pp.  109-118. 

9.  Kniazeff  AJ:  Viruses  infecting  cattle  and  their  role  as 
endogenous  contaminants  of  cell  culture,  in  Cell  Culture  for  Virus 
Vaccine  Production.  Nat.  Can.  Inst.  Monograph  29,  1968,  pp. 
123-132. 

10.  Gillespie  JH:  Viral  flora  of  canine  tissue,  in  Cell  Culture  for 


Virus  Vaccine  Production.  Nat.  Can.  Inst.  Monograph  29,  1968,  pp. 
113-139. 

11.  Wilner  BJ:  Viral  flora  of  rabbits,  in  Cel!  Culture  for  Virus 
Vaccine  Production.  Nat.  Can.  Inst.  Monograph  29,  1968,  pp. 
141-148. 

12.  Hull  RN:  Viral  flora  of  primate  tissue,  in  Cell  Culture  for 
Virus  Vaccine  Production.  Nat.  Can.  Inst.  Monograph  29,  1968,  pp. 
173-175. 

13.  Hsiung  GD:  Detection  of  latent  virus  in  kidney  tissue,  in  Cell 
Culture  for  Virus  Vaccine  Production.  Nat.  Can.  Inst.  Monograph 
29,  1968,  pp.  351-357. 

14.  Hsiung  GD:  Endogenous  viral  contaminants  in  animal  tissue, 
in  Diagnostic  Virology-Illustrated  by  Light  and  Electron  Microscopy. 
New  Haven,  CT,  Yale  University  Press,  1982,  pp.  252-262. 

15.  Kaiter  SS,  Hebesky  RL:  Viral  flora  of  tissue  sources-simian 
and  human,  in  Cell  Culture  for  Virus  Vaccine  Production.  Nat.  Can. 
Inst.  Monograph  29,  1968,  pp.  149-160. 

16.  Gitnick  G:  Non-A,  non-B  hepatitis,  in  Perspective  on  Viral 
Hepatitis.  Abbott  Diagnostic  Monograph,  Chicago,  IL,  Abbott 
Laboratory,  1981. 

17.  Hoofnagle  JH:  Types  A and  B viral  hepatitis,  in  Perspectives 
on  Viral  Hepatitis.  Abbott  Diagnostic  Monograph,  Chicago,  IL, 
Abbott  Laboratory,  1981. 

18.  Perillo  RP:  The  hepatitis  viruses:  Differential  diagnosis,  in 
Perspective  on  Viral  Hepatitis,  Abbott  Diagnostic  Monograph, 
Chicago,  IL,  Abbott  Laboratory,  1981. 

19.  Padgett  BL,  Walker  DL:  New  human  papovaviruses.  Prog 
Med  Virol  22:1,  1976. 

20.  Gardner  SD,  Field  AM,  Coleman  DV,  Huline  B:  New  human 
papovavirus  (B.K.)  isolated  from  urine  after  renal  transplantation. 
Lancet  1:1253,  1971. 

21.  Rowe  WP,  Heubner  RS,  Gilmore  LK,  Parrot  RH,  Ward  TC: 
Isolation  of  a cytopathogenic  agent  from  human  adenoids 
undergoing  spontaneous  degeneration  in  tissue  culture.  Proc  Soc 
Exp  Bio!  Med  84:570,  1953. 

22.  Ginsberg  HS:  Adenoviruses,  in  Davis  BD,  Dulbecco  R,  Eisen 
H,  Ginsberg  H:  (eds):  Microbiology,  3rd  Edition.  Harperstown,  MD, 
Harper  and  Row,  Inc.,  1980,  pp.  1048-1060. 

23.  Nahmias  AJ,  Roizman  B:  Infection  with  herpes  simplex  vi- 
ruses 1 and  2.  N Eng!  J Med  286:667,  1973. 

24.  Rawls  WE:  Herpes  simplex  virus  types  I and  2 and  herpes 
virus  simiae,  in  Lennette  EH,  Schmidt  NJ  (eds):  Diagnostic 
Procedures  for  Viral  Rickettsial,  and  Chlamydial  Infections.  Wash- 
ington, D.C.,  American  Public  Health  Association,  1979. 

25.  Weller  TH:  Varicella  and  herpes  zoster,  in  Lennette  EH, 
Schmidt  NJ  (eds):  Diagnostic  Procedures  for  Viral,  Rickettsial,  and 
Chlamydial  Infections.  Washington,  D.C.,  American  Public  Health 
Association,  1979,  pp.  375-398. 

26.  Weller  TH:  The  cytomegaloviruses:  Ubiquitous  agents  with 
protein  clinical  manifestations  (2  parts).  N Engl  J Med  285:  203, 
1971. 

27.  Henle  W,  Henle  G,  Howritz  CA:  Infectious  mononucleosis 
and  Epstein-Barr  virus  associated  malignancies,  in  Lennette  EH  , 
Schmidt  NJ  (eds):  Diagnostic  Procedures  for  Viral  Rickettsial  and 
Chlamydial  Infections.  Washington,  D.C.,  American  Public  Health 
Association,  1979,  pp.  441-470. 

28.  Melnick  JL,  Wenner  HD,  Phillips  CA:  Enteroviruses,  in 
Lennette  EH,  Schmidt  NJ  (eds):  Diagnostic  Procedures  for  Viral, 
Rickettsial,  and  Chlamydial  Infections.  Washington,  D.C.,  American 
Public  Health  Association,  1979,  471-534. 

29.  Black  FL:  Measles,  in  Evans  AS  (ed):  Viral  Infections  of 
Humans,  Epidemiology  and  Control.  New  York,  NY,  Plenum 
Medical  Books,  1976,  p.  297. 

30.  Dulbecco  R:  Oncogenic  viruses,  in  David  BD,  Dulbecco  R, 
Eisen  H,  Ginsberg  H:  Microbiology,  3rd  Edition.  Harperstown,  MD. 
Harper  and  Row,  1980,  pp.  1231-1261. 

31.  Bonner  TS,  Connell  CO,  Cohen  M:  Cloned  endogenous 
retroviral  sequences  from  human  DNA.  Pro  Natl  Acad  Sci  79: 
4709-4713,  1982. 

32.  Popvic  M,  Sarin  PS,  Robert-Gurroff  M,  Kaiyanaraman  US, 
Mann  D,  Minowoda  J,  Gallo  RC:  Isolation  and  transmission 
human  retrovirus  (human  T-cell  leukemia  virus).  Science  219: 
856-859,  1983. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  2— FEBRUARY  1984 


123 


THE  BROWN  PHARMACEUTICAL  CO.,  INC. 

2500  West  Sixth  Street,  Los  Angeles,  CA  90057 


For  Full  Prescribing  Information,  Please  See  PDR. 


REFER  TO 

PDR 


fAndroid  5 10  25 


Methyltestosterone  U.S.R  Tablets 


Androidvf 

Fluoxymesterone  U.S.R  Tablets,  10  m. 


MBit? 


Vlay  a Blood  Bank  Refuse  Donations 

ro  Prevent  the  Spread  of  AIDS? 


'EON  G.  SMITH,  M.D.,  RICHARD  BRENNAN,  LL.D., 
IRIAN  McDONOUGH,  J.D.,  Newark* 


— ; 

The  cause  of  acquired  immunodeficiency  syndrome  (AIDS)  is 

rnknown.  One  hypothetical  pathogenetic  mechanism  is  transfusion  of 

olood  donated  by  a victim  of  AIDS  in  a latent  period.  It  is  not  possible 

now  to  screen  AIDS-infected  blood  by  testing  samples  on  an 

individual  basis,  but  screening  donors  from  the  dominant  segments 

of  the  population  which  are  exclusive  carriers  of  AIDS  (homosexuals, 

Haitians,  and  illicit  drug  users)  is  possible.  The  authors  believe  blood 

donation  facilities  have  a right  and  duty  to  ask  suitable  questions  to 

screen  such  donors.  The  legal  questions  of  the  individual’s  right  to 

privacy,  equal  protection  under  the  law,  and  the  public  health 

are  discussed. 


This  article  will  explore  the  legal  and 
constitutional  implications  of  at- 
tempting to  contain  the  spread  of 
acquired  immunodeficiency  syndrome  (AIDS)  by  refusing 
blood  donations  from  certain  groups  of  donors  based  on 
their  ancestry,  drug  habits,  and  sexual  orientation. 

CASE  REPORT 

A 65-year-old  heterosexual  male,  who  was  not  a Haitian 
nor  a drug  user,  had  coronary  bypass  surgery  18  months 
prior  to  his  admission.  His  chief  complaints  were  cough, 
fever,  and  chills  for  a week.  The  patient  received  ampicillin 
at  home  for  one  week  before  admission.  His  physical  examin- 
ation was  negative  except  for  a macular  papular  drug  erup- 
tion due  to  ampicillin.  Chest  x-ray  and  arterial  blood  gas 
levels  were  normal.  Subsequently,  he  developed  a positive 
diffuse  gallium  scan  of  the  lung  and  later  a diffuse  infiltrate 
of  the  entire  lung.  Lung  biopsy  revealed  Pneumocystis  carmii. 
The  patient  died  despite  proper  sulfamethoxazol- 
trimethoprim  therapy. 

The  patient  never  had  used  any  illicit  drugs.  He  was  not 
exposed  to  anyone  with  AIDS.  The  donors  of  the  blood  he 
‘received  were  reexamined  and  all  were  well.  One  donor 


been  a heroin  user,  but  never  volunteered  this  information. 
He  was  not  questioned  about  drug  use,  homosexuality,  or 
Haitian  background  for  privacy  reasons. 

LEGAL  RAMIFICATIONS 

What  are  the  legal  ramifications  of  a case  such  as  this? 
One  may  start  by  asking  what  civil  liability  a blood  bank 
or  a hospital-run  blood  donation  facility  might  have  violated 
in  a lawsuit  brought  by  the  patient's  estate  or  survivors.  It 
is  settled  law  in  New  Jersey  that  a blood  bank  cannot  be 
liable  for  unsafe  blood  under  a theory  of  strict  liability,  that 
is,  absolute  liability  simply  by  virtue  of  its  blood  being  unsafe 
and  having  caused  this  man’s  death.  The  facility  can  only 
be  held  liable  if  its  failure  to  detect  the  unsafe  qualities  in 
the  blood  was  due  to  a want  of  reasonable  care  on  its  part 
and  thereby  negligent.1  The  blood  donation  facility  may 
argue  that  it  cannot  be  found  negligent  because  the  state  of 
the  art,  to  our  knowledge,  does  not  allow  blood  samples  to 

*Dr.  Smith  is  Director,  Department  of  Medicine,  Saint  Michael's 
Medical  Center,  Newark.  Mr.  Brennan  and  Mr.  McDonough  are 
affiliated  with  Shanley  & Fisher,  Newark.  Correspondence  may  be 
addressed  to  Dr.  Smith,  Department  of  Medicine,  Saint  Michael’s 
Medical  Center,  268  High  Street,  Newark,  NJ  07102. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  2— FEBRUARY  1984 


125 


be  tested  individually  to  detect  the  presence  of  AIDS.  Were 
this  case  that  simple,  the  blood  bank  probably  could  not  be 
accused  of  negligence  just  as  blood  banks  could  not  be  found 
negligent  in  the  days  when  it  was  impossible  to  detect  serum 
hepatitis  in  the  blood. 

However,  it  is  not  that  simple.  While  it  may  not  be  possible 
to  screen  AIDS-infected  blood  by  testing  samples  on  an 
individual  basis,  it  nevertheless  is  possible  to  screen  AIDS- 
infected  blood  by  screening  donors  from  those  segments  of 
the  population  which  are  the  dominant,  if  not  exclusive, 
carriers  of  AIDS:  homosexuals,  Haitians,  and  drug  users. 
Given  the  uncanny  tendency  of  AIDS  to  confine  itself  to 
these  segments  of  the  population,  an  argument  could  be 
fashioned  that  the  blood  bank’s  failure  to  inquire  into  these 
traits  was  a lack  of  reasonable  care  and,  therefore,  negligent. 

This  forces  the  blood  bank  into  a painful  position.  If  it 
does  not  ask  questions  about  homosexuality,  Haitian  origin, 
or  drug  use,  it  runs  a serious  risk  of  civil  liability  for  negli- 
gently accepting  and  supplying  unsafe  blood.  If  it  does  ask 
these  questions,  it  will  be  prying  into  the  private  affairs  of 
its  donors.  In  the  case  of  homosexuals  and  Haitians,  it  also 
would  face  the  unpleasant  task  of  rejecting  applicants  based 
solely  on  sexual  orientation  or  national  origin.  Under- 
standably, blood  bank  personnel  fear  that  they  would  be 
acting  illegally  and  intruding  on  the  rights  of  these  groups 
to  privacy  and  to  equal  protection  of  the  laws. 

Any  fear  by  the  blood  banks  of  invading  the  constitutional 
rights  of  its  donors  would  not  be  well  founded  as  a matter 
of  constitutional  law.  It  is  true  that  the  past  20  years  have 
witnessed  an  unprecedented  expansion  of  the  individual’s 
right  to  privacy  and  to  equal  protection  of  the  laws.  How- 
ever, even  the  most  valued  rights  to  privacy  and  equal  protec- 
tion must  yield  to  the  overpowering  public  interest  in  free- 
dom from  disease  and  epidemic.  Just  as  one's  right  to  free 
speech  does  not  entitle  him  or  her  to  yell  fire  in  a public 
theatre,2’6  one’s  right  to  be  left  alone  does  not  entitle  him 
or  her  to  infect  the  neighbors  and  community  with  deadly 
and  infectious  diseases.  If  there  are  ways  of  preventing  this 
epidemic  without  invading  the  privacy  and  equal  protection 
rights  of  the  infecting  individual,  these  means  should  be  used. 
However,  if  the  disease  cannot  be  controlled  any  other  way 
than  by  infringing  on  these  freedoms,  then  it  is  submitted 
that  they  may  be  infringed  upon. 

This  principle  was  set  down  by  Justice  Harlan  of  the 
United  States  Supreme  Court  in  Jacobson  v Massachu- 
setts,1 a turn-of-the-century  case  which  pitted  the  rights  of 
a man  who  did  not  want  to  be  vaccinated  against  the  need 
of  his  community  to  protect  itself  from  smallpox.  After 
noting  that  every  state  and  community  has  the  right  to  take 
such  measures  as  are  necessary  to  protect  the  general  health 
and  common  welfare  of  its  citizens,  the  court  turned  to 
Jacobson’s  argument  that  this  interest  was  not  so  compelling 
as  to  justify  invading  his  bodily  integrity  through  vaccination 
or  invading  his  liberty  through  fine  or  imprisonment  for 
failure  to  be  vaccinated: 

The  defendant  insists  that  his  liberty  is  invaded  when 
the  State  subjects  him  to  fine  or  imprisonment  for 
neglecting  or  refusing  to  submit  to  vaccination;  that 
a compulsory  vaccination  law  is  unreasonable,  arbi- 
trary and  oppressive,  and,  therefore,  hostile  to  the 
inherent  right  of  every  freeman  to  care  for  his  own 
body  and  health  in  such  a way  as  to  him  seems  best; 
and  that  the  execution  of  such  a law  against  one  who 
objects  to  vaccination,  no  matter  for  what  reason, 
is  nothing  short  of  an  assault  upon  his  person.  But 


the  liberty  secured  by  the  Constitution  of  the  United 
States  to  every  person  within  its  jurisdiction  does  not 
import  an  absolute  right  in  each  person  to  be,  at  all 
times  and  in  all  circumstances,  wholly  freed  from 
restraint.  There  are  manifold  restraints  to  which 
every  person  is  necessarily  subject  for  the  common 
good.  On  any  other  basis  organized  society  could  not 
exist  with  safety  to  its  members.  Society  based  on  the 
rule  that  each  one  is  a law  unto  himself  would  soon 
be  confronted  with  disorder  and  anarchy.  Real  liber- 
ty for  all  could  not  exist  under  the  operation  of  a 
principle  which  recognizes  the  right  of  each  individ- 
ual person  to  use  his  own,  whether  in  respect  of  his 
person  or  his  property,  regardless  of  the  injury  that 
may  be  done  to  others.  This  court  has  more  than 
once  recognized  it  as  a fundamental  principle  that 
persons  and  property  are  subjected  to  all  kinds  of 
restraints  and  burdens,  in  order  to  secure  the  general 
comfort,  health,  and  prosperity  of  the  State;  of  the 
perfect  right  of  the  legislature  to  do  which  no  ques- 
tion ever  was,  or  upon  acknowledged  general  prin- 
ciples ever  can  be  made,  so  far  as  natural  persons 
are  concerned.  ...  In  Crowley  v Christensen,  137  U.S. 

86,  89,  we  said:  The  possession  and  enjoyment  of  all 
rights  are  subject  to  such  reasonable  conditions  as 
may  be  deemed  by  the  governing  authority  of  the 
country  essential  to  the  safety,  health,  peace,  good 
order,  and  morals  of  the  community.  Even  liberty 
itself,  the  greatest  of  all  rights,  is  not  unrestricted 
license  to  act  according  to  one’s  own  will.  It  is  only 
freedom  from  restraint  under  conditions  essential  to 
the  equal  enjoyment  of  the  same  right  by  others.  It 
is  then  liberty  regulated  by  law.4 

Nor  did  Justice  Harlan  even  consider  the  potential  merits 
of  Jacobson’s  argument  that  the  Massachusetts  legislature 
was  wrong  in  its  assumption  that  vaccination  would  prevent 
or  lessen  the  incidence  of  smallpox.  As  long  as  the  state  had 
not  acted  arbitrarily  and  unreasonably  in  enabling  com- 
munities to  require  vaccination  of  their  members  as  a safe- 
guard against  smallpox,  the  court  declined  to  second  guess 
the  legislature  by  evaluating  the  medical  evidence  anew  and 
deciding  whether  the  legislature  was  correct.  It  was  enough 
that  it  had  not  been  arbitrary  or  unreasonable  and  that  there 
was  a real  and  substantial  relation  between  the  means  used, 
in  that  case  vaccination,  and  the  end  sought,  that  of  safe- 
guarding the  general  health.5 

So  strong  was  the  compelling  public  interest  in  the  general 
health  that  the  court  refused  to  exempt  Jacobson  from  the 
vaccination  requirement  by  virtue  of  his  subjective  fear  that 
vaccination  would  endanger  his  health,  a fear  that  was  based 
on  his  son  s and  his  own  severe  childhood  reactions  to  a 
vaccination.  In  rejecting  even  this  deeply  felt  argument,  the 
court  answered  resoundingly  that  “[W]e  are  not  prepared  to 
hold  that  a minority,  residing  or  remaining  in  any  city  or 
town  where  smallpox  is  prevalent,  and  enjoying  the  general 
protection  afforded  by  an  organized  local  government,  may 
thus  defy  the  will  of  its  constitutional  authorities,  acting  in 
good  faith  for  all,  under  the  legislative  sanction  of  this  state. 
If  such  be  the  privilege  of  a minority,  then  a like  privilege 
would  belong  to  each  individual  of  the  community,  and  the 
spectacle  would  be  presented  of  the  welfare  and  safety  of  an 
entire  population  being  subordinated  to  the  notions  of  a 
single  individual  who  chooses  to  remain  a part  of  that  popu- 
lation.”6 

The  lesson  of  Jacobson  v Massachusetts  is  clear:  the  health 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


126 


ind  safety  of  the  entire  community  are  paramount  to  the 
irivacy  and  even  the  bodily  integrity  of  one  individual  who 
nay  infect  that  community.  Like  draft  registration  and  taxes, 
his  limitation  on  one's  freedom  is  an  inevitable  price  of 
■njoying  society's  other  protections. 

Indeed,  prospective  blood  donors  who  either  are  homosex- 
jal  or  Haitian  would  pay  a lesser  price  than  did  the  individ- 
j ,ial  in  Jacobson.  In  that  case,  a citizen  was  forced  either  to 
iave  a smallpox  vaccine  injected  into  his  body  or  face  fine, 
mprisonment,  or  both.  In  this  case  the  only  cost  would  be 
he  invasion  of  privacy  all  donors  would  suffer  from  being 
isked  about  their  sexual  orientation  and,  if  they  were  black, 
j ibout  their  national  origin.  The  embarrassment  and  rejection 
i homosexual  or  Haitian  would  feel  by  being  singled  out  and 
Iturned  away  from  a blood  donation  facility  are  real.  The 
: need  to  protect  the  lives  and  health  of  potential  donors 
nevertheless  should  take  precedence  judging  by  the  past 
teachings  of  the  Supreme  Court. 

We  see  no  indication  that  the  principles  set  forth  in 
Jacobson  have  diminished  over  time.  While  cases  involving 
contagious  and  infectious  disease  thankfully  have  dwindled 
due  to  medical  science,  courts  still  reaffirm  these  principles 
tat  every  opportunity.  Local  laws  requiring  that  school  chil- 
dren be  vaccinated  as  a condition  of  their  enrollment  have 
been  uniformly  upheld  even  over  objections  that  they  viol- 
rated  religious  liberty.7'"  So  strong  is  this  commitment  to  the 
preservation  of  life  and  health  that  courts  and  the  state  have 
not  hesitated  to  intervene  in  family  relationships  when 
necessary  to  save  the  life  of  a spouse  or  a child  over  religious 
objections,  even  when  no  threat  of  contagion  to  others  is 
involved. i:  While  this  power  normally  is  reserved  to  the 
individual  states,  it  may  be  exercised  when  necessary  by  the 
federal  government  as  demonstrated  by  the  late  1970s  swine 
flu  program. 

Should  this  notion  of  paramount  government  power  to 
protect  the  general  health  have  too  absolutist  a ring  to  it, 
we  hasten  to  point  out  that  this  right  is  not  unfettered.  In 
closing  his  decision  in  Jacobson,  Justice  Harlan  assured  that 
the  court  could  interdict  the  law  or  regulation  where  its 
enforcement  would  be  “so  arbitrary  and  oppressive  in  par- 
ticular cases  as  to  justify  the  interference  of  courts  to  prevent 
wrong  or  oppression.”  Had  the  petitioner  been  able  to  show 
with  “reasonable  certainty,”  rather  than  generalized  fear, 
that  vaccination  would  endanger  his  health  or  well-being 
then  the  court  suggested  the  result  would  have  been  dif- 
ferent.13 Likewise,  were  it  possible  to  screen  out  AIDS-con- 
taminated blood  without  invading  the  privacy  of  donors  or 
subjecting  them  to  unequal  treatment,  then  a court  might 
find  that  the  donation  facility  should  pursue  that  less  in- 
trusive course.  However,  we  are  aware  of  no  effective  and 
acceptable  method  by  which  blood  can  be  tested  to  detect 
the  presence  of  AIDS.  Until  medical  science  reaches  that 
stage,  there  is  simply  no  other  way  to  protect  the  lives  of 
prospective  donors  other  than  by  making  some  necessary 
inroads  into  the  rights  of  Haitians  and  homosexuals. 

One  might  rejoin  that  the  right  of  privacy  and  of  equal 
protection  have  come  a long  way  since  Jacobson  and  today 
Justice  Harlan  so  unequivocally  would  not  have 
subordinated  the  right  of  the  individual  to  the  right  of  the 
community  to  defend  itself  against  disease.  While  eight  dec- 
ades of  constitutional  law  might  have  altered  Justice 
Harlan’s  analysis,  we  doubt  that  it  would  hav.e  changed  the 
result. 

The  constitutional  right  of  privacy  undoubtedly  has  come 
a long  way  since  1904.  Today  we  recognize  a constitutional 


right  of  privacy  in  matters  of  contraception,14  procreation,15 
sterilization,16  and  even  death17 — rights  that  were  unheard  of 
in  1904.  It  is  unclear,  however,  whether  one’s  sexual  orien- 
tation falls  within  this  constitutionally  recognized  zone  of 
privacy.  While  compelling  arguments  can  be  made  that  this 
intensely  personal  matter  should  be  constitutionally 
protected  against  outside  interference,  it  is  an  open  question 
whether  the  federal  courts  would  be  ready  to  take  this  step 
given  their  acquiescence  in  statutes  outlawing  private  con- 
sensual homosexual  acts,18'19  requiring  the  separation  of 
homosexuals  from  the  armed  forces,20'21  and  otherwise 
diminishing  the  protections  available  to  homosexuals.21'24 
However,  given  the  liberal  tradition  of  New  Jersey  courts 
in  carving  out  new  human  rights  under  the  aegis  of  the 
common  law  and  the  New  Jersey  state  constitution,  we  see 
a viable  possibility  that  they  would  recognize  such  a 
right.25'27 


“Even  the  most  valued  rights  to 
privacy  and  equal  protection  must 
yield  to  the  overpowering  public 
interest  in  freedom  from  disease 
and  epidemic.” 

Were  the  right  of  privacy  to  sexual  orientation  to  be  grant- 
ed, however,  to  what  extent  would  that  right  be  invaded  by 
asking  someone  to  state  sexual  orientation  as  a precondition 
to  giving  blood?  The  due  process  clause  protects  one  against 
being  deprived  of  his  right  to  privacy,  but  this  burden  on 
privacy  does  not  appear  to  deprive  the  donor  of  the  right 
to  live  his  or  her  own  lifestyle  or  place  an  intolerable  burden 
on  that  lifestyle.  Moreover,  even  the  right  to  privacy  may 
at  some  point  have  to  give  way  to  other  compelling  state 
interests.  For  example,  we  recognize  a constitutional  right 
to  privacy  in  deciding  whether  or  not  to  have  an  abortion, 
but  require  that  interest  to  yield  to  the  compelling  state 
interest  in  protecting  potential  life  during  the  final  trimester 
of  pregnancy.28 

Another  constitutional  concern  is  whether  turning 
homosexuals  and  Haitians  away  from  a blood  donation  fa- 
cility would  violate  their  constitutional  rights  to  equal 
protection  of  the  law.-’4  We  do  not  believe  it  would.  Com- 
munities and  legislatures  inevitably  must  draw  distinctions 
between  different  groups  of  people,  bestowing  or  withhold- 
ing certain  benefits  on  the  basis  of  age,  geography,  financial 
status,  and  sex.  Such  practices  comply  with  the  equal  protec- 
tion clause  as  long  as  they  bear  a real  and  substantial  relation 
to  a legitimate  state  objective,30  a test  which  most  laws  would 
be  hard  pressed  not  to  meet.  In  this  case  it  hardly  can  be 
disputed  that  refusing  blood  from  homosexuals  and  Haitians 
bears  a real  and  substantial  relation  to  a legitimate  communi- 
ty objective,  that  of  protecting  the  public  from  contagious 
disease. 

However,  any  law  which  singled  out  Haitians  or  homosex- 
uals for  adverse  treatment  might  be  examined  with  a more 
exacting  eye.  In  recent  years  courts  have  held  that  any  law 
which  discriminates  on  the  basis  of  a suspect  classification 
will  be  subjected  to  strict  scrutiny  and  upheld  only  if  it  is. 
necessary  to  achieve  a compelling  state  objective  and  if  there 
are  no  less  intrusive  means  available  for  achieving  that  objec- 
tive. Not  many  classifications  qualify  as  “suspect,”  and  the 
courts  thus  far  have  limited  this  category  to  classifications 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  2— FEBRUARY  1984 


127 


based  on  race,  nationality,  alienage,  or  religion.31'34  Haitians 
would  qualify  for  this  higher  level  of  “strict  scrutiny”  in  that 
they  are  being  singled  out  on  the  basis  of  nationality  (it  is 
questionable  whether  discrimination  against  them  would  be 
classified  as  being  based  on  race  or  alienage,  in  that  non- 
Haitian  blacks  or  aliens  still  would  be  permitted  to  donate 
blood).  No  courts  have  found  homosexuals  to  be  a suspect 
class  and  several  have  declined  to  do  so.'5 

Also,  a law  which  does  not  discriminate  on  the  basis  of 
race,  nationality,  or  alienage  nevertheless  may  be  subject  to 
strict  scrutiny  if  it  imposes  a direct  and  substantial  burden 
on  a fundamental  right,  such  as  the  right  to  privacy.36,37  Were 
sexual  orientation  included  within  the  constitutional  right  to 
privacy,  which  we  have  concluded  is  open  to  debate,  it  is 
an  interesting  question  whether  refusal  to  accept  blood  dona- 
tions by  homosexuals  would  be  a direct  and  substantial 
burden  on  their  right  to  their  own  lifestyle.  While  the 
financial  inconvenience  of  being  unable  to  donate  to  a com- 
mercial facility  may  be  minimal,  one  nevertheless  may  feel 
degraded  and  stigmatized  if  a blood  bank  refused  to  take 
one’s  blood  for  transmission  to  the  rest  of  the  populace.  If 
this  seems  frivolous,  imagine  how  Catholics  or  Jews  might 
feel  if  a blood  bank  capriciously  refused  to  accept  their  blood 
as  unfit  for  injection  into  the  populace  at  large.  The  dif- 
ference between  this  case  and  that  hypothetical,  of  course, 
is  that  a blood  bank  fearful  of  spreading  AIDS  to  its  donors 
is  acting  not  out  of  caprice  but  out  of  a duty  to  protect  the 
lives  of  its  donees. 

Therefore,  even  if  homosexuals  as  well  as  Haitians  were 
found  to  be  a suspect  class,  or  if  refusal  to  accept  homosex- 
uals’ blood  did  directly  burden  their  right  to  privacy,  we 
believe  that  they  still  could  be  rejected  by  blood  banks  be- 
cause their  exclusion  is  absolutely  necessary  to  achieve  what 
may  be  the  most  compelling  of  all  compelling  state  interests, 
the  protection  of  the  public  health  by  limiting  the  spread  of 
AIDS. 

In  analyzing  the  constitutional  implications  of  this  dilem- 
ma, we  have  to  some  degree  put  the  cart  before  the  horse. 
We  have  assumed  throughout  this  discussion  that  the  blood 
donation  facility  would  be  capable  of  violating  the  constitu- 
tion. This  brings  to  the  fore  the  constitutional  concept 
known  as  “state  action.” 

It  is  rudimentary  constitutional  law  that  only  the  govern- 
ment can  violate  the  constitutional  guarantees  to  equal 
protection  or  privacy.37  Individuals  need  not  comply  with 
these  guarantees;  freedom  of  association  encompasses  the 
right  to  choose  one’s  friends  on  the  basis  of  race  or  sexual 
orientation  or  whatever  other  yardstick  one  chooses  to  use. 

Therefore,  a state  or  federally  run  hospital  or  blood  dona- 
tion facility  clearly  would  be  governed  by  these  constitu- 
tional commands;  a purely  private  commercial  facility  prob- 
ably would  not  be,  although  it  could  be  held  to  be  affected 
with  a state  interest. 

What  about  a hospital  or  facility  that,  while  privately 
owned  and  run,  receives  significant  government  assistance 
in  the  form  of  aid,  tax  exemptions,  and  other  statutory 
benefits?  The  line  between  public  and  private  action  increas- 
ingly has  become  blurred  in  recent  years  as  more  and  more 
ostensibly  private  agencies  assume  quasi-public  charac- 
teristics or  perform  services  for  the  government  that  it  would 
otherwise  have  to  perform  for  itself.  Therefore,  courts  have 
adopted  a doctrine  known  as  “state  action”  to  determine 
whether  ostensibly  private  conduct  has  so  implicated  the 
agencies  of  the  state  that  it  is  tantamount  to  unconstitutional 
state  conduct.  The  Supreme  Court  has  employed  this 


analysis  to  bar  courts  from  enforcing  racially  restrictive  covt 
nants  in  real  estate  agreements'8  and  to  bar  a municipt 
parking  facility  from  leasing  space  to  a restauranteur  wh 
refused  to  serve  blacks.39,40 

The  courts  have  retrenched  somewhat  in  the  last  15  yean  I 
however,  and  have  refused  to  classify  government  assistant 
to  a private  party  as  “state  action”  unless  that  assistance 
actually  fosters  or  encourages  the  unconstitutional  conduc 
This  narrowing  of  “state  action”  was  signalled  by  the  Si 
preme  Court’s  holding  that  furnishing  a state  liquor  licens  : 
to  a discriminatory  private  club  was  not  state  action.  Because 
the  state  was  a neutral  which  issued  liquor  licenses  to  dis 
criminatory  and  nondiscriminatory  clubs  alike,  the  coui 
concluded  that  issuance  of  a state  liquor  license  did  no  , 
encourage  or  foster  the  discrimination  and  refused  to  fin< 
“state  action.”41  Courts  have  since  refused  to  find  such  actio: 
unless  the  nexus  between  the  government  and  the  privat 

| 

facility  is  so  close  that  the  actions  of  the  latter  may  fairl 
be  said  to  be  the  actions  of  the  former.  Such  a nexus  onl 
will  be  found  where  the  government  encourages  or  partici 
pates  in  the  action,  mere  acquiescence  is  not  enough.42,4' 
Therefore,  the  Supreme  Court  refused  to  apply  the  “stall  . 
action”  concept  to  a private  nursing  home  despite  the  state’  ; 
pervasive  involvement  in  regulating  and  subsidizing  th<  ’ 
home  as  well  as  in  adjusting  the  level  of  its  Medicaid  benefit: 
in  accordance  with  private  decisions  made  by  the  employees: 
of  those  facilities.44  Similarly,  numerous  lower  courts  havt 
refused  to  apply  the  state  action  concept  to  hospitals,45,46  anc 
private  outpatient  facilities  such  as  a kidney  dialysis  center.4 
We,  therefore,  think  it  unlikely  that  the  actions  of  a blooc 
bank  or  a hospital  would  even  amount  to  “state  action’ 
much  less  actually  violate  the  Constitution.48,49 

CONCLUSION 

It  is  entirely  possible  that  a duty  could  be  imposed  or,: 
blood  donation  facilities  to  prevent  the  spread  of  AIDS  by1 
asking  questions  to  screen  donors  who  are  homosexual  oi 
Haitian,  or  who  have  a history  of  illicit  drug  use.  Any  feai 
of  invading  the  rights  of  these  donors  to  privacy  or  to  equal 
protection  does  not  appear  to  have  a sound  foundation  in 
law.  As  weighty  as  these  considerations  might  be,  they 
almost  certainly  would  be  found  to  yield  to  the  over- 
whelming community  interest  in  preventing  disease  and  con- 
tagion. Given  the  current  state  of  the  science,  there  does  not 
appear  to  be  any  less  restrictive  a way  of  achieving  this  end. 
Moreover,  it  is  questionable  whether  a private  facility  would; 
be  held  liable  for  violating  these  rights  even  if  it  wished  to. 

We  note  that  no  court  has  yet  passed  on  this  question. 
Any  actual  decisions  would  be  made  on  a case-by-case  ap-( 
proach  on  the  basis  of  a full  factual  record.  For  that  reason, 
this  article  is  not  intended  to  be  definitive  legal  advice  on 
the  subject  nor  should  it  be  so  taken.  Rather,  this  has  simply 
been  an  opportunity  for  us  to  explore  a current  and  con- 
troversial medical  issue  in  the  context  of  the  common  law 
and  the  Constitution. 

REFERENCES 

1.  Brody  v Overlook  Hospital,  127  N.J.  Super.  331  (App.  Div. 
1974),  aff'd  66  N.J.  448  (1975). 

2.  Schenck  v United  States,  249  U.S.  47  (1919)  (Oliver  Wendell 
Holmes,  J.). 

3.  197  U.S.  at  11  (1905). 

4.  197  U.S.  at  26. 

5.  197  U.S.  at  30-37. 

6.  197  U.S.  at  37-38. 

7.  Mountain  Lakes  Board  of  Education  v Maas,  56  N.J.  Super.  245, 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


128 


,4-67  (App.  Div.  1959)  aff'd.  31  N.J.  537  (1960). 

8.  Sadlock  v Board  of  Education  of  Carlstadt,  1 37  N.J.  L.  85,  87-91 
up.  Ct.  1948). 

9.  Davis  v Stale,  MD,  451  A.  2d  107,  111-112  (Ct.  App.  1982). 

10.  McCartney  v Austin,  57  Misc.  2d  525,  293  N.Y.S.  2d  188  (Sup. 
It.  1968). 

11.  Wright  v Dewitt  School  Dist.  I,  238  Ark.  906,  385  S.W.  2d 
14  (Sup.  Ct.  1965). 

12.  Application  of  the  President  & Directors  of  Georgetown  Col- 
?e,  331  F.  2d  1000  (D.C.  Cir.),  cert,  denied.  377  U.S.  978  (1964). 

13.  197  U.S.  at  38-39. 

14.  Eisendstadt  v Baird.  405  U.S.  438  (1972);  Griswold  v Connecti- 
on. 381  U.S.  479  (1965). 

15.  Roe  v Wade.  410  U.S.  113  (1973). 

16.  In  re  Grady,  85  N.J.  235  (1981). 

17.  In  re  Quinlan,  70  N.J.  10  (1976). 

18.  American  Civil  Liberties  Union  Handbook:  The  Rights  of  Gay 
eople,  1983  Appendix  A at  131-166. 

19.  New  York  v Onofre,  424  N.Y.S.  2d  566  (N.Y.  Sup.  Ct.  1980). 

20.  Belter  v.  Middendorf  632  F.2d  788  (9th  Cir.  1980),  cert,  denied 
30  U.S.  965  (1981). 

21.  Ben  Shalom  v Sec’y  of  the  Army,  489  F.  Supp.  964  (E.D.  Wis. 
980). 

22.  McConnell  v Anderson,  451  F.  2d  193  (8th  Cir.  1971),  cert. 
\nied  405  U.S.  1046  (1971). 

23.  Gaylord  v Tacoma  School  Dist.  No.  10,  88  Wash.  2d  286,  559 
.2d  1340  (1977),  cert,  denied,  434  U.S.  879  (1977). 

24.  Nemetz,  485  F.  Supp.  470  (E.D.  Va.  1980). 

25.  Fricke  v Lynch,  491  F.  Supp.  381  (D.R.I.  1980),  vacated  and 
■manded,  627  F.2d  1088  (1st  Cir.  1981). 

26.  State  v Saunders,  75,  N.J.  200  (1977). 

27.  Southern  Burlington  County  N.A.A.C.P.  v Mount  Laurel,  N.J. 
983). 

28.  In  re  Grady,  85  N.J.  235  (1981)  (state  constitutional  right  of 
(rivacy  extends  to  the  right  to  be  sterilized);  State  v Schmid,  84  N.J. 
j35  (1980)  appeal  dismissed,  455  U.S.  100  (1982)  (state  constitu- 
onal  right  of  free  speech  guarantees  reasonable  access  to  private 


university  campus);  In  re  Quinlan,  70  N.J.  10  (1976),  cert,  denied, 
429  U.S.  922  (1976)  (state  constitutional  right  of  privacy  extends  to 
the  right  of  choice  to  terminate  life  support  systems);  State  v John- 
son, 68  N.J.  349  (1975)  (state  constitution  may  guarantee  greater 
freedom  from  unreasonable  searches  and  seizures  than  does  the 
federal  constitution). 

29.  Roe  v Wade,  supra,  410  U.S.  at  163-64. 

30.  U.S.  Const.,  Amend.  14  (applying  to  the  states),  Amend.  5 
(applying  to  the  federal  government). 

31.  San  Antonio  School  Dist.  v Rodriguez,  41 1 U.S.  1,  40  (1973). 

32.  Regents  of  the  University  of  California  v Bakke,  438  U.S.  265, 
306  (1978);  San  Antonio  School  Dist.  v Rodriguez,  supra,  411  U.S. 
at  16-17. 

33.  Graham  v Richardson,  403  U.S.  365,  375-76  (1971). 

34.  Craig  v Boren,  429  U.S.  190,  197-98  (1976),  and  might  employ 
such  an  analysis  if  squarely  confronted  with  a compelling  case  of 
discrimination  based  on  sexual  orientation. 

35.  Belter  v Middendorf,  supra  note  18  at  808-09. 

36.  Beller  v Middendorf,  supra,  632  F.2d  at  807-110;  DeSantis  v 
Pacific  Tel.  & Tel.  Co.,  608  F.  2d  327  (9th  Cir.  1979). 

37.  San  Antonio  School  Dist.  v Rodriguez,  supra,  411  U.S.  at 
16-17;  Massachusetts  Bd.  of  the  Retirement  v.  Murgia,  427  U.S  307, 
312-13  (1976). 

38.  Graham  v Richardson,  supra,  403  U.S.  at  375-76. 

39.  Shelley  v Kraemer,  334  U.S.  1 (1948). 

40.  Burton  v Wilmington  Parking  Authority,  365  U.S.  715  (1961). 

41.  Marsh  v.  Alabama,  326  U.S.  501  (1946). 

42.  Moose  Lodge  No.  107  v Irvis,  407  U.S.  163  (1972). 

43.  Blum  v Yaretsky,  U.S.  73  L.Ed  2d  534  (1982). 

44.  Jackson  v Metropolitan  Edison  Co.,  419  U.S.  345  (1974). 

45.  Blum  v Yaretsky,  supra. 

46.  See,  e.g.,  Modaber  v Culpeper  Memorial  Hospital,  Inc.,  674 
F.  2d  1023  1026  n.10  (4th  Cir.  1982). 

47.  Newson  v Vanderbilt  University,  653  F.  2d  110  (6th  Cir.  1981). 

48.  Greenspan  v National  Medical  Care,  Inc.,  485  F.  Supp.  311 
(E.D.  Va.  1980). 

49.  State  v Schmid,  supra  note  20. 


/OL.  81— NUMBER  2 


FEBRUARY  1984 


129 


An  added  complication... 
in  the  treatment  of  bacterial  bronchitis* 


hour  The  effect  on  nursing  infants  Is  not  known  Caution  should  be 
exercised  when  Ceclor*  (cefaclor,  Lilly)  is  administered  to  a nursing 
woman 

Usage  m Children — Salety  and  effectiveness  of  this  product  for  use 
in  infants  less  than  one  month  of  age  have  not  been  established 
Adverse  Reactions:  Adverse  effects  considered  related  to  therapy 
with  Ceclor  are  uncommon  and  are  listed  below 
Gastrointestinal  symptoms  occur  in  about  2.5  percent  of  patients 
and  include  diarrhea  (1  in  70). 

Symptoms  of  pseudomembranous  colitis  may  appear  either  during 
or  after  antibiotic  treatment  Nausea  and  vomiting  have  been  reported 
rarely 

Hypersensitivity  reactions  have  been  reported  in  about  1 5 percent 
of  patients  and  include  morbilliform  eruptions  (1  in  100)  Pruritus, 
urticaria,  and  positive  Coombs'  tests  each  occur  in  less  than  1 in  200 
patients  Cases  of  serum-sickness-like  reactions  (erythema 
multiforme  or  the  above  skin  manifestations  accompanied  by 
arthritis/arthralgia  and,  frequently,  fever)  have  been  reported  These 
reactions  are  apparently  due  to  hypersensitivity  and  have  usually 
occurred  during  or  following  a second  course  of  therapy  with  Ceclor 
Such  reactions  have  been  reported  more  frequently  in  children  than  in 
adults  Signs  and  symptoms  usually  occur  a fewdays  after  initiation 
of  therapy  and  subside  within  a few  days  after  cessation  of  therapy 
No  serious  sequelae  have  been  reported  Antihistamines  and 
corticosteroids  appear  to  enhance  resolution  of  the  syndrome 
Cases  of  anaphylaxis  have  been  reported,  half  of  which  have 
occurred  in  patients  with  a history  of  penicillin  allergy. 

Other  effects  considered  related  to  therapy  included  eosinophilia 
(1  in  50  patients)  and  genital  pruritus  or  vaginitis  (less  than  1 in  100 
patients) 

Causal  Relationship  Uncertain— Transitory  abnormalities  in  clinical 
laboratory  test  results  have  been  reported  Although  they  were  of 
uncertain  etiology,  they  are  listed  below  to  serve  as  alerting 
information  for  the  physician 

Hepatic — Slight  elevations  of  SCOT,  SGPT,  or  alkaline  phosphatase 
values  (1  in  40). 

Hematopoietic— Transient  fluctuations  in  leukocyte  count, 
predominantly  lymphocytosis  occurring  in  infants  and  young  children 
(1  in  40). 

Renal— Slight  elevations  in  BUN  or  serum  creatinine  (less  than  1 in 
500)  or  abnormal  urinalysis  (less  than  1 in  200). 

(061782R) 

* Many  authorities  attribute  acute  infectious  exacerbation  of  chronic 
bronchitis  to  either  S.  pneumoniae  or  H influenzae  * 

Note  Ceclor  is  contraindicated  in  patients  with  known  allergy  to  the 
cephalosporins  and  should  be  given  cautiously  to  penicillin-allergic 
patients 

Penicillin  is  the  usual  drug  of  choice  in  the  treatment  and 
prevention  of  streptococcal  infections,  including  the  prophylaxis  of 
rheumatic  fever  See  prescribing  information 

References 

1 Antimicrob.  Agents  Chemother  ,8  91. 1975. 

2 Antimicrob  Agents  Chemother . 11  470. 1977 

3 Antimicrob.  Agents  Chemother , 13  584,  1978 
4.  Antimicrob  Agents  Chemother , 12  490,  1977 

5 Current  Chemotherapy  (edited  by  W Siegenthaler  and  R.  Luthy), 
!|lg880  Washington,  D C American  Society  for  Microbiology, 

6 Antimicrob  Agents  Chemother , 13  861, 1978 

7 Data  on  file,  Eli  Lilly  and  Company 

8 Principles  and  Practice  of  Infectious  Diseases  (edited  by  G.L 
Mandell,  R.G  Douglas.  Jr.,  and  J E Bennett),  p 487  New  York: 
John  Wiley  & Sons.  1979 

© 1982.  ELI  LILLY  AND  COMPANY 


Additional  information  available  to 
the  profession  on  request  from 
Eli  Lilly  and  Company. 
Indianapolis.  Indiana  46285 

Eli  Lilly  Industries,  Inc. 

Carolina.  Puerto  Rico  00630 


Indications  and  Usage:  Ceclor*  (cefaclor.  Lilly)  is  indicated  in  the 
treatment  of  the  following  infections  when  caused  by  susceptible 
strains  of  the  designated  microorganisms 
Lower  respiratory  infections,  including  pneumonia  caused  by 
Streptococcus  pneumoniae  (Diplococcus  pneumoniae),  Haemophilus 
mtluemae,  andS  pyogenes  (group  A beta-hemolytic  streptococci) 
Appropriate  culture  and  susceptibility  studies  should  be  performed 
to  determine  susceptibility  of  the  causative  organism  to  Ceclor 
Contraindication:  Ceclor  is  contraindicated  in  patients  with  known 
allergy  to  the  cephalosporin  group  of  antibiotics 
Warnings:  IN  PENICILLIN-SENSITIVE  PATIENTS,  CEPHALOSPORIN 
ANTIBIOTICS  SHOULD  BE  ADMINISTERED  CAUTIOUSLY  THERE  IS 
CLINICAL  AND  LABORATORY  EVIDENCE  OF  PARTIAL  CROSS- 
ALLERGENICITY OF  THE  PENICILLINS  AND  THE  CEPHALOSPORINS 
AND  THERE  ARE  INSTANCES  IN  WHICH  PATIENTS  HAVE  HAD 
REACTIONS.  INCLUDING  ANAPHYLAXIS,  TO  BOTH  DRUG 
CLASSES 

Antibiotics,  including  Ceclor,  should  be  administered  cautiously  to 
any  patient  who  has  demonstrated  some  form  of  allergy,  particularly 
to  drugs 

Pseudomembranous  colitis  has  been  reported  with  virtually  all 
broad-spectrum  antibiotics  (including  macrolides,  semisynthetic 
penicillins,  and  cephalosporins);  therefore,  it  is  important  to  consider 
its  diagnosis  in  patients  who  develop  diarrhea  in  association  with  the 
use  of  antibiotics  Such  colitis  may  range  in  severity  from  mild  to 
life-threatening 

Treatment  with  broad-spectrum  antibiotics  alters  the  normal  flora 
of  the  colon  and  may  permit  overgrowth  of  Clostridia.  Studies 
indicate  that  a toxin  produced  by  Clostridium  difficile  is  one  primary 
cause  of  antibiotic-associated  colitis. 

Mild  cases  of  pseudomembranous  colitis  usually  respond  to  drug 
discontinuance  alone  In  moderate  to  severe  cases,  management 
should  include  sigmoidoscopy,  appropriate  bacteriologic  studies,  and 
fluid,  electrolyte,  and  protein  supplementation  When  the  colitis  does 
not  improve  after  the  drug  has  been  discontinued,  or  when  it  is 
severe,  oral  vancomycin  is  the  drug  of  choice  for  antibiotic- 
associated  pseudomembranous  colitis  produced  by  C difficile  Other 
causes  of  colitis  should  be  ruled  out 

Precautions:  General  Precautions— If  an  allergic  reaction  to  Ceclor 
occurs,  the  drug  should  be  discontinued,  and.  if  necessary,  the 
patient  should  be  treated  with  appropriate  agents,  e g . pressor 
amines,  antihistamines,  or  corticosteroids 
Prolonged  use  of  Ceclor  may  result  in  the  overgrowth  of 
nonsusceptible  organisms  Careful  observation  of  the  patient  is 
essential  If  superinfection  occurs  during  therapy,  appropriate 
measures  should  be  taken 

Positive  direct  Coombs  tests  have  been  reported  during  treatment 
with  the  cephalosporin  antibiotics.  In  hematologic  studies  or  in 
transfusion  cross-matching  procedures  when  antiglobulm  tests  are 
performed  on  the  minor  side  or  in  Coombs'  testing  of  newborns 
whose  mothers  have  received  cephalosporin  antibiotics  before 
parturition,  it  should  be  recognized  that  a positive  Coombs'  test  may 
be  due  to  the  drug 

Ceclor  should  be  administered  with  caution  in  the  presence  of 
markedly  impaired  renal  function.  Under  such  conditions  careful 
clinical  observation  and  laboratory  studies  should  be  made  because 
safe  dosage  may  be  lower  than  that  usually  recommended 
As  a result  of  administration  of  Ceclor,  a false-positive  reaction  for 
glucose  in  the  urine  may  occur  This  has  been  observed  with 
Benedict's  and  Fehlmg's  solutions  and  also  with  Clinitest*  tablets  but 
not  with  Tes-Tape*  (Glucose  Enzymatic  Test  Strip,  USP.  Lilly) 
Broad-spectrum  antibiotics  should  be  prescribed  with  caution  in 
individuals  with  a history  of  gastrointestinal  disease  particularly 
colitis 

Usage  in  Pregnancy— Pregnancy  Category  B— Reproduction 
studies  have  been  performed  in  mice  and  rats  at  doses  up  to  12  times 
the  human  dose  and  in  ferrets  given  three  times  the  maximum  human 
dose  and  have  revealed  no  evidence  of  impaired  fertility  or  harm  to 
the  fetus  due  to  Ceclor  There  are,  however,  no  adequate  and 
well-controlled  studies  in  pregnant  women  Because  animal 
reproduction  studies  are  not  always  predictive  of  human  response 
this  drug  should  be  used  during  pregnancy  only  if  clearly  needed 
Nursing  Mothers— Small  amounts  of  Ceclor  have  been  detected  in 
mother's  milk  following  administration  of  single  500-mg  doses 
Average  levels  were  0 18.  0 20,  0.21.  and  0.16  mcg/ml  at  two,  three 
four,  and  five  hours  respectively  Trace  amounts  were  detected  at  one 


Some  ampicillin-resisfant  strains  of 
Haemophilus  influenzae— a recognized 
complication  of  bacterial  bronchitis*-are 
sensitive  to  treatment  with  Ceclor.18 

In  clinical  trials,  patients  with  bacterial  bronchitis 
due  to  susceptible  strains  of  Streptococcus 
pneumoniae,  H.  influenzae,  S.  pyogenes 
(group  A beta-hemolytic  streptococci),  or  multiple 
organisms  achieved  a satisfactory  clinical 
response  with  Ceclor.7 


cefaclor 


Putvules®,  250  and  500  mg 


130 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


OASE  REPORTS 

— r"-mwmM— --Tnri:a.«/ro<^ |i -[ , ,,  mmmi 

Hydatid  Disease  of  the  liver 


MICHAEL  A.  KESSLER,  M.D.,  SIDNEY  KETYER,  M.D., 

JOHN  V.  CHOLANKERIL,  M.D.,  JESUS  CENIZAL,  M.D.,  Elizabeth* 


Chronic,  recurrent  upper  abdominal  pain  in  an  individual  from  an 
area  of  the  world  endemic  for  echinococcosis  disease  should  lead  one 
to  suspect  hydatid  disease  of  the  liver.  Two  of  three  patients  with 
characteristic  ultrasound  and  computed  tomographic  features  of  this 
disease  were  proved  to  ha Echinococcus  granulosus.  The  morpho- 
logic findings  may  be  specific,  suggestive,  or  nonspecific  but  radio- 
logic  evaluation  provides  a strong  diagnostic  technique  in  such  cases. 


Hydatid  disease  involving  the  liver, 
due  to  Echinococcus  granulosus,  has 
become  a relatively  easy  condition 
to  demonstrate  over  the  past  several  years  utilizing  ul- 
trasound and  computed  tomography.  Although  the  ap- 
pearance not  always  is  specific,  sometimes  the  radiologic 
presentation  permits  a specific  diagnosis  to  be  made.  Our 
experience  with  three  patients  stimulated  a review  of  the 
literature. 

CASE  REPORT  1 

A 46-year-old  female,  who  came  from  Greece  in  the  past 
year,  was  admitted  to  St.  Elizabeth  Hospital  on  December 
15,  1976,  with  right  upper  quadrant  abdominal  pain.  She 
gave  a history  of  recurrent  similar  episodes  over  the  previous 
two  years,  beginning  while  in  Greece.  The  pain  was  as- 
sociated with  nausea  and  vomiting.  The  patient  also  reported 
recent  fatty  food  intolerance. 

Upon  admission,  physical  examination  revealed  mild  jaun- 
dice that  developed  over  the  previous  two  weeks.  There  was 
rebound  tenderness  in  the  right  upper  quadrant,  but  because 
of  guarding,  the  liver  was  difficult  to  palpate. 

Pertinent  laboratory  data  included  hemoglobin  11  gm; 
hematocrit  32;  WBC  7,000.  Total  bilirubin  was  6.4  mg/dl 
with  direct  of  4 mg/dl. 

Ultrasound  examination  revealed  a multiloculated  cystic 
structure  involving  most  of  the  liver  (Figure  1).  The  common 
bile  duct  was  not  identified. 


Surgery  was  performed  and  tissue  was  removed  for 
pathological  examination.  Hydatid  cystic  disease  secondary 
to  Echinococcus  granulosus  was  found.  The  biliary  tract  was 
described  at  surgery  as  completely  obliterated  by  the 
pathology. 

CASE  REPORT  2 

A 56-year-old  male,  a relative  of  our  first  patient,  also 
originally  came  from  Greece.  He  was  admitted  to  St.  Eliz- 
abeth Hospital  on  May  1,  1978,  with  upper  abdominal 
discomfort  and  nausea  and  vomiting. 

Pertinent  physical  findings  consisted  of  epigastric  ten- 
derness, but  no  masses  or  organomegaly  were  noted.  Ul- 
trasound study  of  the  abdomen  showed  a 9 cm  cystic 
structure  occupying  the  lower  portion  of  the  liver  (Figure  2). 
There  was  a small  daughter  cyst  noted  within  the  larger  cyst. 
Upon  exploratory  laparotomy  and  examination  of  aspirated 
fluid,  echinococcal  cyst  (Echinococcus  granulosus ) was  con- 
firmed. 

CASE  REPORT  3 

A 65-year-old  male,  born  and  raised  in  southern  Italy, 
noted  increasing  abdominal  girth  over  a three-year  period. 
He  denied  pain  or  any  other  symptoms.  Ultrasound  and  CT 


*From  the  Department  of  Radiology,  St.  Elizabeth  Hospital.  Cor- 
respondence may  be  addressed  to  Dr.  Kessler,  St.  Elizabeth  Hospi- 
tal, 225  Williamson  Street,  Elizabeth,  NJ  07207. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  2— FEBRUARY  1984 


131 


examinations  showed  huge  multiloculated  cystic  structures  in 
the  liver  (Figures  3 and  4).  Based  on  this  appearance, 
echinococcal  disease  was  suspected.  However,  the  patient 
refused  any  further  studies  or  treatment,  and  the  diagnosis 
never  was  proved.  This  case  is  included  because  the  ul- 
trasound and  CT  features  are  identical  to  cases  of  echinococ- 
cal liver  involvement  found  in  the  radiological  literature.4,8 

DISCUSSION 

In  the  United  States,  one  is  not  likely  to  consider 
echinococcosis  disease  despite  a clinical  presentation  consis- 
tent with  it.  However,  particularly  with  world  travel  and 
migration,  the  epidemiological  patterns  have  shown  change.4 
Echinococcal  disease  often  causes  upper  abdominal  pain  that 
may  be  recurrent  and  chronic.  Such  a clinical  presentation 
often  will  prompt  the  physician  to  request  an  abdominal 
ultrasound  examination.  One  may  consider  the  diagnosis 
when  simple  or  more  complex  cystic  structures  are  found  in 
the  liver.  If  the  patient  has  spent  time  in  one  of  the  endemic 
areas,  the  diagnosis  can  be  considered  with  more  confidence. 
Our  first  two  patients  originally  came  from  Greece  and  were 
members  of  the  same  family.  Our  third  patient  came  from 
Italy  which  also  is  an  endemic  area  for  the  disease. 

Hydatid  (a  drop  of  water)  disease  may  be  caused  by  either 
one  of  two  species  of  tapeworm.10  Most  commonly,  the 
organism  is  Echinococcus  granulosus,  which  is  endemic  in 
South  America,  the  Near  and  Middle  East,  North  Africa, 
Australia,  New  Zealand,  and  southern  Europe.  The  less 
common  organism,  Echinococcus  alveolaris  most  commonly 
is  seen  in  central  Europe,  Russia,  Alaska,  Japan,  and  the 
United  States.1'2'3,6 

The  life  cycle  of  E.  granulosus  has  been  well  de- 
scribed.1,4,5,11 The  primary  host  is  the  dog,  which  harbors  the 
adult  form  in  the  small  bowel  villi.  Eggs  in  the  dog’s  feces  are 
ingested  by  the  intermediate  host,  usually  sheep  and  cattle, 
but  occasionally  man.  Areas  of  cattle  and  sheep  raising 
therefore  are  sites  that  will  be  endemic.  The  eggs  hatch  in 
duodenum  and  liberate  oncospheres;  these  migrate  to  the 
liver  via  the  portal  circulation,  where,  for  the  most  part,  they 
are  filtered.  A second  filter  is  the  pulmonary  circulation.5 
Beyond  this,  a small  percentage  gets  to  the  brain,  kidneys, 
and  bone. 

RADIOLOGIC  FINDINGS 

In  the  liver,  hydatid  disease  secondary  to  E.  granulosus  can 
show  several  different  echogenic  patterns.  Hadidi  described  a 
classification  of  four  different  patterns:  solitary  cysts;  large 
cyst  with  one  or  more  smaller  daughter  cysts  within  it; 
multiloculated  cyst;  and  multiple  cysts.7  If  internal  echoes  are 
present  in  these  cystic  structures,  such  presentation  could 
signify  suppuration,  with  secondary  infection  of  the  cysts. 

Gharbi  et  al.  described  the  findings  of  121  patients  in 
Tunisia  and  presented  a similar,  although  more  complex 
classification.6 

The  finding  in  our  case  1 was  a solitary  cyst;  the  liver  in 
case  2 revealed  a daughter  cyst  within  a larger  cyst;  and  case 
3 showed  a septated  multiloculated  cystic  structure  shown  on 
both  ultrasound  and  computed  tomography.  The  solitary 
cyst  is  not  ultrasonographically  specific,  since  simple  cysts, 
abscess,  hematoma,  and  metastasis  can  give  this  appearance. 
The  presence  of  a daughter  cyst,  however,  is  quite  specific  for 
hydatid  disease.7  The  multiloculated  cyst  appearance  also 
can  be  the  result  of  a tumor,  such  as  a hepatic  cystadenoma; 
the  multiple  cysts  would  have  a nonspecific  appearance. 


Posterior 


Figure  1 — Transverse  ultrasound  image  showing  multiloculati 
cystic  structure  involving  most  of  the  liver  (A)  and  longitudir 
scan  2 cm  to  the  left  of  the  midline  (B)  in  patient  1. 


Figure  2— Longitudinal  ultrasound  image  7 cm  to  the  right  of  th 
midline  showing  large  cyst  in  lower  part  of  right  lobe  of  liver  i 
patient  2.  Small  daughter  cyst  is  present.  This  appearance 
virtually  diagnostic  for  echinococcosis. 


132 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE’1 


Anterior 


l 


igure  3 — Transverse  ultrasonogram  showing  multiloculated 
ystic  structure  in  liver  in  patient  1 (A).  Longitudinal  sonogram 
if  same  patient,  slightly  to  the  right  of  the  midline  (B). 

The  computed  tomographic  (CT)  findings  in  E.  granulosus 
nvolvement  of  the  liver  also  are  described  in  the  literature.4,9 
The  cystic  structures  are  well  defined  and  contain  fluid-filled 
Interiors  with  densities  between  3 and  30  Hounsfield  (HU) 
units.  The  same  types  of  patterns  as  seen  on  ultrasound  are 
bund. 

f E.  alveolaris,  which  is  seen  less  often  then  E.  granulosus,  is 
described  by  Scherer  et  al.  as  showing,  on  CT  scan,  a low 
(density  (14  to  38  HU)  irregular  mass  lesion  in  the  liver  with 
no  visible  surrounding  membrane.9  It  will  resemble  an 
mvasive  tumor  and  the  correct  diagnosis  cannot  be  made 
radiographically. 

SUMMARY 

Three  patients  have  been  described,  the  first  two  of  whom 
were  documented  by  surgery  and  pathological  examination 
to  have  hydatid  disease  of  the  liver.  The  first  patient’s 
ultrasound  examination  was  suggestive  of  echinococcosis 
with  multiloculated  cystic  structures.  The  second  patient 
showed  a daughter  cyst  making  the  appearance  virtually 
specific.  The  third  patient  showed  another  striking  multi- 
septated  cystic  structure  on  ultrasound  and  CT  examinations 
that  was  identical  to  that  in  other  cases  of  echinococcosis 
presented  in  the  literature. 


Figure  4 — Computed  tomography  image  8 cm  below  the 
xiphoid  shows  multiloculated  cystic  structure  in  liver  in  patient  3. 
The  fluid  in  the  cyst  was  approximately  water  density  and  did  not 
enhance  following  contrast.  The  morphology  is  similar  to  that 
demonstrated  by  ultrasound  in  Figure  3A,  which  was  in  a similar 
orientation. 


REFERENCES 

1.  Alltree  M:  Scanning  in  hydatid  disease.  Clin  Radiol  30:691-697, 
1979. 

2.  Babcock  O,  Kaufman  L,  Codnow  I:  Ultrasound  diagnosis  of 
hydatid  (echinococcosis)  in  two  cases.  Am  J Roentgenol  131:895-897, 

1978. 

3.  Biggi  E,  Derchi  L,  Cicio  G R,  Valente  M:  Sonographic  findings 
of  hydatid  cyst  of  the  liver  ruptured  into  the  biliary  ducts.  J Clin 
Ultrasound  7:381-382,  1979. 

4.  Choliz  JD,  Lecumbern  Oloverri  FJ,  Franquet  Casas  T,  Ostiz 
Zubieta  S:  Computed  tomography  in  hepatic  echinococcosis.  AJR 
139:699-702,  1982. 

5.  Gonzalez  LR,  Marcos  J,  Illanas  M,  Hernandez-Mosa  M,  et  al.: 
Radiologic  aspects  of  hepatic  echinococcosis.  Radiology  130:20-27, 

1979. 

6.  Gharbi  HA,  Hassine  W,  Brauner,  MW,  Dupach  K:  Ul- 
trasound examination  of  the  hydatic  liver.  Radiology  139:459-463, 
1981. 

7.  Hadidi  A:  Ultrasound  findings  in  liver  hydatid  cysts.  J Clin 
Ultrasound  7:365-368,  1979. 

8.  Kirschner  LP,  Ferns  RA,  Mero  JH,  Moss  ML:  Hydatid  disease 
of  the  liver  evaluated  by  computed  tomography.  J Comput  Totnogr 
2:229-236,  1978. 

9.  Scherer  U,  Weinziel  M,  Sturm  R,  Schildberg  FW:  Computed 
tomography  in  hydatid  disease  of  the  liver:  A report  on  13  cases.  J 
Comput  Assist  Tomogr  2:612-617,  1978. 

10.  Steadman’s  Medical  Dictionary.  Baltimore,  MD,  Williams  & 
Wilkins  Co.,  1966,  p.  753. 

11.  Weirch  WL:  Hydatid  disease  of  the  liver.  Am  J Surg 
138:805-808,  1979. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  2— FEBRUARY  1984 


133 


Join  Your 
Medical  Societies 
Today. 

For  more  information,  contact  your 
county  or  state  medical  societies,  or  call 
the  AMA  collect  at  312/751-6196.  Or 
return  the  coupon  below  to  your  state 
or  county  medical  society. 


□ Please  send  me  information  on  AMA,  county,  and  state  society  membership. 

□ ! am  a member  of  my  county  and  state  societies;  please  send  me  information 
on  joining  the  AMA. 


Name  . 


Street . 


. State . 


County . 


if 


Sometimes 
you  just  can’t 
operate 
alone* 


When  it  comes  to  saving  lives,  teamwork 
becomes  not  only  desirable;  it  becomes 
necessary. 

In  an  operating  room,  in  an  emergency  room, 
in  consultation  with  other  physicians,  teamwork 
helps  you  do  your  job  to  the  best  of  your  ability. 

The  American  Medical  Association  and  your 
state  and  county  medical  societies  believe  in  the 
value  of.teamwork  — and  the  necessity  of  it,  in 
the  face  of  an  increasingly  complex  professional 
environment. 

We  also  believe  that  medical  societies  have 
certain  tasks  that  the  individual  physician 
couldn’t  possibly  assume  — and  shouldn’t 
have  to. 


For  example,  to  keep  government  regulations 
from  interfering  with  your  practice,  we  effectively 
represent  your  interests  at  local  and  national 
levels. 

To  influence  policies  of  organized  medicine 
with  which  you  disagree,  we  provide  the  means 
to  have  your  views  heard  and  respected. 

And  to  keep  you  up  to  date  on  the  latest  med- 
ical advances,  we  publish  JAMA,  AM  News, 
specialty,  state,  and  county  journals. 

In  fact,  for  all  the  times  you  can’t  operate 
alone,  your  medical  societies  will  be  there. 
Working  with  you  to  defend  your  rights  and  pro- 
tect your  freedoms. 


134 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JER 


"ine-Needle  Aspiration  in 
VLetastatic  Malignant  Melanoma 


ONALD  ROTHMAN,  M.D.,  YAYONE  OLAIZOLA,  M.D., 
)HN  BAKER,  C.T.,  Red  Bank* 


line  patients  in  the  past  three  years  had  percutaneous  fine-needle 
spiration  of  metastatic  subcutaneous  nodules  and  masses  using  a 
uick  stain  of  air-dried  material.  The  results  led  to  more  prompt 
urgical  treatment  and  established  proof  of  metastases,  and  made 
he  diagnosis  in  two  cases  with  occult  primaries. 


Fine-needle  aspiration  (FINA)  of 
various  lesions  (breast,  thyroid, 
lung,  pancreas,  and  brain)  is  gain- 
ng  wider  popularity.  We  will  discuss  the  usefulness  of  FINA 
of  nodules  in  melanoma  patients  since  clinical  information 
about  secondary  lesions  often  determines  the  prognosis  and 
role  of  further  surgery.  Palpation  alone  notoriously  is  mac- 
erate. Therefore,  cytology  of  readily  accessible  masses 
would  appear  a rapid,  simple  way  to  establish  proof  of 
metastatic  disease.  Recent  experience  with  a variety  of  cases 
prompted  this  report  (Table). 

METHODS 

A 1 ‘/2-inch,  22-gauge  needle  on  a 20  cc  plastic  syringe  in 
a special  syringe  holder  is  thrust  into  the  lesion,  which  is  held 
in  place  by  the  Fingers.  The  needle  is  moved  up  and  down 
in  the  mass  numerous  times  with  10  cc  of  suction  applied. 
Cytological  material  is  fractured  off  by  the  needle  cutting 
edge  and  aspirated  into  the  needle  (not  the  syringe);  the 
suction  is  released  and  allowed  to  equilibrate  while  the  needle 
still  is  in  the  tissue.  After  withdrawal,  the  needle  is  removed, 
air  introduced  into  the  syringe,  and  the  needle  replaced.  The 
specimen  from  the  needle  is  blown  onto  a slide,  smeared, 
and  air-dried.  Diff-quik  stain  is  used.  After  drying  and  cov- 
erslipping, cytological  review  is  made.  Characteristic  malig- 
nant melanocytes  and  some  with  pigment  can  be  appreciated. 


CASE  REPORTS 

A 50-year-old  man  developed  a 2 cm  right  axillary  recur- 
rence proved  by  needle  biopsy.  One  year  earlier  he  had 
bilateral  axillary  lymphadenectomy  for  chest  wall  melanoma 
at  Sloan-Kettering  Memorial  Hospital,  New  York.  The  pa- 
tient promptly  returned  to  his  original  surgeon  for  more 
radical  treatment. 

A 57-year-old  woman  had  a malignant  mole  excised  20 
years  earlier  from  the  right  forearm  and  skin  grafting.  She 
presented  with  a 10  cm  fixed  axillary  mass,  proved  to  be 
metastatic  melanoma  upon  aspiration  biopsy.  The  lesion  was 
unresectable. 

A 55-year-old  man  proved  to  have  recurrent  metastatic 
melanoma  with  a fine-needle  aspiration  biopsy  of  an  ab- 
dominal wall  lesion  (Figure  1).  He  did  not  respond  to 
dacarbazine  (DTIC)  or  radiation. 

A 55-year-old  man  with  an  infected  superficial  spreading 
melanoma  of  the  nipple  was  treated  with  wide  excision  after 
being  treated  for  dermatitis  of  the  breast  for  two  to  three 
months.  A left  axillary  node  aspiration  indicated 
lymphadenitis  and  subsequently  this  has  subsided  under  ob- 
servation. 


♦From  the  Departments  of  Surgery  and  Pathology,  Riverview  Hos- 
pital, Red  Bank.  Correspondence  may  be  addressed  to  Dr. 
Rothman,  565  Highway  35,  Red  Bank,  NJ  07701. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  2— FEBRUARY  1984 


135 


Figure  1— Large  irregular  cells  with  dark  irregular  nuclei  and 
abundant  cytoplasm  (large  arrow)  are  many  times  the  size  of 
polymorphs  (small  arrow)  (diff-quik  stain  at  400  power). 


Figure  2— Lymph  node  metastasis. 


Figure  3— Large  melanoma  cell  with  pigment  (large  arrow: 
many  times  the  size  of  RBC  (small  arrow)  (diff-quik  stain  at  40 
power). 


A 75-year-old  man  presented  with  a small  cutaneous  lesio 
of  the  back  and  a large  axillary  mass.  Aspiration  of  the  mas. 
indicated  metastatic  neoplasm.  Subsequently,  an  excision  c 
the  primary  melanoma  of  the  back  and  lymphadenectom 
were  carried  out. 

A 44-year-old  man  presented  with  a melanoma  of  the  bac 
which  was  widely  excised  and  skin  grafted.  Several  month 
later,  a node  in  the  axilla  was  aspirated  and  found  to  hav 
metastatic  melanoma;  he  underwent  a node  dissection  (Fig 
ure  2). 

A 30-year-old  man  underwent  wide  excision  of  a mela 
noma  of  the  left  shoulder.  Three  months  later,  a left  axillar 
node  yielded  positive  cells  and  an  axillary  dissection  wa: 
carried  out. 

A 27-year-old  woman  presented  with  a subcutaneou; 
nodule  of  the  right  neck.  Fine-needle  aspiration  yieldec 
heavily  pigmented  melanoma  cells  (Figure  3)  with  no  pri 
mary  site.  A radical  neck  dissection  was  promptly  carriec 


TABLE 

Recent  Experience 


Age 

Sex 

Presentation 

Aspirate 

Treatment 

Followup 

50 

M 

Recurrent  mass  in  axilla 

Positive 

Further  surgery 

Expired 

57 

F 

Recurrence  in  axilla 

Positive 

None 

Expired 

55 

M 

Recurrence  in  abdominal  wall 

Positive 

None 

Expired 

55 

M 

Superficial  melanoma  of 
breast— with  axillary  node 

Negative 

None 

Node  receded 

75 

M 

Skin  lesion  and  axillary  mass 

Positive 

Wide  excision 
lymphadenectomy 

Expired 

44 

M 

Axillary  recurrence 

Positive 

Axillary  node 
dissection 

Subsequent  recurrences 

30 

M 

Axillary  recurrence 

Positive 

Axillary  node 
dissection 

No  evidence  of  disease 
(6  months) 

27 

F 

Neck  nodules,  unknown 
primary 

Positive 

Neck  dissection 

No  evidence  of  disease 
(6  months) 

57 

M 

Groin  node,  unknown 
primary 

Positive 

Groin  dissection 

No  evidence  of  disease 
(1  year) 

136 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


it  at  Sloan-Kettering  Memorial  Hospital. 

I A 57-year-old  man  developed  a mass  in  the  groin.  Fine- 
Sfedle  aspiration  yielded  melanoma  cells  in  a lymph  node; 
}j>  primary  was  found.  He  subsequently  underwent  radical 
oin  dissection  at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  Hospital. 

ISCUSSION 

Fine-needle  aspiration  of  various  organs  has  proved  merit, 
ytology  of  melanoma  nodules  is  reported  in  the  literature, 
jt  is  not  practiced  widely.'  There  now  are  reports  of 
tological  diagnosis  of  the  primary  skin  lesion  as  well.2-3 
ecurrent  melanoma  in  subcutaneous  nodules  and  nodes 
’ten  poses  no  problem  to  the  cytopathologist.  The  large 
alignant  cells  and  pigment  can  be  seen.  Complications  are 
w with  fine-needle  aspiration  biopsy  and  metastatic  seeding 
is  been  shown  to  be  virtually  nil.  In  these  nine  cases 


(Table),  needle  aspiration  established  a rapid  diagnosis 
which  helped  in  decision  making.  Several  biopsies  led  direct- 
ly to  more  radical  surgery — a few  negated  the  need  for  open 
surgical  biopsy,  and  in  two  with  occult  primaries,  the 
pathology  was  suggested  prior  to  histological  sectioning. 
Therefore,  fine-needle, aspiration  biopsy  is  a useful  tool  in 
patients  with  metastatic  malignant  melanoma. 

REFERENCES 

1.  Hafstrom  L,  Hugander  A,  Jonsson  P,  et  al.:  Fine-needle  aspira- 
tion cytodiagnosis  of  recurrent  malignant  melanoma.  J Surg  Oncol 
15:229-234,  1980. 

2.  Woyke  S,  Domagala  W,  Czerniak  B,  et  a!.:  Fine-needle  aspira- 
tion cytology  of  malignant  melanoma  of  the  skin.  Acta  Cytol 
24:529-538,  1980. 

3.  Fontaniere  B,  Noel  P,  Mayer  M,  et  al.:  The  place  of 
cytodiagnosis  in  black  tumors  of  the  skin:  Its  value  and  limits. 
Pigment  Cell  Basel,  Karger  2:239-245,  1976. 


/OL.  81— NUMBER  2— FEBRUARY  1984 


137 


MEDICAL  HISTORY  AND  AR1 


H 


The  Art  of  Banting 

■ 

: 


ARTHUR  KROSNICK,  M.D.,  Lawrenceville* 


Sir  Frederick  G.  Banting,  Nobel  Laureate  for  the  discovery  of  insulin, 
was  also  an  amateur  artist,  an  art  collector,  and  a friend  and  admirer 
of  Canadian  artists.  An  original  watercolor  sketch  on  the  cover  of 
this  issue  provides  a perfect  reason  to  discuss  the  art  of  Banting. 


« 

. 

it 

it 

Ii 

I 

if 

ii 

ill 

ii 


* 


Our  cover  is  a publication  first — it 
represents  an  unpublished  original 
painting  by  Sir  Frederick  Banting, 
codiscoverer  of  insulin  and  a 1923  Nobel  Prize  recipient.  The 
watercolor  sketch  is  owned  by  Sylvia  Swern,  the  widow  of 
Dr.  Nathan  Swern,  a New  Jersey  diabetologist,  who  died 
July  27,  1958. 

“Banting  dabbled  in  paints  at  an  early  age  and  made 
creditable  pictures  as  a schoolboy.  Then  he  busied  himself 
with  other  things  and  the  talent  was  apparently  buried  and 
forgotten.  During  the  rueful  year  in  London  [Ontario]  he 
resumed  his  boyhood's  hobby  and  improved  the  long  inter- 
vals of  waiting  with  fresh  excursions  into  the  delectable 
realms  of  art.  He  battled  ennui  with  palette  and  brush.  He 
forgot  his  dashed  hopes  and  his  hobbling  practice  as  he 
squeezed  blobs  of  colour  from  his  paint-tubes.”1 

This  description  refers  to  the  period  between  completion 
of  his  training  as  an  orthopedic  surgeon  when  he  was  trying 
to  establish  a practice  and  his  research  into  the  elusive  pan- 
creatic hormone.  Paintbrushes  once  more  were  taken  out: 
“Banting  once  slipped  away  from  a medical  convention  in 
Montreal  and  escaped  to  the  mountain  for  a half  a day  of 
indulgence  in  the  quiet  luxury  of  painting;  this  was  not  an 
isolated  instance  of  his  guilty  truancy.”2 

Banting’s  debut  as  an  artist  occurred  in  January  1925  when 
two  of  his  oil  paintings  were  displayed  in  the  Hart  House 
Sketch  Club  exhibition.  His  friend  and  mentor  was  A.Y. 
Jackson,  a Canadian  artist  and  founder  of  the  “group  of 
Seven,”  with  whom  Banting  had  a “most  enthusiastic  and 


lasting  attachment.”  This  group  of  professional  artists  be- 
came his  intimate  friends.  Jackson  said:  “He  knew  many  ol 
the  artists.  He  was  very  welcome  in  art  circles.  He  became; 
a very  popular  member  of  the  Arts  and  Letters  Club  and 
was  a good  friend  to  the  young  people  in  the  Art  Students’: 
League.  He  was  generous  in  his  admiration  and  never  al- 
lowed his  eminence  in  science  to  give  weight  to  his  opinions 
of  questions  of  art.”1 

Landscape  with  figures  was  the  subject  which  interested 
Banting  the  artist  most.1  Jackson  and  Banting  made  numer- 
ous sketching  expeditions  together,  the  first  of  which  was  to 
St.  Jean  Port  Joli  on  the  south  shore  of  the  St.  Lawrence 
in  March  1927.  Jackson  was  not  unamused  by  the  reactions 
of  his  protege:  “There  was  no  sign  of  spring.  It  was  cold 
and  windy  and  very  exposed  country.  We  would  crouch 
behind  barns  and  rail  fences  to  sketch.  He  was  almost  frozen 
stiff  every  day,  but  he  struggled  with  frozen  paint  and  Fingers. 
His  only  comment  on  one  bitterly  cold  day  was,  ‘And  I 
thought  this  was  a sissy  game.’  ”' 

The  subject  of  our  cover  picture  appears  to  be  St.  Irenee 
in  Quebec;  it  was  probably  painted  in  1930  or  1931. 4 A 
painting  similar  to  the  Swern  watercolor  was  owned  by 
C.A.G.  Mathews  and  was  listed  as  item  51  in  a catalogue 
of  an  exhibition  entitled,  “Banting  as  an  Artist,”  a collection 
of  sketches  by  Sir  Frederick  Banting  (1891-1941)  at  the 
Academy  of  Medicine,  Toronto,  October  21-30,  1971. 

*Dr.  Krosnick  is  a diabetologist  and  Editor,  The  Journal,  MSNJ. 
Correspondence  may  be  addressed  to  Dr.  Krosnick,  MSNJ,  Two 
Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648. 


138 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


How  did  Nathan  Swern  acquire  the  painting  which  rests 
■omfortably  on  the  wall  of  Mrs.  Swern’s  apartment  in  Tren- 
on?  Dr.  Swern  graduated  from  New  York  University  and 
hen  from  Jefferson  Medical  College  in  1922.  He  was  a 
□iplomate  of  the  American  Board  of  Internal  Medicine,  a 
Fellow  of  the  American  College  of  Physicians,  President  of 
he  Mercer  County  Medical  Society,  Chairman  of  the  Mercer 
tFounty  Diabetes  Detection  Committee,  and  member  of  the 
Board  of  Governors  of  the  New  Jersey  Diabetes  Detection 
(Committee  and  of  the  American  Diabetes  Association. 

Dr.  Swern  met  Dr.  Banting  at  a diabetes  meeting  in  New 
York  between  1931  and  the  onset  of  World  War  II.  (Banting 
died  in  a plane  crash  in  Newfoundland  enroute  to  England 
on  February  20,  1941.)  Banting  had  spoken  of  the  French 
.'statesman  Georges  Clemenceau  as  having  lived  to  age  88 
with  diabetes,  which  purportedly  made  him  the  oldest  living 
diabetic  until  his  death  in  1929.  Banting  wanted  to  learn  of 
other  such  elderly  diabetics  and  was  very  pleased  to  hear 
from  Dr.  Swern  of  a patient  of  his,  a Mr.  Bonner  from 
Trenton,  who  was  over  90  years  of  age.  Swern  and  Banting 
apparently  saw  each  other  on  occasions  and,  as  a gesture 
of  friendship,  Banting  gave  the  sketch  to  Dr.  Swern:2  “He 
did  exhibit  in  some  of  the  exhibitions  but  was  always  afraid 

[that  he  got  in  on  account  of  his  reputation  as  a scientist 
rather  than  as  a painter,  so  after  a while  he  stopped  sending. 
His  paintings  are  scattered  all  over  the  place.  To  anybody 
who  admired  one  of  his  paintings  he  would  say,  ‘Oh,  well. 


you  can  have  it.’  ” 3 

On  February  21,  1943,  the  second  anniversary  of  the  death 
of  Sir  Frederick  was  memorialized  by  an  exhibition  of  his 
paintings,  drawings,  and  wood  carvings  at  the  Art  Gallery 
of  Hart  House  at  the  University  of  Toronto.  The  exhibition 
contained  all  of  the  paintings  by  Banting  which  were  known 
to  exist:  “An  attempt  was  made  to  discover  every  piece  of 
Sir  Fredericks’  artwork  in  Canada,  the  United  States,  Great 
Britain,  or  elsewhere,  and  to  include  it  in  the  list  at  the  end 
of  this  book.  If  some  have  been  missed,  it  is  hoped  that 
owners  will  communicate  with  the  warden  of  Hart  House 
in  order  that  the  record  may  be  as  complete  as  possible.”4 

Obviously,  the  Swern  watercolor  sketch  was  not  reported, 
but  it  has  provided  the  impetus  to  describe  and  discuss  the 
art  of  Sir  Frederick  Banting.  This  side  of  the  great  scientist 
was  unknown  to  most  of  his  admirers  and  to  the  current 
generation  of  American  physicians.  Talent  comes  in  clusters 
and  this  Nobel  Faureate  left  the  world  a legacy  from  his 
scientific  and  artistic  gifts  of  God. 

REFERENCES 

1.  Stevenson  L:  Sir  Frederick  Banting.  Toronto,  Canada,  The 
Ryerson  Press,  1946,  pp.  231-239. 

2.  Swern  S:  Personal  communication,  1983. 

3.  Jackson  AY:  Memories  of  a fellow  artist.  Frederick  Grant 
Banting.  Canad  Med  Assoc  92:  1077-1082,  1965. 

4.  Jackson  AY:  Banting  as  an  Artist.  Toronto,  The  Ryerson  Press, 
1943. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  2— FEBRUARY  1984 


139 


IMPAIRED  PHYSICIANS  PROGRAM 


Advocacy 


DAVID  I.  CANAVAN,  M.D.,  Lawrenceville* 


apei 


)(li' 


It' 


■; 


IK! 


list 

sm 


:v 


T 


he  final  phase  of  our  program  for 
the  rehabilitation  of  our  impaired 
colleagues  requires  the  commitment 
of  a significant  amount  of  time,  effort,  and  ingenuity.  Re- 
turning our  recovering  physician  clients  to  their  rightful 
place  in  the  medical  fraternity  is  no  small  task. 

In  my  travels  around  the  state  I have  encountered  three 
common  myths  about  physicians: 

Myth  1:  Physicians  are  exempt  from  the  diseases  that  we 
consider  “impairment.” 

Myth  2:  If  the  physician,  in  contradiction  to  myth  1,  does 
acquire  one  of  these  diseases,  the  therapeutic  process  is  not 
expected  to  work. 

Myth  3:  If  the  physician,  in  contradiction  to  myth  2, 
manages  to  succeed  with  the  therapeutic  process,  that  phy- 
sician is  not  entitled  to  return  to  the  ranks  of  the  profession. 

In  support  of  myth  3,  there  are  several  attitudes  that 
prevail  around  the  state. 

The  first  attitude  is  that  physicians  who  fall  victim  to  these 
diseases  have  become  professional  “outcasts,”  “moral 
lepers,”  or  “untouchables.”  They  often  are  looked  upon  as 
a disgrace  to  the  profession  rather  than  as  human  beings  who 
happen  to  be  physicians  and  who  are  the  victims  of  diseases 
that  they  never  wanted  in  the  first  place. 

The  next  attitude  is  seen  more  commonly  in  our  dealings 
with  hospital  administration.  Here  the  concern  has  to  do 
with  the  “public  image”  of  the  institution  that  permits  a 
doctor  with  a history  of  impairment  to  return  to  its  staff. 

The  third  attitude  that  also  is  prevalent  suggests  that  the 
impaired  physician  who  is  recovering  should  prove  himself 
at  another  institution  and  after  succeeding  there  then  may 
be  worthy  of  consideration  at  the  original  hospital. 

In  my  28  years  in  the  field  of  alcoholism  and  drug  abuse, 
I constantly  have  been  amazed  by  my  “recovering”  patients. 
The  substance  abusers  that  I have  treated  are  some  of  the 
finest  people  I know.  I used  to  think  that  the  Creator,  in 
a spirit  of  justice,  had  endowed  these  folks  with  some  special 
qualities  to  make  up  for  the  fact  that  they  had  been  awarded 
a disease  that  they  did  not  want.  As  my  experience  increased, 
I came  to  realize  that  these  were  simply  fine  people  to  start 
with.  When  their  disease  was  controlled,  the  qualities  and 
talents  that  always  were  there  began  to  reappear. 


r 


7. 


r 


The  same  experience  is  there  with  our  recovering  physicis  „( 
clients  and  I can  testify  that  these  doctors  are  by  no  meai 
second-class  persons  or  physicians. 

The  attitude  of  hospital  administration  about  the  “publ 
image”  of  the  hospital  being  tarnished  by  accepting  an  a\  tj 
propriately  treated  physician  back  to  its  staff  is  a contradii  :,f 
tion  to  the  entire  mission  of  the  hospital  to  restore  patien 
to  health.  How  do  we  preach  the  doctrine  of  recover 
through  appropriate  treatment  and  deny  the  product  of  a\ 
propriate  therapy  the  right  to  return  to  the  staff?  Hospita 
can  and  should  be  criticized  for  denying  the  existence  c 
“impairment”  in  their  staff  and  for  failing  to  take  apj 
propriate  action  when  it  exists.  No  one  can  justly  criticiz 
a hospital  that  restores  an  appropriately  treated  physicia 
to  his  rightful  place  on  the  staff.  It  seems  to  me  that  th 
“public  image”  of  the  hospital  is  more  in  the  eyes  of  th 
administrators  than  in  the  eyes  of  the  community.  As  far  a 
the  third  attitude  is  concerned,  there  is  no  “St.  Elsewhere’s 
in  the  real  world.  If  an  impaired  physician  is  to  be  returned 
to  the  ranks  of  the  profession,  the  ideal  place  is  at  th 
institution  where  the  “fall  from  grace”  occurred.  There  ma; 
be  occasional  exceptions  to  this  general  rule.  However,  th' 
attitude  that  it  is  someone  else’s  responsibility  to  assist  ii 
this  phase  totally  is  unacceptable. 

In  the  role  of  “advocate”  for  program  clients,  we  fine 
ourselves  in  many  different  arenas. 

1.  The  State  Board  of  Medical  Examiners.  The  Impairec 
Physicians  Program  enjoys  an  excellent  relationship  with  the 
State  Board  of  Medical  Examiners  (SBME).  Our  good  rela 
tionship  is  based  on  mutual  trust  and  a reputation  for  integri 
ty.  We  recognize  the  legal  and  moral  responsibilities  of  th« 
SBME  to  protect  the  public  welfare  and  the  SBME  rec 
ognizes  our  concern  for  therapeutic  intervention  in  the  legit 
imate  illnesses  of  our  clients.  These  two  positions  not  always 
are  in  conflict,  and  experience  has  shown  that  when  both 
of  us  work  together,  in  harmony,  we  can  both  achieve  our 
individual  goals  quite  comfortably. 

Our  role  here  is  to  assist  the  SBME  in  delineating  the 


*Dr.  Canavan  is  Medical  Director,  Impaired  Physicans  Program. 
Correspondence  may  be  addressed  to  Dr.  Canavan,  Medical  Society 
of  New  Jersey,  Two  Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648. 


140 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


i 


kjysician’s  impairment,  and  assessing  the  part  that  it  may 
]|ve  played  in  the  problems  that  have  brought  the  physician 
I fore  the  SBME.  It  is  important  that  we  document  the 
ibrapeutic  measures  that  have  been  employed  to  treat  the 
:ecific  impairment,  and  also  to  present  whatever  evidence 
i available  to  demonstrate  the  continuing  participation  of 
L;  physician  in  our  ongoing  therapeutic  and  monitoring 
t deavors. 

On  several  occasions  we  have  been  able  to  submit  a treat- 
I mt/rehabilitation/followup  proposal  to  the  SBME  for  on- 
'ing  management  of  a particular  problem  that  has  been 
cepted  and  implemented  in  its  entirety. 

2.  The  Malpractice  Insurance  Companies.  Because  of  the 
j ase  liaison  that  our  program  has  with  the  malpractice 

rriers  who  generously  provide  two-thirds  of  our  operating 
idget,  we  have  been  able  to  defend  effectively  the  right  of 
me  of  our  clients  to  have  their  malpractice  coverage  con- 
t.iued  or  restored.  We  also  are  able  to  provide  ongoing 
, )cumentation  of  recovery  when  that  information  is  neces- 
ry  to  continue  coverage. 

3.  Hospital  Credentials  Committees.  Physicians  who  are 
,e  victims  of  one  of  the  diseases  of  impairment  often  run 
to  difficulty  with  credentials  committees.  It  is  an  important 

art  of  the  task  of  the  medical  director  to  appear  before  such 
bmmittees  to  educate  the  committee  about  the  nature  of  the 
npairment,  its  identification,  its  appropriate  and  effective 
'eatment,  and  of  the  rights  of  the  recovering  phy- 
cian  to  be  returned  to  an  appropriate  level  of  staff  privi- 
es- 

We  are  in  a position  to  advise  the  committee  concerning 
ppropriate  safeguards  that  may  be  built  into  the  appoint- 
ment or  reappointment  agreement  that  will  provide  protec- 
on  to  hospital  patients  in  the  event  of  further  impairment. 
Ls  an  example  there  are  specific  measures  in  the  area  of  urine 
monitoring  that  virtually  can  assure  that  a recovering  drug- 


abusing  physician  cannot  return  to  his  drug  abuse  without 
prompt  detection  at  the  hospital. 

4.  Hospital  Boards  of  Trustees.  Most  often  our  role  here 
involves  education  of  the  trustees  about  appropriate  treat- 
ment for  the  impaired  physician  and  the  program  of  the 
Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  for  the  ongoing  supervision 
of  their  rehabilitation.  Once  again,  we  can  assist  the  hospital 
board  in  exercising  their  stewardship  by  developing 
protocols  for  the  appropriate  documentation  of  the  physi- 
cian’s continuing  treatment  and  recovery. 

5.  Employment.  One  of  the  most  difficult  areas  of  our 
involvement  is  in  the  effort  to  assist  our  clients  in  finding 
appropriate  employment  in  the  field  of  medicine  so  as  to 
return  their  own  self-esteem  and  at  the  same  time  to  satisfy 
the  limitations  of  the  SBME.  There  is  nothing  more  frustrat- 
ing than  to  see  a perfectly  capable  physician,  effectively 
treated  for  his  illness,  who  remains  idle  at  home  because  he 
cannot  find  employment  either  because  of  the  restrictions  on 
his  license  or  the  unwillingness  of  medical  employers  to  take 
a chance  on  a “dark  horse.” 

6.  Economic  Issues.  While  this  is  not  a routine  area  of  our 
involvement,  there  is  an  occasional  case  in  which  advocacy 
involves  assisting  a recovering  physician  in  doing  a realistic 
analysis  of  his  current  economic  situation  and  working  out 
an  effective  economic  strategy  to  survive  a period  of  im- 
paired income. 

There  are  other  more  subtle  and  less  formal  ways  in  which 
we  “go  to  bat”  for  our  clients  in  their  uphill  battle  to  regain 
good  health,  equanimity,  community  and  professional  accep- 
tance and,  above  all,  self-respect. 

This  article  concludes  the  series  on  the  Impaired  Phy- 
sicians Program.  Future  articles  will  deal  with  a review  of 
the  current  “state  of  the  art”  in  some  of  the  specific  impair- 
ments; policy  issues  and  dealing  with  impairment;  and  a 
review  of  specific  problem  cases  of  an  educational  interest. 


AN  ACT  OF  LOVE 

Their  own  DENIAL  that  a respected  colleague  could  be  IMPAIRED  and/or  the  “con- 
spiracy of  silence”  that  makes  them  unwilling  to  speak  out  allows  the  illness  of  our  impaired 
colleagues  to  progress,  sometimes  to  a fatal  outcome. 

“Blowing  the  whistle”  on  a suffering  colleague  is  indeed  an  AC  I OF  LOVE! 

Call  Us  EARLY 

We  can  help  CONFIDENTIALLY 
IMPAIRED  PHYSICIANS  PROGRAM 
(609)  896-1766 
Hot  Line  . . . (609)  896-1884 


yOL.  81— NUMBER  2— FEBRUARY  1984 


141 


Housing  Application 

218th  ANNUAL  MEETING 
THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 

MAY  3-6,  1984 


Single 

Twin 

Suites 

Resorts  International 
(headquarters  hotel) 

$80.00 

$80.00 

$171/$250 

Harrah’s  Marina  Hotel  Casino 

$75.00 

$75.00 

World  International  Hotel/Motel 

$58.00 

$58.00 

Lafayette  Motor  Inn 

$58.00 

$58.00 

Rates  subject  to  12%  state  and  local  taxes;  tax  subject  to  change. 


All  hotel  reservations  for  the  218th  Annual  Meeting  of  MSNJ  will  be  handled  by  the  Atlantic  City  Convention 
Bureau.  Please  send  your  housing  application  with  your  1st.  2nd,  and  3rd  choices  directly  to  the  Bureau,  16  Central 
Pier,  Atlantic  City,  NJ  08401.  All  Delegates  and  Members  are  urged  to  make  their  hotel  reservations  early.  Blocks 
of  rooms  will  be  available  at  Resorts  International  (headquarters  hotel),  Lafayette  Motor  Inn,  World  International 
Hotel/Motel,  and  Harrah's  Marina  Hotel  Casino.  The  cut-off  date  for  reservations  will  be  April  6,  1984.  Reservations 
cannot  be  guaranteed  after  this  date.  No  Saturday  arrivals  please.  All  registrants  will  be  charged  for  three  nights: 
Thursday,  Friday,  and  Saturday,  May  3,  4,  and  5,  1984. 


MAIL  THIS  APPLICATION  DIRECTLY  TO  THE  ATLANTIC  CITY  CONVENTION  BUREAU 

16  Central  Pier 
Atlantic  City,  NJ  08401 

Please  list  1st,  2nd,  and  3rd  choices;  confirmation  will  come  directly  from  hotel. 

1st  Choice 2nd  Choice 

3rd  Choice 

Accommodations  desired:  □ Single  □ Twin  □ Suite  Parlor  & 1 Bedroom 

□ Suite  Parlor  & 2 Bedrooms 


Name __ 

Address 

City State Zip 

Phone 

Will  arrive Time Will  depart Time 

date  date 

□ Check  if  Official  Delegate  County 


142 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


DOCTORS'  NOTEBOOK 


rustees’  Minutes 
ecember  18,  1983 

A regular  meeting  of  the  Board  of 
•ustees  was  held  on  December  18, 
83,  at  the  Executive  Offices  in  Law- 
nceville.  Detailed  minutes  are  on  file 
th  the  secretary  of  your  county  medi- 
1 society.  A summary  of  significant 
tions  follows: 

eport  of  the  President  . . . 

) Meeting  with  State  Commissioner  of 
ealth  . . . Received  a report  from  the 
cond  meeting  of  representatives  of 
1SNJ  with  J.  Richard  Goldstein,  M.D. 
irected  that  the  appropriate  protocol 
fe  developed  for  use  by  the  Department 
f Health  in  continuing  the  study  of  the 
!:admission  rate  experienced  through 
irly  discharge  of  patients  under  the 
i>RG  method  of  reimbursement. 

i)  1985  Annual  Meeting  . . . Approved 
le  following  recommendation: 

That  the  1985  Annual  Meeting  of  the 
ledical  Society  of  New  Jersey  be  held  at  the 
.mericana  Host  Farm  Resort  and  Con- 
;rence  Center  in  Lancaster,  Pennsylvania. 

teport  of  the  Executive  Director  . . . 

1)  Paid  1983  Membership  . . . Noted 
hat  paid  membership  as  of  November 
0,  1983,  was  7,506. 

2)  Financial  Statements  . . . Approved 
he  financial  statements  for  the  period 
nding  November  30,  1983. 

3)  State  Board  of  Medical  Examiners 
SBME)  Proposed  Rule  on  Laetrile  . . . 
Directed  that  the  SBME  be  urged  to  join 
vith  MSNJ  and  prohibit  the  use  of 
aetrile  in  New  Jersey. 

4)  Fee  for  Service — Pathology/TEFRA 
Regulations  . . . Agreed  to  adopt  the  po- 
rtion that  the  signature  of  hospital- 
ised physicians  must  be  required  on 
iny  form  which  includes  either  mone- 
ary  values  or  distribution  formulas  of 
3art  A and  Part  B components  before 
he  form  is  filed  with  governmental 
igencies,  intermediaries,  carriers  (or  any 
rthers  to  whom  the  form  is  sent),  and 
:hat  appropriate  bilateral  discussions 
ind  agreements  should  be  reached 
Defore  the  form  is  signed. 

5)  Blue  Ribbon  Ad  Hoc  Health  Care  Fa- 
:ility  Committee  . . . Noted  that  the  Ad 


Hoc  Committee  voted  six  to  two  to  in- 
clude physicians  in  the  certificate  of  need 
process  for  equipment  expenditures  ex- 
ceeding S400,000.  Noted  that  legislation 
will  be  required  to  effect  the  inclusion  of 
a physician’s  private  practice  under  the 
certificate  of  need  requirement  and 
MSNJ  will  be  informed  of  all  develop- 
ments in  this  regard. 

Academy  of  Medicine  of  New  Jersey 
(AMNJ) . , . Received  as  informative  the 
written  monthly  report  from  Paul  J. 
Hirsch,  M.D.,  President  of  AMNJ  (see 
page  145). 

Committee  on  Medical  Education  . . . 
Workshop  on  Surveying  Techniques  . . . 

Approved  the  following  recommen- 
dation: 

That  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
consponsors  with  the  Academy  of  Medicine 
of  New  Jersey  a surveying  techniques  work- 
shop for  directors  of  medical  education  and 
other  personnel  in  New  Jersey  hospitals  in- 
volved in  continuing  medical  education. 

Special  Committee  on  Long-Range  Plan- 
ning and  Development  . . . 

(1)  Direct  Candidacy  for  Elective  Of- 
fice— Substitute  Resolution  #5  . . . Re- 
ferred back  to  the  Committee  for  re- 
wording and  itemization  the  following 
recommendation: 

That  the  Nominating  Committee,  with 
input  from  the  Board  of  Trustees,  develops 
a slate  of  two  or  three  candidates  for  the  po- 
sitions of  President-Elect,  First  and  Second 
Vice-Presidents,  Secretary,  Treasurer,  and  Ju- 
dicial Councilors.  (Trustee  positions  were  de- 
leted because  of  a subsequent  recommen- 
dation made  by  the  Committee. 

(2)  Dues  Discount  for  Medical  School 
Faculty  with  Less  than  Six  Years  of  Ser- 
vice . . . Disapproved  the  following  rec- 
ommendation: 

That  full-time  faculty  members,  with  less 
than  six  years  of  service,  be  granted  a 25 
percent  discount  until  they  achieve  six  years 
of  service  at  the  University  of  Medicine  and 
Dentistry  of  New  Jersey.  The  discount  would 
not  apply  to  department  chairmen,  assistant 
dean's,  or  other  senior  positions  within  the 
administration  and  faculty. 

(3)  Composition  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 


. . . Disapproved  the  following  rec- 
ommendation after  much  discussion: 

That  the  present  election  process  of  the 
Board  of  Trustees  by  the  House  of  Delegates 
be  changed  and  that  each  county  medical  so- 
ciety have  the  responsibilty  to  elect  or  appoint 
one  Trustee,  with  the  provision  that  any 
county  with  more  than  750  active  members 
shall  be  entitled  to  an  additional  Trustee,  with 
a limitation  of  two  Trustees  from  any  given 
county.  (If  approved  by  the  Board  of 
Trustees,  the  recommendation  should  be  for- 
warded to  the  Committee  on  Revision  of 
Constitution  and  Bylaws  for  development  of 
an  amendment  to  the  Bylaws.) 

(4)  Demographic  Study  of  Membership 

. . . Approved  the  following  recommen- 
dation: 

That  the  Board  of  Trustees  contacts  the 
New  Jersey  specialty  society  groups  involved 
(family  practice,  pathology,  psychiatry, 
anesthesiology,  and  general  surgery),  and  the 
New  Jersey  medical  schools,  for  comment 
and  suggestions  with  regard  to  the  possible 
need  for  physicians  in  these  areas  as  shown 
by  the  statewide  age  study. 

(5)  Review  of  MSNJ’s  Committee  Struc- 
ture . . . Approved  the  following  rec- 
ommendation: 

That  the  Committee  on  Long-Range  Plan- 
ning and  Development  be  charged  with  com- 
pleting a review  of  the  committee  structure  of 
the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey. 

Old  Business  . . . 

Appointment  of  a Committee  to  Study 
Peer  Review  Organization  (PRO)  . . . 

Empowered  the  President  to  appoint  a 
committee  to  study  PRO  and  the  possi- 
bility of  MSNJ  applying  for  agent 
status. 

New  Business  . . . 

Seating  of  State  Medical  Society  Presi- 
dents at  Meetings  of  the  AMA  House  of 
Delegates  . . . Directed  that  the  Commit- 
tee on  Revision  of  Constitution  and 
Bylaws  prepare  the  appropriate  amend- 
ment to  MSNJ’s  bylaws  stating  that  the 
current  president  of  a constituent  medi- 
cal association  also  may  be  certified  as 
an  additional  alternate  delegate  at  the 
discretion  of  each  constituent  medical 
association. 

Note:  This  amendment  was  adopted  at 
the  1983  AMA  Interim  Meeting. 


^OL.  81— NUMBER  2— FEBRUARY  1984 


143 


President’s  Column 

Alexander  D.  Kovacs,  M.D. 

Sometimes  we  are  our  own  worst 
enemy.  We  wonder  why  we  do  not  get 
respect  and  are  thought  of  as  being 
money  hungry  and  lacking  concern  for 
our  patients. 

Have  you  ever  stood  back  and  ob- 
served yourself  through  another’s  eyes? 
Introspective  analysis  can  help  your  pa- 
tient relations.  Observe  your  telephone 
manners  and  those  responsible  for  your 
messages  or  appointments.  Are  you  or 
your  associates  curt,  unsympathetic,  or 
unaccommodating?  Are  you  or  your  as- 
sociates courteous,  compassionate,  help- 
ful, and  informative? 


Alexander  D.  Kovacs,  M.D. 


As  an  example,  take  appointment  de- 
lays. Patients  perceive  their  time  as  just 
as  important  as  yours.  If  there  is  going 
to  be  more  than  a 20-minute  delay  in 
office  appointments,  does  your  assistant 
or  nurse  explain  the  problem  and  offer 
to  change  the  appointment  or  call  to 
delay  the  later  ones? 

Are  you  stand-offish  or  grouchy  or 
are  you  pleasant,  permitting  the  patient 
to  ask  questions  and  to  participate  in 
treatment  decisions?  Do  you  make  sure 
he/she  understands  how  to  take  the 
medication?  Do  you  allow  your  medical 
assistant  to  reinforce  your  instructions 
or  to  ask  patients  if  they  understand 
what  they  are  to  do?  Do  you  explain  the 
reason  for  the  tests  you  plan  to  order 
and  their  possible  costs?  Do  you  come 
across  like  “big  daddy”  telling  the  child 
what  to  do?  Is  your  “God  complex” 
showing  again? 

The  telephone  manners  of  your  staff 
may  make  or  break  an  office.  After  all, 
this  is  the  first  and  last  contact  with  your 
office.  No  matter  how  good  a doctor 
you  are,  first  impressions  are  lasting! 


Listen  in  on  your  front  office  oc- 
casionally. A missed  message  or  poor 
communication  can  lead  to  a malprac- 
tice suit. 

Does  your  front  office  handle  fee  in- 
formation and  bill  collecting  properly 
without  antagonizing  the  patient?  Does 
your  staff  help  patients  fill  out  their  in- 
surance forms  even  though  you  expect 
payment  in  cash  or  check?  Perhaps  you 
could  use  “super  bills”  which  are  at- 
tached to  their  insurance  forms.  This  en- 
tails less  work  for  your  assistant. 

Encourage  your  assistant  to  join  and 
attend  meetings  of  the  Medical  Assis- 
tants Association.  In  fact,  pay  the  dues. 

Do  you  explain  hospital  charges  to 
your  patients?  Are  you  sympathetic  if 
the  patient  has  a serious  disease?  This 
may  be  old  hat  to  you  but  may  be  terrify- 
ing to  the  patient.  I dare  say  we  will  not 
face  our  own  demises  with  any  more 
equanimity  than  our  patients  show. 

We  can  harvest  complaints  about  our 
concern  for  the  hospitalized  patient.  The 
most  common  complaint  is  that  the  doc- 
tor only  came  in  for  a few  seconds,  said 
hello,  and  rushed  right  out.  Why  not 
enter  the  room  leisurely  (even  though 
you  may  be  in  a hurry),  sit  down  on  a 
chair  or  the  bed,  hold  the  patient’s  hand 
or  forearm,  and  talk  to  her/him.  Take 
your  chart  into  the  room  and  write  on 
it  right  there  in  front  of  the  patient  while 
you  are  discussing  his  or  her  progress 
and  show  some  of  the  test  results.  You 
have  to  look  at  the  chart  anyway,  so 
show  the  patient  the  hospital  visit  is 
more  than  just  running  in  and  out  of  the 
room.  If  it  is  a social  visit  or  if  the  pa- 
tient is  under  someone  else’s  care,  do  not 
charge  a visiting  fee.  Do  not  charge  an 
“admission  fee”  to  the  hospital — instead 
a “time  spent  for  history  and  physical 
fee”  or  “treatment  evaluation  fee.”  The 
terminology  “admission  fee”  creates  pa- 
tient resentment. 

If  you  are  a consultant,  tell  the  patient 
who  you  are,  why  you  were  called,  and 
that  there  will  be  a fee  involved  and 
whether  insurance  will  cover  the  visit. 
Nothing  is  more  distressing  to  a patient 
than  to  receive  a bill  for  a large  consul- 
tation fee  when  he  or  she  does  not  know 
who  the  consultant  is  or  how  this  doctor 
got  involved. 

The  art  of  the  practice  of  medicine  or 
surgery  goes  beyond  technical  skill.  The 
cognitive  skills  in  medicine  are  more 
than  observation  and  evaluation. 
Cognitive  means  “to  recognize,  be 
aware,  and  be  sensitive  to.”  Let  us  try 
to  be  cognitive  not  just  of  the  patient’s 
disease  but  of  that  very  human  person 
who  is  the  patient. 


UMDNJ  Notes 

Stanley  S.  Bergen,  Jr.,  M.D. 
President 

According  to  a report  compiled  by  t 
Office  of  the  Registrar  and  presented 
the  university’s  Board  of  Trustef 
female  enrollment  at  UMDNJ  has  co 
tinued  to  rise  steadily  since  1969.  Fort  " 
four  percent  of  UMDNJ’s  2,401  st 
dents  are  women,  as  compared  to  a 3 
percent  enrollment  in  1969. 

There  are  250  women  (37.7  percent) 
UMDNJ-New  Jersey  Medical  Schocr 
which  has  for  several  years  maintain*  ; 
one  of  the  highest  percentages  of  fema  ; * 
medical  students  in  the  country.  T1 
largest  single  group  of  women  student 
433,  is  at  the  School  of  Health-Relate' J 
Professions. 

The  remaining  breakdown  is  as  fo 
lows:  92  female  students  at  New  Jerse  ' 
Dental  School;  48  at  the  School  of  0:  1 
teopathic  Medicine;  124  at  Rutgei 
Medical  School,  Piscataway;  29  tP 
Rutgers  Medical  School,  Camden;  43  £ ; 
the  Graduate  School  of  Biomedical  Sci : 
ences;  7 in  the  postgraduate  programs  c 1 
New  Jersey  Dental  School;  and  46  in  th 
graduate  public  health  program  offerei  ’ 
jointly  by  Rutgers  Medical  School  an  ; 
Rutgers,  the  State  University. 

UMDNJ  has  been  awarded  $400,001 
to  establish  a laboratory  on  its  Newarl 
campus  to  further  research  and  patien 
care  efforts  in  the  battle  against  acquire* 
immunodeficiency  syndrome  (AIDS) 
The  funds,  part  of  the  total  $530, 00( 
appropriated  this  summer  by  the  State 
Legislature  for  a comprehensive  AIDS 
program,  will  be  used  for  staff  anc 
equipment  for  the  laboratory.  The  most 
important  piece  of  equipment  will  be  z 
quarter-million  dollar  Fluorescence  Ac- 
tivated Cell  Sorter  that  incorporates 
computer  and  laser  technology  and  is 
capable  of  analyzing  5,000  blood  cells 
per  second. 

Two  standard  laboratories  currently 
are  being  transformed  into  a 1 ,800 
square-foot  laboratory  and  “P3”  con- 
tainment facility  to  be  called  the  Pedi- 
atric Cellular  Immunology  Laboratory. 
The  P3  status  is  the  second  highest  desig- 
nation by  the  federal  government  for  fa- 
cilities involved  in  research  with  possible 
contaminants. 

The  laboratory,  to  be  completed  in 
1984.  will  be  located  in  the  Medical  Sci- 
ence Building  and  will  be  under  the 
direction  of  James  M.  Oleske,  M.D.  Dr. 
Oleske,  a prominent  expert  on  AIDS 
who  was  one  of  the  first  investigators  to 
identify  the  disease  in  children,  is  as- 
sociate professor  of  pediatrics  with  a 


144 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


tint  appointment  in  preventive  medi- 
ne  and  community  health  at  UMDNJ- 
ew  Jersey  Medical  School. 

The  first  pregnancy  resulting  from 
ew  Jersey's  only  in  vitro  fertilization 
rogram  was  announced  by  Dr.  Ek- 
;hard  Kemmann,  director  of  the  pro- 
gram and  chief  of  the  division  on  repro- 
uctive  endocrinology  and  fertility  at 
liddlesex  General-University  Hospital, 
Mew  Brunswick.  The  program,  jointly 
)onsored  by  the  hospital  and  UMDNJ- 
.utgers  Medical  School,  where  Dr. 
iemmann  is  associate  professor,  began 
dmitting  patients  in  May  1983. 

UMDNJ  has  joined  Rutgers,  the  State 
Jniversity,  to  begin  the  first  Masters  of 
ublic  Health  Program  in  the  state  with 
0 students  enrolled  in  the  new  program. 

Administered  by  the  Department  of 
Environmental  and  Community  Medi- 
jiine,  UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School, 
/ith  courses  held  at  the  Rutgers-New 
trunswick  campus,  the  program  offers 
major  in  one  of  four  specialty  areas; 
nvironmental  health;  health  educa- 
ion/behavioral  sciences;  occupational 
lealth;  and  biostatistics.  Planned  for  the 
pring  semester  is  a specialty  in  health 
are  organization  and  administration, 
vith  epidemiology  scheduled  for  the 
984  to  1985  academic  year.  Other 
pecialty  areas  will  be  developed  to  meet 
tudent  needs. 

New  Jersey  is  an  important  laboratory 
'or  the  study  of  the  relationship  between 
ndustrialization,  urbanization,  and  pub- 
ic health.  This  program,  which  stresses 
mvironmental  and  occupational  health, 
vvill  not  only  help  meet  the  state's  need 
for  health  professionals,  but  also  will 
address  critical  public  health  problems 
in  our  state. 


VISNJ  Auxiliary 

Sale  Wayman 
Resident 

As  promised  several  months  ago,  I 
A'ill  elaborate  on  the  AMPAC  Political 
Education  Conference  held  in  Washing- 
ton, D.C.,  this  past  fall.  “Participation 
84”  was  the  theme  and  AMPAC  is  en- 
couraging the  active  involvement  of 
AMA  members  and  their  families  in  the 
1984  presidential  campaign.  In  so  doing, 
AMPAC  is  seeking  to  promote  better 
government  and  to  ensure  the  concerns 
of  the  medical  profession.  The  AMA 
directly  will  help  in  the  process  by  com- 
mitting such  resources  as  training  sem- 
inars, publications,  meetings,  and 
special  communications.  It  also  is  bring- 
ing these  seminars  to  the  states,  with 


one,  hopefully,  in  New  Jersey  this 
spring. 

While  in  Washington,  we  learned 
something  of  “party  leadership"  from 
Senators  Ted  Stevens  (Alaska)  and 
Lloyd  Bentsen  (Texas).  A feisty  Senator 
Robert  Dole  gave  us  insight  into  what 
is  happening  in  Washington  and  we  were 
let  in  on  some  White  House  information 
from  Ed  Meese,  counselor  to  the  Presi- 
dent. All  these  “big  guns”  of  politics  had 
one  clear  message;  if  we,  the  medical 
profession,  do  not  become  involved  in 
politics,  we  will  be  forgotten.  It  is  the 
squeaky  wheel  that  gets  the  oil! 

It  was  very  gratifying  to  see  in  the 
November  AMPAC  Sustainer  that  one 
of  New  Jersey's  physicians  is  doing  an 
outstanding  job  of  getting  involved.  Dr. 
Peter  Amirata,  President  of  Essex  Coun- 
ty, has  marshaled  a steering  committee 
of  physicians  to  help  raise  membership 
and  funds — in  four  months  he  has  been 
able  to  raise  $17,000  and  obtain  175 
members  in  Essex  County.  This  is  in 
comparison  to  last  year's  state  figure  of 
$14,000. 

The  Auxiliary  is  working  with  its 
members  for  more  participation,  but  let 
us  all  try  to  get  involved. 


AMNJ  Report 

Paul  J.  Hirsch,  M.D. 

President 

During  the  past  year  the  Academy  of 
Medicine  has  continued  to  expand  its 
primary  roles,  and  has  added  a number 
of  significant  new  member  benefits. 

The  Academy  of  Medicine  is  the 
statewide  organization  responsible  for 
accreditation  of  continuing  medical 
education  in  New  Jersey.  Any  meeting, 
conference,  or  program  submitted  for 
approval  is  evaluated  carefully  by  the 
Academy  staff,  and  by  the  Education 
Committee.  The  Academy  maintains 
high  standards  for  the  quality  of  con- 
tinuing medical  education  in  New  Jer- 
sey. 

In  addition,  the  Academy  of  Medicine 
sponsors  educational  programs  to  meet 
the  needs  of  practicing  physicians.  These 
programs  include  the  roving  symposia, 
or  major  symposia  series,  individual 
programs,  and  programs  sponsored  in 
association  with  the  Medical  Society  of 
New  Jersey,  the  specialty  societies,  and 
other  organizations  and  institutions  in 
our  state.  In  all  of  these,  the  quality  ol 
education  is  high,  and  the  cost  to  phy- 
sicians has  been  kept  quite  moderate. 
These  educational  activities  of  the 
Academy  of  Medicine  are  supported  by, 


and  run  by,  the  practicing  physicians  of 
New  Jersey.  In  planning  programs,  the 
Academy  recognizes  and  evaluates 
educational  needs  and  educational 
wants  of  the  medical  community.  The 
Academy  now  is  in  the  process  of  de- 
veloping a more  formal  process  to  assess 
these  wants  and  needs. 

The  Academy  of  Medicine  provides 
administrative  and  secretarial  services 
for  most  of  the  specialty  societies  in  New 
Jersey.  Twenty-six  societies  now  utilize 
these  services.  This  process  has  brought 
together  many  of  these  organizations, 
and  has  helped  to  unite  the  physicians 
in  different  specialties,  in  many  common 
purposes. 

Despite  the  success  of  the  Academy  of 
Medicine,  we  continue  to  improve  our 
programs,  and  to  seek  additional  ways 
in  which  to  better  serve  our  membership. 
During  the  past  year,  we  have  initiated 
a computerized  program  to  record  the 
CME  credits  of  AMNJ  members;  twice 
each  year,  members  receive  a com- 
puterized printout  of  all  courses  attend- 
ed, whether  sponsored  by  the  Academy 
or  not.  We  now  send  a useful  monthly 
program  booklet,  listing  educational 
programs  available  in  New  Jersey,  in- 
dexed by  specialty.  We  have  initiated  the 
“First  Wednesday"  program,  to  bring  to 
the  Academy  speakers  of  significance  on 
socioeconomic  topics.  We  are  expanding 
our  Speaker’s  Bureau  program  to  in- 
clude a separate  Speaker's  Bureau  for 
community  groups;  organizations  re- 
questing medical  speakers  will  be  given 
the  names  of  Academy  members  in  their 
areas.  The  Academy  continues  to 
provide  excellent  library  services 
through  the  University  of  Medicine  and 
Dentistry  of  New  Jersey. 

Among  other  important  and  worth- 
while functions  of  the  Academy  of 
Medicine,  I would  note  particularly  the 
annual  Edward  J.  Ill  Award  to  an 
outstanding  physician  in  New  Jersey. 
We  believe  that  it  is  important  to  rec- 
ognize leadership  in  the  medical  com- 
munity. Although  membership  in  the 
Academy  is  considered  in  determining 
this  Award,  all  physicians  are  eligible 
and  may  be  nominated. 

Finally,  the  Academy  strongly  sup- 
ports the  purposes  and  tasks  of  the 
Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey.  Indeed, 
the  identification  of  the  Academy  of 
Medicine  with  the  Medical  Society  has 
been  so  great,  that  many  members  of 
MSN.I  have  felt  that  they  are  “automati- 
cally” members  of  the  Academy.  This  is 
not  so.  Although  the  Academy  is  con- 
sidered “the  teaching  arm  of  the  Medical 
Society  of  New  Jersey,"  it  is  a separate 

145 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  2— FEBRUARY  1984 


organization,  with  separate  member- 
ship. We  would  encourage  all  members 
of  MSNJ  to  be  Fellows  of  the  Academy, 
and  to  support  quality  continuing  medi- 
cal education  in  our  state,  based  upon 
the  needs  of  the  practicing  physician. 


Task  Force  on  Feta! 

Alcohol  Syndrome 

The  Chairman  of  the  Subcommittee 
on  Newborn  Record  Keeping  reported 
that  a Task  Force  on  Fetal  Alcohol  Syn- 
drome was  formed  under  the  New  Jersey 
Division  of  Alcoholism.  The  Task  Force 
will  plan  strategies  to  address  the  prob- 
lems of  fetal  alcohol  syndrome  by  de- 
veloping a systematic  approach  toward 
accurate  identification  of  women-at- 
risk,  and  appropriate  intervention  and 
treatment  strategies  for  mothers  and 
children. 

The  following  recommendation  was 
approved  by  the  Board  ofTrustees:  That 
the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  en- 
dorses the  educational  goals  of  the  Task 
Force  on  Fetal  Alcohol  Syndrome  and 
urges  all  physicians  caring  for  women  of 
childbearing  age  to  bring  the  dangers  of 
drinking  to  their  attention. 


Physicians  Seeking 
Location  in  New  Jersey 

The  following  physicians  have  written  to  the 
Executive  Offices  of  MSNJ  seeking  infor- 
mation on  possible  opportunities  for  practice  in 
New  Jersey.  The  information  listed  helow  has 
been  supplied  by  the  physician.  If  you  are 
interested  in  any  further  information  concern- 
ing these  physicians,  we  suggest  you  make  in- 
quiries directly  to  them. 

ANESTHESIOLOGY— Jan  Charles  Hor- 

row,  M.D.,  131  Pond  Brook  Rd.,  Chestnut 


Hill,  MA  02167.  Pennsylvania  1977  Board 
certified.  Group,  academia,  HMO.  Avail- 
able. 

CARDIOLOGY  — Aubrey  Orrin  Lewis, 
M.D.,  200  Carman  Ave.,  Apt.  2 1 - F,  East 
Meadow,  NY  11554.  SUNY-Syracuse 
1979.  Also,  general  internal  medicine. 
Board  certified  (IM).  Solo,  partnership, 
group,  academia  (cardiology).  Available 
July  1984. 

Lt.  Gary  P.  Schwartz,  M.D.,  USAF,  8 
Lodge  Dr..  Rockville,  MD  20850.  SUNY- 
Upstate  1968.  Board  certified.  Single 
specialty,  multispecialty  group,  partner- 
ship. Available  September  1984. 

FAMILY  MEDICINE— Jaime  F.  Lara, 
M.D.  6045  Palisade  Ave.,  West  New 
York.  N.l  07093.  Seville  (Spain)  1979. 
Board  eligible.  Partnership  or  institutional- 
ly based.  Available. 

GASTROENTEROLOGY  — Albert  M. 
Harary,  M.D.,  2121  N.  Bayshore  Dr.,  Apt. 
1001,  Miami,  FL  33137.  Columbia  1978. 
Also,  general  internal  medicine.  Board 
certified  (IM).  Group,  partnership,  solo. 
Available  July  1984. 

P.  Kothanda  Raman,  M.D.,  9 Lake  Ave., 
Apt.  5A,  East  Brunswick.  NJ  08816. 
Stanley  Medical  College  (India)  1977. 
Board  eligible  (IM).  Also  internal  medi- 
cine. Partnership,  group,  solo.  Available 
July  1984. 

INTERNAL  MEDICINE— Nicholas  Bertini. 
M.D.,  663  Hudson  Ave.,  Albany,  NY 
12203.  SUNY-Buffalo  1980.  Board  eligible. 
Group,  partnership,  solo.  Available  June 
1984. 

Harold  J.  Brown,  M.D.,  260  Eggerts  Rd., 
Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648.  UMDNJ  1982. 
Primary  care  clinic,  HMO,  group,  partner- 
ship. Available  July  1985. 

Palamadai  S.  Duraiswami,  M.D.,  64-A 
Oneida  Ave.,  Centereach,  NY  11720. 
Stanley  Medical  College  (India)  1976. 
Board  eligible.  Available. 

Elliott  Friedman,  M.D.,  25  Penny  La.,  Bal- 
timore, MD  21209.  SUNY-Syracuse  1978. 
Subspecialty,  endocrinology.  Board 
certified  (IM);  board  eligible  (endo- 
crinology). Group  or  partnership  (both 
specialties).  Available  July  1984. 


■ it 

Lee  W.  Hoffer,  M.D.,  1017  East  80th  St 
Brooklyn,  NY  11236.  Rome  (Italy)  1 98( 
Solo,  partnership,  group.  Available. 
Arvind  Mehta,  M.D  . 8051  N.  HanoverSt 
Anaheim,  CA  92861.  Seth  G.S.  Medic;  '1 
College  (India)  1975.  Also,  nephrology  If 
Board  eligible  Solo,  group,  associate 
Available. 

P.  Kothanda  Raman,  M.D.,  9 Lake  Ave 
Apt.  5A,  East  Brunswick,  NJ  088  < 
Stanley  Medical  College  (India)  197 
Board  eligible.  Also,  gastroenterology  ' 
Partnership,  group,  solo.  Available  Jul  j 
1984. 

Steven  Wolinsky,  M.D.,  1404  E.  15  St  : 
Brooklyn,  NY  11230.  Case  Western  Rt  1 
serve  1980.  Group  or  partnership.  Avail] L 
able  July  1984. 


NEPHROLOGY— Arvind  Mehta,  M.D. 
8051  N.  Hanover  St.,  Anaheim,  CA  92861 
Seth  G.S.  Medical  College  (India)  1975  ® 
Also,  internal  medicine.  Board  eligible 
Solo,  group,  partnership.  Available. 

NEUROLOGY — Elizabeth  Kamenar,  M.D. 
12701  Shaker  Blvd.,  Apt.  410,  Cleveland 
OH  44120  Ohio  State  1975.  Board  eligible 
Group,  partnership,  academia.  Available; 
July  1984. 

Robert  P.  Rubens,  M.D.,  105  Ward  St.. 
Apt.  204,  Seattle,  WA  98109.  UMDNJ- 
New  Jersey  Medical  School  1980.  Board 
eligible.  Available  July  1984. 

OBSTETRICS/GYNECOLOGY— Alan  M. 
Askinas,  M.D.,  1309  Carrollton,  Apt.  321, 
Metairie,  LA  70005.  Illinois  1980.  Board 
eligible.  Group,  partnership,  solo,  part 
academia.  Available  July  1984. 

Wook  Chung,  M.D..  2212  Watterworth 
Dr.,  Kalamazoo,  MI  49008.  Catholic 
Medical  College  (Korea)  1967.  Board 
certified  Solo,  group,  partnership.  Avail- 
able. 

Iris  E.  Dominy,  M.D.,  108  Pinegate  Circle, 
Apt.  2,  Chapel  Hill,  NC  27514.  Albany 
1978.  Board  eligible.  Partnership  or  group 
in  metropolitan  area.  Available  July  1984. 

OPHTHALMOLOGY— Steven  R.  Davis, 
M.D  , 1000  Lakeview  Rd.,  Clearwater,  ELI 
33516.  University  of  Alabama  1975.  Board 
certified.  Solo  or  association.  Available. 
Andrew  Gewirtz,  M.D.,  519  Beach  133  St., 
Belle  Harbor,  NY  11694.  Chicago  1978. 
Board  eligible.  Board  certified  (pediatrics). 
Group  or  partnership.  Available  July  1984. 

PATHOLOGY— Mark  A.  Grathwhol,  M.D., 
2510  West  Tremont  Ct.,  Richmond,  VA 
23225.  NYU  1980.  Group.  Available  July 
1984. 

Yury  Kogan,  M.D.  60  Egmont  St., 
Brookline,  MA  02146.  Moscow  1967.  Hos- 
pital or  group.  Available  July  1984. 

PEDIATRICS— Jonathon  J Evans,  M.D., 
1800  Calvin  Ct„  #6,  Iowa  City,  IO  52240. 
Univ.  of  California-San  Diego  1981.  Board 
eligible.  Group  or  HMO.  Available  July 
1984. 

Michael  J.  Foreman,  M.D.,  2527 

Hydraulic  Rd.,  #52,  Charlottesville,  VA 
22901.  Hahnemann  1981.  Board  eligible. 
Group  or  partnership.  Available  July  1984. 


218th  Annual  Meeting 
May  2-6,  1984 

Resorts  International 
Atlantic  City 

Fill  out  the  Application  Form 
Page  142 


146 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Howard  Mintz,  M.D.,  60  Presidential 
Plaza,  Apt.  308,  Syracuse,  NY  13202.  Pitts- 
burgh 1981.  Board  eligible.  Group  or  part- 
nership. Available  July  1984. 

jsYCHIATRY— Eric  M.  Levin,  M.D.,  43 
West  8th  St.,  Media,  PA  19063.  La  Faculte 
Libre  de  Medicine  (Spain)  1980.  Board 

I eligible.  Group,  institutionally  based, 
CMH  outpatient.  Available  July  1984. 

ULMONARY  DISEASES— James  Kohan, 
M.D.,  19  Highmanor  Dr.,  Henrietta,  NY 
14467.  Virginia  1979.  Also,  general  internal 
medicine.  Board  certified  (IM).  Group, 
partnership,  solo,  institutional.  Available 
July  1984. 

Dinesh  Talati,  M.D.,  66-02  Grand  Central 
Pkway.,  Forest  Hills,  NY  11375.  B.J. 
Medical  College  (India)  1974.  Board 
eligible.  Solo,  group,  partnership.  Avail- 
able Julv  1984. 

A DIO  LOGY/ NUCLEAR  MEDICINE— 

Conrad  P.  Erlich,  M.D.,  1243  Beacon  St., 
Apt.  3B,  Brookline,  MA  02146.  Boston 
1976.  Board  certified.  Group  or  partner- 
ship. Available  July  1984. 

Mindy  M.  Horrow,  M.D.,  131  Pond  Brook 
Rd.,  Chestnut  Hill,  MA  02167.  Med  Col- 
lege of  Pennsylvania  1980.  Board  eligible. 

I Group,  HMO,  academia.  Available. 

HEUMATOLOGY— Richard  Furie,  M.D., 

1 435  E.  70th  St.,  Apt.  8-F,  New  York,  NY 
10021.  Cornell  1979.  Also,  general  internal 
medicine.  Board  certified  (IM).  Group, 
partnership,  solo.  Available  July  1984. 

URGERY,  GENERAL— Ramon  .1.  Gomez, 
M.D.,  40-71  Gleane  St.,  Elmhurst,  NY 
1 1373.  University  of  the  East  (Philippines) 
1978.  Group  or  hospital-based  emergency 
medicine  practice.  Available. 

Ravinder  Jagpal,  M.D  , 3408  Balboa  La., 
Apt.  33,  Columbia,  MO  65201.  Rutgers 
1981.  Also,  cardiothoracic  surgery.  Board 
certified  (S);  board  eligible  (TS).  Group. 
Available  July  1 984. 

SURGERY,  ORTHOPEDIC— Jeffrey  H. 
Charen,  M.D..  155  Lexington  St.,  Apt  15, 
Auburndale,  MA  02166.  Rochester  1978. 
Board  eligible.  Group,  partnership,  solo 
(central  or  northern  NJ  preferred).  Avail- 
able January  1984. 

Salvatore  Inserra,  M.D.,  1847  79th  St., 
Brooklyn,  NY  11214.  NYU  1979.  Board 
eligible.  Group,  partnership,  solo.  Avail- 
able July  1984. 

Richard  Lebovicz.  M.D.,  415  Grand  St., 
New  York,  NY  10002.  SUNY-Downstate 
1979.  Group  or  partnership.  Available  July 
1984. 

Oscar  A.  Reicher,  M.D.,  71  Brookwood 
Ter.,  Nashville,  TN  37205.  Pittsburgh 
1979.  Solo  or  group.  Available  July  1984. 

UROLOGY— Joseph  G.  Colonna,  M.D., 
1234  Van  Voorhis  Rd.,  Apt.  C-6,  Morgan- 
town. WV  26505.  Guadalajara  (Mexico) 
1 977.  Board  eligible.  Group  or  partnership. 
Available  October  1984. 

Barlow  S.  Lynch,  M.D.,  5145  Linda  Lou 
Dr.,  Carmichael,  CA  95608.  SUNY-Buf- 
falo  1977.  Board  eligible.  Partnership, 
group,  solo,  academia.  Available  July  1984. 


A 


A peripheral 
vasodilator 


for  treatment  of 

leg  cramps 
cold  feet 
tinnitus 
discomfort  on 
standing 


LIPO-NICIN 


Nicotinic  Acid  Therapy 

For  patient’s 

comfort/convenience 

in  choice  of 


3 strengths 


Gradual  Release 

UPO-NICIN't73CfO  mg. 

Each  time-release  capsule  con- 


tains: 

Nicotinic  Acid  300  mg 

Ascorbic  Acid 150  mg 

Thiamine  HCL  (6-1) 25  mg 

Riboflavin  (B-2) 2 mg 

Pyridoxine  HCL  (B-6) 10  mg 


in  a special  base  of  prolonged 
therapeutic  effect. 

DOSE:  1 to  2 tablets  daily. 
AVAILABLE:  Bottles  of  100,  500. 


Immediate  Release 

LIPQ-NICIN®/250  mg. 

Each  yellow  tablet  contains: 


Nicotinic  Acid 250  mg. 

Niacinamide 75  mg. 

Ascorbic  Acid 150  mg. 

Thiamine  HCL  (B-1) 25mg. 

Riboflavin  (B-2) 2 mg. 

Pyridoxine  HCL  (B-6)  10  mg 


DOSE:  1 to  3 tablets  daily 
AVAILABLE:  Bottles  of  100,  500. 

LIPO  NICINTIOO  mg. 

Each  blue  tablet  contains: 


Nicotinic  Acid  100  mg 

Niacinamide 75  mg. 

Ascorbic  Acid 150  mg. 

Thiamine  HCL  (B-1) 25  mg 

Riboflavin  (B-2) 2 mg 

Pyridoxine  HCL  (B-6) 10  mg 


DOSE:  1 to  5 tablets  daily 
AVAILABLE:  Bottles  of  100,  500 


Indications:  For  use  as  a vasodi 
lator  in  the  symptoms  of  cold 
feet,  leg  cramps,  dizziness, 
memory  loss  or  tinnitus  when 
associated  with  impaired  peri- 
pheral circulation  Also  provides 
concomitant  administration  of 
the  listed  vitamins  The  warm 
tingling  flush  which  may  follow 
each  dose  of  LIPO-NICIN®  100 
mg.  or  250  mg.  is  one  of  the 
therapeutic  effects  that  often 
produce  psychological  benefits 
to  the  patient 

Side  Effects:  Transient  flushing 
and  feeling  of  warmth  seldom  re- 
quire discontinuation  of  the  drug 
Transient  headache,  itching  and 
tingling,  skin  rash,  allergies  and 
gastric  disturbance  may  occur 

Contraindications:  Patients  with 
known  idiosyncrasy  to  nicotinic 
acid  or  other  components  of  the 
drug.  Use  with  caution  in  preg- 
nant patients  and  patients  with 
glaucoma,  severe  diabetes,  im- 
paired liver  function,  peptic  ul- 
cers, and  arterial  bleeding 


Write  for  literature  and  samples 

(brcAWE  THE  BROWN  PHARMACEUTICAL  CO„  INC.  p-fI0 

2500  West  Sixth  Street,  Los  Angeles,  California  90057  PDR 


likoff  cardiovascular  institute 

of  Hahnemann  Medical  College  & Hospital 

230  N.  Broad  Street,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania  19102  (215)  448-8063 

CARDIOLOGY  UPDATE.  . . 


IS  DESIGNED  FOR  THE  PHYSICIAN  AND  PROVIDES  AN  INTENSIVE  SURVEY  OF  THE 
CURRENT  STATUS  OF  CLINICAL  CARDIOLOGY.  . . 

WEDNESDAY,  MARCH  7,  1984 

CARDIAC  FAILURE 

MODERATOR:  WILLIAM  LIKOFF,  M.D. 

3 00  CASE  PRESENTATION  William  Likoff,  M.D. 

3 00  THE  PATHOPHYSIOLOGY  OF  CONGESTIVE  FAILURE  Irving  M.  Herlmg,  M.D. 

4 00  THE  OVERT  AND  SUBTLE  CLINICAL  MANIFESTATIONS 

OF  CARDIAC  FAILURE  Abdulmassih  S.  Iskandrian,  M.D. 

4 30  RENAL  FUNCTION  IN  PATIENTS  WITH 

CARDIAC  FAILURE  David  T.  Lowenthal,  M.D. 

5:00  NEWER  DRUGS  FOR  SEVERE  AND 

REFRACTORY  CARDIAC  FAILURE  Mariell  J.  Likoff,  M.D. 

5:30  PANEL  DISCUSSION 


LECTURE  HALL  “A”— 2nd  floor  New  College  Building,  Hahnemann  University 
15th  and  Vine  Streets,  Philadelphia,  PA 

• NO  REGISTRATION  FEE  • NO  ADVANCE  REGISTRATION  REQUIRED  • 
• CME  CATEGORY  I CREDITS  CERTIFIED  • 

“WINE  & CHEESE  SERVED  FOLLOWING  CONFERENCE** 


University  of 
Pennsylvania 
School  of 
Medicine 


Trends  in  Clinical  Nutrition 

Eighth  Annual  Nutrition  Symposium  April  3-5, 1984 

Dunlop  Auditorium,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
School  of  Medicine,  Philadelphia 


Philadelphia 
Veterans 
Administration 
Medical  Center 


The  purpose  of  this  program  is  to  provide  the  practicing  physician,  clinical  dietitian,  nurse,  and  pharmacist 
with  a clinical  approach  to  commonly  encountered  diagnostic  and  therapeutic  problems  in  adult  clinical  nutrition. 


Discussion  Topics: 

Nutrition  and  Aging,  Nutrition  in 
Liver  Disease,  Enteral  Alimenta- 
tion-Alternative Approaches, 
Complications  of  Long-Term 
Parenteral  Nutrition,  Nutrition 
and  Sepsis,  History  and  Future 
of  Specialized  Nutrition  Support, 
Anorexia  Nervosa,  Credentiaiing 
of  Nutrition  Support  Profession- 
als, Respiratory  Considerations 
and  Energy  Expenditure,  and 
Enteral  vs  Parenteral  Nutrition. 

Continuing  Education  Credits: 

Approval  has  been  granted  for 
credits  for  dietitians,  nurses, 
pharmacists,  and  physicians 


Course  Directors: 

James  L Mullen,  M.D  , Chief, 
Surgical  Service,  Philadelphia  VA 
Medical  Center.  Director,  Nutrition 
Support  Service,  Hospital  of  the 
University  of  Pennsylvania, 
Associate  Professor  of  Surgery, 
University  of  Pennsylvania 

Wanda  Hain  Howell,  R D , 

M Ed.,  Nutrition  Education 
Specialist,  Nutrition  Support 
Service,  Hospital  of  the  Univer- 
sity of  Pennsylvania 

Registration  Fee:  $100 


Guest  Faculty: 

Jeffrev  Askanazi,  M D. 

George  Blackburn,  M D , Ph  D 
Rex  Brown,  Pharm  D 
Frank  Cerra,  M.D. 

Loretta  Forlaw,  Maj  , A.N.C. 
David  Lipschitz,  M.D.,  Ph  D 
Carol  Mitchell,  Ph  D , R D 
Theodore  Reiff,  M.D. 

Barney  Sellers 

William  Steffee,  M.D,  Ph  D 

For  Information  and 
Registration,  contact: 

Office  of  Continuing  Medical 
Education 

School  of  Medicine/G3 
University  of  Pennsylvania 
Philadelphia,  PA  19104 
(215)898-8005 


148 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSFU 


CME  CALENDAR 


Ihis  list  is  compiled  through  the  cooperation 
if  the  Committee  on  Medical  Education  of  the 
vledical  Society  of  New  Jersey,  the  Academy 
if  Medicine  of  New  Jersey,  the  New  Jersey 
hapter  of  the  American  Academy  of  Family 
5hysicians,  and  the  Office  of  Continuing  Medi- 
al Education  of  the  University  of  Medicine 
ind  Dentistry.  For  information  on  accredita- 
ion,  please  contact  the  sponsoring  organiza- 
ion(s),  indicated  by  italics — last  line  of  each 
Item. 

ANESTHESIOLOGY 

Alar. 

9 25th  Postgraduate  Anesthesia  Seminar 

10  8 A M — Hyatt,  Cherry  Hill 

11  (NJ  State  Society  of  A nesthesiologists 
and  A MNJ) 

Apr. 

16  Pain  Therapy 

11:30  A.M.-  12:30  P.M.— Columbus 
Hospital,  Newark 
( AMNJ ) 

CARDIOLOGY 

Mar. 

■ 7 Noninvasive  Testing  in  Cardiovascular 
Disease 

9-1 1 A. M — Middlesex  General  Hospital, 
New  Brunswick 

( Middlesex  General  Hospital  and  A MNJ ) 

7 Cardiology 

14  3-6  P.M. —Overlook  Hospital,  Summit 
21  (Overlook  Hospital  and  A MNJ) 

20  Current  Therapy  of  Acute  Myocardial 
Infarction 

12  noon — St.  Mary’s  Hospital,  Orange 
( AMNJ ) 

Apr. 

17  Management  of  Unstable  Angina 

12  noon — St.  Mary’s  Hospital,  Orange 
(AMNJ) 

25  Management  of  Acute  Myocardial 
Infarction 

1-2:30  P.M.— VA  Medical  Ctr.,  Lyons 
(VA  Medical  Ctr.  and  AMNJ) 

MEDICINE 

Mar. 

1 Medical  Grand  Rounds 

9:30  A M.— Newark  Beth  Israel 
Medical  Ctr. 

( Endocrinology  Section.  AMNJ) 

1 Effects  of  Stress  on  Disease 

15  Heart  Disease,  Lipoproteins,  and 
Nutritional  Counseling 

1 1 A M — St.  Joseph’s  Hospital  and 

Medical  Center,  Paterson 

(St.  Joseph's  Hospital  and  UMDNJ) 

2 Medical  Grand  Rounds 

1 1:30  A.M. — University  Hospital, 

Newark 

( Endocrinology  Section,  A M NJ) 


2 Renal  Conferences  in  Nephrology 

16  4-5  P.M. — UM DNJ-University  Hospital, 
Newark 

( Nephrology  Society  of  NJ  and 
Nephrology  Section,  A MNJ) 

6 Nutrition  Support — Middle  Age  and  the 
Elderly 

1 1 A.M.-  12  noon — Greystone  Park 

Psychiatric  Hospital 

(AMNJ) 

7 Medical  Grand  Rounds 

1 1 :30  A M. — VA  Medical  Ctr., 

East  Orange 

(Endocrinology  Section,  AMNJ) 

7 Hypertension 

1 :30  P.M. —Essex  County  Hospital  Ctr., 

Cedar  Grove 

(AMNJ) 

1 Angina 

21  Obstructive  Uropathy 

1- 2:30  P.M. —Christ  Hospital, 

Jersey  City 

( Christ  Hospital  and  A M NJ) 

7 Endocrine  Conferences 

14  3:30-5  P M — Rotates  between  Newark 

21  Beth  Israel  Medical  Ctr.,  UMDNJ- 

28  University  Hospital,  and  United 
Hospitals  Medical  Ctr.,  Newark,  and 
VA  Medical  Ctr.,  East  Orange 
(Endocrinology  Section,  AMNJ) 

8 Pain  Therapy 

2 P.M. —John  E.  Runnells  Hospital  of 
Union  County,  Berkeley  Heights 
(A  MNJ) 

13  Diet  and  Cancer 

22  Detection  and  Diagnosis 

29  Principles  of  Patient  Management 

4- 6  P.M. —Institute  for  Medical 
Research,  Copewood  St.,  Camden 
(Institute  for  Medical  Research  and 
AMNJ)  ' 

13  Blood  Banking  Seminar 

2- 5  P.M. —Rutgers  Medical  School, 
Piscataway 

(NJ  Blood  Services  and  A MNJ) 

15  Current  Approaches  to  Irritable  Bowel 
Syndrome 

5- 6:30  P.M.— Somerset  Medical  Ctr., 
Somerville 

(Somerset  Medical  Center  and  A M NJ) 

20  Emergency  Care — Cardiac  Drug 
Overdose 

1 1 A M - 12  noon— Greystone  Park 
Psychiatric  Hospital 
(A  MNJ) 

20  Hypertension 

1 :30-2:30  P.M. —Essex  County  Hospital, 
Cedar  Grove 
(A  MNJ) 

20  Regional  Nephrology  Conferences 

' 4.5  p.M. —Academic  Health  Science  Ctr. 
(UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School  and 
A MNJ) 

21  Dermatological  Conference 

6- 9  p.M. —Rutgers  Community  Health 


Plan,  57  U.S.  Hwy.  1,  New  Brunswick 
( UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School  and 
A MNJ) 

21  Significance  and  Treatment  of  Common 
Abnormalities  in  Serum  Electrolytes 
and/or  Acid-Base  Balance 
28  Antibiotic  and  Antiviral  Agents  in  an 
Office  Practice 

9-1 1 A M. — Middlesex  General  Hospital, 
New  Brunswick 

(Middlesex  General  Hospital  and  A M NJ) 

28  Extended  Spectrum  Penicillin  and 
Cephalosporins 

10:30  A.M.-  12  noon — St.  Mary’s 

Hospital,  Passaic 

(St.  Mary 's  Hospital  and  A MNJ) 

28  Implications  of  Clinical  Trials  on 
Management  of  Mild  Hypertension 

1-2:30  P.M.— VA  Medical  Center,  Lyons 
I VA  Medical  Center  and  A MNJ) 

28  Dermatology 

3-6  P.M. —Overlook  Hospital,  Summit 
(Overlook  Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

Apr. 

2 Laser  Treatment — G! 

1 :30  P.M. —Columbus  Hospital,  Newark 
(AMNJ) 

4 Medical  Grand  Rounds 

1 1 : 30  A.M.— VA  Medical  Center,  East 
Orange 

(Endocrinology  Section,  AMNJ) 

4 Alcoholism 

1 :30  P.M. —Essex  County  Hospital  Ctr., 

Cedar  Grove 

(AMNJ) 

4 Antibiotic  Nephrotoxicity 

1-2:30  P.M. — VA  Medical  Center,  Lyons 
( VA  Medical  Center  and  A MNJ) 

4 Hypertension  in  the  Elderly 
25  Paget’s  Disease 

1-2:30  P.M. — Christ  Hospital,  Jersey  City 
( Christ  Hospital  and  A MNJ) 

4 Cutaneous  Manifestations  of  Systemic 
Diseases 

11  Medical  Treatment  of  Gallbladder 

Disease 

18  Osteoporosis  and  Kidney  Stones 
25  The  Powerful  New  Role  of  Monoclonal 
Antibodies  in  Medical  Diagnosis  and 
Treatment 

9-1  I A M — Middlesex  General- 
University  Hospital,  New  Brunswick 
(Middlesex  General-University  Hospital 
and  A MNJ) 

4 Endocrine  Conferences 

1 1 3:30-5  P.M. — Rotates  between  Newark 

18  Beth  Israel  Med.  Ctr.,  University 
25  Hospital,  and  United  Hospitals  Medical 
Ctr.,  Newark,  and  VA  Medical  Center, 
East  Orange 

( Endocrinology  Section,  AMNJ) 

5 Medical  Grand  Rounds 

9:30  A M.— Newark  Beth  Israel  Medical 
Ctr. 

(Endocrinology  Section,  A MNJ) 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  2— FEBRUARY  1984 


149 


ACUPUNCTURE  IN  CLINICAL  PRACTICE 


N Y.  State  Boards  of  Medicine  & Dentistry  25-hour  accredited 
seminar  and  workshop  on  the  latest  theories  & techniques  of 
manual  and  electro-acupuncture,  applicable  toward  the  200- 
hour  requirement  for  certification,  will  be  given  for  licensed 
clinicians  (with  or  without  prior  training)  during  the  weekend  of 
January  27-29,  1984  and  again  the  weekend  of  March  23-25, 
1984  at  the  Barbizon  Plaza  Hotel,  New  York  City.  Co-sponsored 
by  the  International  College  of  Acupuncture  & Electro-Thera- 
peutics, Its  official  journal  (published  by  Pergamon  Press)  the 
Heart  Disease  Research  Foundation  and  the  Neuroscience 
Dept  of  Long  Island  College  Hospital,  Pharamcology  Dept,  of 
The  Chicago  Medical  School.  Also  eligible  for  AMA/CME  credit. 
For  information,  contact  Y.  Omura,  M.D.,  ScD.,  800  Riverside 
Drive  (8-1),  NYC  10032.  Tel:  (212)  781-6262  or  (212)  WA8-0658, 
or  Saul  Heller,  M.D.,  Tel:  (212)  838-7514. 


MEDICAL  CENTER  POSf  ~ G Tad U atS 

Medical  School 

March 

12-16  Managing  Clinical  Problems  in  the  Elderly 

(Cerromar  Beach  Hotel/Puerto  Rico) 

19-23  Seminar  in  Advanced  Rheumatology 

26-30  Anesthesiology:  Comprehensive  Review  III 

April 

26-28  Update  in  Clinical  Dermatology 

Information:  NYU  Post-Graduate  Medical  School,  550  First 
Avenue,  New  York,  NY  10016  (212)  340-5295. 


THE  ACADEMY  OF  MEDICINE 
OF  NEW  JERSEY 

in  cooperation  with 

SAINT  BARNABAS  MEDICAL  CENTER 

presents 

a symposium  on 

“MANAGEMENT  OF  PATIENTS 
WITH  LOW  VISION” 

Saturday,  March  31,  1984 
8:15  a. m. -4:30  p.m. 
at 

SAINT  BARNABAS  MEDICAL  CENTER 
Livingston,  N.J. 

The  program  will  provide  a complete  and  practical  presen- 
tation of  all  aspects  of  management  of  the  patient  with  low 
vision,  and  will  include  presentations  by  nationally  prominent 
speakers  on  low  vision  corrections  for  distance  and  near; 
methods  of  testing  and  recording  vision;  corrections  related 
to  field  defects;  illumination;  optical  aids;  Corning  photo- 
cromatic  filters;  genetic  counseling;  management  of  low  vision 
in  children;  favorable  and  unfavorable  patients;  social,  educa- 
tional and  rehabilitation  services  for  the  partially  sighted  pa-1 
tient;  and  telescopic  spectacles.  The  program  is  designed  for 
ophthalmologists,  optometrists,  opticians  and  other  interested 
professionals. 

Program  Chairman:  Gerald  Fonda,  M.D. 

Director,  Low  Vision  Center 
Saint  Barnabas  Medical  Center 
For  further  information  contact: 

EXECUTIVE  OFFICES 
The  Academy  of  Medicine  of  New  Jersey 
Two  Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648 
(609)  896-1717 


Eighteenth  Annual  Main  Life  Conference 

“CURRENT  CONCEPTS  IN  MEDICINE  FOR  THE 
PRACTICING  PHYSICIAN” 

Thursday,  Friday  and  Saturday  May  3,  4 and  5,  1984 

VALLEY  FORGE  HILTON  • KING  OF  PRUSSIA,  PA. 

Sponsored  by 

THE  BRYN  MAWR  HOSPITAL 

In  affiliation  with  Jefferson  Medical  College 


PROGRAM  INCLUDES:  • Unknown  Fever  • Obesity  and  Anorexia  • Hypertension  • Arrhythmias  • Oliguria  • Breast 
Cancer  • Hormone  Therapy  • Diabetes  • Which  Test?  • 26  Concurrent  Clinics 

GUEST  SPEAKERS  INCLUDE:  * Charles  A.  Kallick,  M.D.,  Cook  County  Hospital  • Richard  S.  Rivlin,  M.D.,  Memorial 
Sloan-Kettering  Cancer  Center  • Arnold  E.  Andersen,  M.D.,  Johns  Hopkins  Medical  Institutions  • Joseph  N. 
DiGiacomo,  M.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania  • Alvin  F Goldfarb,  M.D.,  Jefferson  Medical  College  • J.  Ingram  Walker, 

M.D.,  Duke  University  Medical  Center 


ACCREDITATION: 

AMA 

As  an  organization  accredited  for  continuing  medical  education,  the 
Jefferson  Medical  College  designates  this  continuing  medical  activity  as 
meeting  the  criteria  for  20  credit  hours  in  Category  I of  the  Physician's 
Recognition  Award  for  the  American  Medical  Association 

PMS 

AAFP 

This  program  has  been  reviewed  and  is  acceptable  for  20  Prescribed 
hours  by  the  American  Academy  of  Family  Physicians. 

AOA  and  ACGPOMS  approved 


FOR  INFORMATION  WRITE: 

HAROLD  J.  ROBINSON,  M.D. 

Director,  Main  Line  Conference 
The  Bryn  Mawr  Hospital 
Bryn  Mawr,  Pennsylvania  19010 

Registration  Fee:  $185.00 
(includes  3 luncheons,  cocktails  and  dinner) 


150 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


5 Psychosocial  Care  and  Unorthodox 
Cancer  Therapies 

4-6  p.M. — Institute  for  Medical  Research 
Copewood  St.,  Camden 
(Institute  for  Medical  Research  and 
A MNJ I 

6 Medical  Grand  Rounds 

1 1:30  A M.— University  Hospital, 

Newark 

( Endocrinology  Section,  AMNJ) 

6 Renal  Conferences  in  Nephrology 

20  4-5  P.M. —University  Hospital,  Newark 
( Nephrology  Society  of  NJ  and 
Nephrology  Section,  A MNJ ) 

13  Controversies  in  the  Management  of 
Otitis  Media 

8-9:30  A M — Overlook  Hospital, 

Summit 

( Overlook.  Hospital  and  A MNJ) 

17  Laser  Treatment  of  Massive 
Gastrointestinal  Hemorrhage 

1 1  A.M  - 12  noon — Greystone  Park 
Psychiatric  Hospital 

(Greystone  Park  Psychiatric  Hospital  and 
AMNJ ) 

17  Renal  Osteodystrophy 

4-5  P.M. —Academic  Health  Science  Ctr., 
New  Brunswick 

(UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School  and 
A MNJ ) 

18  Substance  Abuse  and  Misuse 

8:30  A M - 1 P.M. —Medical  Society  of 
New  Jersey,  Lawrenceville 
(NJ  State  Department  of  Health,  MSNJ, 
and  AMNJ) 

18  Dermatological  Conference 

6-9  P.M. — Rutgers  Community  Health 
Plan,  57  U.S.  Hwy.  1,  New  Brunswick 
(UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School  and 
A MNJ ) 

18  William  P.  Burpeau  Annual  Award 
Dinner 

6:30  P.M. —The  Manor,  West  Orange 
( Urology  Section,  A MNJ) 

24  How  Scientific  Is  Modern  Medicine? 
7:30-8:30  P.M  — Ramada  Inn,  Exit  135, 
Garden  State  Parkway 
( Nephrology  Section  of  NJ  and  A MNJ) 

26  Renal  Hemodynamics  of  Hypertension 

1 1 A M.-  12:30  P.M. —St.  Joseph's 
Hospital,  Paterson 

(St.  Joseph ’s  Hospital  and  Medical 
Center  and  A MNJ ) 

26  Regional  Hospital  Meeting 

8-10  P.M  — Overlook  Hospital,  Summit 
(NJ  Gastroenterological  Society  and 
AMNJ) 

NEUROLOGY/PSYCHIATRY 

Mar. 

1  Pharmacotherapeutic  Agents  in  the 
Management  of  Borderline-Personality 
Disorders 

3 Depression:  Differential  Diagnosis,  and 
Newer  Methods  of  Treatment 
1-2:30  P.M  —Christ  Hospital,  Jersey  City 
( Christ  Hospital  and  A MNJ) 

8  Advances  in  Neuroleptic  Medication 
15  Alone — Yearning  for  Companionship 

12  noon-1  P.M. —Carrier  Foundation, 
Belle  Mead 

(Carrier  Foundation  and  A M NJ) 

6 Is  There  a Devil? 

8: 1 5-10:30  P.M. — 39  Crescent  Ave., 
Passaic 


( Essex  Psychiatric  Seminar  and  A MNJ) 

7  Group  Therapy 

21  2-3  P.M. — Ancora  Psychiatric  Hospital, 

Hammonton 

( A ncora  Psychiatric  Hospital  and  A MNJ) 

9  Psychiatric  Lecture  Series 

16  1:30-5  P M.— Trenton  Psychiatric 

Hospital 

23  (Trenton  Psychiatric  Hospital  and 
30  AMNJ ) 

14  Anxiety  and  Neurosis 

9-1 1 A.M. —Middlesex  General  Hospital, 
New  Brunswick 

I Middlesex  General  Hospital  and  A MNJ) 

1 5 Aspects  of  Anorexia  Nervosa 

8- 10  P.M. —Hackensack  Hospital 
( NJ  Psychoanalytic  Society  and  AMNJ) 

19  Principles  of  Child  Psychotherapy 
8:30- 1 0:30  P.M. — Office  of  Dr.  Deutsch, 
301  Broad  St.,  Englewood 

( NJ  Psychoanalytic  Society  and  A MNJ) 
21  Tardive  Dyskinesia  and  Other  Movement 
Disorders 

9  A M.-  4:45  P.M  —Carrier  Foundation, 
Belle  Mead 

( Carrier  Foundation  and  A MNJ) 

20  Acid-Based  Electrolyte  Abnormalities 
Associated  with  Drugs 

I I A M.-  12  noon — Greystone  Park 
Psychiatric  Hospital 

(AMNJ) 

Apr. 

2 Identify  Disorder  Versus  Borderline 
Personality 

8:15-10:30  P.M. — 5 Fairfield  St., 
Montclair 

(Essex  Psychiatric  Seminar  and  A MNJ) 

3 Strokes  C'.V.A. — Post  and  Rehabilitation 
Care 

1 1 A.M  - 12  noon — Greystone  Park 
Psychiatric  Hospital 

( Greystone  Park  Psychiatric  Hospital  and 
AMNJ) 

5 Behavior  Medicine  and  Biofeedback 

12  Treatment  Issues  of  the  Depressed 
Woman 

19  Cross-Cultural  Psychiatry 

12  noon-1  P M.— Carrier  Foundation, 
Belle  Mead 

(Carrier  Foundation  and  A MNJ) 

6 Psychiatric  Lecture  Series 

13  1:30-5  P M — Trenton  Psychiatric 
Hospital 

27  (Trenton  Psychiatric  Hospital  and 
AMNJ ) 

9 Developmental-Behavioral  Disorders: 

10  Update  1984 

11  Glenpointe  Hotel,  Teaneck 

12  (Hackensack  Medical  Center  and 

13  AMNJ) 

1 1 The  Sleepless  Patient 

9:15  A M.-  4:30  P.M. —Carrier 
Foundation,  Belle  Mead 
(Carrier  Foundation  and  A M NJ) 

11  Update  in  Psychosomatic  Medicine 
2-5  P.M.,  7-9  P.M. —Stony  Hill  Inn, 
Hackensack 

( North  Jersey  Psychiatric  Society  and 
A MNJ) 

16  Principles  of  Child  Psychotherapy 

8:30-10:30  P.M. — 301  Broad  Ave., 
Englewood 

(NJ  Psychoanalytic  Society  and  A M NJ) 

18  Group  Therapy 

25  2-3  P.M.— Ancora  Psychiatric  Hospital, 


Hammonton 

( Ancora  Psychiatric  Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

19  Controversies  and  Pitfalls  in  Modern  Sex 
Therapy 

5-6:30  P.M. — Somerset  Medical  Center, 
Somerville 

(Somerset  Medical  Center  and  AMNJ) 

OBSTETRICS/GYNECOLOGY 

Mar. 

9 Semmelweis-Waters  Ob/Gyn  Conference 

10  8 A.M. -5  P M. — Resorts  International 

11  Hotel,  Atlantic  City 

(UMDNJ — NJ  Medical  School,  Dept,  of 
Ob/  Gyn  and  Office  of  Continuing 
Education  and  A M NJ) 

31  Contraception  Today 

9 A.M. -5  P.M. —Princeton  Scanticon 
Conference  Ctr.,  Princeton 
(UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School  and 
A MNJ) 

Apr. 

1 Contraception  Today;  Improving  the 
Results,  Reducing  the  Concerns 

9 A.M  -12  noon — Princeton  Scanticon 
Conference  Ctr.,  Princeton 
( UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School  and 
A MNJ) 

PATHOLOGY 

Mar. 

1 Biology  of  Immune  Complexes  in  Cancer 
8 Epidemiology  of  Cancer:  An  Overview 

4-6  P.M. — Institute  for  Medical 
Research,  Copewood  St.,  Camden 
(Institute  for  Medical  Research  and 
A MNJ) 

14  Pathology  Grand  Rounds 

10:30  A.M. -12  noon — St.  Mary's 

Hospital,  Passaic 

(St.  Mary 's  Hospital  and  A M NJ) 

21  Pathology  Slide  Seminar/New  Procedure 
Update 

7-9  P M— Hyatt  House,  Cherry  Hill 
( South  Jersey  Pathology  Society  and 
A MNJ) 

Apr. 

11  Pathology  Grand  Rounds 

10:30  A.M. -12  noon — St.  Mary's 

Hospital,  Passaic 

(St.  Mary's  Hospital  and  A M NJ ) 

12  Radio-labeled  Antibodies  for  Cancer 
Detection  and  Therapy 

4-6  P M.— Institute  for  Medical 
Research,  Copewood  St.,  Camden 
(Institute  for  Medical  Research  and 
AMNJ) 

PEDIATRICS 

Mar. 

1 The  Mouth  and  Teeth  in  Pediatric 
Practice 

9 A.M. —Freehold  Area  Hospital 
(AMNJ) 

19  Pediatric  Lecture  Series 

12  noon-1  P.M. —The  Mountainside 
Hospital,  Montclair 
( The  Mountainside  Hospital  and  A M NJ ) 

21  Chronic  Disorders  in  Pediatrics: 

22  New  Approaches  to  Old  Problems 

8 A.M. -4  P.M. —Madison  Hotel,  Convent 
Station 

(Children's  Specialized  Hospital) 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  2— FEBRUARY  1984 


151 


23  Diagnosis  and  Management  of  the 
V arious  Forms  of  Rickets 

8-9:30  A.M. —Overlook  Hospital, 

Summit 

(Overlook  Hospital  and  A M NJ) 

Apr. 

5  Hematonia  and  Proteinura  in  Children 

9 A. M.— Freehold  Area  Hospital 
(A  MNJ) 

16  Pediatric  Lecture  Series 

12  noon-1  P.M. — Mountainside  Hospital, 
Montclair 

( Mountainside  Hospital  and  A M NJ) 

25  Pediatric  Allergy 

10:30  A.M. -12  noon — St.  Mary’s 

Hosptial,  Passaic 

(St.  Mary 's  Hospital  and  A M NJ) 

RADIOLOGY 

Mar. 

8 New  Aspects  of  Obstetrical  and 
Gynecological  Ultrasound 

8:30-9:30  A. M. — Saint  Barnabas  Medical 
Ctr.,  Livingston 

(New  Jersey  Institute  of  Ultrasound  in 
Medicine  and  A MNJ) 

16  Radiology  Meeting 

7:30-10  P.M. —Saint  Barnabas  Medical 


Center,  Livingston 
( Radiological  Society  of  NJ  and 
Radiological  Section,  A M NJ) 

21  Dinner  Meeting 

6:30  P M.— The  Manor,  West  Orange 
(Radiotherapy  Section,  A MNJ) 


Apr. 

12  Invasive  Fetal  Therapy 

8:30-9:30  P.M. —Saint  Barnabas  Medical 
Ctr. 

(New  Jersey  Institute  of  Ultrasound  in 
Medicine  and  A MNJ) 

18  Pathogenesis,  Diagnosis,  and 
Management  of  Type  II  Diabetes 

1-2:30  P.M. — VA  Medical  Center,  Lyons 
( VA  Medical  Center  and  A MNJ) 

19  Radiology  Meeting 

7:30-10  P.M. —Saint  Barnabas  Medical 
Ctr.,  Livingston 
I Radiological  Society  of  NJ  and 
Diagnostic  Radiology  Section,  AM  NJ) 

26  Radiation  Therapy:  Current  Practice  and 
Future  Potential 
4-6  P.M. —Institute  for  Medical 
Research,  Copewood  St.,  Camden 
(Institute  for  Medical  Research  and 
A MNJ) 


SURGERY 

Mar. 

4 Use  of  Appropriate  Antibiotics  in  Surger 

10:30  A.M. -12  noon — St.  Mary’s 

Hospital,  Passaic 

(St.  Mary's  Hospital  and  A M NJ ) 

7 Diagnosis  and  Surgical  Management  of 
Esophageal  Reflux  and  Fliatus  Hernia 
10:30  A.M. -12  noon — St.  Mary’s 
Hospital,  Passaic 
(St.  M ary 's  H ospital  and  A M NJ) 

7 Surgical  Departmental  Conference 

14  8:30-10  A M — Rutgers  Medical  School,; 

21  New  Brunswick 

28  ( UM  DNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School) 

Apr. 

4 In  and  Out  Surgery 

10:30  A.M. -12  noon — St.  Mary's 
Hospital,  Passaic 
(AM  NJ) 

4 Surgical  Departmental  Conferences 

1 1 8:30-10  A. M.— Rutgers  Medical  School, 

18  New  Brunswick 

25  ( UM DNJ — Rutgers  Medical  School  and 
A MNJ) 

SURGICAL  SPECIALTIES 
Mar. 

1 Vascular  Surgical  Rounds 

8 4-5  P.M. — Rutgers  Medical  School, 

15  New  Brunswick 

22  ( UM DNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School) 

29 

6 Surgical  Management  of  Benign  and 
Malignant  Disease  of  the  Breast 

7:30  P.M  —Burdette  Tomlin  Memorial 
Hospital,  Cape  May  Court  House 
(A  MNJ) 

31  Management  of  Patients  with  Low  Vision 

8: 1 5 A.M.-4:30  P M —Saint  Barnabas 
Medical  Center,  Livingston 
(St.  Barnabas  Medical  Center  and 
A MNJ) 

Apr. 

5 Vascular  Surgical  Rounds 

12  4-5  P.M. —Rutgers  Medical  School, 

19  New  Brunswick 

26  t UM  DNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School  and 
A MNJ) 

7 9th  Annua!  Orthopaedic  Symposium 

8A.M. — UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical 

School,  Newark 

(AMNJ) 

1 1 Yag  Laser  Use  in  Ophthalmology 

I -2:30  P.M. —Christ  Hospital,  Jersey  City 
(Christ  Hospital  and  A M NJ ) 

18  Biliary  Tract  Surgery 

10:30  A.M. -12  noon — St.  Mary’s 

Hospital,  Passaic 

(St.  Mary 's  Hospital  and  A M NJ) 

26  Glaucoma:  A Compendium  of  Diseases 
8-10  P.M  — Bergen  County  Medical 
Society,  Hackensack 
(NJ  Medical  Women's  Association  and 
A MNJ) 

MISCELLANEOUS 

Mar. 

Clinicolegal  Correspondence  Course 
Self-Instruction-Contact  Medical  Inter- 
Insurance  Exchange  of  New  Jersey 

( Medical  Inter-Insurance  Exchange  of  NJ 
and  A MNJ) 


218th  Annual  Meeting 
May  2-6,  1984 

Wednesday,  May  2,  1984 

3:30  p.m. — Board  of  Trustees'  Meeting 

7:00  p.m. — Officers' Cocktail  Reception  followed  by  Dinner 

Thursday,  May  3,  1984 

9:00  a.m. — Registration  Opens 
2:00  p.m. — House  of  Delegates 

4:00  p.m. — Reference  Committees  (Three  Reference  Committee 
Meetings) 

Friday,  May  4,  1984 

7:30  a.m. — Registration  Opens 

9:00  a.m. — House  of  Delegates  (election) 

9:00  a.m.— Message  Center,  and  Scientific,  Informational,  and  Insurance 
Exhibits  Open 

I 2:00  noon — Golden  Merit  Award  Ceremony  followed  by  Reception 
2:30  p.m. — Reference  Committees  (Three  Reference  Committee 
Meetings) 

5:00  p.m. — JEMPAC  Political  Forum 

5:45  p.m. — JEMPAC  Wine  & Cheese  Reception 

Saturday,  May  5,  1984 

8:00  a.m. — Registration  Opens 

9:00  a.m. — Message  Center,  and  Scientific,  Informational,  and  Insurance 
Exhibits  Open 
9:00  a.m. — Scientific  Sessions 
12:00  noon — Luncheons 
1 :00  p.m. — Scientific  Sessions 

6.30  p.m.  Inaugural  Reception  followed  by  Inaugural  Dinner 
Sunday,  May  6,  1984 

6:30  a.m. — County  Society  Breakfast  Caucuses 
8:00  a.m. — Registration  Opens 

9.00  a.m.  Message  Center,  and  Scientific,  Informational,  and  Insurance 
Exhibits  Open 

9:00  a.m. — House  of  Delegates 
3:00  p.m.— Board  of  Trustees'  Meeting 


152 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


ETTER  TO  THE  EDITOR 


( 


Alternative  Treatment 
o Breast  Cancer 

November  30,  1983 

)ear  Doctor  Krosnick: 

Dr.  Greco’s  recent  commentary  on 
le  treatment  of  breast  cancer  (Novem- 
er  1983)  should  serve  to  stimulate  not 
nly  surgeons,  but  all  physicians,  to  re- 
valuate  their  own  entrenched  views 
oncerning  the  conventional  manage- 
lent  of  breast  cancer. 

The  growing  body  of  scientific 
vidence  from  centers  in  France,  Italy, 
Canada,  and  the  United  States,  suggests 
hat  conservative  surgery  combined  with 
adiolherapy  is  an  acceptable  alternative 


to  mastectomy  for  those  patients  having 
a strong  motivation  for  breast  preser- 
vation. A good  summary  of  such  data 
is  found  in  a newly  published  text.' 

Meaningful  randomized  prospective 
studies  are  difficult  to  obtain  in  an  ill- 
ness so  charged  with  emotional  feelings. 
A bias  is  introduced  at  the  onset  of  such 
studies  since  only  a small  percentage  of 
women  with  breast  cancer  will  allow 
themselves  to  be  randomized. 

While  there  are  well-known  advan- 
tages and  disadvantages  to  both  conven- 
tional and  conservative  therapy,  one 
cannot  help  but  wonder  if  women  would 
come  forth  sooner  with  earlier,  more 
curable  breast  cancers  if  they  did  not 


always  believe  that  a mastectomy  was 
mandatory.  Any  disadvantage  of  con- 
servative treatment  for  breast  cancer 
might  be  offset  by  the  availability  of 
such  therapy  serving  as  a stimulus  to 
women  to  seek  earlier  treatment, 
hopefully  resulting  in  a greater  number 
of  cures. 

For  the  present,  it  certainly  would 
seem  prudent  to  keep  an  open  mind  to 
both  forms  of  therapy  and  to  inform 
patients  fully  of  their  alternatives. 

Murray  H.  Seltzer,  M.D. 

REFERENCE 

1.  Harris  JR,  et  al. : Conservative  Manage- 
ment oj  Breast  Cancer.  Philadelphia,  PA,  J.B. 
Lippincott  Co.,  1983. 


AN  ACT  OF  LOVE 

Their  own  DENIAL  that  a respected  colleague  could  be  IMPAIRED  and/or  the  "con- 
spiracy of  silence"  that  makes  them  unwilling  to  speak  out  allows  the  illness  of  our  impaired 
colleagues  to  progress,  sometimes  to  a fatal  outcome. 

“Blowing  the  whistle"  on  a suffering  colleague  is  indeed  an  ACT  OF  LOVE! 

Cal!  Us  EARLY 

We  can  help  CONFIDENTIALLY 
IMPAIRED  PHYSICIANS  PROGRAM 

(609)  896-1766 
Hot  Line  . . . (609)  896-1884 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  2— FEBRUARY  1984 


153 


OBITUARIES 

— 


Dr.  Sidney  L.  Cohen 

Word  has  been  received  of  the  death 
of  Sidney  L.  Cohen,  M.D.,  an  emeritus 
member  of  our  Essex  County  compo- 
nent. Born  in  1899,  Dr.  Cohen  earned 
his  medical  degree  from  New  York 
Medical  College  in  1925.  A family  prac- 
titioner, Dr.  Cohen  was  affiliated  with 
Newark  Beth  Israel  Medical  Center. 

Dr.  Paui  B.  Ferrary 

At  the  age  of  74,  Paul  Bernard  Fer- 
rary, M.D.,  died  on  November  8,  1983. 
Dr.  Ferrary  received  his  medical  degree 
from  Georgetown  University  School  of 
Medicine,  Washington,  D.C.,  in  1933.  A 
member  of  our  Passaic  County  compo- 
nent and  of  the  American  Medical  As- 
sociation, Dr.  Ferrary  was  affiliated 
with  St.  Joseph  Hospital  and  Medical 
Center,  Paterson.  A diabetologist,  Dr. 
Ferrary  practiced  in  Totowa  during  his 
lengthy  career. 


Dr.  Perry  0.  Hall 

At  the  grand  age  of  88,  Perry  O.  Hall, 
M.D.,  died  on  November  17,  1983.  Dr. 
Hall  was  a graduate  of  the  University  of 
Pennsylvania  School  of  Medicine  in 
1920.  An  obstetrician-gynecologist,  Dr. 
Hall  was  affiliated  with  Margaret  Hague 
Maternity  Hospital,  Jersey  City,  West 
Hudson  Hospital,  Kearny,  Elizabeth 
General  Medical  Center,  and  Jersey  City 
Medical  Center.  In  1970,  Dr.  Hall  was 
a recipient  of  MSNJ’s  Golden  Merit 
Award  for  50  years  of  medical  service. 
He  retired  from  practice  in  1973.  Dr. 
Hall  was  a retired  member  of  our 
Hudson  County  component  and  a mem- 
ber of  the  American  Medical  Associa- 
tion. 

Dr.  Harold  E.  James 

We  have  learned  of  the  death  of 
Harold  E.  James,  M.D.,  a member  of 
our  Essex  County  component.  Born  in 


1918,  Dr.  James  received  his  medill 
degree  from  New  York  Medical  Coll  i 
in  1961.  A surgeon,  Dr.  James  was 
filiated  with  three  Newark  hospit;! 
Saint  James  Hospital,  St.  Michac 
Medical  Center,  and  Presbyterian  H 
pital. 


Dr.  Sol  S.  Winsten 

Sol  Stephen  Winsten,  M.D.,  a me 
ber  of  our  Essex  County  compone5 
died  on  November  16,  1983.  Born 
1909,  Dr.  Winsten  earned  his  medi( 
degree  at  the  University  of  Berne,  Swi 
erland,  in  1939.  A psychiatrist,  E 
Winsten  was  affiliated  with  Muhlenbe 
Hospital,  Plainfield,  St.  Michael's  Me< 
cal  Center,  Newark,  and  John  E.  Ru 
nells  Hospital  of  Union  Coum 
Berkeley  Heights.  Dr.  Winsten  was 
member  of  the  American  Medical  A 
sociation  and  a Diplomate  of  the  Ame 
can  Board  of  Psychiatry  and  Neurolog 


154 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


BOOK  REVIEWS 


i | 

s 


Zo\or  Atlas  of  Life 
Before  Birth 

Marjorie  A.  England.  Chicago,  1L,  Year- 
book Medical  Publishers,  1983.  Pp.  216. 

This  book  actually  represents  an  atlas 
)f  embryology  which  is  a welcome  aid 
o the  medical  student  as  well  as  to  the 
specialist  preparing  for  his  boards.  The 
ohysical  aspect  of  the  book  is  outstand- 
ng;  the  binding  is  sturdy,  the  paper  is 
flossy  and  of  good  quality,  the  print  is 
clear  and  easy  to  read,  and  the  color 
reproductions  are  superb.  The  author  is 
an  anatomist  at  the  distinguished  Uni- 
versity of  Leicester,  England,  and  should 
be  congratulated  for  the  completion  of 
his  most  instructive  book  which  deals 
With  a difficult  subject. 

The  contents  deal  with  the  develop- 
nent  of  the  fetus  from  the  moment  of 
Conception  until  birth  and  the  book  is 
profusely  illustrated.  The  pictures  are 
well  marked  with  numbers  which  ex- 
olain  the  names  of  the  developing  or- 
gans. New  are  the  illustrations  of  fetal 
(ultrasonograms  as  well  as  the  x-ray  pic- 
tures in  utero.  Each  organ  is  not  only 
depicted  macroscopically  but  the  normal 
histology  of  each  organ  is  included. 

The  illustrations  of  the  placenta  and 
the  fetal  membranes  are  likewise  re- 
markable and  afford  an  excellent  insight 
ias  to  the  happenings  before  birth. 

It  should  be  emphasized  that  this 
book  represents  only  the  normal  em- 
bryology; therefore  abnormal  develop- 
ments, such  as  failure  of  closure  of  due- 
tus  arteriosus,  or  failure  of  fusions  of  the 
Mullerian  ducts,  or  anencephaly,  are  not 
depicted;  for  those  the  student  should 
refer  to  the  usual  textbooks  of  em- 
bryology, e.g.  Arey. 

The  book  should  be  extremely  valu- 
able to  obstetricians,  internists,  and 


urologists,  and,  last  but  not  least,  to  for- 
ensic physicians  since  it  will  give  an 
exact  picture  of  the  fetus  during  each 
month  of  development.  The  book  is 
highly  recommended. 

Werner  Steinberg,  M.D. 

Coronary  Artery  Disease  in 
Infants  and  Children 

Henry  N.  Neufeld,  M.D.,  and  Adam 
Schneeweiss,  M.D.  Philadelphia,  PA, 
Lea  & Febiger,  1983.  Pp.  189. 

The  foreword  states,  “A  new  outlook 
on  coronary  diseases  in  adults  postulates 
that  the  disease  may  have  its  origins  in 
infancy  and  childhood;  therefore,  it  is 
important  that  physicians  have  a clear 
understanding  of  disease  in  children.”  It 
is  in  the  meeting  of  this  objective  that 
the  book  fails.  The  authors,  however, 
have  succeeded  in  putting  together  in 
readable  form  most  of  the  known  infor- 
mation about  congenital  anomalies  of 
the  coronary  arteries.  A lesser  amount 
of  information  regarding  acquired  dis- 
eases of  the  coronary  arteries  also  is  in- 
cluded. No  new  ground  is  broken  here, 
but  such  a review  of  the  literature  is 
valuable. 

Since  the  title  of  the  book  implies  a 
discussion  of  coronary  artery  disease  in 
childhood,  it  is  regrettable  that  the 
authors  have  elected  to  omit  a discussion 
of  the  current  controversies  regarding 
diet  in  childhood  and  its  implications  for 
the  future  development  of  arterioscler- 
osis. Such  a discussion  would  have 
added  greatly  to  the  usefulness  of  an 
otherwise  fine  book. 

The  range  of  interest  for  the  book  will 
be  quite  limited,  mainly  due  to  its  con- 
centration on  anatomic  variations  of  the 
coronary  system.  However,  it  will 


provide  a valuable  resource  to  pediatric 
cardiologists,  pediatric  and  adult 
cardiovascular  surgeons,  and  a few 
interested  adult  cardiologists. 

Jay  Eldredge,  M.D. 

Deborah  Heart  and  Lung  Center 

Current  Emergency 
Diagnosis  and  Treatment 

John  Mills,  Mary  T.  Ho,  Donald  D. 
Trunkey.  Los  Altos,  CA,  Lange  Medical 
Publications,  1983.  Pp.  738.  ($24) 

This  738-page  book  is  the  finest  text 
and  reference  book  concerning  emer- 
gency medicine  that  I have  read  in  the 
many  years  that  I have  been  involved  in 
emergency  medicine.  It  covers  every 
medical  emergency  that  physicians, 
whether  in  or  out  of  the  hospital  emer- 
gency department,  may  come  up  against. 

Every  chapter  includes  a narrative 
portion,  and  every  subject  is  covered 
with  tables,  diagrams,  and  radiograms 
illustrating  the  emergency  where  appli- 
cable. Every  page  in  the  book  is  utilized 
including  the  covers:  the  inside  front 
cover  lists  drugs  commonly  used  in- 
travenously in  emergencies,  and  the 
back  cover  shows  the  composition  of 
commonly  used  intravenous  solutions. 

The  book  deals  with  medical  emer- 
gencies, and  includes  the  design,  oper- 
ation, and  staffing  of  the  hospital  emer- 
gency department,  the  management  of 
mass  casualties,  and  emergency  care  and 
the  law.  In  addition,  there  is  a special 
illuminating  chapter  on  emergency 
procedures. 

This  book  should  be  in  every  hospital 
emergency  department  and  used  as  a 
text  in  the  hospital  or  reference  at  home 
by  the  physician. 

Jack  R.  Karel,  M.D. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  2— FEBRUARY  1984 


1 55 


Primary  Prevention  of 
Coronary  Heart  Disease:  A 
Practical  Guide  for  the 
Clinician 

Richard  N.  Podell,  M.D.,  and  Michael 
M.  Stewart,  M.D.,  (eds).  Menlo  Park, 
CA,  Addison- Wesley  Publishing  Com- 
pany, 1983.  Pp.  340. 

Primary  Prevention  of  Coronary  Heart 
Disease  is  a guide  designed  for  the  physi- 
cian, in  focusing  on  the  traditional 
cardiac  risk  factors:  smoking,  hyper- 
tension, hyperlipidemia,  diabetes 
mellitus,  obesity,  Type  A behavior,  and 
lack  of  exercise. 

Each  chapter  starts  with  a brief  over- 
view for  the  reader  to  establish  summary 
thoughts  on  the  specific  risk  factor  and 
then  proceeds  with  a clear  and  under- 
standable review  of  the  current  scientific 
issues  around  the  risk  factor,  ending 
with  advice  to  be  given  the  patient  on 
primary  prevention. 

The  subjects  discussed  have  annotated 
bibliographies,  figures,  charts,  tables, 
and  appendices.  Also,  given  in  each 
chapter  are  names  and  addresses  of  free 
sources  of  health-care  information  and 
patient  educational  materials  pertinent 
to  coronary  heart  disease. 

This  guide  can  find  some  use  in  the 
hands  of  health-care  personnel  as  a sup- 
plement to  other  standard  textbooks  on 
heart  disease. 

Harry  M.  Poppick,  M.D. 

The  Youngest  Science 

Lewis  Thomas,  M.D.  New  York,  NY, 
Viking  Press,  1983.  ($14.75) 

Thomas  is  an  academician,  scientist, 
researcher,  and  chancellor,  but  primarily 
a physician  who  understands  medicine 
and  its  ways.  Although  the  format  of 


this  book  is  autobiographical,  it  serves 
as  an  overview  of  medical  practice  in  the 
20th  century — when  medicine  was 
changing  from  an  art  to  a science. 
Thomas  went  to  Princeton  and  Harvard, 
but  his  observations  parallel  that  of  any 
other  medical  student  in  the  1930s, 
1940s,  and  1950s. 

Thomas  speaks  of  touching  as  being 
the  most  effective  act  of  physicians 
(“The  doctor's  oldest  skill  in  trade  was 
to  place  his  hands  on  the  patient.”),  and 
decries  the  mechanizations  and  aloof- 
ness of  modern  practice  (“Medicine  is 
no  longer  the  laying  on  of  hands,  it  is 
more  like  the  reading  of  signals  from 
machines.”).  He  stresses  that  the  new 
technologies  leave  little  time  for  talking 
with  patients  and  states  that  often  their 
longest  and  most  personal  conversations 
are  “discussions  of  finances  and  in- 
surance, engaged  in  by  personnel  trained 
in  accountancy,  whose  scientific  instru- 
ments are  the  computers.”  He  calls  for 
the  preservation  of  the  uniquely  subtle, 
personal  relationship  between  doctor 
and  patient:  “To  do  it  right  has  never 
been  easy;  it  takes  the  best  of  doctors, 
the  best  of  friends.” 

Thomas  picks  neurology  as  the  most 
fascinating  of  all  fields  of  medicine,  and 
his  chapter  on  that  subject  explains  why. 
It  was  his  early  interest  in  this  field  that 
made  him  the  superb  scientist  he  is; 
would  that  every  physician  had  his 
enthusiasm  for  research!  He  feels  “the 
key  to  a long,  contented  life  in  the  lab- 
oratory is  to  have  a chronic  insoluble 
problem  and  keep  working  at  it.”  His 
comparison  of  the  human  mind  with 
artificial  intelligence  (the  computer)  is 
fascinating — he  admires  the  latter,  but 
respects  the  former  and  acknowledges 
that  he  does  not  understand  it:  “My  own 
mind,  fallible,  error-prone,  forgetful,  un- 
predictable, and  ungovernable,  is  way 


over  my  head.” 

Thomas  traces  his  rise  up  the  lad' i 
of  academic  success — from  a naval  ul 
of  the  Rockefeller  Institute  Hospital] 
Guam  and  Okinawa  in  1942,  to  the  f'4 
tional  Institutes  of  Health  in  BetheS' , 
to  Johns  Hopkins  (pediatrics),  to  Tub  ; 
(microbiology  and  immunology),  to  3 
University  of  Minnesota  (pediatrics  al 
medicine),  to  New  York  University  C • 
lege  of  Medicine  (pathology),  J 
Bellevue  (medicine),  to  being  a memli 
of  the  New  York  City  Board  of  Heal 
He  took  a sabbatical  leave  at  the  Univ  : 
sity  of  Cambridge  to  work  on  1 
placenta.  He  became  the  dean  of  tr 
medical  schools  (New  York  Universi 
and  Yale),  and  finally  reached  his  pi  nr  * 
cle  as  chancellor  of  the  Memorial  Slot 
Kettering  Cancer  Center. 

He  is  a skillful  writer.  In  the  chapt 
“Illness,”  he  describes  vividly  how  d 
ficult  it  is  for  a doctor  to  be  a patiei 
His  glimpses  into  his  inner  self  (1 
colon,  his  mesenteric  vessels,  and  1 
knee  joint)  are  vivid  and  told  with 
subtle  sense  of  humor.  Thomas  co 
eludes  that  his  existence  is  not  in  t 
midst  of  his  bodily  parts,  but  perha 
“an  assemblage  of  electromagnetic  pz 
tides”  beyond  his  management,  runnii 
itself. 

The  appendix  is  full  of  “some  i ter 
of  verse”  which  added  to  his  incon: 
during  internship  and  residency.  T1 
tirst  stanza  of  “Millennium”  should  l 
enough  to  stimulate  you  to  read  the  re 
of  the  poem,  and,  in  fact,  the  who 
book,  which  I am  sure  will  become 
classic:  “It  will  be  soft,  the  sound  th; 
we  will  hear/  When  we  have  reached  til 
end  of  time  and  light./  A quiet,  fin; 
noise  within  the  air/  Before  we  are  re 
turned  into  the  night.” 

John  S.  Madara,  M.E! 


156 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


NFQRMATPN  FOR  AUTHORS 


The  Journal,  the  official  organ  of  the 
ledical  Society  of  New  Jersey,  is  pub- 
jshed  monthly  under  the  direction  of  the 
ommittee  on  Publication.  The  goals  of 
he  Journal  are  educational  and  in- 
prmational.  All  material  published  in 
he  Journal  is  copyrighted  by  the  Medi- 
al Society  of  New  Jersey. 

ONTENT 

The  educational  content  of  each  issue 
ppears  as  scientific  articles,  based  on 
Ipsearch,  original  concepts  relative  to 
bidemiology  of  disease,  and  treatment 
aethodology;  case  reports  based  on  un- 
sual  clinical  experiences;  review 
articles;  clinical  notes,  succinct  items  on 
pme  aspect  or  new  observation  or  tech- 
fique  of  a case  experience;  and  special 
yrticles,  which  include  evaluations,  poli- 
|y  and  position  papers,  and  reviews  of 
jonscientific  subjects.  Other  topics  in- 
clude commentary  (critical  narration); 
jiedical  history;  therapeutic  drug  in- 
prmation;  pediatric  briefs;  nutrition  up- 
date, and  an  opinion  column.  Editorials 
re  prepared  by  the  Editor  and  by  guest 
jontributors  on  timely  and  relevant  sub- 
lets; editorials  are  the  responsibility  of 
,ie  author.  The  Doctors'  Notebook  sec- 
on  contains  organizational,  informa- 
onal,  and  administrative  items  from 
MSNJ  and  from  the  community . Letters 
b the  Editor  and  book  reviews  are 
/elcome  and  will  be  published  as  space 
ermits.  The  principal  aim  in  the  prepa- 
jation  of  contribution  should  be  rel- 
vance  to  diagnosis  and  treatment  and 
,o  education  of  patients  and  pro- 
essionals.  Preference  will  be  given  to 
professional  authors  from  New  Jersey 
nd  to  out-of-state  lecturers  who  submit 
. suitable  manuscript  based  on  a presen- 
ation  made  in  New  Jersey. 

VSSIGNMENT  OF  COPYRIGHT 

In  compliance  with  the  Copyright  Re- 
'ision  Act  of  1976  (effective  January  1, 
978),  a transmittal  letter  or  a separate 
tatement  accompanying  material  of- 
ered  to  The  Journal  of  the  Medical 
Society  of  New  Jersey  must  contain  the 
ollowing  language  and  must  be  signed 
)y  all  authors: 

“In  consideration  of  The  Journal  of 


the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  tak- 
ing action  in  reviewing  and  editing  my 
submission,  the  author(s)  undersigned 
hereby  transfers,  assigns,  or  otherwise 
conveys  all  copyright  ownership  to  the 
Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey,  in  the 
event  that  such  work  is  published  in  The 
Journal,  MSNJ.” 

SPECIFICATIONS 

Submit  two  manuscripts  that  must  be 
typewritten  and  double-spaced  on 
8-1  /2"  by  11”  paper.  This  material  is  for 
the  exclusive  use  of  The  Journal  and  will 
not  be  published  elsewhere  except  in 
abstract  form  or  with  the  consent  of  the 
Committee  on  Publication.  Statistical 
methods  used  in  articles  should  be  iden- 
tified. Acknowledgments  will  be  made 
only  for  specific  preparation  of  an  essen- 
tial part  of  the  manuscript. 

Authors  are  asked  to  seek  clarity, 
accuracy,  and  originality;  attention  to 
details  of  grammar,  spelling,  and  typing 
are  important. 

The  title  page  should  include  the  full 
name,  degrees,  and  affiliations  of  all 
authors,  and  the  name  and  address  of 
the  author  to  whom  reprint  requests 
should  be  sent. 

The  author  should  submit  a 50-word 
abstract  to  be  used  at  the  beginning  of 
the  article. 

Tables  must  be  typewritten  and 
double-spaced  on  separate  8-1/2”  by 
11”  sheets,  with  a title  and  number. 
Symbols  for  units  should  be  confined  to 
column  headings,  and  abbreviations, 
properly  explained,  should  be  kept  to  a 
minimum. 

Illustrations  should  be  professional 
quality,  black-and-white  glossy  prints. 
The  name  of  the  author,  figure  number, 
and  the  top  of  the  figure  should  be  noted 
on  a label  attached  to  the  back  of  each 
illustration.  Where  photographs  of  pa- 
tients are  used,  the  subjects  should  not 
be  identifiable  or  publication  per- 
mission, signed  by  the  subject  or  respon- 
sible person,  must  be  included  with  the 
photograph.  Material  taken  from  other 
publications  must  give  credit  to  the 
source;  written  permission  for  republica- 
tion from  the  original  publisher  must  be 
submitted.  The  cost  of  color  photo- 


graphs must  be  borne  by  the  author. 

Generic  names  should  be  used  with 
proprietary  names  indicated  parenthet- 
ically or  as  a footnote  with  the  first  use 
of  the  generic  name.  Proprietary  names 
of  devices  should  be  indicated  by  the 
registration  symbol — ®. 

The  summary  of  the  article  should  not 
exceed  250  words;  it  should  contain  only 
essential  facts. 

References  should  not  exceed  35  cita- 
tions except  in  review  articles,  and 
should  be  cited  consecutively  in  the  text 
by  numbers  in  parentheses  at  the  end  of 
the  sentence.  The  reference  list  should  be 
typewritten  and  double-spaced  on  sepa- 
rate 8-1/2”  by  11”  sheets  in  the  numer- 
ical order  in  which  they  are  first  cited  in 
the  text.  The  style  of  reference  is  that  of 
Index  Medicus: 

1.  Goldwyn  RM:  Subcutaneous  mas- 
tectomy. J Med  Soc  NJ  74:1050-1052, 
1977. 

2.  Dixon  WJ,  Massey  FJ:  Introduc- 
tion to  Statistical  Analysis.  New  York, 
NY,  McGraw-Hill,  1969,  Pp.  42-48. 

PUBLICATION  POLICY 

Receipt  of  each  manuscript  will  be 
acknowledged  and  a copy  delivered  to 
the  Editor  who  refers  the  paper  to  one  or 
more  members  of  the  Editorial  Board. 
The  final  decision  is  reserved  for  the 
Editor.  No  direct  contact  between  the 
reviewers  and  the  authors  will  be  per- 
mitted, but  authors  will  be  informed  of 
the  reviewers’  comments.  The  publica- 
tion lag  for  original  articles  may  be  six 
months  or  more.  Galley  proofs  will  be 
submitted  to  the  author  for  correction  of 
typographical  errors. 

REPRINT  ORDERS 

Reprints  may  be  ordered  after  the 
author  is  notified  that  the  article  has 
been  selected  for  a specific  issue  of 
JMSNJ.  A check  for  the  cost  of  reprints 
including  remake  charge  if  order  is  re- 
ceived after  due  date  must  accompany 
the  order. 

COMMUNICATIONS 

All  communications  should  be  sent  to 
the  Editor,  The  Journal,  MSNJ,  2 Prin- 
cess Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648. 


70L.  81— NUMBER  2— FEBRUARY  1984 


157 


CLASSIFIED  ADVERTISEMENTS 


ANESTHESIOLOGIST— Board  certified, 
experienced  anesthesiologist  seeks  position  in 
Central  or  South  Jersey.  Broad  clinical  ex- 
perience in  all  phases  of  Anesthesiology. 
Small  hospital  preferred.  Resume  and  details 
on  request.  Reply  to  Mainland  Anesthesia 
P.A.,  52  East  New  York  Avenue,  Somers 
Point,  NJ  08244.  Call  (609)  927-7782. 


GASTROENTEROLOGIST-University 

trained.  Trained  in  all  procedures  including 
ERCP,  laparoscopy,  sclerotherapy.  Seeks 
practice  opportunities  in  New  Jersey  begin- 
ning July  1984.  Contact  Dr.  H.L. 
Kirschebaum,  780  Woolley  Avenue,  Staten 
Island,  NY  10314. 


GENERAL  PRACTITIONER— Desires  in- 
dustrial, pharmaceutical  or  similar  position. 
Semi-retired,  age  55,  (201)  545-4339. 


GENERAL  SURGEON— Board  certified, 
wishes  to  join  another  surgeon  or  a group  in 
area  of  Monmouth  County  or  adjoining 
counties.  If  interested  please  contact  Dr. 
Hasan  (201)  972-1584. 


INTERNIST — Board  eligible,  looking  for  an 
opportunity  to  join  group  practice  in  North 
or  Central  New  Jersey  starting  July  1984. 
Please  call  (201)  533-1982  or  contact  Dr. 
Bardmesser,  145  Sycamore  Avenue,  Liv- 
ingston, NJ  07039. 


OB/GYN — Board  certified,  35,  experienced. 
Wants  to  relocate.  Solo,  group  or  partner- 
ship. Available  immediately.  Write  Box  No. 
66,  JMSNJ. 


OPHTHALMOLOGIST — Board  eligible,  July 
1984,  Board  certified  Pediatrics  (1982),  age 
29,  desires  partnership  or  group.  Available 
July  1984.  Write  Box  No.  65,  JMSNJ. 


PHYSICIAN — Semi-retired,  age  57,  seeking 
part  time  or  full  time  position.  Preferable  in- 
dustrial clinic.  Telephone  (201)  224-5252. 


NEEDED  ASSOCIATE  — Pediatrician, 
board  certified;  seeks  associate,  board  certi- 
fied/eligible, to  join  well  established  practice. 
Excellent  opportunity.  Northern  New  Jersey 
near  New  York  City.  Write  Box  No.  40, 
JMSNJ. 


DIAGNOSTIC  RADIOLOGIST— Board 
certified,  trained  in  general  diagnosis,  nuclear 
medicine,  special  procedures,  C.T.  and  ultra- 
sound. Available  full  or  part-time;  group 
practice  or  hospital  based;  North  or  Central 
New  Jersey.  Can  also  provide  mobile  ultra- 
sound and  office  consultation.  Reply  to  Box 
No.  63,  JMSNJ. 


NEEDED  INTERNIST— Board  certified/ 
board  eligible.  Must  have  had  training  in 
cardiology,  gastroenterology  and  endoscopy 
for  Associate  position  in  busy  general  prac- 
tice Northern  New  Jersey  suburban  setting. 
Submit  resume  to  Box  No.  56,  JMSNJ. 


NEEDED  OB/GYN — To  join  solo  practice  in 
South  Jersey  Shore  area.  Growing  area.  One 
hour  from  Philadelphia.  Write  Box  No.  42, 
JMSNJ. 


NEEDED  PHYSICIANS— Family  Practice  in 
Central  Jersey  needs  doctor  with  malpractice 
insurance  to  work  occasional  Saturdays  and 
weekdays  or  week  nights.  (201)  722-2522. 


NEEDED  PHYSICIANS— New  Free  Stand- 
ing Emergency  Clinic  in  Central  Jersey  needs 
Medical  Director  plus  full  and  part-time 
physicians.  Write  P.O.  Box  6485, 
Bridgewater,  NJ  08807. 


INTERNAL  MEDICINE-Board  eligible, 
general  internist  with  extensive  emergency 
room  experience  seeking  group  practice  of 
internal  medicine  or  emergency  room  pos- 
ition. Northern  New  Jersey  area.  Available 
July  1984.  Please  call  (212)  645-4616.  Steven 
Wolinsky,  M.D.  Curriculum  vitae  and  refer- 
ences available  upon  request. 


NEEDED  PRIMARY  CARE  PHYSICIANS 

— Private  fee-for-service  practice  in  new,  fully 
equipped  suburban  offices.  All  personnel  sup- 
plies, and  management  services  provided. 
This  is  an  excellent  opportunity  for  phys- 
icians with  a good  “bedside”  manner 
interested  in  developing  a lucrative  practice 
and  still  desiring  time  for  the  pursuit  of  hap- 
piness. Reply  to:  Neighborhood  Doctor  Cor- 
poration, 901  Long  Beach  Blvd.,  Ship  Bot- 
tom, NJ  08008. 


NEEDED  RADSOLOGIST-Part  time,  2 
mornings  per  week.  Ocean  County.  Prefer 
competent  retired  person.  Write  Box  No.  62, 
JMSNJ. 


ALLERGY  PRACTICE — Allergist  certified 
or  board  eligible  for  Purchase  of  very  de- 
sirable Practice,  child  and  adult.  Central  NJ. 
Write  Box  No.  47,  JMSNJ. 


PRACTICE  FOR  SALE— ENT,  established 
16  years.  Fully  equipped  modern  office.  Ex- 
cellent location.  Terms  available.  Deceased- 
immediate.  Vineland,  NJ.  Close  to  Atlantic 
City  and  Philadelphia.  (609)  692-2536. 


PRACTICE  FOR  SALE— OB/GYN.  Im- 
mediately in  Northern  Monmouth  County, 
near  two  accredited  hospitals  in  appealing 
residential  community.  Will  introduce.  (201) 
264-7763. 


PRACTICE  FOR  SALE-Pediatrics.  L(ji 
established  practice,  V2  block  from  hospi  . « 
Property  and  equipment.  Located  in  Midc- 
sex  County.  Will  introduce.  Write  Box  FJ 
64,  JMSNJ. 


PRACTICE  FOR  SALE  OR  RENT— Farr 
Practice,  for  sale  or  rent  office  and  equipimi 
near  a 550  bed  teaching  hospital  in  Milil 
mouth  County.  Call  after  6 P.M.  (2tJ 
681-2566. 


- 


FOR  SALE  OR  RENT— Fully  equipped  a 
furnished  medical  office  building  includi 
small  medical  practice,  ECG,  x-ray  machin/  ’ 
therapeutic  ultrasound,  Pulmonor.  Good  1 ff 
cation.  Kearny.  Call  after  8 P.M.  (2C  r 
746-1709. 


FOR  SALE— OFFICE  SPACE.  Rosel 
modern  2,400  square  feet,  6 treatment  roor 
and  4 consultation  rooms.  On-site  parkin 
Warinanco  Medical  Building.  Phone  (20 
687-0102. 


OFFICE  SPACE  SHARE  NEEDED— Boa 

certified  internist  desires  office  spaces 
Camden  County  (Cherry  Hill,  Haddonfie 
area)  or  Salem  County  area.  Call  Dr.  Chi 
(513)  475-4368. 


OFFICE  FOR  SHARE — Highland  Park,  9( 

square  feet  office  space,  fully  equipped.  Ne; 
hospital,  minimal  rent.  $250.00  per  mont 
including  utility  and  equipment.  For  detai 
call  (201)  545-2045. 


OFFICE  SPACE  TO  SHARE— Morristowi 
central  location.  Near  hospital,  full 
equipped,  newly  decorated.  All  utilities  it 
eluded.  Ample  parking  available.  Near  publ 
transportation.  Available  immediately.  (20 
267-2555. 


SHARE  OFFICE — Ridgewood,  near  Valle 
Hospital,  Prime  medical  space,  new  building 
large  parking  lot,  easily  accessible  on  mail 
road.  Call  (201)  652-6060. 


OFFICE  SPACE  TO  SHARE— Westfield 
central  location.  Near  hospital,  full; 
equipped,  attractively  decorated.  All  utilitie 
included.  Ample  parking  available.  Near  pub 
lie  transportation.  Available  immediately 
(201)  267-2555. 


OFFICE  FOR  RENT — Bergen  Count) 
Ridgefield,  NJ.  Office  for  rent,  700  squar 
feet.  Call  (201)  833-01 17. 


^,E'NF0RMAT10N  F°R  MEMBERS:  55  00  Per  insertion  up  to  25  words;  10  cents  each  additional  word.  Payable  in  advance.  WORD 
COUNT:  Count  as  one  word  all  single  words,  two  initials  of  a name,  each  abbreviation,  isolated  numbers,  groups  of  numbers,  hyphenated 

^°rd^  3nd  address  as  hve  words’  telephone  number  as  one  word,  and  “Write  Box  No.  000,  c/o  JMSNJ”  as  six  words. 

COPY  DEADLINE:  Fifth  of  preceding  month. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


158 


CLASSIFIED  ADVERTISEMENTS 


i'FICE  SPACE — For  immediate  occupancy 
iivv,  modern,  energy  efficient  rental  500  to 
KtOO  square  feet  available  from  $5  per  foot. 

!,000  residents  within  three  mile  radius, 
use  to  Philadelphia,  Atlantic  City  in  Cen- 
1 Jersey  shore  area.  Internists  and  special- 
les  needed.  Ideal  for  main/satellite  office. 
11  (201)  350-1008. 


OFFICE  SPACE — Southern  NJ,  Gloucester 
Township,  Camden  County.  Office  suite  in 
new  medical  building  for  rent;  1000  or  2000 
square  foot  suites  available.  Located  in  rapid- 
ly growing,  highly  desirable  area,  near  several 
large  hospitals.  Ideal  for  family  practice  or 
specialist.  Building  to  be  completed  late  1984. 
Call  Dr.  Ribatsky  (609)  227-2221. 


OFFICE  SPACE — North  Haledon.  Two  side 
by  side  750  square  feet  suites  available  in 
professional  building  close  to  Paterson  Gen- 
eral Hospital.  Immediate  occupancy.  Will 
alter  to  suit  or  Purchase  the  entire  3000 
square  foot  building.  Free  basement  storage. 
Call  (201)  427-7500. 


I TICE  SPACE— Ed  ison,  1 ,2 1 4 square  feet, 
l oom,  bathroom,  carpeted,  near  all  high- 
■ ys  and  hospitals,  on-site  parking.  Avail- 

Re  immediately.  Call  Dr.  Bronstein  (201) 
1-8000. 


>:FICE  FOR  RENT — Edison,  1,300  square 
fij'-t,  new  building,  172  Amboy  Avenue. 
Inple  parking,  no  steps.  Near  Perth  Amboy 
Id  JFK  hospitals.  Call  (201)  442-4444. 

| 


OFFICE  FOR  RENT  OR  SHARE — Hazlet, 
Holmdel  area,  600  to  1500  square  feet, 
furnished,  ample  parking.  Close  to  hospital. 
Call  (201)  264-7763. 


OFFICE  SPACE — Moorestown,  NJ.  Vic- 
toria Medical  Arts  Building.  Renting  custom 
medical  offices  in  new  building.  Ideal  for 
radiologist,  orthopedist,  urologist,  general 
surgeon,  industrial  physician.  Excellent  lo- 
cation and  parking.  Call  (609)  235-2651. 


OFFICE  FOR  RENT — Professional  office  for 
rent,  approximately  710  square  feet  near 
Dover  General  Hospital.  Near  Routes  80  and 
46.  Morris  County,  NJ.  Telephone  (201) 
366-2557. 


FOR  SALE — Boat.  1982  Sea  Ray  Sedan  26 
foot,  all  extras.  Call  (201)  864-7172. 


RATE  INFORMATION  FOR  MEMBERS:  $5.00  per  insertion  up  to  25  words;  10  cents  each  additional  word.  Payable  in  advance.  WORD 
lOUNT:  Count  as  one  word  all  single  words,  two  initials  of  a name,  each  abbreviation,  isolated  numbers,  groups  of  numbers,  hyphenated 
Cords.  Count  name  and  address  as  five  words,  telephone  number  as  one  word,  and  “Write  Box  No.  000,  c/o  JMSNJ”  as  six  words. 
DOPY  DEADLINE:  Fifth  of  preceding  month. 


NEW  YORK 
FERTILITY  RESEARCH 
FOUNDATION,  INC. 

I or  the  Investigation  of 

Problems  of  Human  Infertility 

'The  Foundation  provides  a complete 
[diagnostic  and  consultation  service  for  in- 
fertile couples.  Investigations  are  con- 
ducted by  well-known  specialists  in  con- 
junction with  consultants  in  the  various 
fields  of  medicine  related  to  infertility. 

tThe  Foundation  is  supported  by  an  in- 
jhouse  modern  laboratory  equipped  to  do 
most  tests  required  for  diagnosis  and 
-Treatment.  Literature  on  request. 

1430  Second  Avenue,  Suite  103 
New  York,  N.Y.  10021 
Phone:  (212)  744-5500 


Personnel 
See  Page  160 


OFFICE  SUITE 

Millburn  Ave.,  Maplewood-small  prof.  bldg.  1 
suite  avail.  Approx.  1000  sq.  ft.  $1,200.00 
mth.— set  for  M.D.,  etc.  3 trmt.  rms.,  sml.  kitchen, 
x-ray  r m . , lav.,  waiting  rm.,  Nurse  station  & 
storage— 1st  fir. 

Call  L.L.  Leifer,  Esq.,  Days  (201)  763-8555,  Eve. 
(201)  325-8630. 


OL.  81— NUMBER  2— FEBRUARY  1984 


159 


Need  A Temporary  Physician? 

CompHealth  treats  your  practice  as  if  it  were  our 
own  during:  vacations,  CMEs,  recruiting,  clinic 

start-up  or  other  absences. 

Want  Free  Time  While  You 
Practice  Medicine? 

Join  CompHealth’s  Locum  Tenens  Physician  Group. 

★ 

For  further  information  about  temporary  coverage 
or  locum  tenens  practice  opportunities,  call: 

g CompHealth 

A Physician  Group 

WILSON  ROSS,  Regional  Administrator 
114  Centennial  Avenue 
Sewickley,  PA  15143 
Telephone:  412/741-3310 


T°  Career  Oriented  F 


Can  you  =,  n tmer9ency  Merlin 

E-p- A.  Offers-  °r  ca"  fc09j  848.S,  ?°x  29». 


0 MCor— nc°me 

0 F)  3 PraCf'Ce  lnsurance 
exib/e  schedule 
® credits 

® Closl"  ^ ^ SeWn9s 

Ch«l'en!,e? 


PHYSICIANS 

U.S.  NAVY  MEDICAL  DEPARTMENT 
An  Equal  Opportunity  Employer 

Positions  are  presently  available  in  the  following  areas: 

• General  surgery  & Surgical  Specialties  • Ortho  Surgery  • Pathology  • Anesthesiology 

• Neurology  • Family  Practice  • Other  Specialties  • Preventive/Occupational  Medicine 

NAVY  MEDICINE 

• Provides  the  qualified  physician  with  the  opportunities  to  become  a member  of  global  health  care  system. 

• Is  practiced  in  excellent  medical  facilities  in  conjunction  with  a highly  professional  staff  of  support 
personnel. 

• Allows  the  physician  the  advantage  of  experiencing  all  aspects  of  medicine  including  teaching,  research, 
administration  and  graduate  medical  education  without  the  associated  career  disruption. 

• Provides  the  physician  with  an  officer’s  commission  with  attendant  benefits  and  privileges. 

Basic  qualifications  for  a commission  as  a NAVY  physician  include  U.S.  citizenship  and  excellent  pro- 
fessional references. 

For  a preliminary  review  of  your  qualifications,  send  your  curriculum  vitae  to: 

MEDICAL  PROGRAMS,  CODE  MD20 
NAVY  RECRUITING  DISTRICT 
128  NORTH  BROAD  STREET 
PHILADELPHIA,  PA  19102 
(COLLECT)  (215)  568-2042 
ATTN:  LT  PAT  DAY 


160 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE\ 


Psychological  Effects 
>f  Rhinoplasty 


Send  this  coupon 
for  no-obligation 
information 
of  the  savings 
eider 
the  Medical 
Society  of 
New  Jersey 
Endorsed 
Insurance 
Fkis 


Check  this  list 
against  your 
coverages  . . . . 

□ $5000  Monthly  Guaranteed 
Convertible  Accident  and  Health 

□ $10,000  Monthly  Practice 
Overhead  Expense 

□ $1,250,000  Term  Life  Insurance 

□ $500  Deductible 
COMPREHENSIVE 
MILLION-DOLLAR  MAJOR 
MEDICAL  PLAN— No  other 
coverage  needed — Issuable  to  Age 
69 

□ $15,000  Deductible  MILLION- 
DOLLAR  UMBRELLA 
MAJOR  MEDICAL  PLAN  for 
holders  of  Blue  Cross  and  other 
Major  Medical  Plans — Issuable 
to  Age  69 

□ $100-a-day  Hospital  Income 
Policy 

□ $200,000  High  Limit  Accident 
Plan 

□ Keogh  and  Corporate  Plan 
NOW!  $15,000  KEOGH 


E.  & W.  Blanksteen 
Agency,  Inc. 

E.  & W.  Blanksteen 

75  Montgomery  St., 
Jersey  City,  N.J.  07302 

(201)  333-4340 
or  (800)  742-2849 


Name: 

Address: 


Tel.  No. 


Best  Time  To  Call 


Z3S5  3S5  (SB  as  OB 


SB  GS9  as  SB 


k. 


JUNE  WALKER 


“The  essence  of  any  fine  Respiratory  Therapy  Program, 
is  the  quality  of  care  and  diversity  of  systems.  That’s 
why  I insist  our  therapists  be  familiar  with  the  most  re- 
cent innovations  and  pay  careful  attention  to  proper  pro- 
cedures.”—June  Walker,  Dir.  of  Respiratory  Services 


• Liquid  Oxygen 

• 02  Cylinders 

• Concentrators 

• Portables 

• Free  Disposable 
Supplies 


Delivery  and  Initial 
Medication 

Same  Day  Set-up 

Monthly  Visits  by 
Our  Therapists 


Progress  Reports 
to  the  Physician 

Instruction  in  Chest 
Physicial  Therapy  & 
Postural  Drainage 


Director  of  Respiratory  Services 


l-)... the  Home  Health  Care  Company 


Serving  the  Greater  Metropolitan  Area 

CALL  TOLL  FREE  - NORTHERN  N.J.  (800)  452-9777  SOUTHERN  N.J.  (800)  392-6936 
OUTSIDE  NEW  JERSEY  CALL  COLLECT  - (201)  227-1800 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  3— MARCH  1984 


161 


March  1984 


THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY 
OF  NEW  JERSEY 

Founded  July  23,  1 766 


Officers  and  Trustees 

President 

Alexander  D.  Kovaes.  M.D.  (Union)  Scotch  Plains 

President-elect 

Frank  Y.  Watson.  M.D.  (Essex)  Glen  Ridge 

First  Vice-President 

Ralph  J.  Fioretti,  M.D.  (Bergen)  Rochelle  Park 

Second  Vice-President 

Edward  A.  Schauer,  M.D.  (Monmouth)  Farmingdale 

Immediate  Past-President 

Howard  D.  Slobodlen.  M.D.  (Middlesex)  Metuchen 

Secretary 

Arthur  Bernstein,  M.D.  (Essex)  South  Orange 

Treasurer 

Paul  J.  Hirsch.  M.D.  (Somerset)  Bridgewater 

Trustees 

Douglas  M.  Costabile,  M.D., 

Chairman  (1984)  (Union)  Murray  Hill 

Frank  Campo,  M.D.  (1984)  (Mercer)  Trenton 

Harry  M.  Carnes,  M.D.  (1985)  (Camden)  Audubon 

Joel  S.  Cherashore,  M.D.  (1986)  (Essex)  Nutley 

John  J.  Crosby,  Jr.,  M.D.  (1984)  Jersey  City 

Palma  E.  Formica,  M.D.  (1984) 

(Middlesex)  New  Brunswick 

Harry  W.  Fullerton,  Jr..  M.D.  (1985) 

(Salem)  Carney's  Point 

Frank  Gingerelli,  M.D.  (1986)  (Bergen)  Hackensack 

William  Greifinger,  M.D.  (1984)  (Essex)  Belleville 

John  P.  Kengeter,  M.D.  (1984)  (Ocean)  Toms  River 

Edwin  W.  Messey,  M.D.  (1985)  (Burlington)  Willingboro 

Myles  C.  Morrison,  Jr.,  M.D.  (1985)  (Morris)  Morristown 

John  J.  Pastore,  M.D.  (1986)  (Cumberland)  Vineland 

Michael  R Ramundo,  M.D.  (1984)  (Passaic)  Clifton 

Councilors 

First  District 

(Essex,  Morris,  Union,  and  Warren  Counties) 

Edward  M.  Coe,  M.D.  (1984)  Cranford 

Second  District 

(Bergen,  Hudson,  Passaic,  and  Sussex  Counties) 

Robert  A.  Weinstein,  M.D.  (1986)  Newton 

Third  District 

(Hunterdon,  Mercer,  Middlesex,  and  Somerset  Counties) 

Albert  F.  Moriconi,  M.D.  (1985)  Trenton 

Fourth  District 

(Burlington.  Camden.  Monmouth,  and  Ocean  Counties) 

Frederick  W.  Durham,  M.D.  (1984)  Haddonfield 

Fifth  District 

(Atlantic,  Cape  May,  Cumberland,  Gloucester,  and 
Salem  Counties) 

Paul  H.  Steel,  M.D.  (1986)  Atlantic  City 

AMA  Delegates 

William  J.  DElia,  M.D.,  Chairman  (1985)  Spring  Lake 

Allred  A.  Alessi,  M.D.  (1984)  Hackensack 

Frederick  W.  Durham,  M.D.  (1984)  Haddonfield 

1 alma  E.  Formica,  M.D.  (1984)  New  Brunswick 

Karl  T.  Franzoni,  M.D.  (1984)  Trenton 

John  S.  Madara,  M.D  (1984)  Salem 

Henry  J.  Mineur,  M.D,  (1984)  Cranford 

Myles  C.  Morrison,  Jr.,  M.D  (1985)  Morristown 

Howard  D.  Slobodien,  M.D.  (1985)  Metuchen 


AMA  Trustee 

James  S.  Todd.  M.D.  (Ridgewood) 


Publication  Committee 

Paul  J.  Hirsch,  M.D.,  Chairman 
Dirck  L.  Brendlinger,  M.D. 

Frederick  B.  Cohen,  M.D. 

A Olusegun  Fayemi,  M.D. 

Robert  M.  MacMillan,  M.D. 

Leon  G.  Smith,  M.D. 

La  Verne  Fioretti 

Editor 

Arthur  Krosnick,  M.D. 

Managing  Editor 

Geraldine  R Hutner 

Assistant  Managing  Editor 

Dorothy  J.  Griffith 

Advertising  Manager 

E.  Elizabeth  Cookson 

Executive  Director 

Vincent  A Maressa 

Executive  Director  Emeritus 

Richard  I.  Nevin 

Editorial  Board 

Jerome  Abrams,  M.D.  (Obstet/Gynecol) 
Joseph  Alpert,  M.D.  (Vase  Surg) 

Harold  Arlen,  M.D.  (Otolaryngol) 

Alfonse  Cinotti,  M.D.  (Ophthalmol) 
Robert  Dodelson,  M.D.  (Nephrol) 

Wm.  A Dwyer,  Jr„  M.D.  (Surg) 

Norman  H.  Ertel,  M.D.  (Int  Med/Endocrinol) 
Daniel  P.  Greenfield,  M.D.  (Psychiat) 
Christine  E.  Haycock,  M.D.  (Sports  Med) 
Monroe  S.  Karetzky,  M.D.  (Pulmon  Med) 
Avrum  L.  Katcher,  M.D.  (Pediatr) 
Stanley  C.  Leonberg,  Jr.,  M.D.  (Neurol) 

Joel  D.  Levinson,  M.D.  (Gastroenterol) 
Henry  R Liss,  M.D.  (Neurosurg) 

Geobel  A Marin,  M.D.  (Int  Med/Gastroenterol) 
Donald  G.  McKaba  M.D.  (Allergy) 

Robby  Meijer,  M.D.  (Plas  Surg) 

Frank  T.  Padberg,  Jr.,  M.D.  (Surg) 
Christopher  A Papa  M.D.  (Dermatol) 
Norman  Riegel,  M.D.  (Book  Review) 
Edwin  L.  Rothfield.  M.D.  (Cardiol) 
Benjamin  F.  Rush,  Jr..  M.D.  (Surg) 
Morris  H.  Saffron,  M.D.  (Med  His) 

Mark  M.  Singer,  M.D.  (Int  Med/Endocrinol) 
Sheldon  D.  Solomon,  M.D.  (Rheum) 

Lloyd  N.  Spindell,  M.D.  (Radiol) 

A Arthur  Sugerman,  M.D.  (Psychiat) 
Stephen  F.  Wang,  M.D.  (Pediatr) 

Edwin  S.  Wilson,  M.D.  (Radiol) 

Louis  S.  Zeiger,  M.D.  (Nucl  Med) 

Robert  B.  Zufall,  M.D.  (Urol) 


The  Journal  ol  the  Medical  Society  ot  New  Jersey  (ISSN-0025-7524)  is  published  monthly  (since  1904)  except 
semimonthly  in  July  ( 13  issues),  under  direction  of  the  Committee  on  Publication,  by  the  Medical  Society  of  New 
i°  rJ  hccss  Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648.  Printed  in  East  Stroudsburg,  PA,  by  the  Hughes  Printing 
Ca  whole  numbe  issues  960.  Member’s  subscription  ($10)  is  included  in  Society  dues.  Rates  for  nonmembers, 
D . ’ outslcle  USA  : yr  postage.  Single  copies,  $2.  Address  communications  to  The  Journal  MSNJ,  Two 

rinc  ess  Road,  Lawi  >j  >.  y (609)  896-1766.  Second-class  postage  paid  at  Trenton,  NJ,  and  additional 

entry  office.  Copyngh  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey. 


162 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


essmen  don't  set 
dards.  Doctors  do 


Howard  Slobodien,  M.D.,  General  Surgeon,  Perth  Amboy-Edison,  NJ 
Immediate  PaslPresident.  Medical  Society  of^New  Jersey 


“Before  I joined  my  local  IPA 
(Individual  Practice  Associa- 
tion), which  is  a participant  in 
Health  Ways,  I needed  some 
basic  questions  answered. 

Question  1:  With  cost  con- 
tainment so  critical  to  the 
HealthWays'  philosophy,  will  I 
have  to  follow  guidelines  set  up 
by  an  accountant? 

Answer:  No.  All  the  medical 
checks  and  balances  in  Health- 
Ways  are  checked  and  balanced 
by  doctors.  Colleagues  all.  Their 
guidelines  are  far  from  arbitra- 
ry. They  not  only  make  for  good 


medicine,  they  make  good  sense. 

Question  2:  Can  I maintain 
the  high  quality  of  my  practice 
without  worrying  about  driving 
patients  to  the  poorhouse? 

Answer:  With  HealthWays' 
unique  reimbursement  policy 
— I can  and  do.  They  even  cover 
routine  check-ups,  and  you 
know  their  importance. 

Question  3:  Are  there  any 
other  practical  advantages  for 
the  physician? 

Answer:  Yes.  Several.  Since 
all  bills  are  directed  to  Health- 
Ways,  there  are  no  bad  debts 


with  my  HealthWays  patients. 
There  are  also  other  benefits 
which  you  should  check  out  for 
yourself. " 

For  answers  to  all  your  ques- 
tions and  full  information,  call 
Jon  Marsicano,  M.D.,  Vice 
President,  Medical  Affairs,  at 
201-636-6200  or  609-394-1995. 

HealttiWays 

THE  WAY  TO  BETTER  J HEALTH  CARE 


(<?  198.1 1 lealthWays  Inc 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  3— MARCH  1984 


163 


The  Journal 
of  the  Medical 
Society  of 


New  Jersey 

MARCH  1984 


Features — 

Membership  Newsletter 
Professional  Liability  Commentary 
Editorials 

Hospital  Governing  Boards 

mwa  Contributions  i— ir—n  mimm— 

1 87  Psychological  Effects  of  Rhinoplasty 

AI.  Glasgold,  M.D.,  and  S.B.  Horowitz,  Ph.D.,  New  Brunswick 
1 90  Radionuclide  Testicular  Scanning 

J.L.  McCormack,  M.D.,  Long  Branch 

1 97  Evaluation  of  the  Suicidal  Adolescent  Patient  Admitted  to  an  Urban 

Hospital 

S.  Pierog,  M.D.,  and  A Hill,  Ph.D.,  Jersey  City 
205  A Method  of  Abdominal  Wound  Closure 

I.D.  Samson,  M.D.,  J.  Schulman,  M.D.,  J.C.  Sabo,  M.D., 

W.M.  Schulman,  M.D.,  L.W.  Silvers,  M.D.,  Lakewood 
2 1 1 Case  Report:  Aneurysm  of  the  Descending  Thoracic  Aorta 

S.K.  Agarwal,  M.D.,  J.I.  Haft,  M.D.,  M.  Bachik,  M.D.,  Newark 
2 1 7 Case  Report:  Radiographic  Findings  in  Pseudomembranous  Colitis 

RS.  Altin,  M.D.,  Long  Branch 

222  Commentary:  Whatever  Happened  to  Benign  Neglect? 

MA  Nevins,  M.D.,  Woodcliff  Lake 
229  Commentary:  The  Conroy  Case 
H.  Rothberg,  M.D.,  Princeton 

Doctors’  Notebook  — ■ 

Trustees’  Minutes:  January  15, 1984 
President’s  Column,  Alexander  D.  Kqvacs,  M.D. 

UMDNJ  Notes,  Stanley  S.  Bergen,  Jr.,  M.D. 

MSNJ  Auxiliary,  Mrs.  Gale  Wayman 
AMNJ  Report,  Paul  J.  Hirsch,  M.D. 

Physicians  Seeking  Location  in  New  Jersey 

■—MSNJ  Departments  . . 

241  CME  Calendar 

247  Letters  to  the  Editor 

249  Book  Reviews 

25 1 Obituaries 

253  Information  for  Authors 


235 

236 

237 

237 

238 
238 


167 

175 

180 

185 


On  The  Cover:  Do  people  who 
undergo  a change  in  appearance 
change  in  a positive  psychological 
sense?  Drs.  Glasgold  and  Hor- 
owitz assess  the  consequences  of 
rhinoplasty  to  answer  this  ques- 
tion. The  full  story  begins  on  page 
187.  The  cover  illustration  is  by 
Glenna  Deutsch. 


164 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


<¥> 


AID  SERVICE  CORPORATION 

Specializing  in  allergy  and  immunology  testing. 

One  of  our  greatest 
contributions  to  medicine  is  giving 
you  more  time  to  practice  and  an 
opportunity  to  provide  more  services 

for  your  patients. 


MODERN 

Over  the  years  you  may  have 
heard  a lot  of  controversy 
about  the  modified  RAST  test 
versus  the  old  scratch  and 
stick  test  methods  of  allergy 
diagnosis.  What  you  haven’t 
heard  much  about  is  how  to 
modernize  and  upgrade  your 
practice  so  that  you  can  get 
more  time  for  the  things  you 
really  want  to  do.  AID  can  help 
you  with  that. 

SAFE  and  ACCURATE 

Because  we  offer  a safe, 
efficient  and  accurate 
method  of  providing  the 
patient  with  fast,  precise, 
definitive  allergy  diagnosis 
and  treatment  capability,  we 
can  save  you  the  irreplace- 
able time  you’d  lose  by  con- 
tinuing to  perform  skin  tests. 
If  you  are  referring  patients 
for  these  tests  now,  we  can 
offer  to  you  a system  that 
allows  you  to  confirm  an 
allergy  diagnosis  by  merely 


drawing  a blood  sample. 
Treatment  extracts  based  on 
serum  levels  of  specific  IgE 
are  available  on  your  request. 

COMPREHENSIVE 

Our  comprehensive  services 
include  a broad  range  of  in- 
vitro  diagnostic  tests  per- 
formed on  human  serum  for 
the  diagnosis  of  allergic  and 
immune  deficiency  diseases. 

In  fact,  we  can  perform  specific 
tests  for  almost  200  different 
types  of  allergies  on  a blood 
sample.  These  results  can  con- 
firm the  presence  of  IgE  medi- 
ated (type  I)  allergy  and  can 
form  the  basis  for  rational  im- 
munotherapy based  upon  the 
quantitative  levels  of  IgE  to  a 
specific  allergen. 

CONVENIENT 

In  addition,  our  method 
increases  the  patients  accep- 
tance, while  reducing  costs, 
and  increases  your  office  pro- 
ductivity by  reducing  con- 


gestion. Its  also  ideal  for 
infants  and  children  who  are 
afraid  of  skin  tests,  patients 
with  skin  conditions  that  con- 
traindicate skin  tests  and 
those  who  can  not  discontinue 
medication  that  would  inter- 
fere with  skin  tests. 

EFFICIENT 

If  you’d  like  to  spend  more 
time  successfully  treating  pa- 
tients, instead  of  wasting  time 
and  energy  on  costly  and 
time-consuming  methods, 
call  your  AID  expert  today. 

V* 

Allergy  Immunology 
Diagnostic  Service  Corp. 

P.O.  Box  F 

Maywood.  New  Jersey  07607 
(201)  836-2844 
or  call  toll-free: 

(800)  631-1379 


AID  SERVICE  CORPORATION  uses  quality  reagents  from  VENTREX  LABS,  INC. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  3— MARCH  1984 


165 


Additional  information  available 
to  the  profession  on  request. 


000823 


Dista  Products  Company 

Division  of  Eli  Lilly  and  Company 
Indianapolis,  Indiana  46285 
Mfd.  by  Eli  Lilly  Industries,  Inc. 
Carolina,  Puerto  Rico  00630 


166 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Membership 

Newsletter 


THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


VOLUME  9 


MEDIA  TECHNIQUES  SEMINAR 

The  Council  on  Public  Relations  and  MSNJ  are 
aware  of  the  necessity  of  enlightening  our  membership 
with  the  proper  procedures  for  dealing  with  the  vari- 
ous media. 

There  was  considerable  enthusiasm  from  the  phy- 
sicians who  attended  the  first  seminar  on  media  tech- 
niques and  all  their  suggestions  have  been  in- 
corporated into  the  second  seminar  to  make  it  even 
better. 

This  is  an  excellent  opportunity  to  leam  how  to 
handle  media  interviews  and  gain  exposure  to  the  vari- 
ous public  relation  techniques.  Outstanding  media 
personalities  will  be  participating  in  this  seminar. 
There  will  be  ample  opportunity  for  questions  and 
answers  and  role  play  sessions. 

MSNJ  will  be  offering  its  Second  Media  Techniques 
Seminar  at  the  Executive  Offices,  Two  Princess  Road, 
Lawrenceville,  on  Wednesday,  March  21,  1984,  from 
9:00  a.m.  to  4:00  p m.  Luncheon  will  be  served. 

The  registration  will  be  limited  to  the  first  50  appli- 
cants. There  will  be  a fee  of  $30  to  cover  expenses  and 
lunch.  This  is  a tax-deductible  expense  and  a worth- 
while experience. 

MEDICAL  BRIEFS 

Prostate  Cancer  Diagnosis — A technique  for 
diagnosing  cancer  of  the  prostate  using  a needle 
biopsy  procedure  appears  to  offer  advantages  over  the 
use  of  tissue  removal  via  the  urethra  Using  needle 
biopsy,  the  needle  is  passed  through  the  perineum 
between  the  anus  and  the  scrotum  into  the  prostate 
gland.  A sample  of  prostatic  tissue  is  aspirated  for 
microscopic  examination.  This  is  much  less  traumatic 
than  tissue  extracted  via  the  urethra  There  also  is  less 
possibility  of  seeding  cancer  cells  into  the  circulation 
of  the  vascular  system. 

Prostate  Surgery— Pathological  changes  in  the 
prostate  gland  that  result  in  an  enlargement  of  the 
prostate,  particularly  in  older  men,  frequently  have 
been  treated  by  using  the  transurethral  resection 
(TUR).  A new  procedure  developed  at  John  Hopkins 
Hospital  and  reported  in  Prostate  (4:473,  1983)  offers 


a technique  that  spares  the  nerves  of  the  penis.  As 
such,  it  is  unlikely  to  cause  lasting  impotence.  The  new 
procedure  is  performed  through  the  lower  abdomen 
and  the  completeness  with  which  all  tumor  tissue  is 
removed  makes  it  likely  that  the  new  technique  will 
become  the  treatment  of  choice. 

Joint  Pain  and  Beta  Blockers— It  has  been  reported 
in  the  British  Medical  Journal  (287:1256,  1983)  that 
19  patients  who  were  receiving  beta  blockers  for  heart 
disease  or  the  treatment  of  hypertension  complained 
of  joint  pain  and  swelling.  The  joint  symptoms  quickly 
cleared  up  when  the  beta  blockers  were  removed.  Prac- 
tolol  and  propranol  were  the  drugs  used.  It  was 
suspected  that  the  drying  effect  of  the  beta  blockers 
in  the  joint  that  are  naturally  lubricated  with  synovial 
fluid  may  have  been  the  cause.  Beta  blockers  also  have 
a drying  effect  on  other  normally  moist  surfaces  such 
as  the  eye,  nose,  and  mouth.  Patients  developing  joint 
pain  while  on  beta  blockers  can  be  reassured  and 
treated  for  their  discomfort. 

PREFERRED  PROVIDER  ORGANIZATIONS* 

PPOs  generally  are  designed  to  accomplish  objectives 
that  stem  directly  from  the  reasons  for  their  establish- 
ment: 

• They  usually  are  established  as  a response  to  com- 
petitive pressures  in  the  local  health  care  market  such 
as  an  HMO  or  an  increased  number  of  physicians  com- 
peting for  patients  in  an  area.  They  also  may  be  estab- 
lished by  employers  as  a means  to  gain  some  control 
over  health  care  expenses. 

• The  PPOs  overall  goal  is  to  provide  easily  ac- 
cessible high-quality  care  at  lower  rates,  thereby  at- 
tracting a larger  share  of  the  patient  market. 

« In  order  to  accomplish  this  purpose  the  PPO  must 
be  able  to  provide  cost-effective  medical  care  while 
maintaining  high  standards  of  quality  and  access. 

There  are  essentially  three  ways  in  which  a PPO  can 
work  toward  its  objective  of  cost  effectiveness  in  the 
delivery  of  medical  care.  It  can: 

‘Reprinted  with  permission  from  A Physician's  Guide  to 
Preferred  Provider  Organizations.  American  Medical  Associa- 
tion, 1983. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  3— MARCH  1984 


167 


1 

Attendance  at  the  Board  of  Trustees’  Meetings:  County  and  Specialty 

New  Jersey,  and  Auxiliary 
May  1983— December  1983 

Atlantic  County ■ December  18 


Bergen  County 

July  1 7 
September  18 
November  20 

December  18 


Marc  J.  Crilly,  M.D.,  President-Elect 
Marc  J.  Crilly,  M.D.,  President-Elect 
Marc  J.  Crilly,  M.D.,  President-Elect 
Peter  A.  Beaugard,  M.D. 

Marc  J.  Crilly,  M.D.,  President-Elect 


Burlington  County 

December  1 8 Rodolfo  C.  Pascual,  M.D.,  President-Elect 


Middlesex  County 

May  2 

June  12 
July  17 
September  18 


Camden  County 

September  18 
November  20 


December  18 


Cape  May 

Cumberland 

November  20 

Essex  County 

May  2 


June  12 
July  17 

September  18 

November  20 

December  18 

Gloucester  County 

November  20 
December  18 

Hudson  County 

May  12 
June  12 

July  17 
September  18 


November  20 


December  18 


Hunterdon  County 

Mercer  County 

June  12 
July  17 


September  18 


November  20 


Louis  L.  Keeler,  M.D.,  President 
S,  Thomas  Carter,  Jr.,  M.D. 
Ix>uis  L.  Keeler,  M.D.,  President 
Joseph  A.  Riggs,  M.D. 

Louis  L.  Keeler,  M.D.,  President 
Lindsay  L.  Pratt,  M.D. 

Ralph  A.  Skowron,  M.D. 


L.  Willis  Allen,  M.D.,  Immediate  Past- 
President 

Mr.  Arthur  Ellenberger,  Executive 
Secretaiy 

Carolyn  W.  Watson,  M.D. 

Carolyn  W.  Watson,  M.D. 

L.  Arne  Skilbred,  M.D.,  Past-President 
Carolyn  W.  Watson,  M.D. 

Bernard  Robins,  M.D. 

Carolyn  W.  Watson,  M.D. 

Peter  Amirata  Jr..  M.D.,  President 
Carolyn  W.  Watson,  M.D. 

Bernard  Robins,  M.D. 

Carolyn  W.  Watson,  M.D. 

John  S.  Owens,  M.D.,  President 
Churchill  L.  Blakey,  M.D.,  Secretary 


Charles  L.  Cunniff,  M.D. 

Charles  L.  Cunniff,  M.D. 

Chester  R.  Rydwin,  M.D.,  President 
Charles  L.  Cunniff,  M.D. 

Charles  L.  Cunniff,  M.D. 

Janet  Geraghty-Deutseh,  M.D. 

Mrs.  Adelene  F.  Lynch,  Executive 
Secretary 

Frank  J.  Primich,  M.D. 

Charles  L.  Cunniff.  M.D. 

Joseph  W.  Fleisher,  M.D. 

Janet  Geraghty-Deutseh,  M.D. 
Frank  J.  Primich,  M.D. 

Chester  R.  Rydwin,  M.D.,  President 
Janet  Geraghty-Deutseh,  M.D. 
Frank  J.  Primich,  M.D. 

Chester  R.  Rydwin,  M.D. 


Mrs.  Joey  Huddy,  Executive  Secretary 
Mrs.  Joey  Huddy,  Executive  Secretary 
William  F.  Wittenbom,  Jr.,  M.D., 
President 

Mrs.  Nancy  Baron.  Assistant  Executive 
Secretaiy 

Michael  J.  Larkin,  M.D. 

Mrs.  Joey  Huddy,  Executive  Secretary 
Michael  J.  Larkin,  M.D. 

Ms.  Anne  Petchel 


November  20 


December  18 


Monmouth  County 

June  12 
September  18 


November  20 
December  18 


Morris  County 

June  12 
July  17 
September  18 
November  20 

December  18 


Ocean  County 

November  20 

December  18 

Passaic  County 

September  18 


November  20 


December  18 


Salem  County 

May  2 

November  20 

Somerset  County 

July  1 7 

Sussex  County  — 

Union  County 

May  2 

June  12 
July  17 

September  18 

November  20 


ieties.  Academy  of  Medicine  of 


Michael  J.  Larkin,  M.D. 


Mrs.  Mary  Alice  Bruno,  Executive 
Director 

Mrs.  Mary  Alice  Bruno,  Executive 
Director 

Mrs.  Mary  Alice  Bruno.  Executive 
Director 

Mrs.  Mary  Alice  Bruno,  Executive 
Director 

Mrs.  Maiy  Alice  Bruno,  Executive 
Director 

Jon  Marsicano,  M.D. 

Mrs.  Maiy  Alice  Bruno,  Executive 
Director 

Norval  F.  Kemp,  M.D.,  President-Elect 


Albert  J.  Kolarsick,  M.D.,  Past-President 
John  E.  Bocker,  M.D.,  President 
Mrs.  Patricia  Klemm,  Executive 
Secretaiy 

John  E.  Bocker,  M.D.,  President 
Mrs.  Patricia  Klemm,  Executive 
Secretary 

John  E.  Bocker,  M.D.,  President 
Mrs.  Patricia  Klemm,  Executive 
Secretaiy 


Arthur  Ginsburg,  M.D.,  President-Elect 
Arthur  Ginsburg,  M.D.,  President-Elect 
Allan  L.  Gardner,  M.D.,  President-Elect 
Arthur  Ginsburg,  M.D.,  President 
James  B.  Massengill,  M.D. 

Martin  L.  Cohen,  M.D. 

Arthur  Ginsburg,  M.D.,  President 

Michael  C.  DiBella,  M.D..  President 
Edward  D.  Fiore,  M.D.,  President-Elect 
Michael  C.  DiBella  M.D.,  President 

Mr.  William  T.  McGuire.  Executive 
Director 

Gerald  H.  Rozan,  M.D.,  President 
Mr.  William  T.  McGuire,  Executive 
Director 

Gerald  H.  Rozan.  M.D.,  President 
Mr.  William  T.  McGuire,  Executive 
Director 

Gerald  H.  Rozan,  M.D.,  President 
Roberta  G.  Rubin,  M.D. 

Maiy  T.  DiMedio,  M.D. 

Amante  N.  DeCastro,  M.D.,  President 
Stephen  K.  Park,  M.D.,  President-Elect 

Albert  M.  Doswald.  M.D..  President 


Frank  R.  Romano,  M.D.,  Past-President 
Mrs.  Ethel  Stevens,  Executive  Director 
Mrs.  Ethel  Stevens,  Executive  Director 
Frank  R Romano,  M.D.,  Past-President 
R Gregoiy  Sachs,  M.D.,  Secretary 
Frank  R Romano,  M.D.,  Past-President 
Mrs.  Ethel  Stevens,  Executive  Director 
Frank  R Romano,  M.D.,  Past-President 


168 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Attendance  at  the  Board  of  Trustees’  Meetings:  County  and  Specialty  Societies,  Academy  of  Medicine  of 

New  Jersey,  and  Auxiliary 
May  1983— December  1983 


(continued) 
December  18 


Warren  County 

November  20 


Frank  R Romano,  M.D.,  Past-President 
Mrs.  Ethel  Stevens,  Executive  Director 

Volmar  A.  Mereschak,  M.D.,  President 


New  Jersey  State  Society  of  Anesthesiologists 


June  12 
July  17 
September  18 
November  20 
December  18 


Stanley  Bresticker,  M.D. 
Stanley  Bresticker,  M.D. 
Stanley  Bresticker,  M.D. 
Stanley  Bresticker,  M.D. 
Stanley  Bresticker,  M.D. 


New  Jersey  Dermatological  Society 

June  12  Frederick  Haberman,  D.O. 

November  20  Gabriel  Sciallis,  M.D.,  President 

December  1 8 Frederick  Haberman,  D.O. 

New  Jersey  Chapter,  American  College  of  Emergency 
Physicians 

June  1 2 Rudolf  E.  Schwaeble,  M.D. 

July  1 7 Rudolf  E.  Schwaeble,  M.D. 

September  18  Rudolf  E.  Schwaeble,  M.D. 

November  20  Rudolf  E.  Schwaeble,  M.D. 

December  18  Rudolf  E.  Schwaeble,  M.D. 

New  Jersey  Society  of  Internal  Medicine 

May  2 Frank  J.  Malta,  M.D.,  Past-President 

June  12  Frank  J.  Malta,  M.D.,  Past-President 

July  17  Frank  J.  Malta,  M.D.,  Past-President 

September  18  Frank  J.  Malta,  M.D.,  Past-President 
November  20  Frank  J.  Malta,  M.D.,  Past-President 

December  18  Frank  J.  Malta,  M.D.,  Past-President 

New  Jersey  Association  of  Medical  Specialty  Societies 

May  2 Frank  J.  Malta,  M.D.,  Vice-President 

June  12  Stanley  Bresticker,  M.D.,  President 

Frank  J.  Malta,  M.D.,  Vice-President 
July  1 7 Stanley  Bresticker,  M.D.,  President 

Frank  J.  Malta,  M.D.,  Vice-President 
September  1 8 Stanley  Bresticker,  M.D.,  President 
Frank  J.  Malta,  M.D.,  Vice-President 
November  20  Stanley  Bresticker,  M.D.,  President 
Frank  J.  Malta,  M.D.,  Vice-President 
December  18  Stanley  Bresticker,  M.D.,  President 
Frank  J.  Malta,  M.D.,  Vice-President 

Medical  Womens  Association  of  New  Jersey 

September  1 8 Roberta  G.  Rubin,  M.D. 

New  Jersey  Neurosurgical  Society 

May  2 Lawrence  Strenger,  M.D. 

Obstetrical  and  Gynecological  Society  of  New  Jersey 

November  20  John  D.  Franzoni,  M.D. 


December  18  Courtney  A.  Malcamey,  M.D.,  President 

New  Jersey  Academy  of  Ophthalmology  and  Otolaryngology 

July  17  Saul  M.  Tischler,  M.D. 

September  18  Saul  M.  Tischler,  M.D. 

New  Jersey  Orthopaedic  Society 

September  18  Edmund  R.  Kappy,  M.D.,  President-Elect 

New  Jersey  Society  of  Pathologists 

September  1 8 William  V.  Harrer,  M.D.,  President 
November  20  William  V.  Harrer,  M.D.,  President 
December  18  William  V.  Harrer,  M.D.,  President 

New  Jersey  Society  of  Physical  Medicine  and  Rehabilitation 

June  12  Robert  Iskowitz,  M.D,  Member-at- Large 

July  1 7 Robert  Iskowitz,  M.D,  Member- at- Large 

September  18  Robert  Iskowitz,  M.D,  Member-at- Large 
November  20  Robert  Iskowitz,  M.D,  Member-at- Large 

American  College  of  Physicians-New  Jersey 

July  1 7 Norval  F.  Kemp.  M.D. 

September  18  Norval  F.  Kemp,  M.D. 

David  A Willard,  M.D. 

New  Jersey  Psychiatric  Association 

June  12  John  C.  Patterson,  M.D.,  President 

July  1 7 John  C.  Patterson,  M.D.,  President 

September  18  John  C.  Patterson,  M.D.,  President 

November  20  John  C.  Patterson,  M.D.,  President 

December  18  John  C.  Patterson,  M.D.,  President 

Radiological  Society  of  New  Jersey 

September  18  Alan  Herschman,  M.D.,  President 
Albert  J.  Salzman,  M.D.,  Liaison 

New  Jersey  Rheumatism  Association 

June  12  William  E.  Ryan,  M.D.,  Liaison 

July  1 7 William  E.  Ryan,  M.D.,  Liaison 

September  18  William  E.  Ryan,  M.D.,  Liaison 

November  20  William  E.  Ryan,  M.D.,  Liaison 

December  18  William  E.  Ryan,  M.D.,  Liaison 

Academy  of  Medicine  of  New  Jersey 


September  18 


November  20 


Mr.  Charles  J.  Heitzmann,  Executive 
Director 

Mr.  Charles  J.  Heitzmann,  Executive 
Director 

Sherman  Garrison.  M.D. 


Medicial  Society  of  New  Jersey  Auxiliary 

June  12  Mrs.  Gale  Wayman,  President 

November  20  Mrs.  Gale  Wayman,  President 


• Select  hospitals  and  physicians  to  participate  who 
already  demonstrate  a track  record  of  providing  quality 
care  at  lower  cost; 

• Set  up  the  reimbursement  mechanisms  to  create 
positive  incentives  for  cost-conscious  medical  practice; 
and/or 

• Institute  control  mechanisms  designed  to 
eliminate  what  the  PPO  considers  to  be  unnecessary 
services  and/or  modify  imprudent  behavior  from 
within  the  organization. 

Early  in  the  planning  process  of  establishing  a PPO, 
decisions  must  be  made  with  regard  to  the  scope  of 
the  organization;  i.e.  the  number  of  providers  to  be 
involved,  the  number  of  enrollees  projected,  the  pro- 
jected intensity  and  frequency  of  sendees  that  will  be 


provided,  and  so  forth.  As  with  the  establishment  of 
an  IPA,  the  size  of  the  enrolled  population  to  be  served 
and  the  breadth  of  the  services  to  be  offered  will  be 
guided  by  the  capacity  of  the  organization,  or  the 
number  of  providers  involved.  There  is  a trade-off  to 
be  made  in  deciding  on  the  size  of  the  organization: 
while  participation  by  a large  number  of  physicians  in 
the  community  may  facilitate  better  acceptance  of  the 
plan  by  both  patients  and  physicians,  participation  by 
a smaller  number  may  mean  that  those  physicians 
who  affiliate  with  the  PPO  will  be  more  committed  to 
the  successful  achievement  of  its  goals  and  objectives. 
In  addition,  communication  between  the  plan’s  man- 
agement and  its  member  physicians  can  be  more  effec- 
tive when  fewer  people  are  involved. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  3— MARCH  1984 


169 


Most  PPOs  are  composed  of  both  institutional  and 
professional  providers.  The  methodology  used  to  select 
providers  to  participate  in  a PPO  may  vary  with  state 
laws,  the  nature  of  the  sponsoring  or  motivating  entity, 
and  the  category(ies)  of  costs  over  which  the  purchaser 
or  organizer  is  most  eager  to  exert  an  influence.  The 
selection  process  also  may  not  be  the  same  for  both 
physicians  and  hospitals  within  a single  PPO. 

Two  alternative  physician  recruitment  approaches 
may  be  considered  in  order  to  maximize  the  cost  effec- 
tiveness of  the  PPO: 

1.  Criteria  can  be  developed  by  which  each  phy- 
sician’s cost-effectiveness  track  record  would  be 
measured  and  compared  to  pre-established  upper  and 
lower  limit  parameters  as  a prerequisite  for  partici- 
pation; or 

2.  All  physicians  can  be  permitted  to  participate  in- 
itially, and  utilization  and  cost  criteria  can  serve  to 
accomplish  elimination  of  physicians  who  turn  out  not 
to  be  cost  effective  within  the  framework  of  the  plan. 

There  are  advantages  and  disadvantages  inherent  in 
both  schemes.  One  advantage  to  the  use  of  preselection 
criteria  is  that  by  the  time  the  participating  physician 
group  has  been  selected,  the  organization  would  have 
a good  idea  of  what  could  be  expected  (especially  the 
first  year)  in  terms  of  cost-conscious  behavior;  this 
would  have  a bearing  on  other  marketing  and  financial 
planning  issues.  On  the  other  hand,  an  advantage  to 
a more  open  policy  might  be  that  participation  by  a 
larger  number  of  physicians  in  the  community  would 
facilitate  better  acceptance  of  the  plan  by  both  phy- 
sicians and  patients. 

In  some  states  (e.g.  Virginia)  the  law  applicable  to 
PPO  types  of  arrangements  is  written  in  such  a way 
as  to  preclude  insurers  from  establishing  terms  and 
conditions  which  “discriminate  unreasonably  against 

or  among  such  health  care  providers No  hospital, 

physician,  or  other  provider  . . . willing  to  meet  the 
terms  and  conditions  offered  to  it  or  him  shall  be 
excluded."  There  is  always  considerable  room  for  ju- 
dicial interpretation  regarding  what  constitutes  “un- 
reasonable" discrimination.  However,  it  may  be  that 
exclusion  of  a physician  from  participation  in  the  PPO 
due  to  consideration  of  that  physician’s  past  practice 
profiles  might  be  considered  unreasonable  if  he  de- 
clared himself  willing  to  abide  by  the  terms  and  con- 
ditions of  the  contract.  In  states  which  have  such 
provisions,  therefore,  the  PPO  might  be  obliged  to  es- 
tablish an  open  initial  participation  policy  and  clear 
criteria  for  cost-effectiveness  expectations. 

Some  PPOs  have  been  organized  to  include  certain 
categories  of  providers  while  excluding  others.  Blue 
Cross/Blue  Shield  of  Minnesota’s  AWARE  program  is 
a PPO  type  of  arrangement  that  applies  the  prudent 
buyer  concept  only  to  hospitals  and  hospital  charges. 
The  prudent  buyer  concept  involves  the  creation  of  a 
price  or  charge  differential  in  such  a way  that  the 
patient  is  free  to  choose  between  a less  expensive 
provider  option  with  fewer  out-of-pocket  costs  to 
himself,  or  a more  expensive  provider  option  that  will 
result  in  a greater  out-of-pocket  expense.  The  cost  to 
the  insurer  remains  the  same  regardless  of  the  option 
the  patient  chooses.  Thus,  participating  AWARE  hospi- 
tals accept  the  Blue  Cross/Blue  Shield  payment  as  full 
reimbursement  for  services  for  delivered.  Non- 


participating hospitals  do  not,  and  may  bill  the  patient 
for  any  remaining  balance. 

Aetna  Life  and  Casualty’s  CHOICE  program  at 
Evanston  Hospital  (Evanston,  Illinois)  is  a plan  which 
seeks  to  control  costs  by  enlisting  the  participation  of 
a hospital  and  its  entire  medical  staff  and  then  chan- 
neling all  referrals  for  specialty  and  hospital  care  to 
that  institution,  while  allowing  enrollees  in  the  plan 
to  select  any  primary  care  practitioner  in  the  com- 
munity. There  are  no  “preferred”  primary  practitioners 
under  the  CHOICE  plan.  However,  if  a primary  care 
physician  whose  patient  elects  the  CHOICE  program 
agrees  to  continue  to  treat  his  patient  under  the  con- 
ditions of  the  plan,  he  is  in  essence  agreeing  to  abide 
by  the  CHOICE  plan  referral  procedures. 

The  negotiation  of  the  fee  schedule  is  another  area 
which  varies  greatly  from  one  PPO  to  another.  There 
usually  is,  although  not  always,  a discount  involved. 
Physician  fees  were  reported  in  the  AMA  Survey  of 
PPOs  to  be  discounted  by  10  to  20  percent  from  UCR 
hospitals  reportedly  discount  their  average  daily 
charge  as  much  as  15  percent.  Physicians’  fees  may 
either  be  stipulated  in  the  contract  (to  be  accepted  or 
rejected  by  the  physician)  or  negotiated  between  the 
provider  and  the  PPO.  More  often  than  not,  physicians’ 
fees  are  reported  to  be  calculated  using  Relative  Value 
Scales  with  a different  conversion  factor  for  each  phy- 
sician. These  conversion  factors  themselves  are,  in 
some  cases,  the  negotiable  item  in  the  participation 
agreement. 

Hospital  payment  rates  are  grouped  and  negotiated 
somewhat  differently  than  physicians’  fees.  Hospital 
rates  may  be  unilaterally  stipulated  in  the  contract,  or 
they  may  be  negotiated.  If  they  are  negotiated,  services 
most  often  are  categorized  and  negotiated  separately. 
For  example,  a hospital  might  negotiate  different  dis- 
count rates  or  prices  for  medical,  surgical,  and  ob- 
stetrical services,  as  well  as  for  such  services  as  alcohol 
detoxification.  Hospital  rates  have  also  been  set  at  a 
direct  percentage  discount  from  the  average  daily 
charge.  In  some  hospitals,  the  amount  of  the  discount 
was  related  to  the  level  of  volume  delivered  by  the  PPO, 
i.e.  the  more  business  the  PPO  brought  to  the  hospital, 
the  larger  the  discount  it  received.  In  a few  cases,  hos- 
pitals have  negotiated  different  prices  by  Diagnosis 
Related  Group  (DRG). 

The  fee  schedules  often  include  one  or  more  of  a 
variety  of  incentives  to  the  physicians  to  deliver  care 
in  the  most  cost-effective  setting  possible.  For  example, 
some  organizations  have  established  fee  schedules 
such  that  a physician  will  be  reimbursed  85  percent 
of  UCR  for  performing  certain  specified  procedures  in 
the  hospital,  100  percent  of  UCR  for  performing  those 
same  procedures  in  an  outpatient  setting,  and  110 
percent  of  UCR  for  delivering  those  services  in  his  own 
office.  Some  PPOs  have  established  lists  of  procedures 
for  which  they  will  not  reimburse  inpatient  care  unless 
the  physician  can  demonstrate  a medical  justification 
for  hospitalization. 

Some  PPOs  do  not  require  that  physicians  and  hos- 
pitals offer  discounts  in  order  to  participate  in  the 
arrangement.  These  are  often  the  same  organizations 
which  utilize  preselection  criteria  in  choosing  the  par- 
ticipating providers.  The  inherent  assumption  is  that 
the  PPO  already  has  selected  the  most  efficient  and 


170 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


cost-effective  providers  in  the  community  and  that  dis- 
counts are  therefore  not  necessary  in  order  to  effect 
savings.  Organizers  who  choose  this  methodology  may 
do  so  because  they  are  convinced  the  efficiency  is  more 
important  than  discounts  in  containing  costs  and  they 
wish  to  avoid  providers  whom  they  believe  may  hospi- 
talize patients  unnecessarily. 

One  of  the  characteristics  that  distinguishes  a PPO 
from  some  other  alternative  delivery  and  financing  sys- 
tems is  that  its  providers  are  reimbursed  on  a fee-for- 
service  basis.  Many  different  organizational  structures 
have  been  set  up  to  accomplish  the  payment  objective 
efficiently.  The  PPO  itself  may  be  just  an  intermediary 
organization  or  broker  between  the  purchaser  and  the 
group  of  providers  designated  as  “preferred;”  its  func- 
tions are  primarily  administrative  and  marketing. 
Consequently,  the  PPO  does  not  usually  have  a large 
staff  or  the  organizational  capacity  to  process  a great 
deal  of  paperwork.  Thus,  it  is  not  uncommon  for  both 
the  provider  entity  (hospital  or  group  of  physicians) 
and  the  purchaser  (insurer  or  employer)  to  perform 
some  of  the  claims  review  and  processing  functions. 
The  majority  of  the  organizations  surveyed  by  the  AMA 
required  a claim  to  be  submitted  directly  to  the  payor; 
some  required  claims  submission  to  the  PPO.  In  either 
case  the  providers  often  batch  their  own  claims  and 
do  medical  necessity  review  prior  to  submitting  them. 
If  the  claims  are  submitted  to  the  payor,  payment  is 
usually  made  directly  to  the  provider,  often  within  two 
weeks  of  submission.  If  the  claim  is  submitted  to  the 
PPO,  the  PPO  may  pay  the  providers  directly  and  as- 
sume responsibility  for  collection  from  the  purchaser, 
or  it  may  pass  the  claim  to  the  purchaser  for  payment 
to  the  provider.  Either  way  the  timeframe  for  payment 
is  usually  longer  than  that  for  claims  submitted  direct- 
ly to  the  payor. 

Some  PPO  provider  participation  agreements  specify 
a turn-around  time  for  claims  payment;  some  do  not. 
Some  contracts  contain  a provision  for  interest  to  be 
paid  on  claims  that  are  not  paid  within  the  specified 
timeframe.  If  the  contract  does  not  contain  a specific 
provision  regarding  the  turnaround  time  for  claims 
payment,  it  is  probably  safe  to  assume  that  the  PPO 
does  not  plan  to  include  speedy  claims  payment  as  a 
participation  incentive. 

Since  the  patients  are  not  usually  locked-in  to  the 
PPO  arrangement  and  since  the  physicians  are  paid 
on  a fee-for-service  basis,  utilization  review  is  seen  by 
many  employers  and  purchasers  to  be  the  key  to  cost 
containment  for  the  PPO  arrangement.  There  is  con- 
cern, however,  that  the  emphasis  placed  by  PPOs  on 
cost  containment  may  lead  to  a decreased  emphasis 
on  the  quality  of  the  care  that  is  delivered.  Given  the 
current  lack  of  performance  data  it  is  premature  to 
make  any  definite  statements  regarding  either  the  cost 
effectiveness  of  PPOs  or  their  effect  on  quality  of  care. 

Collectively,  quality  assurance  and  utilization  review 
programs  assess  the  way  health  services  are  provided, 
identify  medical,  administrative,  and  fiscal  deficien 
cies,  and  implement  actions  to  correct  these  deficien- 
cies. Consensus  has  yet  to  be  reached  on  a definition 
of  “quality  care”  and  some  even  argue  it  defies  defi 
nition.  General  agreement  does  exist,  however,  that 
quality  of  care  can  be  inferred  by  examining  the  struc- 
tures in  place  to  provide  care,  the  processes  by  which 


care  is  delivered,  and  those  measurable  outcomes  of 
provided  services  which  are  available.  The  focus  on 
quality  assurance  programs  is  to  insure  that  stand- 
ards of  medical  care  are  maintained  in  practice. 

Utilization  review  programs,  in  contrast,  have  a more 
narrow  focus— assuring  appropriate,  cost-effective 
utilization  of  health  resources  (particularly  hospital 
and  referral  specialist  services).  Consequently,  these 
programs  monitor  member  utilization  patterns  and 
physicians’  practice  patterns  to  identify  deviations 
from  established  norms  and  take  actions  to  correct 
deficiencies  as  appropriate. 

Appropriate  physician  support  and  a suitable  or- 
ganizational structure  are  important  facets  of  a suc- 
cessful quality  assurance  and  utilization  review  pro- 
gram. A critical  element  in  developing  health  pro- 
fessional support  for  quality  assurance  and  utilization 
review  programs  is  the  concept  of  peer  review.  Phy- 
sician input  into  the  design  and  implementation  of 
these  programs  is,  therefore,  very  important. 

An  essential  step  in  the  development  of  a credible 
quality  assurance  program  is  the  identification  of  pro- 
gram goals.  These  goals  provide  a framework  for  pro- 
gram activities  and  facilitate  evaluation  of  the  pro- 
gram’s success.  Program  goals  should  be  consistent 
with  the  key  function  of  the  quality  assurance  pro- 
gram, e.g.  assure  high  quality  care;  identify  problems 
in  the  health  services  delivery  system;  identify  and 
implement  corrective  actions  for  identified  problems; 
and  measure  performance  after  corrective  action  is 
taken  to  document  change. 

Program  objectives  should  be  established  to  docu- 
ment the  organization’s  commitment  to  specific  pro- 
gram activities.  Program  objectives  should  be:  measur- 
able to  permit  program  evaluation;  realistic,  thereby 
fostering  a sense  of  purposefulness  among  the  phy- 
sicians; and  supported  by  a consenus  among  the  phy- 
sicians. 

The  primary  focus  of  quality  assurance  program  ac- 
tivities should  be  in  areas  of  known  or  suspected  prob- 
lems, as  well  as  areas  of  general  interest.  The  results 
of  quality  assurance  investigations  and  studies  should 
be  documented  and  communicated  to  appropriate 
physician  panel  members  and  physician  leadership. 

As  with  quality  assurance  goals,  utilization  review 
goals  should  be  broadly  stated  to:  insure  that  medically 
necessary  services  are  provided  in  a cost-effective  man- 
ner; and  limit  the  PPOs  financial  responsibility  to 
providing  only  medically  necessary  covered  services. 

Ely  contrast,  however,  utilization  review  program  ob- 
jectives are  more  easily  defined.  These  objectives 
should  be  measurable,  realistic,  and  medically  signifi- 
cant. 

Types  of  utilization  review  performed  by  PPOs  in- 
clude; preadmission  certification,  preprocedure 
authorization,  concurrent  review  of  hospital  stays,  sec- 
ond surgical  opinions,  medical  necessity  review,  level 
of  care  review,  review  of  hospital  outpatient  services, 
ancillary  services  review,  review  of  selected  diagnoses, 
review  of  services  in  physician's  offices,  and  retro- 
spective profile  analysis  and  denials.  Almost  all  of  the 
PPOs  surveyed  by  the  AMA  utilize  concurrent  review 
of  hospital  length  of  stay,  and  approximately  half  use 
preadmission  certification.  Many  organizations  have 
second  surgical  opinion  programs,  and  most  develop 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  3— MARCH  1984 


171 


cost  and  utilization  profiles  for  both  physicians  and 
hospitals. 

An  important  factor  in  the  success  of  a utilization 
review  program  for  PPOs  is  the  issue  of  who  designs, 
controls,  and  conducts  the  review.  The  AMA  Survey 
showed  that  approximately  40  percent  of  all  reviews 
are  conducted  by  the  PPO  entities  themselves.  Con- 
tracting physicians  conduct  almost  half  of  all  reviews; 
another  20  percent  are  conducted  by  outside  contrac- 
tors (often  private  review  organizations  or  fiscal  inter- 
mediaries). Among  the  organizations  surveyed,  the 
PPOs  review  programs  were  almost  always  designed  by 
the  PPO  organizers,  sometimes  with  input  from  phy- 
sicians. 

The  utilization  review  system  is  intrinsically  tied  to 
the  reimbursement  mechanism.  All  PPOs  surveyed  by 
the  AMA  reported  that  medical  necessity  review  of  each 
submitted  claim  is  performed  prior  to  rate  assignment 
and  payment.  This  review  is  conducted  by  the  PPO 
itself  prior  to  submission  to  the  payor  or,  as  often  is 
the  case  with  an  insurance  carrier-sponsored  plan,  by 
the  purchaser  prior  to  payment  authorization. 

The  design  of  the  benefits  plan  and  coverage  levels 
in  PPOs  is  usually  a flexible  process.  The  vast  majority 
of  plans  which  responded  to  the  AMA  Survey  allowed 
employers  or  purchasers  to  select  from  among  a variety 
of  benefit  packages  for  their  subscribers,  or  to  nego- 
tiate a specific  package  which  met  the  special  needs 
of  their  employees.  A few  plans,  however,  have  estab- 
lished fixed  coverage  programs  which  they  market  to 
area  employers.  In  these  instances  the  contract  nego- 
tiation process  between  the  PPO  and  the  purchaser 
usually  involves  only  the  price  of  the  contract;  levels 
of  coverage  and  services  to  be  covered  are  not  nego- 
tiable. Over  90  percent  of  the  plans  surveyed,  however, 
allowed  the  purchaser  to  stipulate  the  needs  of  its 
population,  and  the  benefits  package  and  coverage 
levels  were  then  designed  with  those  needs  in  mind. 
Most  of  the  PPOs  surveyed  offered  a wide  range  of 
services  (Table).  Those  plans  which  market  a fixed 
package  of  benefits  tend  to  cover  slightly  fewer  services 
than  average. 

Under  a preferred  provider  arrangement  the  pa- 
tient's benefits  may  be  more  extensive  (in  that  he  may 
receive  first  dollar  coverage)  if  he  uses  the  preferred 
providers  than  if  he  goes  to  a nonpreferred  provider 
(in  which  case  he  is  responsible  for  whatever  ad- 
ditional copayments  or  deductibles  are  stipulated  in 
the  contract).  In  some  cases,  the  PPO  requires  a nom- 
inal copayment  or  deductible  to  be  paid  by  the  patient 
even  if  he  uses  a preferred  provider;  however,  even 
under  these  plans  the  patient’s  out-of-pocket  costs  are 
still  much  greater  if  he  goes  to  a nonpreferred  provider. 
Thus,  a preferred  provider  arrangement  provides  ben- 
efits regardless  of  whether  the  patient  uses  a preferred 
or  nonpreferred  provider.  An  “Exclusive  Provider  Or- 
ganization,” however,  provides  no  benefit  coverage  at 
all  if  the  patient  goes  to  any  provider  other  than  a 
designated  panel  member.  (There  are  veiy  few  of  these 
organizations  being  developed  to  date  and  several 
states  have  laws  specifically  prohibiting  the  develop- 
ment of  such  plans.) 

Many  plans  also  include  contract  provisions  to  en- 
courage utilization  of  the  outpatient  setting  rather 
than  the  more  costly  inpatient  setting  for  certain  ser- 


TABLE 

List  of  Services  Usually  Covered 
Under  Preferred  Provider  Arrangements* * 

• Physician  services 

• Inpatient  care 

• Outpatient  care 

• Emergency  room  care 

• Mental  health  services 

• Treatment-referral  for  alcohol  and  chemical  dependence 

• Diagnostic  laboratory  services 

• Diagnostic  and  therapeutic  x-ray  services 

• Well  child  care 

• Health  evaluation  for  adults 

• Eye  and  ear  examinations  for  children 

• Immunizations 

• Prescription  drugs 

• Durable  medical  equipment 

• Prosthetic  devices 

Additional  Services  Often  Covered 

• Infertility  services 

• Long-term  rehabilitative  services 

• Long-term  care  services 

• Intermediate  care  services 


‘Source:  AMA  Survey  of  PPOs,  February-August  1983.  It 

is  important  to  note  that  coverage  levels  will  vary  from  one 

PPO  organization  to  another. 

vices.  For  example,  under  some  arrangements,  speci- 
fied services  or  procedures  will  not  be  covered  unless 
they  are  delivered  or  performed  on  an  outpatient  basis. 
In  other  cases,  the  patient  pays  a higher  copayment 
or  deductible  for  services  which  can  be  provided  on  an 
outpatient  basis  if  they  are  delivered  in  an  inpatient 
setting. 

One  of  the  reasons  cited  by  physicians  for  joining 
a PPO  is  their  expectation  of  the  potential  for  ad- 
ditional patients  and  other  advantages  to  be  derived  1 
from  the  marketing  efforts  of  the  PPO  itself.  This  can 
only  be  accomplished  if  the  PPO  has  done  a careful 
market  analysis  and  developed  a marketing  plan.  The 
market  analysis  should  take  into  account  the  following 
factors; 

• Articulation  of  the  potential  demand  or  need  for 
a PPO  in  the  area 

• The  extent  of  the  planned  service  area 

• An  area  employer  profile. 

• An  analysis  of  the  likelihood  of  penetrating  this 
market. 

• The  major  payors  in  the  area  and  their  relative 
market  shares. 

• An  identification  of  potential  major  competitors. 

Since  the  great  majority  of  potential  subscribers  will 

be  enrolling  through  their  place  of  work,  it  is  import- 
ant to  acquire  good  information  about  the  employed 
population  of  the  area.  PPO  developers  must  know: 

• The  number  of  employers  in  the  area,  categorized 
by  size  of  employee  work  force  and  type  of  work. 

• Which  insurance  companies  have  the  major  share 
of  the  market. 

• The  level  of  health  benefits  commonly  offered  by 
employers. 

• What  the  premium  levels  are. 

• What  portion  of  the  premium  is  paid  by  the  em- 
ployer. 


172 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


The  more  specific  information  that  can  be  acquired, 
the  more  effective  the  marketing  plan  will  be.  Much  of 
the  necessary  information  only  can  be  obtained  by 
actually  surveying  the  employers  in  the  area. 

The  organization  and  implementation  of  a PPO  does 
not  appear  to  require  as  sizable  a capitalization  as  is 
required  to  set  up  a Health  Maintenance  Organization. 
Estimates  of  start-up  costs  among  PPOs  surveyed  aver- 
aged approximately  $40,000,  and  ranged  from  zero  to 
i $200,000.  Start-up  costs  are  incurred  primarily  for 
market  analysis  and  actuarial  consultants.  In  the  case 
of  physician-sponsored  PPOs,  start-up  costs  usually 
are  financed  by  the  physicians.  If  the  plan  does  not 
deliver  results  in  terms  of  patient  volume  within  the 
projected  start-up  timeframe,  these  physicians  may 
risk  an  investment  loss. 

Once  organized,  a PPO  also  does  not  engender  as 
much  overhead  expense  as  an  HMO.  In  part  this  is 
because  the  PPO  itself  usually  has  a very  small  staff 
serving  as  an  intermediaiy  broker  between  two  already 
established  entities:  the  purchaser  and  a group  of 
providers  (physicians  and  hospitals  in  the  communi- 
ty). There  is  no  requirement  for  large  offices  or  ex- 
pensive equipment  in  such  a contracting  or  brokering 
arrangement.  Most  of  the  resources  required  by  the 
PPO  are  secured  on  a contract  basis,  not  purchased 
or  leased.  Often  this  includes  data  collection  and 
analysis  systems  contracted  for  through  local  insurers. 

The  PPO  does  serve  some  administrative  and  mar- 
keting functions,  however,  for  which  payment  must  be 
made.  PPOs  can  and  do  charge  their  providers  or  their 
purchasers  or  both,  for  the  administrative  services  of 
the  PPO.  If  the  purchasers  are  assessed  a fee,  it  may 
be  on  a percent  of  premium  or  a per  subscriber  basis. 
Provider  charges  may  take  the  form  of  a monthly  mem- 
bership charge,  an  inital  entrance  fee,  or  both. 

In  addition,  while  there  has  not  been  an  infusion  of 
government  funds  into  the  development  of  these  or- 
ganizations, there  have  been  some  private  funds  from 
such  sources  as  large  employers  or  insurance  com- 
panies interested  in  developing  the  concept.  The  Rob- 
ert Wood  Johnson  Foundation  recently  awarded  the 
San  Diego  Committee  for  Affordable  Care— a com- 
munity-wide coalition  of  employers,  consumers,  un- 
ions, and  providers — a grant  to  develop  an  areawide 
PPO. 


Another  characteristic  of  PPOs  is  the  low  level  of 
linaneial  risk  involved  for  the  participating  physician 
in  a plan  which  is  reimbursed  on  a fee-for-service 
basis.  However,  there  are  a few  PPOs  beginning  now 
to  experiment  with  the  notion  of  risk-sharing  as  an 
added  cost  containment  incentive.  One  example  of  this 
type  of  plan  is  the  Physician's  Health  Plan  in  Minne- 
sota This  plan  pays  participating  physicians  on  a fee- 
for-service  basis,  but  retains  20  percent  of  the  agreed 
upon  fees  in  an  escrow  fund.  At  the  end  of  the  year, 
if  promised  savings  have  not  been  generated,  these 
funds  must  be  shared  with  the  purchasers.  If  savings 
have  accrued  to  the  purchasers  as  promised,  the  funds 
are  divided  among  the  participating  physicians.  At  this 
point,  the  distinguishing  lines  between  PPOs  and 
HMOs  begin  to  blur  somewhat;  the  main  difference 
between  an  arrangement  such  as  is  described  here  and 
an  HMO,  is  that  the  PPO  arrangement  is  not  capitated. 
Physician's  Health  Plan  of  Minneapolis  is,  in  fact,  a 
long-established  IPA  which  has  begun  to  develop  some 
new  business  under  a selective  contracting  mecha- 
nism. Thus,  a risk  arrangement  such  as  is  described 
is  possible  because  the  IPA  is  also  an  insurer  and  as 
such  is  licensed  by  the  state  to  collect  and  hold  funds. 

PPO  failure  can  be  considered  within  several  con- 
texts: failure  to  achieve  the  cost-containment  objective 
of  the  purchaser  or  organizational  failure  due  either 
to  inadequate  internal  management  or  contractor  fail- 
ure. As  with  HMOs,  failure  can  occur  as  the  result  of 
purchaser  failure,  undercapitalization,  or  inadequate 
management  practices.  Moreover,  PPOs  are  a response 
to  competitive  pressures.  Their  incentives  operate  in 
a competitive  climate  and  in  the  context  of  alternative 
choices.  Thus,  the  design  of  the  PPO  incentives  relative 
to  other  consumer  options  is  very  important.  Financial 
viability  of  PPOs  is  also  an  issue.  PPOs,  like  other 
health  care  delivery  and  financing  plans,  need  to  bal- 
ance sound  financial  management  against  prudent 
selection  of  purchaser  groups  and  providers  to  help 
prevent  failure.  Finally,  there  may  be  significant  legal 
issues  to  overcome,  including  antitrust  issues  for 
which  precedents  have  not  yet  been  established. 

FINI 

Finding  faults  can  be  easy,  if  you  forget  your  own. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  3— MARCH  1984 


173 


:r*sr 

SSSSSf. 


2SS=- 

?&»*** 

comp^31106 

Burrou^^ttcome 


titration 


Lcourago 


td  economy 


BurrougW'J'e»c°^ark 

rrca-°''"a  27709 


Vdettcows® 


Professional  Liability 


| 

I 

l 


A report  of  an  ongoing  study  at- 
tempting to  identify  the  magni- 
tude of  the  costs  of  professional 
liability  and  to  suggest  their  possible  impact  upon  the 
nation’s  expenditures  for  health  care  has  been  re- 
| leased.  Commissioned  by  the  AMA  House  of  Delegates 
at  the  1982  Annual  Meeting,  the  study  is  summarized 
in  a Board  of  Trustees  report,  which  was  referred  for 
consideration  to  Reference  Committee  H at  the  Los 
Angeles  Interim  Meeting.  The  indepth  study  was  con- 
ducted by  a Committee  on  Professional  Liability  ap- 
pointed for  the  task  and  was  chaired  by  John  J.  Couiy, 
, Jr.,  M.D.,  a Trustee  from  Port  Huron,  Michigan. 

The  study  estimated  some  of  the  direct  and  indirect 
costs  of  professional  liability  in  the  medical  and  health 
care  sector,  including: 

• $1.43  billion  to  $1.47  billion  paid  by  physicians  in 
1982  for  professional  liability  insurance,  with  the  pros- 
f pect  that  their  1983  premiums  will  range  from  a pos- 
sible $1.65  billion  to  as  much  as  $1.75  billion. 

• A comparable  estimated  expenditure  by  the  na- 
tion's hospitals  for  professional  liability  insurance 
premiums  or  other  protection  against  claims  and 
suits. 

• An  additional  $2  million  to  $3  million  paid  out  by 
physicians  in  premiums  to  insure  their  skilled  para- 
medical employees  against  legal  action. 

• $15.1  billion  in  projected  costs  annually  to  pa- 
tients for  “defensive  medicine” — additional  tests  arid 
procedures  that  physicians  sometimes  prr<  a j,; 
response  to  the  growing  professional  liability  1 : 
Costs  of  professional  liability  protection  ! >' 
sicians,  their  skilled  employees,  and  hospiCe.- 


COMMENTARY* 


Liability  costs  and 
malpractice  claims 


Impact  of  Liability  Costs  Studied  by 
AMA;  Malpractice  Claims  Increase  to  8 
Per  1 00  Physicians;  Malpractice 
Lawsuits  Drive  Up  Ob-Gyn  Fees;  No 
Lawsuit  Against  Hinckley  Psychiatrist 


estimated  $3.5  billion  in  1983.  The  projected  cost  of 
$15.1  billion  for  defensive  medicine  represents  about 
5 percent  of  the  nation’s  1982  medical  care  expen- 
ditures of  $322  billion. 

Faced  with  the  task  of  developing  reasonable  esti- 
mates of  costs  for  which  no  central  sources  of  data  are 
available,  the  Committee  on  Professional  Liability  as- 
sembled information  from  a variety  of  sources  and 
then  made  projections. 

Since  there  is  no  national  clearinghouse  of  infor- 
mation on  total  premiums  paid  by  individual  phy- 
sicians and  groups  for  professional  liability  coverage, 
estimates  were  made  based  upon  data  from  the  phy- 
sician-owned insurance  companies  linked  to  medical 
societies,  from  available  information  on  commercial 
carriers,  from  insurance  company  rate  tables,  and  from 
information  obtained  in  July  and  August  through 
AMA’s  Socioeconomic  Monitoring  System.  Economists 
and  lawyers  also  provided  input. 

To  calculate  additional  premium  costs  for  covering 
skilled  paramedical  employees  employed  by  physicians, 
the  committee  verified  that  the  charge  for  protecting 
these  individuals  adds  about  2 percent  to  a physician  s 
insurance  bill. 

“A  projection  of  $2  million  to  $3  million  of  added 
premium  costs  could  be  estimated  based  upon  approx- 
imately $200  additional  premium  costs  for  each  skilled 
paramedic  employed  in  physicians’  offices,”  the  Com- 
mittee said.  (American  Medical  News,  December  2, 
1983) 

MALPRACTICE  CLAIMS  INCREASE 

Information  obtained  from  the  AMA’s  Socio- 
economic Monitoring  System  (SMS)  reveals  that  the 
average  incidence  of  claims  per  100  physicians  in- 
creased from  3.3  claims  per  100  physicians  before 
1978  to  8 claims  per  100  physicians  from  1978 
through  1983.  For  certain  surgical  specialties  at 
greatest  risk  for  suit,  the  claims  per  100  physicians 
range  up  to  11.8  per  100  physicians. 

The  SMS  data  also  revealed  that  12.5  percent  of  all 
physicians  sued  hired  a lawyer  to  defend  them  in  ad- 
dition to  the  lawyer  provided  by  their  insurance  com- 
pany. On  average,  each  physician  spent  a total  of  3.7 
days  giving  depositions,  making  court  appearances, 
and  meeting  with  attorneys  over  the  last  five  years  on 
professional  liability  matters,  or  2.7  days  per  claim. 

The  SMS  survey  of  1,240  physicians  also  sought 
information  about  how  they  responded  to  increases  in 
professional  liability  risk.  The  most  common  physician 
responses  to  the  increasing  risks  of  malpractice  claims 
have  been  to  keep  more  detailed  patient  records  (57 
percent),  to  refer  more  patients  to  other  physicians  (45 
percent),  and  to  prescribe  additional  diagnostic  tests 
(41  percent).  (American  Medical  News.  December  2. 
1983) 

DID  YOU  KNOW  . . . 

Nationally,  malpractice  premiums  for  all  physicians 
added  $5  a day  to  the  cost  of  a hospital  stay  in  1982, 


’This  item  from  the  Department  of  Professional  Liability  Con- 
trol, MSNJ.  was  prepared  by  James  E.  George.  M.D.,  J.D..  mid 
A.  Ronald  Rouse  who  are.  respectively,  Director  of  the  Depart- 
ment and  Director  of  Special  Projects. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  3— MARCH  1984 


175 


and  $2  to  $4  to  the  cost  of  every  visit  to  a doctor’s 
office?  (Medical  Economics.  December  12,  1983) 

Today's  medium  outlay  for  malpractice  coverage 
comes  to  3.5  percent  of  gross  practice  income  com- 
pared with  3 percent  in  the  1970s?  ( Medical  Eco- 
nomics. November  28,  1983) 

Southern  California  Physicians  Insurance  Exchange 
will  return  $18  million  in  experience  credits  and  repay 
$1.3  million  in  contribution  certificates  to  policy  hold- 
ers? The  paybacks  will  offset  a 7.5  percent  rate  in- 
crease for  1984. 

MALPRACTICE  LAWSUITS  DRIVE  UP  OB-GYN  FEES 

According  to  a recent  survey  by  the  American  College 
of  Obstetricians  and  Gynecologists  (ACOG),  malprac- 
tice lawsuits  are  driving  up  fees.  In  a poll  of  its  mem- 
bers, ACOG,  found  in  California  alone,  obstetricians 
and  gynecologists  have  raised  their  fees  up  to  30  per- 
cent over  the  past  two  years,  in  part  because  of  in- 
creases in  professional  liability  insurance  rates.  The 
survey  also  revealed  that  lawsuits  against  these 
specialists  are  pushing  health  care  costs  upward  be- 
cause physicians  are  ordering  more  tests  on  patients 
as  a defense  against  litigation.  Other  survey  results:  in 
1982,  physicians  and  other  health  care  providers  paid 
more  than  $1.7  billion  in  malpractice  insurance 
premiums,  up  12  percent  over  1981;  ob-gyns  pay  the 
most  for  malpractice  insurance,  with  more  than  30 
percent  nationally  paying  at  least  $15,000  each  year 


for  coverage;  and  many  ob-gyns  are  giving  up  their 
obstetrical  practice  at  a younger  age  primarily  to  avoid 
the  risk  of  lawsuits.  (LACMA  Physician.  November  7, 
1983) 

NO  LAWSUIT  AGAINST  HINCKLEY  PSYCHIATRIST 

A lawsuit  against  John  W.  Hinckley  Jr.’s  former  psy- 
chiatrist has  been  dismissed  by  a federal  judge  in  Den- 
ver. The  lawsuit  had  been  filed  in  United  States  Dis- 
trict Court  by  three  of  the  victims  of  Hinckley’s  attempt! 
to  assassinate  President  Reagan  on  March  30,  1981, 
including  presidential  secretary,  James  Brady.  They 
contended  that  Dr.  John  Hopper  of  Evergreen,  Colo- 
rado, who  treated  Hinckley  for  five  months  before  the 
attack,  should  have  known  that  Hinckley  would  at- 
tempt an  act  of  violence. 

United  States  District  Court  Judge  John  P.  Moore 
said:  “Nowhere  in  the  plaintiffs’  complaints  are  there 
allegations  that  Hinckley  made  any  threats  regarding 
President  Reagan,  or  indeed  that  he  ever  threatened 
anyone.” 

At  most,  the  judge  said,  the  complaint  states  that  if 
the  psychiatrist  had  interviewed  Hinckley  more  closely, 
he  would  have  discovered  circumstantial  indicators  of 
future  actions,  such  as  his  obsession  with  actress  Jody 
Foster  and  the  movie  “Taxi  Driver,"  which  involved  a 
political  assassination  attempt.  (New  Jersey  Law 
Journal,  December  15,  1983) 


n 


176 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


“MHHMTK’S 
HUNGRY  IRA  TAKES 
A BIG  BITE  OUT 

OFYOURTAXES? 


Member  FDIC 


sderal  regulations  require  a substantial  interest 
enalty  for  withdrawals  from  certificates  before 
laturity.  Withdrawals  from  an  IRA  plan  are  taxable 
s ordinary  income  in  the  year  of  withdrawal  and 
efore  age  5 9'h  are  also  subject  to  tax  penalty. 


“It’s  getting  near  that  time  of  the  year  again.  When 
federal  taxes  put  the  bite  on  your  hard-earned  income. 

“So  bite  back  with  a Hungry  IRA  from  Midlantic. 

“Our  IR  As  help  reduce  your  annual  taxable  income 
while  you  earn  tax-deferred  interest.  With  hungry  rates 
md  a flexible  range  of  maturities.  Plus  they’re  all  FDIC 
nsured,  with  no  fees  or  sales  commissions. 

“And  now,  our  new  Money  Market  IRA  gives  you 
mother  convenient  investment  option.  Your  retirement  sav- 
ngs  earn  money  market  rates  that  change  to  keep  pace 
with  current  market  conditions. 

\nd  because  it  has  no  maturity 
/ou  can  add  to  it  anytime. 

“Any  one  of  our  IRAs  is 
sound  to  satisfy  your  appe- 


Bob  Van  Buren,  Chairman, 
Midlantic  Banks  Inc. 


tite  for  savings.  Because  every  one  of  them  saves  you  from 
taxation.  Up  to  $2000  a year  if  you’re  a single  wage  earner. 
Up  to  $2250  if  either  you  or  your  spouse  work.  And  up 
to  $4000  yearly  if  you  both  work. 

“Your  money  will  be  making  Cjflflfl 

money  until  you  retire,  iWlf 

when  you’ll  probably  be 
in  a lower  tax  bracket. 

“So  stop  feeding  your  VHJF 

salary  to  the  IRS.  And  feed  f fflC 

it  to  your  Hungry  IRA 
instead’.’ 


FOR  THOUGHT 


HUNGRY 

BANKERS 


Lantic 


As  in  Blue  Cross  of  New  Jersey.  The 
single  source  for  computerization. 

□ Because  Medical  Management 
Services  from  Blue  Cross  now  offers 
a unique  automated  office  system. 

□ Only  Blue  Cross  offers  this  unique 
system,  because  only  Blue  Cross  has 
the  experience  in  the  health  care  field 
(half  a century's  worth!),  the  data 
processing  know-how  and  the  claims 
processing  expertise  to  make  it  all 
work  efficiently  and  effectively. 


Your  people  receive  full  and  com- 
plete training  and  ongoing  support  in 
system  operation.  We  accept  full 
responsibility  for  hardware  and  soft- 
ware maintenance. 

What  the  system  does 
for  the  physician. 

Whether  you  are  an  individual  or 
group  practice,  this  system  will  relieve 
paperwork... provide  fast  access  to 
necessary  patient  information... and 


give  you  much  more  time  to  tend  to 
the  clinical  aspects  of  your  practice... 
and,  above  all,  increase  the  efficiency 
of  the  office  and  the  income  of  the 
practice!  All  from  a single  source  for 
computerization. 

Some  of  what  you 
get  with  the  System: 

> An  easy-to-use  system. 

> Instant  access  to  patient  account 
information  by  account  number. 


The  system  itself. 

You  receive  a stand-alone  system 
using  IBM  or  Texas  Instruments  com- 
puters that  is  physically  located  in 
your  office.  It  is  operated  by  your 
office  personnel — they  do  not  have 
to  have  any  data  processing  experi- 
ence— and  the  system  is  completely 
under  their  control  at  all  times. 

The  software  and  system 
support. 

This  modular  system  provides  a com- 
plete software  package  for  your  office 
which  utilizes  Blue  Cross'  expertise  in 
health  care  financing,  automated 
hospital  admission/approval  systems, 
automated  claims  submission,  and 
leadership  in  paperless  processing. 
Only  Blue  Cross  can  offer  the  bene- 
fits of  this  wealth  of  experience 
and  offer  single  source  capability 
for  computerization. 


Take  a minute  to  check 


this 

□ Your  volume  is  at  least  80  patients 
per  week. 

□ Your  daily  cash  control  and  records 
keeping  procedures  need  to  be 
improved. 

□ Your  receivables  are  greater  than 
17%  of  your  total  annual  charges. 

□ You  are  forced  to  write  off  more 
than  5%  of  your  net  receivables 
as  uncollectable. 

□ You  are  running  behind  in  your 
insurance  billings  and  collections. 

□ Your  service  bureau  already 
charges  you  more  than  $4,200 
per  year. 


list! 

□ You  experience  a high  turnover  of 
clerical  employees  or  need  to 
increase  the  productivity  of  your 
present  staff. 

□ You  find  it  difficult  to  get  com- 
plete and  current  data  on  patient 
treatment  patterns,  facilities  utili- 
zation, and  services  on  a regular 
weekly,  monthly  and  annual  basis. 

□ Your  quarterly  and  annual  payroll 
reports  are  now  done  manually. 

□ You  have  difficulty  getting  useful 
management  information  about 
your  practice  when  you  need  it. 

□ Your  "most  current"  financial 
statement  for  the  practice  is 
already  out  of  date. 


If  you  have  checked  off  any  of  the  above,  you 
are  a candidate  for  Medical  Management  Services. 


178 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


> Production  of  patients'  statements 
on  daily,  weekly  or  monthly  basis 
— whichever  billing  cycle  is  best  for 
your  practice. 

> Automatic  production  of  standard 
insurance  (AMA)  claim  forms. 

> A daily  charge  and  collection  sum- 
mary which  recaps  all  daily  patient 
activity. 

> An  aged  accounts  receivable  trial 
balance  which  can  be  printed  on 
demand. 

> Practice  productivity  reports  broken 
down  by  procedures  and  payment 
classifications  (insurance,  self-pay,  etc.) 


> Monthly  management  reports. 

> Medicare  payment  distribution 
(20%  of  co-pay  automatically  cal- 
culated if  assignment  is  accepted). 

> Single-date  entry  for  all  financial 
transactions. 

> A recall  system  which  prints  lists, 
statistics  and  'labels'' 

> Customized  reports  for  special 
requirements. 

> Automatic  retention  of  claims 
information  for  rebilling  purposes. 

> Improvement  in  cash  flow  and 
office  efficiency. 


Free  Office  Analysis 

Included  in  the  services  provided  is  a 
free  office  analysis  where  a Medical 
Management  Services  representative 
analyzes  pertinent  data  on  your  cur- 
rent work  flow,  patient  volume,  initial 
set-up  for  new  patients,  billing,  insur- 
ance filing  and  follow-up.  This  Office 
Analysis  is  a prerequisite  for  installa- 
tion and  is  made  at  no  charge. 

Fill  out  the  coupon,  or  call,  for 
further  details  and  to  initiate  your 
Office  Analysis. 


Medical  Management 

Services 


P.O.  Box  8 

Florham  Park,  NJ  07932 
(201)  966-2710 


Blue  Cross 

of  New  Jersey 


Medical  Management  Services 

Blue  Cross  of  New  Jersey,  P.O.  Box  8,  Florham  Park,  NJ  07932 


□ Please  send  me  additional  information. 

□ Please  have  a representative  call  to  arrange  an  Office  Analysis. 


Office  Address 

\ 

\ City 

\ \ State/Zip 

Office  telephone 

i Registered  Marks  Blue  Cross  and  Blue  Shield  Association 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  3— MARCH  1984 


179 


Editorial 


The  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
is  on  the  air!  As  participants  of 
the  Healthcare  Information 
Network  (HIN),  MSNJ  will  be  sponsoring  closed-circuit 
television  programs  related  to  issues  and  concerns  of 
physician  members  and  New  Jersey  health  care  pro- 
fessionals. 

The  live  television  shows  will  be  presented  to  New 
Jersey  hospitals  subscribing  to  the  HIN  closed-circuit 
television  network.  HIN,  the  first  statewide  hospital 
network  to  broadcast  via  satellite,  began  its  operation 
on  January  4,  1984.  HIN  is  an  interactive,  color  tele- 
vision system;  the  hub  of  the  network  is  a central 
telecommunications  center  and  a satellite  earth  sta- 
tion located  in  Princeton. 

Presently,  there  are  18  hospitals  participating  in  the 
project:  Beth  Israel  Hospital,  Bridgeton  Hospital,  Clara 
Maass  Medical  Center,  Hackensack  Medical  Center, 
Kessler  Institute  for  Rehabilitation-Kessler  West,  Mem- 
orial General  Hospital,  Morristown  Memorial  Hospital, 
Muhlenberg  Hospital,  Newark  Beth  Israel  Medical 
Center,  Northern  Ocean  Hospital  System,  Inc.,  Salem 
County  Memorial  Hospital,  St.  Elizabeth  Hospital,  St. 
Mary’s  Hospital-Passaic,  St.  Peter’s  Medical  Center, 
Underwood-Memorial  Hospital,  Warren  Hospital,  West 
Hudson  Hospital,  and  West  Jersey  Health  System- 
Northern  and  Eastern  Divisions. 

The  programs  will  be  viewed  at  1 p m.  on  the  first, 
second,  and  third  Tuesday  of  each  month,  in  three 
separate  series: 

1.  President’s  Forum:  Hosted  by  Alexander  D. 
Kovacs,  M.D.  Dr.  Kovacs  will  meet  with  selected  mem- 
bers of  the  MSNJ  Board  of  Trustees  and  chairpersons 
of  various  councils  and  committees  to  discuss  infor- 


mation presented  at  Board  meetings.  This  program 
will  run  on  February  7,  March  6,  April  3,  May  1,  and 
June  5. 

2.  The  Impaired  Physician:  Conducted  by  David  I. 
Canavan,  M.D.,  Medical  Director  of  the  Impaired  Phy- 1 
sicians  Program,  MSNJ.  Dr.  Canavan  will  describe  all 
aspects  of  the  Impaired  Physicians  Program  from  a 
definition  of  the  problem  to  identification  and  confron-  ! 
tation.  This  series  will  be  on  Januaiy  10,  Februaiy  14,  I 
March  13,  April  10,  May  8,  and  June  12. 

3.  State  of  the  Art:  Moderated  by  Past  President 
Howard  D.  Slobodien,  M.D.  Dr.  Slobodien  will  cover  the 
following  subjects:  Medicine:  A Profession  in  Tran- 
sition, Parts  1 and  2,  with  William  Kane,  M.D.,  Norval 
Kemp,  M.D.,  Alfred  Alessi,  M.D.,  Arthur  Bernstein,  M.D., 
and  Frank  Primich,  M.D.;  MSNJ  Legislative  Activities 
with  Irving  Ratner,  M.D.,  Mr.  Joseph  Katz,  and  Mr. 
Edward  Meara;  The  Medicaid  Project  with  Thomas 
Bellavia,  M.D.,  Bayard  Coggeshall,  M.D.,  and  Mr. 
Thomas  Russo;  A Report  from  the  AMA  with  William 
D’Elia,  M.D.,  and  James  Todd,  M.D.;  and  Third-Party 
Payor,  with  MSNJ  Executive  Director  Vincent  A. 
Maressa,  J.D.  The  programs  will  run  on  January  17, 
February  21,  March  20,  April  17,  May  15,  and  June  19. 

All  shows  will  be  live,  and  viewer  participation  is 
anticipated.  During  the  program,  an  800  number  will 
be  flashed  across  the  screen  for  individual  calls. 

Television  programming  is  a new  avenue  for  MSNJ. 
The  educational  programs  to  be  presented  will  allow 
us  to  reach  more  of  our  membership.  One  possible  way 
would  be  for  medical  staffs  to  schedule  a combined 
lunch/HIN  TV  hour — and  that  way  our  members  could 
learn  more  about  the  profession  straight  from  “the 
horse’s  mouth.”  And,  of  course,  MSNJ  leadership 
would  be  able  to  get  a direct  response  from  the 
grassroots  level. 

MSNJ  is  keeping  up  with  the  times.  Cable  television 
no  longer  is  the  way  of  the  future:  it  is  today’s  medium 
of  communication.  As  they  say  in  show  biz,  MSNJ  is 
"on  line.”  G.H. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


180 


EDITORIAL 

Dropping  the  Ball: 
Tennis,  Golf, 
and  Alcohol 

William  C.  Van  Ost,  m.d.,  englewood 


The  American  Medical  Society  on 
Alcoholism  has  only  900  members.  With 
such  a small  membership,  one  wonders 
where  our  professional  sense  of  values 
has  gone.  Physicians  must  be  willing  to 
meet  obligations  and  fight  the  epidemic 
of  alcohol  and  drug  abuse. 


I was  leafing  through  the  direc- 
tory of  medical  organizations 
which  was  published  in  the 
April  22/29  1983,  issue  of  JAMA  (volume  249,  no.  16), 
when,  near  the  end  of  page  2,154,  I read  a couple  of 
listings  that  really  miffed  me.  No— the  listings  made 
me  feel  damned  mad:  angiy  enough  to  sit  down  and 
share  my  opinion  with  any  of  my  fellow  physicians  who 
care  to  listen. 

Listed  just  above  the  American  Medical  Tennis  As- 
sociation (3,300  members)  and  a bit  below  the  Ameri- 
can Medical  Golf  Association  (1,300  members)  is  the 
American  Medical  Society  on  Alcoholism  with  only  900 
members.  Not  that  I have  anything  against  tennis  or 
golf,  but  it  makes  me  wonder  where  our  professional 
sense  of  values  has  gone. 

For  example,  there  are  15  million  kids  in  the  world 
out  there  who  are  living  with  an  alcoholic  parent; 
millions  more  have  reached  adulthood  bearing  the  scar 
of  their  dysfunctional  youth.  At  least  a quarter  of  our 
colleagues,  if  they  would  admit  it,  can  identify  with 
that  older  group.  Yet,  only  5 percent  of  the  population 
in  which  alcohol  is  a central  part  of  one’s  life  receives 
any  help,  resulting  in  life-long  feelings  of  anger,  shame, 
guilt,  fear,  and  confusion.  What  are  we  physicians 
doing  to  help  alleviate  at  least  some  of  the  pain? 

A recent  Gallup  poll  revealed  that  over  half  of  our 
nation’s  family  members  feel  that  they  have  in  some 
intimate  way  been  affected  by  alcohol  and  drugs.  The 
17-  to  24-year-old  age  group  is  the  only  portion  of  our 


population  which  is  experiencing  an  increasing  mor- 
tality rate  mostly  due  to  violent  deaths  as  a result  of 
alcohol  /drug-related  traffic  accidents,  falls,  drown- 
ings,  murders,  and  suicides. 

We  can  stamp  out  polio,  diphtheria  and  tetanus,  and 
erase  smallpox  from  the  face  of  the  earth.  Surely,  these 
are  examples  of  preventive  medicine  at  its  best.  Yet,  we 
allow  over  1 10,000  people  to  die,  directly  or  indirectly, 
each  year  of  the  disease  of  alcoholism. 

If  just  one  person  in  your  practice  died  of  this 
epidemic  during  the  past  year,  what  did  you  do  to 
prevent  it?  What  could  you  have  done?  If  either  of  the 
parents  was  a drunk,  you  missed  something.  If  there 
was  alcohol  or  drug  use  and  you  did  not  know  it,  you 
apparently  missed  something.  Why?  Perhaps  you  just 
did  not  look,  or  you  did  not  listen,  or  you  did  not  feel. 
Most  likely,  you  just  did  not  ask.  Too  many  of  us  look 
upon  alcoholism  as  an  accusation,  not  as  a disease;  a 
family  disease  which,  unless  diagnosed,  destroys  vic- 
tim, family,  friends,  and  neighbors.  There  is  hope:  Al- 
coholism can  be  treated  and  it  can  be  prevented  if  only 
we  physicians  would  turn  aside  our  prejudices  and  use 
our  God-given  senses  to  make  the  diagnosis,  treat  the 
disease,  and  identify  and  treat  the  contacts,  in  an  at- 
tempt to  put  a stop  to  the  epidemiological  spread. 

Get  rid  of  the  myths. 

Alcoholism  is  not  fussy.  It  affects  rich,  poor,  black, 
white,  Christian,  Moslem,  and  Jew. 

A fact  is  a fact:  One  out  of  every  four  kids  in  every 
practice  involving  children  is  depressed  and  confused 
by  the  effects  of  family  alcoholism.  If  you  have  not  seen 
them,  you  have  not  looked. 

A child  of  an  alcoholic  is  so  filled  with  self-hate  and 
resentment  that  he  may  suffer  headaches  and  ab- 
dominal cramps,  he  may  miss  school,  his  grades  may 
drop,  or  he  may  try  suicide.  How  can  a thinking  person 
believe  that  it  is  the  parent’s  problem  and  not  that  of 
the  child? 

If  one  really  can  buy  the  myth  that  a child  from  an 
alcoholic  home  will  ask  for  help  if  he  really  wants  it, 
then  take  a close  look  at  the  expression  on  the  face  of 
a kid  from  an  alcoholic  home.  Look  into  his  eyes  and 
see  the  denial,  the  fears,  and  the  held-back  tears  as  he 
fights  to  hide  the  family  secret.  You  will  not  see  it  if 
you  do  not  ask  the  right  question  and  look.  How  many 
of  us  do? 

I may  be  overreacting  to  that  list  which  incurred  my 
wrath,  but  I know  that  a majority  of  physicians  feel 
that  dealing  with  alcoholism  and  the  family  is  someone 
else’s  job.  How  can  one  who  has  taken  the  Hippocratic 
oath  really  avoid  the  cause  of  an  ineestual  pregnancy 
or  the  brutal  signs  of  child  abuse? 

The  retreat  behind  the  mythical  wall  that,  somehow, 
alcoholism  is  a personal  matter  is  to  ignore  the  ugly 
alcohol- induced  violence  and  the  disastrous  psycho- 
logical effects  on  the  family. 

Society  is  calling  for  help — through  television,  radio, 
newspapers,  magazines.  We  see  messages  to  us,  the 
members  of  the  medical  profession,  to  meet  our  obli- 
gations and  fight  the  epidemic  of  alcohol  and  drug 
abuse.  If  our  answer,  due  to  whatever  our  ex- 
cuse— prejudice,  myths  and  fears — is  in  the  negative, 
then  to  the  shame  of  our  profession,  society  will  turn 
to  others  who  already  are  doing  and  showing  that  they 
really  care. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  3— MARCH  1984 


181 


Treatment  with  Navane  can  produce  improvement  in 
psychotic  symptoms  such  as  hallucinatory  behavior  and 
unusual  thought  content  as  well  as  hostility,  disorientation 
and  depressive  mood,1 2 leaving  the  elderly  patient  more 
alert2  and  better  able  to  participate  in  the  activities  of 


Well  tolerated 

Navane  is  generally  well  tolerated  by  elderly  patients.;  $ ] 
Excessive  sedation  or  drowsiness  has  been  reported,  but 
is  uncommon.1  Anticholinergic  effects3  and  hypotension4  5 
are  reported,  but  rarely.  Should  they  occur,  extrapyramidal 
symptoms  can  usually  be  readily  controlled. 


Navane 

(thiothixene)  (thiothixene  HCI) 

References:  1.  Uti!  TM,  Unverdi  C.  Wohlrade  J,  el  al:  Drug  therapy  of  psychosis  associated  with 
organic  brain  syndrome.  Presented  as  a Scientific  Exhibit  at  the  American  Public  Health  Associa- 
tion Centennial,  Atlantic  City,  New  Jersey,  November  12-16.  1972.  2.  Katz  MM,  Util  TM:  Video 
methodology  for  research  in  psychopathology  and  psychopharmacology.  Arch  Gen  Psychiatry 
31:204-210, 1974.  3.  Ketai  R:  Psychotropic  drugs  in  the  management  ohpsychiatric  emergencies. 
Postgraduate  Medicine  58:87-93, 1975.  4.  Birkett  DR  Hirschfield  W,  Simpson  GM:  Thiothixene  in 
the  treatment  of  diseases  of  the  senium.  Curr  Ther  Res  14:775-779, 1972.  5.  Data  on  file  at  Roerig. 


BRIEF  SUMMARY  OF  PRESCRIBING  INFORMATION 
Navane’  (thiothixene)  Capsules:  1 mg,  2 mg,  5 mg,  10  mg,  20  mg 
(thiothixene  hydrochloride)  Concentrate:  5 mg/ml,  Intramuscular:  2 mg/ml,  5 mg/ml 
Contraindications:  Navane  (thiothixene)  is  contraindicated  in  patients  with  circulatory  collapse, 
comatose  states,  central  nervous  system  depression  due  to  any  cause,  and  blood  dyscrasias. 
Navane  is  contraindicated  in  individuals  who  have  shown  hypersensitivity  to  the  drug.  It  is  not 
known  whether  there  is  a cross-sensitivity  between  the  thioxanthenes  and  the  phenothiazine 
derivatives,  but  the  possibility  should  be  considered. 

Warnings:  Usage  in  Pregnancy — Safe  use  of  Navane  during  pregnancy  has  not  been  established 
Therefore,  this  drug  should  be  given  to  pregnant  patients  only  when,  in  the  judgment  of  the 
physician,  the  expected  benefits  from  the  treatment  exceed  the  possible  risks  to  mother  and  fetus 
Animal  reproduction  studies  and  clinical  experience  to  date  have  not  demonstrated  any 
teratogenic  effects. 

In  the  animal  reproduction  studies  with  Navane,  there  was  some  decrease  in  conception  rate 
and  litter  size,  and  an  increase  in  resorption  rate  in  rats  and  rabbits,  changes  which  have  been 
similarly  reported  with  other  psychotropic  agents.  After  repeated  oral  administration  of  Navane  to 
rats  (5  to  15  mg/kg/day),  rabbits  (3 to  50  mg/kg/day),  and  monkeys  (1  to  3 mg/kg/day)  before  and 
during  gestation,  no  teratogenic  effects  were  seen.  (See  Precautions.) 

Usage  in  Children- The  use  of  Navane  in  children  under  12  years  of  age  is  not  recommended 
because  safety  and  efficacy  in  the  pediatric  age  group  have  not  been  established. 

As  is  true  with  many  CNS  drugs,  Navane  may  impair  the  mental  and/or  physical  abilities  required 
for  the  performance  of  potentially  hazardous  tasks  such  as  driving  a car  or  operating  machinery, 
especially  during  the  first  few  days  of  therapy.  Therefore,  the  patient  should  be  cautioned  accord- 
ingly 

As  in  the  case  of  other  CNS-acting  drugs,  patients  receiving  Navane  should  be  cautioned  about 
the  possible  additive  effects  (which  may  include  hypotension)  with  CNS  depressants  and  with 
alcohol. 

Precautions:  An  antiemetic  effect  was  observed  in  animal  studies  with  Navane,  since  this  effect 
may  also  occur  in  man,  it  is  possible  that  Navane  may  mask  signs  of  overdosage  of  toxic  drugs  and 
may  obscure  conditions  such  as  intestinal  obstruction  and  brain  tumor. 

In  consideration  of  the  known  capability  of  Navane  and  certain  other  psychotropic  drugs  to 
precipitate  convulsions,  extreme  caution  should  be  used  in  patients  with  a history  of  convulsive 
disorders  or  those  in  a state  of  alcohol  withdrawal  since  it  may  lower  the  convulsive  threshold. 
Although  Navane  potentiates  the  actions  of  the  barbiturates,  the  dosage  of  the  anticonvulsant 
therapy  should  not  be  reduced  when  Navane  is  administered  concurrently. 

Caution  as  well  as  careful  adjustment  of  the  dosage  is  indicated  when  Navane  is  used  in 
conjunction  with  other  CNS  depressants  other  than  anticonvulsant  drugs. 

Though  exhibiting  rather  weak  anticholinergic  properties,  Navane  should  be  used  with  caution 
in  patients  who  are  known  or  suspected  to  have  glaucoma,  or  who  might  be  exposed  to  extreme 
heat,  or  who  are  receiving  atropine  or  related  drugs. 

Use  with  caution  in  patients  with  cardiovascular  disease. 

Also,  careful  observation  should  be  made  for  pigmentary  retinopathy,  and  lenticular  pigmenta- 
tion (fine  lenticular  pigmentation  has  been  noted  in  a small  number  of  patients  treated  with  Navane 
for  prolonged  periods).  Blood  dyscrasias  (agranulocytosis,  pancytopenia,  thrombocytopenic 
purpura),  and  liver  damage  (jaundice,  biliary  stasis)  have  been  reported  with  related  drugs. 

Undue  exposure  to  sunlight  should  be  avoided.  Photosensitive  reactions  have  been  reported  in 
patients  on  Navane. 

Neuroleptic  drugs  elevate  prolactin  levels;  the  elevation  persists  during  chronic  administration. 
Tissue  culture  experiments  indicate  that  approximately  one-third  of  human  breast  cancers  are 
prolactin  dependent  in  vitro,  a factor  of  potential  importance' if  the  prescription  of  these  drugs  is 
contemplated  in  a patient  with  a previously  detected  breast  cancer.  Although  disturbances  such 
as  galactorrhea,  amenorrhea,  gynecomastia,  and  impotence  have  been  reported,  the  clinical 
significance  of  elevated  serum  prolactin  levels  is  unknown  for  most  patients.  An  increase  in 
mammary  neoplasms  has  been  found  in  rodents  after  chronic  administration  of  neuroleptic  drugs. 
Neither  clinical  studies  nor  epidemiologic  studies  conducted  to  date,  however,  have  shown  an 
association  between  chronic  administration  of  these  drugs  and  mammary  tumorigenesis;  the 
available  evidence  is  considered  too  limited  to  be  conclusive  at  this  time. 

Intramuscular  Administration  — As  with  all  intramuscular  preparations,  Navane  Intramuscular 
should  be  iniected  well  within  the  body  of  a relatively  large  muscle.  The  preferred  sites  are  the 
upper  outer  quadrant  of  the  buttock  (i.e.  gluteus  maximus)  and  the  mid-lateral  thigh. 

The  deltoid  area  should  be  used  only  if  well  developed,  such  as  in  certain  adults  and  older 
children,  and  then  only  with  caution  to  avoid  radial  nerve  injury.  Intramuscular  injections  should  not 
be  made  into  the  lower  and  mid-thirds  of  the  upper  arm.  As  with  all  intramuscular  injections, 
aspiration  is  necessary  to  help  avoid  inadvertent  injection  into  a blood  vessel. 

Adverse  Reactions:  Note:  Not  all  of  the  following  adverse  reactions  have  been  reported  with 
Navane  (thiothixene).  However,  since  Navane  has  certain  chemical  and  pharmacologic  similarities 
to  the  phenothiazines,  all  of  the  known  side  effects  and  toxicity  associated  with  phenothiazine 
therapy  should  be  borne  in  mind  when  Navane  is  used. 

Cardiovascular  effects:  Tachycardia,  hypotension,  lightheadedness,  and  syncope.  In  the  event 
hypotension  occurs,  epinephrine  should  not  be  used  as  a pressor  agent  since  a paradoxical 
further  lowering  of  blood  pressure  may  result.  Nonspecific  EKG  changes  have  been  observed  in 
some  patients  receiving  Navane.  These  changes  are  usually  reversible  and  frequently  disappear 
on  continued  Navane  therapy.  The  incidence  of  these  changes  is  lower  than  that  observed  with 
some  phenothiazines.  The  clinical  significance  of  these  changes  is  not  known. 

CNS  effects:  Drowsiness,  usually  mild,  may  occur  although  it  usually  subsides  wtih  continuation 
of  Navane  therapy  The  incidence  of  sedation  appears  similar  to  that  of  the  piperazine  group  of 
phenothiazines,  but  less  than  that  of  certain  aliphatic  phenothiazines.  Restlessness,  agitation  and 
insomnia  have  been  noted  with  Navane  (thiothixene).  Seizures  and  paradoxical  exacerbation  of 
psychotic  symptoms  have  occurred  with  Navane  infrequently. 

Hyperreflexia  has  been  reported  in  infants  delivered  from  mothers  having  received  structurally 
related  drugs 

In  addition,  phenothiazine  derivatives  have  been  associated  with  cerebral  edema  and  cere- 
brospinal fluid  abnormalities 

Extrapyramidal  symptoms,  such  as  pseudo-parkinsonism,  akathisia,  and  dystonia  have  been 
reported.  Management  of  these  extrapyramidal  symptoms  depends  upon  the  type  and  severity. 
Rapid  relief  ot  acute  symptoms  may  require  the  use  of  an  injectable  antiparkins.on  agent.  More 
slowly  emerging  symptoms  may  be  managed  by  reducing  the  dosage  of  Navane  and/or  adminis- 
tering an  oral  antiparkinson  agent. 

Persistent  Tardive  Dyskinesia:  As  with  all  antipsychotic  agents  tardive  dyskinesia  may  appear  in 
some  patients  on  long  term  therapy  or  may  occur  after  drug  therapy  has  been  discontinued.  The 
risk  seems  to  be  great'1  r in  elderly  patients  on  high-dose  therapy,  especially  females.  The  symp- 
toms are  persistent  and  in  some  patients  appear  to  be  irreversible.  The  syndrome  is  characterized 
by  rhythmical  involuntary  movements  of  the  tongue,  face,  mouth  or  jaw  (e.g.,  protrusion  of  tongue, 
puffing  of  cheeks,  puckering  of  mouth,  chewing  movements).  Sometimes  these  may  be  accom- 
panied by  involuntary  movements  of  extremities. 


Capsules 
available  in 
5 strengths 


1 mg 

2 mg 

— ‘ ml 

5 mg 

10  mg 

20  mg 

' - w 

Concentrate 
5 mg/ml 


NDC  0049-5750-1’ 

I Navane 


• Mothixene  HO 


CONCENTRATE 
5 mg  / ml  * 


1 Mm) 

-ACTION:  F«*>raj  tew  prOU*** 
•-ww* mg  without  funcrtphV' 


Intramuscular 
2 mg/ml 
5 mg/ml 


h 

I - 


There  is  no  known  effective  treatment  for  tardive  dyskinesia;  antiparkinsonism  agents  usually  do  : 
not  alleviate  the  symptoms  of  this  syndrome.  It  is  suggested  that  all  antipsychotic  agents  be 
discontinued  if  these  symptoms  appear 

Should  it  be  necessary  to  reinstitute  treatment,  or  increase  the  dosage  of  the  agent,  or  switch  to  a j 
different  antipsychotic  agent,  the  syndrome  may  be  masked. 

It  has  been  reported  that  fine  vermicular  movements  of  the  tongue  may  be  an  early  sign  of  the  j 
syndrome  and  if  the  medication  is  stopped  at  that  time,  the  syndrome  may  not  develop. 

Hepatic  effects:  Elevations  of  serum  transaminase  and  alkaline  phosphatase,  usually  transient, 
have  been  infrequently  observed  in  some  patients.  No  clinically  confirmed  cases  of  jaundice 
attributable  to  Navane  (thiothixene)  have  been  reported. 

Hematologic  effects:  As  is  true  with  certain  other  psychotropic  drugs,  leukopenia  and 
leukocytosis,  which  are  usually  transient,  can  occur  occasionally  with  Navane.  Other  antipsychotic 
drugs  have  been  associated  with  agranulocytosis,  eosinophilia,  hemolytic  anemia,  throm- 
bocytopenia and  pancytopenia. 

Allergic  reactions:  Rash,  pruritus,  urticaria,  photosensitivity  and  rare  cases  of  anaphylaxis  have  ( 
been  reported  with  Navane.  Undue  exposure  to  sunlight  should  be  avoided.  Although  not  experi-  j 
enced  with  Navane,  exfoliative  dermatitis  and  contact  dermatitis  (in  nursing  personnel)  have  been  I 
reported  with  certain  phenothiazines 

Endocrine  disorders:  Lactation,  moderate  breast  enlargement  and  amenorrhea  have  occurred 
in  a small  percentage  of  females  receiving  Navane.  If  persistent,  this  may  necessitate  a reduction 
in  dosage  or  the  discontinuation  of  therapy.  Phenothiazines  have  been  associated  with  false 
positive  pregnancy  tests,  gynecomastia,  hypoglycemia,  hyperglycemia,  and  glycosuria. 

Autonomic  effects:  Dry  mouth,  blurred  vision,  nasal  congestion,  constipation,  increased  sweat-  ' 
ing,  increased  salivation,  and  impotence  have  occurred  infrequently  with  Navane  therapy.  \ 
Phenothiazines  have  been  associated  with  miosis,  mydriasis,  and  adynamic  ileus. 

Other  adverse  reactions:  Hyperpyrexia,  anorexia,  nausea,  vomiting,  diarrhea,  increase  in  appe- 
tite and  weight,  weakness  or  fatigue,  polydipsia  and  peripheral  edema 

Although  not  reported  with  Navane,  evidence  indicates  there  is  a relationship  between  1 
phenothiazine  therapy  and  the  occurrence  of  a systemic  lupus  erythematosus-like  syndrome. 

NOTE:  Sudden  deaths  have  occasionally  been  reported  in  patients  who  have  received  certain  I 
phenothiazine  derivatives.  In  some  cases  the  cause  of  death  was  apparently  cardiac  arrest  or  1 
asphyxia  due  to  failure  of  the  cough  reflex.  In  others,  the  cause  could  not  be  determined  nor  could 
it  be  established  that  death  was  due  to  phenothiazine  administration. 

Dosage  and  Administration:  Dosage  of  Navane  should  be  individually  adjusted  depending  on  the 
chronicity  and  severity  of  the  condition.  In  general,  small  doses  should  be  used  initially  and  I 
gradually  increased  to  the  optimal  effective  level,  based  on  patient  response. 

Some  patients  have  been  successfully  maintained  on  once-a-day  Navane  therapy. 

Usage  in  children  under  12  years  of  age  is  not  recommended  because  safe  conditions  for  its  use 
have  not  been  established 

Navane  Intramuscular  Solution:  Navane  For  Injection— Where  more  rapid  control  and  treatment 
of  acute  behavior  is  desirable,  the  intramuscular  form  of  Navane  may  be  indicated  It  is  also  of 
benefit  where  the  very  nature  of  the  patient's  symptomatology,  whether  acute  or  chronic,  renders 
oral  administration  impractical  or  even  impossible. 

For  treatment  of  acute  symptomatology  or  in  patients  unable  or  unwilling  to  take  oral  medication, 
the  usual  dose  is  4 mg  of  Navane  Intramuscular  administered  2 to  4 times  daily.  Dosage  may  be 
increased  or  decreased  depending  on  response.  Most  patients  are  controlled  on  a total  daily 
dosage  of  16  to  20  mg.  The  maximum  recommended  dosage  is  30  mg/day.  An  oral  form  should  j 
supplant  the  injectable  form  as  soon  as  possible.  It  may  be  necessary  to  adjust  the  dosage  when  : 
changing  from  the  intramuscular  to  oral  dosage  forms.  Dosage  recommendations  for  Navane  i 
(thiothixene)  Capsules  and  Concentrate  appear  in  the  following  paragraphs. 

Navane  Capsules:  Navane  Concentrate  - In  milder  conditions,  an  initial  dose  of  2 mg  three  times  j 
daily.  If  indicated,  a subsequent  increase  to  15  mg/day  total  daily  dose  is  often  effective. 

In  more  severe  conditions,  an  initial  dose  of  5 mg  twice  daily. 

The  usual  optimal  dose  is  20  to  30  mg  daily.  If  indicated,  an  increase  to  60  mg/day  total  daily 
dose  is  often  effective.  Exceeding  a total  daily  dose  of  60  mg  rarely  increases  the  beneficial 
response. 

Overdosage:  Manifestations  include  muscular  twitching,  drowsiness,  and  dizziness.  Symptoms  of 
gross  overdosage  may  include  CNS  depression,  rigidity,  weakness,  torticollis,  tremor,  salivation, 
dysphagia,  hypotension,  disturbances  of  gait,  or  coma 

Treatment:  Essentially  is  symptomatic  and  supportive.  For  Navane  oral,  early  gastric  lavage  is 
helpful.  For  Navane  oral  and  Intramuscular,  keep  patient  under  careful  observation  and  maintain 
an  open  airway,  since  involvement  of  the  extrapyramidal  system  may  produce  dysphagia  and  : 
respiratory  difficulty  in  severe  overdosage.  If  hypotension  occurs,  the  standard  measures  for 
managing  circulatory  shock  should  be  used  (IV  fluids  and/or  vasoconstrictors  ) 

If  a vasoconstrictor  is  needed,  levarterenol  and  phenylephrine  are  the  most  suitable  drugs. 
Other  pressor  agents,  including  epinephrine,  are  not  recommended,  since  phenothiazine  deriva- 
tives may  reverse  the  usual  pressor  action  of  these  agents  and  cause  further  lowering  of  the  blood 
pressure 

If  CNS  depression  is  present  and  specific  therapy  is  indicated,  recommended  stimulants 
include  amphetamine,  dextroamphetamine,  or  caffeine  and  sodium  benzoate  Stimulants  that 
may  cause  convulsions  (e  g.  picrotoxin  or  pentylenetetrazol)  should  be  avoided  Extrapyramidal 
symptoms  may  be  treated  with  antiparkinson  drugs. 

There  are  no  data  on  the  use  of  peritoneal  or  hemodialysis,  but  they  are  known  to  be  of  little  value 
in  phenothiazine  intoxication. 

ROeRIG<® 

A division  of  Pfizer  Pharmaceuticals 


184 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Hospital 

Governing  Boards* 


Should  Certificate  of 
Need  Legislation 
Be  Repealed? 

Vincent  A.  Maressa,  j.d. 


Health  service  researchers  have  begun 
to  question  the  assumptions  underlying 
the  certificate  of  need  concept.  New 
Jersey  is  seriously  considering 
expanding  its  certificate  of  need  law  to 
remove  the  current  exemption  granted 
to  physicians  in  their  private  practices. 


Certificate  of  need  laws  were  de- 
signed to  combat  spiraling 
health  care  costs  and  the  un- 
necessary duplication  and  maldistribution  of  health 
care  facilities  and  services.  Health  service  researchers 
in  several  disciplines  have  begun  to  question  many  of 
the  assumptions  underlying  the  certificate  of  need 
concept.  While  this  is  occurring.  New  Jersey  which  has 
a penchant  for  being  different  is  seriously  considering 
expanding  its  certificate  to  need  law  to  remove  the 
current  exemption  granted  physicians  in  their  private 
practices.  The  Blue  Ribbon  Committee  to  the  State 
Health  Coordinating  Council  has  recommended  this 
action  without  any  objective  documentation  of  its  ad- 
visability, or  for  that  matter  a clear  understanding  of 
the  problem. 

The  Utah  Law  Review,  Volume  1978,  Number  1,  pub- 
lished by  the  University  of  Utah  College  of  Law  con- 
tains a series  of  papers  on  the  certificate  of  need  mech- 
anism. 

The  first  paper  presents  an  overview  and  was  written 
by  James  F.  Blumstein,  Professor  of  Law,  Vanderbilt 
Law  School  and  Frank  A.  Sloan,  Professor  of  Eco- 
nomics, Vanderbilt  University.  The  work  on  the  article 
was  supported  in  part  by  the  Vanderbilt  Institute  for 
Public  Policy  Studies  and  by  Grant  No.  7-ROl-HS 
02590  from  the  National  Center  for  Health  Services 
Research,  United  States  Department  of  Health  and 
Human  Services. 

The  authors  begin  by  citing  a number  of  defects  in 
our  health  care  system  which  led  to  increased  costs. 
They  then  point  out  that  while  the  defects  are  widely 
recognized,  not  all  agree  the  solution  is  to  impose 
rationing  on  the  health  “nonsystem”  through  a cen- 


tralized bureaucratic  system  of  controls.  They  indicate 
that  the  research  community  interested  in  the  effects 
of  certificate  of  need  legislation  has  developed  and 
sought  the  answers  to  a series  of  questions.  They  state 
that  research  findings  on  the  effects  of  certificate  of 
need  must  be  considered  very  tentative  and  often  are 
contradictory. 

They  conclude  by  stating,  “While  we  are  forced  to 
hedge  somewhat  since  some  indepth  research  is  still 
in  progress,  it  is  fairly  safe  to  conclude  that  the 
certificate  of  need  review  will  at  best  make  a minor 
contribution  to  tempering  the  rate  of  rising  health  care 

costs Moreover,  the  certificate  of  need  may  not  turn 

out  to  achieve  the  cost-containment  objectives  its 
proponents  had  anticipated.” 

It  is  this  writer’s  belief  that  the  predictions  of  Blum- 
stein and  Sloan  published  in  1978  have  indeed  come 
to  pass.  The  Health  Department  in  New  Jersey  re- 
cognizes that  the  certificate  of  need  has  not  delivered 
what  was  promised.  It,  however,  believes  the  solution 
rests  in  expansion  of  jurisdiction.  On  the  other  hand, 
the  Commissioner  of  Health  declared  on  October  25, 
1983,  that  New  Jersey  has  30  percent  more  acute  hos- 
pital beds  than  it  needs.  If  the  certificate  of  need  pro- 
cess held  any  promise,  it  was  in  controlling  the 
number  of  hospitals  beds.  As  the  Commissioner  in- 
dicated, it  has  been  a dismal  failure  in  that  regard. 

Certainly,  it  is  time  for  hospital  governing  boards, 
hospital  management,  the  medical  community,  and 
the  patient  population  to  re-evaluate  the  certificate  of 
need  concept  and  to  make  their  views  known  to  the 
Department  of  Health  and  the  legislature.  The  Depart- 
ment should  conduct  some  serious  introspective  re- 
flection to  ascertain  what  purpose  has  been  served  by 
the  certificate  of  need  exercise  other  than  the  employ- 
ment of  planners. 

*The  material  for  this  column  is  coedited  by  Arthur  Krosnick, 
M.D.,  Editor,  The  Journal,  MSNJ;  Vincent  A.  Maressa,  J.D., 
Executive  Director,  MSNJ;  and  James  E.  George,  M.D.,  J.D., 
Director  of  Professional  Liability,  MSNJ. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  3— MARCH  1984 


185 


SHOWN  PHARMACEUTICAL  CO.,  INC. 

2500  West  Sixth  Street,  Los  Angeles,  CA  90057 


ui!  Prescribing  Information,  Please  See  PDR. 


REFER  TO 

PDR 


Android/f 

Fluoxymesterone  U.S.R  Tablets,  10mg 


Psychological  Effects 
of  Rhinoplasty 


Alvin  I.  Glasgold,  m.d.,  and  Susan  B.  Horowitz,  ph.d.,  new  Brunswick 


Assessing  the  psychological  and  social  consequences  of 
rhinoplasty , 139  patients  were  mailed  questionnaires  to  measure 
change  in  three  areas:  attitudes  towards  physical  appearance , 
self-esteem , and  social  relationships . A majority  of  patients 
reported  increased  self-esteem  and  improved  attitudes . 


A recent  article  in  the  science  sec- 
tion of  The  New  York  Times  in- 
dicated that  attractive  people 
are  perceived  as  more  poised,  sensitive,  sincere,  in- 
telligent, and  successful  than  others.1  Along  with  the 
recent  increase  in  publicity  about  cosmetic  surgery, 
this  would  tend  to  reinforce  the  positive  value  of  this 
type  of  surgery.  If  this  is  true,  do  people  who  undergo 
a change  in  appearance  equally  change  in  a positive 
psychological  sense?  Are  they  perceived  differently?  Do 
they  make  social  gains?  Do  they  change  in  their  rela- 
tionships to  friends  and  family? 

Since  the  1940s,  numerous  studies  have  focused  on 
the  motivations  and  characteristics  of  individuals 
seeking  rhinoplasty.  Several  researchers  report  a high 
degree  of  emotional  disturbance  among  the  population 
seeking  rhinoplasty.2  4 A common  psychiatric  view- 
point, based  on  unconscious  conflict  and  symptom 
substitution,  suggests  that  rhinoplasty  is  likely  to  have 
an  unpredictable,  negative  psychological  effect  or,  at 
best,  no  effect  at  all.5  7 In  May  1980,  Shulman  discussed 
assessment  of  the  prospective  rhinoplasty  patient  in 
terms  of  psychopathology,  emphasizing  the  need  for 
routine  psychiatric  screening.7 

Researchers  may  have  been  overly  concerned  with 
documenting  the  motivations  and  psychiatric  symp- 
tomatology of  candidates  for  rhinoplasty  as  opposed  to 
focusing  on  the  psychological  and  social  gains  actually 
made  following  surgery.  This  study  considers  the  ques- 


tion of  positive  psychological  change  which  follows 
cosmetic  rhinoplasty.  The  researchers  attempt  to 
answer  the  following  questions:  Are  patients  satisfied 
with  the  results  of  their  surgery?  Are  there  specific 
psychological  changes  in  patients  following  rhinoplas- 
ty? What  is  the  significance  of  the  patient’s 
preoperative  expectations? 

METHODS 

In  April  1979,  questionnaires  were  mailed  to  254 
former  patients  who  had  rhinoplasty  operations  be- 
tween September  1976  and  September  1978.  Com- 
pleted questionnaires  were  received  from  106  patients. 
A random  sample  of  33  patients  who  did  not  respond 
to  the  mailed  questionnaire  were  contacted  by  phone. 
Their  responses  were  similar  to  the  larger  sample  who 
responded  to  mailed  questionnaires. 

The  total  sample  consisted  of  139  patients  (31  men 
and  108  women)  ranging  in  age  from  15  to  57  years 
old.  At  least  six  months  elapsed  between  a patient’s 
rhinoplasty  and  the  arrival  of  the  questionnaire.  This 


*Dr.  Glasgold  is  Chairman,  Department  of  Otolaryngology- 
Head  and  Neck  Surgery,  St.  Peter's  Medical  Center  and 
Middlesex  General-University  Hospital,  New  Brunswick.  Dr. 
Horowitz  is  affiliated  with  Rutgers  University,  Graduate 
School  of  Social  Work.  New  Brunswick.  Correspondence  may 
be  addressed  to  Dr.  Glasgold,  31  River  Road,  Highland  Park, 
NJ  08904. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  3— MARCH  1984 


187 


TABLE  1 

Average  Levels  of  Satisfaction  for 
Age  Group  with  Rhinoplasty 


20  Age 

n = 106 

0= Minimum  level  of  satisfaction 
10= Maximum  level  of  satisfaction 


timing  deliberately  was  designed  to  give  patients 
ample  time  to  resume  their  personal  lives  following 
surgery  and  for  postoperative  swelling  to  diminish. 
Patients  who  explained  that  their  rhinoplasty  was  due 
to  trauma  or  breathing  difficulty,  denying  cosmetic 
motivation,  were  eliminated  from  the  study. 

THE  QUESTIONNAIRE 

The  questionnaire  focused  on  three  areas:  patient 
satisfaction  with  the  results  of  rhinoplasty:  level  of 
psychological  change  following  rhinoplasty:  and  pa- 
tient expectations  prior  to  rhinoplasty  surgery. 

In  order  to  measure  satisfaction  with  rhinoplasty, 
patients  were  asked  to  rate  their  level  of  satisfaction 
with  cosmetic  results  on  a 0 to  10  point  scale.  To 
measure  the  level  of  psychological  change  following 
rhinoplasty,  15  questions  were  used  to  assess  a given 
patient’s  attitude  towards  appearance,  sense  of  self- 
esteem, and  behavior  in  social  situations.  The  average 
of  changes  in  these  three  areas  is  referred  to  as  a 
patient’s  psychological  change  score. 

Patient  expectations  prior  to  rhinoplasty  were 
assessed  in  two  ways:  in  terms  of  psychological  expec- 
tations dealing  with  possible  differences  in  a person’s 
feeling  of  attractiveness,  popularity,  self-confidence 
and  social  relationships  which  might  take  place  follow- 
ing rhinoplasty,  and  physical  expectations  aimed 
specifically  at  the  patient’s  imagined  idea  of  what  the 
face  and  nose  would  like  following  surgery.  A 0 to  10 
point  scale  again  was  utilized  to  measure  both  levels 
of  expectations. 

ANALYSIS  OF  DATA 

The  first  factor  that  was  analyzed  was  patient  satis- 
faction with  the  results  of  rhinoplasty. 

Data  analysis  revealed  that  an  overwhelming  ma- 
jority of  patients  were  very  satisfied  with  the  results 
ol  rhinoplasty.  On  a 0 to  10  point  scale  where  10  rep- 
resents maximum  satisfaction  with  results,  the  mean 
level  of  patient  satisfaction  was  9.5  with  the  modal 
(most  frequent)  response  being  10. 

Although  we  expected  responses  indicating  general 
satisfaction,  we  were  surprised  by  the  high  level  of 


satisfaction.  Table  1 indicates  a breakdown  according 
to  age  with  some  slight  increase  in  satisfaction  in  the 
older  age  group.  Because  of  the  almost  universal 
response,  further  demographic  breakdown  was  not  in- 
dicated. 

In  order  to  test  the  hypothesis  that  positive  psycho- 
logical change  takes  place  following  rhinoplasty,  the 
psychological  change  scores  of  patients  were  analyzed. 
Three  specific  areas  of  change  were  identified:  im- 
provements in  attitudes  towards  physical  appearance; 
improvements  in  self-esteem:  and  improvements  in 
social  relationships. 

Using  statistical  analysis  (t  tests  and  ANOVA),  age 
was  found  to  be  a significant  variable  (P<. 03)  particu- 
larly in  the  area  of  improved  social  relationships. 
Younger  patients,  specifically  under  age  30,  demon- 
strated greater  gains  in  social  relationships  following 
rhinoplasty  than  did  older  patients.  The  15-  to  19-year- 
old  age  group  showed  the  greatest  gain  in  this  area. 

Table  2 shows  that  the  greatest  positive  psychologi- 
cal change  occurs  with  respect  to  patients’  attitudes 
towards  their  physical  appearance.  This  is  true  for  all 
age  categories. 

Moderate  improvements  in  self-esteem  and  social 
relationships  also  take  place  for  all  age  groups.  It 
should  be  noted  that  the  youngest  age  group,  15  to  19 
years  old,  made  the  greatest  improvements  in  all  three 
areas  of  psychological  change  following  rhinoplasty. 

Table  3 considers  the  psychological  and  physical  ex- 
pectations of  rhinoplasty  patients  before  their  surgery. 

As  a group,  prospective  rhinoplasty  patients  had 
moderately  low  expectations  for  psychological  change 
following  their  surgery.  It  should  be  noted  here  that 
age  is  a significant  variable  in  this  (P<.02)  indicating 
that  the  younger  patients  showed  higher  levels  or  pro- 
jected changes  in  their  lives  as  a consequence  of 
rhinoplasty.  Again,  the  15-  to  19-year-old  age  group 
showed  the  highest  level  of  psychological  expectations 
as  to  possible  life  changes  following  surgery. 

Items  labeled  as  physical  expectations  refer  to  the 
patient’s  expectation  of  what  the  face  and  nose  would 
actually  look  like  after  rhinoplasty.  Data  revealed  that 
most  patients  did  not  expect  to  look  perfect  and  most 
had  no  specific  or  rigid  idea  of  what  their  nose  would 
look  like  before  surgery.  This  was  true  for  all  patients 
with  no  significant  difference  noted  for  any  age  group. 

The  fact  that  the  youngest  group  of  patients  had  the 
highest  psychological  expectations  for  their  rhinoplas- 
ty is  interesting  in  light  of  the  previous  findings  that 
the  younger  group  actually  accomplished  the  greatest 
psychologic  gains  in  all  areas  tested,  namely  attitude 
towards  appearance,  self-esteem,  and  social  rela- 
tionships. It  appears  that  younger  patients  who  have 
moderately  high  expectations  prior  to  rhinoplasty,  as 
a group,  follow  through  after  surgery  to  make  signifi- 
cant positive  psychological  gains. 

When  a patient’s  psychological  expectations  were 
correlated  with  total  psychological  change  scores  fol- 
lowing rhinoplasty,  r=.66.  In  other  words,  moderately 
high  patient  expectations  prior  to  rhinoplasty  may  be 
related  to  actual  level  of  change  following  surgery.  Per- 
haps the  traditional  viewpoint  of  skeptically  viewing 
high  patient  expectations  as  an  indicator  of  potential 
patient  dissatisfaction  needs  to  be  seriously 
challenged. 


188 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


TABLE  2 

Average  Psychological  Change  Scores  for  Age  Groups 

Age 


(18) 

15  to  19 

(41) 

20  to  29 

(26) 

30  to  39 

(11) 

40  to  49 

(10) 

50+ 

Total 

Physical  Appearance 

8.5 

7.1 

7.5 

6.5 

7.4 

7.4 

Self-Esteem 

7.3 

5.6 

6.2 

5.1 

5.3 

6.0 

Social  Relationships 

7.5 

4.7 

5.2 

4.4 

4.1 

5.2 

(Average)  Psychological 
Change  Score 

7.7 

5.8 

6.3 

5.3 

5.6 

6.2 

n = 1 06 

0=Minimum  level  of  satisfaction 
10  = Maximum  level  of  satisfaction 


TABLE  3 

Average  Expectations  and  Age  Levels  of 
Rhinoplasty  Patients  Before  Surgery 


Age 

Psychological 

Expectation 

Level 

Physical 

Expectation 

Level 

Under 

20 

5.6 

4.5 

20  to  29 

3.3 

5.6 

30  to  39 

3.3 

3.7 

40  to  49 

3.9 

5.7 

50+ 

2.5 

3.8 

Average 

3.7 

4.8 

0 = Minimum  level  of  expectation 
10= Maximum  level  of  expectation 


CONCLUSIONS 

This  study  tests  the  hypothesis  that  there  is  positive 
psychological  change  following  cosmetic  rhinoplasty. 
Data  indicate  that  patients  do  make  moderate  gains 
in  three  areas.  The  most  outstanding  changes  are  in 
attitudes  towards  physical  appearance,  but  there  are 
moderate  gains  made  in  self-esteem  and  social  rela- 
tionships as  well. 

It  is  significant  that  the  younger  age  group  achieved 
the  greatest  changes.  This  indicates  the  importance  of 
establishing  a positive  physical  self-image  during  the 
period  of  emotional  and  social  maturation.  The  fact 
that  the  older  age  group  achieved  some  changes  sug- 
gests the  importance  of  the  role  of  physical  appearance 
throughout  life. 

With  respect  to  the  level  of  psychological  expecta- 
tions prior  to  rhinoplasty,  age  was  a significant  vari- 
able. Younger  patients  had  higher  expectations  of  pro- 
jected social  and  psychological  changes  in  their  lives 


prior  to  rhinoplasty.  High  expectations  prior  to 
rhinoplasty  were  correlated  positively  with  the  actual 
level  of  psychological  change  taking  place  following 
surgery.  The  younger  patient  who  has  fairly  high  hopes 
following  rhinoplastic  surgery  does  in  fact  achieve  this 
change  in  self-image,  as  does  the  older  patient  to  a 
somewhat  lesser  degree.  Furthermore,  this  suggests 
that  the  patient  with  a high  expectation  level  neces- 
sarily is  not  an  added  risk  in  terms  of  dissatisfaction 
with  results. 

In  view  of  the  literature  focusing  on  patient  per- 
sonality disorders,  the  fact  that  we  noted  such  a high 
level  of  patient  satisfaction  is  encouraging,  particularly 
in  that  there  was  no  preoperative  psychological  evalu- 
ation of  these  patients  beyond  the  routine  consul- 
tation. 

In  summary,  the  overwhelming  majority  of  patients 
sampled  in  this  study  were  subjectively  satisfied  with 
their  results.  Given  patient  satisfaction,  significant 
psychological  and  social  changes  do  take  place  follow- 
ing rhinoplasty  particularly  in  the  younger  age  group. 
Attitudes  toward  physical  appearance  are  enhanced 
greatly  for  all  patients  with  moderate  improvements  in 
self-esteem  and  social  relationships  as  well. 

REFERENCES 

1.  Brody  E:  Effects  of  beauty  found  to  run  surprisingly 
deep.  The  New  York  Times:  C1-C3,  1981. 

2.  Linn  L,  Goldman  IB:  Psychiatric  observations  concern- 
ing rhinoplasty.  Psychosom  Med  41:307-314,  1949. 

3.  Edgerton  M,  Jacobson  W,  Meyer  E:  Surgical-psychiatric 
study  of  patients  seeking  plastic  surgery.  Br  Plastic  Surg 
13:279-281,  1960. 

4.  Hay  GG:  Pyschiatric  aspects  of  cosmetic  nasal  oper- 
ations. Am  J Psych  116:85-97,  1970. 

5.  Jacobson  W,  Edgerton  M.  Meyer  E,  Psychiatric  evalu- 
ation of  male  patients  seeking  cosmetic  surgery.  Plast  Re- 
constr  Surg  25:356-373,  1960. 

6.  Hill  G,  Silver  AG,  Edgerton  M:  Psychodynamic  and 
aesthetic  motivations  for  plastic  surgery.  Psychosom  Med 
14:345-356,  1950. 

7.  Shulman  H:  Psychiatric  assessment  of  the  candidate  for 
cosmetic  surgery.  Otolaryngol  Clin  North  Am  12:383-389, 
1980. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  3— MARCH  1984 


189 


Radionuclide  Testicular  Scanning 


John  L.  McCormack,  m.d.,  long  branch* 


Thirty-two  patients  underwent  testicular  scanning  with 
99mtechnetium  pertechnetate.  Results  compare  favorably  with  the 
literature.  This  radiographic  technique  is  a reliable  means  to 
evaluate  the  patient  with  testicular  pain. 


Numerous  studies  in  surgical, 
pediatric,  and  nuclear  medicine 
literature  have  shown  radionu- 
clide scanning  of  the  scrotum  to  be  a safe,  effective,  and 
relatively  noninvasive  technique  of  evaluating  the  male 
patient  with  testicular  pain.  The  studies  have 
demonstrated  that  in  the  patient  with  equivocal 
findings  on  physical  and  laboratory  examination, 
dynamic  and  static  scanning  with  ""Technetium 
pertechnetate  reliably  can  differentiate  between 
conditions  requiring  surgical  intervention  and  those 
amenable  to  medical  therapy.16  Our  experience  at 
Monmouth  Medical  Center,  Long  Branch,  is  consistent 
with  these  results. 

METHODS 

Patients  assume  a supine  position  under  a single 
crystal  gamma  camera  with  pinhole  eollimation.  A 
bolus  of  ""Technetium  pertechnetate  is  injected 
intravenously  in  a dose  ranging  from  8 to  10  mCi  (296 
to  370  MBq),  depending  on  the  patient’s  weight. 
Dynamic  scanning  of  the  inguinal  region  is  performed, 
obtaining  sequential  two-second  images  for  a total  of 
2 minutes.  A lead  drape  then  is  placed  under  the 
scrotum  to  shield  out  thigh  activity:  anterior  static 
images  are  obtained  at  5,  10,  and  15  minutes  after 
injection  of  the  radiopharmaceutical.  Simultaneous 
acquisition  of  the  data  by  a General  Electric  computer 
provides  a means  of  quantitatively  analyzing  the 


radioactivity  within  the  scrotum. 

RESULTS 

Patterns  of  activity  within  the  scrotum  have  been 
well  described  in  the  literature  for  various  condi- 
tions.2-46-7  Normally,  blood  flow  to  the  scrotum  as  seen 
on  dynamic  scanning  is  symmetrical  from  side  to  side 
as  is  the  activity  within  the  scrotum  on  static  imaging  ; 
(Figure  1).  Inflammatory  processes  such  as 
epididymitis  and  orchitis  are  associated  with 
unilaterally  increased  activity  on  the  affected  side  on 
both  dynamic  and  static  images  (Figure  2).  An  acute 
testicular  torsion  will  result  in  decreased  activity  on 
the  affected  side  on  both  phases  of  the  scan  (Figure  j 
3A).  Other  conditions  requiring  surgical  treatment 
such  as  testicular  torsion  of  several  days  duration 
(“missed”  testicular  torsion)  and  scrotal  abscess  may 
show  increased  activity  on  the  affected  side  during  the 
dynamic  study,  whereas  static  images  generally  will 
show  a peripheral  rim  of  increased  activity 
surrounding  an  area  of  abnormally  low  activity  in  that 
side  of  the  scrotum  (Figures  3B,  3C,  and  4).  A similar 
pattern  has  been  described  related  to  testicular 
rupture  following  blunt  scrotal  trauma.8 

‘From  the  Department  of  Diagnostic  Radiology.  Monmouth 
Medical  Center,  Long  Branch.  Correspondence  may  be 
addressed  to  Dr.  McCormack,  Department  of  Diagnostic 
Radiology,  Monmouth  Medical  Center,  300  Second  Avenue, 
Long  Branch,  NJ  07740. 


190 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


B 

Figure  1 — Normal  99mtechnetium  pertechnetate  testicular  Figure  2 — Increased  activity  on  left  side  of  scrotum  (arrows) 
scan;  A:  dynamic  images,  and  B:  static  images.  on  both  dynamic  (A)  and  static  (B)  images:  inflammatory 

process. 


TABLE 

Results  of"mTechnetium  Pertechnetate  Testicular  Scanning:  Monmouth  Medical  Center 

November  1980- December  1982 


Scan  Findings 

No.  of  Patients 

Clinical  Outcome 

No  asymmetry  in 
activity 

3 

2 recovered  with  medical 
therapy 

1 torsed  viable  testicle  at 
surgery 

Increased  activity 
affected  side  on 
static  and  dynamic 
images 

19 

All  recovered  with  medical 
therapy 

Decreased  activity 
affected  side  on 
static  and  dynamic 
images 

2 

1 torsed  viable  testicle  at 
surgery 

1 torsed  necrotic  testicle, 
orchiectomy 

Rim  of  increased 
activity,  central 
decreased  activity 
on  affected  side, 
static  and  dynamic 
or  static  alone 

4 

2 torsed  necrotic  testicle, 
orchiectomy 
1 torsed  viable  testicle 
1 no  information  available 

Minimal  decreased 
activity  on 
affected  side 
static  and/or 
dynamic  images 

4 

1 torsion  of  appendix 
testis  at  surgery 
1 incomplete  testicular 
torsion  at  surgery 
1 benign  inflammatory  cyst 
with  hemorrhage 
1 no  information  available 

VOL.  81— NUMBER  3— MARCH  1984 


191 


Figure  3A — Patient  presented  with  acute  onset  of  left 
testicular  pain;  initial  static  images  reveal  decreased  activity 
on  left  side  of  scrotum  (arrow).  Surgery  is  not  performed 
immediately  due  to  suspicion  of  undescended  left  testicle  as 
cause  of  asymmetrical  activity. 

B 


Figure  3B — Same  patient  underwent  repeat  scan  three  days 
after  initial  study;  rim  of  increase  activity  after  central  areas 
of  decreased  activity  noted  on  left  (arrow).  Torsed  but  viable 
testicle  found  at  surgery. 


Figure  3C — Followup  scan  eight  weeks  after  surgery  revealed 
symmetrical  activity. 

From  November  1980  through  December  1982,  32 
patients  underwent  radionuclide  testicular  scanning 
at  Monmouth  Medical  Center.  Of  these  studies,  19 
were  indicative  of  an  inflammatory  process;  all  of  these 
patients  were  successfully  treated  medically  as  in-  or 
outpatients,  and  none  required  surgery.  Two  patients 
who  had  normal  scans  were  managed  conservatively. 

The  scans  of  six  patients  unequivocally  demon- 
strated conditions  that  necessitated  surgery.  Each  of 
two  patients  was  found  to  have  a torsed  but  viable 
testicle  at  surgery.  In  each  of  the  three  patients,  a 
necrotic  testicle  was  discovered  resulting  in  unilateral 
orchiectomy.  Information  on  one  patient  was 
unavailable. 

Five  other  patients  demonstrated  a variety  of 
findings.  Scanning  was  normal  on  one  patient  who, 
due  to  clinical  findings  and  the  absence  of  signs  of  an 
inflammatory  process  on  the  radionuclide  study,  was 
taken  to  surgery  where  a torsed  but  viable  testicle  was 
found.  Minimal  asymmetry  in  activity  was  noted  on 
scanning  the  other  four  patients  in  this  group,  all  of 


B 


Figure  4— Increased  flow  to  left  side  of  scrotum  on  dynamic 
(A)  imaging  in  a patient  treated  for  inflammatory  process  for 
four  days  based  on  physical  and  laboratory  findings.  Central 
decreased  activity  noted  on  left  with  rim  of  increased  activity 
on  static  images  (B)  (arrows).  Necrotic  left  testicle  removed 
at  surgery. 


whom  subsequently  underwent  surgery.  One  patient 
had  torsion  of  the  appendix  testis;  another  had  an 
incomplete  testicular  torsion;  in  a third  patient,  a 
benign  inflammatory  cyst  was  encountered  that  had 
hemorrhaged.  Information  on  the  fourth  patient  was 
unavailable  (Table). 

DISCUSSION 

Clinical  differentiation  of  acute  testicular  torsion,  as 
well  as  other  surgical  conditions  affecting  the  testes 
and  scrotum,  from  medically  treatable  illnesses  can  be 
difficult.  While  fever,  leukocytosis,  and  pyuria  are 
considered  more  likely  to  indicate  inflammatory 
process,  these  signs  will  not  exclude  the  presence  of 
scrotal  abscess.  Furthermore,  the  signs  noted  above  do 
not  necessarily  exclude  testicular  torsion.4910  While 
torsion  occurs  most  commonly  between  the  ages  of  12 
and  18  years,  it  has  been  described  in  patients  aged 
68  years.911  Physical  examination  may  yield 
ambiguous  results  and  may  be  quite  difficult  to 
perform  owing  to  the  pain  and  tenderness  which  may 
accompany  either  an  inflammatory  process  or  acute 
torsion.411 

Testicular  blood  flow  has  been  studied  by  means  of 
the  Doppler  ultrasonic  flowmeter  in  order  to  diagnose 
acute  testicular  torsion  without  an  invasive  procedure. 
However,  this  method  has  not  proved  as  reliable  in 
differentiating  acute  torsion  from  other  conditions 
associated  with  scrotal  pain  and  is  unable  to 
distinguish  medically  treatable  causes  of  scrotal 


192 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


hyperemia  from  those  requiring  surgery.3  v :'<  As 
described  previously,  radionuclide  scanning  can  make 
this  distinction. 

Early  diagnosis,  particularly  in  the  case  of  acute 
testicular  torsion,  is  imperative  to  preserve  testicular 
function.  Absence  of  spermatogenesis  has  been 
demonstrated  experimentally  after  four  hours  of 
complete  ischemia;  Sertoli  and  Leydig  cells  appear 
somewhat  more  resistant  to  the  effects  of  ischemia.15 
Overall,  testicular  viability  has  been  reported  to  be  80 
to  100  percent  when  torsion  is  corrected  within  six 
hours  of  the  onset  of  symptoms.16  Furthermore,  as  the 
anatomic  defect  allowing  the  testicle  to  twist  is 
bilateral  in  the  majority  of  eases,  identification  of  the 
patient  with  torsion  indicates  the  need  for  surgical 
fixation  of  the  nontorsed  testicle.1011  Obviously, 
radionuclide  scan  evidence  of  a nonsurgieal  disorder 
precludes  surgical  exploration  in  the  patient  in  whom 
this  is  unnecessary. 

SUMMARY 

Dynamic  and  static  imaging  of  the  scrotum  with 
"mtechnetium  pertechnetate  is  an  effective  means  of 
evaluating  the  patient  with  acute  scrotal  pain.  In  the 
patient  in  whom  the  physical  and  laboratory 
examinations  are  equivocal,  radionuclide  scanning 
may  differentiate  conditions  requiring  surgery  from 
those  amenable  to  medical  therapy.  Rapid  identifi- 
cation and  surgical  correction  of  acute  testicular  tor- 
sion is  necessary  to  preserve  testicular  function,  while 
patients  with  uncomplicated  inflammatory  conditions, 
such  as  epididymitis  and  orchitis,  should  not  be  sub- 
jected to  surgery  in  order  to  rule  out  torsion  as  the 
etiology  of  their  symptoms.  Therefore,  radionuclide  tes- 
ticular scanning  should  be  performed  in  suspect  cases 
emergently.  When  the  study  is  not  available  on  such 
a basis,  patients  immediately  should  be  referred  to  an 
institution  where  this  study  can  be  performed  as  early 


as  possible. 

REFERENCES 

1.  Hahn  LC,  Nadel  NS,  Gitter  NH,  Vernon  AR  Testicular 
scanning:  A new  modality  for  the  preoperative  diagnosis  of 
testicular  torsion.  J Urol  113:60-62,  1975. 

2.  Boedecker  RA  Sty  JR  Jona  LZ:  Testicular  scanning  as 
a diagnostic  aid  in  evaluating  scrotal  pain.  J Pediatrics 
94:760-762.  1979. 

3.  Smith  SP,  King  LR  Torsion  of  the  testis:  Techniques  of 
assessment.  Urol  Clin  North  Am  6:429-443,  1979. 

4.  Stage  KH,  Schoenvogel  R Lewis  S:  Testicular  scanning: 
Clinical  experience  with  72  patients.  J Urol  125:334-337, 
1975. 

5.  Vordermark  JS,  Buck  AS,  Brown  SR  Tuttle  WR  The 
testicular  scan:  Use  in  diagnosis  and  management  of  acute 
epididymitis.  JAMA  245:2512-2514,  1981. 

6.  Thomas  WEG,  Cooke  PH,  Davies  ER  Jackson  PC, 
Williamson  RCN:  Dynamic  radionuclide  scanning  of  the  testis 
in  acute  scrotal  conditions.  Br  J Surg  68:621-624,  1981. 

7.  Datta  NS,  Mishkin  FS:  Radionuclide  imaging  in 
intrascrotal  lesions.  JAMA  231:1060-1062,  1975. 

8.  McConnell  JD,  Peters  PC,  Lewis  SE:  Testicular  rupture 
in  blunt  scrotal  trauma-  Review  of  15  cases  with  recent 
application  of  testicular  scanning.  J Urol  128:309-31  1,  1982. 

9.  Altaffer  LF:  Testicular  torsion  in  men.  J Urol  123:37-38, 

1980. 

10.  Ransler  CW,  Allen  TD:  Torsion  of  the  spermatic  cord. 
Urol  Clin  North  Am  9:245-250,  1982. 

11.  Williamson  RCN:  Torsion  of  the  testis  and  allied 
conditions.  Br  J Surg  63:465-476,  1976. 

12.  Rodriguez  DD,  Rodriguez  WC,  Rivera  JJ,  Rodriguez  S, 
Otero  AA  Doppler  ultrasound  versus  testicular  scanning  in 
the  evaluation  of  the  acute  scrotum.  J Urol  125:343-346, 

1981. 

13.  Iuchtman  M,  Zoireff  L,  Assa  J:  Doppler  flowmeter  in  the 
differential  diagnosis  of  the  acute  scrotum  in  children.  J Urol 
121:221-222,  1979. 

14.  Nasrallah  PF,  Manzone  D,  King  LR  Falsely  negative 
Doppler  examinations  in  testicular  torsion.  J Urol 
118:194-195,  1977. 

15.  Atallah  MW,  Mazzarino  AF,  Horton  BF:  Testicular  scan, 
diagnosis  and  followup  for  torsion  of  testis.  J Urol 
118:120-121,  1977. 

16.  Cattolica  EV,  Karol  JB,  Rankin  KN,  Klein  RS:  High 
testicular  salvage  rate  in  torsion  of  the  spermatic  cord.  J Urol 
128:66-68,  1982. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  3— MARCH  1984 


193 


Benefits  diuretics  cannot  offer  ...Once  daily  inderal  la 

(propranolol  HC1)  provides  smooth,  24-hour  control' of  blood  pressure 
plus  the  cardiovascular  benefits  of  the  world’s  leading  beta  blocker. 
And  INDER  AL  LA  provides  a high  degree  of  patient  acceptance— 
without  potassium  problems. 

Experience  no  other  beta  blocker  can  match . . . Once  daily 

INDERAL  LA  delivers  the  proven  performance  and  safety  profile  of 
INDERAL  tablets — confirmed  by  millions  of  patients  during  16  yean 
of  clinical  use.  INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  used  in  congestive  heart 
failure,  sinus  bradycardia,  heart  block  greater  than  first  degree,  or 
bronchial  asthma. 


Start  With  80  mg  ones  daily . . . Dosage  may  be  increased  to 
120  mg  or  160  mg  once  daily  as  needed  to  achieve  additional  control. 
Please  see  next  page  for  farther  details  and  brief  summary  of 
prescribing  information. 


80  120  160 
mg  mg  mg 


The  appearance  of  INDERAL  LA  capsules 
is  a registered  trademark  of  Ayerst  Laboratories. 

Ayerst 


Just  once  each  day 
for  initial  therapy  in 
HYPERTENSION. 


ONCE-DAILY 


INDERAL  LA 

(PROPRANOLOL  HCI) 


LONG  ACTING 
CAPSULES 


80 

mg 


120 

mg 


BRIEF  SUMMARY  (FOR  FULL  PRESCRIBING  INFORMATION,  SEE  PACKAGE  CIRCULAR.) 
INDERAL'  LA  brand  of  propranolol  hydrochloride  (Long  Acting  Capsules) 
DESCRIPTION.  Inderal  LA  is  formulated  to  provide  a sustained  release  of  propranolol 
hydrochloride.  Inderal  LA  is  available  as  80  mg,  120  mg,  and  160  mg  capsules. 
CLINICAL  PHARMACOLOGY.  INDERAL  is  a nonselective  beta-adrenergic  receptor 
blocking  agent  possessing  no  other  autonomic  nervous  system  activity.  It  specifically  com- 
petes with  beta-adrenergic  receptor  stimulating  agents  for  available  receptor  sites.  When 
access  to  beta-receptor  sites  is  blocked  by  INDERAL,  the  chronotropic,  inotropic,  and 
vasodilator  responses  to  beta-adrenergic  stimulation  are  decreased  proportionately. 

INDERAL  LA  Capsules  (80, 120,  and  160  mg)  release  propranolol  HCI  at  a controlled  and 
predictable  rate  Peak  blood  levels  following  dosing  with  INDERAL  LA  occur  at  about  6 hours 
and  the  apparent  plasma  half-life  is  about  10  hours.  When  measured  at  steady  state  over  a 24- 
hour  period  the  areas  under  the  propranolol  plasma  concentration-time  curve  (AUCs)  for  the 
capsules  are  approximately  60%  to  65%  of  the  AUCs  for  a comparable  divided  daily  dose  of 
INDERAL  tablets.  The  lower  AUCs  for  the  capsules  are  due  to  greater  hepatic  metabolism  of 
propranolol,  resulting  from  the  slower  rate  of  absorption  of  propranolol.  Over  a twenty-four  (24) 
hour  period,  blood  levels  are  fairly  constant  for  about  twelve  (12)  hours  then  decline 
exponentially. 

INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  considered  a simple  mg  for  mg  substitute  for  conventional 
propranolol  and  the  blood  levels  achieved  do  not  match  (are  lower  than)  those  of  two  to  four 
times  daily  dosing  with  the  same  dose.  When  changing  to  INDERAL  LA  from  conventional 
propranolol,  a possible  need  for  retitration  upwards  should  be  considered  especially  to 
maintain  effectiveness  at  the  end  of  the  dosing  interval.  In  most  clinical  settings,  however, 
such  as  hypertension  or  angina  where  there  is  little  correlation  between  plasma  levels  and 
clinical  effect,  INDERAL  LA  has  been  therapeutically  equivalent  to  the  same  mg  dose  of 
conventional  INDERAL  as  assessed  by  24-hour  effects  on  blood  pressure  and  on  24-hour 
exercise  responses  of  heart  rate,  systolic  pressure  and  rate  pressure  product.  INDERAL  LA 
can  provide  effective  beta  blockade  for  a 24-hour  period. 

The  mechanism  of  the  antihypertensive  effect  of  INDERAL  has  not  been  established 
Among  the  factors  that  may  be  involved  in  contributing  to  the  antihypertensive  action  are  (1) 
decreased  cardiac  output,  (2)  inhibition  of  renin  release  by  the  kidneys,  and  (3)  diminution  of 
tonic  sympathetic  nerve  outflow  from  vasomotor  centers  in  the  brain.  Although  total  peripheral 
resistance  may  increase  initially,  it  readjusts  to  or  below  the  pretreatment  level  with  chronic 
use  Effects  on  plasma  volume  appear  to  be  minor  and^Mnewhat  variable  INDERAL  has 
been  shown  to  cause  a small  increase  in  serum  potassidRconcentration  when  usee®  the 
treatment  of  hypertensive  patients 

In  angina  pectoris,  propranolol  generally  reduces  thflKflBn 
any  given  level  of  effort  by  blocking  the  catecholamine/H8MMb  ' 
systolic  blood  pressure,  and  the  velocity  and  extent  off"®* 
may  increase  oxygen  requirements  by  increasing  left^L 

pressure  and  systolic  election  period  The  net  DhvfltgjgjBPfel 

is  usually  advantageous  and  is  manifested  dunhgigxffrcise^ 
increased  work  capacity 

In  dosages  greater  than  required  for  beta  blockade,  INDERAL  alsoexerts  a quinidine-| 
or  anesthetic-like  membrane  action  which  affects  ' 
cance  of  the  membrane  action  in  the  treatment  of . 

The  mechanism  of  the  antimigraine  effect  of  pr| 
adrenergic  receptors  have  been  demonstrated  inf 

Beta  receptor  blockade  can  be  useful  in  cond 
functional  changes,  sympathetic  activity  is  detrin 
situations  in  which  sympathetic  stimulation  is  vital 
damaged  hearts,  adequate  ventricular  function  is  maintained  by  virtue  of  sympathetic  drive 
which  should  be  preserved  In  the  presence  of  AV  block,  greater  than  first  degree,  beta 
blockade  may  prevent  the  necessary  facilitating  effect  of  sympathetic  activity  on  conduction 
Beta  blockade  results  in  bronchial  constriction  by  interfering  with  adrenergic  bronchodilator 
activity  which  should  be  preserved  h patients  subject  to  bronchospasm. 

Propranolol  is  not  significant!  'yzable, 

INDICATIONS  AND  USAGE,  t ^Tension:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  in  the  manage- 
ment of  hypertension;  it  may  be  useu  alone  or  used  in  combination  with  other  antihypertensive 
agents,  particularly  a thiazide  diuretic.  INDERAL  LA  is  not  indicated  in  the  management  of 
hypertensive  emergencies. 

Angina  Pectoris  Due  to  Coronary  Atherosclerosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated 
for  the  long-term  management  of  patients  with  angina  pectoris. 

Migraine:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  for  the  prophylaxis  of  common  migraine  headache 
The  efficacy  of  propranolol  in  the  treatment  of  a migraine  attack  that  has  started  has  not  been 
established  and  propranolol  is  not  indicated  for  such  use. 

Hypertrophic  Subaortic  Stenosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  useful  in  the  management  of 
hypertrophic  subaortic  stenosis,  especially  for  treatment  of  exertional  or  other  stress-induced 
angina,  palpitations,  and  syncope  INDERAL  LA  also  improves  exercise  performance.  The 
effectiveness  of  propranolol  hydrochloride  in  this  disease  appears  to  be  due  to  a reduction  of 
the  elevated  outflow  pressure  gradient  which  is  exacerbated  by  beta-receptor  stimulation. 
Clinical  improvement  may  be  temporary. 

CONTRAINDICATIONS.  INDERAL  is  contraindicated  in  1)  cardiogenic  shock;  2)  sinus 
bradycardia  and  greater  than  first  degree  block;  3)  bronchial  asthma;  4)  congestive  heart 
failure  (see  WARNINGS)  unless  the  failure  is  secondary  to  a tachyarrhythmia  treatable  with 
INDERAL 

WARNINGS.  CARDIAC  FAILURE;  Sympathetic  stimulation  may  be  a vital  component  sup- 
porting circulatory  function  in  patients  with  congestive  heart  failure,  and  its  inhibition  by  beta 
blockade  may  precipitate  more  severe  failure.  Although  beta  blockers  should  be  avoided  in 
overt  congestive  heart  failure,  if  necessary,  they  can  be  used  with  close  follow-up  in  patients 
with  a history  of  failure  who  are  well  compensated  and  are  receiving  digitalis  and  diuretics. 
Beta-adrenergic  blocking  agents  do  not  abolish  the  inotropic  action  of  digitalis  on  heart 
muscle 

IN  PATIENTS  WITHOUT  A HISTORY  OF  HEART  FAILURE,  continued  use  of  beta  blockers 
can,  in  some  cases,  lead  to  cardiac  failure.  Therefore,  at  the  first  sign  or  symptom  of  heart 
failure,  the  patient  should  be  digitalized  and/or  treated  with  diuretics,  and  the  response 
observed  closely,  or  INDERAL  should  be  discontinued  (gradually,  if  possible). 


MAJOR  SURGERY;  The  necessity  or  desirability  of  withdrawal  of  beta-blocking  therap 
prior  to  ma|or  surgery  is  controversial  It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  the  impaired  ability  <J 
the  heart  to  respond  to  reflex  adrenergic  stimuli  may  augment  the  risks  of  general  anesthesi  j 
and  surgical  procedures 

INDERAL  (propranolol  HCI),  like  other  beta  blockers,  is  a competitive  inhibitor  of  beta 
receptor  agonists  and  its  effects  can  be  reversed  by  administration  of  such  agents,  e g ! 
dobutamme  or  isoproterenol.  However,  such  patients  may  be  subject  to  protracted  sever 
hypotension  Difficulty  in  starting  and  maintaining  the  heartbeat  has  also  been  reported  wit ; 
beta  blockers 

DIABETES  AND  HYPOGLYCEMIA:  Beta-adrenergic  blockade  may  prevent  the  api 
pearance  of  certain  premonitory  signs  and  symptoms  (pulse  rate  and  pressure  changes)  ( ■] 
acute  hypoglycemia  in  labile  insulin-dependent  diabetes.  In  these  patients,  it  may  be  morj 
difficult  to  adjust  the  dosage  of  insulin 

THYROTOXICOSIS:  Beta  blockade  may  mask  certain  clinical  signs  of  hyperthyroidisrr  | 
Therefore,  abrupt  withdrawal  of  propranolol  may  be  followed  by  an  exacerbation  of  symptom  j 
of  hyperthyroidism,  including  thyroid  storm  Propranolol  does  not  distort  thyroid  function  test;  | 

IN  PATIENTS  WITH  WOLFF-PARKINSON-WHITE  SYNDROME,  several  cases  have  bee  I 
reported  in  which,  after  propranolol,  the  tachycardia  was  replaced  by  a severe  bradycardi [ 
requiring  a demand  pacemaker  In  one  case  this  resulted  after  an  initial  dose  of  5 mi  J 
propranolol 

PRECAUTIONS.  General  Propranolol  should  be  used  with  caution  in  patients  with  impaire< 
hepatic  or  renal  function  INDERAL  is  not  indicated  for  the  treatment  of  hypertensive 
emergencies 

Beta  adrenoreceptor  blockade  can  cause  reduction  of  intraocular  pressure  Patient 
should  be  told  that  INDERAL  may  interfere  with  the  glaucoma  screening  test  Withdrawal  ma 
lead  to  a return  of  increased  intraocular  pressure 

Clinical  Laboratory  Tests  Elevated  blood  urea  levels  in  patients  with  severe  heart  disease 
elevated  serum  transaminase,  alkaline  phosphatase,  lactate  dehydrogenase. 

DRUG  INTERACTIONS  Patients  receiving  catecholamine-depleting  drugs  such  as  resei 
pine  .should  be  closely  observed  if  INDERAL  is  administered.  The  added  catecholamine 
blocking  action  may  produce  an  excessive  reduction  of  resting  sympathetic  nervous  activit' 
which  may  result  in  hypotension,  marked  bradycardia,  vertigo,  syncopal  attacks,  or  orthostatic 
hypotension 

Carcinogenesis,  Mutagenesis.  Impairment  ot  Fertility  Long-term  studies  in  animals  havi 
been  conducted  to  evaluate  toxic  effects  and  carcinogenic  potential  In  18-month  studies  ir 

LiOmg/kg/day.  there  was  no  evidence  of  signif  ican 
lated  tumorigenic  effects  at  any  of  the  dosagr 
not  show  any  impairment  of  fertility  that  wai 


DERAL  has  been  shown  to  be  embryotoxic  ir 
r than  the  maximum  recommended  human  dose 
eqCfSfPWrd  weiwamfolled  studies  in  pregnant  women  INDERAL  shoulc 
nancy  only  if  the  potential  benefit  justifies  the  potential  risk  to  the  fetus 
INDERAL  is  excreted  in  human  milk.  Caution  should  be  exercised  wher 
ian 

s in  children  have  not  been  established 
effects  have  been  mild  and  transient  and  haw 


nsioi 
aynau 

Central  Nervous  Syste, 
lassitude,  weakness,  fatigui 


aroestive  heart  failure;  intensification  of  AV  block;  hypo 
,cS3B'lSLjrpura:  ar,enal  insufficiency,  usually  of  the 


IN  PATIENTS  WITH  ANGINA  PECTORIS,  there  have  been  reports  of  exacerbation  of 
angina  and,  in  some  cases,  myocardial  infarction,  following  abrupt  discontinuance  of 
INDERAL  therapy  Therefore,  when  discontinuance  of  INDERAL  is  planned  the  dosage 
should  be  gradually  reduced  over  at  least  a few  weeks,  and  the  patient  should  be 
cautioned  against  interruption  or  cessation  of  therapy  without  the  physician’s  advice.  If 
INDERAL  therapy  is  interrupted  and  exacerbation  of  angina  occurs,  it  usually  is  advis- 
able to  reinstitute  INDERAL  therapy  and  take  other  measures  appropriate  for  the  man- 
agement of  unstable  angina  pectoris.  Since  coronary  artery  disease  may  be 
unrecognized,  it  may  be  prudent  to  follow  the  above  advice  in  patients  considered  at  risk 
of  having  occult  atherosclerotic  heart  disease  who  are  given  propranolol  for  other 
indications. 


eadedness;  mental  depression  manifested  by  insomnia 
"ersible  mental  depression  progressing  to  catatonia;  visua 
disturbances,  hallucinations;  an  acute  reversible  syndrome  characterized  by  disorientation  fo : 
time  and  place,  short-term  memory  loss,  emotional  lability,  slightly  clouded  sensorium,  ancj 
decreased  performance  on  neuropsychometrics. 

Gastrointestinal  nausea,  vomiting,  epigastric  distress,  abdominal  cramping,  diarrhea; 
constipation,  mesenteric  arterial  thrombosis,  ischemic  colitis. 

Allergic:  pharyngitis  and  agranulocytosis,  erythematous  rash,  fever  combined  with  achinc  j 
and  sore  throat,  laryngospasm  and  respiratory  distress. 

Respiratory  bronchospasm. 

Hematologic  agranulocytosis,  nonthrombocytopenic  purpura,  thrombocytopenic , 
purpura. 

Auto-Immune  In  extremely  rare  instances,  systemic  lupus  erythematosus  has  beer  ; 
reported 

Miscellaneous:  alopecia,  LE-like  reactions,  psoriasiform  rashes,  dry  eyes,  male  impo 
tence,  and  Peyronie's  disease  have  been  reported  rarely  Oculomucocutaneous  reaction!) 
involving  the  skin,  serous  membranes  and  conjunctivae  reported  for  a beta  blocker  (practolol  | 
have  not  been  associated  with  propranolol 

DOSAGE  AND  ADMINISTRATION.  INDERAL  LA  provides  propranolol  hydrochloride  in  £ : 
sustained-release  capsule  for  administration  once  daily  If  patients  are  switched  from  INDERAL 1 
tablets  to  INDERAL  LA  capsules,  care  should  be  taken  to  assure  that  the  desired  therapeutic : 
effect  is  maintained  INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  considered  a simple  mg  for  mg  substitute  fo 1 
INDERAL  INDERAL  LA  has  different  kinetics  and  produces  lower  blood  levels  Retitration  maj 
be  necessary  especially  to  maintain  effectiveness  at  the  end  of  the  24-hour  dosing  interval 

HYPERTENSION — Dosage  must  be  individualized  The  usual  initial  dosage  is  80  me; 
INDERAL  LA  once  daily,  whether  used  alone  or  added  to  a diuretic.  The  dosage  may  be 
increased  to  120  mg  once  daily  or  higher  until  adequate  blood-pressure  control  is  achieved  i 
The  usual  maintenance  dosage  is  120  to  160  mg  once  daily.  In  some  instances  a dosage  of  64(1 
mg  may  be  required  The  time  needed  for  full  hypertensive  response  to  a given  dosage  is. 
variable  and  may  range  from  a few  days  to  several  weeks 

ANGINA  PECTORIS — Dosage  must  be  individualized  Starting  with  80  mg  INDERAL  LA 
once  daily,  dosage  should  be  gradually  increased  at  three  to  seven  day  intervals  until  optimum 
response  is  obtained  Although  individual  patients  may  respond  at  any  dosage  level,  the 
average  optimum  dosage  appears  to  be  160  mg  once  daily.  In  angina  pectoris,  the  value  anc 
safety  of  dosage  exceeding  320  mg  per  day  have  not  been  established 

If  treatment  is  to  be  discontinued,  reduce  dosage  gradually  over  a period  of  a few  week; 
(see  WARNINGS) 

MIGRAINE — Dosage  must  be  individualized  The  initial  oral  dose  is  80  mg  INDERAL  LA 
once  daily.  The  usual  effective  dose  range  is  160-240  mg  once  daily.  The  dosage  may  be 
increased  gradually  to  achieve  optimum  migraine  prophylaxis.  If  a satisfactory  response  is  no' 
obtained  within  four  to  six  weeks  after  reaching  the  maximum  dose,  INDERAL  LA  therapj 
should  be  discontinued  It  may  be  advisable  to  withdraw  the  drug  gradually  over  a period  o 
several  weeks 

HYPERTROPHIC  SUBAORTIC  STENOSIS— 80-160  mg  INDERAL  LA  once  daily. 
PEDIATRIC  DOSAGE — At  this  time  the  data  on  the  use  of  the  drug  in  this  age  group  are  toe 
limited  to  permit  adequate  directions  for  use 

*The  appearance  of  INDERAL  LA  capsules  is  a reqistered  trademark  of  Ayerst  Laboratories 

8950/284 


Nonallergic  Bronchospasm  je.g.,  chronic  bronchitis,  emphysema) — 

PATIENTS  WITH  BRONCHOSPASTiC  DISEASES  SHOULD  IN  GENERAL  NOT  RECEIVE  BETA 
BLOCKERS.  INDERAL  should  be  administered  with  caution  since  it  may  block  bronchodila- 
tion  produced  by  endogenous  and  exogenous  catecholamine  stimulation  of  beta  receptors. 


Ayerst 


AYERST  LABORATORIES 
New  York,  N.Y.  10017 


196 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Evaluation  of  the  Suicidal  Adolescent 
Patient  Admitted  to  an  Urban  Hospital 


Sophie  Pierog,  m.d.,  and  Austin  Hill,  ph.d.,  jersey  city* 


Suicide  is  a frequent  cause  of  death  in  adolescence , but  the 
number  of  suicide  gestures  exceeds  successful  suicide.  We 
reviewed  the  suicide  experience;  patients  were  studied  as  to 
method  and  lethality  of  attempt  and  psychotherapy . 
Treatment  in  a general  pediatric/adolescent  hospital  ward 
was  safe  and  efficacious. 


Suicide  is  reported  as  a frequent 
cause  of  death  in  adolescence. 
Since  the  number  of  successful 
suicides  among  adolescents  reflects  only  0.5  to  1.0  per- 
cent of  the  actual  attempts,  it  is  obvious  that  this 
represents  a substantial  problem  in  pedi- 
atric/adolescent medicine.1  Ravenhorst  estimated  that 
suicidal  attempts  in  an  urban  population  may  account 
for  some  12  percent  of  all  emergency  room  visits.2 
Suicide  “gestures”  as  compared  to  successful  suicides 
have  been  reported  at  a ratio  of  50  to  120  to  1,  in- 
dicating that  this  method  may  be  used  as  a “cry  for 
help"  by  the  teenager  who  is  not  mentally  disturbed 
but  in  desperate  need  for  adult  (societal)  attention.3 
Marks,  acting  on  this  premise,  safely  hospitalized  her 
suicidal  adolescents  on  a general  ward  to  provide  a 
separation  from  the  stresses  in  the  environment  which 
triggered  the  suicidal  act.4 

At  Jersey  City  Medical  Center,  we  decided  that  all 
adolescents  and  preadolescents  with  a history  of  at- 
tempted suicide  automatically  would  be  admitted  to 
the  general  pediatric/ adolescent  service.  The  purposes 
of  our  year-long  study  were:  to  evaluate  such  patients 
as  to  their  ethnic  background,  family  background,  and 
personal  psychopathology  and  the  method  and  lethali- 
ty of  the  attempt:  and  to  determine  the  safety  and 
efficacy  of  admitting  these  patients  to  a general,  open 
ward  service  by  comparing  our  data  to  Marks.4 


METHOD 

The  pediatric/adolescent  department  at  the  Jersey 
City  Medical  Center  admits  patients  up  to  and  includ- 
ing the  age  of  15.  All  adolescents  and  preadolescents 
who  came  or  were  brought  to  the  emergency  room  or 
to  the  outpatient  service  following  a suicide  attempt 
were  admitted  to  the  general  pediatric/adolescent  ser- 
vice. In  addition  to  the  care  provided  by  the  medical 
and  nursing  staffs,  these  patients  received  evaluation 
and  crisis  intervention  by  the  staff  clinical  psychol- 
ogist with  consultations  by  a child  psychiatrist  as  in- 
dicated. Suicidal  patients  were  not  singled  out  from 
the  regular  inpatient  population  and  were  expected  to 
participate  in  all  ward  activities. 

To  evaluate  the  lethality  of  the  suicidal  attempt,  the 
definition  of  lethality  (i.e.  the  probability  that  the  pa- 
tient will  attempt  suicide  in  the  immediate  future)  as 
described  by  Scheidman  was  applied.5 

RESULTS 

From  July,  1979,  to  July  1,  1980,  1,830  children 
were  admitted  to  the  children/adolescent  sendee  of 
Jersey  City  Medical  Center  which  admits  children  3.0 

‘From  the  Department  of  Pediatrics,  Jersey  City  Medical 
Center  where  Dr.  Pierog  is  Director  of  Pediatrics  and  Dr.  Hill 
is  a Clinical  Psychologist.  Correspondence  may  be  addressed 
to  Dr.  Pierog,  Jersey  City  Medical  Center,  50  Baldwin  Avenue, 
Jersey  City,  NJ  07304. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  3— MARCH  1984 


197 


TABLE  1 

Suicidal  Adolescents 


Previous 

Loss  of 

Use  of 

Lives 

Patient 

Sex 

Age 

Attempt(s) 

Parent* 

Ethanol 

With/In: 

1 

M 

12.5 

3 

F 

No 

Shelter 

2 

F 

14.1 

0 

F 

No 

M 

3 

F 

15.11 

1 

F 

F 

M and 
Step  F 

4 

F 

15.3 

0 

No 

F and 
Patient 

Shelter 

5 

F 

15.9 

Many 

Both 

Foster 

Parents 

Shelter 

6 

M 

15.5 

1 

Both 

Patient 

Shelter 

7 

M 

15.0 

0 

F 

— 

M 

8 

F 

15.2 

0 

No 

F 

Both 

9 

F 

14.10 

3 

F 

Step  F 
and 
Patient 

M and 
Step  F 

10 

F 

15.6 

0 

F 

Patient 

M 

11 

F 

14.11 

0 

F 

No 

Shelter 

12 

F 

15.2 

0 

F 

No 

M 

13 

M 

16.5 

2 

F 

Patient 

Shelter 

14 

F 

13.10 

1 

F 

Patient 

M 

15 

F 

15.9 

3 

No 

F and 
Patient 

Both 

16 

F 

14.1 

0 

F 

F 

M 

17 

F 

12.4 

0 

F 

M 

Foster 

Parents 

18 

F 

14.4 

0 

F 

No 

M 

19 

F 

14.7 

0 

F 

No 

M 

20 

F 

14.1 

0 

F 

No 

M 

21 

F 

7.8 

0 

F 

No 

M 

22 

F 

14.8 

0 

F 

M 

M 

23 

F 

15.5 

2 

F 

M 

Foster 

Parent 

24 

M 

15.2 

0 

Both 

Patient 

Foster 

Parent 

25 

F 

15 

0 

No 

No 

Both 

26 

F 

15 

1 

No 

F 

Both 

27 

F 

13.10 

0 

No 

Both 

Both 

28 

*F  = Father;  M = 

F 

Mother 

11.9 

0 

Both 

No 

Foster 

Parent 

to  15. 1 1 years  of  age.  Jersey  City  Medical  Center  is  a 
625-bed,  urban  hospital  which  is  the  residency  teach- 
ing center  for  Hudson  County.  Satellite  hospitals  in  the 
county  transfer  problem  patients  to  the  Medical  Center 
for  care. 

Twenty-eight  adolescents/preadoleseents  were  ad- 
mitted for  attempted  suicide  in  that  year;  1 adolescent 
was  16.5  years  of  age.  Twenty-three  patients  were 
female  and  5 patients  were  male,  giving  a ratio  of  4.6 
to  1,  female  to  male.  Of  the  23  female  patients,  1 1 or 


48  percent  were  Hispanic  sumamed.  The  data  on  the  ; 
28  patients  are  presented  in  Table  1. 

The  ethnic  distribution  of  the  children  consisted  of 
11  black  (39  percent),  4 white  (14  percent),  and  12 
Hispanic  sumamed  (46  percent)  adolescents.  The  de-  J 
mographie  data  from  the  1970  census  of  Hudson 
County  (Jersey  City  is  the  major  city  and  county  seat) 
shows  a distribution  of  population  to  be  34.5  percent 
black,  60  percent  white,  42  percent  Hispanic,  and  1.3 
percent  other.  Ten  of  28  patients  (7  female  and  3 male) 


198 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


:ad  a history'  of  previous  suicide  attempts;  1 had  too 
lany  to  recall  and  the  rest  had  1 to  3 attempts. 

Of  28  patients,  22  had  a loss  of  one  or  both  parents 
jy  death,  divorce,  or  separation),  6 were  living  in 
helters,  and  4 were  in  foster  care.  The  parent,  sur- 
ogate  parent,  the  patient,  or  some  combination  of 
hese  had  an  alcohol  problem  in  17  cases;  7 of  the 
hildren  had  an  alcohol  problem.  Of  the  female  adoles- 
ents,  4 or  17  percent  were  pregnant  at  the  time  of 
heir  attempt. 

The  most  frequent  precipitating  event  was  a conflict 
idth  a parent  or  parent  surrogate  (Table  2).  These 
onflicts  most  often  involved  issues  of  parental  or 
authority  control.  The  most  frequent  method  used  in 
he  attempt  was  ingestion  of  toxic  or  potentially  toxic 
ubstances  (22  or  79  percent);  drugs  used  included 
ispirin,  phenobarbital,  anticonvulsants,  alcohol,  and 
leaning  products.  Seven  cases  of  the  substance  inges- 
ion  were  considered  moderate  to  high  lethality,  3 pa- 
tents inflicted  bodily  injury  and  3 threatened  to  jump 
)ut  the  window  from  4 to  8 stories  (Table  3). 

The  initial  diagnoses  of  all  28  patients  are  listed  in 
Table  4;  the  most  common  was  adjustment  reaction  of 
idolescents.  Twenty-seven  or  96  percent  were  de- 
iressed  at  the  time  they  were  interviewed  by  the 
dinical  psychologist  and  all  28  were  noted  to  be  angry. 
The  average  stay  on  the  pediatric/adolescent  ward  was 
ess  than  two  weeks  and  all  but  1 of  the  patients  were 
discharged  to  the  community  with  appropriate  refer- 


TABLE 2 

Events  Precipitating  the  Adolescent  Suicide  Attempt 

Reason  No. 

Parental  conflict  15 

Parental/caretaker  conflict  18 


Romantic  conflict  6 

Personal  loss  1 

Legal  problems  2 

Peer  problems  1 

Not  noted  1 


TABLE  3 

Method  of  Suicide  Attempt  and  Lethality 

No. 

Low 

Lethality 
Mod- 
erate High 

Pills 

18 

12 

4 2 

Threatened  to  jump  out 
of  window 

2 

2 

Slash  wrist/stab  self 

3 

2 

1 

Alcohol 

1 

1 

Alcohol  and  pills 

2 

2 

Other  chemical  ingestion 

1 

1 . 

Combination  (window 
and  slash) 

1 

1 

Total 

28 

VOL.  81— NUMBER  3— MARCH  1984 


rals  to  after-care  facilities.  One  child  was  transferred 
to  the  adult  inpatient  psychiatric  unit  for  longer  treat- 
ment. 

All  patients  had  initial  constant  nursing  observation 
for  at  least  four  to  eight  hours.  All  were  treated  with 
minimal  disturbance  to  the  pediatric  ward  routine  and 
none  of  the  patients  attempted  to  hurt  themselves  or 
others  while  on  the  ward. 

DISCUSSION 

Verifying  Marks's  findings,  we  found  that  suicidal 
adolescent  patients  adjusted  well  in  a general  pediatric 
ward,  they  were  effectively  controlled,  and  they  were 
able  to  be  discharged  for  outpatient  followup.4  None  of 
our  patients  was  deemed  psychotic  which  also  was 
consistent  with  Marks's  findings  (10  percent  of  her 
patients  were  considered  psychotic).  Suicidal  activity 
appears  to  be  a way  of  attempting  to  deal  with  stress 
rather  than  a reflection  of  severe  mental  illness.  The 
pediatric/ adolescent  ward,  therefore,  is  an  appropriate 
facility  to  treat  the  patient,  relieving  the  patient  and 
family  of  the  stigma  often  associated  with  psychiatric 
hospitalization.  In  addition,  it  was  noted  that  the  pres- 
ence of  the  suicidal  adolescents  in  the  general  pedi- 
atric ward  was  not  disruptive  to  the  ongoing  function- 
ing of  that  ward.  It  seldom  was  necessary  to  supply 
special  nursing  services  for  the  suicidal  adolescents 
beyond  the  observation  period  of  less  than  four  to  eight 
hours.  Though  each  of  the  patients  was  referred  for 
outpatient  psychiatric  care  on  discharge  it  was  not  the 
attempt  of  this  study  to  follow  up  on  the  compliance 
of  the  patient.  The  preponderance  of  female  patients 
(82  percent)  is  consistent  with  previous  studies.36  In 
our  study  there  seemed  to  be  a disproportionate 
number  of  Hispanic  adolescents  admitted  for  suicidal 
behavior  (46  percent)  with  a preponderance  of  His- 
panic females.  Again,  this  is  consistent  with  Marks's 
finding  in  that  there  seemed  to  be  an  ethnosexual 
mode  of  expression  manifest  in  their  suicidal  adoles- 
cents. Our  findings  are  striking  considering  the  His- 
panic population  of  Jersey  City  numbers  only  4.2  per- 
cent of  the  1970  census.  Taking  into  account  the 
growth  of  the  Hispanic  population  in  the  last  decade, 
the  Hispanic  population  seems  to  be  considerably  rep- 


TABLE  4 

Initial  Psychiatric  Diagnosis  upon  Admission: 
Patterns  of  Behavior  Dysfunction 


Diagnosis  No. 

Child  abuse  (targets  of  abuse  by  adults)  3 

Adjustment  reaction  of  adolescence  8 

Runaway  reaction  3 

Unsocialized  aggressive  reaction  5 

Inadequate  personality  (borderline)  2 

Depressive  neurosis  4 

Seizure  disorder  l 

Hysterical  neurosis  l 

Group  delinquent  reaction  l 

Total  28 


199 


.-■nted.  A noteworthy  number  (36  percent  in  our 
study)  of  our  suicidal  adolescents  had  admitted  to  or 
were  known  to  have  made  previous  suicide  attempts; 
in  most  of  the  suicide  attempts,  drugs  were  used. 

Sexual  stress  factors  appear  to  be  a common  de- 
ninator  in  predisposing  adolescents  to  suicide  at- 
tempts. Actual  pregnancy  or  fear  of  pregnancy  ( 1 7 per- 
cent in  our  study)  was  one  such  factor;  separation  from 
parental  figure(s)  is  another.  Several  studies  show  an 
absence  of  parental  figures,  notably  the  fathers  in  51 
to  72  percent  of  these  youths.  Hospitalization  of  these 
youngsters,  therefore,  would  meet  the  need  of  the  teen- 
ager for  nurturance  and  structure.  Parental  use  of  al- 
cohol also  appears  to  be  a common  problem;  seven 
children  were  involved  with  alcohol  as  well. 

CONCLUSION 

It  is  clear  that  the  youngsters  who  attempted  suicide 
are  ordinary  youngsters  responding  in  an  angry,  im- 
pulsive fashion  to  the  environmental  stresses  which 


result  from  parents,  peers,  drugs,  and  authorities.  A 
sensitive  family  physician  or  pediatrician  should  be 
able  to  help  the  child  solve  problems  by  more  accept 
able  means  and  prevent  the  morbidity  associated  with 
suicidal  attempts. 131 

REFERENCES 

1.  Committee  on  Adolescence,  American  Academy  of  Pedi 
atrics:  Teenage  suicide.  Pediatrics  66:  144-146,  1980. 

2.  Ravenhorst  JM:  Followup  of  young  women  who  attemp1 
suicide.  Dis  New  Syst  33:792,  1972. 

3.  McAnamey  ER  Suicidal  behavior  of  children  and  youth 
Pediatr  Clin  of  NA  22:595-604,  1975. 

4.  Marks  A Negligible  risks  in  the  management  of  the 
suicidal  teenager  on  a nonpsychiatric  adolescent  unit.  „ 
Pediatr  95:305-308,  1979. 

5.  Scheidman  ES:  Essays  in  Self-Destruction.  New  York, 
NY,  Science  House,  1967. 

6.  Rohn  RD,  Sarles  RM,  Kenny  TJ,  Reynolds  BJ,  Heald  FP: 
Adolescents  who  attempt  suicide.  J Pediatr  90:636-638,  1977. 

7.  Cunningham  DG:  Are  pediatricians  qualified  to  judge 
suicide  gestures?  Pediatrics  67:750,  1981. 


200 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


3NLY  DALMANE 

flurozepom  HQ/Roche 

IMPROVES  SLEEP..] 


WITH 

COMPLETE 

SLEEP  LABORATORY 

PROOF15... 


. £ • 


Copyright®  1984  by  Roche  Producrs  Inc 


1 'hrs  reserved 


N All  THESE  WAYS 


■Rapid  sleep  onset1'6 

■Effective  for  middle-of-the-night 
and  early-morning  awakenings2,5 

■ Undiminished  efficacy  for  at 
least  28  nights2'4 

■Patients  usually  awake  rested 
and  refreshed7^ 

■Avoids  rebound  insomnia  after 
discontinuation  of  therapy35,1012 

kCaution  patients  about  driving,  operating  hazardous  machinery  or  drink- 
ing alcohol  during  therapy.  Limit  dose  to  15  mg  in  elderly  or  debilitated 

jjpatients.  Contraindicated  during  pregnancy. 


^ND  THE 
PREDICTABILITY 
rHAT  COMES  WITH 
EXPERIENCE 


FOR  EFFECTIVE  RELIEF  OF  INSOMNIA 

DALMANE 

flurazepam  HCI/Poche 


STANDS  APART 


15-MG/30-MG 

CAPSULES 

See  next  page  for 
references  and  summary 
of  product  information 


References:  1.  Kales  J et  al : Clin  Pharmacol 
Ther  12: 691-697,  Jul-Aug  1971.  2.  Kales  A et  al: 
Clin  Pharmacol  Ther  18: 356-363,  Sep  1975 
3.  Kales  A et  al  Clin  Pharmacol  Ther  19: 
576-583,  May  1976.  4.  Kales  A et  al:  Clin  Phar- 
ma,, I Ther  32:781-788,  Dec  1982.  5.  Frost  JD  Jr, 
Del.ucchi  MR:  J Am  Genatr  Soc  27:541-546,  Dec 
1979.  6.  Kales  A,  Kales  JD:  J Clin  Pharmacol 
3:140-150,  Apr  1983.  7.  Monti  JM:  Methods  Find 
Exp  Clin  Pharmacol  3: 303-326,  May  1981. 

8.  Greenblatt  DJ  et  al:  Sleep  5 (Suppl  1):S  18-S27, 
1982  9.  Kales  A et  al:  Pharmacology  26:121-137, 
1983.  10.  Greenblatt  DJ,  Allen  MD,  Shader  R1 
Clin  Pharmacol  Ther  21: 355-361,  Mar  1977. 

11.  Zimmerman  AM:  Curr  Ther  Res  13: 18-22, 
Jan  1971.  12.  Amrein  R et  al:  Drugs  Exp  Clin  Res 
9(1)  85-99,  1983. 


Dalmane'  @ 

(lurazepam  HCl/Roche 

Before  prescribing,  please  consult  complete  product  infor- 
mation, a summary  of  which  follows: 

Indications:  Effective  in  all  types  ol  insomnia  characterized  by 
difficulty  in  lulling  asleep,  frequent  nocturnal  awakenings  and/ 
or  early  morning  awakening;  in  patients  with  recurring  insom- 
nia or  poor  sleeping  habits;  in  acute  or  chronic  medical  situa- 
tions requiring  restlul  sleep.  Objective  sleep  laboratory  data 
have  shown  effectiveness  for  at  least  28  consecutive  nights  of 
administration.  Since  insomnia  is  often  transient  and  intermit- 
tent, prolonged  administration  is  generally  not  necessary  or  rec- 
ommended. Repealed  therapy  should  only  be  undertaken  with 
appropriate  patient  evaluation. 

Contraindications:  Known  hypersensitivity  to  flurazepam  HCI; 
pregnancy.  Benzodiazepines  may  cause  letal  damage  when 
administered  during  pregnancy.  Several  studies  suggest  an 
increased  risk  of  congenital  malformations  associated  with  ben- 
zodiazepine use  during  the  first  trimester.  Warn  patients  ol  the 
potential  risks  to  the  fetus  should  the  possibility  of  becoming 
pregnant  exist  while  receiving  flurazepam.  Instruct  patient  to 
discontinue  drug  prior  to  becoming  pregnant.  Consider  the  pos- 
sibility ol  pregnancy  prior  to  instituting  therapy. 

Warnings:  Caution  patients  about  possible  combined  effects 
with  alcohol  and  other  CNS  depressants.  An  additive  effect 
may  occur  if  alcohol  is  consumed  the  day  following  use  lor 
nighttime  sedation.  This  potential  may  exist  lor  several  days 
following  discontinuation.  Caution  against  hazardous  occupa- 
tions requiring  complete  mental  alertness  (e.5. , operating 
machinery,  driving).  Potential  impairment  of  performance  of 
such  activities  may  occur  the  day  following  ingestion  Not  rec- 
ommended for  use  in  persons  under  1 5 years  of  age.  Though 
physical  and  psychological  dependence  have  not  been  reported 
on  recommended  doses,  abrupt  discontinuation  should  be 
avoided  with  gradual  tapering  of  dosage  for  those  patients  on 
medication  lor  a prolonged  period  of  time.  Use  caution  in 
administering  to  addiction-prone  individuals  or  those  who  might 
increase  dosage. 

Precautions:  In  elderly  and  debilitated  patients,  it  is  recom- 
mended that  the  dosage  be  limited  to  15  mg  to  reduce  risk  of 
oversedation,  dizziness,  confusion  and/or  ataxia.  Consider 
potential  additive  effects  with  other  hypnotics  or  CNS  depres- 
sants. Employ  usual  precautions  in  severely  depressed  patients, 
or  in  those  with  latent  depression  or  suicidal  tendencies,  or  in 
those  with  impaired  renal  or  hepatic  (unction. 

Adverse  Reactions:  Dizziness,  drowsiness,  lighlheadedness. 
staggering,  ataxia  and  falling  have  occurred,  particularly  in 
elderly  or  debilitated  patients.  Severe  sedation,  lethargy,  dis- 
orientation and  coma,  probably  indicative  of  drug  intolerance  or 
overdosage,  have  been  reported.  Also  reported:  headache, 
heartburn,  upset  stomach,  nausea,  vomiting,  diarrhea,  constipa- 
tion. Gl  pain,  nervousness,  talkativeness,  apprehension,  irrita- 
bility. weakness,  palpitations,  chest  pains,  body  and  joint  pains 
and  GU  complaints.  There  have  also  been  rare  occurrences  of 
leukopenia,  granulocytopenia,  sweating,  flushes,  difficulty  in 
focusing,  blurred  vision,  burning  eyes,  faintness,  hypotension, 
shortness  of  breath,  pruritus,  skin  rash,  dry  mouth,  bitter  taste, 
excessive  salivation,  anorexia,  euphoria,  depression,  slurred 
speech,  confusion,  restlessness,  hallucinations,  and  elevated 
SGOT,  SGPT.  total  and  direct  bilirubins,  and  alkaline  phospha- 
tase; and  paradoxical  reactions,  e.5. . excitement,  stimulation 
and  hyperactivity. 

Dosage:  Individualize  lor  maximum  beneficial  effect.  Adults : 

30  mg  usual  dosage;  1 5 mg  may  suffice  in  some  patients. 
Elderly  or  debilitated  patients . 15  mg  recommended  initially 
until  response  is  determined. 

Supplied:  Capsules  containing  15  mg  or  30  mg  flurazepam  HCI. 


Roche  Products  Inc. 

Manali.  Puerto  Rico  00701 


If  your  professional 
liability  insurance  company 
ran  out  of  money,  you  could 
find  yourself  very  much . . . 


. . alone. 


Were  6,900  New  Jersey  physicians 
insuring  ourselves  through  our  own 
non-profit  company.  If  you  haven’t 
joined  us,  you  could  be  more  at  risk 
than  you  know.  You  owe  it  to 
yourself  — and  those  that  depend  on 
you  — to  call  us  for  more  information. 

800-257-6288 

Do  it  now.  Everything  is  at  stake. 


A professional  service  message  from  the 

Medical  Inter-Insurance  Exchange  of  N.J. 

Two  Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648 
(609)  896-2404 

“The  Doctors’  Company” 


A Method  of  Abdominal 
Wound  Closure 


Ian  D.  Samson,  m.d.,  Jesse  Schulman,  m.d.,  Jack  C.  Sabo,  m.d.,  William  M.  Schulman,  m.d., 
Lawrence  W.  Silvers,  m.d.,  lakewood* 


A technique  for  the  secure  closure  of  abdominal  incisions  is 
described  utilizing  mass  approximation  of  tissues  by  a 
continuous , looped , nonabsorbable  nylon  suture  which  is  shown 
to  have  a low  incidence  of  undesirable  sequelae.  Ease  and  speed 
of  insertion,  low  cost,  and  low  complication  rate  make  this  an 
attractive  method  of  abdominal  wound  closure. 


A number  of  techniques  for  ab- 
dominal wound  closure  have 
been  proposed.  The  rationale  for 
the  use  of  a method  is  based  on  surgical  dogma  and 
traditional  teaching  rather  than  on  scientific  fact  or 
on  an  analysis  of  personal  experience.  The  preferred 
method  of  abdominal  wound  closure  should  be:  1 ) uni- 
versally applicable,  simple,  and  inexpensive:  and  2)  ac- 
companied by  a low  incidence  of  untoward  complica- 
tions, such  as  wound  disruption,  late  incisional  hernia 
formation,  discharging  sinus  with  the  extrusion  of 
suture  material,  and  a chronically  painful  scar. 

Since  1977,  we  have  been  using  a continuous  mono- 
filament, nonabsorbable  suture  for  abdominal  wall 
closure.  From  1980,  stimulated  by  the  excellent  results 
reported  by  Jenkins,  we  have  used  a looped  nylon 
suture  for  this  purpose.1 

This  study  is  a prospective  analysis  of  our  experience 
with  the  latter  method,  which  we  believe  approximates 
the  ideal. 

PATIENTS  AND  METHODS 

Since  February  1980,  all  patients  undergoing 
celiotomy  had  the  abdominal  incision  closed  with  a 
looped  nylon  suture  and  were  included  in  the  prospec- 
tive study.  Since  the  study  was  terminated  in  July 
1982,  an  additional  167  patients  had  their  wound 
closed  using  the  identical  technique  but  were  analyzed 
only  for  wound  disruption  and  early  hernia  formation. 


No  escape  clause  was  provided.  The  study,  therefore, 
includes  patients  with  fecal  contamination  of  the  peri- 
toneum, as  well  as  patients  with  frank  intra-adominal 
sepsis.  Midline  incisions  were  approximated  as  a mass 
closure  incorporating  both  fascia  and  peritoneum  in 
a running  suture.  The  suture  was  constructed  of  183 
cm  of  #0  nylon  swagged  onto  an  XLH  needle  to  provide 
a usable  suture  length  of  91.5  cm.  The  suture  was 
prepared  by  Ethicon  for  this  purpose  (Figure  1).  In 
most  cases,  a single  length  of  suture  was  sufficient  to 
accomplish  closure.  However,  for  wounds  of  ex- 
traordinary length,  i.e.  for  the  resection  of  an  ab- 
dominal aortic  aneurysm,  it  was  necessary  to  use  two 
or  possibly  three  lengths  of  suture  to  obtain  closure 
without  undue  tension.  An  attempt  was  made  to  ob- 
tain a suture:wound  length  ratio  of  a least  3:1  and 
preferably  4:1  to  achieve  a firm  but  relaxed  wound 
closure.  The  initial  bite  was  taken  just  beyond  the  apex 
of  the  wound  and  the  needle  was  passed  through  the 
loop  to  anchor  one  end.  Successive  bites  of  fascia  and 
peritoneum  were  taken  at  least  1 .5  cm  from  the  wound 
edge  and  1 to  1.5  cm  apart,  with  only  enough  tension 
to  approximate  the  wound  edges.  When  the  peri- 
toneum could  not  be  included  in  the  closure  for  techni- 
cal reasons,  no  special  effort  was  made  to  do  so,  and 
the  fascia  alone  was  approximated.  When  fascia  and 

*From  Paul  Kimball  Medical  Center  and  Community  Mem- 
orial Hospital,  Lakewood.  Correspondence  may  be  addressed 
to  Dr.  Samson,  5 Prospect  Street,  Lakewood,  NJ  08701. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  3— MARCH  1984 


205 


Figure  2 — Closure  technique. 


A ' 

Figure  1— Looped  nylon  suture  showing  apex  of  loop  (A)  and 
both  ends  swagged  on  to  XLH  needle  (B)  (Ethicon). 

peritoneum  were  taken  together,  the  peritoneum  was 
prevented  from  protruding  between  the  fascial  edges. 
A simple  technique  for  burying  the  knot  was  devised, 
thereby  preventing  extrusion  of  the  cut  edges  of  the 
suture  through  the  skin  or  into  the  abdominal  cavity. 
When  near  completion  of  the  closure,  the  looped  suture 
was  drawn  through  the  fascia  from  its  superficial  to 
deep  aspects  and  then  one  strand  of  nylon  was  cut  free 
from  the  needle.  The  second  strand  then  was  brought 
out  through  the  opposite  side  from  the  deep  to  the 
superficial  aspects  of  the  fascia  and  finally  returned 
from  superficial  to  deep  to  the  fascia.  The  suture  then 
was  snugged  up  and  tied  so  that  the  knot  was  placed 
deep  to  the  fascia.  The  ends  of  the  suture  were  left  long 
and  were  brought  through  the  last  three  previously 
placed  loops  with  a modified  aneurysm  needle  and 
then  cut  flush  (Figures  2 to  5). 

Kocher  and  transverse  incisions  were  closed  in  one 
or  two  layers.  When  a two-layer  closure  was  selected, 
the  deep  layer  consisted  of  a continuous  0 Viciyl  while 
the  superficial  layers  were  approximated  using  the 
looped  nylon  suture  in  the  same  manner  that  was  used 
for  a vertical  incision.  Single-layer  closure  for  trans- 
verse and  Kocher  incisions  was  carried  out  using 
identical  maneuvers  to  those  used  for  vertical  in- 
cisions. 

When  appropriate,  an  antibiotic-containing  solution 
was  used  to  irrigate  the  peritoneal  cavity.  On  occasion, 
when  gross  contamination  was  evident,  a povidone- 
iodine  solution  was  instilled  into  the  subcutaneous 
tissue  after  carefui  wound  irrigation.  In  the  presence 


B 


Figure  3 — Closure  technique. 

of  severe  infection  or  contamination,  the  skin  was  not 
closed.  No  other  form  of  reinforcing  sutures,  such  as 
a retention  suture,  was  used.  When  drains  were  re- 
quired they  always  were  placed  away  from  the  closure 
and  brought  out  through  separate  incisions.  In  one 
instance,  a mucous  fistula  was  brought  out  through 
the  lower  end  of  the  wound.  Active  colostomies  were 
brought  out  through  a separate  incision  as  far  re- 
moved as  possible  from  the  wound  closure.  Primary 
maturing  of  the  colostomy  was  employed  frequently. 
Each  procedure  carefully  was  documented  and  data 
were  recorded  for  age,  sex,  and  complicating  factors, 
(e.g.  cardiac  failure,  jaundice,  respiratory  disease, 


206 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Figure  4 — Closure  technique. 

uremia  hypoalbuminemia  steriods,  incisions,  re- 
operations). Surgical  details  included  the  nature  of  the 
procedure  (elective  or  emergent),  type  of  procedure, 
and  nature  of  the  incision  (midline,  transverse,  para- 
median, or  Kocher).  The  degree  of  contamination  was 
recorded  as  clean,  potentially  contaminated,  or  frankly 
{contaminated.  The  presence  or  absence  of  ascites  was 
noted.  Further  details  concerning  the  precise  method 
of  closure,  the  length  of  the  wound,  depth  of  the  fat, 
and  closure  time  also  were  recorded.  All  wounds  were 
evaluated  at  the  time  of  discharge  and  at  six  months. 
Complications  such  as  evisceration,  late  hernia  forma- 
tion, and  prolonged  wound  sepsis  were  documented. 

FINDINGS 

In  this  study,  234  patients  were  entered:  140  females 
and  94  males.  Their  ages  ranged  from  16  years  to  95 
years.  The  vast  majority’of  patients  (162)  were  in  the 
60  to  69  age  group  and  the  70  to  79  age  group.  Seventy 
percent  of  the  procedures  were  elective  while  30  per- 
cent were  emergent  operations.  Thirty-nine  patients 
were  classified  as  thin,  with  abdominal  wall  fat 
measuring  less  than  1.5  cm  in  depth.  One  hundred 
twenty-one  were  classified  as  of  average  build,  with 
abdominal  wall  fat  of  between  1.5  and  3 cm  in  depth, 
while  52  were  considered  obese,  with  abdominal  wall 
fat  of  greater  than  3 cm  in  depth.  Of  that  last  group, 
13  were  considered  massively  obese,  and  had  ab- 
dominal wall  fat  measuring  more  than  6 cm.  One  hun- 
dred twenty-one  closures  were  midline,  and  76  were 
Koeher  incisions.  There  were  26  transverse  incisions 
and  3 paramedian  incisions.  Eighty-eight  operations 
were  considered  clean,  109  were  potentially  con- 
taminated, and  33  were  frankly  contaminated.  Ascites 
was  present  in  6 eases.  Twenty-nine  of  the  Koeher  and 


Figure  5 — Closure  technique. 

transverse  incisions  were  closed  with  a single-suture 
technique  while  the  remainder  were  closed  using  a 
superficial  and  a deep  layer.  There  were  two  wound 
dehiscences,  both  associated  with  vertical  incisions. 
No  eviscerations  occurred.  All  wounds  were  healed 
soundly  at  the  time  of  discharge,  with  the  exception 
of  some  that  were  allowed  to  heal  by  secondary  inten- 
tion. No  hernias  were  encountered  at  the  time  of  dis- 
charge. We  followed  172  patients  for  six  months.  At 
this  time  there  were  2 incisional  hernias  and  2 pa- 
tients had  wound  sepsis.  There  were  no  cases  of  ex- 
truding suture  material,  and  no  patient  had  signifi- 
cant complaints  concerning  his  or  her  wound.  An  ad- 
ditional 167  wounds  were  closed  in  the  same  manner 
and  were  evaluated  for  healing  at  the  time  of  discharge: 
all  were  found  to  be  healed  soundly. 

Very  little  time  was  expended  in  closing  the  fascial 
layers.  Vertical  incisions  measuring  less  than  24  cm 
in  length  were  approximated,  in  an  average  of  7.3 


TABLE  1 

Predisposing  Factors 

Obesity 

51 

Frank  sepsis 

33 

Previous  operative  sears,  hernia,  and 

23 

early  reoperation 

Hypoalbuminemia 

17 

Pulmonary  disease 

17 

Jaundice 

1 1 

Uremia 

5 

Cardiac  failure 

5 

Steroids 

3 

Others 

3 

Irradiation 

1 

VOL.  81— NUMBER  3— MARCH  1984 


207 


minutes,  while  those  measuring  in  excess  of  31  cm 
took  1 1 minutes  to  close.  Transverse  and  Kocher  in- 
cisions averaged  18  cm  in  length  and  took  7.6  minutes 
to  close  in  two  layers  and  5.8  minutes  to  close  when 
a single  layer  was  used.  The  expeditious  closure  was 
appreciated  at  the  end  of  long,  tedious  procedures! 

There  were  186  classical  complicating  factors 
predisposing  to  wound  failure  present.  The  most  com- 
monly encountered  problems  (Table  1)  were  obesity 
(51).  frank  sepsis  (33),  previous  operative  scars,  hernia, 
and  early  reoperation  (23),  hypoalbuminemia  (17), 
chronic  obst  motive  pulmonary  disease  (17),  and  jaun- 
dice (11).  It  is  felt  that  this  pattern  of  complications 
probably  does  not  vaiy  significantly  from  that  com- 
monly seen  in  everyday  surgical  practice. 

DISCUSSION 

The  fact  that  the  debate  concerning  the  virtues  and 
pitfalls  of  suture  materials  and  techniques  is  never- 
ending  serves  to  notify  us  that  the  ideal  form  of  ab- 
dominal incision  closure  has  not  been  determined  or, 
if  it  has,  we  have  failed  to  recognize  it.  For  most,  habit, 
prejudice,  and  surgical  dogma  have  come  to  be  as  im- 
portant as  scientific  analysis  in  the  selection  of  a 
closure  technique. 

In  any  analysis  of  wound  closure  techniques,  con- 
sideration is  given  to  both  the  material  used  and  the 
method  of  its  insertion.  With  regard  to  suture  material. 
Table  2 shows  the  acceptable  classification. 

There  are  two  primary  methods  of  suture  placement. 
The  first  involves  separate  approximation  of  the  indi- 
vidual layers  of  the  abdominal  wall— layered  closure. 
The  second  method  is  that  of  approximation  of  all 
layers  within  a single  suture— mass  closure.  In  almost 
all  instances  the  skin  is  excluded  in  mass  closure. 
However,  in  cases  of  wound  disruption,  mass  closure 
including  all  layers  of  the  abdominal  wall  is  commonly 
utilized. 

Layered  closure  almost  universally  is  selected  for  the 
closure  of  oblique  and  transverse  abdominal  incisions, 
and  has  its  proponents  for  the  closure  of  vertical  in- 
cisions as  well.  The  technique  of  mass  closure  usually 
is  employed  in  vertical  wounds,  and  in  the  repair  of 
wound  dehiscense,  irrespective  of  the  position  of  the 
primary  incision. 

The  mass  closure  technique  has  been  shown  ex- 
perimentally to  be  superior  in  the  early  phase  of  wound 
healing,  where  extrinsic  strength  is  a major  consider- 
ation.2 This  finding  has  been  borne  out  by  clinical 
experience.3 

Further  consideration  occasionally  is  given  to 
providing  additional  support  to  the  closure  by  adding 
some  form  of  buttress  or  retention  layer.4  This  second- 
ary supporting  layer  rightly  should  be  considered  as 
an  extension  of  mass  closure.  It  has  been  recommend- 
ed even  when  formal  mass  closure  has  been  used.5 
However,  more  frequently  it  is  used  to  support  a 
layered  closure  when  an  absorbable  suture  has  been 
used  to  approximate  the  fascia.3  Whether  or  not  reten- 
tion sutures  add  anything  of  substance  to  a mass 
closure  has  not  been  demonstrated  adequately.  In  a 
prospective  series  comparing  closures  with  and 
without  the  addition  oi  retention  sutures,  Hubbard 
and  Rever  found  a significantly  higher  rate  of  de- 
hiscense when  retentions  were  used.6 


TABLE  2 

Suture  Material 

1 . Nonabsorbable 

A.  Natural 

1.  Cotton 

2.  Silk 

B.  Synthetic 

1.  Polyamide  (nylon)* 

2.  Polyester* 

3.  Polypropylene  (prolene) 

4.  Metallic  (thread)*/(staple) 

2.  Absorbable 

A.  Natural 

1.  Catgut 

2.  Collagen 

B.  Synthetic 

1.  Polyglycolie  acid 

2.  Polyglactin* 
‘Monofilament  or  braided 


As  the  advantages  of  this  additional  layer  are 
doubtful  at  best,  it  is  proposed  that  the  discomfort  and 
unsightly  scarring  produced  by  retention  sutures,  as 
well  as  the  increase  in  operating  time,  do  not  warrant 
its  usage. 

Other  factors  that  apply  to  the  closure  concern  the 
physical  changes  exerted  by  differing  methods  of 
suture  placement  and  by  the  inherent  characteristics 
of  the  material  per  se.  In  the  first  instance,  knot  slip- 
page is  a function  of  the  suture  material.  A spectrum 
exists  that  extends  from  the  great  security  that  is 
found  in  a knot  placed  in  wire  to  a propensity  for 
loosening  and  slippage  that  is  found  with  moistened 
plain  catgut.  In  general,  one  can  conclude  that  the 
fewer  knots  that  are  required  to  be  placed,  the  less 
likely  the  closure  is  to  come  apart.  A continuous  suture 
technique  therefore  would  have  a theoretical  advan- 
tage over  an  interrupted  one,  as  there  are  less  knots 
to  come  loose.  Other  than  knot  security,  the  integrity 
of  the  suture  material  is  of  considerable  significance. 
Ideally  the  material  should  be  nonreactive,  retain  its 
tensile  strength  throughout  the  period  of  maturation 
of  the  suture  line,  and  be  totally  resorbed.  Such  a ma- 
terial is  not  available.  These  characteristics  are  ap- 
proached by  the  modem  absorbables  (e.g.  polyglactin), 
which  are  relatively  nonreactive  but  undergo  pro- 
gressive dissolution  from  the  time  of  insertion,  and  on 
the  other  hand,  by  the  monofilament  nonabsorbables 
(e.g.  nylon),  which  are  virtually  inert,  and  maintain 
their  tensile  strength  but  are  retained  in  the  body 
indefinitely. 

Secondly,  it  would  seem  that  precise  fascial  approx- 
imation is  important.  In  all  midline  incisions,  it  is 
appropriate  to  oppose  in  an  accurate  fashion  the  raw 
fascial  edges,  rather  than  to  incorporate  fat  or  peri- 
toneum between  these  edges.  Where  the  mesothelium 
becomes  interposed  between  fascia,  a weaker  sear  is 
produced,  and  it  has  been  demonstrated  that  a 
mesothelial  to  mesothelial  scar  is  less  secure  than  one  : 
between  raw  fascial  edges.7 

A further  consideration  is  the  provision  for 
stretching  of  the  wound  in  the  postoperative  phase 
due  to  edema  and  abdominal  distension.  Jenkins  es- 


208 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


tablished  an  experimental  model  to  calculate  the  re- 
verse of  suture  length  necessary  to  allow  for  this 
lengthening  and  to  ensure  a minimal  resulting  rise  in 
tension  between  the  sutures  and  the  tissues.1  The 
findings  were  extrapolated  and  used  in  a clinical  series 
with  a dehiscense  rate  of  0.5  percent.  He  concluded 
that  wound  disruption  due  to  cutting  out  of  sutures 
can  be  prevented  by  the  use  of  nonabsorbable  continu- 
ous sutures  placed  at  1 cm  intervals  and  a suture: 
wound  length  ratio  of  4:1  or  more. 

A review  of  the  recent  literature  reveals  a number  of 
studies  evaluating  a fairly  wide  spectrum  of  tech- 
niques and  suture  materials.8 13  The  infection  rate 
varies  from  4.1  to  24.8  percent,  sinus  rate  from  0 to 
14  percent,  dehiscence  rate  from  0 to  10.2  percent,  and 
the  late  hernia  rate  from  9 to  11.5  percent.  The  best 
figures  were  obtained  using  a mass  closure  with  a 
continuous  nylon  suture1  or  continuous  polyglycolie 
acid  and  polyglactin.9  An  outline  of  the  relevant  find- 
ings is  illustrated  in  Table  3. 

The  results  of  the  present  series  compare  favorably 
with  those  reported.  Our  incidence  of  wound  de- 
hiscence was  0.7  percent  in  a totally  unseleeted  group 
of  patients,  which  included  an  unusually  large  elderly 
population.  There  were  no  eases  of  late  wound  infec- 


tions and  no  wound  sinuses.  The  late  hernia  rate  was 
less  than  1 percent. 

Irrespective  of  the  technique  used  for  wound  closure, 
the  final  objective  should  be  the  same:  to  produce  a 
soundly  healed,  comfortable  wound  with  no 
predisposition  to  early  or  late  herniation,  and  a wound 
dehiscence  rate  that  approaches  zero.  Secondary  con 
siderations,  such  as  the  cost  of  material  and  speed  of 
closure,  should  be  borne  in  mind  but  obviously  are  not 
major  determinants  in  the  final  outcome.  Of  prime 
importance,  however,  is  the  need  for  the  technique  in 
question  to  be  reproducible  and  attainable  by  both 
novice  and  expert  alike. 

CONCLUSIONS 

A number  of  tenets  have  surfaced  from  experimen- 
tal data  and  from  the  reported  and  present  series.  The 
first  is  that  mass  closure  is  preferable  to  layered 
closure.  The  second  is  that  the  interrupted  suture 
technique  is  no  better  than  the  continuous  one.  This 
being  the  case,  the  continuous  suture  technique  is 
preferable  because  it  is  more  expeditious.  Finally,  but- 
tressing or  retention  sutures  are  not  required. 

The  closure  method  outlined  in  our  study  has  an 
acceptably  low  dehiscence  and  hernia  rate,  and  is  not 


TABLE  3 

Review  of  the  Literature* 


Reference 

Suture 

L 

M 

c 

I 

R 

IN 

S/IN 

D 

H 

T 

Comments 

Goligher  et  al.3 

Catgut 

X 

X 

X 

9.3 

1.9 

10.2 

3.7 

13.9 

Reinforced, 
paramedian 
ant.  layer 
interrupt 

Catgut 

X 

X 

X 

15.4 

10.6 

0.96 

3.8 

4.8 

Wire 

X 

X 

10.2 

4.6 

0.93 

0 

0.93 

Jones 

Irvin  et  al.'1 

Polyglycolie 

X 

X 

9.6 

5.8 

3.8 

9.6 

Polyglactin 

X 

X 

7.7 

— 

5.8 

5.8 

Polypropyl 

X 

X 

14.0 

3.5 

5.3 

8.8 

Jenkins' 

Looped 

Nylon 

X 

X 

0.07 

0.0007 

Vertical  only 

Leaper  et  al.8 

Nylon 

X 

X 

20.3 

0.86 

5.2 

6 

Chromic- 

peritoneum 

Wire 

X 

X 

21.7 

0.83 

8 

8.8 

Jones 

Polyglyctin 

X 

X 

24.8 

0 

5.1 

5.1 

Jones 

Sloop9 

Polyglycolie 

X 

X 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

Transverse 

Polyglactin 

2 layers 

Bucknall  and 

Nylon 

X 

X 

21.4 

9.4 

0.94 

3.8 

4.8 

Vertical 

Ellis'0 

Polyglactin 

X 

X 

1 1.5 

0.96 

1 1.5 

12.5 

only  40  percent 
Infections 

developed 

sinuses 

Corman  et  al.12 

Nylon 

X 

X 

4.1 

12.2 

0 

8.9 

8.9 

Bowel  surgery 

Polypropyl 

X 

X 

9.4 

5.7 

1.9 

4.4 

6.3 

Polyglactin 

X 

X 

10.2 

0 

0 

0 

0 

Samson  et  al. 

Nylon 

X 

X 

0.5 

1 

Richards  et  al.'3 

Polypropyl 

X 

X 

X 

2 

2 

Polyglycolie 

X 

X 

X 

0.9 

0.5 

(L)  Layered,  (M)  Mass,  (C)  Continuous,  (I)  Interrupted,  (R)  Retention,  (IN)  Infection,  (S/IN)  Sinus  and/or  Infection, 
(D)  Dehiscence,  (H)  Hernia,  (T)  Total  Complications. 

"Complications  expressed  in  percentages. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  3— MARCH  1984 


209 


i ompanied  by  significant  morbidity,  such  as  painful 
or  infected  wounds  with  sinuses.  Furthermore,  it  is 
exceptionally  inexpensive  in  terms  of  materials  and 
closure  time  is  rapid.  Our  findings  support  the  excel- 
lent results  reported  by  Jenkins.1  We  are  encouraged 
by  this  analysis  to  persist  with  this  closure  method, 
and  recommend  it  to  others  for  their  consideration. 

REFERENCES 

1.  Jenkins  TPN:  The  burst  abdominal  wound:  A mechan- 
ical approach.  Br  J Surg  63:873-876,  1976. 

2.  Dudley  HAF:  Layered  and  mass  closure  of  the  abdominal 
wall:  A theoretical  and  experimental  analysis.  Br  J Surg 
57:664-667,  1970. 

3.  Goligher  JC,  Irvin  TT,  Johnston  D,  DeDombal  FT,  Hill  GL, 
Horrocks  JC:  A controlled  clinical  trial  of  three  methods  of 
closure  of  laparotomy  wounds.  Br  J Surg  62:823-829,  1975. 

4.  Old  WL  Jr,  Stokes  T:  Preventing  disruption  of  abdominal 
wounds.  South  Med  J 72:545-550,  1979. 

5.  Ponka  JF:  Hernias  oj  the  Abdominal  Wall.  Philadelphia, 
PA,  W.B.  Saunders  Co.,  1980,  p.  356. 


6.  Hubbard  TB  Jr,  Rever  WB  Jr  Retention  sutures  in  the 
closure  of  abdominal  incisions.  Am  J Surg  124:378-380,  1972. 

7.  Myers  B,  Rightor  M,  Donovan  W:  An  experimental  model 
in  the  rat  to  evaluate  technical  factors.  Arch  Surg  1 
116:463-465,  1981. 

8.  Leaper  DJ,  Pollack  AV,  Evans  M:  Abdominal  wound  : 

closure:  A trial  of  nylon  polyglycolic  acid  and  steel  sutures.  Br 
J Surg  64:603-606,1977.'  I 

9.  Sloop  FID:  Running  synthetic  absorbable  suture  in  ab- 
dominal wound  closure.  Am  J Surg  141:  572-573,  1981. 

10.  Bueknall  TE,  Ellis  H:  Abdominal  wound  closure — a 
comparison  of  monofilament  nylon  and  polyglycolic  acid.  Sur- 
gery 89:672-677,  1981. 

11.  Irvin  TT,  Koffman  CG,  Duthie  HL:  Layer  closure  of 
laparotomy  wounds  with  absorable  and  nonabsorbable 
suture  materials.  Br  J Surg  63:793-796,  1976. 

12.  Corman  ML,  Veidenheimer  MC,  Coller  JA:  Controlled 
clinical  trial  of  three  suture  materials  for  abdominal  wall 
closure  after  bowel  operations.  Am  J Surg  141:510-513,  1981. 

13.  Richards  PC,  Balch  CM,  Aldrete  JS:  Abdominal  wound 
closure— a randomized  prospective  study  of  571  patients 
comparing  continuous  v interrupted  suture  techniques.  Ann 
Surg  197:238-243,  1983. 


! 


THE  JOUFdMAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


210 


Case  Report:  Aneurysm  of  the  Descending 
Thoracic  Aorta 


Shashi  K.  Agarwal,  m.d.,  Jacob  I.  Haft,  m.d.,  Michael  Bachik,  m.d.,  Newark* 


The  detection  of  a descending  thoracic  aortic  aneurysm  by 
M-mode  echocardiography  is  an  unreported  phenomenon. 
Confirmation  by  cross-sectional  echocardiography  illustrates  the 
value  of  noninvasive  techniques  in  the  study  of  the  descending 
thoracic  aorta. 


Cross-sectional  echocardiogra- 
phy provides  a noninvasive  vis- 
ualization of  the  entire  aortic 
root12  and  has  allowed  recognition  of  disease  of  this 
great  vessel.35  Using  contrast  echocardiography,  Mintz 
et  al.  have  shown  that  the  descending  thoracic  aorta 
easily  can  be  seen  in  the  parasternal  long  and  short 
axis  views.6  We  recently  recognized  a large  aneuiysm 
of  the  descending  thoracic  aorta  by  cross-sectional 
echocardiography.  Unusual  M-mode  echocardio- 
graphic  findings  also  were  observed. 

CASE  REPORT 

The  patient  was  a 76-year-old  white  female  who  was 
admitted  to  Saint  Michael’s  Medical  Center,  Newark, 
forevaluation  of  shortness  of  breath.  Associated  symp- 
toms included  cough  with  yellowish  expectoration  and 
fever  with  chills.  Since  the  chest  roentgenogram  re- 
vealed no  parenchymal  lung  infiltrates  (mediastinal 
widening  was  noted),  a diagnosis  of  upper  respiratory 
tract  infection  was  made  (Figure  1).  The  patient  was 
known  to  have  hypertension  for  20  years.  Two  months 
prior  to  this  admission,  she  was  hospitalized  elsewhere 
with  interscapular  pain  and  diaphoresis.  A widened 
mediastinum  was  noticed  on  the  chest . roentgeno- 
gram. Angiography  was  performed  and  a thoracic 
aortic  aneurysm  was  diagnosed  (Figure  2). 

The  recent  admission  offered  a unique  opportunity 
to  evaluate  the  use  of  two-dimensional  echocardi- 


ography in  visualizing  aneurysms  of  the  descending 
thoracic  aorta.  In  the  parasternal  long  axis  view  (Fig- 
ure 3),  a large  pulsatile  echo-free  space  with  a diameter 
of  45  mm  was  noted.  On  gradually  sliding  the  trans- 
ducer to  a lower  parasternal  position,  the  descending 
aorta  could  be  visualized  lengthwise,  clearly  demon- 
strating the  aneurysmal  dilatation  (Figure  4).  A double 
posterior  aortic  wall  also  could  be  seen  in  this  view, 
confirming  the  angiographic  findings  of  an  associated 
type  III  dissection.  In  the  apical  four-chamber  view,  the 
aneurysm  could  be  visualized  just  behind  the  left 
atrium  by  gently  rocking  the  transducer  medial  to 
lateral.  An  M-mode  echocardiogram  revealed  an  echo- 
free  space  behind  the  left  atrium  that  expanded  just 
behind  the  atrio-ventricular  groove  (on  sweeping),  also 
reflecting  the  descending  aorta  and  its  aneurysm  (Fig- 
ure 5). 

DISCUSSION 

Thoracic  aortic  aneurysms  usually  exhibit  pro- 
gressive enlargement  and  pose  the  danger  of  a 
catastrophic  complication  such  as  rupture.7  Further, 
they  may  cause  compression  of  adjacent  structures 
resulting  in  considerable  morbidity.  Since  surgical  in- 


*From  Saint  Michael's  Medical  Center,  Newark.  Cor- 
respondence may  be  addressed  to  Dr.  Agarwal,  Department 
of  Cardiology,  Saint  Michael’s  Medical  Center,  306  High 
Street,  Newark,  NJ  07102. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  3— MARCH  1984 


211 


Figure  1— PA  chest  roentgenogram  revealing  no  parenchymal 
lung  infiltrates  (mediastinal  widening  was  noted);  diagnosis 
of  upper  respiratoiy  tract  infection  was  made. 


tervention  is  useful,  early  diagnosis  is  of  major  import- 
ance in  their  management.8  Although  a chest 
roentgenogram  may  be  suggestive,  reliable  diagnosis 
usually  mandates  aortography.  Two-dimensional 
echocardiography,  by  providing  spatial  orientation, 
may  afford  a simple  noninvasive  alternative. 

Demonstration  of  the  descending  thoracic  aorta  by 
cross-sectional  echocardiography  has  helped  in  the 
diagnosis  of  aneurysm,6  patent  ductus  arteriosus9  and 
differentiation  of  pleural  from  pericardial  effusion.10 
Usually,  it  is  seen  best  in  the  long  axis  view  as  a 
pulsatile  circular  echo-free  space  posteriosuperior  to 
the  AV  groove:  it  measures  10  ± 1.4  mm/m2  in 
diameter  at  this  level.6  In  short  axis  view,  it  can  be  seen 
directly  behind  the  left  ventricle  (LVj  posterior  wall  or 
just  posterior  to  the  bifurcation  of  the  pulmonic  artery. 
This  ease  illustrates  that  in  some  patients  a low  para- 
sternal long  axis  view  may  visualize  the  whole  descend- 
ing thoracic  aorta  lengthwise  and  may  be  superior  for 
recognizing  abnormalities  of  this  segment  (Figure  4). 
1 he  large  aortic  aneuiysm  in  our  patient  also  was  seen 
in  the  apical  four-chamber  view  just  behind  and  lateral 
to  the  left  atrium. 

1 he  demonstration  of  the  aortic  aneurysm  on  M- 
mode  echocardiography  was  unusual  in  our  patient. 
An  echo-free  space  behind  the  left  atrium  sometimes 
is  recorded  and  has  been  attributed  to  the  common 
pulmonary  vein,11  coronary  sinus  in  total  anomalous 
pulmonaiy  venous  drainage,12  pleural  effusion,13  or 


Figure  2— Retrograde  aortic  angiography.  The  arrow  shows 
the  aneurysmal  dilatation. 


Figure  3— A cross-sectional  echocardiogram;  parasternal  long 
axis  view.  The  aortic  aneurysm  (arrow)  is  seen  just  behind 
the  AV  groove.  AO  = aortic  root;  MV=mitral  valve;  LA=left 
atrium. 


pericardial  effusion.14  Contrast  echocardiography  has 
revealed  that  the  normal  descending  aorta  often  will 
appear  as  an  abnormal  echo  behind  the  left  atrium.15 
The  demonstration  of  an  increase  in  size  of  the  echo- 
free  space  on  sweeping  from  the  left  atrium  (LA)  to  the 
mitral  value  level  on  the  M-mode  echocardiogram  in 
our  patient  probably  reflects  the  descending  thoracic 


212 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


aneuiysm  (arrow)  is  visualized. 


Figure  5 — M-mode  echocardiogram;  aorta  to  mitral  valve 
sweep.  Note  the  increase  in  size  of  the  echo-free  space  behind 
the  pericardium.  LA=left  atrium;  DA= descending  aorta 
MV=mitral  value;  ANEU= aneurysm. 


aorta  and  its  aneurysmal  dilatation.  Close  observation 
reveals  systolic  expansion. 

CONCLUSION 

Our  case  report  illustrates  the  potential  use  of  eross- 
seetional  echocardiography  in  the  assessment  of  pa- 


tients suspected  of  having  thoracic  aortic  aneurysm 
and,  in  selected  cases,  reliably  may  be  substituted  for 
conventional  retrograde  angiography.  Unusual  M- 
mode  echocardiographic  findings  also  are  described. 


REFERENCES 

1.  Seward  JB,  Tajik  AJ:  Two-dimensional  echocardi- 
ography. Med  Clin  North  Am  64:177-203,  1980. 

2.  Kotler  MN,  Mintz  GS,  Segal  BS,  et  al.:  Clinical  use  of  two- 
dimensional  echocardiography.  Am  J Cardiol  45:1061-1082, 
1980. 

3.  DeMaria  AN,  Bommer  W,  Newman  A,  et  al.:  Identification 
and  localization  of  aneurysms  of  the  ascending  aorta. 
Circulation  59:755-761,  1979. 

4.  Matsumoto  M,  Matsuo  H,  O’Hara  T,  et  al.:  A two- 
dimensional  echocardiographic  approach  to  dissecting 
aneurysms  of  the  aorta  to  prevent  false  positive  diagnosis. 
Radiology  127:491-499,  1978. 

5.  Weyman  AE,  Caldwell  RL,  Hurwitz  RA,  et  al.:  Cross-sec- 
tional echocardiographic  detection  of  aortic  obstruction.  2. 
Coarctation  of  the  aorta.  Circulation  57:498-502,  1978. 

6.  Mintz  GS,  Kotler  MN,  Segal  BL,  et  al.:  Two-dimensional 
echocardiographic  recognition  of  the  descending  aorta.  Am 
J Cardiol  44:232-238,  1979. 

7.  Joyce  JW,  Fairbaim  JF,  Kincaid  OW,  et  al.:  Aneurysms 
of  the  thoracic  aorta— a clinical  study  with  special  reference 
to  prognosis.  Circulation  29:176-181,  1964. 

8.  Symbas  PN:  Treatment  of  thoracic  surgical  aortic  dis- 
eases, in  Lindsay  J Jr,  Hurst  JW  (eds):  The  Aorta.  New  York, 
NY,  Grune  and  Stratton,  1979,  p.  259. 

9.  Sahn  DJ,  Allen  DHD:  Real-time  cross-sectional 

echocardiographic  imaging  and  measurement  of  the  patent 
ductus  arteriosus  in  infants  and  children.  Circulation 
58:343-354,  1978. 

10.  Haaz  WS,  Mintz  GS,  Kotler  MN,  et  al.:  Two-dimensional 
echocardiographic  recognition  of  the  descending  thoracic 
aorta  Value  in  differentiating  pericardial  from  pleural  ef- 
fusion. Am  J Cardiol  46:739-743,  1980. 

1 1 . Osmond  GM,  Ruttenberg  HD,  Bessinger  FB,  et  al.: 
Echocardiographic  features  of  total  anomalous  venous  con- 
nection to  the  coronary  sinus.  Am  J Cardiol  41:597-601, 
1978. 

12.  Aziz  KV,  Paul  MH,  Barati  S,  et  al.:  Echocardiographic 
features  of  total  anomalous  pulmonary  venous  drainage  into 
the  coronary  sinus.  Am  J Cardiol  42:108-114,  1978. 

13.  Kotler  MN,  Segal  BL,  Mintz  GS,  et  al.:  Pitfalls  and  limi- 
tations of  M-mode  echocardiography.  Am  J Cardiol 
42:108-114,  1978. 

14.  Green  DA,  Kleid  JJ,  Narder  S:  Unusual  echocardio- 
graphic manifestation  of  pericardial  effusion.  Am  J Cardiol 
39:112-115,  1977. 

15.  Goh  TH,  Venables  AW:  M-mode  echocardiogram  and 
abnormal  structures  behind  the  left  atrium.  Am  J Cardiol 
44:575,  1979. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  3— MARCH  1984 


213 


Angina 
Protection 
with  Benefits  for 
a Lifetime 

ONCE-DAILY  CONTROL 
WITH  HEART-SAVING  BENEFITS 

By  reducing  heart  rate  and  cardiac  contractility,  INDERAL  LA  helps 
protect  the  heart  from  the  potentially  serious  and  debilitating 
consequences  of  ischemia.  A highly  effective  antianginal  agent  for 
around-the-clock  control  of  symptoms,  INDERAL  LA  also  provides 
cardiovascular  protection  for  a sense  of  security  in  the  years  ahead. 

PROTECTION  AND  EXPERIENCE 
NO  CALCIUM  BLOCKER  CAN  MATCH 

Unlike  calcium  blockers,  INDERAL  LA — either  alone  or  with  a 
nitrate — is  recommended  for  early  treatment  of  angina  in  the 
majority  of  patients.  Equally  important,  INDERAL  LA  delivers  the 
proven  performance  and  safety  profile  of  INDERAL  tablets — 
confirmed  by  millions  of  patients  during  16  years  of  clinical  use. 


START  WITH  80  MG  ONCE  DAILY 

Dosage  may  be  increased  to  160  mg  once  daily,  as  needed,  to 
achieve  optimal  control.  INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  used  in  congestive 
heart  failure,  sinus  bradycardia,  cardiogenic  shock,  heart  block  greater 
than  first  degree,  and  bronchial  asthma.  Please  see  next  page  for 
further  details  and  brief  summary  of  prescribing  information. 


ONCE-DAILY 


LONG  ACTING 
CAPSULES 


Ayerst 


The  appearance  ol 
INDERAL  LA 
capsules  is  a registered 
trademark  ol 
Ayerst  L aboratories. 


ONCE-DAILY 


JUST  ONCE  EACH  DAY  fjMf>C'Dilf  ® f A 
FOR  SIMPLIFIED  CORE  l*WC L/1 
THERAPY  IN  ANGINA  (PROPRANOLOL  HCI) 


LONG  ACTING 
CAPSULES 


gas 


80  120  160 
mg  mg  mg 


BRIEF  SUMMARY  (FOR  FULL  PRESCRIBING  INFORMATION,  SEE  PACKAGE  CIRCULAR.) 
INOERAL  " LA  brand  of  propranolol  hydrochloride  (Long  Acting  Capsules) 
DESCRIPTION.  Inderal  LA  Is  formulated  to  provide  a sustained  release  of  propranolol 
hydrochloride  Inderal  LA  is  available  as  80  mg,  120  mg,  and  160  mg  capsules, 

CLINICAL  PHARMACOLOGY.  INDERAL  is  a nonselective  beta-adrenergic  receptor 
blocking  agent  possessing  no  other  autonomic  nervous  system  activity.  It  specifically  com- 
petes with  beta-adrenergic  receptor  stimulating  agents  for  available  receptor  sites.  When 
access  to  beta-receptor  sites  is  blocked  by  INDERAL,  the  chronotropic,  inotropic,  and 
vasodilator  responses  to  beta-adrenergic  stimulation  are  decreased  proportionately. 

INDERAL  LA  Capsules  (80. 120,  and  160  mg)  release  propranolol  HCI  at  a controlled  and 
predictable  rate.  Peak  blood  levels  following  dosing  with  INDERAL  LA  occur  at  about  6 hours 
and  the  apparent  plasma  half-life  is  about  10  hours.  When  measured  at  steady  state  over  a 24- 
hour  period  the  areas  under  the  propranolol  plasma  concentration-time  curve  (AUCs)  for  the 
capsules  are  approximately  60%  to  65%  of  the  AUCs  for  a comparable  divided  daily  dose  of 
INDERAL  tablets.  The  lower  AUCs  tor  the  capsules  are  due  to  greater  hepatic  metabolism  of 
propranolol,  resulting  from  the  slower  rate  ol  absorption  of  propranolol.  Over  a twenty-four  (24) 
hour  period,  blood  levels  are  fairly  constant  for  about  twelve  (12)  hours  then  decline 
exponentially. 

INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  considered  a simple  mg  for  mg  substitute  for  conventional 
propranolol  and  the  blood  levels  achieved  do  not  match  (are  lower  than)  those  of  two  to  four 
times  daily  dosing  with  the  same  dose.  When  changing  to  INDERAL  LA  from  conventional 
propranolol,  a possible  need  for  retitration  upwards  should  be  considered  especially  to 
maintain  effectiveness  at  the  end  of  the  dosing  interval.  In  most  clinical  settings,  however, 
such  as  hypertension  or  angina  where  there  is  little  correlation  between  plasma  levels  and 
clinical  effect,  INDERAL  LA  has  been  therapeutically  equivalent  to  the  same  mg  dose  of 
conventional  INDERAL  as  assessed  by  24-hour  effects  on  blood  pressure  and  on  24-hour 
exercise  responses  of  heart  rate,  systolic  pressure  and  rate  pressure  product.  INDERAL  LA 
can  provide  effective  beta  blockade  for  a 24-hour  period. 

The  mechanism  of  the  antihypertensive  effect  of  INDERAL  has  not  been  established 
Among  the  factors  that  may  be  involved  in  contributing  to  the  antihypertensive  action  are  (1) 
decreased  cardiac  output,  (2)  inhibition  of  renin  release  by  the  kidneys,  and  (3)  diminution  of 
tonic  sympathetic  nerve  outflow  from  vasomotor  centers  in  the  brain.  Although  total  peripheral 
resistance  may  increase  initially,  it  read|usts  to  or  below  the  pretreatment  level  with  chronic 
use.  Effects  on  plasma  volume  appear  to  be  minor  and  somewhat  variable.  INDERAL  has 
been  shown  to  cause  a small  increase  in  serum  potassium  concentration  when  used  in  the 
treatment  of  hypertensive  patients.  " > 

In  angina  pectoris,  propranolol  generally  reduces  the  oxygen  , requirement  of  the  heart  at 
any  given  level  of  effort  by  blocking  the  catecholamine  nducuti  increases  tr  the  heart  rate, 
systolic  blood  pressure,  and  the  velocity  and  extent  of  myocardial  contraction  Propranolol 
may  increase  oxygen  requirements  by  increasing  left  ventricular  fiber  length,  end  diastolic- 
pressure  and  systolic  election  period  The  net  physiologic  effect  of  beta-.adrenergic  blockade 
is  usually  advantageous  and  is  manifested  during  exercise  by  delayed  onset  o'  pain  and 
increased  work  capacity. 

In  dosages  greater  than  required  for  beta  blockade.  INDERAL  also  exerts  a quinidine-like 
or  anesthetic-like  membrane  action  which  affects  the  cardiac  action  Dotentia  Jlga. signifi- 
cance of  the  membrane  action  in  the  treatment  of^rrhythmias  is  uncertain 

The  mechanism  of  the  antimigraine  effect  ot  propranolol  has  not  been  established.  Beta- 
adrenergic  receptors  have  been  demonstrated  in  the  mat  vessels  of  the  brain. 

Beta  receptor  blockade  can  be  useful  in  conditions  in  which,  because  of  pathologic  or 
functional  changes,  sympathetic  activity  is  detrimental  to  the  patient  But  there  are  also 
situations  in  which  sympathetic  stimulation  is  vital  Fof exampleTTn  parents  wffi“S'everely 
damaged  hearts,  adequate  ventricular  function  is  maintained  by  virtue  of  sympathetic  drive 
which  should  be  preserved.  In  the  presence  of  AV  block,  greater  than  first  degree,  beta 
blockade  may  prevent  the  necessary  facilitating  effect  of  sympathetic  activity  on  conduction. 
Beta  blockade  results  in  bronchial  constriction  by  interfering  with  adrenergic  bronchodilator 
activity  which  should  be  preserved  in  patients  sub|ect  to  bronchospasm 

Propranolol  is  not  significantly  dialyzable. 

INDICATIONS  AND  USAGE.  Hypertension:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  in  the  manage- 
ment of  hypertension;  it  may  be  used  alone  or  used  in  combination  with  other  antihypertensive 
agents,  particularly  a thiazide  diuretic.  INDERAL  LA  is  not  indicated  in  the  management  of 
hypertensive  emergencies. 

Angina  Pectoris  Due  to  Coronary  Atherosclerosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated 
for  the  long-term  management  of  patients  with  angina  pectoris. 

Migraine:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  for  the  prophylaxis  of  common  migraine  headache. 
The  efficacy  of  propranolol  in  the  treatment  of  a migraine  attack  that  has  started  has  not  been 
established  and  propranolol  is  not  indicated  for  such  use. 

Hypertrophic  Subaortic  Stenosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  useful  in  the  management  of 
hypertrophic  subaortic  stenosis,  especially  for  treatment  of  exertional  or  other  stress-induced 
angina,  palpitations,  and  syncope.  INDERAL  LA  also  improves  exercise  performance.  The 
effectiveness  of  propranolol  hydrochloride  in  this  disease  appears  to  be  due  to  a reduction  of 
the  elevated  outflow  pressure  gradient  which  is  exacerbated  by  beta-receptor  stimulation. 
Clinical  improvement  may  be  temporary. 

CONTRAINDICATIONS.  INDERAL  is  contraindicated  in  1)  cardiogenic  shock;  2)  sinus 
bradycardia  and  greater  than  first  degree  block:  3)  bronchial  asthma;  4)  congestive  heart 
failure  (see  WARNINGS)  unless  the  failure  is  secondary  to  a tachyarrhythmia  treatable  with 
INDERAL 

WARNINGS.  CARDIAC  FAILURE:  Sympathetic  stimulation  may  be  a vital  component  sup- 
porting circulatory  function  in  patients  with  congestive  heart  failure,  and  its  inhibition  by  beta 
blockade  may  precipitate  more  severe  failure.  Although  beta  blockers  should  be  avoided  in 
overt  congestive  heart  failure,  if  necessary,  they  can  be  used  with  close  follow-up  in  patients 
with  a history  of  failure  who  are  well  compensated  and  are  receiving  digitalis  and  diuretics. 
Beta-adrenergic  blocking  agents  do  not  abolish  the  inotropic  action  of  digitalis  on  heart 
muscle. 

IN  PATIENTS  WITHOUT  A HISTORY  OF  HEART  FAILURE,  continued  use  of  beta  blockers 
can,  in  some  cases,  lead  to  cardiac  failure  Therefore,  at  the  first  sign  or  symptom  of  heart 
failure,  the  patient  should  be  digitalized  and/or  treated  with  diuretics,  and  the  response 
observed  closely,  or  INDERAL  should  be  discontinued  (gradually,  if  possible). 


IN  PATIENTS  WITH  ANGINA  PECTORIS,  there  have  been  reports  of  exacerbation  of 
angina  and,  in  some  cases,  myocardial  infarction,  following  abrupt  discontinuance  of 
INDERAL  therapy  Therefore,  when  discontinuance  of  INDERAL  is  planned  the  dosage 
should  be  gradually  reduced  over  at  least  a few  weeks,  and  the  patient  should  be 
cautioned  against  interruption  or  cessation  of  therapy  without  the  physician’s  advice  If 
INDERAL  therapy  is  interrupted  and  exacerbation  of  angina  occurs,  it  usually  is  advis- 
able to  reinstitute  INDERAL  therapy  and  take  other  measures  appropriate  for  the  man- 
agement of  unstable  angina  pectoris  Since  coronary  artery  disease  may  be 
unrecognized,  it  may  be  prudent  to  follow  the  above  advice  in  patients  considered  at  risk 
of  having  occult  atherosclerotic  heart  disease  who  are  given  propranolol  for  other 
indications. 


Nonallergic  Bronchospasm  (e.g.,  chronic  bronchitis,  emphysema) — 

PATIENTS  WITH  BRONCHOSPASTIC  DISEASES  SHOULD  IN  GENERAL  NOT  RECEIVE  BETA 
BLOCKERS.  INDERAL  should  be  administered  with  caution  since  it  may  block  bronchodila- 
tion  produced  by  endogenous  and  exogenous  catecholamine  stimulation  of  beta  receptors. 


MAJOR  SURGERY:  The  necessity  or  desirability  of  withdrawal  of  beta-blocking  therap 
prior  to  maior  surgery  is  controversial.  It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  the  impaired  ability  c 
the  heart  to  respond  to  reflex  adrenergic  stimuli  may  augment  the  risks  of  general  anesthesi. 
and  surgical  procedures. 

INDERAL  (propranolol  HCI),  like  other  beta  blockers,  is  a competitive  inhibitor  of  beta 
receptor  agonists  and  its  effects  can  be  reversed  by  administration  of  such  agents,  e g 
dobutamine  or  isoproterenol.  However,  such  patients  may  be  subject  to  protracted  seven) 
hypotension  Difficulty  in  starting  and  maintaining  the  heartbeat  has  also  been  reported  with 
b©ts  blockers 

DIABETES  AND  HYPOGLYCEMIA;  Beta-adrenergic  blockade  may  prevent  the  ap 
pearance  of  certain  premonitory  signs  and  symptoms  (pulse  rate  and  pressure  changes)  o 
acute  hypoglycemia  in  labile  insulin-dependent  diabetes.  In  these  patients,  it  may  be  mori 
difficult  to  adjust  the  dosage  of  insulin. 

THYROTOXICOSIS:  Beta  blockade  may  mask  certain  clinical  signs  of  hyperthyroidism 
Therefore,  abrupt  withdrawal  of  propranolol  may  be  followed  by  an  exacerbation  of  symptom; 
of  hyperthyroidism,  including  thyroid  storm  Propranolol  does  not  distort  thyroid  function  tests 
IN  PATIENTS  WITH  WOLFF-PARKINSON-WHITE  SYNDROME,  several  cases  have  beerl 
reported  in  which,  after  propranolol,  the  tachycardia  was  replaced  by  a severe  bradycardir 
requiring  a demand  pacemaker.  In  one  case  this  resulted  after  an  initial  dose  of  5 mg 
propranolol. 

PRECAUTIONS.  General  Propranolol  should  be  used  with  caution  in  patients  with  impairec 
hepatic  or  renal  function.  INDERAL  is  not  indicated  tor  the  treatment  of  hypertensive 
emergencies. 

Beta  adrenoreceptor  blockade  can  cause  reduction  of  intraocular  pressure  Patients 
should  be  told  that  INDERAL  may  interfere  with  the  glaucoma  screening  test.  Withdrawal  may 
lead  to  a return  of  increased  intraocular  pressure. 

Clinical  Laboratory  Tests  Elevated  blood  urea  levels  in  patients  with  severe  heart  disease, 
elevated  serum  transaminase,  alkaline  phosphatase,  lactate  dehydrogenase. 

DRUG  INTERACTIONS.  Patients  receiving  catecholamine-depleting  drugs  such  as  reser- 
pine  should  be  closely  observed  if  INDERAL  is  administered.  The  added  catecholamine- 
blocking action  may  produce  an  excessive  reduction  of  resting  sympathetic  nervous  activity 
which  may  result  in  hypotension,  marked  bradycardia,  vertigo,  syncopal  attacks,  or  orthostatic 
hypotension. 

Carcinogenesis.  Mutagenesis,  Impairment  of  Fertility.  Long-term  studies  in  animals  have 
been  conducted  to  evaluate  toxic  effects  and  carcinogenic  potential  In  18-month  studies  in 
both  rats  and  mice,  employing  doses  up  to  150  mg/kg/day,  there  was  no  evidence  of  significant 
drug-induced ioxtcity  There  were  no  drug-related  tumorigenic  effects  at  any  of  the  dosage 
levels.  Reproductive  studies  in  animals  did  not  show  any  impairment  of  fertility  that  was 
attributable  to  the  drug 

Pregnancy  Pregnancy  Category  "C  INDERAL  has  been  shown  to  be  embryotoxic  in 
animal  studies  at  doses  about  10  times  greater  than  the  maximum  recommended  human  dose 
There  are  no  adequate  and  weft-controlled  studies  in  pregnant  women  INDERAL  should 
be  used  during  pregnancy  only  if  the  potential  benefit  justifies  the  potential  risk  to  the  fetus 
Nursing  Mothers:  INDERAL  is  excreted  in  human  milk.  Caution  should  be  exercised  when 

INDERAL  is  acf»tt)stered  to  a nursing  woman 

Pediatric  Use:  Safety  and  effectiveness  in  children  have  not  been  established 
ADVERSE  REACTIONS.  Most  adverse  effects  have  been  mild  and  transient  and  have 
rarely  required  the  withdrawal  of  therapy. 

Cardiovascular:  bradycardia,  congestive  heart  failure;  intensification  of  AV  block,  hypo- 
tension; paresthesia  of  hands;  thrombocytopenic  purpura  arterial  insufficiency,  usually  of  the 
Raynaud  type 

Central  Nervous  System,  lightheadedness;  mental  depression  manifested  by  insomnia, 
lassitude,  weakness,  fatigue,  reversible  mental  depression  progressing  to  catatonia;  visual 
disturbances,  hallucinations,  an  acute  reversible  syndrome  characterized  by  disorientation  for 
time  and  place,  short-term  memory  loss,  emotional  lability,  slightly  clouded  sensorium,  and 
decreased  performance  on  neuropsychometrics. 

Gastrointestinal  nausea,  vomiting,  epigastric  distress,  abdominal  cramping,  diarrhea, 
constipation,  mesenteric  arterial  thrombosis,  ischemic  colitis. 

Allergic:  pharyngitis  and  agranulocytosis,  erythematous  rash,  fever  combined  with  aching 
and  sore  throat,  laryngospasm  and  respiratory  distress. 

Respiratory  bronchospasm. 

Hematologic  agranulocytosis,  nonthrombocytopenic  purpura,  thrombocytopenic 
purpura. 

Auto-Immune:  In  extremely  rare  instances,  systemic  lupus  erythematosus  has  been 
reported 

Miscellaneous:  alopecia,  LE-like  reactions,  psoriasiform  rashes,  dry  eyes,  male  impo- 
tence, and  Peyronie's  disease  have  been  reported  rarely  Oculomucocutaneous  reactions 
involving  the  skin,  serous  membranes  and  conjunctivae  reported  for  a beta  blocker  (practolol) 
have  not  been  associated  with  propranolol 

DOSAGE  AND  ADMINISTRATION.  INDERAL  LA  provides  propranolol  hydrochloride  in  a 
sustained-release  capsule  for  administration  once  daily.  If  patients  are  switched  from  INDERAL 
tablets  to  INDERAL  LA  capsules,  care  should  be  taken  to  assure  that  the  desired  therapeutic 
effect  is  maintained  INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  considered  a simple  mg  for  mg  substitute  for 
INDERAL  INDERAL  LA  has  different  kinetics  and  produces  lower  blood  levels  Retitration  may 
be  necessary  especially  to  maintain  effectiveness  at  the  end  of  the  24-hour  dosing  interval 
HYPERTENSION — Dosage  must  be  individualized  The  usual  initial  dosage  is  80  mg 
INDERAL  LA  once  daily,  whether  used  alone  or  added  to  a diuretic.  The  dosage  may  be 
increased  to  120  mg  once  daily  or  higher  until  adequate  blood-pressure  control  is  achieved. 
The  usual  maintenance  dosage  is  120  to  160  mg  once  daily  In  some  instances  a dosage  of  640 
mg  may  be  required  The  time  needed  for  full  hypertensive  response  to  a given  dosage  is 
variable  and  may  range  from  a few  days  to  several  weeks 

ANGINA  PECTORIS — Dosage  must  be  individualized  Starting  with  80  mg  INDERAL  LA 
once  daily,  dosage  should  be  gradually  increased  at  three  to  seven  day  intervals  until  optimum 
response  is  obtained.  Although  individual  patients  may  respond  at  any  dosage  level,  the 
average  optimum  dosage  appears  to  be  160  mg  once  daily.  In  angina  pectoris,  the  value  and 
safety  of  dosage  exceeding  320  mg  per  day  have  not  been  established 

If  treatment  is  to  be  discontinued,  reduce  dosage  gradually  over  a period  of  a few  weeks 
(see  WARNINGS) 

MIGRAINE — Dosage  must  be  individualized  The  initial  oral  dose  is  80  mg  INDERAL  LA 
once  daily.  The  usual  effective  dose  range  is  160-240  mg  once  daily.  The  dosage  may  be 
increased  gradually  to  achieve  optimum  migraine  prophylaxis.  If  a satisfactory  response  is  not 
obtained  within  four  to  six  weeks  after  reaching  the  maximum  dose,  INDERAL  LA  therapy 
should  be  discontinued.  It  may  be  advisable  to  withdraw  the  drug  gradually  over  a period  of 
several  weeks. 

HYPERTROPHIC  SUBAORTIC  STENOSIS— 80-160  mg  INDERAL  LA  once  daily. 
PEDIATRIC  DOSAGE — At  this  time  the  data  on  the  use  of  the  drug  in  this  age  group  are  too 
limited  to  permit  adequate  directions  for  use. 

*The  appearance  of  INDERAL  LA,  capsules  is  a registered  trademark  of  Ayerst  Laboratories. 

8833/384 


Ayerst 


AYERST  LABORATORIES 
New  York,  N.Y.  10017 


216 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Case  Report:  Radiographic  Findings 
In  Pseudomembranous  Colitis 


Robert  S.  Altin,  m.d.,  long  branch* 


Pseudomembranous  colitis , an  uncommon  disorder  related  to 
antibiotics , infection , and  debilitating  conditions , is 
characterized  by  a friable,  adherent  pseudomembrane  overlying 
an  edematous  and  ulcerated  mucosa . Radiologic  findings  in  six 
cases  included  colonic  dilatation  and  irregularity  of  the  bowel 
margin  (thumbprinting). 


Pseudomembranous  colitis  often 
is  a complication  of  antibiotic 
therapy,  especially  clindamy- 
cin.1 It  also  occurs  in  debilitated  patients.  The  mucosal 
surface  is  lined  with  pseudomembrane,  which  may  be 
either  extensive  or  in  isolated  plaques.2 

Between  August  1979  and  September  1981,  six  pa- 
tients had  the  diagnosis  of  pseudomembranous  colitis 
made  by  colonoscopy,  autopsy,  or  surgical  specimen. 
Plain  film  findings  are  reviewed  in  all  patients;  barium 
enema  was  performed  in  one  patient  shortly  before 
pseudomembranous  colitis  was  diagnosed. 

CASE  REPORTS 

Case  1:  A 71 -year-old  female  presented  with  ab- 
dominal pain  and  rectal  bleeding.  Sigmoid  biopsy  on 
October  4,  1978,  showed  pseudomembranous  colitis 
and  chronic  active  colitis.  Upper  gastrointestinal  and 
small-bowel  series  one  week  earlier  were  negative, 
i Plain  film  showed  thumbprinting  of  the  sigmoid  colon 
i (Figure  1).  The  patient  was  receiving  gentamycin  and 
Cleocin™.  Stool  culture  was  negative. 

Case  2:  A 76-year-old  male  presented  with  diarrhea 
on  September  1,  1981.  He  had  sigmoid  resection  for 
carcinoma  and  received  Mefoxinr'  postoperatively. 
I Stool  was  positive  for  Clostridium  difficile  toxin  on 
September  4,  1981;  sigmoid  biopsy  showed 


pseudomembranous  colitis  on  September  11,  1981. 
Plain  film  examination  showed  thumbprinting  of  the 
transverse  colon  (Figure  3)  in  comparison  to  earlier 
normal  transverse  colon  (Figure  2). 

Case  3:  A 96-year-old  male  had  resection  of  a 
sigmoid  carcinoma  One  month  later  he  presented 
with  diarrhea  and  was  receiving  ampicillin.  Plain  film 
of  the  abdomen  was  not  grossly  abnormal,  but  showed 
subtle  thumbprinting  of  the  descending  colon. 
Sigmoid  biopsy  showed  pseudomembranous  colitis. 
Stool  culture  was  negative. 

Case  4:  An  80-year-old  female  with  a lower 
gastrointestinal  bleeding  came  to  the  emergency  room. 
Plain  film  of  the  abdomen  showed  distention  of  small 
and  large  bowel.  She  became  hypotensive  and  died  the 
same  day.  Autopsy  revealed  pseudomembranous  co- 
litis. No  antibiotic  administration  was  known. 

Case  5:  A 74-year-old  male  complained  of  rectal 
bleeding.  No  antibiotics  were  administered.  Barium 
enema  revealed  thumbprinting  of  the  descending  and 
sigmoid  colon  and  distention  of  the  transverse  and 
right  colon,  thought  to  be  typical  of  ischemic  or  other 
colitis.  (Figures  4 and  5).  Sigmoid  resection  showed 

*Dr.  Altin  is  a Resident,  Department  of  Radiology,  Monmouth 
Medical  Center.  Correspondence  may  be  addressed  to  Dr. 
Altin,  Monmouth  Medical  Center,  300  Second  Avenue,  Long 
Branch,  NJ  07740. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  3— MARCH  1984 


217 


Figure  1— Plain  film  of  the  abdomen  (case  report  1)  demon- 
strates gas  within  the  sigmoid  colon  (arrowheads).  The  bowel 
margin  is  irregular  and  shows  the  broad-based  indentations 
known  as  thumbprinting. 


Figure  2— Plain  film  of  the  abdomen  (case  report  2)  shortly 
before  sigmoid  resections  for  carcinoma  of  the  colon.  Gas  is 
present  within  the  transverse  colon  (arrowheads)  in  a normal 
pattern.  The  haustral  markings  are  small  and  smooth  (arrow). 


Figure  3 — A plain  film  of  the  abdomen  (case  report  3)  one 
month  after  sigmoid  resection.  Diarrhea  was  present  about 
one  week.  Gas  in  the  transverse  colon  (arrowheads)  demon- 
strates the  large  smooth  indentations  of  the  colonic  margin 
known  as  thumbprinting  (arrow). 


Figure  4— Barium  enema  (case  report  5)  performed  for  rectal 
bleeding.  Closeup  of  the  sigmoid  colon  shows  multiple 
smooth  filling  defects  of  the  bowel  wall  (arrowheads).  These 
are  caused  by  bowel  wall  edema  and  represent  thumb- 
printing. 


Figure  5 — Postevacuation  film  of  the  same  patient  demon- 
strates irregular  mucosa  in  the  sigmoid  colon  (arrowheads) 
caused  by  edema  and  thickening  of  the  bowel  wall. 


pseudomembranous  colitis.  Culture  revealed 
Escherichia  coli,  enterococcus,  Klebsiella  pneu- 
moniae, and  Bacteroides  fragilis. 

Case  6:  After  a right  hemicolectomy  for  carcinoma, 
cefoxitin  was  administered.  Diarrhea  was  persistent 
postoperatively.  Plain  films  of  the  abdomen  showed 
very  slight  distention  of  the  colon.  Biopsy  of  the  splenic 
flexure  revealed  pseudomembranous  colitis.  Stool  cul- 
ture was  positive  for  Clostridium  difficile. 

DISCUSSION 

Plain  film  findings  of  pseudomembranous  colitis  in- 
clude distention  of  the  small  and  large  bowel,  usually 
colon,  thickening  of  the  wall  of  the  colon  with  wide 
transverse  bands,  and  thumbprinting.3 

The  small  bowel  is  normally  2 to  3 cm  in  diameter. 
Enlargement  beyond  this  size  indicates  dilatation; 
however,  change  in  caliber  from  one  portion  of  the 


218 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


ibowel  to  another,  or  change  over  time,  is  a better  in- 
dicator. The  colon  can  vaiy  widely  in  size.  Five  cm  is 
about  average,  and  10  cm  is  quite  dilated,  but  change 
in  caliber  again  is  a better  indicator  of  local  dilatation. 
Thickening  of  the  bowel  wall  secondary  to  edema 
sometimes  will  cause  separation  of  loops  of  bowel. 
Thumbprinting  is  a descriptive  term  given  to  the 
[smooth  indentation  of  bowel  caused  by  submucosal 
edema  appearing  much  like  a thumb  was  pressed 
!against  the  bowel  wall.  In  the  colon  the  appearance  is 
i that  of  exaggerated  haustral  markings.  Barium  enema 
can  show  a thin  irregular  filling  defect  adjacent  to  the 
:mucosa  which  is  described  as  a shaggy  pseudomem- 
brane. Projection  of  barium  outside  the  mucosal 
margin  indicates  ulceration. 

i Less  frequently,  pneumatosis  is  seen  (17  percent),  as 
well  as  toxic  megacolon  (10  percent).  Roentgenograms 
are  negative  in  10  percent  as  well.2  Pneumatosis  (air 
'in  the  wall  of  the  bowel)  usually  is  seen  easily,  with  a 
lucent  strip  of  air  paralleling  the  bowel.  Toxic  mega- 
colon often  involves  the  transverse  colon,  and  is  dilated 
greater  than  10  cm  in  diameter. 

Three  of  our  six  cases  had  resection  of  colon 
carcinomas  shortly  before  pseudomembranous  colitis 
was  diagnosed.  All  had  received  antibiotics  and  pres- 
ented with  diarrhea  Evidence  of  Clostridium  difficile 
was  found  in  two  cases.  Radiologic  plain  film  findings 
were  subtle.  One  patient  showed  slight  dilatation  of  the 
colon,  one  patient  showed  questionable  thumb- 
printing of  the  descending  colon,  and  the  third  patient 
showed  thumbprinting  of  the  transverse  colon.  The 
striking  pattern  is  that  of  a recently  traumatized  bowel 
in  an  elderly  patient,  antibiotic  administration,  and 
ivague  radiologic  findings. 

Our  other  three  cases  all  presented  with  rectal  bleed- 
ing. None  were  postoperative.  One  case  received  anti- 
biotics. Stool  culture  in  case  5 showed  several  species, 
but  Clostridium  difficile  was  not  present.  Gross  dilata- 
tion of  small  and  large  bowel  was  present  in  case  4 
patient,  who  died  shortly  after  admission  secondary  to 
gastrointestinal  bleeding.  The  other  two  patients  had 
distinct  thumbprinting.  Barium  enema  on  case  5 pa- 
tient showed  a classical  colitis,  although  pseudomem- 
brane was  not  definitely  seen. 

Pseudomembranous  colitis  frequently  is  a complica- 
tion of  antibiotic  therapy.  Early  reports  implicated 
clindamycin,  but  many  others  have  been  added  to  the 
list,  including  tetracycline,  chloramphenicol,  penicillin, 
ampicillin,  and  lincomycin.1  Clinical  features  include 
diarrhea,  usually  without  gross  blood,  pain,  distention, 
and  fever.  Morbidity  and  mortality  are  considerable. 
Prompt  diagnosis  is  important  so  that  the  offending 


antibiotic  can  be  stopped  and  vancomycin  can  be 
started.  In  1978,  Bartlett  demonstrated  Clostridium 
difficile  as  the  cause  in  antibiotic-related  pseudomem- 
branous colitis,  and  vancomycin  the  specific  treat- 
ment.5 

In  the  absence  of  antibiotics,  pseudomembranous 
colitis  has  been  recognized  as  a complication  of  sur- 
gery, debilitating  disease,  bowel  obstruction, 
hypotensive  or  other  focal  hypoperfusion,  uremia  or 
staphylococcal  overgrowth.1  Small  bowel  as  well  as 
colon  can  be  affected.  Edema  and  thickened  mucosa 
are  present  and  pseudomembrane  is  found.2 

SUMMARY 

Radiologic  findings  in  our  six  patients  ranged  from 
a barium  enema  diagnostic  of  colitis  to  two  patients 
with  only  minor  findings.  Only  one  patient  had  a 
barium  enema  by  which  the  diagnosis  was  suggested 
by  the  radiology  department.  Thumbprinting  (smooth 
marginal  irregularity  secondaiy  to  bowel  wall  edema) 
was  seen  in  two  patients,  and  was  subtle  enough  in 
the  third  to  be  of  questionable  significance  non- 
specific dilatation  was  seen  in  one  patient,  and  slight 
colonic  dilatation  (shortly  postoperative)  was  noted  in 
another. 

A high  degree  of  suspicion  is  needed  to  suggest  the 
diagnosis  of  pseudomembranous  colitis.  Plain  film 
findings  often  are  subtle.  Clinical  correlation  by  the 
referring  physician  is  critical  to  rapid  diagnosis  and 
treatment.  Since  many  of  the  patients  are  debilitated, 
prompt  action  may  help  reduce  the  high  mortality  of 
this  disease. 

Barium  enema  is  of  limited  usefulness.  It  can  be 
dangerous  if  the  colon  is  dilated  and  rarely  demon- 
strates a pseudomembrane.  Sigmoidoscopy  or  co- 
lonoscopy usually  is  diagnostic. 

REFERENCES 

1 . Stanley  RJ,  et  al.:  The  spectrum  of  radiographic  findings 
in  antiobiotic-related  pseudomembranous  colitis.  Radiology 
111:519-524,  1974. 

2.  Tully  TE,  Feinberg  SB:  Those  other  types  of  enterocolitis. 
Am  J Radiol  121:291-299,  1974. 

3.  Stanley  RJ,  et  al.:  Plain  film  findings  in  severe 
pseudomembranous  colitis.  Radiology  118:7-11,  1976. 

4.  Tully  TE,  Feinberg  SB:  A reappearance  of  antibiotic-in- 
duced pseudomembranous  colitis.  Radiology  110:563-567, 
1974. 

5.  Bartlett  JG,  Gorbach  SL:  Antibiotie-associated 
pseudomembranous  colitis  due  to  toxin-producing  elostridia 
N Engl  J Med  298:531:538,  1978. 

6.  Schapiro  RL,  Newman  A:  Acute  enterocolitis.  Radiology 
108:263-538,  1978. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  3— MARCH  1984 


219 


r> 


$$ 

^ HPS  a democratic  torum 

The  AMA  Pr<^fwtth  your  colleagues 
Where  you.  al°  9 can  raise  and 
across  the  country  consensus  and 
argue  ,ssues’  aMA  policy  >s  then 

iormulate  po\\  actions  on  is- 

translated  int  P r practice. 

sues  that  a«ec2°^ne  stays  active 
Making  sure  more  good 

^ 

ama. 

To  Join,  or  state  medical 

Contact  your . “U"iv  sion  of  Member- 
society  or  'NrteMD'hDearborn  Street. 
shi^M^o  sN  ^0eoa,r  call  collect, 

Chicago,  l"'no,b 

(312)751-6196. 


AMA 


r> 


■heAMAnasaaWeW^^ 

/omen  as  membei nnaoing  AMA  pro)- 
anTzed  medicine.  O^90«ortS  by 
lets  and  concentrate^  ^ 
i0unty,  state  an  .nJJeased  the  leach 
a ve  s'9n,1icar  membership  ot  women 
rship  role  and  strengthening 

■\  organized  me  )n  rnedicine 

he  voice  ot  wo  & participa- 

nrouglt  ®ncou'^0od  reason  why 

/T'/  yo  ' 

ociety  or  ^M°  h Dearborn  Street, 

h^nS  --rcal- collect, 
Chicago,  1''  cois 
312)  751-6196- 


References: 

1 . Stone  PH  Turi  ZG,  Muller  JE  Efficacy  of  nifedipine  therapy  for  refractory  angina 
pectoris  Am  Heart  J 104:672-681,  September  1982. 

2.  Antman  E,  Muller  J,  Goldberg  S,  et  al:  Nifedipine  therapy  for  coronary-artery 
spasm:  Experience  in  127  patients.  N Engl  J Med  302:1269-1273,  June  5,  1980. 


BRIEF  SUMMARY 

PROCARDIA  ” (nifedipine)  CAPSULES  For  Oral  Us 

INDICATIONS  AND  USAGE:  I.  Vasospastic  Angina:  PROCARDIA  (nifedipine)  is  indicated  for  th 
management  of  vasospastic  angina  confirmed  by  any  of  the  following  criteria  1)  classical  patter 
of  angina  at  rest  accompanied  by  ST  segment  elevation,  2)  angina  or  coronary  artery  spasm  pro 
voked  by  ergonovine,  or  3)  angiographically  demonstrated  coronary  artery  spasm  In  those  patient 
who  have  had  angiography,  the  presence  of  significant  fixed  obstructive  disease  is  not  incompatibl 
with  the  diagnosis  of  vasospastic  angina,  provided  that  the  above  criteria  are  satisfied  PROCARDI/ 
may  also  be  used  where  the  clinical  presentation  suggests  a possible  vasospastic  component  bu 
where  vasospasm  has  not  been  confirmed,  eg.  where  pain  has  a variable  threshold  on  exertion  o 
in  unstable  angina  where  electrocardiographic  findings  are  compatible  with  intermittent  vaso 
spasm,  or  when  angina  is  refractory  to  nitrates  and/or  adequate  doses  of  beta  blockers 

II.  Chronic  Stable  Angina  (Classical  Effort-Associated  Angina):  PROCARDIA  is  indicated  to 
the  management  of  chronic  stable  angina  (effort-associated  angina)  without  evidence  of  vasospasn 
in  patients  who  remain  symptomatic  despite  adequate  doses  of  beta  blockers  and/or  organic  nitrate 
or  who  cannot  tolerate  those  agents. 

In  chronic  stable  angina  (effort-associated  angina)  PROCARDIA  has  been  effective  in  controllei 
trials  of  up  to  eight  weeks  duration  in  reducing  angina  frequency  and  increasing  exercise  tolerance 
but  confirmation  of  sustained  effectiveness  and  evaluation  of  long-lerm  safety  in  those  patients  ar 
incomplete 

Controlled  studies  in  small  numbers  of  patients  suggest  concomitant  use  of  PROCARDIA  anr 
beta  blocking  agents  may  be  beneficial  in  patients  with  chronic  stable  angina,  but  available  infor 
mation  is  not  sufficient  to  predict  with  confidence  the  effects  of  concurrent  treatment,  especially  ir 
patients  with  compromised  left  ventricular  function  or  cardiac  conduction  abnormalities.  When  in 
traducing  such  concomitant  therapy,  care  must  be  taken  to  monitor  blood  pressure  closely  since 
severe  hypotension  can  occur  from  the  combined  effects  of  the  drugs  (See  Warnings.) 
CONTRAINDICATIONS:  Known  hypersensitivity  reaction  to  PROCARDIA 
WARNINGS:  Excessive  Hypotension:  Although  in  most  patients,  the  hypotensive  effect  o 
PROCARDIA  is  modest  and  well  tolerated,  occasional  patients  have  had  excessive  and  poorly  tol- 
erated hypotension  These  responses  have  usually  occurred  during  initial  titration  or  at  the  time  oi 
subsequent  upward  dosage  adjustment,  and  may  be  more  likely  in  patients  on  concomitant  beta 
blockers. 

Severe  hypotension  and/or  increased  fluid  volume  requirements  have  been  reported  in  patients 
receiving  PROCARDIA  together  with  a beta  blocking  agent  who  underwent  coronary  artery  bypass 
surgery  using  high  dose  fentanyl  anesthesia  The  interaction  with  high  dose  fentanyl  appears  to  be 
due  to  the  combination  ot  PROCARDIA  and  a beta  blocker,  but  the  possibility  that  it  may  occur  with 
PROCARDIA  alone,  with  low  doses  of  fentanyl,  in  other  surgical  procedures,  or  with  other  narcotic 
analgesics  cannot  be  ruled  out  In  PROCARDIA  treated  patients  where  surgery  using  high  dose 
fentanyl  anesthesia  is  contemplated , the  physician  should  be  aware  of  these  potential  problems  and 
if  the  patient's  condition  permits,  sufficient  time  (at  least  36  hours)  should  be  allowed  for 
PROCARDIA  to  be  washed  out  of  the  body  prior  to  surgery 

Increased  Angina:  Occasional  patients  have  developed  well  documented  increased  frequency,  du- 
ration or  severity  of  angina  on  starting  PROCARDIA  or  at  the  time  of  dosage  increases  The  mech- 
anism of  this  response  is  not  established  but  could  result  from  decreased  coronary  perfusion 
associated  with  decreased  diastolic  pressure  with  increased  heart  rate,  or  from  increased  demand 
resulting  from  increased  heart  rate  alone 

Beta  Blocker  Withdrawal:  Patients  recently  withdrawn  from  beta  blockers  may  develop  a with- 
drawal syndrome  with  increased  angina,  probably  related  to  increased  sensitivity  to  catechol- 
amines. Initiation  of  PROCARDIA  treatment  will  not  prevent  this  occurrence  and  might  be  expected 
to  exacerbate  it  by  provoking  reflex  catecholamine  release.  There  have  been  occasional  reports  of 
increased  angina  in  a setting  of  beta  blocker  withdrawal  and  PROCARDIA  initiation  It  is  important 
to  taper  beta  blockers  if  possible,  rather  than  stopping  them  abruptly  before  beginning 
PROCARDIA 

Congestive  Heart  Failure:  Rarely,  patients,  usually  receiving  a beta  blocker,  have  developed  heart 
failure  after  beginning  PROCARDIA  Patients  with  tight  aortic  stenosis  may  be  at  greater  risk  for 
such  an  event 

PRECAUTIONS:  General:  Hypotension:  Because  PROCARDIA  decreases  peripheral  vascular 
resistance,  careful  monitoring  of  blood  pressure  during  the  initial  administration  and  titration 
of  PROCARDIA  is  suggested  Close  observation  is  especially  recommended  for  patients  already 
taking  medications  that.are  known  to  lower  blood  pressure  (See  Warnings  ) 

Peripheral  edema:  Mild  to  moderate  peripheral  edema,  typically  associated  with  arterial  vaso- 
dilation and  not  due  to  left  ventricular  dysfunction , occurs  in  about  one  in  ten  patients  treated  with 
PROCARDIA  This  edema  occurs  primarily  in  the  lower  extremities  and  usually  responds  to  diuretic 
therapy  With  patients  whose  angina  is  complicated  by  congestive  heart  failure,  care  should  be  taken 
to  differentiate  this  peripheral  edema  from  the  effects  of  increasing  left  ventricular  dysfunction 

Drug  interactions:  Beta-adrenergic  blocking  agents  (See  Indications  and  Warnings.)  Experience 
in  over  1400  patients  in  a non-comparative  clinical  trial  has  shown  that  concomitant  administration 
of  PROCARDIA  and  beta-blocking  agents  is  usually  well  tolerated,  but  there  have  been  occasional 
literature  reports  suggesting  that  the  combination  may  increase  the  likelihood  of  congestive  heart 
failure,  severe  hypotension  or  exacerbation  of  angina 

Long-acting  nitrates  PROCARDIA  may  be  safely  co-admmistered  with  nitrates,  but  there  have 
been  no  controlled  studies  to  evaluate  the  antiangmal  effectiveness  of  this  combination 

Digitalis.  Administration  of  PROCARDIA  with  digoxin  increased  digoxin  levels  in  nine  of  twelve 
normal  volunteers  The  average  increase  was  45%.  Another  investigator  found  no  increase  in  di- 
goxin levels  in  thirteen  patients  with  coronary  artery  disease  In  an  uncontrolled  study  of  over  two 
hundred  patients  with  congestive  heart  failure  during  which  digoxin  blood  levels  were  not  meas- 
ured, digitalis  toxicity  was  not  observed  Since  there  have  been  isolated  reports  of  patients  with 
elevated  digoxin  levels,  it  is  recommended  that  digoxin  levels  be  monitored  when  initiating,  ad|ust- 
mg,  and  discontinuing  PROCARDIA  to  avoid  possible  over-  or  under-digitalization 

Carcinogenesis,  mutagenesis,  impairment  of  fertility  When  given  to  rats  prior  to  mating,  nife- 
dipine caused  reduced  fertility  at  a dose  approximately  30  times  the  maximum  recommended  hu- 
man dose 

Pregnancy:  Category  C Please  see  full  prescribing  information  with  reference  to  teratogenicity  in  ■ 
rats,  embryotoxicity  in  rats,  mice  and  rabbits,  and  abnormalities  in  monkeys 
ADVERSE  REACTIONS:  The  most  common  adverse  events  include  dizziness  or  light-headedness, 
peripheral  edema,  nausea,  weakness,  headache  and  flushing  each  occurring  in  about  10%  of  pa- 
tients, transient  hypotension  in  about  5%,  palpitation  in  about  2%  and  syncope  in  about  0 5% 
Syncopal  episodes  did  not  recur  with  reduction  in  the  dose  of  PROCARDIA  or  concomitant  antian- 
gmal  medication  Additionally,  the  following  have  been  reported  muscle  cramps,  nervousness, 
dyspnea,  nasal  and  chest  congestion,  diarrhea,  constipation,  inflammation,  joint  stiffness,  shaki-  ' 
ness,  sleep  disturbances,  blurred  vision,  difficulties  in  balance,  dermatitis,  pruritus,  urticaria,  fe-  , 
ver,  sweating,  chills,  and  sexual  difficulties.  Very  rarely,  introduction  of  PROCARDIA  therapy  was 
associated  with  an  increase  in  anginal  pain,  possibly  due  to  associated  hypotension 

In  addition , more  serious  adverse  events  were  observed , not  readily  distinguishable  from  the  nat- 
ural history  of  the  disease  in  these  patients.  It  remains  possible,  however,  that  some  or  many  of 
these  events  were  drug  related  Myocardial  infarction  occurred  in  about  4%  of  patients  and  conges- 
tive heart  failure  or  pulmonary  edema  in  about  2%.  Ventricular  arrhythmias  or  conduction  disturb- 
ances each  occurred  in  fewer  than  0.5%  of  patients. 

Laboratory  Tests:  Rare,  mild  to  moderate,  transient  elevations  of  enzymes  such  as  alkaline  phos- 
phatase, CPK.  LDH,  SGOT,  and  SGPT  have  been  noted,  and  a single  incident  of  significantly  ele- 
vated transaminases  and  alkaline  phosphatase  was  seen  in  a patient  with  a history  of  gall  bladder 
disease  after  about  eleven  months  of  nifedipine  therapy  The  relationship  to  PROCARDIA  therapy  is 
uncertain  These  laboratory  abnormalities  have  rarely  been  associated  with  clinical  symptoms 
Cholestasis,  possibly  due  to  PROCARDIA  therapy,  has  been  reported  twice  in  the  extensive  world 
literature 

HOW  SUPPLIED:  Each  orange,  soft  gelatin  PROCARDIA  CAPSULE  contains  10  mg  of  nifedipine 
PROCARDIA  CAPSULES  are  supplied  in  bottles  of  100  (NDC  0069-2600-66).  300  (NDC  0069- 
2600-72),  and  unit  dose  (10x10)  (NDC  0069-2600-41).  The  capsules  should  be  protected  from 
light  and  moisture  and  stored  at  controlled  room  temperature  59°  to  77°F  (15°  to  25°C)  in  the  man-,  j 
ufacturer's  original  container 

More  detailed  professional  information  available  on  request  © 1982 , Pfizer  Inc.  j 

LABORATORIES  DIVISION 

PFIZER  INC 


220 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Quotes  from  an  unsolicited  " 
?fter  received  by  Pfizer  from  an 
ngina  patient. 

Vhile  this  patient  's  experience 
; representative  of  many 
m solicited  comments  received, 
tot  all  patients  will  respond  to 
Tocardia  nor  will  they  all 
espond  to  the  same  degree 


"My  daily  routine  consisted  of 
sitting  in  my  chair  trying  to  stay  alive." 

"My  doctor  switched  me  to 
PROCAR  Dl  A M as  soon  as  it  became 
available.  The  change  in  my  condition 
is  remarkable." 

"I  shop,  cook  and  can  plant 
flowers  again." 

"I  have  been  able  to  do  volunteer 
work... and  feel  needed  and  useful 
once  again" 


PROCARDIA  can  mean  the  return  to  a more  normal  life 
for  your  patients — having  fewer  anginal  attacks,1  taking 
fewer  nitroglycerin  tablets,2  doing  more,  and  being  more 
productive  once  again. 

Side  effects  are  usually  mild  (most  frequently  reported 
are  dizziness  or  lightheadedness,  peripheral  edema, 
nausea,  weakness,  headache  and  flushing,  each  occurring 
in  about  10%  of  patients,  transient  hypotension  in  about 
5%,  palpitation  in  about  2%  and  syncope  in  about  0.5%). 


1983,  Pfizer  Inc. 


for  the  varied  faces  of  angina 


Procardia  is  indicated  for  the  management  of: 

1 ) Confirmed  vasospastic  angina. 

2)  Angina  where  the  clinical  presentation  suggests  a possible 
vasospastic  component. 

3)  Chronic  stable  angina  without  evidence  of  vasospasm  in 
patients  who  remain  symptomatic  despite  adequate  doses  of 
beta  blockers  and/or  nitrates  or  who  cannot  tolerate  these 
agents.  In  chronic  stable  angina  (effort-associated  angina) 
PROCARDIA  has  been  effective  in  controlled  trials  of  up  to 
eight  weeks'  duration  in  reducing  angina  frequency  and 
increasing  exercise  tolerance,  but  confirmation  of  sustained 
effectiveness  and  evaluation  of  long-term  safety  in  these 
patients  are  incomplete. 


FTOCARD1A 


(NIFEDIPINE) 


Capsules  10  mg 


Please  see  PROCARDIA  brief  summary  on  adjoining  page 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  3— MARCH  1984 


221 


COMMENTARY: 

WHATEVER  HAPPENED  TO  BENIGN  NEGLECT? 


Michael  A.  Nevins,  m.d.,  woodcliff  lake* 


Two  cases  in  New  Jersey  courts  may  have  a profound  effect  on 
how  much  autonomy  physicians  will  be  permitted  in  making 
critical  decisions  for  chronically  ill  patients.  In  the  process,  the 
tradition  of  benign  neglect  has  taken  on  an  unfortunate 
connotation;  a more  appropriate  designation  would  be 
therapeutic  restraint. 


A century  ago.  Sir  William  Osier’s 
famous  characterization  of 
pneumonia  as  “the  old  man’s 
friend”  was  a serene  acknowledgement  of  nature’s  way. 
In  that  more  innocent  time,  treatment  options  were 
few;  now  the  modem  physician  has  acquired  a 
plethora  of  potent  therapeutic  agents  along  with 
previously  unthinkable  moral  and  legal  dilemmas.  One 
wonders  what  Osier  would  have  thought  of  the  recent 
spectacle  depicted  in  the  national  press  and  on  tele- 
vision of  two  California  physicians  tried  for  murder 
after  having  terminated  respirator  and  feeding  sys- 
tems for  a comatose  patient  with  the  consent  of  re- 
sponsible family  members.  Closer  to  home,  what  would 
Osier  have  thought  about  two  mlings  by  New  Jersey 
courts  in  1983  which  have  substantially  extended  con- 
cern about  the  legal  implications  of  medical  decision 
making  away  from  relatively  uncommon  cases  of  brain 
death  or  coma  and  closer  to  the  routine  practice  of 
primary  care  physicians.  Both  cases  involved  elderly 
institutionalized  patients  who  had  chronic  but  not 
“terminal”  illness  and  clinical  decisions  involved  judg- 
ments concerning  the  quality  of  life.  A review  of  some 
features  of  these  important  cases  is  instructive. 

THE  CLAIRE  CONROY  CASE 

In  this  case  (Conroy,  188  N.J.  Super.  523  (1983)), 
Judge  Reginald  Stanton  of  the  State  Superior  Court, 
Chancery  Division  of  Essex  County,  decided  on  Febru- 


ary 2,  1983,  that  a nasogastric  tube  could  be  removed 
from  an  84-year-old  nursing  home  patient  who  suf- 
fered from  a severe  organic  brain  syndrome  and  who 
was  totally  dependent  upon  the  tube  for  nutrition.  The 
patient  had  severe  dementia,  required  total  care,  had 
a gangrenous  foot,  lay  virtually  immobile  in  a fetal 
position,  was  mute  except  to  moan  when  stimulated, 
and  weighed  less  than  50  pounds.  Miss  Conroy’s 
guardian  had  petitioned  to  permit  the  nursing  home 
to  remove  the  feeding  tube.  The  court  order  was  not 
carried  out  because  opponents  won  an  immediate  stay, 
but  Miss  Conroy  died  of  natural  causes  13  days  later. 

At  issue  is  the  question:  At  what  point  can  a patient, 
or  someone  acting  in  his/her  behalf,  refuse  basic  treat- 
ment? Judge  Stanton,  fully  aware  of  the  significance 
of  his  action,  in  a moving  analysis  noted  the  following: 

“Life  is  our  most  basic  possession.  The  will  to  stay 
alive  probably  is  our  strongest  instinctive  drive.  As  a 
general  proposition,  the  protection  of  life  is  one  of  the 
law’s  strongest  imperatives,  and  preservation  of  life  is 
the  major  goal  of  medical  practice.  The  interest  of  the 
state  in  preserving  life  is  so  great  that  courts  have 
ordered  medical  procedures  to  be  performed  on  pa- 
tients even  though  the  patients  were  competent  and 
had  objected  to  the  procedure.  In  these  cases,  however, 


*Dr.  Nevins  is  Governor,  New  Jersey  Chapter,  American  Col-  ; 
lege  of  Physicians.  Correspondence  may  be  addressed  to  Dr. 
Nevins,  595  Chestnut  Ridge  Road,  Woodcliff  Lake,  NJ  07675. 


222 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


the  expectation  is  that  the  patient  will  have  a reason- 
ably full  and  vibrant  life  after  the  treatment  has  been 
performed.  There  is  a point  at  which  a patient,  or 
someone  acting  for  him  if  he  is  incompetent,  has  a 
right  to  refuse  treatment.  That  point  is  reached  when 
intellectual  functioning  is  reduced  permanently  to  a 
very  primitive  level  or  when  pain  has  become  un- 
bearable and  unrelievable. 

"When  we  deal  with  questions  such  as  the  ones  pres- 
ented in  this  case,  a certain  basic  humility  and  a sense 
of  one’s  own  limitations  are  appropriate.  We  know  that 
mankind's  understanding  of  the  ultimate  meaning  of 
life,  suffering,  and  death,  is  (and  probably  always  will 
be)  flawed  and  limited.  Many  of  us  believe  that  an 
abiding  reverence  for  life  is  perhaps  our  most  special 
and  most  worthy  human  characteristic,  but  most  of  us 
would  agree  that  when  a person  has  been  permanently 
reduced  to  a very  primitive  intellectual  level  or  one  is 
permanently  suffering  from  unbearable  and  un- 
relievable pain  there  is  no  valid  human  purpose  to  be 
served  by  employing  active  treatment  designed  to 
prolong  life.  Every  sick  human  being  is  entitled  to 
loving  care,  but  there  comes  a time  in  the  loving  care 
of  some  patients  when  the  proper  decision  is  to  let 
nature  take  its  course,  to  allow  the  patient  to  die. 

"Even  when  we  decide  that  it  is  proper  to  withhold 
active  treatment,  it  would  be  wrong  to  act  directly  to 
terminate  life  or  to  withdraw  nourishment,  fluids, 
^shelter,  or  normal  supportive  care  such  as  washing 
and  body  positioning.  When  I say  that  it  would  be 
Wong  to  withdraw  nourishment  and  fluids,  I mean 
jthat  it  would  be  wrong  to  refuse  to  give  them  to  the 
patient  if  she  could  take  them  herself  or  with  the  man- 
ual assistance  of  others.  It  also  would  be  wrong  to 
withhold  medications  which  would  reduce  pain 
without  unduly  prolonging  life.  I conclude  that  these 
things  would  be  wrong  because  I perceive  a need  in 
this  area  of  decision  making:  1)  to  recognize  the  limi- 
tations of  our  understanding  of  life,  suffering,  and 
ideath;  2)  to  continue  a fundamental  respect  for  life 
even  in  the  most  dire  human  circumstances;  and  3) 
to  keep  in  place  some  fairly  simple  conceptual  controls 
designed  to  give  some  measure  of  protection  against 
ill-informed  or  badly  motivated  decisions.” 

Judge  Stanton  felt  that,  in  this  instance,  the  feeding 
tube  constituted  an  extraordinary  means  of  treatment. 
He  acknowledged,  however,  that  although  distinctions 
between  extraordinary  and  ordinary  frequently  are 
made,  such  terminology  is  not  helpful  and  the  critical 
factor  should  be  the  present  condition  and  prognosis 
of  the  patient,  focusing  on  whether  life  has  become, 
and  is  likely  to  remain,  impossibly  burdensome  to  that 
patient.  He  noted  further,  “Once  we  human  beings 
start  making  choices,  we  start  making  mistakes.  It  is 
inevitable  that  we  allow  some  people  to  die  when  we 
could  have  and  should  have  prolonged  their  lives.  But 
we  cannot  let  this  fear  of  error  force  us  into  abdicating 
our  basic  human  responsibility  to  make  choices.  The 
fear  of  error  should  be  used  constructively  as  an  incen- 
tive to  make  our  choices  carefully  and  soundly.”  He  also 
observed  that  it  would  be  inappropriate  to  extrapolate 
from  this  case  to  the  treatment  of  elderly  senile  pa- 
tients or  retarded  persons  of  all  ages  in  general,  but 
that  careful  distinctions  had  to  be  made. 

Although  Claire  Conroy  already  had  died,  on  July  8, 


1983,  the  Appellate  Division  of  the  State  Superior 
Court,  noting  the  precedent-setting  implications  of  the 
Conroy  case,  reversed  the  lower  court  order.  They  dis- 
tinguished Claire  Conroy  from  Karen  Quinlan  in  that 
the  former  neither  was  in  a coma  nor  in  a persistent 
vegetative  state  finding  that  Miss  Conroy  still  had 
many  signs  of  life  and  that  removal  of  the  feeding  tube 
would  inflict  new  suffering  and  pain.  They  felt  that 
rather  than  easing  her  passage  from  life,  removing  the 
tube  would  have  represented  active  euthanasia  rather 
than  merely  letting  die. 

It  is  possible  that  the  Conroy  case  will  be  appealed 
to  the  State  Supreme  Court.  The  New  Jersey  Hospital 
Association  has  argued  that  the  Appellate  Court  ruling 
undermines  safeguards  of  local  hospital  review  already 
established  under  the  post-Karen  Quinlan  guidelines 
and,  thereby,  favors  increased  judicial  involvement  in 
such  cases.1 

The  following  should  be  noted  in  relation  to  the 
Quinlan  case: 

1.  The  ruling  permitted  the  removal  of  life-support 
devices,  but  did  not  distinguish  between  respirators 
and  artificial  feeding  systems.  It  should  be  recalled  that 
it  was  expected  that  Karen  would  die  as  a result  of 
turning  off  the  respirator.  When  she  did  not,  her  family 
chose  not  to  follow  through  with  the  next  logical  step 
of  terminating  artificial  feeding,  but  this  was  their 
choice  rather  than  a legal  sanction. 

2.  The  language  employed  created  much  confusion. 
The  Quinlan  guidelines  were  intended  for  the  use  of 
a patient  in  a coma  although  there  was  and  continues 
to  be  some  question  about  whether  Karen  was  in  a 
coma,  a stupor,  or  a chronic  vegetative  state.  In  any 
case,  the  guidelines  did  not  apply  to  cases  of  brain 
death. 

3.  The  guidelines  suggested  the  formation  of  prog- 
nosis committees  or  the  like,  the  intention  of  which 
was  to  verily  the  clinical  prognosis.  Curiously,  the  com- 
position of  such  committees  heavily  favored  lay  people 
who  would  seem  to  be  unqualified  to  make  such 
clinical  determinations.  The  ultimate  decision-making 
responsibility  remained  with  the  attending  physician. 

4.  The  guidelines  were  only  guidelines  and 
pertained  not  only  to  hospitals,  but  to  “health  facili- 
ties.” 

As  a result  of  these  ambiguities  and  legal  jargon, 
implementation  of  the  Quinlan  guidelines  has  varied 
in  each  of  the  state’s  101  acute  hospitals.  Indeed,  the 
number  of  hospitals  which  currently  have  functioning 
prognosis  committees  is  uncertain.  Two  recent 
surveys,  using  different  methodology,  have  suggested 
that  between  50  and  84  percent  have  a formal  mecha- 
nism that  can  be  activated  which  is  substantially  more 
than  the  results  of  recent  national  surveys  which  have 
indicated  between  1 and  4 percent  of  hospitals  in  the 
United  States  have  prognosis  or  ethics  committees.* 

The  position  of  the  New  Jersey  Hospital  Association 
relative  to  the  Conroy  case  is  that  it  would  be  re- 
gressive to  return  such  responsibility  to  the  courts 
since  the  majority  of  hospitals  in  New  Jersey  already 
have  a functional  mechanism  that  is  utilized  in  cases 
of  terminating  life  support  according  to  the  Quinlan 
guidelines. 


‘Personal  communications. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  3— MARCH  1984 


223 


The  Appellate  Court  apparently  rejected  this  logic  on 
the  basis  that  Miss  Conroy  demonstrated  sufficient 
signs  of  life  that  she  was  not  in  the  same  terminal 
condition  as  Karen  Quinlan.  Recall  that  Miss  Conroy, 
despite  artificial  feeding,  had  wasted  to  less  than  50 
pounds  and  was  considered  to  be  in  an  irreversible 
state  responding  only  to  noxious  stimuli.  When  visited 
by  Judge  Stanton,  she  was  found  to  be  functioning  at 
a “near  zero  level.”  Indeed,  she  died  within  two  weeks 
with  the  tube  still  in  place.  Incredibly,  the  Appellate 
Court's  conclusion  that  Miss  Conroy  was  not  facing 
imminent  death  was  made  even  though  she  had  died 
five  months  before  their  decision  was  announced. 
Furthermore,  having  made  this  distinction,  the  Ap- 
pellate Court  introduced  emotional  language  to  sug- 
gest that  death  by  dehydration  increases  suffering 
albeit  the  tube  itself  and  prolongation  of  the  process 
of  dying  might  similarly  cause  discomfort. 


Every  sick  human  being  is 
entitled  to  loving  care , but 
there  comes  a time  when  the 
proper  decision  is  to  let 
nature  take  its  course . 


The  Conroy  case  is  bad  news  for  physicians  regard- 
less of  future  court  actions.  If  the  Appellate  Court  rul- 
ing stands,  the  case  represents  a step  back  from  Quin- 
lan and  makes  it  virtually  impossible  to  reasonably 
distinguish  on  the  basis  of  the  nuances  that  the  court 
was  able  to  perceive  between  the  conditions  of  patients 
such  as  Karen  Quinlan  and  Claire  Conroy.  It  guaran- 
tees that  the  legal  system  will  become  increasingly  in- 
volved in  decision  making  in  these  already  difficult 
cases.  On  the  other  hand,  if  the  case  is  challenged  and 
the  Appellate  ruling  overruled,  although  this  would 
reinforce  and  clarify  the  Quinlan  decision,  emphasis 
inevitably  will  be  put  on  more  active  involvement  of 
cumbersome  prognosis  committees  in  hospitals  and, 
perhaps,  even  in  nursing  homes,  with  a resultant  dif- 
fusion of  the  traditional  decision-making  process. 
Further  impetus  for  this  trend  already  has  emerged  as 
a result  of  publicity  attendant  to  the  “Baby  Doe 
case”23  as  well  as  the  recent  recommendation  of  the 
President’s  Commission  on  Biomedical  Ethics.4 

THE  GRECO  CASE 

The  President’s  Commission  had  acknowledged  that 
in  health  care  “it  is  common  to  make  decisions  that 
one  knows  risk  shortening  patients’  lives  and  that 
sometimes  turn  out  to  do  so.”  These  often  are  regarded 
as  cases  of  “allowing  to  die”  or  “not  prolonging  the 
dying  process”  as  distinguished  from  killing  or 
hastening  death. 

Contrasted  to  the  Conroy  case,  the  Greco  case  ( Greco 
OAL  DKT  No.  BDS  5098-81  (1982)),  in  effect,  involved 
extension  of  the  concept  of  letting  die  now  not  by 
withholding  nutrition,  but  by  being  insufficiently  vig- 
orous in  pursuing  medical  treatment  for  patients  the 
court  felt  were  not  terminal  enough. 


Dr.  Roger  Greco,  a nursing  home  medical  director, 
had  his  medical  license  suspended  for  one  year  by  the 
State  Board  of  Medical  Examiners  because  he  was 
found  not  to  be  zealous  enough  in  hospitalizing  or 
treating  elderly  nursing  home  patients  who  technically 
were  not  suffering  from  terminal  illnesses  when  they 
developed  superimposed  acute  medical  illnesses.  In  the 
opinion  of  the  Board,  this  was  a deviation  from 
standard  care  and,  as  such,  represented  repeated  actsj 
of  negligence,  malpractice,  or  incompetence. 

Of  the  six  cases  reviewed  in  detail.  Dr.  Greco  was 
exonerated  in  all  but  two  cases.  One  of  these  cases  was 
an  88-year-old  woman  who  was  confused  and  out  ol 
contact  with  reality,  had  one  kidney  and  chronic  renal 
failure,  and  required  total  care.  The  clinical  records 
indicated  that  she  developed  pneumonia  which,  in 
turn,  exacerbated  her  renal  failure,  diabetes,  and  heart 
failure.  The  patient  was  not  abandoned,  but  therapy 
was  initiated  at  the  nursing  home  where  she  died  after 
five  days.  At  one  point  in  the  testimony.  Dr.  Greco 
suggested  that  it  was  his  feeling  that  it  would  have 
been  better  to  “let  her  die  in  peace”  than  to  hospitalize 
her  for  more  aggressive  therapy.  Several  medical  wit- 
nesses, however,  felt  that  supportive  care  in  such  a 
circumstance  was  inappropriate  since  the  acute  illness 
was  potentially  reversible  without  using  extraordinari- 
ly invasive  measures  and  that  the  patient  was  not  in 
a vegetative  state,  although  she  required  total  care,  was 
incontinent,  and  responded  to  most  questions  only 
with  moans. 

The  Greco  case  presently  is  being  appealed,  but  its 
implications  are  ominous.  It  was  conceded  that  the 
physician  was  conscientious  and  was  using  his  best 
judgment  even  though  some  considered  that  judgment 
to  be  flawed.  Although  the  testimony  of  several  expert 
medical  witnesses  indicated  that  he  deviated  from 
standard  care,  it  is  hard  to  understand  how  there  can 
be  any  real  standards  in  such  cases.  If  there  were,  they 
should  be  applied  to  patients  in  the  context  of  their 
total  condition  and  not  to  an  acute  disease  per  se. 
However,  Judge  Sybil  Moses  did  not  acknowledge  such 
a distinction  between  patient  and  disease  orientation. 
She  suggested  that  to  offer  less  than  total  care  unless 
the  patient  is  truly  vegetative,  in  agony  or  imminently 
terminal,  is  inappropriate  and  that  treatment  for  com- 
fort rather  than  curing  goals,  while  appropriate  in  a 
hospice,  is  not  applicable  in  a nursing  home. 

Commenting  on  the  issues  of  “death  with  dignity” 
or  “hospice  philosophy”  which  place  into  issue  the  1 
question  of  passive  euthanasia  and  the  assertion  of  “a 
right  to  die,”  Judge  Moses  said: 

“This  judge  is  absolutely  certain  that  such  a right ; 
to  die  must  be  part  of  an  indication  of  persons  who 
through  some  act  on  their  own  make  their  intention 
known.  Since  the  New  Jersey  legislature  has  not 
enacted  a natural  death  act  and  since  none  of  the 
patients  in  question  has  enacted  any  type  of  living  will, 
this  philosophy  is  inappropriate  to  the  facts  of  this 
case.  Furthermore,  the  assertion  of  a hospice 
philosophy  as  the  standard  of  care  does  not  have  a 
foundation  of  fact.  Hospice  care  in  the  United  States ! 
presently  is  provided  at  designated  centers  specifically  J 
recognized  as  providing  this  particular  treatment.  The 
proofs  before  this  judge  do  not  demonstrate  that  (the 
nursing  home  in  question)  operated  pursuant  to  this 

THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


224 


Agree* 

Strongly 

Agree 

Strongly 

Disagree 

1 . The  physician  should  deliver  the  best  care  possible  at  the 
nursing  home  with  major  emphasis  on  comfort  goals. 
Although  the  home’s  facilities  are  relatively  limited,  acute 
hospitalization  is  inappropriate  under  the  circumstances. 

70% 

52% 

3% 

2.  The  physician  has  a right  and  duty  to  act  independently  in 
what  he  believes  to  be  the  patient's  best  interest  as  he 
understands  them,  there  being  no  identifiable  family  with 
whom  to  consult. 

75% 

48% 

3% 

3.  She  should  be  treated  the  same  as  any  younger  patient  and 
admitted  to  an  acute  hospital  for  aggressive  diagnosis  and 
treatment. 

13% 

8% 

26% 

4.  Decision  making  would  be  enhanced  by  consultation  with 
a local  committee  or  court. 

10% 

6% 

32% 

‘Includes  “agree”  and  "strongly  agree." 

Figure — Questionnaire  mailed  by  the  New  Jersey  Chapter,  American  College  of  Physicians. 


philosophy  or  had  the  prior  consent  of  these  patients 
to  withhold  the  type  of  treatment  suggested  by  the 
state’s  experts." 

DISCUSSION 

Where  do  the  Conroy  and  Greco  cases  leave  us?  It 
is  disconcerting  that  even  with  family  concurrence  or 
with  court  approval  there  are  no  legal  guarantees  and 
so  the  prudent  physician  is  best  advised  to  proceed 
Iwith  extreme  caution.  The  courts  have  ruled  that  it  is 
a competent  patient's  right  to  refuse  treatment  and  it 
|is  our  responsibility  to  respect  and  strive  to  preserve 
those  rights.  Yet,  the  proper  direction  to  proceed  often 
is  unclear. 

In  such  cases,  much  confusion  would  be  averted  if 
physicians  adhered  to  precise  usage  of  terms,  such  as 
j ‘unconscious,”  “stupor,”  “coma,”  “responsive,”  “ter- 
minal,” and  “brain  dead."  Fine  distinctions  that  seem 
irrelevant  or  unnecessary  at  the  bedside  may  prove  to 
be  crucial  in  effecting  a verdict  in  court. 

Regarding  terminating  artificial  feeding,  as  a result 
of  the  Conroy  case,  unless  a patient  is  brain  dead, 
comatose,  or  death  is  irreversibly  imminent,  discon- 
tinuing nutrition  is  not  permissible.  However,  even 
when  these  criteria  are  met,  whether  the  decision  can 
be  made  by  physician,  committee,  or  court  in  New 
Jersey,  will  depend  on  future  appeal  of  the  Conroy  case. 
Many  physicians  have  found  that  it  is  easier,  in  a legal 
sense,  not  to  initiate  tube  or  intravenous  feeding 
although  morally  the  distinction  between  not  begin- 
ning and  removing  is  unclear.4  The  propriety  of  not 
starting  artificial  feeding  is  still  to  be  tested  in  the 
courts. 

For  patients  who  are  not  considered  to  be  moribund, 
but  who  exist  in  an  extremely  limited  vegetative  state, 
it  is  unlikely  that  society  ever  will  arrive  at  a normative 
Standard  of  care. 

In  July  1983,  in  order  to  assess  New  Jersey  phy- 
sicians’ attitudes,  a questionnaire  was  mailed  to  mem- 
bers of  the  state’s  chapter  of  the  American  College  of 
Physicians  inquiring  how  they  would  react  to  a fic- 
titious case  that  simulated  some  cases  encountered  by 
Dr.  Greco.  Results  were  compiled  from  the  first  202 
replies  which  constituted  more  than  10  percent  of  the 


organization’s  members.  There  was  little  variation  be- 
tween the  responses  of  office-based  practitioners, 
academicians,  or  house  staff. 

The  following  was  the  model  case:  An  85-year-old 
woman  with  no  close  family  resides  permanently  in  a 
nursing  home.  She  suffers  from  Alzheimer’s  disease  as 
well  as  several  chronic  disabilities  that  make  her  de- 
pendent on  others  for  total  care.  She  develops  a super- 
imposed acute  infection  and  no  longer  is  eating  nor 
is  as  responsive  as  before.  The  questionnaire  then  in- 
vited responses  to  four  statements  (Figure). 

Despite  the  pitfalls  of  interpreting  such  an  opinion 
survey,  it  is  evident  that  New  Jersey  internists  consider 
age  and  general  condition  to  be  important  determi- 
nants of  the  intensity  of  care.  Recognizing  that  individ- 
ualization is  requisite  to  good  care  and  believing  that 
increased  involvement  of  courts  and  committees  into 
bedside  decision  making  is  regressive,  the  Council  of 
the  New  Jersey  American  College  of  Physicians  as  well 
as  the  New  Jersey  Society  of  Internal  Medicine  adopted 
the  following  statement: 

The  extent  of  treatment  to  be  rendered  to  an 
acutely  ill  geriatric  patient  remains  a subject  of 
considerable  debate  within  the  medical  commu- 
nity. To  date,  there  are  no  generally  accepted 
standards  by  which  a physician  may  be  guided. 
Since  no  such  standards  currently  exist,  it  is  the 
position  of  the  New  Jersey  Chapter  of  the  Ameri- 
can College  of  Physicians  that  no  physician  should 
be  disciplined  for  providing  supportive  care,  rather 
than  aggressive  care,  when  treating  acutely  ill 
geriatric  patients  or,  in  the  alternative,  aggressive 
care  rather  than  supportive  care.  Any  government 
imposed  standard  on  this  issue  would,  at  this 
time,  result  in  severe  hardship  upon  geriatric  pa- 
tients and  their  families.  The  NJ-ACP  strongly  op- 
poses the  imposition  of  such  a government 
standard  by  any  regulatoiy  body  absent  a full  and 
complete  review  of  this  most  important  question. 
Most  physicians  agree  that  in  many  cases  when 
acute  illness  supervenes  it  may  be  more  com- 
passionate and  sensible  to  do  what  can  be  done  in  the 
context  of  home  or  nursing  home  even  though  the 
technical  therapeutic  capabilities  there  are  less  than 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  3— MARCH  1984 


225 


those  available  in  the  acute  hospital.  Such  a decision 
to  pursue  limited  therapeutic  goals  rightfully  should 
be  made  jointly  by  physician  and  family  since  the 
rhythms  of  court  and  committee  are  incompatible  with 
bedside  decision  making.6 

Much  has  been  written  about  how  and  by  whom 
ethical  dilemmas  in  caring  for  the  ill  should  be  under- 
taken.4713  Mechanisms  involving  predetermined  con- 
tracts or  decisions  by  consensus  generally  are  imprac- 
tical and  present  problems  of  logistics,  professional 
expertise,  and  objectivity.  In  the  end,  the  best  safe- 
guard to  maintaining  patients’  rights  is  and  always 
has  been  a compassionate  and  legally  unencumbered 
physician  who  has  reasonable  discretion  to  act  in  the 
patients’  best  interests  as  he  understands  them  and 
who  sees  his  responsibility  as  not  only  to  take  care  of 
his  patients  but  to  care  about  them. 

It  is  a fact  of  medical  practice  that  physicians  reg- 
ularly are  involved  with  decisions  that  have  life  and 
death  implications  and  unless  they  are  willing  to  as- 
sume the  responsibility  to  act  in  their  patient’s  behalf 
when  that  patient  cannot  participate  in  the  process, 
they  are  not  really  doing  their  jobs.  As  Dr.  Arnold 
Reiman  has  remarked,  “God  protect  us  from  phy- 
sicians who  make  only  technical  decisions.”  In  caring 
for  the  elderly  senile  and  the  retarded,  one  must  be 
particularly  careful  about  premature  withdrawal  or  de- 
nial of  treatment.  Many  who  suffer  from  markedly  im- 
paired intellects  may  be  capable  of  loving  and  re- 
sponding to  love.  Whereas  it  is  reprehensible  to  deny 
treatment  on  the  basis  of  the  patient’s  age  or  illness, 
to  suggest  that  there  is  or  ever  was  or  ever  can  be  a 
single  standard  of  care  irrespective  of  age  is  misguided. 
For  example,  it  is  ludicrous  to  contemplate  performing 
an  invasive  procedure  such  as  coronary  artery  bypass 
surgery  in  a wasted,  demented,  barely  functional  pa- 
tient. Subjective  distinctions  always  have  been  implicit 
in  the  weighing  of  risks  and  benefits  that  constitute 
clinical  medical  practice.  Nontreatment  or  limited 
treatment  is  not  a corruption,  but  perhaps  the  highest 
form  of  what  commonly  is  referred  to  as  the  “art  of 
medicine.”  However,  in  recent  years  the  venerable  tra- 
dition of  “benign  neglect”  has  taken  on  an  unfortunate 
connotation.  It  should  not  denote  either  negligence  or 
abandonment  and  perhaps  a more  appropriate  desig- 
nation would  be  “therapeutic  restraint.” 

It  is  unfortunate  that  sanctioning  such  a policy  of 
therapeutic  restraint  should  be  considered  as  akin  to 
“a  moral  domino  effect”  or  a "slippery  slope”4  that  in- 
evitably would  lead  to  abuse.  Rather,  the  converse  is 
more  to  be  feared,  of  relentlessly  doing  all  for  fear  of 
being  criticized  for  being  nihilistic  or  negligent.  Yet, 
the  Appeals  Court  in  the  Conroy  case  raised  this  spec- 
tor  stating:  “To  allow  a physician  or  a family  member 


to  disconnect  life-sustaining  treatment  to  a person 
solely  because  that  person’s  lack  of  intellectual  ca- 
pacity precludes  her  from  enjoying  a meaningful  quali- 
ty of  life  would  establish  a dangerous  precedent  that 
logically  could  be  extended  far  beyond  the  facts  of  a 
case  before  us.” 

Fundamental  to  caring  for  chronically  ill  nursing 
home  patients  is  that  decision  making  be  oriented  to 
maintenance  of  function  and  comfort.13  Limited  goals 
and  therapeutic  restraint  clearly  are  not  the  exclusive 
prerogatives  of  hospices  and  are  applicable  in  some 
cases  even  when  the  patient  technically  is  not  ter- 
minally ill. 

Beset  by  existential  and  legal  doubts,  the  physician 
rarely  has  the  luxury  of  time  to  agonize,  Hamlet-like, 
about  the  proper  course  of  action.  I have  always  be- 
lieved that  the  best  advice  for  the  perplexed  clinician 
is  that  of  the  first  century  sage  Hillel,  who  when  asked 
to  teach  the  Torah  “while  standing  on  one  foot,”  re- 
plied, “What  is  hateful  to  you,  do  not  unto  your  neigh- 
bor; this  is  the  entire  Torah,  all  the  rest  is  commen- 
tary.” Would  Hillel  have  been  found  guilty  of  malprac- 
tice? 

REFERENCES 

1.  Brennan  MK  The  right  to  die  is  still  unclear.  New  York 
Times,  August  28,  1983. 

2.  Wallace  C:  Outcry  over  "Baby  Doe"  may  revive  little-used 
hospital  ethics  committee.  Modern  Healthcare  13:79-80, 
1983. 

3.  Strain  JE:  The  American  Academy  of  Pediatries  com- 
ments on  the  “Baby  Doe  II”  regulations.  N Engl  J Med 
309:443-444,  1983. 

4.  President's  Commission  For  The  Study  of  Ethical  Prob- 
lems In  Medicine  and  Biomedical  and  Behavioral  Research: 
Deciding  to  forego  life-sustaining  treatment.  Washington, 
D.C.,  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office.  1982. 

5.  Williams  ME,  Hadler  NM:  The  illness  as  the  focus  of 
geriatric  medicine.  N Engl  J Med  308:1357-1359,  1983. 

6.  Marco  CH:  For  whom  the  death  bell  tolls:  Who  shall  live, 
who  shall  die,  who  shall  toll  the  bell?  Legal  Aspects  Medical 
Practice  11:3-8,  1983. 

7.  Micetich  KC,  Steinecker  PH,  Thomasma  DC:  Are  in- 
travenous fluids  morally  required  for  a dying  patient?  Arch 
Intern  Med  143:975-978,  1983. 

8.  Suber  DG,  Tabor  WJ:  Withholding  of  life-sustaining 
treatment  from  the  terminally  ill,  incompetent  patient:  Who 
decides?  JAMA  248:2250-2251,  2431-2432,  1982. 

9.  Childress  JF:  Who  should  decide?  in,  Paternalism  in\ 
Health  Care.  Oxford  University  Press,  New  York,  NY,  1 983.  ii 

10.  Meier  DE,  Cassel  CR  Euthanasia  in  old  age:  A case! 
study  and  ethical  analysis.  J Am  Geriatr  Soc  31:294-298J 
1983. 

11.  Pearlman  RA  Speer  JB:  Quality-of-life  considerations 
in  geriatric  care.  J Am  Geriatr  Soc  31:1 13-120,  1983. 

12.  Kass  LR  Ethical  dilemmas  in  the  care  of  the  ill.  JAMA 
244:1811-1816,  1980. 

13.  Besdine  RW:  Decisions  to  withhold  treatment  from 
nursing  home  residents.  J Am  Geriatr  Soc,  October  1983. 


226 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


It’s  about  time  you  had 
a real  professional  assist  you 
in  attaining  your  personal, 
practice  ana  retirement 
investment  goals. 


Dr.  S.  Randy  Sarantos  is  that  professional. 


A doctor  with  over  20  years  of  financial  experience,  who  is  now  a 
full-time  Registered  Investment  Advisor  and  financial  planner 
counseling  health  care  professionals.  Dr.  Sarantos  understands  the 
special  problems  you  face  in  developing  your  personal  estate  plan, 
managing  your  practice  economic  goals,  planning  for  your 
retirement,  and  investing  your  pension  assets. 

Dr.  Sarantos  is  a member  of  the  International  Association  of 
Financial  Planners  and  is  licensed  through  Investment, 
Management  & Research,  Inc.,  member  National  Association  of 
Securities  Dealers  and  Security  Investors  Protection  Corporation 
and  an  affiliate  of  Raymond,  James  & Associates,  Inc.,  member 
New  York  Stock  Exchange,  in  the  securities,  tax  sheltei; 
commodities  and  insurance  investment  areas. 

For  a confidential  consultation  with  Dr.  Sarantos,  please  call  or 
return  the  coupon  below  today.  He  is  ready  to  answer  the  many 
diverse  financial  questions  that  probably  only  another  health 
sciences  professional  can  effectively  answer. 


r1 


Dr.  Sarantos: 

Please  contact  me  regarding  the  following  area  of  interest: 

□ Developing  a financial  plan 

□ Investment  management 

□ Tax  shelter  planning 

Name 


□ Insurance  review 

□ Retirement  plan  review 

□ Practice  management  review 


Address  

City/State/Zip 

Office  Phone / Home  Phone / 


Call  800-223-0164 
or  201-539-4000  (NJ  only) 


SARANTOS  & LANSING 
FINANCIAL  SERVICES,  INC. 

— — 240  Cedar  Knolls  Rd,  Cedar  Knolls,  NJ  07927  J 


Our  reputation  has 
been  built  on  our 

SERVICE 


JMK  AUTO  SALES 

391  Rt.  22  (East)  Springfield,  New  Jersey 


379-7744  A 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE’ 

i 


228 


COMMENTARY: 

THE  CONROY  CASE 


Harvey  Rothberg,  m.d.,  princeton* 


Further  judicial  review  should  clarify  the  issues  in  this  recent 
New  Jersey  case , and  provide  appropriate  guidelines  for  the 
management  of  similar  cases.  Issues  include  quality  of  life, 
ordinary  versus  extraordinary  care , and  whose  is  the  decision- 
making responsibility. 


New  Jersey  physicians  should  be 
familiar  with  the  Conroy  case 
and  aware  of  its  implications.1 4 
Claire  C.  Conroy  was  an  84-year-old  spinster  who 
had  a severe  organic  brain  syndrome,  as  a result  of 
which  she  was  declared  incompetent  and  she  entered 
Parklane  Nursing  Home  in  1979.  She  became  bedrid- 
den and  unable  to  feed  herself;  she  became  unable  to 
converse,  although  it  was  said  that  she  could  respond 
to  commands.  She  developed  necrotic  ulcers  on  her  left 
foot  which  were  attributed  to  diabetes.  In  July  1982, 
her  physician  at  Parklane  ordered  the  placement  of  a 
nasogastric  feeding  tube  in  Miss  Conroy;  it  was  felt 
that  she  was  unable  to  swallow  sufficient  food  or  water 
to  live  without  such  a device.  Subsequently,  Miss  Con- 
roy’s condition  deteriorated  further.  She  lay  in  bed  in 
a fetal  position  and  developed  decubitus  ulcers  on  her 
left  leg  and  left  hip.  Despite  the  feeding  tube,  she  be- 
came wasted  and  her  weight  was  less  than  50  pounds. 
She  became  unable  to  communicate  except  to  moan 
in  response  to  noxious  stimuli,  and  it  was  uncertain 
I whether  she  could  experience  pain  as  such. 

Her  only  surviving  relative,  her  nephew  and  guard- 
ian, sought  to  have  the  tube  removed,  but  the  attend- 
| ing  physician  would  not  consent  to  this.  In  January 
1983,  the  nephew  filed  a complaint  which  was  brought 
before  Judge  Reginald  Stanton  of  the  Essex  County 
Chancery  Division  of  the  Superior  Court  of  New  Jersey. 
Judge  Stanton  appointed  a lawyer  to  be  guardian  ad 


litem  for  Miss  Conroy.  He  also  observed  the  patient  in 
the  nursing  home  and  heard  testimony  from  two  phy- 
sicians, from  the  nurse-administrator  of  the  nursing 
home,  from  the  nephew,  and  from  Father  Joseph 
Kikura,  a member  of  the  medical  ethics  committee  at 
four  hospitals  and  an  associate  professor  of  Christian 
ethics. 

Judge  Stanton  in  his  opinion  dated  February  2, 
1983,  noted  that  Miss  Conroy’s  life  had  become  per- 
manently burdensome  for  her  and  that  prolonging  her 
life  would  not  help  her.  He  affirmed  the  right  of  her 
nephew  and  guardian  to  direct  the  removal  of  the 
nasogastric  tube.  However,  Judge  Stanton’s  decision 
promptly  was  appealed  by  the  court-appointed  lawyer, 
and  the  tube  was  not  removed.  Nevertheless  the  pa- 
tient expired  of  natural  causes  13  days  later. 

Even  though  the  death  of  the  patient  rendered  the 
case  moot,  the  Appellate  Division  chose  to  continue  its 
review  of  the  matter  because  of  the  importance  of  the 
issues  presented.  The  Appellate  Court  reversed  Judge 
Stanton’s  decision,  holding  (in  its  concluding  state- 
ment) that  a patient  such  as  the  deceased  should  not 
be  painfully  put  to  death  by  dehydration  and  starva- 
tion. 

In  the  Appellate  Court  hearings,  Ms.  Mary  K.  Bren- 

*Dr.  Rothberg  is  a member  of  the  Princeton  Medical  Group. 
Correspondence  may  be  addressed  to  Dr.  Rothberg,  Medical 
Arts  Building,  Suite  B,  Witherspoon  and  Franklin  Streets, 
Princeton,  NJ  08540. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  3— MARCH  1984 


229 


nan  argued  the  case  for  amicus  curiae  New  Jersey 
Hospital  Association;  they  sought  to  have  Judge  Stan- 
ton’s decision  affirmed.  The  Medical  Society  was  not 
involved  officially  in  the  proceedings.  Now,  the  New 
Jersey  Hospital  Association  has  moved  the  case  for 
further  appeal  to  the  New  Jersey  Supreme  Court.  It  is 
expected  that  the  Supreme  Court  will  consider 
thoroughly  all  the  facts  as  well  as  the  complex  issues 
involved  in  order  to  render  a considered  judgment  in 
the  matter. 

It  is  essential  that  the  decision  of  the  Appellate 
Division  be  reversed,  so  that  patients,  families,  and 
physicians  may  have  restored  to  them  the  options 
which  naturally  and  traditionally  have  belonged  to 
them. 

There  are  at  least  four  major  areas  in  which  the 
reasoning  of  the  Appellate  Court  can  be  questioned. 
First,  a major  error  was  the  dubious  presumption  that 
the  removal  of  the  nasogastric  feeding  tube  would  in- 
evitably have  led  to  pain  and  suffering  for  the  patient. 
From  the  clinical  point  of  view,  it  seems  far  more  likely 
that  this  stuporous  patient  would  instead  have  grad- 
ually lapsed  into  a coma  and  expired  quietly  without 
pain  or  suffering. 

Secondly,  there  is  the  question  of  ordinary  and  ex- 
traordinary care.  The  opinion  of  the  Appellate  Court 
does  address  this  question  at  some  length,  but  it  de- 
clines to  resolve  the  issue.  However,  what  is  clear  is 
that  the  terms  ordinary  and  extraordinary  are  relative. 
What  is  “ordinary”  treatment  for  a young,  vigorous, 
and  potentially  rehabilitatable  individual  may  be  “ex- 
traordinary” for  another  individual  whose  mental  and 
physical  status  have  deteriorated  irreversibly,  whose 
quality  of  life  is  poor,  who  is  not  rehabilitatable,  and 
who  is  near  the  end  of  his  or  her  life.  It  is  arguable 
that  the  use  of  a nasogastric  feeding  tube  for  a patient 
such  as  Miss  Conroy  might  have  been  construed  by 
the  patient  or  her  guardian  or  her  physician  as  ex- 
traordinaiy  and  inappropriate  under  the  circum- 
stances. 

Contrary  to  the  reasoning  of  the  Appellate  Court,  I 
believe  that  the  removal  of  a nasogastric  feeding  tube 
in  a case  like  this  is  not  a positive  act  which  inten- 
tionally causes  death,  but  rather  the  removal  of  an 
inappropriate  modality  of  treatment  thereby  per- 
mitting the  patient  to  expire  naturally.  Thus,  removal 
of  the  tube  in  this  case  would  not  be  an  act  of 
euthanasia,  and  would  not  create  a potentially  danger- 
ous precedent. 

The  third  question  deals  with  the  decision-making 
responsibility.  A medical  decision  is  normally  made  by 
a sentient  and  informed  patient  in  conjunction  with 
his  or  her  physician.  When  the  patient  is  unable  to 
express  himself  or  to  participate  in  the  decision,  then 
his  family  must  act  on  his  behalf  in  conjunction  with 
the  physician.  (In  emergency  situations,  the  physician 
may  have  to  act  on  behalf  of  the  patient  without  full 
consultation.)  Only  in  the  exceptional  cases  where  a 
conflict  or  disagreement  exists  between  the  normally 
deciding  parties  should  it  be  necessary  to  have  judicial 
intervention.  A serious  defect  of  the  Appellate  Court 
decision  in  the  Conroy  case,  if  it  stands,  would  be  the 
removal  from  families  and  physicians  of  some  of  the 
freedom  and  the  options  which  now  are  available  to 
them  in  their  search  for  the  most  appropriate  and 


compassionate  means  of  care  of  patients  for  whom 
they  are  concerned. 

Parenthetically,  it  should  be  noted  that  the  phy- 
sician does  have  a great  responsibility  in  such  situ- 
ations, yet  he  must  remember  that  the  responsibility 
is  not  his  alone.  He  is  not  God.  He  must  be  careful  not 
to  project  his  own  feelings  or  his  own  culture  into  the 
lives  of  people  with  different  persuasions.  The  phy- 
sician’s role  often  enough  is  to  decide  and  to  act;  but 
frequently  it  primarily  is  to  counsel,  to  guide,  and  to 
provide  information  so  as  to  aid  a patient  or  his  family 
to  make  the  decisions  which  are  appropriate  for  I 
them.5,6 

A fourth  area  of  confusion  in  the  Conroy  case  dis-  , 
cussions  concerns  the  question  of  what  constitutes  a 
terminally  ill  patient.  The  Appellate  Court  decision 
states  that  Miss  Conroy  was  not  terminally  ill  and 
suffered  from  no  specific  life-threatening  illnesses. 
This  conclusion  is  highly  questionable.  It  is  true  that 
Miss  Conroy  did  not  have  cancer  or  refractory  heart, 
lung,  or  kidney  failure;  but  she  did  have  extreme  i 
malnutrition,  inanition,  wasting,  decubitus  ulcera- 
tions, and  a deteriorated  mental  and  physical  state. 
The  expression  “terminal”  as  applied  to  advanced  ill- 
ness means  only  that  the  patient  is  at  or  near  the  end 
of  his  course  and  of  his  life.  Such  a definition  could 
certainly  be  appropriately  applied  to  Miss  Conroy,  who 
in  fact  expired  just  13  days  after  Judge  Stanton’s  de- 
cision. (But  1 do  not  wish  to  consider  this  area  of 
confusion  as  a governing  consideration  in  the  case, 
because  it  may  well  be  held  that  the  question  of  re- 
moval of  the  feeding  tube  is  not  necessarily  related  to 
the  question  of  whether  the  patient  is  or  is  not  in  a 
terminal  state.) 

Until  now  we  have  had  in  medicine  an  ethical  but 
flexible  system  in  which  a patient’s  relatives  and  phy- 
sician have  been  able  to  make  decisions  on  behalf  of 
a patient  and  in  his  best  interests  as  they  construe  it. 
The  Appellate  Court’s  decision  in  Conroy  would  create 
a restrictive  system  in  which  medical  options  are  lim- 
ited. In  such  a system,  technology  could  easily  have  a 
higher  value  than  the  humanitarian  concerns  which 
traditionally  have  operated  in  the  practice  of  medicine. 

That  such  a flexible  or  permissive  system  is  accepted 
in  our  society  is  implicit  in  the  March  1983  report  of 
the  President’s  Commission  for  the  Study  of  Ethical 
Problems  in  Medicine,  entitled.  Deciding  to  Forego 
Life-Sustaining  Treatment7  This  superbly  conceived 
and  documented  publication  represents  a balanced 
consensus  of  informed  opinion  on  the  issues  con- 
sidered, and  it  should  be  required  reading  for  anyone 
wishing  to  be  well  informed  on  the  subject.  The  Com- 
mission notes  that  “the  primary  goal  of  health  care  in 
general  is  to  maximize  each  patient’s  well-being.”  In 
discussing  the  concept  of  allowing  patients  to  die,  the 
Commission  states  its  belief  that  “most  omissions  that 
lead  to  death  in  medical  practice  are  acceptable.”  The 
Commission  concluded  that  ordinarily  a patient’s  sur- 
rogate “should  have  the  legal  authority  to  make  de- 
cisions on  behalf  of  an  incapacitated  patient,”  and  it 
noted  further  that  such  “decisions  made  by  surrogates 
and  physicians  now  are  rarely  subjected  to  court  re- 
view.” 

Experienced  and  perceptive  physicians  engaged  in 
the  active  practice  of  medicine  are  well  aware  that 


230 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


clinical  decisions  comparable  to  that  exemplified  in 
the  Conroy  case  are  made  every  week — if  not  every 
day — in  American  hospitals.  Affirmation  of  the 
dubious  principles  enounced  by  the  Appellate  Court 
would  undoubtedly  change  medical  management  in 
some  cases;  but  it  also  would  invite  flouting  the  law 
in  others.  Many  concerned  and  loving  families  and 
compassionate  physicians  would  continue  to  be 
guided  primarily  by  their  concepts  of  what  is  right  and 
proper  for  the  patient  for  whom  they  are  caring. 

CONCLUSION 

For  all  the  above  reasons,  I believe  that  the  wisdom 
and  humane  concern  manifest  in  the  Quinlan  decision 
and  in  Judge  Stanton’s  opinion  should  be  reaffirmed; 
and  the  Appellate  Court  ruling  in  the  matter  of  Conroy 
should  be  recognized  as  a flawed  and  invalid  document 
which  ought  not  to  be  permitted  to  stand  as  a restraint 
on  the  provision  of  humane  and  appropriate  care  for 


the  citizens  of  New  Jersey. 

REFERENCES 

1.  Claire  C.  Conroy,  Superior  Court  of  New  Jersey, 
Chanceiy  Division,  Essex  County  Docket  No.  P-19083E. 
Rendered  by  Judge  Reginald  Stanton. 

2.  Claire  C.  Conroy,  Superior  Court  of  New  Jersey,  Ap- 
pellate Division,  A-2483-82  Tl.  Rendered  by  Judges  Herman 
D.  Michels,  Sylvia  B.  Pressler,  and  Theodore  W.  Trautwein. 

3.  Sullivan  R Court  in  Jersey  forbids  removing  feeding 
tube  from  terminally  ill.  New  York  Times,  July  9,  1983. 

4.  Brennan  MR  New  Jersey  opinion:  The  right  to  die  is  still 
unclear.  New  York  Times,  Aug.  28,  1983. 

5.  Rothberg  H:  Patients  and  physicians,  life,  and  death. 
Pastoral  Psychology  23:15-26,  1972. 

6.  Swazey  JB:  Treatment  and  nontreatment  decisions:  In 
whose  best  interests?  in,  Dilemmas  of  Dying:  Policies  and 
Procedures  for  Decisions  Not  to  Treat  G.R  Hall,  1982,  pp 
95-101. 

7.  President’s  Commission  for  the  Study  of  Ethical  Prob- 
lems in  Medicine:  Deciding  to  forego  life-sustaining  treat- 
ment. U.S.  Government  Printing  Office,  March  1983. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  3— MARCH  1984 


231 


Z]  ( 

PENNSYLVANIA 

VE 

n 

1 

N.  CAROLINA  AV 

E. 

S CAF 

fOLINA  AVE. 

TENNESSEE  AVE 

NEW  YORK  AVE 

| | 

TRENTON  AVE 


INDEX  TO  MAP 


1-  HARRAH'S  MARINA  HOTEL  CASINO 

2 - ST.  MORITZ 

3 - ARISTOCRAT 

4 - WORLD  INTERNATIONAL  HOTEL/MOTEL 

5 - RESORTS  INTERNATIONAL  HOTEL-CASINO 

6 - BARCLAY 

7 - LAFAYETTE  MOTOR  INN 

8 - CATALINA 

9 - BARBIZON 
10-  CAROLINA  CREST 

11  - BURGUNDY 

12  - TRINIDAD 

13  - FIESTA 

14  - ENVOY 

15  - ACAPULCO 

16  - VILLAGE 

17  - JEFFERSON 

18  - SORRENTO 

19  - CONTINENTAL 
20-  BALA 

21  - MIDTOWN 

22  - SANDS  HOTEL-CASINO 

23  - CLARIDGE  HOTEL  CASINO 

24  - BEST  WESTERN  INN 
25-  EASTBOURNE 

26  - MT.  ROYAL 

27  - BALLY'S  PARK  PLACE  HOTEL-CASINO 

28  - CAESARS  BOARDWALK  REGENCY  HOTEL-C/ 
29-  HARRAH'S  BOARDWALK  HOTEL 

30  - PLAYBOY  HOTEL-CASINO 

31  - ASCOT 
32-  ELDORADO 

33  - TROPICANA  HOTEL-CASINO 
34-  DUNES 

35  - DEAUVILLE  HOTEL/MOTOR  INN 
36-  ALGIERS 
37  - CASTLE  ROC 

38-  BARONET 

39-  INTERNATIONAL 

40  - FLAMINGO 

41  - EL  GRECO 

42-  GOLDEN  NUGGET  HOTEL-CASINO 
43  - LINCOLN  BEACH 


232 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


i 


Housing  Application 


218th  ANNUAL  MEETING 
THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


MAY  3-6,  1984 

Single 

Twin 

Suites 

Resorts  International 

$80.00 

$80.00 

$171/$250 

(headquarters  hotel) 

Harrah’s  Marina  Hotel  Casino 

$75.00 

$75.00 

World  International  Hotel/Motel 

$58.00 

$58.00 

Lafayette  Motor  Inn 

$58.00 

$58.00 

Rates  subject  to  12%  state  and 

local  taxes;  tax  subject  to 

change. 

All  hotel  reservations  for  the  218th  Annual  Meeting  of  MSNJ  will  be  handled  by  the  Atlantic  City  Convention 
Bureau.  Please  send  your  housing  application  with  your  1st,  2nd,  and  3rd  choices  directly  to  the  Bureau,  16  Central 
Pier,  Atlantic  City,  NJ  08401.  All  Delegates  and  Members  are  urged  to  make  their  hotel  reservations  early.  Blocks 
of  rooms  will  be  available  at  Resorts  International  (headquarters  hotel),  Lafayette  Motor  Inn,  World  International 
Hotel/Motel,  and  Harrah’s  Marina  Hotel  Casino.  The  cut-off  date  for  reservations  will  be  April  6,  1984.  Reservations 
cannot  be  guaranteed  after  this  date.  No  Saturday  arrivals  please.  All  registrants  will  be  charged  for  three  nights: 
Thursday,  Friday,  and  Saturday,  May  3,  4,  and  5,  1984. 


MAIL  THIS  APPLICATION  DIRECTLY  TO  THE  ATLANTIC  CITY  CONVENTION  BUREAU 

16  Central  Pier 
Atlantic  City,  NJ  08401 


Please  list  1st,  2nd,  and  3rd  choices;  confirmation  will  come  directly  from  hotel. 
1st  Choice 2nd  Choice 


3rd  Choice. 


Accommodations  desired:  □ Single  □ Twin  □ Suite  Parlor  & 1 Bedroom 

□ Suite  Parlor  & 2 Bedrooms 


Name 


Address. 
City 


State 


Zip. 


Phone. 


Will  arrive. 


-Time- 


date 


□ Check  if  Official  Delegate 


.Will  depart 
County . 


-Time 


date 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  3— MARCH  1984 


233 


NEW  YORK 
FERTILITY  RESEARCH 
FOUNDATION,  INC. 

For  the  Investigation  of 

Problems  of  Human  Infertility 

The  Foundation  provides  a complete 
diagnostic  and  consultation  service  for  in- 
fertile couples.  Investigations  are  con- 
ducted by  well-known  specialists  in  con- 
junction with  consultants  in  the  various 
fields  of  medicine  related  to  infertility. 

The  Foundation  is  supported  by  an  in- 
house  modern  laboratory  equipped  to  do 
most  tests  required  for  diagnosis  and 
treatment.  Literature  on  request. 

1430  Second  Avenue,  Suite  103 
New  York,  N.Y.  10021 
Phone:  (212)  744-5500 


SECOND  OPINION 

Leasing’s  not  for  you? 


Compare  these  figures  (based  on  a $20,000  vehicle) 


DUE  1ST  DAY 

6%  sales  tax 
down  payment 
monthly  payment 


PURCHASE 

$1200 

4000 

554 


LEASE* 

$25/mo. 

none 

410 


total  due: 


$5754 


So  by  leasing,  you’ve  got  $5319  savings  on  your 
initial  outlay,  plus  $1 19  a month,  to  invest  any 
way  you’d  like!  And  insurance  is  available  to 
qualified  N.J.  motorists  for  as  little  as  $480  a 
year.  Call  for  similar  savings  on  ANY  make  or 
model,  foreign  or  domestic.  *36-mo/closed-end 


Evenings  and  weekends, 
call  (201)  530-4088 


91  Monmouth  St.,  Red  Bank,  N.J.  07701  (201)  530-1  28 


Starting  A Practice?...  Already  In  Practice? 
Here’s  The  Practical  Guide  You  Need . . . FREE! 


This  booklet  will  assist  you  in  developing  and  executing  a 
strategic  business  plan  that  will  enable  you  to  secure  the 
financing  required  to  build  a successful  practice. 

Written  by  David  J.  Shuffler,  Vice  President  of  Midlantic 
National  Bank/Citizens  and  a specialist  in  medical  practice 
financing,  this  new  guide  will  prove  invaluable. 

For  your  free  copy,  call  David  Shuffler  now  at  201-894-5025 
or  mail  the  coupon  below. 


MIBlAMTIC 

Midlantic  National  Bank/Citizens 

Offices  Throughout  Eastern  Bergen  County.  Member  FDIC. 


Mail  To:  David  J.  Shuffler,  Vice  President 
Midlantic  National  Bank/Citizens 
1 Engle  Street,  Englewood,  NJ  07631 

Please  send  me  my  free  copy  of  The  Beginning  Physician’s 
Guide  for  Financing  a Practice. 

NAME 


ADDRESS 

CITY 

STATE 

ZIP 

PHONE  _ _ 

□ RESIDENT 
SPECIALTY 

□ IN  PRACTICE 

234 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


DOCTORS’ 

NOTEBOOK 


Trustees ' Minutes; 
President's  Column;  UMDNJ 
Notes;  MSNJ  Auxiliary; 
AMNJ  Report;  Physicians 
Seeking  Location  in  New 
Jersey 


Trustees*  Minutes 
January  15,  1984 

A regular  meeting  of  the  Board  of 
Trustees  was  held  on  Sunday,  Janu- 
ary 15,  1984,  at  the  Executive  Of- 
fices in  Lawrenceville.  Detailed 
minutes  are  on  file  with  the  sec- 
retaiy  of  your  county  society.  A sum- 
mary of  significant  actions  follows: 

Report  of  the  President  . . . 
Physician  Reimbursement  Under 

DRG  . . . Noted  that  if  a plan  to  re- 
imburse physician  services  under 
DRG  is  proposed,  MSNJ  would  take 
aggressive  steps  to  oppose  the  pro- 
ject. Noted  that  this  discussion  was 
in  reference  to  the  situation  at 
Shore  Memorial  Hospital  and  that 
Mr.  Maressa  will  pursue  clarification 
of  the  issue. 

Report  of  Executive  Director  . . . 

(1)  MSNJ  Paid  Membership  . . . 

Noted  that  as  of  December  3 1 , 1983, 
there  were  7,527  dues-paid  mem- 
bers. 

(2)  AMA  Delegation  Allocation  . . . 

Noted  that  MSNJ  is  awaiting  official 
notification  as  to  the  number  of  New 
Jersey  physicians  recorded  as  AMA 
members  that  will  affect  the  AMA 
delegate  allocation  for  1984. 


(3)  DRG  Waivers  . . . Noted  that 
while  the  implementation  ofTEFRA 
parts  A and  B billing  have  been 
suspended,  it  is  anticipated  that 
TEFRA  requirements  will  be  en- 
forced in  New  Jersey  by  January 
1985,  and  all  hospital-based  phy- 
sicians should  be  prepared  for  that 
eventuality. 

( 4 ) Corporate  Practice  of  Medicine 

. . . Noted  that  for-profit  corpor- 
ations that  are  not  professional  ser- 
vice corporations  may  not  engage  in 
the  practice  of  medicine  or  employ 
individuals  to  practice  medicine 
(with  the  exception  of  hospitals)  ac- 
cording to  a recently  rendered 
opinion  by  Deputy  Attorney  General 
Goltz. 

(5)  MSNJ  Financial  Statements 

. . . Approved  the  financial  state- 
ments for  the  period  ending  Decem- 
ber 31,  1983. 

(6)  Annual  Meeting  . . . Em- 

powered the  Committee  on  Annual 
Meeting  to  move  the  Annual  Meet- 
ing from  Resorts  International 
Casino-Hotel  if  Resorts  Inter- 
national does  not  abide  by  the 
signed  contract.  Note:  Resorts  Inter- 
national Casino-Hotel  informed 
MSNJ  that  because  they  are  in  the 
process  of  renovation,  they  cannot 
provide  all  the  room  accommo- 
dations and  hospitality  suites  as 
committed:  Resorts  International 

was  informed  that  their  amended 
contract  was  unacceptable  and 
MSNJ  is  awaiting  a response. 

NJ  Hospital  Association  . . . 
Health  Care  Costs  . . . Referred  to 
the  Council  on  Public  Relations  the 
issue  of  dealing  with  the  high  costs 
of  health  care,  prompted  by  an 
article  in  the  New  England  Journal 
of  Medicine  entitled,  “Rationing 
Hospital  Care:  Lessons  from 

Britain.” 

Council  on  Mental  Health  . . . 

(1)  Prescriptions  for  Controlled 
Substances — Manner  of  Issuance  of 
Prescriptions  . . . Approved  the  fol- 
lowing recommendation: 

That  the  Board  of  Trustees  advises  the 
Department  of  Health  that  the  30-day 
limitation,  after  the  date  issued,  for  fill- 
ing prescriptions  for  controlled 
substances  be  expanded  to  include  all 
drugs. 

(2)  Quality  of  Patient  Care  at  State 
Psychiatric  Institutions  and  Com- 


munity Mental  Health  Centers  in 
New  Jersey . . . Approved  the  follow- 
ing recommendation: 

That  the  Board  of  Trustees  appoints 
an  ad  hoe  committee,  with  equal  rep- 
resentation from  MSNJ  and  the  New  Jer- 
sey Psychiatric  Association,  to  in- 
vestigate patient  care  and  management 
in  state  psychiatric  institutions  and 
community  mental  health  centers  in  New 
Jersey. 

Council  on  Public  Health  . . . 
Report  of  the  Special  Committee  on 
Cancer  Control  . . . 

(1)  Oncology  Society  of  New  Jer- 
sey. . . Referred  back  to  the  Special 
Committee  on  Cancer  Control  for 
further  information  the  following 
recommendation: 

That  physicians  in  the  state  who  are 
involved  in  tumor  work  be  identified  and 
urged  to  join  the  Oncology  Society  of  New 
Jersey. 

(2)  Establishment  of  a Cancer 
Control  Coordinating  Council  . . . 

Approved  the  following  recommen- 
dation: 

That  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
approves  the  establishment  of  a Cancer 
Control  Coordinating  Council. 

Old  Business  . . . 

(1)  Urgi-Centers  . . . Noted  that 
when  urgi-centers  are  opened  in 
New  Jersey,  law  requires  licensure 
and  a certificate  of  need,  except 
when  owned  and  operated  by  phy- 
sicians in  their  private  practice. 

(2)  New  Medical  Staff  Standards 
. . . Noted  that  the  JCAH’s  Board  of 
Commissioners  approved  rewritten 
“medical  staff  standards:” 

The  new  “Medical  Staff’  chapter 
allows  hospitals  either  to  retain  or 
modify  the  existing  composition  of 
their  medical  staff.  Under  the  new 
standards,  there  will  be  a single  or- 
ganized medical  staff  that  includes 
licensed  physicians.  In  addition,  at 
the  option  of  the  hospital,  the  staff 
may  include  other  licensed  individ- 
uals permitted  by  law  and  the  hospi- 
tal to  provide  patient  care  services 
independently  (without  supervision 
or  direction).  The  JCAH  has  not 
changed  its  posture  on  the  ap- 
propriateness of  having  dentists  as 
members  of  hospital  staffs.  The  in- 
tent of  the  new  standards  is  to  in- 
dicate that  the  hospital  may  broad- 
en its  medical  staff  if  such  action 
seems  appropriate.  Peer  recommen- 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  3 — MARCH  1984 


235 


dations  should  be  considered  when 
granting  medical  staff  membership. 

The  new  chapter  states  that  a ma- 
jority of  the  medical  staff  executive 
committee  must  be  physician  mem- 
bers of  the  medical  staff.  The  ex- 
ecutive committee  is  responsible  for 
making  recommendations  to  the 
governing  body  concerning  at  least: 
the  structure  of  the  medical  staff, 
mechanisms  for  reviewing  creden- 
tials and  delineating  clinical  privi- 
leges, membership  on  the  medical 
staff,  clinical  privileges  for  eligible 
individuals,  medical  staff  quality  as- 
surance activities,  mechanisms  for 
terminating  medical  staff  member- 
ship, and  fair  hearing  procedures. 

Clinical  privileges  are  required  for 
all  members  of  the  medical  staff  and 
also  for  those  who  are  not  members 
of  the  medical  staff,  but  who  provide 
patient  care  services  independently. 
Peer  recommendations  should  be 
considered  when  clinical  privileges 
are  being  granted.  AJ1  practitioners 
with  privileges  must  comply  with 
the  bylaws,  rules,  regulations,  and 
policies  of  the  medical  staff  and  have 
the  quality  of  their  care  reviewed 
through  the  hospital's  quality  as- 
surance program. 

The  granting  of  admitting  privi- 
leges must  be  in  accordance  with 
state  law  and  criteria  developed  by 
the  medical  staff  from  standards  of 
medical  care.  The  new  “Medical 
Staff’  chapter  limits  admitting  privi- 
leges to  members  of  the  medical 
staff.  The  general  medical  condition 
of  a patient  is  the  responsibility  of 
a qualified  physician  member  of  the 
medical  staff.  When  nonphysician 
medical  staff  members  are  granted 
the  privilege  to  admit,  their  patients 
must  undergo  a prompt  medical 
evaluation  by  a qualified  physician. 
This  requirement  does  not  apply  to 
qualified  oral  surgeons  who  have 
been  granted  the  clinical  privilege  to 
perform  a history  and  physical 
examination  for  patients  without 
medical  problems. 

In  the  new  “Medical  Staff’ 
chapter,  responsibility  for  monitor- 
ing and  evaluating  the  quality  and 
appropriateness  of  patient  care  and 
the  clinical  performance  of  all  indi- 
viduals with  clinical  privileges  is  re- 
tained by  the  medical  staff.  The 
standards  require  that  important 
problems  in  patient  care  be  iden- 
tified and  resolved  and  that  op- 
portunities to  improve  care  be  ad- 
dressed. The  Accreditation  Manual 


for  Hospitals  specifically  addresses 
medical  staff  monitoring  activities 
in  medical  department  s/services, 
surgical  case  review,  pharmacy  and 
therapeutics  review,  medical  records 
review,  blood  usage  review,  and  anti- 
biotic review. 

New  Business  . . . 

(1)  Proposed  New  Rule  on 

Advertising  and  Solicitation  Prac- 
tices—N.J.A.C.  13:35-6.10  . . . 

Sent  a letter  to  the  State  Board  of 
Medical  Examiners  noting  MSNJ’s 
comments  on  the  following  para- 
graphs: 

Paragraph  (h)  would  appear  to  present 
an  unwieldy  format  in  requiring  that  all 
the  principals,  partners,  or  officers  must 
be  identified,  especially  when  there  are 
three  or  more  licensees  in  a given  prac- 
tice. Under  paragraph  (i),  the  issue  of 
joint  and  severe  liability,  however,  should 
not  be  applicable  unless  all  principals, 
partners,  or  officers  have  contributed  to 
the  controlling  vote. 

(2)  AMA  National  Conference  on 
the  Impaired  Physician  . . . Noted 
that  the  6th  AMA  National  Con- 
ference on  the  Impaired  Physician  is 
to  be  held  on  September  5-8,  1984, 
at  the  Meadowlands  Hilton  in 
Secaucus. 

(3)  JEMPAC  Meeting  . . . Noted 
that  William  E.  Ryan,  M.D.,  Chair- 
man of  JEMPAC,  invited  Board 
members  to  attend  the  special  JEM- 
PAC Board  of  Directors  meeting  on 
January  26,  1984,  when  Thomas  R. 
Berglund,  M.D.,  Secretaiy  of  AMPAC, 
will  be  the  guest  speaker. 


President’s  Column 

Alexander  D.  Kovacs,  M.D. 

There  are  two  physicians  for  each 
one  licensed  to  practice  medicine. 
There  is  you  and  the  public  per- 
ception of  you.  The  “other  doctor”  to 
a large  extent  is  a media  creation. 
The  public  tends  to  believe  he/she  is 
the  real  you. 

Depending  upon  whether  they 
watch  “General  Hospital”  or  "St. 
Elsewhere,"  your  electronic  image  is 
that  of  a young  (usually),  good-look- 
ing (always),  lecherous  (most  of  the 
time),  well-heeled  (absolutely)  hero 
(villain).  On  one  hand,  your  real-life 
patients  get  an  exaggerated  idea  of 
your  virtues  and  talents;  on  the 


other  hand,  they  get  an  exaggerated  an< 
idea  of  your  venality  and  in-  ^ 
competence,  to  say  nothing  of  your  a I 
sexual  prowess.  6° 

Your  media  image  performs  in-  no 
credible  feats  of  diagnosis  and  dra-  a1 
matic  “edge-of-the-cliff”  sur-  »' 
gery — your  cures  are  nothing  short  » 
of  miraculous.  Your  patients  walk  n( 
into  your  office  looking  for  a com-  af 
bination  of  Paul  Newman  and  Albert  i a 
Schweitzer  and  find  you.  There  is  a 
certain  letdown. 


P 


Alexander  D.  Kovacs,  M.D. 


At  least  as  bad  is  the  other  side  of 
the  media  coin— the  money-hungiy 
incompetent.  The  patients  watching 
these  programs  come  to  your  office 
expecting  a combination  of  Bela 
Lugosi  and  Billy  the  Kid  and  there 
you  are,  Mr.  Nice  Guy.  But  they  are 
not  buying  your  act.  They  are  so 
suspicious  that  they  are  off  to  see  a 
lawyer  if  you  say  or  do  the  least  little 
thing  that  seems  odd. 

Our  profession  is  served  equally 
poorly  by  the  straight  news  depart- 
ments of  television,  radio,  news- 
papers, and  magazines.  Premature 
release  of  information  concerning  a 
new  drug  or  a new  procedure  can 
cause  a stampede  of  people  demand- 
ing a prescription  or  the  latest 
surgical  miracle.  If  a reporter  smells 
out  an  article  in  a professional 
journal  noting  potentially  adverse 
reactions  to  a drug  in  use,  he 
trumpets  the  news  to  the  skies  and 
thousands  of  people  throw  away 
their  pills  often  to  the  detriment  of 
their  health. 

Whether  positive  or  negative,  the 
end  results  of  sensationalized  media 
are  inappropriate  expectations, 
fears  of  treatment,  increased  costs. 


236 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


and  unjustified  malpractice  actions. 

How  often  have  you  seen  news  of 
a large  award  blazoned  across  the 
front  page  of  the  paper?  Did  you  ever 
notice  where  they  hide  the  news  of 
a reversal  or  reduction  of  the  same 
award?  On  one  page,  a newspaper 
will  headline  a life-prolonging  tech- 
nological breakthrough  and  on  the 
next  bemoan  the  high  cost  of  medi- 
cal care. 

Complaining  about  this  seems 
churlish.  We  are  in  a high  profile 
profession.  My  concern  is  that 
media  distortion  creates  real  health 
hazards  for  our  patients.  Our  job, 
therefore,  is  to  educate  them  as  to 
the  difference  between  reality  and 
fantasy,  between  reasonable  hope 
and  a fairy  tale  ending,  between 
scare  stories  and  sober  truths. 

There  is  responsible  journalism 
and  there  is  responsible  medicine. 
We  cannot  do  much  about  the  first 
but  we  can  demonstrate  our  ability 
to  provide  the  latter.  In  the  long  run, 
i that  is  the  only  real  refutation  we 
■can  make. 


UMDNJ  Notes 

Stanley  S.  Bergen,  Jr.,  M.D. 
President 

Norman  H.  Edelman,  M.D.,  pro- 
fessor of  medicine  and  physiology 
and  associate  dean  for  research  at 
UMDNJ,  Piscataway,  has  been  ap- 
pointed acting  director  of  the  state’s 
proposed  major  new  center  for  ad- 
vanced biotechnology,  a joint  project 
between  UMDNJ  and  Rutgers,  the 
State  University. 

Dr.  Edelman’s  appointment  was 
announced  in  January  by  both  uni- 
versities after  Governor  Kean’s  Com- 
mission on  Science  and  Technology 
strongly  endorsed  the  development 
of  a biotechnology  center  in 
Piscataway  as  part  of  an  extensive 
package  of  recommendations  aimed 
at  readying  New  Jersey  for  the  high- 
technology  era  The  proposed  center 
will  draw  on  the  existing  resources 
of  both  universities,  while  fostering 
cooperative  working  relationships 
with  other  research  institutions  in 
the  state,  including  private  industry. 
The  center’s  primary  focus  will  be 
fundamental  research  in  areas  such 
as  genetic  engineering,  molecular 
biology,  microbiology,  biochemistry, 
and  basic  pharmacology.  The  Com- 


mission indicated  that  developing 
the  center  would  require  an  esti- 
mated capital  expenditure  of  $40 
million.  The  financing  will  be  ad- 
dressed through  a joint  bonding  in- 
itiative involving  the  state,  Rutgers 
University,  and  UMDNJ. 

Two  major  grants  recently 
awarded  to  the  department  of  pedi- 
atrics of  UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical 
School,  Piscataway,  will  enable  its 
Division  of  Child  Development  to 
focus  on  communication  disorders 
in  infants  and  young  children. 

Michael  Lewis,  Ph.D.,  professor  of 
pediatrics,  will  be  director  of  both 
the  Center  for  Communication  Dis- 
orders, which  is  beihg  established 
with  funding  from  the  Robert  Wood 
Johnson  Foundation,  and  the 
Language  Interaction  Intervention 
Program,  which  is  funded  by  a grant 
from  the  U.S.  Department  of  Educa- 
tion. The  four-year,  $600,000  Robert 
Wood  Johnson  Foundation  grant  is 
unique  in  its  focus  on  children  in 
the  0 to  3 age  group  and  its  utiliza- 
tion of  an  already-existing  health 
network  of  primary  care  physicians 
and  communication  specialists. 

The  geographic  area  to  be  served 
encompasses  Monmouth,  Middle- 
sex, Mercer,  and  Somerset  counties 
and  includes  some  59,000  children 
under  3 years  of  age,  of  which  at 
least  2,900  have  or  are  at  risk  for 
communication  disorders.  Three 
major  groups  to  be  targeted  are 
physicians,  parents  (who  will  learn 
from  these  physicians  how  to  be 
more  aware  of  possible  developmen- 
tal problems),  and  communication 
specialists  such  as  speech 
pathologists,  audiologists,  and 
learning  disability  consultants.  The 
normal  pediatric  examination  is  not 
oriented  toward  detection  of  the 
more  subtle  communication  dis- 
orders. The  program  would  refine 
current  statewide  screening 
procedures.  New  Jersey  law  man- 
dates the  screening  of  all  newborns 
for  hearing  loss  and  provides  for  fol- 
lowup examinations  and  inter- 
vention programs  for  children  found 
to  be  at  risk  for  communication  dys- 
function. 

The  three-year,  $400,000 
language  intervention  grant  from 
the  U.S.  Department  of  Education 
will  focus  on  language-delayed  chil- 
dren within  the  existing  system  of 
infant  stimulation  programs  in  the 
greater  New  Brunswick  area.  These 
programs  are  part  of  a statewide  sys- 


tem established  by  the  New  Jersey 
legislature  to  provide  intervention 
and  educational  services  for  handi- 
capped preschool  children. 

While  these  centers  deal  with  a 
great  diversity  of  children  who  often 
have  multiple  developmental  prob- 
lems, Dr.  Lewis  will  focus  on  com- 
munication disorders.  Children  par- 
ticipating in  the  program  at  Rutgers 
Medical  School  will  work  with  a 
speech  pathologist  while  their 
parents  will  be  taught  how  to  inter- 
act in  special  ways  with  their  chil- 
dren. 


MSNJ  Auxiliary 

Gale  Wayman 
President 

“Gaining  the  MD— Is  the  Glamor 
Gone?”  is  the  title  of  an  article  in  the 
January  issue  of  FACETS,  the  AMA 
Auxiliary  magazine.  Becoming  a 
physician  today  has  become  a 
tremendous  financial  burden  for 
would-be  physicians  and  their  fami- 
lies. A medical  degree  translates  into 
an  average  debt  of  $40,000  for  each 
graduate  of  a public  medical  school 
and  $80,000  for  each  graduate  of  a 
private  school.  Tuitions  are  up 
sharply,  to  as  high  as  $19,500  a year 
at  schools  like  Georgetown  and 
George  Washington  Universities  in 
Washington,  D.C. 

At  the  same  time,  the  physician 
population  of  the  United  States  has 
increased,  to  the  point  that  some 
physicians  today  are  less  willing  to 
support  such  projects  as  the  Medical 
Student  Loan  Fund  and  AMA-ERF. 
You  are  not  contributing  to  your 
competition;  but  to  better  medicine! 

AMA-ERF  was  established  in  1951 
to  help  assure  quality  medical 
education  and  to  assist  research  in 
the  nation’s  medical  schools.  To 
date,  AMA-ERF  has  contributed 
more  than  $37  million  in  un- 
restricted grants  directly  to  the  na- 
tion’s medical  schools.  Contribu- 
tions to  the  fund  are  accumulated 
through  the  year  and  distributed 
annually  to  designated  medical 
schools.  Your  AMA-ERF  donations 
can  be  designated  to  benefit  the 
medical  school  of  your  choice,  such 
as  your  alma  mater. 

The  Foundation  also  has  an  Un- 
restricted Fund  which  helps  support 
special  health  and  medical  pro- 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  3— MARCH  1984 


237 


grams  and  research,  or  donors  can 
specify  research  in  such  fields  as 
neuromuscular  diseases,  metabolic 
and  endocrine  diseases,  and 
arthritis  and  rheumatism. 

When  your  county  auxiliary  has 
fundraising  projects  for  AMA-ERF 
and  Medical  Student  Loan  Fund, 
will  you  please  give  for  better  medi- 
cine in  America! 


AMNJ  Report 

Paul  J.  Hirsch 
President 

The  Academy  of  Medicine  of  New 
Jersey  is  pleased  to  announce  that 
Joseph  R Ruggles  of  Springfield, 
Ohio,  has  been  appointed  to  the  new 
position  of  Associate  Director  for 
Continuing  Education.  Mr.  Ruggles 
presently  is  Director  of  Continuing 
Education  at  the  Community  Hospi- 
tal of  Springfield  arid  Clark  County, 
in  Springfield.  He  will  be  joining  the 
Academy  this  spring.  Mr.  Ruggles 
was  selected  by  the  Search  Commit- 
tee from  over  100  applicants  for  the 
position. 

The  Academy  of  Medicine  annual 
Internal  Medicine  Review  Course 
began  on  Wednesday,  January  11, 
1984.  It  will  be  held  on  19  con- 
secutive Wednesdays,  at  Overlook 
Hospital.  There  was  record  regis- 
tration ten  days  before  the  program 
started,  and  additional  registrants 
were  expected. 

The  First  Wednesday  program  re- 
sumed on  February  1,  1984.  The 
speaker  was  Dr.  James  Todd.  His 
topic  was  "The  Medical-Social-Eco- 
nomic Considerations  in  the  Prac- 
tice of  Medicine  in  the  Future."  As 
is  customary,  this  was  a luncheon 
meeting,  held  in  the  headquarters 
building. 

On  January  18,  1984,  the 

Academy  presented  another  in  its 
series  of  Controversies  in  Medicine. 
This  was  a symposium  on  Con- 
troversies in  Geriatrics.  T.  Franklin 
Williams,  M.D.,  the  Director  of  the 
National  Institute  of  Aging  of  the 
NIH,  was  the  keynote  speaker. 

On  January  17,  1984,  the  Board  of 
T rustees  of  the  Academy  of  Medicine 
selected  the  recipients  for  the  1984 
Edward  J.  Ill  Award,  and  the  Citizens 
Award.  These  names  will  be  included 
in  my  report  to  the  MSNJ  Board  next 
month. 


Physicians  Seeking 
Location  in  New  Jersey 

The  following  physicians  have  writ- 
ten to  the  Executive  Offices  of  MSNJ 
seeking  information  on  possible  op- 
portunities for  practice  in  New  Jersey. 
The  information  listed  below  has  been 
supplied  by  the  physician.  If  you  are 
interested  in  any  further  information 
concerning  these  physicians,  we  sug- 
gest you  make  inquiries  directly  to 
them. 

ANESTHESIOLOGY— Jan  Charles  Hor- 
row,  M.D.,  131  Pond  Brook  Rd.. 

Chestnut  Hill,  MA  02167.  Penn- 
sylvania 1977.  Board  certified.  Group, 
academia,  HMO.  Available. 

CARDIOLOGY — Aubrey  Orrin  Lewis, 
M.D.,  200  Carman  Ave.,  Apt.  21-F,  East 
Meadow,  NY  1 1 554.  SUNY-Syracuse 
1979.  Also,  general  internal  medicine. 
Board  certified  (1M).  Solo,  partnership, 
group,  academia  (cardiology).  Available 
July  1984. 

FAMILY  MEDICINE — Jaime  F.  Lara, 
M.D.,  6045  Palisade  Ave.,  West  New 
York,  NJ  07093.  Seville  (Spain)  1979. 
Board  eligible.  Partnership  or  institu- 
tionally based.  Available. 

GASTROENTEROLOGY— Albert  M 
Harary,  M.D.,  2121  N.  Bayshore  Dr., 
Apt.  1001,  Miami,  FL33137.  Columbia 
1978.  Also,  general  internal  medicine. 
Board  certified  (IM).  Group,  partner- 
ship, solo.  Available  July  1984. 
Prakash  V.  Huded,  M.D.,  80-15  41  Ave., 
**  606,  Elmhurst,  NY  1 1373.  Kamatak 
(India)  1970.  Board  certified.  Solo, 
group,  partnership.  Available. 

H.L.  Kirsehenbaum,  M.D.,  780  Woolley 
Ave.,  Staten  Island,  NY  10314.  New 
York  Med.  College  1977.  Board  eligible. 
Also,  internal  medicine.  Partnership, 
group,  full-time  hospital.  Available  July 
1984. 

P.  Kothanda  Raman,  M.D.,  9 Lake  Ave., 
Apt.  5A  East  Brunswick,  NJ  08816. 
Stanley  Medical  College  (India)  1977. 
Board  eligible  (IM).  Also  internal  medi- 
cine. Partnership,  group,  solo.  Avail- 
able July  1984. 

INTERNAL  MEDICINE— Nicholas 
Bertini,  M.D.,  663  Hudson  Ave.,  Albany, 
NY  12203.  SUNY-Buffalo  1980.  Board 
eligible.  Group,  partnership,  solo.  Avail- 
able June  1984. 

Harold  J.  Brown,  M.D.,  260  Eggerts 
Rd.,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648.  UMDNJ 
1982.  Primary  care  clinic,  HMO,  group, 
partnership.  Available  July  1985. 
Palamadai  S.  Duraiswami,  M.D.,  64-A 
Oneida  Ave.,  Centereach,  NY  1 1 720. 
Stanley  Medical  College  (India)  1976. 
Board  eligible.  Available. 

Z.UA  Farooqui,  M.D.,  Plaza  Pro- 
fessional Bldg.,  Bayshore  Rd.  and 
Greenwood  Ave.,  Box  238,  Villas,  NJ 
08251.  Aurangabad  Medical  College 
(India)  1972.  Board  eligible.  Group  or 
partnership.  Available. 


Elliott  Friedman,  M.D.,  25  Penny  La, 
Baltimore,  MD  21209.  SUNY-Syracuse 
1978.  Subspecialty,  endocrinology. 
Board  certified  (IM);  board  eligible  (M). 
Group  or  partnership  (both  special- 
ties). Available  July  1984. 

H.L.  Kirsehenbaum,  M.D.,  780  Woolley 
Ave.,  Staten  Island,  NY  10314.  New 
York  Med.  College  1977.  Board  eligible. 
Also,  gastroenterology.  Partnership, 
group,  full-time  hospital.  Available  July 
1984. 

P.  Kothanda  Raman,  M.D.,  9 Lake  Ave., 
Apt.  5A,  East  Brunswick,  NJ  08816. 
Stanley  Medical  College  (India)  1977. 
Board  eligible.  Also,  gastroenterology. 
Partnership,  group,  solo.  Available  July 
1984. 

Andrew  L.  Saporito,  Jr„  M.D.,  28 
Grandview  Ave.,  West  Orange,  NJ 
07052.  Guadalajara  (Mexico)  1976. 
Group  or  partnership.  Available. 
Steven  Wolinsky,  M.D.,  1404  E.  15  St., 
Brooklyn,  NY  1 1230.  Case  Western  Re- 
serve 1980.  Group  or  partnership. 
Available  July  1984. 

NEPHROLOGY— Arvind  Mehta  M.D., 
8051  N.  Hanover  St.,  Anaheim,  CA 
92861.  Seth  G.S.  Medical  College 
(India)  1975.  Also,  internal  medicine. 
Board  eligible.  Solo,  group,  partner- 
ship. Available. 

NEUROLOGY — Elizabeth  Kamenar, 
M.D.,  12701  Shaker  Blvd.,  Apt.  410, 
Cleveland,  OH  44120.  Ohio  State  1975. 
Board  eligible.  Group,  partnership, 
academia  Available  July  1984. 

Robert  P.  Rubens,  M.D.,  105  Ward  St., 
Apt.  204,  Seattle,  WA  98109.  UMDNJ- 
New  Jersey  Medical  School  1980. 
Board  eligible.  Available  July  1984. 

OBSTETRICS/GYNECOLOGY— Alan  M 
Askinas,  M.D.,  1309  Carrollton,  Apt. 
321,  Metairie,  LA  70005.  Illinois  1980. 
Board  eligible.  Group,  partnership, 
solo,  part  academia  Available  July 
1984. 

Wook  Chung,  M.D.,  2212  Watterworth 
Dr.,  Kalamazoo,  MI  49008.  Catholic 
Medical  College  (Korea)  1967.  Board 
certified.  Solo,  group,  partnership. 
Available. 

Iris  E.  Dominy,  M.D.,  108  Pinegate  Cir- 
cle, Apt.  2,  Chapel  Hill,  NC  27514. 
Albany  1978.  Board  eligible.  Partner- 
ship or  group  in  metropolitan  area 
Available  July  1984. 

OPHTHALMOLOGY— Steven  R.  Davis, 
M.D.,  1000  Lakeview  Rd„  Clearwater, 
FL  33516.  University  of  Alabama  1975. 
Board  certified.  Solo  or  association. 
Available. 

Andrew  Gewirtz,  M.D.,  519  Beach  133 
St.,  Belle  Harbor,  NY  11694.  Chicago 
1978.  Board  eligible.  Board  certified 
(PD).  Group  or  partnership.  Available 
July  1984. 

PATHOLOGY— Mark  A.  Grathwhol,  M.D., 
2510  West  Tremont  Ct„  Richmond,  VA 
23225.  NYU  1980.  Group.  Available 
July  1984. 

Yuiy  Kogan,  M.D.,  60  Egmont  St., 


238 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Brookline,  MA  02146.  Moscow  1967. 
Hospital  or  group.  Available  July  1984. 

PEDIATRICS — Jonathon  J.  Evans,  M.D., 
1800  Calvin  Ct„  #6,  Iowa  City,  IA 
52240.  Univ.  of  Califomia-San  Diego 
1981.  Board  eligible.  Group  or  HMO. 
Available  July  1984. 

Michael  J.  Foreman,  M.D.,  2527 

Hydraulic  Rd.,  #52,  Charlottesville,  VA 
22901.  Hahnemann  1981.  Board 
eligible.  Group  or  partnership.  Avail- 
able July  1984. 

PSYCHIATRY— Eric  M.  Levin.  M.D.,  43 
West  8th  St„  Media,  PA  19063.  La  Fac- 
ulty Libre  de  Medicine  (Spain)  1980. 
Board  eligible.  Group,  institutionally 
based,  CMH  outpatient.  Available  July 
1984. 

PULMONARY  DISEASES— James 
Kohan.  M.D.,  19  Highmanor  Dr„  Hen- 
rietta, NY  14467.  Virginia  1979.  Also, 
general  internal  medicine.  Board 
certified  (IM).  Group,  partnership,  solo, 
institutional.  Available  July  1984. 
Dinesh  Talati,  M.D.,  66-02  Grand  Cen- 
tral Pkwy.,  Forest  Hills,  NY  1 1375.  B.J. 
Medical  College  (India)  1974.  Board 
eligible.  Solo,  group,  partnership.  Avail- 
able July  1984. 

RADIOLOGY/ NUCLEAR  MEDICINE— 

Conrad  P.  Erlich,  M.D.,  1243  Beacon 
St.,  Apt.  3B,  Brookline,  MA  02146.  Bos- 
ton 1976.  Board  certified.  Group  or 
partnership.  Available  July  1984. 
Mindy  M.  Horrow,  M.D.,  131  Pond 
Brook  Rd.,  Chestnut  Hill,  MA  02167. 
Med  College  of  Pennsylvania  1980. 
Board  eligible.  Group,  HMO,  academia. 
Available. 

RHEUMATOLOGY— Richard  Furie,  M.D., 
435  E.  70th  St.,  Apt.  8-F,  New  York,  NY 
10021.  Cornell  1979.  Also,  general 
internal  medicine.  Board  certified  (IM). 
Group,  partnership,  solo.  Available  July 
1984. 

SURGERY,  GENERAL— Ramon  J. 
Gomez,  M.D.,  40-71  Gleane  St., 
Elmhurst,  NY  1 1373.  University  of  the 
East  (Philippines)  1978.  Group  or  hos- 
pital-based emergency  medicine  prac- 
tice. Available. 

F.  Andrew  Morfesis,  M.D.,  7545  Rogers 
Ave„  Upper  Darby,  PA  19082.  Penn 
State  (Hershey)  1979.  Board  eligible. 
Available  July  1984. 

SURGERY,  ORTHOPEDIC— Jeffrey  H. 
Charen,  M.D.,  155  Lexington  St„  Apt. 
15,  Aubumdale,  MA  02166.  Rochester 

1978.  Board  eligible.  Group,  partner- 
ship, solo  (central  or  northern  NJ 
preferred).  Available. 

Richard  Lebovicz,  M.D.,  415  Grand  St„ 
New  York,  NY  10002.  SUNY-Downstate 

1979.  Group  or  partnership.  Available 
July  1984. 

UROLOGY — Joseph  G.  Colonna,  M.D., 
1234  Van  Voorhis  Rd„  Apt.  C-6, 
Morgantown,  WV  26505.  Guadalajara 
(Mexico)  1977.  Board  eligible.  Group  or 
partnership.  Available  October  1984. 


For  patient’s 

comfort/convenience 

in  choice  of 


LIPO-NICIN 


Nicotinic  Acid  Therapy 


A peripheral 
vasodilator 


for  treatment  of 

leg  cramps 
cold  feet 
tinnitus 
discomfort  on 
standing 


3 strengths 


Gradual  Release 

LIPO-NICIN®/300  mg. 

Each  time-release  capsule  con- 


tains: 

Nicotinic  Acid  300  mg. 

Ascorbic  Acid 150  mg. 

Thiamine  HCL  (B-1) 25  mg. 

Riboflavin  (B-2) 2 mg. 

Pyridoxine  HCL  (B-6) 10  mg. 


in  a special  base  of  prolonged 
therapeutic  effect. 

DOSE:  1 to  2 tablets  daily. 
AVAILABLE:  Bottles  of  100,  500. 


Immediate  Release 


LIPO-NICIN®/250  mg. 


Each  yellow  tablet  contains: 


Nicotinic  Acid  250  mg. 

Niacinamide 75  mg. 

Ascorbic  Acid 150  mg. 

Thiamine  HCL  (B-1) 25  mg. 

Riboflavin  (B-2) 2 mg. 

Pyridoxine  HCL  (B-6) 10  mg. 


DOSE:  1 to  3 tablets  daily. 
AVAILABLE:  Bottles  of  100,  500. 


LIPO-NICIN®/100  mg. 

Each  blue  tablet  contains: 

Nicotinic  Acid  100  mg. 

Niacinamide 75  mg. 

Ascorbic  Acid 150  mg. 

Thiamine  HCL  (B-1) 25  mg 

Riboflavin  (B-2) 2 mg 

Pyridoxine  HCL  (B-6) 10  mg. 

DOSE:  1 to  5 tablets  daily. 
AVAILABLE:  Bottles  of  100,  500. 


Indications:  For  use  as  a vasodi- 
lator in  the  symptoms  of  cold 
feet,  leg  cramps,  dizziness, 
memory  loss  or  tinnitus  when 
associated  with  impaired  peri- 
pheral circulation.  Also  provides 
concomitant  administration  of 
the  listed  vitamins.  The  warm 
tingling  flush  which  may  follow 
each  dose  of  LIPO-NICIN®  100 
mg.  or  250  mg.  is  one  of  the 
therapeutic  effects  that  often 
produce  psychological  benefits 
to  the  patient. 

Side  Effects:  Transient  flushing 
and  feeling  of  warmth  seldom  re- 
quire discontinuation  of  the  drug. 
Transient  headache,  itching  and 
tingling,  skin  rash,  allergies  and 
gastric  disturbance  may  occur. 
Contraindications:  Patients  with 
known  idiosyncrasy  to  nicotinic 
acid  or  other  components  of  the 
drug.  Use  with  caution  in  preg- 
nant patients  and  patients  with 
glaucoma,  severe  diabetes,  im- 
paired liver  function,  peptic  ul- 
cers, and  arterial  bleeding. 


Write  for  literature  and  samples 


(BWctiMfc  THE  BROWN  PHARMACEUTICAL  CO.,  INC. 

2500  West  Sixth  Street,  Los  Angeles,  California  90057  lW® 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  3— MARCH  1984 


( 


THE  ACADEMY  OF  MEDICINE  OF  NEW  JERSEY 

in  cooperation  with 

NEWARK  BETH  ISRAEL  MEDICAL  CENTER 

presents  a symposium  on 

‘NEONATAL  ULTRASOUND” 

on 

Saturday,  April  14,  1984 
at 

NEWARK  BETH  ISRAEL  MEDICAL  CENTER 
201  Lyons  Ave. 

Newark,  N.J. 

The  program  will  include  presentations  by  nationally 
prominent  speakers  on  ultrasound— principles  and 
safety;  early  pregnancy;  intra  and  extra  uterine;  placen- 
tal growth  and  grading:  fetal  echocardiography;  fetal 
anatomic  abnormalities;  neonatal  intracranial  anatomy 
and  hemorrhage;  pregnancy  dating  and  I.U.C.R.;  and 
routine  use  of  ultrasound— yes  or  no.  The  program  is 
designed  for  pediatricians,  gynecologists,  radiologists, 
primary  care  physicians,  and  other  interested  pro- 
fessionals. 

For  further  information,  please  contact: 

6emyo^  EXECUTIVE  OFFICES 

% The  Academy  of  Medicine  of  New  Jersey 
.c  wM&m  § Two  Princess  Road 

0 Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648 
of  New  Jersey  (609)  896-1717 


V LIKOFF  CARDIOVASCULAR  INSTITUTE 

of  Hahnemann  Medical  College  & Hospital 

230  N.  Broad  Street,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania  19102  (215)  448-8063 

CARDIOLOGY  UPDATE.  . . 

IS  DESIGNED  FOR  THE  PHYSICIAN  AND  PROVIDES  AN  INTENSIVE  SURVEY  OF  THE 
CURRENT  STATUS  OF  CLINICAL  CARDIOLOGY.  . . 

WEDNESDAY,  APRIL  4,  1984 

PERIPHERAL  VASCULAR  DISEASE 

MODERATOR:  ABDULMASSIH  S.  ISKANDRIAN,  M.D. 

3:00  CASE  PRESENTATION  Daniel  Mason,  M.D. 

3:30  DIAGNOSIS  AND  MANGEMENT  OF  DISSECTING  ANEURYSM  Harold  Kay,  M.D. 
4:00  ABDOMINAL  AORTIC  ANEURYSM:  DIAGNOSIS  AND 
INDICATIONS  FOR  SURGERY 
4:30  THE  ASYMPTOMATIC  CAROTID  BRUIT 
5:00  PERIPHERAL  VASCULAR  DISEASE:  DIAGNOSIS  AND 
MANAGEMENT 
5:30  PANEL  DISCUSSION 


LECTURE  HALL  “A”— 2nd  floor  New  College  Building,  Hahnemann  University 
15th  and  Vine  Streets,  Philadelphia,  PA 

• NO  REGISTRATION  FEE  • NO  ADVANCE  REGISTRATION  REQUIRED  • 
• CME  CATEGORY  I CREDITS  CERTIFIED  • 

**WINE  & CHEESE  SERVED  FOLLOWING  CONFERENCE** 


Sheldon  R.  Bender,  M.D. 
Joseph  R.  Carver,  M.D. 

David  Naide,  M.D. 


THE  ACADEMY  OF  MEDICINE  OF  NEW  JERSEY- 
ORTHOPAEDIC  SECTION 
THE  NEW  JERSEY  ORTHOPAEDIC  SOCIETY 
UMDNJ-N.J.  MEDICAL  SCHOOL— ORTHOPAEDIC  DIVISION 
ST.  JOSEPH’S  HOSPITAL  AND  MEDICAL  CENTER- 
ORTHOPAEDIC  DEPARTMENT 
present  the 

NINTH  ANNUAL 

N.J.  ORTHOPAEDIC  SYMPOSIUM 

on 

Saturday,  April  7,  1984 
8:00  A. M. -4:00  P.M. 
at 

UMDNJ-RUTGERS  MEDICAL  SCHOOL 
Piscataway,  NJ 

The  program  will  include  presentations  by  nationally 
prominent  speakers  on  long  term  results  of  total  con- 
dylar knee  arthroplasty;  revision  total  hip  surgery;  the 
girdlestone  operation  revisited;  complications  in  the 
treatment  of  congenital  hip  disorders  under  walking 
age;  treatment  of  painful  hip  in  the  young  adult;  early 
diagnosis  of  avascular  necrosis  of  the  femoral  head  and 
some  approaches  to  treatment;  posterior  syndromes  of 
the  ankle  in  classical  ballet  dancers;  as  well  as  abstract 
presentations  by  New  Jersey  Orthopaedists. 

For  further  information,  please  contact: 

MS.  LINDA  BAFSTOLO 

^ %.  The  Academy  of  Medicine  of  New  Jersey 

§ Two  Princess  Road 


O 
<D 

0 Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648 


of  New  Jersey 


(609)  896-1717 


240 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


CME  CALENDAR 


The  following  is  a list  of 
continuing  medical 
education  courses  for  the 
next  two  months.  Contact 
the  sponsor for further 
information. 


This  list  is  compiled  through  the  coop- 
eration of  the  Committee  on  Medical 
Education  of  the  Medical  Society  of  New 
Jersey,  the  Academy  of  Medicine  of  New 
Jersey,  the  New  Jersey  Chapter  of  the 
American  Academy  of  Family  Phy- 
sicians, and  the  Office  of  Continuing 
Medical  Education  of  the  UMDNJ.  For 
information  on  accreditation,  please 
contact  the  sponsoring  organization (s), 
indicated  by  italics — last  line  of  each 
item. 

ANESTHESIOLOGY 

Apr. 

16  Pain  Therapy 

11:30  A.M.-  12:30  P.M. —Columbus 
Hospital,  Newark 
(AMNJ) 

CARDIOLOGY 

Apr. 

1 Cardiac  Doppler 

28  Quantitative  Echocardiography 

29  Left  Ventricular  Function  by  M - 
Mode,  2D,  and  Doppler 
Echocardiography 

9 A.M.-  5:30  P.M. —Nassau  Inn, 
Princeton 

(Practical  Diagnostic  Ultrasound 
Seminars  and  AMNJ) 

1 7 Management  of  Unstable  Angina 

12  noon — St.  Mary’s  Hospital, 
Orange 
(AMNJ) 

25  Management  of  Acute  Myocardial 
Infarction 

1 -2:30  P.M. — VA  Medical  Ctr.,  Lyons 
(VA  Medical  Ctr.  and  AMNJ) 

May 

2 Recent  Advances  in 
Echocardiology 


1 2:30  P.M. —Christ  Hospital.  Jersey 
City 

(Christ  Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

2 Cardiovascular  Evaluation  and 
Treatment  of  Patients  with 
Recurrent  Syncope 

9-1  1 P.M  — Middlesex  General 
Hospital,  New  Brunswick 
(Middlesex  General-University 
Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

5 Advanced  Echocardiography 

6 9A.M  5 P.M. —Center  for  Health 
Affairs,  Princeton 

(The  National  Foundation  for  Non 
invasive  Diagnostics  and  AMNJ) 

19  Prosthetic  Cardiac  Valves 

20  Summary  of  M-Mode,  2D,  and 
Doppler  Echo  Features  for 
Acquired  and  Congenital  Cardiac 
Lesions 

9 A.M.  5:30  P.M. —Nassau  Inn, 
Princeton 

(Practical  Diagnostic  Ultrasound 
Seminars  and  AMNJ) 

MEDICINE 

Apr. 

2 Laser  Treatment— GI 

1 :30  P.M. —Columbus  Hospital, 
Newark 
(AMNJ) 

4  Medical  Grand  Rounds 

1 1:30  AM— VA  Medical  Center, 

East  Orange 

(Endocrinology  Section.  AMNJ) 

4  Common  Foot  Problems 
1 8 Acne 

1 :30-2:30  P.M. — Rutgers 
Community  Health  Plan,  57  U.S. 
Hwy  # 1 , New  Brunswick 
(Rutgers  Community  Health  Plan 
and  AMNJ) 

4 Alcoholism 

1 :30  P.M. —Essex  County  Hospital 
Ctr.,  Cedar  Grove 
(AMNJ) 

4 Antibiotic  Nephrotoxicity 

1-2:30  P.M.— VA  Medical  Center, 
Lyons 

(VA  Medical  Center  and  AMNJ) 

4 Hypertension  in  the  Elderly 
25  Paget’s  Disease 

1-2:30  P.M. —Christ  Hospital,  Jersey 
City 

(Christ  Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

4 Cutaneous  Manifestations  of 
Systemic  Diseases 

1 1 Medical  Treatment  of  Gallbladder 
Disease 

1 8  Osteoporosis  and  Kidney  Stones 
25  The  Powerful  New  Role  of 

Monoclonal  Antibodies  in  Medical 
Diagnosis  and  Treatment 

9-1 1 A.M.— Middlesex  General- 
University  Hospital,  New  Brunswick 
(Middlesex  General-University 
Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

4 Endocrine  Conferences 

1 1 3:30-5  P.M  — Rotates  between 

18  Newark  Beth  Israel  Med.  Ctr., 

25  University  Hospital,  and  United 

Hospitals  Medical  Ctr.,  Newark,  and 
VA  Medical  Center,  East  Orange 
(Endocrinology  Section.  AMNJ) 

5 Medical  Grand  Rounds 
9:30  A.M.— Newark  Beth  Israel 


Medical  Ctr. 

(Endocrinology  Section.  AMNJ) 

5 Psychosocial  Care  and 
Unorthodox  Cancer  Therapies 

4-6  P.M. —Institute  for  Medical 
Research,  Copewood  St.,  Camden 
(Institute  for  Medical  Research  and 
AMNJ) 

6 Medical  Grand  Rounds 

1 1 :30  A.M.— University  Hospital, 
Newark 

(Endocrinology  Section.  AMNJ) 

6  Renal  Conferences  in  Nephrology 

20  4-5  P.M. —University  Hospital. 

Newark 

(Nephrology  Society  of  NJ  and 
Nephrology  Section,  AMNJ) 

1 2 Nutritional  Support  of 
Hospitalized  Patients 

1 9  The  Conditioning  of  Athletes 

1 1 A.M.— St.  Joseph's  Hospital  and 
Medical  Center,  Paterson 
(St.  Joseph's  Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

1 3 Controversies  in  the  Management 
of  Otitis  Media 

8-9:30  A.M.— Overlook  Hospital, 
Summit 

(Overlook  Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

17  Laser  Treatment  of  Massive 
Gastrointestinal  Hemorrhage 

1 1 A M - 12  noon — Greystone  Park 
Psychiatric  Hospital 
(Greystone  Park  Psychiatric 
Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

17  Renal  Osteodystrophy 

4-5  P.M. —Academic  Health  Science 
Ctr.,  New  Brunswick 
(UMDNJ -Rutgers  Medical  School 
and  AMNJ) 

1 8 Substance  Abuse  and  Misuse 

8:30  A.M.-  1 P.M.— Medical  Society  of 
New  Jersey,  Lawrenceville 
(NJ  State  Department  of  Health. 
MSNJ.  and  AMNJ) 

1 8 Dermatological  Conference 

6-9  P.M. —Rutgers  Community 
Health  Plan,  57  U.S.  Hwy.  # 1 , New 
Brunswick 
(UMDNJ  and  AMNJ) 

1 9 Perception  of  Pulmonary  Lesions 

1:30-5  P.M. —Saint  Barnabas 
Medical  Ctr.,  Livingston 
(Saint  Barnabas  Medical  Ctr.  and 
AMNJ) 

24  How  Scientific  Is  Modem 
Medicine? 

7:30-8:30  P.M.— Ramada  Inn,  Exit 
135,  Garden  State  Parkway 
(Nephrology  Section  of  NJ  and 
AMNJ) 

26  Renal  Hemodynamics  of 
Hypertension 

1 1 A.M.-  12:30  P.M. —St.  Joseph’s 
Hospital,  Paterson 
(St.  Joseph's  Hospital  and  Medical 
Center  and  AMNJ) 

26  Regional  Hospital  Meeting 

8-10  P.M. —Overlook  Hospital, 
Summit 

(NJ  Gastroenterological  Society 
and  AMNJ) 

May 

1 Strokes,  C.V.A.— Post  and  Rehab 

Care 

1 1 A.M.  12  noon — Greystone  Park 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  3— MARCH  1984 


241 


The  Academy  of  Medicine  of  New  Jersey 
The  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
The  N.J.  State  Department  of  Health 

present  a symposium  on 

"SUBSTANCE  ABUSE  AND  MISUSE’" 

on 

WEDNESDAY,  APRIL  18,  1984 
9:00  A. M. -1:00  P.M. 


at 

MSNJ  HEADQUARTERS  BUILDING 
Lawrenceville,  N.J. 


The  program  will  include  presentations  by  nationally  promi- 
nent speakers  on  current  concepts  in  the  diagnosis  and  treat- 
ment of  substance  abuse  disorders,  update  on  cocaine  abuse 
and  prescription  drug  abuse  as  well  as  other  pertinent  topics. 
The  program  is  designed  for  physicians  and  all  other  health 
care  providers  who  have  encountered  or  do  encounter  any  of 
these  problems  in  their  professional  work. 


For  further  information,  please  contact: 
EXECUTIVE  OFFICES 


of  New  Jersey 


The  Academy  of  Medicine 
New  Jersey 
Two  Princess  Road 
Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648 
Phone:  (609)  896-1717 


of 


Update  in  Occupational  Medicine 

Jefferson  Medical  College 
Department  of  Medicine 
May  1=3,  1984 

18  Hours  Category  I 
AMA  Continuing  Education  Credit 

Fee:  $125.00  per  day  or  $325.00  for  full  3 days 

Topics  to  be  included: 

Biological  Monitoring,  Health  Promotion 
Occupational  Pulmonary  Diseases  and 
Ergonomics 


To  obtain  a brochure  and  enrollment  form  please 
contact: 

Cynthia  Papaleo 
Department  of  Medicine 
Jefferson  Medical  College 
1025  Walnut  Street 
Philadelphia,  PA  19107 
(215)  928-8787 


APRIL 

4/3-10/16 


MAY 


NftJ 


Post-Graduate 
Medical  School 


4/26-4/28 

f 

5/3-5Z5 

5/10-5/13 

5/19-5/20 

5/19-5/20 

5/19-5/20 


JUNE 

6/4-6Z6 

6/4 

6/5-6Z9 

6/11-6/15 
6/23  & 6/24 

6/25-6/28 

AUGUST 

8/27-8/31 

FOR  INFORMATION 


Emergency  Medicine  Board  Review 
(Tuesdays,  4-7  P.M.) 
Update  in  Dermatology 

The  Medicolegal  Autopsy 
CT  of  the  Spine  (Grand  Hyatt  Hotel) 
Review  of  Basic  Sciences  in  Urology 
Proficiency  in  Cytopathology 
Practical  Management  of  Gynecologic 
Endocrine  Disorders  and  Infertility 

Obstetrical  Ultrasound 
Interventional  Radiology  and  Digital  Imaging 
Computed  Tomography 
Head  to  Toe  with  MRI 
Emergency  Medicine 
Chymopapain  I & II 
(2  intensive  1 day  sessions) 
Pediatric  and  Adolescent  Medicine 

Radiation  Physics  and  Biology 

NYU  Post-Graduate  Medical  School 
550  First  Avenue,  New  York,  N.Y.  10016 
(212)  340-5295  (24  hr.  service) 


Jefferson 
Medical  College 
of 

Thomas  Jefferson  University 


presents 

2ND  ANNUAL  UPDATE  IN  INTERNAL  MEDICINE 

May  16-18,  1984 
at 

The  Hershey  Philadelphia  Hotel 

A three  day  intensive  symposium  sponsored  by  the 
Department  of  Medicine,  Jefferson  Medical  College, 

1 025  Walnut  Street,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. 

/?A(CME^  app roved : 20  credit  hours  in  Category  I 
Willis  C.  Maddrey,  M.D.  Program  Director 
John  H Martin,  M.D  Associate  Director 

A registration  fee  of  $375.00  includes  course  syllabus, 
continental  breakfasts,  coffee  breaks,  luncheons  and  a reception-dinner. 


For  information  and  registration, 
call  the  Office  of  CME  at  (215)  928-6992. 


242 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Psychiatric  Hospital 
(Greystone  Park  Psychiatric 
Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

2  Medical  Grand  Rounds 

II  1:30  A.M.— VA  Medical  Center, 

East  Orange 

(Endocrinology  Section,  AMNJ) 

2  Nephrotoxicity  of  Common  Drugs 

1:30-2:30  P.M. —Essex  County 
Hospital,  Cedar  Grove 
(AMNJ) 

2 William  P.  Burpeau  Award  Dinner 
and  Memorial  Lecture 

6:30  P.M.— The  Manor,  West  Orange 
(Urology  Section.  AMNJ) 

2 Occupational  Medicine  for  the 
Primary  Physician 
30  Cancer  Emergencies 

1 :30-2:30  P.M. —Rutgers 
Community  Health  Plan,  57  U.S. 
Hwy.  #1,  New  Brunswick 
(Rutgers  Community  Health  Plan 
and  AMNJ) 

2 Endocrine  Conferences 

9 3:30-5  P.M.— Rotates  between 
16  Newark  Beth  Israel  Medical  Ctr„ 

23  University  Hospital,  Newark,  and 
30  United  Hospitals  Medical  Ctr., 

Newark,  and  VA  Medical  Ctr.,  East 
Orange 

(Endocrinology  Section,  AMNJ) 

3  Fever  of  Unknown  Origin  in  the 
1980s 

24  Carcinoma  of  the  Colon 

1 1 A.M.— St.  Joseph's  Hospital, 
Paterson 

(St.  Joseph's  Hospital  and  Medical 
Center  and  AMNJ) 

3  Recurrent  Abdominal  Pain 

9 AM.— Freehold  Area  Hospital 
(AMNJ) 

3 Medical  Grand  Rounds 

9:30  A.M.— Newark  Beth  Israel 
Medical  Ctr. 

(Endocrinology  Section.  AMNJ) 

3 Chemotherapy 

4-6  P.M.— Institute  for  Medical 
Research,  Copewood  Street, 

Camden 

(Institute for  Medical  Research  and 
AMNJ) 

3-  218th  Annual  Meeting 

6 Resorts  International,  Atlantic  City 
(Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
and  AMNJ) 

4  Medical  Grand  Rounds 

1 1:30  A.M.— University  Hospital, 
Newark 

(Endocrinology  Section,  AMNJ) 

4  Renal  Conferences  in  Nephrology 

18  4-5  P.M. — UMDNJ-University 

Hospital,  Newark 
(Nephrology  Society  of  NJ  and 
Nephrology  Section.  AMA) 

8 Principles  of  Hyperalimentation 
in  Trauma  Patients 

7-9  A.M.— Hackensack  Medical 
Center 

(Hackensack  Medical  Center  and 
AMNJ) 

15  Newer  Concepts  in  CPR 

1 2:00  noon— St.  Maiy’s  Hospital, 
Orange 
(AMNJ) 

1 5 Drugs  and  Water  Metabolism 


4-5  P.M. —Academic  Health  Science 
Ctr.,  Rm.  393,  New  Brunswick 
(UMDNJ  and  AMNJ) 

27 

15 

Renal  Hormone  Resistant  States 

9- 

7-8  P.M  — Ramada  Inn,  Clark 
(Nephrology  Society  of  NJ  and 
AMNJ) 

13 

15 

AIDS/Herpes 

29 

Clinical  Treatment  of  Headache 

1 1 A.M.-  12  noon — Greystone  Park 
Psychiatric  Hospital 
(Greystone  Park  Psychiatric 

11 

Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

11 

16 

Drugs,  Alcohol,  and  Pregnant 
Women 

8:30  A.M.-  3:15  P.M.— Monmouth 
Medical  Ctr.,  Long  Branch 
(Div.  of  Alcoholism,  NJ  State  Dept. 

of  Health  and  AMNJ) 

16 

16 

Dermatological  Conferences 

6-9  P.M. —Rutgers  Community 
Health  Plan,  57  U.S.  Hwy.  # 1 , New 
Brunswick 

(UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School 

18 

and  AMNJ) 

25 

16 

Modern  Medical  Genetics 

23 

Diseases  of  Mucous  Membrane 

10:30-12  noon— St.  Maiy’s 

Hospital,  Passaic 

(St.  Mary’s  Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

19 

17 

Newer  Concepts  in  Sarcoidosis 

5-6:30  P.M. —Somerset  Medical 
Center,  Somerville 
(Somerset  Medical  Center  and 
AMNJ) 

Clinical  Concerns  in 
Hemodialysis  Patients 

May 

o 

18 

8:15  A.M.-  5 P.M. 

z 

19 

8 A.M.-  1 P.M.— New  York  Hilton 
Hotel,  New  York  City 
(Nephrology  Society  of  NJ  and 
AMNJ) 

30 

Gastrointestinal  Bleeding 

10:30  A.M.-  12  noon— St.  Mary’s 
Hospital,  Passaic 
(AMNJ) 

2 

16 

30 

30 

Hepatic  Metabolic  Complications 
of  Alcoholism 

1-2:30  P.M.— VA  Medical  Ctr.,  Lyons 
Bldg.  93 

3 

10 

17 

31 

(VA  Medical  Ctr.  and  AMNJ) 

31 

How  To  Live  To  Be  100 

1 1 A.M.— St.  Joseph’s  Hospital, 
Paterson 

(St.  Joseph's  Hospital  and  Medical 

Center  and  AMNJ) 

4 

NEUROLOGY/PSYCHIATRY 

11 

Apr. 

18 

2 

Identity  Disorder  Versus 

25 

Borderline  Personality 

8:15-10:30  P.M.-  5 Fairfield  St., 
Montclair 

(Essex  Psychiatric  Seminar  and 
AMNJ) 

7 

5 

Behavior  Medicine  and 

Biofeedback 

7 

12 

Treatment  Issues  of  the  Depressed 

14 

Woman 

21 

19 

Cross-Cultural  Psychiatry 

12  noon-1  P.M. —Carrier 

28 

Foundation,  Belle  Mead 
(Carrier  Foundation  and  AMNJ) 

9 

6 

Psychiatric  Lecture  Series 

13 

1:30-5  P.M. —Trenton  Psychiatric 

Hospital 

(Trenton  Psychiatric  Hospital  and 
AMNJ) 

Developmental-Behavioral 
Disorders:  Update  1984 

Glenpointe  Hotel,  Teaneck 
(Hackensack  Medical  Center  and 
AMNJ) 

The  Sleepless  Patient 

9: 1 5 A M.-  4:30  P.M. —Carrier 
Foundation,  Belle  Mead 
(Carrier  Foundation  and  AMNJ) 

Update  in  Psychosomatic 
Medicine 

2-5  P.M.,  7-9  P.M.— Stony  Hill  Inn, 
Hackensack 

(North  Jersey  Psychiatric  Society 
and  AMNJ) 

Principles  of  Child  Psychotherapy 

8:30- 1 0:30  P.M  — 30 1 Broad  Ave., 
Englewood 

(NJ Psychoanalytic  Society  and 
AMNJ) 

Group  Therapy 

2-3  P.M.— Ancora  Psychiatric 
Hospital,  Hammonton 
(Ancora  Psychiatric  Hospital  and 
AMNJ) 

Controversies  and  Pitfalls  in 
Modern  Sex  Therapy 

5-6:30  P.M. —Somerset  Medical 
Center,  Somerville 
(Somerset  Medical  Center  and 
AMNJ) 


Epilepsy-Classification  and  New 
Treatment 

10:30  A.M.-  12  noon — St.  Mary's 
Hospital,  Passaic 
(AMNJ) 

Group  Therapy 

2-3  P.M.— Ancora  Psychiatric 
Hospital 

(Ancora  Psychiatric  Hospital  and 
AMNJ) 

The  Hypochondriacal  Patient 
Adolescents  and  Families  with 
Drug  and  Alcohol  Problems 
Medication  Treatment  of  Phobias 
ECT:  Sine  v Pulse  Wave  and  Other 
New  Developments 
12  noon-1  P.M.— Carrier 
Foundation,  Belle  Mead 
(Carrier  Foundation  and  AMNJ) 
Psychiatric  Lecture  Series 
1:30-5  P.M. —Trenton  Psychiatric 
Hospital 

(Trenton  Psychiatric  Hospital  and 
AMNJ) 

Effect  of  Porno  Pictures  on  Sexual 
Compulsion  of  a 5 -Year-Old  Child 

8:15-10:30  P.M.—  9 Marquette 
Road,  Montclair 

(Essex  Psychiatric  Seminar  and 
AMNJ) 

Psychotherapies 

1-3  P.M. —Ancora  Psychiatric 
Hospital 

(Ancora  Psychiatric  Hospital  and 
AMNJ) 

Convulsive  Seizures 

1 -2:30  P.M. —Christ  Hospital,  Jersey 
City 

(Christ  Hospital  and  AMNJ) 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  3— MARCH  1984 


243 


ACUPUNCTURE  IN  CLINICAL  PRACTICE 


N Y.  State  Boards  of  Medicine  & Dentistry  25-hour  accredited 
seminar  and  workshop  on  the  latest  theories  & techniques  of 
manual  and  electro-acupuncture,  applicable  toward  the  200- 
hour  requirement  for  certification,  will  be  given  for  licensed 
clinicians  (with  or  without  prior  training)  during  the  weekend  of 
March  23-25,  1984  and  again  the  weekend  of  May  25-27,  1984 
at  the  Barbizon  Plaza  Hotel,  New  York  City.  Co-sponsored  by 
the  International  College  of  Acupuncture  & Electro-Therapeu- 
tics, its  official  journal  (published  by  Pergamon  Press)  the  Heart 
Disease  Research  Foundation  and  the  Neuroscience  Dept,  of 
Long  Island  College  Hospital,  Pharmacology  Dept,  of  The  Chi- 
cago Medical  School.  Also  eligible  for  AMA/CME  credit.  For 
information,  contact  Y.  Omura,  M.D.,  ScD.,  800  Riverside  Drive 
(8-1),  NYC  10032.  Tel:  (212)  781-6262  or  (212)  WA8-0658,  or 
Saul  Heller,  M.D.,  Tel:  (212)  838-7514. 


TAX  PREPARATION  AND  PLANNING 

• Individual,  Partnership,  Corporate,  Business,  Estate 
Services 

• Expert  Services 

• Federal,  Any  State,  Foreign  Taxes  of  any  type 

• All  Year  Service 

• Audit  Representation 

• Tax  Planning  and  Reduction 

• In  Home  or  In  Office  Service 

H.  Michael  Zukowski 
(201)  945-8443 


Want  to  expand  your  practice? 

we  are 

SPECIALISTS 

in 

PUBLIC  RELATIONS 

FOR  THE  MEDICAL  PROFESSION 

for  a confidential  interview  call  — 

(201)  531-7080 

phyllis  kessel  associates 

780  West  Park  Avenue,  Oakhurst,  N.J.  07755 


Doctors:  Write  your  own  prescription 

to  cure  insurance  pains  . . . 

Prescription 

Prescription 

Name  MSNJ  Member 

X 

Name 

Address 

MSNJ  Group 

Blue  Cross/Blue  Shield 
Major  Medical  and 
Dental  Insurance 

that  provides: 

- Flexible  plans 

- Comprehensive  benefits 

- Low,  competitive  rates 

- Centralized  Administration 

Designed  and  Administered  by 

(DONALD  F SMITH (V ASSOCIATES) 

Phone 

Please  send  more  information 
on  the  MSNJ 

□ Blue  Cross/Blue  Shield  Program 

□ Major  Medical  Program 

□ Group  Dental  Program 

Return  to: 

Donald  F.  Smith  & Associates 
One  Airport  Place,  Route  206  North 
P.O.  Box  2197, 

' Princeton,  New  Jersey  08540 

| (609)  924-8700,  (201)  622-6046 

244 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


1 5 Adolescent  Health  and  Illness 

16  9 A.M.-  4:30  P.M— Carrier 
Foundation,  Belle  Mead 
(Carrier  Foundation  andAMNJ) 

1 7 Aspects  of  Manic-Depressive 
Illness 

8-10  P.M.— Hackensack  Medical  Ctr. 
(NJ  Psychoanalytic  Society  and 
AMNJ) 

2 1 Principles  of  Child  Psychotherapy 

8:30-10:30  P.M.-  301  Broad  St., 
Englewood 

(NJ  Psychoanalytic  Society  and 
AMNJ) 

22  Family  Therapies 

1-3  P.M.— Ancora  Psychiatric 
Hospital 

(Ancora  Psychiatric  Hospital  and 
AMNJ) 

OBSTETRICS/GYNECOLOGY 

Apr. 

1  Contraception  Today:  Improving 
the  Results,  Reducing  the 
Concerns 

9  A.M.- 12  noon— Princeton 
Scanticon  Conference  Ctr., 
Princeton 

(UMDNJ  and  AMNJ) 

PATHOLOGY 

Apr. 

1 1 Pathology  Grand  Rounds 

10:30  A.M.-12  noon— St.  Mary’s 
Hospital,  Passaic 
(St  Mary's  Hospital  andAMNJ) 

1 2 Radio-labeled  Antibodies  for 
Cancer  Detection  and  Therapy 

4-6  P.M.— Institute  for  Medical 
Research,  Copewood  St.,  Camden 
(Institute for  Medical  Research  and 
AMNJ) 

May 

9  Pathology  Grand  Rounds 

10:30-12  noon— St.  Mary’s 
Hospital,  Passaic 
(St  Mary's  Hospital  andAMNJ) 

PEDIATRICS 

Apr. 

5  Hematonia  and  Proteinuria  in 
Children 

9 AM.— Freehold  Area  Hospital 
(AMNJ) 

16  Pediatric  Lecture  Series 

12  noon-1  P.M.— The  Mountainside 
Hospital,  Montclair 
(The  Mountainside  Hospital  and 
AMNJ) 

25  Pediatric  Allergy 

10:30  AM.- 12  noon — St.  Mary’s 
Hosptial,  Passaic 
(St  Mary's  Hospital  andAMNJ) 

May 

10  Pediatric  Malignant  Diseases 

4-6  P.M.— Institute  for  Medical 
Research,  Copewood  Street, 

Camden 

(Institute for  Medical  Research  and 
AMNJ) 

18  Changing  Concepts  in  the 
Treatment  of  Seizures 


8-9:30  A.M.— Overlook  Hospital, 
Summit 

(Overlook  Hospital  andAMNJ) 

2 1 Outcome  of  High-Risk  Infants 

12  noon-1  P.M.— The  Mountainside 
Hospital,  Montclair 
(The  Mountainside  Hospital  and 
AMNJ) 

RADIOLOGY 

Apr. 

7 Real-Time,  Cross-Sectional 

8 Sector  Scanning 

9 A.M.-  5 P.M.— Center  for  Health 
Affairs,  Princeton 
(The  National  Foundation  for  Non- 
invaslve Diagnostics  andAMNJ) 

12  Invasive  Fetal  Therapy 

8:30-9:30  P.M.— Saint  Barnabas 
Medical  Ctr. 

(New  Jersey  Institute  of  Ultrasound 
in  Medicine  andAMNJ) 

18  Pathogenesis,  Diagnosis,  and 
Management  of  Type  II  Diabetes 

1-2:30  P.M. — VA  Medical  Center, 
Lyons 

(VA  Medical  Center  andAMNJ) 

19  Radiology  Meeting 

7:30-10  P.M.— Saint  Barnabas 
Medical  Ctr.,  Livingston 
(Radiological  Society  of  NJ  and 
Diagnostic  Radiology  Section, 
AMNJ) 

26  Radiation  Therapy:  Current 
Practice  and  Future  Potential 

4-6  P.M.— Institute  for  Medical 
Research,  Copewood  St.,  Camden 
(Institute for  Medical  Research  and 
AMNJ) 

May 

16  Dinner  Meeting 

6:30  P.M. —The  Manor,  West  Orange 
(Radiotherapy  Section,  AMNJ) 

17  Combined  Meeting 
7:30-10  P.M.— Saint  Barnabas 
Medical  Ctr.,  Livingston 

(NJ  Institute  of  Ultrasound, 
Radiological  Society  of  NJ,  and 
Diagnostic  Radiology  Section, 
AMNJ) 

24  Forensic  Radiology 

1:30-5  P.M.— Saint  Barnabas 
Medical  Ctr.,  Livingston 
(Saint  Barnabas  Medical  Ctr.  and 
AMNJ) 


SURGERY 

Apr. 

4 In  and  Out  Surgery 

10:30  AM.-  12  noon— St.  Maiy’s 
Hospital 
(AMNJ) 

4 Surgical  Departmental 
1 1 Conferences 

18  8:30  A.M.- 10  A.M.— Rutgers  Medical 

25  School,  New  Brunswick 
(UMDNJ  and  AMNJ) 

1 0  Current  Approach  to  Management 
of  Thromboembolism 

7-9  A.M.— Hackensack  Medical 
Center 

(Hackensack  Medical  Center  and 
AMNJ) 


May 

2 Surgical  Departmental 

9 Conferences 

16  8:30-10  A.M.— Rutgers  Medical 

23  School,  Medical  Education  Bldg., 

30  New  Brunswick 

(UMDNJ  and  AMNJ) 

16  Common  Outpatient  Surgical 
Problems 

1 :30-2:30  P.M.— Community  Health 
Plan,  New  Brunswick 
(Rutgers  Community  Health  Plan 
and  AMNJ) 

30  Surgical  Nutrition 

I -2:30  P.M. —Christ  Hospital,  Jersey 
City 

(Christ  Hospital  andAMNJ) 

SURGICAL  SPECIALTIES 
Apr. 

5 Vascular  Surgical  Rounds 

12  4-5  P.M. —Rutgers  Medical  School, 

19  New  Brunswick 
26  (UMDNJ  and  AMNJ) 

6 Second  Annual 
Meeting— Delaware  Valley 
Vascular  Society 

8 Caesars  Boardwalk  Regency, 
Atlantic  City 

(Delaware  Valley  Vascular  Society 
and  UMDNJ) 

7 9th  Annual  Orthopaedic 
Symposium 

8  AM.— UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical 

School  Newark 

(AMNJ) 

1 1  Yag  Laser  Use  In  Ophthalmology 

1-2:30  P.M.— Christ  Hospital,  Jersey 
City 

(Christ  Hospital  andAMNJ) 

1 8 Biliary  Tract  Surgery 

10:30a.M.-  12  noon— St.  Mary’s 
Hospital,  Passaic 
(St.  Mary's  Hospital  andAMNJ) 

26  Glaucoma:  A Compendium  of 
Diseases 

8-10  P.M.— Bergen  County  Medical 

Society,  Hackensack 

(Med,  Women's  Assoc.  andAMNJ) 

May 

3  Vascular  Surgical  Rounds 

10  4-5  P.M.— Rutgers  Medical  School, 

17  Medical  Education  Bldg.,  New 
24  Brunswick 

31  (UMDNJ  and  AMNJ) 

MISCELLANEOUS 

Apr. 

3 Computers  in  Medicine 

I I A.M.-  12  noon— Greystone  Park 
Psychiatric  Hospital 
(Greystone  Park  Psychiatric 
Hospital  andAMNJ) 

May 

1 Computers  in  Medicine 

7:30  P.M.— Burdette  Tomlin 

Mem.  Hosp.,  Cape  May  Court  House 

(AMNJ) 

1 0  Patient  Advocacy  Issues  Two 
Years  Later 

12  noon-1  P.M  — Carrier 
Foundation,  Belle  Mead 
(Carrier  Foundation  andAMNJ) 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  3— MARCH  1984 


245 


WORD 
TO  THE 
WHYS 


WHYAMA? 


- - » sassaja 

cal  Educator .hrough^ ts 
AMA. 

WHY  AMA?  The  AMA  Pr0^!iSse\?d?rgut?s°uesrn 

Ssfssislss='= 

TO  Join.  Contact  CWcW. 

SSSSJSSSX..  (312)  251-61* 


M 


O/cM- 


246 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Letters  to  the 
Editor 


Pulmonary  Edema 
Complicating  Epiglottitis; 
Temporary  Vocal  Cord 
Paralysis;  Total 
Mastectomy  versus  Partial 
Mastectomy  and  Radiation 
Therapy;  Amyloidosis 


Pulmonary  Edema 
Complicating  Epiglottitis 

November  22,  1983 
Dear  Doctor  Krosniek: 

Our  attention  was  drawn  to  the 
article  by  Dr.  Blankson  (November 
1983)  on  pulmonary  edema  com- 
plicating epiglottitis.  We  would  like 
to  comment  that  although  the  com- 
plication is  interesting  from  a 
pathophysiological  point  of  view  this 
should  not  distract  the  reader  from 
appreciating  the  fact  that  mis- 
management of  the  acute  airway 
problem  probably  led  to  the  develop- 
ment of  the  pulmonaiy  edema. 

Where  the  diagnosis  of  epiglottitis 
is  suspected  the  only  foreign  body 
which  should  be  inserted  into  the 
mouth  would  be  a cautiously  in- 
serted laryngoscope  under  con- 
trolled anesthetized  conditions  im- 
mediately prior  to  intubation.  The 
route  of  intubation  following 
pharyngo-laryngeal  inspection 
should  be  oral,  initially,  and  only 
after  a satisfactory  orotracheal  air- 
way has  been  established  should  the 
substitution  of  a nasotracheal  tube 
be  considered. 

Having  to  resort  to  establishing  an 
airway  by  emergency  tracheotomy 
would  appear  to  indicate  the  occur- 
rence of  serious  hypoxic-obstructive 


problems,  which  makes  the  develop- 
ment of  the  subsequent  complica- 
tion no  surprise.  The  rapid  resolu- 
tion of  the  pulmonary  edema,  we  be- 
lieve, would  support  this  contention, 
(signed)  W.  Eric  Scott,  M.D.,  Head 
Division  of  Critical  Care  Medicine 
Cooper  Hospital/ 
Univ.  Medical  Center 

Carolyn  Bekes,  M.D. 

Director,  Intensive  Care  Unit 
Cooper  Hospital/ 
Univ.  Medical  Center 

December  9,  1983 
Dear  Doctor  Krosniek: 

I have  read  with  much  interest  the 
letter  of  Dr.  Scott  and  Dr.  Bekes  in 
reply  to  my  article  on  pulmonary 
edema  complicating  epiglottitis.  It  is 
quite  pretentious  of  them  to  suggest 
that  the  pulmonary  edema  may  have 
been  caused  by  mismanagement!  In 
the  first  place,  I do  not  know  where 
they  got  this  impression  from.  In  the 
second  place,  they  are  asserting  by 
their  claim  that  the  5 to  6 percent 
of  epiglottitis  that  develops 
pulmonary  edema  is  due  to  mis- 
management. They  either  may  not 
be  familiar  with  the  entity  I de- 
scribed or  have  chosen  to  ignore  it 
since  it  was  first  described  in  1977. 
As  a matter  of  fact,  some  authors 
have  proposed  that  this  type  of 
pulmonary  edema  is  caused  by  the 
relief  of  intrapulmonary  pressure  by 
the  endotracheal  intubation. 

The  duration  of  treatment  of  non- 
eardiae  pulmonary  edema  cannot  be 
taken  as  proof  of  the  cause  of  the 
edema.  The  short  duration  of  treat- 
ment of  my  patient  is  no  proof  of 
anything,  except  the  elimination  of 
the  obstruction  and  the  concomi- 
tant hypoxia  which  together,  I be- 
lieve, may  cause  the  pulmonary 
edema  of  airway  obstruction. 

The  patient  in  my  report  was  not 
mismanaged  and  pulmonary  edema 
due  to  upper  airway  obstruction  ex- 
ists. I suggest  to  Dr.  Scott  and  Dr. 
Bekes  that  they  consult  the  referen- 
ces to  the  original  article. 

(signed)  Victor  N.  Blankson,  M.D. 

Temporary  Vocal  Cord 
Paralysis 

December  15,  1983 
Dear  Doctor  Krosniek: 

On  December  13,  1983,  I exam- 
ined the  patient  with  the  temporary 


vocal  cord  paralysis  (J  Med  Soe  NJ 
80:841,  1983). 

On  indirect  laryngoscopy,  he 
moves  both  cords  well.  I hope  this  is 
an  adequate  reply  to  Dr.  Lawrence  J. 
Pizzo’s  query,  and  we  thus  establish 
definitely  the  temporary  nature  of 
the  left  vocal  cord  paralysis. 

(signed)  Nicholas  J.  Demos,  M.D. 

Total  Mastectomy  v 
Partial  Mastectomy  and 
Radiation  Therapy 

December  19,  1983 
Dear  Doctor  Krosniek: 

It  now  is  without  doubt  that  lump- 
ectomy and  irradiation  are  valuable 
options  for  women  who  have  breast 
cancer.  Reports  and  results  con- 
firmed the  earlier  nonrandomized 
eases  of  breast  cancer  treated  by 
lumpectomy  (partial  mastectomy) 
and  radiation.  Dr.  Vera  Peter’s  re- 
sults regarding  her  work  were 
outstanding.  Pierquin’s  series  was 
likewise  excellent  and  every  phy- 
sician knows  about  Veronesi's  re- 
port on  lumpectomy  and  radiation 
versus  mastectomy.  Dr.  Heilman’s 
persistence  in  giving  the  patients  an 
alternative  treatment  has  paid.  Most 
recently,  preliminary  results  from 
the  National  Cancer  Institute  like- 
wise are  very  promising.1  The  NCI 
(National  Cancer  Institute’s  ran- 
domized trial)  to  date  has  collected 
120  patients:  60  patients  had  modi- 
fied radical  mastectomy  and  60  pa- 
tients had  lumpectomy  and  local 
radiotherapy.  Dr.  Samuel  Broder,  Di- 
rector of  the  Division  of  Cancer 
Treatments  Clinical  Oncology  Pro- 
gram, stated  that  “data  collected  to 
date  (although  too  early  for  a final 
conclusion)  suggest  that  radio- 
therapy will  prove  to  be  equivalent  to 
mastectomy  in  terms  of  disease-free 
survival  with  the  added  feature  of 
excellent  cosmetic  results.” 

All  practicing  physicians  should 
know  that,  at  present,  mastectomy 
does  not  have  to  be  done  to  be  able 
to  achieve  local  control.  Surgeons  in 
particular  should  have  an  open 
mind  regarding  the  initial  manage- 
ment of  early  breast  cancer.  They 
should  realize  that  local  control 
could  be  achieved  by  doing  less  than 
modified  radical  mastectomy.  Sur- 
geons have  to  know  that  micro- 
scopic disease  can  be  eradicated  bv 
radiation  given  the  proper  dose. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  3— MARCH  1984 


247 


The  advantage  of  lumpectomy  and 
radiation  over  mastectomy  obvious- 
ly is  cosmetic.  We  now  know  that 
lumpectomy  and  radiation  are  not 
better  than  mastectomy  nor  the  lat- 
ter better  than  the  former.  Surgeons 
should  do  their  best  to  follow  the 
NSBP  Protocol  06  recommendation 
for  the  direction  of  the  incision  used 
for  tumorectomy.2  This  Protocol  also 
recommends  a separate  incision  for 
the  axillary  surgery.  If  one  incision 
is  done  for  excision  of  an  upper 
outer  quadrant  mass,  this  will  result 
in  lateral  deviation  of  the  breast. 
Likewise,  radiation  oncologists  have 
to  pay  meticulous  attention  to  the 
treatment  plan  and  technique  for 
radiating  an  intact  breast.  If  not,  we 
might  pass  up  a veiy  good  op- 
portunity to  give  these  patients  a 
very  viable  alternative. 

(signed)  Roy  C.  Cabrera  M.D. 

Louis  E.  Schwartz,  M.D. 


REFERENCES 

1 . The  Clinical  Cancer  Letter,  October 
1983. 

2.  Bedwinek  JM:  Treatment  of  stage  1 
and  II  adenocarcinoma  of  the  breast  by 
tumor  excision  and  irradiation. 


Amyloidosis 

December  20,  1983 
Dear  Doctor  Krosniek: 

I read  with  great  interest  in  the 
December  issue  the  article  on 
amyloidosis  by  Drs.  Zauber  and 
Wallen.  It  is  an  excellent  review  of 
the  complex  and  increasingly  rel- 
evant disease  group.  The  summary 
of  the  chemical  nature  of  the  beta 
fibrilloses  especially  is  enlightening. 

At  one  point,  the  authors  state: 
“Amyloid  formation  not  only  re- 
quires a protein  with  intrinsic 


amyloidogenic  properties,  but  prob- 
ably involves  modification  of  a 
precursor  protein.”  The  statement  is 1 
somewhat  confusing,  as  it  describes 
two  different  types  of  amyloidosis.  In 
primary  amyloid,  it  is  an  amyloido-; 
genic  protein— the  variable  portion 
of  light  chain — whereas  in  the  sec- 
ondary form,  modification  of  a nor- 
mal precursor,  SAA,  to  amyloido- 
genic AA,  that  leads  to  amyloid  for- 
mation. In  addition,  prealbumin,  a 
normal  circulating  protein,  appears 
to  participate  in  amyloidogenesis  in 
the  increasingly  recognized  her- 
edofamilial forms  of  the  disease. 
Senile  amyloidosis,  especially 
cardiac  and  cerebral,  remain  poorly 
understood.  The  nature  and 
pathogenesis  of  amyloidosis  con- 
tinue to  be  the  subject  of  intense 
research  effort. 

(signed)  John  Varga,  M.D. 

Boston  University  Medical  Center 


i 


248 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


BOOK  REVIEWS 


Basic  and  Clinical 
Endocrinology;  Emergency 
Medicine;  Fundamentals  of 
Family  Medicine;  Health 
and  Human  Values;  Male 
Reproduction  and  Fertility; 
Medicine  for  the  Practicing 
Physician;  Practical 
Infectious  Diseases 


Basic  and  Clinical 
Endocrinology 

F.S.  Greenspan  and  P.H.  Forsham. 
Lange  Medical  Publications,  Los 
Altos,  CA  1983.  Pp.  646.  ($25) 

In  this  book,  we  find  a selected 
discussion  presented  by  many  con- 
tributing authors.  The  text  covers  a 
wide  panorama  of  basic  endocri- 
nology, laced  with  pathophysiologic, 
clinical  diagnostic,  and  therapeutic 
information.  The  reader  will  uncover 
information  that  is  well  known  as 
well  as  information  that  is  con- 
sidered investigational;  both  with 
up-to-date  commentary.  Besides  the 
various  glands  examined  individu- 
ally, we  find  such  topics  as  pediatric, 
pubertal,  and  pregnancy  en- 
docrinology; gut  regulatory  peptides; 
lipoprotein  metabolism;  obesity;  ec- 
topic hormone  production;  hor- 
mones and  cancer;  multiple  en- 
docrine gland  syndromes;  and  low 
T3  and  low  T4  syndrome. 

The  information  is  well  presented 
and  the  text  is  nicely  written.  A few 
editing  errors,  such  as  in  the  thyroid 
section  (figure  7-3,  page  131),  may 
be  confusing  to  the  medical  student. 
The  wealth  of  pertinent  information 
is  valuable  to  the  beginner  and  the 
I practicing  endocrinologist.  Ade- 
quate references  are  quoted  follow- 
ing each  chapter  for  those  interested 
in  further  specific  discussion  and 
investigation.  The  figures,  tables, 

I 


and  graphs  are  helpful  for  under- 
standing and  formulation  of 
diagnostic  and  therapeutic  method- 
ology—the  backbone  of  clinical  en- 
docrinology. I congratulate  the 
authors  on  their  presentation  and 
organization  of  the  voluminous  ma- 
terial and  look  forward  to  the  prom- 
ised second  edition  in  two  years. 

Mark  M.  Singer,  M.D. 

Emergency  Medicine 

Harold  L.  May,  M.D.,  (ed).  New  York, 
NY,  John  Wiley  & Sons,  1984.  Pp. 
1,062.  Illustrated. 

This  hard-covered  text  of  over 
1,000  pages  appears  to  have  been 
developed  for  teaching  purposes  in 
a medical  school  or  emergency  medi- 
cine residency  program,  or  as  a ref- 
erence book  in  a hospital  library. 

The  text  is  written  in  great  detail 
and  includes  postemergency  treat- 
ment. It  is  well-illustrated  wherever 
necessary.  At  the  end  of  each 
chapter  there  are  many  biblio- 
graphic listings  for  suggested  read- 
ings in  the  various  subjects  in  each 
chapter. 

There  are  79  contributors,  of 
which  86  percent  are  medical  school 
instructors  and  the  balance  of  the 
contributors  write  about  specific 
specialties.  There  are  subjects  dis- 
cussed that  go  beyond  the  emer- 
gency treatment  and  to  the  followup 
treatment.  There  is  a possibility  that 
some  readers  may  question  a spe- 
cific subject,  especially  if  the  individ- 
ual reader  may  have  had  much  ex- 
perience working  in  a hospital 
emergency  department.  An  example 
of  this  is  the  statement,  “Hyper- 
tension emergencies  are  rare.  They 
occur  in  fewer  than  1 percent  of  pa- 
tients with  high  blood  pressure.”  Na- 
tional statistics  have  shown  that 
there  are  30,000,000  individuals  in 
the  United  States  with  hyper- 
tension. 

It  is  interesting  to  note  that  70 
percent  of  the  contributors  are  in- 
structors in  an  eastern  medical 
school.  Jack  R Karel,  M.D. 

Fundamentals  of  Family 
Medicine 

Robert  B.  Taylor,  M.D.,  (ed).  New 
York,  NY,  Springer-Verlag,  1983.  Pp. 
488.  Illustrated.  ($34.50) 

This  paperback  volume  represents 
an  extract  from  a more  complete 
work  entitled.  Family  Medicine: 
Principles  and  Practice,  and  is  in- 


tended for  the  medical  student.  It 
presents  a broad  overview  of  the 
range  of  courses  of  the  medical 
school  curriculum  from  the  clinical 
view  of  the  well-trained  family  physi- 
cian, addressed  particularly  to  the 
development  of  the  behavior,  con- 
cepts, and  skills  necessary  to  the 
specialty.  Starting  with  the  basic 
family  doctor  relationship,  the  need 
for  a family  physician,  interfamily 
dynamics  in  health  and  disease,  and 
interesting  case  descriptions  of  the 
physician’s  role,  this  book  explores 
such  topics  as  the  natural  history  of 
disease,  comprehensive  and  con- 
tinuous care,  care  at  various  stages 
of  the  family’s  life  cycle,  and  normal 
changes  with  aging. 

There  are  interesting  chapters  on 
counseling  during  periods  of  death 
and  bereavement  (including  hos- 
pice), premarital,  marital,  sexual, 
genetic,  nutrition,  and  health  main- 
tenance. Brief  chapters  on  problem 
solving,  physical  diagnosis,  and  use 
of  the  laboratory  are  presented  as 
introductions  to  these  subjects,  as 
are  electrocardiography  and  newer 
modes  of  diagnostic  roentgenology. 

References  to  the  medical  litera- 
ture are  presented  after  each 
subchapter,  and  a subject  index  is  at 
the  end  of  the  book. 

This  volume,  as  part  of  the  com- 
plete work,  appears  to  be  a valuable 
student  textbook  for  those  wishing 
to  understand  the  broad  discipline 
of  family  medicine  and  for  those 
contemplating  residency  training  in 
the  specialty. 

Joseph  Peyser,  M.D. 

Health  and  Human 
Values:  A Guide  to 
Making  Your  Own 
Decisions 

Frank  Harrow  John  Burnside,  Tom 
Beauchamp.  New  Haven,  CT,  Yale 
University  Press,  1983.  Pp.  194. 
($24.95) 

This  small  book  provides  an  in- 
troduction for  a general  audience  to 
complex  health  issues  in  the  hope 
that  its  readers  will  be  better 
prepared  to  cope  in  an  era  of  values 
transition.  The  authors  (an 
Episcopal  priest,  an  internist,  and  a 
philosopher)  collaborate  to  provide  a 
variety  of  perspectives.  Their  style  is 
lucid  and  focuses  on  the  following 
issues:  moral  decision  making, 

euthanasia  abortion,  health  care 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  3— MARCH  1984 


249 


and  distributive  justice,  truth  telling 
and  informed  consent,  determina- 
tion of  death,  and  genetic  engineer- 
ing. 

Each  chapter  includes  illustrative 
cases  and  an  excellent  selection  of 
annotated  references.  The  text  is 
supplemented  by  three  inexpensive 
paperbacks  which  give  additional 
background  material;  these  include 
a leader’s  manual,  a digest  of  ex- 
cerpted landmark  legal  decisions, 
and  an  audio-visual  resource  man- 
ual. 

Preparation  of  these  texts  was 
sponsored  by  the  Society  for  Health 
and  Human  Values  of  the  United 
Ministries  in  Education.  These  or- 
ganizations aim  to  provide  the  gen- 
eral public  with  reliable  information 
so  that  citizens  can  make  their  own 
informed  decisions.  Towards  this 
end,  this  book  succeeds  admirably 
and  it  should  also  prove  to  be  useful 
and  thought  provoking  for  the 
interested  professional  as  well  as  the 
layperson.  Michael  Nevins,  M.D. 

Male  Reproduction  and 
Fertility 

Andres  Negro-Vilar  (ed).  New  York, 
NY,  Raven  Press,  1983.  Pp.  390. 

Although  the  chapters  of  this 
compendium  are  not  in  physiologic 
order,  it  drives  home  a point  regard- 
ing the  complexity  of  male  repro- 
ductive neuroendocrinology  (an- 
drology).  The  first  chapters  review  in 
detail  the  deleterious  effects  of  hy- 
perprolactinemia in  male  fertility. 
Hormonal  release  mechanisms  from 
the  hypothalamic-pituitary  system 
are  addressed  including  the 
adrenergic-cholinergic  receptor 
areas  and  the  effects  of  gamma 
aminobutyric  and  hydroxybutyric 
acids.  It  is  interesting  to  note  that 
calcium  channel  blockers  (when  lo- 
cally applied)  can  depress  prolactin 
release  from  rat  hypothalamus. 
Thus,  we  may  wonder  about  the  re- 
productive/sexual implications  of 
the  recently  used  calcium  channel 
blockers  for  coronary  spasms. 

This  book  also  reiterates  the  im- 
portance of  hormonal  circadian 
pubescent-senescent  rhythmic  male 
fertility  pattern  and  elucidates  the 
harmful  effects  in  the  male  offspring 
following  maternal  exposure  to 
marijuana  and  alcohol.  The 
biochemistry  of  prostate  protein, 


kinases,  and  its  androgenic  action 
are  discussed  with  the  possible  use 
of  buserelin — an  LHRH  agonist  as  a 
treatment  alternative  for  prostate 
CA. 

One  of  the  exciting  chapters  deals 
with  the  newest  medical  fertility 
treatment  innovations  of  idiopathic 
normogonadotropic  oligozoo- 
spermia.  The  first  therapy  is 
kallikrein  and  if  no  response  after  3 
months,  the  following  drugs  are  sug- 
gested at  3,  6,  and  12  month  inter- 
vals, i.e.  mesterolone,  MHG  + HCG, 
tamoxifen,  and  artifical  insemina- 
tion. Finally,  the  discussion  of  male 
inhibitory  material  (MIM)  as  the 
possible  cause  of  autoimmune  ster- 
ility is  a challenge  to  the  fertility 
physiologists. 

This  text  is  research  oriented; 
however,  the  clinical  reproductive 
endourologists,  obstetricians,  and 
immunologists  would  benefit  most 
in  the  assessment  of  male  infertility, 
sperm  cryopreservation,  and 
artificial  insemination  of  different 
types  of  sperm  origin  and  popu- 
lation. J.F.J.  Leyson,  M.D. 

Director  of  Sex  Clinic 
VA  Medical  Center,  East  Orange 

Medicine  for  the 
Practicing  Physician 

J.  Willis  Hurst  (ed).  Woburn,  NLA 
Butterworth  Publishers,  1983.  Pp. 
1,969.  Illustrated,  ($80) 

What  a delight  to  pick  up  a new 
textbook  on  medicine  for  the  prac- 
ticing physician — with  a new  ap- 
proach, a new  format,  and  a new  de- 
sign for  teaching,  reading,  and  re- 
view. And  there  is  even  a surprise: 
the  paragraph  at  the  end  of  many  of 
the  subjects  discussed  describes 
“cost  containment.”  Quality  as- 
surance has  arrived  to  stay  and  be- 
come an  active  part  in  teaching. 
Today’s  physician  must  learn  the 
reasonable  cost  of  health  care  for  the 
patient,  both  in  the  office  and  dur- 
ing hospital  stay. 

Medicine  for  the  Practicing  Phy- 
sician is  massive  in  size.  Included 
are  indepth  lectures  by  contributors 
from  the  faculty  of  Emory  University 
School  of  Medicine  and  from  sur- 
rounding teaching  hospitals  in  the 
Atlanta,  Georgia  area 

This  edition  is  the  beginning  of  a 
new  way  of  thinking  and  collection 
of  thoughts  and  ideas  in  the  se- 


quence of  learning  and  study  of 
medicine.  The  lesson  plan  composes 
diagnostic  criteria  clinical  evalu- 
ation both  subjectively  and  objec- 
tively: plans  for  diagnostic  and 
therapeutic  approach;  followup  pa- 
tient care  after  hospital  release;  a re- 
view of  basic  science  and  natural 
history  of  the  illness;  preventive 
care;  and  the  “cost  containment" 
factor  of  getting  the  best  and  most 
efficient  cure  for  the  least  cost. 

The  reading  is  easy;  the  lectures 
are  all  well  composed  with  adequate 
cross-references  on  every  subject. 
Chapters  are  divided  into  topics 
dealing  with  a particular  illness  or  a 
preventive  problem.  Subjects  are  re- 
viewed by  a formidable  staff  and  the 
result  is  gratifying  and  well  done. 

As  a practicing  physician  for  more 
than  30  years,  I have  seen  many  new 
texts,  but  never  one  so  skillfully  com- 
posed for  study,  review,  and  learning 
both  for  students  as  well  as  estab- 
lished practitioners.  It  is  a good  in- 
vestment for  continued  medical 
education  and  review. 

Harry  M.  Poppick,  M.D. 

Practical  Infectious 
Diseases 

Richard  D.  Meyers,  M.D.,  (ed).  New 
York,  NY,  John  Wiley  and  Sons, 
1983.  Pp.  254.  ($14.95) 

This  small  book  is  one  of  a series 
dealing  with  all  nine  medical 
subspecialties.  Most  of  the  authors 
are  from  the  UCLA  Medical  School. 

There  are  12  chapters  divided  into 
three  parts:  common  clinical  infec- 
tions; antibacterial  chemotherapy; 
and  viral  infections  and  viral 
chemotherapy.  There  is  an  excellent 
chapter  on  legionnaires’  disease 
emphasizing  the  differential  diagno- 
sis with  Streptococcus  pneumoniae 
and  Mycoplasma  pneumoniae.  On 
the  other  hand,  the  discussion  of 
other  pulmonary  infections  is  inade- 
quate. Also,  there  are  no  presen- 
tations of  many  other  infections, 
such  as  those  from  travel,  animals, 
skin  infections,  and  AIDS.  In  fact, 
this  book  is  little  more  than  what 
one  would  expect  from  a series  of 
lectures  for  medical  students. 

I cannot  recommend  Practical  In- 
fectious Diseases:  it  would  be  better 
to  buy  a more  complete  reference 
book  on  the  subject. 

Dominic  A.  Mauriello,  M.D. 


250 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Obituaries 


Dr.  David  W.  Anthony 

At  the  grand  age  of  90,  David 
Wesley  Anthony,  M.D.,  died  on  Sep- 
tember 25,  1983.  A retired  member 
of  our  Middlesex  County  compo- 
nent, Dr.  Anthony  was  a 1924  gradu- 
ate of  Howard  University  College  of 
Medicine,  Washington,  D.C.  A family 
practitioner.  Dr.  Anthony  was  a 
member  of  the  American  Medical  As- 
sociation. He  was  a recipient  of 
MSNJ’s  Golden  Merit  Award  for  50 
years  of  medical  service  to  his  com- 
munity. 

Dr.  Israel  L.  Chanin 

Word  has  been  received  of  the 
death  of  Israel  Levick  Chanin,  M.D., 
a member  of  our  Hudson  County 
component,  on  April  10,  1983.  Bom 
in  1908,  Dr.  Chanin  earned  a medi- 
cal degree  at  Lausanne  Medical 
School,  Switzerland,  in  1939.  Dur- 
ing his  career.  Dr.  Chanin  was  af- 
filiated with  Jersey  City  Medical 
Center.  A member  of  the  American 
Medical  Association,  Dr.  Chanin  also 
served  as  a medical  inspector  for  the 
Board  of  Health. 

Dr.  Joseph  I.  Esposito 

At  the  age  of  64,  Joseph  Irwin 
Esposito,  M.D.,  died  on  December 
10,  1983.  Dr.  Esposito  earned  his 


medical  degree  at  Hahnemann 
Medical  College,  Pennsylvania,  in 
1951.  A family  practitioner.  Dr. 
Esposito  served  the  Hammonton 
community  since  1952.  Dr.  Esposito 
was  a member  of  our  Atlantic  Coun- 
ty component  and  of  the  American 
Medical  Association.  During  his  ca- 
reer, Dr.  Esposito  was  affiliated  with 
Kessler  Memorial  Hospital,  Ham- 
monton. 

Dr.  Arthur  F.  Gross 

Arthur  Franklin  Gross,  M.D.,  a 
member  of  our  Passaic  County  com- 
ponent, died  on  September  6,  1983. 
Bom  in  1900,  Dr.  Gross  received  his 
medical  degree  from  Seton  Hall  Col- 
lege of  Medicine  and  Dentistry  in 
1961.  An  internist.  Dr.  Gross  was  af- 
filiated with  St.  Joseph’s  Hospital 
and  Medical  Center,  Paterson,  and 
Chilton  Memorial  Hospital,  Pomp- 
ton  Plains.  Dr.  Gross  was  a member 
of  the  American  Medical  Associa- 
tion. 

Dr.  David  Halperin 

Word  has  been  received  of  the 
death  of  David  Halperin,  M.D.,  a re- 
tired member  of  our  Hudson  County 
component.  Bom  in  1908,  Dr. 
Halperin  earned  his  medical  degree 
at  the  University  of  Maryland  School 
of  Medicine  in  1932.  During  his  ca- 
reer, Dr.  Halperin  was  affiliated  with 
Jersey  City  Medical  Center  and  was 
a member  of  the  American  Medical 
Association. 

Dr.  George  T.  Henderson 

George  T.  Henderson,  M.D.,  assis- 
tant medical  director  of  Roosevelt 
Hospital,  Edison,  died  on  December 
14,  1983.  Dr.  Henderson  was  a mem- 
ber of  our  Middlesex  County  compo- 
nent. Bom  in  1921,  Dr.  Henderson 
earned  his  medical  degree  at  New 
York  University  School  of  Medicine 
in  1945.  An  anesthesiologist,  Dr. 
Henderson  was  affiliated  with 
Middlesex  General  Hospital  and  St. 
Peter’s  Medical  Center,  both  in  New 
Bmnswick.  He  was  a Diplomate  of 
the  American  Board  of  Anesthe- 
siology, a member  of  the  American 
Medical  Association,  and  a Fellow  of 
the  American  College  of  Anes- 
thesiologists. 

Dr.  Nathan  Karshmer 

A retired  member  of  our  Middlesex 
County  component,  Nathan 
Karshmer,  M.D.,  died  on  November 


29,  1983.  Bom  in  1902,  Dr. 

Karshmer  was  awarded  a medical 
degree  from  George  Washington 
University  School  of  Medicine, 
Washington,  D.C..  in  1924.  A 
gynecologist.  Dr.  Karshmer  was  af- 
filiated with  St.  Peter’s  Medical 
Center  and  Middlesex  General  Hos- 
pital, both  in  New  Bmnswick.  Dr. 
Karshmer  was  a member  of  the 
American  Medical  Association,  and 
a Fellow  of  the  American  College  of 
Surgeons,  of  the  American  College  of 
Obstetricians  and  Gynecologists, 
and  of  the  International  College  of 
Surgeons. 

Dr.  Joseph  H.  Kler 

On  November  21,  1983,  Joseph 
Henry  Kler,  M.D.,  died  . Dr.  Kler  was 
the  author  of  The  Journal's  column 
entitled,  “Medical  Philately."  Bom  in 
1902,  Dr.  Kler  earned  his  medical 
degree  at  the  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania School  of  Medicine  in  1928. 
During  his  lengthy  career,  Dr.  Kler 
was  affiliated  with  Middlesex  Hospi- 
tal and  St.  Peter’s  Medical  Center, 
both  in  New  Bmnswick.  Dr.  Kler  was 
a recipient  of  MSNJ's  Golden  Merit 
Award  for  50  years  of  service  to  the 
community.  A member  of  our 
Middlesex  County  component  and  of 
the  American  Medical  Association, 
Dr.  Kler  was  a Diplomate  of  the 
American  Board  of  Otolaryngology 
and  a Fellow  of  the  American  College 
of  Surgeons. 

Dr.  George  H.  Kostant 

George  Harold  Kostant,  M.D.,  a 
prominent  South  Orange  derma- 
tologist, died  on  December  1,  1983. 
Born  in  1916,  Dr.  Kostant  earned 
his  medical  degree  at  Duke  Univer- 
sity, North  Carolina,  in  1940.  A 
member  of  our  Essex  County  com- 
ponent and  of  the  American  Medical 
Association,  Dr.  Kostant  was  af- 
filiated with  General  Hospital,  Irv- 
ington, Saint  Barnabas  Medical 
Center,  Livingston,  and  the  Veterans 
Administration  Medical  Center, 
East  Orange.  Dr.  Kostant  was  a 
Diplomate  of  the  American  Board  of 
Dermatology. 

Dr.  George  Ladas 

At  the  age  of  81,  George  Ladas, 
M.D.,  died  on  November  23,  1983.  Dr. 
Ladas  was  a gynecologist  affiliated 
with  Saint  Barnabas  Medical 
Center,  Livingston,  and  Elizabeth 
General  Medical  Center,  for  over  50 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  3— MARCH  1984 


251 


years.  Dr.  Ladas  received  his  medical 
degree  from  Cornell  University  Medi- 
cal College,  New  York,  in  1927.  A 
member  of  our  Union  County  com- 
ponent and  of  the  American  Medical 
Association,  Dr.  Ladas  was  a recipi- 
ent of  MSNJ’s  Golden  Merit  Award 
for  his  years  of  service  to  the  medical 
community. 

Dr.  John  B.  McCue 

John  Beebee  McCue,  M.D.,  a mem- 
ber of  our  Passaic  County  compo- 
nent, died  on  November  18,  1983,  as 
a result  of  a plane  crash.  Dr.  McCue 
was  76  years  old.  He  received  his 
medical  degree  from  Johns  Hopkins 
Medical  School,  Maryland,  in  1933. 
Dr.  McCue  retired  from  active  prac- 
tice after  50  years  of  service;  he  was 
a recipient  of  MSNJ’s  Golden  Merit 
Award.  During  his  career.  Dr.  McCue 
was  affiliated  with  Chilton  Hospital, 
Pompton  Plains,  and  St.  Joseph’s 
Hospital  and  Medical  Center, 
Paterson.  A member  of  the  American 
Medical  Association,  Dr.  McCue  was 
a Diplomate  of  the  American  Board 


252 


of  Family  Practice  and  a Fellow  of 
the  American  Academy  of  Family 
Practice. 

Dr.  Louis  Meltsner 

Louis  Meltsner,  M.D.,  a retired 
member  of  our  Hudson  County  com- 
ponent, died  last  year.  Dr.  Meltsner 
graduated  from  Columbia  Univer- 
sity College  of  Physicians  and  Sur- 
geons, New  York,  in  1923.  A radiol- 
ogist, Dr.  Meltsner  retired  from  prac- 
tice in  1975.  He  received  MSNJ’s 
Golden  Merit  Award  for  his  years  of 
service.  A Diplomate  of  the  American 
Board  of  Radiology,  Dr.  Meltsner  was 
a member  of  the  American  Medical 
Association. 

Dr.  Michael  J.  Rusin 

On  December  13,  1983,  Michael 
Joseph  Rusin,  M.D.,  died.  Dr.  Rusin 
was  bom  in  1917  and  earned  his 
medical  degree  in  1943  from  New 
York  University  School  of  Medicine. 
A family  practitioner.  Dr.  Rusin  was 
affiliated  with  General  Hospital, 
Passaic. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE 


Dr.  Arthur  H.  Stein 

At  the  untimely  age  of  50,  Arthur 
Henry  Stein,  M.D.,  died  on  December 
2,  1983.  He  was  chief  of  medical  ser- 
vices at  Atascadero  State  Hospital 
since  1979  and  was  previously  in 
private  practice  for  26  years.  Dr. 
Stein  graduated  from  Downstate 
Medical  College,  New  York,  in  1933. 
A member  of  our  Bergen  County 
component.  Dr.  Stein  was  a 
Diplomate  of  the  American  Board  of 
Psychiatry  and  was  affiliated  with 
Englewood  Hospital. 

Dr.  George  M.  Walters 

Word  has  been  received  of  the 
death  of  George  Myron  Walters,  M.D., 
a retired  member  of  our  Middlesex 
County  component.  Bom  in  1896, 
Dr.  Walters  received  his  medical 
degree  from  Syracuse  University 
Medical  School,  New  York,  in  1922. 
During  his  career.  Dr.  Walters  was 
affiliated  with  Rahway  Hospital,  and 
was  a member  of  the  American 
Medical  Association. 


MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


author  Information 

Style 

Sheet 


The  Journal  is  the 
official  organ  of  the 
Medical  Society  of  New 
Jersey.  The  goals  of  The 
Journal  are  educational 
and  informational.  All 
material  published  in  The 
Journal  is  copyrighted  by 
MSNJ. 


CONTENT 

The  educational  content  of  each 
issue  appears  as  scientific  articles, 
based  on  research,  original  concepts 
relative  to  epidemiology  of  disease, 
and  treatment  methodology;  case  re- 
ports based  on  unusual  clinical  ex- 
periences; review  articles;  clinical 
notes,  succinct  items  on  some 
aspect  or  new  observation  or  tech- 
nique of  a case  experience;  and 
special  articles,  which  include  evalu- 
ations, policy  and  position  papers, 
and  reviews  of  nonscientific  sub- 
jects. Other  topics  include  commen- 
tary (critical  narration);  medical  his- 
tory; therapeutic  drug  information; 
pediatric  briefs;  nutrition  update: 
and  an  opinion  column.  Editorials 
are  prepared  by  the  Editor  and  by 
guest  contributors  on  timely  and  rel- 
evant subjects;  editorials  are  the  re- 
sponsibility of  the  author.  The  Doc- 
tors’ Notebook  section  contains  or- 
ganizational, informational,  and  ad- 
ministrative items  from  MSNJ  and 
from  the  community.  Letters  to  the 
Editor  and  book  reviews  are  wel- 
come and  will  be  published  as  space 
permits.  The  principal  aim  in  the 
preparation  of  a contribution 
should  be  relevance  to  diagnosis  and 
treatment  and  to  education  of  pa- 
tients and  professionals.  Preference 
will  be  given  to  professional  authors 
from  New  Jersey  and  to  out-of-state 
lecturers  who  submit  a suitable 

VOL.  81— NUMBER  3— MARCH  1984 


manuscript  based  on  a presentation 
made  in  New  Jersey. 

ASSIGNMENT  OF  COPYRIGHT 

In  compliance  with  the  Copyright 
Revision  Act  of  1976  (effective  Janu- 
ary 1,  1978),  a transmittal  letter  or 
a separate  statment  accompanying 
material  offered  to  The  Journal  of 
the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
must  contain  the  following  language 
and  must  be  signed  by  all  authors: 

“In  consideration  of  The  Journal 
of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
taking  action  in  reviewing  and  edit- 
ing my  submission,  the  author(s) 
undersigned  hereby  transfers,  as- 
signs, or  otherwise  conveys  all 
copyright  ownership  to  the  Medical 
Society  of  New  Jersey,  in  the  event 
that  such  work  is  published  in  The 
Journal,  MSNJ.” 

SPECIFICATIONS 

Submit  two  manuscripts  that 
must  be  typewritten  and  double- 
spaced on  8'/2"  by  11"  paper. 
Statistical  methods  used  in  articles 
should  be  identified.  Acknowl- 
edgements will  be  made  only  for 
specific  preparation  of  an  essential 
part  of  the  manuscript. 

Authors  are  asked  to  seek  clarity, 
accuracy,  and  originality;  attention 
to  details  of  grammar,  spelling,  and 
typing  are  important. 

The  title  page  should  include  the 
full  name,  degrees,  and  affiliations  of 
all  authors,  and  the  name  and  ad- 
dress of  the  author  to  whom  reprint 
requests  should  be  sent. 

The  author  should  submit  a 40- 
word  abstract  to  be  used  at  the  be- 
ginning of  the  article. 

Tables  must  be  typewritten  and 
double-spaced  on  separate  8V2"  by 
11"  sheets,  with  a title  and  number. 
Symbols  for  units  should  be  con- 
fined to  column  headings,  and  ab- 
breviations, properly  explained, 
should  be  kept  to  a minimum. 

Illustrations  should  be  pro- 
fessional quality,  black-and-white 
glossy  prints.  The  name  of  the 
author,  figure  number,  and  the  top 
of  the  figure  should  be  noted  on  a 
label  attached  to  the  back  of  each 
illustration.  Where  photographs  of 
patients  are  used,  the  subjects 
should  not  be  identifiable  or  publi- 
cation permission,  signed  by  the 
subject  or  responsible  person,  must 
be  included  with  the  photograph. 
Material  taken  from  other  publi- 
cations must  give  credit  to  the 


source;  written  permission  for  re- 
publication from  the  original  pub- 
lisher must  be  submitted.  The  cost 
of  color  photographs  must  be  borne 
by  the  author. 

Generic  names  should  be  used 
with  proprietary  names  indicated 
parenthetically  or  as  a footnote  with 
the  first  use  of  the  generic  name. 
Proprietary  names  of  devices  should 
be  indicated  by  the  registration  sym- 
bol— ®. 

The  summary  of  the  article  should 
not  exceed  250  words;  it  should  con- 
tain only  essential  facio. 

References  should  not  exceed  35 
citations  except  in  review  articles, 
and  should  be  cited  consecutively  in 
the  text  by  numbers  in  parentheses 
at  the  end  of  the  sentence.  The  refer- 
ence list  should  be  typewritten  and 
double-spaced  on  separate  8V2"  by 
1 1 " sheets  in  the  numerical  order  in 
which  they  are  first  cited  in  the  text. 
The  style  of  reference  is  that  of  Index 
Me  die  us: 

1.  Goldwyn  RM:  Subcutaneous 
mastectomy.  J Med  Soc  NJ 
74:1050-1052,  1977. 

2.  Dixon  WJ,  Massey  FJ:  Introduc- 
tion to  Statistical  Analysis.  New 
York,  NY,  McGraw-Hill,  1969,  pp. 
42-48. 

PUBLICATION  POLICY 

Receipt  of  each  manuscript  will  be 
acknowledged  and  a copy  delivered 
to  the  Editor  who  refers  the  paper  to 
one  or  more  members  of  the  Edi- 
torial Board.  The  final  decision  is  re- 
served for  the  Editor.  No  direct  con- 
tact between  the  reviewers  and  the 
authors  will  be  permitted,  but 
authors  will  be  informed  of  the  re- 
viewers’ comments.  The  publication 
lag  for  original  articles  may  be  six 
months  or  more.  Galley  proofs  will 
be  submitted  to  the  author  for  cor- 
rection of  typographical  errors. 

REPRINT  ORDERS 

Reprints  may  be  ordered  after  the 
author  is  notified  that  the  article 
has  been  selected  for  a specific  issue 
of  JMSNJ.  A check  for  the  cost  of 
reprints  including  remake  charge  if 
order  is  received  after  due  date  must 
accompany  the  order. 

COMMUNICATIONS 

All  communications  should  be 
sent  to  the  Editor,  The  Journal. 
MSNJ,  2 Princess  Road,  Law- 
renceville,  NJ  08648. 


253 


TAXES  AND  ACCOUNTING 
AFFECT  YOUR  PROFITABILITY! 

GEIN,  CONNOLLY  & SWITAJ 

Certified  Public  Accountants 

Central  New  Jersey  CPA  Firm  Providing  Tax, 
Accounting  and  Management  Advisory  Services 
to  the  Medical  Profession. 

721  North  Beers  Street 
Holmdel,  New  Jersey  07733 
(201)  739-2020 


PROGESTERONE  SUPPOSITORIES 
25  mg.,  50  mg.,  100  mg.,  200  mg.,  & 400  mg. 
Boric  Acid  Suppositories  600  mg. 

in  Polyethylene  Glycol  Base  for 
Vaginal  Use,  are  now  being 
compounded  at  the  following  Pharmacy 
Hidden  Lakes  Pharmacy 

2039  Rt.  #27,  Somerset,  N.J.  08873  201-821-8500 

Howard  L.  Rubenstein,  R.Ph. 

Specific  dosage  and  ingredient  requirements  can  be  tailored 
to  your  patients  needs.  We  specialize  in  compounding 
prescriptions. 

Delivery  available  to  your  patients  home.  Call  for 
details. 


OFFICE  SUITE 

Millburn  Ave.,  Maplewood-small  prof.  bldg.  1 
suite  avail.  Approx.  1000  sq.  ft.  $1,200.00 
mth.— set  for  M.D.,  etc.  3 trmt.  rms.,  sml.  kitchen, 
x-ray  rm.,  lav.,  waiting  rm.,  Nurse  station  & 
storage— 1st  fir. 

Call  L.L.  Leifer,  Esq.,  Days  (201)  763-8555,  Eve. 
(201)  325-8630. 


TWO  MEDICAL  SUITES 

Available  June  1st— Livingston  Avenue  (Doctors’ 
Row)— New  Brunswick,  NJ.  Both  suites  fully  carpeted, 
sink,  closets  in  each  room.  One  suite  has  X-Ray  room 
with  equipment. 

For  Information  Please  Call 
201-828-2715 


It's  A Major  Medical  Explosion 

The  Lakewood,  Toms  River  and  Point  Pleasant  hospitals 
are  all  going  ahead  with  major  expansion  programs  . . . 
Brlcktown  to  build  new  facility. 


Cross  River  Professional  Center 

400  to  2,300  Square  Feet 

V*  Mile  South  of  Kimball  Medical  Center 

• $9  to  $1 1 per  square  foot  minutes  to  three  major 

• Graduated  rent  schedules  hospitals 

• Ownership  options  available  • Private  entrances  and  all 

• Fully  landscaped  services  available 

• Centrally  located  and  10  • Equipment  leases  available 

6MWMOR  ENTcRPRbEi  Protected 
1200  River  Avenue  (Route  9),  Lakewood,  NJ  08701  • (201)  367-2226 


®Q)  The  New  Jersey  Academy  ef  Family  Physicians 

announces  its 


MD  PLACEMENT  SERVICE 

Any  physician,  hospital  or  community  having  a POSITION  AVAILABLE 
due  to  retirement,  desire  for  addition  of  a partner  or  to  perceived 
community  need  or  for  any  other  reason  may  apply. 

Any  family  physician  desiring  knowledge  of  a New  Jersey  POSITION 
AVAILABLE  for  practice  may  apply. 

Interested  physicians  should  write  to: 

Physician  Placement  Service,  NJAFP,  c/o  Frank  C.  Snope,  MD,  De- 
partment of  Family  Medicine,  UMDNJ— Rutgers  Medical  School,  CN  19, 
New  Brunswick,  N.J.  08903 


EMERGEwTTm^rrr 
associates  p £IAN 

From  the  deskof 

pSSE'®ORGE,M.D„j.n. 

® Competitive  income 
® Malpractice  insurance 
® Flexible  schedule 
^ CME  credits 
^ Urban  and  rural  settings 

Close  proximities  to  New  York  Phil^  , . 

New  Jersey  seashore  'ladelphia  and  the 

PA-  — ~ 

rn,ly  Practice,  internal  medtcrn/  emergency  medicine, 

-ergency  department  experience  " With 

<-31)  or  write  to  us  for  an  F P a 
you  on  your  way  to  a rewardmg  ca'reerTj^™  ^ Wi"  S,art 

areerm  emergency  medicine. 

CflV  Ellens* 


0 


the 


254 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


CLASSIFIED  ADVERTISEMENTS 


DIAGNOSTIC  RADIOLOGIST— Board 
certified,  trained  in  general  diagnosis, 
nuclear  medicine,  special  procedures, 
C.T.  and  ultrasound.  Available  full  or 
part-time:  group  practice  or  hospital 
based;  North  or  Central  New  Jersey.  Can 
also  provide  mobile  ultrasound  and  office 
consultation.  Reply  to  Box  No.  63, 
JMSNJ. 


GENERAL  PRACTITIONER— Desires  in- 
dustrial, pharmaceutical  or  similar  po- 
sition. Semi-retired,  age  55,  (201) 

545-4339. 


. GENERAL  SURGEON— Board  certified, 
wishes  to  join  another  surgeon  or  a 
group  in  area  of  Monmouth  County  or 
adjoining  counties.  If  interested  please 
contact  Dr.  Hasan  (201)  972-1584. 


INTERNIST— Board  eligible  internist 
wants  a hospital/clinic  or  health  center 
position  in  Northern  New  Jersey.  For 
further  information,  write  Box  No.  67, 
JMSNJ. 


INTERNAL  MEDICINE — Board  eligible, 
general  internist  with  extensive  emer- 
gency room  experience  seeking  group 
practice  of  internal  medicine  or  emer- 
gency room  position.  Northern  New  Jer- 
sey area  Available  July  1984.  Please  call 
(212)  645-4616,  Steven  Wolinsky,  M.D. 
Curriculum  vitae  and  references  avail-, 
able  upon  request. 


INTERNIST— Seeking  small  group  prac- 
tice. Internal  medicine,  IV2  hours  from 
New  York  City  in  NY,  CT,  NJ.  Boston  and 
NYC  University  Hospital  trained.  Boston 
University  MD  Cum  Laude,  1981.  ABIM 
eligible  and  available  July  1984.  Contact 
Box  No.  70,  JMSNJ. 


OPHTHALMOLOGIST— Board  eligible, 
July  1984,  Board  certified  Pediatrics 
(1982),  age  29,  desires  partnership  or 
group.  Available  July  1984.  Write  Box  No. 
65,  JMSNJ. 

PEDIATRIC  DLABETOLOGIST/ENDO- 
CRINOLOGIST — Seeks  association, 
partnership  with  established  physician 
in  New  York  metropolitan  area  Please 
phone  after  six  617-738-6205. 


PHYSICIAN — Retired,  MD,  age  60,  seeks 
part  or  full  time  job  in  South  Jersey. 
Prefer  institutional,  outpatient  or  in- 
surance work.  Telephone  609-927-7782 
or  609-927-1873. 


NEEDED  DISABILITY  EVALUATION 
PHYSICIAN— South  Jersey  area  Some 
experience  in  trauma  and  orthopedic 
diagnosis.  Part-time  with  flexible  sched- 
ule. Hourly  stipends.  Write  Box  No.  68, 
JMSNJ. 


NEEDED  FAMILY  PHYSICIAN — Board 
eligible,  for  partnership  in  one  of  the 
largest  family  practice  facilities  in  New 
Jersey.  Please  send  resume  to  Box  No.  69, 
JMSNJ. 


NEEDED  ASSOCIATE— Pediatrician, 
board  certified;  seeks  associate,  board 
certified/eligible,  to  join  well  established 
practice.  Excellent  opportunity.  Northern 
New  Jersey  near  New  York  City.  Write  Box 
No.  40.  JMSNJ. 

NEEDED  PRIMARY  CARE  PHYSICIANS 

—Private  fee-for-service  practice  in  new, 
fully  equipped  suburban  offices.  All  per- 
sonal supplies,  and  management  ser- 
vices provided.  This  is  an  excellent  op- 
portunity for  physicians  with  a good 
“bedside"  manner  interested  in  develop- 
ing a lucrative  practice  and  still  desiring 
time  for  the  pursuit  of  happiness.  Reply 
to:  Neighborhood  Doctor  Corporation, 
901  Long  Beach  Blvd.,  Ship  Bottom,  NJ 
08008. 


NEEDED  RADIOLOGIST— Part  time,  2 
mornings  per  week.  Ocean  County. 
Prefer  competent  retired  person.  Write 
Box  No.  62,  JMSNJ. 


ALLERGY  PRACTICE— Allergist 
certified  or  board  eligible  for  Purchase  of 
very  desirable  Practice,  child  and  adult. 
Central  NJ.  Write  Box  No.  47,  JMSNJ. 

PRACTICE  FOR  SALE— ENT,  estab- 
lished 16  years.  Fully  equipped  modem 
office.  Excellent  location.  Terms  avail- 
able. Deceased-immediate.  Vineland,  NJ. 
Close  to  Atlantic  City  and  Philadelphia 
(609)  692-2536,  (609)  696-8681. 

PRACTICE— SPECIAL  OPPORTUNITY 

—Large  beautiful  office,  fully  furnished 
and  equipped.  Excellent  location  at  bus 
stop  and  near  hospital.  Can  service  1 or 
2 doctors,  other  health  career  personnel 
or  other  profession.  Available  due  to 
physician's  death.  Patients  waiting.  Con- 
tact Mrs.  L.  Friedman,  18th  and  North- 
ampton Streets,  Easton,  PA  18042. 
Phone  215-252-6341. 


PRACTICE  FOR  SALE— Pediatrics.  Long 
established  practice,  Vi  block  from  hospi- 
tal. Property  and  equipment.  Located  in 
Middlesex  County.  Will  introduce.  Write 
Box  No.  64,  JMSNJ. 

PRACTICE  FOR  SALE  OR  RENT— Fam- 
ily Practice,  for  sale  or  rent  office  and 
equipment.  Near  a 550  bed  teaching  hos- 
pital in  Monmouth  County.  Call  after  6 
P.M.  (201)  681-2566. 

EQUIPMENT — 3M  209  copier  with  auto- 
matic feed,  in  very  good  condition.  2 rolls 
of  intermediate  paper.  Does  book  copy- 
ing. Up  to  25  copies.  $475.00. 
201-725-6113. 


OFFICE  SPACE  SHARED  NEEDED 

—Board  certified  internist  desires  office 
space  in  Camden  County  (Cherry  Hill, 
Haddonfield  area)  or  Salem  County  area 
Call  Dr.  Chen  (513)  475-4368. 

OFFICE  SPACE— Professional  office  to 
sublet — 1420  square  feet,  prime  growth 
area  of  Bridgewater.  Ideal  for  urologist, 
otolaiyngologist,  nephrologist,  other  pro- 
fessional. Available  March  or  April.  201- 
725-61 13. 


OFFICE  SPACE— Edison,  1,214  square 
feet,  8 room,  bathroom,  carpeted,  near  all 
highways  and  hospitals,  on-site  parking. 
Available  immediately.  Call  Dr.  Bronstein 
(201)  738-8000. 

OFFICE  FOR  RENT— Edison,  1,300 
square  feet,  new  building,  1 72  Amboy  Av- 
enue. Ample  parking,  no  steps.  Near 
Perth  Amboy  and  JFK  hospitals.  Call 
(201)  442-4444. 


OFFICE  SPACE— Moo restown,  NJ.  Vic- 
toria Medical  Arts  Building.  Renting  cus- 
tom medical  offices  in  new  building.  Ideal 
for  radiologists,  orthopedist,  urologist, 
general  surgeon,  industrial  physician. 
Excellent  location  and  parking.  Call  (609) 
235-2651. 


OFFICE  FOR  RENT— Professional  office 
for  rent,  approximately  710  square  feet 
near  Dover  General  Hospital.  Near 
Routes  80  and  46.  Morris  County,  NJ. 
Telephone  (201)  366-2557. 

OFFICE  SPACE  TO  SHARE—  Mor- 
ristown, central  location.  Near  hospital, 
fully  equipped,  newly  decorated.  All  util- 
ities included.  Ample  parking  available. 
Near  public  transportation.  Available  im- 
mediately. (201)  267-2555. 

OFFICE  SPACE — North  Haledon.  Two 
side  by  side  750  square  feet  suites  avail- 
able in  professional  building  close  to 
Paterson  General  Hospital.  Immediate 
occupancy.  Will  alter  to  suit  or  Purchase 
the  entire  3000  square  foot  building. 
Free  basement  storage.  Call  (201) 
427-7500. 


FOR  SALE— OFFICE  SPACE  Roselle, 
modem  2,400  square  feet,  6 treatment 
rooms  and  4 consultation  rooms.  On-site 
parking.  Warinanco  Medical  Building. 
Phone  (201)  687-0102. 


OFFICE  SPACE — Southern  New  Jersey, 
Gloucester  Township,  Camden  County. 
Office  suite  in  new  medical  building  for 
rent.  1,000  or  2,000  square  foot  suites 
available.  Located  in  rapidly  growing, 
highly  desireable  area  near  several  large 
hospitals.  Ideal  for  family  practice  or 
specialist.  Building  to  be  completed  late 
1984.  Call  Dr.  Ribatsky  609-227-2221. 

OFFICE  SPACE — For  immediate  oc- 
cupancy new,  modem,  energy  efficient 
rental  500  to  2,000  square  feet  available 
from  $5  per  foot.  31,000  residents  within 
three  mile  radius.  Close  to  Philadelphia 
Atlantic  City  in  Central  Jersey  shore 
area  Internists  and  specialities  needed. 
Ideal  for  main/satellite  office.  Call  (201) 
350-1008. 


OFFICE  SPACE  TO  SHARE— Westfield, 
central  location.  Near  hospital,  fully 
equipped,  attractively  decorated.  All  util- 
ities included.  Ample  parking  available. 
Near  public  transportation.  Available  im- 
mediately. (201)  267-2555. 

FOR  SALE — Boat.  1982  Sea  Ray  Sedan 
26  foot,  all  extras.  Call  (201)  864-7172. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  3— MARCH  1984 


255 


Need  A Temporary  Physician? 


CompHealth  treats  your  practice  as  if  it  were  our 
own  during:  vacations,  CMEs,  recruiting,  clinic 

start-up  or  other  absences. 


Want  Free  Time  While  You 
Practice  Medicine? 


Join  CompHealth’s  Locum  Tenens  Physician  Group. 


For  further  information  about  temporary  coverage 
or  locum  tenens  practice  opportunities,  call: 


CompHealth 


A Physician  Group 


WILSON  ROSS,  Regional  Administrator 
114  Centennial  Avenue 
Sewickley,  PA  15143 
Telephone:  412/741-3310 


A special 
practice  for 
specialists 


If  you’re  a surgeon  or  OB/GYN  or  other  medical 
specialist,  the  Air  Force  may  have  a special  practice 
for  you. 

What  makes  it  special?  You’ll  enjoy  an  excellent 
pay  and  benefits  package.  Your  regular  working 
hours  will  allow  you  to  spend  more  time  with  your 
family.  You’ll  receive  30  days  of  vacation  with  pay 
each  year.  And  you  will  work  with  modern  equipment 
and  some  of  the  most  highly  trained  professionals  in 
the  world,  serving  your  country  and  your  patients. 
Now  that’s  special! 

Call:  Tsgt  Steve  Porter 

201-790-8117^W£^ 


A great  way  of  life. 


PHYSICIANS 

U.S.  NAVY  MEDICAL  DEPARTMENT 
An  Equal  Opportunity  Employer 

Positions  are  presently  available  in  the  following  areas: 

• General  surgery  & Surgical  Specialties  • Ortho  Surgery  • Pathology  • Anesthesiology 

• Neurology  • Family  Practice  • Other  Specialties  • Preventive/Occupational  Medicine 

NAVY  MEDICINE 

• Provides  the  qualified  physician  with  the  opportunities  to  become  a member  of  global  health  care  system. 

• Is  practiced  in  excellent  medical  facilities  in  conjunction  with  a highly  professional  staff  of  support 
personnel. 

• Allows  the  physician  the  advantage  of  experiencing  all  aspects  of  medicine  including  teaching,  research, 
administration  and  graduate  medical  education  without  the  associated  career  disruption. 

• Provides  the  physician  with  an  officer’s  commission  with  attendant  benefits  and  privileges. 

Basic  qualifications  for  a commission  as  a NAVY  physician  include  U.S.  citizenship  and  excellent  pro- 
fessional references. 

For  a preliminary  review  of  your  qualifications,  send  your  curriculum  vitae  to: 

MEDICAL  PROGRAMS,  CODE  MD20 
NAVY  RECRUITING  DISTRICT 
128  NORTH  BROAD  STREET 
PHILADELPHIA,  PA  19102 
(COLLECT)  (215)  568-2042 
ATTN:  LT  PAT  DAY 


256 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


The  Journal 
f the[  Medical 
Society  of 


I 

New  Jersey 

APRIL  1984 


Send  this  coupon 
for  no-obligation 
information 
of  the  savings 
under 
the  Medical 
Society  of 
New  Jersey 
Endorsed 
Insurance 
Plans 


Check  this  list 
against  your 
coverages .... 

□ $5000  Monthly  Guaranteed 
Convertible  Accident  and  Health 

□ $10,000  Monthly  Practice 
Overhead  Expense 

□ $1,250,000  Term  Life  Insurance 

□ $500  Deductible 
COMPREHENSIVE 
MILLION-DOLLAR  MAJOR 
MEDICAL  PLAN— No  other 
coverage  needed — Issuable  to  Age 
69 

□ $15,000  Deductible  MILLION- 
DOLLAR  UMBRELLA 
MAJOR  MEDICAL  PLAN  for 
holders  of  Blue  Cross  and  other 
Major  Medical  Plans — Issuable 
to  Age  69 

□ $100-a-day  Hospital  Income 
Policy 

□ $200,000  High  Limit  Accident 
Plan 

□ Keogh  and  Corporate  Plan 
NOW!  $15,000  KEOGH 


E.  & W.  Blanksteen 
Agency,  Inc. 


Name: 


Address: 


E.  & W.  Blanksteen 

75  Montgomery  St., 
Jersey  City,  N.J.  07302 
(201)  333-4340 
or  (800)  742-2849 


Tel.  No. 


Best  Time  To  Call 


he  IBM  Personal  Computer 
tool  for  modern  times 
i the  Medical  Office. 


EDI-SCAN®,  an  Authorized  IBM®  Value- 
lded  Dealer  for  the  Personal  Computer 


r Comprehensive  $8,995.00  MEDI-SCAN  In-office 
ling  And  Accounting  System  Includes: 

he  IBM  Personal  Computer  XT  with  128K, 

0 Megabyte  hard  disk. 

he  IBM  Graphics  Printer. 

1EDI-SCAN  software — customized  for  your 
ractice,  including  procedure  numbers  for  state 
gencies.  Generates  accounting  reports, 
omprehensive  patient  statements,  insurance 
nd  third  party  forms. 

iptional  electronic  paperless  billing  to  third  party 
gencies,  where  applicable. 

raining — Complete  in-office  training  for  your 

upport— “HOT-LINE”  800  number  for 
ontinuous  support. 


EDI-SCAN  Single  Source 
ipport  System 


DI-SCAN’S  unique,  comprehensive  hardware  and  software  maintenance  agreement  guarantees  continuing 
vice  and  repair,  system  updates  and  additional  customization,  plus  in-office  training — all  from  one  source.  Our 
al  training  consultants  and  technicians  are  dedicated  to  giving  you  the  best  possible  service. 


^1  Personal  Computer  XTs  are  in  stock  in  our  local  warehouses  ready  to  be  immediately  installed.  Over  three 
ndred  physicians  are  using  the  MEDI-SCAN  System — join  them  in  making  the  IBM  PC-XT  “A  tool  for  modem 
les  in  the  medical  office.” 


Networking  available  for  group  practices  and  clinics 


would  like  to  know  more  about  the  MEDI-SCAN 

Or  call:  800-922-1021 

System  on  the  IBM  Personal  Computer  XT. 

In  MA-  800462-1009 

Authorized 
Value  Added 
Dealer 

)r. 

Send  to:  MEDI-SCAN 

Personal 

Computers 

Address 

-ity State Zip 

Dhone  ( ) 


90  Madison  Street,  Worcester,  MA  01608 


Service  centers  currently  in:  New  England  • Mid  Atlantic  States  • Mid  Western  States  • California  • Texas 

e MEDI-SCAN  is  a registered  trademark  of  PAL  Assoc.  Inc. 

3AL  Associates  is  an  Authorized  IBM  Value-Added  Dealer  for  the  Personal  Computer. 

MBM  is  a registered  trademark  of  International  Business  Machines  Corporation. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  4— APRIL  1984 


257 


April  1984 


THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY 
OF  NEW  JERSEY 

Founded  July  23,  1 766 


Officers  and  Trustees 

President 

Alexander  D.  Kovaes,  M.D.  (Union)  Scotch  Plains 

President-elect 

Frank  Y.  Watson,  M.D.  (Essex)  Glen  Ridge 

First  Vice-President 

Ralph  J.  Fiorettl,  M.D.  (Bergen)  Rochelle  Park 

Second  Vice-President 

Edward  A.  Schauer,  M.D.  (Monmouth)  Farmingdale 

Immediate  Past-President 

Howard  D.  Slobodien,  M.D.  (Middlesex)  Metuchen 

Secretary 

Arthur  Bernstein,  M.D.  (Essex)  South  Orange 

Treasurer 

Paul  J.  Hirsch,  M.D.  (Somerset)  Bridgewater 

Trustees 

Douglas  M.  Costabile,  M.D., 

Chairman  (1984)  (Union)  Murray  Hill 

Frank  Campo,  M.D.  (1984)  (Mercer)  Trenton 

Harry  M.  Carnes,  M.D.  (1985)  (Camden)  Audubon 

Joel  S.  Cherashore,  M.D.  (1986)  (Essex)  Nutley 

John  J.  Crosby,  Jr.,  M.D.  (1984)  Jersey  City 

Palma  E.  Formica,  M.D.  (1984) 

(Middlesex)  New  Brunswick 

Harry  W.  Fullerton,  Jr.,  M.D.  (1985) 

(Salem)  Carney's  Point 

Frank  Gingerelli,  M.D.  (1986)  (Bergen)  Hackensack 

William  Greifinger,  M.D.  (1984)  (Essex)  Belleville 

John  P.  Kengeter,  M.D.  (1984)  (Ocean)  Toms  River 

Edwin  W.  Messey,  M.D.  (1985)  (Burlington)  Willingboro 

Myles  C.  Morrison,  Jr.,  M.D.  (1985)  (Morris)  Morristown 

John  J.  Pastore,  M.D.  (1986)  (Cumberland)  Vineland 

Michael  R Ramundo,  M D.  (1984)  (Passaic)  Clifton 

Councilors 

First  District 

(Essex.  Morris,  Union,  and  Warren  Counties) 

Edward  M.  Coe,  M.D.  (1984)  Cranford 

Second  District 

(Bergen.  Hudson,  Passaic,  and  Sussex  Counties) 

Robert  A.  Weinstein,  M.D.  (1986)  Newton 

Third  District 

(Hunterdon,  Mercer,  Middlesex,  and  Somerset  Counties) 

Albert  F.  Moriconi,  M.D.  (1985)  Trenton 

Fourth  District 

(Burlington,  Camden,  Monmouth,  and  Ocean  Counties) 

Frederick  W.  Durham,  M.D.  (1984)  Haddonfield 

Fifth  District 

(Atlantic,  Cape  May,  Cumberland,  Gloucester,  and 
Salem  Counties) 

Paul  H.  Steel,  M.D.  (1986)  Atlantic  City 

AMA  Delegates 

William  J.  D'Elia,  M.D.,  Chairman  (1985)  Spring  Lake 

Alfred  A Alessi,  M.D.  (1984)  Hackensack 

Frederick  W.  Durham,  M.D.  (1984)  Haddonfield 

Palma  E.  Formica,  M.D.  (1984)  New  Brunswick 

Karl  T.  Franzoni.  M.D.  (1984)  Trenton 

John  S.  Madara,  M.D.  (1984)  Salem 

Henry  J.  Mineur,  M.D.  (1984)  Cranford 

Myles  C.  Morrison.  Jr.,  M.D.  (1985)  Morristown 

Howard  D.  Slobodien.  M.D.  (1985)  Metuchen 

AMA  Trustee 

James  S.  Todd,  M.D.  (Ridgewood)  Bergen 


Publication  Committee 

Paul  J.  Hirsch,  M.D.,  Chairman 
Dirck  L.  Brendlinger,  M.D. 

Frederick  B.  Cohen,  M.D. 

A Olusegun  Fayemi,  M.D. 

Robert  M.  MacMillan,  M.D. 

Leon  G.  Smith,  M.D. 

La  Verne  Fioretti 

Editor 

Arthur  Krosnick,  M.D. 

Managing  Editor 

Geraldine  R Hutner 

Assistant  Managing  Editor 

Dorothy  J.  Griffith 

Advertising  Manager 

E.  Elizabeth  Cookson 

Executive  Director 

Vincent  A.  Maressa 

Executive  Director  Emeritus 

Richard  I.  Nevin 

Editorial  Board 

Jerome  Abrams,  M.D.  (Obstet/Gynecol) 
Joseph  Alpert,  M.D.  (Vase  Surg) 

Harold  Arlen,  M.D.  (Otolaryngol) 

Alfonse  Cinotti,  M.D.  (Ophthalmol) 
Robert  Dodelson,  M.D.  (Nephrol) 

Wm.  A.  Dwyer,  Jr„  M.D.  (Surg) 

Norman  H.  Ertel,  M.D.  (Int  Med/Endocrinol) 
Daniel  P.  Greenfield,  M.D.  (Psychiat) 
Christine  E.  Haycock,  M.D.  (Sports  Med) 
Monroe  S.  Karetzky,  M.D.  (Pulmon  Med) 
Avrum  L.  Katcher,  M.D.  (Pediatr) 
Stanley  C.  Leonberg,  Jr.,  M.D.  (Neurol) 

Joel  D.  Levinson,  M.D.  (Gastroenterol) 
Heniy  R Liss,  M.D.  (Neurosurg) 

Geobel  A Marin,  M.D.  (Int  Med/Gastroenterol) 
Donald  G.  McKaba,  M.D.  (Allergy) 

Robby  Meijer,  M.D.  (Plas  Surg) 

Frank  T.  Padberg,  Jr.,  M.D.  (Surg) 
Christopher  A Papa,  M.D.  (Dermatol) 
Norman  Riegel,  M.D.  (Book  Review) 
Edwin  L.  Rothfield,  M.D.  (Cardiol) 
Benjamin  F.  Rush,  Jr.,  M.D.  (Surg) 
Morris  H.  Saffron,  M.D.  (Med  His) 

Mark  M.  Singer,  M.D.  (Int  Med/Endocrinol) 
Sheldon  D.  Solomon,  M.D.  (Rheum) 

Lloyd  N.  Spindell,  M.D.  (Radiol) 

A Arthur  Sugerman,  M.D.  (Psychiat) 
Stephen  F.  Wang,  M.D.  (Pediatr) 

Edwin  S.  Wilson,  M.D.  (Radiol) 

Louis  S.  Zeiger,  M.D.  (Nucl  Med) 

Robert  B.  Zufall,  M.D.  (Urol) 


The  Journal  of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  (ISSN-0025-7524)  is  published  monthly  (since  1904)  except 
semimonthly  in  July  (13  issues),  under  direction  of  the  Committee  on  Publication,  by  the  Medical  Society  of  New 
Jersey,  Two  Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648.  Printed  in  East  Stroudsburg,  PA  by  the  Hughes  Printing 
Co.  Whole  number  of  issues  961.  Member’s  subscription  ($10)  is  included  in  Society  dues.  Rates  for  nonmembers, 
$20;  outside  USA  add  $7.50  for  postage.  Single  copies,  $2.  Address  communications  to  The  Journal  MSNJ,  Two 
Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648,  (609)  896-1766.  Second-class  postage  paid  at  Trenton,  NJ,  and  additional 
entry  office.  Copyright  1984  by  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


258 


Our  reputation  has 
been  built  on  our 


SERVICE 


JMK  AUTO  SALES 

391  Rt.  22  (East)  Springfield,  New  Jersey 

L 379-7744  A 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  4— APRIL  1984 


259 


The  Journal 
the  Medical 
Society  of 


New  Jersey 

APRIL  1984 


Features 

265  Membership  Newsletter 

276  Professional  Liability  Commentary 

28 1 Editorial 

283  Hospital  Governing  Beards 
285  Physician  Legal  Bulletin 

Contributions 

29 1 Deaths  Related  to  Narcotics  Overdose  in  New  Jersey 

E.  Feuer,  M.D.,  and  J.  French,  M A,  Trenton 
297  Computerized  Tomography-Guided  Percutaneous  Needle  Biopsy 
K.L.  Jewel,  M.D.,  Montclair 
303  Premenstrual  Syndrome:  Fact  or  Fantasy? 

M A Pelosi,  M.D.,  Bayonne 

311  Rehabilitation  of  Cognitive  Function  in  Brain-Damaged  Persons 

I. W.  Pollack,  M.D.,  H.  Kohn,  Ph.D.,  M.H.  Miller,  Ph.D.,  Piscataway 
3 1 7 Case  Report:  Tuberculous  Abscess  of  the  Spleen 

W.E.  Farrer,  M.D.,  and  S.  Ramamurti,  M.D.,  Elizabeth 
320  Case  Report:  Intrauterine  Testicular  Torsion 

J.  Rosenberg,  M.D.,  and  M.  Zimmerman,  M.D.,  Clifton 

322  Pharmacological  Basis  of  Therapeutics:  Anticonvulsant  Agents 
H.M.  Geller,  Ph.D.,  Piscataway 
325  Pediatric  Briefs 

RH.  Rapkin,  M.D.,  F.C.  Behrle,  M.D.,  S.C.  Sun,  M.D.,  Newark 

Doctors1  Notebook 

327  Trustees’  Minutes:  February  19, 1984 

328  President’s  Column,  Alexander  D.  Kovacs,  M.D. 

329  UMDNJ  Notes,  Stanley  S.  Bergen,  Jr.,  M.D. 

329  MSNJ  Auxiliary,  Mrs.  Gale  Way  man 

330  AMNJ  Report,  Paul  J.  Hirsch,  M.D. 

330  New  Members 

33 1 Dennis  R.  Filippone:  Maimonides  Award  Recipient 
33 1 Physicians  Seeking  Location  in  New  Jersey 

MSNJ  Departments 

335  Report  of  the  Nominating  Committee 

337  CME  Calendar 

342  Letters  to  the  Editor 

344  Book  Reviews 

346  Obituaries 

347  Information  for  Authors 


On  The  Cover:  Photographer 

Uand  physician,  Owen  A. 
Shteir,  M.D.,  a member  of  our 
Mercer  County  component, 
can  be  credited  with  this 
scene  of  Princeton  farmlands. 
Dr.  Shteir  is  an  avid  photogra- 
pher whose  work  has  been 
exhibited  in  the  state. 

_ . — i— — ■ 


I 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


260 


Attention:  DOCTORS*^ 


CDfTlPUTER 

ana 

communicaTion 


THOMAS  H.  GASQUE 
Producer 


EHPO 


convention  hall,  asbury  park,  new  jersey 


april  12*13 *14 *15, 1984  • 10am  to  6 pm  daily 


A Business  Products/Services  Exposition 

W Special  Seminars  on 

COMPUTERIZATION 

for  the  Medical  Profession 

Hardware  ■ Software  • Consultation 

Special  Programs  and  Seminars  scheduled 
for  Corporate  • Small  Business  • Banking 
Education  • Legal  Professions. 

Computer  and  Communication  Expo  • Convention  Hall,  Asbury  Park,  N.J.  07712  • Tel.  201-776-6260 


'OL.  81— NUMBER  4 — APRIL  1984 


261 


Angina 
Protection 
with  Benefits  for 
a Lifetime 

ONCE-DAILY  CONTROL 
WITH  HEART-SAVING  BENEFITS 

By  reducing  heart  rate  and  cardiac  contractility,  INDERAL  LA  helps 
protect  the  heart  from  the  potentially  serious  and  debilitating 
consequences  of  ischemia.  A highly  effective  antianginal  agent  for 
around-the-clock  control  of  symptoms,  INDERAL  LA  also  provides 
cardiovascular  protection  for  a sense  of  security  in  the  years  ahead. 

PROTECTION  AND  EXPERIENCE 
NO  CALCIUM  BLOCKER  CAN  MATCH 

Unlike  calcium  blockers,  INDERAL  LA — either  alone  or  with  a 
nitrate — is  recommended  for  early  treatment  of  angina  in  the 
majority  of  patients.  Equally  important,  INDERAL  LA  delivers  the 
proven  performance  and  safety  profile  of  INDERAL  tablets — 
confirmed  by  millions  of  patients  during  16  years  of  clinical  use. 

START  WITH  80  MG  ONCE  DAILY 

Dosage  may  be  increased  to  160  mg  once  daily,  as  needed,  to 
achieve  optimal  control.  INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  used  in  congestive 
heart  failure,  sinus  bradycardia,  cardiogenic  shock,  heart  block  greater 
than  first  degree,  and  bronchial  asthma.  Please  see  next  page  for 
further  details  and  brief  summary  of  prescribing  information. 


ONCE-DAILY 


LONG  ACTING  mg  mg  mg 

CAPSULES 


The  appearance  ol 
INDERAL  L.A 

I - I capsules  is  a registered 

' AvPr^t  trademark  of 

Ayerst  Laboratories 


ONCE-DAILY 


JUST  ONCE  EACH  DAY 
FOR  SIMPLIFIED  CORE 


THERAPY  IN  ANGINA  (PROPRANOLOL  HO) 


INDERALLA  ill 


LONG  ACTING 
CAPSULES 


80 

mg 


120 

mg 


160 

mg 


BRIEF  SUMMARY  (FOR  FULL  PRESCRIBING  INFORMATION.  SEE  PACKAGE  CIRCULAR.) 
INDERAL  LA  brand  of  propranolol  hydrochloride  (Long  Acting  Capsules} 
DESCRIPTION,  inderal  LA  is  formulated  to  provide  a sustained  release  of  propranolol 
hydrochloride.  Inderal  LA  is  available  as  80  mg,  120  mg,  and  160  mg  capsules. 

CLINICAL  PHARMACOLOGY.  INDERAL  is  a nonselective  beta-adrenergic  receptor 
blocking  agent  possessing  no  other  autonomic  nervous  system  activity.  It  specifically  com- 
petes with  beta-adrenergic  receptor  stimulating  agents  for  available  receptor  sites.  When 
access  to  beta-receptor  sites  is  blocked  by  INDERAL,  the  chronotropic,  inotropic,  and 
vasodilator  responses  to  beta-adrenergic  stimulation  are  decreased  proportionately. 

INDERAL  LA  Capsules  (80, 120,  and  160  mg)  release  propranolol  HCI  at  a controlled  and 
predictable  rate.  Peak  blood  levels  following  dosing  with  INDERAL  LA  occur  at  about  6 hours 
and  the  apparent  plasma  half-life  is  about  10  hours  When  measured  at  steady  state  over  a 24- 
hour  period  the  areas  under  the  propranolol  plasma  concentration-time  curve  (AUCs)  for  the 
capsules  are  approximately  60%  to  65%  of  the  AUCs  for  a comparable  divided  daily  dose  of 
INDERAL  tablets.  The  lower  AUCs  for  the  capsules  are  due  to  greater  hepatic  metabolism  of 
propranolol,  resulting  from  the  slower  rate  of  absorption  of  propranolol.  Over  a twenty-four  (24) 
hour  period,  blood  levels  are  fairly  constant  for  about  twelve  (12)  hours  then  decline 
exponentially. 

INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  considered  a simple  mg  for  mg  substitute  for  conventional 
propranolol  and  the  blood  levels  achieved  do  not  match  (are  lower  than)  those  of  two  to  four 
times  daily  dosing  with  the  same  dose.  When  changing  to  INDERAL  LA  from  conventional 
propranolol,  a possible  need  for  retitration  upwards  should  be  considered  especially  to 
maintain  effectiveness  at  the  end  of  the  dosing  interval  In  most  clinical  settings,  however, 
such  as  hypertension  or  angina  where  there  is  little  correlation  between  plasma  levels  and 
clinical  effect.  INDERAL  LA  has  been  therapeutically  equivalent  to  the  same  mg  dose  of 
conventional  INDERAL  as  assessed  by  24-hour  effects  on  blood  pressure  and  on  24-hour 
exercise  responses  of  heart  rate,  systolic  pressure  and  rate  pressure  product.  INDERAL  LA 
can  provide  effective  beta  blockade  for  a 24-hour  period. 

The  mechanism  of  the  antihypertensive  effect  of  INDERAL  has  not  been  established 
Among  the  factors  that  may  be  involved  in  contributing  to  the  antihypertensive  action  are  (1) 
decreased  cardiac  output,  (2)  inhibition  of  renin  release  by  the  kidneys,  and  (3)  diminution  of 
tonic  sympathetic  nerve  outflow  from  vasomotor  centers  in  the  brain.  Although  total  peripheral 
resistance  may  increase  initially,  it  readjusts  to  or  below  the  pretreatment  level  with  chronic 
use.  Effects  on  plasma  volume  appear  to  be  minor  and  somewhat  variable.  INDERAL  has 
been  shown  to  cause  a small  increase  in  serum  potassium  concentration  when  used  in  the 
treatment  of  hypertensive  patients.  Jjj 

In  angina  pectoris,  propranolol  generally  redubes  the  oxygen  requirement  of  the  heart  at 
any  given  level  of  effort  by  blocking  the  catecholamine-induced  incteases  in  the  heafl  rate, 
systolic  blood  pressure,  and  the  velocity  and  extent  of  myocardial  contraction  Propranolol  | 
may  increase  oxygen  requirements  by  increasing  left  ventricular  fiber  length,  end  diastolic 
pressure  and  systolic  ejection  period  The  net  physiologic  effect  of  beta  adrj  nergic  blockade 
is  usually  advantageous  and  is  manifested  during  exercise  by  delayed; onset  of  painpind 
increased  work  capacity  WW  .Q-gi 

In  dosages  greater  than  required  for  beta  blockade,  INDERAL  also  exerts  a quinidii  i-  ~lit<e 
or  anesthetic-like  membrane  action  which  affects  t no  carrf  ac  action  potentia  The  signifi- 
cance  of  the  membrane  action  in  the  treatment  of  arrhythmias  is  uncertain 

The  mechanism  of  the  antimigraine  effect  of  propranolol  has  not  beep  established  Beta- 
adrenergic  receptors  have  been  demonstrated  in  the  pi  at  vessels  Of  the  brain. 

Beta  receptor  blockade  can  be  useful  in  conditions  in  which,  because  Of  pathologic  or 
functional  changes,  sympathetic  activity  is  detrimental  to  the  patient  But  there  are  also 
situations  in  which  sympathetic  stimulation  is  vital.  For'examplefTn  patients  with  Severely 
damaged  hearts,  adequate  ventricular  function  is  maintained  by  virtue  of  sympathetic  drive 
which  should  be  preserved.  In  the  presence  of  AV  block,  greater  than  first  degree,  beta 
blockade  may  prevent  the  necessary  facilitating  effect  of  sympathetic  activity  on  conduction. 
Beta  blockade  results  in  bronchial  constriction  by  interfering  with  adrenergic  bronchodilator 
activity  which  should  be  preserved  in  patients  subject  to  bronchospasm. 

Propranolol  is  not  significantly  dialyzable 

INDICATIONS  AND  USAGE.  Hypertension:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  in  the  manage- 
ment of  hypertension;  it  may  be  used  alone  or  used  in  combination  with  other  antihypertensive 
agents,  particularly  a thiazide  diuretic.  INDERAL  LA  is  not  indicated  in  the  management  of 
hypertensive  emergencies. 

Angina  Pectoris  Due  to  Coronary  Atherosclerosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated 
for  the  long-term  management  of  patients  with  angina  pectoris. 

Migraine:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  for  the  prophylaxis  of  common  migraine  headache 
The  efficacy  of  propranolol  in  the  treatment  of  a migraine  attack  that  has  started  has  not  been 
established  and  propranolol  is  not  indicated  for  such  use 

Hypertrophic  Subaortic  Stenosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  useful  in  the  management  of 
hypertrophic  subaortic  stenosis,  especially  for  treatment  of  exertional  or  other  stress-induced 
angina,  palpitations,  and  syncope  INDERAL  LA  also  improves  exercise  performance.  The 
effectiveness  of  propranolol  hydrochloride  in  this  disease  appears  to  be  due  to  a reduction  of 
the  elevated  outflow  pressure  gradient  which  is  exacerbated  by  beta-receptor  stimulation. 
Clinical  improvement  may  be  temporary. 

CONTRAINDICATIONS.  INDERAL  is  contraindicated  in  1)  cardiogenic  shock;  2)  sinus 
bradycardia  and  greater  than  first  degree  block;  3)  bronchial  asthma;  4)  congestive  heart 
failure  (see  WARNINGS)  unless  the  failure  is  secondary  to  a tachyarrhythmia  treatable  with 
INDERAL 

WARNINGS.  CARDIAC  FAILURE:  Sympathetic  stimulation  may  be  a vital  component  sup- 
porting circulatory  function  in  patients  with  congestive  heart  failure,  and  its  inhibition  by  beta 
blockade  may  precipitate  more  severe  failure.  Although  beta  blockers  should  be  avoided  in 
overt  congestive  heart  failure,  if  necessary,  they  can  be  used  with  close  follow-up  in  patients 
with  a history  of  failure  who  are  well  compensated  and  are  receiving  digitalis  and  diuretics 
Beta-adrenergic  blocking  agents  do  not  abolish  the  inotropic  action  of  digitalis  on  heart 
muscle 

IN  PATIENTS  WITHOUT  A HISTORY  OF  HEART  FAILURE,  continued  use  of  beta  blockers 
can,  in  some  cases,  lead  to  cardiac  failure.  Therefore,  at  the  first  sign  or  symptom  of  heart 
failure,  the  patient  should  be  digitalized  and/or  treated  with  diuretics,  and  the  response 
observed  closely,  or  INDERAL  should  be  discontinued  (gradually,  if  possible). 


IN  PATIENTS  WITH  ANGINA  PECTORIS,  there  have  been  reports  of  exacerbation  of 
angina  and,  in  some  cases,  myocardial  infarction,  following  abrupt  discontinuance  of 
INDERAL  therapy  Therefore,  when  discontinuance  of  INDERAL  is  planned  the  dosage 
should  be  gradually  reduced  over  at  least  a few  weeks,  and  the  patient  should  be 
cautioned  against  interruption  or  cessation  of  therapy  without  the  physician's  advice  If 
INDERAL  therapy  is  interrupted  and  exacerbation  of  angina  occurs,  it  usually  is  advis- 
able to  reinstitute  INDERAL  therapy  and  take  other  measures  appropriate  for  the  man- 
agement ol  unstable  angina  pectoris.  Since  coronary  artery  disease  may  be 
unrecognized,  it  may  be  prudent  to  follow  the  above  advice  in  patients  considered  at  risk 
ot  having  occult  atherosclerotic  heart  disease  who  are  given  propranolol  for  other 
indications 


Nonaliergic  Bronchospasm  (e.g.,  chronic  bronchitis,  emphysema}  — 

PARENTS  WITH  BRONCHOSPASTIC  DISEASES  SHOULD  IN  GENERAL  NOT  RECEIVE  BETA 
BLOCKERS  INDERAL  should  be  administered  with  caution  since  it  may  block  bronchodila- 
tion  produced  by  endogenous  and  exogenous  catecholamine  stimulation  of  beta  receptors. 


MAJOR  SURGERY:  The  necessity  or  desirability  of  withdrawal  of  beta-blocking  therai 
prior  to  major  surgery  is  controversial.  It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  the  impaired  ability 
the  heart  to  respond  to  reflex  adrenergic  stimuli  may  augment  the  risks  of  general  anesthes 
and  surgical  procedures 

INDERAL  (propranolol  HCI),  like  other  beta  blockers,  is  a competitive  inhibitor  of  bet 
receptor  agonists  and  its  effects  can  be  reversed  by  administration  of  such  agents,  e.c 
dobutamine  or  isoproterenol.  However,  such  patients  may  be  subiect  to  protracted  seve 
hypotension.  Difficulty  in  starting  and  maintaining  the  heartbeat  has  also  been  reported  wr 
blockers 

DIABETES  AND  HYPOGLYCEMIA'  Beta-adrenergic  blockade  may  prevent  the  a; t 
pearance  of  certain  premonitory  signs  and  symptoms  (pulse  rate  and  pressure  changes) 
acute  hypoglycemia  in  labile  insulin-dependent  diabetes.  In  these  patients,  it  may  be  mo 
difficult  to  adjust  the  dosage  of  insulin. 

THYROTOXICOSIS:  Beta  blockade  may  mask  certain  clinical  signs  of  hyperthyroidisr 
Therefore,  abrupt  withdrawal  of  propranolol  may  be  followed  by  an  exacerbation  of  symptorr 
of  hyperthyroidism,  including  thyroid  storm.  Propranolol  does  not  distort  thyroid  function  test 
IN  PATIENTS  WITH  WOLFF-PARKINSON-WHITE  SYNDROME,  several  cases  have  bee 
reported  in  which,  after  propranolol,  the  tachycardia  was  replaced  by  a severe  bradycard 
requiring  a demand  pacemaker  In  one  case  this  resulted  after  an  initial  dose  of  5 m 
propranolol 

PRECAUTIONS.  General:  Propranolol  should  be  used  with  caution  in  patients  with  impaire 
hepatic  or  renal  function.  INDERAL  is  not  indicated  for  the  treatment  of  hypertensiv 
emergencies. 

Beta  adrenoreceptor  blockade  can  cause  reduction  of  intraocular  pressure.  Patient 
should  be  told  that  INDERAL  may  interfere  with  the  glaucoma  screening  test.  Withdrawal  ma 
lead  to  a return  of  increased  intraocular  pressure. 

Clinical  Laboratory  Tests:  Elevated  blood  urea  levels  in  patients  with  severe  heart  diseasr 
elevated  serum  transaminase,  alkaline  phosphatase,  lactate  dehydrogenase 

DRUG  INTERACTIONS  Patients  receiving  catecholamine-depleting  drugs  such  as  rese 
pine  should  be  closely  observed  if  INDERAL  is  administered.  The  added  catecholamine 
blocking  action  may  produce  an  excessive  reduction  of  resting  sympathetic  nervous  activit 
which  may  result  in  hypotension,  marked  bradycardia,  vertigo,  syncopal  attacks,  ororthostatu 
hypotension. 

Carcinogenesis.  Mutagenesis,  Impairment  ot  Fertility:  Long-term  studies  in  animals  havi 
been  conducted  to  evaluate  toxic  effects  and  carcinogenic  potential.  In  18-month  studies  n 
both  rats  and  mice,  employing  doses  up  to  150  mg/kg/day,  there  was  no  evidence  of  significan 
drug-induced  toxicity  There  were  no  drug  related  tumorigemc  effects  at  any  of  the  dosagi 
levels.  Ffeproductrve  studies  in  anrrrrd&dtd  not  show  any  impairment  of  fertility  that  wai 
| attributable  to  the  drug 

Pregnancy  Pregnancy  Category  C INDERAL  has  been  shown  to  be  embryotoxic  ii 
sanimat  studies  at  doses  about  ip,  times  <pre,|tgr  than  the  maximum  recommended  human  dose 
There  are  no  adequate  and  weft-conlroited  studies  in  pregnant  women  INDERAL  shoult 
be  used  during  pregnancy  only  if  the  potential  benefit  justifies  the  potential  risk  to  the  fetus 
Nursing  Iv^i&ys  INDERAL  is  excreted  in  human  milk.  Caution  should  be  exercised  wher 
INDERAL  is.  admtnistereddo.a  nursing  woman. 

Pediatric  Use  Safety  and  effectiveness  in  children  have  not  been  established 
ADVERSE  REACTIONS.  Most  adverse  effects  have  been  mild  and  transient  and  have 
rarely  required  the  withdrawal  of  therapy. 

Cardiovascular:  bradycardia.' congestive  heart  failure,  intensification  ot  AV  block;  hypo 
tension:  paresthesia  of  hands:  thrombocytopenic  purpura;  arterial  insufficiency,  usually  of  the 
Raynaud  type  7 jw  1»UPr  'Wr  w 

Central  Nervous  System:  lig^pddedness;  mental  depression  manifested  by  insomnia 
lassitude,  weakness,  fatigue;  reversible  mental  depression  progressing  to  catatonia;  visua 
disturbances;  hallucinations;  an  acute  reversible  syndrome  characterized  by  disorientation  toi 
time  and  place,  short-term  memory  loss,  emotional  lability,  slightly  clouded  sensorium,  and 
decreased  performance  on  neuropsychometrics. 

Gastrointestinal:  nausea,  vomiting,  epigastric  distress,  abdominal  cramping,  diarrhea, 
constipation,  mesenteric  arterial  thrombosis,  ischemic  colitis 

Allergic:  pharyngitis  and  agranulocytosis,  erythematous  rash,  fever  combined  with  aching 
and  sore  throat,  laryngospasm  and  respiratory  distress. 

Respiratory:  bronchospasm 

Hematologic:  agranulocytosis,  nonthrombocytopenic  purpura,  thrombocytopenic 
purpura. 

Auto-Immune:  In  extremely  rare  instances,  systemic  lupus  erythematosus  has  been 
reported 

Miscellaneous:  alopecia,  LE-like  reactions,  psoriasiform  rashes,  dry  eyes,  male  impo- 
tence, and  Peyronie’s  disease  have  been  reported  rarely.  Oculomucocutaneous  reactions 
involving  the  skin,  serous  membranes  and  con|unctivae  reported  tor  a beta  blocker  (practolol) 
have  not  been  associated  with  propranolol 

DOSAGE  AND  ADMINISTRATION.  INDERAL  LA  provides  propranolol  hydrochloride  in  a 
sustained-release  capsule  for  administration  once  daily  If  patients  are  switched  from  INDERAL 
tablets  to  INDERAL  LA  capsules,  care  should  be  taken  to  assure  that  the  desired  therapeutic 
effect  is  maintained  INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  considered  a simple  mg  for  mg  substitute  tor 
INDERAL.  INDERAL  LA  has  different  kinetics  and  produces  lower  blood  levels  Retitration  may 
be  necessary  especially  to  maintain  effectiveness  at  the  end  of  the  24-hour  dosing  interval. 

HYPERTENSION — Dosage  must  be  individualized.  The  usual  initial  dosage  is  80  mg 
INDERAL  LA  once  daily,  whether  used  alone  or  added  to  a diuretic.  The  dosage  may  be 
increased  to  120  mg  once  daily  or  higher  until  adequate  blood-pressure  control  is  achieved 
The  usual  maintenance  dosage  is  120  to  160  mg  once  daily.  In  some  instances  a dosage  of  640 
mg  may  be  required.  The  time  needed  for  full  hypertensive  response  to  a given  dosage  is 
variable  and  may  range  from  a few  days  to  several  weeks. 

ANGINA  PECTORIS — Dosage  must  be  individualized.  Starting  with  80  mg  INDERAL  LA 
once  daily,  dosage  should  be  gradually  increased  at  three  to  seven  day  intervals  until  optimum 
response  is  obtained  Although  individual  patients  may  respond  at  any  dosage  level,  the 
average  optimum  dosage  appears  to  be  160  mg  once  daily.  In  angina  pectoris,  the  value  and 
safety  of  dosage  exceeding  320  mg  per  day  have  not  been  established 

If  treatment  is  to  be  discontinued,  reduce  dosage  gradually  over  a period  of  a few  weeks 
(see  WARNINGS) 

MIGRAINE — Dosage  must  be  individualized  The  initial  oral  dose  is  80  mg  INDERAL  LA 
once  daily.  The  usual  effective  dose  range  is  160-240  mg  once  daily  The  dosage  may  be 
increased  gradually  to  achieve  optimum  migraine  prophylaxis  If  a satisfactory  response  is  not 
obtained  within  four  to  six  weeks  after  reaching  the  maximum  dose,  INDERAL  LA  therapy 
should  be  discontinued  It  may  be  advisable  to  withdraw  the  drug  gradually  over  a period  of 

S0V0fg|  WQ0kS 

HYPERTROPHIC  SUBAORTIC  STENOSIS— 80-160  mg  INDERAL  LA  once  daily 
PEDIATRIC  DOSAGE— At  this  time  the  data  on  the  use  of  the  drug  in  this  age  group  are  too 
limited  to  permit  adequate  directions  for  use. 

*The  appearance  of  INDERAL  LA  capsules  is  a registered  trademark  of  Ayerst  Laboratories. 

8833/384 


Ayerst 


AYERST  LABORATORIES 
New  York,  N.Y.  10017 


264 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Membership 

Newsletter 


fHE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


& 

S 


VOLUME  10 


MANDATORY  ASSIGNMENT— MEDICARE 

HR-4170  still  is  pending  in  the  U.S.  Congress.  It 
calls  for  a rollback  of  Medicare  prevailing  charges  to 
the  level  set  on  June  30,  1983.  This  applies  to  phy- 
sician services  to  Medicare  hospital  inpatients.  Ad- 
ditionally, physicians  would  be  required  to  accept 
Medicare  assignment.  Hospitals  which  do  not  have 
agreements  with  their  medical  staffs  to  accept  assign- 
ments will  be  precluded  from  Part  A-Hospital  Reim- 
bursement. 

Regardless  of  the  nature  or  extent  of  your  Medicare 
practice  the  passage  of  HR-4170  will  have  a tremen- 
dous negative  impact  on  you  and  your  patients.  Write 
jyour  senators  and  representatives  today.  Ask  your 
patients  to  write  on  their  own  behalf. 

The  Honorable  Bill  Bradley 
United  States  Senate 
Room  253 

Dirksen  Senate  Office  Building 
Washington,  D.C.  20510 

The  Honorable  Frank  R Lautenberg 
United  States  Senate 
Room  717 

Hart  Senate  Office  Building 
Washington,  D.C.  20510 

The  Honorable  James  J.  Florio 
House  of  Representatives 
Rayburn  House  Office  Building 
Room  2162 

Washington,  D.C.  20515 

The  Honorable  William  J.  Hughes 
House  of  Representatives 
Cannon  House  Office  Building 
Room  341 

Washington,  D.C.  20515 

The  Honorable  James  J.  Howard 
House  of  Representatives 
Rayburn  House  Office  Building 
Room  2245 

Washington,  D.C.  20515 


The  Honorable  Chris  Smith 
House  of  Representatives 
Cannon  House  Office  Building 
Room  422 

Washington,  D.C.  20515 

The  Honorable  Marge  Roukema 
House  of  Representatives 
Cannon  House  Office  Building 
Room  226 

Washington,  D.C.  20515 

The  Honorable  Bernard  J.  Dwyer 
House  of  Representatives 
Cannon  House  Office  Building 
Room  404 

Washington,  D.C.  20515 

The  Honorable  Matthew  J.  Rinaldo 
House  of  Representatives 
Rayburn  House  Office  Building 
Room  2338 

Washington,  D.C.  20515 

The  Honorable  Robert  A.  Roe 
House  of  Representatives 
Rayburn  House  Office  Building 
Room  2243 

Washington,  D.C.  20515 

The  Honorable  Robert  G.  Torricelli 
House  of  Representatives 
Cannon  House  Office  Building 
Room  317 

Washington,  D.C.  20515 

The  Honorable  Peter  W.  Rodino,  Jr. 
House  of  Representatives 
Rayburn  House  Office  Building 
Room  2462 

Washington,  D.C.  20515 

The  Honorable  Joseph  G.  Minish 
House  of  Representatives 
Rayburn  House  Office  Building 
Room  2109 

Washington,  D.C.  20515 


VOL  81— NUMBER  4— APRIL  1984 


265 


The  Honorable  James  A.  Courter 
House  of  Representatives 
Cannon  House  Office  Building 
Room  325 

Washington,  D.C.  20515 

The  Honorable  Edwin  B.  Forsythe 
House  of  Representatives 
Rayburn  House  Office  Building 
Room  2210 

Washington,  D.C.  20515 

The  Honorable  Frank  J.  Guarini 
House  of  Representatives 
Cannon  House  Office  Building 
Room  206 

Washington,  D.C.  20515 

SERVICE  FOR  CRIME  VICTIMS 

Compensation  for  losses  due  to  injuries  is  available 
to  eligible  victims  of  crime  through  the  New  Jersey 
Violent  Crime  Compensation  Board.  In  the  case  of  the 
death  of  the  victim,  payment  may  be  ordered  to  or  for 
the  benefit  of  the  dependents  of  the  deceased  victim. 
Persons  who  are  injured  while  trying  to  prevent  a 
crime  or  while  assisting  a police  officer  in  making  an 
arrest  also  may  be  eligible  for  compensation. 

For  more  information,  call  800-242-0804  or  write  to 
Commissioner  Kenneth  W.  Welch,  Chairman,  Violent 
Crimes  Compensation  Board,  60  Park  Place,  Newark, 
NJ  07102. 

MUTUAL  PROTECTION  ASSOCIATION 

H.R.  2095  and  H.R.  2486— Physicians'  and  Surgeons' 
Mutual  Protection  Associations.  The  AMA  supported 
H.R  2095  and  H.R.  2486,  bills  that  would  provide  tax- 
exempt  status  to  physicians’  and  surgeons'  mutual 
protection  and  indemnity  associations  providing  pro- 
fessional liability  coverage.  The  bills  also  provide  that 
initial  payments  made  by  a physician  to  such  entities 
would  be  tax  deductible  as  a business  expense.  AMA 
commented  that  the  bills  represent  a reasonable  step 
towards  providing  equality  of  tax  treatment  for  this 
form  of  providing  essential  professional  liability  cov- 
erage. (Letter,  House  Ways  and  Means  Committee, 
January  6,  1984). 

PREFERRED  PROVIDER  ORGANIZATIONS:  LEGAL 
AND  LEGISLATIVE  ASPECTS* 

It  should  be  remembered  that  the  Preferred  Provider 
Organization  (PPO)  is  an  entrepreneurial  marketing 
concept  which  seeks  to  achieve  cost  efficiencies  in  the 
delivery  of  health  care  through  the  use  of  legal  con- 
tracting as  a mechanism  to  encourage  certain  behav- 
ior patterns.  Often,  these  are  not  legislated  entities  and 
the  locus  of  their  regulation  is  unclear.  In  addition,  the 
application  of  the  law  to  PPOs  is  as  yet  ambiguous 
since  they  are  relatively  new,  and  specific  legislation 
is  limited  and  judicial  decisions  are  completely  lacking. 
The  following  discussion,  therefore,  often  deals  with 
potential  pitfalls  rather  than  proven  traps. 

The  regulation  of  the  business  of  insurance,  includ- 


‘Reprinted  with  pennission  from  the  American  Medical  As- 
sociation. 


ing  health  insurance,  is  an  activity  reserved  for  the 
states  by  Congress.  All  states  have  some  sort  of  in- 
surance code  which  provides  for  the  regulation  of  in- 
surance plans.  Where  legal  barriers  to  PPO  develop- 
ment exist  on  the  state  level,  they  usually  involve  the 
issue  of  whether  or  not  it  is  legal  in  that  partieulai 
state  to  restrict  the  insured's  free  choice  of  provider 
either  by  designating  “preferred”  providers  or  by  creat 
ing  financial  or  other  incentives  to  choose  designated 
providers.  Many  states  have  insurance  code  provisions 
guaranteeing  the  beneficiary  or  subscriber  free  choice 
of  provider  so  long  as  the  chosen  provider  is  licensed 
to  perform  the  particular  service.  Several  of  these 
states  now  are  considering  or  implementing  legislative 
changes  which  seek  to  control  health  care  costs  by 
creating  competition  among  providers  for  patients  and 
third-party  reimbursement  through  the  selective  con- 
tracting mechanism. 

It  should  be  noted  that  self-insured  employer  groups 
and  Taft-Hartley  union  trusts  (prime  marketing 
targets  of  many  PPOs)  are  exempt  from  state  insurance 
regulations  by  virtue  of  pre-emptive  federal  law.  How- 
ever. that  federal  law  was  amended  in  January  1983 
to  limit  this  exemption  from  state  regulation  for  mul- 
tiple employer  trusts  (METs).  Whether  and  how  thel 
PPO  concept  can  be  incorporated  into  a third-party! 
health  insurance  package,  and  to  what  extent  it  will 
be  regulated,  thus  depends  upon  a particular  state’s! 
insurance  laws  and  regulations  as  well  as  the  way  in 
which  the  PPO  is  organized  and  marketed. 

During  the  1982  legislative  session,  the  California 
legislature  enacted  three  laws  which  greatly  have  af- 
fected the  development  of  PPOs  in  that  state.  The  first, 
of  these,  AB  799,  was  enacted  in  response  to  a fiscal 
crisis  in  the  state’s  Medicaid  (Medi-Cal)  program.  This! 
law  authorizes  Medi-Cal  to  negotiate  selective  and  ex- 
clusive contracts  with  health  care  providers  and  de-> 
livery  systems  for  the  provision  of  health  care  services' 
to  Medi-Cal  recipients.  The  Medi-Cal  negotiators  also 
were  authorized  to  utilize  a competitive  bidding  pro- 
cess in  lieu  of  negotiations  where  it  was  deemed  "ex- 
pedient." In  the  case  of  hospital  contracts  for  inpatient 
services,  the  negotiators  were  instructed  to  consider 
the  total  funds  appropriated  for  inpatient  services.  AB 
799  became  effective  July  1,  1982,  for  institutional 
providers,  and  on  July  1,  1983,  with  respect  to  pro- 
fessional providers.  Once  contracts  have  been  signed 
in  an  area,  providers  not  under  contract  to  the  state 
will  not  be  reimbursed  for  services  delivered  to  Medi- 
Cal  recipients,  except  for  emergencies. 

With  the  passage  of  AB  799,  the  insurance  industry1 
became  concerned  that  this  new  infusion  of  competi- 
tion into  the  Medi-Cal  market  would  result  in  massive 
and  unreasonable  increased  cost  shifts  to  the  private 
sector.  As  a consequence,  AB  3480  was  introduced  and 
passed.  The  intent  of  this  legislation  was  to  provide 
that  as  of  July  1,  1982:  “An  insurer  may  negotiate  and 
enter  into  contracts  for  alternative  rates  of  payment 
with  institutional  providers,  and  offer  the  benefit  of 
such  alternative  rates  to  insureds  who  select  such 
providers.  Alternatively,  insurers  may,  by  agreement 
with  group  policyholders,  limit  payments  under  a pol- 
icy to  services  secured  by  insureds  from  institutional 
providers,  and  after  July  1,  1983,  from  professional 
providers,  charging  alternative  rates  pursuant  to  con- 

THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


266 


tract  with  such  insurer."  In  other  words,  insurers  and 
hospital  service  plans  are  not  only  permitted  to  con- 
tract selectively  based  on  price  with  health  care 
providers,  they  also  may  require  their  subscribers  to 
utilize  the  contracting  providers  by  limiting  payment 
solely  to  those  providers  (the  basis  for  Exclusive 
Provider  Organizations  or  EPOs).  Much  of  the  impetus 
for  EPOs  provided  by  AB  3480  apparently  has  been 
blunted  by  a third  piece  of  legislation,  SB  2012.  The 
overall  effect  of  this  third  bill  has  been  to  tighten  some 
of  the  provisions  of  AB  799  and  AB  3480  by  requiring 
ongoing  professional  peer  review  by  “professionally 
recognized,  unrelated  third  parties”  of  insurance  com- 
panies’ closed  panel  plans,  and  by  prohibiting  the  con- 
ditioning of  hospital  medical  staff  privileges  on  a phy- 
sician’s willingness  to  contract  with  an  insurer. 

The  overall  effect  of  these  three  pieces  of  legislation 
in  the  state  of  California  has  been  a dramatic  increase 
in  the  level  of  interest  and  activity  among  hospitals, 
physicians,  and  insurers  to  develop  Preferred  Provider 
Organizations.  Over  150  organizational  entities  have 
registered  names  with  the  California  Department  of 
Corporations.  While  many  of  these  organizations  may 
never  achieve  operational  status,  many  others  were 
ready  to  begin  payment  claims  as  of  July  1,  1983,  when 
| the  new  laws  took  effect  for  professional  providers.  The 
impetus  for  these  PPOs  is  cost  containment  and  com- 
petition; to  what  extent  they  will  meet  these  objectives 
is  yet  to  be  demonstrated. 

While  the  marketing  concept  of  preferred  provider 
contracts  or  arrangements  has  arisen  in  several  other 
states,  the  California  statutes  appear  to  be  unique  in 
their  affirmative  sanctioning  of  preferred  provider  con- 
tracts and  exclusive  provider  arrangements.  Using  the 
California  legislation  as  a model,  however,  several 
states  are  considering  legislation  which  would  remove 
the  freedom  of  choice  barrier  to  PPO  development.  In 
March  1983  the  Virginia  General  Assembly  passed  a 
set  of  amendments  (SB  110)  to  that  state’s  insurance 
code.  These  amendments  provide  that:  “One  or  more 
insurers  may  offer  or  administer  a health  benefit  pro- 
gram under  which  insurer  or  insurers  may  offer 
preferred  provider  policies  or  contracts . . . which  limit 
the  numbers  and  types  of  health  care  services  eligible 
for  payment  as  preferred  providers  under  such  policies 
or  contracts.  Any  such  insurer  or  insurers  shall  estab- 
lish terms  and  conditions  which  shall  be  met  by  a 
hospital,  physician,  or  other  provider ...  in  order  to 
qualify  for  payment  as  a preferred  provider  under  such 
policies  or  contracts.  These  terms  and  conditions  shall 
not  discriminate  unreasonably  against  or  among  such 
health  care  providers.  No  hospital,  physician,  or  other 
provider ...  willing  to  meet  the  terms  and  conditions 
offered  to  it  or  him  shall  be  excluded.  Neither  dif- 
ferences in  prices  among  hospitals  or  other  institu- 
tional providers  produced  by  a process  of  individual 
negotiations  with  such  providers  or  based  on  market 
conditions,  nor  price  differences  among  providers  in 
different  geographical  areas,  shall  be  deemed  un- 
reasonable discrimination.  Preferred  provider  policies 
or  contracts  offered  pursuant  to  this  section  shall 
provide  for  payment  for  services  rendered  by  non- 
preferred providers,  but  such  payments  need  not  be 
the  same  as  for  preferred  providers.”  Thus,  the  Virginia 
legislation  paves  the  way  for  the  establishment  of 


Preferred  Provider  Organizations  that  utilize  copay- 
ment incentives,  but  expressly  prohibits  the  establish- 
ment of  Exclusive  Provider  Organizations. 

In  1982,  the  state  of  Arizona  passed  legislation  to 
create  the  Arizona  Health  Care  Cost  Containment  Sys- 
tem (AHCCCS).  This  system  is  an  experimental 
alternative  to  a traditional  Medicaid  program  for  Ari- 
zona however,  it  permits  Arizona  to  obtain  federal 
Medicaid  dollars.  The  overall  goal  of  the  AHCCCS  plan 
is  to  develop  and  test  an  innovative  payment  and  de- 
livery system  for  providing  health  care  services  which 
facilitates  cost  containment  while,  at  the  same  time, 
encouraging  quality  care  in  an  efficient  fashion.  One 
of  the  unusual  aspects  of  this  program  is  that  persons 
eligible  to  participate  in  the  program  will  include  not 
only  the  indigent  and  the  medically  needy,  but  also 
county,  state,  and  private  sector  employees  whose  em- 
ployer offers  health  care  coverage  through  this  system. 

The  AHCCCS  model  includes  six  major  devices  for 
containing  costs:  the  creation  of  a network  of  primary 
care  providers  who  will  act  as  case  managers  in 
authorizing  and  supervising  largely  acute  medical  care 
to  recipients;  prepaid  capitated  contracts;  competitive 
bidding  for  selective  contracts;  the  use  of  nominal 
copayments;  limited  restrictions  on  choice  of  providers 
and  primary  care  physicians;  and  capitated  payment 
by  HCFA  to  the  state  of  Arizona. 

Arizona  has  received  a demonstration  waiver  from 
HCFA  which  includes  provisions  for  cost-sharing  re- 
quirements and  for  restrictions  on  free  choice  of 
provider.  One  interesting  element  of  the  Arizona  sys- 
tem is  that  a statewide  agency  is  responsible  for  con- 
tracting with  providers  at  the  county  level  to  provide 
care  for  each  county.  The  implementation  of  this  pro- 
gram is  divided  into  three  stages:  implementation  first 
among  the  indigent  and  medically  needy,  second 
among  state  and  local  government  employees,  and  last- 
ly availability  to  private  sector  employers  as  one  health 
insurance  alternative.  This  program  uses  selective  con- 
tracting and  a PPO-type  model  as  a mechanism  to 
accomplish  its  cost-containment  goals.  Implementa- 
tion of  the  program  still  is  in  a very  early  stage,  so  that 
no  conclusions  can  be  drawn  regarding  its  cost  effec- 
tiveness yet. 

A 1983  Florida  law  authorizes  and  states  that  it  shall 
not  be  construed  as  an  unfair  method  of  competition 
or  an  unfair  or  deceptive  act  or  practice  for  commercial 
and  not-for-profit  insurers  or  groups  of  insurers 
providing  individual  health  insurance  or  group, 
blanket  or  franchise  health  insurance  to  negotiate  or 
enter  into  contracts  with  licensed  health  care 
providers  for  alternative  rates  of  payment.  Payments 
may  be  limited  under  a policy  pursuant  to  agreement 
with  insureds,  to  such  alternative  rates  regardless  of 
the  provider  chosen  by  the  insured  as  long  as  the 
insurer  offers  the  benefit  of  such  alternative  rates  to 
insureds  who  select  designated  providers. 

A 1983  Minnesota  law  states  that  it  shall  not  be 
within  the  prohibition  against  discrimination  and  re- 
bates for  a commercial  or  not-for-profit  insurer,  in  the 
case  of  a group  health  insurance  policy,  to  pay  differing 
amounts  of  reimbursement  to  insureds  who  elect  to 
receive  health  care  services  from  providers  designated 
by  the  insurer.  The  insurer  is  required  annually  to  file 
summary  data  regarding  the  financial  reimbursement 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  4— APRIL  1984 


267 


offered  to  providers  so  designated  and  to  disclose  infor- 
mation regarding  the  name  used  to  describe  the 
special  arrangement,  the  names  of  all  providers  desig- 
nated by  the  insurer  under  the  arrangement,  and  the 
terms  of  the  agreements  with  designated  health  care 
providers. 

The  1983  Wisconsin  budget  contains  a section 
which  becomes  effective  July  1,  1984,  regarding  PPOs. 
It  provides  that: 

• A preferred  provider  plan  is  a health  insurance 
contract  which  limits  participation  to  providers 
selected  by  the  health  insurer;  an  open  panel  plan  is 
a health  insurance  contract  which  does  not  limit  par- 
ticipation except  to  providers  who  have  agreed  to  par- 
ticipate in  the  plan  and  abide  by  its  terms. 

• PPOs  may  be  established  by  an  insurer  or  other 
person. 

• Employers  offering  PPOs  to  their  employees  must 
also  offer  an  open  panel  plan  with  substantially 
equivalent  benefits.  The  employee  must  be  given  the 
opportunity  to  change  plans  once  a year. 

• No  PPO  may  prevent  any  person  from  choosing 
among  providers  participating  in  the  plan,  except  by 
requiring  selection  of  primary  providers  when  reason- 
ably possible. 

PPOs  also  must  pay  for  services  rendered  by  non- 
PPO  providers  who  are  willing  to  participate  in  the 
plan  and  abide  by  its  terms.  If  such  selection  is  made, 
the  non-PPO  provider  is  to  be  paid  an  amount  he 
agrees  to,  but  not  more  than  would  have  been  paid  to 
a PPO  provider.  The  plan  may  not  require  that  pay- 
ment to  the  non-PPO  provider  be  less  than  what  would 
be  paid  to  a PPO  provider. 

• The  PPO  may  require  that  a person  who  chooses 
non-PPO  providers  pay  an  amount  up  to  $2,500  an- 
nually in  addition  to  premiums  and  deductibles.  (The 
Commissioner  may  set  the  figure  lower.)  Subject  to 
this  provision,  the  PPO  may  require  a person  to  pay, 
in  addition  to  any  applicable  deductible,  up  to  20  per- 
cent of  payments  to  non-PPO  hospitals. 

• The  Insurance  Commissioner  will  issue  adminis- 
trative rules  to  ensure  that  patients  need  not  travel 
excessive  distances  to  receive  their  care  from  the  PPO 
providers,  and  to  ensure  continuity  of  patient  care. 

Given  the  increasingly  competitive  nature  of  today’s 
medical  care  marketplace,  it  seems  reasonable  to  sup- 
pose that  other  states  will  follow  the  action  already 
taken  by  states  like  California,  Arizona,  Virginia, 
Florida,  Minnesota,  and  Wisconsin  in  creating  a more 
permissive  environment  for  selective  contracting  in 
both  the  public  and  private  sector  delivery  of  health 
care.  At  this  writing,  a bill  is  pending  in  Colorado  and 
a proposal  is  expected  to  be  introduced  in  Michigan 
during  the  next  legislative  session.  Bills  have  been  de- 
feated in  the  states  of  Utah  and  Nevada. 

On  the  federal  level,  a bill  (HR  2956)  was  submitted 
to  the  House  of  Representatives  in  May  1983  by  Con- 
gressman Wyden  (D-Ore.)  which,  if  passed,  would 
supersede  all  “state  insurance  or  other  law  or  regu- 
lation” with  regard  to  the  negotiation  of  selective  and 
exclusive  contracts  between  “group  health  plan  pay- 
ors” and  “providers  of  health  care  services.”  Represen- 
tative Wyden’s  bill  therefore  would  legalize  the  con- 
cepts of  both  a Preferred  Provider  Organization  as  well 
as  an  Exclusive  Provider  Organization. 


The  intent  of  this  bill  is  to  pre-empt  state  laws  and 
regulations  dealing  with  free  choice  of  provider.  Phy- 
sicians, hospitals,  and  insurers  interested  in  organiz- 
ing or  working  with  PPOs  need  to  be  wary  of  the  pos- 
sible antitrust  implications  of  their  activities,  however, 
since  this  is  an  unsettled  area  of  the  law. 

Since  1975,  the  U.S.  Supreme  Court  increasingly  has 
subjected  the  activities  of  the  learned  professions  and 
their  associations  to  scrutiny  under  the  federal  anti- 
trust laws.  These  laws  are  intended  to  protect  and 
foster  market  forces  so  as  to  insure  free  and  open 
competition  between  and  among  sellers  of  goods  and 
services.  One  of  the  difficulties  inherent  in  applying 
the  principles  of  antitrust  law  to  health  care  is  in  the 
determination  of  what  constitutes  the  necessary  con- 
ditions of  a state  of  workable  competition.  Since  there 
has  been  so  much  regulation  of  the  health  care  field 
over  time,  no  one  is  certain  what  the  “competitive  solu- 
tion” would  look  like.  Philosophically,  the  concepts  of 
antitrust  and  regulation  are  in  diametric  opposition 
to  each  other  as  ways  to  deal  with  market  imperfec-j 
tions.  Antitrust  seeks  basically  to  make  the  market 
work  more  efficiently,  whereas  regulation  usually  seeks! 
to  replace  market  forces  in  determining  resource  al- 
location. 

Whenever  there  is  collaboration  or  cooperation 
among  natural  competitors  or  individuals  engaged  in 
the  same  business,  there  exists  a potential  for  anti- 
trust implications.  However,  there  are  certain  activities 
relating  to  health  provider  contracting  which  are  more 
likely  to  create  antitrust  risk.  These  are:  communica- 
tions regarding  prices,  or  exchanges  of  price  or  cost 
information  from  which  it  could  be  inferred  that  com- 
peting providers  have  agreed  to  affect  prices  charged 
to  third-party  payors;  communications  or  coordinated 
conduct  from  which  it  could  be  inferred  that  compet- 
ing providers  have  agreed  not  to  compete  as  to  particu- 
lar service,  geographic,  or  patient  markets;  agreements; 
by  competing  providers  to  refuse  to  deal  with  particu- 
lar third-party  payors  or  to  deal  with  them  only  on 
particular  terms  or  conditions;  agreements  between 
one  provider  group  (e.g.  physicians)  and  a third-party 
payor  which  affect  the  terms  or  conditions  upon  which 
another  provider  group  (e.g.  chiropractors,  clinical  psy- 
chologists, or  optometrists)  may  be  compensated;  the 
formation  of  entities  (such  as  PPOs)  for  the  purpose 
of  dealing  jointly  with  third-party  payors;  control  of 
third-party  payors  by  providers  whose  compensation 
is  determined  by  the  third-party  payor;  and  provider 
peer  review  of  utilization  and  fees  charged  by  com- 
petitors. 

The  major  antitrust  statutes  which  are  applicable  to 
medical  care  delivery  are:  Sherman  Antitrust  Act:  Sec- 
tion 1 of  the  Sherman  Act  prohibits  contracts,  agree- 
ments, combinations,  or  conspiracies  in  restraint  of 
trade.  This  would  include  price-fixing,  group  boycotts, 
tying  arrangements,  division  of  markets,  and  customer 
allocation.  Section  2 of  the  Sherman  Act  prohibits 
monopolization,  conspiracies  to  monopolize,  and  cer-: 
tain  attempts  to  monopolize.  Federal  Trade  Com- 
mission Act:  The  Federal  Trade  Commission  Act 
prohibits  unfair  methods  of  competition  and  unfair  or 
deceptive  acts  or  practices  to  consumers. 

Other  basic  antitrust  statutes  are  of  less  importance 
in  the  health  care  area.  The  Robinson-Patman  Act 


268 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


lealing  with  price  discrimination,  and  Section  3 of  the 
playton  Act,  which  prohibits  certain  tying  arrange- 
nents  and  exclusive  dealing  agreements,  apply  only  to 
he  sale  of  goods  and  commodities,  not  services.  How- 
ver,  tying  and  exclusive  dealing  arrangements  relat- 
ng  to  services  may  be  challenged  as  "unfair  methods 
)f  competition"  under  the  Federal  Trade  Commission 
\ct.  Furthermore,  Section  7 of  the  Clayton  Act 
rrohibits  acquisitions  of  corporate  stock  or  assets  that 
nay  result  in  the  substantial  lessening  of  competition 
)r  creation  of  a monopoly  in  any  “line  of  commerce." 

The  most  common  charges  to  which  PPOs  may  be 
subjected  are  price-fixing  and  restraint  of  trade.  As 
loted  earlier,  agreements  among  competing  providers 
vhich  have  the  purpose  or  effect  of  raising,  depressing, 
fixing,  pegging,  or  stabilizing  fees  may  be  judged  to 
constitute  horizontal  price-fixing — a per  se  violation  of 

I Section  1 of  the  Sherman  Antitrust  Act.  A per  se  vio- 
lation consists  of  conduct  that  has  been  determined 
to  be  unreasonably  anticompetitive  without  regard  to 
its  business  justification  or  actual  effect  on  com- 
petitive conditions  in  individual  cases.  This  rule  has 
been  asserted  by  the  Federal  Trade  Commission  to 
challenge  the  use  of  relative  value  scales  (with  or 
without  agreement  on  a specific  conversion  factor)  to 
determine  fees.  The  same  rule  was  applied  by  the  U.S. 
Supreme  Court  in  1982  to  prohibit  the  Maricopa 
Foundation  for  Medical  Care’s  establishment  of  a 
maximum  fee  schedule.  In  this  case,  the  Court  rejected 
arguments  of  the  provider  members  of  the  Foundation 
that  their  fee  arrangement  did  not  constitute  per  se 
horizontal  price-fixing  because  the  Foundation  was 
analogous  to  a partnership  or  joint  venture  marketing 
a new  or  unique  service.  Concluding  that  the  Foun- 
dation plan  failed  to  satisfy  the  factual  premises  of 
such  an  argument — since  the  Foundation  lacked  the 
attributes  of  integration  and  risk-sharing  found  in  the 
true  joint  venture,  and  offered  no  services  different 
from  those  offered  individually  by  its  members— the 
Court  expressed  no  opinion  as  to  its  validity. 

By  contrast,  the  lower  courts  consistently  have  up- 
held standard  term  reimbursement  contracts  (such  as 
the  physician  participation  contracts  used  by  most 
Blue  Cross/Blue  Shield  Plans),  where  they  are  entered 
into  separately  by  third-party  payors  and  individual 
providers.  These  courts  have  not  considered  the  prac- 
tice of  limiting  reimbursement  in  accordance  with  in- 
surer-determined maximum  fee  schedules  to  con- 
stitute horizontal  or  vertical  price-fixing— at  least  in 
the  absence  of  evidence  demonstrating  provider  con- 
trol of  the  insurer’s  reimbursement  policies. 

Groups  or  organizations  of  independently  practicing 
competing  physicians  that  combine  in  a PPO  arrange- 
ment to  negotiate  contracts  or  use  relative  value  scales 
to  determine  fee  schedules  expose  the  PPO  and  its 
members  to  a significant  risk  of  antitrust  liability.  PPO 
arrangements  based  upon  reimbursement  schedules 
determined  by  groups  or  entities  independent  of 
providers  entail  much  less  risk;  especially  if  the  con- 
tracting entity  is  free  of  any  financial  or  controlling 
interests  of  hospitals,  employers,  or  insurers  partici- 
pating in  the  plan,  and  negotiates  bilateral  contracts 
with  individual  providers,  integrated  group  practices, 
professional  partnerships,  and  institutions  employing 
salaried  staff.  Antitrust  risks  increase  as  the  PPO  plan 


departs  from  such  "brokerage"  arrangements  struc- 
tured around  an  independent  intermediary  that  de- 
termines reimbursement  policies  and  maximum  fee 
schedules,  and  negotiates  contracts  with  payors  and 
providers. 

Alternatives  to  the  “brokerage"  type  PPO  plan  in- 
clude partnerships  of  physicians,  and  integrated  joint 
ventures  between  hospitals  or  hospital  groups  and 
members  of  their  medical  staffs.  Maricopa  did  not  fore- 
close the  possibility  that  such  arrangements,  if  suffi- 
ciently integrated  as  a risk-bearing  enterprise  or  or- 
ganized to  provide  a unique  form  of  service  not  other- 
wise available  in  the  market,  might  escape  per  se  con- 
demnation as  horizontal  price-fixing  combinations. 

The  rule  of  reason  standards  that  may  be  applied  to 
such  PPOs  cannot  be  predicted  with  precision.  In  bal- 
ancing the  competitive  benefits  and  detriments  of 
these  integrated  forms  of  practice,  however,  the  collec- 
tive market  power  of  the  participating  providers  will 
be  considered  one  of  the  decisive  measures  of  com- 
petitive impact.  Authorities  in  antitrust  law  and  eco- 
nomics differ  with  respect  to  the  combined  market 
share  that  might  be  indicative  of  a PPO’s  power  to 
affect  market  prices  or  exclude  competition.  Partial 
integration  of  providers  representing  as  little  as  10 
percent  of  market  capacity  may  be  considered  an- 
ticompetitive in  some  cases,  while  a joint  market  share 
of  35  to  40  percent  may  be  held  insufficient  to  estab- 
lish an  unreasonable  restraint  of  trade  in  others. 

Market  share  also  is  regarded  as  a crucial  determi- 
nant of  legality  under  Section  2 of  the  Sherman  Act. 
A PPO  representing  a predominant  share  (roughly  70 
percent)  of  provider  services  in  a distinct  geographic 
market  risks  charges  of  monopolization.  Lesser  market 
shares  may  suffice  to  establish  a dangerous  probability 
of  dominance  required  to  sustain  allegations  of  at- 
tempt to  monopolize.  Since  many  medical  societies 
represent  a significant  portion  of  the  physicians  in 
their  local  markets,  it  may  be  unwise  for  them  to  or- 
ganize PPOs,  or  serve  as  the  locus  for  PPO  information. 

Another  form  of  a per  se  violation  of  antitrust  laws 
is  the  group  boycott.  If  providers  are  permitted  to  form 
partnerships  or  joint  ventures  for  the  purpose  of  deal- 
ing collectively  with  private  third-party  payors,  they 
still  may  incur  boycott  liability  premised  upon  agree- 
ments not  to  deal  with  a particular  person  or  entity. 
The  most  obvious  source  of  boycott  claims  against 
provider-based  PPOs  would  be  other  providers  adverse- 
ly affected  by  PPO  determinations  or  poli- 
cies— especially  those  providers  initially  denied  access 
to,  or  dropped  from  PPO  participation  for  failure  to 
comply  with  quality  or  utilization  criteria  and  policies, 
and  those  whose  market  base  is  eroded  by  the  market- 
ing efforts  of  the  PPO.  Boycott  claims  also  may  arise 
where  a provider-sponsored  PPO  threatens  or  refuses 
to  deal  with  a third-party  payor  seeking  to  affect  its 
reimbursement  policies  or  methods  of  fee  determina- 
tion. Such  claims  are  more  likely  to  be  encountered, 
and  to  create  a greater  risk  of  liability,  when  the  PPO 
represents  a large  share  of  the  market,  or  its  actions 
are  undertaken  with  the  purpose  or  effect  of  influenc- 
ing the  level  of  fees.  To  the  extent  that  exclusion  from 
the  PPO  denies  a provider  access  to  a resource  essen- 
tial to  his  competitive  vitality,  a finding  of  per  se  illegal 
horizontal  boycott  is  more  likely.  Fee-related  refusals 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  4— APRIL  1984 


269 


to  deal  raise  serious  risks  of  per  se  condemna- 
tion—either  standing  alone,  or  in  conjunction  with 
broader  price-fixing  allegations. 

In  many  cases  involving  group  boycott  allegations, 
the  courts  apply  a “rule  of  reason”  standard  rather 
than  the  per  se  rule.  The  rule  of  reason  standard  allows 
the  defendants  (the  PPO  and  its  members  or  sponsors) 
an  opportunity  to  demonstrate  that  the  procompetitive 
benefits  of  an  arrangement  outweigh  any  alleged  an- 
ticompetitive effects.  In  other  words,  the  PPO  must  be 
able  to  establish  that  the  purpose  and  effect  of  its 
action  was  to  enhance  the  quality  of  its  services,  thus 
increasing  its  own  efficiency  and  competitiveness  and 
that  of  the  market  as  a whole. 

As  a final  element  of  the  discussion  on  PPOs  and 
antitrust  implications,  it  should  be  noted  that  there 
are  circumstances  under  which  immunity  from  anti- 
trust scrutiny  may  be  applicable.  These  include:  State 
Action  Exemption:  Practices  mandated  and  actively 
regulated  by  a state  gain  antitrust  immunity.  Exam- 
ples of  such  practices  may  include  those  undertaken 
pursuant  to  certificate-of-need  programs  and  state 
health  planning:  Noerr-Pennington  Exception:  This  ex- 
ception to  applicability  of  the  Sherman  Act  relates  to 
activities  genuinely  undertaken  to  affect  government 
policy,  such  as  lobbying  activities:  McCarran-Ferguson 
Exemptions:  This  doctrine  provides  antitrust  immuni- 
ty to  “the  business  of  insurance,"  if  state  regulated. 
The  Supreme  Court,  however,  has  stated  that  “the 
business  of  insurance  is  not  the  same  as  the  business 
of  insurance  companies."  The  "business  of  insurance” 
involves  the  sharing  of  risk  and  is  restricted  to  the 
relationship  between  the  insurer  and  the  insured. 

While  the  exemptions  from  antitrust  prosecution 
exist  and  may  be  found  to  be  applicable  to  some  situ- 
ations. it  remains  to  be  tested  whether  some  PPOs  will 
be  able  to  meet  the  criteria  to  qualify  for  such  immuni- 
ty- 

in  summary,  antitrust  questions  and  allegations 
may  be  raised  whenever  there  is  collaboration  or  coop- 
eration among  a group  of  competitors.  The  effect  of 
such  questioning,  however,  will  depend  upon  how  the 
PPO  is  organized,  who  negotiates  what  with  whom,  the 
size  of  the  market  share  involved  and  whether  the  pro- 
competitive  effect  of  the  arrangement  outweighs  the 
anticompetitive  results.  Moreover,  not  every  con- 
stituted restraint  of  trade  necessarily  is  prohibited, 
only  those  that  are  deemed  by  the  courts  to  be  un- 
reasonable or  to  constitute  per  se  violations. 

The  purpose  of  this  section  is  to  develop  a framework 
for  physicians  to  evaluate  PPO  contracting  op- 
portunities. The  discussion  will  focus  on  a physician’s 
perspective  in  responding  to  an  organization  which  is 
sponsoring  a PPO.  An  analysis  is  provided  of  factors 
which  need  to  be  evaluated  in  PPO  contracting,  im- 
plications involved  in  contracting  for  a physician's 
medical  practice,  and  questions  which  should  be 
raised  in  assessing  a particular  PPO  proposal. 

Once  signed  and  agreed  to,  a contract  is  a legally 
binding  document.  It  will  be  to  a provider’s  advantage, 
therefore,  to  exercise  a great  deal  of  caution  in  evalu- 
ating contracts,  negotiating  terms,  and  understanding 
the  legal  obligations  and  implications  created  by  such 
a contract.  The  physician  should  read  the  contract 
thoroughly,  being  careful  to  understand  all  of  the 


language  of  the  terms  and  obligations.  It  is  advisable  , 
to  obtain  legal  assistance  in  reviewing  any  such  agree  , 
ments  prior  to  signing  them.  ,.( 

Prudent  business  practice  would  seem  to  dictate  s 
that  a physician  contemplating  a contract  with  ar 
unfamiliar  entity  makes  himself  aware  of  the  legit 
imacy  and  fiscal  soundness  of  the  organization  offer 
ing  the  contract.  Before  entering  into  such  a contrac 
a physician  should  carefully  research  the  contracting 
entity’s  financial  track  record  and  credibility.  The  ver 
acity  of  information  provided  by  the  offeror  of  the  con 
tract  should  be  checked.  If,  for  example,  physicians  anc 
hospitals  are  said  to  be  enrolled,  physicians  shoulc 
check  to  see  that  such  contracts  really  do  exist.  Phy 
sicians  also  should  make  certain  that  all  important  de 
tails  pertaining  to  the  contract  are  committed  to  writ 
ing.  Finally,  physicians  should  obtain  copies  of  anc 
review  the  provisions  of  third-party/subscriber  con 
tracts  which  may  control  or  affect  provider  rela 
tionships  with  PPO  patients,  other  providers’  hospi 
tals,  or  the  third-party  payor  or  PPO. 

One  important  issue  in  provider  contracting  relates 
to  the  level  of  risk  to  be  assumed  by  each  of  the  con 
tracting  parties;  i.e.  the  potential  financial  loss  or  re- 
sponsibility associated  with  performance  under  the 
terms  of  the  contract.  In  evaluating  the  provisions  ol 
a preferred  provider  contract,  physicians  must  be 
prepared  to  evaluate  how  much  of  this  risk  they  are 
willing  to  assume  as  well  as  the  costs  associated  with 
that  risk. 

General  financial  considerations  which  should  be 
evaluated  by  physicians  before  entering  into  a selective 
provider  contract  include  the  following: 

• Scope  of  Services:  A clear  definition  of  the  scope 
of  services  covered  by  the  contract  is  necessary  in  order; 
to  evaluate  the  level  of  risk  associated  with  the 
provider’s  assumption  of  the  contract.  Clearly,  the 
more  vague  the  understanding  with  regard  to  scope  of 
services  to  be  provided,  the  higher  the  element  of  risk. 

• Scope  of  Practice:  In  a similar  vein,  it  will  be  im- 
portant for  physicians  to  evaluate  carefully  any  clauses 
in  the  proffered  contract  which  seek  to  define  the 
scope  of  a physician’s  practice.  Such  clauses  may  in- 
clude limitations  on  services  which  may  be  performed 
under  the  contract  but  for  which  the  physician  is 
otherwise  qualified  and  licensed,  limitations  on  which 
institutions  the  physician  may  use  to  hospitalize  his 
patients,  and  limitations  on  physician  referral  pat- 
terns. The  most  extreme  form  of  limitations  on  scope 
of  practice  would  be  illustrated  by  a contract  which, 
when  signed,  prohibits  the  signatory  physician  from 
participating  in  any  other  contract  agreements  such 
as  HMOs,  IPAs,  or  other  PPOs. 

• Unit  of  Payment:  The  two  most  common  alterna- 
tive unit  of  payment  systems  for  physician  reimburse- 
ment are  fee-for-service  and  capitation.  Fee-for-service 
payment  has  the  advantage  to  the  physician  of  being 
virtually  risk  free.  The  physician  is  paid  each  time  a 
unit  of  service  is  delivered.  The  disadvantages  of  this 
system  to  the  payor  are  the  lack  of  control  and  predic- 
tability with  regard  to  price  and  the  lack  of  built-in 
incentives  for  the  provider  to  monitor  utilization.  Vari- 
ations on  the  fee-for-service  system  include  discounted 
charges  and  limitations  on  increases.  All  of  the  PPOs 
surveyed  by  the  AMA  pay  physicians  on  a fee-for-ser- 


270 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


/ice  basis.  Capitation  is  a method  of  physician  reim- 
Dursement  based  on  the  number  of  individuals  en- 
-olled  instead  of  . the  number  of  services  delivered.  This 
s the  physician  reimbursement  system  commonly  em- 
ployed by  Health  Maintenance  Organizations.  The 
provider  who  signs  a capitated  contract  usually  as- 
sumes both  the  obligation  to  provide  services  for  the 
fixed  premium,  and  the  financial  risk  for  the  cost  of 
providing  the  service  regardless  of  what  is  required. 
Ideally,  physicians  should  build  the  cost  associated 
with  the  assumption  of  this  risk  into  their  payment 
irate.  A few  PPOs  are  beginning  to  experiment  with  this 
type  of  payment  system. 

• Liability:  Any  clauses  dealing  with  liability  (either 
the  physician’s  or  the  PPO’s)  should  be  examined  very 
'carefully.  If  the  contract  requires  the  physician  to  in- 
demnify the  carrier  against  liability  (known  as  a “hold 
harmless"  clause),  most  professional  liability  in- 
surance policies  do  not  provide  coverage  for  contrac- 
tually assumed  liability.  The  physician  might,  there- 
fore, be  held  personally  liable  for  any  damages  against 
the  insurer. 

I*  Cost  of  Services:  When  negotiating  a price  for  ser- 
vices under  a contracting  mechanism,  each  provider 
must  attempt  to  compute  the  total  cost  of  doing  busi- 
ness as  accurately  as  possible.  Accurate  historical  and 
trend  data  will  substantially  enhance  this  portion  of 
the  negotiation  process. 

BRADLEY  TO  SPEAK  AT  JEMPAC  FORUM 

This  year’s  JEMPAC  Political  Forum  will  have  as  its 

I speaker  Senator  Bill  Bradley.  The  Political  Forum 
will  be  held  on  Friday,  May  4,  1984,  at  the  Annual 
Meeting  in  Atlantic  City.  A Wine  and  Cheese  Reception 
for  the  Senator  will  follow  his  address.  Invitations  to 
JEMPAC  members  and  those  attending  the  Annual 
(Meeting  will  be  mailed  shortly. 

NJ  MEMBERSHIP  DRIVE 

The  facts  are  clear:  in  the  space  of  little  more  than 
a year — December  1982  to  present — JEMPAC  has 
gained  almost  200  memberships,  a rate  of  growth  un- 
precedented for  the  New  Jersey  group  and  for  AMPAC 
member  organizations  this  year  generally.  What  is  less 
obvious  is  how  that  kind  of  accomplishment  is  pos- 
sible— or  should  we  ask  who? 

Certainly  the  “who”  in  this  case  represents  political 
action  committee  leadership,  in  the  best  sense  of  the 
word.  And  JEMPAC  has  found  it  in  Dr.  Peter  Amirata, 
a general  surgeon  whose  professional  home  is  in 
Belleville  and  whose  avocation  is  making  physicians 
more  responsive  to  the  political  process.  Like  many 
other  physician-leaders— he  was  installed  as  President 
of  the  Essex  County  Medical  Society  in  May  of 
1983 — Dr.  Amirata  saw  his  organization’s  member- 
ship drive  as  a challenge  and  an  opportunity.  Just  as 
importantly,  he  had  the  drive  and  imagination  to  make 
the  most  of  it. 

Amirata  himself  sees  it  more  modestly.  “It  all  began 
last  May  (1982)  at  the  state  medical  society  meeting 
in  Trenton,"  he  explains.  “Dr.  Kovacs,  the  incoming 
president,  made  a speech  about  how  weak  the  or- 
ganization was  in  terms  of  political  donations  and 


memberships.  He  asked  everyone  to  seriously  consider 
the  importance  of  political  action,  and  that  started  me 
thinking." 

Amirata’s  first  move  was  a daring  one:  “I  was  in- 
stalled on  May  12  as  President  of  Essex  County,  and 
I asked  Dr.  Kovacs  to  be  guest  speaker.  He  said  that 
the  entire  state  of  New  Jersey  had  raised  $14,000  in 
political  contributions  through  physicians.  Then  I 
made  my  own  pledge  to  him — that  in  one  year,  Essex 
County  would  be  able  to  raise  at  least  as  much  money 
as  the  entire  state  (JEMPAC)  had.” 

The  drive  to  fulfill  the  pledge  began  when  Dr. 
Amirata  marshalled  a steering  committee  of  phy- 
sicians to  help  with  publicity  and  promotion.  JEMPAC 
next  sent  out  letters  to  1,500  physicians,  largely 
through  the  efforts  of  Arthur  Ellenberger,  the  Ex- 
ecutive Secretary.  (“I  couldn’t  have  done  it  without 
him,"  says  Dr.  Amirata).  The  letters  were,  of  course, 
appeals  for  funds,  but  with  a difference.  Amirata  made 
sure  that  an  appropriate  member  of  the  committee  had 
handwritten  a personal  note  at  the  bottom  of  each 
(“how’s  your  wife?”)  so  that  each  physician  contact 
saw  the  human  connection  with  a known  entity. 

The  approach,  notes  Amirata,  has  been  used  fre- 
quently in  political  campaigns,  but  is  especially  ap- 
propriate to  physicians  because  “nurses  usually  open 
all  incoming  mail  in  the  doctor’s  office,  and  will  toss 
anything  that  looks  like  a form  letter.  They’ll  stop  when 
they  see  a handwritten  message.” 

The  campaign— asking  for  $100  from  each  phy- 
sician-generated an  amazing  350  responses  (com- 
pared to  10  to  15  responses  from  a similar  effort  in- 
itiated the  year  before).  Some  of  the  1983  total  came 
from  telephone  followups,  as  well  as  additional  pub- 
licity in  the  Medical  Society  newsletter.  As  with  any 
good  direct  mail  effort,  the  campaign  included  a sec- 
ond mailing  a month  after  the  first.  In  all,  the  effort 
netted  a healthy  $ 1 7,000,  as  well  as  a surge  in  member- 
ship (almost  175  memberships  have  come  in  since 
July). 

Having  fulfilled  his  promise.  Dr.  Amirata  sent  a letter 
to  Dr.  Kovacs.  He  got  in  return  a letter  of  acknowledg- 
ment, a position  on  the  JEMPAC  Board,  and — he 
says— a great  deal  of  personal  satisfaction. 

Dr.  Amirata  continues  to  encourage  active  political 
involvement  from  physicians,  and  practices  what  he 
preaches.  He’s  been  involved  in  several  community  and 
state  campaigns;  one  of  the  most  significant  involved 
raising  money  for  U.S.  Congressman  Bob  Roe  during 
his  bid  for  the  governorship  of  New  Jersey.  At  the  same 
time,  the  doctor  can  put  political  action  in  perspective. 
“I  find  that  it  really  hasn’t  taken  up  too  much  of  my 
time,"  he  says.  A principal  interest  now  is  the  Clara 
Maass  Professional  Center  in  Belleville,  where  he  is 
president  of  the  medical  clinic,  as  well  as  his  active 
practice. 

Does  Amirata  have  any  words  for  others  who  would 
like  to  duplicate  his  feat?  “I  can’t  stress  enough  that 
it’s  important  for  presidents  of  county  medical  so- 
cieties to  encourage  the  political  involvement  of  doc- 
tors, and  there  are  many  ways  to  do  it.  Too  many 
doctors  are  apathetic  about  politics,  and  there’s  no 
good  reason  for  it.  Whatever  party  they’re  in,  whatever 
their  political  leanings,  they’ve  got  to  become  more 
active,  to  make  themselves  heard  as  a profession. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  4— APRIL  1984 


271 


Clearly,  active  involvement  has  been  a benefit  for  Dr. 
Ami  rata— and  for  the  Essex  County  Medical  Society. 
AM  PAC  sends  hearty  congratulations  to  both.  ( AMPAC 
Sustainer.  November  1983) 

HOW  NOT  TO  REFORM  CAMPAIGNS 

The  following  is  reprinted  from  Congressman  Jim 
Coulter's  Washington  Report: 

With  congressional  elections  just  months  away,  re- 
form of  the  campaign  process  is  likely  to  be  one  of  the 
more  prominent  issues  when  Congress  reconvenes. 
Over  the  years,  there  has  been  a tendency  to  equate 
linancial  contributions  with  political  corruption.  Since 
each  election  cycle  generates  more  money  than  the 
preceding  one,  it  is  predictable  that  there  are  biannual 
cries  that  our  legislators  have  become  the  puppets  of 
large  contributors  and  special  interests,  and  that  this 
money-based  electoral  system  has  reached  the  break- 
ing point. 

These  charges  are  inaccurate,  and  they  also  may  be 
quite  dangerous.  The  public’s  confidence  in  its  elected 
representatives  is  being  threatened  by  the  popular  no- 
tion. reinforced  by  the  media,  that  political  “quid  pro 
quos"  are  the  norm.  Those  who  see  an  evil  connection 
between  contributions  and  votes  offer  a proposal 
which,  they  claim,  will  sanitize  the  political  process. 
Their  solution:  taxpayer-funded  campaigns.  While  the 
specifics  have  varied  over  the  years,  all  public  financ- 
ing schemes  are  based  on  two  major  assumptions.  The 
first  is  that  under  the  current  campaign  system, 
challengers  cannot  compete  with  the  superior  money- 
raising ability  of  incumbents.  The  second  is  that  mem- 
bers of  Congress  are  beholden  to  the  special  interests, 
like  FACs,  which  have  contributed  to  their  candidacy. 

Proponents  of  public  financing  wish  to  limit  each 
candidate's  spending,  and  to  require  that  campaigns 
be  funded,  in  whole  or  in  part,  by  the  government.  They 
suggest  that  since  all  candidates  would  be  spending 
aproximately  the  same  amount,  money  no  longer 
would  be  a factor  and  candidates  would  be  examined 
on  their  own  merits.  Also,  eliminating  the  opportunity 
for  donations  with  “strings  attached,"  would  ensure 
that  every  legislator's  actions  mirror  the  views  of  the 
majority  of  his  or  her  constituents,  rather  than  reflect- 
ing a narrow  interest  with  a big  purse.  Sound  too  good 
to  be  true?  Well,  it  is. 

first  of  all,  a system  of  public  financing  which  gives 
equal  amounts  to  all  candidates  would  have  the  un- 
healthy side  effect  of  favoring  the  status  quo.  This  is 
because  the  first  task  of  any  candidate  is  to  become 
known  and  have  his  or  her  name  recognized  by  the 
electorate.  For  the  incumbent,  this  task  largely  is  ac- 
complished in  the  course  of  congressional  duties 
through  press  coverage,  correspondence  with  constit- 
uents, newsletters,  and  staff  work.  But  the  challenger, 
who  lacks  this  advantage  and  the  government  funds 
which  make  it  possible,  must  expend  time  and  money 
just  to  establish  an  identity  in  the  minds  of  the  voters. 
Since  the  relative  positions  of  incumbents  and 
challengers  are  unequal,  a seemingly  evenhanded 
spending  limit  inherently  is  unfair,  and  would  tend  to 
preserve  the  incumbent  by  disarming  the  challenger. 

The  second  reason  given  for  public  financing  of  con- 
gressional campaigns— to  eliminate  the  influence  of 


special  interest  PACs— misses  the  mark  as  well.  One 
of  the  favorite  arguments  against  PACs  is  that  mem- 
bers of  Congress  court  PAC  representatives  at  the  ex- 
pense of  everybody  else.  However,  this  ignores  what 
PACs  really  are.  Simply  put,  PACs  are  channels 
through  which  individuals  can  pool  their  resources  in 
support  of  like-minded  candidates. 

PACs  contributed  less  than  27  percent  of  all  funds 
during  the  1981  to  1982  midterm  election.  Critics 
point  to  this  percentage  as  evidence  of  the  “pernicious” 
influence  of  PACs.  But,  in  fact,  there  is  nothing  "per- 
nicious” about  this  statistic  when  it  is  realized  that 
there  are  over  3,000  separate  and  often  competing 
PACs  giving  an  average  of  $500  per  candidate.  With 
many  congressional  campaigns  costing  $250,000  or 
more,  one  $1,000  PAC  check,  or  even  ten  $1,000  PAC 
checks  from  the  same  industiy  are  not  likely  to 
amount  to  an  overwhelming  corrupting  influence  on 
a Congressman.  Too  often,  it  is  forgotten  that  a can- 
didate’s views  are  what  attract  contributions  in  the 
first  place,  and  not  the  other  way  around.  In  other 
words,  PACs  donate  to  candidates  who  share  their 
point  of  view. 

Significantly,  studies  have  shown  the  American  pub- 
lic overwhelmingly  opposes  taxpayer-funded  con- 
gressional elections.  Quite  naturally,  the  major  reasons 
for  this  disapproval  are  that  taxpayers  don’t  want  their 
money  used  to  support  candidates  with  whom  they 
disagree,  and  that  the  government  has  better  things 
to  do  than  to  build  a welfare  system  for  politicians.  The 
most  serious  problem  in  our  electoral  system  is  voter 
apathy,  not  political  corruption.  Most  people  recognize  ; 
that  taxpayer-funded  elections  would  exacerbate  this  , 
apathy. 

The  high  cost  of  campaigns,  and  the  contributions 
which  finance  them,  will  continue  to  be  singled  out  as 
targets  for  reform.  But  reformers  who  set  out  to  slay 
the  dragon  of  money  in  politics  will  find  little  evidence 
of  the  "pernicious”  effects  of  it  in  the  most  expensive 
campaigns  of  1982:  Lew  Lehrman’s  gubernatorial  cam- 
paign in  New  York;  Mark  Dayton’s  race  for  the  Senate; 
and  Adam  Levin’s  shot  at  a seat  in  the  House.  All  three 
lost.  What  is  most  significant,  however,  is  that  with 
public  financing,  the  biggest  loser  would  have  been  the 
taxpayer. 

MEDICAL  ASSISTANTS’  CONVENTION 

The  21st  Annual  Convention  of  the  American  As-  ! 
sociation  of  Medical  Assistants,  state  of  New  Jersey, 
Inc.,  will  be  held  at  the  Cheriy  Hill  Hyatt  on  April  26 
to  29,  1984.  For  further  information  and  registration 
contact  Convention  Chairman,  Rosanne  De  Gennaro, 
CMA  at  201-671-7029  (after  7 p.m.). 

Highlights  of  education  programs:  nutrition,  stress  I 
management,  how  computers  will  benefit  a physician's 
office,  anorexia  medical  law  and  ethics,  cyrosurgeiy, 
career  opportunities,  premenstrual  syndrome,  and 
blue  shield/medicare/medicaid  update. 

FINI 

It  vexes  people  when  a man  is  different  from  his 
neighbors  and  dares  to  be  w’hat  they  are  not  and  never 
can  be.  j 


272 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


NEW  YORK 
FERTILITY  RESEARCH 
FOUNDATION,  INC. 

For  the  Investigation  of 

Problems  of  Human  Infertility 

The  Foundation  provides  a complete 
diagnostic  and  consultation  service  for  in- 
fertile couples.  Investigations  are  con- 
ducted by  well-known  specialists  in  con- 
junction with  consultants  in  the  various 
fields  of  medicine  related  to  infertility. 

The  Foundation  is  supported  by  an  in- 
house  modern  laboratory  equipped  to  do 
most  tests  required  for  diagnosis  and 
treatment.  Literature  on  request. 

1430  Second  Avenue,  Suite  103 
New  York,  N.Y.  10021 
Phone:  (212)  744-5500 


If  your  professional 
liability  insurance  company 
ran  out  of  money,  you  could 
find  yourself  very  much . . . 


. . . alone. 


lompare  these  figures  (based  on  a $20,000  vehicle): 


DUE  1 ST  DAY 

PURCHASE 

LEASE* 

6%  sales  tax 

$1200 

$25/mo. 

down  payment 

4000 

none 

monthly  payment 

554 

410 

:otal  due: 

$5754 

$435 

So  by  leasing,  you’ve  got  $5319  savings  on  your 
initial  outlay,  plus  $1 19  a month,  to  invest  any 
way  you’d  like!  And  insurance  is  available  to 
qualified  N.J.  motorists  for  as  little  as  $600  a 
year.  Call  for  similar  savings  on  ANY  make  or 
model,  foreign  or  domestic.  *36-mo/closed-end 

If/Jl  tm  Evenings  and  weekends, 

Pyrry  ca"  (2°i)  530-4088 

I Monmouth  St.,  Red  Bank,  N.J.  07701  (201 ) 530-1  282 


Were  6,900  New  Jersey  physicians 
insuring  ourselves  through  our  own 
non-profit  company.  If  you  haven’t 
joined  us,  you  could  be  more  at  risk 
than  you  know.  You  owe  it  to 
yourself  — and  those  that  depend  on 
you  — to  call  us  for  more  information. 

800-257-6288 

Do  it  now.  Everything  is  at  stake. 


A professional  service  message  from  the 

Medical  Inter-Insurance  Exchange  of  N.J. 

Two  Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648 
(609)  896-2404 

‘ The  Doctors'  Company ” 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  4— APRIL  1984 


273 


ANNUAL  AWARDS  DINNER 

of 

THE  ACADEMY  OF  MEDICINE 
OF  NEW  JERSEY 

Wednesday,  May  23,  1984 
6:00  P.M. 

at 

THE  CHANTICLER 
Short  Hills,  New  Jersey 

1984  AWARD  RECIPIENTS 

EDWARD  J.  ILL  AWARD 

ALFRED  A.  ALESSI,  M.D. 

CITIZENS  AWARD 

CONGRESSMAN  JAMES  COURIER 

(R-12th  District) 

For  further  information,  please  contact: 

6erWo f.  EXECUTIVE  OFFICES 

The  /\cacjemy  of  Medicine  of  New  Jersey 
§ Two  Princess  Road 


° Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648 
(609)  896-1717 


of  New  Jersey 


\V1JV 

Through  the  MAA  'ib^aW  Y°^  stQre  of 

ic  information.  k journals,  and 

large  collection  b°f  Sin'slant  on-line 
microfilm  and  p'0Vtdess  information 

access  to  c°uhn,'dmpUteriZed  data 
sources  throug  1|btary.  ,fs  one  more 
bases. The  ^ ' you  Should  be  a part 
good  reason  wny 
of  the  AMA- 

To  Join,  tate  medical 

Contact  your  counjy  ^ Member- 

society  or  ^ A,  tb  Dearborn  Street, 

ChfcaX^5  60610  °'  °a"  C°"eC<' 

(312)751-6196. 


References: 

1 . Stone  PH,  Tun  ZG,  Muller  JE  Efficacy  of  nifedipine  therapy  for  refractory  angina 
pectoris  Am  Heart  J 104  :672-681,  September  1982 

2.  Antman  E,  Muller  J,  Goldberg  S,  et  al:  Nifedipine  therapy  for  coronary-artery 
spasm:  Experience  in  127  patients.  N Engl  J Med  302:1269-1273,  June  5,  1980. 


BRIEF  SUMMARY 

PROCARDIA  ■ (nifedipine)  CAPSULES  For  Oral  Use 

INDICATIONS  AND  USAGE:  I.  Vasospastic  Angina:  PROCARDIA  (nifedipine)  is  indicated  for  the 
management  of  vasospastic  angina  confirmed  by  any  of  the  following  criteria:  1 ) classical  pattern 
ol  angina  at  rest  accompanied  by  ST  segment  elevation,  2)  angina  or  coronary  artery  spasm  pro- 
voked by  ergonovine,  or  3)  angiographically  demonstrated  coronary  artery  spasm  In  those  patients 
who  have  had  angiography,  the  presence  ot  significant  fixed  obstructive  disease  is  not  incompatible 
with  the  diagnosis  of  vasospastic  angina,  provided  that  the  above  criteria  are  satisfied  PROCARDIA 
may  also  be  used  where  the  clinical  presentation  suggests  a possible  vasospastic  component  but 
where  vasospasm  has  not  been  confirmed,  e g , where  pain  has  a variable  threshold  on  exertion  or 
in  unstable  angina  where  electrocardiographic  findings  are  compatible  with  intermittent  vaso- 
spasm, or  when  angina  is  refractory  to  nitrates  and/or  adequate  doses  ot  beta  blockers 

II.  Chronic  Stable  Angina  (Classical  Effort-Associated  Angina):  PROCARDIA  is  indicated  lor 
the  management  ot  chronic  stable  angina  (effort-associated  angina)  without  evidence  of  vasospasm 
in  patients  who  remain  symptomatic  despite  adeguate  doses  of  beta  blockers  and/or  organic  nitrates 
or  who  cannot  tolerate  those  agents 

In  chronic  stable  angina  (effort-associated  angina)  PROCARDIA  has  been  effective  in  controlled 
trials  ot  up  to  eight  weeks  duration  in  reducing  angina  frequency  and  increasing  exercise  tolerance, 
but  confirmation  ot  sustained  effectiveness  and  evaluation  ot  long-term  safety  in  those  patients  are 
incomplete 

Controlled  studies  in  small  numbers  ot  patients  suggest  concomitant  use  of  PROCARDIA  and 
beta  blocking  agents  may  be  beneficial  in  patients  with  chronic  stable  angina,  but  available  infor- 
mation is  not  sufficient  to  predict  with  confidence  the  effects  ot  concurrent  treatment,  especially  In 
patients  with  compromised  left  ventricular  function  or  cardiac  conduction  abnormalities  When  in- 
troducing such  concomitant  therapy,  care  must  be  taken  to  monitor  blood  pressure  closely  since 
severe  hypotension  can  occur  from  the  combined  effects  of  the  drugs  (See  Warnings.) 
CONTRAINDICATIONS:  Known  hypersensitivity  reaction  to  PROCARDIA 
WARNINGS:  Excessive  Hypotension:  Although  in  most  patients,  the  hypotensive  effect  of 
PROCARDIA  is  modest  and  well  tolerated,  occasional  patients  have  had  excessive  and  poorly  tol- 
erated hypotension  These  responses  have  usually  occurred  during  initial  titration  or  at  the  time  ot 
subsequent  upward  dosage  adjustment,  and  may  be  more  likely  in  patients  on  concomitant  beta 
blockers  * 

Severe  hypotension  and/or  increased  fluid  volume  requirements  have  been  reported  in  patients 
receiving  PROCARDIA  together  with  a beta  blocking  agent  who  underwent  coronary  artery  bypass 
surgery  using  high  dose  fentanyl  anesthesia  The  interaction  with  high  dose  fentanyl  appears  to  be 
due  to  the  combination  ol  PROCARDIA  and  a beta  blocker,  but  the  possibility  that  it  may  occur  with 
PROCARDIA  alone,  with  low  doses  ot  fentanyl,  in  other  surgical  procedures,  or  with  other  narcotic 
analgesics  cannot  be  ruled  out  In  PROCARDIA  treated  patients  where  surgery  using  high  dose 
fentanyl  anesthesia  is  contemplated,  the  physician  should  be  aware  of  these  potential  problems  and, 
if  the  patient's  condition  permits,  sufficient  time  (at  least  36  hours)  should  be  allowed  for 
PROCARDIA  to  be  washed  out  ot  the  body  prior  to  surgery 

Increased  Angina:  Occasional  patients  have  developed  well  documented  increased  frequency,  du- 
ration or  severity  ot  angina  on  starting  PROCARDIA  or  at  the  time  of  dosage  increases  The  mech- 
anism of  this  response  is  not  established  but  could  result  from  decreased  coronary  perfusion 
associated  with  decreased  diastolic  pressure  with  increased  heart  rate,  or  from  increased  demand 
resulting  from  increased  heart  rate  alone 

Beta  Blocker  Withdrawal:  Patients  recently  withdrawn  from  beta  blockers  may  develop  a with- 
drawal syndrome  with  increased  angina,  probably  related  to  increased  sensitivity  to  catechol- 
amines Initiation  of  PROCARDIA  treatment  will  not  prevent  this  occurrence  and  might  be  expected 
to  exacerbate  it  by  provoking  retlex  catecholamine  release  There  have  been  occasional  reports  of 
increased  angina  in  a setting  of  beta  blocker  withdrawal  and  PROCARDIA  initiation  It  is  important 
to  taper  beta  blockers  if  possible,  rather  than  stopping  them  abruptly  before  beginning 
PROCARDIA 

Congestive  Heart  Failure:  Rarely,  patients,  usually  receiving  a beta  blocker,  have  developed  heart 
failure  after  beginning  PROCARDIA  Patients  with  tight  aortic  stenosis  may  be  at  greater  risk  for 
such  an  event 

PRECAUTIONS:  General:  Hypotension:  Because  PROCARDIA  decreases  peripheral  vascular 
resistance,  careful  monitoring  of  blood  pressure  during  the  initial  administration  and  titration 
of  PROCARDIA  is  suggested.  Close  observation  is  especially  recommended  (or  patients  already 
taking  medications  that.are  known  to  lower  blood  pressure  (See  Warnings.) 

Peripheral  edema:  Mild  to  moderate  peripheral  edema,  typically  associated  with  arterial  vaso- 
dilation and  not  due  to  left  ventricular  dysfunction,  occurs  in  about  one  in  ien  patients  treated  with 
PROCARDIA  This  edema  occurs  primarily  in  the  lower  extremities  and  usually  responds  to  diuretic 
therapy  With  patients  whose  angina  is  complicated  by  congestive  heart  failure,  care  should  be  taken 
to  differentiate  this  peripheral  edema  from  the  effects  of  increasing  left  ventricular  dysfunction 

Drug  interactions:  Beta-adrenergic  blocking  agents:  (See  Indications  and  Warnings.)  Experience 
in  over  1400  patients  in  a non-comparative  clinical  trial  has  shown  that  concomitant  administration 
of  PROCARDIA  and  beta-blocking  agents  is  usually  well  tolerated,  but  there  have  been  occasional 
literature  reports  suggesting  that  the  combination  may  increase  the  likelihood  of  congestive  heart 
failure,  severe  hypotension  or  exacerbation  of  angina 

Long-acting  nitrates:  PROCARDIA  may  be  safely  co-admimstered  with  nitrates,  but  there  have 
been  no  controlled  studies  to  evaluate  the  antianginal  effectiveness  of  this  combination 

Digitalis,  Administration  of  PROCARDIA  with  digoxin  increased  digoxin  levels  in  nine  of  twelve 
normal  volunteers.  The  average  increase  was  45%  Another  investigator  found  no  increase  in  di- 
goxin levels  in  thirteen  patients  with  coronary  artery  disease  In  an  uncontrolled  study  of  over  two 
hundred  patients  with  congestive  heart  failure  during  which  digoxin  blood  levels  were  not  meas- 
ured, digitalis  toxicity  was  not  observed  Since  there  have  been  isolated  reports  of  patients  with 
elevated  digoxin  levels,  it  is  recommended  that  digoxin  levels  be  monitored  when  initiating,  ad|ust- 
ing,  and  discontinuing  PROCARDIA  to  avoid  possible  over-  or  under-digitalization 

Carcinogenesis,  mutagenesis,  impairment  ot  fertility  When  given  to  rats  prior  to  mating,  nife- 
dipine caused  reduced  fertility  at  a dose  approximately  30  times  the  maximum  recommended  hu- 
man dose 

Pregnancy:  Category  C Please  see  full  prescribing  information  with  reference  to  teratogenicity  in 
rats,  embryotoxicity  in  rats,  mice  and  rabbits,  and  abnormalities  in  monkeys. 

ADVERSE  REACTIONS:  The  most  common  adverse  events  include  dizziness  or  light-headedness, 
peripheral  edema,  nausea,  weakness,  headache  and  flushing  each  occurring  in  about  10%  of  pa- 
tients, transient  hypotension  in  about  5%,  palpitation  in  about  2%  and  syncope  in  about  0.5% 
Syncopal  episodes  did  not  recur  with  reduction  in  the  dose  of  PROCARDIA  or  concomitant  antian- 
ginal medication  Additionally,  the  following  have  been  reported  muscle  cramps,  nervousness, 
dyspnea,  nasal  and  chest  congestion,  diarrhea,  constipation,  inflammation,  joint  stiffness,  shaki- 
ness, sleep  disturbances,  blurred  vision,  difficulties  in  balance,  dermatitis,  pruritus,  urticaria,  fe- 
ver, sweating,  chills,  and  sexual  difficulties  Very  rarely,  introduction  ot  PROCARDIA  therapy  was 
associated  with  an  increase  in  anginal  pain,  possibly  due  to  associated  hypotension 

In  addition , more  serious  adverse  events  were  observed , not  readily  distinguishable  from  the  nat- 
ural history  of  the  disease  in  these  patients.  It  remains  possible,  however,  that  some  or  many  of 
these  events  were  drug  related  Myocardial  infarction  occurred  in  about  4%  of  patients  and  conges- 
tive heart  failure  or  pulmonary  edema  in  about  2%,  Ventricular  arrhythmias  or  conduction  disturb- 
ances each  occurred  in  fewer  than  0.5%  of  patients. 

Laboratory  Tests:  Rare,  mild  to  moderate,  transient  elevations  of  enzymes  such  as  alkaline  phos- 
phatase, CPK,  LDH,  SGOT,  and  SGPT  have  been  noted,  and  a single  incident  of  significantly  ele- 
vated transaminases  and  alkaline  phosphatase  was  seen  in  a patient  with  a history  ot  gall  bladder 
disease  after  about  eleven  months  of  nifedipine  therapy  The  relationship  to  PROCARDIA  therapy  is 
uncertain.  These  laboratory  abnormalities  have  rarely  been  associated  with  clinical  symptoms 
Cholestasis,  possibly  due  to  PROCARDIA  therapy,  has  been  reported  twice  in  the  extensive  world 
literature 

HOW  SUPPLIED:  Each  orange,  soft  gelatin  PROCARDIA  CAPSULE  contains  10  mg  of  nifedipine 
PROCARDIA  CAPSULES  are  supplied  in  bottles  of  100  (NDC  0069  2600-66),  300  (NDC  0069- 
2600-72),  and  unit  dose  (10x10)  (NDC  0069-2600-41 ) The  capsules  should  be  protected  from 
light  and  moisture  and  stored  at  controlled  room  temperature  59°  to  77°F  ( 15°  to  25°C)  in  the  man-, 
ufacturer's  original  container 

More  detailed  protessional  information  available  on  request  © 1982 , Pfizer  Inc 

LABORATORIES  DIVISION 

PFIZER  INC 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


274 


Quotes  from  an  unsolicited  ' 
letter  received  by  Pfizer  from  an 
angina  patient. 

While  this  patient  's  experience 
representative  of  many 


is  representative  ot  many 
unsolicited  comments  received, 
not  all  patients  will  respond  to 
Procardia  nor  will  they  all 
respond  to Bkbw alffelPP* 


for  the  varied  faces  of  angina 


"My  daily  routine  consisted  of 
sitting  in  my  chair  trying  to  stay  alive." 


© 1983,  Pfizer  Inc. 


"I  have  been  able  to  do  volunteer 
work.  , and  feel  needed  and  useful 
once  again." 


PROCARDIA  can  mean  the  return  to  a more  normal  life 
for  your  patients — having  fewer  anginal  attacks,1  taking 
fewer  nitroglycerin  tablets,2  doing  more,  and  being  more 
productive  once  again 

Side  effects  are  usually  mild  (most  frequently  reported 
are  dizziness  or  lightheadedness,  peripheral  edema, 
nausea,  weakness,  headache  and  flushing,  each  occurring 
in  about  10%  of  patients,  transient  hypotension  in  about 
5%,  palpitation  in  about  2%  and  syncope  in  about  0.5%). 


"My  doctor  switched  me  to 
PROCARDIAM  as  soon  as  it  became 
available.  The  change  in  my  condition 
is  remarkable.” 

"I  shop,  cook  and  can  plant 
flowers  again." 


* Procardia  is  indicated  for  the  management  of: 

1 ) Confirmed  vasospastic  angina. 

2)  Angina  where  the  clinical  presentation  suggests  a possible 
vasospastic  component. 

3)  Chronic  stable  angina  without  evidence  of  vasospasm  in 
patients  who  remain  symptomatic  despite  adequate  doses  of 


PROCARDIA 


(NIFEDIPINE) 


Capsules  10  mg 


beta  blockers  and/or  nitrates  or  who  cannot  tolerate  these 


agents,  in  chronic  stable  angina  (effort-associated  angina) 

PROCARDIA  has  been  effective  in  controlled  trials  of  up  to 
eight  weeks’  duration  in  reducing  angina  frequency  and 
increasing  exercise  tolerance,  but  confirmation  of  sustained 
effectiveness  and  evaluation  of  long-term  safety  in  these 

patients  are  incomplete.  Please  seePROCARDIA  brief  summary  on  adjoining  page 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  4— APRIL  1984 


275 


PROFESSIONAL  LIABILITY 
Commentary* 

Physicians  Need 
To  Be  Alert 


Lawsuit  Shield;  Pharmacists  Acting 
Like  Doctors;  Physician  Owes  Duty  of  Care 
in  Employment  Physical;  Jack  Anderson 
Takes  Lawyers  to  Task 


The  idea  came  up  over  dinner  last 
summer  at  her  home  in 
suburban  Grosse  Pointe 
Shores,  Michigan,  Yolanda  Mascarin  recalled.  Why 
couldn't  someone  do  something  about  the  rising 
number  of  medical  malpractice  cases  being  filed 
against  area  physicians?  That  night,  Mascarin,  her 
husband.  Telly,  a doctor,  their  daughter  Cathy,  an 
anesthetist,  and  son-in-law  Paul  Huth,  an  attorney, 
discussed  the  problem.  The  conversation  got  Mascarin, 
who  also  is  the  mother  of  tennis  pro  Susie  Mascarin, 
thinking  and  checking  court  files. 

Recently,  she  went  public  with  her  plan:  a new  ser- 
vice in  Wayne,  Oakland,  and  Macomb  Counties  to  let 
physicians  know  if  their  patients  are  “lawsuit-mind- 
ed." The  company.  Physicians’  Alert  Inc.,  was  an- 
nounced in  a mailing  to  7,600  physicians  in  the  tri- 
county area.  Mascarin  believes  it  is  the  first  such  busi- 
ness of  its  kind  in  the  eountiy. 

The  membership  fee  is  $150  per  doctor  for  50  name 
checks  over  six  months.  Mascarin’s  staff  of  seven  will 
check  court  records  and  let  participating  doctors  know 
it  their  patients  have  initiated  previous  civil  suits.  If 
the  doctors  want  more  names  checked  in  the  six- 
month  period,  she  charges  an  additional  $2  per  name. 
The  mailing  notice  said  that  the  new  service  would  let 
doctors  know  that  patients  with  a litigation  history 
might  be  “a  potential  high  risk”  and  “a  stressful  pa- 
tient to  accommodate."  “Then  the  doctor  can  make  his 
own  assumptions  about  how  to  handle  it,”  said 
Mascarin,  whose  husband’s  practice  as  an  obstetri- 
cian-gynecologist puts  him  in  the  highest  risk  group 
for  malpractice  suits. 


Mascarin,  who  is  running  the  service  out  of  her 
home  with  the  aid  of  a computer,  said  she  planned  to 
expand  the  service  within  six  months  to  oral  surgeons, 
dentists,  podiatrists,  chiropractors,  and  others. 

Huth,  legal  advisor  to  the  new  business,  said  doctors 
using  the  information  provided  by  Physicians’  Alert 
would  have  four  choices:  “One  is  not  to  see  the  patient 
two  is  to  charge  them  more  for  the  additional  risk 
three  is  to  (medically)  chart  them  more  carefully:  oi 
four,  not  to  do  anything  other  than  be  aware.” 

Huth  says  the  new  firm  is  simply  distributing  public 
information  it  feels  may  be  useful.  “Just  because 
they’re  litigation-minded  doesn’t  mean  they  would  file 
malpractice  suits.  There  seems  to  be  a strong  correla 
tion,  but  we’re  not  making  that  case,”  Huth  said. 

A spokesman  for  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 
said  doctors  using  the  service  who  refused  to  see  cer 
tain  patients  would  not  be  violating  their  code  of  ethics 
to  provide  medical  care. 

Mascarin  said  a study  of  eveiy  malpractice  case  filec 
in  the  tri-county  area  during  a three-month  period  ir 
1982  revealed  that  35  to  40  percent  of  the  plaintiffs1 
previously  had  filed  civil  suits. 

Mascarin  said  these  cases  involved  auto  negligence 
personal  injuiy,  product  liability,  and  property  dam 
ages.  Criminal,  child  custody,  and  divorce  cases  were; 
not  checked. 

“We’re  looking  for  the  nuisance  suits,  the  things  that 
should  not  have  been  filed.  We're  looking  for  the  person 
who’s  looking  for  easy  money,  the  person  who  lives  of 
this  kind  of  thing.  If  someone  falls  on  someone’s  ice 
(and  sues),  that’s  what  we’re  looking  for.  I think  the 
doctors  are  anxious  to  get  this  help  and  find  out  who 
the  nuisance  patients  are,”  Mascarin  said. 

Mascarin  said  she  did  not  think  a doctor  using  her 
service  would  refuse  to  see  a patient  just  because  that 
person  had  filed  a product-liability  suit.  “I  don’t  thinf 
they’ll  be  scared  off  by  one  or  two  (cases).  They’ll  be; 
interested  in  the  ones  making  a habit  of  it.  This  is 
public  information,  and  all  we’re  doing  is  making  the; 
doctor  aware  of  it  and  he  can  handle  it  anyway  he 
wants  to,”  she  said. 

Mascarin  said  she  hoped  her  new  service  also  would 
help  educate  the  public  about  how  nuisance  suits 
drive  up  the  cost  of  medical  care. 

“It's  just  gotten  way  out  of  hand  in  Detroit.  The} 
make  up  ridiculous  reasons  to  sue.  It’s  three  to  four 
thousand  dollars  to  settle  many^  of  these  (nuisana 
suits),  and  people  end  up  with  that  as  spending 
money,”  she  said. 

Her  husband  blamed  attorneys  for  much  of  the  in 
crease  in  malpractice  suits:  “All  the  advertising  some [ 
attorneys  are  doing  says,  ‘If  we  don't  collect,  you  don' 
pay.'  So  what  do  people  have  to  lose  if  all  you  have  tc 
do  is  file  and  know  it  won’t  go  to  court  and  you’ll  ge 
something  out  of  it.” 

Mascarin  said  his  malpractice  insurance  costs  hirr 
more  than  $20,000  a year. 

Malpractice  insurance  coverage  of  a million  dollar; ; 
for  other  high-risk  doctors  like  orthopedic  surgeons 


This  item  from  the  Department  of  Professional  Liability  Con 
trol,  MSNJ,  was  prepared  by  James  E.  George,  M.D.,  J.D.,  anc 
A Ronald  Rouse  who  are,  respectively,  Director  of  the  Depart 
ment  and  Director  of  Special  Projects. 


276 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


neurosurgeons,  and  heart  specialists  can  cost  between 
$25,000  and  $33,000  a year,  said  one  insurance  ex- 
ecutive. 

“Maybe  we  should  say  (to  patients):  your  office  visit 
is  $15  plus  $3  for  my  malpractice  insurance.  It  might 
bring  it  home  to  people,”  said  Mascarin.  (Philadelphia 
Inquirer.  December  21,  1983) 

THESE  PHARMACISTS  ARE  ACTING  MORE 
LIKE  DOCTORS 

Under  a state  grant,  pharmacists  in  New  Jersey  are 
being  trained  to  advise  elderly  patients  on  the  proper 
use  of  medications.  Pharmacists  are  sent  to  senior 
citizen  centers  and  retirement  communities  to  speak 
before  groups  or,  more  often,  to  provide  one-to-one 
consultations.  The  program,  which  began  in  one  coun- 
ty, has  spread  to  8 of  the  state’s  21  counties.  (Medical 
Economics.  December  12,  1983) 


MD  OWES  DUTY  OF  CARE  IN  EMPLOYMENT 
PHYSICAL 

If  a corporation  engages  a physician  to  examine  a 

I prospective  employee,  does  the  doctor  owe  a duty  of 
care  to  the  patient,  even  though  there's  been  no  prior 
relationship?  Yes,  says  a California  court  of  appeal. 

A pilot  applied  to  an  airline  for  a job  and  was  told 
he  would  be  hired  if  he  could  pass  a physical.  The 
company  sent  him  to  a doctor  who  reported  that  he 
found  a microaneurysm  on  the  fundus  of  the  eye.  On 
that  basis,  the  physician  diagnosed  the  pilot’s  eon- 
' dition  as  prediabetic,  which  precluded  his  employ- 
ment. The  pilot  sued  the  airline  and  the  doctor. 

A trial  court  entered  a summary  judgment  against 
the  pilot,  and  he  appealed,  reports  Medical  Liability 
Advisory  Service.  The  appellate  court  was  impressed 
by  the  medical  evidence,  which  included  reports  from 
two  other  doctors  who  could  find  no  aneuiysm  on  the 
fundus,  or  any  such  predisposition  to  diabetes. 

On  the  basis  of  other  evidence,  the  court  held  that 
the  pilot  was  “a  very  eligible  candidate”  for  the  job.  The 
pilot  said  that  as  a result  of  the  “negligent,  careless, 
and  reckless  examination  by  the  defendant,”  other  air- 
lines also  had  turned  him  away. 

The  airline  and  the  doctor  contended  that  neither 
owed  the  pilot  a duty  of  care  and  that  he  should  be 
required  to  show  physical  injury  to  be  entitled  to  sue. 
This  claim,  the  court  said,  was  "meritless." 

Reversing  the  judgment  of  dismissal,  the  court  ruled 
that  the  doctor  owed  the  pilot  a duty  to  conduct  and 
report  the  examination  “with  due  care  and  to  refrain 
from  causing  the  appellant  harm,  whether  physical  or 
otherwise.”  The  court  said  the  defendants  could  have 
foreseen  that  “negligent  determination  or  reporting”  of 
the  man’s  physical  condition  “could  interfere  with,  and 
indeed  destroy,  his  ability  to  pursue  his  flying  career." 
(Medical  World  News,  December  12,  1983) 


ANDERSON  TAKES  LAWYERS  TO  TASK  FOR 
WRONGDOING 

Jack  Anderson,  the  nationally  syndicated  columnist, 
has  established  as  part  of  his  column  a section  enti- 
tled, "Citizens’  Watch."  The  idea  is  to  have  citizens 
report  to  Mr.  Anderson  instances  of  waste  and  wrong- 
doing which  will  help  “to  make  democracy  work." 

In  his  column  of  January  4.  1984,  "Citizens'  Watch" 
took  lawyers  to  task  for  activities  which  fall  into  the 
category  of  wrongdoing. 

“Of  all  the  complaints  that  flood  into  my  office  from 
my  citizens’  network,  probably  the  most  frequent  have 
to  do  with  lawyers. 

“From  Oklahoma  City.  Earl  David  Shaffer  writes:  ’A 
housecleaning  of  our  court  system  is  long  overdue. 
American  citizens  are  victimized  by  crooked  lawyers 
who  take  advantage  of  their  legal  training  to  escape 
punishment.' 

“From  Seattle,  Eric  Peterson  demands:  ‘Have  you 
ever  tried  to  file  a grievance  against  an  attorney?  For- 
get it.  The  grievance  committee  will  be  made  up  of 
lawyers,  who  are  more  inclined  to  protect  fellow  lawyers 
than  wronged  clients.  So  what  is  left  for  you  to  do?  File 
a malpractice  suit?  Forget  it.  The  judges  are  also  at- 
torneys.’ 

“From  San  Diego,  a private  detective,  who  requests 
that  his  name  be  withheld,  reports:  ‘California  has 
been  hit  with  an  epidemic  of  lawsuits  filed  by  am- 
bulance-chasing lawyers  who  solicit  business  and  offer 
to  take  their  fees  out  of  the  judgments.  The  lawyers 
have  little  to  lose:  just  the  time  it  takes  them  to  prepare 
the  paperwork.  But  the  victims  are  put  through  the 
anguish  and  expense  of  a costly  legal  defense.  If  the 
lawyers  lose  the  gamble,  they  can  write  it  off.  The  cost 
was  nominal.  But  the  victims  are  out  thousands  of 
dollars  and  many  sleepless  nights.’ 

“From  Long  Island,  Joel  Cohen  writes:  ‘There  is  a 
new  breed  of  vultures  preying  upon  the  American  pub- 
lic. They’re  the  attorneys  who  con  their  clients  into 
believing  they  can  get  something  for  nothing  by  filing 
claims  against  doctors,  hospitals,  corporations,  etc. 
Don’t  they  know  that  the  cost  of  defending  and  settling 
these  lawsuits  is  passed  on  to  the  public?  High- 
premium  malpractice  insurance  has  become  part  of 
every  doctor's  basic  overhead.  No  wonder  doctor  bills 
are  so  high.  Just  about  everyone  doing  business  must 
retain  a stable  of  lawyers.  No  wonder  prices  keep  soar- 
ing. Litigation  is  one  of  the  principal  causes  of  infla- 
tion in  this  country.’ 

"From  a suburb  of  Atlanta  J.M.  Hall  contends:  ‘Law- 
yers and  judges  will  never  clean  up  their  own  pro- 
fession. You  simply  can’t  count  on  lawyers  to  discipline 
themselves.  It  will  take  legislation,  a legal  code  of  con- 
duct, to  bring  lawyering  under  control  in  America.”’ 
(The  Trentonian,  January  4,  1984) 

Editorial  Comment:  We  wait  with  interest  to  read 
what  Mr.  Anderson’s  readers  have  to  say  about  phy- 
sicians. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  4— APRIL  1984 


277 


, v-  'jt* 

F,‘  • W - ^ 


Treatment  with  Navane  can  produce  improvement  in 
psychotic  symptoms  such  as  hallucinatory  behavior  an< 
unusual  thought  content  as  well  as  hostility,  disorientati 
and  depressive  mood,1 2 leaving  the  elderly  patient  mor 
alert2  and  better  able  to  participate  in  the  activities  of 


Well  tolerated  ^ 

Navane  is  generally  well  tolerated  by  elderly  patients.  'JM 
Excessive  sedation  or  drowsiness  has  been  reported,  but 
is  uncommon.1  Anticholinergic  effects3  and  hypotension4  5 
are  reported,  but  rarely.  Should  they  occur,  extrapyramidal 
symptoms  can  usually  be  readily  controlled. 


5 mg,  10  mg.  20  mg 
Intramuscular  2 mg/ml,  5 ftigfmi 


Capsules  1 mg,  2 
Concentrate  5 mg 


'abrief sartimary  of 


prescribing  information 


<e.::i982,  Pteer  ln‘c 


Navane 

(thiothixene)  (thiothixene  HCI) 

References:  1.  Ulil  TM,  Unverdi  C.  Wohlrade  J,  et  al:  Drug  therapy  of  psychosis  associated  with 
organic  brain  syndrome.  Presented  as  a Scientific  Exhibit  at  the  American  Public  Health  Associa- 
tion Centennial,  Atlantic  City,  New  Jersey.  November  12-16.  1972.  2.  Katz  MM,  Util  TM:  Video 
methodology  for  research  in  psychopathology  and  psychopharmacology.  Arch  Gen  Psychiatry 
31:204-210, 1974.  3.  Ketai  R:  Psychotropic  drugs  in  the  management  of, psychiatric  emergencies. 
Postgraduate  Medicine  58:87-93, 1975.  4.  Birkett  DR  Hirschfield  W,  Simpson  GM:  Thiothixene  in 
the  treatment  of  diseases  of  the  senium.  Curr  Ther  Res  14:775-779, 1972.  5.  Data  on  file  at  Roerig. 


BRIEF  SUMMARY  OF  PRESCRIBING  INFORMATION 
Navane®  (thiothixene)  Capsules:  1 mg,  2 mg,  5 mg,  10  mg,  20  mg 
(thiothixene  hydrochloride)  Concentrate:  5 mg/ml,  Intramuscular:  2 mg/ml,  5 mg/ml 
Contraindications:  Navane  (thiothixene)  is  contraindicated  in  patients  with  circulatory  collapse, 
comatose  states,  central  nervous  system  depression  due  to  any  cause,  and  blood  dyscrasias. 
Navane  is  contraindicated  in  individuals  who  have  shown  hypersensitivity  to  the  drug.  It  is  not 
known  whether  there  is  a cross-sensitivity  between  the  thioxanthenes  and  the  phenothiazine 
derivatives,  but  the  possibility  should  be  considered. 

Warnings:  Usage  in  Pregnancy- Safe  use  of  Navane  during  pregnancy  has  not  been  established. 
Therefore,  this  drug  should  be  given  to  pregnant  patients  only  when,  in  the  judgment  of  the 
physician,  the  expected  benefits  from  the  treatment  exceed  the  possible  risks  to  mother  and  fetus. 
Animal  reproduction  studies  and  clinical  experience  to  date  have  not  demonstrated  any 
teratogenic  effects. 

In  the  animal  reproduction  studies  with  Navane,  there  was  some  decrease  in  conception  rate 
and  litter  size,  and  an  increase  in  resorption  rate  in  rats  and  rabbits,  changes  which  have  been 
similarly  reported  with  other  psychotropic  agents.  After  repeated  oral  administration  of  Navane  to 
rats  (5  to  15  mg/kg/day),  rabbits  (3  to  50  mg/kg/day),  and  monkeys  (1  to  3mg/kg/day)  before  and 
during  gestation,  no  teratogenic  effects  were  seen.  (See  Precautions.) 

Usage  in  Children- The  use  of  Navane  in  children  under  12  years  of  age  is  not  recommended 
because  safety  and  efficacy  in  the  pediatric  age  group  have  not  been  established. 

As  is  true  with  many  CNS  drugs,  Navane  may  impair  the  mental  and/or  physical  abilities  required 
for  the  performance  of  potentially  hazardous  tasks  such  as  driving  a car  or  operating  machinery, 
especially  during  the  first  few  days  of  therapy.  Therefore,  the  patient  should  be  cautioned  accord- 
ingly. 

As  in  the  case  of  other  CNS-acting  drugs,  patients  receiving  Navane  should  be  cautioned  about 
the  possible  additive  effects  (which  may  include  hypotension)  with  CNS  depressants  and  with 
alcohol. 

Precautions:  An  antiemetic  effect  was  observed  in  animal  studies  with  Navane,  since  this  effect 
may  also  occur  in  man,  it  is  possible  that  Navane  may  mask  signs  of  overdosage  of  toxic  drugs  and 
may  obscure  conditions  such  as  intestinal  obstruction  and  brain  tumor. 

In  consideration  of  the  known  capability  of  Navane  and  certain  other  psychotropic  drugs  to 
precipitate  convulsions,  extreme  caution  should  be  used  in  patients  with  a history  of  convulsive 
disorders  or  those  in  a state  of  alcohol  withdrawal  since  it  may  lower  the  convulsive  threshold. 
Although  Navane  potentiates  the  actions  of  the  barbiturates,  the  dosage  of  the  anticonvulsant 
therapy  should  not  be  reduced  when  Navane  is  administered  concurrently. 

Caution  as  well  as  careful  adjustment  of  the  dosage  is  indicated  when  Navane  is  used  in 
conjunction  with  other  CNS  depressants  other  than  anticonvulsant  drugs. 

Though  exhibiting  rather  weak  anticholinergic  properties,  Navane  should  be  used  with  caution 
in  patients  who  are  known  or  suspected  to  have  glaucoma,  or  who  migtit  be  exposed  to  extreme 
heat,  or  who  are  receiving  atropine  or  related  drugs. 

Use  with  caution  in  patients  with  cardiovascular  disease. 

Also.  careful  observation  should  be  made  for  pigmentary  retinopathy,  and  lenticular  pigmenta- 
tion (fine  lenticular  pigmentation  has  been  noted  in  a small  number  of  patients  treated  with  Navane 
for  prolonged  periods).  Blood  dyscrasias  (agranulocytosis,  pancytopenia,  thrombocytopenic 
purpura),  and  liver  damage  (jaundice,  biliary  stasis)  have  been  reported  with  related  drugs 

Undue  exposure  to  sunlight  should  be  avoided  Photosensitive  reactions  have  been  reported  in 
patients  on  Navane. 

Neuroleptic  drugs  elevate  prolactin  levels:  the  elevation  persists  during  chronic  administration. 
Tissue  culture  experiments  indicate  that  approximately  one-third  of  human  breast  cancers  are 
prolactin  dependent  in  vitro,  a factor  of  potential  importance'  if  the  prescription  of  these  drugs  is 
contemplated  in  a patient  with  a previously  detected  breast  cancer.  Although  disturbances  such 
as  galactorrhea,  amenorrhea,  gynecomastia,  and  impotence  have  been  reported,  the  clinical 
significance  of  elevated  serum  prolactin  levels  is  unknown  for  most  patients.  An  Increase  in 
mammary  neoplasms  has  been  found  in  rodents  after  chronic  administration  of  neuroleptic  drugs. 
Neither  clinical  studies  nor  epidemiologic  studies  conducted  to  date,  however,  have  shown  an 
association  between  chronic  administration  of  these  drugs  and  mammary  tumorigenesis;  the 
available  evidence  is  considered  too  limited  to  be  conclusive  at  this  time. 

Intramuscular  Administration-  As  with  all  intramuscular  preparations,  Navane  Intramuscular 
should  be  injected  well  within  the  body  of  a relatively  large  muscle.  The  preferred  sites  are  the 
upper  outer  quadrant  of  the  buttock  (i.e.  gluteus  maximus)  and  the  mid-lateral  thigh 

The  deltoid  area  should  be  used  only  if  well  developed,  such  as  in  certain  adults  and  older 
children,  and  then  only  with  caution  to  avoid  radial  nerve  injury.  Intramuscular  injections  should  not 
be  made  into  the  lower  and  mid-thirds  of  the  upper  arm.  As  with  all  intramuscular  injections, 
aspiration  is  necessary  to  help  avoid  inadvertent  injection  into  a blood  vessel. 

Adverse  Reactions:  Note:  Not  all  of  the  following  adverse  reactions  have  been  reported  with 
Navane  (thiothixene).  However,  since  Navane  has  certain  chemical  and  pharmacologic  similarities 
to  the  phenolhiazines,  all  of  the  known  side  effects  and  toxicity  associated  with  phenothiazine 
therapy  should  be  borne  in  mind  when  Navane  is  used. 

Cardiovascular  effects:  Tachycardia,  hypotension,  hghtheadedness,  and  syncope.  In  the  event 
hypotension  occurs,  epinephrine  should  not  be  used  as  a pressor  agent  since  a paradoxical 
further  lowering  of  blood  pressure  may  result.  Nonspecific  EKG  changes  have  been  observed  in 
some  patients  receiving  Navane.  These  changes  are  usually  reversible  and  frequently  disappear 
on  continued  Navane  therapy.  The  incidence  of  these  changes  is  lower  than  that  observed  with 
some  phenothiazines.  The  clinical  significance  of  these  changes  is  not  known. 

CNS  effects:  Drowsiness,  usually  mild,  may  occur  although  it  usually  subsides  wtih  continuation 
of  Navane  therapy.  The  incidence  of  sedation  appears  similar  to  lhat  of  the  piperazine  group  of 
phenothiazines.  but  less  than  that  of  certain  aliphatic  phenothiazines.  Restlessness,  agitation  and 
insomnia  have  been  noted  with  Navane  (thiothixene).  Seizures  and  paradoxical  exacerbation  of 
psychotic  symptoms  have  occurred  with  Navane  infrequently. 

Hyperreflexia  has  been  reported  in  infants  delivered  from  mothers  having  received  structurally 
related  drugs. 

In  addition,  phenothiazine  derivatives  have  been  associated  with  cerebral  edema  and  cere- 
brospinal fluid  abnormalities. 

Extrapyramidal  symptoms  such  as  pseudo-parkinsonism,  akathisia,  and  dystonia  have  been 
reported.  Management  of  these  extrapyramidal  symptoms  depends  upon  the  type  and  severity. 
Rapid  relief  of  acute  symptoms  may  require  the  use  of  an  injectable  antiparkinson  agent.  More 
slowly  emerging  symptoms  may  be  managed  by  reducing  the  dosage  of  Navane  and/or  adminis- 
tering an  oral  antiparkinson  agent. 

Persistent  Tardive  Dyskinesia:  As  with  all  antipsychotic  agents  tardive  dyskinesia  may  appear  in 
some  patients  on  long  term  therapy  or  may  occur  after  drug  therapy  has  been  discontinued.  The 
risk  seems  to  be  greater  in  elderly  patients  on  high-dose  therapy,  especially  females.  The  symp- 
toms are  persistent  and  in  some  patients  appear  to  be  irreversible.  The  syndrome  is  characterized 
by  rhythmical  involuntary  movements  of  the  tongue,  face,  mouth  or  jaw  (e.g  .,  protrusion  of  tongue, 
puffing  of  cheeks,  puckering  of  mouth,  chewing  movements).  Sometimes  these  may  be  accom- 
panied by  involuntary  movements  of  extremities. 


Capsules 
available  in 
5 strengths 


1 mg 

2 mg 

-ml 

5 mg 

-mi 

10  mg 

NttMft  , KUWG  i 

'dnfe  v< 

20  mg 

vJftjlE  ROERIG  k 
^■1  5”# 

Concentrate 
5 mg/ml 


NDC  0049-5750-5' 

* Navane 


j Wothixene  HO 


CONCENTRATE 
5 nig  /ml  * 


! 30ml 

AUTION;  F, 

•V*r<U ng« 

ROeRTCH®* 


Intramuscular 
2 mg/ml 
5 mg/ml 


There  is  no  known  effective  treatment  for  tardive  dyskinesia;  antiparkinsonism  agents  usually 
not  alleviate  the  symptoms  of  this  syndrome.  It  is  suggested  that  all  antipsychotic  agents 
discontinued  if  these  symptoms  appear. 

Should  it  be  necessary  to  reinstltute  treatment,  or  increase  the  dosage  of  the  agent,  or  switch  tc 
different  antipsychotic  agent,  the  syndrome  may  be  masked. 

It  has  been  reported  that  fine  vermicular  movements  of  the  tongue  may  be  an  early  sign  of  tlj 
syndrome  and  if  the  medication  is  stopped  at  that  time,  the  syndrome  may  not  develop. 

Hepatic  effects:  Elevations  of  serum  transaminase  and  alkaline  phosphatase,  usually  transiei 
have  been  infrequently  observed  in  some  patients.  No  clinically  confirmed  cases  of  jaundic 
attributable  to  Navane  (thiothixene)  have  been  reported 
Hematologic  effects:  As  is  true  with  certain  other  psychotropic  drugs,  leukopenia  ar 
leukocytosis,  which  are  usually  transient,  can  occur  occasionally  with  Navane.  Other  antipsychol 
drugs  have  been  associated  with  agranulocytosis,  eosinophilia,  hemolytic  anemia,  thror 
bocytopenia  and  pancytopenia 

Allergic  reactions:  Rash,  pruritus,  urticaria,  photosensitivity  and  rare  cases  of  anaphylaxis  ha> 
been  reported  with  Navane  Undue  exposure  to  sunlight  should  be  avoided.  Although  not  expe 
enced  with  Navane,  exfoliative  dermatitis  and  contact  dermatitis  (in  nucsing  personnel)  have  bet 
reported  with  certain  phenothiazines. 

Endocrine  disorders:  Lactation,  moderate  breast  enlargement  and  amenorrhea  have  occurre 
in  a small  percentage  of  females  receiving  Navane.  If  persistent,  this  may  necessitate  a reductic 
in  dosage  or  the  discontinuation  of  therapy.  Phenothiazines  have  been  associated  with  fal: 
positive  pregnancy  tests,  gynecomastia,  hypoglycemia,  hyperglycemia,  and  glycosuria. 

Autonomic  effects:  Dry  mouth,  blurred  vision,  nasal  congestion,  constipation,  increased  swea 
ing,  increased  salivation,  and  impotence  have  occurred  infrequently  with  Navane  therap] 
Phenothiazines  have  been  associated  with  miosis,  mydriasis,  and  adynamic  ileus. 

Other  adverse  reactions:  Hyperpyrexia,  anorexia,  nausea,  vomiting,  diarrhea,  increase  in  appi 
tite  and  weight,  weakness  or  fatigue,  polydipsia  and  peripheral  edema 
Although  not  reported  with  Navane,  evidence  indicates  there  is  a relationship  betwee 
phenothiazine  therapy  and  the  occurrence  of  a systemic  lupus  erythematosus-like  syndrome.  | 
NOTE:  Sudden  deaths  have  occasionally  been  reported  in  patients  who  have  received  certa 
phenothiazine  derivatives.  In  some  cases  the  cause  of  death  was  apparently  cardiac  arrest  (I 
asphyxia  due  to  failure  of  the  cough  reflex.  In  others,  the  cause  could  not  be  determined  nor  cour 
it  be  established  that  death  was  due  to  phenothiazine  administration. 

Dosage  and  Administration:  Dosage  of  Navane  should  be  individually  adjusted  depending  on  th 
chronicity  and  severity  of  the  condition.  In  general,  small  doses  should  be  used  initially  ani 
gradually  increased  to  the  optimal  effective  level,  based  on  patient  response. 

Some  patients  have  been  successfully  maintained  on  once-a-day  Navane  therapy. 

Usage  in  children  under  1 2 years  of  age  is  not  recommended  because  safe  conditions  for  its  usi 
have  not  been  established. 

Navane  Intramuscular  Solution:  Navane  For  Injection— Where  more  rapid  control  and  treatmei 
of  acute  behavior  is  desirable,  the  intramuscular  form  of  Navane  may  be  indicated.  It  is  also 
benefit  where  the  very  nature  of  the  patient's  symptomatology,  whether  acute  or  chronic,  rendei 
oral  administration  impractical  or  even  impossible. 

Ror  treatment  of  acute  symptomatology  or  in  patients  unable  or  unwilling  to  take  oral  medicatioi 
the  usual  dose  is  4 mg  of  Navane  Intramuscular  administered  2 to  4 times  daily.  Dosage  may  b 
increased  or  decreased  depending  on  response.  Most  patients  are  controlled  on  a total  dai; 
dosage  of  16  to  20  mg  The  maximum  recommended  dosage  is  30  mg/day  An  oral  form  shoul 
supplant  the  injectable  form  as  soon  as  possible.  It  may  be  necessary  to  adjust  the  dosage  whe 
changing  from  the  intramuscular  to  oral  dosage  forms.  Dosage  recommendations  for  Navan;! 
(thiothixene)  Capsules  and  Concentrate  appear  in  the  following  paragraphs 
Navane  Capsules:  Navane  Concentrate—  In  milder  conditions,  an  initial  dose  of  2 mg  three  time 
daily  If  indicated,  a subsequent  increase  to  15  mg/day  total  daily  dose  is  often  effective 
In  more  severe  conditions,  an  Initial  dose  of  5 mg  twice  daily. 

The  usual  optimal  dose  is  20  to  30  mg  daily.  If  indicated,  an  increase  to  60  mg/day  total  daili 
dose  is  often  effective.  Exceeding  a total  daily  dose  of  60  mg  rarely  increases  the  benefici?] 
response.  L 

Overdosage:  Manifestations  include  musculartwitching.  drowsiness,  and  dizziness  Symptomsc 
gross  overdosage  may  include  CNS  depression,  rigidity,  weakness,  torticollis,  tremor,  salivatior 
dysphagia,  hypotension,  disturbances  of  gait,  or  coma 
Treatment:  Essentially  is  symptomatic  and  supportive.  For  Navane  oral,  early  gastric  lavage  i 
helpful  For  Navane  oral  and  Intramuscular,  keep  patient  under  careful  observation  and  maintai 
an  open  airway,  since  involvement  of  the  extrapyramidal  system  may  produce  dysphagia  ani 
respiratory  difficulty  in  severe  overdosage.  If  hypotension  occurs,  the„standard  measures  fc 
managing  circulatory  shock  should  be  used  (I.V.  fluids  and/or  vasoconstrictors.) 

If  a vasoconstrictor  is  needed,  levarterenol  and  phenylephrine  are  the  most  suitable  drugs1 
Other  pressor  agenjs,  including  epinephrine,  are  not  recommended,  since  phenothiazine  deriva: 
tives  may  reverse  the  usual  pressor  action  of  these  agents  and  cause  further  lowering  of  the  bloc 
pressure. 

If  CNS  depression  is  present  and  specific  therapy  is  indicated,  recommended  stimulant, 
include  amphetamine,  dextroamphetamine,  or  caffeine  and  sodium  benzoate  Stimulants  the, 
may  cause  convulsions  (e  g.  picrotoxin  or  pentylenetetrazol)  should  be  avoided  Extrapyramidc 
symptoms  may  be  treated  with  antiparkinson  drugs 
There  are  no  data  on  the  use  of  peritoneal  or  hemodialysis,  but  they  are  known  to  be  of  little  valuii 
in  phenothiazine  intoxication. 


ROeRIG<® 

A division  of  Pfizer  Pharmaceutical! , 


280 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Editorial 


Preventing  Death 
from  “Hits” 


A.  Arthur  Sugerman,  m.d. 


The  report  on  deaths  related  to  the  use 
of  heroin,  methadone,  and  “hits”  in  New 
Jersey  in  1980  and  1981  is  reported. 
The  ingredients  of  “hits”  come  from 
prescriptions,  and  the  author  urges 
control  in  prescribing  these  drugs. 


On  page  291,  Feuer  and  French  report  on  deaths 
related  to  the  use  of  heroin,  methadone,  and  "hits"  in 
New  Jersey  during  1 980  and  1981.  Overdoses  of  heroin 
account  for  126  deaths,  methadone  for  46,  and  "hits" 
for  36,  while  another  19  were  due  to  mixtures,  of  which 
9 were  of  “hits"  and  other  drugs.  The  average  age  of 
the  31  males  and  5 females  who  died  of  “hits”  overdose 
was  22. 

This  dangerous  poison  which  almost  always  is  taken 
orally  is  a combination  of  two  medications  only  too 
easily  obtained  by  prescription:  codeine,  usually  com- 
bined in  1 grain  dose  with  5 grains  of  aspirin  or 
acetaminophen  (Empirin"  with  codeine,  Empracet" 
with  codeine,  A.P.C.  with  codeine,  and  many  other 
proprietary  and  generic  preparations),  and  Doriden" 
(glutethimide),  a widely  used  but  also  widely  abused 
hypnotic  which  can  produce  physical  and  psychologi- 
cal dependence. 

Although  codeine  is  an  opiate,  it  is  a very  safe 
narcotic  when  used  in  therapeutic  amounts  and  very 
rarely  is  used  as  the  drug  of  first  choice  by  addicts. 
However,  when  heroin  and  other  preferred  opiates  be- 
come temporarily  unavailable,  codeine  is  used  as  a 
readily  available  substitute.  Doriden"  may  be  lethal  in 
doses  as  low  as  5 gm  but  the  usual  acute  lethal  dose 
is  10  gm  to  20  gm.  The  chronically  dependent  user  of 
Doriden"  is  in  great  danger  if  its  use  is  discontinued 
abruptly,  as  withdrawal  symptoms  may  include  grand 
mal  seizures. 

In  California,  the  combination  of  Doriden"  and  co- 


deine #4  is  known  as  "loads"  or  “dors  and  fours”  and 
Cohen  states  that  the  use  of  this  combination  in 
southern  California  was  responsible  for  two-thirds  of 
the  nation's  codeine-related  deaths  during  1981.1 
Cohen  suggests  that  the  switch  to  such  oral  combina- 
tions is  due  to  the  poor  quality  of  currently  available 
street  heroin.  However,  Feuer  and  French  provide 
evidence  that  the  users  of  “hits"  are  very  seldom  heroin 
users,  and  are  unlikely  to  show  evidence  of  any  in- 
travenous use  of  drugs.  They  are  younger,  less  ex- 
perienced, and  probably  nonaddieted;  they  take  “hits” 
orally  as  a convenient  way  of  obtaining  a high  like  that 
of  heroin. 

As  physicians,  we  can  do  little  to  control  the  use  of 
street  heroin,  but  the  ingredients  of  “hits”  come  entire- 
ly from  physicians’  prescriptions.  Deaths  from  “hits” 
were  reduced  sharply  in  California  by  prosecuting  pri- 
vate physicians  and  “stress  clinics"  who  were  prescrib- 
ing large  amounts  of  these  drugs.  If  we  must  prescribe 
hypnotics,  there  are  several  benzodiazepines  which  are 
much  safer  than  Doriden".  We  should  prescribe 
analgesics  in  necessaiy  quantities  only,  and  avoid  co- 
deine if  aspirin  or  acetaminophen  alone  is  enough. 
This  is  a simple  way  to  save  30  to  40  or  more  lives  a 
year  in  New  Jersey. 

REFERENCE 

1.  Cohen  S:  Codeine  use  and  abuse.  Drug  Abuse  and  Al- 
coholism Newsletter  XI 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  4— APRIL  1984 


281 


MEDICAL  COMPUTERS 

DEC  - IBM  - TELEVIDEO 

THINKING  OF  COMPUTERIZING  YOUR  PRACTICE? 
FBL  MEDICAL  COMPUTER  SPECIALISTS  offers 

a wide  variety  of  hardware/software  configurations  for  every 
medical  office  size  and  application. 


• AUTOMATIC  INSURANCE 
FORM  PREPARATION 

• ACCOUNTS  RECEIVABLE 
CONTROL 

• AUTOMATIC  PATIENT  RECALL 

• PRACTICE  MANAGEMENT 
REPORTS 

• CLINICAL  RECORDS 


• APPOINTMENT 
SCHEDULING 

• ELECTRONIC  CLAIMS 
SUBMISSION 

• WORD  PROCESSING 

• MEDICARE/MEDICAID 
BILLING 

• GENERAL  LEDGER 


FREE  OFFICE  ANALYSIS  AND  CONSULTATION  — 
NO  OBLIGATION 


PROVIDING  YOU  WITH  OVER  15  YEARS 
OF  MEDICAL  COMPUTER  EXPERIENCE 


l>  <3 


FBL 


3 ROUTE  46W,  FAIRFIELD  N J 07006  201-882-92  1 0 


TAX  SHELTERS' 

Just  one  of  the  personal 
financial  services 
available  to  you  from  the 

physician’s  bank. 

Personal  Counseling: 

• new  sites  for  practice 

• increase  practice  size 

i • new  accounting  methods 

• money  management 

• cash  flow  • investments 

• tax  planning 
• estate  planning 

Call  or  Write 

Joseph  J.  Verbaro,  Jr. 

Senior  Vice  President 


(201)  228-9770 


FirvTRUST 

J FINANCIAL  AND  TRUST  SERVICES  / 

DIVISION  OF  SECURITY  NATIONAL  BANK  & TRUST  COMPANY 
OF  NEW  JERSEY 


101  Eisenhower  Parkway 
Roseland,  New  Jersey  07068 


Member  F.D.I.C. . 


Doctors:  Write  your  own  prescription 

to  cure  insurance  pains  . . . 

Bg  Prescription 

Prescription 

Name  MSNJ  Member 

X 

Name 

Address 

MSNJ  Group 

Blue  Cross/ilue  Shield 

Major  Medical  and 
Dental  insurance 

that  provides: 

- Flexible  plans 

- Comprehensive  benefits 

- Low,  competitive  rates 

- Centralized  Administration 

Designed  and  Administered  by 

(DONALD  E SMITH ASSOCIATES) 

Phone 

Please  send  more  information 
on  the  MSNJ 

□ Blue  Cross/Blue  Shield  Program 

□ Major  Medical  Program 

□ Group  Dental  Program 

Return  to: 

Donald  F.  Smith  & Associates 
One  Airport  Place,  Route  206  North 
P.O.  Box  2197, 

Princeton,  New  Jersey  08540 

(609)  924-8700,  (201)  622-6046 

282 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Hospital  Governing 
boards* 

Medical  Staff 
Participation  on  the 
Hospital  Governing 
Board 

Vincent  A.  Maressa,  j.d. 


To  assist  these  governing  board 
members  in  evaluating  the  quality  of 
care,  the  board  should  be  composed  of 
three  to  five  attending  medical  staff 
members  and  programs  should  be 
presented  to  the  governing  board 
acquainting  them  with  medical  and 
patient  care  issues. 


Hospital  governing  boards  are  re- 
sponsible for  the  quality  of  care 
rendered  in  their  institutions. 
When  the  quality  of  care  provided  by  physicians  is 
reviewed,  that  review  is  conducted  almost  exclusively 
by  the  medical  staff  subject  to  final  action  of  the  gov- 
erning board. 

New  Jersey  presents  an  additional  component  of  re- 
view in  that  PSROs  conduct  physician  reviews  on  pa- 
tients insured  by  both  federal  and  nonfederal  pro- 
grams because  of  the  DRG  program. 

Not  infrequently,  the  decision  rendered  by  a hospital 
review  committee  conflicts  with  a review  conducted  by 
a PSRO  on  the  care  rendered  to  the  same  patient.  Since 
Medicaid  will  not  recognize  internal  review,  but  re- 
quires the  use  of  external  review  organizations,  the 
potential  for  differing  decisions  is  magnified. 

The  hospital  governing  board,  therefore,  may  find 
itself  in  a position  of  having  to  evaluate  several  reports 
from  different  sources  on  the  same  issue. 

Governing  board  members  must  balance  consistent- 
ly their  loyalty  to  the  hospital,  its  patients,  and  the 
community  served  by  the  hospital.  Sometimes  persons 
appointed  to  hospital  governing  boards  are  not  fa- 
miliar with  the  operation  and  administration  of  hospi- 
tals, the  practice  of  medicine,  and  the  provision  of 
other  types  of  health  care  services.  They  rarely  talk,  if 
ever,  to  physicians  on  the  medical  staff.  Consequently, 
they  may  have  no  appreciation  of  all  the  complex  and 
far-reaching  issues  they  are  deciding. 


There  are  two  steps  we  suggest  to  meet  the  issue  of 
assisting  a governing  board  in  evaluating  the  quality 
of  care  rendered  in  their  hospital. 

The  medical  staff  of  each  hospital  is  an  extremely 
valuable  asset  that  has  been  underutilized.  Every  hos- 
pital governing  board  should  have  three  to  five  mem- 
bers of  the  attending  medical  staff,  elected  by  the  medi- 
cal staff,  to  serve  as  members  of  the  governing  board. 

Programs  should  be  presented  by  the  medical  staff 
to  the  governing  board  to  acquaint  them  with  medical 
and  patient  care  issues.  These  could  be  structured  to 
take  no  more  than  one  hour  and  could  be  presented 
on  a bi-meeting  basis. 

The  perspective  of  the  medical  staff  is  vital  to  the 
function  of  the  hospital. 

Economic  pressures  on  hospitals  are  increasing.  It 
is  currently  stated  that  40  New  Jersey  hospitals  had 
negative  operating  results  in  1982.  While  bottom-line 
orientation  has  desirable  effects  it  also  has  the  poten- 
tial of  adversely  impacting  the  quality  of  care.  Trustees 
can  assure  themselves  of  circumstantial  guarantees  of 
adequate  judgment  on  quality  issues  by  providing  for 
significant  input  from  and  discussions  with  their 
medical  staff. 


*The  material  for  this  column  is  eoedited  by  Arthur  Krosnick. 
M.D.,  Editor,  The  Journal.  MSNJ;  Vincent  A.  Maressa,  M.D., 
Executive  Director,  MSNJ;  and  James  E.  George,  M.D.,  J.D., 
Director  of  Professional  Liability,  MSNJ. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  4— APRIL  1984 


283 


© 1983  Health  Wav: 


Henry  Mineur,  M.D.,  Cardiologist,  Crai 
Speaker  of  the  House  of  Delegates  of  the  Medical  Society  of  Ni 


"Sadly,  as  the  cost  of  medical 
care  increases  and  the  scope  of 
many  health  insurance  pro- 
grams decreases,  my  patients 
wind  up  in  a terrible  squeeze. 

I found  a very  satisfactory  solu- 
tion. I became  a participating 
physician  in  Health  Ways. 

With  HealthWays,  I can  prac- 
tice the  kind  of  medicine  that 
will  truly  benefit  my  patients 
without  worrying  about  their 
financial  positions  because  of 


the  HealthWays  unique  physi- 
cian reimbursement  policy. 
That's  a significant  plus. 

In  addition,  the  administra- 
tive and  financial  structure  of 
HealthWays  is  fighting  the  as- 
tonishing escalation  of  costs  by 
covering  procedures  easily  done 
on  an  out-patient  basis  rather 
than  in  the  hospital.  That  makes 
a lot  of  sense.  So  does  their 
policy  of  covering  routine 
check-ups.  And  since  the  bills 


THE  JOURNAL  OF 


go  directly  to  HealthWays,  the 
specter  of  unpaid  bills  is  elimi- 
nated." 

HealthWays  can  be  most  valu- 
able to  your  practice  too.  For 
more  information,  call  Jon  Mar- 
sicano,  M.D.,  Vice  President, 
Medical  Affairs,  at  201-636-6200 
or  609-394-1995. 

HealtliWays 

THE  WAY  TO  BETTER  \ HEALTH  CARE. 


MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


284 


Physician 

Legal 

Bulletin 

'HE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


VOLUME  3 


Professional  Liability  and 
the  Anesthesiologist 

James  E.  George,  m.d.,  j.d.,  and  Madelyn  S.  Quattrone,  j.d.* 


Of  all  medical  specialties, 
anesthesiology  perhaps  has 
the  highest  potential  for 
severe  adverse  conseqences  to  the  patient.  When  some- 
thing goes  wrong  during  the  administration  of 
^anesthesia,  the  consequences  may  be  death,  coma,  or 
vegetative  states.  These  consequences  are  tragic  for  the 
patients  and  families  involved.  The  severity  and  per- 
manency of  some  anesthesia  occurrences  are  an  im- 
portant reason  why  patients'  families  are  most  unwill- 
ing to  accept  a mysterious  explanation  for  why  their 
i loved  one  did  not  come  out  of  anesthesia  satisfactorily 
While  not  every  anesthesia  occurrence  can  be  equated 
with  negligence,  the  tragic  consequences  of  anesthesia 
mishaps  often  result  in  a lawsuit. 

This  issue  of  the  Physician  Legal  Bulletin  focuses 
on  the  problems  of  professional  liability  for  anesthesia 
mishaps  from  three  perspectives.  First,  the  public’s 
perception  of  anesthesia  and  its  inherent  risks  are 
examined  in  the  context  of  recent  media  treatment  of 
the  subject.  The  physician  who  is  aware  of  his  patient’s 
perception  of  anesthesia  may  be  better  equipped  to 
deal  with  patient  concerns  regarding  the  risks  of 
I anesthesia  Secondly,  the  article  presents  several  brief 
synopses  of  recent  medical  malpractice  cases  which 
resulted  in  large  juiy  verdicts  or  out-of-court  settle- 
ments. The  cases  were  selected  from  many  reported  in 
the  American  Trial  Lawyers  Reporter  to  illustrate  the 
magnitude  of  potential  damage  awards  in  cases  result- 


ing in  death  or  serious  injury  to  the  patient.  The  article 
concludes  with  some  risk  reduction  suggestions  and 
a brief  analysis  of  anesthesia  claims  data  gathered  by 
the  Risk  Prevention  Department  of  the  Medical  Inter- 
Insurance  Exchange  of  New  Jersey. 

THE  PATIENT’S  PERCEPTION 

In  current  years,  the  public  has  become  more  in- 
formed about  the  risks  of  anesthesia.  Unfortunately, 
the  lay  public  not  always  is  able  to  distinguish  between 
the  unpreventable  occurrence  and  that  caused  by  fail- 
ure to  exercise  due  care. 

A recent  example  of  media  treatment  on  the  subject 
is  “Deep  Sleep,”  from  ABC-TV  newsmagazine,  20/20, 
which  aired  April  22,  1982.  Viewers  were  told,  “This 
year  ( 1 982)  6,000  patients  will  die  or  suffer  brain  dam- 
age” as  a result  of  “human  error,  carelessness,  and  a 
critical  shortage  of  anesthesiologists."  The  following  is 
a brief  account  of  the  show,  taken  from  a transcript 
provided  by  ABC. 

Dr.  Eli  Brown,  chairman  of  the  department  of 
anesthesia  at  Sinai  Hospital,  Detroit,  was  shown  dem- 
onstrating the  induction  of  anesthesia  in  a routine 
gallbladder  operation.  Reporter  Tom  Jarriel  observed, 

‘From  the  Department  of  Professional  Liability  Control, 
MSNJ,  where  Dr.  George  is  Director  and  Editor  of  PLB  and 
Ms.  Quattrone  is  Assistant  Editor  of  PLB.  Correspondence 
may  be  addressed  to  A.  Ronald  Rouse,  MSNJ,  Two  Princess 
Road,  Lawreneeville,  NJ  08648. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  4— APRIL  1984 


285 


There  is  little  margin  for  error;  with  general 
anesthesia  it  takes  less  than  five  minutes  before  a 
mistake  can  result  in  irreversible  brain  damage.  When 
the  anesthesia  is  administered  properly  the  outcome 
is  predictable.” 

A physician-attorney.  Dr.  Walt  Ward,  was  interviewed 
next  and  remarked,  “They’re  . . . putting  people  down 
near  death,  and  then  bringing  them  back.  And  that’s 
the  problem  sometimes,  bringing  them  back." 

Jarriel  then  cited  what  20/20  considered  “three  sig- 
nificant problems  that  make  anesthesia  unnecessarily 
dangerous.  Problem  number  one  is  human  error . . . the 
primary  cause  of  anesthesia  accidents."  This  opinion 
was  affirmed  by  Dr.  Ward  who  said,  from  his  own  ex- 
perience, that  “probably  80  to  90  percent  of  these  ter- 
rible accidents  could  have  been  avoided  with  proper 
attention." 

Next,  Dr.  Susan  Dorsch,  an  anesthesiologist,  was 
shown  demonstrating  the  way  an  oxygen  analyzer 
works.  “This  will  alarm  you,  this  will  alert  you,  by  this 
very  irritating  noise,  that  something  is  wrong  and  cor- 
rective action  needs  to  be  taken  immediately,"  she  said. 

Jarriel  observed,  “These  safety  devices  are  not  man- 
datory. Although  an  oxygen  analyzer  costs  less  than 
$700,  one  out  of  four  hospitals  does  not  have  this 
backup  safety  device."  Jarriel  then  interviewed  the  wife 
of  a patient  who  experienced  severe  injury  when  at  the 
end  of  surgery  the  oxygen  was  turned  off  instead  of 
nitrous  oxide.  He  noted  that  the  hospital  did  not  have 
an  oxygen  analyzer. 

Jarriel  defined  problem  number  two  as  “a  manpower 
shortage."  He  noted,  “Places  like  Mobile,  Alabama,  do 
not  attract  anesthesiologists."  Mobile’s  solution,  he 
said,  is  the  use  of  highly  trained  nurses.  Nurses  are 
not  doctors,  he  said,  “and  in  times  of  crisis,  that  dif- 
ference has  had  tragic  results." 

A New  York  nurse  anesthetist,  who  asked  20/20  to 
conceal  her  identity,  told  viewers  how  patients  some- 
times are  left  alone  under  anesthesia.  “There  is  a hos- 
pital in  New  York  City,  where  there  are  two  anesthesia 
people  covering  five  operating  rooms."  Jarriel  asked, 
"And  how  do  they  do  that?”  The  nurse  replied,  “Well, 
they  run  quickly  and  pray  a lot." 

Jarriel  noted  that  the  shortage  of  anesthesiologists 
“is  expected  to  last  until  1990.”  (Notably,  on  January 
13,  1984,  results  of  a survey  undertaken  by  the  Ameri- 
can Society  of  Anesthesiologists  (ASA)  with  assistance 
from  the  American  Hospital  Association  were  reported 
in  the  American  Medical  News.  The  survey  revealed 
that  only  9 percent  of  all  operations  are  performed  in 
the  37  percent  of  the  responding  hospitals  which  do 
not  have  the  services  of  an  anesthesiologist.  Most  of 
those  hospitals  are  located  in  rural  areas  with  a mean 
number  of  81  beds.) 

The  20/20  program  then  focused  on  what  was  iden- 
tified as  “problem  number  three,  an  uninformed  pa- 
tient.” Dr.  Louis  Blaneato,  then  president  of  the  Ameri- 
can Society  of  Anesthesiologists,  was  interviewed  and 
said:  "The  patient  should  know  who  his  anesthesi- 
ologist is,  what  he  can  do,  and  be  able  to  discuss  things 
with  him." 

Jarriel  then  interviewed  the  parents  of  a boy  who, 
at  the  age  of  8,  underwent  surgery  to  correct  a “bedwet- 
ting problem."  The  boy  suffered  a cardiac  arrest  as  a 
result  of  an  anesthesia  incident.  The  child,  now  12, 


requires  round-the-clock  nursing  care  to  keep  him 
from  "curling  into  a tight  ball  with  muscle  contrac- 
tions." Volunteers  were  shown  massaging  the  boy  whc 
could  barely  respond  to  stimuli.  The  parents  told  the 
viewing  audience  that  no  one  explained  the  risks  oil 
anesthesia  to  them,  nor  did  they  ever  meet  the 
anesthesiologist.  The  parents  said,  "When  these  doc 
tors  made  that  mistake  with  our  son,  it  was  like  taking 
a gun  and  killing  him  because  they  just  about  did  kil1 
him.  In  fact,  they  did  kill  him  and  they  brought  him, 
back  to  life,  and  they  gave  him  back  to  us  without  an) 
feeling  or  anything.  If  my  son  was  hit  by  a car  out  in 
the  street,  it  would  be  a tragic  situation.  But  to  pulij 
your  son  in  the  hands  of  people  you  trust  and  havf 
something  like  this  happen,  it’s  not  the  same.” 

Jarriel  cautioned  the  viewing  audience  to  “try  tc 
avoid  unnecessary  surgery.  Try  to  avoid  general! 
anesthesia— a far  less  dangerous  local,  where  the  pa- 
tient stays  awake,  is  usually  an  option.  Personally  meet 
your  anesthesiologist  well  before  the  operation,  anc1 
ask  a lot  of  questions.  Even  that  will  reduce  the  risk.’ 

LITIGATION 

The  issue  of  litigation  arising  out  of  anesthesia  mis-! 
haps  was  not  dealt  with  directly  on  20/20.  A brief  re  ! 
view  of  recent  cases  cited  in  the  American  Trial  Law 
yers  Association  Law  Reporter  reveals  a plethora  ol 
large  settlements  and  jury  verdicts  in  favor  of  the  plain-1 
tiff  in  anesthesia  cases.  Common  to  many  of  these 
cases  were  allegations  of  improper  intubation,  inade- 
quate monitoring,  failure  to  timely  diagnose  anoxiai 
and  administration  of  excessive  amounts  oi 
anesthesia.  A brief  review  of  a few  of  these  cases  fol- 
lows. 

The  case  of  Lake  v St.  Luke's  Hospital,  St.  Louis  City 
Circuit  Court,  No  792-3656,  cited  at  25  ATLA  L.  Rep.j 
278,  involved  a 34-year-old  auto  mechanic  who  wasj 
admitted  to  the  hospital  for  a tooth  extraction  to  be| 
done  under  general  anesthesia.  The  plaintiff  alleged; 
that  in  preparation  for  the  administration  ol 
anesthesia,  the  defendant  anesthesiologist  placed  the, 
endotracheal  tube  into  the  plaintiff s esophagus  in- 
stead of  his  trachea.  It  further  was  alleged  that  the 
error  was  not  discovered  for  ten  minutes,  during  which 
time  the  plaintiff  suffered  anoxia,  resulting  in  cardiac! 
arrest.  It  was  determined  that  the  plaintiff  sustained 
anoxic  encephalopathy  which  resulted  in  permanent 
neurological  deficit. 

In  their  defense,  the  hospital  and  anesthesiologist 
contended  that  the  plaintiffs  injuiy  resulted  from  sud- 
den, unforeseeable  cardiac  arrest.  The  case  was  settled; 
for  $2  million  prior  to  trial  in  favor  of  the  plaintiff  who 
is  confined  to  a nursing  home. 

A Mobile,  Alabama,  jury  recently  awarded  $5  million 
for  the  wrongful  death  of  39-year-old  laborer  whose 
malignant  hyperthermia  during  surgery  allegedly  went 
undiagnosed.  In  that  case,  Hodge  v Lane,  Bryant, 
Eubanks,  et  al..  Mobile  County  Circuit  Court  No. 
CV-79-001289,  reported  at  26  ATLA  Rep.  328,  the  pa- 
tient was  admitted  to  the  hospital  for  removal  of  aj 
foreign  body  from  his  eye.  General  anesthesia  allegedly : 
was  administered  by  a nurse-anesthetist  who  was  em- 
ployed by  the  defendant  anesthesia  group.  According 
to  the  ATLA  report,  the  patient  exhibited  tachycardia 
and  temperature  elevation  during  surgery  but  the 


286 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


nurse-anesthetist,  who  did  not  employ  an  electronic 
temperature  monitoring  device,  failed  to  note  the  pa- 
tient's deteriorating  condition.  The  nurse  did  not  call 
the  attending  anesthesiologist,  who  was  working  at 
another  hospital,  until  the  patient  suffered  cardiac  ar- 
rest. It  also  was  alleged  that  the  anesthesiologist  who 
was  on  first  call  also  was  unavailable.  The  patient  sus- 
tained severe  brain  damage  and  died  nine  months 
later. 


Unfamiliarity  with 
monitoring  equipment  was 
cited  as  a contributing 
factor  in  a signficant 
number  of  anesthesia 
mishaps . 


A recent  New  York  case,  Chin  v St.  Vincent  Hospital, 
N.Y.  County  Supreme  Court,  No.  11620/80,  25  ATLA 
Rep.  278,  resulted  in  a settlement  of  $1,351,000  in 
favor  of  a 32-year-old  stewardess  who  suffered  respir- 
atory arrest  following  an  alleged  administration  of  ex- 
cessive amounts  of  anesthesia. 

The  patient,  who  weighed  about  100  pounds,  was 
admitted  to  the  hospital  after  fracturing  her  arm  in  a 
skating  accident.  Prior  to  surgery,  she  received 
Atropine*,  Demerol*,  and  Valium*,  IM.  While  in  the 
operating  room  she  also  received  25  mg  Demerol*  IV 
and  a regional  anesthetic.  The  patient  suffered  respir- 
atory arrest  and  was  not  resuscitated  for  five  to  nine 
minutes,  during  which  time  she  became  comatose.  The 
patient  suffers  from  severe  spasticity  of  the  upper 
limbs  and  deficits  in  speech,  sight,  and  movement. 

A Maryland  jury  returned  a verdict  for  $6  million  in 
favor  of  a 38-year-old  woman  who  suffered  a cardiac 
arrest  during  surgery  for  removal  of  an  ovarian  cyst. 
Subsequently,  the  hospital  and  anesthesiologist  were 

I sued.  The  plaintiff  alleged  inadequate  ventilation,  im- 
proper volume  reduction  of  an  audible  cardiac  monitor 
and  alarm,  and  failure  to  respond  to  the  patient’s  need 
for  postoperative  hydration.  The  case  is  Margolis  u 
Kim,  et  al„  D.C.  Superior  Court,  No.  CA 16740-80,  26 
ATLA  L.  Rep.  132. 

The  case  of  Magnuson  v U.S.,  U.S.  District  Court,  D. 
Minn.,  No.  3-82-26,  26  ATLA  Rep  134,  resulted  in  settle- 
ment of  $278,062  for  the  wrongful  death  of  a 53-year- 
old  cancer  victim  who  became  hypotensive  under 
anesthesia  The  patient,  who  had  squamous  cell 
carcinoma  was  admitted  to  a VA  hospital  for  a 
laryngectomy.  During  the  induction  of  halothane 
anesthesia  the  patient  allegedly  became  hypotensive. 
Allegations  in  the  lawsuit  included  delayed  resusci- 
tation, excessive  amounts  of  halothane,  negligent  fail- 
i ure  to  mix  halothane  with  oxygen,  failure  to  provide 
a preoperative  anesthesia  consultation,  and  failure  to 
have  an  anesthesiologist  present  during  the  induction 
of  anesthesia 

RISK  REDUCTION 

As  the  cases  reported  above  indicate,  there  perhaps 
is  no  other  medical  specialty  which  calls  for  the  high 
degree  of  vigilance  as  does  anesthesiology.  Besides  re- 


maining vigilant,  alert,  and  aware,  what  can  the 
anesthesiologist  do  to  minimize  the  risk  of  anesthesia 
mishaps? 

An  article,  “Seven  Sensible  Steps  to  Safety  and  Salva- 
tion," by  Drs.  Jeffrey  B.  Cooper  and  Ronald  S.  New- 
bower  and  Charlene  D.  Long,  M.S.,  published  in  the 
May /June  1980  issue  of  Malpractice  Digest  (St.  Paul 
Fire  and  Marine  Insurance  Co.),  offered  the  following 
suggestions: 

1.  Know  the  equipment.  Unfamiliarity  with 
monitoring  equipment  was  cited  as  a contributing  fac- 
tor in  a significant  number  of  anesthesia  mishaps. 
Acquiring  a sound  theoretical  and  working  knowledge 
of  all  anesthesia  apparatus  and  obtaining  appropriate 
instruction  on  the  use  of  new  equipment  is  likely  to 
reduce  error. 

2.  Identify  and  eradicate  pitfalls.  Examine  your  own 
practice  to  determine  whether  any  frequent  albeit 
“minor”  incidents  can  be  identified.  The  authors  noted 
that  in  two  of  the  hospitals  they  studied,  a pattern  of 
“syringe  swaps”  evolved.  The  errors  of  selecting  the 
wrong  drug  syringes  were  traced  to  the  lack  of  a 
standard  protocol  for  the  sizes  and  labeling  of  drug 
syringes. 

3.  Select  appropriate  “vigilance  aids.”  Oxygen 
monitors,  ventilation  disconnect  alarms,  and 
temperature  monitors  may  reduce  the  incidence  of 
midsurgical  procedure  mishaps,  when  the 
anesthetist’s  concentration  or  level  of  awareness  may 
be  somewhat  reduced  by  fatigue. 

4.  Organize  your  workspace.  Careful  arrangement  of 
drugs  and  syringes  and  an  organized  layout  of  ap- 
paratus are  essential. 

5.  Examine  your  equipment.  Even  experienced 
anesthesiologists  on  occasion  may  fail  to  note  whether 
all  appropriate  apparatus  and  drugs  are  available  and 
to  test  for  proper  equipment  function.  The  authors 
suggest  mandatory  use  of  a written  equipment  check- 
list in  every  case. 

6.  Maintain  your  equipment.  Inadequate  mainten- 
ance of  equipment  can  contribute  to  human  error. 
Report  any  damage  or  suspicion  of  damage  to  ap- 
propriately trained  and  experienced  personnel  for  re- 
pair. 

7.  Identify  “predisposing”  factors.  A few  of  these 
were  identified  by  the  authors  as  inadequate  periods 
of  rest  or  time  off  after  night  call,  haste,  the  presence 
of  visitors,  last  minute  switching  of  equipment  and 
schedules,  and  emotional  stress  and  interpersonal 
conflicts. 

The  Department  of  Risk  Prevention  of  the  Medical 
Inter-Insurance  Exchange  of  New  Jersey  recently  com- 
pleted a statistical  analysis  of  anesthesia  claims  in 
which  payment  has  been  made  to  claimants  through 
December  31,  1983.  Although  the  data  base  is  too 
small  to  recall  any  statistically  significant  pattern  of 
mishaps  and  their  causes,  the  data  suggest  the 
emergence  of  possible  trends  in  anesthesia  liability. 

Out  of  the  171  paid  anesthesia  claims,  103  were 
solely  “tooth  cases."  The  relative  frequency  of  these  less 
significant  claims  suggests  that  increased  care  with 
regard  to  the  patient’s  dentition  will  result  in  fewer 
claims  and  lawsuits. 

The  remaining  68  paid  cases  resulted  in  payments 
to  claimants  totalling  $7.5  million,  with  an  average 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  4-APRIL  1984 


287 


paid  indemnity  of  $1 1 1,384. 

The  data  also  revealed  that  anesthesia  claims  involv- 
ing the  use  of  halothane  and  claims  alleging  failure  to 
intubate  (claims  which  were  prevalent  in  the  1970s) 
appear  to  be  abating.  It  is  speculated  that  the  reduc- 
tion in  the  frequency  of  these  claims  is  directly  the 
result  of  the  awareness  by  anesthesiologists  of  the 
magnitude  of  the  problem  and  their  successful  risk- 
reduction  actions  in  the  wake  of  a pattern  of  such 
serious  incidents. 

Of  the  68  substantial  paid  claims,  two  troublesome 
areas  in  anesthesia  management  emerged.  These  are: 
(1)  the  improper  choice  of  anesthetic  agent  or  other 
drug  or  medical  error;  and  (2)  the  administration  of 
anesthesia  in  patients  who  are  poor  candidates  for 
surgeiy.  Analysis  of  claims  in  the  latter  categoiy  sug- 
gest that  when  examined  in  the  cold  light  of  another 
day,  the  anesthesiologist’s  decision  to  clear  the  patient 
for  surgery  would  not  have  been  made. 

Lack  of  communication  or  lack  of  effective  com- 
munication between  physicians  may  lie  at  the  root  of 
this  difficult  area  of  anesthesia  practice.  Many 
anesthesiologists  practice  in  groups  where  it  is  routine 
for  one  anesthesiologist  to  make  the  preoperative 
rounds  and  for  another  anesthesiologist  to  conduct 
the  anesthesia  the  next  day.  All  too  often  there  is  poor 
communication  between  the  evaluating  physician  and 
the  physician  who  actually  conducts  the  anesthesia 
The  evaluating  physician  may  be  well  advised  that 


simply  charting  his  concerns  about  the  patient  may 
not  be  sufficient  communication  when  the  concern  is 
of  significance  and  the  patient  is  scheduled  for  the 
operating  room.  Direct  telephone  communication  may! 
be  the  optimal  method  of  ensuring  that  the  concern; 
is  acted  upon  in  a timely  manner. 

Communication  between  the  anesthesiologist  and 
the  surgeon  also  is  an  area  of  serious  concern  to  all! 
involved.  Often,  patients  are  “tracked”  and  prepared  for 
surgery  by  their  surgeon.  Given  the  pressures  of  hospi- 
tal practice,  the  anesthesiologist  occasionally  may  be 
reluctant  to  call  a halt  to  planned  surgeiy.  However,  the 
anesthesiologist  must  be  mindful  of  the  fact  that  every 
member  of  the  health  care  team  is  legally  responsible 
for  his  own  actions.  Prudence  may  dictate  that  surgeiy 
be  postponed  until  additional  studies  and  consul- 
tations are  available  for  analysis.  Effective  communica- 
tion with  the  surgeon  in  this  area  may  result  in  fewer 
anesthesia  incidents  to  the  benefit  of  all  involved. 

CONCLUSION 

It  generally  is  agreed  that  anesthesiologists  have 
done  and  can  do  a great  deal  to  reduce  the  incidence 
of  serious  anesthesia  mishaps.  Awareness  of  the  prob- 
lem areas  of  anesthesia  practice  can  create  a climate 
for  corrective  action.  If  even  a small  percent  of 
anesthesia  claims  can  be  avoided,  the  quality  of  medi- 
cal care  will  be  improved  and  a significant  saving  of 
insurance  dollars  can  result. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


288 


ibupofen, 

600 mg  Tablets 


More  conve 


The  Upjohn  Company  • Kalamazoo,  Michigan  49001  USA 


14  The  Upjohn  Company 


J-4044  January  1984 


Homed 

.the  Home  Health  Care  Company 


Serving  the  Greater  Metropolitan  Area 

CALL  TOLL  FREE  24  HOURS  A DAY 

tiOWHERN  NEW  JERSEY  (800)  452-9777  SOUTHERN  NEW  JERSEY  (800)  392-6936 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


PASSPORT 


m?  - 


HOMED  has  more  than  25  Years  of  Professional  Experience 
in  Providing  Home  Health  Care  Products  & Services  To 
Families,  Agencies  and  Institutions... 


• CONVALESCENT  EQUIPMENT  & REPAIRS 

• OXYGEN  & RESPIRATORY  THERAPY 

• PARENTERAL/ ENTERAL  NUTRITIONAL  THERAPY 

• INFANTILE  APNEA  MONITORING 

• BARRIER-FREE  HOME  MODIFICATION 

• SPECIALIZED  HEALTH  PROFESSIONAL  REGISTRY 


290 


Deaths  Related  to  Narcotics 
Overdose  in  New  Jersey 


Elizabeth  Feuer,  m.d.,  and  John  French,  m.a,  trenton* 


Abuse  of  “hits,  ” an  oral  combination  of  codeine  and  glutethimide, 
has  been  on  the  increase.  Some  features  of  persons  dying  of  “hits" 
overdose  are  discussed  and  compared  with  characteristics  of 
those  dying  from  overdose  of  heroin  and  methadone.  The 
contribution  of  alcohol  to  heroin  overdose  is  stressed. 


In  early  1982,  we  studied  mor- 
tality in  New  Jersey  due  to  a new 
drug  combination,  known  as  a 
“hit.”  A “hit”  is  an  oral  combination  of  60  mg  of  co- 
deine, usually  in  the  form  of  aspirin,  phenacetin,  caf- 
feine, and  codeine,  and  500  mg  of  glutethimide.  Word- 
of-mouth  reports  indicate  that  this  agent  has  become 
increasingly  popular  in  northeastern  New  Jersey  in  the 
past  several  years.  A report  of  the  results  of  our  study 
on  the  descriptive  epidemiologic  features  has  been 
published  previously.1 

For  purposes  of  comparison,  we  collected  data  on 
deaths  related  to  heroin  and  methadone.  Exam- 
ination of  the  characteristics  of  persons  dying  of  over- 
dose of  these  three  agents  forms  the  basis  of  this 
paper.  In  addition  to  the  previously  presented  demo- 
graphic characteristics,  which  we  briefly  recapitulate, 
we  now  offer  data  on  autopsy  and  toxicologic  findings 
which  shed  further  light  on  the  mortality  experience 
related  to  these  three  drugs.  We  also  discuss  the  issue 
of  polydrug  abuse  involving  narcotics. 

METHODS 

The  Toxicology  Laboratory  of  the  Office  of  the  State 
Medical  Examiner  serves  as  the  sole  resource  for  toxi- 
cologic testing  for  the  county  medical  examiners  of  the 
state.  Specimens  from  approximately  3,000  autopsies 
are  submitted  each  year,  including  all  deaths  occur- 
ring under  unknown  or  suspicious  circumstances  in 


which  drug  use  is  suspected  to  play  a role.  In  such 
cases,  specimens  of  tissues  and  body  fluids  are  sub- 
mitted and  tested  for  a wide  variety  of  drugs. 

We  reviewed  the  toxicology  records  for  1980  and 
1981,  and  abstracted  information  on  any  deaths  with 
a positive  test  for  one  of  the  three  agents  of  interest. 
Demographic  data,  county  of  residence,  and  toxicologic 
data  were  obtained.  Deaths  then  were  classified  as 
overdose  deaths,  drug-related  deaths,  and  incidental 
deaths  (indicating  that  drugs  were  unrelated  to  the 
cause  of  death).  Only  overdose  deaths  were  examined 
in  detail,  by  review  of  autopsy  and  toxicologic  findings. 

Because  of  the  multiplicity  of  agents  found  in  many 
autopsies,  classification  into  categories  at  times  was 
arbitrary.  We  used  the  following  system:  her- 

oin— presence  of  morphine-quinine  or  morphinans- 
quinine;  methadone — presence  of  methadone: 
“hits”  — presence  of  codeine-glutethimide  or 
morphinans-glutethimide.  These  categories,  called  pri- 
mary agents,  were  structured  so  as  to  be  mutually 
exclusive:  individuals  with  positive  findings  in  more 
than  one  category  were  classified  as  mixed.  Deaths 
involving  combinations  of  primary  agents  with  other 
narcotics,  such  as  meperidine  and  hydromorphone, 
were  excluded.  In  addition,  drugs  such  as  alcohol. 

*From  the  New  Jersey  State  Department  of  Health.  Cor 
respondence  may  be  addressed  to  Dr.  Feuer,  Division  of 
Epidemiology  and  Disease  Control,  CN  360,  New  Jersey  State 
Department  of  Health,  Trenton,  NJ  08625. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  4— APRIL  1984 


291 


TABLE 

1 

Demographic 

Characteristics  of  Deaths  due  to 

Hits.  Heroin,  and  Methadone, 

1980-1981 

Hits 

Heroin 

Methadone 

No. 

% 

No. 

% 

No. 

% 

Total 

36 

100.0 

126 

100.0 

46 

100.0 

Male 

31 

86.1 

104 

82.5 

37 

80.4 

White 

16 

44.4 

56 

44.4 

30 

65.2 

Nonwhite 

15 

41.7 

47 

37.3 

6 

13.0 

Unknown 

1 

0.8 

1 

2.2 

Female 

5 

13.9 

22 

17.5 

9 

19.6 

White 

1 

2.8 

5 

4.0 

7 

15.2 

Nonwhite 

4 

11.1 

17 

13.5 

2 

4.3 

Median  Age 

Male 

21 

29 

25 

Female 

31 

27 

31 

! 

| 

Combined 

22 

28 

26 

TABLE 

2 

Autopsy  Findings 

in  Deaths  due  to  Hits, 

Heroin,  and  Methadone.  1980-1981 

Hits 

Heroin 

Methadone 

Findings* 

No. 

% 

No. 

% 

No. 

% 

Pulmonary  edema 

36 

100.0 

107 

94.7 

37 

94.9 

Cerebral  edema 

19 

52.8 

63 

55.8 

19 

48.7 

Congestion  of  kidney 

21 

58.3 

57 

50.4 

15 

38.5 

Congestion  of  spleen 

20 

55.6 

49 

43.4 

12 

30.8 

Congestion  of  liver 

17 

47.2 

48 

42.5 

10 

25.6 

Fatty  liver 

1 

2.8 

14 

12.4 

3 

7.7 

Cirrhosis 

0 

0.0 

9 

8.0 

0 

0.0 

Gastrointestinal  bleeding 

2 

5.6 

3 

2.7 

2 

5.1 

Fresh  needle  marks 

1 

2.8 

54 

47.8 

3 

7.7 

"Tracks" 

7 

19.4 

48 

42.5 

9 

23.1 

*Pereent  refers  to  percent  positive  among  those  reviewed. 


barbiturates,  or  marijuana  may  have  been  present.  The 
presence  of  these  agents  did  not  affect  classification 
of  the  case. 

RESULTS 

Numbers  and  characteristics  of  overdose  deaths  re- 
lated to  the  three  primary  agents  are  shown  in  Table 
1.  There  were  36  deaths  related  to  “hits"  overdose,  126 
related  to  heroin  overdose,  and  46  related  to  meth- 
adone overdose;  in  addition,  there  were  ten  heroin- 
methadone  mixtures,  seven  heroin-"hits“  mixtures, 
and  two  methadone-'  hits"  mixtures.  Males 
predominated  in  all  three  groups;  however,  the  racial 
composition  of  the  groups  differed  somewhat.  The 
methadone  eases  showed  a marked  predominance  of 
whites  (80.4  percent),  whereas  only  48.4  percent  of 
heroin  deaths  and  47.2  percent  of  “hits"  deaths  were 
white.  The  median  ages  of  the  three  groups  showed 
some  variation.  The  heroin  group  was  the  oldest,  at  28 
years;  “hits"  deaths  had  a median  age  of  only  22  years. 


The  results  of  the  review  of  the  autopsy  data  are 
presented  in  Table  2.  We  reviewed  the  autopsy  reports 
for  36  "hits"  deaths,  1 13  heroin  deaths,  and  39  meth- 
adone deaths,  for  an  overall  completion  rate  greater 
than  90  percent.  The  most  common  findings  related 
to  viscera]  congestion;  pulmonary  edema,  cerebral 
edema,  and  congestion  of  kidney,  liver,  and  spleen. 
Methadone  deaths  showed  these  findings  less  fre- 
quently than  did  heroin  or  “hits"  deaths. 

Mention  of  the  presence  of  fresh  needle  marks  and 
of  track  marks  specifically  was  sought.  Both  findings 
occurred  significantly  more  frequently  among  heroin 
users.  Differences  in  proportions  showing  fresh  needle 
marks  were  particularly  striking;  fresh  marks  were 
found  in  47.8  percent  of  heroin  deaths,  but  in  only  7.7 
percent  of  methadone  deaths  (x2  = 18.2,  P < .001)  and 
2.8  percent  of  “hits”  deaths  (x2  = 21.8,  P<.001),  imply- 
ing that  persons  dying  of  methadone  and  “hits"  over- 
dose are  not  current  parenteral  narcotics  users.  Dif- 
ferences in  proportions  with  venous  scars  or  track 


292 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


TABLE  3 


Toxicologic  Findings  in  Deaths  due  to  Hits,  Heroin,  and  Methadone,  1980  1981 


Hits 

Toxicologic  Findings  No. 

Primary  agent  alone  25 

Primary  agent  with  alcohol  2 

with  alcohol  only  1 

with  alcohol  and  depressant  1 

with  alcohol  and  other  0 

Primary  agent  with  depressant  7 

Primary  agent  with  other  2 

Total  36 

marks  also  were  significant  for  “hits”  (x2  = 5.27,  P < 


.025)  and  for  methadone  (x2  = 3.86,  P < .05)  compared 
to  heroin  deaths. 

An  interesting  group  of  findings  related  to  the  stig- 
mata of  alcoholism,  particularly  fatty  liver  and  cir- 
rhosis. Fatty  liver  was  found  in  12.4  percent  of  heroin 
deaths,  as  opposed  to  7.7  percent  of  methadone  deaths, 
and  only  2.8  percent  of  “hits"  deaths.  Cirrhosis  was 
found  only  in  the  heroin  group,  in  8.0  percent  of 
autopsies.  Although  these  results  are  not  significant 
statistically,  they  are  consistent  with  one  another  and 
show  an  intriguing  pattern. 

Toxicologic  findings  are  summarized  in  Table  3. 
Striking  differences  are  found  between  the  groups  in 
the  occurrence  of  drugs  other  than  the  primary  agents, 
i “Hits”  deaths  tend  to  reveal  a pattern  of  little  as- 
sociated drug  use,  with  69.4  percent  of  deaths  showing 
“hits"  as  the  only  agent.  This  situation  is  reversed  for 
the  heroin  group.  Only  13.5  percent  of  heroin  deaths 
showed  no  other  drug  present.  Of  the  additional  drugs 
found,  alcohol  was  the  most  important.  Combinations 
involving  alcohol  were  found  in  69.8  percent  of  heroin 
deaths.  Methadone  deaths  showed  intermediate 
values,  with  34.8  percent  of  deaths  indicating  the  pres- 
ence of  alcohol;  only  5.6  percent  of  “hits"  deaths 
showed  alcohol  present.  These  results  are  significant 
(P  < .001). 

DISCUSSION 

The  major  limitation  of  this  study  is  its  exclusive 
focus  on  mortality  data.  The  implication  is  strong  that 
polydrug  abuse,  especially  involving  alcohol,  increases 
a user’s  risk  of  death.  However,  without  data  on  general 
use  patterns,  it  is  impossible  to  state  this  with  certain- 
ty. These  results  merely  may  reflect  use  patterns;  poly- 
drug use  may  simply  be  the  norm,  and  the  deaths  we 
have  reviewed,  rather  than  indicating  a group  at 
special  risk  of  dying,  may  be  representative  of  the 
broader  population  of  drug  users. 

We  undertook  this  investigation  to  examine  the  ef- 
fect of  “hits”  on  drug  overdose  mortality  in  New  Jersey. 
As  our  analyses  advanced,  however,  we  found  that 
more  general  patterns  of  overdose  mortality  emerged 
from  the  data.  Age,  race,  and  sex  distributions  differ 
somewhat  among  groups.  “Hits”  deaths  tend  to  be 
younger  than  either  methadone  or  heroin  deaths; 
methadone  deaths  show  a more  marked  predominance 


Heroin  Methadone 


% 

No. 

% 

No. 

% 

69.4 

17 

13.5 

12 

26.1 

5.6 

88 

69.8 

16 

34.8 

2.8 

75 

59.5 

6 

13.0 

2.8 

7 

5.6 

5 

10.9 

0.0 

6 

4.8 

5 

10.9 

19.4 

12 

9.5 

8 

17.4 

5.6 

9 

7.1 

10 

21.7 

100.0 

126 

99.9 

46 

100.0 

of  whites.  Males  outnumber  females  in  all  three 
groups.  Whether  this  reflects  heavier  usage  among 
specific  population  subgroups,  or  greater  susceptibili- 
ty to  overdose  death  among  certain  groups,  is  impos- 
sible to  state  from  these  data  alone.  However,  results 
of  the  autopsy  review  and  of  the  toxicologic  review  give 
further  clues. 

Users  have  reported  to  us  that  “hits”  are  an  attrac- 
tive substitute  for  heroin,  because  they  are  obtained 
easily  and  they  are  taken  orally.  Users  can  avoid  the 
physical  signs  of  heroin  use.  This  same  argument  may 
apply  to  oral  methadone  use  as  well.  It  seems  probable 
that  these  oral  narcotics  mainly  attract  the  younger, 
less  experienced,  and  perhaps  nonhabituated  user, 
who  is  at  greater  risk  of  death  through  overdose.  This 
hypothesis  is  borne  out  by  the  lower  prevalence  of 
track  marks  among  both  “hits”  and  methadone  users; 
the  lower  prevalence  of  fresh  needle  marks  is  even 
more  pronounced,  implying  that  the  oral  narcotics 
users  are  not  concomitant  users  of  heroin. 

Both  “hits”  and  methadone  contain  prescription 
pharmaceuticals  of  a high  degree  of  purity.  In  contrast, 
street  heroin  has  been  of  low  potency  in  recent  years. 
It  is  possible  that  the  potency  of  “hits”  and  of  meth- 
adone is  greater  than  that  of  currently  available  heroin, 
and  that  the  least  experienced  users  may  in  fact  be 
gravitating  toward  the  more  potent  agents.  One  point 
that  is  quite  clear  from  the  data  is  that  “hits”  by  them- 
selves are  potent  enough  to  lead  to  fatal  overdose;  near- 
ly 70  percent  of  “hits”  deaths  had  no  other  agent  pres- 
ent. Therefore,  it  cannot  be  assumed  that  because  a 
narcotic  is  taken  orally  it  is  necessarily  safe.  In  con- 
trast, only  13.5  percent  of  heroin  deaths  involved  no 
other  agent;  nearly  87  percent  were  in  combination, 
usually  with  alcohol.  This  merely  may  reflect  patterns 
of  use,  i.e.  that  heroin  users  almost  invariably  drink 
alcohol.  However,  it  may  be  equally  well  interpreted  as 
showing  that  combined  use  of  heroin  and  alcohol  in- 
creases a user’s  risk  of  death. 

The  autopsy  review  seems  to  indicate  that  al- 
coholism is  a significant  occurrence  among  heroin 
users.  The  median  age  of  the  series  was  only  28  years, 
however,  8.0  percent  of  those  autopsied  had  cirrhosis. 
Fatty  liver,  indicating  more  acute  alcohol  toxicity,  was 
found  in  12.4  percent.  Focusing  on  the  problem  of 
alcohol  abuse  in  persons  under  treatment  for  their 
heroin  problem  may  be  a worthwhile  activity. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  4— APRIL  1984 


293 


One  possibility  concerning  the  mortality  due  to 
hits"  is  that  a synergism  between  the  narcotic  and  the 
sedative  components  was  responsible  for  a more  pro- 
found central  nervous  system  depression,  leading  to 
death.  Review  of  the  toxicologic  data  on  heroin  and 
methadone  lends  support  to  the  idea  that  narcotics 
combined  with  depressants  are  notably  dangerous.  For 
methadone-related  deaths,  52.1  percent  involved  a 
combination  including  a central  nervous  system  de- 
pressant; for  heroin,  79.3  percent.  Including  all  three 
drugs,  and  viewing  hits  as  such  a narcotic-depressant 
combination,  76.9  percent  of  the  narcotics  deaths  we 
reviewed  were  of  this  combined  type.  It  appears  that 
polydrug  abuse  involving  narcotics  and  alcohol  is  a 
major  problem.  Correlation  of  mortality  data  such  as 
this  with  clinical  data  from  physicians  involved  in  the 
treatment  of  drug  abusers  may  be  helpful  in  clarifying 
how  large  a role  polydrug  use  of  this  type  plays  in  the 
current  drug  scene.  Restructuring  of  treatment  pro- 
grams better  to  serve  these  multiple-drug  users  may 
be  worthwhile. 

SUMMARY 

We  report  the  occurrence  of  36  deaths  attributable 
to  “hits"  overdose  in  New  Jersey  during  1980  to  1981. 


During  the  same  period,  126  fatal  heroin  overdoses 
and  46  fatal  methadone  overdoses  were  found.  Users 
dying  of  “hits"  overdose  were  younger  than  those  dying 
of  overdose  of  heroin;  autopsies  of  “hits”  and  meth- 
adone users  revealed  few  signs  of  intravenous 
narcotism.  Victims  of  heroin  overdoses  showed  at  post- 
mortem an  impressive  incidence  of  findings  related  to 
heavy  alcohol  use.  Toxicologic  analyses  bore  out  this 
association.  The  dangers  of  oral  narcotic  abuse,  and 
of  narcotic-depressant  combinations,  are  highlighted 
by  these  findings. 

REFERENCE 

1 . Feuer  E,  French  J:  Descriptive  epidemiology  of  mortality 
in  New  Jersey  due  to  combination  of  codeine  and 
glutethimide.  Am  J Epidemiol  (in  press). 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 

The  authors  gratefully  acknowledge  the  assistance  of  Dr. 
Robert  Goode,  the  New  Jersey  State  Medical  Examiner,  and 
Dr.  Robert  Javier,  Assistant  Director  of  Toxicology,  of  the 
State  Medical  Examiner’s  Office.  We  express  our  appreciation 
to  Dr.  Ronald  Altman,  Assistant  Commissioner  of  Epidemi- 
ology and  Disease  Control,  and  to  Dr.  William  Parkin,  State 
Epidemiologist. 


294 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


fBRoWfc  THE  BROWN  PHARMACEUTICAL  CO.,  INC. 

2500  West  Sixth  Street,  Los  Angeles,  CA  90057 


For  Full  Prescribing  Information,  Please  See  PDR. 


REFER  TO 


PDR 


Android  5 10  25 

Methyltestosterone  US.R  Tablets 


Android/f 

Fluoxymesterone  U.S.R  Tablets,  10m9 


Wellcome 


rm 


ellcome  Co. 


(aftoptf 

and  a ^°'e  w 


more 


i 


Burroog^^JJJeTarK 


. Physioan  ^g^ngZvlopnm  blets 

. patient education  d economy 


iiSS 


vyV.cy. 


- ' 

__■  ’ ' 

las 


—I 


vm§mimsM 

anast®-  -..v.w  >ava\v-s\a 


■a  a 


a - v,.;; 


■ S 'yj 


S»SS 


issasKi; 


Iff 


. . 


Computerized  Tomography-Guided 
Percutaneous  Needle  Biopsy 


Kenneth  L.  Jewel,  m.d.,  montclair* 


A reappraisal  of  a recently  published  series  confirms  the 
usefulness  and  safety  of  percutaneous  needle  biopsy  with 
computerized  tomographic  guidance.  With  recent  modifications , 
the  acceptable  accuracy  rate  of  84  percent  has  been  increased 
significantly  to  95  percent. 


Percutaneous  needle  biopsy 
(PNB)  utilizing  direct  imaging 
techniques  has  been  used  by 
many  workers  safely  and  effectively  to  remove  tissue 
samples  from  various  organs  and  anatomic  locations 
in  the  body.14  Jewel  and  Kimler  reported  their  ex- 
perience in  120  consecutive  eases  with  a diagnostic 
accuracy  of  84  percent.5  It  has  been  presumed,  with 
increasing  experience,  that  many  diagnostic  and 
therapeutic  procedures  would  become  safer  and  more 
precise.  Since  February  1982,  130  additional  cases 
have  undergone  PNB.  It  is  the  purpose  of  this  report 
to  analyze  the  improved  success  rate  and  decreased 
complication  rate,  and  to  compare  this  series  with 
previously  published  material. 

METHODS  AND  MATERIALS 

Between  Februaiy  1982  and  June  1983,  130  con- 
secutive cases  underwent  PNB.  Nearly  all  procedures 
were  performed  utilizing  computerized  tomographic 
(CT)  guidance  (Figure).  Occasionally,  if  a mass  was 
large  enough,  the  biopsy  was  performed  with 
fluoroscopic  assistance  after  appropriate  markers  were 
placed  on  the  skin.  The  precise  depth  was  calculated 
utilizing  CT.  Biopsy  needle  types6  and  localization 
techniques7  8 have  been  described  previously.  All  cases 
initially  were  biopsied  with  a 22-gauge  Franseen  nee- 
dle.** If  pathologic  material  was  inadequate,  and 
clinical  and/or  technical  considerations  dictated,  an 


18-gauge  Tru-Cut  needle***  was  utilized.  The 
pathological  material  was  removed  and  was  handled  as 
has  been  described  previously.5 

RESULTS 

All  130  consecutive  eases  were  analyzed.  Approx- 
imately 50  percent  of  the  case  material  consisted  of 
lung  and/or  mediastinal  biopsies  (64  eases)  with  the 
liver  and  pancreas  frequently  being  biopsied  as  well 
(Table).  True  positive  (TP)  results  were  obtained  when 
a diagnosis  of  malignancy  was  established  or  when  a 
specific  benign  diagnosis  was  made  eytologically  or 
histologically.  False  negative  (FN)  diagnoses  were  re- 
corded when  a proved  malignant  diagnosis  was  ob- 
tained by  a subsequent  method  (thoracotomy, 
mediastinoscopy,  or  exploratory  laparotomy)  and  the 
initial  PNB  had  been  recorded  as  negative  for  malig- 
nancy. False  positive  (FP)  diagnoses  did  not  occur  in 
this  series  indicating  a specificity  of  100  percent.  True 
negative  (TN)  cases  were  reported  when  a benign  dis- 
ease process  was  identified  by  PNB  and  subsequently 
proved  by  clinical  followup  and/or  other  diagnostic 
means.  The  overall  accuracy  rate  in  this  series  was  95 

*Dr.  Jewel  is  Director,  Department  of  Radiology,  The  Moun- 
tainside Hospital,  Montclair.  Correspondence  may  be  ad- 
dressed to  Dr.  Jewel,  The  Mountainside  Hospital,  Bay  mid 
Highland  Avenues,  Montclair,  NJ  07042. 

**Cook  Incorporated,  Bloomington,  IN  47402. 

***Travenol  Laboratories,  Incorporated,  Deerfield,  IL  60015. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  4— APRIL  1984 


297 


Figure— CT  through  the  upper  chest  discloses  a somewhat 
irregularly  marginated  mass  situated  slightly  to  the  right  of 
the  sternum  (large  arrow).  The  trachea  (O)  is  identified  and 
the  appropriate  positioning  of  a 22-gauge  biopsy  needle 
within  the  mass  clearly  is  identified  (small  arrow). 

percent. 

Complications  of  the  procedure  were  extremely  un- 
common and  were  limited  to  those  patients  with  lung 
and/or  mediastinal  biopsies.  Three  cases  of  minimal 
pneumothorax  (constituting  less  than  10  percent  of 
lung  volume)  and  one  case  of  clinically  insignificant 
hemothorax  were  encountered.  None  of  these  patients 
required  chest  tube  insertion  or  transfusion  and 
clinically  these  complications  were  considered  minor. 

DISCUSSION 

Since  1979,  250  eases  have  been  referred  to  the  de- 
partment of  radiology  for  percutaneous  needle  biopsy. 
Our  initial  success  rate  of  84  percent  previously  has 
been  described.5  An  ongoing  analysis  of  technique  and 
methodology  has  been  underway  with  continual  re- 
finements and  adjustments. 

The  underlying  basis  for  the  high  rate  of  success  in 
this  and  other  series  is  the  use  of  direct  image-guided 
technique  whether  by  ultrasound,  fluoroscopy,  or  CT. 
While  the  use  of  a so-called  “fine  or  skinny”  needle  is 


preferred,  there  are  many  instances  where  insufficien 
pathologic  material  is  removed  with  a 22-gauge  needle 
A more  satisfactory  core  of  tissue  can  be  reeoverei 
using  a larger  cutting  needle.  By  estimating  th< 
vascularity  of  a mass  to  be  biopsied  as  has  beef 
previously  described  by  Haaga,9  inadvertent  biopsy  o 
a vascular  mass  with  a larger  needle  can  be  avoided 
A larger  sample  of  tissue  helps  the  pathologist  ti 
render  a correct  tissue  specific  diagnosis  more  often 
In  addition,  those  tissue  types  which  notoriously  an 
difficult  to  diagnose  (such  as  lymphoma  an< 
plasmoeytoma)  can  be  delineated  correctly. 

A somewhat  subjective  but  important  reason  for  th< 
increased  accuracy  rate  in  this  series  concerns  th( 
greater  experience  of  the  interventional  radiologis 
performing  the  procedure.  In  the  majority  of  eases,  ; 
distinct  feel  or  sensation  of  “grittiness”  is  eneounterec 
upon  entering  the  abnormal  tissue.  This  is  a con 
firmatoiy  sign  of  proper  needle  placement  and  has 
been  most  helpful.  Certainly,  with  added  experience 
pathological  expertise  has  increased  as  well. 

Because  of  the  high  accuracy  rate,  an  initial  negativf 
diagnosis  with  strong  clinical  suspicion  of  malignancy 
may  warrant  repeat  PNB.  This  particularly  is  useful  in 
elderly  and/or  debilitated  patients  where  more  invasive 
procedures  may  be  planned. 

With  increasing  numbers  of  cases  seen  as  outpa 
tients,  the  technique  becomes  even  more  cost  effective. 
Our  complication  rate  is  extremely  low  with  only  four 
eases  encountering  any  untoward  effect  (3  percent). 
These  were  minor  and  required  no  treatment. 

SUMMARY 

With  minor  but  important  modifications,  PNB  utiliz- 
ing direct  image-guided  technique  has  become  a major 
means  of  establishing  the  correct  diagnosis  at  this 
institution.  The  initial  accuracy  rate  of  84  percent  de- 
scribed in  an  earlier  report  has  been  increased  dra- 
matically to  95  percent  with  an  even  lower  complica- 
tion rate.  This  series  further  confinns  the  experience 
reported  in  large  university  centers  and  illustrates  the 
usefulness  of  PNB  as  a cost-effective,  safe,  and  highly 


Anatomic 

Site 

Number 

Biopsied 

TP 

TN 

TABLE 

Biopsies 

FP 

FN 

Sensitivity 

Percent 

Specificity 

Percent 

Overall 

Accuracy 

Percent 

Chest 

64 

48 

12 

0 

4 

92 

100 

94 

Liver 

20 

13 

5 

0 

2 

87 

100 

90 

Pancreas 

16 

11 

5 

0 

0 

100 

100 

100 

Abdominal  or 
retroperitoneal  mass 
(including  lymph 
node,  kidney,  adrenal 

19 

13 

5 

0 

1 

93 

100 

95 

Bone 

11 

8 

3 

0 

0 

100 

100 

100 

Total 

130 

93 

30 

0 

7 

93 

100 

95 

TP=true  positve;  TN= 
Sensitivity  = (TP) 

true  negative;  FP= false  positive;  FN  = false  negative 
v i no  Specificity  = (TN)  „ ir>ri  Overall  accuracy  = 

(TP+TN) 

v i nn 

(TP+FN) 

(TN  + FP)  

Total  No.  of  Biopsies 

THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


298 


accurate  procedure  in  community  hospitals  where  in- 
erventional  radiologic  expertise  exists. 

REFERENCES 

1 . Olga  AB,  Rosenberger  A,  Peleg  H:  Fine-needle  aspiration 
Diopsy  of  mediastinal  masses:  Evaluation  of  136  experiences. 
Am  J Roentgenol  140:893-896,  1983. 

2.  Gross  BH,  Goldberg  HI,  Moss  AA  Harter  LP:  CT  demon- 
stration and  guided  aspiration  of  unusual  adrenal 
metastases.  J Compnt  Assist  Tomogr  7:98-101,  1983. 

3.  Gotenby  RA  Mulhern  CB,  Strowitz  J:  CT-guided  per- 
cutaneous biopsies  of  head  and  neck  masses.  Radiology 
146:717-719,  1983. 

4.  Harter  LP,  Moss  AA  Goldberg  HI,  Gross  BH:  CT-guided 


fine-needle  aspirations  for  diagnosis  of  benign  and  malignant 
disease.  Am  J Roentgenol  140:363-367,  1983. 

5.  Jewel  KL,  Kimler  S:  Percutaneous  fine-needle  biopsy 
using  direct  imaging  techniques.  J Med  Soc  NJ  79:731-733, 
1982. 

6.  Haaga  JR  LiPuma  JP,  Bryan  PJ,  Balsara  VJ,  Cohen  AM: 
Clinical  comparison  of  small  and  large  calibre  cutting  needle 
for  biopsy.  Radiology  146:665-667,  1983. 

7.  Ferrucci  JR  Wittenberg  J:  Computed  tomography  biopsy 
of  abdominal  tumors:  Aids  for  lesion  localization.  Radiology 
129:739-744,  1978. 

8.  Haaga  JR  New  technique  for  computed  tomography 
guided  biopsies.  Am  J Roentgenol  133:633-641,  1979. 

9.  Haaga  JR  Vanek  J:  Computed  tomography-guided  liver 
biopsy  using  the  Menghini  needle.  Radiology  133:405-408, 
1979. 


VOL  81— NUMBER  4— APRIL  1984 


299 


Just  once 
each  day... 

First-step  blood  pressure  control 
with  optimal  simplicity 


Benefits  diurehcs  cannot  offer . . . Once-daily  inderal  la 

(propranolol  HC1>  provides  smooth,  24-hour  control  of  blood  pressure 
plus  the  cardiovascular  benefits  of  the  world’s  leading  beta  blocker. 
And  INDERAL  LA  provides  a high  degree  of  patient  acceptance— 
without  potassium  problems. 

n^trieHCf  P?  0ther  beta  blocker  can  match . . . Once-daily 
\mvDA  LA  delivers  the  proven  performance  and  safety  profile  of 
NDilRAL  tablets  confirmed  by  millions  of  patients  during  16  years 
of  clinical  use.  INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  used  in  congestive  heart 
ailure,  sinus  bradycardia,  heart  block  greater  than  first  degree  or 
bronchial  asthma. 


Start  with  80  mg  once  deity. . - Dosage  may  be  increased  to 
120  mg  or  160  mg  once  daily  as  needed  to  achieve  additional  control. 
Please  see  next  page  for  further  details  and  brief  summary  of 
prescribing  information. 


80  120  160 

mg  mg  mg 

The  appearance  of  INDERAL  LA  capsules 
is  a registered  trademark  of  Ayerst  Laboratories. 


Ayerst, 


Just  once  each  day 
for  initial  therapy  in 
HYPERTENSION. 


ONCE-DAILY 


INDERAL  LA 

(PROPRANOLOL  HCI) 


LONG  ACTING 
CAPSULES 


\t 


120 

mg 


160 

mg 


BRIEF  SUMMARY  (FOR  FULL  PRESCRIBING  INFORMATION,  SEE  PACKAGE  CIRCULAR.) 
INDERAL'  LA  brand  ol  propranolol  hydrochloride  (Long  Acting  Capsules) 
DESCRIPTION.  Inderal  LA  Is  formulated  to  provide  a sustained  release  of  propranolol 
hydrochloride.  Inderal  LA  is  available  as  80  mg,  120  mg,  and  160  mg  capsules. 
CLINICAL  PHARMACOLOGY.  INDERAL  is  a nonselective  beta-adrenergic  receptor 
blocking  agent  possessing  no  other  autonomic  nervous  system  activity.  It  specifically  com- 
petes with  beta-adrenergic  receptor  stimulating  agents  tor  available  receptor  sites.  When 
access  to  beta-receptor  sites  is  blocked  by  INDERAL,  the  chronotropic,  inotropic,  and 
vasodilator  responses  to  beta-adrenergic  stimulation  are  decreased  proportionately. 

INDERAL  LA  Capsules  (80. 120,  and  160  mg)  release  propranolol  HCI  at  a controlled  and 
predictable  rate.  Peak  blood  levels  following  dosing  with  INDERAL  LA  occur  at  about  6 hours 
and  the  apparent  plasma  half-life  is  about  10  hours.  When  measured  at  steady  state  over  a 24- 
hour  period  the  areas  under  the  propranolol  plasma  concentration-time  curve  (AUCs)  for  the 
capsules  are  approximately  60%  to  65%  of  the  AUCs  for  a comparable  divided  daily  dose  of 
INDERAL  tablets.  The  lower  AUCs  for  the  capsules  are  due  to  greater  hepatic  metabolism  of 
propranolol,  resulting  trom  the  slower  rate  of  absorption  of  propranolol.  Over  a twenty-four  (24) 
hour  period,  blood  levels  are  fairly  constant  for  about  twelve  (12)  hours  then  decline 
exponentially 

INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  considered  a simple  mg  for  mg  substitute  for  conventional 
propranolol  and  the  blood  levels  achieved  do  not  match  (are  lower  than)  those  of  two  to  four 
times  daily  dosing  with  the  same  dose.  When  changing  to  INDERAL  LA  from  conventional 
propranolol,  a possible  need  for  retitration  upwards  should  be  considered  especially  to 
maintain  effectiveness  at  the  end  of  the  dosing  interval  In  most  clinical  settings,  however, 
such  as  hypertension  or  angina  where  there  is  little  correlation  between  plasma  levels  and 
clinical  effect.  INDERAL  LA  has  been  therapeutically  equivalent  to  the  same  mg  dose  of 
conventional  INDERAL  as  assessed  by  24-hour  effects  on  blood  pressure  and  on  24-hour 
exercise  responses  of  heart  rate,  systolic  pressure  and  rate  pressure  product.  INDERAL  LA 
can  provide  effective  beta  blockade  tor  a 24-hour  period. 

The  mechanism  of  the  antihypertensive  effect  of  INDERAL  has  not  been  established 
Among  the  factors  that  may  be  involved  in  contributing  to  the  antihypertensive  action  are  (1) 
decreased  cardiac  output,  (2)  inhibition  of  renin  release  by  the  kidneys,  and  (3)  diminution  of 
tonic  sympathetic  nerve  outflow  from  vasomotor  centers  in  the  brain  Although  total  peripheral 
resistance  may  increase  initially,  it  readjusts  to  or  below  the  pretreatment  level  with  chronic 


newhat  variable  INDERAL  has 


use.  Effects  on  plasma  volume  appear  to  be  minor  and 
been  shown  to  cause  a small  increase  in  serum  potassi 
treatment  of  hypertensive  patients 

In  angina  pectoris,  propranolol  generally  reduces  tl 
any  given  level  of  effort  by  blocking  the  catecholamine! 
systolic  blood  pressure,  and  the  velocity  and  extent  of" 
may  increase  oxygen  requirements  by  increasing  left 
pressure  and  systolic  ejection  period.  The  net  phyi 
is  usually  advantageous  and  is  manifested  duriwft&JtBrcisi 
increased  work  capacity. 

In  dosages  greater  than  required  for  beta  blockade,  INDERAL  alsoexerts  a gujnidine-i 
or  anesthetic-like  membrane  action  which  affects 
cance  of  the  membrane  action  in  the  treatment  of 

The  mechanism  of  the  antimigraine  effect  of  pn 
adrenergic  receptors  have  been  demonstrated  in  J 

Beta  receptor  blockade  can  be  useful  in  con 
functional  changes,  sympathetic  activity  is  detri 
situations  in  which  sympathetic  stimulation  is  vital 
damaged  hearts,  adequate  ventricular  function  is  maintained  by  virtue  of  sympathetic  drive 
which  should  be  preserved.  In  the  presence  of  AV  block,  greater  than  first  degree,  beta 
blockade  may  prevent  the  necessary  facilitating  effect  of  sympathetic  activity  on  conduction. 
Beta  blockade  results  in  bronchial  constriction  by  interfering  with  adrenergic  bronchodilator 
activity  which  should  be  preserved  h patients  sub|ect  to  bronchospasm. 

Propranolol  is  not  significant!  tyzable. 

INDICATIONS  AND  USAGE,  i .rteission:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  in  the  manage- 
ment of  hypertension;  it  may  be  useu  alone  or  used  in  combination  with  other  antihypertensive 
agents,  particularly  a thiazide  diuretic.  INDERAL  LA  is  not  indicated  in  the  management  of 
hypertensive  emergencies. 

Angina  Pectoris  Due  to  Coronary  Atherosclerosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated 
for  the  Jong-term  management  of  patients  with  angina  pectoris. 

Migraine;  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  for  the  prophylaxis  of  common  migraine  headache. 
The  efficacy  of  propranolol  in  the  treatment  of  a migraine  attack  that  has  started  has  not  been 
established  and  propranolol  is  not  indicated  for  such  use. 

Hypertrophic  Subaortic  Stenosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  useful  in  the  management  of 
hypertrophic  subaortic  stenosis,  especially  for  treatment  of  exertional  or  other  stress-induced 
angina,  palpitations,  and  syncope.  INDERAL  LA  also  improves  exercise  performance.  The 
effectiveness  of  propranolol  hydrochloride  in  this  disease  appears  to  be  due  to  a reduction  of 
the  elevated  outflow  pressure  gradient  which  is  exacerbated  by  beta-receptor  stimulation 
Clinical  improvement  may  be  temporary. 

CONTRAINDICATIONS.  INDERAL  is  contraindicated  in  1)  cardiogenic  shock;  2)  sinus 
bradycardia  and  greater  than  first  degree  block;  3)  bronchial  asthma;  4)  congestive  heart 
mncD^ee  WARNINGS)  unless  the  failure  is  secondary  to  a tachyarrhythmia  treatable  with 
INDERAL 

WARNINGS.  CARDIAC  FAILURE:  Sympathetic  stimulation  may  be  a vital  component  sup- 
porting circulatory  function  in  patients  with  congestive  heart  failure,  and  its  inhibition  by  beta 
blockade  may  precipitate  more  severe  failure.  Although  beta  blockers  should  be  avoided  in 
overt  congestive  heart  failure,  if  necessary,  they  can  be  used  with  close  follow-up  in  patients 
with  a history  of  failure  who  are  well  compensated  and  are  receiving  digitalis  and  diuretics 
Beta-adrenergic  blocking  agents  do  not  abolish  the  inotropic  action  of  diqitalis  on  heart 
muscle 

IN  PATIENTS  WITHOUT  A HISTORY  OF  HEART  FAILURE,  continued  use  of  beta  blockers 
can,  in  some  cases,  lead  to  cardiac  failure.  Therefore,  at  the  first  sign  or  symptom  of  heart 
failure,  the  patient  should  be  digitalized  and/or  treated  with  diuretics,  and  the  response 
observed  closely,  or  INDERAL  should  be  discontinued  (gradually,  if  possible). 


MAJOR  SURGERY  The  necessity  or  desirability  of  withdrawal  of  beta-blocking  therap 
prior  to  major  surgery  is  controversial  It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  the  impaired  ability  c 
the  heart  to  respond  to  reflex  adrenergic  stimuli  may  augment  the  risks  of  general  anesthesi 
and  surgical  procedures 

INDERAL  (propranolol  HCI),  like  other  beta  blockers,  is  a competitive  inhibitor  of  beta 
receptor  agonists  and  its  effects  can  be  reversed  by  administration  of  such  agents,  e g 
dobutamine  or  isoproterenol  However,  such  patients  may  be  subject  to  protracted  sever, 
hypotension  Difficulty  in  starting  and  maintaining  the  heartbeat  has  also  been  reported  witl. 
bGt3  blockers 

DIABETES  AND  HYPOGLYCEMIA  Beta-adrenergic  blockade  may  prevent  the  ap 
pearance  of  certain  premonitory  signs  and  symptoms  (pulse  rate  and  pressure  changes)  c, 
acute  hypoglycemia  in  labile  insulin-dependent  diabetes.  In  these  patients,  it  may  be  morr|| 
difficult  to  ad|ust  the  dosage  of  insulin 

THYROTOXICOSIS  Beta  blockade  may  mask  certain  clinical  signs  of  hyperthyroidism  I 
Therefore,  abrupt  withdrawal  of  propranolol  may  be  followed  by  an  exacerbation  of  symptom' 
of  hyperthyroidism,  including  thyroid  storm  Propranolol  does  not  distort  thyroid  function  tests 

IN  PATIENTS  WITH  WOLFF-PARKINSON-WHITE  SYNDROME,  several  cases  have  beei 
reported  in  which,  after  propranolol,  the  tachycardia  was  replaced  by  a severe  bradycardi; 
requiring  a demand  pacemaker  In  one  case  this  resulted  after  an  initial  dose  of  5 me 
propranolol 

PRECAUTIONS.  General  Propranolol  should  be  used  with  caution  in  patients  with  impairec 
hepatic  or  renal  function  INDERAL  is  not  indicated  for  the  treatment  of  hypertensive 
emergencies 

Beta  adrenoreceptor  blockade  can  cause  reduction  of  intraocular  pressure  Patient:; 
should  be  told  that  INDERAL  may  interfere  with  the  glaucoma  screening  test  Withdrawal  maj 
lead  to  a return  of  increased  intraocular  pressure 

Clinical  Laboratory  Tests  Elevated  blood  urea  levels  in  patients  with  severe  heart  disease  I 
elevated  serum  transaminase,  alkaline  phosphatase,  lactate  dehydrogenase. 

DRUG  INTERACTIONS  Patients  receiving  catecholamine-depleting  drugs  such  as  reser 
pine  should  be  closely  observed  if  INDERAL  is  administered  The  added  catecholamine 
blocking  action  may  produce  an  excessive  reduction  of  resting  sympathetic  nervous  activity 
which  may  result  in  hypotension,  marked  bradycardia,  vertigo,  syncopal  attacks,  or  orthostatic 
hypotension. 

Carcinogenesis,  Mutagenesis,  Impairment  ot  Fertility:  Long-term  studies  in  animals  have 
been  conducted  to  evaluate  toxic  effects  and  carcinogenic  potential  In  18-month  studies  ir 

‘ 1 mg/kg/day,  there  was  no  evidence  of  signif  icanl 
lated  tumongenic  effects  at  any  of  the  dosage 
not  show  any  impairment  of  fertility  that  was 


DERAL  has  been  shown  to  be  embryotoxic  in 

ir  than  the  maximum  recommended  human  dose 

leqCtawsafid  wdfPiPffrblled  studies  in  pregnant  women  INDERAL  should 
nancy  only  if  the  potential  benefit  justifies  the  potential  risk  to  the  fetus 
INDERAL  is  excreted  in  human  milk  Caution  should  be  exercised  when 
an 

s in  children  have  not  been  established 
: effects  have  been  mild  and  transient  and  have 


nsiol 
aynau< 

Central  Nervous  Systei 
lassitude,  weakness,  fatigu 


pt^st've  heart  failure,  intensification  of  AV  block;  hypo- 
lcBi°IMflljPurDLlra:  arterial  insufficiency,  usually  of  the 


IN  PATIENTS  WITH  ANGINA  PECTORIS,  there  have  been  reports  of  exacerbation  of 
angina  and,  in  some  cases,  myocardial  infarction,  following  abrupt  discontinuance  of 
INDERAL  therapy.  Therefore,  when  discontinuance  of  INDERAL  is  planned  the  dosage 
should  be  gradually  reduced  over  at  least  a few  weeks,  and  the  patient  should  be 
cautioned  against  interruption  or  cessation  of  therapy  without  the  physician's  advice.  If 
INDERAL  therapy  is  interrupted  and  exacerbation  of  angina  occurs,  it  usually  is  advis- 
able to  reinstitute  INDERAL  therapy  and  take  other  measures  appropriate  for  the  man- 
agement of  unstable  angina  pectoris.  Since  coronary  artery  disease  may  be 
unrecognized,  it  may  be  prudent  to  follow  the  above  advice  in  patients  considered  at  risk 
ot  having  occult  atherosclerotic  heart  disease  who  are  given  propranolol  for  other 
indications. 


Nonallergic  Bronchospasm  (e.g,,  chronic  bronchitis,  emphysema) 

m lIl^lo0NCH0SPASTIC  D|SEASES  SHOULD  IN  GENERAL  NOT  RECEIVE  BETA 

dLUCKLHS  INDERAL  should  be  administered  with  caution  since  it  may  block  bronchodila- 
tion  produced  by  endogenous  and  exogenous  catecholamine  stimulation  of  beta  receptors. 


eadedness;  mental  depression  manifested  by  insomnia.  j-J 
'ersible  mental  depression  progressing  to  catatonia,  visual  1 1 
disturbances,  hallucinations;  an  acute  reversible  syndrome  characterized  by  disorientation  for 
time  and  place,  short-term  memory  loss,  emotional  lability,  slightly  clouded  sensorium,  and! 
decreased  performance  on  neuropsychometrics 

Gastrointestinal  nausea,  vomiting,  epigastric  distress,  abdominal  cramping,  diarrhea/ 
constipation,  mesenteric  arterial  thrombosis,  ischemic  colitis 

Allergic:  pharyngitis  and  agranulocytosis,  erythematous  rash,  fever  combined  with  aching/ 
and  sore  throat,  laryngospasm  and  respiratory  distress. 

Respiratory  bronchospasm. 

Hematologic  agranulocytosis,  nonthrombocytopenic  purpura,  thrombocytopenic1' 
purpura. 

Auto-Immune  In  extremely  rare  instances,  systemic  lupus  erythematosus  has  beenij 
reported 

Miscellaneous:  alopecia,  LE-like  reactions,  psoriasiform  rashes,  dry  eyes,  male  impo-[ 
tence,  and  Peyronie's  disease  have  been  reported  rarely  Oculomucocutaneous  reactions ;!| 
involving  the  skin,  serous  membranes  and  conjunctivae  reported  for  a beta  blocker  (practolol) 
have  not  been  associated  with  propranolol 

DOSAGE  AND  ADMINISTRATION.  INDERAL  LA  provides  propranolol  hydrochloride  in  a 
sustained-release  capsule  for  administration  once  daily.  If  patients  are  switched  from  INDERAL 
tablets  to  INDERAL  LA  capsules,  care  should  be  taken  to  assure  that  the  desired  therapeutic  j| 
effect  is  maintained  INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  considered  a simple  mg  for  mg  substitute  for  I 
INDERAL.  INDERAL  LA  has  different  kinetics  and  produces  lower  blood  levels  Retitration  may 
be  necessary  especially  to  maintain  effectiveness  at  the  end  of  the  24-hour  dosing  interval  > 
HYPERTENSION — Dosage  must  be  individualized  The  usual  initial  dosage  is  80  mg. 
INDERAL  LA  once  daily,  whether  used  alone  or  added  to  a diuretic.  The  dosage  may  be' 
increased  to  120  mg  once  daily  or  higher  until  adequate  blood-pressure  control  is  achieved 
The  usual  maintenance  dosage  is  120  to  160  mg  once  daily.  In  some  instances  a dosage  of  640 
mg  may  be  required.  The  time  needed  for  full  hypertensive  response  to  a given  dosage  is 
variable  and  may  range  from  a few  days  to  several  weeks 

ANGINA  PECTORIS — Dosage  must  be  individualized.  Starting  with  80  mg  INDERAL  LA 
once  daily,  dosage  should  be  gradually  increased  at  three  to  seven  day  intervals  until  optimum 
response  is  obtained  Although  individual  patients  may  respond  at  any  dosage  level,  the 
average  optimum  dosage  appears  to  be  160  mg  once  daily  In  angina  pectoris,  the  value  and 
safety  of  dosage  exceeding  320  mg  per  day  have  not  been  established 

If  treatment  is  to  be  discontinued,  reduce  dosaqe  qradually  over  a period  of  a few  weeks 
(see  WARNINGS). 

MIGRAINE — Dosage  must  be  individualized  The  initial  oral  dose  is  80  mg  INDERAL  LA 
once  daily.  The  usual  effective  dose  range  is  160-240  mg  once  daily  The  dosage  may  be  j 
increased  gradually  to  achieve  optimum  migraine  prophylaxis  If  a satisfactory  response  is  not 
obtained  within  four  to  six  weeks  after  reaching  the  maximum  dose,  INDERAL  LA  therapy 
should  be  discontinued  It  may  be  advisable  to  withdraw  the  drug  qradually  over  a period  of , 
several  weeks. 

DcnIZ^£Er?TR0PHIC  SUBA0RT|C  STENOSIS— 80-160  mg  INDERAL  LA  once  daily. 
PEDIATRIC  DOSAGE — At  this  time  the  data  on  the  use  of  the  drug  in  this  age  group  are  too 
limited  to  permit  adequate  directions  for  use. 

‘The  appearance  of  INDERAL  LA  capsules  is  a registered  trademark  of  Ayerst  Laboratories. 

8950/284 


Ayerst 


AYERST  LABORATORIES 
New  York,  N Y.  10017 


302 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Premenstrual  Syndrome 
Fact  or  Fantasy? 


Marco  A.  Pelosi,  m.d.,  bayonne* 


Media  attention  on  premenstrual  syndrome  (PMS)  has  stimulated 
patients  to  demand  attention  from  unsympathetic  physicians. 
Patients  are  relieved  to  know  that  PMS  is  a real  entity  with  a 
possible  physiologic  basis.  The  ultimate  medical  and  legal 
acceptance  of  PMS  could  have  some  adverse  effects  for  women. 


Premenstrual  syndrome  (PMS)  or 
premenstrual  tension  (PMT) 
has  been  “rediscovered"  by  the 
press.  Several  legal  eases,  publicized  in  England,  have 
drawn  considerable  attention  to  PMS.1  An  inordinate 
number  of  patients  suffering  from  the  condition, 
whose  symptoms  often  were  ascribed  to  emotional  fac- 
tors, are  demanding  needed  attention  from  allegedly 
unsympathetic  physicians.  We  have  experienced  an 
unusual  increase  in  the  number  of  patients  referred 
with  PMS  by  primaiy  physicians  and  psychiatrists. 
Patients  often  are  relieved  to  learn  that  a physiological 
basis  for  the  condition  exists. 

The  current  interest  in  PMS  has  led  to  the  creation 
of  premenstrual  syndrome  clinics  in  this  country  be- 
cause: of  the  emergence  of  women’s  organizations  de- 
voted to  the  understanding  and  treatment  of  PMS,  of 
the  case  reports  of  PMS  as  a gynecological  problem, 
and  of  the  recent  use  of  PMS  as  a legal  defense.2 

DEFINITION 

The  symptoms  of  premenstrual  syndrome  start  dur- 
ing the  luteal  phase  of  the  menstrual  cycle,  i.e.  from 
14  days  to  1 day  before  menstruation.  There  must  be 
a symptom-free  period  of  at  least  one  week  after 
menstruation  stops.  The  diagnosis  of  PMS  should  be 
reserved  until  other  pathophysiological  and  psycho- 
logical conditions  have  been  ruled  out.  The  most  fre- 
quent symptoms  occur  cyclically  before  menstruation 


onset  and  disappear  during  menstruation  (Table  1). 

PMS  may  occur  at  any  time  from  menarche  to 
menopause  and  will  affect  30  percent  of  females  in  a 
relatively  severe  form  at  some  time  in  their  lives.  Symp- 
tomatology may  vaiy  from  patient  to  patient  and  may 
differ  in  intensity  from  one  menstrual  cycle  to  the  next. 
Occasionally,  PMS  becomes  more  severe  with  age  as 
some  muscle  tissue  is  replaced  by  fat  providing  a more 
efficient  aromatization  of  estrogen.  This  phenomenon 
may  raise  the  estrogen/progesterone  ratio  and  lead  to 
more  severe  symptoms.2 

The  definition  of  PMS  is  confused  by  the  broad 
range,  variable  severity,  and  wide  prevalence  of  symp- 
toms, which  raises  questions  of  what  is  normal  and 
what  is  baseline.  The  fact  that  many  otherwise  healthy 
women  experience  premenstrual  discomfort,  suggests 
that  the  cause  is  physiologic,  but  the  rare  occurrence 
of  incapacitating  symptoms  suggests  that  the  con- 
dition sometimes  is  pathologic.3  The  recent  lesson 
learned  about  “primaiy  or  idiopathic"  dysmenorrhea 
should  not  be  forgotten.  Not  too  long  ago,  lack  of  knowl- 
edge led  us  to  conclude  that  dysmenorrhea  implied 
either  pelvic  pathology  or  emotional  instability.  Now, 
it  is  well  established  that  primaiy  dysmenorrhea  is  a 
physiologic,  although  uncomfortable,  response  of  the 

*Dr.  Pelosi  is  Clinical  Associate  Professor,  Obstetrics  and 
Gynecology,  UMDNJ-New  Jersey  Medical  School.  Cor 
respondence  may  be  addressed  to  Dr.  Pelosi,  Pelosi  Women's 
Medical  Center,  738  Kennedy  Boulevard,  Bayonne.  NJ  07002. 


VOL  81— NUMBER  4— APRIL  1984 


303 


TABLE  1 

Symptoms  oj  Premenstrual  Syndrome 


Abdominal  bloating 
Acne 

Aggression 

Anxiety 

Breast  engorgement 
and  tenderness 
Change  in  bowel  habits 
Change  in  libido 
C iy*ng  spells 
Depression 
Edema 
Fatigue 
Food  cravings 
Headache 
Hot  flushes 
Heaviness 
Increased  appetite 
Insomnia 


Irritability 
Leg  heaviness 
Lethargy 

Loss  of  concentration  or  im- 
paired coping  ability 
Mood  swings 
Muscle  and/or  joint  pain 
Nausea 

Peripheral  edema 
Poor  coordination/clumsiness/ 
tendency  to  accidents 
Pelvic  pain 
Pruritus 
Rhinitis 
Skin  disorders 
Tension 
Thirst 

Weigh!  gain 


normal  uterus  to  normal  prostaglandins  and  not  a 
psychogenic  reaction.  The  notion  that  women  with 
PMS  are  emotionally  unstable  suggests  an  admission 
of  ignorance  of  the  underlying  physiology,  which  has 
led  many  physicians  to  doubt  the  existence  of  PMS. 

INCIDENCE 

The  exact  incidence  of  PMS  is  difficult  to  evaluate. 
Lauersen  and  Graves  reviewed  the  subject  and  found 
the  prevalence  of  PMS  in  otherwise  healthy  women 
ranged  from  31.9  percent  to  40  percent.2  When  PMS 
was  defined  as  any  combination  of  emotional  or  physi- 
cal complaints  that  occurred  before  menstruation  and 
disappeared  toward  the  end  of  menstruation,  only  3 
percent  of  normal  women  escape  the  diagnosis  of  PMS. 
Consequently,  it  is  essential  to  distinguish  between 
patients  with  premenstrual  changes  considered  toler- 
able or  normal  and  those  with  severe  symptoms. 
Premenstrual  syndrome  has  a definite  impact  on  work 
efficiency  and  absenteeism:  among  1,500  women  in 
one  plant,  36  percent  sought  sedation  in  the 
premenstrual  week. 

ETIOLOGY 

The  exact  etiology  of  PMS  still  is  not  known.  Un- 
fortunately, the  undetermined  cause  of  PMS  is  the 
single  most  important  issue  preventing  the  develop- 
ment of  appropriate  treatment.  Etiological  hypotheses 
have  been  numerous  and  varied  (Table  2). 

DIAGNOSIS  AND  CLASSIFICATION  OF  SYMPTOMS 

The  great  variety  of  symptoms  has  confused  the 
clinical  picture  of  PMS.  Recently,  the  problem  has  been 
simplified  by  Abraham,  who  divided  the  symptoms 
into  four  groups  according  to  the  major  symptoms:20 

1.  PMT-A:  Anxiety,  irritability,  and  mood  swings. 

2.  PMT-D:  Depression,  insomnia  and  confusion. 

3.  PMT-H:  Edema,  weight  gain,  abdominal  bloating, 
headache,  breast  engorgement  and  tenderness,  and 
peripheral  edema. 

4.  PMT-C:  Increased  appetite  and  craving  for  sweets 
and  other  foods. 

The  physician  must  be  willing  to  accept  the  patient’s 


symptoms  as  real  and  to  investigate  possible  causes. 
Physical  factors  must  be  ruled  out  before  attributing 
PMS  to  an  emotional  problem.  A detailed  medical, 
menstrual,  sexual,  and  psychological  history  is 
imperative.  A menstrual  calendar  should  be  reviewed. 
A general  physical  examination  and  a careful  pelvic 
examination  is  mandatory  with  attention  to  ovarian 
masses,  myomas,  pelvic  inflammatory  disease,  and 
endometriosis.  Breast  examination  is  important.  When 
needed,  ultrasonography,  x-rays,  mammography,  CAT 
scan,  and  laparoscopy  should  be  performed.  When  the 
Papanicolaou  (pap)  smear  is  taken,  vaginal  cytology  to 
evaluate  the  hormonal  status  (maturation  index) 
should  be  done.  Primary  or  secondary  dysmenorrhea 
often  is  associated  with  PMS.  Cyclical  depression  with 
premenstrual  onset,  followed  by  prolonged  depression, 
must  be  differentiated  from  PMS.  Laboratory 
evaluation  should  include  hemogram,  blood  chemistry, 
folliculo-stimulating  hormone/luteinizing  hormone 
(FSH/LH),  serum  estradiol,  serum  progesterone,  serum 
prolactin,  and  thyroid  profile.  These  tests  should  be 
performed  during  the  premenstrual  period,  (one  to 
seven  days  prior  to  menstruation)  and/or  at  the  time 
the  symptoms  are  more  severe.  The  foreknowledge  of 
the  patient’s  premenstrual  hormonal  status  offers 
invaluable  information,  which  usually  is  needed  for 
treatment  of  the  different  types  of  PMS.2 

The  correlation  between  the  categories  of  PMS  with 
their  pathophysiologic  changes  and  suggested 
treatments  are  presented  in  Table  3. 

TREATMENT 

Since  the  cause  of  PMS  is  unknown,  a number  of 
empirical  and  even  controversial  treatments  have  been 
used  (Table  3).  Therapy  must  be  individualized  and 
include  emotional  support  and  acknowledgment  of  the 
reality  of  the  patient’s  physical  and  psychological 
symptoms.  On  the  other  hand,  both  the  patient  and 
the  physician  should  avoid  blaming  PMS  for  unrelated 
dysfunctions. 

A general  approach  which  has  proved  to  be 
successful  should  be  tried  in  all  PMS  patients.2  The 
following  program  might  avoid  the  need  for  medical 
therapy  in  approximately  40  percent  of  patients: 

1.  Reduction  of  calorie  intake  because  increased 
body  weight  and  the  conversion  of  fatty  tissue  to 
estrogen  may  exacerbate  the  symptoms.  During  the 
premenstrual  period,  reduction  in  salt  intake  is 
advised  to  prevent  water  retention.  A low-sugar,  high- 
protein  diet  divided  into  five  or  six  small  feedings 
seems  to  benefit  many  patients.  Some  patients  may 
need  to  remain  on  a hypoglycemic  diet  to  reduce  blood 
sugar  fluctuations. 

2.  Vitamin  B6  (pyridoxine),  50  to  800  mg/day,  has 
produced  marked  improvement  in  combination  with 
a high-protein,  low-salt,  and  low-sugar  diet.  The 
vitamin  regulatory  role  in  brain  monoamine 
production  (acting  as  a coenzyme  in  the  biosynthesis 
of  dopamine  and  serotonin)  is  thought  to  be  effective 
in  treating  such  symptoms  of  PMS,  as  depression, 
tension,  anxiety,  aggression,  or  irritability. 

3.  Increase  physical  activity  and  exercise  in  order  to 
promote  metabolism  and  rebuild  muscle  mass. 
Athletes  tend  to  experience  less  premenstrual  tension 
and  fewer  headaches  than  nonathletes,  but  not  less 


304 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


TABLE  2 


Etiology  of  Premenstrual  Syndrome* 


Author 

Year 

Theory 

Frank4 

1931 

Decreased  renal  clearance. 

Sweeney3 

1934 

Disturbance  of  the  sympathetic  nervous  system. 

Israel9 

1938 

Defective  luteinization  resulting  from  progestin  deficiency  or  relative 
hyperestrogenemia. 

Thom,  et  al.7 

1938 

Decreased  urinary  output,  with  retention  of  sodium  and  chloride. 

Greenhill  and  Freed8 

1940 

Estrogen-induced  salt  and  water  retention. 

Biskind9 

1943 

Estrogen  excess  due  to  decreased  liver  clearance.  Vitamin  B recommended. 

Billig  and  Spaulding10 

1947 

Hyperinsulinism. 

Stieglitz  and  Kimble11 

1949 

Endometrial  toxin  which  could  be  treated  with  ammonium  nitrate. 

Morton12 

1950 

Increased  carbohydrate  tolerance  and  abnormal  glucose  tolerance  curve. 
Recommended  vitamin  B complex,  high-protein,  low-salt,  low-sugar 
diet. 

Bickers  and  Woods13 

1951 

Vasopressin-induced  water  intoxication. 

Greene  and  Dalton14 

1953 

Introduced  for  the  first  time  the  concept  of  a syndrome.  Progestin  therapy. 

Rees 1 5 

1953 

Found  psychotherapy  of  limited  value  and  recommended  individual 

therapy. 


1954  Found  flat  glucose  tolerance  curves  during  the  luteal  phase. 

1969  They  found  no  allergic  component  to  sex  hormones  in  PMS. 

1971  They  found  no  allergic  component  to  sex  hormones  in  PMS. 

1981  Multifaceted  psychoneuroendocrine  disorder  involving  a dysfunction  in  the 

hypothalamus,  pituitary,  and  ovarian  axis.  PMS  is  due  to  an  atypical 
release  of/or  a sensitivity  to  the  neurointermediate  lobe  peptide  alpha 
melanocyte-stimulating  hormone  and  beta-endorphins  during  the 
luteal  phase. 

* Based  on  Shangold's  Review3 


edema.  Significant  heaviness,  lethargy,  and 
impairment  of  performance  before  menses  may  persist 
despite  exercise.44 

4.  Avoid  situations  and  people  who  are  upsetting; 
get  plenty  of  sleep. 

5.  Attempt  to  deal  with  stress  more  effectively. 
Psychotherapy  alone  has  proved  to  be  of  limited  value. 

HORMONES  AND  OTHER  DRUGS 

Patients  with  PMS  who  do  not  respond  to  the  above 
program  are  candidates  for  medical  treatment.  If  blood 
tests  indicate  a hormonal  imbalance  (usually  a 
decrease  in  progesterone  and  estradiol  ratio),  natural 
progesterone  vaginal  suppository  therapy  might  be 
successful.  Normally,  approximately  200  mg/day  of 
progesterone  is  produced  during  the  luteal  phase  but 
because  of  the  loss  of  absorption  through  the  vaginal 
mucosa,  200  mg  to  400  mg  b.i.d.  is  recommended.2 
Progesterone  therapy  in  combination  with  counseling 
and  the  general  program  may  eliminate  PMS 
symptoms  in  approximately  80  percent  of  the 
patients.2  Where  a significant  hormonal  imbalance  is 
not  present  and  the  symptoms  are  severe  and/or 
persistent  and  other  treatments  failed,  progesterone 
therapy  may  be  tried.  There  are  no  oral  natural 
progesterone  tablets,  since  the  hormone  would  be 
destroyed  in  the  gastrointestinal  tract.  It  is  advisable 
to  instruct  the  patients  to  insert  the  suppositories 


high  in  the  posterior  vaginal  fornix  and  to  stay  in  the 
supine  position  for  several  minutes  after  insertion  to 
avoid  leakage  of  the  medication.  Observations  that 
PMS  symptoms  are  maximal  as  progesterone  levels  fall 
may  indicate  that  progesterone  withdrawal,  rather 
than  progesterone  deficiency,  causes  PMS.  After  tubal 
sterilization,  some  patients  notice  an  increase  of  PMS 
symptoms.  A decrease  in  the  blood  supply  of  the  ovary, 
producing  an  abnormal  luteal  function  with  deficiency 
in  progesterone  output,  may  be  the  etiologic  factor.2 

Natural  progesterone  vaginal  suppositories  are  not 
readily  available;  however,  they  can  be  prepared  by  a 
local  pharmacy  or  ordered  from  a pharmaceutical 
manufacturer.  Suppositories  also  are  available  from 
PMS  clinics.  Parenteral  progesterone  is  not  desirable 
because  of  its  long-acting  effects  and  interference  with 
menstruation.  No  major  side  effects  have  been  found 
to  be  associated  with  the  cyclic  use  of  progesterone 
suppositories,  but  the  following  may  occur:  tiredness, 
euphoria,  breast  engorgement,  initial  flush  and  feeling 
of  warmth  after  insertion  of  suppositories,  and  nausea. 
In  these  eases,  reduced  dosage  is  advised. 

Synthetic  hormones,  such  as  medroxyprogesterone 
(Provera")  and  dydrogesterone,  have  not  been  found  to 
be  as  effective,  and  occasionally  may  exacerbate  the 
symptoms.2  Uncontrolled  studies  have  reported 
improved  PMS  symptoms  with  norethisterone, 
dimethisterone,  and  ethisterone.45 


Mukherjee16 
Jones  and  Gordon17 
Farah  and  Shbaklu18 
Reid  and  Yen19 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  4— APRIL  1984 


305 


Syndrome 


TABLE  3 

Types  of  Premenstrual  Treatments 

Pathophysiology 


Suggested  Treatments 


PMT-A:  Anxiety, 
irritability,  and  mood 
svvi  ngs. 


PMT-D:  Depression, 
insomnia,  and 
confusion. 


• Elevated  estrogen/progesterone  ratio  in 
the  luteal  phase.21 

• Plasma  MAO  activity  relates  directly  to 
the  plasma  progesterone/estradiol  ratio 
and  is  inversely  proportional  to  plasma 
estradiol  level.22 

• Estrogen  decreases  MAO  activity,  while 
progesterone  increases  it.23 

• Reduced  RBC  magnesium  concentration 
is  present  in  PMT-A.24 

• Magnesium  and  pyridoxine  are  needed 
for  synthesis  of  brain  dopamine;  symp- 
toms of  PMT  may  result  from  their  defi- 
ciency.25,26 

• Low  brain  concentration  of  nor- 
epinephrine.27 

• Lower  serum  estradiol  levels  and  higher 
serum  progesterone  levels  occur  during 
the  luteal  phase.28 

• Progesterone  therapy  increases  MAO  ac- 
tivity' and  lowers  catecholamine  concen- 
tration. Progestins  enhance  metabolism 
of  catecholamines. 

• Estrogen  therapy  decreases  MAO  activity 
and  estrogen  plus  progesterone  raises 
the  MAO  activity'  above  the  estrogen  ther- 
apy level.29 


• General  program:  diet  modification  (de- 
creased calories,  high-protein,  low-salt, 
low-sugar  diet,  during  the  premenstrual 
period);  exercise;  counseling. 

• Vitamin  B6  (50  to  800  mg/day)  (to  de- 
crease serum  estradiol  and  increase 
p roges  t e ro  n e. ) 25  26,43 

• Natural  progesterone  suppositories.  200 
to  400  mg/day,  b.i.d.  10  to  14  days  prior 
to  menstruation,  discontinue  at  time  of 
expected  period.2,41 

• Oral  contraceptives.2 

• Tranquilizers. 3 


• General  program. 

• Vitamin  B6,  vitamin  B complex. 

• Antidepressive  medication,  sleeping 
drugs,  psychotherapy,  and  counseling. 

• Progesterone  suppositories  or  oral  con- 
traceptives, most  likely  will  not  be  effec- 
t ive. 


PMT  H:  Edema  weight 
gain,  abdominal 
bloating,  headache, 
peripheral  edema,  breast 
engorgement,  and 
tenderness. 


• Increased  aldosterone  (premenstrually). 

• Higher  levels  of  1 1 desoxyeorticoste- 
rone  during  the  luteal  phase.  Both  ster- 
oids produce  fluid  retention.30 32 

• Dopamine  inhibits  aldosterone  syn- 
thesis.3334 

• PMS  patients  have  higher  prolactin 
levels.  Bromocriptine,  a dopamine 
agonist,  improves  PMS  symptoms.35  38 


PMT-C:  Increased 
appetite  and  craving  for 
sweets  and  other  foods. 


• Reduction  of  insulin  receptors  on  mono- 
cytes during  the  luteal  phase,  produces 
a decreased  insulin  sensitivity  and  de- 
creased carbohydrate  tolerance.39  PMS-C 
patients  have  flat  glucose  tolerance 
before  menses. 1240  The  impaired  glucose 
tolerance  during  the  luteal  phase  which 
results  in  a rebound  increased  glucose 
tolerance  during  the  premenstrual  phase 
is  believed  to  be  the  cause  of  the  PMS- 
C symptoms.  Reactive  hypoglycemia  is 
unlikely  to  be  the  etiology  of  PMS-C  since 
it  usually  is  asymptomatic  and  can  be 
detected  in  normal  women;  the  symp- 
toms are  not  relieved  by  eating  and  are 
rarely'  confined  to  times  when 
hypoglycemia  is  likely  to  be  maximal.2 


• General  program. 

• Low-salt  diet.2,3 

• Diuretics:  spironolactone  (antagonizes 
aldosterone  action  and  inhibits  steroid 
genesis)  25  mg.  b.i.d.  during  the  days  of 
expected  symptoms  or  50  mg/day  on 
symptomatic  premenstrual  days  only 
and  increasing  to  50  mg/day  throughout 
the  cycle.242 

• Bromocryptine  tablets  (Parlodel")  2.5  mg 
b.i.d.  10  to  14  days  prior  to  menstruation 
in  patients  with  increased  prolactin 
levels  3538 

• Combination  of  vitamin  B6  and  vitamin 
A (to  oppose  thyroid  hyperfunction  or  to 
create  a direct  antiestrogenic  and 
diuretic  effect).  Progesterone  therapy 
may  be  necessary  if  no  improvement  is 
noticed.2 

• General  program. 

• Low-sugar,  low-salt,  high-protein  diet 
(five  or  six  small  meals/day). 

• Avoid  alcohol  and  caffeine  during  the 
premenstrual  period. 

• Vitamin  B6,  vitamin  B complex. 

• Progesterone  therapy  may  be  necessary.2 


306 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


The  value  of  diuretics  in  the  treatment  of  PMS  still 
is  controversial,  but  a smaller  number  of  controlled 
studies  indicate  the  usefulness  of  this  approach.  The 
usefulness  of  chlorthalidone,  metolazone,  furosemide, 
or  spironolactone  in  conventional  dosages  during  the 
Ijluteal  phase  of  the  cycle  has  been  advocated; 
spironolactone  seems  to  be  favored.342 

Evaluation  of  the  effect  of  oral  contraceptives  on 
PMS  is  difficult.  A few  patients  report  improvement 
with  birth  control  pills,  possibly  due  to  reduction  in 
hormonal  fluctuation  during  the  cycle.  The  more 
progestogenie  pills  are  associated  with  fewer  PMS 
symptoms.  If  no  side  effects  are  present  and  the  patient 
needs  contraception,  it  generally  is  concluded  that  this 
approach  is  useful.  In  some  patients,  symptoms  of 
PMS  may  be  exacerbated.2 

Bromocriptine  (Parlodel")-  though  used  for  treat- 
ment of  all  PMS  symptoms,  offers  conflicting  results 
even  in  well-controlled  studies.  In  general,  the  drug  has 
proved  efficacy  in  treating  breast  complaints,  but  does 
not  help  with  fluid  retention  or  other  symptoms.  It 
probably  should  be  reserved  for  the  PMS  patient  with 
an  increased  prolactin  level.  If  this  does  not  eliminate 
symptoms,  combination  with  B6  and  progesterone 
therapy  may  be  necessary.2 

Antigonadotropin  drug,  danazol  (Danocrine"),  has 
been  considered  a logical  choice  for  treating  PMS.  Gen- 
erally, significant  improvements  in  breast  symptoms 
have  been  shown  with  only  slight  improvement  in  the 
other  symptoms.  Danazol"  may  be  considered  for  pa- 
tients in  whom  other  forms  of  therapy  have  failed. 
Because  of  possible  annoying  side  effects,  Danazol"  in 
a dose  of  200  mg  t.i.d.  or  q.i.d.  should  be  prescribed 
in  patients  who  had  a combination  of  PMS  and  en- 
dometriosis and/or  fibrocystic  breast  disease.  The  pa- 
tient can  remain  on  this  medication  for  6 to  12 
months. 

Some  patients  may  need  modification  of  treatment 
from  time  to  time.  It  should  be  kept  in  mind  that  all 
treatment  regimens  for  PMS  remain  controversial. 
Though  some  drugs  certainly  are  useful  in  relieving 
some  symptoms,  several  studies  of  PMS  have  shown 
a strong  placebo  effect.  Unfortunately,  the  majority  of 
PMS  treatment  regimens  fail  to  compare  drugs  used 
with  placebo,  consequently,  interpretation  of  the  avail 
able  data  is  difficult. 

LEGAL  CONSIDERATIONS 

The  press  focused  attention  of  PMS  as  a legal  de- 
fense in  1982  when  two  European  women  were  ac- 
quitted of  murder.  Currently,  the  use  of  PMS  as  a legal 
defense,  to  limit  criminal  responsibility,  is  being  as- 
serted in  several  courts  in  the  United  States.  Presently, 
in  the  United  States,  the  only  disease  process  that 
affords  a defense  is  mental  illness.  It  must  be  estab- 
lished in  most  states  that  the  illness  was  of  such  a 
nature  to  negate  or  diminish  judgmental  capacity  so 
that  the  person  did  not  know  right  from  wrong  or  had 
an  irresistible  impulse  to  commit  the  crime.  It  is 
arguable  that  PMS  can  produce  such  a result.46 

To  use  PMS  as  a legal  defense,  three  criteria  must 
be  met:  the  court  must  recognize  PMS  as  an  illness; 
it  must  be  proved  that  the  person  suffers  from  PMS; 
and  the  defense  must  establish  a link  between  the 
PMS  and  the  crime.  At  the  present  time,  at  least  in  this 


country,  to  meet  any  of  these  criteria  is  not  an  easy 
task.  Legally,  it  is  difficult  to  prove  that  PMS  really  is 
a well-established  disease,  and  if  it  is,  whether  or  not 
one  suffers  from  it.  PMS  currently  does  not  fit  clearly 
into  a strictly  physiological  or  mental  category  (insani- 
ty plea).45  Thus,  the  use  of  PMS  to  decrease  responsi- 
bility for  a person’s  actions  still  is  a moot  point. 

SUMMARY 

Current  investigation  should  enhance  our  knowl 
edge  and  understanding  about  PMS.  Whatever  cause 
is  suspected,  therapy  must  be  individualized  for  use 
of  one  regimen  as  a “cure-all"  usually  will  be  unsuc- 
cessful. Patients  with  PMS  no  longer  may  be  ignored 
by  the  physician;  their  symptoms  should  not  be  dis- 
missed as  imaginary  or  accepted  as  an  unchangeable 
aspect  of  being  female. 

The  universal  acceptance  of  PMS  as  a well-estab- 
lished medical  condition,  however,  could  have  adverse 
social,  cultural,  job- related,  and  legal  ramifications  for 
women  and  could  prevent  them  from  achieving 
equality.  As  an  accepted  legal  defense,  it  could  have 
negative  implications  for  females  in  custody  cases  and 
divorce  proceedings  and  might  even  justify  violence 
against  women  (as  in  plea  of  self-defense).  Several  fem- 
inist groups  are  pleased  that  physicians  are  taking 
PMS  seriously,  but  have  a growing  concern  that 
previous  prejudices  against  women  maybe  resurrected 
and  may  prevent  equality.45 

REFERENCES 

1.  Dalton  K:  Cyclical  criminal  acts  in  premenstrual  syn- 
drome. Lancet  2:1070,  1980. 

2.  Lauersen  NH,  Graves  ZR.  A new  approach  to 
premenstrual  syndrome.  Female  Patient  8:41,  1983. 

3.  Shangold  MM:  PMS  is  real,  but  what  can  you  do  about 
it?  Contemporary  Ob/Gy n 19:251,  1982. 

4.  Frank  R:  The  hormonal  causes  of  premenstrual  tension. 
Arch  Neurol  Psychiatr  26:1053,  1931. 

5.  Sweeney  J:  Menstrual  edema.  JAMA  103:234,  1934. 

6.  Israel  SL:  Premenstrual  tension.  JAMA  110:1721.  1938. 

7.  Thorn  G,  Nelson  K,  Thorn  D:  A study  of  the  mechanism 
of  edema  associated  with  menstruation.  Endocrinology 
22:155,  1938. 

8.  Greenhill  J,  Freed  S:  The  mechanism  and  treatment  of 
premenstrual  distress  with  ammonium  chloride.  En- 
docrinology 26:529,  1940. 

9.  Biskind  M:  Nutritional  deficiency  in  the  etiology  of 
menorrhagia,  metrorrhagia,  cystic  mastitis,  and 
premenstrual  tension:  Treatment  with  vitamin  B complex.  J 
Clin  Endocrinol  Metab  3:227,  1943. 

10.  Billig  G,  Spaulding  C:  Hyperinsulinism  of  menses.  In- 
dustrial Med  16:336,  1947. 

1 1.  Stieglitz  E,  Kimble  S:  Premenstrual  intoxication.  Am  J 
Med  Sci  218:616,  1949. 

12.  Morton  J:  Premenstrual  tension.  Am  J Obstet  Gynecol 
60:343,  1950. 

13.  Bickers  W,  Woods  M:  Premenstrual  tension;  its  relation 
to  abnormal  water  storage.  N Engl  J Med  245:453.  1951. 

14.  Greene  R,  Dalton  K:  The  premenstrual  syndrome.  Br 
Med  J 1 : 1 007,  1 953. 

15.  Rees  L:  The  premenstrual  tension  syndrome  and  its 
treatment.  Br  Med  J 1:1014,  1953. 

16.  Mukheijee  C:  Premenstnial  tension:  A critical  study  of 
the  syndrome.  J Indian  Med  Assoc  24:82,  1954. 

17.  Jones  W.  Gordon  W:  Autoimmune  progesterone 
eczema — an  endogenous  progesterone  hypersensitivity.  Arch 
Dermatol  99:57,  1969. 

18.  Farah  F.  Shbaklu  A:  Autoimmune  progesterone 
urticaria.  J Allergy  Clin  Immunol  48:257,  1971. 

19.  Reid  R,  Yen  S:  Premenstrual  syndrome.  Am  J Obstet 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  4— APRIL  1984 


307 


Gynecol  139:85,  1981. 

20.  Abraham  G:  Premenstrual  tension,  in  Current  Prob- 
lems in  Obstetrics  and  Gynecology.  Chicago,  IL,  Yearbook 
Medical  Publishers,  1981,  pp  1-39. 

21.  Backstrom  T,  Carstensen  H:  Estrogen  and 

progesterone  in  plasma  in  relation  to  premenstrual  tension. 
J Steroid  Biochem  5:257,  1974. 

22.  Briggs  M,  Briggs  M:  Relationship  between  monamine 
oxidase  activity  and  sex  hormone  concentration  in  human 
blood  plasma.  J Reprod  Fertil  29:447,  1972. 

23.  Holzbauer  M,  Youdim  M:  The  estrous  cycle  and 
monamine  oxidase  activity.  Br  J Pharmacol  48:600,  1973. 

24.  Abraham  G,  Lubran  M:  Serum  and  red  cell  magnesium 
levels  in  patients  with  premenstrual  tension.  Am  J Clin  Nutri- 
tion 34:2364,  1981. 

25.  Abraham  G,  Hargrove  J:  Effect  of  vitamin  B6  on 
premenstrual  symptomatology  in  women  with  premenstrual 
tension  syndrome:  A double-blind  crossover  study.  Infertility 
3:155,  1980. 

26.  Hargrove  J,  Abraham  G:  Effect  on  vitamin  B6  on  in- 
fertility in  women  with  the  premenstrual  tension  syndrome. 
Injertility  2:315,  1979. 

27.  Robinson  D:  Changes  in  monamine  oxidase  and 
monamines  with  human  development  and  aging.  Fed  Proc 
34:103,  1975. 

28.  Abraham  G,  Eisner  C,  Lucas  L:  Hormonal  and  behav- 
ioral changes  during  the  menstrual  cycle.  Senologia  3:33, 
1978. 

29.  Klaiber  E,  Kobayaski  Y,  Broverman  D,  et  al.:  Plasma 
monamine  oxidase  activity  in  regularly  menstruating  women 
and  in  amenorrheie  women  receiving  cyclic  treatment  with 
estrogens  and  progestin.  J Clin  Endocrinol  33:630,  1971. 

30.  Schwartz  U,  Abraham  G:  Corticosterone  and 
aldosterone  levels  during  the  menstrual  cycle.  Obstet  Gynecol 
45:339,  1975. 

3 1 . Perrini  A,  Piliego  N:  The  increases  of  aldosterone  in  the 
premenstrual  syndrome.  Minerva  Med  50:2897,  1959. 

32.  Manlimos  FS.  Maroulis  GB,  Abraham  GE:  Radio- 


immunoassay of  plasma  1 1-desoxyeorticosterone.  Anal  Lett 
8:931,  1975. 

33.  McKenna  T,  Island  D,  Nicholson  W,  et  al.:  Dopamine! 
inhibits  angiotensin  stimulated  aldosterone  biosynthesis  in 
bovine  adrenal  cells.  J Clin  Invest  64:287,  1979. 

34.  North  R McCallum  R Contino  C,  et  al.:  Tonic 
dopaminergic  suppression  of  plasma  aldosterone.  J Clin  En 
docrinol  Metcib  51:64,  1980. 

35.  Halbreich  U,  Assael  M,  Ben-David  M,  et  al.:  Serum- 
prolactin  in  women  with  premenstrual  syndrome.  Lancet 
2:654,  1976. 

36.  Carroll  B,  Steiner  M:  The  psychobiology  of 
premenstrual  dysphoria  The  role  of  prolactin.  Psy 
choneuroendocrinology  3:171,  1978. 

37.  Andersch  B,  Hahn  L,  Wendestam  C,  et  al.:  Treatment 
of  premenstrual  tension  syndrome  with  bromocriptine.  Acta 
Endocrinol  (suppl  88)  216:165,  1978. 

38.  Eisner  C,  Buster  J,  Schindler  R et  al.:  Bromocriptine 
in  the  treatment  of  premenstrual  tension  syndrome.  Obstet 
Gynecol  56:723,  1980. 

39.  DePirro  R Fusco  A,  Bertoli  A,  et  al.:  Insulin  receptors! 
during  the  menstrual  cycle  in  normal  women.  J Clin  En- 
docrinol Metab  47:1387,  1978. 

40.  Morton  J,  Addison  J,  Addison  R et  al.:  A clinical  study 
of  premenstrual  tension.  Am  J Obstet  Gynecol  65:1 182,  1953. 

41.  Dalton  K:  The  Premenstrual  Syndrome  and 

Progesterone  Therapy.  London,  William  Heinemann  Medical 
Books,  Ldt.,  and  Chicago,  IL,  Year  Book  Medical  Publishers, 
Inc.,  1977. 

42.  Hendler  N:  Spironolactone  for  premenstrual  syndrome. 
Female  Patient  5:17,  1980. 

43.  Abraham  G,  Schwartz  U,  Lubran  M:  Effect  of  vitamin 
B6  on  plasma  and  red  blood  cell  magnesium  levels  in 
premenopausal  women.  Ann  Clin  Lab  Sci  11:333,  1981. 

44.  Timonen  S,  Procope  B:  Premenstrual  syndrome  and 
physical  exercise.  Acta  Obstet  Gynecol  Scand  50:331,  1971. 

45.  Premenstrual  syndrome.  Is  it  all  in  her  head?  Sexual 
Medicine  Today  7:6,  1983. 


308 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


An  added  complication... 
in  the  treatment  of  bacterial  bronchitis* 


Briel  Summary  Consult  the  package  literature  tor  prescribing 
information 

Indications  and  Usage:  Ceclor®  (cefaclor.  Lilly)  is  indicated  in  the 
treatment  ot  the  following  infections  when  caused  by  susceptible 
strains  of  the  designated  microorganisms 
Lower  respiratory  infections,  including  pneumonia  caused  by 
Streptococcus  pneumoniae  (Diplococcus  pneumoniae),  Haemophilus 
influenzae,  andS  pyogenes  (group  A beta-hemolytic  streptococci) 
Appropriate  culture  and  susceptibility  studies  should  be  performed 
to  determine  susceptibility  of  the  causative  organism  to  Ceclor 
Contraindication:  Ceclor  is  contraindicated  in  patients  with  known 
allergy  to  the  cephalosporin  group  of  antibiotics 
Warnings:  IN  PENICILLIN-SENSITIVE  PATIENTS.  CEPHALOSPORIN 
ANTIBIOTICS  SHOULO  BE  ADMINISTERED  CAUTIOUSLY.  THERE  IS 
CLINICAL  AND  LABORATORY  EVIOENCE  OF  PARTIAL  CROSS- 
ALLERGENICITY OF  THE  PENICILLINS  AND  THE  CEPHALOSPORINS 
AND  THERE  ARE  INSTANCES  IN  WHICH  PATIENTS  HAVE  HAD 
REACTIONS,  INCLUDING  ANAPHYLAXIS,  TO  BOTH  ORUG 
CLASSES 

Antibiotics,  including  Ceclor,  should  be  administered  cautiously  to 
any  patient  who  has  demonstrated  some  form  of  allergy,  particularly 
to  drugs. 

Pseudomembranous  colitis  has  been  reported  with  virtually  all 
broad-spectrum  antibiotics  (including  macrolides,  semisynthetic 
penicillins,  and  cephalosporins),  therefore,  it  is  important  to  consider 
its  diagnosis  in  patients  who  develop  diarrhea  in  association  with  the 
use  of  antibiotics.  Such  colitis  may  range  in  severity  from  mild  to 
life-threatening 

Treatment  with  broad-spectrum  antibiotics  alters  the  normal  flora 
of  the  colon  and  may  permit  overgrowth  of  Clostridia  Studies 
indicate  that  a toxin  produced  by  Clostridium  ditticile  is  one  primary 
cause  of  antibiotic-associated  colitis 
Mild  cases  of  pseudomembranous  colitis  usually  respond  to  drug 
discontinuance  alone.  In  moderate  to  severe  cases,  management 
should  include  sigmoidoscopy,  appropriate  bacteriologic  studies,  and 
fluid,  electrolyte,  and  protein  supplementation  When  the  colitis  does 
not  improve  after  the  drug  has  been  discontinued,  or  when  it  is 
severe,  oral  vancomycin  is  the  drug  of  choice  for  antibiotic- 
associated  pseudomembranous  colitis  produced  by  C ditticile.  Other 
causes  of  colitis  should  be  ruled  out 

Precautions.  General  Precautions— If  an  allergic  reaction  to  Ceclor 
occurs,  the  drug  should  be  discontinued,  and,  if  necessary,  the 
patient  should  be  treated  with  appropriate  agents,  e g , pressor 
amines,  antihistamines,  or  corticosteroids 
Prolonged  use  of  Ceclor  may  result  in  the  overgrowth  of 
nonsusceptible  organisms.  Careful  observation  of  the  patient  is 
essential  If  superinfection  occurs  during  therapy,  appropriate 
measures  should  betaken 

Positive  direct  Coombs'  tests  have  been  reported  during  treatment 
with  the  cephalosporin  antibiotics.  In  hematologic  studies  or  in 
transfusion  cross-matching  procedures  when  antiglobulin  tests  are 
performed  on  the  minor  side  or  in  Coombs'  testing  of  newborns 
whose  mothers  have  received  cephalosporin  antibiotics  before 
parturition,  it  should  be  recognized  that  a positive  Coombs'  test  may 
be  due  to  the  drug 

Ceclor  should  be  administered  with  caution  in  the  presence  of 
markedly  impaired  renal  function  Under  such  conditions,  careful 
clinical  observation  and  laboratory  studies  should  be  made  because 
safe  dosage  may  be  lower  than  that  usually  recommended 
As  a result  of  administration  ol  Ceclor,  a false-positive  reaction  for 
glucose  in  the  urine  may  occur.  This  has  been  observed  with 
Benedict's  and  Fehling's  solutions  and  also  with  Clinitest®  tablets  but 
not  with  Tes-Tape*  (Glucose  Enzymatic  Test  Strip,  USP,  Lilly)  ' 
Broad-spectrum  antibiotics  should  be  prescribed  with  caution  in 
individuals  with  a history  ol  gastrointestinal  disease,  particularly 
colitis 

Usage  in  Pregnancy— Pregnancy  Category  B— Reproduction 
studies  have  been  perlormed  in  mice  and  rats  at  doses  up  to  12  times 
the  human  dose  and  in  ferrets  given  three  times  the  maximum  human 
dose  and  have  revealed  no  evidence  of  impaired  fertility  or  harm  to 
the  fetus  due  to  Ceclor  There  are,  however,  no  adequate  and 
well-controlled  studies  in  pregnant  women  Because  animal 
reproduction  studies  are  not  always  predictive  of  human  response, 
this  drug  should  be  used  during  pregnancy  only  if  clearly  needed 
Nursing  Mothers — Small  amounts  of  Ceclor  have  been  detected  in 
mother's  milk  following  administration  of  single  500-mg  doses 
Average  levels  were  0.18,  0 20,  0 21 , and  0 16  mcg/ml  at  two,  three, 
four,  and  five  hours  respectively.  Trace  amounts  were  detected  at  one 


Some  ampicillin-resistant  strains  of 
Haemophilus  influenzae— a recognized 
complication  of  bacterial  bronchitis*-are 
sensitive  to  treatment  with  Ceclor.1 6 

In  clinical  trials,  patients  with  bacterial  bronchitis 
due  to  susceptible  strains  of  Streptococcus 
pneumoniae,  H,  influenzae,  S.  pyogenes 
(group  A beta-hemolytic  streptococci),  or  multiple 
organisms  achieved  a satisfactory  clinical 
response  with  Ceclor.7 


Cefaclor 


Pulvules®,  250  and  500  mg 


hour  The  effect  on  nursing  infants  is  nof  known  Caution  should  be 
exercised  when  Ceclor*  (cefaclor,  Lilly)  is  administered  to  a nursing 
woman 

Usage  in  Children— Safety  and  effectiveness  ol  this  product  for  use 
in  infants  less  than  one  month  of  age  have  not  been  established 
Adverse  Reactions:  Adverse  effects  considered  related  to  therapy 
with  Ceclor  are  uncommon  and  are  listed  below 

Gastrointestinal  symptoms  occur  in  about  2.5  percent  of  patients 
and  include  diarrhea  (1  in  70) 

Symptoms  of  pseudomembranous  colitis  may  appear  either  during 
or  after  antibiotic  treatment  Nausea  and  vomiting  have  been  reported 
rarely 

Hypersensitivity  reactions  have  been  reported  in  about  1 5 percent 
of  patients  and  include  morbilliform  eruptions  (1  in  100)  Pruritus, 
urticaria,  and  positive  Coombs'  tests  each  occur  in  less  than  1 in  200 
patients.  Cases  of  serum-sickness-like  reactions  (erythema 
multiforme  or  the  above  skin  manifestations  accompanied  by 
arthritis/arthralgia  and,  frequently,  fever)  have  been  reported  These 
reactions  are  apparently  due  to  hypersensitivity  and  have  usually 
occurred  during  or  following  a second  course  of  therapy  with  Ceclor 
Such  reactions  have  been  reported  more  frequently  in  children  than  in 
adults  Signs  and  symptoms  usually  occur  a few*days  after  initiation 
of  therapy  and  subside  within  a few  days  after  cessation  of  therapy 
No  serious  sequelae  have  been  reported  Antihistamines  and 
corticosteroids  appear  to  enhance  resolution  of  the  syndrome 

Cases  of  anaphylaxis  have  been  reported,  half  of  which  have 
occurred  in  patients  with  a history  of  penicillin  allergy. 

Other  effects  considered  related  to  therapy  included  eosinophilia 
(1  in  50  patients)  and  genital  pruritus  or  vaginitis  (less  than  1 in  100 
patients). 

Causal  Relationship  Uncertain— Transitory  abnormalities  in  clinical 
laboratory  test  results  have  been  reported  Although  they  were  of 
uncertain  etiology,  they  are  listed  below  to  serve  as  alerting 
information  lor  the  physician 

Hepatic— Slight  elevations  of  SGOT,  SGPT,  or  alkaline  phosphatase 
values  (1  in  40) 

Hematopoietic— Transient  fluctuations  in  leukocyte  count, 
predominantly  lymphocytosis  occurring  in  infants  and  young  children 
(1  in  40) 

Renal— Slight  elevations  in  BUN  or  serum  creatinine  (less  than  1 in 
500)  or  abnormal  urinalysis  (less  than  1 in  200) 

I061782R) 


* Many  authorities  attribute  acute  infectious  exacerbation  of  chronic 
bronchitis  to  either  S pneumoniae  or  H.  influenzae  • 

Note  Ceclor  is  contraindicated  in  patients  with  known  allergy  to  the 
cephalosporins  and  should  be  given  cautiously  to  penicillin-allergic 
patients 

Penicillin  is  the  usual  drug  of  choice  in  the  treatment  and 
prevention  ol  streptococcal  infections,  including  the  prophylaxis  of 
rheumatic  fever  See  prescribing  information 

References 

1 Antimicrob  Agents  Chemother , 8 91 , 1975 

2 Antimicrob  Agents  Chemother , 1 1 470,  1977 

3 Antimicrob  Agents  Chemother , 13  584,  1978 

4 Antimicrob  Agents  Chemother , 12  490,  1977 

5 Current  Chemotherapy  (edited  by  W Siegenthaler  and  R Luthy), 
II  880  Washington,  0 C.;  American  Society  for  Microbiology, 
1978 

6 Antimicrob  Agents  Chemother , 13  861,  1978 

7 Data  on  file,  Eli  Lilly  and  Company 

8 Principles  and  Practice  ot  Infectious  Diseases  (edited  by  G L 
Mandell,  R G Douglas,  Jr , and  J.E  Bennett),  p 487  New  York 
John  Wiley  & Sons,  1979. 

© 1982,  ELI  LILLY  AND  COMPANY 

Additional  information  available  to 
the  profession  on  request  from 
Eli  Lilly  and  Company, 

Indianapolis.  Indiana  46285 

Eli  Lilly  Industries.  Inc 

Carolina,  Puerto  Rico  00630 


>L.  81— NUMBER  4— APRIL  1984 


309 


Working  together 
It  can  make  the  difference^ 


There  are  certain  times  when  working  together  helps 
you  accomplish  what  you  couldn’t  alone. 

In  the  medical  profession,  it  can  save  lives. 

The  American  Medical  Association  and  your  state 
and  county  medical  societies  believe  in  the  value  of 
teamwork  — and  the  necessity  of  it,  in  the  face  of  an 
increasingly  complex  professional  environment. 

We  also  beiieve  that  medical  societies  have  certain 
tasks  that  the  individual  physician  couldn’t  possibly 
assume  — and  shouldn’t  have  to. 

For  example,  to  keep  government  regulations  from 
interfering  with  your  practice,  we  effectively  repre- 


sent your  interests  at  local  and  national  levels. 

And  to  keep  you  up  to  date  on  the  latest  medical 
advances,  we  publish  JAMA,  specialty,  state,  and 
county  journals. 

Why  do  we  believe  that  teamwork  can  make  such 
a difference? 

Because  the  very  existence  of  the  AMA  is  solid 
proof  that  when  physicians  work  together,  they  can 
make  their  own  decisions,  .protect  their  own  free- 
doms, and  control  their  own  destinies. 

And  when  you  have  a goal  like  that,  working 
together  makes  all  the  difference  in  the  world. 


Join  Your 
Medical  Societies 
Today. 


□ Please  send  me  information  on  AMA,  county,  and  state  society  membership. 

□ I am  a member  of  my  county  and  state  societies;  please  send  me  information 
on  joining  the  AMA. 

Name  


For  more  information,  contact  your 
county  or  state  medical  societies,  or  call 
the  AMA  collect  at  312/751-6196.  Or 
return  the  coupon  below  to  your  state 
or  county  medical  society. 


Street . 


City . 


County . 


. State . 


.Zip. 


310 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Rehabilitation  of  Cognitive  Function 
in  Brain-Damaged  Persons 

Irwin  W.  Pollack,  m.d.,  Herbert  Kohn,  ph.d.,  Michael  H.  Miller,  ph.d.,  piscataway* 


There  has  been  a growing  optimism  about  the  possibility  of 
improving  impaired  cognitive  function  in  patients  who  have 
suffered  serious  brain  injury.  Therapeutic  activities  directed  at 
redeveloping  the  patient's  ability  to  devise  new  problem-solving 
strategies  hold  the  greatest  promise. 


Recent  technological  develop- 
ments in  medicine  have  enabled 
physicians  to  keep  patients  alive 
who  once  would  have  died;  yet,  this  progress  is  not 
without  a price  because  many  of  those  who  survive  are 
left  with  permanent  disabilities.  A significant  portion 
of  this  group  consists  of  adolescents  and  young  adults 
who  have  suffered  brain  injuries  as  a result  of  auto- 
mobile, motorcycle,  or  sports  accidents.1 

The  magnitude  of  the  problem  is  reflected  in  a report 
on  the  findings  of  the  National  Head  and  Spinal  Cord 
Injury  Survey,  from  which  it  is  estimated  that  each 
year  between  30,000  and  50,000  people  with  serious 
head  injuries  are  left  with  physical  and  intellectual 
impairments  so  severe  that  they  are  unable  to  resume 
their  usual  activities.1  From  these  statistics,  it  can  be 
estimated  that  over  1,700  individuals  in  New  Jersey 
are  disabled  as  a result  of  a brain  injury  each  year. 

Rehabilitation  activities  for  many  of  these  impaired 
young  people  are  terminated  when  they  are  able  to 
walk,  communicate,  and  carry  out  the  ordinary  ac- 
tivities of  daily  living.  However,  the  restoration  of  these 
skills  always  does  not  enable  the  patient  to.  resume  a 
productive  life  because  the  residual  cognitive  deficits, 
which  are  a product  of  every  serious  brain  injury,  have 
been  left  untreated.  Until  quite  recently,  impairments 
in  cognitive  function  were  considered  to  be  un- 
modifiable,  a point  of  view  which  stemmed  from  the 
fact  that  brain  cells  once  destroyed  never  are  replaced. 


Fortunately,  the  increase  in  survival  rate  after  brain 
injuiy  has  inspired  a reappraisal  of  the  possibilities  for 
restoring  effective  cognitive  function.  Over  the  past 
two  decades,  enormous  strides  have  been  made  in  the 
field  of  brain  physiology  and  behavioral  neurology.  Re- 
training techniques  that  first  were  developed  to  assist 
stroke  patients  suffering  from  memory  and  language 
problems  have  been  modified  and  now  are  being  used 
in  the  rehabilitation  of  individuals  who  have  suffered 
other  types  of  brain  damage,  often  as  a consequence 
of  closed  head  injuries.3 

BEHAVIORAL  EFFECTS  OF  CLOSED  HEAD 
INJURIES 

When  a person  strikes  his  head  with  great  force,  the 
ensuing  damage  to  the  brain  is  not  limited  to  the  point 
of  impact.  Remote  parts  of  the  brain  are  involved  as 
well.  Closed  head  injuries  are  the  product  of  several 
forces  in  addition  to  the  impact  itself;  especially  signifi- 
cant is  the  sudden  violent  deceleration  and  rotation 
which  leads  to  twisting  of  the  brain  on  the  brain  stem. 
This  causes  a shearing  and  tearing  of  nerve  fibers  in 
the  ascending  reticular  tracts  of  the  brain  stem  which, 
with  the  accompanying  edema,  is  responsible  first  for 
coma  and  later  in  the  recovery  process  for  a subnormal 
level  of  alertness.4 

*From  the  Department  of  Psychiatry,  UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medi 
cal  School.  Correspondence  may  be  addressed  to  Dr.  Pollack, 
UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School,  Piscataway,  NJ  08854. 


31 1 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  4— APRIL  1984 


Damage  to  the  cerebral  cortex  itself  usually  is  ex- 
pressed behaviorally  in  two  ways.  The  first  type  of  defi- 
cit behaviors  is  related  to  specific  functions  of  the 
particular  areas  of  the  brain  that  have  been  injured. 
These  localized  effects  of  brain  injury  include  paralysis, 
visual  field  defects,  difficulty  in  understanding  and 
expressing  oneself  in  spoken  and  written  language, 
and  problems  in  organizing  personal  and  external 
space. 

The  second  type  of  deficit  cannot  be  attributed  to  a 
disruption  of  the  function  of  a specific  brain  area,  but 
appears  to  be  related  to  the  generalized  disruptive  ef- 
fect which  any  major  injury  has  on  brain  function.  One 
of  the  behavioral  consequences  of  this  nonspecific  im- 
pairment of  function  is  a decrease  in  the  ability  to 
focus  and  sustain  attention  to  a task;  hence,  many 
individuals  who  have  suffered  a closed  head  injury  are 
distracted  easily.  In  addition,  both  cognitive  and  motor 
activities  markedly  are  slowed  and  many  patients 
exhibit  a reduced  ability  to  process  information  at  nor- 
mal rates.  Because  the  brain-injured  patient  frequently 
receives  more  information  than  he  can  handle  easily, 
he  tends  to  respond  to  the  most  obvious  aspect  of  the 
situation  while  disregarding  the  context  in  which  it  is 
embedded.  Another  frequent  consequence  of  serious 
brain  injury  is  a loss  of  initiative  and  a reduction  in 
social  competence.  To  family  members,  this  often  is  the 
most  disrupting  of  all  the  patient’s  problems.  Many  are 
described  as  less  mature,  intrusive,  childlike,  and  gen- 
erally “out  of  step.”  As  a result,  old  friends  who  may 
have  demonstrated  a sympathetic  interest  during  the 
patient’s  “sick  phase”  gradually  drift  away.  Loneliness 
often  is  the  most  tragic  aftermath  of  a serious  brain 
injury.5 

COGNITIVE  REHABILITATION:  THE  CONCEPT 

Cognitive  rehabilitation  programs  start  where  the 
traditional  therapies  which  concentrate  primarily  on 
improving  physical  and  language  abilities  leave  off. 
Retraining  efforts  are  aimed  at  improving  the  impaired 
cognitive  functions  by  using  techniques  which  take 
advantage  of  the  gains  already  made  in  these  areas 
and,  when  possible,  by  circumventing  the  remaining 
deficits.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  development  of 
new  problem  solving  strategies  rather  than  on  rebuild- 
ing lost  skills  because  the  ability  to  transfer  skills  from 
one  situation  to  another  greatly  is  reduced  after  brain 
injury.  For  example,  a patient  might  become  quite 
proficient  in  duplicating  complex  geometric  patterns 
using  groups  of  colored  blocks  but  this  skill  does  not 
enhance  the  individual’s  ability  to  manipulate  other 
objects  in  space  nor  does  it  assist  him  to  find  his  way 
home  from  the  hospital.  On  the  other  hand,  by  their 
very  nature,  strategies  can  serve  the  individual  in  a 
number  of  situations  without  requiring  him  to  rear- 
range or  to  reorganize  his  approach  to  solving  a prob- 
lem. 

Retraining  exercises  are  designed  to  simulate  “real 
world”  situations.  They  provide  the  patient  with  a 
structure  within  which  he  can  work  to  improve  his 
ability  to  pay  attention,  to  remember,  and  to  organize 
and  integrate  information  of  various  kinds.  In  each 
exercise,  the  patient  is  confronted  with  a task  to  be 
carried  out  and  is  encouraged  to  master  it.  When  he 
succeeds,  he  is  rewarded  with  praise  and  then  he 


proceeds  to  the  next  task.  If  he  fails  to  respond  effec-  i 
tively,  he  is  given  sufficient  cues  by  the  therapist  so 
that,  with  the  additional  information,  he  is  able  to 
complete  the  task.  When  the  patient  is  able  to  work 
through  a retraining  exercise  consistently  without  as- 
sistance from  the  therapist,  he  is  considered  to  have 
developed  a usable  strategy  and  a new,  more  complex 
set  of  tasks  is  presented  to  him. 

Since  each  person  has  a unique  learning  style,  it  is 
impossible  to  know  beforehand  which  particular  prob- 
lem-solving strategy  will  be  best  for  a given  individual. 
Therefore,  each  person  is  given  the  opportunity  to 
work  on  a predetermined  set  of  training  exercises 
under  the  close  observation  of  the  therapist.  Gradually, 
out  of  this  shared  experience,  the  most  effective 
strategy  for  carrying  out  each  task  evolves.  The  ex- 
ercises are  presented  in  a step-wise  progression  mov- 
ing from  simple  to  more  complex.  Each  one  is  designed 
to  make  the  patient  aware  of  his  cognitive  deficits 
while  at  the  same  time  providing  him  with  a vehicle 
through  which  he  can  develop  a more  effective  prob- 
lem-solving strategy.  The  patient  always  is  an  active 
participant  in  the  process.  The  therapist,  in  turn,  is 
responsible  for  providing  the  patient  with  immediate 
and  specific  feedback.67 

PATIENT  SELECTION:  WHO  CAN  PROFIT? 

Each  brain-injured  patient’s  potential  for  improved 
cognitive  function  depends  on  the  ability  to  build  upon 
his  preserved  areas  of  competence.  Therefore,  the 
proper  assessment  of  the  patient's  postinjuiy  cognitive 
function  requires  that  the  rehabilitation  staff  obtain 
a detailed  history  of  his  preinjury/experience  with 
special  emphasis  on  the  level  of  previous  school  and 
job  performance. 

Our  experience  has  shown  that  in  order  to  benefit 
from  a cognitive  retraining  program  such  as  the  one 
described  above,  a patient  should  have  a minimum 
post  injury  I.Q.  of  80  and  should  be  able  to  com- 
municate in  simple  spoken  and  written  language. 
Furthermore,  he  should  be  free  of  any  emotional  dis- 
order which  would  interfere  with  his  full  participation 
in  the  rehabilitation  activities.  Ideally,  the  patient 
should  recognize  that  he  has  more  difficulty  learning 
than  he  had  before  his  injury  but  he  need  not  be  aware 
of  the  exact  nature  of  his  deficits.  In  fact,  the  thrust 
of  the  rehabilitation  program  is  directed  toward  help- 
ing the  patient  to  recognize  both  his  residual  deficits 
and  his  remaining  assets.  In  most  cases,  the  patient’s 
physical  disabilities  are  not  a limiting  factor  in  the 
cognitive  retraining  process. 

OUTCOME  ASSESSMENT 

The  problems  which  are  encountered  in  evaluating 
the  results  of  cognitive  retraining  are  signficant.  They 
are  rooted,  in  part,  in  the  absence  of  documentation 
relating  to  preinjury  events  and  behaviors  which  could 
providg  information  pertinent  to  an  individual’s  poten- 
tial for  rehabilitation.  Unfortunately,  valid  preinjury 
test  results  rarely  are  available.  School  group  in- 
telligence and  achievement  tests  are  of  little  value  in 
assessing  an  individual’s  abilities  and  potential  unless 
they  are  repeated  at  regular  intervals  over  a number 
of  years.  School  grades,  if  they  are  consistent,  are  a 
better  indicator  of  preinjury  cognitive  ability  than  are 


312 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


isolated  test  results. 

Frequently,  there  is  a failure  to  screen  for  such  prein- 
juiy  conditions  as  alcoholism  and  drug  abuse  which 
compromise  cognitive  efficiency.  The  absence  of  this 
kind  of  information  also  limits  the  value  of  outcome 
studies.8 

Heterogeneity  in  the  type  and  severity  of  the  brain 
damage  presents  yet  another  problem.  It  would  be  ac- 
curate to  say  that  no  two  individuals  are  injured  in  the 
same  way.  Improved  x-ray  techniques  provide  some 
help,  but,  frequently,  the  degree  of  cognitive  impair- 
ment experienced  after  a head  injury  is  unrelated  to 
the  extent  of  the  visualized  damage.  Finally,  every  out- 
come study  must  allow  for  the  fact  that  most  individ- 
uals who  have  suffered  a brain  injury  show  spon- 
taneous improvement  in  their  physical  condition, 
language  abilities,  and  cognitive  functions.  Usually,  the 
most  significant  gain  occurs  during  the  first  6 to  12 
months  following  the  injury.  Although  additional  gains 
in  cognitive  function  have  been  recorded  well  beyond 
the  second  postinjury  year,  the  rate  of  improvement 
markedly  is  attenuated. 

Despite  the  difficulties  inherent  in  evaluating 
changes  in  cognitive  function  after  a brain  injury,  the 
evidence  supporting  the  effectiveness  of  systematic  re- 
training is  substanial.369 

THE  RUTGERS  MEDICAL  SCHOOL  PROGRAM 

The  Rutgers  Medical  School  Cognitive  Rehabili- 
tation Program  is  divided  into  four  retraining  units. 
The  first  consists  of  a series  of  exercises  designed  to 
improve  the  patient’s  ability  to  focus  and  to  sustain 
attention.  Examples  of  these  exercises  include  one  in 
which  the  patient  is  required  to  play  a video  game 
while  he  converses  with  the  therapist,  answers  specific 
questions,  or  works  on  simple  arithmetic  problems. 
Another  requires  the  patient  to  observe  a colored  light 
as  it  moves  around  the  circumference  of  the  circle  and 
to  signal  the  therapist  when  it  arrives  at  pre- 
determined points  along  the  pathway. 

The  second  training  unit  is  designed  to  help  the 
patient  to  increase  the  amount  of  information  he  is 
able  to  process  in  a given  time  period.  Training  ex- 
ercises in  this  unit  provide  the  individual  with  practice 
in  sequencing,  grouping,  categorizing,  and  summariz- 
ing information.  For  example,  the  patient  is  given  a 
newspaper  article  to  read  and  he  is  instructed  to  write 
out  the  most  significant  information  contained  in  it. 
From  this  material  he  develops  a summary  and  finally 
constructs  a representative  headline. 

The  third  retraining  unit  consists  of  exercises  de- 
signed to  help  the  patient  to  develop  strategies  that  he 
can  use  for  solving  problems.  In  a typical  exercise,  the 
therapist  provides  background  information  from 
which  the  patient  is  required  to  develop  a logical  se- 
quence of  questions.  In  order  to  be  acceptable,  a ques- 
tion must  be  based  only  on  the  available  information 
and  the  answer  must  add  relevant  new  data  to  the 
information  base.  The  new  information,  thus  obtained, 
is  integrated  with  the  previously  acquired  and,  if 
necessary,  the  whole  is  reorganized.  From  this  new 
data  base,  the  next  appropriate  question  is  developed. 
When  the  patient  believes  that  he  understands  the 
nature  of  the  problem,  he  is  asked  to  propose  a solu- 
tion, preferably  one  which  involves  a compromise  ac- 


ceptable to  both  parties. 

The  fourth  training  unit  employs  exercises  which 
provide  the  patient  with  an  opportunity  to  enhance  his 
ability  to  communicate  effectively.  Each  exercise  gives 
the  patient  an  opportunity  to  express  himself  in  words 
and  in  actions.  As  a participant  observer,  he  learns  to 
hear  and  to  consider  another  person’s  viewpoint.  Each 
exercise  is  videotaped  and  is  played  back  to  the  group 
immediately  so  that  it  can  be  reviewed  while  the  im- 
pressions are  still  vivid. 

In  addition  to  the  formal  cognitive  retraining  ex- 
ercises, patients  participate  in  carefully  chosen  rec- 
reational activities  and  in  social  functions  which  they 
help  plan.  The  need  for  the  patient  to  think  through 
each  activity  is  emphasized  in  all  segments  of  the  re- 
habilitation program. 

There  are  enormous  stresses  on  the  family  of  a 
brain-injured  person.  Usual  family  interrelationships 
are  disrupted.  In  order  to  be  available  to  care  for  the 
patient,  parents  are  required  to  modify  their  lives  and 
plans  for  the  future.  Frequently,  younger  siblings  are 
recruited  to  assume  part  of  the  caretaking 
responsibilities  for  an  older  cognitive-impaired 
brother  or  sister  who  continues  to  demand  the  rights 
of  seniority.  For  these  reasons,  tension  between  the 
patient  and  siblings  often  is  intense.  In  order  to  assist 
the  family  to  maintain  a reasonable  balance,  routine 
counseling  sessions  are  provided  by  the  members  of 
the  rehabilitation  staff. 

The  staff  of  the  Rutgers  Medical  School  Program  has 
endeavored  to  minimize  the  influence  of  many  of  the 
factors  which  in  the  past  have  complicated  the  evalu- 
ation of  program  effectiveness.  For  example,  when 
criteria  enumerated  in  the  Glasgow  Coma  Scale  are 
applied,  all  but  2 of  the  13  patients  who  were  accepted 
for  retraining  had  experienced  a period  of  coma  ex- 
ceeding ten  days.  Coma  which  exceeds  one  week  in 
duration  generally  is  recognized  as  indicating  that  a 
severe  brain  injury  has  occurred  and  that  the  prog- 
nosis for  spontaneous  recovery  of  effective  cognitive 
functioning  is  poor.10  Further,  1 1 of  the  13  patients 
admitted  to  the  program  had  experienced  brain  injury 
at  least  12  months  before  the  onset  of  their  rehabili- 
tation activity,  so  that  it  can  be  assumed  that  the 
spontaneous  recovery  of  function  contributes  only  a 
small  amount  to  the  observed  cognitive  gains. 

Finally,  the  cognitive  retraining  exercises  do  not  em- 
ploy materials  taken  from  the  tests  which  are  used  to 
evaluate  patient  progress.  Because  of  this,  the  effect  of 
practice  on  the  test  results  is  reduced.  However,  be- 
cause each  patient  is  retested  at  regular  intervals, 
there  is  no  way  to  eliminate  all  practice  effects. 

Although  most  of  the  patients  in  the  Rutgers  Medi- 
cal School  Program  still  are  actively  involved  in  their 
retraining  activities,  retesting  after  a period  of  13 
weeks  (39  therapeutic  sessions)  showed  a pattern  of 
improvement  which  was  remarkably  uniform.  Certain 
subtests  of  the  Halstead-Reitan  Battery,  one  of  the  two 
test  batteries  which  regularly  are  used  to  evaluate  pa- 
tient progress,  showed  significant  positive  changes. 
These  subtests  (the  Trail  Making  Test,  the  Category 
Test,  and  the  Tactual  Performance  Test)  evaluate  the 
patient’s  ability  to  process  nonverbal  information  as 
well  as  the  ability  to  recognize  inherent  relationships 
among  pieces  of  information  within  categories.  An  in- 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  4 — APRIL  1984 


313 


dividual’s  performance  on  these  subtests  also  reflects 
the  ability  to  be  flexible  in  the  approach  to  problem 
solving.  The  ability  to  recognize  the  relationship  be- 
tween discreet  pieces  of  information  is  necessaiy  if 
learning  is  to  take  place.  In  addition  to  showing  greater 
competence  on  these  Halstead- Rei tan  subtests,  most 
of  the  patients  also  improved  their  performance  on 
certain  subtests  of  the  Wechsler  Adult  Intelligence 
Scales,  the  other  test  battery  used  routinely  to  evaluate 
patient  progress.  This  battery,  which  is  subdivided 
into  a group  of  verbal  tests  and  a group  of  performance 
tests,  has  been  used  more  frequently  than  any  other 
to  evaluate  the  changes  in  cognitive  function  which 
occur  following  a brain  injury.  Improvement  early  in 
the  rehabilitation  process  most  commonly  is  seen  on 
performance  tasks:  however,  these  results  must  be  in- 
terpreted cautiously  since  several  subtests  in  the  Per- 
formance Scale  are  among  those  most  subject  to  prac- 
tice effects.  After  13  weeks  in  a retraining  program,  our 
patients  showed  gains  in  performance  I.Q.  ranging 
from  0 to  20  points  with  an  average  gain  of  8 I.Q. 
points. 

Although  better  test  performance  is  an  important 
indicator  of  improved  cognitive  function,  test  results 
alone,  no  matter  how  reliable,  mean  little  if  the  patient 
is  unable  to  return  to  school,  cannot  hold  a job,  and 
has  no  social  life.  Some  of  the  earliest  indicators  of 
improving  cognitive  ability  are  reflected  in  changes  in 
the  patient’s  attitude  rather  than  in  improved  intellec- 
tual function.  Family  members  frequently  refer  to  the 
patient’s  growing  interest  in  the  affairs  of  the  family. 
A slowly  developing  curiosity  about  events  which  are 
occurring  outside  of  the  home  also  have  been  reported. 
The  patient  also  may  show  an  increase  in  initiative 
that  leads  him  to  assert  himself  more.  This  new  force- 
fulness can  bring  him  into  conflict  with  other  family 
members.  As  the  therapeutic  process  continues,  pa- 
tients often  seem  less  self-involved,  less  concrete,  and 
more  appropriate  in  their  relationships  to  others.  Dur- 
ing the  final  stages  of  the  rehabilitation  process  indi- 
viduals seem  better  able  to  recognize  both  their 
cognitive  strengths  and  remaining  deficits. 

CASE  REPORT  1 

A 21 -year-old  white  male  university  student,  was  in- 
jured in  a motor  vehicle  accident  in  March  1980.  He 
was  thrown  from  the  car  striking  the  left  side  of  his 
head.  Examination  at  the  time  of  admission  to  the 
hospital  revealed  a young  man  with  a markedly  re- 
duced level  of  consciousness  who  had  a right  hemi- 
plegia a fracture  of  the  left  wrist,  and  multiple  lacer- 
ations. A computed  tomographic  brain  scan  showed  a 
left  parietal  lobe  intracerebral  hemorrhage.  On  the 
tenth  postaccident  day,  the  patient  began  to  respond 
regularly  to  verbal  stimulation.  Over  the  next  two 
weeks  he  became  progressively  more  alert  and  respon- 
sive although  he  remained  confused  and  had  poor 
short-term  memory. 

Seventeen  days  after  the  accident,  the  patient  was 
transferred  to  a rehabilitation  hospital  for  continued 
care  where  he  remained  for  approximately  five  months. 
He  was  discharged  from  the  hospital  to  his  parent’s 
home  in  August  1980.  Although  he  had  made  signifi- 
cant gains,  some  physical  deficits  remained  including 
a residual  right-sided  weakness  and  reduced  tactile 

314 


discrimination  ability.  His  attention  span  and  short- 
term memoiy  had  improved  signficantly,  but  he  still 
had  difficulty  organizing  and  integrating  information 
and  in  separating  relevant  from  irrelevant  data  In  ad- 
dition, both  motor  activity  and  cognitive  processing 
were  significantly  slowed.  He  was  able  to  behave  ap- 
propriately in  social  situations  but  he  still  showed 
signs  of  immaturity. 

During  the  following  year  he  lived  at  home  and  re- 
ceived outpatient  physical  therapy  and  speech  therapy. 
In  September  1981,  the  patient  returned  to  the  univer- 
sity against  the  advice  of  his  parents  who  felt  he  was 
not  yet  ready.  By  the  end  of  the  fall  semester,  he  was 
failing  in  almost  every  course.  He  returned  to  the  uni- 
versity for  the  second  semester  in  January  1982,  but 
after  a brief  period  he  saw  the  impossibility  of  his 
situation  and  elected  to  return  home.  It  was  at  this 
point  that  he  applied  for  admission  to  the  Rutgers 
Medical  School  Cognitive  Rehabilitation  Program. 

In  February  1982,  a preadmission  neuropsy- 
chological examination  showed  that  the  patient  had 
significant  residual  problems  in  organizing  infor- 
mation and  in  carrying  out  more  than  one  mental 
operation  at  the  same  time.  When  he  was  confronted 
with  more  information  than  he  could  easily  manage, 
he  reverted  to  a literal  interpretation  of  the  material. 
In  addition,  he  showed  a reduced  sensitivity  in  social 
situations  and  had  a limited  ability  to  monitor  cues  ; 
given  by  others.  On  the  Wechsler  Adult  Intelligence 
Scale,  he  had  a full  scale  I.Q.  of  106,  a verbal  I.Q.  of  1 14, 
and  a performance  I.Q.  of  94.  Although  no  preinjury 
intelligence  test  scores  were  available  for  comparison, 
the  patient’s  college  admission  test  scores  and  high 
school  grades  placed  him  in  the  98th  percentile  of 
college-bound  high-school  seniors.  Taken  together, 
this  information  strongly  suggests  that  he  had  a prein- 
jury I.Q.  in  the  range  of  125  to  135. 

The  patient  began  his  cognitive  rehabilitation  pro- 
gram early  in  March  1982.  He  regularly  attended  three 
two-and-one-half  hour  therapy  sessions  each  week  for 
a period  of  36  weeks.  In  the  fall  of  1982,  he  registered 
for  two  college  level  courses  which  he  successfully  com- 
pleted in  January  1983.  The  complete  neuropsy- 
chological battery  was  readministered  in  December 
1982  at  the  end  of  36  weeks  in  the  program.  The 
results  showed  improvement  in  tactile  discrimination 
and  information  processing.  On  the  Wechsler  Adult 
Intelligence  Scale,  his  posttherapy  verbal  I.Q.  was  127, 
his  performance  I.Q.  was  108,  and  his  full  scale  I.Q.  was 
120.  Reports  from  the  patient’s  family  indicated  that 
though  there  was  some  improvement  in  his  ability  to 
handle  social  situations,  he  was  still  somewhat  im- 
mature and  had  made  few  new  friends.  Much  of  his 
time  was  spent  alone  studying  for  his  courses. 

CASE  REPORT  2 

The  patient,  a 23-year-old  white  female,  was  injured 
in  a motor  vehicle  accident  in  March  1979.  She  was 
thrown  from  the  car  and  struck  the  left  side  of  her 
head.  Neurological  examination  revealed  evidence  of  a 
significant  contrecoup  injury  to  the  right  parietal-oc- 
cipital area.  At  the  time  of  her  admission  to  the  hospi- 
tal she  was  unresponsive  to  all  stimulation.  Over  the 
following  two  weeks,  her  coma  lightened  but  she  con- 
tinued to  show  fluctuating  levels  of  alertness.  After 

THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


i 


three  weeks,  the  patient  was  transferred  to  a rehabili- 
tation hospital  where  she  remained  until  July  1979. 
An  electroencephalogram  in  May  1979  demonstrated 
a bilateral  spike  and  slow  wave  pattern  most  promi- 
nent over  the  right  frontal  area.  As  a precautionary 
measure,  she  was  placed  on  phenobarbitol  30  mg  b.i.d. 

Although  the  patient  made  remarkable  progress 
while  in  the  rehabilitation  hospital,  she  was  left  with 
some  residual  deficits.  There  was  a minimal  left-sided 
weakness  and  a persisting  left  visual  field  defect.  More 
troubling  were  the  remaining  cognitive  deficits  which 
included  reduced  auditoiy  and  visual  memory,  slow 
information  processing,  and  word  finding  difficulties. 
She  also  had  a limited  ability  to  carry  out  two  mental 
activities  simultaneously,  e.g.  listening  and  writing 
notes.  She  showed  little  initiative  and  her  level  of  social 
competence  was  reduced  markedly.  All  motor  and 
cognitive  activities  were  performed  quite  slowly. 

By  October  1979,  the  patient  was  able  to  return  to 
the  part-time  clerical  job  she  had  held  prior  to  her 
injury.  In  addition,  she  reenrolled  as  a part-time  stu- 
dent in  the  school  of  business  which  she  had  been 
attending  at  the  time  of  her  accident.  Because  of  her 
continuing  cognitive  problems,  she  was  unable  to 
manage  her  secretarial  courses  and  transferred  to  a 
less  demanding  clerical  curriculum  which  she  man- 
aged to  complete  despite  the  fact  that  she  was  severely 
hampered  by  her  slow  response  rates.  At  the  time  of 
her  admission  to  the  Rutgers  Medical  School  Cognitive 
Rehabilitation  Program  in  December  1981,  she  still 
was  working  part-time  at  her  clerical  job.  In  an  evalu- 
ation of  the  patient’s  job  performance,  a supervisor 
noted  that  she  was  a pleasant  and  dedicated  worker 
who  was  functioning  adequately,  if  not  entirely  com- 
petently. During  the  preadmission  interview,  the  pa- 
tient stated  that  she  was  seeking  help  because  she 
could  not  remember  how  to  carry  out  certain  job 
procedures.  Her  parents  expressed  concern  because 
she  had  lost  many  of  her  old  friends  and  had  shown 
little  initiative  in  making  new  ones.  In  addition,  they 
stated  that  she  seemed  uninterested  in  many  of  the 
activities  that  had  occupied  her  profitably  prior  to  her 
injury. 

A preadmission  neuropsychological  evaluation  in 
December  1981  showed  significant  residual  impair- 
ments in  cognitive  function.  The  patient's  deficits  in- 
cluded a reduced  ability  to  focus  and  sustain  attention. 
The  resultant  heightened  distractability  caused  her  to 
have  difficulties  controlling  the  inflow  of  information. 
Even  after  she  had  identified  relevant  pieces  of  infor- 
mation, she  was  quite  slow  in  organizing  them.  In 
addition,  she  appeared  to  be  socially  immature  and 
showed  little  spontaneity.  On  the  Wechsler  Adult  In- 
telligence Scale,  she  obtained  a verbal  I.Q.  of  92,  a 
performance  I.Q.  of  91,  and  a full  scale  I.Q.  of  91. 
Although  the  patient  had  never  been  an  excellent  stu- 
dent, her  average  high  school  grades  had  been  in  the 
B to  C range;  these  I.Q.  test  results  clearly  represented 
a drop  from  her  preinjury  level  of  intelligence. 

The  patient  completed  her  cognitive  rehabilitation 
program  in  June  1982  approximately  seven  months 
after  her  admission.  The  complete  neuropsychological 
battery  was  administered  again  and  the  results  show- 
ed improvement  both  in  verbal  and  performance  areas 
of  function.  The  verbal  I.Q.  was  99,  her  performance 
I.Q.  107,  and  her  full  scale  I.Q.  was  102.  The  patient 


was  able  to  process  greater  amounts  of  information 
effectively  and  showed  significant  improvement  in  her 
ability  to  manage  abstract  concepts.  In  his  latest  re- 
port, her  supervisor  at  work  had  given  her  a competent 
performance  evaluation  and  she  had  been  offered  the 
opportunity  to  work  additional  hours.  Her  parents  re- 
ported that  she  was  more  organized  in  her  activities 
at  home  and  that  she  was  becoming  more  adept  in 
social  situations.  Further  evidence  of  her  progress  was 
the  fact  that,  with  the  encouragement  of  her  family, 
she  successfully  pursued  a course  of  study  in  the  local 
center  for  adult  education.  As  far  as  her  parents  are 
concerned,  the  patient’s  major  remaining  problem  is 
her  continuing  lack  of  initiative. 

COMMENT  AND  CONCLUSION 

These  cases  effectively  show  that  it  is  possible  to 
improve  cognitive  function  through  retraining  ac- 
tivities carried  on  over  an  extended  time  period.  Both 
of  these  patients  not  only  improved  their  test  per- 
formance, but  also  were  able  to  return  to  their  prein- 
juiy  occupations.  Both  have  made  slower  progress  in 
reestablishing  peer  relationships,  a fact  which  has 
been  noted  by  others  who  work  with  cognitively  im- 
paired individuals.10  Apparently,  these  patients  lack 
the  initiative  to  use  their  leisure  time  effectively. 

Long-term  followup  studies  have  demonstrated  that 
the  patient’s  social  isolation  and  reduced  participation 
in  leisure  activities  persist  even  after  he  has  recovered 
sufficiently  to  return  to  a job.  Many  of  the  patients  who 
were  interviewed  reported  that  they  were  very  lonely. 
These  findings  emphasize  the  fact  that  a cognitive 
rehabilitation  program  cannot  be  truly  effective  unless 
it  successfully  assists  its  clients  to  reestablish  a 
satisfying  lifestyle. 

Jannett  urges  us  to  remember  that  “the  tremendous 
efforts  expended  on  extensive  treatment  in  the  early 
weeks  after  injury  often  are  largely  wasted  by  the  fail- 
ure to  provide  the  means  whereby  the  full  potential  for 
recovery  can  be  achieved  during  the  later  stages.”11 

REFERENCES 

1.  Kalsbeck  WD,  et  al.:  The  national  head  and  spinal  cord 
injury  survey:  Major  findings.  J.  Neurosurg  53:19-31,  1980. 

2.  Diller  L:  Psychomotor  and  vocational  rehabilitation,  in 
Benton  AL  (ed):  Behavioral  Change  in  Cerebrovascular  Dis- 
ease. New  York,  NY,  Harper  and  Row,  1970,  pp.  81-105. 

3.  Lezak  MD:  Neuropsychological  Assessment  2nd  Ed. 
New  York,  NY,  Oxford  University  Press,  1983,  pp.  167-169. 

4.  Weddell  R,  et  al.:  Social  adjustment  after  rehabilitation: 
A two-year  followup  of  patients  with  severe  head  injury.  Psy- 
chol Med  10:257-263,  1980. 

5.  Ben-Yishay  Y:  Working  approaches  to  reme- 
diation of  cognitive  deficits  in  brain  damage.  IRM  Behavior 
Science,  Rehabilitation  Monograph:  61,  1980. 

6.  Ben-Yishay  Y:  Working  approaches  to  remediation  of 
cognitive  deficits  in  brain  damage.  IRM  Behavior  Science. 
Rehabilitation  Monograph:  62,  1981. 

7.  Levin  H,  et  al.:  Neurobehavioral  Consequences  of  Closed 
Head  Injuries.  New  York,  NY,  Oxford  University  Press,  1981, 
pp.  208-215. 

8.  Gianutsos  R,  Gianutsos  J:  Rehabilitating  the  verbal  re- 
call of  brain-injured  patients  by  mnemonic  training:  Clin 
Neuropsy  1:117-135,  1979. 

9.  Jennett  B,  Plum  F:  Outcome  after  severe  brain  damage: 
A practical  scale.  Lancet  I:  480-483,  1975. 

10.  Oddv  M,  et  al.:  Subjective  impairment  and  social  re- 
covery after  closed  head  injury.  J Neurolol  Neurosurg  Psy- 
chiatnj  41:61  1-616,  1978. 

11.  Jennett  B:  Who  cares  for  head  injuries?  Br  Med  J 
3:267-270,  1975. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  4— APRIL  1984 


315 


University  Microfilms  International 

Please  send  additional  information  for 

(name  of  publication) 

Name 

Institution 

Street 

City 

State  Zip 


300  North  Zeeb  Road 
Dept.  PR. 

Ann  Arbor,  Mi.  48106 
U.S.A. 


30-32  Mortimer  Street 
Dept.  PR. 

London  WIN  7RA 
England 


316 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Case  Report: 

Tuberculous  Abscess  of  the  Spleen 


William  E.  Farrer,  m.d.,  and  Suresh  Ramamurti,  m.d.,  Elizabeth* 


A male  with  subacute  febrile  systemic  illness  was  found  to  have 
a solitary  abscess  of  the  spleen  caused  by  Mycobacterium 
tuberculosis.  Splenic  abscess  is  a relatively  rare  condition  and 
causes  difficulty  in  diagnosis . Localized  tuberculosis  of  the  spleen 
is  rarer  and  diagnosis  often  is  delayed. 


Isolated  splenic  abscess  is  un- 
common. A recent  review  from 
Cleveland  Metropolitan  Hospi- 
tals revealed  only  10  cases  in  an  1 1-year  period  (0.1 1 
percent  of  admissions  and  0.22  percent  of  autopsies)1 
and  14  cases  were  seen  at  the  University  of  Louisville 
Associated  Hospitals  over  an  18-year  period.2  The  high 
reported  mortality  rate,  even  in  the  antibiotic  era,2  and 
the  frequency  of  diagnosis  only  at  postmortem  examin- 
ation stress  the  difficulty  in  diagnosis  and  treatment 
of  this  condition.  Although  a wide  range  of  organisms 
have  been  reported  to  cause  splenic  abscesses,1 
Mycobacterium  tuberculosis  is  an  extremely  rare 
etiologic  agent  of  isolated  splenic  abscess,  especially  in 
recent  years.  Our  report  concerns  a patient  who  was 
successfully  treated  for  tuberculous  abscess  of  the 
spleen. 

CASE  REPORT 

A 48-year-old  black  male  was  admitted  to  St.  Eliza- 
beth Hospital  on  November  2,  1981,  with  a several 
month  history  of  fever,  chills,  night  sweats,  headaches, 
and  anorexia.  He  also  complained  of  pleuritic  left  chest 
and  upper  arm  pain,  mild  left  upper  quadrant  pain, 
and  early  satiety.  He  had  no  significant  recent  travel, 
but  while  in  the  Army  from  1952  to  1963  he  traveled 
worldwide.  He  had  pneumonia  in  1952  but  had  no 
history  of  tuberculous  infection  or  exposure.  There 
was  heavy  alcohol  intake  until  three  years  prior  to 


admission  and  a 35  pack-year  smoking  history. 

Initial  physical  examination  revealed  no  fever  or 
other  abnormalities. 

Laboratory  data  were  unremarkable,  except  for 
sedimentation  rate  of  87  and  alkaline  phosphatase  of 
163  U/L  (normal  to  115  U/L).  Hemoglobin  was  13 
gm/DL  and  white  count  8,000.  SCOT  was  35  U/L  (nor- 
mal to  40  U/L).  Bone,  liver-spleen,  and  gallium  scans 
and  upper  gastrointestinal  series  with  small  bowel  fol- 
low-through were  interpreted  as  normal,  as  was  the 
chest  x-ray.  Multiple  blood  cultures  were  negative.  T3 
and  T4  were  normal.  5 TU  PPD  produced  20  mm  of 
induration  at  48  hours.  The  CT  scan  of  the  abdomen 
(Figure  1)  showed  a large  septated  cold  area  in  an 
enlarged  spleen.  In  retrospect  the  liver-spleen  and  gal- 
lium scans  also  were  abnormal. 

The  patient  underwent  splenectomy  on  November 
16,  1981,  and  the  spleen  was  found  to  be  three  times 
normal  size,  adherent  to  the  diaphragm  and  to  the 
retroperitoneal  surface,  with  a large  abscess.  There 
also  were  enlarged  retroperitoneal  lymph  nodes;  the 
liver  appeared  normal.  The  spleen  weighed  720  gm  and 
consisted  mostly  of  necrotic  material.  Pathology 
showed  stellate  suppurative  abscesses  and  granu- 
lomatous inflammation  with  Langerhans’  cells  and 

*From  the  Division  of  Infectious  Diseases,  Department  of 
Medicine,  St.  Elizabeth  Hospital.  Correspondence  may  be  ad- 
dressed to  Dr.  Farrer,  St.  Elizabeth  Hospital,  225  Williamson 
Street,  Elizabeth,  NJ  07207. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  4— APRIL  1984 


317 


Figure  1— Computerized  tomography  of  abdomen  showing 
septated  abscesses  in  spleen  (arrowheads).  Lliver;  S:spleen. 


Figure  2 — Section  of  splenic  abscess  showing  granuloma  for- 
mation. Arrow  denotes  Langerhans'  giant  cell.  Hematoxylin- 
eosin;  magnification  400X. 


other  giant  cells  (Figure  2).  A liver  biopsy  revealed 
nonspecific  triaditis  but  no  granulomata;  a lymph 
node  had  chronic  lymphadenitis  with  focally  necrotic 
granulomata.  Acidfast  bacillus  (AFB)  and  fungal  stains 
were  negative. 

Postoperatively,  the  patient  had  a transient  fever  to 
101.5°  but  defervesced  without  antibiotic  treatment. 
Routine  cultures  were  negative  and  the  patient  was 
discharged  on  November  29,  1981,  on  no  treatment. 

He  felt  well  until  one  month  later  when  he  had 
recrudescence  of  fever,  chills,  and  sweats,  with  increas- 
ing abdominal  girth  but  no  abdominal  pain.  He  was 
empirically  treated  with  ampicillin,  but  showed  no 
response  and  was  readmitted  on  January  7,  1982.  At 
this  time,  physical  examination  revealed  an  ill  looking 
black  male  in  no  acute  distress.  Temperature  was 
101.5.  Abdomen  had  evidence  of  ascites,  but  no  re- 
bound or  masses.  White  blood  count  was  1 1,000  with 
49  polys,  12  bands,  29  lymphs;  hemoglobin  was  14.7 
gm/DL.  Chest  x-ray  was  negative.  Alkaline  phos- 
phatase was  126  U/L;  SGOT,  66  U/L.  An  abdominal 
paracentesis  yielded  500  ml  of  amber-colored  fluid.  No 
cell  counts  or  chemistries  were  performed,  but  the 
gram  and  AFB  stains  were  negative  as  were  routine 
cultures. 

At  this  point,  the  cultures  of  the  splenic  abscess  on 


Lowenstein-Jensen  media  were  noted  to  be  positive  for 
AFB.  The  patient  was  started  on  isoniazid  300  mg/day, 
rifampin  600  mg/day,  and  ethambutol  15  mg/kg/day, 
and  defervesced  within  5 days.  He  has  remained  well 
with  an  increasing  sense  of  well-being,  weight  gain, 
and  resolution  of  the  ascites.  The  organism  was  iden- 
tified by  the  New  Jersey  State  Mycobacteriology  Lab- 
oratories as  Mycobacterium  tuberculosis  sensitive  to 
isoniazid,  rifampin,  and  ethambutol. 

DISCUSSION 

The  difficulty  in  establishing  the  diagnosis  of  splenic 
abscess  and  the  further  delay  in  recognizing  the  tu- 
berculous nature  of  the  infection  are  characteristic  of 
these  conditions.  Clinical  clues  to  splenic  abscess  may 
be  subtle.  Fever  usually  is  present,  but  often  is  inter- 
mittent. Abdominal  pain  may  be  variable  and  com- 
plaints of  left-sided  chest  pain  or  arm  pain  may  divert 
attention  from  the  abdomen. 

X-rays  of  the  abdomen  and  barium  contrast  studies 
are  helpful  if  they  demonstrate  a soft  tissue  mass, 
extragastric  left  upper  quadrant  gas,  or  displacement 
of  stomach  or  splenic  flexure.  They  may  be  non- 
diagnostic, however.  Chest  x-ray  may  show  elevated  left 
hemidiaphragm  and/or  left  pleural  effusion,  but  this 
is  nonspecific.2 

Radionuclide  studies  have  an  increased  diagnostic 
yield  for  splenic  abscess  but  still  have  difficulties, 
"m  Technetium  scans  often  will  show  a lesion,  but  false 
negative  scans  have  been  reported.2  4 Gallium  scan  can 
be  falsely  negative  due  to  masking  by  surrounding 
nonnal  tissue3  or  nonspecific  due  to  generalized  in- 
creased uptake  in  the  setting  of  sepsis.4  67Gallium 
scanning  has  been  proposed  as  a simple  and  reliable 
screening  tool  for  extrapulmonary  tuberculosis.5  In  our 
patient,  however,  the  gallium  scan  showed  very  subtle 
changes  noted  only  in  retrospect. 

Ultrasonography67  and  computed  tomographic  (CT) 
scanning4  are  more  sensitive  and  specific  and  can  give 
anatomic  detail.  These  techniques  have  not  only  in- 
creased diagnostic  accuracy  in  splenic  abscess  but 
have  even  permitted  percutaneous  drainage. 

The  most  common  organisms  isolated  from  splenic 
abscesses  are  Staphylococcus  aureus,  various  strep- 
tococci, gram-negative  bacilli,  and  Mycobacterium  tu- 
berculosis. Other  organisms  occasionally  are  re- 
ported.1 

In  the  prechemotherapy  era  tuberculous  involve- 
ment of  the  spleen  was  not  so  rare.  Early  authors  dif- 
ferentiated primaiy  tuberculosis  of  the  spleen,  in 
which  the  disease  process  is  localized  to  the  spleen, 
from  secondary  tuberculosis.8 10  The  latter  is  as- 
sociated with  active  tuberculosis  in  other  organs,  such 
as  peritonitis,"  or  disseminated  tuberculosis.  They 
pointed  out  that  while  the  spleen  is  not  the  portal  of 
entry  or  even  the  first  site  of  active  tuberculosis  in 
primaiy  tuberculosis  of  the  spleen,  the  spleen  can  act 
as  the  focus  for  dissemination  of  the  disease  while  the 
original  focus  may  heal  entirely.  Wintemitz  reported  a 
case  and  reviewed  50  previous  reports  of  primary  tu- 
berculosis of  the  spleen.8  He  noted  that  the  disease 
could  be  chronic  and  many  patients  did  not  have 
anemia  or  leukocytosis;  only  a small  percentage  of 
cases  had  definite  abscess  formation.  In  1933, 
Shands10  reported  3 cases  of  primaiy  splenic  tubercu- 


318 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


losis,  1 case  with  abscess;  Rumold  and  Orr  9 reported 
a case  of  splenic  tuberculous  abscess.  Very  few  cases 
of  primaiy  splenic  tuberculosis  and  even  fewer  of 
solitaiy  tuberculous  abscess  of  the  spleen  have  been 
reported  since  the  introduction  of  effective 
chemotherapy  and  these  not  always  have  been 
documented  properly.12 15 

This  patient  seems  to  have  had  primary  tuberculosis 
of  the  spleen.  His  chest  x-ray  and  CT  of  the  chest 
showed  no  evidence  of  active  or  past  tuberculosis.  At 
laparotomy,  there  was  no  hepatic  or  generalized 
peritoneal  involvement.  Postoperative  development  of 
ascites  probably  represented  tuberculous  peritonitis 
from  local  seeding  at  the  time  of  surgery  with  rapid 
therapeutic  response  to  appropriate  antituberculous 
medication.  In  retrospect,  the  positive  PPD  with  granu- 
lomata  in  the  resected  spleen  and  draining  lymph 
nodes,  albeit  atypical,  should  have  prompted  earlier 
therapy. 

The  origin  of  splenic  abscess  in  our  patient  is  un- 
known. The  spleen  may  have  been  seeded 
hematogenously  at  some  remote  time  and  disease  reac- 
tivated after  other  evidence  of  disease  had  resolved. 
Lack  of  apparent  intrathoracic  involvement  makes 
direct  extension  through  the  diaphragm  unlikely  and 
there  was  no  other  intra-abdominal  involvement  noted 
at  the  time  of  surgery. 

As  tuberculosis  becomes  increasingly  uncommon  in 
our  society,  the  chance  of  missing  a diagnosis  of  ex- 
trapulmonary  tuberculosis  increases.  Long  delays  in 
diagnosis  are  common  in  such  conditions  as  tubercu- 
lous meningitis,16  peritonitis,11  17  enteritis,17  18  and 
spondylitis.19  Tuberculosis  should  be  considered  as  a 
cause  of  splenic  abscess.  Left  upper  quadrant  symp- 
tom and  signs  and  the  presence  of  a positive  PPD 
should  prompt  investigation. 

REFERENCES 

1.  Chulay  JD,  Lankerani  MR  Splenic  abscess:  Report  of  10 


cases  and  review  of  the  literature.  Am  J Med  161:  513-522, 
1976. 

2.  Chun  CH,  Raff  MJ,  Contreras  L,  et  al.:  Splenic  abscess. 
Medicine  59:  50-65,  1980. 

3.  Simson  JNL:  Solitary  abscess  of  the  spleen.  Br  J Surg 
67:  106-110,  1980. 

4.  Baruch  J,  Levy  Y,  Brook  JG,  Kleinhaus  U,  et  al.:  Splenic 
abscess  diagnosed  with  the  aid  of  abdominal  CT:  Report  of 
two  eases.  Br  J Surg  68:  37-138,  1981. 

5.  Sarkar  SJ,  Ravikrishnan  KP,  Woodbury  DH,  et  al.:  Gal- 
lium— 67  citrate  scanning — a new  adjuct  in  the  detection  and 
followup  of  extrapulmonary  tuberculosis.  J Nucl  Med  20: 
833-836,  1979. 

6.  Pawar  S,  Kay  CJ,  Gonzalez  R et  al.:  Sonography  of 
splenic  abscess.  AJR  138:  259-262,  1982. 

7.  Ralls  PW,  Quinn  MF,  Colleti  P,  et  al.:  Sonography  of 
pyogenic  splenic  abscess.  AJR  138:  523-525,  1982. 

8.  Wintemitz  MC:  Tuberculosis  of  the  spleen.  Arch  Intern 
Med  9:  680-697,  1912. 

9.  Rumold  MJ,  Orr  JG:  Tuberculosis  abscess  of  the  spleen. 
Ann  Surg  98:  474-477,  1933. 

10.  Shands  MR  Chronic  primaiy  tuberculosis  of  the 
spleen.  Am  J Surg  20:  707-721,  1933. 

11.  Dineen  P,  Homan  WP,  Grafe  WR  Tuberculous  peri- 
tonitis: 43  years  experience  in  diagnosis  and  treatment.  Ann 
Surg  184:  717-722,  1976. 

12.  McGowan  WB:  Primary  tuberculosis  of  the  spleen.  Cent 
AJr  J Med  11:  39-40,  1965. 

13.  Fung  WP,  Siew  CO,  Lee  YS:  Splenic  tuberculosis  pres- 
enting as  pyrexia  of  unknown  origin.  Med  J Austr  1 : 446-448, 
1973. 

14.  Paris  J,  Ribet  M,  L'Hermaine  C,  et  al.:  Absces  froids 
tuberculeux  de  la  rate  au  cours  d’une  biharziose  h£pato-in- 
testinale  Evolutive.  Sem  Hop  Paris  52:  1870-1872,  1976. 

15.  Cummings  Y,  Cruz  I,  Rovi  J,  et  al.:  Primary  splenic 
tuberculosis  in  transplant  candidates.  JNMA  70:  167-169, 
1978. 

16.  Swart  S,  Briggs  RS,  Millac  PA  Tuberculous  meningitis 
in  Asian  patients.  Lancet  2:  15-16,  1981. 

17.  Sherman  S,  Rohwedder  JJ,  Ravikrishnan  KP,  et  al.: 
Tuberculous  enteritis  and  peritonitis:  Report  of  36  general 
hospital  cases.  Arch  Intern  Med  140:  506-508,  1980. 

18.  Tabrisky  J,  Linstrom  RR  Peters  R et  al.:  Tuberculous 
enteritis,  review  of  a protean  disease.  Am  J Gastroenterol  63: 
49-57,  1975. 

19.  Marcq  M,  Sharma  OP:  Tuberculosis  of  the  spine:  A 
reminder.  Chest  63:  403-408,  1973. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  4— APRIL  1984 


319 


Case  Report: 

Intrauterine  Testicular  Torsion 


Joel  Rosenberg,  m.d.,  and  Milton  Zimmerman,  m.d.,  clifton* 


Torsion  of  the  testicle  can  occur  in  utero . The  diagnosis  is  made 
by  physical  examination  in  the  newborn . Surgical  intervention  is 
the  treatment , although  the  affected  testicle  uniformly  is 
nonsalvage  able.  The  contralateral  testicle  almost  invariably  is 
normal  but  surgical  repair  to  prevent  torsion  is  recommended. 


Torsion  of  the  testicle  can  occur 
in  utero  and  despite  the  relative 
paucity  of  ease  reports,  it  is  a 
fairly  common  condition  although  the  exact  incidence 
has  not  been  defined. 

CASE  REPORT 

Our  patient  was  a full-term,  6-pound,  4-ounce  male, 
Apgar  9,  born  to  healthy  parents.  At  birth,  physical 
examination  revealed  the  left  hemiscrotum  to  be 
swollen.  The  testicle  was  enlarged,  rock  hard,  and  pur- 
ple in  color  through  the  skin.  Palpation  of  the  organ 
caused  the  baby  no  apparent  discomfort.  The  mass  did 
not  transilluminate.  The  contralateral  testis  was  nor- 
mal. 

A technetium  scan  was  performed,  but  this  was  dif- 
ficult to  interpret  and  deemed  nondiagnostie. 

When  the  baby  was  four  days  old,  we  performed 
surgical  exploration  of  the  scrotum  and  removed  the 
testicle.  The  pathology  report  indicated  complete  in- 
farction with  areas  of  calcification  (Figures  1 and  2). 

1 he  postoperative  course  was  uneventful  and,  in 
fact,  the  baby  went  home  the  next  day.  He  continues 
to  thrive. 

DISCUSSION 

There  are  approximately  100  similar  ease  reports  in 
the  literature;  none  of  them  represents  a significantly 
large  series.1  Diagnosis  is  fairly  simple  by  physical 


examination  alone,  but  technetium  scanning  is  rec- 
ommended.23 The  differential  diagnosis  includes 
tumor  (yolk  sac),  hematocele,  and  other  rare  entities.4 

The  role  of  surgery  unquestionably  has  been  estab- 
lished as  all  the  possibilities  included  in  the  differen- 
tia] diagnosis  require  surgical  therapy.  However,  the 
testicular  salvage  rate  is  so  abysmal  that  surgical  inter- 
vention need  not  be  on  an  emergency  basis,  but  rather 
elective,  i.e.  when  the  baby  is  stable  and  well 
nourished.5 

The  literature  almost  uniformly  describes  end-stage 
nonsalvageable  testes  at  exploration.  Some  authors  ad- 
vocate leaving  the  infarcted  testis  in  situ  after  ex- 
ploration1 but  this  does  not  sit  well  with  most  sur- 
geons as  gangrene  and  infection  are  potential  se- 
quelae. The  exception  to  the  “no  rush”  policy  would  be 
the  rare  ease  where  the  torsion  appeared  to  be  recent 
and  salvage  reasonably  might  be  expected. 

Most  authors  cite  the  need  to  repair  the  contralateral 
normal  testis  and  point  out  the  occasional  ease  of 
bilateral  neonatal  torsion.  However,  there  are  no  case 
reports  where  a child  bom  with  one  infarcted  testicle 
subsequently  has  gone  on  to  have  a similar  episode  on 
the  other  side,  asynchronously.  However,  extrapolating 


*Dr.  Rosenberg  is  Chief  of  Urology  and  Dr.  Zimmerman  is 
Attending  Urologist  at  Passaic  General  Hospital.  Cor- 
respondence maybe  addressed  to  Dr.  Rosenberg,  1 198  Clifton 
Avenue,  Clifton,  NJ  07013. 


320 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 





Figure  1 — Gross  specimen. 


from  experience  garnered  treating  teenagers,  it  prob- 
ably is  wise  to  repair  tbe  normal  contralateral  side. 

REFERENCES 

1.  Guiney  EJ,  McGlinchey  J:  Torsion  of  the  testes  and  the 
spermatic  cord  in  the  newborn.  Surg  Gynecol  Obstet 
152:273-274.  1981. 

2.  Valva  Jr,  Caldamone  AA,  O'Mara  R,  Rabinowitz  R:  Nu- 
clear imaging  in  the  pediatric  acute  scrotum.  Am  J Dis  Child 
136:831  835.  1982. 


Figure  2 — Microscopic  section  showing  infarcted  tubules. 


3.  Falkowski  WS,  Firlii  CF:  Testicular  torsion:  The  role  of 
radioisotopic  scanning.  J Urol  124:886-888,  1980. 

4.  Kay  P,  Strong  DW,  Tank  ES:  Bilateral  spermatic  cord 
torsion  in  the  neonate.  J Urol  123:293,  1980. 

5.  Gumming  DC,  Hyndman  CW,  Deacon  JS:  Intrauterine 
testicular  torsion:  Not  an  emergency.  Urology  14:603-604, 
1979. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  4— APRIL  1984 


321 


Pharmacological  Basis  Of  Therapeutics 
Anticonvulsant  Agents* 


Herbert  M.  Geller,  ph.d.,  piscataway** 


The  actions  of  many  anticonvulsant  agents  at  the  cellular  level 
can  be  ascribed  to  a “modulatory”  action  to  increase  the  effect 
of  the  inhibitory  neurotransmitter  gamma  amino  butyric  acid . 
The  understanding  of  these  mechanisms  may  result  in  advances 
in  the  pharmacotherapy  of  seizure  disorders. 


In  the  past  several  years,  ad- 
vances in  pharmacological, 
biochemical,  and  physiological 
techniques  have  brought  increasing  insights  into  the 
actions  of  anticonvulsant  agents  at  the  cellular  and 
molecular  level.  In  this  review,  some  of  the  recent  find- 
ings which  indicate  that  many  of  these  compounds 
enhance  the  action  of  endogenous  inhibitory  neu- 
rotransmitters in  the  brain  will  be  summarized.  This 
enhancement  of  inhibition  by  anticonvulsants  then 
results  in  a general  decrease  of  central  nervous  system 
excitability.  The  phenomenon  of  selective  alteration  in 
neurotransmission  which  secondarily  results  in  alter- 
ations of  brain  activity  has  been  termed  “neu- 
romodulation”; compounds  which  display  such  ac- 
tions are  called  “modulators.”  Initial  discussion  will 
focus  on  the  benzodiazepines,  since  the  remarkable 
progress  in  our  knowledge  of  anticonvulsant  drug  ac- 
tion was  triggered  by  research  on  this  class  of  com- 
pounds. 

The  first  clue  that  benzodiazepine  action  might  be 
through  modulation  of  neurotransmission  was  pres- 
ented in  1967  in  Germany  by  Schmidt  et  al.17  who 
demonstrated  that,  in  eats,  injection  of  diazepam 
(Valium5)  potentiated  “presynaptic"  inhibition  in  the 
spinal  cord  without  affecting  other  “recurrent"  in- 
hibitory pathways.  Later  evidence  demonstrated  that 
the  inhibitory  neurotransmitter,  gamma  amino 
butyric  acid  (GABA),  plays  a significant  role  in 


presynaptic  inhibition  in  the  spinal  cord,  whereas  the  ! 
recurrent  (or  postsynaptie)  inhibition  in  the  cord  is 
mediated  through  a different  amino  acid,  glycine. 
Much  more  evidence  has  accrued  to  suggest  that 
benzodiazepines  potentiate  the  actions  of  GABA  at 
many  loci  throughout  the  central  nervous  system 
(CNS),  and  that  this  action  is  observed  at  concentra- 
tions which  do  not  affect  the  activity  of  other  neu- 
rotransmitters.9 

Gamma  amino  butyric  acid  elicits  its  action  by  open-  j 
ing  channels  in  the  nerve  membrane  which  are  per-  j 
meable  to  the  negatively  charged  chloride  ion,  thus 
forcing  the  membrane  potential  more  negative  and 
decreasing  the  probability  of  activity.  Additionally, 
open  chloride  channels  themselves  have  the  effect  of 
reducing  the  actions  of  excitatory  input,  also  decreas- 
ing activity.  It  would  appear  that  in  the  presence  of 


*This  article,  the  second  in  a series,  is  intended  to  be  a brief 
review  of  recent  advances  in  pharmacology  and  related 
preclinical  sciences  which  will  have  utility  in  understanding 
the  actions  of  both  new  and  established  therapeutic  agents. 
The  reviews  are  not  designed  to  consider  indications  for 
specific  drugs,  incompatibilities,  or  dosage  forms. 
Authoritative  information  on  these  topics  is  available  in 
standard  sources  such  as  the  AMA  Drug  Evaluations,  5th 
edition,  1983. 

**Dr.  Geller  is  Associate  Professor,  Department  of  Pharma- 
cology, UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School.  Correspondence  may 
be  addressed  to  Dr.  Geller,  UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School, 
P.O.  Box  101,  Piscataway,  NJ  08854. 


322 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


therapeutic  concentrations  of  benzodiazepines,  the 
chloride  channel  opens  more  frequently  and  remains 
open  for  a longer  period  of  time,  thus  potentiating  the 
actions  of  GABA.20 

LIGAND  BINDING  SITES 

The  interaction  between  benzodiazepines  and  GABA 
was  strengthened  further  by  the  discovery  in  1977  of 
specific  ligand  binding  sites  for  benzodiazepines  in  the 
brain.1219  These  membrane  sites  bind  clinically  rel- 
evant benzodiazepines  with  an  order  of  affinity  that 
closely  approximates  their  phannacologie  potency  as 
therapeutic  agents.3  Moreover,  the  binding  of  these 
compounds  is  specific:  neither  GABA  nor  any  other 
endogenous  neurotransmitters  displace  benzodia- 
zepines from  these  sites.3  Association  with  GABA  is 
reflected,  however,  as  an  ability  of  GABA  to  increase  the 
interaction  of  the  benzodiazepines  with  their  binding 
sites,  as  well  as  the  reciprocal  ability  of 
benzodiazepines  to  increase  the  binding  of  GABA  to 
its  receptor.1821  Thus,  one  can  envision  a macro- 
molecular  complex  located  within  the  nerve  membrane 
which  consists  of  the  GABA  receptor,  benzodiazepine 
binding  site,  and  chloride  channel  acting  in  concert  to 
regulate  the  excitability  of  individual  neurons. 

The  utility  of  this  concept  is  expanded  when  one 
considers  the  actions  of  other  agents  which  act  to 
regulate  the  excitability  of  the  brain  as  either  con- 
vulsants  or  anticonvulsants.  Bicueulline,  a convulsant 
alkaloid  of  plant  origin,  has  been  demonstrated  to  be 
a competitive  antagonist  of  GABA  actions  at  the  GABA 
receptor,  displacing  GABA  from  its  receptor  and,  there- 
by, decreasing  inhibition.  Pierotoxin,  another  con- 
vulsant agent,  exerts  its  actions  by  reducing  chloride 
permeability:  biochemical  experiments  have  demon- 
strated that  pierotoxin  exerts  these  actions  by  at- 
taching itself  in  close  opposition  to  the  chloride  chan- 
nel, thereby  reducing  chloride  influx.  Thus,  one  can 
expand  the  model  we  have  presented  to  include  three 
separate  binding  sites  on  the  complex  in  close  associa- 
tion with  the  chloride  channel:  the  GABA  receptor,  the 
benzodiazepine  binding  site,  and  the  pierotoxin  bind- 
ing site. 

The  pierotoxin  binding  site  has  generated  an  in- 
creasing amount  of  attention,  not  only  for  its  ability 
to  bind  pierotoxin  and  structurally  related  compounds, 
but  also  for  the  ability  of  several  other  agents,  both 
convulsants  and  anticonvulsants,  to  bind  at  this  site. 
Thus  far,  both  barbiturates  with  anticonvulsant  ac- 
tions and  valproic  acid  (Depakene")  have  been  shown 
to  compete  with  pierotoxin  at  this  site.1622  Interest- 
ingly, the  agent  with  the  highest  known  affinity  is  a 
benzodiazepine  compound  which  also  is  a con- 
vulsant.16 The  binding  of  these  compounds  also  has 
been  shown  to  be  paralleled  by  physiological  responses 
of  the  tissue.  Both  pentobarbital13  and  valproic  acid1 
have  the  ability  to  potentiate  the  actions  of  GABA  on 
central  nervous  system  neurons,  while  the  physiologi- 
cal actions  of  the  convulsant  compounds  are  quite 
similar  to  that  of  pierotoxin.6  Other  pharmacological 
interactions  at  this  complex  include  the  increase  in 
binding  of  GABA23  and  benzodiazepines' 1 in  the  pres- 
ence of  pentobarbital.  Moreover,  a separate  binding 
site  for  phenytoin  has  been  reported  to  exist4;  this  site 


also  displays  significant  interactions  with  benzodia- 
zepines and  bicueulline.14  Whether  these  interactions 
are  pharmacologically  relevant  is  an  open  question. 

In  parallel  with  the  results  of  investigations  with 
opiate  systems,  the  fact  that  certain  brain  sites  bind 
benzodiazepines  with  high  affinity  raises  the  question 
of  whether  there  exists  am  endogenous  compound 
which  resembles  the  benzodiazepines  in  its  actions,  or 
whether  the  binding  of  these  agents  is  simply  adven- 
titious. The  discovery  of  a series  of  compounds  which 
are  competitive  antagonists  of  the  pharmacological  ac- 
tions of  benzodiazepines  has  enabled  certain  studies 
to  proceed  along  these  lines.10  One  might  suppose  that, 
if  endogenous  benzodiazepine  agonists  were  tonically 
active,  then  there  would  be  a behavioral  or  physiologi- 
cal alteration  after  administration  of  such  an  an- 
tagonist. Again,  there  is  a parallel  with  the  results  from 

An  increased  understanding 
of  the  biochemistry , 
physiology , and 
pharmacology  of 
neurotransmission  has 
provided  knowledge 
for  the  pharmacotherapy 
of  seizure  disorders. 


opiate  systems,  where  administration  of  naloxone 
produces  no  behavioral  changes  in  pharmacologically 
naive  patients:  following  the  administration  of 

benzodiazepine  antagonist  compounds,  no  changes 
are  noted  in  behavior,  nor  do  they  produce  any 
changes  in  GABA-mediated  inhibition.10  The  parallel 
with  opiate  receptor  mechanisms  is  not  strict,  how- 
ever, as  there  exists  yet  another  class  of 
benzodiazepine  ligands,  derivatives  of  beta-carbolines, 
which  are  themselves  anxiety-evoking  and  procon- 
vulsant.2  The  effects  of  these  compounds  on  GABA- 
mediated  inhibition  has  not  yet  been  ascertained,  but 
one  might  predict  that,  in  common  with  the  other 
convulsant  agents,  they  would  reduce  inhibition  in  the 
central  nervous  system. 

THERAPEUTIC  IMPLICATIONS 

The  major  therapeutic  implications  of  our  increased 
understanding  of  the  mechanism  of  action  of  an- 
ticonvulsants are  yet  to  come.  The  recent  revelation 
that  there  is  more  than  one  subtype  of  benzodiazepine 
binding  site,  each  type  with  a unique  biochemistry15 
and  anatomic  localization,24  holds  out  the  promise  of 
compounds  which  are  targeted  more  narrowly  for  their 
effects  on  either  seizures,  anxiety,  muscle  relaxation, 
or  sedation  auid  hypnosis.  The  use  of  binding  assays 
provides  a readily  available  and  inexpensive  screen  for 
the  identification  of  newer  compounds  with  increased 
potency,  efficacy,  or  more  favorable  pharmacokinetic 
parameters.  More  recently,  the  anticonvulsant  potency 
of  agents  which  increase  GABA  levels  by  inhibiting 
destruction6  or  removal7  of  GABA  also  has  been  dem- 
onstrated. 


VOL  81— NUMBER  4— APRIL  1984 


323 


The  pharmacologic  implication  is  that  agents  which 
modulate  the  actions  of  neurotransmitters  are  worthy 
of  further  investigation.  If  present-day  compounds  act 
by  increasing  inhibitory  neurotransmission,  one 
might  speculate  that  agents  which  reduce  excitatory 
neurotransmission  within  the  central  nervous  system 
are  candidates  for  anticonvulsant  testing.  Recent  ex- 
perimental evidence  has  supported  this  hypothesis  as 
well.5  Thus,  an  increased  understanding  of  the 
biochemistry,  physiology,  and  pharmacology  of  neu- 
rotransmission has  provided  fundamental  knowledge 
for  the  pharmacotherapy  of  seizure  disorders.  Whether 
similar  mechanisms  underlie  therapeutic  advances  in 
other  CNS  disorders  is  an  open  question. 

REFERENCES 

1 . Baldino  F,  Jr,  Geller  HM:  Sodium  valproate  enhancement 
of  GABA  inhibition:  Electrophysiological  evidence  for  an- 
ticonvulsant activity.  J Pharmacol  Exp  Ther  217:445,  1981 

2.  Braestrup  C,  Schmiechen  R Neef  G,  Nielsen  M.  Petersen 
EN:  Interaction  of  convulsive  ligands  with  benzodiazepine 
receptors.  Science  216:1241,  1982. 

3.  Braestrup  C,  Squires,  RE:  Pharmacological  charac- 
terization of  benzodiazepine  receptors  in  the  brain.  Eur  J 
Pharmacol  48:263,  1978. 

4.  Burnham  WM,  Spero  L,  Okazaki  MM,  Madras  BR 
Saturable  binding  of  3H  phenytoin  to  rat  brain  membrane 
fraction.  Can  J Physiol  Pharmacol  59:402,  1981. 

5.  Croucher  MJ,  Collins  JF,  Meldrum  BS:  Anticonvulsant 
activity  of  excitatory  amino  acid  antagonists.  Science 
216:899,  1982. 

6.  Frey  H-H,  Popp  C,  Loscher  W:  Influence  of  inhibitors  of 
high  affinity  GABA  uptake  on  seizure  thresholds  in  mice. 
Neuropharmacology  18:581,  1981. 

7.  Gale  K,  Iadarola  MJ:  Seizure  protection  and  increased 
nerve-terminal  GABA:  Delayed  effects  of  GABA  transaminase 
inhibition.  Science  208:288,  1980. 

8.  Geller  HM:  Water  soluble  benzodiazepines  with  agonistic 
and  antagonistic  actions  on  GABA-induced  inhibition  in  cul- 
tured hypothalamus.  Neurosci  Lett  15:313,  1979. 

9.  Geller  1 1M,  Hoffer  BJ,  Taylor  DA:  Electrophysiological  ac- 
tions of  benzodiazepines.  Fed  Proc  39:3016,  1980. 

10.  Haefely  W,  Bonetti  EP,  Burkard  WP,  Cumin  R Laurent 
JP.  Mohler  H,  Fieri  L,  Pole  P,  Richards  JG,  Schaffner  R 


Schersehlicht  R Benzodiazepine  antagonists,  in  Costa  E (ed), 
Benzodiazepines — From  Molecular  Pharmacology  to 
Clinical  Practice.  New  York  , NY,  Raven  Press,  1983. 

1 1.  Leeb-Lundberg  F,  Snowman  A,  Olsen  RW:  Barbiturate 
receptor  sites  are  coupled  to  benzodiazepine  receptors.  Proc 
Natl  Acad  Sci  USA  77:7468,  1980. 

1 2.  Mohler  1 1,  Okada  T:  Properties  of  3H-diazepam  binding 
to  benzodiazepine  receptors  in  rat  cerebral  cortex.  Life  Sci- 
ences 20:2101,  1977. 

13.  Nicoll  RA.  Eccles  JC,  Oshima  T,  Rubia  F:  Prolongation 
of  hippocampal  inhibitory  postsynaptic  potentials  by 
barbiturates.  Nature  258:625-627,  1975. 

14.  Okazaki  MM,  Madras  BK,  Livingston  EK,  Spero  L, 
Burham  WM:  Enhancement  of  3H-phenytoin  binding  by 
diazepam  and  ( + ) bicuculline.  Life  Science  33:409,  1983. 

15.  Niehoff  DL,  Mashal  RE),  Horst  WD,  O'Brien  RA,  Palacios 
JM.  Kuhar  MJ:  Binding  of  a radiolabeled  triazolopyridazine 
to  a subtype  of  benzodiazepine  receptor  in  the  rat  cerebellum. 
J Phcirm  Exp  Ther  221:607,  1982. 

16.  Olsen  RW,  Leeb-Lundberg  F,  Napias  C:  Picrotoxin  and 
convulsant  binding  sites  in  mammalian  brain.  Brain  Res 
Bull  2:217,  1980. 

17.  Schmidt  RF,  Vogel  ME,  Zimmermann  M:  Die  wirkung 
von  diazepam  auf  die  prasynaptiche  hemmund  und  andere 
ruckenmarksreflexe.  Naunyn-Schmiedeherg's  Arch  Pharma- 
col 258:69,  1967. 

18.  Skerritt  JH,  Willow  M,  Johnston  GAR  Diazepam 
enhancement  of  low  affinity  GABA  binding  to  rat  brain  mem- 
branes. Neurosci  Lett  29:63,  1982. 

19.  Squires  RF,  Braestrup  C:  Benzodiazepine  receptors  in 
rat  brain.  Nature  266:732,  1977. 

20.  Study  RE,  Barker  JL:  Diazepam  and  (-)-pentobarbital: 
Fluctuation  analysis  reveals  different  mechanisms  for  poten- 
tiation of  -aminobutyric  acid  responses  in  cultured  central 
neurons.  Proc  Natl  Acad  Sci  USA  78:7180.  1981. 

21.  Tallman  JF,  Thomas  JW,  Gallagher  DW:  GABAergic 
modulation  of  benzodiazepine  binding  site  sensitivity.  Nature 
274:383,  1978. 

22.  Ticku  MK,  Davis  WC:  Effect  of  valproic  acid  on  3H 
dihydropicrotoxinin  binding  sites  at  the  benzodiazepine- 
GABA  receptor-ionophore  complex.  Brain  Res  223:218-222, 
1981. 

23.  Willow  M,  Johnston  GAR:  Enhancement  by  anesthetic 
and  convulsant  barbiturates  of  GABA  binding  to  rat  brain 
synaptosomal  membranes.  J Neurosci  1:364,  1981. 

24.  Young  WS  III,  Niehoff  D,  Kuhar  MJ.  Beer  B Lippa  AS: 
Multiple  benzodiazepine  receptor  localization  by  light  micro- 
scopic radiohistochemistiy.  J Pharmacol  Exp  Ther  216:425, 
1981. 


324 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Pediatric  Briefs 


Richard  H.  Rapkin,  m.d.,  Franklin  C.  Behrle,  m.d.,  Shyan  C.  Sun,  m.d.,  Newark* 


Pediatric  Briefs  are  abstracted from  the  Newsletter,  a continuing 
medical  education  project  of  the  Department  of  Pediatrics, 
UMDNJ-New  Jersey  Medical  School  and  the  Children's  Hospital 
of  New  Jersey. 


Taylor  EM,  et  al.:  Family  and  community  factors  as- 
sociated with  infant  deaths  that  might  be  prevent- 
able. Br  Med  J 787:871,  1983. 

"For  a child  to  be  treated  successfully  the  parents 
first  must  recognize  that  he  is  ill  and  then  must  rec- 
ognize the  need  to  take  action.  Next,  they  must  be  able 
adequately  to  communicate  their  anxieties  to  an  ap- 
propriate member  of  the  health  care  service,  and  these 
services  must  be  able  to  recognize  and  respond  to  the 
families’  needs."  A detailed  study  was  made  of  all 
deaths  between  age  8 days  and  2 years  in  Sheffield, 
England,  in  a two-year  period.  All  patients  were 
matched  to  living  controls.  Specific  analysis  was  made 
of  families  of  children  who  died  of  treatable  diseases. 
These  families  had  significantly  greater  numbers  of 
adverse  social  factors  (domestic  and  financial  prob- 
lems, mother  and  father’s  upbringing,  housing, 
mother  and  father’s  intelligence  and  state  of  health, 
and  family  crises).  The  authors  conclude  that  adverse 
social  factors  play  a substantial  role  in  failure  of  identi- 
fication of  the  presence  of  illness  and  inadequate 
responses.  These  factors  “are  complex  and  not  immedi- 
ately susceptible  to  purely  economic  intervention  or 
necessarily  to  an  unselective  increase  in  primary 
health  care.  Perhaps  we  should  be  more  conscious  of 
the  differing  needs  of  individual  families."  The  adverse 
factors  noted  were  related  to  the  economic  state  but 
appeared  not  to  be  related  to  social  class. 

Tager  IB,  et  al.:  Longitudinal  study  of  the  effects  of 


maternal  smoking  on  pulmonary  function  in  chil- 
dren. N Engl  J Med  309:699,  1983. 

A careful  study  demonstrated  that  exposure  to  ma- 
ternal smoking  (passive)  has  substantial  effects  on 
pulmonaiy  function  in  children.  This  effect  is  seen  in 
children  by  the  time  they  are  aged  5 to  9 years.  Paternal 
smoking  had  little  or  no  significance.  Aside  from  the 
obvious  effect  of  “setting  a bad  example"  leading  to 
subsequent  smoking  by  the  child  himself,  passive 
smoking  itself  may  have  an  important  effect  on  the 
development  of  COPD  in  adulthood. 

Bensahel  H,  et  al.:  Bone  scintigraphy  in  Perthes’  dis- 
ease. J Pediat  Orth  3:302,  1983. 

Eighty-six  percent  of  71  hips  with  Perthes’  disease 
were  abnormal  on  bone  scanning  and  were  very  speci- 
fic for  same.  The  scan  was  positive  4 to  6 weeks  before 
x-rays  became  abnormal  and  usually  showed  de- 
creased or  absent  uptake  in  the  head  of  the  femur.  The 
scan  never  was  falsely  positive  and  was  very  sensitive. 
The  scan  became  normal  far  earlier  than  the  radio- 


* Abstracts  are  from  the  Department  of  Pediatrics  Newsletter. 
UMDNJ-New  Jersey  Medical  School,  Vol.  8.  No.  12,  1983.  Dr. 
Rapkin  is  Editor  and  Medical  Director  of  Children’s  Hospital 
of  New  Jersey,  Newark.  Coeditors  are  Dr.  Behrle,  Professor  and 
Chairman,  Department  of  Pediatrics,  UMDNJ-New  Jersey 
Medical  School,  and  Dr.  Sun,  Director  of  Neonatology,  Chil- 
dren’s Hospital  of  New  Jersey,  Newark.  Correspondence  may 
be  addressed  to  Dr.  Rapkin,  Children's  Hospital  of  New  Jersey, 
15  South  9th  Street,  Newark,  NJ  07107. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  4— APRIL  1984 


325 


graph  and  therefore  was  helpful  in  prognosis  and 
treatment. 

Comment:  As  the  authors  note,  bone  scanning  is 
very  helpful  in  the  differential  diagnosis  of  hip  pain, 
in  addition  to  being  specifically  helpful  in  Perthes'  dis- 
ease. 

Gross  RH,  et  al.:  Early  management  and  decision 
making  for  the  treatment  of  myelomeningocele.  Pedi- 
atrics 72:450,  1983. 

A mere  generation  ago,  most  children  bom  with 
myelomeningocele  died  in  infancy.  Now,  vigorous  treat- 
ment yields  high  rates  of  survival— and  high  rates  of 
continued  morbidity.  Here,  as  in  other  areas  of  rapid 
therapeutic  advance,  what  was  once  a matter  of  fate 
is  now  a matter  of  choice.  Should  this  particular  child 
be  vigorously  treated  or  allowed  to  die? 

The  authors  carefully  review  some  of  the  relevant 
clinical  and  ethical  literature.  Against  this  background 
they  report  the  experience  of  their  center  (University 
of  Oklahoma)  with  a process  for  selecting  which  in- 
fants should  receive  vigorous  treatment.  Over  a five- 
year  period,  69  babies  were  evaluated,  36  of  whom  were 
recommended  for  vigorous  treatment.  Of  the  33  babies 
for  whom  only  supportive  care  was  recommended,  5 
were  initially  treated  at  the  parents’  insistence,  2 
underwent  delayed  vigorous  treatment,  1 was  treated 
subsequently  on  a “crisis  management”  basis  (after 
survival  due  in  part  to  meticulous  care  at  home),  and 
1 was  lost  to  follow  up.  The  remaining  24  children  died 
between  1 and  189  days  (mean  37  days)  receiving  only 
supportive  care. 

The  principal  features  of  the  decision  process  which 
led  to  these  outcomes  are  as  follows:  1 ) parents  made 
the  decisions  following  extensive  informing  and  emo- 
tional support  by  the  team;  2)  in  no  case  in  which  the 
parents  refused  treatment  did  the  professionals  feel 
there  was  a strong  case  for  treatment:  3)  there  was  a 
broadly  multidisciplinary  team;  4)  there  was  consis- 
tent primaiy  care  by  one  team  member  throughout;  5) 
there  was  a firm  belief  that  urgent  surgical  closure 
usually  is  not  required,  thus  delaying  team  evaluation 
until  after  acute  treatment;  and  6)  surgeons  who  are 
not  expected  to  maintain  followup  throughout  growth 
were  excluded  from  urgent  decisions  regarding  treat- 
ment plans. 

The  authors  asked  themselves  two  questions  about 
their  program:  1)  Is  it  workable?  and  2)  Does  it  ad- 
dress, in  a reasonable  fashion,  the  present  ethical  (and 
legal)  dilemma  surrounding  this  issue?  Both  ques- 
tions were  answered  with  a confident,  though  ap- 
propriately qualified,  yes. 

Comment:  This  is  a superb  article:  clear,  thoughtful, 
and  important.  Both  the  program  itself  and  the  article 
reporting  it  reflect  a balance  between  boldness  and 
care,  between  self-reliance  and  social  responsiveness 
that  is  so  necessary  to  leadership  in  these  matters. 
Such  qualities  are  not  peculiar  to  Oklahoma  One  or 
more  New  Jersey  hospitals  could  add  to  the  experience 
needed  for  a technologically  dazzling  and  thus  morally 
uncertain  medical  future. 

The  ethical  values  which  seem  to  be  emphasized  in 
the  Oklahoma  City  approach  are  the  right  to  privacy 
(autonomy)  and  the  avoidance  of  harm.  The  team  not 
only  meticulously  supports  and  informs  the  parents. 


but  shields  them  from  pressures  which  might  be  ex- 
pected to  emphasize  indications  for  urgent  inter- 
vention before  deliberation.  Wishes  to  “maintain  hope" 
or  “avoid  guilt"  are  not  allowed  to  obscure  the  parents' 
right  to  know  the  negative  results  of  surgical  ex- 
perience as  well  as  what  surgical  interventions  often 
have  accomplished.  Meanwhile,  the  whole  approach  is 
based  explicitly  on  an  appreciation  that  there  are  cir- 
cumstances in  which  life  is  not  preferable  to  death  and 
that  preservation  of  life  at  the  cost  of  enormous  suffer- 
ing may  sometimes  be  neither  responsible  nor  loving 
nor  socially  mandated. 

In  contrast,  the  Reagan  Administration's  Baby  Doe 
regulation  emphasized  the  ethical  principle  of  equity, 
i.e.  equal  treatment  for  all  classes  of  persons.  The  chief 
evidence  of  the  equity  principle  at  work  in  the  Okla- 
homa experience  is  the  apparent  consistency  of  the 
team's  operation,  affording  to  all  parents  of  infants 
bom  with  myelomeningocele  equal  access  to  an  ap- 
parently superb  set  of  decision-making  resources.  (D. 
Price,  Ph.D.,  Adj.  Asst.  Professor,  Health  Care  Human- 
ities) 

Yogman  MW,  et  al.:  Diet  and  sleep  patterns  in  new- 
born infants.  N Engl  J Med  309:1147,  1983. 

Serotonergic  transmission  in  neurons  is  associated 
with  sleep.  Synthesis  of  serotonin  is  dependent  upon 
the  availability  of  the  amino  acid  tryptophan.  Brain 
tryptophan  is  dependent  upon  diet.  Adults  given  phar- 
macologic doses  of  tryptophan  fall  asleep  more  quickly 
than  with  placebo.  Newborns  were  studied  comparing 
a tryptophan  feeding  versus  placebo  (valine).  Infants 
fed  tryptophan  fell  asleep  more  quickly  and  entered 
quiet  sleep  sooner.  The  differences  were  very  signifi- 
cant. 

Comment:  Nature’s  hypnotic!  Soon  we  will  need  a 
correlation  with  day  and  night  variation  in  production 
of  tryptophan  by  the  lactating  mother.  I'm  not  skep- 
tical, just  amazed  that  behavior  and  molecules  are  re- 
vealing themselves  to  be  so  easily  related.  We  will  need 
just  an  increase  in  x to  become  euphoric;  an  increase 
in  y to  be  more  relaxed;  for  better  SAT  scores.  What 
next  is  in  store  for  us? 

Mulvihill  S,  et  al.:  Incidental  appendectomy  in  in- 
fants and  children.  Arch  Surg  118:714,  1983. 

Incidental  appendectomy  in  infants  and  children 
during  clean  abdominal  procedures  has  been  done 
electively  for  many  years  in  pediatric  surgery.  This 
paper  summarizes  and  confirms  this  conclusion,  i.e. 
that  elective  incidental  appendectomy  in  the  child 
being  operated  upon  for  another  abdominal  condition 
is  well  worth  the  few  extra  minutes  spent. 

Comment:  In  Children’s  Hospital  of  New  Jersey,  we 
have  used  this  approach  for  at  least  20  years.  There 
have  been  no  related  complications.  In  all  cases,  there 
has  been  the  procedure  of  inverting  the  stump  or  in- 
verting the  appendix.  Opportunities  to  inspect  the  ap- 
pendectomy site  during  a second  surgical  procedure 
at  a later  date  always  revealed  a clean  smooth  site  of 
the  old  appendectomy.  This  issue  has  been 
emphasized  by  two  recent  cases  in  which  a left-sided 
acute  appendicitis  was  diagnosed  fortunately,  and  was 
managed  appropriately  in  patients  with  malrotation 
who  did  not  have  incidental  appendectomy  when  in- 
itially operated  on. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


326 


DOCTORS’ 

NOTEBOOK 


J 

Trustees*  Minutes: 
^February  19,  1984 

A regular  meeting  of  the  Board  of 
Trustees  was  held  on  Februaiy  19, 
1984,  at  the  Executive  Offices  in 
Lawrenceville.  Detailed  minutes  are 
on  file  with  the  secretary  of  your 
county  society.  A summary  of  sig- 
nificant actions  follows: 

Report  of  the  President  . . . 
No-Fault  Insurance  . . . Reaffirmed 
opposition  to  any  physician  fee 
schedule  in  regard  to  automobile  in- 
surance. 

Report  of  Executive  Director  . . . 

(1)  MSNJ  1984  Paid  Membership 

. . . Noted  that  paid  memberships  at 
the  end  of  January  totalled  4,400. 

(2)  Physician  Reimbursement  by 
DRG  . . . Noted  that  there  is  no  in- 
dication of  any  proposal  to  include 
physicians  under  a DRG  format  at 
Shore  Memorial  Hospital. 

(3)  Annual  Meeting  . . . Voted  to 
proceed  with  the  Annual  Meeting  as 
scheduled  at  Resorts  International 
Casino-Hotel. 

(4)  MSNJ  Financial  Statements 

. . . Approved  the  financial  state- 
ments for  the  period  ending  Januaiy 
31,  1984. 


(5)  Litigation  Report  . . . 

(a)  State  Board  of  Medical  Exam- 
iners v Aluri;  v Strauch  . . . Noted 
that  the  New  Jersey  Supreme  Court 
denied  certification  in  the  Aluri  and 
Strauch  litigation;  the  issue  of  a 
prejudiced  forum  and  a merger  of 
functions  must  be  corrected  by  legis- 
lation. 

(b)  State  Board  of  Medical  Exam- 
iners v Greco  . . . Noted  that  oral 
argument  on  the  Greco  case  still  is 
pending  in  the  Appellate  Divison. 

UMDNJ  . . . 

Physician  Reimbursement  by  DRG 

. . . Noted  that  Dr.  Bergen  men- 
tioned that  nothing  actively  was 
being  developed  at  this  time  on 
either  models  or  testing  of  DRGs  to 
include  physicians  in  Medicare  pay- 
ments. 

NJ  Hospital  Association  . . . 
Definition  of  a Health  Care  Facility 

. . . Agreed  to  accept  the  concept  of 
a dinner-meeting  format  with  the 
Board  of  Trustees  of  MSNJ  and 
NJHA  to  discuss  the  proposed  legis- 
lative definition  of  a health  care  fa- 
cility. 

Executive  Subcommittee,  Commit- 
tee on  Impaired  Physicians  . . . 

(1)  Restructure  of  the  Committee 

. . . Approved  the  restructuring  of 
the  Committee  on  Impaired  Phy- 
sicians to  include:  Executive  Sub- 
committee and  General  Committee 
Membership  (previously  referred  to 
as  panel  of  intervenors/monitors), 
with  Executive  Subcommittee  mem- 
bers meeting  four  times  a year  and 
the  General  Committee  members  to 
meet  at  least  twice  a year. 

(2)  Employment  of  a Certified  Al- 
coholism Counselor  . . . Approved 
the  following  recommendation: 

That  the  Board  of  Trustees  approve  the 
position  and  employment  of  a certified 
alcoholism  counselor  for  the  Impaired 
Physicians  Program. 

Special  Committee  on  Long-Range 
Planning  and  Development  . . . 
Direct  Candidacy  for  Elective  Of- 
fice . . . Approved  the  following  rec- 
ommendation: 

That  the  Nominating  Committee  de- 
velop a slate  of  two  candidates  for  the 
position  of  Judicial  Councilor. 

Disapproved  the  following  three  rec- 
ommendations: 


That  the  Nominating  Committee  de- 
velop a slate  of  two  candidates  for  the 
position  of  Treasurer. 

That  the  Nominating  Committee  de- 
velop a slate  of  two  candidates  for  the 
position  of  Secretary. 

That  the  Nominating  Committee  de- 
velop a slate  of  candidates  for  the  pos- 
ition of  Second  Vice-President. 

Disapproved  unanimously  the  fol- 
lowing two  recommendations: 

That  the  Nominating  Committee  de- 
velop a slate  of  two  candidates  for  the 
position  of  First  Vice-President. 

That  the  Nominating  Committee  de- 
velop a slate  of  two  candidates  for  the 
position  of  President-Elect. 

Was  not  in  favor  of  the  following  rec- 
ommendation: 

That  the  Nominating  Committee  de- 
velop a slate  of  two  candidates  for  each 
Trustee  position. 

Committee  on  Medical  Aspects  of 
Sports  . . . Approved  the  following 
recommendation: 

That  the  Commissioner  of  Education 
and  the  Division  of  Special  Needs  Handi- 
capped Education  be  urged  to  adopt 
guidelines  for  the  school  system  that  all 
Down’s  syndrome  children  be  required  to 
have  x-rays  of  the  cervical  spine,  to  evalu- 
ate the  presence  or  absence  of  the  atlan- 
toaxial condition  prior  to  being  per- 
mitted to  participate  in  any  activity  re- 
sulting in  hyperextension,  radical  flex- 
ion, or  direct  pressure  on  the  neck  or 
upper  spine. 

Specialty  Society  Representation 
in  MSNJ  House  of  Delegates  . . . 

Approved  the  seating  of  the  follow- 
ing specialty  societies  in  the  House 
of  Delegates:  New  Jersey  Chapter, 
American  College  of  Surgeons;  New 
Jersey  Orthopaedic  Society;  New  Jer- 
sey Society  of  Internal  Medicine; 
New  Jersey  Academy  of  Ophthal- 
mology and  Otolaryngology;  and 
Radiology  Society  of  New  Jersey.  Did 
not  approve  the  admission  of  the 
American  College  of  Physicians  of 
New  Jersey.  Approved  the  seating  of 
the  following  specialty  societies  in 
the  House  of  Delegates:  New  Jersey 
Dermatological  Society;  New  Jersey 
Gastroenterological  Society;  New 
Jersey  Neurosurgical  Society;  Neu- 
rological Association  of  New  Jersey; 
Urologic  Society  of  New  Jersey;  New 
Jersey  Society  of  Plastic  and  Re- 
constructive Surgeons;  New  Jersey 
Society  of  Thoracic  Surgeons;  and 
Oncology  Society  of  New  Jersey. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  4— APRIL  1984 


327 


Old  Business  . . . 

1985  Annual  Meeting  . . . Referred 
to  the  Committee  on  Annual  Meet- 
ing communications  from  Middle- 
sex County  Medical  Society,  Morris 
County  Medical  Society,  and  Passaic 
County  Medical  Society  concerning 
the  1985  Annual  Meeting,  and  a re- 
quest that  the  Committee  develop  a 
questionnaire  for  distribution  at  the 
upcoming  meeting  on  the  issue  of 
where  the  1985  Annual  Meeting 
should  be  held. 

(2)  Medicaid  Personal  Physician 
Plan  . . . Approved  the  recommen- 
dation that  MSNJ  does  not  endorse 
the  Medicaid  Personal  Physician 
Plan  being  tested  in  Morris,  Sussex, 
and  Warren  Counties.  Directed  that 
the  State  Commissioner  of  Human 
Services  be  advised  of  MSNJ's  pos- 
ition. 

(3)  Peer  Review  Organizations  . . . 

Referred  to  the  Ad  Hoc  Committee 
on  Study  of  PRO,  a communication 
from  Passaic  County  Medical  So- 
ciety expressing  opposition  to  MSNJ 
becoming  the  prime  contractor  for 
statewide  peer  review  organizations. 

New  Business: 

(1)  Membership  of  the  Committee 
on  Peer  Review  (DRG  Appeals)  . . . 

Directed  all  county  medical  societies 
be  notified  that  if  they  wish  rep- 
resentation on  the  Committee  on 
Peer  Review  (DRG  Appeals)  they 
should  name  an  individual  to  serve 
in  that  capacity,  to  be  appointed  by 
MSNJ’s  president. 

(2)  Proposed  Resolution  for  1984 
Annual  Meeting  . . . Approved  for 
submission  by  the  Board  to  the 
1984  House  of  Delegates  a reso- 
lution that  MSNJ  urges  individual 
physicians  to  pay  the  dues  of  their 
medical  assistants  to  the  American 
Association  of  Medical  Assistants- 
State  of  New  Jersey,  Inc. 

(3)  State  Board  of  Medical  Exam- 
iners Proposed  Rule  . . . Approved 
proposed  rule  N.JA.C.  13:35-2.13 — 
Limited  Privileges  and  Conditions  of 
Practice  Permitted  for  a Graduate 
Physician  Pending  Licensure;  the 
rule  would  allow  limited  privileges 
for  graduate  physicians  pending 
licensure. 


President’s  Column 

Alexander  D.  Kovacs,  M.D. 

How  many  are  aware  that  the 
United  States  is  more  socialistic 


than  other  western  countries  who 
formally  have  adopted  socialistic 
systems?  The  great  lie  of  socialism 
and  its  bedrock  foundation  is  the 
promise  to  provide  for  all  citizens 
equally.  We  all  know  that  all  men  are 
not  inherently  equal.  Our  Constitu- 
tion promises  only  the  right  to 
pursue  happiness.  Socialism  at- 
tempts to  make  all  people  equal 
through  redistribution  of  wealth. 


Alexander  D.  Kovaes,  M.D. 

France  and  England  are  examples 
of  structural  socialism  wherein  land 
and  the  maehineiy  of  production  are 
property  of  the  government  and  not 
of  the  individual.  In  the  United 
States,  we  have  functional  socialism 
which  is  more  subtle  and  dangerous 
to  our  liberty.  Equality  is  expected  to 
be  achieved  by  taxing  the  earners  of 
wealth  to  provide  benefits  for  the 
less  advantaged.  The  essence  of  the 
system  is  to  promote  social  justice 
by  imposing  and  collecting  huge 
taxes. 

Functional  socialism  almost  is  im- 
possible to  dismantle.  There  are  too 
many  bureaucrats,  welfare  groups, 
and  politicians  with  vested  interest 
in  continuing  the  redistribution  of 
wealth.  We  are  approaching  a total 
welfare  state  but  few  will  call  it  a 
socialistic  state. 

The  private  enterprise  system  is 
based  on  a realistic  appraisal  of 
human  nature.  Socialism  in  its  pure 
form  is  based  on  an  idealistic  con- 
ception of  that  nature.  In  this  coun- 
try, collectivist  authorities  use  legis- 
lative pressure  to  oblige  us  to  con- 
form to  the  ideal. 

The  private  enterprise  system  is 
one  of  individual  freedom.  No  one 
has  to  be  forced  to  act  in  his  own 
self-interest;  it  comes  naturally.  The 


system  is  more  productive  since 
each  person's  efforts  will  have  a 
great  measurable  effect  on  his  own 
situation.  In  the  collective  society, 
the  citizen  is  motivated  by  fear 
rather  than  by  any  hope  of  personal 
gain.  Proponents  of  such  systems 
promise  castles  in  the  air  and  deliver 
earthly  prisons.  Yet,  they  remain  ob- 
stinate in  their  error,  despite  dec- 
ades of  experience  which  prove  the 
inefficacy  of  the  system. 

What  has  this  to  do  with  medi- 
cine? Note  the  changes  occurring  in 
our  profession.  We  are  slowly  but 
surely  being  converted  into  a social- 
ized medical  system  via  cost  effec- 
tiveness, competitive  regulations, 
judges  and  juries,  politicians,  in- 
surance companies,  businesses,  and 
unions.  Eveiyone  preaches  quality 
medical  care,  no  one  wants  to  pay  for 
it. 


In  the  United  States,  regulations 
governing  the  practice  of  medicine 
and  the  provision  of  health  care 
have  become  burdensome,  inflexible, 
and  restrictive.  Misunderstanding, 
misinformation,  and  mistrust 
abound  and  there  is  a reluctance  on 
the  part  of  too  many  in  medicine  to 
actively  and  individually  counter 
this  destructive  situation.  We  are  so 
busy  protecting  and  promoting  our 
own  specialties  that  we  have  lost 
sight  of  the  overall  picture.  We  gen- 
erally have  been  unwilling  to  be  in- 
volved in  any  significant  effort  to 
help  sell  the  very  system  which  al- 
lows us  to  sell  our  services  to  the 
profit  of  our  patients  and  ourselves. 

We  must  stop  treating  public  rela- 
tions as  a side  issue.  We  must  meet 
the  challenge  of  enlisting  public 
support.  We  must  write  and  speak  to 
the  public  in  such  a way  that  the 
person  on  the  street  can  understand 
what  we  say.  We  must  provide  medi- 
cal care  at  reasonable  cost  and  dem- 
onstrate that  the  government  can- 
not do  the  job  for  less.  The  public 
must  be  taught  the  folly  of  tinkering 
with  the  system  by  calling  for  more 
government  intervention. 

Why  the  hostility  toward  physi- 
cians that  focuses  on  the  ability  to 
make  a good  living?  Why  does  the 
media  constantly  convey  that  we  are 
taking  bread  from  the  mouths  of  the 
poor?  Commentators  and  public  fig- 
ures like  Senator  Kennedy  portray 
us  in  the  national  media  as  money- 
hungry  professionals  with  no  regard 
for  the  health  of  our  patients.  Who 
mentions  the  lives  we  save  or  the 


i 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


328 


money  we  save  the  public  by  keeping 
them  well  and  productive? 

Can  we  alter  what  seems  to  be  the 
inexorable  cycle  of  events?  We  know 
what  has  happened  in  England  and 
elsewhere.  We  know  it,  yet  we  con- 
tinue to  march  toward  it.  Once  in 
America  we  did  take  charge  of  our 
destiny  and,  in  less  than  200  years, 
we  created  a standard  of  living 
which  had  never  been  dreamed  of  as 
possible.  We  must  be  willing  and 
proud  to  fight  for  freedom  again. 
There  can  be  no  personal  freedom, 
no  religious  freedom,  and  no  politi- 
cal freedom  without  economic  free- 
dom! We  must  win  the  battle  of 
ideas! 

To  those  who  say  there  is  nothing 
we  can  do,  I offer  the  words  of  Plato: 
“The  punishment  of  wise  people 
who  refuse  to  be  involved  in  the  af- 
fairs of  government  is  to  be  governed 
by  unwise  people.” 


UMDNJ  Notes 

Stanley  S.  Bergen,  Jr.,  M.D. 
President 

Obtaining  objective  data  for  the 
diagnosis  and  treatment  of  mental 
disorders  long  has  been  an  elusive 
goal  for  the  field  of  psychiatry.  Now, 
Leonide  Goldstein,  D.Sc.,  professor 
of  psychiatry  at  UMDNJ-Rutgers 
Medical  School,  feels  specialists  at 
the  Community  Mental  Health 
Center,  Piscataway,  are  a step  closer 
to  developing  an  objective  method. 

By  using  an  electroencephalogram 
(EEG),  a patient's  brain  waves  are 
amplified,  recorded  on  paper,  and 
fed  into  a computer  for  analysis.  In 
most  cases,  the  procedure  enables 
researchers  to  recognize  if  a person 
is  suffering  from  mental  illness  and, 
if  so,  what  kind.  The  EEG  also  charts 
what  changes — if  any— have  oc- 
curred as  a result  of  treatment. 

Electrodes  are  attached  to  six 
areas  of  the  scalp  and  patients  then 
are  asked  to  perform  one  of  a 
number  of  thinking  functions,  such 
as  concentrating  on  words  or  im- 
ages. 

Active  thinking  processes  result 
in  differently  directed  changes  be- 
tween the  activities  of  the  two 
cerebral  hemispheres.  In  paranoid 
schizophrenics,  for  example,  there  is 
a clear-cut  abnormality  in  the  left 
hemispheric  function.  They  perform 
visual  functions  well,  but  not  verbal 
ones.  In  patients  who  are  depressed, 


the  opposite  is  true.  The  right  hemi- 
spheric function  is  abnormal,  and 
they  perform  verbal  tasks  better 
than  those  of  a visual  nature. 

Once  the  mental  illness  and  its 
severity  are  diagnosed,  the  EEG 
then  is  used  to  test  the  efficacy  of 
treatment.  When  successful,  a re-es- 
tablishment  of  normal  brain  pat- 
terns during  drug  treatment  usually 
is  seen. 

A new  laboratory  at  UMDNJ- 
Rutgers  School,  Piscataway,  is 
providing  physicians  and  hospitals 
with  analysis  and  diagnosis  of  con- 
ditions ranging  from  acquired  im- 
munodeficiency syndrome  (AIDS) 
and  hepatitis  to  infertility  and 
cancer. 

Under  the  direction  of  Karel  F. 
Raska,  Jr.,  M.D.,  Ph.D.,  professor  of 
pathology  and  microbiology,  the 
diagnostic  laboratoiy  features  the 
state’s  only  operational  Cytofluoro- 
graf  available  for  direct  patient  care. 
Manufactured  by  Johnson  & John- 
son, the  instrument  provides  rapid 
analysis  reported  back  within  24 
hours,  and  the  laboratoiy  provides 
courier  service  throughout  the  state. 

By  marking  blood  specimens  with 
monoclonal  antibodies  tagged  with 
a dye  sensitive  to  the  machine’s  two 
lasers,  researchers  are  able  to  de- 
termine the  amount  of  specific 
lymphocyte  types  or  other  cell  types 
present  in  a patient’s  white  blood 
cells. 

The  clinical  immunology  division 
of  the  laboratory  currently  serves 
Middlesex  General-University  Hospi- 
tal and  St.  Peter's  Medical  Center, 
New  Brunswick,  as  well  as  Somerset 
Medical  Center,  Muhlenberg  Hospi- 
tal, and  the  VA  Hospital,  Lyons. 

A comprehensive  sickle  cell 
anemia  program  has  been  initiated 
at  the  Newark  campus  of  UMDNJ. 
Under  the  direction  of  Prakash 
Kaur,  M.D.,  assistant  professor  of 
pediatrics  at  UMDNJ-New  Jersey 
Medical  School,  the  endeavor  will 
combine  treatment,  education,  gen- 
etic counseling,  psychosocial  sup- 
port, screening,  and  clinical  and 
biomedical  research  in  its  battle 
against  this  inherited  blood  dis- 
order. 

The  disease  occurs  in  one  of  every 
500  to  600  births  among  black 
people. 

The  program  provides  clinical  care 
for  children  and  adolescents  under 
20  at  four  participating  Newark  hos- 
pitals: UMDNJ’s  University  Hospital, 


Children's  Hospital  of  United  Hospi- 
tals Medical  Center,  Newark  Beth  Is- 
rael Medical  Center,  and  Saint 
Michael’s  Medical  Center.  Education 
and  community  outreach  compo- 
nents are  being  coordinated  by  the 
Sickle  Cell  Foundation  of  New  Jer- 
sey. 

Currently,  the  key  catchment  area 
for  medical  care  is  Newark  and  the 
surrounding  communities.  Educa- 
tion, screening,  and  counseling  ef- 
forts will  blanket  Essex,  Hudson, 
Middlesex,  and  Union  counties,  and 
patient  referrals  will  be  accepted 
from  anywhere  in  the  state.  The  pri- 
mary inpatient  units  are  at  Univer- 
sity Hospital’s  hematology  service 
and  at  Children’s  Hospital,  both  of 
which  provide  around-the-clock  care 
to  patients. 

Children  with  the  disease  receive 
outpatient  care  for  routine  check- 
ups and  parental  consultation  every 
6 to  12  weeks.  An  afternoon  clinic 
has  been  started  so  that  children 
can  be  seen  after  school. 

The  sickle  cell  program  also  has 
an  educational  component  for  pro- 
fessionals, consisting  of  conferences 
and  lectures  on  cases  and  updates. 
Participants  are  physicians,  hospi- 
tal staff,  and  medical  students. 


MSNJ  Auxiliary 

Gale  Wayman 
President 

Several  months  ago,  while  reading 
The  Healing  Heart  by  Norman 
Cousins,  it  became  more  and  more 
apparent  that  this  book  would  be 
excellent  reading  for  the  medical 
community. 

Although  written  for  the  layman, 
this  book  addresses  many  of  the 
problems  that  face  the  physician 
today.  The  author  is  in  the  unique 
position  of  being  a member  of  the 
faculty  of  a medical  school,  UCLA 
Medical  School,  and  a patient  who 
suffered  a heart  attack  at  the  same 
institution.  Cousins’s  special  field  of 
study  has  been  the  biochemistiy  of 
emotion,  and  he  especially  is 
interested  in  the  way  attitudes  and 
emotions  can  bring  on  disease  or 
improve  the  prospects  of  recovery. 

The  author  has  articulated  many 
problems  that  face  the  physician 
and  gives  a new  way  of  meeting 
these  problems.  Today,  the  phy- 
sician deals  with  better  educated 
and  more  sophisticated  patients 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  4— APRIL  1984 


329 


who  want  to  participate  in  decision- 
making concerns  about  their  own 
health  care. 

"Health"  now  is  news!  Every  night 
on  television,  the  public  hears  about 
the  latest  medical  discoveries;  entire 
magazines  are  devoted  to  health; 
and  entire  stores  cater  to  health  care 
needs.  While  patients  are  partici- 
pating more  in  their  own  care,  they 
also  are  suing  more,  and  there  has 
been  an  eruption  of  malpractice 
suits.  At  the  same  time,  physicians 
are  expected  to  use  new  technology; 
they  also  are  expected  to  keep  health 
care  costs  down.  These  are  but  a few 
of  the  problems  that  are  addressed 
in  The  Healing  Heart.  It  may  not 
have  all  the  answers,  but  it  is  a great 
start! 

The  Auxiliary  will  have  this  book 
available  for  $10  to  sell  as  a fund- 
raiser during  the  convention  in  At- 
lantic City.  Please  look  for  it! 


AMNJ  Report 

Paul  J.  Hirsch,  M.D. 

President 

The  Board  of  Trustees  of  the 
Academy  of  Medicine  of  New  Jersey 
has  named  the  1984  recipients  of 
the  awards  which  will  be  presented 
at  our  Annual  Dinner  on  Wednes- 
day, May  23,  1984,  to  be  held  at  the 
Chanticler  in  Short  Hills. 

Alfred  A.  Alessi,  M.D.,  will  receive 
the  Edward  J.  Ill  Award  “presented 
annually  to  that  physician  of  New 
Jersey  who  merits  recognition  by 
the  Academy  for  distinguished  ser- 
vice as  a leader  in  the  medical  pro- 
fession and  in  the  community  at 
large."  Recent  recipients  have  in- 
cluded Doctors  Leon  Smith,  Arthur 
Krosnick,  James  Todd,  and  Arthur 
Bernstein.  Dr.  Alessi  is  a past  presi- 
dent of  the  Medical  Society  of  New 
Jersey,  and  is  an  AMA  delegate.  He 
also  is  chairman  of  the  Education 
Committee  of  the  Academy  of  Medi- 
cine. He  serves  on  many  boards  and 
committees,  and  is  a frequent 
speaker  on  topics  of  interest  to  the 
medical  community. 

The  Academy's  Citizen's  Award  is 
"presented  annually  to  that  citizen 
or  group  of  citizens  of  New  Jersey 
who  merit  recognition  by  the 
Academy  for  distinguished  service 
in  the  interest  of  the  health  and  wel- 
fare of  the  community  at  large."  The 
1984  Citizen's  Award  has  been 
granted  to  Congressman  James 


Courter.  Mr.  Courter  has  demon- 
strated an  overwhelming  commit- 
ment to  the  health  needs  of  the 
citizens  of  New  Jersey.  He  particu- 
larly has  been  active  in  efforts  to  in- 
crease public  awareness  and  fund- 
ing for  organ  transplants.  He  also 
has  been  very  much  concerned 
about  the  health  needs  of  the  elderly 
and  has  been  able  to  play  an  active 
role  in  this  problem  through  his 
position  on  the  House  Aging  Com- 
mittee. He  has  talked  before  Con- 
gress to  focus  attention  on  the 
tragedy  of  Alzheimer's  disease.  He 
also  has  been  active  in  efforts  to  deal 
with  drunken  driving  and  drug 
abuse.  He  has  worked  to  protect 
health  benefits  for  veterans,  and  has 
sponsored  legislation  expanding 
coverage  for  victims  of  Agent  Or- 
ange. 

The  Academy  of  Medicine’s  An- 
nual Dinner,  at  which  these  awards 
will  be  granted,  is  a major  event  in 
the  Academy’s  calendar.  Last  year, 
this  dinner  was  oversubscribed; 
many  requests  for  reservations  had 
to  be  declined.  We  expect  a similar 
large  number  this  year  to  honor 
these  outstanding  recipients. 

Mr.  Charles  Heitzmann,  Executive 
Director  of  the  Academy  of  Medicine, 
and  I attended  the  9th  Annual  Meet- 
ing of  the  Alliance  for  Continuing 
Medical  Education.  This  meeting 
focused  on  the  need  for  organiza- 
tions to  help  physicians  individ- 
ualize their  educational  programs, 
so  as  to  be  most  pertinent  to  their 
own  practices.  Our  approach  to 
CME  has  been  changing  rapidly,  be- 
cause of  the  same  pressures  that  af- 
fect other  aspects  of  medicine,  and 
because  of  advancing  technology. 
The  standard  approaches  of  meet- 
ings, conferences,  and  seminars 
(usually  large,  long,  and  far  away)  do 
not  seem  to  meet  the  needs  of  phy- 
sicians today.  Cost  factors  increas- 
ingly are  more  important.  Funding 
for  hospital  CME  programs  is  ex- 
pected to  diminish  under  the  federal 
DRG  system.  These  same  factors 
may  decrease  funds  available  to  full- 
time physicians  to  attend  educa- 
tional programs  which  require 
travel.  There  is  a trend  today  for 
education  to  be  closer  to  home,  to  be 
more  directly  related  to  the  individ- 
ual's practice,  and  to  use  modem 
technology.  Furthermore,  since  only 
about  6 percent  of  medical  mistakes 
relate  to  a lack  of  knowledge,  there 
is  agreement  that  CME  must  relate 


not  only  to  knowledge,  but  to  chang- 
ing behavior.  “Individualized  CME" 
may  include  counseling  services 
provided  by  organizations  to  help 
the  individual  detennine  those  pro- 
grams and  processes  which  are 
most  suitable  to  a specific  educa- 
tional need.  The  concept  of  tailoring 
CME  to  the  individual  physician  is 
not  a new  one,  but  it  is  gaining  in 
popularity  and  we  are  likely  to  hear 
more  of  it  in  the  future. 

The  speaker  at  the  Februaiy  First 
Wednesday  program  was  James 
Todd,  M.D.  On  March  7,  1984,  the 
First  Wednesday  speaker  was 
Charles  Whelan,  M.D.  His  topic  was, 
“Does  Governmental  Control  in  the 
Purchase  of  NMRs  Have  an  Impact 
on  the  Future  of  the  Private  Office 
Practice  of  Medicine?” 


New  Members 

The  Journal  would  like  to  wel- 
come the  following  members  to  the 
Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey: 

Bergen  County 

Hormoz  Ashtyani-Asl,  M.D.,  Fair 
Lawn 

JoAnne  Betta,  M.D.,  Tenafly 
Dennis  P.  Daut,  M.D.,  Ridgewood 
Sybil  E.  N.  Duchin,  M.D.,  Ridgewood 
Mitchell  S.  Engler,  M.D.,  Teaneek 
Ira  Esformes,  M.D.,  Westwood 
Edward  Fass,  M.D.,  Fort  Lee 
Martin  A.  Fechner,  M.D.,  Teaneek 
Howard  L.  Frey,  M.D.,  Midland  Park 
David  V.  Habif  Jr.,  M.D.,  Teaneek 
Hariy  D.  Harper,  M.D.,  Englewood 
Jerald  B.  Hershman,  M.D.,  Allendale 
Andrew  R.  Herzog,  M.D.,  Wyckoff 
George  B.  Leber,  M.D.,  Englewood 
John  M.  Lloyd,  M.D.,  Westwood 
Jacqueline  S.  Lustgarten,  M.D.,  River 
Edge 

Suri  B.  Ponamgi,  M.D.,  Fort  Lee 
Glenn  R.  Silbert,  M.D.,  Hackensack 
Robert  E.  Waidmann,  M.D.,  Fort  Lee 
Stanley  E.  Waintraub,  M.D., 
Englewood 

Steven  J.  Weisholtz,  M.D.,  Leonia 

Burlington  County 

Richard  M.  Goldstein,  M.D.,  Medford 
Lakes 

Vicky  LA.  Mitruka,  M.D.,  Willingboro 
Kenneth  D.  Schulner,  M.D., 
Willingboro 

Camden  County 

Ivan  F.  Ackerman,  M.D.,  Camden 
Clifford  J.  Ameduri,  M.D.,  Camden 
Frederick  L.  Ballet,  M.D., 

Haddonfield 


330 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Jessica  P.  Byrne,  M.D.,  Camden 
Carolyn  S.  Crawford,  M.D.,  Camden 
Elizabeth  Fond-DeLeon,  M.D., 
Camden 

M.  Arif  Hashmi,  M.D.,  Cheriy  Hill 
Emily  S.  Miller,  M.D.,  Haddon 
Heights 

Franklin  I.  Rosenberg,  M.D., 
Voorhees 

Cape  May  County 

Donald  F.  Lyle,  M.D.,  Ocean  City 

Cumberland  County 

Kathleen  W.  McNieholas,  M.D., 
Browns  Mills 

Steven  L.  Rodis,  M.D.,  Bridgeton 
Vincent  J.  Taormina  M.D.,  Cheriy 
Hill 

Essex  County 

Neil  H.  Adelman,  M.D.,  Millbum 
Kenneth  S.  Bannerman,  M.D.,  Glen 
Ridge 

Kenneth  Cubelli,  M.D.,  Fairfield 
Gaiy  C.  DeGrande,  M.D.,  Glen  Ridge 
Luis  M.  Guerra,  M.D.,  Belleville 
Thomasina  Ivey,  M.D.,  Newark 
Frank  L.  Kane,  M.D.,  Verona 
Dominick  J.  Ligresti,  M.D.,  Belleville 
Howard  Louis,  M.D.,  Upper 
Montclair 

Madhavi  N.  Maniar,  M.D.,  East 
Orange 

Bernard  J.  Manney,  M.D.,  Caldwell 
Daniel  D.  Manzi,  M.D.,  South  Orange 
Henry  J.  McCabe,  M.D.,  Maplewood 
William  Oppenheim,  M.D.,  Roseland 
Thomas  R.  Ortiz,  M.D.,  Verona 
Frank  T.  Padberg  Jr„  M.D.,  Newark 
Paul  Paroski  Jr„  M.D.,  Newark 
Barry  R Seidman,  M.D.,  Millbum 
Michael  P.  Wujciak,  M.D.,  Bloomfield 

Gloucester  County 

Robert  J.  Cales,  M.D.,  Mantua 
Karl  H.  Ebert,  M.D.,  Cheriy  Hill 
Lawrence  K.  Epple  Jr„  Woodbury 
Heights 

Hudson  County 

Subbian  Dharmalingam,  M.D., 
Mountainside 

Pierre  Guibor,  M.D.,  New  York,  NY 
Young  W.  Kim,  M.D.,  North  Bergen 
Joseph  Zicarelli,  M.D.,  Staten  Island, 
NY 

Hunterdon  County 

Gerald  E.  Batt,  M.D.,  Flemington 
Robert  G.  Coates,  M.D.,  Hampton 
Jeremy  C.  Hewens,  M.D.,  Milford 
Brian  M.  Quinn,  M.D.,  Flemington 

Mercer  County 

Byung-Kee  Bang,  M.D.,  Trenton 
Robert  S.  Collins,  M.D.,  Trenton 


Jay  R.  Goldstein,  M.D.,  Trenton 

Middlesex  County 

Gloria  A.  Baehmann,  M.D.,  Edison 
Young  K.  Cho,  M.D.,  Staten  Island, 
NY 

Leo  A.  Fabbro.  M.D.,  Metuchen 
Kerry  M.  Fagelman,  M.D.,  New 
Brunswick 

Stephen  J.  Gordon,  M.D.,  New 
Brunswick 

Malvin  S.  Keller,  M.D.,  Edison 
Sanford  L.  Klein,  M.D.,  New 
Brunswick 

Ashok  Kumar,  M.D.,  Highland  Park 
Wen  Jung  Lin,  M.D.,  Milltown 
Harold  V.  McKenna  M.D.,  South 
Amboy 

Erwin  Mermelstein,  M.D.,  Highland 
Park 

Arthur  Miller,  M.D.,  East  Brunswick 
Anthony  J.  Passannante  Jr.,  M.D., 
Metuchen 

Allan  B.  Plumser,  M.D.,  Somerset 
Andrew  B.  Sachere,  M.D.,  Somerset 
Peter  M.  Scholz,  M.D.,  New 
Brunswick 

Gregoiy  E.  Scott,  M.D.,  New 
Bmnswick 

Praful  M.  Shah,  M.D.,  Piscataway 
Edward  J.  Walkowski  Jr„  M.D.,  Old 
Bridge 

Monmouth  County 

Hugo  Jose  M.  Cerri,  M.D.,  Freehold 
Stephen  T.  Dudick,  M.D.,  Red  Bank 
Robert  G.  Josephberg,  M.D., 

Freehold 

Wai  Hung  Edmund  Kwong,  M.D., 
Red  Bank 

Kenneth  P.  Lipkowitz,  M.D.,  Howell 
William  K.  Power  Jr„  M.D.,  Ocean 
Grove 

Tsui  H.  Rangam,  M.D.,  Irvington 
Sanford  H.  Vemick,  M.D.,  Red  Bank 

Morris  County 

Mark  E.  Maletsky,  M.D.,  Rockaway 
Pradip  Sahdev,  M.D.,  Morristown 

Ocean  County 

Mathew  K.  Kandathil,  M.D., 
Lakewood 

Yeshavanath  P.  Nayak,  M.D.,  Toms 
River 

Joseph  P.  Padula,  M.D.,  Pt.  Pleasant 

Passaic  County 

Joseph  B.  Baratta,  M.D.,  Clifton 
Peter  M.  Crain,  M.D.,  Paterson 
Amir  Ghandchi,  M.D.,  Wayne 
James  M.  Hyde,  M.D.,  Paterson 
Ernest  D.  Kirrer,  M.D.,  Clifton 
Somchai  Kulwatdanaporn,  M.D., 
Paterson 

Jeffrey  I.  Marder,  M.D.,  Paterson 


Warren  L.  Maresca,  M.D.,  Paterson 
Evangelos  Megariotis,  M.D.,  Clifton 
Robert  A.  Schultz,  M.D.,  Paterson 
David  Scolnick,  M.D.,  Paterson 
Joseph  A Tarta,  M.D.,  Wayne 

Salem  County 

Domenic  F.  Coletta,  M.D.,  Salem 
Devendra  M.  Jani,  M.D.,  Salem 

Union  County 

Paul  J.  Camiol,  M.D.,  Summit 
Michel-Ange  Ferdinand,  M.D., 
Elizabeth 

Eve  Anne  Feret,  M.D.,  Newark 
Mark  S.  Gold,  M.D.,  Summit 
Ilia  Segal,  M.D.,  Hillside 
Michael  B.  Wax,  M.D.,  Summit 

Warren  County 

William  P.  Braun  III,  M.D., 
Phillipsburg 

IlaA.  Shal,  M.D.,  Phillipsburg 


Dennis  R.  Filippone:  The 
Maimonides  Award 
Recipient 

Congratulations  are  in  order  for 
Dennis  R.  Filippone,  M.D.  The  State 
of  Israel  Bonds-Medical  Arts 
Division  has  selected  him  for  its 
prestigious  Maimonides  Award.  The 
citation  reads:  “For  notable  leader- 
ship and  outstanding  participation 
in  the  Health  Professions  and  Ser- 
vice Division  of  Israel  Bonds  and  for 
devoted  support  of  the  vital  program 
to  develop  the  economy  of  the  state 
of  Israel  as  a means  of  realizing  its 
hopes  for  a future  of  peace  and  prog- 
ress.” 

Dr.  Filippone,  the  surgical  director 
of  the  Renal  Transplant  Service  at 
Saint  Barnabas  Medical  Center,  Liv- 
ingston, is  a member  of  our  Essex 
County  component  and  of  the 
American  Medical  Association.  He 
will  be  the  next  president-elect  of  the 
Academy  of  Medicine  of  New  Jersey.. 


Physicians  Seeking 
Location  in  New  Jersey 

The  following  physicians  have  writ- 
ten to  the  Executive  Offices  of  MSNJ 
seeking  information  on  possible  op- 
portunities for  practice  in  New  Jersey. 
The  information  listed  below  has  been 
supplied  by  the  physician.  If  you  are 
interested  in  any  further  information 
concerning  these  physicians,  we  sug- 
gest you  make  inquiries  directly  to 
them. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  4— APRIL  1984 


331 


ALCOHOLISM— George  W.  Miller  Jr., 
M.D..  77  Grove  St.,  Apt.  8,  Montclair,  NJ 
07042.  UMDNJ  1980.  Available  July 
1984. 

ANESTHESIOLOGY— Jan  Charles  1 lor 
row,  M.D.,  131  Pond  Brook  Rd„ 

Chestnut  Hill,  MA  02167.  Penn- 
sylvania 1977.  Board  certified.  Group, 
academia,  HMO.  Available. 

CARDIOLOGY— Aubrey  Orrin  Lewis, 
M.D.,  200  Carman  Ave„  Apt.  21-F,  East 
Meadow,  NY  11554.  SUNY-Syracuse 
1979.  Also,  general  internal  medicine. 
Board  certified  (IM).  Solo,  partnership, 
group,  academia  (cardiology).  Available 
July  1984. 

FAMILY  MEDICINE— Jaime  F.  Lara 
M.D.,  6045  Palisade  Ave.,  West  New 
York,  NJ  07093.  Seville  (Spain)  1979. 
Board  eligible.  Partnership  or  institu- 
tionally based.  Available. 


GASTROENTEROLOGY— Albert  M 
Harary,  M.D.,  2121  N.  Bayshore  Dr., 
Apt.  1001,  Miami,  FL  33137.  Columbia 
1978.  Also,  general  internal  medicine. 
Board  certified  (IM).  Group,  partner- 
ship, solo.  Available  July  1984. 
Prakash  V.  Huded,  M.D.,  80-15  41  Ave., 
# 606,  Elmhurst,  NY  1 1373.  Kamatak 
(India)  1970.  Board  certified.  Solo, 
group,  partnership.  Available. 

H.L.  Kirschenbaum,  M.D.,  780  Woolley 
Ave.,  Staten  Island,  NY  10314.  New 
York  Medical  College  1977.  Board 
eligible.  Also,  internal  medicine.  Part- 
nership, group,  full-time  hospital. 
Available  July  1984. 

Mark  F.  Tsai,  M.D.,  1715  Stanford  Dr., 
Columbia  MO  6520  L National  Taiwan 
University  1977.  Also,  internal  medi- 
cine. Board  certified.  Available  July 
1984. 

INTERNAL  MEDICINE— Nicholas 
Bertini,  M.D.,  663  Hudson  Ave.,  Albany, 


NY  12203.  SUNY-Buffalo  1980.  Board 
eligible.  Group,  partnership,  solo.  Avail- 
able June  1984. 

Harold  J.  Brown,  M.D.,  260  Eggerts  Rd., 
Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648.  UMDNJ  1982. 
Primary  care  clinic,  HMO,  group,  part- 
nership. Available  July  1985. 
Palamadai  S.  Duraiswami,  M.D.,  64-A 
Oneida  Ave.,  Centereach,  NY  11720. 
Stanley  Medical  College  (India)  1976. 
Board  eligible.  Available. 

Z.UA.  Farooqui,  M.D.,  Plaza  Pro- 
fessional Bldg.,  Bayshore  Rd.  and 
Greenwood  Ave.,  Box  238,  Villas,  NJ 
08251.  Aurangabad  Medical  College 
(India)  1972.  Board  eligible.  Group  or 
partnership.  Available. 

Elliott  Friedman,  M.D.,  25  Penny  La, 
Baltimore,  MD  21209.  SUNY-Syracuse 
1978.  Subspecialty,  endocrinology. 
Board  certified  (IM);  board  eligible  (M). 
Group  or  partnership  (both  special- 
ties). Available  July  1984. 

H.L.  Kirschenbaum,  M.D.,  780  Woolley 
Ave.,  Staten  Island,  NY  10314.  New 
York  Medical  College  1977.  Board 
eligible.  Also,  gastroenterology.  Part- 
nership, group,  full-time  hospital. 
Available  July  1984. 

Andrew  L.  Saporito,  Jr.,  M.D.,  28 
Grandview  Ave.,  West  Orange,  NJ 
07052.  Guadalajara  (Mexico)  1976. 
Group  or  partnership.  Available. 

Mark  F.  Tsai,  M.D.,  1715  Stanford  Dr., 
Columbia  MO  65201.  National  Taiwan 
University  1977.  Also,  gastroenter- 
ology. Board  certified.  Available  July 
1984. 

Steven  Wolinsky,  M.D.,  1404  E.  15  St., 
Brooklyn,  NY  1 1 230.  Case  Western  Re- 
serve 1980.  Group  or  partnership. 
Available  July  1984. 

NEPHROLOGY— Arvind  Mehta  M.D., 
8051  N.  Hanover  St.,  Anaheim,  CA 
92861.  Seth  G.S.  Medical  College 
(India)  1975.  Also,  internal  medicine. 
Board  eligible.  Solo,  group,  partner- 
ship. Available. 

NEUROLOGY— Elizabeth  Kamenar, 
M.D.,  12701  Shaker  Blvd.,  Apt.  410, 
Cleveland,  OH  44120.  Ohio  State  1975. 
Board  eligible.  Group,  partnership, 
academia  Available  July  1984. 

Robert  P.  Rubens,  M.D.,  105  Ward  St., 
Apt.  204,  Seattle,  WA  98109.  UMDNJ- 
New  Jersey  Medical  School  1980. 
Board  eligible.  Available  July  1984. 

OBSTETRICS/GYNECOLOGY— Alan  M. 
Askinas,  M.D.,  1309  Carrollton,  Apt. 
321,  Metairie,  LA  70005.  Illinois  1980. 
Board  eligible.  Group,  partnership, 
solo,  part  academia.  Available  July 
1984. 

OPHTHALMOLOGY— Steven  R Davis, 
M.D.,  1000  Lakeview  Rd.,  Clearwater, 
FL33516.  University  of  Alabama  1975. 
Board  certified.  Solo  or  association. 
Available. 

Andrew  Gewirtz,  M.D.,  519  Beach  133 
St.,  Belle  Harbor,  NY  11694.  Chicago 
1978.  Board  eligible.  Board  certified 
(PD).  Group  or  partnership.  Available 
July  1984. 


218th  Annual  Meeting 
May  2-6,  1984 

Resorts  International 
Atlantic  City,  New  Jersey 
Daily  Schedule 

Wednesday,  May  2,  1984 

3:30  p.m.— Board  of  Trustees’  Meeting 

7:00  p.m.— Officers'  Cocktail  Reception  followed  by  Dinner 

Thursday,  May  3,  1984 

9:00  am.— Registration  Opens 
2:00  p.m. — House  of  Delegates 

4:00  p.m.— Reference  Committees  (Three  Reference  Committee 
Meetings) 

Friday,  May  4,  1984 

7:30  am.— Registration  Opens 

9:00  am. —House  of  Delegates  (election) 

9:00  am.— Message  Center,  and  Scientific,  Informational,  and 
Insurance  Exhibits  Open 

12:00  noon— Golden  Merit  Award  Ceremony  followed  by  Reception 
2:30  p.m. — Reference  Committees  (Three  Reference  Committee 
Meetings) 

5:00  p.m. — JEMPAC  Political  Forum 

5:45  p.m.— JEMPAC  Wine  & Cheese  Reception 

Saturday,  May  5,  1984 

8:00  am. — Registration  Opens 

9:00  am. —Message  Center,  and  Scientific,  Informational,  and 
Insurance  Exhibits  Open 
9:00  a.m. — Scientific  Sessions 
12:00  noon — Luncheons 
1:00  p.rn.— Scientific  Sessions 

6:30  p.m.— Inaugural  Reception  followed  by  Inaugural  Dinner 

Sunday,  May  6,  1984 

6:30  am.— County  Society  Breakfast  Caucuses 
8:00  am. — Registration  Opens 

9:00  am. — Message  Center,  and  Scientific,  Informational,  and 
Insurance  Exhibits  Open 
9:00  am.— House  of  Delegates 
3:00  p.m.— Board  of  Trustees’  Meeting 


332 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


PATHOLOGY— Mark  A.  Grathwhol,  M.D., 
2510  West  Tremont  Ct„  Richmond,  VA 
23225.  NYU  1980.  Group.  Available 
July  1984. 

Yury  Kogan,  M.D.,  60  Egmont  St., 
Brookline,  MA  02146.  Moscow  1967. 
Hospital  or  group.  Available  July  1984. 

PEDIATRICS — Jonathon  J.  Evans,  M.D., 
1800  Calvin  Ct„  #6,  Iowa  City,  LA 
52240.  Univ.  of  Califomia-San  Diego 
1981.  Board  eligible.  Group  or  HMO. 
Available  July  1984. 

Kusumam  Sidharthan,  M.D.,  222 

Yorkshire  Ct„  Old  Bridge,  NJ  08857. 
Calicut  Medical  College  (India)  1976. 
Board  eligible.  Available  July  1984. 

PSYCHIATRY— Eric  M.  Levin,  M.D.,  43 
West  8th  St.,  Media,  PA  19063.  La  Fac- 
ulty Libre  de  Medicine  (Spain)  1980. 
Board  eligible.  Group,  institutionally 
based,  CMH  outpatient.  Available  July 
1984. 

PULMONARY  DISEASES— James 
Kohan,  M.D.,  19  Highmanor  Dr.,  Hen- 
rietta, NY  14467.  Virginia  1979.  Also, 
general  internal  medicine.  Board 
certified  (IM).  Group,  partnership,  solo, 
institutional.  Available  July  1984. 
Dinesh  Talati,  M.D.,  66-02  Grand  Cen- 
tral Pkwy.,  Forest  Hills,  NY  1 1375.  B.J. 
Medical  College  (India)  1974.  Board 
eligible.  Solo,  group,  partnership.  Avail- 
able July  1984. 

RADIOLOGY/NUCLEAR  MEDICINE— 

Conrad  P.  Erlich,  M.D.,  1243  Beacon 
St.,  Apt.  3B,  Brookline,  MA  02146.  Bos- 
ton 1976.  Board  certified.  Group  or 
partnership.  Available  July  1984. 
Mindy  M.  Horrow,  M.D.,  131  Pond 
Brook  Rd„  Chestnut  Hill,  MA  02167. 
Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania  1980. 
Board  eligible.  Group,  HMO,  academia. 
Available. 

RHEUMATOLOGY— Richard  Furie,  M.D., 
435  E.  70th  St„  Apt.  8-F,  New  York,  NY 
10021.  Cornell  1979.  Also,  general 
internal  medicine.  Board  certified  (IM). 
Group,  partnership,  solo.  Available  July 
1984. 

SURGERY,  GENERAL— F.  Andrew 
Morfesis,  M.D.,  7545  Rogers  Ave., 
Upper  Darby,  PA  19082.  Penn  State 
(Hershey)  1979.  Board  eligible.  Avail- 
able July  1984. 

SURGERY,  ORTHOPEDIC— Jeffrey  H. 
Charen,  M.D.,  155  Lexington  St.,  Apt. 
15,  Aubumdale,  MA  02166.  Rochester 

1978.  Board  eligible.  Group,  partner- 
ship, solo  (central  or  northern  NJ 
preferred).  Available. 

Richard  Lebovicz,  M.D.,  415  Grand  St., 
New  York,  NY  10002.  SUNY-Downstate 

1979.  Group  or  partnership.  Available 
July  1984. 

UROLOGY — Joseph  G.  Colonna,  M.D., 
1234  Van  Voorhis  Rd„  Apt.  C-6, 
Morgantown,  WV  26505.  Guadalajara 
(Mexico)  1977.  Board  eligible.  Group  or 
partnership.  Available  October  1984. 


A peripheral 
vasodilator 

for  treatment  of 

leg  cramps 
cold  feet 
tinnitus 
discomfort  on 
standing 


LIPO-NSCIN 

Nicotinic  Acid  Therapy 

For  patient’s 

comfort/convenience 

in  choice  of 

3 strengths 


Gradual  Release 

LIPO-NICIN®/300  mg. 

Each  time-release  capsule  con- 


tains: 

Nicotinic  Acid  300  mg. 

Ascorbic  Acid 150  mg. 

Thiamine  HCL  (B-1) 25  mg. 

Riboflavin  (B-2) 2 mg. 

Pyridoxine  HCL(B-6) 10  mg. 


in  a special  base  of  prolonged 
therapeutic  effect. 

DOSE:  1 to  2 tablets  daily. 
AVAILABLE:  Bottles  of  100,  500. 


Immediate  Release 

LIPO-NICIN®/250  mg. 

Each  yellow  tablet  contains: 


Nicotinic  Acid  250  mg. 

Niacinamide 75  mg. 

Ascorbic  Acid 150  mg. 

Thiamine  HCL  (B-1) 25  mg. 

Riboflavin  (B-2) 2 mg. 

Pyridoxine  HCL  (B-6) 10  mg. 

DOSE:  1 to  3 tablets  daily. 
AVAILABLE:  Bottles  of  100,  500. 


LIPO-NICIN®/100 


mg. 


Each  blue  tablet  contains: 


Nicotinic  Acid  100  mg. 

Niacinamide 75  mg. 

Ascorbic  Acid 150  mg. 

Thiamine  HCL  (B-1) 25  mg. 

Riboflavin  (B-2) 2 mg 

Pyridoxine  HCL  (B-6) 10  mg 


DOSE:  1 to  5 tablets  daily. 
AVAILABLE:  Bottles  of  100,  500. 


Indications:  For  use  as  a vasodi- 
lator in  the  symptoms  of  cold 
feet,  leg  cramps,  dizziness, 
memory  loss  or  tinnitus  when 
associated  with  impaired  peri- 
pheral circulation.  Also  provides 
concomitant  administration  of 
the  listed  vitamins.  The  warm 
tingling  flush  which  may  follow 
each  dose  of  LIPO-NICIN®  100 
mg.  or  250  mp.  is  one  of  the 
therapeutic  effects  that  often 
produce  psychological  benefits 
to  the  patient. 

Side  Effects:  Transient  flushing 
and  feeling  of  warmth  seldom  re- 
quire discontinuation  of  the  drug. 
Transient  headache,  itching  and 
tingling,  skin  rash,  allergies  and 
gastric  disturbance  may  occur. 

Contraindications:  Patients  with 
known  idiosyncrasy  to  nicotinic 
acid  or  other  components  of  the 
drug.  Use  with  caution  in  preg- 
nant patients  and  patients  with 
glaucoma,  severe  diabetes,  im- 
paired liver  function,  peptic  ul- 
cers, and  arterial  bleeding 


Write  for  literature  and  samples 


THE  BROWN  PHARMACEUTICAL  CO.,  INC. 
2500  West  Sixth  Street,  Los  Angeles,  California  90057 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  4— APRIL  1984 


Housing  Application 

218th  ANNUAL  MEETING 
THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 

MAY  3-6,  1984 


Single 

Twin 

Suites 

Resorts  International 
(headquarters  hotel) 

$80.00 

$80.00 

$1 71 /$250 

Harrah’s  Marina  Hotel  Casino 

$75.00 

$75.00 

World  International  Hotel/Motel 

$58.00 

$58.00 

Lafayette  Motor  Inn 

$58.00 

$58.00 

Rates  subject  to  12%  state  and  local  taxes;  tax  subject  to  change. 


All  hotel  reservations  for  the  218th  Annual  Meeting  of  MSNJ  will  be  handled  by  the  Atlantic  City  Convention 
Bureau.  Please  send  your  housing  application  with  your  1st,  2nd,  and  3rd  choices  directly  to  the  Bureau,  16  Central 
Pier,  Atlantic  City,  NJ  08401.  All  Delegates  and  Members  are  urged  to  make  their  hotel  reservations  early.  Blocks 
of  rooms  will  be  available  at  Resorts  International  (headquarters  hotel),  Lafayette  Motor  Inn,  World  International 
Hotel/Motel,  and  Harrah’s  Marina  Hotel  Casino.  The  cut-off  date  for  reservations  will  be  April  6,  1984.  Reservations 
cannot  be  guaranteed  after  this  date.  No  Saturday  arrivals  please.  All  registrants  will  be  charged  for  three  nights: 
Thursday,  Friday,  and  Saturday,  May  3,  4,  and  5,  1984. 


MAIL  THIS  APPLICATION  DIRECTLY  TO  THE  ATLANTIC  CITY  CONVENTION  BUREAU 

16  Central  Pier 
Atlantic  City,  NJ  08401 

Please  list  1st,  2nd,  and  3rd  choices;  confirmation  will  come  directly  from  hotel. 

1st  Choice 2nd  Choice 

3rd  Choice  

Accommodations  desired:  □ Single  □ Twin  □ Suite  Parlor  & 1 Bedroom 

□ Suite  Parlor  & 2 Bedrooms 


Name 

Address 

City 

Phone 

Will  arrive Time 

date 

□ Check  if  Official  Delegate  


334 


State  Zip 


Will  depart Time 

date 

County 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Report  of  the  Nominating  Committee 


Offices  To  Be  Filled  By  Election— 1984 Annual  Meeting 


Office 

Term 

Nominee  and  County 

President-Elect 

1 year 

Ralph  J.  Fioretti,  M.D.,  Bergen 

First  Vice-President 

1 year 

Edward  A.  Schauer,  M.D.,  Monmouth 

2nd  Vice-President 

1 year 

Hariy  M.  Carnes,  M.D.,  Camden 

Trustees: 

1st  District 

3 years 

Douglas  M.  Costabile,  M.D.,  Union 

1st  District 

3 years 

Bernard  Robins,  M.D.,  Essex 

2nd  District 

3 years 

Carl  Restivo,  Jr„  M.D.,  Hudson 

2nd  District 

3 years 

Gerald  H.  Rozan,  M.D.,  Passaic 

3rd  District 

3 years 

Michael  M.  Heeg,  M.D.,  Mercer 

3rd  District 

3 years 

Palma  E.  Formica,  M.D.,  Middlesex 

4th  District 

3 years 

John  P.  Kengeter,  M.D.,  Ocean 

Judicial  Councilors: 

3rd  District 

1 year 

Frank  Campo,  M.D.,  Mercer 

1st  District 

3 years 

Edward  M.  Coe,  M.D.,  Union 

4th  District 

3 years 

Frederick  W.  Durham,  Camden 

AMA  Delegates: 

2 years 

Alfred  A,  Alessi,  M.D.,  Bergen 

2 years 

Frederick  W.  Durham,  M.D,  Camden 

2 years 

Palma  E.  Formica  M.D.,  Middlesex 

2 years 

Karl  T.  Franzoni,  M.D.,  Mercer 

2 years 

John  S.  Madara,  M.D.,  Salem 

2 years 

Hemy  J.  Mineur,  M.D.,  Union 

AMA  Alternate  Delegates: 

Vi  year* 

Joseph  A.  Riggs,  M.D.,  Camden 

2 years 

Joseph  A.  Riggs,  M.D.,  Camden 

2 years 

Augustus  L.  Baker,  Jr„  M.D.,  Morris 

2 years 

Charles  S.  Krueger,  M.D.,  Burlington 

2 years 

Carl  A.  Restivo,  Sr„  M.D.,  Hudson 

2 years 

Robert  H,  Stackpole,  M.D.,  Union 

Delegates  and  Alternate  Delegates  to  Other  States: 

New  York: 

Delegate 

1 year 

F.  Sterling  Brown,  M.D.,  Atlantic 

Alternate 

1 year 

John  J.  Pastore,  M.D.,  Cumberland 

Connecticut: 

Delegate 

1 year 

Frank  R Romano,  Sr„  M.D.,  Union 

Alternate 

1 year 

Gastone  A.  Milano,  M.D.,  Altantic 

Administrative  Councils: 

Legislation: 

5th  District 

3 years 

L.  Willis  Allen,  M.D.,  Cumberland 

6th  Member 

3 years 

Howard  H.  Lehr,  M.D.,  Union 

Medical  Services: 

5th  District 

3 years 

John  J.  Pastore,  M.D.,  Cumberland 

6th  Member 

3 years 

Frank  A Wolf,  M.D.,  Warren 

Mental  Health: 

3rd  District 

3 years 

Joseph  J.  Kline,  M.D.,  Mercer 

6th  Member 

3 years 

William  R.  Nadel,  M.D.,  Union 

Public  Health: 

5th  District 

3 years 

Narasimhaloo  Venugopal,  M.D.,  Cumberland 

6th  Member 

3 years 

Glenn  P.  Lambert,  M.D.,  Hunterdon 

Public  Relations: 

2nd  District 

3 years 

Joseph  W.  Bitsack,  M.D.,  Bergen 

5th  District 

3 years 

John  J.  Pastore,  M.D.,  Cumberland 

Standing  Committees: 

Annual  Meeting 

3 years 

Thomas  J.  Connolly,  Jr„  M.D.,  Hudson 

Auxiliary  Advisory 

3 years 

J.  James  Pegues,  M.D.,  Burlington 

Finance  and  Budget 

3 years 

Harry  M.  Carnes,  M.D.,  Camden 

Medical  Defense  and  Insurance 

3 years 

E.  Arthur  Kratzman,  M.D.,  Union 

Medical  Education 

3 years 

Edwin  W.  Messey,  M.D.,  Burlington 

Publication 

3 years 

Dirck  L.  Brendlinger,  M.D.,  Burlington 

*Unexpired  term  of  Daniel  J.  O'Regan,  M.D.,  deceased 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  4— APRIL  1984 


335 


ANNUAL  AWARDS  DINNER 

of 

THE  ACADEMY  OF  MEDICINE 
OF  NEW  JERSEY 

Wednesday,  May  23,  1984 
6:00  P.M. 

at 

THE  CHANTICLER 
Short  Hills,  New  Jersey 

1984  AWARD  RECIPIENTS 

EDWARD  J.  ILL  AWARD 

ALFRED  A.  ALESSI,  M.D. 

CITIZENS  AWARD 

CONGRESSMAN  JAMES  COURTER 

(R-12th  District) 

For  further  information,  please  contact: 

6emyo/.  EXECUTIVE  OFFICES 

The  Academy  of  Medicine  of  New  Jersey 
5 Two  Princess  Road 
n Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648 
of  New  Jersey  (609)  896-1717 


June  16,  1984 

4th  Annual  Advances 
in  Gastroenterology 


Golden  Nugget  Hotel 
Atlantic  City,  New  Jersey 


Sponsored  by  the  Gastrointestinal  Section 
of  the  Hospital  of  the 
University  of  Pennsylvania 
and 

the  Continuing  Medical  Education 
Department  of  the 
Underwood  Memorial  Hospital 
Woodbury,  New  Jersey 

Category  1 credit  offered 


Information:  Registration  Supervisor,  SLACK  In- 
corporated, 6900  Grove  Road,  Thorofare, 
New  Jersey  08086,  609-848-1000 


. . University  of  Pennsylvania 
School  of  Medicine 


336 


II  1C  IHIIII  nf  it: 
IWSIMfl'S  E llllil 


Course  Director:  Patrick  B.  Storey,  M.D. 

Associate  Dean  for  Continuing 
Medical  Education 

A 3-day  program  that  will  provide  you,  the  practic 
ing  physician,  with  the  information  you  need  to 
make  informed  judgments  about  automating  your 
office. 

Approved  for  18  Category  1 credit 
hours  of  the  Physician's  Recogni- 
tion Award  of  the  American  Medical 
Association  and  18  prescribed 
hours  by  the  AAFP. 

For  further  information,  contact: 

Haney  Wink,  Program  Director 

Continuing  Medical  Education 

(215)  898-8005 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


CME  CALENDAR 


The  following  is  a list  of 
continuing  medical 
education  courses  for  the 
next  two  months.  Contact 
the  sponsoring 
organization  for  further 
information. 


This  list  is  compiled  through  the  coop- 
eration of  the  Committee  on  Medical 
Education  of  the  Medical  Society  of  New 
Jersey,  the  Academy  of  Medicine  of  New 
Jersey,  the  New  Jersey  Chapter  of  the 
American  Academy  of  Family  Phy- 
sicians, and  the  Office  of  Continuing 
Medical  Education  of  the  UMDNJ.  For 
information  on  accreditation,  please 
contact  the  sponsoring  organization (s), 
indicated  by  italics— last  line  of  each 
item. 

ANESTHESIOLOGY 

May 

1 Anesthesia  Lectures 

8 4-5  P.M. — NJ  Medical  School. 

15  Newark 

22  (UMDNJ) 

2 Anesthesia  Grand  Rounds 

9 4-5  P.M. —University  Hospital, 

16  Newark 

23  (UMDNJ) 

30 

7 Anesthesia  Lectures 

14  7-8  A.M.— NJ  Medical  School, 

21  Newark 
(UMDNJ) 

June 

4 Anesthesia  Lectures 

11  7-8A.M. — NJ  Medical  School, 

18  Newark 

25  (UMDNJ) 

5 Anesthesia  Lectures 

12  4-5  P.M. — NJ  Medical  School, 

19  Newark 

26  (UMDNJ) 

6 Anesthesia  Grand  Rounds 

13  4-5  P.M. — University  Hospital, 

20  Newark 

27  (UMDNJ) 


CARDIOLOGY 

May 

1 Vascular  Conference 

9 4-5  P.M. — NJ  Medical  School 

16  MSB  C 600 
23  (UMDNJ) 

30 

2 Recent  Advances  in 
Echocardiology 

1  -2:30  P.M. —Christ  Hospital,  Jersey 
City 

(Christ  Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

2  Cardiovascular  Evaluation  and 
Treatment  of  Patients  with 
Recurrent  Syncope 

9-1 1 P.M. — Middlesex  General 
Hospital.  New  Brunswick 
(Middlesex  General-University 
Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

5 Advanced  Echocardiography 

6 9 A.M. -5  P.M. —Center  for  Health 
Affairs,  Princeton 

(The  National  Foundation  JorNon- 
invasive  Diagnostics  and  AMNJ) 

9 Preventive  Cardiology  Seminar 

23  12  noon- 1 P.M. —NJ  Medical  School, 

Newark 
(UMNDJ) 

19  Prosthetic  Cardiac  Valves 

20  Summary  of  M-Mode,  2D,  and 
Doppler  Echo  Features  for 
Acquired  and  Congenital  Cardiac 
Lesions 

9 A.M.-5:30  P.M. — Nassau  Inn, 
Princeton 

(Practical  Diagnostic  Ultrasound 
Seminars  and  AMNJ) 

June 

6 Preventive  Cardiology  Seminar 

20  1 2 noon- 1 P.M. — NJ  Medical  School, 

Newark 
(UMDNJ) 

6 Vascular  Conference 

13  4-5  P.M. — NJ  Medical  School, 

20  Newark 
27  (UMDNJ) 

6 Cardiac  Arrhythmias 

I -2:30  P.M. —Christ  Hospital,  Jersey 
City 

(Christ  Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

MEDICINE 

May 

1 Strokes,  C.V.A.— Post  and  Rehab 
Care 

I I A.M.-12  noon— Greystone  Park 
Psychiatric  Hospital 
(Greystone  Park  Psychiatric 
Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

2 Medical  Grand  Rounds 

1 1:30  A.M. — VA  Medical  Center, 

East  Orange 

(Endocrinology  Section,  AMNJ) 

2  Alcoholism 

1:30  P.M. —Essex  County  Hospital 
Center,  Cedar  Grove 
(AMNJ) 

2 William  P.  Burpeau  Award  Dinner 
and  Memorial  Lecture 

6:30  P.M. —The  Manor,  West  Orange 
(Urology  Section,  AMNJ) 

2 Occupational  Medicine  for  the 
Primary  Physician 
30  Cancer  Emergencies 


1 :30-2:30  P.M. — Rutgers 
Community  Health  Plan,  57  U.S. 
Hwy.  **\,  New  Brunswick 
(Rutgers  Community  Health  Plan 
and  AMNJ) 

2 Endocrine  Conferences 

9 3:30-5  P.M. — Rotates  between 

16  Newark  Beth  Israel  Medical  Ctr., 

23  University  Hospital,  Newark,  and 
30  United  Hospitals  Medical  Ctr., 

Newark,  and  VA  Medical  Ctr.,  East 
Orange 

(Endocrinology  Section,  AMNJ) 

2 Rehabilitation  Medicine 

9 4: 1 5-5: 1 5 P.M. — Kessler  Institute, 

16  West  Orange 

23  (UMDNJ) 

30 

3 Digestive  Disease  I 

10  8-9  A.M. — NJ  Medical  School, 

17  Newark 

24  (UMDNJ) 

31 

3  Allergy,  Immunology  Lecture 

10  1 1 A.M.-12  noon — Children's 

17  Hospital,  Newark 
24  (UMDNJ) 

31 

3  Fever  of  Unknown  Origin  in  the 
1980s 

24  Carcinoma  of  the  Colon 

1 1  A.M. — St.  Joseph’s  Hospital  and 
Medical  Center.  Paterson 
(St.  Joseph's  Hospital  and  Medical 
Center  and  AMNJ) 

3  Recurrent  Abdominal  Pain 

9 A.M. — Freehold  Area  Hospital 
(AMNJ) 

3  Medical  Grand  Rounds 

9:30  A.M. —Newark  Beth  Israel 
Medical  Ctr. 

(Endocrinology  Section,  AMNJ) 

3 Chemotherapy 

4-6  P.M.— Institute  for  Medical 
Research,  Copewood  Street, 

Camden 

(Institute Jor  Medical  Research  and 
AMNJ) 

3-  21 8th  Annual  Meeting 

6 Resorts  International,  Atlantic  City 
(Medical  Society  oj New  Jersey 
and  AMNJ) 

4 Medical  Grand  Rounds 

1 1:30  A.M. — University  Hospital, 
Newark 

(Endocrinology  Section,  AMNJ) 

4  Renal  Conferences  in  Nephrology 

18  4-5  P.M. — UMDNJ-University 
Hospital,  Newark 
(Nephrology  Society  oJNJ  and 
Nephrology  Section,  AMA) 

4  Dept,  of  Medicine  Grand  Rounds 

11  1 1 :30  A.M.- 1 P.M.— NJ  Medical 
18  School,  Newark 

25  (UMDNJ) 

4  Grand  Rounds  in  Rehabilitation 

1:30-2:30  P.M. —Rotates  between 
University  Hospital,  Newark, 

Kessler  Institute,  West  Orange,  and 
Children’s  Specialized  Hospital, 
Westfield 
(UMDNJ) 

4  Urology  Grand  Rounds 

1 1 3-5  P.M. — NJ  Medical  School, 

18  Newark 
25  (UMDNJ) 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  4— APRIL  1984 


337 


LIKOFF  CARDIOVASCULAR  INSTITUTE 

of  Hahnemann  Medical  College  & Hospital 

230  N.  Broad  Street,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania  19102  (215)  448-8063 


IS 

CARDIOLOGY  UPDATE.  . . 

IS  DESIGNED  FOR  THE  PHYSICIAN  AND  PROVIDES  AN  INTENSIVE  SURVEY  OF  THE 
CURRENT  STATUS  OF  CLINICAL  CARDIOLOGY.  . . 


WEDNESDAY,  MAY  2,  1984 

CORONARY  ARTERY 
BYPASS  GRAFTING 

Moderator:  Bernard  L.  Segal,  M.D. 

3:00  Case  Presentation/Stanley  Spitzer,  M.D. 

3:30  Coronary  Artery  Surgery  for  Patients  with  Single,  Double,  and  Triple  Coronary 
Vessel  Disease:  Indications  and  Results/Bernard  L.  Segal,  M.D. 

4:00  Coronary  Artery  Vasoconstriction:  Etiology  Assessment  and  Management/ 

Charles  E.  Bemis,  M.D. 

4:30  Rehabilitation  of  the  Patient  After  Coronary  Bypass/David  T.  Lowenthal,  M.D. 

5:00  The  Management  of  Patients  with  Recurrent  Angina  After  Coronary  Bypass 
Operation/Morris  N.  Kotler,  M.D. 


5:30  Panel  Discussion 


LECTURE  HALL  “A”— 2nd  floor  New  College  Building,  Hahnemann  University 
15th  and  Vine  Streets,  Philadelphia,  PA 

• NO  REGISTRATION  FEE  • NO  ADVANCE  REGISTRATION  REQUIRED  • 
• CME  CATEGORY  I CREDITS  CERTIFIED  • 


**WINE  & CHEESE  SERVED  FOLLOWING  EACH  SESSION** 


338 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


8 


9 


15 


15 


15 

15 

29 

15 

16 

16 


16 


16 

23 


17 


18 

19 


30 


30 


VOL. 


Principles  of  Hyperalimentation 
in  Trauma  Patients 

7-9  A.M.— Hackensack  Medical 
Center 

( Hackensack  Medical  Center  and 
AMNJ ) 

Glycosylated  Hemoglobin  and 
Home  Glucose  Monitoring 

1 -2:30  P.M. — VA  Medical  Center, 
Lyons 

(VA  Medical  Center  and  AMNJ) 

Newer  Concepts  in  CPR 

12:00  noon — St.  Mary’s  Hospital, 
Orange 
(AMNJ) 

Drugs  and  Water  Metabolism 

4- 5  P.M. — Academic  Health  Science 
Ctr.,  Rm.  393,  New  Brunswick 
(UMDNJ  and  AMNJ) 

Renal  Hormone  Resistant  States 

7-8  P.M. — Ramada  Inn,  Clark 
(Nephrology  Society  of  NJ  and 
AMNJ) 

AIDS /Herpes 

Clinical  Treatment  of  Headache 

1 1 A.M.  1 2 noon — Greystone  Park 
Psychiatric  Hospital 
(Greystone  Park  Psychiatric 
Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

IVP  Conference 

5- 7  P.M. — East  Orange  VA  Hospital 
(UMDNJ) 

Interhospital  Rheumatology 
Rounds 

4:30-6  P.M. — University  Hospital, 

Newark 

(UMDNJ) 

Drugs,  Alcohol,  and  Pregnant 
Women 

8:30  A M. -3: 1 5 P.M. — Monmouth 
Medical  Ctr.,  Long  Branch 
(Div.  of  Alcoholism,  NJ  State  Dept, 
of  Health,  and  AMNJ) 

Dermatological  Conferences 

6- 9  P.M. — Rutgers  Community 
Health  Plan,  57  U.S.  Hwy.  **  1 , New 
Brunswick 

(UMDNJ -Rutgers  Medical  School 
and  AMNJ) 

Modem  Medical  Genetics 
Diseases  of  Mucous  Membrane 

10:30-12  noon — St.  Mary's 
Hospital,  Passaic 
(St.  Mary's  Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

Newer  Concepts  in  Sarcoidosis 

5-6:30  P.M. —Somerset  Medical 
Center,  Somerville 
(Somerset  Medical  Center  and 
AMNJ) 

Clinical  Concerns  in 
Hemodialysis  Patients 

8: 1 5 A.M.-5  P.M. 

8A.M.-1  P.M.— New  York  Hilton 
Hotel,  New  York  City 
(Nephrology  Society  of  NJ  and 
AMNJ) 

Gastrointestinal  Bleeding 

10:30  A.M.- 1 2 noon — St.  Mary’s 
I lospital.  Passaic 
(AMNJ) 

Hepatic  Metabolic  Complications 
of  Alcoholism 

1 -2:30  P.M. — VA  Medical  Ct  r.,  Lyons 
Bldg.  93 

(VA  Medical  Ctr.  arid  AMNJ) 


3 1 How  To  Live  To  Be  1 00 

1 1 A.M. — St.  Joseph’s  Hospital  and 
Medical  Center,  Paterson 
(St.  Joseph's  Hospital  and  Medical 
Center  and  AMNJ) 

June 

1 Urology  Grand  Rounds 

8 3-5  P.M.— NJ  Medical  School, 

15  Newark 
22  (UMDNJ) 

29 

1 Renal  Conferences  in  Nephrology 

15  4-5  P.M. — University  Hospital, 

Newark 

(Nephrology  Society  ofNJ  and 
Nephrology  Section,  AMNJ) 

1 Grand  Rounds  in  Rehabilitation 

1 :30-2:30  P.M. — Rotates  between 
University  Hospital,  Newark, 

Kessler  Institute,  West  Orange,  and 
Children's  Specialized  I lospital, 
Westfield 
(UMDNJ) 

1 Dept,  of  Medicine  Grand  Rounds 

8 1 1 :30  A.M .- 1 P.M. — NJ  Medical 

15  School,  Newark 
22  (UMDNJ) 

29 

6 Endocrine  Conferences 

13  3:30-5  P.M. — Rotates  between 

20  Newark  Beth  Israel  Medical 
27  Center,  University  Hospital, 

Newark,  and  United  Hospitals 
Medical  Ctr.,  Newark,  and  VA 
Medical  Center,  E.  Orange 
(Endocrinology  Section,  AMNJ) 

6 Rehabilitation  Medicine 

13  4: 1 5-5: 1 5 P.M. —Kessler  Institute, 

20  West  Orange 

27  (UMDNJ) 

6 Medical  Grand  Rounds 

1 1 :30  A.M. — VA  Medical  Ct  r„  East 
Orange 

(Endocrinology  Section,  AMNJ) 

6 Gastrointestinal  Bleeding 

1:30-2:30  P.M. — Essex  County 
Hospital,  Cedar  Grove 
(Essex  County  Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

6 Therapeutic  Controversies  in  GI 
Diseases 

1:30-5  P.M. — Saint  Barnabas 
Medical  Ctr..  Livingston 
(NJ  Gastroenterological  Society 
and  AMNJ) 

6 Common  Allergy  Problems 

20  Inflammatory  Bowel  Disease 

1 :30-2:30  P.M. — Rutgers 
Community  Health  Plan,  57  U.S. 
Hwy.  1 . New  Brunswick 
(Rutgers  Community  Health  Plan 
and  AMNJ) 

7 Digestive  Disease  I 

14  8-9  A.M. — NJ  Medical  School, 

21  Newark 

28  (UMDNJ) 

7 Digestive  Diseases  II 

14  9- 10  A.M. — NJ  Medical  School, 

21  Newark 
28  (UMDNJ) 

7 Allergy,  Immunology  Lecture 

14  1 1 A.M  12  noon — Children’s 

21  Hospital,  Newark 
28  (UMDNJ) 

7 Management  of  Short  Stature 


9 A.M. — Freehold  Area  Hospital 
(AMNJ) 

7 Medical  Grand  Rounds 

9:30  A.M. —Newark  Beth  Israel 
Medical  Center 

(Endocrinology  Section,  AMNJ) 

7 Irritable  Bowel  Syndrome 

1 1 A.M. — St.  Joseph's  Hospital  and 
Medical  Center,  Paterson 
(St.  Joseph's  Hospital  and  Medical 
Center  and  AMNJ) 

8 Medical  Grand  Rounds 

1 1:30  A.M. — UMDNJ-University 
Hospital,  Newark 
(Endocrinology  Section,  AMNJ) 

12  Fluid  and  Electrolyte  Imbalance 

1 1 A.M.  12  noon— Greystone  Park 
Psychiatric  Hospital 
(Greystone  Park  Psychiatric 
Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

14  Rheumatology  Update 

12  noon-1  P.M. — Carrier 
Foundation,  Belle  Mead 
(Carrier  Foundation  and  AMNJ) 

19  Continuous  Arteriovenous 
Hemofiltration 

4- 5  P.M  — Academic  Health  Science 
Center,  New  Brunswick 
(UMDNJ  and  AMNJ) 

19  IVP  Conference 

5- 7  P.M. — East  Orange  VA  Hospital 
(UMDNJ) 

20  Interhospital  Rheumatology 
Rounds 

4:30-6  P.M. — University  Hospital, 

Newark 

(UMDNJ) 

20  Pathogenesis,  Diagnosis,  and 
Management  of  Type  II  Diabetes 

1 -2:30  P.M. — VA  Medical  Center, 
Lyons 

(VA  Medical  Center  and  AMNJ) 

20  Dermatological  Conference 

6- 9  P.M. — Rutgers  Community 
Health  Plan,  57  U.S.  Hwy.  1 , New 
Brunswick 

(UMDNJ  and  AMNJ) 

20  Cancer  of  the  Colon 
27  Diabetes  Mellitus 

10:30-12  noon — St.  Mary's 
Hospital,  Passaic 
(St.  Mary's  Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

NEUROLOGY/ PSYCHIATRY 
May 

2 Epilepsy — Classification  and  New 
Treatment 

1 0:30  A.M.  1 2 noon — St.  Mary's 
Hospital,  Passaic 
(AMNJ) 

2 Group  Therapy 

16  2-3  P.M, — Aneora  Psychiatric 

30  Hospital 

(Aneora  Psychiatric  Hospital  and 
AMNJ) 

2 Grand  Rounds  in  Psychiatry 

1 0:30  A.M  - 1 2 noon — NJ  Medical 
School,  Newark 
(UMDNJ) 

3 The  Hypochondriacal  Patient 
10  Adolescents  and  Families  with 

Drug  and  Alcohol  Problems 

1 7 Medication  T reatment  of  Phobias 

3 1 ECT : Sine  v Pulse  Wave  and  Other 
New  Developments 


81— NUMBER  4 — APRIL  1984 


339 


12  noon  1 P.M.— Carrier 
Foundation,  Belle  Mead 
(Carrier  Foundation  andAMNJ) 

4 Psychiatric  Lecture  Series 

1 1 1 :30-5  P.M —Trenton  Psychiatric 

18  Hospital 

25  (Trenton  Psychiatric  Hospital  and 
AMNJ) 

7  Effect  of  Porno  Pictures  on  Sexual 
Compulsion  of  a 5-Year-Old  Child 

8:15-10:30  P.M. —9  Marquette  Road, 
Montclair 

(Essex  Psychiatric  Seminar  and 
AMNJ) 

7  Psychotherapies 

14  1 -3  P.M.— Ancora  Psychiatric 
21  Hospital 

28  (Ancora  Psychiatric  Hospital  and 
AMNJ) 

9 Convulsive  Seizures 

1 -2:30  P.M. —Christ  Hospital,  Jersey 
City 

(Christ  Hospital  andAMNJ) 

1 5 Adolescent  Health  and  Illness 

16  9 A.M. -5:00  P.M. —Carrier 
Foundation,  Belle  Mead 
(Carrier Foundation  andAMNJ) 

16  Lecture  in  Psychiatry 

1 0:30  A.M  1 2 noon— NJ  Medical 
School,  Newark 
(UMDNJ) 

16  Psychiatry  Lecture 

1 -2:30  P.M. —Essex  County  Hospital 
Center,  Cedar  Grove 
(UMDNJ) 

1 7 Aspects  of  Manic  - Depressive 
Illness 

8-10  p.M. —Hackensack  Medical 
Ctr. 

(NJ Psychoanalytic  Society  and 
AMNJ) 

2 1 Principles  of  Child  Psychotherapy 

8:30-10:30  P.M  — 301  Broad  St„ 
Englewood 

(NJ Psychoanalytic  Society  and 
AMNJ) 

22  Family  Therapies 

1-3  P.M. —Ancora  Psychiatric 
Hospital 

(Ancora  Psychiatric  Hospital  and 
AMNJ) 

23  Alarming  Growth  of  Teen-age 
Suicides 

All  day — Holiday  Inn,  North 
Brunswick 

(NJ  Department  of  Health  and  NJ 
Public  Health  Assn.) 

June 

1 Psychiatric  Lecture  Series 

8 1 :30-5  P.M  — Trenton  Psychiatric 

15  Hospital 

(Trenton  Psychiatric  Hospital  and 
AMNJ) 

4 Depression  in  a Patient 

8: 1 5- 1 0:30  P.M.—  1 046  So.  Orange 
Ave.,  Short  Hills 

(Essex  Psychiatric  Seminar  and 
AMNJ) 

4 Psychotherapies 
1 1 Psychotherapies 
25  Behavior  Modification 

1-3  P.M. — Ancora  Psychiatric 
Hospital,  Hammonton 
(Ancora  Psychiatric  Hospital  and 
AMNJ) 


6  Grand  Rounds  in  Psychiatry 

10:30  A.M.- 12  noon— NJ  Medical 
School,  Newark 
(UMDNJ) 

6 Psychoneuroimmunology 

9:30  A M. -5  P.M.— Carrier 
Foundation,  Belle  Mead 
(Carrier  Foundation  and  AMNJ) 

6 Group  Therapy 

2-3  P.M. —Ancora  Psychiatric 
Hospital,  Hammonton 
(Ancora  Psychiatric  Hospital  and 
AMNJ) 

7 Calcium  Channel  Blockers  in  the 
Brain 

2 1  Adolescents  and  Families  with 
Drug  and  Alcohol  Problems 

12  noon-1  P.M. —Carrier 
Foundation,  Belle  Mead 
(Carrier Foundation  andAMNJ) 

9 Problem  Behaviors  in 
Adolescence 

8  A.M. -3:30  P.M  — NJ  Medical 
School,  Newark 

(UMDNJ.  NJ  Council  oj Child  and 
Adolescent  Psychiatry.  andAMNJ) 

1 8  Principles  of  Child  Psychotherapy 

8:30- 10:30  P.M.— 301  Broad  Ave., 
Englewood 

(NJ  Psychoanalytic  Society  and 
AMNJ) 

20  Lecture  in  Psychiatry 

1 0:30  A M - 1 2 noon— NJ  Medical 
School,  Newark 
(UMDNJ) 

20  Psychiatry  Lecture 

1 -2:30  P.M. —Essex  County  Hospital 
Center,  Cedar  Grove 
(UMDNJ) 

2 1 Update  of  Clinical  Psychiatry 

1 2 noon-4:30  P.M. —Carrier 
Foundation,  Belle  Mead 
(Carrier Foundation  andAMNJ) 

2 1 The  Many  Faces  of  Clinical 
Depression 

5-6:30  P.M. —Somerset  Medical 
Center,  Somerville 
(Somerset  Medical  Center  and 
AMNJ) 

OBSTETRICS/GYNECOLOGY 

May 

2 Ob/Gyn  Lecture 

7-8  P.M. — L' Affair  Restaurant, 

Mountainside 

(UMDNJ) 

PATHOLOGY 

May 

9  Pathology  Grand  Rounds 

10:30-12  noon— St.  Mary’s 
Hospital,  Passaic 
(St.  Mary's  Hospital  andAMNJ) 

10  Pathology  Seminars 

24  1 2 noon- 1 P.M.— NJ  Medical  School, 

Newark 
(UMDNJ) 

June 

1 3 Pathology  Grand  Rounds 

10:30-12  noon— St.  Mary's 
Hospital,  Passaic 
(St.  Mary's  Hospital  andAMNJ) 

14  Pathology  Seminar 


1 2 noon- 1 P.M.— NJ  Medical  School, 
Newark 
(UMDNJ) 

PEDIATRICS 

May 

4 Advances  in  Pediatrics 

1 1 9:30- 1 0:30  A.M.— NJ  Medical 

School, 

18  Newark 
25  (UMDNJ) 

10  Pediatric  Malignant  Diseases 

4-6  P.M. —Institute  for  Medical 
Research,  Copewood  Street, 

Camden 

(Institute  for  Medical  Research  and 
AMNJ) 

1 8 Changing  Concepts  in  the 
Treatment  of  Seizures 

8-9:30  A.M.— Overlook  Hospital, 
Summit 

(Overlook  Hospital  andAMNJ) 

2 1 Outcome  of  High-Risk  Infants 

1 2  noon- 1 P.M.—' The  Mountainside 
Hospital,  Montclair 
(The  Mountainside  Hospital  and 
AMNJ) 

June 

1 Advances  in  Pediatrics 

8 9:30-10:30  A.M.— NJ  Medical 

School, 

15  Newark 

22  (UMDNJ) 

29 

8 AIDS  in  Children 

8-9:30  A.M. —Overlook  Hospital, 
Summit 

(Overlook  Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

1 8 Practical  Aspects  of  Pediatric 
Toxicology 

12  noon- 1 P.M.— The  Mountainside 
Hospital,  Montclair 
(The  Mountainside  Hospital  and 
AMNJ) 

RADIOLOGY 

May 

9 Radiology  Grand  Rounds 

23  2-4  P.M. —University  Hospital, 
Newark 

(UMDNJ) 

16  Dinner  Meeting 

6:30  P.M. —The  Manor,  West  Orange 
(Radiotherapy  Section,  AMNJ) 

17  Combined  Meeting 

7:30- 1 0 p.M.— Saint  Barnabas 
Medical  Ctr.,  Livingston 
(NJ  Institute  of  Ultrasound, 
Radiological  Society  ofNJ,  and 
Diagnostic  Radiology  Section, 
AMNJ) 

23  CT  Conference 

4-6  P.M. —University  Hospital, 

Newark 

(UMDNJ) 

24  Forensic  Radiology 

1:30-5  P.M. —Saint  Barnabas 
Medical  Ctr.,  Livingston 
(Saint  Barnabas  Medical  Ctr.  and 
AMNJ) 

June 

6 Radiology  Grand  Rounds 

20  2-4  P.M. — University  Hospital, 


340 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Newark 
( UMDNJ ) 

27  CT  Conference 

4-6  P.M.— University  Hospital, 

Newark 

(UMDNJ) 

SURGERY 

May 

2  Surgical  Departmental 
9 Conferences 

16  8:30- 10  A.M. — Rutgers  Medical 

23  School,  Medical  Education  Bldg., 
30  New  Brunswick 

(UMDNJ  and  AMNJ) 

5  Surgical  Morbidity  and  Mortality 
12  Conference 

19  8:30-10  A.M.—NJ  Medical  School, 

26  Newark 
(UMDNJ) 

7 Surgical  Grand  Rounds/Lecture 
14  Series 

21  4:30-5:30  P.M. — NJ  Medical  School. 

Newark 
(UMDNJ) 

16  Common  Outpatient  Surgical 
Problems 

1:30-2:30  P.M. — Community  Health 
Plan,  New  Brunswick 
(Rutgers  Community  Health  Plan 
and  AMNJ) 

30  Surgical  Nutrition 

1-2:30  P.M. —Christ  Hospital,  Jersey 
City 

(Christ  Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

June 

2 Surgical  Morbidity  and  Mortality 
9 Conference 

16  8:30-10  A.M. — NJ  Medical  School, 
23  Newark 
30  (UMNDJ) 

4 Surgical  Grand  Rounds/Lecture 
1 1 Series 

18  4:30-5:30  P.M. — NJ  Medical  School, 


25  Newark 
(UMDNJ) 

6 Surgical  Departmental 

13  Conference 

20  8:30-10  A.M.— Rutgers  Medical 
School,  Medical  Education  Bldg., 
New  Brunswick 

(UMDNJ  and  AMNJ) 

SURGICAL  SPECIALTIES 
May 

2 Management  of  Lacrimal  Drainage 
Problems 

7:30-9:30  P.M. —Saint  Barnabas 
Medical  Ctr.,  Livingston 
(AMNJ) 

3 Vascular  Surgical  Rounds 

10  4-5  P.M. —Rutgers  Medical  School, 

17  Medical  Education  Bldg.,  New 

24  Brunswick 

3 1 (UMDNJ  a nd  AMNJ) 

4 Cancer  Research  Colloquium 

11  12  noon- 1 P.M. —University 

18  Hospital,  Newark 

25  (UMDNJ) 

5 Surgical  Treatment  of 
Cardiothoracic  Diseases 

10-1 1:30  A.M.—NJ  Medical  School, 
Newark 
(UMDNJ) 

7 Tumor  Conference 

14  8-9  A.M.— University  Hospital, 

21  Newark 
(UMDNJ) 

1 6 Eye  Institute  Grand  Rounds 

7-9  P.M. —United  Hospital  Annex 

Bldg.,  Newark 

(UMDNJ) 

1 7 Neurosurgery  Lecture 

4-5  P.M. — University  Hospital, 

Newark 

(UMDNJ) 

June 

1 Cancer  Research  Colloquium 


18  12  noon-1  P.M. — University 

Hospital 
15  F467 

22  (UMDNJ) 

29 

2 Surgical  Treatment  of 
Cardiothoracic  Diseases 

10-11 :30  A M. — NJ  Medical  School, 
Newark 
(UMDNJ) 

4 Tumor  Conference 

11  8-9  A.M. — University  Hospital, 

18  Newark 
25  (UMDNJ) 

7 Vascular  Surgical  Rounds 

14  4-5  P.M. — Rutgers  Medical  School, 

21  Medical  Education  Bldg.,  New 
28  Brunswick 

(UMDNJ  and  AMNJ) 

1 9 Surgical  Treatment  of  Morbid 
Obesity 

12  noon— St.  Maiy’s  Hospital, 
Orange 
(AMNJ) 

20  Eye  Institute  Grand  Rounds 

7-9  P.M. —United  Hospital  Annex 
Bldg. 

(UMDNJ) 

2 1 Neurosurgery  Lecture 

4-5  P.M. — University  Hospital, 

Newark 

(UMDNJ) 


MISCELLANEOUS 

May 

1 Computers  in  Medicine 

7:30  P.M. —Burdette  Tomlin 

Mem.  Hosp.,  Cape  May  Court  House 

(AMNJ) 

1 0 Patient  Advocacy  Issues  Two 
Years  Later 

12  noon-1  P.M. — Carrier 
Foundation,  Belle  Mead 
(Carrier  Foundation  and  AMNJ) 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  4— APRIL  1984 


341 


Letters  to  the 
Editor 


Presidential  Column; 

Dr.  Harrison  Martland; 
Reorganization  of  Hospital 
Staffing;  The  Law  of  the 
Duck 


Presidential  Column 

December  30,  1983 
Dear  Doctor  Krosnick: 

After  reading  Dr.  Kovacs's  presi- 
dential column  in  the  December 
issue  of  The  Journal,  MSNJ,  I had 
feelings  of  uncertainty. 

The  situations  he  outlined  were 
those  we  have  read  and  reread  in  the 
AMA  News  and  the  various  printed 
media  confronting  us  t.i.d. 

In  ending  his  essay.  Dr.  Kovacs 
states  that  time  is  running  out  on 
our  “having  an  opportunity  to  be- 
come an  active  participant  in  the 
newly  evolving  practices  of  medi- 
cine" else  we  become  a "fully  regu- 
lated and  controlled  public  utility." 

In  the  last  paragraph,  he  reminds 
us  that  “our  position  is  (not)  a weak 
one"  and  that  we  "can  still  effect 
benefical  change  if  we  unite  for  that 
purpose." 

Early  on.  Dr.  Kovacs  actively  em- 
braced participation  in  a local  I1MO- 
IPA.  This  form  of  organization  is 
thought  by  many  physicians  to  be 
adverse  to  the  best  interests  of  both 
patient  and  doctor  in  the  context  of 
independent  private  practice. 


Before  we  energetically  unite 
under  Dr.  Kovacs’s  leadership,  I 
hope  he  will  devote  his  next  column 
to  letting  us  know  specifically  to 
which  programs  and  changes  he 
would  commit  us. 

(signed)  Albert  Minzter,  M.D. 


Dr.  Harrison  Martland 

January  19,  1984 
Dear  Doctor  Krosnick: 

The  cover  photograph  on  the 
January  1984  issue  of  The  Journal 
is  incredibly  insensitive,  tasteless, 
and  ironic. 

As  physicians,  the  implicit  ap- 
proval of  smoking  in  the  photograph 
at  a time  when  we  know  the  effects 
on  heart  disease  and  cancer  is  ap- 
palling. 

The  insensitivity  of  the  cigarette 
ashes  dangling  and  about  to  fall  on 
the  remains  of  a cadaver  is  obvious. 

I am  embarrassed  for  the  Society 
and  the  profession. 

(signed)  James  Bellet,  M.D. 

Editor’s  Response:  The  cover 
photograph  on  the  January  1984 
issue  of  The  Journal  is  a picture  of 
Dr.  Harrison  Martland,  who  was  ap- 
pointed pathologist  to  Newark  City 
Hospital  in  1908.  The  photograph 
was  made  available  to  us  from  the 
Archives  of  UMDNJ,  George  F.  Smith 
Library,  in  Newark.  Those  who  knew 
Dr.  Martland  have  told  me  that  the 
cover  likeness  is  absolutely  typical  of 
the  very  colorful  man. 

The  use  of  the  picture  of  the  scien- 
tist whose  work  was  reviewed  in  the 
Medical  History  article  in  the  same 
issue  is  both  logical  and  fair,  in  my 
opinion. 

I disagree  that  this  cover  gives 
“implicit  approval  of  smoking."  I do 
not  smoke,  nor  do  I allow  smoking 
in  my  home  or  office.  In  fact,  I have 
written  antismoking  articles  for  The 
Journal  which  may  have  prodded 
the  Board  to  ban  smoking  at  MSNJ 
meetings.  I appreciate  and  agree 
with  your  obvious  antismoking  de- 
meanor. 

The  question  of  “insensitivity  to 
the  cigarette  ashes  dangling"  must 
be  overridden  by  the  historical  sig- 
nificance of  the  issue.  Cigarette 
smoking  in  the  first  quarter  of  this 
century  cannot  be  condemned  in  the 
light  of  present  day  scientific  fact.  To 
accuse  the  Editor,  the  Medical  So- 
ciety, or  the  Publication  Committee 


of  insensitivity  on  the  issue  seems 
unfair;  that  attitude  is  tantamount 
to  hurling  the  same  accusation  at 
the  photographers  who  daily  send 
back  pictures  of  the  antihuman  hor- 
rors in  El  Salvador,  Lebanon,  and 
elsewhere  in  this  world  and  at  the 
editors  of  the  newspapers,  maga- 
zines, and  television  programs 
which  reproduce  them. 

History  is  history  and  we  have  no 
right  to  censor  or  distort  it  to  make 
it  conform  to  some  other  standards 
of  conduct. 

I understand  your  feelings,  but  I 
do  not  share  them  on  this  issue. 

January  26,  1984 
Dear  Doctor  Krosnick 

The  cover  photo  on  the  January 
1 984  issue  of  The  Journal  is  beauti- 
ful and  fit  for  framing  except  there 
is  no  way  of  removing  the  mailing 
address  and  leaving  a clean  surface. 
I desire  to  send  covers  to  Martland’s 
daughter  and  two  grandsons. 

(signed)  Samuel  Berg,  M.D. 


Reorganization  of 
Hospital  Staffing 

February  4,  1984 
Dear  Doctor  Krosnick: 

A case  is  coming  to  the  courts 
which  potentially  can  change  the  or- 
ganization of  hospital  staffing. 
Marilyn  Wrable,  a nurse  practicing 
psychiatric  counseling,  recently  was 
asked  to  see  a patient  of  hers  hospi- 
talized locally.  Hospital  rules 
provided  that  a nonstaff  member 
may  be  accorded  temporary  privi- 
leges by  cojoint  agreement  between 
the  president  of  the  medical  staff,  as 
well  as  the  administrator  on  duty. 
The  physician  agreed,  and  the  ad- 
ministrator refused  to  permit  an  of- 
ficial consultation,  but  was  willing 
to  allow  the  nurse-counselor  to  visit 
her  patient  unofficially.  This  inci- 
dent seeded  circumstances  which 
promise  to  end  in  the  courts,  and 
possibly  change  the  manner  in 
which  hospital  staffs  are  organized. 

Until  recently,  hospitals  have  been 
the  domain  of  physicians.  If  phy- 
sicians did  not  like  a hospital,  or 
conditions  were  too  crowded,  or 
competition  too  severe,  they  might 
find  another.  This  circumstance  has 
been  prohibited  in  New  Jersey  for  a 
dozen  or  so  years,  since  the  enact- 
ment of  the  certificate  of  need. 


342 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


The  state  has  restricted  the 
number  of  allowable  hospital  beds. 
Thus,  nonmedical  "providers”  are 
seeking  hospital  privileges  in  re- 
stricted hospital  space.  Since  the 
number  of  hospitals  now  is  limited 
by  law,  nonmedical  providers,  some 
of  whom  are  licensed  under  one 
board  or  another  to  practice  their 
specialties,  will  be  vying  with  medi- 
cal practitioners  for  medical  beds. 

Medical  staffs  will  find  themselves 
embroiled  with  chiropractors, 
podiatrists,  optometrists,  physical 
therapists,  and  dietitians  for  bed 
space  and  consultation  privileges,  as 
these  special-interest  groups  seek 
hospital  privileges. 

Hospital  staffs  currently  are  re- 
stricted to  physicians  and,  in  some 
instances,  physicians  and  dentists. 

The  courts  seem  prone  to  permit 
or  even  force  the  current  medical 
and  medical-dental  staffs  to  provide 
space  and  supervision  for 
nonmedical  specialists. 

The  professional  corporation  law 
in  New  Jersey  permits  the  banding 
together  of  members  of  one  pro- 
fession to  form  a professional  as- 
sociation; but  doctors  cannot  mingle 
with  dentists,  and  so  forth.  The  as- 
sociation by  law  is  restricted  to  the 
members  of  one  profession  only. 

Yet,  in  hospitals,  the  trend  is  to 
create  adjunct  staffs  for  the 
nonmedical  groups,  under  the  aegis 
of  the  medical  staff. 

I suggest  it  would  be  wiser  to  fol- 
low the  precepts  of  the  professional 
corporation  law.  All  medical  staffs 
should  incorporate  under  this  law. 
This  will  exclude  dentists  who  can 
form  their  own  corporations,  as  can 
other  nonmedical  specialty  groups. 
Under  the  current  system,  the  medi- 
cal staffs  are  expected  to  supervise 
and  take  responsibility  for  the 
nonmedical  adjunct  staff  members. 
This  responsibility  falls  beyond  the 
limits  of  our  licensure. 


Doctors  should  divorce  them- 
selves from  the  other  groups,  in- 
corporate as  a professional  associa- 
tion, join  the  hospital  on  that  basis; 
and  then  let  the  hospital  decide  on 
the  status  it  wants  to  grant  op- 
tometrists, chiropractors,  podi- 
atrists, dietitians,  and  physical 
therapists  who  also  want  staff  privi- 
leges. None  of  these  should  be  mem- 
bers of  the  medical  staff  because  the 
medical  staff  is  not  competent  under 
their  license  to  supervise  them,  and 
because  the  law  will  not  permit  mix- 
ing of  specialties  under  the  pro- 
fessional association  act. 

Failure  of  doctors  to  do  this  will 
embroil  us  continually  in  litigation, 
and  empower  judges  and  lawyers 
who  have  never  practiced  the  art  of 
medicine,  to  foist  upon  us  respon- 
sibilities we  neither  want  nor  need. 

Our  business  is  medicine;  our 
license  is  medicine;  and  we  are  not 
to  be  diverted  by  a struggle  for  the 
hospital  turf. 

Failing  to  do  this  we  will  find 
ourselves,  already  contributing  con- 
siderable time  to  hospital  manage- 
ment, trying  to  direct  staffs  that 
have  been  reshaped  by  the  courts. 

Retreat  is  occasionally  timely;  and 
I would  suggest  that  now  is  the  time 
to  retreat  into  the  bastion  of  medi- 
cine and  let  the  other  armies  fight 
it  out  with  the  hospital  adminis- 
trations. Then  the  hospitals  (rather 
than  the  doctors)  will  not  only  have 
to  deal  with  these  responsibilities, 
but  also  be  responsible  for  these 
dealings. 

(signed)  Charles  Harris,  M.D. 


The  Law  of  the  Duck 

February  6,  1984 
Dear  Doctor  Krosnick: 

If  you  talk  like  a businessman, 
think  like  a businessman,  and  mar- 
ket your  wares  like  a businessman, 


then  it  would  be  reasonable  to  con- 
clude you  are  a businessman. 

That  is— unless  you  are  a doctor. 
In  this  instance  you  become  a 
hybrid;  to  be  considered  a respon- 
sible professional  but  not  to  be  regu- 
lated as  a businessman.  That  is,  ac- 
cording to  the  AMA. 

Somehow,  I find  that  a bit  hard  to 
swallow  and  I suspect,  so  does  the 
general  public.  I am  afraid  that  our 
medical  leaders  in  Chicago  will  have 
us  believe  that,  unless  we  get  right 
out  and  actively  market  our  medical 
products  and  services  in  this 
“changing  competitive  environ- 
ment," we  independent  practicing 
physicians  soon  will  become  an  en- 
dangered species. 

I resent  that  organized  medicine 
has  chosen  to  encourage  a physician 
to  conduct  his  practice  of  medicine 
in  business-like  jargon  and  promo- 
tional schemes.  I resent  the  fact  that 
our  professional  societies  them- 
selves have  accepted  the  verbal  and 
mental  syntax  of  an  advertising  and 
marketing  agency.  I often  think  that 
the  AMA  is  tiying  to  stampede  us,  its 
membership,  into  a state  of  panic  in 
order  to  play  the  role  of  an  in- 
dispensible  shepherd  rescuing  his 
flock. 

For  whose  benefit  is  the  AMA 
spending  money  to  hire  a full-time 
expert  to  encourage  the  practicing 
physicians  to  market  their  services 
in  order  to  increase  their  business? 
I believe  that  when  we  think  of 
ourselves  and  our  work  in  these 
terms  we  will  be  assuming  the  pos- 
ition which  the  Federal  Trade  Com- 
mission wishes  us  to  adopt. 

Let  us  stop  this  game  of  words  and 
images.  Let  us  practice  medicine  as 
best  we  can,  with  our  patients’  wel- 
fare first  and  foremost.  Let  us  stop 
trying  to  act  like  tradesmen  and,  in- 
stead, conduct  ourselves  as  phy- 
sicians. 

(signed)  Albert  Minzter,  M.D. 


VOL.  81 -NUMBER  4— APRIL  1984 


343 


BOOK  REVIEWS 


Aesthetic  Breast  Surgery; 
Common  Skin  Disorders; 
Diabetes:  A New  Complete 
Guide  to  Healthier  Living; 
Disorders  of  the  Hip; 
Power  and  the  Profession 
of  Obstetrics 


Aesthetic  Breast  Surgery 

Nicholas  G.  Georgiade,  M.D.  Balti- 
more, MD,  Williams  & Wilkins, 
1983.  Pp.  408.  Illustrated. 
($69.95) 

The  preface  to  this  book  begins  by 
quoting  Robert  Browning:  “Beauty 
is  in  the  eye  of  the  beholder."  Cer- 
tainly, no  organ  is  more  associated 
with  femininity  than  the  breast,  and 
cosmetic  and  reconstructive  surgery 
on  the  breast  is  performed  daily  at 
hospitals  throughout  the  country. 

The  editor  has  assembled  an  in- 
ternational cast  of  experts  to 
produce  a volume  of  30  chapters 
that  run  the  gamut  from  anatomy 
and  physiology  to  psychology,  but 
focus,  to  a great  degree,  on  augmen- 
tation and  reduction  mammoplasty. 

There  is  a plethora  of  illustrations 
(black  and  white)  which  is  man- 
datory in  a book  such  as  this. 
(Browning  was  right!)  Each  chapter 
concludes  with  a list  of  suggested 
readings.  Many  of  the  chapters  are 
devoted  to  the  same  subject,  e.g. 
breast  augmentation,  breast  reduc- 
tion, and  the  reader  can  compare 
among  operative  procedures 
espoused  by  experts  from  through- 
out the  world. 

This  is  a highly  specialized  book 
which  will  appeal  to  plastic  sur- 
geons, general  surgeons,  and  resi- 
dents in  surgery.  However,  as  an  ad- 


dition to  a library  it  would  have  a 
broader  audience  since  so  many 
physicians  deal  with  women  with 
breast  diseases  and  might  well  be 
interested  in  the  aesthetic  results  of 
the  surgery. 

Ralph  S.  Greco,  M.D. 

UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School 

Common  Skin  Disorders , 
2nd  Edition 

Ernst  Epstein,  M.D.  Oradell,  NJ, 
Medical  Economics  Books,  1983. 
Pp.  280.  Illustrated.  ($25.95) 

This  softcover,  large  format  man- 
ual is  for  the  nonspecialist.  The 
dermatologist-author  provides  a 
simplified,  and  very  personal,  view  of 
what  the  doctor  and  the  patient 
should  know  about  some  of  the 
more  common  skin  problems.  The 
book  is  a combination  folksy-dis- 
cussion and  recipe  collection,  which 
explains  each  condition  and  its 
rational  management.  The  initial 
portion  of  the  volume  is  directed  to 
the  physician,  the  remaining  one- 
third  consists  of  tear-out  patient  in- 
struction sheets.  These  handouts 
contain  easy-to-understand  expla- 
nations which  repeat  what  the  phy- 
sician already  should  have  told  the 
patient.  Here  is  a palpable  reminder 
of  the  encounter,  designed  to  help 
the  memory  or  further  instruct  fam- 
ily, friends,  and  acquaintances.  This 
emphasis  on  patient  education  is 
the  book's  chief  attribute. 

Dermatological  colleagues  may 
not  agree  with  each  of  the  author’s 
explanations  or  specific  treatment 
regimens.  Nonetheless,  the  success- 
ful therapist  will  endorse,  and  prac- 
tice, the  philosophy  which  Dr.  Ep- 
stein illustrates  nicely  in  his  teach- 
ing. 

Christopher  M.  Papa,  M.D. 

Diabetes:  A New  and 
Complete  Guide  to 
Healthier  Living  for 
Parents , Children , and 
Young  Adults  Who  Have 
Insulin-Dependent 
Diabetes 

Lee  Ducat  and  Sherry  Suib  Cohn. 
New  York,  NY,  Harper  &.  Row, 
1983.  Pp.  253.  ($13.95) 

In  recent  years,  individuals  suffer- 
ing from  the  same  disease  have 
banded  together  for  support  as  well 


as  to  trade  experiences  and  helpful 
hints  in  coping  with  their  illness. 
The  principal  author  of  this  book  is 
a founder  of  such  a group,  stimu- 
lated to  act  when  her  son  was 
diagnosed  as  an  insulin-dependent 
diabetic.  She  founded  the  Juvenile 
Diabetes  Foundation,  whose  per- 
formance in  giving  emotional  sup- 
port, disseminating  information, 
and  funding  research  has  been 
outstanding. 

This  book  is  neither  a cold  scien- 
tific tome  nor  a manual  of  diabetes. 
On  the  contrary,  it  is  a compilation 
of  information  gleaned  from  the 
actual  patient  and  families  of  those 
affected.  It  is  a parent-to-parent,  no- 
nonsense  approach,  pulls-no- 
punches  text— it  tells  it  like  it  is.  The 
prose  is  not  elegant;  the  language  is 
plain  and  occasionally  crude,  but  it 
fills  the  gap  between  the  doctor's  of- 
fice and  the  problems  of  everyday  liv- 
ing with  diabetes.  Starting  from  the 
moment  of  shock  at  being  told  the 
diagnosis,  to  the  later  worries  about 
school,  camp,  sex,  marriage,  and  the 
fear  of  complications,  it  answers 
questions  that  plague  all  families: 
I've  given  my  four-year  old  diabetic 
child  his  insulin,  how  do  I get  him 
to  eat?  What  is  his  future?  What  if 
he  gets  sick  with  a cold  or  a 
gastrointestinal  disturbance?  Are 
there  physical  factors  as  well  as  emo- 
tional factors  preventing  or  inter- 
fering with  a good  marriage?  Can 
my  daughter  have  a baby?  What 
about  my  other  children? 

This  book  is  eminently  practical 
and  helpful  and  should  be  in  the 
hands  of  any  patient  or  family  with 
insulin-dependent  diabetes.  To  the 
parent,  it  will  give  as  much  help  and 
comfort  as  Dr.  Spock's  books  did  in 
helping  rear  nondiabetic  children. 
To  the  physician,  it  will  provide  a 
further  understanding  of  what  it  is 
to  live  and  cope  with  this  disease. 

Samuel  E.  Einhom,  M.D. 

Disorders  of  the  Hip 

David  M.  Gruebel-Lee.  Philadel- 
phia, PA,  J.B.  Lippincott  Co., 
1983.  Pp.  282.  ($49.50) 

We  have  come  to  expect  a certain 
elegance  of  style  and  clarity  of  word 
in  the  books  we  receive  from  our 
British  colleagues,  and  Mr.  Gruebel- 
Lee  does  not  disappoint  us  in  this 
very  personal  work.  With  the  excep- 
tion of  a four-page  section  on  the 
subject  of  the  doctor-patient  rela- 


344 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


tionship,  contributed  by  Dr.  David 
Hirsh  of  the  Albert  Einstein  College 
of  Medicine,  which  includes  men- 
tion of  the  uniquely  American  prob- 
lem of  malpractice,  this  is  a distinct- 
ly British  volume. 

The  author’s  preface  clearly  states 
that  it  was  his  intention  to  interest, 
challenge,  and  stimulate  his  col- 
leagues and  residents  in  training, 
through  his  own  understanding  of 
hip  disease,  as  gained  from  a life- 
time’s work.  In  this,  I feel  that  he  has 
clearly  succeeded. 

Each  chapter  begins  with  a brief 
exposition  of  what  we  are  to  learn, 
and  the  text  generally  delivers;  some- 
times it  is  made  untidy  by  the  seem- 
ingly random  and  sometime  unex- 
pected insertions  of  case  histories. 
(Case  4 is  accompanied  by  a set  of 
x-rays  which  apparently  are  those  of 
another  patient!)  While  the  quality 
of  reproduction  of  the  radiographic 
studies  is  only  fair,  the  many  line 
drawings  superbly  illustrate  the 
anatomical  concepts  they  are  meant 
to  demonstrate.  I cannot  recall  a 
clearer  demonstration  of  the  con- 
cept of  femoral  anteversion  and 
retroversion  than  is  found  here. 

That  very  Britishness  which 
makes  this  volume  so  readable,  does 
tend  to  limit  its  breadth  of  view.  The 
discussion  of  total  hip  arthroplasty, 
while  giving  valuable  insight  into 
the  development  of  the  procedure 
and  paying  due  homage  to  the  late 
Sir  John  Chamley,  virtually  ignores 
current  concepts  and  designs  com- 


monly used  in  this  country.  This 
book  is  not  to  be  any  orthopedist’s 
basic  reference,  nor  was  that  the 
author’s  intent.  Nevertheless,  it  de- 
serves a place  in  the  home  and  office, 
first  to  be  kept  at  the  bedside  table, 
to  be  savored  in  its  entirety,  morsel 
by  morsel,  for  its  many  refreshing 
aspects,  and  then  to  gain  its  rightful 
place  in  the  library,  as  the  source  of 
history,  information,  and  con- 
troversy which  its  author  intended 
it  to  be. 

Robert  A.  Goldstone,  M.D. 


Power  and  the  Profession 
of  Obstetrics 

William  Ray  Amey.  Chicago,  IL, 
The  University  of  Chicago  Press, 
1983.  Pp.  290.  ($25) 

The  author,  a sociologist  from 
Evergreen  State  College,  has 
mounted  a prodigious  effort  to  ex- 
plain the  genesis,  evolution,  and 
present  status  of  obstetric  practice 
in  the  United  States.  It  is  truly  a 
commendable  scholarly  achieve- 
ment by  a nonphysician  who  has 
crammed  into  less  than  300  pages 
an  amazing  amount  of  factual  infor- 
mation liberally  laced  with  opinions 
from  a galaxy  of  medical  and 
nonmedical  authors. 

Although  Mr.  Amey’s  thrust  is 
not  particularly  antimale,  the  con- 
cept of  "power”  that  appears  in  his 
title  as  well  as  his  text  implies  a male 


movement  to  control  yet  another 
facet  of  a woman’s  anatomic  and 
social  function,  particularly  his  de- 
scription of  the  usurpation  of  the 
midwives’  role.  Moreover,  his  reci- 
tation of  the  events  of  the  past  20 
years  should  have  been  tempered  by 
two  well-known  phenomena  to 
which  he  seems  to  have  paid  scant 
notice;  the  increasing  number  of 
women  who  have  entered  the  ranks 
of  academic  and  clinical  obstetrics 
and  gynecology,  and  the  increasing 
number  of  malpractice  suits  with 
higher  and  higher  awards.  The  pub- 
lic’s expectation  of  perfect  babies 
has  been  nurtured  by  the  conscien- 
tious efforts  of  modem  obstetrics 
which  tries  to  anticipate  and  man- 
age every  potential  pathologic  event 
and,  consequently,  occasional  un- 
satisfactory results  serve  as  grist  for 
the  monster  mill  of  malpractice. 
Thus,  there  is  no  obstetrician  today 
who  does  not  look  daily  upon 
himself  or  herself  as  a potential  de- 
fendant before  the  bar  of  justice, 
thereby  influencing  the  perception 
and  practice  of  obstetrics. 

Despite  the  author’s  excellent 
scholarship,  thorough  research,  and 
articulate  literaiy  style,  it  still  is  dif- 
ficult to  determine  for  whom  this 
book  should  be  recommended. 
Samuel  Johnson  once  commented 
about  a dog  who  strutted  about  on 
his  hind  legs;  it  is  not  a question  of 
how  well  he  does  it  but  rather  why 
is  he  doing  it  at  all. 

Jerome  Abrams,  M.D. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  4— APRIL  1984 


345 


Obituaries 


Dr.  John  H.  BonneUy 

John  Henry  Donnelly,  M.D.,  died 
on  January  24,  1984.  Bom  in  1910, 
Dr.  Donnelly  earned  his  medical 
degree  at  Jefferson  Medical  College, 
Pennsylvania  in  1937.  A retired 
member  of  our  Essex  County  com- 
ponent, Dr.  Donnelly  was  a 
cardiologist  with  offices  in  Newark 
and  East  Orange;  he  was  affiliated 
with  St.  Mary’s  Hospital,  Orange, 
and  St.  Vincent’s  Hospital,  Mont- 
clair. Dr.  Donnelly  was  a Diplomate 
of  the  American  Board  of  Cardio- 
vascular Disease,  a member  of  the 
American  Medical  Association,  and 
a Fellow  of  the  American  Heart  As- 
sociation. 


Dr.  H.C.  Essertier 

Harland  Crandall  Essertier,  M.D., 
former  chief  of  The  Valley  Hospital, 
Ridgewood,  died  on  January  14, 
1984.  A family  practitioner,  Dr.  Es- 
sertier was  bom  in  1915  and  re- 
ceived his  medical  degree  from  the 
University  of  Pennsylvania  School  of 
Medicine  in  1940.  A member  of  our 
Bergen  County  component  and  of 
the  American  Medical  Association, 
Dr.  Essertier  also  was  affiliated  with 
Hackensack  Medical  Center  and 
Bergen  Pines  County  Hospital,  Para- 
mus. 


Dr,  M.J.  Frantantuno 

At  the  age  of  73,  Michael  Joseph 
Frantantuno,  M.D.,  died  on  January 
24,  1984.  In  1935,  Dr.  Frantantuno 
graduated  from  Marquette  Univer- 
sity Medical  School,  Wisconsin.  A 
member  of  our  Essex  County  com- 
ponent, Dr.  Frantantuno  was  the 
health  officer  for  the  city  of  Newark. 
During  his  career  he  was  affiliated 
with  Clara  Maass  Medical  Center, 
Belleville,  and  Saint  Michael’s  Medi- 
cal Center,  Newark.  He  was  a mem- 
ber of  the  American  Medical  As- 
sociation. 


Dr.  Donald  K.  Gilbert 

On  January  12,  1984,  Donald  King 
Gilbert,  M.D.,  died.  Bom  in  1933,  Dr. 
Gilbert  earned  his  medical  degree  at 
the  University  of  Pennsylvania 
School  of  Medicine  in  1959.  During 
his  career  as  an  internist.  Dr.  Gilbert 
was  affiliated  with  Saint  Barnabas 
Medical  Center,  Livingston.  He  was 
a member  of  our  Essex  County  com- 
ponent and  a Diplomate  of  the 
American  Board  of  Internal  Medi- 
cine. 


Dr.  Oram  R.  Kline 

Word  has  been  received  of  the 
death  of  Oram  R Kline,  M.D.,  last 
year.  Dr.  Kline,  a retired  member  of 
our  Camden  County  component, 
was  bom  in  1891  and  received  his 
medical  degree  from  Jefferson  Medi- 
cal College  in  1917.  During  his 
lengthy  career,  Dr.  Kline  was  af- 
filiated with  Cooper  Medical  Center, 
Camden,  Underwood-Memorial  Hos- 
pital, Woodbury,  and  Burlington 
County  Memorial  Hospital,  Mount 


Holly.  Dr.  Kline  was  a member  of  the 
American  Medical  Association  and  a 
Fellow  of  the  American  College  of 
Surgeons. 


Dr.  Adolph  H.  Koralek 

Adolph  Hugo  Koralek,  M.D.,  died 
on  December  26,  1 983,  at  the  age  of 
70.  Dr.  Koralek  earned  his  medical 
degree  at  the  University  of  Prague, 
Czechoslovakia,  in  1938.  Dr.  Koralek 
was  a member  of  our  Essex  County 
component  and  of  the  American 
Medical  Association;  during  his  ca- 
reer, Dr.  Koralek  was  affiliated  with 
Clara  Maass  Medical  Center, 
Belleville,  Saint  Barnabas  Medical 
Center,  Livingston,  and  Saint  James 
Hospital,  Newark.  A family  practi- 
tioner, Dr.  Koralek  was  a consulting 
physician  for  U.S.  Steel  Co.,  Newark, 
for  20  years. 


Dr.  Hilton  S.  Read 

At  the  grand  age  of  84,  Hilton 
Shreve  Read,  M.D.,  a retired  member 
of  our  Atlantic  County  component, 
died  on  January  5,  1984.  Dr.  Read 
graduated  from  Jefferson  Medical 
College  in  1923  and  during  his  ca- 
reer was  affiliated  with  Atlantic  City 
Medical  Center.  He  was  a member  of 
the  American  Medical  Association,  a 
Diplomate  of  the  American  Board  of 
Internal  Medicine,  and  a Fellow  of 
the  American  College  of  Physicians. 
Dr.  Read  retired  to  Thomasville, 
Georgia. 


Dr.  Steven  F.  Stein 

At  the  untimely  age  of  42,  Steven 
F.  Stein,  M.D.,  died  on  December  22, 
1983,  in  an  automobile  accident.  Dr. 
Stein  earned  his  medical  degree  at 
Downstate  Medical  Center,  New 
York,  in  1965.  A urologist.  Dr.  Stein 
was  affiliated  with  Riverview  Hospi- 
tal, Red  Bank,  Bayshore  Community 
Hospital,  Holmdel,  and  Monmouth 
Medical  Center,  Long  Branch.  Dr. 
Stein  was  a member  of  our  Mon- 
mouth County  component  and  of 
the  American  Medical  Association 
and  was  a Fellow  of  the  American 
College  of  Surgeons.  Dr.  Stein  also 
was  a Diplomate  of  the  American 
Board  of  Urology.  He  practiced  pri- 
vately in  Long  Branch  and  Hazlet. 


346 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Author  information 

Style 

Sheet 


The  Journal  is  the 
official  organ  of  the 
Medical  Society  of  New 
Jersey.  The  goals  of  The 
Journal  are  educational 
and  informational.  All 
material  published  in  The 
Journal  is  copyrighted  by 
MSNJ. 


CONTENT 

The  educational  content  of  each 
issue  appears  as  scientific  articles, 
based  on  research,  original  concepts 
relative  to  epidemiology'  of  disease, 
and  treatment  methodology;  ease  re- 
ports based  on  unusual  clinical  ex- 
periences; review  articles;  clinical 
notes,  succinct  items  on  some 
aspect  or  new  observation  or  tech- 
nique of  a case  experience;  and 
special  articles,  which  include  evalu- 
ations, policy  and  position  papers, 
and  reviews  of  nonseientifie  sub- 
jects. Other  topics  include  commen- 
tary (critical  narration);  medical  his- 
toiy;  therapeutic  drug  information; 
pediatric  briefs;  nutrition  update; 
and  an  opinion  column.  Editorials 
are  prepared  by  the  Editor  and  by 
guest  contributors  on  timely  and  rel- 
evant subjects;  editorials  are  the  re- 
sponsibility of  the  author.  The  Doc- 
tors’ Notebook  section  contains  or- 
ganizational, informational,  and  ad- 
ministrative items  from  MSNJ  and 
from  the  community.  Letters  to  the 
Editor  and  book  reviews  are  wel- 
come and  will  be  published  as  space 
permits.  The  principal  aim  in  the 
preparation  of  a contribution 
should  be  relevance  to  diagnosis  and 
treatment  and  to  education  of  pa- 
tients and  professionals.  Preference 
will  be  given  to  professional  authors 
from  New  Jersey  and  to  out-of-state 
lecturers  who  submit  a suitable 


manuscript  based  on  a presentation 
made  in  New  Jersey. 

ASSIGNMENT  OF  COPYRIGHT 

In  compliance  with  the  Copyright 
Revision  Act  of  1976  (effective  Janu- 
aiy  1,  1978),  a transmittal  letter  or 
a separate  statment  accompanying 
material  offered  to  The  Journal  of 
the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
must  contain  the  following  language 
and  must  be  signed  by  all  authors: 

“In  consideration  of  The  Journal 
of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
taking  action  in  reviewing  and  edit- 
ing my  submission,  the  author(s) 
undersigned  hereby  transfers,  as- 
signs, or  otherwise  conveys  all 
copyright  ownership  to  the  Medical 
Society  of  New  Jersey,  in  the  event 
that  such  work  is  published  in  The 
Journal,  MSNJ.” 

SPECIFICATIONS 

Submit  two  manuscripts  that 
must  be  typewritten  and  double- 
spaced on  8'/2"  by  11"  paper. 
Statistical  methods  used  in  articles 
should  be  identified.  Acknowl- 
edgements will  be  made  only  for 
specific  preparation  of  an  essential 
part  of  the  manuscript. 

Authors  are  asked  to  seek  clarity, 
accuracy,  and  originality;  attention 
to  details  of  grammar,  spelling,  and 
typing  are  important. 

The  title  page  should  include  the 
full  name,  degrees,  and  affiliations  of 
all  authors,  and  the  name  and  ad- 
dress of  the  author  to  whom  reprint 
requests  should  be  sent. 

The  author  should  submit  a 40- 
word  abstract  to  be  used  at  the  be- 
ginning of  the  article. 

Tables  must  be  typewritten  and 
double-spaced  on  separate  8V2"  by 
1 1"  sheets,  with  a title  and  number. 
Symbols  for  units  should  be  con- 
fined to  column  headings,  and  ab- 
breviations, properly  explained, 
should  be  kept  to  a minimum. 

Illustrations  should  be  pro- 
fessional quality,  black-and-white 
glossy  prints.  The  name  of  the 
author,  figure  number,  and  the  top 
of  the  figure  should  be  noted  on  a 
label  attached  to  the  back  of  each 
illustration.  Where  photographs  of 
patients  are  used,  the  subjects 
should  not  be  identifiable  or  publi- 
cation permission,  signed  by  the 
subject  or  responsible  person,  must 
be  included  with  the  photograph. 
Material  taken  from  other  publi- 
cations must  give  credit  to  the 


source;  written  permission  for  re- 
publieation  from  the  original  pub- 
lisher must  be  submitted.  The  cost 
of  color  photographs  must  be  borne 
by  the  author. 

Generic  names  should  be  used 
with  proprietary  names  indicated 
parenthetically  or  as  a footnote  with 
the  first  use  of  the  generic  name. 
Proprietaiy  names  of  devices  should 
be  indicated  by  the  registration  sym- 
bol— ®. 

The  summary  of  the  article  should 
not  exceed  250  words;  it  should  con- 
tain only  essential  facts. 

References  should  not  exceed  35 
citations  except  in  review  articles, 
and  should  be  cited  consecutively  in 
the  text  by  numbers  in  parentheses 
at  the  end  of  the  sentence.  The  refer- 
ence list  should  be  typewritten  and 
double-spaced  on  separate  8'/2"  by 
1 1"  sheets  in  the  numerical  order  in 
which  they  are  first  cited  in  the  text. 
The  style  of  reference  is  that  of  Index 
Me  die  us: 

1.  Goldwyn  RM:  Subcutaneous 
mastectomy.  J Med  Soc  NJ 
74:1050-1052,  1977. 

2.  Dixon  WJ,  Massey  FJ:  Introduc- 
tion to  Statistical  Analysis.  New 
York,  NY,  McGraw-Hill,  1969,  pp. 
42-48. 

PUBLICATION  POLICY 

Receipt  of  each  manuscript  will  be 
acknowledged  and  a copy  delivered 
to  the  Editor  who  refers  the  paper  to 
one  or  more  members  of  the  Edi- 
torial Board.  The  final  decision  is  re- 
served for  the  Editor.  No  direct  con- 
tact between  the  reviewers  and  the 
authors  will  be  permitted,  but 
authors  will  be  informed  of  the  re- 
viewers’ comments.  The  publication 
lag  for  original  articles  may  be  six 
months  or  more.  Galley  proofs  will 
be  submitted  to  the  author  for  cor- 
rection of  typographical  errors. 

REPRINT  ORDERS 

Reprints  may  be  ordered  after  the 
author  is  notified  that  the  article 
has  been  selected  for  a specific  issue 
of  JMSNJ.  A check  for  the  cost  of 
reprints  including  remake  charge  if 
order  is  received  after  due  date  must 
accompany  the  order. 

COMMUNICATIONS 

All  communications  should  be 
sent  to  the  Editor,  The  Journal, 
MSNJ,  2 Princess  Road,  Law- 
renceville,  NJ  08648. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  4— APRIL  1984 


347 


SEEKING 

RADIOLOGY  OFFICE  PRACTICE 

A Board  Certified  Radiologist  with  nine  years  hospital 
based  experience  is  seeking  to  buy  into  or  buy  out  an 
active  private  office  radiology  practice  in  Northern  or 
Central  New  Jersey. 

Write:  Box  No.  71  JMSNJ 
Two  Princess  Road 
Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648 


PHYSICIANS 

Private  health  and  social  research  organization  is  seeking 
Physicians  for  a health  and  nutrition  examination  survey  spon- 
sored by  the  U.S.  Public  Health  Service.  Physicians  will  con- 
duct physical  examinations  using  government  supplied  mobile 
examination  centers  in  selected  areas  of  the  New  York  Metro- 
politan area. 

Candidates  MUST  be  bilingual  in  Spanish/English,  licensed 
in  at  least  one  state  and  meet  EXTENSIVE  travel  requirements. 
Doctors  must  be  board  eligible  or  certified  in  Family  Practice, 
Internal  Medicine  or  Preventive  Medicine. 

Competitive  salaries,  per  diem  and  travel  allowances.  Send 
resume  to:  Westat,  Inc.,  Attn:  Personnel  Dept.  PM  84,  1650 
Research  Blvd.,  Rockville,  MD  20850. 


GROUP  PRACTICE 
OPPORTUNITIES 

BC/BE  Family  Practitioners  for  expanding 
federally  qualified  HMO,  serving  36,000 
members  from  three  delivery  sites  in  Cos- 
mopolitan South  Jersey  area.  Congenial 
staff  of  30  full-time  physicians,  and  75  to  100 
contracting  specialists  covering  all  dis- 
ciplines. Excellent  hospital  facilities.  Medical 
school  affiliation.  Choice  of  pleasant  living 
conditions  in  suburban,  rural,  or  semi-rural 
communities.  Superior  schools.  Easy  access 
to  Philadelphia  (15  minutes),  New  York  City 
(90  minutes),  Jersey  Shore  (60  minutes), 
Jersey  Pine  Barrens  (20  minutes)  and 
Pocono  Recreation  Area  (2  hours).  Com- 
petitive salary  and  comprehensive  benefit 
package. 

Send  Curriculum  Vitae  to  Kenneth  M. 
Carroll,  M.D.,  Executive  Vice  Presi- 
dent/Medical Affairs,  Health  Care  Plan  of 
New  Jersey,  165  Old  Marlton  Pike,  Medford, 
New  Jersey  08055. 


PHYSICIAN 

HOUSE  PHYSICIAN/ 
MEDICAL  OFFICER 

Our  progressive  acute  care  JCHH  accredited 
community  hospital  is  seeking  an  Intensivist,  1 
or  2 years  training  in  critical  care  medicine, 
post  internal  medicine  residency.  Full  responsi- 
bility for  handling  all  critical  care  and  trauma 
situations  in  the  hospital.  Board  Certified  or 
admissibility  preferred.  This  position  has  a 
potential  for  future  development  of  private 
practices  in  several  sub-specialities.  Our  well 
managed  hospital  is  located  in  a desirable 
community  in  southern  New  Jersey  easily  corn- 
mutable  to  Philadelphia,  Atlantic  City,  Trenton, 
and  Wilmington.  We  offer  a competitive  salary 
and  liberal  fringe  benefits.  Send  resume  to: 

James  J.  Duncan 

Vice  President  for  Human  Resources 

NEWCOMB  HOSPITAL 

65  S.  State  St. 

Vineland,  NJ  08360 

an  equal  opportunity  employer 


A — fc 

UNIVERSITY  PHYSICIANS 

j STUDENT  HEALTH  PROGRAM 

Responsible  for  providing  primary  care  to  student  and  dependent 
population.  Requires  experience  in  adolescent  and  young  adult 
medicine,  including  athletic  medicine,  office  gynecology  and  man- 
agement of  emotionally-related  medical  problems.  Strong  clinical 
skills  and  ability  to  administer  a student  health  clinical  program 
desirable.  Candidate  should  be  Board  Certified  or  eligible  in 
Internal  Medicine,  Pediatrics  or  Family  Practice  Medicine.  Position 
will  require  some  evening  and  weekend  responsibilities  including 
inpatient  rounds.  Salary  and  benefits  competitive  for  college  health 
field.  The  Isabella  McCosh  Health  Center  is  AAAHC  accredited  with 
a staff  of  six  full-time  physicians. 

EMPLOYEE  HEALTH  PROGRAM 

Responsible  for  EMPLOYEE  HEATH  PROGRAM,  including  super- 
vision of  supporting  staff,  primary  care  of  work-related  injuries  and 
illnesses,  evaluation  of  compensation  cases,  and  liaison  with  Uni- 
versity departments.  Position  also  includes  some  clinical 
responsibilities  in  student  health  care.  Candidate  should  be  Board 
Certified  or  eligible  in  Internal  Medicine.  Experience  in  employee 
health  care  and  demonstrated  administrative  ability  required.  Ex- 
perience in  adolescent  and  young  adult  medicine  highly  desirable. 

| Some  evening  and  weekend  responsibilities  including  inpatient 
rounds.  Salary  and  benefits  competitive  for  college  health  field.  The 
Isabella  McCosh  Health  Center  is  AAAHC  accredited.  Facilities  in- 
clude: an  ambulatory  care  service,  21 -bed  inpatient  service,  x-ray  i,: 
and  laboratory,  counseling  center,  pharmacy  services,  health 
i education,  athletic  medicine,  physical  therapy,  and  a Department 
of  Occupational  Health  and  Safety. 

Forward  C.V.  and  three  current  references  to: 

L.A.  PYLE,  Jr.,  M.D. 

Director,  University  Health  Services 
c/o  PERSONNEL  SERVICES,  CLIO  HALL-MSN 
PRINCETON  UNIVERSITY 
PRINCETON,  NEW  JERSEY  08544 

PRINCETON  UNIVERSITY 

An  Equal  Opportunity/Affirmative  Action  Employer  M/F 


348 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Need  A Temporary  Physician? 

CompHealth  treats  your  practice  as  if  it  were  our 
own  during:  vacations,  CMEs,  recruiting,  clinic 

start-up  or  other  absences. 

Want  Free  Time  While  You 
Practice  Medicine? 

Join  CompHealth’s  Locum  Tenens  Physician  Group. 

★ 

For  further  information  about  temporary  coverage 
or  locum  tenens  practice  opportunities,  call: 

ua  CompHealth 

A Physician  Group 

WILSON  ROSS,  Regional  Administrator 
114  Centennial  Avenue 
Sewickley,  PA  15143 
Telephone:  412/741-3310 


To  Career  Oriented  Em 

R«AR„,,di„3  '*nc„PVsWanj 

on„v°;.acc'i>'  »»  cJ,E”!w’."cvM”dlcl"' 


m CanVouaccem  fKWnn£mer9enCyMed' 


E f>  A.  Offers;  ’ °r  Ca"  «*»; ) 848  38 ] 7 °*  298 

0 

0 ance 
™ Fk*ible  schedule 
® credits 

0 Qbanandrura/ settings 

0 E Philadelphia  and  the 

^ C^e? 


Wanted:  Physicians  who  prefer 
medicine  to  paperwork. 


We  are  looking  for  dedicated  physicians,  phy- 
sicians who  want  to  be,  not  salesmen,  accoun- 
tants, and  lawyers,  but  physicians.  For  such 
physicians,  we  offer  a practice  that  is  practically 
perfect,  where  in  almost  no  time  you  experience 
a spectrum  of  cases  some  physicians  do  not  en- 
counter in  a lifetime,  where  you  work  without  wor- 
rying whether  the  patient  can  pay  or  you  will  be 
paid,  and  where  you  prescribe,  not  the  least  care, 
nor  the  most  defensive  care,  but  the  best  care. 

If  that  is  what  you  want,  join  the  physicians  who 
have  joined  the  Army.  Army  Medicine  is  the  per- 
fect setting  for  the  dedicated  physician.  Army 
Medicine  provides  wide-ranging  opportunities  for 


the  student,  the  resident,  and  the  practicing  phy- 
sician alike. 

Army  Medicine  offers  fully  accredited  resi- 
dencies in  virtually  every  specialty.  Army  resi- 
dents generally  receive  higher  compensation  and 
greater  responsibility  than  do  their  civilian 
counterparts  and  score  higher  on  specialty  exam- 
inations. 

Army  Medicine  offers  an  attractive  alternative  to 
civilian  practice.  As  an  Army  Officer,  you  receive 
substantial  compensation,  extensive  annual  paid 
vacation,  a remarkable  retirement  plan,  and  the 
freedom  to  practice  without  endless  insurance 
forms,  malpractice  premiums,  and  cash  flow 
worries. 


Army  Medicine: 

The  practice  that’s  practically  all  medicine. 

FOR  FURTHER  INFORMATION  CALL  COLLECT: 

1LT  John  J.  Schafer,  AMEDD  Personnel  Counselor,  USA  MEDDAC, 
Fort  Dix,  NJ  08640  Phone:  (609)  562-4271 

An  Equal  Opportunity  Employer 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  4— APRIL  1984 


349 


CLASSIFIED  ADVERTISEMENTS 


DIAGNOSTIC  RADIOLOGIST— Board 
certified,  trained  in  general  diagnosis, 
nuclear  medicine,  special  procedures, 
C.T.  and  ultrasound.  Available  full  or 
part-time;  group  practice  or  hospital 
based;  North  or  Central  NJ.  Can  also 
provide  mobile  ultrasound  and  office 
consultation.  Reply  Box  No.  63,  JMSNJ. 


ENDOCRINOLOGIST-INTERNIST— 34, 

Board  certified  in  internal  medicine  and 
in  endocrinology  ( 1979).  Desires  partner- 
ship or  group  practice  in  Northeast  NJ, 
NYC  or  vicinity.  Experience  includes 
major  teaching  university  and  private 
practice.  Available  immediately.  Reply 
Box  No.  74,  JMSNJ. 


FAMILY  PRACTICE  RESIDENT— New 

Jersey  born,  available  July  1984. 
Interested  in  joining  group  practice  or 
existing  Family  Practice.  Write  Box  No. 
72,  JMSNJ. 


GENERAL  PRACTITIONER— Desires  in 
dustrial,  pharmaceutical  or  similar  posi- 
tion. Semi-retired,  age  55,  201-545- 
4339. 


GENERAL  SURGEON— Board  certified, 
wishes  to  join  another  surgeon  or  a 
group  in  area  of  Monmouth  County  or 
adjoining  counties.  If  interested  please 
contact  Dr.  Hasan  201-972-1584. 


INTERNAL  MEDICINE— Board  eligible, 
general  internist  with  extensive  emer- 
gency room  experience.  Seeking  group 
practice  of  internal  medicine  or  emer- 
gency room  position.  Northern  NJ  area. 
Available  July  1984.  Please  call 
212-645-4616,  Steven  Wolinsky,  M.D. 
Curriculum  vitae  and  references  avail- 
able upon  request. 


INTERNAL  MEDICINE— Seeking  small 
group  practice  IV2  hours  from  NYC,  CT, 
NJ.  Boston  and  NYC  University  hospital 
trained  internist.  Boston  University  MD 
Cum  Laude.  1981.  ABIM  eligible  and 
available  July  1984.  Contact  Box  No.  70, 
JMSNJ. 


OB/GYN— Board  certified,  35,  experi- 
enced. Wants  to  relocate.  Solo,  group  or 
partnership.  Available  immediately. 
Write  Box  No.  66,  MSNJ. 


OPHTHALMOLOGIST— Board  eligible, 
July  1984.  Board  certified  Pediatrics 
(1982),  age  29,  desires  partnership  or 
group.  Available  July  1984.  Write  Box  No. 
65,  JMSNJ. 


PHYSICIAN — Retired  MD,  age  60,  seeks 
part  or  full  time  job  in  South  Jersey. 
Prefer  institutional,  outpatient  or  in- 
surance work.  Telephone  609-927-7782 
or  609-927-1873. 


PHYSICIANS — Registered  Dietitian 
available  to  provide  nutritional  counsel- 
ing for  your  patients  at  your  office  or 
mine.  Trenton  - Princeton  - New  Bruns- 
wick area  Call  609-737-2160. 


PEDIATRICIAN— Middle-age,  board 
certified,  planning  to  sell  private  practice. 
Seeks  part-time  position,  Pediatric  clinic 
or  office.  Prefer  Monmouth  or  Ocean 
County.  Willing  to  work  nights  and  week- 
ends. Write  Box  No.  73,  JMSNJ. 


NEEDED  CARDIOLOGIST/INTERNIST 

Cardiologist  needed  for  multi-specialty 
Internal  Medicine  group  in  the  South 
Jersey  area  near  Atlantic  City.  Salary 
with  eventual  partnership.  Excellent 
benefit  package.  If  interested  please  send 
curriculum  vitae  to  Box  No.  76,  JMSNJ. 


NEEDED  FAMILY  PHYSICIAN— Board 
eligible,  for  partnership  in  one  of  the 
largest  family  practice  facilities  in  New 
Jersey.  Please  send  resume  to  Box  No.  69, 
JMSNJ. 


NEEDED  PEDIATRICIAN— A well  estab- 
lished pediatric  office  in  Southern  New 
Jersey  seeks  a pediatrician-generalist  or 
subspecialist  as  an  Associate.  Write  Box 
No.  75,  JMSNJ. 


NEEDED  ASSOCIATE— Board  certified 
Pediatrician  seeks  board  certified/ 
eligible  associate  to  join  well  established 
practice.  Excellent  opportunity,  Northern 
NJ  near  NYC.  Write  Box  No.  40,  JMSNJ. 


NEEDED  PHYSICIANS— For  successful, 
well-known,  walk-in  medical  office 
center.  Central  NJ.  Full  time  and  part 
time,  skilled  and  personable  American 
trained  MD’s.  Send  CV  to  Medemerge, 
1005  N.  Washington  Ave„  Greenbrook, 
NJ  08812. 


NEEDED  PRIMARY  CARE  PHYSICIANS 

Private  fee-for  service  practice  in  new, 
fully  equipped  suburban  offices.  All  per- 
sonal supplies  and  management  services 
provided.  This  is  an  excellent  opportuni- 
ty for  physicians  with  a good  "bedside" 
manner  interested  in  developing  a lucra- 
tive practice  and  still  desiring  time  for 
the  pursuit  of  happiness.  Reply  to  Neigh- 
borhood Doctor  Corporation,  901  Long 
Beach  Blvd.,  Ship  Bottom,  NJ  08008. 


ALLERGY  PRACTICE— Allergist 
certified  or  board  eligible  for  Purchase  of 
very  desirable  Practice,  child  and  adult. 
Central,  NJ.  Write  Box  No.  47,  JMSNJ. 


RADIOLOGY  OFFICE  PRACTICE 
WANTED — Board  certified  Radiologist 
with  nine  years  hospital  based  ex- 
perience is  seeking  to  buy  into  or  buy  out 
an  active  private  office  radiology  practice 
in  northern  or  central  NJ.  Write  Box  No. 
71.  JMSNJ. 


EQUIPMENT — For  Sale  Irex  System  II  M- 
Mode  echocardiogram,  mint  condition,  2 
years  old,  asking  $10,000.00.  Will  accept 
terms.  Call  201-748-6101. 


EQUIPMENT— Pulmonary  equipment 
and  office  space  for  lease  in  Trenton,  NJ. 
Vicinity  in  Medical  Arts  Bldg  with  radio- 
logy, internal  medicine,  laboratory  and 
cardiology.  Excellent  opportunity.  Lease 
Negotiable.  Call  Monday — Friday  8-4:00 
p.m.  609-883-0500  ext.  30. 


EQUIPMENT—  For  Sale,  X-ray,  Fisher 
300  MS,  very  little  use,  reasonable.  Call 
201-627-2544. 


FOR  SALE— INTERNIST /CARDIOLO- 
GIST/PRACTICE— Recently  retired, 
moving  Autumn  1984  from  IV2  acre  land- 
scaped property  with  tennis  court.  Large 
home  with  adjoining  1200  square  feet 
furnished  office,  ideal  for  solo  or  partner- 
ship practice.  Office  available  for  rental 
occupancy  now.  Location  8 miles  from 
Atlantic  City  and  Ocean  City,  ten 
minutes  drive  to  two  large  modem  hospi- 
tals, also  X-ray  and  laboratory  facilities 
nearby.  Write  or  phone:  Peter  H.  Marvel, 
MD,  FACC,  2216  Shore  Road,  Northfield, 
NJ  08225.  Home  phone  609-641-2442. 
Exchange  609-641-0132. 


FOR  SALE  MEDICAL  PRACTICE— Es 

tablished.  Cardiology  & Internal  Medi- 
cine, Essex  County.  Office  fully  equipped, 
ready  to  take  over.  Grossing  $250-8300 
thousand  yearly  with  room  for  signifi- 
cant increase.  Write  Box  No.  77,  JMSNJ. 


FOR  SALE  OB/GYN  PRACTICE—  Im 

mediately.  Northern  Monmouth  County 
near  two  accredited  hospitals  in  appeal- 
ing residential  community,  will  in- 
troduce. Call  201-264-7763. 


FOR  SALE  PEDIATRICS  PRACTICE— 

Long  established  practice,  Z2  block  from 
hospital.  Property  and  equipment. 
Located  in  Middlesex  County.  Will  in- 
troduce. Write  Box  No.  64,  JMSNJ. 


PRACTICE  SPECIAL  OPPORTUNITY— 

Large  beautiful  office,  fully  furnished  and 
equipped.  Excellent  location  at  bus  stop 
and  near  hospital.  Can  serve  1 or  2 doc- 
tors, other  health  career  personnel  or 
other  profession.  Available  due  to  phys- 
ician’s death.  Patients  waiting.  Contact 
Mrs.  L.  Friedman,  18th  and  North- 
ampton Sts.,  Easton,  PA  18042. 
215-252-6341. 


FOR  SALE  OR  RENT— For  immediate 
occupancy,  new,  modem,  energy  efficient 
building,  500  to  2,000  square  feet  avail- 
able. 31,000  residents  within  three  mile 
radius.  Close  to  Philadelphia  Atlantic 
City.  Central  Jersey  shore  area  Internists 
and  specialists  needed.  Ideal  for  main/ 
satellite  office.  Call  201-350-1008. 


FOR  SALE  OFFICE  SPACE— Roselle. 
Modem  2.400  square  feet.  6 treatment 
rooms  and  4 consultation  rooms,  on-site 
parking.  Warinanco  Medical  Building. 
Phone  201-687-0102. 


350 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


CLASSIFIED  ADVERTISEMENTS 


OFFICE  SPACE— Available  for  rent  in 
fully  equipped  internist’s  office  in 
Berkeley  Heights.  For  further  infor- 
mation call  201-376-851 1,  9-5  pm,  Mon- 
day-Friday. 


FOR  RENT— Fully  equipped  and  fur- 
nished physician’s  office  just  18  miles 
west  of  Atlantic  City,  NJ.  Call 
609-965-1600.  Write  Mrs.  Marie  Frank, 
227  Philadelphia  Avenue,  Egg  Harbor 
City.  NJ  08215. 


OFFICE  FOR  RENT— Professional  office, 
approximately  710  square  feet,  near 
Dover  General  Hospital.  Near  Routes  80 
and  46.  Morris  County,  NJ  Telephone 
201-366-2557. 


OFFICE  FOR  RENT— Point  Pleasant  of- 
fice space  available  on  part-time  basis  in 
new  professional  building.  Fully 
equipped,  including  x-ray.  Reply  Box  No. 
78,  JMSNJ. 


OFFICE  FOR  SHARE— Hudson  County 
at  two  locations,  near  hospitals  and 
transportation.  201-864-7172. 


OFFICE  FOR  SHARE — Morristown,  cen- 
tral location.  Near  hospital,  fully 
equipped,  newly  decorated.  All  utilities 
included.  Ample  parking  available.  Near 
public  transportation.  Available  immedi- 
ately. 201-267-2555. 


OFFICE  FOR  RENT  OR  SHARE— Haz 

let-Holmdel  area  Spacious,  furnished 
600-1500  square  feet,  ample  parking, 
close  to  hospital.  Call  201-264-7763. 


FOR  RENT/ SHARE— Up  to  2000  square 
feet  in  Red  Bank  opposite  Riverview  Hos- 
pital, ample  parking  nearby,  elevator, 
central  air,  phone  201-747-4127. 


OFFICE  TO  SHARE— Westfield,  central 
location.  Near  hospital,  fully  equipped,  at- 
tractively decorated.  All  utilities  included. 
Ample  parking  available.  Near  public 
transportation.  Available  immediately. 
201  267-2555. 


BOAT  FOR  SALE — 1982,  Sea  Ray  Sedan, 
fly  bridge,  head,  shower,  all  extras.  26  foot 
by  10  ffot.  201-864-7172. 


KIAWAH  ISLAND— Wild  Dunes  Beach 
and  Racquet  Club.  Charleston,  SC  re- 
sorts. Choice  1-4  bedroom  villas  for  rent. 
In  prime  locations,  including  oceanfront. 
25%  owner  discount.  Brochure  803-556- 
6353. 


RATE  INFORMATION  FOR  MEMBERS:  85.00  per  insertion  up  to  25  words:  10  cents  each  additional  word.  Payable  in  advance. 
WORD  COUNT:  Count  as  one  word  all  single  words,  two  initials  of  a name,  each  abbreviation,  isolated  numbers,  groups  of 
numbers,  hyphenated  words.  Count  name  and  address  as  five  words,  telephone  number  as  one  word,  and  ’’Write  Box  No.  000, 
c/o  JMSNJ”  as  six  words.  COPY  DEADLINE:  Fifth  of  preceding  month. 


PROGESTERONE  SUPPOSITORIES 
25  mg.,  50  mg.,  100  mg.,  200  mg.,  & 400  mg. 
Boric  Acid  Suppositories  600  mg. 

in  both  Polyethylene  Glycol  Base  and  Fatty  Base  for 
Vaginal  or  Rectal  Use,  are  now  being  compounded  at 
the  following  Pharmacy 
Hidden  Lakes  Pharmacy 

2039  Rt.  #27,  Somerset,  N.J.  08873  201-821-8500 

Howard  L.  Rubenstein,  R.Ph. 

Specific  dosage  and  ingredient  requirements  can  be  tailored 
to  your  patients  needs.  We  specialize  in  compounding 
prescriptions. 

Delivery  available  to  your  patients  home.  Cali  for 
details. 


TAX  PREPARATION  AND  PLANNING 

• Individual,  Partnership,  Corporate,  Business,  Estate 
Services 

• Expert  Services 

• Federal,  Any  State,  Foreign  Taxes  of  any  type 

• All  Year  Service 

• Audit  Representation 

• Tax  Planning  and  Reduction 

• In  Home  or  In  Office  Service 

H.  Michael  Zukowski 
(201)  945-8443 


It’s  A Major  Medical  Explosion 


The  Lakewood,  Toma  River  and  Point  Pleasant  hospitals 
are  all  going  ahead  with  major  expansion  programs  . . . 
Brlcktown  to  build  new  facility. 


Cross  River  Professional  Center 

400  to  2,300  Square  Feet 


V4  Mile  South  of  Kimball  Medical  Center 

• $9  to  $1 1 per  square  foot  minutes  to  three  major 

• Graduated  rent  schedules  hospitals 

• Ownership  options  available  • Private  entrances  and  all 

• Fully  landscaped  services  available 

• Centrally  located  and  10  • Equipment  leases  available 

BMffiYAIOl?  ENTcJ?Pl?bEJ>  Protected 
1200  River  Avenue  (Route  9),  Lakewood,  NJ  08701  • (201)  367-2226 


TWO  MEDICAL  SUITES 

Available  June  1st— Livingston  Avenue  (Doctors' 
Row)— New  Brunswick,  NJ.  Both  suites  fully  carpeted, 
sink,  closets  in  each  room.  One  suite  has  X-Ray  room 
with  equipment. 

For  Information  Please  Call 
201-828-2715 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  4— APRIL  1984 


351 


CARE  FOR  YOUR  COUNTRY. 


As  an  Army  Reserve  physician,  you  can  serve  your 
country  and  community  with  just  a small  investment  of 
your  time.  You  will  broaden  your  professional  experience 
by  working  on  interesting  medical  projects  in  your  com- 
munity. Army  Reserve  service  is  flexible,  so  it  won’t 
interfere  with  your  practice.  You’ll  work  and  consult  with 
top  physicians  during  monthly  Reserve  meetings.  You’ll 
also  attend  funded  continuing  medical  education  programs.  You  will  all  share  the 
bond  of  being  civic-minded  physicians  who  are  also  commissioned  officers.  One 
important  benefit  of  being  an  officer  is  the  non-contributory  retirement  annuity  you  will 
get  when  you  retire  from  the  Army  Reserve.  To  find  out  more,  simply  call  the  number 
below. 


CALL  COLLECT  OR  USE  THE  COUPON  AT  BOTTOM: 
215-443-1703/1705 

CPT  HARRY  SIMPSON 
AMEDD  Procurement  Office 
31-D  N.  York  Road 
Hatboro,  PA  19040 


NAME: , MD/DO 

SPECIALTY: 

ADDRESS: 

TELEPHONE: 

BEST  TIME  TO  CALL: _•  (AM/PM) 


352 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


The  Library 


The  Journal 
of  the  | Medical 
Society  of 


New  Jersey 

MAY  1984 


Send  this  coupon 
for  no-obligation 
information 
of  the  savings 
under 
the  Medical 
Society  of 
New  Jersey 
Endorsed 
Insurance 
Plans 


Check  this  list 
against  your 
coverages .... 

□ $5000  Monthly  Guaranteed 
Convertible  Accident  and  Health 

□ $10,000  Monthly  Practice 
Overhead  Expense 

□ $1,250,000  Term  Life  Insurance 

□ $500  Deductible 
COMPREHENSIVE 
MILLION-DOLLAR  MAJOR 
MEDICAL  PLAN— No  other 
coverage  needed — Issuable  to  Age 
69 

□ $15,000  Deductible  MILLION- 
DOLLAR  UMBRELLA 
MAJOR  MEDICAL  PLAN  for 
holders  of  Blue  Cross  and  other 
Major  Medical  Plans — Issuable 
to  Age  69 

□ $100-a-day  Hospital  Income 
Policy 

□ $200,000  High  Limit  Accident 
Plan 

□ Keogh  and  Corporate  Plan 
NOW!  $15,000  KEOGH 


E.  & W.  Blanksteen 
Agency,  Inc. 


E.  & W.  Blanksteen 

75  Montgomery  St., 
Jersey  City,  N.J.  07302 
(201)  333-4340 
or  (800)  742-2849 


Name:. 


Address: 


Tel.  No.. 


Best  Time  To  Call. 


“AMIDL ANTIC 
AUTO  LOAN  PUTS  YOU  IN 
TK  DRIVER’S  SEAT 
WITHOUT  LEAVING  YOUR 
WALLET  ON  EMPTY." 


‘‘Worried  the  cost  of  a new  car  won’t  leave 
ou  much  cash  for  gas?  Get  an  auto  loan  from 
he  Hungry  Bankers. 

“Our  interest  rates  help  you  get  more  mile- 
ige  out  of  your  money. 

‘And  we  offer  a wide  range  of  repay- 
nent  plans  that  let  you  spread  out  the 
ost  over  many  months. 

“The  advantage  to  you?  Lower 
nonthly  payments. 

“We’ll  even  hold  your  loan— 
nterest  free!— for  up  to  90  days 


while  you  shop  around  for  the  best  deal. 

“To  apply,  just  stop  by  any  of  our  offices. 
“We’ll  put  you  in  the  driver’s  seat  without 
leaving  your  wallet  ^ _ 
on  empty-  fQQQ 


FOR  THOUGHT 
FROM  THE 
HUNGRY 
BANKERS 

Lantic 


Member  FDIC 
Equal  Opportunity 
Lender 


Bob  Van  Buren,  Chairman , 
Midlantic  Banks  Inc. 


May  1984 


THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY 
OF  NEW  JERSEY 

Founded  July  23,  1766 


Officers  and  Trustees 

President 

Alexander  D.  Kovacs,  M.D.  (Union)  Scotch  Plains 

President-elect 

Frank  Y.  Watson,  M.D.  (Essex)  Glen  Ridge 

First  Vice-President 

Ralph  J.  Fioretti,  M.D.  (Bergen)  Rochelle  Park 

Second  Vice-President 

Edward  A.  Schauer,  M.D.  (Monmouth)  Farmingdale 

Immediate  Past- President 

Howard  D.  Slobodien,  M.D.  (Middlesex)  Metuchen 

Secretary 

Arthur  Bernstein,  M.D.  (Essex)  South  Orange 

Treasurer 

Paul  J.  Hirsch,  M.D.  (Somerset)  Bridgewater 

Trustees 

Douglas  M.  Costabile,  M.D., 

Chairman  (1984)  (Union)  Murray  Hill 

Frank  Campo,  M.D.  (1984)  (Mercer)  Trenton 

Harry  M.  Carnes,  M.D.  (1985)  (Camden)  Audubon 

Joel  S.  Cherashore,  M.D.  (1986)  (Essex)  Nutley 

John  J.  Crosby,  Jr„  M.D.  (1984)  Jersey  City 

Palma  E.  Formica,  M.D.  (1984) 

(Middlesex)  New  Brunswick 

Harry  W.  Fullerton,  Jr.,  M.D.  (1985) 

(Salem)  Carney’s  Point 

Frank  Gingerelli,  M.D.  (1986)  (Bergen)  Hackensack 

William  Greifinger,  M.D.  (1984)  (Essex)  Belleville 

John  P.  Kengeter,  M.D.  (1984)  (Ocean)  Toms  River 

Edwin  W.  Messey,  M.D.  (1985)  (Burlington)  Willingboro 

Myles  C.  Morrison,  Jr.,  M.D.  (1985)  (Morris)  Morristown 

John  J.  Pastore,  M.D.  (1986)  (Cumberland)  Vineland 

Michael  R Ramundo,  M.D.  (1984)  (Passaic)  Clifton 


Publication  Committee 

Paul  J.  Hirsch,  M.D.,  Chairman 
Direk  L.  Brendlinger,  M.D. 
Frederick  B.  Cohen,  M.D. 

A.  Olusegun  Fayemi,  M.D. 
Robert  M.  MacMillan,  M.D. 
Leon  G.  Smith.  M.D. 

La  Verne  Fioretti 


Editor 

Arthur  Krosnick,  M.D. 

Managing  Editor 

Geraldine  R.  Hutner 

Assistant  Managing  Editor 

Dorothy  J.  Griffith 

Advertising  Manager 

E.  Elizabeth  Cookson 

Executive  Director 

Vincent  A.  Maressa 

Executive  Director  Emeritus 

Richard  I.  Nevin 

Editorial  Board 


Councilors 

First  District 

(Essex,  Morris,  Union,  and  Warren  Counties) 


Edward  M.  Coe,  M.D.  (1984)  Cranford 

Second  District 

(Bergen,  Hudson,  Passaic,  and  Sussex  Counties) 

Robert  A.  Weinstein,  M.D.  (1986)  Newton 

Third  District 

(Hunterdon,  Mercer,  Middlesex,  and  Somerset  Counties) 

Albert  F.  Moriconi,  M.D.  (1985)  Trenton 

Fourth  District 

(Burlington,  Camden,  Monmouth,  and  Ocean  Counties) 

Frederick  W.  Durham,  M.D.  (1984)  Haddonfield 

Fifth  Distfuct 

(Atlantic,  Cape  May,  Cumberland,  Gloucester,  and 
Salem  Counties) 

Paul  H.  Steel,  M.D.  (1986)  AUantie  City 

AMA  Delegates 

William  J.  D’Elia,  M.D.,  Chairman  (1985)  Spring  Lake 

Alfred  A.  Alessi,  M.D.  (1984)  Hackensack 

Frederick  W.  Durham,  M.D.  (1984)  Haddonfield 

Palma  E.  Formica,  M.D.  (1984)  New  Brunswick 

Karl  T.  Franzoni,  M.D.  (1984)  Trenton 

John  S.  Madara,  M.D.  (1984)  Salem 

Henry  J.  Mineur,  M.D.  (1984)  Cranford 

Myles  C.  Morrison,  Jr.,  M.D.  (1985)  Morristown 

Howard  D.  Slobodien,  M.D.  (1985)  Metuchen 

AMA  Trustee 

James  S.  Todd,  M.D.  (Ridgewood)  Bergen 


Jerome  Abrams,  M.D.  (Obstet/Gynecol) 
Joseph  Alpert,  M.D.  (Vase  Surg) 

Harold  Arlen,  M.D.  (Otolaryngol) 

Alfonse  Cinotti,  M.D.  (Ophthalmol) 
Robert  Dodelson,  M.D.  (Nephrol) 

Wm.  A.  Dwyer,  Jr.,  M.D.  (Surg) 

Norman  H.  Ertel,  M.D.  (Int  Med/Endocrinol) 
Daniel  P.  Greenfield,  M.D.  (Psychiat) 
Christine  E.  Haycock,  M.D.  (Sports  Med) 
Monroe  S.  Karetzky,  M.D.  (Pulmon  Med) 
Avrum  L.  Kateher,  M.D.  (Pediatr) 
Stanley  C.  Leonberg,  Jr.,  M.D.  (Neurol) 

Joel  D.  Levinson,  M.D.  (Gastroenterol) 
Heniy  R Liss,  M.D.  (Neurosurg) 

Geobel  A Marin,  M.D.  (Int  Med/Gastroenterol) 
Donald  G.  McKaba,  M.D.  (Allergy) 

Robby  Meijer,  M.D.  (Plas  Surg) 

Frank  T.  Padberg,  Jr.,  M.D.  (Surg) 
Christopher  A Papa,  M.D.  (Dermatol) 
Norman  Riegel,  M.D.  (Book  Review) 
Edwin  L.  Rothfield,  M.D.  (Cardiol) 
Benjamin  F.  Rush,  Jr„  M.D.  (Surg) 
Morris  H.  Saffron,  M.D.  (Med  His) 

Mark  M.  Singer,  M.D.  (Int  Med/Endocrinol) 
Sheldon  D.  Solomon,  M.D.  (Rheum) 

Lloyd  N.  Spindell,  M.D.  (Radiol) 

A Arthur  Sugerman,  M.D.  (Psychiat) 
Stephen  F.  Wang,  M.D.  (Pediatr) 

Edwin  S.  Wilson,  M.D.  (Radiol) 

Louis  S.  Zeiger,  M.D.  (Nucl  Med) 

Robert  B.  Zufall,  M.D.  (Urol) 


The  Journal  of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  (ISSN-0025-7524)  is  published  monthly  (since  1904)  except 
semimonthly  in  July  (13  issues),  under  direction  of  the  Committee  on  Publication,  by  the  Medical  Society  of  New 
Jersey,  Two  Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648.  Printed  in  East  Stroudsburg,  PA  by  the  Hughes  Printing 
Co.  Whole  number  of  issues  962.  Member's  subscription  ($10)  is  included  in  Society  dues.  Rates  for  nonmembers, 
$20;  outside  USA  add  $7.50  for  postage.  Single  copies,  $2.  Address  communications  to  The  Journal  MSNJ,  Two 
Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648,  (609)  896-1766.  Second-class  postage  paid  at  Trenton,  NJ,  and  additional 
entry  office.  Copyright  1984  by  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey. 


354 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


mm 


asi?s 


r your  patients 


More  convenien 


600 mg  Tablets 


J-4044  January  1984 


■4  The  Upjohn  Company 


The  Upjohn  Company  • Kalamazoo,  Michigan  49001  USA 


The  Journal 
of  the  Medical 
Society  of 


New  Jersey 

MAY  19# 


Features 

359  Membership  Newsletter 

365  Professional  Liability  Commentary 

37 1 Editorial 

Contributions 

377  Selection  of  a Medical  Office  Computer  System 

J.W.  Allen,  M.D.,  River  Edge 

383  The  Psychological  Impact  of  Cancer  on  Patient  and  Family 

BA  Singer,  Ph.D.,  Cheny  Hill 
389  Medical  History:  Alabama  Granny  Midwife 

L.  Holmes,  M.PA,  Newark 

393  Case  Report:  Extra-anatomic  Bypasses  in  Aortoenteric  Fistulas 

C.H.  Antinori,  M.D.,  E.H.  Kain,  M.D.,  JA  Kuchler,  M.D.,  V.J.  Manuele,  M.D., 

L.  Pierucci,  Jr.,  M.D.,  D.T.  Villanueva,  M.D.,  Camden 

399  Case  Report:  Pancreatic  Pseudocyst  Associated  with  Valproic 
Acid  Therapy 

AM.  Baskies,  M.D.,  Willingboro 

404  Case  Report:  Familial  Dysalbuminemic  Hyperthyroxinemia — 

A Variant 

M. H.  Goldman,  M.D.,  and  K.  Klinges,  M.D.,  Englewood 

406  Commentary:  DRG— New  Jersey  and  the  Federal  System 

BA  Rineberg,  M.D.,  New  Brunswick 
409  Commentary:  DRG— The  Executive  Director’s  View 

VA  Maressa  J.D.,  Lawrenceville 

411  Imaging:  An  Approach  to  the  Diagnosis  of  Cholecystitis 

L.S.  Zeiger,  M.D.,  Camden 

415  Current  Nutrition:  Diet  and  Nutrition  in  Chronic  Renal  Failure 

N.  Lasker,  M.D.,  Newark 

42 1 Opinion:  Overcoming  Psychic  Numbing 

B.  Grossman,  M.D.,  Trenton 

Doctors’  Notebook 

423  Trustees’  Minutes:  March  18, 1984 

424  UMDNJ  Notes,  Stanley  S.  Bergen,  Jr.,  M.D. 

424  AMNJ  Report,  Paul  J.  Hirsch,  M.D. 

425  Diagnostic  Virology  Report 

426  Physicians  Seeking  Location  in  New  Jersey 


MSNJ  Departments 

429  CME  Calendar 
433  Book  Reviews 

435  Obituaries 

436  Information  for  Authors 


On  The  Cover:  John  Bowe, 
M.D.,  is  a member  of  our 
Bergen  County  component 
and  an  artist.  The  cover,  en- 
titled “Batsto  River,  New 
Jersey,”  is  just  one  of  Dr. 
Bowe’s  many  paintings. 


356 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


It’s  about  time  you  had 
a real  professional  assist  you 
in  attaining  your  personal, 
practice  and  retirement 
investment  goals. 


Dr.  S.  Randy  Sarantos  is  that  professional. 


A doctor  with  over  20  years  of  financial  experience,  who  is  now  a 
full-time  Registered  Investment  Advisor  and  financial  planner 
counseling  health  care  professionals.  Dr.  Sarantos  understands  the 
special  problems  you  face  in  developing  your  personal  estate  plan, 
managing  your  practice  economic  goals,  planning  for  your 
retirement,  and  investing  your  pension  assets. 

Dr.  Sarantos  is  a member  of  the  International  Association  of 
Financial  Planners  and  is  licensed  through  Investment, 
Management  & Research,  Inc.,  member  National  Association  of 
Securities  Dealers  and  Security  Investors  Protection  Corporation 
and  an  affiliate  of  Raymond,  James  & Associates,  Inc.,  member 
New  York  Stock  Exchange,  in  the  securities,  tax  shelter, 
commodities  and  insurance  investment  areas. 

For  a confidential  consultation  with  Dr.  Sarantos,  please  call  or 
return  the  coupon  below  today.  He  is  ready  to  answer  the  many 
diverse  financial  questions  that  probably  only  another  health 
sciences  professional  can  effectively  answer. 


Dr.  Sarantos: 

Please  contact  me  regarding  the  following  area  of  interest: 

□ Developing  a financial  plan 

□ Investment  management 

□ Tax  shelter  planning 

Name- 


Address 
City/State/Zip. 
Office  Phone  — 


□ Insurance  review 

□ Retirement  plan  review 

□ Practice  management  review 


Home  Phone - 


Call  800-223-0164 
or  201-539-4000  (N  J only) 


SARANTOS  & LANSING 
FINANCIAL  SERVICES,  INC. 

240  Cedar  Knolls  Rd,  Cedar  Knolls,  NJ  07927  J 


•L.  81— NUMBER  5— MAY  1984 


357 


Oral 

Suspension 
250  mg/5  ml 


500-mg  Pulvules 


| Oral 

* Suspension 
125  mg/5  ml 


250-mg  Pulvules 


■ m mm  ® 

Keflex 

cephalexin 


Additional  information 
available  to  the  profession 
on  request. 


Dista  Products  Company 
Division  of  Eli  Lilly  and  Company 
Indianapolis,  Indiana  46285 
Mfd.  by  Eli  Lilly  Industries,  Inc. 
Carolina,  Puerto  Rico  00630 


358 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY  VOLUME  11 


MEDICARE  LEGISLATION  ADVANCES 
SIGNIFICANT  CHANGE 

The  Senate  Finance  Committee  recently  adopted  a 
$50  billion  spending-eut  package  that  contains  three 
specific  Medicare  proposals  of  major  interest  to  the 
profession.  These  are: 

1.  Imposition  of  a three-month  freeze  on  physician 
Medicare  payments. 

2.  Introduction  of  a participating  physician  concept 
to  be  triggered  in  after  the  three-month  freeze.  It  would 
permit  those  accepting  assignment  100  percent  of  the 
time  to  obtain  Medicare  payment  increases.  No  in- 
creases would  be  given  to  those  physicians  accepting 
assignment  less  than  100  percent  of  the  time.  Other 
administrative  incentives  also  would  be  applied  for 
those  agreeing  to  be  participating  physicians. 

3.  Development  of  fee  schedules  for  both  in-  and 
out-of- hospital  clinical  laboratories  to  restrict  Medi- 
care payments  to  62  percent  of  the  prevailing-fee  rate 
for  laboratory  services  for  3'/2  years. 

The  three  provisions  were  adopted  by  an  over- 
whelming majority  in  a package  vote. 

The  Senate  Finance  Committee  cited  as  its  justifi- 
cation for  creating  the  participating  physician  concept 
the  need  to  stem  efforts  of  some  congressional  leaders 
to  push  for  mandatory  assignment.  The  Senate 
Finance  Committee  took  up  a $50  billion  revenue 
package  on  Tuesday,  February  28.  The  Committee  also 
will  be  looking  at  modifications  of  the  DRG  rates  rela- 
tive to  intensity.  The  House  Ways  and  Means  Commit- 
tee currently  is  determining  how  the  full  House  should 
deal  with  the  proposed  Medicare  issues  including 
mandatory  assignment. 

RULES  COMMITTEE  ACTION  ON  MEDICARE 

At  the  start  of  this  month,  it  appeared  that  H.R. 
4170,  the  Tax  Reform  Act,  would  be  considered  on  the 
floor  of  the  House  at  any  moment.  This  bill  contained 
38  proposals  to  modify  the  Medicare  program,  and  also 
was  scheduled  to  be  a vehicle  for  a committee  amend- 
ment to  be  offered  on  the  floor  of  the  House  by  Chair- 
man Dan  Rostenkowski  (D-IL).  The  so-called 
“Rostenkowski  amendment”  would  have  proposed  a 
one-year  freeze  on  physician  reimbursement,  coupled 
with  a requirement  of  acceptance  of  Medicare  assign- 

VOL.  81— NUMBER  5— MAY  1984 


ment  for  all  hospital  inpatient  services  provided  to 
Medicare  beneficiaries. 

H. R.  4170  was  considered  before  the  Rules  Commit- 
tee on  March  7.  The  Texas  congressional  delegation 
had  requested  the  opportunity  to  offer  an  amendment 
to  H.R  4170  that  would  allow  for  a straight  one-year 
freeze  on  the  Medicare  prevailing  charge  without  any 
linkage  to  mandated  assignment.  However,  before  the 
Rules  Committee  could  act  on  this  request.  Con- 
gressman Rostenkowski  unexpectedly  requested  that 
the  Medicare  cuts  and  other  spending  cuts  contained 
in  H.R  4170  be  separated  from  the  bill,  with  only  the 
tax  provisions  going  to  the  House  floor.  Subsequently, 
H.R  4170,  minus  the  Medicare  and  other  spending  cut 
measures,  was  cleared  for  House  floor  action;  the 
Rostenkowski  amendment  would  not  be  in  order  as  an 
amendment  to  the  bill. 

The  precise  future  course  of  the  Rostenkowski 
amendment  is  uncertain  at  the  moment,  but  it  un- 
doubtedly will  arise  again  attached  to  another  bill  or 
incorporated  in  a reconciliation  measure. 

AMA  STATEMENT  ON  VOLUNTARY  FEE 
RESTRAINT 

On  February  23,  the  American  Medical  Association’s 
Board  of  Trustees  unanimously  authorized  sending  a 
letter  to  each  physician  in  the  United  States,  urging 
him  or  her: 

I.  To  freeze  fees  for  a one-year  period,  beginning 
immediately:  and 

2.  To  continue  to  take  into  account  the  financial 
circumstances  of  each  of  his  or  her  patients— 
especially  the  unemployed,  the  uninsured,  and  those 
under  Medicare — and  to  accept  reduced  fees  when 
warranted. 

Traditionally  the  AMA  with  support  from  physicians 
across  the  country,  has  been  in  the  forefront  of  assur- 
ing that  the  profession  will  do  its  fair  share  in  provid- 
ing cost-effective  medical  care.  For  example: 

• The  inaugural  address  of  the  AMA  president  six 
years  ago  also  asked  physicians  to  decrease  the  rate 
of  increase  in  their  overall  charges. 

• In  1978,  the  AMA  endorsed  a voluntary  program 
to  restrain  the  rate  of  increase  in  physicians'  fees,  a 
program  that  resulted  in  the  physician  services  corn- 


359 


ponent  of  the  consumer  price  index  (CPI)  registering 
below  the  all-items  index. 

• The  Association  continually  has  asked  physicians 
to  reduce  or  waive  fees  for  the  unemployed  and  others 
who  have  lost  public  or  private  insurance  benefits.  In 
response  many  local  medical  societies  have  set  up  pro- 
grams to  serve  the  temporarily  unemployed. 

• Several  state  medical  associations  recently  have 
asked  their  members  voluntarily  to  freeze  their  fees. 

PREFERRED  PROVIDER  ORGANIZATIONS  (PPOs)* 

The  decision  to  join  or  organize  a PPO  is  not  an  easy 
one  for  physicians.  If  the  decision  is  whether  or  not 
to  participate  in  a PPO  or  other  selective  contracting 
arrangement,  then  the  physician  needs  to  evaluate 
carefully  the  contracting  entity,  the  contract  itself,  and 
the  implications  that  this  new  way  of  doing  business 
may  have  for  his  medical  practice  and  his  relationship 
with  patients.  The  physician  who  is  deciding  whether 
or  not  to  organize  a PPO  must,  in  addition  to  the  above 
concerns,  consider  the  need  for  and  feasibility  of  a PPO 
in  his  or  her  community.  Before  any  organizational 
steps  are  taken,  it  is  imperative  that  the  physician  or 
group  of  physicians  who  are  laying  the  potential 
groundwork  become  very  well  informed  about  PPOs 
and  their  advantages  and  disadvantages.  The  more 
detailed  operational  knowledge  of  PPOs  physicians 
possess,  the  better  they  can  present  an  accurate  pic- 
ture to  their  colleagues. 

Physicians  are  interested  in  organizing  or  signing  a 
contract  with  a PPO  for  many  reasons.  The  concept  has 
both  advantages  and  disadvantages,  however,  and 
there  are  some  reasons  for  physicians  to  avoid  affiliat- 
ing with  a PPO. 

As  earlier  discussed,  some  advantages  enjoyed  by 
physicians  in  these  types  of  arrangements  include  a 
potentially  larger  patient  base,  the  lack  of  significant 
financial  risk  (in  most  cases),  and  the  opportunity  to 
participate  and  still  maintain  a fee-for-service  office- 
based  practice.  However,  physicians  should  recognize 
that  there  may  be  no  assurance  of  an  increased 
number  of  patients  unless  the  PPO  provides  for  a pa- 
tient lock-in. 

Disadvantages  which  can  occur  with  participation 
in  a PPO  include  discounted  fees  (if,  for  example,  the 
PPO  does  not  deliver  the  expected  increase  in  volume 
to  offset  the  discount,  the  physician  will  lose  money 
overall),  and  the  negative  effects  of  certain  contract 
provisions  offered  by  some  PPOs.  Again,  as  earlier  dis- 
cussed, the  physician  must  make  certain  he  has  a clear 
understanding  of  all  terms  and  obligations  in  the  con- 
tract before  signing  it.  It  is  advisable  to  use  legal  coun- 
sel for  this  purpose.  Contract  clauses  which  serve  to 
increase  a physician's  liability  for  malpractice  or  to 
limit  unreasonably  the  scope  of  a physician’s  practice 
or  professional  judgment  should  be  avoided. 

The  organization  of  a PPO  is  usually  a response  to 
the  increased  competitiveness  of  the  medical  care  mar- 
ketplace. Many  proponents  see  these  organizations  as 
an  effective  means  of  combating  the  competitive  pres- 
sures of  other  alternative  delivery  systems  or  an  in- 


*  Reprinted  with  permission  from  A Physician's  Guide  to 
Preferred  Provider  Organizations,  American  Medical  Associa- 
tion, 1983. 


creased  supply  of  physicians  in  an  area 

A disadvantage  for  a physician  involved  in  a PPO  can 
be  the  loss  of  control  over  some  of  the  decision  making 
in  medical  care  delivery  (and,  therefore,  over  the  pa- 
tient’s welfare)  to  hospital  administrators,  third 
parties,  or  insurers  through  the  administration  of  the 
contracting  process.  Many  physicians  believe,  however, 
that  this  problem  is  not  inherent  in  selective  contract- 
ing, but  rather  that  it  is  a function  of  who  controls  the 
contracting  process  (usually  the  PPO  sponsor  or  de- 
veloper). Consequently,  many  physicians  are  eager  to 
maintain  a leadership  role  in  the  design  of  the  PPOi 
and  its  fee  schedule,  procedures,  and  contracts,  rather 
than  surrender  that  control  to  insurers,  hospital  ad- 
ministrators, and  third  parties.  The  current  legal 
climate  regarding  the  establishment  by  physicians  of 
physician  fee  schedules  or  agreements,  however,  is  in-j 
hospitable.  As  earlier  discussed,  physician  sponsor- 
ship or  organization  of  a PPO  best  may  be  ac- 
complished through  the  establishment  of  a true  joint 
venture  in  order  to  avoid  allegations  of  price-fixing 
However,  characteristic  of  a joint  venture  is  the  ability! 
to  offer  some  new  previously  unavailable  service  as  a, 
result  of  the  joint  venture,  or  the  joint  risk  of  capital 
investment. 

For  both  physicians  contemplating  participation  in 
an  PPO  and  physicians  interested  in  organizing  a PPO.! 
the  initial  step  must  be  to  learn  as  much  about  thel 
topic  as  possible.  Several  helpful,  substantial  articles 
have  appeared  in  magazines  and  journals  within  re- 
cent months.  Some  are  case  studies  of  individual 
plans.  There  also  are  detailed  manuals  on  the  subject 
of  selective  contracting  which  are  available.  Thesei 
manuals  provide  a great  deal  of  technical  information, 
on  the  issues  involved  in  selective  contracting  and  give 
detailed  advice  on  the  steps  involved  in  putting  such 
an  organization  together;  however,  they  have  been 
compiled  by  groups  in  California  and  are  therefore! 
particularly  relevant  to  the  legal  and  regulatory  climate; 
in  California  at  the  moment.  They  also  have  a tendency 
to  be  very  hospital-oriented. 

Physicians  also  will  find  it  helpful  at  this  stage  tc; 
talk  to  people  who  have  been  involved  in  this  process! 
Conferences  and  workshops  on  the  topic  are  given 
periodically  by  various  groups  and  provide  a good 
forum  to  acquire  a working  knowledge  of  the  topic : 
exchange  ideas,  and  meet  people  who  have  been  in 
volved  in  these  organizations. 

Another  productive  way  to  learn  how  a PPO  func1 
tions  is  to  visit  some  operating  plans.  Most  physicians 
and  administrators  are  generous  about  sharing  their! 
expertise;  however,  it  helps  to  focus  the  discussion  i:  t 
the  visitor  has  done  some  background  research  anc ; 
comes  prepared  with  a list  of  questions. 

During  this  information-gathering  period,  the 
number  of  people  learning  about  PPOs  should  in  si 
crease.  The  first  discussions  probably  will  involve  onl} 
a few  physicians.  It  is  important  that  knowledge  based  ft 
on  accurate  information  be  shared  by  an  ever-widen 
ing  circle  of  peers.  Before  any  concrete  steps  are  taker1 
to  begin  a feasibility  study,  to  hire  consultants,  or  tc  ft 
seek  funding,  the  physician  organizers  should  be  sun 
to  have  informal  talks  with  physician  leaders  in  vari  | 
ous  segments  of  the  medical  community. 

These  early  conversations  should  be  small  and  infor 


360 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


nal  to  facilitate  an  exchange  of  ideas  and  information, 
^ater,  when  a basic  foundation  of  information  and 
^operation  has  been  laid,  a larger  meeting  is  ad- 
visable, with  experienced  PPO  administrators  and 
Dhysicians  invited  to  address  the  group.  If  adequate 
Dreparation  has  been  made,  through  small,  infor- 
national  meetings,  attendance  at  the  community-wide 
neeting  should  be  larger,  better  informed,  and  more 
-eceptive. 

If  the  community,  having  learned  about  the  concept 
i>f  a PPO,  is  either  uninterested  or  hostile,  the  organiz- 
ing group  should  recognize  the  difficulties  of  going  on 
Aith  the  project.  If,  on  the  other  hand,  there  is  a suffi- 
:ient  number  of  physicians  in  the  community 
interested  in  pursuing  selective  contracting  as  a part 
}f  their  practice,  then  the  organizers  should  consider 
undertaking  a formal  analysis  of  the  feasibility  and 
marketplace  acceptance  of  the  establishment  of  a PPO 
in  their  community. 

A PPO's  early  educational  efforts  are  appropriately 
focused  on  physicians  and  hospitals.  However,  at  some 
later  point  in  the  process  of  gathering  information,  it 
is  important  to  apply  similar  communication  and 
educational  efforts  to  the  nonphysician  community. 
The  PPO  developers  will  need  to  communicate  with 
representatives  from  industiy  and  unions,  insurance 
Harriers,  and  other  health  organizaitons.  The  timing  of 
this  stage  of  activity  will  differ  from  one  situation  to 
another.  Ideally,  it  will  take  place  when  physician 
leaders  have  acquired  sufficient  knowledge  of  PPOs  to 
have  a fairly  clear  agenda  for  how  they  will  proceed  into 
a feasibility  study.  However,  it  should  not  be  delayed 
too  long,  because  many  nonphysician  leaders  are  both 
interested  in  and  knowledgeable  about  the  subject  of 
health  care  financing  and  delivery  systems.  They  can 
contribute  significantly  during  the  early  decision  and 
planning  stages.  Later,  business  expertise  and  ability 
to  assist  with  marketing  will  make  industry  and  labor 
representatives  valuable  members  of  an  operational 
plan’s  governing  board. 

Business  community  acceptance  and  cooperation  is 
important  to  the  success  of  a PPO.  The  response  and 
level  of  interest  in  the  business  community  should  be 
assessed  and  a decision  made  regarding  the  existence 
of  enough  potential  support  to  ensure  access  to  large 
numbers  of  the  area’s  employees.  If  support  is  lacking 
or  there  is  very  little  interest,  again  the  physician  or- 
ganizers should  recognize  the  difficulties  inherent  in 
continuing  with  the  project. 

If  sufficient  support  and  interest  exist  for  the  con- 
cept of  a PPO  to  appear  viable,  then  the  next  step  for 
the  PPO  developers  is  a careful  market  analysis,  includ- 
ing the  development  of  a marketing  plan,  and  to  begin 
to  develop  the  organizational  policies  and  procedures 
which  will  govern  the  activities  of  the  PPO.  The  phy- 
sician developers  should  be  aware  that  even  while  the 
development  of  policies  and  procedures  is  occurring, 
the  market  analysis  may  turn  up  reasons  why  the  PPO 
may  be  unsuccessful.  When  and  if  such  issues  do  sur- 
face during  the  planning  process,  the  developers 
should  be  prepared  to  consider  seriously  whether  they 
represent  an  insurmountable  obstacle  that  will  in  all 
likelihood  jeopardize  the  success  and  survival  of  the 
PPO,  or  whether  they  can  be  dealt  with  or  accommo- 
dated as  the  organization  develops. 


During  this  stage  of  the  planning  process,  many 
questions  of  a highly  complex  and  technical  nature  will 
need  to  be  answered.  Specialists  or  consultants  may 
need  to  be  brought  into  the  project  on  a short-term 
basis  for  such  tasks  as  determining  the  amount  of  the 
premium,  setting  up  an  adequate  management  infor- 
mation and  data  system,  and  researching  all  the  legal 
requirements.  There  is  no  substitute  for  an  expert’s 
advice  on  some  of  these  issues,  particularly  in  the  legal 
and  actuarial  fields. 

Developing  a PPO  is  a difficult  and  challenging  task, 
but  not  an  impossible  one.  There  is  a growing  cadre 
of  PPO  administrators  and  physicians  who  have  made 
the  difficult  decisions,  corrected  their  mistakes  or  mis- 
calculations, and  hammered  out  what  they  believe  to 
be  viable  programs.  Their  experiences  will  be  in- 
valuable to  the  potential  developers  of  a new  PPO. 
Eveiy  opportunity  should  be  taken  to  learn  from  them 
through  reading,  conferences,  and  visits  to  their  plans. 

During  the  course  of  the  PPO’s  development, 
although  it  may  appear  incongruous,  it  is  not  unusual 
to  be  working  toward  two  different  objectives  simul- 
taneously: deciding  whether  a PPO  should  be  formed 
and  planning  its  formation.  In  the  momentum  that 
gathers  around  the  planning  of  a new  organization,  it 
is  imperative  that  the  basic  questions  not  go  unasked. 
Honest  answers  will  indicate  the  likelihood  of  the 
plan’s  ability  to  succeed.  Is  there  a well  defined  need 
for  a PPO  solution  to  the  problem,  as  opposed  to 
another  alternative  solution  such  as  an  HMO?  Is  there 
enough  commitment  on  the  part  of  physicians  in  the 
community?  Are  there  enough  employers  who  are  suf- 
ficiently committed  to  the  concept  not  only  to  make  the 
PPO  option  available  but  to  provide  enough  infor- 
mation so  that  employees  can  make  an  informed 
choice?  Are  there  enough  people  who,  when  offered  the 
option  of  the  PPO,  will  find  it  accessible  and  economi- 
cally attractive  enough  to  choose? 

In  the  construction  of  the  new  organization,  careful 
policy  decisions  must  be  made  about  its  structure  and 
composition.  Will  there  be  one  corporate  entity,  or  two? 
Will  it  be  a joint  venture  arrangement?  Who  will  serve 
on  the  governing  board?  What  will  be  the  criteria  for 
physician  participation?  For  hospital  participation? 
What  payment  mechanisms  will  be  worked  out?  Will 
the  physicians  share  any  economic  risk?  What 
procedures  will  be  used  for  reviewing  utilization  and 
quality?  There  may  not  be  easy  consensus  on  these 
difficult  questions.  However,  taking  the  path  of  least 
resistance  during  the  planning  stages  can  prove 
troublesome  later,  when  the  operating  plan  is  tiying 
to  keep  all  parts  of  its  budget  under  control  and  tiying 
to  avoid  allegations  of  anticompetitive  behavior. 

It  is  usually  helpful  to  seek  the  counsel  of  physicians 
in  other  communities  who  have  gone  through  the 
same  experiences.  Their  detachment  from  local  issues 
can  lend  objectivity  when  opinions  or  even  per- 
sonalities begin  to  conflict.  And,  of  course,  competent 
experienced  staff  and  consultants  can  aid  tremen- 
dously in  defining  the  options  that  are  available  and 
recommending  what  they  believe  is  the  best  course  of 
action. 

In  the  final  analysis,  though,  the  ultimate  decision- 
making responsiblity  lies  with  those  who  are  develop- 
ing and  designing  the  plan  for  their  own  community. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  5— MAY  1984 


361 


Remaining  actively  involved  in  the  planning  process 
over  a span  of  many  months  can  be  a demanding  and 
tiring  experience.  It  can  also  be  a rewarding  one,  if  the 
ultimate  result  is  an  organization  about  which  phy- 
sicians can  feel  satisfied  and  confident. 

SENATE  FINANCE  COMMITTEE  ACTIONS 

The  Senate  Finance  Committee  has  held  a number 
of  meetings  since  February  23  to  consider  a series  of 
deficit  reduction  options.  None  of  the  options  under 
consideration  has  been  introduced  in  bill  form,  and 
they  are  subject  to  modifications.  In  the  course  of  these 
meetings,  the  following  recommendations  on  spending 
reductions  that  relate  to  the  Medicare  and  Medicaid 
programs  have  been  developed: 

Participating  Physicians— Physicians’  prevailing 
fees  would  be  frozen  for  at  least  three  months  begin- 
ning in  April  1984  and  the  freeze  would  continue  for 
an  additional  two  years  for  those  physicians  unwilling 
to  agree  to  accept  assignment  for  all  services  provided 
to  all  of  their  Medicare  patients  for  the  following  fee 
screen  years.  Incentives  also  would  be  developed  to 
encourage  physicians  to  accept  assignment  on  all 
claims.  These  include  publicity  of  their  status  as  “par- 
ticipating physicians,”  electronic  claims  processing  for 
beneficiaries  with  Medigap  coverage,  and  simplified 
billing/payment  arrangements.  Physicians  who  do  not 
elect  to  accept  assignment  for  all  of  their  Medicare 
patients  will  continue  to  have  the  option  of  assigning 
claims  on  a claim-by-claim  basis. 

Fee  Schedule  for  Clinical  Laboratory  Services — A 
fee  schedule  would  be  established  for  clinical  labora- 
tory services  where  payments  would  be  reduced  to  62 
percent  of  the  prevailing  charge  levels  for  all  laboratoiy 
services  payable  under  Part  B.  The  fee  schedule  would 
be  in  place  for  3'/2  years,  until  October  1987. 

Increase  in  Part  B Premium — The  Part  B premium 
would  be  increased  from  1985  to  1990  so  that  the 
premium  would  equal  35  percent  of  the  cost  of  the  Part 
B program  by  1990. 

Date  of  Initial  Eligibility  for  Medicare  Entitle- 
ment— Eligibility  for  both  Parts  A and  B of  Medicare 
would  be  delayed  to  the  first  day  of  the  month  following 
the  month  of  an  individual’s  65th  birthday.  (Eligibility 
now  occurs  on  the  first  day  of  the  month  in  which  an 
individual  attains  age  65.) 

Working  Aged — Where  a nonworking  spouse  is  aged 
65  to  69  and  the  working  spouse  is  not  yet  65  years 
of  age,  the  nonworking  spouse  would  have  the  option 
of  electing  primary  coverage  under  the  employer  group 
health  plan.  (Under  current  law,  both  the  employed 
individual  and  spouse  must  be  between  the  ages  of  65 
and  69  to  create  a situation  where  Medicare  could  be 
secondary  payor.) 

Limiting  Increases  in  Hospital  Reimbursement— 

The  rate  of  increase  in  hospital  reimbursement  would 
be  limited  for  fiscal  years  1985  and  1986  to  just  the 
hospital  market  basket.  (Under  current  law,  rates  will 
be  allowed  to  increase  at  the  rate  of  market  basket  plus 
1 percent.) 

Reduction  in  Medicaid  Payments— Federal  reduc- 
tions in  matching  payments  for  states  would  continue 
for  an  additional  three  years.  The  reduction  would  be 
at  3 percent  for  fiscal  years  1985,  1986,  and  1987. 


Existing  offsets  whereby  states  may  qualify  to  earn 
back  part  of  all  of  the  reductions  would  remain  ii  \ 
place. 

Medicaid  Assigment  of  Rights— States  would  be  re 
quired  to  have  all  Medicaid  applicants  assign  to  th 
state  their  rights  to  any  third-party  recovery  for  healtl 
care  costs.  (Current  law  gives  states  the  option  to  re 
quire  Medicaid  applicants  to  assign  these  rights  to  th 
state.) 

GLUTETHIMIDE  RESCHEDULED 

Glutethimide,  the  nonbarbiturate  sedative  has  beer 
rescheduled  in  the  New  Jersey  Controlled  Dangerou; 
Substances  regulations  from  Schedule  III  to  Schedul 
II  effective  February  21,  1984.  A final  notice  of  adoptioi 
appeared  in  the  New  Jersey  Register.  This  drug  prod 
uct  is  prescribed  under  the  generic  name  o 
glutethimide  as  well  as  the  brand  name  Doriden®,  USV 

As  a Schedule  II  drug,  the  following  restriction: 
apply: 

1.  Only  a written  prescription  may  be  used  t( 
prescribe  glutethimide. 

2.  The  prescription  is  nonrefillable. 

3.  A prescription  for  glutethimide  may  not  be  writ 
ten  for  a quantity  greater  than  a 30  day  supply  or  ;j 
120  dosage  unit  whichever  is  the  lesser  amount. 

4.  Records  of  purchase  of  glutethimide  must  be  kep 
separate  from  all  other  records. 

5.  Prescriptions  for  glutethimide  must  be  kept  on  £ 
separate  file. 

Since  this  is  a change  under  New  Jersey’s  code  only 
the  need  for  a federal  triplicate  order  form  (DEA-222 
is  not  required. 

For  additional  information  on  this  change,  cal; 
609-984-1308. 

NJ  AUTO  INSURANCE  FREEDOM  OF  CHOICE  AND 
COST  CONTAINMENT  ACT  OF  1984 

Assembly  Bill  #3981,  known  as  the  New  Jersey  Auto 
mobile  Insurance  Freedom  of  Choice  and  Cost  Con 
tainment  Act  of  1984,  was  passed  by  the  State  Senat( 
on  October  3,  1983,  and  signed  by  the  Governor  th 
next  day. 

Section  13  of  the  legislation  requires  every  auto 
mobile  insurer  to  offer,  on  an  optional  basis,  medica 
expense  benefit  deductibles  in  amounts  of  $500 
$1,000,  and  $2,500  for  any  one  accident  for  any  one 
person  with  respect  to  personal  injury  protection  cov 
erage,  provided  in  accordance  with  the  law.  If  an  indi 
vidual  elects  one  of  these  deductibles  a reduction  of  1( 
percent  to  40  percent  of  the  cost  for  personal  injur} 
protection,  or  about  $30  a year  on  the  average,  will  be 
realized.  The  deductible  selected  will  be  applied  before 
medical  expenses  are  compensable  under  the  insured's 
automobile  policy. 

If  the  insured  injured  person  has  other  hospi 
tal/ medical  coverage,  such  as  offered  by  our  Programs 
medical  expenses  used  to  satisfy  the  automobile  in 
surance  deductible  may  be  submitted  to  that  medical 
care  insurance  plan  for  consideration.  The  law  does 
not  require  medical  care  insurance  plans  to  reimburse 
fully  for  the  amount  of  expenses  used  to  satisfy  the 
automobile  insurance  deductible:  those  expenses 
would  be  subject  to  the  other  medical  care  insurance 


362 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Man's  policy  provisions  as  to  deductibles,  copayment, 
neligible  expenses,  and  maximum  benefit. 

The  Committee  on  Medical  Defense  and  Insurance 
vishes  to  caution  the  Society’s  membership  that  the 
election  of  one  of  these  deductibles  and  the  resulting 
rniall  savings  in  the  cost  of  automobile  insurance  may 
lot  be  worth  the  added  risk  of  having  to  pay  any  or 
ill  of  the  expenses  used  to  satisfy  the  deductible  for 
lersons  insured  under  his  or  her  policy. 

AMENDMENT  TO  SPECIALIST  RULE 

The  Division  of  Medical  Assistance  and  Health  Ser- 
vices of  the  state  of  New  Jersey's  Department  of  Human 
Services  has  proposed  a rule  which  will  delete  the  re- 
quirement that  in  order  to  be  paid  as  a specialist  (by 
dedicaid)  a physician  must  limit  his/her  practice  to 
10  percent  of  their  specialty. 

The  proposed  new  rule  will  allow  physicians  who 
qualify  as  specialists  to  be  reimbursed  accordingly, 
lowever,  physicians  must  be  classified  as  specialists 
qy  the  Prudential  Insurance  Company,  the  fiscal  agent 
vho  is  responsible  for  processing  physician  claims  for 
layment. 

Note:  No  action  is  required  if  the  physician  already 
Is  classified  as  a specialist  by  the  Medicaid  program. 
The  full  text  of  the  proposed  rule  will  appear  in  a 
ubsequent  issue  of  the  New  Jersey  Register. 

INAL  PROSPECTIVE  PAYMENT 
SYSTEM  REGULATIONS 

While  Health  Care  Financing  Administration  regu- 

Iitions  on  the  prospective  pricing  under  Medicare  are 
i constant  fluctuation,  several  significant  actions 
ave  been  taken.  These  are  listed  below.  Please  bear  in 
lind  that  they  refer  to  federal  Medicare  and  not  to  the 
lew  Jersey  DRG  Program. 

Outlier  Funding.  HCFA  has  eliminated  the  hospital 
pecific  portion  from  outlier  funding.  Consequently, 
ayments  for  outliers  will  become  smaller  while  pay- 
lents  for  nonoutlier  cases  will  be  increased. 
Excluded  Hospitals.  Alcohol/drug  treatment  hospi- 
als  and  units  are  excluded  from  federal  DRGs  until 
'ctober  1985. 

Charges  to  Beneficiaries.  Hospitals  may  bill  for  ser- 
ices  to  patients  who  elect  to  remain  in  the  hospital 
>r  more  than  two  days  past  the  date  the  patient  is 
otified  that  acute  care  no  longer  is  necessary. 
Physician  Attestation.  A physician  must,  proximate 
) discharge,  attest  in  writing  to  the  principal 
iagnosis,  the  secondary  diagnosis,  and  the  names  of 
re  procedures  performed.  Intentional  misrepresenta- 
on,  concealment,  or  falsification  may  be  punishable 
y imprisonment,  fine,  or  civil  penalty. 

PORTS  MEDICINE  AND  THE  HANDICAPPED 

On  May  25,  1984,  a special  symposium  entitled, 
sports  Medicine  and  the  Handicapped,”  will  be  held 
t the  Meadowlands  Sports  Complex.  This  day-long 
/ent  is  sponsored  by  the  New  Jersey  Orthopaedic  So- 
ety  in  affiliation  with  the  New  Jersey  Special  Olym- 
ics,  UMDNJ-New  Jersey  Medical  School,  United  Chil- 
ren’s  Hospital,  and  United  Children’s  Hospital  Or- 


thopedic Center.  The  coordinator  and  moderator  is 
Max  M.  Novieh,'  M.D.  For  further  information,  please 
contact  the  New  Jersey  Orthopaedic  Society. 

STEPHEN  WICKES  PRIZE 

The  Medical  History  Society  of  New  Jersey  is  pleased 
to  announce  the  establishment  of  the  Stephen  Wickes 
Prize  in  the  Histoiy  of  Medicine.  This  annual  award 
of  $100  is  named  for  Stephen  Wickes,  the  first  medical 
historian  in  New  Jersey.  Any  currently  enrolled  under- 
graduate, graduate,  or  professional  student  is  eligible 
to  submit  an  original  essay  on  a historical  subject  in 
medical  or  allied  fields.  The  topic  may  treat  the  histori- 
cal aspects  of  a current  problem,  or  it  may  deal  with 
a specific  subject  in  a defined  period  of  the  past. 

The  Committee  particularly  is  interested  in  topics 
related  to  the  history  of  medicine  or  allied  fields  in  New 
Jersey.  Essays  should  not  exceed  7,000  words  and 
should  be  submitted  by  August  1,  1984,  to:  Chairman, 
The  Stephen  Wickes  Prize  in  the  History  of  Medicine, 
Medical  History  Society  of  New  Jersey,  Two  Princess 
Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648. 

No  awards  will  be  made  if  entries  submitted  are 
deemed  to  be  without  sufficient  merit.  The  essay 
selected  as  the  winner  by  the  Committee  will  be  sub- 
mitted for  consideration  toward  publication  in  The 
Journal  of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey. 

MEDICAL  HISTORY  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 
MEETING 

The  Medical  History  Society  of  New  Jersey,  in  affilia- 
tion with  the  Academy  of  Medicine  of  New  Jersey,  will 
meet  at  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey’s  head- 
quarters in  Lawrenceville  on  Wednesday,  May  9.  Lester 
S.  King,  M.D.,  well-known  historian  of  medicine,  will 
deliver  the  annual  Morris  H.  Saffron  Lecture,  “When 
Did  Medicine  Become  Scientific?”  A pathologist  by 
training,  Dr.  King  long  has  been  interested  in  the  his- 
tory of  the  profession. 

HEALTH  CARE  COSTS 

A pamphlet  prepared  by  the  Office  of  Public  Affairs 
and  Medical  Education,  MSNJ,  now  is  available  for 
distribution.  The  brochure  is  a patient  education  tool 
that  discusses  the  high  cost  of  health  care  and  what 
physicians  in  New  Jersey  are  doing  to  control  the  prob- 
lem. 

A recent  national  survey  showed  that  one  of  the 
greatest  concerns  of  all  physicians  is  high  health  care 
costs.  The  national  health  care  dollar  is  spent  in  the 
following  manner:  41  percent  for  hospital  care,  21  per- 
cent for  personal  health  care,  19  percent  for  phy- 
sicians’ services,  1 1 percent  for  other  health  spending, 
and  8 percent  for  nursing  home  care. 

You  can  order  this  informative  pamphlet  for  office 
distribution  by  calling  the  Public  Affairs  Office,  MSNJ, 
at  609-896-1766. 

FINI 

The  highest  thing  in  leadership  is  credibility. 


)L.  81— NUMBER  5— MAY  1984 


363 


yyel|CO<ne 


; '1  ' 


mm. 

-V  - ^ 

‘ ' V,'. 

iSSlfi 

' | 


8S#S: 


ellcome  Co. 


nvwff 


(a\topur 


and  o M^el W' nM*e‘ 


ou9h^an9°eHrK 


. fv  choice  of  100 

. tor  vow  parents:  llttaaon 

• 3Sa^  ^oo*”®-8' 

• patient  educa  ec0t\otny 


■■■  - ' «S 

'■  /:■■•.  V ' • .,  • 

If  I ' 

1 1 | ||  ||  - j i§|  S||  IMttf  ||  « 


Co- 


ai  I 


1 ■ 


i-WW' 


i’ "'%■.. 


W 


W 


MSI  H 


I 5 


; 


H 


Wllmsm. 


• ' tj  ■ I: 


>ROFESSIONAL  LIABILITY 

Commentary* 


The  New  Jersey  Supreme  Court 
has  permitted  attorneys  to  in- 
crease their  contingency  fees  be- 
nning  January  16,  1984.  A contingency  fee,  which  is 
ased  on  the  amount  of  an  award  in  a civil  action,  is 
t agreement  between  the  client  and  the  attorney  on 
te  fee  the  attorney  will  receive  for  his  services.  The 
-w  contingency  fee  limits  are:  33'/3  percent  of  the  first 
150,000;  25  percent  of  the  next  $250,000;  and  20 

1‘rcent  of  the  next  $500,000.  (On  a $500,000  award, 
te  fee  would  be  $145,825.)  The  previous  contingency 
e limits  were:  50  percent  of  the  first  $1,000;  40  per- 
mit of  the  next  $2,000;  331/3  percent  of  the  next 
17,000;  25  percent  of  the  next  $50,000;  20  percent 
the  next  $150,000;  and  10  percent  of  any  amount 
er  $250,000.  (On  a $500,000  award,  the  fee  was 
39,451.) 

Under  Court  rules,  all  contingency  agreements  in 
pw  Jersey  must  be  in  writing  prior  to  the  start  of  the 
Use.  If  the  client  is  an  infant  or  incompetent  at  the 
ne  the  contingency  fee  is  made,  the  fee  in  settlement, 
iithout  trial,  cannot  exceed  25  percent. 

,The  Supreme  Court  also  established  a new  rule  for 
lyment  in  the  event  the  plaintiff  receives  funds  on 
i installment  basis,  otherwise  known  as  a structured 
ttlement.  The  new  ruling  calls  for  contingency  fees 
i be  based  upon  any  cash  payment  made  at  settle- 
ent  plus  the  actual  cost  to  the  party  making  the 
Jtlement  of  the  structured  settlement.  Prior  to  this 
-W  ruling,  the  contingency  fee  was  based  on  the  total 
the  structured  settlement.  New  Jersey  is  one  of  six 
ates  in  the  nation  that  limit  contingency  fees. 


WHY  ENGLAND  HAS  FEWER  MALPRACTICE  SUITS 

The  annual  premium  charged  in  1982  by  the  Medi- 
cal Defense  Union,  the  largest  and  oldest  of  Britain’s 
three  malpractice  insurers,  was  approximately  $250. 
In  the  25  years  from  1947  to  1972,  only  2,809  malprac- 
tice claims  were  brought,  compared  to  the  United 
States  which  closed  IV2  times  as  many  claims  for  1976 
alone. 

This  information,  along  with  reasons  why  England 
has  fewer  malpractice  claims,  was  part  of  an  article  on 
the  British  health  care  system  which  appeared  in  the 
January  5,  1984,  issue  of  the  New  England  Journal 
oj  Medicine. 

The  authors  of  the  article,  William  Schwartz,  M.D.. 
and  Henry  Aaron,  M.D.,  contend  that  among  the  many 
impediments  to  plaintiffs  bringing  malpractice  suits, 
is  the  initial  cost  to  the  plaintiff.  The  plaintiff  must  pay 
his  lawyer  a predetermined  fee  to  initiate  a suit  rather 
than  arrange  a contingency  fee.  Should  he  lose,  the 
plaintiff  also  must  pay  the  defendant's  costs— typically 
as  of  1971  in  the  range  of  $7,500  to  $25,000.  The  Legal 
Aid  scheme  entitles  indigent  plaintiffs  to  sue  at  gov- 
ernment expense,  but  few  qualify  because  "indigency" 
requires  disposable  income  to  be  less  than  roughly 
$3,500  per  year. 

ATTORNEYS  PERMITTED  TO  ADVERTISE 

For  the  first  time,  lawyers  will  be  allowed  to  solicit 
customers  via  the  electronic  media,  but  do  not  expect 
to  hear  any  catchy  jingles.  The  New  Jersey  Supreme 
Court  recently  ruled  that  lawyers  may  advertise  on 
radio  and  television  as  long  as  the  ads  are  tasteful  and 
do  not  misrepresent  any  facts. 

The  ruling  prohibits  the  use  of  “drawings,  anima- 
tions, dramatizations,  music,  or  lyrics"  as  well  as  any 
comments  on  win-loss  records  or  influence  with  the 
courts. 

Another  major  change  in  the  rule  that  will  permit 
lawyers  to  advertise  on  radio  and  television  is  a section 
that  will  permit  out-of-state  firms  the  right  to  solicit 
business  as  long  as  “the  name  of  an  attorney  licensed 
to  practice  here  clearly  is  set  forth  in  all  communica- 
tions" and  that  the  attorney  be  responsible  for  the  New 
Jersey  office's  operations. 

Previously,  the  out-of-state  firm  of  Jacoby  and 
Meyers  was  ruled  ineligible  to  advertise  or  solicit  busi- 
ness here  because  neither  of  those  attorneys  was 
licensed  to  practice  law  in  the  state.  (The  Trentonian, 
Friday.  January  20,  1984) 

MEDICOLEGAL  SEMINAR 

The  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey's  Department  of 
Professional  Liability  Control,  in  conjunction  with  the 
Medical  Inter-Insurance  Exchange  of  New  Jersey,  is 
planning  its  fifth  annual  medicolegal  seminar  for 
Wednesday,  September  12,  1984.  Details  of  this  sem- 
inar will  be  mailed  to  members  in  early  August. 


‘This  item  from  the  Department  of  Professional  Liability  Con- 
trol. MSNJ.  was  prepared  by  James  E.  George,  M.D..  J.D..  and 
A.  Ronald  Rouse  who  are.  respectively.  Director  of  the  Depart- 
ment and  Director  of  Special  Projects. 


)L.  81— NUMBER  5— MAY  1984 


365 


CALIFORNIA  HOSPITALS  REQUIRE  MD 
COVERAGE 

More  California  hospitals  are  requiring  physicians 
to  carry  professional  liability  insurance  as  a condition 
of  maintaining  staff  privileges.  A recent  survey  con- 
ducted by  the  California  Hospital  Association  found 
that  half  of  the  hospitals  in  the  state  require  such 
coverage  and  another  22  percent  are  considering  im- 
posing such  a requirement. 

This  information  reflects  about  a 17  percent  in- 
crease in  hospitals  with  such  a stipulation.  A survey 
conducted  by  the  California  Medical  Association’s 
Task  Force  on  Professional  Liability  of  all  505  hospitals 
in  the  state  in  late  1981  and  early  1982  showed  that 
of  the  77  percent  who  responded,  only  32.8  percent 
required  proof  of  coverage  to  retain  medical  staff  privi- 
leges. Fifty-nine  other  hospitals  said  they  were  con- 
sidering doing  so.  At  that  time,  of  221  hospitals  who 
said  they  do  not  require  coverage,  47  said  they  never 
had  considered  it  and  115  had  considered  but  rejected 
the  idea 

A California  appeals  court  ruling  handed  down  June 
28,  1983,  may  have  given  impetus  to  the  increase  in 
hospitals  requiring  insurance  coverage.  In  Wilkinson 
v Madera  Community  Hospital  (Civ.  6109),  the  court 
not  only  recognized  the  right  of  a hospital  to  require 
its  physicians  to  carry  malpractice  insurance,  but  to 
specify  further  the  type  of  insurance  and  the  nature 
of  the  carrier  with  whom  the  insurance  was  placed. 
The  court  even  went  further,  indicating  that  the  in- 
surance requirement  was  a move  in  the  best  interests 
of  hospitals,  physicians,  and  patients. 

In  Wilkinson,  a physician  went  to  court  to  contest 
a hospital  board  of  trustees'  resolution  requiring  all 
medical  staff  members  to  maintain  malpractice  in- 
surance with  a “recognized  insurance  company  in  a 
minimum  amount  of  $500,000  per  occurrence.”  The 
case  went  up  on  appeal.  The  plaintiff,  whose  insurance 
was  placed  with  an  offshore  carrier,  argued  that  the 
insurance  requirement  and  the  specifications  were 
unconstitutional  on  a variety  of  grounds,  among  them 
denial  of  due  process  and  violation  of  the  equal  protec- 
tion clause.  The  court  rejected  each  argument,  uphold- 
ing the  validity  of  the  insurance  requirement,  and  say- 
ing: “In  light  of  the  increasing  number  and  amount  of 
personal  injury  verdicts  against  doctors  and  hospitals, 
it  is  highly  germane  to  consider  a hospital’s  interest 
in  having  its  staff  doctors  insured  in  an  adequate 
amount  and  by  a reliable  carrier.  Such  coverage 
protects  the  vital  financial  integrity  of  a hospital.  It 
provides  an  assured  fund  to  pay  a judgment  where  the 
doctor  is  held  personally  liable.  If  by  reason  of  the 
relationship  between  doctor  and  a hospital,  the  hospi- 
tal is  held  jointly  liable  with  the  primarily  responsible 
doctor,  the  hospital  would  have  the  right  of  indem- 
nification against  the  doctor  and  the  doctor’s  carrier. 
Thus,  the  existence  of  malpractice  insurance  covering 
staff  doctors  would  likely  reduce  the  insurance 
premium  on  the  hospital’s  liability  coverage.  Lastly,  the 
existence  of  such  coverage  protects  hospital  patients.” 

In  a memo  to  California  hospitals,  Musick,  Peeler, 
and  Garrett,  California  Hospital  Association’s  legal 


counsel,  pointed  out  that  the  decision  was  not  fina 
and  that  there  was  a possibility  that  there  could  be  £ 
petition  for  rehearing  or  for  a hearing  before  the  Cali 
fomia  Supreme  Court. 

Even  so,  the  impact  of  the  appeals  court  ruling  is 
reflected  in  the  recent  California  Hospital  Associatior 
survey  which  revealed  that  about  72  percent  of  al 
California  hospitals  either  already  require  proof  of  cov 
erage  from  medical  staff  members  or  are  considering 
such  a requirement.  More  than  half  of  the  hospitals 
now  requiring  coverage  say  that  the  carrier  must  b< 
recognized  by  the  state  department  of  insurance,  bu 
only  15  percent  specify  whether  the  insurance  mus 
be  a particular  type — claims  made  or  occurrence 
About  80  percent  require  a minimum  amount  of  cov 
erage  with  the  greatest  majority  (43  percent)  requiring 
limits  of  $500,000/$!  million.  Another  33  percen 
specify  coverage  of  $l/$3  million  and  21  percent  re 
quire  $500,000  or  less. 

“Nearly  60  percent  of  the  nonprofit  hospitals  re 
plying  to  the  survey  require  coverage,  while  just  unde 
40  percent  of  the  investor-owned  hospitals  do,”  saic 
the  California  Hospital  Association.  (Medical  Liability 
Monitor,  Vol.  8,  No.  12,  December  24,  1983) 


AETNA  LIFE  & CASULTY  “NO  LONGER  A MAJOR 
FACTOR”  IN  MALPRACTICE  MARKETPLACE 

Aetna,  once  the  dominant  carrier  in  eight  states  anc 
doing  business  in  many  others,  is  pulling  out  of  th< 
malpractice  market.  Aetna  spokesman,  Matthew  M 
Sheridan,  says  the  company  is  trying  to  withdraw  fronj 
the  “unprofitable”  line  very  gradually  by  notifying  th< 
insured  that  his  or  her  policy  will  not  be  renewed. 

“We  are  no  longer  a major  factor  in  medical  malprac 
tice  and  the  areas  we  still  are  active  in  represent  onhl 
a small  percentage  of  the  total  market”  said  Mrjj 
Sheridan.  Aetna  says  it  still  is  active  in  about  ter 
states,  but  the  giant  insurer  will  not  specify  whicl 
markets  those  are.  Sheridan  also  declined  to  say  hov, 
many  physicians  and  surgeons  still  are  covered  b 
Aetna 

The  reasons  for  Aetna’s  withdrawal  are  varied,  bu 
there  is  reason  to  believe  the  insurer,  one  of  the  na( 
tion’s  largest,  could  not  compete  with  the  rise  in  sel» 
insurance  and  medical  and  hospital  associations  pool? 
ing  resources  to  underwrite  their  own  professiona 
plans.  Aetna  says  it  could  not  keep  pace  with  the  larg 
medical  malpractice  settlements  even  with  increasin 
its  rates.  The  company  would  not  confirm  or  den 
recent  reports  that  it  is  abandoning  the  states  of  Mis 
souri,  Maine,  Kentucky,  and  Wisconsin,  but  the  retrea 
is  in  the  works,  according  to  sources. 

The  Iowa  Medical  Society,  for  one,  hopes  that  Aetn 
is  not  getting  out  of  its  state.  The  Society  has  had 
sponsored  program  with  the  insurer  since  1977.  Abou 
1,250  physicians  are  enrolled  in  the  plan.  The  ir 
surance  company  has  asked  the  Iowa  insurance  com 
missioner  to  approve  a 32.5  percent  rate  increase  fo 
February  1,  1984,  but  so  far,  no  action  has  taken  plac 
on  that  request.  (Medical  Liability  Monitor,  Vol.  9,  Nc 
1,  January  30,  1984) 


366 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Find  your  doctor  is  the  headline  in  what  has  to  be  one  of  the  largest 
posters  ever  produced — three  feet  by  five. 

This  poster  is  in  fact  a directory  of  the  approximately  10,000  Participating 
P.A.C.E.  Physicians  and  Providers. 

Distributed  to  10,000  of  our  larger  P.A.C.E  subscriber  businesses,  it  has 
proven  to  be  a unique  and  effective  way  to  promote  participation,  and  the 
key  role  the  Participating  Doctor  plays  in  this  comprehensive  health 
care  coverage. 

Currently  seven  out  of  ten  of  your  colleagues  are  participating 
in  P.A.C.E.  ’ 

The  P.A.C.E  program  takes  into  account 
the  kind  of  medicine  you  practice,  and  where  | 

P.A.C.E.  provides  Participating  Physicians 
more  equitable  and  consistant  payments. 

We  actively  seek  your  participation 
in  this  unique  P.A.C.E.  program,  A 

for  more  information  please  call  A 
(201)  456-3200. 


The  card  that  you  can  count  on... 


Blue  Shield 

of  New  Jersey 


v m 


WITH 

COMPLETE 

SLEEP  LABORATORY 

PROOF15... 


U*  ■ '• 


Copyright^  1984  by  Roche  Products  Inc.  All  righrs  reserved 


ONLY  DALMANE 

flurazepam  HCI/Poche 

IMPROVES  SLEEP... 


M ALL  THESE  WAYS 


lapid  sleep  onset1'6 

effective  for  middle-of-the-night 
and  early-morning  awakenings2,5 

Jndiminished  efficacy  for  at 
least  28  nights2'4 

atients  usually  awake  rested 
and  refreshed79 

voids  rebound  insomnia  after 
discontinuation  of  therapy35,1012 

ution  patients  about  driving,  operating  hazardous  machinery  or  dnnk- 
; alcohol  during  therapy.  Limit  dose  to  15  mg  in  elderly  or  debilitated 
tients.  Contraindicated  during  pregnancy. 


iiND  THE 
IREDICTABILITY 
(HAT  COMES  WITH 
IXPERIENCE 


FOR  EFFECTIVE  REUEF  OF  INSOMNIA 

DALMANE 

flurazepam  HCI/Roche 

STANDS  APART  . 


15-MG/30-MG 

CAPSULES 

See  next  page  for 
references  and  summary 
of  product  information. 


References:  1.  Kales  J et  al:  Clm  Pharmacol 
Ther  12: 691-697,  Jul-Aug  1971.  2.  Kales  A et  al: 
Clin  Pharmacol  Ther  18: 356-363,  Sep  1975. 

3.  Kales  A et  al:  Clm  Pharmacol  Ther  19: 
576-583,  May  1976.  4.  Kales  A et  al:  Clin  Phar- 
macol Ther  32: 781-788,  Dec  1982  5.  Frost  JD  Jr, 
DeLucchi  MR:  J Am  Genatr  Soc  27:541-546,  Dec 
1979  6.  Kales  A,  Kales  JD:  J Clm  Pharmacol 
3 140-150,  Apr  1983.  7.  Monti  JM:  Methods  Find 
Exp  Clm  Pharmacol  3: 303-326,  May  1981. 

8.  Greenblatt  DJ  et  al:  Sleep  5 (Suppl  1):S18-S27, 

1982  9.  Kales  A et  al  Pharmacology  26  121-137, 

1983  10.  Greenblatt  DJ,  Allen  MD,  Shader  Rl: 
Clm  Pharmacol  Ther  21  355-361,  Mar  1977. 

11.  Zimmerman  AM:  Curr  Ther  Res  13  18-22, 
Jan  1971  12.  Amrein  R et  al:  Drugs  Exp  Clm  Res 
9(11:85-99,  1983. 


If  your  professional 
liability  insurance  company 
ran  out  of  money,  you  could 
find  yourself  very  much . . . 


Dalmane,J  ® 

flurazepam  HCl/Roche 

Before  prescribing,  please  consult  complete  product  infor- 
mation, a summary  of  which  follows: 

Indications:  Effective  in  all  types  ol  insomnia  characterized  by 
difficulty  in  falling  asleep,  frequent  nocturnal  awakenings  and/ 
or  early  morning  awakening;  in  patients  with  recurring  insom- 
nia or  poor  sleeping  habits;  in  acute  or  chronic  medical  situa- 
tions requiring  restful  sleep.  Objective  sleep  laboratory  data 
have  shown  effectiveness  for  at  least  28  consecutive  nights  ol 
administration.  Since  insomnia  is  oflen  transient  and  intermit- 
tent, prolonged  administration  is  generally  not  necessary  or  rec- 
ommended. Repeated  therapy  should  only  be  undertaken  with 
appropnale  patient  evaluation 

Contraindications:  Known  hypersensitivity  to  flurazepam  HCI; 
pregnancy.  Benzodiazepines  may  cause  fetal  damage  when 
administered  during  pregnancy.  Several  studies  suggest  an 
increased  risk  of  congenital  malformations  associated  with  ben 
zodiazepine  use  during  the  first  trimester.  Warn  patients  of  the 
potential  risks  to  the  fetus  should  the  possibility  of  becoming 
pregnant  exist  while  receiving  flurazepam  Instruct  patient  to 
discontinue  drug  pnor  to  becoming  pregnant.  Consider  the  pos- 
sibility of  pregnancy  prior  to  instituting  therapy. 

Warnings:  Caution  patients  about  possible  combined  effects 
with  alcohol  and  other  CNS  depressants.  An  'additive  effect 
may  occur  if  alcohol  is  consumed  the  day  following  use  lor 
nighttime  sedation.  This  potential  may  exist  for  several  days 
following  discontinuation.  Caution  against  hazardous  occupa- 
tions requiring  complete  mental  alertness  (e  g. . operating 
machinery,  driving).  Potential  impairment  ol  performance  of 
such  activities  may  occur  the  day  following  ingestion.  Not  rec- 
ommended for  use  in  persons  under  15  years  of  age.  Though 
physical  and  psychological  dependence  have  not  been  reported 
on  recommended  doses,  abrupt  discontinuation  should  be 
avoidecl  with  gradual  tapering  of  dosage  lor  those  patients  on 
medication  lor  a prolonged  period  of  time.  Use  caution  in 
administering  to  addiction-prone  individuals  or  those  who  might 
increase  dosage. 

Precautions:  In  elderly  and  debilitated  patients,  it  is  recom- 
mended that  the  dosage  be  limited  to  15  mg  to  reduce  nsk  of 
oversedation,  dizziness,  contusion  and/or  ataxia.  Consider 
potential  additive  effects  with  other  hypnotics  or  CNS  depres- 
sants Employ  usual  precautions  in  severely  depressed  patients, 
or  in  those  with  latent  depression  or  suicidal  tendencies,  or  in 
those  with  impaired  renal  or  hepatic  (unction. 

Adverse  Reactions:  Dizziness,  drowsiness,  lightheadedness. 
staggering,  ataxia  and  tailing  have  occurred,  particularly  in 
elderly  or  debilitated  patients.  Severe  sedation,  lethargy,  dis- 
orientation and  coma,  probably  indicative  of  drug  intolerance  or 
overdosage,  have  been  reported.  Also  reported:  headache, 
heartburn,  upset  stomach,  nausea,  vomiting,  diarrhea,  constipa- 
tion. Gl  pain,  nervousness,  talkativeness,  apprehension,  irrita- 
bility. weakness,  palpitations,  chest  pains,  body  and  joint  pains 
and  GU  complaints.  There  have  also  been  rare  occurrences  ol 
leukopenia,  granulocytopenia,  sweating,  flushes,  difficulty  in 
focusing,  blurred  vision,  burning  eyes,  faintness,  hypotension, 
shortness  of  breath,  pruritus,  skin  rash,  dry  mouth,  bitter  taste, 
excessive  salivation,  anorexia,  euphoria,  depression,  slurred 
speech,  confusion,  restlessness,  hallucinations,  and  elevated 
SGOT,  SGPT.  total  and  direct  bilirubins,  and  alkaline  phospha- 
tase; and  paradoxical  reactions,  e.g.,  excitement,  stimulation 
and  hyperactivity. 

Dosage:  Individualize  for  maximum  beneficial  effect.  Adults. 

30  mg  usual  dosage;  15  mg  may  suffice  in  some  patients. 
Elderly  or  debilitated  patients:  1 5 mg  recommended  initially 
until  response  is  determined. 

Supplied:  Capsules  containing  15  mg  or  30  mg  flurazepam  HCI. 


Roche  Products  Inc. 

Manati,  Puerto  Rico  00701 


. . . alone. 


We’re  6,900  New  Jersey  physicians 
insuring  ourselves  through  our  own 
non-profit  company.  If  you  haven’t 
joined  us,  you  could  be  more  at  risk 
than  you  know.  You  owe  it  to 
yourself  — and  those  that  depend  on 
you  — to  call  us  for  more  information. 

800-257-6288 


Do 


it  now.  Everything  is  at  stake. 


A professional  service  message  from  the 

Medical  Inter-Insurance  Exchange  of  N.J 

Two  Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  0864f 
(609)  896-2404 

“ The  Doctors'  Company ” 


370 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSI 


Editorial 


Physicians  in  the 
Mouse  Trap 


Leon  G.  Smith,  m.d. 


Physicians  must  plan  and  work 
together.  Be  involved  and  address 
problems  before  we  are  legislated  to 
death.  The  mouse  trap  is  set. 


D 


uring  the  past  decade  we  have 
witnessed  the  greatest  revol- 
ution in  medical  history.  There 
ave  been  achievements  well  beyond  our  most  imag- 
lative  dreams.  Drugs  (cardiac  and  antibiotics),  de- 
ices (computed  tomography  and  nuclear  magnetic 
^sonance),  and  procedures  (endoscopy  and  angioplas- 
r)  all  have  added  new  dimensions  to  patient  care, 
nfortunately,  these  achievements  have  accelerated 
bor  costs  of  medical  care  astronomically.  Intensive 
ire  which  is  daily  care  with  continuous  monitoring, 
ad  one-to-one  nursing  along  with  aggressive  medical 
itervention  have  placed  costs  at  some  centers  at  well 
/er  $1,000  per  day,  per  intensive  care  unit. 

To  cope  with  these  new  sets  of  events,  our  govem- 
lent  has  devised  new  control  measures  geared  to  pre- 
snt  the  reoccurrence  of  the  rapid  rise  of  costs.  Their 
rst  attempt  has  been  to  contain  hospital  costs.  The 
RG  (diagnostically  related  group)  system  has  been 
nployed  even  though  “it  has  not  been  a system 
roven  beyond  the  shadow  of  doubt.”  This  typifies  the 
nse  of  urgency  of  our  already  overtaxed  medical  sys- 
'm.  It  is  estimated  that  1,000  of  the  hospitals  in  the 
nited  States  will  close  in  the  next  year. 

As  we  begin  to  adjust  to  this  new  DRG  system,  we 
lust  be  made  aware  of  the  next  phase  of  cost  contain- 
ment in  the  medical  profession  and  its  allied  fields.  The 
ext  government  attack  will  be  multifaceted.  First  and 
iremost,  there  presently  exists  a surplus,  not  only  of 
octors  and  dentists,  but  of  podiatrists,  optometrists, 
liropractors,  midwives,  and  psychologists,  all  of 


3L.  81— NUMBER  5— MAY  1984 


whom  will  be  competing  for  the  “shrinking  dollar." 
What  can  we  look  forward  to  and  how  should  we  re- 
spond to  the  coming  events? 

Most  notably,  we  shall  witness  creative  efforts  by 
doctors  to  attract  new  patients.  Emergency  centers, 
“no  appointment  needed”  office  hours,  advertisement 
gimmicks,  and  new  marketing  approaches  already  are 
upon  us.  Staff  doctors  of  the  larger  hospitals  literally 
are  fighting  for  emergency  room  rotations  to  ensure 
more  patients.  There  is  a growing  demand  for  limi- 
tations of  privileges  in  doing  procedures  such  as  co- 
lonoscopy and  bronchoscopy.  Hospitals  are  plagued 
with  unending  demands  for  the  lucrative  readings  of 
EKGs  and  echocardiograms.  Specialists  are  beginning 
to  redefine  their  domains.  Radiologists  utilizing  the 
computed  tomography  (CT)  scan  also  are  biopsying 
lung  lesions  while,  at  the  same  time,  pulmonary 
specialists  in  the  field  of  internal  medicine  are 
challenging  the  monopoly  of  radiologists  who  receive 
exclusive  fees  for  interpreting  CT  scans  of  the  lungs. 
Vascular  surgeons  resent  the  intrusion  of  radiologists 
in  performing  angioplasty.  The  new  specialty  in  in- 
tensive medicine  has  been  inhibited  by  pulmon- 
ologists, anesthesiologists,  and  gastroenterologists  be- 
cause the  intensivist  can  do  all  of  their  procedures 
with  equal  skill.  Cardiologists  demand  that  all  patients 
in  the  cardiac  care  unit  obtain  a consultation  from  a 
board  certified  cardiologist.  Cardiac  catheterization 
physicians  vie  with  cardiac  surgeons  to  insert 
pacemakers.  Some  hospitals  have  closed  their  medical 
staffs.  Renal  dialysis  groups  have  discouraged  young 
nephrologists  from  participating  in  their  decreasing 
prosperity.  Laser  instrument  use  is  restricted  to  a 
select  few  under  the  guise  that  excellence  must  be 
achieved  by  one  before  it  can  be  transmitted  to  others. 

While  all  of  this  is  going  on,  the  costs  of  malpractice 
insurance,  medical  school  tuition,  and  office  overhead 
continue  to  climb.  Also,  there  is  a growing  body  of 
newcomers  called  “medical  whores.”  They  are  doctors 
who  will  testify  against  other  doctors  in  the  courtroom 
even  under  oath  regardless  of  the  truth.  These  greedy 
ones  are  driven  in  part  because  of  exorbitant  financial 
needs.  Often,  the  young  doctor  is  enormously  in  debt 
from  educational  expenses  that  he  now  must  repay. 

With  new  antibiotics  like  ceftriaxone,  which  has 
prolonged  half-life,  more  patients  with  long-term  hos- 
pitalization due  to  osteomyelitis,  cellulitis,  and  en- 
docarditis now  can  be  treated  as  outpatients;  this  re- 
moves “chunks"  of  the  physician’s  revenue  for  daily 
inpatient  care.  New  corporations  have  sprung  up  all 
over  the  country  providing  total  home  health  care.  This 
venture  further  decreases  hospital  and  physician  care 
and  revenue. 

What  shall  be  the  net  effect  of  these  changes?  There 
is  little  question  but  that  doctors  will  have  to  settle  for 
less  income  and  a simpler  way  of  life.  Overhead  ex- 
penses must  be  curtailed  and  a more  careful  search 
for  the  best  place  to  start  practice  will  be  a must.  My 
concern  is  that  doctors  by  nature  are  rather  narrow- 
minded, unimaginative  people  with  chronic  "free-float- 
ing” anxieties  and,  hence,  may  fixate  on  these  major 
problems  rather  than  pursue  knowledge  and  excel- 
lence through  education  and  teaching.  I have  noticed 
that  physicians’  attendance  at  grand  rounds  has  de- 
creased; free  clinics  participation  is  a rarity:  and  sur- 


371 


geons,  on  rare  occasions,  have  transferred  emergency 
cases  to  university  and  city  hospital  house  staff  rather 
than  operate  without  a fee.  There  are  fewer  medical 
teachers  and  researchers. 

I fear  that  the  economics  of  medicine  will  control 
every  aspect  of  our  lives.  If  we  do  not  maintain  the 
dignity  which  we  inherited  from  the  dedicated  phy- 
sicians who  came  before  us,  then  we  have  lost  every- 
thing that  is  important  in  this  life.  The  increasing 
preoccupation  of  physicians  with  business  matters  is 
not  a healthy  sign.  Ironically,  the  students  of  the 
1960s,  who  had  soft  lofty  ideals,  will  be  faced  with 
medicine’s  greatest  challenge.  Optimistically,  1 predict 
that  from  all  of  this  will  emerge  a new  system:  more 
efficient,  far  more  govemmentally  regulated,  and  more 
competitive.  Will  it  prevent  the  transfer  of  ill  patients 
to  a better  facility?  Will  it  shut  out  the  newly  trained 
physician?  Will  it  impose  political  restraints  on  allied 
medical  groups?  Will  the  medical  profession  continue 
to  receive  the  “god  like”  respect  held  for  them  by  the 
people? 

I personally  challenge  each  in  the  medical  field  to 
begin  to  think  anew,  to  develop  new  plans,  to  work 
together,  to  curtail  waste,  and  to  reflect  upon  our  new 


role  in  these  changing  times.  Let  us  consider  the  fol 
lowing  commandments: 

1.  There  should  be  compromise  between  specialists 
without  jeopardizing  quality  in  the  area  of  procedura 
domain.  This  will  not  be  easy. 

2.  Monopolies  and  narrow  lines  of  disciplines  musi 
be  eliminated. 

3.  We  must  plan  and  work  together.  If  tensior 
heightens,  as  it  shall  in  stress,  then  our  emotions  wil 
prevent  rational  solutions.  I implore  eveiy  physician  ir 
America  to  communicate  now  with  your  government 
Become  involved  and  address  these  problems  before  w< 
are  legislated  to  death  by  an  incompetent,  ignorant 
and  rigid  bureaucracy.  A passive  role  will  lead  to  disas 
ter,  with  physician  fighting  physician,  with  variou: 
medical  ethnic  groups  banding  together,  and  with  th< 
laity  demanding  a new  system.  The  mouse  trap  is  set 
Before  we  all  become  victims  of  our  own  greed,  shal 
we  run  for  the  cheese  or  shall  we  jam  the  spring?  Th«i 
choice  still  is  ours  but  not  for  long.  Shall  our  choicii 
be  imaginative  planning  and  working  together  now  o 
shall  it  be  our  crying  out  to  legislators  to  free  us  frorr 
the  trap?  The  latter  will  cast  us  into  a maze  calleij 
socialized  medicine. 


I 


372 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


TAX  PREPARATION  AND  PLANNING 

• Individual,  Partnership,  Corporate,  Business,  Estate 
Services 

• Expert  Services 

• Federal,  Any  State,  Foreign  Taxes  of  any  type 

• All  Year  Service 

• Audit  Representation 

• Tax  Planning  and  Reduction 

• In  Home  or  In  Office  Service 

H.  Michael  Zukowski 
(201)  945-8443 


PROGESTERONE  SUPPOSITORIES 
25  mg.,  50  mg.,  100  mg.,  200  mg.,  & 400  mg. 
Boric  Acid  Suppositories  600  mg. 

in  both  Polyethylene  Glycol  Base  and  Fatty  Base  for 
Vaginal  or  Rectal  Use,  are  now  being  compounded  at 
the  following  Pharmacy 

Hidden  Lakes  Pharmacy 

2039  Rt.  #27,  Somerset,  N.J.  08873  201-821-8500 

Howard  L.  Rubenstein,  R.Ph. 

Specific  dosage  and  ingredient  requirements  can  be  tailored 
to  your  patients  needs.  We  specialize  in  compounding 
prescriptions. 

Delivery  available  to  your  patients  home.  Call  for 
details. 


Starting  A Practice?...  Already  In  Practice? 
Here’s  The  Practical  Guide  You  Need . . . FREE! 

This  booklet  will  assist  you  in  developing  and  executing  a 
strategic  business  plan  that  will  enable  you  to  secure  the 
tinancing  required  to  build  a successful  practice. 

Written  by  David  J.  Shuffler,  Vice  President  of  Midlantic 
National  Bank/Citizens  and  a specialist  in  medical  practice 
financing,  this  new  guide  will  prove  invaluable. 

For  your  free  copy,  call  David  Shuffler  now  at  201-894-5025 
or  mail  the  coupon  below. 


Mail  To:  David  J.  Shuffler,  Vice  President 
Midlantic  National  Bank/Citizens 
1 Engle  Street,  Englewood,  NJ  07631 

Please  send  me  my  free  copy  of  The  Beginning  Physician’s 
Guide  for  Financing  a Practice. 

NAME 

ADDRESS 

CITY STATE ZIP 

PHONE 

□ RESIDENT  □ IN  PRACTICE 

SPECIALTY 


NEW  YORK 
FERTILITY  RESEARCH 
FOUNDATION,  INC. 

For  the  Investigation  of 

Problems  of  Human  Infertility 

The  Foundation  provides  a complete 
diagnostic  and  consultation  service  for  in- 
fertile couples.  Investigations  are  con- 
ducted by  well-known  specialists  in  con- 
junction with  consultants  in  the  various 
fields  of  medicine  related  to  infertility. 

The  Foundation  is  supported  by  an  in- 
house  modern  laboratory  equipped  to  do 
most  tests  required  for  diagnosis  and 
treatment.  Literature  on  request. 

1430  Second  Avenue,  Suite  103 
New  York,  N.Y.  10021 
Phone:  (212)  744-5500 


3L.  81— NUMBER  5— MAY  1984 


373 


Benefits  diuretics  cannot  offer . . .Once-daily  inderal  la 

(propranolol  HC1)  provides  smooth,  24-hour  control  of  blood  pressure 
plus  the  cardiovascular  benefits  of  the  world’s  leading  beta  blocker. 
And  INDERAL  LA  provides  a high  degree  of  patient  acceptance— 
without  potassium  problems. 

Experience  no  other  beta  blocker  can  match.. . Once  daily 
INDERAL  LA  delivers  the  proven  performance  and  safety  profile  of 
INDERAL  tablets— confirmed  by  millions  of  patients  during  16  years 
of  clinical  use.  INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  used  in  congestive  heart 
failure,  sinus  bradycardia,  heart  block  greater  than  first  degree,  or 
bronchial  asthma. 


Start  with  80  mg  once  deity, . . Dosage  may  be  increased  to 
120  mg  or  160  mg  once  daily  as  needed  to  achieve  additional  control. 
Please  see  next  page  for  further  details  and  brief  summary  of 
prescribing  information. 


80  120  160 

mg  mg  mg 

The  appearance  of  INDERAL  LA  capsules 
is  a registered  trademark  ot  Ayerst  Laboratories. 

Ayerst 


Just  once  each  day 
for  initial  therapy  in 
HYPERTENSION. 


ONCE-DAILY 


INDERAL  LA 

(PROPRANOLOL  HCI) 


LONG  ACTING 
CAPSULES 


80  120  160 
mg  mg  mg 


i 'quirement  ot  me  heart  ai 
Imceases  igthe  heflf  rate, 
(ratal  &riiractton.  Propffinolol 
lar  liber .lenglfr’SKsBlstolic 


BRIEF  SUMMARY  (FOR  FULL  PRESCRIBING  INFORMATION,  SEE  PACKAGE  CIRCULAR.) 
INDERAL"  LA  brand  of  propranolol  hydrochloride  (Long  Acting  Capsules) 
DESCRIPTION.  Inderal  LA  is  formulated  to  provide  a sustained  release  of  propranolol 
hydrochloride  Inderal  LA  is  available  as  80  mg,  120  mg,  and  160  mg  capsules 
CLINICAL  PHARMACOLOGY.  INDERAL  is  a nonselective  beta-adrenergic  receptor 
blocking  agent  possessing  no  other  autonomic  nervous  system  activity  It  specifically  com- 
petes with  beta-adrenergic  receptor  stimulating  agents  for  available  receptor  sites  When 
access  to  beta-receptor  sites  is  blocked  by  INDERAL,  the  chronotropic,  inotropic,  and 
vasodilator  responses  to  beta-adrenergic  stimulation  are  decreased  proportionately 

INDERAL  LA  Capsules  (80, 120,  and  160  mg)  release  propranolol  HCI  at  a controlled  and 
predictable  rate.  Peak  blood  levels  following  dosing  with  INDERAL  LA  occur  at  about  6 hours 
and  the  apparent  plasma  half-life  is  about  10  hours  When  measured  at  steady  state  over  a 24- 
hour  period  the  areas  under  the  propranolol  plasma  concentration-time  curve  (AUCs)  for  the 
capsules  are  approximately  60%  to  65%  of  the  AUCs  for  a comparable  divided  daily  dose  of 
INDERAL  tablets  The  lower  AUCs  for  the  capsules  are  due  to  greater  hepatic  metabolism  of 
propranolol,  resulting  from  the  slower  rate  of  absorption  of  propranolol  Over  a twenty-four  (24) 
hour  period,  blood  levels  are  fairly  constant  for  about  twelve  (12)  hours  then  decline 
exponentially, 

INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  considered  a simple  mg  for  mg  substitute  for  conventional 
propranolol  and  the  blood  levels  achieved  do  not  match  (are  lower  than)  those  of  two  to  four 
times  daily  dosing  with  the  same  dose  When  changing  to  INDERAL  LA  from  conventional 
propranolol,  a possible  need  for  retitration  upwards  should  be  considered  especially  to 
maintain  effectiveness  at  the  end  of  the  dosing  interval  In  most  clinical  settings,  however, 
such  as  hypertension  or  angina  where  there  is  little  correlation  between  plasma  levels  and 
clinical  effect,  INDERAL  LA  has  been  therapeutically  eguivalent  to  the  same  mg  dose  of 
conventional  INDERAL  as  assessed  by  24-hour  effects  on  blood  pressure  and  on  24-hour 
exercise  responses  of  heart  rate,  systolic  pressure  and  rate  pressure  product  INDERAL  LA 
can  provide  effective  beta  blockade  for  a 24-hour  period 

The  mechanism  of  the  antihypertensive  effect  of  INDERAL  has  not  been  established. 
Among  the  factors  that  may  be  involved  in  contributing  to  the  antihypertensive  action  are  (1) 
decreased  cardiac  output,  (2)  inhibition  of  renin  release  by  the  kidneys,  and  (3)  diminution  of 
tonic  sympathetic  nerve  outflow  from  vasomotor  centers  in  the  brain  Although  total  peripheral 
resistance  may  increase  initially,  it  read|usts  to  or  below  the  pretreatment  level  with  chronic 
use  Effects  on  plasma  volume  appear  to  be  minor  and  somewhat  variable  INDERAL  has 
been  shown  to  cause  a small  increase  in  serum  potassijc(pconcentration  when  usecjjj  the 
treatment  of  hypertensive  patients 

In  angina  pectoris,  propranolol  generally  reduces  ttjB| 
any  given  level  of  ef fori  by  blocking  the  catecholamine W 
systolic  blood  pressure,  and  the  velocity  and  extent  off 
may  increase  oxygen  requirements  by  increasing  left  m. 
pressure  and  systolic  election  period  The  net  physiologic  < Meet  of  beta-adrencrgic  SMtode 
is  usually  advantageous  and  is  manifested  during ©tfercise-tiy dtefi-yed  Onset  of  pain  and 
increased  work  capacity 

In  dosages  greater  than  required  for  beta  blockade.  INDERAL  also  exerts  a qumidme- 
or  anesthetic-like  membrane  action  which  affects  the- cardiac  action  pole"  t ai.  fhe  snif 
cance  of  the  membrane  action  in  the  treatment  of  i|f§}^fhrmas  suf'Vif'ain.  ' ' * 
The  mechanism  of  the  antimigraine  effect  ol  pro 
adrenergic  receptors  have  been  demonstrated  in  f 
Beta  receptor  blockade  can  be  useful  in  cond 
functional  changes,  sympathetic  activity  is  defimefitai  -to  I 

situations  in  which  sympathetic  stimulation  is  vital  ^X^ampi^Tr  patients  wUffTseverely 
damaged  heads,  adequate  ventricular  function  is  maintained  by  vidue  of  sympathetic  drive 
which  should  be  preserved  In  the  presence  of  AV  block,  greater  than  lirst  degree,  beta 
blockade  may  prevent  the  necessary  facilitating  effect  of  sympathetic  activity  on  conduction 
Beta  blockade  results  in  bronchial  constriction  by  interiermg  with  adrenergic  bronchodilator 
activity  which  should  be  preserved  in  patients  subject  to  bronchospasm 
Propranolol  is  not  significantly  dialyzable 

INDICATIONS  AND  USAGE.  Hypertension:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  in  the  manage- 
ment of  hypedension;  it  may  be  used  alone  or  used  in  combination  with  other  antihypedensive 
agents,  padicularly  a thiazide  diuretic.  INDERAL  LA  is  not  indicated  in  the  management  of 
hypedensive  emergencies. 

Angina  Pectoris  Due  to  Coronary  Atherosclerosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated 
for  the  long-term  management  of  patients  with  angina  pectoris. 

Migraine:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  for  the  prophylaxis  of  common  migraine  headache 
The  efficacy  of  propranolol  in  the  treatment  of  a migraine  attack  that  has  staded  has  not  been 
established  and  propranolol  is  not  indicated  for  such  use 

Hypertrophic  Subaortic  Stenosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  useful  in  the  management  of 
hypedrophic  subaodic  stenosis,  especially  for  treatment  of  exedional  or  other  stress-induced 
angina,  palpitations,  and  syncope  INDERAL  LA  also  improves  exercise  pedormance.  The 
effectiveness  of  propranolol  hydrochloride  in  this  disease  appears  to  be  due  to  a reduction  of 
the  elevated  outflow  pressure  gradient  which  is  exacerbated  by  beta-receptor  stimulation 
Clinical  improvement  may  be  temporary. 

CONTRAINDICATIONS.  INDERAL  is  contraindicated  in  1)  cardiogenic  shock;  2)  sinus 
bradycardia  and  greater  than  first  degree  block,  3)  bronchial  asthma,  4)  congestive  head 
failure  (see  WARNINGS)  unless  the  failure  is  secondary  to  a tachyarrhythmia  treatable  with 
INDERAL 

WARNINGS.  CARDIAC  FAILURE:  Sympathetic  stimulation  may  be  a vital  component  sup- 
podmg  circulatory  function  in  patients  with  congestive  head  failure,  and  its  inhibition  by  beta 
blockade  may  precipitate  more  severe  failure  Although  beta  blockers  should  be  avoided  in 
oved  congestive  head  failure,  if  necessary,  they  can  be  used  with  close  follow-up  in  patients 
with  a history  of  failure  who  are  well  compensated  and  are  receiving  digitalis  and  diuretics 
Beta-adrenergic  blocking  agents  do  not  abolish  the  inotropic  action  of  digitalis  on  head 
muscle. 

IN  PATIENTS  WITHOUT  A HISTORY  OF  HEART  FAILURE,  continued  use  of  beta  blockers 
can,  in  some  cases,  lead  to  cardiac  failure  Therefore,  at  the  first  sign  or  symptom  of  head 
failure,  the  patient  should  be  digitalized  and/or  treated  with  diuretics,  and  the  response 
observed  closely,  or  INDERAL  should  be  discontinued  (gradually,  if  possible). 


MAJOR  SURGERY:  The  necessity  or  desirability  of  withdrawal  of  beta-blocking  theraj 
prior  to  major  surgery  is  controversial  It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  the  impaired  ability  i 
the  head  to  respond  to  reflex  adrenergic  stimuli  may  augment  the  risks  of  general  anesthesi 
and  surgical  procedures 

INDERAL  (propranolol  HCI),  like  other  beta  blockers,  is  a competitive  inhibitor  of  beij 
receptor  agonists  and  its  effects  can  be  reversed  by  administration  of  such  agents,  e.il 
dobutamine  or  isoproterenol.  However,  such  patients  may  be  subject  to  protracted  sevej 
hypotension.  Difficulty  in  stading  and  maintaining  the  headbeat  has  also  been  repoded  wi 
D6t3  blockers 

DIABETES  AND  HYPOGLYCEMIA  Beta-adrenergic  blockade  may  prevent  the  a| 
pearance  of  cedain  premonitory  signs  and  symptoms  (pulse  rate  and  pressure  changes)  i 
acute  hypoglycemia  in  labile  insulin-dependent  diabetes.  In  these  patients,  it  may  be  mej 
difficult  to  adjust  the  dosage  of  insulin 

THYROTOXICOSIS  Beta  blockade  may  mask  cedain  clinical  signs  of  hyperthyroidis! 
Therefore,  abrupt  withdrawal  of  propranolol  may  be  followed  by  an  exacerbation  of  symptor 
of  hypedhyroidism,  including  thyroid  storm.  Propranolol  does  not  distod  thyroid  function  tes 

IN  PATIENTS  WITH  WOLFF-PARKINSON-WHITE  SYNDROME,  several  cases  have  be 
repoded  in  which,  after  propranolol,  the  tachycardia  was  replaced  by  a severe  bradycarci 
requiring  a demand  pacemaker  In  one  case  this  resulted  after  an  initial  dose  of  5 rj 
propranolol 

PRECAUTIONS.  General:  Propranolol  should  be  used  with  caution  in  patients  with  impair 
hepatic  or  renal  function.  INDERAL  is  not  indicated  for  the  treatment  of  hypertensij 
emergencies. 

Beta  adrenoreceptor  blockade  can  cause  reduction  of  intraocular  pressure.  Patieij 
should  be  told  that  INDERAL  may  interfere  with  the  glaucoma  screening  test  Withdrawal  ml 
lead  to  a return  of  increased  intraocular  pressure 

Clinical  Laboratory  Tests  Elevated  blood  urea  levels  in  patients  with  severe  head  diseaij 
elevated  serum  transaminase,  alkaline  phosphatase,  lactate  dehydrogenase 

DRUG  INTERACTIONS:  Patients  receiving  catecholamine-depleting  drugs  such  as  res 
pine  should  be  closely  observed  if  INDERAL  is  administered  The  added  catecholamir 
blocking  action  may  produce  an  excessive  reduction  of  resting  sympathetic  nervous  activ 
which  may  result  in  hypotension,  marked  bradycardia,  vedigo.  syncopal  attacks,  or  odhosta 
hypotension 

Carcinogenesis,  Mutagenesis,  Impairment  of  Fertility  Long-term  studies  in  animals  ha 
been  conducted  to  evaluate  toxic  effects  and  carcinogenic  potential  In  18-month  studies 


^50  mg/kg/day.  there  was  no  evidence  of  signific. 
plated  tumongenic  effects  at  any  of  the  dosa 
not  show  any  impairment  of  fedility  that  w 


\IDERAL  has  been  shown  to  be  embryotoxic 
liter  than  the  maximum  recommended  human  do: 
ffrblled  studies  in  pregnant  women  INDERAL  shoi 
be  used  during  pregnancy  only  if  the  potential  benefit  justifies  the  potential  risk  to  the  fetil 
Nursing  MoJjfs  INDERAL  is  excreted  in  human  milk  Caution  should  be  exercised  wh 


sie 


I vygpian 

ss  in  children  have  not  been  established 
effects  have  been  mild  and  transient  and  hel 


ad  failure,  intensification  of  AV  block,  hyp! 
Purpura,  aderial  insufficiency,  usually  of  I1 


IN  PATIENTS  WITH  ANGINA  PECTORIS,  there  have  been  repods  of  exacerbation  of 
angina  and,  in  some  cases,  myocardial  infarction,  following  abrupt  discontinuance  of 
INDERAL  therapy.  Therefore,  when  discontinuance  of  INDERAL  is  planned  the  dosage 
should  be  gradually  reduced  over  at  least  a few  weeks,  and  the  patient  should  be 
cautioned  against  interruption  or  cessation  of  therapy  without  the  physician's  advice  If 
INDERAL  therapy  is  interrupted  and  exacerbation  of  angina  occurs,  it  usually  is  advis- 
able to  reinstitute  INDERAL  therapy  and  take  other  measures  appropriate  for  the  man- 
agement of  unstable  angina  pectoris.  Since  coronary  artery  disease  may  be 
unrecognized,  it  may  be  prudent  to  follow  the  above  advice  in  patients  considered  at  risk 
of  having  occult  atherosclerotic  head  disease  who  are  given  propranolol  for  other 
indications. 


Igensioi 

‘TfaynaujnTpe* 

Central  Nervous  SysferrarigBrneadedness,  mental  depression  manifested  by  msomr! 
lassitude,  weakness,  fatigute^Wversible  mental  depression  progressing  to  catatonia,  visi| 
disturbances;  hallucinations;  an  acute  reversible  syndrome  characterized  by  disorientation 
time  and  place,  shod-term  memory  loss,  emotional  lability,  slightly  clouded  sensorium,  a; 
decreased  pedormance  on  neuropsychometrics. 

Gastrointestinal  nausea,  vomiting,  epigastric  distress,  abdominal  cramping,  diarrhi 
constipation,  mesenteric  aderial  thrombosis,  ischemic  colitis 

Allergic  pharyngitis  and  agranulocytosis,  erythematous  rash,  fever  combined  with  achij 
and  sore  throat,  laryngospasm  and  respiratory  distress. 

Respiratory  bronchospasm 

Hematologic:  agranulocytosis,  nonthrombocytopenic  purpura,  thrombocytopeij 
purpura 

Auto-Immune:  In  extremely  rare  instances,  systemic  lupus  erythematosus  has  be 
repoded 

Miscellaneous:  alopecia,  LE-like  reactions,  psoriasiform  rashes,  dry  eyes,  male  imjl 
tence,  and  Peyronie's  disease  have  been  repoded  rarely.  Oculomucocutaneous  reactic; 
involving  the  skin,  serous  membranes  and  conjunctivae  repoded  for  a beta  blocker  (practo 
have  not  been  associated  with  propranolol 

DOSAGE  AND  ADMINISTRATION.  INDERAL  LA  provides  propranolol  hydrochloride  i! 
sustained-release  capsule  for  administration  once  daily.  If  patients  are  switched  from  INDER 
tablets  to  INDERAL  LA  capsules,  care  should  be  taken  to  assure  that  the  desired  theraper 
effect  is  maintained  INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  considered  a simple  mg  for  mg  substitute: 
INDERAL  INDERAL  LA  has  different  kinetics  and  produces  lower  blood  levels  Retitration  n 
be  necessary  especially  to  maintain  effectiveness  at  the  end  of  the  24-hour  dosing  inter' 

HYPERTENSION — Dosage  must  be  individualized  The  usual  initial  dosage  is  80  il 
INDERAL  LA  once  daily,  whether  used  alone  or  added  to  a diuretic.  The  dosage  may 
increased  to  120  mg  once  daily  or  higher  until  adequate  blood-pressure  control  is  achiev 
The  usual  maintenance  dosage  is  120  to  160  mg  once  daily  In  some  instances  a dosage  of  f 
mg  may  be  required  The  time  needed  for  full  hypertensive  response  to  a given  dosagt 
variable  and  may  range  from  a few  days  to  several  weeks 

ANGINA  PECTORIS — Dosage  must  be  individualized.  Starting  with  80  mg  INDERAL 
once  daily,  dosage  should  be  gradually  increased  at  three  to  seven  day  intervals  until  optim 
response  is  obtained  Although  individual  patients  may  respond  at  any  dosage  level, 
average  optimum  dosage  appears  to  be  160  mg  once  daily  In  angina  pectoris,  the  value  £ 
safety  of  dosage  exceeding  320  mg  per  day  have  not  been  established. 

If  treatment  is  to  be  discontinued,  reduce  dosage  gradually  over  a period  of  a few  we< 
(see  WARNINGS) 

MIGRAINE — Dosage  must  be  individualized.  The  initial  oral  dose  is  80  mg  INDERAL 
once  daily  The  usual  effective  dose  range  is  160-240  mg  once  daily.  The  dosage  may: 
increased  gradually  to  achieve  optimum  migraine  prophylaxis.  If  a satisfactory  response  is : 
obtained  within  four  to  six  weeks  after  reaching  the  maximum  dose,  INDERAL  LA  then, 
should  be  discontinued  It  may  be  advisable  to  withdraw  the  drug  gradually  over  a perioc, 

HYPERTROPHIC  SUBAORTIC  STENOSIS— 80-160  mg  INDERAL  LA  once  daily. 
PEDIATRIC  DOSAGE— At  this  time  the  data  on  the  use  of  the  drug  in  this  age  group  are 
limited  to  permit  adequate  directions  for  use 

*The  appearance  of  INDERAL  LA  capsules  is  a registered  trademark  of  Ayerst  Laborator 

8950/2 


Nonaliergic  Bronchospasm  (e.g.,  chronic  bronchitis,  emphysema) — 

PATIENTS  WITH  BRONCHOSPASTIC  DISEASES  SHOULD  IN  GENERAL  NOT  RECEIVE  BETA 
BLOCKERS.  INDERAL  should  be  administered  with  caution  since  it  may  block  bronchodila- 
tion  produced  by  endogenous  and  exogenous  catecholamine  stimulation  of  beta  receptors. 


Ayerst 


AYERST  LABORATORIES 
New  York,  N Y.  10017 


376 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Selection  of  a Medical  Office 
Computer  System 

James  W.  Allen,  m.d.,  river  edge* 


Selection  of  a computer  system  for  an  office  requires 
understanding  of  the  computer  marketplace  as  well  as  personal 
needs.  The  computer  marketplace  has  three  distinct  segments 
offering  different  approaches  to  computerization.  Functionality , 
support , and  price  summarize  a physician’s  computer  needs. 


No  physician  can  ignore  com- 
puter advertisements  in  the 
medical  and  lay  press  that  claim 
mtastic  benefits  at  an  amazingly  wide  range  of  prices, 
hese  benefits  certainly  would  attract  any  cost-con- 
:ious  physician.  Realizing  these  benefits,  though,  re- 
uires  addressing  several  issues.  First,  the  doctor  must 
.am  computer  jargon.  Only  when  you  have  mastered 
jbrms  like  hardware  (the  computer  itself),  software 
hat  which  makes  the  hardware  operate),  “byte”  (one 
naracter),  and  “mass  storage  devices”  (such  as  floppy 
r iscs  or  Winchester  technology),  can  you  describe  sue- 
?essfully  your  needs  for  automation.  Next,  the  phy- 
iCian  must  ensure  that  the  office  staff  will  support 
j|  Dmputerization.  Finally,  the  doctor  must  leam  from 
ie  horror  stories  told  by  colleagues  who  had  unsuc- 
cessful attempts  at  automation.  Some  doctors  in- 
efinitely  postpone  a decision  to  automate  because  of 
aese  issues.  For  those  who  do  come  to  terms  with 
uese  factors,  the  final  decision  becomes:  which  in- 
ouse  computer  is  “best”  for  the  practice. 

Like  the  decision  to  automate,  the  decision  to 
urehase  can  be  exasperating.  Only  price  seems  to 
differentiate  vendors  who  offer  seemingly  similar  com- 
ater systems.  The  temptation  is  to  choose  a system 
ased  solely  on  price.  I propose  an  alternate  selection 
lethod  which  looks  at  the  characteristics  of  the  corn- 
ater  marketplace  as  well  as  the  individual  praeti- 
oner. 


MEDICAL  COMPUTER  MARKETPLACE 

Just  as  diabetic  patients  fall  into  categories  such  as 
adult  and  juvenile  onset,  the  vendor  of  medical  com- 
puter systems  has  definite  characteristics.  Some  of 
these  differentiating  characteristics  are  the  distribu- 
tion method,  support  provided,  and  system  expand- 
ibility  (Figure  1).  Using  these  characteristics,  medical 
vendors  fall  into  the  following  categories:  mail-order 
companies  and  large  distributor  chains  who  sell  soft- 
ware for  popular  personal  computers;  vendors  selling 
business  computers  specially  programmed  for  phy- 
sician office  automation;  and  local  dealers  or  computer 
consultants  who  provide  specially  tailored  systems. 

A physician  can  purchase  medical  office  billing  soft- 
ware by  mail-order  or  through  an  electronic  dealer 
network.  This  software  usually  requires  the  popular 
Apple  or  Radio  Shack  computer  along  with  one  to  three 
disc  drives  for  floppy  disc  storage.  With  the  software 
comes  instructions  on  converting  your  present  man- 
ual accounting  system  to  computerized  system.  Typi- 
cally, neither  the  software  vendor  nor  the  hardware 
supplier  provides  much  individual  support.  Purchase 
price  is  less  than  $10,000  for  hardware  and  software. 

Some  vendors  are  developing  special  expertise  in  the 


*Dr.  Allen  is  a computer  consultant  and  Instructor  in  Clinical 
Pathology,  Columbia  University  College  of  Physicians  and 
Surgeons,  New  York.  Correspondence  may  be  addressed  to  Dr. 
Allen,  181  Jefferson  Avenue,  River  Edge,  NJ  07661. 


OL.  81— NUMBER  5— MAY  1984 


377 


“vertical”  market  for  medical  systems.  From  these  ven- 
dors the  physician  purchases  a complete  system,  both 
hardware  and  software,  as  well  as  training,  system 
support,  and  site  preparation.  These  vendors  typically 
use  business  computers  such  as  IBM,  ALTOS,  Alpha 
Micro,  or  DEC  and  use  Winchester  type  hard  disc.  In 
addition  to  medical  accounting,  these  vendors  can 
supply  enhanced  software  that  will  perform  appoint- 
ment scheduling,  special  report  writing,  word  proc- 
essing, diet  analysis,  and  other  functions.  Price  for  the 
basic  system  starts  at  about  $20,000. 

The  final  category  in  the  computer  marketplace  is 
local  vendors  or  freelance  programmers  who  will  write 
computer  software  to  your  specifications.  You  must 
outline  for  them  the  specific  task  that  you  want  ac- 
complished. These  vendors  then  can  write  the  software 
and  select  the  hardware  that  is  best  suited  to  your 
needs.  Finding  a good  freelance  programmer  is  dif- 
ficult. Costs  easily  can  mount  due  to  programming 
bugs  and  vague  specifications. 

PHYSICIANS’  NEEDS 

Functionality,  support,  and  price  summarize  a phy- 
sician’s requirements  for  an  office  computer  system. 
The  relative  importance  of  each  of  these  categories 
depends  on  the  physician’s  practice  and  temperament. 

Functionality  implies  the  ability  of  the  computer  sys- 
tem to  meet  present  and  near-term  (two  to  five  years) 
requirements.  Data  storage  capacity  is  very  important 
in  satisfying  the  functionality  requirement.  To  esti- 
mate storage  needs,  you  must  determine  the  number 
of  bytes  of  data  you  expect  to  process.  Figure  2 shows 
some  helpful  guidelines.  The  total  number  of  bytes 
determines  the  type  of  mass  storage  device.  Commonly 
used  storage  devices  are  floppy  discs,  hard  discs,  and 
Winchester  technology  drives.  These  devices  are  a sig- 
nificant factor  in  the  total  hardware  cost  of  a computer 
system. 

Other  requirements  contribute  to  the  total  func- 
tionality of  the  system.  Commonly  forgotten  is  an  ap- 
preciation for: 

• The  number  of  different  statements  or  insurance 
forms  to  be  completed,  now  and  in  the  future; 

• The  likelihood  that  the  system  must  perform  mul- 
tiple operations,  such  as  printing  and  data  input  at  the 
same  time  (multitasking); 

• The  need  for  future  enhancements,  such  as  word 
processing,  dietary  analysis,  and  spread  sheet 
capabilities; 

• The  possibility  of  communication  between  your 
office  system  and  another  computer  located  in  your 
home  or  on  a computer  network; 

• The  ease  with  which  the  software  can  be  custom- 
ized to  match  the  documents  used  in  your  practice. 
Ely  appreciating  these  requirements,  you  can  better 
define  the  true  functionality  of  a computer  system  in 
your  office  in  addition  to  storage  capacity. 

In  establishing  your  support  requirements  you  must 
ask  yourself  questions  on  your  needs  for  training  and 
documentation,  system  reliability,  and  service  avail- 
ability. Vendors  provide  training  programs  (on  or  off 
site),  and  support  through  telephone  linkages.  The 
level  of  staff  interest  and  the  staff  turnover  rates  will 
determine  how  much  of  these  services  you  will  need. 


Mail-Order  Distributors,  Mass  Distributors 

• Purchaser  installs  system 

• Dedicated  to  one  task,  i.e.  billing  or  word  processing 

• Limited  system  support 

• Relatively  small  data  storage  capability 

Vendors  Dedicated  To  Supplying  Physician  Office  Systems 

• Installation  and  training  provided 

• Expandable  to  numerous  tasks 

• Complete  system  support 

• Wide  range  of  data  storage  capabilities 

Specially  Tailored  Systems 

• Matches  your  specific  needs 

Figure  1— Characteristics  of  the  medical  computer  market- 
place. 


Per  Patient  Estimates 


Name  and  address 

200  Bytes 

Financial/insurance 

2000  Bytes 

Medical/prescription 

2000  Bytes 

Per  physician  estimate 

4,000,000  Bytes 

Example:  An  estimate  of  storage  requirements  for  name, 

address,  and  financial/insurance  data  on  10,000  patients  | 
is  22,000,000  bytes  (10.000  x 200  + 10,000  x 2,000) 


Figure  2 — Guidelines  for  determining  data  storage  require- 
ments. 


Obviously,  a practice  with  high  turnover  in  staff  will 
require  more  training  and  support  than  one  with  a 
stable  staff.  System  reliability  and  vendor  responsive- 
ness to  service  requests  also  are  important  aspects  of 
your  support  requirement.  Several  steps  can  help  you 
access  these  requirements.  First,  visit  a colleague  with 
a system  similar  to  the  one  you  are  contemplating 
purchasing.  Just  observing  the  system’s  operation  will 
answer  many  questions.  Then,  ask  yourself  these  ad- 
ditional questions:  flow  long  could  my  system  be  down 
without  hurting  the  practice?  Will  dealing  with  mul-  ( 
tiple  vendors  for  hardware  and  software  support  cause ! 
me  inconvenience?  What  ties  does  my  practice  have  to 
a computer  service  organization?  Improper  assess-  r 
ment  of  the  support  requirements  accounts  for  many 
of  the  horror  stories  you  hear  about  medical  office 
computer  systems. 

Price  limitations  are  a requirement  all  of  us  must' 
face  when  making  major  purchases.  Three  prices  are 
important  in  a computer  purchase:  acquisition  costs, 
operating  expenses,  and  enhancement  fees  (Figure  3). 
Computer  equipment  qualifies  for  both  investment  tax 
credit  and  depreciation  expense,  so  your  out-of-pocket 
costs  may  be  less  than  the  stated  purchase  price.  Many 
computer  vendors  provide  an  equipment  leasing  op- 
tion to  reduce  large  capital  outlays.  Remember  to  in 
elude  in  the  price  of  the  system  the  costs  for  site  prep-! 
aration,  such  as  electrical  and  carpentry  work,  power 
conditioners,  antistatic  mate,  shipping  charges,  and 
other  necessities.  Operating  expenses  for  a computer 
system  include  costs  of  paper,  supplies,  and  vendor 
support.  With  a computerized  system  each  physician 
uses  approximately  $4,000  of  paper  products  per  year 


j :: 


378 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Acquisition  Cost  Options 

• Purchase  price  reduced  by  investment  tax  credit  and 
depreciation  expense 

• Lease 

nstallation  and  Site  Preparation  Costs 

• Electrical  and  carpentry  work 

• Shipping 

• Antistatic  mats 

• Power  stabilizers 

Operational  Expenses 

• Paper  and  supplies — 3 percent  per  month  or  $4,000 
per  physician  per  year 

• Vendor-support  contract— 1 to  2 percent  per  month 

Enhancement  Fees  (cost  of  common  enhancements) 

• Word  processing 

• Dietary  analysis 

• Spread,  sheet  capabilities 

jure  3 — Considerations  in  price  comparison. 

A 

l a monthly  basis  these  consumable  supplies  rep- 
sent  about  3 percent  of  total  system  purchase  price. 
Id  to  this  the  monthly  cost  of  vendor  support,  typi- 
lly  1 to  2 percent  of  the  total  purchase  price.  As  part 
this  support  contract,  most  vendors  will  supply  new 
eases,  i.e.  modifications  of  existing  programs,  at  no 
iditional  charge.  However,  if  you  plan  to  enhance  the 
pability  of  your  system,  such  as  adding  word  proc- 
sing,  then  plan  on  paying  for  this  enhancement. 

' edless  to  say,  in  defining  your  price  requirements 
ijnsult  your  tax  advisor  and  accountant. 

l )MPUTER  SELECTION  PROCESS 

As  an  alternative  to  comparing  systems  solely  on  the 
I sis  of  price,  our  selection  process  involves  two  steps. 
Irst,  the  physician  evaluates  the  functional  needs, 
: pport  requirements,  and  price  limitation  of  the  prac- 
e.  Then,  the  physician  identifies  the  market  segment 
ipst  likely  to  meet  those  needs.  Several  cases  will  il- 
Istrate  this  selection  process  in  action. 

Case  1:  Growing  practice  in  a major  metropolitan 
£ 5a  with  much  third-party  billing.  Requirements:  The 
i mediate  needs  are  for  third-party  billing  and  rec- 
( ^keeping;  however,  the  group  expressed  strong 
i :erest  in  an  appointment  scheduling  system  as  well 
£ recording  of  patient  clinical  data.  The  large  size  of 
fs  practice  indicates  a large  volume  of  reports  with 
£ ieed  for  multiple  terminals,  each  performing  a dif- 
f ent  function.  None  of  the  physicians  have  special 
i erest  in  computing.  Office  staff  positions  are  stable, 
E:ept  for  clerical  personnel  who  most  frequently 
v uld  use  the  terminal.  Financial  analysis  shows  that 
S 0,000  is  the  maximum  cash  outlay  available  for  the 
System.  Recommendations:  This  practice  should 
f rchase  a complete  system  from  a vendor  specializing 
i medical  computing.  Factors  influencing  this  rec- 
cimendation  are  the  multitask  requirements,  low 
1 el  of  inhouse  computer  experience,  heavy  computer 


workload,  and  system  expansion  requirements.  Be- 
cause of  the  practice  location,  a variety  of  system  ven- 
dors will  have  local  sales  and  support  organizations. 

Case  2:  Older  solo  practitioner  who  requires  patient 
billing  capability.  Requirements:  This  physician  has 
been  in  practice  at  the  same  location  for  many  years. 
As  a result,  the  practice  has  strong  ties  with  local 
merchants  including  the  manager  of  a consumer  elec- 
tronics store.  Because  most  patients  pay  in  full  after 
each  visit,  the  doctor's  billing  requirements  are  not 
large.  The  office  staff  is  very  stable  and  very 
enthusiastic  about  a computer.  Recommendations:  An 
enthusiastic  staff  and  close  ties  to  a computer  dealer 
suggest  that  this  practice  could  generate  much 
internal  computer  support.  In  addition,  the  practi- 
tioner’s small  practice  size  and  limited  computer  needs 
do  not  require  large  computer  capability.  In  this  situ- 
ation the  physician  should  choose  software  that  can 
be  implemented  on  a popular  personal  computer. 

Case  3:  Two-man  practice  with  one  partner  having 
definite  computer  interests.  Requirements:  As  a result 
of  college  training  and  much  personal  interest,  one 
partner  has  become  quite  skilled  in  computer  pro- 
gramming. He  envisions  a system  that  records  basic 
patient  demographic  data  progress  notes,  and  ac- 
counting records.  Already,  he  has  completed  some  of 
the  programming  for  the  system.  His  partner  also  is 
veiy  enthusiastic  about  the  proposed  system.  Rec- 
ommendations: Probably  no  commercially  available 
system  will  satisfy  these  physicians.  Before  starting  to 
create  their  own  system,  they  should  be  cautioned 
against  "reinventing  the  wheel.”  A good  approach  is  to 
customize  an  existing  system  for  their  specific  needs. 
These  physicians  probably  are  well  aware  of  the  need 
for  definite  specifications  and  the  high  cost  of  free- 
lance programmers.  If  the  partners  properly  direct  pro- 
grammers, they  will  have  a system  exactly  tailored  to 
their  needs. 

YOUR  COMPUTER  DECISION 

This  article  may  help  you  to  appreciate  the  segmen- 
tation of  the  marketplace  for  medical  computer  sys- 
tems. Each  segment  offers  a different  approach  to  your 
data  processing  needs.  You  best  can  understand  your 
own  unique  needs  by  describing  your  requirements  in 
terms  of  functionality,  service,  and  support.  The  rec- 
ommended readings  will  help  in  your  requirements 
definition.  My  approach  to  system  selection  is  to  apply 
your  requirements  to  that  market  segment  most  likely 
to  meet  your  needs.  Failure  to  make  comparisons  of 
vendors  within  market  segments  is  like  choosing  be- 
tween apples  and  oranges  based  only  on  price. 

REFERENCES 

1.  Auer  J,  Harris  C:  Computer  Contract  Negotiations.  New 
York,  NY,  Van  Nostrand  Reinhold  Company,  1981. 

2.  Cohodes  S:  Computer  boosts  monthly  collections  by  35 
percent.  Physician's  Management.  137-141,  1981. 

3.  Enlander  D:  Computers  in  Medicine.  An  Introduction. 
St.  Louis,  MO,  C.  V.  Mosby  Company,  1980. 

4.  Shaw  DR-  Your  Small  Business  Computer.  New  York. 
NY,  Van  Nostrand  Reinhold  Company,  1981. 


If 

L.  81 


—NUMBER 


5— MAY  1984 


379 


WHYo 

Through  the  AMA .«**! 

immediate  acce  t onom- 

medioat.  wenttc.  a maintains  a 

icintormation.The^rarv  sand 

tetgecolleettw^^rton.Hne 
microtilm  and  P ov0  information 

access  to  ^^^.erized  data 
sources  ,hr°“9Nbrary;  it's  one  more 
^r-V^sU-ddeapar, 

01  the  AMA. 

To  J©*n»  . . nr  state  medical 

Contact  V°ur  ““Division  of  Member- 
society  or  Dearborn  Street, 

606101 °rca"co"ect' 

(312)751-6196. 


References: 

1 . Stone  PH,  TuriZG,  Muller  JE  Efficacy  of  nifedipine  therapy  for  refractory  angina 
pectoris  Am  Heart  J 104  672-681,  September  1982 

2.  Antman  E,  Muller  J,  Goldberg  S,  et  al  Nifedipine  therapy  for  coronary-artery 
spasm  Experience  in  127  patients  N Engl  J Med  302  :1269-1273,  June  5,  1980 


BRIEF  SUMMARY 

PROCARDIA " (nifedipine)  CAPSULES  For  Oral  Use 


INDICATIONS  AND  USAGE:  I Vasospastic  Angina:  PROCARDIA  (nifedipine)  is  indicated  for  the 
management  ot  vasospastic  angina  confirmed  by  any  of  the  following  criteria:  1 ) classical  pattern 
of  angina  at  rest  accompanied  by  ST  segment  elevation,  2)  angina  or  coronary  artery  spasm  pro- 
voked by  ergonovme,  or  3)  angiographically  demonstrated  coronary  artery  spasm  In  those  patients 
who  have  had  angiography,  the  presence  of  significant  fixed  obstructive  disease  is  not  incompatible 
with  the  diagnosis  of  vasospastic  angina , provided  that  the  above  criteria  are  satisfied , PROCARDIA 
may  also  be  used  where  the  clinical  presentation  suggests  a possible  vasospastic  component  but 
where  vasospasm  has  not  been  confirmed,  eg.  where  pain  has  a variable  threshold  on  exertion  or 
in  unstable  angina  where  electrocardiographic  findings  are  compatible  with  intermittent  vaso- 
spasm, or  when  angina  is  refractory  to  nitrates  and/or  adeguate  doses  of  beta  blockers 

II.  Chronic  Stable  Angina  (Classical  Effort-Associated  Angina):  PROCARDIA  is  indicated  for 
the  management  of  chronic  stable  angina  (effort-associated  angina)  without  evidence  of  vasospasm 
in  patients  who  remain  symptomatic  despite  adequate  doses  of  beta  blockers  and/or  organic  nitrates 
or  who  cannot  tolerate  those  agents. 

In  chronic  stable  angina  (effort-associated  angina)  PROCARDIA  has  been  effective  in  controlled 
trials  of  up  to  eight  weeks  duration  in  reducing  angina  frequency  and  increasing  exercise  tolerance, 
but  confirmation  of  sustained  effectiveness  and  evaluation  of  long-term  safety  in  those  patients  are 
incomplete 

Controlled  studies  in  small  numbers  ot  patients  suggest  concomitant  use  of  PROCARDIA  and 
beta  blocking  agents  may  be  beneficial  in  patients  with  chronic  stable  angina,  but  available  infor- 
mation is  not  sufficient  to  predict  with  confidence  the  effects  of  concurrent  treatment,  especially  in 
patients  with  compromised  left  ventricular  function  or  cardiac  conduction  abnormalities  When  in- 
troducing such  concomitant  therapy,  care  must  be  taken  to  monitor  blood  pressure  closely  since 
severe  hypotension  can  occur  from  the  combined  effects  of  the  drugs  (See  Warnings  ) 
CONTRAINDICATIONS:  Known  hypersensitivity  reaction  to  PROCARDIA 
WARNINGS:  Excessive  Hypotension:  Although  in  most  patients,  the  hypotensive  effect  ol 
PROCARDIA  is  modest  and  well  tolerated,  occasional  patients  have  had  excessive  and  poorly  tol- 
erated hypotension  These  responses  have  usually  occurred  during  initial  titration  or  at  the  time  o‘ 
subsequent  upward  dosage  adjustment,  and  may  be  more  likely  in  patients  on  concomitant  beta 
blockers 

Severe  hypotension  and/or  increased  fluid  volume  requirements  have  been  reported  in  patient; 
receiving  PROCARDIA  together  with  a beta  blocking  agent  who  underwent  coronary  artery  bypass 
surgery  using  high  dose  fentanyl  anesthesia  The  interaction  with  high  dose  fentanyl  appears  to  be 
due  to  the  combination  ot  PROCARDIA  and  a beta  blocker,  but  the  possibility  that  it  may  occur  with 
PROCARDIA  alone,  with  low  doses  ot  fentanyl,  in  other  surgical  procedures,  or  with  other  narcotic 
analgesics  cannot  be  ruled  out  In  PROCARDIA  treated  patients  where  surgery  using  high  dost 
fentanyl  anesthesia  is  contemplated , the  physician  should  be  aware  of  these  potential  problems  and 
it  the  patient's  condition  permits,  sufficient  time  (at  least  36  hours)  should  be  allowed  fo 
PROCARDIA  to  be  washed  out  of  the  body  prior  to  surgery 

Increased  Angina:  Occasional  patients  have  developed  well  documented  increased  frequency,  du 
ration  or  severity  ot  angina  on  starting  PROCARDIA  or  at  the  time  of  dosage  increases.  The  mech 
amsm  of  this  response  is  not  established  but  could  result  from  decreased  coronary  perfusior 
associated  with  decreased  diastolic  pressure  with  increased  heart  rate,  or  from  increased  demant 
resulting  from  increased  heart  rate  alone 

Beta  Blocker  Withdrawal:  Patients  recently  withdrawn  from  beta  blockers  may  develop  a with 
drawal  syndrome  with  increased  angina,  probably  related  to  increased  sensitivity  to  catechol 
amines.  Initiation  of  PROCARDIA  treatment  will  not  prevent  this  occurrence  and  might  be  expedet 
to  exacerbate  it  by  provoking  reflex  catecholamine  release  There  have  been  occasional  reports  o 
increased  angina  in  a setting  of  beta  blocker  withdrawal  and  PROCARDIA  initiation  It  is  importan 
to  taper  beta  blockers  if  possible,  rather  than  stopping  them  abruptly  before  begmnini 
PROCARDIA 


Congestive  Heart  Failure:  Rarely,  patients,  usually  receiving  a beta  blocker,  have  developed  hear 
failure  after  beginning  PROCARDIA  Patients  with  tight  aortic  stenosis  may  be  at  greater  riskfo 
such  an  event 

PRECAUTIONS:  General:  Hypotension:  Because  PROCARDIA  decreases  peripheral  vascula 
resistance,  careful  monitoring  of  blood  pressure  during  the  initial  administration  and  titratio 
of  PROCARDIA  is  suggested  Close  observation  is  especially  recommended  for  patients  alread 
taking  medications  that.are  known  to  lower  blood  pressure  (See  Warnings  ) 

Peripheral  edema:  Mild  to  moderate  peripheral  edema,  typically  associated  with  arterial  vaso 
dilation  and  not  due  to  left  ventricular  dysfunction,  occurs  in  about  one  in  ten  patients  treated  wit 
PROCARDIA  This  edema  occurs  primarily  in  the  lower  extremities  and  usually  responds  to  diureti 
therapy  With  patients  whose  angina  is  complicated  by  congestive  heart  failure,  care  should  be  take 
to  differentiate  this  peripheral  edema  from  the  effects  of  increasing  leff  ventricular  dysfunction. 

Drug  interactions:  Beta-adrenergic  blocking  agents:  (See  Indications  and  Warnings  ) Expenem 
in  over  1400  patients  in  a non-comparative  clinical  trial  has  shown  that  concomitant  administratio 
of  PROCARDIA  and  beta-blocking  agents  is  usually  well  tolerated,  but  there  have  been  occasion; 
literature  reports  suggesting  that  the  combination  may  increase  the  likelihood  of  congestive  heai 
failure,  severe  hypotension  or  exacerbation  of  angina 
Long-acting  nitrates:  PROCARDIA  may  be  safely  co-admmistered  with  nitrates,  but  there  ha' 
been  no  controlled  studies  to  evaluate  the  antianginal  effectiveness  of  this  combination. 

Digitalis:  Administration  of  PROCARDIA  with  digoxm  increased  digoxm  levels  in  nine  of  twef 
normal  volunteers  The  average  increase  was  45%.  Another  investigator  found  no  increase  in  d| 
goxm  levels  in  thirteen  patients  with  coronary  artery  disease  In  an  uncontrolled  study  of  overt' 
hundred  patients  with  congestive  heart  failure  during  which  digoxm  blood  levels  were  not  mea: 
ured.  digitalis  toxicity  was  not  observed  Since  there  have  been  isolated  reports  of  patients  will 
elevated  digoxm  levels,  it  is  recommended  that  digoxm  levels  be  monitored  when  initiating,  adjusf 
mg,  and  discontinuing  PROCARDIA  to  avoid  possible  over-  or  under-digitalization 
Carcinogenesis,  mutagenesis,  impairment  of  fertility  When  given  to  rats  prior  to  mating,  nifi 
dipine  caused  reduced  fertility  at  a dose  approximately  30  times  the  maximum  recommended  hij 
man  dose 

Pregnancy:  Category  C Please  see  full  prescribing  information  with  reference  to  teratogenicity 
rats,  embryotoxicity  in  rats,  mice  and  rabbits,  and  abnormalities  in  monkeys 
ADVERSE  REACTIONS:  The  most  common  adverse  events  include  dizziness  or  liaht-headednes 
peripheral  edema,  nausea,  weakness,  headache  and  flushing  each  occurring  in  about  10%  of  pj 
tients,  transient  hypotension  in  about  5%.  palpitation  in  about  2%  and  syncope  in  about  0.5°. 
Syncopal  episodes  did  not  recur  with  reduction  in  the  dose  of  PROCARDIA  or  concomitant  antia 
ginal  medication  Additionally,  the  following  have  been  reported  muscle  cramps,  nervousnes 
dyspnea,  nasal  and  chest  congestion,  diarrhea,  constipation,  inflammation,  joint  stiffness,  shal 
ness,  sleep  disturbances,  blurred  vision,  difficulties  in  balance,  dermatitis,  pruritus,  urticaria,  I 
ver,  sweating,  chills,  and  sexual  difficulties  Very  rarely,  introduction  of  PROCARDIA  therapy  w 
associated  with  an  increase  in  anginal  pain,  possibly  due  to  associated  hypotension 
In  addition , more  serious  adverse  events  were  observed,  not  readily  distinguishable  from  the  n;i 
ural  history  of  the  disease  in  these  patients.  It  remains  possible,  however,  that  some  or  many 
these  events  were  drug  related  Myocardial  infarction  occurred  in  about  4%  of  patients  and  conge' 
tive  heart  failure  or  pulmonary  edema  in  about  2%  Ventricular  arrhythmias  or  conduction  distur 
ances  each  occurred  in  fewer  than  0 5%  of  patients 
Laboratory  Tests:  Rare,  mild  to  moderate,  transient  elevations  of  enzymes  such  as  alkaline  phc 
phatase,  CPK,  LDH,  SGOT,  and  SGPT  have  been  noted,  and  a single  incident  of  significantly  e 
vated  transaminases  and  alkaline  phosphatase  was  seen  in  a patient  with  a history  of  gall  blade 
disease  after  about  eleven  months  of  nifedipine  therapy  The  relationship  to  PROCARDIA  therapy 
uncertain  These  laboratory  abnormalities  have  rarely  been  associated  with  clinical  symptorr 
Cholestasis,  possibly  due  to  PROCARDIA  therapy,  has  been  reported  twice  in  the  extensive  wo 
literature 

HOW  SUPPLIED:  Each  orange,  soft  gelatin  PROCARDIA  CAPSULE  contains  10  mg  of  mfedipi 
PROCARDIA  CAPSULES  are  supplied  in  bottles  of  100  (NDC  0069-2600-66).  300  (NDC  006 
2600-72),  and  unit  dose  (10x10)  (NDC  0069-2600-41)  The  capsules  should  be  protected  frej 
light  and  moisture  and  stored  at  controlled  room  temperature  59°  to  77°F  ( 15°  to  25°C)  in  the  m;; 
ufacturer's  original  container. 

More  detailed  professional  information  available  on  request  © 1982,  Pfizerli 


LABORATORIES  DIVISION 


PFIZER  INC 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS/ 


380 


Quotes  from  an  unsolicited  ' 
letter  received  by  Pfizer  from  an 
angina  patient. 

While  this  patient  's  experience 
is  representative  of  many  I 

unsolicited  comments  received, 
hot  all  patients  will  respond  to 
Procardia  nor  will  they  all 
respond  to  the  same  degree  - 


)>  1983,  Rizer  Inc. 


7 have  been  able  to  do  volunteer 
work.  . . and  feel  needed  and  useful 
once  again." 


"My  daily  routine  consisted  of 
sitting  in  my  chair  trying  to  stay  alive." 


"I  shop,  cook  and  can  plant 
flowers  again." 


"My  doctor  switched  me  to 
PROCARDIAM  as  soon  as  it  became 
available.  The  change  in  my  condition 
is  remarkable." 


PROCARDIA  can  mean  the  return  to  a more  normal  life 
for  your  patients — having  fewer  anginal  attacks,1  taking 
fewer  nitroglycerin  tablets,2  doing  more,  and  being  more 
productive  once  again. 

Side  effects  are  usually  mild  (most  frequently  reported 
are  dizziness  or  lightheadedness,  peripheral  edema, 
nausea,  weakness,  headache  and  flushing,  each  occurring 
in  about  10%  of  patients,  transient  hypotension  in  about 
5%,  palpitation  in  about  2%  and  syncope  in  about  0 5%). 


for  the  varied  faces  of  angina 


Procardia  is  indicated  for  the  management  of: 

1 ) Confirmed  vasospastic  angina. 

2)  Angina  where  the  clinical  presentation  suggests  a possible 
vasospastic  component 

3)  Chronic  stable  angina  without  evidence  of  vasospasm  in 
patients  who  remain  symptomatic  despite  adequate  doses  of 
beta  blockers  and/or  nitrates  or  who  cannot  tolerate  these 
agents.  In  chronic  stable  angina  (effort-associated  angina) 
PROCARDIA  has  been  effective  in  controlled  trials  of  up  to 
(eight  weeks’  duration  in  reducing  angina  frequency  and 
increasing  exercise  tolerance,  but  confirmation  of  sustained 
effectiveness  and  evaluation  of  long-term  safety  in  these 
'patients  are  incomplete. 

;OL.  81— NUMBER  5— MAY  1984 

I 


PROCARDIA 


(NIFEDIPINE)' 


Please  see  PROCARDIA  brief  summary  on  ad/oining  page. 


381 


Our  reputation  has 
been  built  on  our 

SERVICE 


JMK  AUTO  SALES 

391  Rt.  22  (East)  Springfield,  New  Jersey 

379-7744 


The  Psychological  Impact  of  Cancer 
on  Patient  and  Family 


Barton  A.  Singer,  ph.d.,  cherry  hill* 


The  psychological  impact  of  cancer  on  the  patient  and  the  family 
almost  can  be  as  traumatic  as  the  physical  effects.  Patient  and 
family  must  deal  with  marked  changes  in  the  family  structure  and 
feelings  of  isolation,  loneliness,  helplessness,  and  dependence. 
Denial,  isolation  of  affect,  and  rationalization  are  discussed. 


The  psychological  impact  of 
cancer  on  the  patient  and  the 
family  almost  can  be  as  trau- 
matic as  the  physical  effects.  Realistic  as  well  as  un- 
realistic stresses  and  fears  are  aroused  which  can  over- 
whelm the  individuals  who  have  to  cope  with  them.  To 
|be  faced  with  the  anticipation  of  dying  from  cancer 
with  all  the  connotations  and  implications  that  usually 
are  associated  with  this  illness,  is  to  be  struck  with 
ane  of  the  ultimate  painful  emotional  events  in  life. 
However,  because  it  is  human  nature  to  try  to  avoid 
ithe  experience  of  pain  as  much  as  possible,  it  often  is 
extremely  difficult  for  cancer  patients  and  their  fami- 
lies to  relate  to  each  other  and  deal  with  their  problems 
in  a constructive  way.  Psychological  defense  mecha- 
nisms are  utilized  to  an  excessive  degree  in  order  to 
keep  threatening  thoughts  and  feelings  from  con- 
scious awareness  and  from  overwhelming  the  individ- 
ual. Consequently,  important  personal  issues  are  not 
dealt  with  so  that  tensions  and  conflicts  among  family 
members  usually  are  increased. 

PSYCHOLOGICAL  CONSEQUENCES 
OF  THE  ILLNESS 

Psychological  stresses  facing  families  with  members 
who  have  cancer  have  been  described  at  length  in  the 
iterature.1 578  The  intense  physical  pain  of  the  illness 
ind/or  the  treatment,  the  difficulty  in  accepting  that 
one’s  life  soon  is  to  end,  the  helplessness  and  inability 

VOL.  81— NUMBER  5— MAY  1984 


to  do  much  for  oneself  to  influence  the  disease,  the 
uncertainty  of  treatment  outcome,  the  physical 
changes  in  one’s  body,  the  catastrophic  financial 
burden,  and  the  alterations  in  family  patterns  and 
roles  are  all  consequences  of  the  illness  that  cannot  be 
avoided  to  any  great  extent.  Adding  to  these  realistic 
hardships,  however,  are  those  that  are  brought  about 
by  the  individual’s  unadaptive  coping  mechanisms 
which  exacerbate  a terrible  situation.  When  certain 
aspects  of  reality  are  distorted  or  ignored  and  when 
expected  and  understandable  feelings  are  part  of  the 
family  atmosphere  but  not  recognized  and  talked 
about,  conflicts  fester  and  hardships  are  magnified. 
For  example,  the  impending  death  of  a parent  usually 
necessitates  modifications  in  the  family  structure  that 
should  be  planned  for  and  discussed.  Role  changes  are 
required.  The  working  husband  may  have  to  become 
more  responsible  for  child  care  and  homemaking 
duties.  A wife  who  has  been  used  to  having  her  hus- 
band handle  the  finances  must  become  familiar  with 
economic  realities.  Often  the  children  are  not  able  to 
continue  participating  in  certain  activities  because  no 
one  is  there  to  transport  them  or  there  may  not  be  the 
necessaiy  funds  to  pay  for  them.  These  deprivations 
especially  are  hard  for  many  children  to  accept  because 

*Dr.  Singer  is  a clinical  psychologist  in  private  practice  in 
Cheriy  Hill.  Correspondence  may  be  addressed  to  Dr.  Singer, 
Executive  Mews,  D-19,  1930  E.  Marlton  Pike,  Cherry  Hill.  NJ 
08003. 


383 


they  often  are  left  out  of  important  family  discussions 
and  they  do  not  have  a clear  idea  about  the  problem 
facing  everyone.  Most  family  members  have  a natural 
resentment  toward  these  changes  to  some  extent.  If 
these  negative  feelings  are  not  recognized  and  under- 
stood, however,  the  anger  felt  towards  a sick  loved  one 
can  stir  up  so  much  guilt  and  increased  resentment 
that  constructive  readjustments  almost  are  impossible 
to  make. 

For  example,  a patient  was  told  that  he  had  about 
two  years  to  live.  An  industrious,  hard-working,  overly 
independent  man,  he  had  been  the  traditional  sole 
provider  who  assumed  complete  control  of  the  family 
financial  situation.  Because  his  wife  accepted  her  con- 
ventional role  so  completely,  this  aspect  of  their  rela- 
tionship had  not  caused  any  apparent  difficulty  until 
the  illness  was  diagnosed.  At  that  time,  she  realistically 
started  to  woriy  about  their  income  and  financial  re- 
sources and  asked  her  husband  systematically  to  re- 
cord their  assets  so  that  she  would  have  an  accurate 
appraisal  of  the  situation.  For  one  year,  her  husband 
said  he  was  going  to  comply  but  he  never  was  able  to 
complete  the  task.  To  do  what  was  required,  would  be 
to  admit  to  himself  that  he  would  be  dying  soon.  Con- 
sequently, he  continued  to  deny  the  necessity  of  com- 
pleting the  record,  rationalizing  that  he  still  had  plenty 
of  time.  Often,  he  repressed  the  project  until  his  wife 
mentioned  it  again,  at  which  time  he  would  become 
very  irritated  and  accuse  her  of  nagging.  While  he 
could  say  that  it  made  sense  to  do  what  she  wanted 
in  order  to  relieve  her  anxiety  and  her  uncertainty,  he 
could  not  bring  himself  to  do  it;  this  significantly  in- 
creased the  tension  between  the  couple. 


Denial  usually  is  considered 
a primitive  defense  because 
it  often  can  bring  about  a 
significant  and  dangerous 
distortion  of  reality. 


Feelings  of  isolation  and  loneliness  typically  are  ex- 
perienced by  the  patient  with  cancer,  brought  about 
in  part  by  the  realities  of  the  illness.  Many  families 
spend  inordinate  amounts  of  time  away  from  other 
healthy  people.  Going  to  hospitals  and  undergoing 
treatments  take  up  so  much  time  and  energy  that 
there  is  little  left  over  for  socializing.  Furthermore, 
some  healthy  people  tend  to  shy  away  from  the  criti- 
cally ill  and  feel  uncomfortable  when  patients  talk 
about  their  illness.  Adding  to  the  situation,  however, 
is  the  patients’  and  the  families’  reluctance  to  think 
about  and  talk  about  certain  unpleasant  aspects  of 
their  predicament.  Often,  what  is  foremost  on  the  pa- 
tient’s mind  is  some  serious  and  depressing  complica- 
tion related  to  his  sickness.  No  one  wants  to  discuss 
it.  Yet,  it  is  hard  to  find  something  else  to  talk  about; 
everyone  in  the  house  keeps  quiet  or  searches  for 
something  “pleasant"  to  say.  Because  the  patient  is  not 
able  to  express  freely  what  really  concerns  him,  he 
often  feels  that  no  one  understands  or  cares  about 
him,  which  increases  his  sense  of  isolation. 


During  the  course  of  the  disease  the  patient  typically' 
becomes  weakened,  helpless,  and  dependent  on  others. 
The  patient  is  not  able  to  work  as  effectively  as  before. 
Help  from  others  is  required.  But  the  patient  may  be 
reluctant  to  accept  the  fact  that  assistance  is  neces-  • 
sary.  Dependency  can  be  denied  so  long  that  it  often 
is  very  difficult  to  bring  about  the  necessary  readjust- 
ments. 

One  patient,  a compulsive  homemaker,  saw  herself! 
as  the  mainstay  of  the  home.  All  decisions  were  made! 
by  her  and  all  family  activities  were  initiated  by  her. 
After  a mastectomy,  she  pushed  herself  to  maintain  a) 
facade  of  normalcy,  exhausting  herself  by  an  excessive  i 
effort  to  keep  the  house  clean,  care  for  the  children, 
drive  them  to  activities,  and  work  part  time.  While  she 
could  not  fully  admit  to  herself  that  she  had  slowed 
down,  she  did  resent  her  family's  inability  or  unwilling- 
ness to  detect  her  gradual  decline  and  offer  to  help  her. 
By  the  time  she  finally  had  reached  her  limit  and  asked 
for  help,  she  was  bitter  and  resentful.  But  her  husband^ 
and  children  found  it  hard  to  understand  her  situation 
and  resented  how  and  what  she  requested;  she  did  not 
look  sick.  Why  couldn’t  she  continue  to  do  what  she 
always  had  done?  For  an  unfortunately  long  time,  hen 
husband  directly  refused  to  do  household  tasks;  that! 1 
was  not  part  of  his  role  definition  as  husband  and 
father. 


DEFENSE  STRATEGIES  IN  THE  CANCER  FAMILY 


When  defense  mechanisms  distort  reality  and  hide 
feelings,  the  individual  cannot  cope  with  significant 
interpersonal  difficulties  in  the  most  adaptive  way. 
And  because  the  painful  feelings,  thoughts,  and  events  d 
associated  with  cancer  are  so  traumatic  and  devastate 
ing,  the  utilization  of  defenses  particularly  is  excessive!  < 
and  pervasive  in  this  clinical  population.  Furthermore, 
defensiveness  between  members  of  the  family  charac- 
teristically is  higher  than  with  other  people;  intense,: 
deeply  personal  familial  relationships  often  are  com- 
plicated by  long-standing  unresolved  conflicts  and 
family  members  frequently  are  reluctant  to  be  frank 
and  open  with  their  spouses  or  children.  People  typi- 
cally fear  that  if  they  are  more  direct  in  communicating 
their  concerns,  pains,  and  needs  they  will  be  rejected! 
or  they  will  upset  the  loved  one.  Therefore,  it  is  easier 
to  talk  more  honestly  with  a neutral  professional  than; 
with  a relative. 

One  of  the  more  prominent  defenses  seen  in  the 
cancer  patient  is  denial,  which  involves  denying  or 
negating  facts  and  feelings  that  would  be  painful  tc 
acknowledge;  the  person  believes  that  he  has  no  aware 
ness  of  or  responsibility  for  an  event  or  feeling  thali 
actually  exists.  Denial  usually  is  manifested  in  the  re 
versal  of  a painful  fact,  e.g.  “I’m  not  so  sick”  When  cjl 
patient  denies  that  he  has  any  problems,  it  is  hard  tc 
help  him.  This  particularly  is  dangerous  for  the  cancel  ' 
patient  where  life  can  be  endangered.  A woman  whc 
feels  a lump  in  her  breast  and  says  to  herself,  “It  is 
nothing,”  does  nothing  about  it.  A young  married  mar 
with  a brain  tumor  has  a great  need  to  emphasize  tha 
he  still  can  do  most  of  the  things  that  he  used  to  ac 
before  his  illness,  like  ride  a bike  in  traffic  or  jog.  I 
still  is  hard  for  him  to  accept  his  limitations;  he  mus; 
continue  to  deny  many  aspects  of  his  declining  con 
dition. 


384 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Denial  usually  is  considered  a primitive  defense  be- 
use  it  often  can  bring  about  a significant  and 
mgerous  distortion  of  reality.  At  times,  however,  it 
50  can  be  an  adaptive  healthy  maneuver;  most  pa- 
>nts  have  to  deny  some  aspects  of  their  circumstance 
certain  junctures  in  the  course  of  their  illness  in 
der  to  reduce  the  impact  of  the  traumatic  event.  One 
nnot  face  death  all  the  time.  This  defense  helps  the 
tient  to  carry  on  with  life  and  to  do  what  living  one 
able  to  do.  Consequently,  the  doctor  and  relatives 
ed  to  respect  denial  and  not  push  the  patient  to 
cept  the  reality  of  his  illness  any  faster  than  he  is 
lling  and/or  able  to.  While  many  patients  do  want 
know  the  facts  about  their  sickness,  some  do  not 
d they  can  deteriorate  emotionally  and  physically 
len  they  are  informed  too  bluntly.  It  takes  consider- 
le  psychological  sensitivity  to  deal  with  denial  effec- 
ely  and  to  present  “the  facts”  in  a therapeutic  way. 
A more  efficient  defense  mechanism  than  denial  is 
ilation  of  affect.  When  this  defense  is  operating,  the 
nnection  between  ideas  and  feelings  are  severed  so 
at  the  person  is  calm  in  a situation  where  strong 
lotion  would  be  appropriate  and  expected.  With 
>lation,  patients  can  talk  with  equanimity  about 
tentially  disturbing  subjects  like  their  impending 
ath  or  the  excruciating  pain.  Unfortunately,  how- 
?r,  isolation  can  prevent  them  from  coming  into  im- 
'diate  contact  with  their  feelings  in  order  to  express 
;m  and  then  be  relieved  of  some  of  their  impact. 
The  following  is  an  example  of  how  isolation  of  affect 
|.s  therapeutically  reduced  in  a treatment  situation: 

: eenage  boy  explained  that,  although  he  knew  his 
iher  was  very  sick,  he  was  not  able  to  get  in  touch 
tjth  his  feelings  about  this  fact.  It  took  him  a long  time 
lusciously  to  become  aware  of  the  warded  off  feelings 
i|d  to  be  able  to  ciy  and  to  talk  to  his  father  openly 
put  his  dread  and  his  fears  of  what  life  would  be  like 
!|ien  he  is  gone.  Before  this  time,  he  felt  unable  to 
'ate  to  him  and  to  help  him.  He  usually  kept  his 
tance  from  his  father  and  kept  his  thoughts  to 
nself. 

Another  prevalent  defense  manifested  in  the  family 
) cancer  patients  is  rationalization.  This  mechanism 
nsists  of  explaining  away  and  trying  to  justify 
oughts  or  a course  of  action  by  finding  an  excuse 
f support  a point  of  view  that  is  more  acceptable  than 
i ‘ real  reason.6  Usually  the  rationalization  takes  the 
«m  of  “false  altruism.”  One  family  member  keeps 
3 nful  information  from  another  in  order  to  avoid 
] posing  a burden,  something  that  could  not  be  en- 
Ired.  Spouses  hesitate  to  inform  the  patient  about 
i dical  developments,  patients  do  not  want  to  discuss 
- tain  problems  with  their  spouses,  and  most  parents 
d their  children  are  too  young  to  comprehend, 
or  example,  a patient  was  reluctant  to  talk  about 
diagnosis  with  his  teenage  son  even  though  he 
cussed  it  with  many  other  relatives.  The  son  knew 
)ut  it  because  he  was  at  the  hospital  when  the  fam- 
il  first  was  informed.  Yet  the  father  stated  that  he  was 
young  to  be  encumbered  with  such  horrible  news 
Ing:  “He  would  not  really  understand.”  Further- 
n re,  even  when  the  patient  was  enduring  excruciat- 
k;  pain  and  was  so  depressed  that  he  felt  he  could 
go  on  living,  he  held  back  tears  because  he  did  not 
*]nt  his  wife  to  find  out  how  depressed  he  was.  He 


feared  that  she  would  get  more  upset  and  frightened. 

In  most  cases  these  kinds  of  rationalizations  are 
excuses  which  serve  as  a means  to  protect  individuals 
from  becoming  more  completely  and  directly  aware  of 
the  painful  feelings  that  they  are  strenuously  tiying  to 
hide  from  themselves.  Such  individuals  do  not  want 
to  deal  with  the  unpleasant  issue,  so  they  tell  them- 
selves that  they  are  avoiding  it  out  of  concern  for  the 
other  person. 

Because  of  this  excessive  defensiveness,  feelings  are 
cut  off  from  conscious  awareness.  Consequently, 
closer,  more  effective,  and  spontaneous  communica- 
tion is  inhibited  and  certain  aspects  of  reality  are  dis- 
torted and  not  dealt  with  adaptively.  Furthermore, 
when  defense  mechanisms  against  becoming  aware  of 
unpleasant  feelings  are  operating  to  a pathological  ex- 
tent, it  is  difficult  for  the  individual  to  integrate  and 
modulate  them.  These  affects  remain  unconscious  but 
active  and  powerful  in  affecting  one’s  behavior.  In 
order  to  work  through  and  accept  the  anger,  sadness, 
and  loss  and  in  order  to  mourn  the  psychological  and 
physical  deprivations,  the  cancer  patient  and  the  fam- 
ily have  to  become  aware  of  the  emotional  events  ex- 
perienced, accept  the  feelings,  and  express  them.  This 
usually  results  in  some  relief  from  their  impact.  But 
because  of  their  excessive  utilization  of  defense 
strategies,  this  psychological  task  is  hard  for  these 
patients  to  accomplish  on  their  own.  Some  pro- 
fessional help  often  is  required  to  assist  the  family  in 
not  avoiding  issues  that  must  be  faced. 

Particularly  for  this  clinical  population  where  there 
is  so  much  emotional  pain  to  defend  against  and 
where  defensiveness  is  increased  because  of  the  family 
atmosphere,  counseling  can  be  valuable.  It  allows  fam- 
ilies to  focus  on  and  deal  more  adaptively  with  trau- 
matically  threatening  feelings  and  conflicts  which, 
when  present  but  unacknowledged  and  avoided,  create 
massive  blocks  in  communication,  impasses  which 
add  a further  burden  to  an  already  intolerable  situ- 
ation. While  the  patient  with  cancer  clearly  benefits 
from  participation  in  counseling,  it  may  be  the  family 
members  who  gain  the  most.  Obviously,  they  are  the 
ones  who  live  longer  and  can  continue  to  carry  the 
burden  of  guilt  and  unresolved  mourning  for  a long 
time.  The  death  of  a loved  one  often  stirs  up  old  con- 
flicts and  resentments.  Helping  them  to  deal  realistical- 
ly with  the  illness,  accept  death,  and  go  on  to  live  their 
lives  unencumbered  by  neurotically  conflicting  feel- 
ings may  be  the  most  significant  treatment  goal. 

REFERENCES 

1.  Bowers  M,  Jackson  E,  Knight  J,  LeShan  L:  Counseling 
the  Dying.  San  Francisco,  CA  Harper  & Row,  1981. 

2.  Eissler  K The  Psychiatrist  and  the  Dying  Patient  New 
York,  NY,  International  Universities  Press,  1955. 

3.  Giacquinta  B:  Helping  families  face  the  crisis  of  cancer. 
Am  J Nursing  18:1585-1588,  1977. 

4.  Hackett  TP:  Psychological  assistance  for  the  dying  pa- 
tient and  his  family.  Ann  Rev  Med  27:371-378,  1976. 

5.  Kubler-Ross  E:  On  Death  and  Dying.  New  York  NY, 
Macmillan  Publishing  Co.,  1969. 

6.  Laughlin  HP:  The  Neuroses.  Washington,  D.C.,  But- 
terworths,  1967. 

7.  Pineus  L:  Death  and  the  Family.  New  York  NY,  Random 
House,  1976. 

8.  Sontag  S:  Illness  as  a Metaphor.  New  York  NY,  Vintage 
Press,  1979. 


L.  81— NUMBER  5— MAY  1984 


385 


Angina 
Protection 
with  Benefits  for 
a Lifetime 

ONCE-DAILY  CONTROL 
WITH  HEART-SAVING  BENEFITS 

By  reducing  heart  rate  and  cardiac  contractility,  1NDERAL  LA  helps 
protect  the  heart  from  the  potentially  serious  and  debilitating 
consequences  of  ischemia.  A highly  effective  antianginal  agent  for 
around-the-clock  control  of  symptoms,  , IN DERAL  LA  also  provides 
cardiovascular  protection  for  a sense  of  security  in  the  years  ahead. 

PROTECTION  AND  EXPERIENCE 
NO  CALCIUM  BLOCKER  CAN  MATCH 

Unlike  calcium  blockers,  INDERAL  LA— either  alone  or  with  a 
nitrate — is  recommended  for  early  treatment  of  angina  in  the 
majority  of  patients.  Equally  important,  INDERAL  LA  delivers  the 
proven  performance  and  safety  profile  of  INDERAL  tablets— 
confirmed  by  millions  of  patients  during  16  years  of  clinical  use. 

START  WITH  80  MG  ONCE  DAILY 

Dosage  may  be  increased  to  160  mg  once  daily,  as  needed,  to 
achieve  optimal  control.  INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  used  in  congestive 
heart  failure,  sinus  bradycardia,  cardiogenic  shock,  heart  block  greater 
than  first  degree,  and  bronchial  asthma.  Please  see  next  page  for 
further  details  and  brief  summary  of  prescribing  information. 


ONCE-DAILY 


LONG  ACTING 
CAPSULES 


Ayerst. 


The  appearance  of 
INDERAL  LA 
capsules  is  a registered 
trademark  of 
Ayerst  Laboratories 


ONCE- DAILY 


JUST  ONCE  EACH  DAY 
FOR  SIMPLIFIED  CORE 
THERAPY  IN  ANGINA  (PROPRANOLOL HCI) 


INDERALLA  iii 


LONG  ACTING 
CAPSULES 


80  120  160 
mg  mg  mg 


BRIEF  SUMMARY  (FOR  FULL  PRESCRIBING  INFORMATION,  SEE  PACKAGE  CIRCULAR ) 
INDERAL'  LA  brand  of  propranolol  hydrochloride  (Long  Acting  Capsules) 
DESCRIPTION.  Inderal  LA  is  formulated  to  provide  a sustained  release  of  propranolol 
hydrochloride.  Inderal  LA  is  available  as  80  mg.  120  mg,  and  160  mg  capsules. 

CLINICAL  PHARMACOLOGY.  INDERAL  is  a nonselective  beta-adrenergic  receptor 
blocking  agent  possessing  no  other  autonomic  nervous  system  activity.  It  specifically  com- 
petes with  beta-adrenergic  receptor  stimulating  agents  lor  available  receptor  sites.  When 
access  to  beta-receptor  sites  is  blocked  by  INDERAL,  the  chronotropic,  inotropic,  and 
vasodilator  responses  to  beta-adrenergic  stimulation  are  decreased  proportionately. 

INDERAL  LA  Capsules  (80, 120,  and  160  mg)  release  propranolol  HCI  at  a controlled  and 
predictable  rate.  Peak  blood  levels  following  dosing  with  INDERAL  LA  occur  at  about  6 hours 
and  the  apparent  plasma  half-life  is  about  10  hours  When  measured  at  steady  state  over  a 24- 
hour  period  the  areas  under  the  propranolol  plasma  concentration-time  curve  (AUCs)  for  the 
capsules  are  approximately  60%  to  65%  of  the  AUCs  for  a comparable  divided  daily  dose  of 
INDERAL  tablets.  The  lower  AUCs  for  the  capsules  are  due  to  greater  hepatic  metabolism  of 
propranolol,  resulting  from  the  slower  rate  of  absorption  of  propranolol.  Over  a twenty-four  (24) 
hour  period,  blood  levels  are  fairly  constant  for  about  twelve  (12)  hours  then  decline 
exponentially. 

INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  considered  a simple  mg  for  mg  substitute  for  conventional 
propranolol  and  the  blood  levels  achieved  do  not  match  (are  lower  than)  those  of  two  to  four 
times  daily  dosing  with  the  same  dose.  When  changing  to  INDERAL  LA  from  conventional 
propranolol,  a possible  need  for  retitration  upwards  should  be  considered  especially  to 
maintain  effectiveness  at  the  end  of  the  dosing  interval.  In  most  clinical  settings,  however, 
such  as  hypertension  or  angina  where  there  is  little  correlation  between  plasma  levels  and 
clinical  effect,  INDERAL  LA  has  been  therapeutically  equivalent  to  the  same  mg  dose  of 
conventional  INDERAL  as  assessed  by  24-hour  effects  on  blood  pressure  and  on  24-hour 
exercise  responses  of  heart  rate,  systolic  pressure  and  rate  pressure  product.  INDERAL  LA 
can  provide  effective  beta  blockade  for  a 24-hour  period. 

The  mechanism  of  the  antihypertensive  effect  of  INDERAL  has  not  been  established 
Among  the  factors  that  may  be  involved  in  contributing  to  the  antihypertensive  action  are  (1) 
decreased  cardiac  output,  (2)  inhibition  of  renin  release  by  the  kidneys,  and  (3)  diminution  of 
tonic  sympathetic  nerve  outflow  from  vasomotor  centers  in  the  brain.  Although  total  peripheral 
resistance  may  increase  initially,  if  readjusts  lo  or  below  the  pretreatment  level  with  chronic 
use:  Effects  on  plasma  volume  appear  to  be  minor  and  somewhat  variable  INDERAL  has 
been  shown  to  cause  a small  increase  in  serum  potassium  concentration  when  used  in  the 
treatment  of  hypertensive  patients. 

In  angina  pectoris,  propranolol  generally  reduces  the  oxygen  requirement  of  theheart  at 
any  given  level  of  effort  by  blocking  the  catecholamine  riduc-  d increases  m the  heart  rate, 
systolic  blood  pressure,  and  the  velocity  and  extent  of  myocardial  contraction  Propranolol  J 
may  increase  oxygen  requirements  by  increasing  left  ventricular  fiber  length,  end  diastolic?  | 
pressure  and  systolic  election  period.  The  net  physiologic  effect  of  beta  anrenergtc  blockade 
is  usually  advantageous  and  is  manifested  during  exercise  by  delayed  onset  of  pain  and 
increased  work  capacity  ii&fy 

In  dosages  greater  than  required  for  beta  blockadS,  INDERAL  also  exerts  a quinidme-like 
or  anesthetic-like  membrane  action  which  affects  the  cardiac  action. potential  „Ihe„signifi- 
cance  of  the  membrane  action  in  the  treatment  of  arrhythmias  is  uncertain 

The  mechanism  of  the  antimigraine  effect  of  propranolol  has  not  been  established  Beta- 
adrenergic  receptors  have  been  demonstrated  in  the  pial  vessels  of  the  brain. 

Beta  receptor  blockade  can  be  useful  in  conditions  in  which,  because  of  pathologic  or 
functional  changes,  sympathetic  activity  is  detrimental  to  the  patient  But  there  are  also 
situations  in  which  sympathetic  stimulation  is  vital  For  example'  in  patients  wiftrseverely 
damaged  hearts,  adequate  ventricular  function  is  maintained  by  virtue  of  sympathetic  drive 
which  should  be  preserved.  In  the  presence  of  AV  block,  greater  than  first  degree,  beta 
blockade  may  prevent  the  necessary  facilitating  effect  of  sympathetic  activity  on  conduction 
Beta  blockade  results  in  bronchial  constriction  by  interfering  with  adrenergic  bronchodilator 
activity  which  should  be  preserved  in  patients  subject  to  bronchospasm 

Propranolol  is  not  significantly  dialyzable 

INDICATIONS  AND  USAGE.  Hypertension:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  in  the  manage- 
ment of  hypertension;  it  may  be  used  alone  or  used  in  combination  with  other  antihypertensive 
agents,  particularly  a thiazide  diuretic.  INDERAL  LA  is  not  indicated  in  the  management  of 
hypertensive  emergencies. 

Angina  Pectoris  Due  to  Coronary  Atherosclerosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated 
for  the  long-term  management  of  patients  with  angina  pectoris. 

Migraine:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  for  the  prophylaxis  of  common  migraine  headache. 
The  efficacy  of  propranolol  in  the  treatment  of  a migraine  attack  that  has  started  has  not  been 
established  and  propranolol  is  not  indicated  for  such  use. 

Hypertrophic  Subaortic  Stenosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  useful  in  the  management  of 
hypertrophic  subaortic  stenosis,  especially  for  treatment  of  exertional  or  other  stress-induced 
angina,  palpitations,  and  syncope  INDERAL  LA  also  improves  exercise  performance.  The 
effectiveness  of  propranolol  hydrochloride  in  this  disease  appears  to  be  due  to  a reduction  of 
the  elevated  outflow  pressure  gradient  which  is  exacerbated  by  beta-receptor  stimulation. 
Clinical  improvement  may  be  temporary. 

CONTRAINDICATIONS.  INDERAL  is  contraindicated  in  1)  cardiogenic  shock;  2)  sinus 
bradycardia  and  greater  than  first  degree  block;  3)  bronchial  asthma,  4)  congestive  heart 
failure  (see  WARNINGS)  unless  the  failure  is  secondary  to  a tachyarrhythmia  treatable  with 
INDERAL 

WARNINGS.  CARDIAC  FAILURE:  Sympathetic  stimulation  may  be  a vital  component  sup- 
porting circulatory  function  in  patients  with  congestive  heart  failure,  and  its  inhibition  by  beta 
blockade  may  precipitate  more  severe  failure.  Although  beta  blockers  should  be  avoided  in 
overt  congestive  heart  failure,  if  necessary,  they  can  be  used  with  close  follow-up  in  patients 
with  a history  of  failure  who  are  well  compensated  and  are  receiving  digitalis  and  diuretics. 
Beta-adrenergic  blocking  agents  do  not  abolish  the  inotropic  action  of  digitalis  on  heart 
muscle. 

IN  PATIENTS  WITHOUT  A HISTORY  OF  HEART  FAILURE,  continued  use  of  beta  blockers 
can,  in  some  cases,  lead  to  cardiac  failure.  Therefore,  at  the  first  sign  or  symptom  of  heart 
failure,  the  patient  should  be  digitalized  and/or  treated  with  diuretics,  and  the  response 
observed  closely,  or  INDERAL  should  be  discontinued  (gradually,  if  possible). 


IN  PATIENTS  WITH  ANGINA  PECTORIS,  there  have  been  reports  of  exacerbation  of 
angina  and,  in  some  cases,  myocardial  infarction,  following  abrupt  discontinuance  of 
INDERAL  therapy.  Therefore,  when  discontinuance  of  INDERAL  is  planned  the  dosage 
should  be  gradually  reduced  over  at  least  a few  weeks,  and  the  patient  should  be 
cautioned  against  interruption  or  cessation  of  therapy  without  the  physician’s  advice.  If 
INDERAL  therapy  is  interrupted  and  exacerbation  of  angina  occurs,  it  usually  is  advis- 
able to  reinstitute  INDERAL  therapy  and  take  other  measures  appropriate  for  the  man- 
agement of  unstable  angina  pectoris.  Since  coronary  artery  disease  may  be 
unrecognized,  it  may  be  prudent  to  follow  the  above  advice  in  patients  considered  at  risk 
of  having  occult  atherosclerotic  heart  disease  who  are  given  propranolol  for  other 
indications 


Nonallergic  Bronchospasm  (e.g.,  chronic  bronchitis,  emphysema)  — 

PATIENTS  WITH  BRONCHOSPASTIC  DISEASES  SHOULD  IN  GENERAL  NOT  RECEIVE  BETA 
BLOCKERS.  INDERAL  should  be  administered  with  caution  since  it  may  block  bronchodila- 
tion  produced  by  endogenous  and  exogenous  catecholamine  stimulation  of  beta  receptors. 


388 


MAJOR  SURGERY.  The  necessity  or  desirability  of  withdrawal  of  beta-blocking  therai 
prior  to  major  surgery  is  controversial.  It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  the  impaired  ability 
the  heart  to  respond  to  reflex  adrenergic  stimuli  may  augment  the  risks  of  general  anesthes 
and  surgical  procedures. 

INDERAL  (propranolol  HCI),  like  other  beta  blockers,  is  a competitive  inhibitor  of  bet 
receptor  agonists  and  its  effects  can  be  reversed  by  administration  of  such  agents,  e 
dobutamine  or  isoproterenol.  However,  such  patients  may  be  subject  to  protracted  sevei 
hypotension.  Difficulty  in  starting  and  maintaining  the  heartbeat  has  also  been  reported  w 
beta  blockers 

DIABETES  AND  HYPOGLYCEMIA:  Beta-adrenergic  blockade  may  prevent  the  a; 
pearance  of  certain  premonitory  signs  and  symptoms  (pulse  rate  and  pressure  changes)) 
acute  hypoglycemia  in  labile  insulin-dependent  diabetes.  In  these  patients,  it  may  be  me 
difficult  to  adjust  the  dosage  of  insulin. 

THYROTOXICOSIS:  Beta  blockade  may  mask  certain  clinical  signs  of  hyperthyroidis 
Therefore,  abrupt  withdrawal  of  propranolol  may  be  followed  by  an  exacerbation  of  symptor 
of  hyperthyroidism,  including  thyroid  storm  Propranolol  does  not  distort  thyroid  function  tes' 
IN  PATIENTS  WITH  WOLFF-PARKINSON-WHITE  SYNDROME,  several  cases  have  be 
reported  in  which,  after  propranolol,  the  tachycardia  was  replaced  by  a severe  bradycarc 
requiring  a demand  pacemaker.  In  one  case  this  resulted  after  an  initial  dose  of  5 r , 
propranolol 

PRECAUTIONS.  General . Propranolol  should  be  used  with  caution  in  patients  with  impair: 
hepatic  or  renal  function  INDERAL  is  not  indicated  for  the  treatment  of  hypertensij 
emergencies. 

Beta  adrenoreceptor  blockade  can  cause  reduction  of  intraocular  pressure.  Patieifi 
should  be  told  that  INDERAL  may  interfere  with  the  glaucoma  screening  test  Withdrawal  rr| 
lead  to  a return  of  increased  intraocular  pressure. 

Clinical  Laboratory  Tests:  Elevated  blood  urea  levels  in  patients  with  severe  heart  disea: 
elevated  serum  transaminase,  alkaline  phosphatase,  lactate  dehydrogenase 

DRUG  INTERACTIONS:  Patients  receiving  catecholamine-depleting  drugs  such  as  res 
pine  should  be  closely  observed  if  INDERAL  is  administered.  The  added  catecholamu 
blocking  action  may  produce  an  excessive  reduction  of  resting  sympathetic  nervous  acti\ 
which  may  result  in  hypotension,  marked  bradycardia,  vertigo,  syncopal  attacks,  or  orthostc 
hypotension 

Carcinogenesis,  Mutagenesis,  Impairment  of  Fertility:  Long-term  studies  in  animals  hi 
been  conducted  to  evaluate  toxic  effects  and  carcinogenic  potential.  In  18-month  studie: 
both  rats  and  mice,  employing  doses  up  to  150  mg/kg/day,  there  was  no  evidence  of  signific 
drug-induced  ioxiQty  There  were  no  drug-related  tumongemc  effects  at  any  of  the  dose 
levels.  Reproductive  studies  in  animals  did  not  show  any  impairment  of  fertility  that  v 
attributable  to  the  drug 

Pregnancy  Pregnancy  Category  CT'INDERAL  has  been  shown  to  be  embryotoxic 
animaf  studies  at; doses  about  10  times  greater  than  the  maximum  recommended  human  do 
There  are  no  adequate  and  weit-controtled  studies  in  pregnant  women  INDERAL  sho 
be  used  during  pregnancy  only  if  the  potential  benefit  justifies  the  potential  risk  to  the  fei 
Nursing  Mothers  INDERAL  is  excreted  in  human  milk.  Caution  should  be  exercised  wlj 
INDERAL  i^ac^MsteredJo  a nursing  woman 

Pediatric  Use:  Safely  and  effective-  est  in  children  have  not  been  established 
ADVERSE  REACTIONS.  Most  adverse  effects  have  been  mild  and  transient  and  h 
rarely  required  the  withdrawal  of  therapy. 

Cardiovascular:  bradycardia,  congestive  heart  failure;  intensification  of  AV  block;  hy 
tension;  paresthesia  of  hands;  thrombocytopenic  purpura,  arterial  insufficiency,  usually  of 
f^ynaudtype.  Jm 

Central  Nervous  System  ligtitfteadedness;  mental  depression  manifested  by  msom 
lassitude,  weakness,  fatigue;  reversible  mental  depression  progressing  to  catatonia;  vi: 
disturbances,  hallucinations;  an  acute  reversible  syndrome  characterized  by  dlsorientatior: 
time  and  place,  short-term  memory  loss,  emotional  lability,  slightly  clouded  sensorium.  .1 
decreased  performance  on  neuropsychometrics. 

Gastrointestmal.  nausea,  vomiting,  epigastric  distress,  abdominal  cramping,  diarrtj 
constipation,  mesenteric  arterial  thrombosis,  ischemic  colitis. 

Allergic:  pharyngitis  and  agranulocytosis,  erythematous  rash,  fever  combined  with  act| 
and  sore  throat,  laryngospasm  and  respiratory  distress 
Respiratory:  bronchospasm 

Hematologic:  agranulocytosis,  nonthrombocytopenic  purpura,  thrombocytopr 
purpura 

Auto-Immune:  In  extremely  rare  instances,  systemic  lupus  erythematosus  has  b 
reported 

Miscellaneous:  alopecia,  LE-like  reactions,  psoriasiform  rashes,  dry  eyes,  male  in 
tence,  and  Peyronie’s  disease  have  been  reported  rarely.  Oculomucocutaneous  react 
involving  the  skin,  serous  membranes  and  con|unctivae  reported  for  a beta  blocker  (pracl 
have  not  been  associated  with  propranolol. 

DOSAGE  AND  ADMINISTRATION.  INDERAL  LA  provides  propranolol  hydrochloride 
sustained-release  capsule  for  administration  once  daily  If  patients  are  switched  from  INDE 
tablets  to  INDERAL  LA  capsules,  care  should  be  taken  to  assure  that  the  desired  therapr 
effect  Is  maintained.  INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  considered  a simple  mg  for  mg  substitul 
INDERAL.  INDERAL  LA  has  different  kinetics  and  produces  lower  blood  levels.  Retitration 
be  necessary  especially  to  maintain  effectiveness  at  the  end  of  the  24-hour  dosing  inte 
HYPERTENSION — Dosage  must  be  individualized.  The  usual  initial  dosage  is  8C 
INDERAL  LA  once  daily,  whether  used  alone  or  added  to  a diuretic.  The  dosage  ma 
increased  to  120  mg  once  daily  or  higher  until  adequate  blood-pressure  control  is  achie 
The  usual  maintenance  dosage  is  120  to  160  mg  once  daily.  In  some  instances  a dosage  o 
mg  may  be  required.  The  time  needed  for  full  hypertensive  response  to  a given  dosa< 
variable  and  may  range  from  a few  days  to  several  weeks. 

ANGINA  PECTORIS — Dosage  must  be  individualized.  Starting  with  80  mg  INDERA 
once  daily,  dosage  should  be  gradually  increased  at  three  to  seven  day  intervals  until  optn 
response  is  obtained.  Although  individual  patients  may  respond  at  any  dosage  leveli 
average  optimum  dosage  appears  to  be  160  mg  once  daily.  In  angina  pectoris,  the  value1 
safety  of  dosage  exceeding  320  mg  per  day  have  not  been  established 

If  treatment  is  to  be  discontinued,  reduce  dosage  gradually  over  a period  of  a fewwT 
(see  WARNINGS).  j 

MIGRAINE — Dosage  must  be  individualized  The  initial  oral  dose  is  80  mg  INDERA™ 
once  daily.  The  usual  effective  dose  range  is  160-240  mg  once  daily.  The  dosage  mejs 
increased  gradually  to  achieve  optimum  migraine  prophylaxis.  If  a satisfactory  response  ja 
obtained  within  four  to  six  weeks  after  reaching  the  maximum  dose,  INDERAL  LA  thr  V 
should  be  discontinued  It  may  be  advisable  to  withdraw  the  drug  gradually  over  a peri 

HYPERTROPHIC  SUBAORTIC  STENOSIS— 80-160  mg  INDERAL  LA  once  daily. 
PEDIATRIC  DOSAGE — At  this  time  the  data  on  the  use  of  the  drug  in  this  age  group  ai 
limited  to  permit  adequate  directions  for  use 

♦The  appearance  of  INDERAL  LA  capsules  is  a registered  trademark  of  Ayerst  LaboralJ 

8833  4 


Ayerst 


AYERST  LABORATORIES 
New  York,  N.Y.  10017 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSi 


Medical  History: 

Alabama  Granny  Midwife* 


Linda  Holmes,  m.pjy.,  Newark** 


Segregation , racism , agrarian  economics,  and  isolation  forced 
the  mcyority  of  Alabama's  rural  black  women  to  utilize  the 
services  of  a granny  midwife  in  past  days . Current  practitioners 
are  incorporating  some  techniques  identical  to  granny  midwife 
management  approaches  during  labor  and  birth . 


The  history  of  Alabama’s  Afro- 
American  midwifery  practices 
must  be  viewed  within  the  pa- 
ameters  ot  the  black  experience  in  the  rural  South, 
vs  recently  as  1950,  segregation,  racism,  agrarian  eco- 
lomics,  and  rural  isolation  forced  the  majority  of  Ala- 
bama's childbearing  black  women  to  rely  on  the  self- 
telp  mechanisms  of  folk  practitioners.  Hence,  the  long- 
erm  isolation  of  rural  blacks  from  many  aspects  of 
/estem  medicine’s  influences  and  controls  created  an 
nvironment  ripe  for  the  survival  of  the  “granny  mid- 
afe."  In  direct  contrast,  inhospital  physician-managed 
hildbirth  was  the  well-established  norm  for  white  Ala- 
ama  women. 

It  is  not  surprising  that  so  little  that  is  positive  ever 
as  been  written  about  the  granny  midwife;  histori- 
ally,  granny  midwives  in  America’s  southeastern 
fates  primarily  have  been  older,  empirically  trained, 
'W-income  black  women  who  were  tolerated  by  phy- 
icians  as  necessary  evils.1  Now,  when  granny  mid- 
wifery practices  have  been  eradicated  or  soon  will  die, 
nly  rare  self-descriptions  of  granny  midwifery  work 
dst. 

I went  to  Alabama  in  1981  for  seven  months  to  re- 
rrd  interviews  with  the  state’s  last  generation  of  gran- 
y midwives.  Alabama  discontinued  the  issuance  of  lay 
?rmits  for  the  practice  of  midwifery  in  1976,  yet  I was 
de  to  obtain  a 1977  Midwife  Roster  compiled  by  the 
fate  Health  Department  containing  the  names  of  over 


150  lay  midwives.  By  1981.  however,  the  majority  of 
these  midwives  had  retired  or  had  been  forced  out  of 
business  by  local  health  department  officials;  others 
had  died.  I recorded  interviews  with  7 individuals  who 
never  had  practiced  as  midwives,  but  were  familiar 
with  folk  practices  and  beliefs  surrounding  childbirth. 
These  persons  were  valuable  informants  in  confirming 
midwifery  roles. 

The  interviews  revealed  that  while  the  long-tenn 
survival  of  midwifery  practices  directly  was  related  to 
prevailing  socioeconomic  circumstances,  midwifery 
work  did  enrich  the  life  experiences  of  many  southern 
black  women. 

This  paper  will  discuss  three  aspects  of  midwifery 
work  which  have  affected  positively  southern  Afro- 
American  communities:  midwifery  practices  have  sup- 
ported African-based  traditions;  midwifery  has  con- 
tributed to  the  health  of  mothers  and  babies;  and  mid- 
wifery practices  have  increased  decision-making  op- 
portunities for  black  women. 

TRADITIONS 

Prior  to  the  demise  of  granny  midwifery  practices, 


*Read  before  the  Medical  History  Society  of  New  Jersey. 

**Ms.  Holmes  is  an  Assistant  Professor,  UMDNJ-Schoo!  of 
Health-Related  Professions.  Correspondence  may  be  ad- 
dressed to  Ms.  Holmes,  UMDNJ-School  of  Health  Related  Pro- 
fessions, 100  Bergen  Street,  Newark,  NJ  07103. 


)L.  81— NUMBER  5— MAY  1984 


389 


midwives  acted  as  significant  tradition  bearers  in  their 
everyday  work.  Midwifery  apprenticeships,  in  particu- 
lar, provided  fonnalized  mechanisms  for  passing  on 
various  cultural  expressions  and  knowledge.  In  the 
interviews,  many  women  recalled  the  specifics  of  how 
they  maintained  a culturally  appropriate  rubric  for  the 
labor,  delivery,  and  postpartum  process.  Some  prac- 
tices that  reflected  African  traditions  included  officiat- 
ing in  rituals  such  as  the  disposal  of  the  afterbirth  and 
presiding  at  taking  up  ceremonies — a prescribed  ritual 
for  the  reintegration  of  the  mother  into  her  everyday 
role  following  childbirth.  The  midwives  also  described 
practices  similar  to  African  rituals  which  dictated  that 
during  the  postpartum  seclusion  period,  no  fire  may 
be  removed  from  the  house  and  that  no  house  may  be 
swept.2  Several  Alabama  midwives  spoke  of  similar 
taboos  against  sweeping  under  the  bed  and  the  re- 
moval of  ashes  from  the  fireplace. 

The  following  is  one  mother’s  description  of  the  mid- 
wifery role  in  prescribing  behavior  to  be  followed  after 
childbirth: 

Well,  when  the  midwife  came  back  and  she  took 
me  up  and  I remember  her  giving  me  a dose  of 
medicine  and  it  was  some  castor  oil  to  get  all  the 
filth  and  stuff  out  of  you,  so  they  told  me.  And  then 
you  had  to  walk  all  the  way  around  the  house  and 
come  back.  It  would  be  up  in  the  day  [late  in  the 
day].  If  it  was  in  the  wintertime,  they  would  make 
sure  it  would  be  a nice  warm  day.  The  coldest  time 
I had  a baby  was  in  March.  The  midwife  would  not 
let  me  go  outside  on  that  day.  She  waited  till  she 
found  a better  day.  She  came  and  she  got  me  up, 
but  she  made  sure  I was  back  in  the  bed  before 
she  left  ....  It  would  be  a month  before  they  threw 
the  ashes  away.  If  you  smoked  a cigarette  in  there, 
you  couldn’t  take  it  out  of  there.  You  couldn’t  take 
no  fire  out  of  the  fireplace  where  they  burned  the 
afterbirth. 

Other  Alabama  practices  that  paralleled  traditional 
beliefs  included  divine  calls  to  practice,  belief  in  the 
power  of  prayer  throughout  the  birthing  process,  and 
reliance  on  divine  guidance  in  crisis  situations.  In  gen- 
eral, the  granny  women  strongly  resisted  creating 
dichotomies  between  the  secular  and  the  religious; 
their  midwifery  work  was  reflective  of  this  view.  While 
many  midwives  requested  fees  for  service— many  re- 
called charging  $5.00  per  birth  when  they  began  their 
practices — midwives  often  provided  care  as  a God- 
given  duty  without  expecting  cash  payments. 

MATERNAL  AND  CHILD  HEALTH 

In  viewing  midwifery  work,  the  most  critical  aspect 
of  her  practice  was  in  her  ability  to  assist  in  the  birth 
of  a healthy  baby  while  safekeeping  the  health  of  the 
mother.  Today,  the  total  dominance  of  medicine  in  the 
baby  delivery  business  obscures  the  fact  that  healthy 
spontaneous  birth  is  the  norm  in  the  overwhelming 
majority  of  childbirth  eases  with  minimal  or  no  tech- 
nological intervention  required.  Since  the  1960s,  when 
consumers  began  to  demand  more  decision-making 
power  in  the  birthing  place,  greater  attention  has  been 
given  to  the  view  of  childbirth  as  a basically  natural 
and  normal  family-centered  event.  Ironically,  as  granny 
midwifery  practices  die,  modem  health  care  pro- 


fessionals and  consumers  who  accept  this  childbirth 
perspective  rapidly  are  incorporating  various  tech- 
niques and  management  to  labor  and  birth  which  are 
identical  with  the  age-old  granny  practices;  the  efficacy 
of  such  practices  now  is  being  confirmed  through  vari 
ous  research  efforts.  There  is  increasing  scientific 
evidence,  for  example,  that  it  is  advantageous  to  keep 
mothers  ambulant  during  labor  and  that  encouraging 
other  than  flat-on-the-back,  feet-in-stirrups,  delivery 
table  birthing  position  is  beneficial.  In  the  interviews, 
the  granny  midwives  frequently  talked  about  keeping 
mothers  stirring  “as  long  as  they  could  drag"  and  ofter 
defied  health  department  ultimatums  demanding  tha 
mothers  give  birth  lying  in  bed.3  The  use  of  massage, 
with  various  oils  during  labor  and  birth,  often  referrec 
to  by  the  granny  midwives,  also  is  popular  among  mod 
em  midwives.  Even  the  midwives’  everyday  pharma 
copoeia  including  teas,  herbs,  and  household  remedies 
such  as  castor  oil  are  regaining  popularity  for  theiij 
effectiveness  during  labor  and  birth.4  There  were  ex 
treme  differences  among  the  midwives  interviewed  re 
garding  their  admitted  familiarity  and  use  of  natural 
herbs  and  home  remedies.  Since  the  1890s,  when  the 
issuance  of  midwifery  permits  began  in  Alabama 
health  department  officials  adamantly  have  opposec 
the  use  of  any  herbs  or  medications  by  midwives.  Yet 
all  the  midwives  interviewed  expressed  familiarity  witl 
the  use  of  castor  oil  as  well  as  black  pepper  tea  anc 
dirt  dauber’s  tea  as  stimulants  for  labor  even  if  sue! 
teas  never  were  used  by  them  in  their  own  practices 


Granny  women  strongly 
resisted  creating 
dichotomies  between  the 
secular  and  the  religious; 
their  midwifery  work  was 
reflective  of  this  view. 


It  must  be  noted  that  this  research  project  did  no 
formally  include  collecting  midwifery  statistics.  In  tb 
course  of  midwifery  interviews,  however,  several  of  th 
more  active  midwives  who  reportedly  attended  mor 
than  500  births,  recalled  5 or  less  stillbirths  and  on 
or  no  maternal  deaths.  Due  to  the  frequent  lack  c 
formal  medical  backup  and  the  inclusion  of  high-risi 
patients  in  midwifery  caseloads,  many  granny  mic 
wives  functioned  well  beyond  the  accepted  scope  c 
both  the  modem  lay  and  nurse  midwife;  yet,  many  c 
these  women  reported  outstanding  maternal  and  ir 
fant  mortality/morbidity  records. 

DECISION  MAKING 

The  supervision  of  midwifery  work  by  local  healtf 
departments  was  said  to  have  ranged  from  extreme!, 
laissez-faire  attitudes  to  close  working  relationship 
with  midwives.  As  long  as  other  health  care  optiorv 
were  inaccessible  to  blacks  and  as  long  as  women  cor 
tinued  to  value  birthing  customs,  many  midwive 
could  exercise  a high  degree  of  decision-making  re 
sponsibility  in  the  privacy  of  the  home  setting.  Exam 
pies  of  independent  decisions  which  had  to  be  mad 
in  the  management  of  labor  and  birth  included:  whei 

THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE, 


390 


nd  to  what  degree  the  mother’s  activity  should  be 
'stricted  during  labor;  whether  to  administer  any 
erbs,  teas,  or  other  medications;  and  whether  to  en- 
nirage  alternative  birthing  positions.  If  unexpected 
nergencies  such  as  a retained  afterbirth  or  multiple 
irth  presented  themselves,  immediate  decisions  were 
■quired  regarding  the  feasibility  of  seeking  emergency 
edical  care.  In  many  instances,  midwives  had  to  de- 
de  whether  it  made  more  sense  to  test  their  technical 
ipabilities  or  to  begin  the  often  complicated  process 
seeking  transportation  and  finding  a hospital  where 
physician  would  be  willing  to  provide  care  to  an 
digent  black  woman.  Besides  making  management 
•cisions,  the  midwife  often  literally  took  charge  of  the 
)usehold  matters  as  well.  She  frequently  decided  who 
buld  be  permitted  in  the  birthing  area  and  she  ex- 
acted family  members  to  act  as  supporting  personnel 
id  to  cariy  out  whatever  orders  the  situation  de- 
:anded. 

The  other  significant  aspect  of  control  that  midwives 
ad  in  their  work  was  in  the  selection  and  training  of 
; 'prentices.  By  tradition,  midwives  acquired  their 
< ills  through  observation  sessions  and  training  with 
rnior  midwives,  therefore,  the  senior  midwives  were 
; le  to  maintain  powerful  positions  in  determining 
tio  entered  midwifery  ranks.  Even  when  health  de- 
{ rtment  officials  actively  were  recruiting  younger 
i dwives,  senior  midwives  reportedly  denied  certain 
i:ruits  observational  experience  if  these  women  failed 
t meet  their  standards  of  eligibility  for  midwifery 
wk.  Having  good  nerves,  demonstrating  spiritual 
cmmitment,  actively  attending  births  in  the  com- 
rmity  over  an  extended  period  of  time,  exhibiting 
nral  behavior  which  was  in  keeping  with  senior  mid- 
vves’  own  personal  values,  and  having  a midwifery 
finily  lineage  were  among  the  criteria  most  frequently 
ced  by  senior  midwives  in  assessing  potential  for 
r.  dwifery  success. 


CONCLUSION 

As  the  entire  world  rapidly  moves  toward  a western 
medical  approach  in  the  management  of  childbirth, 
opportunities  to  consider  the  human  value  of  tra- 
ditional midwifery  increasingly  will  become  rare.  While 
the  dominant  society  may  have  failed  to  recognize  the 
significance  of  the  granny  midwife,  she  has  been 
valued  by  many  childbearing  women  as  an  available 
source  of  wisdom  and  experience.  Internationally,  the 
World  Health  Organization  recently  has  recognized  the 
absolute  necessity  of  maintaining  the  practices  of  tra- 
ditional birth  attendants.  The  concerns  of  the  World 
Health  Organization,  in  fact,  are  similar  to  those  of 
some  of  the  interviewed  midwives  who  argued  that  the 
needs  of  childbearing  women  simply  cannot  be  met  by 
the  existing  pool  of  physicians.  In  fact,  one  midwife 
commented,  “As  long  as  God  is  on  his  throne  and  God 
is  yet  in  Alabama,  there  will  be  midwives  to  provide  for 
the  poor.”  Now,  however,  with  less  than  1 percent  of 
all  births  in  Alabama  being  attended  by  the  grannies, 
the  midwives  for  the  most  part,  have  accepted  their 
fates.  The  acceptance  of  the  death  of  these  age-old 
practices,  however,  in  no  way  diminishes  the  loss; 
these  traditions  provided  indigenous  women  with  ap- 
propriate paradigms  for  the  culturally  sensitive  man- 
agement of  childbirth  for  generations. 


REFERENCES 

1.  Alabama's  midwifery  problem.  Med  Assoc  Alabama 
3:148,  1933. 

2.  Mbiti  JS:  African  Religions  and  Philosophy.  New  York, 
NY,  1970,  142-157. 

3.  Dunn  PM:  Obstetric  delivery  today.  Lancet  1976. 

4.  Davis  L:  Use  of  castor  oil  for  inducing  labor  in  term 
patients  with  premature  rupture  of  membranes.  Panel, 
American  College  of  Nurse-Midwives  Annual  Convention, 
1983. 


- 81— NUMBER  5— MAY  1984 


391 


The  IBM  Personal  Computer 
A tool  for  modern  times 
in  the  Medical  Office. 


MEDI-SCAN®,  an  Authorized  IBM®  Value- 
Added  Dealer  for  the  Personal  Computer 


Our  Comprehensive  $8.995.00  MEDI-SCAN  In-office 

Billing  And  Accounting  System  Includes: 

• The  IBM  Personal  Computer  XT  with  128K, 

10  Megabyte  hard  disk. 

• The  IBM  Graphics  Printer. 

• MEDI-SCAN  software — customized  for  your 
practice,  including  procedure  numbers  for  state 
agencies.  Generates  accounting  reports, 
comprehensive  patient  statements,  insurance 
and  third  party  forms. 

• Optional  electronic  paperless  billing  to  third  party 
agencies,  where  applicable. 

• Training — Complete  in-office  training  for  your  staff. 

. Support— “HOT-LINE”  800  number  for 
continuous  support. 


MEDI-SCAN  Single  Source 

Support  System 


MEDI-SCAN’S  unique,  comprehensive  hardware  and  software  maintenance  agreement  guarantees  continuing 
service  and  repair,  system  updates  and  additional  customization,  plus  in-office  training — all  from  one  source.  :u 
local  training  consultants  and  technicians  are  dedicated  to  giving  you  the  best  possible  service. 

IBM  Personal  Computer  XTs  are  in  stock  in  our  local  warehouses  ready  to  be  immediately  installed.  Over  thre 
hundred  physicians  are  using  the  MEDI-SCAN  System— join  them  in  making  the  IBM  PC-XT  “A  tool  for  mode 
times  in  the  medical  office.” 


Networking  available  for  group  practices  and  clinics 


I would  like  to  know  more  about  the  MEDI-SCAN 
System  on  the  IBM  Personal  Computer  XT. 

Dr. 

Address 

City State Zip 

Phone  ( ) 


Or  call:  800-922-1021 
In  MA  800462-1009 


Send  to:  MEDI-SCAN 
90  Madison  Street,  Worcester;  MA  01608 


Service  centers  currently  in:  New  England  • Mid  Atlantic  States  • Mid  Western  States  • California  • Texa 

® MEDI-SCAN  is  a registered  trademark  of  PAL  Assoc.  Inc. 

PAL  Associates  is  an  Authorized  IBM  Value-Added  Dealer  for  the  Personal  Computer. 

®IBM  is  a registered  trademark  of  International  Business  Machines  Corporation. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS1 


392 


Case  Report:  Extra-anatomic 
Bypasses  in  Aortoenteric  Fistulas 


C.H.  Antinori,  m.d.,  E.H.  Kain,  m.d.,  J.A.  Kuchler,  m.d.,  V.J.  Manuele,  m.d., 
L.  Pierucci,  jr.,  m.d.,  D.T.  Villanueva,  m.d.,  camden* 


This  paper  describes  the  management  of  two  patients  with 
unusual  aortoenteric  fistulas.  Both  patients  were  managed 
successfully  by  excising  the  contaminated  areas  and  using  extra- 
anatomic  bypass  techniques  for  limb  preservation  followed  by 
protracted  parenteral  antibiotic  therapy. 


Aortoduodenal  fistula  after  aortic 
aneurysm  resection,  occurs  in 
0.5  to  1 percent  of  cases.1  Spon- 
taneous aortoduodenal  fistula  a rare  complication  of 
abdominal  aortic  aneurysm,  almost  always  is  fatal  and, 
even  if  the  patient  survives  to  undergo  aortic  resection 
and  grafting,  mortality  is  in  the  range  of  50  percent. 
Ileocecal  fistula  is  an  unusual  complication  of 
aortoiliae  or  aortofemoral  grafting.  Aortoenteric  fis- 
tulas can  be  treated  by  extra- anatomical  bypass  graft- 
ing in  an  attempt  to  avoid  placing  a prosthesis  in  an 
area  that  is  contaminated  by  bowel  contents. 

We  report  our  experience  with  two  patients  with 
vascular-enteric  fistulas  who  successfully  were  treated 
by  extra-anatomic  bypass  grafting.  The  first  patient 
developed  an  ileocecal  fistula  after  an  aneurysm  resec- 
tion and  the  second  patient  developed  a spontaneous 
aortoduodenal  fistula. 

CASE  REPORT  1 

j 

A 78-year-old  male  had  an  abdominal  aortic 
aneuiysm  resected  and  replaced  with  a Dacron™ 
aortoiliae  prosthesis  at  another  institution  in  1979.  He 
was  admitted  to  Cooper  Medical  Center  in  February 
1981,  with  gastrointestinal  bleeding.  He  initially  was 
hemodynamically  stable  but  during  a barium  enema 
suddenly  developed  exsanguinating  gastrointestinal 
hemorrhage  and  became  hypotensive.  The  patient  was 
taken  immediately  to  the  operating  room.  At  surgery. 


a fistula  from  the  midportion  of  the  right  limb  of  the 
prosthesis  to  the  cecum  was  found.  The  right  iliac  limb 
was  removed  back  to  the  bifurcation  and  the  end  over- 
sewn. The  native  right  iliac  artery  stump  was  over- 
sewn. The  opening  in  the  cecum  was  closed.  The  ab- 
dominal incision  was  closed  and  the  patient  was  taken 
to  the  intensive  care  unit  for  monitoring  and  observa- 
tion of  the  status  of  the  leg.  The  leg  immediately  began 
to  look  ischemic;  the  patient  was  taken  back  to  the 
operating  room  and  a femorofemoral  bypass  graft  was 
performed  using  a Dacron™  prosthesis  (Figures  1 and 
2).  Postoperatively,  he  did  well.  Cultures  taken  at  the 
operation  grew  Enterobacter  aerogenes.  He  was  placed 
on  a one-month  course  of  antibiotics  and  made  an 
uneventful  recovery.  On  a recent  admission  to  the  hos- 
pital for  a cardiac  arrhythmia,  he  had  an  excellent 
pulse  in  the  graft  and  no  signs  of  infection.  He  com- 
plained of  claudication  in  the  leg  after  walking  three 
blocks. 

CASE  REPORT  2 

A 73-year-old  female  was  admitted  to  Cooper  Medical 
Center  in  February  1982.  She  gave  a history  of  obstipa- 
tion for  a week.  The  patient  was  a nonsmoker  who  had 
no  significant  medical  or  surgical  illness  in  the  past. 

*From  the  Department  of  Surgery,  Cooper  Hospital/ 
University  Medical  Center,  Camden.  Correspondence  may  be 
addressed  to  Dr.  Antinori,  455  Route  70  West,  Cherry  Hill,  NJ 
08002. 


/OL.  81— NUMBER  5— MAY  1984 


393 


Figure  1 — From  case  report  1,  an  ileocecal  fistula.  Illustration 
by  James  DellaRusso,  M.D. 


Abdominal  examination  was  remarkable  in  that  no 
masses  were  felt  in  her  abdomen,  but  the  examiner  felt 
a fecal  impaction  in  her  rectum  and  thought  this  was 
the  cause  of  her  problems.  Her  stool  was  negative  for 
occult  blood  but  the  hemogram  revealed:  Hgb,  10;  Hct, 
33;  MCV,  91;  MCH,  30;  and  MCHC,  32.7.  She  had  a 
white  count  of  10,000  and  a normal  differential.  Her 
sedimentation  rate  was  elevated  and  her  SMA  12 
showed  an  LDH  of  411,  SGOT  of  256,  and  alkaline 
phosphatase  of  329.  Bilirubin  was  1.1  and  total  protein 
was  5.9.  Her  BUN,  creatinine,  and  electrolytes  were 
normal.  The  patient  persistently  complained  of  cramp- 
ing abdominal  pain  and  therefore  an  extensive 
diagnostic  evaluation  was  needed. 

Chest  and  abdominal  x-rays  and  liver-spleen  scan 
were  normal.  Ultrasound  showed  a normal  gallbladder 
and  pancreas.  Barium  enema  revealed  scattered 
diverticuli,  but  no  other  lesions.  While  the  patient  was 
being  evaluated,  she  suddenly  developed  rapid  gastro- 
intestinal bleeding  with  the  passage  of  large  amounts 
of  maroon-colored  stool  per  rectum.  Her  blood  pressure 
remained  100/70,  but  her  pulse  accelerated  to  120. 
Immediate  endoscopy  revealed  a gastric  ulcer  and  what 
was  interpreted  to  be  bleeding  from  duodenitis.  The 
patient  continued  to  bleed  rapidly  in  spite  of  intensive 
medical  therapy,  and  she  was  taken  to  the  operating 
room.  Although  the  preoperative  diagnosis  was  upper 
gastrointestinal  bleeding  due  to  peptic  ulcer  disease, 
the  surgeon  found  an  aortoduodenal  fistula  with  an 


•Jw* 


Figure  2 — From  case  report  1,  resection  of  fistula  and  re 
construction  with  femorofemoral  bypass.  Illustration  b\ 
James  DellaRusso,  M.D. 


abdominal  aortic  aneurysm  that  measured  4 cm  in 
diameter.  The  distal  aorta  and  iliacs  were  oversewn;  a 
lateral  closure  of  the  duodenum  and  a gastro- 
enterostomy to  bypass  this  area  were  performed.  The 
abdominal  incision  then  was  closed  and  a right  axil- 
lobifemoral  artery  bypass  graft  was  performed  to  the 
common  femoral  arteries  using  a 10  mm  Dacron™ 
prosthesis  (Figures  3 and  4).  Postoperatively,  she  re 
mained  hemodynamically  stable  and  recovered  ex- 
tremely well.  Cultures  taken  during  surgery  grew  an 
alpha  hemolytic  Streptococcus.  A one-month  course  ol 
parenteral  antibiotic  therapy  was  administered.  At  the 
time  of  discharge,  the  patient  had  good  pulses  in  the 
graft  and  the  extremities  felt  warm.  She  has  remained 
well. 

DISCUSSION 

Aortoenteric  fistulas  of  any  etiology  are  extremel} 
uncommon,  but  most  develop  after  prosthetic  replace- 
ment of  the  abdominal  aorta  Spontaneous  aortodu- 
odenal fistula  is  an  extremely  unusual  complication  of 
an  abdominal  aortic  aneurysm.  Reckless  et  al.  reviewed 
the  literature  up  to  1972  and  found  only  128  cases 
with  15  patients  treated  surgically  and  5 survivors.2 
Lewis  et  al.  reviewed  the  literature  in  1979  and  found 
64  cases  reported  since  1957. 3 Only  28  patients  were 
treated  surgically  and  14  patients  survived.  Our  pa- 
tients demonstrated  the  typical  pattern  of  a “herald 
bleed"  with  a “period  of  grace”  prior  to  the  ex- 


394 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Figure  3 — From  case  report  2,  an  aortoduodenal  fistula.  Il- 
lustration by  James  DellaRusso,  M.D. 


figure  4 — From  case  report  2,  resection  of  aneuiysm  and 
,'istula  reconstruction  with  axillobifemoral  bypass.  Illustra- 
ion  by  James  DellaRusso,  M.D. 


•anguinating  hemorrhage  resulting  in  cardio- 
vascular collapse.  The  physical  examination  should  re- 
peal the  pulsatile  abdominal  mass,  but  in  our  second 
ase,  an  obese  woman  with  a small  aneurysm,  the 
meurysm  was  not  appreciated  by  palpation.  Ab- 
lominal  ultrasonography  or  CT  scan  focusing  on  the 
torta  probably  would  have  demonstrated  this 
lineurysm. 

The  usual  treatment  of  choice  for  aortoenterie  fis- 


tulas is  removal  of  the  prosthesis,  if  possible,  and 
closure  of  the  distal  aorta  lateral  repair  of  the  bowel; 
and  extra-anatomic  vascular  bypass  if  neeessaiy.  We 
feel  that  extra-anatomic  bypass  is  the  treatment  of 
choice  because  of  our  experience  with  several  patients 
in  whom  residual  prosthetic  material  in  the  con- 
taminated field  resulted  in  late  recurrence  of  infection. 
This  complication  proved  virtually  impossible  to  treat. 
Others  report  similar  experiences.4  6 In  our  first  ease, 
the  right  iliac  limb  of  the  prosthesis  was  removed  all 
the  way  up  to  the  bifurcation.  This  provided  a margin 
of  several  centimeters  away  from  the  fistula.  The  native 
distal  iliac  artery  then  was  oversewn.  Thus,  there  was 
no  prosthetic  material  left  in  the  contaminated  area. 
In  our  second  case,  no  prosthetic  material  was  left  in 
the  abdomen. 

The  patency  rate  for  extra-anatomic  bypasses,  in 
many  series,  is  similar  to  that  of  aortoiliac  bypasses. 
Blaisdell  et  al.  recorded  a two-year  patency  rate  of  80 
percent  with  femorofemoral  bypasses  and  50  percent 
for  axillofemoral  bypasses.6  Johnson’s  group  reported 
even  better  results  with  axillobifemoral  bypass  grafts; 
they  had  a 76  percent  five-year  patency  rate  which  was 
similar  to  their  results  with  aortoiliac  bypass,  though 
the  extra-anatomic  bypasses  required  more  frequent 
“remedial”  surgery  to  keep  them  patent.7  We  also  have 
been  very  satisfied  with  our  extra-anatomic  bypasses 
done  in  other  settings. 

SUMMARY 

Two  unusual  cases  of  vascular-enteric  fistulas  are 
presented.  Both  cases  exhibited  the  typical  pattern  of 
a small  “herald  bleed”  followed  by  a grace  period  of 
several  days  before  subsequent  exsanguinating 
hemorrhage.  Both  patients  were  treated  successfully 
utilizing  the  principles  of  excision  of  contaminated 
prosthetic  material,  extra-anatomic  bypass,  and  long- 
term antibiotic  therapy. 

REFERENCES 

1.  Easteott  HHG:  An  appraisal  of  the  use  and  functions  of 
vascular  grafts  in  England,  in  Sawyer  PN,  Kaplitt  MJ  (eds): 
Vascular  Grafts.  New  York,  NY,  Appleton-Centuiy-Crofts, 
1978. 

2.  Reckless  JPD,  McColl  I,  Taylor  GW:  Aortoenterie  fistulas: 
An  uncommon  complication  of  abdominal  aortic  aneuiysms. 
Br  J Surg  59:458-460,  1972. 

3.  Lewis  RT,  Allan  CM:  Spontaneous  aortoduodenal  fistula: 
Successful  treatment  by  extra-anatomic  vascular  bypass.  Can 
J Surg  22:234-236,  1979. 

4.  Evans  DM,  Webster  JHH:  Spontaneous  aortoduodenal 
fistula  Br  J Surg  59:368-372,  1972. 

5.  Elliott  JP  Jr,  Smith  RF,  Szilagyi  DE:  Aortoenterie  and 
paraprosthetie-enteric  fistulas:  Problems  of  diagnosis  and 
management.  Arch  Surg  108:479,  1974. 

6.  Holcroft  JW,  Conti  S,  Blaisdell  FW:  Extra-anatomic 
bypass  grafts.  Surg  Clin  North  Am  59:649-658,  1979. 

7.  Johnson  WC,  Logerfo  FW,  Vollman  RW,  Corson  JD, 
O'Hara  ET,  Mannick  JA  Nabseth  DC:  Is  axillo-bilateral 
femoral  graft  an  effective  substitute  for  aortic-bilateral 
iliac/femoral  graft?  Ann  Surg  186:123-129,  1977. 


7OL.  81— NUMBER  5— MAY  1984 


395 


As  in  Blue  Cross  of  New  Jersey.  The 
single  source  for  computerization. 

□ Because  Medical  Management 
Services  from  Blue  Cross  now  offers 
a unique  automated  office  system. 

□ Only  Blue  Cross  offers  this  unique 
system,  because  only  Blue  Cross  has 
the  experience  in  the  health  care  field 
(half  a century's  worth!),  the  data 
processing  know-how  and  the  claims 
processing  expertise  to  make  it  all 
work  efficiently  and  effectively. 

The  system  itself. 

You  receive  a stand-alone  system 
using  IBM  or  Texas  Instruments  com- 
puters that  is  physically  located  in 
your  office.  It  is  operated  by  your 
office  personnel — they  do  not  have 
to  have  any  data  processing  experi- 
ence— and  the  system  is  completely 
under  their  control  at  all  times. 

The  software  and  system 
support. 

This  modular  system  provides  a com- 
plete software  package  for  your  office 
which  utilizes  Blue  Cross'  expertise  in 
health  care  financing,  automated 
hospital  admission/approval  systems, 
automated  claims  submission,  and 
leadership  in  paperless  processing. 
Only  Blue  Cross  can  offer  the  bene- 
fits of  this  wealth  of  experience 
and  offer  single  source  capability 
for  computerization. 


Your  people  receive  full  and  com- 
plete training  and  ongoing  support  in 
system  operation.  We  accept  full 
responsibility  for  hardware  and  soft- 
ware maintenance. 

What  the  system  does 
for  the  physician. 

Whether  you  are  an  individual  or 
group  practice,  this  system  will  relieve 
paperwork... provide  fast  access  to 
necessary  patient  information... and 


give  you  much  more  time  to  tend  to 
the  clinical  aspects  of  your  practice... 
and,  above  all,  increase  the  efficiency 
of  the  office  and  the  income  of  the 
practice!  All  from  a single  source  for 
computerization. 

Some  of  what  you 
get  with  the  System: 

> An  easy-to-use  system. 

> Instant  access  to  patient  account 
information  by  account  number. 


Take  a minute  to  check 
this  list! 


□ Your  volume  is  at  least  80  patients 
per  week. 

□ Your  daily  cash  control  and  records 
keeping  procedures  need  to  be 
improved. 

□ Your  receivables  are  greater  than 
17%  of  your  total  annual  charges. 

□ You  are  forced  to  write  off  more 
than  5%  of  your  net  receivables 
as  uncollectable. 

□ You  are  running  behind  in  your 
insurance  billings  and  collections. 

□ Your  service  bureau  already 
charges  you  more  than  $4,200 
per  year. 


□ You  experience  a high  turnover  of 
clerical  employees  or  need  to 
increase  the  productivity  of  your 
present  staff. 

□ You  find  it  difficult  to  get  com- 
plete and  current  data  on  patient 
treatment  patterns,  facilities  utili- 
zation, and  services  on  a regular 
weekly,  monthly  and  annual  basis. 

□ Your  quarterly  and  annual  payrol 
reports  are  now  done  manually. 

□ You  have  difficulty  getting  useful 
management  information  about 
your  practice  when  you  need  it. 

□ Your  "most  current”  financial 
statement  for  the  practice  is 
already  out  of  date. 


If  you  have  checked  off  any  of  the  above,  you 
are  a candidate  for  Medical  Management  Services. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE’ 


396 


uterization? 


Mu 


■ Production  of  patients'  statements 
on  daily,  weekly  or  monthly  basis 
— whichever  billing  cycle  is  best  for 
your  practice. 

Automatic  production  of  standard 
insurance  (AMA)  claim  forms. 

A daily  charge  and  collection  sum- 
mary which  recaps  all  daily  patient 
activity. 

An  aged  accounts  receivable  trial 
balance  which  can  be  printed  on 
demand. 

Practice  productivity  reports  broken 
down  by  procedures  and  payment 
classifications  (insurance,  self-pay,  etc.) 


> Monthly  management  reports. 

> Medicare  payment  distribution 
(20%  of  co-pay  automatically  cal- 
culated if  assignment  is  accepted). 

> Single-date  entry  for  all  financial 
transactions. 

> A recall  system  which  prints  lists, 
statistics  and  "labels." 

> Customized  reports  for  special 
requirements. 

> Automatic  retention  of  claims 
information  for  rebilling  purposes. 

> Improvement  in  cash  flow  and 
office  efficiency. 


Free  Office  Analysis 

Included  in  the  services  provided  is  a 
free  office  analysis  where  a Medical 
Management  Services  representative 
analyzes  pertinent  data  on  your  cur- 
rent work  flow,  patient  volume,  initial 
set-up  for  new  patients,  billing,  insur- 
ance filing  and  follow-up.  This  Office 
Analysis  is  a prerequisite  for  installa- 
tion and  is  made  at  no  charge. 

Fill  out  the  coupon,  or  call,  for 
further  details  and  to  initiate  your 
Office  Analysis. 


Medical  Management 
Services 


P.O.  Box  8 

Florham  Park,  NJ  07932 
(201)  966-2710 


Blue  Cross 

of  New  Jersey 


Medical  Management  Services 

Blue  Cross  of  New  Jersey,  P.O.  Box  8,  Florham  Park,  NJ  07932 

□ Please  send  me  additional  information. 

□ Please  have  a representative  call  to  arrange  an  Office  Analysis. 

Dr. 


Office  Address 


State/Zip 


Office  telephone 


1 Registered  Marks  Blue  Cross  and  Blue  Shield  Association 


PL.  81— NUMBER  5— MAY  1984 


397 


fBFn>W7?fc  THE  BROWN  PHARMACEUTICAL  CO.,  INC. 

2500  West  Sixth  Street,  Los  Angeles,  CA  90057 


For  Full  Prescribing  Information,  Please  See  PDR. 


REFER  TO 

PDR 


Android  510 : 

Methyltestosterone  U.S.R  Tablets 


Android  f 

Fluoxymesterone  U.S.R  Tablets,  10m 


Case  Report:  Pancreatic  Pseudocyst 
Associated  with  Valproic  Acid  Therapy 


Arnold  m.  Baskies,  m.d.,  willingboro* 


Our  patient  was  treated  with  anticonvulsant  medications 
including  valproic  acid.  The  patient  developed  gastric  outlet 
obstruction  and  was  diagnosed  as  having  a pancreatic 
pseudocyst  probably  secondary  to  pancreatitis  from  valproic 
acid  therapy.  This  is  the  first  report  of  such  a complication 
possibly  due  to  this  medication. 


Previously  reported  side  effects  of 
valproic  acid  (Depakene*)  in- 
clude hematological  ab- 
lormalities,  hepatotoxicity,  and  pancreatitis.1 2 This 
>aper  presents  a previously  unreported  association  of 
iancreatic  pseudocyst  with  valproic  acid  therapy. 

)ASE  REPORT 

Our  patient  is  a retarded,  19-year-old  white  male 
/ho  was  hospitalized  for  evaluation  of  persistent 
omiting,  mild  hematemesis,  weight  loss,  and  ab- 
lominal  tenderness. 

He  was  the  product  of  a full-term,  uncomplicated 
regnancy,  and  developed  normally  until  18  months  of 
ge  when  he  developed  Hemophilus  influenzae  men- 
ngitis  followed  by  coma  for  two  weeks.  Thereafter,  he 
eveloped  psychomotor  and  minor  motor  seizures, 
pastic  tetraparesis,  and  severe  mental  retardation. 
In  1975,  at  age  14  years,  he  had  generalized  tonic- 
ionic  seizures.  In  1976,  he  had  8 tonic-clonic  seizures; 
p 1977,  he  had  13  tonic-clonic  seizures  and  254 
linor  motor  seizures.  Valproic  acid  (15  mg/kg)  was 
irescribed  in  October  1978,  and  the  dose  was  later 
icreased  to  23  mg/kg,  resulting  in  a dramatic  reduc- 
ion  in  the  seizure  frequency.  In  March  1979,  he  was 
valuated  at  another  medical  center  for  aspiration 
neumonia,  decreased  oral  intake,  vomiting,  and  a five- 
ound  weight  loss.  A Stamm  gastrostomy  was  per- 
3rmed.  He  did  well  until  January  1980,  when  vomiting 

'OL.  81— NUMBER  5— MAY  1984 


recurred.  An  upper  gastrointestinal  series  and  barium 
enema  were  normal.  He  was  found  to  have  guaiac 
positive  vomitus  and  tarry  stools.  His  serum  amylase 
was  91  (normal:  50  to  200).  In  February  1980,  because 
of  persistent  vomiting,  the  patient  was  admitted  for 
evaluation.  His  medications  on  admission  consisted  of 
valproic  acid  250  mg  t.i.d.,  phenobarbital  30  mg  b.i.d., 
and  phenytoin  250  mg/day.  Examination  revealed 
epigastric  fullness.  A repeat  upper  gastrointestinal 
series  revealed  a markedly  effaced  stomach  displaced 
anteriorly;  the  duodenal  loop  was  displaced  to  the 
right.  A sonogram  showed  a large  pancreatic 
pseudocyst  with  a normal  gallbladder.  Laboratory 
studies  included  serum  calcium  level  of  8.9  mg/dl,  nor- 
mal liver  function  tests,  and  valproic  acid  levels  rang- 
ing between  27  and  5.3  mg/dl  (therapeutic  5 to  10 
mg/dl). 

At  surgery,  a large  retrogastric  pseudoeyst,  with  a 
thick,  mature  wall,  densely  adherent  to  the  posterior 
gastric  wall  was  found.  The  pseudoeyst  contained  800 
ml  of  murky,  greyish  fluid  and  necrotic  material.  Palpa- 
tion of  the  gallbladder  revealed  no  stones.  A 
cystogastrostomy  was  performed  and  the  patient  re- 
covered uneventfully.  He  has  been  asymptomatic. 


*From  Zurbrugg  Memorial  Hospital  where  Dr.  Baskies  is  af- 
filiated with  the  Department  of  Surgery.  Correspondence  may 
be  addressed  to  Dr.  Baskies,  Zurbrugg  Memorial  Hospital, 
Raneocas  Valley  Division,  Willingboro,  NJ  08046. 


399 


DISCUSSION 

Valproic  acid  is  an  oral  anticonvulsant;  structurally, 
it  is  a short-chain  fatty  acid  which  is  unrelated 
chemically  to  other  anticonvulsant  agents.  It  is  used 
adjunctively  for  simple  or  complex  absence  seizures 
and  for  patients  with  multiple  seizure  types  which 
include  absence  spells. 

When  compared  to  other  anticonvulsants,  adverse 
reactions  are  few.  Among  the  more  common  side  ef- 
fects are  nausea  vomiting,  colic,  and  diarrhea  anorex- 
ia and  increased  appetite  may  occur.  Alopecia  rashes, 
headaches,  insomnia,  sedation,  excitation,  and 
behavorial  changes  have  been  observed.  More  serious 
reactions  include  hepatotoxicity,  thrombocytopenia 
inhibition  of  platelet  aggregation,  and  decreases  in 
fibrinogen  levels. 

A literature  review  reveals  reports  of  three  patients 
with  pancreatitis  associated  with  valproic  acid  ther- 
apy.12 To  the  best  of  our  knowledge,  our  case  is  the  first 
report  of  a possible  association  between  valproic  acid 
therapy  and  pancreatic  pseudocyst  formation.  Absence 
of  other  causes  for  pseudocyst  formation  in  this  pa- 
tient makes  it  likely  that  valproic  acid  was  responsible 
for  the  development  of  the  pseudocyst. 

The  three  previously  described  cases  of  pancreatitis 
and  our  case  of  a pancreatic  pseudocyst,  which 
presumably  was  a sequel  to  undiagnosed  pancreatitis, 
emphasize  the  need  for  monitoring  pancreatic  func- 


tion in  patients  receiving  valproic  acid.  Such  monitor- 
ing would  appear  to  be  indicated  especially  where 
gastrointestinal  signs  and  symptoms  are  present. 
When  a pseudocyst  is  present,  the  serum  amylase  may 
be  normal,6  as  was  the  case  in  our  patient,  but  a 24- 
hour  amylase  clearance  determination  and  an  ab- 
dominal ultrasound  may  help  establish  the  diagno- 
sis.3'5 

Physicians  who  prescribe  valproic  acid  should  be 
aware  of  possible  pancreatic  damage  as  a result  of  this 
therapy  and  should  confirm  and  treat  this  problerr 
promptly. 

REFERENCES 

1 . Batalden  P,  VanDyne  BJ,  Lloyd  J:  Pancreatitis  associatec 
with  valproic  acid  therapy.  Pediatrics  64:  520-522,  1979. 

2.  Canfield  PR  Bagnessl  P,  Camfield  CS,  Tibbies  JA  Pan 
creatitis  due  to  valproic  acid.  Lancet  1:1198-1199,  1979. 

3.  Cooney  DR  Grosfeld  JL:  Operative  management  of  pan 
creatic  pseudocysts  in  infants  and  children:  A review  of  71 
cases.  Ann  Surg  182:590-596,  1975. 

4.  Rose  JS,  Becher  JH,  Staiano  SJ,  Campos  E:  Proceedings 
B-mode  sonographic  evaluation  of  abdominal  masses  in  th< 
pediatric  patient.  Am  J Roentgenol  Radium  Ther  Nucl  Mec 
120:691,  1974. 

5.  Owens  BJ,  Hamit  HF:  Pancreatic  abscess  and  pseudocyst 
Arch  Surg  112:42-45,  1977. 

6.  Wood  RAB,  Moossa  AR  Blackstone  MO,  Bowie  J,  Collin: 
P,  Lu  CT:  Comparative  value  of  four  methods  of  investigatini 
the  pancreas.  Surgery  80:518-522,  1976. 


400 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE’ 


1.  Payment  to  physicians  is  based  on  the  fee  for  service 
principle — not  on  a flat  retainer  (capitation). 

2.  HealthWays  helps  to  safeguard  the  concept  of 
private  practice  in  this  ever  increasing  competitive 
environment. 

3.  Personal  Physicians  (Internists,  Family  & General 
Practitioners,  Pediatricians,  Obstetricians/ 
Gynecologists)  manage  patient  care  and  work  with 
specialists  ensuring  proper  and  consistent  treatment. 

4.  Physicians  set  the  standards  for  medical  care,  not 
actuaries  or  computers. 

5.  Your  high  quality  care  level  is  maintained. 

6.  HealthWays  covers  an  extensive  range  of  services  for 
its  members  including  periodic  routine  physical 
examinations  and  other  preventive  care. 

10  significant  reasons 
why  over  700 physicians  now 
participate  in  HealthWays-the 
health  care  management  company. 

7.  Through  HealthWays,  you  are  able  to  provide  care  in 
the  most  appropriate  setting. 

8.  HealthWays  is  there  as  a resource  to  help  you  coordi- 
nate patient  care. 

9.  HealthWays  pays  its  physicians'  claims  promptly. 

With  HealthWays,  there  is  no  bad  debt. 

10.  It  is  important  to  us  at  HealthWays  to  maintain  an  open 
dialogue  with  our  participating  physicians  at  all  times. 
Our  Health  Services  Department  is  readily  available  to 
provide  assistance  to  you  and  your  staff. 

In  these  changing  times,  look  to  HealthWays,  the 
organization  that  works  with  physicians.  We  know  you 
will  find  it  to  be  a superior  answer  for  your  practice  and 
your  patients. 

For  further  information,  call  Jon  Marsicano,  M.D., 

Vice  President,  Medical  Affairs  at  800-223-0812. 


Abary,  Antonio  V.,  M.D. 
Abary,  Raquel  R.,  M D 
Abbott,  Charles  P.,  M.D 
Abouchedid,  Claude,  M.D. 
Abrams,  Jerome,  M.D. 

Abud,  Alfredo  R.,  M.D. 

Abud,  Ariel  F.,  M.D. 

Agran,  Marvin  R.,  M.D. 
Ahmad,  Imtiaz,  M.D 
Ahmad,  S.  Mubashar,  M.D. 
Ahmad,  Sarfaraz,  M.D. 
Ahmad,  Syed  S.,  M.D. 
Ahmadi,  David  F.,  M.D 
Ainslie,  William  H,M.D. 
Ainslie,  William  H.,  Jr.,  M.D. 
Aitken,  Gerard  J.,  Jr.,  M D. 
Akawie,  Richard  S.,  M.D. 
Alcasid,  B.  I.,  M.D 
Alexander,  Raymond  T,  M D. 
Allgair,  William  A.,  M.D. 
Alvarez,  Reinaldo  G.,  M.D. 
Ambrosio,  Severino  J.,  M.D. 
Amendo,  M.T.,  M.D. 

Amorosa,  Judith,  M.D 
Arlen,  Harold,  M.D. 

Aruna,  Pasalai  N.,  M.D 
Asbel,  Donald  E.,  D O 
Athanas,  Efthimios,  M.D. 


Babar,  Abdul  H.,  M.D 
Babar,  Mumtaz  J.,  M.D. 
Baiser,  Dennis  M.,  M.D 
Bakhos,  Abdel  M„M.D. 
Balinski.Thaddeus  A.,  M.D. 
Ball,  Richard  M.,  M.D. 
Bancila,  Alexandru,  M.D 
Bang,  Byung-Kee,  M.D. 
Baril,  Carlo  T.,  M.D 
Barofsky,  Norman,  M.D 
Baron,  Stuart,  D O 
Battin,  Keith  G.,  M.D 
Beams,  Michael  E.,  D O 
Beauchamp,  David  T.,  M.D 
Bedi,  Harjlnder  S.,  M.D 
Beggs,  James  L.,  M.D 
Behman,  Mankarios  S.,  M.D 
Belafsky,  Henry  A.,  M.D. 
Belkoff,  M.  Michael,  D O 
Berkow,  Bori,  M.D 
Berkow,  Lester  H.,  M.D. 
Blackman,  Edward  L.,  M.D 
Blondo,  Dennis  L.,  M.D. 
Bloom,  Herbert,  M.D. 

Blum,  Richard  H.,  M.D. 
Bogart,  Waiter  B.,  M.D. 
Boodin,  Bernard  B.,  M.D. 
Boogdanian,  Victor  H.,  M.D 
Borow,  Maxwell,  M.D. 
Borrus,  Joseph  C.,  M.D 
Borsky,  Martin,  M.D 
Botwin,  Clifford  A.,  D O 
Boyd,  Robert  D.,  D O 
Boylan,  Joseph  I.,  Jr.,  M.D. 
Brady,  Edward  A.,  M.D 
Brandwein,  Charles  J.,  M.D, 
Branon,  Mark  E.,  M.D 
Braun,  Alan  P.,  M.D. 

Brenna,  Joseph  D.,  M.D. 
Brennan,  George  G.,  M D 
Bretones,  Reynaldo,  M.D 
Brickman,  Anthony,  M.D 


© 1983  HealthWays  Inc. 


Brickner,  Gary  R.,  M.D. 
Brinen,  Steven  G.,  D O. 
Brodman,  Richard  R.,  M.D 
Brody,  Herbert  S.,  M.D. 
Bromberg,  Fred  G.,  M.D 
Bronstein,  Milton  R.,  M.D 
Buck,  Warren  G.,  M.D. 
Bucolo,  Salvatore,  M.D 
Bukosky,  Richard  J.,  M.D 
Bunales,  Lilia  F.,  M.D. 

Bunin,  Sara  Ann,  M.D 
Burks,  William  P.,  M.D. 
Buzard, Thomas  A.,  M.D 
Byahatti,  Veerappa  G.,  M.D, 

Cabrera,  Roy  C.,  M.D. 
Caldora,  John  B.,  M.D. 
Campos,  Humberto,  M.D. 
Cannamela,  Vincent  J.,  M.D. 
Capitly,  Domiciano  V.,  M.D. 
Capotosta,  Thomas  J.,  M.D 
Carabelli,  A.  Albert,  M.D. 
Carabuena,  Ramon,  M.D. 
Cardinale,  Robert,  M D. 
Carlson,  Lennart  A.,  M.D. 
Carney,  Alexander  S.,  M.D. 
Carroll,  Bruce  J.,  M.D 
Chaise,  Laurence  S.,  M.D. 
Chandler,  James  J.,  M.D. 
Chaudhery,  Shaukat,  A.,  M.D. 
Chen,  Michael  T.,  M.D. 
Childers,  Eugene  L.,  M.D. 
Chimene,  Donald  R.,  M.D. 
Chinitz,  Jack,  M.D. 

Cho,  Chang  C.,  M.D 
Cho,  Kun  H.,  M.D. 

Cho,  Kyung  Ho,  M D 
Cho,  Seung  Chun,  M.D 
Chodosh,  Bruce  T.,  M.D. 

Choi,  Soon  C.,  M.D, 

Choi,  Stan  S.,  M.D. 
Chowdhury,  Bhanwar,  M.D. 
Chuirco,  Anthony  A.,  M.D. 
Chung,  Uei  K.,  M.D 
Ciencewicki,  Michael  P.,  M.D. 
Cipolla,  Joseph  A.,  M.D 
Clair,  Frank  A.,  Jr.,  M.D. 

Clark,  Charles  G.,  M.D 
Clarke,  Francis  M.,  Jr.,  M.D. 
Co,  Antonio,  M.D. 

Cohen,  Allan  B.,  M.D 
Cohen,  Barry  H.,  M.D 
Cohen,  Richard  I.,  M.D 
Cohen,  Seymour,  M.D. 
Collins,  Harry,  M.D. 
Constandis,  Decebal  D.,  M.D 
Copieman,  Hyman  B.,  M.D 
Costanzo,  Patricia  A.,  M.D 
Cottone,  F.  John,  M.D 
Cottone,  Robert  N.,  M.D 
Cowen,  Bruce  R.,  M.D. 
Crowley,  J.  Gerard,  M.D. 
Cunningham,  William  F.,  M.D. 
Curtis,  Paul,  M.D. 

Dalai,  Vasant  V.,  M.D 
D’Ambola,  Samuel  F.,  M.D 
Daubert,  James  J.,  M.D 
Davidson,  J.  Thomas,  M.D 
DeAngelis,  Eugene  F.,  M.D. 
deBlois,  F.  Gerry,  D O 


deBlois,  J.  Albert,  M.D. 
DeBorja,  C.E.,  Jr.,  M.D 
DeCastro,  Leticia  V.,  M.D. 
DeFrancesco,  J.C.,  M.D. 
Derman,  Arnold,  M.D. 
DeSandre,  Louis  A.,  M.D. 
DeSandre,  Richard,  M.D 
DeSantis,  Joseph  A.,  M.D. 
Desmond,  Thomas  E.,  M.D 
DiBianco,  John,  M.D. 
Diemer,  Louis  M.,  Ill,  M.D. 
Dietzel,  Herbert  A.,  M.D 
Donatelli,  Anthony,  A.,  M.D. 
Dooley,  Charles  E.,  Jr.,  M.D 
Doyle,  Aiden  J.,  M.D. 
Dubash,  Dara  B.,  M.D. 
Dwyer,  John  T.,  M.D 
Dy,  Ceferino  T.,  M.D. 

Eibschutz,  Ghitta,  M.D 
Einhorn,  Robert,  M.D 
Elber,  Daniel  A.,  D O 
Elkind,  Barry,  M D 
Epstein,  Stefan  E.,  M.D. 
Erdman,  William,  M.D. 
Errgong,  William  H.,  M.D 
Ezon,  Frederick  C.,  M.D 

Fares,  Louis  G.,  M.D 
Fasulo,  Alexander,  M.D 
Fein,  Harold  B.,  M.D. 
Feinsmith,  Burton  M.,  M.D. 
Feit,  Lawrence  J.,  M.D. 
Felton,  Stephen  M.,M.D. 
Ferges,  Mitchell  L.,  M.D. 
Ferrante,  John  W.,  M.D. 
Fidler,  W.  Larch,  III,  M.D. 
Finkel,  Jerrold  S.,  M.D. 
Fiorelli,  Richard  C.,  M.D 
Fishkoff,  Daniel,  M.D. 
Fishman,  Louis,  M.D 
Fleisch,  Charles  M.,  D O 
Flores,  Belen  P.,  M.D 
Flores,  Eduardo  G.,  M.D. 
Flynn,  Joan  R.,  M.D. 
Formica,  Palma  E.,  M.D. 
Fox,  Howard  D.,  D O 
Fox,  Milton  D.,  M.D. 

Fox,  Richard  L.,  M.D 
Frank,  Steven  A.,  M.D 
Franzese,  Neil  C.,  M.D. 
Franzoni,  John  D.,  M.D 
Franzoni,  Karl  T.,  M.D. 
Freeman,  Eliot,  M.D 
Freis,  Peter  C.,  M.D 
Freyne,  James  K.,  M.D. 
Fried,  Erica  0.,  M.D. 
Friedman,  Mark,  M.D 
Friedman,  Marvin,  D.,  M.D 
Frimmer,  Daniel,  M.D. 
Frohman,  Bertram  H.,  M.D. 

Gamao,  Eddie  M.,  M.D 
Gelbard,  Hyman,  M.D 
Gelber,  Robert  D.,  M.D. 
Geller,  Toby  A.,  M.D. 

Gerard,  Franklyn  P.,  M.D. 
Gersch,  Marvin  J.,  M.D 
Gjenvick,  Timothy  C.,  M.D. 
Giasgold,  Alvin  I.,  M.D 
Glasser,  Benjamin  F.,  M.D 


Glick,  Ronald  S..M.D 
Godrey,  Francis  J.,  M.D 
Goldberg,  Paul  E.,  M.D 
Goldenberg,  David  A.,  M.D. 
Goldman,  Marvin,  M.D. 
Goldman,  Richard  H.,  M.D. 
Goldsmith,  Joel  W.,  M.D 
Goldson,  Howard,  J.,  M.D 
Goldstein,  Morton  H.,  M.D. 
Gomez,  Rene,  M.D. 
Gonnella,  Gino  R.,  M.D. 
Gordon,  Richard  D.,  M.D. 
Gorelli,  Giuliano,  M.D. 
Gottlieb,  Stanley,  M.D. 
Gould,  Louis  F.,  M.D. 
Grabelle,  Howard  A.,  M.D. 
Green,  Philip  S.,  M.D 
Green,  Stuart  N.,  M.D. 
Greenberg,  William  B.,  M.D 
Greenwald,  Alfred  E.,  M.D. 
Gregoria-Tena,  Rosita,  M.D 
Gross,  Steven  C.,  M.D. 
Grubman,  Jerold,  M.D 
Guha,  Hirak,  M.D. 


Haas,  Alexander  Z.,  M.D 
Haas,  Roger  C.,  M.D. 
Haberman,  Stanley  J.,  M.D. 
Hafitz,  George,  M.D 
Hafitz,  Julius  J.,  M.D 
Halivopoulos,  E.  M.D. 
Halpern,  llan  Z.,  M.D. 
Hammond,  Betty,  M.D. 
Haque,  Mohammed  W.,  M.D 
Hardy,  Geza  Robert,  M.D. 
Harlin,  Joyce  A.,  M.D 
Harris,  Joseph  T.,  M.D. 
Hastings,  James  B.,  M.D. 
Heeg,  Michael  M.,  M.D 
Hefler,  Stephen  E.,  M.D. 
Herman,  Jeffrey  P.,  M.D. 
Herschman,  Alan,  M.D 
Hindawi,  Ruhi  K.,  M.D 
Hirsch,  Leonard  M.,  M.D. 
Hochron,  Stuart  M.,  M.D. 
Hodes,  Steven  E.,  M.D 
Homer,  Leroy,  M.D 
Horrigan,  W.  Donald,  M.D 
Hoyos,  Fernando,  M.D 
Hsia,  Wellington,  M.D. 

Hsu,  Shih-Piao,  M.D. 
Hunninghake,  Leroy  H.,  M.D. 
Huq,  Irfan-UI,  M.D. 
Hutchison,  Dwight  C.,  M.D 

Immordino,  John  A.,  M.D 
Ingram,  Willard  J.,  M.D 
loffreda,  Pasquelino  F.,  M.D. 
Iqbal,  Riaz,  M.D. 

Isaacson,  Frederick  M.,  M.D 


Jacobs,  Ivan  H.,  M.D. 
Jacoby,  Glenn,  M.D 
Jasnionowski,  E.A.,  M.D 
Jerrold,  S.  Harrison,  M.D. 
Jolley,  Michael  N„  M.D. 
Josell,  Edward,  D O. 
Joselson,  Howard  Z.,  M.D 
Joseph,  Anita,  M.D. 

Julia,  Walter,  M D 


Kaczala,  0.  Ant  ii 
Kahn,  Steven  P.  i 
Kalko,  Charles  ,< 
Kaminker,  Kenrfj 
Kampel,  Lewis  | 
Kangos,  John  .J 
Kaplan,  Leopol  j 
Kaplan,  Murray  J 
Karbasian,  A.  I 
Karfopoulos,  A 
Kasoff,  Ira,  M.D/ 
Kassouf,  Edmc 
Katz,  Melvin  I.,  J 
Kauff,  Philip  L. 
Kaye,  Susan  1 
Keating,  Garretfl 
Keene,  Robert  I 
Kelberg,  Berna 
Keller,  Malvin  S 
Kern,  Howard  A 
Khan,  Majid,  K. 
Khanna,  Santo  ’ 
Kim,  Hyung  G., 
Kinateder,  Ron/ 
Kingsley,  Davie 
Kirchner,  Richs 
Kirshner,  Jacol 
Klein,  Robert  L 
Kline,  Donald,  l| 
Kolber,  Ronald , 
Koons,  Lawren , 
Kopidakis,  E.G 
Korkor,  Ralph  E 
Kososky,  Chari 
Kostrzewa,  R.N 
Kothari,  Grace 
Kothari,  Nayan, 
Kotier,  Stuart  W 
Kovacs,  Alexar  i 
Kratzman,  E.  A 
Krauser,  Paula ; 
Krausz,  Adrien 
Kravet,  Alvin,  (9 
Kreitzer,  Micha> 
Krishnan,  R.G.  j 
Kuhn,  William  1 1 
Kumar,  Ashok,  3 
Kurman,  Micha 
Kustrup,  John 


LaBosco,  Loui  i 
LaFalce,  Anthc 
Lang,  Richard 
Langdon,  Dou<  j 
Lanza,  Raymor  i| 
Lasky,  Mark  L.,  j 
Lathrop,  Fred  V « 
Latif,  Pervaize,  1 
Laub,  Edward  I 
Laudonio,  Frar 
Lauton,  Barry,  ■ 
Lavine,  Ferne  I 
Lazorek,  Micha  I 
Leavey,  Richar  i 
Lebovitz,  Philif 
Lee,  Chang  H.,  I 
Lee,  Dae  Woo,  3 
Lee,  Young  I.,  f 1 
Left,  Charles  A v 
Left,  Stuart  J., 1 
Leiman,  Shervv  1 


402 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


r afael,  M.D 
Ibert  S.,  M.D. 

Iph  J.,  M.D 
: dney  B.,  M D 
U J.A.,  III,  M.D 
kanna  W.,  M.D 
Fncis  B.,  M.D. 

» Harris  C.,  M.D. 

i K.,  M.D 

I iel  R.,  M.D 

II  ed  S.,  M.D. 
t,  M.D. 
l^ne  J.,  M.D. 

H1  M.D 

>.,  M.D. 

Ophen  M.,  M.D 
is,  James  N.,  M.D. 
(Theodore,  M.D 
Dominick  T.,  M.D. 

Ii  nan  L„  M.D. 
pncheria,  M.D 
Iklardino,  M.D. 
Michael,  M.D. 

r 

ement  A.,  M.D. 
lohn  S.,  Jr.,  M D 
fn,  Zenaida  A.,  M.D. 
, Pavani,  M.D 
Donna  D.,  M.D. 

E silS.,  M.D. 

Man,  M.,  M.D. 

I larc  I.,  M.D. 

II  lid  M.,  M.D. 

George  M.,  M.D 
rderic  J.,  M.D. 

• Hip  J.,  D O 
> anley  S.,  M.D 

ii  Ira  E.,  M.D 
ii,  Jon,  M D 
I .eo,  M.D 

pone,  Angelo,  M D 
Ebert  S.,  D O 
1 gin  V.,  M.D 
MS.,  DO. 
i homas  0.,  M.D. 

1 , Donald  F.,  M.D. 
Frederick  J.,  M.D. 
n Daniel  P.,  Jr.,  M.D 
s rancis  D.,  M.D 
r,  John  E„  IV,  M.D 
1 J.,  M.D. 
i raham,  M D 
, atthew,  M.D. 

Iiurice  S.,  M.D. 

, igelo  J.,  M.D. 

<ard  H„  M.D. 

Mry  J.,M.D 
MS,  M.D. 
fflRichard,  D O 
i,  atu.M.D. 
tjM.,  M.D 
Oaniel  N.,  M.D. 

>3,  Rufino  D„  M.D. 

seph  L.,  Jr.,  M.D. 
t ),  Michael  A.,  M.D. 

, ager  V.,  M.D 
dul  W.,  M.D 
\liam  F.,  M.D 

J I,  M.D. 

HMarayanan,  M.D 


Needell,  Gary  S.,  M.D. 
Neumaier,  George  J.,  M.D. 
Newman,  Richard,  M.D. 
Nicora,  Bernard  J.,  M.D. 
Niemiera,  Alexander  K.,  M.D. 
Nisar,  Mohammed  M.,  M.D 
Nishitani,  Noboru,  M.D 
Noronha,  Joaquim  L.,  M D 
Nosher,  John  L.,  M.D 
Nozick,  Jerome  H.,  M D 
Null,  Robert  H.,  M.D 

Obaray,  Akbar  H.,  M.D 
Ocken,  Paul  R.,  M.D. 

Oh,  Youn  K.,  M.D. 

Oliver,  Lawrence  H.,  M.D. 
O’Neill,  Earl  A.,  M D 
Ongsiako,  Rodolfo  G.,  M.D. 
Orenstein,  David  H.,  M.D 
Osborne,  Alan  W„  M.D. 
Oshin,  David  R.,  M.D. 
Ostrowski,  Edward  J.,  M.D 

Packer,  Stuart  H.,  M.D 
Paglia,  Ludwig  R„  M D 
Pallini,  Carlo  A.,  M.D 
Palmieri,  Alphonse  P.,  M.D. 
Palmieri,  Frederick,  Jr.,  M D 
Palsky,  Glenn  S.,  M.D 
Pancer,  Bernard,  M.D 
Pandya,  H.D.,  M D. 

Panzer,  Edward  I.,  M.D 
Pappas,  Constantine,  M.D 
Paraskevas,  Angelos  L.,  M.D 
Parikh,  Sheela  N.,  M.D. 
Parikh,  Sudhir  M.,  M.D. 

Park,  Young  Ho,  M D 
Parker,  Martin  I.,  M.D 
Passannante,  A.J.,  M.D 
Patel,  Daksh  B.,M  D 
Patel,  Ishvarlal  U.,  M.D 
Patel,  Natverlal  M.,  M.D 
Patel,  Sushila  B.,  M.D. 

Pecora,  John  J.,M  D 
Pellicane,  Joanne  E.,  M.D 
Perillo,  Louis  A.,  M.D 
Perkoff,  Morton,  M.D 
Piazza,  Gary  G.,  D O 
Pica,  Vincent  B.,  M.D 
Pickens,  Robert  L.,  M.D. 
Piezas,  Mabini,  C.,  M.D. 

Pirog,  Eugene  P.,  M.D 
Pironti,  Pascal  A.,  M.D. 

Pizzi,  Francis  J.,  M.D. 

Platt,  Marvin,  M D 
Posta,  Alan  G.,  M.D 
Potash,  Ronald  J.,  M D 
Prasad,  Rajendra  G.,M.D 
Prepon,  Michael  A.,  M D 
Press,  Lorin  R.,  M.D 
Prodromo,  Paul  E.,  M D 
Proshan,  Neil,  M.D. 

Puchner,  Gerhard,  M.D. 

Pumo,  Jerome,  Jr.,  D O 
Puri,  Kamal,  M D 

Rahill,  William  Joseph,  M D 
Raja,  Malayandi,  M.D 
Rao,  Vatsala  V.,  M.D 
Raza,  Mohammad  A.,  M.D 
Reddy,  Chenna  G.,  M D 


Reissman,  David  I.,  M.D 
Rezvan,  Masoud,  M.D, 
Robbins,  Joseph  A.,  D O 
Roberts,  Dudley  A.,  M.D 
Roberts,  R.  Michael,  M D 
Rogers,  John  C.,  M.D. 
Rogow,  Louis  M.,  M.D 
Romano,  Frank  R„  M.D 
Roowala,  Shabbir  H.,  M.D 
Roque,  Celia  G.,  M.D. 

Rosen,  Alex,  M.D. 
Rosenbaum,  Jeffrey  M.,  M D. 
Rosenberg,  Stanley  E.,  M.D 
Rosenblum,  Howard  W.,  M.D 
Rosenfeld,  David  L„  M D 
Rosenman,  Howard  D„  M D 
Rosenstein,  Martin  J.,  M.D 
Rosenthal,  Steven,  M.D 
Rosner,  Bruce  P.,  M D. 

Rossy,  William  H.,  M D 
Roth,  Arthur  L„  M.D 
Rothfarb,  Steven  H.,  M.D. 
Rothfleisch,  Sheldon,  M D 
Rubenstein,  Laurence,  D O 
Rubin,  Jack  D.,  M.D 
Rubin,  Marc  R.,  M.D 
Rubin,  William,  M.D 
Ruderman,  Armand  L„  M.D 
Rudnitzky,  Elliot  M.,  M D 
Rushnak,  Michael  J.,  M.D 
Russell-Brown,  Karl  E.,  M.D. 


Sabety,  Adrian  M.,  M D 
Safdar,  Feroz,  M.D 
Safer,  Jan  N.,M  D 
Saini,  Balwant  S.,  M D 
Sakson,  John  A..  M.D 
Saladino,  Joseph  R.,  M.D 
Saleem,  Mohammed  R.,  M D 
Saltstein,  Elliott,  M.D 
Salvati,  Carl  A.,  M.D 
Sand,  Harold  A.,  M.D 
Santiago,  Alectis  R.,MD 
Santiago,  R.  Nito,  M.D 
Santoro,  Anthony  F,  M D 
Santoro,  Edgar  V.,  M.D 
Santucci,  Frank  P.,  M D 
Sarkanich,  Natalie  L.,  M D 
Sarkaria,  Jasbir  S.,  M.D 
Sarraf,  Mohammad  A.,  M D 
Sass,  D.K.,  M.D 
Sawhney,  Om  P.,  M.D. 
Sawhney,  Veena  K.,  M.D 
Scharf,  Jeffrey  I.,  M.D. 
Schinco,  Frank  P.,  M.D. 
Schlesinger,  Richard  S.,  M D 
Schnall,  Stanley  J.,  M.D 
Schneider,  Samuel,  M.D 
Schnur,  Bernard  M.,  M.D 
Schoicket,  Daniel  P„  M.D 
Schoss,  Maximillian,  M.D 
Schottenfeld,  Mark  A.,  M.D. 
Schriever,  Henry  G.,  M.D 
Schulman,  Melvin  L.,  M.D 
Schwartz,  Louis  E.,  M D 
Schwartz,  Milton  D.,  M D 
Sckalor,  Martin,  M.D 
Scully,  John  T.,  M.D 
Seed,  John  C.,  M D. 

Segarra,  Michael,  M.D 
Seitzman,  Lawrence  A.,  M.D 


Sergeant,  John  H.,  M.D 
Shadiack,  E.C.,  Jr.,  D O 
Shafi,  Mohammad,  M.D 
Shah,  Ramakant  J.,  M D 
Shah,  Suresh  N„  M D 
Shah,  Syed  G.,  M.D 
Shangold,  Jack  E.,  M D. 
Shapiro,  Robert  S.,  M.D 
Sharett,  Terrence  E.,  M.D 
Sharim,  Iradj,  M.D. 

Sharlin,  David  N.,  D O 
Sharma,  Madho  K.,  M D 
Sharrett,  Richard  H.,M  D 
Sheehy,  Martin  J.,  M.D 
Sheldon,  Ira,  D O 
Sherwood,  Edward  S.,  M.D 
Shugar,  Ronald  A.,  M D 
Sicherman,  Harlan  J.,  M.D 
Silverman,  Leon,  M.D 
Silverman,  Samuel  H.,  M.D 
Silverstein,  Michael  L.,  M D 
Simpson,  Alec  N.,  M.D 
Sinha,  Gopal  K.,  M.D 
Sisler,  Glenn  E.,  M D 
Sklar,  Samuel,  M.D 
Skobel,  Barry,  M.D. 

Skvara,  Frederick  C.,  M D 
Slobodien,  Howard  D.,  M.D 
Smith,  Charles  I.,  M.D 
Smith,  J.  Michael,  M.D 
Smith,  Sydney  F.,  M.D 
Smith,  Theresa  Ann,  M.D. 
Snope,  Frank  C.,  M D 
Solanki,  Indukumar  M.,  M D. 
Solomon,  Robert  B,,M.D 
Somerstein,  Michael  L.,  M.D 
Soriano,  Bruce  V.,  M D 
Soriano,  Carlos  C.,  M.D. 
Soriano,  Myrna  L.,  M.D 
Sorvino,  A.  Ronald,  M.D 
Speiden,  Lois  M.,  M D. 
Spierer,  Robert,  M.D 
Spiler,  Ira  J.,M  D 
Sprowls,  John  J.,  M.D 
Stabile,  John  R„  M D 
Stahl,  Martin  B.,  M.D 
Stahl,  Theodore  J.,  M D 
Stein,  Elliott  M„  M.D 
Stern,  Alan  G.,  M D 
Steward,  Robert  E.,  M.D. 
Subramoni,  V.,  M D 
Sullivan,  Bessie  M.,  M D 
Surowiec,  Barbara,  M.D 
Sweberg,  Warren  A.,  M D. 
Swee,  David  E.,  M D 
Sweeney,  William  A.,  M D 

Tabachnick,  John  F.,  M.D 
Taboada,  Javier  G..M.D 
Tallia,  Alfred  F.,  M.D 
Tan,  Fiorello  I.,  M.D 
Tan,  Roland  P.,  M.D 
Tena,  Leoncio  B.,  M.D 
Terry,  Bernard,  M.D. 
Thirugnanam,  S.,  M D 
Tiedemann,  Richard  N.,  M.D 
Tokar,  Elliot  S.,  M.D 
Tong,  Yeow  Ching,  M.D 
Trachtenberg,  E.B.,  M.D 
Tuma,  Victor  B.,  M.D. 

Turkish,  Sheldon  C.,  M D 
Tyrrell,  Eugene  J.,  M.D 


Uray,  Maria  N.,  M.D 
Uray,  Tacettin  M.,M  D 

Vafai,  Armine,  M.D 
Valencia,  Linda  0.,  M D 
Valencia,  Rogelio  R.,  M D 
Valenzuela,  Albert  P.,  M.D 
Van  Horn,  Paul  E.,  M D 
Verdoni,  John  A.,  M D 
Vine,  Sherwood,  M.D 
Viswanathan,  Uma  M.,  M D 

Wadle,  Rudi  0.,  D O 
Wald,  Franklin  D.,  M D 
Waleson,  Max,  M.D 
Wang,  Ching  Jen,  M D 
Warfield,  William  S.,  M D 
Warner,  Errol,  M D 
Warren,  Bertram,  M D 
Warren,  Stephen,  M D 
Waskow,  Walter  H.,  M D 
Weber,  Charles  M.,  M D 
Weinberger,  George  I.,  M D 
Weingarten,  Michael  C.,  M.D 
Weinstein,  Rita,  M.D 
Weisenreider,  John,  M D 
Weiser,  Paul  J.,  M D 
Weisfogel,  Gerard  M.,  M D 
Weissman,  Kenneth,  M D 
Weissman,  Murray  H.  M.D 
Weitzman,  Robert  H.,  M D 
Welt,  Howard,  M D 
White,  John  J„  Jr,  M.D 
White,  Sanford  F.,  M.D 
Wiener,  Howard  E.,  M.D 
Wijaya,  K.D.  Henry,  M.D 
Willard,  David  A.,  M D 
Williams,  David  M.,  M D 
Williams,  Manley  C.,  M D 
Williams,  Paul  T.,  M D 
Willis,  Elliott  H„  D O 
Winant,  John  G.,  Jr.,  M.D 
Wininger,  Jon  G„  M D 
Wittenborn,  W.F.,  Jr.,  M.D 
Wolansky,  Jacob,  M.D 
Wong,  J.C.,  M D 
Wong,  Michael  Y..M  D 
Worth,  David  A.,  M.D 
Wosnitzer,  Morey,  M D 
Wozniak,  Ronald  F.,  M.D 
Wu,  Hen-Vai,  M.D 

Yarian,  David  L.,  M D 
Yatrakis,  Nicholas  D.,  M D 
Yood,  Harold  S.,  M D 
Young,  Alan,  M.D 
Yu,  Micky  U.,  M.D 

Zablocki,  Lisa  R.,  M D 
Zadeh,  Moloud  A.,  M D 
Zicherman,  Barry,  M D 
Zimmerman,  Stanley  R.,  M D 
Zingarini,  Mario  L.,  M D 
Zoba,  Tim  C.,  M D 
Zobel,  George  J.,  D O 
Zubair,  Mohammed,  M D 
Zullo,  Joseph  C.,  M D 
Zullo,  Robert  J.,  M.D 
Zutz,  Harry  M„  M D 
Zykorie,  David,  M D 


HealthWays 

THE  WAY  TO  BETTER  J HEALTH  CARE 

HealthWays  Inc.  • Parkway  Towers 
485  U.S.  Route  i • Iselin,  NJ  08830 
800-223-0812. 


>L.  81— NUMBER  5— MAY  1984 


403 


Case  Report:  Familial  Dysalbuminemic 
Hyperthyroxinemia— a Variant 


Michael  H.  Goldman,  m.d.,  and  Karl  Klinges,  m.d.,  englewood* 


Elevated  T4  levels  seen  in  familial  dysalbuminemic 
hyperthyroxinemia  may  mistakenly  suggest  hyperthyroidism. 
An  elevated  uptake  and  scan  seen  in  the  patient  presented 
further  confused  the  true  euthyroid  state. 


Familial  dysalbuminemic  hyper- 
thyroxinemia (FDH)  recently 
was  described  in  patients  with 
an  elevated  T4  level  and  an  elevated  Free  Thyroxine 
Index,  but  showing  a clinically  euthyroid  state.1  6 Con- 
firming this  normal  thyroid  status  is  a normal  T3  RIA, 
a normal  thyroid  stimulating  hormone  (TSH)  response 
to  thyroid  releasing  hormone  (TRH),  and  a normal 
thyroid  uptake  of  iodine.  In  our  case  report,  a patient 
with  FDH  is  described  who  further  confuses  the  over- 
lap in  laboratory  differentiation  of  T4  excess  states  by 
having  an  elevated  uptake  and  scan. 

CASE  REPORT 

Our  patient  was  a 22-year-old  white  female  referred 
for  consultation  due  to  a high  T4  level.  She  gave  no 
history  of  hyperthyroid  symptomatology.  Her  past 
medical  history  was  unremarkable  and  there  was  no 
family  history  of  thyroid  disease.  She  recently  was 
evaluated  for  secondary  amenorrhea  but  presently 
menstruates  every  40  days.  Physical  examination  con- 
firmed a euthyroid  state  and  the  thyroid  was  judged 
to  be  normal.  No  ophthalmopathy  was  noted.  (Table) 
A six-hour  1-123  thyroid  scan  and  uptake  revealed 
a slightly  enlarged  gland  with  an  elevated  uptake  18.6 
percent  (normal  13  percent). 

Because  of  the  patient's  clinical  euthyroid  state,  nor- 
mal T3  RIA  and  TRH  stimulation  test,  no  therapy  was 
felt  to  be  indicated. 


A brother  of  the  patient  who  was  unable  to  be  eval  j 
ated  had  the  following  laboratory  data  T3  RIA  16 
(normal:  110  to  235  ng/dl),  T4  RIA  17.6  (normal:  5 
12  mcg/dl),  T3  RU  45  (normal:  35  to  45%),  Free  T4  1 
(normal:  1 to  2.3  ng/dl).  He  reportedly  shows  no  sigr 
or  symptoms  of  hyperthyroidism. 

DISCUSSION 

Hyperthyroxinemia  does  not  always  mean  hype 
thyroidism.  Elevated  thyroid  binding  globulin  (TBG 
peripheral  resistance  to  thyroid  hormone,  and  a r< 
cently  described  condition  called  familial  dy: 
albuminemic  hyperthyroxinemia  (FDH)  can  increas 
T4  levels  without  causing  a clinical  thyroid  exces 
state.1 9 Increased  TBG  reflects  an  increased  binding  (£ 
T4  to  its  protein  and  the  T3  Resin  Uptake  usually 
depressed  giving  a normal  Free  Thyroxine  Index  (FTI 
In  resistant  states  the  FTI  is  elevated,  but  the  thyroi 
stimulating  hormone  (TSH)  inappropriately  is  ii 
creased  reflecting  an  insensitivity  to  circulatir 
thyroid  hormone.  In  FDH,  the  FTI  is  increased  becauJ 
of  the  abnormal  excessive  binding  of  T4  to  albumi 
which  then  is  measured  along  with  the  T4  bound  b 
TBG  and  prealbumin.  This  patient’s  albumin  bindir 

*From  Englewood  Hospital,  where  Dr.  Goldman  is  Attendin 
Department  of  Medicine,  and  Dr.  Klinges  is  Attending,  D 
partment  of  Obstetrics-Gynecology.  Correspondence  may  1 ( 
addressed  to  Dr.  Goldman,  600  Palisade  Avenue,  Englewoc 
Cliffs,  NJ  07632. 

N 


404 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


TABLE 


Laboratory  Report 


Laboratory  Tests 

Patient 

Normal 

T, 

19,  17,  23,  23  mcg/dl 

5 to  12  mcg/dl 

T3.  RIA 

157  ng/dl 

110  to  230  ng/dl 

T3  RU 

39,  45% 

35  to  45% 

(Baseline)  TSH 

4,  2 MlU/ml 

<7  MlU/ml 

(Post  TRH)  TSH 

18  MlU/ml 

12  to  32  MlU/ml 

Free  T4 

2.1  (x2)  2.8,  2.3  ng/dl 

1 to  2.3  ng/dl 

LH 

14  MlU/ml 

6 to  30  MlU/ml 

FSH 

5 MlU/ml 

4 to  30  MlU/ml 

Prolactin 

30,  15  ng/ml 

<22  ng/ml 

TBG 

22  mcg/ml 

12  to  28  mcg/ml 

Electrophoresis  of  T4  1-125  Binding* 

Laboratory  Tests 

Patient 

Control 

TBG 

40.7% 

60.3% 

Albumin 

41.2% 

7.4% 

TBPA  (Thyroid-binding  Prealbumin) 

18.0% 

33.0% 

* Courtesy  of  Dr.  Ingbar,  Thorndike  Laboratory,  Harvard  Medical  School. 


as  nearly  six  times  normal.  In  contrast  to  patients 
1th  hyperthyroidism,  persons  with  FDH  have  a nor- 
mal T3  RIA  and  a normal  TSH  response  to  TRH.  In 
previously  reported  FDH  cases,  patients  also  had  nor- 
al  thyroid  uptake  of  iodine.  One  report  mentions  a 
ight  thyroid  enlargement.9 

The  patient  described  here  had  an  increased  iodine 
Dtake  along  with  a mild  thyroid  enlargement;  no 
ason  for  this  elevation  is  apparent.  She  took  no  anti- 
ivroid  drug,  had  no  antimierosomal  or  anti- 
yroglobulin  antibodies,  and  did  not  come  from  an 
dine  deficient  area.  She  does  not  have  coincidental 
'inieal  hyperthyroidism.  Whether  this  abnormality  of 
yroid  uptake  in  conjunction  with  FDH  has  any 
1 nical  importance  remains  to  be  determined. 

Along  with  an  elevated  T4  level,  the  increased  uptake 
:!ds  another  confusing  laboratory  abnormality  noted 
occur  in  patients  with  FDH.  This  further  may  ineor- 
Ijctly  suggest  hyperthyroidism.  A normal  T3  RIA  and 
TH  stimulation  test  will  help  identify  this  problem. 
The  familial  nature  of  this  disorder  strongly  is  sug- 
sted  as  the  brother  of  the  patient  showed  laboratory 
1 ta  eompatable  with  the  FDH  syndrome:  an  elevated 
, a high-normal  T3  RU,  but  a normal  T3  RIA  and  a 
I’rmal  free  T4.  Formal  electrophoretic  confirmation 
ijifortunately  was  unavailable. 

iMMARY 

\ patient  with  familial  dysalbuminemic  hyper- 
|roxinemia  is  presented.  In  contrast  to  the  few 
yviously  reported  cases,  this  patient  had  an  elevated 
! ine  uptake  along  with  an  enlarged  thyroid  gland.  In 


addition  to  an  increased  T4  level,  confusion  with  a 
hyperthyroid  state  was  suggested.  A normal  T3  RIA  and 
TRH  stimulation  test  helped  differentiate  this  problem. 

REFERENCES 

1.  Ruiz  M,  Rajatanavin  T,  Young  RA,  et  al.:  Familial  dys- 
albuminemie  hyperthyroxinemia-  A syndrome  that  can  be 
confused  with  thyrotoxicosis.  N Engl  J Med  306:635-639 
1982. 

2.  Lee  WNP,  Golden  MP,  Van  Herle  AJ,  Lippe  BM,  Kaplan 
SA  Inherited  abnormal  thyroid  hormone-binding  protein 
causing  selective  increase  of  total  serum  thyroxine.  J Clin 
Endocrinol  Metab  49:292-299,  1979. 

3.  Hennemann  G,  Doeter  R Krenning  EP,  Box  G,  Otten  M, 
Visser  TJ:  Raised  total  thyroxine  and  free  thyroxine  index  but 
normal  free  thyroxine.  Lancet  1:639-642,  1979. 

4.  Stockigt  JR  Topliss  DJ,  Barlow  JW,  White  EL,  Hurley 
DM,  Taft  P:  Familial  euthyroid  thyroxine  excess:  An  ap- 
propriate response  to  abnormal  thyroxine  binding  associated 
with  albumin.  J Clin  Endocrinol  Metab  53:353-359,  1981. 

5.  Borst  GC,  Premachandra  BN,  Osbume  RC,  Burman  KD, 
Johnsonbaugh  RE:  Euthyroid,  familial  hyperthyroxinemia 
due  to  an  abnormal  thyroid-hormone-binding  protein.  63rd 
Annual  Meeting,  Endocrine  Society,  Cincinnati,  OH,  June 
17-19,  1981. 

6.  Moses  AC,  Lawlor  J,  Haddow  J,  Jackson  IMD:  Familial 
euthyroid  hyperthyroxinemia  resulting  from  increased 
thyroxine  binding  to  thyroxine-binding  prealbumin.  N Enql 
J Med  306:966-969,  1982. 

7.  Refetoff  S:  Thyroid  function  tests,  in:  DeGroot  LJ  (ed), 
Endocrinology.  New  York,  NY,  Grune  & Stratton,  1979. 

8.  Refetoff  S,  DeWind  LT,  DeGroot  LJ:  Familial  syndrome 
combining  deaf-mutism,  stippled  epiphysis,  goiter,  and  ab- 
normally high  PBI:  Possible  target  organ  refractories  to 
thyroid  hormone.  J Clin  Endocrinol  Metab  2 1 :279-294,  1 967. 

9.  Weintraub  BD,  Gershengorn  MC,  Kourides  LA  et  al.:  In- 
appropriate  secretion  of  thyroid-stimulating  hormone.  Ann 
Intern  Med  95:339-351,  1981. 


T.  81— NUMBER  5— MAY  1984 


405 


COMMENTARY:  DRG— NEW  JERSEY 

and  the  Federal  System* 


Bernard  A.  Rineberg,  m.d.,  new  Brunswick** 


Major  differences  between  New  Jersey  and  federal  DRG  exist , yet 
no  conclusion  can  be  surmised  because  of  incomplete  data. 
Nonetheless , the  federal  government  has  adopted  and  modified 
the  plan.  These  modifications  could  have  a major  impact  on  the 
New  Jersey  system. 


On  October  1,  1983,  two  signifi- 
cant events  occurred  simul- 
taneously. Most  prominently, 
the  American  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company 
underwent  divestiture.  Secondly,  and  possibly  just  as 
importantly,  prospective  reimbursement  to  hospitals 
based  upon  case  mix  or  more  commonly  known  as 
Diagnosis  Related  Groups  (DRGs)  became  the  method 
of  payment  for  Medicare  recipients  to  hospitals  in  this 
country.  These  events  are  not  entirely  unrelated. 

In  the  case  of  AT&T,  a giant  19th-century  monolith 
was  broken  up  to  create  competition  between  the  dif- 
ferent factions.  In  the  case  of  DRGs,  hospitals  will  be- 
come more  competitive  to  maintain  their  existing  mar- 
ket share.  In  both  industries,  the  ability  to  control 
costs  and  increase  productivity  while  simultaneously 
decreasing  excessive  spending  will  be  crucial  to  suc- 
cess. However,  in  either  case,  there  is  no  assurance 
that  the  programs  can  or  will  achieve  the  goals  which 
their  proponents  have  predicted. 

The  DRG  experience  became  operational  in  1979  for 
more  than  20  hospitals  throughout  New  Jersey.  Soon 
after,  all  hospitals  were  phased  in.  Actually,  DRG  had 
its  genesis  in  the  Yale  School  of  Public  Health.  The 
original  system  identified  categories  of  diagnosis 
which  could  be  interrelated  on  the  basis  of  consump- 
tion of  hospital  resources.  One  of  the  students  at  that 
time  was  later  to  become  New  Jersey  State  Com- 
missioner of  Health  and,  virtually,  the  czar  of  health 

406 


and  hospital  reimbursement  in  New  Jersey. 

In  1976,  the  United  States  Health  Care  Financial 
Agency  awarded  the  New  Jersey  Department  of  Hea  i 
a three  million  dollar  grant  to  explore  alternatives  > 
the  per  diem  system  of  hospital  reimbursement. 

It  should  be  no  surprise  to  anyone  that  DRGs  hc;:| 
become  the  law  of  the  land.  The  actual  intent  of  t ‘ 
original  grant  was  to  devise  a new  method  of  reijl 
bursement  for  inhospital  treatment.  In  the  first  fla 
years  of  DRG,  many  hospitals  did  very  well  financial 
and  very  few  did  poorly.  In  fact,  early  on,  several  hos 
tals  made  inordinate  amounts  of  money.  Sources  w> 
served  in  the  New  Jersey  State  Department  of  Heai 
let  it  be  known  that  this  device  was  used  to  make  t a 
system  seem  palatable  and  also  to  make  it  political 
acceptable. 

We  must  beware  of  comparisons  of  the  New  Jer  y 
system  with  the  federal  plan  because  there  are  marl  1 
and  rather  critical  differences  between  them.  Soon  > i 
will  see  why  we  in  New  Jersey  should  be  grateful  t!ji 
we  have  a waiver  from  the  federal  system. 

There  are  three  statements  concerning  DRGs  in  NjV 
Jersey  which  can  be  agreed  upon:  ( 1 ) The  DRG  systh 
is  implementable.  In  other  words,  the  prospective  reir 

*This  paper  was  read  in  part  at  the  Annual  Meeting  of  e 
American  Orthopaedic  Association,  The  Homestead,  >[ 
Springs,  Virginia  June  27,  1983. 

‘‘Correspondence  may  be  addressed  to  Dr.  Rineberg  at  3 
George  Street,  New  Brunswick,  NJ  08901. 

I 

THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERU 


ursement  system  based  on  diagnostic  groups  by  case 
lix  can  be  used  as  a basis  for  hospital  reimbursement. 
>)  Start-up  costs  are  high.  Additional  medical  record 
ersonnel  must  be  hired.  They  must  code  the  medical 
hart  in  such  a way  as  to  maximize  potential  reim- 
ursement.  Hospitals  must  hire  DRG  coordinators, 
eretofore  unknown  professionals,  who  demand 
ilaries  of  up  to  $35,000.  This  is  just  the  start.  This 
oes  not  include  additional  costs  for  developing  soph- 
ticated  software  for  comparing  clinical  activity  with 
nancial  performance— essential  and  very  expensive. 
1 addition,  fees  may  have  to  be  paid  to  special  legal 
)unsel  when  engaged  to  develop  appeal  documents 
milar  to  those  used  in  public  utility  cases.  The  Big 
r accounting  firms  have  created  divisions  dedicated 
' helping  hospitals  take  full  advantage  of  this  new 
imbursement  system.  (3)  The  system’s  efficiencies 
*e  yet  to  be  confirmed.  No  one  knows  whether  the 
stem  has  saved  money,  can  save  money,  is  wasteful, 
harmful,  is  helpful,  or  is  a combination  of  all  three. 
Interestingly,  the  important  studies  of  the  early  years 
DRG  are  seriously  in  arrears.  Conclusions  as  to 
hether  or  not  New  Jersey  exceeded  the  cap  allowed 
ider  the  federal  waivers  awaits  the  rate  appeal  pre- 
ss for  the  years  1979  to  1982  which  are  not  com- 
eted. 

Six  major  items  differentiate  the  New  Jersey  system 
3m  the  federal  system:  (1)  The  system  is  limited  to 
'edicare  inpatients  and  does  not  include  other  payors. 
|j)  Nonmedical  indigency  costs  are  not  included.  (3) 

I rect  medical  education  costs  are  a “pass  through” 

1 th  the  indirect  costs  given  only  special  consider- 
:ion.  (4)  Although  capital  and  construction  costs  are 
I ssed  through  as  a separate  item,  there  is  a potential 
i;k  of  retroactive  denial  of  these  expenses  beginning 
larch  1983.  (5)  Outliers  are  limited  to  not  less  than 
bercent  or  more  than  6 percent  of  the  total  allowed 
RG  reimbursement.  (6)  Eventually,  all  acute  care  hos- 
f .als  in  the  country  will  be  based  upon  the  same 
smdard  rate  and  adjusted  only  on  the  basis  of  geo- 
E'aphic  area,  that  is  indigenous  labor  costs. 

n New  Jersey,  all  carriers  are  charged  the  same 
nount  for  the  same  diagnosis,  whether  they  be  Medi- 
ae, Medicaid,  or  any  other  payor.  Federal  DRG  is 
liitedjust  to  Medicare  inpatients.  Previously  in  New 
irsey,  we  had  a system  in  which  different  carriers 
\ re  paid  differential  rates.  Some  were  regulated  while 
ners  were  not.  Cost  shifting  was  the  rule.  Although 
federal  system  has  been  critical  of  cost  shifting  in 
|p  past,  their  introduction  of  prospective  reimburse- 
ment only  for  Medicare  will  serve  to  further  promote 
t s activity.  It  will  allow  HCFA  to  look  like  it  is  saving 
cilars  while  in  the  terms  of  the  real  world,  this  may 
r t be  factual.  In  fact,  bills  to  other  carriers  and  indi- 
vluals  could  skyrocket. 

indigency  costs  are  factored  into  the  New  Jersey  re- 
imbursement formula.  In  other  words,  the  DRG  reim- 
trsement  for  each  hospital  has  taken  into  eonsider- 
apn  a portion  of  the  cost  associated  with  patients 
Lable  to  pay  hospital  bills.  This  additional  markup 
fi  tor  is  not  dissimilar  to  what  occurs  in  other  busi- 
i >ses.  As  an  example,  when  you  purchase  shaving 
am  the  cost  includes  the  shopkeeper's  loss  due  to 
P ential  damage,  pillage,  or  theft.  No  provision,  how- 
° r,  has  been  made  under  the  federal  DRG  to  make 

* . 81— NUMBER  5— MAY  1984 


up  for  this  type  of  loss.  This  should  have  significant 
impact  upon  both  the  urban  hospitals  and  the  teach- 
ing hospitals  who  have  experienced  an  increasing  in- 
digency load.  This  matter  has  not  yet  been  fully  re- 
solved and  hopefully  when  the  regulations  are 
promulgated  at  the  end  of  the  summer,  a more  en- 
lightened posture  will  be  brought  forth. 

Direct  medical  education  costs  have  been  a “pass 
through"  irrespective  of  classification,  i.e.  major  or 
minor  teaching  hospitals.  Although  this  “pass 
through”  remains  intact  in  both  the  New  Jersey  and 
federal  systems,  the  New  Jersey  Hospital  Ratesetting 
Commission  has  expressed  grave  concern  as  to  its 
continued  support  of  this  “philosophy.”  In  fact,  they 
have  recommended  the  creation  of  yet  another  com- 
mission to  review  the  cost  of  medical  education  and 
who  should  be  responsible  for  payment.  Reimburse- 
ment for  medical  education  by  Washington-based 
regulators  may  become  a reality  and  include  limitation 
of  reimbursement  in  different  specialties,  for  different 
educational  needs,  and  for  different  types  of  medical 
education  programs.  This  is  occurring  at  a time  when 
the  total  financial  pot  is  fixed  and  shrinking  and  with 
state  and  federal  legislators  continuing  to  seek  further 
ways  to  reduce  health  care  costs.  The  current  “pass 
through”  for  residents’  salaries  is  generous,  but  this 
largess  must  be  considered  soft  money. 

Capital  and  construction  costs  under  the  New  Jersey 
experience  are  considered  a “pass  through.”  The  feder- 
al legislation  mandates  that  HHS  perform  a study  to 
determine  method  of  reimbursement  for  capital  re- 
lated cost  (which  includes  construction).  The  study 
may  go  on  for  18  months.  There  is  no  assurance  that 
capital  projects  including  purchase  of  new  technology 
after  March  1,  1983,  will  be  funded.  With  a single 
stroke,  the  secretary  of  HHS  could  throw  our  hospitals 
of  the  future  into  a chaotic  state. 

Outliers  are  the  part  of  the  problem  which  may  affect 
both  hospitals  and  physicians  the  most  in  the  future. 
Under  the  DRG  scheme,  there  are  467  different  groups. 
Outliers  are  patients  who  display  inordinate  consump- 
tion of  hospital  resources  either  in  terms  of  clinical 
services  or  length  of  stay  when  compared  with  patients 
who  possess  similar  medical  attributes.  Outliers  are 
figured  separately  and  adjusted  by  a separate  formula 
This  gives  hospitals  a method  of  fair  reimbursement 
for  a patient  who  consumes  resources  at  an  inordinate 
rate.  This  may  include  but  is  not  limited  to  the  com- 
plicated total  hip  revision,  severe  poly-trauma  or 
cerebral  palsy  victim  who  requires  a myriad  of  possible 
procedures.  Outliers  are  identified  not  only  by  com- 
plicated and  nonconforming  diagnosis  but  also  by  a 
hospital  stay  which  severely  deviates  from  the  norm. 

Approximately  35  percent  of  New  Jersey’s  patients 
are  outliers  for  whom  hospitals  are  paid  on  a sepa- 
rate basis.  New  Jersey  outliers  generate  approximately 
40  to  50  percent  of  the  funds  allocated  to  the  hospitals. 
Dropping  this  35  percent  outliers  to  the  5 or  6 percent 
mandated  under  the  federal  law  will  create  some  rather 
stringent  problems  on  the  provision  of  patient  care. 
Virtually  all  patients  will  be  assigned  to  a diagnostic 
group  regardless  of  how  they  compare  to  the  normal 
within  that  DRG.  The  patient  who  will  be  high  cost  to 
the  hospital  and  should  but  could  not  be  placed  in  an 
outlier  category  will  be  most  unwelcome  by  the  hospi- 


407 


tal  administrator.  For  instance,  the  poly-trauma  no 
longer  may  be  admitted  to  the  community  hospital. 
That  patient  will  be  transferred  to  minimize  financial 
loss.  The  end  result  will  be  regionalization.  Perhaps 
that  will  be  good,  however,  it  will  present  the  possibility 
that  other  parts  of  the  system  as  we  now  know  them 
will  have  to  be  changed. 

The  young  orthopedist  with  a strong  inclination  for 
traumatic  spine  surgeiy  will  no  longer  have  the  ability 
to  set  up  practice  where  he  wants,  but  will  be  forced 
to  stay  near  the  large  center.  He  will  become  the  direct 
competitor  of  his  teachers,  which  could  increase  the 
friction  between  the  student  now  turned  competitor 
and  the  teacher.  How  this  will  affect  medical  education 
and  medical  practice  in  the  future  cannot  be  de- 
termined at  the  present  time  but  it  certainly  bears 
watching. 

The  patient  who  will  be  high 
cost  to  the  hospital  and 
should  but  could  not  be 
placed  in  an  outlier 
category , will  be  most 
unwelcome  by  the  hospital 
administrator. 


Another  major  problem  is  uniform  reimbursement 
to  all  hospitals.  Veiy  soon  all  hospitals  in  the  United 
States  will  receive  the  same  amount  of  money  for  each 
diagnosis  with  slight  regard  for  labor  differential.  This 
will  be  irrespective  of  the  hospital’s  mission,  geogra- 
phy, or  special  care  consideration.  There  will  be  no 
adjustment  for  severity  or  complexity  of  the  disease. 
This  formula  could  have  dire  effects  on  dedicated 
tertiary  care  facilities.  It  carries  with  it  the  potential 
of  threatening  hospitals  specializing  in  veiy  com- 
plicated and  expensive  problems. 

As  originally  stated,  there  are  no  factual  answers  to 
the  question,  “Has  DRG  worked  in  New  Jersey?”  There 
is  no  evidence  at  the  present  time  under  any  system 
that  there  are  any  differences  in  the  way  individuals 
practice  before  or  after  DRGs.  Rumors  that  hospital 
administrators  have  stalked  the  halls  trying  to  oust 
patients  are  not  true.  The  anecdotal  evidence  of  pa- 
tients being  forced  out  by  the  hospitals  has  yet  to  be 
substantiated.  Likewise,  claims  of  cost  savings  are  yet 
to  be  proved.  Reduction  in  the  average  length  of  stay 
again  is  yet  to  be  proved.  Efficiencies  in  the  institu- 
tions and  how  they  manage  their  affairs  is  yet  to  be 
proved. 


But  the  system  may  have  merit.  It  gives  those  - 
sponsible  the  ability  to  ratchet  down  the  system.  It  ci 
be  used  to  coerce  early  discharge  and  make  one  thi  < 
twice  before  ordering  expensive  or  duplication  of  kl 
oratory  or  x-ray  examination.  It  certainly  will  ma  = 
obsolete  the  phrase,  “Let’s  do  it  for  completeness  sak  ' 
It  can  slow  and  hamper  innovation.  DRG  coordinate? 
review  major  equipment  requests  to  determi; 
profitability  to  the  hospital.  Administrators  as  well  ? 
colleagues  carefully  will  examine  new  requests  r 
utilization  of  resources  especially  those  in  which  th<  ? 
is  potential  for  loss. 

Standard  delivery  of  care  will  have  to  be  accepd 
most  readily.  Deviations  will  be  questioned.  Simp,, 
straightforward,  and  uncomplicated  cases  will  be  ,i 
favor  while  the  complicated  and  the  complications  s 
well  will  become  close  to  unacceptable. 

To  some  it  may  seem  mind  boggling  that  the  Ni 
Jersey  model  which  is  unproved  has  been  rapidly  c;: 
seminated.  This,  however,  is  acceptable  in  busin  s 
and  will  become  more  acceptable  in  government.  Mc|r 
modifications,  however,  have  been  made  to  a mo:i 
which  remains  questionable  and  this  may  have  cl 
consequences  in  terms  of  health  care  delivery  rfr 
medical  education.  They  bear  careful  monitoring,  i 

The  federal  and  the  New  Jersey  versions  of  DRG  h e; 
serious  problems.  It  is  new,  it  is  scary,  and  it  is  thryl 
ening.  Nonetheless  it  is  the  only  alternative  plant 
change  the  current  per  diem  method  which  has  pro  c 
itself  to  be  wasteful.  There  soon  may  be  a cap  on  m<  i 
cal  expenses  in  the  United  States  especially  when 
are  spending  300  billion  dollars  per  annum.  This 
ages  to  86,000  for  a family  of  four. 

Certainly  a part  of  the  financial  pot  will  go  to  ho; 
tals  while  the  rest  will  go  to  physicians.  Savings  in  i 
sphere  could  lead  to  less  frugality  in  the  other 
pecially  if  physicians  act  in  a responsible  manner,  e 
are  living  in  what  Peter  Drueker  has  termed  “turbu!  it 
times.”  Major  progress  will  be  designed  in  econom  5, 
business,  and  government  and  implemented  withit 
experimentation. 

Medical  leadership  in  New  Jersey  has  decidec  a, 
mount  a campaign  against  the  DRG  system.  This  ny 
prove  unfortunate.  They  have  not  yet  come  up  wit  a 
substantial  substitute.  Reintroduction  of  the  old  )• 
workable  system  may  lead  to  a great  deal  of  thrash  ig 
and  will  be  nonproductive. 

True  cooperation  in  this  system  is  necessary  er 
tween  both  physician  and  patient  and  physician  d 
hospital  and  though  the  system  is  rough  at  the  prec 
time,  modifying  it  may  lead  to  a system  which  ccjll 
save  money  and  continue  to  allow  the  highest  qu;ty 
medical  care. 


T 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERJ  f 


408 


COMMENTARY:  DRG— 

the  Executive  Director’s  View 


Vincent  A.  Maressa,  j.d.,  lawrenceville* 


The  DRG  program  and  its  enabling  legislation  are  so  flawed  that 
there  is  no  chance  for  success.  Yet , at  least  by  following  the 
present  policy  on  DRG , MSNJ  will  not  have  collaborated  in  the 
destructive  course  that  will  result  when  the  system  collapses. 


i 


Overall,  it  would  appear  that  Dr. 
Rineberg’s  article  (page  406)  is 
fairly  consistent  with  the  Medi- 
cal Society  of  New  Jersey’s  policy  in  recognizing  that 
the  DRG  program  is  not  working.  He  departs  from  the 
Society  policy  by  urging  cooperation  and  modification 
of  the  DRG  program  so  that  it  might  save  money  and 
assure  the  availability  of  quality  care. 

From  my  perspective,  the  DRG  program  and  its 
Enabling  legislation  are  so  flawed  that  no  modification 
[butside  of  totally  dismantling  the  entire  system  and 
rormat  can  or  will  produce  a reasonable  chance  for 
Ipuecess.  The  DRG  concept  assumes  that  clinical  aver- 
ages will  occur,  will  be  predictable,  and  will  be  a valid 
mechanism  upon  which  to  predicate  payments  for 
aospital  services.  None  of  that  has  been  proved  so  we 
Ghould  examine  what  we  do  know. 

“Averaging”  sounds  pleasant  enough  but  generally 
las  no  basis  in  fact.  The  average  American  family  has 
1.79  children.  That  is  absurd  as  a fact  unless  the  aver- 
age American  woman  always  is  pregnant.  The  average 
)remium  for  physicians  insured  through  the  Medical 
nter-Insurance  Exchange  of  New  Jersey  for  pro- 
fessional liability  is  $6,850.  There  is  no  class  of  prac- 
ice  that  pays  that  rate.  So  much  for  averaging! 

The  DRG  program  has  established  its  invalidity  by 
he  fact  that  even  though  liberal  trim  points  are  used, 
15  percent  of  the  cases  are  falling  outside  the  system. 
The  enabling  legislation  is  another  matter.  It  allows 


hospitals  to  place  a number  of  items  not  directly  re- 
lated to  patient  services  into  their  base  rate.  It  also 
allegedly  compensates  for  indigent  care  and  requires 
payors  to  pay  at  the  same  rate.  At  the  same  time,  it 
allows  discounting  to  Blue  Cross.  The  state  legislature 
could  not  force  the  federal  government  to  do  anything. 
The  Health  Care  Financing  Administration,  therefore, 
gave  us  the  DRG  program  but  capped  its  liability.  The 
system  does  not  really  compensate  for  indigent  care. 
By  virtue  of  statutory  cost  shifting,  it  simply  allows 
hospitals  to  charge  others  more  to  make  up  their  defi- 
cits. Such  a concept  is  self-defeating  because  it 
produces  higher  rates  for  the  same  DRG  in  the  hospi- 
tals with  significant  indigent  patient  populations  as 
opposed  to  other  hospitals.  The  paying  population  now 
has  begun  to  realize  this  and  the  business  community 
actively  is  steering  patients  away  from  these  hospitals. 
As  more  and  more  paying  patients  go  elsewhere,  the 
financial  base  of  the  high  indigent  hospital  de- 
teriorates. The  Health  Department’s  answer  is  to  con- 
tinue the  cost  shift  by  letting  the  hospital  charge  more 
for  its  services. 

Blue  Cross  is  allowed  a 10  to  15  percent  discount 
under  the  program.  Self-insureds  such  as  union  and 
welfare  funds,  can  pay  charges  or  DRGs,  whichever  are 
lower  since  they  are  not  “insurance  companies.”  In- 
surance companies  are  paying  DRGs  most  of  the  time. 


*Mr.  Maressa  is  the  Executive  Director,  MSNJ. 


T>L.  81— NUMBER  5— MAY  1984 


409 


but  really  do  not  have  to,  according  to  the  Department 
of  Insurance.  All  they  must  do  is  honor  their  policies 
which  almost  always  cover  “incurred  or  actual 
charges."  Once  these  carriers  realize  what  their  op 
tions  are,  they  will  pay  DRC.  or  incurred  charges, 
whichever  are  lower.  The  federal  government  is  into 
this  situation  on  its  own  terms.  IfDRGs  in  other  states 
produce  a lower  rate,  I am  sure  the  “waiver"  will  be 
extinguished.  The  new  “waiver”  also  requires  that 
HMOs  be  allowed  to  discount  even  though  they  do  not 
fit  the  discount  criteria  established  in  our  state  stat- 
utes. The  best  one  can  say  about  the  effect  of  the 
statute  is  that  it  cannot  be  implemented. 

All  our  readers  know  that  comparing  our  rate  of  cost 
increase  to  national  averages  is  silly  since  we  have 
always  been  below  them.  For  the  past  six  years  prior 
to  DRG,  we  averaged  3.5  percent  below  the  national 
average.  The  first  year  of  DRG,  we  came  in  3.4  percent 
below  the  national  average.  The  next  year  we  came  in 
4.7  percent  below  the  national  average.  That  looks  en- 
couraging until  you  realize  that  the  national  average 
of  cost  increase  in  that  particular  year  was  1.7  percent 


greater  than  the  established  trend  had  been. 

The  most  telling  statistic  which  the  Department  cj 
Health  does  not  want  to  discuss,  however,  is  the  in 
creased  price  to  the  patient.  According  to  the  Depart 
ment  of  Health,  in  the  first  year  of  DRG  net  patien 
service  revenue  increased  22.6  percent.  Since  the  cosU 
increased  13.6  percent,  it  is  fair  to  assume  the  cost  t 
the  public  went  up  about  36  percent  if  not  more.  Th 
next  year,  the  net  revenues  increased  by  14.8  pereen, 
and  costs  went  up  14.0  percent  for  a change  in  prici 
to  the  patient  of  at  least  28.8  percent  if  not  more,  i 

I do  not  see  any  way  for  MSNJ  to  effect  any  reasor 
able  changes  in  the  system.  The  state  and  federal  go' 
ernments  hardly  can  be  expected  to  admit  error.  Whe 
the  system  collapses  they  likely  will  point  to  the  med 
cal  profession.  At  least  by  following  the  present  cours 
we  will  not  have  collaborated  in  the  destructive  cours 
that  resulted.  Most  of  the  factors  producing  these  eos 
escalations  are  well  beyond  the  control  and  manage 
ment  of  the  practicing  physicians.  Physicians  are  n 
more  responsible  for  what  has  occurred  than  they  ar 
for  the  cost  of  auto  insurance  in  this  state. 


f 

: 


! 

! 

I 

| 

1 

I 

:! 

..1C 


410 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE’ 


IMAGING:  An  APPROACH  TO  THE 

Diagnosis  of  Cholecystitis* 

Louis  S.  Zeiger,  m.d.,  camden** 


What  imaging  procedure  should  you  consider  when  suspecting 
gallbladder  disease ? This  article  discusses  the  use  of 
ultrasonography  and  hepatobiliary  scan. 


What  imaging  procedure  should 
you  consider  when  suspecting 
gallbladder  disease?  This  article 
ill  discuss  the  use  of  ultrasonography  and  hepatobil- 
ry  scan. 

LTRASONOGRAPHY 

Ultrasonography  of  the  gallbladder  using  high  fre- 
aency  sound  waves  in  the  MHz  (megahertz)  range 
sualizes  the  gallbladder  as  a fluid-filled,  echo-free 
gan  (Figure  1).  The  image  represents  the  distribu- 
)n  of  tissue  acoustic  impedance.  The  presence  of 
hoes  in  the  gallbladder  which  are  mobile  and  cause 
minished  sound  transmission  are  diagnostic  of 
lolelithiasis.  The  accuracy  of  gallstone  detection  is  95 
rcent  using  ultrasound  examination  (Figure  2).  Gall- 
pnes  as  small  as  2 to  3 mm  have  been  detected, 
andard  x-ray  oral  cholecystogram  has  a 90  percent 
1 erall  accuracy  in  patients  with  a visualized 
jillbladder.  However,  there  are  many  reasons  why  the 
i llbladder  may  not  be  visualized:  nausea,  vomiting,  or 
•arrhea  The  ultrasound  procedure  is  the  most  ac- 
• rate,  noninvasive  technique  to  establish  the 
• agnosis  of  cholelithiasis,  which  invariably  is  as- 
iciated  with  chronic  cholecystitis.  In  addition,  in  the 
] tient  with  suspected  biliary  obstruction,  the  ultra- 
} und  examination  is  a sensitive  indicator  of  intra-  or 
'trahepatic  bile  duct  size  and,  therefore,  the  site  of 
' struction.  In  the  presence  of  chronic  cholecystitis, 

I, 

i)L.  81— NUMBER  5— MAY  1984 


the  diagnosis  of  acute  cholecystitis  is  not  reliably  made 
by  ultrasound.  Pathologically,  the  majority  (98  percent) 
of  surgically  verified  acute  cholecystitis  is  associated 
with  cystic  duct  obstruction.  The  presence  of  a 
thickened  wall  greater  than  5 mm  and  a cystic  duct 
stone  are  rarely  seen  by  ultrasonography  study.1 

HEPATOBILIARY  SCAN 

The  study  of  choice  in  the  diagnosis  of  acute 
cholecystitis  is  hepatobiliary  scanning  (HBS)  with 
Tc99-disofenin  or  cholescintigraphy.  If  serum 
bilirubin  is  less  than  8 mg/dl,  the  procedure  is  valid. 

The  radionuclide  tracer,  Tc99-disofenin,  when  in- 
jected intravenously,  is  selectively  excreted  by  the 
hepatocytes  into  the  biliary  system.  Approximately  90 
percent  of  the  tracer  is  excreted  into  bile  if  the  serum 
bilirubin  is  normal.  By  20  to  30  minutes  after  the 
injection,  the  gallbladder  and  common  duct  are  seen 
clearly  (Figure  3A)  and  cystic  duct  obstruction  has 
been  excluded.  If  the  gallbladder  is  not  visualized  by 
3 hours  after  injection  and  the  common  duct  seen, 

‘IMAGING  is  a new  column  to  be  presented  in  The  Journal 
under  the  direction  of  Judith  K.  Amorosa.  M.D.,  Director  of 
Medical  Education,  Department  of  Radiology,  UMDNJ- 
Rutgers  Medical  School. 

**Dr.  Zeiger  is  Chief,  Division  of  Nuclear  Medicine,  Cooper 
Hospital/University  Medical  Center,  Camden.  Cor- 
respondence may  be  addressed  to  Dr.  Zeiger.  Cooper  Hospi- 
tal/University Medical  Center,  One  Cooper  Plaza,  Camden,  NJ 
08103. 


41  1 


1574276 

11/16783 


CBD 


Figure  1— Ultrasound  of  the  gallbladder.  Left  lateral  de- 
cubitus projection  demonstrates  an  echo-free  gallbladder  (G). 


Figure  2 — Ultrasound  of  the  gallbladder.  Longitudinal  projec- 
tion demonstrates  echoes  secondary  to  gallstones  (open 
arrow  head).  Curved  arrow  points  to  so-called  acoustic 
shadowing,  area  beyond  stones  where  sound  is  not  trans- 
mitted. 


GB  2/03/84 


Figure  3A — Hepatobiliary  scan  Tc99-disofenin  normal  study. 
Anterior  view  30  minutes  after  injection  visualizes  the  gall- 
bladder (GB),  as  well  as,  medial  to  it,  the  common  duct  and 

small  bowel  activity. 

cystic  duct  obstruction  is  implied  (Figure  3B). 
Weissman  et  ai.2  studied  352  patients  prospectively 


Figure  3B — Hepatobiliary  scan  Tc99-disofenin.  Anterior  vie 
at  45  minutes  after  injection  fails  to  visualize  the  gallbladdc 
but  the  common  bile  duct  (CBD)  and  small  bowel  (SB)  a 
seen.  The  study  is  diagnostic  of  acute  cholecystitis. 


I Patient  Population 


for  acute  cholecystitis  with  the  following  results:  1 i 
Gallbladder  visualization  accurately  excluded  th 


412 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


diagnosis  in  99.2  percent;  the  false  negative  rate  was 
.8  percent.  2)  Gallbladder  nonvisualization  (up  to  3 
hours)  confirmed  acute  cholecystitis  in  95  percent  of 
patients  surgically  confirmed.  That  is  a 5 percent  false 
positive  rate  primarily  secondary  to  severe  chronic 
cholecystitis. 

CONCLUSION 

The  presence  of  a normal  hepatobiliary  scan  or  vis- 
ualization of  the  gallbladder  by  one  hour  excludes  the 
diagnosis  of  acute  cholecystitis  in  most  patients. 


Aealeulous  cholecystitis  occurs  in  1 to  5 percent  of  all 
patients.  A normal  hepatobiliary  scan  might  be  ex- 
pected but  the  observed  false  negative  rate  is  1 percent 
suggesting  a lower  incidence  (Figure  4). 

REFERENCES 

1.  Shuman  WP,  et  al.:  Ultrasonic  diagnosis  of  acute  and/or 
chronic  cholecystitis.  AJR  139:61-64,  1982. 

2.  Weissman  HS,  et  al.:  Spectrum  of  99m  Tc-IDA  cholescin- 
tigraphic  patterns  in  acute  cholecystitis.  Radiology 
138:167-175,  1981. 


3L.  81— NUMBER  5— MAY  1984 


413 


dose  your  eyes 

Now  have  , 

someone  read 

this  to  you. 

x>u  are  blind.  A student.  Facing  four  years  of  college.  With 
about  thirty- two  textbooks  to  read.  Plus  fifty  supplemental  texts. 

Flow  are  you  going  to  manage? 


With  Recording  for  the  Blind.  Since  1951,  we've  helped  over 
60,000  blind,  perceptually  and  physically  handicapped  students 
set  through  school.  By  sending  them  recordings  of  the  books 


ey  need  to  read.  Free. 
Recording  for  the  Blind  is  non- 
profit, and  supported  by  volun- 
teers and  contributions  from 
people  like  you  who  can  imagine 
what  it's  like  to  be  blind. 

Your  tax-deductible  donation 
will  help  our  students  meet  their 
educational  goals.  We'd  all  be 
grateful. 

If  you  want  to  know  more 
about  us,  write: 

Station  G 
Recording  for  the 
Blind,  Inc. 

20  Roszel  Road 
Princeton, 

New  Jersey  08540 


S£dwwe,«S  and  society 


OlOf 


Receding  for  the  Blind, Inc. 

an  educational  lifeline.  * 


414 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


Current  Nutrition:  Diet  And  Nutrition 
in  Chronic  Renal  Failure* 

Norman  Lasker,  m.d.,  Newark** 


Signs  and  symptoms  of  uremia  are  related  to  products  of  protein 
metabolism . Hence , protein  restriction  is  the  cornerstone  of 
nutritional  management  inpatients  with  chronic  renal  failure. 
Protein  restriction  must  be  associated  with  a high  caloric  intake 
to  be  effective. 


T 


here  are  three  basic  modalities 
for  the  treatment  of  patients 
with  established  chronic  renal 
ailure:  diet,  dialysis,  and  transplantation.  Of  the  three, 
liet  is  the  most  pervasive  since  it  is  applied  inde- 
tendently  or  in  conjunction  with  the  others,  i.e.  to  a 
arge  extent  the  success  of  chronic  dialysis  depends  on 
he  patient’s  adherence  to  a strict  dietary  regimen.  The 
chronic  dialysis  patient  does  not  enjoy  optimal  good 
realth  and  the  transplantation  patient  is  subject  to  the 
mcertainties  of  kidney  procurement,  rejection,  and 
he  serious  side  effects  of  immunosuppressant  drugs. 
|rhe  suggestion  that  an  appropriate  diet  can  slow  the 
Progression  of  chronic  renal  failure  to  the  stage  where 
llialysis  and  transplantation  are  required,  enhances 
he  importance  of  careful  dietary  and  nutritional  man- 
agement. 

The  objectives  of  the  nutritional  management  of  pa- 
tents with  chronic  renal  failure  include:  prevention 
md  control  of  uremic  signs  and  symptoms;  decrease 
he  progression  of  renal  damage;  and  obtain  the 
receding  without  the  development  of  protein,  calorie, 
itamin,  and  mineral  deficiencies. 

ROTEIN  AND  CALORIES 

Uremic  signs  and  symptoms  are  related,  in  large 
art,  to  products  of  protein  metabolism,  including 
olypeptide  middle  molecules,  urea,  guanidinosuccinic 
cid,  methyl  guanidines,  methylamines,  and  phenolic 


OL.  81— NUMBER  5— MAY  1984 


acids.  Proteins  also  are  the  source  of  hydrogen  ions, 
potassium,  and  phosphorous,  which  tend  to  ac- 
cumulate and  produce  toxic  effects  in  renal  failure. 
Therefore,  the  basis  of  diet  therapy  is  protein  restric- 
tion. 

Thomas  Addis’s1  suggestion  that  protein  restriction 
slows  the  progression  of  renal  failure  has  been  cham- 
pioned by  Barry  M.  Brenner  and  his  associates2  who 
hypothesize  that  a protein-induced  increase  in  single 
nephron  glomerular  filtration  and  permeability  facili- 
tates the  filtration  of  plasma  proteins.  The  accumula- 
tion of  plasma  proteins  in  the  glomerular  mesangial 
cells  stimulates  them  to  produce  glomerular  sclerosis. 
Since  dietary  restriction  of  phosphate  decreases  the 
progression  of  experimental  renal  failure  through  de- 
creasing hyperparathyroidism  and/or  preventing  in- 
terstitial deposition  of  calcium  phosphate  crystals, 
some  of  the  beneficial  effects  of  protein  restriction  may 
be  due  to  associated  phosphate  restriction.3 

Renal  histology  in  chronic  renal  failure  is 
nonspecific  and  one  cannot  predict  the  rate  of  pro- 


*This  column  is  prepared  under  the  direction  of  Herman 
Baker,  Ph.D.,  Professor,  Preventive  Medicine/Community 
Health  and  Medicine,  UMDNJ-New  Jersey  Medical  School. 

**From  the  division  of  nephrology,  UMDNJ-University  Hospi- 
tal, Newark.  Correspondence  may  be  addressed  to  Dr.  Lasker, 
Medical  Science  Building,  Room  1-514,  UMDNJ-University 
Hospital,  100  Bergen  Street,  Newark,  NJ  07103. 


415 


gression  of  renal  disease  by  its  etiology.  However,  the 
rate  of  progression  is  consistent  in  any  individual  pa- 
tient. A graph  plotting  the  reciprocal  of  the  serum 
creatinine  against  time  gives  a descending  straight 
line  curve  and  can  be  used  to  monitor  the  effects  of 
dietary  manipulations  on  the  progression  of  the  renal 
disease.4  Using  this  method,  Maschio  et  al.  have  shown 
a low  protein-phosphorous  diet  decreases  the  pro- 
gression of  chronic  renal  disease  in  azotemic  patients 
with  serum  creatinines  ranging  from  1.60  to  5.40  mgm 
percent.5 

It  is  critical  to  provide  the  benefits  of  protein  restric- 
tion without  producing  protein-calorie  malnutrition 
and  depletion  of  vitamins  and  minerals.  Approximately 
70  percent  of  the  protein  should  be  of  high  biological 
value  defined  as  proteins  containing  a high  percentage 
of  the  essential  amino  acids  in  the  proportions  re- 
quired by  humans  to  allow  their  efficient  incorpora- 
tion into  body  proteins.  High  biological  protein  foods 
are  eggs,  milk  products,  meat,  poultiy,  and  fish.  Pa- 
tients with  renal  failure  frequently  are  anorexic  be- 
cause of  the  accumulation  of  uremic  toxins,  medi- 
cations, and  emotional  depression.  The  anorexia  is  ac- 
centuated by  dehydration  and  acidosis.  A vicious  cycle 
may  develop  whereby  anorexia  and  emesis  resulting 
from  uremic  toxicity  dehydrate  the  patient  and  further 
decrease  renal  function.  Temporary  measures  such  as 
intravenous  fluids  or  acute  peritoneal  dialysis  may  be 
required  to  break  the  cycle  and  allow  the  acceptance 
of  the  therapeutic  diet. 

A high  caloric  intake  of  at  least  35  Kcal/kgm  body 
weight  is  essential  to  the  success  of  a low  protein  diet. 
Inadequate  caloric  intake  promotes  protein  break- 
down by  gluconeogenesis  and  causes  negative  nitro- 
gen balance.  The  protein  restricted  diet  must  be  com- 
patible with  the  patient's  tastes  to  encourage  his  com- 
pliance and  insure  adequate  calorie  intake.  High 
calorie,  low  protein  supplements  such  as  Hycal®,  Poly- 
cose®,  or  Controlyte®  may  be  required  to  meet  the 
calorie  requirement.  The  protein  and  calorie  intake 
may  have  to  be  increased  during  periods  of  stress  such 
as  gastrointestinal  bleeding,  surgeiy,  trauma  or  infec- 
tion. This  may  necessitate  hyperalimentation  by 
gastric  feeding  tube  or  central  vein.  Protein  losses  in 
the  urine  can  be  replaced  by  increasing  the  protein 
intake  by  1.4  gm  for  each  gram  of  protein  in  the  urine 
based  on  70  percent  protein  utilization.6 

Although  protein-restricted  diets  previously  were 
started  when  patients  developed  signs  and  symptoms 
of  uremia  the  possible  role  of  protein  in  accelerating 
the  progression  of  renal  failure  indicates  an  earlier  use 
of  these  diets.  This  diet  also  should  be  considered  in 
any  azotemic  patient  with  chronic  renal  failure  and  an 
increasing  serum  creatinine.  The  level  of  protein  in- 
take is  based  on  residual  renal  function  as  well  as  the 
clinical  picture;  thus,  it  may  be  necessary  to  decrease 
the  protein  intake  if  the  patient  is  symptomatic  at 
intake  levels  indicated  by  the  creatinine  clearance 
(Table  1). 

As  creatinine  clearance  decreases  below  6 ml/min, 
it  may  become  difficult  to  maintain  the  patient  free  of 
uremic  signs  and  symptoms  on  a 40  gm,  high- 
biologieal  value  diet.  Restricting  the  protein  intake 
below  this  level  results  in  a less-appetizing  diet  with 
poor  patient  compliance  and  the  development  of  pro- 


TABLE 

1 

Protein  Restriction 

in  Relation  to 

Residual  Renal  Function 

Protein  Intake 

Creatinine  Clearance 

Gms/kgm/day 

mls/min 

0.8* 

15  to  30 

0.6* 

6 to  15 

0.3  + 0.2  of  essential 

< 6 

L-amino  acids  + histidine 

* = > 70  percent  of  high  biological  value  protein. 

tein  and  caloric  malnutrition.7  Bergstrom  and  his  as- 
sociates have  utilized  an  unselected  protein-poor  diet 
of  16  to  20  gm  supplemented  with  10  to  20  gm  of 
essential  L-amino  acids  plus  histidine  as  the  acetate 
salt  (Aminess®).8 

By  allowing  low-quality  protein,  the  diet  is  more 
varied  and  better  patient  compliance  is  achieved. 
Clinical  results  are  impressive  with  the  abatement  of 
uremic  symptoms  and  improvement  in  the  patient’s 
strength  and  vigor.* 

Despite  the  protective  effects  of  low  protein  diets, 
these  patients  eventually  will  need  dialysis  or  trans- 
plantation. This  is  indicated  when  the  patients  develop 
congestive  heart  failure  despite  salt  restriction  and 
large  doses  of  "Loop"  diuretics,  pericarditis,  bleeding, 
neuropathy  and  persistent  nausea  vomiting,  and 
malaise.  (Correctible  factors  such  as  obstruction, 
prerenal  failure,  and  drug-induced  decreases  in  renal 
function  should  be  considered  first.) 

Protein-restricted  diets  tend  to  be  boring  but  patient 
compliance  can  be  enhanced  by  a team  approach  in- 
volving the  patient  and  family  with  physicians,  dieti- 
tians, nurses,  and  social  workers.  The  physician 
should  instruct  the  patient  and  his  family  on  the 
rationale  of  the  diet  and  stress  its  importance  by 
checking  the  patient’s  compliance  at  each  visit.  The 
dietitian  should  adjust  the  diet  within  the  restricted 
guidelines,  but  attempt  to  select  foods  which  are  to  the 
patient’s  liking.  The  dietitian  excels  in  obtaining  the 
dietary  history,  establishing  a patient’s  caloric  and 
protein  requirements  on  the  basis  of  deviation  from 
ideal  body  weight  and  nutritional  status,  and  trans- 
lating that  data  into  a meal  plan.  Nutritional  status 
may  be  assessed  from  measurements  of  height  and 
weight,  skin  fold  thickness,  midarm  muscle  circumfer- 
ence, and  growth  in  children.  Useful  laboratoiy  guides 
include  the  level  of  total  serum  proteins,  serum 
albumin,  serum  transferrin,  and  C3  (complement).10 
Other  laboratory  parameters  such  as  decreased  ratios 
of  essential  to  nonessential  amino  acids  are  not  gener- 
ally available.  The  adherence  of  the  relatively  stable 
patient  to  the  protein  and  caloric  requirements  of  the 
diet  also  can  be  monitored  by  examining  the 
BUN/ereatinine  ratio.  Since  the  serum  urea  level  main- 
ly is  based  on  protein  intake,  protein  metabolism,  and 
renal  function  while  the  serum  creatinine  level  mainly  j 
is  determined  by  renal  function,  the  relation  between 
the  two  is  a useful  index  of  protein  intake.  Other  fac- 
tors influencing  the  ratio  such  as  increased  protein 


*The  use  of  keto  analogues  of  the  essential  amino  acids  to 
decrease  nitrogen  accumulation  still  is  experimental;  the 
analogues  are  not  available  commercially.9 

THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


416 


16 

TABLE  2 

14 

Vitamin  Supplements  in  Chronic  Renal  Failure 

12 

Dose 

JZ> 

Vitamin 

mgm/ day 

10 

Thiamin 

1.5 

Riboflavin 

1.8 

8 

s'  s'  s' 

Pantothenic  acid 

5 

s' 

Niacin 

20 

6 

Mean  and 

95%  Confidence  Limits 

Pyridoxine 

5 

4 

Ascorbic  acid 

100 

^ s' 

Folic  acid 

1 

2 

Bl2 

(none  necessary) 

1 | | | 1 1 1 1 1 

Berocca®  is  a water  soluble  vitamin  which  provides  these 

” 0 

10  20  30  40  50  60  70  80  90 

vitamins. 

Protein  Intake  (gm/day) 


Figure — Direct  relationship  between  blood  urea  nitrogen 
(BUN)/serum  creatinine  ratio  and  protein  intake  in  stable 
chronically  uremic  men.11 

catabolism,  dehydration,  extremely  small  muscle  mass, 
and  advanced  hepatic  disease  usually  are  obvious. 1 1 A 
stable,  chronically  uremic  patient  on  a 40  gm  protein 
1 intake  should  have  a BUN/creatinine  ratio  of  approx- 
imately 6 while  a ratio  greater  than  7.5  suggests  a 
higher  protein  intake  (Figure). 


When  the  thirst  mechanism  is  intact,  water  intake 
usually  is  dependent  on  salt  intake.  A pathological  in- 
crease or  decrease  in  water  intake  is  indicated  by  hypo- 
or  hypernatremia  Patients  usually  will  remain 
eunatremic  if  allowed  free  access  to  water  providing 
there  are  no  superimposed  problems  such  as  cardiac 
failure,  administration  of  potent  “Loop”  diuretics,  or 
inappropriate  intravenous  fluids. 

POTASSIUM 


VITAMINS 

Most  of  the  data  indicating  clinically  significant  vit- 
amin deficiencies  in  chronic  renal  failure  were  ob- 
tained in  patients  on  chronic  dialysis. 1 2 These  deficien- 
cies involve  water  soluble,  nonprotein-bound  vitamins 
which  are  removed  by  the  dialytic  treatment.  However, 
potassium-restricted  diets  may  be  low  in  water  soluble 
vitamins  and  supplements  may  have  prophylactic 
value  (Table  2).  Fat  soluble  vitamins  are  not  rec- 
ommended routinely  because  their  blood  levels  usually 
are  normal  or  elevated  and  they  are  potentially  toxic. 
Blood  levels  of  1-25  dihydroxyeholecalciferol,  the  active 
metabolite  of  vitamin  D,  are  low  in  the  late  stages  of 
renal  failure,  but  supplements  usually  are  not  given 
until  the  patient  is  on  dialysis  because  of  the  dangers 
[of  calcium-phosphatase  precipitation  in  blood  vessels 
and  organs  (vide  infra). 

SODIUM  AND  WATER 

The  George  Schreiner  concept  of  "homeostenosis”  in 
patients  with  chronic  renal  failure  indicating  a rela- 
tively fixed  renal  salt  and  water  excretion  which  is  only 
minimally  responsive  to  acute  changes  in  intake  is 
very  appropriate.13  A good  guide  to  the  sodium  require- 
ment is  the  measurement  of  24-hour  urinary  sodium 
jexcretion  after  three  days  of  a constant  2 to  3 gm 
'sodium  intake.  Salt  intake  should  be  set  at  the  maxi 

I 

mum  level  which  does  not  lead  to  heart  failure  or 
pulmonary  edema.  Rapid  fluctuations  in  body  weight 
usually  are  due  to  changes  in  salt  and  water  intake  arid 
not  caloric  balance.  Sympatholytic  agents  and 
vasodilators  may  be  better  therapy  than  severe  salt 
restriction  for  hypertension  in  some  patients  with 
Ichronic  renal  failure  because  of  the  danger  of 
hypovolemia  and  decreased  renal  function  when  the 
[sodium  excretion  is  excessive. 


Potassium  restriction  below  the  2 to  3 gm  provided 
by  a low  protein  diet  usually  is  not  necessary. 
Potassium  excretion  is  maintained  at  this  level  despite 
a marked  fall  in  renal  potassium  filtration  by  adaptive 
increases  in  Na+  - K+  ATPase  activity  of  renal  tubular 
and  gastrointestinal  cells.  Hyperkalemia  may  occur  in 
the  presence  of  oliguria,  marked  dietary  indiscretions, 
K+  retaining  diuretics,  or  increased  catabolism  and 
tissue  breakdown.  The  prostaglandin-inhibiting  anti- 
inflammatoiy  agents  may  decrease  renal  blood  flow, 
lower  renin-aldosterone  production,  and  potassium  ex- 
cretion. 

Hyperchloremic  acidosis  associated  with  hyper- 
kalemia (type  IV  renal  tubular  acidosis)  may  be  seen 
in  mildly  azotemic  patients  with  diabetes  mellitus  and 
decreased  autonomic  innervation  of  the  jux- 
taglomerular apparatus  producing  hyporeninism  and 
hypoaldosteronism.  A similar  picture  is  seen  in  some 
patients  with  chronic  interstitial  renal  disease  as  the 
tubules  no  longer  are  responsive  to  aldosterone.  The 
acidosis  and  hyperkalemia  may  respond  to  the 
potassium  lowering  effect  of  “Loop”  diuretics,  sodium 
bicarbonate  administration,  potassium  exchange 
resins,  and  poorly  absorbed  polysaccharides  such  as 
Sorbitol®.  An  aldosterone  substitute  such  as  Florinef® 
may  be  indicated  in  the  patients  with  low  renin  and 
aldosterone  who  are  not  in  heart  failure  or  markedly 
hypertensive. 

ACIDOSIS 

Metabolic  acidosis  in  chronic  renal  failure  usually  is 
caused  by  decreased  ammonia  production  due  to  lack 
of  functioning  tubular  cells.  The  associated  high  anion 
gap  is  due  to  the  retention  of  inorganic  “acid”  anions 
such  as  phosphate  and  sulfate.  The  hydrogen  ions 
associated  with  these  fixed  acids  are  acutely  buffered 
by  bicarbonate,  but  on  a chronic  basis  much  of  the 


70L.  81— NUMBER  5— MAY  1984 


417 


buffering  occurs  in  the  bone  with  the  liberation  of 
calcium  carbonate  and  the  development  of  osteopenia 
To  prevent  this  sequence,  it  is  recommended  that  the 
serum  bicarbonate  be  maintained  at  the  level  of  20 
MEq/liter  with  sodium  bicarbonate  supplements.  So- 
dium bicarbonate  more  readily  is  excreted  than  so- 
dium chloride  in  these  patients  and  is  less  likely  to 
produce  congestive  heart  failure. 

CALCIUM  AND  PHOSPHOROUS 

As  the  glomerular  filtration  rate  decreases,  phos- 
phorous is  retained.  The  elevation  in  serum  phos- 
phorous lowers  the  serum  calcium  level  (the  product 
of  [Ca++]  x [P04=]  usually  is  maintained  in  30  to  40 
range)  which  in  turn  stimulates  the  parathyroid 
glands  to  hypertrophy.  The  low  serum  calcium  concen- 
tration also  may  be  a reflection  of  decreased  calcium 
intake  on  a low  protein  diet  and  a decrease  in  the  renal 
production  of  the  active  vitamin  D derivative,  1-25 
dihydroxycholecalciferol.  The  decrease  in  vitamin  D 
activity  inhibits  calcium  absorption  from  the  intestine 
and  its  release  from  bone. 

Therapy  is  directed  to  lowering  phosphorous  intake 
by  a low  protein  diet  with  limited  milk  products.  De- 
spite the  low  phosphorous  diet,  aluminium  hydroxide 
and  aluminium  carbonate  antacids  usually  are  neces- 
sary to  reduce  phosphorous  absorption  and  achieve  a 
normal  phosphorous  level.  Calcium  supplements,  such 
as  2 to  6 gm  of  calcium  carbonate  (40  percent  calcium), 
are  indicated  because  of  the  low  calcium  content  of  the 
protein  restricted  diets  and  the  decreased  vitamin  D 
activity.  However,  calcium  supplements  should  not  be 
given  until  the  serum  phosphorous  is  reduced  to  the 
normal  range  of  3.5  to  4.5  mgm/dl.  Allowing  the 
ealeium-phosphorous  product  to  rise  above  50  may 
increase  the  rate  of  progressive  renal  damage  as  well 
as  result  in  extrarenal  calcification. 

Active  vitamin  D metabolites  usually  are  not  given 
to  patients  with  chronic  renal  failure  who  are  not  on 
dialysis  because  of  the  dangers  of  intra-  and  extrarenal 
calcium  phosphate  precipitation.  Since  increased 
parathyroid  hormone  levels  may  contribute  to  many 
uremic  signs  and  symptoms  such  as  bone  disease, 
myopathy,  anemia,  pruritis,  encephalopathy,  and  sex- 
ual dysfunction,  it  is  important  to  maintain  a normal 
serum  calcium  level.  This  best  is  achieved  by  lowering 
the  serum  phosphorous  with  a low  phosphorous  in- 
take and  aluminium  antacids  followed  by  calcium  sup- 
plements, if  needed. 

SUMMARY 

The  signs  and  symptoms  of  uremia  chiefly  are  re- 


lated to  products  of  protein  metabolism.  This  fact  and 
the  possibility  that  the  progressive  nature  of  renal  dis- 
ease is  related  to  protein  intake  makes  protein  restric- 
tion the  cornerstone  of  nutritional  management  in 
patients  with  chronic  renal  failure. 

Protein  restriction  must  be  associated  with  a high 
caloric  intake  to  be  effective.  Water  soluble  vitamin 
supplements  are  indicated  in  chronic  renal  failure  be- 
cause of  their  low  level  in  potassium  restricted  diets. 
Aluminum  antacids  are  required  to  control  the  high 
serum  phosphorous  levels  resulting  from  decreased 
renal  phosphate  excretion.  Elevated  serum  phos- 
phorous levels,  decreased  dietary  calcium  intake,  and 
low  vitamin  D activity  result  in  hypocalcemia  and  sec- 
ondary hyperparathyroidism.  This  sequence  should  be 
prevented  with  phosphorous  binding  antacids  and 
calcium  supplements.  The  role  of  vitamin  D in  non- 
dialysis patients  is  controversial. 


REFERENCES 

1.  Addis  T:  Glomerular  Nephritis:  Diagnosis  and  Treat-  ; 
meat  New  York,  NY,  Macmillan,  1950. 

2.  Brenner  BM,  Meyer  FW,  Hostetter  FH:  Dietary  protein 
intake  and  the  progressive  nature  of  kidney  disease.  N Engl 
J Med  307:652-659,  1982. 

3.  Ibels  LS,  Alfrey  AC,  Haut  L,  Huffer  WE:  Preservation  of 
function  in  experimental  renal  disease  by  dietary  restriction 
of  phosphate.  N Engl  J Med  298:122-126,  1978. 

4.  Mitch  WE,  Walser  M,  Buffington  SA  Lemann  J:  A simple  j 
method  of  estimating  progression  of  chronic  renal  failure,  j 
Lancet  2:1326-1328,  1976. 

5.  Masehio  G,  Oldrizzi  L,  Tessitore  N,  D’Angelo  A Valvo  E, 
Lupo  A,  Loschiavo  C,  Fabris  A Gammaro  L,  Rugiu  C,  Panzetta 
G:  Effects  of  dietary  protein  and  phosphorous  restriction  on 
the  progression  of  early  renal  failure.  Kidney  Int  22:371-376, 
1982. 

6.  Giordano  C:  Protein  restriction  in  chronic  renal  failure. 
Kidney  Int  22:401-408,  1982. 

7.  Koppel  JD,  Sorensen  MK,  Cobum  JW,  Gordon  S,  Rubini  ! 
ME:  Controlled  comparison  of  20-g  and  40-g  protein  diets  in 
the  treatment  of  chronic  uremia  Am  J Clin  Nutr  21:553, 
1986. 

8.  Bergstrom  J,  Furst  P,  Noree  LQ:  Treatment  of  chronic 
uremic  patients  with  protein-poor  diet  and  oral  supply  of 
essential  amino  acids.  I.  Nitrogen  balance  studies.  Clin  Neph 
3:187-194,  1973. 

9.  Walser  M:  Nutritional  management  of  chronic  renal  fail- 
ure. Am  J Kidney  Dis  1:261-275,  1982. 

10.  Kopple  JD:  Nutritonal  Management,  in  Massry  SS, 
Glassock  RJ  (eds).  Textbook  oj  Nephrology.  Baltimore,  MD, 
Williams  and  Wilkins,  1983,  pp.  8.3-8.13. 

1 1.  Kopple  JD,  Cobum  JW:  Evaluation  of  chronic  uremia 
Importance  of  serum  urea  nitrogen,  serum  creatinine,  and 
their  ratio.  JAMA  227:41-44,  1974. 

12.  Lasker  N,  Harvey  A Baker  H:  Vitamin  levels  in 
hemodialysis  and  intermittent  peritoneal  dialysis.  Trans  Am 
Soc  Artif  Intern  Organs  9:51-56,  1963. 

13.  Schreiner  G:  Personal  communication. 


1 1 

I 

THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


418 


summ  opinion 


V^' 


Leasing’s  not  for  you? 

\ 

Compare  these  figures  (based  on  a $20,000  vehicle): 


DUE  1ST  DAY 

6%  sales  tax 
down  payment 
monthly  payment 


PURCHASE 

$1200 

4000 

554 


LEASE* 

$25/mo. 

none 

410 


total  due:  $5754  $435 

So  by  leasing,  you’ve  got  $5319  savings  on  your 
initial  outlay,  plus  $1 19  a month,  to  invest  any 
way  you’d  like!  And  insurance  is  available  to 
qualified  N.J.  motorists  for  as  little  as  $600  a 
year.  Call  for  similar  savings  on  ANY  make  or 
model,  foreign  or  domestic.  *36-mo/closed-end 


rTTUTft 

1 Monmouth  St.,  Red  Bank,  N.J.  07701  (201 ) 530-1  282 


Evenings  and  weekends, 
call  (201)  530-4088 


SUPPOSITORY 

THERAPY 

DESIGNED  FOR 
YOUR  SPECIALTY 


VAGINAL 

RECTAL 

URETHRAL 

Progesterone 

Hydrocortisone 

Nitrofurantoin 

Boric  Acid 

Lidocaine 

(Plain  & with  HC) 

Ampicillin/ 

Analgesic 

Hydrocortisone 

Nystatin 

Emollient 

Tetracycline 

Progesterone 

Lidocaine 

(including 
rectal  solns) 

SMZ-TMP 

All  preparations  are  available  in  your  choice  of  potency  and  are  pre- 
pared in  heat  stable  bases  suitable  for  shipping  via  United  Parcel 
Service  (UPS)  with  next  day  delivery  within  a 300  mile  radius. 

Contact  us  for  any  special  requirements  that  exist  in  your  practice 


BELVIDERE 


PHARMACY 
& SURGICAL 


1101  South  Avenue 
Plainfield,  New  Jersey  07062 


(201)756-8895 


Doctors:  Write  your  own  prescription 

to  cure  insurance  pains  . . . 

Prescription 

Prescription 

Name  MSNJ  Member 

Name 

Address 

Phone 

Please  send  more  information 
i on  the  MSNJ 

□ Blue  Cross/Blue  Shield  Program 

□ Major  Medical  Program 

□ Group  Dental  Program 

Return  to: 

Donald  F.  Smith  & Associates 
One  Airport  Place,  Route  206  North 
P.O.  Box  2197, 

Princeton,  New  Jersey  08540 

(609)  924-8700,  (201)  622-6046 

MSNJ  Group 

Blue  Cross/Blue  Shield 
Major  Medical  and 
Dental  Insurance 

that  provides: 

- Flexible  plans 

- Comprehensive  benefits 

- Low,  competitive  rates 

- Centralized  Administration 

Designed  and  Administered  by 

(DONALD  E SMITH (V ASSOCIATES) 

- 

70L.  81— NUMBER  5— MAY  1984  419 

But  they  really  have  a team  behind  them* 

These  physicians  spend  most  of  their  day  working  We  also  believe  that  all  medical  societies  — 
independently  in  a one-to-one  doctor/patient  rela-  county,  state,  and  national  — have  certain  tasks  that 

tionship.  And  chances  are  that  as  a physician,  the  individual  physician  couldn’t  possibly  assume  — 

you  do  too.  and  shouldn’t  have  to. 

But  even  though  you  can’t  see  it,  there’s  a strong  Tasks  such  as  keeping  government  regulations 
team  supporting  and  protecting  the  medical  profes-  from  interfering  with  your  practice  by  representing 

sion,  affecting  your  practice  while  you  see  patients,  your  interests  at  local  and  national  levels.  And  chal- 

research  new  drugs  or  perform  surgery.  That  team  lenging  regulatory  measures  that  threaten  you  and 

consists  of  your  medical  societies.  your  patients’  interests  by  mounting  legal  campaigns 

The  American  Medical  Association  and  your  state  to  defend  your  rights — up  to  the  Supreme  Court  if 
and  county  medical  societies  believe  in  the  value  of  necessary. 

teamwork;  that  only  by  working  together  can  we,  in  Why  do  we  believe  that  teamwork  means  so  much 
the  face  of  an  increasingly  complex  professional  en-  to  all  physicians  — even  those  who  work  “alone”? 
vironment,  protect  your  right  to  make  responsible 

decisions  on  how  to  practice  medicine.  Because  ...  IT  WORKS. 


Join  Your 
Medical  Societies 

Today. 

For  more  information,  contact  your  state 
or  county  medical  societies,  or  call  the 
AMA  collect  at  312/751-6196.  Or  return 
the  coupon  below  to  your  state  or  county 
medical  society. 


□ Please  send  me  information  on  AMA,  county,  and  state  society  membership. 

□ I am  a member  of  my  county  and  state  societies;  please  send  me  information 
on  joining  the  AMA. 


Name . 


Street . 


. State . 


County . 


1 

THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


420 


Opinion:  Overcoming 
Psychic  Numbing 


Bernard  Grossman,  m.d.,  trenton* 


Psychic  numbing  includes  defense  mechanisms  of  denial, 
suppression,  and  repression . It  allows  us  to  create  an 
illusion  of  control,  and  our  society  is  plagued  by  psychic 
numbing.  To  overcome  psychic  numbing  we  must  develop  a new 
manner  of  thinking. 


Psychic  numbing  is  a phenom- 
enon that  includes  defense 
mechanisms  of  denial,  sup- 
pression, and  repression.  It  allows  us  to  create  an  il- 
lusion of  control  over  that  which  we  cannot  control  or 
bscape.  Through  psychic  numbing,  we  avoid  issues  too 
painful  or  too  difficult  to  confront.  Our  society  is 
plagued  by  psychic  numbing.  The  media  provides  a 
daily  tale  of  rape,  murder,  brutality,  and  cruelty. 
Eventually,  these  events  are  accepted  as  part  of  the 
fabric  of  society.  Indeed,  they  become  a subliminally 
acceptable  portion  of  everyday  life.  We  become  im- 
munized to  the  chaos  around  us.  Only  when  they  affect 
as  directly  are  we  forced  to  accept  the  full  impact  of 
these  horrors. 

“The  Day  After,”  the  special  television  presentation, 
stirred  controversy.  The  film  was  criticized  for  its 
cinematography,  character  development,  associated 
media  hype,  implied  political  statement,  and  lack  of 
Igore.  Viewers  experienced  the  implied  deaths  of 
billions,  yet  some  distilled  it  to  an  intellectual  movie 
review— denying  the  carnage  they  witnessed.  This  al- 
lows suppression  of  anxiety  which  is  natural  when 
viewing  such  destruction.  Lack  of  anxiety  leads  to  lack 
of  motivation  and  any  thoughts  of  activism  thereby  are 
repressed.  The  result  is  an  intolerable  situation.  An 
issue  that  should  be  met  with  political  and  social  ac- 
tivism instead  is  met  with  complacency  and  inactivi- 
ty—the  results  of  psychic  numbing. 


In  order  to  overcome  psychic  numbing,  it  is  neces- 
sary, as  Einstein  said,  to  develop  a “new  manner  of 
thinking.”  Old  ways  of  thinking  must  be  re-evaluated 
and  changed  if  nuclear  war  is  to  be  avoided. 

OLD  WAYS  OF  THINKING 

1.  Deterrence.  The  concept  that  “stockpiling”  leads 
to  deterrence  only  pertains  to  conventional  warfare.  In 
a conventional  sense,  more  weapons  may  translate  into 
more  security.  However,  while  it  is  possible  to  win  a 
conventional  war,  there  will  be  no  winners  of  a nuclear 
confrontation.  The  idea  that  more  “nukes"  translate 
into  more  security  is  a type  of  nuclear  addiction.  Like 
the  drug  addict,  our  society  has  developed  an  illusion 
of  security  (more  bombs)  which  actually  diverges  from 
reality  (safety).  As  the  addict  finds  that  more  heroin 
improves  a sense  of  security,  so  we  are  under  the  mis- 
taken impression  that  more  bombs  improve  our  secur- 
ity. Unfortunately,  not  only  will  the  Cruise,  Pershing, 
and  MX  systems  fail  to  increase  our  security,  but  they 
serve  to  heighten  tensions  by  eliciting  a Soviet 
response  of  reciprocal  buildup.  This  advanced  weapon- 
ry reduces  the  time  a launch  error  can  be  detected  and 
corrected.  Its  installation,  while  providing  an  illusion 


*Dr.  Bernard  Grossman  is  a practicing  oncologist/hema- 
tologist and  he  is  a member  of  Physicians  for  Social  Responsi- 
bility. Correspondence  may  be  addressed  to  Dr.  Grossman, 
408  Bellevue  Avenue,  Trenton,  NJ  08628. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  5— MAY  1984 


421 


of  security,  actually  is  accompanied  by  an  increase  in 
actual  danger  and  threat  to  life. 

2.  Image  of  the  Enemy.  Another  concept  that  tends 
to  foster  old  ways  of  thinking  is  an  “image  of  the 
enemy.”  To  prepare  for  war,  a society  must  nurture 
hatred  for  its  enemy.  Once  identified,  all  information 
obtained  concerning  the  enemy  is  selected,  distorted, 
and  reflected  in  ways  that  validate  the  perception  of 
the  enemy’s  evil.  The  psychological  term  for  this  is 
“projection  of  the  shadow.”  Clearly,  President  Ronald 
Reagan  utilizes  this  imagery  when  he  casts  Moscow  as 
“the  focus  of  evil  in  the  modem  world.”  Nonetheless, 
this  type  of  rhetoric  is  self-defeating  and  only  serves 
to  increase  tensions  between  the  superpowers. 

3.  Myth  of  Survivability.  The  myth  of  survivability 
through  civil  defense  makes  nuclear  war  palatable. 
While  civil  defense  measures  may  have  been  ap- 
propriate for  World  War  II,  unfortunately,  they  no 
longer  are  meaningful  in  the  nuclear  age. 

Evacuation  and  sheltering  are  the  main  components 
of  civil  defense.  Evacuation  is  impractical  for  several 
reasons:  a)  missiles  can  be  targeted  to  places  of  evacu- 
ation; b)  impracticality  of  an  organized  plan;  and  c) 
lack  of  time  to  complete  evacuation  procedures. 
Shelters  offer  no  more  hope  for  survival  than  evacu- 
ation. People  who  reach  shelters  following  a blast 
already  would  have  received  lethal  radiation  doses. 
They  merely  would  enter  the  shelters  and  die.  In  the 
unlikely  event  that  a shelter  could  be  reached  before 
a blast  occurred,  it  would  serve  as  a crematorium- 
unable  to  provide  protection  against  the  resulting 
blast,  heat,  radiation,  and  fire  storms. 

As  evacuation  and  sheltering  are  unable  to  protect 
the  citizemy  during  a nuclear  attack,  it  would  seem 
pure  folly  to  endorse  any  portion  of  President  Reagan’s 
plans  which  have  included  evacuation  to  the  country 
and  filling  out  change  of  address  forms  for  mail  for- 
warding. 

THE  BEGINNINGS  OF  CHANGE 

Once  we  accept  that  our  old  ways  of  thinking  no 
longer  are  applicable  in  the  nuclear  age,  we  then  are 
ready  to  accept  new  ways  of  thinking  and  the  changes 
they  will  produce.  Once  realized,  new  ways  of  thinking 
can  lead  to  assertive  action.  Each  person— including 
physicians— can  get  involved  in  letter  writing  and 
phone  campaigns  or  financial  support  of  groups  and 
candidates  who  espouse  a mutually  verifiable  nuclear 
freeze.  Physicians  should  encourage  hospital  adminis- 
trations not  to  support  the  civilian-military  contingen- 
cy plan.  As  noted  by  Dr.  Jack  Geiger  at  a Physicians 
for  Social  Responsibility  Conference  in  1980,  “Any 
physician  who  even  takes  part  in  a so-called  emergency 
medical  disaster  planning — specifically  to  meet  the 
problem  of  nuclear  attack— is  committing  a profoundly 
unethical  act.  He  is  deluding  himself  or  herself,  col- 
leagues, and,  by  implication,  the  public  at  large  into 
the  false  belief  that  mechanisms  of  survival  in  any 
meaningful  social  sense  are  possible.” 

Writing  letters  to  newspaper  editors,  participating  in 
organized  protests,  joining  Physicians  for  Social  Re- 
sponsibility, speaking  out  on  radio  talk  shows,  and 
stimulating  discussion  on  the  freeze  issue  are  all 
positive,  assertive  responses  which  can  lead  to  an  in- 


creased chance  of  avoiding  a nuclear  confrontation. 
Through  the  ballot,  representatives  can  be  elected  who 
recognize  our  current  dilemma  and  who  support  an 
end  to  nuclear  madness. 

For  its  part,  the  government  should  continue  to  de-! 
velop  strong  conventional  forces  to  counteract  threats 
to  our  own  security  or  the  security  of  our  allies.  Ad- 
vancements of  this  kind  effectively  can  neutralize  nu- 
merical superiority  the  Soviets  may  have  in  Europe,  for 
example.  Improved  communications  and  espionage 
networks  can  help  preserve  our  security  while  not 
threatening  the  destruction  of  the  world.  While  the 
abolition  of  all  forms  of  war  would  be  ideal,  it  is  naive 
to  think  that  this  is  possible  in  the  foreseeable  future 
and  non-nuclear  measures  to  ensure  our  security 
must  be  pursued. 

Former  Defense  Secretary  Robert  S.  McNamara  has 
proposed  a number  of  ways  to  reduce  the  chances  of 
nuclear  war:  1 ) a negotiated  reduction  in  the  ratio  of 
nuclear  warheads  to  missile  launchers;  2)  renouncing 
the  strategy  of  launching  on  warning;  3)  announcing 
a policy  of  no  early  first  use  of  nuclear  weapons;  4) 
strengthening  NATO  conventional  forces;  5)  redeploy- 
ing our  European  missiles  away  from  the  Soviet  border 
so  as  to  make  them  less  vulnerable  to  attack  in  the 
early  hours  of  a conflict;  6)  negotiate  a nuclear  freeze 
zone  with  the  Soviets;  7)  strengthen  nuclear  non- 
proliferation programs  thereby  limiting  the  growing 
membership  of  the  world’s  nuclear  club;  and  8)  nego- 
tiate the  establishment  of  a joint  U.S.-Soviet  Infor- 
mation and  Crisis  Control  Center.  Even  if  a mutually 
verifiable  freeze  is  not  deemed  feasible  by  the  current 
administration,  the  above  proposals  certainly  would  be 
a move  in  the  right  direction. 

Jonathan  Schell  summed  up  our  choices  in  the  final 
paragraph  of  his  book.  The  Fate  of  the  Earth:  "Two 
paths  lie  before  us.  One  leads  to  death,  the  other  to  life. 
If  we  choose  the  first  path— if  we  numbly  refuse  to 
acknowledge  the  nearness  of  extinction,  all  the  while 
increasing  our  preparations  to  bring  it  about — then  we 
in  effect  become  the  allies  of  death,  and  in  everything 
we  do  our  attachment  to  life  will  weaken;  our  vision, 
blinded  to  the  abyss  that  has  opened  at  our  feet,  will 
dim  and  grow  confused;  our  will,  discouraged  by  thej 
thought  of  trying  to  build  on  such  a precarious  foun- 
dation anything  that  is  meant  to  last,  will  slacken;  and 
we  will  sink  into  stupefaction,  as  though  we  were  grad- 
ually weaning  ourselves  from  life  in  preparation  for  the 
end.  On  the  other  hand,  if  we  reject  our  doom,  and 
bend  our  efforts  toward  survival — if  we  arouse 
ourselves  to  the  peril  and  act  to  forestall  it,  making 
ourselves  the  allies  of  life— then  the  anesthetic  fog  will 
lift;  our  vision,  no  longer  straining  not  to  see  the  ob- 
vious, will  sharpen;  our  will,  finding  secure  ground  to! 
build  on,  will  be  restored;  and  we  will  take  full  and  clear 
possession  of  life  again.  One  day — and  it  is  hard  to 
believe  that  it  will  not  be  soon — we  will  make  our 
choice.  Either  we  will  sink  into  the  final  coma  and  end: 
it  all  or,  as  I trust  and  believe,  we  will  awaken  to  thej 
truth  of  our  peril,  a truth  as  great  as  life  itself,  and, 
like  a person  who  has  swallowed  a lethal  poison,  but 
shakes  off  his  stupor  at  the  last  moment  and  vomits 
the  poison  up,  we  will  break  through  the  layers  of  our 
denials,  put  aside  our  fainthearted  excuses,  and  rise 
up  to  cleanse  the  earth  of  nuclear  weapons.” 

THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


422 


DOCTORS’ 

NOTEBOOK 


Trustees’  Minutes; 
UMDNJ  Notes;  AMNJ 
Report;  Diagnostic 
Virology  Report; 
Physicians  Seeking 
Location  in  New  Jersey 


frustees*  Minutes 
Aarch  18,  1984 

A regular  meeting  of  the  Board  of 
'rustees  was  held  on  Sunday, 
larch  18,  1984,  at  the  Executive  Of- 
ices  in  Lawrenceville.  Detailed 
ijninutes  are  on  file  with  the  sec- 
etaiy  of  your  county  society.  A sum- 
nary  of  significant  actions  follows: 

teport  of  the  President  . . . 

1)  Definition  of  Health  Care  Fa- 
cility . . . Solicited  opinions  on  a 
roposal  of  the  State  Department  of 
lealth  to  amend  the  definition  of  a 
wealth  care  facility  for  use  at  meet- 
ng  of  Dr.  Kovacs  with  the  Com- 
missioner. 

2)  New  Jersey  State  Society  of 
Anesthesiologists  . . . Approved  a 
esolution  of  appreciation  to  the 
Jew  Jersey  State  Society  of 
anesthesiologists  for  their  un- 
iestricted  grant  of  81,000  to  MSNJ. 

teport  of  Executive  Director  . . . 

1)  MSNJ  1984  Paid  Membership 

. . Noted  that  paid  memberships  as 
f February  29,  1984,  totaled  6,420. 

2)  MSNJ  Financial  Statements 

. . Approved  financial  statements 
f MSNJ  for  period  ending  February 
:9,  1984. 


(3)  PRO  Request  for  Proposal  and 
Regulations  . . . Noted  that  recently 
the  Health  Care  Financing  Adminis- 
tration (HCFA)  released  materials 
relative  to  request  for  proposal  (RFP) 
for  PRO  contracts  and  regulations 
for  the  PRO  program.  The  RFP  re- 
quirements for  Medicare  waiver 
states  (New  Jersey  is  a “waived” 
state)  were  released  in  April. 

(4)  State  Board  of  Medical  Exam- 
iners . . . 

(a)  Proposed  Regulation  Regard- 
ing Dispensing  Medication 
(N.J.A.C.  13:35-6.6)  . . . Received 
Mr.  Maressa’s  comment  that  the 
regulation  was  good  from  a risk  pre- 
vention perspective.  Also  heard  com- 
ments from  Dr.  Riggs,  acting  presi- 
dent of  the  State  Board  of  Medical 
Examiners,  that  the  rule  applies  to 
medications  purchased  by  physi- 
cians in  bulk  and  dispensed  directly 
to  patients.  The  proposed  amend- 
ment requires  that  such  medi- 
cations be  labeled  with  name  of  the 
dispenser,  name  of  the  patient,  date 
when  medication  is  dispensed,  a de- 
scription of  the  drug,  and  adequate 
instructions  to  the  patient. 

(b)  Physical  Examinations  by 
Nurses  . . . Received  information 
from  Dr.  Riggs  that  the  State  Board 
of  Nursing's  recent  memorandum 
instructing  nursing  schools  to  in- 
clude in  their  curricula  testicular, 
vaginal,  bimanual  pelvic,  and  rectal 
examinations  was  not  acceptable;  it 
would  be  in  violation  of  the  Medical 
Practice  Act  for  a nursing  physical 
examination  to  be  used  to  arrive  at 
a medical  diagnosis  and  the  Board 
of  Nursing  must  inform  professional 
schools  and  future  licensees  of  the 
SBME’s  position. 

(c)  Corporate  Practice  of  Medicine 

. . . Received  information  from  Dr. 
Riggs  on  SBME’s  recent  ruling  on 
the  corporate  practice  of  medicine, 
which  prohibits  a nonphysician 
from  hiring  physicians  to  practice 
medicine.  The  ruling  does  not  apply 
to  hospitals  and  HMOs.  When  ques- 
tioned if  ruling  applies  to  corpor- 
ations formed  by  hospitals  as  non- 
profit entities.  Dr.  Riggs  said  SBME 
had  not  considered  this  aspect;  sug- 
gested Mr.  Maressa  request  a ruling. 
Directed  the  executive  staff  to 
prepare  a white  paper  on  hospital 
corporate  structures,  their  forma- 
tion, and  purpose,  for  the  unin- 
formed. 

(5)  Hospital  Medical  Staff  Section 

. . . Voted  to  approve  the  establish- 


ment of  a Hospital  Medical  Staff  Sec- 
tion, to  become  an  official  Section  of 
the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey’s 
House  of  Delegates,  which  shall  re- 
main functional  during  the  entire 
administrative  year  and  shall  report 
to  the  Board  of  Trustees. 

Committee  on  Medical  Defense  and 
Insurance  . . . Considered  all 
aspects  of  the  current  Legal  Services 
Plan,  heard  Steven  I.  Kern,  Esquire, 
report  on  the  activities  of  the  plan 
during  1983,  and  approved  the  fol- 
lowing recommendation: 

That  the  Legal  Services  Plan  be  con- 
tinued in  its  present  form,  since  it 
provides  high-quality  legal  services  at  a 
modest  expense  to  members  of  the  So- 
ciety. 

Note:  Dr.  Riggs  requested  a post- 
ponement of  action  on  the  above  rec- 
ommendation until  April  so  that  he 
might  respond  in  writing  to  Mr. 
Kern’s  report.  Further  consideration 
will  be  given  to  this  matter  at  the 
April  meeting.  The  Chairman  of  the 
Committee  on  Medical  Defense  and 
Insurance  will  be  asked  to  attend  the 
April  meeting  for  additional  input. 

March  Meeting  of  State  Board  of 
Medical  Examiners  . . . Received  as 
informative.  Trustee  Dr.  Fullerton’s 
report  of  the  March  14,  1984,  meet- 
ing of  the  State  Board  of  Medical 
Examiners,  containing  the  following 
items  on  which  Dr.  Riggs  com- 
mented: 

( 1 ) Termination  of  Pregnancy  . . . 

Changed  period  in  which  abortions 
can  be  performed  in  a licensed  and 
approved  facility  in  the  state  of  New 
Jersey  to  up  to  18  weeks  from  last 
menstrual  period. 

(2)  Senate  Bill  111  ...  Opposed 
bill  requiring  a physician  personally 
to  present  consent  form  for  surgery 
to  patient  for  signature.  SBME 
urges  MSNJ  likewise  to  oppose  this 
legislation. 

(3)  Flex  Examinations  ...  A total 
of  256  individuals  took  these  exam- 
inations, of  which  92  (36  percent) 
passed,  164  (64  percent)  failed. 

Old  Business  . . . 

Medicaid  Personal  Physician  Plan 

. . . Noted  concern  of  William  Silver- 
man,  M.D.,  of  Atlantic  County,  rela- 
tive to  commitment  made  by  chair- 
man of  the  Committee  on  Medicaid 
in  letter  of  December  14,  1983,  to 
monitor  all  efforts  of  the  Division  of 


/OL.  81— NUMBER  5— MAY  1984 


423 


Medical  Assistance  and  Health  Ser- 
vices, and  fact  that  the  Committee 
on  Medicaid  had  not  met  since  Octo- 
ber. The  Board’s  only  comment  was 
that  the  Committee  would  be  meet- 
ing on  April  25,  1984. 

New  Business  . . . 

(1)  DRG  Hearing  . . . Noted  that 
Congressman  James  J.  Florio  had 
extended  an  invitation  to  Camden 
County  Medical  Society  to  testify  at 
a hearing  before  the  U.S.  House  of 
Representatives’  Select  Committee 
on  Aging’s  Subcommittee  on  Health 
and  Long-Term  Care  on  March  30  in 
Blackwood.  Noted  the  purpose  of  the 
meeting  is  to  assess  New  Jersey’s  ex- 
perience with  the  DRG  reimburse- 
ment system.  Francis  X.  Keeley,  M.D., 
of  Camden  County,  and  Alfred  A. 
Alessi,  M.D.,  cochairman  of  the  Ad 
Hoe  Committee  on  Presentation  of 
MSNJ’s  DRG  Position,  will  attend 
the  meeting. 

(2)  Hospital  Medical  Staff  Regu- 
lations . . . Considered  fact  that  new 
constitution  and  bylaws  at  a local 
hospital  were  drafted  by  the  hospi- 
tal’s attorney  without  prior  input 
from  the  medical  staff.  Noted  active 
membership  on  the  medical  staff  is 
contingent  upon  physician’s  use  of 
hospital  facilities.  Also,  noted  staff  is 
directed  to  consult  with  its  attorney 
to  ascertain  if  MSNJ  intervention  is 
necessary  and  MSNJ  will  contact 
presidents  of  medical  staffs,  with 
copy  to  county  medical  societies, 
suggesting  that  each  medical  staff 
engage  legal  counsel.  Directed  that 
communication  be  sent  to  presi- 
dents of  medical  staffs  urging  them 
to  elect  a delegate  to  attend  AMA 
Hospital  Medical  Staff  Section  meet- 
ings. 

Note:  This  resulted  from  statements 
by  Dr.  Kristeller,  chairman  of  the 
New  Jersey  Chapter,  AMA  Hospital 
Medical  Staff  Section,  on  fact  that 
the  AMA  is  developing  a policy  to 
allow  medical  staffs  to  have  sole 
authority  to  select  and  remove  its 
own  officers,  to  set  standards  for 
medical  staff  patient  care,  and  to  es- 
tablish and  enforce  criteria  and 
standards  for  medical  staff  member- 
ship and  clinical  privileges.  Medical 
staff  bylaws  would  incorporate  these 
principles,  and  the  AMA’s  JCAH 
Commissioners  would  seek  adop- 
tion of  these  points  in  the  JCAH  Ac- 
creditation Manual  for  Hospitals. 


UMDNJ  Notes 

Stanley  S.  Bergen,  Jr.,  M.D. 
President 

UMDNJ’s  new  Cancer  Research 
and  Treatment  Center  in  Newark  is 
now  open  to  treat  patients  with  an 
advanced  radiation  therapy  ma- 
chine. The  Center  is  staffed  and 
equipped  to  handle  all  cancer  pa- 
tients who  require  radiation  ther- 
apy. Previously,  University  Hospital 
patients  needing  such  treatment 
had  to  be  referred  to  other  institu- 
tions, often  to  centers  outside  of  New 
Jersey.  Besides  the  treatment  itself, 
the  Center  is  capable  of  doing  its 
own  treatment  planning  and  simu- 
lation. 

In  coming  months,  the  highly 
specialized  technique  of  surgically 
exposing  tumors  for  direct  radiation 
will  be  available  for  treating  pa- 
tients. Intraoperative  radiation  ther- 
apy, offered  at  few  other  places  in  the 
United  States,  enables  massive 
doses  of  radiation  to  be  applied 
directly  to  exposed  tumor  sites, 
without  affecting  skin,  muscle,  and 
other  anatomy  parts  at  risk  in  ex- 
ternal radiation. 

Two  new  key  members  of  the 
UMDNJ-New  Jersey  Medical  School 
faculty  will  play  major  roles  at  the 
Center:  Stephen  M.  Stowe,  M.D., 
chairman  of  radiation  therapy, 
comes  to  UMDNJ  from  Children’s 
Hospital  of  Los  Angeles,  where  he 
was  director  of  the  Division  of  Radi- 
ation Oncology,  and  the  University 
of  Southern  California  School  of 
Medicine,  where  he  was  an  assistant 
professor  in  the  departments  of 
radiology  and  pediatrics;  and  Robert 
L.  DeJager,  M.D.,  director  of  medical 
oncology,  was  previously  a member 
of  the  Cornell  University  medical  fac- 
ulty and  thereafter  director  of 
clinical  pharmacology  at  the  In- 
stitute Jules  Bordet,  cancer  center  of 
the  Free  University  of  Brussels. 

The  Cancer  Research  and  Treat- 
ment Center,  which  is  open  for  treat- 
ment and  consultation  8 A.M.  to  4:30 
p.m.,  Monday  through  Friday,  uses  an 
SL  75-20  linear  accelerator,  which 
dispenses  radiation  with  extreme 
precision  through  a beam  control 
system  that  minimizes  damage  to 
healthy  surrounding  tissue  and  or- 
gans. The  accelerator  processes  and 
displays  treatment  regimens  on  a 
console  incorporating  a micropro- 
cessor and  a video  display  unit. 


The  machine  has  four  distinct 
radiation  sources: 

• An  8 million  volt  x-ray  beam  ad- 
vantageous for  treating  deep-rooted 
cancers  such  as  tumors  of  the  pan- 
creas or  uterus. 

• An  18  million  volt  x-ray  beam 
useful  for  treatment  that  is  particu- 
larly difficult  because  of  the  tumor’s 
location  and  size,  such  as  cancer  of 
the  cervix. 

• Electron  particle  beams  which, 
because  they  are  less  penetrating, 
are  beneficial  in  treating  skin  and 
close-to-the-surface  cancers  and 
tumors  around  the  head  and  neck, 
where  the  brain  and  spinal  cord 
must  be  safeguarded. 

• A special  high-output  beam  in- 
tended principally  for  research  but  i 
also  useful  for  sterilizing  blood  and 
other  products. 

Information  about  the  patient’s 
cancer  is  programmed  through  the 
accelerator  unit’s  treatment  plan- 
ning center  to  determine  the  best 
form  of  treatment.  The  validity  of  the 
computer’s  approach  then  is  tested 
through  the  simulator,  a facsimile  of 
the  linear  accelerator. 

More  than  10  years  in  the  plan- 
ning and  construction,  the  Cancer 
Research  and  Treatment  Center,  ad- 
jacent to  University  Hospital  and  the  j 
New  Jersey  Medical  School  on  the 
Newark  campus,  will  provide  a state- 
wide  resource  and  referral  facility 
specializing  in  the  most  difficult  j 
cancer  cases  and  significantly  will 
benefit  the  broad  cancer  research  ef- 
forts  already  ongoing  at  the  Univer- 
sity. The  Center  offers  new  hope  to 
the  people  of  a state  which  has  the 
fourth  highest  cancer  death  rate  in 
the  nation. 


AMNJ  Report 

Paul  J.  Hirsch,  M.D. 

President 

Plans  are  proceeding  for  the  ; 
Academy  of  Medicine’s  Annual 
Awards  Dinner.  It  will  be  held  at  the 
Chanticler  in  Short  Hills;  the  date  is 
Wednesday,  May  23,  1984.  Fellows  of 
the  Academy,  friends,  families,  and 
colleagues  will  join  us  to  honor  the 
achievements  of  our  Award  recipi- 
ents, and  formally  to  install  our  new 
officers. 

As  a special  feature  of  the  dinner 
this  year,  the  Academy  of  Medicine 
has  commissioned  an  original  work 
of  art  by  noted  artist,  Richard 
Kemble.  This  will  depict  the  famous 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 

L 


424 


rinceton  Battlefield  Tree.  An  orig- 
lal  signed  and  numbered  copy  will 
e given  to  guests  at  the  dinner. 
As  previously  announced.  Dr. 
Ifred  A.  Alessi  will  receive  the  Ed- 
ward J.  Ill  Award  for  leadership  in 
ledicine.  Congressman  James 
ourter  will  receive  the  Citizen’s 
ward  for  his  multiple  efforts  on 
ehalf  of  the  health  of  the  citizens  of 
ew  Jersey.  His  particular  interests 
ave  been  liver  transplants  for  chil- 
ren,  health  care  for  the  elderly, 
ealth  care  for  veterans,  and  re- 
?areh  and  treatment  for  victims  of 
lzheimer’s  disease. 

New  officers  to  be  installed  at  the 
inner  are:  Robert  Rigolosi,  M.D., 
resident;  Dennis  Filippone,  M.D., 
resident-Elect;  Arthur  Krosnick, 
I.D.,  First  Vice-President;  and 
nthony  Minnefor,  M.D.,  Second 
ice-President.  Dr.  Benjamin  Rush 
ill  serve  as  Secretary,  and  Dr.  E. 
harles  Eckstein  will  serve  as 
reasurer  for  the  forthcoming  year. 
The  Academy  of  Medicine  spon- 
)red  or  cosponsored  several  major 
/mposia  during  April. 

A symposium  on  “Management  of 
atients  with  Low  Vision”  was  held 
a Saturday,  March  31,  1984,  at 
ind  in  cooperation  with)  Saint 
amabas  Medical  Center. 

The  Ninth  Annual  New  Jersey  Or- 
lopaedic  Symposium  was  held  on 
riday  and  Saturday,  April  6 and  7, 
984.  On  Friday  afternoon  there  was 
conference  on  complications  in  or- 
lopaedic  surgery,  chaired  by  four 
jest  professors.  That  evening  a 
inner  was  given  at  the  Hyatt  Regen- 
i Hotel  in  New  Brunswick,  featur- 
ig  Earl  Ubell,  Health  and  Science 
ditor  of  WCBS-TV  news,  as  the 
(ter-dinner  speaker.  His  topic  was 
Dthical  Questions  Involving  Or- 
lopaedic  Surgery  and  the  Media" 
he  symposium  on  Saturday,  April 
, 1984,  was  held  at  Rutgers  Medical 
chool  from  8:00  A.M.  until  4:30  p.m. 
:ixteen  papers  were  presented. 

A major  symposium  on  “Current 
erinatal  Ultrasonography"  was 
eld  at  Newark  Beth  Israel  Medical 
lenter  on  Saturday,  April  14,  1984. 
his  program  presented  an  update 
j>r  physicians  in  current  techniques 
f perinatal  ultrasonography. 

On  Wednesday,  April  18,  1984,  a 
/mposium  on  “Substance  Abuse 
jnd  Misuse:  An  Update”  was  held  at 
ie  MSNJ  headquarters  building, 
his  program  was  cosponsored  by 
ie  Academy  of  Medicine  and  the 

OL.  81— NUMBER  5— MAY  1984 


Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey. 

Joseph  Ruggles,  our  new  As- 
sociate Director  for  Continuing 
Medical  Education  arrived  at  the 
Academy  in  early  April.  We  look  for- 
ward to  his  strong  participation  in 
the  process  of  continuing  education 
for  physicians  in  New  Jersey. 

The  9th  Annual  Conference  of  the 
Alliance  for  Continuing  Medical 
Education  focused  on  the  need  for 
organizations  to  help  physicians  in- 
dividualize their  educational  pro- 
grams, so  as  to  be  most  pertinent  to 
their  own  practices.  The  following 
were  objectives:  to  agree  upon  a com- 
mon definition  of  individualized 
learning:  to  identify  practical 

methods  of  providing  individualized 
learning;  to  develop  mechanisms  by 
which  continuing  medical  educa- 
tion (CME)  providers  may  assist 
physicians  in  planning  their  indi- 
vidualized learning;  to  provide  a 
forum  for  discussion  and  exchange 
of  ideas  among  CME  providers:  and 
to  promote  formation  and  support  of 
information  networks  among  CME 
provider  colleagues. 

This  meeting  provided  a begin- 
ning, to  allow  educators  to  become 
comfortable  with  the  concept  of  in- 
dividualized tailoring  of  CME.  The 
keynote  speaker  pointed  out  that 
the  phrase  “individual  learning” 
is  redundant:  all  learning  is  done  by 
an  individual.  “Individualized  learn- 
ing” is  little  better;  each  individual 
self-designs  learning  programs  and 
processes  throughout  life.  The  term 
“individually  tailored  CME”  was  of- 
fered as  indicating  the  presence  of  a 
standard  process,  focused  on  the 
needs  of  the  individual.  These 
semantic  discussions  served  the 
purpose  of  allowing  the  participants 
to  communicate  with  each  other 
about  this  concept. 

Cost  factors  increasingly  are  im- 
portant. Funding  for  hospital  CME 
programs  is  expected  to  diminish 
under  the  federal  DRG  system. 
These  same  factors  may  decrease 
funds  available  to  full-time  phy- 
sicians to  attend  educational  pro- 
grams which  require  travel.  This  will 
reinforce  the  trend  for  education  to 
be  closer  to  home. 

To  some  extent,  the  concepts  dis- 
cussed require  a transfer  of  re- 
sponsibility for  CME  from  the 
educator  to  the  learner.  Providers 
can  help  the  physician  to  assess 
educational  needs,  to  identify  educa- 
tional activities,  and  to  help  plan 


those  activities.  This  will  involve  a 
new  process,  one  which  will  change 
the  relationship  between  the  indi- 
vidual physician  and  the  educator, 
and  which  is  likely  to  enhance  con- 
tinuing education  in  medicine. 

The  participants  agreed  upon  cer- 
tain concepts,  if  not  precise  defi- 
nitions. It  is  neither  desirable  nor 
feasible  for  educational  organiza- 
tions to  design  an  individualized 
educational  program  for  each  phy- 
sician. However,  each  physician  nat- 
urally designs  an  educational  pro- 
gram, by  selecting  what  is  read,  what 
meeting  shall  be  attended,  and  what 
new  techniques  shall  be  learned.  Or- 
ganizations can  assist  membership 
by  performing  needs-assessment 
surveys  of  various  types,  in  order  to 
design  programs  which  will  meet 
the  needs  of  certain  large  and  small 
groups  within  the  membership.  “In- 
dividualized CME”  may  include 
counseling  services  provided  by  or- 
ganizations, to  help  the  individual 
determine  those  programs  and  pro- 
cesses which  are  most  suitable  to  a 
specific  educational  need. 


Diagnostic  Virology 
Laboratory,  1983, 

Saint  Michael’s  Medical 
Center,  Newark 

Types  and  numbers  of  viruses 
isolated  from  specimens  from  north- 
ern New  Jersey  metropolitan  area 
are  as  follows: 

DNA  Viruses 

Herpes  simplex  type  1 (oral 


strain)*  63 

Herpes  simplex  type  2 (genital 

strain)  110 

Varicella-zoster  2 

Cytomegalovirus  18 

Adenovirus  (untyped)  3 

Adenovirus  2**  4 

Adenovirus  3 1 

Adenovirus  5 1 

Adenovirus  7 1 

Adenovirus  16  3 

RNA  Viruses 

Polio  2 2 

Polio  3 4 

Coxsackie  A-9  3 

Coxsackie  B-l  7 

Coxsackie  B-4  2 

Coxsackie  B-5  5 

Echo  5 1 

Echo  9 1 


425 


^Monoclonal  antibody  determined. 
**Andeno  and  entero  final  I.D.  by 
state  laboratoiy  at  Trenton. 

Clinical  significance— As  in  all 
diagnostic  virology  laboratories,  the 
most  frequent  viral  isolate  in  1983 
was  herpes  simplex  virus.  The  avail- 
ability of  good  fluorescein-labeled 
monoclonal  antibody  in  1983  made 
strain  identification  easy.  It  can  be 
seen  that  the  genital  strain  was  the 
most  frequent  isolate,  about  twice  as 
many  as  the  oral  strain. 

Many  of  the  Cytomegaloviruses 
were  isolated  from  AIDS  victims,  in 
whom  this  is  one  of  the  most  com- 
mon viral  infections.  The  adeno- 
isolates  mainly  were  from  children 
with  respiratory  syndromes.  No  in- 
fluenza was  isolated  by  our  labora- 
tory in  1983.  The  polio  viruses  rep- 
resent probable  vaccine  strains  from 
children.  In  1983,  the  most  common 
entero  virus  isolate  was  Coxsackie 
B- 1 . The  number  of  echo  viruses  was 
low  as  compared  to  previous  years 
when  there  were  large  numbers  of 
Echo  9 and  Echo  11. 

Frank  J.  Michalski,  Ph.D. 


Physicians  Seeking 
Location  in  New  Jersey 

The  following  physicians  have  writ- 
ten to  the  Executive  Offices  of  MSNJ 
seeking  information  on  possible  op- 
portunities for  practice  in  New  Jersey. 
The  information  listed  below  has  been 
supplied  by  the  physician.  If  you  are 
interested  in  any  further  information 
concerning  these  physicians,  we  sug- 
gest you  make  inquiries  directly  to 
them. 

ALCOHOLISM — George  W.  Miller  Jr., 
M.D.,  77  Grove  St.,  Apt.  8,  Montclair,  NJ 
07042.  UMDNJ  1980.  Available  July 
1984. 

ANESTHESIOLOGY—  RS.  Saraiya,  M.D., 
88-25A  1 53rd  St.,  Apt.  4-F,  Jamaica  NY 
11432.  Baroda  (India)  1978.  Group  or 
partnership.  Available  August  1984. 

CARDIOLOGY — Aubrey  Orrin  Lewis, 
M.D.,  200  Carman  Ave.,  Apt.  21-F,  East 
Meadow,  NY  1 1 554.  SUNY-Syraeuse 
1979.  Also,  general  internal  medicine. 


Board  certified  (1M).  Solo,  partnership, 
group,  academia  (cardiology).  Available 
July  1984. 

FAMILY  MEDICINE— Jaime  F.  Lara 
M.D.,  6045  Palisade  Ave.,  West  New 
York,  NJ  07093.  Seville  (Spain)  1979. 
Board  eligible.  Partnership  or  institu- 
tionally based.  Available. 

Laurence  Levenberg,  M.D.,  63  Har- 
rowgate  Dr.,  Cherry  Hill,  NJ  08003. 
SUNY-Upstate  1966.  Group,  partner- 
ship, solo.  Available  July  1984. 

GASTROENTEROLOGY— Prakash  V. 
Huded,  M.D.,  80-15  41  Ave.,  Apt.  606, 
Elmhurst,  NY  1 1373.  Kamatak  (India) 
1970.  Board  certified.  Solo,  group,  part- 
nership. Available. 

H.L.  Kirschenbaum,  M.D.,  780  Woolley 
Ave.,  Staten  Island,  NY  10314.  New 
York  Medical  College  1977.  Board 
eligible.  Also,  internal  medicine.  Part- 
nership, group,  full-time  hospital. 
Available  July  1984. 

Mark  F.  Tsai,  M.D.,  1715  Stanford  Dr., 
Columbia,  MO  6520 1 . National  Taiwan 
University  1977.  Also,  internal  medi- 
cine. Board  certified.  Available  July 
1984. 

INTERNAL  MEDICINE— Nicholas 
Bertini,  M.D.,  663  Hudson  Ave.,  Albany, 
NY  12203.  SUNY-Buffalo  1980.  Board 
eligible.  Group,  partnership,  solo.  Avail- 
able June  1984. 

Palamadai  S.  Duraiswami,  M.D.,  64-A 
Oneida  Ave.,  Centereach,  NY  11720. 
Stanley  Medical  College  (India)  1976. 
Board  eligible.  Available. 

Z.UA  Farooqui,  M.D.,  Plaza  Pro- 
fessional Bldg.,  Bayshore  Rd.  and 
Greenwood  Ave.,  Box  238,  Villas,  NJ 
08251.  Aurangabad  Medical  College 
(India)  1972.  Board  eligible.  Group  or 
partnership.  Available. 

Elliott  Friedman,  M.D.,  25  Penny  La., 
Baltimore,  MD  21209.  SUNY-Syracuse 
1978.  Subspecialty,  endocrinology. 
Board  certified  (IM);  board  eligible  (M). 
Group  or  partnership  (both  special- 
ties). Available  July  1984. 

Lee  W.  Hoffer,  M.D.,  1017  E.  80th  St., 
Brooklyn,  NY  11236.  Rome  (Italy)  1980. 
Solo,  partnership,  group.  Available. 
H.L.  Kirschenbaum,  M.D.,  780  Woolley 
Ave.,  Staten  Island,  NY  10314.  New 
York  Medical  College  1977.  Board 
eligible.  Also,  gastroenterology.  Part- 
nership, group,  full-time  hospital. 
Available  July  1984. 

Quang  T.  Nguyen,  M.D.,  15  W. 

Englewood  Ave.,  Bergenfield,  NJ  07621. 
Saigon  (South  Vietnam)  1967. 


Subspecialty,  nephrology.  Boar 
eligible.  Any  type  practice.  Availabl 
July  1984. 

Andrew  L.  Saporito,  Jr.,  M.D.,  2 
Grandview  Ave.,  West  Orange,  N 
07052.  Guadalajara  (Mexico)  197( 
Group  or  partnership.  Available. 
Richard  B.  Schwarz,  M.D.,  8300  D< 
Longpre  Ave.,  Apt.  204,  Los  Angeles,  C, 
90069.  NYU  1979.  Subspecialh 
nephrology.  Board  certified.  Grou] 
HMO,  hospital.  Available  July  1984. 
Gopal  Shah,  M.D.,  100  Caton  Ave.,  Api 
2-G,  Brooklyn,  NY  1 1218.  M.R  Medic; 
College  (India)  1976.  Board  eligibli 
Group.  Available  July  1984. 

Mark  F.  Tsai,  M.D.,  1715  Stanford  Dr 
Columbia,  MO  65201.  National  Taiwai 
University  1977.  Also,  gastroentei 
ology.  Board  certified.  Available  Jul 
1984. 

M.S.  Vafa,  M.D.,  10378  Gosport,  Apt.  £ 
St.  Louis,  MO  63146.  Ferdowsi  197£ 
Subspecialty,  radiology.  Boari 
certified.  Group  or  partnership.  Avail 
able. 

Steven  Wolinsky,  M.D.,  1404  E.  15  St 
Brooklyn,  NY  1 i230.  Case  Western  Re 
serve  1980.  Group  or  partnership 
Available  July  1984. 

NEPHROLOGY — Quang  T.  Nguyen,  M.D 
15  W.  Englewood  Ave.,  Bergenfield,  Nl 
07621.  Saigon  (South  Vietnam)  1967 
Also,  internal  medicine.  Board  eligible 
Any  type  practice.  Available  July  1984 
Richard  B.  Schwarz,  M.D.,  8300  De 
Longpre  Ave.,  Apt.  204,  Los  Angeles,  Cl 
90069.  NYU  1979.  Also,  internal  medi 
cine.  Board  certified  (IM).  Group,  HMO 
hospital.  Available  July  1984. 

OBSTETRICS/GYNECOLOGY—  Balwan 
K.  Chhatwal,  M.D.,  6416  Fairfield  Ave. 
Berwyn,  IL  60402.  Delhi  (India)  1975 
Group,  partnership,  solo.  Available  JuL 
1984. 

Sheela  Choubey,  M.D.,  1 Zirkel  Ave. 
Piscataway,  NJ  08854.  Poona  (India 
1977.  Board  eligible.  Group  or  partner 
ship.  Available  July  1984. 

Atul  S.  Sheth,  M.D.,  2951  S.  King  Dr. 
Chicago,  IL  60616.  Specializing  in  in 
fertility,  reproductive  endocrinology 
Board  eligible.  Partnership,  single  oi. 
multiple-group  practice,  academia; 
Available. 

Ernest  A.  Topran,  M.D.,  3523  Dew-; 
berry-Southem  Oaks,  Shreveport,  LA 
71118.  Louisiana  State  1980.  Group  or  j 
partnership.  Available  July  1984. 

PEDIATRICS— Dorothea  H.  Gross,  M.D.,: 
264  Boonton  Turnpike,  Lincoln  Park, 
NJ  07035.  Geneva  (Switzerland)  1950. 
Clinic,  group,  emergency  room,  hospi- 
tal, pharmaceutical  research  (salaried). 
Available. 

Kusumam  Sidharthan,  M.D.,  222 

Yorkshire  Ct„  Old  Bridge,  NJ  08857. 
Calicut  Medical  College  (India)  1976. 
Board  eligible.  Available  July  1984. 

PSYCHIATRY— Eric  M.  Levin,  M.D.,  43 
West  8th  St.,  Media,  PA  19063.  La  Fac- 
ulty Libre  de  Medicine  (Spain)  1980. 


Are  You  Moving? 

If  so,  please  send  us  your  change  of  address,  at  least  six 
weeks  before  you  move. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


426 


Board  eligible.  Group,  institutionally 
based,  CMH  outpatient.  Available  July 
1984. 

ULMONARY  DISEASES— James 
Kohan,  M.D.,  19  Highmanor  Dr.,  Hen- 
rietta. NY  14467.  Virginia  1979.  Also, 
general  internal  medicine.  Board 
certified  (IM).  Group,  partnership,  solo, 
institutional.  Available  July  1984. 
Dinesh  Talati,  M.D.,  66-02  Grand  Cen- 
tral Pkwy.,  Forest  Hills,  NY  1 1375.  B.J. 
Medical  College  (India)  1974.  Board 
eligible.  Solo,  group,  partnership.  Avail- 
able July  1984. 

ADIOLOGY/ NUCLEAR  MEDICINE— 

Conrad  P.  Erlich,  M.D.,  1243  Beacon 
St.,  Apt.  3B,  Brookline,  MA  02146.  Bos- 
ton 1976.  Board  certified.  Group  or 
partnership.  Available  July  1984. 
Mindy  M.  Horrow,  M.D.,  131  Pond 
Brook  Rd.,  Chestnut  Hill,  MA  02167. 
Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania  1980. 
Board  eligible.  Group,  HMO,  academia. 
Available. 

Subhash  S.  Pujara,  M.D.,  Box  39 IB,  Rt. 
3,  Andalusia,  AL  36420.  B.J.  Medical 
College  (India)  1969.  Board  certified 
(radiology);  board  eligible  (nuclear 
medicine).  Group,  partnership,  solo. 
Available. 

M.S.  Vafa  M.D.,  10378  Gosport,  Apt.  9, 
St.  Louis,  MO  63146.  Ferdowsi  1973. 
Also,  internal  medicine.  Board 
certified.  Group  or  partnership.  Avail- 
able. 

IURGERY,  GENERAL— Sara  A Case, 
M.D.,  284  Quinby  Rd.,  Rochester,  NY 
14623.  Virginia  1975.  Board  eligible. 
Group — general  surgery  in  moderate- 
sized city.  Available  August  1984. 
Ruben  J.  Delgado,  M.D.,  7514  Oriental 
Tr„  San  Antonio,  TX  78244.  Puerto 
Rico  1976.  Also,  vascular  surgery. 
Board  certified.  Single  or  multi- 
specialty' group  or  solo.  Available 
August  1984. 

F.  Andrew  Morfesis,  M.D.,  7545  Rogers 
Ave.,  Upper  Darby,  PA  19082.  Penn 
State  (Hershey)  1979.  Board  eligible. 
Available  July  1984. 

James  M.  Stem,  M.D.,  600  Vista  Court, 
Waynesboro,  PA  17268.  Jefferson 
1958.  Board  certified.  Solo,  with  free- 
dom to  practice  in  broad  spectrum  of 
surgery,  including  vascular  and  frac- 
tures. Available  June  1984. 

SURGERY,  ORTHOPEDIC  — S.N. 

Saraiya  M.D.,  88-125A  153rd  St.,  Apt. 
4-F,  Jamaica  NY  1 1432.  Baroda  (India) 
1974.  Solo.  Available  August  1984. 

SURGERY,  VASCULAR— Ruben  J. 
Delgado,  M.D.,  7514  Oriental  Tr„  San 
Antonio,  TX  78244.  Puerto  Rico  1976. 
Also,  general  surgery.  Board  certified 
(GS).  Single  or  multispecialty  group  or 
solo.  Available  August  1984. 

UROLOGY— Kiritkumar  M.  Pandya, 
M.D.,  950  49th  St.,  Apt.  9-A,  Brooklyn, 
NY  11219.  Baroda  (India)  1970.  Board 
eligible.  Group,  partnership,  solo.  Avail- 
able. 


A peripheral 
vasodilator 

for  treatment  of 

leg  cramps 
cold  feet 
tinnitus 
discomfort  on 
standing 


LIPO-NICIN 

Nicotinic  Acid  Therapy 

For  patient’s 

comfort/convenience 

in  choice  of 


3 strengths 


Gradual  Release 

LIPO-NICIN®/300  mg. 

Each  time-release  capsule  con- 


tains: 

Nicotinic  Acid  300  mg. 

Ascorbic  Acid 150  mg. 

Thiamine  HCL  (B-1) 25  mg. 

Riboflavin  (B-2) 2 mg. 

Pyridoxine  HCL  (B-6) 10  mg. 


in  a special  base  of  prolonged 
therapeutic  effect. 

DOSE:  1 to  2 tablets  daily. 
AVAILABLE:  Bottles  of  100,  500. 


Immediate  Release 

LIPO-NICIN®/250  mg. 

Each  yellow  tablet  contains. 


Nicotinic  Acid  250  mg 

Niacinamide 75  mg 

Ascorbic  Acid 150  mg 

Thiamine  HCL  (B-1) 25  mg 

Riboflavin  (B-2) 2 mg 

Pyridoxine  HCL  (B-6) 10  mg 


DOSE:  1 to  3 tablets  daily. 
AVAILABLE:  Bottles  of  100,  500. 


LIPO-NICIN®/100  mg. 

Each  blue  tablet  contains: 

Nicotinic  Acid  100  mg. 

Niacinamide 75  mg. 

Ascorbic  Acid 150  mg. 

Thiamine  HCL  (B-1) 25  mg. 

Riboflavin  (B-2) 2 mg. 

Pyridoxine  HCL  (B-6) 10  mg. 

DOSE:  1 to  5 tablets  daily. 
AVAILABLE:  Bottles  of  100,  500 


Indications:  For  use  as  a vasodi- 
lator in  the  symptoms  of  cold 
feet,  leg  cramps,  dizziness, 
memory  loss  or  tinnitus  when 
associated  with  impaired  peri- 
pheral circulation.  Also  provides 
concomitant  administration  of 
the  listed  vitamins.  The  warm 
tingling  flush  which  may  follow 
each  dose  of  LIPO-NICIN®  100 
mg.  or  250  mg.  is  one  of  the 
therapeutic  effects  that  often 
produce  psychological  benefits 
to  the  patient. 

Side  Effects:  Transient  flushing 
and  feeling  of  warmth  seldom  re- 
quire discontinuation  of  the  drug 
Transient  headache,  itching  and 
tingling,  skin  rash,  allergies  and 
gastric  disturbance  may  occur. 

Contraindications:  Patients  with 
known  idiosyncrasy  to  nicotinic 
acid  or  other  components  of  the 
drug.  Use  with  caution  in  preg- 
nant patients  and  patients  with 
glaucoma,  severe  diabetes,  im- 
paired liver  function,  peptic  ul- 
cers, and  arterial  bleeding. 


Write  for  literature  and  samples 

( BRoMJfc  THE  BROWN  PHARMACEUTICAL  CO.,  INC. 

2500  West  Sixth  Street,  Los  Angeles,  California  90057  JM® 


DO  YOU  LECTURE,  TEACH,  OR  B 

GIVE  PRESENTATIONS? 

Now  available  to  you,  the  most  effective  modern  visuals  for  ■ 

any  type  of  presentation  you  may  give  — from  formal  I 

lecture  to  informal  talks.  We  provide  custom-designed  1 

materials  for  whatever  your  need  at  the  most  reasonable  | 

prices  around.  Our  services  include:  n 

• 35mm  slides  • location  photography 

• slide/tape  presentations  • graphics 

• overhead  transparencies  • typesetting  & printing 

• charts  9 

Also:  Presentation  Consultation,  Meeting  and  Seminar  | 

preparation  and  Management. 

Don’t  risk  the  effectiveness  of  your  talk  by  ineffective,  | 

unprofessional  visuals.  For  more  information,  call  — ■ 

“The  Media  Store”  I 

professionals  for  the  professional  20 1 “634" ©048  J 

ANNUAL  AWARDS  DINNER 

of 

THE  ACADEMY  OF  MEDICINE 
OF  NEW  JERSEY 

Wednesday,  May  23,  1984 
6:00  P.M. 

at 

THE  CHANTICLER 
Short  Hills,  New  Jersey 

1984  AWARD  RECIPIENTS 

ACUPUNCTURE  IN  CLINICAL  PRACTICE 

N.Y.  State  Boards  of  Medicine  & Dentistry  25-hour  accredited 
seminar  and  workshop  on  the  latest  theories  & techniques  of 
manual  and  electro-acupuncture,  applicable  toward  the  200- 
hour  requirement  for  certification,  will  be  given  for  licensed 
clinicians  (with  or  without  prior  training)  during  the  weekend  of 
May  25-27,  1984  and  again  the  weekend  of  July  6-8,  1984  at 
the  Barbizon  Plaza  Hotel,  New  York  City.  Co-sponsored  by  the 
International  College  of  Acupuncture  & Electro-Therapeutics,  its 
office  journal,  Acupuncture  & Electro-Therap.  Res.,  Int.J.  (pub- 
lished by  Pergamon  Press  and  indexed  in  15  major  indexing 
periodicals;  INDEX  MEDICUS,  etc.),  the  Heart  Disease  Re- 
search Foundation  and  the  Neuroscience  Dept,  of  Long  Island 
College  Hospital,  Pharmacology  Dept,  of  The  Chicago  Medical 
School.  Also  eligible  for  AMA/CME  credit.  For  information,  con- 
tract Y.  Omura,  M.D.,  ScD.,  800  Riverside  Drive  (8-1),  NYC 
10032.  Tel:  (212)  781-6262  or  (212)  WA8-0658,  or  Saul  Heller, 
M.D.,  Tel:  (212)  838-7514. 

EDWARD  J.  ILL  AWARD 

ALFRED  A.  ALESSI,  M.D. 

CITIZENS  AWARD 

CONGRESSMAN  JAMES  COURTER 

(R~12th  District) 

SPECIAL  RECOGNITION  AWARD 

SYLVAN  E.  MOOLTEN,  M.D. 

For  further  information,  please  contact: 

EXECUTIVE  OFFICES 
The  Academy  of  Medicine  of  New  Jerst^ 
® |||  5 Two  Princess  Road 

v”  ® Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648 

of  lSL‘£;Isey  (609)  896-1717 

NEW  JERSEY  SOCIETY  OF  PATHOLOGISTS 

June  16,  1984 

ANNUAL  SPRING  MEETING 

SATURDAY,  MAY  19,  1984 

4th  Annual  Advances 

AT 

UHUDNJ-RUTGERS  MEDICAL  SCHOOL.  PSSCATAWAY.  NJ 

in  Gastroenterology 

8:00  2:00  P.M. 

ON 

“PRACTICAL  APPLICATION  OF  LYMPHOCYTE 

Golden  Nugget  Hotel 

TYPING  FOR  PATHOLOGISTS” 

Atlantic  City,  New  Jersey 

Program  Chairman: 

r ■ 

Stebbins  B.  Chandor,  M.D. 

The  program  is  designed  for  pathologists  to 

Sponsored  by  the  Gastrointestinal  Section 

become  familiar  with  recent  advances  in  clinically 

of  the  Hospital  of  the 

relevant  immunologic  techniques  which  are  of  im- 

University  of  Pennsylvania 

portance  in  the  practice  of  pathology. 

and 

The  objectives  are  to  demonstrate  ways  in 

the  Continuing  Medical  Education 

which  newly  developed  immunological  tech- 

Department  of  the 

niques  may  be  utilized  in  the  diagnosis  of  a variety 

Underwood  Memorial  Hospital 

of  diseases  with  special  emphasis  on  hematologic 
malignancies. 

Woodbury,  New  Jersey 

For  further  information  contact: 

Category  1 credit  offered 

Cathy  Gillmer 

Executive  Secretary 

New  Jersey  Society  of  Pathologists 

Two  Princess  Road 

Information:  Registration  Supervisor,  SLACK  In- 

Lawrenceville,  New  Jersey  08648 

corporated,  6900  Grove  Road,  Thorofare, 

Phone:  (609)  896-1717 

New  Jersey  08086,  609-848-1000 

428 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


ME  Calendar 


lis  list  is  compiled  through  the  coop- 
ation  of  the  Committee  on  Medical 
ilucation  of  the  Medical  Society  of  New 
:rsey,  the  Academy  of  Medicine  of  New 
:rsey,  the  New  Jersey  Chapter  of  the 
nerican  Academy  of  Family  Phy- 
cians,  and  the  Office  of  Continuing 
edical  Education  of  the  UMDNJ.  For 
formation  on  accreditation,  please 
•ntact  the  sponsoring  organization (s), 
dicated  by  italics— last  line  of  each 
;m. 

VESTHESIOLOGY 

jme 

1 Anesthesia  Lectures 

L 7-8  AM. — NJ  Medical  School, 

3 Newark 
5 (UMDNJ) 

) Anesthesia  Lectures 

i2  4-5  P.M. — NJ  Medical  School, 

3 Newark 

5 (UMDNJ) 

3 Anesthesia  Grand  Rounds 

|3  4-5  P.M.— University  Hospital, 

p Newark 
7 (UMDNJ) 

ARDIOLOGY 

one 

3 Preventive  Cardiology  Seminar 

0 1 2 noon- 1 P.M.— NJ  Medical  School, 

Newark 
(UMDNJ) 

6 Vascular  Conference 

3 4-5  P.M. — NJ  Medical  School, 

0 Newark 

7 (UMDNJ) 

6  Cardiac  Arrhythmias 

1 -2:30  P.M. — Christ  Hospital,  Jersey 
City 

(Christ  Hospital  and  AMNJ) 


MEDICINE 

June 

1 Urology  Grand  Rounds 

8 3-5  P.M. — NJ  Medical  School, 

15  Newark 
22  (UMDNJ) 

29 

1 Renal  Conferences  in  Nephrology 

15  4-5  P.M. — University  Hospital, 

Newark 

(Nephrology  Society  of  NJ  and 
Nephrology  Section  AMNJ) 

1 Grand  Rounds  in  Rehabilitation 

1 :30-2:30  P.M. — Rotates  between 
University  Hospital,  Newark, 

Kessler  Institute,  West  Orange,  and 
Children's  Specialized  Hospital, 
Westfield 
(UMDNJ) 

1 Dept,  of  Medicine  Grand  Rounds 

8 1 1:30  AM.-l  P.M.— NJ  Medical 

15  School,  Newark 
22  (UMDNJ) 

29 

6  Endocrine  Conferences 

13  3:30-5  P.M. — Rotates  between 

20  Newark  Beth  Israel  Medical 
27  Center,  University  Hospital, 

Newark,  and  United  Hospitals 
Medical  Ctr.,  Newark,  and  VA 
Medical  Center,  E.  Orange 
(Endocrinology  Section  AMNJ) 

6 Rehabilitation  Medicine 

13  4:15-5:15  P.M. — Kessler  Institute, 

20  West  Orange 

27  (UMDNJ) 

6 Medical  Grand  Rounds 

1 1 :30  AM. — VA  Medical  Ctr.,  East 
Orange 

(Endocrinology  Section  AMNJ) 

6 Gastrointestinal  Bleeding 

1:30-2:30  P.M. —Essex  County 
Hospital,  Cedar  Grove 
(Essex  County  Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

6 Therapeutic  Controversies  in  GI 
Diseases 

1:30-5  P.M. — Saint  Barnabas 
Medical  Ctr.,  Livingston 
(NJ  Gastroenterological  Society 
and  AMNJ) 

6 Common  Allergy  Problems 

20  Inflammatory  Bowel  Disease 

1:30-2:30  P.M. — Rutgers 
Community  Health  Plan,  57  U.S. 
Hwy.  1,  New  Brunswick 
(Rutgers  Community  Health  Plan 
and  AMNJ) 

7 Digestive  Disease  I 

14  8-9  AM. — NJ  Medical  School, 

21  Newark 

28  (UMDNJ) 

7  Digestive  Diseases  n 

14  9-10A.M. — NJ  Medical  School, 

21  Newark 
28  (UMDNJ) 

7 Allergy,  Immunology  Lecture 

14  1 1 A M - 12  noon — Children’s 

21  Hospital,  Newark 
28  (UMDNJ) 

7 Management  of  Short  Stature 

9  AM. — Freehold  Area  Hospital 
(AMNJ) 

7 Medical  Grand  Rounds 

9:30  A.M. — Newark  Beth  Israel 
Medical  Center 


(Endocrinology  Section  AMNJ) 

7 Irritable  Bowel  Syndrome 

1 1 AM.— St.  Joseph’s  Hospital  and 
Medical  Center,  Paterson 

(St  Joseph's  Hospital  and  Medical 
Center  and  AMNJ) 

8 Medical  Grand  Rounds 

1 1:30  A.M. — UMDNJ-University 
Hospital,  Newark 
(Endocrinology  Section  AMNJ) 

1 2 Fluid  and  Electrolyte  Imbalance 

1 1 AM.- 12  noon — Greystone  Park 
Psychiatric  Hospital 
(Greystone  Park  Psychiatric 
Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

14  Rheumatology  Update 

12  noon-1  P.M. — Carrier 
Foundation,  Belle  Mead 
(Carrier  Foundation  and  AMNJ) 

1 9 Continuous  Arteriovenous 
Hemofiltration 

4- 5  P.M. — Academic  Health  Science 
Center,  New  Brunswick 
(UMDNJ  and  AMNJ) 

19  IVP  Conference 

5- 7  P.M. — East  Orange  VA  Hospital 
(UMDNJ) 

20  Interhospital  Rheumatology 
Rounds 

4:30-6  P.M. — University  Hospital, 

Newark 

(UMDNJ) 

20  Pathogenesis,  Diagnosis,  and 
Management  of  Type  II  Diabetes 

1-2:30  P.M. — VA  Medical  Center, 
Lyons 

(VA  Medical  Center  and  AMNJ) 

20  Dermatological  Conference 

6- 9  P.M. — Rutgers  Community 
Health  Plan,  57  U.S.  Hwy.  1,  New 
Brunswick 

(UMDNJ  and  AMNJ) 

20  Cancer  of  the  Colon 
27  Diabetes  Mellitus 

10:30-12  noon — St.  Mary's 
Hospital,  Passaic 
(St  Mary's  Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

20  Gastroesophageal  Reflux 
27  Peptic  Ulcer  Disease 

8- 9  AM. — Elizabeth  General 
Medical  Center 

(Elizabeth  General  Medical  Center 
and  AMNJ) 

20  Chronic  Liver  Disease 

9- 10  AM.— Elizabeth  General 
Medical  Center 

(Elizabeth  General  Medical  Center 
and  AMNJ) 

NEUROLOGY/PSYCHIATRY 

June 

1 Psychiatric  Lecture  Series 

8 1:30-5  P.M. — Trenton  Psychiatric 

15  Hospital 

(Trenton  Psychiatric  Hospital  and 
AMNJ) 

4 Depression  in  a Patient 

8: 1 5- 1 0:30  P.M. — 1 046  So.  Orange 
Ave.,  Short  Hills 

(Essex  Psychiatric  Seminar  and 
AMNJ) 

4 Psychotherapies 
1 1 Psychotherapies 
25  Behavior  Modification 

1 -3  P.M. — Ancora  Psychiatric 


9L.  81— NUMBER  5— MAY  1984 


429 


BRAIN  TUMOR  SYMPOSIUM: 


ADVANCES  IN  DIAGNOSIS 
AND  MANAGEMENT 
OF  CEREBRAL  GLIOMAS 


Saturday,  June  9,  1984,  8:30  A.M.— 12  Noon 


Alumni  Hall,  2nd  Floor,  New  College  Building 
Hahnemann  University,  15th  and  Vine  Streets 
Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania 

Sponsored  by 

THE  HAHNEMANN  BRAIN  TUMOR  PROGRAM 

An  interdisciplinary  treatment  and  research 
program  of  the  Hahnemann  Departments  of 
Diagnostic  Radiology,  Hematology/Oncology, 
Neurology,  Neurosurgery,  and  Radiation  Oncology 

in  collaboration  with 

The  Wistar  Institute  for  Anatomy  and  Biology 


HAHNEMANN  UNIVERSITY 
SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE 

PHILADELPHIA,  PENNSYLVANIA 

Symposium  Chairman: 

Perry  Black,  M.D. 

Department  of  Neurosurgery 
Hahnemann  University  Hospital 
(215)  448-8072 

AMA  approved:  Category  I Fee:  $20. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 

I 


HU 


430 


Hospital,  Hammonton 

(Ancora  Psychiatric  Hospital  and 

AMNJ) 

> Grand  Rounds  in  Psychiatry 

10:30  AM.- 12  noon— NJ  Medical 
School,  Newark 
(UMDNJ) 

i  Psychoneuroimmunology 

9:30  A.M.-5  P.M.— Carrier 
Foundation,  Belle  Mead 
(Carrier  Foundation  and  AMNJ) 
i Group  Therapy 

2-3  P.M. — Ancora  Psychiatric 
Hospital,  Hammonton 
(Ancora  Psychiatric  Hospital  and 
AMNJ) 

i Management  of  Pain 

8- 9  A.M. — Elizabeth  General 
Medical  Center 

(Elizabeth  General  Medical  Center 
and  AMNJ) 

) Spinal  Opiate  Therapy  in  Chronic 
Cancer  Pain 

9- 10  AM  — Elizabeth  General 
Medical  Center 

(Elizabeth  General  Medical  Center 
and  AMNJ) 

Calcium  Channel  Blockers  in  the 
Brain 

Adolescents  and  Families  with 
Drug  and  Alcohol  Problems 

12  noon-1  P.M. —Carrier 
Foundation,  Belle  Mead 
(Carrier  Foundation  and  AMNJ) 


(Somerset  Medical  Center  and 
AMNJ) 

July 

2  Behavior  Modification 

9 1-3  P.M. —Ancora  Psychiatric 

16  Hospital,  Hammonton 
23  (Ancora  Psychiatric  Hospital  and 
AMNJ) 

5 Basic  Neurological  Principles  for 
Neuropsychiatrists 

1 2 Significance  of  Headache  in 
Clinical  Psychiatry 

19  Treating  the  Remarried,  Those 
Living  Together,  and  Their 
Families 

12  noon-1  P.M. —Carrier 
Foundation,  Belle  Mead 
(Carrier  Foundation  and  AMNJ) 

1 9  Family  and  Couple  Therapy 

12  noon-4:30  P.M. — Carrier 
Foundation,  Belle  Mead 
(Carrier  Foundation  and  AMNJ) 

PATHOLOGY 

June 

1 3 Pathology  Grand  Rounds 

10:30-12  noon — St.  Mary’s 
Hospital,  Passaic 
(St  Mary's  Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

14  Pathology  Seminar 

1 2 noon- 1 P.M.— NJ  Medical  School, 
Newark 
(UMDNJ) 


i Problem  Behaviors  in 
Adolescence 

8 A.M.-3:30  P.M .— NJ  Medical 
School,  Newark 

(UMDNJ,  NJ  Council  of  Child  and 
Adolescent  Psychiatry,  and  AMNJ) 

i Problem  Behaviors  in 
Adolescence 

8 AM. -3:30  P.M. — NJ  Medical 
School,  Newark 

(UMDNJ,  NJ  Council  of  Child  and 
Adolescent  Psychiatry,  and  AMNJ) 

i Patient  Compliance:  Treatment 
Issues 

1-2:30  AM. — VA  Medical  Center, 
Lyons 

(VA  Medical  Center  and  AMNJ) 

l Principles  of  Child  Psychotherapy 

8:30- 10:30  P.M  — 301  Broad  Ave., 
Englewood 

(NJ Psychoanalytic  Society  and 
AMNJ) 

> Lecture  in  Psychiatry 

10:30  AM.- 12  noon — NJ  Medical 
School,  Newark 
(UMDNJ) 

• Psychiatry  Lecture 

1-2:30  P.M.— Essex  County  Hospital 
Center,  Cedar  Grove 
(UMDNJ) 

Update  of  Clinical  Psychiatry 

12  noon-4:30  P.M. — Carrier 
Foundation,  Belle  Mead 
(Carrier  Foundation  and  AMNJ) 

The  Many  Faces  of  Clinical 
Depression 

5-6:30  P.M. — Somerset  Medical 
Center,  Somerville 


PEDIATRICS 

June 

1 Advances  in  Pediatrics 

8 9:30- 1 0:30  AM.— NJ  Medical 

School, 

15  Newark 
22  (UMDNJ) 

29 

8 AIDS  in  Children 

8-9:30  AM. — Overlook  Hospital, 
Summit 

(Overlook  Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

9 Problem  Behaviors  in 
Adolescence 

8 AM. -3:30  P.M.— NJ  Medical 
School,  Newark 

(UMDNJ,  NJ  Council  of  Child  and 
Adolescent  Psychiatry,  and  AMNJ) 

1 8  Practical  Aspects  of  Pediatric 
Toxicology 

12  noon-1  P.M. — The  Mountainside 
Hospital,  Montclair 
(The  Mountainside  Hospital  and 
AMNJ) 

RADIOLOGY 

June 

6 Radiology  Grand  Rounds 

20  2-4  P.M. — University  Hospital, 

Newark 
(UMDNJ) 

1 3  Diagnosis  of  Biliary  Tract  Disease 

8-9  A.M. — Elizabeth  General 
Medical  Center 

(Elizabeth  General  Medical  Center 
and  AMNJ) 

27  CT  Conference 


4-6  P.M. — University  Hospital, 

Newark 

(UMDNJ) 


July 

2 Basic,  Advanced,  and  Real-Time, 

3 Cross-Sectional  Sector  Scanning 

4 9 A.M. -5  P.M.— Sands  Hotel,  Atlantic 

5 City 

6 (The  National  Foundation  for  Non- 
invasive  Scanning  and  AMNJ) 

SURGERY 

June 

2 Surgical  Morbidity  and  Mortality 
9 Conference 

16  8:30-10  A.M. — NJ  Medical  School, 

23  Newark 
30  (UMNDJ) 

4 Surgical  Grand  Rounds /Lecture 
1 1 Series 

18  4:30-5:30  P.M. — NJ  Medical  School, 

25  Newark 
(UMDNJ) 

6 Surgical  Departmental 

13  Conference 

20  8:30-10  AM. — Rutgers  Medical 
School,  Medical  Education  Bldg., 
New  Brunswick 

(UMDNJ  and  AMNJ) 

SURGICAL  SPECIALTIES 
June 

1 Cancer  Research  Colloquium 

8 12  noon- 1 P.M. — University 

15  Hospital,  Newark 
22  (UMDNJ) 

29 

2 Surgical  Treatment  of 
Cardiothoracic  Diseases 

1 0- 1 1 :30  AM. — NJ  Medical  School, 
Newark 
(UMDNJ) 

4 Tumor  Conference 

11  8-9A.M. — University  Hospital, 

18  Newark 
25  (UMDNJ) 

7 Vascular  Surgical  Rounds 

14  4-5  P.M. — Rutgers  Medical  School, 

21  Medical  Education  Bldg.,  New 
28  Brunswick 

(UMDNJ  and  AMNJ) 

13  Ischemic  Diseases  of  the  Bowel 
27  Surgical  Treatment  of  Peptic  Ulcer 
Disease 

9- 10  AM. — Elizabeth  General 
Medical  Center 

(Elizabeth  General  Medical  Center 
and  AMNJ) 

1 9 Surgical  Treatment  of  Morbid 
Obesity 

12  noon— St.  Mary’s  Hospital, 
Orange 
(AMNJ) 

20  Eye  Institute  Grand  Rounds 

7-9  P.M. — United  Hospital  Annex 
Bldg. 

(UMDNJ) 

2 1 Neurosurgery  Lecture 

4-5  P.M. — University  Hospital, 

Newark 

(UMDNJ) 


9L.  81— NUMBER  5— MAY  1984 


431 


More  people  have  survived  cancer  than 
now  live  in  the  City  of  Los  Angeles. 

We  are  winning. 


Please  support  the 


V AMERICAN  CANCER  SOCIETY 

7 


432 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE: 


BOOK  REVIEWS 


Clinical  Nuclear  Medicine; 
Computerizing  Your 
Medical  Office;  Current 
Therapy  in  Obstetrics  and 
Gynecology  II;  Illustrated 
Computer  Tomography; 
Nuclear  Magnetic 
Resonance;  Pacemaker 
Therapy 


i' 

' 

i 

C linical  Nuclear  Medicine 

f.JV.  Maisey,  K.E.  Britton,  D.L.  Gil- 
lay  (eds).  Philadephia,  PA,  W.B. 
launders,  1983.  Pp.  525.  II- 
xstrated.  ($60) 

This  condensed  work,  to  which 
le  contributors  are  physicians 
‘om  the  British  Commonwealth  as 
fell  as  from  the  United  States, 
dopts  a different  approach  from 
ther  texts.  Its  emphasis  rests  less 
n interpretative  skills  and  more  on 
•linical  correlation  and  differential 
iagnosis.  The  authors  review  a 
'road  spectrum  of  topics,  ranging 
rom  the  organ  systems,  e.g.  cardiac, 
espiratoiy,  and  neurological,  to  sub- 
lets of  special  consideration,  such 
s pediatric  nuclear  medicine. 

The  chapter  on  respiratory  dis- 
ase,  for  example,  reviews  basic  sci- 
nce  and  then  moves  on  to  the  the- 
ory behind  ventilation/perfusion 
canning  in  embolic  disease;  the  dis- 
ussion  includes  a related  section 
n deep-vein  thrombosis.  Appli- 
ations  of  nuclear  medicine  in 
•ronchiogenic  carcinoma  are  dis- 
missed as  are  other  diseases.  A short 
lescription  of  the  technique  of  ad 
jainistration  and  control  standards 
p included. 

I This  text  will  not  enable  one  to 


interpret  scans.  However,  it  is  a com- 
panion text  which  will  augment  the 
physician’s  understanding  of  the 
nuclear  images. 

Neil  B.  Homer,  M.D. 

Computerizing  Your 
Medical  Office:  A Guide 
for  Physicians  and  Their 
Staff 

Dot  Sellars.  Oradell,  NJ,  Medical 
Economics  Books,  1983.  Pp.  228. 
($11.50) 

Dot  Sellars’s  book  is  one  of  the 
"how-to-automate”  books.  Such 
books  recently  have  appeared  for 
novice  purchasers  of  small  business 
computer  systems. 

Sellars,  a medical  office  adminis- 
trator, does  a good  job  in  addressing 
specific  needs  for  physician  office 
automation.  I give  the  book  high 
grades  for  both  readability  and  prac- 
ticality. The  reader  must  be  aware 
that  the  book  addresses  mini- 
computer-based medical  billing  sys- 
tems, not  home  computers  with 
medical  billing  software. 

A skillful  layout  makes  the  book 
easy  to  read  and  follow  because  the 
author  writes  in  the  terminology  of 
the  medical  office;  the  reader  will  not 
have  to  consistently  refer  to  the 
glossary.  The  book  is  divided  into 
three  major  sections:  Do  you  need  a 
computer?  How  to  get  the  right  com- 
puter for  your  office?  Making  the 
computer  do  everything  you  want? 
Without  a doubt  these  are  the  basic 
questions  which  potential 
purchasers  want  answered  and 
Sellars’s  answers  are  practical. 

Use  of  specific  guidelines  makes 
the  answers  both  practical  and  re- 
assuring for  the  novice.  For  example, 
Sellars  presents  an  itemized  guide- 
line that  allows  the  novice  to  reflect 
on  the  office’s  need  for  computer 
support.  Another  practical  guideline 
is  the  steps  to  follow  in  shopping  for 
a computer.  I also  strongly  support 
the  suggestions  on  employee  in- 
volvement in  the  computer  selection 
process.  1 am  certain  that  a novice 
purchaser  will  benefit  from  the 
hand-holding  these  guidelines 
provide. 

For  anyone  starting  a first-time 
computer  effort  I recommend 
Sellars’s  book.  Following  her  rec- 
ommendations will  ensure  good 
value  for  the  money  invested. 

James  W.  Allen,  M.D. 


Current  Therapy  in 
Obstetrics  and 
Gynecology  II 

Edward  J.  Quilligan,  M.D.  Phila- 
delphia, PA,  W.B.  Saunders  Com- 
pany, 1983.  Pp.  320.  Illustrated. 
($32.50) 

The  second  edition  of  this  popular 
text  has  enlisted  a new  group  of 
authors  to  give  the  reader  a spec- 
trum of  opinions  about  a given 
topic.  The  chapters  cover  the  fields 
of  obstetrics  and  gynecology  and  in- 
clude such  general  medical  and 
surgical  problems  as  hyperalimenta- 
tion and  atelectasis.  The  pathogen- 
esis and  treatment  of  each  condition 
under  discussion  briefly  is 
elucidated  and  often  contains  valu- 
able insights  and  treatment  sugges- 
tions that  reflect  the  experience  and 
expertise  of  the  contributor. 

Some  shortcomings  must  be  men- 
tioned; A chart  on  antepartum  fetal 
heart  rate  monitoring  recommends 
a tracing  be  performed  every  two 
weeks,  when  what  is  meant  is  twice 
a week.  The  same  figure  suggests  a 
tracing  every  two  to  three  weeks  if 
repetitive  variable  decelerations 
occur.  Most  practitioners  would  em- 
ploy weekly  or  semi-weekly  testing. 
There  is  some  ambiguity  in  the 
chapter  on  female  sterilization  when 
in  one  paragraph  coagulation  of  the 
Fallopian  tube  at  a distance  of  1 cm 
from  the  cornual  insertion  is  rec- 
ommended, while  coagulation  at 
least  3 to  4 cm  from  the  cornua  is 
suggested  two  pages  later. 

Overlapping  of  topics  always  is  a 
problem  in  any  text  with  multiple 
contributors.  That  a book  with  120 
contributors  has  such  little  dupli- 
cation is  a tribute  to  the  skill  of  the 
editor.  The  text  is  weighted  toward 
obstetrics,  reflecting  the  advances  in 
that  field.  The  book  may  be  rec- 
ommended for  the  resident  or  at- 
tending physician  who  desires  a 
brief  updating  of  a particular  prob- 
lem. It  would  make  a great  present 
for  a graduating  resident. 

Gerard  F.  Hansen,  M.D. 

Illustrated  Computer 
Tomography:  A Practical 
Guide  to  CT 
Interpretations 

Shinji  Takahashi  (ed).  New  York, 
NY,  Springer-Verlag,  1983.  Pp. 
306.  Illustrated.  ($83) 


T>L.  81— NUMBER  5— MAY  1984 


433 


This  review  monograph  is  divided 
into  four  sections:  a concise  techni- 
cal review,  a short  atlas,  representa- 
tive clinical  vignettes,  and  a dis- 
cussion on  application  in  radio- 
therapy. 

The  technical  summary  is  one  of 
the  more  concise.  The  atlas  is  com- 
posed of  well-illustrated  drawings; 
however,  the  corresponding  CT  im- 
ages are  of  a poorer  quality.  The  sec- 
tion entitled,  “Computed  Tomo- 
graphy of  Disease,”  has  representa- 
tive case  studies  which  are  exam- 
ined in  a very  systematic  manner 
conducive  to  a good  comprehensive 
understanding  of  each  case.  The 
book’s  final  chapter  is  devoted  to  the 
application  of  computed  tomogra- 
phy in  radiotherapy  and  attempts  to 
touch  base  with  the  important 
aspects. 

This  is  a short  book  for  what  it 
attempts.  More  space  should  have 
been  devoted  to  the  case  studies  and 
less  to  the  technical  aspects.  It  is 
recommended  for  the  nonradiologist 
who  wishes  insight  into  the  inter- 
pretative process  of  computer  to- 
mography. 

Neil  B.  Homer,  M.D. 

Nuclear  Magnetic 
Resonance  (NMR) 

Imaging . 

C.  Leon  Partain,  A . Everette 
James,  F.  David  Rollo,  Ronald  R. 
Price.  Philadelphia,  PA,  W.B. 
Saunders  Company,  1983.  Pp. 
592.  ($75) 

With  the  recent  interest  in  nuclear 
magnetic  resonance  (NMR)  imaging 
has  come  a multitude  of  texts  such 
as  the  one  edited  by  these  re- 
searchers at  Vanderbilt  University.  It 
stands  in  the  middle  between  books 


that  rely  on  higher  mathematics  and 
the  basic  introductory  texts  and 
uses  clear  language. 

The  goal  of  this  book  is  to  touch 
base  with  almost  all  areas  of  NMR 
without  complicated  equations. 
Selected  topics  include  topical  NMR 
analysis  and  superconducting 
magnetics.  Included  are  results  from 
clinical  research  sites,  e.g.,  Massa- 
chusetts General  Hospital.  These  are 
of  interest,  but  clearly  are  dated;  this 
section  is  the  only  weak  point  of  the 
book. 

This  work  is  considered  to  be  one 
of  the  better  introductory  texts  and 
is  geared  for  those  with  some  higher 
mathematics.  It  deserves  a place  on 
the  shelf  of  physicians  with  a 
serious  interest  in  NMR  imaging. 

Neil  B.  Homer,  M.D. 

Pacemaker  Therapy 

Leonard  S.  Dreifus,  M.D.,  (ed). 
Philadelphia,  PA,  F.A.  Davis  Co., 
1983.  Pp.  287.  Illustrated.  ($45) 

This  superb  book  is  remarkably 
up  to  date  for  a medical  text.  Un- 
fortunately, its  audience  appeal  will 
be  very  limited  because  of  many 
highly  technical  contributions  that 
will  unnerve  even  the  most  sophisti- 
cated pacemaker  maven.  For  exam- 
ple, how  many  of  our  readers  are 
aware  that  today’s  pacemakers  have 
multiprogrammable  antitachycar- 
dia features  and  telemetry  and  that 
they  can  store  patient  information 
and  act  as  Holter  monitors?  Some 
modem  pacemakers  are  so  in- 
telligent that  they  can  be  “interro- 
gated” only  by  computers! 

Like  most  other  multiauthored 
texts,  this  one  suffers  from  the  over- 
lap-repetition syndrome  as  well  as 
considerable  unevenness  in  the  fac- 
tual display.  Some  chapters,  such  as 


those  devoted  to  the  radiology  r 
pacemakers  and  the  ECG  analysis’: 
pacemaker  function,  offer  a 
enormous  amount  of  informathi 
concisely,  while  others  disturbing 
are  skimpy  or  overtechnical.  An  c 
ample  of  the  latter  is,  “Availah 
T^pes  of  Pacemakers,”  where  evi 
the  authors  conclude  that  keepi  | 
track  of  all  the  options  on  modei 
pacemakers  is  as  difficult  as  listi  | 
those  available  on  a “modem  luxi ' 
sedan.”  Similar  high-tech  chaptt; 
include  “Pacemaker  Implantatioi’ 
“Programmable  Pacemakers,"  a I 
“Pacing  Leads.” 

Steiner  and  Tegtmeyer  present  i 
veiy  valuable  treatise  on  the  radj 
logic  aspects  of  normal  and  e 
normal  pacemaker  function.  The  f 
ures,  mostly  plain  films,  are  supei, 
and  the  appendix  of  radiopaq 
identification  codes  is  a must  1’ 
every  active  pacemakemik. 

Barold  et  al.  offer  a huge  and  d 
ficult  discussion  on  the  EC 
analysis  of  pacemaker  functic 
This  cannot  be  handled  in  a p< 
functoiy  manner,  for  terms  li 
pseudofailure,  pseudocapture,  f 
sion,  pseudofusion,  and  pseuq* 
pseudofusion  will  perplex  even  t 
master  electroeardiographer. 

Contributions  by  Wellens  et 
and  by  Berkovits  et  al.  deal  with  t 
relatively  new  role  of  pacing  in  tj 
treatment  of  the  tachycardias.  The 
chapters  are  readable  and  pithy. 

While  some  of  the  authors  prese 
pot-boiling  rehashes,  others,  such 
Mirowski’s,  “Automatic  Implantat 
Defibrillator,”  and  Berkovits’s  “F 
ture  Generation  Pacemakers,”  pre 
ent  exciting,  new  ideas. 

Despite  some  shortcomings,  tf 
multiauthored  text  is  clearly  “stall 
of  the  art.” 

Edwin  L.  Rothfeld,  M. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


434 


BITUARIES 


Drs.  Azzara; 
3emstein;  Block; 
farmer;  Greenfield; 
iermann;  Kubes; 
detzer;  Nobile;  and 
itutchin 


:.  Emanuel  S.  Azzara 

Vorcl  has  been  received  of  the 
ith  of  Emanuel  S.  Azzara,  M.D.,  a 
mber  of  our  Mercer  County  com- 
aent.  Bom  in  1896,  Dr.  Azzara 
ned  his  medical  degree  at  Tulane 
iversity  School  of  Medicine,  Lou- 
|ma,  in  1924.  A family  practi- 
ner,  Dr.  Azzara  was  affiliated  with 
nterdon  Medical  Center.  He  was 
nember  of  the  American  Medical 
sociation. 

\ Ellen  H.  Bernstein 

d the  untimely  age  of  46,  Ellen  H. 
mstein,  M.D.,  died  on  Febmary 
i 1984.  An  ophthalmologist.  Dr. 
mstein  had  a private  practice  in 
zabeth  for  13  years.  Dr.  Bernstein 
eived  her  medical  degree  from 
v York  University  School  of  Medi- 


cine in  1963.  A member  of  our  Union 
County  component,  Dr.  Bernstein 
was  a Diplomate  of  the  American 
Board  of  Ophthalmology  and  a mem- 
ber of  the  American  Medical  As- 
sociation. During  her  career,  Dr. 
Bernstein  was  affiliated  with  two 
Elizabeth  hospitals:  General  Hospi- 
tal and  St.  Elizabeth. 

Dr.  Paul  J.  Block 

Paul  J.  Block,  M.D.,  a member  of 
our  Monmouth  County  component, 
died  on  Febmary  7,  1984.  Bom  in 
1938,  Dr.  Block  earned  his  medical 
degree  from  New  York  University 
School  of  Medicine  in  1964.  A 
cardiologist.  Dr.  Block  was  affiliated 
with  Monmouth  Medical  Center, 
Long  Branch,  Freehold  Area  Hospi- 
tal, and  Bayshore  Hospital,  Holmdel. 
A Diplomate  of  the  American  Board 
of  Internal  Medicine,  Dr.  Block  was 
a Fellow  of  the  American  College  of 
Cardiology. 

Dr.  Walter  D.  Farmer 

At  the  grand  age  of  84.  Walter 
David  Farmer,  M.D.,  died  on  Febm- 
ary 7,  1984.  He  received  his  medical 
degree  from  McGill  University,  Can- 
ada, in  1926.  Dr.  Farmer  was  a fam- 
ily practitioner  affiliated  with 
Mercer  Medical  Center,  Trenton.  He 
was  a member  of  our  Mercer  County 
component  and  of  the  American 
Medical  Association,  and  a Fellow  of 
the  American  Academy  of  Family 
Practice.  In  1976,  Dr.  Farmer  was  a 
recipient  of  MSNJ’s  Golden  Merit 
Award  for  50  years  of  service  to  the 
medical  community. 

Dr.  Arthur  W.  Greenfield 

At  the  grand  age  of  85,  Arthur  Wil- 
liam Greenfield,  M.D.,  died  on  Febm- 
ary 25.  1984.  Dr.  Greenfield  received 
his  medical  degree  from  the  Univer- 
sity of  Minnesota  in  1925.  He  was  a 
member  of  our  Bergen  County  com- 
ponent and  of  the  American  Medical 
Association.  For  40  years,  Dr.  Green- 
field had  a private  family  practice  in 
Hackensack  and  was  affiliated  with 
Hackensack  Medical  Center. 

Dr.  John  H.  Hermann 

John  Herbert  Hermann,  M.D.,  a re- 
tired member  of  our  Essex  County 
component,  died  on  January  12, 
1984.  Dr.  Hermann  was  born  in 
1891  and  received  his  medical 
degree  from  New  York  University 


School  of  Medicine  in  1914.  During 
his  career.  Dr.  Hermann  was  af- 
filiated with  St.  Mary's  Hospital,  Or- 
ange, and  was  a member  of  the 
American  Medical  Association. 

Dr.  Zdenek  Kubes 

Word  has  been  received  of  the 
death  of  Zdenek  Kubes,  M.D.,  a 
member  of  our  Essex  County  com- 
ponent. Dr.  Kubes  was  bom  in  1912 
and  was  awarded  a medical  degree 
from  Masaryk  University,  Czechoslo- 
vakia in  1937.  Dr.  Kubes,  an  ob- 
stetrician-gynecologist, was  af- 
filiated with  Bayonne  Hospital, 
Greenville  Hospital,  Jersey  City,  and 
Newark  City  Hospital.  He  was  a 
member  of  the  American  Medical  As- 
sociation and  a Fellow  of  the  Ameri- 
can College  of  Surgeons. 

Dr.  Freeman  W.  Metzer 

Freeman  Weeks  Metzer,  M.D.,  died 
on  Febmary  5,  1984.  Bom  in  1904, 
Dr.  Metzer  earned  a medical  degree 
at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania 
School  of  Medicine  in  1931.  A sur- 
geon, Dr.  Metzer  was  affiliated  with 
Zurbrugg  Memorial  Hospital,  River- 
side. Dr.  Metzer  was  a member  of  our 
Burlington  County  component  and 
of  the  American  Medical  Associa- 
tion, and  was  a Fellow  of  the  Ameri- 
can College  of  Surgeons. 

Dr.  James  J.  Nobile 

At  the  age  of  74,  James  John 
Nobile,  M.D.,  a member  of  our 
Hudson  County  component,  died  on 
January  24,  1984.  Dr.  Nobile  was  an 
internist  in  Hoboken  since  1938, 
and  was  affiliated  with  St.  Mary’s 
Hospital.  Dr.  Nobile  was  a graduate 
of  Georgetown  University  Medical 
School  in  1935.  A member  of  the 
American  Medical  Association,  Dr. 
Nobile  was  a Fellow  of  the  American 
College  of  Chest  Physicians. 

Dr.  Abe  D.  Stutchin 

On  January  30,  1984,  Abe  David 
Stutchin,  M.D.,  died.  Bom  in  1922, 
Dr.  Stutchin  received  his  medical 
degree  from  Yeshiva  Medical  School, 
New  York,  in  1959.  A member  of  our 
Passaic  County  component  and  of 
the  American  Medical  Association, 
Dr.  Stutchin  was  a family  practi- 
tioner. He  was  affiliated  with  St. 
Joseph's  Hospital  and  Medical 
Center,  Paterson,  during  his  24-year 
career. 


L.  81— NUMBER  5— MAY  1984 


435 


Author  Information 

Style 

Sheet 


The  Journal  is  the 
official  organ  of  the 
Medical  Society  of  New 
Jersey.  The  goals  of  The 
Journal  are  educational 
and  informational.  All 
material  published  in  The 
Journal  is  copyrighted  by 
MSNJ. 


CONTENT 

The  educational  content  of  each 
issue  appears  as  scientific  articles, 
based  on  research,  original  concepts 
relative  to  epidemiology  of  disease, 
and  treatment  methodology;  case  re- 
ports based  on  unusual  clinical  ex- 
periences; review  articles;  clinical 
notes,  succinct  items  on  some 
aspect  or  new  observation  or  tech- 
nique of  a case  experience;  and 
special  articles,  which  include  evalu- 
ations, policy  and  position  papers, 
and  reviews  of  nonscientific  sub- 
jects. Other  topics  include  commen- 
tary (critical  narration);  medical  his- 
tory; therapeutic  drug  information; 
pediatric  briefs;  nutrition  update; 
and  an  opinion  column.  Editorials 
are  prepared  by  the  Editor  and  by 
guest  contributors  on  timely  and  rel- 
evant subjects;  editorials  are  the  re- 
sponsibility of  the  author.  The  Doc- 
tors’ Notebook  section  contains  or- 
ganizational, informational,  and  ad- 
ministrative items  from  MSNJ  and 
from  the  community.  Letters  to  the 
Editor  and  book  reviews  are  wel- 
come and  will  be  published  as  space 
permits.  The  principal  aim  in  the 
preparation  of  a contribution 
should  be  relevance  to  diagnosis  and 
treatment  and  to  education  of  pa- 
tients and  professionals.  Preference 
will  be  given  to  professional  authors 
from  New  Jersey  and  to  out-of-state 
lecturers  who  submit  a suitable 


manuscript  based  on  a presentation 
made  in  New  Jersey. 

ASSIGNMENT  OF  COPYRIGHT 

In  compliance  with  the  Copyright 
Revision  Act  of  1976  (effective  Janu- 
ary 1,  1978),  a transmittal  letter  or 
a separate  statment  accompanying 
material  offered  to  The  Journal  of 
the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
must  contain  the  following  language 
and  must  be  signed  by  all  authors: 

“In  consideration  of  The  Journal 
of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
taking  action  in  reviewing  and  edit- 
ing my  submission,  the  author(s) 
undersigned  hereby  transfers,  as- 
signs, or  otherwise  conveys  all 
copyright  ownership  to  the  Medical 
Society  of  New  Jersey,  in  the  event 
that  such  work  is  published  in  The 
Journal.  MSNJ." 

SPECIFICATIONS 

Submit  two  manuscripts  that 
must  be  typewritten  and  double- 
spaced  on  8'/2"  by  11"  paper. 
Statistical  methods  used  in  articles 
should  be  identified.  Acknowl- 
edgements will  be  made  only  for 
specific  preparation  of  an  essential 
part  of  the  manuscript. 

Authors  are  asked  to  seek  clarity, 
accuracy,  and  originality:  attention 
to  details  of  grammar,  spelling,  and 
typing  are  important. 

The  title  page  should  include  the 
full  name,  degrees,  and  affiliations  of 
all  authors,  and  the  name  and  ad- 
dress of  the  author  to  whom  reprint 
requests  should  be  sent. 

The  author  should  submit  a 40- 
word  abstract  to  be  used  at  the  be- 
ginning of  the  article. 

Tables  must  be  typewritten  and 
double-spaced  on  separate  8'/2"  by 
1 1"  sheets,  with  a title  and  number. 
Symbols  for  units  should  be  con- 
fined to  column  headings,  and  ab- 
breviations, properly  explained, 
should  be  kept  to  a minimum. 

Illustrations  should  be  pro- 
fessional quality,  black-and-white 
glossy  prints.  The  name  of  the 
author,  figure  number,  and  the  top 
of  the  figure  should  be  noted  on  a 
label  attached  to  the  back  of  each 
illustration.  Where  photographs  of 
patients  are  used,  the  subjects 
should  not  be  identifiable  or  publi- 
cation permission,  signed  by  the 
subject  or  responsible  person,  must 
be  included  with  the  photograph. 
Material  taken  from  other  publi- 
cations must  give  credit  to  the 


source;  written  permission  for  i 
publication  from  the  original  pu 
Usher  must  be  submitted.  The  cc 
of  color  photographs  must  be  bon' 
by  the  author. 

Generic  names  should  be  us  I 
with  proprietary  names  indicat  1 
parenthetically  or  as  a footnote  wij 
the  first  use  of  the  generic  nan. 
Proprietary  names  of  devices  shoi  1 
be  indicated  by  the  registration  sy  • 
bol—  \ 

The  summary  of  the  article  shoi  1 
not  exceed  250  words:  it  should  ec- 
tain  only  essential  facts. 

References  should  not  exceed 
citations  except  in  review  artiel 
and  should  be  cited  consecutively 
the  text  by  numbers  in  parenthe; 
at  the  end  of  the  sentence.  The  ref 
enee  list  should  be  typewritten  a 
double-spaced  on  separate  8V2" 

1 1"  sheets  in  the  numerical  order 
which  they  are  first  cited  in  the  te  j 
The  style  of  reference  is  that  of  Inc\ 
Medic  us: 

1.  Goldwyn  RM:  Subcutanea 

mastectomy.  J Med  Soc 
74:1050-1052,  1977. 

2.  Dixon  WJ,  Massey  FJ:  Introd 
don  to  Statistical  Analysis.  Nv 
York,  NY,  McGraw-Hill,  1969, 
42-48. 

PUBLICATION  POLICY 

Receipt  of  each  manuscript  will  3 
acknowledged  and  a copy  deliveiil 
to  the  Editor  who  refers  the  papeio 
one  or  more  members  of  the  E - 
torial  Board.  The  final  decision  is  - 
served  for  the  Editor.  No  direct  a ■ 
tact  between  the  reviewers  and  e 
authors  will  be  permitted,  1.1 
authors  will  be  informed  of  the  - 
viewers’  comments.  The  publicat  n 
lag  for  original  articles  may  be  x 
months  or  more.  Galley  proofs  ja 
be  submitted  to  the  author  for  cjr 
reetion  of  typographical  errors. 

REPRINT  ORDERS 

Reprints  may  be  ordered  after  e 
author  is  notified  that  the  artle 
has  been  selected  for  a specific  is  ie 
of  JMSNJ.  A check  for  the  cos  jl 
reprints  including  remake  chargif 
order  is  received  after  due  date  m >t 
accompany  the  order. 

I 

COMMUNICATIONS 

All  communications  should  >e 
sent  to  the  Editor,  The  Jounl 
MSNJ,  2 Princess  Road,  L'v- 
renceville,  NJ  08648. 


436 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSf 


SEEKING 

RADIOLOGY  OFFICE  PRACTICE 

A Board  Certified  Radiologist  with  nine  years  hospital 
based  experience  is  seeking  to  buy  into  or  buy  out  an 
active  private  office  radiology  practice  in  Northern  or 
Central  New  Jersey. 

Write:  Box  No.  71  JMSNJ 
Two  Princess  Road 
Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648 


Associate  Medical  Director 

South  Jersey  office,  major  national  firm,  seeks  As- 
sociate Medical  Director;  part-time  initially;  eventual 
ull-time  career  opportunity  with  competitive 
salary/benefits;  requires  sound  professional  back- 
jround;  experience,  or  substantial  interest  in  utilization 
:ontrol/peer  review/medical  administration.  Replies 
strictly  confidential.  Reply  to: 

Box  No.  80 
JMSNJ 

2 Princess  Road 
Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648 


COORDINATOR  OF 
MEDICAL  AFFAIRS 

‘Progressive”  is  the  Word  at  . 


RIVERVIEW  MEDICAL  CENTER,  a 500 
bed  acute  care  facility  located  in  Red 
Bank,  NJ  on  the  Navesink  River. 

We  are  accredited  by  JCAH,  NJ  State 
Dept,  of  Health  and  NJ  Hospital  Association.  Our  affilia- 
tions include  Brookdale  Community  College,  Mon- 
mouth County  Vocational  School,  Seton  Hall  University 
and  Monmouth  College. 

This  highly  visible  position  will  report  directly  to  the 
President  of  the  Medical  Staff,  Executive  Committee  of 
the  Medical  Staff  and  the  Administrator. 

The  Coordinator,  under  the  direction  of  the  President 
of  the  Medical  Staff,  and  in  conjunction  with  the  Medical 
Center  Administrator,  shall  supervise  the  execution  of 
the  By-laws  of  the  Medical  Staff,  the  Rules  and  Regu- 
lations of  the  Medical  Center,  and  all  policies  of  the 
Board  of  Governors.  The  Coordinator  of  Medical  Affairs 
shall  insure  the  continuing  excellence  of  patient  care  at 
Riverview  Medical  Center. 

Interested  candidates  kindly  submit  your  resume  in- 
clusive of  vitae,  licensure,  salary  history,  qualifications 
and  credentials  to:  Ms.  Sharon  K.  Barrows,  Personnel 
Recruiter. 

RIVERVIEW  MEDICAL  CENTER 

35  Union  Street,  Red  Bank,  NJ  07701 

Equal  Opportunity  Employer  M/E 


>L.  81— NUMBER  5— MAY  1984 


To:  Career  OrienteH  F 


„ Can  you  accen,  ,u  Jfedldn. 

fpr  ~ 


S sC°mpeWi^  income 
^'Practice  insurance 
™ lexible  schedule 
® CME  credits 

0 Qrbanandruraf  settings 

er  SGasfho^W  Y°rk’  Philadelphia  and  the 

emergency  departm  ' 3 median/  or  9encV  medicine 


Ac*®?* 


th« 


GROUP  PRACTICE 
OPPORTUNITIES 

BC/BE  Family  Practitioners  for  expanding 
federally  qualified  HMO,  serving  36,000 
members  from  three  delivery  sites  in  Cos- 
mopolitan South  Jersey  area.  Congenial 
staff  of  30  full-time  physicians,  and  75  to  100 
contracting  specialists  covering  all  dis- 
ciplines. Excellent  hospital  facilities.  Medical 
school  affiliation.  Choice  of  pleasant  living 
conditions  in  suburban,  rural,  or  semi-rural 
communities.  Superior  schools.  Easy  access 
to  Philadelphia  (15  minutes),  New  York  City 
(90  minutes),  Jersey  Shore  (60  minutes), 
Jersey  Pine  Barrens  (20  minutes)  and 
Pocono  Recreation  Area  (2  hours).  Com- 
petitive salary  and  comprehensive  benefit 
package. 

Send  Curriculum  Vitae  to  Kenneth  M.  Car- 
roll,  M.D.  Executive  Vice  President/Medical 
Affairs,  Health  Care  Plan  of  New  Jersey,  165 
Old  Marlton  Pike,  Medford,  New  Jersey 
08055. 


437 


CLASSIFIED  ADVERTISEMENTS 


GENERAL  PRACTITIONER— Semi  re- 
tired, age  55,  desires  industrial,  pharma- 
ceutical or  similar  position.  (201) 
545-4339. 


INTERNIST— Board  eligible,  general  in- 
ternist with  extensive  emergency  room 
experience.  Seeking  group  practice  of 
internal  medicine  or  emergency  room 
position.  Northern  NJ  area  Available  July 
1984.  Please  call  212-645-4616,  Steven 
Wolinsky,  MD.  Curriculum  vitae  and  ref- 
erences available  upon  request. 


OB-GYN — Board  certified,  35,  experi- 
enced, wants  to  relocate.  Solo,  group  or 
partnership.  Available  immediately.  Box 
No.  66,  JMSNJ. 


OB-GYN— Seeking  group  practice  or 
partnership.  Completing  4th  year  resi- 
dency at  Louisiana  State  University 
Medical  Center,  Shreveport,  LA  New  Jer- 
sey bom  and  educated.  Available  July 
1984.  Call  318-686-2095  home  or 
318-674-5000  hospital. 


RADIOLOGIST — Board  certified,  trained 
in  general  diagnosis,  nuclear  medicine, 
special  procedures,  CT  and  ultrasound. 
Available  full  or  part-time.  Group  prac- 
tice or  hospital  based,  North  or  Central 
NJ.  Write  Box  No.  81,  JMSNJ. 


NEEDED  CARDIOLOGIST/ INTERNIST 

—Cardiologist  needed  for  multi-specialty 
Internal  Medicine  group  in  the  South 
Jersey  area  near  Atlantic  City.  Salary 
with  eventual  partnership.  Excellent 
benefit  package.  If  interested,  please  send 
curriculum  vitae  to  Box  No.  76,  JMSNJ. 


NEEDED  FAMILY  PHYSICIAN— Board 
eligible,  for  partnership  in  one  of  the 
largest  family  practice  facilities  in  NJ. 
Please  send  resume  to  Box  No.  69, 
JMSNJ. 


NEEDED  INTERNIST— With  formal  geri- 
atric training  or  strong  interest  in 
geriatrics  to  join  same  in  NJ  practice  ap- 
proximately thirty  minutes  from  Man- 
hattan. Send  CV  to  Box  No.  82,  JMSNJ. 


NEEDED  PEDIATRICIAN— A well  estab 
lished  pediatric  office  in  Southern  New 
Jersey  seeks  a pediatrician-generalist  or 
subspecialist  as  an  Associate.  Write  Box 
No.  75,  JMSNJ. 


NEEDED  PRIMARY  CARE  PHYSI- 
CIANS— Private  fee-for-service  practice 
in  new,  fully  equipped  suburban  offices. 
All  personal  supplies  and  management 
services  provided.  This  is  an  excellent  op- 
portunity for  physicians  with  a good 
' bedside"  manner  interested  in  develop- 
ing a lucrative  practice  and  still  desiring 
time  for  the  pursuit  of  happiness.  Reply 
to  Neighborhood  Doctor  Corporation, 
901  Long  Beach  Blvd.,  Ship  Bottom,  NJ 
08008. 


NEEDED  PSYCHIATRIST— For  private, 
multi-disciplined  outpatient  center  near 
Plainfield-Fanwood  border.  Part  or  full 


time.  Send  CV  to  Bertram  Warren,  MD, 
Union  County  Psychiatric  Clinic,  1358 
South  Avenue,  Plainfield,  NJ  07062. 


PEDIATRICIAN/ PRACTICE— Middle 

age,  board  certified,  planning  to  sell  pri- 
vate practice.  Seeks  part-time  position. 
Pediatric  clinic  or  office.  Prefer  Mon- 
mouth or  Ocean  County.  Willing  to  work 
nights  and  weekends.  Write  Box  No.  73, 
JMSNJ. 


WANTED  — RADIOLOGY  OFFICE 
PRACTICE— Board  certified  Radiologist 
with  nine  years  hospital  based  ex- 
perience is  seeking  to  buy  into  or  buy  out 
an  active  private  office  radiology  practice 
in  Northern  or  Central  NJ.  Write  Box  No. 
71,  JMSNJ. 


WANTED— RADIOLOGY  PRACTICE— 

Interested  in  buying  a radiology  practice 
in  NJ.  Write  Box  No.  83,  JMSNJ. 


PRACTICE  FOR  SALE— General  Medi- 
cine Practice,  Central  NJ,  45  minutes 
from  NY.  Blend  of  office-nursing  home 
patients.  Low  overhead.  Write  Box  No.  79, 
JMSNJ. 


PRACTICE  FOR  SALE— OB-GYN,  im 
mediately  in  Northern  Monmouth  Coun- 
ty near  two  accredited  hospitals,  in 
appealing  residential  community,  will  in- 
troduce. Call  201-264-7763. 


PRACTICE  SPECIAL  OPPORTUNITY— 

Large  beautiful  office,  fully  furnished  and 
equipped.  Excellent  location  at  bus  stop 
and  near  hospital.  Can  serve  1 or  2 doc- 
tors, other  health  career  personnel  or 
other  profession.  Available  due  to  physi- 
cian’s death.  Patients  waiting,  contact 
Mrs.  L.  Friedman,  18th  & Northampton 
Sts.,  Easton,  PA  18042.  215-252-6341. 


HOUSE/OFFICE  FOR  SALE— Edison, 
NJ.  Immaculate  4 bedroom  home  set  on 
a fully  landscaped  Vi  acre  with  attached 
5 room  doctor’s  suite.  Private  entrance. 
Ample  parking.  Choice  location  near 
John  F.  Kennedy  Medical  Center. 
S189.900.  Call  201-549-0600. 


HOUSE/OFFICE  FOR  SALE— Short 
Hills.  Ranch  style  home,  8 room,  3 baths, 
professional  office  suitable  for  medical 
office  or  lower  level.  8650,000,  Telephone 
201-376-7455,  call  after  5 p.m. 


FOR  SALE  OR  RENT— Kearny.  Fully 
equipped  and  furnished  medical  office 
building  including  patients’  records. 
Comer  location  on  main  street.  Call  after 
8 p.m.  201-746-1709. 


FOR  SALE  OR  RENT— For  immediate 
occupancy,  new,  modem,  energy  efficient 
building,  500  to  2,000  square  feet  avail- 
able. 31,000  residents  within  three  mile 
radius.  Close  to  Philadelphia  Atlantic 
City.  Central  Jersey  shore  area  Internists 
and  specialists  needed.  Ideal  for  main/ 
satellite  office.  Call  201-350-1008. 


FOR  RENT — Fully  equipped,  furnish* 
physician’s  office  just  1 8 miles  west 
Atlantic  City.  Call  609-965-1600.  Wri 
Mrs.  Marie  Frank,  227  Philadelphia  Av 
Egg  Harbor  City,  NJ  08215. 


FOR  RENT — Office  space  available 
fully  equipped  internist’s  office 
Berkeley  Heights.  Further  informatic1 
call  201-376-8511,  9 am. -5  p.m.  M-F. 


FOR  RENT— Office  space,  Southei. 
Gloucester  Township,  Camden  Count 
Office  suite  in  new  medical  buildin 
1000  or  2000  square  foot  suites  ava; 
able.  Located  in  rapidly  growing,  high' 
desirable  area  near  several  large  hosp 
tals.  Ideal  for  family  practice  or  specials 
Building  to  be  completed  late  1984.  C; 
Dr.  Ribatsky  609-227-2221. 


FOR  RENT — Professional  office  space  f<( 
rent.  Millbum  prestigious  building,  7/ 
square  feet.  On-site  parking,  on  bi 
route.  Call  201-731-1900. 


FOR  RENT — Professional  office  for  rer 
approximately  710  square  feet.  Ne, 
Dover  General  Hospital.  Near  route  i 
and  46.  Morris  County,  NJ.  Telephor 
201-366-2557. 


FOR  RENT — Professional  office  for  rer 
furnished,  located  in  the  Ironbound  se 
tion  of  Newark.  Available  July  1984.  Q 
201-762-6781. 


FOR  RENT — Beautiful,  completely  fu 
nished  medical  office  on  Old  Short  Hil 
Road  across  from  St.  Barnabas  Hospit; 
Parking  lot,  13.31  square  feet.  Laq 
waiting  room,  3 examining  rooms,  coi 
sultation  room.  Yours  alone,  no  elevator 
A rare  find.  Write  Box  No.  84,  JMSNu 


OFFICE  FOR  RENT  OR  SHARE 

Spacious,  furnished  600-1500  squa 
feet,  ample  parking.  Hazlet-Holmdel  an 
close  to  hospital.  Call  201-264-7763. 


SUBLET  SPACE— Office  to  sublet  in  pr 
fessional  building.  Deptford/Woodbui 
Call  609-853-8720. 


OFFICE  FOR  SHARE— Hudson  Coun 
at  two  locations  near  hospitals  ar 
transportation.  Call  201-864-7172. 


OFFICE  FOR  SHARE— Morristown,  cei 
tral  location.  Near  hospital,  ful 
equipped,  newly  decorated.  All  utilitit 
included.  Ample  parking  available.  Ne;j 
public  transportation.  Available  immed 
ately.  201-267-2555. 


OFFICE  SPACE  TO  SHARE— 101  0 

Short  Hills  Road,  West  Orange.  Aero: 
from  St.  Barnabas  Hospita 
201-994-9277. 


OFFICE  TO  SHARE— Westfield,  centr 
location.  Near  hospital,  fully  equipped  a 
traetively  decorated.  All  utilities  include 
Ample  parking  available.  Near  publ 
transportation.  Available  immediate! 
201-267-2555. 


.1 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE; 


438 


CLASSIFIED  ADVERTISEMENTS 


’ACE  WANTED — Professional  office  SPACE  WANTED — Family  practice  phy-  FOR  SALE — BOAT,  1 982  Sea  Ray  Sedan, 
iaee  to  share.  Physician  needs  two  days  sician  looking  for  office  in  Union  County  fly  bridge,  head,  shower  all  extras.  26  foot 
•r  week.  Journal  Square  area,  Jersey  to  share  or  rent.  Please  call  Dr.  K.  Patel  by  10  foot.  Call  201-864-7172. 
ty.  NJ  201-684-5077.  ‘ 201-344-1575. 


\TE  INFORMATION  FOR  MEMBERS:  $5.00  per  insertion  up  to  25  words;  10  cents  each  additional  word.  Payable  in  advance. 
ORD  COUNT:  Count  as  one  word  all  single  words,  two  initials  of  a name,  each  abbreviation,  isolated  numbers,  groups  of 
imbers,  hyphenated  words.  Count  name  and  address  as  five  words,  telephone  number  as  one  word,  and  "Write  Box  No.  000, 
o JMSNJ"  as  six  words.  COPY  DEADLINE:  Fifth  of  preceding  month. 


Seeking  new  patients? 

we  are 

SPECIALISTS 

in 

PUBLIC  RELATIONS 

FOR  THE  MEDICAL  PROFESSION 

for  a confidential  interview  call  — 

(201)  531-7080 

phyllis  kessel  associates 

780  West  Park  Avenue,  Oakhurst,  N.J.  07755 


It's  A Major  Medical  Explosion 

The  Lakewood,  Toms  River  and  Point  Pleasant  hospitals 
are  all  going  ahead  with  major  expansion  programs  . . . 
Brlcktown  to  build  new  facility. 


Cross  River  Professional  Center 

400  to  2,300  Square  Feet 

Medical  Center 

minutes  to  three  major 
hospitals 

• Private  entrances  and  all 
services  available 

• Equipment  leases  available 

BMffiYMOR  ENTcRPI?I3D  Protected 
1200  River  Avenue  (Route  9),  Lakewood,  NJ  08701  • (201)  367-2226 


!4  Mile  South  of  Kimball 

• $9  to  $1 1 per  square  foot 

• Graduated  rent  schedules 

• Ownership  options  available 

• Fully  landscaped 

• Centrally  located  and  10 


Wanted:  Physicians  who  prefer 
medicine  to  paperwork. 


We  are  looking  for  dedicated  physicians,  phy- 
Spians  who  want  to  be,  not  salesmen,  accoun- 
ts, and  lawyers,  but  physicians.  For  such 
I lysicians,  we  offer  a practice  that  is  practically 
i rfect,  where  in  almost  no  time  you  experience 
{spectrum  of  cases  some  physicians  do  not  en- 
< unter  in  a lifetime,  where  you  work  without  wor- 
i ng  whether  the  patient  can  pay  or  you  will  be 
| id,  and  where  you  prescribe,  not  the  least  care, 
i r the  most  defensive  care,  but  the  best  care. 

If  that  is  what  you  want,  join  the  physicians  who 
I ve  joined  the  Army.  Army  Medicine  is  the  per- 
Ijst  setting  for  the  dedicated  physician.  Army 
liedicine  provides  wide-ranging  opportunities  for 


the  student,  the  resident,  and  the  practicing  phy- 
sician alike. 

Army  Medicine  offers  fully  accredited  resi- 
dencies in  virtually  every  specialty.  Army  resi- 
dents generally  receive  higher  compensation  and\ 
greater  responsibility  than  do  their  civilian 
counterparts  and  score  higher  on  specialty  exam- 
inations. 

Army  Medicine  offers  an  attractive  alternative  to 
civilian  practice.  As  an  Army  Officer,  you  receive 
substantial  compensation,  extensive  annual  paid 
vacation,  a remarkable  retirement  plan,  and  the 
freedom  to  practice  without  endless  insurance 
forms,  malpractice  premiums,  and  cash  flow 
worries. 


Army  Medicine: 

The  practice  that’s  practically  all  medicine. 

FOR  FURTHER  INFORMATION  CALL  COLLECT: 

1LT  John  J.  Schafer,  AMEDD  Personnel  Counselor,  USA  MEDDAC, 
Fort  Dix,  NJ  08640  Phone:  (609)  562-4271 

An  Equal  Opportunity  Employer 


- 81— NUMBER  5— MAY  1984 


439 


Need  A Temporary  Physician? 

CompHealth  treats  your  practice  as  if  it  were  our 
own  during:  vacations,  CMEs,  recruiting,  clinic 

start-up  or  other  absences. 

Want  Free  Time  While  You 
Practice  Medicine? 

Join  CompHealth’s  Locum  Tenens  Physician  Group. 

★ 

For  further  information  about  temporary  coverage 
or  locum  tenens  practice  opportunities,  call: 

jga  CompHealth 

A Physician  Group 

WILSON  ROSS,  Regional  Administrator 
244  East  Hanover  St. 

Trenton,  NJ  08608 
Telephone:  609-392-1111 


XTAX  SHELTERS N 

Just  one  of  the  personal 

financial  services  'j 

available  to  you  from  the  |! 

physician’s  bank. 

• tax  planning 

• lines  of  credit 

• equipment  financing 

• retirement  planning 

• money  management 

• cash  flow  • investments 


• estate  planning 

Call  or  Write 

Joseph  J.  Verbaro,  Jr. 

Senior  Vice  President 

(201)  228-9770 

FivTiivr 

FINANCIAL  AND  TRUST  SERVICES  / 

DIVISION  OF  SECURITY  NATIONAL  BANK  & TRUST  COMPANY 
OF  NEW  JERSEY 

101  Eisenhower  Parkway 
^^Roseland^New^ersey^7068^^dembe^lXL^^^ 


440 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS 


PranrlsCO 


The  Journal 
f the  Medical 
Society  of 


lank  Y.  Watson,  m.d 


1984 


r 


Send  this  coupon 
for  no-obligation 
information 
off  the  savings 
uder 
tie  Medical 
Society  off 
Mew  Jersey 
Endorsed 
Insurance 
Plans 


Check  this  list 
against  your 
coverages . . . . 

□ $5000  Monthly  Guaranteed 
Convertible  Accident  and  Health 

□ $10,000  Monthly  Practice 
Overhead  Expense 

□ $1,250,000  Term  Life  Insurance 

□ $500  Deductible 
COMPREHENSIVE 
MILLION-DOLLAR  MAJOR 
MEDICAL  PLAN— No  other 
coverage  needed — Issuable  to  Age 
69 


□ $15,000  Deductible  MILLION- 
DOLLAR  UMBRELLA 
MAJOR  MEDICAL  PLAN  for 
holders  of  Blue  Cross  and  other 
Major  Medical  Plans — Issuable 
to  Age  69 


□ $100-a-day  Hospital  Income 
Policy 

□ $200,000  High  Limit  Accident 

Plan  ( 


I""” 


E.  & W.  Blanksteen 
Agency,  Inc. 

E.  & W.  Blanksteen 

75  Montgomery  St., 
Jersey  City,  N.J.  07302 
(201)  333-4340 
or  (800)  742-2849 


□ Keogh  and  Corporate  Plan 
NOW!  $15,000  KEOGH 


Name: 


Address: 


Tel.  No.. 


Best  Time  To  Call. 


■he  IBM  Personal  Computer 
i tool  for  modern  times 
n the  Medical  Office. 


[EDI-SCAN®,  an  Authorized  IBM®  Value- 
dded  Dealer  for  the  Personal  Computer 


.ir  Comprehensive  $8,995.00  MEDI-SCAN  In-office 
lling  And  Accounting  System  Includes: 

The  IBM  Personal  Computer  XT  with  128K, 

10  Megabyte  hard  disk. 

The  IBM  Graphics  Printer. 

MEDI-SCAN  software — customized  for  your 
practice,  including  procedure  numbers  for  state 
tgencies.  Generates  accounting  reports, 
comprehensive  patient  statements,  insurance 
and  third  party  forms. 

Optional  electronic  paperless  billing  to  third  party 
igencies,  where  applicable. 

• raining — Complete  in-office  training  for  your 

support — “HOT-LINE”  800  number  for 
continuous  support. 


' EDI-SCAN  Single  Source 
iipport  System 


f£DI-SCAN’S  unique,  comprehensive  hardware  and  software  maintenance  agreement  guarantees  continuing 
; vice  and  repair,  system  updates  and  additional  customization,  plus  in-office  training — all  from  one  source.  Our 
l :al  training  consultants  and  technicians  are  dedicated  to  giving  you  the  best  possible  service. 


1 M Personal  Computer  XTs  are  in  stock  in  our  local  warehouses  ready  to  be  immediately  installed.  Over  three 
t ndred  physicians  are  using  the  MEDI-SCAN  System — join  them  in  making  the  IBM  PC-XT  “A  tool  for  modem 
ties  in  the  medical  office.” 

Networking  available  for  group  practices  and  clinics 


would  like  to  know  more  about  the  MEDI-SCAN 
system  on  the  IBM  Personal  Computer  XT. 

|Dr._ 

Address 


Or  call:  800-922-1021 
In  MA:  800462-1009 

Send  to:  MEDI-SCAN 
90  Madison  Street,  Worcester  MA  01608 


-ity State Zip 

^hone  ( ) 

Service  centers  currently  in:  New  England  • Mid  Atlantic  States  • Mid  Western  States  • California  • Texas 

'’MEDI-SCAN  is  a registered  trademark  of  PAL  Assoc.  Inc. 

’AL  Associates  is  an  Authorized  IBM  Value-Added  Dealer  for  the  Personal  Computer. 

IBM  is  a registered  trademark  of  International  Business  Machines  Corporation. 


KOL.  81— NUMBER  6— JUNE  1984 


441 


June  1984 


THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY 
OF  NEW  JERSEY 

Founded  July  23,  1766 


Officers  and  Trustees 

President  and  Chairman  of  the  Board 

Frank  Y.  Watson,  M.D.  (Essex)  Glen  Ridge 

President-Elect 

Ralph  J.  Fioretti,  M.D.  (Bergen)  Rochelle  Park 

First  Vice-President 

Edward  A Schauer,  M.D.  (Monmouth)  Farmingdale 

Second  Vice-President 

Hariy  M.  Carnes,  M.D.  (Camden)  Audubon 

Immediate  Past-President 

Alexander  D.  Kovacs,  M.D.  (Union)  Scotch  Plains 

Secretary 

Arthur  Bernstein,  M.D.  (Essex)  South  Orange 

Treasurer 

Paul  J.  Hirsch,  M.D.  (Somerset)  Bridgewater 

Trustees 

Joel  S.  Cherashore,  M.D.  (1986)  (Essex)  Nutley 

Douglas  M.  Costabile,  M.D.  (1987)  (Union)  Murray  Hill 

Palma  E.  Formica  M.D.  (1987) 

(Middlesex)  New  Brunswick 

Harry  W.  Fullerton,  Jr.,  M.D.  (1985) 

(Salem)  Carney’s  Point 

Frank  Gingerelli,  M.D.  (1986)  (Bergen)  Hackensack 

Michael  M.  Heeg,  M.D.  (1987)  (Mercer)  Trenton 

Louis  L.  Keeler,  M.D.  (1985)  (Camden)  Collingswood 

John  P.  Kengeter,  M.D.  (1987)  (Ocean)  Toms  River 

Edwin  W.  Messey,  M.D.  (1985)  (Burlington)  Willingboro 

Myles  C.  Morrison,  Jr.,  M.D.  (1985)  (Morris)  ....  Morristown 

John  J.  Pastore,  M.D.  (1986)  (Cumberland)  Vineland 

Carl  Restivo,  Jr.,  M.D.  (1987)  (Hudson)  Jersey  City 

Bernard  Robins,  M.D.  (1987)  (Essex)  Springfield 

Gerald  H.  Rozan,  M.D.  (1987)  (Passaic)  Wayne 

Councilors 

First  District 

(Essex,  Morris,  Union,  and  Warren  Counties) 

Edward  M.  Coe,  M.D.  (1987)  Cranford 

Second  District 

(Bergen,  Hudson,  Passaic,  and  Sussex  Counties) 

Robert  A Weinstein,  M.D.  (1986)  Newton 

Third  District 

(Hunterdon,  Mercer,  Middlesex,  and  Somerset  Counties) 

Louis  G.  Fares,  M.D.  (1985)  Trenton 

Fourth  District 

(Burlington,  Camden,  Monmouth,  and  Ocean  Counties) 

Frederick  W.  Durham,  M.D.  (1987)  Haddonfield 

Fifth  District 

(Atlantic,  Cape  May,  Cumberland,  Gloucester,  and 
Salem  Counties) 

Paul  H.  Steel,  M.D.  (1986)  Atlantic  City 

AMA  Delegates 

William  J.  D’Elia  M.D.,  Chairman  (1985)  Spring  Lake 

Alfred  A Alessi,  M.D.  (1986)  Hackensack 

Frederick  W.  Durham,  M.D.  (1986)  Haddonfield 

Palma  E.  Formica  M.D.  (1986)  New  Brunswick 

Karl  T.  Franzoni,  M.D.  (1986)  Trenton 

John  S.  Madara,  M.D.  (1986)  Salem 

Henry  J.  Mineur,  M.D.  (1986)  Cranford 

Myles  C.  Morrison,  Jr.,  M.D.  (1985)  Morristown 

Howard  D.  Slobodien,  M.D.  (1985)  Metuchen 

AMA  Trustee 

James  S.  Todd,  M.D.  (Ridgewood)  Bergen 


Publication  Committee 

Paul  J.  Hirsch.  M.D.,  Chairman 
Dirck  L.  Brendlinger,  M.D. 
Frederick  B.  Cohen,  M.D. 

A.  Olusegun  Fayemi.  M.D. 
Robert  M.  MacMillan.  M.D. 
Leon  G.  Smith,  M.D. 

La  Verne  Fioretti 


Editor 

Arthur  Krosnick,  M.D. 


Managing  Editor 

Geraldine  R.  Hutner 


Assistant  Managing  Editor 

Dorothy  J.  Griffith 

Advertising  Manager 

E.  Elizabeth  Cookson 

Executive  Director 

Vincent  A.  Maressa 

Executive  Director  Emeritus 

Richard  I.  Nevin 


Editorial  Board 

Jerome  Abrams,  M.D.  (Obstet/Gyneeol) 
Joseph  Apert,  M.D.  (Vase  Surg) 

Harold  Arlen,  M.D.  (Otolaryngol) 

Afonse  Cinotti,  M.D.  (Ophthalmol) 
Robert  Dodelson,  M.D.  (Nephrol) 
Norman  H.  Ertel,  M.D.  (Int  Med/Endocrinol) 
Daniel  P.  Greenfield,  M.D.  (Psyehiat) 
Christine  E.  Haycock  M.D.  (Sports  Med) 
Monroe  S.  Karetzky,  M.D.  (Pulmon  Med) 
Avrum  L.  Katcher,  M.D.  (Pediatr) 
Stanley  C.  Leonberg,  Jr.,  M.D.  (Neurol) 

Joel  D.  Levinson,  M.D.  (Gastroenterol) 
Henry  R.  Liss,  M.D.  (Neurosurg) 

Geobel  A.  Marin,  M.D.  (Int  Med/Gastroenterol) 
Donald  G.  McKaba  M.D.  (Alergy) 

Robby  Meijer,  M.D.  (Plas  Surg) 

Frank  T.  Padberg,  Jr.,  M.D.  (Surg) 
Christopher  A Papa  M.D.  (Dermatol) 
Norman  Riegel,  M.D.  (Book  Review) 
Edwin  L.  Rothfield,  M.D.  (Cardiol) 
Benjamin  F.  Rush,  Jr.,  M.D.  (Surg) 
Morris  H.  Saffron,  M.D.  (Med  His) 

Mark  M.  Singer,  M.D.  (Int  Med/Endocrinol) 
Sheldon  D.  Solomon,  M.D.  (Rheum) 

Lloyd  N.  Spindell,  M.D.  (Radiol) 

A Arthur  Sugerman,  M.D.  (Psyehiat) 
Stephen  F.  Wang,  M.D.  (Pediatr) 

Edwin  S.  Wilson,  M.D.  (Radiol) 

Louis  S.  Zeiger,  M.D.  (Nucl  Med) 

Robert  B.  Zufall,  M.D.  (Urol) 


The  Journal  of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  (ISSN-0025-7524)  is  published  monthly  (since  1904)  excep 
semimonthly  in  July  (13  issues),  under  direction  of  the  Committee  on  Publication,  by  the  Medical  Society  of  Nei 
Jersey,  Two  Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648.  Printed  in  East  Stroudsburg,  PA,  by  the  Hughes  Printin 
Co.  Whole  number  of  issues  963.  Member’s  subscription  ($10)  is  included  in  Society  dues.  Rates  for  nonmember: 
$20;  outside  USA  add  $7.50  for  postage.  Single  copies,  $2.  Address  communications  to  The  Journal  MSNJ,  Tw 
Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648,  (609)  896-1766.  Second-class  postage  paid  at  Trenton,  NJ,  and  addition! 
entiy  office.  Copyright  1984  by  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey. 


442 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


600 mg  Tablets 


W&fAIH 
600 mg 


More  convenient  for  your  patients 


4 The  Upjohn  Company 


The  Upjohn  Company  • Kalamazoo,  Michigan  49001  USA 


New  Jersey 

JUNE  198 

Features 

449  Membership  Newsletter 

456  Professional  Liability  Commentary 

46 1 Editorials 

465  Hospital  Governing  Boards 

469  Inaugural  Address— Frank  Y.  Watson,  M.D. 

473  Farewell  Address — Alexander  D.  Kovacs,  M.D. 

475  MSNJ  Auxiliary— Mrs.  William  B.  Gellman 

476  Golden  Merit  Awards 

Contributions 

48 1 Cardiac  Amyloidosis  and  Idiopathic  Hypertrophic  Subaortic  Stenosis 

RA.  Daniels,  M.D.,  R.  Weinberg,  M.D.,  A.F.  Rangwala,  M.D., 

G.  Mintz,  M.D..  Long  Branch 

487  The  Smoking  Cessation  Reduction  Action  Program 
N.  Hymowitz,  Ph.D.,  I.  Laquatra,  S.  Karl,  Newark 
493  Promoting  Compliance  in  Hypertensive  Patients 

P.  Supino,  EcLD.,A.R.  Gotsch,  Ph.D„  D.  Van  Harlingen,  EcLD.,  J.  Hebble, 

Piscataway 

50 1 Case  Report:  Hyperprolactinemia  in  a Patient  with  Pseudotumor 
Cerebri 

M.  Goldman,  M.D.,  and  A.  Rabin,  M.D.,  Englewood 

503  Pharmacological  Basis  of  Therapeutics:  Eicosanoids— Mediators  of 
Biological  Functions 

D.J.  Wolff,  Ph.D„  Piscataway 

507  Impaired  Physicians  Program:  Treatment  Loan  Fund 

D.I.  Canavan,  M.D.,  Lawrenceville 

Doctors’  Notebook 

509  Trustees’ Minutes:  April  15,  1984 

510  UMDNJ  Notes,  Stanley  S.  Bergen,  Jr.,  M.D. 

511  AMNJ  Report,  Paul  J.  Hirsch,  M.D. 

511  New  Members 

5 1 2 Physicians  Seeking  Location  in  New  Jersey 

MSNJ  Departments 

515  CME  Calendar 

517  Letters  to  the  Editor 

518  Book  Reviews 
520  Obituaries 

522  Information  for  Authors 


On  The  Cover:  Frank  Y.  Watson, 
M.D.,  is  the  192nd  President  of  the 
Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey.  We 
congratulate  Dr.  Watson  and  wish 
him  eveiy  success  during  his 
term. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE': 


The  Journal 
of  the  Medical 
Society  of 


444 


15  BUICK  ELECTRA 
-DR  SEDAN 

>re's  a car  so  new  that  it's  the  first  of  the 
j's.  But  thanks  to  its  front-wheel  drive, 
jlti-port  Fuel  Injection,  four-wheel 
dependent  suspension,  advanced 
rrodynamics  and  generously  applied 
jctronics,  the  new  Park  Avenue  will 
ty  on  the  leading  edge  of  automotive 
ssign  for  many  years  to  come. 


PAY  NOTHING 

DOWN  & INJOY 
60,000 
FREE  MILES 
ON  US. 

BECAUSE 
PROFESSIONALS 
COME  FIRST 
AT  FENNESSEY... 
IT’S  THE  LEASE 
WE  CAN  DO. 


Why  tie  up  your  precious  capital?  Drive 
away  today  in  plush  Buick  luxury.. .the 
modern  way,  with  Fennessey 
Professional  Leasing.  Free  up  your  cash. 
Free  yourself  from  up-front  down 
payments.  Budget  your  car  costs 
conveniently  and  accurately! 


Rt.  202-206  North  • Somerville,  N.J.  08876 
Call  725-3020  • 

Open  Daily  9-9  • Fri.  til  6 • Sat.  til  5 


PHONE  US  FOR  LIMITED  MONEY-SAVING  PROFESSIONAL  LEASING  RATE 


FIRST 


LEASE 

RENT 

SO  EASY 

11  FENNESSEY 

TO  REACH! 

No  Down  Payment,  60,000 

Only  29.95  per  day  for  new 

Only  4 minutes 

//m.  202-206 

W I Notth 

free  miles  with  full  mfrs.  car 

Buick  Skylarks  or  Skyhawks... 

warranty. 

always  available!  50  free 
miles. 

from  Somerville 

I rN  05 

h® 

\cc> 

UY 


hntral  Jersey's  Largest 
j lection  of  New  Buicks  and 
ide  Cars! 


i.  81— NUMBER  6— JUNE  1984 


445 


Announcing  a major  advance 
in  cardiovascular  therapy 


CARDIZEM  (diltiazem  HC1) 

30  mg  and  60  mg  tablets 

CALCIUM  CHANNEL  BLOCKA1 

from 

Marion  Laboratories 


POTENT  CORONARY 
VASODILATION  WITH  A 
DISTINCTIVE 
HEMODYNAMIC  PROFILE 

CARDIZEM™  (diltiazem  HCl) 
causes  little  or  no  negative 
^ inotropic  effect 
at  recommended 
jw  doses  while 
m providing 
J^potent  % 
j^coronary 
Jw vasodilation. 


Please  see  full  prescribing  information  on  last  page  of  thi. 


cardizem 

(dilNazem  HCI) 

30  mg  and  60  mg  tablets 


TM 


INCREASES  EXERCISE  TOLERANCE, 
REDUCES  ANGINAL  FREQUENCY* *  WITH 
A LOW  INCIDENCE  OF  SIDE  EFFECTS 

Calcium  channel  blockade  with  CARDIZEM™  (diltiazem  HCI) 
produces  changes  in  cardiovascular  hemodynamics  and 
coronary  blood  flow  that  are  of  benefit  in  myocardial  ischemia. 


mm 


IARDIZEM™  (diltiazem  HCI)  ALLOWS  PATIENTS 
TO  SIGNIFICANTLY  PROLONG  EXERCISE 
TOLERANCE,  EVEN  IN  DEMANDING  BRUCE 
PROTOCOL  EXERCISE  TESTS1  (n  - 15) 


-dizem  patients  exercised  longer 
ore  onset  of  pain! 

l 

b 

-IN  STAGE 
5 METS) 

k 

STAGE  1 
(4  METS) 

STAGE  2 
(6.5  METS) 

STAGE  3 
(10  METS) 

P<  005 

fES  3 6 9 

TO  ONSET  OF  PAIN 

ontrol  patients  averaged  8.0  min.  |£|  Cardizem  patients  average 

12 

d 9.8  min. 

This  study  is  of  special  significance  because 
patients  not  only  exercised  longer  but  to  the 
next  higher  stage  in  the  Bruce  protocol. 

A Bruce  protocol  with  a run-in  stage  was  used 
for  all  tests.  Each  stage  lasts  three  minutes. 

In  other  studies,  Cardizem  produced 
41%  to  68%  reduction  of  Prinzmetal’s 
variant  angina  attacks? 


tThis  study  is  a report  from  one  center  in  a multicenter  study. 


wKKKtssmmmm 


erapy  with  Cardizem  produced  a 
v incidence  of  side  effects. 

ilacebo-controlled  trials  (222  patients) 
ducted  in  the  United  States,  the  incidence 
idverse  reactions  reported  during  Cardizem 
*apy  was  not  greater  than  that  reported 
ing  placebo  therapy. 

rences: 

ol  PE,  Seagren  SC,  Bonanno  JA,  et  al:  The  treatment  of 
ercise-inducible  chronic  stable  angina  with  diltiazem:  Effect 
treadmill  exercise.  Chest  78  (Julysuppl):  234-238, 1980. 
hroeder  JS,  Feldman  RL,  Giles  TO,  et  al:  Multiclinic 
ntrolled  trial  of  diltiazem  for  Prinzmetal’s  angina.  Am J Med 
■227-232,  1982. 

33,  Marion  Laboratories,  Inc. 


Those  adverse  reactions  reported  most  frequently 
with  Cardizem  in  959  patients  in  controlled  and 
uncontrolled  U.S.  trials  have  been: 


• Nausea 2.7% 

• Swelling/edema 2.4% 

• Arrhythmia 2.0% 

• Headache  2.0% 

• Rash  1.8% 

• Fatigue 1.1% 


Other  reactions  reported  infrequently  (less  than 
1%)  are  listed  in  full  prescribing  information  on 
adjacent  page. 

* Please  see  adjacent  page  for  full  prescribing  information. 


L.  81— NUMBER  6— JUNE  1984 


447 


PROFESSIONAL  USE  INFORMATION 


cardizem 

(dilfiazem  HCI) 


30  mg  and  60  mg  tablets 

DESCRIPTION 

CARDIZEM™  (diltiazem  hydrochloride)  is  a calcium  ion  influx 
inhibitor  (slow  channel  blocker  or  calcium  antagonist).  Chemically, 
diltiazem  hydrochloride  is  1,5-Benzothiazepin-4(5H)one,3-(acetyl- 
oxy)-5-[2-(dimethylamino)ethyl]-2,3-dihydro-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-, 
monohydrochloride, (+)  -cis-.  The  chemical  structure  is: 


,OCH, 


HCI 


'N- 

I "0 
CH2CH2N(CH3); 


Diltiazem  hydrochloride  is  a white  to  off-white  crystalline  powder 
with  a bitter  taste.  It  is  soluble  in  water,  methanol,  and  chloroform. 
It  has  a molecular  weight  of  450.98.  Each  tablet  of  CARDIZEM  con- 
tains either  30  mg  or  60  mg  diltiazem  for  oral  administration. 


CLINICAL  PHARMACOLOGY 

The  therapeutic  benefits  achieved  with  CARDIZEM  are  believed 
to  be  related  to  its  ability  to  inhibit  the  influx  of  calcium  ions  during 
membrane  depolarization  of  cardiac  and  vascular  smooth  muscle. 

Mechanisms  of  Action.  Although  precise  mechanisms  of  its 
antianginal  actions  are  still  being  delineated,  CARDIZEM  is  believed 
to  act  in  the  following  ways: 

1,  Angina  Due  to  Coronary  Artery  Spasm:  CARDIZEM  has  been 
shown  to  be  a potent  dilator  of  coronary  arteries  both 
epicardial  and  subendocardial.  Spontaneous  and  ergonovine- 
induced  coronary  artery  spasm  are  inhibited  by  CARDIZEM. 

2.  Exertional  Angina:  CARDIZEM  has  been  shown  to  produce 
increases  in  exercise  tolerance,  probably  due  to  its  ability  to 
reduce  myocardial  oxygen  demand.  This  is  accomplished  via 
reductions  in  heart  rate  and  systemic  blood  pressure  at  sub- 
maximal  and  maximal  exercise  work  loads. 

In  animal  models,  diltiazem  interferes  with  the  slow  inward 
(depolarizing)  current  in  excitable  tissue.  It  causes  excitation- 
contraction  uncoupling  in  various  myocardial  tissues  without  changes 
in  the  configuration  of  the  action  potential.  Diltiazem  produces 
relaxation  of  coronary  vascular  smooth  muscle  and  dilation  of  both 
large  and  small  coronary  arteries  at  drug  levels  which  cause  little 
or  no  negative  inotropic  effect.  The  resultant  increases  in  coronary 
blood  flow  (epicardial  and  subendocardial)  occur  in  ischemic  and 
nonischemic  models  and  are  accompanied  by  dose-dependent 
decreases  in  systemic  blood  pressure  and  decreases  in  peripheral 
resistance. 

Hemodynamic  and  Electrophysiologic  Effects.  Like  other 
calcium  antagonists,  diltiazem  decreases  sinoatrial  and  atrio- 
ventricular conduction  in  isolated  tissues  and  has  a negative  inotropic 
effect  in  isolated  preparations.  In  the  intact  animal,  prolongation  of 
the  AH  interval  can  be  seen  at  higher  doses. 

In  man,  diltiazem  prevents  spontaneous  and  ergonovine-provoked 
coronary  artery  spasm.  It  causes  a decrease  in  peripheral  vascular 
resistance  and  a modest  fall  in  blood  pressure  and,  in  exercise 
tolerance  studies  in  patients  with  ischemic  heart  disease,  reduces 
the  heart  rate/blood  pressure  product  for  any  given  work  load.  Studies 
to  date,  primarily  in  patients  with  good  ventricular  function,  have 
not  revealed  evidence  of  a negative  inotropic  effect:  cardiac  output, 
ejection  fraction,  and  left  ventricular  end  diastolic  pressure  have 
not  been  affected.  There  are  as  yet  few  data  on  the  interaction  of 
diltiazem  and  beta-blockers.  Resting  heart  rate  is  usually  unchanged 
or  slightly  reduced  by  diltiazem. 

Intravenous  diltiazem  in  doses  of  20  mg  prolongs  AH  conduction 
time  and  AV  node  functional  and  effective  refractory  periods  approxi- 
mately 20%.  In  a study  involving  single  oral  doses  of  300  mg  of 
CARDIZEM  in  six  normal  volunteers,  the  average  maximum  PR  pro- 
longation was  14%  with  no  instances  of  greater  than  first-degree 
AV  block.  Diltiazem-assoclated  prolongation  of  the  AH  interval  is 
not  more  pronounced  in  patients  with  first-degree  heart  block.  In 
patients  with  sick  sinus  syndrome,  diltiazem  significantly  prolongs 
sinus  cycle  length  (up  to  50%  in  some  cases). 

Chronic  oral  administration  of  CARDIZEM  in  doses  of  up  to 
240  mg/day  nas  resulted  in  small  increases  in  PR  interval,  but  has 
not  usually  produced  abnormal  prolongation.  There  were,  however, 
three  instances  of  second-degree  AV  block  and  one  instance  of 
third-degree  AV  block  in  a group  of  959  chronically  treated  patients. 

Pharmacokinetics  and  Metabolism.  Diltiazem  is  absorbed  from 
the  tablet  formulation  to  about  80%  of  a reference  capsule  and  is 
subject  to  an  extensive  first-pass  effect,  giving  an  absolute  bio- 
availability (compared  to  intravenous  dosing)  of  about  40%. 
CARDIZEM  undergoes  extensive  hepatic  metabolism  in  which  2% 
to  4%  of  the  unchanged  drug  appears  in  the  urine.  In  vitro  binding 
studies  show  CARDIZEM  is  70%  to  80%  bound  to  plasma  proteins. 
Competitive  ligand  binding  studies  have  also  shown  CARDIZEM 
binding  is  not  altered  by  therapeutic  concentrations  of  digoxin, 
hydrochlorothiazide,  phenylbutazone,  propranolol,  salicylic  acid, 
or  warfarin.  Single  oral  doses  of  30  to  120  mg  of  CARDIZEM  result 
in  detectable  plasma  levels  within  30  to  60  minutes  and  peak 
plasma  levels  two  to  three  hours  after  drug  administration.  The  plasma 
elimination  half-life  following  single  or  multiple  drug  administration 
is  approximately  3.5  hours.  Desacetyl  diltiazem  is  also  present  in 
the  plasma  at  levels  of  10%  to  20%  of  the  parent  drug  and  is 
25%  to  50%  as  potent  as  a coronary  vasodilator  as  diltiazem.  Thera- 
peutic blood  levels  of  CARDIZEM  appear  to  be  in  the  range  of  50 
to  200  ng/mi.  There  is  a departure  from  dose-linearity  when  single 
doses  above  60  mg  are  given:  a 120-mg  dose  gave  blood  levels 
three  times  that  of  the  60-mg  dose.  There  is  no  information  about  the 
effect  of  renal  or  hepatic  impairment  on  excretion  or  metabolism 
of  diltiazem. 


effective  in  the  treatment  of  spontaneous  coronary  artery  spasm 
presenting  as  Prinzmetal's  variant  angina  (resting  angina  with 
ST-segment  elevation  occurring  during  attacks). 

2 Chronic  Stable  Angina  (Classic  Effort-Associated 
Angina).  CARDIZEM  is  indicated  in  the  management  of  chronic 
stable  angina  in  patients  who  cannot  tolerate  therapy  with 
beta-blockers  and/or  nitrates  or  who  remain  symptomatic 
despite  adequate  doses  of  these  agents.  CARDIZEM  has  been 
effective  in  short-term  controlled  trials  in  reducing  angina 
frequency  and  increasing  exercise  tolerance,  but  confirmation 
of  sustained  effectiveness  is  incomplete. 

There  are  no  controlled  studies  of  the  effectiveness  of  the  con- 
comitant use  of  diltiazem  and  beta-blockers  or  of  the  safety  of  this 
combination  in  patients  with  impaired  ventricular  function  or  con- 
duction abnormalities. 


CONTRAINDICATIONS 

CARDIZEM  is  contraindicated  in  (1)  patients  with  sick  sinus 
syndrome  except  in  the  presence  of  a functioning  ventricular  pace- 
maker, (2)  patients  with  second-  or  third-degree  AV  block,  and  (3) 
patients  with  hypotension  (less  than  90  mm  Hg  systolic). 


WARNINGS 

1 Cardiac  Conduction.  CARDIZEM  prolongs  AV  node  refractory 
periods  without  significantly  prolonging  sinus  node  recovery 
time,  except  in  patients  with  sick  sinus  syndrome.  This  effect 
may  rarely  result  in  abnormally  slow  heart  rates  (particularly 
in  patients  with  sick  sinus  syndrome)  or  second-  or  third-degree 
AV  block  (four  of  959  patients  for  0.42%).  Concomitant  use  of 
diltiazem  with  beta-blockers  or  digitalis  may  result  in  additive 
effects  on  cardiac  conduction.  A patient  with  Prinzmetal's 
angina  developed  periods  of  asystole  (2  to  5 seconds)  after  a 
single  dose  of  60  mg  of  diltiazem. 

2 Congestive  Heart  Failure.  Although  diltiazem  has  a nega- 
tive inotropic  effect  in  isolated  animal  tissue  preparations, 
hemodynamic  studies  in  humans  with  normal  ventricular  func- 
tion have  not  shown  a reduction  in  cardiac  index  nor  consistent 
negative  effects  on  contractility  (dp/dt).  Experience  with  the 
use  of  CARDIZEM  alone  or  in  combination  with  beta-blockers 
in  patients  with  impaired  ventricular  function  is  very  limited 
Caution  should  be  exercised  when  using  the  drug  in  such 
patients. 

3.  Hypotension.  Decreases  in  blood  pressure  associated  with 
CARDIZEM  therapy  may  occasionally  result  in  symptomatic 
hypotension. 

4.  Acute  Hepatic  Injury.  There  has  been  a single  report  in  a 
patient  receiving  120  mg  of  diltiazem  tid  of  marked  transaminase 
elevation  (SGOT  4500,  SGPT  2300)  accompanied  by  hyper- 
bilirubinemia (to  3 mg%),  occurring  after  four  days  of  treatment. 
The  enzyme  abnormalities  resolved  entirely,  and  enzymes  were 
nearly  normal  a week  after  cessation  of  treatment.  No  rechal- 
lenge was  carried  out,  but  the  patient  had  no  evidence  of  viral 
hepatitis  and  received  no  other  drugs  but  isosorbide  dinitrate 

No  other  similar  liver  injury  has  been  reported  in  clinical 
trials,  but  marketing  experience  in  Europe  has  resulted  in  a 
rechallenge-confirmed  instance  of  hepatocellular  injury.  How- 
ever, it  should  be  noted  that  there  have  been  further  episodes 
of  raised  transaminases  in  the  absence  of  diltiazem  in  this 
patient,  so  that  the  relationship  to  diltiazem  of  the  abnormalities 
is  not  completely  clear.  Other  instances  of  transaminase  eleva- 
tion have  been  reported  in  Europe,  but  their  relationship  to 
the  drug  is  uncertain 


INDICATIONS  AND  USAGE 

1 Angina  Pectoris  Due  to  Coronary  Artery  Spasm. 

CARDIZEM  is  indicated  in  the  treatment  of  angina  pectoris 
due  to  coronary  artery  spasm.  CARDIZEM  has  been  shown 


ADVERSE  REACTIONS 

Serious  adverse  reactions  have  been  rare  in  studies  carried  oi 
to  date,  but  it  should  be  recognized  that  patients  with  impaire 
ventricular  function  and  cardiac  conduction  abnormalities  hav 
usually  been  excluded.  Experience  with  an  added  beta-blocker  i 
also  extremely  limited 

In  domestic  placebo-controlled  trials,  the  incidence  of  advers 
reactions  reported  during  CARDIZEM  therapy  was  not  greater  tha 
that  reported  during  placebo  therapy. 

In  addition,  the  following  have  been  reported  infrequently  an 
represent  occurrences  which  can  be  at  least  reasonably  associate 
with  the  pharmacology  of  calcium  influx  inhibition.  In  many  case: 
the  relationship  to  CARDIZEM  has  not  been  established.  The  mo: 
common  occurrences,  as  well  as  their  frequency  of  presentatioi 
are  nausea  (2.7%),  swelling/edema  (2.4%),  arrhythmia  (2.0% 
headache  (2.0%),  rash  (1.8%),  and  fatigue  (1.1%).  In  addition,  tt 
following  events  were  reported  infrequently  (<1  0%).  The  order  i 
presentation  corresponds  to  the  relative  frequency  of  occurrence 
Cardiovascular:  Flushing,  congestive  heart  failure,  bradycardi 
hypotension,  syncope,  pounding  heart. 

Central  Nervous  Drowsiness,  dizziness,  lightheadedness,  nervou 
System:  ness,  depression,  weakness,  insomnia,  confusin' 

hallucinations. 

Gastrointestinal:  Vomiting,  diarrhea,  gastric  upset,  constipatio; 
indigestion,  pyrosis. 

Dermatologic.  Pruritus,  petechiae,  urticaria. 

Other:  Photosensitivity,  nocturia,  thirst,  paresthesia; 

polyuria,  osteoarticular  pain. 

The  following  additional  experiences  have  been  noted 

A patient  with  Prinzmetal’s  angina  experiencing  episodes 
vasospastic  angina  developed  periods  of  transient  asymptomai 
asystole  approximately  five  hours  after  receiving  a single  60-n 
dose  of  CARDIZEM 

Experience  in  959  patients  taking  oral  doses  of  CARDIZE; 
resulted  in  three  cases  (0.31%)  of  second-degree  AV  block  a 
one  case  (0.10%)  of  third-degree  AV  block  at  doses  of  240 
360  mg  daily. 

In  rare  instances,  mild  to  moderate  transient  elevations  of  alkali! 
phosphatase,  SGOT,  SGPT,  LDH,  and  CPK  have  been  noted  dun1 
CARDIZEM  therapy  A single  incident  of  markedly  elevated  liq! 
enzymes  associated  with  symptoms  was  reported  in  a patient  taki, 
360  mg  per  day  for  four  days.  Drug  was  discontinued  and  enzym! 
normalized  within  1 week. 


Bradycardia 


PRECAUTIONS 

General.  CARDIZEM  is  extensively  metabolized  by  the  liver  and 
excreted  by  the  kidneys  and  in  bile.  As  with  any  new  drug  given  over 
prolonged  periods,  laboratory  parameters  should  be  monitored  at 
regular  intervals.  The  drug  should  be  used  with  caution  in  patients 
with  impaired  renal  or  hepatic  function.  In  subacute  and  chronic  dog 
and  rat  studies  designed  to  produce  toxicity,  high  doses  of  diltiazem 
were  associated  with  hepatic  damage  In  special  subacute  hepatic 
studies,  oral  doses  of  125  mg/kg  and  higher  in  rats  were  associated 
with  histological  changes  in  the  liver  which  were  reversible  when 
the  drug  was  discontinued  In  dogs,  doses  of  20  mg/kg  were  also 
associated  with  hepatic  changes;  however,  these  changes  were 
reversible  with  continued  dosing. 

Drug  Interaction.  Pharmacologic  studies  indicate  that  there 
may  be  additive  effects  in  prolonging  AV  conduction  when  using 
beta-blockers  or  digitalis  concomitantly  with  CARDIZEM.  (See 
WARNINGS.) 

Uncontrolled  domestic  studies  suggest  that  concomitant  use  of 
CARDIZEM  and  beta-blockers  or  digitalis  is  usually  well  tolerated. 
Available  data  are  not  sufficient,  however,  to  predict  the  effects  of 
concomitant  treatment,  particularly  in  patients  with  left  ventricular 
dysfunction  or  cardiac  conduction  abnormalities;  the  effect  of  diltiazem 
on  serum  digoxin  levels  has  not  been  examined.  The  safety  of  the 
combination  of  CARDIZEM  and  beta-blockers  or  digitalis  is  cur- 
rently being  investigated  in  well-controlled  studies. 

Carcinogenesis,  Mutagenesis,  Impairment  of  Fertility.  A 
24-month  study  in  rats  and  a 21-month  study  in  mice  showed  no 
evidence  of  carcinogenicity.  There  was  also  no  mutagenic  response 
in  in  vitro  bacterial  tests.  No  intrinsic  effect  on  fertility  was  observed 
in  rats 

Pregnancy.  Category  C.  Reproduction  studies  have  been  con- 
ducted in  mice,  rats,  and  rabbits.  Administration  of  doses  ranging 
from  five  to  ten  times  greater  (on  a mg/kg  basis)  than  the  daily 
recommended  therapeutic  dose  has  resulted  in  embryo  and  fetal 
lethality.  These  doses,  in  some  studies,  have  been  reported  to  cause 
skeletal  abnormalities.  In  the  perinatal/postnatal  studies,  there  was 
some  reduction  in  early  individual  pup  weights  and  survival  rates 
There  was  an  increased  incidence  of  stillbirths  at  doses  of  20 
times  the  human  dose  or  greater. 

There  are  no  well-controlled  studies  in  pregnant  women;  there- 
fore, use  CARDIZEM  in  pregnant  women  only  If  the  potential  benefit 
justifies  the  potential  risk  to  the  fetus. 

Nursing  Mothers.  It  is  not  known  whether  this  drug  is  excreted 
in  human  milk.  Because  many  drugs  are  excreted  in  human  milk, 
exercise  caution  when  CARDIZEM  is  administered  to  a nursing 
woman  if  the  drug's  benefits  are  thought  to  outweigh  its  potential 
risks  in  this  situation 

Pediatric  Use.  Safety  and  effectiveness  in  children  have  not 
been  established. 


OVERDOSAGE  OR  EXAGGERATED  RESPONSE 

Overdosage  experiences  with  oral  diltiazem  have  not  been  report! 
Single  oral  doses  of  300  mg  of  CARDIZEM  have  been  well  toleral: 
by  healthy  volunteers.  In  the  event  of  overdosage  or  exaggeral 
response,  appropriate  supportive  measures  should  be  employ 
in  addition  to  gastric  lavage.  The  following  measures  may 
considered: 

Administer  atropine  (0  60  to  1.0  mg).  If  there  is 
response  to  vagal  blockade,  administer  isop 
terenol  cautiously. 

Treat  as  for  bradycardia  above.  Fixed  high-deg 
AV  block  should  be  treated  with  cardiac  pacini 
Administer  inotropic  agents  (isoproterenol,  do 
mine,  or  dobutamine)  and  diuretics. 
Vasopressors  (eg,  dopamine  or  levartere 
bitartrate). 

Actual  treatment  and  dosage  should  depend  on  the  severity! 
the  clinical  situation  and  the  ludgment  and  experience  of  the  treat  t 
physician 

The  oral  LDso's  in  mice  and  rats  range  from  415  to  740  mg,; 
and  from  560  to  810  mg/kg,  respectively.  The  intravenous  LD ' ( 
in  these  species  were  60  and  38  mg/kg,  respectively.  The  (. 
LDso  in  dogs  is  considered  to  be  in  excess  of  50  mg/kg,  wli 
lethality  was  seen  in  monkeys  at  360  mg/kg.  The  toxic  dose  in  r 
is  not  known,  but  blood  levels  in  excess  of  800  ng/ml  have 
been  associated  with  toxicity. 


High-degree  AV 
Block 

Cardiac  Failure 


Hypotension 


DOSAGE  AND  ADMINISTRATION 

Exertional  Angina  Pectoris  Due  to  Atherosclerotic  Coron 
Artery  Disease  or  Angina  Pectoris  at  Rest  Due  to  Coron  1 
Artery  Spasm.  Dosage  must  be  adjusted  to  each  patient's  net 
Starting  with  30  mg  four  times  daily,  before  meals  and  at  bedti; 
dosage  should  be  increased  gradually  to  240  mg  (given  in  divii  < 
doses  three  or  four  times  daily)  at  one-  to  two-day  intervals  i|  : 
optimum  response  is  obtained.  The  effectiveness  and  safet  , 
dosages  exceeding  240  mg  per  day  are  currently  being  investiga 
There  are  no  available  data  concerning  dosage  requirement  jj 
patients  with  impaired  renal  or  hepatic  function.  If  the  drug  nij. 
be  used  in  such  patients,  titration  should  be  carried  out  v 
particular  caution. 

Concomitant  Use  With  Other  Antianginal  Agents. 


Sublingual  NTG  may  be  taken  as  required  to  abort  a1 
anginal  attacks  during  CARDIZEM  therapy. 

Prophylactic  Nitrate  Therapy -CARDIZEM  may  be  sa1 

coadministered  with  short-  and  long-acting  nitrates,  but  t 
have  been  no  controlled  studies  to  evaluate  the  antiani 
effectiveness  of  this  combination. 

Beta-blockers.  (See  WARNINGS  and  PRECAUTIONS. 


HOW  SUPPLIED 

CARDIZEM  30-mg  tablets  are  supplied  in  bottles  of  100  (;] 
0088-1771-47).  Each  green  tablet  is  engraved  with  MARION  onl 
side  and  1771  engraved  on  the  other  CARDIZEM  60-mg  sell 
tablets  are  supplied  in  bottles  of  100  (NDC  0088-1772-47).  1 1 
yellow  tablet  is  engraved  with  MARION  on  one  side  and  177  r , 
the  other.  ■ ‘ 


Issued  IT 


Another  patient  benefit  product  from 


PHARMACEUTICAL  DIVISION 


MARION 

LABORATORIES.  INC 


KANSAS  CITY  MISSOURI  64137 


448 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE: 


Membership 

Newsletter 


PHE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


VOLUME  12 


3LUE  SHIELD  VIOLATES  ANTITRUST  LAW 

A federal  district  court  in  Massachusetts  has  ruled 
hat  Blue  Shield’s  ban  on  balance  billing  by  parti- 
cipating physicians  imposes  an  unreasonable  re- 
straint on  competition. 

In  Massachusetts,  Blue  Shield  provides  coverage 
mly  when  services  are  rendered  by  a participating 
ihysician.  Since  Blue  Shield  holds  the  dominant 
narket  share,  physician  participation  becomes  a 
natter  of  economic  necessity  rather  than  voluntary.  All 
ihysicians  are  reimbursed  at  the  same  maximum 
irice  level  regardless  of  skill  or  training. 

The  court  found  that  the  restraint  adversely  impacts 
m the  patient’s  choice  of  physician  and  affects 
ompetition  among  physicians. 

MANDATED  ASSIGNMENT  DEFEATED  IN  HOUSE 

On  April  12,  1984,  the  U.S.  House  of  Representatives 
onsidered  a proposal  to  freeze  Medicare  reimburse- 
ment for  physician  services  for  a year-coupled  with 
Mandated  acceptance  of  Medicare  assignment  for 
ervices  to  hospitalized  patients.  The  House  rejected 
he  proposal  in  a voice  vote.  It  is  likely  the  issue  will 
>e  considered  again  in  the  fall. 

ADVERTISING  AND  SOLICITATION  PRACTICES 

On  March  14,  1984,  pursuant  to  the  authority  of 
fJ-SA  45:9-2,  the  Board  of  Medical  Examiners 
epealed  the  former  text  of  N.JA.C.  13:35-6.10 
egulating  advertising  and  solicitation  practices  of 
icensees  of  the  Board  of  Medical  Examiners,  and  in 
ccordance  with  the  applicable  provisions  of  the 
Administrative  Procedure  Act,  the  Board  adopted  in  its 
'lace  under  the  same  citation  the  text  proposed  and 
'ublished  at  16  N.J.R  32  on  January  3,  1984,  with 
hanges  not  in  violation  of  N.JAC.  1:30-3.5.  Further, 
ne  Board  voted  to  alert  readers  in  the  published  notice 
f adoption  that  a new  provision  restrictive  of  certain 
tyles  of  advertising  in  public  media  will  be  proposed 
i the  next  available  Register  (that  is,  a provision 
rohibiting  drawings,  animations,  clinical  photo- 
raphs,  dramatizations,  music  or  lyrics  in  radio  or 

, 


television  advertisements)  which  will  be  added  to  the 
present  adopted  text  as  new  section  (m). 

The  other  changes,  deemed  not  to  require 
republication,  are  the  following:  grammatical 
correction  to  N.JAC.  13:35-6.10  (d)  and  (1)  to  make 
clear  that  the  paragraph  pertained  to  the  Board  of 
Medical  Examiners,  and  a spelling  correction  in  f(2). 
N.JAC.  13:35-6. 10(e)  is  modified  in  response  to  public 
comments  to  make  clear  that  traditional  community- 
based  informational  services  such  as  Welcome  Wagon 
may  continue  to  include  announcements  and 
information  or  literature  from  licensees.  Also,  new 
wording  was  adopted  for  N.JAC.  13:35-6. 10(h)  based 
upon  the  suggestion  of  New  Jersey  Bell  Telephone 
which  advised  that  the  proposed  wording  would  result 
in  considerable  expense  to  Board  licensees  in 
advertising  media  such  as  telephone  yellow  pages;  the 
Board  determined  that,  while  all  licensees  must  be 
identified  on  professional  stationery  and  at  the  office 
location,  advertisements  intended  for  off-premises 
display  or  circulation  need  list  only  the  professional 
service  corporation  or  trade  name  along  with  nature 
of  practice,  address  or  telephone  number,  and  the 
name  of  at  least  one  of  the  practicing  licensees.  The 
Board’s  responses  to  other  public  comments  is  set 
forth  in  a committee  report  which  was  reviewed  and 
adopted  by  the  Board  on  March  14.  The  report  is 
available  for  public  inspection.  The  Board’s 
determination  to  continue  to  prohibit  the  advertising 
of  “free  services”  or  the  substantial  equivalent  of  free 
services  (for  example,  “$5  examination”)  was,  as  noted 
in  the  report,  supported  by  testimony  presented  at  the 
public  hearing  conducted  on  October  6,  1983.  Not  only 
did  respected  and  credible  witnesses  speak  on  the  high 
abuse  potential  of  “free  service”  advertising  done 
within  the  confines  of  a physician’s  office,  but  those 
speaking  in  favor  of  it  described  the  very  effects  that 
the  Board  had  feared  as  in  fact  happening  in  office 
settings  where  certain  practitioners  were  inducing  the 
public  to  come  in  with  an  offer  of  “free  examination.” 

Full  text  of  the  adoption  follows  (additions  to  the 
proposal  shown  in  boldface  with  asterisks  *thus*; 
deletions  from  the  proposal  shown  in  brackets  with 
asterisks  *[thus]*). 


)L.  81— NUMBER  6— JUNE  1984 


449 


13:35-6.10  Advertising  and  solicitation  practices 

(a)  Definitions:  The  following  words  and  terms  when  used 
in  this  section  shall  have  the  following  meanings  unless  the 
context  clearly  indicates  otherwise. 

1.  The  term  “advertisement"  shall  mean  any  attempt 
directly  or  indirectly  by  publication,  dissemination,  or 
circulation  in  print  or  electronic  media  which  directly  or 
indirectly  induces  or  attempts  to  induce  any  person  or  entity 
to  purchase  or  enter  into  an  agreement  to  purchaser  services, 
treatment,  or  goods  related  thereto  from  a Board  licensee. 

2.  "Board  licensee”  shall  mean  any  individual  holding  a 
license  issued  by  the  State  Board  of  Medical  Examiners. 

3.  The  term  “routine  professional  service”  shall  refer  to  a 
service  which  a board  licensee  or  professional  association 
routinely  performs. 

4.  The  term  "print  media"  shall  include  newspapers, 
magazines,  periodicals,  professional  journals,  telephone 
directories,  circulars,  handbills,  flyers,  billboards,  signs, 
matchcovers  and  other  similar  items,  documents  or 
comparable  publications,  the  content  of  which  is 
disseminated  by  means  of  the  printed  word.  The  term  shall 
not  include  aerial  displays. 

5.  The  term  “electronic  media”  shall  include  radio  and 
television,  but  shall  not  include  communications  made  by 
sound  equipment  from  a motor  vehicle. 

6.  The  term  “range  of  fees”  shall  refer  to  an  expressly  stated 
upper  and  lower  limit  on  the  fees  charged  for  services  or 
goods  offered  by  a Board  licensee. 

(b)  A Board  licensee  may  provide  information  to  the  public 
by  advertising  in  print  or  electronic  media 

(c)  A Board  licensee  who  engages  in  the  use  of  advertising 
which  contains  any  of  the  following  shall  be  deemed  to  be 
engaged  in  professional  misconduct: 

1.  Any  statement,  claim,  or  format  which  is  false, 
fraudulent,  misleading  or  deceptive; 

2.  Any  misrepresentation  of  a material  fact; 

3.  The  suppression,  omission,  or  concealment  of  any 
material  fact  under  circumstances  which  a Board  licensee 
knows  or  should  know  that  the  omission  is  improper  or 
prohibits  a prospective  patient  from  making  a full  and 
informed  judgment  on  the  basis  of  the  information  set  forth 
in  the  advertisement; 

4.  Any  claim  that  the  service  performed  or  the  materials 
used  are  superior  to  that  which  is  ordinarily  performed  or 
used  in  the  profession; 

5.  Any  promotion  of  a professional  service  which  the  Board 
licensee  knows  or  should  know  is  beyond  the  licensee’s  ability 
to  perform; 

6.  A technique  or  communication  which  appears  to 
intimidate,  exert  undue  pressure,  or  to  unduly  influence  a 
prospective  patient  or  consumer; 

7.  Any  personal  testimonial  attesting  to  the  quality  or 
competence  of  a service  or  treatment  offered  by  a licensee; 

8.  The  communication  of  any  fact,  data,  or  information 
which  may  personally  identify  a patient; 

9.  An  offer  to  pay,  give,  or  accept  a fee  or  other 
consideration  to  or  from  a third  party  for  the  referral  of  a 
patient; 

10.  Any  print,  language,  or  format  which  directly  or 
indirectly  obscures  a material  fact; 

11.  Any  statement  offering  gratuitious  services  or  the 
substantia]  equivalent  thereof,  provided,  however,  nothing 
herein  contained  shall  be  deemed  to  prohibit  the  rendering 
by  a Board  licensee  of  professional  services  for  which  no  fee 
is  charged. 

(d)  * [A]  The*  licensing  board  may  require  a licensee  to 
substantiate  the  truthfulness  of  any  assertion  or 
representation  set  forth  in  an  advertisement.  Failure  of  a 
Board  licensee  to  provide  factual  substantiation  to  support 
a representation  or  assertion  shall  be  deemed  professional 
misconduct. 

(e)  A Board  licensee  shall  not  engage  either  directly  or 
through  the  use  of  any  agent,  employee,  or  representative  in 
in-person  solicitation  with  a prospective  patient  or  consumer. 
This  subsection  shall  not  prohibit  ‘licensee  from  offering 
services  through  materials  provided  to  a community  service 
organization  which  makes  known  the  availability  of  all 
professional  services  desiring  to  be  listed;  nor  shall  it 
prohibit*  the  offering  of  services  by  a Board  licensee  to  any 


bona  fide  representative  of  prospective  patients  including 
but  not  limited  to  employers,  labor  union  representatives,  oi 
insurance  carriers. 

(0  Advertising  making  reference  to  or  setting  forth  a fe< 
shall  be  limited  to  that  which  contains  a fixed  or  a statec 
range  of  fees  for  specifically  described  routine  professions 
services  or  goods  offered  by  licensees. 

1.  A Board  licensee  who  advertises  fees  shall  disclose  a! 
relevant  and  material  variables  and  considerations  which  ar 
ordinarily  included  in  such  a service  so  that  the  fee  will  b 
clearly  understood  by  prospective  patients  or  consumers.  ;; 

2.  In  the  absence  of  such  disclosure  referred  to  in  (f)!| 
above,  the  stated  fees  shall  be  presumed  to  include  eveiythin 
ordinarily  required  for  such  a service.  No  additional  charge, 
shall  be  made  for  an  advertised  service  unless  th 
advertisement  includes  a specific  delineation  of  addition; 
services  contemplated  in  the  fee  to  be  charged  therefore. 

(g)  Offers  of  discounts  or  fee  reductions  shall  state  a bon 
fide  fee  or  range  of  fees  against  which  such  discounts  are  f 
be  made. 

(h)  * [All  Board  licensee  advertisements  and  publi 
representations  shall  contain  the  name  and  address  c 
telephone  number  of  the  Board  licensee,  professional  servic 
corporation,  or  trade  name  under  which  the  practice  i1 
conducted  and  shall  also  set  forth  the  names  of  all  licensee 
who  are  principals,  partners,  or  officers  in  the  firm  or  entiill 
identified  in  the  advertisement  and  the  nature  of  thl 
professional  practice.]  The  name  and  nature  of  profession:  ! 
practice  of  eveiy  licensee  practicing  independently  or  as  ajl 
employee  of  another  licensee  or  of  a professional  servic 
corporation  shall  appear  on  professional  stationery  and  she 
be  conspicuously  displayed  and  kept  at  the  entrance  of  tb  • 
place  where  the  licensed  practice  is  conducted* 

(i)  The  responsibility  for  the  form  and  content  of  ar, 
advertisement  offering  services  or  goods  by  a Board  license  I 
shall  be  jointly  and  severally  that  of  each  Board  licensee  wb  - 
is  a principal,  partner,  or  officer  of  the  firm  or  entity  identifie 
in  the  advertisement. 

(j)  The  time  period  during  which  an  advertised  fee  wj 
remain  in  effect  shall  be  set  forth  on  the  face  of  tb 
advertisement.  In  the  absence  of  such  disclosure,  the  effects  I 
period  shall  be  deemed  to  be  30  days  from  the  date  of  tlj 
advertisement’s  * (initial]  final*  publication. 

(k)  A video  or  audio  tape  of  every  advertisemei  ' 

communicated  by  electronic  media  shall  be  retained  by  tlfj 
Board  licensee  and  shall  be  made  available  for  review  upc 
request  by  the  Board  or  its  designee.  A copy  of  af 
advertisement  appearing  in  the  print  media  shall  also  1]^ 
retained  by  the  licensee  and  made  available  for  review.  T1 
tapes  and  print  media  copies  required  to  be  retained  by  tb 
subsection,  shall  be  kept  for  a period  of  three  years  from  tl 
date  of  the  last  authorized  publication  or  dissemination 
the  advertisement.  *' 

* (1)  All  Board  licensee  advertisements  and  publ;  1 
representations  intended  to  be  displayed  or  circulated  aw 
from  the  office  premises  shall  contain  the  name  and  addre  j 
or  name  and  telephone  number  of  the  Board  licensee  or  t I 
professional  service  corporation  or  trade  name  under  whi 
the  practice  is  conducted  and  the  nature  of  the  professior 
practice.  All  such  advertisements,  including  telepho 
directory  advertisements  may,  if  desired,  list  only  t 
professional  service  corporation  or  trade  name  but  mi 
disclose  the  nature  of  the  practice,  and  address  or  telepho 
number,  and  the  name  of  at  least  one  of  the  princip 
practitioners.* 

*(m)*  (Reserved) 

* [1]  (n)  * Nothing  contained  in  this  section  shall 
construed  to  prohibit  *[a]  the*  licensing  board  from  adopti 
additional  regulations  concerning  advertising  by  Boe 
licensees.  To  the  extent  that  any  conflict  or  inconsistency  rr 
arise  between  the  provisions  of  this  section  and  aj 
subsequently  adopted  rule  dealing  more  specifically  with  tj 
same  subject  matter  as  set  forth,  such  subsequent  adopt 
rule  shall  control. 

H El 

TWIN  CLUB 

One  of  the  goals  of  the  New  Jersey  Association 
Twins’  Mothers  Clubs  is  to  assist  researchers  in  a’ 


450 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS 

9 


ay  possible  to  learn  more  about  development  of  twins, 
he  association  maintains  a Permanent  Twin  Registiy 
ith  approximately  700  names  on  file.  The  National 
rganization  of  Mothers  of  Twins  Clubs,  Inc.  has  a 
jrmanent  listing  of  adult  twins.  If  you  are  interested 
1 doing  twin  research  or  if  you  know  of  anyone  with 
lat  interest,  please  do  not  hesitate  to  contact  the  club. 

ATIONAL  ORGAN  TRANSPLANTATION 
CT— MEDICARE  AMENDMENTS 

The  AMA  and  24  medical  specialty  and  hospital 
ganizations,  in  a joint  statement,  called  for  the 
Tetion  of  major  Medicare  amendments  from  H.R 
380,  the  National  Organ  Transplantation  Act.  The 
edicare  amendments  would  allow  the  Secretary  of 
HS  to  ration  any  health  care  technology  or  procedure 
/ establishing  reimbursement  criteria  for  Medicare 
meficiaries,  physicians,  medical  facilities,  and  the 
>nditions  under  which  the  technology  or  procedure 
>uld  be  provided.  These  Medicare  amendments  are 
jot  limited  to  transplantation  and  never  received 
jtention  as  to  their  impact  during  Subcommittee 
tarings. 

E CAREFUL 

jThe  State  Board  of  Medical  Examiners  voted  to 
affirm  the  policy  regarding  the  use  of  rubber 
iignature  stamps  by  doctors  with  the  following 
larification:  “Any  professional  interpretation  by  a 
fiysician,  whether  that  physician  be  a pathologist  or 
diologist,  requires  the  full  original  signature  of  the 
pysician  rendering  that  professional  interpretation, 
/ports  of  test  results  which  have  not  required  an 
i dividual  professional  interpretation,  such  as  but  not 
Inited  to  CBC,  need  not  be  individually  signed.” 

1 JBLIC  OPINION/DOCTOR  RELATIONS 

Depending  on  to  whom  you  listen  the  image  of  the 
i sdical  profession  rides  a roller  coaster.  Some  surveys 
;e  reported  to  indicate  individual  physicians  still  are 
1 Id  in  high  regard  by  their  patients.  The  same  surveys 
; >o  point  out  that  the  opinion  of  the  overall  profession 
5 ow  signs  of  erosion. 

Many  of  the  complaints  relate  to  what  appears  to  be 
bk  of  consideration  and  dehumanized  relationships 
1 tween  the  patients  and  the  providers  of  medical  care. 
The  profession  is  beleaguered  by  various  political 
; d economic  forces  according  to  John  Corboy,  M.D., 
i Hawaii  Medical  Journal.  He  suggests  that 
lysicians  take  a tip  from  their  unschooled 
(mpetitors  and  get  back  to  basics.  Try  to  utilize  the 
derwhelming  therapeutic  power  of  true  concern, 
t-ich,  support,  and  personal  reassurance.  Take  an 
Ora  minute  for  the  magic;  it’s  veiy  good  medicine. 
We  have  a collection  of  various  media  articles  on  the 
(ctor-patient  relationship  that  are  enlightening.  You 
(a  request  copies  by  writing  to  MSNJ,  c/o  Public 
illations.  Two  Princess  Road,  Lawreneeville,  NJ 
(648. 

* W COMPREHENSIVE  MAJOR  MEDICAL  PLAN 
I tS  LOWER  COSTS  FOR  YOUNGER  MEMBERS 

/our  Society  now  endorses  a true,  comprehensive 
Wijor  Medical  Plan,  administered  by  E.  & W. 

I 

'•'L.  81 -NUMBER  6— JUNE  1984 


Blanksteen,  which  provides  complete  medical  care 
protection  in  one  package.  Because  of  its  $500 
deductible  and  age-rated  premiums,  a full  family  under 
40  can  be  fully  covered  for  hospital  and  medical 
expenses  for  under  $1,000  a year.  No  Blue  Cross  or 
other  hospital  coverage  is  needed  when  you  have  this 
policy. 

Here  is  a description  of  the  Plan  for  members  and 
dependents  who  have  not  yet  reached  the  age  of 
eligibility  for  Medicare: 

After  a $500  deductible,  the  Plan  covers; 

a)  full  semiprivate  room  cost  (including  full 
intensive/coronary  care); 

b)  all  other  hospital  charges  (except  phone  or  TV); 

c)  80  percent  of  all  physicians’  and  surgeons’  fees; 

d)  $64  each  eight-hour  shift  for  special  nurses;  and 

e)  80  percent  of  prescriptions  drugs,  laboratory  and 
x-ray  charges,  physiotherapy,  and  local  ambulance 
charges. 

You  can  choose  this  plan  as  your  only  hospi- 
tal/medical/surgical/nursing protection,  if  only  you 
are  willing  to  assume  the  following  obligations 
yourself: 

1)  the  $500  deductible  for  each  illness; 

2)  the  difference  between  the  full  charge  for  special 
nurses  and  the  policy’s  $64  per  eight-hour  shift; 

3)  20  percent  of  physicians’  and  surgeons’  fees;  and 

4)  out-of-hospital  mental  disorders,  which  are  not 
covered. 

For  this  comprehensive  protection,  your  total  annual 
cost  for  family  coverage,  with  children  to  age  25,  is  only: 


If  you  are 

Your  family  cost  is 

Under  40 

$932 

40-49 

1,384 

50-59 

1,988 

60-64 

2,806 

Special  Medicare 

Supplement  is  provided  for  Medicare-age 

participants. 

The  new  plan  will  enable  a prudent  member  to 
control  his  health  insurance  cost  commitment  and  at 
the  same  time  control  his  own  exposure  to  much  of 
the  expense-risk  of  sickness  or  injury  in  the  family. 

E.  & W.  Blanksteen  always  is  ready  to  help  you  to 
answer  any  questions  you  may  have.  For  information 
(or  a personal  appointment,  if  you  wish),  call 
201-333-4340  or,  toll-free,  800-742-2849. 

SOME  INSURANCE  PREMIUMS  GO  DOWN 

The  Society’s  endorsed  Professional  Overhead 
Expense  Plan  with  E.  & W.  Blanksteen,  through  the 
Nationwide,  has  just  had  its  second  rate  decrease  in 
five  years. 

Overhead  Expense  policies  help  pay  those  expenses 
pertaining  to  your  practice  when  you  are  unable  to 
practice  because  of  sickness  or  injury.  These  expenses 
include  the  cost  of  malpractice  insurance.  Employees’ 
salaries,  rent,  or  mortgage  interest  constitute  the 
major  Overhead  Expenses  in  the  conduct  of  a medical 
and  surgical  practice. 

Without  Overhead  coverage,  a physician  must  spend 
savings  or  disability  income  insurance  benefit 


451 


payments  to  keep  a temporarily  unproductive  practice 
going.  At  today’s  cost  levels,  this  can  be  next  to 
impossible. 

If  a disability  should  last  longer  than  a month  or  two, 
a physician  who  has  too  little  Overhead  insurance 
coverage  can  find  that  he  is  forced  to  a premature 
decision  as  to  whether  to  keep  his  office  and  staff 
functioning  or  to  close  the  office,  or  at  least  reduce  his 
staff. 

Most  of  these  problems  can  be  avoided  simply  by 
bringing  one's  practice  overhead  benefits  up  to  today’s 
necessaiy  levels.  The  time  is  propitious,  since 
premiums  have  been  reduced  for  all  participants  from 
9 percent  to  as  much  as  30  percent  under  this 
endorsed  Plan  with  Blanksteen  and  the  Nationwide. 

To  calculate  how  much  Overhead  Expense  insurance 
you  need,  the  technique  is  simple:  A physician  divides 


the  major  expenses  of  his  practice  into  monthf 
portions — insurance  premiums,  employee  salaries 
rent  or  mortgage  interest  payments,  taxes,  utilities 
accounting  and  legal  retainers,  telephone,  ant 
answering  services.  The  sum  of  these  represents  th 
cost  of  maintaining  the  practice  during  a disability 

The  recent  premium  reduction,  plus  the  fact  the 
premiums  are  tax-deductible,  makes  the  Society’s  Pla 
an  exceptional  bargain  for  all  members. 

Full  information,  as  well  as  an  application  an 
descriptive  information  and  counseling  are  availabl 
from  E.  & W.  Blanksteen  who  may  be  reached  t 
calling,  toll-free,  800-742-2849,  or  at  201-433-4340, 

FINI 

Why  can’t  life’s  big  problems  come  when  we  are  2 
and  know  everything? 


AN  ACT  OF  LOVE 

Their  own  DENIAL  that  a respected  colleague  could  be  IMPAIRED  and/or  the  “con- 
spiracy of  silence”  that  makes  them  unwilling  to  speak  out  allows  the  illness  of  our  impaired 
colleagues  to  progress,  sometimes  to  a fatal  outcome. 

“Blowing  the  whistle”  on  a suffering  colleague  is  indeed  an  ACT  OF  LOVE! 

Call  Us  EARLY 

We  can  help  CONFIDENTIALLY 
IMPAIRED  PHYSICIANS  PROGRAM 
(609)  896-1766 
Hot  Line  . . . (609)  896-1884 


452 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS1 


Find  your  doctor  is  the  headline  in  what  has  to  be  one  of  the  largest 
posters  ever  produced — three  feet  by  five. 

This  poster  is  in  fact  a directory  of  the  approximately  10,000  Participating 
P.A.C.E.  Physicians  and  Providers. 

Distributed  to  10,000  of  our  larger  P.A.C.E  subscriber  businesses,  it  has 
proven  to  be  a unique  and  effective  way  to  promote  participation,  and  the 
key  role  the  Participating  Doctor  plays  in  this  comprehensive  health 
care  coverage. 

Currently  seven  out  of  ten  of  your  colleagues  are  participating 
in  P.A.C.E. 


The  P.A.C.E  program  takes  into  account 
the  kind  of  medicine  you  practice,  and  where 
you  practice. 

P.A.C.E.  provides  Participating  Physicians 
more  equitable  and  consistant  payments. 

We  actively  seek  your  participation 
in  this  unique  P.A.C.E.  program,  Jf 

for  more  information  please  call 
(201)  456-3200. 


The  card  that  you  can  count  on... 


Blue  Shield 

of  New  Jersey 


\VHV 

medical,  scien  < maintains  a 

to  information.  ™^^rna,s,and 

large  colledion  '^  jns|ant  on.une 

microfilm  and  p information 

access  to  c0“n,^Lterized  data 
sources  throu9  p one  more 

^^^be3Part 
Of  the  AMA. 

To  Join,  „KJ  nr  state  medical 

Contact  your  c°u  W ■ 0f  Member- 

society  or  wnt®M°h  Dearborn  Street, 

ShiP,Tutfoois  60610  or  call  collect, 

Chicago,  Illinois 

(312)751-6196. 


References: 

1 . Stone  PH,  Turi  ZG,  Muller  JE:  Efficacy  of  nifedipine  therapy  for  refractory  angina 
pectoris  Am  Heart  J 104,672-681,  September  1982. 

2.  Antman  E,  Muller  J,  Goldberg  S,  et  al:  Nifedipine  therapy  for  coronary-artery 
spasm  Experience  in  127  patients.  N Engl  J Med  302: 1269-1273,  June  5, 1980. 


BRIEF  SUMMARY 

PROCARDIA"  (nifedipine)  CAPSULES  For  Oral  Use 


INDICATIONS  AND  USAGE:  I.  Vasospastic  Angina:  PROCARDIA  (nifediome)  is  indicated  for  the 
management  of  vasospastic  angina  confirmed  by  any  of  the  following  criteria  1 ) classical  pattern 
of  angina  at  rest  accompanied  by  ST  segment  elevation,  2)  angina  or  coronary  artery  spasm  pro 
voked  by  ergonovine,  or  3)  angiographically  demonstrated  coronary  artery  spasm  In  those  patients 
who  have  had  angiography,  the  presence  of  significant  fixed  obstructive  disease  is  not  incompatible 
with  the  diagnosis  of  vasospastic  angina,  provided  that  the  above  criteria  are  satisfied  PROCARDIA 
may  also  be  used  where  the  clinical  presentation  suggests  a possible  vasospastic  component  bu 
where  vasospasm  has  not  been  confirmed,  eg,  where  pain  has  a variable  threshold  on  exertion  oi 
in  unstable  angina  where  electrocardiographic  findings  are  compatible  with  intermittent  vaso 
spasm,  or  when  angina  is  refractory  to  nitrates  and/or  adeguate  doses  of  beta  blockers 

II.  Chronic  Stable  Angina  (Classical  Effort-Associated  Angina):  PROCARDIA  is  indicated  foi 
the  management  of  chronic  stable  angina  (effort-associated  angina)  without  evidence  of  vasospasrr 
in  patients  who  remain  symptomatic  despite  adequate  doses  of  beta  blockers  and/or  organic  nitrate; 
or  who  cannot  tolerate  those  agents. 

In  chronic  stable  angina  (effort-associated  angina)  PROCARDIA  has  been  effective  in  controller 
trials  of  up  to  eight  weeks  duration  in  reducing  angina  frequency  and  increasing  exercise  tolerance 
but  confirmation  of  sustained  effectiveness  and  evaluation  of  long-term  safety  in  those  patients  art 
incomplete 

Controlled  studies  in  small  numbers  of  patients  suggest  concomitant  use  of  PROCARDIA  ant 
beta  blocking  agents  may  be  beneficial  in  patients  with  chronic  stable  angina,  but  available  mfor 
mation  is  not  sufficient  to  predict  with  confidence  the  effects  of  concurrent  treatment,  especially  ir 
patients  with  compromised  left  ventricular  function  or  cardiac  conduction  abnormalities  When  in 
troducing  such  concomitant  therapy  care  must  be  taken  to  monitor  blood  pressure  closely  sinci 
severe  hypotension  can  occur  from  the  combined  effects  of  the  drugs  (See  Warnings  ) 
CONTRAINDICATIONS:  Known  hypersensitivity  reaction  to  PROCARDIA 
WARNINGS:  Excessive  Hypotension:  Although  in  most  patients,  the  hypotensive  effect  o 
PROCARDIA  is  modest  and  well  tolerated,  occasional  patients  have  had  excessive  and  poorly  tol 
erated  hypotension  These  responses  have  usually  occurred  during  initial  titration  or  at  the  time  o 
subsequent  upward  dosage  adjustment,  and  may  be  more  likely  in  patients  on  concomitant  bet; 
blockers 

Severe  hypotension  and/or  increased  fluid  volume  requirements  have  been  reported  in  patient: 
receiving  PROCARDIA  together  with  a beta  blocking  agent  who  underwent  coronary  artery  bypas: 
surgery  using  high  dose  fentanyl  anesthesia  The  interaction  with  high  dose  fentanyl  appears  to  bi 
due  to  the  combination  of  PROCARDIA  and  a beta  blocker,  but  the  possibility  that  it  may  occurwitl 
PROCARDIA  alone,  with  low  doses  of  fentanyl.  in  other  surgical  procedures,  or  with  other  narcotii 
analgesics  cannot  be  ruled  out  In  PROCARDIA  treated  patients  where  surgery  using  high  dosi 
fentanyl  anesthesia  is  contemplated , the  physician  should  be  aware  of  these  potential  problems  and 
if  the  patient’s  condition  permits,  sufficient  time  (at  least  36  hours)  should  be  allowed  fo 
PROCARDIA  to  be  washed  out  of  the  body  prior  to  surgery 

Increased  Angina:  Occasional  patients  have  developed  well  documented  increased  frequency,  du 
ration  or  severity  of  angina  on  starting  PROCARDIA  or  at  the  time  of  dosage  increases  The  mech 
amsm  of  this  response  is  not  established  but  could  result  from  decreased  coronary  perfusior 
associated  with  decreased  diastolic  pressure  with  increased  heart  rate,  or  from  increased  demam 
resulting  from  increased  heart  rate  alone 

Beta  Blocker  Withdrawal:  Patients  recently  withdrawn  from  beta  blockers  may  develop  a with 
drawal  syndrome  with  increased  angina,  probably  related  to  increased  sensitivity  to  catechoi 
amines  Initiation  of  PROCARDIA  treatment  will  not  prevent  this  occurrence  and  might  be  expecter 
to  exacerbate  it  by  provoking  reflex  catecholamine  release.  There  have  been  occasional  reports  o 
increased  angina  in  a setting  of  beta  blocker  withdrawal  and  PROCARDIA  initiation  It  is  importan 
to  taper  beta  blockers  if  possible,  rather  than  stopping  them  abruptly  before  beginnim 
PROCARDIA 


Congestive  Heart  Failure:  Rarely,  patients,  usually  receiving  a beta  blocker,  have  developed  heai 
failure  after  beginning  PROCARDIA  Patients  with  tight  aortic  stenosis  may  be  at  greater  risk  fo 
such  an  event 

PRECAUTIONS:  General:  Hypotension:  Because  PROCARDIA  decreases  peripheral  vascula 
resistance,  careful  monitoring  of  blood  pressure  during  the  initial  administration  and  titratio 
ot  PROCARDIA  is  suggested  Close  observation  is  especially  recommended  for  patients  alread 
taking  medications  that,are  known  to  lower  blood  pressure.  (See  Warnings.) 

Peripheral  edema:  Mild  to  moderate  peripheral  edema,  typically  associated  with  arterial  vaso 
dilation  and  not  due  to  left  ventricular  dysfunction,  occurs  in  about  one  in  ten  patients  treated  wit 
PROCARDIA  This  edema  occurs  primarily  in  the  lower  extremities  and  usually  responds  to  diureti 
therapy.  With  patients  whose  angina  is  complicated  by  congestive  heart  failure,  care  should  betake 
to  differentiate  this  peripheral  edema  from  the  effects  of  increasing  left  ventricular  dysfunction. 

Drug  interactions:  Beta-adrenergic  blocking  agents:  (See  Indications  and  Warnings.)  Experien 
in  over  1400  patients  in  a non-comparative  clinical  trial  has  shown  that  concomitant  administrate 
of  PROCARDIA  and  beta-blocking  agents  is  usually  well  tolerated,  but  there  have  been  occasion: 
literature  reports  suggesting  that  the  combination  may  increase  the  likelihood  of  congestive  heai 
failure,  severe  hypotension  or  exacerbation  of  angina 
Long-acting  nitrates  PROCARDIA  may  be  safely  co-administered  with  nitrates,  but  there  hav 
been  no  controlled  studies  to  evaluate  the  antianginal  effectiveness  of  this  combination 
Digitalis:  Administration  of  PROCARDIA  with  digoxin  increased  digoxin  levels  in  nine  of  twelv 
normal  volunteers  The  average  increase  was  45%.  Another  investigator  found  no  increase  in  d 
goxm  levels  in  thirteen  patients  with  coronary  artery  disease.  In  an  uncontrolled  study  of  overtw 
hundred  patients  with  congestive  heart  failure  during  which  digoxin  blood  levels  were  not  mea: 
ured,  digitalis  toxicity  was  not  observed  Since  there  have  been  isolated  reports  of  patients  wit 
elevated  digoxin  levels,  it  is  recommended  that  digoxin  levels  be  monitored  when  initiating,  adjus 
ing , and  discontinuing  PROCARDIA  to  avoid  possible  over-  or  under-digitalization 
Carcinogenesis,  mutagenesis,  impairment  of  fertility:  When  given  to  rats  prior  to  mating,  nifi 
dipme  caused  reduced  fertility  at  a dose  approximately  30  times  the  maximum  recommended  hi 
man  dose 

Pregnancy:  Category  C Please  see  full  prescribing  information  with  reference  to  teratogenicity 
rats,  embryotoxicity  in  rats,  mice  and  rabbits,  and  abnormalities  in  monkeys. 

ADVERSE  REACTIONS:  The  most  common  adverse  events  include  dizziness  or  light-headednes: 
peripheral  edema,  nausea,  weakness,  headache  and  flushing  each  occurring  in  about  10%  of  p: 
tients,  transient  hypotension  in  about  5%,  palpitation  in  about  2%  and  syncope  in  about  0.5"/ 
Syncopal  episodes  did  not  recur  with  reduction  in  the  dose  of  PROCARDIA  or  concomitant  antiai 
ginal  medication  Additionally,  the  following  have  been  reported  muscle  cramps,  nervousnes: 
dyspnea,  nasal  and  chest  congestion,  diarrhea,  constipation,  inflammation,  joint  stiffness,  shak- 
ness,  sleep  disturbances,  blurred  vision,  difficulties  in  balance,  dermatitis,  pruritus,  urticaria,  fi| 
ver,  sweating,  chills,  and  sexual  difficulties.  Very  rarely,  introduction  of  PROCARDIA  therapy  w;. 
associated  with  an  increase  in  anginal  pain,  possibly  due  to  associated  hypotension 
In  addition , more  serious  adverse  events  were  observed , not  readily  distinguishable  from  the  na; 
ural  history  of  the  disease  in  these  patients.  It  remains  possible,  however,  that  some  or  many 
these  events  were  drug  related  Myocardial  infarction  occurred  in  about  4%  of  patients  and  conge 
tive  heart  failure  or  pulmonary  edema  in  about  2%  Ventricular  arrhythmias  or  conduction  disturl 
ances  each  occurred  in  fewer  than  0.5%  of  patients. 

Laboratory  Tests:  Rare,  mild  to  moderate,  transient  elevations  of  enzymes  such  as  alkaline  pho 
phatase,  CPK.  LDH,  SGOT,  and  SGPT  have  been  noted,  and  a single  incident  of  significantly  el 
vated  transaminases  and  alkaline  phosphatase  was  seen  in  a patient  with  a history  of  gall  bladd 
disease  after  about  eleven  months  of  nifedipine  therapy  The  relationship  to  PROCARDIA  therapy 
uncertain  These  laboratory  abnormalities  have  rarely  been  associated  with  clinical  symptom 
Cholestasis,  possibly  due  to  PROCARDIA  therapy,  has  been  reported  twice  in  the  extensive  wor 
literature. 

HOW  SUPPLIED:  Each  orange,  soft  gelatin  PROCARDIA  CAPSULE  contains  10  mg  of  nifedipm  ■■ 
PROCARDIA  CAPSULES  are  supplied  in  bottles  of  100  (NDC  0069-2600-66).  300  (NDC  006' 
2600-72),  and  unit  dose  (10x10)  (NDC  0069-2600-41)  The  capsules  should  be  protected  fro 
light  and  moisture  and  stored  at  controlled  room  temperature  59°  to  77°F  (15°  to  25°C)  in  the  ma 
ufacturer's  original  container. 

More  detailed  professional  information  available  on  request  © 1982 , Pfizer  In  j 


LABORATORIES  DIVISION 

PFIZER  INC 


454 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS 


"My  daily  routine  consisted  of 
sitting  in  my  chair  trying  to  stay  alive." 

"My  doctor  switched  me  to 
PROCARDIA  M as  soon  as  it  became 
available.  The  change  in  my  condition 
is  remarkable." 

"I  shop,  cook  and  can  plant 
flowers  again." 

"I  have  been  able  to  do  volunteer 
work.,  .and  feel  needed  and  useful 
once  again." 


PROCARDIA  can  mean  the  return  to  a more  normal  life 
for  your  patients — having  fewer  anginal  attacks,1  taking 
fewer  nitroglycerin  tablets,2  doing  more,  and  being  more 
productive  once  again. 

Side  effects  are  usually  mild  (most  frequently  reported 
are  dizziness  or  lightheadedness,  peripheral  edema, 
nausea,  weakness,  headache  and  flushing,  each  occurring 
in  about  10%  of  patients,  transient  hypotension  in  about 
5%,  palpitation  in  about  2%  and  syncope  in  about  0.5%). 


for  the  varied  faces  of  angina 


Procardia  is  indicated  for  the  management  of: 

1 ) Confirmed  vasospastic  angina. 

2)  Angina  where  the  clinical  presentation  suggests  a possible 
vasospastic  component. 

3)  Chronic  stable  angina  without  evidence  of  vasospasm  in 
patients  who  remain  symptomatic  despite  adequate  doses  of 
beta  blockers  and/or  nitrates  or  who  cannot  tolerate  these 
agents.  In  chronic  stable  angina  (effort-associated  angina) 
PROCARDIA  has  been  effective  in  controlled  trials  of  up  to 
eight  weeks'  duration  in  reducing  angina  frequency  and 
increasing  exercise  tolerance,  but  confirmation  of  sustained 
effectiveness  and  evaluation  of  long-term  safety  in  these 
patients  are  incomplete. 


PROCARDIA 


(NIFEDIPINE) 


Capsules  10  mg 


Please  see  PROCARDIA  brief  summary  on  adjoining  page. 


L.  81— NUMBER  6— JUNE  1984 


455 


Professional  Liability 
Commentary* 


An  obstetrics  malpractice  action 
brought  on  behalf  of  the  21- 
year-old  daughter  of  a New  Jer- 
sey plaintiff  contended  that  as  a result  of  the  negli- 
gence of  the  defendant  ob/gyn,  who  administered  the 
labor-inducing  drug  Tocosamine®  (despite  the  fact 
that  it  was  contraindicated  in  that  the  mother  was  not 
experiencing  a difficulty  with  labor),  the  daughter  sus- 
tained cerebral  palsy  at  birth  and  permanently  will  be 
unable  to  walk,  use  her  arms,  or  talk. 

The  plaintiffs  contentions  originally  had  been  on 
her  own  recollection  of  the  events  which  transpired 
and,  in  addition  to  the  alleged  improper  adminis- 
tration of  the  Tocosamine®,  included  allegations  that 
the  defendant  deviated  in  failing  to  perform  a cesarean 
section,  and  that  the  anesthesiologist  deviated  in  ad- 
ministering a “high”  spinal  anesthetic  instead  of  a 
saddle  anesthetic,  resulting  in  a dangerous  drop  in 
blood  pressure.  The  infant’s  records  which  subse- 
quently were  located,  established  that  the  Tocosa- 
mine \ in  actuality,  was  administered.  The  defendant’s 
own  records  indicated  that  there  was  an  uneventful 


labor  and  that  the  only  difficulty  was  the  tight  core 
wrapped  around  the  neck  of  the  infant  at  birth.  Th 
plaintiff  deemed  its  documentary  evidence  was  quit* 
strong  in  that  it  established  that  the  drug  was  admin 
istered  when  the  mother  was  not  failing  to  contract 
The  plaintiff  determined  that  this  probably  induce 
abnormally  long  contractions  which  caused  th 
cerebral  palsy.  Additionally,  a significant  aspect  of  th 
case  contributing  to  both  the  finding  of  liability  am 
the  size  of  the  award,  was  the  inconsistent  position  c 
the  defendant  ob/gyn,  who  initially  denied  havin 
prescribed  the  Tocosamine®  and  then  maintained  tha 
there  must  have  been  a justification  for  giving  it  afte 
the  records  were  found.  This  inconsistency  wa 
thought  to  be  especially  damaging  to  the  defendant' 
case  in  light  of  the  horrendous  nature  of  the  injurie 
sustained  by  the  child.  The  evidence  of  the  extensiv 
cost  of  permanent  institutionalization,  which  at  pref 
ent  amounts  to  $30,000  per  year,  also  was  significar 
in  the  size  of  this  award.  The  award  was  more  tha 
$2  million  greater  than  the  insurance  coverage  and  th 
plaintiff  had  made  a timely  demand  of  the  carrier  tl 
pay  the  amount  equal  to  the  limits  of  coverage.  Thi 
demand  was  refused  until  the  trial  already  had  corr 
menced  when  the  defendant  offered  a settlement  of 
minimum  of  $100,000  if  the  defendant  prevailed  an 
the  policy  limits  if  the  plaintiff  prevailed  and  the  awar 
was  greater  than  these  limits.  The  plaintiff  declined  1 
accept  this  offer.  The  plaintiffs  position  is  that  thi 
offer  clearly  established  the  physician’s  willingness  t 
settle  and  that  the  bad  faith  refusal  lay  with  the  carrit 
and  not  with  the  physician.  (New  Jersey  Verdict  R< 
view  and  Analysis,  1984) 

$2  MILLION  AWARD  GRANTED 

A 21 -year-old  New  Jersey  woman  has  accepted 
medical  malpractice  award  of  more  than  $2  millio 
from  a juiy  that  found  her  physician  did  not  diagnos 
an  intestinal  ailment  in  time  to  prevent  major  surger 
The  jury  found  that  the  defendant  physician  did  m 
diagnose  the  condition  of  ulcerative  colitis  in  sufficiei 
time  to  prevent  the  need  for  an  operation  in  which  tl: 
plaintiffs  entire  colon  and  rectum  had  to  be  remove  ( 

At  age  16  the  plaintiff  first  complained  to  her  ph 
sician  of  rectal  bleeding  in  March  1979. 

According  to  the  plaintiff s court  depositions,  si , 
was  given  medication  and  told  to  return  in  two  weel 
if  the  symptoms  did  not  subside.  In  a deposition,  si 
said  her  condition  seemed  better  so  she  did  not  retmi 
for  a followup  visit  until  1 1 months  later,  when  tl 
bleeding  recurred.  The  plaintiffs  condition  worsen*) 
until  she  had  to  be  hospitalized  over  New  Year’s  wee 
end  of  1981  with  a severe  infection  of  the  colon.  Who 
her  condition  did  not  improve,  surgery  was  perform*  i 
three  weeks  later. 

Plaintiff s attorneys  contended  during  the  trial  th 
the  physician’s  failure  to  diagnose  the  ulcerative  colit 
led  to  the  severe  colon  infection  which  led  to  the  st 
gery.  He  said  that  the  surgery  is  irreversible  and  tj 
best  medical  science  can  offer  his  client  is  an  operati* 


*This  item  from  the  Department  of  Professional  Liability  Cc 
trol,  MSNJ,  was  prepared  by  James  E.  George,  M.D.,  J.D.,  at 
A Ronald  Rouse  who  are,  respectively,  Director  of  the  Depa 
ment  and  Director  of  Special  Projects. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSI 


456 


to  place  a pouch  used  for  excreted  wastes  inside  rather 
than  outside  the  body. 

Court  records  indicate  that  the  plaintiff  had  offered 
to  settle  the  case  for  $1  million,  the  full  amount  of  the 
physician’s  insurance  coverage,  prior  to  trial.  (Asbury 
Park  Press,  February  4,  1984) 

VERDICT  FOR  FAILURE  TO  DIAGNOSE  BREAST 
CANCER 

A medical  malpractice  action  brought  by  a 65-year- 
pld  woman  contended  that  as  a result  of  the  negligent 
failure  of  the  defendant  pathologist  to  diagnose  breast 
.cancer,  the  condition  was  not  detected  until  some  13 
months  later,  resulting  in  a significantly  diminished 
'probability  of  survival,  the  performance  of  a total 
'Halstead  mastectomy  (rather  than  less  radical  sur- 
gery), and  the  requirement  for  3 years  of  chemotherapy 
leather  than  the  typical  course  of  such  treatment 
which  would  continue  for  6 months  only).  The  defen- 
dant did  not  dispute  that  a misdiagnosis  had  occurred. 
The  plaintiff  had  a 20-year  history  of  fibrocystic  dis- 
ease which  entailed  the  relatively  frequent  presence  of 
oenign  growths  on  the  left  breast.  Following  the  re- 
moval of  a lesion,  six  slides  were  prepared  by  the  defen- 
dant who  diagnosed  a benign  condition.  Thirteen 
months  later,  a lesion  was  detected  below  the  left 
Dreast  and  testing  confirmed  that  the  plaintiff  had  a 
rather  advanced  case  of  breast  cancer.  The  plaintiffs 
expert  oncologist  maintained  that  based  upon  a review 
pf  the  slides  utilized  by  the  defendant  in  his  diagnosis 
>f  a benign  growth,  it  was  evident  that  the  defendant 
lad  deviated.  The  expert  related  that  the  slides  de- 
picted cancer-type  cells  which  were  lined  up  in  “Indian 
‘ile,”  clearly  evidencing  a malignancy.  The  expert  main- 
ained  that  based  upon  the  slides,  no  other  valid 
liagnosis  could  possibly  be  made. 

The  plaintiffs  treating  immuno-oncologist  from 
Sloan-Kettering  Memorial  Hospital,  New  York  City, 
maintained  that  during  the  13-month  period  which 
dapsed  until  the  condition  was  diagnosed  correctly,  it 
leteriorated  from  a malignancy  which  probably  could 
lave  been  treated  with  a modified  radical  mastectomy 
o a condition  which  required  the  removal  of  a large 
lortion  of  the  chest  wall  and  a great  many  lymph  nodes 
n the  arm.  The  physician  maintained  that  had  the 
(malignancy  been  diagnosed  by  the  defendant  in  a time- 
ly manner,  only  six  months  of  chemotherapy  would 
lave  been  required  and  that  the  plaintiffs  chances  of 
recovery  would  have  been  quite  good.  He  maintained 
|hat  as  a result  of  the  deviation,  the  plaintiff  is  in  a 
>rogram  requiring  three  years  of  chemotherapy  which 
till  is  continuing.  The  physician  maintained  that  be- 
cause of  the  delay  in  diagnosis,  the  chances  of  a recur- 
ence  are  approximately  70  percent  and  contended 
hat  in  the  event  of  such  a recurrence,  the  plaintiff 
>robably  will  die.  The  defendant’s  expert  oncologist 
onceded  that  a recurrence  probably  would  be  un- 
datable, but  maintained  that  the  chances  of  such  a 
Recurrence  are  only  40  to  50  percent. 

The  plaintiff  contended  that  she  has  suffered  a 
sychological  injury  which  largely  stemmed  from  the 
ict  that  the  malignancy  probably  could  have  been 
reated  successfully.  Her  treating  therapist,  a psy- 


£ 


ehiatric  social  worker  from  New  York  City,  related  that 
the  plaintiff  withdrew  from  a therapy  group  comprised 
of  breast  cancer  patients  because  the  contrast  between 
the  relatively  favorable  prognoses  in  the  other  women 
in  the  group,  whose  cancer  had  been  detected  in  a 
timely  manner,  and  her  own  prognosis,  filled  her  with 
great  consternation.  The  social  worker  maintained 
that  the  psychological  condition  probably  never  will 
improve.  (New  Jersey  Jury  Verdict  Review  and 
Analysis,  Vol.  IV,  No.  16,  Jan.  23,  1984) 

DID  YOU  KNOW  . . . 

Eighteen  of  those  physicians  dropped  from  MSNJ  for 
failure  to  complete  the  CME  credits  account  for  32 
malpractice  claims?  A breakdown  showed:  1 1 physi- 
cians with  1 claim;  1 with  3 claims;  3 with  4 claims 
each;  1 with  5 claims;  1 with  7 claims;  and  1 with  8. 

When  three  pediatricians  in  New  York  sued  to  collect 
$61  in  unpaid  medical  bills,  they  triggered  a $5  million 
malpractice  suit?  The  parents  of  a former  patient  al- 
lege that  the  doctors  mistreated  their  daughter’s  ear 
problem,  which  began  when  she  was  six  months  old. 
Although  the  physicians  treated  the  child  for  nearly 
three  years,  the  parents  say  there  was  no  improvement 
in  her  hearing  or  in  the  speech  impediment  resulting 
from  the  ear  problem.  The  parents  claim  that  when 
they  requested  another  opinion,  the  doctors  angrily 
terminated  the  relationship — and  the  couple  left 
without  paying  their  bill.  The  pediatricians  have  since 
dropped  the  collection  suit,  but  the  malpractice  suit 
still  is  pending. 

By  age  45,  the  pattern  of  malpractice  susceptibility 
for  ob/gyns— one  of  the  most  vulnerable  of  the  special- 
ties— is  fairly  well-established?  Some  25  percent,  age 
45  and  older,  never  have  been  sued;  about  30  percent 
have  been  sued  once;  and  nearly  18  percent  have  been 
sued  twice.  ( Medical  Economics,  February  6,  1984) 

In  Januaiy,  the  New  York  State  Society  of  Internal 
Medicine,  in  conjunction  with  a commercial  insurance 
carrier,  began  offering  some  members  a plan  that  will 
reduce  malpractice  premiums  by  1 7 to  20  percent?  But 
eligibility  is  controlled  tightly;  the  Society  must  certify 
that  the  doctors  do  not  subspecialize.  Internists  who 
paid  $4,600  to  $10,200  for  $1  million/$3  million  cov- 
erage in  1983  now  can  have  the  same  coverage  for 
$3,800  to  $8,400.  And  those  who  take  a 1 2-hour  course 
on  the  risk  management  sponsored  by  the  Society  get 
another  10  percent  off.  (Medical  Economics,  February 
6,  1984) 

Out-of-hospital  child  birth  centers,  which  generally 
are  staffed  by  nurse-midwives,  are  increasing  in 
number?  According  to  Cooperative  Birth  Center 
Network  of  Perkiomenville,  Pennsylvania,  there  cur- 
rently are  105  such  centers  in  31  states,  25  percent 
of  which  are  less  than  a year  old,  with  prospects  for 
300  more  in  the  near  future. 

Northbrook  Indemnity  Company  of  Illinois,  a wholly- 
owned  affiliate  of  Allstate  Insurance,  will  be  under- 
writing professional  liability  coverage  for  medical 
groups  exclusively  through  Charles  Stedman  Group  of 
Sarasota,  Florida?  According  to  Stedman,  “Medical 
clinics  are  much  preferred  underwriting  risks.”  (Medi- 
cal Liability  Monitor,  December  24,  1983) 


DL.  81— NUMBER  6— JUNE  1984 


457 


Protection 
th  Benefits 
a Lifetime 


ONCE- DAILY  CONTROL 
WITH  HEART-SAVING  BENEFITS 

By  reducing  heart  rate  and  cardiac  contractility,  JNDERAL  LA  helps 
protect  the  heart  from  the  potentially  serious  and  debilitating 
consequences  of  ischemia.  A highly  effective  antianginal  agent  for 
around-the-clock  control  of  symptoms,  INDERAL  LA  also  provides 
cardiovascular  protection  for  a sense  of  security  in  the  years  ahead. 

PROTECTION  AND  EXPERIENCE 
NO  CALCIUM  BLOCKER  CAN  MATCH 

Unlike  calcium  blockers,  INDERAL  LA— either  alone  or  with  a 
nitrate — is  recommended  for  early  treatment  of  angina  in  the 
majority  of  patients.  Equally  important,  INDERAL  LA  delivers  the 
proven  performance  and  safety  profile  of  INDERAL  tablets— 
confirmed  by  millions  of  patients  during  16  years  of  clinical  use. 

START  WITH  80  MG  ONCE  DAILY 

Dosage  may  be  increased  to  160  mg  once  daily,  as  needed,  to 
achieve  optimal  control.  INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  used  in  congestive 
heart  failure,  sinus  bradycardia,  cardiogenic  shock,  heart  block  greater 
than  first  degree,  and  bronchial  asthma.  Please  see  next  page  for 
further  details  and  brief  summary  of  prescribing  information. 


ONCE-DAILY 


LONG  ACTING 
CAPSULES 


The  appearance  of 
INDERAL  LA 


AyersL 


capsules  is  a registered 
trademark  of 
Ayerst  Laboratories. 


\ \ 

A 


jUST  ONCE  EACH  DAY 
FOR  SIMPLIFIED  CORE 
THERAPY  IN  ANGINA 


ONCE-DAILY 


INDERAL  LA 

(PROPRANOLOL  HCI) 


LONG  ACTING 
CAPSULES 


s 


80 

mg 


120 

mg 


160 

mg 


BRIEF  SUMMARY  (FOR  FULL  PRESCRIBING  INFORMATION,  SEE  PACKAGE  CIRCULAR ) 
INDERAL"  LA  brand  of  propranolol  hydrochloride  (Long  Acting  Capsules) 
DESCRIPTION.  Inderal  LA  is  formulated  to  provide  a sustained  release  of  propranolol 
hydrochloride.  Inderal  LA  is  available  as  80  mg,  120  mg,  and  160  mg  capsules. 

CLINICAL  PHARMACOLOGY.  INDERAL  is  a nonselective  beta-adrenergic  receptor 
blocking  agent  possessing  no  other  autonomic  nervous  system  activity.  It  specifically  com- 
petes with  beta-adrenergic  receptor  stimulating  agents  for  available  receptor  sites.  When 
access  to  beta-receptor  sites  is  blocked  by  INDERAL,  the  chronotropic,  inotropic,  and 
vasodilator  responses  to  beta-adrenergic  stimulation  are  decreased  proportionately. 

INDERAL  LA  Capsules  (80, 120,  and  160  mg)  release  propranolol  HCI  at  a controlled  and 
predictable  rate.  Peak  blood  levels  following  dosing  with  INDERAL  LA  occur  at  about  6 hours 
and  the  apparent  plasma  half-life  is  about  10  hours.  When  measured  at  steady  state  over  a 24- 
hour  period  the  areas  under  the  propranolol  plasma  concentration-time  curve  (AUCs)  for  the 
capsules  are  approximately  60%  to  65%  of  the  AUCs  for  a comparable  divided  daily  dose  of 
INDERAL  tablets.  The  lower  AUCs  for  the  capsules  are  due  to  greater  hepatic  metabolism  of 
propranolol,  resulting  from  the  slower  rate  of  absorption  of  propranolol.  Over  a twenty-four  (24) 
hour  period,  blood  levels  are  fairly  constant  for  about  twelve  (12)  hours  then  decline 
exponentially 

INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  considered  a simple  mg  for  mg  substitute  for  conventional 
propranolol  and  the  blood  levels  achieved  do  not  match  (are  lower  than)  those  of  two  to  four 
times  daily  dosing  with  the  same  dose.  When  changing  to  INDERAL  LA  from  conventional 
propranolol,  a possible  need  for  retitration  upwards  should  be  considered  especially  to 
maintain  effectiveness  at  the  end  of  the  dosing  interval  In  most  clinical  settings,  however, 
such  as  hypertension  or  angina  where  there  is  little  correlation  between  plasma  levels  and 
clinical  effect,  INDERAL  LA  has  been  therapeutically  equivalent  to  the  same  mg  dose  of 
conventional  INDERAL  as  assessed  by  24-hour  effects  on  blood  pressure  and  on  24-hour 
exercise  responses  of  heart  rate,  systolic  pressure  and  rate  pressure  product.  INDERAL  LA 
can  provide  effective  beta  blockade  for  a 24-hour  period. 

The  mechanism  of  the  antihypertensive  effect  of  INDERAL  has  not  been  established. 
Among  the  factors  that  may  be  involved  in  contributing  to  the  antihypertensive  action  are  (1) 
decreased  cardiac  output,  (2)  inhibition  of  renin  release  by  the  kidneys,  and  (3)  diminution  of 
tonic  sympathetic  nerve  outflow  from  vasomotor  centers  in  the  brain.  Although  total  peripheral 
resistance  may  increase  initially,  it  readjusts  to  or  below  the  pretreatment  level  with  chronic 
use.  Effects  on  plasma  volume  appear  to  be  minor  and  somewhat  variable.  INDERAL  has 
been  shown  to  cause  a small  increase  in  serum  potassium  concentration  when  used,  in  the 
treatment  of  hypertensive  patients 

In  angina  pectoris,  propranolol  generally  reduces  the  oxygen  requirement  of  the  heart  at 
any  given  level  of  effort  by  blocking  the  cateeho  amine  .nducetl  increases  in  the  heart  rate, 
systolic  blood  pressure,  and  the  velocity  and  extent  of  myocardial  contraction  Propranolol 
may  increase  oxygen  requirements  by  increasing  left  ventricular  fiber  length,  end  diastolic  : 
pressure  and  systolic  election  period  The  net  physiologic  effect  of  beta-adrenergic  blockade 
is  usually  advantageous  and  is  manifested  during  exercise  by  delayed  onset  of  paiftiSnd 
increased  work  capacity.  * 

In  dosages  greater  than  required  for  beta  blockade,  INDERAL  also  exerts  a quinidine-iike 
or  anesthetic-like  membrane  action  which  affects  tho  cardiac  action  potential  Ice  sqnifi- 
cance  of  the  membrane  action  in  the  treatment  of  arrhythmias  is  uncertain 

The  mechanism  of  the  antimigraine  effect  of  propranolol  has  not  been  established.  Beta- 
adrenergic  receptors  have  been  demonstrated  in  the  piaf  vessels  Of  the  brain. 

Beta  receptor  blockade  can  be  useful  in  conditions  in  which,  because  of  pathologic  or 
functional  changes,  sympathetic  activity  is  detrimental  to  the  patient  But  there  are  also 
situations  in  which  sympathetic  stimulation  is  vital.  For  exampfe,  in  patients  wftm Severely' 
damaged  hearts,  adequate  ventricular  function  is  maintained  by  virtue  of  sympathetic  drive 
which  should  be  preserved  In  the  presence  of  AV  block,  greater  than  first  degree,  beta 
blockade  may  prevent  the  necessary  facilitating  effect  of  sympathetic  activity  on  conduction. 
Beta  blockade  results  in  bronchial  constriction  by  interfering  with  adrenergic  bronchodilator 
activity  which  should  be  preserved  in  patients  subject  to  bronchospasm. 

Propranolol  is  not  significantly  dialyzable. 

INDICATIONS  AND  USAGE.  Hypertension;  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  in  the  manage- 
ment ot  hypertension;  it  may  be  used  alone  or  used  in  combination  with  other  antihypertensive 
agents,  particularly  a thiazide  diuretic.  INDERAL  LA  is  not  indicated  in  the  management  of 
hypertensive  emergencies. 

Angina  Pectoris  Due  to  Coronary  Atherosclerosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated 
for  the  long-term  management  of  patients  with  angina  pectoris. 

Migraine:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  for  the  prophylaxis  of  common  migraine  headache. 
The  efficacy  of  propranolol  in  the  treatment  of  a migraine  attack  that  has  started  has  not  been 
established  and  propranolol  is  not  indicated  for  such  use. 

Hypertrophic  Subaortic  Stenosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  useful  in  the  management  of 
hypertrophic  subaortic  stenosis,  especially  for  treatment  of  exertional  or  other  stress-induced 
angina,  palpitations,  and  syncope.  INDERAL  LA  also  improves  exercise  performance.  The 
effectiveness  of  propranolol  hydrochloride  in  this  disease  appears  to  be  due  to  a reduction  of 
the  elevated  outflow  pressure  gradient  which  is  exacerbated  by  beta-receptor  stimulation. 
Clinical  improvement  may  be  temporary. 

CONTRAINDICATIONS.  INDERAL  is  contraindicated  in  1)  cardiogenic  shock;  2)  sinus 
bradycardia  and  greater  than  first  degree  block;  3)  bronchial  asthma;  4)  congestive  heart 
failure  (see  WARNINGS)  unless  the  failure  is  secondary  to  a tachyarrhythmia  treatable  with 
INDERAL 

WARNINGS.  CARDIAC  FAILURE;  Sympathetic  stimulation  may  be  a vital  component  sup- 
porting circulatory  function  in  patients  with  congestive  heart  failure,  and  its  inhibition  by  beta 
blockade  may  precipitate  more  severe  failure.  Although  beta  blockers  should  be  avoided  in 
overt  congestive  heart  failure,  if  necessary,  they  can  be  used  with  close  follow-up  in  patients 
with  a history  of  failure  who  are  well  compensated  and  are  receiving  digitalis  and  diuretics 
Beta-adrenergic  blocking  agents  do  not  abolish  the  inotropic  action  of  digitalis  on  heart 
muscle. 

IN  PATIENTS  WITHOUT  A HISTORY  OF  HEART  FAILURE,  continued  use  of  beta  blockers 
can,  in  some  cases,  lead  to  cardiac  failure.  Therefore,  at  the  first  sign  or  symptom  of  heart 
failure,  the  patient  should  be  digitalized  and/or  treated  with  diuretics,  and  the  response 
observed  closely,  or  INDERAL  should  be  discontinued  (gradually,  if  possible). 

IN  PATIENTS  WITH  ANGINA  PECTORIS,  there  have  been  reports  of  exacerbation  of 
angina  and,  in  some  cases,  myocardial  infarction,  following  abrupt  discontinuance  of 
INDERAL  therapy.  Therefore,  when  discontinuance  of  INDERAL  is  planned  the  dosage 
should  be  gradually  reduced  over  at  least  a few  weeks,  and  the  patient  should  be 
cautioned  against  interruption  or  cessation  of  therapy  without  the  physician’s  advice  If 
INDERAL  therapy  is  interrupted  and  exacerbation  of  angina  occurs,  it  usually  is  advis- 
able to  reinstitute  INDERAL  therapy  and  take  other  measures  appropriate  for  the  man- 
agement of  unstable  angina  pectoris.  Since  coronary  artery  disease  may  be 
unrecognized,  it  may  be  prudent  to  follow  the  above  advice  in  patients  considered  at  risk 
of  having  occult  atherosclerotic  heart  disease  who  are  given  propranolol  for  other 
indications. 

Nonallergic  Bronchospasm  (e.g.,  chronic  bronchitis,  emphysema) — 

PATIENTS  WITH  BRONCHOSPASTIC  DISEASES  SHOULD  IN  GENERAL  NOT  RECEIVE  BETA 
BLOCKERS.  INDERAL  should  be  administered  with  caution  since  it  may  block  bronchodila- 
tion  produced  by  endogenous  and  exogenous  catecholamine  stimulation  of  beta  receptors. 


MAJOR  SURGERY:  The  necessity  or  desirability  of  withdrawal  of  beta-blocking  theiji 
prior  to  maior  surgery  is  controversial.  It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  the  impaired  abiILf 
the  heart  to  respond  to  reflex  adrenergic  stimuli  may  augment  the  risks  of  general  anesth.iij 
and  surgical  procedures. 

INDERAL  (propranolol  HCI),  like  other  beta  blockers,  is  a competitive  inhibitor  of  t;- 
receptor  agonists  and  its  effects  can  be  reversed  by  administration  of  such  agents, 
dobutamme  or  isoproterenol.  However,  such  patients  may  be  subject  to  protracted  se> 
hypotension.  Difficulty  in  starting  and  maintaining  the  heartbeat  has  also  been  reported  1 
beta  blockers 

DIABETES  AND  HYPOGLYCEMIA  Beta-adrenergic  blockade  may  prevent  the  - 
pearance  of  certain  premonitory  signs  and  symptoms  (pulse  rate  and  pressure  changers 
acute  hypoglycemia  in  labile  insulin-dependent  diabetes.  In  these  patients,  it  may  be  nj| 
difficult  to  ad|ust  the  dosage  of  insulin 

THYROTOXICOSIS:  Beta  blockade  may  mask  certain  clinical  signs  of  hyperthyroid  , 
Therefore,  abrupt  withdrawal  of  propranolol  may  be  followed  by  an  exacerbation  of  sympLi, 
of  hyperthyroidism,  including  thyroid  storm  Propranolol  does  not  distort  thyroid  function  tel 
IN  PATIENTS  WITH  WOLFF-PARKINSON-WHITE  SYNDROME,  several  cases  have  t,« 
reported  in  which,  after  propranolol,  the  tachycardia  was  replaced  by  a severe  bradycsii 
requiring  a demand  pacemaker.  In  one  case  this  resulted  after  an  initial  dose  of  5^| 
propranolol. 

PRECAUTIONS.  General:  Propranolol  should  be  used  with  caution  in  patients  with  imps1: 
hepatic  or  renal  function.  INDERAL  is  not  indicated  for  the  treatment  of  hyperten  j 
emergencies. 

Beta  adrenoreceptor  blockade  can  cause  reduction  of  intraocular  pressure  Pati  ; 
should  be  told  that  INDERAL  may  interfere  with  the  glaucoma  screening  test  Withdrawal  > 
lead  to  a return  of  increased  intraocular  pressure. 

Clinical  Laboratory  Tests  Elevated  blood  urea  levels  in  patients  with  severe  heart  dise  I 
elevated  serum  transaminase,  alkaline  phosphatase,  lactate  dehydrogenase 

DRUG  INTERACTIONS:  Patients  receiving  catecholamine-depleting  drugs  such  as  re  - 
pine  should  be  closely  observed  if  INDERAL  is  administered  The  added  catecholarr - 
blocking  action  may  produce  an  excessive  reduction  of  resting  sympathetic  nervous  aci  r: 
which  may  result  in  hypotension,  marked  bradycardia,  vertigo,  syncopal  attacks,  or  orthos  !: 
hypotension. 

Carcinogenesis,  Mutagenesis,  Impairment  of  Fertility:  Long-term  studies  in  animals  t a 
been  conducted  to  evaluate  toxic  effects  and  carcinogenic  potential  In  18-month  studie  i* 
both  rats  and  mice,  employing  doses  up  to  150  mg/kg/day,  there  was  no  evidence  of  signify  It 
drug-.mdue.ed  texrcity  There  were  no  drug-related  tumorigenic  effects  at  any  of  the  dos; 
levels.  Reproductive  studies  in  anirna's  did  not  show  any  impairment  of  fertility  that  , 

' attributable  to  the  drug 

jP(00n&0:y  Pregnane.  Category  C.  INDERAL  has  been  shown  to  be  embryotoxi  i 
animal  studies  atj doses  about  10  times  greater  than  the  maximum  recommended  human  d i 
There  are  no  adequate  and  wett-conitoited  studies  in  pregnant  women  INDERAL  sh 
be  used  during  pregnancy  o’niy  if  the  potential  benefit  justifies  the  potential  risk  to  the  ft 
Nursing  Mj$8$rs:  INDERAL  is  excreted  in  human  milk  Caution  should  be  exercised  w I 
INDERAL  is  arBlIsterad  to  a nursjng  woman 

Pediatric  Use  Safety  and  effectiveness  in  children  have  not  been  established 
ADVERSE  REACTIONS.  Most  'adverse  effects  have  been  mild  and  transient  and  tjs. 
rarely  required  the  withdrawal  of  therapy, 

Cardiovascular : bradycardia,  congestive  heart  failure;  intensification  of  AV  block;  h 
tension;  paresthesia  of  hands;  thrombocytopenic  purpura,  arterial  insufficiency,  usually  o 
ratynauatype.  jar  "W" 

Central  Nervous  System:  ctfgwffdedness;  mental  depression  manifested  by  insorr  j 
lassitude,  weakness,  fatigue;  reversible  mental  depression  progressing  to  catatonia;  vi  i 
disturbances;  hallucinations;  an  acute  reversible  syndrome  characterized  by  disorientatio  I 
time  and  place,  short-term  memory  loss,  emotional  lability,  slightly  clouded  sensorium,  : 
decreased  performance  on  neuropsychometrics. 

Gastrointestinal:  nausea,  vomiting,  epigastric  distress,  abdominal  cramping,  diarr ; , 
constipation,  mesenteric  arterial  thrombosis,  ischemic  colitis. 

Allergic  pharyngitis  and  agranulocytosis,  erythematous  rash,  fever  combined  with  acij 
and  sore  throat,  laryngospasm  and  respiratory  distress 
Respiratory:  bronchospasm 

Hematologic:  agranulocytosis,  nonthrombocytopenic  purpura,  thrombocytop|. 
purpura 

Auto  immune  In  extremely  rare  instances,  systemic  lupus  erythematosus  has  t 
reported 

Miscellaneous:  alopecia,  LE-like  reactions,  psoriasiform  rashes,  dry  eyes,  male  irf 
tence,  and  Peyronie’s  disease  have  been  reported  rarely.  Oculomucocutaneous  read, 
involving  the  skin,  serous  membranes  and  con|unctivae  reported  for  a beta  blocker  (practj 
have  not  been  associated  with  propranolol. 

DOSAGE  AND  ADMINISTRATION.  INDERAL  LA  provides  propranolol  hydrochloride! 
sustained-release  capsule  for  administration  once  daily.  If  patients  are  switched  from  INDEj 
tablets  to  INDERAL  LA  capsules,  care  should  be  taken  to  assure  that  the  desired  therapi] 
effect  is  maintained  INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  considered  a simple  mg  for  mg  substitutj 
INDERAL  INDERAL  LA  has  different  kinetics  and  produces  lower  blood  levels.  Retitration: 
be  necessary  especially  to  maintain  effectiveness  at  the  end  of  the  24-hour  dosing  intej 
HYPERTENSION — Dosage  must  be  individualized.  The  usual  initial  dosage  is  8G 
INDERAL  LA  once  daily,  whether  used  alone  or  added  to  a diuretic.  The  dosage  ma; 
increased  to  120  mg  once  daily  or  higher  until  adequate  blood-pressure  control  is  achia 
The  usual  maintenance  dosage  is  120  to  160  mg  once  daily  In  some  instances  a dosage  Oj 
mg  may  be  required.  The  time  needed  for  full  hypertensive  response  to  a given  dosarj 
variable  and  may  range  from  a few  days  to  several  weeks. 

ANGINA  PECTORIS — Dosage  must  be  individualized.  Starting  with  80  mg  INDERA’* 
once  daily,  dosage  should  be  gradually  increased  at  three  to  seven  day  intervals  until  optnj 
response  is  obtained  Although  individual  patients  may  respond  at  any  dosage  level; 
average  optimum  dosage  appears  to  be  160  mg  once  daily  In  angina  pectoris,  the  valuej 
safety  of  dosage  exceeding  320  mg  per  day  have  not  been  established 

If  treatment  is  to  be  discontinued,  reduce  dosage  gradually  over  a period  of  a few  wT 
(see  WARNINGS). 

MIGRAINE — Dosage  must  be  individualized.  The  initial  oral  dose  is  80  mg  INDERA; 
once  daily  The  usual  effective  dose  range  is  160-240  mg  once  daily.  The  dosage  maN 
increased  gradually  to  achieve  optimum  migraine  prophylaxis.  If  a satisfactory  response  il 
obtained  within  four  to  six  weeks  after  reaching  the  maximum  dose,  INDERAL  LA  the) 
should  be  discontinued.  It  may  be  advisable  to  withdraw  the  drug  gradually  over  a pem|t 
several  weeks. 

HYPERTROPHIC  SUBAORTIC  STENOSIS— 80-160  mg  INDERAL  LA  once  daily. 
PEDIATRIC  DOSAGE — At  this  time  the  data  on  the  use  of  the  drug  in  this  age  group  an.° 
limited  to  permit  adequate  directions  for  use. 

*The  appearance  of  INDERAL  LA  capsules  is  a registered  trademark  of  Ayerst  Laborali  > 

8833  } 

I 

AYERST  LABORATORIES 
New  York,  N.Y.  10017 


THE  JOUFLNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 

: 


Ayerst 


460 


Editorial 


Frank  Y.  Watson,  M.D. 
—192nd  President 


Frank  Y.  Watson,  M.D.,  will  serve  as  the 
192nd  President  of  the  Medical  Society 
of  New  Jersey. 


Frank  Y.  Watson,  M.D.,  of  Glen 
Ridge,  will  serve  as  the  192nd 
President  of  the  Medical  Society 
f New  Jersey.  Bom  in  Charlotte,  North  Carolina,  Dr. 
/atson  received  his  premedieal  education  at  Duke 
niversity  and  his  medical  education  at  the  University 
f Maryland  School  of  Medicine.  Following  an  in- 
imship  at  Charlotte  Memorial  Hospital,  he  volun- 
;ered  for  active  duty  in  the  United  States  Navy.  During 
pe  Korean  War,  he  served  as  a Battalion  Medical  Of- 
cer  in  the  First  Marine  Division  and  participated  in 
ie  numerous  military  operations  of  that  unit  includ- 
ing the  amphibious  assault  at  Inchon,  the  liberation 
if  Seoul,  and  the  winter  offensive  into  North  Korea.  For 
iis  service,  he  was  awarded  a Letter  of  Commendation 
|y  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy. 

Dr.  Watson  is  certified  in  anatomic  and  clinical 
iathology  by  the  American  Board  of  Pathology,  having 
?ceived  his  residency  training  at  Charlotte  Memorial 
ospital.  Prior  to  entering  private  practice  in  1961  in 
fontclair,  he  was  on  the  faculty  of  SUNY-Downstate 
ledical  Center  serving  as  surgical  pathologist  at  Kings 
ounty  Hospital.  He  is  clinical  associate  professor  of 
athology,  UMDNJ-New  Jersey  Medical  School.  He  is  a 
lember  of  the  medical  staff  of  The  Mountainside  Hos- 
jital  and  has  been  director  of  the  department  of 
pthology  since  1973. 


Since  entering  practice.  Dr.  Watson  has  been  very 
active  in  various  areas  of  organized  medicine.  He  has 
served  as  president  of  the  medical  staff  and  ex-officio 
member  of  the  board  of  trustees  of  The  Mountainside 
Hospital,  president  of  the  Essex  County  Medical  So- 
ciety, delegate  to  the  House  of  Delegates  of  the  Medical 
Society  of  New  Jersey,  member  of  the  Board  of  T rustees 
of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey,  ex-officio  member 
of  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  New  Jersey  Hospital 
Association,  and  alternate  delegate  from  the  Medical 
Society  of  New  Jersey  to  the  American  Medical  Associa- 
tion House  of  Delegates.  He  is  area  chairman  for  New 
Jersey  and  Delaware  of  the  Inspection  and  Accredita- 
tion Program  of  the  American  Association  of  Blood 
Banks. 

Dr.  Watson  especially  is  interested  in  political  action 
regarding  legislation  affecting  health  care  and  in  the 
administrative  and  leadership  roles  of  physicians  in 
the  health  care  system.  He  has  served  as  chairman  of 
the  New  Jersey  Medical  Political  Action  Committee, 
and  is  a member  of  the  American  Academy  of  Medical 
Directors. 

Dr.  Watson  is  married  to  the  former  Carolyn  D.  Wolfe, 
of  Glen  Ridge.  They  met  as  classmates  in  medical 
school,  were  married  shortly  after  graduation,  and 
have  pursued  separate  medical  careers.  Carolyn  also  is 
certified  in  anatomic  and  clinical  pathology  by  the 
American  Board  of  Pathology,  has  subspecialized  in 
cytopathology,  and  is  codirector  of  the  division  of 
cytopathology  of  the  department  of  pathology  at  Mount 
Sinai  School  of  Medicine,  New  York.  Her  recent  ap- 
pointment as  alternate  delegate  to  the  American  Medi- 
cal Association  House  of  Delegates  by  the  American 
Society  of  Cytology  makes  the  Doctors  Watson  the  only 
husband-wife  team  in  the  American  Medical  Associa- 
tion House  of  Delegates. 

The  Doctors  Watson  are  the  proud  parents  of  four 
children:  James,  David,  Bruce,  and  Lisa  James  and  his 
wife,  Marsha  promise  to  present  them  with  their  first 
grandchild  soon.  The  Doctors  Watson  also  are  the 
proud  former  foster  parents  of  three  Cuban  children: 
Nydia  Maciques  Webb,  and  Joe  and  Matt  Borrajero, 
who  as  teenagers,  escaped  from  Cuba  in  1961.  The 
Doctors  Watson  enjoy  the  challenges  of  the  pursuit  of 
their  medical  careers,  and  a full  and  rewarding  family 
life. 

The  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  congratulates 
Frank  Y.  Watson,  M.D.,  and  wishes  him  every  success 
during  his  term  as  president. 


PL.  81— NUMBER  6— JUNE  1984 


461 


Editorial 


Kudos  to  The  Journal, 
Its  Staff,  and  Others 


The  Journal  of  the  Medical  Society  of  New 
Jersey  has  been  singled  out  for  national 
commendation  from  Sandoz,  Inc.  and 
from  the  New  Jersey  Writers  Conference. 


For  the  second  year  in  a row.  The 
Journal  of  the  Medical  Society 
of  New  Jersey  has  been  singled 
out  for  national  commendation.  The  Journal  was 
granted  a Special  Award  in  the  ninth  annual  Sandoz 
Medical  Journalism  Competition.  A check  for  $250 
and  a certificate  were  presented  at  the  Medical  Society 
of  New  Jersey’s  Annual  Meeting  by  a representative  of 
Sandoz,  Inc. 

At  the  17th  annual  New  Jersey  Writers  Conference 
on  March  24,  1984,  The  Journal  was  awarded  the 
Author’s  Citation  for  “William  Carlos  Williams:  Com- 
memorative Issue”  by  the  Alumni  Association  of  the 
New  Jersey  Institute  of  Technology. 

As  of  Januaiy  1984,  the  American  Diabetes  Associa- 
tion appointed  Arthur  Krosnick,  M.D.,  as  editor-in- 
chief  of  Diabetes  Forecast  a bimonthly  publication  for 
persons  with  diabetes,  their  families,  and  for  non- 
professional readers  interested  in  the  subject. 

Geraldine  Hutner,  managing  editor  of  The  Journal 
gave  birth  to  a son  (7  lbs.  2 oz.,  19'/2  inches)  on  March 
5,  1984.  Gerri  and  her  husband,  Jonathan  Husch, 
named  their  new  star  Benjamin.  Congratulations  from 
us  all! 

We  feel  compelled  to  single  out  Gerri,  Dorothy  J. 
Griffith,  and  Elizabeth  and  Joseph  Cookson  for  superb 
services  to  The  Journal.  The  chairman,  Paul  J.  Hirsch, 
M.D.,  and  his  Committee  on  Publication  have  provided 
guidance  at  its  best,  and  the  Editorial  Board,  individu- 


ally and  collectively,  as  well  as  many  ad  hoc  manuscrj 
and  book  reviewers,  unstintingly  have  granted  expi 
peer  review  of  all  scientific  material. 

Vincent  A.  Maressa  J.D.,  and  James  E.  George,  M. 
J.D.,  who  respectively  provide  the  Membership  Nev 
letter  and  the  Professional  Liability  Commentaiy,  a 
collectively  prepare  the  Hospital  Governing  Boar 
columns,  have  done  a magnificent  job.  They  are  ;j 
sisted  ably  by  Martin  E.  Johnson  and  A.  Ronald  Rou 

We  owe  a debt  of  gratitude  to  President,  Dr.  All 
ander  A.  Kovacs,  Dr.  Paul  J.  Hirsch,  Dr.  Stanley 
Bergen,  Jr.,  Gale  Wayman,  and  Dr.  David  I.  Canav; 
for  monthly  features  and  columns.  Special  items  <j 
beautifully  presented  by  faculty  members  of  UMD1 
Dr.  Richard  J.  Rapkin  and  colleagues  (Pediatric  Brie! 
Dr.  Bruce  McL.  Breckenridge  and  colleagues  (Pham' 
cological  Basis  of  Therapeutics);  and  Dr.  Hermi 
Baker  and  colleagues  (Contemporary  Clinical  Nut 
tion).  Numerous  book  reviewers  regularly  share  th  * 
reactions  to  publications  for  our  readers,  and  we  o 
them  a huge  debt. 

Finally,  I must  single  out  Dr.  Avrum  L.  Katch.i 
whose  foresight,  skill,  and  judgment,  along  with  yS 
counted  hours  of  reading,  writing,  telephoning,  ai 
editing,  made  the  William  Carlos  Williams  co 
memorative  issue  what  it  was. 

Awards  go  to  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey,  a ! 
to  The  Journal  as  a publication.  But  unrestricll 
gratitude  goes  to  all  the  above  and  more.  A 


462 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS 


Sditorial 


Selection  of  Blue  Cross/ 
Blue  Shield  Trustees 


Vincent  A.  Maressa,  j.d. 


Should  the  selection  of  Blue  Cross/Blue 
Shield  trustees  become  a subscriber 
right? 


Should  the  selection  of  Blue 
Cross/Blue  Shield  trustees  be- 
come a subscriber  right? 

Recently,  Arthur  Bernstein,  M.D.,  Secretary  of  the 
edieal  Society  of  New  Jersey,  shared  with  me  a copy 
testimony  delivered  to  a congressional  committee 
viewing  federal  law  on  HMOs.  The  speech  was  pre- 
nted  by  Mary  Nell  Lehnhard,  Vice-President  of  the 
phonal  Blue  Cross/Blue  Shield  Association,  on  April 
1984. 

Ms.  Lehnhard  began  by  reciting  the  Blues’  allegiance 
the  HMO  concept.  Then,  she  proceeded  to  criticize 

Ie  HMO  Act  because  it  requires  a qualified  HMO  to 
ive  a governing  board  of  which  one-third  are  HMO 
irollees.  Her  reasoning  is  that  this  requirement 
ould  prevent  the  Blues  from  running  federally  quali- 
‘d  HMOs  and  the  Blues  would  have  to  create  separate 
ijitities  for  that  purpose. 

As  a corporate  manager  and  businessman,  I under- 
and what  Ms.  Lehnhard  is  saying,  but  I am  not  sym- 
J.thetic  to  her  position.  The  requirement  that  enrol- 
ls have  a significant  minority  position  on  the  govem- 
g board  is  a desirable  feature.  After  all,  they  are  pay- 
g the  premiums  and  should  have  a say  in  the  man- 
• ,ement  of  the  companies.  I suspect  that  what  really 

Ik  81— NUMBER  6— JUNE  1984 


distresses  her  is  the  fact  that  enrollees  would  have 
access  to  data  and  decisions  normally  made  in  secret, 
but  for  which  they  must  pay  the  price.  Their  access 
to  the  data  and  the  right  to  vote  might  mean  that  the 
professional  managers  of  the  Blues  would  be  required 
to  justify  their  decisions.  They  simply  are  not  used  to 
functioning  in  that  fashion. 

Blue  Cross/Blue  Shield  structure  in  New  Jersey  is 
a case  in  point.  For  all  practical  purposes,  they  have 
merged;  they  cover  over  three  million  New  Jersey  resi- 
dents. They  are  an  insurance  company,  but  by  defi- 
nition are  not  either  a stock  company  or  a mutual 
company.  In  a stock  company,  the  stockholders  vote  to 
elect  directors  and  consider  annual  reports.  In  a 
mutual  company,  the  policyholders  vote  to  elect  direc- 
tors and  consider  annual  reports.  In  the  New  Jersey 
Blues,  the  trustees  vote  to  elect  themselves  and  the 
“subscribers"  as  the  Blues  so  fondly  call  them  are 
without  voices  and  vote.  Participating  physicians  and 
hospitals  are  also  without  voice  and  vote.  The  Blues 
do  not  hold  annual  meetings  to  which  subscribers  or 
participating  physicians  and  hospitals  are  invited. 

Isn’t  it  time  the  Blues  gave  their  "subscribers"  an 
opportunity  for  an  inside  view  of  operations  and  policy 
formation? 


463 


i 


Doctors:  Write  your  own  prescription 

to  cure  insurance  pains  . . . 


R.  Prescription 

Prescription 

Name  MSNJ  Member 

Name 

Address 

MSNJ  Group 

Blue  Cross/Blue  Shield 
Major  Medical  and 
Dental  Insurance 

that  provides: 

- Flexible  plans 

- Comprehensive  benefits 

- Low,  competitive  rates 

- Centralized  Administration 

Designed  and  Administered  by 

(DONALD  F SMITH (V ASSOCIATES) 

Phone 

Please  send  more  information 
on  the  MSNJ 

□ Blue  Cross/Blue  Shield  Program 

□ Major  Medical  Program 

□ Group  Dental  Program 

Return  to: 

Donald  F.  Smith  & Associates 
One  Airport  Place,  Route  206  Nortl 
P.O.  Box  2197, 

Princeton,  New  Jersey  08540 

(609)  924-8700,  (201)  622-60461 

AVOID  COMPUTER 
“Down-Time” 

On  site  or  carry  in  servicing  for: 

IBM  PC/XT  Leading  Edge  Computers 

Epson  Computers  and  Printers  C.  ITOH  Printers 

NEC  Computers  and  printers  Comrex  printers  and  monitors 

THE  SERVICE  DEPARTMENT 

177  Roseland  Ave. 

Caldwell,  N.J.  07008 

(201)  226-7333 

SERVICE  IS  OUR  ONLY  BUSINESS 
Maintenance  Contracts  Available 

HOURS:  Mon.-Fri.  7:00  AM-8:30  PM;  Sat.  7 AM-6  PM 
Save  this  ad  for  future  reference. 


; 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERJ 


464 


Hospital  Governing 
boards* 


Cost  of  Medical  Care 


James  E.  George,  m.d.,  j.d. 


The  newest  focus  of  hospital  involvement 
is  the  cost  of  medical  services  provided 
in  the  hospital.  Hospital  corporations  in- 
creasingly are  concerned  with  financial 
matters  that  were  once  the  sole  province 
of  the  private  staff  physician. 


Since  the  mid-1960s,  courts 
across  the  nation  have  extended 
the  legal  responsibility  of  the 
>spital  governing  board  into  areas  that  once  were  the 
elusive  domain  of  the  physicians  on  its  medical  staff, 
many  jurisdictions  today,  the  hospital  corporation 
is  legal  responsibility  for  monitoring  the  quality  of 
edical  care  provided  in  the  hospital.  Various  quality 
surance  and  peer  review  programs,  and  increased 
rutiny  of  appointments  to  the  medical  staff,  are  two 
amples  of  increased  hospital  involvement. 

The  newest  focus  of  hospital  involvement  is  the  cost 
medical  services  provided  in  the  hospital.  Re- 
onding  to  pressures  from  the  federal  government 
id  the  insurance  industry,  hospital  corporations  in- 
easingly  are  concerned  with  financial  matters  that 
;re  once  in  the  sole  province  of  the  private  staff  physi- 
ian.  A recent  Maryland  case  illustrates  this  evolving 
lend. 

The  case  of  Ratino  v Medical  Services  of  the  District 
Columbia  (Blue  Shield),  718  F.2d  1260  (1983),  in- 
Ived  John  Ratino,  M.D.,  a plastic  surgeon,  who  had 
edical  staff  privileges  at  Holy  Cross  Hospital  in  Silver 
>ring,  Maryland.  Dr.  Ratino,  who  was  not  a Blue 
lield  participant,  for  some  time  required  his  patients 
sign  a written  agreement  to  pay  his  charges  for 
rviees  to  be  rendered,  the  amount  to  be  determined 
:er  the  medical  care  was  provided.  The  form  Dr. 


Ratino  used  provided  in  part:  "It  is  . . . understood  that 
such  fees  may  exceed  amounts  allowed  by  the  fee 
schedules  of  insurance  companies  ...  or  any  other  in- 
dividual or  Fee  Review  Commission  not  present  when 
the  care  or  surgery  is  rendered.  This  specifically  in- 
cludes such  fee  designations  as  usual  and  customary 
for  similar  care  or  surgery  rendered  by  doctors  without 
similar  special  training.  Thus,  the  patient’s  liability 
includes  any  and  all  differences  between  the  amounts 
paid  by  insurance  or  other  third  parties  and  the  fee 
charged ” 

Dr.  Ratino  used  this  form  in  his  practice  and  also 
used  this  form  when  providing  care  in  response  to  his 
on-call  duty  to  the  hospital’s  emergency  department. 
The  Montgomery  County  Medical  Society  received  a 
number  of  complaints  concerning  Dr.  Ratino’s  use  of 
this  form  prior  to  performing  on-call  emergency  room 
treatment. 

Subsequently,  in  March  1977,  the  Montgomery 
County  Medical  Society  sent  a letter  to  area  hospital 
administrators  asking  them  to  suppress  such  conduct 
in  their  emergency  departments.  The  letter  did  not 
specifically  mention  Dr.  Ratino. 

In  response.  Holy  Cross  Hospital  advised  the  Mont- 
gomery County  Medical  Society  that  the  hospital  had 
an  “open  door”  policy  with  respect  to  charity  care.  In 
1978,  Holy  Cross’s  Executive  Committee  directed  Dr. 
Ratino  to  cease  using  the  form  in  question  in  the  Holy 
Cross  Hospital. 

Dr.  Ratino  then  brought  legal  action  in  federal  court 
against  the  hospital,  various  officers  of  the  Montgom- 
ery County  Medical  Society,  and  Blue  Shield.  In  his 
suit,  he  alleged  that  Blue  Shield’s  “usual  and  custom- 
ary insurance  plan”  with  its  provision  for  Medical  So- 
ciety peer  review  of  medical  charges,  constituted  illegal 
price  fixing  in  violation  of  antitrust  laws.  He  also  al- 
leged that  all  the  defendants  had  conspired  illegally  to 
restrain  him  from  using  his  “consent  form”  in  con- 
junction with  providing  services  in  the  Holy  Cross  Hos- 
pital. 

The  United  States  District  Court  for  the  district  of 
Maryland  granted  summary  judgment  in  favor  of  all 
the  defendants.  It  ruled  that  the  form  contract  used 
by  Dr.  Ratino  was  illegal  and  in  violation  of  public 
policy.  It  also  found  that  Holy  Cross  Hospital,  in  direct- 
ing Dr.  Ratino  to  stop  its  use,  had  not  reacted  to  the 
Medical  Society’s  letter  but  rather  was  merely  unilat- 
erally carrying  out  its  long  established  policy  of  provid- 
ing care  to  patients  regardless  of  their  ability  to  pay. 
The  court  also  found  no  evidence  of  anticompetitive 
purpose  on  the  part  of  any  of  the  defendants,  but 
rather  “an  attempt  on  the  part  of  medical  care  or- 
ganizations to  implement  their  own  policies  aimed  at 
safeguarding  the  health  and  welfare  of  emergency 
room  patients.”  Dr.  Ratino  appealed. 

The  United  States  Court  of  Appeals,  fourth  circuit, 
upheld  the  district  court  in  its  ruling  that  the  activities 
of  the  defendants  disapproving  Dr.  Ratino’s  use  of  the 
form  contract  did  not  constitute  an  illegal  conspiracy 
to  restrain  trade.  The  appellate  court  overruled  the 
district  court,  however,  with  regard  to  Dr.  Ratino’s  al- 

*The  material  for  this  column  is  eoedited  by  Arthur  Krosnick, 
M.D.,  Editor,  The  Journal,  MSNJ;  Vincent  A.  Maressa,  J.D., 
Executive  Director,  MSNJ:  and  James  E.  George,  M.D.,  J.D., 
Director  of  Professional  Liability,  MSNJ. 


' 

« 


)L.  81— NUMBER  6— JUNE  1984 


465 


legations  of  price  fixing.  It  ruled  that  further  legal 
proceedings  were  necessary  to  determine  whether  the 
Medical  Society’s  practice  of  peer  reviewing  “un- 
reasonable fee”  determinations  by  Blue  Shield,  in  actu- 
ality, was  illegal  price  fixing. 

The  current  uncertain  climate  with  regard  to  in- 
surance and  other  reimbursement  mechanisms,  in- 
cluding Medicare,  makes  it  all  the  more  likely  that 
hospitals  will  involve  themselves  with  the  way  physi- 
cians practice  medicine.  Hospitals  perceive  that  their 


financial  health,  to  a greater  degree  than  ever  befoi 
is  dependent  on  the  activity  of  the  medical  staff.  Ec 
nomic  realities  must  be  recognized  and  dealt  with  1 
both  the  hospital  and  the  medical  staffs. 

Whether  attempts  to  resolve  differences  in  this  v< 
atile  area  will  result  in  cooperation  or  conflict  betwe 
the  hospital  and  the  medical  staff  remains  an  op< 
question.  It  sincerely  is  hoped  that  these  complex  prc 
lems  can  be  mutually  negotiated  in  an  evolutions 
rather  than  a revolutionary  fashion. 


466 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERff 


' TAX  SHELTERS  ' 

Just  one  of  the  personal 

financial  services  1 

available  to  you  from  the 

physician's  bank . 


• tax  planning 

• lines  of  credit 

• equipment  financing 

• retirement  planning 

• money  management 

• cash  flow  • investments 
• estate  planning 

Call  or  Write 

Joseph  J.  Verbaro,  Jr. 
Senior  Vice  President 

(201)  228-9770 


i 


■vTh^t 

FINANCIAL  AND  TRUST  SERVICES 


DIVISION  OF  SECURITY  NATIONAL  BANK  & TRUST  COMPANY 
OF  NEW  JERSEY 


101  Eisenhower  Parkway 
Roseland,  New  Jersey  07068 


\ 


Member  F.D.I.C. 


If  your  professional 
liability  insurance  company 
ran  out  of  money,  you  could 
find  yourself  very  much . . . 


alone. 


rihur 

Leasing’s  not  for  you? 

I x 

hmpare  these  figures  (based  on  a $20,000  vehicle): 


PURCHASE 

$1200 

4000 

554 


LEASE* 

$25/mo. 

none 

410 


I HE  1ST  DAY 

yo  sales  tax 
>wn  payment 
onthly  payment 

Ualdue:  $5754  $435 

So  by  leasing,  you’ve  got  $5319  savings  on  your 
initial  outlay,  plus  $1 19  a month,  to  invest  any 
way  you’d  like!  And  insurance  is  available  to 
qualified  N.J.  motorists  for  as  little  as  $600  a 
year.  Call  for  similar  savings  on  ANY  make  or 
model,  foreign  or  domestic.  *36-mo/closed-end 


^ Evenings  and  weekends, 
call  (201)  530-4088 

1/lonmouth  St.,  Red  Bank,  N.J.  07701  (201 ) 530-1  282 


We’re  6,900  New  Jersey  physicians 
insuring  ourselves  through  our  own 
non-profit  company.  If  you  haven’t 
joined  us,  you  could  be  more  at  risk 
than  you  know.  You  owe  it  to 
yourself  — and  those  that  depend  on 
you  — to  call  us  for  more  information. 

800-257-6288 

Do  it  now.  Everything  is  at  stake. 


A professional  service  message  from  the 

Medical  Inter-Insurance  Exchange  of  N.J. 

Two  Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648 
(609)  896-2404 

‘ The  Doctors'  Company” 


pL.  81— NUMBER  6— JUNE  1984 


467 


Our  reputation  has 
been  built  on  our 


SERVICE 


JMK  AUTO  SALES 

391  Rt.  22  (East)  Springfield,  New  Jersey 

L 379-7744  A 


Inaugural  Address* 


Frank  Y.  Watson,  m.d.,  glen  ridge 


Frank  Y.  Watson,  M.D. , the  192nd  President  of  the  Medical  Society 
of  New  Jersey , presented  this  inaugural  speech  at  the  Annual 
Meeting  in  May. 


This  is  a very  special  moment  for 
me.  I am  deeply  honored  that 
this  House  of  Delegates  has 
losen  me  to  be  the  192nd  President  of  this  dis- 
nguished  Medical  Society.  I am  also  most  pleased 
ith  the  opportunity  for  service  to  others  this  position 
rovides.  Over  the  years,  I have  found  that  helping 
thers  has  brought  me  much  pleasure  and  satisfac- 
on.  For  me,  the  practice  of  medicine  has  been  one 
reat  love  affair,  exceeded  only  by  my  love  for  my  bride 
ad  medical  partner  of  35  years.  The  position  of  Presi- 
ent  of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  gives  me 
ndreamed  of  opportunities  to  serve  the  profession  I 
early  love.  For  these  opportunities,  I thank  you  from 
ie  veiy  bottom  of  my  heart.  I promise  you  I will  give 
) the  job  my  very  best  efforts.  I will  need  help  and  I 
ecept  the  offer  of  assistance  from  Dr.  Kovacs. 
hroughout  the  ages,  physicians  have  heard  the 
hallenge: 

1 “Doctor,  please  do  all  that  you  can.” 

That  cry  for  help  is  very  familiar  to  you.  Each  of  you 
as  heard  it  countless  times. 

It  comes  from  people  who  are  suffering,  and  deeply 
•arful  for  their  very  lives. 

It  is  the  ultimate  cry  for  help!  Not  long  ago,  this  cry 
>r  help  brought  only  simple  measures  of  support  and 
aeouragement.  There  was  very  little  effective  treat- 
ment a physician  could  give. 

In  cases  of  serious  illness,  the  outcome  was  prompt. 


Either  the  patient  recovered,  or  his  condition  rapidly 
worsened,  and  he  passed  away. 

Today,  this  ultimate  cry  for  help  triggers  a response 
that  is  quantum  levels  above  the  response  of  yesterday. 

Over  the  years,  the  collective  response  to  that  eiy  has 
led  to  the  development  of  the  most  comprehensive 
health  care  system  the  world  has  ever  known.  . 

Physicians  have  provided  the  leadership;  and  the 
American  people  have  provided  the  resources. 

Thousands  of  modem  hospitals  have  been  built  in 
all  parts  of  this  country.  These  magnificent  institu- 
tions of  service  to  mankind  are  equipped  with  the  most 
modem  technology  our  scientists  can  develop.  The 
pharmacies  are  cornucopias  of  medicines  so  effective, 
they  are  called  miracle  dmgs. 

Our  unsurpassed  medical  education  system  has 
provided  over  7 million  superbly  trained  health  care 
professionals  that  give  the  very  best  health  care  to  the 
vast  majority  of  the  230  million  Americans. 

Today,  Americans  are  receiving  more  health  care  of 
a higher  quality  than  any  people  in  history.  They  have 
less  disease,  are  ill  for  shorter  periods  of  time,  are  living 
longer,  and  are  enjoying  a quality  of  life  at  a higher  level 
than  ever  before. 

How  has  this  been  done?  Not  by  a commitment  to 
cut  costs;  not  by  religious  dogma;  not  by  governmental 


‘Presented  at  MSNJ's  Annual  Meeting,  May  4,  1984. 


OL.  81— NUMBER  6— JUNE  1984 


469 


fiat;  not  by  competition  of  the  sort  found  in  the  com- 
mercial marketplace. 

It  was  done  by  cooperation  and  teamwork!  Yes,  coop- 
eration among  the  many  parts  of  American  society: 
The  medical  profession,  the  scientific  community,  our 
religious  institutions,  our  educational  institutions, 
our  business  community,  and  yes,  even  our  govern- 
ment. 

Banded  together  as  a team,  they  identified  their 
mission,  defined  the  goals  necessary  to  achieve  that 
mission,  and  then  worked  cooperatively  doing  what 
each  does  best  to  build  the  most  effective  health  care 
system  that  man  has  so  far  devised. 

That,  I like  to  think,  is  the  American  way. 

And  I repeat,  the  resources  for  all  of  this  have  been 
willingly  provided  by  the  American  people;  321  billion 
dollars  (10.5  percent  of  our  GNP)  are  devoted  to  health 
care  each  year.  Health  care  has  become  our  third  larg- 
est industry. 

The  guidelines  for  this  great  achievement  were 
simple,  direct,  and  exactly  what  you  would  expect. 

The  mission  was  to  free  our  fellow  men  of  all  prevent- 
able and  curable  disease. 

The  attainment  of  this  mission  was  to  be  through 
the  pursuit  of  four  goals. 

Goal  1 was  to  prevent  disease  wherever  we  can. 

Goal  2 was  to  cure  disease  whenever  possible. 

Goal  3 was  to  provide  humane  care  and  comfort  to 
all  of  our  people  with  yet  incurable  diseases. 

Goal  4 was  to  continue,  with  all  possible  speed,  re- 
search into  the  causation,  cure,  and  prevention  of  the 
still  incurable  diseases. 

We  have  made  considerable  progress,  but  we  still 
have  a long  way  to  go.  In  moments  when  things  are 
not  going  well,  I sometimes  wonder  if  a world  free  of 
disease  is  really  achievable! 

Then  I think  of  the  eradication  of  small  pox  and  my 
optimism  returns! 

With  the  capacity  and  the  momentum  now  in  our 
health  care  system.  I believe  we  are  on  the  verge  of 
unprecedented  progress  in  the  eradication  of  diseases 
affecting  mankind.  To  interfere  with  this  at  this  time 
would  be  a blunder  of  historic  dimensions. 

As  American  citizens,  we  all  can  take  pride  in  this 
accomplishment,  viewing  it  not  only  as  very  sound 
stewardship  of  the  vast  wealth  with  which  this  nation 
is  blessed,  but  also  pointing  to  it  as  yet  another  exam- 
ple of  what  free  people  in  a democratic  society  can 
achieve. 

And  yet  as  physicians  we  recognize  that  there  is  still 
much  to  be  done. 

We  recognize  that  there  are  still  many  Americans 
who  do  not  have  equal  access  to  the  superb  health  care 
services  now  available  to  the  vast  majority  of  Ameri- 
cans. This  is  curable  and  I am  confident  it  will  be. 

We  recognize  that  there  are  still  many  diseases  for 
which  we  have  no  satisfactory  treatment;  and  that  the 
humane  supportive  care  of  people  with  these  diseases 
is  enormously  expensive.  This  is  money  well  spent 
until  our  research  efforts  can  bring  relief. 

We  recognize  that  there  are  many  diseases  that  are 
absolutely  preventable  and  yet  they  continue  to  occur 
with  alarming  frequency  and  consume  enormous 
amounts  of  the  resources  allotted  to  health  care.  This 
is  a major  challenge  to  our  public  health  system.  In- 


creased efforts  would  minimize  this  situation. 

We  recognize  that  the  choice  of  unhealthy  lifestyle* 
by  all  too  many  Americans  results  in  the  occurrence 
of  many  of  these  absolutely  preventable  diseases,  ant 
accounts  for  a significant  part  of  the  cost  of  healtl 
care.  This  is  a major  challenge  to  both  our  publi 
health  and  our  educational  systems. 

We  recognize  that  an  increasing  number  of  Amen  ; 
cans  are  living  longer  than  ever  before  and  are  reach  i 
ing  the  ages  at  which  health  care  consumes  a dis  i 
proportionately  large  amount  of  national  resources 
with  a disappointingly  small  return  in  longevity  anj 
increased  quality  of  life. 

The  solution  to  this  problem  is  a challenge  of  im 
mense  dimensions  that  requires  the  combined  effort 
of  all  segments  of  society. 

While  recognizing  that  the  American  people  hav* 
made  a greater  effort  and  have  achieved  more  than  an 
other  people  in  the  pursuit  of  that  ultimate  dream  c 
all  men,  a world  free  of  disease,  we  are  very  much  awar 
that  the  continuing  increase  in  the  cost  of  this  pursuit 
has  attracted  the  interest  and  concern  of  leaders  in  a 
segments  of  our  society. 

We  are  now  faced  with  allegations  of  duplication 
excessive  utilization,  and  gross  inefficiencies  in  th 
health  care  system.  This  frequently  is  referred  to  as  fa 
that  must  be  rendered  from  the  system  as  fat  i 
rendered  from  pork  in  the  making  of  lard. 

With  such  vague,  unclear,  and  often  inaccurate  view  i 
of  the  conditions  in  the  health  care  system,  a whol 
spectrum  of  solutions  to  these  alleged  problems  ar 
being  foisted  upon  us. 

I am  particularly  concerned  when  solutions  tend  ti 
be  riflelike  in  approach  aimed  at  only  one  aspect  of  th 
problem. 

An  example  of  the  basis  for  my  concern  are  som 
remarks  by  Governor  Kean  at  the  First  Session  of  th 
National  Governors  Association  Winter  Meeting,  Feb 
ruary  26,  1984. 

His  remarks  dealt  almost  exclusively  with  the  cost 
of  health  care  services  and  their  alleged  negative  im 
pact  on  federal  and  state  budgets,  on  the  America* 
economy,  and  on  the  cost  of  doing  business  in  th] 
United  States.  The  Governor  stated;  “If  American  bust 
ness  is  to  sustain  our  economic  recovery,  if  busines  ; 
is  to  put  our  workers  back  to  work,  then  we  must  brinji: 
health  care  costs  under  control.”  The  Governor  wa 
strangely  silent  about  the  fact  that  health  care  in  th 
United  States  is  the  third  largest  industiy  and  one  oj 
the  top  three  in  New  Jersey.  Over  7 million  healtl] 
professionals  provide  health  care  to  the  230  millioi 
Americans.  Another  14  million  Americans  play  a sup 
porting  role  to  those  7 million  health  professionals 
While  there  may  be  some  negative  aspects  regardin 
health  care  costs,  and  while  economic  benefit  is  cer 
tainly  not  the  primary  reason  for  having  a health  car 
industiy,  the  economic  impact  of  an  industry  provid 
ing  employment  either  directly  or  indirectly  to  2 
million  Americans  should  at  least  be  acknowledge!! 
and  placed  in  perspective,  in  any  discussion  of  th 
impact  of  health  care  on  the  American  economy. 

The  Governor  also  shared  some  points  he  learned  a 
a hearing  of  health  financing  experts  that  he  and  Go\ 
emor  Lamm,  of  Colorado,  convened  in  December. 

Governor  Kean  reported;  “Of  the  projected  increas 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


470 


n costs  of  health  care  by  1990,  57  percent  will  be  due 
jo  general  inflation,  7 percent  due  to  medical  care  infla- 
ion,  and  8 percent  due  to  population  increases.  That 
eaves  28  percent  due  to  changes  in  medical  technology 
jnd  patient  care  use  and  treatment  practices.  If  we  are 
|o  have  any  impact,  it  will  be  on  this  28  percent  of  the 
ncrease." 

He  then  commented  at  length  on  several  ways  to 
Tipact  on  the  28  percent  due  to  changes  in  medical 
echnology  and  patient  care  use  and  treatment  prac- 
ices.  The  ways  discussed  included  controlling  high 
echnology  (CAT  scanners  and  NMRs),  controlling  low 
echnology  (routine  lab  tests  and  procedures  and 
rugs),  and  controlling  the  number  of  physicians  and 
heir  specialization.  All  of  the  discussion  dealt  with  the 
eduction  of  costs.  No  comment  regarding  the  allevia- 
ion  of  illness  was  made  and  there  was  no  mention  as 
d what  might  be  done  to  impact  on  the  57  percent 
f the  increase  in  health  care  costs  due  to  general 
lflation,  an  area  that  is  much  more  in  the  realm  of 
ovemment  than  any  medical  matters  he  mentioned. 
The  Governor's  comments  regarding  the  problem  of 
ae  number  of  physicians  and  their  specialization  is 
s follows: 

“Our  biggest  problem  is  not  numbers,  but  the  fact 
lat  fully  85  percent  of  physicians  are  specialists,  a 
■vel  higher  than  any  other  country  in  the  world.  These 
re  the  doctors  using  high  technology— often,  in  fact, 
efined  by  that  technology.  One  of  our  witnesses  in  the 
•ecember  hearing  found  that  a general  internist  can 
-iple  his  net  income  if  he  has  a heavy,  but  justified 
aseload  of  routine  EKGs,  chest  x-rays,  lab  tests,  and 
igmoidoscopies,  compared  to  colleagues  who  did  none 
f these,  but  saw  15  percent  more  patients, 
yneeologists,  urologists,  and  gastroenterologists  earn 
to  12  times  as  much  per  hour  when  they  use  their 
■chnologies. 

"Given  these  incentives,  is  it  any  wonder  that  our 
ledieal  system  performs  more  surgery  and  invasive 
iagnostic  procedures  than  any  other  country  in  the 
orld?  One  witness  said  in  December,  There  are  not 
lough  coronary  arteries  for  the  cardiologists.’” 

These  comments  with  their  obvious  inconsistencies 
low  a gross  lack  of  understanding  of  the  subject.  It 
sobering  indeed  to  realize  that  those  comments  were 
tade  by  the  Governor  of  our  state. 

Now  it  is  not  my  intent  to  take  the  Governor  to  task 
•day  regarding  his  remarks  at  the  National  Governors 
ssociation  Winter  Meeting.  This  is  not  the  proper 
rum,  and  furthermore,  the  Governor  is  not  here, 
uch  matters  are  best  dealt  with  face  to  face. 

By  referring  to  the  Governor’s  remarks,  however,  I 
ave  tried  to  make  the  point  that  the  provision  of 
?alth  care  is  being  discussed  in  forums  other  than 
edieine,  by  persons  other  than  health  professionals, 
ho  often  have  a mission  and  goals  different  from 
lose  of  the  medical  profession,  and  who  frequently 
ave  enormous  power,  which  they  are  not  averse  to 
ling  to  deal  with  problems  as  they  see  them  in  the 


health  care  system. 

It,  therefore,  is  necessaiy  for  us,  as  physicians,  to  not 
only  “do  all  that  we  can”  to  provide  the  very  best  of 
health  care  possible  in  the  one-on-one  doctor/patient 
relationship,  we  must  also,  “do  all  that  we  can”  to  be 
a part  of  all  discussions  and  all  decisions  regarding 
health  care  wherever  those  discussions  are  being  held 
and  wherever  those  decisions  are  being  made. 

"To  do  all  that  we  can”  also  means  we  must  learn 
our  way  around  in  the  political  arena  the  halls  of 
government,  the  boardrooms  of  industry,  and  the  do- 
main of  the  health  care  administrators,  for  it  is  in 
those  forums  that  the  major  decisions  regarding 
health  care  are  now  being  made. 

Such  opportunities  are  occurring  with  increasing 
frequency.  We  must  seize  those  opportunities  and 
make  the  most  of  them.  Communication  between  the 
Medical  Society,  various  agencies  of  government,  busi- 
ness, and  health  care  institutions  is  steadily  growing. 
There  are  now  frequent  contacts  with  the  Com- 
missioner of  Health,  the  Health  Department,  members 
of  Legislature,  the  Governor’s  Office,  the  State  Board 
of  Medical  Examiners,  the  New  Jersey  Hospital  As- 
sociation, and  the  New  Jersey  Business  Group. 

In  addition,  more  than  ever  before  physicians  are 
working  with  administrators  in  hospitals,  HMOs, 
PPOs,  and  other  health-related  facilities  as  well  as  with 
representatives  of  other  groups  of  the  American  people. 
The  efforts  of  the  American  Medical  Association  to 
develop  a health  policy  agenda  for  the  American  people 
is  a prime  example  of  such  teamwork. 

When  challenged  to  “do  all  that  we  can,”  we  must 
always  remember  (we  must  never  forget)  that  as  phy- 
sicians, we  are  the  primary  advocate  for  our  patients, 
not  only  at  the  bedside  and  in  our  office,  but  also  in 
all  places  where  the  discussions  and  decisions  regard- 
ing health  care  are  held  and  made. 

As  the  primary  advocate  for  our  patients,  we  must 
support  those  actions  that  advance  our  mission  and 
our  goals,  and  we  must  vigorously  oppose  those  ac- 
tions that  endanger  our  mission  and  our  goals. 

In  closing,  I repeat:  I believe  the  mission  of  the  medi- 
cal profession  is  to  free  people  of  all  preventable  and 
curable  diseases. 

I also  believe  that  to  accomplish  that  mission,  we 
must  continue  to  pursue  four  goals,  all  of  which  have 
stood  the  test  of  time. 

Goal  1 is  to  prevent  disease  wherever  we  can. 

Goal  2 is  to  cure  disease  wherever  possible. 

Goal  3 is  to  provide  humane  care  and  comfort  to  all 
of  our  people  with  yet  incurable  diseases. 

Goal  4 is  to  continue  with  all  possible  speed,  re- 
search, and  development  into  the  causation,  cure,  and 
prevention  of  those  diseases  still  unconquered. 

I believe  that  we  will  continue  to  have  the  full  sup- 
port of  the  American  people  so  long  as  they  know  and 
believe  that  we  are  fully  committed  to  that  mission  and 
these  goals.  Let  us  never  leave  them  in  doubt! 

“Doctor,  please  do  all  that  you  can." 


)L.  81— NUMBER  6— JUNE  1984 


471 


ellcome  Co. 


wsm 


(aUopur 


1 


i 


% 


bu„°09 

5SSSSS**770* 


. f,  choice  oB'W 

. tel  vou*  P°"en'V'  . , pasV  titration 

•SSa*®*5 

. patient  educate  eCOnotny 


. 


.. 

■ 

■ 

' . • ' . \;.Vy  ;V-  -';.''x:  V;'  ;,r  '"’r: - pf;  - 


: 3-  1 


Farewell  Address:  An 
Accounting  of  My  Stewardship* 

Alexander  D.  Kovacs,  m.d.,  scotch  plains 


This  address  is  an  accounting  of  his  stewardship , as  Alexander 
D.  Kovacs , M.D.,  completes  his  year  as  President  of  the  Medical 
Society  of  New  Jersey. 


According  to  St.  Luke,  Chapter 
16,  a certain  rich  man  called 
upon  his  steward  thus,  “Make 
in  accounting  of  thy  stewardship  for  thou  canst  be 
steward  no  longer.” 

I no  longer  can  be  your  steward,  and  so  I shall  make 
my  accounting.  There  are  so  many  things  to  do  as 
^resident  of  a state  medical  society  that  the  momen- 
:um  can  spin  you  in  an  endless  circle  unless  you  make 
t go  in  one  direction.  The  direction  I chose  to  carry 
)ut  my  stewardship  was  to  attempt  to  rally  the  mem- 
bers into  a unified  whole. 

1 wish  I could  say  that  I succeeded  100  percent,  but, 
did  not.  There  has  been  some  pretty  creditable  move- 
ment, however. 

This  past  year  we  collected  more  money  for  political 
:ampaigns  than  ever  before  and  we  were  noticed  in 
state  politics.  This  year  we  introduced  a package  of 
egislation  which,  if  passed,  will  begin  to  correct  some 
of  the  inequities  of  the  present  professional  liability 
situation.  At  least  now  we  are  in  a position  to  talk  to 
some  of  our  legislators  about  these  bills.  No  one  is  so 
aaive  as  to  believe  that  a campaign  contribution  buys 
a politician’s  vote.  What  it  does  get  you  is  an  opportuni- 
ty to  present  your  case.  We  have  a good  case  and  a good 
opportunity.  Let  us  not  waste  it.  We  now  must  concen- 
trate our  efforts  on  this  package  of  bills  and  not  frag- 
ment our  energies  on  other  less  important  legislation. 
Don't  forget,  these  politicians  have  other  interests 


besides  our  bills.  We  should  be  interested  in  and  sup- 
port some  of  their  other  efforts  if  we  are  to  hope  for 
their  support  for  our  package. 

We  also  managed  to  stick  together  long  enough  to 
prevent  a fee  schedule  from  being  imposed  upon  us  as 
part  of  the  latest  auto  insurance  law  in  New  Jersey;  and 
we  certainly  have  stuck  together,  1 am  proud  to  say, 
on  the  issue  of  a voluntary  freeze  on  fees.  The  positive 
reaction  to  that  request  on  the  county,  state,  and  na- 
tional level  has  been  outstanding. 

Concerted  action  by  the  AMA  and  by  doctors  all  over 
the  country  has  brought  about  the  defeat  of  the 
nefarious  Rostenkowski  amendment  in  Congress.  If  we 
had  lost  that  fight,  we  would  have  lost  the  right  to 
practice  in  our  own  hospitals. 

Those  were  some  of  the  battles  we  won.  We  have  had 
some  losses  too.  Disciplinary  actions  by  hospital  gov- 
erning boards  as  well  as  malpractice  awards  must  be 
reported  to  the  State  Board  of  Medical  Examiners. 

One  year  ago  we  were  involved  in  a discussion  with 
the  government  on  how  best  to  treat  the  indigent  pa- 
tient. We  still  are.  They  keep  coming  up  with  ideas  like 
capitation,  and  we  keep  talking  about  the  high  price 
of  emergency  room  care,  and  the  beautiful  simplicity 
of  a modest  but  respectable  fee  for  the  private  sector. 

We  have  not  yet  spoken  with  one  voice  on  the  whole 


‘Presented  before  the  House  of  Delegates  at  the  Annual  Meet- 
ing, May  4,  1984,  Atlantic  City. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  6— JUNE  1984 


473 


new  structure  of  medical  care  which  has  grown  so 
visibly  in  New  Jersey  this  past  year — the  freestanding 
urgicenters,  surgicenters,  and  hospital  satellites.  We 
almost  seem  to  be  paralyzed  by  these  new  develop- 
ments. This  is  no  time  to  stand  around  open-mouthed; 
while  we  do,  others  are  making  the  regulations  and 
administrative  decisions.  We  have  to  find  a method  to 
handle  these  alternate  care  entities  which  will  be  in 
the  best  interests  of  our  patients,  or  we  will  not  have 
any  patients  to  worry  about. 

There  is  so  much  that  needs  to  be  done.  One  year 
is  not  enough  to  accomplish  solid  results.  There  is  not 
enough  time  to  bring  developing  relationships  into 
bloom.  I believe  one  year  was  fine  in  the  days  when  we 
were  not  so  constantly  under  the  gun.  But  in  today’s 
climate,  some  consideration  should  be  given  to  making 
the  presidency  a two-year  term. 

I do  have  some  confidence  that  good  foundations 
have  been  laid  for  continuing  negotiations  with  the 
various  agencies  and  entities  involved  in  our  pro- 
fessional lives. 

Our  relationship  with  the  New  Jersey  State  Board  of 
Medical  Examiners  is  less  hostile  than  it  used  to  be. 
There  continue  to  be  differences — it  is  not  possible  for 
an  organization  whose  purpose  is  physician  advocacy 
always  to  be  in  tune  with  an  organization  whose 
purpose  is  physician  regulation.  The  present  problem 
regarding  the  scope  of  practice  for  chiropractors  is  an 
illustration  of  that  occasional  disharmony. 

Also,  we  have  achieved  some  measure  of  respect- 
ability in  the  eyes  of  the  New  Jersey  State  Department 
of  Health.  We  cannot,  of  course,  take  all  the  credit  for 
that.  Commissioner  Goldstein  certainly  has  done  his 
share  to  keep  the  lines  of  communication  open.  On  our 
end,  there  has  been  a significant  effort  to  serve  on 
committees  with  Health  Department  personnel  as  we 
grope  together  toward  solutions  for  some  very  tough 
problems.  While  we  may  not  be  singing  the  star  role, 
at  least  we  have  moved  out  of  the  chorus. 

I submit  to  you,  my  friends,  that  the  future  of  our 
profession  lies  in  our  willingness  to  recognize  the  legit- 
imate interests  of  others  in  the  health  care  business. 
We  cannot  agree  with  everything  they  propose  but  we 
have  to  be  willing  to  work  with  them  if  we  expect  them 
to  agree  with  anything  we  propose. 

One  of  the  most  rewarding  of  the  presidential  duties 
is  the  opportunity  to  visit  with  you  on  your  home 
grounds.  I wish  to  thank  all  of  the  county  societies  who 
invited  me  to  attend  their  meetings.  In  every  county 
I found  some  concerned,  aware  physicians.  I wish  there 
were  more.  The  biggest  problem  this  profession  has  is 
the  apathy  of  its  members.  I was  chagrined  to  find  how 
many  physicians  fail  to  appreciate  the  seriousness  of 
our  problems  and  to  accept  that  they  individually  and 
collectively  have  a role  to  play  in  their  solutions— and 


that  role  comes  to  something  more  than  maintaining 
the  status  quo  and  complaining  about  their  leaders!! 
I know  you  share  my  concern  about  these  determined^ 
uninformed. 

There  are  serious  problems  to  be  faced.  We  canno 
hide  from  them.  They  leap  out  from  every  newspape  i 
and  television  set.  We  must  try  to  help  cope  with  tb 
rising  cost  of  care.  We  have  to  have  the  courage  to  tell 
people  that  costs  will  continue  to  rise  despite  fe« 
schedules  or  fee  freezes  until  this  country  accepts  tb 
plain  fact  that  increasing  numbers  of  elderly  patient 
cannot  be  treated  with  the  full  range  of  medical  tech 
nology  without  increasing  costs. 

We  must  face  the  problem  of  providing  medical  can: 
for  the  least  fortunate  among  us,  and  we  must  tell  th< 
story  of  the  thousands  of  hours  of  free  care  we  alread 
contribute. 

We  must  face  the  problem  of  the  increased  numbe  i 
of  young  physicians  who  have  a right  to  expect  to  maki  > 
a living  after  years  of  study  and  sacrifice.  We  must  no 
turn  our  backs  on  these  men  and  women. 

None  of  these  problems  have  been  neglected  during 
this  past  year,  but  they  require  endless  effort  and  dedi 
cation  if  solutions  are  ever  going  to  be  forthcoming 
We  must  all  continue  actively  to  support  our  leader 
as  they  struggle  to  find  answers  to  these  and  a hos 
of  other  difficult  issues. 

When  I became  president  I had  the  good  fortune  t( 
succeed  Howard  Slobodien,  M.D.  I wish  to  publicb 
thank  Howard  for  being  a staunch  supporter  anc 
friend  this  past  year.  I hope  I will  be  as  helpful  to  Di 
Watson.  Dr.  Costabile  served  ably  as  chairman  of  tb 
Board  of  Trustees,  and  I wish  to  acknowledge  his  as 
sistance. 

There  are  others  I wish  to  thank,  not  so  much  fo 
what  they  did  for  me,  but  for  what  they  did  for  you 
the  entire  Board  of  Trustees  and  other  members  o 
councils  and  committees  who  gave  up  their  Sunday: 
and  their  days  off  to  come  to  Lawrenceville.  Withou 
the  dedication  of  these  few,  we  would  not  survive  a:, 
a profession.  You  owe  them  more  than  you  can  eve 
repay. 

Thanks  is  also  due  to  a truly  remarkable  staff.  Vin 
cent  Maressa  is  one  of  the  most  respected  executive 
directors  in  the  United  States.  He  makes  you  proud  t< 
come  from  New  Jersey.  The  value  of  people  like  Dian; 
Gore,  Marie  Fisher,  and  Eileen  Pfeiffer  to  our  pro 
fession  and  our  Society  cannot  be  measured. 

My  personal  thanks  to  that  most  gracious  of  ladies! 
Ida,  my  wife.  She  has  been  cheerful  and  charming 
through  this  busiest  of  times,  and  I can  only  humbP 
acknowledge  how  much  I owe  to  her  patience  and  gooc 
humor. 

Finally,  I thank  you,  the  delegates,  for  the  opportuni 
ty  to  serve  as  your  President. 


; 

m 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


474 


MSNJ  Auxiliary 


G 


race  Scribner  Gellman  is  the 
58th  President  of  the  Medical 
Society  of  New  Jersey  Auxiliary, 
he  assumed  leadership  of  the  Auxiliaiy  on  May  5. 
ormerly  Grace  Scribner,  a graduate  of  the  Aultman 
iospital  School  of  Nursing,  Canton,  Ohio,  Mrs. 
iellman  attended  Ohio  University,  Athens,  and  Kent 
tate  University,  Kent. 

She  married  the  late  William  B.  Gellman,  M.D.,  after 
e finished  his  internship  at  Aultman  Hospital.  He 
tarted  his  general  practice  and  surgery  in  Wood-Ridge 
nd  was  affiliated  with  Beth  Israel  Hospital,  Passaic, 
nd  South  Bergen  Hospital,  Hasbrouck  Heights. 

Dr.  and  Mrs.  Gellman  worked  as  a team  in  the  early 
ears  of  their  marriage  in  addition  to  raising  three 
hildren — Alexander  C„  a urologist  in  Denville:  Michael 
an  aerospace  engineer  and  naval  aviator  who 
jmed  to  medicine  and  is  finishing  his  residency  in 
nesthesia;  and  Mrs.  Martha  Braff,  a biology  major 
'om  Skidmore  College,  Saratoga,  now  living  in  Pitts- 
)rd.  New  York,  where  her  husband,  Steven  P.  Braff, 
I.D.,  practices  radiology. 

Grace  has  been  involved  in  volunteer  and  organiza- 
on  work  for  many  years.  She  was  a charter  member 
f the  South  Bergen  Hospital  Women's  Guild  and 
?rved  as  its  first  president.  She  was  active  in  the 
ergen  County  Medical  Society  Auxiliary,  serving  in  its 
arious  chairmanships  arid  offices  to  become  presi- 
ent  during  1973  to  1974.  At  present,  Mrs.  Gellman 
erves  on  the  Board  of  Governors  of  South  Bergen 
ospital  as  Vice-President;  is  a member  of  the  National 
ssoeiation  of  Parliamentarians;  and  belongs  to  the 
alisadium  Unit  in  Bergen  County.  As  a member  of  the 
ledieal  Society  of  New  Jersey  Auxiliary,  Grace  has 
?rved  as  liaison  representative  to  the  University  of 
ledicine  and  Dentistry  of  New  Jersey  and  Volunteer 
riendly  Visitors;  Chainnan  of  AMA-ERF:  Recording 
ecretary;  Vice-President;  and  President-Elect. 


Mrs.  William  B.  Gellman 


OL.  81— NUMBER  6— JUNE  1984 


475 


Golden  Merit  Awards 


I 


u 


At  ceremonies  held  on  May  4, 1984,  during  the  218th  Annual 
Meeting  of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey , Resorts 
International,  Atlantic  City,  the  following  received  MSNJ’s  Golden 
Merit  Award  indicating  they  held  the  degree  of  doctor  of  medicine 
for  50  years . 


Atlantic  County 

Samuel  M.  Diskan,  M.D Temple 

Werner  Hamburger,  M.D Berlin 

J.  Neafie  Richardson,  M.D Temple 

Bergen  County 

Roslyn  Barbash,  M.D Bellevue 

Kalman  Chase,  M.D Syracuse 

William  D.  Deuell,  M.D Columbia 

Joseph  Greenbaum,  M.D Long  Island 

Rev.  Edmund  E.  Jacobitti,  M.D Temple 

Emil  Joseph  Kakascik.  M.D Syracuse 

Kenneth  S.  Landauer,  M.D Johns  Hopkins 

Samuel  N.  Lipsett,  M.D George  Washington 

Samuel  G.  Loman,  M.D Glasgow 

Edward  M.  Mancene,  M.D New  York  Medical 

Robert  J.  Neville,  M.D Long  Island 

Nelson  C.  Policastro,  M.D Rome 

Jacob  Prager,  M.D Columbia 

Burlington  County 

Maurice  Lev.  M.D Creighton 

Paul  Reed  Sparks,  M.D Pennsylvania 

John  Carl  Voss,  M.D Temple 

Camden  County 

Nathan  Asbell,  M.D London 

Francesco  D’Imperio,  M.D Hahnemann 

Paul  Mecray,  Jr.,  M.D Pennsylvania 

Edwin  R Rosner,  M.D Vienna 

Cape  May  County 

Jules  Cooper,  M.D Maryland 


’34 

Cumberland  County 

Nicholas  Edward 

’34 

Marchione,  M.D 

Hahnemann  ’34| 

’34 

Essex  County 

Frank  G.  Barnard,  M.D 

Hahnemann  ’34 

’34 

Irving  V.  Bemey,  M.D 

Western  Ontario  ’34 

’34 

Bernard  Bolten,  M.D 

St.  Louis  ’34 

'34 

Louis  A Brodkin,  M.D 

George  Washington  ’34 

'34 

Richard  H.  Bruning,  M.D 

Columbia  ’34 

’34 

Alton  E.  Bythewood,  M.D 

Meharry  ’34 

’34 

John  A DeVivo,  M.D 

Georgetown  ’34 

’34 

Robert  F.  Dow,  M.D 

Georgetown  ’34! 

’34 

Robert  E.  Fullilove,  Jr.,  M.D. 

Howard  ’34 

’34 

Frank  M.  Galioto,  M.D 

..  New  York  Medical  ’34 

’34 

Joseph  Gamba  M.D 

St.  Louis  ’34 

’34 

E.  Leslie  Gaylor,  M.D 

Tufts  ’34 

’34 

Jerome  Gelb,  M.D 

Maryland  ’34! 

’34 

Frank  Giuffra  M.D 

Long  Island  ’34 

Jesse  T.  Glazier,  M.D 

Hahnemann  ’34 

’34 

Andrew  J.  V.  Klein,  M.D 

Edinburgh  ’34 

’34 

Henry  H.  Kosterlitz,  M.D 

Breslau  ’22 

. New  York  Medical  ’34 

’34 

David  B.  Meisel,  M.D 

Irving  Ocheret,  M.D 

George  Washington  ’34 

’34 

Patrick  J.  Romano,  M.D 

Georgetown  ’34! 

’34 

Victor  Rudomanski,  M.D 

Long  Island  ’341 

’34 

Thomas  A Santoro,  M.D 

Jefferson  ’34 

'34 

Richard  H.  Smith,  M.D 

Virginia  ’34 

John  J.  Torppey,  M.D 

Georgetown  ’34 

’34 

William  R Ward,  M.D 

Cornell  ’34! 

476 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


udson  County 

rank  R Amdt,  M.D New  York  University  ’34 

rban  R Bigliani,  M.D Loyola  ’34 

[ilton  Blum,  M.D Georgia  ’34 

dolph  D.  Casciano,  M.D Columbia  ’34 

dlliam  Feller,  M.D George  Washington  ’34 

dward  D.  Fenimore,  M.D New  York  Medical  ’34 

ahn  G.  Imhoff,  M.D Georgetown  ’34 

lement  M.  Jones,  M.D Howard  ’34 

amuel  Penchansky,  M.D California  '34 

avid  B.  Simpson,  M.D New  York  University  ’34 

[ercer  County 

aseph  K.  Bayne,  M.D Hahnemann  '34 

[.  Yale  Byer,  M.D Georgetown  ’34 

Dseph  Robert  Deitz,  M.D Maryland  '34 

avid  A.  Fluek,  M.D Hahnemann  '34 

vin  Levy,  M.D Georgetown  '34 

amuel  Joseph  Lloyd,  M.D Johns  Hopkins  '34 

idor  Markowitz,  M.D St.  Louis  ’34 

auis  Rampona,  M.D Rush  ’34 

[iddlesex  County 

[iehael  Brody,  M.D Cornell  ’34 

vin  J.  Fine,  M.D George  Washington  ’34 

ollins  E.  Lewis,  M.D Meharry  '34 

rilliam  F.  Murray,  M.D Long  Island  '34 

an  B.  Smith,  M.D Pennsylvania  ’34 

idney  Tucker,  M.D Bellevue  ’34 

onmouth  County 

amuel  Bar.  M.D Jefferson  ’34 

avid  I.  Diamond,  M.D George  Washington  ’34 

jhn  William  Hardy,  M.D Hahnemann  ’34 

tto  Lehmann,  M.D Berlin  ’34 

)seph  F.  Raffetto,  M.D Georgetown  ’34 

orris  County 

Ivin  A.  Rosenberg,  M.D.  ...  New  York  University  ’34 


Merlin  T.  Ryman,  M.D Pennsylvania  ’34 

Ocean  County 

Clinton  Ridgway  Schneider,  M.D.  ..  Hahnemann  ’34 
E.  Charlotte  Seasongood, 

M.D Woman’s  Medical  ’34 


Passaic  County 

Sidney  Gelman,  M.D 

Harry  Katz,  M.D 

Joseph  M.  Keating,  M.D 

Walter  A.  Kovaleski,  M.D.  ... 

Morton  Kulick,  M.D 

Stephen  M.  Liana  M.D 

William  Paris,  M.D 

Theodore  C.  Sabarese,  M.D. 

Andrew  Sporer,  M.D 

Leonard  J.  Trilling,  M.D 

Ralph  Cady  Yeaw,  M.D 


Maryland  ’34 

Rush  ’34 

Georgetown  '34 

Boston  ’34 

New  York  University  '34 

St.  Louis  ’34 

Indiana  ’34 

St.  Louis  ’34 

Hungary  ’34 

Columbia  ’34 

Rochester  ’34 


Salem  County 

J.  Robert  Cox,  M.D Hahnemann  ’34 

Somerset  County 

Anthony  J.  Allegrante,  M.D.  ..  New  York  Medical  ’34 

Nicholas  A.  Falcone,  M.D Jefferson  ’34 

Alan  J.  Stolow,  M.D London  ’34 


Union  County 

Herbert  E.  Jones,  M.D Long  Island  ’34 

Junius  T.  Langston,  M.D Howard  ’34 

Evert  A.  Larsson,  M.D Kansas  ’34 

James  H.  Maroney,  M.D Columbia  '34 

George  H.  Marts,  M.D Kansas  ’34 

William  C.  Meineke,  M.D Hahnemann  ’34 

Michael  Taranto,  M.D Georgetown  '34 

John  Trano,  M.D Rome  '34 

Richard  Wagner,  M.D Maryland  ’34 

Albert  I.  Whitken,  M.D Jefferson  ’34 


>L.  81— NUMBER  6— JUNE  1984 


477 


each  day. 


First-step  blood  pressure  control 
with  optimal  simplicity 


Benefits  diuretics  cannot  offer . . . Once-daily  inderal  la 

(propranolol  HG1)  provides  smooth,  24-hour  control  of  blood  pressure 
plus  the  cardiovascular  benefits  of  the  world’s  leading  beta  blocker. 
And  INDERAL  LA  provides  a high  degree  of  patient  acceptance — 
without  potassium  problems. 

Experience  no  other  beta  blocker  can  match . . . Once  daily 

INDERAL  LA  delivers  the  proven  performance  and  safety  profile  of 
INDERAL  tablets — confirmed  by  millions  of  patients  during  16  years 
of  clinical  use.  INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  used  in  congestive  heart 
failure,  sinus  bradycardia,  heart  block  greater  than  first  degree,  or 
bronchial  asthma. 


Start  with  80  mg  once  daily. . . Dosage  may  be  increased  to 
120  mg  or  160  mg  once  daily  as  needed  to  achieve  additional  control. 
Please  see  next  page  for  further  details  and  brief  summary  of 
prescribing  information. 


i hi 

80  120  160 
mg  mg  mg 

The  appearance  of  INDERALLA  capsules 
is  a registered  trademark  of  Ayersl  Laboratories. 

Ayerst 


Just  once  each  day 
for  initial  therapy  in 
HYPERTENSION. 


ONCE-DAILY 


INDERALLA 

(PROPRANOLOL  HCI)  CAPSULES 


t 


BRIEF  SUMMARY  (FOR  FULL  PRESCRIBING  INFORMATION,  SEE  PACKAGE  CIRCULAR.) 
INDERAL'  LA  brand  of  propranolol  hydrochloride  (Long  Acting  Capsules) 
DESCRIPTION.  Inderal  LA  is  formulated  to  provide  a sustained  release  of  propranolol 
hydrochloride  Inderal  LA  is  available  as  80  mg,  120  mg,  and  160  mg  capsules 
CLINICAL  PHARMACOLOGY.  INDERAL  is  a nonselective  beta-adrenergic  receptor 
blocking  agent  possessing  no  other  autonomic  nervous  system  activity.  It  specifically  com- 
petes with  beta-adrenergic  receptor  stimulating  agents  for  available  receptor  sites.  When 
access  to  beta-receptor  sites  is  blocked  by  INDERAL,  the  chronotropic,  inotropic,  and 
vasodilator  responses  to  beta-adrenergic  stimulation  are  decreased  proportionately, 

INDERAL  LA  Capsules  (80, 120,  and  160  mg)  release  propranolol  HCI  at  a controlled  and 
predictable  rate  Peak  blood  levels  following  dosing  with  INDERAL  LA  occur  at  about  6 hours 
and  the  apparent  plasma  half-life  is  about  10  hours.  When  measured  at  steady  state  over  a 24- 
hour  period  the  areas  under  the  propranolol  plasma  concentration-time  curve  (AUCs)  for  the 
capsules  are  approximately  60%  to  65%  of  the  AUCs  for  a comparable  divided  daily  dose  of 
INDERAL  tablets.  The  lower  AUCs  for  the  capsules  are  due  to  greater  hepatic  metabolism  of 
propranolol,  resulting  from  the  slower  rate  of  absorption  of  propranolol  Over  a twenty-four  (24) 
hour  period,  blood  levels  are  fairly  constant  for  about  twelve  (12)  hours  then  decline 
exponentially. 

INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  considered  a simple  mg  for  mg  substitute  for  conventional 
propranolol  and  the  blood  levels  achieved  do  not  match  (are  lower  than)  those  of  two  to  four 
times  daily  dosing  with  the  same  dose  When  changing  to  INDERAL  LA  from  conventional 
propranolol,  a possible  need  for  retitration  upwards  should  be  considered  especially  to 
maintain  effectiveness  at  the  end  of  the  dosing  interval.  In  most  clinical  settings,  however, 
such  as  hypertension  or  angina  where  there  is  little  correlation  between  plasma  levels  and 
clinical  effect,  INDERAL  LA  has  been  therapeutically  equivalent  to  the  same  mg  dose  of 
conventional  INDERAL  as  assessed  by  24-hour  effects  on  blood  pressure  and  on  24-hour 
exercise  responses  of  heart  rate,  systolic  pressure  and  rate  pressure  product  INDERAL  LA 
can  provide  effective  beta  blockade  for  a 24-hour  period. 

The  mechanism  of  the  antihypertensive  effect  of  INDERAL  has  not  been  established. 
Among  the  factors  that  may  be  involved  in  contributing  to  the  antihypertensive  action  are  (1) 
decreased  cardiac  output,  (2)  inhibition  of  renin  release  by  the  kidneys,  and  (3)  diminution  of 
tonic  sympathetic  nerve  outflow  from  vasomotor  centers  in  the  brain.  Although  total  peripheral 
resistance  may  increase  initially,  it  read|usts  to  or  below  the  pretreatment  level  with  chronic 
use.  Effects  on  plasma  volume  appear  to  be  minor  andjpnewhat  variable.  INDERAL  has 


been  shown  to  cause  a small  increase  in  serum  potassiJBponcentration  when  use' 
treatment  of  hypertensive  patients.  1| 

In  angina  pectoris,  propranolol  generally  reduces  thjj 
any  given  level  of  effort  by  blocking  the  catecholammej 
systolic  blood  pressure,  and  the  velocity  and  extent  off 
may  increase  oxygen  requirements  by  increasing  left j 
pressure  and  systolic  election  period  The  net  phy; 
is  usually  advantageous  and  is  manifested  duriKrji® 
increased  work  capacity. 

In  dosages  greater  than  required  for  beta  blockade,  INDERAL  also  exerts  a quinidine-l 
or  anesthetic-like  membrane  action  which  affects 
cance  of  the  membrane  action  in  the  treatment  of 
The  mechanism  of  the  antimigraine  effect  of  prj 
adrenergic  receptors  have  been  demonstrated  in 
Beta  receptor  blockade  can  be  useful  in  con' 
functional  changes,  sympathetic  activity  is  detri  ^ __ 

situations  in  which  sympathetic  stimulation  is  vital  RT^ampiSHTi  paTients'wWPrseverely 
damaged  hearts,  adequate  ventricular  function  is  maintained  by  virtue  of  sympathetic  drive 
which  should  be  preserved  In  the  presence  of  AV  block,  greater  than  first  degree,  beta 
blockade  may  prevent  the  necessary  facilitating  effect  of  sympathetic  activity  on  conduction 
Beta  blockade  results  in  bronchial  constriction  by  interfering  with  adrenergic  bronchodilator 
activity  which  should  be  preserved  in  patients  sub|ect  to  bronchospasm 
Propranolol  is  not  significantly  dialyzable 

INDICATIONS  AND  USAGE.  Hypertension:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  in  the  manage- 
ment of  hypertension;  it  may  be  used  alone  or  used  in  combination  with  other  antihypertensive 
agents,  particularly  a thiazide  diuretic.  INDERAL  LA  is  not  indicated  in  the  management  of 
hypertensive  emergencies. 

Angina  Pectoris  Due  to  Coronary  Atherosclerosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated 
for  the  long-term  management  of  patients  with  angina  pectoris. 

Migraine:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  for  the  prophylaxis  of  common  migraine  headache 
The  efficacy  of  propranolol  in  the  treatment  of  a migraine  attack  that  has  started  has  not  been 
established  and  propranolol  is  not  indicated  for  such  use. 

Hypertrophic  Subaortic  Stenosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  useful  in  the  management  of 
hypertrophic  subaortic  stenosis,  especially  for  treatment  of  exertional  or  other  stress-induced 
angina,  palpitations,  and  syncope.  INDERAL  LA  also  improves  exercise  performance.  The 
effectiveness  of  propranolol  hydrochloride  in  this  disease  appears  to  be  due  to  a reduction  of 
the  elevated  outflow  pressure  gradient  which  is  exacerbated  by  beta-receptor  stimulation 
Clinical  improvement  may  be  temporary. 

CONTRAINDICATIONS.  INDERAL  is  contraindicated  in  1)  cardiogenic  shock;  2)  sinus 
bradycardia  and  greater  than  first  degree  block;  3)  bronchial  asthma,  4)  congestive  heart 
failure  (see  WARNINGS)  unless  the  failure  is  secondary  to  a tachyarrhythmia  treatable  with 
INDERAL 

WARNINGS.  CARDIAC  FAILURE;  Sympathetic  stimulation  may  be  a vital  component  sup- 
porting circulatory  function  in  patients  with  congestive  heart  failure,  and  its  inhibition  by  beta 
blockade  may  precipitate  more  severe  failure.  Although  beta  blockers  should  be  avoided  in 
overt  congestive  heart  failure,  if  necessary,  they  can  be  used  with  close  follow-up  in  patients 
with  a history  of  failure  who  are  well  compensated  and  are  receiving  digitalis  and  diuretics 
Beta-adrenergic  blocking  agents  do  not  abolish  the  inotropic  action  of  digitalis  on  heart 
muscle. 

IN  PATIENTS  WITHOUT  A HISTORY  OF  HEART  FAILURE,  continued  use  of  beta  blockers 
can,  in  some  cases,  lead  to  cardiac  failure.  Therefore,  at  the  first  sign  or  symptom  of  heart 
failure,  the  patient  should  be  digitalized  and/or  treated  with  diuretics,  and  the  response 
observed  closely,  or  INDERAL  should  be  discontinued  (gradually,  if  possible). 


MAJOR  SURGERY:  The  necessity  or  desirability  of  withdrawal  of  beta-blocking  there! 
prior  to  maior  surgery  is  controversial  It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  the  impaired  ability1 
the  heart  to  respond  to  reflex  adrenergic  stimuli  may  augment  the  risks  of  general  anesthe 
and  surgical  procedures. 

INDERAL  (propranolol  HCI).  like  other  beta  blockers,  is  a competitive  inhibitor  of  be 
receptor  agonists  and  its  effects  can  be  reversed  by  administration  of  such  agents,  e 
dobutamme  or  isoproterenol.  However,  such  patients  may  be  sub|ect  to  protracted  sevj 
hypotension  Difficulty  in  starting  and  maintaining  the  heartbeat  has  also  been  reported  w 
beta  blockers 

DIABETES  AND  HYPOGLYCEMIA  Beta-adrenergic  blockade  may  prevent  the 
pearance  of  certain  premonitory  signs  and  symptoms  (pulse  rate  and  pressure  changes) 
acute  hypoglycemia  in  labile  insulin-dependent  diabetes.  In  these  patients,  it  may  be  m< 
difficult  to  adjust  the  dosage  of  insulin. 

THYROTOXICOSIS:  Beta  blockade  may  mask  certain  clinical  signs  of  hyperthyroidis! 
Therefore,  abrupt  withdrawal  of  propranolol  may  be  followed  by  an  exacerbation  of  sympto. 
of  hyperthyroidism,  including  thyroid  storm.  Propranolol  does  not  distort  thyroid  function  tes 

IN  PATIENTS  WITH  WOLFF-PARKINSON-WHITE  SYNDROME,  several  cases  have  be 
reported  in  which,  after  propranolol,  the  tachycardia  was  replaced  by  a severe  bradycari, 
requiring  a demand  pacemaker.  In  one  case  this  resulted  after  an  initial  dose  of  5 ij 
propranolol 

PRECAUTIONS.  General.  Propranolol  should  be  used  with  caution  in  patients  with  impaii, 
hepatic  or  renal  function  INDERAL  is  not  indicated  for  the  treatment  of  hypertensl 
emergencies 

Beta  adrenoreceptor  blockade  can  cause  reduction  of  intraocular  pressure  Patiej 
should  be  told  that  INDERAL  may  interfere  with  the  glaucoma  screening  test.  Withdrawal  rr| 
lead  to  a return  of  increased  intraocular  pressure. 

Clinical  Laboratory  Tests:  Elevated  blood  urea  levels  in  patients  with  severe  heart  disea  ! 
elevated  serum  transaminase,  alkaline  phosphatase,  lactate  dehydrogenase. 

DRUG  INTERACTIONS:  Patients  receiving  catecholamine-depleting  drugs  such  as  res 
pine  should  be  closely  observed  if  INDERAL  is  administered  The  added  catecholamiii 
blocking  action  may  produce  an  excessive  reduction  of  resting  sympathetic  nervous  actisj 
which  may  result  in  hypotension,  marked  bradycardia,  vertigo,  syncopal  attacks,  or  orthostf 
hypotension. 

Carcinogenesis.  Mutagenesis,  Impairment  of  Fertility:  Long-term  studies  in  animals  ha 
been  conducted  to  evaluate  toxic  effects  and  carcinogenic  potential  In  18-month  studies 

^50  mg/kg/day,  there  was  no  evidence  of  signified 
lated  tumorigemc  effects  at  any  of  the  dosal 
not  show  any  impairment  of  fertility  that  vJ 


be  used  during 
Nursmq 
DER,"  ~ 


4DERAL  has  been  shown  to  be  embryotoxic 
* r than  the  maximum  recommended  human  do 
Tolled  studies  in  pregnant  women  INDERAL  shor 
gnancy  only  if  the  potential  benefit  justifies  the  potential  risk  to  the  fet: 
INDERAL  is  excreted  in  human  milk  Caution  should  be  exercised  wh 


s in  children  have  not  been  established, 
e effects  have  been  mild  and  transient  and  hs; 


nsiol 
aynau 

Central  Nervous  Systei 
lassitude,  weakness,  fatigu 


ive  heart  failure;  intensification  of  AV  block,  hyp 
JHiflRirpura;  arterial  insufficiency,  usually  of  i 


IN  PATIENTS  WITH  ANGINA  PECTORIS,  there  have  been  reports  of  exacerbation  of 
angina  and,  in  some  cases,  myocardial  infarction,  following  abrupt  discontinuance  of 
INDERAL  therapy.  Therefore,  when  discontinuance  of  INDERAL  is  planned  the  dosage 
should  be  gradually  reduced  over  at  least  a few  weeks,  and  the  patient  should  be 
cautioned  against  interruption  or  cessation  of  therapy  without  the  physician's  advice.  If 
INDERAL  therapy  is  interrupted  and  exacerbation  of  angina  occurs,  it  usually  is  advis- 
able to  reinstitute  INDERAL  therapy  and  take  other  measures  appropriate  for  the  man- 
agement of  unstable  angina  pectoris.  Since  coronary  artery  disease  may  be 
unrecognized,  it  may  be  prudent  to  follow  the  above  advice  in  patients  considered  at  risk 
of  having  occult  atherosclerotic  heart  disease  who  are  given  propranolol  for  other 
indications. 


eadedness;  mental  depression  manifested  by  insomq 
rsible  mental  depression  progressing  to  catatonia;  vis 
disturbances,  hallucinations;  an  acute  reversible  syndrome  characterized  by  disorientation 
time  and  place,  short-term  memory  loss,  emotional  lability,  slightly  clouded  sensorium,  ai 
decreased  performance  on  neuropsychometrics. 

Gastrointestinal  nausea,  vomiting,  epigastric  distress,  abdominal  cramping,  diarrhi 
constipation,  mesenteric  arterial  thrombosis,  ischemic  colitis. 

Allergic:  pharyngitis  and  agranulocytosis,  erythematous  rash,  fever  combined  with  ach4: 
and  sore  throat,  laryngospasm  and  respiratory  distress 

Respiratory  bronchospasm. 

Hematologic  agranulocytosis,  nonthrombocytopenic  purpura,  thrombocytopeu 
purpura 

Auto-Immune  In  extremely  rare  instances,  systemic  lupus  erythematosus  has  bell 
reported 

Miscellaneous:  alopecia,  LE-like  reactions,  psoriasiform  rashes,  dry  eyes,  male  imij 
tence,  and  Peyronie's  disease  have  been  reported  rarely.  Oculomucocutaneous  reactic ; ■ 
involving  the  skin,  serous  membranes  and  conjunctivae  reported  for  a beta  blocker  (practo  p 
have  not  been  associated  with  propranolol 

DOSAGE  AND  ADMINISTRATION.  INDERAL  LA  provides  propranolol  hydrochloride  i 
sustained-release  capsule  for  administration  once  daily.  If  patients  are  switched  from  INDER; 
tablets  to  INDERAL  LA  capsules,  care  should  be  taken  to  assure  that  the  desired  therapeu 
effect  is  maintained.  INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  considered  a simple  mg  for  mg  substitute,  , 
INDERAL  INDERAL  LA  has  different  kinetics  and  produces  lower  blood  levels.  Retitration  nr!  | 
be  necessary  especially  to  maintain  effectiveness  at  the  end  of  the  24-hour  dosing  interxl 

HYPERTENSION — Dosage  must  be  individualized  The  usual  initial  dosage  is  80 
INDERAL  LA  once  daily,  whether  used  alone  or  added  to  a diuretic.  The  dosage  may 
increased  to  120  mg  once  daily  or  higher  until  adequate  blood-pressure  control  is  achievi 
The  usual  maintenance  dosage  is  120  to  160  mg  once  daily.  In  some  instances  a dosage  of  6‘ 
mg  may  be  required  The  time  needed  for  full  hypertensive  response  to  a given  dosage 
variable  and  may  range  from  a few  days  to  several  weeks 

ANGINA  PECTORIS — Dosage  must  be  individualized.  Starting  with  80  mg  INDERAL 
once  daily,  dosage  should  be  gradually  increased  at  three  to  seven  day  intervals  until  optim 
response  is  obtained.  Although  individual  patients  may  respond  at  any  dosage  level,  j 
average  optimum  dosage  appears  to  be  160  mg  once  daily.  In  angina  pectoris,  the  value  a 
safety  of  dosage  exceeding  320  mg  per  day  have  not  been  established 

If  treatment  is  to  be  discontinued,  reduce  dosage  gradually  over  a period  of  a few  wer 
(see  WARNINGS) 

MIGRAINE — Dosage  must  be  individualized  The  initial  oral  dose  is  80  mg  INDERAL 
once  daily  The  usual  effective  dose  range  is  160-240  mg  once  daily  The  dosage  may : 
increased  gradually  to  achieve  optimum  migraine  prophylaxis  If  a satisfactory  response  is 
obtained  within  four  to  six  weeks  after  reaching  the  maximum  dose,  INDERAL  LA  ther; 
should  be  discontinued  It  may  be  advisable  to  withdraw  the  drug  gradually  over  a perioc. 

S0V0T3I  w6©Ks 

HYPERTROPHIC  SUBAORTIC  STENOSIS— 80-160  mg  INDERAL  LA  once  daily. 
PEDIATRIC  DOSAGE — At  this  time  the  data  on  the  use  of  the  drug  in  this  age  group  are 
limited  to  permit  adequate  directions  for  use 

*The  appearance  of  INDERAL  LA  capsules  is  a registered  trademark  of  Ayerst  Laboratori 

8950/2 


Nonaliergic  Bronchospasm  (e.g,,  chronic  bronchitis,  emphysema)  — 

PATIENTS  WITH  BRONCHOSPASTIC  DISEASES  SHOULD  IN  GENERAL  NOT  RECEIVE  BETA 
BLOCKERS.  INDERAL  should  be  administered  with  caution  since  it  may  block  bronchodila- 
tion  produced  by  endogenous  and  exogenous  catecholamine  stimulation  of  beta  receptors. 


Ayerst 


AYERST  LABORATORIES 
New  York,  N.Y.  10017 


480 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Cardiac  Amyloidosis  And  Idiopathic 
Hypertrophic  Subaortic  Stenosis 

Richard  A.  Daniels,  m.d.,  Ronald  Weinberg,  m.d.,  Anis  F.  Ran gw  ala  m.d., 
Gary  Mintz,  m.d.,  long  branch* 


Our  patient  with  hypertrophic  subaortic  stenosis  and  multiple 
myeloma  developed  chest  pain,  pulmonary  edema , and  syncope. 
Postmortem  examination  revealed  cardiac  amyloidosis  with 
involvement  of  coronary  microvasculature  and  hypertrophic 
subaortic  stenosis.  Abnormal  hemodynamics  of  these  diseases 
were  complementary  and  clinically  fatal. 


j 

lit 

ur  understanding  of  recent 
■ ■ therapeutic  advances  in  the 

treatment  of  idiopathic  hyper- 
ophic  subaortic  stenosis  greatly  has  improved  the 
orbidity  and  perhaps  decreased  the  mortality  of  this 
j sease.  Described  anatomically  in  1958  by  Teare,1  the 
i ndition  has  been  known  in  Britain  as  hypertrophic 
instructive  cardiomyopathy  and  in  Canada  as 
luscular  subaortic  stenosis.2 

We  present  a man  who  had  idiopathic  hypertrophic 
i baortic  stenosis,  multiple  myeloma  and  cardiac 
i ayloidosis.  We  believe  the  abnormal  hemodynamics 
i each  of  these  diseases  was  additive  and  resulted  in 
i poor  prognosis. 

i fSE  REPORT 

In  February  1980,  our  patient,  a 47-year-old  male, 
implained  of  typical  angina  pectoris.  On  physical 
lamination,  the  carotid  upstroke  was  noted  to  be 
fljisk  bilaterally;  no  bruits  were  audible.  No  jugular 
Inous  distension  was  noted.  The  first  and  second 
fart  sounds  were  normal  and  a 2/6  systolic  murmur 
t the  apex  increased  with  standing  and  during  the 
tain  phase  of  the  Valsalva  maneuver.  Lung  fields 
"re  clear  and  there  was  no  pedal  edema. 
Electrocardiogram  was  normal.  A real-time,  two- 
<!nensional  echocardiogram  (Figure  1)  revealed  Io- 
dized hypertrophy  of  the  proximal  septum,  vigorous 
'all  motion  with  systolic  cavity  obliteration,  and  left 


atrial  enlargement.  There  was  no  evidence  of  systolic 
anterior  motion  of  the  mitral  valve  at  rest.  A 
technetium  gated  scan  with  exercise  demonstrated 
normal  wall  motion  and  an  ejection  fraction  of  62  per- 
cent. A diagnosis  of  idiopathic  hypertrophic  subaortic 
stenosis  was  made  and  propranolol  was  prescribed 
with  major  symptomatic  improvement.  In  April  1981, 
recurrent  chest  discomfort  prompted  a thallium-201 
exercise  test.  This  demonstrated  a perfusion  defect  at 
the  height  of  exercise  in  the  interventricular  septal 
area;  the  defect  normalized  at  rest. 

Cardiac  catheterization  was  performed  while  the  pa- 
tient was  taking  160  mg  per  day  of  propranolol.  The 
left  ventricle  was  entered  via  the  transatrial  septal 
technique.  Using  equisensitive  transducers  and  simul- 
taneous left  ventricular  and  aortic  pressures,  there  was 
no  resting  gradient.  During  isoproterenol  infusion,  the 
heart  rate  rose  from  60  to  110  per  minute,  and  a 54 
mm/Hg  gradient  was  observed  after  a premature  ven- 
tricular contraction. 

Coronary  angiography  revealed  normal  coronary  ar- 
teries. The  left  ventriculogram  demonstrated  vigorous 
contraction  with  nonual  cavity  size.  An  incidental 


*From  the  Departments  of  Medicine  and  Pathology.  Mon- 
mouth Medical  Center,  Long  Branch,  and  the  Likoff 
Cardiovascular  Institute,  Hahnemann  Medical  College  and 
Hospital,  Philadelphia.  Correspondence  may  be  addressed  to 
Dr.  Daniels,  Monmouth  Medical  Center.  Long  Branch,  NJ 
07740. 


81— NUMBER  6— JUNE  1984 


481 


M4*SE 

fc  -WW 


Figure  1 — Real-time,  two-dimensional  echocardiogram 
(apical  four-chamber  view)  showing  hypertrophied  inter- 
ventricular septum.  LA  = left  atrium:  LV  = left  ventricle:  RA 
= right  atrium;  RV  = right  ventricle. 


serum  hyperproteinemia  was  noted  and  further  evalu- 
ation revealed  an  IgA  lambda  paraprotein  with 
supression  of  IgM  on  immunoassay.  Bone  marrow 
aspiration  revealed  increased  plasma  cells  (15  percent) 
with  immature  binueleated  cells  present.  A diagnosis 
of  multiple  myeloma  was  made.  There  were  no  clinical 
manifestations  of  extraeardiac  amyloidosis. 

The  patient  was  hospitalized  in  December  1981  and 
January  1982  for  pulmonary  edema  and  chest  pain;  he 
was  treated  with  furosemide  and  propranolol  with 
good  response  each  time.  Electrocardiogram  at  that 
time  demonstrated  normal  sinus  rhythm  at  a rate  of 
82  beats  per  minute  with  left  axis  deviation  and  Q 
waves  in  III,  AVF,  VI -V3.  Nonspecific  ST  and  T wave 
changes  were  present.  CPK-MB  fractions  were  normal. 
He  was  discharged  and  advised  to  take  propranolol  80 
mg  daily  and  furosemide  80  mg  daily. 

In  February  1982.  the  patient  came  to  the  emergency 
room  after  a syncopal  episode  and  complained  of 
severe  substemal  chest  pain  and  shortness  of  breath. 
He  was  in  cardiogenic  shock  and  pulmonary  edema. 
His  electrocardiogram  revealed  an  intraventricular 
conduction  defect  of  the  left  bundle-branch  block  type 
with  nonspecific  ST  and  T wave  abnormalities. 

Resuscitative  measures  including  intubation,  in- 
travenous fluids,  and  vasopressors  (dopamine  and  nor- 
epinephrine) failed  to  help  and  the  patient  expired  in 
electrical-mechanical  dissociation. 


POSTMORTEM  RESULTS 

Postmortem  examination  revealed  a heart  weight  of 
550  gm  and  a disproportionate  increased  thickness  of 
the  interventricular  septum  (maximum  thickness  2.2 
cm)  as  compared  to  the  posterior  wall.  Histological 
examination  showed  muscle  fiber  hypertrophy,  focal 
interstitial  fibrosis,  cytoplasmic  vacuolar  degeneration 
of  muscle  cells  (Figure  2),  and  bizarre  muscle  nuclei. 
Despite  the  absence  of  evidence  of  abnormal  or 
whorled  arrangement  of  muscle  fibers,  these  changes 
are  consistent  with  hypertrophic  cardiomyopathy. 
There  was  no  evidence  of  acute  myocardial  infarction. 
In  multiple  areas,  small  interstitial  arteries  and  arteri- 
oles show  homogeneous  deposits  in  their  walls  which 
stained  positively  for  amyloid  (Figure  3).  A few  minute 


Figure  2 — Section  from  the  heart  showing  cytoplasmic  vaci 
lar  ( | ) degeneration  and  hypertrophy  of  muscle  ee, 
(hematoxylin-eosin  stain  X 50). 


f 


* * 


*<  * 


t 

i 


i 


• t 


" * v 


* 


Figure  3 — Section  from  heart  showing  homogenous  depos:  « 
in  the  wall  of  the  interstitial  arteries  which  stained  1 
amyloid  (eongo  red  stain  X 50). 


interstitial  deposits  of  amyloid  also  were  present  extr, 
vaseularly  in  the  epicardium  and  the  subendocardiur! 
Myeloma  cells  were  not  seen  in  any  of  the  numeral: 
sections  of  the  heart.  The  right  and  the  left  corona1 
arteries  showed  minimal  arteriosclerosis. 

Outside  of  the  heart,  there  was  evidence  of  residu 
multiple  myeloma  involving  the  left  fourth  and  eight;  ^ 
ribs  and  multiple  vertebral  bodies.  Finally,  foe 
amyloid  was  present  in  the  bone  marrow  and  alt; 
involved  the  microvasculature  of  the  lungs,  stomac 
urinary  bladder,  and  periadrenal  connective  tissue.; 

Acute  massive  pulmonary  edema  was  the  immediaj 
cause  of  death. 


DISCUSSION 

The  association  of  amyloidosis  with  multip’ 
myeloma  was  first  reported  by  Hildebrand  in  189 
More  recently,  studies  have  confirmed  that  prima 
amyloid  fibrils  frequently  are  derived  from  lambc 
light  chains  of  immunoglobulins.3  The  mean  age  ( 
patients  with  multiple  myeloma  associated  wit 
cardiac  amyloidosis  is  60  years  old.4  The  medi£( 
survival  after  diagnosis  is  20  months  with  the  usu 
survival  after  histologic  diagnosis  of  cardiac  amylo 
of  2 to  4 months. 

The  presenting  manifestation  of  cardiac  amyloidosj 
is  congestive  heart  failure,  although  ischemic  hea 
disease  from  amyloidosis  of  intramyocardial  arterf 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE, 


482 


as  been  reported  and  may  cause  angina  pectoris  and 
itraetable  congestive  heart  failure.  Cardiac  ar- 
lythmias,  both  ventricular  and  supraventricular,  are 
)mmon  particularly  in  patients  taking  digitalis, 
inus  node  infiltration  resulting  in  supraventricular 
-rhythmias  explains  the  heightened  sensitivity  to 
igitalis. 

The  modalities  which  strongly  suggest  the  diagnosis 
cardiac  amyloidosis  include  M-mode  and  two- 
imensional  echocardiography,  electrocardiography, 
)ronaiy  angiography,  and  ventriculography.  En- 
Dmyoeardial  biopsy  may  confirm  the  diagnosis. 
Echoeardiographic  criteria  include  symmetrical  in- 
rease  of  left  ventricular  wall  and  septal  thickness, 
minished  or  absent  systolic  movement  of  both  the 
‘ptum  and  left  ventricular  wall,  and  diminished  left 
mtricular  contraction  resulting  in  generalized 
/pokinesia  and  reduced  cardiac  output.  The  use  of 
/o-dimensional  echocardiography  has  demonstrated 
lickened  cardiac  walls  with  a “granular  sparkling” 
rpearance  and  may  be  virtually  diagnostic.  Quan- 
tative  M-mode  echocardiography  may  reveal  charac- 
ristic  findings  among  which  are  normal  left  ven- 
icular  cavity  size,  decreased  peak  rate  of  diastolic 
ivity  filling  and  prolongation  of  isovolumetric  con- 
action.  The  data  indicate  that  cardiac  amyloidosis  is 
anifest  initially  as  diastolic  dysfunction.5  Echo- 
irdiographic  muscle  cross-sectional  area  tends  to  be 
creased  and  there  is  an  inverse  correlation  between 
' sctrocardiographic  voltage  and  muscle  cross-sec- 
Dnal  area.6 

On  electrocardiogram,  voltage  in  the  precordial  leads 
ave  in  V5  and  V6  usually  is  less  than  15  mm. 

:JA  low  cardiac  index  and  marked  elevation  of  the 
ght  and  left  atrial,  and  right  and  left  ventricular  end 
astolic  pressures  are  all  encountered  in  cardiac 

• nyloidosis. 

Death  in  cardiac  amyloidosis  may  be  due  to  intrac- 
ble  congestive  heart  failure.  Thirty  percent  of  pa- 
ints with  primary  amyloidosis  died  suddenly, 
jesumably  of  a cardiac  arrhythmia.7  The  elee- 
'bcardiogram  in  many  of  these  patients  revealed  con- 
uction  defects  or  a spurious  “myocardial  infarction" 
jittem.  The  chest  pain  most  likely  is  due  to  amyloid 
filtration  of  the  small  intramyocardial  arteries, 
kich  are  too  small  to  be  visualized  by  angiography. 
There  is  no  therapy  at  present  for  cardiac 

• nyloidosis,  except  to  control  the  abnormal  plasma  cell 
mne  which  produces  the  light  chain  protein  respon- 
se for  the  amyloid  fibril  deposition. 

The  importance  of  percutaneous  endomyocardial 
topsy  is  clear  because  of  its  relative  ease  and  safe- 
89  as  well  as  its  role  in  discriminating  between 

• nyloidosis  and  other  forms  of  restrictive  heart  dis- 
< se.10 

Hypertrophic  subaortic  stenosis  is  manifested 
lithologically  by  asymmetric  hypertrophy  of  the  inter- 
ntricular  septum.  Histologically,  disordered  arrange- 
ments of  septal  myofibrils  account  for  the  inter- 
’ ntricular  septal  hypertrophy.  Typical  hemodynamic 
Ijidings  are  reduced  left  ventricular  compliance  and 
dynamic  left  ventricular  outflow  tract  gradient. 

The  relative  compensation  of  the  patient  prior  to  the 
iset  of  cardiac  amyloidosis  is  of  note  in  the  case 


L.  81— NUMBER  6— JUNE  1984 


presented.  As  in  most  cases  of  hypertrophic 
cardiomyopathy,  his  systolic  ventricular  function  was 
excellent  as  manifested  by  a high  ejection  fraction  and 
vigorous  left  ventricular  contraction  with  normal  cavi- 
ty size  on  ventriculography.  In  this  disease,  abnormal 
diastolic  function  is  the  rule  with  diastolic  stiffness  of 
the  ventricle  causing  poor  early  diastolic  filling.  The 
ventricle  may  not  be  relaxed  enough  to  accept  the  re- 
turn from  the  pulmonary  veins  during  diastole  caus- 
ing a rise  in  pulmonary  pressure  and  pulmonary 
edema  even  through  the  vigor  of  contraction  is  excel- 
lent. Syncope  may  occur  during  volume  depletion. 

The  mainstay  of  therapy  in  idiopathic  hypertrophic 
subaortic  stenosis  is  beta  blockade.  This  may  be  useful 
in  reducing  chest  pain,  palpitations,  and  possible  syn- 
cope.11 More  recent  studies  have  shown  that  verapamil 
can  reduce  left  ventricular  outflow  obstruction,12 13  in- 
crease exercise  capacity,14  and  reduce  symptoms.15 
However,  verapamil  has  been  reported  to  cause 
pulmonary  congestion  and  must  be  used  with  cau- 
tion.16 


Our  patient  had  idiopathic 
hypertrophic  stenosis, 
multiple  myeloma,  and 
cardiac  amyloidosis . 


In  our  patient,  we  deemed  it  wise  to  avoid  verapamil 
because  of  the  repeated  episodes  of  pulmonary  edema 
Current  opinion  is  that  if  a patient  has  a history  of 
pulmonary  congestion  or  if  the  pulmonary  artery 
wedge  pressure  is  above  20  mm/Hg,  verapamil  should 
be  used  only  if  the  other  measures  are  not  considered 
possible.17 

This  patient’s  terminal  event  was  cardiogenic  shock 
with  congestive  heart  failure.  When  he  was  treated 
with  conventional  therapy  for  cardiogenic  shock,  he 
failed  to  improve.  We  speculate  that  recurrent 
pulmonary  edema  and  death  was  due  to  the  deleteri- 
ous additive  effect  of  both  diseases  on  diastolic  com- 
pliance. 

Cardiac  amyloid  usually  causes  poor  left  ventricular 
systolic  function.  However,  our  patient  had  good  left 
ventricular  systolic  function  and  could  manifest  an 
outflow  gradient  even  while  taking  propranolol.  There- 
fore, the  diagnosis  of  a second  infiltrative  myopathy 
never  was  considered.  Both  hypertrophic  cardio- 
myopathy and  cardiac  amyloid  cause  marked  reduc- 
tion in  diastolic  compliance. 

We  propose  that  the  amyloidosis  in  the  walls  of  mul- 
tiple interstitial  arteries  and  arterioles  and  the  few 
interstitial  deposits  of  amyloidosis,  superimposed 
upon  the  marked  reduction  of  left  ventricular  com- 
pliance of  hypertrophic  cardiomyopathy,  led  to  the  de- 
velopment of  recurrent  pulmonary  edema  and  death. 

The  abnormal  hemodynamics  of  each  disease  ap- 
peared to  be  complementary  causing  a fatal  outcome. 

REFERENCES 

1.  Teare  RD:  Asymmetrical  hypertrophy  of  the  heart.  Br 
Heart  J 20:1-18,  1958. 


483 


2.  Perloff  JK:  Pathogenesis  of  hypertrophic 

cardiomyopathy:  Hypotheses  and  speculations.  Am  Heart  J 
101:219-226.  1981. 

3.  Paredes  JM,  Mitchell  BS:  Multiple  myeloma;  Current 
concepts  in  diagnosis  and  management.  Med  Clin  North  Am 
64:729-742.  1980. 

4.  Kyle  RA.  Bayrd  ED:  Amyloidosis:  Review  of  236  cases. 
Medicine  54:27 1 -300.  1975. 

5.  St.  John  Sutton  MG,  Reichek  N.  Kastor  JA.  Giuliani  ER 
Computerized  M-mode  echocardiographic  analysis  of  left  ven- 
tricular dysfunction  in  cardiac  amyloid.  Circulation 
66:790-799.  1982. 

6.  Carroll  JD,  Gaasch  WH.  McAdam  KPWJ:  Amyloid 
cardiomyopathy:  Characterization  by  a distinctive  volt- 
age/mass relation.  Am  J Cardiol  49:9-13.  1982. 

7.  Wright  JR  Calkins  E:  Clinical-pathological  differentia- 
tion of  common  amyloid  syndromes.  Medicine  60:429-448. 
1981. 

8.  Brooksby  LAB,  Jenkins  BS.  Coltart  DJ.  Webb-Peploe  MM. 
Davies  MJ:  Left  ventricular  endomyocardial  biopsy.  Lancet 
2:1222-1225.  1974. 

9.  Brooksby  1AB.  Coltart  DJ,  Webb-Peploe  MM:  Progress  in 
endomyocardial  biopsy.  Mod  Concepts  Cardiovasc  Dis 
44:65-69.  1975. 

10.  Bharati  S.  Lev  M.  Denes  P.  Modlinger  J.  Wyndham  C. 


Bauemfeind  R Greenblatt  M,  Rosen  R Infiltrativt 
cardiomyopathy  with  conduction  disease  and  ventricular  arj 
rhythmia:  Electrophysiologic  and  pathologic  correlations.  An' 
J Cardiol  45:163-173.  1980. 

1 1.  Cohen  LS.  Baunwald  E:  Amelioration  of  angina  pec 
toris  in  idiopathic  hypertrophic  subaortic  stenosis  with  beta 
adrenergic  blockade.  Circulation  35:847-851.  1967. 

12.  Rosing  DR  Kent  KM,  Borer  JS,  Seides  SF.  Maron  EL 
Epstein  SE:  Verapamil  therapy:  A new  approach  to  the  phai 
macologic  treatment  of  hypertrophic  cardiomyopathy: 
Hemodynamic  effects.  Circulation  60:1201-1207,  1979. 

13.  Kaltenbach  M.  Hopf  R Kober  G.  Bussman  WD.  Kelle 
M.  Peterson  Y:  Treatment  of  hypertrophic  obstructiv 
cardiomyopathy  with  verapamil.  Br  Heart  J 42:35-42.  1979 

14.  Rosing  DR  Kent  KM.  Maron  E3J.  Epstein  SE:  Verapam 
therapy:  A new  approach  to  the  pharmacologic  treatment  c! 
hypertrophic  cardiomyopathy.  II.  Effects  on  exercise  capacit 
and  symptomatic  status.  Circulation  60:1208-1213.  1979 

15.  Rosing  DR  Condit  J.  Maron  GJ.  Kent  KM.  Leon  MC 
Banow  RO.  Lipson  LC.  Epstein  SE:  Verapmil  therapy:  A ne\ 
approach  to  the  pharmacologic  treatment  of  hvpertrophi 
cardiomyopathy.  Am  J Cardiol  48:545-553,  1981. 

16.  Epstein  SE.  Rosing  DR.  Verapamil:  Its  potential  fcl 
causing  serious  complications  in  patients  with  hvpertrophi' 
cardiomyopathy.  Circulation  64:437-441.  1981. 


t 


( 


484 


i 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW 


' 

jerse; 


Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  Sponsors 
i.C.  System  Debt  Collection  Service 


A PROFESSIONAL  SYSTEM 

Strong-arm  tactics  can  backfire  in 
this  age  of  consumerism.  This 
psychological  approach  maintains 
goodwill  while  introducing  the 
debtor  to  pay  you. 

A REPUTABLE  SYSTEM 

I.C.  System  fully  complies  with  the 
Federal  Fair  Debt  Collection 
Practices  Act,  and  with  state 
consumer  protection  laws  in  force 
throughout  the  country.  As  the  law 
varies,  so  do  the  methods. 

A SAFE  SYSTEM 

A Hold  Harmless  indemnity 
agreement  protects  you  from  any 
legal  entanglement  resulting  from 
the  company’s  efforts  to  collect. 

A NATIONAL  ORGANIZATION 

There  are  divisions  for  48  states.  If 
the  debtor  moves,  he  hears  from  his 
state  division  — at  no  extra  charge 
to  you.  There  is  no  need  to  rely  on 
forwarding  accounts  to  other 
agencies.  Localization  increases 
collection  effectiveness. 


To  learn  more  about  the  I.C. 
Collection  Service  return  this 
reply  card  today. 


IT’S  EASY 

Just  turn  in  the  debtor’s  name, 
address,  phone  number,  type  of 
account  and  amount  owing.  I.C. 
takes  it  from  there. 

PERSISTENCY  PAYS 

The  company  works  every  account 
for  at  least  six  months,  or  until  the 
account  is  settled.  Persistency 
collects. 

A COMPREHENSIVE  SYSTEM 

All  accounts  — large  or  as  small  as 
$15,  any  age  or  location  — are 
vigorously  pursued.  Such  efforts 
produce  more  net  profit  for  you. 

IT’S  INEXPENSIVE 

Rates  generally  run  30%  to  40% 
less  than  you  find  elsewhere.  A big 
savings  over  other  systems. 

KEEPING  YOU  INFORMED 

You  get  confidential  activity  reports 
showing  the  status  of  every  account 
being  serviced. 

MSNJ  SUPERVISION 

The  Society  receives  regular  reports 
on  the  activity  of  I.C.  System  and 
is  available  to  mediate  any 
disputes. 


FREE  CUSTOMER  HOT  LINE 

If  you  have  a question,  use  the 
WATS  line  to  contact  your  I.C. 
Customer  Service  Representative. 
Each  one  is  especially  trained  to 
handle  all  types  of  problems  and 
can  give  you  the  information  you 
need  within  seconds. 

BEST  OF  ALL,  AN  EFFECTIVE 
SYSTEM 

Improved  technology  and 
experience  have  increased 
collections  nearly  tenfold  over  the 
past  ten  years.  The  company 
recovers  more  than  four  million 
dollars  per  month  for  customers. 
The  job  gets  done  for  you.  That’s 
why  I.C.  System  says  with  pride 
. . . THE  SYSTEM  WORKS. 


Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
Two  Princess  Road 
Lawrenceville,  New  Jersey  08648 
#6801 


TELL  ME  MORE  about  this  highly  effective  collection  service. 


Name 

Add  ress 

City State Zip. 


Signed. 


Title. 


Form  # 3303 


EFFECTIVE  COLLECTORS 
PROVIDE  FINANCIAL  ADVICE 


They  are  counselors,  financial  advisors,  and  often,  un- 
derstanding friends.  They  are  cursed  at,  lied  to,  and 
thanked.  They  are  I.C.  System’s  telephone  collectors.  If 
the  image  you  have  of  a collector  is  a burly  six-foot  hulk, 
then  you  are  in  for  a surprise.  Perci  Berry  is  no  hulk.  Yet 
this  five-foot  three-inch  woman  has  collected  thousands 
of  dollars  for  clients  of  I.C.  System.  “We  distinguish 
ourselves  from  the  strong-arm  impression  of  collection 
agencies  of  years  past,”  she  said  in  a recent  interview. 
“We  take  pride  in  our  effective  technique  of  collec- 
tions.” The  technique,  Perci  explains,  involves  becom- 
ing a counselor  to  a debtor,  working  together  to  resolve  a 
financial  problem.  “We  say  to  debtors,  ‘We  need  your 
help.’  Then  we  don’t  become  their  creditor’s  strong-arm, 
so  to  speak,  we  become  the  person  who  is  going  to  help 
them  clear  up  a problem,”  she  said.  “We  are  counsel- 
ors.” As  counselors,  Perci  and  her  co-workers  provide 
debtors  with  financial  advice.  After  two  years  as  a col- 
lector, Julia  Denault  has  learned  that  many  times  people 
have  assets  they  are  not  even  aware  of  that  they  can 
borrow  against.  “We  make  these  suggestions  and  prov- 
ide ideas  to  help  debtors  through  their  financial  trou- 
bles,” Julia  said.  Often  times,  collector  Kim  Stevens 
finds  debtors  are  not  looking  at  their  priorities.  “They 
put  a bill  aside  because  it  has  been  outstanding  for  so 
long  they  feel  it  can  go  a little  longer,”  Kim  said.  “Or 


they  feel  since  it’s  not  the  car  or  mortgage  payment, 
can  wait.”  She  added,  “We  point  out  to  them  that  it 
important.”  “I  stress  to  debtors  that  they  have  a mo 
obligation  to  pay,”  Kim  continued.  “I  tell  them  tl . 
person  trusted  you  by  extending  credit,  now  you  have 
moral  obligation  to  help  him  out.”  In  some  cases  U 
collectors  find  a debtor  is  simply  not  able  to  pay,  “K 
said,  “I  try  to  set  up  a payment  plan  that  will  not  invol 
serious  hardship  to  him,  but  will  get  the  debt  clear 
up.”  Many  times  an  unpaid  bill  is  traced  back  to 
dispute  over  the  purchased  goods  or  service.  Julia  e 
plained  that  although  the  dispute  may  have  some  mei 
the  debtor  must  do  more  than  just  ignore  the  bill.  “Ci 
tomers  have  an  obligation  to  register  a dispute  — to 
back  and  seek  satisfaction,”  she  said.  “Take  the  prodi 
back.  Go  back  to  where  you  bought  it  and  tell  the 
what’s  wrong.”  As  an  experienced  collector,  Julia  fe< 
it  is  important  to  give  the  creditor  an  opportunity  to  ma 
a satisfactory  settlement.  “Most  creditors,  most  bus 
esses  we  work  with,  are  very  conscientious  about  satis] 
ing  complaints, whether  it’s  a partial  refund  or  doing  t 
work  over  again,”  Julia  said.  Working  together,  ti 
collector  and  debtor  can  resolve  a dispute,  negotii: 
payments  or  discuss  a solution  to  a financial  problem,  i 
this  role,  telephone  collectors  have  proven  to  perform  i 
important  function  in  the  recovery  of  accounts  for  cliei  i 
of  I.C.  System. 


BUSINESS  REPLY  MAIL 

FIRST  CLASS  PERMIT  NO  4990  ST  PAUL,  MN 


POSTAGE  WILL  BE  PAID  BY  ADDRESSEE 


NO  POSTAGE 
NECESSARY 
IF  MAILED 
IN  THE 

UNITED  STATES 

i 



..... 


I 


I 


I.C.  SYSTEM,  INC. 


444  East  Highway  96 

P.  0.  Box  64639 

St.  Paul,  Minnesota  55164 


rHE  SMOKING  CESSATION 
DEDUCTION  ACTION  PROGRAM 


Norman  Hymowitz,  ph.d.,  Idamarie  Laquatra,  Sarah  Karl,  Newark* 


Programs  to  help  adults  stop  smoking  have  beenfrustrated  by 
high  rates  of  relapse.  Long-term  clinical  trials  for  disease 
prevention  yield  better  abstinence  rates.  SCRAP , a worksite- 
based  program,  will  determine  whether  effective  features  from 
clinical  trials  can  be  implemented  to  produce  comparable 
abstinence  rates. 


The  issues  of  cigarette  smoking 
and  its  modification  pose  im- 
portant challenges  to  pro- 
ssionals  in  public  health  and  behavioral  medicine, 
le  1979  report  of  the  Surgeon  General  documents 
e significant  health  hazards  of  cigarette  smoking.1 
;spite  the  vast  array  of  health  statistics  contained  in 
e report,  millions  of  adults  continue  to  smoke  and 
iung  people  are  acquiring  the  smoking  habit  at  an 
arming  rate.2  While  antismoking  activities  have  con- 
ibuted  to  a decline  in  adult  smoking  rates3  and  a 
•crease  in  the  per  capita  consumption  of  cigarettes,4 
‘havioral  intervention  programs  specifically  designed 
help  adults  stop  smoking  have  met  with  limited 
iccess.  Many  stop-smoking  programs  yield  eom- 
irable  satisfactory  end-of-treatment  quit-rates  (i.e.  40 
60  percent),  but  few  have  succeeded  in  maintaining 
msmoking  behavior  over  time.58  Hunt  and  Bespalec 
ported  that  70  to  80  percent  of  successful  graduates 
stop-smoking  programs  relapse  within  one  year  fol- 
ding the  end  of  treatment.9  While  aversive  tech- 
ques  tend  to  produce  somewhat  better  quit-rates,10 
lapse  remains  a problem,11  and  their  utility  from  a 
rblic  health  viewpoint  is  limited  by  potentially 
rious  adverse  side  effects.12 

Findings  from  recently  completed  prospective 
meal  trials  for  the  prevention  of  heart  disease  yield 
ng-term  quit-rates  which  exceed  those  typically  re- 
nted in  the  smoking  modification  literature.13  16  After 


six  years  of  followup  in  the  Multiple  Risk  Factor  Inter- 
vention Trial  (MRFIT),  for  example,  close  to  50  percent 
of  the  Special  Intervention  (SI)  group  who  reported 
smoking  at  the  start  of  the  trial  reported  not  smoking13 
and  56  percent  of  SI  participants  who  quit  smoking 
by  the  end  of  the  initial  ten-week  group  intervention 
program  never  relapsed  through  the  first  four  years  of 
the  trial  (data  for  six  years  of  followup  for  this  cohort 
are  not  yet  available).17  The  reported  quit-rate  after  five 
years  of  the  Oslo  Study  was  30  percent;14  for  the  in- 
tensive intervention  group  in  the  Stanford  program, 
50  percent  after  three  years;15  and  for  the  Randomized 
Trial  of  Antismoking  Advice  in  London,  55  percent 
after  nine  years  of  followup.16 

Prospective  clinical  intervention  trials  differ  in  many 
ways  from  more  traditional  stop-smoking  programs, 
which  make  it  difficult  to  determine  which  features  of 
the  trials  account  for  the  higher  long-term  abstinence 
rates.  The  focus  of  clinical  trials  is  on  disease  preven- 
tion, and  cigarette  smoking  often  is  one  of  several  risk 
factors  treated.  Thus,  it  is  likely  that  participants  in 
clinical  trials  are  better  able  to  personalize  the  risk 
which  smoking  presents,  to  be  more  aware  of  the 
potential  benefits  of  stopping  smoking,  and  to  ap- 


*From  UMDNJ-New  Jersey  Medical  School,  Department  of 
Psychiatry  and  Mental  Health  Science.  Correspondence  may 
be  addressed  to  Dr.  Hymowitz,  UMDNJ-New  Jersey  Medical 
School,  100  Bergen  Street,  Newark.  NJ  07103. 


OL.  81— NUMBER  6— JUNE  1984 


487 


preciate  better  the  concepts  of  disease  prevention  and 
health  enhancement  than  smokers  enrolled  in  more 
traditional  stop-smoking  programs. 

Participants  in  clinical  trials  usually  undergo  ex- 
tensive medical  screening  and  evaluation  at  the  start 
and  during  the  course  of  the  trial.  It  is  conceivable  that 
the  periodic  followup  and  medical  assessment  con- 
tribute to  an  overall  milieu  in  which  the  effectiveness 
and  long-term  impact  of  behavioral  stop-smoking  tech- 
niques are  enhanced.  The  reactive  impact  of  periodic 
health  assessment  alone  on  smoking  cessation  may  be 
seen  best  by  the  performance  of  participants  assigned 
to  control  conditions  in  the  clinical  trials.  They  are 
examined  periodically  but  usually  do  not  receive  advice 
and  assistance  in  discontinuance  of  smoking.  In  the 
MRFIT,  the  Usual  Care  Group  quit-rate  increased  each 
year,  yielding  a quit-rate  at  year  six  of  29  percent.  The 
quit-rate  for  the  control  group  in  the  Oslo  Study  in- 
creased to  18  percent  at  year  five.14  In  the  Paris 
Cardiovascular  Risk  Factor  Trial,  the  quit-rate  for  con- 
trols at  year  two  was  28  percent,18  and  for  the  control 
group  in  the  Multifaetoral  Prevention  Trial  in  Gothen- 
burg, Sweden,  it  was  26  percent  after  four  years.19 
These  rates  reflect  the  impact  of  consistent  followup 
and  periodic  medical  evaluation. 

Smaller  studies  which  used  the  features  of  long-term 
followup  and  medical  evaluation  showed  long-term 
nonsmoking  rates  comparable  to  the  clinical  trials. 
Hymowitz,  Lasser,  and  Safirstein  studied  the  effects  on 
smoking  cessation  of  a filter  system  for  gradual  smok- 
ing withdrawal.20  This  study  emphasized  the  health 
benefits  of  smoking  cessation  and  required  partici- 
pants to  return  to  the  clinical  center  periodically  for 
measurement  of  carbon  monoxide,  pulmonary  symp- 
toms, pulmonary  function,  serum  cholesterol,  and 
blood  pressure.  Subjects  were  assigned  randomly  to 
one  of  three  experimental  conditions:  quit  smoking  on 
their  own,  quit  smoking  through  the  use  of  a placebo 
filter  system,  or  quit  smoking  through  the  use  of  the 
real  filters.  No  other  form  of  assistance  to  cease  smok- 
ing or  to  remain  abstinent  was  used.  The  initial  quit- 
rate  at  the  end  of  eight  weeks  was  modest,  with  no 
differences  among  conditions.  However,  more  than  50 
percent  of  the  initial  quitters  still  were  abstinent  one 
year  later.  This  finding  is  consistent  with  clinical  trial 
data  in  suggesting  that  emphasis  on  health  enhance- 
ment, feedback  about  health  status,  and  persistent 
followup  are  important  ingredients  for  long-term 
smoking  cessation. 

Recent  studies  by  Malotte,  Fielding  and  Danaher21 
and  Tongas22  also  demonstrate  the  importance  of 
emphasis  on  health  enhancement  and  intensive  fol- 
lowup in  more  traditional  undertakings.  Malotte  et  al. 
described  the  results  of  the  smoking  cessation  compo- 
nent of  a 24-day  residential  program  aimed  at  achiev- 
ing lasting  improvement  in  known  risk  factors  for 
heart  and  lung  disease.  Data  on  self-reported 
abstinence  revealed  72  percent  of  the  smokers  were 
abstinent  at  discharge  and  53  percent  were  abstinent 
at  six  months.  In  one  group.  Tongas  employed  a 5-day 
treatment  program  of  aversive  conditioning  and  covert 
conditioning  in  combinations  with  intensive  followup 
and  maintenance  over  a 12-month  period.  Self-reports 
of  abstinence  for  subjects  who  completed  the  5-day 
program  in  the  combined  treatment  group  revealed  77 


percent  abstinence  at  6 months,  77  percent  at  i 
months,  and  62  percent  abstinence  at  24  month: 

Smoking  cessation  and  long-term  abstinence  ,e 
complex  processes  which  are  influenced  by  a vari) 
of  factors.  Psychosocial  variables  which  predispose: 
abstinence  and  relapse,  the  effectiveness  of  diffenjt 
modes  of  therapy,  and  patients  most  likely  to  prn 
from  a particular  approach  are  important  topics  i 
future  research.  The  clinical  trial  data  suggest  ini'- 
vention  strategies  prove  more  effective  when  eoupri 
with  an  overall  health  milieu  and  long-term  follow) 

It  is  of  utmost  importance  to  determine  whetlr 
variables  which  played  an  important  role  in  produc  a 
long-term  cessation  results  in  the  clinical  trials  can  3 
incorporated  in  a cost-effective  manner  in  other  si 
tings  to  enhance  the  impact  of  more  traditional  ste.l 
smoking  programs.  While  resources  available 
clinical  trials  are  not  typically  available  in  other  s|| 
tings,  it  is  possible  to  approximate  the  clinical  till 
atmosphere  in  a systematic  fashion.  For  examp, 
smokers  may  be  informed  that  they  are  taking  part . 
a long-term  health  enhancement  and  intervention 
fort  from  the  start,  so  that  maintenance  and  follow: 
become  integral  features  of  the  program.  Modifi: 
physical  examination  and  periodic  assessment  mayr 
included  to  help  smokers  personalize  their  risk  f 
smoking  and  remain  aware  of  the  health  benefits! 
stopping.  Such  examinations  should  include  medii 
and  pulmonary  history  to  identify  “high-risk  smoke 
and,  where  possible,  the  measurement  of  carbon  me 
oxide,  coronaiy  risk  factors,  and  spirometry.  Coope 
tive  arrangements  with  community  health  agencies : 
area  hospitals  would  enable  a wide  variety  of  smokij 
cessation  programs  to  incorporate  health  assessme , 
health  enhancement,  and  regularly  scheduled  follow  > 
visits.  Based  on  the  clinical  trial  data,  such  featus 
may  be  expected  to  enhance  the  impact  of  interventi  i 
and  help  create  an  environment  conducive  to  lor 
term  maintenance  of  nonsmoking  behavior. 

Where  possible,  health  professionals  should  enl; 
the  support  of  the  family,  the  community,  and  tja 
personnel  at  the  worksite  to  enhance  long-term  sme 
ing  modification.  Interventions  at  the  worksite  are  a 
vantageous  because  they  afford  opportunities  for  lj- 
lowup.24  Many  communities  have  events  related  to  lj- 
ness  and  health,  such  as  stress  management  class, 
at  adult  schools,  weight  loss  and  low  calorie  cooki ; 
classes,  and  various  health  fairs  and  exhibits, 
bringing  various  activities  to  the  attention  of  the  me:  - 
bers  of  smoking  groups,  incorporating  attendance 
these  events  into  specific  behavioral  contracts,  ajli 
providing  followup  at  the  worksite  and  elsewhere, 
may  be  possible  to  carry  out  a systematic  and  coi 
prehensive  smoking  cessation  and  followup  progrs 
which  leads  to  high  rates  of  initial  cessation  as  wl 
as  successful  long-term  abstinence.  One  should  nc 
that  in  the  Stanford  Heart  Disease  Prevention  Pi 
gram,  the  most  success  in  smoking  cessation  was 
those  who  received  mass  media  health  education  coi 
munications,  face-to-face  group  intervention,  and  s>j 
tematic  followup. 

SCRAP 

A smoking  cessation  program  currently  underway 
the  New  Jersey  Medical  School,  the  Smoking  Cess; 


488 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


m Reduction  Action  Program  (SCRAP),  is  specifically 
■signed  to  determine  whether  features  which 
oduced  high  long-term  cessation  rates  in  clinical 
lals  for  disease  prevention  can  be  applied  in  a corn- 
unity  setting  in  a cost-effective  manner  to  produce 
mparable  satisfactory  long-term  rates  of  smoking 
ssation.  Key  features  which  the  program  borrows 
Dm  clinical  trials  are:  (a)  commitment  of  participants 
a long-term  evaluation  of  the  health  impact  of 
garette  smoking  and  health  benefits  of  cessation  as 
iposed  to  enrollment  in  a short-term  stop-smoking 
ogram;  (b)  initial  assessment  of  cardiovascular  risk 
■ctors,  pulmonary  function,  carbon  monoxide  ex- 
osure,  and  medical  history  to  help  smokers  per- 
nalize  the  health  risks  which  cigarettes  present;  (c) 
'riodie  evaluation  of  changes  in  these  measures  for 
■leyear  to  document  the  health  benefits  which  accrue 
hen  smokers  stop  smoking:  (d)  skills  to  stop  smoking 
id  to  remain  abstinent:  and  (e)  health  education  and 
ganizational  management  activities  through  which 
nokers  may  be  more  likely  to  initiate  and  maintain 
'alth-related  behaviors.  (The  latter  health  education 
tivities  derive  from  the  successful  experience  of  the 
anford  Three  Communities  Program.) 

The  features  described  are  incorporated  in  SCRAP 
rough  three  interacting  components:  (a)  organiza- 
: nal  management  (i.e.  development  of  nonsmoking 
:|licies  at  the  worksite);  (b)  health  education  (i.e. 
diovisual  presentations,  brochures,  self-help  stop- 
i loking  aids);  and  (c)  an  intensive  group  intervention 
d followup  program.  The  organizational  manage- 
;nt  and  health  education  components  create  an 
jsrall  milieu  at  the  worksite  within  which  smoking 
i ssation  and  long-term  nonsmoking  maintenance  are 
Militated.  The  intensive  group  intervention  and  fol- 
vup  program  incorporates  the  most  advanced  con- 
ot  in  stop-smoking  technology  and  specifically  is  de- 
: (ned  to  help  adult  smokers  stop  smoking  and  remain 
garette  free. 

To  maximize  the  opportunity  for  followup  and  inter- 
intion,  the  SCRAP  will  be  carried  out  at  a worksite 
:ting.  For  the  initial  pilot  project,  seven  hospitals  in 
idson,  Essex,  and  Union  Counties  have  been 
ected:  Bayonne  Hospital,  Elizabeth  General  Hospital, 
Elizabeth  Hospital,  Alexian  Brothers  Hospital,  New- 
£ Beth  Israel  Hospital,  East  Orange  General  Hospital, 
d St.  Mary’s  Hospital,  Orange.  Representatives  of  the 
spitals  were  trained  to  carry  out  all  components  of 
’RAP.  Each  smoking  counselor  conducts  three 
loking  groups:  one  each  in  the  fall,  winter,  and 
ring.  All  participants  will  be  followed  for  one  year 
lowing  the  end  of  initial  group  intervention,  so  it  is 
pected  that  the  pilot  phase  of  SCRAP  will  be  com- 
ded  in  the  spring  of  1985. 

The  pilot  phase  of  SCRAP  will  lead  to  the  develop- 
ment of  a manual  for  training  smoking  counselors,  a 
taual  for  conducting  initial  group  intervention  and 
lowup,  and  a manual  for  health  education  and  or- 
nizational  management  (e.g.  no-smoking  policies, 
rnges  for  nonsmokers,  reduced  insurance  premiums 
' nonsmokers).  The  Metropolitan  Chapter  of  the 
nerican  Heart  Association,  which  is  sponsoring 
’RAP,  eventually  will  serve  as  a certifying  agency  for 
’RAP  smoking  counselors;  SCRAP  manuals  and  ma- 
1 ials  will  be  available  to  the  public  for  implementa- 
[ 


tion  in  other  settings  under  Heart  Association  super- 
vision. 

EVALUATION 

EX/aluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  SCRAP  will  be  ac- 
complished through  several  means.  While  all  hospitals 
will  implement  the  SCRAP  initial  group  intervention 
and  followup  program,  only  three  randomly  selected 
hospitals  will  implement  the  health  education  and  or- 
ganizational management  components.  Thus,  it  will  be 
possible  to  assess  the  effects  of  the  health  education 
and  organizational  management  component  on  initial 
and  long-term  cessation  by  comparing  changes  in 
smoking  rates  among  SCRAP  participants  in  the  seven 
hospitals.  We  expect  that  the  hospitals  receiving  group 
intervention  plus  health  education  and  organizational 
management  will  yield  superior  long-term  ( 1 2 months) 
quit-rates  than  the  hospitals  receiving  only  the  group 
intervention  program.  Carbon  monoxide  measure- 
ments will  serve  as  objective  measures  of  smoking 
status.23 

Two  smoking  surveys  will  be  conducted  among  em- 
ployees at  the  seven  hospitals.  This  will  permit 
assessment  of  smoking  habits  for  each  employee  group 
in  the  hospitals  at  the  start  and  end  of  the  program. 
We  anticipate  that  there  will  be  significantly  more 
cessation  and  changes  in  smoking  behavior  among 
employees  not  taking  part  in  the  SCRAP  group  inter- 
vention program  in  the  hospitals  receiving  the  health 
education  and  organizational  management  compo- 

Seventy  to  SO  percent  of 
successful  graduates  of 
stop-smoking  programs 
relapse  within  one  year 
following  the  end  of 
treatment . 


nents  of  SCRAP  than  in  the  hospitals  not  receiving 
this  aspect  of  the  program. 

Another  form  of  evaluation  will  be  based  on  feedback 
from  the  newly  trained  SCRAP  smoking  counselors. 
The  SCRAP  group  intervention  manual,  for  example, 
contains  evaluation  forms  to  be  completed  after  each 
of  the  eight  weekly  group  sessions.  Smoking  counse- 
lors will  be  asked  to  comment  on  the  flow  and  content 
of  the  sessions,  time  constraints,  and  handouts  and 
audiovisual  materials.  They  also  will  be  asked  to  de- 
scribe any  modification  they  had  to  make  when  con- 
ducting the  sessions.  Based  on  their  input,  the  manual 
and  program  will  be  revised.  By  the  spring  of  1985,  it 
will  be  possible  to  evaluate  the  effects  of  SCRAP  on  the 
smoking  behavior  of  hospital  employees,  the  specific 
influence  of  health  education  and  organizational  man- 
agement, and  the  utility  of  SCRAP  materials  and  man- 
uals. At  that  point,  a decision  will  be  made  concerning 
the  availability  of  SCRAP  for  implementation  by  other 
hospitals  and  worksites. 

SUMMARY 

Cigarette  smoking  represents  a major  threat  to  pub- 
lic health,  increasing  risk  of  premature  heart  attack. 


)L.  81— NUMBER  6— JUNE  1984 


489 


cancer,  and  noneaneerous  bronchopulmonary  disease. 
Efforts  to  help  smokers  stop  smoking  continue,  with 
considerable  attention  being  directed  at  ways  of 
achieving  long-term  abstinence.  SCRAP  borrows  heavi- 
ly from  the  design  and  organization  of  long-term 
clinical  trials  for  disease  prevention  whose  long-term 
cessation  rates  were  among  the  best  reported  to  date. 
Whether  or  not  it  is  possible  to  produce  similar  results 
in  community  and  worksite  settings,  at  far  less  cost, 
remains  an  important  empirical  question.  However,  in 
view  of  the  growing  numbers  of  young  people  who 
smoke,  as  well  as  the  increasing  number  of  women 
smokers,  the  need  to  explore  new  ways  to  intervene  on 
adult  smoking  behavior  cannot  be  overemphasized. 
SCRAP  is  a multicomponent  program,  featuring  con- 
temporary behavioral  approaches  to  smoking  cessa- 
tion and  long-term  abstinence,  health  education,  and 
organizational  management.  It  seeks  to  encourage 
cessation  and  promote  abstinence  through  creation  of 
an  overall  milieu  in  which  the  effectiveness  of  smoking 
cessation  strategies  are  enhanced.  To  the  extent  that 
SCRAP  is  successful  in  demonstrating  methods  for 
achieving  long-term  abstinence,  the  program  will  serve 
the  important  role  of  bridging  research,  clinical  trial 
technologies,  and  community  applications.  It  is  hoped 
that  SCRAP  will  provide  insight  and  guidance  into 
how  principles  and  methods  derived  from  a variety  of 
approaches  can  be  pooled  and  synthesized  to  yield 
more  successful  interventions. 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 

This  work  was  supported  in  part  from  grants  from 
the  Metropolitan  Chapter  of  the  American  Heart  As- 
sociation, Demonstration  and  Education  Research 
Grant  R18HL  28910  (NIH)  and  postdoctoral  training 
grant.  Behavioral  Aspects  of  CHD  Prevention  T-32- 
HL-07454-01A26  (NIH). 

The  Directors  of  SCRAP  for  each  of  the  hospitals  are 
as  follows:  East  Orange  General  Hospital,  Ms.  Mary 
Jane  Guensch;  St.  Mary’s  Hospital,  Ms.  Regina  Coyle; 
Bayonne  Hospital,  Mr.  Fred  Lang;  Alexian  Brothers 
Hospital,  Ms.  Susan  Felski-Hessel  and  Ms.  Ann  Gold- 
berg; Elizabeth  General  Hospital,  Mr.  Steve  Kendall; 
Newark  Beth  Israel  Hospital,  Ms.  Renee  Salkin;  St. 
Elizabeth  Hospital,  Mr.  Michael  O'Hea  and  Mr.  Paul 
Chabella. 

REFERENCES 

1.  U.S.  Public  Health  Service:  Smoking  and  health:  A report 
to  the  surgeon  general.  DHEW  Publication  No.  (PHS) 
79-50066.  Washington,  D.C.,  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office, 
1979. 

2.  Hymowitz  N:  Teenage  smoking:  A medical  responsibility. 
Developmental  Behavioral  Pediatrics  1:164-172,  1980. 

3.  Schuman  LM:  Patterns  of  smoking  behavior,  in  Jarvik 


ME,  Gritz  JW,  Vogt  TM,  West  LJ  (eds),  Research  on  Srru 
ing  Behavior.  NIDA  Research  Monograph  Series  17.  DHI 
Publication  No.  (ADM)  78-581,  1977. 

4.  Warner  KE:  Cigarette  smoking  in  the  1970s:  The  imp; 
of  the  antismoking  campaign  on  consumption.  Scier 
211:729-731,  1981. 

5.  Benfari  RC,  Ockene  JK,  McIntyre  KM:  Control  of  cigar! 
te  smoking  from  a psychological  perspective.  Annu  Rev  Put 
Health  3:101-128,  1982. 

6.  Leventhal  H,  Cleary  PP:  The  smoking  problem:  A revi 
of  the  research  and  theory  in  behavioral  risk  modificati; 
Psychological  Bulletin  88:370-405,  1980. 

7.  Lichtenstein  E:  The  smoking  problem:  A behavioral  p 
spective.  J Consult  Clin  Psychol  50:804-819,  1982. 

8.  Vogt  TM:  Cigarette  smoking:  History,  risks,  and  behav; 
change.  Int  J Mental  Health  11:6-43,  1982. 

9.  Hunt  WA  Bespalec  DA  An  evaluation  of  cum 
methods  of  modifying  smoking  behavior.  J Clin  Psycll 
30:431-438,  1974.' 

10.  Danaher  BM:  Research  on  rapid  smoking:  Inter 
summary  and  recommedations.  Addictive  Behavic , 
2:151-166,  1977. 

11.  Raw  M,  Russell  MAH:  Rapid  smoking,  cue  exposu) 
and  support  in  the  modification  of  smoking.  Behavior  I 
search  Therapy  18:362-373,  1980. 

12.  Hymowitz  N:  Behavioral  approaches  to  preventi 
heart  disease:  Risk  factor  modification.  Int  J Mental  Hea 
9:27-69,  1980. 

13.  Multiple  Risk  Factor  Intervention  Trial  Group  and  M; 
tiple  Risk  Factor  Intervention  Trial:  Risk  factor  changes  a 
mortality  results.  JAMA  248:1465-1477,  1982. 

14.  Hjermann  I,  Holme  I,  Velve  Byre  K,  Leren  P:  Effect 
diet  and  smoking  intervention  of  the  incidence  of  corone 
heart  disease.  Lancet  11:1303-1310,  1981. 

15.  Meyer  AJ,  Nash  JD,  McAlister  AL,  Maccoby  N,  Farquh 
JW:  Skills  training  in  a cardiovascular  health  education  ca 
paign.  J Consult  Clin  Psychol  48:129-142,  1980. 

16.  Rose  G,  Hamilton  PJS,  Calwell  L,  Shipley  MJ:  A ra 
domized  controlled  trial  of  anti-smoking  advice:  10-year  i 
suits.  J Epidemiol  Community  Health  36:102-108,  1982 

17.  Hughes  GH,  Hymowitz  N,  Ockene  JK,  Simon  N,  Vc 
TM:  The  Multiple  Risk  Factor  Intervention  Trial  (MRFIT). 
Intervention  on  smoking.  Prev  Med  10:476-500,  1981. 

18.  Cambien  F,  Richard  JL,  Ducimetiere  P,  Wamet  J 
Kahn  J:  The  Paris  Cardiovascular  Risk  Factor  Preventi; 
Trial.  J Epidemiol  Community  Health  35:91-97,  1981. 

1 9.  Werko  L:  Prevention  of  heart  attacks:  Multifactorial  pi 
ventive  trial  in  Gothenburg,  Sweden.  Ann  Clin  Res  1 1:714 
1979. 

20.  Hymowitz  N,  Lasser  NL,  Saferstein  BH:  Effects  of  grad! 
ated  external  filters  on  smoking  cessation.  Prev  Mi 
11:85-95,  1982. 

21.  Malotte  CK,  Fielding  JE,  Danaher  BG:  Description  ai 
evaluation  of  the  smoking  cessation  component  of  a multipi 
risk  factor  intervention  program.  Am  J Public  Heal\ 
71:844-847,  1981. 

22.  Tongas  PN:  The  long-term  maintenance  of  nonsmokif 
behavior,  in  Jarvik  ME,  Cullen  JW,  Gritz  ER,  Vogt  TM,  We. 
LJ  (eds).  Research  on  Smoking  Behavior.  NIDA  Reseani 
Mongraph  Series  17.  DHEW  Publication  No.  (ADM)  78-56 
1977. 

23.  Hymowitz  N:  Personalizing  the  risk  of  cigarette  smo;< 
ing.  J Med  Soc  NJ  77:579-582,  1980. 

24.  Orleans  CS,  Shipley  RH:  Worksite  smoking  cessatiq 
initiatives:  Review  and  recommendations.  Addictive  Beha 
iors  7:1-16,  1982. 


490 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  6— JUNE  198 


rangymi  the  brown  pharmaceutical  co.,  inc. 

2500  West  Sixth  Street,  Los  Angeles,  CA  90057 


For  Full  Prescribing  Information,  Please  See  PDR. 


REFER TO 


PDR 


Android  5;  10  25 

Methyltestosterone  US.R  Tablets 


Androidvf 

Fluoxymesterone  U.S.R  Tablets,  10 


An  added  complication... 
in  the  treatment  of  bacterial  bronchitis* 


Brief  Summary.  Consult  the  package  literature  for  prescribing 
intormatlon. 

Indications  and  Usage:  Ceclor®  (cefaclor.  Lilly)  is  indicated  in  the 
treatment  of  the  following  infections  when  caused  by  susceptible 
strains  ol  the  designated  microorganisms 

Lower  respiratory  intections,  including  pneumonia  caused  by 
Streptococcus  pneumoniae  (Diplococcus  pneumoniae),  Haemophilus 
influenzae,  andS  pyogenes  (group  A beta-hemolytic  streptococci) 

Appropriate  culture  and  susceptibility  studies  should  be  performed 
to  determine  susceptibility  of  the  causative  organism  to  Ceclor 
Contraindication:  Ceclor  is  contraindicated  in  patients  with  known 
allergy  to  the  cephalosporin  group  of  antibiotics 
Warnings:  IN  PENICILLIN-SENSITIVE  PATIENTS,  CEPHALOSPORIN 
ANTIBIOTICS  SHOULO  BE  ADMINISTERED  CAUTIOUSLY.  THERE  IS 
CLINICAL  AND  LABORATORY  EVIDENCE  OF  PARTIAL  CROSS- 
ALLERGENICITY OF  THE  PENICILLINS  AND  THE  CEPHALOSPORINS 
AND  THERE  ARE  INSTANCES  IN  WHICH  PATIENTS  HAVE  HAD 
REACTIONS,  INCLUDING  ANAPHYLAXIS,  TO  BOTH  DRUG 
CLASSES 

Antibiotics,  including  Ceclor,  should  be  administered  cautiously  to 
any  patient  who  has  demonstrated  some  form  of  allergy,  particularly 
to  drugs 

Pseudomembranous  colitis  has  been  reported  with  virtually  all 
broad-spectrum  antibiotics  (including  macrolides,  semisynthetic 
penicillins,  and  cephalosporins);  therefore,  it  is  important  to  consider 
its  diagnosis  in  patients  who  develop  diarrhea  in  association  with  the 
use  of  antibiotics  Such  colitis  may  range  in  severity  from  mild  to 
life-threatening 

Treatment  with  broad-spectrum  antibiotics  alters  the  normal  flora 
of  the  colon  and  may  permit  overgrowth  of  Clostridia  Studies 
indicate  that  a toxin  produced  by  Clostridium  difficile  is  one  primary 
cause  of  antibiotic-associated  colitis. 

Mild  cases  of  pseudomembranous  colitis  usually  respond  to  drug 
discontinuance  alone  In  moderate  to  severe  cases,  management 
should  include  sigmoidoscopy,  appropriate  bacteriologic  studies,  and 
fluid,  electrolyte,  and  protein  supplementation.  When  the  colitis  does 
not  improve  after  the  drug  has  been  discontinued,  or  when  it  is 
severe,  oral  vancomycin  is  the  drug  of  choice  for  antibiotic- 
associated  pseudomembranous  colitis  produced  by  C difficile  Other 
causes  of  colitis  should  be  ruled  out 

Precautions:  General  Precautions— If  an  allergic  reaction  to  Ceclor 
occurs,  the  drug  should  be  discontinued,  and,  if  necessary,  the 
patient  should  be  treated  with  appropriate  agents,  eg,  pressor 
amines,  antihistamines,  or  corticosteroids 

Prolonged  use  of  Ceclor  may  result  in  the  overgrowth  of 
nonsusceptible  organisms  Careful  observation  of  the  patient  is 
essential  If  superinfection  occurs  during  therapy,  appropriate 
measures  should  betaken 

Positive  direct  Coombs'  tests  have  been  reported  during  treatment 
with  the  cephalosporin  antibiotics.  In  hematologic  studies  or  in 
transfusion  cross-matching  procedures  when  antiglobulin  tests  are 
performed  on  the  minor  side  or  in  Coombs'  testing  of  newborns 
whose  mothers  have  received  cephalosporin  antibiotics  before 
parturition,  it  should  be  recognized  that  a positive  Coombs'  test  may 
be  due  to  the  drug. 

Ceclor  should  be  administered  with  caution  in  the  presence  of 
markedly  impaired  renal  function.  Linder  such  conditions,  careful 
clinical  observation  and  laboratory  studies  should  be  made  because 
safe  dosage  may  be  lower  than  that  usually  recommended 

As  a result  of  administration  of  Ceclor,  a false-positive  reaction  for 
glucose  in  the  urine  may  occur.  This  has  been  observed  with 
Benedict's  and  Fehling's  solutions  and  also  with  Clinitest®  tablets  but 
not  with  Tes-Tape®  (Glucose  Enzymatic  Test  Strip,  USP,  Lilly) 

Broad-spectrum  antibiotics  should  be  prescribed  with  caution  in 
individuals  with  a history  of  gastrointestinal  disease,  particularly 
colitis. 

Usage  in  Pregnancy— Pregnancy  Category  B— Reproduction 
studies  have  been  performed  in  mice  and  rats  at  doses  up  to  12  times 
the  human  dose  and  in  ferrets  given  three  times  the  maximum  human 
dose  and  have  revealed  no  evidence  of  impaired  fertility  or  harm  to 
the  fetus  due  to  Ceclor.  There  are,  however,  no  adequate  and 
well-controlled  studies  in  pregnant  women  Because  animal 
reproduction  studies  are  not  always  predictive  of  human  response, 
this  drug  should  be  used  during  pregnancy  only  if  clearly  needed 

Nursing  Mothers— Small  amounts  of  Ceclor  have  been  detected  in 
mother's  milk  following  administration  of  single  500-mg  doses 
Average  levels  were  0 18.  0.20.  0 21 , and  0 16  mcg/ml  at  two,  three, 
four,  and  five  hours  respectively.  Trace  amounts  were  detected  at  one 


Some  ampiclllin-resistant  strains  of 
Haemophilus  influenzae— a recognized 
complication  of  bacterial  bronchitis*— are 
sensitive  to  treatment  with  Ceclor.1 6 

In  clinical  trials,  patients  with  bacterial  bronchitis 
due  to  susceptible  strains  of  Streptococcus 
pneumoniae,  H.  influenzae,  S.  pyogenes 
(group  A beta-hemolytic  streptococci),  or  multiple 
organisms  achieved  a satisfactory  clinical 
response  with  Ceclor.7 


Cefaclor 


Pulvules®,  250  and  500  mg 


hour.  The  effect  on  nursing  infants  is  not  known.  Caution  should  be 
exercised  when  Ceclor'  (cefaclor,  Lilly)  is  administered  to  a nursing 
woman 

Usage  in  Children— Safety  and  effectiveness  of  this  product  for  use 
m infants  less  than  one  month  of  age  have  not  been  established 
Adverse  Reactions:  Adverse  effects  considered  related  to  therapy 
with  Ceclor  are  uncommon  and  are  listed  below 

Gastrointestinal  symptoms  occur  in  about  2.5  percent  of  patients 
and  include  diarrhea  (1  in  70). 

Symptoms  of  pseudomembranous  colitis  may  appear  either  during 
or  after  antibiotic  treatment.  Nausea  and  vomiting  have  been  reported 
rarely 

Hypersensitivity  reactions  have  been  reported  in  about  1.5  percent 
of  patients  and  include  morbilliform  eruptions  (1  in  100).  Pruritus, 
urticaria,  and  positive  Coombs'  tests  each  occur  in  less  than  1 in  200 
patients.  Cases  of  serum-sickness-like  reactions  (erythema 
multilorme  or  the  above  skin  manifestations  accompanied  by 
arthritis/arthralgia  and,  frequently,  fever)  have  been  reported  These 
reactions  are  apparently  due  to  hypersensitivity  and  have  usually 
occurred  during  or  following  a second  course  of  therapy  with  Ceclor 
Such  reactions  have  been  reported  more  frequently  in  children  than  in 
adults  Signs  and  symptoms  usually  occur  a fevfdays  after  initiation 
of  therapy  and  subside  within  a few  days  after  cessation  of  therapy 
No  serious  sequelae  have  been  reported  Antihistamines  and 
corticosteroids  appear  to  enhance  resolution  of  the  syndrome 

Cases  of  anaphylaxis  have  been  reported,  half  of  which  have 
occurred  in  patients  with  a history  of  penicillin  allergy 

Other  effects  considered  related  to  therapy  included  eosinophilia 
( 1 in  50  patients)  and  genital  pruritus  or  vaginitis  (less  than  1 in  100 
patients) 

Causal  Relationship  Uncertain— Transitory  abnormalities  in  clinical 
laboratory  test  results  have  been  reported.  Although  they  were  of 
uncertain  etiology,  they  are  listed  below  to  serve  as  alerting 
information  for  the  physician 

Hepatic — Slight  elevations  of  SCOT.  SGPT,  or  alkaline  phosphatase 
values  (1  in  40) 

Hematopoietic— Transient  fluctuations  in  leukocyte  count, 
predominantly  lymphocytosis  occurring  in  infants  and  young  children 
(1  in  40) 

Renal— Slight  elevations  in  BUN  or  serum  creatinine  (less  than  1 in 
500)  or  abnormal  urinalysis  (less  than  1 in  200) 

I061782R) 


* Many  authorities  attribute  acute  infectious  exacerbation  of  chronic 
bronchitis  to  either  S.  pneumoniae  or  H influenzae  * 

Note  Ceclor  is  contraindicated  in  patients  with  known  allergy  to  the 
cephalosporins  and  should  be  given  cautiously  to  penicillin-allergic 
patients. 

Penicillin  is  the  usual  drug  of  choice  in  the  treatment  and 
prevention  of  streptococcal  infections,  including  the  prophylaxis  of 
rheumatic  fever  See  prescribing  information 

References 

1 Antimicrob  Agents  Chemother  . 8:91 . 1975. 

2 Antimicrob  Agents  Chemother , 7 7 .470.  1977 

3 Antimicrob  Agents  Chemother , 13  584, 1978 

4 Antimicrob  Agents  Chemother , 72  490,  1977 

5 Current  Chemotherapy  (edited  by  W.  Siegenthaler  and  R Luthy), 
11880  Washington,  D C American  Society  for  Microbiology. 
1978. 

6 Antimicrob  Agents  Chemother , 73.  861,  1978 
7.  Oata  on  file,  Eli  Lilly  and  Company. 

8 Principles  and  Practice  of  Infectious  Diseases  (edited  by  G L 
Mandell.  R G Douglas.  Jr , and  J.E  Bennett),  p 487  New  York: 
John  Wiley  & Sons,  1979 

© 1982,  ELI  LILLY  AND  COMPANY 

Additional  information  available  to 
the  profession  on  request  from 
Eli  Lilly  and  Company. 

Indianapolis,  Indiana  46285 

Eli  Lilly  Industries.  Inc. 

Carolina,  Puerto  Rico  00630 


M 


\\ 


492 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE' 


Promoting  Compliance  in 
Hypertensive  Patients 


Phyllis  Supino,  ed.d.,  Audrey  R.  Gotsch,  ph.d.,  David  Van  Harlingen,  ed.d., 
Judy  Hebble,  piscataway* 


A survey  was  conducted  to  obtain  information  about  strategies  used 
by  New  Jersey  private  practitioners  to  promote  compliance  in 
hypertensive  patients . Findings  revealed  that  while  patient 
noncompliance  was  of  universal  concern , attempts  to  counter  it  were 
limited , variable , and  related  to  physician  profile  characteristics . 


The  control  of  hypertension  has 
received  significant  attention  in 
the  literature  due  to  the  per- 
/asive  nature  of  this  disease  entity,  its  potentially  life- 
hreatening  nature,  and  the  difficulties  associated 
ivith  treatment.  Although  research  has  demonstrated 
(hat  medication  can  reduce  blood  pressure  and  the 
oneomitant  incidence  of  coronary  artery  disease  and 
hronic  renal  failure,1  the  effective  management  of  hy- 
)ertension  often  is  compromised  by  patient  non- 
tdherence  to  the  prescribed  treatment  regimen  and 
Jhe  practitioner’s  understanding  of  this  phenome- 
ion.2  4 The  problem  of  noneomplianee  for  hypertensive 
>atients  arises  for  three  major  reasons:  the 

Asymptomatic  nature  of  this  condition,  the  prolonged 
reatment  period,  and  the  potentially  adverse  effects  of 
nedications.5 

A recent  study  by  Haynes,  Mattson,  and  Engle- 
iretson  reported  that  health  care  professionals  have 
>een  using  a variety  of  strategies  in  different  delivery 
■ettings  which  have  the  potential  to  promote  eom- 
>lianee  and  allow  for  more  patient  involvement  and 
esponsibility  in  long-term  therapy  maintenance.6 
lowever,  these  authors  identified  a gap  in  the  available 
nformation  regarding  the  private  practitioners'  prep- 
aration for  and  efforts  to  address  this  problem  which, 
hey  concluded,  might  be  due  to  the  low  incidence  of 
ormal  reporting  by  this  group.  Recognizing  the  need 
or  such  data  from  private  physicians,  the  Office  of 

I 


Consumer  Health  Education,  Department  of  En- 
vironmental and  Community  Medicine,  UMDNJ- 
Rutgers  Medical  School,  surveyed  private  practice 
physicians  in  New  Jersey. 

Hypertension  was  chosen  as  the  subject  of  the  study 
because  it  ranks  among  the  conditions  for  which  com- 
pliance problems  are  most  critical.  The  purposes  of  the 
survey  were:  (a)  to  determine  for  this  population  the 
nature  and  extent  of  previous  educational  preparation 
in  the  broad  area  of  patient  management  techniques, 
(b)  to  evaluate  the  nature  and  scope  of  strategies  used 
by  these  physicians  to  promote  medication  compliance 
in  hypertensive  patients,  and  (c)  to  assess  the  rela- 
tionship between  physician  profile  characteristics  and 
use  of  compliance-promoting  strategies. 

METHODOLOGY 

During  the  spring  of  1981,  the  UMDNJ-Offiee  of  Con- 
sumer Health  Education  developed  and  mailed  survey 
forms  to  a random  sample  (n=  1,309)  of  New  Jersey 
private  practice  physicians,  representing  the  primary 
care  specialties  of  internal  medicine,  general  practice, 
and  family  practice.  The  form  consisted  of  two  sections 
containing  predominately  closed-ended.  multiple- 


*From  the  Office  of  Consumer  Health  Education.  UMDNJ- 
Rutgers  Medical  School.  Correspondence  may  be  addressed 
to  Dr.  Supino,  UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School.  University 
Heights,  Piscataway,  NJ  08854. 


i/OL.  81— NUMBER  6— JUNE  1984 


493 


TABLE  1 

Percentage  of  Respondents  Using  Compliance-Promoting  Strategies  Differing  Significantly  on  a Chi-Square  Test 
By  Age,  Date  of  Graduation  and/or  Number  of  Years  in  Present  Practice 

Strategy  Age 


Under 

Over 

X2 

36 

36-47 

48-57 

58-67 

67 

(df=4) 

Telephone  reminders 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

Mail  reminders 

39 

24 

6 

1 1 

8 

16.75+ 

Self  monitoring 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

Nonphysieian 

counseling 

44 

44 

24 

9 

10 

19.59+ 

Strategy 

Medical 

School 

Graduation  Date 

Number  of  Years  in  Present  Practice 

P re- 

1940 

- 1950- 

1960 

1970- 

X2 

Under 

Over 

X2 

1940 

1949 

1959 

1969 

1979 

(df=4) 

10 

10-19  20-29 

30-39  40 

(df=4) 

Telephone  reminders 

29 

25 

30 

27 

55 

10.17* 

— 

— 

— 

— — 

— 

Mail  reminders 

7 

13 

10 

26 

34 

12.07* 

30 

20 

7 

13  5 

10.95* 

Self-monitoring 

42 

52 

57 

84 

71 

12.24* 

75 

71 

52 

54  38 

10.87* 

Nonphysieian 

counseling 

4 

13 

26 

40 

49 

20.42+ 

42 

35 

27 

1 1 6 

14.60+ 

*P<.  05 
+PC.01 

Note:  Data  for  nonsignificant  differences  have  been  omitted. 


choice  items.  The  first  section,  “General  Information," 
collected  data  on  selected  demographic  characteristics 
of  the  respondents,  characteristics  of  their  medical 
education,  nature  of  current  practice  and  specialty 
area,  and  amount  of  time  spent  with  patients  during 
an  average  office  visit.  The  second  section,  "Hyper- 
tensives and  Compliance  Strategies,"  contained  ques- 
tions that  measured  the  percent  of  patients  being 
treated  for  a hypertensive  condition,  perceived  levels  of 
compliance  among  these  hypertensive  patients,  and 
attitudes  toward  the  noncompliant  patient.  In  ad- 
dition, this  section  assessed  the  nature  of  organiza- 
tional, behavioral,  and  educational  strategies  used  to 
foster  compliance. 

RESULTS 

Two  hundred  sixty  three  physicians  responded;  of 
these,  209  (79.5  percent)  returned  completed  fonns 
within  the  given  time  period  and  their  responses  form 
the  basis  of  this  report.  All  data  were  analyzed  to  de 
termine  the  frequency  of  responses  to  each  of  the  vari 
ous  questions  on  the  survey  form  and  all  frequencies 
were  converted  to  percentages  of  the  total  response  for 
that  item.  Chi-square  tests  were  conducted  to  de- 
termine the  relationship  between  respondent  profile 
characteristics  and  implementation  of  individual  com- 
pliance strategies.  In  addition,  analysis  of  variance  was 
used  to  examine  the  effects  of  these  profile  charac- 
teristics on  the  number  of  compliance  strategies  re- 
ported. 

Because  followup  of  nonrespondents  was  not  possi- 
ble within  the  design  and  budget  constraints  of  this 
study,  representativeness  of  response  reported  by  the 


population  surveyed  was  examined  through  eoi! 
parisons  with  data  obtained  from  respondents  wj 
had  returned  completed  survey  forms  between  two  aj 
ten  months  late  (n  = 54).  This  technique,  described 
the  literature  as  an  alternative  to  traditional  followij 
strategies,7  is  predicated  upon  findings  of  similarity : 
response  between  very  late  responders  and  nonrespo! 
dents.  These  comparisons  revealed  no  significant  dj 
ferences  between  early  and  late  respondents  on  ail 
profile  characteristic  except  that  the  latter  group  ij 
ported  more  training  during  residency  in  intf 
personal  skills  (x2  = 5.48,  df-1,  P<.05),  patient  educi 
tion  (x2  = 5.51,  df=l,  P<.05),  and  patient  trackii 
procedures  (x2  = 4.33,  df=l,  P<.05).  No  other  educj 
tional  differences  were  found  between  the  two  grou 
of  respondents.  Moreover,  both  early  and  late  respo 
dents  were  similar  with  respect  to  number  of  sche 
uled  office  hours,  time  spent  per  patient  visit,  numb 
of  hypertensive  patients  seen,  techniques  used  i 
assess  noneompliance,  and  attitudes  toward  and  t 
haviors  directed  at  noncompliant  patients  (includii; 
the  nature  of  compliance-promoting  strategies  user 
Respondents  predominantly  were  male  (95  pereef 
and  ranged  from  27  to  81  years  of  age  with  a medi; 
age  of  52  years.  Twenty-one  percent  graduated  fro 
medical  school  prior  to  1940,  19  percent  in  the  194C 
22  percent  in  the  1950s,  14  percent  in  the  1960s,  ai 
24  percent  in  the  1970s.  The  distribution  of  numb 
of  years  in  practice  was  consistent  with  the  date 
graduation.  Of  those  responding,  7 percent  receiv<;{ 
their  medical  degrees  from  New  Jersey  schools,  68  pe 
cent  from  states  other  than  New  Jersey,  and  the  r 
maining  25  percent  from  foreign  medical  schools.  T1  - 


494 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


ajority  of  respondents  indicated  they  had  been 
Lined  in  interpersonal  skills,  patient  education  tech- 
ques,  or  patient  tracking/monitoring  procedures, 
it  most  instruction  occurred  after  medical  school, 
fty-three  percent  of  the  sample  indicated  that  their 
rrent  specialty  area  was  general  or  family  practice, 
id  47  percent  specialized  in  internal  medicine;  ap- 
oximately  10  percent  reported  expertise  in  more 
an  one  specialty.  Sixty-eight  percent  of  the  respon- 
nts  maintained  a solo  practice,  10  percent  were  en- 
ged  in  a partnership,  and  10  percent  were  involved 
a group  practice.  Twelve  percent  were  either  resi- 
nts,  administrators,  or  researchers  and  were  not  in- 
ided  in  further  analyses  so  that  the  data  would  re- 
ct  only  the  attitudes  and  behaviors  of  private  prae- 
[e  physicians  directly  involved  in  patient  treatment. 
The  median  number  of  office  hours  scheduled  per 
"ek  was  28  and  the  time  spent  per  patient  visit  was 
proximately  16  minutes.  The  number  of  patients 
ing  treated  for  hypertension  varied  widely  among 
spondents  with  the  typical  physician  treating  ap- 
oximately  16  percent  of  patients  for  this  condition, 
le  techniques  used  to  assess  regimen  compliance  by 
e physicians  included  (in  order  of  descending  use): 
nod  pressure  cheeks,  patient  self-reports,  diet  re- 
rts,  pill  counts,  reports  of  exercise  activities,  reports 
salt  level  intake,  consultation  with  the  pharmacist, 
id  serum  drug  monitoring.  The  most  frequently  used 
:hniques  were  blood  pressure  checks  and  patient 
ilf-reports  (89  and  75  percent  of  the  sample,  respee- 
rely),  although  most  respondents  reported  the  use  of 
;ultiple  techniques. 

[Respondents  varied  in  their  estimates  on  the  per- 
ntage  of  time  patients  complied  with  instructions  in 
rious  areas.  Respondents  estimated  greatest  com- 
ianee  for  appointment-keeping  and  pill-taking  and 
jist  compliance  for  diet,  exercise,  and  self-monitoring, 
le  percentage  unable  to  estimate  compliance  rates 
inged  from  1 percent  for  appointment-keeping  to  19 
rcent  for  self-monitoring. 

Although  97  percent  of  the  respondents  thought 
at  the  physician  should  have  primary  responsibility 
r counseling  the  noncompliant  patient,  as  many  as 
) percent,  when  confronted  with  noncompliant  pa- 
*nts,  reported  feelings  of  frustration.  Other  reactions 
?re  ambivalence,  anger,  sense  of  failure,  resignation, 
mpathy,  and  challenge. 

The  distribution  of  behavioral  responses  to  patient 
incompliance  was  essentially  bimodal,  i.e.  63  percent 
all  respondents  reported  that  they  would  attempt  to 
termine  the  cause  of  noncomplianee  and  47  percent 
dieated  they  would  admonish  the  patient.  Very  few 
spondents  indicated  they  would  suggest  another 
aysieian,  refer  the  patient  to  a specialist,  or  take  no 
tion. 

rhe  strategy  most  commonly  employed  to  promote 
.mpliance  in  hypertensive  patients  was  individual 
lunselingby  the  physician  (84  percent  of  the  sample), 
her  educational  strategies  less  frequently  used  were 
dividual  counseling  by  a nonphysieian  (22  percent), 
ogrammed  instruction  (19  percent),  and  small  and 
ge  group  instruction  (6  and  5 percent,  respectively). 
The  most  widely  used  behavioral  strategies  (75  to  79 
ireent  of  the  sample)  were  tailoring  the  treatment  to 
dividual  needs,  reinforcement  through  praise,  and 

I 


family  involvement.  Approximately  half  of  the  respon- 
dents also  reported  use  of  graduated  treatment  regi- 
mens and  self-monitoring  for  this  purpose.  The  least 
commonly  used  behavioral  strategies  were  support 
groups  (14  percent)  followed  by  reinforcement  through 
contracts  and  incentives  (28  percent). 

The  practice  of  scheduling  individual  rather  than 
block  appointments  and  reducing  the  waiting  time  to 
see  the  physician  were  the  organizational  strategies 
most  widely  used  to  promote  compliance  in  this  pa- 
tient population  (62  and  44  percent  of  the  sample, 
respectively).  Phone  call  reminders  also  were  used  by 
27  percent  of  the  respondents  for  this  purpose.  Other 
organizational  strategies  (i.e.  special  referral  clerks, 
mail  reminders,  cheeking  with  the  pharmacist,  and 
home  visits)  were  used  by  only  1 1 to  18  percent  of  this 
group. 

One  of  the  objectives  of  the  study  was  to  determine 
whether  the  physician’s  use  of  specific  compliance- 
promoting  strategies  was  related  to  specific  profile 
eharaeteristies.  To  examine  this  question,  respondents 
were  categorized  according  to  the  following  variables: 
age  (under  36,  36  to  48,  49  to  57,  58  to  67,  and  over 
67),  date  of  graduation  from  medical  school 
(pre- 1940s,  1940  to  1949,  1950  to  1959,  1960  to  1969, 
1970  to  present),  and  number  of  years  in  present  prac- 
tice (less  than  10,  10  to  19,  20  to  29,  30  to  39,  and 
more  than  40).  The  categories  within  each  variable 
then  were  compared  through  chi-square  tests  on 
utilization  of  various  strategies.  The  results  of  these 
analyses  (Table  1)  revealed  a number  of  significant 
relationships,  i.e.  younger  physicians  were  more  likely 
than  older  physicians  to  use  mail  reminders  to  facili- 
tate compliance  (xI 2=  16.75,  df=4,  P<.01)  and  to  allow 
nonphysicians  to  participate  in  patient  counseling 
(x2=  19.59,  df=4,  P<.001).  Consistent  with  the  above, 
recent  graduates  from  medical  school  were  more  likely 
than  earlier  graduates  to  employ  the  above  strategies 
(x2  = 12.07,  df=4,  PC. 05  and  x2  = 20.42,  df=4,  PC.001, 
respectively)  as  well  as  to  use  phone  reminders 
(x2=  10.17,  df=4,  PC.05)  and  self-monitoring  tech- 
niques (x2=  12.24,  df=4,  PC.05)  to  increase  com- 
pliance. Similarly,  the  number  of  years  in  practice  was 
inversely  related  to  use  of  mail  reminders  (x2=  10.96, 
df=4,  PC.05),  patient  self-monitoring  techniques 
(x2=  10.87,  df=4,  PC.05),  and  nonphysieian  counsel- 
ing (x2=  14.60,  df=4,  PC.01).  In  addition,  physicians 
with  newer  practices  were  more  likely  than  physicians 
with  more  established  practices  to  tailor  treatment 
regimens  to  individual  patient  needs  (x2=  10.83,  df=4, 
PC.05). 

The  relationship  between  strategy  usage  and  educa- 
tional background  also  was  evaluated.  Respondents 
were  compared  on  the  basis  of  whether  they  received 
their  medical  education  in  domestic  or  foreign  institu- 
tions. This  analysis  showed  only  one  significant  result, 
i.e.  American-educated  physicians  were  more  likely 
than  foreign-educated  physicians  to  use  individually 
scheduled  appointments  rather  than  block  appoint- 
ments (x2  = 9.20,  df=l,  PC. 01).  Respondents  also  were 
compared  on  the  basis  of  previous  training  in  inter- 
personal skills,  patient  education  techniques,  and  pa- 
tient tracking/monitoring  techniques  by  source  of 
training  (i.e.  medical  school,  residency,  or  post- 
residency instruction).  The  results  of  these  analyses 


|*L.  81— NUMBER  6— JUNE  1984 


495 


TABLE 

2 

— 

Percentage  of  Respondents  Using  Compliance-Promoting  Strategies  Differing  Significantly 
On  a Chi-Squcire  Test  by  Prior  Training  in  Interpersonal  Skills 

Strategy  Used 

Source  of  Prior  Training 

Medical  School 

Residency 

Postresidency 

No 

Yes 

X2 

(df=  1 ) 

No 

Yes 

X2 

(df=  1 ) 

No 

Yes 

X2 

(df=  1) 

Home  visits 

17 

36 

6.49* 

15 

33 

5.55* 

— 

— 

— 

Reduced  waiting  time 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

47 

69 

5.49* 

Pharmacist  check 

— 

— 

— 

11 

31 

6.45* 

— 

— 

— 

Family  support 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

77 

92 

5.46* 

Support  groups 

— 

— 

— 

13 

30 

5.12* 

10 

33 

8.91* 

Self-monitoring 

52 

75 

7.24+ 

52 

73 

5.69* 

— 

— 

— 

Contractual  agreements 

— 

— 

— 

29 

52 

6.76+ 

27 

50 

6.13* 

Physician  counseling 

— 

— 

— 

89 

99 

5.50* 

86 

99 

7.88+ 

Programmed  instruction 

19 

34 

4.40* 

16 

37 

7.49+ 

— 

— 

— 

*P<.05 

+PC.01 

Note;  Data  for  nonsignificant  differences  have  been  omitted. 

TABLE 

3 

Percentage  of  Respondents  Using  Compliance-Promoting  Strategies  Differing  Significantly 
On  a Chi-Square  Test  by  Prior  Training  in  Patient  Education 

Strategy  Used 

Source  of  Prior  Training 

Medical  School 

Residency 

Postresidency 

No 

Yes 

X2 

(df=  1) 

No 

Yes 

X2 

(df=  1) 

No 

Yes 

X2 

(df=  1 ) 

Home  visits 

18 

37 

6.07* 

— 

— 

— 

— 

- 

— 

Referral  clerks 

12 

25 

3.86* 

1 1 

26 

4.47* 

— 

— 

— 

Reduced  waiting  time 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

50 

69 

4.55* 

Support  groups 

13 

36 

9.21  + 

12 

33 

8.21  + 

11 

32 

6.86+ 

Self-monitoring 

52 

80 

9.04+ 

51 

78 

8.86+ 

— 

— 

Contractual  agreements 

29 

57 

9.73+ 

29 

57 

9.78+ 

— 

— 

Programmed  instruction 

18 

39 

6.78+ 

14 

42 

11.56+ 

13 

31 

5.26* 

*P<.05 

+PC.01 

Note:  Data  for  nonsignificant  differences  have  been  omitted. 

(Tables  2,  3,  and  4)  suggest  that  training  in  any  of  the 
above  patient  management  areas  enhanced  the  use  of 
compliance  strategies  (i.e.  home  visits,  reduced  waiting 
time,  support  groups,  self-monitoring,  contractual 
agreements,  and  programmed  instruction)  and  the  ef- 
fects on  other  strategies  varied  as  a function  of  the 
specific  type  of  training.  Various  strategies  also  were 
affected  differently  as  a function  of  source  of  training, 
with  most  effects  attributable  to  training  during  resi- 
dency. 

The  use  of  strategies  also  was  compared  to  the 
number  of  office  hours  scheduled  per  week,  the  aver- 
age time  spent  with  patients,  the  percentage  of  hyper- 
tensive patients,  and  the  time  spent  with  these  pa- 
tients. No  significant  relationships  were  found. 

The  final  analysis  examined  the  number  of  com- 
pliance strategies  used,  by  strategy  type,  and  the  extent 
to  which  these  values  were  affected  by  profile  charac- 


teristics. This  analysis  showed  that  the  mean  numb 
of  organizational  and  educational  strategies  used  1 
all  respondents  was  1.93  and  1.33,  respectively,  wher 
as  the  mean  number  of  behavioral  strategies  used  w; 
3.75.  Table  5 shows  the  mean  number  of  compliant 
strategies  reported  within  each  strategy  type,  by  profi 
variable,  where  significant  differences  were  four  i 
through  analysis  of  variance.  These  results  general 
are  consistent  with  those  found  for  individu 
strategies;  namely,  the  number  of  organizational  ar 
behavioral  (but  not  educational)  strategies  used  we 
affected  negatively  by  age*  (F=2.55,  df=  4,204,  P<.C 
and  F=4.24,  df=  4,204,  PC.  05,  respectively)  anj 

*While  the  mean  number  of  strategies  used  showed  a mon 
tonic  relationship  for  age  and  related  factors,  postb 
analyses  using  Duncan's  Multiple  Range  Tests  failed  to  dei 
onstrate  sharp  differences  between  adjacent  age  and  ag 
related  groupings. 


496 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


TABLE  4 

Percentage  of  Respondents  Using  Compliance-Promoting  Strategies  Differing  Significantly 
On  a Chi-Square  Test  by  Prior  Training  in  Patient  Monitoring  Techniques 

Strategy  Used  Source  of  Prior  Training 

Medical  School  Residency  Postresidency 


No 

Yes 

X2 

(df=  1) 

No 

Yes 

X2 

(df=  1 ) 

No 

Yes 

"L,  II 

**  t— 

■a 

Home  visits 

— 

— 

— 

15 

33 

5.07* 

— 

— 

— 

Reduced  waiting  time 

— 

— 

— 

48 

71 

5.58* 

— 

— 

— 

Support  groups 

16 

38 

6.36* 

14 

33 

5.50* 

12 

33 

6.96+ 

Self-monitoring 

55 

84 

7.06+ 

49 

86 

15.45+ 

— 

— 

— 

Contractual  agreements 

33 

58 

5.51* 

29 

64 

13.71  + 

— 

— 

— 

Graduated  regimens 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

71 

88 

4.86* 

Programmed  instruction 

20 

44 

6.48* 

18 

40 

6.66 

15 

31 

3.95* 

*P<.05 

+PC.01 

Note:  Data  for  nonsignificant  differences  have  been  omitted. 


TABLE  5 

Mean  Number  of  Organizational,  Behavioral,  and  Educational  Strategies  Used 
Differing  Significantly  on  an  Analysis  of  Variance  by  Selected  Profile  Characteristics 


Compliance  Strategies 


Organizational 

Behavioral 

Educational 

Age 

Under  35 

2.4 

3.8 

— 

36-48 

2.2 

4.3 

— 

49-57 

1.9 

4.2 

— 

58-67 

1.6 

3.7 

— 

Over  68 

1.5 

2.7 

— 

F (4,204)  = 2.55* 

F (4,204)  = 4.24* 

— 

Year  of  Graduation 

Pre- 1 940s 

1.5 

2.7 

1.0 

1940s 

1.6 

3.7 

1.3 

1950s 

1.8 

4.1 

1.4 

1960s 

2.2 

4.5 

1.6 

1970s 

2.7 

4.3 

1.6 

F (4,198)  = 4.12* 

F (4,198)  = 6.29+ 

F (4,198)  = 2.88* 

Years  in  Practice 

0-9 

2.5 

4.3 

— 

10-19 

2.0 

4.3 

— 

20-29 

1.8 

4.1 

— 

30-39 

1.6 

3.6 

— 

Over  40 

1.6 

2.8 

— 

F (4,195)  = 2.98* 

F (4,195)  = 4.83* 

— 

*P<.05 

+PC.001 

Note:  Data  for  nonsignificant 

differences  have  been  omitted. 

mber  ofyears  in  present  practice  (F=2.98,  df=4,195, 
.05  and  F=4.83,  df=4,195,  P<,05).  Similarly,  the 
mber  of  strategies  used  (for  all  strategy  types)  was 
eeted  positively  by  year  of  graduation  from  medical 
iool,  with  the  strongest  effects  evidenced  on  the  use 
behavioral  strategies  (F=6.29,  df=4,198,  P<.001). 
lally,  the  use  of  compliance  strategies  was  related 
'ectly  to  previous  eoursework  in  patient  manage - 
°nt  techniques  (Table  6).  The  number  of  behavioral 
d educational  strategies  used  was  affected  positively 


by  previous  eoursework  in  patient  track- 
ing/monitoring techniques.  These  educational  ellects 
ranged  from  weak  (F=4.04,  df=  1,161,  P<.05)  to  moder- 
ately strong  (F=  13.35,  df=  1,134,  P<.001 ),  according  to 
strategy  type  and  level  of  instruction.* 

*A  post  hoc  analysis  of  variance  (factors:  type  and  level  of 
training)  failed  to  show  tiny  consistent  relationship  between 
number  of  strategies  used  (for  all  strategy  types)  and  type  of 
patient  management  skill  training  or  between  number  of 
strategies  used  and  the  level  at  which  the  instruction  was 
received. 


'L.  81— NUMBER  6— JUNE  1984 


497 


TABLE  6 


Mean  Number  of  Organizational,  Behavioral,  and  Educational  Strategies 
Used  Differing  Significantly  on  an  Analysis  of  Variance  by  Prior 
Training  in  Patient  Management  Techniques 


Prior  Training 


Interpersonal  Skills 
Medical  School 
No 
Yes 


Residency 

No 

Yes 


Postgraduate 

No 

Yes 


Patient  Education 
Medical  School 
No 
Yes 


Residency 

No 

Yes 


Postgraduate 

No 

Yes 


Patient  Tracking/ 
Monitoring 
Medical  School 
No 
Yes 


Residency 

No 

Yes 


Postgraduate 

No 

Yes 


Organizational 


1.8 

2.4 


F (1,169)  = 5.03* 


1.8 

2.6 


F (1,137)  = 7.45 


*P<.  05 
+PC.01 
+PC.001 

Note:  Data  for  nonsignificant  differences  have  been  omitted. 


Compliance  Strategies 
Behavioral 


3.6 

4.4 


F (1,138)  = 5.67* 


3.9 

4.5 


F (1,161)  = 4.04* 


3.7 

4.6 


F (1,141)  = 6.95+ 


3.8 

4.5 


F (1,135)  = 5.49* 


3.6 

4.9 


F (1,137)  = 13.35+ 


3.8 

4.7 


F (1,134)  = 7.93+ 


Educational 


1.3 

1.6 


F (1,169)  = 4.85* 


1.2 

1.6 


t i 


F (1.152)  = 5.88* 


1.2 

1.5 


F (1,138)  = 4.16* 


1.3 

1.7 


F (1,161)  = 6.35* 


1.2 

1.7 


F (1,141)  = 8.57+ 


1.2 

1.6 


F (1,135)  = 7.56+ 


1.4 

1.9 


F (1,149)  = 7.78+ 


1.3 

1.7 


F (1,137)  = 5.99* 


1.2 

1.6 


F (1,134)  = 7.16+ 


498 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS1: 


A posthoc  analysis  of  variance  (factors:  age  group, 
nd  level  and  type  of  training)  indicated  that  the  total 
mount  of  variance  in  the  number  of  strategies  used, 
xplained  by  age  and  prior  training  in  patient  manage- 
ment techniques  (13  percent),  was  substantially  less 
man  the  sum  of  these  separate  effects  (22  percent), 
uggesting  the  possibility  of  a relationship  between 
ge  and  prior  training.  To  examine  this,  chi-square 
bsts  were  conducted  between  age  group  and  level  of 
-aining  and  between  age  group  and  type  of  training, 
he  only  significant  relationship  was  found  between 
ige  and  interpersonal  skills  training  in  medical  school 
c2=l  1.5,  df=  4,  P<,05).  Specifically,  physicians  in  the 
[oungest  age  group  (36  and  under)  were  more  likely 
p have  received  such  training  than  those  in  any  of  the 
emaining  groups. 

UMMARY  AND  IMPLICATIONS 

; The  survey  revealed  that  most  hypertensive  patients, 
i the  opinion  of  their  physicians,  do  not  comply  fully 
ith  instructions  in  any  of  the  areas  surveyed  and 
[how  poorest  performance  in  the  areas  of  self-monitor- 
lg,  exercise,  and  diet.  Although  almost  all  respondents 
urveyed  were  concerned  about  patient  non- 
mmpliance  and  used  a variety  of  techniques  to 
leasure  it,  attempts  to  remedy  the  problem  were  lim- 
ed in  scope.  The  strategy  employed  most  often  in 
attempts  to  promote  compliance  was  individual  coun- 
ting by  the  physician  with  other  educational 
trategies  used  less  frequently.  More  than  half  of  the 
espondents  reported  using  a variety  of  behavioral 
Strategies  including  tailoring  the  treatment  to  individ- 
al  needs,  reinforcement  through  praise,  family  in- 
jDlvement,  and  graduated  regimens.  Fewer  respon- 
dents reported  using  compliance-promoting  organiza- 
jonal  strategies,  except  for  scheduling  individual  as 
ipposed  to  block  appointments. 

The  analyses  also  showed  that  the  likelihood  of  a 
hysician  employing  certain  compliance-promoting 
rategies  was  inversely  related  to  age  and  number  of 
ears  in  present  practice  and  directly  related  to  recent 
raduation  from  medical  school.  In  addition,  the  use 
f certain  strategies  appeared  to  be  enhanced  by 
revious  exposure  to  educational  programs  in  inter- 
ersonal  relations,  patient  education,  and  patient 
'acking/monitoring  procedures,  with  effects  varying 
xording  to  type  and  level  of  training.  Furthermore, 


interpersonal  skills  training  in  medical  school  ap- 
peared to  be  most  common  among  the  youngest  phy- 
sicians, perhaps  explaining  why  this  group  was  most 
likely  to  take  action  against  noncompliance.  A posthoc 
analysis  of  variance  failed  to  show  any  consistent  rela- 
tionships between  the  number  of  strategies  used  (for 
all  strategy  types)  and  type  of  patient-management 
skill  training  or  between  number  of  strategies  used 
and  the  level  at  which  the  instruction  was  received. 

These  findings  have  implications  for  the  education 
and  training  of  medical  students,  residents,  and  prac- 
ticing physicians.  In  order  to  enhance  patient-manage- 
ment capabilities,  undergraduate,  residency,  and  post- 
graduate medical  programs  should  expand 
coursework  in  patient  education,  interpersonal  skills, 
and  patient  tracking/monitoring  techniques.  In  ad- 
dition, continuing  education  courses  should  be  de- 
veloped for  the  more  established  physician  to  stimu- 
late interest  in  and  knowledge  of  available  compliance- 
promoting  strategies.  Such  programs  would  be 
beneficial  not  only  to  physicians  with  large  hyper- 
tensive patient  loads  but  to  those  who  deal  with  other 
chronic  conditions  where  noncompliance  typically  is 
problematic. 

REFERENCES 

1.  Caplan  RD,  Robinson  EA  French  JR  Jr,  Caldwell  JR 
Shinn  M:  Adhering  to  Medical  Regimens:  Pilot  Experiments 
in  Patient  Education  and  Social  Support  Ann  Arbor,  MI,  The 
Institute  for  Social  Research,  The  University  of  Michigan, 
1976. 

2.  Podell  RN,  Gaiy  LR  Compliance:  A problem  in  medical 
management.  Am  Fam  Physician  13:74-80,  1976. 

3.  Finnerty  FA  Jr:  The  compliance  problem  in  hyper- 
tension, in  Freis  ED  (ed)  in  Current  Status  oj  Modern  Ther- 
apy (Volume  1).  Baltimore,  MD,  University  Park  Press,  1978, 
pp.  151-160. 

4.  Haynes  RB,  Gibson  ES,  Hackett  BC,  Sackett  DL,  Taylor 
DW,  et  al.:  Improvement  of  medication  compliance  in  uncon- 
trolled hypertension.  Lancet  1:1265-1268,  1976. 

5.  Hussar  DA  Patient  noncompliance.  J Am  Pharm  Assoc 
15:183-190,  1975. 

6.  Haynes  RB,  Mattson  ME,  Englebretson  TO  Jr:  Trends  in 
the  implementation  of  strategies  to  improve  compliance  in 
hypertensives,  in  Patient  Compliance  To  Prescribed  Anti- 
hypertensive  Medication  Regimens:  A Report  to  the  National 
Heart  Lung,  and  Blood  Institute.  DHHS  Publication  No.  (NIH) 
81-2102.  Washington,  D.C.,  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office, 
1980,  pp.  165-228. 

7.  Oppenheim  AN:  Questionnaire  Design  and  Attitude 
Measurement  New  York  NY,  Basic  Books,  Inc.,  1966,  pp. 
33-35. 


[OL.  81— NUMBER  6— JUNE  1984 


499 


The  RCA  solution 
for  paperwork 

headaches. 


Introducing 
the  cure  to  all 
your  admini- 
strative headaches. 

The  Medical  Man- 
agement System 
from  RCA.  This  unique  system  was 
designed  by  a physician  for  physi- 
cians. It  handles  everything  from  in- 
surance claims  and  patient  billing  to 
invoice  tracking  and  cash  disburse- 
ments. It  takes  the  hassle  out  of 
time-consuming  billing  procedures 
and  gives  you  greater  control  of  the 
business  side  of  your  practice. 


pot  i on  m m xma  ,,foi*110" 

i ni«R  iwuio  i mucin  2 ucottrr  inua:  j iokiii 

3 CHOP  I Mttm  «.  IN.  H42 

5 XDIUUI  22222222  OICIU  or  OMVK  I 

1 "DiCilM  23451  T.  MEO*  1 

3 wioYiron  mutd  (»/N)  y i.  siowin  oo  nu  (»/»>:  » 

18  OCCETT  SSSIOWXT  (Y/K)  y U p*Y«W  TYPE  I 


2-S»?  I-SEU/PI» 

vSKfSin  2 = C0/Ny 

1 0LBICA15  v IKuMNCr/TlY 

n"  otho  use  com  non  uc  co  riii 

u in  m iwoMiion  now ( coma  1 tim  . 


You’ll  feel 
good  about 
the  RCA  Med- 
ical Management 
System  when 
you  see  the  price, 
too.  It’s  affordable.  Easy  to  use.  And 
includes  an  IBM  personal  computer, 
a high-capacity  disc  storage  unit,  a 
printer,  and  the  RCA  Medical  Man- 
agement software. 

We’ll  take  care  of  everything  — 
delivery,  installation  and  user  train- 
ing. And  the  entire  system  is  backed 
by  RCA’s  one-year,  on-site  service 
warranty. 

Make  an  appointment  today  to 
see  a special  demonstration  of  the 
RCA  Medical  Management  Sys- 
tem. Just  call  collect  (609)  338- 
4129  and  let  RCA  help  make  your 
practice  perfect. 


RC/l 


Services 


500 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Zase  Report:  Hyperprolactinemia  in  a 
Patient  with  Pseudotumor  Cerebri 

Michael  Goldman,  m.d.,  and  Aaron  Rabin,  m.d.,  englewood* 


Hyperprolactinemia  has  been  associated  with  many  intracranial 
disorders  including  sella  andparasella  tumors  and  the  empty- 
sella  syndrome . This  case  report  documents  the  occurrence  of 
hyperprolactinemia  in  a patient  with  pseudotumor  cerebri . 


Hyperprolactinemia  has  been  as- 
sociated with  multiple  con- 
ditions. These  include  pituitary 
iumors,  the  empty-sella  syndrome,  drug  ingestion,  and 
lypothyroidism.1  The  occurrence  of  elevated  prolactin 
levels  in  a patient  with  pseudotumor  cerebri  has  not 
teen  described  previously.  A case  describing  this  situ- 
ition  is  presented. 

:ase  history 

A 26-year-old  white  female  complained  of  blurred 
dsion  described  as  “spots  in  front  of  her  eyes."  No 
>ther  symptoms  were  described.  Her  past  medical  his- 
ory  was  notable  for  irregular  menses  (eveiy  six  to  ten 
fjveeks)  without  galactorrhea.  She  had  taken 
etracycline  for  three  years  for  acne,  although  it  was 
iiseontinued  three  months  before  admission.  Physical 
examination  revealed  the  patient  to  be  slightly  over- 
weight (125  pounds)  with  a blood  pressure  of  120/80 
jand  a regular  pulse  at  72.  Except  for  bilateral 
papilledema,  no  other  abnormal  findings  were  noted. 
CAT  scans  of  the  head  and  pituitary  gland  with  and 
without  contrast  were  normal.  Formal  visual  fields 
were  normal.  Measurement  of  a lumbar  puncture 
showed  an  opening  pressure  of  450  mm  of  water  (nor- 
mal 180).  The  cerebrospinal  fluid  was  clear  with  a 
normal  chemical  profile.  Laboratory  data  revealed  a 
normal  CBC,  SMA  12,  electrolytes,  T3  resin,  T4,  TSH, 
parathyroid  hormone,  and  calcium  levels.  Prolactin 


was  elevated  to  31.4  ng/ml  (normal:  6 to  22).  The  pa- 
tient was  treated  with  Lasix",  40  mg  daily,  with  reduc- 
tion of  her  symptoms.  No  change  in  her  menstrual 
activity  was  reported.  Prolactin  was  not  remeasured 
during  this  time. 

Three  months  later,  she  returned  with  her  original 
complaint,  and  mild  bilateral  papilledema  again  was 
noted.  A repeat  lumbar  puncture  showed  an  elevated 
pressure  of  410  mm  of  water  with  normal  fluid 
analysis.  Further  laboratory  data  demonstrated  a nor- 
mal level  of  cortisol,  dehydroepiandrosterone  sulfate, 
T3  resin,  and  T4.  LH  measured  10  MlU/ml  (normal  7 
to  24)  while  FSH  was  a 3 MlU/ml  (normal  4 to  25). 
Prolactin  again  was  elevated  at  64  ng/ml.  The  patient 
then  was  treated  with  Diamox".  Improvement  of  her 
papilledema  was  noted  along  with  diminution  in  the 
severity  and  frequency  of  her  original  visual  complaint. 

DISCUSSION 

Increased  prolactin  levels  may  result  from  in- 
tracranial problems  (pituitary  tumors  and  the  empty- 
sella  syndrome),  extracranial  causes  (drug  ingestion 
and  hypothyroidism),  or  unknown  ("idiopathic”) 
etiologies.1  The  association  of  increased  prolactin 
levels  and  pseudotumor  cerebri  has  not  been  reported 

*From  Englewood  Hospital  where  Dr.  Goldman  is  Attending, 
Department  of  Medicine,  and  Dr.  Rabin  is  Attending,  Depart 
men  I of  Neurology.  Correspondence  may  be  addressed  to  Dr. 
Goldman,  600  Palisade  Avenue.  Englewood  Cliffs,  NJ  07632. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  6— JUNE  1984 


501 


previously.  One  case  report  noted  elevated  prolactin 
levels  in  the  patient  with  the  empty-sella  syndrome 
who  had  a history  of  pseudotumor  cerebri.2 

Pseudotumor  cerebri  is  defined  as  a constellation  of 
symptoms  and  signs  including  headache,  papilledema, 
and  increased  intracranial  pressure  from  causes  gen- 
erally thought  to  be  benign. 

Some  authors  feel  that  chronic  raised  intracranial 
pressure  may  lead  to  an  empty-sella  syndrome.3 
Etiologies  (through  uncertain  mechanisms)  for 
pseudotumor  cerebri,  include  endocrine  and  nonen- 
docrine  causes.  The  former  include  adrenal,  ovarian, 
parathyroid,  or  thyroid  dysfunction,  and  the  latter  in- 
clude drugs  (such  as  tetracycline)  and  intracranial  ve- 
nous thromboses.  However,  abnormalities  in  prolactin 
secretion  have  not  been  reported. 

The  coexistence  of  pseudotumor  cerebri  and 
pituitary  tumors  or  empty-sella  syndrome  to  account 
for  the  elevated  prolactin  levels  was  excluded  by  a nor- 
mal CAT  scan  of  the  pituitary  gland.  Similarly,  second- 
ary causes  for  increased  levels  (drugs  and 


hypothyroidism)  were  excluded  by  our  studies.  T ■ 
role  of  the  elevated  prolactin  level  in  this  relationsE 
to  pseudotumor  cerebri  remains  speculative  at  t 
present  time. 


A case  of  pseudotumor  cerebri  alnd  hyp< 
prolactinemia  is  reported.  This  association  has  r 
been  described  previously  and  should  be  added  to  t 
list  of  syndromes  found  to  have  elevated  prolact 
levels. 

REFERENCES 

1.  Kleinberg  DL,  Noel  GL,  Frantz  AG:  Galactorrhea:  A stu 
of  235  eases,  including  48  with  pituitary  tumors.  N Eng  ■ 
Med  296:589-600,  1977. 

2.  Futterweit  W:  Galactorrhea,  amenorrhea,  hyp<  / 
prolactinemia,  and  pseudotumor  cerebri  in  a patient  wi  . 
primary  empty-sella  syndrome:  Case  report  with  review  of  t 
literature.  Mt  Sinai  J Med  49(6):514-518,  1982. 

3.  Foley  KM,  Posner  JB:  Does  pseudotumor  cerebri  cau 
the  empty-sella  syndrome?  Neurology  25:565-569,  1975. 


I 


I 

t 

i 


502 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Pharmacological  Basis  of  Therapeutics: 
/Icosanoids— Mediators  of  Biological  Functions* 


Donald  J.  Wolff,  ph.d.,  piscataway** 


Eicosanoids  are  locally  generated  and  locally  acting  hormones 
most  commonly  derived  from  arachidonic  acid— a precursor  of 
two  major  classes  of  biological  regulatory  molecules: 

\ prostaglandin-like  substances  and  leukotrienes. 


Eicosanoid  is  a term  used  to  de- 
scribe a series  of  locally  gener- 
ated and  locally  acting 
jDrmones  or  autocoids  which  are  oxidative 
etabolites  of  endogenous  20-carbon,  unsaturated 
tty  acids.  The  most  common  such  fatty  acid  in  hu- 
ans  is  arachidonic  acid  (5,8,11,14  eicosatetraenoic 
:id).  Arachidonic  acid  is  chemically  released  from 
lembrane-bound  phospholipid  by  hydrolysis 
'iitalyzed  by  the  enzyme  phospholipase  . The  activity 
' phospholipase  A?  is  enhanced  by  Ca2+  whose  con- 
mtrations  intracellularly  are  elevated  in  response  to 
Siverse  mechanical  and  neurohumoral  stimuli.  The 
irachidonic  acid  thus  generated  serves  as  the 
letabolic  precursor  of  two  major  classes  of  biological 
(pgulatory  molecules,  the  prostaglandin-like 
abstanees  and  the  leukotrienes  (Figure). 

yclooxygena.se 

1 The  prostaglandin-like  substances  depend  for  their 
ormation  on  the  actions  of  an  enzyme  cyclooxygenase, 
ound  to  intracellular  membranes,  which  introduces 
2 into  the  fatty  acid  at  carbon  15  and  effects  a cyclic 
earrangement  of  its  carbon  atoms.  This  action  forms 
ubstances  called  cyclic  endoperoxides  which  are  sub- 
ject to  four  different  types  of  isomerization  reactions 
o generate,  respectively,  prostacyclins,  thromboxanes, 
r prostaglandins  of  the  E or  F series.  Different  cells 
iroduce  a different  spectrum  of  these  products  de- 


pending upon  the  constitutive  level  of  isomerases 
characteristic  of  the  particular  type  of  cell.  The 
prostaglandin-like  substances  can  be  produced  by  vir- 
tually every  tissue  and  have  been  implicated  as 
mediators  of  an  impressively  diverse  array  of  func- 
tions. Furthermore,  diverse  pathological  states  are  ac- 
companied by  alteration  of  their  concentrations,  which 
are  proposed  to  contribute  in  part  to  the  discomforting 
symptomatology  of  these  conditions.  For  example, 
elevated  endometrical  prostaglandin  F2a  accompanies 
primary  dysmenorrhea1  elevated  prostaglandin  E2  ac- 
companies pyrogen-induced  fever,2  and  elevated 
prostaglandins  are  found  in  synovial  fluid  in  diverse 
arthropathies.3 

Interest  in  the  prostaglandin-like  substances  has 
been  enhanced  by  the  observation  that  aspirin  and  the 


‘This  article,  third  in  a series,  prepared  under  the  leadership 
of  Bruce  McL.  Breckenridge,  M.D.,  Chairman,  Department  of 
Pharmacology,  UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School,  is  a brief  re- 
view of  recent  advances  in  pharmacology  and  related 
preclinical  sciences,  which  will  help  readers  to  understand 
the  action  of  new  and  established  therapeutic  agents.  The 
reviews  do  not  consider  indications  for  specific  drugs,  incom- 
patibilities, or  dosage  forms,  which  can  be  found  in  the  AMA 
Drug  Evaluations.  5th  Edition.  1983. 

“From  the  Department  of  Pharmacology.  UMDNJ-Rutgers 
Medical  School,  Piscataway.  NJ  08854.  Correspondence  may 
be  addressed  to  Bruce  McL.  Breckenridge.  M.D..  Chairman. 
Department  of  Pharmacology,  UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical 
School,  P.O.  Box  101,  Piscataway,  NJ  08854. 


OL.  81— NUMBER  6— JUNE  1984 


503 


Figure — Pathways  for  generation  of  eieosanoids. 

rapidly  growing  number  of  nonsteroidal  anti-inflam- 
matory drugs  are  specific  inhibitors  of  cycloox- 
ygenase.3 The  rank  order  of  potency  of  these  drugs 
inhibiting  cyclooxygenase  in  vitro  parallels  their 
potency  as  anti-inflammatory  agents  in  vivo. 
Furthermore,  several  of  these  drugs  exist  as  stereo- 
specific  isomers,  with  only  one  isomer  showing  both 
activities.  Compatible  with  the  proposal  that  inhibi- 
tion of  cyclooxygenase  is  the  molecular  basis  of  action 
of  nonsteroidal  anti-inflammatory  drugs  is  the  clinical 
observation  that  these  agents,  of  widely  varying 
chemical  structure,  are  uniformly  antipyretic  and 
capable  of  alleviating  the  discomforting  symp- 
tomatology of  both  primary  dysmenorrhea  and  diverse 
arthropathies. 

A major  advance  in  appreciating  the  role  of 
araehidonic  acid  derivatives  in  diverse  patho- 
physiological states  emerged  from  studies  directed  to 
understanding  the  molecular  basis  of  action  of  the 
anti-inflammatory  steroids.  In  1979,  Hirata  and  his 
colleagues  reported  the  observation  that  anti-inflam- 
matory steroids  induced  in  neutrophils  the  synthesis 
of  a membrane-bound  protein  inhibitor  of  the  enzyme 
phospholipase  the  enzyme  responsible  for  the  in- 
tracellular release  of  araehidonic  acid.4  They  called  this 
inhibitor,  lipomodulin.  Glucocorticoids  had  been 
known  for  many  years  to  alleviate  the  symptomatology 
of  asthma  immediate  hypersensitivity  reactions,  and 
diverse  inflammatory  states.  These  actions  are  more 
extensive  than  those  of  aspirin  and  the  nonsteroidal 
anti-inflammatory  drugs  and  suggested  that  deri- 
vations of  araehidonic  acid,  generated  by  a pathway 
other  than  the  cyclooxygenase  pathway,  might  be  in- 
volved in  genesis  of  these  drug  actions.  These  specu- 
lations are  supported  by  the  recent  elucidation  of  a 
second  pathway  for  araehidonic  acid  oxygenation  in 
leukocytes. 

LEUKOT RIENES 

In  an  attempt  to  identify  products  generated  from 
araehidonic  acid  in  inflammatory  cells,  poly- 


morphonuclear leukocytes  were  exposed  to  C'Mabelec 
material.  Using  reverse-phase  high  pressure  liquic 
chromatography,  Samuelsson  and  coworkers  identi 
field  the  formation  of  a key  intermediate  5,( 
oxido-7,9,1 1,14  eicosatetraenoic  acid  (leukotriene  A4 
in  a new  metabolic  pathway.5  Leukotriene  At  now  i: 
known  to  have  two  major  metabolic  fates.  It  can  b<; 
hydrolyzed  to  form  leukotriene  B4  or  alternately  car 
react  with  the  endogenous  tripeptide,  glutathione,  tc 
form  a peptidolipid  called  leukotriene  C4.  The  amine 
acids  glutamic  acid  and  glycine  can  be  removed  se 
quentially  from  this  structure  by  intracellular; 
proteases  to  form  leukotrienes  D and  E.  The  tem 
leukotriene  was  chosen  for  these  compounds  because 
they  were  discovered  in  leukocytes  and  contain  as  £j 
common  structural  feature  a conjugated  triene 
Samuelsson  and  his  eoworkers  established  that  slow 
reacting  substance  of  anaphylaxis,  a potent  smooth 
muscle  contracting  substance  released  during 
asthmatic  attacks  and  other  types  of  immediate  hyper 
sensitivity  (allergic)  reactions,  was  a mixture  o 
leukotrienes  C,  D,  and  E.  The  proposed  structures  foi 
leukotrienes  have  been  confirmed  by  total  ehemica 
synthesis.  Such  syntheses  have  made  available  large 
quantities  of  purified  leukotrienes  for  determination 
of  their  biological  effects  and  refinement  in  the  tech-j 
niques  for  their  specific  assay. 

The  peptidoleukotrienes  C,  D,  and  E have  been 
shown  to  be  extraordinarily  potent  bronchoconstric- 
tors  in  man.6  When  administered  as  an  aerosol,  the> 
are  100  times  as  potent  as  histamine.  Studies  with 
bronchi  from  atopic  patients  sensitive  to  birch  pollen 
have  implicated  leukotrienes  as  mediators  of 
anaphylaxis.  Incubation  of  atopic  lung  tissue  with  al- 
lergen resulted  in  formation  of  leukotrienes  C,  D,  and 
E.  Their  formation  was  blocked  by  an  experimental 
drug,  U-60257,  at  concentrations  which  blocked  al  l 
lergen- induced  tissue  contraction.  Histamine  an- 
tagonists and  cyclooxygenase  inhibitors  were  ineffec- 
tive. These  findings  suggest  that  leukotriene  an- 
tagonists, or  inhibitors  of  leukotriene  formation,  could 


504 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


I of  value  in  the  treatment  of  bronchial  asthma. 
Recent  studies,  in  animal  systems,  have  identified 
pfound  mierovascular  actions  of  the  pep- 
iloleukotrienes.  Using  a hamster  cheek  pouch  prep- 
[ation  in  vivo,  leukotrienes  C,  D,  and  E all  induced 
i creased  vascular  permeability  at  concentrations  five 
[ousand-fold  lower  than  histamine.7  These 
j bstanees  produced  intense  contraction  of  terminal 
iterioles  and  endothelial  leakage  at  postcapillaiy 
nules,  actions  compatible  with  their  involvement  in 
j.ema  formation  in  local,  acute  inflammatory 
isodes. 

Other  studies  have  identified  leukotriene  B as  an 
tivator  of  human  neutrophils  and  as  a potent 
lemotactie  substance  toward  polymorphonuclear 
.ikoeytes,  eosinophils,  and  monocytes.8  The  potential 
volvement  of  leukotrienes  as  mediators  of  immediate 
rpersensitivity  reactions  and  inflammation  seem  ob- 
ous.  The  development  of  specific,  in  vivo,  antagonists 
leukotrienes  and  further  elucidation  of  the  mecha- 
sm  of  their  formation  and  action  rigorously  is  being 
>ught  and  shows  promise  for  the  development  of  new 
seful  therapeutic  agents. 

JMMARY 

iEieosanoids  are  locally  generated  and  locally  acting 
rrmones  derived  metabolieally  from  naturally  oeeur- 
ng  20-earbon,  unsaturated  fatty  acids,  most  corn- 
only  arachidonic  acid.  Araehidonie  acid  is  a 
i'eeursor  of  two  major  classes  of  biological  regulatory 
olecules,  the  prostaglandin-like  substances  and  the 


recently  characterized  leukotrienes.  Leukotrienes  have 
been  identified  as  extraordinarily  potent 
bronchoeonstrietors,  leukocyte  chemoattractants,  and 
regulators  of  mierovascular  tone  and  permeability. 
Their  formation  is  believed  responsible  for  much  of  the 
symptomatology  of  acute  allergic  reaction,  bronchial 
asthma  attacks,  and  aspirin  sensitivity. 

REFERENCES 

1.  Chan  YW:  Prostaglandins  and  nonsteroidal  anti-inflam- 
matory drugs  in  dysmenorrhea.  Annu  Rev  Pharmacol  Toxicol 
23:131,  1983. 

2.  Feldberg  W,  Gupta  KP:  Pyrogen  fever  and  prostaglandin- 
like activity  in  cerebrospinal  fluid.  J Physiol  228:41,  1973. 

3.  Moneada  S,  Vane  JR-  Mode  of  action  of  aspirin-like  drugs. 
Adv  Intern  Med  24:1,  1979. 

4.  Hirata  F,  Schiffmann  E,  Krishnamoorthy  V,  Salomon  D, 
Axelrod  J:  A phospholipase  A2  inhibitory  protein  in  rabbit 
neutrophils  induced  by  glucocorticoids.  Proc  Natl  Acad  Sci 
77:2533,  1980. 

5.  Samuelsson  B:  Leukotrienes:  Mediators  of  immediate 
hypersensitivity  reactions  and  inflammation.  Science 
220:568,  1983. 

6.  Weiss  JW,  Drazen  JM,  Coles  N,  McFadden  ER  Wilier  PF, 
Corey  EJ,  Lewis  RA  Austen  KF:  Bronehoconstrictor  effects  of 
leukotriene  C in  humans.  Science  216:196,  1983. 

7.  Hedgvist  P,  Dahlen  SE:  Pulmonary  and  vascular  effects 
of  leukotrienes  imply  involvement  in  asthma  and  inflamma- 
tion, in  Samuelsson  B,  Paoletti  R and  Ramwell  PW  (ed):  Ad- 
vances in  Prostaglandin,  Thromboxane,  and  Leukotriene 
Research.  1982. 

8.  Ford-Hutchinson  AW,  Bray  MA  Doiy  MV,  Shipley  ME, 
Smith  MH:  Leukotriene  B,  a potent  chemokinetic  and  ag- 
gregating substance  released  from  polymorphonuclear 
leukocytes.  Nature  286:264,  1980. 


DL.  81— NUMBER  6— JUNE  1984 


505 


This  Publication 
is  available  in  Microform. 


Please  send  additional  information  for 

(name  of  publication) 

Name 

Institution 

Street 

City 

State Zip 

300  North  Zeeb  Road,  Dept.  P R,,  Ann  Arbor,  Mi.  48106 


University 

Microfilms 

Internationa] 


506 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Impaired  Physicians  Program 

'REATMENT  LOAN  FUND 


David  I.  Canavan,  m.d.,  lawrenceville* 


The  Treatment  Loan  Fund  of  the  Impaired  Physicians  Program 
helps  physician-clients  in  their  time  of  need.  Loans  are  used  for 
treatment  costs,  family  support  during  treatment , and  re-entry 
expenses.  Contributions  for  this  fund  are  welcomed. 


One  of  the  challenges  that  con- 
fronts us  in  our  efforts  on  behalf 
of  the  “wounded  healers”  in  our 
ndst  is  the  economic  consequences  in  the  life  of  the 
iipaired  physician.  As  the  diseases  of  impairment 
! ogress,  his  professional  performance,  his  good  judg- 
lsnt,  and  the  successful  management  of  his  personal 
fiances  are  affected. 

In  the  face  of  declining  patient  revenues,  judgmental 
Tors,  and  lack  of  attention  to  appropriate  life  man- 
;ement,  it  is  not  at  all  surprising  that  economic  chaos 
jquently  accompanies  all  of  the  other  problems  that 
isue. 

In  our  efforts  to  find  suitable  therapy  for  these 
tents,  we  often  are  thwarted  by  their  own  economic 
stress.  One  of  the  first  things  that  seems  to  go  when 
ranees  get  tight  is  the  physician’s  own  medical 
ld/or  hospital  insurance  coverage. 

Since  the  passage  of  the  ATRA  (Alcohol  Treatment 
id  Rehabilitation  Act)  legislation  in  the  late  1970s, 
lie  insurance  carriers  in  New  Jersey  have  been  re- 
tired to  provide  coverage  for  treatment  of  alcoholism. 
Tien  a physician  has  current  coverage,  the  economic 
irden  of  inpatient  treatment  is  minimal.  In  the  situ- 
ion  in  which  the  physician’s  insurance  has  been 
lowed  to  lapse,  the  cost  of  the  treatment  often  pres- 
its an  economic  burden  that  the  physician-client 
innot  meet. 


An  added  burden  in  these  cases  is  the  need  to  take 
time  away  from  a practice  that  already  may  be  eco- 
nomically compromised.  In  these  situations,  time  away 
from  the  office  can  lead  to  an  absence  of  income  to 
meet  the  needs  of  the  family  for  economic  support. 

Both  the  lack  of  insurance  and  the  economic  dis- 
tress of  the  family  are  major  obstacles  in  convincing 
our  colleagues  to  accept  the  time  requirement  and  the 
economic  implications  of  admission  to  an  inpatient 
program. 

It  is  possible  in  some  cases  to  compromise  and  ac- 
cept an  outpatient  program  as  the  only  viable  alterna- 
tive, but  this  is  not  necessarily  the  preferred  route. 

Even  in  the  case  of  an  actively  employed  physician, 
the  occasional  need  for  long-term  therapy  (e.g.  four  to 
six  months  of  residential  treatment)  can  lead  to 
serious  cash-flow  problems. 

It  was  precisely  because  of  these  problems  that  the 
concept  of  a Treatment  Loan  Fund  surfaced.  In  my 
travels  around  the  country,  interacting  with  other 
state  impaired  physicians  programs,  this  same  issue 
regularly  has  surfaced  as  a common  problem  and  the 
need  for  a vehicle  to  assist  physicians  is  readily  per- 
ceived. 

*Dr.  Canavan  is  Medical  Director,  Impaired  Physicians  Pro- 
gram. Correspondence  may  be  addressed  to  Dr.  Canavan, 
Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey,  Two  Princess  Road,  Law- 
renceville, NJ  08648. 


PL.  81— NUMBER  6— JUNE  1984 


507 


Since  my  arrival  in  Lawrenceville  in  September 
1982,  I have  pursued  actively  the  acquisition  of  funds 
for  this  purpose.  My  initial  efforts  were  directed  to  the 
pharmaceutical  houses  that  are  based  in  New  Jersey. 
I personally  contacted  ten  companies  and  was  success- 
ful in  obtaining  contributions  to  our  fund  from  five  of 
these.  To  date,  these  contributions  amount  to  $19,250 
with  an  additional  $17,000  pledged  over  the  next  two 
years. 

Two  other  organizations  whom  I addressed  about 
our  New  Jersey  program  provided  an  additional  $350 
for  our  fund. 

We  recently  have  developed  a policy  of  allocating 
interest  on  a monthly  basis  to  the  unused  grant  funds 
from  our  generous  program  supporters.  This  interest 
will  be  credited  to  the  Treatment  Loan  Fund. 

The  monies  in  this  fund  are  available  to  physician- 
clients  of  our  program  who  are  in  real  need.  The  funds 
will  be  provided  to  the  physicians  as  low-interest  (3 
percent  per  annum)  loans. 

At  the  end  of  the  first  year,  the  accrued  interest  will 
be  due  and  payable.  Thereafter,  one-twelfth  of  the  bal- 
ance and  the  month’s  interest  on  the  unpaid  balance 
will  be  due  and  payable  at  the  end  of  each  subsequent 
month  until  the  balance  is  paid  in  full. 

Loans  may  be  made  for  any  valid  purpose,  but  ideally 
would  be  limited  to:  treatment  costs;  family  support 
during  treatment;  and  re-entry  expenses  (e.g.  malprac- 
tice premiums,  family  support,  relicensure  costs). 

At  present,  four  loans  have  been  made  to  cover  family 
expenses  and  malpractice  premiums. 

Our  goal  is  to  establish  a fund  of  $100,000  which 
would  function  as  a revolving  loan  fund  and  it  would 
be  maintained  by  MSNJ’s  financial  officer.  Income 
from  the  fund  balance,  interest,  and  loan  repayments 
would  be  used  to  maintain  the  fund  and  to  offset  any 
bad  debts  generated. 


In  approaching  the  pharmaceutical  corporations,! 
recurrent  issue  has  been— what  are  the  doctors  theij- 
selves  doing  to  support  this  fund?  I have  had  to  ansv 
that  until  recently  they  have  not  been  asked  to  parti 
pate.  Corporate  donors  have  indicated  that  they  woi  | 
be  more  willing  to  participate  with  the  physicians  th 
in  place  of  the  physicians. 

For  this  reason,  we  asked  the  Board  of  Trustees  1;; 
approval  to  solicit  our  membership  for  voluntaiy  cc 
tributions  to  the  Treatment  Loan  Fund.  This  w 
granted  and  an  ad  appeared  in  the  September  19 
issue  of  The  Journal  soliciting  voluntary  contrit 
tions  to  the  fund.  I was  overwhelmed  by  the  lack 
response.  Not  one  member  of  The  Journal  audier  i 
responded  to  our  ad. 

This  has  prompted  me  to  write  the  article  detaili 
exactly  what  the  Treatment  Loan  Fund  is,  how 
evolved,  what  our  current  status  is  and  what  our  go; 
are. 

I hope  you  are  encouraged  to  contribute  to  our  fui 
for  your  suffering  colleagues  in  their  hour  of  need!  li 
gift  is  too  small  (or  too  large).  If  you  are  involved  wi 
charitable  agencies,  funds,  or  foundations  that  £ 
seeking  appropriate  grantees,  please  plead  our  cau 
or  let  us  know  how  to  do  it  for  you.  If  you  are  looki 
for  additional  bequests  to  add  to  your  will,  we  wot 
be  happy  to  find  that  this  fund  has  been  include; 

To  start  the  ball  rolling,  I am  personally  making 
donation  of  $100  to  the  fund.  Won't  you  consider  fj 
lowing  suit  within  your  own  ability  to  do  so? 

Contributions  can  be  made  to  the  Medical  Sock; 
of  New  Jersey,  Impaired  Physicians  Program,  Tre;i 
ment  Loan  Fund  and  may  be  mailed  to:  Impaired  Phi 
sicians  Program,  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey,  Tv 
Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648. 

We’ll  keep  you  posted  on  the  results  of  this  endeavi 


! 


508 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


OCTORS’ 

OTEBOOK 


Trustees’  Minutes;  UMDNJ 
[Votes;  AMNJ  Report;  New 
Members;  Physicians 
Seeking  Location  in 
New  Jersey 


rustees’  Minutes: 
pril  15,  1984 

A regular  meeting  of  the  Board  of 
ustees  was  held  on  April  15,  1984, 
the  Executive  Offices  in  Law- 
nceville.  Detailed  minutes  are  on 
p with  the  secretary  of  your  county 
edieal  society.  A summary  of  sig- 
ficant  actions  follows: 

rport  of  the  President  . . . 
gislation  . . . Noted  that  a com- 
unication  from  the  Union  County 
edieal  Society  stated  that  efforts  of 
e Council  on  Legislation  should 
ncentrate  on  the  successful  pas- 
ge  of  professional  liability  bills. 

jport  of  Executive  Director  . . . 

) MSNJ  Paid  Membership  . . . 

rted  that  as  of  March  31,  a total  of 
i508  members  have  paid  1984 
res. 

) MSNJ  Financial  Statements 

Reviewed  and  approved 
lancial  statements  for  the  period 
iding  March  31,  1984. 

) Corporate  Practice  of  Medicine 

o Reiterated  opposition  to  hospi- 
1-owned  “for  profit”  corporations. 

) State  Board  of  Medical  Exam- 

pL.  81— NUMBER  6— JUNE  1984 


iners  Proposed  Ruling  on  Chiro- 
practic Practice  . , . Voted  to  oppose 
adoption  of  proposed  rule  N.J.A.C. 
13:35-7.1  which  expands  standards 
and  scope  of  chiropractic  practice. 

(5)  Legal  Services  Plan  . . , Re- 
ferred to  the  Committee  on  Medical 
Defense  and  Insurance  Dr.  Rigg’s  re- 
port on  the  Legal  Services  Plan.  Ap- 
proved then  the  following  recom- 
mendation with  the  understanding 
that  the  Committee  will  continue  to 
monitor  the  Legal  Services  Plan: 

That  the  Legal  Services  Plan  be  con- 
tinued in  its  present  form,  since  it 
provides  high  quality  legal  services  at  a 
modest  expense  to  the  members  of  the 
Society. 

(6)  Litigation  . . . 

(a)  Exclusive  Anesthesia  Con- 
tracts . . . Noted  the  U.S.  Supreme 
Court  upheld  the  legality  of  ex- 
clusive anesthesia  contracts. 

(b)  Mandatory  Participation  in 
Blue  Shield  and  Ban  on  Balance 
Due  Billing  . . . Noted  that  a Massa- 
chusetts Federal  District  Court 
ruled  that  Blue  Shield  Plan's  ban  on 
balance  due  billing  and  refusal  to 
pay  for  services  of  nonparticipating 
physicians  violates  federal  antitrust 
law. 

( 7 ) New  Jersey  Resident  Physician 
Selection  . . . Authorized  attend- 
ance of  official  representative  of  NJ 
Resident  Physician  Section  at  MSNJ 
Annual  Meeting  and  $ 1 ,000  to  offset 
expenses  of  two  resident  physician 
delegates  at  AMA  Annual  Meet- 
ing— in  an  effort  to  encourage  mem- 
bership. 

(8)  Study  of  DRG  System  . , . 

Noted  that  the  federal  government 
has  contracted  with  Harvard  School 
of  Public  Health  to  study  the  feasi- 
bility of  a physician  DRG  system  of 
reimbursement. 


UMDNJ  . . . 

Fradulent  Documentation  . . , 

Noted  Dr.  Bergen's  report  on 
fraudulent  documentation  of  back- 
ground and  credentials  of  individ- 
uals in  residency  programs  and 
noted  there  is  no  documented 
evidence  of  impropriety  in  New  Jer- 
sey at  this  time. 

Ad  Hoc  Committee  on  Presentation 
of  MSNJ  DRG  Position  . . . Ap- 
proved the  following  five  recommen- 
dations: 


( 1 ) That  two  or  three  knowledgeable 
individuals  from  outside  the  state  of  New 
Jersey  be  invited  to  meet  with  the  Ad  Hoe 
Committee,  to  discuss  concerns  about 
DRGs,  as  an  approach  in  aiding  the  Ad 
Hoe  Committee  in  the  presentation  of 
the  MSNJ  DRG  position. 

(2)  That  a seminar  be  held  on  DRG 
some  time  in  the  early  fall,  sponsored  by 
the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey. 

(3)  That  the  Medical  Society  of  New 
Jersey  continue  to  request  an  objective 
investigation  of  the  DRG  Program  in  New 
Jersey,  including  necessaiy  legislative  ac- 
tivity to  further  this  investigation. 

(4)  That  the  Medical  Society  of  New 
Jersey  investigate  knowledgeable  and 
interested  groups  to  develop  alternative 
methods  of  pricing  or  reimbursement, 
and  that  the  staff  be  asked  to  investigate 
methods  of  implementation. 

(5)  That  recent  articles  published  in 
The  New  York  Times  (March  5 and 
March  18  issues)  on  DRGs  be  sent  to  the 
membership  of  the  Medical  Society  of 
New  Jersey,  specialty  societies,  and  legis- 
lative people  through  the  state.  The  op- 
tion of  whether  the  articles  are  sent  in 
complete  or  summary  form  is  to  be  at  the 
discretion  of  staff. 

Also,  suggested  that  copies  of  a 
proposed  DRG  survey  be  sent  to 
members  of  MSNJ’s  DRG  Commit- 
tee. 

Proposed  Standards  for  Licensure 
of  Ambulatory  Care  Facilities  . . . 

Approved  a recommendation  to  ar- 
range a meeting  with  the  Com- 
missioner of  Health  and  his  staff, 
representatives  from  MSNJ,  and  rep- 
resentatives of  the  NJ  Academy  of 
Family  Physicians  regarding  the  re- 
vision of  the  Manual  of  Standards 
Jor  the  Licensure  of  Ambulatory 
Care  Facilities. 

Council  on  Medical  Services  . . . 
Corporate  Restructuring  of  New 
Jersey  Hospitals  . . . Approved  the 
following  recommendation: 

That  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
maintain  that  the  assets  of  hospital  cor- 
porations which  have  been  and  are  being 
unbundled  should  have  those  revenues 
and  assets  of  the  unbundled  corpor- 
ations included  in  the  assets  and  income 
of  the  hospital  for  which  the  rate  develop- 
ment of  the  hospital  itself  is  based. 

Committee  on  Medical  Aspects  of 
Sports  . . . 

Physical  Therapy  Modalities/Un- 
licensed Aides  . . . The  following 
recommendation  was  referred  back 
to  the  Committee: 

That  the  Board  of  Trustees  advise  the 
State  Board  of  Medical  Examiners  that 


509 


the  suggested  regulation  regarding 
physical  modalities  used  by  unlicensed 
physician's  aides  is  unacceptable  as  writ- 
ten, and  it  neither  would  be  beneficial 
nor  practical  to  put  the  regulations  into 
effect. 

Note:  The  Committee  objected  to  the 
aides  being  restricted  from  doing  re- 
habilitative exercises,  that  the  phy- 
sician must  see  the  patient  each 
time  physical  treament  is  given,  and 
that  the  physician  must  be  on  the 
premises  when  physical  therapy  or- 
ders are  being  carried  out;  the  Com- 
mittee felt  the  regulation  was  for  the 
advantage  of  physical  therapists  not 
for  the  benefit  of  the  patient. 

Committee  on  Conservation  of 
Vision  . . . 

1984  Eye  Health  Screening  Week 

. , , Approved  the  following  rec- 
ommendation: 


That  reimbursement  of  hotel  cost  be 
made  at  a maximum  rate  of  8 1 00  per  day. 

That  reimbursement  for  land  travel  be 
made  at  the  maximum  rate  of  Si 25  per 
trip. 

Old  Business  . . . 

Hospital  Medical  Staff  Regulations 

. . . Noted  that  at  Hamilton  Hospital 
the  governing  board  has  requested 
the  medical  staff  to  draft  a revision 
of  bylaws. 

New  Business  . . . 

AMA  Ad  Hoc  Committee  on 
Foreign  Medical  Graduates  . . . 

Directed  that  the  name  Frank 
Campo,  M.D.,  be  submitted  for  nomi- 
nation to  the  AMA  Ad  Hoc  Commit- 
tee on  Foreign  Medical  Graduates  to 
study  the  problems  and  concerns  of 
foreign  medical  graduates. 


UMDNJ’s  six  schools  produel 
more  than  600  trained  personnel  1- 
the  health  sciences  professions  tl, 
year,  including  about  260  in  0 
medical-dental  fields. 

It  is  gratifying  to  be  able  to  rep< 
that  all  289  members  of  the  Univ 
sity’s  medical  school  graduati  r 
class  have  secured  graduate  medw 
education  appointments. 

Of  the  1984  class,  254  prospect : 
graduates,  or  88  percent,  obtain 
residencies  through  either  t 
American  Medical  Association’s  P • 
tional  Resident  Matching  Progra 
for  UMDNJ-New  Jersey  Medid 
School  and  UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medic] 
School  or  the  American  Osteopatl 
Association’s  Intern  Registrati  i 
program  for  UMDNJ-Sehool  of  C 
teopathic  Medicine.  The  other 
students  obtained  residenci 
outside  of  the  match  programs.  i 

The  percentage  of  match  parti 
pants  obtaining  residencies  with 
New  Jersey  rose  to  44  percent,  frc! 
the  decline  to  38  percent  record, 
for  1983  graduates.  The  School 
Osteopathic  Medicine  showed  0 
largest  increase  here,  reaching 
percent  of  the  class  of  1984  j 
against  43  percent  of  the  class 
1983. 

Within  the  integrated  resider 
programs  at  UMDNJ’s  core  teachi  j 
hospitals,  the  percentage  of  Unit! 
States  graduates  among  the  re; 
dents  recruited  continued  to  clin. 
reaching  85.2  percent.  The  numb 
of  U.S.  graduates  of  foreign  medi<  I 
schools  dipped  to  1 1 .5  percent,  wh 
the  number  of  foreign  mediii 
school  graduates  remained  virtua  l 
stable  at  about  3 percent. 

The  more  intense  competition  f 
residencies  is  reflected  in  the  fa, 
that  less  than  half  of  the  allopath 
match  participants  obtained  the 
first  choice.  For  the  class  of  196 
the  percentage  going  to  their  firs 
choice  institutions  is  44  percei 
while  more  than  half  of  the  class] 
of  1982  and  1983  got  their  fill 
choice.  Comparisons  for  osteopath 
students  are  not  available. 

Medical  advances  at  UMDI 
schools  are  helping  couples  wl 
want  to  become  parents  of  healt 
babies.  A new  diagnostic  techniq 
that  can  detect  genetic  disorders 
the  fetus  as  early  as  seven  or  eig 
weeks  into  a pregnancy  is  being  ij  ] 
fered  by  the  UMDNJ-New  Jersr ' 
Medical  School. 

The  procedure,  known 


That  the  Eye  Health  Screening  Pro- 
gram be  conducted  during  the  week  of 
September  17,  1984. 

Ad  Hoc  Committee  on  Study  on 

PRO  . . . Approved  the  following  rec- 
ommendation: 

That  there  be  a formal  bylaw  rela- 
tionship with  the  PRO  Federation,  in- 
cluding the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jer- 
sey and  the  New  Jersey  Association  of 
Osteopathic  Physicians  and  Surgeons, 
and  that  there  be  official  representation 
on  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  PRO  Fed- 
eration. (Or,  that  some  similar  rela- 
tionship be  advanced.) 

Committee  on  Finance  and  Budget 

. . . Approved  the  following  rec- 
ommendations: 

( 1 ) That  the  budget  for  the  fiscal  year 
beginning  June  1,  1984,  and  ending  May 
31,  1985,  in  the  amount  of  82,783,400 
with  82,062,500  to  be  raised  through 
member  assessments  be  adopted. 

(2)  That  the  1985  assessment  be  set  at 
8275  per  regular  dues-paying  member. 
(No  change) 

(3)  That  the  1985  assessment  be  set  at 
825  per  member  for  affiliate  (no  longer 
practicing  in  New  Jersey)  and  associate 
members  (intems-residents  nonlicensed 
in  New  Jersey).  (No  change) 

(4)  That  there  be  an  assessment  for 
1985  of  825  per  member  for  licensed 
residents  provided  the  individual  is  in  a 
residency  program  entered  upon  within 
a reasonable  time  after  his  or  her  gradu- 
ation from  medical  school.  (No  change) 

(5)  That  the  1985  assessment  be  set  at 
8 10  per  student  for  medical  students. 
(No  change) 

Also,  approved  the  following  two  rec- 
ommendations: 


UMDNJ  Notes 

Stanley  S.  Bergen,  Jr.,  M.D. 
President 

At  its  11th  annual  commence- 
ment on  May  23  at  the  Garden  State 
Arts  Center,  the  University  awarded 
honorary  Doctor  of  Science  degrees 
to  three  persons  who  have  made 
outstanding  contributions  in  the 
health  sciences.  They  were: 

Dr.  Carolyne  Kahle  Davis,  admin- 
istrator of  the  federal  Health  Care 
Financing  Administration.  Dr. 
Davis,  who  has  degrees  in  nursing, 
nursing  education,  and  higher 
education  administration,  was  at 
the  University  of  Michigan  as  as- 
sociate vice-president  for  academic 
affairs  and  dean  of  the  School  of 
Nursing  before  joining  the  federal 
agency.  From  1957  to  1960,  she  was 
a nursing  instructor  at  Mercer  Hos- 
pital in  Trenton. 

Dr.  Roy  P.  Vagelos,  president  of 
Merck,  Sharp  and  Dohme  Research 
Laboratories,  Rahway,  whose  re- 
search contributions  at  the  National 
Institute  of  Health,  as  bioehemistiy 
chairman  at  the  Washington  Univer- 
sity School  of  Medicine,  and  at 
Merck  focused  on  fatty  acids. 

Dr.  Elizabeth  Boggs  of  Hampton, 
first  woman  president  of  the  Na- 
tional Association  for  Retarded 
Citizens  and  former  president  of  the 
New  Jersey  unit,  whose  full-time  vol- 
unteer advocacy  played  a key  role  in 
the  passage  of  federal  legislation  for 
the  developmental  disabled  and 
the  securing  of  the  rights  of  the 
handicapped. 


510 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSI 


lorionic  villi  sampling  (CVS),  is 
msidered  a breakthrough  because 
-can  be  employed  at  an  early  stage 
pregnancy  and  because  it  involves 
} penetration  of  the  patient's  ab- 
)minal  or  uterine  walls.  The 
-ocedure,  being  tested  nationally 
Oder  strict  federal  guidelines,  is 
me  on  an  outpatient  basis  at  Uni- 
arsity  Hospital,  which  is  adjacent  to 
le  medical  school  on  the  Newark 
unpus. 

Thus  far  CVS  has  proved  at  least 
5 percent  accurate  in  detecting 
lown’s  syndrome,  Tay-Sachs  dis- 
rse,  sickle  cell  anemia  and  other 
metic  abnormalities  that  were 
deviously  diagnosed  prenatally  only 
V the  process  of  amniocentesis, 
owever,  amniocentesis  cannot  be 
me  until  the  16th  week  of  p reg- 
ency and  requires  a needle  to  be 
lserted  through  the  abdomen  into 
le  sac  surrounding  the  fetus. 
Another  prenatal  test  to  detect 
ippling  and  often  fatal  congenital 
bnormalities  of  the  embryonic  neu- 
il  tube,  which  eventually  forms  the 
Irain,  spinal  cord,  and  spinal 
blumn  of  the  fetus,  now  is  available 
it  both  UMDNJ-New  Jersey  Medical 
chool  and  UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical 
|chool  in  New  Brunswick. 

The  prenatal  test,  most  accurate 
'hen  done  16  to  20  weeks  into  the 
iregnancy,  is  a simple  blood  test  for 
Ipha-fetoprotein  (AFP),  a serum 
rotein  normally  produced  almost 
kclusively  in  fetal  life. 

Neural  tube  disorders,  among  the 
lost  common  congenital  birth  de- 
bets in  this  countiy,  include 
neneephaly,  the  absence  of  brain 
nd  spinal  cord,  which  is  always 
atal;  spina  bifida,  which  results  in 
arying  extents  of  paralysis  and 
rain  damage;  and  hydrocephalus, 
n accumulation  of  fluid  on  the 
•rain,  which  can  be  corrected 
urgically. 

At  UMDNJ-School  of  Osteopathic 
ledicine  in  Camden/Cherry  Hill, 
he  first  applicants  for  in  vitro 
ertilization  are  being  accepted.  Con- 
lucted  in  cooperation  with  the 
ehool’s  core  teaching  affiliate,  Ken- 
ledy  Memorial  Hospitals-University 
Medical  Center,  Cheriy  Hill  Division, 
his  is  the  first  so-called  “test  tube 
>aby”  program  in  the  United  States 
o be  conducted  by  an  osteopathic 
ichool. 

This  is  the  second  program  in  New 
Jersey,  and  the  second  for  UMDNJ, 
o attempt  to  overcome  infertility 


problems  by  a procedure  that  unites 
a woman’s  egg  with  her  husband’s 
sperm  in  a laboratory.  Achievement 
of  its  first  two  pregnancies  has  been 
reported  by  the  in  vitro  program 
conducted  by  UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medi- 
cal School  with  Middlesex  General 
University  Hospital,  New  Brunswick. 


AMNJ  Report 

Paul  J.  Hirsch,  M.D. 

President 

The  Board  of  Trustees  of  the 
Academy  of  Medicine  of  New  Jersey 
has  voted  unanimously  to  grant  a 
special  award,  for  contributions  to 
continuing  medical  education,  to 
Sylvan  E.  Moolten,  M.D.  Dr.  Moolten 
is  well  known  for  organizing  high- 
quality  continuing  education 
courses.  For  many  years  he  ran  a 
weekly  Wednesday  morning  pro- 
gram, attended  by  physicians  from 
all  over  the  state.  This  course,  held 
at  Middlesex  General  Hospital,  was 
a standard  for  continuing  physician 
education.  Dr.  Moolten  retired  last 
year,  as  director  of  this  postgraduate 
course,  which  now  permanently 
bears  his  name.  This  special  award 
was  granted  at  the  Academy  of  Medi- 
cine’s Annual  Awards  Dinner  on 
May  23,  1984. 

The  Award  to  Dr.  Moolten  was  in 
addition  to  the  two  major  awards 
which  are  granted  on  an  annual 
basis  by  the  Academy  of  Medicine. 
As  previously  announced,  Alfred  A. 
Alessi,  M.D.,  received  the  Edward  J. 
Ill  Award;  and  Congressman  James 
Courter  received  the  Citizen’s 
Award. 

Joseph  Ruggles,  Associate  Direc- 
tor for  Continuing  Education,  has 
now  assumed  his  office  at  the 
Academy  of  Medicine.  Mr.  Ruggles 
will  be  in  charge  of  developing  new 
educational  programs,  developing 
programs  which  utilize  new  and  in- 
novative techniques,  and  assessing 
the  educational  needs  and  wants  of 
the  membership  of  the  Academy  of 
Medicine. 

At  the  recent  meeting  of  the  Board 
of  Trustees  of  the  Academy  of  Medi- 
cine, final  approval  was  given  to  a 
change  in  the  bylaws,  which  now 
permits  application  for  membership 
in  the  Academy  of  Medicine  to  be 
made  without  the  need  for  sponsor- 
ship by  Academy  members.  This  is 
consistent  with  the  Board's  policy  of 
encouraging  a broad-based  mem- 


bership in  the  Academy  of  Medicine. 
This  will  allow  the  Academy  to  con- 
tinue to  provide  very  high-quality 
educational  programs  and  activities 
for  the  physicians  of  New  Jersey,  at 
low  cost.  We  believe  that  the 
Academy  of  Medicine  deserves  the 
support  of  the  physicians  of  our 
state;  and  particularly  encourages 
members  of  the  Medical  Society  of 
New  Jersey  to  become  members  of 
this  teaching  arm  of  the  Medical  So- 
ciety of  New  Jersey. 


New  Members 

The  Journal  would  like  to  wel- 
come the  following  new  members  to 
the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey: 

Bergen  County 

Avrill  R Berkman,  M.D.,  Hackensack 
Nicholas  V.  Campanella,  M.D.,  Fair  Lawn 
James  A Cocores,  M.D.,  Wayne 
Arthur  R Crowley,  M.D.,  Teaneck 
Anne-Marie  Filkin,  M.D.,  Leonia 
Ivan  A Friedrich,  M.D.,  Englewood 
Harry  Katz,  M.D.,  Ridgewood 
Andrew  Kunish,  Jr.,  M.D.,  Fair  Lawn 
Joseph  M.  Parian,  M.D.,  Lodi 
Asmat  U.  Quraishi,  M.D.,  Teaneck 
Carl  J.  Renner,  M.D.,  Hasbrouck  Heights 
William  D.  Salerno,  M.D.,  Saddle  Brook 
Howard  S.  Smith,  M.D.,  Ridgewood 
Anita  D.  Winokur,  M.D.,  Hackensack 

Burlington  County 

Douglas  Jay  Cohen,  M.D.,  Mount  Laurel 
Richard  K.  DeVeaux,  M.D.,  Moorestown 
Joseph  F.  Girone,  M.D.,  Marlton 
Robert  W.  Goldlust,  M.D.,  Willingboro 
Isabel  C.  Guerrero,  M.D.,  West  Trenton 
Eric  N.  Kruger,  M.D.,  Medford 
James  C.  Peters,  M.D.,  Mount  Holly 
Scott  R.  Sharetts,  M.D.,  Willingboro 
Gerald  J.  Ukrainski,  M.D.,  Moorestown 
John  Y.  Yang,  M.D.,  Maple  Shade 

Camden  County 

Ilene  S.  Cottier,  M.D.,  Cheriy  Hill 
Miguel  L.  deLeon,  M.D.,  Cherry  Hill 
Edward  J.  Gallagher,  M.D.,  Somerdale 
Michael  B.  Goldstein,  M.D.,  Cherry  Hill 
Russell  S.  Golkow,  M.D.,  Stratford 
Glenn  S.  Merewitz,  M.D.,  Cherry  Hill 
Bariy  M.  Miskin,  M.D.,  Collingswood 
Nancy  Ruth  Otto,  M.D.,  Camden 
S.  Habeebur  Rahman,  M.D.,  Cherry  Hill 
Larry  S.  Rosen,  M.D.,  Cherry  Hill 
Joseph  F.  Rubacky,  M.D.,  Blackwood 
Tariq  Sifat  Siddiqi,  M.D.,  Gibbsboro 
Linda  Stanley,  M.D.,  Marlton 

Essex  County 

Alan  H.  Burghauser,  M.D.,  Elizabeth 
Leslie  M.  Greenberg,  M.D.,  Mooristown 
Bernard  J.  Lehrhoff,  M.D.,  Millbum 
Issac  O'Neal,  M.p„  East  Orange 
Andrew  B.  Stefaniwsky,  M.D.,  Maplewood 

Gloucester  County 

Fiore  J.  Copare,  M.D.,  Sewell 
Norman  Feinsmith,  M.D.,  Woodbury 
Alan  Lawit,  M.D.,  Woodbury  Heights 


51  1 


OL.  81— NUMBER  6— JUNE  1984 


Mark  A.  Lebovitz,  M.D..  Woodbury 
David  I.  Olian,  M.D.,  Woodbury 

Hudson  County 

Fred  P.  Doyle,  M.D.,  Secaucus 
John  J.  Hosay,  M.D.,  Jersey  City 
Monica  Mehta,  M.D..  Jersey  City 
Bernard  I.  Reimer,  M.D.,  Hoboken 
Stephen  Thomsen,  M.D.,  Union  City 
John  J.  Ursino,  M.D.,  Jersey  City 

Hunterdon  County 

Allen  J.  Kern,  M.D.,  Clinton 
Austin  H.  Kutscher,  M.D.,  Flemington 

Mercer  County 

Louis  G.  Fares,  M.D.,  West  Orange 
Timothy  C.  Gjenvick,  M.D.,  Hightstown 
Farid  F.  Muakkassah,  M.D.,  Trenton 
Mark  J.  Tenenzapf,  M.D.,  Trenton 

Middlesex  County 

Panrmi  T.  Bais,  M.D.,  Edison 
Steven  Deak,  M.D.,  New  Brunswick 
Lawrence  D.  Frenkel,  M.D.,  New 
Brunswick 

Enrique  A.  Rodriguez  Paz,  M.D., 
Middlesex 

Larry  E.  Shindelman,  M.D.,  Highland 
Park 

Monmouth  County 

Savji  L.  Bhatiya,  M.D,  Lit  tie  Silver 
Steven  M.  Feld,  M.D.,  Neptune 
SungW.  Paik,  M.D.,  Neptune  City 
Lewis  A.  Preschel,  M.D.,  Freehold 
David  J.  Sharon,  M.D.,  Long  Branch 

Morris  County 

Emil  P.  Bisaccia,  M.D.,  Morristown 
Anthony  F.  Carolla,  M.D.,  Denville 
George  M.  Chirovsky,  M.D.,  Dover 
Joel  M.  Gottlieb,  M.D.,  Dover 
William  A.  Hardman,  M.D.,  Morristown 
Francis  M.  Jampol,  M.D.,  Dover 
Murray  S.  Las,  M.D.,  Denville 
Kenneth  W.  Meisner,  M.D.,  Dover 
Steven  W.  Papish,  M.D.,  Morristown 
David  C.  Saypol,  M.D.,  Morristown 
Stuart  E.  Shulruff,  M.D.,  Denville 
Kirk  E.  Sperber,  M.D.,  Oak  Ridge 
Joseph  J.  Wallis,  M.D.,  Denville 
Richard  I.  Watson,  M.D.,  Morristown 

Ocean  County 

Wayne  R.  Draesel,  M.D.,  Toms  River 
Lawrence  A.  Gaetano,  M.D.,  Toms  River 
Alfred  E.  Palmieri,  M.D.,  Toms  River 

Passaic  County 

Manuel  Alvarez,  M.D.,  Hoboken 
Howard  A Crystal,  M.D.,  Clifton 
Lee  D.  Kaufman,  M.D..  Pompton  Lakes 
Jerzy  S.  Kawecki,  M.D.,  Garfield 
Robert  M.  Klein,  M.D.,  Clifton 
Roland  A.  Lascari,  M.D.,  Pompton  Plains 
Haroutune  A.  Mekhjian,  M.D.,  Paterson 
Mooriath  Ramaehandran,  M.D.,  Passaic 
Henry  Velez,  M.D.,  Paterson 

Somerset  County 

Deborah  A.  Beiter,  M.D.,  Somerville 
Muscu  M.  Reddy,  M.D.,  Bridgewater 

Sussex  County 

Bartholomew  R.  D'Ascoli.  M.D.,  Sparta 

Union  County 

Steven  J.  Berger,  MIT,  Elizabeth 


Desmond  E.  Smith,  M.D.,  Plainfield 
Shekhar  T.  Venkataraman,  M.D.,  Roselle 


Physicians  Seeking 
Location  in  New  Jersey 

The  following  physicians  have  writ- 
ten to  the  Executive  Offices  of  MSNJ 
seeking  information  on  possible  op- 
portunities for  practice  in  New  Jersey. 
The  information  listed  below  has  been 
supplied  by  the  physician.  If  you  are 
interested  in  any  further  information 
concerning  these  physicians,  we  sug- 
gest you  make  inquiries  directly  to 
them. 

ALCOHOLISM— George  W.  Miller,  Jr„ 
M.D.,  77  Grove  St„  Apt.  8,  Montclair,  NJ 
07042.  UMDNJ  1980.  Available  July 
1984. 

ALLERGY/IMMUNOLOGY— Leonard 
Bieloiy,  M.D.,  688  Concerto  La.,  Silver 
Spring,  MD  20901.  UMDNJ  1980. 
Board  eligible.  Solo  preferred,  but  flex- 
ible. Available  March  1985. 

T.M.  Bokhari,  M.D.,  48  Anderson  Pkwy., 
Cedar  Grove,  NJ  07009.  FJMC.  Also  in- 
fectious diseases  (pediatric).  Board 
certified  (PED).  Group,  partnership, 
solo.  Available  July  1984. 

ANESTHESIOLOGY— Cau  Pham.  M.D., 
856  Nelson,  Apt.  206,  Chicago,  IL 
60657.  Saigon  (South  Vietnam)  1974. 
Group  or  partnership.  Available  July 
1984. 

R.S.  Saraiya,  M.D.,  88-25A  153rd  St., 
Apt.  4-F,  Jamaica,  NY  11432.  Baroda 
(India)  1978.  Group  or  partnership. 
Available  August  1984. 

FAMILY  MEDICINE— Laurence 
Levenberg,  M.D.,  63  Harrowgate  Dr., 
Cherry  Hill,  NJ  08003.  SUNY-Upstate 
1966.  Group,  partnership,  solo.  Avail- 
able July  1984. 

GASTROENTEROLOGY— Prakash  V 
Huded,  M.D.,  80-15  41  Ave.,  Apt.  606, 
Elmhurst,  NY  1 1373.  Kamatak  (India) 
1970.  Board  certified.  Solo,  group,  part- 
nership. Available. 

H.L.  Kirschenbaum,  M.D.,  780  Woolley 
Ave.,  Staten  Island,  NY  10314.  New 
York  Medical  College  1977.  Board 
eligible.  Also,  internal  medicine.  Part- 
nership, group,  full-time  hospital. 
Available  July  1984. 

Neil  Tarkin,  M.D.,  6700  192nd  St., 
Fresh  Meadows,  NY  11365.  New  York 
Medical  1978.  Also,  internal  medicine. 
Board  certified  (IM).  Any  type  practice. 
Available  July  1984. 

Mark  F.  Tsai,  M.D.,  1715  Stanford  Dr., 
Columbia,  MO  6520 1 . National  Taiwan 
University  1977.  Also,  internal  medi- 
cine. Board  certified.  Available  July 
1984. 

INTERNAL  MEDICINE— ZUA  Farooqui, 
M.D.,  Plaza  Professional  Bldg., 
Bayshore  Rd.  and  Greenwood  Ave.,  Box 
238.  Villas,  NJ  08251.  Aurangabad 


Medical  College  (India)  1972.  Boan 
eligible.  Group  or  partnership.  Avail 
able. 

H.L.  Kirschenbaum,  M.D.,  780  Woolle 
Ave.,  Staten  Island,  NY  10314.  Ne\ 
York  Medical  College  1977.  Boar 
eligible.  Also,  gastroenterology.  Part' 
nership,  group,  full-time  hospita 
Available  July  1984. 

Quang  T.  Nguyen,  M.D.,  15  W 

Englewood  Ave.,  Bergenfield.  NJ  07621 
Saigon  (South  Vietnam)  1967 
Subspecialty,  nephrology.  Boan 
eligible.  Any  type  practice.  Availabl 
July  1984. 

Claudia  Anne  Pollet,  M.D.,  611: 

Parkway  Dr.,  Baltimore,  MD  21217 
Mount  Sinai  1981.  Board  eligible1 
Salaried  position  in  emergency  room 
clinic,  or  urgent  care  center.  Availabl 
July  1984. 

Richard  B.  Schwarz,  M.D.,  8300  De’ 
Longpre  Ave.,  Apt.  204,  Los  Angeles,  ci 
90069.  NYU  1979.  Subspecialty 
nephrology.  Board  certified.  Grouf 
HMO,  hospital.  Available  July  1984. 
Gopal  Shah,  M.D.,  100  Caton  Ave.,  Api 
2-G.  Brooklyn,  NY  1 1218.  M.R.  Medics 
College  (India)  1976.  Board  eligible 
Group.  Available  July  1984. 

Neil  Tarkirl,  M.D.,  6700  192nd  St 
Fresh  Meadows,  NY  11365.  New  Yorl 
Medical  1978.  Also,  internal  medicine 
Board  certified  (IM).  Any  type  practice 
Available  July  1984. 

Mark  F.  Tsai,  M.D.,  1715  Stanford  Dr 
Columbia  MO  6520 1 . National  Taiwat 
University  1977.  Also,  gastroenter 
ology.  Board  certified.  Available  Juf  . 
1984. 

Steven  Wolinsky,  M.D.,  1404  E.  15  St 
Brooklyn,  NY  1 1230.  Case  Western  Re 
serve  1980.  Group  or  partnership  I s 
Available  July  1984. 

NEPHROLOGY— Quang  T.  Nguyen,  M.D 
15  W.  Englewood  Ave.,  Bergenfield,  Nf 
07621.  Saigon  (South  Vietnam)  1967 
Also,  internal  medicine.  Board  eligible 
Any  type  practice.  Available  July  1984! 
Richard  B.  Schwarz,  M.D.,  8300  De 
Longpre  Ave.,  Apt.  204,  Los  Angeles,  C/j 
90069.  NYU  1979.  Also,  internal  medi 
cine.  Board  certified  (IM).  Group,  HMOj  1 
hospital.  Available  July  1984. 

OBSTETRICS/GYNECOLOGY— Balwan 
K.  Chhatwal.  M.D.,  6416  Fairfield  Ave( 
Berwyn,  IL  60402.  Delhi  (India)  1975; 
Group,  partnership,  solo.  Available  July 

1984'  lit 

Sheela  Choubey,  M.D.,  1 Zirkel  Ave. 
Piscataway,  NJ  08854.  Poona  (India 
1977.  Board  eligible.  Group  or  partner 
ship.  Available  July  1984. 

Edwin  R.  Guzman,  M.D.,  1200  E.  98th  | 
St„  Brooklyn,  NY  11236.  New  Yorl 
Medical  1980.  Board  eligible.  Group  oil 
partnership.  Available  September 
1984. 

Atul  S.  Sheth,  M.D.,  2951  S.  King  Dr. 
Chicago,  IL  60616.  Specializing  in  in 
fertility,  reproductive  endocrinology  K 
Board  eligible.  Partnership,  single  or 
multiple-group  practice,  academia 
Available. 


512 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Ernest  A.  Topran,  M.D.,  3523  Dew- 
berry-Southern Oaks,  Shreveport,  LA 
71118,  Louisiana  State  1 980.  Group  or 
partnership.  Available  July  1984. 


EDIATRICS — Dorothea  H.  Gross,  M.D., 
i 264  Boonton  Turnpike,  Lincoln  Park, 
NJ  07035.  Geneva  (Switzerland)  1950. 

: Clinic,  group,  emergency  room,  hospi- 
. tal,  pharmaceutical  research  (salaried). 
Available. 

Kusumam  Sidharthan,  M.D.,  222 

Yorkshire  Ct„  Old  Bridge,  NJ  08857. 
Calicut  Medical  College  (India)  1976. 
Board  eligible.  Available  July  1984. 

(ADIOLOGY/ NUCLEAR  MEDICINE— 

Conrad  P.  Erlich,  M.D.,  1243  Beacon 
St.,  Apt.  3B,  Brookline,  MA  02146.  Bos- 
ton 1976.  Board  certified.  Group  or 
partnership.  Available  July  1984. 
Mindy  M.  Horrow,  M.D.,  131  Pond 
Brook  Rd.,  Chestnut  Hill,  MA  02167. 
Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania  1980. 
Board  eligible.  Group,  HMO,  academia. 
Available. 

Subhash  S.  Pujara  M.D.,  Box  39 IB,  Rt. 
3,  Andalusia  AL  36420.  B.J.  Medical 
College  (India)  1969.  Board  certified 
(radiology);  board  eligible  (nuclear 
medicine).  Group,  partnership,  solo. 
Available. 

M.S.  Vafa  M.D.,  10378  Gosport,  Apt.  9, 
St.  Louis,  MO  63146.  Ferdowsi  1973. 
Also,  internal  medicine.  Board 
certified.  Group  or  partnership.  Avail- 
able. 

SURGERY,  GENERAL— Sara  A.  Case, 
M.D.,  284  Quinby  Rd.,  Rochester,  NY 
, 14623.  Virginia  1975.  Board  eligible. 
Group — general  surgery  in  moderate- 
sized city.  Available  August  1984. 
Ruben  J.  Delgado.  M.D.,  7514  Oriental 
Tr.,  San  Antonio,  TX  78244.  Puerto 
Rico  1976.  Also,  vascular  surgery. 
Board  certified.  Single  or  multi- 
specialty group  or  solo.  Available 
August  1984. 

F.  Andrew  Morfesis,  M.D.,  7545  Rogers 
Ave.,  Upper  Darby,  PA  19082.  Penn 
State  (Hershey)  1979.  Board  eligible. 
Available  July  1984. 

James  M.  Stem,  M.D.,  600  Vista  Court, 
Waynesboro,  PA  17268.  Jefferson 
1958.  Board  certified.  Solo,  with  free- 
dom to  practice  in  broad  spectrum  of 
surgery,  including  vascular  and  frac- 
tures. Available. 

sURGERY,  ORTHOPEDIC  — SN 

Saraiya,  M.D.,  88-125A  153rd  St..  Apt. 
4-F,  Jamaica  NY  1 1432.  Baroda  (India) 
1974.  Solo.  Available  August  1984. 

SURGERY,  VASCULAR— Ruben  J. 
Delgado,  M.D.,  7514  Oriental  Tr..  San 
Antonio,  TX  78244.  Puerto  Rico  1976. 
Also,  general  surgery.  Board  certified 
(GS).  Single  or  multispecialty  group  or 
solo.  Available  August  1984. 

UROLOGY—  Kiritkumar  M.  Pandya, 
M.D.,  950  49th  St.,  Apt.  9-A,  Brooklyn, 
NY  11219.  Baroda  (India)  1970.  Board 
eligible.  Group,  partnership,  solo.  Avail- 
able. 


LIPO-NICIN 

Nicotinic  Acid  Therapy 


For  patient’s 

comfort/convenience 

in  choice  of 


A peripheral 
vasodilator 


for  treatment  of 

leg  cramps 
cold  feet 
tinnitus 
discomfort  on 
standing 


3 strengths 


Gradual  Release 

LIPO-NICIN®/300  mg. 

Each  time-release  capsule  con- 


tains: 

Nicotinic  Acid  300  mg. 

Ascorbic  Acid 150  mg. 

Thiamine  HCL  (B-1) 25  mg. 

Riboflavin  (B-2) 2 mg. 

Pyridoxine  HCL  (B-6) 10  mg. 


in  a special  base  of  prolonged 
therapeutic  effect. 

DOSE:  1 to  2 tablets  daily. 
AVAILABLE:  Bottles  of  100,  500. 


Immediate  Release 

LIPO-NICIN®/250  mg. 


Each  yellow  tablet  contains: 


Nicotinic  Acid  250  mg. 

Niacinamide 75  mg. 

Ascorbic  Acid 150  mg. 

Thiamine  HCL  (B-1) 25  mg. 

Riboflavin  (B-2) 2 mg. 

Pyridoxine  HCL  (B-6) 10  mg. 


DOSE:  1 to  3 tablets  daily. 
AVAILABLE:  Bottles  of  100,  500. 


LIPO-NICIN®/100  mg. 

Each  blue  tablet  contains: 

Nicotinic  Acid  100  mg 

Niacinamide 75  mg 

Ascorbic  Acid 150  mg 

Thiamine  HCL  (B-1) 25  mg 

Riboflavin  (B-2) 2 mg 

Pyridoxine  HCL  (B-6) 10  mg 

DOSE:  1 to  5 tablets  daily. 
AVAILABLE:  Bottles  of  100,  500. 


Indications:  For  use  as  a vasodi- 
lator in  the  symptoms  of  cold 
feet,  leg  cramps,  dizziness, 
memory  loss  or  tinnitus  when 
associated  with  impaired  peri- 
pheral circulation.  Also  provides 
concomitant  administration  of 
the  listed  vitamins.  The  warm 
tingling  flush  which  may  follow 
each  dose  of  LIPO-NICIN®  100 
mg.  or  250  mg.  is  one  of  the 
therapeutic  effects  that  often 
produce  psychological  benefits 
to  the  patient. 

Side  Effects:  Transient  flushing 
and  feeling  of  warmth  seldom  re- 
quire discontinuation  of  the  drug. 
Transient  headache,  itching  and 
tingling,  skin  rash,  allergies  and 
gastric  disturbance  may  occur. 
Contraindications:  Patients  with 
known  idiosyncrasy  to  nicotinic 
acid  or  other  components  of  the 
drug.  Use  with  caution  in  preg- 
nant patients  and  patients  with 
glaucoma,  severe  diabetes,  im- 
paired liver  function,  peptic  ul- 
cers, and  arterial  bleeding 


Write  for  literature  and  samples 


t BRoWJJfc  THE  BROWN  PHARMACEUTICAL  CO.,  INC. 

2500  West  Sixth  Street,  Los  Angeles,  California  90057  P®® 


Likoff  Cardiovascular  Institute 
of 

Hahnemann  University 
offers  a course  on 


Cardiac 

IMAGING: 
UPDATE  1984 

Two-Dimensional  Echocardiography 
Doppler  Ultrasound 
Radionuclide  Imaging 
Newer  Techniques 

September  6,  7,  and  8,  1984 
Franklin  Plaza  Hotel 
17th  & Vine  Streets 
Philadelphia,  PA  19103 


PROGRAM  DIRECTORS 

Gary  S.  Mintz,  M.D. 
Ami  S.  Iskandrian,  M.D. 
John  P.  Panidis,  M.D. 


Fees 

53 95.00  for  Physicians 

53 25.00  for  Technicians 

A full  refund  will  be  given  if  cancellation  is  received 
writing  prior  to  August  1,  1984.  A processing  fee 
SI  50.00  will  be  charged  for  all  cancellations  received 
writing  after  that  time,  and  no  fee  will  be  refunded 
“no  shows.” 


in 

of 

in 

for 


Preregistration 

Registration  is  limited  and  preregistration  is  suggested  and 
should  be  made  with  the  attached  registration  application. 
Applications  should  be  sent  to:  Hahnemann  University, 
School  of  Continuing  Education,  Broad  & Vine,  Philadel- 
phia, Pennsylvania  19102.  Checks  should  be  made  payable 
to  “Hahnemann  University.” 

Registration  (outside  Dominion  Ballroom) 

Wednesday,  September  5,  1984 
8:00-10:00  P.M. 

Thursday,  September  6 through  Saturday,  September  8,  1984 
7:40  A M.  to  closing 

Meeting  Place  and  Hotel  Reservations 
The  course  will  be  held  in  the  Dominion  “D”  Ballroom 
of  the  Franklin  Plaza  Hotel,  17th  & Vine  Streets,  Philadel- 
phia, Pennsylvania.  Hotel  reservations  should  be  made 
directly  with  the  Franklin  Plaza  Hotel.  A hotel  reservation 
form  will  be  sent  to  you  upon  receipt  of  your  application. 
For  Further  Information 
Robert  J.  Schaefer 
Director 

School  of  Continuing  Education 
Hahnemann  University 
Philadelphia,  PA  19102 
Telephone:  (215)  448-8263 

ACCME 

Hahnemann  University  is  accredited  by  the  Accreditation 
Council  for  Continuing  Medical  Education  to  sponsor  con- 
tinuing education  for  physicians. 

AMA 

As  an  organization  accredited  for  continuing  Medical 
Education,  Hahnemann  University  certifies  that  this  con- 
tinuing Medical  Education  offering  meets  the  criteria  for 
21  hours  in  Category  I of  the  Physician’s  Recognition 
Award  of  the  American  Medical  Association,  if  it  is  used 
and  compelted  as  designed. 


(please  type  or  print) 


Cardiac  imaging: 

UPDATE  1984 

SEPTEMBER  6,  7,  8,  1984 


NAME. 


ADDRESS. 


□ Office 

□ Home 


CITY. 


STATE. 


-ZIP. 


SPECIALITY/FIELD  OF  PRACTICE 


PHONE 

Registration  Fee: 

□ S3 95.00  Physicians 

□ S3 25.00  Technicians 
AMOUNT  ENCLOSED  S. 


514 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


ME  Calendar 


The  following  is  a list  of 
continuing  medical 
education  courses  for  the 
next  two  months.  Contact 
the  sponsoring 
organization  for  further 
information. 


This  list  is  compiled  through  the  coop- 
eration of  the  Committee  on  Medical 
Education  of  the  Medical  Society  of  New 
Jersey,  the  Academy  of  Medicine  of  New 
Jersey,  the  New  Jersey  Chapter  of  the 
American  Academy  of  Family  Phy- 
sicians, and  the  Office  of  Continuing 
Medical  Education  of  the  UMDNJ. 

NEUROLOGY/PSYCHIATRY 

July 

2 Behavior  Modification 

9 1 -3  P.M.— Ancora  Psychiatric 

16  Hospital,  Hammonton 
23  (Ancora  Psychiatric  Hospital  and 
AMNJ) 

5 Basic  Neurological  Principles  for 
Neuropsychiatrists 
1 2 Significance  of  Headache  in 

Clinical  Psychiatry 
19  Treating  the  Remarried,  Those 
Living  Together,  and  Their 
Families 

12  noon-1  P.M. —Carrier 
Foundation,  Belle  Mead 
(Carrier  Foundation  and  AMNJ) 

1 9 Family  and  Couple  Therapy 

12  noon-4:30  P.M. — Carrier 
Foundation,  Belle  Mead 
(Carrier  Foundation  and  AMNJ) 


Aug. 

2 Neurological  Diagnosis  in 
Psychiatric  Syndromes 
9 Attention  Deficit  Disorder 
1 6 The  Animal  Connection 
30  Premenstrual 

Syn drome— Psychiatric  and 
Medical 

12  noon-1  P.M.  —Carrier 
Foundation,  Belle  Mead 
(Carrier  Foundation  and  AMNJ) 

OBSTETRICS/GYNECOLOGY 

Aug. 

15  Drags,  Alcohol,  and  the  Pregnant 
Woman 

8:30  A.M.  -3: 1 5 P.M.  — Monmouth 
Medical  Center,  Long  Branch 
(Div.  of  Alcoholism,  NJ  State  Dept, 
of  Health,  and  AMNJ) 

RADIOLOGY 

July 

2 Basic,  Advanced,  and  Real-Time, 

3 Cross-Sectional  Sector  Scanning 

4 9 A.M.-5  P.M. — Sands  Hotel, 

5 Atlantic  City 

6 (The  National  Foundationjor  Non 
invasive  Scanning  and  AMNJ) 


AN  ACT  OF  LOVE 

Their  own  DENIAL  that  a respected  colleague  could  be  IMPAIRED  and/or  the  “con- 
spiracy of  silence”  that  makes  them  unwilling  to  speak  out  allows  the  illness  of  our  impaired 
colleagues  to  progress,  sometimes  to  a fatal  outcome. 

“Blowing  the  whistle”  on  a suffering  colleague  is  indeed  an  ACT  OF  LOVE! 

Call  Us  EARLY 

We  can  help  CONFIDENTIALLY 
IMPAIRED  PHYSICIANS  PROGRAM 
(609)  896-1766 
Hot  Line  . . . (609)  896-1884 


'OL.  81— NUMBER  6— JUNE  1984 


515 


Seeking  new  patients? 

we  are 

SPECIALISTS 

in 

PUBLIC  RELATIONS 

FOR  THE  MEDICAL  PROFESSION 

for  a confidential  interview  call 

(201)  531-7080 

phyllis  kessel  associates 

780  West  Park  Avenue,  Oakhurst,  N.J.  07755 


ACUPUNCTURE  IN  CLINICAL  PRACTICE 

N.Y.  State  Boards  of  Medicine  & Dentistry  25-hour  accredited 
seminar  and  workshop  on  the  latest  theories  & techniques  of 
manual  and  electro-acupuncture,  applicable  toward  the  200- 
hour  requirement  for  certification,  will  be  given  for  licensed 
clinicians  (with  or  without  prior  training)  during  the  weekend  of 
July  6-8,  1984  and  again  the  weekend  of  Sept.  9-11,  1984  at 
the  Barbizon  Plaza  Hotel,  New  York  City.  Co-sponsored  by  the 
International  College  of  Acupuncture  & Electro-Therapeutics,  its 
office  journal,  Acupuncture  & Electro-Therap.  Res.,  Int.J.  (pub- 
lished by  Pergamon  Press  and  indexed  in  15  major  indexing 
periodicals;  INDEX  MEDICUS,  etc.),  the  Heart  Disease  Research 
Foundation  and  the  Neuroscience  Dept,  of  Long  Island  College 
Hospital,  Pharmacology  Dept,  of  The  Chicago  Medical  School. 
Also  eligible  for  AMA/CME  credit.  For  information,  contact  Y. 
Omura,  M.D.,  ScD.,  800  Riverside  Drive  (8-1),  NYC  10032.  Tel: 
(212)  781-6262  or  (212)  WA8-0658,  or  Saul  Heller,  M.D.,  Tel: 
(212)  838-7514. 


POST-GRADUATE 


MEDICAL  SCHOOL 


FALL  COURSE  SCHEDULE 


AUGUST 

8/27-8/31  604  Radiation  Physics  and  Biology 

OCTOBER 

10/12-10/13  612  Seminar  in  Ultrasonography 

10/13  456  Fine  Needle  Aspiration  of 


10/15, 17,  22,  24 
10/18-10/21 


10/20 

10/25-10/28 

NOVEMBER 

11/17-11/18 

11/28-11/30 

DECEMBER 

12/3-12/6 

12/3-12/7 

12/10-12/12 

12/15-12/16 

12/17-12/22 


the  Prostate  Gland 
156  Medical  Mycology 
150  An  Eclectic  Retrospective 
Updated  Selections  From  a Decade  of 
Dermatopathology  Symposia  at  NYU 
550  How  to  Manage  Mental  Disorders 
in  General  Medical  Practice 
611.  Imaging  of  the  Head  and  Neck 
(Essex  House) 

734  New  Technologies  in  Urology 
700  Pitfalls  in  Surgery 

350  Neurosurgery  NYC/1984 
(Grand  Hyatt  Hotel) 
314  Toxicology  and  Pharmacology 
321.  Managing  Clinical  Problems 
in  the  Elderly 
733  Basic  Review  of  Pathology  & 
Radiology  for  Urologists 
603  Computed  Tomography 
(Grand  Hyatt  Hotel) 


FOR  METROPOLITAN  AREA  PHYSICIANS 

9/5-3/13  561  Comprehensive  Psychiatry  Review  & 

Recent  Advances  (Wednesdays  8-10pm) 
9/5-12/21  400  Basic  Sciences  in  Ophthalmology 

9/12-5/22  420  Basic  Sciences  in  Otolaryngology 

1/9-6/19  302  Internal  Medicine  Board  Review 


FOR  INFORMATION  NYU  Post-Graduate  Medical  School 
550  First  Avenue,  New  York,  NY  10016 
(212)340-5295  (24  hr  service) 


NEW  YORK 
FERTILITY  RESEARCH 
FOUNDATION,  INC. 

For  the  Investigation  of 

Problems  of  Human  Infertility 

The  Foundation  provides  a complete 
diagnostic  and  consultation  service  for  in- 
fertile couples.  Investigations  are  con- 
ducted by  well-known  specialists  in  con- 
junction with  consultants  in  the  various 
fields  of  medicine  related  to  infertility. 

The  Foundation  is  supported  by  an  in- 
house  modern  laboratory  equipped  to  do 
most  tests  required  for  diagnosis  and 
treatment.  Literature  on  request. 

1430  Second  Avenue,  Suite  103 
New  York,  N.Y.  10021 
Phone:  (212)  744-5500 


516 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE' 


I 


/ETTERS  TO  THE 

Editor 


The  Medical  Director;  Baby 
Doe;  Our  New  Format 


'he  Medical  Director: 
mother  Opinion 

February  16,  1984 
ear  Doctor  Krosnick: 

In  the  August  1983  issue  of  The 
ournal.  you  published  a letter  from 
r.  Charles  Harris  which  could  be 
lisleading  and  is  in  need  of  elari- 
cation.  In  regard  to  his  statement. 
The  next  phase  in  hospital  rela- 
ons  is  the  interpolation  of  a medi- 
al director  between  the  adminis- 
ation  and  the  medical  staff,”  the 
(pinions  and  issues  he  raised  are 
itelligent  and  pertinent.  However,  I 
m concerned  with  the  reactions  of 
our  readers. 

Statements  such  as:  “A  doctor  is 
'nly  a doctor  when  treating  patients: 
jerhaps  a very  good  secretary  could 
je  trained  for  the  job:  our  talent  is 
quandered  uselessly  in  nonprodue- 
ve  administrative  chores;  a medical 
egree  (becomes)  subordinate  to  an 
dministrative  office,”  seriously  are 
lisleading.  Realistically,  what  sadly 
> lacking  is  understanding  the  role 


of  the  doctor/administrator.  Having 
been  in  practice  over  three  decades 
and  a doctor/administrator  for  over 
one  decade,  I emphatically  can  state 
that  there  is  “intrinsic  beauty”  in 
improving  the  delivery  of  health  care 
and  the  quality  of  health  care 
through  administrative  functions.  A 
"good"  secretary  is  a difficult  person 
to  define  and.  of  course,  could  never 
subsume  his  role,  especially  the  peer 
relationships.  The  medical  degree 
need  not  become  subordinate  to  an 
“administrative  officer.”  Either  of 
two  relationships  commonly  prevail. 
Specifically,  there  either  can  be 
absolute  or  cooperative  control.  The 
physician  notifies  the  adminis- 
tration what  policy  is  best  and  the 
lay  people  try  to  implement  it;  or  ad- 
ministration suggests  a policy  or 
project  or  procedure  to  the  phy- 
sician for  his  professional  input 
which  always  is  respected. 

I agree  with  Dr.  Harris  that  the 
medical  director  must  react  to  PRO. 
PRO  monitors  utilization— again, 
realistically  the  monitor  must  be 
monitored.  Obviously,  with  the  large 
sums  of  money  and  time  spent,  care- 
lessness and  inefficiency  cannot  be 
tolerated.  Who  will  make  policy? 
Who  will  make  the  final  decisions? 
Possibly  a three-member  committee 
could  do  the  job:  the  medical  direc- 
tor, a representative  of  the  hospital 
administration,  and  a representa- 
tive of  the  public  (either  a Chamber 
of  Commerce  or  labor  union  individ- 
ual) who  could  alternate  on  a yearly 
basis.  Possibly,  an  additional  mem- 
ber from  the  local  government  could 
be  added.  The  committee  would 
dilute  the  authority  from  one  person 
(medical  director)  to  a collective 
body. 

Finally,  our  profession  always  has 
been  proud  of  its  moral  integrity  as 
a bulwark  against  the  onslaught  of 
economic  forces,  e.g.  an  employer 
paying  a salaiy,  the  government  pay- 
ing for  drugs,  medical  equipment, 
and  office  visits.  Already,  within  our 
government  it  is  worthy  of  note  that 
the  judicial  branch  has  recognized 
the  pre-eminence  of  medical  ethics 
in  governing  physicians’  behavior. 
The  Supreme  Court  of  the  United 
States,  in  a recent  decision,  stated 
that  physicians  employed  by  the  NY 
State  Medicaid  Program  (Blum  v 
Yaretsky,  1982)  acted  in  accordance 
with  the  canons  of  ethics  estab 
lished  within  their  own  professional 
groups,  rather  than  under  rules  of 


conduct  dictated  and  imposed  by 
the  state.  In  a discussion  of  this  rul- 
ing in  the  February  24,  1983,  issue 
of  the  New  England  Journal  of 
Medicine  it  was  pointed  out  that  the 
court  assumed,  "That  the  physi- 
cians would  act  with  personal  integ- 
rity and  only  on  behalf  of  the  best 
interests  of  each  patient.”  Let  us  also 
assume  that  the  medical  director 
will  remain  true  to  the  canons  of  ex- 
isting professional  ethics. 

Please  understand  the  above 
bears  no  relation  to  the  attitude  or 
opinions  of  the  Division  of  Medical 
Assistance  in  the  state  of  New  Jer- 
sey. I am  writing  as  an  individual 
and  terminating  my  employment 
with  the  Division  on  March  1,  1984. 
(signed)  Charles  J.  Grubin,  M.D. 


Baby  Doe 

February  28,  1984 
Dear  Doctor  Krosnick: 

I read  your  excellent  dissertation 
on  the  Baby  Doe  controversy  in  The 
Journal  of  the  Medical  Society  of 
New  Jersey. 

I found  it  to  be  very  well  presented 
and  a reasonable  approach  to  the 
solution  of  this  difficult  problem. 

Unfortunately,  the  lawyers  prob- 
ably won't  let  us  provide  a solution 
as  simple  and  practical  as  you  sug- 
gested. 

We  probably  will  be  using  your 
article  as  the  basis  for  one  of  our 
ethics  conferences.  I thought  you 
might  like  some  feedback  about  the 
article. 

(signed)  John  C.  Brogan,  M.D. 


Our  New  Format — 

They  Like  It 

March  18,  1984 
Dear  Doctor  Krosnick 
Just  want  to  congratulate  you  on 
the  new  format  of  The  Journal.  It  is 
much  more  readable,  clear  in  the 
summaries,  and  generally  a fantas- 
tic improvement. 

Best  wishes. 

(signed)  John  A.  Sakson.  M.D. 

March  23.  1984 
Dear  Doctor  Krosnick: 
Congratulations  on  (he  new  for- 
mat for  The  Journal.  11  is  clean,  con- 
cise. and  veiy  attractive.  Best  wishes, 
(signed)  Stanley  S.  Bergen.  Jr.,  M.D. 

President,  UMDNJ 


OL.  81— NUMBER  6— JUNE  1984 


517 


BOOK  REVIEWS 


The  Electrocardiogram  in 
Infants  and  Children; 
Evaluation  and  Decision 
Making  for  Health  Services 
Programs;  New  Frontiers 
in  Mammary  Pathology; 
Fundamentals  of 
Immunology;  Progress  in 
Cardiology;  Sports 
Medicine 


The  Electrocardiogram 
in  Infants  and  Children: 

A Systematic  Approach 

Arthur  Garsorr  Jr.,  M.D.  Philadel- 
phiau PA,  Lea  & Febiger,  1983.  Pp. 
421. 

In  the  preface,  the  author 
emphasizes  the  impact  the  emerg- 
ing science  of  electrophysiology  has 
had  upon  electrocardiography.  The 
first  six  chapters  cover  anatomy, 
physiology,  derivation,  and  defi- 
nition of  the  ECG.  The  middle  chap- 
ters deal  with  effects  of  altered 
thoracic  anatomy,  chamber  enlarge- 
ment, interventricular  conduction 
disturbance,  and,  to  a lesser  degree, 
ischemia  injury,  and  infarction. 
There  is  an  excellent  summary  of  ef- 
fects of  systemic  alterations  on  the 
electrocardiogram,  e.g.  antiarrhyth- 
mie  drugs,  anesthetics,  neuromus- 
cular disorders.  The  latter  part  of  the 
book  is  devoted  to  arrhythmias  with 
emphasis  on  recognition  and 
etiology  when  known.  Ladder  dia- 
grams are  used  as  the  major  graphic 
display  for  analyzing  rhythm  and 
conduction  variations.  Legends  for 
ligures  tend  to  be  concise  with  ex- 
planations easy  to  comprehend.  The 
reader  is  not  left  to  infer  the  author’s 
intent  in  a given  diagram.  Clinical 
relevance  frequently  is  stressed.  The 
last  chapter  discusses  artifacts 


which  may  occur  during  ECG  read- 
ing and  may  lead  to  errors  of  inter- 
pretation. A method  for  system- 
atically recognizing  artifacts  is  de- 
scribed. 

The  appendices  are  used  to  sum- 
marize important  ECG  charac- 
teristics which  vary  with  age,  e.g.  PR 
interval,  QRS  duration  in  V5,  R/S 
ratio  in  V6. 

The  index  is  well  organized  and 
allows  rapid  location  of  subjects  cov- 
ered in  the  text  along  with  desig- 
nations identifying  tables  and  fig- 
ures. 

A particularly  appealing  feature  to 
this  book  is  the  question-and- 
answer  section  following  each 
chapter.  The  author  stimulates  the 
reader  to  assess  his  retention  of  key 
points.  These  questions  are  well 
selected,  clinically  relevant,  and  just 
as  easily  could  be  found  on  a certify- 
ing examination. 

This  book  was  very  readable.  It  can 
be  used  to  teach  students  of  elec- 
trocardiography irregardless  of 
background.  It  also  can  be  an  excel- 
lent reference  text  for  the  journey- 
man electrocardiographer. 

Robert  M.  MacMillan,  M.D. 


Evaluation  and  Decision 
Making  for  Health 
Services  Programs 

James  E.  Veney  and  Arnold  D. 
Kaluzny.  Englewood  Cliffs,  NJ, 
Prentice-Hall,  Inc.,  1984.  Pp.  302. 
($26.95) 

For  a practicing  physician,  this 
book  was  boring  to  read,  and  told  me 
more  about  “methodological  tech- 
niques” and  "conceptual  models” 
than  I cared  to  know.  It  defines 
evaluation  as  “the  collection  and 
analysis  of  information  by  various 
methodological  strategies  to  de- 
termine the  relevance,  progress,  effi- 
ciency, effectiveness,  and  impact  of 
program  activities.”  Relevance  refers 
to  whether  a program  is  needed.  I 
seriously  wonder  about  the  rel- 
evance of  this  book.  It  probably  will 
find  a place  in  the  library  of  health 
planners,  managers,  developers,  and 
statisticians  (the  ample  bibliogra- 
phy lists  more  articles  on  econo- 
metrics than  on  health  care). 

The  most  interesting  is  chapter 
15,  which  analyzes  cost  benefit  and 
cost  effectiveness,  using  the  opening 
of  a satellite  ambulatory  clinic  and 
the  addition  of  a 20-bed  pediatric 


wing  to  a county  hospital  as  illust  - 
tions.  The  hardest  chapter  to  und< 
stand  is  chapter  8 because  it  is 
full  of  statistics  and  meaningle; 
equations.  It  takes  14  pages  to  con 
to  the  conclusion  that  “the  reducl 
speed  limits  nationwide  apparen 
have  had  some  impact  on  traT 
deaths  on  a national  basis.” 

The  authors  admit  that  “monitdj 
ing,  at  best,  is  inconvenient; 
worst,  it  uses  up  time  and  resourci 
that  providers  feel  should  be  devot; 
to  ‘practice.’  ” In  discussing  surv  i 
research  as  an  evaluation  strate^ 
the  most  interesting  illustration 
the  comparison  of  fee-for-servi 
group  practices  with  prepaid  prc 
tiees:  the  latter  spent  10  to  15  pt 
cent  less  time  serving  patients  ar 
earned  $4,000  to  6,000  less. 

Robert  Sigmond,  one  of  the  eat  > 
pioneers  in  health  planning, 
quoted  as  saying  that  hospital  pla; 
ning  decisions  “are  not  made  ov 
‘hard  facts,’  they  are  made  over  ‘ha 
liquor.’  ” This  book  would  have  be<jl 
more  interesting  if  it  had  been  wr 
ten  the  same  way. 

John  S.  Madara  M. 

New  Frontiers  in 
Mammary  Pathology 

K.H.  Hollmann  and  J.M.  Verlt 
(eds).  New  York,  NY,  Plenum  Pres 
1983.  Pp.  455.  ($55) 

This  book  represents  a record  < 
papers  presented  at  the  second  Syr 
posium  of  the  International  Socie 
Against  Breast  Cancer,  held  in  Pari 
December  7 to  10,  1981.  Partic 
pants  were  invited  guest  seientis 
from  Belgium,  Brazil,  France,  Gre; 
Britain,  Greece,  Italy,  Japan,  Porti| 
gal,  Spain,  Switzerland,  Yugoslavi 
and  the  United  States. 

The  supposed  causative  factors  < 
breast  cancer  were  evaluated  t 
specialists;  genetic,  hormonal,  mill 
factor,  (mammary  tumor  virus)  e: 
pecially  as  studied  in  mice,  are  d< 
scribed.  The  existence  of  a huma 
mammary  tumor  virus  could  not  t 
demonstrated. 

It  would  appear  that  mammai 
carcinogenesis  is  of  multifactor; 
origin  and  that  inherited  factors  ir 
creasing  the  susceptibility  to  breaJ 
cancer  play  an  important  part.  Th 
existence  of  cancer  genes  now  i 
under  experimental  study.  Breas 
cancer  is  not  a single  process  be 
rather  a cascade  of  events. 


518 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE’ 


Hyperplastic  nodules  are  likely 

Eemalignant  lesions  and  represent 
1 important  step  toward  in  situ 
rcinoma  and  infiltrating  cancer. 
acent  efforts  in  the  research  field 
live  focused  on:  tumor  cell  markers, 
lirmone  receptors,  angiogenesis, 
•ostaglandins,  thermography, 
ammography,  aspiration  cytology, 
id  immune  processes. 

Digestion  of  the  volume  gives  one 
e impression  that  despite  all  the 
uergy  that  has  been  devoted  to  the 
object  we  actually  do  not  know  the 
i use  of  breast  cancer  in  either  sex 
Lr  do  we  have,  as  yet,  an  absolute 
Method  of  therapy. 

The  book  is  produced  by  photo- 
i py  methods.  The  illustrations  are 
; cep  table.  Printing  errors  were 
nted  on  pages  7.  10.  101,  142,  192, 
1)0,  250  and  257;  page  367  the  word 
‘and"  is  misspelled. 

Llnterest  in  the  human  breast  has 
listed  probably  from  the  days  of 
Pin  and  Abel.  This  volume  will  con- 
nue  that  trend  and  should  be  read 
I'  their  progeny. 

T.  K.  Rathmell,  M.D. 

] 

I undamentals  of 
nmunology,  2nd  Edition 

\ientin  Myrvik,  Ph.D.,  and  Rnssel 
I Weiser,  Ph.D„  (eds).  Philadelphia, 
jf.  Lea  & Febiger,  1984.  Pp.  510. 
lustrated,  ($24.50) 

This  attractive  hardcover  and 
ull-bound  book  on  the  rapidly  ex- 
inding  body  of  knowledge  of  im- 
lunology  truly  is  remarkable  for  its 
ill  content  and  its  low  price.  In  ad- 
(tion  to  two  of  its  editors  who  also 
<e  contributors  there  are  seven  ad- 
(fional  authors— all  but  three  of 
|hom  come  from  the  Bowman  Gray 
I hool  of  Medicine  in  Winston- 
llem,  North  Carolina.  The  other 
|ree  authors  are  from  Hamburg, 
’jest  Germany,  University  of  Geor- 
Athens,  Georgia,  and  the  College 
i William  and  Mary  in  Gloucester 
l int,  Virginia,  respectively. 

This  book  is  comprised  of  25 
< apters,  two  appendices,  and  14 


I; 

»L.  81— NUMBER  6— JUNE  1984 


pages  of  a very  complete  index. 
Chapter  1 is  entitled  “Introduction 
to  Immunology”  and  includes  his- 
tory, development,  and  scope  plus 
terminology:  these  are  interesting 
and  well  done.  The  final  chapter  is 
entitled  “Immunity  to  Animal  Para- 
sites” and  the  information  is  pure 
1984.  All  important  subjects  in  im- 
munology are  covered  in  the  inter- 
vening chapters.  There  are  many 
charts  and  lists  and  a moderate 
number  of  electromicrographs.  The 
latter  are  very  clear  and  in  focus.  The 
chapter  on  the  complement  system 
is  superb. 

The  authors  recommend  this  text 
for  medical  and  veterinary  students. 
I go  beyond  this  and  state  it  is 
strongly  recommended  for  pathology 
and  medical  residents  plus  all  prac- 
ticing physicians  who  want  to  keep 
current  in  this  fascinating  and  very 
important  field. 

Hugh  F.  Luddecke,  M.D. 


Progress  in  Cardiology , 
Volume  II 

Paul  N.  Yu,  M.D.,  and  John  F. 
Goodwin,  M.D.,  (eds).  Philadelphia, 
PA,  Lea  & Febiger,  1983.  Pp.  195. 
($30) 

Progress  in  Cardiology,  Volume  II 
contains  nine  chapters  that  deal 
with  a variety  of  cardiovascular 
problems. 

Each  chapter  is  composed  and 
written  by  groups  of  distinguished 
scholars  in  the  field  of  cardiology. 
The  subjects  reported  upon  are 
timely  and  cover  most  of  the 
methods  and  laboratory  techniques 
in  noninvasive  measurements: 
pulmonary  physiology;  prostaglan- 
dins; hypertension  and  heart  failure 
relations;  the  role  of  catecholamines 
in  hypertensive  and  congestive 
cardiomyopathy;  pharmacology  in 
pulmonary  circulation;  relationship 
between  smoking  and  heart  disease; 
and  the  pathophysiology  and  ther- 
apy of  cardiogenic  shock. 

A fact  this  reviewer  found  very  im- 
pressive was  the  agreement  among 


all  authors  of  the  direct  correlation 
between  cigarette  smoking  and 
cardiovascular  mortality,  morbidity, 
and  the  so  called  “sudden  death  syn- 
drome” of  myocardial  infarctions. 

The  essays,  or  lectures  as  they 
seem,  are  easy  to  read  and  un- 
complicated to  follow.  References  are 
plentiful  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 
This  text  is  recommended  for  all 
medical  libraries  and  certainly  to  all 
cardiologists  and  family  physicians. 

Harry  M.  Poppick,  M.D. 

Sports  Medicine:  Health 
Care  for  Young  Athletes 

American  Academy  oj  Pediatrics. 
Evanston,  IL,  1983. 

Utilizing  multiple  authors  and 
consultants,  this  book  is  a compila- 
tion of  information  concerning  all 
aspects  of  sports  medicine  as  it 
pertains  to  the  child  and  adolescent 
athletic  participant.  Each  chapter 
was  written  by  an  expert  in  the  field 
and  then  reviewed  by  a panel  of  con- 
sultants to  insure  accuracy  and 
completeness  of  information. 

Chapters  on  counseling  the  fam- 
ily, physical  maturation,  prepartici- 
pation health  examination,  and 
assessing  athletic  potential  are  par- 
ticularly useful  for  the  pediatrician 
and  family  physician  in  dealing  with 
the  young  athlete  and  his/her  fam- 
ily, and  advising  them  regarding 
participation  in  various  sports  best 
suited  for  each  child,  particularly 
those  with  specific  health  problems. 

The  remainder  of  the  book  covers 
the  many  health  and  injury  prob- 
lems encountered  in  sports  partici- 
pation, and  there  are  chapters  on 
drugs,  nutrition,  and  thermoregula- 
tion to  include  fluid  and  electrolyte 
balance. 

Printed  in  paperback  fashion,  the 
book  has  only  a few  illustrations,  but 
there  are  many  tables,  and  the  book 
is  indexed.  Overall,  the  book  is  well 
worth  purchasing  for  reference  by 
any  physician  dealing  with  young 
persons  active  in  sports. 

Christine  E.  Haycock,  M.D. 


Obituaries 


Drs.  Bochenek ; Buckley; 
Deuell;  Frank;  Glick; 
Harrington;  Jacobus; 
Olson;  Reich;  Rosenberg; 
Stewart;  and  Vanderbeek 


Dr.  Joseph  P.  Bochenek 

On  March  17,  1984,  a senior  mem- 
ber of  our  Morris  County  compo- 
nent, Joseph  Paul  Bochenek,  M.D., 
died  at  his  home.  Bom  in  Poland  in 
1910,  Dr.  Bochenek  received  his 
medical  degree  from  the  University 
of  Nancy,  France  in  1939.  Until 
1948,  he  lived  in  England  and  served 
in  the  British  Army  as  a paratrooper 
in  World  War  II.  Dr.  Bochenek  emi- 
grated to  the  United  States  and  set 
up  a practice  in  family  medicine  in 
Netcong.  After  20  years  he  closed  his 
office  and  served  as  emergency  phy- 
sician at  Dover  General  Hospital.  Dr. 
Bochenek  was  a member  of  the 
American  Medical  Association  and 
of  the  Academy  of  Emergency  Phy- 
sicians. 

Dr.  Jeremiah  L.  Buckley 

At  the  age  of  83,  Jeremiah  Law- 
rence Buckley,  M.D.,  died  on  April 
17,  1984.  Bom  in  1900,  Dr.  Buckley 
received  his  medical  degree  from  the 
University  of  Vermont  Medical 
School  in  1926.  An  internist  for  42 
years.  Dr.  Buckley  was  on  the  staffs 


of  Saint  Barnabas  Medical  Center, 
Newark,  St.  Mary's  Hospital,  Passaic, 
and  Clara  Maass  Medical  Center, 
Belleville.  He  retired  in  1968.  Dr. 
Buckley  was  a member  of  our  Essex 
County  component  and  of  the 
American  Medical  Association. 

Dr.  William  D.  Deuell 

At  the  age  of  74,  William  D.  Deuell, 
M.D.,  died  on  March  31,  1984.  Bom 
in  Allendale,  Dr.  Deuell  was  gradu- 
ated from  Columbia  University’s  Col- 
lege of  Physicians  and  Surgeons  in 
1934.  Prior  to  his  retirement  in 
1971,  he  had  practiced  general 
medicine  in  Hackensack  for  35 
years.  Dr.  Deuell  had  been  on  the 
staff  at  Hackensack  Medical  Center 
for  32  years.  He  was  a member  of  the 
American  Medical  Association.  Dur- 
ing World  War  II,  Dr.  Deuell  served  in 
the  medical  corps  of  the  United 
States  Navy,  attaining  the  rank  of 
lieutenant  commander. 

Dr.  Perry  Frank 

We  just  have  learned  of  the  death, 
on  February  9,  after  a long  illness,  of 
Perry  Frank,  M.D.  Bom  in  1914,  and 
a native  of  Egg  Harbor  City,  Dr. 
Frank  received  his  medical  degree 
from  the  University  of  Pennsylvania 
School  of  Medicine  in  1938.  Prior  to 
his  retirement  two  years  ago  be- 
cause of  ill  health,  he  had  been  a 
general  practitioner  in  Egg  Harbor 
City  for  40  years.  During  World  War 
II,  Dr.  Frank  served  in  the  medical 
corps  of  the  United  States  Navy  for 
five  years,  attaining  the  rank  of  cap- 
tain. He  was  a member  of  the  Ameri- 
can Medical  Association. 


ing  World  War  II,  Dr.  Glick  served 
the  medical  department  of  the  Am 
of  the  United  States. 

Dr.  John  H.  Harrington 

At  his  retirement  home  in  Coc 
Beach,  Florida,  John  Heniy  He! 
rington,  M.D.,  member  of  our  Mon 
County  component,  died  on  Mar 
10,  1984.  A native  of  Buffalo,  Nf 
York,  Dr.  Harrington  was  graduat 
from  Cornell  University’s  School 
Medicine  in  1927.  He  practiced  o 
stetrics  and  gynecology  in  Rockaw 
until  his  retirement  in  tl 
mid-1970s.  Dr.  Harrington  served 
the  United  States  Air  Force  durii 
World  War  II,  attaining  the  rank 
major.  He  was  a member  of  tl 
American  Medical  Association  anc 
Fellow  of  the  American  College 
Obstetricians  and  Gynecologists.  E 
Harrington  was  82  years  old  at  tl 
time  of  his  death. 

[ 

Dr.  Raymond  E.  Jacobus 

Word  has  been  received  of  t 
death  on  January  27  of  Rayrnoi 
Earl  Jacobus,  M.D.,  a member  of  o 
Monmouth  County  componer 
Bom  in  1920,  Dr.  Jacobus  w 
graduated  from  the  School  of  Mec 
cine  at  Syracuse  University  in  194 
He  established  a practice  in  o 
stetrics  and  gynecology  in  Freehol! 
and  was  affiliated  with  Jersey  Sho 
Medical  Center,  Neptune.  E 
Jacobus  was  board  certified  in  o 
stetrics  and  gynecology,  a Fellow 
American  College  of  Obstetriciaj 
and  Gynecologists,  and  a member 
the  American  Medical  Associatioi 


Dr.  Bernard  Glick 

A senior  member  of  our  Bergen 
County  component,  Bernard  Glick, 
M.D.,  died  March  31,  1984,  at 

Passaic  General  Hospital.  Bom  at 
the  turn  of  the  century  in  New  York 
City.  Dr.  Glick  received  his  medical 
degree  from  the  University  of 
Maryland’s  School  of  Medicine  in 
1927.  He  was  a general  practitioner 
with  an  office  in  Lyndhurst  until 
1970  when  he  established  a practice 
in  Passaic.  Dr.  Glick  had  been  on  the 
staff  at  Hackensack  Medical  Center, 
Passaic  General  Hospital,  and  South 
Bergen  Hospital,  Hasbrouck 
Heights.  He  was  a member  of  the 
American  Medical  Association.  Dur- 


Dr. Vendela  E.  Olson 


Vendela  E.  Olson  (Rucker),  M.D., 
member  of  our  Bergen  County  cor; 
ponent,  died  on  March  5 at  the  aj 
of  78.  Dr.  Olson  was  graduated  fro 
the  University  of  Minnesota’s  Seho 
of  Medicine  in  1941,  and  also  w; 
qualified  in  the  field  of  hospital  a> 
ministration.  She  was  director 
medical  services  at  St.  Luke’s  Hosp 
tal.  New  York  City,  following  hi 
work  as  an  anesthesiologist 
Hackensack  Hospital.  Dr.  Olson  a h 
was  the  first  president  of  the  Bergt 
and  Passaic  Lung  Association  uni 
following  their  consolidation,  ar 
was  elected  to  the  American  Lui 
Association  of  New  Jersey’s  Hall 
Fame  in  1982. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


520 


r.  Samuel  B.  Reich 

M the  venerable  age  of  8 1 , Samuel 
iswell  Reich,  M.D.,  a member  of  our 
rgen  County  component,  died  at 
5 retirement  home  in  Lantana, 
jrida,  on  April  3,  1984.  Bom  in 
w York  City,  Dr.  Reich  received  his 
’dical  degree  from  New  York  Uni- 
rsity  School  of  Medicine  in  1927, 
d established  a practice  in 
rdiology  in  Hackensack.  He  be- 
ine  head  of  the  cardiology  depart- 
mt  and  of  the  cardiac  clinic  at 
rgen  Pines  County  Hospital,  Para- 
js,  and  was  on  the  staff  at  Paseack 
iley  Hospital,  Westwood,  Fair 
wn  Memorial  Hospital,  and 
isbrouck  Heights  Hospital.  Dr. 
ich  was  a Fellow  of  the  American 
liege  of  Physicians  and  of  the 
lerican  Geriatrics  Society,  and 
o board  certified  in  internal  medi- 
le.  He  was  a member  of  the  Ameri- 
la  Medical  Association  and  a past 
?sident  of  the  Bergen  County 
'dical  Society. 


Dr.  Hyman  Rosenberg 

Retired  since  1974,  Hyman  Rosen- 
berg, M.D.,  died  in  West  Palm  Beach 
Florida,  on  March  1,  at  the  age  of  66. 
A native  of  Philadelphia,  Dr.  Rosen- 
berg received  his  medical  degree 
from  Hahnemann  Medical  College 
and  Hospital,  Philadelphia,  in  1942. 
He  established  a practice  in  internal 
medicine  in  Camden,  and  was  af- 
filiated with  West  Jersey  and  Our 
Lady  of  Lourdes  Hospitals  in 
Camden,  and  was  an  instructor  at 
Hahnemann  Medical  College.  Dr. 
Rosenberg  was  board  certified  in  his 
specialty  and  was  a member  of  the 
American  Medical  Association. 

Dr.  Irving  J.  Stewart 

Bom  at  the  turn  of  the  centuiy, 
Irving  Jaggard  Stewart,  M.D.,  a 
member  of  our  Gloucester  County 
component,  died  on  March  19,  1984. 
A native  of  Camden,  Dr.  Stewart  was 
graduated  from  Jefferson  Medical 


i 


I 


' 


College  of  Philadelphia  in  1925,  and 
the  next  year  established  a practice 
in  general  medicine  in  Swedesboro. 
Aside  from  50  years  of  family  prac- 
tice, he  held  various  municipal  of- 
fices in  his  community,  serving  as 
police  surgeon,  school  physician, 
and  president  of  the  board  of  health. 

Dr.  Stuart  W.  Vanderbeek 

We  just  have  learned  of  the  death 
on  September  9,  1983,  of  a senior 
member  of  the  Bergen  County  com- 
ponent, Stewart  W.  Vanderbeek, 
M.D.  A native  of  New  Jersey,  bom  in 
1895,  Dr.  Vanderbeek  received  his 
medical  degree  from  Jefferson  Medi- 
cal College  of  Philadelphia  in  1921. 
Prior  to  his  retirement  in  the 
mid-1970s.  Dr.  Vanderbeek  prac- 
ticed general  medicine  in  Engle- 
wood, and  was  an  attending  at 
Englewood  Hospital.  He  was  a mem- 
ber of  the  American  Medical  As- 
sociation. 


L.  81— NUMBER  6— JUNE  1984 


521 


Author  information 

Style 

Sheet 


The  Journal  is  the 
official  organ  of  the 
Medical  Society  of  New 
Jersey.  The  goals  of  The 
Journal  are  educational 
and  informational.  All 
material  published  in  The 
Journal  is  copyrighted  by 
MSNJ. 


CONTENT 

The  educational  content  of  each 
issue  appears  as  scientific  articles, 
based  on  research,  original  concepts 
relative  to  epidemiology  of  disease, 
and  treatment  methodology;  ease  re- 
ports based  on  unusual  clinical  ex- 
periences; review  articles;  clinical 
notes,  succinct  items  on  some 
aspect  or  new  observation  or  tech- 
nique of  a case  experience;  and 
special  articles,  which  include  evalu- 
ations, policy  and  position  papers, 
and  reviews  of  nonseientifie  sub- 
jects. Other  topics  include  commen- 
tary (critical  narration):  medical  his- 
tory; therapeutic  drug  information; 
pediatric  briefs;  nutrition  update: 
and  an  opinion  column.  Editorials 
are  prepared  by  the  Editor  and  by 
guest  contributors  on  timely  and  rel- 
evant subjects;  editorials  are  the  re- 
sponsibility of  the  author.  The  Doc- 
tors' Notebook  section  contains  or- 
ganizational, informational,  and  ad- 
ministrative items  from  MSNJ  and 
from  the  community.  Letters  to  the 
Editor  and  book  reviews  are  wel- 
come and  will  be  published  as  space 
permits.  The  principal  aim  in  the 
preparation  of  a contribution 
should  be  relevance  to  diagnosis  and 
treatment  and  to  education  of  pa- 
tients and  professionals.  Preference 
will  be  given  to  professional  authors 
from  New  Jersey  and  to  out-of-state 
lecturers  who  submit  a suitable 

522 


manuscript  based  on  a presentation 
made  in  New  Jersey. 

ASSIGNMENT  OF  COPYRIGHT 

In  compliance  with  the  Copyright 
Revision  Act  of  1976  (effective  Janu- 
ary 1,  1978),  a transmittal  letter  or 
a separate  statment  accompanying 
material  offered  to  The  Journal  of 
the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
must  contain  the  following  language 
and  must  be  signed  by  all  authors: 

“In  consideration  of  The  Journal 
of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
taking  action  in  reviewing  and  edit- 
ing my  submission,  the  author(s) 
undersigned  hereby  transfers,  as- 
signs, or  otherwise  conveys  all 
copyright  ownership  to  the  Medical 
Society  of  New  Jersey,  in  the  event 
that  such  work  is  published  in  The 
Journal,  MSNJ." 

SPECIFICATIONS 

Submit  two  manuscripts  that 
must  be  typewritten  and  double- 
spaced on  8V2"  by  11"  paper. 
Statistical  methods  used  in  articles 
should  be  identified.  Acknowl- 
edgements will  be  made  only  for 
specific  preparation  of  an  essential 
part  of  the  manuscript. 

Authors  are  asked  to  seek  clarity, 
accuracy,  and  originality;  attention 
to  details  of  grammar,  spelling,  and 
typing  are  important. 

The  title  page  should  include  the 
full  name,  degrees,  and  affiliations  of 
all  authors,  and  the  name  and  ad- 
dress of  the  author  to  whom  reprint 
requests  should  be  sent. 

The  author  should  submit  a 40- 
word  abstract  to  be  used  at  the  be- 
ginning of  the  article. 

Tables  must  be  typewritten  and 
double-spaced  on  separate  8V2"  by 
11"  sheets,  with  a title  and  number. 
Symbols  for  units  should  be  con- 
fined to  column  headings,  and  ab- 
breviations, properly  explained, 
should  be  kept  to  a minimum. 

Illustrations  should  be  pro- 
fessional quality,  black-and-white 
glossy  prints.  The  name  of  the 
author,  figure  number,  and  the  top 
of  the  figure  should  be  noted  on  a 
label  attached  to  the  back  of  each 
illustration.  Where  photographs  of 
patients  are  used,  the  subjects 
should  not  be  identifiable  or  publi- 
cation permission,  signed  by  the 
subject  or  responsible  person,  must 
be  included  with  the  photograph. 
Material  taken  from  other  publi- 
cations must  give  credit  to  the 


source;  written  permission  for  r 
publication  from  the  original  pul 
lisher  must  be  submitted.  The  co 
of  color  photographs  must  be  bon 
by  the  author. 

Generic  names  should  be  us< 
with  proprietary  names  indicati 
parenthetically  or  as  a footnote  wi 
the  first  use  of  the  generic  narr 
Proprietary  names  of  devices  shou 
be  indicated  by  the  registration  syr 
bol — ®. 

The  summary  of  the  article  shou 
not  exceed  250  words;  it  should  co 
tain  only  essential  facts. 

References  should  not  exceed  f 
citations  except  in  review  article 
and  should  be  cited  consecutively 
the  text  by  numbers  in  parenthesi 
at  the  end  of  the  sentence.  The  refe 
ence  list  should  be  typewritten  ar 
double-spaced  on  separate  8V2"  1 
1 1"  sheets  in  the  numerical  order 
which  they  are  first  cited  in  the  te:? 
The  style  of  reference  is  that  of  Inch 
Me  die  us: 

1.  Goldwyn  RM:  Subcutaneoi 
mastectomy.  J Med  Soc  A 
74:1050-1052,  1977. 

2.  Dixon  WJ,  Massey  FJ:  Introdut 
tion  to  Statistical  Analysis.  Ne 
York,  NY,  McGraw-Hill,  1969,  p{  ■ 
42-48. 

PUBLICATION  POLICY 

Receipt  of  each  manuscript  will  t 
acknowledged  and  a copy  delivere 
to  the  Editor  who  refers  the  paper  I 
one  or  more  members  of  the  Ed! 
torial  Board.  The  final  decision  is  r 
served  for  the  Editor.  No  direct  coi 

J 

tact  between  the  reviewers  and  tf 
authors  will  be  permitted,  bi 
authors  will  be  informed  of  the  r 
viewers’  comments.  The  publicatic 
lag  for  original  articles  may  be  s;  < 
months  or  more.  Galley  proofs  w; 
be  submitted  to  the  author  for  co 
rection  of  typographical  errors. 

REPRINT  ORDERS 

Reprints  may  be  ordered  after  tf  1 
author  is  notified  that  the  artic 
has  been  selected  for  a specific  issi 
of  JMSNJ.  A check  for  the  cost  i 
reprints  including  remake  charge 
order  is  received  after  due  date  mu 
accompany  the  order. 

COMMUNICATIONS 

All  communications  should  1 
sent  to  the  Editor,  The  Joumc 
MSNJ,  2 Princess  Road,  Lav; 
renceville,  NJ  08648. 

1 1 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEV 


i| 


T°  Career  Oriented  Fm 
R*  ^~„dlngCaj^pv*„ns 

Can  you  accept  th  l er9encV  MediCine 
w,nS.  Drofo^-_.  P the  challPnr,„  . 


^pZsToT, 

fPT  ^ 


E P A Offers: 

0 u°remeincorne 

0 p, 3 PraCtlCe  insurance 
Rex, bie  schedule 
~ CME  credits 
0 Qrbanand  ^1  setting; 

er  £ f"^££2rw  Vork'  pfl'adeiPhia  and  fhe 

s “ wS'cl;"  ™.,  P « 

^"vou  /.ua|lei>9e? 


GROUP  PRACTICE 
OPPORTUNITIES 

BC/BE  Family  Practitioners  for  expanding 
federally  qualified  HMO,  serving  36,000 
members  from  three  delivery  sites  in  Cos- 
mopolitan South  Jersey  area.  Congenial 
staff  of  30  full-time  physicians,  and  75  to  100 
contracting  specialists  covering  all  dis- 
ciplines. Excellent  hospital  facilities.  Medical 
school  affiliation.  Choice  of  pleasant  living 
conditions  in  suburban,  rural,  or  semi-rural 
communities.  Superior  schools.  Easy  access 
to  Philadelphia  (15  minutes),  New  York  City 
(90  minutes),  Jersey  Shore  (60  minutes), 
Jersey  Pine  Barrens  (20  minutes)  and 
Pocono  Recreation  Area  (2  hours).  Com- 
petitive salary  and  comprehensive  benefit 
package. 

Send  Curriculum  Vitae  to  Kenneth  M. 
Carroll,  M.D.,  Executive  Vice  Presi- 
dent/Medical Affairs,  Health  Care  Plan  of 
New  Jersey,  165  Old  Marlton  Pike,  Medford, 
New  Jersey  08055. 


Director  of  Emergency  Health  Services 

Public  Health  Physician  required  to  direct  the  statewide  activities  of  an  Emergency  Health  Services 
unit  in  the  Division  of  Local  and  Community  Health  Services,  New  Jersey  State  Department  of  Health. 
This  position  reports  to  the  Assistant  Commissioner  in  charge  of  the  Division  and  is  assigned  direct 
responsibility  for  the  direction  and  supervision  of  emergency  health  services  activities  including 
assurance  of  an  effective  working  relationship  with  basic  life  support  ambulance  services,  advanced 
life  support  services,  law  enforcement  and  public  safety  agencies,  hospital  emergency  departments 
and  critical  care  facilities,  local  health  departments,  and  other  community  agencies,  organizations  and 
individuals. 

The  Director  is  charged  also  with  responsibility  for  assuring  that  emergency  transport  facilities 
meet  minimum  standards,  that  certain  hospitals  are  prepared  to  provide  critical  care  services,  that 
a curriculum  is  established  for  the  training  of  health  care  personnel  who  are  engaged  in  emergency 
care  (physicians,  nurses,  paramedics,  EMT’s,  law  enforcement  personnel);  that  emergency  care  is 
monitored  carefully,  and  that  New  Jersey’s  local  health  departments  coordinate  their  programs  with 
emergency  health  care  services  throughout  the  State. 

As  one  of  five  doctorate  prepared  Service  Directors  in  the  Division  this  position  has  direct  access 
to  the  Department’s  senior  executive  staff.  The  annual  budget  totals  $1  million.  Requirements  for  this 
position  are  graduation  from  an  accredited  medical  school;  a master’s  degree  in  public  health  from 
a recognized  school  of  public  health  and  seven  years  of  professional  experience  in  public  health 
including  at  least  four  years  in  the  management  of  a statewide  or  regional  community  health  program 
preferably  with  emergency  medical  services  experience  and  two  years  of  direct  clinical  experience 
in  emergency  medicine.  This  is  an  unclassified  position  with  an  annual  salary  range  of  $41,080.08 
to  $55,460.60. 

Interested  candidates  should  contact: 

Dr.  Leah  Z.  Ziskin,  M.D.,  M.S. 

Assistant  Commissioner 

Local  & Community  Health  Services 

N.J.  State  Department  of  Health 

120  So.  Stockton  Street 

CN  364 

Trenton,  NJ  08625 


PL.  81— NUMBER  6— JUNE  1984 


523 


PAGE  REFERENCES 


Automobiles  ... 

Computers  

CME  

Financial  

Insurance  

Personnel  

Public  Relations 


Real  Estate  .... 


445,  467,  468 
441,  464 
514,  516 

467,  484-486,  524 
Cover  II,  464,  467 

523,  524,  525 

516 

524,  525 


The  Bottom  Line  is: 

You  Supply  the  Medical  Expertise 

and  we  provide 

100%  Financing  For  Your  FEC. 

MEDICAL  EQUITIES  ASSOCIATES 

a marriage  of  professionals 

Our  investors  will  supply  the  capital  for 
qualified  medical  professionals  to  open  their 
free-standing  emergency  clinic.  With  NO 
MONEY  DOWN,  you  can  join  the  trend  of 
innovative  doctors  who  have  responded  to 
the  public's  need  for  convenient,  high 
quality,  and  low  cost  medical  care. 

THE  FUTURE  IS  IN  FEC'S! 

Medical  Equities  Associates  will  supply 
you  with  all  you  need  to  own  and  operate 
your  FEC,  including  the  necessary  support 
systems,  real  estate,  equipment  and  supplies, 
building  design  and  management  information. 

You're  aware  of  the  latest  medical  advances.  Be  a 
part  of  the  progressive  trend  toward  free-standing 
emergency  clinics. 


Medical  Equities  Associates 

...  a marriage  of  professionals . . . 

609-547-5643 

Executive  Building,  Suite  419 
2201  Route  38,  Cherry  Hill,  NJ  08002 


I 


Director  of  Local  Health  Development  Services 

The  New  Jersey  State  Department  of  Health  has  recently  undergone  an  expansion  of  its  local  health 
department  interest  and  funding.  A new  Division  of  Local  and  Community  Health  Services  has  been  created. 
This  is  one  of  the  seven  Divisions  of  the  Department  which  cover  Laboratory,  Epidemiology,  Substance  Abuse, 
Health  Facility  Development,  Administration,  and  Health  Inspection  Services. 

A Public  Health  Physician  is  required  to  direct  the  activities  of  a recently  created  pivotal  unit  to  be  known 
as  Local  Health  Development  Services  in  the  new  Division  of  Local  and  Community  Health  Services.  Augmented 
local-state  communication  services  are  planned  through  a combination  of  ombudsmanship,  regular  planned 
meetings,  and  immediate  notification  of  health  emergencies.  Consultation  and  development  services  are  being 
expanded  through  liaison  of  local  health  agencies  with  existing  Adult,  Emergency,  Environmental,  and  Parental 
and  Child  Health  Services  of  the  Division. 

The  successful  candidate  will  report  to  the  Assistant  Commissioner  who  heads  the  Division,  and  will  have 
direct  responsibility  for  a variety  of  support  services  for  New  Jersey’s  117  local  health  departments.  Such  support 
activities  include:  health  aid  services  in  the  form  of  direct  local  health  funding,  the  development  and  monitoring 
of  compliance  with  minimum  performance  standards,  the  coordination  and  maintenance  of  local  health  reporting 
data,  and  evaluation  and  training  services  for  local  health  departments. 

This  is  an  extremely  critical  position  with  widespread  responsibilities  for  maintaining  a partnership  between 
local  health  departments  and  the  State  Health  Department.  The  new  unit’s  annual  budget  is  over  $4.5  million. 

This  position  requires  a medical  degree,  a Master’s  degree  in  Public  Health  from  an  accredited  school  of 
public  health  and  seven  years  of  experience  in  the  broad  field  of  public  health  including  at  least  four  years  of 
progressively  responsible  managerial  experience  in  a regional  or  statewide  public  health  program.  Local  health 
administration  experience  is  desirable.  Salary  range  is  from  $41,080.08  to  $55,460.60,  with  actual  annual  salary 
based  on  experience  and  qualifications. 

Interested  candidates  please  contact: 

Dr.  Leah  Z.  Ziskin,  M.D.,  M.S. 

Assistant  Commissioner 

Local  & Community  Health  Services 

N.J.  State  Department  of  Health 

120  So.  Stockton  Street 

CN  364 

Trenton,  NJ  08625 


524 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


CLASSIFIED  ADVERTISEMENTS 


GENERAL  PRACTITIONER— Semi  re 
ired,  age  55,  desires  industrial,  pharma- 
eutieal  or  similar  position.  201- 
45-4339. 


5ENERAL  PRACTITIONER— Ex 

)erienced  general  practitioner,  M.D. 
Paris)  1957.  Seeking  position  in  New 
Jersey— general  medicine  preferably. 
Wailable.  John  Fredericks,  MD,  170-20 
Jenley  Road,  Jamaica  Estates,  NY,  NY 
1432.  Telephone  212-658-1675. 


NTERNIST — Board  eligible,  general  in- 
emist  with  extensive  emergency  room 
xperience.  Seeking  group  practice  of 
ntemal  medicine  or  emergency  room 
>osition.  Northern  NJ  area  Available  July 
984.  please  call  212-645-4616,  Steven 
Volinsky,  MD.  Curriculum  vitae  and  ref- 
rences  available  upon  request. 


•EDIATRICIAN — Seeks  part  time  pos- 
tion, Pediatric  clinic  or  office.  Middle 
ige,  board  certified,  planning  to  sell  pri- 
vate practice.  Prefer  Monmouth  or  Ocean 
bounty.  Willing  to  work  nights  and  week- 
nds.  Write  Box  No.  73,  JMSNJ. 


•HYSICIANS — Registered  Dietitian 
vailable  to  provide  nutrition,  diet  and 
jreight-eontrol  counseling  for  your  pa- 
tients in  the  Trenton-Prineeton-New 
Brunswick  area  your  office  or  mine.  Call 
109-737-2160. 


•HYSICIANS  REFERRAL— Registered 
Dietitian  available  for  nutritional  eoun- 
eling,  physican  referral  only.  New 
Irunswick  area  Weekend  hours  and 
tome  visits  can  be  arranged.  A Health- 
lirays  provider.  201-257-3773. 


1EEDED  PHYSICIANS — For  successful 
Veil  known  walk-in  medical  office  center, 
Central  NJ.  Full  and  part  time,  skilled 
ersonable  American-trained  MDs.  Send 
:V  to  E.V.  McGinley,  MD,  1005  N.  Washi- 
ngton Avenue,  Green  Brook,  NJ  08812. 

•RACTICE  FOR  SALE— General  Medi- 
ine  Practice  for  sale.  Central,  NJ,  45 
(ninutes  from  NY.  Blend  of  office-nursing 
tome  patients.  Low  overhead.  Write  Box 
Jo.  79,  JMSNJ. 

PRACTICE  FOR  SALE — Twenty-year 
)ld,  solo,  general  practice  in  South-Cen- 
ral  New  Jersey.  20  minutes  from  Phila- 
delphia and  1 Vi  hour  from  New  York  City. 
j3usy,  efficient,  high  net.  Just  negotiated 
i seven  year  assignable  lease  for  a new 
)ffice  in  the  same  building.  Lovely 
suburban  area  with  top-rated  school  sys- 
ems.  A good  place  to  live  and  work.  Leav- 
ng  to  go  sailing.  Write  Box  No.  86, 
JMSNJ. 


PRACTICE  FOR  SALE— OB/GYN,  im- 
mediately in  Northern  Monmouth  Coun- 
ty, near  two  accredited  hospitals,  in  ap- 
pealing residential  community.  Will  in- 
troduce. Call  201  264-7763. 


FOR  SALE  or  RENT — Fully  equipped 
and  furnished  medical  office  building  in- 
cluding patient’s  records.  Comer  lo- 
cation on  main  street,  Kearny,  NJ.  Call 
after  8 p.m.  201-746-1709. 


FOR  SALE  or  RENT — For  immediate  oc- 
cupancy new,  modem,  energy  efficient 
rental  500  to  2,000  square  feet  available. 
31,000  residents  within  three  mile 
radius.  Close  to  Philadelphia  Atlantic 
City;  in  Central  New  Jersey  shore  area 
Internists  and  specialities  needed.  Ideal 
for  main/satellite  office.  Call  201- 
350-1008. 


FOR  SALE — Equipment.  Blue  examin- 
ing table,  White  instrument  cabinet, 
Four  attached  Black  chairs  and  table. 
Doctor’s  walnut  desk.  Miscellaneous. 
Please  call  991-6250  or  435-4209. 


FOR  SALE — Country  Estate.  For  Great 
living  or  investment.  74  acres  Catskills, 
100  miles  from  NYC.  Magnificent  view.  9- 
room  house,  large  living  room  with  fire- 
place, dining  room,  4 bedrooms,  3 baths, 
superb  kitchen  with  Jenair  and  micro- 
wave.  Playroom,  large  storage  cellar,  4 
room  guest  cottage,  4 room  guest  house, 
4 car  garage,  large  bam,  trout  pond,  bass, 
skiing,  snowmobiling,  deer,  wild  turkey, 
white  water  canoeing  nearby.  $250,000 
antiques  and  furnishings  may  be  separ- 
ately negotiated  only  with  estate 
purchase.  Isabell  Sander  914-482-5191. 


FOR  LEASE — Attractive,  modem  medi- 
cal building,  Morris  Avenue,  Union 
Center,  Union,  NJ.  Office  for  lease.  750 
square  feet,  large,  private  adjoining  park- 
ing lot,  1st  floor,  no  steps  . . . will  build  to 
suit.  Phone  201-688-2480. 


OFFICE  SPACE — Professional  office  for 
rent.  Approximately  710  square  feet. 
Near  Dover  General  Hospital,  near 
Routes  80  and  46.  Morris  County,  NJ. 
Telephone  201-366-2557. 


OFFICE  SPACE — Professional  office 
space  for  rent.  Millbum  prestigious 
building.  775  square  feet,  on-site  park- 
ing, on  bus  route.  Call  201-731-1900. 


OFFICE  FOR  RENT — Professional  office 
for  rent,  furnished,  located  in  the  Iron- 
bound  Section  of  Newark.  Available  July 
1984.  Call  201-762-6781. 


OFFICE  SPACE  NEEDED— Licensed 
Clinical  Psychologist  with  child,  adoles- 
cent, and  adult  practice  would  like  to 
rent  office  space  in  the  Madison, 
Florham  Park,  or  Morristown  area  Must 
have  own  office.  Professional  building 
preferable.  Please  leave  message  at 
201-267-4997  or  write  to:  Merrilea 

Brunell,  Ph.D.,  21  Mt.  Kemble  Ave„  Mor- 
ristown, NJ  07960. 


OFFICE  TO  SUBLET — Medical  office  to 
sublet  in  professional  building  in 
Deptford  (Woodbury)  area.  609- 
853-8720. 


OFFICE  TO  SHARE — Bergenfield,  cen- 
trally located  professional  building.  Park- 
ing, furnished,  900  square  feet,  $450. 
Five  minutes  from  hospitals.  Summer 
1984.  Write  or  Call  Ronny  Meier,  MD,  297 
S.  Washington  Ave„  Bergenfield,  NJ 
07621.  Phone:  201-385-8350. 


OFFICE  TO  SHARE — Central  Denville, 
in  recently  renovated  medical  building. 
Furnished,  equipped,  utilites  included. 
Ample  parking,  public  transportation. 
For  information:  201-625-9411. 


OFFICE  TO  SHARE/RENT— Spacious, 
furnished  600-1500  square  feet,  ample 
parking.  Hazlet-Holmdel  area  close  to 
hospital.  Call  201-264-7763. 


OFFICE  TO  SHARE/RENT— At  two  lo- 
cations in  Hudson  County.  Furnished, 
parking,  close  to  hospitals  and  transpor- 
tation, all  utilites  included.  201- 
864-7172. 


OFFICE  TO  SHARE — Morristown,  cen- 
tral location.  Near  hospital,  fully 
equipped,  newly  decorated.  All  utilities 
included.  Ample  parking  available.  Near 
public  transportation.  Available  immedi- 
ately 201-267-2555. 


OFFICE  TO  SHARE— Westfield,  central 
location,  near  hospital,  fully  equipped,  at- 
tractively decorated.  All  utilities  included. 
Ample  parking  available.  Near  public 
transportation.  Available  immediately 
201-267-2555. 


VACATION — Martha’s  Vineyard,  Mass.  3 
bedroom  house,  free  tennis,  fresh  and 
salt  ponds.  Available  for  rent  by  week, 
month  or  season.  For  information  call 
201-625-941 1. 


AUTUMN  FOLIAGE — Photography  sem- 
inar at  a country  inn,  Northern  Vermont, 
September  19-24,  1984.  CME  credit.  Cal! 
or  write:  John  L.  Krause,  Jr.,  MD,  South 
Jersey  Medical  Center.  Cherry  Hill,  NJ 
08034.  609-795-7766. 


tATE  INFORMATION  FOR  MEMBERS:  $5.00  per  insertion  up  to  25  words;  10  cents  each  additional  word.  Payable  in  advance. 
WORD  COUNT:  Count  as  one  word  all  single  words,  two  initials  of  a name,  each  abbreviation,  isolated  numbers,  groups  of 
lumbers,  hyphenated  words.  Count  name  and  address  as  five  words,  telephone  number  as  one  word,  and  "Write  Box  No.  000, 
/o  JMSNJ"  as  six  words.  COPY  DEADLINE:  Fifth  of  preceding  month. 


0L.  81— NUMBER  6— JUNE  1984 


525 


Specially  designed  home  faces  N.Y.C.  skyline 


Cedar  Grove,  N.J. 

This  17  year  old  address  offers  many  intrinsic  valuable  intangibles. 
Set  high  on  a bluff,  an  unparalleled  ultra  spectacular  New  York  City 
Skyline  (12  mi.  distant)  unfolds  in  never  ending  viewing  thrills.  17  rooms 
(5  bedrooms)  10  baths,  Cathedral  living  room,  24  x 40  game  room, 
Norwegian  sauna,  35  foot  Jacuzzi  health  pool,  huge  outdoor  swimming 
pool  with  children’s  wading  pool,  two  and  one  half  acre  plot  includes 
subdivided  plot  and  a host  of  other  must  see  features.  Widow  must 
sell  at  a drastically  reduced  price  which  is  half  of  the  reproduction  cost 
$675,000.  Private  low  interest  financing.  Brokers  invited. 

Savino  Agency— 251  Ridge  Rd.,  Lyndhurst,  N.J.  201-438-3120 


I 


TWO  MEDICAL  SUITES 


Available  August— Livingston  Avenue  (Doctors’ 
Row)— New  Brunswick,  NJ.  Both  suites  fully 
carpeted,  sink,  closets  in  each  room.  One  suite 
has  X-Ray  room  with  equipment. 


For  Information  Please  Call 
201-828-2715 


Need  A Temporary  Physician? 


CompHealth  treats  your  practice  as  if  it  were  our 
own  during:  vacations,  CMEs,  recruiting,  clinic 

start-up  or  other  absences. 


Want  Free  Time  While  You 
Practice  Medicine? 


Join  CompHealth's  Locum  Tenens  Physician  Group. 


For  further  information  about  temporary  coverage 
or  locum  tenens  practice  opportunities,  call: 


£2  CompHealth 


A Physician  Group 


WILSON  ROSS,  Regional  Administrator 
244  East  Hanover  St. 

Trenton,  NJ  08608 
Telephone:  609-392-1111 


DOCTORS! 


We  need  your  service  to  complete  a brand-new, 
elegant,  boutique-style  shopping  and  office 
center.  Several  medical  offices  within  center. 
Great  location  in  upscale,  affluent,  growing  area. 
Just  5 miles  from  both  Middlesex  General  Univer- 
sity Hospital  and  St.  Peters  Medical  Center.  Hid- 
den Lake  Towne  Center,  Off  Rt.  27,  No.  Bruns- 
wick. 


For  Information  Please  Call 
(201)  846-5700 


ADVERTISEMENT 


Multi-specialty  Surgical  Group  in  New  Jersey 
has  opportunities  for:  Vascular  surgeon,  urol- 
ogist, orthopedist,  pediatric  surgeon,  head 
and  neck  surgeon.  Must  have  or  be  eligible 
for  New  Jersey  license.  All  operating  ex-  < 
penses  paid.  Write  to  New  Jersey  Physician 
Placement  Service,  Box  252,  Fair  Lawn,  New 
Jersey  07410. 


SPECIALISTS  WANTED  IN  PERU 


Pediatricians — Gynecologists — General  Surgeons  to 
spend  two  or  three  weeks  in  Peru  teaching  and  working 
with  local  specialists.  Must  know  some  Spanish.  Room, 
board  and  gratitude  provided.  Pay  own  airfare.  Write: 


PROJECT  PERU,  INC. 
c/o  Robert  Zufall,  M.D. 
64  Baker  Ave. 

Dover,  N.J.  07801 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


526 


The  Journal 
the  Medical 
Society  of 


New  Jersey 


JULY  1984 


Send  this  coupon 
for  no-obligation 
information 

©f  tie  savings 
under 
tie  Medical 
Society  of 
Mew  Jersey 
Endorsed 
Insurance 
Plans 


Check  this  iist 

against  your 

coverages .... 

□ $5000  Monthly  Guaranteed 
Convertible  Accident  and  Health 

□ $10,000  Monthly  Practice 
Overhead  Expense 

□ $1,250,000  Term  Life  Insurance 

□ $500  Deductible 
COMPREHENSIVE 
MILLION-DOLLAR  MAJOR 
MEDICAL  PLAN — No  other 
coverage  needed— Issuable  to  Age 
69 

□ $15,000  Deductible  MILLION- 
DOLLAR  UMBRELLA 
MAJOR  MEDICAL  PLAN  for 
holders  of  Blue  Cross  and  other 
Major  Medical  Plans — Issuable 
to  Age  69 

□ $!00-a~day  Hospital  Income 
Policy 

□ $200,00(0  High  Limit  Accident 
Plan 

□ Keogh  and  Corporate  Plan 
NOW!  $15,000  KEOGH 


o E.  & Wo  Blanksteen 
o Agency,  Inc. 

* E.  & Wo  Blanksteen 

8 

75  Montgomery  St., 

Jersey  City,  N.J.  07302 
(201)  333-4340 
or  (800)  742-2849 

8 


Name: 


Address: 


Tel.  No 

Best  Time  To  Call 


Easy  To  Take 


Keflex 

cephalexin 


Additional  information 
available  to  the  profession 
on  request. 


^□dista 


420113 


Dista  Products  Company 
Division  of  Eli  Lilly  and  Company 
Indianapolis,  Indiana  46285 
Mfd.  by  Eli  Lilly  Industries,  Inc. 
Carolina,  Puerto  Rico  00630 


NUMBER  7 — JULY  1984 


527 


July  1984 


THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY 
OF  NEW  JERSEY 

Founded  July  23,  1 766 

Officers  and  Trustees 


President  and  Chairman  of  the  Board 

Frank  Y.  Watson,  M.D.  (Essex)  Glen  Ridge 

President-Elect 

Ralph  J.  Fioretti,  M.D.  (Bergen)  Rochelle  Park 

First  Vice-President 

Edward  A Schauer,  M.D.  (Monmouth)  Farmingdale 

Second  Vice-President 

Harry  M.  Carnes,  M.D.  (Camden)  Audubon 

Immediate  Past-President 

Alexander  D.  Kovacs,  M.D.  (Union)  Scotch  Plains 

Secretary 

Arthur  Bernstein,  M.D.  (Essex)  South  Orange 

Treasurer 

Paul  J.  Hlrseh,  M.D.  (Somerset)  Bridgewater 

Trustees 

Joel  S.  Cherashore,  M.D.  (1986)  (Essex)  Nutley 

Douglas  M.  Costabile,  M.D.  (1987)  (Union)  Murray  Hill 

Palma  E.  Formica  M.D.  (1987) 

(Middlesex)  New  Brunswick 

Harry  W.  Fullerton,  Jr.,  M.D.  (1985) 

(Salem)  Carney’s  Point 

Frank  Gingerelli,  M.D.  (1986)  (Bergen)  Hackensack 

Michael  M.  Heeg,  M.D.  (1987)  (Mercer)  Trenton 

Louis  L.  Keeler,  M.D.  (1985)  (Camden)  Coilingswood 

John  P.  Kengeter,  M.D.  (1987)  (Ocean)  Toms  River 

Edwin  W.  Messey,  M.D.  (1985)  (Burlington)  Willingboro 

Myles  C.  Morrison,  Jr.,  M.D.  (1985)  (Morris)  ....  Morristown 

John  J.  Pastore,  M.D.  (1986)  (Cumberland)  Vineland 

Carl  Restivo,  Jr.,  M.D.  (1987)  (Hudson)  Jersey  City 

Bernard  Robins,  M.D.  (1987)  (Essex)  Springfield 

Gerald  H.  Rozan,  M.D.  (1987)  (Passaic)  Wayne 

Councilors 

First  District 

(Essex,  Morris,  Union,  and  Warren  Counties) 

Edward  M.  Coe.  M.D.  (1987)  Cranford 

Second  District 

(Bergen,  Hudson,  Passaic,  and  Sussex  Counties) 

Robert  A Weinstein,  M.D.  (1986)  Newton 

Third  District 

(Hunterdon,  Mercer,  Middlesex,  and  Somerset  Counties) 

Louis  G.  Fares,  M.D.  (1985)  Trenton 

Fourth  District 

(Burlington,  Camden,  Monmouth,  and  Ocean  Counties) 

Frederick  W.  Durham,  M.D.  (1987)  Haddonfield 

Fifth  District 

(Atlantic,  Cape  May,  Cumberland,  Gloucester,  and 
Salem  Counties) 

Paul  H.  Steel,  M.D.  (1986)  Atlantic  City 

AMA  Delegates 

William  J.  D’Elia,  M.D.,  Chairman  (1985)  Spring  Lake 

Alfred  A Alessi,  M.D.  (1986)  Hackensack 

Frederick  W.  Durham,  M.D.  (1986)  Haddonfield 

Palma  E.  Formica  M.D.  (1986)  New  Brunswick 

Karl  T.  Franzoni,  M.D.  (1986)  Trenton 

John  S.  Madara  M.D.  (1986)  Salem 

Henry  J.  Mineur,  M.D.  (1986)  Cranford 

Myles  C.  Morrison,  Jr.,  M.D.  (1985)  Morristown 

Howard  D.  Slobodien,  M.D.  (1985)  Metuchen 

AMA  Trustee 

James  S.  Todd,  M.D.  (Ridgewood)  Bergen 


Publication  Committee 

Paul  J.  Hirsch,  M.D.,  Chairman 
Dirck  L.  Brendlinger,  M.D. 
Frederick  B.  Cohen,  M.D. 

A Olusegun  Fayemi,  M.D. 
Robert  M.  MacMillan,  M.D. 
Leon  G.  Smith,  M.D. 

La  Verne  Fioretti 

Editor 

Arthur  Krosniek,  M.D. 

Managing  Editor 

Geraldine  R Hutner 

Assistant  Managing  Editor 

Dorothy  J.  Griffith 

Advertising  Manager 

E.  Elizabeth  Cookson 

Executive  Director 

Vincent  A Maressa 


Executive  Director  Emeritus 

Richard  I.  Nevin 


Editorial  Board 

Jerome  Abrams,  M.D.  (Obstet/Gynecol) 
Joseph  Alpert,  M.D.  (Vase  Surg) 

Harold  Arlen,  M.D.  (Otolaryngol) 
Alfonse  Cinotti,  M.D.  (Ophthalmol) 
Robert  Dodelson,  M.D.  (Nephrol) 
Norman  H.  Ertel,  M.D.  (Int  Med/Endocrinol) 
Daniel  P.  Greenfield,  M.D.  (Psychiat) 
Christine  E.  Haycock,  M.D.  (Sports  Med) 
Monroe  S.  Karetzky,  M.D.  (Pulmon  Med) 
Avrum  L.  Katcher,  M.D.  (Pediatr) 
Stanley  C.  Leonberg,  Jr.,  M.D.  (Neurol) 

Joel  D.  Levinson,  M.D.  (Gastroenterol) 
Joseph  A Lieberman,  III,  M.D.  (Fam  Med) 
Henry  R Liss,  M.D.  (Neurosurg) 

Geobel  A Marin,  M.D.  (Int  Med/Gastroenterol) 
Donald  G.  McKaba  M.D.  (Allergy) 

Robby  Meijer,  M.D.  (Plas  Surg) 

Frank  T.  Padberg,  Jr.,  M.D.  (Surg) 
Christopher  A Papa  M.D.  (Dermatol) 
Norman  Riegel,  M.D.  (Book  Review) 
Edwin  L.  Rothfield,  M.D.  (Cardiol) 
Benjamin  F.  Rush,  Jr.,  M.D.  (Surg) 
Morris  H.  Saffron,  M.D.  (Med  His) 

Mark  M.  Singer,  M.D.  (Int  Med/ Endocrinol) 
Sheldon  D.  Solomon,  M.D.  (Rheum) 

Lloyd  N.  SpindeU,  M.D.  (Radiol) 

A Arthur  Sugerman,  M.D.  (Psychiat) 
Stephen  F.  Wang,  M.D.  (Pediatr) 

Edwin  S.  Wilson,  M.D.  (Radiol) 

Louis  S.  Zeiger,  M.D.  (Nucl  Med) 

Robert  B.  Zufall,  M.D.  (Urol) 


ournal  of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  (ISSN-0025-7524)  is  published  monthly  (since  1904)  excep 
rthly  in  July  (13  issues),  under  direction  of  the  Committee  on  Publication,  by  the  Medical  Society  of  Ne1 
wo  Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648.  Printed  in  East  Stroudsburg,  PA,  by  the  Hughes  Printin 
rum  per  of  issues  964.  Member’s  subscription  ($10)  is  included  in  Society  dues.  Rates  for  nonmember 
teA  add  $7.50  for  postage.  Single  copies,  $2.  Address  communications  to  The  Journal  MSNJ,  Tw 
ss  Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648,  (609)  896-1766.  Second-class  postage  paid  at  Trenton,  NJ,  and  addition! 
entry  office.  Copyright  1984  by  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey. 


528 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


Find  your  doctor  is  the  headline  in  what  has  to  be  one  of  the  largest 
posters  ever  produced — three  feet  by  five. 

This  poster  is  in  fact  a directory  of  the  approximately  10,000  Participating 
P.A.C.E.  Physicians  and  Providers. 

Distributed  to  10,000  of  our  larger  P.A.C.E  subscriber  businesses,  it  has 
proven  to  be  a unique  and  effective  way  to  promote  participation,  and  the 
key  role  the  Participating  Doctor  plays  in  this  comprehensive  health 
care  coverage. 

Currently  seven  out  of  ten  of  your  colleagues  are  participating 
in  P.A.C.E. 

The  P.A.C.E  program  takes  into  account 
the  kind  of  medicine  you  practice,  and  where 

P.A.C.E.  provides  Participating  Physicians 
more  equitable  and  consistant  payments. 

We  actively  seek  your  participation  , 
in  this  unique  P.A.C.E.  program,  '■  a 
for  more  information  please  call  jfi 
(201)  456-3200. 


The  card  that  you  can  count  on ... 

®Blue  Shield 

of  New  Jersey 


^T1 


Features 

532  Membership  Newsletter 

537  Professional  Liability  Commentary 

54 1 Editorial  Special:  The  Academy  of  Medicine  of  New  Jersey  Awards 
543  Editorial 

545  Hospital  Governing  Boards 

Contributions 

549  Out-of-Hospital  Births:  A Survey  of  Parents 

M.  Gregory,  M.D.,  R.B.  McDonough,  R.N.,  L.  Maciorowski,  R.N., 

E.  Miller,  M.S.,  Trenton 

557  Case  Report:  Alcoholic  Cardiomyopathy 

I A.  Gaspar,  M.D.,  Englewood 

563  Case  Report:  Tracheoesophageal  Fistula  and  Arteriosclerotic  Aortic 
Aneurysm 

R.  Schiffman,  M.D.,  Camden 

569  Clinical  Note:  Guided  Blind  Endotracheal  Intubation 

J.J.  Choi  M.D.,  M.  Potian,  M.D.,  E.Y.  Yoo,  M.D.,  W.  Wa,  M.D.,  Newark 
573  Clinical  Note:  Adverse  Drug  Reaction  after  Administration  of 
Influenza  Vaccine 

R.  Solomon,  M.D.,  J.  Morlino,  D.O.,  M.  Martucci,  R.N.,  D.  Ney,  R.N.,  Union 
576  Medical  History:  Conversations  in  Medicine 
A.  Weisse,  M.D.,  Newark 

58 1 Current  Nutrition:  Progress  in  Food  Allergy  and  Food  Sensitivity 

R.N.  Podell,  M.D.,  New  Providence 
586  JEMPAC  Update 

W.E.  Ryan,  M.D.,  Pennington 


Doctors’  Notebook 

589  Trustees’  Minutes:  May  2, 1984,  and  May  6, 1984 

590  UMDNJ  Notes,  Stanley  S.  Bergen,  Jr.,  M.D. 

59 1 Practical  Solutions  to  Common  Transfusion  Problems 
594  Physicians  Seeking  Location  in  New  Jersey 


MSNJ  Departments 

597  CME  Calendar  and  Information 

604  Letters  to  the  Editor 

605  Book  Reviews 

607  Obituaries 

608  Information  for  Authors 


On  the  Cover:  Attendees  at 

AMNJ’s  Awards  Dinner  received 
an  original  limited  edition  print 
by  Richard  Kemble  which  is  a 
semi-abstract  impression  of  the 
oak  tree  on  Princeton  Battlefield. 
Kemble  was  inspired  by  Japanese 
calligraphy. 


New  Jersey 

X ^ 

yj 

II 

jQ 

WffiZ' 

IpTfcv 

*'•*** 

THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


530 


The  RCA  solution 
for  paperwork 

headaches. 


Introducing 
the  cure  to  all 
your  admini- 
strative headaches. 

The  Medical  Man- 
agement System 
from  RCA.  This  unique  system  was 
designed  by  a physician  for  physi- 
cians. It  handles  everything  from  in- 
surance claims  and  patient  billing  to 
invoice  tracking  and  cash  disburse- 
ments. It  takes  the  hassle  out  of 
time-consuming  billing  procedures 
and  gives  you  greater  control  of  the 
business  side  of  your  practice. 


3 CMUP  I MMW 
5 HOIOlUl  22222222 
l NDICA1M  23451 
i WlWKDfl  UUTD  <*/*> 
i*  icon  Msiaron  it/n> 


2.  SECOfMIY  noun:  3 ID1CIII 


3 SianTME  rn  Fill  (t/H):  T 


3:JDICm  3:  UGlWHCl/PtY 

'"■otmo  list  com  non  no  co  fiu 


You’ll  feel 
good  about 
the  RCA  Med- 
ical Management 
System  when 
you  see  the  price, 

too.  It’s  affordable.  Easy  to  use.  And 
includes  an  IBM  personal  computer, 
a high-capacity  disc  storage  unit,  a 
printer,  and  the  RCA  Medical  Man- 
agement software. 

We’ll  take  care  of  everything  — 
delivery,  installation  and  user  train- 
ing. And  the  entire  system  is  backed 
by  RCA’s  one-year,  on-site  service 
warranty. 

Make  an  appointment  today  to 
see  a special  demonstration  of  the 
RCA  Medical  Management  Sys- 
tem. Just  call  collect  (609)  338- 
4129  and  let  RCA  help  make  your 
practice  perfect. 

ItCJI  Services 


I 


81— NUMBER  7— JULY  1984 


531 


Membership 

Newsletter 

THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


VOLUME  1 


DRGs  AS  AN  AUDIT  TOOL 

There  has  been  considerable  debate  on  the  effective- 
ness of  DRGs  as  a reimbursement  methodology.  At  a 
Washington  meeting  of  the  American  Society  of 
Anesthesiologists  (May  1984),  spokesmen  from  the 
Senate  Finance  Committee  and  the  Health  Care 
Financing  Administration  indicated  that  it  is  impos- 
sible to  establish  that  the  DRG  method  of  reimburse- 
ment is  an  effective  method  of  controlling  the  cost  of 
hospital  care. 

A recent  report  published  in  Health  Care  Notes 
(Ernst  and  Whinney,  No.  J58514)  concludes  that  DRG 
analysis  of  physician  performance  can  be  incomplete 
and  lead  to  an  improper  conclusion.  A cardiologist  at 
a midwest  hospital  was  producing  a length  of  stay  and 
charges  for  his  patients  by  DRG  which  were  con- 
sistently higher  than  those  of  his  peers.  The  hospital 
decided  to  investigate  further,  using  disease  staging 
techniques  which  incorporate  severity  of  illness  into 
the  analysis.  It  then  was  found  that  the  physician  was 
treating  the  cases  of  greatest  severity  within  each  DRG. 
It  was  concluded  that  this  practice  pattern  actually 
was  quite  efficient. 

Disease  staging  is  more  effective  for  audit  since,  un- 
like DRGs,  it  focuses  directly  on  the  severity  of  a pa- 
tient’s illness.  It,  therefore,  provides  meaningful  infor- 
mation and  allows  comparisons  of  treatment  superior 
to  that  done  by  DRG. 

Ernst  and  Whinney  suggest  that  hospital  adminis- 
trators should  consider  using  disease  staging  to  gain 
a better  understanding  of  treatment  patterns  before 
attempting  to  influence  physician  practices. 

MERICAN  ASSOCIATION  OF  MEDICAL 
ASSISTANTS-STATE  OF  NEW  JERSEY,  INC. 

American  Association  of  Medical  Assist- 
ants-State  of  New  Jersey,  Inc.,  is  an  outstanding  pro- 
fessional organization,  dedicated  to  the  education  and 

532 


self-improvement  of  medical  assistants.  It  has  mail 
tained  strong  and  effective  liaison  with  the  Medici 
Society  of  New  Jersey  and  has  been  a constant  abl 
and  devoted  ally  of  the  medical  profession. 

The  House  of  Delegates  of  the  Medical  Society  of  Ne 
Jersey  voted  to  support  the  American  Association  < 
Medical  Assistants-State  of  New  Jersey  in  the  hop} 
that  this  fine  organization  will  continue  to  grow. 

PROSPECTIVE  PAYMENT  ASSESSMENT 
COMMISSION 

In  a letter  to  the  House  and  Senate  Appropriatio1 
Committees,  the  AMA  supported  the  full  budget  ap 
propriation  request  for  the  Prospective  Paymer1 
Assessment  Commission  (ProPAC).  The  AMA  state 
that  “If  ProPAC  is  not  afforded  adequate  funding,  u 
are  concerned  that  it  will  be  incapable  of  makin' 
reasoned  recommendations  to  the  Secretary  of  the  D< 
partment  of  Health  and  Human  Services  (HHS),  an 
that  Medicare  beneficiaries  could  suffer  if  the  prosper 
tive  payment  system  flounders  and  hospitals  are  force 
to  curtail  services  or  even  close  their  doors.” 

MEDICARE  AND  MEDICAID  REIMBURSEMENT  OF 
PRACTITIONERS  WHO  LOSE  A LICENSE  IN  ONE 
JURISDICTION  AND  RELOCATE  TO  ANOTHER 

The  AMA  expressed  concern  that  health  care  pract 
tioners  who  have  been  found  unfit  to  practice  in  on 
jurisdiction  can  relocate  and  practice  in  anoth< 
jurisdiction  where  they  are  licensed.  The  witneJ 
stated  that  since  the  AMA  Masterfile  appears  to  be  th 
only  source  of  multistate  licensing  information  o 
physicians,  the  AMA  now  will  notify  the  medic; 
licensure  boards  when  it  receives  verifiable  infoi 
mation  concerning  license  revocation,  suspension,  c 
surrender  for  cause  involving  physician  competency 
Also,  AMA’s  model  state  discipline  legislation  will  b 
updated  to  include  suspension,  revocation,  or  sur 

THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


nder  of  a medical  license  for  competency- related 
tuse  in  another  state  as  grounds  for  disciplinary  ac- 
)n.  The  AMA  stated  that  it  would  support  a legislative 
oposal  to  close  gaps  in  the  federal  government’s 
ithority  to  exclude  a sanctioned  practitioner  from 
edicare  and  Medicaid  participation  regardless  of 
censure  status  in  other  states. 

DNVENTION  MANAGER 

Ms.  Eileen  Pfeiffer  has  been  made  the  manager  of 
SNJ’s  Annual  Meeting  Convention.  We  congratulate 
s.  Pfeiffer  on  her  new  position  and  her  fine  per- 
rmance  as  manager  of  the  218th  Annual  Meeting  at 
isorts  International  Hotel  and  Casino,  Atlantic  City. 

)LICY  STATEMENTS:  NURSING  PROCEDURES 
SW  JERSEY  BOARD  OF  NURSING 

(1)  Irrigation  of  Frontal  Sinuses:  It  is  the  con- 
lered  opinion  of  the  Board,  that  in  accordance  with 
JAC.  45:11-23  et  seq.,  irrigation  of  frontal  sinuses 
xild  be  an  inappropriate  function  of  a registered 
ofessional  nurse. 

(2)  Intracranial  Pressure  Monitoring:  It  is  the  con- 
iered  opinion  of  the  Board  that  according  to  N.J.SA 
»:  11-23:  a)  injection  of  fluid  into  the  cranial  cavity; 
removal  of  cerebral  spinal  fluid  from  an  intraven- 
cular  monitoring  catheter;  and  c)  the  inclusion  of  a 
ntinuous  flush  device  in  the  intracranial  pressure 
le  is  beyond  the  scope  of  professional  nursing  prac- 
:e. 

(3)  Instillation  of  Local  Anesthetic  during  Flexible 
onchoscopy:  It  is  the  considered  opinion  of  the 
iard  that  according  to  N.J.SA  45:1 1-23,  it  is  beyond 
e scope  of  practice  for  a licensed  practical  nurse  to 
still  lidocaine  or  other  local  anesthetic  through  the 
onchoscope. 

(4)  Instillation  of  Renagrafin  60:  It  is  the  con- 
lered  opinion  of  the  Board  that  according  to  N.J.SA 
: 11-23,  it  is  beyond  the  scope  of  practice  for  a 
ensed  practical  nurse  to  instill  renagrafin  60  into  a 
theter  during  an  endoscopic  retrograde  cholan- 
jpancreatography. 

(5)  Administration  of  Intravenous  Medications 
trough  a Heparin  Lock  by  Students  in  Professional 
bools  of  Nursing:  It  is  the  considered  opinion  of  the 
»ard  that  students  in  professional  schools  of  nursing 
ay  with  direct  supervision  hang  intravenous  “piggy- 
ick”  medications  which  are  administered  through  a 
parin  lock.  The  student  may  flush  the  heparin  lock 
th  heparinized  solution  before  and  after  the  medi- 
tion  has  been  administered  according  to  estab- 
hed  hospital  policy. 


MEDICAL  HELP  FOR  TRAVELERS  ABROAD 

If  you  are  traveling  abroad  this  year,  you  might  wish 
to  consider  signing  up  with  HEALTH  CARE  ABROAD, 
923  Investment  Building,  151 1 K Street  N.W.,  Washing- 
ton, DC  20005.  Telephone:  (202)  393-5500.  The  com- 
pany provides  a listing  of  English-speaking  doctors  in 
most  major  cities  abroad  (with  phone  numbers)  and, 
for  $2.50  a day  during  the  trip,  would  pay  your  medical 
and  hospital  expenses  in  any  country,  as  well  as  for 
special  travel  arrangements  should  you  become  unable 
to  fly  home  in  the  normal  way. 

DRG  VALIDATION/CERTIFICATION 

The  AMA  commented  on  the  requirement  in  the  final 
regulations  on  the  Medicare  prospective  payment  regu- 
lations mandating  that  the  attending  physician  vali- 
date and  certify  the  primary  and  secondary  diagnosis 
and  procedures  performed  to  allow  the  review  entity 
to  ascertain  the  validity  of  the  DRG,  and  as  a condition 
for  payment  to  the  hospital  by  Medicare.  In  objecting 
to  this  requirement  the  AMA  stated  that  it  created 
confusion  about  exactly  what  is  to  be  certified;  terms 
were  undefined;  and  that  it  is  both  offensive  and  un- 
necessary. The  Association  went  on  to  say  that  “Be- 
cause of  the  questionable  value  and  need  for  certifica- 
tion as  now  required  and  because  of  serious  concerns 
about  what  the  physician  is  expected  to  certify,  we 
need  to  explore  the  need  and  rationale  of  DRG  phy- 
sician certification  and  whether  this  regulation  can  be 
withdrawn.” 

HOSPITAL  MANAGEMENT  OF  INJURIES  ARISING 
FROM  EXPOSURE  TO  OR  INVOLVING  IONIZING 
RADIATION 

The  “Guide  to  the  Hospital  Management  of  Injuries 
Arising  from  Exposure  to  or  Involving  Ionizing  Radi- 
ation” was  prepared  by  the  AMA’s  Department  of  En- 
vironmental and  Occupational  Health  Programs  in 
response  to  a resolution  adopted  by  the  House  of  Del- 
egates. The  report  presents  a set  of  guidelines  that  can 
be  used  by  hospital  staffs  for  the  initial  care  of  persons 
receiving  accidental  exposures  to  ionizing  radiation  or 
becoming  contaminated  with  radioisotopes.  Single 
copies  of  the  report  can  be  purchased  for  $6.00  plus 
$3.50  for  shipping  and  handling.  All  order  inquiries 
should  be  addressed  to:  Order  Department— -OP  35, 
American  Medical  Association,  P.O.  Box  10946,  Chi- 
cago, IL  60610. 

FINI 

Never  let  yesterday  use  up  today. 


3L.  81— NUMBER  7^JULY  1984 


533 


First-step  blood  pressure  control 
with  optimal  simplicity 


Benefits  diuretics  cannot  offer . . . Once  daily  inde  r al  la 

(propranolol  HC1)  provides  smooth,  24-hour  control  of  blood  pressure 
plus  the  cardiovascular  benefits  of  the  world’s  leading  beta  blocker. 
And  INDERAL  LA  provides  a high  degree  of  patient  acceptance — 
without  potassium  problems. 

Experience  no  other  beta  blocker  can  match ..  . Once-daily 

INDERAL  LA  delivers  the  proven  performance  and  safety  profile  of 
INDERAL  tablets — confirmed  by  millions  of  patients  during  16  years 
of  clinical  use.  INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  used  in  congestive  heart 
failure,  sinus  bradycardia,  heart  block  greater  than  first  degree,  or 
bronchial  asthma. 


Start  With  80  mg  once  daily . - - Dosage  may  be  increased  to 
120  mg  or  160  mg  once  daily  as  needed  to  achieve  additional  control 
Please  see  next  page  for  further  details  and  brief  summary  of 
prescribing  information. 


80  120  160 

mg  mg  . mg 

The  ,1/ el  INl.V  HAL  I A c <*/.): 

■3  registered  trademark  o t Avast  l addiatan 


Just  once  each  day 
for  initial  therapy  in 
HYPERTENSION. 


ONCE-DAILY 


INDERAL  LA 

(PROPRANOLOL  HCI) 


LONG  ACTING 
CAPSULES 


80  120  160 
mg  mg  mg 


BRIEF  SUMMARY  (FOR  FULL  PRESCRIBING  INFORMATION.  SEE  PACKAGE  CIRCULAR  ) 
INDERAL*  LA  brand  ol  propranolol  hydrochloride  (Long  Acting  Capsules) 
DESCRIPTION.  Inderal  LA  Is  formulated  to  provide  a sustained  release  of  propranolol 
hydrochloride.  Inderal  LA  is  available  as  80  mg,  120  mg,  and  160  mg  capsules 
CLINICAL  PHARMACOLOGY.  INDERAL  is  a nonselectlve  beta-adrenergic  receptor 
blocking  agent  possessing  no  other  autonomic  nervous  system  activity  It  specifically  com- 
petes with  beta-adrenergic  receptor  stimulating  agents  for  available  receptor  sites  When 
access  to  beta-receptor  sites  is  blocked  by  INDERAL,  the  chronotropic,  inotropic,  and 
vasodilator  responses  to  beta-adrenergic  stimulation  are  decreased  proportionately. 

INDERAL  LA  Capsules  (80, 120,  and  160  mg)  release  propranolol  HCI  at  a controlled  and 
predictable  rate.  Peak  blood  levels  following  dosing  with  INDERAL  LA  occur  at  about  6 hours 
and  the  apparent  plasma  half  life  is  about  10  hours  When  measured  at  steady  state  over  a 24- 
hour  period  the  areas  under  the  propranolol  plasma  concentration-time  curve  (AUCs)  for  the 
capsules  are  approximately  60%  to  65%  ot  the  AUCs  for  a comparable  divided  daily  dose  of 
INDERAL  tablets.  The  lower  AUCs  for  the  capsules  are  due  to  greater  hepatic  metabolism  of 
propranolol,  resulting  from  the  slower  rate  of  absorption  of  propranolol  Over  a twenty-four  (24) 
hour  period,  blood  levels  are  fairly  constant  for  about  twelve  (12)  hours  then  decline 
exponentially. 

INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  considered  a simple  mg  for  mg  substitute  for  conventional 
propranolol  and  the  blood  levels  achieved  do  not  match  (are  lower  than)  those  of  two  to  four 
times  daily  dosing  with  the  same  dose  When  changing  to  INDERAL  LA  from  conventional 
propranolol,  a possible  need  for  retitration  upwards  should  be  considered  especially  to 
maintain  effectiveness  at  the  end  of  the  dosing  interval.  In  most  clinical  settings,  however, 
such  as  hypertension  or  angina  where  there  is  little  correlation  between  plasma  levels  and 
clinical  effect.  INDERAL  LA  has  been  therapeutically  equivalent  to  the  same  mg  dose  of 
conventional  INDERAL  as  assessed  by  24-hour  effects  on  blood  pressure  and  on  24-hour 
exercise  responses  of  heart  rate,  systolic  pressure  and  rate  pressure  product.  INDERAL  LA 
can  provide  effective  beta  blockade  for  a 24-hour  period. 

The  mechanism  of  the  antihypertensive  effect  of  INDERAL  has  not  been  established 
Among  the  factors  that  may  be  involved  in  contributing  to  the  antihypertensive  action  are  (1) 
decreased  cardiac  output,  (2)  inhibition  of  renin  release  by  the  kidneys,  and  (3)  diminution  of 
tonic  sympathetic  nerve  outflow  from  vasomotor  centers  in  the  brain  Although  total  peripheral 
resistance  may  increase  initially,  it  readjusts  to  or  below  the  pretreatment  level  with  chronic 
use.  Effects  on  plasma  volume  appear  to  be  minor  and  *gpjiewhat  variable.  INDERAL  has 
been  shown  to  cause  a small  increase  in  serum  potassiffijfconcentration  when  usee®  the 
treatment  of  hypertensive  patients  , . . ■ 

In  angina  pectoris,  propranolol  generally  reduces  the^fitgn  rec^|i^P#<^#|^B&t 
any  given  level  of  effort  by  blocking  the  catecholamine-1j|8ug^d  inceMBfein  the  hepj&rate, 
systolic  blood  pressure,  and  the  velocity  and  extent  oflHBdial  JEtrQction  Rroplfinolol  i 
may  increase  oxygen  requirements  by  increasing  left  jg^tieiflar  tiber  length  end  diastolic  ' 
pressure  and  systolic  election  period  1 he  net  physiologic  effect  ol  beta-adrei  lorgic  blockade 
is  usually  advantageous  and  is  mamtested  dunrig..6xercise'6y  detayed  onset  ot  pain  and 
increased  work  capacity  Jj| 

In  dosages  greater  than  required  for  beta  blockade.  INDERAL  also  exerts  a quimdine-ljKf?' 
or  anesthetic-like  membrane  action  which  affects  the  cardiac  action  potential,  fhe  signifi- 
cance of  the  membrane  action  in  the  treatment  of  atrj^'hm(j& isSrtceni®  M 

The  mechanism  of  the  antimigraine  effect  of  propranolol  has  not. been  established  Beta- 
adrenergic  receptors  have  been  demonstrated  in  The  piaT  vessels  of  tti@  brain 

Beta  receptor  blockade  can  be  useful  in  concHftns  m.ystiich,  because  Of  pathologie<or 
functional  changes,  sympathetic  activity  is  detrimental  to  the  patient,  JiuMthere  are  also 
situations  in  which  sympathetic  stimulation  is  vital  i-^examplenn  patients  wtfn: severely 
damaged  hearts,  adequate  ventricular  function  is  maintained  by  virtue  of  sympathetic  drive 
which  should  be  preserved  In  the  presence  of  AV  block,  greater  than  first  degree,  beta 
blockade  may  prevent  the  necessary  facilitating  effect  of  sympathetic  activity  on  conduction 
Beta  blockade  results  in  bronchial  constriction  by  interfering  with  adrenergic  bronchodilator 
activity  which  should  be  preserved  in  patients  subject  to  bronchospasm 
Propranolol  is  not  significantly  dialyzable. 

INDICATIONS  AND  USAGE.  Hypertension:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  in  the  manage- 
ment of  hypertension;  it  may  be  used  alone  or  used  in  combination  with  other  antihypertensive 
agents,  particularly  a thiazide  diuretic.  INDERAL  LA  is  not  indicated  in  the  management  of 
hypertensive  emergencies 

Angina  Pectoris  Due  to  Coronary  Atherosclerosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated 
for  the  long-term  management  of  patients  with  angina  pectoris. 

Migraine:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  for  the  prophylaxis  of  common  migraine  headache. 
The  efficacy  of  propranolol  in  the  treatment  of  a migraine  attack  that  has  started  has  not  been 
established  and  propranolol  is  not  indicated  for  such  use. 

Hypertrophic  Subaortic  Stenosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  useful  in  the  management  of 
hypertrophic  subaortic  stenosis,  especially  for  treatment  of  exertional  or  other  stress-induced 
angina,  palpitations,  and  syncope  INDERAL  LA  also  improves  exercise  performance  The 
effectiveness  of  propranolol  hydrochloride  in  this  disease  appears  to  be  due  to  a reduction  of 
the  elevated  outflow  pressure  gradient  which  is  exacerbated  by  beta-receptor  stimulation 
Clinical  improvement  may  be  temporary. 

CONTRAINDICATIONS.  INDERAL  is  contraindicated  in  1)  cardiogenic  shock;  2)  sinus 
bradycardia  and  greater  than  tirst  degree  block;  3)  bronchial  asthma;  4)  congestive  heart 
failure  (see  WARNINGS)  unless  the  failure  is  secondary  to  a tachyarrhythmia  treatable  with 
INDERAL 

WARNINGS.  CARDIAC  FAILURE:  Sympathetic  stimulation  may  be  a vital  component  sup- 
porting circulatory  function  in  patients  with  congestive  heart  failure,  and  its  inhibition  by  beta 
blockade  may  precipitate  more  severe  failure.  Although  beta  blockers  should  be  avoided  in 
overt  congestive  heart  failure,  if  necessary,  they  can  be  used  with  close  follow-up  in  patients 
with  a history  of  failure  who  are  well  compensated  and  are  receiving  digitalis  and  diuretics. 
Beta-adrenergic  blocking  agents  do  not  abolish  the  inotropic  action  of  digitalis  on  heart 
muscle. 

IN  PATIENTS  WITHOUT  A HISTORY  OF  HEART  FAILURE,  continued  use  of  beta  blockers 
can,  in  some  cases,  lead  to  cardiac  failure  Therefore,  at  the  first  sign  or  symptom  of  heart 
failure,  the  patient  should  be  digitalized  and/or  treated  with  diuretics,  and  the  response 
observed  closely,  or  INDERAL  should  be  discontinued  (gradually,  if  possible). 


IN  PATIENTS  WITH  ANGINA  PECTORIS,  there  have  been  reports  of  exacerbation  of 
angina  and,  in  some  cases,  myocardial  infarction,  following  abrupt  discontinuance  of 
INDERAL  therapy.  Therefore,  when  discontinuance  of  INDERAL  is  planned  the  dosage 
should  be  gradually  reduced  over  at  least  a few  weeks,  and  the  patient  should  be 
cautioned  against  interruption  or  cessation  of  therapy  without  the  physician's  advice.  If 
j II  iDERAL  therapy  is  interrupted  and  exacerbation  of  angina  occurs,  it  usually  is  advis- 
able to  reinstitute  INDERAL  therapy  and  take  other  measures  appropriate  for  the  man- 
i agernent  of  unstable  angina  pectoris.  Since  coronary  artery  disease  may  be 
j unrecognized,  it  may  be  prudent  to  follow  the  above  advice  in  patients  considered  at  risk 
ol  having  occult  atherosclerotic  heart  disease  who  are  given  propranolol  for  other 
indications 


MAJOR  SURGERY:  The  necessity  or  desirability  of  withdrawal  of  beta-blocking  the  j 
prior  to  major  surgery  is  controversial  It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  the  impaired  abil 
the  heart  to  respond  to  reflex  adrenergic  stimuli  may  augment  the  risks  of  general  anestt 
and  surgical  procedures. 

INDERAL  (propranolol  HCI).  like  other  beta  blockers,  is  a competitive  inhibitor  of  tj 
receptor  agonists  and  its  effects  can  be  reversed  by  administration  of  such  agents, 
dobutamine  or  isoproterenol.  However,  such  patients  may  be  subject  to  protracted  se 
hypotension  Difficulty  in  starting  and  maintaining  the  heartbeat  has  also  been  reported 
bstd  blockers 

DIABETES  AND  HYPOGLYCEMIA  Beta-adrenergic  blockade  may  prevent  the1 
pearance  of  certain  premonitory  signs  and  symptoms  (pulse  rate  and  pressure  change] 
acute  hypoglycemia  in  labile  insulin-dependent  diabetes.  In  these  patients,  it  may  be  r 
difficult  to  adpst  the  dosage  of  insulin. 

THYROTOXICOSIS:  Beta  blockade  may  mask  certain  clinical  signs  of  hyperthymic 
Therefore,  abrupt  withdrawal  of  propranolol  may  be  followed  by  an  exacerbation  ol  sympi 
of  hyperthyroidism,  including  thyroid  storm.  Propranolol  does  not  distort  thyroid  function  t 
IN  PATIENTS  WITH  WOLFF-PARKINSON-WHITE  SYNDROME,  several  cases  have  I 
reported  in  which,  after  propranolol,  the  tachycardia  was  replaced  by  a severe  bradyc; 
requiring  a demand  pacemaker  In  one  case  this  resulted  after  an  initial  dose  of  E 
propranolol. 

PRECAUTIONS.  General:  Propranolol  should  be  used  with  caution  in  patients  with  imp; 
hepatic  or  renal  function  INDERAL  is  not  indicated  for  the  treatment  of  hyperter 
emergencies. 

Beta  adrenoreceptor  blockade  can  cause  reduction  of  intraocular  pressure.  Pat 
should  be  told  that  INDERAL  may  interfere  with  the  glaucoma  screening  test  Withdrawal 
lead  to  a return  of  increased  intraocular  pressure. 

Clinical  Laboratory  Tests  Elevated  blood  urea  levels  in  patients  with  severe  heart  dise 
elevated  serum  transaminase,  alkaline  phosphatase,  lactate  dehydrogenase 

DRUG  INTERACTIONS:  Patients  receiving  catecholamine-depleting  drugs  such  as  n 
pine  should  be  closely  observed  if  INDERAL  is  administered  The  added  catecholan 
blocking  action  may  produce  an  excessive  reduction  of  resting  sympathetic  nervous  ac 
which  may  result  in  hypotension,  marked  bradycardia,  vertigo,  syncopal  attacks,  or  orthos 
hypotension. 

Carcinogenesis,  Mutagenesis.  Impairment  of  Fertility:  Long-term  studies  in  animals 
been  conducted  to  evaluate  toxic  effects  and  carcinogenic  potential  In  18-month  studr 
.bqtbrats  Mid  mice,  employing  doses^ugrt.o.150  mg/kg/day,  there  was  no  evidence  of  sigmt. 
drug-inditced  toxicity  rheae'4jfce-fio  drug-related  tumorigemc  effects  al  any  ot  the  do: 
flevelf? Reproductive  studies  animals  did  not  show  any  impairment  ol  fertility  that 
, attnbiitable  lo  the  drug. 

fia  /SKglBncy  JHHncy  Category  C JJNDERAL  has  been  shown  to  be  embryotox 
' animal  studies  atidoses  about  10  tirrsesyre^ter  than  the  maximum  recommended  human  c 
There  are  no  adequate  and  welt-controlled  studies  in  pregnant  women  INDERAL  sr. 
be  used  during  pregnancy  only  if  the  potential  benelit  justities  the  potential  risk  to  the  fi 
Nursing  Motjjms  INDERAL  is  excreted  in  human  milk  Caution  should  be  exercised  v 
ajNDERAL  is  administered  to  a nutsing  wopian 
“ C flMiic  Use:  SafdTy  and  effeclivefRs  in  children  have  not  been  established 
ADVERSE  REACTtlONS.  MosLad.i^se  effects  have  been  mild  and  transient  and 
rjrely: required  the  withdrawal  bf/therapy 

Gawjova$cular:  bradycardia;  congestive  heart  failure,  intensification  of  AV  block;  h 
' tensioMfea^feiesia  ot  bands  thrombocytopenic  pturpura  arterial  insufficiency,  usually  c 
™*Raynaumlype“*'  --i.----'  »•*“ 

Central  Nervous  Sys/err£;&|jj)fheadedness,  mental  depression  manifested  by  msor 
lassitude,  weakness,  fatigudn^ersible  mental  depression  progressing  to  catatonia,  v 
disturbances;  hallucinations,  an  acute  reversible  syndrome  characterized  by  disorientate 
time  and  place,  short-term  memory  loss,  emotional  lability,  slightly  clouded  sensorium, 
decreased  performance  on  neuropsychometrics. 

Gastrointestinal:  nausea,  vomiting,  epigastric  distress,  abdominal  cramping,  dian 
constipation,  mesenteric  arterial  thrombosis,  ischemic  colitis 

Allergic:  pharyngitis  and  agranulocytosis,  erythematous  rash,  fever  combined  with  ac 
and  sore  throat,  laryngospasm  and  respiratory  distress. 

Respiratory,  bronchospasm. 

Hematologic:  agranulocytosis,  nonthrombocytopenic  purpura,  thrombocytop 
purpura 

Auto-Immune  In  extremely  rare  instances,  systemic  lupus  erythematosus  has  I: 
reported 

Miscellaneous:  alopecia,  LE-like  reactions,  psoriasiform  rashes,  dry  eyes,  male  ir 
tence,  and  Peyronie's  disease  have  been  reported  rarely.  Oculomucocutaneous  reao 
involving  the  skin,  serous  membranes  and  conjunctivae  reported  for  a beta  blocker  (praci 
have  not  been  associated  with  propranolol 

DOSAGE  AND  ADMINISTRATION.  INDERAL  LA  provides  propranolol  hydrochloride 
sustained-release  capsule  for  administration  once  daily  If  patients  are  switched  from  INDE 
tablets  to  INDERAL  LA  capsules,  care  should  be  taken  to  assure  that  the  desired  therap'1 
effect  is  maintained  INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  considered  a simple  mg  for  mg  substitul 
INDERAL  INDERAL  LA  has  different  kinetics  and  produces  lower  blood  levels.  Retitration 
be  necessary  especially  to  maintain  effectiveness  at  the  end  of  the  24-hour  dosing  inte 
HYPERTENSION — Dosage  must  be  individualized  The  usual  initial  dosage  is  8C 
INDERAL  LA  once  daily,  whether  used  alone  or  added  to  a diuretic  The  dosage  ma 
increased  to  120  mg  once  daily  or  higher  until  adequate  blood-pressure  control  is  achie. 
The  usual  maintenance  dosage  is  120  to  160  mg  once  daily  In  some  instances  a dosage  o 
mg  may  be  required.  The  time  needed  for  full  hypertensive  response  to  a given  dosai 
variable  and  may  range  from  a few  days  to  several  weeks 

ANGINA  PECTORIS — Dosage  must  be  individualized.  Starting  with  80  mg  INDERAj 
once  daily,  dosage  should  be  gradually  increased  at  three  to  seven  day  intervals  until  optu 
response  is  obtained  Although  individual  patients  may  respond  at  any  dosage  level 
average  optimum  dosage  appears  to  be  160  mg  once  daily  In  angina  pectoris,  the  value 
safety  of  dosage  exceeding  320  mg  per  day  have  not  been  established 

If  treatment  is  to  be  discontinued,  reduce  dosage  gradually  over  a period  of  a few  w| 
(see  WARNINGS). 

MIGRAINE — Dosage  must  be  individualized  The  initial  oral  dose  is  80  mg  INDERA 
once  daily.  The  usual  effective  dose  range  is  160-240  mg  once  daily  The  dosage  ma  i 
increased  gradually  to  achieve  optimum  migraine  prophylaxis  It  a satisfactory  response  i 
obtained  within  four  to  six  weeks  after  reaching  the  maximum  dose,  INDERAL  LA  the 
should  be  discontinued.  It  may  be  advisable  to  withdraw  the  drug  gradually  over  a peril 
several  weeks 

HYPERTROPHIC  SUBAORTIC  STENOSIS— 80-160  mg  INDERAL  LA  once  daily. 
PEDIATRIC  DOSAGE — At  this  time  the  data  on  the  use  of  the  drug  in  this  age  group  an 
limited  to  permit  adequate  directions  for  use. 

•The  appearance  of  INDERAL  LA  capsules  is  a registered  trademark  of  Ayerst  LaboratO 

AQ5G  t 


Nomalllergic  Bronchospasm  (e.g.,  chronic  bronchitis,  emphysema) — 

PATIENTS  WITH  BRONCHOSPASTIC  DISEASES  SHOULD  IN  GENERAL  NOT  RECEIVE  BETA 
BLOCKERS.  INDERAL  should  be  administered  with  caution  since  it  may  block  bronchodila- 
tion  produced  by  endogenous  and  exogenous  catecholamine  stimulation  of  beta  receptors 


Ayerst 


AYERST  LABORATORIES 
New  York,  N.Y.  10017 


536 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


ROFESSIONAL  LIABILITY 
OMMENTARY* 

Courses  and 
Contracts 


Clinicolegal  Correspondence  Course; 
Lawyers,  Beware;  Climate  Improving  for 
Malpractice  Tort  Reform 


Over  the  last  several  years,  pro- 
fessional liability  lawsuits  have 
become  a part  of  the  practice  of 
isdicine.  While  in  theory,  the  central  issue  is  the 
aality  of  medical  care  rendered,  often  factors  which 
I in  the  environment  surrounding  the  question  of 
batmen  t decide  whether  the  plaintiff  or  the  defen- 
(nt  prevails.  Such  things  as  the  manner  in  which 
batmen  t is  documented  in  the  record  or  the  way  in 
jinich  a defendant  handles  an  attorney’s  questions  are 
; important  as  the  facts  of  the  case.  Additionally,  in 
irtain  cases  a prior  knowledge  of  what  the  law  re- 
< tires  may  have  enabled  the  physician  to  avoid  becom- 
ig  involved  in  the  suit  in  the  first  place. 
Recognizing  a need  to  provide  information  on  the 
1 v as  it  applies  to  the  practice  of  medicine,  the  leader- 
tip  of  the  Medical  Inter-Insurance  Exchange  of  New 
i rsey  (MIIENJ)  commissioned  Dr.  James  E.  George,  a 
pysician  and  an  attorney,  to  develop  a correspon- 
< nee  course  which  would  fill  this  need.  This  work  was 
rmpleted  in  late  1983,  and  since  the  course’s 
itroduction  in  January  1984,  2,500  physi- 
<ms  have  enrolled. 

The  course  was  written  to  inform  the  physician, 
i ther  than  try  to  make  him  into  a student  of  the  legal 
1 iguage.  It  is  divided  into  24  chapters,  each  covering 
isingle  major  subject.  It  begins  by  reviewing  basic 
1 gal  principles,  and  progresses  to  such  subjects  as 
' thdrawal  of  life-support  systems,  emergency  psy- 
wiatric  commitment,  and  countersuits.  After  pre- 
nting  information  on  each  subject,  actual  case  cha- 
ins are  presented  to  demonstrate  how  the  law  under 


discussion  was  applied.  Each  chapter  ends  with  sev- 
eral test  questions.  After  answering  all  of  the  ques- 
tions, the  answer  sheet  is  returned  to  MIIENJ.  The 
sheet  is  graded  and  returned  to  the  physician  with  a 
pamphlet  which  gives  an  explanation  of  the  answer  to 
each  question. 

Upon  successful  completion  of  the  course  and  the 
test,  the  physician  is  eligible  for  an  award  of  20  hours 
of  Categoiy  I CME  Credit  (or  Category  2-B  in  the  CME 
program  of  the  American  Osteopathic  Association,  if 
appropriate).  Also  earned  is  a two-point  reduction  in 
any  point  total  incurred  under  the  High-Risk  Evalu- 
ation Program.  The  course  is  free  to  any  MIIENJ  in- 
sured, and  is  available  to  physicians  insured  by  any 
other  carrier  at  a fee  of  $75.  Anyone  interested  can 
obtain  a copy  by  sending  name,  address,  and  specialty 
to  the  Risk  Prevention  Department,  Medical  Inter-ln- 
surance  Exchange  of  New  Jersey,  P.O.  Box  6470,  Law- 
renceville,  NJ  08648. 

LAWYERS,  BEWARE! 

New  Jersey  is  cracking  down  on  lawyers  who  bilk 
clients  or  engage  in  unethical  conduct.  Last  year  1,967 
complaints  were  filed  against  lawyers,  while  in  1982 
exactly  2,038  complaints  were  lodged,  the  State 
Division  of  Consumer  Affairs  said. 

Last  year  there  were  319  ethics  complaints  lodged 
against  New  Jersey  doctors,  233  against  14,500  den- 
tists, and  95  against  90,7 1 7 nurses,  division  Director, 
James  Barry  said.  (Trentonian,  March  20,  1984) 

CLIMATE  IMPROVING  FOR  MALPRACTICE 
TORT  REFORM 

The  public  climate  for  tort  reform  may  be  improving. 
A yearly  public  opinion  survey,  conducted  by  an  inde- 
pendent firm  for  the  American  Medical  Association 
last  year,  shows  growing  support  for  limits  on  the 
amount  of  money  that  could  be  awarded  in  a malprac- 
tice suit.  Nearly  two-thirds  (62  percent)  said  they 
favored  such  a cap. 

In  a 1982  survey,  public  respondents  flatly  rejected 
giving  up  the  right  to  sue  for  malpractice,  but  increas- 
ing concern  about  rising  health  care  costs  apparently 
has  made  the  ceiling  on  awards  more  acceptable. 

The  public  also  may  be  developing  an  increasing 
perception  that  some  malpractice  suits  are  without 
merit.  When  asked  if  people  who  sue  physicians 
usually  are  justified  in  bringing  suit  the  number  who 
said  yes  dropped  from  47  percent  in  1982  to  41  percent 
in  1983.  The  number  who  said  people  who  sued  were 
“just  looking  for  an  easy  way  to  make  money"  rose  from 
43  percent  in  1982  to  47  percent  in  1983. 

Slightly  less  than  half  of  the  respondents  said  juries 
awarded  too  much  money  to  successful  plaintiffs  in 
malpractice  suits  while  about  one-third  said  the 
amounts  awarded  were  about  right.  ( Loss  Mlnlmlzer, 
February  1984) 


’This  item  from  the  Department  of  Professional  Liability  Con- 
trol, MSNJ.  was  prepared  by  James  E.  George,  M.D..  J.D.,  and 
A Ronald  Rouse  who  are,  respectively.  Director  of  the  Depart- 
ment and  Director  of  Special  Projects. 


OL.  81 -NUMBER  7-UULY  1984 


537 


FIFTH  ANNUAL  MEDICOLEGAL  SEMINAR 

Wednesday,  September  12,  1984 
8:30  a.m.-  4:00  p.m. 

Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  Executive  Offices 
Two  Princess  Road 
Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648 

presented  by 


Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
Department  of  Professional 
Liability  Control 


Medical  Inter-Insurance 
Exchange  of  New  Jersey 
Department  of  Risk  Management 


Morning  Session 

8:30  Registration  and  Coffee 
Greetings 

Frank  Y.  Watson,  M.D.,  President, 
MSNJ  and  James  S.  Todd,  M.D., 
Chairman  of  the  Board,  MIIENJ 


9:00 


9:20 


9:45 


Opening  Remarks 

James  E.  George,  M.D.,  J.D., 
Director,  Department  of  Professional 
Liability  Control 

“The  Snitch  Bills;  Their  Impact 
on  Medical  Malpractice” 

Vincent  A.  Maressa, 

Executive  Director,  MSNJ 


1:00 


10:15 


“Reporting  of  Medical  Malpractice  To 
State  Board  of  Medical  Examiners” 

Joseph  A.  Riggs,  M.D.,  Member  of  State 
Board  of  Medical  Examiners 


10:45 


11:15 


“The  New  Case  Management  and 
Procedures  of  Malpractice  Litigation” 

Honorable  Peter  Ciolino,  Assignment  Judge 
Superior  Court,  Passaic  County 

Questions  and  Answers 


Afternoon  Session 

12:00  Lunch 

12:45  “Medical  Malpractice;  The 
View  from  the  Chair” 

James  S.  Todd,  M.D. 

Chairman,  Board  of  MIIENJ 

“The  Professional  Liability 
World  Today;  The  State  of 
the  Industry” 

Peter  Sweetland,  President, 
MIIENJ 

“The  Claim  Climate  in  New 
Jersey;  A History  and  a 
Look  at  the  Future” 

Joseph  DeRoma,  Vice-President, 
Claims,  MIIENJ 

“An  Ounce  of  Prevention; 
Causes  of  Suits  and  Programs 
Developed  To  Avoid  Them” 

Adam  P.  Wilczek,  Director, 
Department  of  Risk  Management, 
MIIENJ 

Questions  and  Answers 


1:45 


2:30 


3:15 


APPROVED  FOR  5%  CME  CATEGORY  I CREDITS 


REGISTRATION 

PLEASE  RESPOND  NO  LATER  THAN  AUGUST  31,  1984 
NO  REFUNDS  AFTER  SEPTEMBER  10,  1984 


MSNJ  MEMBER  OR  MIIENJ  INSURED 
NON  MSNJ  MEMBER  OR 
NOT  INSURED  WITH  MIIENJ 


$10.00 

25.00 


DETACH  AND  MAIL  TO  MSNJ,  TWO  PRINCESS  ROAD,  LAWRENCEVILLE,  NJ  08648 

Enclosed  is  my  check  for payable  to  MSNJ 

NAME  (PLEASE  PRINT) 

ADDRESS 


PHONE  #. 


A CONFIRMATION  WILL  BE  SENT  TO  YOU  ALONG  WITH  DIRECTIONS  TO  MSNJ. 


538 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS1: 

; 


' TAX  SHELTERS  ' 

Just  one  of  the  personal 
financial  services 
available  to  you  from  the 

physician's  bank. 

• tax  planning 

• lines  of  credit 

• equipment  financing 

• retirement  planning 

• money  management 

• cash  flow  • investments 
• estate  planning 

Call  or  Write 

Joseph  J.  Verbaro,  Jr. 

Senior  Vice  President 

(201)  228-9770 

FiVTllST 

J FINANCIAL  AND  TRUST  SERVICES  ~J 

DIVISION  OF  SECURITY  NATIONAL  BANK  & TRUST  COMPANY 
OF  NEW  JERSEY 

101  Eisenhower  Parkway 

Roseland,  New  Jersey  07068  Member  F.D.I.C.  . 

k / 


SUPPOSITORY 

THERAPY 


DESIGNED  FOR 
YOUR  SPECIALTY 


VAGINAL 

RECTAL 

URETHRAL 

Progesterone 

Hydrocortisone 

Nitrofurantoin 

Boric  Acid 

Lidocaine 

(Plain  & with  HC) 

Ampicillin/ 

Analgesic 

Hydrocortisone 

Nystatin 

Emollient 

Tetracycline 

Progesterone 

Lidocaine 

(including 
rectal  soln’s) 

SMZ  TMP 

All  preparations  are  available  in  your  choice  of  potency  and  are  pre- 
pared in  heat  stable  bases  suitable  for  shipping  via  United  Parcel 
Service  (UPS)  with  next  day  delivery  within  a 300  mile  radius. 


Contact  us  for  any  special  requirements  that  exist  in  your  practice. 


BELVIDERE 

1101  South  Avenue 

Plainfield,  New  Jersey  07062  (201) 


PHARMACY 
& SURGICAL 

756-6695 


LI. 


PRIMARY 

CARE 

PRACTITIONERS 

LET  US 
HELP  YOU 
SHORTEN 
THE  ROAD  TO 
PROFESSIONAL 
SUCCESS! 

As  the  HMO  of  Private  Physician’s 
Offices,  we  are  America’s  fastest  grow- 
ing health  care  system.  Our  network 
of  participating  primary  health  care 
physicians  is  expanding  so  rapidly  that 
in  some  areas,  we  have  more  patients 
than  doctors.  We  need  your  help. 

Interested  in  establishing  a practice  in 
Florida,  New  Jersey  or  Southeastern 
Pennsylvania?  We  can: 

• Introduce  you  to  a number  of  our 
primary  care  physicians  who  want  to 
expand  their  private  practices  and  are 
looking  for  associates. 

• Help  you  set  up  your  own  practice 
by  arranging  low  interest  loans  and 
enrolling  our  health  plan  patients  in 
your  office. 

So  if  you  are  a young  doctor,  Board 
Certified  and  residency  trained,  send 
us  a resume  and  an  indication  of  your 
professional  objectives.  Let  us  help 
you  fulfill  your  career  and  financial 
goals. 

Write:  Medical  Director 
United  States  Health  Care  Systems 
980  Jolly  Road,  P.O.  Box  1109 
Blue  Bell,  PA  19422 

Or  Call:  1-215-283-6888 


□HVD 

FLORIDA 


'HVIO 

PENNSYLVANIA 

I HVD 

NEW  JERSEY 


United  States  Health  Care  Systems  Companies 


OL.  81— NUMBER  7— JULY  1984 


539 


600 mg  Tablets 


Ipjahn 


1984  The  Upjohn  Company 


The  Upjohn  Company*  Kalamazoo  Michigan  49001  USA 


Editorial 

iPECIAL 

The  Academy  of 
Medicine  of 
New  Jersey  Awards 


The  Academy  of  Medicine  of  New  Jersey 
held  their  Annual  Awards  Dinner  on 
May  23, 1984,  and  honored  AMNJ 
President  Rigolosi  and  Dr.  Alessi,  the 
Edward  J.  Ill  Award  recipient. 


The  Academy  of  Medicine  attend- 
ees of  the  Annual  Awards  Din- 
ner (May  23,  1984)  received  an 
riginal  limited  edition  print  by  Richard  Kemble  of 
/ashington  Crossing,  Pennsylvania.  The  print,  repro- 
uced  on  our  cover,  is  an  image  which  is  a semi-ab- 
tract  impression  entitled,  “Mercer  Oak,”  the  Oak  tree 
a Princeton  Battlefield.  Kemble’s  travels  and  studies 
l Japan  inspired  his  interpretation  by  way  of 
apanese  calligraphy. 

At  the  Awards  Dinner,  Robert  S.  Rigolosi,  M.D.,  was 
laugurated  as  the  new  president  of  The  Academy  of 
ledicine  of  New  Jersey. 

Medicine  or  boxing  . . . which  would  it  be?  That  de- 
sion  had  to  be  made  by  Bob  Rigolosi  in  his  senior 
ear  in  college  when  he  advanced  to  the  finals  of  the 
lympic  trials  and  had  the  opportunity  to  travel  to 
lelboume,  Australia,  with  the  United  States  Olympic 
earn.  For  a tough  kid  of  immigrant  parents,  bom  and 
iised  in  Garfield,  boxing  would  appear  to  be  the  likely 
hoice,  but,  as  we  know,  our  new  President  chose  medi- 
ine. 

Foregoing  a boxing  career,  Dr.  Rigolosi  graduated 
om  Syracuse  University  and  went  on  to  the  Univer- 
ity of  Rome  Medical  School.  After  that,  it  was  an  in- 
imship  at  Hackensack  Hospital  and  a residency  at 
ronx  VA  Hospital.  Awarded  a fellowship  by  the  Na- 
ional  Institutes  of  Health,  Dr.  Rigolosi  then  studied 
mal-metabolic  diseases  for  two  years  at  Georgetown 
diversity  Hospital. 

Following  his  fellowship.  Dr.  Rigolosi  got  together 
nth  Holy  Name  Hospital,  Teaneck  to  start  the  Re- 
ional  Hemodialysis  Center.  From  an  inauspicious  be- 
inning  in  the  hospital  basement  in  1969,  the  Center 
nder  Dr.  Rigolosi  grew  to  one  of  the  largest 


Robert  S.  Rigolosi,  M.D. 


hemodialysis  facilities  in  New  Jersey  and  to  one  of  the 
largest  community  hospital  units  in  the  countiy. 

But  his  dedication  to  his  profession  extended  far 
beyond  his  work  at  Holy  Name  Hospital.  He  got  in- 
volved, very  involved. 

In  1969.  Governor  Cahill  appointed  Dr.  Rigolosi  to 
the  Chronic  Renal  Disease  Advisoiy  Committee  of  the 
Department  of  Health.  During  the  next  eight  years,  he 


OL.  81 -NUMBER  7-JULY  1984 


541 


was  elected  its  chairman  on  three  occasions. 

In  1977,  he  was  elected  president  of  the  Bergen 
County  Medical  Society. 

In  1979,  Governor  Byrne  appointed  our  President  as 
a trustee  of  the  Statewide  Health  Coordinating  Council 
(SHCC),  a position  he  still  holds. 

In  1980,  Dr.  Rigolosi  was  elected  chairman  of  the 
Bergen— Passaic  Health  Systems  Agency  (HSA),  the 
first  physician  ever  elected  to  the  top  post  of  any  HSA 
in  the  state. 

Dr.  Rigolosi  has  been  a member  of  The  Academy  of 
Medicine  since  1970,  having  actively  served  on  several 
committees,  including  medical  education  and  mem- 
bership. He  has  been  a Trustee  since  1977. 

The  contributions  which  Dr.  Rigolosi  has  made  to 
the  medical  community,  and  beyond,  have  been  rec- 
ognized by  such  charitable  organizations  as  the  Na- 
tional Council  of  Christians  and  Jews,  which  pre- 
sented him  with  their  Brotherhood  Award  in  1978  . . . 
by  the  Bergen  County  Boys  Town  of  Italy,  which  gave 
him  the  Citizen  of  the  Year  Award  in  1981  ...  by  the 
National  Kidney  Foundation  of  New  York/New  Jersey, 
which  honored  Dr.  Rigolosi  with  the  National  Medical 
Award  in  1983. 


Dr.  Rigolosi  lives  in  Paramus  with  “my  raison  d’etre,” 


Alfred  A.  Aiessi,  M.D. 


Marguerite,  and  their  four  children— Robert,  Rebecc;! 
Luke,  and  Laura 

Alfred  A.  Aiessi,  M.D.,  a vascular  surgeon  from  0 ! 
adell,  is  the  1984  recipient  of  The  Academy  of  Medicirr 
of  New  Jersey’s  Edward  J.  Ill  Award. 

Bom  in  New  York  City,  he  grew  up  in  Rutherfor 
where  he  was  graduated  from  high  school.  He  receive 
his  premedical  education  at  Colgate  University  and  hi 
medical  degree  from  the  New  York  University  Colleg: 
of  Medicine.  In  addition,  he  was  granted  an  M.S.  fror 
Fairleigh  Dickinson  University. 

Dr.  Aiessi  served  internships  and  surgical  res 
deneies  at  the  City  Hospital,  New  York,  between  193 
and  1942.  During  the  period  1942  to  1945,  he  was  i 
the  US  Army  at  the  14th  Evacuation  Hospital  in  Indi 
where  he  attained  the  rank  of  major  and  was  decorate 
with  the  Bronze  Star  for  Meritorious  Service. 

Life  has  been  a mixture  of  surgical  practice  an 
service  to  medicine  for  Dr.  Aiessi.  In  addition  to  bein 
the  past  director  of  surgery  and  past  chief  of  vascula- 
surgery  at  the  Hackensack  Medical  Center,  he  ha 
served  as  chairman  of  numerous  committees  of  tha ! 
hospital  and  as  a member  of  its  Committee  of  Director 
and  its  Board  of  Governors.  His  service  to  the  Berge 
County  Medical  Society  and  the  Medical  Society  of  Nef 
Jersey  has  been  tireless,  having  served  as  their  pres 
dents  in  1974  to  1975  and  1979  to  1980,  respectively 

Dr.  Aiessi  is  recognized  as  the  first  vascular  surgeoi 
to  be  established  in  New  Jersey  (1946)  and  has  helpe 
train  over  1,500  surgical  residents  at  the  Hackensac 
Medical  Center.  He  has  been  a president  of  the  Amer 
can  College  of  Surgeons,  New  Jersey  Chapter,  a men 
ber  of  the  New  Jersey  Regional  Medical  Program,  an 
numerous  national  vascular  societies.  He  is 
Diplomate  of  the  American  Board  of  Surgery  and 
Fellow  of  the  American  College  of  Surgeons  as  well  a 
the  International  College  of  Surgeons.  He  serves  a 
director  of  medical  education  for  The  Academy  of  Med> 
cine  as  well  as  being  a member  of  its  Board  of  Trustee; 

He  has  authored  a number  of  scientific  papers  oi 
various  surgical  topics  and  currently  serves  as  Clinic; 
Professor  of  Surgery  at  the  UMDNJ-New  Jersey  Medic; 
School.  He  also  serves  as  Adjunct  Professor  of  Humai 
Physiology  at  the  Fairleigh  Dickinson  University. 

In  the  last  year  and  one-half  he  has  traveled  ove 
65,000  miles  on  behalf  of  the  American  Medical  As 
sociation  addressing  the  impacts,  concerns,  and  im 
plications  of  the  DRG  program. 

Dr.  Aiessi  is  married  to  the  former  Isabel  Molinar' 
and  they  are  the  parents  of  four  children— Joan,  Alfrec 
Louise  and  Thomas. 


! 

i 

j 


542 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 

II 

II 


Pitorial 

ASNJ:  218th 
Annual  Meeting 


S 


f 


he  MSNJ  Annual  Meeting,  May  3 to  6, 
984,  had  its  exciting  and  significant 
laments. 


America’s  first  Medical  Society 
had  its  218th  Annual  Meeting 
at  Resorts  International  in  At- 
stic  City.  A new  president  was  elected  and  the  office 
.'hairman  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  was  eliminated. 
Hceforth  the  president  will  act  as  the  chief  executive 
leer  of  the  Society. 

rank  Y.  Watson  was  inaugurated  as  the  192nd 
1 sident  of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey.  In  his 
roduction  to  the  House  of  Delegates,  Dr.  L.  Arne 
' lbred  made  the  following  remarks: 

It  is  an  honor  and  a pleasure  for  me  to  introduce 
:you  my  long-time  friend,  Frank  Watson,  as  the 
Ind  President  of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey, 
When  we  pick  a president  for  our  organization,  we 
jk  for  leadership  qualities.  In  my  opinion,  the  four 
: st  important  qualities  are  experience,  intelligence, 
mmitment,  and  political  awareness: 

Frank  Watson  has  experience  as  a leader.  He  has 
jin  director  of  the  laboratories  at  The  Mountainside 
ispital  for  the  past  1 1 years.  He  has  been  president 
1 The  Mountainside  Hospital  medical  staff  for  2 years 
a has  been  president  of  Essex  County  Medical  So- 
lly. He  has  been  on  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the 
'dical  Society  of  New  Jersey  and  an  officer  of  the 
i dical  Society  of  New  Jersey  for  the  past  several  years. 
After  many  years  of  association,  I can  testily  that 
ink  Watson  knows  all  the  answers.  After  all,  he  is 
l chief  pathologist  at  my  hospital  and  I am  a sur- 
S »n;  he  is  the  one  who  always  tells  me  the  answer. 


Frank  Watson  also  had  the  “smarts”  to  marry  Dr. 
Carolyn  Watson.  We  are  indeed  fortunate  to  have  an 
outstanding  husband/wife  team  with  an  interest  in 
organized  medicine;  both  are  alternate  delegates  to  the 
AMA  House  of  Delegates. 

“Anyone  who  knows  Frank  Watson  knows  his 
serious  approach  to  any  job  or  any  problem.  He  doesn’t 
shirk  any  responsibility.  His  commitment  to  the  Medi- 
cal Society  of  New  Jersey  can  be  exemplified  by  his 
many  trips  from  his  home  in  Glen  Ridge  to  Trenton 
and  Lawrenceville,  in  good  weather  and  bad,  over  the 
past  ten  years  to  attend  committee  meetings.  Board  of 
Trustee  meetings,  and  legislative  hearings. 

“In  these  troubled  times  for  medicine,  with  more  and 
more  legislative  and  regulatory  interference,  we  are 
fortunate  to  have  Frank  Watson  as  a president.  He  has 
had  a special  interest  in  legislative  matters.  He  has 
been  chairman  of  JEMPAC  and  represented  us  at  legis- 
lative hearings. 

Frank  Watson  is  the  most  appropriate  person  to  be 
President  of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  at  this 
time.” 

The  Board  of  Trustees  issued  the  following  report 
concerning  specialty  society  representation  in  the 
Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey’s  House  of  Delegates: 
Pursuant  to  the  Bylaws,  we  considered  the  appli- 
cations of  26  specialty  societies  for  seating  in  this 
House.  Thirteen  of  the  societies  met  the  standards 
established  in  our  Bylaws.  We,  therefore  recommend 
that  the  following  specialty  societies  be  granted  Del- 
egate status:* 

New  Jersey  Dermatological  Society 
New  Jersey  Gastroenterological  Society 
New  Jersey  Society  of  Internal  Medicine 
Neurological  Association  of  New  Jersey 
New  Jersey  Neurosurgical  Society 
Oncology  Society  of  New  Jersey 
New  Jersey  Academy  of  Ophthalmology  and 
Otolaryngology 

New  Jersey  Orthopaedic  Society 
New  Jersey  Society  of  Plastic  and  Reconstructive 
Surgeons 

Radiological  Society  of  New  Jersey 
New  Jersey  Chapter,  American  College  of  Surgeons 
New  Jersey  Society  of  Thoracic  Surgeons 
Urologic  Society  of  New  Jersey 

The  following  specialty  societies  met  Bylaw  criteria 
with  one  exception.  They  did  not  establish  that  80 
percent  of  their  membership  are  members  of  the  Medi- 
cal Society  of  New  Jersey.  Consequently,  they  are  not 
recommended  for  approval.  They  have  been  advised  to 
reapply  whenever  the  ratio  of  their  Medical  Society  of 
New  Jersey  membership  improves: 

New  Jersey  Allergy  Society 
New  Jersey  State  Society  of  Anesthesiologists 
American  College  of  Chest  Physicians,  New  Jersey 
Chapter 

New  Jersey  Society  of  Colon  and  Rectal  Surgeons 
American  College  of  Emergency  Physicians,  New 
Jersey  Chapter 

New  Jersey  Academy  of  Family  Physicians 
Nephrology  Society  of  New  Jersey 
Obstetrical  and  Gynecological  Society  of  New  Jersey 
New  Jersey  Society  of  Pathologists 


L.  81— NUMBER  7— JULY  1984 


543 


American  Academy  of  Pediatrics,  New  Jersey 
Chapter 

New  Jersey  Society  of  Physical  Medicine  and 
Rehabilitation 

American  College  of  Physicians  of  New  Jersey 

New  Jersey  Psychiatric  Association 

*Under  the  Bylaws,  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
Student  Association  is  considered  a specialty  society, 
and  its  members  are  recognized  as  members  of  the 
Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey. 

It  is  sad  that  such  important  groups  as  the 
anesthesiologists,  the  internists  in  the  American  Col- 
lege of  Physicians,  the  family  practitioners,  the  ob- 
stetricians, and  the  others  are  not  “in  the  fold.”  The 
80  percent  rule  may  seem  stringent,  but  I can  think 
of  no  acceptable  excuse  for  failure  to  belong  to  the 
blanket  medical  organizations— the  American  Medical 
Association  and  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jer- 
sey—which  are  the  physicians’  only  hope  to  preserve 
any  fraction  of  independence.  As  important  as  the 
specialty  societies  are,  they  cannot  have  the  political 
clout  nationally  or  in  New  Jersey  that  makes  a dif- 
ference. 

The  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  has  established 
a Hospital  Medical  Staff  Section  for  the  first  time,  in 
accordance  with  an  AMA  House  of  Delegates  resolution 
(1983).  The  anticipated  benefits  of  the  new  section 
both  to  MSNJ  and  to  each  hospital  medical  staff  are 
as  follows: 

1.  Provide  a system  to  solve  problems  and  to  avoid 
polarization  of  medical  staffs  and  other  groups 
of  physicians. 

2.  Provide  a vehicle  to  identify  the  implications  of 
future  trends  on  the  role  of  physicians  individu- 
ally and  as  members  of  medical  staffs. 

3.  Acquaint  medical  staff  leadership  with  policy 
structure  in  organized  medicine. 

4.  Provide  appropriate  support  to  local  and  state 
medical  staff  representatives. 

5.  Develop  and  maintain  information  on  issues  of 
common  concern  to  medical  staffs  and  distribute 
data  on  successful  approaches. 

6.  Provide  an  easy  contact  point  for  medical  staff 
leaders  with  AMA  and  MSNJ  resources. 

The  Committee  on  Annual  Meeting  sent  shock  waves 
through  Reference  Committee  “B”  and  the  House  of 
Delegates  when  it  announced  that  no  suitable  site 
could  be  found  in  New  Jersey  for  the  219th  Annual 
Meeting,  May  2 to  5,  1985.  The  Board  and  the  Commit- 
tee worked  diligently,  but  Resorts  International  was 
interested  more  in  gamblers  than  in  New  Jersey  phy- 
sicians. Since  no  suitable  alternative  location  was 
available,  the  decision  to  use  the  Americana  Host  Farm 
Resort  and  Conference  Center  in  Lancaster,  Penn- 
sylvania, was  made. 

“Mandatory  assignment”  were  buzz  words  this  year. 
The  House  adopted  two  key  resolutions: 

• That  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  request 
the  American  Medical  Association  to  oppose  vig- 
orously any  attempt  by  Congress  to  direct  in  any 
fashion  mandatory  assignment  under  Medicare. 


• That  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  resear  - 
the  constitutionality  of  the  concept  of  mandate 
assignment  being  proposed  by  Congress  or  a!J 
other  proposal  to  force  physicians  to  acctt 
prestipulated  fees. 

Dr.  Donald  J.  Holtzman,  president  of  Union  Coui  / 
Medical  Society  read  a statement  on  the  subject  to  1 « 
House:  a portion  states: 

‘Thursday,  April  12,  1984,  was  a crucial  day  - 
American  medicine.  On  that  day,  the  American  Medi  1 
Association  fought  back  an  attempt  to  impose  involi  ^ 
tary  servitude  by  the  government  upon  every  pract  i 
ing  physician  in  the  United  States. 

“If  mandatory  assignment  had  passed,  you  wovl 
have  been  required  to  sign  an  agreement  with  ycr 
hospital  to  accept  Medicare  assignment  for  all  inp 
tient  care  or  lose  all  staff  privileges.  In  effect,  you  wot . 
not  have  been  able  to  work  at  your  profession. 

“If  it  had  not  heen  for  organized  medicine,  th 
would  be  your  plight  today.  If  it  had  not  been  for  D 
voluntary  freeze  in  fees,  a mandatory  freeze  would  nt 
be  in  effect. 

‘This  incredible  effort  to  prevent  your  financi ; 
enslavement  must  not  go  unnoticed  by  you.  Any  doct 
who  does  not  belong  to  the  AMA  should  not  let  th 
day  pass  without  writing  out  a check  for  his  du< 
What  a small  price  to  pay  for  their  service  to  you. 

The  House  also  adopted  two  relevant  resolutioi 
dealing  with  compensation  for  physicians’  services 

• That  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  develop 
contingency  plan  to  enable  the  Society,  or  an  c 
ganization  it  sponsors,  to  act  as  a collectiv 
bargaining  agent  for  its  members,  and  that  tl 
AMA  be  asked  to  develop  similar  plans. 

• That  the  House  of  Delegates  of  MSNJ  demand  th 
Blue  Shield  and  all  major  medical  insurance  ca 
riers  permit  access  both  by  participating  and  no 
participating  physicians  to  any  major  medical  i; 
surance  coverage  sold  as  part  of  a benefits  pac 
age  and  that  legal  action  be  taken  as  deemed  a]; 
propriate  by  the  Board  of  Trustees  if  this  demar, 
is  not  respected. 

The  House  adopted  a resolution  (and  a propose 
special  assessment  for  funding)  for  an  important  pul 
lie  education  program: 

• That  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  condue 
a “patient  education”  program,  designed  to  ii 
form  the  general  public  regarding  the  unde 
publicized  factors  involved  in  health  care  cosl 
and  the  threat  posed  to  the  quality  and  avai 
ability  of  said  care. 

The  218th  Annual  Meeting  had  its  exciting  and  sit 
nificant  moments.  Those  physicians  who  fail  to  corr 
prehend  the  importance  of  membership  in  the  Amer 
can  Medical  Association  and  the  Medical  Society  c 
New  Jersey  are  making  a mistake. 

With  a touch  of  irony,  the  Medical  Society  of  Ne' 
Jersey’s  democratic  assemblage  will  meet  for  the  219t 
time  since  1766  in,  of  all  places,  Pennsylvania  We  hop 
to  see  you  there.  AI 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE’ij 


544 


[ospital  Governing 
ioards* 

Salaried  Physicians 
(Pathologists)  and  Due 
Process  Hearings 


Vincent  A.  Maressa,  j.d. 


The  U.S.  Court  of  Appeals  held  that  a 
hospital  may  terminate  an  employment 
contract  with  its  director  of  pathology 
without  due  process  procedures. 


i 


A Federal  District  Court  decision 
in  Minnesota  regarding  salaried 
physicians  has  been  affirmed  by 
ie  United  States  Court  of  Appeals  for  the  Eighth 
Circuit  This  case,  Engelstad  v Virginia  Municipal  Hos- 
ital,  No.  83-141 1 (8  Cir.,  September  29,  1983),  is  sig- 
ificant  to  physicians  and  hospital  governing  boards. 
The  Court  held  that  a hospital  may  terminate  an 
mployment  contract  with  its  director  of  pathology 
Jjthout  affording  “due  process”  procedures,  including 
hearing  before  the  hospital’s  executive  committee, 
/hich  is  called  for  by  the  hospital’s  bylaws. 

The  pathologist  was  functioning  under  a long-stand- 
ig  oral  agreement.  He  was  terminated  for  failure  to 
roperly  supervise  personnel  and  for  ineffective  man- 
gement.  He  also  was  in  frequent  conflict  with  the 
dministration  and  the  medical  staff.  Although  ter- 
linating  his  employee  status,  the  hospital  did  not 
isturb  his  staff  privileges. 

The  doctor  filed  the  lawsuit  as  a federal  civil  rights 
ction.  The  Court  rejected  his  argument  on  that  issue 
hd  said  the  case  must  be  decided  as  a matter  of 
ontract  law.  Employment  contracts  are  terminable  at 
dll  unless  there  is  a specific  contractual  under- 
tanding  to  the  contrary. 


The  pathologist  then  attempted  to  argue  that  the 
termination  of  his  employment  resulted  in  a reduction 
of  staff  privileges  without  a due  process  hearing  under 
the  hospital’s  bylaws.  The  Court  did  not  accept  this 
argument.  It  viewed  staff  privileges  as  guaranteed 
authority  but  not  the  “wherewithal”  to  practice  his 
profession.  It  stated  the  hospital  had  the  right  to  ter- 
minate the  “wherewithal”  at  its  options  without  due 
process  hearings  which  are  afforded  to  doctors  whose 
privileges  are  challenged  because  of  alleged  in- 
competence or  unethical  behavior. 

While  there  are  no  reported  New  Jersey  cases  dealing 
with  this  particular  situation,  it  is  reasonable  to  as- 
sume that  our  courts  would  reach  the  same  con- 
clusion. 

Salaried  physicians  and  hospitals  would  be  well  ad- 
vised to  utilize  the  protection  afforded  both  parties  by 
properly  executed  written  contracts  and  to  pay  particu- 
lar attention  to  a clearly  written  termination  clause. 


*The  material  for  this  column  is  coedited  by  Arthur  Krosnick, 
M.D.,  Editor,  The  Journal,  MSNJ;  Vincent  A Maressa,  J.D., 
Executive  Director,  MSNJ;  and  James  E.  George.  M.D.,  J.D., 
Director  of  Professional  Liability,  MSNJ. 


'OL.  81— NUMBER  7^JULY  1984 


545 


ONLY  DALMANE  (flurazepam  HCI/Po 

~ I PROVIDES  all  these  bene 

FOB  RESTFUL  SLI 


• Rapid  sleep  onset 
' e total  time^asleeji 
> • Unuiminished~efficacy  for  at  lea 

28  consecutive  nights' 
• Patients  usually  awake  rested  ar 
* refreshed 

• Avoids  causing  early  awakenings  c 
rebound  insomnia  after  discontinuation2  5 10 


by  Roche  Products  Inc.  All  rights  reserved 


15-MG/30-MG  CAPSULES 


Caution  patients  about  driving,  operating  hazardous  machinery  or  drinking 
alcohol  during  therapy.  Limit  dose  to  15  mg  in  elderly  or  debilitated  patients. 
Contraindicated  during  pregnancy. 

See  next  paj 


■oduct  information 


DALMANE 

flurozepam  HCI/Poche 

References:  1.  Kales  J et  al  Clin  Pharmacol  Ther 
72:691-697,  Jul-Aug  1971  2.  Kales  A et  al  Clin  Phar- 
macol Ther  18  356-363,  Sep  1975  3.  Kales  A et  al 
Clin  Pharmacol  Ther  79:576-583,  May  1976  4.  Kales  A 
et  al:  Clin  Pharmacol  Ther  32:781  -788,  Dec  1982 
5.  Frost  JD  Jr,  DeLucchi  MR:  J Am  Geriatr  Soc 
27  541-546,  Dec  1979  6.  Kales  A,  Kales  JD  J Clin 
Pharmacol  3:140-150,  Apr  1983  7.  Greenblatt  DJ, 

Allen  MD,  Shader  Rl  Clin  Pharmacol  Ther  21 :355-361 , 
Mar  1977  8.  Zimmerman  AM  Curr  Ther  Res 
73:18-22,  Jan  1971  9.  Amrein  R et  al:  Drugs  Exp  Clin 
Res  9(1 ) 85-99,  1983  10.  Monti  JM  Methods  Find  Exp 
Clin  Pharmacol  3 303-326,  May  1981  11.  Greenblatt  DJ 
etal:  Sleep  5(Suppl  1):S18-S27,  1982  12.  Kales  A 
et  al  Pharmacology  26  121-137,  1983 


DALMANE*  <E 

flurazepam  HCI/Roche 

Before  prescribing,  please  consult  complete 
product  information,  a summary  of  which  follows: 

Indications:  Effective  in  all  types  of  insomnia  charac- 
terized by  difficulty  in  falling  asleep,  freguent  nocturnal 
awakenings  and/or  early  morning  awakening,  in 
patients  with  recurring  insomnia  or  poor  sleeping 
habits;  in  acute  or  chronic  medical  situations  requiring 
restful  sleep  Objective  sleep  laboratory  data  have 
shown  effectiveness  for  at  least  28  consecutive  nights 
of  administration  Since  insomnia  is  often  transient 
and  intermittent,  prolonged  administration  is  generally 
not  necessary  or  recommended  Repeated  therapy 
should  only  be  undertaken  with  appropriate  patient 
evaluation. 

Contraindications:  Known  hypersensitivity  to  fluraze- 
pam HCI;  pregnancy.  Benzodiazepines  may  cause 
fetal  damage  when  administered  during  pregnancy 
Several  studies  suggest  an  increased  risk  of  congeni- 
tal malformations  associated  with  benzodiazepine  use 
during  the  first  trimester  Warn  patients  of  the  potential 
risks  to  the  fetus  should  the  possibility  of  becoming 
pregnant  exist  while  receiving  flurazepam  Instruct 
patient  to  discontinue  drug  prior  to  becoming  preg- 
nant. Consider  the  possibility  of  pregnancy  prior  to 
instituting  therapy 

Warnings:  Caution  patients  about  possible  combined 
effects  with  alcohol  and  other  CNS  depressants.  An 
additive  effect  may  occur  if  alcohol  is  consumed  the 
day  following  use  for  nighttime  sedation  This  potential 
may  exist  for  several  days  following  discontinuation 
Caution  against  hazardous  occupations  requiring 
complete  mental  alertness  (e  g , operating  machinery, 
driving)  Potential  impairment  of  performance  of  such 
activities  may  occur  the  day  following  ingestion.  Not 
recommended  for  use  in  persons  under  15  years  of 
age  Though  physical  and  psychological  dependence 
have  not  been  reported  on  recommended  doses, 
abrupt  discontinuation  should  be  avoided  with  gradual 
tapering  of  dosage  for  those  patients  on  medication 
for  a prolonged  period  of  time  Use  caution  in  adminis- 
tering to  addiction-prone  individuals  or  those  who 
might  increase  dosage 

Precautions:  In  elderly  and  debilitated  patients,  it  is 
recommended  that  the  dosage  be  limited  to  15  mg  to 
reduce  risk  of  oversedation,  dizziness,  confusion  and/ 
or  ataxia  Consider  potential  additive  effects  with  other 
hypnotics  or  CNS  depressants  Employ  usual  precau- 
tions in  severely  depressed  patients,  or  in  those  with 
latent  depression  or  suicidal  tendencies,  or  in  those 
with  impaired  renal  or  hepatic  function. 

Adverse  Reactions:  Dizziness,  drowsiness,  light- 
headedness, staggering,  ataxia  and  falling  have 
occurred,  particularly  in  elderly  or  debilitated  patients. 
Severe  sedation,  lethargy,  disorientation  and  coma, 
probably  indicative  of  drug  intolerance  or  overdosage, 
have  been  reported  Also  reported:  headache,  heart- 
burn, upset  stomach,  nausea,  vomiting,  diarrhea, 
constipation,  Gl  pain,  nervousness,  talkativeness, 
apprehension,  irritability,  weakness,  palpitations,  chest 
pains,  body  and  joint  pains  and  GU  complaints.  There 
have  also  been  rare  occurrences  of  leukopenia,  qran- 
ulocytopema,  sweating,  flushes,  difficulty  in  focusing, 
blurred  vision,  burning  eyes,  faintness,  hypotension, 
shortness  of  breath,  pruritus,  skin  rash,  dry  mouth, 
bitter  taste,  excessive  salivation,  anorexia,  euphoria, 
depression,  slurred  speech,  confusion,  restlessness, 
hallucinations,  and  elevated  SGOT,  SGPT,  total  and 
direct  bilirubins,  and  alkaline  phosphatase;  and  para- 
doxical reactions,  e.g.,  excitement,  stimulation  and 
hyperactivity. 

Dosage:  Individualize  for  maximum  beneficial  effect 
Adults:  30  mg  usual  dosage;  15  mg  may  suffice  in 
some  patients.  Elderly  or  debilitated  patients:  15  mg 
recommended  initially  until  response  is  determined. 
Supplied:  Capsules  containing  15  mg  or  30  mg 
flurazepam  HCI. 


Roche  Products  Inc 
Manati,  Puerto  Rico  00701 


ww  ■— VV-  UU  ww— " VV  vw 

DOCTORS: 

Are  your  billing,  filing  and  business  sys- 
tems in  your  office  running  as  smoothly  and 
efficiently  as  your  medical  practice? 

If  not,  Mary  Ann  Hamburger,  Associates 
is  your  answer.  Sixteen  years  ago  Mary  Ann 
Hamburger  of  Maplewood,  New  Jersey  took 
a job  for  a doctor  managing  this  office. 
Today,  as  a medical  management  consult- 
ant, Mary  Ann  knows  where  the  problem 
areas  are  and  she  can  make  sure  that 
everything  runs  smoothly  for  the  physician 
and  his  or  her  staff.  Part  of  her  job  is  to 
make  certain  that  the  current  billing  system 
is  running  efficiently,  to  update  the  filing 
system,  work  with  third  party  billing,  help 
clear  up  any  booking  problems  as  far  as 
appointments  are  concerned  and  work  with 
any  other  problems  relating  to  the  business 
side  of  the  medical  practice. 

Mary  Ann’s  skills  will  benefit  any  doctor 
in  an  existing  practice  and  all  new  doctors 
who  are  setting  up  their  practices  in  the 
near  future.  Her  services  can  also  include 
the  hiring  aspect  of  the  doctor’s  offices  if 
desired. 

FOR  FURTHER  INFORMATION  ON 
MEDICAL  MANAGEMENT,  CONTACT 
MARY  ANN  HAMBURGER,  ASSOCIATES 
AT  201-763-7394. 

** ** M* *** 


NEW  YORK 
FERTILITY  RESEARCH 
FOUNDATION,  INC. 

For  the  Investigation  of 

Problems  of  Human  Infertility 

i 

The  Foundation  provides  a complete 
diagnostic  and  consultation  service  for  in- 
fertile couples.  Investigations  are  con- 
ducted by  well-known  specialists  in  con- 
junction with  consultants  in  the  various 
fields  of  medicine  related  to  infertility. 

The  Foundation  is  supported  by  an  in- 
house  modern  laboratory  equipped  to  do 
most  tests  required  for  diagnosis  and 
treatment.  Literature  on  request. 

1430  Second  Avenue,  Suite  103 
New  York,  N.Y.  10021 
Phone:  (212)  744-5500 


J 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


548 


)ut  of-Hospital  Births 
i Survey  of  Parents 


VlARGARET  GREGORY,  M.D.,  ROBERTA  B.  McDONOUGH,  R.N.,  LINDA  MACIOROWSKI,  R.N., 

Eva  Miller,  m.s„  trenton* 


Questionnaires  were  mailed  to  900 families,  of  whom  300  had 
out-of-hospital  births  and  600  had  inhospital  births;  695 
questionnaires  were  deliverable.  Of  the  families  reached , 469 
[67.4  percent)  responded.  Contact  and  response  rates  did  not 
justify  sweeping  conclusions  but  there  were  indications  of 
differences  in  services  given  to  separate  groups. 


Out-of-hospital  births  have  in- 
creased in  New  Jersey  over  the 
last  five  years  from  250  in  1976 
546  in  1980.  The  percentage  of  births  that  occurred 
ut-of-hospital  increased  from  0.27  percent  in  1976  to 
58  percent  in  1980. 

Little  was  known  about  the  health  needs  of  these 
others  and  children.  For  example,  there  was  no  way 
know  if  the  babies  received  vitamin  K or  ophthalmia 
ophylaxis,  if  blood  specimens  were  taken  for  PKU 
id  for  hypothyroidism  screening,  or  if  the  mother 
quired  treatment  for  complications  of  labor  and  de- 
ery,  or  received  timely  family  planning  services.  The 
ibsequent  course  of  infant  and  child  was  unknown: 
ere  was  a suspicion  that  these  babies  might  remain 
it  of  the  health  care  system,  not  receiving  immuniza- 
)ns  or  other  elements  of  good  child  health  super- 
sion. 

Outcome  of  out-of-hospital  births  and  particularly  of 
>me  births  has  been  examined  by  Mehl  et  al.,1  Sim- 
ons,2 and  Burnett  et  al.3  However,  there  are  no  re- 
>rts  which  answer  these  specific  public  health  ques- 
ts about  services  given  to  mothers  and  children.  For 
is  reason,  a questionnaire  was  sent  to  families  ex- 
Tiencing  births  in  and  out  of  the  hospital  in  1979. 
ie  self-administered  questionnaire  included  items 
>out  several  services  that  mothers  and/or  children 
ould  be  expected  to  receive  as  part  of  good  health 
iipervision.  It  also  asked  for  some  other  nonmedical 

JL.  81— NUMBER  7^JULY  1984 


information  and  for  one  subjective  judgment. 

The  main  intent  of  the  questionnaire  was  to  elicit 
information  that  would  enable  us  to  answer  what  we 
considered  to  be  an  important  public  health  question: 
Did  those  mothers  and  babies  who  had  out-of-hospital 
deliveries  have  special  public  health  needs  which 
mothers  and  babies  having  inhospital  deliveries  did 
not  have,  or  had  to  a markedly  lesser  degree? 

METHOD 

A systematic  random  sample  of  300  New  Jersey 
mothers  was  chosen  from  among  the  65 1 out-of-hospi- 
tal births  reported  to  New  Jersey  Vital  Statistics  in 
1979.  Two  controls  (mothers  whose  babies  were  bom 
inhospital  and  mothers  whose  babies  were  bom  out- 
of-hospital)  were  selected  for  each  case.  Controls  were 
selected  from  the  pool  of  inhospital  births  after  or- 
ganizing the  file  by  maternal  residence,  marital  status, 
race,  parity,  maternal  age  (±  three  years),  and  date  of 
birth.  Residence  was  considered  to  be  an  important 
factor,  both  as  a socioeconomic  indicator  and  as  an 
indicator  of  proximity  to  and  availability  of  medical 
services.  (For  small  municipalities  it  sometimes  was 
impossible  to  find  controls  in  the  same  municipality 


*From  the  Maternal  and  Child  Health  Program,  New  Jersey 
State  Department  of  Health.  Correspondence  may  be  ad- 
dressed to  Dr.  Gregoiy,  New  Jersey  State  Department  of 
Health,  John  Fitch  Plaza,  CN  360,  Trenton,  NJ  08625. 

549 


l 


TABLE  1 

Service  to  Babies 


Service  or  Procedure 

Inhospital  Births 

Home  Births 

Birthing  Center 

Other  Births 

Performed 

Planned 

Unplanned 

Planned 

Unplanned  Births  Planned* 

Unplanned* 

Hemorrhagic  disease  of  the 
newborn  prophylaxis 

20 

(6.15%) 

0 

9 

(16.98%) 

1 

(2.70%) 

13 

(38.24%) 

0 

Screening  test  (PKU  and 

271 

2(66.67) 

41 

29 

33 

10 

hypothyroidism) 

(93.38) 

(NA) 

(77.36) 

(78.38) 

(97.06) 

(90.91) 

Ophthalmia  neonatorum 

226 

2(66.67) 

25 

23 

27 

6 

prophylaxis 

(69.54) 

(NA) 

(47.17) 

(62.16) 

(79.41) 

(54.55) 

Immunizations  started  by 

303 

2(66.67) 

36 

30 

28 

10 

three  months 

(93.23) 

(NA) 

(67.92) 

(81.08) 

(82.35) 

(90.91) 

Infant  complications  reported 

68 

1(33.33) 

2 

9 

5 

4 

(20.92) 

(NA) 

(3.77) 

(24.32) 

(14.71) 

(36.36) 

Total 

325 

3 

(Plus  NA) 

53 

37 

34 

11 

NA= No  answer;  * =There  were  no  unplanned  birthing  center  births  and  no  planned  other  births. 


TABLE  2 

Services  to  Mothers  and  Children 


Inhospital  Births 

Home  Births 

Birthing  Center 

Other  Births 

Services 

Planned 

Unplanned 

Planned 

Unplanned  Births  Planned* 

Unplanned* 

Family  planning  advice 

146 

2(66.67%) 

25 

16 

28 

3 

(44.92%) 

(NA) 

(47.17%) 

(43.24%) 

(82.35%) 

(27.27%) 

Examination  of  baby  by  nurse 

264 

1(33.33) 

49 

35 

34 

7 

or  doctor  within  one  week 

(81.23) 

(NA) 

(92.45) 

(94.59) 

(100) 

(63.64) 

Visit  by  nurse  or  doctor  within 

112 

2(66.67) 

43 

22 

9 

1 

two  weeks 

(34.46) 

(NA) 

(81.13) 

(59.46) 

(26.47) 

(9.09) 

Examination  of  mother  within 

305 

3(100) 

45 

33 

32 

9 

six  weeks 

(93.85) 

(NA) 

(84.91) 

(89.19) 

(94.12) 

(81.82) 

Total 

325 

3 

53 

37 

34 

11 

NA=No  answer;  *=There  were  no  unplanned  birthing  center  births  and  no  planned  other  births. 


so  another  municipality  in  the  same  county  of  similar 
population  and  per  capita  income  was  substituted.) 
While  maternal  education  may  be  a relevant  factor  it 
was  not  used  in  selection  of  controls  because  it  is  not 
reliably  reported  on  birth  certificates.4  The  question- 
naire is  reproduced  in  the  Figure.  A Spanish  version 
of  the  questionnaire  and  letter  was  prepared  and  used 
where  indicated  by  information  on  the  birth 
certificates. 

The  questionnaire  was  pretested  for  com- 
prehensibility and  ease  of  answering  by  four  New  Jer- 
sey State  Department  of  Health  employees.  These  em- 
ployees recently  had  babies  and  were  all  nonhealth 
professionals.  They  all  judged  the  questionnaire  to  be 
readily  understandable  and  easy  to  answer. 

The  questionnaire  was  mailed  along  with  a cover 
letter  and  a stamped,  self-addressed  return  envelope. 
The  cover  letter  included  information  on  the  purpose 
of  the  study,  use  of  data  and  a phone  number  to  call 
il  further  questions  or  explanations  could  be  provided. 
Parents  were  invited  to  phone  about  concerns.  Items 
covered  in  the  questionnaire  are  listed  in  Tables  1 to 
3. 


A followup  mailing  was  sent  two  months  after  th 
first  to  those  families  who  had  not  responded.  Thi 
letter  reminded  the  families  of  the  first  one,  reassure 
them  about  the  confidentiality  of  the  survey,  and  iri 
vited  them  to  call  the  Maternal  and  Child  Health  Pro 
gram  to  speak  to  nurses  about  any  concerns  the 
might  have. 

While  questionnaires  were  numerically  coded  so  tha 
responses  could  be  linked  with  information  from  th 
baby’s  birth  certificate,  confidentiality  was  maintained 
by  careful  handling  of  numeric  linkage  lists,  separ 
ation  of  these  lists  from  the  data,  and  security  code: 
in  the  computer  library.  Also,  no  individually  iden 
tifiable  data  were  maintained  in  written  material  re 
lated  to  the  survey.  A cut-off  date  of  six  weeks  frorr 
mailing  was  established. 

Responses  were  compared  for  the  two  samples  as  a 
whole,  using  standard  statistical  techniques  such  a ;j 
means,  chi-square,  and  Fisher's  exact  test  for  dif 
ferences  between  the  groups  for  categorical  variables 
Matched  analysis  techniques  could  not  be  used  be 
cause  of  the  low  response  rates  and  small  number  o 
matched  pairs  in  the  final  data  set. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


550 


TABLE  3 

Social  and  Economic  Questions 


Inhospital  Births 

Home  Births 

Birthing  Center 

Other  Births 

Question 

1.  Why  did  you  plan  to 
have  your  baby  bom 
in  the  setting  you  chose? 

Planned 

Unplanned 

Planned 

Unplanned  Births  Planned* 

Unplanned* 

a Cost  was  a factor. 

21 

1 

10 

2 

15 

1 

b.  Level  of 

(6.46%) 

(33.33%) 

(18.87%) 

(5.41%) 

(44.12%) 

(9.09%) 

independence 

12 

1 

41 

1 

27 

0 

was  factor. 

(3.69) 

(33.33) 

(77.36) 

(2.70) 

(79.41) 

c.  Desired  home  like 
setting. 

6 

(1.85) 

2 

(66.67) 

47 

(88.68) 

0 

31 

(91.18) 

0 

d.  Safety  was  factor. 

273 

1 

30 

28 

16 

8 

(84.00) 

(33.33) 

(56.60) 

(75.68) 

(47.06) 

(72.73) 

e.  Other. 

53 

1 

14 

2 

10 

3 

(16.31) 

(33.33) 

(26.42) 

(5.41) 

(29.41) 

(27.27) 

2.  Were  you  pleased  with 

279 

1 

52 

33 

34 

7 

your  birthing  experience? 
Yes  answers 

(85.54) 

(33.33) 

(98.1 1) 

(89.19) 

(100.00) 

(63.64) 

3.  Would  you  plan  to  give 
birth  in  the  same  place 
again?  Yes  answers 

256 

(78.77) 

0 

51 

(96.23) 

8 

(21.62) 

31 

(91.18) 

0 

Total 

325 

3 

(NA) 

53 

37 

34 

11 

NA= No  answer;  * =There  were  no  unplanned  birthing  center  births  and  no  planned  other  births. 


SULTS  AND  DISCUSSION 

)verall,  695  surveys  were  deliverable,  (77.2  percent), 
the  families  reached,  469  (67.4  percent)  responded, 
contacted  178  (59.4  percent)  mothers  having  out- 
lospital  births  and  517  (86.2  percent)  mothers 
/ing  inhospital  births.  Of  these  695  mothers  con- 
ted,  137  (77  percent)  of  the  178  with  out-of-hospital 
i 332  (64.2  percent)  of  the  517  with  inhospital 
ths  responded  to  the  survey  questions. 

'he  overall  response  rate  based  on  number  of  letters 
it  out  was  52.1  percent. 

'he  number  contacted  and  the  response  rates  were 
(appointing  and  the  difference  in  the  contact  and 
ponse  rates  in  the  in-  and  out-of-hospital  birth 
iups  has  diminished  the  confidence  with  which  the 
ormation  obtained  can  be  used, 
lowever,  given  these  impediments,  it  still  was  con- 
ered  worthwhile  to  study  the  responses  from  both 
pups. 

Comparison  of  respondents  and  nonrespondents 
is  made  on  the  basis  of  sociodemographic  variables 
ed  on  the  birth  certificates.  Respondents  were  sig- 
icantly  more  likely  to  be  married  (87.1  percent  for 
pondents  compared  to  69.7  for  nonrespondents), 
ipondents  also  were  significantly  likely  to  be  older 
san  ages  were  26.9  and  25.7  years,  respectively), 
ite  (86.5  percent  as  compared  to  67.4  percent),  and 
ter  educated  ( 1 2.9  years  of  formal  education  as  com- 
'ed  to  12.0  years)  than  nonrespondents.  No  signifi- 
it  differences  were  observed  between  respondents 
jJ  nonrespondents  with  respect  to  county  of  resi- 


dence, parity,  birth  weight,  or  seasonality  of  birth. 

Comparison  of  sociodemographic  characteristics  for 
the  inhospital  populations  showed  no  statistically  sig- 
nificant differences  on  county  of  residence,  maternal 
age,  maternal  education,  parity,  birth  weight,  marital 
status,  race,  or  seasonality  of  birth.  Multiple  births 
were  significantly  more  likely  to  occur  in  hospitals. 

Comparison  of  sociodemographic  characteristics  for 
the  respondents  between  inhospital  and  out-of-hospi- 
tal births  showed  no  significant  differences  in  marital 
status,  race,  county  of  residence,  maternal  age,  parity, 
birth  weight,  or  seasonality  of  birth.  Mean  education 
of  out-of-hospital  mothers  tended  to  be  slightly  higher 
than  that  of  inhospital  mothers  with  a mean  number 
of  years  of  13.1  compared  to  12.8  years  (P  > .08). 

Conclusions  reached  on  the  basis  of  these  responses 
should  be  considered  tentative  and  final  conclusions 
will  have  to  follow  further  studies. 

Out-of-hospital  births  were  organized  into  four 
categories,  based  on  responses  to  the  questions 
“Where  was  your  baby  bom?”  and  "Where  had  you 
planned  to  have  your  baby?"  These  categories  were 
planned  home  birth,  unplanned  home  birth,  birthing 
center  birth,  and  other;  “other"  included  locations 
such  as  automobiles  and  ambulances. 

SERVICES  TO  BABIES 

Questions  on  services  given  to  babies  were  designed 
to  determine  whether  the  babies  received  those  ser- 
vices considered  part  of  good  child  health  supervision 
appropriate  to  the  age  of  the  child  when  questioned. 


L.  81— NUMBER  7— JULY  1984 


551 


Questions  Regarding  your  Baby's  Birth 


Please  answer  the  following  questions.  Feel  free  to  write  any  comments  on  back. 


1.  Where  was  your  baby  bom? 

□ a.  In  a hospital 

□ b.  At  home 

□ c.  In  a birthing  center 

□ d.  Other  (please  specify) 

2.  Did  you  choose  to  have  your  baby  where  it  was  bom? 

□ Yes  □ No  □ Do  Not  Know 

3.  Where  had  you  planned  to  have  your  baby  bom? 

□ a In  a hospital 

□ b.  At  home 

□ c.  In  a birthing  center 

□ d.  Other  (please  specify) 

4.  Why  did  you  plan  to  have  your  baby  bom  there? 
(Please  specify,  any  or  all) 

□ a Cost  was  a factor 

□ b.  Level  of  independence  was  a factor 

□ c.  Desired  a home  like  setting 

□ d.  Safety  was  a factor 

□ e.  Other  (please  specify) 

5.  Were  you  pleased  with  your  birthing  experience? 

□ Yes  □ No  □ Do  Not  Know 

6.  Would  you  plan  to  give  birth  again  in  the  same  place? 

□ Yes  □ No  □ Do  Not  Know 

7.  Did  the  baby  have  complications  at  or  shortly  after 
birth? 


8.  Did  you  ( the  mother)  have  complications  at  or  shortl 
after  birth? 

□ a No,  I (the  mother)  did  not  have  any 

complications. 

□ b.  Yes,  I (the  mother)  saw  a doctor  at  his  office 

because  of  complications. 

□ c.  Yes,  I (the  mother)  required  a hospital  stay 

because  of  complications. 

□ d.  Please  specify  problem. 

9.  Did  you  receive  family  planning  advice  after  the 
baby’s  birth? 

□ Yes  □ No  □ Do  Not  Know 

10.  Did  your  baby  get  an  injection  to  prevent  bleeding? 

□ Yes  □ No  □ Do  Not  Know 

11.  Did  the  baby  have  blood  taken  (from  a heel  stick)  for 
a screening  test? 

□ Yes  □ No  □ Do  Not  Know 

1 2.  Did  your  baby  have  drops  placed  in  his/her  eyes  to 
prevent  infection  afterbirth? 

□ Yes  □ No  □ Do  Not  Know 

13.  Did  your  baby  have  its  first  shot  (immunization)  by 
three  months  of  age? 

□ Yes  □ No  □ Do  Not  Know 

14.  Did  a nurse  or  doctor  examine  the  baby  and/or  you 
within  one  week  after  birth? 

□ Yes  □ No  □ Do  Not  Know 


□ a.  No,  the  baby  did  not  have  any  complications.  ^ 

□ b.  Yes,  the  baby  saw  a doctor  at  his  office  because 

of  complications. 

□ c.  Yes,  the  baby  required  a hospital  stay  because  of  1 6. 

complications. 

□ d.  Please  specify  problem. 


Did  a nurse  or  doctor  visit  within  two  weeks? 

□ Yes  □ No  □ Do  Not  Know 

Did  you  receive  an  examination  within  six  weeks  aftei 
the  birth? 

□ Yes  □ No  □ Do  Not  Know 




Figure— Questionnaire  used  by  Maternal  and  Child  Health  program. 


Answers  to  these  questions  are  summarized  in  Table 
1.  These  responses  show  that,  according  to  the  per- 
ception of  the  mother,  and  compared  with  hospital 

births: 

Planned  and  unplanned  home  births  equally  were 
likely  to  have  received  hemorrhagic  prophylaxis, 
though  there  was  a nonsignificant  tendency  for 
planned  home  births  to  receive  it.  Birthing  center 
births  were  significantly  more  likely  to  receive  it;  other 
births  showed  no  difference. 

There  was  a tendency  for  planned  home  births  not 
to  receive  screening  tests,  although  this  tendency  was 
not  significant  statistically.  Unplanned  home,  birthing 
center,  and  other  births  showed  no  difference. 

Planned  home  births  were  significantly  less  likely  to 
have  received  ophthalmic  prophylaxis;  other  births 
and  unplanned  home  births  showed  no  difference; 
birthing  center  births  showed  a nonsignificant  tend- 
ency to  receive  it. 

Planned  home  births  were  less  likely  to  have  begun 
immunizations  by  three  months  but  the  difference 
was  not  significant  statistically;  unplanned  home, 
birthing  center,  and  other  births  showed  no  difference. 

Planned  home  births  showed  significantly  less  in- 


fant complications;  all  other  births  showed  no  c 
ference. 

SERVICES  TO  MOTHERS  AND  BABIES 

Questions  on  services  given  to  mothers  and 
mother  and  child  were  designed  to  determine  whetl 
family  planning  counseling  was  given  at  an  cj 
propriate  time  and  whether  there  was  appropriate  co 
tact  with  health  care  providers. 

The  question  on  a visit  by  a doctor  or  nurse  with 
two  weeks  of  the  birth  caused  some  confusion  in  t| 
respondents.  It  was  intended  primarily  for  motht 
having  out-of-hospital  births,  and  many  mothe 
having  inhospital  births  were  puzzled  by  it  and  wrc 
questioning  comments  after  their  negative  response 

Answers  to  questions  on  services  to  mothers  aj, 
children  are  summarized  in  Table  2. 

These  responses  show  that  according  to  the  pt 
ception  of  the  mother,  and  compared  with  the  hospii1 
births: 

Birthing  center  births  were  significantly  more  lik( 
to  receive  family  planning  advice;  all  other  types 
births  showed  no  difference. 

Planned  home  and  birthing  center  births  were  si 

THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSI 


552 


ficantly  more  likely  to  have  the  baby  examined  by  a 
jrse  or  doctor  within  one  week;  unplanned  home 
rths  showed  a nonsignificant  tendency  to  have 
laminations  and  other  births  showed  no  difference. 
Planned  and  unplanned  home  births  were  signifi- 
intly  more  likely  to  have  a visit  by  a nurse  or  doctor 
ithin  two  weeks;  birthing  center  and  other  births 
lowed  no  difference. 

Planned  home  births  were  less  likely  to  show  the 
other  receiving  an  examination  by  six  weeks;  though 
ot  significantly  so;  all  other  types  of  births  showed 
o difference. 

OCIAL  AND  ECONOMIC  QUESTIONS 

Some  questions  were  largely  social  and  economic; 
lese  questions  were  intended  to  find  the  reasons  why 
;cisions  had  been  made  about  the  birthing  ex- 
;rience  and  what  future  plans  were  made  subsequent 
) it.  Answers  to  social  and  economic  questions  are 
tmmarized  in  Table  3. 

These  answers  were  all  subjective  judgments;  dif- 
rences  were  not  tested  for  significance.  However,  it 
interesting  that  the  most  satisfied  group  was  the 
irthing  center  mothers  (34  or  100  percent  were 
eased  with  their  birthing  experience  and  31  or  9 1 . 1 8 
^rcent  would  plan  to  give  birth  in  the  same  place 
*ain).  Also,  there  was  very  high  satisfaction  with 
tanned  home  births. 

ONCLUSION 

Since  review  of  the  literature  shows  a paucity  of 
lformation  regarding  out-of-hospital  births,  this 
:udy  has  value  as  a basis  for  further  exploration.  Even 
tough  the  contact  and  response  rates  to  this  survey 
d not  justify  any  firm  conclusions,  there  are,  however. 


indications  that  there  are  differences  in  the  services 
given  to  individual  groups.  Planned  home  births,  for 
example,  seemed  less  likely  than  other  groups  to  have 
received  ophthalmic  prophylaxis  and  also  may  have 
been  less  likely  to  have  screening  for  inborn  errors  of 
metabolism  and  to  have  immunizations  started  by 
three  months. 

It  must  be  remembered  that  the  answers  to  the  ques- 
tions in  this  study  reflect  mothers’  perceptions  of  the 
care  provided  during  their  birth  experiences  and  do 
not  necessarily  show  actual  provision  of  services.  One 
example  of  this  discrepancy  can  be  seen  in  the  area 
of  hemorrhagic  disease  prophylaxis  which  may  have 
been  administered  on  a regular  basis  to  the  hospital 
bom  infants  without  awareness  on  the  part  of  the 
mother.  The  conclusions  in  this  study  then  would  be 
that  more  mothers  delivering  at  birthing  centers  are 
aware  of  hemorrhagic  disease  prophylaxis  for  their 
newborns  than  mothers  giving  birth  at  hospitals. 

Further  studies  which  might  have  included  review 
of  hospital  records  as  well  as  ascertaining  perceptions 
of  mothers  and  interviews  of  families,  were  not  done 
due  to  funding  limitations. 

REFERENCES 

1.  Mehl  LE,  Peterson  AH,  Whitt  M,  Hawes  WE:  Outcomes 
of  elective  home  births,  a series  of  1,146  cases.  J Repro  Med 
19:51,  1977. 

2.  Simmons  RS:  Who  chooses  home  birth  and  the  impact 
of  planning  status  on  neonatal  mortality  and  birthweight. 
Annual  Meeting,  American  Public  Health  Association,  1980. 

3.  Burnett  CA  Jones  JA  Rooks  J,  Tyler  CW,  Miller  CA 
Home  delivery  and  neonatal  mortality  in  North  Carolina  An- 
nual Meeting,  American  Public  Health  Association,  1977. 

4.  Personal  communication,  Charles  Karkut,  Vital 
Statistics  Registrar,  New  Jersey. 


pL.  81— NUMBER  7— JULY  1984 


553 


Angina 

Protection 

with  Benefits  for 
a Lifetime 

ONCE-DAILY  CONTROL 

WITH  HEART-SAVING  BENEFITS 

By  reducing  heart  rate  and  cardiac  contractility,  INDERAL  LA  helps 
protect  the  heart  from  the  potentially  serious  and  debilitating 
consequences  of  ischemia.  A highly  effective  antianginal  agent  for 
around-the-clock  control  of  symptoms,  INDERAL  LA  also  provides 
cardiovascular  protection  for  a sense  of  security  in  the  years  ahead. 

PROTECTION  AND  EXPERIENCE 
NO  CALCIUM  BLOCKER  CAN  MATCH 

Unlike  calcium  blockers,  INDERAL  LA — either  alone  or  with  a 
nitrate — is  recommended  for  early  treatment  of  angina  in  the 
majority  of  patients.  Equally  important,  INDERAL  LA  delivers  the 
proven  performance  and  safety  profile  of  INDERAL  tablets — 
confirmed  by  millions  of  patients  during  16  years  of  clinical  use. 

START  WITH  80  MG  ONCE  DAILY 

Dosage  may  be  increased  to  160  mg  once  daily,  as  needed,  to 
achieve  optimal  control.  INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  used  in  congestive 
heart  failure,  sinus  bradycardia,  cardiogenic  shock,  heart  block  greater 
than  first  degree,  and  bronchial  asthma.  Please  see  next  page  for 
further  details  and  brief  summary  of  prescribing  information. 


ONCE- DAILY 


LONG  ACTING  mg  mg  mg 

CAPSULES 


The  appearance  of 
INDERAL  LA 
capsules  is  a registered 
trademark  ot 
Ayerst  L aboratories 


Ayerst] 


lilt 


ONCE-DAILY 


JUST  ONCE  EACH  DAY 
FOR  SIMPLIFIED  CORE  , 

THERAPY  IN  ANGINA  (PROPRANOLOL  HCI) 


INDERAL LA  iii 


LONG  ACTING 
CAPSULES 


80 

mg 


120 

mg 


160 

mg 


BRIEF  SUMMARY  (FOR  FULL  PRESCRIBING  INFORMATION,  SEE  PACKAGE  CIRCULAR.) 
INDERAL'  LA  brand  of  propranolol  hydrochloride  (Long  Acting  Capsules) 
DESCRIPTION.  Inderal  LA  Is  formulated  to  provide  a sustained  release  of  propranolol 
hydrochloride.  Inderal  LA  Is  available  as  80  mg,  120  mg,  and  160  mg  capsules, 

CLINICAL  PHARMACOLOGY.  INDERAL  is  a nonselective  beta-adrenergic  receptor 
blocking  agent  possessing  no  other  autonomic  nervous  system  activity  It  specifically  com- 
petes with  beta-adrenergic  receptor  stimulating  agents  for  available  receptor  sites.  When 
access  to  beta-receptor  sites  is  blocked  by  INDERAL,  the  chronotropic,  inotropic,  and 
vasodilator  responses  to  beta-adrenergic  stimulation  are  decreased  proportionately. 

INDERAL  LA  Capsules  (80, 120,  and  160  mg)  release  propranolol  HCI  at  a controlled  and 
predictable  rate  Peak  blood  levels  following  dosing  with  INDERAL  LA  occur  at  about  6 hours 
and  the  apparent  plasma  half-life  is  about  1 0 hours  When  measured  at  steady  state  over  a 24- 
hour  period  the  areas  under  the  propranolol  plasma  concentration-time  curve  (AUCs)  for  the 
capsules  are  approximately  60%  to  65%  of  the  AUCs  for  a comparable  divided  daily  dose  of 
INDERAL  tablets.  The  lower  AUCs  for  the  capsules  are  due  to  greater  hepatic  metabolism  of 
propranolol,  resulting  from  the  slower  rate  of  absorption  of  propranolol.  Over  a twenty-four  (24) 
hour  period,  blood  levels  are  fairly  constant  for  about  twelve  (12)  hours  then  decline 
exponentially 

INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  considered  a simple  mg  for  mg  substitute  for  conventional 
propranolol  and  the  blood  levels  achieved  do  not  match  (are  lower  than)  those  of  two  to  four 
times  daily  dosing  with  the  same  dose.  When  changing  to  INDERAL  LA  from  conventional 
propranolol,  a possible  need  for  retitration  upwards  should  be  considered  especially  to 
maintain  effectiveness  at  the  end  of  the  dosing  interval  In  most  clinical  settings,  however, 
such  as  hypertension  or  angina  where  there  is  little  correlation  between  plasma  levels  and 
clinical  effect,  INDERAL  LA  has  been  therapeutically  equivalent  to  the  same  mg  dose  of 
conventional  INDERAL  as  assessed  by  24-hour  effects  on  blood  pressure  and  on  24-hour 
exercise  responses  of  heart  rate,  systolic  pressure  and  rate  pressure  product.  INDERAL  LA 
can  provide  effective  beta  blockade  for  a 24-hour  period. 

The  mechanism  of  the  antihypertensive  effect  of  INDERAL  has  not  been  established 
Among  the  factors  that  may  be  involved  in  contributing  to  the  antihypertensive  action  are  (1) 
decreased  cardiac  output,  (2)  inhibition  of  renin  release  by  the  kidneys,  and  (3)  diminution  of 
tonic  sympathetic  nerve  outflow  from  vasomotor  centers  in  the  brain.  Although  total  peripheral 
resistance  may  increase  initially,  it  readjusts  to  or  below  the  pretreatment  level  with  chronic 
use.  Effects  on  plasma  volume  appear  to  be  minor  and  somewhat  variable.  INDERAL  has 
been  shown  to  cause  a small  increase  in  serum  potassium  concentration  when  used  in  the 
treatment  of  hypertensive  patients 

In  angina  pectoris,  propranolol  generally  reduces  the  oxygen  requirement  of  the  heart  at 
any  given  level  of  effort  by  blocking  the  catecholamine-induced  increases  in  the  heart  rate, 
systolic  blood  pressure,  and  the  velocity  and  extent  of  myocardial  contraction  Propranolol  | 
may  increase  oxygen  requirements  by  increasing  left  ventrtcular  fiber  length,  end  diastolic  ff 
pressure  and  systolic  ejection  period  The  net  physiologic  effect  of  beta-adrenergic  blockade 
is  usually  advantageous  and  is  manifested  during  exercise  by  delayed  onset  of  pain  and 
increased  work  capacity 

In  dosages  greater  than  required  for  beta  blockade.  INDERAL  also  exerts  a quinidme-like 
or  anesthetic-like  membrane  action  which  affects  tiro  cardiac  action. potential  The  signifi- 
cance of  the  membrane  action  in  the  treatment  of  arrhythmias  is  uncertain 

The  mechanism  of  the  antimigraine  effect  ol  propranolol  has  not  beensestablished  Beta- 
adrenergic  receptors  have  been  demonstrated  in  the  plat  vessels  of  the  brain. 

Beta  receptor  blockade  can  be  useful  in  conditions  in  which,  because  of  pathologic  or 
functional  changes,  sympathetic  activity  is  detrimental  to  the  patient  But  there  are  also 
situations  in  which  sympathetic  stimulation  is  vital  For  example“in  paffents  with  seve'ely 
damaged  hearts,  adequate  ventricular  function  is  maintained  by  virtue  of  sympathetic  drive 
which  should  be  preserved.  In  the  presence  of  AV  block,  greater  than  first  degree,  beta 
blockade  may  prevent  the  necessary  facilitating  effect  of  sympathetic  activity  on  conduction. 
Beta  blockade  results  in  bronchial  constriction  by  interfering  with  adrenergic  bronchodilator 
activity  which  should  be  preserved  in  patients  subject  to  bronchospasm 

Propranolol  is  not  significantly  dialyzable. 

INDICATIONS  AND  USAGE.  Hypertension:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  in  the  manage- 
ment of  hypertension;  it  may  be  used  alone  or  used  in  combination  with  other  antihypertensive 
agents,  particularly  a thiazide  diuretic.  INDERAL  LA  is  not  indicated  in  the  management  of 
hypertensive  emergencies. 

Angina  Pectoris  Due  to  Coronary  Atherosclerosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated 
for  the  long-term  management  of  patients  with  angina  pectoris. 

Migraine:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  for  the  prophylaxis  of  common  migraine  headache 
The  efficacy  of  propranolol  in  the  treatment  of  a migraine  attack  that  has  started  has  not  been 
established  and  propranolol  is  not  indicated  for  such  use. 

Hypertrophic  Subaortic  Stenosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  useful  in  the  management  of 
hypertrophic  subaortic  stenosis,  especially  for  treatment  of  exertional  or  other  stress-induced 
angina,  palpitations,  and  syncope.  INDERAL  LA  also  improves  exercise  performance  The 
effectiveness  of  propranolol  hydrochloride  in  this  disease  appears  to  be  due  to  a reduction  of 
the  elevated  outflow  pressure  gradient  which  is  exacerbated  by  beta-receptor  stimulation 
Clinical  improvement  may  be  temporary. 

CONTRAINDICATIONS.  INDERAL  is  contraindicated  in  1)  cardiogenic  shock;  2)  sinus 
bradycardia  and  greater  than  first  degree  block;  3)  bronchial  asthma;  4)  congestive  heart 
failure  (see  WARNINGS)  unless  the  failure  is  secondary  to  a tachyarrhythmia  treatable  with 
INDERAL 

WARNINGS.  CARDIAC  FAILURE:  Sympathetic  stimulation  may  be  a vital  component  sup- 
porting circulatory  function  in  patients  with  congestive  heart  failure,  and  its  inhibition  by  beta 
blockade  may  precipitate  more  severe  failure  Although  beta  blockers  should  be  avoided  in 
overt  congestive  heart  failure,  if  necessary,  they  can  be  used  with  close  follow-up  in  patients 
with  a history  of  failure  who  are  well  compensated  and  are  receiving  digitalis  and  diuretics 
Beta-adrenergic  blocking  agents  do  not  abolish  the  inotropic  action  of  digitalis  on  heart 
muscle 

IN  PATIENTS  WITHOUT  A HISTORY  OF  HEART  FAILURE,  continued  use  of  beta  blockers 
can,  in  some  cases,  lead  to  cardiac  failure.  Therefore,  at  the  first  sign  or  symptom  of  heart 
failure,  the  patient  should  be  digitalized  and/or  treated  with  diuretics,  and  the  response 
observed  closely,  or  INDERAL  should  be  discontinued  (gradually,  if  possible). 


IN  PATIENTS  WITH  ANGINA  PECTORIS,  there  have  been  reports  of  exacerbation  of 
angina  and,  in  some  cases,  myocardial  infarction,  following  abrupt  discontinuance  of 
INDERAL  therapy.  Therefore,  when  discontinuance  of  INDERAL  is  planned  the  dosage 
should  be  gradually  reduced  over  at  least  a few  weeks,  and  the  patient  should  be 
cautioned  against  interruption  or  cessation  of  therapy  without  the  physician's  advice.  If 
INDERAL  therapy  is  interrupted  and  exacerbation  of  angina  occurs,  it  usually  is  advis- 
able to  reinstitute  INDERAL  therapy  and  take  other  measures  appropriate  for  the  man- 
agement of  unstable  angina  pectoris.  Since  coronary  artery  disease  may  be 
unrecognized,  it  may  be  prudent  to  follow  the  above  advice  in  patients  considered  at  risk 
of  having  occult  atherosclerotic  heart  disease  who  are  given  propranolol  for  other 
indications. 


Nonallergic  Bronchospasm  (e.g.,  chronic  bronchitis,  emphysema)  — 

PATIENTS  WITH  BRONCHOSPASTIC  DISEASES  SHOULD  IN  GENERAL  NOT  RECEIVE  BETA 
BLOCKERS.  INDERAL  should  be  administered  with  caution  since  it  may  block  bronchodila- 
tion  produced  by  endogenous  and  exogenous  catecholamine  stimulation  of  beta  receptors. 


MAJOR  SURGERY:  The  necessity  or  desirability  of  withdrawal  of  beta-blocking  tig 
prior  to  major  surgery  is  controversial.  It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  the  impaired  all 
the  heart  to  respond  to  reflex  adrenergic  stimuli  may  augment  the  risks  of  general  anet;i$ 
and  surgical  procedures 

INDERAL  (propranolol  HCI),  like  other  beta  blockers,  is  a competitive  inhibitor  oljii 
receptor  agonists  and  its  effects  can  be  reversed  by  administration  of  such  agents! 
dobutamine  or  isoproterenol.  However,  such  patients  may  be  subject  to  protracted  k 
hypotension.  Difficulty  in  starting  and  maintaining  the  heartbeat  has  also  been  reporte;*v 
bets  blockers 

DIABETES  AND  HYPOGLYCEMIA:  Beta-adrenergic  blockade  may  prevent  tt  ai 
pearance  of  certain  premonitory  signs  and  symptoms  (pulse  rate  and  pressure  chancffl 
acute  hypoglycemia  in  labile  insulin-dependent  diabetes.  In  these  patients,  it  may  boo 
difticult  to  ad|ust  the  dosage  of  insulin 

THYROTOXICOSIS:  Beta  blockade  may  mask  certain  clinical  signs  of  hyperthvrca 
Therefore,  abrupt  withdrawal  of  propranolol  may  be  followed  by  an  exacerbation  of  sym  n 
of  hyperthyroidism,  including  thyroid  storm  Propranolol  does  not  distort  thyroid  function;! 

IN  PATIENTS  WITH  WOLFF-PARKINSON-WHITE  SYNDROME,  several  cases  have,* 
reported  in  which,  after  propranolol,  the  tachycardia  was  replaced  by  a severe  brady  d 
requiring  a demand  pacemaker.  In  one  case  this  resulted  after  an  initial  dose  oFt 
propranolol 

PRECAUTIONS.  General  Propranolol  should  be  used  with  caution  in  patients  with  im  k 
hepatic  or  renal  function.  INDERAL  is  not  indicated  for  the  treatment  of  hypertun 
emergencies. 

Beta  adrenoreceptor  blockade  can  cause  reduction  of  intraocular  pressure.  Pi|i 
should  be  told  that  INDERAL  may  interfere  with  the  glaucoma  screening  test.  Withdraw.' 
lead  to  a return  of  increased  intraocular  pressure. 

Clinical  Laboratory  Tests:  Elevated  blood  urea  levels  in  patients  with  severe  heart  di: 
elevated  serum  transaminase,  alkaline  phosphatase,  lactate  dehydrogenase 

DRUG  INTERACTIONS  Patients  receiving  catecholamine-depleting  drugs  such  as 
pine  should  be  closely  observed  if  INDERAL  is  administered.  The  added  catechol:  I 
blocking  action  may  produce  an  excessive  reduction  of  resting  sympathetic  nervous  £ I 
which  may  result  in  hypotension,  marked  bradycardia,  vertiqo,  syncopal  attacks,  or  orthc  9 
hypotension. 

Carcinogenesis,  Mutagenesis,  Impairment  of  Fertility.  Long-term  studies  in  animal;  I 
been  conducted  to  evaluate  toxic  effects  and  carcinogenic  potential.  In  18-month  stud] 
both  rats  and  mice,  employing  doses  up  to  150  mg/kg/day,  there  was  no  evidence  of  sign  a 
drug-induced  toxicity  There  were  no. drug-related  tumorigenic  effects  at  any  of  the  d'  c 
levels  Reproductive  studies  in  animals  did  not  show  any  impairment  of  fertility  thr : 
attributable  to  the  drug 

Pregnancy  Pregnancy  Category  C \Di  RAI  has  been  shown  to  be  embryotc 
animat  studies  at  doses  about  10  times  greater  than  the  maximum  recommended  human 
There  are  no  adequate  and  weti-controlled  studies  in  pregnant  women  INDERAL  s 
be  used  during  pregnancy  only  if  the  potential  benefit  justifies  the  potential  risk  to  the 
Nursing  Mothers  INDERAL  is  excreted  in  human  milk  Caution  should  be  exercised 
. INDERAL  is  administered  to  a nursing  woman 

Pediatric  Use:  Safety  and  effectiveness  in  children  have  not  been  established 
ADVERSE  REACTIONS.  Most  adverse  effects  have  been  mild  and  transient  and 
rarely  required  the  withdrawal  of  therapy. 

Cardiovascular:  bradycardia,  congestive  treart  failure,  intensification  of  AV  block, 
tension:  paresthesia  of  hands;  thrombocytopenic  purpura  arterial  insufficiency,  usually 
Raynaud  type 

Central  Nervous  System  lightheadedness;  mental  depression  manifested  by  msc 
lassitude,  weakness,  fatigue;  reversible  mental  depression  progressing  to  catatonia, 
disturbances;  hallucinations;  an  acute  reversible  syndrome  characterized  by  disoriental 
time  and  place,  short-term  memory  loss,  emotional  lability,  slightly  clouded  sensoriurr 
decreased  performance  on  neuropsychometrics. 

Gastrointestinal:  nausea,  vomiting,  epigastric  distress,  abdominal  cramping,  diat: 
constipation,  mesenteric  arterial  thrombosis,  ischemic  colitis 

Allergic:  pharyngitis  and  agranulocytosis,  erythematous  rash,  fever  combined  with  a< ' 
and  sore  throat,  laryngospasm  and  respiratory  distress. 

Respiratory  bronchospasm 

Hematologic:  agranulocytosis,  nonthrombocytopenic  purpura,  thrombocytoji 
purpura 

Auto-Immune:  In  extremely  rare  instances,  systemic  lupus  erythematosus  has  if 
reported. 

Miscellaneous:  alopecia,  LE-like  reactions,  psoriasiform  rashes,  dry  eyes,  male  h 
tence,  and  Peyronie's  disease  have  been  reported  rarely.  Oculomucocutaneous  rea.  f 
involving  the  skin,  serous  membranes  and  conjunctivae  reported  for  a beta  blocker  (prai : 
have  not  been  associated  with  propranolol 

DOSAGE  AND  ADMINISTRATION.  INDERAL  LA  provides  propranolol  hydrochloric  i 
sustained-release  capsule  for  administration  once  daily.  If  patients  are  switched  from  IND  ! 
tablets  to  INDERAL  LA  capsules,  care  should  be  taken  to  assure  that  the  desired  therai  I 
effect  is  maintained  INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  considered  a simple  mg  for  mg  substitijli 
INDERAL  INDERAL  LA  has  different  kinetics  and  produces  lower  blood  levels  Retitratio 
be  necessary  especially  to  maintain  effectiveness  at  the  end  of  the  24-hour  dosing  inift 
HYPERTENSION — Dosage  must  be  individualized  The  usual  initial  dosage  is  £| 
INDERAL  LA  once  daily,  whether  used  alone  or  added  to  a diuretic.  The  dosage  rrv: 
increased  to  120  mg  once  daily  or  higher  until  adequate  blood-pressure  control  Is  ach;  i 
The  usual  maintenance  dosage  is  120  to  160  mg  once  daily  In  some  instances  a dosage  1 1 
mg  may  be  required  The  time  needed  for  full  hypertensive  response  to  a given  dos; 
variable  and  may  range  from  a few  days  to  several  weeks. 

ANGINA  PECTORIS — Dosage  must  be  individualized.  Starting  with  80  mg  INDER/H 
once  daily,  dosage  should  be  gradually  increased  at  three  to  seven  day  intervals  until  opt  ] 
response  is  obtained  Although  individual  patients  may  respond  at  any  dosage  lever 
average  optimum  dosage  appears  to  be  160  mg  once  daily  In  angina  pectoris,  the  valuh 
safety  of  dosage  exceeding  320  mg  per  day  have  not  been  established 

If  treatment  is  to  be  discontinued,  reduce  dosage  gradually  over  a period  of  a few  vf> 
(see  WARNINGS). 

MIGRAINE — Dosage  must  be  individualized.  The  initial  oral  dose  is  80  mg  INDER/i- 
once  daily.  The  usual  effective  dose  range  is  160-240  mg  once  daily  The  dosage  m.  | 
increased  gradually  to  achieve  optimum  migraine  prophylaxis.  If  a satisfactory  response  ji1 
obtained  within  four  to  six  weeks  after  reaching  the  maximum  dose,  INDERAL  LA  th[f 
should  be  discontinued  It  may  be  advisable  to  withdraw  the  drug  gradually  over  a per  1 
ssvsrsl  weeks 

HYPERTROPHIC  SUBAORTIC  STENOSIS— 80-160  mg  INDERAL  LA  once  daily.  | 
PEDIATRIC  DOSAGE — At  this  time  the  data  on  the  use  of  the  drug  in  this  age  group  ajf 
limited  to  permit  adequate  directions  for  use 

‘The  appearance  of  INDERAL  LA  capsules  is  a registered  trademark  of  Ayerst  Laborai " 


8830 


AYERST  LABORATORIES 
MyerSlY  New  York,  N.Y.  10017 


556 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSI; 


[1a.se  Report: 

\lcoholic  Cardiomyopathy 

[STVAN  A.  GASPAR,  M.D.  ENGLEWOOD* 


A 12-year , two-pints  whisky  drinker  developed  cardiac  failure. 
Fairly  extensive  degeneration  and  liquefaction  of  the  sarcoplasm 
\pfthe  myocardialfiberSf  necrosis  of  myocardial  fibers,  and 
fibrosis  were  seen  with  light  microscopy.  Cardiomyopathy  was 
\a  direct  effect  of  excessive  alcohol  on  the  myocardium. 


The  direct  action  of  alcohol  on  the 
myocardium  was  not  seriously 
considered  until  about  the 
id-20th  century;  yet  it  was  recognized  much  earlier 
at  alcohol  causes  myocardial  damage.  Today,  al- 
'holic  damage  of  the  myocardium  is  designated  as 
coholic  cardiomyopathy.  Alcoholism  is  frequent  and 
t the  opportunity  for  histologic  study  of  hearts  from 
coholic  cardiomyopathy  is  rare. 

Light  microscopic  changes  of  the  myocardium  in 
{coholic  cardiomyopathy  were  thought  to  be  unim- 
essive.  However,  reports  of  such  studies  are  few.  It 
is  been  found  that  only  a number  of  alcoholics  will 
velop  alcoholic  cardiac  pathology,  i.e.  eardio- 
yopathy. 

A case  of  fatal  alcoholic  cardiomyopathy  occurred  in 
380  at  Englewood  Hospital.  The  observed  light  miero- 
j'opic  pathological  changes  are  worth  reporting  to 
llarge  our  knowledge  of  the  subject. 

\SE  REPORT 

The  patient  was  a 32-year-old,  thin  and  dehydrated 
lack  male,  a known  alcoholic  for  12  years,  who  drank 
m pints  of  whisky  every  day.  At  admission  on  Febru- 
y 17,  1980,  he  complained  of  a cold  and  cough  with 
igue  pain  across  his  chest,  but  no  fever  or  chills, 
epatomegaly  and  scleral  icterus  were  obvious.  The 
ngs  were  clear;  respirations,  24/min;  temperature, 
7.4°  F.(p.o.);  and  pulse,  146  and  regular.  Blood  pres- 


sure was  100/70.  There  were  no  heart  murmurs.  The 
abdomen  was  distended.  The  reflexes  were  hypoaetive 
and  there  was  a very  mild  tremor.  There  was  no 
evidence  of  gastrointestinal  bleeding.  Chest  x-ray 
showed  marked  cardiac  enlargement,  congestive  heart 
failure,  fluid  at  the  left  base,  and  hepatomegaly. 

He  was  treated  with  intravenous  fluids  containing 
sodium  bicarbonate  and  thiamine. 

Laboratory  work  on  February  17,  1980,  showed  RBC, 
3,500.000;  Hgb,  1 1 gm/dl;  WBC,  10,900;  and  80%  polys. 
Blood  glucose  was  125  mg/dl;  uric  acid,  18.0  mg/dl; 
total  protein,  6.5  gm/dl;  total  bilirubin,  3.0  mg/dl;  LDH, 
1,300  units;  SGOT,  1,000  units;  and  lipase,  1.0  unit. 
Urinalysis  showed  3 + protein,  and  bile  was  positive. 

On  Feburary  18,  1980,  the  patient  was  in  shock 
(blood  pressure  was  38/30).  Cardiac  arrest  developed, 
but  he  was  resuscitated.  The  serum  pH  was  7.01.  On 
February  19,  1980,  he  became  comatose  and  apneic. 
Laboratory  reports  showed  serum  pH,  6.9;  and  P02,  36 
mm/Hg.  A blood  sample  was  negative  for  meth- 
ylaleohol.  In  spite  of  vigorous  treatment,  he  expired. 

Postmortem  examination  was  performed  20  hours 
after  death.  The  peritoneal  cavity  contained  1,000  cc 
of  ascitic  fluid.  There  were  700  cc  of  left  chest  fluid. 
800  cc  of  right  chest  fluid,  and  90  cc  of  pericardial 
fluid.  The  lungs  were  markedly  expanded,  congested, 

*From  the  Department  of  Pathology.  Englewood  Hospital.  Cor- 
respondence may  be  addressed  to  Dr.  G&sp&r,  261  Glenwood 
Road,  Englewood,  NJ  07631. 


0L.  81— NUMBER  7-UULY  1984 


557 


Figure  1— In  the  center  of  the  field  (arrows)  there  are  necrotic 
myocardial  fibers.  Many  of  the  other  fibers  show  longitudinal 
sarcoplasmic  degenerations,  vacuoles  and,  particularly  in  the 
right  half  of  the  field,  many  thin,  wavy,  thread-like,  and  some 
fragmented  fibers.  (H&E,  low  magnification,  10  x NA  .25) 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE1 


Figure  4 — Degenerating  segments  of  myocardial  fibers  w 
marked  disruption  of  the  myofibrils.  A horse  tail-like  stn 
ture  is  produced  (arrow).  (H&E,  high  magnification,  45  x N: 
.66) 


* m . 


Figure  2 — Small  fibrous  patch  formed  at  site  of  myocardial 
necrosis.  (H&E,  high  magnification,  45  x NA  .66) 


Figure  3 — Small  segmental  liquefaction  of  myocardial  fibers 
with  disruption  of  the  myofibrils  (arrow).  (H&E,  high  magnifi- 
cation, 45  x NA  .66) 

and  heavy.  The  parenchyma  was  dark  grayish:red, 
doughy,  and  very  edematous.  Culture  was  negative  for 
pathogenic  organisms.  The  heart  weighed  420  gm. 
There  was  hypertrophy  and  dilatation  of  all  chambers, 
particularly  that  of  the  right  auricle  and  of  both  ven- 
tricles. Thrombus  filled  the  right  auricular  appendage. 
The  coronary  arteries  and  the  aorta  showed  only  a few 
small  fatty  intimal  spots.  The  myocardium  was  flabby, 
grayish-red,  without  grossly  recognizable  spots  of 
fibrosis.  The  liver  was  slightly  enlarged,  weighing  1,835 
gm.  It  was  hard,  reddish-yellow  with  faintly  micro- 


Figure  5 — Elongated  sarcoplasmic  degenerations  with  spl 
ting  of  the  myocardial  fibers  into  thin  strands  (arrows).  (H& 
high  magnification,  45  x NA  .66) 

granular  capsular  surface.  The  gastrointestimj 
mucosa  was  edematous. 

LIGHT  MICROSCOPIC  STUDY 

There  were  multiple  scattered  recent  segment; 
necroses  of  myocardial  fibers  (Figure  1).  The  necroti: 
fibers  broke  up  into  larger  masses  of  debris  and  als 
into  small  homogeneous  granular  particles.  All  thes 
disappeared,  became  absorbed,  leaving  a space  i 
which  lymphocytes  and  phagocytic  cells  were  demor 
strable.  There  were  scattered  larger  foci  of  stromal  co 
lapse  and  early  fibrous  replacement,  taking  the  plaolj 
of  the  almost  entirely  absorbed  areas  of  myocardif 
necrosis  (Figure  2).  In  many  other  areas  there  wer 
myocardial  fibers  with  segmental  liquefaction  of  th 
sarcoplasm  and  with  disorganization  of  the  myofibril 
(Figure  3).  If  a larger  segment  of  the  myocardial  fibe 
was  involved  with  the  liquefaction  of  the  sarcoplasn 
a horse  tail-like  structure  was  formed  by  the  disrupte 
myocardial  fibrils  (Figure  4).  Or,  if  the  sarcoplasmi. 
liquefaction  involved  multiple  adjacent  myocardit 
fibers,  the  cohesion  of  the  myofibrils  became  so  dis 
rupted  that  only  a structure  similar  to  a bunch  of  hair 
remained.  When  the  myofibers  were  sectioned  long) 
tudinally,  numerous  longitudinal  clear  spaces  or  split 
of  varying  size  became  apparent  (Figure  5).  On  trans' 
verse  sections  these  sarcoplasmic  liquefactions  an< 
degenerations  appeared  as  vacuoles.  This  type  of  de 


558 


feneration  of  the  sarcoplasm  was  fairly  widespread 
id  it  seemed  that  in  multiple  areas  a sizeable  per- 
entage  of  the  myocardial  fibers  was  affected  in  this 
ash  ion. 

The  liver  showed  very  marked  eentrilobular  passive 
ongestion.  Fatty  changes  were  extensive.  Mallory  bod- 
?s  were  not  demonstrable.  Histology  of  the  lungs  cor- 
esponded with  the  gross  pathological  findings. 

DISCUSSION 

Since  the  1960s.  it  has  been  appreciated  that  ex- 
essive  alcohol  intake  may  result  in  myocardial  dam- 
Ige  independent  of  malnutrition  or  thiamine  deficien- 
v or  both.  However,  in  1884,  Bollinger  of  Munich  ree- 
ignized  the  relationship  between  heavy  beer  drinking 
md  cardiac  hypertrophy  and  cardiac  dilatation;  he 
onsidered  the  latter  as  toxic  manifestation  of  habitual 
>eer  alcoholism.1  Alexander2  and  Gould3  stated  that 
he  myocardial  changes  in  alcoholic  cardiomyopathy 
i >y  light  microscopy  usually  were  focal,  minimal,  and 
>ut  of  proportion  to  the  severity  of  the  clinical  findings. 
Jaeuolation  of  myocardial  fibers  was  described  by 
lloor.4  In  my  observation,  the  vacuoles  occurred  as 
uch  when  the  myocardial  fibers  were  sectioned  trans- 
'ersely  and  appeared  anywhere  in  the  myocardial 
ibers.  They  were  the  cross  sections  of  the  longitudinal 
iarcoplasmic  degenerations  of  the  myocardial  fibers. 

Our  patient’s  histoiy  fulfills  the  criteria  of  Brigden5 
md  puts  his  heart  disease  into  the  category  of  toxic 
ardiomyopathy.  The  important  pathology  was  a fairly 
widespread  segmental  degeneration  and  liquefaction 
>f  the  sarcoplasm  of  the  myocardial  fibers.  The  absence 
>f  necrotic  myocardial  fibers  was  stressed  in  several 
tlrertinent  publications,  but  myocardial  necrosis  oc- 

I 


I 


i 


curred  in  our  patient.  These  degenerative  changes  are 
the  result  of  the  direct  toxic  action  of  alcohol  on  the 
myocardium.  The  irregularly  thinned-out  and  often 
wavy  myocardial  fibers  are  not  caused  by  atrophy  but 
are  caused  by  the  longitudinal  liquefaction  of  the 
sarcoplasm,  which  splits  the  myocardial  fibers  into 
multiple  strips  and,  at  times,  into  irregular-sized  thin 
strands. 

Damaging  effects  of  excessive  amounts  of  alcohol  on 
the  myocardium  were  demonstrated  experimentally  in 
mice  and  rats  by  Burch6  and  Maines.7  The  12-year 
histoiy  of  heavy  alcohol  abuse  of  our  young  patient  is 
well  within  the  12-  to  15-year  time  lapse  when  al- 
coholic cardiomyopathy  develops.  His  death  occurred 
as  a result  of  congestive  heart  failure,  i.e.  pump  failure 
as  a consequence  of  alcoholic  cardiomyopathy. 

REFERENCES 

1.  Bollinger  P:  Ueber  die  haufigkeit  und  ursaehen  der 
idiopathisehen  herzhypertrophien  in  Miinchen.  Deutsche 
Medicinische  Wochenschrift  10:180-181,  1884. 

2.  Alexander  CS:  Idiopathic  heart  disease.  11.  Electron 
microscopic  examination  of  myocardial  biopsy  specimens  in 
alcoholic  heart  disease.  Am  J Med  41:229-234,  1966. 

3.  Gould  L:  Cardiac  effects  of  alcohol.  Am  Heart  J 
79:422-425,  1970. 

4.  Bloor  CM:  Cardiac  Pathology.  New  York,  NY,  J.B.  Lippin- 
cott  Co.  1978. 

5.  Brigden  W:  Alcoholic  cardiomyopathy.  Cardiovasc 
Clinics  4(1):188-201,  1972. 

6.  Burch  GE,  Colcolough  HL,  Harb  JM,  Tsui  CY:  The  effect 
of  ingestion  of  ethyl  alcohol,  wine,  and  beer  on  the 
myocardium  of  mice.  Am  J Cardiol  27:522-528,  1971. 

7.  Maines,  JE,  Aldinger  EE:  Myocardial  depression  accom- 
panying chronic  consumption  of  alcohol.  Am  Heart  J 
73:55-63,  1967. 


IOh.  81— NUMBER  7— JULY  1984 


559 


thinking  co 


As  in  Blue  Cross  of  New  Jersey.  The 
single  source  for  computerization. 

□ Because  Medical  Management 
Services  from  Blue  Cross  now  offers 
a unique  automated  office  system. 

□ Only  Blue  Cross  offers  this  unique 
system,  because  only  Blue  Cross  has 
the  experience  in  the  health  care  field 
(half  a century's  worth!),  the  data 
processing  know-how  and  the  claims 
processing  expertise  to  make  it  all 
work  efficiently  and  effectively. 


Your  people  receive  full  and  com- 
plete training  and  ongoing  support  in 
system  operation.  We  accept  full 
responsibility  for  hardware  and  soft- 
ware maintenance. 


give  you  much  more  time  to  tend 
the  clinical  aspects  of  your  practio 
and,  above  all,  increase  the  efficie 
of  the  office  and  the  income  of  th 
practice!  All  from  a single  source  1 
computerization. 


What  the  system  does 
for  the  physician. 

Whether  you  are  an  individual  or 
group  practice,  this  system  will  relieve 
paperwork... provide  fast  access  to 
necessary  patient  information... and 


Some  of  what  you 
get  with  the  System: 

> An  easy-to-use  system. 

> Instant  access  to  patient  accoun 
information  by  account  number. 


The  system  itself. 


You  receive  a stand-alone  system 
using  IBM  or  Texas  Instruments  com- 
puters that  is  physically  located  in 
your  office.  It  is  operated  by  your 
office  personnel — they  do  not  have 
to  have  any  data  processing  experi- 
ence— and  the  system  is  completely 
under  their  control  at  all  times. 

The  software  and  system 
support. 

This  modular  system  provides  a com- 
plete software  package  for  your  office 
which  utilizes  Blue  Cross'  expertise  in 
health  care  financing,  automated 
hospital  admission/approval  systems, 
automated  claims  submission,  and 
leadership  in  paperless  processing. 
Only  Blue  Cross  can  offer  the  bene- 
fits of  this  wealth  of  experience 
and  offer  single  source  capability 
for  computerization. 


Take  a minute  to  check 
this  list! 


□ Your  volume  is  at  least  80  patients 
per  week. 

□ Your  daily  cash  control  and  records 
keeping  procedures  need  to  be 
improved. 

□ Your  receivables  are  greater  than 
17%  of  your  total  annual  charges. 

□ You  are  forced  to  write  off  more 
than  5%  of  your  net  receivables 
as  uncollectable. 

□ You  are  running  behind  in  your 
insurance  billings  and  collections. 

□ Your  service  bureau  already 
charges  you  more  than  $4,200 
per  year. 


□ You  experience  a high  turnover 
clerical  employees  or  need  to 
increase  the  productivity  of  your 
present  staff. 

□ You  find  it  difficult  to  get  com- 
plete and  current  data  on  patien 
treatment  patterns,  facilities  utili 
zation,  and  services  on  a regular 
weekly,  monthly  and  annual  basi 

□ Your  quarterly  and  annual  payrol 
reports  are  now  done  manually. 

□ You  have  difficulty  getting  useful 
management  information  about 
your  practice  when  you  need  it. 

□ Your  "most  current”  financial 
statement  for  the  practice  is 
already  out  of  date. 


If  you  have  checked  off  any  of  the  above,  you 
are  a candidate  for  Medical  Management  Services. 


’reduction  of  patients'  statements 
)n  daily,  weekly  or  monthly  basis 
—whichever  billing  cycle  is  best  for 
■our  practice. 

\utomatic  production  of  standard 
insurance  (AMA)  claim  forms. 

\ daily  charge  and  collection  sum- 
jnary  which  recaps  all  daily  patient 
ictivity. 

\n  aged  accounts  receivable  trial 
balance  which  can  be  printed  on 
jlemand. 

I’ractice  productivity  reports  broken 
town  by  procedures  and  payment 
Ossifications  (insurance,  self-pay,  etc.) 


> Monthly  management  reports. 

> Medicare  payment  distribution 
(20%  of  co-pay  automatically  cal- 
culated if  assignment  is  accepted). 

> Single-date  entry  for  all  financial 
transactions. 

> A recall  system  which  prints  lists, 
statistics  and  "labels." 

> Customized  reports  for  special 
requirements. 

> Automatic  retention  of  claims 
information  for  rebilling  purposes. 

> Improvement  in  cash  flow  and 
office  efficiency. 


Free  Office  Analysis 

Included  in  the  services  provided  is  a 
free  office  analysis  where  a Medical 
Management  Services  representative 
analyzes  pertinent  data  on  your  cur- 
rent work  flow,  patient  volume,  initial 
set-up  for  new  patients,  billing,  insur- 
ance filing  and  follow-up.  This  Office 
Analysis  is  a prerequisite  for  installa- 
tion and  is  made  at  no  charge. 

Fill  out  the  coupon,  or  call,  for 
further  details  and  to  initiate  your 
Office  Analysis. 


Medical  Management 
Services 


P.O.  Box  8 

Florham  Park,  NJ  07932 
(201)966-2710 


Blue  Cross 

of  New  Jersey 


Medical  Management  Services 

Blue  Cross  of  New  Jersey,  P.O.  Box  8,  Florham  Park,  NJ  07932 

□ Please  send  me  additional  information. 

□ Please  have  a representative  call  to  arrange  an  Office  Analysis. 


Dr. 


Office  Address 


State/Zip 


Office  telephone 


® Registered  Marks  Blue  Cross  and  Blue  Shield  Association 


Note:  If  you  ’ re  new  to  medical  practice  in  N. J. . . 

You  don’t  have  to  buy  commercial 
malpractice  insurance 

JAMESS.  TODD,  M.D.,  Chairman/Board  of  Directors,  Medical  Inter-Insurance  Exchange  of  New  Jersey 


AS  you  made  your  decision  to  establish  yourself 
in  New  Jersey,  you  no  doubt  heard  horror 
stories  about  our  professional  liability  insurance 
problems.  The  legal  risks  we  assume  in  this 
business  have  grown  so  far  out  of  proportion 
that  many  commercial  underwriters  have  been 
simply  unable  to  cope,  resulting  in  abrupt  and 
often  untimely  suspension  of  coverage. 

As  a new  practitioner  in  this  State,  either 
relocating  or  just  beginning  your  professional 
career,  you  have  an  alternative  to  commercial 
insurance.  The  Medical  Inter-Insurance 
Exchange  provides  an  opportunity  to  build 
your  new  practice  on  the  most  secure  footing 
possible  with  long-term  peace  of  mind. 

Founded  in  1977  at  the  peak  of  the 
‘premium  crisis,”  the  Exchange  is  a wholly 
doctor-owned  cooperative  organization 
through  which  we  insure  ourselves  for  our 


own  sake.  Membership  has  grown  to  two-thi 
of  all  practicing  physicians  and  surgeons  in  I 
state.  Because  we’re  in  it  for  security  — not 
for  profit  — we  can  provide  for  ourselves  tl 
absolute  best  available  insurance  product  foil 
the  money.  Every  dollar  we  take  in  goes  tow 
protection  (no  sales  commissions)  and  every 
dollar  left  over  is  returned  to  us  — in  cash. 

You  owe  it  to  yourself  to  know  your 
options  and  the  practicalities  of  each.  We’re 
here  to  help  you  sort  them  all  out.  Call  and 
talk  directly  to  our  Vice  President  and  Direc 
of  Policyholder  Services,  Bill  Reilly,  TOLL 
FREE  (in  NJ.)  800-257-6288  or 
(609)  896-240 4 from  other  areas.  We  look 
forward  to  hearing  from  you. 

A professional  service  message  from  the 

Medical  Inter-Insurance  Exchange  of  N.J. 

Two  Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville  NJ  08648 
(609)  896-2404 


562 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSi 


Case  Report:  Tracheoesophageal  fistula 
\nd  Arteriosclerotic  Aortic  Aneurysm 


Raymond  Schiffman,  m.d.,  camden* 


An  arteriosclerotic  aneurysm  of  the  thoracic  aorta  compressed 
the  midesophagus.  The  pulsating  aneurysm  caused  traumatic 
ulcers  of  the  anterior  and  posterior  walls  of  the  esophagus.  The 
ulcer  in  the  anterior  wall  perforated  into  the  lower  trachea 
producing  a tracheoesophageal  fistula  and  bronchorrhea. 


Most  acquired  fistulas  between 
the  esophagus  and  tracheo- 
bronchial tree  result  from 
:arcinoma.‘  Review  of  acquired  nonmalignant  esoph- 
igorespiratoiy  fistulas  have  emphasized  infection  and 
rauma  as  the  chief  causes.1 3 In  the  case  report  de- 
scribed, a tracheoesophageal  fistula  formed  as  a result 
)f  repetitive  trauma  of  the  esophagus  and  trachea  from 
i pulsating  arteriosclerotic  aortic  aneuiysm. 

ZASE  REPORT 

A 73-year-old  white  woman  had  a long  history  of 
iysphagia,  which  progressed  to  the  point  where  she 
:ould  swallow  only  liquids.  She  lost  an  unspecified 
imount  of  weight.  Two  days  prior  to  admission  to  the 
lospital  she  became  markedly  dyspneic,  developed  a 
lonproductive  cough,  and  refused  to  eat.  Her  syrnp- 
oms  did  not  improve  after  treatment  with  doxycycline 
md  an  antitussive  agent  and  she  was  admitted  to  the 
lospital. 

She  was  being  treated  for  hypertension,  pulmonary 
imphysema,  a gastric  ulcer,  and  a hiatal  hernia  Gall- 
bladder and  cataracts  from  each  eye  had  been  removed 
breviously.  She  had  smoked  30  cigarettes  a day  for  50 
^ears.  Her  son  and  mother  had  diabetes  mellitus;  her 
lusband  had  been  treated  for  tuberculosis. 

On  physical  examination,  her  blood  pressure  was 
132/78;  her  pulse,  142/minute;  respirations, 
32/minute;  and  rectal  temperature,  97° F.  Breath 


sounds  were  diminished  in  the  right  chest  and  ex- 
piratory wheezes  were  noted.  The  feet  were  cyanotic. 
No  significant  changes  from  previous  x-rays  were 
noted  in  a chest  film.  An  electrocardiogram  showed  a 
supraventricular  tachycardia  with  probable  old  in- 
ferior wall  myocardial  infarction,  right  bundle-branch 
block,  and  left  anterior  fascicular  block. 

Significant  laboratory  determinations  included  a 
hemoglobin  of  11.3  gm/dl;  a hematocrit  of  34.7%;  a 
fasting  blood  sugar  of  321  mg/dl;  a blood  urea  nitrogen 
of  54  mg/dl;  and  a creatinine  of  3.3  mg/dl. 

After  being  intubated  she  coughed  up  a large  plug 
of  mucus  and  then  had  copious  serous  secretions  from 
the  tracheobronchial  tree.  She  was  treated  with 
aminophylline  and  verapamil  but  had  to  be  placed  on 
a respirator  because  of  increasing  respiratory  distress 
and  marked  bronchorrhea  A culture  of  sputum  grew 
normal  flora.  A blood  culture  was  sterile.  A urine  cul- 
ture grew  a Proteus  species  in  significant  numbers  and 
she  was  treated  with  Cefoxiten®  and  erythromycin. 

On  the  second  hospital  day,  a chest  film  was  taken 
after  a silicone  feeding  tube  was  passed  and  revealed 
the  tube  in  the  right  pleural  space  (Figure  1).  On  the 
lateral  view,  a mass  was  noted  behind  the  lower 

*Dr.  Schiffman  is  Acting  Chief,  Department  of  Pathology, 
Cooper  Hospital/University  Medical  Center,  Camden.  Cor- 
respondence may  be  addressed  to  Dr.  Schiffman,  Cooper  Hos- 
pital/University Medical  Center,  One  Cooper  Plaza,  Camden, 
NJ  08103. 


IOL.  81— NUMBER  7— JULY  1984 


563 


Figure  1— Chest  film  revealing  silicone  feeding  tube  in  right 
pleural  space. 


trachea  Carbenieillin,  tobramycin,  and  clindamycin 
were  administered  to  combat  mediastinitis. 

The  patient  developed  abdominal  pain  and  her 
hemoglobin  dropped  to  6.7  gm/dl.  Her  dyspnea  became 
more  severe.  Candida  tropicalis  was  cultured  from  the 
sputum.  Cells  suspicious  but  not  diagnostic  for  small 
cell  carcinoma  and  cells  suspicious  of  herpesvirus  in- 
fection were  noted  in  smears  of  sputum.  A chest  x-ray 
revealed  bilateral  basilar  infiltrates  with  an  alveolar 
pattern  which  was  more  pronounced  on  the  right.  The 
preterminal  course  was  characterized  by  marked 
bronchorrhea  and  hypotension  which  required  the  ad- 
ministration of  pressor  agents.  Massive  pulmonaiy 
edema  did  not  respond  to  furosemide  therapy.  By  the 
ninth  hospital  day,  she  developed  a markedly  dis- 
tended abdomen  and  a temperature  of  101.2°F  and 
died.  Permission  for  autopsy  was  granted. 

RESULTS 

The  immediate  cause  of  death  was  a 1 cm  sharply 
circumscribed  ulcer  in  the  posterior  wall  of  the  distal 
gastric  antrum  which  perforated  the  gastric  wall  into 
the  lesser  sac  and  head  of  the  pancreas.  Pneu- 
moperitoneum accounted  for  the  abdominal  disten- 
tion. In  the  gastric  body  were  a few  additional  small 
superficial  ulcers. 

Pulmonary  emphysema  and  bronchiectasis  were 
complicated  by  acute  bronchitis  with  aspirated  blood, 
acute  pulmonary  edema,  and  bilateral  pleural  ef- 
fusions. There  was  no  evidence  of  tuberculosis. 

Arteriosclerotic  cardiovascular  disease  was  mani- 
fested by  an  old  occlusion  of  the  right  coronary  artery 
accompanied  by  old  subendocardial  infarcts  of  the 


Figure  2 — Aneurysm  of  descending  thoracic  aorta — opei 
and  viewed  from  behind. 


diaphragmatic  wall  of  the  left  ventricle  and  tip  of  t 
anterior  papillary  muscle  both  of  which  showed  rece 
extensions.  The  aorta  showed  severe  atherosclero* 
with  numerous  calcified  intimal  plaques  and  adhere 
mural  thrombi.  One  of  these  plaques  partially  occlud 
the  left  renal  artery  and  caused  atrophy  of  the  1< 
kidney  which  weighed  60  gm.  Atheromatous  embi 
were  found  in  the  kidneys,  spleen,  pancreas,  stomac 
small  bowel,  liver,  urinary  bladder,  uterus,  adrer 
glands,  and  vertebrae.  In  the  kidneys  and  spleen  the 
were  accompanied  by  small  infarcts.  In  the  descends 
thoracic  aorta  was  an  aneurysm  measuring  6 cm 
diameter  which  bulged  from  the  anterior  wall  and  cor 
pressed  the  posterior  wall  of  the  midesophagus  (Figu 
2).  The  esophageal  mucosa  over  this  area  was  i 
eerated.  At  the  same  level  as  this  ulcer  on  the  posteri 
wall  of  the  esophagus  was  a 3 cm  perforating  ulcer  c 
the  anterior  wall  which  extended  into  the  posteri' 
wall  of  the  trachea  just  above  the  carina  to  create 
tracheoesophageal  fistula  (Figures  3 and  4).  f 
esophageal  diverticulum  was  noted  and  no  enlargf 
perihilar  lymph  nodes  were  found. 

On  microscopic  examination,  the  aneurysm  showr 
thinning  and  destruction  of  the  media  with  numeroi 
large  deposits  of  cholesterol  crystals  and  a large  mur 
thrombus.  There  was  little  or  no  inflammation,  r 
granulomas  or  giant  cells,  and  no  evidence  of  en> 
arteritis  of  vasa  vasorum.  The  esophageal  ulcer  ar 
tracheoesophageal  fistula  showed  superficial  cc 
onization  by  yeast-like  organisms  resembling  Ca 
dida  species  which  did  not  extend  deeply  into  tf 
tissue.  At  the  margin  of  the  ulcerated  area  were  raj 
multinucleated  epithelial  cells  with  ground  glass  ni 

THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE; 


564 


clei  suggestive  of  herpesvirus  infection.  Inclusion  bod- 
ies were  not  found.  There  was  no  evidence  of  tumor 
and  the  ulcerated  areas  displayed  only  necrosis  and 
hemorrhage.  A vein  near  the  fistula  contained  an  or- 
ganized thrombus. 

COMMENT 

The  kissing-type  ulcers  of  the  midesophagus  occur- 
ring at  the  same  level  as  the  aneurysm  of  the  thoracic 
aorta  suggested  that  the  ulcers  were  caused  by  repeti- 
tive collisions  of  the  anterior  and  posterior  walls  of  the 
esophagus  due  to  pulsation  of  the  aneurysm.  Despite 
the  presence  of  cells  suspicious  for  tumor  in  the 
aspirated  sputum,  there  was  no  evidence  of  neoplasm 
in  multiple  microscopic  sections  of  the  fistula.  Most  of 
the  causes  of  acquired  nonmalignant  esophagores- 
piratoiy  fistulas  enumerated  by  Wychulis  et  al.1  were 
not  found.  In  particular,  there  was  no  clinical  or 
pathologic  evidence  of  tuberculosis,  syphilis,  ac- 
tinomycosis, or  diverticulum  of  the  esophagus.  In  spite 
of  the  history  of  hiatus  hernia,  reflux  esophagitis  as 
a cause  of  esophageal  ulcers  and  fistula  is  excluded  by 
the  location  of  the  fistula  in  the  midesophagus  and  the 
nonuleerated  condition  of  the  lower  esophagus. 

The  presence  of  numerous  Candida  organisms  in 
the  fistula  is  a not  unexpected  finding  in  a diabetic 
patient  treated  with  multiple  antibiotics.  These  yeasts 
frequently  colonize  dead  or  dying  tissue. 

The  presence  of  a few  multinucleated  giant  cells  with 
ground  glass  nuclei  both  in  the  sputum  and  autopsy 
sections  of  the  fistula  suggests  herpesvirus  infection. 
Herpetic  esophagitis  is  a common  cause  of  esophageal 
ulceration4  and  generally  is  regarded  as  an  op- 
portunistic infection  occurring  in  debilitated  patients 
particularly  in  those  suffering  from  neoplastic  disease 
and  especially  in  the  immunocompromised.  However, 
esophageal  trauma  also  has  been  recognized  as  a 
predisposing  factor.5  It  is  well  known  that  cutaneous 
herpes  infections  have  a predilection  for  traumatized 
areas68  and  tracheal  trauma  has  been  implicated  as  a 
predisposing  factor  in  eases  of  herpetic  tracheo- 
bronchitis and  pneumonia.9  In  the  esophagus,  the 
trauma  usually  is  from  a nasogastric  tube  but  there 
is  no  reason  to  exclude  trauma  caused  by  the  pulsating 
aneurysm  in  this  case.  Concomitant  herpes  and 
mondial  esophagitis  previously  have  been  re- 
ported.41011 

The  few  aneurysms  of  known  cause  that  have  been 
reported  previously  in  association  with  tracheo- 
esophageal fistulas  have  been  caused  by  syphilis.13 12 14 
Unfortunately,  a serologic  test  for  syphilis  was  not  per- 
formed in  this  patient.  However  there  was  no  evidence 
of  syphilitic  aortitis  and  in  particular  no  evidence  of 
endarteritis  of  the  vasa  vasorum  of  the  aorta,  miliary 
gummas,  aortic  valvular  insufficiency  with  widened 
commissures  or  stenosis  of  coronary  artery  ostia.  The 
advanced  age  of  the  patient,  the  presence  of  severe 
generalized  arteriosclerosis,  and  the  pathologic  fea- 
tures of  the  aneurysm  speak  for  an  arteriosclerotic 
aneurysm.  Although  arteriosclerotic  aneurysms  are 
more  common  in  the  abdominal  aorta,  20  percent  of 
such  aneurysms  are  located  in  the  thoracic  aorta.15 
Several  cases  of  dysphagia  caused  by  esophageal  com- 
pression by  an  aortic  aneurysm  1617  or  a tortuous 
aorta18  have  been  reported. 


'igure  3 — Aneurysm  and  posterior  wall  of  esophagus  defleet- 
d to  left  revealing  tracheoesophageal  fistula  involving  an- 
erior  wall  of  esophagus. 


'Igure  4 — Trachea  opened  anteriorly  revealing  tracheo- 
sophageal  fistula  involving  posterior  wall. 


rOL.  81— NUMBER  7— JULY  1984 


565 


SUMMARY 

Although  dysphagia  preceding  an  acquired 
tracheoesophageal  fistula  in  an  elderly  patient  sug- 
gests esophageal  or  bronchial  cancer,  in  the  absence 
of  a tumor,  the  possibility  of  thoracic  aneuiysm  as  the 
cause  of  the  fistula  should  be  kept  in  mind. 

REFERENCES 

1.  Wyehulis  AR  Ellis  FH  Jr,  Anderson  HA  Acquired  non- 
malignant  esophagotracheobronchial  fistula.  JAMA 
196:117-122,  1966. 

2.  Coleman  FP,  Burch  GH  Jr:  Acquired  nonmalignant 
esophagotracheobronchial  fistula.  J Thorac  Surg  19:542-558, 
1950. 

3.  Clagett  OT,  Payne  JH,  Moersch  HJ:  Acquired 

esophagotracheobronchial  fistula  Surg  Gynecol  Obstet 
82:87-90,  1946. 

4.  Nash  G,  Ross  JS:  Herpetic  esophagitis,  a common  cause 
of  esophageal  ulceration.  Hum  Pathol  5:339-345,  1974. 

5.  Berg  JW:  Esophageal  herpes:  A complication  of  cancer 
therapy.  Cancer  8:731-740,  1955. 

6.  Findlay  GM,  Mac  Callum  FO:  Recurrent  traumatic 
herpes.  Lancet  1:259-261,  1940. 

7.  Stem  H,  Elek  SD,  Millar  DM,  et  al.:  Herpetic  whitlow:  A 
form  of  cross-infection  in  hospitals.  Lancet  2:871-874,  1959. 

8.  Foley  FD,  Greenawald  KA,  Nash  G,  et  al.:  Herpesvirus 


566 


infection  in  burned  patients.  N Engl  J Med  282:652-6! , 
1970. 

9.  Nash  G:  Necrotizing  tracheobronchitis  and  broncl 
pneumonia  consistent  with  herpetic  infection.  Hum  Patl1 
3:283-291,  1972. 

10.  Rosen  PR  Hajdu  SI:  Visceral  herpes-virus  infections  | 
patients  with  cancer.  Am  J Clin  Pathol  56:459-465,  197 

11.  Mirra  SS,  Byran  JA  Butz  WC,  et  al.:  Concomitc| 
herpes-monilial  esophagitis:  A case  report  with  ult 
structural  study.  Hum  Pathol  13:760-763,  1982. 

12.  Moersch  HJ,  Tinney  WS:  Fistula  between  I 

esophagus  and  the  tracheobronchial  tree.  Med  Clinics  No 
Am  28:1001-1007,  1944. 

13.  Davidson  PB,  Mills  ES:  Fistulae  between  the  esophap 
and  the  respiratory  tract.  Med  Clinics  North  Am  7:999-10 
1923. 

14.  Domer  G:  Broncho-oesophagealfistel  bei  aortc 

aneurysma  Dtsch  Med  Wochenschr  39:400-401,  1913. 

15.  Blakemore  AH,  Voorhees  AB:  Aneurysm  of  the  aorta 
review  of  365  cases.  Angiology  5:209-231,  1954. 

16.  Pezzella  AT,  Brown  BE,  Walls  JT,  et  al.:  Esophag, 
obstruction  secondary  to  a tortuous  aortic  aneuiysm.  C; 
report.  Missouri  Med  78:193-195,  1981. 

1 7.  Sakiyalak  P,  Bellon  EM,  David  P,  et  al.:  Esophageal  ( 
struction  due  to  saccular  aneurysm  of  the  distal  thora. 
aorta  J Thorac  Cardiovasc  Surg  64:959-962,  1972. 

18.  Hanna  EA  Derrick  Jr,  Dysphagia  caused  by  tortuos| 
of  the  thoracic  aorta  J Thorac  Cardiovasc  Surg  57:134-R 
1969. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE' 


BALANCED 
CALCIUM 


<ow  incidence  of  side  effects 

1ARDIZEM®  (diltiazem  HC1) 
roduces  an  incidence  of  adverse 
eactions  not  greater  than  that 
eported  with  placebo  therapy, 
hns  contributing  to  the  patient’s 
ense  of  well-being. 

rdizem  is  indicated  in  the  treatment  of  angina  pectoris  due  to 
ronaiy  artery  spasm  and  in  the  management  of  chronic  stable 
gina  (classic  effort-associated  angina)  in  patients  who  cannot 
erate  therapy  with  beta-blockers  and/or  nitrates  or  who  remain 
mptomatic  despite  adequate  doses  of  these  agents. 

ferences: 

Strauss  WE,  McIntyre  KM,  Parisi  AE,  et  al:  Safety  and  efficacy 
of  diltiazem  hydrochloride  for  the  treatment  of  stable  angina 
pectoris:  Report  of  a cooperative  clinical  trial.  Am  J Cardiol 
49:560-566,  1982.  " 

Pool  PE,  Seagren  SC,  Bonanno  JA,  et  al:  The  treatment  of  exercise- 
inducible  chronic  stable' angina  with  diltiazem:  Effect  on  treadmill 
axercise.  Chest  78  (July  suppl):234-238,  1980. 


Reduces  angina  attack  frequency 

42%  to  46%  decrease  reported  in 
multicenter  study.1 

Increases  exercise  tolerance* 

In  Bruce  exercise  test,2  control 
patients  averaged  8.0  minutes  to 
onset  of  pain;  Cardizem  patients 
averaged  9.8  minutes  (PC.005). 

CARDIZEM 

(diltiazem  HC1) 

THE  BALANCED 
CALCIUM  CHANNEL  BLOCKER 


Please  see  full  prescribing  information  on  following  page. 


PROFESSIONAL  USE  INFORMATION 


cardizem 

(dilhazem  HCI) 

30  mg  and  60  mg  tablets 

DESCRIPTION 

CARDIZEM®  (diltiazem  hydrochloride)  is  a calcium  ion  influx 
inhibitor  (slow  channel  blocker  or  calcium  antagonist).  Chemically, 
diltiazem  hydrochloride  is  1 ,5- Be nzoth iazepi n-4(5H )one ,3-(acetyloxy) 
-5-[2-(dimethylamino)ethyl]-2,3-dihydro-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-, 
monohydrochloride, (+)  -cis-.The  chemical  structure  is: 


Diltiazem  hydrochloride  is  a white  to  off-white  crystalline  powder 
with  a bitter  taste.  It  is  soluble  in  water,  methanol,  and  chloroform. 
It  has  a molecular  weight  of  450.98.  Each  tablet  of  CARDIZEM 
contains  either  30  mg  or  60  mg  diltiazem  hydrochloride  for  oral 
administration. 

CLINICAL  PHARMACOLOGY 

The  therapeutic  benefits  achieved  with  CARDIZEM  are  believed 
to  be  related  to  its  ability  to  inhibit  the  influx  of  calcium  ions 
during  membrane  depolarization  of  cardiac  and  vascular  smooth 
muscle. 

Mechanisms  of  Action.  Although  precise  mechanisms  of  its 
antianginal  actions  are  still  being  delineated,  CARDIZEM  is  believed 
to  act  in  the  following  ways: 

1.  Angina  Due  to  Coronary  Artery  Spasm:  CARDIZEM  has  been 
shown  to  be  a potent  dilator  of  coronary  arteries  both  epicardial 
and  subendocardial.  Spontaneous  and  ergonovine-induced  cor- 
onary artery  spasm  are  inhibited  by  CARDIZEM, 

2.  Exertional  Angina:  CARDIZEM  has  been  shown  to  produce 
increases  in  exercise  tolerance,  probably  due  to  its  ability  to 
reduce  myocardial  oxygen  demand.  This  is  accomplished  via 
reductions  in  heart  rate  and  systemic  blood  pressure  at  submaximal 
and  maximal  exercise  work  loads. 

In  animal  models,  diltiazem  interferes  with  the  slow  inward 
(depolarizing)  current  in  excitable  tissue.  It  causes  excitation-contraction 
uncoupling  in  various  myocardial  tissues  without  changes  in  the 
configuration  of  the  action  potential.  Diltiazem  produces  relaxation 
of  coronary  vascular  smooth  muscle  and  dilation  of  both  large  and 
small  coronary  arteries  at  drug  levels  which  cause  little  or  no 
negative  inotropic  effect.  The  resultant  increases  in  coronary  blood 
flow  (epicardial  and  subendocardial)  occur  in  ischemic  and  nonischemic 
models  and  are  accompanied  by  dose-dependent  decreases  in  sys- 
temic blood  pressure  and  decreases  in  peripheral  resistance. 

Hemodynamic  and  Electrophysiologic  Effects.  Like  other 
calcium  antagonists,  diltiazem  decreases  sinoatrial  and  atrioventricu- 
lar conduction  In  isolated  tissues  and  has  a negative  inotropic  effect 
in  isolated  preparations.  In  the  intact  animal,  prolongation  of  the  AH 
interval  can  be  seen  at  higher  doses. 

In  man,  diltiazem  prevents  spontaneous  and  ergonovine-provoked 
coronary  artery  spasm.  It  causes  a decrease  in  peripheral  vascular 
resistance  and  a modest  fall  in  blood  pressure  and,  in  exercise 
tolerance  studies  in  patients  with  ischemic  heart  disease,  reduces 
the  heart  rate-blood  pressure  product  for  any  given  work  load. 
Studies  to  date,  primarily  in  patients  with  good  ventricular  function, 
have  not  revealed  evidence  of  a negative  inotropic  effect;  cardiac 
output,  ejection  fraction,  and  left  ventricular  end  diastolic  pressure 
have  not  been  affected.  There  are  as  yet  few  data  on  the  interaction 
of  diltiazem  and  beta-blockers.  Resting  heart  rate  is  usually  unchanged 
or  slightly  reduced  by  diltiazem. 

Intravenous  diltiazem  in  doses  of  20  mg  prolongs  AH  conduction 
time  and  AV  node  functional  and  effective  refractory  periods  approxi- 
mately 20%.  In  a study  involving  single  oral  doses  of  300  mg  of 
CARDIZEM  in  six  normal  volunteers,  the  average  maximum  PR 
prolongation  was  14%  with  no  instances  of  greater  than  first-degree 
AV  block.  Diltiazem-associated  prolongation  of  the  AH  interval  is  not 
more  pronounced  in  patients  with  first-degree  heart  block.  In  patients 
with  sick  sinus  syndrome,  diltiazem  significantly  prolongs  sinus 
cycle  length  (up  to  50%  in  some  cases). 

Chronic  oral  administration  of  CARDIZEM  in  doses  of  up  to  240 
mg/day  has  resulted  in  small  increases  in  PR  interval,  but  has  not 
usually  produced  abnormal  prolongation. There  were,  however,  three 
instances  of  second-degree  AV  block  and  one  instance  of  third- 
degree  AV  block  in  a group  of  959  chronically  treated  patients. 

Pharmacokinetics  and  Metabolism.  Diltiazem  is  absorbed 
from  the  tablet  formulation  to  about  80%  of  a reference  capsule  and 
is  subject  to  an  extensive  first-pass  effect,  giving  an  absolute 
bioavailability  (compared  to  intravenous  dosing)  of  about  40%.  CARDIZEM 
undergoes  extensive  hepatic  metabolism  in  which  2%  to  4%  of  the 
unchanged  drug  appears  in  the  urine.  In  vitro  binding  studies  show 
CARDIZEM  is  70%  to  80%  bound  to  plasma  proteins.  Competitive 
ligand  binding  studies  have  also  shown  CARDIZEM  binding  is  not 
altered  by  therapeutic  concentrations  of  digoxin,  hydrochlorothiazide, 
phenylbutazone,  propranolol,  salicylic  acid,  or  warfarin.  Single  oral 
doses  of  30  to  120  mg  of  CARDIZEM  result  in  detectable  plasma 
levels  within  30  to  60  minutes  and  peak  plasma  levels  two  to  three 
hours  after  drug  administration.  The  plasma  elimination  half-life 
following  single  or  multiple  drug  administration  is  approximately  3.5 
hours.  Desacetyl  diltiazem  is  also  present  in  the  plasma  at  levels  of 
10%  to  20%  of  the  parent  drug  and  is  25%  to  50%  as  potent  a 
coronary  vasodilator  as  diltiazem.  Therapeutic  blood  levels  of 
CARDIZEM  appear  to  be  in  the  range  of  50  to  200  ng/ml.  There  is  a 
departure  from  dose-linearity  when  single  doses  above  60  mg  are 
given;  a 120-mg  dose  gave  blood  levels  three  times  that  of  the  60-mg 
dose.  There  is  no  information  about  the  effect  of  renal  or  hepatic 
impairment  on  excretion  or  metabolism  of  diltiazem. 

INDICATIONS  AND  USAGE 

1 Angina  Pectoris  Due  to  Coronary  Artery  Spasm.  CARDIZEM 


is  indicated  in  the  treatment  of  angina  pectoris  due  to  coronary 
artery  spasm.  CARDIZEM  has  been  shown  effective  in  the 
treatment  of  spontaneous  coronary  artery  spasm  presenting  as 
Prinzmetal's  variant  angina  (resting  angina  with  ST-segment 
elevation  occurring  during  attacks). 

2 Chronic  Stable  Angina  (Classic  Effort-Associated  Angina). 
CARDIZEM  is  indicated  in  the  management  of  chronic  stable 
angina.  CARDIZEM  has  been  effective  in  controlled  trials  in 
reducing  angina  frequency  and  increasing  exercise  tolerance. 

There  are  no  controlled  studies  of  the  effectiveness  of  the  concomi- 
tant use  of  diltiazem  and  beta-blockers  or  of  the  safety  of  this 
combination  in  patients  with  impaired  ventricular  function  or  conduc- 
tion abnormalities. 

CONTRAINDICATIONS 

CARDIZEM  is  contraindicated  in  (1)  patients  with  sick  sinus 
syndrome  except  in  the  presence  of  a functioning  ventricular  pacemaker, 
(2)  patients  with  second-  or  third-degree  AV  block  except  in  the 
presence  of  a functioning  ventricular  pacemaker,  and  (3)  patients 
with  hypotension  (less  than  90  mm  Hg  systolic). 

WARNINGS 

1.  Cardiac  Conduction.  CARDIZEM  prolongs  AV  node  refrac- 
tory periods  without  significantly  prolonging  sinus  node  recov- 
ery time,  except  in  patients  with  sick  sinus  syndrome.  This 
effect  may  rarely  result  in  abnormally  slow  heart  rates  (particularly 
in  patients  with  sick  sinus  syndrome)  or  second-  or  third-degree 
AV  block  (six  of  1243  patients  for  0 48%).  Concomitant  use  of 
diltiazem  with  beta-blockers  or  digitalis  may  result  in  additive 
effects  on  cardiac  conduction.  A patient  with  Prinzmetal's 
angina  developed  periods  of  asystole  (2  to  5 seconds)  after  a 
single  dose  of  60  mg  of  diltiazem. 

2.  Congestive  Heart  Failure.  Although  diltiazem  has  a negative 
inotropic  effect  in  isolated  animal  tissue  preparations,  hemodynamic 
studies  in  humans  with  normal  ventricular  function  have  not 
shown  a reduction  in  cardiac  index  nor  consistent  negative 
effects  on  contractility  (dp/dt).  Experience  with  the  use  of 
CARDIZEM  alone  or  in  combination  with  beta-blockers  in  patients 
with  impaired  ventricular  function  is  very  limited.  Caution  should 
be  exercised  when  using  the  drug  in  such  patients. 

3.  Hypotension.  Decreases  in  blood  pressure  associated  with 
CARDIZEM  therapy  may  occasionally  result  in  symptomatic 
hypotension. 

4.  Acute  Hepatic  Injury.  In  rare  instances,  patients  receiving 
CARDIZEM  have  exhibited  reversible  acute  hepatic  injury  as 
evidenced  by  moderate  to  extreme  elevations  of  liver  enzymes. 
(See  PRECAUTIONS  and  ADVERSE  REACTIONS.) 

PRECAUTIONS 

General.  CARDIZEM  (diltiazem  hydrochloride)  is  extensively  metab- 
olized by  the  liver  and  excreted  by  the  kidneys  and  in  bile.  As  with  any 
new  drug  given  over  prolonged  periods,  laboratory  parameters  should 
be  monitored  at  regular  intervals.  The  drug  should  be  used  with 
caution  in  patients  with  impaired  renal  or  hepatic  function.  In  sub- 
acute and  chronic  dog  and  rat  studies  designed  to  produce  toxicity, 
high  doses  of  diltiazem  were  associated  with  hepatic  damage.  In 
special  subacute  hepatic  studies,  oral  doses  of  125  mg/kg  and 
higher  in  rats  were  associated  with  histological  changes  in  the  liver 
which  were  reversible  when  the  drug  was  discontinued.  In  dogs, 
doses  of  20  mg/kg  were  also  associated  with  hepatic  changes; 
however,  these  changes  were  reversible  with  continued  dosing. 

Drug  Interaction.  Pharmacologic  studies  indicate  that  there 
may  be  additive  effects  in  prolonging  AV  conduction  when  using 
beta-blockers  or  digitalis  concomitantly  with  CARDIZEM.  (See 
WARNINGS). 

Controlled  and  uncontrolled  domestic  studies  suggest  that  con- 
comitant use  of  CARDIZEM  and  beta-blockers  or  digitalis  is  usually 
well  tolerated.  Available  data  are  not  sufficient,  however,  to  predict 
the  effects  of  concomitant  treatment,  particularly  in  patients  with  left 
ventricular  dysfunction  or  cardiac  conduction  abnormalities.  In  healthy 
volunteers,  diltiazem  has  been  shown  to  increase  serum  digoxin 
levels  up  to  20%. 

Carcinogenesis,  Mutagenesis,  Impairment  of  Fertility.  A 

24-month  study  in  rats  and  a 21 -month  study  in  mice  showed  no 
evidence  of  carcinogenicity.  There  was  also  no  mutagenic  response 
in  in  vitro  bacterial  tests.  No  intrinsic  effect  on  fertility  was  observed 
in  rats. 

Pregnancy.  Category  C.  Reproduction  studies  have  been  con- 
ducted in  mice,  rats,  and  rabbits.  Administration  of  doses  ranging 
from  five  to  ten  times  greater  (on  a mg/kg  basis)  than  the  daily 
recommended  therapeutic  dose  has  resulted  in  embryo  and  fetal 
lethality.  These  doses,  in  some  studies,  have  been  reported  to  cause 
skeletal  abnormalities.  In  the  perinatal/postnatal  studies,  there  was 
some  reduction  in  early  individual  pup  weights  and  survival  rates. 
There  was  an  increased  incidence  of  stillbirths  at  doses  of  20  times 
the  human  dose  or  greater. 

There  are  no  well-controlled  studies  in  pregnant  women;  therefore, 
use  CARDIZEM  in  pregnant  women  only  if  the  potential  benefit 
justifies  the  potential  risk  to  the  fetus. 

Nursing  Mothers.  It  is  not  known  whether  this  drug  is  excreted 
in  human  milk.  Because  many  drugs  are  excreted  in  human  milk, 
exercise  caution  when  CARDIZEM  is  administered  to  a nursing 
woman  if  the  drug's  benefits  are  thought  to  outweigh  its  potential 
risks  in  this  situation. 

Pediatric  Use.  Safety  and  effectiveness  in  children  have  not 
been  established. 

ADVERSE  REACTIONS 

Serious  adverse  reactions  have  been  rare  in  studies  carried  out  to 
date,  but  it  should  be  recognized  that  patients  with  impaired  ventricu- 
lar function  and  cardiac  conduction  abnormalities  have  usually  been 
excluded 

In  domestic  placebo-controlled  trials,  the  incidence  of  adverse 
reactions  reported  during  CARDIZEM  therapy  was  not  greater  than 
that  reported  during  placebo  therapy. 

The  following  represent  occurrences  observed  in  clinical  studies 
which  can  be  at  least  reasonably  associated  with  the  pharmacology 
of  calcium  influx  inhibition.  In  many  cases,  the  relationship  to 
CARDIZEM  has  not  been  established.  The  most  common  occurrences, 
as  well  as  their  frequency  of  presentation,  are:  edema  (2.4%), 


headache  (21%),  nausea  (1.9%),  dizziness  (1.5%),  rasi 
asthenia  (1.2%),  AV  block  (1.1%).  In  addition,  the  follow) 
were  reported  infrequently  (less  than  1%)  with  the  order  of ; 
tion  corresponding  to  the  relative  frequency  of  occurrena 


Cardiovascular: 


Nervous  System: 


Gastrointestinal: 


Dermatologic: 

Other: 


Flushing,  arrhythmia,  hypotension,  ), 
dia,  palpitations,  congestive  heai 
syncope. 

Paresthesia,  nervousness,  sorr 
tremor,  insomnia,  hallucinations,  anc 
Constipation,  dyspepsia,  diarrhea, 
mild  elevations  of  alkaline  phosphate 
SGPT,  and  LDH. 

Pruritus,  petechiae,  urticaria,  photo: 
Polyuria,  nocturia. 


The  following  additional  experiences  have  been  noted: 
A patient  with  Prinzmetal's  angina  experiencing  ep 
vasospastic  angina  developed  periods  of  transient  asyr 
asystole  approximately  five  hours  after  receiving  a sine 
dose  of  CARDIZEM 

The  following  postmarketing  events  have  been  repoi 
quently  in  patients  receiving  CARDIZEM:  erythema  multifi 
kopenia;  and  extreme  elevations  of  alkaline  phosphata; 
SGPT,  LDH,  and  CPK.  However,  a definitive  cause  and  effec 
these  events  and  CARDIZEM  therapy  is  yet  to  be  establi: 


OVERDOSAGE  OR  EXAGGERATED  RESPON5 

Overdosage  experience  with  oral  diltiazem  has  bee' 
Single  oral  doses  of  300  mg  of  CARDIZEM  have  been  well 
by  healthy  volunteers.  In  the  event  of  overdosage  or  ex, 
response,  appropriate  supportive  measures  should  be  en 
addition  to  gastric  lavage.  The  following  measures  may  be  cr 


Bradycardia 


High-Degree  AV 
Block 


Cardiac  Failure 


Hypotension 


Administer  atropine  (0.60  to  1.0  me 
is  no  response  to  vagal  blockade,  i 
isoproterenol  cautiously. 

Treat  as  for  bradycardia  above.  Fi 
degree  AV  block  should  be  treated 
diac  pacing. 

Administer  inotropic  agents  (isopi 
dopamine,  or  dobutamine)  and  diure 
Vasopressors  (eg,  dopamine  or  lev 
bitartrate). 

Actual  treatment  and  dosage  should  depend  on  the  seve 
clinical  situation  and  the  judgment  and  experience  of  tin 
physician 

The  oral/LD50’s  in  mice  and  rats  range  from  415  to  7< 
and  from  560  to  810  mg/kg,  respectively.  The  intravenous 
these  species  were  60  and  38  mg/kg,  respectively.  The  or 
dogs  is  considered  to  be  in  excess  of  50  mg/kg,  while  letl 
seen  in  monkeys  at  360  mg/kg.  The  toxic  dose  in  man  is  n 
but  blood  levels  in  excess  of  800  ng/ml  have  not  been  a 
with  toxicity. 


DOSAGE  AND  ADMINISTRATION 
Exertional  Angina  Pectoris  Due  to  Atheroscleroi 
nary  Artery  Disease  or  Angina  Pectoris  at  Rest  Due 
nary  Artery  Spasm.  Dosage  must  be  adjusted  to  each 
needs.  Starting  with  30  mg  four  times  daily,  before  met 
bedtime,  dosage  should  be  increased  gradually  (given 
doses  three  or  four  times  daily)  at  one-  to  two-day  inter 
optimum  response  is  obtained.  Although  individual  pati 
respond  to  any  dosage  level,  the  average  optimum  dos; 
appears  to  be  180  to  240  mg/day.  There  are  no  available  dat, 
ing  dosage  requirements  in  patients  with  impaired  renal  tj  ' 
function.  If  the  drug  must  be  used  in  such  patients,  titration 
carried  out  with  particular  caution. 

Concomitant  Use  With  Other  Antianginal  Agents 
1.  Sublingual  NTG  may  be  taken  as  required  to  aha:? 

anginal  attacks  during  CARDIZEM  therapy. 

2 Prophylactic  Nitrate  Therapy -CARDIZEM  may 
coadministered  with  short-  and  long-acting  nitrates,: 
have  been  no  controlled  studies  to  evaluate  the  af 
effectiveness  of  this  combination. 

3.  Beta-blockers.  (See  WARNINGS  and  PRECAUTIONS 


HOW  SUPPLIED 

Cardizem  30-mg  tablets  are  supplied  in  bottles  of 
0088-1771-47)  and  in  Unit  Dose  Identification  Paks  of 
0088-1771-49).  Each  green  tablet  is  engraved  with  MARIC  n 
side  and  1771  engraved  on  the  other.  CARDIZEM  60-n« 
tablets  are  supplied  in  bottles  of  100  (NDC  0088-1772-47)  rid 
Dose  Identification  Paks  of  100  (NDC  0088-1772-49).  Ec " 
tablet  is  engraved  with  MARION  on  one  side  and  1772  on 

Issue 


Another  patient  benefit  product  from 
PHARMACEUTICAL  DIVISION 

MARION 

LABORATORIES.  INC 

KANSAS  CITY,  MISSOURI  64137 


Clinical  Note: 

Iuided  Blind  Endotracheal  Intubation 


Jay  Jong  il  Choi,  m.d.,  Marcelino  Potian,  m.d.,  Eun  Ye  Yoo,  m.d.,  Wen-hsien  Wu,  m.d.,  Newark* 


A modified  method  of  blind  endotracheal  intubation  used  in  a 
tracheostomized  patient  is  presented.  Advantages  in 
simultaneous  airway  and  ventilatory  control  without  the  use  of 
muscle  relaxants  and  without  the  need  of  an  expensive  flexible 

fiberoptic  laryngoscope  are  described. 

— — 


, 


Insertion  of  a phrenic  nerve 
pacemaker  for  a quadriplegic 
patient  presents  difficult  prob- 
Ijns  to  anesthesiologists.  The  use  of  a guided  blind 
(dotraeheal  intubation  technique  is  illustrated  in  a 
[Itient  with  pre-existing  tracheostomy.  We  are  de- 
slribing  a modified  Waters’s  technique1  for  intubation. 

USE  REPORT 

|A.  forty- five-year  old  dependent  quadriplegic  patient 
|th  a tracheostomy  of  a one-year  duration  was  sched- 
ibd  for  insertion  of  phrenic  nerve  pacemaker.  The 
] tient  had  ankylosis  of  both  temporomandibular 
jints  with  marked  limitation  of  mouth  opening  (2.5 
( 1).  The  cervical  spine  was  markedly  angulated  ( 1 20°) 
i the  old  fracture  site. 

A sterile  suction  catheter  was  inserted  through  the 
Ueheostomy  stoma  and  orophaiynx  into  the  mouth. 

I An  endotracheal  tube  was  threaded  over  the  distal 
< d of  this  catheter  which  served  as  a guide  and  ad- 
need  into  the  trachea  while  holding  the  proximal 
ijtheter  end  at  the  stoma  (Figure). 

The  bevel  of  the  tracheostomy  tube  was  reinserted 
'rough  the  stoma  for  assisted  ventilation.  When  the 
dotraeheal  tube  was  advanced  to  the  level  of  the 
)ma,  the  tracheostomy  tube  was  removed,  the  en- 
( tracheal  tube  was  advanced  further  into  the  trachea, 
d the  cuff  was  inflated  and  the  airway  was  secured 
I'  surgery. 


DISCUSSION 

It  goes  without  saying  that  intubation  in  a patient 
with  tracheostomy  usually  is  performed  through  the 
stoma  if  needed. 

However,  there  are  situations  when  oral  or  nasal 
intubation  is  needed  with  pre-existing  tracheostomy. 

A quadriplegic  patient  who  requires  insertion  of  a 
phrenic  nerve  pacemaker  presents  unique  problems  to 
anesthesiologists.  The  patient  needs  to  remain  con 
scious  in  order  to  respond  to  optimal  pacemaker  out- 
put. Muscle  relaxants  should  be  avoided  to  allow 
identification  of  the  phrenic  nerves  and  to  prevent 
hyperkalemia  from  depolarizing  agents.  The  technique 
of  guided  blind  tracheal  intubation  which  was  first 
described  by  Waters'  is  as  follows: 

A wide-bore  needle  is  inserted  cephalad  through  the 
crico  thyroid  membrane  percutaneously.  A thin  poly- 
ethylene catheter  next  is  passed  through  the  needle 
and  then  advanced  between  the  vocal  cords  into  the 
nostril  (or  mouth).  A tracheal  tube  is  threaded  over  it 
and  advanced  into  the  trachea.  Minor  modifications  of 
Waters’s  technique  have  been  reported.2 1 

The  complications  of  guided  blind  endotracheal  in- 
tubation were  described  by  Akinyemi.2  They  included 


*From  (he  Department  of  Anesthesiology,  UMDNJ-New  Jersey 
Medical  School.  Correspondence  may  be  addressed  to  Dr. 
Choi,  UMDNJ-New  Jersey  Medical  School,  100  Bergen  Street. 
Newark,  NJ  07103. 


)L.  81— NUMBER  7— JULY  1984 


569 


Figure — Line  drawing  of  a guided  blind  endotracheal  intuba- 
tion. Illustration  by  Anita  A.  Lesko,  B.S.N.,  RN. 


bleeding,  breath-holding,  respiratory  obstruction,  f 
fieulty  in  securing  the  distal  end  of  the  catheter  i 
using  a hook,  and  loss  of  the  hook. 

We  concluded  that  a modified  Waters’s  technique n 
tracheal  intubation  in  the  tracheostomized  pati.i 
was  extremely  helpful.  This  method  allows  intubatr 
and  airway  control  through  the  tracheostomy  tva 
simultaneously.  It  does  not  negate  the  value  of  intu  - 
tion  aided  by  a flexible  fiberoptic  laryngoscope. 

SUMMARY 

This  modified  method  of  blind  endotracheal  intu  ! 
tion  has  advantages  in  simultaneous  airway  and  v 
tilatoiy  control  without  the  use  of  muscle  relaxatj 
and  without  the  need  of  an  expensive  flexible  fiberop 
laryngoscope. 

REFERENCES 

1.  Waters  DJ:  Guided  blind  endotracheal  intubation  r 
patients  with  deformities  of  the  upper  airway.  Anaesthei 
18:158-162,  1963. 

2.  Akinyemi  OO:  Complications  of  guided  blind 
dotracheal  intubation.  Anaesthesia  34:590-592.  1979. 

3.  Scurr  C:  A complication  of  guided  blind  intubatii. 
Anaesthesia  30:41 1-412,  1975. 

4.  Akinyemi  OO,  John  A:  A complication  of  guided  bl 
intubation.  Anaesthesia  29:733-735,  1974. 


| 

1 

i 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSIj 


570 


Ihe  IBM  Personal  Computer 

i tool  for  modern  times 

ii  the  Medical  Office. 

(EDI-SCAN®,  an  Authorized  IBM®  Value- 
klded  Dealer  for  the  Personal  Computer 

i ' Comprehensive  $8,995.00  MEDI-SCAN  In-office 
ii  ing  And  Accounting  System  Includes: 

le  IBM  Personal  Computer  XT  with  128K, 
j)  Megabyte  hard  disk. 

he  IBM  Graphics  Printer. 

EDI-SCAN  software — customized  for  your 
•actice,  including  procedure  numbers  for  state 
gencies.  Generates  accounting  reports, 

)mprehensive  patient  statements,  insurance 
id  third  party  forms. 

•ptional  electronic  paperless  billing  to  third  party 
*encies,  where  applicable. 

fining — Complete  in-office  training  for  your  staff. 

jupport— “HOT-LINE”  800  number  for 
mtinuous  support. 

EDI-SCAN  Single  Source 
ipport  System 

DI-SCAN’S  unique,  comprehensive  hardware  and  software  maintenance  agreement  guarantees  continuing 
dee  and  repair,  system  updates  and  additional  customization,  plus  in-office  training — all  from  one  source.  Our 
al  training  consultants  and  technicians  are  dedicated  to  giving  you  the  best  possible  service. 

\ Personal  Computer  XTs  are  in  stock  in  our  local  warehouses  ready  to  be  immediately  installed.  Over  three 
idred  physicians  are  using  the  MEDI-SCAN  System — join  them  in  making  the  IBM  PC-XT  “A  tool  for  modem 
es  in  the  medical  office.” 

Networking  available  for  group  practices  and  clinics 


would  like  to  know  more  about  the  MEDI-SCAN 

Or  call:  800-922-1021 

===:=  = 

System  on  the  IBM  Personal  Computer  XT. 

In  MA  800462-1009 

Authorized 
Value  Added 
Dealer 

|)r. 

Send  to:  MEDI-SCAN 

Personal 

Computers 

address. 


90  Madison  Street,  Worcester,  MA  01608 


Service  centers  currently  in:  New  England  • Mid  Atlantic  States  • Mid  Western  States  • California  • Texas 

'MEDI-SCAN  is  a registered  trademark  of  PAL  Assoc.  Inc. 

j’AL  Associates  is  an  Authorized  IBM  Value-Added  Dealer  for  the  Personal  Computer. 

I’lBM  is  a registered  trademark  of  International  Business  Machines  Corporation. 

Ii 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  7— JULY  1984 


571 


ran&lTOI  THE  BROWN  PHARMACEUTICAL  CO.,  INC. 

2500  West  Sixth  Street,  Los  Angeles,  CA  90057 


For  Full  Prescribing  Information,  Please  See  PDR. 


REFER  TO 


PDR 


Android  510  25 

Methyltestosterone  U.S.R  Tablets 


Androidvf 

Fluoxymesterone  U.S.R  Tablets,  10  mg 


Clinical  Note:  Adverse  Drug  Reaction  after 
Administration  of  Influenza  Vaccine 

Robert  Solomon,  m.d.,  and  John  Morlino,  d.o.,  union* 

Mary  Martucci,  r.n.,  and  Dolores  Ney,  r.n.,  Elizabeth** 


The  hepatic  cytochrome  P-450  enzyme  can  be  impaired  by 
influenza  vaccine.  This  may  cause  altered  drug  metabolism  and 
exaggerated  side  effects , especially  in  the  elderly.  Physicians 
should  be  aware  of  this  problem  and  reduce  the  dosage  or  replace 
drugs  which  may  be  so  affected. 


The  influenza  vaccine  is  a recent 
and  valuable  addition  to  our 
medical  armamentarium, 
unong  the  current  recommendations  for  its  use  in- 
lude  vaccination  of  the  elderly  and  those  suffering 
rom  chronic  illness.  These  two  population  groups 
lave  a high  probability  of  receiving  one  or  more  medi- 
ations on  a regular  basis  and  also  have  a higher  than 
verage  incidence  of  adverse  drug  reactions.1  Several 
rticles  describe  the  depressant  effect  of  influenza  vac  - 
ine  on  the  drug  metabolizing  capacity  of  the 
ytochrome  P-450  enyzme  system.23  This  enzyme  sys- 
em  is  a key  pathway  for  the  metabolism  of  many  medi- 
ations.4 The  depression  of  functional  capacity  in  the 
ytochrome  P-450  system  will  result  in  high  serum 
,?vels  of  medications  metabolized  via  this  system.  The 
ytochrome  P-450  system  may  function  at  reduced  ca- 
pacity for  three  weeks  or  longer  after  vaccination.3  The 
ytochrome  system  is  a major  pathway  for  drug 
netabolism;  hundreds  of  drugs  are  metabolized  via 
his  route  and  an  abbreviated  list  appears  in  the  Table. 
Although  the  influenza  vaccine  has  achieved  moder- 
tely  widespread  use  in  the  above-mentioned  popul- 
ations, many  physicians  are  not  aware  of  the  potential 
dverse  side  effects,  many  with  serious  consequences 
hat  can  occur  in  patients  vaccinated  while  being 
naintained  on  medications  metabolized  via  the 
ytochrome  P-450  system.  The  following  case  presen- 
ation  describes  an  adverse  reaction  occurring  in  a 


patient  vaccinated  while  receiving  a long-acting 
benzodiazepine. 

CASE  REPORT 

An  86-year-old  alert  and  oriented  resident  of  a skilled 
nursing  facility  was  administered  0.5  cc  of  trivalent  flu 
vaccine.  At  the  time  of  vaccination,  his  medications 
included  digoxin  0.25  mg/po  daily,  furosemide  40 
mg/po  daily,  ergoloid  mesylates  (Hydergine")  1 mg/po 
t.i.d.,  and  chlorazepate  dipotassium  (Tranxene")  3.75 
mg/po  b.i.d.  Two  days  postvaccination,  he  fell  while 
ambulating  down  a corridor.  Twelve  hours  later,  a 
nurse  found  him  sitting  on  the  floor  by  his  bed  and 
noted  that  he  was  completely  disoriented.  He  was 
transferred  to  a local  emergency  room  where  no  trau- 
matic injuries  were  noted  on  clinical  examination.  A 
skull  x-ray,  SMA6,  and  CBC  were  unremarkable.  An 
ambulance  brought  him  to  our  skilled  nursing  facility. 
On  initial  examination  his  rectal  temperature  was 
99.2°,  blood  pressure  140/80,  and  respirations 
22/minute  and  unlabored.  Cardiac  examination  re- 
vealed atrial  fibrillation.  He  was  lethargic  and  dis- 
oriented to  time,  place,  and  person.  There  were  no  focal. 


‘From  the  Department  of  Medical  Education  Office.  Memorial 
General  Hospital,  Union.  Correspondence  may  be  addressed 
to  Dr.  Solomon,  Memorial  General  Hospital,  Department  of 
Medical  Education  Office,  1000  Galloping  Hill  Road.  Union, 
NJ  07083. 

“From  Elizabeth  Manor  Nursing  Home,  Elizabeth. 


OL.  81— NUMBER  7— JULY  1984 


573 


neurologic  findings.  Ambulation  was  not  attempted. 
The  patient  was  continued  on  digoxin  0.25  mg/po 
daily  and  furosemide  40  mg/po  daily.  He  received  two 
additional  doses  of  chlorazepate  dipotassium  (3.75 
mg)  before  it  was  discontinued.  Over  the  next  six  days, 
a dramatic  improvement  was  noted  in  both  his  mental 
status  and  level  of  physical  activity  with  the  patient 
becoming  both  continent  and  ambulatory  as  he  was 
prior  to  the  occurrence  of  this  episode. 

DISCUSSION 

There  are  many  causes  of  confusion  and  lethargy  in 
the  frail  elderly.  The  most  likely  cause  in  the  case  we 
presented  is  an  elevated  serum  nordiazepam  level. 
Chlorazepate  dipotassium  is  decarboxylated  in  the 
stomach  to  form  nordiazepam.  its  main  active 
metabolite.  Nordiazepam  then  is  hydroxylated  via  the 
cytochrome  P-450  system  to  form  either  oxazepam  or 
p-OH  nordiazepam,  both  of  which  are  excreted  by  the 
kidney  in  the  free  as  well  as  conjugated  glucuronide 
form.* 1 2 3 4 5  Unfortunately,  we  did  not  obtain  a serum  nor- 
diazepam level  to  substantiate  our  hypothesis;  how- 
ever, based  on  the  sequence  of  events,  we  feel  the  most 
likely  explanation  is  the  one  offered  above. 

COMMENT 

Physicians  should  be  aware  of  the  potential  for 
adverse  drug  reactions  in  patients  who  receive  in- 
fluenza vaccine  while  being  maintained  on  medi- 
cations that  are  metabolized  via  the  cytochrome  P-450 


TABLE 

Abbreviated  List  of  Medications 
Metabolized  Via  Cytochrome  P-450  System 


Alprazolam 

Barbiturates 

Chlorazepate  dipotassium 

Chloridiazepoxide 

Diazepam 

Digit  ox  in 

Theophylline 


Tricyclic  anti  depressants  I 

Flurazepam  hydrochloric 

Meperidine 

Meprobamate 

Phenothiazines 

Phenytoin 

Quinidine 


Warfarin 


system.  These  medications  either  should  be  reduij 
in  dosage  or  replaced  by  medications  that  bypass  * 
cytochrome  P-450  system.  In  the  case  we  describl 
chlorazepate  dipotassium  could  have  been  replaced  >| 
oxazepam  while  retaining  the  desired  drug  effect. 

REFERENCES 

1.  Ouslander  JG:  Drug  therapy  in  the  elderly.  Ann  /ntji 
Med  95:  71  1-722.  1981. 

2.  Kramer  P,  McClain  CJ:  Depression  of  aminopyrf 
metabolism  by  influenza  vaccination.  N Engl  J JV| 
305:1262-1264.  1981. 

3.  Renton  KW,  Gray  JD,  Hall  RI:  Decreased  eliminatiorl 
theophylline  after  influenza  vaccination.  C'MAJ  123:288-2, 
1980. 

4.  Remmer  H:  The  role  of  the  liver  in  drug  metabolism. 

J Med  49:617-629,  1970. 

5.  Abbott  Drugs:  Tranxene“  (chlorazepate  dipotassiu ; 
Drug  Monograph. 


i 


574 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


Doctors:  Write  your  own  prescription 

to  cure  insurance  pains  . . . 

Prescription 

Prescription 

lamp  MSNJ  Member 

X 

Name 

Address 

MSNJ  Group 

Blue  Cross/Blue  Shield 
Major  Medical  and 
Dental  Insurance 

that  provides: 

- Flexible  plans 

- Comprehensive  benefits 

- Low,  competitive  rates 

- Centralized  Administration 

Designed  and  Administered  by 

(DONALD  E SMITH (V ASSOCIATES) 

Phone 

Please  send  more  information 
on  the  MSNJ 

□ Blue  Cross/Blue  Shield  Program 

□ Major  Medical  Program 

□ Group  Dental  Program 

Return  to: 

Donald  F.  Smith  & Associates 
One  Airport  Place,  Route  206  North 
P.O.  Box  2197, 

Princeton,  New  Jersey  08540 

(609)  924-8700,  (201)  622-6046 

)L.  81- 


NUMBER  7— JULY  1984 


575 


Medical  History: 
Conversations  in  Medicine* 

Allen  B.  Weisse,  m.d.,  Newark** 


A visit  to  the  author’s  place  of  training  provided  stimulation  for 
a book  about  the  20th  century  advances  of  medicine.  Interviews 
with  1 6 outstanding  physicians , scientists , and  teachers , 
constitute  the  results  of  a five-year  endeavor. 


It  all  began  in  the  spring  of  1978  when  I was 
invited  back  to  the  University  of  Utah  Col- 
lege of  Medicine  by  my  former  colleagues  to 
give  several  lectures  on  the  cardiovascular  research  we 
had  been  performing  at  UMDNJ-New  Jersey  Medical 
School.  As  I prepared  for  these  presentations,  there 
gradually  dawned  upon  me  the  opportunity  for 
another  kind  of  experience  at  the  institution  where  I 
had  received  my  training  in  cardiology  over  a two-year 
period  beginning  in  1961. 

Since  I left  Utah,  clinicians  and  basic  scientists  who 
learned  of  my  experience  there  asked  me  about  two  of 
the  medical  giants  who  made  that  institution  world 
renowned.  They  were  the  hematologist  and  chairman 
of  the  department  of  medicine.  Maxwell  M.  Wintrobe, 
and  the  pharmacologist,  Louis  S.  Goodman,  who  put 
Utah  on  the  medical  map  and  was  instrumental  in 
establishing  pharmacology  as  a discipline  in  its  own 
right  through  his  research  and  the  famous  textbook 
he  coauthored  with  Alfred  Gilman. 

Unfortunately,  I was  hardly  in  a position  to  know 
what  Wintrobe  and  Goodman  were  like.  Wintrobe 
headed  the  department  of  medicine  of  which  I was  a 
member  as  a cardiology  fellow,  but  most  of  the  junior 
physicians  in  the  department  were  more  interested  in 
maintaining  a comfortable  distance  from  Wintrobe 
than  coming  under  close  scrutiny  by  him.  He  was  well 
known  for  his  withering  criticism  when  performance 
did  not  match  up  to  his  exacting  standards.  Being  in 


cardiology  rather  than  general  medicine  or  hemj 
tology,  I kept  a low  profile  vis  a vis  the  chairman  fo 
the  two  years  I was  there.  The  price  I paid  was  tha! 
I scarcely  knew  him. 

My  contacts  with  Goodman  were  even  more  remote' 
He  was  the  head  of  a basic  science  department  whil 
I was  in  clinical  medicine.  My  total  knowledge  of  Goodi 
man  derived  from  glances  at  official  functions  am 
admiring  reports  I received  from  a Ph.D.  candidate  ii 
pharmacology  who  rented  rooms  in  the  same  buildin; 
as  I. 

On  the  eve  of  my  departure  for  Utah,  I began  to  lool 
forward  to  the  opportunity  it  would  give  me  to  mee 
and  chat  with  these  great  medical  figures,  as  a “visit 
ing  fireman.”  I then  would  make  up  for  my  past  defi 
eieneies,  at  least  in  part.  Simultaneously,  I was  seized 
with  the  thought  that  many  people  in  and  out  of  medi 
cine  might  like  to  learn  how  such  major  figures,  in  the 
twilight  of  their  careers,  looked  upon  their  years  o 
struggle  and  accomplishment. 


’Adapted  from  a talk  presented  to  the  New  Jersey  Historica 
Society.  Conversations  in  Medicine:  The  Story  of  Twentietl\ 
Century  American  Medicine  in  the  Words  oj  Those  Wht 
Created  It  was  published  by  New  York  University  in  June 
1984. 

**Dr.  Weisse  is  Professor  of  Medicine,  UMDNJ-New  Jersey 
Medical  School.  Correspondence  may  be  addresed  to  Dr 
Weisse,  UMDNJ-New  Jersey  Medical  School,  100  Berger 
Street,  1-576,  Newark,  NJ  07103. 


576 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


t was  not  until  the  early  part  of  this  century,  es- 
j cially  in  the  years  preceding  and  following  World  War 
I that  American  medical  science  emerged  from  being 
i nedical  backwater  in  the  shadow  of  European  sei- 
tce.  During  those  years,  Wintrobe,  Goodman,  and 
ners  helped  usher  in  the  era  of  American  medical 
j e-eminence.  Who  would  not  be  moved  by  the  per- 
fe'jnal  stories  of  these  leading  figures  in  this  develop- 
ing? These  thoughts  stimulated  me  to  write  a book, 
o nversations  in  Medicine,  in  which  I attempt  to  re- 
1 e this  tale  through  the  recorded  recollections  of 
tese  major  figures,  bridging  their  individual  accounts 
|th  the  medical  and  social  history  of  the  period  in 
« rich  they  worked. 

iSince  we  had  so  many  roots  in  European  medicine, 
had  to  include  some  individuals  whose  backgrounds 
yuld  bring  this  to  light.  In  medicine,  I thought  of  my 
Inner  mentor  at  the  State  University  of  New  York  in 
l ooklyn,  the  cardiologist,  William  Dock.  Not  only  had 
trained  in  Vienna,  but  he  was  the  son  of  the  first 
11-time  medical  department  chairman  in  the  United 
: ates,  George  Dock,  a protege  of  Osier.  William  Dock 
Iso  was  well  grounded  in  pathology,  the  foundation 
pon  which  the  advances  of  medicine  within  this  een- 
iy  initially  were  based. 

In  surgery,  the  University  of  Minnesota's  Owen  H. 
angensteen,  dean  of  American  surgery  for  so  many 
ars,  was  the  obvious  choice.  It  was  he  who  did  so 
uch  to  bridge  the  gap  between  physiology  and 
inical  surgery.  He  was  well  acquainted  with  the 
atus  of  European  surgery  at  that  time  and  had  per- 
>nal  knowledge  of  all  the  great  American  surgeons 
om  the  Mayos  and  Harvey  Cushing  and  beyond.  He 
so  was  a medical  historian. 

What  about  the  rest?  I felt  that  the  choice  of  eon- 
ibutors  best  could  be  guided  by  the  major  develop 
lents  of  the  period:  1)  the  growing  understanding  of 
ie  formation  of  the  blood  elements  (hematology)  and 
le  importance  of  nutrition  within  this  scheme;  2)  the 
dvances  in  pharmacology:  antibiotics  for  infectious 
iseases  and  useful  drugs  for  the  treatment  of 
ardiovascular  disease;  3)  the  development  of  heart 
argery;  4)  the  expansion  of  knowledge  about  im- 
runology  and  cancer;  5)  the  beginnings  of  organ 
■ansplantation  and  artificial  organs;  and  6)  the  dis- 
bvery  of  the  chemical  configuration  of  DNA  and  the 
irth  of  molecular  biology. 

In  the  first  decades  of  this  century,  laboratory  medi- 
ine  was  brought  to  the  bedside  largely  by  hematolo- 
ists.  Wintrobe’s  accomplishments  make  this  ap- 
arent.  Preceding  this,  however,  and  firing  the  im- 
gination  of  physicians  everywhere  was  the  discovery 
f the  role  of  nutrition  in  the  formation  of  the  blood 
ells.  This  was  exemplified  best  by  the  work  of  George 
L Minot  and  William  Parry  Murphy  in  the  liver  treat- 
lent  of  pernicious  anemia  for  which  they  shared  a 
lobel  Prize  in  Medicine  with  George  H.  Whipple  of 
Rochester  in  1934.  Dr.  Murphy  was  the  last  surviving 
lember  of  this  triumvirate  and  although  debilitated 
y age  and  illness,  he  welcomed  my  visit  to  his  home 
n Brookline,  Massachusetts. 

Goodman’s  career  touched  much  of  the  progress  in 
harmacology,  which  included  the  introduction  ol 
ntibiotics  for  the  treatment  of  infectious  diseases, 
his  triumph  can  be  appreciated  best  through  the  eyes 


of  one  whose  career  had  spanned  the  era  preceding  the 
introduction  of  antibiotics  and  the  years  through 
which  their  utilization  has  flourished.  Boston’s  legend- 
ary Louis  Weinstein  was  the  obvious  choice  here. 

For  heart  surgery,  I wanted  to  turn  to  someone  who 
was  there  at  the  beginning.  The  first  major  attempt  to 
deal  surgically  with  intrinsic  disease  of  the  heart  itself 
involved  the  introduction  of  the  closed  mitral  com- 
missurotomy for  mitral  stenosis.  Charles  P.  Bailey, 
Dwight  D.  Harken,  and  Sir  Russell  Brock  all  shared  in 
this  accomplishment.  Bailey,  a New  Jerseyan,  however, 
had  the  slight  edge  of  priority  and  offered  the  ad- 
ditional advantage  of  his  postsurgieal  career.  He  had 
turned  to  law  following  surgery  and  had  become  an 
expert  in  medical  malpractice,  one  of  the  most  disturb- 
ing recent  problems  to  the  profession. 

The  growth  of  heart  surgery  demanded  an  expansion 
of  our  knowledge  about  cardiovascular  physiology  in 
man,  which  could  be  learned  only  through  the  develop- 
ment of  cardiac  catheterization  techniques.  This  nat- 
urally led  to  the  second  Nobel  Prize  Laureate  in  the 
book,  Andre  Coumand,  who  shared  this  award  with 
Dickinson  Richards  and  Werner  Forssmann  in  1956. 

More  recent  general  advances  in  surgery  could  best 
be  addressed  by  Harvard’s  Francis  D.  Moore  who  head- 
ed the  surgical  department  at  the  Peter  Bent  Brigham 
Hospital  for  a 30-year  period  beginning  in  1948.  His 
knowledge  of  medical  manpower  problems  and  the 
Boston  medical  scene  were  added  bonuses. 

In  order  to  get  an  outsider's  view  of  American  medi- 
cine during  this  period,  I visited  Sir  George  Pickering 
at  Oxford.  Pickering  had  a very  active  career  as  a re- 
searcher in  hypertension  and  as  an  educator.  During 
the  course  of  his  career,  he  visited  almost  every  major 
medical  school  in  America.  He  was  well  versed  in  what 
we  did  well  and  what  he  felt  we  did  badly.  He  also  was 
an  expert  on  Great  Britain’s  National  Health  Service 
and  had  a contrasting  view  to  present  on  the  proper 
role  of  government  in  medicine  compared  to  that 
espoused  by  his  counterpart,  Moore. 

With  a view  to  more  recent  developments  in  Ameri- 
can medical  science  and  what  they  portend  for  the 
future,  I turned  to  Robert  A.  Good,  at  62  the  youngest 
of  those  appearing  in  the  book.  His  personal  career  in 
immunology  and  cancer  research  has  encompassed 
almost  every  major  development  in  the  field  over  the 
last  40  years.  Good  had  an  additional  element  of 
interest:  his  shattering  experience  at  Sloan-Kettering 
during  the  Summerlin  mouse-painting  episode  10 
years  ago.  This  provided  an  opportunity  to  discuss 
medical  ethics  and  lessons  learned  about  potential 
fraud  in  research. 

No  single  individual  has  been  more  involved  in  (he 
development  of  artificial  organs  than  Willem  J.  Kolff, 
developer  of  the  first  practical  artificial  kidney.  He  also 
has  been  the  force  behind  the  development  of  the 
artificial  heart,  ventricular  assist  devices,  and  artificial 
eyes,  ears,  and  limbs. 

We  now  know  the  future  of  medicine  lies  at  the  level 
of  the  gene  in  the  world  of  biochemistry.  To  enlighten 
us  on  the  growth  of  this  field  through  his  own  ex- 
periences and  to  point  the  way  to  the  future  I turned 
to  Dr.  Arthur  Komberg,  the  final  Nobel  Prize  recipient 
in  the  group  who  was  known  for  his  work  in  DNA 
replication  mid  other  aspects  of  molecular  biology. 


OL.  81— NUMBER  7— JULY  1984 


577 


In  addition  to  the  strictly  scientific  aspects  of  Ameri- 
can medical  progress,  I wished  to  reflect  the  changing 
relationship  between  organized  medicine  and  such 
groups  as  blacks,  women,  and  Jews.  Fortunately,  I was 
able  to  enlist  the  cooperation  of  several  individuals 
who  were  prominent  scientists  and  educators  despite 
the  restrictive  prejudicial  atmosphere  of  the  time. 

Joseph  L.  Johnson  served  as  either  dean  or  head  of 
the  physiology  department  at  Howard  University’s 
medical  school  for  over  30  years  until  his  retirement 
in  1971.  Marian  Ropes,  the  first  woman  medical  resi- 
dent at  the  Massachusetts  General  Hospital,  has 
achieved  wide  recognition  as  an  authority  in 
rheumatologieal  disorders,  especially  lupus  eiythema- 
tosis.  New  Jersey's  Dr.  Lena  F.  Edwards  started  her 
medical  life  with  three  strikes  against  her:  a woman, 
a black,  and  an  interest  in  obstetrics,  a specialty  whose 
members  were  reluctant  to  accept  women.  In  addition 
to  becoming  one  of  the  first  black  women  to  become 
board  certified  in  obstetrics  and  gynecology,  she  was 
a pioneer  in  the  introduction  of  community  involve- 
ment in  the  delivery  of  medical  care  through  her  lead- 
ership in  the  construction  of  a migrant  workers'  ma- 
ternity hospital  in  Hereford,  Texas,  in  1961. 

Who  would  not  be  moved  by 
the  stories  of  leading  figures 
in  the  development  of 
American  medical  pre- 
eminence? 


The  mechanics  of  this  oral  history  project  may 
interest  the  reader.  After  gaining  the  acquiescence  of 
an  individual,  I obtained  a copy  of  his  or  her  cur- 
riculum vitae  and  bibliography.  Prior  to  the  interview, 

I absorbed  as  much  background  material  as  possible 
and  then  contacted  the  subject’s  medical  contem- 
poraries, friends,  and  relatives  to  ferret  out  the  most 
fruitful  avenues  of  interrogation.  By  the  time  of  the 
interview,  I felt  well  prepared  to  get  the  most  out  of  the 
allotted  hour  or  two;  in  some  eases,  a second  meeting 
was  arranged. 

The  taped  material  was  typed,  edited,  and  rearranged 
to  achieve  a coherent  and  meaningful  form  before  sub- 
mitting the  polished  version  to  the  interviewee  for  final 
approval.  It  was  my  assurance  that  no  chance  remark 
that  might  prove  embarrassing  would  appear  that 
achieved  the  trust  and  openness  vital  to  every  story. 
A few  items  fell  by  the  wayside  as  a result  (one  con- 
tributor had  the  endearing  but  disconcerting  suspi- 
cion that  almost  every  other  paragraph  might  con- 
stitute grounds  for  libel  action)  but  no  essential  infor- 
mation was  sacrificed  to  discretion.  In  several  in- 
stances where  I thought  this  might  prove  to  be  the 
case,  I was  able  to  convince  my  interviewee  about  the 
importance  of  the  material  which  wound  up  in  print. 

The  first  interview  took  place  in  March  1978  and  the 
final  one  in  April  1983.  At  the  conclusion  of  this  work, 

1 felt  confident  that  the  16  life  histories  that  I had 
included  would  provide  a representative  panorama  of 
American  medical  history  during  this  period,  but  I also 
realized  that  some  personal  bias  had  been  inescapable 
in  the  selection  process.  Colleagues  who  learned  of  this 


project  invariably  came  up  with  suggestions  for  h* 
or  that  individual  who,  for  various  reasons,  could  > 
be  included.  Several  areas  of  progress,  endocrinob 
and  metabolism,  were  underemphasized  because* 
the  deaths  or  illnesses  of  those  whom  I would  hi 
approached.  Personal  reasons  also  intruded.  In  « 
instance,  the  person  whom  I had  considered  the  rrl 
outstanding  woman  physician  of  this  time,  worldw  ?. 
ultimately  refused  to  cooperate  despite  a year  it 
pursuit  on  my  part. 

Such  omissions  notwithstanding,  I believe  the  o j 
inal  purpose  of  the  book  was  achieved.  As  the  fi  t 
lines  were  written,  I was  tempted  to  draw  some  br<: 
conclusions  from  the  personal  histories  I hi 
gathered.  Although  the  method  of  selection  undenia, 
was  idiosyncratic  and  never  would  stand  up  to  ai 
kind  of  statistical  analysis,  there  were  some  obviou; 
broad  strokes  of  character  and  experience  here  th;;| 
felt  compelled  to  acknowledge. 

The  sample  of  women  obviously  was  too  small  to 
representative:  it  is  sufficient  to  note  that  they  all  hjlj 
to  be  exceedingly  bright,  determined,  and  lucky  I 
achieve  prominence  in  their  selected  fields. 

Among  the  men,  certain  common  attributes  we 
striking.  The  first  requisite  for  success  seemed  to 
a father  who  was  dead,  distant,  or  indecisive  in  ten 
of  providing  guidance.  Bailey,  Pickering,  Johnson,  a 
Good  were  all  deprived  of  this  role  model  in  thi 
youths  by  the  untimely  deaths  of  their  fathers.  In  oth *  1 
instances,  there  seemed  to  be  an  emotional  separate 
between  father  and  son.  Only  Andre  Coumand,  in  t 
course  of  our  talk,  touched  on  a paternal  influence  th1 
seemed  truly  profound.  As  striking  as  the  absence  ! 
fathers  was  the  presence  of  strong-willed  encouragii  j 
mothers.  Without  them,  it  is  doubtful  that  many  of  t 
men  would  have  persevered  as  they  did. 

Poverty  also  seemed  to  be  a necessary  spur  for  maj  i 
of  these  men.  It  runs  like  a leitmotif  through  many  | 
their  stories.  Interestingly,  this  did  not  serve  as  j 
incentive  to  become  wealthy  but  provided  a rigoroi, 
exercise  in  preparation  for  the  other  future  hardship ! 
they  would  have  to  face.  Racial,  religious,  and  sexu 
discrimination  are  aspects  of  medicine  that  are  grov 
ing  less  and  less  prominent  in  modem  American  si 
eiety  but  they  were  an  unquestionable  part  of  the  pa 
as  reflected  in  the  experiences  of  some  of  those  will 
whom  I spoke. 

What  about  the  tradition  of  medical  families?  Ui 
questionably,  there  are  distinguished  families  of  ph; 
sicians  from  one  generation  to  the  next:  the  Mayos,  tf 
Warrens  in  Boston,  and  others.  But,  these  probably  ai 
exceptions  to  the  rule.  Among  those  I interviewed  on 
Dock  and  Kolff  had  physicians  as  fathers  (Lena  E( 
wards’  father  was  a dentist)  and  only  Dock’s  father  we! 
pre-eminent  in  his  field.  I found  it  comforting  to  cor 
elude  from  this  that  in  a democratic  society  outstanc 
ing  physicians  can  arise  from  any  background. 

Finally,  I thought  of  my  own  children  and  wondere 
if  they  would  follow  in  my  footsteps  or  go  beyond  thenl 
As  much  as  we  all  profess  an  attitude  of  support  an 
encouragement  for  the  career  goals  of  our  offspring 
whatever  their  direction,  a certain  desire  to  se 
another  physician  in  the  family  always  is  there.  Medi 
cine  is  a wonderful  profession.  But,  after  noting  th 
characteristics  of  my  own  selection  of  medical  greats 


578 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


joked  with  some  bemusement  upon  the  "disadvan- 
>ed”  background  of  my  own  two  teenagers.  Both  of 
?ir  parents  are  alive,  well,  and  members  of  the  medi- 
profession.  As  a result,  their  economic  resources  for 
h furthering  of  their  education,  although  not  ex- 
vagant,  are  certainly  more  than  adequate  for  the 
;k.  They  attend  a suburban  school  system  that  is 
;tstanding,  especially  in  its  recognition  and  catering 
^gifted  children.  They  live  in  a social  milieu  in  which 
tors  of  discrimination,  which  they  might  have  faced 


in  the  past,  have  been  minimized  greatly  if  not  totally 
obliterated.  With  all  this  going  against  them,  I asked 
myself,  tongue-in-eheek,  if  any  source  could  provide 
them  the  necessary  spur  for  achievement  in  medi- 
cine— or  any  other  field  of  endeavor  for  that  matter. 
One  day  they  may  read  this  book.  Learning  about  this 
extraordinary  group  of  men  and  women  may  inspire 
them  to  accomplish  whatever  is  potentially  within 
their  grasp.  After  all,  what  more  can  we  ask  of  our  sons 
and  daughters,  our  students,  and  ourselves? 


; 


it.  81— NUMBER  7 — JULY  1984 


579 


Sometimes 
you  just  can't 


When  it  comes  to  saving  lives,  teamwork 
becomes  not  only  desirable;  it  becomes 
necessary. 

In  an  operating  room,  in  an  emergency  room, 
in  consultation  with  other  physicians,  teamwork 
helps  you  do  your  job  to  the  best  of  your  ability. 

The  American  Medical  Association  and  your 
state  and  county  medical  societies  believe  in  the 
value  of  teamwork  — and  the  necessity  of  it,  in 
the  face  of  an  increasingly  complex  professional 
environment. 

We  also  believe  that  medical  societies  have 
certain  tasks  that  the  individual  physician 
couldn’t  possibly  assume  — and  shouldn’t 
have  to. 


For  example,  to  keep  government  regulations 
from  interfering  with  your  practice,  we  effectively 
represent  your  interests  at  local  and  nationa 
levels. 

To  influence  policies  of  organized  medicin^ 
with  which  you  disagree,  we  provide  the  mean^ 
to  have  your  views  heard  and  respected.  I 

And  to  keep  you  up  to  date  on  the  latest  medJ 
ical  advances,  we  publish  JAMA,  AM  News, 
specialty,  state,  and  county  journals. 

In  fact,  for  all  the  times  you  can’t  operate 
alone,  your  medical  societies  will  be  there]. 
Working  with  you  to  defend  your  rights  and  pro-! 
tect  your  freedoms. 


Join  Your 
Medical  Societies 

Today. 


□ Please  send  me  information  on  AMA,  county,  and  state  society  membersf 

□ I am  a member  of  my  county  and  state  societies;  please  send  me  informat; 
on  joining  the  AMA. 

Name i 


For  more  information,  contact  your 
county  or  state  medical  societies,  or  call 
the  AMA  collect  at  312/751-6196.  Or 
return  the  coupon  below  to  your  state 
or  county  medical  society. 


Street — — 

City State Zip 

County 


580 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


Current  Nutrition:  Progress  in 
'ood  Allergy  and  Food  Sensitivity* 

Richard  N.  Podell,  m.d.,  new  providence** 


\Claims  about  food  sensitivity  are  flawed  by  their  reliance  on 
anecdotal  testimony.2  5 Despite  this  discouraging  history  there 
has  been  a revival  of  serious  interest  in  food  sensitivity.  Although 
the  number  of  controlled  studies  is  too  small  for  firm  conclusion , 
several  recent  reports  support  the  view  that  food  sensitivity  may 
i be  much  more  important  than  usually  is  credited. 


More  than  2,000  years  ago  Hip- 
pocrates proposed  that  idiosyn- 
cratic reactions  to  food  were  a 
| ajor  cause  of  illness.1  This  and  most  other  claims 
bout  food  sensitivity  are  flawed  by  their  reliance  on 
lecdotal  testimony.25  Most  physicians  have  been  re- 
ictant  to  accept  a major  role  for  food  sensitivity.67 
espite  this  discouraging  history  there  has  been  a 

Ivival  of  serious  interest  in  food  sensitivity.  Although 
le  number  of  controlled  studies  still  is  too  small  for 
rm  conclusion,  several  recent  reports  support  the 
iew  that  food  sensitivity  may  be  much  more  import- 
lit  than  usually  is  credited.  This  paper  provides  a 
elective  review  and  analysis  of  current  research. 
May  and  his  colleagues  at  Denver’s  National  Jewish 
ospital  deserve  credit  for  being  the  first  to  apply  sys- 
‘matically  modem  scientific  double-blind  research 
Methods  to  the  study  of  food  sensitivity. +89  May  shad- 
'd 38  children  with  asthma  whose  parents  and  phy- 
jicians  believed  that  their  child’s  asthma  was  made 
rorse  by  the  ingestion  of  specific  foods.8  The  children 
rere  hospitalized  and  fed  the  suspect  foods,  or  a 
lacebo,  which  were  hidden  in  an  opaque  capsule, 
ositive  reactions  after  feeding  the  suspect  food  oc- 
urred  in  only  14  of  38  children  and  for  only  14  of  70 
uspect  foods.  Usually,  only  gastrointestinal  symptoms 
esulted  and  none  suffered  an  acute  attack  of  asthma, 
i every  case  where  the  food  challenge  was  positive,  the 
jkin  prick  test  was  positive.  However,  the  skin  prick 


test  also  was  positive  in  many  instances  in  which 
clinical  sensitivity  could  not  be  confirmed  by  the  feed- 
ing challenge. 

The  following  conclusions  have  been  inferred:69 

1 . Although  food-induced  asthma  can  occur,  it  prob- 
ably is  rare  since  only  a few  of  these  carefully  selected 
patients  reacted  at  all  after  feeding  and  clinical  asthma 
was  not  induced  in  any. 

2.  A positive  history  of  food-induced  asthma  is  un- 
reliable and  is  more  likely  to  be  false  than  true. 

3.  A negative  prick  test  probably  rules  out  signifi- 
cant food  sensitivity,  but  a positive  prick  test  does  not 
predict  reliably  that  a patient  is  clinically  sensitive. 

In  short,  significant  food  sensitivity  is  unlikely  even 
when  the  history  and  skin  prick  tests  are  positive.  A 


*This  column  is  prepared  under  the  direction  of  Herman 
Baker,  Ph.D.,  Professor,  Preventive  Medicine/Community 
Health  and  Medicine,  UMDNJ-New  Jersey  Medical  School. 

**From  the  Department  of  Family  Medicine,  UMDNJ-Rutgers 
Medical  School,  Piscataway,  where  Dr.  Podell  is  Clinical  As- 
sociate Professor.  Correspondence  may  be  addressed  to  Dr. 
Podell  at  29  South  St.,  New  Providence,  NJ  07974.  This  paper 
was  presented  in  the  Allergy,  Immunology,  and  Infectious 
Diseases  Lecture  Series,  United  Hospitals  Medical  Center, 
Newark,  December  8,  1983. 

+The  term  sensitivity  is  preferred  when  the  mechanism  of  an 
idiosyncratic  reaction  is  unclear  or  when  it  is  unrelated  to 
an  IgE  mechanism.  The  term  allergy  should  be  restricted  to 
instances  in  which  reagenic  antibody  (usually  IgE)  is  believed 
to  be  important. 


OL.  81— NUMBER  7— JULY  1984 


581 


suspicion  of  food  sensitivity  almost  always  will  prove 
false  if  the  skin  prick  test  is  negative. 

This  interpretation  has  been  accepted  by  most 
authorities,6'9  but  not  by  all.10  The  critical  issue  is 
whether  the  particular  oral  food  challenge  protocol 
used  by  May  is,  in  fact,  a valid  and  sensitive  measure 
of  clinical  sensitivity  to  foods. 

Surprisingly,  there  have  been  no  independent  sys- 
tematic controlled  assessments  of  the  reliability  and 
validity  of  May’s  oral  food  challenge  protocol  or  of  the 
other  popular  protocols  for  diagnosing  food  sensitivi- 
ty.2411 Critics  of  the  May  protocol  argue  that  it  is  likely 
to  underestimate  the  prevalence  of  food  sensitivity. 

May  discussed  one  pertinent  issue:  that  there  was 
an  extremely  high  prevalence  of  skin  test  positivity 
among  subjects  who  had  a positive  history  and  a 
negative  food  challenge.  Although  only  10  of  56  cases 
with  negative  food  challenge  had  a positive  prick  test 
to  the  suspect  food,  52  of  the  56  had  positive  skin  tests 
if  the  more  sensitive  intradermal  tests  were  in- 
cluded.911  Such  a high  correlation  between  history  and 
skin  test  results  would  not  be  expected  if  the  positive 
history  were  based  on  a placebo  effect. 

May  interpreted  these  as  instances  of  “asymp- 
tomatic hypersensitvity.”  He  argued  that  the  subjects 
were  biologically  allergic  to  the  suspect  foods,  but  not 
enough  for  the  allergy  to  be  clinically  meaningful.  How- 
ever, these  facts  also  are  consistent  with  another  possi- 
bility: that  the  history  and  skin  test  results  were  both 
meaningful,  but  that  May’s  particular  oral  food 
challenge  protocol  was  not  sensitive  enough  to  demon- 
strate it. 

Several  reasons  why  the  May  protocol  might  be  a 
weak  one  have  been  advanced.  For  example,  because 
May  placed  the  test  foods  in  small  opaque  capsules, 
challenge  meals  rarely  were  larger  than  one-third  of  an 
ounce.  Larger  challenges  or  repeated  challenges  at  con- 
secutive meals  might  have  elicited  greater  clinical  reac- 
tions.11 

According  to  some  authors  the  duration  of 
abstinence  before  challenge  may  critically  affect  re- 
sults.45 Thus  Rinkel  argued  that  clinical  sensitivity  to 
a commonly  eaten  food  often  decreased  after  a month 
or  so  of  abstinence.4  Therefore,  oral  challenges  should 
be  done  within  a few  days  to  a few  weeks  after  the 
suspect  food  is  omitted  from  the  diet.  In  contrast.  May 
required  his  subjects  to  be  off  the  suspect  food  at  least 
two  weeks.  However,  May  provided  no  data  on  the 
actual  duration  of  abstinence  before  challenge.  Since 
the  parents  and  physicians  of  subjects  felt  strongly 
that  the  test  foods  triggered  asthma,  it  is  not  at  all 
farfetched  to  imagine  that  many  of  the  children  with 
negative  oral  food  challenge  had  been  off  their  suspect 
foods  for  many  weeks  or  months  before  the  negative 
challenge.  Although  one  cannot  answer  with  certainty, 
several  recent  studies  suggest  that  the  May  protocol 
may  underestimate  the  prevalence  of  clinical  food 
sensitivity. 

ASTHMA 

A recent  Danish  study  suggests  that  dietaty  factors 
adversely  affect  a substantial  proportion  of  seriously 
ill  asthmatics.  Hoj  et  al.  studied  41  consecutive  hospi- 
talized asthmatics,  who  were  allocated  double  blind  to 
one  of  two  diets.12  One  was  a defined  elemental  formula 


diet,  thought  to  be  hypoallergenic.13  The  other  was 
normal  hospital  diet.  Both  were  liquified  and  swe 
ened  so  as  to  be  similar  in  appearance  and  taste.  Me* 
cal  treatment  was  done  in  the  usual  way  and  outcom 
were  assessed  by  a predetermined  formula  based 
pulmonary  functions  and  medication  taken  during  t 
last  v the  first  four  days  of  the  two-week  trial  peric 

Overall,  patients  on  the  elemental  diet  did  subste 
tially  better  than  those  eating  the  hospital  diet.  Ni 
of  the  21  subjects  completing  the  elemental  diet  Li 
proved  according  to  the  preset  criteria;  none  c 
teriorated.  Only  1 of  the  16  hospital  diet  subjects  if! 
proved  and  5 subjects  deteriorated.  The  difference 
outcome  scores  was  statistically  significant  (1 
<.05).  The  9 elemental  diet  patients  who  improv 
substantially  had  no  higher  frequency  of  positive  sk 
prick  tests  to  common  foods  than  did  the  12  patien 
whose  condition  remained  stable.  The  authors  co 
eluded  that  a trial  of  elemental  diet  is  justified  for 
perennial  asthmatics  even  when  there  is  little  eviden 
of  extrinsic  etiology.  This  study  has  several  limitation 
including  small  numbers  of  patients  and  the  difficul 
in  disguising  the  taste  of  an  elemental  diet.  Howev< 
the  major  concern  is  the  relatively  poor  results  for  tl 
control  group  subjects.  This  suggests  that  much 
most  of  the  benefit  attributed  to  the  elemental  formu 
diet  actually  might  be  an  artifact  due  to  the  atypical 
poor  outcome  of  control  group  subjects.  It  is  extreme 
disappointing  that  no  attempts  to  replicate  this  ir  ! 
portant  study  have  yet  appeared. 

MIGRAINE 

It  is  surprising  that  migraine,  a condition  n 
thought  of  as  “allergic,”  is  the  focus  of  a number 
reasonably  well-designed  food  sensitivity  studies.  Tl 
most  important  is  a report  from  the  pediatric  migrair 
clinic  at  the  Hospital  for  Sick  Children  in  London 
Eighty-eight  children  with  severe,  at  least  weekly,  rr 
graine  completed  a three-  to  four-week  period  in  whic 
their  diet  was  limited  to  one  meat,  one  starch,  one  fru 
one  vegetable,  water,  and  vitamins.  During  the  last  tv 
weeks  of  this  elimination  diet,  78  subjects  had  r 
headaches,  4 patients  were  rated  as  improved,  and  on 
6 patients  were  not  improved.  Foods  were  added  bac 
one  at  a time.  Each  new  food  was  taken  in  multip 
servings  for  a week  or  until  migraine  recurred.  Th 
continued,  apparently  for  many  months,  until  a sock 
ly  and  nutritionally  acceptable  diet  was  achieved. 

Among  the  82  subjects  who  improved  after  tl 
elimination  diet,  74  subjects  relapsed  after  challengi 
to  an  average  of  2.7  foods  each.  The  key  question  wj 
whether  these  apparent  “reactions”  were  specific  < 
whether  placebo  effect  or  other  nonspecific  facto 
were  responsible.  Curiously,  at  the  start  of  the  stud 
four  of  the  five  authors  believed  that  food-associate 
migraine  was  basically  a placebo  effect.  They  were  su 
prised  when  the  data  confounded  their  expectation 

Forty  subjects  were  selected  for  two  double-blin 
challenges.  For  one  week,  each  ate  a placebo  food- 
paste  of  strongly  sweet  or  sour  nonsuspect  food.  Fc 
another  week  they  ate  a suspect  food,  which  was  di:! 
guised  by  blending  it  into  the  placebo.  Headaches  c 
related  symptoms  occurred  much  more  often  durin 
the  week  of  eating  the  suspect  foods.  Thus,  28  subject 
reacted  only  with  the  suspect  food  and  only  2 subject 


582 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


eacted  only  after  the  placebo.  Four  subjects  reacted 
fter  both,  and  2 subjects  after  neither.  Thirty-five  sub- 
lets preferred  the  placebo  and  only  2 subjects 
ireferred  the  suspect  food.  The  differences  statistically 
j-e  significant  (P<0.001),  confirming  that  most  of  the 
ubjects  were  specifically  sensitive  to  the  foods  that 
ppeared  to  provoke  their  headaches.  There  appears  to 
;ie  no  serious  criticism  of  the  study’s  essential  validity, 
lowever,  the  severity  and  complicated  nature  of  these 
hildren’s  illness  may  make  them  unrepresentative  of 
he  migraine  patients  seen  in  more  general  practices, 
'hese  findings  are  yet  to  be  confirmed  independently, 
‘lowever,  for  now,  the  preferred  conclusion  must  be 
jhat  there  is  a population  of  children  with  migraine- 
ke  illness  in  which  food  sensitivity  plays  a critical 
,ole. 

This  study  also  confirms  May’s  observation  that 
ositive  skin  prick  tests  often  are  false  positives:  58 
ercent  of  the  positive  skin-priek  tests  could  not  be 
onfirmed  by  oral  food  challenge.  However,  eontraiy  to 
day  who  found  no  false  negative  prick  tests,  75  per- 
ent  of  the  foods  which  appeared  to  provoke  migraine 
ifter  oral  challenge  gave  a negative  prick  test.  This 
nplies  that  food  sensitivity  in  migraine  is  largely  not 
JE  mediated  or  that  the  IgE  is  not  detectable  in  the 
sual  ways.  For  example,  the  specific  IgE  might  be 
jcalized  to  the  gut  or  might  be  directed  against  a 
letabolic  product  of  the  food  rather  than  at  the  food 
.self.  In  any  case,  skin  prick  testing  appears  to  be  of 
ttle  value  in  predicting  food  sensitivity  in  migraine. 


Specific  food  sensitivity  is 
likely  to  prove  important  in 
migraine , eczema , irritable 
bowel  syndrome , and 
asthma . 


The  most  important  conclusion  may  relate  to  the 
alue  of  different  oral  food  challenge  protocols.  The 
ligraine  study  challenged  large  amounts  of  food  re- 
eatedly.  On  the  average  it  took  two  days  for  food 
aallenges  to  induce  headaches  (range:  less  than  one 
our  to  more  than  seven  days).  Had  May’s  protocol  for 
ral  food  challenge  been  applied,  it  would  have  failed 
|p  detect  the  large  majority  of  instances  of  clinical 
jmsitivity.  Even  the  more  vigorous  Rinkel  challenge 
rotocol  probably  would  have  been  less  sensitive  than 
le  heroic  protocol  used  by  the  London  investigators, 
his  result  casts  doubt  on  the  validity  of  the  May  oral 
lallenge  protocol  as  the  definitive  method  for  the 
iagnosis  of  food  sensitivity.  Therefore,  it  forces  the 
iopening  of  all  issues  which  were  decided  based  on 
(ay’s  methodology. 

Several  studies  suggest  that  food  sensitivity  also  has 
a important  role  in  adult  migraine.  However,  two 
udies  are  flawed  by  their  failure  to  use  double-blind 
.‘chnique.1415  One  appears  to  be  satisfactorily  eon- 
oiled.16 

Another  intriguing  experiment  recently  was  re- 
sided. It  suggests  a possible  nonimmunologic  mech- 
aism  for  food-induced  migraine.17  It  was  found  that 
atients  with  a histoiy  of  diet-induced  migraine  had 


lower  platelet  levels  of  an  enzyme  known  as 
phenolsulphotransferase-P  (PST-P).  Both  healthy  con- 
trols and  migraine  patients  whose  headaches  were  not 
induced  by  foods  had  normal  levels.  PST-P  may  have 
a role  in  the  detoxification  of  phenolic  compounds, 
which  are  common  in  foods  and  in  food  additives.  If 
this  finding  is  confirmed  and  if  PST-P  levels  also  are 
decreased  in  the  gut  and/or  other  pertinent  organs, 
then  a plausible  nonimmunologic  mechanism  for  diet- 
induced  migraine  could  be  postulated. 

ECZEMA 

Although  dermatologists  tend  to  be  dubious,  al- 
lergists long  have  argued  that  eczema  contains  import- 
ant elements  suggestive  of  an  allergic  condition.  High 
levels  of  IgE  in  serum  are  common  and  there  is  a 
substantial  association  with  other  allergic  diseases 
such  as  asthma  and  seasonal  rhinitis.  Recent  reports 
now  provide  fair,  but  not  conclusive,  evidence  that 
elimination  diets  are  helpful  in  treating  eczema1820 
good  evidence  that  sensitive  foods  can  provoke  pruritis 
and  rashes  after  oral  challenge21  and  fair  evidence  that 
sodium  cromoglycate,  a mast  cell  stabilizer,  is  effective 
in  eczema  when  taken  orally.22  Taken  together  these 
studies  suggest  an  important  role  for  food  sensitivity 
among  some  patients  with  eczema  (Two  new  double- 
blind studies  also  support  a link  between  food  allergy 
and  eczema6364) 

IRRITABLE  BOWEL  SYNDROME 

That  food  allergy  and  sensitivity  can  provoke 
gastrointestinal  symptoms  in  children  or  that  gluten 
sensitivity  occurs  in  children  and  adults  is  not  in  dis- 
pute.23 25  Recent  evidence  that  gluten  enteropathy  is  a 
multisystem  disease  also  is  reasonably  well  based.26'30 
What  has  been  controversial,  though,  is  whether  that 
most  common  of  all  intestinal  problems,  irritable  bowel 
syndrome,  also  results  in  part  from  sensitivities  to 
specific  foods. 

Two  recent  double-blind  studies  support  the  view 
that  specific  food  sensitivity  is  important  in  some  pa- 
tients with  irritable  bowel  syndrome.  Alun-Jones  et  al. 
placed  21  subjects  with  diarrhea  and  painful  type  ir- 
ritable-bowel syndrome  on  a modification  of  the  Rinkel 
elimination/challenge  protocol.31  After  one  week  on  a 
diet  limited  to  one  meat,  one  fruit,  and  spring  water, 
14  of  the  21  subjects  were  clear  of  symptoms.  Open 
challenge  with  individual  foods  and  three  subsequent 
repeat  challenges  implicated  one  or  more  foods  as 
specific  triggers.  The  most  common  were  wheat  (9  per- 
sons), com  (5),  daily  (4),  coffee  (4),  tea  (3)  and  citrus 
(2).  In  all  eases  of  wheat  intolerance,  small-bowel 
biopsies  were  normal. 

Six  patients  received  double-blind  challenge  of  either 
suspect  foods  or  a nonsuspect  placebo.  These  were 
liquified  and  fed  through  a nasogastric  tube.  Reactions 
occurred  after  the  suspect  food  10  of  12  times  and  after 
the  placebo  food  only  1 time  in  12  (P<0.01).  Five  ad- 
ditional subjects  were  tested  single  blind  and  correctly 
identified  the  test  food  and  the  placebo  in  each  of  ten 
challenges. 

Bentley,  Pearson,  and  Rix  did  a similar  study, 
although  their  elimination  diet  appears  not  to  have 
been  rigorously  enforced.32  Although  a high  proportion 
of  subjects  improved  during  the  elimination  phase. 


3L.  81— NUMBER  7^JULY  1984 


583 


double-blind  challenge  using  the  capsule  technique 
disclosed  that  only  three  of  eight  subjects  tested  could 
repeatedly  distinguish  test  foods  from  placebo.  As 
might  be  expected  substantial  psychopathology  was 
demonstrable  among  these  irritable  bowel  patients.33 
However,  this  was  true  among  both  those  passing  and 
those  failing  the  double-blind  verification  challenge. 

Although  the  two  studies  differ  in  the  proportion  of 
subjects  who  could  distinguish  suspect  foods  from 
placebo,  both  document  that  food  sensitivity  occurs  in 
a significant  proportion  of  irritable  bowel  patients. 
Since  these  studies  used  different  elimination  and 
challenge  techniques,  some  of  the  differences  in  re- 
sults may  derive  from  their  different  testing  methods. 
These  differences  emphasize  the  critical  need  for  vali- 
dating an  acceptable  “gold  standard”  for  the  diagnosis 
of  food  sensitivity. 

CONCLUSIONS 

Although  there  was  little  well-controlled  scientific 
evidence  of  an  important  role  for  food  sensitivity  before 
the  1980s,  several  respectable  studies  favoring  such  a 
role  have  appeared  in  the  last  few  years.  Their  number 
still  is  too  small  for  definitive  conclusions;  however, 
they  do  provide  credible  support  for  the  view  that 
specific  food  sensitivity  is  likely  to  prove  important  in 
migraine,  eczema  irritable  bowel  syndrome,  and 
asthma 

Claims  for  an  important  role  for  food  sensitivity  have 
also  been  made  for  many  other  conditions,  including 
rheumatoid  arthritis, 3438  hyperactivity  in  children,3946 
thrombophlebitis,47  cutaneous  vasculitis,4849  nephrotic 
syndrome,50  Sjoegren’s  syndrome,51  idiopathic  throm- 
bocytopenic purpura,5253  cardiac  arrhythmia,54 
schizophrenia5557  narcolepsy,58  seizure  disorder,59 
“cerebral  allergies,”60  and  others.1061  62  However,  for  the 
most  part  the  studies  supporting  these  claims  are  not 
of  the  same  order  of  quality  as  the  studies  reviewed 
in  this  paper.  Therefore,  even  tentative  conclusions 
would  be  premature.  What  is  clear  is  that  acceptance 
or  rejection  of  these  claims  will  require  a commitment 
to  well-designed  research  and  that  is  beginning  to  be 
displayed. 

REFERENCES 

1 . Adams  F:  The  Genuine  Works  of  Hippocrates.  New  York, 
NY,  William  Wood  & Co.,  1886,  p.  137. 

2.  Rowe  A Rowe  A Jr:  Food  Allergy  (Its  Manifestations  and 
Control  and  the  Elimination  Diets).  A Compendium.  Spring- 
field,  IL,  Charles  C.  Thomas,  1972. 

3.  Coca  A Familial  Non-Reagenic  Food  Allergy.  Spring- 
field,  IL,  Charles  C.  Thomas,  1942. 

4.  Rinkel  H,  Randolph  T,  Zeller  M:  Food  Allergy.  Spring- 
field,  IL,  Charles  C.  Thomas,  1951. 

5.  Randolph  T:  An  Alternative  Approach  to  Allergies.  New 
York,  NY,  Lippincott  and  Crowell,  1979. 

6.  Golbert  T:  Food  allergy.  J Med  Soc  NJ  77:895-899,  1980. 

7.  Buckley  R Metcalfe  D:  Food  allergy.  JAMA  248:2627, 
1982. 

8.  May  C:  Objective  clinical  and  laboratory  studies  of  im- 
mediate hypersensitivity  reactions  to  foods  in  asthmatic  chil- 
dren. J Allerg  Clin  Immunol  58:500-519,  1978. 

9.  Bock  SA  Lee  W,  Remingio  L,  et  al.:  Studies  of  hyper- 
sensitivity reactions  in  infants  and  children.  J Allerg  Clin 
Immunol  62:327-334,  1978. 

10.  Dickey  L:  Clinical  Ecology.  Springfield,  IL,  Charles  C. 

Thomas,  1976. 

11.  Egger  J,  Wilson  J,  Carter  C,  et  al.:  Is  migraine  food 


allergy?  A double-blind  controlled  trial  of  oligo-antiger 
treatment.  Lancet  11:865-904,  1983. 

12.  Hoj  L:  A double-blind  controlled  trial  elemental  diet 
severe  perennial  asthma  Allergy  36:257-262,  1981. 

13.  Doekhom  R Smith  T:  Use  of  a chemically  defin 
hypoallergenic  diet  (Vivonex)  in  the  management  of  patier 
with  suspected  food  allergy  intolerance.  Ann  Alter 
47:204-206,  1981. 

14.  Monro  J,  Cami  C,  Brostoff  J:  Food  allergy  in  migraii  ' 
Study  of  dietary  exclusion  and  RAST.  Lancet  11:1-4,  19t 

15.  Grant  E:  Food  allergies  and  migraine.  Lam 

1:966-969,  1979. 

16.  Vaughn  TR  Mansfield  L,  Haverly  R et  al.:  The  value 
cutaneous  testing  for  food  allergy  in  the  diagnostic  evaluatt 
of  migraine  headache.  Ann  Allergy  50:362,  1983  (abstrac 

17.  Littlewood  J,  Glover  V,  Sandler  M:  Platell 
phenolsulphotransferase  deficiency  in  dietary  migraii 
Lancet  983-986,  1982. 

18.  Atherton  D,  Soothill  J,  Sewall  M,  et  al.:  A double-blii  1 
controlled  crossover  trial  of  an  antigen-avoidance  diet 
atopic  eczema  Lancet  401-403,  1978. 

19.  Hill  D,  Lynch  B:  Elemental  diet  in  the  management  * 
severe  eczema  of  childhood.  Clin  Allergy  12:313-314,  198 

20.  Juto  P,  Engling  S,  Winberg  J:  Treatment  of  atop  s 
dermatitis  with  a strict  elimination  diet.  Clin  Allergy  8:4S  I' 
1978. 

2 1 . Sampson  H:  Role  of  immediate  food  hypersensitivity  \ 
the  pathogenesis  of  atopic  dermatitis.  J Allerg  Clin  Immun 
71:473-480,  1983. 

22.  Molkou  P,  Waguet  J:  Food  allergy  and  atopic  dermatit  i 
in  children:  Treatment  with  oral  sodium  cromoglyeate.  Ar j 
Allergy  47:173,  1981. 

23.  Lothe  L,  et  al.:  Cow’s  milk  formula  as  a case  of  infantij  ; 
colic:  A double-blind  study.  Pediatrics  70:7-10,  1982. 

24.  Kocoshis  S,  Grybowski  J:  Use  of  cromolyn  in  combinr  I 
gastrointestinal  allergy.  JAMA  242:  1169-1173,  1979. 

25.  Buisseret  P:  Common  manifestations  of  cow's  milk  ;j  | 
lergy  in  children.  Lancet  304-305,  1978. 

26.  Wray  D:  Gluten-sensitive  recurrent  apthous  stomatiti  j 
Dig  Dis  Sci  28:737,  1981. 

27.  Faizallah  R et  al.:  Adult  celiac  disease  and  reeurrei 
pericarditis.  Dig  Dis  Sci  27:728-730,  1982. 

28.  Hallert  C,  Derefeldt  T:  Psychic  disturbances  in  adu 
celiac  disease.  Sc  and  J Gastroenterol  17:17-28,  1982. 

29.  Katz  S,  et  al.:  Dermatitis  herpetiformis:  The  skin  ar 
the  gut.  Ann  Intern  Med  93:857-874,  1980. 

30.  Doherty  M,  Barry  R Gluten-induced  mucosal  changt 
in  subjects  without  overt  small-bowel  disease.  Lane 
517-520,  1981. 

31.  AlunJones  V,  Shorthouse  M,  McLaughlin  P,  et  al.:  Focjl 
intolerance:  A major  factor  in  the  pathogeneses  of  irritabl 
bowel  syndrome.  Lancet  1115-1117,  1982. 

32.  Bentley  S,  Pearson  D,  Rix  K:  Food  hypersensitivity  i 
irritable-bowel  syndrome.  Lancet  295-297,  1983. 

33.  Svedlund  J,  Ottosson  J,  Sjodin  I,  et  al.:  Controlled  stuc 
of  psychotherapy  in  irritable-bowel  syndrome.  Lano  i 
589-591,  1983. 

34.  Parke  A Hughes  G:  Rheumatoid  arthritis  and  food:  j 
case  study.  Br  Med  282:2027-2029,  1981. 

35.  Hieklin  J,  MeEwan  L,  Morgan  J:  The  effect  of  diet  o ! 
rheumatoid  arthritis.  Clin  Allergy  10:2463-2467,  1980. 

36.  Kroker  G,  Stroud  R Marshall  R Comprehensive  er 
vironmental  control  and  its  effect  on  rheumatoid  arthritf 
The  American  College  of  Allergists  Third  International  Foo 
Allergy  Symposium,  October  21,  1980. 

37.  Little  C,  Stewart  A Fennessy  M:  Platelet  serotonin  r<  | 
lease  in  rheumatoid  arthritis:  A study  in  food  intolerant  p< 
tients.  Lancet  297-299,  1983. 

38.  Panush  R Carter  R Katz  P,  et  al.:  Diet  therapy  fcJ 
rheumatoid  arthritis.  Arthritis  Rheum  26:462-471,  1983. 

39.  Swanson  J,  Kinsboume  M:  Food  dyes  impair  per 
formance  of  hyperactive  children  on  a laboratory  leamin 
test.  Science  207:1485-1487,  1980. 

40.  Mathes  J:  Effects  of  artificial  food  colorings  in  childre  J 
with  hyperactive  symptoms.  Arch  Gen  Psychiatr 
38:714-718,  1981. 

41.  Consensus  Conference:  Diets  and  childhood  hypei 
activity.  JAMA  248-290,  1982. 

42.  Tiyphonas  H,  Trutes  R Food  allergy  in  children  witlil 

I 


584 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


leractivity  learning  disabilities  and  minimal  brain  dys- 
ction.  Ann  Allergy  42:22-26,  1979. 

3.  Millman  M,  Campbell  M,  Wright  K,  et  al.:  Allergy  and 
ning  disabilities  in  children.  Ann  Allergy  36:149-160, 
6. 

4.  Hughes  E,  Weinstein  R Golt  P,  et  al.:  Food  sensitivity 
attention  deficit  disorder  with  hyperactivity  (ADD/HA):  A 
cedure  for  differential  diagnosis.  Ann  Allergy 
>:276-280,  1982. 

p.  Rapp  D:  Double-blind  confirmation  and  treatment  of 
jk  sensitivity.  Med  J Aust  1:571-572,  1978. 

6.  O'Shea  J,  Porter  S:  Double-blind  study  of  children  with 
terkinetic  syndrome  treated  with  multi-allergen  extract 
lingually.  J Learn  Dis  14:189-191,  1981. 

7.  Rea  W:  Recurrent  environmentally  triggered  throm- 
hlebitis.  Ann  Allergy  147:338-344,  1981. 

p.  Rea  W:  Environmentally  triggered  small  vessel 

culitis.  Ann  Allergy  38:245,  1977. 

9.  Theorell  H,  Blomback  M,  Kockum  C:  Demonstration  of 
fctivity  to  airborne  and  food  allergens  in  cutaneous 
culitis  by  variations  in  fibrinopeptide  A and  other  coagula- 
l,  fibrinolysis  and  complement,  parameters.  Thromb 
iemost  30:598-603,  1976. 

10.  Sandberg  D,  Bernstein  C,  McIntosh  R et  al.:  Severe 
-oid-responsive  nephrosis  associated  with  hyper- 
sitivity.  Lancet  388-391,  1977. 

1.  Cunningham-Rundles  C,  Randeis  W,  Safai  B,  et  al.: 
fictive  IgA  deficiency  and  circulating  immune  complexes 

taining  bovine  proteins  in  a child  with  chronic  graft  ver- 
host  disease.  Am  J Med  67:883-890,  1979. 

2.  Caffrey  E,  Sladen  G,  Isaacs  P,  et  al.:  Thrombocytopenia 
sed  by  cow’s  milk  (letter).  Lancet  310,  1981. 

3.  Whitfield  M,  Barry  G:  Cow’s  milk  allergy  in  the  syn- 


drome of  thrombocytopenia  with  absent  radius.  Arch  Dis 
Child  51:337,  1976. 

54.  Rea  W:  Environmentally  triggered  cardiac  disease.  Ann 
Allergy  40:243-251,  1978. 

55.  Dohan  F,  Grasberger  J:  Released  schizophrenics: 
Earlier  discharge  from  the  hospital  after  cereal-free,  milk-free 
diet.  Am  J Psychiatry  130:685-688,  1973. 

56.  Singh  M,  Kay  S:  Wheat  gluten  as  a pathogenic  factor 
in  schizophrenia  Science  191:401-402,  1976. 

57.  Potkin  S,  Weinberger  D,  Kleinman  J:  Wheat  gluten 
challenge  in  schizophrenic  patients.  Am  J Psychiatry 
38:1208-1211,  1981. 

58.  Bell  I,  Guilleminault  C,  Dement  W:  Hypersomnia  mul- 
tiple-system symptomatology  and  selective  IgA  deficiency. 
Biol  Psychiatry  13:751-757,  1978. 

59.  Crayton  J,  Stone  T,  Stein  G:  Epilepsy  precipitated  by 
food  sensitivity:  Report  of  a case  with  double-blind  placebo- 
controlled  assessment.  Clin  Electroencephalogr  12:192-198, 
1981. 

60.  King  D:  Can  allergic  exposure  provoke  psychological 
symptoms?  A double -blind  test.  Biol  Psychiatry  16:3-17, 
1981. 

61.  Finn  R Cohen  H:  Food  allergy:  Fact  or  fiction.  Lancet 
426-427,  1978. 

62.  Gerrard  J:  Food  Allergy:  New  Perspectives.  Springfield, 
IL,  Charles  C.  Thomas,  1980. 

63.  Ratner  P,  Davis  S,  Rodriguez  M,  et  al.:  The  role  of  food 
allergy  and  dietary  manipulation  in  atopic  eczema  J Allerg 
Clin  Immunol  73:175,  1984  (abstract). 

64.  Sampson  H,  Jolie  P:  Changes  in  plasma  histamine  con- 
centrations following  double-blind  placebo-controlled  food 
challenges  in  atopic  dermatitis.  J Allerg  Clin  Immunol 
73:175,  1984  (abstract). 


L.  81— NUMBER  7-JULY  1984 


585 


JEMPAC  Update* 


William  E.  Ryan,  m.d„  pennington 


The  author , as  chairman  of  JEMPAC,  presented  this  speech 
at  the  MSNJ  Annual  Meeting.  Examples  of  political  efforts  are 
provided  to  show  the  influence  of  JEMPAC. 


A generous  thank  you  from  JEM- 
PAC for  your  political  support 
during  the  past  year.  Although 
we  have  a long  way  to  go,  the  past  year  has  been  one 
of  unparalleled  success  in  the  political  arena 
You  should  know  that  the  PAC  movement  in  this 
state  garnered  $8 1 ,000  in  funds  and  was  contributed 
to  by  over  1,300  physicians.  Over  600  of  you  joined 
JEMPAC  and  another  700  physicians  sent  checks  to 
MEDAC.  The  latter  fund  was  instituted  this  past  year 
for  use  in  statewide  elections. 

With  that  money,  we  were  able  to  contribute  over 
$66,000  to  the  campaign  of  legislators  deemed  friendly 
to  medicine.  It  is  my  sincere  belief  that  more  as- 
semblymen and  state  senators  favorably  are  disposed 
to  the  cause  of  medicine,  in  general,  and  to  the  medical 
PAC  effort,  in  particular,  because  of  your  support. 

As  you  recall,  as  I addressed  you  this  past  year,  there 
were  many  threats  facing  medicine.  I spoke  specifically 
about  a physician  fee  schedule  which  was  introduced 
into  the  language  of  several  bills  having  to  do  with 
automobile  insurance  reform.  Indeed,  this  time  last 
year,  it  was  a strong  probability  that  right  now  you 
would  be  contending  with  a state-imposed  fee  schedule 
for  the  treatment  of  auto  accident  victims.  This  has  not 
happened,  largely  because  of  the  new-found  influence 
and  clout  which  you  now  enjoy  and  specifically 
through  the  efforts  of  our  Medical  Society  lobbyist,  Joe 
Katz.  Mr.  Katz,  who  spoke  before  you  last  year,  was  very 


effective  in  staying  the  hand  of  the  governor  and  leg 
lators  who  were  in  favor  of  an  auto  insurance  bill  w 
a fee  control  board.  This  is  testimony  to  what  politi  i 
influence  really  can  do. 

Perhaps  our  most  dramatic  moment  came  in  Ju: 
of  last  year  when  we  were  able  to  thwart  the  efforts 
the  optometrists  in  their  effort  to  practice  medicine 
treating  diseases  of  the  eye.  As  you  know,  the  <•! 
tometrists  had  a bill  introduced  which  would  hr 
allowed  them  to  treat  diseases  of  the  anterior  chamb> 
of  the  eye  after  receiving  a 100-hour  instruction  cou: ' 
in  pharmacology  at  Philadelphia  College  of  Optomet 
We  felt  there  was  more  to  eye  disease  than  a cou 
in  pharmacology.  The  ophthalmologists  were  incens  1 
and  we  felt  that  it  generally  was  an  incursion  into  t : 
practice  of  medicine  that  was  not  in  the  patient’s  b . 
interest.  We  acted  to  protect  the  public,  physicians,  a|l 
ophthalmologists  to  retain  control  of  medical  pract ' 
in  this  area  However,  it  was  a fight  we  almost  lost.  T : 
bill  came  to  a vote  in  the  assembly  where  41  votes  w< : 
necessary  for  passage.  Through  a combined  effort  f 
multiple  parties  including  the  physicians  of  JEMPA 
the  ophthalmologists,  and  the  Medical  Society  of  N7 
Jersey,  particularly  again,  Joe  Katz,  the  bill  fell  one  vij: 
short  of  approval.  It  was  a victory  for  us  but  rest 
sured  that  the  same  bill,  albeit  in  different  languc : 
and  perhaps  watered  down,  again  has  been  introduc  I 
into  the  legislature. 

In  the  fall  elections,  our  political  action  commit  “ 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS 


586 


mtributed  substantially  to  the  efforts  of  a number  of 
gislators  and  candidates  who  we  felt  would  support 
ledicine.  In  the  state  senate.  Senator  James  Bom- 
eimer  had  been  a particular  thorn  in  the  side  of  medi- 
ne  and  sat  on  the  veiy  influential  L.I.P.  Committee. 
Pe  decided  to  support  the  candidacy  of  Peter  Garibaldi 
ho  we  felt  would  be  more  sympathetic  to  us.  It  was 
veiy  close  election  but  Senator  Garibaldi  today  sits 
l Senator  Bomheimer’s  seat. 

These  are  three  examples  of  the  political  efforts  we 
ave  had  in  the  state  which  have  come  about  through 
)ur  effort  in  helping  us  underwrite  the  political  pro- 
:ss. 

That  was  the  state  scene.  In  Washington,  the  polit- 
os  had  other  landmines  for  us.  Specifically,  there  was 
le  issue  of  mandated  assignment  under  Medicare 
hich  this  year  took  the  form  of  an  attachment  to  the 
mnibus  Budget  Reconciliation  Bill  (H.R  5394).  The 
incipal  provisions  of  the  mandatory  assignment  bill 
ere  as  follows:  1)  prevailing  charge  levels  for  phy- 
cian  services  provided  to  hospital  inpatients  would 
;p  frozen  at  the  June  30,  1984,  level  for  a year;  2)  phy- 
cians  would  be  required  to  accept  Medicare  assign- 
ent  for  all  services  provided  to  hospital  inpatients 
itil  six  months  after  the  HHS  secretary  reported  to 
ingress  on  DRG  prospective  payments  for  physician 
:rvices  (due  July  1,  1985);  3)  as  a condition  of  partici- 
ition  in  the  Medicare  program,  each  hospital  would 
!;  required  to  obtain  an  agreement  from  each  phy- 
cian  on  its  medical  staff  to  accept  Medicare  assign- 
ent  for  all  Medicare  inpatient  hospital  services,  and 
ilure  of  a hospital  to  comply  could  force  the  hospital 
lit  of  the  Medicare  program. 

A telegram  was  received  from  the  AMA  a day  or  so 
efore  the  vote  was  to  be  taken.  There  was  very  little 
me  for  phone  contact  with  congressional  offices  but 
e did  our  best. 

The  Auxilary  of  the  Medical  Society,  headed  by  Mrs. 
ale  Wayman  and  a JEMPAC  board  member,  Angie 
ampo,  who  were  on  their  legislative  visit  to  Washing- 
>n,  made  a monumental  effort  to  stop  this  legislation, 
hey  went  to  individual  congressmen’s  offices  to  argue 
lat  the  legislation  was  not  warranted.  It  was  pointed 
it,  that  there  had  been  no  congressional  hearings  on 
le  issue.  There  never  have  been  any  data  submitted 
> substantiate  the  need  for  these  positions,  indeed 
hen  a physician  does  not  accept  assignment,  the 
nancial  obligation  for  payment  is  outside  the 
jirisdiction  of  the  Social  Security  system.  It  also  was 
rgued  that  physicians  were  doing  their  part  with  the 


one-year  voluntary  freeze  and  that  freedom  of  choice 
of  Medicare  beneficiaries  would  be  curtailed  if  patients 
found  their  physicians  unable  to  provide  services  in 
hospitals  because  their  staff  privileges  had  been  dis- 
continued. Physicians  have  treated  patients  who  are 
indigent  or  of  meager  means  free  or  at  reduced  fees 
in  substantial  numbers  over  the  years.  This  seems  to 
be  unique  to  our  profession.  Have  any  Medicare 
beneficiaries  been  denied  care  or  taken  to  small  claims 
court?  Of  course  not.  This  is  why  we  feel  veiy  vigor- 
ously that  we  do  not  deserve  this  federal  action. 

Make  no  mistake  about  it,  you  are  asked  to  conform 
to  an  onerous  federal  standard  as  a requisite  to  pursue 
your  profession.  The  government  is  on  the  fast  track 
to  control  you  and  your  practice.  We  see  this  class 
action  as  entirely  unacceptable.  We  feel  that  your  prac- 
tice and  career  are  squarely  on  the  line. 

We  have  won  a temporary  victory.  I stress  that  be- 
cause the  new  legislation,  particularly  the  Kennedy- 
Gephardt  bill  and  perhaps  some  new  legislation  in- 
troduced by  Senator  Heinz,  contain  very  similar 
language  to  the  mandated  assignment  bill.  We  will 
have  a tough  fight  and  the  American  Medical  Associa- 
tion, JEMPAC,  and  the  American  Political  Action  Com- 
mittee are  very  cognizant  of  the  antimedical  anti- 
physician sentiment  in  Congress. 

I called  upon  the  office  of  Frank  Guarini  and  was  told 
by  his  legislative  assistant,  “You  know  a lot  of  the  old 
folks  are  for  this,  don’t  you?”  The  implication  was 
quite  clear  that  another  group  of  citizens  clearly 
ranked  above  us  in  terms  of  political  clout.  I think  we 
can  thank  our  lucky  stars  that  this  legislation  did  not 
get  enacted  on  April  12.  What  the  future  holds  will 
depend  upon  you. 

In  conclusion,  I wanted  to  point  out  that  we  indeed 
have  come  a long  way  in  terms  of  political  activity  and 
financial  viability.  We  are  an  organization  “on  the  roll.” 
We  have  managed  to  win  some  battles  this  year  and 
to  change  the  political  climate  to  some  extent.  However, 
we  have  a number  of  major  battles  facing  us  in  New 
Jersey  and  nationally. 

The  JEMPAC  board  would  like  your  input  on  the 
selection  process  for  candidates  we  hope  to  support  in 
the  fall  federal  election.  Please  let  us  know  which  can- 
didates you  would  like  supported  and  why.  It  is  only 
in  this  manner  that  we  can  make  an  informed  judg- 
ment. 

I thank  you  for  your  support  in  the  past  and  look 
forward  to  your  financial  and  personal  input  in  the 
future. 


DL.  81— NUMBER  7— JULY  1984 


587 


FIFTH  ANNUAL  MEDICOLEGAL  SEMINAR 

Wednesday,  September  12,  1984 
8:30  a.m.-  4:00  p.m. 

Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  Executive  Offices 
Two  Princess  Road 
Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648 

presented  by 

Medical  Inter-Insurance 
Exchange  of  New  Jersey 
Department  of  Risk  Management 

Afternoon  Session 

12:00  Lunch 

12:45  “Medical  Malpractice;  The 
View  from  the  Chair” 

James  S.  Todd,  M.D. 

Chairman,  Board  of  MIIENJ 

1:00  “The  Professional  Liability 
World  Today;  The  State  of 
the  Industry” 

Peter  Sweetland,  President, 
MIIENJ 

1:45  “The  Claim  Climate  in  New 
Jersey;  A History  and  a 
Look  at  the  Future” 

Joseph  DeRoma,  Vice-President, 
Claims,  MIIENJ 

2:30  “An  Ounce  of  Prevention; 

Causes  of  Suits  and  Programs 
Developed  To  Avoid  Them” 

Adam  P.  Wilczek,  Director, 
Department  of  Risk  Management, 
MIIENJ 

3:15  Questions  and  Answers 


DETACH  AND  MAIL  TO  MSNJ,  TWO  PRINCESS  ROAD,  LAWRENCEVILLE,  NJ  08648 

Enclosed  is  my  check  for payable  to  MSNJ 

NAME  (PLEASE  PRINT) 

ADDRESS 

| 

PHONE  # 

I 

Y 

A CONFIRMATION  WILL  BE  SENT  TO  YOU  ALONG  WITH  DIRECTIONS  TO  MSNJ. 


APPROVED  FOR  5%  CME  CATEGORY  I CREDITS 


REGISTRATION 

PLEASE  RESPOND  NO  LATER  THAN  AUGUST  31,  1984 
NO  REFUNDS  AFTER  SEPTEMBER  10,  1984 

MSNJ  MEMBER  OR  MIIENJ  INSURED  $10.00 

NON  MSNJ  MEMBER  OR  25.00 

NOT  INSURED  WITH  MIIENJ 


Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
Department  of  Professional 
Liability  Control 

Morning  Session 

8:30  Registration  and  Coffee 
9:00  Greetings 

Frank  Y.  Watson,  M.D.,  President, 

MSNJ  and  James  S.  Todd,  M.D., 

Chairman  of  the  Board,  MIIENJ 

9:20  Opening  Remarks 

James  E.  George,  M.D.,  J.D., 

Director,  Department  of  Professional 
Liability  Control 

9:45  “The  Snitch  Bills;  Their  Impact 
on  Medical  Malpractice” 

Vincent  A.  Maressa, 

Executive  Director,  MSNJ 

10:15  “Reporting  of  Medical  Malpractice  To 
State  Board  of  Medical  Examiners” 

Joseph  A.  Riggs,  M.D.,  Member  of  State 
Board  of  Medical  Examiners 

10:45  “The  New  Case  Management  and 

Procedures  of  Malpractice  Litigation” 

Honorable  Peter  Ciolino,  Assignment  Judge 
Superior  Court,  Passaic  County 

11:15  Questions  and  Answers 


588 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE; 


)OCTORS* 

fOTEBOOK 


'rustees’  Minutes 
lay  2,  1984 

A regular  meeting  of  the  Board  of 
rustees  was  held  on  May  2,  1984, 
it  Resorts  International  Hotel  and 
asino,  Atlantic  City.  Detailed 
linutes  are  on  file  with  the  sec- 
tary of  your  county  society.  A sum- 
lary  of  significant  actions  follows: 

| 

Resolutions  of  Endorsement  . . . 

pproved  for  presentation  at  the 
984  Annual  Meeting,  resolutions 
indorsing  the  candidacy  of  Arthur 
lemstein,  M.D.,  for  election  to  the 
iMA  Council  on  Scientific  Affairs 
nd  Karl  T.  Franzoni,  M.D.,  for  elec- 
ion  to  the  AMA  Council  on  Medical 
jiervice. 

leport  of  the  Executive  Director 

1)  MSNJ  Paid  Membership  . . . 

loted  that  6,905  members  paid 
heir  1984  dues  as  of  April  26,  1984. 

2)  MSNJ  Pension  Plan  . . . Ap- 
proved the  following  two  reeommen- 
ilations: 

That  the  Horizon  Trust  Company  be 
appointed  to  conduct  trustee  and 
ustodial  services  for  the  Medical  Society 
if  New  Jersey  Employees'  Pension  Plan. 

/OL.  81— NUMBER  7— JULY  1984 


That  Jamison,  Eaton,  and  Wood  be  ap- 
pointed investment  managers  of  the 
Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  Employees’ 
Pension  Plan. 

(3)  TEFRA — ERISA  Compliance 

. . . Approved  the  following  amended 
resolution  (italics  indicate  amend- 
ment): 

That  the  Committee  on  Retirement 
Plan  for  Physicians  review  the  proposal 
of  Health  Care  Group  and  be  authorized 
to  permit  its  offering  as  an  endorsed  pro- 
gram of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jer- 
sey. Included  in  the  evaluation  should 
be  any  other  plans  the  Committee  feels 
it  is  necessary  to  review. 

(4)  MSNJ  Employee  Pension  Plan 

. . . Approved  the  following  amend- 
ment #6  to  the  Medical  Society  of 
New  Jersey  Pension  Plan  . . . 

(a)  Change  definition  of  compensa- 
tion to  conform  to  statute. 

(b)  Temporary  restrictions  on  benefits 
regarding  lump  sum  payments  to  the  25 
highest  paid  employees  if  the  Plan  has 
been  amended  in  the  last  ten  years  to 
improve  benefits. 

(e)  Compliance  with  top  heavy  rules 
even  though  not  applicable  to  MSNJ  Plan 
as  such. 

( 5 ) Summer  Student  Research  Fel- 
lowship Program  . . . Authorized 
appropriation  of  $1,000  for  the 
Summer  Student  Research  Fellow- 
ship Program. 

(6)  State  Board  of  Medical  Exam- 
iners . . . 

(a)  Proposed  Rule  on  Chiropractic 

. . . Noted  that  proposed  rule, 
N.JAC.  13:35-7.1,  concerning  chiro- 
practic practice,  will  be  considered 
at  the  May  9,  1984,  meeting  of 
SBME. 

(b)  Greco  Case  . . . Noted  a de- 
cision is  expected  21  to  28  days  after 
the  case  was  argued  on  April  30. 

Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  Stu- 
dent Association  . . . Received  as  in- 
formative, with  commendation,  the 
report  of  the  MSNJ  Student  Associa- 
tion. 

Council  on  Legislation  . . . Ap- 
proved the  recommendation  stating 
the  Board  approves  the  positions  on 
bills  of  medical  importance  as  rec- 
ommended by  the  Council. 

New  Business  . . . 

Physician  Supervision  of  Limited 
Licensed  Practitioners  . . . Ap- 


proved the  suggestion  that  MSNJ 
sponsor  a program  for  hospital 
medical  staffs  on  credentialing  lim- 
ited licensed  practitioners  in  hospi- 
tals. 

Retiring  Members  of  the  Board  . . . 

Expressed  appreciation  to  the  fol- 
lowing retiring  Board  members  for 
their  dedicated  service:  Drs.  Campo, 
Crosby,  Greifinger,  Ramundo,  and 
Slobodien. 


Trustees*  Minutes 
May  6,  1984 

A reorganization  meeting  of  the 
Board  of  Trustees  was  held  on  May 
6,  1984,  at  Resorts  International 
Hotel  and  Casino,  Atlantic  City.  De- 
tailed minutes  are  on  file  with  the 
secretary  of  your  county  society.  A 
summary  of  significant  actions  fol- 
lows: 

Reorganization  . . . 

(1)  New  Members  . . . Welcomed 
the  following  newly  elected  members 
of  the  Board  of  Trustees:  Drs. 
Bernard  Robins,  Carl  Restivo,  Jr., 
Gerald  H.  Rozan,  Michael  M.  Heeg, 
and  Louis  L.  Keeler. 

(2)  Chairman  of  Board  of  Trustees 
. . . Noted  that  by  reason  of  the 
amendment  to  the  Bylaws  adopted 
by  the  1984  House  of  Delegates,  Dr. 
Watson  will  serve  as  chairman  of  the 
Board  of  Trustees. 

(3)  Meeting  Schedule  . . . Voted  to 
continue  meeting  on  the  third  Sun- 
day of  each  month  at  MSNJ  head- 
quarters in  Lawrenceville. 

Standing  Committee  on  Finance 
and  Budget  . . . Appointed  Drs. 
Carnes,  Costabile,  and  Schauer  to 
three-year  terms  on  the  Standing 
Committee  on  Finance  and  Budget. 

New  Business  . . . 

(1)  Annual  Meeting  Attendance 

. . . Noted  that  an  attempt  should  be 
made  to  discover  the  reason  for  de- 
clining attendance  at  the  Annual 
Meeting. 

(2)  NJ  State  Medical  Underwriters, 
Inc.  . . . 

(a)  Report  on  Activities  . . . Re- 
ceived a report  of  activities  by  James 
S.  Todd,  M.D.,  as  well  as  the  Annual 
Report  of  MIIENJ  and  a special  re- 
port of  NJ  State  Medical  Under- 
writers, Inc. 

589 


(b)  Board  of  Directors  Appoint- 
ments . . . Approved  the  reappoint- 
ment of  Dr.  Paul  J.  Kreutz  to  a three- 
year  term  and  noted  Dr.  Watson  des- 
ignated Dr.  Slobodien  to  serve  as  his 
appointee. 

(3)  Referrals  from  1984  House  of 
Delegates  . . . 

(a)  Resolution  #1 1 — Quality  of 
Care  Audit  of  Services  . . . Directed 
that  a communication  be  sent,  in- 
forming the  Commissioner  of  Health 
that  MSNJ  still  is  interested  in 
having  a proper  study  conducted  on 
the  quality  of  care  audit  of  services 
under  the  DRG  program  and  to  see 
if  adequate  funds  are  available  to 
complete  the  study. 

(b)  Resolution  #28E— JCAH  Medi- 
cal Staff  Standards  . . . Referred 
Resolution  #28E  (1984  JCAH  medi- 
cal staff  standards)  to  Dr.  A.  Ralph 
Kristeller,  chairman  of  the  NJ 
Chapter  of  the  Hospital  Medical 
Staff  Section,  for  presentation  to  the 
AMA  Section. 

(c)  Resolution  #3— Premium  Dis- 
count, Professional  Liability  In- 
surance . . . Referred  the  following 
to  the  Risk  Prevention  Committee  of 
MIIENJ  with  a request  for  a report 
on  premium  discounts: 

Resolved,  that  the  Medical  Society  of 
New  Jersey,  in  conjunction  with  the 
Medical  Inter-Insurance  Exchange  of 
New  Jersey  and  other  commercial  car- 
riers, be  urged  to  prepare  and  present 
appropriate  seminars  on  basic  medical- 
legal  matters;  and  be  it  further 

Resolved,  that  consideration  be  given 
by  the  Medical  Inter-Insurance  Exchange 
of  New  Jersey  and  other  commercial  car- 
riers to  provide  a discount  of  premium 
costs  for  members  of  the  Medical  Society 
of  New  Jersey  who  successfully  complete 
the  seminar,  provided  it  can  be  demon- 
strated that  such  educational  programs 
decrease  liability  claims  against  the  in- 
sured. 

(d)  Resolution  #9 — Prevention  of 
Windfall  Profits  . . . Referred  the  fol- 
lowing to  the  Council  on  Medical 
Services  and  the  Committee  on 
Medical  Defense  and  Insurance  for 
consideration: 

Resolved,  that  the  Medical  Society  of 
New  Jersey  seek  the  passage  of  legis- 
lation that  requires  carriers  that  pay  a 
lower  fee,  when  a nonparticipating  phy- 
sician renders  a service,  to  pay  a 
premium  rebate  or  dividend  to  the  in- 
sured patient. 

(e)  Resolution  # 16 — Opposition  to 
Mandatory  Assignment  under 

Medicare  . . . Referred  the  following 


to  the  AMA  Delegation  for  introduc- 
tion at  the  1984  AMA  Annual  Meet- 
ing: 

Resolved,  that  the  Medical  Society  of 
New  Jersey  request  that  the  American 
Medical  Association  continue  to  oppose 
vigorously  any  attempt  by  Congress  to 
direct  in  any  fashion  mandatory  assign- 
ment under  Medicare. 

(f)  Resolution  #24 — Mandatory 
Assignment . . . Referred  the  follow- 
ing to  the  AMA  Delegation  for  in- 
troduction at  the  1 984  AMA  Annual 
Meeting: 


the  expense  of  the  private  practitioir 
through  the  use  of  taxpayer  funds ) 
prepare  and  mail  this  prejudiq 
advertising:  and  be  it  further 
Resolved,  that  the  Medical  Society! 
New  Jersey  present  a resolution  at  J 
next  AMA  House  of  Delegates,  r-j 
ommending  concurrent  action  by  ■ 
AMA 

(i)  Resolution  #29E— NJ  Stf 
Board  of  Medical  Examiners  Pi 
nouncement  of  Death  Regulati 

. . . Referred  the  following  to  the  E | 
ecutive  Committee  for  discussi 
with  appropriate  members  of  t ! 
SBME: 


Resolved,  that  the  Medical  Society  of 
New  Jersey  urge  the  American  Medical 
Association  to  research  the  constitu- 
tionality of  mandatory  assignment  being 
proposed  by  Congress  or  any  other 
proposal  to  force  physicians  to  accept 
prestipulated  fees. 

(g)  Resolution  # 15— Patient  Edu- 
cation Program  . . . Referred  the  fol- 
lowing to  the  Council  on  Public  Re- 
lations for  study  and  a report,  and 
to  the  Committee  on  Finance  and 
Budget  for  study: 

Resolved,  that  the  Medical  Society  of 
New  Jersey  conduct  a “patient  educa- 
tion” program,  designed  to  inform  the 
general  public  regarding  the  under- 
publicized factors  involved  in  health  care 
costs  and  the  threat  posed  to  the  quality 
and  availability  of  said  care;  and  be  it 
further 

Resolved,  that  an  assessment  of  $100 
be  levied  upon  each  member  in  order  to 
fund  this  proposal. 

Also,  requested  the  Council  on  Pub- 
lic Relations  to  obtain  at  least  two 
proposals  from  public  relations 
firms  to  study  the  most  effective  way 
to  reach  the  public  and  the  cost 
thereof.  In  addition,  noted  that  a re- 
evaluation  of  the  budget  should  be 
made  to  determine  whether  an  in- 
creased allowance  is  needed  for  pub- 
lic relations. 

(h)  Resolution  #26 — Advertising 
on  Behalf  of  HMOs  by  Department 
of  Health  and  Human  Services 
(HHS)  . . . Directed  that  a letter  be 
sent  to  Department  of  HHS  regard- 
ing HMO  advertising  and  that  the 
following  be  referred  to  the  AMA  Del- 
egation: 

Resolved,  that  the  Medical  Society  of 
New  Jersey  protest  to  the  United  States 
Department  of  Health  and  Human  Ser- 
vices that  they  cease  and  desist  from 
using  such  tactics  to  promote  the  growth 
of  health  maintenance  organizations  at 


Resolved,  that  the  Medical  Society 
New  Jersey  take  immediate  steps  to 
quest  changes  in  the  regulation  to 
move  the  requirement  that  the  patien 
attending  physician  make  the  p 
nouncement  of  death.  This  service  can 
provided  more  efficiently  by  the  erm 
gency  room  doctor  at  the  nearest  hosj 
tal  or  the  county  medical  examiner;  a 
be  it  further 

Resolved,  that  the  Medical  Society 
New  Jersey  take  steps  to  change  the  reg 
lation  to  state  that  the  county  medic 
examiner  may  call  the  attending  pi 
sician  and  ask  him  to  make  the  pi 
nouncement  but  that  it  is  not  a requii 
ment  that  he  do  so. 

(4)  Resolution  #19— Mammogr 

phy . . . Voted  to  pospone  action  c 
the  following  until  the  1985  Annu; 
Meeting: 


Resolved,  that  the  Medical  Society 
New  Jersey  adopt  and  endorse  the  guid 
lines  advocated  by  the  American  Collej 
of  Radiology  and  others  as  follows: 
Women  between  the  ages  of  35  and  < 1 
years  of  age  should  have  a baseline  mar 
mogram;  b)  Between  ages  40  and  50,  fr; 
quency  of  mammography  should  1 
every  two  years.  Clinical  or  risk  facto 
evaluated  by  the  patient's  physician  m;  i 
alter  this  frequency;  and  c)  After  age  5 
yearly  mammography  is  recommended 
and  be  it  further 

Resolved,  that  mammograms  followir 
from  these  recommendations  should  1 
made  with  equipment  designed  for  th 
procedure. 


UMDNJ  Notes 

Stanley  S.  Bergen,  Jr.,  M.D. 
President 

Our  UMDNJ  faculty  members  re 
cently  have  been  granted  twi 
patents  that  promise  to  improv 
health  care  for  the  people  of  New  Jer 
sey  and  the  world. 

David  M.  Goldenberg,  Sc.D.,  presi 
dent  of  UMDNJ’s  Center  for  Mo 
lecular  Medicine  and  Immunol 


590 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSF 


17  (CMMI),  has  been  granted  a 
i ;ent  for  a detailed  method  of  de- 
iting  and  localizing  tumors.  The 
i;ent  is  assigned  to  Immuno- 
! dies,  Inc.,  the  private  corporation 
i ich  Dr.  Goldenberg  heads. 

V research  team  headed  by  Ralph 
Greco,  M.D.,  professor  of  surgery 
d chief  of  general  surgery  at 
IDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School, 
ip  been  granted  a patent  for  the 
>cess  of  bonding  antibiotics  to 
lificial  implants.  Also,  the  Food 
(d  Drug  Administration  has  ap- 
)ved  the  process  for  additional 
-gical  procedures. 

,f  the  antibiotic  bonding  process 
:ented  by  the  UMDNJ  team  works 
iliwell  with  humans  as  it  has  with 
oratory  animals,  its  application 
ild  save  lives  now  lost  because  of 
ections  that  often  develop  after 
plant  surgeiy. 

fhe  FDA  which  in  1983  granted 
•mission  for  the  bonding  process 
ibe  used  in  vascular  implants,  has 
ended  experimental  permission 
hyperalimentation  catheters,  ap- 
)ved  in  1984.  Approval  for  peri  to- 
il dialysis  is  pending, 
n hyperalimentation,  a plastic 
heter  is  placed  in  a large  vein 
ough  which  a patient  is  fed  in- 
Ivenously,  a procedure  widely  used 
malnourished  patients  before  and 
ier  major  surgery.  The  UMDNJ  re- 
jirchers  anticipate  that  an  anti- 
j)tic  bonded  catheter  will  be  more 
istant  to  infections  and  thus  de- 
base the  incidence  of  complica- 
ns  and  increase  utilization  of  the 
icedure. 

3eritoneal  dialysis  involves  im- 
inting  a tube  in  the  abdominal 
dty.  In  cases  of  kidney  failure,  it 
rinits  continuous  ambulatory 
ansing  of  body  wastes  and  re- 
ices the  patient’s  dependence  on 
b machine.  Infection  of  the 
jtheter,  the  most  common  corn- 
cation,  requires  the  catheter  to  be 
noved  and  dialysis  to  cease.  If  the 
tibiotic  bonded  catheters  succeed 
preventing  infection,  they  will 
ve  a major  impact  on  the  use  of 
is  technique. 

pr.  Goldenberg,  who  is  based  on 
s Newark  campus,  has  also  re- 
ived three  previous  patents,  and 
s two  patent  applications  pend- 
g.  All  relate  to  cancer  detection 
d therapy.  Cancer  radioimmuno- 
tection,  which  combines  advances 
immunology  and  nuclear  medi- 
ae imaging,  detects  cancers  in  the 


!>L.  81— NUMBER  7^JULY  1984 


human  body  by  injecting  radioactive 
antibodies  made  against  cancer-as- 
sociated substances.  These  same 
antibodies  also  can  cany  other 
radioisotopes,  drugs,  and  other 
agents  to  combat  cancer  cells,  thus 
offering  hope  of  more  effective  ther- 
apy as  well  as  diagnosis. 

CMMI,  which  was  established  on 
the  Newark  campus  in  September 
1983,  held  its  formal  opening  and 
dedication  on  June  13.  The  center 
has  initial  three-year  funding  of 
more  than  $3  million,  most  of  it 
from  the  National  Cancer  Institute. 

The  CMMI  research  and  therapy 
efforts  and  goals  are  allied  closely  to 
the  new  Cancer  Research  and  Treat- 
ment Center  (CRTC),  also  on  the 
Newark  campus.  The  CMMI  staff  in- 
teracts with  the  faculty  members  of 
the  New  Jersey  Medical  School  on 
the  staff  of  the  CRTC. 

A “definitive  study”  on  the 
feasibility  of  relocating  United  Hos- 
pitals Medical  Center  to  the  Newark 
campus  has  been  commissioned  by 
the  boards  of  both  institutions. 

APM  Inc.,  New  York  City-based 
planning  consultants,  will  assess 
the  benefits  and  risks  of  the 
proposed  “colocation”  project,  as 
well  as  the  financial  and  legal  im- 
plications, before  offering  a com- 
prehensive package  of  recommenda- 
tions. The  task  before  the  consult- 
ants is  to  elaborate  on  and  refine  a 
preliminaiy  feasibility  study,  per- 
formed in  1982. 

A final  report  is  anticipated  this 
fall,  in  time  for  a formal  colocation 
proposal  to  be  submitted  for  state 
review  and  approval  as  part  of  an 
Essex  County-wide  package  of 
proposed  hospital  renovation  and 
expansion  projects. 

In  addition  to  the  project’s  poten- 
tial for  cost  efficiencies,  colocation 
holds  other  immeasurably  exciting 
prospects.  Joined  together,  the  two 
medical  facilities  would  comprise  a 
new  health  care  complex  rivaling 
any  of  the  nation’s  academic  medi- 
cal centers  and,  more  importantly, 
provide  the  impetus  for  a major  re- 
vitalization of  Newark. 

In  a unique  research  project  at  the 
Piscataway  campus,  recovered  com- 
pulsive gamblers  and  nongamblers 
are  being  tested  in  separate  situ- 
ations to  determine  whether  there 
are  biological  factors  which  pre- 
dispose some  people  to  become  com- 
pulsive gamblers,  or  whether  the 
problem  is  strictly  psychosocial. 


The  project,  funded  by  a renewable 
$75,000  grant  from  the  New  Jersey 
Lottery  Commission,  has  been  set 
up  by  Peter  L.  Carlton,  Ph.D.,  pro- 
fessor of  psyehiatiy  at  UMDNJ- 
Rutgers  Medical  School,  in  col- 
laboration with  Drs.  Leonide  Gold- 
stein, Paul  Manowitz,  and  Marshall 
Swartzburg,  also  of  the  Department 
of  Psychiatry. 

The  first  step  in  the  three-part 
program  of  research  involves  testing 
complusive  gamblers  doing  “or- 
ganizational” tasks  while  their 
brainwaves  are  recorded  on  an 
encephalogram,  or  EEG. 

The  second  and  third  parts  of  the 
study  involve  testing  nongamblers 
to  determine  the  characteristics  of 
their  brain  organization  and  to 
study  biochemical  changes  when 
they  are  gambling  with  real  money. 

Dr.  Carlton  believes  that  some 
means  of  biological  treatment  can  be 
found  to  help  compulsive  gamblers 
“kick”  their  habit,  and  that  studies 
of  the  compulsive  gambler  may  open 
up  avenues  for  understanding  of 
other  deviant  behavior. 

Federal  researchers  under  leader- 
ship of  NIH  investigator  Dr.  Robert 
Gallo,  who  said  they  had  uncovered 
the  probable  cause  of  acquired  im- 
munodeficiency syndrome  (AIDS), 
credited  the  UMDNJ-New  Jersey 
Medical  School  with  helping  to 
provide  the  clinical  case  study  and 
laboratory  specimens  which  got 
them  on  track  to  that  discovery. 
James  M.  Oleske,  M.D.,  associate 
professor  of  immunology,  said  that 
a key  part  of  the  medical  school’s 
contribution  consisted  of  tissue  and 
blood  samples  from  children  who 
are  being  treated  for  AIDS  which 
were  sent  to  researchers  at  the  Na- 
tional Institutes  of  Health.  Dr. 
Oleske  was  the  first  in  the  country 
to  present  findings  that  the  disease 
can  be  transmitted  to  children. 


Practical  Solutions  to 
Common  Transfusion 
Problems 

H.L.  Taylor,  m.d.* 


Brief  guidelines  for  indications  of 
blood  components  are  available  from 


*Dr.  Taylor  is  Medical  Director  of  the 
North  Jersey  Blood  Center.  East  Orange. 


591 


health  care  transfusion  services. 
These  are  provided  as  package  in- 
serts by  the  blood  component 
provider  (Circular  of  Information  for 
the  Use  of  Human  Blood  and  Blood 
Components)  and  are  required  to  be 
distributed  by  federal  edict. 
Although  between  80  and  90  per- 
cent of  all  blood  products  transfused 
either  are  components  or  com- 
mercial derivatives,  guidelines  ad- 
dressing the  more  common  clinical 
problems  associated  with  trans- 
fusion are  sparse  and  are  scattered 
in  the  literature.  This  guide  will 
summarize  the  more  common 
clinical  problems  associated  with 
component  transfusion  and  offer 
practical  measures  to  alleviate  these 
difficulties. 

RED  BLOOD  CELL  COMPONENTS 

One  of  the  most  common  com- 
plaints with  transfusion  therapy  is 
the  slow  rate  of  flow  most  often  as- 
sociated with  packed  red  blood  cells. 
Whole  blood  collected  in  CPD-A1  is 


converted  to  red  cell  components. 
The  resulting  hematocrit  ap- 
proaches 80  percent.  This  signifi- 
cantly increases  the  viscosity  of  the 
red  cells  and  contributes  to  slow  flow 
rates  when  red  cell  components  are 
transfused.  A number  of  other  medi- 
cal devices  that  are  used  when  these 
components  are  transfused  also  may 
contribute  to  the  problem  and  im- 
pede flow. 

1.  Red  blood  cell  components,  un- 
like whole  blood,  appear  homoge- 
neous even  though  20  percent  or 
more  of  the  content  of  these  units 
are  fluid  and  have  a higher  specific 
gravity  than  plasma  or  normal 
saline.  The  cellular  elements  in  these 
units  are  denser  and  will  be  in  high 
concentration  at  the  most  depen- 
dent part  of  the  unit.  When  red  cells 
are  being  transfused,  the  most  de- 
pendent part  of  the  transfusion  bag 
is  the  point  at  which  the  outlet  ports 
are  located.  Unless  the  unit  is  mixed 
thoroughly  before  and  during  trans- 
fusion, the  red  cells  will  collect 
around  the  outlet  port,  resulting  in 


increased  viscosity  around  this  aji 
and  this  will  decrease  the  flow  r;a 

2.  All  blood  components  shoe 
be  transfused  through  filters  to  pj, 
vent  aggregates  and  particulate  n t 
ter  from  being  infused  into  the  i 
tient.  Standard  blood  filters  hav; 
pore  size  of  approximately  170  i 
crons.  In  microaggregate  filters,  i 
pore  size  may  vary  from  10  to  0 
microns.  Both  cause  resistance  c 
flow.  Microaggregate  filters  ca  .< 
more  resistance  than  stand  d 
filters  and  should  be  used  only  wl  n 
medically  indicated.  The  pores  if 
both  standard  and  microaggrege 
filters  will  become  clogged  after  s'a 
eral  units  have  been  transfused,  ei 
this  will  impede  further  the  f|j| 
rate.  These  filters  should  be  chary® 
frequently,  particularly  in  emerge 
circumstances  and  when  a pati  i 
requires  massive  transfusion. 

3.  In  massive  transfusion, 
change  transfusion,  and  some  ot  r 
clinical  circumstances,  in-line  bid 
warming  devices  frequently  e 
used.  These  increase  the  surf? 
area  over  which  red  cell  eompone  s 
flow  and,  therefore,  add  resistar  \ 
Their  use  should  be  avoided  wli 
not  indicated. 

4.  Good  vascular  access  witl  a 
large  gauge  needle  is  essentials 
rapid  transfusion  of  red  cell  com  - 
nents.  If  either  is  neglected,  - 
cep  table  transfusion  rates  cannot  e 
achieved. 

5.  The  use  of  “Y”  sets  when  tra  i- 
fusing  red  cells  has  numerous  I- 
vantages.  It  allows  in-line  tra;- 
fusion  devices  to  be  primed  r 
purged  of  air  or  compatible  infus  i 
products.  Vascular  access  can  e 
maintained  between  the  time  till 
components  are  being  administer  1. 
Also,  the  appropriate  intravenrs 
solution  can  be  added  to  and  mf  d 
with  a unit  of  red  cells  in  orders 
decrease  viscosity  and  improve  flip* 
The  only  pharmacological  cc  - 
patible  intravenous  solution  - 
propriate  for  transfusion  or  mix g 
with  any  blood  component  is  non  il 
saline  (0.9  percent  NaCl  in  H1, 
U.S.P.).  Ringer’s  solutions  will  cai  “ 
clot  formation.  No  drugs  should  e r 
be  administered  with  a blood  cc  - 
ponent  through  a transfusion  s 

6.  In  some  circumstances  pi  - 
sure  cuff  devices  are  necessary  r 
rapid  transfusion.  Hemolysis  of  3 
cells  may  occur  if  extreme  pressi  ? 
is  used  to  force  red  cells  which  hip 
been  mixed  inadequately  throe  i 


The  Journal  of 
The  Medical  Society 
of  New  Jersey 

presents 

“300  YEARS  OF 
MEDICINE  IN  NEW  JERSEY” 

TMs  special  issue  will  be 
available  in  September  1984 

1 


592 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JER^ 


Iters  of  small  pore  size  or  which 
Dntain  particulate  matter.  This 
azard  also  can  occur  when  red  cells 
re  transfused  through  partially  ob- 
truded intravenous  lines  or 
irough  small  gauge  needles. 

LATELET  CONCENTRATES 

Platelet  transfusions  usually  are 
ot  effective  in  patients  who  have 
apid  platelet  destruction.  These 
onditions  include  idiopathic 
arombocytopenic  purpura  (ITP) 
nd  untreated  disseminated  in- 
ravascular  coagulopathy  (DIC).  Pa- 
rents with  thrombocytopenia  due  to 
epsis  or  hypersplenism  also  may 
ail  to  benefit  from  platelet  trans- 
isions,  as  may  patients  with  func- 
onal  platelet  disorders  such  as 
aose  caused  by  uremia  or  drugs.  In 
aese  patients  the  underlying  cause 
f the  platelet  disorder  should  be 
seated  if  beneficial  effects  of  platelet 
-ansfusion  are  to  be  realized. 
Platelet  concentrates  must  be  ad- 
ministered through  a filter. 
Jthough  some  reports  indicate  that 
latelets  may  be  transfused  through 
microaggregate  filters,  it  is  rec- 
mmended  that  pooled  platelet  con- 
entrates  be  infused  through  special 
dministration  sets  within  six 
ours. 

In  massively  bleeding  patients, 
latelet  transfusion  is  most  effective 

I 

a achieving  hemostasis  if  it  takes 
lace  after  the  source  of  bleeding  is 
rst  controlled  by  surgical  or  mech- 
nical  means. 

EUKOCYTE  CONCENTRATES 

Leukocytes  collected  by  pheresis 
f single  donors  contain  1.0  x 10 10 
ranulocytes,  variable  amounts  of 
maphocytes,  platelets,  and  red  blood 
ells.  The  presence  of  large  quan- 
ities  of  platelets  frequently  is 
lieneficial  as  many  neutropenic  pa- 
tents also  are  thrombocytopenic, 
his  component  should  be  trans- 
rsed  as  soon  as  possible  and  only 
standard  blood  filter  should  be 
itsed. 

Indications  for  transfusion  vary 
rom  institution  to  institution  but 
isually  include  the  following: 
myeloid  aplasia,  neutropenia  (<500 
’MN/jul),  and  fever  unresponsive  to 
n appropriate  antibiotic  trial  for  24 
o 48  hours.  Because  of  the  short 
lalf-life  of  granulocytes  and  the  dif- 
iculties  inherent  in  preparation, 
ise  of  this  component  should  be  an- 


ticipated as  much  as  possible  and 
the  transfusion  service  should  be 
notified  in  advance  when  this  trans- 
fusion may  be  required. 

Chills,  fever,  and  allergic  reactions 
frequently  occur  when  leukocyte 
components  are  transfused.  Use  of 
antihistamines,  steroids,  and 
nonaspirin  antipyretics  in  premed- 
icating the  recipient  may  prevent  or 
ameliorate  these  reactions.  Severe 
febrile  and  pulmonaiy  reactions  to 
leukocyte  concentrate  transfusion 
may  preclude  their  use  in  some  pa- 
tients. 

SINGLE-DONOR  PLASMA 
(FRESH  FROZEN) 

Fresh  frozen  plasma  (FFP)  is  one 
of  the  most  abused  of  all  blood  com- 
ponents. It  should  not  be  used  to 
provide  blood  volume  expansion.  Os- 
motically  balanced  blood  derivatives, 
crystalloid,  or  colloid,  are  more  ap- 
propriate in  these  circumstances. 
Similarly,  FFP  should  not  be  used  as 
a hyperalimentation  substitute  in 
the  nutritionally  deficient  patient. 
Fresh  frozen  plasma  is  indicated  for 
bleeding  patients  with  multiple 
coagulation  factor  deficiencies  sec- 
ondary to  liver  disease,  massive 
blood  replacement,  and  DIC.  Since 
therapeutic  levels  of  procoagulants 
are  approximately  30  percent  of  nor- 
mal values,  there  is  no  rationale  to 
replace  plasma  loss  on  a unit-for- 
unit  basis. 

FFP  also  is  used  for  patients  with 
hereditary  factor  deficiencies  for 
which  there  is  no  coagulation  con- 
centrate available,  i.e.  factor  V or  XI 
deficiencies.  It  also  may  be  useful  for 
patients  with  mild  hereditary  and 
acquired  factor  deficiencies.  The  pa- 
tient’s ability  to  tolerate  the  infusion 
volume  of  plasma  without  develop- 
ing fluid  overload  must  be  con- 
sidered. 

FFP  should  be  administered 
through  a filter  within  6 hours  of 
thawing.  Some  published  guidelines 
allow  transfusion  of  FFP  within  24 
hours  of  thawing,  but  both  state  and 
federal  regulations  require  trans- 
fusion within  6 hours. 

CRYOPRECIPITATE 

Cryoprecipitate  consists  of  the 
cold  insoluble  portion  of  fresh  frozen 
plasma  and  contains  concentrates 
of  factor  VIII,  Von  Willebrand’s  fac- 
tor, factor  XIII,  and  fibronectin. 
Cryoprecipitate  can  be  used  to  treat 


some  patients  with  hemophilia  A, 
Von  Willebrand’s  disease,  hypofi- 
brinogenemia  and  factor  XIII  defi- 
ciencies. 

A recently  recognized  protein  in 
cryoprecipitate  is  opsonic  glycopro- 
tein (fibronectin)  which  may  be 
beneficial  in  reticuloendothelial 
clearance  of  foreign  particles  and 
promotes  wound  healing. 

Some  blood  component  providers 
prepare  these  components  “dry” 
with  no  supemate  in  a unit  to  re- 
suspend the  cryoglobulins  in  solu- 
tion for  effective  transfusion.  When 
this  method  of  preparation  is  used, 
a small  quantity  of  normal  saline 
must  be  added  to  the  unit  to  dissolve 
this  component.  When  this  compo- 
nent is  prepared  by  a “wet”  method, 
i.e.  leaving  15  to  20  cc  of  super- 
natant plasma  in  the  unit  to  facili- 
tate resuspension,  these  difficulties 
are  infrequent. 

Whether  this  component  is  ad- 
ministered as  multiple  single  units 
or  is  pooled  into  one  container,  a 
standard  blood  filter  or  a filter  nee- 
dle must  be  used  during  trans- 
fusion. In  either  case  the  component 
bags  should  be  rinsed  with  a small 
volume  of  saline  to  assure  optimal 
recovery  of  the  cryoprecipitate  con- 
stituents. After  thawing,  this  compo- 
nent must  be  transfused  within  six 
hours  and  appropriate  post-trans- 
fusion clinical  assays  (factor  VIII, 
fribrinogen,  PT,  and  PTT)  should  be 
monitored  to  assess  the  effective- 
ness of  treatment. 

AVAILABILITY  OF  BLOOD 
COMPONENTS 

Blood  and  its  components  fre- 
quently are  in  short  supply.  Since 
only  about  3 percent  of  the  eligible 
population  voluntarily  donates 
blood,  it  becomes  the  responsibility 
of  the  blood  centers  to  produce  com- 
ponents from  each  donation  so  that 
it  may  serve  the  needs  of  as  many 
patients  as  possible.  It  also  is  the 
responsibility  of  each  transfusion 
service  to  utilize  these  blood  compo- 
nents as  effectively  as  possible. 

The  concept  of  the  “universal  red 
cell  donor"  (Group  O,  Rh°(D) 
negative)  and  the  "universal  plasma 
donor"  (Group  AB,  Rh°(D)  negative) 
had  its  origins  in  the  combat  ex- 
perience of  World  War  II.  This  con- 
cept remains  a legitimate  protocol  in 
urgent,  life-threatening  clinical  cir- 
cumstances, but  it  has  become  dis- 
torted to  include  nonurgent  and 


OL.  81— NUMBER  7 — JULY  1984 


593 


routine  transfusion  practices.  This 
unfortunate  policy  severely  com- 
promises blood  utilization  and  avail- 
ability. The  group  O patient  cannot 
receive  any  other  type  of  red  cell 
component.  The  group  AB  patient 
cannot  receive  any  other  type  of 
plasma  component.  If  group  O red 
cell  components  or  group  AB  plasma 
components  are  used  indiscrim- 
inately as  “universal  types”  in  rou- 
tine circumstances,  patients  of 
these  types  requiring  component 
therapy  may  not  have  them  available 
for  transfusion.  The  “universal  red 
cell  and  plasma  donor”  types  are  not 
"universal  red  cell  and  plasma  re- 
cipients.” Type  specific  red  cells  and 
plasma  components  should  be 
transfused  whenever  possible. 

Availability  of  blood  components 
can  be  improved  markedly  by  in- 
stituting Maximal  Surgical  Blood 
Order  Schedules  (MSBOS)  and/or 
Type  and  Screen  (T&S)  Protocols 
that  are  appropriate  in  individual 
health  care  facilities.  Guidelines  for 
instituting  these  procedures  can  be 
found  in  the  references. 

An  active  transfusion  committee, 
which  includes  peer  review  from 
many  medical  disciplines,  also  can 
curtail  wasteful  transfusion  prac- 
tices. 

SELECTED  REFERENCES 

1.  American  Association  of  Blood 
Banks:  Circular  of  Information  for  the 
Use  of  Human  Blood  and  Blood  Compo- 
nents. American  Red  Cross,  Washington, 

1981. 

2.  D'Aguillo  A et  al.:  Guidelines  for  the 
administration  of  blood  and  blood  prod- 
ucts. J Med  Soc  NJ  80:437-443,  1983. 

3.  Freidman  BA:  The  maximum 
surgical  blood  order  schedule,  in  Polesky 
HG,  Walker  RH  (eds).  Safely  in  Trans- 
fusion Practices.  CAP,  Aspen  Conference, 
1980. 

4.  Greenwalt  TJ,  et  al.:  General  Prin- 
ciples of  Blood  Transfusion.  Chicago,  IL, 
AMA,  1980. 

5.  Henry  JB:  Type  and  screen,  in 
Polesky  HF,  Walker  RH  (eds),  Safety  in 
Transfusion  Practices.  CAP,  Aspen  Con- 
ference, 1980. 

6.  Mollison  PL:  Blood  Transfusion  in 
Clinical  Medicine.  Seventh  Edition.  Ox- 
ford, Blackwell  Scientific  Publications, 
1983. 

7.  Pittiglio  DH:  Modem  Blood  Bank- 
ing and  Transfusion  Practices.  Philadel- 
phia, PA  FA  Davis,  1983. 

8.  Snyder  EL:  Blood  Transfusion 

Therapy:  A Physician's  Handbook.  Ar- 
lington, VA  American  Association  of 
Blood  Banks,  1983. 

9.  Wallas  CH,  MuUer  VH:  The  Hospital 
Transfusion  Committee.  Arlington,  VA 
American  Association  of  Blood  Banks, 

1982. 


Physicians  Seeking 
Location  in  New  Jersey 

The  following  physicians  have  writ- 
ten to  the  Executive  Offices  of  MSNJ 
seeking  information  on  possible  op- 
portunities for  practice  in  New  Jersey. 
The  information  listed  below  has  been 
supplied  by  the  physician.  If  you  are 
interested  in  any  further  information 
concerning  these  physicians,  we  sug- 
gest you  make  inquiries  directly  to 
them. 


ALCOHOLISM— George  W.  Miller,  Jr., 
M.D.,  77  Grove  St.,  Apt.  8,  Montclair,  NJ 
07042.  UMDNJ  1980.  Available. 

ALLERGY/IMMUNOLOGY— Leonard 
Bielory,  M.D.,  688  Concerto  La.,  Silver 
Spring,  MD  20901.  UMDNJ  1980. 
Board  eligible.  Solo  preferred,  but  flex- 
ible. Available  March  1985. 

T.M.  Bokhari,  M.D.,  48  Anderson  Pkwy., 
Cedar  Grove,  NJ  07009.  FJMC.  Also  in- 
fectious diseases  (pediatric).  Board 
certified  (PED).  Group,  partnership, 
solo.  Available. 

ANESTHESIOLOGY— Cau  Pham,  M.D., 
856  Nelson,  Apt.  206,  Chicago,  IL 
60657.  Saigon  (South  Vietnam)  1974. 
Group  or  partnership.  Available. 

RS.  Saraiya,  M.D.,  88-25A  153rd  St., 
Apt.  4-F,  Jamaica,  NY  11432.  Baroda 
(India)  1978.  Group  or  partnership. 
Available  August  1984. 

FAMILY  MEDICINE— Laurence 
Levenberg,  M.D.,  63  Harrowgate  Dr., 
Cheny  HiU,  NJ  08003.  SUNY-Upstate 
1966.  Group,  partnership,  solo.  Avail- 
able. 

GASTROENTEROLOGY— Harry  D. 
Burack  M.D.,  5548  Waterman  PL,  St. 
Louis,  MO  63112.  Albany  1978.  Also 
internal  medicine.  Board  certified. 
Partnership,  group,  solo.  Available. 
Prakash  V.  Huded,  M.D.,  80-15  41  Ave., 
Apt.  606,  Elmhurst,  NY  11373. 
Kamatak  (India)  1970.  Board  certified. 
Solo,  group,  partnership.  Available. 
H.L.  Kirschenbaum,  M.D.,  780  Woolley 
Ave.,  Staten  Island,  NY  10314.  New 
York  Medical  College  1977.  Board 
eligible.  Also,  internal  medicine.  Part- 
nership, group,  full-time  hospital. 
Available. 

Neil  Tarkin,  M.D.,  6700  192nd  St., 
Fresh  Meadows,  NY  11365.  New  York 
Medical  1978.  Also,  internal  medicine. 
Board  certified  (IM).  Any  type  practice. 
Available. 

Mark  F.  Tsai,  M.D.,  1715  Stanford  Dr., 
Columbia  MO  65201.  National  Taiwan 
University  1977.  Also,  internal  medi- 
cine. Board  certified.  Available. 

INTERNAL  MEDICINE— Harry  D. 
Burack  M.D.,  5548  Waterman  PL,  St. 
Louis,  MO  63112.  Albany  1978.  Also 
gastroenterology.  Board  certified.  Part- 
nership, group,  solo.  Available. 


Z.UA  Farooqui,  M.D.,  Plaza  Prc 
fessional  Bldg.,  Bayshore  Rd.  an 
Greenwood  Ave.,  Box  238,  Villas,  N 
08251.  Aurangabad  Medical  Colleg 
(India)  1972.  Board  eligible.  Group  c 
partnership.  Available. 

Aditi  Gupta  M.D.,  27  Sturbridge  D 
West,  Piscataway,  NJ  08854.  Lac 
Hardinge  (India)  1980.  Board  eligibl 
Clinic/hospital  or  group.  Available. 
H.L.  Kirschenbaum,  M.D.,  780  Woolle 
Ave.,  Staten  Island,  NY  10314.  Ne 
York  Medical  College  1977.  Boar 
eligible.  Also,  gastroenterology.  Par 
nership,  group,  full-time  hospita 
Available. 

Quang  T.  Nguyen,  M.D.,  15  V 

Englewood  Ave.,  Bergenfield,  NJ  0762 
Saigon  (South  Vietnam)  196' 
Subspecialty,  nephrology.  Boar 
eligible.  Any  type  practice.  Available. 
Claudia  Anne  Pollet,  M.D.,  61 L 

Parkway  Dr.,  Baltimore,  MD  212L, 
Mount  Sinai  1981.  Board  eligibl 
Salaried  position  in  emergency  room 
clinic,  or  urgent  care  center.  Availably 
Paul  V.  Renda  M.D.,  3206  Myra  St 
Apt.  D,  Durham,  NC  27707.  Mour 
Sinai  1981.  Board  eligible.  Solo,  grouj 
clinic  (preferably  southern  NJ).  Avai 
able. 

Richard  B.  Schwarz,  M.D.,  8300  De 
Longpre  Ave.,  Apt.  204,  Los  Angeles,  G 
90069.  NYU  1979.  Subspecialb 
nephrology.  Board  certified.  Grouj 
HMO,  hospital.  Available. 

Gopal  Shah,  M.D.,  100  Caton  Ave.,  Ap 
2-G,  Brooklyn,  NY  11218.  M.R  Medic? 
College  (India)  1976.  Board  eligibl 
Group.  Available. 

Neil  Tarkin,  M.D.,  6700  192nd  SI 
Fresh  Meadows,  NY  11365.  New  Yor 
Medical  1978.  Also,  internal  medicim 
Board  certified  (IM).  Any  type  practiq 
Available. 

Steven  Wolinsky,  M.D.,  1404  E.  15  St 
Brooklyn,  NY  1 1230.  Case  Western  Re 
serve  1980.  Group  or  partnershij 
Available. 

NEPHROLOGY — Quang  T.  Nguyen,  M.D 
15  W.  Englewood  Ave.,  Bergenfield,  Ni 
07621.  Saigon  (South  Vietnam)  196' 
Also,  internal  medicine.  Board  eligibl'! 
Any  type  practice.  Available. 

Richard  B.  Schwarz,  M.D.,  8300  De 
Longpre  Ave.,  Apt.  204,  Los  Angeles,  Gi 
90069.  NYU  1979.  Also,  internal  med 
cine.  Board  certified  (IM).  Group,  HMC 
hospital.  Available. 

OBSTETRICS  / GYNECOLOGY— Balwaj 
K.  Chhatwal,  M.D.,  6416  Fairfield  Ave 
Berwyn,  IL  60402.  Delhi  (India)  197f: 
Group,  partnership,  solo.  Available. 
Sheela  Choubey,  M.D.,  1 Zirkel  Ave 
Piscataway,  NJ  08854.  Poona  (Indie; 
1 977.  Board  eligible.  Group  or  partnei 
ship.  Available. 

Edwin  R Guzman,  M.D.,  1200  E.  98t) 
St.,  Brooklyn,  NY  11236.  New  Yor 
Medical  1980.  Board  eligible.  Group  o 
partnership.  Available  Septembe 
1984. 

Atul  S.  Sheth,  MID.,  2951  S.  King  Di 
Chicago,  IL60616.  T.N.  Medical  Colleg 


MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


594 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE 


ndia)  1972.  Specializing  in  infertility, 
^productive  endocrinology.  Board 
lig'ible.  Partnership,  single  or  multiple 
roup  practice,  academia  Available. 
;mest  A.  Topran,  M.D.,  3523  Dew- 
erry-Southem  Oaks,  Shreveport,  LA 
1118.  Louisiana  State  1980.  Group  or 
artnership.  Available. 

DIATRICS — Dorothea  H.  Gross,  M.D., 
64  Boonton  Turnpike,  Lincoln  Park, 
|J  07035.  Geneva  (Switzerland)  1950. 
Tinic,  group,  emergency  room,  hospi- 
al,  pharmaceutical  research  (salaried), 
ivailable. 

otsumam  Sidharthan,  M.D.,  222 

orkshire  Ct„  Old  Bridge,  NJ  08857. 
Calicut  Medical  College  (India)  1976. 
Ioard  eligible.  Available. 

DIOLOGY/ NUCLEAR  MEDICINE— 

'onrad  P.  Erlich,  M.D.,  1243  Beacon 
>t„  Apt.  3B,  Brookline,  MA  02146.  Bos- 
on 1976.  Board  certified.  Group  or 
artnership.  Available, 
lindy  M.  Horrow,  M.D.,  131  Pond 
(rook  Rd.,  Chestnut  Hill,  MA  02167. 
Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania  1980. 
'ioard  eligible.  Group,  HMO,  academia 
livailable. 

iubhash  S.  Pujara  M.D.,  Box  39 IB,  Rt. 

, Andalusia  AL  36420.  B.J.  Medical 
College  (India)  1969.  Board  certified 
radiology);  board  eligible  (nuclear 
oedicine).  Group,  partnership,  solo, 
ivailable. 

RGERY,  GENERAL— Sara  A.  Case, 
M.D.,  284  Quinby  Rd„  Rochester,  NY 
4623.  Virginia  1975.  Board  eligible. 
Iroup — general  surgery  in  moderate- 
ized  city.  Available  August  1984. 
tuben  J.  Delgado,  M.D.,  7514  Oriental 
r.,  San  Antonio,  TX  78244.  Puerto 
tico  1976.  Also,  vascular  surgery. 
Ioard  certified.  Single  or  multi- 
pecialty  group  or  solo.  Available 
lugust  1984. 

Leonardo  A.  Garduno,  M.D.,  2170  S. 
loebbert  Rd.,  Apt.  1-109,  Arlington 
leights,  1L  60005.  University  of  the 
last  (Philippines)  1968.  Any  type  prac- 
ice.  Available. 

'ames  M.  Stem,  M.D.,  600  Vista  Court, 
Vaynesboro,  PA  17268.  Jefferson 
958.  Board  certified.  Solo,  with  free- 
lorn  to  practice  in  broad  spectrum  of 
urgery,  including  vascular  and  frac- 
tures. Available. 

RGERY,  ORTHOPEDIC  — S.N. 

jaraiya  M.D.,  88-125A  153rd  St.,  Apt. 
|l-F,  Jamaica  NY  1 1432.  Baroda  (India) 
974.  Solo.  Available  August  1984. 

: RGERY,  VASCULAR— Ruben  J. 
j)elgado,  M.D.,  7514  Oriental  Tr„  San 
Antonio,  TX  78244.  Puerto  Rico  1976. 
Uso,  general  surgery.  Board  certified 
GS).  Single  or  multispecialty  group  or 
olo.  Available  August  1984. 

I X)  LOGY—  Kiritkumar  M.  Pandya, 
|4.D„  950  49th  St.,  Apt.  9-A,  Brooklyn, 
4Y  11219.  Baroda  (India)  1970.  Board 
ligible.  Group,  partnership,  solo.  Avail- 
able. 


A peripheral 
vasodilator 


for  treatment  of 

leg  cramps 
cold  feet 
tinnitus 
discomfort  on 
standing 


LIPO-NICIN 


Nicotinic  Acid  Therapy 

For  patient’s 

comfort/convenience 

in  choice  of 

3 strengths 


Gradual  Release 

LIPO-NICIN®/300  mg. 

Each  time-release  capsule  con- 


tains: 

Nicotinic  Acid  300  mg. 

Ascorbic  Acid 150  mg. 

Thiamine  HCL  (B-1) 25  mg. 

Riboflavin  (B-2) 2 mg. 

Pyridoxine  HCL  (B-6) 10  mg. 


in  a special  base  of  prolonged 
therapeutic  effect. 

DOSE:  1 to  2 tablets  daily. 
AVAILABLE:  Bottles  of  100,  500. 


Immediate  Release 


LIPO-NICIN®/250  mg. 

Each  yellow  tablet  contains. 

Nicotinic  Acid  250  mg 

Niacinamide 75  mg 

Ascorbic  Acid 150  mg 

Thiamine  HCL  (B-1) 25  mg 

Riboflavin  (B-2) 2 mg 

Pyridoxine  HCL  (B-6) 10  mg 


DOSE:  1 to  3 tablets  daily. 
AVAILABLE:  Bottles  of  100,  500. 

LIPO-NICIN®/100  mg. 

Each  blue  tablet  contains: 


Nicotinic  Acid  100  mg 

Niacinamide 75  mg 

Ascorbic  Acid 150  mg 

Thiamine  HCL  (B-1) 25  mg 

Riboflavin  (B-2) 2 mg 

Pyridoxine  HCL  (B-6) 10  mg 


DOSE:  1 to  5 tablets  daily. 
AVAILABLE:  Bottles  of  100,  500. 


Indications:  For  use  as  a vasodi- 
lator in  the  symptoms  of  cold 
feet,  leg  cramps,  dizziness, 
memory  loss  or  tinnitus  when 
associated  with  impaired  peri- 
pheral circulation.  Also  provides 
concomitant  administration  of 
the  listed  vitamins  The  warm 
tingling  flush  which  may  follow 
each  dose  of  LIPO-NICIN'-'''  100 
mg.  or  250  mg.  is  one  of  the 
therapeutic  effects  that  often 
produce  psychological  benefits 
to  the  patient. 

Side  Effects:  Transient  flushing 
and  feeling  of  warmth  seldom  re- 
quire discontinuation  of  the  drug 
Transient  headache,  itching  and 
tingling,  skin  rash,  allergies  and 
gastric  disturbance  may  occur. 
Contraindications:  Patients  with 
known  idiosyncrasy  to  nicotinic 
acid  or  other  components  of  the 
drug.  Use  with  caution  in  preg- 
nant patients  and  patients  with 
glaucoma,  severe  diabetes,  im- 
paired liver  function,  peptic  ul- 
cers, and  arterial  bleeding 


Write  for  literature  and  samples 


(br<2532)THE  brown  PHARMACEUTICAL  CO.,  INC. 
2500  West  Sixth  Street,  Los  Angeles,  California  90057 


REFER  TO  | 

PDHl 


If  s Not  What  You  Know, 
Its  How  You  Record  It. 


Most  busy 
physicians 
find  continuing 
medical  education, 
credits  easier  to 
Collect  than 
to  remember. 

So  the  Academy 
of  Medicine  of 
New  Jersey  is  offer- 
ing an  easy  system 
for  recording  and  reporting 
CME  credits  for  AMA  recognition 
as  well  as  Medical  Society  and 
professional  organization  membership. 

A computerized  CME  recordkeeping 
system  is  available  to  every  New  Jersey 
physician.  All  you  do  is  send  us  a 
reporting  card  (which  your  office  staff  can 


complete). 
We'll  keep 
your 
records 
and  keep 
you 
informed 
semi- 
annually 
of  your 
accumulation. 
This  service  is  free  to  Academy 
members.  Non-members  (whom 
we  encourage  to  join)  pay  $30  per  year. 
If  you're  interested,  complete  and  mail  this 

coupon. 

Note:  The  Medical  Society  of  New 
Jersey  accepts  these  CME  Reports  as 
documentation  to  meet  CME 
membership  requirements. 


Please  register  me  for  AMNJ's  computerized  CME  record-keeping  service. 

Name  

Address  

City  


State 


Zip 


Telephone  Number 

Vour  New  Jersey  Medical  License  No.  (five  numerical  digits  only). 
Academy  member:  Yes  □ 

No  □ Please  enclose  check 
Interested  in  Academy  membership:  Yes  □ No  □ 


Mail  to:  Academy  of  Medicine  of  New  Jersey,  2 Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648 


596 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS  ' 


:ME  calendar 


The  following  is  a list  of 
continuing  medical 
education  courses  for  the 
next  two  months.  Contact 
the  sponsoring 
organization  for  further 
information. 


This  list  is  compiled  through  the  coop- 
iratdon  of  the  Committee  on  Medical 
Education  of  the  Medical  Society  of  New 
Jersey,  the  Academy  of  Medicine  of  New 
Jersey,  the  New  Jersey  Chapter  of  the 
American  Academy  of  Family  Phy- 
sicians, and  the  Office  of  Continuing 
Medical  Education  of  the  UMDNJ.  For 
information  on  accreditation,  please 
contact  the  sponsoring  organization(s), 
Indicated  by  italics— last  line  of  each 
item. 

CARDIOLOGY 

Sept. 

2 1  Advanced  Cardiac  Life  Support- 
Provider 


22  7:00  P.M.  — Helene  Fuld  School  of 
Nursing,  Camden 

23  (West  Jersey  Health  System  and 
AMNJ) 

MEDICINE 

Sept. 

6 Evaluation  and  Assessment  of  the 
Allergic  Child 

9 AM. — Freehold  Area  Hospital 
(AMNJ) 

20  Ontogeny  of  the  Immune  System 
27  Immune  Responses  and 
Regulation 

4-6  P.M. —Institute  for  Medical 
Research,  Copewood  St.,  Camden 
(Institute for  Medical  Research 
and  AMNJ) 

NEUROLOGY/PSYCHIATRY 

Aug. 

2 Neurological  Diagnosis  in 
Psychiatric  Syndromes 
9 Attention  Deficit  Disorder 
1 6 The  Animal  Connection 
30  Premenstrual  Syndrome — 
Psychiatric  and  Medical 
12  noon-1  P.M.  —Carrier 
Foundation,  Belle  Mead 
(Carrier  Foundation  and  AMNJ) 

Sept. 

5 Computer  and  Clinical  Psychiatry 

9: 1 5 AM. -4:45  P.M. — Carrier 
Foundation,  Belle  Mead 
(Carrier  Foundation  and  AMNJ) 

6 Late  Onset  Schizophrenia 

13  Depression:  Current  Management 
and  Future  Directions 
20  Social  Management  of  Breast 
Cancer  and  Surgery 
12  noon- 1 P.M. — Carrier 
Foundation,  Belle  Mead 
(Carrier  Foundation  and  AMNJ) 
12  Cognitive  Rehabilitation  in  a 
Geriatric  Medical  Center 
8:30  AM.-4  P.M.— Bldg.  93,  VA 
Medical  Center,  Lyons 
(VA  Medical  Center  and  AMNJ) 


12  The  New  Antidepressants 

1-2:30  P.M.— Bldg.  93,  VA  Medical 
Center,  Lyons 

(VA  Medical  Center  and  AMNJ) 

20  Symposium— New  Frontiers  in 

21  Cognitive  Rehabilitation 

22  All  day — Hyatt  Regency,  Princeton 
(Robert  Wood  Johnson,  Jr. 
Lifestyle  Institute  and  Natl.  Head 
Injury  Foundation) 

OBSTETRICS/GYNECOLOGY 

Aug. 

1 5 Drugs,  Alcohol,  and  the  Pregnant 
Woman 

8:30  AM.  -3:15  P.M.  — Monmouth 
Medical  Center,  Long  Branch 
(Div.  of  Alcoholism,  NJ  State  Dept 
oj  Health,  and  AMNJ) 

RADIOLOGY 

Sept. 

18  Nuclear  Magnetic  Resonance 

12  noon — St.  Mary’s  Hospital, 

Orange 

(AMNJ) 

SURGICAL  SPECIALTIES 
Sept. 

20  Thoraco-Abdominal  Aneurysm 

5:15-6:15  P.M. — Shore  Memorial 
Hospital,  Somers  Point 
(Shore  Memorial  Hospital  and 
AMNJ) 

MISCELLANEOUS 

Sept. 

5 Computers  in 

Medicine  / Psychiatry 

9:15  AM. -4:45  P.M. — Carrier 
Foundation,  Belle  Mead 
(Carrier  Foundation  andAMN i. 

19  CME  Workshop 

9 AM. -4  P.M. — MSNJ  Executive 
Offices,  Lawrenceville 
(MSNJ  and  AMNJ) 


VOL.  81 -NUMBER  7— JULY  1984 


597 


CME  Information 


Essentials  and  Guidelines 
for  Accreditation  of 
Sponsors  of  Continuing 
Medical  Education* 


Guidelines  to  the  Essentials  have 
been  developed  in  order  to  explain  in 
greater  detail  the  meaning  and  ap- 
plication of  the  Essentials  and  to 
provide  information  to  sponsors  on 
how  they  can  comply  with  the  Es- 
sentials. These  guidelines  are  not 
intended  to  limit  the  manner  in 
which  sponsors  may  meet  the  re- 
quirements for  accreditation.  Exam- 
ples cited  are  intended  only  for  clari- 
fication, not  as  indications  of 
preferences  or  priorities.  The  Guide- 
lines follow  the  organizational 
structure  of  the  Essentials.  The  text 
of  the  introduction  and  each  Essen- 
tial with  its  explanation  and 
rationale  is  given  first,  followed  by 
the  corresponding  Guidelines. 

INTRODUCTION 

The  Accreditation  Council  for 
Continuing  Medical  Education 
(ACCME)  conducts  a voluntary  ac- 
creditation program  for  institutions 
and  organizations  providing  con- 
tinuing medical  education  (CME). 
By  evaluating  and  granting  recog- 
nition to  an  institution  or  organiza- 
tion whose  CME  program  substan- 
tially complies  with  the  standards  or 
Essentials,  the  ACCME  seeks  to  im- 
prove the  quality  of  CME  and  to  as- 
sist physicians  in  identifying  CME 
programs  which  meet  these  stand- 
ards. 


The  ACCME  recognizes  that  the 
professional  responsibility  of  phy- 
sicians requires  continuous  learn- 
ing throughout  their  careers,  ap- 
propriate to  the  individual  physi- 
cian’s needs.  The  ACCME  also  rec- 
ognizes that  physicians  are  respon- 
sible for  choosing  their  own  CME 
and  evaluating  their  own  learning 
achievement.  The  Essentials,  there- 
fore, are  designed  to  encourage  and 
foster  self-directed  physician  par- 
ticipation in  CME,  in  which  physi- 
cians assume  full  reponsibility  for 
the  choice  of  their  CME  activities  in 
accordance  with  their  perceived 
needs,  individual  preferences  of 
learning  methods,  and  practice  set- 
tings. Sponsors  should  take  into 
consideration  the  needs  and 
interests  of  potential  physician  par- 
ticipants in  planning  their  CME  ac- 
tivities, and  encourage  these  physi- 
cians to  assume  active  roles  in  the 
planning  process. 

In  the  Essentials,  the  ACCME  has 
identified  certain  elements  of  or- 
ganization, structure,  and  method 
which  appear  to  contribute  signifi- 
cantly to  the  development  of  con- 
tinuing medical  education.  They  are 
presented  here  in  the  Essentials  for 
Accreditation  of  Sponsors  of  Con- 
tinuing Medical  Education  (Essen- 
tials). 

The  Essentials  are  made  up  of 
those  requirements  which  a sponsor 
substantially  must  meet  for  ac- 
creditation. An  explanation  and 
rationale  also  are  provided.  The  Es- 
sentials should  prove  valuable  as  a 
resource  for  physicians  planning 
their  own  CME  and  for  sponsors  de- 
signing CME  programs. 

The  ACCME  will  review  the  Essen- 
tials on  a continuing  basis  and  will 
modify  them  as  knowledge  and  ex- 
perience dictate. 

It  is  important  to  note  that  the 
ACCME  does  not  accredit  individual 
CME  activities,  but  institutions  and 
organizations  for  their  overall  pro- 
gram of  CME.  The  overall  program 
consists,  at  least  in  part,  of  one  or 
more  educational  activities,  de- 
veloped according  to  these  Essen- 
tials, which  provide  direct  teacher- 
participant  interaction. 

The  following  definitions  will  be 
useful  in  reviewing  the  Essentials 
and  in  gaining  an  understanding  of 
the  accreditation  process: 

Continuing  Medical  Education 
(CME):  Continuing  medical  educa- 
tion consists  of  educational  ac- 


tivities which  serve  to  maintain,  c 
velop,  or  increase  the  knowledj 
skills,  and  professional  performan 
and  relationships  that  a physici; 
uses  to  provide  services  for  patien 
the  public,  or  the  profession.  T 
content  of  CME  is  that  body 
knowledge  and  skills  generally  re 
ognized  and  accepted  by  the  pi 
fession  as  within  the  basic  medic 
sciences,  the  discipline  of  clinic 
medicine,  and  the  provision 
health  care  to  the  public. 

This  broad  definition  of  CME  rc 
ognizes  that  all  continuing  educ 
tional  activities  which  assist  phy: 
cians  in  carrying  out  their  pr 
fessional  responsibilities  more  effe 
tively  and  efficiently  are  CME. 
course  in  management  would  be  a 
propriate  CME  for  physicians  i 
sponsible  for  managing  a heal 
care  facility;  a course  in  education 
methodology  would  be  appropria 
CME  for  physicians  teaching  in 
medical  school;  a course  in  practi 
management  would  be  appropria 
for  practitioners  interested 
providing  better  service  to  patiem 

Not  all  continuing  educational  a 
tivities  which  physicians  may  e 
gage  in,  however,  are  CME.  Phyt 
cians  may  participate  in  worthwhi 
continuing  educational  activiti 
which  are  not  related  directly 
their  professional  work,  and  the: 
activities  are  not  CME.  Continuir 
educational  activities  which  r 
spond  to  a physician's  noi 
professional  educational  need  ij 
interest,  such  as  personal  financi 
planning,  and  appreciation  of  liter 
ture  or  music,  are  not  CME. 

Purpose  of  CME  Accreditatio: 
To  assure  physicians  and  the  publ 
that  CME  activities  meet  accept! 
standards  of  education. 

CME  Accreditation:  The  reco 
nition  accorded  eligible  institutioi 
and  organizations  which  meet  tl 
Essentials. 

Program  of  CME:  The  overall  CM 
program  of  a sponsor  consists  of  oi 
or  more  educational  activities  cor 
sistent  with  the  Essentials. 

CME  Activity:  A coherent  educ 
tional  offering  which  is  based  upc 
defined  needs,  and  explicit  obje 
tives,  educational  content,  ar 
methods. 


*From  the  Accreditation  Council  for  Co 
tinuing  Medical  Education,  Office  of  tl 
Secretary,  P.O.  Box  245,  Lake  Bluff, 
60044. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


598 


i Sponsor:  An  institution  or  or- 
lization  assuming  responsibility 


CME. 


\ Participant:  A physician  en- 
*ed  in  CME. 

The  Essentials:  The  document 
ich  provides  information  regard- 
|f  ACCME  accreditation  and  the 
ndards  which  must  substantially 
met  for  a sponsor  of  CME  to  be 
redded. 

*rogram  of  CME:  Accreditation  is 
inted  on  the  basis  of  the  sponsor’s 
nonstrated  ability  to  plan  and  im- 
ment  CME  activities  in  ac- 
dance  with  the  Essentials.  The 
onsor’s  overall  program  may  in- 
de  occasional  CME  activities  that 
not  fully  meet  the  standards  for 
?ds  assessment,  well-defined  ob- 
tives,  curricular  design,  and 
duation.  These  activities  are  part 
the  accredited  sponsor’s  overall 
IE  program  as  long  as  the  spon- 
; exercises  responsibility  for  these 
ivities  through  its  recognized 
IE  administrative  unit.  The  or- 
liization  should  identify  those 
IE  activities  within  its  overall  pro- 
im  which  meet  the  Essentials. 


E ESSENTIALS 

Che  following  Essentials  comprise 
j:  criteria,  or  standards,  by  which 
*ible  sponsors  of  continuing 
dical  education  are  evaluated  in 
ler  to  determine  their  qualifi- 
ion  for  accreditation  by  ACCME. 
Essential  #1:  The  sponsor  shall 
ve  a written  statement  of  its  con- 
uing  medical  education  mission, 
mally  approved  by  its  governing 
dy.  The  mission  statement  shall: 
describe  the  goals  of  the  overall 
IE  program  in  a concise  manner; 
indicate  the  scope  of  the  CME  ef- 
t;  3)  outline  the  characteristics  of 
J potential  participants;  and  4)  de- 
ibe  the  general  types  of  activities 
d services  provided, 
n order  to  provide  quality  CME,  it 
essential  to  have  a written 
ssion  statement  which  has  been 
reed  upon  by  the  governing  body, 
is  statement  outlines  what  is  ex- 
eted  of  the  CME  organization  and 
ves  as  a basis  for  a more  objective 
duation  of  its  ability  to  meet  its 
ssion.  Without  such  a document, 
ere  may  be  misunderstandings  as 
the  scope  and  nature  of  the  CME 
ivities  undertaken.  With  an 
reed-upon  mission  statement,  the 
IE  organization  more  easily  can 


seek  needed  support  from  its  gov- 
erning body  to  accomplish  its  re- 
quired functions. 

The  mission  statement  identifies 
what  the  sponsor  desires  to  ac- 
complish through  its  overall  pro- 
gram of  CME.  It  describes  the  educa- 
tional goals  of  the  overall  program  in 
terms  of  content  or  extended  learn- 
ing, the  physicians  for  whom  the 
educational  program  is  intended, 
and  the  general  kinds  of  educational 
activities  and  services  which  will  be 
used  to  accomplish  these  goals.  It  is 
desirable  to  relate  the  educational 
goals  of  the  overall  program,  as 
found  in  the  CME  mission  state- 
ment, to  the  primary  purpose  or 
mission  of  the  sponsor  as  an  institu- 
tion or  organization. 

The  mission  statement  should 
serve  as  an  effective  point  of  refer- 
ence for  individual  CME  program- 
ming and  evaluation  of  the  overall 
program.  The  mission  statement 
should  be  reviewed  periodically  in 
the  light  of  experience  and  revised  if 
necessaiy. 

Essential  #2:  The  sponsor  shall 
have  established  procedures  for 
identifying  and  analyzing  continu- 
ing medical  educational  needs  and 
interests  of  prospective  participants. 
The  sponsor  shall:  1)  document  the 
processes  used  to  identify  CME 
needs  including  data  sources  which 
go  beyond  the  sponsor’s  own  per- 
ception of  need,  and  2)  state  the 
overall  needs  identified  by  the  above 
processes  and  indicate  how  this 
assessment  is  used  in  planning 
educational  activities. 

Identification  and  analysis  of 
CME  needs  (needs  assessment) 
provides  the  basis  for  formulating 
educational  objectives  and  planning 
educational  activities.  Needs 
assessment  results  in  a statement 
specifying  instructional  intent 
and/or  expected  learning  outcomes. 
Needs  may  be  perceived  and/or 
identified  by  both  the  physician  par- 
ticipant and  the  sponsor.  Setting 
priorities  for  identified  needs  will  as- 
sist the  sponsor  in  planning  educa- 
tional activities. 

Educational  needs  and  interests 
refer  to  any  knowledge,  skill,  or  at- 
titude that  physicians  either  should 
or  wish  to  acquire,  develop,  or  rein- 
force. Participants  should  be  treated 
as  professionals  with  respect  for 
their  knowledge,  experience,  and 
self-motivation.  Therefore,  a goal  for 
every  CME  activity  should  be  to  in- 


crease, or  at  least  to  maintain,  the 
participants’  desire  to  continue 
their  medical  education.  This  im- 
portant goal  of  CME  should  be  kept 
in  mind  when  designing  the  activity, 
i.e.  choosing  the  educational 
methods,  selecting  instructors,  and 
determining  methods  of  evaluation. 
The  way  that  educational  subjects 
are  presented,  as  well  as  the  instruc- 
tor’s manner  with  participants,  in- 
fluence the  motivation  of  physicians 
not  only  to  learn  during  the  activity 
but  to  continue  learning  after  the 
activity  is  completed. 

The  sponsor  may  use  a wide  vari- 
ety of  procedures  to  identify  needs, 
such  as  a sample  survey  interview  of 
prospective  participants,  analysis  of 
self-assessment  examination  re- 
sults, epidemiological  data  patient 
care  audit,  or  a search  of  current 
literature  or  consensus  of  experts  in 
a particular  field.  The  sponsor 
should  attempt  to  weigh  the  relative 
importance  of  the  needs  identified, 
and  determine  the  planning  of  CME 
activities  and  use  of  resources  with 
these  priorities  in  mind. 

The  term  “need”  usually  connotes 
some  degree  of  necessity  or  obli- 
gation. The  necessity  or  obligation 
may  arise  from  a physician’s  sense 
of  responsibility  to  maintain  or  im- 
prove personal  professional  ac- 
tivities. This  necessity  or  obligation 
also  may  arise  from  external  require- 
ments of  some  organization  or  agen- 
cy such  as  a licensure  board,  certify- 
ing agency,  specialty  society,  or  hos- 
pital staff. 

The  term  interest  connotes  an 
educational  want  or  desire.  Physi- 
cians may  desire  some  knowledge, 
skill,  or  attitude  not  perceived  as 
necessarily  directly  applicable  to 
their  medical  practice.  For  instance, 
a physician  may  desire  to  learn  more 
about  a particular  development  in 
his  medical  research  yet  realize  that 
this  knowledge  may  not  be  the  only 
or  primaiy  criterion  of  choice  for 
physicians. 

An  educational  need  may  be  real 
yet  exist  independent  of  the  aware- 
ness of  the  physician.  A real  need 
becomes  a perceived  need  when  the 
physician  is  aware  of  it.  Unless  phy- 
sicians perceive  an  educational  need 
as  their  own,  any  CME  activity  based 
on  that  need  is  unlikely  to  be  suc- 
cessful in  effecting  real  learning  or 
in  attracting  participants.  If  the 
educational  need  is  real,  but  un- 
perceived, physicians  may  need  as- 


L.  81— NUMBER  7— JULY  1984 


599 


sistance  recognizing  that  need. 

An  educational  need  is  not  the 
same  as  a performance  need.  Needs 
identified  by  quality  assurance  pro- 
grams, for  instance,  do  not  neces- 
sarily indicate  a lack  of  knowledge  or 
skill.  Sponsors  may  wish  to  analyze 
performance  needs  to  determine 
whether  there  is,  in  fact,  a need  for 
physician  learning  and  not  assume 
that  performance  deficiencies  can 
be  addressed  successfully  through 
educational  activities. 

Essential  #3:  The  sponsor  shall 
have  explicit  objectives  for  each 
CME  activity.  The  sponsor  shall:  1) 
state  the  educational  need(s)  which 
the  individual  activity  addresses:  2) 
indicate  the  physicians  for  whom 
the  activity  is  designed:  3)  list  any 
special  background  requirements  of 
the  prospective  participants;  4) 
highlight  the  instructional  content 
and/or  expected  learning  outcomes 
in  terms  of  knowledge,  skills,  and/or 
attitudes;  and  5)  make  these  objec- 
tives known  to  prospective  partici- 
pants. 

Clearly  stated  objectives  provide 
prospective  participants  with  a re- 
alistic understanding  of  the  nature 
and  purposes  of  the  CME  activity. 
This  allows  prospective  participants 
to  select  educational  activities 
which  meet  their  needs.  It  also  helps 
sponsors  to  target  educational  ac- 
tivities to  meet  explicit  needs.  A 
CME  activity  which  takes  place  over 
a period  of  time,  e.g.  weekly  grand 
rounds,  may  be  covered  by  a single 
set  of  objectives. 

The  development  of  objectives 
serves  three  functions:  1)  assisting 
sponsors  in  planning,  designing, 
and  implementing  educationally  ef- 
fective activities:  2)  assisting  spon- 
sors in  evaluating  the  quality  of 
CME  activities:  and  3)  assisting  pro- 
spective participants  in  judging 
whether  or  not  a CME  activity  meets 
their  needs  or  interests.  The  ade- 
quacy of  a sponsor’s  development  of 
objectives  depends  on  how  well 
these  objectives  fulfill  these  three 
functions. 

Explicit  objectives  means  that  the 
objectives  are  clear  and  of  sufficient 
detail  so  that  they  are  capable  of 
fulfilling  the  three  functions 
outlined  above.  Objectives  need  not 
be  overly  detailed. 

These  objectives  should  relate  to 
the  needs  identified  in  Essential  #2. 
Such  needs  might  include  updating 
existing  medical  knowledge  or  tech- 


nical skills,  the  learning  of  new  con- 
cepts or  methods,  or  the  sharing  of 
new  ideas  and  experiences  to  stimu- 
late the  development  of  knowledge 
or  skills. 

An  objective  that  is  conceived 
properly  and  is  stated  clearly  con- 
stitutes an  important  link  in  the 
educational  chain.  Good  objectives 
are  formulated  from  identified  needs 
or  interests  and  written  in  terms 
that  facilitate  evaluation.  Clear  ob- 
jectives aid  in  judging  the  success  of 
the  CME  activity. 

In  contrast  to  goals,  which  are 
general  and  long-range,  objectives 
are  specific,  short-range,  and  more 
action-oriented.  Objectives  may  be 
defined  with  respect  to  instructional 
content,  levels  of  knowledge  or  per- 
formance, degrees  of  skill  or  tech- 
nique, and  changes  in  attitude  or 
behavior  relating  to  patient  care 
that  are  the  desired  results  of  the 
CME  activity. 

Keeping  one  or  more  of  the  follow- 
ing questions  in  mind  may  help  in 
developing  good  objectives:  Will  at- 
tainment of  these  objectives  meet 
the  identified  needs?  What  will  the 
participants  be  expected  to  know  or 
be  able  to  do  as  a result  of  the  CME 
activity?  How  is  the  participant’s  at- 
titude or  behavior  expected  to 
change?  How  do  these  relate  to  pa- 
tient care  or  other  professional  ac- 
tivities? Can  attainment  of  the  ob- 
jectives be  measured  or  evaluated? 

The  Essentials  place  great  import- 
ance on  the  principle  that  physi- 
cians are  responsibile  for  choosing 
their  own  CME,  in  accordance  with 
their  perceived  needs,  preferred 
learning  methods,  and  practice  set- 
tings. In  accordance  with  this  prin- 
ciple, sponsors  may  make  known  to 
prospective  participants  the  objec- 
tives of  the  activity,  indicate  the 
physicians  for  whom  the  activity  is 
designed,  list  any  special  back- 
ground requirements  for  effective 
participation,  and  state  the  educa- 
tional methods  that  will  be  used. 
This  information  should  appear  on 
promotional  materials  and  printed 
programs.  Individual  educational 
objectives  need  not  be  stated  for 
each  part  or  unit  of  an  activity  if  the 
objectives  are  apparent  or  if  they  are 
summarized  in  the  CME  activity  de- 
scription. 

Each  CME  activity  should  be  de- 
scribed in  terms  of  the  broad  or 
specific  groups  of  physicians  for 
whom  it  may  have  value.  For  exam- 


ple, a particular  CME  activity  max 
intended  to  bring  a new  med; 
concept  to  the  attention  of  an  enr? 
specialty  group  or  to  a range  oh 
lated  specialty  groups,  or  it  migh  x 
a more  limited  concept  intended : 
a subspecialty  group. 

A prospective  CME  participa 
should  be  informed  as  to  the  le  1 
of  skill  or  knowledge  required  for  il 
participation  in,  and  compref  - 
sion  of,  each  CME  activity.  For 
stance,  it  may  be  suggested  U 
each  participant  review  a specie 
area  of  regional  anatomy  before  ] r 
ticipating  in  a CME  activity  in  oi  r 
to  better  comprehend  the  spec: 
surgical  procedure  or  diagnoi 
technique  to  be  introduced  or  s 
cussed.  One  also  might  be  requej :: 
to  review  the  broad  classificatioi 
tumors  of  a specific  area  in  pn 
aration  for  a better  understand  it 
of  the  more  detailed  presentation; 
the  management  of  tumors  of  1 is 
area 

When  parts  or  units  of  a CME  c 
tivity  are  integrally  related  to  the  i- 
tire  activity,  one  set  of  objectns 
may  be  sufficient.  This  app  s 
whether  the  parts  or  units  of  an : 
tivity  are  united  in  time,  e.g.  a th 
day  conference,  or  appear  as  distnt 
units  over  a period  of  time,  e.g.  gr;  d 
rounds. 

Essential  #4:  The  sponsor  si  ll 
design  and  implement  educatic  il 
activities  consistent  in  content ; d 
method  with  the  stated  objecti1  s. 
The  sponsor  shall:  1)  design  and  l- 
plement  educational  activities 
sponsive  to  the  characteristics  >f 
prospective  participants,  such  is, 
knowledge  levels,  professional  : 
perience,  and  preferred  learn  g 
styles;  2)  document  use  of  systci- 
atic  planning  procedures;  and  ) 
make  educational  content  £ d 
methods  known  to  prospecie 
paticipants. 

After  the  identified  needs  h e 
been  translated  into  explicitly  staid 
educational  objectives  it  is  impi- 
tant  to  design  and  implem  t 
educational  activities  in  a way  1 1 
facilitates  meeting  the  objective 
The  selection  and  organization  1 
content,  and  decisions  about  edu  - 
tional  formats,  methods,  media,  £ 1 
faculty  should  be  based  upon  w t 
seems  most  effective  and  efficient  ! 
meeting  these  objectives.  Th js 
same  elements  pertain  to  sponso  1 
CME  activities  which  provide  ini  - 
mation  and  assistance  to  physick  5 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS 


600 


igaged  in  self-directed  learning. 
The  term  sponsor  is  compre- 
ensive,  referring  to  the  institu- 
on/organization  accredited  for  its 
derail  CME  program.  Implicit  in  the 
se  of  this  term  is  the  fact  that  a 
umber  of  people  with  different 
isponsibilities  may  be  involved  in 
ae  design  and  implementation  of 
le  CME  activities  that  comprise  the 
ME  program.  A group  that  is  rep- 
;sentative  of  the  institutional/ 
rganizational  membership  (usually 
esignated  the  education  commit- 
?e)  usually  has  responsibility  for 
ie  operational  aspects  of  the  CME 
rogram. 

Design  and  implementation  of 
ME  activities  implies  systematic 
lanning.  Planning  of  any  CME  ac- 
vity,  ranging  from  a one-hour  con- 
Tence  to  a multiday  symposium, 
ivolves  a sequence  of  tasks,  with 
ach  successive  step  depending 
pon  completion  of  the  previous 
ne. 

An  initial  step  should  be  to  review 
valuation  data  from  previous  simi- 
ir  CME  activities  when  available. 

A major  consideration  is  the 
haracteristics  of  prospective  par- 
icipants,  i.e.  for  whom  the  CME  ac- 
ivity  primarily  is  intended/de- 
igned, viz.  certain  specialists  or  the 
ntire  medical  staff.  After  identifying 
he  target  group,  one  should  make 
ireliminaiy  assumptions  regarding 
articipants’  current  knowledge 
ivels  in  the  subject  matter,  past  pro- 
fessional experiences,  and  types  of 
gaming  methods  appropriate  for 
hat  group  and  subject. 

A closely  related  task  is  needs 
issessment  (Essential  #2),  i.e.  “Why 
s this  CME  activity  being  held?” 
Vhatever  the  method  used  to  iden- 
ify  needs,  the  assessment  should 
letermine  whether  acquisition  of 
nformation,  knowledge,  or  skill  is 
he  basic  need,  or  whether  a re- 
lew/refresher, an  update,  or  presen- 
ation  of  new  concepts  is  required. 
A next  and  important  step  is  the 
levelopment  and  statement  of  objec- 
tives for  the  CME  activity  (Essential 
f3).  There  should  be  a clear,  concise 
tatement  of  what  the  participants 
hould  learn  and/or  be  able  to  do  as 
i result  of  the  CME  activity.  Such  a 
tatement,  evolving  from  the 
Previous  planning  activities, 
irovides  a useful  focus  for  the  par- 
icipants  and  for  the  teachers.  This 
i specially  can  be  valuable  when 
here  are  many  and  varied  CME  ac- 

j OL.  81— NUMBER  7^JULY  1984 


tivities  available  to  the  physician. 
For  the  teacher,  it  should  determine 
preparation  and  selection  of  teach- 
ing methods. 

Selection  of  faculty,  i.e.  the  per- 
son^) who  will  be  invited  to  conduct 
the  CME  activity,  is  determined  by 
several  factors:  foremost,  the  avail- 
ability of  competent  and  enthusi- 
astic individuals;  the  level  of  ex- 
pertise required;  the  extent  of  prep- 
aration necessary;  and  available  re- 
sources. Good  faculty  often  can  be 
identified  with  one’s  own  organiza- 
tion. External  faculty  should  be 
selected  to  meet  the  defined  objec- 
tives and  not  primarily  for  their 
charisma 

Effective  planning  requires  that 
the  format  and  educational  methods 
be  appropriate  to  the  objectives.  Suf- 
ficient time  should  be  allocated  for 
faculty  and  participants  to  ac- 
complish the  objectives.  Optimal  op- 
portunity should  be  given  to  partici- 
pants to  be  involved  actively  in  im- 
plementation of  the  CME  objectives. 

Evaluation  of  the  activity  (Essen- 
tial #5)  is  an  integral  part  of  the 
planning  and  should  be  in- 
corporated into  the  design.  Whether 
the  activity  is  simple  or  complex,  or 
short  or  long,  some  form  of  evalu- 
ation should  be  planned.  At  a mini- 
mum, participants  should  provide 
feedback  regarding  achievement  of 
the  objectives,  i.e.  were  CME  needs 
met.  Additionally,  effectiveness  of 
the  educational  method,  the  faculty, 
and  other  aspects  of  the  activity  can 
be  critiqued.  Evaluation  completes 
the  process  cycle  and  should  lead  to 
refinements  in  planning  for  future 
CME  activities. 

Other  tasks  pertain  more  directly 
to  implementation  of  CME  objec- 
tives and  include  scheduling,  ar- 
rangements for  facilities,  and  audio- 
visual equipment/services  prep- 
aration of  educational  materials,  i.e. 
handouts,  slides,  and  transparen- 
cies. Decisions  regarding  these 
aspects  should  be  made  in  collabora- 
tion with,  and  under  the  guidance 
of,  the  person(s)  responsible  for  the 
CME  program. 

The  Essentials  encourage  and 
foster  self-directed  learning  in  the 
sense  that  physicians  actively 
should  be  responsible  for  their  own 
continuing  medical  education. 
Physicians  are  encouraged  to  iden- 
tify their  own  educational  needs  and 
interests  and  to  develop  plans  to 
meet  these  needs  and  interests.  Ef- 


fective planning  for  a self-designed 
educational  program  would  include 
the  elements  of  identification  of 
need,  development  of  educational 
objectives,  choice  of  appropriate 
educational  activities,  and  evalu- 
ation. The  educational  activities 
chosen  may  include  a variety  of 
forms,  from  reading  to  formally  or- 
ganized courses.  A time  schedule  for 
completing  the  self-designed  pro- 
gram is  highly  advisable. 

Some  physicians  may  desire  as- 
sistance in  developing  self-designed 
educational  programs.  Consultation 
with  those  experienced  in  planning 
CME  activities,  experienced  medical 
librarians,  or  physician  specialists 
may  be  helpful.  Sponsors  may  wish 
to  offer  assistance  to  physicians  in 
developing  “self-directed”  individual 
CME  programs.  Sponsors  who  have 
the  resources  may  desire  to  offer 
this  assistance  and  are  encouraged 
to  do  so. 

Documentation  of  the  systematic 
planning  procedures  is  an  integral 
part  of  an  institutional/organiza- 
tional CME  program.  Again,  whether 
regularly-scheduled  intrainstitu- 
tional  activities,  periodic  con- 
ferences, courses,  seminars,  sym- 
posia, or  workshops,  it  is  useful  to 
have  a written  record  of  education 
committee  or  other  planning  group 
meetings;  correspondence  relating 
to  faculty,  facility,  financial  arrange- 
ments, as  indicated;  needs  assess- 
ment; objective-setting;  and  evalu- 
ation. Such  documentation  need  not 
be  complicated  or  time-consuming, 
but  should  be  sufficient  for  the  par- 
ticular CME  activity.  Patently,  this 
information  and  related  data  are 
valuable  in  monitoring  the  overall 
program,  ensuring  continuity,  plan- 
ning future  CME  activities,  and  as 
evidence  of  fulfillment  of  require- 
ments for  continued  accreditation. 

Prospective  participants  should 
be  informed  in  advance  about  the 
specific  content  and  format  for  a 
CME  activity,  for  several  reasons:  1) 
it  enables  them  to  select  CME  con- 
tent that  is  relevant  to  their  needs 
and/or  interests:  2)  in  locales  where 
many  CME  offerings  are  available, 
advance  information  allows  the 
physician  to  choose  activities  that 
are  best  suited  to  personal  needs 
and  time  allocation;  3)  when  some 
preparation  is  desirable  or  required, 
this  can  be  accomplished,  thereby 
enhancing  the  extent  and  value  of 
participation;  4)  they  will  know  the 

601 


extent  and  type  of  participation  ex- 
pected of  them;  and  5)  in  some  re- 
spects, this  information  represents 
truth  in  advertising.  Physicians  who 
are  uninformed  or  misinformed  will 
be  disgruntled,  with  the  result  that 
they  may  not  participate  in  future 
activities.  Advance  publicity  reflects 
proper  planning  and  conveys  a 
favorable  impression  to  the  physi- 
cian regarding  the  potential  worth 
of  the  CME  activity. 

Essential  #5:  The  sponsor  shall 
evaluate  the  effectiveness  of  its  over- 
all continuing  medical  education 
program  and  component  activities 
and  use  this  information  in  its  CME 
planning.  The  sponsor  shall:  1)  peri- 
odically review  the  extent  to  which 
the  sponsor’s  CME  mission  is  being 
achieved  by  its  educational  ac- 
tivities; 2)  show  that  these  evalu- 
ations assess:  the  extent  to  which 
educational  objectives  are  being 
met;  the  quality  of  the  instructional 
process;  participants’  perception  of 
enhanced  professional  effectiveness; 
3)  use  evaluation  methods  which  are 
appropriate  and  consistent  in  scope 
with  the  educational  activity;  and  4) 
demonstrate  that  evaluation  data 
are  used  in  planning  future  CME  ac- 
tivities. 

The  systematic  gathering  of  evalu- 
ation data  and  their  analysis,  in- 
cluding evaluation  of  individual 
CME  activities,  is  necessary  for  the 
sponsor  to  assess  the  degree  to 
which  the  overall  program  fulfills  its 
CME  mission.  It  also  will  guide  the 
planning  of  future  activities  and 
permit  rational  decisions  about  im- 
proving the  educational  program. 

This  Essential  requires  that  the 
sponsor  periodically  review  the  ex- 
tent to  which  the  sponsor’s  educa- 
tional goals  for  the  overall  program 
of  CME,  as  contained  in  the  mission 
statement  are  being  achieved.  The 
sponsor  should  do  this  annually.  In 
order  to  evaluate  the  effectiveness  of 
the  overall  CME  program,  the  spon- 
sor must  evaluate  individual  CME 
activities  which  have  been  planned 
and  conducted.  These  evaluations 
must  assess  the  extent  to  which  the 
educational  objectives  have  been 
met,  the  quality  of  the  educational 
process,  and  the  participants’  per- 
ceptions of  enhanced  professional 
effectiveness. 

Evaluation  methods  must  be  ap- 
propriate and  consistent  in  scope 
with  the  educational  activity.  A well- 
constructed  evaluation  form  com- 


pleted by  participants  at  the  con- 
clusion of  the  educational  activity 
provides  useful  data  Often  the 
evaluation  form  also  provides  an  op- 
portunity for  participant  sugges- 
tions for  future  educational  ac- 
tivities. Immediate  indepth  evalu- 
ation by  selected  participants,  as 
well  as  followup  surveys,  may  be  veiy 
helpful. 

If  the  educational  objective  con- 
cerns the  learning  of  a skill,  direct 
observation  of  the  participant’s 
ability  to  perform  that  skill  is  an  ex- 
cellent method  of  evaluation. 

Tests  may  be  used  when  ap- 
propriate. It  is  difficult,  however,  to 
construct  a valid  and  reliable  test, 
and  as  a result,  data  from  tests  often 
are  questionable.  The  sensitivity  of 
participants  should  be  considered. 
Care  should  be  taken  that  testing 
does  not  adversely  affect  the  physi- 
cian’s desire  to  continue  learning. 

Although  the  ultimate  purpose  of 
continuing  medical  education  is  to 
improve  medical  care,  measure- 
ments of  physician  performance,  the 
quality  of  medical  care  and  patient 
outcomes  should  not  be  the  only 
criteria  used  in  assessing  the  quali- 
ty of  the  educational  activity  and  of 
the  degree  of  learning  by  partici- 
pants. While  keeping  in  mind  that 
many  factors  beyond  the  control  of 
CME  planners  influence  medical 
care,  sponsors  are  encouraged  to  at- 
tempt to  assess  the  effect  of  their 
CME  activities  on  medical  care 
when  this  is  feasible. 

There  are  other  evaluation  tech- 
niques that  are  not  based  on  educa- 
tional objectives,  but  may  be  useful 
to  the  sponsor.  Participant  attention 
and  enthusiasm,  active  involvement 
in  discussion,  the  kinds  of  ques- 
tions asked  and  comments  made  for 
instance,  may  be  observed  and  re- 
corded. The  number  of  physicians 
who  voluntarily  return  to  a spon- 
sor’s CME  activity  may  be  another 
indication  of  quality. 

The  Essentials  require  that  the 
sponsor  demonstrate  that  evalu- 
ation data  are  used  in  planning  fu- 
ture CME  activities.  Evaluation  data 
collected  but  not  used  in  future 
planning  are  worthless. 

Essential  *6:  The  sponsor  shall 
provide  evidence  that  management 
procedures  and  other  necessary  re- 
sources are  available  and  effectively 
used  to  fulfill  its  continuing  medical 
education  mission.  The  sponsor 
shall:  1 ) document  an  organizational 


structure  for  CME  and  its  adminis 
tration,  designating  an  entity  re 
sponsible  for  CME  and  delineatin 
its  authority;  2)  identify  responsibl 
individuals  who  will  maintain  cont 
nuity  of  administration;  3)  describ 
an  internal  review  and  contrc 
procedure,  including  budgetar 
practices,  to  ensure  effective  utilize 
tion  of  resources  in  fulfilling  th 
CME  mission;  4)  provide  a budge 
for  the  overall  CME  program  and  it 
major  components;  5)  utilize  compc 
tent  faculty;  6}  provide  appropriat 
facilities  for  CME  programs;  and  7 
have  mechanisms  to  record  anc 
when  authorized  by  the  partic 
pating  physician,  to  verify  partial 
pation. 

Whether  sponsors  of  CME  ar 
large  or  small,  adequate  manage 
ment  and  control  are  necessary  t 
assure  quality  educational  activity 
In  addition,  adequate  resource 
must  be  available  in  order  for  CM1 
activities  to  be  relevant,  effective 
and  efficient  for  physicians. 

Administration— The  sponso 
must  document  an  organization 
structure  for  CME  and  its  adminis 
tration,  designating  an  entity  re 
sponsible  for  CME  and  delineating 
its  authority.  This  entity  may  be  ai 
individual  or  a committee.  If  an  indi 
vidual  is  designated,  there  should  b 
an  advisory  committee,  with  a ma| 
jority  of  physicians,  which  takes  at 
active  role  in  planning.  Minutes  o 
committee  meetings  should  be  kept 
CME  committees  should  have  rep 
resentation  of  departments  and/o 
services  when  appropriate  anc 
feasible. 

The  organizational  structure 
must  clearly  indicate  the  authority 
of  the  entity  responsible  for  CME! 
and  should  show  how  this  entity  re 
lates  to  the  governing  body  of  the1 
organization  and  effectively  super 
vises  CME  planning  of  other  units  o 
the  organization.  CME  policies  anc 
procedures  should  be  documented 

There  should  not  be  undue  de 
pendence  on  one  individual  so  tha 
in  the  event  of  absence  or  illness,  the 
CME  program  flounders.  The  spon 
sor  must  identify  responsible  indi 
viduals  who  will  maintain  conti 
nuity  of  administration.  Members  o 
committees  should  be  appointed  sc 
their  terms  expire  on  varying  dates 
Administrative  staff  support  shoulc 
be  sufficient  to  fulfill  the  CME 
mission.  The  terms  of  office  of  the 
persons  responsible  for  CME  shoulc 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE’ 


602 


2 of  sufficient  duration  to  assure 
mtinuity  of  administration. 
Utilization  of  Resources— To 
lsure  effective  utilization  of  re- 
)urces  in  fulfilling  the  CME 
lission  the  sponsor  must  have  an 
iternal  review  and  control 
rocedure.  This  procedure  need  not 
2 elaborate.  The  procedure  should 
?rmit  the  entity  responsible  for  the 
derail  program  of  CME  to  effectively 
onitor  and  supervise  the  planning 
id  implementation  of  individual 
ME  activities. 

Included  in  the  internal  control 
-ocedure  is  preparation  of  a budget 
id  the  use  of  sound  fiscal  practices 
i administering  the  overall  CME 
rogram.  The  budget  should  be  ade- 
jate  to  meet  the  objectives  of  the 
ission  statement.  The  sponsor  is 
icouraged  to  have  a separate  CME 
idget,  but  should  be  able  at  least, 
early  to  identify  the  CME  budget 
hen  not  separate  from  other  items, 
idividual  departments  or  services 
an  organization  may  have  their 
vn  CME  budgets,  but  the  entity  re- 
>onsible  for  the  overall  CME  pro- 
am  should  have  some  responsi- 
lity  for  the  allocation  and  utiliza- 
on  of  resources. 

Competent  Faculty — The  sponsor 
ust  utilize  competent  faculty.  Fac- 
ty  for  a CME  activity  should  be 
elected  not  only  for  their  knowledge 
the  subject  matter,  but  for  their 
oility  to  communicate  and  to  facili- 
te  learning.  The  faculty’s  attitudes 
ad  manner  of  treating  participants 
•e  also  important  considerations. 
Appropriate  Facilities — Sponsors 
ust  provide  appropriate  facilities 


l 


l 

I 


>L.  81— NUMBER  7— JULY  1984 


and  materials  for  CME  activities.  Ap- 
propriate means  conducive  to  learn- 
ing. As  an  example,  access  to  an  ade- 
quate, up-to-date  library  and 
audiovisual  facilities  are  important. 

Facilities  may  be  selected  for  a 
CME  activity  at  a site  which  offers 
opportunities  for  recreation  and  re- 
laxation. These  opportunities 
should  complement,  rather  than  de- 
tract from,  the  CME  activity  itself. 
Publicity  should  present  the  CME 
activity  as  the  major  incentive  to 
physicians  who  may  choose  to  par- 
ticipate. 

Records  of  Attendance — The  spon- 
sor must  have  a mechanism  to  re- 
cord physician  participation  at  CME 
activities.  Records  should  be  kept  for 
at  least  six  years.  Sponsors  must 
have  a mechanism  to  verify  physi- 
cian attendance  when  authorized  by 
the  participating  physicians. 

Essential  #7:  The  sponsor  shall 
accept  responsibility  that  the  Essen- 
tials are  met  by  educational  ac- 
tivities which  it  jointly  sponsors 
with  nonaccredited  entities.  The 
sponsor  shall:  1)  provide  evidence 
that  it  participates  integrally  in  the 
planning  and  implementation  of 
each  jointly  sponsored  CME  activity; 
and  2)  conduct  an  evaluation  of  each 
jointly  sponsored  CME  activity. 

An  accredited  sponsor  may  be 
asked  by  organizations  which  are 
not  accredited  to  jointly  sponsor 
CME  activities,  so  they  may  have  ac- 
credited sponsorship.  When  an  ac- 
credited sponsor  agrees  to  joint 
sponsorship  it  must  provide  as- 
surance that  the  Essentials  are  met. 

The  Essentials  require  that  a 


sponsor  accept  responsibility  that 
accreditation  standards  are  met  by 
CME  activities  it  jointly  sponsors 
with  nonaccredited  institutions  and 
organizations.  An  accredited  in- 
stitution or  organization  has  the 
same  responsibility  for  an  activity  it 
jointly  sponsors  as  for  an  activity  it 
sponsors.  The  sponsor  should 
provide  information  on  these  jointly 
sponsored  activities  when  re- 
surveyed  for  accreditation  and  must 
demonstrate  that  it  has  participated 
integrally  in  the  planning  and  im- 
plementation of  these  activities. 

Jointly  sponsored  activities  must 
be  consistent  with  the  sponsor’s 
mission  statement.  The  sponsor 
must  conduct  an  evaluation  of  each 
jointly  sponsored  CME  activity  in 
the  context  of  its  mission  statement. 

The  name  of  the  accredited  spon- 
sor should  appear  on  all  promo- 
tional materials  and  on  the  printed 
program  of  the  jointly  sponsored  ac- 
tivity. If  more  than  one  accredited 
sponsor  jointly  sponsors  a CME  ac- 
tivity, one  should  assume  respon- 
sibilty  for  the  activity  and  this 
should  be  indicated  clearly  on  the 
promotional  materials  and  printed 
programs. 

Some  local  chapters  or  affiliates  of 
national  organizations  neither  are 
independently  accredited  nor  speci- 
fically included  in  the  accreditation 
of  the  national  organization.  The  ac- 
credited national  organization 
should  have  care  that  it  not  be  listed 
as  the  joint  sponsor  of  CME  ac- 
tivities of  such  local  chapters  or  af- 
filiates unless  the  requirements  of 
this  Essential  are  met. 


603 


Letters  to  the 
Editor 


Child  Find 

April  11,  1984 
Dear  Doctor  Krosnick 
A statewide  CHILD  FIND  system  to 
identity  unserved  handicapped  chil- 
dren from  birth  through  21  years  of 
age  recently  has  been  re-established 
by  the  New  Jersey  Department  of 
Education  in  the  Regional  Cur- 
riculum Services  Unit-Central,  75 
Racetrack  Road,  East  Brunswick  NJ 
08816.  The  activities  of  CHILD  FIND 
include  the  operation  of  a toll-free 
hotline  (800-322-8174)  to  respond 
to  parental  and  professional  re- 
quests for  assistance  and  to  act  as 
a clearinghouse  for  information  re- 


garding programs  and  services  for 
handicapped  children  in  New  Jersey. 

Project  CHILD  FIND  provides  the 
most  up-to-date  information  on  pro- 
grams and  services  available  for 
handicapped  or  potentially  handi- 
capped children  throughout  New 
Jersey.  All  phone  calls  are  handled  in 
an  efficient  and  confidential  manner 
to  facilitate  appropriate  services  for 
all  inquiries.  Project  CHILD  FIND 
also  has  outreach  and  media  infor- 
mation prepared  for  distribution  in 
its  efforts  to  comprehensively  seek 
out  children  in  need  of  special  ser- 
vices. 

I would  welcome  any  questions 
you  or  your  readers  may  have  re- 
garding Project  CHILD  FIND  and 
gladly  will  forward  specific  printed 
information  you  may  require.  The 
toll  free  number  operates  from  8:30 
A.M.  to  4:30  p.m.  Monday  through  Fri- 
day. 

(signed)  Frances  Stromsland 

CHILD  FIND  Project  Coordinator 

Mandatory  Assignment 

May  4,  1984 

Dear  Doctor  Krosnick 

Thursday,  April  12,  1984,  was  a 
crucial  day  for  American  medicine. 
On  that  day,  the  AMA  fought  back 
an  attempt  to  impose  involuntary 
servitude  by  the  government  upon 
every  practicing  physician  in  the 
United  States. 

If  mandatory  assignment  had 
passed,  you  would  have  been  re- 
quired to  sign  an  agreement  with 
your  hospital  to  accept  Medicare  as- 
signment for  all  inpatient  care  or 
lose  all  staff  privileges.  In  effect,  you 
would  not  have  been  able  to  work  at 
your  profession. 


If  it  had  not  been  for  organiz] 
medicine,  that  would  be  your  pligt 
today.  If  it  had  not  been  for  the  v- 
untaiy  freeze  in  fees,  a mandate/ 
freeze  now  would  be  in  effect. 

This  incredible  effort  to  prevet 
your  financial  enslavement  mit 
not  go  unnoticed  by  you.  Any  doci  d 
who  does  not  belong  to  the  Ah 
should  not  let  this  day  pass  withe  ( 
writing  out  a check  for  his  du . 
What  a small  price  to  pay  for  th  r 
service  to  you. 

On  the  local  level,  the  outstandi  > 
work  of  Morton  Farber,  M.D.,  mi  t 
be  brought  to  your  attention, 
heeded  the  call  for  assistance  at  1 > 
county  society  office  and  spent  l|s 
day  off  making  telephone  calls  a : 
sending  telegrams  to  other  docto 
hospital  administrators,  and  to  cc- 
gressmen  to  prevent  this  devastj- 
ing  legislation  from  being  passe 
Jean  Bruno  was  county  represen  - 
tive  on  a state  auxiliary  delegatie. 
who  spent  Wednesday,  April  1 1,  ajl 
Thursday,  April  12,  in  Washingt  i 
visiting  congressmen  and  spread! $ 
our  message. 

It  was  doctors  like  Morton  Farb . 
spouses  like  Jean  Bruno,  and  < 
ganized  medicine  who  made  the  c 
ference.  The  war  is  not  over,  bun 
significant  battle  has  been  won.  Y i 
will  share  in  the  fruits  of  that  v - 
tory.  In  good  conscience,  you  mit 
share  the  cost. 

In  order  to  build  on  what  we  he  ? 
won,  we  should  honor  the  fee  free  ? 
requested  by  the  AMA  and  your  stc 
and  county  societies.  It  is  our  tin 
to  send  a message  to  the  Amerie  i 
people.  Let  us  not  fail. 

(signed)  Donald  J.  Holtzman,  M . 

President,  Union  Cour? 

Medical  Sociu 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSI 


604 


OOK  REVIEWS 


\nnual  Review  of 
Wutrition;  Annual  Review 
of  Neuroscience; 
\rthroscopy;  Colour  Atlas 
of  Diabetes;  Varicose 
Veins,  Related  Diseases, 
and  Sclerotherapy 


n nual  Review  of 
utrition.  Volume  3 

UiamJ.  Darby  (ed).  Palo  Alto,  CA 
mual  Reviews,  Inc.,  1983.  Pp.  478. 
ustrated  ($27) 

This  latest  in  a recently  estab- 
|hed  Annual  Reviews  series  mea- 
res  up  to  the  esteem  in  which  the 
entific  community  holds  their 
n biologically  and/or  biomedically 
ented  series.  The  Annual  Reviews 
itors  never  have  feared  to  break 
w ground,  the  present  volume 
ing  no  exception,  as  attested  by 
; “prefatory  essay"  by  Madeleine  P. 
smar  of  the  Institute  for  Medieval 
d Renaissance  Studies,  City  Col- 
lie, City  University  of  New  York, 
le  essay,  “A  Feast  for  Aesculapius; 
storical  Diets  for  Asthma  and  Sex- 
1 Pleasure,”  is  delightfully  il- 
strated  by  medieval  woodcuts, 
limonides,  center  stage,  rec- 
lmends  that  a severe  asthmatic 
ould  prophylactically  precede  love- 
iking  with  hot  clear  chick  soup. 
ACT.  Jarvis  succinctly  covers  food 
Idism,  cultism,  and  quackery, 
cumenting  the  dismal  impression 
it  P.T.  Bamum  was  right.  The  fol- 
ding items  are  exceptionally  time- 
and  critical:  biological  activity  of 
enium  (RF.  Burh);  absorption 
d metabolism  of  dietary  choles- 
i'ol  (S.M.  Grundy);  placenta  in 
trition  (S.J.  Pilistine  and  M.E. 

’»L.  81— NUMBER  7— JULY  1984 


Fant);  nutrition  in  renal  failure  (M. 
Walser);  ischemic  heart  disease  and 
lipids  in  blood  and  diet  (RA. 
Stallones);  endocrine  responses  to 
protein-calorie  malnutrition  (D.J. 
Becker);  availability  of  trace  ele- 
ments (RM.  Forbes  and  J.W.  Erd- 
man,  Jr.);  carnitine  (P.R  Borum); 
normal  and  abnormal  Cu  and  Zu 
metabolism  (RA  DiSilvestro  and 
RJ.  Cousins);  niacin  (L.M.  Hen- 
derson); stable-isotope  methods  in 
nutrition  research  (D.E.  Mathews 
and  D.M.  Bier);  endemic  goiter  and 
cretinism  (J.  Matovinovie);  individ- 
ual food  consumption  in  the  U.S. 
(P.B.  Swan);  and  protein  metabolism 
and  injury  (J.M.  Kinney  and  D.H. 
Elwyn).  Herman  Baker,  Ph.D. 


Annual  Review  of 
Neuroscience , Volume  7 

W.  Maxwell  Cowan  (ed).  Palo  Alto, 
CA  Annual  Reviews,  Inc.,  1984.  Pp. 
494.  Illustrated.  ($27) 

This  book  is  the  seventh  in  a 
series  of  annual  reviews  of  progress 
in  the  neurosciences.  Thirty-six 
authors  present  17  individual 
papers  on  different  topics,  each  of 
which  deals  in  detail  with  a single 
area  of  neuroscience  research.  Their 
subjects  are  almost  exclusively  in 
the  basic  neurosciences,  so  that  lit- 
tle of  a clinical  nature  is  covered. 
Some  examples  are  discussions  of 
neuronal  growth  factors,  proteolysis 
of  neuropeptides,  intracellular  H+ 
mechanisms,  and  cell  adhesion  in 
the  nervous  system.  Most  of  the 
papers  include  historical  back- 
ground and  recent  advances  as  well 
as  divergent  current  opinions  and 
theories  about  each  subject. 

A few  papers  will  prove  of  interest 
to  the  practicing  neurologist  or  neu- 
rosurgeon. One  deals  with  the  en- 
dorphins, enkephalins,  and  dynor- 
phins,  and  their  related  neuropep- 
tides and  opioid  receptors  in  rela- 
tion to  stress,  analgesia,  and 
cardiovascular  control.  The  authors 
describe  the  complexity  of  bio- 
chemical and  physiological  inter- 
relationships of  these  substances  as 
“dizzying,”  and  admit  that  potential 
interactions  seem  infinite.  Other 
somewhat  more  clinical  papers  dis- 
cuss the  neural  basis  of  language, 
intracellular  neural  implants,  en- 
dogenous pain  control  systems,  and 
withdrawal  from  opioid  drugs. 

These  reviews  are  very  complete 


and  well  done.  They  impress  one 
with  the  complexity  and  sophisti- 
cation of  current  neuroscience  re- 
search, but  are  chiefly  oriented  to 
basic  sciences.  This  book  is  heavy 
reading  indeed  for  the  average  prac- 
titioner. 

Stanley  C.  Leonberg  Jr.,  M.D. 

Arthroscopy ; Diagnosis 
and  Surgical  Practice 

S.  Ward  Casscells,  M.D.,  (ed).  Phila- 
delphia, PA  Lea  & Febiger,  1984. 
Pp.  192.  Illustrated.  ($40) 

The  contributing  authors  to  this 
compendium  of  arthroscopic  knowl- 
edge will  be  well  known  to  or- 
thopedists who  became  interested 
in  this  aspect  of  their  specialty  sev- 
eral years  ago,  when  the  American 
Academy  of  Orthopaedic  Surgeons 
sponsored  courses  on  the  subject.  A 
hardy  nucleus  of  the  pioneers  in  this 
field  were  present  as  faculty,  and  one 
saw  virtually  the  same  faces,  no  mat- 
ter where  he  went  to  study  arthro- 
scopic surgery.  These  teachers  have 
recorded  their  remarks  in  the  form 
of  textbook  chapters,  brought 
together  by  the  course  chairman,  S. 
Ward  Casscells. 

Like  the  courses  which  preceded 
the  book,  and  like  all  texts  compiled 
in  this  fashion,  the  outcome  rarely 
is  fully  satisfying.  That  is  not  to  say 
that  the  book  is  without  merit.  Be- 
cause the  contributions  are  individ- 
ual efforts,  there  tends  to  be  a lack 
of  cohesiveness,  and  the  process 
leaves  gaps  and  creates  redundan- 
cies, as  when,  for  example,  the  “fish- 
mouth”  tear  of  the  meniscus  is  de- 
scribed and  diagramed  by  Drs. 
Zarins  and  Mclnemy  in  chapter  6, 
and  again  by  Dr.  Metcalf  in  chapter 
17. 

The  first  half  of  the  book  is  theo- 
retically devoted  to  diagnostic 
arthroscopy,  but  in  chapter  5,  Dr. 
Casscells  wanders  into  a brief  dis- 
cussion of  abrasion  arthroplasty,  a 
surgical  technique,  and  appears  to 
dismiss  its  effectiveness.  This 
procedure  is  advocated  by  Lanny 
Johnson  who  notably  is  absent  from 
the  list  of  authors,  and  who  perhaps 
deserves  an  opportunity  to  defend  it 
in  a book  described  by  the  publisher 
as  “comprehensive."  Synovial  dis- 
ease is  discussed  in  chapter  4,  and 
synovectomy  in  chapter  5.  but  there 
is  no  reference  to,  or  description  of, 
any  technique  for  accomplishing 
synovectomy  arthroscopically, 

605 


although  others,  including  one  of 
this  book’s  contributors  (Dr.  Met- 
calf). have  advocated  that  method. 

Patellofemoral  joint  disorders  are 
discussed  in  the  diagnostic  section 
of  the  book  and  by  Drs.  Shybut  and 
McGinty  in  the  surgical  chapters.  In 
neither  place  can  one  find  a descrip- 
tion of  the  portals  used  in  evaluating 
patellofemoral  joint  mechanics,  or  of 
the  normal  and  abnormal  findings 
in  those  conditions  affecting 
patellofemoral  dynamics,  except  for 
mention  of  the  percentage  of  lateral 
patellar  overhang.  Well  before  the 
date  of  publication  of  this  book,  the 
use  of  superior  portals  to  evaluate 
patellofemoral  contact  during  flex- 
ion and  extension  was  well  docu- 
mented. 

One  might  expect  that  in  a book 
such  as  this,  the  chapter  in  the  sec- 
tion on  arthroscopic  surgery  by  Dr. 
Kenneth  DeHaven  on  peripheral 
meniscus  repair  would  discuss 
arthroscopic  techniques.  Yet, 
arthroscopy  was  used  only  for 
diagnosis,  and  Dr.  DeHaven  then 
proceeds  to  describe  an  open 
procedure  for  meniscal  suture.  One 
brief  comment  is  the  sole  reference 
to  closed  meniscal  repair:  “It  is  likely 
that  these  procedures  will  be  per- 
formed arthroscopically  in  the  fu- 
ture.” Yet,  the  tools  and  instruments 
exist,  and  other  arthroscopists  have 
described  the  approach  and 
produced  teaching  material. 

RW.  Jackson,  M.D.,  another  of  the 
pioneers,  writes  in  his  foreword  that 
this  book  is  “truly  a state-of-the-art 
publication.”  Unfortunately,  as  in 
computers  and  other  “high  tech” 
fields,  what  is  state-of-the-art  today, 
is  obsolete  either  tomorrow,  before 
delivery,  or  publication  date. 

In  this  book,  the  degree  of  ob- 
solescence appears  to  depend  on 
how  long  it  has  been  since  the 


author  updated  his  chapter’s  ma- 
terial after  joining  the  lecture 
circuit.  Dr.  Glick’s  chapter  on  the 
use  of  the  laser  beam  looks  to  the 
future.  The  remainder  of  the  book  is 
a look  backwards,  by  people  who 
clearly  have  earned  the  right  to  do 
so,  and  from  whose  observations  all 
surgeons  doing  arthroscopic 
procedures  can  learn.  The  drawings 
clearly  illustrate  the  points  to  be 
emphasized,  and  the  photographs  of 
arthroscopic  pathology  are  clear  and 
very  well  reproduced. 

I recommend  this  book  especially 
to  the  student  arthroscopist,  but 
also  to  those  with  an  established 
interest  in  the  field,  with  the  caveat 
that  is  not  the  last  word  on  the  sub- 
ject. No  observer  of  so  rapidly  ad- 
vancing a field  should  expect  a text 
to  be  that. 

Robert  A.  Goldstone,  M.D. 

A Colour  Atlas  oj 
Diabetes 

Arnold  Bloom,  M.D.,  and  John  Ire- 
land, M.D.  Chicago,  IL,  Year  Book 
Medical  Publishers,  Inc.,  1980.  Pp. 
119.  Illustrated.  ($55) 

This  is  not  a textbook  of  diabetes, 
but  a presentation  in  graphic  form 
of  the  clinical  and  histological  mani- 
festations of  this  disease.  The 
authors  have  divided  their  atlas  into 
ten  chapters  starting  from  etiology, 
through  manifestations,  pathology, 
and  complications.  They  do  not  deal 
with  management  of  diabetes. 

In  British  fashion,  the  text  is  terse, 
pithy,  yet  quite  comprehensive — 
each  chapter  followed  by  excellent 
photographs  in  color.  Particularly 
striking  are  the  photographs  of  the 
eye  and  kidney  pathology.  While  this 
volume  will  not  meet  a student’s  re- 
quirement for  a textbook  of  diabetes, 
the  many  pictures  can  be  a valuable 


supplement  in  the  study  of  this  il 
ness. 

Samuel  E.  Einhom,  M.I 

Varicose  Veins , Related 
Diseases,  and  Sclero- 
therapy: A Guide  for 
Practitioners 

H.I.  Biegeleisen,  M.D.  Montreo 
Canada,  Eden  Press,  1984.  Pp.  24 
Illustrated.  ($35) 

“A  new  branch  of  medicine  the  j 
requires  special  knowledge,  trair 
ing,  and  skill  for  its  practice”  refer 
to  sclerotherapy  as  applied  to  vaj 
icose  veins,  its  complications,  an 
other  related  diseases.  According  t , 
the  author,  this  is  the  first  manu; 
of  its  kind  that  deals  with  all  know 
sclerosing  techniques  as  personal! 
practiced  for  the  last  50  years.  Th 
pervading  theory  throughout  thi 
labor  of  love  is  that  all  disorders  re 
lated  to  inherited  fascial  defects  an 
accompanied  by  tissue  weaknes 
and  degeneration  best  are  treated  b 
sclerotherapy.  Headed  by  varicos 
veins,  the  list  includes  stasis  ulcer 
lymphedema,  hemorrhoids,  reck 
prolapse,  pilonidal  cysts,  hydrocelef 
hernias,  low  back  syndromes,  and 
host  of  others.  Repetitious  descrip 
tions  of  sclerosing  agents  and  tech 
niques  as  applied  to  scattered  ancij 
tomical  sites  were  weakly  enhance 
by  suboptimal  illustrations.  Th 
bibliography  also  is  extended  by  rep 
etition. 

Dr.  Biegeleisen  should  hav 
heeded  his  comment  “Although  thi  I 
manual  was  first  written  40  year 
ago,  it  never  was  published  becaus 
it  soon  was  rendered  obsolete.”  Thi|  ’ 
guide  for  practitioners  is  perhap 
more  of  historical  interest  rathe 
than  practical. 

Joseph  Alpert,  M.E 


606 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


OBITUARIES 


1 


Dr.  Joel  A.  Bernhard 

Joel  A.  Bernhard,  M.D.,  a member 
of  our  Essex  County  component, 
died  on  February  27,  1984.  Bom  in 
1900,  Dr.  Bernhard  was  graduated 
from  Jefferson  Medical  College, 
Pennsylvania,  in  1940.  An  anesthe- 
siologist, Dr.  Bernhard  was  affiliated 
with  the  Hospital  Center,  Orange. 
Dr.  Bernhard  was  a member  of  the 
American  Medical  Association. 


Dr.  Leo  Bimbaum 

At  the  grand  age  of  89,  Leo 
Bimbaum,  M.D.,  a retired  physician 
jof  our  Union  County  component, 
died  on  January  14,  1984.  Bom  in 
New  York  City,  Dr.  Bimbaum  re- 
ceived his  medical  degree  from  New 
York  Medical  College  in  1931.  Prior 
to  establishing  a practice  in  psy- 
chiatry in  Scotch  Plains,  in  1964,  he 
had  been  a general  practitioner  in 
Sunnyside,  New  York  and  had 
served  on  the  staff  of  various  Vet- 
erans Administration  facilities 

VOL.  81— NUMBER  7-JULY  1984 


throughout  the  United  States.  Dr. 
Bimbaum  was  a Diplomate  of  the 
American  Board  of  Psychiatry  and  a 
Fellow  of  the  American  Psychiatric 
Association.  He  retired  from  the  ac- 
tive practice  of  medicine  in  1975 
and  had  been  living  in  California 
until  his  final  illness. 


Dr.  Jacob  L.  Drossner 

Jacob  Louis  Drossner,  M.D.,  an  in- 
ternist for  42  years  prior  to  his  re- 
tirement in  1979,  died  on  April  20, 
1984.  Bom  in  1913,  in  Philadelphia, 
Dr.  Drossner  received  his  medical 
degree  from  the  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania’s School  of  Medicine  in 
1936,  graduating  first  in  his  class. 
He  established  a practice  in  his 
specialty  in  Camden;  in  1961  he 
moved  to  Pennsauken.  Dr.  Drossner 
had  been  affiliated  with  Cooper  Hos- 
pital, Camden,  and  Garden  State 
Hospital,  Marlton.  He  was  board 
certified  in  internal  medicine,  was  a 
member  of  the  American  Medical  As- 
sociation, a member  of  our  Camden 
component,  and  an  associate 
professor  at  Thomas  Jefferson  Uni- 
versity, Philadelphia  He  served  in 
the  medical  corps  of  the  Army  of  the 
United  States,  and  received  the  Sil- 
ver Star  and  the  Purple  Heart. 


Dr.  Clarence  T.  Hill 

Clarence  T.  Hill,  M.D.,  a general 
practitioner  in  Rahway  for  over  40 
years  prior  to  his  retirement  in 
1973,  died  on  March  30,  1984.  Bom 
in  Madison,  Dr.  Hill  received  his 
medical  degree  from  Howard  Univer- 
sity College  of  Medicine  in  1932.  He 
had  been  on  the  staff  at  Rahway 
Memorial  Hospital,  and  was  a mem- 
ber of  the  American  Medical  As- 
sociation and  of  our  Union  County 
component.  Dr.  Hill  was  81  years  of 
age  at  the  time  of  his  death. 


Dr.  John  E.  Leach 

A Paterson  physician  for  41  years, 
John  E.  Leach,  M.D.,  died  on  April  7, 
1984.  Bom  in  1908,  Dr.  Leach 
earned  a medical  degree  from  Jef- 
ferson Medical  College,  Philadelphia, 
in  1933.  Affiliated  with  Valley  Hospi- 
tal, Ridgewood,  and  Chilton  Hospi- 
tal, Pompton  Plains,  Dr.  Leach  was 
an  internist.  A member  of  our 
Passaic  County  component  and  of 


the  American  Medical  Association, 
Dr.  Leach  was  a Diplomate  of  the 
American  Board  of  Internal  Medi- 
cine and  a Fellow  of  the  American 
College  of  Physicians. 

Dr.  Edward  M.  Mancene 

One  of  the  Bergen’s  County’s 
senior  members,  Edward  Michael 
Mancene,  M.D.,  died  on  April  22, 
1984.  A native  of  New  Jersey,  bom 
in  1 906,  Dr.  Mancene  was  graduated 
from  New  York  Homeopathic  Medi- 
cal College  in  1934.  He  practiced 
general  medicine  in  Little  Ferry  for 
50  years  until  his  retirement  in 
1976.  Dr.  Mancene  was  affiliated 
with  Hackensack  Medical  Center 
where  he  had  been  associate  direc- 
tor of  the  department  of  family  prac- 
tice. He  was  a Fellow  of  the  American 
Academy  of  Family  Practice,  and  had 
been  a member  of  the  American 
Medical  Association.  Dr.  Mancene 
served  as  a delegate  to  the  Medical 
Society  of  New  Jersey’s  House  of  Del- 
egates for  20  years.  He  had  been  ac- 
tive in  community  affairs,  serving  as 
Little  Ferry’s  school  physician  for  13 
years;  surgeon  to  the  police  and  fire 
departments;  and  advisory  physi- 
cian to  the  first  aid  corps  for  35 
years.  Dr.  Mancene  also  had  been 
vice  president  of  the  Little  Ferry 
board  of  health.  During  World  War  II 
he  served  with  General  George  Pat- 
ton’s Third  Army  and  was  awarded 
a Silver  Star  and  five  bronze  stars 
for  valor. 

Dr.  Leo  C.  Rocco 

A member  of  our  Monmouth 
County  component,  Leo  C.  Rocco, 
M.D.,  died  on  February  25,  1984. 
Bom  in  1909,  Dr.  Rocco  earned  a 
medical  degree  from  Creighton  Uni- 
versity School  of  Medicine,  Ne- 
braska, in  1935.  A surgeon.  Dr. 
Rocco  was  affiliated  with  Riverview 
Hospital,  Red  Bank,  and  Monmouth 
Medical  Center,  Long  Branch. 

Dr.  Maslah  Saul 

At  the  age  of  62,  Maslah  Saul, 
M.D.,  a member  of  our  Cumberland 
County  component,  died  on  March 
22,  1984.  Dr.  Saul  was  a graduate  of 
the  Faculty  of  Medicine  University  of 
Paris,  France  in  1952.  A family  prac- 
titioner, Dr.  Saul  was  affiliated  with 
the  State  School  Hospital,  Vineland. 

607 


Author  information 

Style 

Sheet 


The  Journal  is  the 
official  organ  of  the 
Medical  Society  of  New 
Jersey.  The  goals  of  The 
Journal  are  educational 
and  informational.  All 
material  published  in  The 
Journal  is  copyrighted  by 
MSNJ. 


CONTENT 

The  educational  content  of  each 
issue  appears  as  scientific  articles, 
based  on  research,  original  concepts 
relative  to  epidemiology  of  disease, 
and  treatment  methodology;  case  re- 
ports based  on  unusual  clinical  ex- 
periences; review  articles;  clinical 
notes,  succinct  items  on  some 
aspect  or  new  observation  or  tech- 
nique of  a case  experience;  and 
special  articles,  which  include  evalu- 
ations, policy  and  position  papers, 
and  reviews  of  nonscientific  sub- 
jects. Other  topics  include  commen- 
tary (critical  narration);  medical  his- 
tory: therapeutic  drug  information; 
pediatric  briefs;  nutrition  update; 
and  an  opinion  column.  Editorials 
are  prepared  by  the  Editor  and  by 
guest  contributors  on  timely  and  rel- 
evant subjects;  editorials  are  the  re- 
sponsibility of  the  author.  The  Doc- 
tors' Notebook  section  contains  or- 
ganizational, informational,  and  ad- 
ministrative items  from  MSNJ  and 
from  the  community.  Letters  to  the 
Editor  and  book  reviews  are  wel- 
come and  will  be  published  as  space 
permits.  The  principal  aim  in  the 
preparation  of  a contribution 
should  be  relevance  to  diagnosis  and 
treatment  and  to  education  of  pa- 
tients and  professionals.  Preference 
will  be  given  to  professional  authors 
from  New  Jersey  and  to  out-of-state 
lecturers  who  submit  a suitable 


manuscript  based  on  a presentation 
made  in  New  Jersey. 

ASSIGNMENT  OF  COPYRIGHT 

In  compliance  with  the  Copyright 
Revision  Act  of  1976  (effective  Janu- 
ary 1,  1978),  a transmittal  letter  or 
a separate  statment  accompanying 
material  offered  to  The  Journal  of 
the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
must  contain  the  following  language 
and  must  be  signed  by  all  authors; 

“In  consideration  of  The  Journal 
of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
taking  action  in  reviewing  and  edit- 
ing my  submission,  the  author(s) 
undersigned  hereby  transfers,  as- 
signs, or  otherwise  conveys  all 
copyright  ownership  to  the  Medical 
Society  of  New  Jersey,  in  the  event 
that  such  work  is  published  in  The 
Journal,  MSNJ.” 

SPECIFICATIONS 

Submit  two  manuscripts  that 
must  be  typewritten  and  double- 
spaced on  8V2"  by  11"  paper. 
Statistical  methods  used  in  articles 
should  be  identified.  Acknowl- 
edgements will  be  made  only  for 
specific  preparation  of  an  essential 
part  of  the  manuscript. 

Authors  are  asked  to  seek  clarity, 
accuracy,  and  originality;  attention 
to  details  of  grammar,  spelling,  and 
typing  are  important. 

The  title  page  should  include  the 
full  name,  degrees,  and  affiliations  of 
all  authors,  and  the  name  and  ad- 
dress of  the  author  to  whom  reprint 
requests  should  be  sent. 

The  author  should  submit  a 40- 
word  abstract  to  be  used  at  the  be- 
ginning of  the  article. 

Tables  must  be  typewritten  and 
double-spaced  on  separate  8V2"  by 
11"  sheets,  with  a title  and  number. 
Symbols  for  units  should  be  con- 
fined to  column  headings,  and  ab- 
breviations, properly  explained, 
should  be  kept  to  a minimum. 

Illustrations  should  be  pro- 
fessional quality,  black-and-white 
glossy  prints.  The  name  of  the 
author,  figure  number,  and  the  top 
of  the  figure  should  be  noted  on  a 
label  attached  to  the  back  of  each 
illustration.  Where  photographs  of 
patients  are  used,  the  subjects 
should  not  be  identifiable  or  publi- 
cation permission,  signed  by  the 
subject  or  responsible  person,  must 
be  included  with  the  photograph. 
Material  taken  from  other  publi- 
cations must  give  credit  to  the 


source;  written  permission  for  re- 
publication from  the  original  pub- 
lisher must  be  submitted.  The  cost 
of  color  photographs  must  be  borne 
by  the  author. 

Generic  names  should  be  usee 
with  proprietary  names  indicatec 
parenthetically  or  as  a footnote  with 
the  first  use  of  the  generic  name 
Proprietary  names  of  devices  shoulc 
be  indicated  by  the  registration  sym 
bol— ®. 

The  summary  of  the  article  shoulc 
not  exceed  250  words;  it  should  con 
tain  only  essential  facts. 

References  should  not  exceed  3( 
citations  except  in  review  articles 
and  should  be  cited  consecutively  ir 
the  text  by  numbers  in  parentheses 
at  the  end  of  the  sentence.  The  refer 
ence  list  should  be  typewritten  anc 
double-spaced  on  separate  8V2"  b; 
11"  sheets  in  the  numerical  order  ii 
which  they  are  first  cited  in  the  texl 
The  style  of  reference  is  that  of  Inde 
Medic  us: 

1.  Goldwyn  RM:  Subcutaneou: 
mastectomy.  J Med  Soc  JVJ 
74:1050-1052,  1977. 

2.  Dixon  WJ,  Massey  FJ:  Introduc 
tion  to  Statistical  Analysis.  Ne\j 
York,  NY,  McGraw-Hill,  1969,  pp 
42-48. 

■ 

PUBLICATION  POLICY 

Receipt  of  each  manuscript  will  b«j 
acknowledged  and  a copy  delivere( 
to  the  Editor  who  refers  the  paper  t< 
one  or  more  members  of  the  Edi 
torial  Board.  The  final  decision  is  re 
served  for  the  Editor.  No  direct  con 
tact  between  the  reviewers  and  th! 
authors  will  be  permitted,  bu: 
authors  will  be  informed  of  the  re 
viewers’  comments.  The  publication 
lag  for  original  articles  may  be  si 
months  or  more.  Galley  proofs  wi 
be  submitted  to  the  author  for  coi 

I 

rection  of  typographical  errors. 

REPRINT  ORDERS 

Reprints  may  be  ordered  after  th 
author  is  notified  that  the  articl 
has  been  selected  for  a specific  issu 
of  JMSNJ.  A check  for  the  cost  c| 
reprints  including  remake  charge 
order  is  received  after  due  date  mus; 
accompany  the  order. 

COMMUNICATIONS 

All  communications  should  t 
sent  to  the  Editor,  The  Journo 
MSNJ,  2 Princess  Road,  Lav: 
renceville,  NJ  08648. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE' 


608 


It's  Not  What  You  Know, 

dlt. 


It’s  How  You  Rec 


Most  busy 
physicians 
find  continuing 
medical  education 
credits  easier  to 
collect  than 
to  remember. 

So  the  Academy 
of  Medicine  of 
New  Jersey  is  offer- 
ing an  easy  system 
for  recording  and  reporting 
CME  credits  for  AMA  recognition 
as  well  as  Medical  Society  and 
professional  organization  membership. 
A computerized  CME  recordkeeping 
system  is  available  to  every  New  Jersey 
physician.  All  you  do  is  send  us  a 


complete). 
We'll  keep 
your 
records 
and  keep 
you 
informed 
semi- 
annually 
of  your 


reporting  card  (which  your  office  staff  can 


accumulation. 
This  service  is  free  to  Academy 
members.  Non-members  (whom 
we  encourage  to  join)  pay  $30  per  year. 
If  you're  interested,  complete  and  mail  this 

coupon. 

Note:  The  Medical  Society  of  New 
Jersey  accepts  these  CME  Reports  as 
documentation  to  meet  CME 
membership  requirements. 


Please  register  me  for  AMNJ's  computerized  CME  record-keeping  service. 
Name  


Address 
City 


State 


Zip 


Telephone  Number 


Your  New  Jersey  Medical  License  No.  (five  numerical  digits  only) 
Academy  member:  Yes  □ 

No  □ Please  enclose  check 
Interested  in  Academy  membership:  Yes  □ No  □ 


Mail  to:  Academy  of  Medicine  of  New  Jersey,  2 Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  N)  08648 


L.  81— NUMBER  7— JULY  1984 


609 


MEDICAL  COMPUTERS 

DEC  - IBM  - TELEVIDEO 


THINKING  OF  COMPUTERIZING  YOUR  PRACTICE? 
FBL  MEDICAL  COMPUTER  SPECIALISTS  offers 

a wide  variety  of  hardware/software  configurations  for  every 
medical  office  size  and  application. 


• AUTOMATIC  INSURANCE 
FORM  PREPARATION 

• ACCOUNTS  RECEIVABLE 
CONTROL 


• APPOINTMENT 
SCHEDULING 

• ELECTRONIC  CLAIMS 
SUBMISSION 


• AUTOMATIC  PATIENT  RECALL  • WORD  PROCESSING 


• PRACTICE  MANAGEMENT 
REPORTS 


• MEDICARE/MEDICAID 
BILLING 


• CLINICAL  RECORDS 


• GENERAL  LEDGER 


FREE  OFFICE  ANALYSIS  AND  CONSULTATION  — 
NO  OBLIGATION 


PROVIDING  YOU  WITH  OVER  15  YEARS 
OF  MEDICAL  COMPUTER  EXPERIENCE 


C>  ^ 


FBL 


3 ROUTE  46W,  FAIRFIELD.  NJ  07006  201-882-92  1 0 


OFFICE  SPACE 

1250  sq.  ft.  office  on  first  fl.  of  400  unit  aj 
complex.  Will  partition  to  suit,  4 parking  spaci 
included,  all  utilities  paid.  Prime  Boulevard  E l 
location  on  Palisades.  $2300  1 month,  ell 
201-869-2121. 


OFFICE/HOME  FOR  SALE 


Princeton  Area-West  Windsor— Oversized  Colonial  vllj 
seperate  office  consisting  of  2 treatment  rooms,  wait  j 
room,  nurses  station,  lab  & bathroom.  Room  for  i 
pension.  Excellent  traffic.  WEICHERT  REALTCjJ 
Princeton,  N.J.  609-921-1900 


PAGE  REFERENCES 


Computers,  Medical  Management 

CME,  Seminar  

Financial  

Insurance  

Medical  Management  

Personnel  

Real  Estate  


531,  560-561,  571 

538,  596 

539 


Cover  II,  562,  575 
548 

611,  612 
609,  610 


610 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JEI  EY 


CLASSIFIED  ADVERTISEMENTS 


VRDIOLOGIST/INTERNIST — Board 
rtified  in  both  specialties.  Seeks  posi- 
>n  solo,  group  or  hospital  based.  Write 
>x  No.  90,  JMSNJ. 


TERNIST — Board  eligible,  general  in- 
mist  with  extensive  emergency  room 
perience.  Seeking  group  practice  of 
temal  medicine  or  emergency  room 
isition.  Northern  NJ  area  Available, 
ill  2 1 2-645-46 1 6.  Steven  Wolinsky,  MD. 
irriculum  vitae  and  references  avail- 
le  upon  request. 


DDIATRICIAN— Seeks  part  time  posi- 
>n.  Pediatric  clinic  or  office.  Middle- 
;ed,  board  certified.  Planning  to  seek 
ivate  practice.  Prefer  Monmouth  or 
;ean  County.  Willing  to  work  nights 
id  weekends.  Write  Box  No.  73,  JMSNJ. 


LEDED  PHYSICIANS — For  successful 
41  known  walk-in  medical  office  center, 
■ntral  NJ.  Full  and  part  time,  skilled 
rsonable  American-trained  MDs.  Send 
J to  E.  V.  McGinley,  MD,  1005  N.  Wash- 
gton  Avenue,  Green  Brook,  NJ  08812. 
H-968-8900. 


IACTICE  FOR  SALE — Twenty-year- 
1,  solo,  general  practice  in  South-Cen- 
il  NJ.  20  minutes  from  Philadelphia 
id  1 1/2  hours  from  NYC.  Busy,  efficient, 
gh  net.  Just  negotiated  a seven  year 
signable  lease  for  a new  office  in  the 
me  building.  Lovely  suburban  area 
th  top-rated  school  systems.  A good 
ice  to  live  and  work.  Leaving  to  go  sail- 
g.  Write  Box  No.  86,  JMSNJ. 


IACTICE — Solo  Family  Practice  avail- 
ile  in  county  seat,  South  Jersey.  Office 
home.  Hospital  across  town.  Write  Box 
).  85,  JMSNJ. 


IACTICE — Active  Family  and  Indus- 
al  Practice  in  Bergen  County  available 
on.  Excellent  opportunity.  Write  Box 
).  88,  JMSNJ. 


FOR  SALE— House/Office.  Fully 
equipped  medical  office,  well  established 
practice;  general  and  internal  medicine. 
Near  hospital.  Central  NJ.  Write  Box  No. 
89,  JMSNJ. 


FOR  SALE — X-ray,  Fisher  300  MS,  veiy 
little  use,  reasonable.  Call  201-627-2544. 


FOR  SALE—  ECG  portable  COMPUTER, 
like  new,  with  2 boxes  ECG  roll  paper, 
$900.  Telephone  days  201-750-8474  or 
nights  201-647-3793. 


FOR  SALE — Tax-sheltered,  income  pro- 
ducing opportunity.  Cash  in  on  high 
“drinking  & driving"  awareness  with 
commercial  quality  coin-operated,  al- 
cohol breath  analyzers.  May  be  placed  in 
bars,  clubs,  restaurants,  etc.  Call  609- 
235-4358. 


FOR  SALE  or  RENT — Kearny.  Fully 
equipped  and  furnished  medical  office 
building  including  patients'  records. 
Comer  location  on  main  street.  Call  after 
8 p.m.  201-746-1709. 


FOR  SALE  or  RENT — Central  Jersey.  For 
immediate  occupancy  new,  modem, 
energy  efficient  rental  500  to  2,000 
square  feet  available.  31,000  residents 
within  three  mile  radius.  Close  to  Phila- 
delphia, Atlantic  City,  in  Central  Jersey 
shore  area  Internists  and  specialties 
needed.  Ideal  for  main/satellite  office. 
Call  201-350-1008. 


FOR  RENT — Professional  office  for  rent. 
Approximately  710  square  feet.  Near 
Dover  General  Hospital.  Near  Routes  80 
and  46.  Morris  County,  New  Jersey.  Tele- 
phone 201-366-2557. 


FOR  RENT — Professional  office  space  for 
rent.  Millbum  prestigious  building,  775 
square  feet.  On-site  parking,  on  bus 
route.  Call  201-731-1900. 


FOR  LEASE — Attractive,  modem  medi- 
cal building,  Morris  Avenue,  Union 
Center,  Union,  NJ.  Office  for  lease.  750 
square  feet,  large,  private  adjoining  park- 
ing lot,  1st  floor,  no  steps  . . . will  build  to 
suit.  Phone  201-688-2480. 


OFFICE  TO  SUBLET— Medical  office  to 
sublet  in  professional  building  in 
Deptford  (Woodbury)  area.  609- 
853-8720. 


OFFICE  SPACE — For  rent,  medical  office 
fully  equipped  and  furnished.  1,300 
square  feet.  Atlantic  City.  Call  609- 
822-0270. 


OFFICE  SPACE  TO  SHARE  NEEDED— 

Board  certified  pediatrician  desires  office 
space  in  Edison/Metuchen  to  share. 
Write  to  Box  No.  87,  JMSNJ. 


OFFICE  SPACE  TO  SHARE— Living 
ston.  349  E.  Northfield  Road.  Near  St. 
Barnabas.  Fully  furnished.  All  utilities  in- 
cluded. Near  public  transportation.  Avail- 
able immediately.  201-992-1124. 


OFFICE  FOR  SHARE  or  RENT— At  2 lo 

cations  in  Hudson  County,  furnished, 
parking,  close  to  hospitals,  and  transpor- 
tation. All  utilities  included.  201- 
864-7172. 


OFFICE  TO  SHARE— Bergenfield.  Cen- 
trally located  professional  building.  Park- 
ing, furnished,  900  square  feet.  $450. 
Five  minutes  from  hospitals.  Summer 
1984.  Write  or  call  Ronny  Meier,  MD,  297 
S.  Washington  Ave.,  Bergenfield,  NJ 
07621.  201-385-8350. 


OFFICE  FOR  SHARE  or  RENT— New 

Brunswick,  Highland  Park  area  Fur- 
nished, 700  square  feet.  Ample  parking. 
Close  to  the  hospital.  $500/month  plus 
utilities,  for  rent.  For  share,  $300/month 
including  utilities.  Call  201-572-5050  or 
572-7553. 


.TE  INFORMATION  FOR  MEMBERS:  $5.00  per  insertion  up  to  25  words;  10  cents  each  additional  word.  Payable  in  advance. 
)RD  COUNT:  Count  as  one  word  all  single  words,  two  initials  of  a name,  each  abbreviation,  isolated  numbers,  groups  of 
mbers,  hyphenated  words.  Count  name  and  address  as  five  words,  telephone  number  as  one  word,  and  "Write  Box  No.  000, 

1 JMSNJ"  as  six  words.  COPY  DEADLINE:  Fifth  of  preceding  month. 


MEDICAL  PRACTICE 
SALES  AND  APPRAISALS 

We  specialize  in  the  valuation  and  selling  of 
medical  practices.  If  interested  in  buying  or  selling 
a medical  practice,  contact  our  Brokerage 
Division  at: 

Health  Care  Personnel  Consulting,  Inc. 

403  GSB  Building 
1 Belmont  Avenue 
Bala  Cynwyd,  PA  19004 

215-667-8630 


61  1 


L.  81— NUMBER  7— JULY  1984 


Doctor:  Relief  is  Here! 

Dynamic  professional,  Midwest  experience, 
with  nine  years  in  Health  Care  Industry,  available 
for  MANAGEMENT  position  with  responsibility 
for  Medical  Group  in  Tri-State  area.  Expertise  in 
Cost  Containment,  Data  Processing,  Marketing 
and  Health  Care  Legislation. 

Can  relieve  you  of  your  administrative  problems, 
immediately. 

Call:  201-934-9786 


INTERNIST,  FAMILY  PRACTICE 
FREESTANDING  E.R.  PHYSICIAN 

Multispecialty  practice  based  in  Philadelphia  and 
Cherry  Hill,  N.J.  Great  opportunity  with  financial  secur- 
ity. Staff  affiliation  with  University  Hospital.  Not  an  HMO. 
Main  office  in  Cherry  Hill,  N.J.  10  minutes  away  from 
Philadelphia. 

CHERRY  HILL  HEALTH  CARE  ASSOCIATES,  P.A. 

7740  Maple  Avenue 

Pennsauken,  NJ  08109  (609)  488-3505 


Associate  Medical  Director 

South  Jersey  office,  major  national  firm,  seeks 
sociate  Medical  Director;  part-time  initially;  even, 
full-time  career  opportunity  with  competv, 
salary/benefits;  requires  sound  professional  b 
ground;  experience,  or  substantial  interest  in  utilize cn 
control/peer  review/medical  administration.  Reie 
strictly  confidential.  Reply  to: 

Box  No.  80 
JMSNJ 

2 Princess  Road 
Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648 




OUTSTANDING  PRACTICE 
OPPORTUNITIES. 

Modern,  well-equipped  hospital  in  Western  P< 
sylvania  will  assist  setting  up  private  practices  in 
THOPEDIC  SURGERY,  FAMILY  PRACTICE,  OPHT 
MOLOGY,  and  MEDICAL  ONCOLOGY.  Requires  B( 
Eligible  or  Certified  physicians  in  each  specialty. 

Attractive  suburban,  semi-rural  location,  exceller 
come  guarantee.  Strong  demand  for  new  doctors 
sures  large  client  base.  For  more  information  con 
Carol  Kennedy,  1-800-441-0996,  c/o  Garofolo,  Cus 
& Co.,  Physician  Recruitment  Division,  326  W.  In 
caster  Ave.,  Ardmore,  PA  19003. 


Need  A Temporary  Physician? 

CompHealth  treats  your  practice  as  if  it  were  our 
own  during:  vacations,  CMEs,  recruiting,  clinic 

start-up  or  other  absences. 

Want  Free  Time  While  You 
Practice  Medicine? 

Join  CompHealth’s  Locum  Tenens  Physician  Group. 


For  further  information  about  temporary  coverage 
or  locum  tenens  practice  opportunities,  call: 

II  CompHealth 

A Physician  Group 


WILSON  ROSS,  Regional  Administrator 
244  East  Hanover  St. 

Trenton,  NJ  08608 
Telephone:  609-392-1111 


Fr°™  the  desk  of 

Prestd^f S E‘  GEORGE,  \f.()  j D 

j0^areer0r'entedE 

" AR^ardingCareer,n9p  CyPhVs. 
Can  yQu  Emergency 

lowing  accePt  the  chxll 
your  C VPr°lerSS‘°^  enters 
Emergence  p?nfldence  to  ; V ph^ician 

w“»4  L?re“"  A... c‘ 

WJersey0809fi  ,es-  p / 

E P * Offers.  *°96  or  call  (609)  { 

0 M°iT1Pet,t'Ve  'nc°me 
0 FI  3 PKraCt'Ce  'France 

0 cmT  :cheduie 

pr  credits 

0 Close  andrUra,Settin9s 

0 E JersevS0JW  V°rk,  Phi,adelph. 

";--^-.000to65,oo( 

yo  --sr 

*°Uonyour^ltn  5f°ranE-PA  , 

V foa  awarding  ca;^  ^Pfca(ion  th 

emergency 


Can 


You 


612 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERfY 


The  Journal  •»  ▼ v 

rx[K™  New  Jersey 

AUGUST  1984 


library 

U.C.  SAN  FRANCISCO 
SEP  7 1984 


Aircraft 


■ • 

1 

■ 

\m  i 

mm 

Rj  ill 

1 u 

1 

’ ”V:; 

; 

JB 

- ■ ■ 

1 

% 

1 

The  Geriatric  Imperative 


The  Library 

Acquisitions  Division 

univ.  of  Calif.,  San 
San  Francisco,  cam. 


Francisco 

94143  S 


Check  this  list 
against  your 
coverages  . . . . 


Send  this  coupon 

for  no-obligation 
' information 
off  the  savings 
aider 
the  Medical 
Society  ©ff 
New  Jersey 
Endorsed 
Insurance 
Plans 


□ $5000  Monthly  Guaranteed 
Convertible  Accident  and  Health 

□ $10,000  Monthly  Practice 
Overhead  Expense 

□ $1,250,000  Term  Life  Insurance 

□ $500  Deductible 
COMPREHENSIVE 
MILLION-OOLLAR  MAJOR 
MEDICAL  PLAN— No  other 
coverage  needed — Issuable  to  Age 
69 

□ $15,000  Deductible  MILLION- 
OOLLAR  UMBRELLA 
MAJOR  MEDICAL  PLAN  for 
holders  of  Blue  Cross  and  other 
Major  Medical  Plans — Issuable 
to  Age  69 

□ $100-a-day  Hospital  Income 

Policy 

□ $200,0(00  High  Limit  Accident 
Plan 

□ Keogh  and  Corporate  Plan 
NOW!  $15,000  KEOGH 


c E.  & Wo  Blanksteen 
o Agency,  Inc. 

0 E.  & W.  Blanksteen 

1 

i 75  Montgomery  St., 
Jersey  City,  N.J.  07302 
(201)  333-4340 
or  1-800-B  LANKA  G 

L 


Name: 


Address: 


Tel.  No. 


Best  Time  To  Call. 


The  Journal 
of  the  Medical 
Society  of 


New  Jersey 


presents 


300  YEARS  OF 
MEDICINE  IN  NEW  JERSEY 

September  1984 

We  are  celebrating  the  history  of  medicine  in  New  Jersey.  This  special 
issue  illuminates  the  beginnings  of  our  health  care  system  and  the  growth 
of  medical  care:  essays  highlight  those  talented  individuals  who  devoted 
themselves  to  this  system,  and  commentaries  present  the  development  of 
specialized  care  in  associated  fields  of  medicine.  Plus  a special  photography 
section  highlighting  three  statewide  exhibits. 

Copies  of  this  issue  are  available  by  sending  $5.00  (check  or  money 
order)  to  MSNJ,  Two  Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648.  All  MSNJ 
members  will  receive  one  copy  of  this  issue. 

Name 

Address 


Enclose  a $5.00  check  or  money  order  for  each  copy. 


81— NUMBER  8— AUGUST  1984 


613 


THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY 
OF  NEW  JERSEY 

Founded  July  23,  1 766 


Officers  and  Trustees 

President  and  Chairman  of  the  Board 

Frank  Y.  Watson,  M.D,  (Essex)  Glen  Ridge 

President-Elect 

Ralph  J.  Fioretti,  M.D.  (Bergen)  Rochelle  Park 

First  Vice-President 

Edward  A Schauer,  M.D.  (Monmouth)  Farmingdale 

Second  Vice-President 

Harry  M.  Carnes,  M.D.  (Camden)  Audubon 

Immediate  Past-President 

Alexander  D.  Kovacs,  M.D.  (Union)  Scotch  Plains 

Secretary 

Arthur  Bernstein,  M.D.  (Essex)  South  Orange 

Treasurer 

Paul  J.  Hirsch,  M.D.  (Somerset)  Bridgewater 

Trustees 

Joel  S.  Cherashore,  M.D.  (1986)  (Essex)  Nutley 

Douglas  M.  Costabile,  M.D.  (1987)  (Union)  Murray  Hill 

Palma  E.  Formica  M.D.  (1987) 

(Middlesex)  New  Brunswick 

Harry  W.  Fullerton,  Jr.,  M.D.  (1985) 

(Salem)  Carney’s  Point 

Frank  Gingerelli,  M.D.  (1986)  (Bergen)  Hackensack 

Michael  M.  Heeg,  M.D.  (1987)  (Mercer)  Trenton 

Louis  L.  Keeler,  M.D.  (1985)  (Camden)  Collingswood 

John  P.  Kengeter,  M.D.  (1987)  (Ocean)  Toms  River 

Edwin  W.  Messey,  M.D.  (1985)  (Burlington)  Willingboro 

Myles  C.  Morrison,  Jr.,  M.D.  (1985)  (Morris)  ....  Morristown 

John  J.  Pastore,  M.D.  (1986)  (Cumberland)  Vineland 

Carl  Restivo,  Jr.,  M.D.  (1987)  (Hudson)  Jersey  City 

Bernard  Robins,  M.D.  (1987)  (Essex)  Springfield 

Gerald  H.  Rozan,  M.D.  (1987)  (Passaic)  Wayne 

Councilors 

First  District 

(Essex,  Morris,  Union,  and  Warren  Counties) 

Edward  M.  Coe,  M.D.  (1987)  Cranford 

Second  District 

(Bergen,  Hudson,  Passaic,  and  Sussex  Counties) 

Robert  A Weinstein,  M.D.  (1986)  Newton 

Third  District 

(Hunterdon,  Mercer,  Middlesex,  and  Somerset  Counties) 

Louis  G.  Fares,  M.D.  (1985)  Trenton 

Fourth  District 

(Burlington,  Camden,  Monmouth,  and  Ocean  Counties) 

Frederick  W.  Durham,  M.D.  (1987)  Haddonfield 

Fifth  District 

(Atlantic,  Cape  May,  Cumberland,  Gloucester,  and 
Salem  Counties) 

Paul  H.  Steel,  M.D.  (1986)  Atlantic  City 

AMA  Delegates 

William  J.  D’Elia  M.D.,  Chairman  (1985)  Spring  Lake 

Alfred  A Alessi,  M.D.  (1986)  Hackensack 

Frederick  W.  Durham,  M.D.  (1986)  Haddonfield 

Palma  E.  Formica  M.D.  (1986)  New  Brunswick 

Karl  T.  Franzoni,  M.D.  (1986)  Trenton 

John  S.  Madara  M.D.  (1986)  Salem 

Hemy  J.  Mineur,  M.D.  (1986)  Cranford 

Myles  C.  Morrison,  Jr„  M.D.  (1985)  Morristown 

Howard  D.  Slobodien,  M.D.  (1985)  Metuchen 

AMA  Trustee 

James  S.  Todd,  M.D.  (Ridgewood)  Bergen 


August  1984 

Publication  Committee 

Paul  J.  Hirsch.  M.D.,  Chairman 
Dirck  L.  Brendlinger,  M.D. 

Frederick  B.  Cohen,  M.D. 

A Olusegun  Fayemi,  M.D. 

Robert  M.  MacMillan,  M.D. 

Leon  G.  Smith,  M.D. 

La  Verne  Fioretti 

Editor 

Arthur  Krosnick,  M.D. 

Managing  Editor 

Geraldine  R Hutner 

Assistant  Managing  Editor 

Dorothy  J.  Griffith 

Advertising  Manager 

E.  Elizabeth  Cookson 

Executive  Director 

Vincent  A Maressa 

Executive  Director  Emeritus 

Richard  I.  Nevin 

Editorial  Board 

Jerome  Abrams,  M.D.  (Obstet/Gynecol) 
Joseph  Alpert  M.D.  (Vase  Surg) 

Harold  Arlen,  M.D.  (Otolaryngol) 

Alfonse  Cinotti,  M.D.  (Ophthalmol) 
Robert  Dodelson,  M.D.  (Nephrol) 
Norman  H.  Ertel,  M.D.  (Int  Med/Endocrinol) 
Daniel  P.  Greenfield,  M.D.  (Psychiat) 
Christine  E.  Haycock,  M.D.  (Sports  Med) 
Monroe  S.  Karetzky,  M.D.  (Pulmon  Med) 
Avrum  L.  Katcher,  M.D.  (Pediatr) 
Stanley  C.  Leonberg,  Jr.,  M.D.  (Neurol) 

Joel  D.  Levinson,  M.D.  (Gastroenterol) 
Joseph  A Lieberman,  III,  M.D.  (Fam  Med) 
Henry  R Liss,  M.D.  (Neurosurg) 

Geobel  A Marin,  M.D.  (Int  Med/Gastroenterol) 
Donald  G.  McKaba,  M.D.  (Allergy) 

Robby  Meijer,  M.D.  (Plas  Surg) 

Frank  T.  Padberg,  Jr.,  M.D.  (Surg) 
Christopher  A Papa,  M.D.  (Dermatol) 
Norman  Riegel,  M.D.  (Book  Review) 
Edwin  L.  Rothfield,  M.D.  (Cardiol) 
Benjamin  F.  Rush,  Jr.,  M.D.  (Surg) 
Morris  H.  Saffron,  M.D.  (Med  His) 

Mark  M.  Singer,  M.D.  (Int  Med/Endocrinol) 
Sheldon  D.  Solomon,  M.D.  (Rheum) 

Lloyd  N.  Spindell,  M.D.  (Radiol) 

A Arthur  Sugerman,  M.D.  (Psychiat) 
Stephen  F.  Wang,  M.D.  (Pediatr) 

Edwin  S.  Wilson,  M.D.  (Radiol) 

Louis  S.  Zeiger,  M.D.  (Nucl  Med) 

Robert  B.  Zufall,  M.D.  (Urol) 


The  Journal  of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  (ISSN-0025-7524)  is  published  monthly  (since  1904)  excit 
semimonthly  in  July  (13  issues),  under  direction  of  the  Committee  on  Publication,  by  the  Medical  Society  of 
Jersey,  Two  Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648.  Printed  in  East  Stroudsburg,  PA  by  the  Hughes  Prints 
Co.  Whole  number  of  issues  965.  Member’s  subscription  ($10)  is  included  in  Society  dues.  Rates  for  nonmembs, 
$20  outside  USA  add  $7.50  for  postage.  Single  copies,  $2.  Address  communications  to  The  Journal  MSNJ,  To 
Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648,  (609)  896-1766.  Second-class  postage  paid  at  Trenton,  NJ,  and  addition 
entry  office.  Copyright  1984  by  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey. 


614 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JER.‘  X 


The  Easy 
Alternative... 


Lease  the  car  of  your  choice  from  us.  You  choose 
the  model,  color  and  options  ...  we  do  the  rest1 
Our  leasing  program  can  be  custom-tailored  to 
include  insurance,  if  you  desire.  We  feature 
personalized  service  and  the  extra  attention  to 
detail  you’re  looking  for. 

Call  us  today  at  (201)  257-2300  or  (212)  964-0037 
to  lease  YOUR  car ...  the  convenient,  easy  way 


6 Connerty  Court  • East  Brunswick,  NJ  08816 


Jote:  If  you  ’ re  new  to  medical  practice  in  N.J. . . . 

’em  don’t  have  to  buy  commercial 
nalpractice  insurance 

VIES  S . T ODD , M . D . , Chairman/Board  of  Directors,  Medical  In  ter-Insurance  Exchange  of  New Jersey 


you  made  your  decision  to  establish  yourself 
New  Jersey,  you  no  doubt  heard  horror 
tries  about  our  professional  liability  insurance 
Dblems.  The  legal  risks  we  assume  in  this 
siness  have  grown  so  far  out  of  proportion 
it  many  commercial  underwriters  have  been 
iply  unable  to  cope,  resulting  in  abrupt  and 
en  untimely  suspension  of  coverage. 

As  a new  practitioner  in  this  State,  either 
ocating  or  just  beginning  your  professional 
reer,  you  have  an  alternative  to  commercial 
iurance.  The  Medical  Inter-Insurance 
change  provides  an  opportunity  to  build 
ur  new  practice  on  the  most  secure  footing 
ssible  with  long-term  peace  of  mind. 

Founded  in  1977  at  the  peak  of  the 
remium  crisis,”  the  Exchange  is  a wholly 
ctor-owned  cooperative  organization 
rough  which  we  insure  ourselves  for  our 


own  sake.  Membership  has  grown  to  two-thirds 
of  all  practicing  physicians  and  surgeons  in  the 
state.  Because  we  re  in  it  for  security  — not 
for  profit  — we  can  provide  for  ourselves  the 
absolute  best  available  insurance  product  for 
the  money.  Every  dollar  we  take  in  goes  toward 
protection  (no  sales  commissions)  and  every 
dollar  left  over  is  returned  to  us  — in  cash. 

You  owe  it  to  yourself  to  know  your 
options  and  the  practicalities  of  each.  We’re 
here  to  help  you  sort  them  all  out.  Call  and 
talk  directly  to  our  Vice  President  and  Director 
of  Policyholder  Services,  Bill  Reilly,  TOLL 
FREE  (in  N.J.)  800-257-6288  or 
(609)  896-2404  from  other  areas.  We  look 
forward  to  hearing  from  you. 

A professional  service  message  from  the 

Medical  Inter-Insurance  Exchange  of  N .J. 

Two  Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville  NJ  08648 
(609)  896-2404 


L.  81— NUMBER  8— AUGUST  1984 


615 


The  Journal 
of  the  Medical 
Society  of 


New  Jersey 

AUGUST  19,1 


Features 

6 1 9 Membership  Newsletter 
623  Physician  Legal  Bulletin 
629  Professional  Liability  Commentary 
63 1 Editorials 

635  Hospital  Governing  Boards 

Contributions 


637  Geriatric  Imperative:  Should  Community  Hospitals  Have  Geriatric 
Units? 

MA.  Nevins,  M.D.,  Woodcliff  Lake 

643  Geriatric  Imperative:  The  Interface  Between  the  Acute  Hospital  and 
Long-Term  Care 

W.J.  Kane,  M.D. , and  D.C.  Kennie,  M.G.,  CH.B.,  Mount  Holly 
647  Geriatric  Imperative:  An  Opportunity  for  Change 

R. B.  Milch,  Passaic 

65 1 Geriatric  Imperative:  Geriatric  Assessment  Programs 

L. Z.  Rubenstein,  M.D.,  Sepulveda,  CA 

655  Geriatric  Imperative:  The  Acutely  111  Elderly 

LA.  Joel  EcLD.,  Newark 

66 1 Geriatric  Imperative:  Summary  Statement  of  ACP  Study  Group 

MA.  Nevins,  M.D.,  S.  Alexander,  M.D.,  F.  Chinard,  M.D.,  E.  Harris,  M.D., 

M.  Wallen,  M.D.,  Woodcliff  Lake 

663  Pharmacological  Basis  of  Therapeutics:  Gossypol,  An  Oral  Male 

Contraceptive? 

S. M.  Penningroth,  Ph.D„  Piscataway 

667  The  Impaired  Physicians  Program:  Another  Kind  of  Impairment 
E.D.  Reading,  M.Div.,  Lawrenceville 
669  Your  Congressman  Speaks:  The  Cost  of  Health  Care 

Congressman  Jim  Courter 

Doctors’  Notebook 

672  UMDNJ  Notes,  Stanley  S.  Bergen,  Jr„  M.D. 

673  MSN J Auxiliary,  Grace  Gel Iman 

673  New  Members 

674  Physicians  Seeking  Location  in  New  Jersey 

MSN  J Departments 

677  CME  Calendar 
68 1 Letters  to  the  Editor 
683  Book  Reviews 
685  Obituaries 
687  Information  for  Authors 

On  The  Cover:  The  Serenata  Quartet 
is  a fine  example  of  the  challenge  and 
opportunity  of  the  new  geriatric  im- 
perative. Members  of  this  excellent 
string  quartet  include:  Beverly 

Palmer,  violin  (61);  Stuart  Jolly,  violin 
(65);  David  Rounds,  cello  (77);  and  Kay 
Knudsen,  viola  (78).  Photo  by  Joe 
Dixon. 

_ 

THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JER!  V 


616 


to  make  sure  your  getting  the  best  cellular  mobile  telephone,  read 
the  fine  print.  If  it  doesn’t  say  GE  STAR  by  General  Electric  you’re 
not  getting  a cellular  phone  where  you  can  take  the  unit  with  you 
when  leaving  your  car  to  prevent  theft,  nor  are  you  getting  a unit 
so  small  it  can  fit  in  any  car  or  model. 

If  you  can  read  this  fine  print  and  call  609-655-2225  and  advance 

order  a GE  STAR  cellular  mobile  telephone  you  will  receive  a free 

GE  25"  color  TV  or  GE  Video  camera. 

future  communications— usa,  inc. 

p.o.  box  1062 

hightstown,  n.j.  08520 


* 81— NUMBER  8— AUGUST  1984 


617 


An  added  complication... 
in  the  treatment  of  bacterial  bronchitis 


Brlel  Summary.  Consult  the  package  literature  lor  prescribing 
information. 

Indications  and  Usage:  Ceclor®  (cefaclor,  Lilly)  is  indicated  in  the 
treatment  of  the  following  infections  when  caused  by  susceptible 
strains  of  fhe  designated  microorganisms 

Lower  respiratory  infections,  including  pneumonia  caused  by 
Streptococcus  pneumoniae  (Diplococcus  pneumoniae),  Haemophilus 
inlluenzae.  andS  pyogenes  (group  A beta-hemolytic  streptococci) 

Appropriate  culture  and  susceptibility  studies  should  be  performed 
to  determine  susceptibility  of  the  causative  organism  to  Ceclor 
Contraindication.  Ceclor  is  contraindicated  in  patients  with  known 
allergy  to  the  cephalosporin  group  of  antibiotics 
Warnings.  IN  PENICILLIN-SENSITIVE  PATIENTS,  CEPHALOSPORIN 
ANTIBIOTICS  SHOULD  BE  ADMINISTERED  CAUTIOUSLY  THERE  IS 
CLINICAL  AND  LABORATORY  EVIOENCE  OF  PARTIAL  CROSS- 
ALLERGENICITY OF  THE  PENICILLINS  AND  THE  CEPHALOSPORINS 
AND  THERE  ARE  INSTANCES  IN  WHICH  PATIENTS  HAVE  HAD 
REACTIONS,  INCLUDING  ANAPHYLAXIS.  TO  BOTH  DRUG 
CLASSES 

Antibiotics,  including  Ceclor,  should  be  administered  cautiously  to 
any  patient  who  has  demonstrated  some  form  of  allergy,  particularly 
to  drugs 

Pseudomembranous  colitis  has  been  reported  with  virtually  all 
broad-spectrum  antibiotics  (including  macrolides.  semisynthetic 
penicillins,  and  cephalosporins),  therefore,  it  is  important  to  consider 
its  diagnosis  in  patients  who  develop  diarrhea  in  association  with  the 
use  of  antibiotics  Such  colitis  may  range  in  severity  from  mild  to 
life-threatening 

Treatment  with  broad-spectrum  antibiotics  alters  the  normal  flora 
of  the  colon  and  may  permit  overgrowth  of  Clostridia  Studies 
indicate  that  a toxin  produced  by  Clostridium  difficile  is  one  primary 
cause  of  antibiotic-associated  colitis. 

Mild  cases  of  pseudomembranous  colitis  usually  respond  to  drug 
discontinuance  alone  In  moderate  to  severe  cases,  management 
should  include  sigmoidoscopy,  appropriate  bacteriologic  studies,  and 
fluid,  electrolyte,  and  protein  supplementation  When  the  colitis  does 
not  improve  after  the  drug  has  been  discontinued , or  when  it  is 
severe,  oral  vancomycin  is  the  drug  of  choice  for  antibiotic- 
associated  pseudomembranous  colitis  produced  by  C.  difficile.  Other 
causes  of  colitis  should  be  ruled  out 

Precautions:  General  Precautions — If  an  allergic  reaction  to  Ceclor 
occurs,  the  drug  should  be  discontinued,  and,  it  necessary,  the 
patient  should  be  treated  with  appropriate  agents,  eg.,  pressor 
amines,  antihistamines,  or  corticosteroids 

Prolonged  use  of  Ceclor  may  result  in  the  overgrowth  of 
nonsusceptible  organisms.  Careful  observation  of  the  patient  is 
essential  II  superinfection  occurs  during  therapy,  appropriate 
measures  should  be  taken . 

Positive  direct  Coombs'  tests  have  been  reported  during  treatment 
with  the  cephalosporin  antibiotics.  In  hematologic  studies  or  in 
transfusion  cross-matching  procedures  when  antiglobulin  tests  are 
performed  on  the  minor  side  or  in  Coombs'  testing  of  newborns 
whose  mothers  have  received  cephalosporin  antibiotics  before 
parturition,  it  should  be  recognized  that  a positive  Coombs'  test  may 
be  due  to  the  drug 

Ceclor  should  be  administered  with  caution  in  the  presence  of 
markedly  impaired  renal  function.  Under  such  conditions,  careful 
clinical  observation  and  laboratory  studies  should  be  made  because 
safe  dosage  may  be  lower  than  that  usually  recommended 

As  a result  of  administration  of  Ceclor.  a false-positive  reaction  for 
glucose  in  the  urine  may  occur  This  has  been  observed  with 
Benedict's  and  Fehlmg’s  solutions  and  also  with  Clinitest®  tablets  but 
not  with  Tes-Tape*  (Glucose  Enzymatic  Test  Strip,  USP,  Lilly) 

Broad-spectrum  antibiotics  should  be  prescribed  with  caution  in 
individuals  with  a history  of  gastrointestinal  disease,  particularly 
colitis. 

Usage  in  Pregnancy— Pregnancy  Category  B— Reproduction 
studies  have  been  performed  in  mice  and  rats  at  doses  up  to  1 2 times 
the  human  dose  and  in  ferrets  given  three  times  the  maximum  human 
dose  and  have  revealed  no  evidence  of  impaired  fertility  or  harm  to 
the  fetus  due  to  Ceclor  There  are,  however,  no  adequate  and 
well-controlled  studies  in  pregnant  women  Because  animal 
reproduction  studies  are  not  always  predictive  of  human  response, 
this  drug  should  be  used  during  pregnancy  only  if  clearly  needed 

Nursing  Mothers — Small  amounts  of  Ceclor  have  been  detected  in 
mother's  milk  following  administration  of  single  500-mg  doses 
Average  levels  were  0 18,  0.20,  0 21 , and  0 16  mcg/ml  at  two,  three, 
four,  and  five  hours  respectively  Trace  amounts  were  detected  at  one 


Some  ampicillin-resistant  strains  of 
Haemophilus  influenzae— a recognized 
complication  of  bacterial  bronchitis*— are 
sensitive  to  treatment  with  Ceclor.1 6 

In  clinical  trials,  patients  with  bacterial  bronchitis 
due  to  susceptible  strains  of  Streptococcus 
pneumoniae.  H.  influenzae,  S,  pyogenes 
(group  A beta-hemolytic  streptococci),  or  multiple 
organisms  achieved  a satisfactory  clinical 
response  with  Ceclor.7 


Pulvules®,  250  and  500  mg 


hour  The  effect  on  nursing  infants  is  not  known.  Caution  should  be 
exercised  when  Ceclor*  (cefaclor,  Lilly)  is  administered  to  a nursing 
woman. 

Usage  in  Children — Safely  and  effectiveness  of  this  product  for  use 
in  infants  less  than  one  month  of  age  have  not  been  established 
Adverse  Reactions:  Adverse  effects  considered  related  to  therapy 
with  Ceclor  are  uncommon  and  are  listed  below 

Gastrointestinal  symptoms  occur  in  about  2.5  percent  of  patients 
and  include  diarrhea  (1  in  70) 

Symptoms  of  pseudomembranous  colitis  may  appear  either  during 
or  after  antibiotic  treatment  Nausea  and  vomiting  have  been  reported 
rarely. 

Hypersensitivity  reactions  have  been  reported  in  about  1.5  percent 
of  patients  and  include  morbilliform  eruptions  (1  in  100)  Pruritus, 
urticaria,  and  positive  Coombs'  tests  each  occur  in  less  than  1 in  200 
patients  Cases  of  serum-sickness-like  reactions  (erythema 
multiforme  or  the  above  skin  manifestations  accompanied  by 
arthritis/arthralgia  and.  frequently,  fever)  have  been  reported  These 
reactions  are  apparently  due  to  hypersensitivity  and  have  usually 
occurred  during  or  following  a second  course  of  therapy  with  Ceclor. 
Such  reactions  have  been  reported  more  frequently  in  children  than  in 
adults  Signs  and  symptoms  usually  occur  a fewfdays  alter  initiation 
of  therapy  and  subside  within  a few  days  after  cessation  of  therapy 
No  serious  sequelae  have  been  reported  Antihistamines  and 
corticosteroids  appear  to  enhance  resolution  of  the  syndrome 

Cases  of  anaphylaxis  have  been  reported,  half  of  which  have 
occurred  in  patients  with  a history  of  penicillin  allergy. 

Other  effects  considered  related  to  therapy  included  eosinophilia 
(1  in  50  patients)  and  genital  pruritus  or  vaginitis  (less  than  1 in  100 
patients) 

Causal  Relationship  Uncertain— Transitory  abnormalities  in  clinical 
laboratory  test  results  have  been  reported  Although  they  were  of 
uncertain  etiology,  they  are  listed  below  to  serve  as  alerting 
information  for  the  physician. 

Hepatic— Slight  elevations  of  SGOT,  SGPT,  or  alkaline  phosphatase 
values  (1  in  40) 

Hematopoietic— Transient  fluctuations  in  leukocyte  count, 
predominantly  lymphocytosis  occurring  in  infants  and  young  children 
(1  in  40) 

Renal — Slight  elevations  in  BUN  or  serum  creatinine  (less  than  1 in 
500)  or  abnormal  urinalysis  (less  than  1 in  200) 

(061782R) 


• Many  authorities  attribute  acute  infectious  exacerbation  of  chronic 
bronchitis  to  either  S.  pneumoniae  or  H inlluenzae. " 

Note:  Ceclor  is  contraindicated  in  patients  with  known  allergy  to  the 
cephalosporins  and  should  be  given  cautiously  to  penicillin-allergic 
patients 

Penicillin  is  the  usual  drug  of  choice  in  the  treatment  and 
prevention  of  streptococcal  infections,  including  the  prophylaxis  of 
rheumatic  fever  See  prescribing  information. 

References 

1.  Antimicrob  Agents  Chemother  ,8.  91, 1975. 

2 Antimicrob  Agents  Chemother , 11  470,  1977. 

3 Antimicrob.  Agents  Chemother , 73  584 . 1978 

4 Antimicrob.  Agents  Chemother , 12  490,  1977 

5 Current  Chemotherapy  (edited  by  W.  Siegenthaler  and  R Luthy), 
II  880  Washington,  D C American  Society  for  Microbiology. 
1978 

6 Antimicrob  Agents  Chemother , 73  861 , 1978 

7 Oata  on  file.  Eli  Lilly  and  Company 

8 Principles  and  Practice  of  Infectious  Diseases  (edited  by  G.L 
Mandell.  R.G  Douglas,  Jr , and  J E Bennett),  p 487  New  York: 
John  Wiley  & Sons,  1979 

© 1982.  ELI  LILLY  AND  COMPANY 


Additional  information  available  to 
the  profession  on  request  from 
Eli  Lilly  and  Company 
Indianapolis,  Indiana  46285 

Eli  Lilly  Industries.  Inc. 

Carolina.  Puerto  Rico  00630 


■i 


I :l 


618 


■ 

THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JER^Y 


HE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY  VOLUME  14 


\ 5RKSHOP  ON  CME  NEEDS  ASSESSMENT  AND 
STE  SURVEYS 

Dn  September  19,  1984,  between  the  hours  of  9:00 
A and  4:00  p.m..  The  Academy  of  Medicine  of  New 
vrsey  and  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  jointly 
\ II  sponsor  a workshop  at  the  MSNJ  Headquarters, 
To  Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville. 

This  program  will  feature  noted  experts  in  the  CME 
fid  discussing  practical  approaches  to  needs 
csessment  and  site  surveys  governed  by  ACCME  es- 
5 itials. 

Those  physicians  acting  in  DME  capacities,  hospital 
£ d specialty  society  program  chairmen,  program  or 
ME  committee  members  as  well  as  nonphysician 
ME  support  staff  should  attend. 

Mark  your  calendar  now  for  this  important  meeting. 
Tgistration  materials  have  been  sent.  For  additional 
(formation  or  clarification,  contact  the  Executive  Of- 
l es  at  (609)  896-1717. 

. HA  TO  PRODUCE  FEE  FREEZE  POSTER 

A poster  that  shows  physician  support  for  a one-year 
; freeze  appeared  in  the  May  25  edition  of  American 
edical  News.  It  may  be  tom  out  and  displayed  in 
ception  areas.  Here  is  the  wording  of  the  poster:  “I 
ive  voluntarily  frozen  my  fees  for  one  year  beginning 
bruary  1984.  I am  supporting  the  policy  of  the 
nerican  Medical  Association  and  other  medical  so- 
eties  to  do  my  fair  share  in  holding  down  the  cost 
medical  care.  If  it  is  difficult  for  you  to  pay  my  fees 
licause  you  are  uninsured,  unemployed,  or  on  a fixed 
come,  let’s  talk  about  it.” 

A limited  supply  of  extra  posters  is  available  from  the 
iepartment  of  Consulting  Services.  Contact  Heidi 
jough,  communications  coordinator,  Department  of 
onsulting  Services,  AMA  (312)  645-4413. 

ABY  DOE  REGULATIONS  INVALIDATED 

A U.S.  court  struck  down  the  “Baby  Doe”  regulations, 
ding  in  favor  of  the  AMA  and  other  medical  organiza- 
ons  in  the  lawsuit  they  brought  last  March  12. 

In  response  to  the  favorable  decision,  John  J.  Coury, 
I D.,  chairman  of  AMA’s  board  of  trustees,  and  Frank 
Jirka,  M.D.,  AMA  president,  issued  the  following  joint 


statement:  “The  American  Medical  Association  is 
elated  with  the  ruling  of  the  United  States  district 
court  for  the  southern  district  of  New  York  invalidating 
the  final  Baby  Doe.  This  ruling  affirms  that  the  federal 
government  does  not  belong  in  cases  involving  the 
medical  treatment  of  severely  handicapped  newborns. 
The  AMA  believes  the  care  of  these  newborns  should 
be  the  responsibility  of  the  parents,  in  consultation 
with  their  physicans  and  other  professionals  on  the 
medical  treatment  team.” 

FOREIGN-TRAINED  PHYSICIANS 

Foreign-trained  physicians  account  for  21.2  percent 
of  the  physician  population  in  the  United  States,  ac- 
cording to  the  AMA  Division  of  Survey  and  Data  Re- 
sources. The  7,591  Canadian  physicians,  who  were 
counted  in  a separate  category,  represented  1 .5  percent 
of  the  physicians  in  this  country.  India  trains  the  larg- 
est number  of  foreign  medical  graduates  now  practic- 
ing in  the  United  States  (17,031  or  16  percent  of  this 
country’s  106,586  FMGs)  followed  by  the  Philippines 
(13,323  or  12.5  percent),  Mexico  (6,793  or  6.4  percent), 
and  South  Africa  (3,588  or  3.4  percent). 

REQUIREMENTS  FOR  ISSUING  A PRESCRIPTION: 
13:35-6.6 

(a)  Physicians  and  podiatrists  shall  provide  the  fol- 
lowing information  on  all  prescriptions: 

1.  Full  name,  age,  and  address  of  patient; 

2.  Prescriber’s  full  name,  address,  telephone 
number,  and  proper  degree  designation  as  appears  on 
prescriber’s  license; 

3.  Prescriber's  BNDD  number  when  required  for  the 
dispensing  of  controlled  substances.  (Controlled 
Substance  Act  of  1970); 

4.  Date  of  prescription; 

5.  Name,  strength,  and  quantities  of  drug  or  drugs 
to  be  dispensed; 

6.  Adequate  instruction  for  the  patient  (P.RN.  or  “as 
directed”  alone  is  not  sufficient); 

7.  Number  of  refills  permitted  or  time  limit  for  refills 
or  both; 

8.  Signature  of  prescriber; 


3L.  81— NUMBER  8— AUGUST  1984 


619 


9.  When  preprinted  prescription  blanks  are  not 
available  the  full  name  of  the  prescriber  must  be  print- 
ed or  stamped  in  block  letters  under  the  signature  of 
prescriber; 

10.  In  no  instance  shall  a physician  or  podiatrist 
sign  a blank  prescription  form  which  does  not  conform 
with  the  above  standards. 

(b)  Failure  to  comply  with  this  ruling  will  subject 
the  physician  to  disciplinary  sanction  in  accordance 
with  the  Medical  Practice  Act. 

LEGALIZE  USE  OF  HEROIN 

Legislation  to  establish  a four-year  program  under 
which  injectable  heroin  would  be  made  available  for 
terminally  ill  cancer  patients  suffering  from  intrac- 
table pain  will  be  considered  by  the  House  of  Represen- 
tatives. The  AMA  opposes  H.R  5290.  They  believe  that 
the  bill  would  establish  an  inappropriate  precedent  by 
pre-empting  the  consumer-protection  features  of  the 
Food  and  Drug  Administration’s  (FDA)  new  drug  ap- 
proval process.  Moreover,  there  is  no  evidence  that 
making  heroin  available  for  the  relief  of  pain  from 
cancer  would  provide  an  additional  benefit  to  patients 
since  equally  effective  medications — such  as  morphine 
and  dilaudid  HP— already  are  available.  We  also  are 
concerned  that  passage  of  H.R  5290  could  result  in  an 
increase  in  illicit  drug  diversion. 

MINI-RESIDENCY  IN  PRESCRIBING  CONTROLLED 
DANGEROUS  SUBSTANCES 

The  Mini-Residency  in  Prescribing  Controlled 
Dangerous  Substances  is  being  offered  November  13, 
1984,  at  the  University  of  Medicine  and  Den- 
tistry—Rutgers  Medical  School,  Medical  Education 
Building. 

The  program  is  being  offered  to  upgrade  physician 
knowledge  of  controlled  dangerous  substances.  There 
has  been  indications  that  some  physicians  have  en- 
countered difficulties  with  the  State  Board  of  Medical 
Examiners  resulting  from  irregularities  in  controlled 
dangerous  substance  prescribing. 

The  didactic  portion  will  be  scheduled  for  a full  3 
days,  9:00  am.  to  5:00  p.m.,  each  week  for  four  con- 
secutive weeks — a total  of  12  days.  A 42-hour  week 
clinical  rotation  follows  the  didactic  portion. 

The  Mini-Residency  is  an  effort  to  assist  physicians 
who  desire  to  obtain  additional  training  in  the  use  of 
controlled  dangerous  substances  either  for  pro- 
fessional upgrading  or  licensure  requirements. 

The  proposed  date  for  the  next  Mini-Residency  is 
November  13,  1984,  in  New  Brunswick.  The  exact  dates 
for  the  didactic  portion  are  Tuesday,  November  13, 
1984,  Wednesday,  November  14,  1984,  Thursday,  No- 
vember 15,  1984,  Monday,  November  19,  1984,  Tues- 
day, November  20,  1984,  Wednesday,  November  21, 
1984,  Monday,  November  26,  1984,  Tuesday,  November 
27,  1984,  Wednesday,  November  28,  1984,  Monday,  De- 
cember 3,  1984,  Tuesday,  December  4,  1984,  and 
Thursday,  December  6,  1984. 

Registration  is  now  open,  but  limited.  The  initial 
enrollment  registration  of  $200  is  nonrefundable. 


I 

Full  payment  of  the  balance  of  $2100  is  due  by  n 
vember  5,  1984.  Payment  installments  will  be  acce  ei: 
in  accordance  with  the  following  schedule:  Octobi  h 
1984,  October  22,  1984,  and  November  5,  1984. 

No  one  will  be  permitted  in  the  course  after  No^n 
ber  6,  1984,  unless  full  payment  is  rendered. 

If  you  have  any  questions  regarding  the  courso 
registration,  please  call  609-757-4676. 

PROSPECTIVE  RULE:  UTILIZATION  OF  INSURA  1 
BENEFITS 

The  Division  has  proposed  a rule  which  will  ap  i 
in  a subsequent  issue  of  the  New  Jersey  Regisi. 

The  proposal  allows  providers  to  submit  claim, 
insurance  companies  by  acting  as  assignee  for  n 
Commissioner,  New  Jersey  Department  of  Human  ?r 
vices.  The  proposal  concerns  those  situations  wi 
the  Medicaid  patient  has  third  party  coverage,  o a 
than  Medicaid,  but  the  policy  holder  is  not  avaibi 
to  sign  the  claim  form. 

AIDS 


The  New  Jersey  State  Department  of  Health  rece  ft 
completed  pamphlets  entitled,  “Acquired  Immune  e 
ficiency  Syndrome.”  The  pamphlets  published  in  £ g 
lish,  Spanish,  and  French  are  designed  to  inform  it 
general  public  regarding  AIDS  and  its  symptoms,  it 
pamphlets  also  discuss  how  to  avoid  becoming  m 
AIDS  victim  and  lists  names,  addresses,  and  pbie 
numbers  of  organizations  available  for  additional  i- 
formation. 

These  free  pamphlets  may  be  obtained  by  writin  ir 
calling  the  New  Jersey  State  Department  of  Hech, 
Communicable  Disease  Services,  Room  702,  CN  (0. 
Trenton,  NJ  08625,  (609)  292-7300,  Monday  to  Frhy 
8:45  AM.  to  4:45  P.M. 


PHYSICIAN’S  CONFERENCE 

There  will  be  a Women  Physicians’  Leadership  Ctf 
ference  on  Saturday,  October  27,  1984,  at  UMEl- 
Rutgers  Medical  School,  Medical  Education  Build  g 
New  Brunswick.  For  more  information,  please  til 
MSNJ,  Office  of  Public  Relations,  609-896-1766. 


PROSPECTIVE  RULE:  AUTHORIZATION  TO 
RELEASE  INFORMATION  REGARDING 
PRESCRIPTIONS 

The  Division  has  proposed  a rule  which  will  ap(  Jr 
in  a future  issue  of  the  New  Jersey  Register,  if 
proposal  will  authorize  prescribing  practitioners  tee- 
lease  to  the  Division,  or  any  law  enforcement  autho  y, 
information  about  prescriptions  which  have  been  ( id 
by  PAAD.  A statement  to  this  effect  already  appear:  m 
the  beneficiary’s  application. 

FINI 

“Those  who  bring  sunshine  to  the  lives  of  otl  rs 
cannot  keep  it  from  themselves.” 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS  r 

...  I 


620 


CARE  FOR  YOUR  COUNTRY 


As  an  Army  Reserve  physician,  you  can  serve  your 
country  and  community  with  just  a small  investment  of 
your  time.  You  will  broaden  your  professional  experience 
by  working  on  interesting  medical  projects  in  your  com- 
munity. Army  Reserve  service  is  flexible,  so  it  won’t 
interfere  with  your  practice.  You’ll  work  and  consult  with 
top  physicians  during  monthly  Reserve  meetings.  You’ll 
also  attend  funded  continuing  medical  education  programs.  You  will  all  share  the 
bond  of  being  civic-minded  physicians  who  are  also  commissioned  officers.  One 
important  benefit  of  being  an  officer  is  the  non-contributory  retirement  annuity  you  will 
get  when  you  retire  from  the  Army  Reserve.  To  find  out  more,  simply  call  the  number 
below. 


CALL  COLLECT  OR  USE  THE  COUPON  AT  BOTTOM: 
215-443-1703/1705 

CPT  HARRY  SIMPSON 
AMEDD  Procurement  Office 
31-D  N.  York  Road 
Hatboro,  PA  19040 


NAMF:  . 

. MD/DO 

SPFCIAI  TY: 

ADDRESS: 

TFIFPHONF-  ..  - 

BEST  TIME  TO  CALL: 

(AM/PM) 

*L.  81— NUMBER  8-AUGUST  1984 


621 


Find  your  doctor  is  the  headline  in  what  has  to  be  one  of  the  largest 
posters  ever  produced — three  feet  by  five. 

This  poster  is  in  fact  a directory  of  the  approximately  10,000  Participating 
P.A.C.E.  Physicians  and  Providers. 

Distributed  to  10,000  of  our  larger  P.A.C.E  subscriber  businesses,  it  has 
proven  to  be  a unique  and  effective  way  to  promote  participation,  and  the 
key  role  the  Participating  Doctor  plays  in  this  comprehensive  health 
care  coverage. 

Currently  seven  out  of  ten  of  your  colleagues  are  participating 


in  P.A.C.E. 

The  P.A.C.E  program  takes  into  account 
the  kind  of  medicine  you  practice,  and  where 
you  practice. 

P.A.C.E.  provides  Participating  Physicians 
more  equitable  and  consistant  payments. 

We  actively  seek  your  participation 
in  this  unique  P.A.C.E.  program, 
for  more  information  please  call 


IBSTETRIC  AND 
rYNECOLOGIC  MALPRACTICE 


|MES  E. 


George,  m.d.,  j.d.,  and  Madelyn  S.  Quattrone,  j.d.,  lawrenceville* 


recent  survey  sponsored  by  the 
American  College  of  Obstetrics 
™ and  Gynecologists  (ACOG)  re- 
als that  about  60  percent  of  the  respondents  have 
bn  sued  more  than  once,  and  in  New  York,  48.8 
rcent  have  been  sued  three  or  more  times;  49.7  per- 
at  of  ACOG  members'  professional  liability  suits 
re  based  on  obstetric  claims  while  41.3  percent  were 
ib  result  of  gynecological  surgery, 
utigation  against  obstetricians  and  gynecologists 
s had  a substantial  impact  on  the  specialty.  Respon- 
nts  to  the  survey  said  that  the  threat  of  malpractice 
its  and  the  high  cost  of  insurance  have  caused  them 
raise  their  fees,  practice  medicine  more  defensively, 
d restrict  their  practice.  A significant  number  of  the 
ecialists  no  longer  are  practicing  obstetrics. 

Some  have  speculated  that  the  technological  ad- 
nces  in  the  specialty  have  led  to  increased  expecta- 
ns  on  the  part  of  patients.  When  these  expectations 
- not  met,  dissatisfied  patients  may  resort  to  liti- 
tion. 

This  issue  of  the  Physician  Legal  Bulletin  will  high- 
ht  some  troublesome  areas  in  the  practice  of  ob- 
■trics  and  gynecology  with  a view  toward  recognizing 
•d  reducing  recurrent  problems  which  trigger  liti- 
tion. 

plaintiff  attorneys  are  rapidly  educating  themselves 
th  regard  to  the  medical  aspects  of  obstetrics  liti- 
tion.  For  example,  the  March  1984  issue  of  Trial 


magazine  featured  an  article  entitled  “Obstetric  Negli- 
gence: An  Introduction  to  a High-Risk  Specialty.”  Phy- 
sicians likewise  may  avoid  legal  pitfalls  through  knowl- 
edge of  some  of  the  legal  aspects  of  claims  in  this  area. 
Many  lawsuits  involving  birth-related  injuries  stem 
from  allegations  such  as  failure  to  adequately  monitor 
labor,  inappropriate  or  excessive  use  of  oxytocin,  mis- 
diagnosed presentation,  failure  to  respond  quickly 
enough  to  signs  of  fetal  distress,  and  failure  to  perfonn 
a timely  cesarean  section.  Obstetric  emergencies, 
whether  immediate  or  imminent,  have  given  rise  to  a 
significant  amount  of  litigation  when  damage  to  the 
infant  has  occurred.  A frequently  asserted  allegation 
is  the  failure  of  the  physician  to  correctly  assess  high- 
risk  pregnancies  and  to  take  timely  and  appropriate 
action  to  reduce  the  risk  of  harm  to  mother  and  child. 

Consider  the  following  account  of  a recent  New  Jer- 
sey case  as  reported  in  27  ATLA  L.  Rep.  87,  March 
1984.  At  the  time  of  delivery,  the  mother  was  post-term 
at  44  weeks  and  markedly  obese.  Despite  notification 
of  the  onset  of  labor  and  his  awareness  of  the  high- 
risk  factors,  the  obstetrician  failed  to  arrive  at  the 
hospital  for  five  hours.  A certified  nurse  midwife,  and 


*From  the  Department  of  Professional  Liability  Control, 
MSNJ,  where  Dr.  George  is  Director  and  Editor  of  PLB  and 
Ms.  Quattrone  is  Assistant  Editor  of  PLB.  Correspondence 
may  be  addressed  to  A.  Ronald  Rouse,  MSNJ,  Two  Princess 
Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648. 


>L.  81— NUMBER  8— AUGUST  1984 


623 


a labor  room  nurse  with  minimal  training  in  ob- 
stetrical care,  performed  the  delivery  without  a phy- 
sician present.  At  delivery,  the  umbilical  cord  was 
wrapped  three  times  around  the  infant’s  head,  causing 
perinatal  asphyxia  Further,  the  infant  suffered  renal 
ischemia,  cortical  necrosis  with  azotemia,  and 
neonatal  seizures.  As  a result,  the  child  sustained 
brain  damage  with  left-sided  hemiparesis  and  learning 
impairment. 

Subsequently,  the  plaintiffs  filed  suit  against  the 
defendant  obstetrician  for  the  failure  to  attend  the 
delivery,  alleging  that  the  absence  of  an  obstetrician 
deprived  plaintiff  of  the  use  of  an  internal  fetal  heart 
monitor  rather  than  an  external  monitor.  Plaintiffs 
also  sued  the  labor  room  nurse  for  the  failure  to  detect 
abnormal  decelerations  appearing  on  the  fetal  heart 
monitor  tape.  The  case  was  settled  out  of  court  for 
$482,056,  with  contributions  by  the  obstetrician  and 
the  nurse. 

Another  common  allegation  is  the  failure  of  the 
physician  to  appreciate  and  appropriately  respond  to 
indicators  of  fetal  distress.  Standards  set  by  the  Ameri- 
can College  of  Obstetricians  and  Gynecologists  with 
regard  to  the  indications  for  use  of  electronic  fetal 
monitoring  as  well  as  monitoring  by  other  means 
when  such  equipment  is  not  available,  may  be  in- 
troduced into  evidence  as  standards  of  care  against 
which  the  conduct  of  the  defendant  will  be  measured. 

Today,  electronic  fetal  monitoring  is  the  standard  in 
many  hospitals  and  the  failure  of  the  physician  to 
order  such  monitoring  may  be  below  the  applicable 
standard  of  care.  Unfortunately,  some  hospitals  regard 
storing  the  fetal  monitor  tracings  as  burdensome,  and 
routinely  destroy  the  fetal  monitoring  strips.  In  many 
cases  the  destroyed  tracings  may  deprive  the  defen- 
dant obstetrician  of  documentary  evidence  which  is 
supportive  of  his  defense. 

Lawsuits  arising  out  of  obstetrical  claims  which  al- 
lege injury  to  the  child  may  be  labeled  “wrongful  birth” 
or  “wrongful  life.”  A wrongful  birth  suit  is  an  action 
brought  by  parents  who  contend  that  the  negligence 
of  the  physician  resulted  in  the  birth  of  a “defective” 
child.  Physicians  who  fail  to  provide  appropriate  ge- 
netic counseling  or  who  negligently  perform  a 
procedure  to  prevent  the  birth  of  a defective  child  are 
likely  targets  of  wrongful  birth  suits.  Some  wrongful 
birth  suits  may  be  referred  to  as  “wrongful  conception” 
or  “wrongful  pregnancy”  actions.  In  these  cases,  the 
plaintiff  alleges  that  the  breach  of  duty  (failed  abortion, 
negligently  performed  sterilization,  or  failure  to 
diagnose  an  existing  pregnancy)  resulted  in  the  birth 
of  a healthy,  normal  child. 

In  the  case  of  P.  V.  Portadirx  179  N.J.  Super  465,  the 
Superior  Court,  Appellate  Division,  permitted  the 
plaintiffs  to  bring  wrongful  birth  action.  Mrs.  P.  alleged 
that  she  consented  to  a tubal  ligation  but  that  the 
physician  willfully  and  negligently  performed  a fallo- 
pian rings  procedure  instead.  Despite  the  procedure 
Mrs.  P.  gave  birth  to  a normal  child. 

The  court  did  not  allow  the  plaintiffs  to  recover  any 
expenses  for  raising  their  normal  child  but  did  allow 
Mrs.  P.  to  recover  for  “the  pain  and  suffering  accompa- 
nying her  pregnancy  and  delivery  and  for  the  wages 
lost  during  that  period.”  Her  husband  could  recover 
lor  loss  of  consortium  and  for  the  medical  expenses 


incurred  which  are  attributable  to  the  pregnancy  v 
delivery.” 

Damages  sought  in  wrongful  birth  cases  ma  fe 
elude  expenses  related  to  the  unplanned  pregrn 
and  birth,  pain  and  suffering,  spousal  loss  of  m 
sortium,  and  lost  wages.  The  parents  of  damaged  h 
dren  also  are  likely  to  seek  damages  to  compel  ai« 
them  for  the  cost  of  past,  present,  and  future  me  (p 
and  rehabilitative  care  for  the  child.  Parents  also  ijt 
recover  for  the  emotional  damages  they  have  susk  it 
upon  their  realization  that  their  child  suffers  fr  i 
congenital  defect  or  deformity.  Whether  a succeS 
plaintiff  can  recover  all  of  these  damages  depenc.oi 
the  specific  facts  and  circumstances  of  the  case 

Lawsuits  alleging  wrongful  birth  may  inclu  |i 
claim  by  the  parents  or  legal  guardian  on  behalf  o;i 
child  for  “wrongful  life.”  A wrongful  life  action  hi 
damaged  child's  equivalent  of  the  parents’  wroiB 
birth  action.  The  claim  alleges  that,  but  for  the  jji 
sician’s  negligence,  the  child  would  not  have  been  ie 
to  experience  the  pain  and  suffering  attributable  t<|I 
deformity  and  such  nonlife  would  have  been  be;^ 

Unlike  wrongful  birth  actions,  wrongful  life  act  n 
have  been  received  with  little  favor  by  the  courts,  f cl 
suits  have  been  rejected  in  New  Jersey  and  a nuriie 
of  other  states.  Courts  refusing  to  recognize  wrorra 
life  as  a legal  cause  of  action  have  emphasized  h 
social  policy  that  life,  with  or  without  major  handieps 
is  more  precious  than  nonlife. 

Most  courts  have  found  it  impossible  to  calculate 
damages  sought  in  wrongful  life  cases.  The  renjd 
afforded  a plaintiff  in  the  civil  law  is  intended  t b 
remedial  or  compensatory  in  order  to  place  the  plai  il 
in  the  position  he  would  have  been  in  had  he  not  m 
injured  by  the  defendant  in  the  first  place.  There  r< 
most  courts  have  found  it  impossible  to  calculate  cm 
ages  based  on  the  comparison  between  life  in  an  r 
paired  condition  and  the  state  of  nonexistence.  Co  t 
traditionally  have  been  unwilling  to  place  a price  i 
on  nonlife. 

Not  all  courts  have  found  damage  in  wrongful;  f 
actions  impossible  to  calculate.  The  Supreme  Cou:  c 
California  and  Washington  and  a Superior  Courii 
Arizona  have  upheld  wrongful  life  claims  and  alio  ? 
recovery  for  the  extraordinary  expenses  for  mec  £ 
care  and  special  training  required  by  the  defeev 
child. 

A number  of  wrongful  birth  cases  have  been  pr  1 
cated  upon  the  alleged  failure  to  provide  adequate* 
netic  counseling  and  prenatal  testing.  Genetic  cour  :1 
ing,  genetic  screening,  and  amniocentesis  are  imp  1 
ant  new  areas  of  liability  for  obstetricians  a 
gynecologists.  A physician  may  be  liable  for  failinj  j 
refer  a patient  to  a qualified  genetic  counselor,  fall 
to  diagnose  correctly  a genetic  condition  that  is  las 
manifested  in  the  patient’s  child,  or  for  failing  to  i 
form  a patient  of  the  consequence  of  being  a car " 
of  a genetic  defect. 

Two  important  New  Jersey  cases  in  this  area  i 
volved  failure  to  advise  a woman  over  age  35  of  the  j ■ 
of  Down’s  syndrome  and  failure  to  inform  parents  tja 
they  were  carriers  of  the  genetically  transferable  < : 
ease,  cystic  fibrosis. 

In  the  latter  case,  87  N.J.  53  (1981),  the  Supre 
Court  of  New  Jersey  held  that  physicians  may  be  f 


624 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS j 


;le  for  the  past,  present,  and  future  medical  ex- 
t ses  of  a defective  child  which  are  attributable  to  his 
i-ase.  In  that  case,  the  plaintiffs  alleged  that  the  phy- 
ians  had  failed  to  timely  diagnose  cystic  fibrosis  in 
: r first-born  child.  As  a result,  the  plaintiffs,  un- 
ue  that  they  were  carriers  of  a genetically  trans- 
:ble  disease,  had  a second  child.  The  second  child 
l was  afflicted  with  cystic  fibrosis.  The  court  found 
t the  physicians  could  be  held  liable  for  the  medical 
■ enses  of  both  children.  The  court  held  that  the 
I sicians  had  a duty  to  the  first  child  and  a separate 
(y  to  the  parents  to  advise  them  that  their  first  child 
ered  from  cystic  fibrosis  and  to  inform  them  of  the 
;s  of  conceiving  a second  child.  The  court  also  held 
ft  it  was  foreseeable  that  a second  child  could  suffer 
'n  the  disease. 

1 1979,  the  New  Jersey  Supreme  Court  held  that 
sicians  could  be  held  liable  for  failure  to  inform  a 
year-old  pregnant  woman  of  the  availability  of  am- 
:entesis. 

hysicians,  particularly  obstetricians  should  be  fam- 
r with  standards  and  guidelines  regarding  genetic 
nseling.  The  Genetic  Services  Program  of  the  New 
sey  State  Department  of  Health  suggests  the  follow- 
! indications  for  referral  for  genetic  counseling: 
Family  history  of  an  inherited  or  chromosomal 
disorder,  or  family  clustering  of  a disorder 
Genetic  disorder  or  congenital  anomaly  in  a family 
member 

Delayed  or  abnormal  physical  and/or  mental  de- 
velopment 

Mental  retardation  of  unknown  etiology 
Specific  religious,  ethnic,  or  geographic  back- 
ground in  which  certain  genetic  diseases  are 
prevalent 

Drug  use  or  chronic  exposure  to  radiation  or  in- 
dustrial chemical,  particularly  known  teratogens 
or  mutagens 

History  of  two  or  more  spontaneous  abortions, 
stillbirths,  and/or  early  infant  deaths 
Infertility 

Consanguineous  marriage 

hese  closely  parallel  the  indicators  identified  by  the 
A Council  on  Scientific  Affairs  (Genetic  Counseling 
i Prevention  of  Birth  Defects,  JAMA  248:221,  1982). 
'he  Genetic  Services  Program  suggests  the  following 
ications  for  consideration  of  amniocentesis: 
Maternal  age  35  or  older 
Paternal  age  45  or  older 

Previous  child  with  chromosomal  abnormality 
Either  parent  a known  carrier  of  a balanced  or 
unbalanced  chromosomal  abnormality 
Previous  child  with  a neural  tube  defect  or  signifi- 
cant family  history  of  a neural  tube  defect 
Mother  a known  or  presumed  carrier  of  a serious 
x-linked  recessive  disorder 

Both  parents  carriers  for  a diagnosable  autosomal 
recessive  disorder 

ls  the  field  of  genetic  counseling  and  prenatal 
ting  grows  and  develops  greater  recognition,  par- 
ilarly  in  the  media,  the  public’s  expectations  ac- 
dingly  will  increase.  Failure  to  obtain  appropriate 
letic  counseling  no  doubt  will  result  in  more  law- 
ts. 


The  rise  in  the  rate  of  cesarean  births  has  received 
significant  coverage  in  the  press.  See,  for  example,  the 
article  entitled  “Controversy  Surrounds  the  Increasing 
Number  of  Cesarean  Deliveries,”  The  Wall  Street 
Journal , Thursday,  January  19,  1984.  It  has  been  esti- 
mated that  one  out  of  every  five  babies  bom  in  the  U.S. 
this  year  will  be  delivered  by  cesarean  and  in  the  North- 
east the  figure  may  be  as  high  as  one  in  three  or  two 
out  of  five.  Improved  anesthetic  techniques,  new  anti- 
biotics, technological  developments  in  electronic  fetal 
monitoring,  and  the  age-old  dictum  of  “once  a 
cesarean,  always  a cesarean"  all  have  been  cited  as 
contributing  to  the  increase. 


Physicians  can  best  protect 
themselves  by  keeping 
thorough  records  of 
prenatal  visits. 


Obstetricians’  fear  of  malpractice  suits  also  un- 
doubtedly has  multiplied  the  number  of  cesareans.  A 
patient  may  sue  for  the  unnecessary  performance  of 
a cesarean.  On  the  other  hand,  a substantial  number 
of  obstetrical  malpractice  cases  are  based  on  allega- 
tions of  failure  to  do  a timely  cesarean.  The  potential 
damages  resuking  from  failure  to  do  a timely  cesarean 
far  outweigh  the  potential  damages  for  performance  of 
an  arguably  unnecessary  C-section.  For  example,  a New 
Yorkjuiy  awarded  $3,318,000  to  a plaintiff  whose  new- 
born male  infant  suffers  from  mild  cerebral  palsy  as 
a result  of  traumatic  vaginal  delivery  (Trotman  v New 
York  Hospital  N.Y.  County  Supreme  Court,  No. 
9175/77,  June  22,  1983).  A resident  who  examined  the 
plaintiff  discovered  a breech  presentation  but  did  not 
report  it.  The  child  was  found  to  be  in  a single  footling 
breech  presentation  when  the  mother’s  membranes 
spontaneously  ruptured  five  hours  later.  Diagnostic  x- 
ray  pelvimetry  was  not  performed.  The  jury  agreed  with 
the  plaintiffs  that  the  defendants  had  improperly  man- 
aged and  delivered  the  child  by  vaginal  route  rather 
than  by  cesarean  section.  (The  case  was  reported  in  26 
ATLA  L.  Rep.  472  December  1983.) 

Inadequate  monitoring  and  delayed  cesarean  section 
were  alleged  in  a suit  in  California  (Unana  v Torrance 
Memorial  Hospital  Los  Angeles  Superior  Court,  No. 
22-681,  Dec.  1982).  The  plaintiff  was  admitted  to  the 
hospital  in  active  labor.  The  patient’s  chart  indicated 
fetal  heart  irregularity  which  was  shown  by  external 
monitoring  an  hour  after  admission.  The  defendant 
obstetrician  was  notified  by  telephone  of  late  decelera- 
tions an  hour  later.  Two  hours  later  “prolonged  de- 
celerations” were  noted  and  again  reported  to  the  ob- 
stetrician by  telephone.  The  defendant  obstetrician  did 
not  arrive  at  the  hospital  until  two  hours  later.  A 
cesarean  was  performed  but  the  child  sustained  brain 
injury  resulting  in  severe  mental  and  motor  retarda- 
tion and  spastic  quadriparesis.  The  defendants  settled 
for  $1,100,000.  (The  case  was  reported  in  26  ATLA  L. 
Rep.  186,  May  1983.) 

Gynecologic  surgery  resulting  in  unintentional  in- 
jury to  the  bladder,  nerves,  ureters,  urethra  uterus, 
and  bowel  comprise  a significant  percentage  of  claims 


>L.  81— NUMBER  8— AUGUST  1984 


625 


against  ob-gyns.  Illustrative  of  allegations  with  regard 
to  gynecologic  surgery  are  the  following  accounts  of 
two  recent  cases  reported  in  the  American  Trial  Law- 
yers Association  Law  Reporter. 

In  a Rhode  Island  case  the  plaintiff  reached  a 
$215,000  settlement  for  the  kidney  and  brain  damage 
of  a 39-year-old  woman  whose  right  ureter  and  left 
common  iliac  artery  unintentionally  were  ligated  dur- 
ing repair  surgery. 


A survey  by  the  ACOG  reveals 
that  60  percent  of  the 
respondents  have  been  sued 
more  than  once . 


The  patient  experienced  internal  bleeding  following 
a cesarean  section  performed  by  defendant  obstetri- 
cian. The  physician  reopened  and,  in  an  attempt  to 
control  the  bleeding,  ligated  the  left  common  iliac  ar- 
teiy  and  the  right  ureter.  The  absence  of  a left  femoral 
pulse  was  noted  upon  closing.  The  patient  was  ex- 
tubated  and  suffered  respiratory  and  cardiac  arrest. 
The  physician  consulted  a cardiovascular  surgeon  who 
located  and  ligated  a right  internal  iliac  bleeder  and 
freed  the  mistakenly  ligated  artery.  Ligation  of  the 
right  ureter  was  revealed  by  a pyelogram  several  weeks 
following  the  surgery,  but  plaintiff  required  removal  of 
the  right  kidney.  The  patient  also  suffered  transient 
petit  mal  seizures  for  two  years  following  the  surgeiy 
as  a result  of  cerebral  anoxia  during  the  cardiac  arrest. 
(26  AT  LA  L.  Rep.  42,  1983.) 

A more  common  allegation  is  illustrated  in  the  fol- 
lowing account  of  a recent  Florida  case  which  resulted 
in  a $507,000  jury  verdict  for  a 32-year-old  woman  who 
suffered  urinary  tract  injury  during  a hysterectomy. 

The  patient  was  admitted  to  defendant  hospital  for 
a hysterectomy  performed  by  defendant  obstetrician. 
While  tying  off  blood  vessels  during  the  operation  the 
obstetrician  placed  sutures  near  one  of  plaintiffs 
ureters.  Following  surgery  plaintiff  experienced  ab- 
dominal pain  and  was  unable  to  eat  or  drink,  but 
hospital  staff  did  not  undertake  exploratory  surgery. 
Surgery  performed  at  another  facility  revealed  that  the 
ureter  had  been  blocked  by  defendant’s  sutures,  caus- 
ing urine  to  seep  into  the  body  cavity.  Plaintiff  and  her 
husband  brought  suit  against  the  obstetrician  and 
against  the  hospital,  for  inadequate  supervision  of  a 
patient  under  heavy  medication.  The  jury  awarded 
plaintiffs  $500,000  from  the  obstetrician,  including 
$30,000  for  loss  of  consortium,  and  $7,000  from  the 
hospital.  (26  AT  LA  L.  Rep.  42,  1983.) 

Cases  alleging  failure  to  diagnose  breast  cancer  and 
especially  failure  to  timely  diagnose  breast  cancer  have 
and  will  continue  to  plague  physicians.  The  prolifera- 
tion of  breast  cancer  cases  may  stem  in  part  from  the 
concept  that  early  detection  is  early  cure.  The  public 
has  come  to  believe,  with  a degree  of  faith  akin  to 
religious  belief,  that  routine  and  early  screening  for 
breast  cancer,  significantly  will  improve  survivability. 

As  a result  of  a recent  breast  cancer  case  decided  by 
the  Supreme  Court  of  New  Jersey,  95  N.J.  399,  1984, 
breast  cancer  cases  may  be  increasingly  difficult  to 


defend.  The  legal  issue  in  that  case  focused  on  tl 
issue  of  “causation.”  The  case  involved  the  followir 
scenario.  A young  woman  presented  to  her  physicia 
with  a small  painful  lump  in  her  right  breast.  After  a 
examination,  the  physician  told  her  it  was  “nothing  1 
worry  about.”  Seven  months  later,  the  plaintiff  r 
turned  with  complaints  of  continued  pain,  an  increae 
in  the  size  of  the  lump,  and  a “sore”  with  some  bleedir 
in  the  area  Culture  results  proved  “negative  for  infe> 
tion.”  The  patient  sought  an  opinion  from  anothr 
physician.  The  patient  underwent  a right  extensn 
mastectomy.  A pathologist  diagnosed  infiltrating  du< 
tal  carcinoma  of  the  right  breast.  Subsequently,  it  wa 
determined  that  the  cancer  had  metastasized  to  tL 
lung,  rendering  the  patient’s  prognosis  for  recover 
poor. 

The  patient  sued  the  physician  alleging  failure  1 
diagnose  the  cancer.  She  contended  that  the  delay  i 
diagnosis  increased  the  risk  of  metastasis  and  cons< 
quently  deprived  her  of  a chance  of  long-term  survive 

The  case  ultimately  reached  the  New  Jersey  Suprenr 
Court.  It  held  that  a plaintiff  should  be  permitted  t 
demonstrate,  within  a reasonable  degree  of  medic; 
probability,  that  the  delay  resulting  from  the  defendar 
physician’s  failure  to  render  an  accurate  diagnosis  an 
treatment  increased  the  risk  of  metastasis  and  the 
such  increased  risk  was  a substantial  factor  in  produc1 
ing  the  condition  from  which  the  plaintiff  suffers. 

The  court  also  held  that  the  plaintiff  need  not  qualit 
the  magnitude  of  the  increased  risk.  Once  the  plainti 
has  shown  that  the  defendant’s  negligent  act  or  omis! 
sion  increased  the  risk  of  harm  to  the  plaintiff,  thejur 
will  be  permitted  to  decide  whether  or  not  the  ir 
creased  risk  was  a substantial  factor  in  producing  th 
resultant  harm.  The  court  also  ruled  that  the  plainti 
would  recover  damages  for  mental  and  emotional  ir 
jury  resulting  from  the  negligent  failure  to  time 
diagnose  and  treat  the  tumor. 

As  a result  of  the  decision  in  this  case,  it  is  like) 
that  juries  will  award  larger  monetary  damages  tha 
they  would  have  in  the  past  for  cases  such  as  thes< 

RISK  REDUCTION 

The  Department  of  Risk  Prevention  of  the  Media 
Inter-Insurance  Exchange  of  New  Jersey  recently  corr 
piled  a statistical  analysis  of  223  ob/gyn  claims  ill 
which  a total  of  $15,896,752  was  paid.  A few  of  th 
major  categories  of  losses  are  presented  below. 

Eleven  claims  stemming  from  allegations  of  failur 
to  diagnose  breast  cancer  resulted  in  payment  tj 
claimants  totalling  $1,717,000.  Delay  in  obtaining 
biopsy  or  failure  to  biopsy  were  common  allegations  iij 
these  cases.  Breast  cancer  cases  represent  the  larges 
gyn  loss.  Such  cases  can  have  a devastating  impac 
where  the  plaintiff  can  demonstrate  a diminished  lif 
expectancy. 

Five  claims  alleging  failure  to  diagnose  and  respom 
to  fetal  distress  resulted  in  payments  to  claimant: 
totalling  $2,204,830.  Where  the  infant  suffers  braii 
damage,  the  physician  may  be  held  liable  for  the  cos 
of  long-term  institutional  care. 

Thirty-three  claims  involving  alleged  improper  per 
formance  of  procedures  such  as  tubal  ligations,  hys 
terectomies,  abortions,  and  assisted  deliveries  resultec 


626 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


payments  totalling  $1,459,602. 

Gynecological  surgery  cases  causing  injury  to  the 
itient  resulted  in  payments  of  $849,327. 

INCLUSION 

Medical  malpractice  liability  is  clearly  expanding  in 
e area  of  obstetrics  and  gynecology.  This  is  partly  a 
suit  of  legal  recognition  of  new  theories  of  liability 
id  expanded  areas  for  the  award  of  damages. 
Physicians  who  continue  to  practice  in  this  high- 
>k  specialty  can  best  protect  themselves  by  keeping 
orough  records  of  prenatal  visits  and  other  care 
ovided.  Conclusions  should  be  well  documented  with 
pporting  reasons. 

Where  fetal  monitoring  and  other  technology  is  used. 


the  physician  should  be  mindful  that  hospital  person- 
nel may  not  be  as  skilled  as  the  physician  would  wish 
with  regard  to  the  use  and  interpretation  of  the  data 
generated.  Electronic  fetal  monitoring  should  never  be 
a substitute  for  the  exercise  of  the  physician’s  clinical 
judgment.  Physicians  should  encourage  hospitals  to 
store  and  make  readily  retrievable,  all  tracings  of  fetal 
monitors.  In  some  cases  the  fetal  monitor  tracings  may 
represent  the  only  documentary  evidence  of  fetal  non- 
distress. 

Ob-gyns  also  should  avail  themselves  of  the  technical 
bulletins  published  by  the  American  College  of  Ob- 
stetricians and  Gynecologists.  These  bulletins  have  be- 
come “must”  reading  for  plaintiffs’  attorneys.  No  less 
can  be  expected  of  the  practitioner. 


L.  81— NUMBER  8— AUGUST  1984 


627 


The  RCA  solution 


Introducing 
the  cure  to  all 
your  admini- 
strative headaches. 

The  Medical  Man- 
agement System 
from  RCA.  This  unique  system  was 
designed  by  a physician  for  physi- 
cians. It  handles  everything  from  in- 
surance claims  and  patient  billing  to 
invoice  tracking  and  cash  disburse- 
ments. It  takes  the  hassle  out  of 
time-consuming  billing  procedures 
and  gives  you  greater  control  of  the 
business  side  of  your  practice. 


You’ll  feel 
good  about 
the  RCA  Med- 
ical Management 
■ System  when 
you  see  the  price, 
too.  It’s  affordable.  Easy  to  use.  And 
includes  an  IBM  personal  computer, 
a high-capacity  disc  storage  unit,  a 
printer,  and  the  RCA  Medical  Man- 
agement software. 

We’ll  take  care  of  everything  — 
delivery,  installation  and  user  train- 
ing. And  the  entire  system  is  backed 
by  RCA’s  one-year,  on-site  service 
warranty. 


for  paperwork 
headaches 


Mak^  an  appointment  today  to 
see  a r oecial  demonstration  of  the 
RCA  Medical  Management  Sys- 
tem. Just  call  collect  (609)  338- 
4129  and  let  RCA  help  make  your 
practice  perfect. 

Data 
Services 


I1CJI 


| 


628 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JER : 


! 


ROFESSIONAL  LIABILITY 
OMMENTARY* * 

The  Effects  of 
Malpractice 


Effects  of  Malpractice;  Informed  Consent; 
nformal  Consultations 


Sara  C.  Charles,  M.D.,  recently 
had  completed  a survey  of  Chi- 
cago area  physicians  who  have 
en  sued  for  medical  malpractice.  Dr.  Charles  ran- 
imly  selected  154  Chicago  physicians  who  had  suits 
ed  against  them  between  1977  to  1981. 

Some  of  Dr.  Charles’  findings  as  reported  in  the  April 
sue  of  the  Medical  Liability  Monitor  are: 

• Most  physicians  (89.6  percent)  felt  that  the  plain- 
fs  suit  was  unjustified,  44  percent  resented  efforts 
' insurance  and  legal  counsel  to  settle  the  case,  and 
) percent  felt  that  settling  the  case  was  tantamount 
admitting  guilt. 

• More  than  half  (54.5  percent)  felt  that  litigation  is 
irt  of  practicing  medicine  today  and  not  an  affront 
one’s  competence,  but  88  percent  reported  feeling 
lger— mild  to  severe— over  being  sued. 

• Almost  70  percent  of  those  surveyed  said  they  kept 
ore  meticulous  records  after  being  sued,  but  25  per- 
nt  said  they  recorded  less  “pertinent”  information  in 
cords. 

• Most  of  the  physicians  (62  percent)  said  they  or- 
'red  diagnostic  tests  for  “protection”  even  when 
inical  judgment  assessed  these  as  “unnecessary.” 
j*  Some  28  percent  of  the  doctors  stopped  per- 
rming  certain  high-risk  procedures  while  42  percent 
opped  seeing  “certain  kinds”  of  patients. 

• Twenty-five  or  18.8  percent  of  the  respondents  felt 
“loss  of  nerve  in  some  clinical  situations”  and  14 
:rcent  said  they  felt  less  self-confidence  as  a physi- 
an  after  being  sued. 


• More  than  half  of  the  physicians  (56.6  percent)  felt 
that  they  and  their  families  had  suffered  as  a result 
of  the  suit,  while  19  percent  felt  that  their  medical 
practice  had  suffered.  One-third  or  33.6  percent  of  the 
doctors  thought  about  early  retirement  after  being 
sued. 

In  surveying  physicians  for  symptoms,  Dr.  Charles 
had  to  rely  on  self-reports  since  no  personal  interviews 
were  carried  out.  But  even  on  paper,  two  clusters  of 
symptoms  emerged:  “Of  the  143  physicians  who 
assessed  themselves  for  symptoms,  39  percent  ad- 
mitted to  four  or  five  symptoms  which  suggested  a 
possible  major  depressive  disorder;  and  another  20 
percent  acknowledged  another  group  of  symptoms,  in- 
cluding anger,  change  in  mood,  inner  tension,  frus- 
tration, irritability,  insomnia,  fatigue,  and  headache. 
Eleven  of  the  physicians  (8  percent)  noted  the  onset 
of  a physical  illness  during  litigation,  while  3 physi- 
cians had  a coronary  during  the  process.  Almost  8 
percent  of  the  doctors  reported  aggravation  of  a 
previously  diagnosed  illness.  Only  4 percent  of  the 
physicians  said  they  had  no  physical  or  emotional 
symptoms  associated  with  the  malpractice  litigation.” 
(Medical  Liability  Monitor,  Vol.  9,  No.  4,  April  30,  1984) 

MORE  ON  INFORMED  CONSENT 

As  if  hospitals  don’t  have  a big  enough  hand  in  your 
affairs  already,  they  may  soon  be  checking  up  on  how 
well  you  have  obtained  informed  consent.  In  what 
could  be  a significant  case,  an  Illinois  doctor  and  hos- 
pital both  will  stand  trial  on  the  charge  of  failing  to 
inform  a patient  of  the  risks  of  a surgical  procedure. 
In  the  past,  hospitals  routinely  have  been  dismissed 
from  such  cases,  but  this  time  an  appeals  court  okayed 
a trial.  If  the  case  establishes  a precedent,  hospitals 
could  be  forced  to  ensure  that  you  have  truly  informed 
the  patient  of  the  risks  involved,  and  not  just  obtained 
his  signature  on  a form.  ( Medical  Economics,  March 
19,  1984) 

LIABILITY  FOR  INFORMAL  CONSULTATION 

When  an  acquaintance  asks  a physician  about  his 
jogger’s  knee  or  tennis  elbow  at  an  informal  gathering, 
the  physician  could  be  held  liable  for  his  opinion. 

According  to  the  “Practice  Management”  in  the 
March  issue  of  Medical  Economics,  “By  giving  an 
opinion,  even  in  an  informal  setting,  you  could  be  es- 
tablishing a physician-patient  relationship  and  as- 
suming responsibility  for  the  person’s  care.  Also,  your 
“curbside”  opinion  might  persuade  your  questioner 
not  to  get  a proper  diagnosis  and  treatment.  If  this  led 
to  complications,  you  could  be  liable.  So  when  an  ac- 
quaintance asks  you  for  an  informal  opinion,  it  is  best 
to  either  say  you  would  like  to  be  helpful  but  cannot 
diagnose  his  problem  without  examining  him  and 
doing  the  necessary  tests,  or  advise  him  to  consult  a 
specialist  if  the  problem  is  out  of  your  field.  (Medical 
Economics,  March  19,  1984) 


*This  item  from  the  Department  of  Professional  Liability  Con- 
trol, MSNJ,  was  prepared  by  James  E.  George,  M.D..  J.D.,  and 
A.  Ronald  Rouse  who  are,  respectively,  Director  of  the  Depart- 
ment and  Director  of  Special  Projects. 


3L.  81— NUMBER  8— AUGUST  1984 


629 


1 

■ ' " " " — ■ 1 ^ 

FIFTH  ANNUAL  MEDICOLEGAL  SEMINAR 

Wednesday,  September  12,  1984 
8:30  a.m.-  4:00  p.m. 

Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  Executive  Offices 
Two  Princess  Road 
Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648 

presented  by 

■ \ 

Medical  Inter-Insurance 

Exchange  of  New  Jersey 
Department  of  Risk  Management 

Afternoon  Session 

12:00  Lunch 

12:45  “Medical  Malpractice;  The 
View  from  the  Chair” 

James  S.  Todd,  M.D. 

Chairman,  Board  of  MIIENJ 

1:00  “The  Professional  Liability 
World  Today;  The  State  of 
the  Industry” 

Peter  Sweetland,  President, 

MIIENJ 

1:45  “The  Claim  Climate  in  New 
Jersey;  A History  and  a 
Look  at  the  Future” 

Joseph  DeRoma,  Vice-President, 
Claims,  MIIENJ 

2:30  “An  Ounce  of  Prevention; 

Causes  of  Suits  and  Programs 
Developed  To  Avoid  Them” 

Adam  P.  Wilczek,  Director, 
Department  of  Risk  Management, 
MIIENJ 

3:15  Questions  and  Answers 


APPROVED  FOR  5V2  CME  CATEGORY  I CREDITS 


REGISTRATION 

PLEASE  RESPOND  NO  LATER  THAN  AUGUST  31,  1984 
NO  REFUNDS  AFTER  SEPTEMBER  10,  1984 

MSNJ  MEMBER  OR  MIIENJ  INSURED  $10.00 

NON  MSNJ  MEMBER  OR  25.00 

NOT  INSURED  WITH  MIIENJ 


Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
Department  of  Professional 
Liability  Control 

Morning  Session 

8:30  Registration  and  Coffee 
9:00  Greetings 

Frank  Y.  Watson,  M.D.,  President, 

MSNJ  and  James  S.  Todd,  M.D., 

Chairman  of  the  Board,  MIIENJ 

9:20  Opening  Remarks 

James  E.  George,  M.D.,  J.D., 

Director,  Department  of  Professional 
Liability  Control 

9:45  “The  Snitch  Bills;  Their  Impact 
on  Medical  Malpractice” 

Vincent  A.  Maressa, 

Executive  Director,  MSNJ 

10:15  “Reporting  of  Medical  Malpractice  To 
State  Board  of  Medical  Examiners” 

Floyd  J.  Donahue,  M.D.,  Member  of  State 
Board  of  Medical  Examiners 
10:45  “The  New  Case  Management  and 

Procedures  of  Malpractice  Litigation” 
Honorable  Peter  Ciolino,  Assignment  Judge 
Superior  Court,  Passaic  County 

11:15  Questions  and  Answers 


DETACH  AND  MAIL  TO  MSNJ,  TWO  PRINCESS  ROAD,  LAWRENCEVILLE,  NJ  08648 

Enclosed  is  my  check  for payable  to  MSNJ 

NAME  (PLEASE  PRINT) 

ADDRESS  

PHONE  # 

A CONFIRMATION  WILL  BE  SENT  TO  YOU  ALONG  WITH  DIRECTIONS  TO  MSNJ. 


630 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


ditorial 


The  Challenge  of  the 
Geriatric  Imperative 

Michael  A.  Nevins,  m.d.* 


Can  community  hospitals  meet  the 
challenge  of  the  geriatric  imperative?  A 
workshop  sponsored  by  the  New  Jersey 
Chapter  of  the  American  College  of 
Physicians  studied  the  question.** 


How  appropriate  it  is  that  since 
their  births  at  the  beginning  of 
the  century,  the  codisciplines  of 
iriatries  and  gerontology  have  taken  the  equivalent 
a full  human  life  span  before  entering  into  their 
ilden  age.  The  frenetic  pace  of  events  during  the  past 
:cade  attests  to  an  emerging  awareness  of  the 
mensions  of  what  Anne  Somers  so  eloquently  has 
laracterized  as  “the  geriatric  imperative.” 

Much  attention  has  been  focused  on  organizational 
insiderations  (e.g.  whose  speciality  is  it?)  and  at  de- 
:loping  and  introducing  curriculum  at  all  levels  of 
edical  education.  Whereas  teaching  hospitals  and 
edical  schools  have  begun  to  meet  the  challenge  of 
he  new  geriatrics,”  there  is  little  evidence  that  the 
ition’s  smaller  community  hospitals  have  been  re- 
>onding  comparably.  This  is  alarming  since  it  is  dif- 
:ult  to  envision  an  efficient  health  delivery  system  for 
ie  elderly  in  which  community  hospitals  do  not  play 
central  role.  Indeed,  it  is  at  these  institutions  where 
ost  primary  care  for  seriously  ill,  older  people  is 
'ovided.  Increasingly,  the  constituency  of  community 
)spitals  is  composed  of  Medicare  patients  with  be- 
/een  one-third  and  one-half  of  admissions  and  total 
ispital  days  currently  being  devoted  to  their  care. 
In  pre-World  War  II  England,  Marjorie  Warren  ap- 
eciated  that  conventional  care  of  the  elderly  by  inte- 
ntion into  general  hospital  wards,  often  was  anti- 
letical  to  recovery.  As  a result,  discrete  geriatric  wards 
nerged  early  in  Great  Britain  and  later  in  many  other 
>untries  in  Europe  and  Canada.  For  example,  in  1981, 
of  Israel’s  28  general  hospitals  had  acute  geriatric 
ards  designed  to  care  for  those  patients  who  are  more 
fictionally  impaired  than  their  independent  col- 


leagues of  similar  advanced  age.  Although  it  is  difficult 
to  extrapolate  results  from  countries  which  operate 
under  nationalized  systems  to  our  needs,  it  is  surpris- 
ing that  relatively  little  attention  has  been  paid  in  the 
United  States  to  how  the  aged  are  treated  within  our 
acute  hospitals.  Rather,  most  current  attention  is 
being  directed  at  nursing  home  care,  home  care,  and 
methods  of  keeping  patients  out  of  hospitals 
altogether.  Although  this  is  commendable,  it  is  un- 
realistic to  presume  that  the  nation’s  elderly  will  not 
continue  to  occupy  a substantial,  if  not  increased, 
proportion  of  acute  beds  in  community  hospitals.  This 
particularly  is  the  case  in  New  Jersey  which  in  the 
United  States  ranks  only  after  Florida  in  average  age 
of  the  population. 

If  the  1970s  represented  the  renaissance  of 
geriatrics,  the  1 980s  and  beyond  likely  will  be  a period 
of  challenge  and  opportunity  when  implementation  of 
many  of  the  lessons  of  the  past  decade  will  be  tested 
for  efficacy,  practicality,  and  cost  effectiveness.  It  has 
become  fashionable  to  revere  “the  team”  as  the 
geriatrics  equivalent  of  high  technology.  Whether  the 
team  concept  can  be  made  to  work  is  a crucial  question 
since  internists  and  family  physicians,  who  have 
tended  to  work  best  as  solo  virtuosi,  would  have  to  be 
remolded  into  conductors.  Medical  and  nursing 
schools  now  are  producing  a new  generation  of  young 
geriatricians  who  will  have  a fresh  perspective  on  car- 
ing for  the  elderly.  Will  community  hospitals  be 
prepared  to  receive  them  and  have  programs  in  place 
to  best  utilize  their  talents? 

Our  workshop  provided  an  opportunity  to  address 
one  component  of  the  broad  spectrum  of  issues  that 
comprise  the  current  geriatric  agenda  It  is  quite  ap- 
propriate that  the  American  College  of  Physicians 
should  sponsor  this  study  since  in  its  long  and  dis- 
tinguished history  the  College  consistently  has  played 
a central  role  in  supporting  innovation  and  has 
provided  leadership  in  matters  pertaining  to  excellence 
of  medical  care.  It  is  my  hope  that,  as  a result  of  our 
deliberations,  we  will  be  able  to  identify  those  factors 
which  constitute  good  contemporary  practice  of  hospi- 
tal geriatrics.  The  series  of  articles  in  this  issue  high- 
light the  discussions  from  the  workshop. 


*Dr.  Nevins  is  Governor,  New  Jersey  Chapter,  American  Col- 
lege of  Physicians.  Correspondence  may  be  addressed  to  Dr. 
Nevins.  595  Chestnut  Ridge  Road.  Woodcliff  Dike,  NJ  07675. 

“The  workshop  was  held  on  May  5,  1983,  at  MSNJ  head- 
quarters, Lawrenceville,  and  was  sponsored  by  the  New  Jersey 
Chapter  of  the  American  College  of  Physicians. 


3L.  81— NUMBER  8— AUGUST  1984 


631 


Editorial 


Eye  Health 
Screening  Week 

Alfonse  A.  Cinotti,  m.d. 


Eye  Health  Screening  Week  will  begin 
September  17,  1984,  in  88  New  Jersey 
hospitals.  The  program  is  free  and 
readily  available. 


For  the  28th  consecutive  year,  the 
Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
will  conduct  an  eye  health 
screening  program  in  88  hospitals  during  the  week  of 
September  17,  1984,  with  the  cooperation  of  the  New 
Jersey  Academy  of  Ophthalmology  and  Otolaryngology, 
the  New  Jersey  Hospital  Association,  the  New  Jersey 
State  Department  of  Health,  the  New  Jersey  State  Com- 
mission for  the  Blind  and  Visually  Impaired,  the  Na- 
tional Society  to  Prevent  Blindness-New  Jersey,  and 
the  Lions  Club  of  New  Jersey. 

Since  this  program  began,  over  250,000  people  have 
been  screened.  There  have  been  a significant  number 
of  positive  findings  including:  glaucoma,  cataracts, 
various  types  of  retinopathy,  and  eye  tumors. 

Perhaps  the  greatest  impact  in  sight  conservation 
has  been  the  finding  of  3,000  new  cases  of  glaucoma 
Since  glaucoma  is  one  of  the  major  causes  of  prevent- 
able blindness,  early  diagnosis  permits  sight-saving 
treatment. 

In  this  screening,  tests  for  two  of  the  earliest  signs 
of  glaucoma — increased  intraocular  pressure  and  pro- 
gressive cupping  of  the  optic  nerve— are  performed. 

Although  this  program  is  free  and  effective,  only  a 
small  percentage  of  the  public  has  taken  advantage  of 
the  screening.  We  believe  that  the  program  should  be 
expanded.  The  MSNJ  Conservation  of  Vision  Commit- 
tee, along  with  other  organizations,  reviews  the  project 
annually  in  order  to  determine  ways  of  increasing  par- 
ticipation. The  Committee  especially  is  concerned  with 


the  program’s  failure  to  make  a greater  impact  in  | 
inner  cities,  where  the  incidence  of  glaucoma  is  higf; 
and  the  loss  of  vision  is  greater. 


There  is  no  question  that  the  MSNJ  Eye  Heal 
Screening  Program  has  made  valuable  contributil 
by  promoting  knowledge  and  understanding  of  eye  <ii 
eases  and  the  need  for  periodic  eye  examinations 


Eveiy  physician  can  aid  in  screening  for  glaucoma 
by  a careful  ophthalmoscopic  evaluation  of  the  oj  <3 
disc,  especially  in  those  patients  who  are  at  great 
risk:  senior  citizens,  those  with  family  historic 
glaucoma,  and  the  black  population. 

The  normal  optic  nerve  has  clear  margins,  p 
color,  and  a physiological  cup,  which  generally  is 
than  .3  of  the  diameter  of  the  disc,  both  vertically 
horizontally.  The  cup  in  both  eyes  usually  is  simij 
The  examiner  should  refer  patients  who  have  lal 
cups,  especially  where  there  is  a disparity  between  | 
two  eyes,  where  the  vertical  cup  is  larger,  whjji 
notching  appears  in  the  rim,  where  the  vessels  sli 
marked  deviation,  or  where  hemorrhages  are  seen 
the  disc.  It  has  been  established  that  changes  in 
optic  disc  generally  occur  before  demonstrable  vi; 
field  changes.  i 

Given  the  benefits  of  early  diagnosis,  we  encourJ 
physicians  to  pay  special  attention  to  the  optic  ne| 
and  to  remind  their  patients  of  the  need  for  periojc 
eye  examinations.  The  Eye  Screening  Program  is  f 
and  readily  available. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS/ 


632 


BALANCED 
CALCIUM 
BJ 


dw  incidence  of  side 

mDIZEM®  (diltiazem  HC1) 
uduces  an.  incidence  of  adverse 
{actions  not  greater  than  that 
{ported  with  placebo  therapy, 
lus  contributing  to  the  patient’s 
jnse  of  well-being. 

iizem  is  indicated  in  the  treatment  of  angina  pectoris  due  to 
)naiy  artery  spasm  and  in  the  management  of  chronic  stable 
ina  (classic  effort-associated  angina)  in  patients  who  cannot 
rate  therapy  with  beta-blockers  and/or  nitrates  or  who  remain 
lptomatic  despite  adequate  doses  of  these  agents. 

irences: 


Reduces  angina  attack  frequency 

42%  to  46%  decrease  reported  in 
multicenter  study.1 

Increases  exercise  tolerance* 

In  Bruce  exercise  test,2  control 
patients  averaged  8.0  minutes  to 
onset  of  pain;  Cardizem  patients 
averaged  9.8  minutes  (PC.005). 

CARDIZEM 


rauss  WE,  McIntyre  KM,  Parisi  AE,  et  al:  Safety  and  efficacy 
f diltiazem  hydrochloride  for  the  treatment  of  stable  angina 
actoris:  Report  of  a cooperative  clinical  trial.  Am  J Cardiol 
9:560-566,  1982. 

ool  PE,  Seagren  SC,  Bonanno  JA,  et  al:  The  treatment  of  exercise- 
liducible  chronic  stable  angina  with  diltiazem:  Effect  on  treadmill 
xercise.  Chest  78  (July  suppl):234-238,  1980. 


(diiUazem  HC1) 

THE  BALANCED 
CALCIUM  CHANNEL  BLOCKER 


2/84 


Please  see  full  prescribing  information  on  following  page. 


PROFESSIONAL  USE  INFORMATION 


cardizem, 

(dilhazem  HCI) 

30  mg  and  60  mg  tablets 

DESCRIPTION 

CARDIZEM*  (diltiazem  hydrochloride)  is  a calcium  ion  influx 
inhibitor  (slow  channel  blocker  or  calcium  antagonist).  Chemically, 
diltiazem  hydrochloride  is  1 ,5- Benzothi azepi n-4(5H )one ,3-(acety I oxy) 
-5-[2-(dimethylamino)ethyl]-2,3-dihydro-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-, 
monohydrochloride,(+)  -cis-.The  chemical  structure  is: 


CH2CH2N(CH3)2 

Diltiazem  hydrochloride  is  a white  to  oft-white  crystalline  powder 
with  a bitter  taste.  It  is  soluble  in  water,  methanol,  and  chloroform 
It  has  a molecular  weight  ot  450.98  Each  tablet  of  CARDIZEM 
contains  either  30  mg  or  60  mg  diltiazem  hydrochloride  for  oral 
administration. 


CLINICAL  PHARMACOLOGY 

The  therapeutic  benefits  achieved  with  CARDIZEM  are  believed 
to  be  related  to  its  ability  to  inhibit  the  influx  of  calcium  ions 
during  membrane  depolarization  of  cardiac  and  vascular  smooth 
muscle. 

Mechanisms  ot  Action.  Although  precise  mechanisms  of  its 
antianginal  actions  are  still  being  delineated,  CARDIZEM  is  believed 
to  act  in  the  following  ways: 

1.  Angina  Due  to  Coronary  Artery  Spasm:  CARDIZEM  has  been 
shown  to  be  a potent  dilator  of  coronary  arteries  both  epicardial 
and  subendocardial.  Spontaneous  and  ergonovme-induced  cor- 
onary artery  spasm  are  inhibited  by  CARDIZEM. 

2.  Exertionai  Angina:  CARDIZEM  has  been  shown  to  produce 
increases  in  exercise  tolerance,  probably  due  to  its  ability  to 
reduce  myocardial  oxygen  demand.  This  is  accomplished  via 
reductions  in  heart  rate  and  systemic  blood  pressure  at  submaximal 
and  maximal  exercise  work  loads. 

In  animal  models,  diltiazem  interferes  with  the  slow  inward 
(depolarizing)  current  in  excitable  tissue.  It  causes  excitation-contraction 
uncoupling  in  various  myocardial  tissues  without  changes  in  the 
configuration  of  the  action  potential.  Diltiazem  produces  relaxation 
of  coronary  vascular  smooth  muscle  and  dilation  of  both  large  and 
small  coronary  arteries  at  drug  levels  which  cause  little  or  no 
negative  inotropic  effect.  The  resultant  increases  in  coronary  blood 
flow  (epicardial  and  subendocardial)  occur  in  ischemic  and  nonischemic 
models  and  are  accompanied  by  dose-dependent  decreases  in  sys- 
temic blood  pressure  and  decreases  in  peripheral  resistance. 

Hemodynamic  and  Electrophysiologic  Effects.  Like  other 
calcium  antagonists,  diltiazem  decreases  sinoatrial  and  atrioventricu- 
lar conduction  in  isolated  tissues  and  has  a negative  inotropic  effect 
in  isolated  preparations.  In  the  intact  animal,  prolongation  of  the  AH 
interval  can  be  seen  at  higher  doses. 

In  man,  diltiazem  prevents  spontaneous  and  ergonovine-provoked 
coronary  artery  spasm.  It  causes  a decrease  in  peripheral  vascular 
resistance  and  a modest  fall  in  blood  pressure  and,  in  exercise 
tolerance  studies  in  patients  with  ischemic  heart  disease,  reduces 
the  heart  rate-blood  pressure  product  for  any  given  work  load. 
Studies  to  date,  primarily  in  patients  with  good  ventricular  function, 
have  not  revealed  evidence  of  a negative  inotropic  effect;  cardiac 
output,  ejection  fraction,  and  left  ventricular  end  diastolic  pressure 
have  not  been  affected.  There  are  as  yet  few  data  on  the  interaction 
of  diltiazem  and  beta-blockers.  Resting  heart  rate  is  usually  unchanged 
or  slightly  reduced  by  diltiazem. 

Intravenous  diltiazem  in  doses  of  20  mg  prolongs  AH  conduction 
time  and  AV  node  functional  and  effective  refractory  periods  approxi- 
mately 20%.  In  a study  involving  single  oral  doses  of  300  mg  of 
CARDIZEM  in  six  normal  volunteers,  the  average  maximum  PR 
prolongation  was  14%  with  no  instances  of  greater  than  first-degree 
AV  block.  Diltiazem-associated  prolongation  of  the  AH  interval  is  not 
more  pronounced  in  patients  with  first-degree  heart  block.  In  patients 
with  sick  sinus  syndrome,  diltiazem  significantly  prolongs  sinus 
cycle  length  (up  to  50%  in  some  cases). 

Chronic  oral  administration  of  CARDIZEM  in  doses  of  up  to  240 
mg/day  has  resulted  in  small  increases  in  PR  interval,  but  has  not 
usually  produced  abnormal  prolongation.  There  were,  however,  three 
instances  of  second-degree  AV  block  and  one  instance  of  third- 
degree  AV  block  in  a group  of  959  chronically  treated  patients. 

Pharmacokinetics  and  Metabolism.  Diltiazem  is  absorbed 
from  the  tablet  formulation  to  about  80%  of  a reference  capsule  and 
is  subject  to  an  extensive  first-pass  effect,  giving  an  absolute 
bioavailability  (compared  to  intravenous  dosing)  of  about  40%.  CARDIZEM 
undergoes  extensive  hepatic  metabolism  in  which  2%  to  4%  of  the 
unchanged  drug  appears  in  the  urine.  In  vitro  binding  studies  show 
CARDIZEM  is  70%  to  80%  bound  to  plasma  proteins.  Competitive 
ligand  binding  studies  have  also  shown  CARDIZEM  binding  is  not 
altered  by  therapeutic  concentrations  of  digoxm,  hydrochlorothiazide, 
phenylbutazone,  propranolol,  salicylic  acid,  or  warfarin.  Single  oral 
doses  of  30  to  120  mg  of  CARDIZEM  result  in  detectable  plasma 
levels  within  30  to  60  minutes  and  peak  plasma  levels  two  to  three 
hours  after  drug  administration.  The  plasma  elimination  half-life 
following  single  or  multiple  drug  administration  is  approximately  3.5 
hours.  Desacetyl  diltiazem  is  also  present  in  the  plasma  at  levels  of 
10%  to  20%  of  the  parent  drug  and  is  25%  to  50%  as  potent  a 
coronary  vasodilator  as  diltiazem.  Therapeutic  blood  levels  of 
CARDIZEM  appear  to  be  in  the  range  of  50  to  200  ng/ml. There  is  a 
departure  from  dose-linearity  when  single  doses  above  60  mg  are 
given;  a 120-mg  dose  gave  blood  levels  three  times  that  of  the  60-mg 
dose.  There  is  no  information  about  the  effect  of  renal  or  hepatic 
impairment  on  excretion  or  metabolism  of  diltiazem. 

INDICATIONS  AND  USAGE 

1  Angina  Pectoris  Due  to  Coronary  Artery  Spasm.  CARDIZEM 


is  indicated  in  the  treatment  of  angina  pectoris  due  to  coronary 
artery  spasm.  CARDIZEM  has  been  shown  effective  in  the 
treatment  of  spontaneous  coronary  artery  spasm  presenting  as 
Prinzmetal's  variant  angina  (resting  angina  with  ST-segment 
elevation  occurring  during  attacks). 

2  Chronic  Stable  Angina  (Classic  Effort-Associated  Angina). 
CARDIZEM  is  indicated  in  the  management  of  chronic  stable 
angina.  CARDIZEM  has  been  effective  in  controlled  trials  In 
reducing  angina  frequency  and  increasing  exercise  tolerance. 

There  are  no  controlled  studies  of  the  effectiveness  of  the  concomi- 
tant use  of  diltiazem  and  beta-blockers  or  of  the  safety  of  this 
combination  in  patients  with  impaired  ventricular  function  or  conduc- 
tion abnormalities. 

CONTRAINDICATIONS 

CARDIZEM  is  contraindicated  in  (1)  patients  with  sick  sinus 
syndrome  except  in  the  presence  of  a functioning  ventricular  pacemaker, 
(2)  patients  with  second-  or  third-degree  AV  block  except  in  the 
presence  of  a functioning  ventricular  pacemaker,  and  (3)  patients 
with  hypotension  (less  than  90  mm  Hg  systolic). 

WARNINGS 

1 . Cardiac  Conduction.  CARDIZEM  prolongs  AV  node  refrac- 
tory periods  without  significantly  prolonging  sinus  node  recov- 
ery time,  except  in  patients  with  sick  sinus  syndrome.  This 
effect  may  rarely  result  in  abnormally  slow  heart  rates  (particularly 
in  patients  with  sick  sinus  syndrome)  or  second-  or  third-degree 
AV  block  (six  of  1243  patients  for  0.48%).  Concomitant  use  of 
diltiazem  with  beta-blockers  or  digitalis  may  result  in  additive 
effects  on  cardiac  conduction.  A patient  with  Prinzmetal's 
angina  developed  periods  of  asystole  (2  to  5 seconds)  after  a 
single  dose  of  60  mg  of  diltiazem. 

2 Congestive  Heart  Failure.  Although  diltiazem  has  a negative 
inotropic  effect  in  isolated  animal  tissue  preparations,  hemodynamic 
studies  in  humans  with  normal  ventricular  function  have  not 
shown  a reduction  in  cardiac  index  nor  consistent  negative 
effects  on  contractility  (dp/dt).  Experience  with  the  use  of 
CARDIZEM  alone  or  in  combination  with  beta-blockers  in  patients 
with  impaired  ventricular  function  is  very  limited.  Caution  should 
be  exercised  when  using  the  drug  in  such  patients. 

3 Hypotension.  Decreases  in  blood  pressure  associated  with 
CARDIZEM  therapy  may  occasionally  result  in  symptomatic 
hypotension. 

4 Acute  Hepatic  Injury.  In  rare  instances,  patients  receiving 
CARDIZEM  have  exhibited  reversible  acute  hepatic  injury  as 
evidenced  by  moderate  to  extreme  elevations  of  liver  enzymes. 
(See  PRECAUTIONS  and  ADVERSE  REACTIONS.) 

PRECAUTIONS 

General.  CARDIZEM  (diltiazem  hydrochloride)  is  extensively  metab- 
olized by  the  liver  and  excreted  by  the  kidneys  and  in  bile.  As  with  any 
new  drug  given  over  prolonged  periods,  laboratory  parameters  should 
be  monitored  at  regular  intervals  The  drug  should  be  used  with 
caution  in  patients  with  impaired  renal  or  hepatic  function.  In  sub- 
acute and  chronic  dog  and  rat  studies  designed  to  produce  toxicity, 
high  doses  of  diltiazem  were  associated  with  hepatic  damage.  In 
special  subacute  hepatic  studies,  oral  doses  of  125  mg/kg  and 
higher  in  rats  were  associated  with  histological  changes  in  the  liver 
which  were  reversible  when  the  drug  was  discontinued  In  dogs, 
doses  of  20  mg/kg  were  also  associated  with  hepatic  changes; 
however,  these  changes  were  reversible  with  continued  dosing. 

Drug  Interaction.  Pharmacologic  studies  indicate  that  there 
may  be  additive  effects  in  prolonging  AV  conduction  when  using 
beta-blockers  or  digitalis  concomitantly  with  CARDIZEM.  (See 
WARNINGS). 

Controlled  and  uncontrolled  domestic  studies  suggest  that  con- 
comitant use  of  CARDIZEM  and  beta-blockers  or  digitalis  is  usually 
well  tolerated.  Available  data  are  not  sufficient,  however,  to  predict 
the  effects  of  concomitant  treatment,  particularly  in  patients  with  left 
ventricular  dysfunction  or  cardiac  conduction  abnormalities  In  healthy 
volunteers,  diltiazem  has  been  shown  to  increase  serum  digoxin 
levels  up  to  20%. 

Carcinogenesis,  Mutagenesis,  Impairment  of  Fertility.  A 

24-month  study  in  rats  and  a 21 -month  study  in  mice  showed  no 
evidence  of  carcinogenicity.  There  was  also  no  mutagenic  response 
in  in  vitro  bacterial  tests.  No  intrinsic  effect  on  fertility  was  observed 
in  rats. 

Pregnancy.  Category  C.  Reproduction  studies  have  been  con- 
ducted in  mice,  rats,  and  rabbits.  Administration  of  doses  ranging 
from  five  to  ten  times  greater  (on  a mg/kg  basis)  than  the  daily 
recommended  therapeutic  dose  has  resulted  in  embryo  and  fetal 
lethality.  These  doses,  in  some  studies,  have  been  reported  to  cause 
skeletal  abnormalities.  In  the  perinatal/postnatal  studies,  there  was 
some  reduction  in  early  individual  pup  weights  and  survival  rates. 
There  was  an  increased  incidence  of  stillbirths  at  doses  of  20  times 
the  human  dose  or  greater. 

There  are  no  well-controlled  studies  in  pregnant  women,  therefore, 
use  CARDIZEM  in  pregnant  women  only  if  the  potential  benefit 
justifies  the  potential  risk  to  the  fetus. 

Nursing  Mothers.  It  is  not  known  whether  this  drug  is  excreted 
in  human  milk.  Because  many  drugs  are  excreted  in  human  milk, 
exercise  caution  when  CARDIZEM  is  administered  to  a nursing 
woman  if  the  drug's  benefits  are  thought  to  outweigh  its  potential 
risks  in  this  situation. 

Pediatric  Use.  Safety  and  effectiveness  in  children  have  not 
been  established. 

ADVERSE  REACTIONS 

Serious  adverse  reactions  have  been  rare  in  studies  carried  out  to 
date,  but  it  should  be  recognized  that  patients  with  impaired  ventricu- 
lar function  and  cardiac  conduction  abnormalities  have  usually  been 
excluded. 

In  domestic  placebo-controlled  trials,  the  incidence  of  adverse 
reactions  reported  during  CARDIZEM  therapy  was  not  greater  than 
that  reported  during  placebo  therapy. 

The  following  represent  occurrences  observed  in  clinical  studies 
which  can  be  at  least  reasonably  associated  with  the  pharmacology 
of  calcium  influx  inhibition.  In  many  cases,  the  relationship  to 
CARDIZEM  has  not  been  established.  The  most  common  occurrences, 
as  well  as  their  frequency  of  presentation,  are:  edema  (2.4%), 


headache  (2.1%),  nausea  (1.9%),  dizziness  (1.5%),  ,| 
asthenia  (1.2%),  AV  block  (1.1%).  In  addition,  the  foil  m 
were  reported  infrequently  (less  than  1%)  with  the  orde  1 


tion  corresponding  to  the  relative  frequency  of  occurn  ; 


Cardiovascular:  Flushing,  arrhythmia,  hypotensi  i 


Nervous  System 


Gastrointestinal: 


Dermatologic: 

Other: 


i t» 1 

dia,  palpitations,  congestive  M , 
syncope. 

Paresthesia,  nervousness,  » ; 
tremor,  insomnia,  hallucinations,  g 
Constipation,  dyspepsia,  diarrhi  u 
mild  elevations  of  alkaline  phospL  g 
SGPT,  and  LDH. 

Pruritus,  petechiae,  urticaria,  phc  e 
Polyuria,  nocturia. 


The  following  additional  experiences  have  been  not 

A patient  with  Prinzmetal's  angina  experiencing 
vasospastic  angina  developed  periods  of  transient  ali 
asystole  approximately  five  hours  after  receiving  a s |B 
dose  of  CARDIZEM 

The  following  postmarketing  events  have  been  re  al - 
quently  in  patients  receiving  CARDIZEM:  erythema  mu  mi 
kopenia,  and  extreme  elevations  of  alkaline  phospha  ? 
SGPT,  LDH,  and  CPK  However,  a definitive  cause  and  ef  « 
these  events  and  CARDIZEM  therapy  is  yet  to  be  esta  fl 

OVERDOSAGE  OR  EXAGGERATED  RESPOil 

Overdosage  experience  with  oral  diltiazem  has  b 
Single  oral  doses  of  300  mg  of  CARDIZEM  have  been  * : 
by  healthy  volunteers.  In  the  event  of  overdosage  or  j 
response,  appropriate  supportive  measures  should  be  i 
addition  to  gastric  lavage.  The  following  measures  may  beu< 
Bradycardia 


Administer  atropine  (0.60  to  1.0  I 
is  no  response  to  vagal  blockade  li 


High-Degree  AV 
Block 


isoproterenol  cautiously. 

Treat  as  for  bradycardia  above. 


Cardiac  Failure 


Hypotension 


degree  AV  block  should  be  treatir" 
diac  pacing. 

Administer  inotropic  agents  (isc  tci  ^ 
dopamine,  or  dobutamine)  and  diu  n 
Vasopressors  (eg,  dopamine  or  I m 
bitartrate). 

Actual  treatment  and  dosage  should  depend  on  the  se  :u | 
clinical  situation  and  the  judgment  and  experience  of  jet 
physician 

The  oral/LD50's  in  mice  and  rats  range  from  415  to  it 
and  from  560  to  810  mg/kg,  respectively.  The  intravenoi  0. 
these  species  were  60  and  38  mg/kg,  respectively.  The  it 
dogs  is  considered  to  be  in  excess  of  50  mg/kg,  while  lf;it»< 
seen  in  monkeys  at  360  mg/kg.  The  toxic  dose  in  man  is  l xn: 
but  blood  levels  in  excess  of  800  ng/ml  have  not  been  g| 
with  toxicity. 


DOSAGE  AND  ADMINISTRATION 

Exertional  Angina  Pectoris  Due  to  Atheroscler  i 
nary  Artery  Disease  or  Angina  Pectoris  at  Rest  Du  (X 
nary  Artery  Spasm.  Dosage  must  be  adjusted  to  eac  itf 
needs.  Starting  with  30  mg  four  times  daily,  before  me,al 
bedtime,  dosage  should  be  increased  gradually  (given  ft 
doses  three  or  four  times  daily)  at  one-  to  two-day  intrie 
optimum  response  is  obtained  Although  individual  pa  si 
respond  to  any  dosage  level,  the  average  optimum  do;  ra 
appears  to  be  180  to  240  mg/day.  There  are  no  available  da  fflt 
ing  dosage  requirements  in  patients  with  impaired  renal  8 
function.  If  the  drug  must  be  used  in  such  patients,  titratioi 'rt 
carried  out  with  particular  caution. 

Concomitant  Use  With  Other  Antianginal  Agent! 

1 . Sublingual  NTG  may  be  taken  as  required  to  a a 
anginal  attacks  during  CARDIZEM  therapy. 

2 Prophylactic  Nitrate  Therapy -CARDIZEM  may 
coadministered  with  short-  and  long-acting  nitrates 
have  been  no  controlled  studies  to  evaluate  the  :| 
effectiveness  of  this  combination. 

3 Beta-blockers.  (See  WARNINGS  and  PRECAUTION! 


HOW  SUPPLIED 

Cardizem  30-mg  tablets  are  supplied  in  bottles  of  I 
0088-1771-47)  and  in  Unit  Dose  Identification  Paks  of  il 
0088-1771-49).  Each  green  tablet  is  engraved  with  MARK « 
side  and  1771  engraved  on  the  other.  CARDIZEM  60-n  c 
tablets  are  supplied  in  bottles  of  100  (NDC  0088-1772-47) 
Dose  Identification  Paks  of  100  (NDC  0088-1772-49).  E; ' 
tablet  is  engraved  with  MARION  on  one  side  and  1772  on 

Issue, 


Another  patient  benefit  product  from 
PHARMACEUTICAL  DIVISION 

MARION 

LABORATORIES.  INC 

KANSAS  CITY,  MISSOURI  64137 


nspiTAL  Governing 

E)ARDS* 

Government  Mandated 
*eer  Review — 
delegation  to  Hospital 


/INCENT  A.  MARESSA,  J.D. 


Tie  Department  of  Health  and  Human 
Services  is  required  to  contract  with 
[ualified  peer  review  organizations 
PROs ) to  provide  peer  review  of  Medi- 
care and  Medicaid  claims. 


In  enacting  P.L.  97-248,  the  Tax 
Equity  and  Fiscal  Responsibility 
Act  of  1 982,  Congress  inserted  a 
5 tion  known  as  the  Peer  Review  Improvement  Act  of 
1 32.  By  this  statute,  the  Department  of  Health  and 
liman  Services  is  required  to  contract  with  qualified 
fpr  review  organizations  (PROs)  to  provide  peer  re- 
|w  of  Medicare  and  Medicaid  claims,  and  to  deny 
pyment  for  services  found  to  be  unnecessary. 

The  basic  thrust  of  the  legislation  is  to  control  ad- 
i ssions  and  utilization.  It  is  believed  that  in  this 
f hion  Medicare  and  Medicaid  will  become  cost  effec- 
t e.  PSROs  will  be  phased  out  and  replaced  by  state- 
i de  PROs.  Health  care  facilities  specifically  are  ex- 
: ided  from  acting  as  PROs.  The  PROs,  however,  are 
: thorized  to  subcontract  some  or  all  of  the  functions 
t hospitals  without  running  afoul  of  the  statutory 
£ :lusion.  Ultimate  responsibility  for  the  review  activi- 
! must  remain  within  the  PRO. 

The  ability  to  delegate  review  to  hospital  committees 
i limited  somewhat  in  New  Jersey  since  the  state  gov- 
£ mient,  through  the  Division  of  Medical  Assistance, 
partment  of  Human  Services,  will  not  permit  del- 


egation for  Medicaid  cases.  State  law  does  permit  del- 
egation under  the  DRG  program  for  all  non-Medicaid 
reviews. 

While  federal  law  is  phasing  out  PSROs  as  such,  it 
has  replaced  them  with  a PRO  of  statewide  signifi- 
cance. This  is  an  interesting  turnabout.  When  the 
PSRO  legislation  originally  was  being  considered.  Con- 
gress determined  that  PSROs  should  function  on  less 
than  a statewide  basis,  even  though  the  medical  pro- 
fession advised  that  a single  statewide  organization 
would  assure  quality,  consistency,  and  economy  in  the 
review  process.  Today,  Congress  has  ruled  “statewide” 
is  better. 

Regardless  of  the  format,  delegation  as  such  is  of 
vital  importance  to  our  physicians  and  hospitals,  and 
the  presently  forming  PRO  in  New  Jersey  must  be  en- 
couraged to  make  maximum  use  of  responsible  del- 
egation. 


‘The  material  for  this  column  is  coedited  by  Arthur  Krosnick, 
M.D.,  Editor,  The  Journal,  MSNJ;  Vincent  A.  Maressa,  M.D., 
Executive  Director,  MSNJ;  and  James  E.  George,  M.D.,  J.D., 
Director  of  Professional  Liability,  MSNJ. 


L.  81— NUMBER  8— AUGUST  1984 


635 


TAX  SHELTERS 


Just  one  of  the  personal 
financial  services 
available  to  you  from  the 

physician’s  bank. 


• tax  planning 

• lines  of  credit 
equipment  financing 
retirement  planning 


• money  management 
cash  flow  • investments 
• estate  planning 


Call  or  Write 

Joseph  J.  Verbaro,  Jr. 
Senior  Vice  President 

(201)  228-9770 


FivTn^T 

J FINANCIAL  AND  TRUST  SERVICES  / 


DIVISION  OF  SECURITY  NATIONAL  BANK  & TRUST  COMPANY 
OF  NEW  JERSEY 


101  Eisenhower  Parkway 
^^oselanc^ 


Member  F.D.I.C. 


MEDICAL  COMPUTERS 

DEC  - IBM  - TELEVIDEO 


THINKING  OF  COMPUTERIZING  YOUR  PRACTICE? 
FBL  MEDICAL  COMPUTER  SPECIALISTS  often 

a wide  variety  of  hardware/software  configurations  for  ever^ 
medical  office  size  and  application. 


• AUTOMATIC  INSURANCE 
FORM  PREPARATION 


• APPOINTMENT 
SCHEDULING 


• ACCOUNTS  RECEIVABLE 
CONTROL 


• ELECTRONIC  CLAIM!: 
SUBMISSION 


• AUTOMATIC  PATIENT  RECALL 

• PRACTICE  MANAGEMENT 
REPORTS 

• CLINICAL  RECORDS 


• WORD  PROCESSING 

• MED  I CARE/ MED  1C  Alt 


BILLING 

• GENERAL  LEDGER 


FREE  OFFICE  ANALYSIS  AND  CONSULTATION 
NO  OBLIGATION 


- 


FBL 


PROVIDING  YOU  WITH  OVER  15  YEAR' 
OF  MEDICAL  COMPUTER  EXPERIENCE 


3 ROUTE  46W.  FAIRFIELD.  N.J  07006  201-882-9210 


Doctors:  Write  your  own  prescription 

to  cure  insurance  pains  . . . 


R#  Prescription 



Name  MSNJ  Member 

MSNJ  G 

BlueCros: 
Major  Mei 
Dental  Ins 

that 

- Flexible  plans 

- Comprehensiv 

- Low,  competiti 

- Centralized  Ad 

roup 

s/Blue  Shield 
dical  and 

urance 

provides: 

e benefits 
ve  rates 
ministration 

Designed  and  Administered  by 

[DONALD  E SMITH  O'  ASSOCIATES) 

Prescription 


Name 


Address 


Phone 


Please  send  more  information 
on  the  MSNJ 


□ Blue  Cross/Blue  Shield  Program 

□ Major  Medical  Program 

□ Group  Dental  Program 

Return  to: 

Donald  F.  Smith  & Associates 
One  Airport  Place,  Route  206  North 
P.O.  Box  2197, 

Princeton,  New  Jersey  08540 

(609)  924-8700,  (201)  622-6046 


636 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE, 


yRIATRIC  IMPERATIVE:  SHOULD  COMMUNITY 

jspitals  Have  Geriatric  Units? 


:hael  A.  Nevins,  m.d.,  woodcliff  lake* 


ie  modem  hospital  can  be  a hostile  environment  for  the  frail 
derly.  A potential  solution  to  this  problem  is  to  develop  special 
ire  units  designed  to  being  sensitive  to  patients9  unique  needs , 
minimize  the  hazards  of  hospitalization,  and  to  maintain 
'neralfunction  as  acute  illness  is  being  treated . 


Between  30  and  50  percent  of  all 
acute  hospital  beds  currently 
are  occupied  by  patients  over 
>5.  Not  only  do  older  patients  have  dispropor- 
tely  more  hospital  admissions,  but  their  duration 
~ost  of  stay  substantially  are  greater  than  that  of 
ger  groups.  In  assessing  contemporary  hospital 
trie  care,  neither  unqualified  endorsement  or  in- 
lent  would  seem  to  be  appropriate.  Perhaps  it 
d be  best  to  begin  by  considering  whether  our 
tiling  system  in  this  country,  in  which  all  acutely 
itients  spatially  are  integrated,  works  optimally 
of  the  time. 

course,  age,  per  se,  should  not  be  the  issue  since 
r persons  of  even  far  advanced  age  retain  their 
al  and  physical  faculties  so  that  they  are  quite 
rendent  and  need  not  be  treated  differently.  The 
tional  definition  of  geriatrics  as  over  65  is  arbi- 
and  inadequate,  there  being  little  that  dis- 
lishes  special  needs  of  the  decade  beyond  65  from 
just  before  it.  After  age  75,  however,  health  and 
losocial  problems  begin  to  accelerate  and  com- 
d to  the  extent  that  many  of  the  advanced  elderly 
to  arrive  at  a symbiotic  relationship  with  their 
lie  infirmities,  the  event  that  causes  acute  hospi- 
ition  being  but  the  last  of  a series  of  setbacks, 
jfore,  function  rather  than  age  should  be  the 
al  determinant  that  characterizes  the  geriatric 
nt. 


The  acutely  ill  geriatric  patients  typically  have 
diminished  physiologic  reserve  and  decreased  capacity 
to  adapt  to  unfamiliar  surroundings  which  puts  them 
at  increased  risk  of  complications.  As  a result,  the 
modem  hospital  with  its  disease  orientation  and  fixed 
methodology  often  is  a hostile  environment  for  the  frail 
elderly.  Early  studies  suggested  that  the  complication 
rate  on  general  medical  wards  was  twice  as  great  for 
patients  over  age  70  and  that  nearly  40  percent  en- 
counter iatrogenic  problems  such  as  reactions  to 
medications  or  procedures,  accidental  trauma,  hospi- 
tal-related psychologic  decompensation,  or  nosocomial 
infection.1  A recent  study  of  279  patients  age  70  or 
more  at  a 400-bed  community  hospital  found  con- 
siderable age-related  disability  with  more  than  half  of 
those  75  years  or  older  needing  activities  of  daily  living 
(ADL)  assistance,  about  two-fifths  receiving  psy- 
chotropic medications,  and  one-fifth  incontinent  and 
in  need  of  catheters.2  Over  age  85,  54  percent  were 
moderately  or  severely  disoriented,  34  percent  had  im- 
paired hearing,  40  percent  had  impaired  vision,  and 
25  percent  had  a speech  impairment. 

Is  it  any  wonder  that  already  overburdened  nursing 
staffs  often  are  frustrated  and  hard  pressed  to  attend 
to  the  added  needs  of  many  elderly  patients  and  ex- 
press the  need  for  additional  help?  The  present  hospi- 


*Dr.  Nevins  is  Governor,  New  Jersey  Chapter,  American  Col- 
lege of  Physicians. 


81 -NUMBER  8 — AUGUST  1984 


637 


tal  system,  however,  responds  poorly  to  this  need;  a 
common  response  is  to  distribute  the  oldest  patients 
around  so  as,  at  least,  to  share  the  extra  work 
equitably. 

One  potential  solution  to  this  universal  problem  is 
to  develop  special  care  units  for  certain  categories  of 
the  elderly;  in  such  units,  sensitivity  to  the  patients’ 
needs  might  minimize  the  hazards  of  hospitalization 
and  maintain  general  function  even  as  acute  illness  is 
being  treated.  Although  conceptually  this  is  an  attrac- 
tive idea,  there  are  distinct  pitfalls  to  successful  im- 
plementation. Many  instructive  models  are  available 
from  which  to  learn,  notably  from  Great  Britain,  Can- 
ada Europe,  and  Israel  where  geriatrics  units  are  com- 
mon. Recently,  several  centers  in  the  United  States 
have  developed. 

In  this  country,  most  innovations  in  geriatrics  have 
occurred  in  larger  teaching  hospitals,  one  variety  being 
the  roving  team  approach  where  small  multi- 
disciplinary groups  seek  out  patients  on  conventional 
wards  to  provide  consultative  and  educational  ser- 
vices.3 Geriatrics  units  which  are  directly  responsible 
for  inpatient  care  essentially  can  be  considered  as  one 
of  the  following  two  basic  models: 

1.  Postacute  Care.  Patients  are  accepted  into  the 
geriatric  unit  only  after  acute  illness  has  been 
stabilized,  the  major  emphasis  being  on  rehabilitation 
and  avoidance  of  long-term  institutionalization.  One 
example  at  the  Sepulveda,  California  VA  Hospital  that 
is  proving  to  be  “cost  effective”  was  described  by 
Rubenstein.4  Lefton  et  al.  also  have  found  that  overall 
function  of  elderly  patients  was  improved  when  treated 
on  a multidisciplinary  geriatric  unit,  weeks  to  months 
after  a catastrophic  acute  illness.5  The  determination 
of  unit  effectiveness  depends  substantially  on  the 
selection  of  patients  and  their  premorbid  functional 
status.  In  this  respect,  the  ideal  candidate  would  be 
one  who  was  reasonably  well  before  developing  an 
acute  illness,  such  as  a stroke,  who  after  concentrated 
rehabilitative  effort  is  able  to  return  home. 

2.  Day-One  Units.  These  provide  all  the  services  of 
any  conventional  acute  medical-surgical  unit  but  may 
have  different  orientation,  operating  policies,  and  staff- 
ing patterns.  Patient  demography,  of  course,  varies 
with  the  local  ground  rules.  At  Shaare  Zedek  Medical 
Center,  Jerusalem,  where  admissions  are  at  the  discre- 
tion of  the  resident  staff  and  according  to  bed  avail- 
ability, those  patients  admitted  to  acute  geriatrics 
rather  than  general  medicine  tend  to  be  more  func- 
tionally disabled  in  regard  to  mobility,  mental  state, 
and  continence.6 

In  this  country  an  outstanding  example  of  com- 
prehensive geriatric  care  at  a 200-bed  community  hos- 
pital is  the  unit  developed  by  Albert  A Fisk,  M.D.,  at 
the  Wisconsin  Regional  Geriatric  Center,  Milwaukee.7 
In  a personal  communication,  Fisk  noted  that  his  orig- 
inal conception  for  a geriatric  unit  primarily  was  from 
an  educational  benefit  point  of  view,  but  as  time  went 
on  it  became  apparent  that  the  unit  had  a great  deal 
more  value: 

“When  an  elderly  patient  is  hospitalized,  the  medical 
problem  is  most  likely  to  be  just  the  tip  of  the  iceberg 
and  a host  of  psychosocial  problems  frequently  accom- 
pany the  acute  medical  problem.  Developing  a team  to 
address  these  different  problems,  therefore,  is  the 


major  object  in  developing  an  acute  care  geriatric  u 
This  is  not  at  all  easy.  Over  a period  of  two  year;y 
developed  a very  excellent  team  with  a group  of  nu  i 
who  were  interested  in  and  proud  to  be  involve' 
geriatrics.  They  developed  some  protocols  for  probl  t 
such  as  decubiti  and  constipation.  The  hospital  lies 
the  model  of  primary  care  nursing  which  seems  1 1 
in  very  well  with  the  needs  of  our  patients.  Howi  3 
one  needs  increased  staffing  and  it  particularly  is  c 
visable  to  have  aides  available  to  assist  in  the  cai  < 
some  total  care  patients.”  Fundamental  to  the  sues 
of  the  Wisconsin  unit  are  weekly  conferences  which  n 
attended  by  the  primaiy  care  nurses,  the  unit  sej 
worker,  rehabilitation  therapists,  house  staff  and  u 
dents,  pharmacists,  social  workers,  and  outpatient  k 
home  care  nurses.  Communication  at  this  ml; 
disciplinary  conference  is  open,  information  is  sha'd 
and  decisions  are  arrived  at  mutually  with  the  p; 
sicians  contributing  to,  but  not  dominating,  the  dn- 
ference. 


A potential  solution  is  to 
develop  special  care  units 
designed  to  being  sensitive 
to  apatienVs  unique  needs. 

Another  excellent  “day-one”  program  is  that  of ; e 
University  of  Massachusetts  Medical  Schd, 
Worcester,  where  the  Geriatric  Care  Unit  directed)’ 
Roger  B.  Hickler,  M.D.,  provides  a continuum  of  in-  < ■ 
outpatient  services  including  a 14-bed  geriatric  t it 
(4  percent  of  the  total  hospital  beds),  an  outpatht 
clinic,  and  a community  consultation  and  education 
resource  team.8  Potential  admissions  are  screened  y 
staff  members  to  avoid  purely  disposition  proble  m 
but  there  are  no  other  diagnostic  exclusions;  a r 
three  days,  all  patients  are  reviewed  to  evaluate  e 
appropriateness  of  their  remaining  on  the  ul 
Special  consideration  is  given  to  the  frail  elderly  of  5 
years  and  older  with  a multitude  of  health  problesj 
and  to  the  25  percent  of  patients  who  have  some  fc  i 
of  dementia  The  average  length  of  stay  for  the  first  ti 
admissions  over  an  18-month  period  was  11.5  ds 
and  in  each  5-year  age  group  up  to  age  90  the  lenj 
of  hospitalization  was  equal  to  or  shorter  than  tha  f 
the  corresponding  age  group  in  the  remainder  of  e 
hospital. 

It  is  difficult  to  enumerate  the  requisite  compone  s 
of  a successful  geriatrics  unit.  Much  depends  upon  e 
nature  of  the  institution  and  the  extent  of  its  comn  - 
ment.  Nonetheless,  whether  conceived  as  a postac  e 
or  a day-one  unit,  the  following  comments  are  releva  i 

1.  The  traditional  role  of  the  primaiy  care  physicJ 
should  be  preserved,  but  a delicate  balance  must  8 
achieved  whereby  the  unit  staff  attains  sufficid 
autonomy  to  feel  that  they  are  valued  participants  1 
the  decision-making  process.  In  this  regard,  the  r'S 
of  the  unit  director  can  be  crucial  not  only  as  i:8 
gatekeeper  who  assures  that  the  unit  does  not  eves 
into  a disposition  unit,  but  as  a harmonizer  who  s<s 
that  the  integrity  of  unit  policies  is  maintained. 


638 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSf 


Only  to  the  extent  that  the  nurse  and  support 
; are  professionally  gratified  can  initial  enthusiasm 
sustained  and  "bum-out”  avoided.  The  geriatric 
is  an  example  of  "software"  (people  and  policy) 
! g more  important  than  “hardware”  (special  equip- 
<t). 

Although  relatively  little  special  equipment  is 
: ssary,  some  geriatric  units  have  pioneered  in  de- 
eping a therapeutic  environment  where  wheelchairs 
i restraints  are  uncommon  and  which  serve  to 
iince  patient  orientation,  encourage  activity,  and 
■note  independence.910 

Implicit  to  optimum  geriatric  care  is  an  increased 
lortion  of  helpers  to  patients  as  compared  to  usual 
i mg  ratios.  Advantage  often  can  be  taken  of  non- 
essionals,  volunteers,  and  family  in  some  roles. 
; imitted  full-time  therapists  and  social  workers  can 
;c  more  efficiently  in  a special  unit  and  satellite 
: rties  can  obviate  transport  to  distant  parts  of  the 
: )ital. 

.<  In  parallel  to  treatment  directed  against  the  ad- 
ding problem  should  be  functional  assessment  so 
ot  to  lose  ground  early  during  the  hospitalization. 

' rts  at  rehabilitation  should  commence  as  soon  as 
feasible.  The  causes  of  common  problems  such  as 
1 decubiti,  and  incontinence  should  be  sought,  but 
s ng  and  treatment  initiated  only  if  one  can  reason- 
> expect  a beneficial  functional  response. 

<j  The  geriatric  unit  requires  a cadre  of  skilled  pro- 

■ onals  who  collectively  may  have  a positive  effect 
i heir  colleagues,  not  only  by  relieving  them  of  per- 
iod burdensome  patients,  but  by  their  infectious 
i usiasm  and  example.  Also,  the  unit  staff  can  serve 

resource  group  for  intramural  consultation  and 

I ation. 

’ The  community  hospital  has  the  personnel,  ex- 
se,  and  support  services  to  be  the  principal 
< ider  and  coordinator  of  a broad  spectrum  of  ser- 
if; and  is  the  natural  focal  point  for  community 
: ities  that  too  often  are  fragmented.  In  order  for 
i t-term  hospital  benefits  to  be  sustained,  it  is 

■ ssary  to  have  a followup  mechanism  such  as  a 
liitric  outpatient  clinic.  Other  modules  of  a corn- 
tensive  and  integrated  program  might  include 
ti|i  services  as  a day  hospital,  day-care,  or  respite- 

j 

chough  many  of  the  advantages  herein  described 

I I be  accomplished  in  the  context  of  a “geriatrics 
i ce-without-walls,”  the  likelihood  of  success  is 
i tnced  if  the  unit  has  a specific  place  where  equip- 
6|t  and  personnel  efficiently  can  be  concentrated 


| 


and  nurses  have  primary  care  responsibility.  Ultimate- 
ly, the  crucial  element  is  people:  without  a staff  that 
is  affirmative,  optimistic,  innovative,  and  profes- 
sionally fulfilled,  a geriatric  unit  is  unlikely  to  achieve 
its  full  potential. 

Finally,  it  should  be  noted  that  progress  and 
dialogue  in  this  field  have  been  inhibited  to  an  extent 
by  several  perceptions  that  have  made  geriatrics  units 
a "bogeyman”  of  sorts.  Some  skeptics  have  viewed 
geriatrics  units  as  potential  repositories  for  the  ter- 
minally ill  or  for  disposition  cases.  No  doubt,  some 
internists  and  family -practitioners  feel  threatened  by 
the  emergence  of  a new  breed  of  geriatricians  as  still 
another  incursion  on  their  turf.  Nursing  adminis- 
trators have  expressed  concern  about  motivating  their 
staffs  to  work  in  areas  which  traditionally  have  been 
considered  to  be  frustrating  and  professionally  un- 
rewarding. Hospital  administrators,  in  turn,  under- 
standably are  cautious  about  initiating  potentially  ex- 
pensive and  unproved  new  projects  in  an  era  of  in- 
creased financial  regulation  and  cost  containment.  All 
of  these  legitimate  concerns  must  be  addressed  if  the 
future  practice  of  hospital  geriatrics  is  to  change  ap- 
preciably. Nonetheless,  change  it  must. 

The  ubiquitous  presence  on  general  medical  wards 
of  confused,  elderly  patients,  posed  in  “geny-ehairs” 
and  positioned  in  the  midst  of  nurses’  stations  for 
direct  observation  serves  as  a haunting  and  compel- 
ling example  of  the  bankruptcy  of  our  present  system 
and  the  need  for  taking  a fresh  look  at  certain  long- 
standing traditions  of  hospital  care. 

REFERENCES 

1.  Reichel  W:  Complications  in  the  care  of  500  elderly  hos- 
pitalized patients.  J Am  Geriatr  Soc  13:973,  1965. 

2.  Warshaw  GA  Moore  JT,  Friedman  W,  Currie  CT,  Kennie 
DC,  Kane  WJ,  Mears  PA  Functional  disability  in  the  hospital- 
ized elderly.  JAMA  248:847-850,  1982. 

3.  Blumenfield  S,  Morris  J,  Sherman  FT:  The  geriatric  team 
in  the  acute  care  hospital.  JAm  Geriatr  Soc  30:660-664,  1982. 

4.  Rubenstein  LZ,  Abrass  IB,  Kane  RL:  Improved  care  for 
patients  on  a new  geriatrics  evaluation  unit.  JAm  Geriatr  Soc 
29:531-536,  1981. 

5.  Lefton  E,  Bonstelle  S,  Frengley  JD:  Success  with  an  inpa- 
tient geriatric  unit.  J Am  Geriatr  Soc  31:149-155,  1983. 

6.  Greenberg  NS,  Rosin  AJ:  Factors  influencing  admissions 
or  nonadmissions  of  the  aged  to  the  hospital.  J Am  Geriatr 
Soc  30:635-641,  1982. 

7.  Fisk  AA  Comprehensive  health  care  for  the  elderly. 
JAMA  249:230-236,  1983. 

8.  Hickler  RB:  Personal  communication,  1983. 

9.  Gundby  P:  Gerontology  unit  focuses  on  mobility,  not 
restraint.  JAMA  249:1249-1250,  1983. 

10.  Cape  RDT:  Personal  communication,  1983. 


81— NUMBER  8— AUGUST  1984 


639 


Angina 
Protection 
with  Benefits  for 
a Lifetime 

ONCE-DAILY  CONTROL 
WITH  HEART-SAVING  BENEFITS 

By  reducing  heart  rate  and  cardiac  contractility,  INDERAL  LA  helps 
protect  the  heart  from  the  potentially  serious  and  debilitating 
consequences  of  ischemia.  A highly  effective  antianginal  agent  for 
around-the-clock  control  of  symptoms,  INDERAL  LA  also  provides 
cardiovascular  protection  for  a sense  of  security  in  the  years  ahead. 

PROTECTION  AND  EXPERIENCE 
NO  CALCIUM  BLOCKER  CAN  MATCH 

Unlike  calcium  blockers,  INDERAL  LA — either  alone  or  with  a 
nitrate — is  recommended  for  early  treatment  of  angina  in  the 
majority  of  patients.  Equally  important,  INDERAL  LA  delivers  the 
proven  performance  and  safety  profile  of  INDERAL  tablets— 
confirmed  by  millions  of  patients  during  16  years  of  clinical  use. 

START  WITH  80  MG  ONCE  DAILY 

Dosage  may  be  increased  to  160  mg  once  daily,  as  needed,  to 
achieve  optimal  control.  INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  used  in  congest 
heart  failure,  sinus  bradycardia,  cardiogenic  shock,  heart  block  great 
than  first  degree,  and  bronchial  asthma.  Please  see  next  page  for 
further  details  and  brief  summary  of  prescribing  information. 


ONCE-DAILY 


LONG  ACTING  mg 

CAPSULES 


, ' The  appearance  of 

INDERAL  LA 


capsules  is  a registered 
trademark  of 
Ayerst  Laboratories, 


I 


ONCE-DAILY 


jUST  ONCE  EACH  DAY 
FOR  SIMPLIFIED  CORE  , 

THERAPY  IN  ANGINA  (PROPRANOLOL HCI) 


InderalLA  IIS 


LONG  ACTING 
CAPSULES 


80  120  160 
mg  mg  mg 


BRIEF  SUMMARY  (FOR  FULL  PRESCRIBING  INFORMATION,  SEE  PACKAGE  CIRCULAR ) 
INDERAL"  LA  brand  ol  propranolol  hydrochloride  (Long  Acting  Capsules) 
DESCRIPTION.  Inderal  LA  Is  formulated  to  provide  a sustained  release  of  propranolol 
hydrochloride  Inderal  LA  is  available  as  80  mg,  120  mg,  and  160  mg  capsules 
CLINICAL  PHARMACOLOGY.  INDERAL  is  a nonselective  beta-adrenergic  receptor 
blocking  agent  possessing  no  other  autonomic  nervous  system  activity.  It  specifically  com- 
petes with  beta-adrenergic  receptor  stimulating  agents  for  available  receptor  sites  When 
access  to  beta-receptor  sites  is  blocked  by  INDERAL,  the  chronotropic,  inotropic,  and 
vasodilator  responses  to  beta-adrenergic  stimulation  are  decreased  proportionately 

INDERAL  LA  Capsules  (80, 120.  and  160  mg)  release  propranolol  HCI  at  a controlled  and 
predictable  rate.  Peak  blood  levels  following  dosing  with  INDERAL  LA  occur  at  about  6 hours 
and  the  apparent  plasma  half-life  is  about  10  hours  When  measured  at  steady  state  over  a 24- 
hour  period  the  areas  under  the  propranolol  plasma  concentration-time  curve  (AUCs)  for  the 
capsules  are  approximately  60%'to  65%  of  the  AUCs  for  a comparable  divided  daily  dose  of 
INDERAL  tablets  The  lower  AUCs  for  the  capsules  are  due  to  greater  hepatic  metabolism  of 
propranolol,  resulting  from  the  slower  rate  of  absorption  of  propranolol  Over  a twenty-four  (24) 
hour  period,  blood  levels  are  fairly  constant  for  about  twelve  (12)  hours  then  decline 
exponentially. 

INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  considered  a simple  mg  for  mg  substitute  for  conventional 
propranolol  and  the  blood  levels  achieved  do  not  match  (are  lower  than)  those  of  two  to  four 
times  daily  dosing  with  the  same  dose  When  changing  to  INDERAL  LA  from  conventional 
propranolol,  a possible  need  for  retitration  upwards  should  be  considered  especially  to 
maintain  effectiveness  at  the  end  of  the  dosing  interval  In  most  clinical  settings,  however, 
such  as  hypertension  or  angina  where  there  is  little  correlation  between  plasma  levels  and 
clinical  effect,  INDERAL  LA  has  been  therapeutically  equivalent  to  the  same  mg  dose  of 
conventional  INDERAL  as  assessed  by  24-hour  effects  on  blood  pressure  and  on  24-hour 
exercise  responses  of  heart  rate,  systolic  pressure  and  rate  pressure  product  INDERAL  LA 
can  provide  effective  beta  blockade  for  a 24-hour  period 

The  mechanism  of  the  antihypertensive  effect  of  INDERAL  has  not  been  established 
Among  the  factors  that  may  be  involved  in  contributing  to  the  antihypertensive  action  are  (1) 
decreased  cardiac  output.  (2)  inhibition  of  renin  release  by  the  kidneys,  and  (3)  diminution  of 
tonic  sympathetic  nerve  outflow  from  vasomotor  centers  in  the  brain.  Although  total  peripheral 
resistance  may  increase  initially,  it  readjusts  to  or  below  the  pretreatment  level  with  chronic 
use.  Effects  on  plasma  volume  appear  to  be  minor  and  somewhat  variable.  INDERAL  has 
been  shown  to  cause  a small  increase  in  serum  pggggpum  concentration  when  used, in  the 
treatment  of  hypertensive  patients. 

In  angina  pectoris,  propranolol  generally  reduces  the  oxygen  requirement  of  the  heart  at 
any  given  level  of  effort  by  blocking  the  catecholamine-induced  increases  in  the  heart  rate, 
systolic  blood  pressure,  and  the  velocity  and  extent  of  mydbardtal  contraction  Prop|anolol 
may  increase  oxygen  requirements  by  increasing  left  ventricular  fiber  length,  end  diastolic 
pressure  and  systolic  election  period  The  net  physiologic  effect  of  beia-adronerqic  blockade 
is  usually  advantageous  and  is  manifested  during  exercise  by  delayed  onset  of  pain  and 
increased  work  capacity 

In  dosages  greater  than  required  for  beta  blockade,  INDERAL  also  exerts  a quinidme-like 
or  anesthetic-like  membrane  action  which  affects  too  cardiac,  acaoi.  potential  The. signifi- 
cance of  the  membrane  action  in  the  treatment  of  arrhythmias  is  uncertain 

The  mechanism  of  the  antimigraine  effect  of  propranolol  has  not  been  established  Beta- 
adrenergic  receptors  have  been  demonstrated  in  the  piat  vessels  of  the  brain. 

Beta  receptor  blockade  can  be  useful  in  conditions  in  which,  because  Of  pathologic  or 
functional  changes,  sympathetic  activity  is  detrimental  to.  the  patient  But  there  are  also 
situations  in  which  sympathetic  stimulation  Is  vital.  For  example!  in  patients  wTOTseverely 
damaged  hearts,  adequate  ventricular  function  is  maintained  by  virtue  of  sympathetic  drive 
which  should  be  preserved  In  the  presence  of  AV  block,  greater  than  first  degree,  beta 
blockade  may  prevent  the  necessary  facilitating  effect  of  sympathetic  activity  on  conduction. 
Beta  blockade  results  In  bronchial  constriction  by  interfering  with  adrenergic  bronchodilator 
activity  which  should  be  preserved  in  patients  subject  to  bronchospasm 

Propranolol  is  not  significantly  dialyzable. 

INDICATIONS  AND  USAGE.  Hypertension:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  in  the  manage- 
ment of  hypertension;  It  may  be  used  alone  or  used  in  combination  with  other  antihypertensive 
agents,  particularly  a thiazide  diuretic,  INDERAL  LA  is  not  indicated  in  the  management  of 
hypertensive  emergencies. 

Angina  Pectoris  Due  to  Coronary  Atherosclerosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated 
for  the  long-term  management  of  patients  with  angina  pectoris. 

Migraine:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  for  the  prophylaxis  of  common  migraine  headache. 
The  efficacy  of  propranolol  in  the  treatment  of  a migraine  attack  that  has  started  has  not  been 
established  and  propranolol  Is  not  indicated  for  such  use. 

Hypertrophic  Subaortic  Stenosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  useful  in  the  management  of 
hypertrophic  subaortic  stenosis,  especially  for  treatment  of  exertional  or  other  stress-induced 
angina,  palpitations,  and  syncope  INDERAL  LA  also  improves  exercise  performance.  The 
effectiveness  of  propranolol  hydrochloride  in  this  disease  appears  to  be  due  to  a reduction  of 
the  elevated  outflow  pressure  gradient  which  is  exacerbated  by  beta-receptor  stimulation 
Clinical  improvement  may  be  temporary. 

CONTRAINDICATIONS.  INDERAL  is  contraindicated  in  1)  cardiogenic  shock;  2)  sinus 
bradycardia  and  greater  than  first  degree  block;  3)  bronchial  asthma;  4)  congestive  heart 
failure  (see  WARNINGS)  unless  the  failure  is  secondary  to  a tachyarrhythmia  treatable  with 
INDERAL. 

WARNINGS.  CARDIAC  FAILURE;  Sympathetic  stimulation  may  be  a vital  component  sup- 
porting circulatory  tunction  in  patients  with  congestive  heart  failure,  and  its  inhibition  by  beta 
blockade  may  precipitate  more  severe  failure  Although  beta  blockers  should  be  avoided  in 
overt  congestive  heart  failure,  If  necessary,  they  can  be  used  with  close  follow-up  in  patients 
with  a history  of  failure  who  are  well  compensated  and  are  receiving  digitalis  and  diuretics 
Beta-adrenergic  blocking  agents  do  not  abolish  the  inotropic  action  ot  digitalis  on  heart 
muscle 

IN  PATIENTS  WITHOUT  A HISTORY  OF  HEART  FAILURE,  continued  use  of  beta  blockers 
can,  in  some  cases,  lead  to  cardiac  failure  Therefore,  at  the  first  sign  or  symptom  of  heart 
failure,  the  patient  should  be  digitalized  and/or  treated  with  diuretics,  and  the  response 
observed  closely,  or  INDERAL  should  be  discontinued  (gradually,  if  possible). 


IN  PATIENTS  WITH  ANGINA  PECTORIS,  there  have  been  reports  of  exacerbation  of 
angina  and,  in  some  cases,  myocardial  infarction,  following  abrupt  discontinuance  of 
INDERAL  therapy.  Therefore,  when  discontinuance  of  INDERAL  is  planned  the  dosage 
should  be  gradually  reduced  over  at  least  a few  weeks,  and  the  patient  should  be 
cautioned  against  interruption  or  cessation  of  therapy  without  the  physician's  advice.  If 
INDERAL  therapy  Is  interrupted  and  exacerbation  of  angina  occurs,  it  usually  is  advis- 
able to  reinstitute  INDERAL  therapy  and  take  other  measures  appropriate  for  the  man- 
j agement  of  unstable  angina  pectoris.  Since  coronary  artery  disease  may  be 
unrecognized,  it  may  be  prudent  to  tollow  the  above  advice  in  patients  considered  at  risk 
of  having  occult  atherosclerotic  heart  disease  who  are  given  propranolol  for  other 
indications. 


Loomallergic  Bronchospasm  fe.g.,  chronic  bronchitis,  emphysema) — 

PATIENTS  WITH  BRONCHOSPASTIC  DISEASES  SHOULD  IN  GENERAL  NOT  RECEIVE  BETA 
BLOCKERS,  INDERAL  should  be  administered  with  caution  since  it  may  block  bronchodiia- 
tion  produced  by  endogenous  and  exogenous  catecholamine  stimulation  of  beta  receptors. 


MAJOR  SURGERY  The  necessity  or  desirability  of  withdrawal  of  beta-blocking  th  g 
prior  to  ma|or  surgery  is  controversial.  It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  the  impaired  ab^j 
the  heart  to  respond  to  reflex  adrenergic  stimuli  may  augment  the  risks  ot  general  anest '5i| 
and  surgical  procedures, 

INDERAL  (propranolol  HCI),  like  other  beta  blockers,  is  a competitive  inhibitor  of  ;a 
receptor  agonists  and  its  effects  can  be  reversed  by  administration  of  such  agents,. j 
dobutamine  or  isoproterenol  However,  such  patients  may  be  subiect  to  protracted  sn 
hypotension.  Difficulty  in  starting  and  maintaining  the  heartbeat  has  also  been  reportedil 
beta  blockers 

DIABETES  AND  HYPOGLYCEMIA  Beta-adrenergic  blockade  may  prevent  th  p 
pearance  of  certain  premonitory  signs  and  symptoms  (pulse  rate  and  pressure  changMj 
acute  hypoglycemia  in  labile  insulin-dependent  diabetes.  In  these  patients,  it  may  be  ;>ij 
difficult  to  adjust  the  dosage  of  insulin. 

THYROTOXICOSIS  Beta  blockade  may  mask  certain  clinical  signs  of  hyperthyroi)^ 
Therefore,  abrupt  withdrawal  of  propranolol  may  be  followed  by  an  exacerbation  of  syrnfM 
of  hyperthyroidism,  including  thyroid  storm  Propranolol  does  not  distort  thyroid  function  q 
IN  PATIENTS  WITH  WOLFF-PARKINSON-WHITE  SYNDROME,  several  cases  haveii 
reported  in  which,  after  propranolol,  the  tachycardia  was  replaced  by  a severe  bradycjj 
requiring  a demand  pacemaker.  In  one  case  this  resulted  after  an  initial  dose  of  ;i| 
propranolol 

PRECAUTIONS.  General  Propranolol  should  be  used  with  caution  in  patients  with  imp,* 
hepatic  or  renal  function,  INDERAL  is  not  indicated  for  the  treatment  of  hypertejvi 
emergencies. 

Beta  adrenoreceptor  blockade  can  cause  reduction  of  intraocular  pressure.  Pajil 
should  be  told  that  INDERAL  may  interfere  with  the  glaucoma  screening  test,  Withdrawa  a 
lead  to  a return  of  increased  intraocular  pressure 

Clinical  Laboratory  Tests : Elevated  blood  urea  levels  in  patients  with  severe  heart  dis  * 
elevated  serum  transaminase,  alkaline  phosphatase,  lactate  dehydrogenase 

DRUG  INTERACTIONS  Patients  receiving  catecholamine-depleting  drugs  such  as  1 
pine  should  be  closely  observed  if  INDERAL  is  administered.  The  added  catecholai  e 
blocking  action  may  produce  an  excessive  reduction  of  resting  sympathetic  nervous  a<  it 
which  may  result  in  hypotension,  marked  bradycardia,  vertigo,  syncopal  attacks,  or  ortho 
hypotension. 

Carcinogenesis,  Mutagenesis,  Impairment  of  Fertility:  Long-term  studies  in  animals  « 
been  conducted  to  evaluate  toxic  effects  and  carcinogenic  potential.  In  18-month  stud 
both  rats  and  mice,  employing  doses  up  to  150mg/kg/day.  there  was  no  evidence  of  sigm 
drug-induced  toxicity  There  were  no  drug-related  tumorigemc  effects  at  any  of  the  dc 
levels.  Reproductive  studies  in  animals  did  not  show  any  impairment  of  fertility  tha 
’ attributable  to  the  drug 

Pregnancy  Pregnancy  Category  C.  INDERAL  has  been  shown  to  be  embryoto 
animal  studies  atdoses about  10  times  greater  than  the  maximum  recommended  human 
There  are  no  adequate  and  well-controlled  studies  in  pregnant  women  INDERAL  si 
be  used  during  pregnancy  only  it  the  potential  benefit  justifies  the  potential  risk  to  the 
Nursing  rs  INDERAL  is  excreted  in  human  milk.  Caution  should  be  exercised 
NDI  I iAI  s,  adminis'e-ed  ,'.o  a nursing  woman 

Pediatric  Use  j Safety  and  effectiveness  in  children  have  not  been  established 
ADVERSE  REACTIONS.  Most  Adverse  effects  have  been  mild  and  transient  andjn 
rarely  required  the  withdrawal  of  therapy. 

Cardiovascular:  bradycardia,  congestive  heart  taiture,  intensification  of  AV  block;  i d 
tension;  paresthesia  of  hands;  thrombocytopenic  purpura,  arterial  insufficiency,  usually  j ii 
Raynaud  type 

Central  Nervous  System:  iigtiitieadedness.  mental  depression  manifested  by  insoja 
lassitude,  weakness,  fatigue;  reversible  mental  depression  progressing  to  catatonia,  ya 
disturbances;  hallucinations;  an  acute  reversible  syndrome  characterized  by  disorientatl  io 
time  and  place,  short-term  memory  loss,  emotional  lability,  slightly  clouded  sensoriumTl 
decreased  performance  on  neuropsychometrics. 

Gastrointestinal  nausea,  vomiting,  epigastric  distress,  abdominal  cramping,  diar  a 
constipation,  mesenteric  arterial  thrombosis,  ischemic  colitis 

Allergic:  pharyngitis  and  agranulocytosis,  erythematous  rash,  fever  combined  with  a‘.i< 
and  sore  throat,  laryngospasm  and  respiratory  distress, 

Respiratory:  bronchospasm. 

Hematologic:  agranulocytosis,  nonthrombocytopenic  purpura,  thrombocytoiiil 
purpura 

Auto-Immune:  In  extremely  rare  Instances,  systemic  lupus  erythematosus  has  IS 
reported 

Miscellaneous:  alopecia,  LE-like  reactions,  psoriasiform  rashes,  dry  eyes,  male  i o 
tence,  and  Peyronie's  disease  have  been  reported  rarely  Oculomucocutaneous  rearjnl 
involving  the  skin,  serous  membranes  and  conjunctivae  reported  for  a beta  blocker  (prac  )l 
have  not  been  associated  with  propranolol, 

DOSAGE  AND  ADMINISTRATION.  INDERAL  LA  provides  propranolol  hydrochlorid  i 
sustained-release  capsule  for  administration  once  daily.  If  patients  are  switched  from  INDll'l 
tablets  to  INDERAL  LA  capsules,  care  should  be  taken  to  assure  that  the  desired  therapx 
effect  is  maintained  INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  considered  a simple  mg  for  mg  substitda 
INDERAL,  INDERAL  LA  has  different  kinetics  and  produces  lower  blood  levels.  Retitratiorps 
be  necessary  especially  to  maintain  effectiveness  at  the  end  ot  the  24-hour  dosing  mt  al 
HYPERTENSION — Dosage  must  be  individualized  The  usual  initial  dosage  is  8SI( 
INDERAL  LA  once  daily,  whether  used  alone  or  added  to  a diuretic.  The  dosage  m;;)i 
increased  to  120  mg  once  daily  or  higher  until  adequate  blood-pressure  control  is  achi-o 
The  usual  maintenance  dosage  is  120  to  160  mg  once  daily.  In  some  instances  a dosage  cj| 
mg  may  be  required  The  time  needed  tor  full  hypertensive  response  to  a given  dose)  is 
variable  and  may  range  from  a tew  days  to  several  weeks. 

ANGINA  PECTORIS — Dosage  must  be  individualized.  Starting  with  80  mg  INDER/  L 
once  daily,  dosage  should  be  gradually  Increased  at  three  to  seven  day  intervals  until  opt In 
response  is  obtained.  Although  individual  patients  may  respond  at  any  dosage  leveffl 
average  optimum  dosage  appears  to  be  160  mg  once  daily  In  angina  pectoris,  the  valuHO 
safety  of  dosage  exceeding  320  mg  per  day  have  not  been  established 

If  treatment  is  to  be  discontinued,  reduce  dosage  gradually  over  a period  of  a few  vjkS 
(see  WARNINGS) 

MIGRAINE — Dosage  must  be  individualized  The  initial  oral  dose  is  80  mg  INDER/J 
once  dally.  The  usual  effective  dose  range  Is  160-240  mg  once  daily  The  dosage  m.:)e 
increased  gradually  to  achieve  optimum  migraine  prophylaxis  If  a satisfactory  response  id 
obtained  within  four  to  six  weeks  after  reaching  the  maximum  dose,  INDERAL  LA  thjjj 
should  be  discontinued  It  may  be  advisable  to  withdraw  the  drug  gradually  over  a per ! <J 

HYPERTROPHIC  SUBAORTIC  STENOSIS— 80-160  mg  INDERAL  LA  once  dally. 
PEDIATRIC  DOSAGE — At  this  time  the  data  on  the  use  of  the  drug  in  this  age  group 
limited  to  permit  adequate  directions  for  use 

‘The  appearance  of  INDERAL  LA  capsules  Is  a registered  trademark  of  Ayerst  LaborafS 

883214 


Ayerst 


AYERST  LABORATORIES 
New  York,  N.Y.  10017 


642 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS1 


tERIATRIC  IMPERATIVE:  THE  INTERFACE  BETWEEN 

he  Acute  Hospital  and  Long-Term  Care 


William  J.  Kane,  m.d.,  and  David  C.  Kennie,  m.g.,  ch.b.,  mount  holly* 


The  potential  for  increasing  health  care  costs  to  a growing 
elderly  population  is  staggering . We  propose  the  creation  of  an 
icute  geriatric  unit  and  an  examination  of  the  hospital  role  in 
ong-term  care. 


In  the  last  few  years,  medical 
education  has  begun  to  address 
the  needs  of  physicians  for 
scific  skills  and  knowledge  in  the  care  of  the  aged 
tient.  Yet,  in  the  absence  of  an  appropriate  care  de- 
siy  system,  the  individual  physician,  no  matter  how 
illed,  is  limited  in  his/her  ability  to  deliver  quality 
re  to  the  elderly.  The  appropriateness  of  the  health 
re  delivery  system  is  more  important  for  this  age 
tup  than  for  any  other  subpopulation;  therefore  a 
reful  examination  of  the  role  of  the  acute  hospital 
necessary. 

\ health  care  system  for  the  elderly  must  develop 
thin  constraints  imposed  by  a modem  competitive 
defy.  The  development  of  a comprehensive  system 
U be  stimulated  by  two  factors,  cost  and  the  impedi- 
nt  to  the  efficient  function  of  the  acute  hospital, 
total  costs  of  Medicaid,  the  biggest  provider  of  long- 
m care,  have  risen  from  1.3  billion  dollars  in  1965 
18.6  billion  dollars  in  1978.  Forty-one  percent  of  this 
lount  went  to  nursing  home  care.1  With  the  number 
elderly  in  the  population  doubling  in  the  next  50 
irs,  the  potential  for  increasing  health  care  costs  is 
ggering.  As  the  cost  and  complexity  of  acute  hospi- 
care  continues  to  increase  and  prospective  reim- 
rsement  gains  momentum,  elderly  patients  awaiting 
nsfer  to  long-term  care  facilities  become  a major 
)blem.  In  selected  areas  of  the  United  States,  es- 
j'ially  in  our  urban  areas,  the  problem  is  just  begin- 

L.  81— NUMBER  8— AUGUST  1984 


ning.  In  New  York,  it  was  found  that  Medicare  and 
Medicaid  recipients  made  up  55.6  percent  of  the  occu- 
pants of  acute  care  beds  and  that  almost  1 1 percent 
of  these  were  awaiting  transfer  to  nonacute  facilities.2 
In  Massachusetts,  in  1983,  it  was  found  that  823  elder- 
ly patients  were  awaiting  transfer  on  any  given  day  and 
that  this  amounted  to  almost  300,000  patient  days 
annually  in  that  state  alone.3 

If  we  are  to  have  a comprehensive  but  reasonable 
health  care  system  for  the  elderly  which  addresses 
both  cost  and  blocked  beds,  more  attention  must  be 
paid  to  hospital  care  of  the  aged.  Much  effort  has  been 
expended  to  identify  high-risk  elderly  in  order  to  keep 
them  at  home  and  to  prevent  institutionalization.  It 
often  is  difficult  to  identify  and  intervene  with  those 
elderly  at  risk  because  the  major  precipitating  factor 
nearly  always  is  illness  with  the  secondary  effects  of 
illness  or  trauma  on  function.  Often,  the  common  de- 
nominator is  an  admission  to  an  acute-care  hospital 
which  unfortunately  often  is  prepared  poorly  to  care 
for  the  frail,  impaired,  elderly  patient.  The  patient's 
level  of  functional  ability  is  allowed  to  deteriorate  in 
the  hospital  so  that  the  patient  no  longer  can  cope  with 
the  premorbid  level  of  community  support. 


*Dr.  Kane  is  Vice-President,  Medical  Affairs.  Memorial  Hospi- 
tal of  Burlington  County,  Mount  Holly,  and  Dr.  Kennie,  is 
Consultant  Geriatrician,  Stirling  Royal  Infirmary,  Stirling, 
Scotland. 


643 


The  considerable  extent  of  functional  impairment 
among  the  elderly  in  hospitals  previously  has  been 
shown.4  A recent  survey,  on  which  the  authors  col- 
laborated, examined  patients  70  years  and  over  in  a 
400-bed  community  hospital  affiliated  with  a univer- 
sity medical  center.  The  study  found  that  more  than 
half  of  the  patients  75  years  or  older  needed  assistance 
with  activities  of  daily  living;  34  percent  had  impaired 
hearing,  40  percent  had  impaired  vision,  and  25  per- 
cent had  speech  impairment.  Fifty-four  percent  of  pa- 
tients aged  85  and  older  were  moderately  or  severely 
disoriented.  Incontinence  of  urine  or  stool  was  present 
in  21  percent  of  the  patients.  Physical  therapy  was 
ordered  on  only  30  percent  of  the  patients  and  social 
services  were  involved  in  only  40  percent  of  the  ad- 
missions, largely  for  discharge  planning.5 

The  acute  hospital  does  not  cope  well  and  was  not 
designed  for  the  elderly  patient.  Today,  the  patient 
usually  is  confined  to  a single  room,  which  may  be  a 
form  of  sensory  isolation.  Any  pre-existing  confusion 
may  be  aggravated.  Existing  policy  does  not  make  it 
convenient  for  patients  to  walk  about  and  in  order  to 
achieve  conformity  with  rigid  hospital  systems,  physi- 
cal or  chemical  restraint  often  is  imposed.  In  the 
survey  quoted  previously,  psychotropic  medications 
and  sedatives  were  being  prescribed  for  43  percent  of 
the  patients  over  the  age  of  70.  Impaired  mobility  and 
incontinence  often  wrere  a consequence  of  this  re- 
straint. 

Because  of  the  special  needs  of  hospitalized  elderly 
patients,  we  advocate  the  creation  of  a functionally 
oriented  unit  as  a discrete  area  in  the  hospital  where 
the  needs  of  the  veiy  old  can  be  met  by  a combination 
of  correct  policy  and  suitable  environment.  Such 
special  units  already  exist  in  our  hospitals  for  pedi- 
atric, obstetric,  and  psychiatric  patients. 

This  acute  unit  would  have  a comprehensive 
assessment  and  triage  system  to  meet  the  medical, 
functional,  and  support  needs  of  the  elderly  patient. 
Policy  would  seek  the  promotion  of  independence 
rather  than  dependence.  Physical  therapy  would  take 
place  within  the  unit  and  on  a repetitive  basis 
throughout  the  day  rather  than  in  one  short  session 
in  the  physical  therapy  department.  The  staff  would 
form  a multidisciplinary  team  and  spend  additional 
time  working  with  families  and  the  attending  phy- 
sician in  discharge  planning.  Teamwork  with  regular 
case  conferences  and  close  scrutiny  of  drug  prescrib- 
ing also  would  be  a part  of  this  unit.  Nursing  staff 
would  be  selected  and  rewarded  for  expertise  in 
geriatric  care,  achieving  clinical  distinction  as  in  criti- 
cal care  and  maternal  and  child  health. 

An  evaluation  of  this  concept  absolutely  is  necessary 
to  prove  its  superiority  to  a regular  medical/surgical 
unit.  Parameters  such  as  level  of  function  at  discharge 
for  any  diagnostic  group,  the  rate  of  discharge  to  nurs- 
ing homes,  the  use  of  physical  and  chemical  restraints, 
cost,  patient  and  family  satisfaction,  and  staff  at- 
titudes and  approach  to  the  elderly  could  be  measured. 

While  many  aged  patients  can  be  discharged  suc- 
cessfully to  the  home  within  several  days  from  a func- 
tionally oriented  hospital  unit,  some  will  not  and  they 

ill  require  longer  periods  to  regain  their  full  potential. 

samples  of  such  patients  would  be  stroke  patients 
th  barriers  to  rehabilitation  and  patients  with  am- 


putation or  hip  fractures  with  cardiorespiratory  pn 
lems  or  resolving  confusional  states.  Such  patie  < 
may  have  no  long-term  need  for  a nursing  home,  't 
must  examine  our  long-term  care  facilities  and  tl  ; 
success  in  rehabilitation  and  return  of  the  elderh< 
the  community. 

The  usual  nursing  home  does  not  focus  sufficiei  v 
on  the  elderly  with  rehabilitation  potential.  Most  fa<  i 
ties  mix  patient  groups.  Elderly  patients  with  seif 
dementia  who  are  confused  and  restless  are  mi  | 
with  patients  who  are  seriously  ill  requiring  parent)  | 
nutrition,  turning,  and  vital  signs.  Frequently  sal 
wiched  between  these  two  is  the  elderly  patient  v 
a mild  stroke  and  good  prognosis.  Despite  this  pi ; 
nosis,  recoveiy  and  discharge  may  be  impeded  beca  ? 
simple  rehabilitative  measures  will  be  difficult  du( ) 
the  excessive  strain  on  staff  time  imposed  by  the  ot  r 
two  patient  groups.  The  conventionally  protect j 
nature  of  nursing  care  required  for  these  veiy  dep 
dent  patients  also  detracts  from  the  rehabilitat  1 
where  the  patient  is  encouraged  to  be  an  active  part 
pant  and  take  care  of  him-  or  herself. 

There  must  be  much  more  careful  multidisciplin , 
assessment  of  patients  entering  the  nursing  hoi. 
Specific  attention  must  be  paid  to  the  rehabilitat ; 
potential  and  to  consideration  of  placement  in  a c 
tinct  area  of  the  facility.  These  patients  would  be  gi\ii 
a definite  period  of  time  in  such  an  area  to  achi;: 
discharge  or  independence  and  after  that  time  be 


A system  must  be  designed 
to  control  the  cost  of  health 
care for  the  elderly  while 
improving  the  quality  of 
care. 

itmmmm'mmrn-'t  iiifKiiwiiri— w— 

located  in  the  facility.  This  rehabilitation  unit  with 
the  nursing  home  would  be  protected  bed  space  a 
would  never  operate  at  full  occupancy.  In  this  w 
patients  could  be  transferred  readily  from  the  hospi 
and  continual  turnover  would  occur. 

To  develop  the  acute  hospital  unit  and  the  rehab 
tation  unit  within  the  nursing  home,  reimburseme! 
incentives  will  have  to  change.  In  the  hospital,  thii 
party  payors  may  have  to  pay  slightly  more  for  hospit 
ization  to  reduce  the  need  for  long-term  care.  In  tl 
nursing  home,  adequate  reimbursement  will  have 
be  available  to  provide  rehabilitation  to  those  patier, 
with  excellent  potential.  In  addition,  nursing  hom 
will  have  to  receive  some  incentive  to  encourage  retu 
to  the  community  rather  than  the  current  situatii: 
which  financially  encourages  nursing  homes  to  ke 
their  beds  full  with  the  least  disabled  patient  for  t 
longest  period  of  time. 

In  addition  to  changes,  within  the  acute  hospital  aij 
the  long-term  care  facility,  a supportive  commun 
environment  will  have  to  be  maintained.  Better  respi 
for  families,  adequate  home  care,  and  other  servic; 
are  essential.  Such  services  should  be  allocated  or 
after  multidisciplinary  assessment,  including  a kno\, 
edgeable  physician,  determines  true  need.  The  curre 
situation  allows  need  to  equal  demand  and,  often,  tn. 


644 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSI 


>edy  patients  do  not  receive  a service  because  it  is 
dng  given  to  less  needy  patients  who  have  better 
cessibility  or  competent  advocates  such  as  family  or 
icial  services. 

JMMARY 

A system  must  be  designed  to  control  the  cost  of 
>alth  care  for  the  elderly,  while  improving  the  quality 
care.  Hospitals  now  are  faced  with  a Medicare  pro- 
lective  reimbursement  system  which  requires  a new 
id  comprehensive  look  at  services  delivered  to  elderly 
itients.  This  paper  suggests  two  changes.  The  first 
a change  in  hospital  services  to  accommodate  the 
derly  who  because  of  illness  or  trauma  are  admitted 
a hospital  and  who  must  have  their  function  main- 
ined  to  achieve  discharge  back  to  the  community, 
iicondly,  hospitals  must  foster  changes  in  long-term 
Lre  to  increase  rehabilitation  and  provide  quicker  and 
ore  frequent  return  to  the  community  of  the  elderly 
ith  the  potential  to  do  so.  Multidisciplinaiy  assess- 
ent  in  the  hospital,  in  the  community,  and  in  the 
ng-term  care  facility  will  be  necessary  to  accomplish 


these  goals.  By  carefully  examining  the  interface  be- 
tween the  acute  hospital  and  long-term  care  in  the 
community  and  in  the  nursing  home,  hospitals  suc- 
cessfully can  deal  with  prospective  reimbursement, 
prevent  blocked  beds,  and,  in  the  long  run,  provide 
better  care  for  the  elderly  in  their  community. 

REFERENCES 

1.  Health  Care  Financing  Administration  Medicaid 
Statistics,  1978.  DHEW  Publication  Number  (HCFA) 
78-03154. 

2.  New  York  Statewide  Professional  Standards  Review 
Council,  Inc.:  Report  on  a statewide  survey  of  patients  await- 
ing placement  for  alternate  care  facilities  in  New  York  state. 
New  York,  NY,  June  1979. 

3.  Campion  EW.  Bang  A May  MI:  Why  acute  care  hospitals 
must  undertake  long-term  care.  N Engl  J Med  308:  71-75, 
1983. 

4.  Donahue  W,  et  al.:  Rehabilitation  of  geriatric  patients  in 
county  hospitals.  Geriatrics  263-274,  1960. 

5.  Warshaw  G,  et  al.:  Functional  disability  in  the  hospital- 
ized elderly.  JAMA  248:847-850,  1982. 

6.  Winston  R et  al.:  External  peer  review  of  skilled  nursing 
care  in  Minnesota.  Am  J Pub  Health  66:278-283,  1976. 


t 


1 

I 


! 


L.  81— NUMBER  8— AUGUST  1984 


645 


600 mg  Tablets 


£>1984  The  Upjohn  Company 


The  Upjohn  Company  • Kalamazoo,  Michigan  49001  USA 


j-4044  JanJ 


rERIATRIC  IMPERATIVE: 

kN  Opportunity  For  Change 


Ionald  B.  Milch,  passaic* 


\ re-examination  of  the  roles  of  hospitals  and  physicians  is  needed 
for  success  in  meeting  the  health  care  demands  of  a growing 
elderly  population,  with  as  much  emphasis  required  on  extended 
ind  essentially  palliative  care  as  on  acute,  curing  care . General 
~e commendations  and  specific  changes  are  described. 


The  growing  number  and  percent 
of  older  Americans  has 
produced  a steady  rise  in  the  de- 
nd  for  health  care  services  and  pressure  for  change 
the  way  they  are  provided. 

ome  Somers  and  others  refer  to  the  health  care  field 
acing  a “geriatric  imperative”  and  warn  that  effec- 
‘ responses  are  overdue. 

his  article  describes  how  the  geriatric  imperative 
5 addressed  by  the  Committee  on  Aging  and  Long- 
m Care  of  the  New  Jersey  Hospital  Association 
HA)— a committee  the  author  chaired — and  then 
s on  to  summarize  some  of  the  activities  under- 
en  at  Beth  Israel  Hospital,  Passaic,  and  the  direc- 
i in  which  we  expect  to  travel  in  the  future, 
iter  more  than  a year  of  research  and  reflection,  the 
nmittee  established  by  NJHA  to  consider  the  role 
lospitals  in  serving  the  elderly  decided  that  it  was 
important  to  prescribe  norms  as  it  was  programs, 
fact,  it  was  the  Committee's  view  that  the  overall 
itent  was  more  important  than  specific  activities, 
he  Committee  selected  four  elements  for  focus  by 
lj  New  Jersey  hospital  industiy  and  an  additional 
t r for  individual  hospitals  and  their  chief  executive 
►Jeers  (CEOs):  In  terms  of  the  New  Jersey  hospital 
ijustry,  the  Committee  urged: 

1-  The  industry  must  encourage  professional  eduea- 
iji  in  geriatric  care  in  both  professional  and  continu- 
education  and  foster  research  in  geriatric  care. 


2.  The  industiy  must  support  changes  in  state  and 
federal  laws  and  regulations  that  reduce  the  institu- 
tional bias  of  current  reimbursement  programs,  sup- 
port alternative  services,  require  financial  impact  stud- 
ies of  existing  and  proposed  licensure  regulations,  and 
centralize  state  funding  of  care  for  aged  and  chronical- 
ly ill.  The  Committee  also  urged  tax  credits  for  family 
support  systems  and  a state  system  for  developing 
diagnostic  data  for  patients  on  the  Medicaid  nursing 
home  waiting  list. 

3.  NJHA  should  establish  a standing  committee  on 
aged  and  chronically  ill,  establish  positions  on  ease 
mix  reimbursement  system  for  long-term  care  facili- 
ties, and  on  other  policy  matters,  including  insurance 
for  long-term  care,  copayment  for  Medicare,  and  family 
supplements  for  Medicaid  benefits. 

4.  Hospital-sponsored  research  should  be  en- 
couraged through  the  Health  Research  and  Educa- 
tional Trust  (HRET)  of  New  Jersey,  with  certain  spe- 
cific activities  accorded  high  priority:  a study  of  the 
sensitivity  of  the  DRG  system  to  age  of  patients,  de- 
velopment of  a statewide  directory  of  hospital  pro- 
grams for  older  adults  and  a manual  of  program 
prototypes  and  other  resources,  and,  finally,  a broad 
study  of  the  impact  of  a growing  geriatric  population 
on  hospital  operations. 

In  terms  of  individual  hospitals  and  their  CEOs,  the 


*Mr.  Milch  is  Executive  Director.  Beth  Israel  I lospital.  Passaic. 


L 81— NUMBER  8— AUGUST  1984 


647 


Committee  urged  each  to  do  the  following: 

1.  Establish  geriatric  care  as  a high  priority  by 
recognizing  the  geriatric  population  as  a growth  por- 
tion of  health  care  business,  by  conducting  ap- 
propriate local  marketing  studies  and  by  working  to 
differentiate  between  patient  needs  and  patient  wants. 

2.  Establish  geriatric  care  standards.  Each  hospital 
should  establish  geriatric  care  committees,  including 
professional  staff  of  all  disciplines,  to  recommend  hos- 
pital policies  and  procedures  and  develop  approaches 
to  change  in  existing  services,  such  as  geriatrics  medi- 
cal/surgical units  or  other  selected  geriatric  care  pro- 
grams. 

3.  Promote  standards  of  geriatric  care.  The  Commit- 
tee felt  this  could  be  accomplished  best  by  conducting 
a hospital-wide  analysis,  including  surveys  of  staff  at- 
titudes and  aptitudes,  and  by  providing  inservice 
training. 

4.  Assume  community  leadership  role  by  conduct- 
ing assessments  of  community  services  and  partici- 
pating in  case  management  systems.  The  Committee 
felt  it  was  time  for  hospitals  to  establish  broader  links 
to  community-based  agencies  and  to  help  facilitate 
interaction  between  hospitals,  physicians,  and  com- 
munity agencies. 

At  Beth  Israel  Hospital,  the  geriatric  imperative  has 
been  an  important  part  of  planning  since  the  middle 
1970s  and  we  believe  we  have  successfully  converted 
the  challenge  presented  by  the  elderly  into  a plus  for 
the  hospital,  at  least  for  the  mid-term. 

However,  a re-examination  of  the  role  for  which  most 
hospitals  believe  they  were  created  is  required  for  long- 
term success. 

BETH  ISRAEL  HOSPITAL 

The  223-bed  Beth  Israel  Hospital,  Passaic,  shares  a 
service  area  of  less  than  180,000  persons  with  two 
larger  hospitals,  each  less  than  two  miles  distant.  Ad- 
ditional competition  is  offered  at  the  edges  of  the  area 
by  other  hospitals.  The  1980  Census  found  population 
in  the  area  declined  7.6  percent  and  state  planners 
forecast  somewhat  smaller  losses  in  the  decade  ahead. 
Passaic— the  core  city  in  the  service  area— showed  de- 
creases in  both  number  and  percent  of  the  elderly 
although  the  picture  was  balanced  somewhat  by  gains 
in  the  neighboring  city  of  Clifton. 

In  the  face  of  the  stiff  competition  and  lack  of  popu- 
lation growth — including  that  of  the  elderly  popu- 
lation— Beth  Israel  Hospital  has  improved  its  utiliza- 
tion, developed  new  and  expanded  services,  added  to 
its  medical  staff,  improved  its  operating  margins,  and 
undertaken  a major  modernization  program  that  place 
the  hospital  in  a sound  competitive  position  for  the 
1980s. 

The  hospital’s  accomplishments  were  not  accidental. 
They  were  based  on  a continuous  long-range  planning 
process  conducted  at  the  Board  of  Trustee,  CEO,  and 
medical  staff  leadership  levels  that  helped  frame  policy 
questions  and  clearly  articulate  policy  decisions. 

We  began  by  affirming  that  Beth  Israel  Hospital  was 
more  than  an  acute  care  institution.  We  consider  our 
hospital  a community  "helping”  resource,  rather  than 
an  institution  organized  solely  to  provide  acute  medi- 
cal care.  We  want  to  serve  through  a variety  of  health 


and  health-related  activities.  Railroads  viewed  L 
selves  too  narrowly.  They  considered  themselves  3 
systems,  rather  than  transportation  systems;  it  ( 
them  dearly.  We  feel  hospitals  ought  not  to  repeat h 
kind  of  mistake. 

We  accepted  the  “geriatric  imperative”  as  real) 
mirrored  in  our  overall  service  area,  if  not  in  theoi 
area  in  which  the  hospital  itself  is  located.  We  acki  w 
edged  that  elderly  patients  were  key  customers  1; 
likely  to  remain  so.  They  were  not  a special  mi^ 
group.  They  were  the  solid  base  of  our  patient  ar 

Confronting  the  geriatric 
imperative  means  that  the 
changes  underway  are  moni 
in  the  nature  of  obligatory 
acts. 

Over  a period  of  five  years  we  have  expanded  1 
developed  the  following  to  help  serve  them: 

• A Beth  Israel-based,  tri-hospital  home  care  n 
gram. 

• A hospice  home  care  extension. 

• A Personal  Health  Service  homemaker  projla 
intended  for  self-pay  patients  and  for  eventual  nj 
agement  as  a separate,  for-profit  corporation. 

• A Community  Health  Service,  emphasizing  n 
munity  health  education  and  outreach  service. 

• Agreement  with  the  medical  staff  to  establish! 
campus  primary  care  centers,  including  at  leashr 
emphasizing  gerontological  care. 

• Corporate  restructuring  to  permit  new  ventur  i 
housing  for  the  elderly,  sheltered  care,  day  care,  n 
life  care. 

• Awareness  of  the  needs  of  the  elderly  in  the  a 
rier-free  design  of  the  major  renovation  and  di 
emization  program  at  the  hospital. 

• Changes  in  professional  and  other  staff  trai  r 
to  emphasize  the  needs  of  the  elderly. 

Other  specific  elements  were  added  as  well,  if 
include  senior  feeding  (kosher  meals,  special  diets  11 
other  foods  for  the  elderly  in  several  surrour.  n 
towns),  podiatric  care,  and  a community  lifeline  ri 
gram,  coordinated  through  the  hospital’s  emerpif 
room. 

Have  the  activities  been  of  benefit  to  the  hosp  al 
The  indicators  are  positive.  From  1977 — shortly  t( 
the  commitment  to  confront  the  geriatric  n 
perative — through  1981,  the  hospital’s  occupancy 
went  from  70.9  percent  to  80.8  percent,  as  admissn 
rose  from  7,400  to  7,900  in  an  area  that  was  exper  if 
ing  an  overall  loss  of  population.  Neighboring  hosp  al 
grew  at  less  than  half  the  rate  of  Beth  Israel  Hosj  a 
The  elderly  played  a significant  role  in  the  Beth  I ai 
Hospital  improvement:  Medicare  days  rose  fron  4 
percent  of  all  days  in  1977  to  50  percent  of  all  ay 
in  1981  and  an  indicated  52  percent  in  1982. 

Home  care  visits  rose  from  25,000  in  1977  to  5C  0 
in  1982,  not  including  visits  by  the  Personal  H<  t 
Service  established  for  self-pay  patients.  Last  a 
home  care  generated  outpatient  revenues  of  more  a 
two  million  dollars. 


648 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JEF  IS 


The  effort  goes  on.  Planning,  implementation,  evalu- 
: on,  and  replanning  proceed  in  a continuous  loop. 
I it  everything  goes  well.  Not  all  projections  are  met. 
Looking  into  the  future  we  see  hospitals,  particularly 
lose  in  the  older,  more  stable  suburbs,  remaining 
c acial  to  any  improved  system  of  care  for  the  elderly. 
1 me  believe  hospitals  to  be  largely  irrelevant  to  the 
cronic  care  needs  of  the  elderly.  We  disagree.  Hospi 
I s are  highly  visible  and  available  24  hours  a day, 
s/en  days  per  week,  every  week  of  the  year.  They  are 
td  will  remain  prime  points  of  access,  as  will  doctors’ 
tiiices.  In  time,  the  hospital  role  may  shift  and  lead  to 
E greater  emphasis  on  gatekeeping:  assessing  the  over- 
e needs  of  geriatric  patients  and  coordinating  the 
\rious  medical,  social,  and  other  services  required  as 
jic  patient  steps  through  the  gate  into  a more  rational, 
lig-term  care  system. 

iDertainly,  hospitals  will  be  more  involved  in  primary 
E d preventive  care  for  the  elderly,  either  directly  or  in 
operation  with  those  members  of  its  medical  staff 
uo  orient  their  practice  to  the  elderly.  We  also  will 
tgin  to  mass  services  required  to  stabilize  the  acute 
fisodes  of  those  with  chronic  illness  while  becoming 
ore  deeply  involved  in  rehabilitation  and  transition 
home. 

furthermore,  in  exercising  our  responsibility  to  the 
lerly,  all  of  us  in  health  care  must  come  to  appreciate 
at  many  needs  are  psychological  and  social  in  nature 
well  as  physical — and  that  these  elements  are  in- 
aarable  from  the  care  we  provide.  As  a result,  services 
the  elderly  will  be  provided  by  many  disciplines  and 
pfessions,  functioning  through  multiple  agencies.  A 
= ccessful  health  system  for  the  elderly  will  require  the 

i 


critical  mass  of  management  skills  of  a hospital  to 
effectively  coordinate  all  those  resources,  whatever 
their  configuration. 

Hospitals  can  provide  service  directly  and  they  will. 
They  can  provide  space  within  the  hospital  complex  for 
others  to  offer  services  and  many  will.  Indeed,  the  new 
administrative  technique  of  organizing  the  hospital 
into  a holding  company,  with  individual  corporate  en- 
tities formed  around  disparate  but  related  functions, 
has  promise  for  enabling  hospitals  to  greatly  broaden 
their  ability  to  plan  and  participate,  whatever  the  ser- 
vice, whoever  renders  it,  or  wherever  it  is  located. 

SUMMARY 

Hospital  personnel  and  physicians  are  trained  to 
provide  acute,  curing  care.  However,  the  inevitable  con- 
sequences of  aging  have  forced  our  single  biggest 
users— the  elderly — to  become  purchasers  of  care  that 
is  extended  and  essentially  palliative,  and,  as  they  say 
in  the  marketing  terms  currently  fashionable  in  hospi- 
tal circles:  “What  you  are  selling  is  less  important  than 
what  people  are  buying.” 

It  is  a considerable  change  for  hospitals  and  for  doc- 
tors but  it  is  one  demanded  by  the  needs  of  the  people 
we  serve — it  is  demanded  by  the  geriatric  imperative. 

In  short,  confronting  the  geriatric  imperative  means 
that  the  changes  underway  in  how  we  treat  the  elderly 
are  more  in  the  nature  of  obligatory  acts — ones  we 
cannot  and  should  not  avoid  or  evade. 

Hospitals  and  doctors  that  adapt  best  to  these  obli- 
gations are  those  most  likely  to  succeed  and  prosper 
in  the  years  ahead. 


1 


i 


L.  81— NUMBER  8— AUGUST  1984 


649 


(brcJS! ZD  THE  BROWN  PHARMACEUTICAL  CO.,  INC. 

2500  West  Sixth  Street,  Los  Angeles,  CA  90057 


For  Full  Prescribing  Information,  Please  See  PDR. 


REFER  TO 


$WlrokIS71(X725C 

Methyltestosterone  US.R  Tablets 


Android/f 

Fluoxymesterone  U.S.R  Tablets,  10mg 


iERIATRIC  IMPERATIVE: 

Geriatric  Assessment  Programs 

Laurence  Z.  Rubenstein,  m.d.,  m.p.h.,  sepulveda,  ca* 


This  article  reviews  geriatric  assessment  programs  and  their 
history , purpose , structure , and  the  growing  indications  that  they 
are  effective  in  producing  improved  health  care  outcomes  such 
as  better  diagnoses,  reduced  nursing  home  placement,  decreased 
medications,  and  higher  junctional  status  levels. 


Growing  awareness  of  the  vast 
numbers  of  unmet  health  and 
psychosocial  problems  faced  by 
lerly  individuals,  has  led  medical  care  providers  to 
tablish  special  programs  to  comprehensively  assess 
td  treat  elderly  patients.  This  presentation  will 
ovide  a geriatrician’s  perspective  on  geriatric 
sessment  programs  by  describing:  (1)  the  purposes 
assessment:  (2)  the  different  structural  and  func- 
mal  components  of  assessment  programs;  (3)  exam- 
es  of  existing  programs;  and  (4)  some  of  the  evidence 
at  these  programs  are  achieving  their  goals. 
Geriatric  assessment  has  several  major  purposes, 
lese  include  diagnosis  and  establishing  baseline 
ita  for  documenting  change,  planning  for  therapy 
td  for  most  appropriate  services,  and  determining 
dimal  placement.  Diagnosis  means  medical 
agnosis  as  well  as  the  functional,  psychologic,  and 
cial  diagnosis.  This  especially  is  important  in  light 
the  accumulating  evidence  that  elderly  individuals 
ten  are  diagnosed  incompletely  and  inaccurately 
hen  cared  for  in  the  usual  medical  setting  without 
special  geriatric  approach.  Careful,  systematic 
sessment  can  lead  to  the  discovery  of  important, 
eviously  unrecognized,  treatable  problems. 
Avoidance  of  inappropriate  use  of  health  care  ser- 
ies, especially  those  in  institutions,  has  been  a major 
jective  of  most  geriatric  assessment  programs  on 
ounds  of  both  compassion  and  cost.  Several  studies 

)L.  81— NUMBER  8— AUGUST  1984 


summarized  in  the  United  States  Government  Ac- 
counting Office  Report  of  1979  concluded  that  at  least 
20  percent  of  patients  in  skilled  nursing  facilities  and 
over  one-third  of  patients  in  intermediate  care  facili- 
ties receive  unnecessarily  high  levels  of  care.1  Such 
inappropriate  use  is  undesirable  for  several  reasons, 
including  wastefulness  of  scarce  resources,  creation  of 
further  disability  by  premature  labeling  of  a person  as 
irremediably  ill,  and  iatrogenic  illness  which  is  com- 
mon within  institutional  environments.  There  is 
substantial  and  growing  evidence  that  assessment  can 
lead  to  improved  appropriateness  of  placement. 

HISTORY  OF  GERIATRIC  ASSESSMENT 

The  first  published  reports  on  geriatric  assessment 
programs  came  from  Great  Britain.  Dr.  Marjorie  War- 
ren, a physician  considered  one  of  the  founders  of 
modem  geriatrics,  initiated  the  concept  of  specialized 
geriatric  assessment  units  during  the  late  1930s  while 
in  charge  of  a large  London  infirmaiy.  This  infirmary 
was  filled  primarily  with  chronically  ill,  bed-fast,  and 
largely  neglected  elderly  patients  who  had  not  received 
proper  medical  diagnosis  or  rehabilitation.  The  high 
quality  of  the  nursing  kept  the  patients  alive  while  the 
lack  of  diagnostic  assessment  and  rehabilitation  kept 
them  disabled.  Warren  systematically  evaluated  these 


*Dr.  Rubenstein  is  Chief,  Geriatric  Evaluation  Unit.  VA  Medi- 
cal Center,  Sepulveda,  California. 


651 


TABLE  1 

Geriatric  Assessment  Programs: 
Characteristics  and  Variants 

Intended  function 
Assessment 
Rehabilitation 
Acute  or  chronic  treatment 
Placement 
Education 
Research 

Location/setting 
Acute  hospital 
Chronic  hospital 
Long-term  care  facility 
Outpatient  clinic  or  office 
Freestanding  unit 
Patient  homes 

Patient  source 

Community  (direct  application  or  referral) 

Acute  hospital 
Long-term  care  facility 

Inclusion  criteria  for  patients 

Minimum  age  (e.g.  > 65.  > 75) 

Type  of  problem  (e.g.  psychiatric,  placement) 

Degree  of  disability  (e.g.  inability'  to  function 
independently) 

Exclusion  criteria  for  patients 
Poor  prognosis 
Unstable  condition 

Organization 

Team  composition 
Participating  support  service 
Size  of  unit 
Patient-to-staff  ratio 
Payment  source 
Followup  capacity 
Time  allowed  for  assessment 

Approach  to  assessment 
Dimensions  included 

Testing  of  actual  performance  v presumed  capability 
Use  of  test  batteries  v clinical  judgments 
Types  of  recordkeeping  formats 


patients  and  began  policies  of  mobilization  and  selec 
tive  rehabilitation.  She  was  able  to  get  most  of  the  long 
bed-fast  patients  out  of  bed,  often  walking  again  and, 
in  some  cases,  even  discharged  to  home.  As  a result 
of  her  experiences.  Warren  became  an  advocate  of  com- 
prehensive assessment  and  at  least  an  attempt  at  re- 
habilitation of  all  elderly  patients  before  sending  them 
to  long-term  care  hospitals.2 

In  the  United  States,  geriatric  assessment  programs 
have  emerged  only  in  the  past  decade,  however,  their 
proliferation  has  been  rapid  in  the  last  three  or  four 
years.  These  programs  have  a wide  variety  of  structural 
and  functional  components,  geared  to  differing  types 
of  populations  and  problems  addressed,  but  they  also 
share  many  common  characteristics.  Virtually  all  pro- 
grams include  the  use  of  multidimensional  assess- 
ment. utilizing  one  or  more  sets  of  measurement  in- 
struments to  quantify  functional,  psychologic,  and 
social  parameters.  Most  of  them  use  interdisciplinary 


teams  to  pool  expertise  and  enthusiasm  in  worl)t 
toward  common  goals.  Most  attempt  to  couple  U 
assessments  with  an  intervention  program,  suclaj 
rehabilitation,  counseling,  or  placement. 

PROGRAM  CHARACTERISTICS 

Some  of  the  major  characteristics  which  can  - 
between  programs  are  listed  in  Table  1.  A variet 
overall  functions  can  be  performed  by  these  progn 
While  assessment  is  common  to  all,  many  also  inc 
treatment  and  rehabilitation;  some  include  acute 
and  most  include  the  determination  of  optimal  pi 
ment.  Research  and  education  are  important  asp 
of  some  programs,  and  generally  have  profound 
pacts  on  programmatic  structure. 

Program  location  largely  determines  the  types  ol 
tients  assessed  and  functions  perfonned.  Assessn 
programs  in  acute  hospitals  generally  admit  path 
from  acute  inpatient  services,  though  many  also  ac 
directly  from  the  community  if  inpatient  care  is 
quired.  Hospital  programs  usually  combine  treatn 
and  rehabilitation  with  assessment  and  placemli 
Outpatient  clinics  or  freestanding  units  gene 
assess  patients  not  requiring  hospitalization  i 
usually  do  not  perform  substantial  treatment  os 
habilitation.  Programs  performing  assessment  in 
tient  homes  can  obtain  unique  insights  into  how 
tients  live  and  function  at  home,  but  the  costs  i 
logistical  problems  associated  with  home  visits  1 
the  size  and  scope  of  home  assessment  prograrr 

Referral  sources  for  patients,  as  well  as  the 
elusionary  and  exclusionary  admission  criteria  i 
by  programs,  also  depend  on  the  program  setting 
intended  functions.  Although  age  criteria  admitt 
are  arbitrary,  programs  usually  insist  that  patient) 
at  least  65  years  old;  some  have  a higher  minimum 
to  insure  that  the  programs  retain  their  “geriau 
missions,  and  do  not  become  programs  earing  for  i 
viduals  with  chronic  disorders  of  all  ages.  Some  t 
grams  have  geropsychiatric  orientation  and  prim;; 
accept  patients  with  problems  such  as  dementia  i 
depression.  Others,  situated  on  acute  medical  serv 
accept  patients  with  acute  medical  problems.  1VI 
however,  primarily  accept  patients  with  subacute  i 
chronic  problems  not  requiring  acute  medical 
surgical  hospitalization  yet  who  are  at  great  risf 
requiring  long-term  institutional  care. 

Programs  providing  substantial  inpatient  treatn! 
or  rehabilitation  can  increase  their  impacts  by  inc 
ing  only  patients  with  reasonable  “rehabilital 
potential."  However,  prognostication  is  at  best  an  i 
act  art  and  every  geriatrician  knows  many  instar 
when  patients  not  expected  to  do  well  have  made 
markable  recoveries.  Some  risks  of  failure  mus  i 
taken,  since  accepting  only  patients  expected  tc  i 
cover  or  rejecting  patients  on  the  basis  of  a poor  p i 
nosis  easily  can  become  self-fulfilling. 

Organization  of  assessment  programs  varies  <j 
siderably,  but  most  include  a core  team  of  a physin 
or  physician  assistant  or  nurse  practitioner,  a rn 
and  a social  worker.  To  this  core  is  added  a varied 
other  specialists,  who  either  participate  in  the  b if 
assessment  or  are  called  in  on  a consultation  basis  § 
psychologist,  psychiatrist,  occupational  thera]T 
physical  therapist,  audiologist,  dentist,  optometrist 


652 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JEF  f 


hthalmologist,  dietitian,  public  health  nurse,  and 
lers).  The  size  of  the  team  is  influenced  by  several 
’tors,  including  program  goals,  setting,  patient  load, 
d funding  or  reimbursement  levels.  Most  funding 
urces  and  insurance  companies  have  restrictive 
stations  as  to  what  services  will  be  paid  for  and  this 
pfoundly  affects  what  services  can  be  offered.  How- 
>r  as  evidence  accumulates  that  these  programs  can 
cost  effective,  not  only  in  improving  quality  of  life 
|t  in  reducing  overall  health  care  costs  for  the  elderly, 
iding  sources  probably  will  expand. 

Approaches  to  assessment  vary  between  programs, 
pending  upon  programmatic  goals  and  settings. 
>st  include  a multidimensional  assessment  in  which 
j>st  or  all  of  the  areas  of  medical  problems,  functional 
’-.abilities,  psychologic  status,  and  social  network  and 
eds  are  covered. 

fable  2 lists  the  most  important  measurable 
nensions  of  geriatric  assessment.  Some  programs 
I?  a comprehensive  test  battery  or  multidimensional 
bessment  to  achieve  this,  while  others  select  from 
long  the  existing  unidimensional  instruments  best 
;ted  to  their  particular  programs. 

While  geriatric  assessment  perse  does  not  absolutely 
juire  the  use  of  specific  instruments  and  scales,  the 
; of  easy-to-administer,  well-validated  assessment 
■truments  encompassing  the  major  domains  of 
iatric  assessment  makes  the  process  of  assessment 
rsiderablv  easier  to  perform  and  teach,  and  certainly 
ire  reliable.  In  addition,  these  instruments  facilitate 
nsmission  of  understandable  clinical  information 
,ween  health  providers,  permitting  smooth  team- 
!rk  to  occur,  meaningful  and  valid  data  to  be 
jtulated,  and  therapeutic  progress  to  be  measured 
?r  time. 

'he  recent  book  on  assessing  the  elderly  by  Robert 
i Rosalie  Kane  provides  an  excellent  analysis  on  the 
sting  geriatric  assessment  instruments,  and  de- 
ibes  in  detail  which  are  best  for  each  particular 
ting  and  patient  population.3  In  our  experience,  the 
'St  important  assessment  instruments,  providing 
la  not  ordinarily  obtained  on  the  standard  medical 
dory  and  physical  examination,  are  those  instru- 

Ints  in  the  areas  of  psychologic  functioning  (a 
(nitive  function  screen  and  a screen  for  depression) 
i overall  functional  status  (a  scale  for  measuring 
ivitites  of  daily  living— ADL). 

RIATRIC  ASSESSMENT  UNITS 

lost  geriatricians  firmly  are  convinced  that 
jiatric  assessment  programs  are  effective  in  improv- 
both  the  process  and  outcome  of  geriatric  care, 
m though  well-designed  studies  clearly  leading  to 
;s  conclusion  only  now  are  beginning  to  appear.  The 
ny  published  reports  on  geriatric  assessment  units 
,.Us)  all  show  clear  associations  between  the  pro- 
ms and  major  improvements  in  care  outcomes, 
ugh  these  reports  have  been  based  only  on  descrip- 
j or  quasiexperimental  studies.  Among  these  re- 
ded improvements  from  GAUs,  summarized  in 
|»le  3,  are  improved  diagnostic  accuracy,  placement 
iition,  functional  status,  and  use  of  medications.4 
he  first  report  to  describe  the  success  of  a program 
he  United  States  was  published  in  1973  on  data 
n T.  Franklin  Williams’s  outpatient  assessment 

I, 


TABLE  2 

Measurable  Dimensions  in  Geriatric  Assessment 

Physical  health 

Diagnoses/conditions  present 
Physiologic  severity  indicators 
Quantification  of  medical  services  used 
Self-ratings  of  health  or  disability 

Functional  ability 

Activities  of  daily  living  (ADL)  scales 
Instrumental  ADL  scales 

Psychological  health 

Cognitive  function  (mental  status) 

Affective  function 

Social  parameters 

Social  interaction  network 
Social  support  needs  and  resources 


TABLE  3 

Improved  Patient  Outcomes 
Which  Can  Derive  from  Geriatric  Assessment  Programs 

• Improved  diagnostic  accuracy 

• More  appropriate  placement 

• Less  dependency  on  skilled  nursing  facilities 

• Improved  functional  status 

• More  appropriate  use  of  medications 

• Better  coordinated  use  of  available  community  support 

sendees 

• Improved  emotional  status  and  sense  of  well  being 


program  in  Monroe  County,  New  York.5  Williams's  pio- 
neering program  assessed  all  patients  referred  for 
nursing  home  placement  in  the  county  in  an  attempt 
to  insure  the  appropriateness  of  these  placements  and 
to  decrease  unnecessary  use  of  long-term  care  facili- 
ties. They  found  that  only  38  percent  of  patients  re- 
ferred for  nursing  home  placement  actually  needed 
such  skilled  nursing  care,  while  23  percent  of  the  pa- 
tients were  able  to  return  to  their  homes  and  39  per- 
cent were  able  to  go  to  board  and  care  facilities  or 
retirement  homes  following  careful  assessment  and 
recommendations  for  specific  therapy.  Expert  judg- 
ments made  by  an  independent  team  of  observers  as 
to  the  appropriateness  of  placement  locations  before 
and  after  the  initiation  of  the  Monroe  County  program 
indicated  that  major  improvements  in  placement  de- 
cisions were  being  made— from  50  to  60  percent  ap- 
propriate before  to  84  percent  appropriate  afterward.5 
Several  others  have  reported  similar  improvements  in 
placement  locations  associated  with  assessments  on 
GAUs,  including  our  group  at  the  Sepulveda  VA,  who 
showed  improvement  in  placement  location  by  over  50 
percent  of  patients  going  through  the  GAU,  based  on 
judgments  by  the  referring  physician.6 

Several  reports  have  examined  patients’  functional 
status  before  and  after  treatment  on  those  GAUs  which 
include  rehabilitation  along  with  the  assessment. 
These  reports  usually  have  used  a validated  measure 
of  functional  status,  such  as  the  Katz  Index  of  Ac- 
tivities of  Daily  Living  (ADL)  to  document  change-over 
time.7  They  uniformly  show  that  many  patients  im- 
prove during  their  stays  on  the  GAUs.  (Our  paper  from 
the  Sepulveda  VA  reported  improved  functional  status 


, 81— NUMBER  8— AUGUST  1984 


653 


in  over  two-thirds  of  patients.6)  However,  the  lack  of 
control  groups  in  most  of  the  reports  prevent  a skep- 
tical reader  from  concluding  that  the  improvement 
came  clearly  from  the  GAU,  rather  than  from  the  effect 
of  time. 

Another  major  area  of  GAU  impact  is  the  improve- 
ment in  diagnostic  accuracy,  usually  indicated  by  the 
diagnosis  of  new,  treatable  problems.  Many  have  found 
large  numbers  of  previously  undiagnosed  problems  re- 
sulting from  careful  GAU  assessment.  Depending  on 
each  study’s  criteria  for  considering  newly  docu- 
mented problems  as  new  diagnoses  (some  only 
counted  major  new  treatable  problems),  new  diagnoses 
were  found  in  frequencies  varying  from  0.76  per  pa- 
tient to  almost  4 per  patient.  Most  of  these  new 
diagnoses  seemed  to  stem  from  an  awareness  that 
elderly  patients  need  a more  thorough  search  for 
treatable  problems,  although  they  also  might  reflect  a 
lack  of  diagnostic  thoroughness  in  the  referring  ser- 
vices. 

Improvement  in  quality  of  treatment  is  difficult  to 
quantify.  One  measurable  parameter,  use  of  prescrip- 
tion drugs,  was  examined  in  several  programs.  In  those 
programs,  drug  prescribing  generally  was  made  more 
appropriate  and  usually  was  decreased  in  quantity, 
despite  a concurrent  increase  in  the  number  of 
diagnoses  identified.  (Our  GAU  paper  reported  over  a 
one-third  reduction  of  prescribed  drugs).6 

Two  recent  controlled  studies  have  begun  to  confirm 
these  descriptive  reports.  They  also  show  that  control 
group  patients  who  survive  the  initial  hospitalization 
also  tend  to  improve  in  functional  status  over  time, 
though  not  as  much  as  those  on  the  experimental  unit. 
This  indicates  that  not  all  the  functional  status  im- 
provement described  earlier  can  be  attributed  to  the 
GAU  itself.  Nonetheless  the  benefits  from  GAUs,  at  least 
to  certain  subgroups  of  elderly  patients,  are  becoming 
more  and  more  evident. 

Lefton  and  Frengley  published  data  from  a retro- 
spective case  control  study  on  their  inpatient  GAU  at 
a rehabilitation  hospital.8  In  their  study,  50  con- 
secutive patients  aged  70  and  over  discharged  from 
their  GAU  were  compared  retrospectively  with  50  con- 
trol patients  discharged  from  other  medical  wards  in 
the  same  facility,  matched  for  age,  sex,  and  primaiy 
diagnosis.  Mean  length  of  stay  for  patients  in  the  two 
groups  were  comparable  and  fairly  long  (68.0  and  70.7 
days,  respectively),  but  reflected  the  extensive  rehabili- 
tation being  performed  along  with  the  assessment. 
Discharge  location  significantly  was  better  for  the  GAU 
group  than  for  the  control  group  (80  percent  versus 
62  percent  were  discharged  to  home  settings,  and  20 
percent  versus  38  percent  to  nursing  homes,  respec- 
tively). Patients  in  the  GAU  were  more  likely  than  con- 
trol patients  to  improve  their  functional  status  (Katz 
ADLs,  independent  ambulation,  and  continence 
status)  during  their  hospitalizations.  At  followup 
evaluations,  performed  several  months  after  discharge, 
the  living  locations  had  not  changed  substantially,  and 
significantly  more  GAU  than  control  patients  were  still 
at  home.  However,  functional  status  of  control  patients 
had  improved  at  followup  so  as  to  approach  the  levels 
of  the  GAU  patients.8 

Our  group  at  the  Sepulveda  VA  Geriatric  Assessment 
Unit  has  been  conducting  a prospective  randomized 


experiment,  comparing  outcomes  of  frail  elderly  inp 
tients  randomly  assigned  to  enter  the  GAU  or  to  eoi 
tinue  receiving  care  on  their  acute  hospital  wards.  Th 
study  still  is  in  progress,  but  preliminary  data  indica 
significant  reductions  in  both  one-year  mortality  ar 
overall  use  of  institutional  services  by  GAU  patients  i 
compared  to  control  patients.  In  fact,  the  savings  it 
direct  medical  care  costs  for  the  GAU  group  appear  is 
be  substantial  and  more  than  enough  to  pay  for  tl 
program. 

One  important  goal  should  be  to  identify  which  suli 
group  of  patients  can  -be  expected  to  benefit  particvt 
larly  from  the  programs  in  order  to  make  maximal  us  1 
of  scarce  resources.  While  it  might  be  argued  that  th  I 
majority  of  elderly  probably  could  benefit  from  carefi ; 
assessment,  the  bulk  of  older  people  generally  at 
healthy,  and  the  relative  yield  of  assessment  tends  1 j 
be  lower  for  healthy  than  for  frail  or  ill  elderly.  In  gei  ; 
eral,  those  individuals  most  likely  to  benefit  froi 
assessment  are  those  who  are  on  the  verge  of  needinij 
institutionalization,  who  are  in  the  lower  socioecdj 
nomic  groups,  who  have  inadequate  primaiy  medic;i 
care,  and  who  have  poor  social  support  network 
These  at-risk  elderly  seem  to  derive  especially  gretjj 
benefits  from  assessment  and  associated  therapeuti  t 
interventions. 

SUMMARY 

There  is  growing  evidence  that  geriatric  assessmen 
programs  can  be  effective  in  improving  health  car 
outcomes  for  subgroups  of  frail  elderly  patients.  Th 
improvements  include  better  diagnoses,  lower  rates  c 
nursing  home  placement,  decreased  medications,  am 
improved  functional  status.  Moreover,  recently  emer^ 
ing  controlled  studies  are  showing  improvements  ii 
survival  and  lower  medical  care  costs  in  particulaj 
settings.  Such  programs  need  not  follow  a rigid  mode 
but  rather  can  be  adapted  to  many  different  kinds  c 
settings,  both  inpatient  and  outpatient,  public  secto 
and  private.  If  some  care  is  taken  to  target  these  ser 
vices  to  those  particularly  in  need,  then  their  prolifers 
tion  is  likely  to  fill  a major  gap  in  health  care  deliver 
for  the  elderly. 

REFERENCES 

1.  United  States  General  Accounting  Office  Report;  Cos 
implications  for  Medicaid  and  the  elderly.  United  States  Gen 
eral  Accounting  Office.  Washington,  D.C.,  1979. 

2.  Brocklehurst  JC:  Great  Britain,  in  Brocklehurst  JC  (ed)| 
Geriatric  Care  in  Advanced  Societies.  Baltimore,  MD,  Univer 
sity  Park  Press,  1975. 

3.  Kane  RA  Kane  RL:  Assessing  the  Elderly:  A Practica  ^ 
Guide.  Lexington,  MA,  D.C.  Heath,  1981. 

4.  Rubenstein  LZ,  Rhee  L,  Kane  RL:  The  role  of  geriatric 
assessment  units  in  caring  for  the  elderly:  An  analytic  review  , 
J Gerontol  37:513-521,  1982. 

5.  Williams  TF.  Hill  JF,  Fairbank  ME,  et  al.:  Appropriate 
placement  of  the  chronically  ill  and  aged:  A successful  ap 
proach  by  evaluation.  JAMA  226:1332-1335,  1973. 

6.  Rubenstein  LZ.  Abrass  IB,  Kane  RL:  Improved  care  for 
patients  on  a new  geriatric  evaluation  unit.  J Am  Geriatr  Socj 
29:531-536,  1981. 

7.  Katz  S,  Downs  TD.  Cash  HR  et  al.:  Progress  in  the  de 
velopment  of  the  index  of  ADL.  Gerontologist  10:20-30,  1970 

8.  Lefton  E,  Bonnstelle  S,  Frengley  JD:  Success  with  ar 
inpatient  geriatric  unit:  A controlled  study  of  outcome  anc 
followup.  J Am  Geriatr  Soc  31:149-155,  1983. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


654 


Geriatric  Imperative: 
Hie  Acutely  III  Elderly 


Lucille  A.  Joel,  ed.d.,  Newark* 


I 


New  skill  levels  of  nursing  manpower  are  neededfor  acute  care 
of  the  aged , as  well  as  a philosophy  of  care  which  if  put  into  place 
would  do  much  to  avoid  the  profound  regression  which  is  so 
common  when  the  elderly  face  episodes  of  illness. 


The  face  of  hospital  nursing  is 
changing.  The  combination  of 
governmental  strategies  to 
artail  costs  through  reimbursement  methodology 
nd  the  visible  graying  of  America  create  a new  clinical 
nvironment  in  acute  care.  Real  pressure  exists  to  in- 
titute  aggressive  treatment  programs  and  speed  dis- 
harge.  The  irony  of  the  situation  is  that  aggressive 
cute  care  management  in  its  usual  sense  often  is 
lappropriate  to  the  clinical  population  being  en- 
Duntered  in  the  1980s. 

Between  40  and  60  percent  of  acute  care  admissions 
ivolve  patients  over  the  age  of  65.'  Acute  illness  is  a 
eiy  real  part  of  aging,  and  provider  professionals  have 
een  slow  to  admit  that  both  the  approach  to  treat- 
lent  and  the  measures  of  success  may  markedly  differ 
'om  that  which  is  appropriate  to  the  younger  patient, 
he  aged  are  a clinical  population  beset  by  problems 
f chronic  illness.  The  aged  do  die  from  heart  attacks, 
ut  usually  they  represent  an  acute  exacerbation  of  an 
nderlying  chronic  condition.  The  elderly  are  victims 
f a slow  and  insidious  onset  of  illness  and  frequent 
‘ngthy  periods  of  disability.  Regardless  of  the  skill  of 
ledical  management,  cure  usually  is  not  possible.  The 
icture  of  chronic  illness  as  a central  element  in  acute 
are  of  the  aged  is  confounded  by  normal  changes  in 
ae  elderly  which  demand  a greater  investment  in  their 
are.  Slowness  becomes  a way  of  life  due  to  decreased 
hysieal  ability  and  diminishing  acuity  of  the  senses. 


Research  tells  us  that  it  takes  15  percent  more  time 
to  deliver  nursing  care  to  those  over  65.' 

The  secret  to  successful  acute  care  of  the  aged  is 
provider  professionals  with  special  preparation  and 
sensitivities  to  deal  with  the  aged;  a therapeutic  regi- 
men tailored  to  the  needs  of  this  group;  environmental 
adjustments  which  make  independence  possible;  and 
maximum  suspension  of  institutional  policies  and 
routines  where  they  interfere  with  the  patient's  nor- 
mally effective  way  of  doing  things.  Each  of  these  topics 
deserve  thorough  exploration  beyond  the  scope  of  this 
paper.  Instead  the  author  will  aim  to  raise  the  reader's 
consciousness,  and  to  hope  to  call  to  action  some 
zealots  who  are  ready  to  make  a commitment  to  the 
aged. 

Health  care  professionals  have  not  been  turned  on 
to  careers  with  the  aged.  The  emotional  high  of  thera- 
peutic responsiveness  and  return  to  wellness  is  absent. 
Recovery,  if  possible,  is  fraught  with  slow  progress  and 
temporary  cures.  Though  one  can  accept  this  clinical 
picture  in  long-term  care,  we  have  chosen  to  deny  what 
is  becoming  reality  in  hospitals.  This  denial  may  be  a 
protective  mechanism  to  mask  our  own  insecurity. 
Professional  providers  of  all  types  have  been  ill- 
equipped  to  deal  with  the  acutely  ill  aged.  We  have  been 
slow  in  realizing  that  they  are  different,  and  not  just 


*Dr.  Joel  is  Director,  Teaching  Nursing  Home  Project,  Rutgers 
College  of  Nursing,  Newark. 


T)L.  81— NUMBER  8— AUGUST  1984 


655 


older  adults.  The  goal  of  confinement  may  be  to  re- 
define a level  of  wellness  with  patients  and  help  them 
adjust  to  it,  rather  than  returning  to  a previous  state 
of  wellness.  Such  expectations  demand  a tedious  inter- 
personal investment.  It  is  premature  to  say  that  this 
role  does  not  hold  career  interest  for  large  numbers  of 
nurses.  Academic  nursing  has  been  slow  in  incorporat- 
ing content  and  experiences  specific  to  care  of  the  aged 
into  the  curriculum.  We  are  apt  to  be  afraid  of  what 
we  do  not  understand.  Our  poverty  of  understanding 
about  the  aged  has  blinded  us  to  the  challenges  of 
gerontological  nursing.  A recent  study  in  New  Jersey 
documents  patterns  of  investing  fewer  nursing  re- 
sources in  the  care  of  the  hospitalized  elderly  than  was 
true  for  younger  patients.  The  amount  of  nursing  time 
allocated  to  a patient  was  related  inversely  to  the  age 
of  the  patient.  The  younger  the  patient,  the  greater  the 
amount  of  time  devoted  to  their  care.2 


Creativity  in  the  use  of 
support  systems,  activities , 
and  meals  will  contribute  to 
the  total  therapeutic  effect . 


Professionals  who  recognize  care  of  the  aged  as  a 
specialty,  and  possess  the  requisite  knowledge,  skills, 
and  attitudes  are  the  key  to  clinical  success.  Nursing 
has  begun  to  address  this  challenge.  Academic  nursing 
has  pioneered  programs  for  primary  health  care 
providers  to  serve  the  aged  and  for  tertiary  providers 
or  nurse  gerontologists  whose  practice  is  charac- 
terized by  a narrower  scope,  but  more  depth  in  select 
areas  of  clinical  management.  It  already  has  been 
noted  that  our  accomplishments  have  been  less  en- 
viable in  entry  level  nursing  programs.  Experiences 
with  the  aged  should  be  as  much  of  a clinical  require- 
ment as  experiences  with  children  or  the  childbearing 
family  or  the  nonaged  adult.  Faculty  should  be  en- 
couraged to  pursue  researehable  questions  in  geron- 
tology and  to  focus  their  own  practice  in  care  of  the 
aged. 

Given  the  calibre  of  specialists  suited  to  provide 
clinical  direction,  these  individuals  must  be  put  in 
positions  of  authority.  Caring  for  the  elderly  requires 
consistency  and  sophisticated  clinical  judgment  as 
close  to  the  bedside  as  possible.  Delays  in  problem 
identification  and  therapy  can  create  setbacks  which 
may  become  difficult  to  recoup.  For  many  of  the  elderly, 
wellness  is  dependent  on  maintaining  a very  delicate 
balance.  They  have  no  energies  in  reserve  to  cope  with 
the  demands  of  an  acute  episode  of  illness  or  to  accom- 
modate, for  even  a limited  time,  to  the  changes  that 
come  with  hospitalization.  The  vulnerability  of  the 
elderly  becomes  painfully  apparent  as  well-meaning 
health  care  professionals  provoke  regression  and 
diminish  once-adequate  coping  behaviors.  All  too  fre- 
quently, a domino  effect  is  set  in  motion.  Strain  on  one 
system  stresses  another  which  is  fragile,  and  so  on. 
Limiting  mobility  may  make  incidents  of  incontinence 
difficult  to  avoid,  and  this  may  severely  impact  on  self- 
esteem, which  may  promote  social  isolation.  From 


there,  it  is  a short  step  to  confusion,  disorientatic, 
and  additional  unacceptable  behavior.  The  re 
tionships  are  obvious.  It  is  not  unusual  for  the  ag! 
to  enter  acute  care  institutions  functionally  able 
cope  with  community  living  and  become  dispositil 
problems  during  the  course  of  their  confinement.  T 
patient  role  has  been  touted  to  promote  dependent 
Additional  social  biases  expect  less  from  the  elde 
and  create  the  natural  tendency  to  infantalize  ther 
Clinical  management  requires  predictions  about  t)j 
level  of  self-care  the  patient  can  hope  to  attain,  ai 
more  than  valiant  attempts  to  maintain  the  function 
ability  they  brought  to  the  episode  of  illness.  It  b 
comes  a serious  issue  with  strong  ethical  overtones 
decide  to  intervene  in  a supportive  manner  and  allc 
decline.  Maintaining  the  person’s  strengths  som 
times  may  assume  greater  priority  than  resolution 
the  acute  problem. 

Patients  need  to  maintain  control  over  their  liv 
and  daily  living  experiences.  The  comfort  of  beii 
“taken  care  of’  is  a luxury  the  aged  can  ill  affoill 
prematurely.  A respite  from  the  demands  of  life  Cel 
cause  permanent  decreased  ability.  In  the  best  of  sitij 
ations,  environment  and  routine  should  be  adjusted 
allow  for  full  participation  in  living.  Although  tl 
analogy  is  distasteful,  many  of  the  same  environment 
enrichments  that  have  proved  therapeutic  for  childre 
might  be  employed  with  this  population.  Fumitur 
toileting,  and  hygienic  equipment  should  be  placed  ; 
proper  heights.  Color-coded  doors  or  pathways  ca 
mark  the  route  to  activity  areas.  Special  space  to  kee 
personal  effects  personalizes  the  environment  an; 
helps  with  identity  maintenance.  Readily  availab 
clocks,  calendars,  and  other  reminders  of  time  an 
place  increase  orientation.  Large  print  books  an 
newspapers  provide  diversion,  reality  orientation,  an 
stave  off  the  temptation  to  become  too  self-centered 
One's  normal  patterns  of  living  should  be  fostered,  an 
networks  should  be  established  to  maintain  ties  to  thl 
community.  Environmental  enrichments  and  institi 
tional  policy  adjustments  are  limited  only  by  the  exter 
of  our  own  creativity. 

The  configuration  of  a therapeutic  program  for  th 
acutely  ill  aged  and  the  unique  qualifications  needej 
to  work  in  this  environment  justify  special  care  unit 
for  these  patients.  The  best  manpower  mix  wouf 
provide  for  primaiy  health  care  nurses  who  are  respon 
sible  for  clinical  care  on  an  ongoing  basis.  Their  acute: 
ly  developed  skills  of  observation  would  allow  immedi 
ate  intervention  with  subtle  problems  both  related  an< 
unrelated  to  the  primary  condition  which  precipitated 
the  hospitalization.  Additionally,  there  is  need  fo 
clinical  specialists  in  the  areas  of  psychogerontology 
restoration,  and  perhaps  even  additional  specialty 
areas,  should  the  volume  and  case  mix  warrant.  Ad 
vanced  skill  in  cardiovascular  nursing,  rheumatology 
and  pulmonary  care  may  prove  to  be  cost  efficient.  Ii 
these  days  of  emphasis  on  curtailing  costs  in  acut< 
care,  and  reimbursement  on  a case  mix  basis,  complej 
patients  with  an  extended  length  of  stay  generate  par 
ticular  attention.  Many  of  these  individuals  are  aged 
Sophisticated  nursing  can  decrease  the  length  of  stay 
minimize  the  number  of  disposition  problems,  anc 
increase  the  functional  capacity  of  the  elderly  so  they 
can  return  to  community  living.  Specialists  in  care  o 


656 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


1 aged  also  can  serve  in  a liaison  capacity  to  other 
x ts  in  the  hospital  who  find  they  are  servicing  in- 
casing numbers  of  aged. 

> VIMARY 

i <,ged  persons  in  acute  care  hospitals  deserve  a 
:!  lical  program  and  provider  professionals  who  will 
m tribute  maximally  to  their  recovery.  An  entirely  dif- 
< «nt  mentality  is  called  for  in  earing  for  the  aged. 
Hntenance  of  functional  ability  and  decision-mak- 
i prerogatives  become  essential  to  life.  Mechanisms 
i st  be  put  into  place  to  avoid  the  profound  re- 
» ssion  which  can  accompany  an  acute  episode  of 
l ess.  Maintenance  of  physical,  mental,  and  emo- 
ihal  ability  in  all  their  dimensions  become  priorities. 
1 atever  patterns  were  adequate  and  normal  for  the 
agividual  prior  to  admission  should  be  maintained. 
[ is  may  mean  divorcing  ourselves  from  eveiy 


! 


preconception  of  hospital  routine.  Creativity  in  the  use 
of  support  systems,  hygiene  activities,  meals,  and 
sleep- rest  patterns  will  all  contribute  to  the  total  thera- 
peutic effect.  At  all  costs,  life  must  be  allowed  to  go  on 
as  usual.  Exquisite  nursing  assessment  must  allow  us 
to  determine  whether  the  patient  should  be  cared  for 
within  a model  that  aims  to  develop  new  self-care  abili- 
ty, maintain  what  exists,  restore  to  a previous  level  of 
functioning,  or  support  what  ability  remains  and  ac- 
cept inevitable  decline.  These  decisions  become  very 
difficult  and  hold  ethical  consequences.  They  should 
be  vested  with  the  most  sophisticated  clinicians. 

REFERENCES 

1 . Carr  C,  Mezey  M:  Giving  the  hospitalized  elderly  the  best 
nursing  care  possible.  Health  Services  Manager  104,  1982. 

2.  State  of  New  Jersey,  Department  of  Health:  Case  Mix 
Nursing  Performance  Study.  Trenton,  NJ,  1979. 


I 


)L.  81— NUMBER  8— AUGUST  1984 


657 


Benefits  diuretics  cannot  offer  . - . Once  daily  inderal  la 

(propranolol  HC1)  provides  smooth,  24-hour  control  of  blood  pressure 
plus  the  cardiovascular  benefits  of  the  world’s  leading  beta  blocker. 
And  INDERAL  LA  provides  a high  degree  of  patient  acceptance — 
without  potassium  problems. 

Experience  no  other  beta  blocker  can  match . . . Once-daily 

INDERAL  LA  delivers  the  proven  performance  and  safety  profile  of 
INDERAL  tablets — confirmed  by  millions  of  patients  during  16  years 
of  clinical  use.  INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  used  in  congestive  heart 
failure,  sinus  bradycardia,  heart  block  greater  than  first  degree,  or 
bronchial  asthma. 


- 


Start  with  80  mg  once  daily. . - Dosage  may  be  increased  to 

120  mg  or  160  mg  once  daily  as  needed  to  achieve  additional  control 
Please  see  next  page  for  further  details  and  brief  summary  of 
prescribing  information. 


80  120  160 

mg  mg  mg 

The  appearance  of  INDERAL  LA  capsules 
is  a registered  trademark  of  Ayerst  Laboratories. 


Just  once  each  day 
for  initial  therapy  in 
HYPERTENSION. 


ONCE-DAILY 


(PROPRANOLOL  HCI) 


LONG  ACTING 
CAPSULES 


y 


120 

mg 


'i 


BRIEF  SUMMARY  (FOR  FULL  PRESCRIBING  INFORMATION,  SEE  PACKAGE  CIRCULAR.) 
INDERAL"  LA  brand  of  propranolol  hydrochloride  (Long  Acting  Capsules} 
DESCRIPTION.  Inderal  LA  is  formulated  to  provide  a sustained  release  of  propranolol 
hydrochloride  Inderal  LA  is  available  as  80  mg,  120  mg,  and  160  mg  capsules. 

CLINICAL  PHARMACOLOGY.  INDERAL  is  a nonselective  beta-adrenergic  receptor 
blocking  agent  possessing  no  other  autonomic  nervous  system  activity.  It  specifically  com- 
petes with  beta-adrenergic  receptor  stimulating  agents  for  available  receptor  sites.  When 
access  to  beta-receptor  sites  is  blocked  by  INDERAL,  the  chronotropic,  inotropic,  and 
vasodilator  responses  to  beta-adrenergic  stimulation  are  decreased  proportionately 

INDERAL  LA  Capsules  (80, 120,  and  160  mg)  release  propranolol  HCI  at  a controlled  and 
predictable  rate  Peak  blood  levels  following  dosing  with  INDERAL  LA  occur  at  about  6 hours 
and  the  apparent  plasma  half-life  is  about  10  hours  When  measured  at  steady  state  over  a 24- 
hour  period  the  areas  under  the  propranolol  plasma  concentration-time  curve  (AUCs)  for  the 
capsules  are  approximately  60%  to  65%  of  the  AUCs  for  a comparable  divided  daily  dose  of 
INDERAL  tablets.  The  lower  AUCs  for  the  capsules  are  due  to  greater  hepatic  metabolism  of 
propranolol,  resulting  from  the  slower  rate  of  absorption  of  propranolol.  Over  a twenty-four  (24) 
hour  period,  blood  levels  are  fairly  constant  for  about  twelve  (12)  hours  then  decline 
exponentially 

INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  considered  a simple  mg  for  mg  substitute  for  conventional 
propranolol  and  the  blood  levels  achieved  do  not  match  (are  lower  than)  those  of  two  to  four 
times  daily  dosing  with  the  same  dose.  When  changing  to  INDERAL  LA  from  conventional 
propranolol,  a possible  need  for  retitration  upwards  should  be  considered  especially  to 
maintain  effectiveness  at  the  end  of  the  dosing  interval  In  most  clinical  settings,  however, 
such  as  hypertension  or  angina  where  there  is  little  correlation  between  plasma  levels  and 
clinical  effect,  INDERAL  LA  has  been  therapeutically  equivalent  to  the  same  mg  dose  of 
conventional  INDERAL  as  assessed  by  24-hour  effects  on  blood  pressure  and  on  24-hour 
exercise  responses  of  heart  rate,  systolic  pressure  and  rate  pressure  product.  INDERAL  LA 
can  provide  effective  beta  blockade  for  a 24-hour  period. 

The  mechanism  of  the  antihypertensive  effect  of  INDERAL  has  not  been  established 
Among  the  factors  that  may  be  involved  in  contributing  to  the  antihypertensive  action  are  (1) 
decreased  cardiac  output,  (2)  inhibition  of  renin  release  by  the  kidneys,  and  (3)  diminution  of 
tonic  sympathetic  nerve  outflow  from  vasomotor  centers  in  the  brain.  Although  total  peripheral 
resistance  may  increase  initially,  it  readjusts  to  or  below  the  pretreatment  level  with  chronic 
use.  Effects  on  plasma  volume  appear  to  be  minor  and jgfltnewhat  variable.  INDERAL  has 
been  shown  to  cause  a small  increase  in  serum  potassii|jgj(concentration  when  usedijjthe 
treatment  of  hypertensive  patients.  jp  ™ _ 

In  angina  pectoris,  propranolol  generally  reduces  the  oxygen  requ»e8ienk>tt|iei3eai*at 
any  given  level  of  effort  by  blocking  the  catecholamine-Indi^O^d  inc^aSesin.the  hqm'rate, 
systolic  blood  pressure,  and  the  velocity  and  extent  of  myobardial  OQ ntractksB  Propranolol 
may  increase  oxygen  requirements  by  increasing  left  yegtricalar  fitj$r  length  end  dpstolic 
pressure  and  systolic  election  period  The  net  phystGidgie  effect  ©f  beta-adrenergic  blockade 
is  usually  advantageous  and  is  manifested  during  exercise  tty  delayed  ’dnsit  of  path  and 
increased  work  capacity.  fjS 

In  dosages  greater  than  required  for  beta  blockade,  INDERAL  also  exerts  a quinidine-ljjff 
or  anesthetic-like  membrane  action  which  affects  the,  cardiac  action  potential.  The-sig(#i- 
cance  of  the  membrane  action  in  the  treatment  of  anfiythmias.  is  uncertain,  , 1 : 

The  mechanism  of  the  antimigraine  effect  of  pipprai.u  u hn  not  been  esfai?lishecr.  Bdtp- 
adrenergic  receptors  have  been  demonstrated  in®  plaf  vessels  df  the  brain 

Beta  receptor  blockade  can  be  useful  in  condftns  in  which,  because  of bathdkaflbr 
functional  changes,  sympathetic  activity  is  detrimental  to  the  patient.  But  there  are  also 
situations  in  which  sympathetic  stimulation  is  vital  FoHlxamplerTn  patients  vtfflri  severely 
damaged  hearts,  adequate  ventricular  function  is  maintained  by  virtue  of  sympathetic  drive 
which  should  be  preserved  In  the  presence  of  AV  block,  greater  than  first  degree,  beta 
blockade  may  prevent  the  necessary  facilitating  effect  of  sympathetic  activity  on  conduction. 
Beta  blockade  results  in  bronchial  constriction  by  interfering  with  adrenergic  bronchodilator 
activity  which  should  be  preserved  in  patients  subject  to  bronchospasm. 

Propranolol  is  not  significantly  dialyzable. 

INDICATIONS  AND  USAGE.  Hypertension:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  in  the  manage- 
ment of  hypertension,  it  may  be  used  alone  or  used  in  combination  with  other  antihypertensive 
agents,  particularly  a thiazide  diuretic.  INDERAL  LA  is  not  indicated  in  the  management  of 
hypertensive  emergencies. 

Angina  Pectoris  Due  to  Coronary  Atherosclerosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated 
for  the  long-term  management  of  patients  with  angina  pectoris. 

Migraine:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  for  the  prophylaxis  of  common  migraine  headache 
The  efficacy  of  propranolol  in  the  treatment  of  a migraine  attack  that  has  started  has  not  been 
established  and  propranolol  is  not  indicated  for  such  use. 

Hypertrophic  Subaortic  Stenosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  useful  in  the  management  of 
hypertrophic  subaortic  stenosis,  especially  for  treatment  of  exertional  or  other  stress-induced 
angina,  palpitations,  and  syncope.  INDERAL  LA  also  improves  exercise  performance.  The 
effectiveness  of  propranolol  hydrochloride  in  this  disease  appears  to  be  due  to  a reduction  of 
the  elevated  outflow  pressure  gradient  which  is  exacerbated  by  beta-receptor  stimulation 
Clinical  improvement  may  be  temporary. 

CONTRAINDICATIONS.  INDERAL  is  contraindicated  in  1)  cardiogenic  shock;  2)  sinus 
bradycardia  and  greater  than  first  degree  block;  3)  bronchial  asthma;  4)  congestive  heart 
failure  (see  WARNINGS)  unless  the  failure  is  secondary  to  a tachyarrhythmia  treatable  with 
INDERAL. 

WARNINGS.  CARDIAC  FAILURE;  Sympathetic  stimulation  may  be  a vital  component  sup- 
porting circulatory  function  in  patients  with  congestive  heart  failure,  and  its  inhibition  by  beta 
blockade  may  precipitate  more  severe  failure.  Although  beta  blockers  should  be  avoided  in 
overt  congestive  heart  failure,  if  necessary,  they  can  be  used  with  close  follow-up  in  patients 
with  a history  of  failure  who  are  well  compensated  and  are  receiving  digitalis  and  diuretics. 
Beta-adrenergic  blocking  agents  do  not  abolish  the  inotropic  action  of  digitalis  on  heart 
muscle. 

IN  PATIENTS  WITHOUT  A HISTORY  OF  HEART  FAILURE,  continued  use  of  beta  blockers 
can,  in  some  cases,  lead  to  cardiac  failure.  Therefore,  at  the  first  sign  or  symptom  of  heart 
failure,  the  patient  should  be  digitalized  and/or  treated  with  diuretics,  and  the  response 
observed  closely,  or  INDERAL  should  be  discontinued  (gradually,  if  possible) 

IN  PATIENTS  WITH  ANGINA  PECTORIS,  there  have  been  reports  of  exacerbation  of 
angina  and,  in  some  cases,  myocardial  infarction,  following  abrupt  discontinuance  of 
INDERAL  therapy.  Therefore,  when  discontinuance  of  INDERAL  is  planned  the  dosage 
should  be  gradually  reduced  over  at  least  a few  weeks,  and  the  patient  should  be 
cautioned  against  interruption  or  cessation  of  therapy  without  the  physician’s  advice  If 
INDERAL  therapy  is  interrupted  and  exacerbation  of  angina  occurs,  it  usually  is  advis- 
able to  reinstitute  INDERAL  therapy  and  take  other  measures  appropriate  for  the  man- 
agement of  unstable  angina  pectoris.  Since  coronary  artery  disease  may  be 
unrecognized,  it  may  be  prudent  to  follow  the  above  advice  in  patients  considered  at  risk 
of  having  occult  atherosclerotic  heart  disease  who  are  given  propranolol  for  other 
indications. 

Nonaliergic  Bronchospasm  (e.g,,  chronic  bronchitis,  emphysema) — 

PATIENTS  WITH  BRONCHOSPASTIC  DISEASES  SHOULD  IN  GENERAL  NOT  RECEIVE  BETA 
BLOCKERS  INDERAL  should  be  administered  with  caution  since  it  may  block  bronchodila- 
tion  produced  by  endogenous  and  exogenous  catecholamine  stimulation  of  beta  receptors 


MAJOR  SURGERY  The  necessity  or  desirability  of  withdrawal  of  beta-blocking  tf 
prior  to  major  surgery  is  controversial.  It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  the  impaired  atf 
the  heart  to  respond  to  reflex  adrenergic  stimuli  may  augment  the  risks  of  general  anesli 
and  surgical  procedures. 

INDERAL  (propranolol  HCI),  like  other  beta  blockers,  is  a competitive  inhibitor  ofl 
receptor  agonists  and  its  effects  can  be  reversed  by  administration  of  such  agents) 
dobutamine  or  isoproterenol.  However,  such  patients  may  be  subject  to  protracted  < 
hypotension.  Difficulty  in  starting  and  maintaining  the  heartbeat  has  also  been  reportej 
betj  blockers 

DIABETES  AND  HYPOGLYCEMIA  Beta-adrenergic  blockade  may  prevent  th| 
pearance  of  certain  premonitory  signs  and  symptoms  (pulse  rate  and  pressure  changj 
acute  hypoglycemia  in  labile  insulin-dependent  diabetes.  In  these  patients,  it  may  be  j 
difficult  to  ad|ust  the  dosage  of  insulin 

THYROTOXICOSIS:  Beta  blockade  may  mask  certain  clinical  signs  of  hyperthyroi! 
Therefore,  abrupt  withdrawal  of  propranolol  may  be  followed  by  an  exacerbation  of  symi; 
of  hyperthyroidism,  including  thyroid  storm.  Propranolol  does  not  distort  thyroid  function 
IN  PATIENTS  WITH  WOLFF-PARKINSON-WHITE  SYNDROME,  several  cases  have! 
reported  in  which,  after  propranolol,  the  tachycardia  was  replaced  by  a severe  bradyq 
requiring  a demand  pacemaker.  In  one  case  this  resulted  after  an  initial  dose  of 
propranolol 

PRECAUTIONS.  General  Propranolol  should  be  used  with  caution  in  patients  with  imp 
hepatic  or  renal  function.  INDERAL  is  not  indicated  for  the  treatment  of  hypertej. 
emergencies 

Beta  adrenoreceptor  blockade  can  cause  reduction  of  intraocular  pressure.  Pa 
should  be  told  that  INDERAL  may  interfere  with  the  glaucoma  screening  test  Withdraws 
lead  to  a return  of  increased  intraocular  pressure. 

Clinical  Laboratory  Tests:  Elevated  blood  urea  levels  in  patients  with  severe  heart  dis 
elevated  serum  transaminase,  alkaline  phosphatase,  lactate  dehydrogenase 

DRUG  INTERACTIONS;  Patients  receiving  catecholamine-depleting  drugs  such  as 
pine  should  be  closely  observed  if  INDERAL  is  administered  The  added  catechola 
blocking  action  may  produce  an  excessive  reduction  of  resting  sympathetic  nervous  ai 
which  may  result  in  hypotension,  marked  bradycardia,  vertigo,  syncopal  attacks,  or  ortho 
hypotension 

Carcinogenesis,  Mutagenesis,  Impairment  of  Fertility  Long-term  studies  in  animals 
been  conducted  to  evaluate  toxic  effects  and  carcinogenic  potential.  In  18-month  stud 
both  rats  qgg  rma^employiaadoses^Bytal  50  mg/kg/day,  there  was  no  evidence  of  sigm 
drug-induced  toxicity  There  were  no  drug-related  tumorigenic  effects  at  any  of  the  dc 
levels,  Re(®ducj|$i§lBdies  tn  .ararmalsjpi  not  show  any  impairment  of  fertility  thai 
f attnbutabtefto  the  drug. 

| ■ icy:  fteglnancy  Category  C .INDERAL  has  been  shown  to  be  embryoto: 

animal  atflies  at  dosesaborff  10  times  greater  than  the  maximum  recommended  human  i 
There-are  no -adequate  and  wefreOWfolled  studies  in  pregnant  women  INDERAL  si 
be  used  during  ^pnancy  only  if  the  potential  benefit  justifies  the  potential  risk  to  the 
Nursing  Monts:  INDERAL  is  excreted  in  human  milk.  Caution  should  be  exercised 
INDERAL,  is  administered  to  a nursing  woman 

Peiii®fric*U$e.  Safety  and  effectiv^|(ss  in  children  have  not  been  established 
ADVERSE  REACTIONS,  Moa%ad^se  effects  have  been  mild  and  transient  and 
rareiystAquired  Ihe  withdrawal  of  therapy 

Cftfdiovasctflftf:  i ' t^^gdi^^^raestive  heart  failure;  intensification  of  AV  block;  t 
jjjjensiol  paresthesia  Of  hands  thrombocytopenic  purpura;  arterial  insufficiency,  usually! 
Raynaud  type 

Central  Nervous  Sys/emrfcghfheadedness;  mental  depression  manifested  by  insoi 
lassitude,  weakness,  fatigu ifdiiVersible  mental  depression  progressing  to  catatonia;  \ 
disturbances;  hallucinations;  an  acute  reversible  syndrome  characterized  by  disorientatir 
time  and  place,  short-term  memory  loss,  emotional  lability,  slightly  clouded  sensorium 
decreased  performance  on  neuropsychometrics. 

Gastrointestinal:  nausea,  vomiting,  epigastric  distress,  abdominal  cramping,  diar 
constipation,  mesenteric  arterial  thrombosis,  ischemic  colitis. 

Allergic:  pharyngitis  and  agranulocytosis,  erythematous  rash,  fever  combined  with  ac 
and  sore  throat,  laryngospasm  and  respiratory  distress. 

Respiratory:  bronchospasm 

Hematologic : agranulocytosis,  nonthrombocytopenic  purpura,  thrombocytop 
purpura. 

Auto-Immune:  In  extremely  rare  instances,  systemic  lupus  erythematosus  has  i 
reported. 

Miscellaneous:  alopecia,  LE-like  reactions,  psoriasiform  rashes,  dry  eyes,  male  n 
tence,  and  Peyronie's  disease  have  been  reported  rarely.  Oculomucocutaneous  reac 
involving  the  skin,  serous  membranes  and  conjunctivae  reported  for  a beta  blocker  (prac 
have  not  been  associated  with  propranolol 

DOSAGE  AND  ADMINISTRATION.  INDERAL  LA  provides  propranolol  hydrochloride 
sustained-release  capsule  for  administration  once  daily.  If  patients  are  switched  from  INDE 
tablets  to  INDERAL  LA  capsules,  care  should  be  taken  to  assure  that  the  desired  therap 
effect  is  maintained  INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  considered  a simple  mg  for  mg  substitu; 
INDERAL  INDERAL  LA  has  different  kinetics  and  produces  lower  blood  levels  Retitration 
be  necessary  especially  to  maintain  effectiveness  at  the  end  of  the  24-hour  dosing  inte 
HYPERTENSION — Dosage  must  be  individualized.  The  usual  initial  dosage  is  8( 
INDERAL  LA  once  daily,  whether  used  alone  or  added  to  a diuretic.  The  dosage  ma 
increased  to  120  mg  once  daily  or  higher  until  adequate  blood-pressure  control  is  achie 
The  usual  maintenance  dosage  is  120  to  160  mg  once  daily.  In  some  instances  a dosage  o 
mg  may  be  required.  The  time  needed  for  full  hypertensive  response  to  a given  dosae 
variable  and  may  range  from  a few  days  to  several  weeks. 

ANGINA  PECTORIS — Dosage  must  be  individualized.  Starting  with  80  mg  INDERA 
once  daily,  dosage  should  be  gradually  increased  at  three  to  seven  day  intervals  until  optu 
response  is  obtained  Although  individual  patients  may  respond  at  any  dosage  level 
average  optimum  dosage  appears  to  be  160  mg  once  daily  In  angina  pectoris,  the  value 
safety  of  dosage  exceeding  320  mg  per  day  have  not  been  established 

If  treatment  is  to  be  discontinued,  reduce  dosage  gradually  over  a period  of  a few  wi 
(see  WARNINGS). 

MIGRAINE — Dosage  must  be  individualized.  The  initial  oral  dose  is  80  mg  INDERAi 
once  daily.  The  usual  effective  dose  range  is  160-240  mg  once  daily  The  dosage  mat, 
increased  gradually  to  achieve  optimum  migraine  prophylaxis.  If  a satisfactory  response  ij 
obtained  within  four  to  six  weeks  after  reaching  the  maximum  dose,  INDERAL  LA  the] 
should  be  discontinued  It  may  be  advisable  to  withdraw  the  drug  gradually  over  a peric 
several  weeks 

HYPERTROPHIC  SUBAORTIC  STENOSIS— 80-160  mg  INDERAL  LA  once  daily. 
PEDIATRIC  DOSAGE— At  this  time  the  data  on  the  use  of  the  drug  in  this  age  group  are! 
limited  to  permit  adequate  directions  for  use. 

‘The  appearance  of  INDERAL  LA  capsules  is  a registered  trademark  of  Ayerst  Laboratc. 

AYERST  LABORATORIES 
New  York,  N.Y.  10017 


Ayerst 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE" 


660 


IrERIATRIC  IMPERATIVE:  SUMMARY 
! TATEMENT  OF  ACP  STUDY  GROUP 

IlCHAEL  A.  NEVINS,  M.D.,  STEWART  ALEXANDER,  M.D.,  FRANCIS  CHINARD,  M.D., 

Edward  Harris,  m.d.,  Marven  Wallen,  m.d.,  woodcliff  lake* 


Community  hospitals  now  should  initiate  positive  actions  to 
mespond  to  the  geriatric  imperative.  This  workshop  of  the 
Vew  Jersey  Chapter  of  the  American  College  of  Physicians 
iffersfive  guidelines  for  implementing  a fresh  approach  to 
lospital  geriatrics. 


The  material  collected  at  the 
workshop  of  the  American  Col- 
lege of  Physicians-New  Jersey 
apter  (ACP)  was  sufficiently  compelling  to  warrant 
p conclusion  that  community  hospitals  now  should 
titate  positive  actions  to  respond  to  the  geriatric 
perative.  It  is  inappropriate  to  make  broad  gen- 
ilizations  about  the  quality  of  contemporaiy  hospi- 
geriatrics  in  this  country.  Yet,  although  the  current 
stem  is  satisfactory  or  improving  in  many  respects, 
;re  is  room  for  improvement. 

rhe  following  generic  comments  are  offered  as  guide- 
es  for  implementing  a fresh  approach  to  hospital 
riatrics: 

* Old  age  is  neither  a diagnosis  nor  a prognosis, 
ereotyping  and  labeling  should  be  avoided.  Many 
tients  of  advanced  age  are  independent,  capable  of 
rticipating  in  the  decision-making  process  referable 
their  care,  and  require  no  different  treatment  than 
unger  people.  With  advancing  age,  however,  chronic 
sabilities  of  sensation,  mentation,  continence,  and 
it  increase  substantially.  Ward  staffing  and  policy 
ould  reflect  this  fact.  Ideally,  there  should  be  a match 
tween  patients’  needs  and  the  level  of  service  de- 
ered;  however,  hospitals  share  with  the  health  sys- 
n in  general  a lack  of  sufficient  alternatives  to  avoid 
>quent  mismatches. 

• Care  of  the  elderly  should  be  oriented  toward  ill- 
ss  and  global  function  rather  than  to  specific  dis- 


eases. Thus,  diagnostic  tests  should  be  pursued  only 
if  they  are  likely  to  improve  function  or  effect  treat- 
ment. While  hospitals  are  good  at  curing  disease,  they 
often  pay  too  little  attention  to  curing  the  patient.  In 
parallel  to  treating  the  admitting  disorder,  there 
should  be  an  overall  assessment  and  early  efforts 
should  be  made  to  prevent  functional  deterioration. 

• The  nature  of  hospital  geriatrics  programs  will 
vary  according  to  the  special  needs  of  individual  in- 
stitutions, but  the  concept  of  discrete  geriatrics  units 
has  been  amply  tested  and  validated  and  has  become 
normative  in  many  countries.  Such  units  can  provide 
an  efficient  mechanism  of  clustering  of  staff  and 
equipment  as  well  as  a means  of  expediting  of  specific 
policy.  They  should  not  be  warehouses  for  elderly  pa- 
tients suffering  from  terminal  illness  or  a condition 
from  which  reasonable  rehabilitation  is  unlikely.  The 
“success”  of  geriatrics  units  depends  substantially  on 
criteria  for  admission  and  whether  the  unit  receives 
patients  from  the  onset  of  hospitalization  or  after  the 
acute  illness  has  been  corrected.  Success  depends  also 
upon  the  enthusiasm  and  morale  of  the  staff.  The  team 
concept  is  laudatory,  but  not  easily  accomplished  and 
much  effort  must  be  expended  to  assure  the  staff s 
professional  satisfaction. 


’These  five  physicians  are  the  Study  Group  of  the  American 
College  of  Physicians;  the  Study  Group  met  at  a workshop  at 
MSNJ  headquarters  in  May  1983. 


)L.  81— NUMBER  8— AUGUST  1984 


661 


• The  hospital  is  the  natural  focal  point  for  all  com- 
munity health  services  directed  to  the  elderly.  A con- 
tinuum of  care  must  be  provided  so  that  short-term 
gains  are  not  wasted  and  community  services  coordi- 
nated so  as  to  keep  patients  at  home  and  delay  or  avoid 
institutionalization  whenever  possible.  Also,  it  is 
necessary  to  develop  a closer  articulation  between 
acute  hospitals  and  long-term  facilities.  For  example, 
initiatives  might  be  made  to  address  the  problem  of 
professional  isolation  of  nursing  home  staff;  hospitals 
could  take  the  lead  via  educational  and  consultative 
outreach  programs. 

• The  1980s  will  be  an  era  of  stress  for  health  in- 
stitutions, but  rather  than  becoming  despondent  be- 
cause of  limited  resources,  hospitals  should  respond 
to  the  challenge  and  re-evaluate  traditional  policies.1 
Many  of  the  changes  necessary  for  excellent  geriatric 
care  involve  altered  thinking  and  attitudes  rather  than 
costly  new  equipment. 

Finally,  this  study  group  endorses  the  ten  standards 


for  good  health  care  for  the  aged  proposed  by  the  Sc 
tish  geriatrician  D.C.  Kennie,2  namely: 

1.  Emphasis  on  the  restoration  of  functional  abil , 

2.  Building  and  maintaining  a support  system. 

3.  Broadened  approach  to  health  assessment. 

4.  Application  of  specific  medical  knowledge  c\ 
skills. 

5.  Cautious  medical  intervention. 

True  advocacy  for  the  patient. 

Acceptance  of  the  legitimacy  of  death. 
Increased  community  orientation. 

Allowance  of  sufficient  time  for  recovery. 


6. 

7. 

8. 
9. 


10.  Continuity  of  care. 


REFERENCES 

1.  Blendon  RJ,  Schramm  CJ,  Moloney  TW,  Rogers  DE: 
era  of  stress  for  health  institutions.  JAMA  245: 1843- If  i 
1981. 

2.  Kennie  DC:  Good  health  care  for  the  aged.  J/ , 
249:770-773,  1983. 


1 

I 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JER!  Y 


662 


Pharmacological  Basis  of  Therapeutics: 
jOSSYpol,  an  Oral  Male  Contraceptive?* 


Stephen  M.  Penningroth.  ph.d.,  piscataway** 


Gossypol  acts  by  inhibiting  spermatogenesis , in  particular  by 
impairing  the  motility  of  sperm.  Its  antispermatogenic  effect  is 
reversible  in  many  cases.  Gossypol  shows  systemic  toxicity  at 
high  doses.  More  study  is  required  before  gossypol  can  be 
approved  for  general  use  as  an  oral  male  contraceptive. 


Women  may  choose  among  a vari- 
ety of  contraceptive  strategies 
including  pharmacologic 
lethods  (estrogen/progestin  combinations,  vaginal 
jDermicides,  prostaglandins  as  abortifacients),  a 
lechanical  barrier  to  conception  (diaphragm),  or 
prgical  sterilization.  While  a mechanical  method  (the 
mdom)  and  surgical  sterilization  (vasectomy)  are 
/ailable  to  men,  pharmacological  contraceptive 
rategies  conspicuously  are  lacking.  This  dearth  of 
atifertility  drugs  for  men  springs  from  continuing 
ignorance  of  many  aspects  of  the  cellular  and 
lolecular  basis  of  male  reproductive  physiology.  It  is 
iteresting  to  speculate  on  the  historical  and  cultural 
-irrents  that  have  fostered  intensive  investigation  of 
iproduction  in  women  and  comparative  neglect  of 
^production  in  men;  however,  this  would  lead  far 
field. 

Chemical  contraceptives  for  men  can  be  divided  into 
yo  general  classes:  1)  agents  designed  to  inhibit 
spermatogenesis  by  interfering  with  its  endocrine 
mtrol  (androgens,  estrogens,  or  progestins) — a major 
rawback  is  that  by  inhibiting  testosterone  synthesis 
hey  suppress  libido  and  potency:  2)  agents  which 
lock  spermatogenesis  or  the  maturation  of  sperm  in 
ie  epididymis— a major  disadvantage  is  their 
bxicity.1  A basic  requirement  for  any  male 
antraceptive  is  virtual  total  efficacy  in  blocking  sperm 
motion,  since  survival  of  only  a small  number  of  the 


hundreds  of  millions  of  sperm  cells  in  the  average 
ejaculate  may  suffice  for  fertilization. 

During  the  past  decade,  testing  of  an  oral 
contraceptive  for  men,  gossypol,  has  begun.  This 
article  summarizes  current  knowledge  of  the  efficacy, 
toxicity,  and  mechanism  of  antifertility  action  of  this 
potential  new  male  contraceptive. 

ISOLATE  OF  THE  COTTON  PLANT 

Gossypol,  a yellowish  polyphenolic  compound 
isolated  from  the  seeds,  stem,  and  root  of  the  cotton 
plant,  is  known  to  be  toxic  at  high  doses.  It  is  the 
principal  reason  that  cottonseed  cake  has  not  been 
developed  as  a cheap  protein  source.2  Its  male 
contraceptive  effect  was  discovered  accidentally  when 
Chinese  toxicologists  investigated  the  cause  of  low 


"This  article,  fourth  in  a series,  prepared  under  the  leadership 
of  Bruce  McL.  Breckenridge,  M.D.,  Chairman,  Department  of 
Pharmacology,  UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School,  is  a brief  re- 
view of  recent  advances  in  pharmacology  and  related 
preclinical  sciences  which  will  help  readers  to  understand  the 
actions  of  new  and  established  therapeutic  agents.  The  re- 
views do  not  consider  indications  for  specific  drugs,  incom- 
patabilities,  or  dosage  forms,  which  can  be  found  in  the  AMA 
Drug  Evaluations.  5th  Edition,  1983. 

**Dr.  Penningroth  is  an  Assistant  Professor,  Department  of 
Pharmacology,  UMDNJ-School  of  Osteopathic  Medicine, 
Piscataway.  Correspondence  may  be  addressed  to  Dr. 
Breckenridge,  UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School,  P.O.  Box  101, 
Piscataway,  NJ  08854. 


OL.  81— NUMBER  8— AUGUST  1984 


663 


fertility  in  a region  of  China  where  crude  cottonseed 
oil  was  used  extensively  in  cooking.  In  1978,  the 
National  Coordinating  Group  on  Male  Antifertility 
Agents  (Peoples’  Republic  of  China)  published  the  first 
indepth  study  of  the  pharmacologic  action  and  toxicity 
of  gossypol.3 

TRIAL  RESULTS  FROM  CHINA 

Gossypol,  20  mg/day,  was  given  to  4,000  healthy  men 
for  periods  of  six  months  to  four  years.  Infertility  was 
achieved  in  99.89  percent  of  the  subjects  within  two 
months  as  judged  by  semen  analysis  demonstrating 
necrospermia  or  a sperm  count  below  4 x 106  sperm/ 
ml.  The  proportion  of  motile  sperm  decreased  and 
the  proportion  of  malformed  sperm  increased 
progressively  with  gossypol  treatment.  Exfoliated 
mono-,  bi-,  and  multinucleated  spermatocytes  and 
spermatids  also  were  seen.  Examination  of  damaged 
sperm  cells  in  the  electron  microscope  revealed 
disruption  of  the  mitochondrial  sheath,  derangement 
of  the  coarse  axial  fibers,  and  depletion  of  the 
acrosome.  With  time,  azoospermia  ensued.  When 
gossypol  was  discontinued,  the  number  and 
morphology  of  sperm  returned  to  normal  within  three 
months,  indicating  reversibility.  Side  effects  were 
minimal:  transient  weakness  at  the  start  of  drug 
administration  which  subsided  without  treatment 
(12.8  percent),  and  loss  of  libido  but  not  potency  (6 
percent);  recovery  followed  symptomatic  treatment 
without  discontinuing  gossypol,  suggesting  a 
psychological  reason  for  decreased  libido.  Levels  of 
serum  testosterone  and  leuteinzing  hormone  (LH) 
were  normal.  Hypokalemia  was  noted  among  subjects 
in  certain  districts.  However,  hypokalemia  is  a general 
medical  problem  in  China  today;21  thus  the  link 
between  gossypol  and  hypokalemia  is  tenuous. 
Pharmacokinetic  data  from  studies  with  rats  indicated 
gossypol  is  distributed  principally  in  the  liver,  spleen, 
lung,  blood,  kidney,  and  heart;  significantly  lower 
concentrations  are  found  in  the  testis,  indicating  the 
antispermatogenic  action  of  gossypol  is  testis-specific. 


The  discovery  that  gossypol 
inhibits  spermatogenesis  in 
men  with  minimal  side 
effects  offers  the  possibility 
of  an  oral  contraceptive. 


The  findings  reported  by  Chinese  scientists 
subsequently  have  been  confirmed  in  their  major 
aspects  and  expanded.  The  absence  of  LH  and 
testosterone  effects  has  been  noted  repeatedly,4  5 
however,  one  study  suggests  gossypol  inhibits 
testosterone  synthesis  in  isolated  interstitial  cells.6 
The  apparent  lack  of  mutagenicity  of  gossypol  has 
been  confirmed.78  Recent  studies  have  indicated  that 
gossypol  may  have  a beneficial  hypolipidemic  effect,9 
and  that  also  it  inhibits  catechol-O-methyltransferase, 
a major  enzyme  in  catecholamine  catabolism.  This 
may  prove  to  be  a troublesome  side  effect  in  view  of 
the  high  concentration  of  gossypol  attained  in  some 
tissues.10 


MECHANISM  OF  ACTION 


The  mechanism  of  action  of  gossypol  current] 
under  investigation  in  several  laboratories.  L 
functional  parameter  most  sensitive  to  gossx 
appears  to  be  sperm  motility.11  14  The  first  anatcf. 


lesion  that  is  observed  by  electron  microscopy 

i 


segmental  aplasia  of  the  mitochondrial  sheath  of 
sperm  tail.11  This  lesion  does  not  occur  until  lat  ii 
sperm iogenesis  (step  18). 12 13  It  apparently  induces  * 
dislocation  of  axial  fibers  observed  in  epididy  A 
sperm.  The  damage  to  the  acrosome  reported  y, 
Chinese  workers  has  not  been  confirmed  in  ;b 
sequent  studies.1112  The  seminiferous  epithel  r. 
shows  some  damage  consisting  mainly  of  vacuola  it 
of  Sertoli  cells;  however,  this  effect  is  highly  focal  n 
volving  less  than  50  percent  of  the  germinal  )i 
thelium.  Interstitial  (Leydig)  cells  are  not  affecteca 
gossypol. 1 2 

Possible  molecular  bases  for  the  observed  lesion  j 
sperm  are  enzymes  that  may  be  crucial  to  sperm  i 
differentiation.  A sperm-specific  isozyme  of  lac  a 
dehydrogenase,  LDH-X,  as  well  as  acrosin,  a prott  * 
found  in  the  acrosome,  are  inhibited  by  gossypo  i 
vitro.1516  Gossypol  also  is  known  to  uncouple  oxida 
phosphorylation.14  However,  the  relationship  of  tf 
enzyme  inhibitory  effects  to  the  antispermatogt 
action  of  gossypol  is  not  clear.  Sperm  flagellar  (dyni 
ATPase  activity,  which  is  crucial  to  motility,  is 
significantly  inhibited.14  Finally,  gossypol  has  b 
shown  to  decrease  testis  weight  in  an  animal  mo 
suggesting  it  may  have  an  antiandrogenic  effe< 
Hovering  over  all  studies  of  gossypol  mechanism  is 
question  of  the  possible  role  of  gossypol  metabolite 
Two  interesting  effects  of  gossypol  have  been  repor 
which  do  not  appear  to  be  related  to 
antispermatogenic  effect.  Thus,  gossypol  inhibits 
growth  in  culture  of  herpes  simplex  virus  typ< 
(responsible  for  genital  herpes)18  and  of  Trypanoso 
cruzi  (responsible  for  Chagas’s  disease).19 


CONCLUSION 


The  discovery  that  gossypol  effectively  inhit 
spermatogenesis  in  men  with  minimal  side  effe 
offers  the  real  possibility  of  an  oral  male  contracept 
However,  the  effects  of  gossypol  may  not  be  reversi 
in  all  cases.20  Further,  gossypol  is  known  to  be  tc 
at  elevated  doses.  Thus,  its  therapeutic  index  may 
quite  narrow.  The  mechanism  of  action  and  poten  r 
toxicities  of  gossypol  must  be  understood  better  bef 
it  can  be  approved  as  a safe  contraceptive  strategy 
men.  A welcome  spinoff  of  further  gossypol  reseai 
may  be  the  stimulation  of  greater  interest  a 
understanding  the  molecular  and  cellular  basis  of  me 
fertility. 


REFERENCES 


1.  de  Kretser  DM:  Towards  a pill  for  men.  Proc  R Soc  Lx  d 
B 195:161,  1976. 

2.  Lawrence  SV:  Gossypol:  A potential  male  contracepti 
Am  Pharm  21:57,  198L 

3.  National  Coordinating  Group  on  Male  Aniferti 
Agents:  Gossypol— -a  new  antifertility  agent  for  males.  C 
Med  J 4:417,  1978. 

4.  Shandilya  L,  Clarkson  TB,  Adams  MR  Lewis  JC:  Effejs 
of  gossypol  on  male  eynomolgus  monkeys  (Macta 
fascicularis).  Biol  Reprod  27:241,  1982. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSlf 


664 


3.  Hoshai  H,  Uehara  S,  Mori  R Nagaike  F,  Tsuiki  A,  Suzuki 
Gossypol  as  oral  contraceptive  for  male:  Trial  case  report. 
IhokuJ  Exp  Med  138:275,  1982. 

|3.  Lin  T,  Murono  EP,  Osterman  J,  Nankin  HR  Coulson  PB: 

' issypol  inhibits  testicular  steroidogenesis.  Fertil  Steril 
11:563,  1981. 

7.  de  Peyster  A,  Wang  YY:  Gossypol-proposed  contraceptive 
,■  - men  passes  the  Ames  test.  N Engl  J Med  301:275,  1979. 

1 3.  Majumdar  SK,  Ingraham  HJ,  Prymowiez  DA: 
^ssypol— an  effective  male  contraceptive  was  not  mutagenic 
• sperm  head  abnormality  assay  in  mice.  Can  J Genet  Cytol 
^ 777,  1982. 

1 9.  Shandilya  LN,  Clarkson  TB:  Hypolipidemic  effects  of 
ssypol  in  cynomolgus  monkeys  (Macaea  Jascieularis). 
%ids  17:285,  1982. 

10.  Tang  F,  Tsang  AYF,  Lee  CP,  Wong  PYO:  Inhibition  of 
ijteehol-O-methyltransferase  by  gossypol:  The  effect  of 
isma  proteins.  Contraception  26:515,  1982. 

11.  Oko  R Hrudka  F:  Segmental  aplasia  of  the 

itochondrial  sheath  and  sequelae  induced  by  gossypol  in 

■ft  spermatozoa  Biol  Reprod  26:183,  1982. 

12.  Hoffer  AP:  Effects  of  gossypol  on  the  seminiferous 
ithelium  in  the  rat:  A light  and  electron  microscope  study. 


Biol  Reprod  28:1007,  1983. 

13.  Oko  R Hrudka  F:  Effect  of  gossypol  on  spermatozoa 
Arch  Androl  9(1):39,  1982. 

14.  Tso  WW,  Lee  CS,  Tso  MYW:  Effect  of  gossypol  on  boar 
spermatozoal  adenosine  triphosphate  metabolism.  Arch 
Androl  9:319,  1982. 

15.  Lee  CYG,  Moon  YS,  Yuan  JH,  Chen  AF:  Enzyme 
inactivation  and  inhibition  by  gossypol.  Mol  Cell  Biochem 
47:65,  1982. 

16.  Tso  WW,  Lee  CS:  Gossypol:  An  effective  acrosin  blocker. 
Arch  Androl  8:143,  1982. 

17.  Lee  CY,  Moon  YS,  Duleba  A,  Chan  AF:  The  instability 
of  gossypol.  Arch  Androl  9(1):33,  1982. 

1 8.  Wichman  R Vaheri  A Juukkainen  T:  Inhibiting  herpes 
simplex  virus  type  2 infection  in  human  epithelial  cells  by 
gossypol,  a potent  spermicidal  and  contraceptive  agent.  Am 
J Obstet  Gynecol  142:593,  1982. 

19.  Montamat  EE,  Bungos  C,  de  Bungos  NMG,  Roval  LR 
Blanco  A Inhibitoiy  action  of  gossypol  on  enzymes  and 
growth  of  Trypanosoma  cruzi.  Science  218:288,  1982. 

20.  Guo-Zhen  L:  Double-blind  study  of  gossypol:  The 
loading  phase.  Arch  Androl  9(1):38,  1982. 

21.  Bardin  CW:  Personal  communication. 


if 

! 

;) 

I 

I 

4 


i 

( 


9L.  81— NUMBER  8— AUGUST  1984 


665 


More  people  have  survived  cancer  than 
now  live  in  the  City  of  Los  Angeles. 

We  are  winning. 


Please  support  the 


V Ml\ERKm  CANCER  SOCIETY 

§ 


666 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS) 


e Impaired  Physicians  Program 
Another  Kind  of  Impairment 


Edward  G.  Reading,  m.div.,  lawrenceville* 


There  are  many  kinds  of  impairment  The  Impaired  Physicians 
Program  of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  is  here  for  your  use , 
so  tap  the  resources  of  this  special  program. 


enerally  speaking,  impairment 
H among  physicians  is  considered 
to  exist  when  the  physician  is 
revented  from  functioning  at  a professional  level  due 
) chemical  use  or  dependency  or  problems  with  men- 
d health  or  physical  disability.  While  these  are  the 
rimary  categories  of  impairment  dealt  with  by  the 
npaired  Physicians  Program,  we  now  are  able  to 
lentify  another  category  of  impairment  which 
reviously  has  been  all  but  lost  in  a sea  of  confusion. 

Physicians  can  be  prevented  from  peak  functioning 
/hen  their  minds  are  not  on  their  work  because  of 
imily  members  or  “significant  others”  who  are 
hemically  dependent  or  who  themselves  have  emo- 
ional  or  physical  problems.  One  of  the  issues  frequent- 
V recognized  in  the  literature  on  addictionology  is 
ailed  the  “family  disease”  of  chemical  dependency, 
his  issue  goes  far  beyond  that  of  biological  heredity, 
it  is  involved  with  the  relationships  which  develop  be- 
ween  a chemically  dependent  person  and  those  who 
tave  an  “emotional  investment”  in  them.  Most  often 
hese  are  family  members.  The  Impaired  Physicians 
Program  has  tried  to  emphasize  the  necessity  of  family 
nembers  being  in  treatment  with  the  physician  who 
3 chemically  dependent. 

'ASE  EXAMPLE  1 

Dr.  S is  living  with  his  family  in  an  urban  communi- 
y with  his  wife  and  three  children.  The  youngest  child 


is  1 6 and  has  become  involved  in  alcohol  abuse,  as  well 
as  suspected  marijuana  use.  There  are  more  frequent 
incidents  of  coming  home  intoxicated  on  weekday 
nights.  Recently,  when  Mrs.  S confronted  the  adoles- 
cent about  the  drinking  and  suspected  other  drug  use, 
the  16  year  old  became  violent  and  pushed  her  against 
the  stove,  scalding  her  with  boiling  water.  Dr.  and  Mrs. 
S are  not  able  to  control  the  situation.  The  other  two 
children  are  veiy  successful  in  college.  Dr.  S treated  his 
wife  for  the  bums  and  has  had  to  cancel  patient  ap- 
pointments due  to  loss  of  sleep  at  night,  appointments 
with  school  officials,  and  anxiety  caused  by  the  high 
degree  of  stress  in  the  household.  With  his  mind  on 
the  home  front,  he  has  not  been  as  attuned  to  his 
patients’  needs  as  he  should  be. 

Recently,  a parent  came  to  him  to  seek  advice  on  how 
to  handle  a similar  problem  with  her  child.  He  gave 
advice;  advice  which  he  was  not  accepting  for  himself. 
Now  he  feels  guilty  and  embarrassed  over  his  own 
situation.  Dr.  S is  impaired.  He  needs  assistance  in 
dealing  with  his  problem,  for  his  own  sake,  his  family, 
and  his  patients.  He  can  use  the  assistance  of  the 
Impaired  Physicians  Program. 

CASE  EXAMPLE  2 

Dr.  J is  a resident  at  a suburban  hospital.  She  was 


Rev.  Reading  is  Assistant  Director,  Impaired  Physicians  Pro- 
gram, MSNJ. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  8— AUGUST  1984 


667 


called  by  the  police  in  her  mother’s  community  and 
told  that  they  picked  up  her  62-year-old  mother  walk- 
ing aimlessly  on  the  highway,  unable  to  remember  her 
name,  where  she  was  coming  from,  or  where  she  was 
going.  Dr.  J,  being  an  only  child  and  single,  decided  to 
take  her  mother  into  her  home  to  care  for  her.  Dr.  J 
constantly  is  being  called  at  the  hospital  by  her  mother 
and  by  neighbors  describing  strange  happenings 
around  the  house.  Due  to  the  influence  these  events 
have  had  on  her  job  performance,  she  has  had  two 
warnings  to  ‘‘shape  up  or  ship  out.” 

Dr.  J is  impaired.  She  is  not  dealing  effectively  with 
her  mother’s  disabling  condition.  She  can  use  the  as- 
sistance of  the  Impaired  Physicians  Program. 

CASE  EXAMPLE  3 

Dr.  C’s  wife  is  an  adult  child  of  two  alcoholic  parents 
who  died  when  she  was  15.  She  is  a veiy  insecure 
person  who  tries  to  be  in  control  of  the  situation  at 
all  times.  Mrs.  C had  a psychotic  breakdown  which 
caused  her  to  be  admitted  to  a psychiatric  hospital. 
The  C’s  children  “blame”  Dr.  C for  causing  the  break- 
down. Dr.  C is  not  able  to  function  effectively  in  his 
practice.  He  is  impaired.  He  needs  help  in  dealing  with 
his  situation  at  home.  He  can  use  the  Impaired  Phy- 
sicians Program. 

CASE  EXAMPLE  4 

John  is  a third-year  medical  student.  His  father  is 
an  alcoholic  lawyer  who  is  in  danger  of  losing  his  prac- 


668 


tice,  as  well  as  his  family  and  friends.  John  has  h| 
to  leave  school  periodically  to  return  home  to  “pick  i 
the  pieces”  after  a drinking  bout.  John’s  mother  is  v<| 
embarrassed  about  “the  neighbors  finding  out.”  Jo 
is  missing  so  much  class  time  that  he  is  in  danger 
being  thrown  out  of  school.  The  high  degree  of  stni 
that  the  family  is  experiencing  is  causing  John 
begin  some  drug  use  of  his  own.  John’s  father  neei 
help,  and  so  does  John.  This  family  can  use  the  I 
paired  Physicians  Program. 

CONCLUSION 

The  Family  Services  component  of  our  Program  c 
help  the  physicians  in  these  situations.  Additiona 
we  can  help  families  of  chemically  dependent  phy 
cians  get  into  their  own  recovery  program.  We  c 
assist  in  helping  physicians  in  our  Program  “talk 
their  children”  (if  it  is  appropriate)  about  their  o\ 
disease. 

There  are  many  kinds  of  impairment.  There  r 
many  resources,  frequently  unknown  to  the  impair 
physician  and  his  family.  For  every  type  of  impairme  ; 
there  is  a way  to  effectively  deal  with  it.  It  may 
difficult  but  it  always  is  easier  to  deal  with  diffici 
situations  with  help  from  concerned,  caring  p: 
fessionals,  than  to  try  to  handle  it  alone. 

If  you  are  in  such  a situation,  or  know  of  a physicij 
who  is,  please  call  (609)  896-1766  and  tap  the 
sources  here  for  your  use. 


j 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSI 


Your  Congressman  Speaks: 
The  Cost  of  Health  Care 

Congressman  Jim  Courier* 


There  is  a need  to  find  reforms  that  can  introduce 
competitive  forces  into  the  market  for  medical  care  without 
imposing  excessive  burdens  on  the  individual  or  reducing  the 
quality  of  care. 

H 


It  is  a great  honor  for  me  to  ac- 
cept The  Academy  of  Medicine 
of  New  Jersey  Citizen’s  Award 
r 1984. 1 am  extremely  gratified  to  receive  your  recog- 
tion  for  the  work  that  the  people  of  my  district  have 
iscted  me  to  perform.  The  Academy  of  Medicine  of  New 
■rsey  also  is  deserving  of  recognition  and  praise,  for 
ie  more  than  70  years  of  work  you  have  done  to 
Ivance  the  cause  of  quality  health  care  for  the  people 
New  Jersey. 

I would  like  to  take  a few  moments  to  discuss  the 
sue  of  organ  transplants  before  I get  to  the  main 
pic  of  my  talk.  It  has  been  several  years  now  since 
argeon-General  Everett  Koop,  liver  transplant 
tecialist  Dr.  Tom  Starzl,  and  I got  together  to  discuss 
lie  widespread  use  of  organ  transplant  surgery  and 
ie  mind-boggling  implications  of  the  immunity-sup- 
'essing  drug,  cyclosporine  A.  Since  that  time,  there 
as  been  a surge  in  public  awareness  of  the  great 
mefits  of  this  surgical  technique,  and  this  publicity 
as  helped  save  the  lives  of  a number  of  young  trans- 
ant patients. 

But,  while  science  rapidly  has  improved  the  effective- 
's of  organ  transplants,  the  nation’s  system  for  re- 
ieving  organs  has  failed  to  keep  pace.  Advances  in 
edical  science  have  expanded  transplant  needs  to 
iclude  several  organs,  yet  a national  procurement  sys- 
m exists  only  for  kidneys.  Of  the  20,000  persons  who 
tffer  brain  death  that  could  result  in  organ  donations 
ich  year,  fewer  than  15  percent  actually  result  in 

JL.  81— NUMBER  8— AUGUST  1984 


donations.  This  occurs  despite  a 1982  Gallup  poll 
which  showed  that  72  percent  of  those  persons 
surveyed  said  they  would  give  permission  to  have  cer- 
tain organs  of  a loved  one  donated  after  death.  To 
compound  the  problem,  transplant  surgery  still  is  con- 
sidered “experimental”  by  many  health  insurers.  As  a 
result,  patients  whose  health  plans  won’t  cover  organ 
transplants  are  denied  the  surgery  because  they  can- 
not finance  the  large  down  payments  required  by  hos- 
pitals. 

In  view  of  these  problems,  it  gives  me  great  pleasure 
to  tell  you  that  in  the  near  future,  the  House  of  Rep- 
resentatives will  consider  the  “National  Organ  Trans- 
plant Act.”  This  comprehensive  bill  will  improve 
retrievement  through  establishment  of  organ  procure- 
ment organizations,  as  well  as  a U.S.  Transplant 
Network  to  help  distribution  of  organs  nationwide.  The 
bill  also  will  help  patients  and  their  families  with  the 
expenses  involved  in  transplant  operations  by  requir- 
ing the  U.S.  Department  of  Health  and  Human  Services 
to  purchase  and  supply  patients  with  the  immunosup- 
pressive drugs  that  are  essential  for  successful  trans- 
plants. This  legislation  should  pave  the  way  for  even 
greater  participation  in  transplantation  by  the  medical 
profession  and  private  medical  insurers.  I urge  you  to 
give  the  measure  your  attention  and  support. 

‘Congressman  Jim  Courter  represents  the  12th  District  of 
New  Jersey  and  is  a member  of  the  Select  Committee  on 
Aging.  This  talk  was  presented  at  The  Academy  of  Medicine 
of  New  Jersey  Annual  Dinner. 


669 


The  main  topic  I would  like  to  address  tonight  is  the 
rising  cost  of  health  care,  and  some  of  the  approaches 
being  discussed  in  Washington  to  deal  with  this  situ- 
ation. 

It  cannot  be  denied  that  the  cost  of  health  care  is 
increasing  dramatically,  and  has  continued  to  increase 
above  the  general  rate  of  inflation  in  the  economy.  In 
1965,  6 percent  of  our  gross  national  product  (GNP) 
was  consumed  by  health  care  expenditures— in  1982, 
that  figure  was  10.5  percent  of  GNP.  There  has  been 
a dramatic  growth  of  the  federal  government’s  expen- 
diture on  health  care.  The  combined  cost  of  the  Medi- 
care and  Medicaid  programs,  which  was  $3.9  billion 
in  1967,  reached  $64  billion  in  1982,  and  is  projected 
to  reach  $100  billion  by  1986. 

Before  we  consider  measures  that  government  might 
take  to  lessen  this  growth,  we  first  must  determine  to 
what  extent  the  rising  cost  of  medical  care  is  a problem 
that  calls  for  a federal  government  solution.  Certainly, 
a significant  portion  of  the  money  we  spend  on  health 
care  has  paid  for  new  services  and  technologies  which 
were  not  available  a few  years  or  a few  decades  ago. 

You  know  this  far  better  than  I do— as  you  look 
around  at  your  work  environment,  you  see  all  kinds 
of  new  tools  of  the  medical  profession  that  have 
brought  dramatic  qualitative  improvements  to  the 
menu  of  health  care  services  available  to  the  average 
American.  The  CAT  scanner,  bum  units,  coronary  in- 
tensive care  units,  and  shock-trauma  centers  are  but 
a few  examples  of  recent,  high-technology  improve- 
ments that  have  expanded  your  diagnostic  and  healing 
powers,  and  saved  lives. 

We  all  would  prefer  that  new  medical  technologies 
would  cost  less,  but  there  are  few  in  our  society  who 
would  argue  that  they  are  not  worth  having  because 
they  may  be  veiy  expensive. 

In  fact,  many  of  the  reforms  discussed  during  the 
1970s  such  as  national  health  insurance  and  hospital 
cost  containment  were  defeated,  for  a very  good  reason: 
it  was  feared  that  these  reforms  would  cut  costs  by 
rationing  health  care  and  reducing  the  availability  of 
promising  new  methods  of  treatment. 

So,  before  Washington  sets  out  to  save  America  from 
rising  medical  expenses,  it  should  observe  the  great 
dictum:  “If  it  isn’t  broke,  don’t  fix  it.”  There  is  nothing 
inherently  wrong  with  paying  more  for  a higher  quality 
service.  It  would  be  a terrible  mistake  to  reform  the 
economics  of  medicine  in  a way  that  would  reduce  the 
quality  of  the  greatest  health  care  delivery  system  in 
the  world. 

However,  there  are  steps  that  can  be  taken  to  control 
the  cost  of  health  care.  To  illustrate  the  type  of  reform 
I have  in  mind,  I would  like  to  use  an  example  from 
a field  where  I do  have  some  expertise — the  field  of 
defense. 

I am  sure  you  all  have  seen  the  press  reports  of 
exorbitant  prices  paid  by  the  Department  of  Defense 
for  simple  goods  and  spare  parts.  This  situation  was 
discovered  by  the  Pentagon’s  own  auditors  and  in- 
vestigators, and  reforms  are  being  made  to  prevent  this 
kind  of  waste  in  the  future.  But  how  did  this  ever  come 
about?  How  could  anyone  be  so  foolish  as  to  pay  $100 
for  a simple  diode,  or  more  than  $690  for  a 50-cent 
metal  washer?  The  answer  is  simple.  The  consumer 


did  not  know  what  goods  were  being  bought  for  wh 
price.  Supply  officers  who  authorized  payment  sj 
numbers  on  a computer  screen— some  represent 
prices,  some  represented  symbols  for  the  goods— ai 
there  was  no  warning,  nor  any  incentive  system,  whii 
caused  these  discrepancies  to  be  discovered.  In  oth 
words,  the  consumer  was  insulated  from  the  cruc 
information  he  needed  to  make  a sound  jud 
ment — the  information  on  the  cost  of  the  goods  he  w 
buying. 

To  a large  degree,  the  consumer  of  health  care 
America  is  in  a similar  situation — he  is  insulated  frc 
the  cost  of  the  service  he  buys,  because  bills  are  pa 
by  third  parties,  such  as  the  government,  the  employ 
or  the  insurance  company.  The  incentive  to  sh< 
around  and  to  compare  prices  and  services  largely 
absent  in  health  care  even  though  market  incentiv 
serve  us  so  well  in  every  other  sector  of  the  econorr 

We  need  to  find  some  reforms  that  can  introdu 
competitive  forces  into  the  market  for  medical  ca 
without  imposing  excessive  burdens  on  individuals 
reducing  the  care  available  to  the  needy  in  our  sociei 

While  many  of  the  Reagan  Administration’s  a 
pointees  were  proponents  of  pro-competition  refom 
in  health  care,  a few  years  passed  before  the  Admini 
tration  put  forward  a set  of  actual  legislative  proposa 
to  accomplish  this  goal.  Now  that  these  proposals  a 
on  the  table,  they  deserve  serious  consideration  ar 
discussion  by  all  of  us  who  have  an  interest  in  mail 
taining  affordable,  high-quality  health  care  in  Americ 

One  proposal  would  place  a modest  cap  on  the  t< 
exemption  given  to  employer-financed  health  ii 
surance.  This  cap  would  be  designed  to  prevent  tl 
type  of  overinsurance  which  unnecessarily  can  drf 
up  utilization  rates  and  costs. 

Another  administration  proposal  would  requi 
modest  copayments  by  patients  for  Medicare  rein 
bursements  for  inpatient  hospital  care.  This  would  ac| 
to  the  incentive  for  outpatient  treatment  and  reducei 
hospital  stays,  and  it  would  generate  funds  that  coul' 
pay  for  catastrophic  coverage  under  Medicare. 

A third  proposal  would  create  a Medicare  vouch< 
program  to  encourage  consumers  to  save  monr 
through  more  economical  alternative  private  healt 
insurance  programs. 

Taken  together,  these  proposals  seek  to  reform  th 
health  care  system  by  increasing  consumer  awarenes 
of  medical  costs  and  services.  They  are  modest  an 
responsible  and  they  will  provide  incentives  for  r<J 
duced  cost  without  depriving  any  member  of  societ 
of  needed  medical  care.  Above  all,  they  are  far  superic 
to  the  proposals  of  previous  administrations,  whic 
would  have  increased  government  involvement  an 
regulation  and  would  have  reduced  the  availability  c 
quality  medical  care. 

It  is  unfortunate,  in  my  opinion,  that  Congress  ha 
given  these  sound  proposals  so  little  attention  sine; 
they  were  introduced.  There  is  little  prospect  that  Conj 
gress  will  act  on  them  this  year,  so  we  will  have  to  wai 
until  next  year’s  session  of  Congress  before  any  actioi 
can  be  taken.  When  that  time  comes,  I hope  that  thes 
proposals  will  receive  the  careful  consideration  an< 
support  of  the  medical  profession. 


670 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


NEW  YORK 
FERTILITY  RESEARCH 
FOUNDATION,  INC. 

: r the  Investigation  of 

Problems  of  Human  Infertility 

le  Foundation  provides  a complete 
Agnostic  and  consultation  service  for  in- 
tile couples.  Investigations  are  con- 
cted  by  well-known  specialists  in  con- 
nction  with  consultants  in  the  various 
Ids  of  medicine  related  to  infertility. 

.e  Foundation  is  supported  by  an  in- 
fuse modern  laboratory  equipped  to  do 
Dst  tests  required  for  diagnosis  and 
jatment.  Literature  on  request. 

1430  Second  Avenue,  Suite  103 
New  York,  N.Y.  10021 
Phone:  (212)  744-5500 


The  Journal  of  the 
Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 

presents 

300  YEARS  OF 
MEDICINE  IN  NEW  JERSEY 

September  1984 

We  are  celebrating  the  history  of  medicine  in  New  Jersey.  This  special  issue 
illuminates  the  beginnings  of  our  health  care  system  and  the  growth  of  medical 
care:  essays  highlight  those  talented  individuals  who  devoted  themselves  to  this 
system,  and  commentaries  present  the  development  of  specialized  care  in  as- 
sociated fields  of  medicine.  Plus  a special  photography  section  highlighting  three 
statewide  exhibits. 

Copies  of  this  issue  are  available  by  sending  $5.00  (check  or  money  order) 
to  MSNJ,  Two  Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648.  All  MSNJ  members  will 
receive  one  copy  of  this  issue. 

Name 

Address 


Enclose  a $ 5.00  check  or  money  order  for  each  copy. 


The  Academy  of  Medicine  of  New  Jersey 

presents 


Original  Limited 
Edition  Print 


Mercer  Oak 
by  Richard  Kemble,  $40 


For  more  inforrriation,  call  896-1717 


PUBLIC  RELATIONS 

for  physicians  and  surgeons  with  a medical  specialty. 
Please  call  for  a confidential  conversation  with  an  ex- 
perienced professional. 

Seymour  F.  Malkin  Public  Relations 
Phone  201-666-4400 
651  Colonial  Boulevard 
Washington  Township 
Westwood  P.O.,  New  Jersey  07675 


, 81— NUMBER  8— AUGUST  1984 


671 


DOCTORS’ 

NOTEBOOK 


UMDNJ  Notes 

Stanley  S.  Bergen,  Jr.,  M.D. 
President 

The  University  has  been  making 
major  strides  in  two  fields  that  con- 
cern the  medical  profession  in  New 
Jersey:  cancer  treatment  and  re- 
search, and  biotechnology  research. 

The  Center  for  Molecular  Medi- 
cine and  Immunology  on  our  New- 
ark campus,  which  officially  was 
opened  on  June  13,  is  devoted  ex- 
clusively to  the  use  of  monoclonal 
antibody  “tracer  bullets”  to  detect 
cancer.  CMMI’s  president,  David  M. 
Goldenberg,  Sc.D.,  M.D.,  is  the  van- 
guard of  investigators  using  mono- 
clonal antibodies  to  diagnose  cancer 
earlier  and  more  accurately  and  to 
locate  cancer  more  accurately  in  the 
body.  Patients  have  come  long  dis- 
tances from  within  the  country  and 
from  overseas  for  CMMI  diagnosis. 

CMMI  has  increased  the  clinical 
resources,  scientific  base,  and  repu- 
tation of  the  University’s  cancer  pro- 
grams, providing  new  opportunities 
for  New  Jersey  patients  and  medical 
students,  as  well  as  to  the  cancer 
research  and  cancer  care  programs 
of  the  entire  region.  As  Michael 
Bongiovanni,  chairman  of  Squibb 


Medical  Products,  said  at  the  CMMI 
dedication,  no  state  is  more  dedi- 
cated to  health  education,  research, 
and  care  than  the  state  of  New  Jer- 
sey. 

As  part  of  that  dedication,  we  re- 
cruited Dr.  Goldenberg  and  his  re- 
search team  from  the  University  of 
Kentucky  more  than  a year  ago.  The 
present  staff  of  25  scientists  and 
support  personnel  is  expected  to 
grow  to  80.  The  opening  of  CMMI, 
which  has  initial  funding  of  $3.45 
million,  symbolizes  the  start  of  an 
entirely  new  phase  of  New  Jersey’s 
battle  against  cancer. 

On  another  front,  biotechnology 
research,  progress  is  being  assisted 
by  state  grants  totaling  $717,800  for 
state-of-the-art  equipment.  Among 
equipment  to  be  purchased  are  two 
DNA  synthesizers,  a cell-sorter,  and 
nuclear  magnetic  resonance  spec- 
trometer (NMR).  These  devices  are 
essential  for  the  creation  and  pro- 
duction of  new  biomaterials  that 
may  be  used  for  purposes  ranging 
from  cancer  treatment  to  the  de- 
struction of  toxic  waste. 

More  than  half  of  the  money — 
$332,800— will  be  concentrated  on 
buying  equipment  for  the  Center  for 
Advanced  Biotechnology  and  Medi- 
cine, whose  establishment  was  a 
high  priority  recommendation  of  the 
Governor’s  Commission  on  Science 
and  Technology,  on  which  I serve. 

Satellite  facilities  of  the 
biotechnology  center  will  include 
Middlesex  General-University  Hospi- 
tal in  New  Brunswick,  core  teaching 
affiliate  of  UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical 
School,  and  the  Waksman  Institute 
of  Microbiology,  part  of  Rutgers  Uni- 
versity. Norman  H.  Edelman,  M.D., 
associate  dean  for  research  at 
UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School, 
earlier  was  named  acting  director  of 
the  center,  which  is  to  be  adminis- 
tered jointly  by  UMDNJ  and  Rutgers 
University  on  the  Piscataway  cam- 
pus. 

UMDNJ-New  Jersey  Medical 
School  in  Newark  received  $75,000 
from  the  state  biotechnology  grant 
total.  That  money  will  go  toward 
purchasing  a DNA  synthesizer  and 
computer  analysis  system  for  DNA 
studies  directed  by  Giampiero  di 
Mayorca,  M.D.,  chairman  of  the  de- 
partment of  microbiology.  Ad- 
ditional funds  are  being  sought  to 
meet  the  total  equipment  cost  of 
$131,000. 

The  line  between  unwarranted 


fear  of  environmental  canc 
dangers  and  exposures  which  cc 
stitute  a real  threat  is  difficult 
the  lay  public  to  distinguish. 

The  Department  of  Environmt 
tal  and  Community  Medicine 
UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School 
using  a $75,000  grant  from  t 
Exxon  Foundation  to  develop 
model  program  for  getting  the  lat< 
information  on  environmental  a 
industrial  chemicals  to  the  pub 
Codirectors  of  the  project  ; 
Michael  Gochfeld,  M.D,  Ph. 
clinical  associate  professor,  a 
Audrey  Gotsch,  D.P.H.,  assists! 
professor  and  director  of  the  depai 
ment’s  Office  of  Consumer  Hea 
Protection. 

The  University  is  a constar 
changing  scene  of  new  faces  a 
new  places  to  serve  patient  ca 
medical  education,  and  resear' 
Among  recent  changes  are  thes< 

John  W.  (Jack)  Bingham,  an 
perienced  New  Jersey  hospital  ; 
ministrator,  has  joined  UMDNJ-U 
versity  Hospital  in  Newark  as  cf 
operating  officer.  Jack  came 
UMDNJ  from  the  Hackensack  Me 
cal  Center,  where  he  worked  ei£ 
years  and  was  senior  vice-presidi 
and  director  of  hospital  operatio 
Before  that  he  was  associate  direc 
at  the  Jersey  City  Medical  Cent( 

Stanley  J.  Robboy,  M.D,  an  int 
nationally  recognized  patholog 
has  accepted  the  appointment 
professor  and  chairman,  deps 
ment  of  pathology,  and  UMDNJ-N 
Jersey  Medical  School.  Dr.  Robb: 
who  comes  to  us  from  the  Haiv< 
Medical  School  faculty,  is  not 
among  other  accomplishments, 
research  into  DES,  the  synthe 
hormonal  preparation  linked 
cancer  in  women  whose  mothi| 
had  taken  it,  and  in  the  use  of  co 
puters  in  medical  management  a 
information  systems. 

The  Cognitive  Rehabilitation  Pi 
gram  of  UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medii 
School  has  been  renamed  T 
Center  for  Cognitive  Rehabilitatii 
and  moved  from  the  PiscataV 
campus  to  97  Bayard  St.  in  N' 
Brunswick.  Directed  by  Irwin 
Pollack,  M.D.,  professor  of  psychia 
at  UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  Schh 
the  center  offers  therapy  to  peo! 
who  have  suffered  traumatic  br;i 
injury  from  accident,  infection,  s r 
gery,  or  stroke,  and  whose  ability  > 
think  and  act  in  an  orderly  mam ' 
has  been  damaged. 


672 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS 


SNJ  Auxiliary 

ace  Ge  liman 
;sident 

The  1984  to  1985  officers  of  the 
>NJ  Auxiliary  were  installed  by 
s.  John  Bates,  AMA  Auxiliary 
"Sident  on  May  5,  1984,  during 
i?  Annual  Meeting  at  Resorts  Inter- 
tional,  Atlantic  City, 
chairmen  have  been  appointed 
■d  the  proposed  program  for  the 
ning  year  will  be  presented  to  the 
•dical  Society  of  New  Jersey  for  ap- 
pval. 

/our  Auxiliary  sent  seven  del- 
ates to  the  AMA  Auxiliary  Annual 
ssion.  We  were  so  proud  to  see  our 
n Mrs.  James  Brennan  installed 
treasurer  of  the  AMA  Auxiliaiy  by 
past-president,  Mrs.  Harry 


Dvorsky.  I was  honored  to  be  invited 
to  be  in  the  receiving  line  at  the 
Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey’s  re- 
ception at  the  Chicago  Marriott 
when  Karl  T.  Franzoni,  M.D.,  and 
Arthur  Bernstein,  M.D.,  were  pres- 
ented for  AMA  Councils  on  Medical 
Services  and  Scientific  Affairs,  re- 
spectively. 

While  in  Chicago,  Mrs.  Charles 
Moloney  and  I had  an  opportunity  to 
meet  with  John  Moore,  Assistant 
Professor  of  Communication  Arts  at 
Loyola  University.  He  will  present 
the  annual  Workshop  Program  of 
the  MSNJ  Auxiliary  in  Lawrenceville 
on  September  24th.  His  subject  is 
“Avenues  Leading  to  Personal  Suc- 
cess: Ingredients  for  Self-As- 

surance.” All  members  of  the  Medi- 
cal Society  and  the  Auxiliary  are  en- 
couraged to  attend. 


We  had  attended  Professor 
Moore’s  seminar  at  last  year’s  Lead- 
ership Confluence  in  Chicago  and 
were  impressed  by  his  dynamic 
presentation.  It  was  a real  learning 
experience. 


New  Members 

The  Journal  would  like  to  welcome 
the  following  new  members  to  the 
Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey: 

Atlantic  County 

Fernando  J.  Delasotta,  M.D.,  Somers 
Point 

Vithal  D.  Kardani,  M.D.,  Atlantic  City 

Bergen  County 

Frank  C.  Arturi,  M.D.,  Cliffside  Park 
Roger  H.  Coletti,  M.D.,  Oakland 
Lynda  A Farrell,  M.D.,  Oakland 
Sundararamaiah  Ganti,  M.D.,  Englewood 
Digvijay  S.  Gimar,  M.D.,  Hackensack 
Robert  M.  Israel,  M.D.,  Westwood 
Donald  Liss,  M.D.,  Englewood 
Howard  Liss,  M.D.,  Englewood 
Gregory  A Pappas,  M.D.,  Fort  Lee 
Almerindo  G.  Portfolio,  Jr.,  M.D., 
Ridgewood 

Donald  C.  Syracuse,  M.D.,  Belleville 
Morris  A Tilson,  M.D.,  Fair  Lawn 
Drew  E.  Tuckman,  M.D.,  Fair  Lawn 
Shirley  Tung,  M.D.,  Fort  Lee 
Kenneth  H.  Wasserman,  M.D.,  Englewood 
Joseph  H.  Willner,  M.D.,  Englewood 

Camden  County 

Shwu-Miin  Yang  Chen,  M.D.,  Cincinnati, 
Ohio 

Robert  H.  Gerard,  M.D.,  Blackwood 
Mark  S.  Isserman,  M.D.,  Voorhees 
Mark  A Macklis,  M.D.,  Camden 
William  A Morowitz,  M.D.,  Blackwood 
Andrew  S.  Olearchyk,  M.D.,  Audubon 
Lolita  M.  Ramos,  M.D.,  Voorhees 
Robert  M.  Williams,  M.D.,  Bellmawr 

Essex  County 

Terence  J.  Aheme,  M.D.,  Roseland 
Ricardo  Alzadon,  M.D.,  Irvington 
Uma  Ananthapadmanabha,  M.D., 
Bloomfield 

Ruby  G.  Bendersky,  M.D.,  Millbum 
El  Ballesteros  Castro,  M.D.,  Newark 
Vincent  C.  Giampapa,  M.D.,  Belleville 
C.  Clayton  Griffin,  M.D.,  Newark 
David  J.  Jacobs,  M.D.,  Short  Hills 
Walter  J.  Molofsky,  M.D.,  Newark 
Arnold  Schonmuller,  M.D.,  Newark 
Carlos  R Vargas,  M.D.,  Newark 
Daniel  Zacharias,  M.D.,  Maplewood 

Gloucester  County 

Howard  H.  Buxbaum,  M.D.,  Swedesboro 
Dong  Sup  Cha,  M.D.,  Woodbury 
Eileen  M.  Moynihan,  M.D.,  Haddon 
Heights 

Robert  J.  Terranova,  D.O.,  Sewell 

Hudson  County 

Tomas  J.  Barrios,  M.D.,  Union  City 
Rosa  M.  Gonzalez,  M.D.,  West  New  York 


The  Journal  of  the 
Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 

presents 

300  YEARS  OF 
MEDICINE  IN  NEW  JERSEY 

September  1984 

We  are  celebrating  the  history  of  medicine  in  New  Jer- 
sey. This  special  issue  illuminates  the  beginnings  of  our 
health  care  system  and  the  growth  of  medical  care:  essays 
highlight  those  talented  individuals  who  devoted  themselves 
to  this  system,  and  commentaries  present  the  development 
of  specialized  care  in  associated  fields  of  medicine.  Plus  a 
special  photography  section  highlighting  three  statewide 
exhibits. 

Copies  of  this  issue  are  available  by  sending  $5.00 
(check  or  money  order)  to  MSNJ,  Two  Princess  Road,  Law- 
renceville, NJ  08648.  All  MSNJ  members  will  receive  one  copy 
of  this  issue. 

Name 


Address 


Enclose  a $5.00  check  or  money  order  for  each  copy. 


>L. 


81— NUMBER  8— AUGUST  1984 


673 


Munir  AAeQ.  Hasan,  M.D.,  Jersey  City 
Sophie  H.  Pierog,  M.D.,  Jersey  City 
Deborah  H.  Wozniak,  M.D.,  Bayonne 

Hunterdon  County 

Paul  P.  Madura,  Jr.,  M.D.,  Hampton 
Kevin  K.  Mooney,  M.D.,  Ringoes 
David  V.  Nenna  M.D.,  Flemington 

Mercer  County 

Lauri  D.  Ervin,  M.D.,  Princeton 
Bartley  A Larsen,  M.D.,  Lawrenceville 
Bruce  L.  Safman,  M.D.,  Lawrenceville 
Floyd  Weinstock,  M.D.,  Lawrenceville 

Middlesex  County 

Fazlur  R Panezai,  M.D.,  Edison 
Matthew  H.  Smith,  M.D.,  Iselin 

Monmouth  County 

Saroj  Dhamija,  M.D.,  Middletown 
Barry  L.  Swiek,  M.D.,  Long  Branch 

Morris  County 

Natalie  I.  Bilenki,  M.D.,  Whippany 
Donald  J.  Billmaier,  M.D.,  Morristown 
Mark  A Bronstein,  M.D.,  Morristown 
Michael  M.  Danber,  M.D.,  Boonton 
Ilene  M.  Hershman,  M.D.,  Morristown 
Lawrence  W.  Raymond,  M.D.,  Florham 
Park 

Sadhana  S.  Sathe,  M.D.,  Morristown 
Clifford  A Taylor,  M.D.,  Morristown 

Ocean  County 

Tun-Sang  Chu,  M.D.,  Toms  River 
Peter  J.  DeMuro,  D.O.,  Jackson 
Samuel  D.  Schenker,  M.D.,  Lakewood 

Passaic  County 

Ashoke  Agarwal,  M.D.,  Totowa 
Michael  P.  Basista,  M.D.,  Clifton 
Duncan  B.  Carpenter,  M.D.,  Fair  Lawn 
Timothy  J.  Droney,  M.D.,  Upper 
Montclair 

Edwin  P.  Kane,  M.D.,  Clifton 
Oscar  A.  Reicher,  M.D.,  Wayne 
Mark  Wiesen,  M.D.,  Clifton 

Somerset  County 

Thomas  J.  Nordstrom,  M.D.,  Bridgewater 
Stephen  M.  Ocken,  M.D.,  Somerville 

Union  County 

Elizabeth  W.  Hill,  Berkeley  Heights 


Physicians  Seeking 
Location  in  New  Jersey 

The  following  physicians  have  writ- 
ten to  the  Executive  Offices  of  MSNJ 
seeking  information  on  possible  op- 
portunities for  practice  in  New  Jersey. 
The  information  listed  below  has  been 
supplied  by  the  physician.  If  you  are 
interested  in  any  further  information 
concerning  these  physicians,  we  sug- 
gest you  make  inquiries  directly  to 
them. 

ALCOHOLISM — George  W.  Miller,  Jr„ 
M.D.,  77  Grove  St.,  Apt.  8,  Montclair,  NJ 
07042.  UMDNJ  1980.  Available 


ALLERGY/IMMUNOLOGY— Leonard 
Bielory,  M.D.,  688  Concerto  La.,  Silver 
Spring,  MD  20901.  UMDNJ  1980. 
Board  eligible.  Solo  preferred,  but  flex- 
ible. Available  March  1985. 

T.M.  Bokhari,  M.D.,  48  Anderson  Pkwy., 
Cedar  Grove,  NJ  07009.  FJMC.  Also  in- 
fectious diseases  (pediatric).  Board 
certified  (PED).  Group,  partnership, 
solo.  Available. 

ANESTHESIOLOGY— Cau  Pham,  M.D., 
856  Nelson,  Apt.  206,  Chicago,  IL 
60657.  Saigon  (South  Vietnam)  1974. 
Group  or  partnership.  Available. 

RS.  Saraiya,  M.D.,  88-25A  153rd  St„ 
Apt.  4-F,  Jamaica,  NY  11432.  Baroda 
(India)  1978.  Group  or  partnership. 
Available. 

FAMILY  MEDICINE  — Laurence 
Levenberg,  M.D.,  63  Harrowgate  Dr., 
Cheriy  Hill,  NJ  08003.  SUNY-Upstate 
1966.  Group,  partnership,  solo.  Avail- 
able. 

GASTROENTEROLOGY— Harry  D 
Buraek,  M.D.,  5548  Waterman  PL,  St. 
Louis,  MO  63112.  Albany  1978.  Also 
internal  medicine.  Board  certified. 
Partnership,  group,  solo.  Available. 
Prakash  V.  Huded,  M.D.,  80-15  41  Ave„ 
Apt.  606,  Elmhurst,  NY  11373. 
Kamatak  (India)  1970.  Board  certified. 
Solo,  group,  partnership.  Available. 
ILL.  Kirschenbaum,  M.D.,  780  Woolley 
Ave.,  Staten  Island,  NY  10314.  New 
York  Medical  College  1977.  Board 
eligible.  Also,  internal  medicine.  Part- 
nership, group,  full-time  hospital. 
Available. 

Neil  Tarkin,  M.D.,  6700  192nd  St„ 
Fresh  Meadows,  NY  11365.  New  York 
Medical  1978.  Also,  internal  medicine. 
Board  certified  (IM).  Any  type  practice. 
Available. 

Mark  F.  Tsai,  M.D.,  1715  Stanford  Dr., 
Columbia,  MO  65201.  National  Taiwan 
University  1977.  Also,  internal  medi- 
cine. Board  certified.  Available. 

GENERAL  MEDICINE — John  J.  Kim, 
M.D.,  127  Garfield  Ave.,  Jersey  City,  NJ 
07305.  Catholic  Medical  College 
(Korea)  1966.  Group,  partnership,  solo. 
Available. 

INTERNAL  MEDICINE— Harry  D 
Buraek,  M.D.,  5548  Waterman  PI.,  St. 
Louis,  MO  63112.  Albany  1978.  Also 
gastroenterology.  Board  certified.  Part- 
nership, group,  solo.  Available. 

Z.UA  Farooqui,  M.D.,  Plaza  Pro- 
fessional Bldg.,  Bayshore  Rd.  and 
Greenwood  Ave.,  Box  238,  Villas,  NJ 
08251.  Aurangabad  Medical  College 
(India)  1972.  Board  eligible.  Group  or 
partnership.  Available. 

Aditi  Gupta,  M.D.,  27  Sturbridge  Dr. 
West,  Piseataway,  NJ  08854.  Lady 
Hardinge  (India)  1980.  Board  eligible. 
Clinie/hospital  or  group.  Available. 

Lee  W.  Hoffer,  M.D.,  1017  E.  80th  St., 
Brooklyn,  NY  11236.  Rome  (Italy)  1980. 
Solo,  partnership,  group.  Available. 
H.L.  Kirschenbaum,  M.D.,  780  Woolley 
Ave.,  Staten  Island,  NY  10314.  New 


York  Medical  College  1977.  Boa 
eligible.  Also,  gastroenterology.  Pai 
nership,  group,  full-time  hospit 
Available. 


Quang  T.  Nguyen,  M.D.,  15  ' 

Englewood  Ave.,  Bergenfield,  NJ  0765 
Saigon  (South  Vietnam)  196 
Subspecialty,  nephrology.  Boa 
eligible.  Any  type  practice.  Available 
Claudia  Anne  Pollet,  M.D.,  61 

Parkway  Dr„  Baltimore,  MD  2121 
Mount  Sinai  1981.  Board  eligib 
Salaried  position  in  emergency  rooi 
clinic,  or  urgent  care  center.  Availab 
Paul  V.  Renda,  M.D.,  3206  Myra  S 
Apt.  D,  Durham,  NC  27707.  Mou 
Sinai  1981.  Board  eligible.  Solo,  grou 
clinic  (preferably  southern  NJ).  Ava 
able. 


Richard  B.  Schwarz,  M.D.,  8300  E, 
Longpre  Ave.,  Apt.  204,  Los  Angeles,  ( 
90069.  NYU  1979.  Subspeciali 
nephrology.  Board  certified.  Groi 
HMO,  hospital.  Available. 

Gopal  Shah,  M.D.,  100  Caton  Ave.,  A] 
2-G,  Brooklyn,  NY  1 1218.  M.R  Medic; 
College  (India)  1976.  Board  eligib 
Group.  Available. 

Neil  Tarkin,  M.D.,  6700  192nd  S 
Fresh  Meadows,  NY  11365.  New  Yo 
Medical  1978.  Also,  internal  medicir 
Board  certified  (IM).  Any  type  practii 
Available. 

Steven  Wolinsky,  M.D.,  1404  E.  15  S 
Brooklyn,  NY  1 1230.  Case  Western  F 
serve  1980.  Group  or  partnersh 
Available. 


NEPHROLOGY—  Quang  T Nguyen,  M. 
15  W.  Englewood  Ave.,  Bergenfield,  i 
07621.  Saigon  (South  Vietnam)  1 9€ 
Also,  internal  medicine.  Board  eligit 
Any  type  practice.  Available. 
Richard  B.  Schwarz,  M.D.,  8300  E 
Longpre  Ave.,  Apt.  204,  Los  Angeles,  ( 
90069.  NYU  1979.  Also,  internal  met 
cine.  Board  certified  (IM).  Group,  HM 
hospital.  Available. 

OBSTETRICS  / GYNECOLOGY— Balwa 
K.  Chhatwal,  M.D.,  6416  Fairfield  Av 
Berwyn,  IL  60402.  Delhi  (India)  197 
Group,  partnership,  solo.  Available. 
Sheela  Choubey,  M.D.,  1 Zirkel  Av 
Piseataway,  NJ  08854.  Poona  (Ind; 
1977.  Board  eligible.  Group  or  partnt 
ship.  Available. 

Edwin  R Guzman,  M.D.,  1200  E.  98 
St„  Brooklyn,  NY  1 1 236.  New  Yo 
Medical  1980.  Board  eligible.  Group 
partnership.  Available  Septemb 
1984. 

AtuI  S.  Sheth,  M.D.,  2951  S.  King  t 
Chicago,  IL60616.  T.N.  Medical  Colle 
(India)  1972.  Specializing  in  infertili 
reproductive  endocrinology.  Boa 
eligible.  Partnership,  single  or  multif 
group  practice,  academia.  Available. 
Ernest  A.  Topran,  M.D.,  3523  De' 
beriy-Southem  Oaks,  Shreveport,  1 
71118.  Louisiana  State  1980.  Group 
partnership.  Available. 

OCCUPATIONAL  MEDICINE— Err 

Emmet  Vernon,  M.D.,  2018  Pickerti 
Dr„  Deer  Park,  TX  77536.  University 


674 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


he  West  Indies  (Jamaica)  1978.  Board 
ligible.  Group.  Available. 

DIATRICS — Dorothea  H.  Gross,  M.D., 
:64  Boonton  Turnpike,  Lincoln  Park, 
JJ  07035.  Geneva  (Switzerland)  1950. 
Jinic,  group,  emergency  room,  hospi- 
al,  pharmaceutical  research  (salaried), 
jwailable. 

Jusumam  Sidharthan,  M.D.,  222 

"orkshire  Ct„  Old  Bridge,  NJ  08857. 
j)alicut  Medical  College  (India)  1976. 
jloard  eligible.  Available. 

BIOLOGY/  NUCLEAR  MEDICINE— 

^onrad  P.  Erlich,  M.D.,  1243  Beacon 
>t„  Apt.  3B,  Brookline,  MA  02146.  Bos- 
on 1976.  Board  certified.  Group  or 
Partnership.  Available. 

/Iindy  M.  Horrow,  M.D.,  131  Pond 
Brook  Rd.,  Chestnut  Hill,  MA  02167. 
Jedical  College  of  Pennsylvania  1980. 
board  eligible.  Group,  HMO,  academia. 
Wailable. 

Bubhash  S.  Pujara,  M.D.,  Box  39 IB,  Rt. 
1,  Andalusia,  AL  36420.  B.J.  Medical 
College  (India)  1969.  Board  certified 
radiology);  board  eligible  (nuclear 
nedicine).  Group,  partnership,  solo. 
Wailable. 

RGERY,  GENERAL— Sara  A.  Case, 
4.D.,  284  Quinby  Rd.,  Rochester,  NY 
4623.  Virginia  1975.  Board  eligible, 
iroup — general  surgery  in  moderate- 
iized  city.  Available. 

Wiben  J.  Delgado,  M.D.,  7514  Oriental 
/r„  San  Antonio,  TX  78244.  Puerto 
lieo  1976.  Also,  vascular  surgery. 
Board  certified.  Single  or  multi- 
ipecialty  group  or  solo.  Available, 
.eonardo  A.  Garduno,  M.D.,  2170  S. 
Boebbert  Rd.,  Apt.  1-109,  Arlington 
leights,  IL  60005.  University  of  the 
Bast  (Philippines)  1968.  Any  type  prac- 
ice.  Available. 

Barry  Jordan,  M.D.,  260  Garth  Rd., 
Bcarsdale,  NY  10583.  South  Carolina 
977.  Board  eligible.  Group,  partner- 
;hip,  solo.  Available. 

I.  Bernard  LeSage,  M.D.,  P.O.  Box  699, 
Jiddlesboro,  KY  40965.  Montreal 
Canada)  1945.  Board  certified.  Admin- 
strative  medicine.  Available, 
lames  M.  Stem,  M.D.,  600  Vista  Court, 
Vaynesboro,  PA  17268.  Jefferson 
.958.  Board  certified.  Solo,  with  free- 
lorn  to  practice  in  broad  spectrum  of 
iurgery,  including  vascular  and  frac- 
ures.  Available. 

iRGERY,  ORTHOPEDIC  — S.N. 
Baraiya  M.D.,  88-125A  153rd  St.,  Apt. 
1-F,  Jamaica  NY  1 1432.  Baroda  (India) 
;974.  Solo.  Available. 

[RGERY,  VASCULAR— Ruben  J. 
Belgado,  M.D.,  7514  Oriental  Tr.,  San 
Witonio,  TX  78244.  Puerto  Rico  1976. 
\lso,  general  surgery.  Board  certified 
GS).  Single  or  multispecialty  group  or 
solo.  Available. 

tOLOGY — Kiritkumar  M.  Pandya, 
4.D.,  950  49th  St.,  Apt.  9-A,  Brooklyn, 
W 11219.  Baroda  (India)  1970.  Board 
‘ligible.  Group,  partnership,  solo.  Avail- 
ible. 


A peripheral 
vasodilator 


for  treatment  of 

leg  cramps 
cold  feet 
tinnitus 
discomfort  on 
standing 


\ 

\ 

I 

I 


LIPONICIN 


Nicotinic  Acid  Therapy 

For  patient’s 

comfort/convenience 

in  choice  of 


3 strengths 


Gradual  Release 

LIPONICIN®/300  mg. 

Each  time-release  capsule  con- 


tains: 

Nicotinic  Acid  300  mg. 

Ascorbic  Acid 150  mg. 

Thiamine  HCL  (B-1) 25  mg. 

Riboflavin  (B-2) 2 mg. 

Pyridoxine  HCL  (B-6) 10  mg. 


in  a special  base  of  prolonged 
therapeutic  effect. 

DOSE:  1 to  2 tablets  daily. 
AVAILABLE:  Bottles  of  100,  500. 


Immediate  Release 

LIPO-NICIN®/250  mg. 

Each  yellow  tablet  contains: 

Nicotinic  Acid  250  mg. 

Niacinamide 75  mg. 

Ascorbic  Acid 150  mg. 

Thiamine  HCL  (B-1) 25  mg. 

Riboflavin  (B-2) 2 mg. 

Pyridoxine  HCL  (B-6) 10  mg. 

DOSE:  1 to  3 tablets  daily. 
AVAILABLE:  Bottles  of  100,  500. 


LIPO-NICIN®/100  mg. 

Each  blue  tablet  contains: 


Nicotinic  Acid  100  mg. 

Niacinamide 75  mg. 

Ascorbic  Acid 150  mg. 

Thiamine  HCL  (B-1) 25  mg. 

Riboflavin  (B-2) 2 mg. 

Pyridoxine  HCL  (B-6) 10  mg. 


DOSE:  1 to  5 tablets  daily. 
AVAILABLE:  Bottles  of  100,  500. 


Indications:  For  use  as  a vasodi- 
lator in  the  symptoms  of  cold 
feet,  leg  cramps,  dizziness, 
memory  loss  or  tinnitus  when 
associated  with  impaired  peri- 
pheral circulation.  Also  provides 
concomitant  administration  of 
the  listed  vitamins.  The  warm 
tingling  flush  which  may  follow 
each  dose  of  LIPO  NICIN®  100 
mg.  or  250  mg.  is  one  of  the 
therapeutic  effects  that  often 
produce  psychological  benefits 
to  the  patient. 

Side  Effects:  Transient  flushing 
and  feeling  of  warmth  seldom  re- 
quire discontinuation  of  the  drug 
Transient  headache,  itching  and 
tingling,  skin  rash,  allergies  and 
gastric  disturbance  may  occur. 
Contraindications:  Patients  with 
known  idiosyncrasy  to  nicotinic 
acid  or  other  components  of  the 
drug.  Use  with  caution  in  preg- 
nant patients  and  patients  with 
glaucoma,  severe  diabetes,  im- 
paired liver  function,  peptic  ul- 
cers, and  arterial  bleeding. 


Write  for  literature  and  samples 

( BRO'M'5fc  THE  BROWN  PHARMACEUTICAL  CO.,  INC. 

2500  West  Sixth  Street,  Los  Angeles,  California  90057  1PDR 


ARE  YOU  A SAINT  MICHAEL’S  ALUMNUS? 

Saint  Michael’s  Medical  Center,  Newark,  NJ,  a 117  year  old 
teaching  hospital,  is  forming  a medical  alumni  association.  We 
are  seeking  some  5,000  physicians  who  served  as  residents 
and  interns.  Over  the  years  many  of  our  former  house  staff 
members  have  relocated  making  consistant  communication 
difficult. 

Our  alumni  association  will  be  oriented  towards  four  goals: 
professional,  medical,  social  and  educational.  Plans  are 
already  being  made  for  a medical  reunion  dinner  and  sym- 
posium in  the  fall. 

If  you  are  a former  member  of  Saint  Michael’s  house  staff  or 
know  another  staffer’s  whereabouts, 

877-5494  or  write  to: 

SAINT  MICHAEL  S MEDICAL  CENTER 
268  Dr.  Martin  Luther  King,  Jr.  Blvd. 

Newark,  NJ  07102 
attn:  Office  of  Public  Affairs 


please  call  (201) 


7th  ANNUAL  CURRENT  CONCERNS  IN  ADOLESCE! 
MEDICINE  — “A  PRACTITIONERS  GUIDE  T 
TEENAGE  HEALTH  CARE”— October  25  & 26,  19( 
The  Warwick  Hotel,  New  York,  NY.  Sponsored  tj 
Division  of  Adolescent  Medicine,  Department  of  Pei 
atrics,  Schneider  Children’s  Hospital,  Long  Island  Je 
ish-Hillside  Medical  Center,  New  Hyde  Park,  NY.  Topi 
include:  Communicating  with  the  Teenage  Patient  a 
Family;  Hematological  Problems;  Anorexia  Nervo; 
Diabetes  in  Adolescents;  Common  Infections  in  Adok 
cents;  Gynecology  for  the  Practitioner;  Sexually  Trar 
mitted  Diseases;  Recognizing  Depression;  Abdomir 
Pain;  Sports  Evaluation  and  more.  Credits  12  Categc 
1 from  the  ACCME  and  AMA.  Information:  Ann 
Boehme,  Continuing  Education  Coordinator,  Lo 
Island  Jewish-Hillside  Medical  Center,  New  Hyde  Pai 
NY  11042,  (212)  470-2114. 


The  Journal  of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
announces  the  reprinting  of  the 

i 

WILLIAM  CARLOS  WILLIAMS 
COMMEMORATIVE  ISSUE 

September,  1983 

Honoring  the  100th  anniversary  of  the  birth  of  New  Jersey’s  prize-winning  poet  and  physician. 
Included  in  this  handsomely  illustrated,  full-color  issue  will  be  original  articles  by  persons 
close  to  William  Carlos  Williams,  artwork  from  his  social  and  intellectual  circle,  and  samples 
of  his  finest  writings. 

Copies  of  this  special  issue  are  available  by  sending  $5.00  for  each  (check  or  money  order)j 
to  MSNJ,  Two  Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648. 

Please  send  a copy  of  the  William  Carlos  Williams  Commemorative  Issue  to: 


Enclose  a $5.00  check  or  money  order  for  each  copy. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS/ 


ACUPUNCTURE  IN  CLINICAL  PRACTICE 

N.Y.  State  Boards  of  Medicine  & Dentistry  25-hour  accredited 
seminar  and  workshop  on  the  latest  theories  & techniques  of 
manual  and  electro-acupuncture,  applicable  toward  the  200- 
hour  requirement  for  certification,  will  be  given  for  licensed 
clinicians  (with  or  without  prior  training)  during  the  weekend  of 
Sept.  9-11,  1984  and  again  the  weekend  of  Oct.  26-28,  1984  at 
the  Barbizon  Plaza  Hotel,  New  York  City.  Co-sponsored  by  the 
International  College  of  Acupuncture  & Electro-Therapeutics,  its 
office  journal,  Acupuncture  & Electro-Therap.  Res.,  Int.J.  (pub- 
lished by  Pergamon  Press  and  indexed  in  15  major  indexing 
periodicals;  INDEX  MEDICUS,  etc.),  the  Heart  Disease  Research 
Foundation  and  the  Neuroscience  Dept,  of  Long  Island  College 
Hospital,  Pharmacology  Dept,  of  The  Chicago  Medical  School. 
Also  eligible  for  AMA/CME  credit.  For  information,  contact  Y. 
Omura,  M.D.,  ScD.,  800  Riverside  Drive  (8-1),  NYC  10032.  Tel: 
(212)  781-6262  or  (212)  WA8-0658,  or  Saul  Heller,  M.D.,  Tel: 
(212)  838-7514. 


676 


ME  Calendar 


The following  is  a list  of 
continuing  medical 
education  courses  for  the 
next  two  months.  Contact 
the  sponsoring 
organization  for  further 
information. 


is  list  is  compiled  through  the  coop- 
ition  of  the  Committee  on  Medical 
ucation  of  the  Medical  Society  of  New 
rsey.  The  Academy  of  Medicine  of 
w Jersey,  the  New  Jersey  Chapter  of 
; American  Academy  of  Family  Phy- 
ians,  and  the  Office  of  Continuing 
;dical  Education  of  the  UMDNJ.  For 
urination  on  accreditation,  please 
ntact  the  sponsoring  organization(s), 
iicated  by  italics— last  line  of  each 
m. 


lRDIOLOGY 

pt. 

Advanced  Cardiac  Life  Support- 
Provider 

'I  7:00  P.M. — Helene  Fuld  School  of 
Nursing,  Camden 
(West  Jersey  Health  System  and 
AMNJ) 

:t. 

Calcium  and  Cardiovascular 
Function 

1 :30-5:30  P.M. —Drew  University, 
Madison 

(Drew  University,  CIBA-Geigy 
Pharmaceutical  Division,  and 
AMNJ) 

! Pharmacological  Treatment  of 
p Cardiovascular  Diseases 

8:30  AM. -5: 1 5 P.M. —Resorts 


International,  Atlantic  City 
(UMDNJ  and  AMNJ) 

MEDICINE 

Sept. 

6 Evaluation  and  Assessment  of  the 
Allergic  Child 

9  AM. — Freehold  Area  Hospital 
(AMNJ) 

1 3 Mammography  and  Minimal 
Breast  Cancer 

7:45-9  P.M. —Burlington  County 
Memorial  Hospital,  Mount  Holly 
(Burlington  County  Medical 
Society  and  AMNJ) 

19  Dermatological  Conference 

6-9  P.M. — Rutgers  Community 
Health  Plan,  U.S.  Hwy  #1  and  Rt. 

18,  New  Brunswick 

(UMDNJ -Rutgers  Medical  School) 

20  Ontogeny  of  the  Immune  System 
27  Immune  Responses  and 

Regulation 

4-6  P.M. — Institute  for  Medical 
Research,  Copewood  St.,  Camden 
(Institute for  Medical  Research 
and  AMNJ) 

20  Advances  in  Pain  Management 

8 AM. -5  P.M. — Resorts 
International,  Atlantic  City 
(UMDNJ  and  AMNJ) 

2 1 Bronchial  Asthma-Current 
Concepts  of  Management 

9 AM. — St.  Francis  Medical  Center, 
Trenton 

(St.  Francis  Medical  Center) 

Oct. 

3 Venom  Therapy 

8-9:30  P.M. —The  Manor,  West 
Orange 

(NJ  Allergy  Society  and  AMNJ) 

4 Immunoregulation:  Basic 

1 1 Concepts  and  Applications 

18  4-6  P.M. — Institute  for  Medical 
25  Research,  Copewood  St.,  Camden 

(Institute for  Medical  Research 
and  AMNJ) 

5 Treatment  of  Acute  Hypertension 

19  Headache 

9 AM  — St.  Francis  Medical  Center, 
Trenton 

(St  Francis  Medical  Center) 

10  Nephrotic  Syndrome 
17  Leukemias  in  the  Adult 
31  Pulmonary  Rehabilitation 

1-2:30  P.M. — VA  Medical  Center, 
Bldg.  93,  Lyons 

(VA  Medical  Center  and  AMNJ) 

1 1 Medical  Update:  Use  of  Thyroid 
Function  Tests 

12  noon-1  P.M.— Carrier 
Foundation,  Belle  Mead 
(Carrier  Foundation  and  AMNJ) 
13  Hyperthermia  for  Cancer 

8:30  AM. -5  P.M. — Medical  Society  of 
New  Jersey,  Lawrenceville 
(AMNJ) 

17  Dermatological  Conference 

6-9  P.M. —Rutgers  Community 
Health  Plan,  U.S.  Hwy  **  1 and  Rt. 

18,  New  Brunswick 
(UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School) 

24  Regional  CME  Meeting,  ACP  and 
NJSIM 


9 AM. -4  P.M  — Landmark  Inn, 
Woodbridge 

(American  College  of  Physicians 
(New  Jersey)  and  New  Jersey 
Society  of  Internal  Medicine) 

27  Basic  and  Practical  EKG  Course 

8:30  A.M. -6  P.M. — Sheraton  Heights 
Hotel,  Hasbrouck  Heights 
(Palisades  General  Hospital  and 
AMNJ) 

30  AIDS  in  Children 

7- 9  P.M  — Englewood  Hospital 
Learning  Center,  Englewood 
(Englewood  Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

NEUROLOGY/PSYCHIATRY 

Sept. 

5 Computer  and  Clinical  Psychiatry 

9: 1 5 AM. -4:45  P.M. —Carrier 
Foundation,  Belle  Mead 
(Carrier  Foundation  and  AMNJ) 

6 Late  Onset  Schizophrenia 

13  Depression:  Current  Management 
and  Future  Directions 
20  Social  Management  of  Breast 
Cancer  and  Surgery 
12  noon- 1 P.M. —Carrier 
Foundation,  Belle  Mead 
(Carrier  Foundation  and  AMNJ) 

1 2 The  New  Antidepressants 

1-2:30  P.M. —Bldg.  93,  VA  Medical 
Center,  Lyons 

(VA  Medical  Center  and  AMNJ) 

19  Cognitive  Rehabilitation  in  a 
Geriatric  Medical  Center 

8:30  AM. -4  P.M.— Bldg.  93,  VA 

Medical  Center,  Lyons 

(VA  Medical  Center  and  AMNJ) 

20  Symposium — New  Frontiers  in 

21  Cognitive  Rehabilitation 

22  All  day— Hyatt  Regency,  Princeton 
(Robert  Wood  Johnson,  Jr. 

Lifestyle  Institute  and  Natl.  Head 
Injury  Foundation) 

20  The  Yarmulka  in  Dreams 

8- 10  P.M  — Hackensack  Hospital 
(NJ  Psychoanalytic  Society  and 
AMNJ) 

Oct. 

4 Research  Update:  Aging,  The 
Elderly,  and  E.C.T. 

12  noon-1  P.M.— Carrier 
Foundation,  Belle  Mead 
(Carrier  Foundation  and  AMNJ) 

1 9 The  State  of  Psychiatry  for  1984 

8:30-10:30  P.M. — Coachman  Inn, 
Cranford 

(NJ  Psychiatric  Association  and 
AMNJ) 

23  Alzheimer’s  Disease 

24  9:15  AM. -4:45  P.M. —Carrier 
Foundation,  Belle  Mead 
(Carrier  Foundation  and  AMNJ) 

PEDIATRICS 

Sept. 

1 1 Pediatricians’  Perspective  of 
Language  Development 

9:30-10:30  A.M. —Elizabeth  General 
Medical  Center,  Elizabeth 
(Newark  Beth  Israel  Medical 
Center  and  AMNJ) 


)L.  81— NUMBER  8— AUGUST  1984 


677 


FIFTH  ANNUAL  MEDICOLEGAL  SEMINAR 

Wednesday,  September  12,  1984 
8:30  a.m.-  4:00  p.m. 

Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  Executive  Offices 
Two  Princess  Road 
Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648 

presented  by 

Medical  Inter-Insurance 
Exchange  of  New  Jersey 
Department  of  Risk  Management 

Afternoon  Session 

12:00  Lunch 

12:45  “Medical  Malpractice;  The 
View  from  the  Chair” 

James  S.  Todd,  M.D. 

Chairman,  Board  of  MIIENJ 

1:00  “The  Professional  Liability 
World  Today;  The  State  of 
the  Industry” 

Peter  Sweetland,  President, 
MIIENJ 

1:45  “The  Claim  Climate  in  New 
Jersey;  A History  and  a 
Look  at  the  Future” 

Joseph  DeRoma,  Vice-President, 
Claims,  MIIENJ 

2:30  “An  Ounce  of  Prevention; 

Causes  of  Suits  and  Programs 
Developed  To  Avoid  Them” 

Adam  P.  Wilczek,  Director, 
Department  of  Risk  Management, 
MIIENJ 

3:15  Questions  and  Answers 


DETACH  AND  MAIL  TO  MSNJ,  TWO  PRINCESS  ROAD,  LAWRENCEVILLE,  NJ  08648 

Enclosed  is  my  check  for payable  to  MSNJ 


NAME  (PLEASE  PRINT) 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERJ'’ 


APPROVED  FOR  5%  CME  CATEGORY  I CREDITS 


REGISTRATION 

PLEASE  RESPOND  NO  LATER  THAN  AUGUST  31,  1984 
NO  REFUNDS  AFTER  SEPTEMBER  10,  1984 

MSNJ  MEMBER  OR  MIIENJ  INSURED  $10.00 

NON  MSNJ  MEMBER  OR  25.00 

NOT  INSURED  WITH  MIIENJ 


Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
Department  of  Professional 
Liability  Control 

Morning  Session 

8:30  Registration  and  Coffee 
9:00  Greetings 

Frank  Y.  Watson,  M.D.,  President, 

MSNJ  and  James  S.  Todd,  M.D., 

Chairman  of  the  Board,  MIIENJ 
9:20  Opening  Remarks 

James  E.  George,  M.D.,  J.D., 

Director,  Department  of  Professional 
Liability  Control 

9:45  “The  Snitch  Bills;  Their  Impact 
on  Medical  Malpractice” 

Vincent  A.  Maressa, 

Executive  Director,  MSNJ 

10:15  “Reporting  of  Medical  Malpractice  To 
State  Board  of  Medical  Examiners” 

Floyd  J.  Donahue,  M.D.,  Member  of  State 
Board  of  Medical  Examiners 
10:45  “The  New  Case  Management  and 

Procedures  of  Malpractice  Litigation” 

Honorable  Peter  Ciolino,  Assignment  Judge 
Superior  Court,  Passaic  County 

11:15  Questions  and  Answers 


678 


lDIOLOGY 

pt. 

Mammography  and  Minimal 
Breast  Cancer 

7:45-9  P.M.— Burlington  County 
Memorial  Hospital,  Mount  Holly 
(Burlington  County  Medical 
Society  and  AMNJ) 

Nuclear  Magnetic  Resonance 

12  noon— St.  Mary’s  Hospital, 

Orange 

(AMNJ) 

RGERY 

pt. 

Infectious  Complications  of 
Trauma 

8 A.M.-4  P.M. — NJ  Medical  School, 
Rm.  B-552,  Newark 
(UMDNJ  and  AMNJ) 
Thoraco-Abdominal  Aneurysm 
5:15-6:15  P.M. — Shores  Memorial 
Hospital,  Somers  Point 
(Shore  Memorial  Hospital  and 
AMNJ) 


25  Regional  Isolation  Perfusion 

8-10  P.M. — Englewood  Club, 
Englewood 

(Englewood  Surgical  Society  and 
AMNJ) 


Medicine  / Psychiatry 

9: 1 5 A.M.-4:45  P.M.— Carrier 
Foundation,  Belle  Mead 
(Carrier  Foundation  and  AMNJ) 
12  Medicolegal  Seminar 

8:30  A.M.-4  P.M.— Medical  Society  of 
New  Jersey,  Lawrenceville 
(Medical  Inter  Insurance 
Exchange  of  NJ,  MSNJ,  and  AMNJ) 
17  Ethnic  Patterns  in  Health  Care 
1-4  P.M. —Saint  Barnabas  Medical 
Center,  Livingston 
(Fair  Oaks  Hospital,  Saint 
Barnabas  Medical  Center,  and 
AMNJ) 

19  CME  Workshop 

9 A.M.-4  P.M. — MSNJ  Executive 
Offices,  Lawrenceville 
(MSNJ  and  AMNJ) 


Oct. 

18  Nurse  as  Expert  Witness  in  Court 

12  noon-1  P.M. — Carrier 
Foundation,  Belle  Mead 
(Carrier  Foundation  and  AMNJ) 


SURGICAL  SPECIALTIES 
Sept. 

20  Thoraco-Abdominal  Aneurysm 

5:15-6:15  P.M. — Shore  Memorial 
Hospital,  Somers  Point 
(Shore  Memorial  Hospital  and 
AMNJ) 

Oct. 

23  Ophthalmology  Update 
1984-1985 

8-10  P.M. — Englewood  Club, 
Englewood 

(Englewood  Surgical  Society  and 
AMNJ) 

MISCELLANEOUS 

Sept. 

5 Computers  in 


WE  ARE  SPECIALISTS 

in 

PUBLIC  RELATIONS 

and 

MARKETING 

FOR  THE  MEDICAL  PROFESSION 

for  a confidential  interview  call 

(201)  531-7080 

v / phyllis  kessel  associates 

780  West  Park  Avenue,  Oakhurst,  NJ  07755 


)L.  81— NUMBER  8— AUGUST  1984 


679 


ifs  Not  What  You  Know, 
It’s  How  You  Record  It. 


Most  busy 
physicians 
find  continuing 
medical  education, 
credits  easier  to 
collect  than 
to  remember. 

So  the  Academy 
of  Medicine  of 
New  Jersey  is  offer- 
ing an  easy  system 
for  recording  and  reporting 
CME  credits  for  AMA  recognition 
as  well  as  Medical  Society  and 
professional  organization  membership. 
A computerized  CME  recordkeeping 
system  is  available  to  every  New  Jersey 
physician.  All  you  do  is  send  us  a 


reporting  card  (which  your  office  staff  can 


Please  register  me  for  AMNJ's  computerized  CME  record-keeping  service. 
Name  


Address 
City 


State 


Zip 


Telephone  Number 


Your  New  Jersey  Medical  License  No.  (five  numerical  digits  only). 
Academy  member:  Yes  □ 

No  □ Please  enclose  check 
Interested  in  Academy  membership:  Yes  □ No  □ 


complete). 
We'll  keep 
your 
records 
and  keep 
you 
informed 
semi- 
annually 
of  your 
accumulation. 


This  service  is  free  to  Academy 
members.  Non-members  (whom 
we  encourage  to  join)  pay  $30  per  year. 
If  you're  interested,  complete  and  mail  this 

coupon. 

Note:  The  Medical  Society  of  New 
Jersey  accepts  these  CME  Reports  as 
documentation  to  meet  CME 
membership  requirements. 


Mail  to:  Academy  of  Medicine  of  New  Jersey,  2 Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648 


680 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS 


[STTERS  TO  THE 
IOITOR 


Comments  on  the  Williams 
Issue;  DRGs—Two  View- 
points; Fulcrums  and 
Forums  and  Clout;  Mass  for 
Physicians 


omments  on  the 
llliams  Issue 

April  30,  1984 
?ar  Doctor  Krosnick 
Your  William  Carlos  Williams 
)mmemorative  Issue  (September 
183)  is  an  auric  treasure  of  educa- 
mal  and  inspirational  material.  I 
and  the  article  “William  Carlos 
illiams  and  Charles  Demuth”  es- 
:cially  valuable. 

Figure  1 of  that  article  shows 
larles  Demuth’s  1928  painting  “I 
iw  The  Figure  5 in  Gold,”  from  the 
fred  Stieglitz  Collection  (1949)  at 
ie  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art. 
ie  painting  is  based  on  Williams’s 
>em  ‘The  Great  Figure.”  Your  read- 
's may  be  interested  to  know  that 
is  dynamic  painting  appeared  as 
ie  cover  illustration  for  the  Janu- 
y 2,  1981,  issue  of  JAMA  accom- 
mied  by  an  eloquent  essay  on  De- 
uth  and  Williams  by  M.  Therese 
^uthgate,  M.D. 


Dr.  Southgate  points  out  (among 
other  observations  in  this  cover 
stoiy)  the  painting’s  multiple  refer- 
ences to  William  Carlos  Williams’s 
appellations  and  avocations,  as  well 
as  the  “visual  Doppler  effect”  of  the 
golden  figure  5. 

In  the  same  issue,  an  auto- 
biographical comment  by  Robert 
Coles,  M.D.,  ‘William  Carlos  Wil- 
liams: A Writing  Physician,”  closed 
with  these  golden  words:  “The  doc- 
tor as  writer.  The  writer  as  ironic 
self-observer.  The  observer  as,  still, 
teacher  to  all  of  us — medical  stu- 
dents and  physicians  and  men  and 
women  everywhere,  and  in  each  gen- 
eration, who  crave  beauty:  the  sight 
of  it,  the  sound  of  it.” 

(signed)  Steven  R Kohn,  M.D. 

DRGs—Two 

Viewpoints 

May  22,  1984 
Dear  Doctor  Krosnick: 

I take  exception  to  Vincent 
Maressa's  article  in  the  May  1984 
issue  of  The  Journal  of  the  Medical 
Society  of  New  Jersey  (pages 
409-410)  as  it  represents,  once 
again,  tunnel  vision  on  the  part  of 
the  political  hierarchy  of  the  medical 
profession.  Our  leadership  opposed 
Social  Security,  Blue  Cross  and  Blue 
Shield,  Medicare,  and  now  DRG.  If 
we  had  volunteered  and  gotten  in  on 
the  “ground  floor,”  less  time  and  ef- 
fort on  our  part  would  be  needed 
now  to  iron  out  the  “kinks”  in  the 
DRG  system.  DRG  is  here  to  stay.  Dr. 
Bernard  Rineberg  is  correct  in  call- 
ing for  “true  cooperation”  (page  408) 
and  this  is  what  the  public  expects 
and  demands  of  the  medical  pro- 
fession. When  will  we  ever  learn? 
(signed)  Gerald  E.  Rubaeky,  M.D. 

June  6,  1984 

Dear  Doctor  Krosnick 

Thank  you  for  the  opportunity  to 
respond  to  Dr.  Rubacky’s  letter. 

This  broad  and  sweeping  refer- 
ence to  historical  opposition  of  the 
medical  profession  to  Social  Secur- 
ity, Blue  Cross  and  Blue  Shield, 
Medicare,  and  now  DRG,  is  absolute- 
ly inaccurate. 

Medical  leadership  did  not  oppose 
the  concept  of  Social  Security  for  the 
general  population,  but  did  oppose 
mandatory  participation  of  self-em- 
ployed persons. 


Medicine  organized,  formed,  and 
sponsored  Blue  Cross  and  Blue 
Shield.  I can  find  no  creditable  refer- 
ence regarding  opposition. 

Medicine  did  not  oppose  Medicare 
for  the  needy.  It  did  oppose  universal 
Medicare  and  pointed  out  it  would 
be  terribly  expensive  and  create  ex- 
cessive demand  (res  ipsa  loquitur). 

Medicine  declared  DRGs  to  be  ex- 
perimental and  unproved.  Medicine 
demanded  scientific  investigation  of 
the  cost  effectiveness  and  quality  of 
care  issues  of  DRG  before  they  be- 
came mandated.  The  government 
did  not  listen.  Defects  should  be  re- 
moved before  the  craft  is  airborne. 
Question:  Why  is  it  valid  to  oppose 
governmental  policy  on  Vietnam,  the 
Middle  East,  Central  America,  the 
economy,  and  the  environment,  but 
wrong  to  oppose  misguided  gov- 
ernmental policy  on  health  and 
health  economies? 

Vincent  A Maressa 
Executive  Director,  MSNJ 

Fulcrums  and  Forums 
and  Clout 

May  24,  1984 
Dear  Doctor  Krosnick 

At  the  1984  meeting  of  the  Medi- 
cal Society  of  New  Jersey,  a list  of  the 
26  recognized  “specialty  societies” 
was  evidenced.  For  a specialty  so- 
ciety to  have  representation  beyond 
recognition  in  MSNJ,  80  percent  of 
its  members  must  be  members  of 
the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey.  It 
is  disturbing  to  see  that  of  the  26 
groups,  exactly  half  have  qualified 
for  representation.  I am  sorry  to  see 
that  my  own  group,  the  New  Jersey 
State  Society  of  Anesthesiologists  is 
among  the  missing. 

Having  been  observing  our  prob- 
lems for  some  50  years,  I still  am 
distressed  at  some  of  our  members 
who  are  1)  indifferent,  2)  take  no 
action  at  all,  or  3)  picket  outside  the 
pale  of  influence.  No  matter  how 
much  you  are  for  or  against  some- 
thing, your  leverage  is  not  effective 
unless  you  can  apply  it  at  a fulcrum. 
That  fulcrum  is  where  push  and 
shove  meet,  and  is  found  in  the 
forum  provided  by  the  Medical  So- 
ciety of  New  Jersey  in  our  House  of 
Delegates.  If  you  want  to  be  heard, 
you  must  have  “voice,"  and  voice  is 
translated  as  “presence.”  That  pres- 
ence means  that  when  you  give  voice 
you  are  seen  and  heard  as  one  ac- 


DL.  81 -NUMBER  8— AUGUST  1984 


681 


lively  participating,  and  not  as 
someone  rudely  aroused  from  medi- 
cal slumbers  by  a prospective 
financial  pinch  or  an  aborted  privi- 
lege. The  world  is  still  full  of  two 
kinds  of  people,  the  ones  who  work, 
and  the  ones  content  to  let  them.  We 
solicit  your  active  participation, 
(signed)  Edward  G.  Bourns,  M.D. 

Mass  for  Physicians 

May  30,  1984 

Dear  Doctor  Krosnick: 

Bishop  McCarrick  will  celebrate 


the  second  annual  Mass  for  phy- 
sicians and  medical  personnel  at  St. 
Francis  Cathedral,  Main  Street, 
Metuchen  on  Sunday,  October  14, 
1984,  at  12  noon. 

This  is  an  opportunity  for  the 
Bishop  to  express  his  gratitude  to 
all  members  of  the  medical  pro- 
fession and  to  offer  them  his  sup- 
port and  prayers. 

I would  ask  you,  as  Editor  of  The 
Journal  of  the  Medical  Society  of 
New  Jersey,  to  publish  an  an- 
nouncement and  invitation  to  your 


I 

constituents.  We  also  would  ;.i 
preciate  your  good  judgment  i. 
using  other  means  of  communic- 
ing  this  information.  Hoping  to  :* 
many  medical  personnel  on  Oetolr 
14,  I am 

Faithfully  yours  in  Chr ; 
(signed)  (Rev.)  Joseph  L.  Desmoij 

Secretaiy  to  the  Bishi 
Diocese  of  Metuchj 
Coordinator  of  Heai 
Care  Apostoh 


682 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE’ 


OOK  REVIEWS 


itlas  of  Cross-Sectional 
inatomy;  Clinician's 
ipproach  to  Endocrine 
*roblems;  Controversies  in 
)ermatology;  Guide  to 
Cardiology ; Nelson's 
' extbook  of  Pediatrics; 
'echnological  Basis  of 
ladiation  Therapy 


tlas  of  Human  Cross- 
ectional  Anatomy 

maid  R.  Cahill,  Ph.D.,  and  Mat- 
ew  J.  Orland,  M.D.  Philadelphia, 
i,  Lea  & Febiger,  1984.  Illustrated. 
k 139.  ($29.50) 

This  book  is  an  atlas  of  the  human 
dy  in  cross-sectional  study.  The 
ctions  were  prepared  by  freezing 
d sectioning,  immediately  photo- 
aphed  to  preserve  anatomic  rela- 
inships,  and  then  fixed  and  dis- 
cted.  Orientation  drawings  eon- 
niently  show  the  level  of  each  cut. 
The  atlas  is  divided  into  body  re- 
ms,  with  separate  sections  of  the 
nale  pelvis.  Each  photograph  has 
ndamental  features  labeled,  and 
e accompanying  drawing  of  the 
sseeted  section  is  labeled  ex- 
nsively. 

The  authors  note  that  this  work 
so  includes  many  soft  tissue  de- 
ils  which  may  not  be  evident  on 
e various  clinical  imaging  studies 
irrently  available,  but  may  be  of 
latomie  or  pathologic  interest. 
This  atlas  should  be  in  the  library 
every  radiographic  department  or 
fice  that  does  C-T  scanning  or 
milar  cross-sectional  studies. 

Joseph  Peyser,  M.D. 


Clinician’s  Approach  to 
Endocrine  Problems:  45 
Case  Studies 

C.R.  Kannan,  M.D.  Chicago,  IL,  Year 
Book  Medical  Publishers,  Inc.,  1983. 
Pp.  514.  ($29.95) 

This  book  presents  45  endocrine 
case  studies,  each  dealing  with  an 
individual  patient  with  a chief  com- 
plaint, history,  and  physical  examin- 
ation, followed  by  clinical  questions, 
laboratory  and  procedure,  results, 
and  therapy.  After  each  case  the 
author  discusses  answers  to  ques- 
tions with  the  end  result  being  a 
very  satisfactory  learning  experience 
for  each  topic  discussed. 

The  ease  topics  are  varied  and  in- 
clude types  of  Cushing’s  syndrome, 
hyperaldosteronism,  pheo,  AGS, 
prolactinoma  various  associated  en- 
docrinopathies,  DI,  inappropriate 
ADH,  various  thyroid  syndromes, 
diabetic  syndromes,  amenorrhea 
male  endocrine  syndrome,  preco- 
cious puberty,  Z-E  syndrome,  and 
hyperlipidemia 

The  text  is  very  informative  and 
draws  from  reference  material 
quoted  at  the  conclusion  of  each 
case  presentation.  Some  important 
values  are  that  the  text  brings  what 
has  been  established  in  research 
and  laboratory  endocrinology  to  its 
manner  of  use  in  clinical  daily  case 
handling  and  decision  making,  and 
allows  the  reader  to  compare 
methods  of  diagnosis  and  therapy. 
Finally,  the  discussion  justifies  the 
ordered  systematic  selection  of 
procedures  in  arriving  at  the 
diagnosis.  The  differential  diagnosis 
is  presented  nicely  with  a good  dis- 
cussion of  what  can  be  ruled  in  or 
out.  The  methods  of  suggested 
diagnostic  procedure  are  detailed, 
with  results  followed  by  a quoted 
range  of  included  norms. 

There  is  a very  good  method  of 
presentation  of  selected  endocrine 
cases  for  the  student  of  clinical  en- 
docrinology. 

Mark  M.  Singer,  M.D. 

Controversies  in 
Dermatology 

Ervin  Epstein,  M.D.  Philadelphia, 
PA  W.B.  Saunders  Company,  1984. 
Pp.  482.  Illustrated.  ($55) 

This  book  represents  a group  of 
subjects  in  the  field  of  dermatology 
which  are  considered  as  worthy  of 


assembling  one  or  more  opinions  by 
current  investigators  and  author- 
practitioners.  Some  of  the  con- 
troversy does  not  appear  in  the  text 
itself,  since  the  editor  indicates  that 
a number  of  potential  contributors 
did  not  feel  there  was  need  for  any- 
thing further  to  be  written,  other 
than  the  accepted  knowledge  in  the 
medical  literature  or  their  specific 
course  of  management  of  a con- 
dition. 

There  are  a total  of  14  sections  in 
the  book  and  each  is  well  written  by 
the  numerous  contributors.  The  edi- 
tor generally  has  a comment — his 
own  or  a reflection  on  the  opinions 
of  the  authors — at  the  end  of  the  sec- 
tions and  completes  his  page  with  a 
terse,  “Think  it  over.” 

Controversies  in  Dermatology  is  a 
hardcover  book,  but  I would  not  con- 
sider it  to  be  a textbook;  it  is  more 
of  a philosophical  discussion  on 
most  of  the  subjects  considered  or 
adjudged  to  be  controversial,  insofar 
as  the  editor  is  concerned.  It  is  quite 
up  to  date  and  it  would  be  apropos 
in  an  academic  medical  library, 
rather  than  as  an  addition  to  one’s 
personal  collection. 

Murray  Kahn,  M.D. 

The  Guide  to  Cardiology 

Robert  A.  Kloner.  M.D.,  (ed).  New 
York,  NY,  John  Wiley  & Sons,  1984. 
Pp.  624.  Illustrated.  ($29.95) 

This  book  on  cardiology  contains 
most  of  the  important  ingredients  of 
the  specialty  presented  in  a clear 
and  practical  manner  by  a group  of 
28  authors  and  the  editor,  FLA. 
Kloner.  It  begins  in  the  usual 
fashion  with  descriptions  of  elec- 
trocardiography, cardiac  physiology, 
and  cardiac  radiology.  This  type  of 
introductory  material  is  found  in 
almost  all  of  the  numerous  cardiac 
texts,  so  the  better  creative  represen- 
tation of  the  subject  comes  in  later 
chapters. 

Arteriosclerotic  heart  disease  with 
its  manifestations  of  angina,  cor- 
onary spasm,  stenosis,  myocardial 
infarction  and  heart  failure,  diag- 
nosis, and  treatment  are  well 
handled.  There  are  chapters  on  peri- 
cardial disease,  infective  en- 
docarditis, cardiac  tumor,  hyper- 
tension, and  hyperlipidemia. 

Pulmonaiy  embolus  and  pul- 
monary hypertension  have  a chapter 
but  I would  have  liked  more  on  cor 
pulmonale,  a disease  most  often 


3L.  81— NUMBER  8— AUGUST  1984 


683 


seen  in  the  aging  population  with 
chronic  obstructive  pulmonary  dis- 
ease. 

There  is  even  a good  discussion  of 
noncardiac  surgeiy  in  the  cardiac  as 
well  as  cardiopulmonaiy  resusci- 
tation. 

The  large  number  of  contributors 
does  not  make  the  text  redundant  or 
overlapping,  apparently  due  to  the 
careful  work  of  the  editor. 

This  book  is  meaty,  precise,  and 
practical — ideally  suited  for  the 
cardiac  clerk,  intern,  resident,  and 
medical  practitioner.  Surgeons 
might  find  it  a handy  guide  when 
faced  with  a cardiac  problem. 

If  you  do  not  have  a good  complete 
up-to-date  cardiac  text,  go  out  and 
buy  this  one. 

Manuel  J.  Rowen,  M.D. 


Nelson’s  Textbook  of 
Pediatrics , 12th  Edition 

Richard  E.  Behrman  M.D.,  and  Vic- 
tor C.  Vaughan  III,  M.D.,  (eds). 
Philadelphia,  PA  W.B.  Saunders 
Company,  1983.  Pp.  1,899.  Il- 
lustrated. ($75) 

This  text,  one  of  the  two  classical 
single-volume  American  texts  of 
general  pediatrics,  has  come  out  in 
a new  edition  which,  in  my  opinion, 


is  satisfactory  justification  for  the 
expense  involved.  While  no  one 
agrees  with  everything,  a random 
sample  of  articles  on  topics  about 
which  I felt  comfortable  yielded  a 
high  percentage  of  concurrence  with 
my  own  experience  and  knowledge 
of  the  literature.  The  index,  which  in 
past  editions  has  not  always  been  as 
comprehensive  as  I would  like, 
seems  to  have  improved.  There  are 
many  veiy  useful  tables  and  flow 
charts. 

Avrum  L.  Katcher,  M.D. 


Technological  Basis  of 
Radiation  Therapy: 
Practical  Clinical 
Applications 

Seymour  H.  Levitt  M.D.,  and  Norah 
duV.  Tapley,  M.D.  Philadelphia,  PA, 
Lea  & Febiger,  1984.  Pp.  336.  Il- 
lustrated. ($45) 

This  excellent  text  on  the  “how  to” 
of  radiation  therapy  is  the  compan- 
ion book  to  Dr.  Gilbert  H.  Fletcher’s 
classic  Textbook  of  Radiation  Ther- 
apy, which  for  many  years  has  been 
the  bible  to  most  radiation  on- 
cologists. Each  chapter  is  written  by 
different  well-known  experts  in  their 
fields  and  the  overall  quality  of  their 


presentations  is  superb.  AlthoujE 
we  may  differ  with  some  of  the  d! 
tails  of  the  methods  of  therapy,  sin 
one’s  experience  may  favor  a d 
ferent  approach,  in  general  the  d 
scriptions  of  the  methodology  a 
detailed,  well-illustrated,  and  full 
useful  and  practical  information 
which  many  therapists  will  be  refe 
ring  on  a daily  basis  in  their  tree 
ment  planning. 

A listing  of  some  of  the  subjects 
the  chapters  will  indicate  the  flavi 
of  this  book:  rationale  for  treatmei 
planning,  treatment  aids  for  e 
temal  beam  radiotherapy,  cornph 
field  arrangements,  dosimetry,  inte 
stitial  techniques,  iridium  ter 
plates,  and  the  use  of  compute 
tomography  in  treatment  plannin 

Irradiation  techniques  for  trea 
ment  of  neoplasms  of  the  head  ar 
neck,  lung  and  esophagus,  brai 
gynecologic  system,  breast,  prostat 
testes,  urinary  bladder,  an 
lymphatic  system  are  well  describe 
I predict  that  this  book  will  be  o 
every  radiation  oncologist’s  bool 
shelf  next  to  Dr.  Fletcher’s  tome  an 
will  be  well  worn  and  thumbe 
through  in  short  order  as  become 
any  useful  classic.  This  book  is  re 
ommended  to  all  radiologists  an 
residents  who  practice  radiatio 
therapy. 

Sidney  Ketyer,  M.l 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEV 


684 


BITUARIES 


l 


~)rs.  Abel;  Bump;  Byck; 
leVivo;  Dickinson;  Fischer; 
lardam;  Good;  Hitzemann; 
Juhasz;  LaPorta;  Myers; 
?oss;  White;  and  Willoughby 

i 


| 


!jr.  Henri  E.  Abel 

V senior  member  of  the  Union 
'unty  Medical  Society,  Henri 
Jest  Abel,  M.D.,  died  on  May  11, 
34.  Bom  in  Elizabeth  in  1899,  Dr. 
liel  received  his  medical  degree  at 
'mell  University’s  Medical  School 
i 1924.  He  began  his  career  as  a 
’ leral  practitioner,  but  in  1945,  Dr. 
iiel  began  specializing  in  derma- 
<bgy,  and  in  1963,  he  and  three  of 
) children,  formed  the  Elizabeth 
- rmatology  Group.  He  retired  from 
ijive  practice  in  1981,  having  been 
i Mated  with  Elizabeth  General 
Sbpital  over  30  years.  Dr.  Abel  had 
>n  chief  of  staff  for  3 years,  had 
>'n  president  of  the  New  Jersey 
• "matological  Society,  and  had 
•lived  his  county  medical  society 
) h as  president  and  treasurer.  Dr. 
Ijfel  was  a member  of  the  American 
^dical  Association. 


V'L.  81— NUMBER  8— AUGUST  1984 


Dr.  S.  Calthrop  Bump 

S.  Calthrop  Bump,  M.D.,  a member 
of  our  Bergen  County  component, 
died  on  May  5,  1 984.  A native  of  Syr- 
acuse, New  York,  bom  in  1906,  Dr. 
Calthrop  received  his  medical  degree 
at  the  University  of  Rochester’s 
School  of  Medicine  in  1935.  He 
specialized  in  orthopedic  and  trau- 
matic surgery,  and  had  been  direc- 
tor of  that  specialty  at  The  Valley 
Hospital,  Ridgewood.  Dr.  Bump  also 
served  as  chairman  of  the  medical 
board  and  chairman  of  the  surgical 
control,  disaster,  and  records  com- 
mittees at  the  hospital.  In  addition, 
he  donated  much  of  his  free  time  to 
the  Cerebral  Palsy  Center  in  Ridge- 
wood. Dr.  Bump  was  a Fellow  of  the 
American  College  of  Surgeons  as 
well  as  the  International  College  of 
Surgeons,  and  a member  of  the 
American  Medical  Association. 


Dr.  Louis  Byck 

We  just  have  learned  of  the  death 
in  October  1983  of  Louis  Byck,  M.D., 
formerly  a member  of  the  Essex 
County  component,  and  residing  in 
Santa  Rosa,  California.  A native  of 
Philadelphia,  bom  at  the  turn  of  the 
century.  Dr.  Byck  was  graduated 
from  Columbia  University's  College 
of  Physicians  and  Surgeons  in  1925. 
Specializing  in  allergies,  he  estab- 
lished a practice  in  East  Orange,  and 
had  been  affiliated  with  Newark 
Beth  Israel  Medical  Center.  Dr.  Byck 
was  a member  of  the  American 
Medical  Association.  He  had  been  a 
recipient  in  1975  of  MSNJ’s  Golden 
Merit  Award  in  recognition  of  his  50 
years  of  medicine. 

Dr.  John  A.  DeVivo 

A senior  member  of  our  Essex 
County  component,  John  Americo 
DeVivo,  M.D.,  died  March  14  at  the 
Veterans  Administration  Medical 
Center,  East  Orange.  A native  of 
Newark,  Dr.  DeVivo  earned  his  medi- 
cal degree  at  Georgetown  University 
in  1934.  Prior  to  his  retirement  in 
1973,  Dr.  DeVivo  was  a surgeon  in 
his  hometown  and  had  been  af- 
filiated with  City  Hospital  and  the 
Lutheran  Hospital,  Newark.  He  had 
served  in  the  medical  corps  of  the 
Army  of  the  United  States  during 
World  War  II,  attaining  the  rank  of 
captain.  Dr.  DeVivo,  a member  of  the 
American  Medical  Association,  was 


75  years  old  at  the  time  of  his  death. 
Dr.  DeVivo  posthumously  was 
awarded  Golden  Merit  recognition 
by  MSNJ  at  this  year’s  Annual  Meet- 
ing. 

Dr.  George  W.  Dickinson 

We  just  have  learned  of  the  death 
on  November  15,  1983,  of  George 
Wallace  Dickinson,  M.D.,  formerly  a 
member  of  the  Burlington  County 
component.  A native  of  Arkansas, 
bom  in  1902,  Dr.  Dickinson  was 
graduated  from  the  University  of  Ar- 
kansas School  of  Medicine  in  1929. 
Dr.  Dickinson  practiced  family 
medicine  in  Palymyra  until  1974 
when  he  returned  to  his  home  state 
where  he  established  a clinic  in 
DeQueen,  Arkansas.  In  1979,  Dr. 
Dickinson  was  granted  MSNJ’s 
Golden  Merit  Award  in  honor  of  his 
50  years  of  medical  practice. 

Dr.  Alvin  L.  Fischer 

At  the  untimely  age  of  56,  Alvin  L. 
Fischer,  M.D.,  a member  of  our 
Union  County  component,  died  on 
May  20,  1984.  Bom  in  New  York 
City,  Dr.  Fischer  received  his  medi- 
cal degree  from  the  University  of 
Lausanne’s  Faculty  of  Medicine, 
Switzerland,  in  1958.  He  specialized 
in  obstetrics  and  gynecology  in 
Elizabeth,  and  was  affiliated  with 
both  Saint  Elizabeth  and  Elizabeth 
General  Hospitals.  Dr.  Fischer  was 
board  certified  in  his  specialty. 

Dr.  Joseph  W.  Gar  dam 

An  internist  for  over  50  years  in 
Newark,  Joseph  William  Card  am, 
M.D.,  died  in  Riverview  Medical 
Center,  Red  Bank,  on  May  7,  1984. 
Bom  in  Brooklyn,  Dr.  Gardam  re- 
ceived his  medical  degree  from  New 
York  Medical  College  in  1916.  He 
had  been  affiliated  with  Saint 
Barnabas  Medical  Center,  Liv- 
ingston, and  also  had  worked  in  the 
Newark  Health  Department,  in 
charge  of  the  communicable  disease 
division.  He  was  board  certified  in 
internal  medicine-cardiovascular 
diseases,  and  was  a Fellow  of  the 
American  College  of  Physicians.  He 
had  been  a member  of  the  American 
Medical  Association,  and  in  1966, 
Dr.  Gardam  was  a recipient  of 
MSNJ’s  Golden  Merit  Award,  honor- 
ing his  50  years  of  practice.  Dr.  Gar- 

685 


dam  was  88  years  old  at  the  time  of 
his  death. 

Dr.  Charles  K.  Good 

Charles  Kemm  Good,  M.D.,  a der- 
matologist in  Union  City,  died  at  his 
home  on  May  1,  1984.  Bom  in  Jersey 
City,  Dr.  Good  was  graduated  from 
Cornell  University  Medical  College  in 
1929.  He  was  affiliated  with  Christ 
Hospital,  Jersey  City,  and  the  Skin 
and  Cancer  Clinic  in  New  York  City. 
Dr.  Good  was  a Fellow  of  the  Ameri- 
can Academy  of  Dermatology  and  a 
Fellow  of  the  New  York  Academy  of 
Medicine,  as  well  as  being  board 
certified  in  his  specialty.  He  also  was 
a member  of  the  American  Medical 
Association.  Dr.  Good  received 
MSNJ’s  Golden  Merit  Award  in  1979 
marking  his  50  years  in  medicine. 

Dr.  Louis  A.  Hitzemann 

A senior  member  of  our  Bergen 
County  component,  Louis  Anthony 
Hitzemann,  M.D.,  died  on  May  20, 
1984.  Bom  in  Missouri  at  the  turn 
of  the  centuiy.  Dr.  Hitzemann  ob- 
tained his  medical  degree  from  St. 
Louis  University  in  1925.  He  estab- 
lished his  practice  in  Hackensack, 
specializing  in  medical  problems  of 
the  eye,  ear,  nose,  and  throat.  He  was 
affiliated  with  Holy  Name  Hospital, 
Teaneek  and  the  Eye  and  Ear  In- 
firmary, Newark.  Dr.  Hitzemann  was 
board  certified  in  otolaryngology, 
and  a Fellow  of  the  American 
Academy  of  Ophthalmology  and 
Otolaryngology.  He  was  honored 
with  MSNJ’s  Golden  Merit  Award  in 
1975  in  recognition  of  his  50  years 
in  medicine. 

Dr.  Nicholas  M.  Juhasz 

Nicholas  Miklos  Juhasz,  M.D.,  a 
family  practitioner  in  Neptune  City, 
died  May  25,  1984,  at  Jersey  Shore 
Medical  Center.  Bom  in  Hungary  in 
1919,  Dr.  Juhasz  obtained  his  medi- 
cal degree  at  the  United  Peter  Paz- 
many  University  in  Budapest,  in 
1945.  He  emigrated  to  the  United 
States  in  1950,  and  established  his 
practice  in  Neptune  City  in  1959.  Dr. 
Juhasz  was  affiliated  with  Jersey 
Shore  Medical  Center,  Neptune,  and 
had  been  a member  of  the  American 
Medical  Association  and  an  As- 
sociate Fellow  of  the  American  Col- 
lege of  Angiology. 

Or.  Michael  L.  LaPorta 

At  the  untimely  age  of  57,  Michael 


Luigi  LaPorta,  M.D.,  died  at  Reggio 
Calabria,  Italy  on  May  19,  1984.  Dr. 
LaPorta  was  bom  in  Calimera- Lecce, 
Italy  and  was  graduated  from  the 
University  of  Rome’s  School  of  Medi- 
cine in  1953.  Emigrating  to  the 
United  States  that  same  year,  he 
practiced  his  specialty,  anesthesi- 
ology, in  the  West  Long  Branch  and 
Sea  Girt  areas  for  the  next  15  years. 
In  1967,  Dr.  LaPorta  did  volunteer 
work  in  Colombia,  South  America, 
with  Project  HOPE;  among  his  ser- 
vices was  teaching  three  native  doc- 
tors his  specialty  and  lecturing  to 
medical  students  in  Spanish.  Dr. 
LaPorta  was  board  certified  in 
anesthesiology,  a Fellow  of  the  Inter- 
national College  of  Surgeons,  a Fel- 
low of  the  American  College  of 
Anesthesiologists,  and  a member  of 
the  American  Medical  Association. 
At  the  time  of  his  death.  Dr.  LaPorta 
was  head  of  the  anesthesiology  de- 
partment and  intensive  care  unit  at 
Brindisi  Regional  Hospital  in 
southern  Italy. 

Dr.  Norman  V.  Myers 

Norman  Van  Sant  Myers,  M.D.,  a 
member  of  our  Bergen  County  com- 
ponent, died  on  April  28,  1984.  Bom 
in  Pleasantville  in  1908,  Dr.  Myers 
was  graduated  from  Jefferson  Medi- 
cal College  in  1933.  He  established 
a practice  in  proctology  in  Engle- 
wood, and  was  affiliated  with 
Englewood  Hospital  for  many  years. 
Dr.  Myers  was  president  of  the  New 
Jersey  Proctologic  Society  in  1958, 
and  was  a member  of  the  American 
Medical  Association.  During  World 
War  II  he  served  in  the  United  States 
Navy  with  a rank  of  lieutenant  com- 
mander. In  1983,  Dr.  Myers  received 
MSNJ's  Golden  Merit  Award  honor- 
ing his  50  years  as  a physician. 

Dr.  John  C.  Voss 

Congestive  heart  failure  claimed 
the  life  on  May  17,  1984,  of  John 
Carl  Voss,  M.D.,  a retired  physician 
of  Riverton.  A native  of  Reading, 
Ohio,  bom  in  1908,  Dr.  Voss  re- 
ceived his  medical  degree  at  Temple 
University  School  of  Medicine  in 
1934.  He  was  a practitioner  of  family 
medicine,  and,  prior  to  his  retire- 
ment in  1976,  had  been  affiliated 
with  Zurbrugg  Memorial  Hospital, 
Riverside,  Dr.  Voss  was  a member  of 
the  American  Medical  Association 
and  of  our  Burlington  County  com- 
ponent. 


Dr.  Thomas  J.  White 


A recipient  of  MSNJ’s  Goldi 
Merit  Award  in  1975,  Thom. 
Joseph  White,  M.D.,  died  on  May  y 
1984,  in  St.  Vincent’s  Hospital,  Nr 
York  City.  Bom  in  Jersey  City,  I 
White  received  his  medical  degn 
from  Cornell  University  Medical  G 
lege  in  1925,  and  until  his  refill 
ment  in  1981  had  practiced  as  Hi 
internist  and  cardiologist  in  f 
native  city  for  56  years.  Dr.  Whil 
was  a professor  of  medicine  at  Setcl 
Hall  University  and  UMDNJ-N(I 
Jersey  Medical  School,  and  chief 
medicine  at  St.  Francis  Hospit  s 
Jersey  City  and  St.  Mary’s  Hospit 
Hoboken.  Dr.  White  was  a Fellow 
the  American  College  of  Physiciai 
and  a Diplomate  in  internal  met 
cine/cardiovascular  diseases.  I 
served  for  20  years  as  chairman 
the  board  of  the  Blue  Shield  Plan 
New  Jersey,  had  been  president 
the  New  Jersey  Heart  Associatio 
and  was  a founder  of  the  Hudsc 
County  Heart  Association.  Dr.  Whi 
was  a past  president  of  The  Acaden 
of  Medicine  of  New  Jersey,  a memb 
of  the  Board  of  Managers  at  Jers< 
City  Medical  Center,  and  person 
physician  to  former  Mayor  Frar 
Hague.  He  was  87  years  old. 


Dr.  Frances  L.  Willoughb 


Frances  Lois  Willoughby,  M.D.,  tf 
first  woman  doctor  to  serve  in  tf 


United  States  Navy,  died  on  May  1.  1 
1984,  at  Underwood  Memorial  Ho: 
pital,  Woodbuiy.  Bom  in  1905,  i 
Harrisburg,  Pennsylvania,  D 
Willoughby  received  her  medic 
degree  from  the  University  of  Arkai 
sas  School  of  Medicine  in  1938.  Sf 
practiced  psychiatry  in  Glassbor 
until  1944  when  she  was  inducte 
into  service  by  the  United  State 
Navy  with  the  rank  of  captain.  Sh 
served  until  1964  when  she  ri 
turned  to  practice  in  Glassboro.  D 
Willoughby  was  a member  of  oi 
Gloucester  County  component,  an 
a member  of  the  American  Media! 
Association.  She  was  affiliated  wit 
Underwood  Memorial  Hospital.  D 
Willoughby  was  a Fellow  of  tb 
American  Psychiatric  Associatior 
and  of  the  American  Association  fo 

; 

the  Advancement  of  Science,  as  we 
as  being  a Diplomate  in  psychiatr 
and  neurology.  In  1981,  Di 
Willoughby  received  the  Benjami 
Rush  Award,  the  nation’s  most  pres 
tigious  citation  in  psychiatry. 


686 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE' 


iUthor  Information 

Style 

Sheet 


fhe  Journal  is  the 
official  organ  of  the 
Medical  Society  of  New 
Jersey.  The  goals  of  The 
Journal  are  educational 
md  informational.  All 
material  published  in  The 
Journal  is  copyrighted  by 
MSNJ. 


INTENT 

jrhe  educational  content  of  each 
|ue  appears  as  scientific  articles, 
sed  on  research,  original  concepts 
ative  to  epidemiology  of  disease, 
Id  treatment  methodology;  case  re- 
rts  based  on  unusual  clinical  ex- 
riences:  review  articles;  clinical 
tes,  succinct  items  on  some 
ipect  or  new  observation  or  tech- 
bue  of  a case  experience;  and 
iecial  articles,  which  include  evalu- 
ons,  policy  and  position  papers, 
d reviews  of  nonscientific  sub- 
bts.  Other  topics  include  commen- 
y (critical  narration);  medical  his- 
y:  therapeutic  drug  information; 
diatric  briefs;  nutrition  update; 
d an  opinion  column.  Editorials 
b prepared  by  the  Editor  and  by 
est  contributors  on  timely  and  rel- 
iant subjects;  editorials  are  the  re- 
jonsibility  of  the  author.  The  Doc- 
's' Notebook  section  contains  or- 
(nizational,  informational,  and  ad- 
nistrative  items  from  MSNJ  and 
>m  the  community.  Letters  to  the 
litor  and  book  reviews  are  wel- 
me  and  will  be  published  as  space 
units.  The  principal  aim  in  the 
eparation  of  a contribution 
ould  be  relevance  to  diagnosis  and 
?atment  and  to  education  of  pa- 
nts and  professionals.  Preference 
111  be  given  to  professional  authors 
>m  New  Jersey  and  to  out-of-state 
turers  who  submit  a suitable 

•L  81— NUMBER  8— AUGUST  1984 


manuscript  based  on  a presentation 
made  in  New  Jersey. 

ASSIGNMENT  OF  COPYRIGHT 

In  compliance  with  the  Copyright 
Revision  Act  of  1976  (effective  Janu- 
ary 1,  1978),  a transmittal  letter  or 
a separate  statment  accompanying 
material  offered  to  The  Journal  of 
the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
must  contain  the  following  language 
and  must  be  signed  by  all  authors; 

“In  consideration  of  The  Journal 
of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
taking  action  in  reviewing  and  edit- 
ing my  submission,  the  author(s) 
undersigned  hereby  transfers,  as- 
signs, or  otherwise  conveys  all 
copyright  ownership  to  the  Medical 
Society  of  New  Jersey,  in  the  event 
that  such  work  is  published  in  The 
Journal,  MSNJ.” 

SPECIFICATIONS 

Submit  two  manuscripts  that 
must  be  typewritten  and  double- 
spaced on  8V2"  by  11"  paper. 
Statistical  methods  used  in  articles 
should  be  identified.  Acknowl- 
edgements will  be  made  only  for 
specific  preparation  of  an  essential 
part  of  the  manuscript. 

Authors  are  asked  to  seek  clarity, 
accuracy,  and  originality;  attention 
to  details  of  grammar,  spelling,  and 
typing  are  important. 

The  title  page  should  include  the 
full  name,  degrees,  and  affiliations  of 
all  authors,  and  the  name  and  ad- 
dress of  the  author  to  whom  reprint 
requests  should  be  sent. 

The  author  should  submit  a 40- 
word  abstract  to  be  used  at  the  be- 
ginning of  the  article. 

Tables  must  be  typewritten  and 
double-spaced  on  separate  8V2"  by 
11"  sheets,  with  a title  and  number. 
Symbols  for  units  should  be  con- 
fined to  column  headings,  and  ab- 
breviations, properly  explained, 
should  be  kept  to  a minimum. 

Illustrations  should  be  pro- 
fessional quality,  black-and-white 
glossy  prints.  The  name  of  the 
author,  figure  number,  and  the  top 
of  the  figure  should  be  noted  on  a 
label  attached  to  the  back  of  each 
illustration.  Where  photographs  of 
patients  are  used,  the  subjects 
should  not  be  identifiable  or  publi- 
cation permission,  signed  by  the 
subject  or  responsible  person,  must 
be  included  with  the  photograph. 
Material  taken  from  other  publi- 
cations must  give  credit  to  the 


source;  written  permission  for  re- 
publication from  the  original  pub- 
lisher must  be  submitted.  The  cost 
of  color  photographs  must  be  borne 
by  the  author. 

Generic  names  should  be  used 
with  proprietaiy  names  indicated 
parenthetically  or  as  a footnote  with 
the  first  use  of  the  generic  name. 
Proprietary  names  of  devices  should 
be  indicated  by  the  registration  sym- 
bol— R. 

The  summary  of  the  article  should 
not  exceed  250  words;  it  should  con- 
tain only  essential  facts. 

References  should  not  exceed  35 
citations  except  in  review  articles, 
and  should  be  cited  consecutively  in 
the  text  by  numbers  in  parentheses 
at  the  end  of  the  sentence.  The  refer- 
ence list  should  be  typewritten  and 
double-spaced  on  separate  8V2"  by 
1 1"  sheets  in  the  numerical  order  in 
which  they  are  first  cited  in  the  text. 
The  style  of  reference  is  that  of  Index 
Me  die  us: 

1.  Goldwyn  RM:  Subcutaneous 
mastectomy.  J Med  Soe  NJ 
74:1050-1052,  1977. 

2.  Dixon  WJ,  Massey  FJ:  Introduc- 
tion to  Statistical  Analysis.  New 
York,  NY,  McGraw-Hill,  1969,  pp. 
42-48. 

PUBLICATION  POLICY 

Receipt  of  each  manuscript  will  be 
acknowledged  and  a copy  delivered 
to  the  Editor  who  refers  the  paper  to 
one  or  more  members  of  the  Edi- 
torial Board.  The  final  decision  is  re- 
served for  the  Editor.  No  direct  con- 
tact between  the  reviewers  and  the 
authors  will  be  permitted,  but 
authors  will  be  informed  of  the  re- 
viewers’ comments.  The  publication 
lag  for  original  articles  may  be  six 
months  or  more.  Galley  proofs  will 
be  submitted  to  the  author  for  cor- 
rection of  typographical  errors. 

REPRINT  ORDERS 

Reprints  may  be  ordered  after  the 
author  is  notified  that  the  article 
has  been  selected  for  a specific  issue 
of  JMSNJ.  A check  for  the  cost  of 
reprints  including  remake  charge  if 
order  is  received  after  due  date  must 
accompany  the  order. 

COMMUNICATIONS 

All  communications  should  be 
sent  to  the  Editor,  The  Journal, 
MSNJ,  2 Princess  Road,  Law- 
renceville,  NJ  08648. 

687 


r 


INTERNIST,  FAMILY  PRACTICE 
FREESTANDING  E.R.  PHYSICIAN 

Multispecialty  practice  based  in  Philadelphia  and 
Cherry  Hill,  N.J.  Great  opportunity  with  financial  secur- 
ity. Staff  affiliation  with  University  Hospital.  Not  an  HMO. 
Main  office  in  Cherry  Hill,  N.J.  10  minutes  away  from 
Philadelphia. 

CHERRY  HILL  HEALTH  CARE  ASSOCIATES,  P.A. 

7740  Maple  Avenue 

Pennsauken,  NJ  08109  (609)  488-3505 


INTERNIST 

Internist  (part-time)  needed  for  new  clinical  drug  unit 
located  in  Bloomfield,  New  Jersey.  Facility  can  accom-j 
modate  30-40  subjects  for  participation  in  a variety  of 
clinical  pharmacology  and  bioavailability  studies  spon- 
sored by  major  pharmaceutical  firms.  Scientific  staff 
consists  of  Pharmacologists,  Biochemists,  Nurses  and 
Medical  Technologists.  Physician’s  responsibilities  in- 
clude: 


PRACTICE  FOR  SALE 

Pediatric  Practice— Northeast  New  Jersey. 
Established,  growing  practice.  Attractive  lease, 
good  staff,  fully  equipped,  pleasant  community. 
Address  inquiries  to: 

The  Health  Care  Group 
400  GSB  Building 
Bala  Cynwyd,  PA  19004 
215-667-8630 


Competitive  incorne 

0 F^ipraC,ic— rance 
™ ^ ex'ble  schedule 

® ^credits 
0 rbanandrura(  settings 

0 w.  Phi)ade,phla  and 

Urgency  depa'n,ena'  Medicine  em«3ency  me 

° v m,b 

y ** 


1.  Medical  screening  of  subjects  for  protocol  in- 
clusion and  exclusion  criteria. 

2.  Supervision  of  dose  administration  and  intensive 
venipuncture  period. 

3.  Protocol  review  with  scientific  staff. 

4.  Representation  as  medical  liaison  to  FDA  and 
sponsor. 

5.  Treatment  of  adverse  drug  reactions. 

6.  On  call  hours  for  medical  emergencies. 

7.  Supervision  of  medical  support  staff. 

8.  Liaison  with  local  hospital  emergency  room. 

Previous  experience  with  clinical  investigation  of  new 
drugs  preferred,  but  not  required. 

Please  call  Dr.  Chaikin,  Pragma  Bio-Tech,  Inc.,  225 
Belleville  Avenue,  Bloomfield,  New  Jersey  07003,  (201) 
748-8624. 


Need  A Temporary  Physician? 

CompHealth  treats  your  practice  as  if  it  were  our 
own  during:  vacations,  CMEs,  recruiting,  clinic 

start-up  or  other  absences. 

Want  Free  Time  While  You 
Practice  Medicine? 

Join  CompHealth’s  Locum  Tenens  Physician  Group. 

★ 

For  further  information  about  temporary  coverage 
or  locum  tenens  practice  opportunities,  call: 

jjjj  CompHealth 

A Physician  Group 

WILSON  ROSS,  Regional  Administrator 
244  East  Hanover  St. 

Trenton,  NJ  08608 
Telephone:  609-392-1111 

— 


688 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE’ 


CLASSIFIED  ADVERTISEMENTS 


iBSTETRICIAN/ GYNEOLOGIST — 

oard  certified,  experienced  with  estab- 
shed  practice  in  Philadelphia  would  like 
> relocate  practice  to  New  Jersey 
Camden  or  Burlington  Counties), 
iterested  in  partnership  and/or  call- 
naring  arrangement.  Send  inquiries  to 
ox  No.  93.  JMSNJ. 


EEDED  PHYSICIANS— For  successful 
ell  known  walk-in  medical  office  center, 
entral  NJ.  Full  and  part  time,  skilled 
?rsonable  American-trained  MDs.  Send 
V to  E.V.  McGinley,  MD,  1005  N.  Wash- 
lgton  Avenue,  Green  Brook,  NJ  08812. 
31-968-8900. 


EEDED  PHYSICIANS— Part  Time  (Sat- 
rdays)  for  Family  Practice  in  Central 
ew  Jersey.  Malpractice  Insurance  re- 
aired. Phone  201-722-2522. 


EEDED  EQUIPMENT— Used  EKG 
anted,  also  small  copier  and  microscope 
r new  office.  If  you  have  one  available, 
ease  contact  201-321-0188  or  201- 
79-8134. 


QUEPMENT  FOR  SALE— Various  office 
ems  including  physical  therapy  equip- 
ent.  Please  phone  for  full  listing  or  in- 
rmation.  Livingston.  201-994-3200. 


FFICE  & PRACTICE  FOR  SALE— 40 

;ar  old  solo  General  Practice;  northern 
irt  of  state.  Brick,  7-room  office  eom- 
ete  with  furnishings  and  equipment, 
eady  to  start  work.  Available  immedi- 
ely.  Owner  retiring.  Modem  hospital, 
'rite  Box  No.  91.  JMSNJ. 


PRACTICE — Solo  Family  Practice  avail- 
able in  county  seat,  South  Jersey.  Office 
in  home.  Hospital  across  town.  Write  Box 
No.  85  JMSNJ. 


FOR  SALE— INDUSTRIAL  PRACTICE— 

Long  established,  exceptional  opportuni- 
ty. Negotiable,  Jersey  City,  201-433-0742. 


FOR  SALE— HOUSE/OFFICE— Madi 
son,  NJ.  Classic  four  bedroom  Colonial; 
seven  room  office  suite  with  separate  en- 
trance; parklike  setting;  centrally  located 
near  all  area  hospitals.  Call  Mrs.  Bur- 
rows, 201-277-1398. 


FOR  SALE — Paramus,  NJ.  Residence 
plus  7-room  office  including  x-ray  lab. 
Home  offers  424'  deep  yard,  in-ground 
swimming  pool,  8 rooms,  2xh  baths,  4 
bedrooms.  Ample  parking.  The  best  lo- 
cation in  Bergen  County.  $395,000.  Call 
201-843-2626. 


FOR  SALE — South  Orange,  3 story 
home,  professional  zone  near  all  trans- 
portation within  10  mintues  of  St. 
Barnabas,  St.  Marys  Hospital  and  Hospi- 
tal Center  at  Orange.  Please  address  in- 
quires to  Box  No.  92,  JMSNJ. 


OFFICE  TO  SHARE— Bergenfield.  Cen- 
trally located  professional  building.  Park- 
ing, furnished,  900  square  feet.  $450. 
Five  minutes  from  hospitals.  Summer 
1984.  Write  or  call  Ronny  Meier,  MD,  297 
S.  Washington  Ave.,  Bergenfield,  NJ 
07621.  201-385-8350. 


OFFICE  SPACE  TO  SHARE— Spacious, 
furnished.  Located  near  Irvington  central 
bus  station.  Ample  parking.  Rent  veiy 
reasonable.  All  utilities.  Call  201- 
540-5261. 


OFFICE  FOR  SHARE  or  RENT— New 

Brunswick,  Highland  Park  area. 
Furnished,  700  square  feet.  Ample  park- 
ing. Close  to  the  hospital.  $500/month 
plus  utilities,  for  rent.  For  share, 
$300/month  including  utilities.  Call 
201-572-5050  or  572-7553. 


FOR  RENT — Professional  office  space  for 
rent.  Millbum  prestigious  building,  775 
square  feet.  On-site  parking,  on  bus 
route.  Call  201-731-1900. 


FOR  LEASE — Attractive,  modem  medi- 
cal building,  Morris  Avenue,  Union 
Center,  Union,  NJ.  Office  for  lease.  750 
square  feet,  large,  private  adjoining  park- 
ing lot,  1st  floor,  no  steps  . . . will  build  to 
suit.  Phone  201-688-2480. 


OFFICE  SPACE  FOR  RENT— Pro- 
fessional office,  860  square  feet,  estab- 
lished medical  building,  junction  of  3 
towns,  Essex  County.  On  site  parking,  on 
bus  route,  near  S-3  and  Garden  State 
Parkway.  Write  Box  No.  94,  JMSNJ. 


OFFICE  TO  RENT—  Manahawkin,  500 
square  feet  plus  common  waiting  area  in 
new  building.  Full  plumbing,  ample  park- 
ing, utilities  included.  Albert  Poet,  MD, 
609-641-5500. 


VTE  INFORMATION  FOR  MEMBERS:  $5.00  per  insertion  up  to  25  words;  10  cents  each  additional  word.  Payable  in  advance. 
0RD  COUNT:  Count  as  one  word  all  single  words,  two  initials  of  a name,  each  abbreviation,  isolated  numbers,  groups  of 
imbers,  hyphenated  words.  Count  name  and  address  as  five  words,  telephone  number  as  one  word,  and  “Write  Box  No.  000, 
d JMSNJ"  as  six  words.  COPY  DEADLINE:  Fifth  of  preceding  month. 


REAL  ESTATE  FOR  SALE 

RANDOLPH— OFFICE  CONDO— Prime  Rt.  10  location. 
First  floor  office  1010  sq.  ft.  Good  parking.  City  utilities, 
gas,  heat.  ML  208-4.  $125,000. 

WEICHERT  CO„  REALTORS 
MT.  LAKES/PARSIPPANY 
(201)  334-9400 


)L.  81— NUMBER  8— AUGUST  1984 


689 


MIDDLESEX 

GENERAL- 

UNIVERSITY 

HOSPITAL 


CENTENNIAL 

1884-1984*100  YEARS  OF  CARING 


THE  MOOLTEN  LECTURES 

in 

POSTGRADUATE  INTERNAL 
MEDICINE  AND  THERAPEUTICS 

Twenty-ninth  Series 

Sponsored  by:  Middlesex  General-University  Hospital,  UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School,  Th 
Academy  of  Medicine  of  New  Jersey,  The  New  Jersey  State  and  Middlesex  County  Chapters 
The  American  Academy  of  Family  Physicians. 

Meeting  Place:  Middlesex  General-University  Hospital— UMDNJ-Rugters  Medical  School,  New  Bruns 
wick,  New  Jersey 

Date:  Wednesdays,  9:00  to  11:00  A.M.  starting  October  10,  1984  and  ending  May  22,  1985. 

Program  Chairman:  Dr.  Hadley  Conn,  Jr.,  Professor,  UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School 

“The  Moolten  Lectures  in  Postgraduate  Internal  Medicine  and  Therapeutics,”  given  annually  will  begi- 
their  29th  year  this  coming  October.  The  1984-1985  series  can  fulfill  60  prescribed  AAFP  credits  as  we| 
as  60  category  I credits  for  the  continuing  education  requirements  of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jerse 
and  the  Physicians  Recognition  Award  of  the  American  Medical  Association.  It  also  can  fulfill  60  credit 
to  category  2D  of  the  American  Osteopathic  Association. 

As  in  previous  years  the  program  is  designed  to  provide  concise  reviews  of  important  advances  in  interns 
medicine  that  are  of  practical  interest  to  internists  and  family  practitioners.  All  30  sessions  are  presentee 
by  outstanding  physicians  from  the  faculties  of  large  medical  centers.  Participants  are  given  the  op. 
portunity  to  discuss  with  the  speakers  those  aspects  of  clinical  problems  that  arise  in  the  care  of  individua 
patients.  The  lecture  topics  will  include  Hiatus  hernia,  Gastritis,  Peptic  Ulcer,  Anemia,  Sexual  Dysfunctioi 
in  the  Male,  Proteinuria,  Thyroid  Diseases,  Hypercapneic  Respiratory  Failure,  Diabetes,  Alcoholism  anc 
many  other  subjects. 

IF  YOU  ARE  INTERESTED  IN  ENROLLING  AND  HAVE  NOT  RECEIVED  AN  APPLICATION  FORM  WRITE 
OR  TELEPHONE  THE  OFFICE  OF  MEDICAL  EDUCATION,  MIDDLESEX  GENERAL-UNIVERSITY  HOSPI 
TAL,  180  SOMERSET  STREET,  NEW  BRUNSWICK,  NEW  JERSEY  08901,  (201)  937-8505. 


The  fee  for  the  entire  Course  is  $400.  For  residents  $100.  Discounts  for  early  registration.  Parking  i: 

•j  available. 


L_ 


690 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS1 


Division 


r 


Send  this  coupon 
for  no-obligation 
Information 
of  the  savings 
under 
the  Medical 
Society  of 
New  Jersey 
Endorsed 
Insurance 
Flans 


fir3 


Check  this  list 
against  your 
coverages  . . . . 


□ $5000  Monthly  Guaranteed 
Convertible  Accident  and  Health 

□ $10,000  Monthly  Practice 
Overhead  Expense 

□ $1,250,000  Term  Life  Insurance 

□ $500  Deductible 
COMPREHENSIVE 
MILLION-OOLLAR  MAJOR 
MEDICAL  PLAN— No  other 
coverage  needed — Issuable  to  Age 
69 

□ $15,000  Deductible  MILLION- 
DOLLAR  UMBRELLA 
MAJOR  MEDICAL  PLAN  for 
holders  of  Blue  Cross  and  other 
Major  Medical  Plans — Issuable 
to  Age  69 

□ $100-a-day  Hospital  Income 
Policy 

□ $200,000  High  Limit  Accident 
Plan 

□ Keogh  and  Corporate  Plan 
NOW!  $15,000  KEOGH 


a E.  & W.  Blanksteen 
a Agency,  Inc. 

n E.  & W.  Blanksteen 

e 75  Montgomery  St., 
Jersey  City,  N.J.  07302 
(201)  333-4340 
or  1-800-BLANKAG 


Name: 

Address: 


Tel.  No 

Best  Time  To  Call 


fhe  IBM  Personal  Computer 
Uool  for  modern  times 

n the  Medical  Office. 


IEDI-SCAN®,  Authorized  IBM®  Value- 
idded  Dealer  for  the  Personal  Computer 


ur  Comprehensive  $8,995.00  MEDI-SCAN  In-office 
'jilling  And  Accounting  System  Includes: 

The  IBM  Personal  Computer  XT  with  128K, 

10  Megabyte  hard  disk. 

The  IBM  Graphics  Printer. 

MEDI-SCAN  software  — customized  for  your 
practice,  including  procedure  numbers  for  state 
agencies.  Generates  accounting  reports, 
comprehensive  patient  statements,  insurance 
and  third  party  forms. 

Optional  electronic  paperless  billing  to  third  party 
agencies,  where  applicable. 

Training — Complete  in-office  training  for  your  staff. 

Support  — “HOT-LINE”  800  number  for 
continuous  support. 


IEDI-SCAN  Single  Source 
lupport  System 


lEDI-SCAN’S  unique,  comprehensive  hardware  and  software  maintenance  agreement  guarantees  continuing 
srvice  and  repair,  system  updates  and  additional  customization,  plus  in-office  training — all  from  one  source.  Our 
)cal  training  consultants  and  technicians  are  dedicated  to  giving  you  the  best  possible  service. 


3M  Personal  Computer  XTs  are  in  stock  in  our  local  warehouses  ready  to  be  immediately  installed.  Over  five 
undred  physicians  are  using  the  MEDI-SCAN  System — join  them  in  making  the  IBM  PC-XT  “A  tool  for  modem 
mes  in  the  medical  office.” 


Approved  nationwide  by  over  25  third  party  carriers  for  electronic  claims  submission 


I would  like  to  know  more  about  the  MEDI-SCAN 
System  on  the  IBM  Personal  Computer  XT. 

Dr. 

Address 

City State Zip 

Phone  ( ) 


Or  call:  800-922-1021 
In  MA:  800462-1009 

Send  to:  MEDI-SCAN 


90  Madison  Street,  Worcester,  MA  01608 


Service  centers  currently  in:  New  England  • Mid  Atlantic  States  • Mid  Western  States  • California  • Texas 

®MED1-SCAN  is  a registered  trademark  of  PAL  Assoc.  Inc. 

: PAL  Associates  is  an  Authorized  IBM  Value-Added  Dealer  for  the  Personal  Computer. 

®IBM  is  a registered  trademark  of  International  Business  Machines  Corporation. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


691 


September  1984 


THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY 
OF  NEW  JERSEY 

Founded  July  23,  1766 


Officers  and  Trustees 

President  and  Chairman  of  the  Board 

Frank  Y.  Watson,  M.D.  (Essex)  Glen  Ridge 

President  Elect 

Ralph  J.  Fioretti,  M.D.  (Bergen)  Rochelle  Park 

Erst  Vice  President 

Edward  A Schauer,  M.D.  (Monmouth)  Farmingdale 

Second  Vice-President 

Harry  M.  Carnes,  M.D.  (Camden)  Audubon 

Immediate  Past-President 

Alexander  D.  Kovacs,  M.D.  (Union)  Scotch  Plains 

Secretary 

Arthur  Bernstein,  M.D.  (Essex)  South  Orange 

Treasurer 

Paul  J.  Hirsch,  M.D.  (Somerset)  Bridgewater 

Trustees 

Joel  S.  Cherashore,  M.D.  (1986)  (Essex)  Nutley 

Douglas  M.  Costabile,  M.D.  (1987)  (Union)  Murray  Hill 

Palma  E.  Formica  M.D.  (1987) 

(Middlesex)  New  Brunswick 

Harry  W.  Fullerton,  Jr.,  M.D.  (1985) 

(Salem)  Carney’s  Point 

Frank  Gingerelli,  M.D.  (1986)  (Bergen)  Hackensack 

Michael  M.  Heeg,  M.D.  (1987)  (Mercer)  Trenton 

Louis  L.  Keeler,  M.D.  (1985)  (Camden)  Collingswood 

John  P.  Kengeter,  M.D.  (1987)  (Ocean)  Toms  River 

Edwin  W.  Messey,  M.D.  (1985)  (Burlington)  Willingboro 

Myles  C.  Morrison,  Jr„  M.D.  (1985)  (Morris)  ....  Morristown 

John  J.  Pastore,  M.D.  (1986)  (Cumberland)  Vineland 

Carl  Restivo,  Jr.,  M.D.  (1987)  (Hudson)  Jersey  City 

Bernard  Robins,  M.D.  (1987)  (Essex)  Springfield 

Gerald  H.  Rozan,  M.D.  (1987)  (Passaic)  Wayne 

Councilors 

Erst  District 

(Essex,  Morris,  Union,  and  Warren  Counties) 

Edward  M.  Coe,  M.D.  (1987)  Cranford 

Second  District 

(Bergen,  Hudson,  Passaic,  and  Sussex  Counties) 

Robert  A Weinstein,  M.D.  (1986)  Newton 

Third  District 

(Hunterdon,  Mercer,  Middlesex,  and  Somerset  Counties) 

Louis  G.  Fares,  M.D.  (1985)  Trenton 

Fourth  District 

(Burlington,  Camden,  Monmouth,  and  Ocean  Counties) 

Frederick  W.  Durham,  M.D.  (1987)  Haddonfield 

Efth  District 

(Atlantic,  Cape  May,  Cumberland,  Gloucester,  and 
Salem  Counties) 

Paul  H.  Steel,  M.D.  (1986)  Atlantic  City 

AMA  Delegates 

William  J.  D Elia  M.D.,  Chairman  (1985)  Spring  Lake 

Alfred  A Alessi,  M.D.  (1986)  Hackensack 

Frederick  W.  Durham,  M.D.  (1986)  Haddonfield 

Palma  E.  Formica  M.D.  (1986)  New  Brunswick 

Karl  T.  Franzoni,  M.D.  (1986)  Trenton 

John  S.  Madara  M.D.  (1986)  Salem 

Henry  J.  Mineur,  M.D.  (1986)  Cranford 

Myles  C.  Morrison,  Jr.,  M.D.  (1985)  Morristown 

Howard  D.  Slobodien,  M.D.  (1985)  Metuchen 


AMA  Trustee 

James  S.  Todd,  M.D.  (Ridgewood) 


Publication  Committee 

Paul  J.  Hirsch,  M.D.,  Chairman 
Dirck  L.  Brendlinger,  M.D. 
Frederick  B.  Cohen,  M.D. 

A.  Olusegun  Fayemi,  M.D. 
Robert  M.  MacMillan,  M.D. 
Leon  G.  Smith,  M.D. 

La  Verne  Fioretti 

Editor 

Arthur  Krosniek,  M.D. 


Managing  Editor 

Geraldine  R Hutner 


Assistant  Managing  Editor 

Dorothy  J.  Griffith 

Advertising  Manager 

E.  Elizabeth  Cookson 

Executive  Director 

Vincent  A Maressa 

Executive  Director  Emeritus 

Richard  I.  Nevin 

Editorial  Board 

Jerome  Abrams,  M.D.  (Obstet/ Gynecol) 
Joseph  Alpert,  M.D.  (Vase  Surg) 

Harold  Arlen,  M.D.  (Otolaryngol) 

Alfonse  Cinotti,  M.D.  (Ophthalmol) 
Robert  Dodelson,  M.D.  (Nephrol) 
Norman  H.  Ertel,  M.D.  (Int  Med/Endocrinol) 
Daniel  P.  Greenfield,  M.D.  (Psychiat) 
Christine  E.  Haycock,  M.D.  (Sports  Med) 
Monroe  S.  Karetzky,  M.D.  (Pulmon  Med) 
Avrum  L.  Katcher,  M.D.  (Pediatr) 
Stanley  C.  Leonberg,  Jr.,  M.D.  (Neurol) 

Joel  D.  Levinson,  M.D.  (Gastroenterol) 
Joseph  A Lieberman,  III,  M.D.  (Fam  Med) 
Alan  J.  Lippman,  M.D.  (Oncol) 

Henry  R Liss,  M.D.  (Neurosurg) 

Geobel  A Marin,  M.D.  (Int  Med/Gastroenterol) 
Donald  G.  McKaba  M.D.  (Allergy) 

Robby  Meijer,  M.D.  (Plas  Surg) 

Frank  T.  Padberg,  Jr.,  M.D.  (Surg) 
Christopher  A Papa  M.D.  (Dermatol) 
Norman  Riegel,  M.D.  (Book  Review) 
Edwin  L.  Rothfield,  M.D.  (Cardiol) 
Benjamin  F.  Rush,  Jr„  M.D.  (Surg) 
Morris  H.  Saffron,  M.D.  (Med  His) 

Mark  M.  Singer,  M.D.  (Int  Med/Endocrinol) 
Sheldon  D.  Solomon,  M.D.  (Rheum) 

Lloyd  N.  Spindell,  M.D.  (Radiol) 

A Arthur  Sugerman,  M.D.  (Psychiat) 
Stephen  F.  Wang,  M.D.  (Pediatr) 

Edwin  S.  Wilson,  M.D.  (Radiol) 

Louis  S.  Zeiger,  M.D.  (Nucl  Med) 

Robert  B.  Zufall,  M.D.  (Urol) 


The  Journal  of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  (ISSN-0025-7524)  is  published  monthly  (since  1904)  except 
semimonthly  in  July  (13  issues),  under  direction  of  the  Committee  on  Publication,  by  the  Medical  Society  of  New 
Jersey,  Two  Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648.  Printed  in  East  Stroudsburg,  PA  by  the  Hughes  Printing 
Co  Whole  number  of  issues  966.  Member’s  subscription  (SlO)  is  included  in  Society  dues.  Rates  for  nonmembers, 
$20;  outside  USA  add  $7.50  for  postage.  Single  copies,  $2.  Address  communications  to  The  Journal  MSNJ,  Two 
Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648,  (609)  896-1766.  Second-class  postage  paid  at  Trenton,  NJ,  and  additional 
entry  office.  Copyright  1984  by  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey. 


692 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


“A  MIDLANTK  CPEDFT  UHE 
CAN  PUT  SWOMO  RIGHT 
AT  YOUR  FMERTIPS? 


Bob  Van  Buren , Chairman, 
Midiantic  Banks  Inc. 


t=J 

Member  FDIC 
Equal  Opportunity  Lender 


Lantic 


“Investments.  Auctions.  College, 
lisiness  expansion. 

“Will  you  have  ready  capital  when 
Elden  opportunities  knock?  The  Hungry 
i nkers  say  ‘Yes! 

“We  give  you  a choice  of  credit  lines 
t it  put  you  in  touch  with  a whole  world  of 
f ancial  freedom. 

“Chec-King,  for  instance,  adds  the 
:nvenience  of  a line  of  credit  to  your 
fidlantic  checking  or 
DW  account. 

' henever  you 
t ed  money, 
rite  a check 
-lpto  the 
bit  of  your 
edit  line. 


“Need  a larger  line  of  credit?  Try  our 
Capital  Linesm  account  on  for  size.  It  gives  you 
a standing  line  of  credit.  Anywhere  from 
$10,000  to  $100,000. 

‘Any  time  a great  opportunity  comes  your 
way,  simply  write  one  of  your  Capital  Line 
checks.  As  often  as  you  like.  For  as  little 
as  $500.  Or  as  much  as  $100,000. 

‘Applying  is  easy,  too.  Just  stop  by 
any  Midlantic  office.  Our  brief  appli- 
cation could  be  the  last  of  its  kind 
you’ll  ever  have  to  fill  out. 

“Let  the  Hungry  Bankers 
put  up  to  $100,000  of  financial 
leverage  right  at  your  fingertips 
“Then,  when  you  need  it, 
you've  got  it!’ 


FOOD 
FOR  THOUGHT 
FROM  THE 

mm 

BARKERS 


The  Journal 
of  the  Medical 
Society  of 


New  Jersey 

SEPTEMBER  19* 


■■■■Medical  History 

70 1 The  Lenape  Contribution  to  New  Jersey  Medicine 
Thomas  P.  Fitzpatrick,  Teaneck 
709  A Sketch  of  Medicine  in  New  Jersey  to  1825 

Morris  H.  Saffron,  M.D.,  Lawrenceville 
7 1 8 MSNJ:  America’s  First  and  Oldest  Medical  Society 

Geraldine  Hutner,  Lawrenceville 
723  The  History  of  Medical  Journalism  in  New  Jersey 
Arthur  Krosnick,  M.D.,  Lawrenceville 
73 1 Preliminary  Report  of  Yellow  Fever  During  the  18th  Century 

William  J.  Snape,  M.D.,  and  Edward  L.  Wolfe,  Ph.D„  Haddonfield 
737  The  History  of  Medicine  and  Medical  Care  in  New  Brunswick 
Norman  Reitman,  M.D.,  Highland  Park 
7 40  The  Life  and  Times  of  Camden 

Sam  Alewitz,  Ph,D„  Gloucester  Township 

On  Display  i 

747  The  Science  and  Art  of  Healing 

Stuart  Sammis  and  Eric  Dummett  Newark 


■^■Medical  Personalities 

759  Samuel  Alexander,  M.D.,  and  the  Uniform  Medical  Practice  Act 
Stewart  F.  Alexander,  M.D.,  Park  Ridge 
765  Frederick  B.  Kilmer:  A Notable  New  Jersey  Pharmacist 
Roy  A.  Bowers,  Ph.D„  New  Brunswick 
769  William  Augustus  Newell,  M.D.,  and  the  Life  Saving  Service 
Peter  J.  Guthom,  M.D.,  Brielle 
773  Women  Physicians  in  New  Jersey:  The  Early  Era 
Christine  E.  Haycock,  M.D.,  Newark 
779  A Medical  Dynasty  in  New  Jersey 

Estelle  Brodman,  Ph,D„  Hightstown 

Medical  Specialties 

The  Academy  of  Medicine  of  New  Jersey:  A Brief  History 

Morris  H.  Saffron,  M.D.,  Lawrenceville 

Medical  Education  of  New  Jersey:  The  Development  of  UMDNJ 

Stanley  S.  Bergen,  Jr„  M.D.,  Newark 

The  First  40  Years  of  Osteopathic  Medicine  in  New  Jersey 
Robert  L.  Thompson,  EcLD.,  and  Christine  Chico,  D.O.,  Piscataway 
The  History  of  the  New  Jersey  Hospital  Association 
Linda  Staab,  Princeton 
New  Jersey  State  Nurses’  Association 
Janet  L.  Fickeissen,  R.N.,  Lanoka  Harbor 

Mi  Bibliography  i 

807  New  Jersey  Medical  Historiography:  1964-1984 

David  L.  Cowen,  MA„  LittD.,  Rossmoor 

ftyg&u  MSNJ  Department 

811  CME  Calendar 


On  The  Cover:  The  Journal  is  cel- 
ebrating 300  years  of  medicine  in 
New  Jersey.  This  issue  highlights 
the  history  of  medical  care  in  the 
Garden  State.  Our  cover  is  by 
Frank  Cecala 


785 

791 

798 

802 

805 


694 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE'1 


JJ5NJ  Members  . . . 

<2  has  never  been  a better  time  to  improve  your  Keogh  and  Corporate  Retirement  Plans 


;th  Care  Consulting,  Inc.  (HCC),  primary 
iite  of  THE  HEALTH  CARE  GROUP,  and 
Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  introduce 
Lely  program  for  individually  designed 
cment  plans — 

■ drafted  exclusively  for  physicians’ 
practice  needs 

■ containing  more  than  30  comprehen- 
sive, frequently  overlooked  features 
invaluable  to  medical  practices 

complying  with  TEFRA  as  you  must  in 
1984 

allowing  the  same  physicians  directed 
investment  choices  for  incorporated  and 
unincorporated  practices 

and  providing  innovative  Ongoing  Plan 
Service — accessibility  to  consultation  and 
advice,  routine  amendments  and  our 
exclusive  Retirement  Planning 
Newsletter 


medical 

1 £99ety 
of  NEW  JERSEY 

D two  princes* 


EXECUTIVE  OFFICES  n 

es  a TWO  PRINCESS  R run 

110WMember. 

Care  Commit^  D]_  . ^ a 


m -sePlans.pro;d7  — 

thoughtful  Keogh  members 

flSOai  yeaP  - toll-free 

We  expect  you  will  f e M to  Phelans  Ty0Ur  1984 

retirement  plans  ta  198^d  these  materials  timely  and  inf  PPaCUces 

ormatwe  as  you  evaluate  your 


Enc. 


(money  purchase,  profit  <=h 


Sincerely, 

Commit  on^trne"6'  Chairma" 

n Retirement  Plans  for  Physicians 


is  a pivotal  year  for  retirement  planning,  with  the  challenges  presented  by  TEFRA  and  the 
ortunity  for  individually  drafted  plans. 


' is  extremely  pleased  to  work  with  MSNJ  and  has  prepared  informative  material  on 

irement  planning  under  TEFRA/’  “comprehensive  plan  features/'  and  a “checklist  to  review 
r plans/’  available  by  phoning  toll-free  or  writing  — 


h Care  Group  Address  

cal  Society  of  New  Jersey/ 

h Care  Consulting,  Inc.  

HE  HEALTH  CARE  GROUP 

Mmont  Avenue  Phone  

lynwyd,  PA  19004 
-441-0737 

567-2468  Unincorporated  □ Incorporated  □ Fiscal  year  ends 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


695 


Just  once 


First-step  blood  pressure  control 
with  optimal  simplicity 


Benefits  diuretics  cannot  offer. . . Once  daily  inder al  la 

(propranolol  hydrochloride)  with  its  smooth  24-hour  control  of  blood 
pressure  provides  a high  degree  of  patient  acceptance  without  potas- 
sium problems,  plus  the  cardiovascular  benefits  of  the  world’s  leading- 
beta  blocker. 

Experience  no  other  beta  blocker  can  match. . . Once-daily 

INDER  AL  LA  delivers  the  proven  performance  and  safety  profile  of 
INDERAL  tablets — confirmed  by  millions  of  patients  during  16  years 
of  clinical  use.  INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  used  in  congestive  heart 
failure,  sinus  bradycardia,  heart  block  greater  than  first  degree,  or 
bronchial  asthma. 


Start  with  80  mg  once  daily. . . Dosage  may  be  increased  to 
120  mg  or  160  mg  once  daily  as  needed  to  achieve  additional  control 
Please  see  next  page  for  further  details  and  brief  summary  of 
prescribing  information. 


80  120  160 

mg  mg  mg  ' 

The  appearance  of  INDERAL  LA  capsules 
is  a registered  trademark  of  Ayersf  Laboratories 


Just  once  each  day 
for  initial  therapy  in 
HYPERTENSION. 


ONCE-DAILY 


INDERAL  LA 

(PROPRANOLOL  HCI) 


LONG  ACTING 
CAPSULES 


80 

mg 


120 

mg 


10 


BRIEF  SUMMARY  (FOR  FULL  PRESCRIBING  INFORMATION,  SEE  PACKAGE  CIRCULAR ) 
INDERAL"  LA  brand  of  propranolol  hydrochloride  (Long  Acting  Capsules) 
DESCRIPTION.  Inderal  LA  is  formulated  to  provide  a sustained  release  of  propranolol 
hydrochloride  Inderal  LA  is  available  as  80  mg,  120  mg,  and  160  mg  capsules 
CLINICAL  PHARMACOLOGY.  INDERAL  is  a nonselective  beta-adrenergic  receptor 
blocking  agent  possessing  no  other  autonomic  nervous  system  activity.  It  specifically  com- 
petes with  beta-adrenergic  receptor  stimulating  agents  for  available  receptor  sites.  When 
access  to  beta-receptor  sites  is  blocked  by  INDERAL,  the  chronotropic,  inotropic,  and 
vasodilator  responses  to  beta-adrenergic  stimulation  are  decreased  proportionately 

INDERAL  LA  Capsules  (80, 120,  and  160  mg)  release  propranolol  HCI  at  a controlled  and 
predictable  rate.  Peak  blood  levels  following  dosing  with  INDERAL  LA  occur  at  about  6 hours 
and  the  apparent  plasma  half-life  is  about  10  hours.  When  measured  at  steady  state  over  a 24- 
hour  period  the  areas  under  the  propranolol  plasma  concentration-time  curve  (AUCs)  for  the 
capsules  are  approximately  60%  to  65%  of  the  AUCs  for  a comparable  divided  daily  dose  of 
INDERAL  tablets  The  lower  AUCs  for  the  capsules  are  due  to  greater  hepatic  metabolism  of 
propranolol,  resulting  from  the  slower  rate  of  absorption  of  propranolol.  Over  a twenty-four  (24) 
hour  period,  blood  levels  are  fairly  constant  for  about  twelve  (12)  hours  then  decline 
exponentially. 

INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  considered  a simple  mg  for  mg  substitute  for  conventional 
propranolol  and  the  blood  levels  achieved  do  not  match  (are  lower  than)  those  of  two  to  four 
times  daily  dosing  with  the  same  dose  When  changing  to  INDERAL  LA  from  conventional 
propranolol,  a possible  need  for  retitration  upwards  should  be  considered  especially  to 
maintain  effectiveness  at  the  end  of  the  dosing  interval  In  most  clinical  settings,  however, 
such  as  hypertension  or  angina  where  there  is  little  correlation  between  plasma  levels  and 
clinical  effect,  INDERAL  LA  has  been  therapeutically  equivalent  to  the  same  mg  dose  of 
conventional  INDERAL  as  assessed  by  24-hour  effects  on  blood  pressure  and  on  24-hour 
exercise  responses  of  heart  rate,  systolic  pressure  and  rate  pressure  product.  INDERAL  LA 
can  provide  effective  beta  blockade  for  a 24-hour  period. 

The  mechanism  of  the  antihypertensive  effect  of  INDERAL  has  not  been  established 
Among  the  factors  that  may  be  involved  in  contributing  to  the  antihypertensive  action  are  (1) 
decreased  cardiac  output,  (2)  inhibition  of  renin  release  by  the  kidneys,  and  (3)  diminution  of 
tonic  sympathetic  nerve  outflow  from  vasomotor  centers  in  the  brain.  Although  total  peripheral 
resistance  may  increase  initially,  it  readjusts  to  or  below  the  pretreatment  level  with  chronic 
use  Effects  on  plasma  volume  appear  to  be  minor  and  jpajnewhat  variable  INDERAL  has 
been  shown  to  cause  a small  increase  in  serum  potassiJBconcentration  when  used#!  the 
treatment  of  hypertensive  patients.  flf— _ JL_ 

In  angina  pectoris,  propranolol  generally  reduces  thpftvn  redHAM^MBHl 
any  given' level  of  effort  by  blocking  the  catecholamine  JHJBb  increases  in  the  h^p,  rate, 
systolic  blood  pressure,  and  the  velocity  and  extent  otfnyocardial  pontractipa : /Propranolol 
may  increase  oxygen  requirements  by  increasing  left  ventricular  lifter lengW>$S$ ;3$stolic 
pressure  and  systolic  election  period  The  net  physiologic  effectof^%^<j^,^W^^tode 
is  usually  advantageous  and  is  manifested  during  exmr  so  bv  delay'd  onset  pain  land 

increased  work  capacity  MB 

In  dosages  greater  than  required  for  beta  blockade.  INDERAL  also  exerts  a quinidine-l|isf 
or  anesthetic-like  membrane  action  which  affects  the  cardiac  action  potential;' The  signifi- 
cance of  the  membrane  action  in  the  treatment  of  iSarfceffm^P^^^  jHlP 

The  mechanism  of  the  antimigraine  effect  of  propranolol  has  not  been  established  Beta 
adrenergic  receptors  have  been  demonstrated  in  ,ihe  pint  ves  sefs  df  YHe  brain 

Beta  receptor  blockade  can  be  useful  in  concHfens  in  wliich.  because  of  pathologic  or 
functional  changes,  sympathetic  activity  is  detrirr^»^m§^^^)i’pullthere  are  also 
situations  in  which  sympathetic  stimulation  is  vital  Forexample  In  patients  wfrnseverely 
damaged  hearts,  adequate  ventricular  function  is  maintained  by  virtue  of  sympathetic  drive 
which  should  be  preserved  In  the  presence  of  AV  block,  greater  than  first  degree,  beta 
blockade  may  prevent  the  necessary  facilitating  effect  of  sympathetic  activity  on  conduction 
Beta  blockade  results  in  bronchial  constriction  by  interfering  with  adrenergic  bronchodilator 
activity  which  should  be  preserved  in  patients  subject  to  bronchospasm 
Propranolol  is  not  significantly  dialyzable. 

INDICATIONS  AND  USAGE.  Hypertension:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  in  the  manage- 
ment of  hypertension;  it  may  be  used  alone  or  used  in  combination  with  other  antihypertensive 
agents,  particularly  a thiazide  diuretic.  INDERAL  LA  is  not  indicated  in  the  management  of 
hypertensive  emergencies. 

Angina  Pectoris  Due  to  Coronary  Atherosclerosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated 
for  the  long-term  management  of  patients  with  angina  pectoris. 

Migraine:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  for  the  prophylaxis  of  common  migraine  headache. 
The  efficacy  of  propranolol  in  the  treatment  of  a migraine  attack  that  has  started  has  not  been 
established  and  propranolol  is  not  indicated  for  such  use 

Hypertrophic  Subaortic  Stenosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  useful  in  the  management  of 
hypertrophic  subaortic  stenosis,  especially  for  treatment  of  exertional  or  other  stress-induced 
angina,  palpitations,  and  syncope.  INDERAL  LA  also  improves  exercise  performance.  The 
effectiveness  of  propranolol  hydrochloride  in  this  disease  appears  to  be  due  to  a reduction  of 
the  elevated  outflow  pressure  gradient  which  is  exacerbated  by  beta-receptor  stimulation. 
Clinical  improvement  may  be  temporary 

CONTRAINDICATIONS.  INDERAL  is  contraindicated  in  1)  cardiogenic  shock;  2)  sinus 
bradycardia  and  greater  than  first  degree  block;  3)  bronchial  asthma;  4)  congestive  heart 
failure  (see  WARNINGS)  unless  the  failure  is  secondary  to  a tachyarrhythmia  treatable  with 
INDERAL 

WARNINGS.  CARDIAC  FAILURE:  Sympathetic  stimulation  may  be  a vital  component  sup- 
porting circulatory  function  in  patients  with  congestive  heart  failure,  and  its  inhibition  by  beta 
blockade  may  precipitate  more  severe  failure  Although  beta  blockers  should  be  avoided  in 
overt  congestive  heart  failure,  if  necessary,  they  can  be  used  with  close  follow-up  in  patients 
with  a history  of  failure  who  are  well  compensated  and  are  receiving  digitalis  and  diuretics. 
Beta-adrenergic  blocking  agents  do  not  abolish  the  inotropic  action  of  digitalis  on  heart 
muscle. 

IN  PATIENTS  WITHOUT  A HISTORY  OF  HEART  FAILURE,  continued  use  of  beta  blockers 
can,  in  some  cases,  lead  to  cardiac  failure.  Therefore,  at  the  first  sign  or  symptom  of  heart 
failure,  the  patient  should  be  digitalized  and/or  treated  with  diuretics,  and  the  response 
observed  closely,  or  INDERAL  should  be  discontinued  (gradually,  if  possible). 


MAJOR  SURGERY:  The  necessity  or  desirability  of  withdrawal  of  beta-blocking  thejj 


prior  to  major  surgery  is  controversial.  It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  the  impaired  abil|| 


u 


’1 


the  heart  to  respond  to  reflex  adrenergic  stimuli  may  augment  the  risks  of  general  anestKa 
and  surgical  procedures  ; > 

INDERAL  (propranolol  HCI),  like  other  beta  blockers,  is  a competitive  inhibitor  ol  t.L  1 
receptor  agonists  and  its  effects  can  be  reversed  by  administration  of  such  agents, 
dobutamine  or  isoproterenol.  However,  such  patients  may  be  subject  to  protracted  see  fi 
hypotension  Difficulty  in  starting  and  maintaining  the  heartbeat  has  also  been  reported  \ ■* 
blockers 

DIABETES  AND  HYPOGLYCEMIA  Beta-adrenergic  blockade  may  prevent  thejljjt 
pearance  of  certain  premonitory  signs  and  symptoms  (pulse  rate  and  pressure  change') 
acute  hypoglycemia  in  labile  insulin-dependent  diabetes.  In  these  patients,  it  may  be  r,i  ,.k 
difficult  to  adjust  the  dosage  of  insulin.  !’  "U 

THYROTOXICOSIS:  Beta  blockade  may  mask  certain  clinical  signs  of  hyperthyroid , , 
Therefore,  abrupt  withdrawal  of  propranolol  may  be  followed  by  an  exacerbation  of  sympt  j )j  jj 
of  hyperthyroidism,  including  thyroid  storm  Propranolol  does  not  distort  thyroid  function  t< 

IN  PATIENTS  WITH  WOLFF-PARKINSON-WHITE  SYNDROME,  several  cases  have  t 
reported  in  which,  after  propranolol,  the  tachycardia  was  replaced  by  a severe  bradyca 
requiring  a demand  pacemaker  In  one  case  this  resulted  after  an  initial  dose  of  5 
propranolol 

PRECAUTIONS.  General . Propranolol  should  be  used  with  caution  in  patients  with  impa 
hepatic  or  renal  function.  INDERAL  is  not  indicated  for  the  treatment  of  hyperten 
emergencies. 

Beta  adrenoreceptor  blockade  can  cause  reduction  of  intraocular  pressure  Pain 
should  be  told  that  INDERAL  may  interfere  with  the  glaucoma  screening  test  Withdrawal  i 
lead  to  a return  of  increased  intraocular  pressure 

Clinical  Laboratory  Tests:  Elevated  blood  urea  levels  in  patients  with  severe  heart  dise, 
elevated  serum  transaminase,  alkaline  phosphatase,  lactate  dehydrogenase 

DRUG  INTERACTIONS:  Patients  receiving  catecholamine-depleting  drugs  such  as  re 
pine  should  be  closely  observed  if  INDERAL  is  administered  The  added  catecholam 
blocking  action  may  produce  an  excessive  reduction  of  resting  sympathetic  nervous  acti 
which  may  result  in  hypotension,  marked  bradycardia,  vertigo,  syncopal  attacks,  or  orthost 
hypotension 

Carcinogenesis.  Mutagenesis.  Impairment  ot  Fertility  Long-term  studies  in  animals  h 
been  conducted  to  evaluate  toxic  effects  and  carcinogenic  potential  In  18-month  studie 
.both  rats  an  d rp^errijrloytHg.doses^ij^glSO  mg/kg/day.  there  was  no  evidence  of  sigmfic 
drug-induced,  toxicity  There  wem  no  drug-related  tumorigemc  effects  at  any  of  the  dost 
LiYlevelS  Reproducpe  studies  in  animals  not  show  any  impairment  of  fertility  that  r 
attributable  io  the  drug. 

fiffigAisjncy  Preqnahcy  CgUgiftry  CJfJDERAL  has  been  shown  to  be  embryotoxic 
animal  stufies  agdgses  about  10  times  greater  than  the  maximum  recommended  human  dc 
^NsB^hJfPare  njTOeqwSPInd  weft-con* m loo  studies  in  pregnant  women  INDERAL  sho 
be  used  during  pregnancy  only  if  the  potential  benefit  justifies  the  potential  risk  to  the  fel 
Nursing  MotEMs  INDERAL  is  excreted  in  human  milk  Caution  should  be  exercised  wl 
ministered  to  a nursing  woman 

ctivgjpfes  in  children  have  not  been  established 
ads&se  effects  have  been  mild  and  transient  and  hi 


I 


V; 


rt  failure,  intensification  of  AV  block;  hy| 
rpura;  arterial  insufficiency,  usually  of 


IN  PATIENTS  WITH  ANGINA  PECTORIS,  there  have  been  reports  of  exacerbation  of 
angina  and,  in  some  cases,  myocardial  infarction,  following  abrupt  discontinuance  of 
INDERAL  therapy  Therefore,  when  discontinuance  of  INDERAL  is  planned  the  dosage 
should  be  gradually  reduced  over  at  least  a few  weeks,  and  the  patient  should  be 
cautioned  against  interruption  or  cessation  of  therapy  without  the  physician's  advice.  If 
INDERAL  therapy  is  interrupted  and  exacerbation  of  angina  occurs,  it  usually  is  advis- 
able to  reinstitute  INDERAL  therapy  and  take  other  measures  appropriate  for  the  man- 
agement of  unstable  angina  pectoris.  Since  coronary  artery  disease  may  be 
unrecognized,  it  may  be  prudent  to  follow  the  above  advice  in  patients  considered  at  risk 
of  having  occult  atherosclerotic  heart  disease  who  are  given  propranolol  for  other 
indications. 


lareiyt^sjuired^^withdrawai  < 
pi  umjiovascular:  bradycardi 
pension;  paresthesia  ot  hands. 

TRaynaucrfype  v-- - 3 

Central  Nervous  System : tiQtjtfieadedness.  mental  depression  manifested  by  msomr 
lassitude,  weakness.  tatigudWversible  mental  depression  progressing  to  catatonia,  vis 
disturbances,  hallucinations;  an  acute  reversible  syndrome  characterized  by  disorientation 
time  and  place,  short-term  memory  loss,  emotional  lability,  slightly  clouded  sensorium,  a 
decreased  performance  on  neuropsychometrics 

Gastrointestinal  nausea,  vomiting,  epigastric  distress,  abdominal  cramping,  diarrhi 
constipation,  mesenteric  arterial  thrombosis,  ischemic  colitis. 

Allergic:  pharyngitis  and  agranulocytosis,  erythematous  rash,  fever  combined  withachi 
and  sore  throat,  laryngospasm  and  respiratory  distress. 

Respiratory  bronchospasm 

Hematologic  agranulocytosis,  nonthrombocytopenic  purpura,  thrombocytoperi 
purpura 

Auto-Immune  In  extremely  rare  instances,  systemic  lupus  erythematosus  has  be 
reported 

Miscellaneous:  alopecia,  LE-like  reactions,  psoriasiform  rashes,  dry  eyes,  male  imp; 
tence,  and  Peyronie's  disease  have  been  reported  rarely  Oculomucocutaneous  reactio 
involving  the  skin,  serous  membranes  and  conjunctivae  reported  for  a beta  blocker  (practof 
have  not  been  associated  with  propranolol 

DOSAGE  AND  ADMINISTRATION.  INDERAL  LA  provides  propranolol  hydrochloride  ir| 
sustained-release  capsule  for  administration  once  daily  If  patients  are  switched  from  INDER/1 
tablets  to  INDERAL  LA  capsules,  care  should  be  taken  to  assure  that  the  desired  therapeul ! 
effect  is  maintained  INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  considered  a simple  mg  for  mg  substitute  1 1 
INDERAL  INDERAL  LA  has  different  kinetics  and  produces  lower  blood  levels  Retitration  m;  | 
be  necessary  especially  to  maintain  effectiveness  at  the  end  of  the  24-hour  dosing  mterv, 
HYPERTENSION — Dosage  must  be  individualized  The  usual  initial  dosage  is  80  n 
INDERAL  LA  once  daily,  whether  used  alone  or  added  to  a diuretic.  The  dosage  may  t1 
increased  to  120  mg  once  daily  or  higher  until  adequate  blood-pressure  control  is  achieve; 
The  usual  maintenance  dosage  is  120  to  160  mg  once  daily  In  some  instances  a dosage  of  6*; 
mg  may  be  required  The  time  needed  for  full  hypertensive  response  to  a given  dosage  .1 
variable  and  may  range  from  a few  days  to  several  weeks 

ANGINA  PECTORIS — Dosage  must  be  individualized.  Starting  with  80  mg  INDERAL  L] 
once  daily,  dosage  should  be  gradually  increased  at  three  to  seven  day  intervals  until  optimu 
response  is  obtained.  Although  individual  patients  may  respond  at  any  dosage  level,  tt 
average  optimum  dosage  appears  to  be  160  mg  once  daily  In  angina  pectoris,  the  value  ar 
safety  of  dosage  exceeding  320  mg  per  day  have  not  been  established 

If  treatment  is  to  be  discontinued,  reduce  dosage  gradually  over  a period  of  a few  week 
(see  WARNINGS) 

MIGRAINE — Dosage  must  be  individualized  The  initial  oral  dose  is  80  mg  INDERAL  Lj 
once  daily  The  usual  effective  dose  range  is  160-240  mg  once  daily  The  dosage  may  bj 
increased  gradually  to  achieve  optimum  migraine  prophylaxis  If  a satisfactory  response  is  ml 
obtained  within  four  to  six  weeks  after  reaching  the  maximum  dose,  INDERAL  LA  theraf' 
should  be  discontinued  It  may  be  advisable  to  withdraw  the  drug  gradually  over  a period  ij 

^HYPERTROPHIC  SUBAORTIC  STENOSIS— 80-160  mg  INDERAL  LA  once  daily 
PEDIATRIC  DOSAGE— At  this  time  the  data  on  the  use  of  the  drug  in  this  age  group  are  to] 
limited  to  permit  adequate  directions  for  use 

*The  appearance  of  INDERAL  LA  capsules  is  a registered  trademark  of  Ayerst  Laboratory. 


Hcnallergic  Bronchospasm  (e.g.,  chronic  bronchitis,  emphysema) — 

PATIENTS  WITH  BRONCHOSPASTIC  DISEASES  SHOULD  IN  GENERAL  NOT  RECEIVE  BETA 
BLOCKERS.  INDERAL  should  be  administered  with  caution  since  it  may  block  bronchodila- 
tion  produced  by  endogenous  and  exogenous  catecholamine  stimulation  of  beta  receptors. 


Ayerst 


AYERST  LABORATORIES 


New  York,  N Y.  10017 


698 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


300  Years  of  Medicine  in  New  Jersey 


The  Journal  of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  with  this  special  issue 
is  honoring  the  knowledge  and  sophistication  of  its  medical  community. 

“One  measure  of  a civilized  community  could  well  be  the  extent  of  its 
acquired  medical  knowledge  and  sophistication.”  So  states  eminent  New 
Jersey  historian  and  author,  David  Cowen. 

This  issue  of  The  Journal  was  conceived  as  a means  of  presenting  to  the 
citizens  of  New  Jersey,  both  physician  and  layman,  a history  of  the  “healing 
art”  in  our  state;  for  to  understand  where  one  is  going,  one  must  understand 
where  one  has  been.  The  history  of  medicine  often  is  viewed  as  the  history 
of  scientific  misconceptions  and  quackery — that  health  professionals  and 
their  work  are  isolated  from  the  rest  of  society.  This  issue  we  hope  will  dispel 
many  of  these  erroneous  myths  as  we  present  articles  covering  a broad 
spectrum  of  the  “healing  art.”  Articles  reveal  the  contributions  made  to 
society  by  physicians  outside  of  medicine,  physicians  who  were  involved  in 
the  political  and  military  fight  for  independence,  women  who  helped  open 
the  doors  to  equal  opportunity  in  medicine,  and  crusaders  for  the  rights, 
health,  and  safety  of  industrial  workers  and  sailors. 

In  the  realm  of  medical  contributions,  there  are  articles  which  discuss 
the  early  acquisition  of  medical  knowledge  by  the  Lenape  Indians,  the 
founding  of  our  medical  society  (the  oldest  in  the  nation),  the  growth  of 
the  various  aspects  of  health  care,  and  some  of  the  leading  medical  associa- 
tions and  personalities.  Of  particular  use  to  researchers  is  the  extensive 
bibliography  of  publications  on  the  history  of  medicine  in  New  Jersey. 

The  photographic  section  highlights  the  exhibits  produced  by  the  Middle- 
sex County  Cultural  and  Heritage  Commission,  the  University  of  Medicine 
and  Dentistry  of  New  Jersey-Rutgers  Medical  School,  and  the  Middlesex 
General/University  Hospital,  celebrating  300  years  of  medicine  in  New  Jer- 
sey. 

“300  Years  of  Medicine  in  New  Jersey”  is  cosponsored  by  The  Journal 
of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  and  the  Middlesex  County  Cultural 
and  Heritage  Commission.  Publication  was  aided  by  a grant  from  (•)  the 
New  Jersey  Committee  for  the  Humanities.  Financial  support  was  received 
from  Sandoz,  Inc.,  Merck,  Sharpe  & Dohme,  Knoll  Pharmaceutical  Company, 
and  Johnson  and  Johnson  to  help  defray  the  costs  of  this  special  issue. 

Morris  H.  Saffron,  M.D.,  Guest  Editor 

Archivist-Historiarv  Medical  Society  oj  New  Jersey 
and  The  Academy  oj  Medicine  of  New  Jersey 

Stuart  Sammis,  Project  Director 
Archivist  University  oj  Medicine  and  Dentistry 
Arthur  Krosnick,  M.D.,  Editor 
The  Journal,  Medical  Society  oj  New  Jersey 
Geraldine  Hutner,  Managing  Editor 
The  Journal,  Medical  Society  oj  New  Jersey 

3L.  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


699 


|p; 


600 mg  Tablets 


Fpjohn 


©1984  The  Upjohn  Company 


The  Upjohn  Company  • Kalamazoo,  Michigan  49001  USA 


j-4044  January 


e Lenape  Contribution 
ro  New  Jersey  Medicine 


Thomas  P.  Fitzpatrick,  teaneck* 


The  colonists  and  doctors  of  early  New  Jersey  owe  a debt  to  the 
original  inhabitants  of  the  state , the  Lenape . The  medicine  plants 
and  cures  of  the  Lenape  people  left  a legacy  that  can  be  found 
in  our  medical  folklore,  and  it  can  be  said  the  Lenape  were  the 
first  medical  practitioners  and  pharmacists  in  New  Jersey. 


The  diversity  of  the  Lenape 
people*  scattered  throughout 
New  Jersey  precludes  stating  a 
harmacopoeia  known  and  used  by  all  the  different 
ands.  The  development  of  curative  practices  by  indi- 
iduals  resulted  in  the  application  of  a specific  herb 
>r  different  ailments,  while  the  sacred  aspects  of  some 
lants  and  their  potential  power  made  many  Amer- 
idian  herbalists  reluctant  to  share  their  acquired 
nowledge  of  specific  plants  with  the  colonists.  As  a 
?sult  of  conflicts  with  the  Europeans,  the  Lenape  be- 
ame  distrustful  and  resentful  of  the  settlers’  motives, 
nd  hesitant  to  aid  them  with  their  medical  expertise. 
The  herbal  remedies  of  the  Europeans  and  the 
merindian  tribes  they  came  into  contact  with  altered 
ae  Lenape’s  pharmacopoeia  by  close  association  or 
itermarriage  with  members  of  these  groups.  As  the 
enape  migrated  westward,  some  new  herbs  in  the  new 
oras  were  included  in  their  medical  repertoire.  The 
est  source  of  information  comes  from  the  journals  of 
ae  Swedish  and  Dutch  colonists.  Although  some  of 
aeir  leaders  were  interested  in  botany,  and  either  de- 
aribed  the  plants  used  by  the  Lenape,  or  sent  some 
f the  plants  to  Europe  for  examination,  many  of  the 
^ttlers  primarily  were  interested  in  acquiring  land 
nd  furs,  and  not  the  medicinal  knowledge  and  as- 
aciative  restorative  practices  of  the  local  people. 

The  assertion  that  the  colonists  used  many  Lenape 
ledicine  plants  can  be  supported  from  the  scanty  ref- 


erences in  the  settlers’  journals  of  Europeans  being 
cured  by  Native  American  herbalists  and  by  the  early 
inclusion  of  many  plants  unknown  in  Europe  in  the 
recipe  books  kept  by  colonial  housewives.  These  books 
often  included  notations  such  as  “squaw  remedy,” 
often  giving  detailed  directions  on  how  to  dispense  the 
medicinals  which  paralleled  Lenape  usage. 

Although  the  Europeans  had  a rich  herbal  folklore 
of  their  own,  their  plant  supply  was  limited  at  first  by 
the  amount  of  dried  material  brought  over  on  ships, 
or  the  successful  germination  of  herbs  from  seeds.  If 
their  supply  of  medicine  plants  was  cut  off,  they  either 
had  to  locate  plants  similar  to  the  ones  they  were  fa- 
miliar with  in  their  homelands,  or  use  trial-and-error 
or  the  “doctrine  of  signatures”  to  find  an  herbal  cure 
for  an  illness.  The  “doctrine  of  signatures,”  which  held 
that  the  shape  or  color  of  particular  plants  pointed  the 
way  to  cures,  was  used  by  Europeans  and  Amerindians 
alike.  Either  of  these  alternatives  was  likely  to  be  un- 

Thomas  P.  Fitzpatrick  is  an  art  teacher  in  the  Teaneck  Pub- 
lic Schools  and  a research  associate  of  the  Archaelogieal  Re- 
search Laboratory  at  the  Van  Ripper-Hopper  Museum  in 
Wayne. 

+Lenape  or  Lenni-Lenape  were  the  names  used  by  several 
closely  related  Amerindian  tribes  of  the  Algonquian  branch  of 
the  Algonquian-Wakashan  linguistic  stock,  who  lived  in  what 
now  is  New  Jersey,  Delaware,  Eastern  Pennsylvania,  and 
Southeastern  New  York.  They  were  called  the  Delaware  In- 
dians by  the  early  European  settlers  because  they  lived  in  the 
vicinity  of  the  Delaware  River. 


fOL.  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


701 


successful  or  produce  death  by  poisoning.  In  the  event 
the  plants  were  medically  effective  for  a given  com- 
plaint, the  specific  plant  part  that  would  produce  the 
cure,  the  proper  gathering  season,  the  dosage,  and 
method  of  preparation,  and  the  application  would  have 
to  be  known  to  produce  the  desired  result  and  avoid 
overdosing. 

The  Lenape  assisted  the  early  settlers  on  a number 
of  occasions  by  giving  them  shelter,  providing  food, 
teaching  them  how  to  hunt,  and  how  to  procure  wild 
foods  and  avoid  poisonous  ones.  References  also  are 
available  on  native  “doctors”  using  their  remedies  to 
cure  the  ailments  of  the  early  colonists.  If  the  Euro- 
peans could  not  make  use  of  their  own  pharma- 
copoeias, and  if  one  of  the  handful  of  early  doctors  was 
not  available  or  did  not  have  access  to  the  necessary 
medicinals,  a Native  American  herbalist  might  be 
prevailed  upon  as  a last  resort  to  tiy  to  cure  the  patient. 

Bit  by  bit,  some  of  the  indigenous  plants  and  rem- 
edies found  their  way  into  the  colonists’  homes,  sup- 
planting, or  used  in  conjunction  with,  their  own  herb 
lore,  thereby  providing  an  abundant  source  of  medi- 
cine that  did  not  have  to  be  dearly  paid  for  at  a distant 
apothecary  shop.  Even  after  patent  medicines  readily 
became  available  from  European  and  domestic 
sources,  the  Lenape  remedies  did  not  fall  into  disuse, 
but  existed  side  by  side  with  European  remedies,  being 
eventually  included  in  the  United  States  Pharma- 
copoeia, the  National  Formulary,  and  the  Dis- 
pensatory of  the  United  States. 

EUROPEAN  MEDICINE  AND  FOLK  MEDICINE 

Names  of  doctors  were  unusual  on  the  passenger 
lists  of  ships  laden  with  emigrants  from  the  several 
European  countries  that  anchored  in  New  Jersey 
waters  in  the  1600s.  As  settlements  began  to  prosper, 
a few  doctors  ventured  to  this  wild  land,  but  as  the 
towns  grew,  the  colonists  searched  out  new  land  for 
farms,  slowly  extending  their  distance  from  the  main 
settlements.  In  the  1600s,  the  20  practitioners  who 
were  present  in  the  colony  were  hardly  able  to  be  on 
call  to  all  of  the  colonists  who  needed  them,  even  if  they 
were  close  enough  to  be  reached  or  rich  enough  to 
afford  their  fees.  Even  if  a doctor  were  within  reach, 
the  settlers  often  were  reluctant  to  trust  their  treat- 
ments, which  often  as  not  were  unsuccessful  in  curing 
their  complaints. 

In  order  to  understand  why  the  colonial  doctors  were 
not  highly  regarded,  and  why  the  leading  physician  of 
New  York  was  listed  among  the  “small  citizens”  in  the 
town’s  census  of  1657,  it  is  necessaiy  to  understand 
the  state  of  medicine  in  Europe  at  that  time.  The  1650 
edition  of  the  London  Pharmacopoeia  not  only  listed 
the  moss  growing  in  the  exposed  skulls  of  hanged 
criminals  as  being  used  for  medicine,  but  the  raspings 
of  the  skull  itself.  Another  reference,  the  Schroedero- 
Hojfmann  Pharmacopoeia  of  1687,  listed  a formula 
for  an  electuary  containing  almost  50  ingredients,  in- 
cluding such  exotic  materials  as  emeralds,  sapphires, 
coral,  pearls,  and  topaz.  Even  though  the  colonial  doc- 
tors did  not  have  access  to  many  of  the  above  ma- 
terials, they  improvised  concoctions  of  their  own.  For 
example.  Governor  Winthrop’s  1656  recipe  for  curing 
ulcers  used  crab  eyes;  John  Winthrop,  Jr.’s  cure  for  the 


Figure  1 — Yarrow,  Achillea  millefolium  (left)  and  Indi; 
poke,  Veratrum  viride  (right). 


ague  (intermittent  fever  with  chills)  consisted  of  pu 
ting  the  parings  from  a patient’s  nails  into  a bag  tit 
around  the  neck  of  a live  eel;  Doctor  Salmon’s  linimei 
for  sciatica  in  his  1710  Family  Dictionary  used  amor 
other  things,  newly  whelped  puppies  and  earthworm 

The  disillusionment  with  the  often  unsuccessf 
cures  offered  by  the  practitioners  of  the  time  was  con 
pounded  by  the  ineptitude  of  the  many  unqualifie 
people  who  presumed  to  practice  medicine  withoi 
any  formal  training,  the  dearth  of  accepted  medicina 
necessary  to  treat  the  maladies,  and  the  limite 
number  of  apothecaries  available  to  prepare  the  ingr 
dients.  Early  attempts  were  made  by  the  colony 
leaders  to  regulate  the  preparation  of  drugs  and  tl 
practice  of  medicine,  such  as  the  Duke  of  York’s  a 
tempt  to  monitor  apothecaries  in  New  Jersey  with  pei 
alties  for  malpractice  in  1664.  But  schools  for  tl 
training  of  physicians  were  scarce  even  in  Europe,  ar 
a method  of  regulating  those  who  were  practicing  d: 
not  appear  until  New  Jersey  required  the  examinatic 
and  licensing  of  physicians  in  1772 — the  first  provin< 
to  do  so. 

This  discussion  explains  some  of  the  factors  th; 
necessitated  the  settlers’  attempts  to  utilize  the  floi 
that  surrounded  them,  especially  the  housewife,  wl 
often  was  the  one  relied  upon  to  cure  her  family; 
medical  problems.  It  should  be  remembered  that  tl 
Europeans  who  came  to  New  Jersey  brought  with  the; 
a rich  folklore  of  plant  remedies  used  by  the 
ancestors.  They  found,  growing  in  their  new  lan 
plants,  such  as  yarrow  (Achillea  millefolium)  ar 
hoarhound  (Marrubium  vulgare),  just  as  they  had  i 
their  homelands,  and  they  continued  to  use  ther 
Other  plants,  such  as  Indian  poke  or  false  hellebo 
( Veratrum  viride),  blue  flag  (Iris  versicolor),  Americaj 
ginseng  ( Panax  quinquefolius),  and  American  pei; 
nyroyal  (Hedeoma  pulegioides),  were  similar  to  sp 
cies  they  knew  in  Europe,  such  as  the  European  fald 
hellebore  (Veratrum  album),  stinking  iris  (Ir 
foetidissima)  and  Florentine  iris  (Iris  germanica),  A 
atic  ginseng  (Panax  schin-seng),  and  European  pei 
nyroyal  (Mentha  pulegium).  Since  the  American  ar 
related  foreign  species  have  the  same  essential  coi 
stituents,  the  emigrants  could  use  the  herb  < 
rootstock  in  the  same  amount  and  in  the  same  w; 


702 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


s their  forefathers  had  with  predictable  results  (Fig- 
ire  1). 

UROPEAN  CONTACTS  WITH  LENAPE 
[ERBALISTS 

In  a number  of  colonial  homes,  the  housewife  kept 
collection  of  remedies  or  recipes  to  be  used  for  vari- 
us  illnesses  in  a commonplace  book.  This  handy  refer- 
nce  was  used  in  conjunction  with,  or  in  place  of, 
ledical  books,  such  as  Salmon’s  Herbal,  first  pub- 
ished  in  England  in  1676,  or  a Collection  oj  Receipts, 
lublished  in  1755  by  Robert  Eastbum  of  New  Bruns- 
wick. Along  with  the  medieinals  known  to  European 
ledicine  are  references  to  “Indian’s  squaw”  cures,  and 
p plants  unknown  in  Europe,  which  explain  how  to 
ollect  the  specific  part  of  the  plant  to  be  used,  the 
mount,  and  the  manner  of  preparation  and  appli- 
ation.  This  type  of  folk  knowledge  was  not  developed 
i one  person’s  lifetime  by  trial-and-error,  but  was  the 
roduct  of  generations  of  experience, 
j While  numerous  books  made  reference  to  Euro- 
eans’  using  the  Native  American’s  medicinal  herbs, 
ae  above  example  of  the  “Indian  squaw”  cure  only 
uggests  that  the  settlers  learned  of  remedies  from  the 
enape,  or,  as  they  often  are  referred  to,  the  Delaware 
idians.  The  journals  of  the  early  Swedish  colonists 
long  the  Delaware  River,  and  the  notebooks  of  Dutch, 
(wedish,  English,  and  German  men  of  science  give  us 
irst-hand  accounts  of  some  of  the  Lenape  medieinals, 
nd  of  cures  performed  on  Europeans. 

When  the  Europeans  first  arrived  in  New  Jersey,  the 
enape  were  not  a cohesive  or  tribal  unit.  Native  Ameri- 
ans  were  members  of  different  autonomous  groups, 
'ho  did  not  represent  the  intentions  or  interests  of  all 
ae  Lenape  people.  Nevertheless,  many  of  the  Euro- 
eans  were  treated  cordially  by  these  separate  groups, 
he  Dutch  settlement  at  Bergen,  begun  by  Danish  or 
orwegian  emigrants  around  1618,  was  allowed  to 
rosper  and  friendly  relations  ensued;  in  1649,  the 
wedes  obtained  land  on  the  New  Jersey  side  of  the 
•elaware  River,  established  settlements,  and  were 
warmly  greeted  by  the  inhabitants.  During  the  fall  of 
677,  the  English  settlers  who  landed  in  the  Bur- 
ngton  area  were  ill  prepared  for  the  winter,  so  the 
ative  Americans  gave  them  food  and  shelter  to 
u reive. 

Although  some  early  hostilities  had  occurred  in  East 
ersey,  the  Lenape  never  again  trusted  the  Dutch  after 
ae  massacre  of  80  Native  Americans  in  Pavonia  (Jer- 
ey  City)  in  1643.  As  the  English  obtained  more  and 
lore  of  their  former  hunting  grounds,  the  Amerin- 
ians  retreated  farther  away  from  the  colonial  settle- 
ments, continuing  to  barter,  but  becoming  more  dis- 
rustful  of  the  settlers’  motives.  The  Swedish  were  the 
nly  group  who  continued  to  maintain  friendly  rela- 
ions  with  the  Lenape.  A number  of  the  Swedes  learned 
he  Lenape  language,  tried  to  convert  them,  and  acted 
s interpreters  for  the  English  Quakers. 

Due  to  the  secrecy  with  which  many  Native  Ameri- 
an  herbalists  treated  most  of  their  medicinal  plants, 
is  fortunate  that  we  are  able  to  identify  any  of  the 
pecies  utilized  by  them.  Since  the  Lenape  lived  in 
cattered  groups  without  a central  government,  no 
harmaeopoeia  or  medical  society  existed  to  ensure 


that  medicinal  knowledge  of  herbs  and  curative  prac- 
tices would  be  available  to  all  herbalists.  Any  special- 
ized knowledge  that  an  individual  practitioner  ac- 
quired was  considered  as  a sacred  trust  not  to  be 
openly  shared  with  the  uninitiated  due  to  the  powerful 
nature  of  many  of  the  agents.  Despite  these  conditions, 
it  appears  that  some  plant  remedies  were  known  and 
used  by  the  average  Native  Americans  in  the  same  way 
that  we  use  aspirin  and  witch  hazel.  The  plants  that 
we  know  were  used  in  specialized  cures,  however, 
either  must  have  been  observed  by  the  early  settlers 
or  shown  to  them  by  native  herbalists. 

Some  of  the  plants  used  by  the  Lenape  for  medicine 
can  be  found  in  accounts  such  as  The  Representation 
oj  New  Netherlands  1650,  by  Adriaean  van  der  Donck, 
a Dutchman  who  was  the  patroon  of  present-day 
Yonkers  and  who  praised  the  Amerindians’  use  of  local 
plants  for  various  illnesses.  Gabriel  Thomas,  an  Eng- 
lish Quaker  with  the  first  group  of  William  Penn’s 
emigrants,  mentioned  some  of  the  herbs  and  roots 
used  by  the  Lenape,  and  the  ailments  they  were  used 
for,  around  1680  in  his  An  Historical  and  Geographi- 
cal Account  oj  Pensilvania  and  oj  West-New  Jersey. 
In  The  Journal  of  Andreas  Hesselius,  1711-1 724,  the 
Reverend  Hesselius,  Swedish  pastor  of  Holy  Trinity  in 
Wilmington,  New  Sweden,  described  instances  of  the 
Native  Americans  sharing  their  medical  knowledge 
with  the  early  settlers.  He  related  how  his  son  was 
purged  of  parasitical  worms  by  a woman  herbalist,  and 
how  his  servant  was  cured  of  a severe  case  of  poison 
sumac  by  the  use  of  a bark  medicine. 

The  accounts  of  scientists  and  doctors  also  provide 
valuable  information  on  the  medieinals  of  the  Lenape 
in  New  Jersey.  Peter  Kalm,  a Swedish-Finnish  natural- 
ist, visited  the  former  colony  of  New  Sweden  in  1750. 
In  his  Travels  in  North  America,  1748  to  1751,  he  gave 
a detailed  and  scientific  description  of  American  natu- 
ral phenomena  Although  most  of  the  Native  Ameri- 
cans had  moved  from  the  areas  he  visited,  he  obtained 
information  about  Native  American  herbal  cures  from 
a number  of  the  old  Swedes  who  had  been  treated  by 
the  Amerindians.  Dr.  Johann  David  Schopf,  a Hessian 
physician  of  the  British  Army  who  remained  in  Ameri- 
ca after  the  American  Revolution,  gave  a picture  of  the 
medicines  of  that  time  in  a narrative  of  his  travels. 
Partial  to  the  drugs  of  the  New  World,  he  wrote  the  first 
Materia  Medica  Americana  in  1787,  which  included 
many  of  the  Native  American  medieinals. 

When  the  Lenape  began  their  westward  migration, 
the  Moravian  missionaries  recorded  their  curative 
practices  and  medicine  plants.  John  Heckewelder, 
whose  observations  are  recorded  in  the  History,  Man- 
ners, and  Customs  oj  the  Indian  Nations  Who  Once 
Inhabited  Pennsylvania  and  the  Neighboring  States, 
worked  among  the  Delaware  in  Pennsylvania  and  Ohio 
from  1762  to  1786.  An  associate  of  Heckewelder,  David 
Zeisberger,  worked  among  the  Delaware  in  Penn- 
sylvania, Ohio,  and  Canada  from  1767  to  1808.  His 
History  oj  the  North  American  Indians  provides  re- 
liable information  on  the  flora  of  the  regions,  describ- 
ing in  detail  many  Native  American  medieinals. 
Another  missionary,  George  Henry  Loskiel,  collected 
the  Amerindians’  herb  cures  noted  by  other  United 
Brethren  ministers  from  1735  to  1787  in  his  History 
of  the  Mission  oj  the  United  Brethren  among  the  In- 


/OL.  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


703 


dians  of  North  America  in  1794. 

In  1821  to  1822,  General  Lewis  Cass,  Governor  of 
Michigan  Territory,  collected  information  through  gov- 
ernment agents  and  others  in  contact  with  the  Dela- 
wares and  Monsies  by  using  a questionnaire  entitled: 
Inquiries,  Respecting  the  History,  Traditions, 
Languages,  Manners,  Customs,  Religions  & c.  of  the 
Indians,  Living  Within  the  United  States.  He  engaged 
Charles  C.  Throwbridge  as  his  private  secretary  and 
assistant,  and  the  two  of  them  prepared  manuscripts 
based  on  data  supplied  by  Delaware  informants  in 
Ohio  and  Canada  Although  the  manuscripts  do  not 
mention  specific  medicinals,  they  do  show  that  some 
of  the  curative  practices  noted  in  the  Lenape's  eastern 
homeland  remained  essentially  intact. 

A comparison  of  the  accounts  of  the  early  settlers, 
scientists,  and  doctors  in  the  New  Jersey  area  with  the 
migration  observations  of  the  Moravian  missionaries 
and  the  inquiries  of  Cass  and  Throwbridge  all  tend  to 
indicate  that  much  of  the  medicinal  knowledge  of  the 
Lenape  recorded  outside  of  New  Jersey  probably  orig- 
inated in  the  state.  The  enduring  strength  of  oral  tra- 
dition in  preserving  the  cumulative  knowledge  of  the 
past  makes  it  necessaiy  to  consider  seriously  much  of 
the  information  provided  by  the  20th  century  Dela- 
ware informants.  Herbalists,  such  as  Wi-tapanoxwe, 
one  of  the  last  Delaware  men  from  Dewey,  Oklahoma, 
to  prescribe  herb  cures,  passed  on  a wealth  of  tra- 
ditional medicinal  herbs  and  curative  practices  when 
interviewed  in  1930.  Nora  Thompson  Dean,  also  from 
Dewey,  Oklahoma,  now  in  her  early  70s,  is  one  of  the 
last  Delaware  traditionalists.  She  made  up  a list  of 
medicinals  used  in  Oklahoma  that  is  similar  to  Wi- 
tapanoxwe’s.  Even  though  more  than  300  years  of  cul- 
tural intermixing  and  changing  flora  undoubtedly 
have  altered  the  Lenape's  pharmacopoeia,  a study  of 
the  information  provided  by  these  20th  century  in- 
formants gives  us  a glimpse  of  the  materia  medica  that 
once  existed  in  New  Jersey. 

IMPACT  OF  SPECIFIC  LENAPE  MEDICINALS 

The  plants  used  by  the  Lenape  and  the  early  colo- 
nists eventually  became  incorporated  in  the  stand- 
ard medical  references  of  the  United  States. 

Two  medicinal  plants  known  to  have  been  used  by 
the  Lenape  living  in  the  New  Jersey  area  are  wormseed 
( Chenopodium  ambrosioides)  and  lady  slipper  or  moc- 
casin flower  (Cyprepedium  ocuale).  Wormseed,  used 
by  herbalists  as  an  effective  agent  against  intestinal 
worms,  also  was  used  by  Swedish  settlers  in  New  Jer- 
sey and  Pennsylvania  in  1750  to  rid  children  of  the 
parasites.  CA.  Weslager  has  remarked  that  this  pos- 
sibly was  the  same  plant  that  a woman  herbalist  used 
to  cure  Reverend  Hesselius's  two-year-old  son  when  he 
was  wasting  away  from  worms  between  1712  and 
1723.  Many  doctors  in  the  1800s  used  wormseed  oil 
as  an  effective  remedy  against  roundworms,  and  it 
became  listed  officially  in  the  United  States  Pharma- 
copoeia from  1820  to  1947,  and  in  the  National  For- 
mulary from  1947  to  1960.  The  1973  Dispensatory  of 
the  United  States  reports  that  although  the  oil  is  one 
of  the  most  effective  drugs  against  roundworm  and 
hookworm,  it  has  been  superseded  by  less  toxic 
anthelmintics. 

Lady  slipper  was  noted  as  a native  medicinal  by  van 


der  Donck  in  the  1600s  and  by  Kalm  in  the  170C 
Kalm  wrote  that  a decoction  of  the  root  was  effectf 
for  women  in  labor,  and  doctors  in  the  1800s  used 
as  a sedative  to  quiet  spasms  of  voluntary  muscles  ar 
hysterical  attacks.  The  roots  were  official  in  the  Unitt 
States  Pharmacopoeia  from  1863  to  1916  as  an  an: 
spasmodic  and  as  a nerve  medicine.  Its  usefulness  1: 
in  its  lack  of  narcotic  or  side  effects,  but  it  now  h; 
been  replaced  by  synthetic  agents. 

Another  pair  of  plants,  the  tulip  tree  ( Liriodendn 
tulipfera)  and  the  butternut  or  white  walnut  ( Juglai 
cinerea),  are  examples  of  medicinals  not  used  e 
clusively  by  herbalists,  but  known  and  employed  by  tl 
average  Lenape.  The  bark  of  these  trees  was  utilizt 
for  medicine  not  only  in  New  Jersey,  but  during  tl 
westward  migration  as  well.  Dr.  Eric  Stone  states  th 
the  Lenape  used  a decoction  of  the  fruit  and  the  nr 
bark  of  the  tulip  tree  as  a febrifuge,  and  Kalm  in  171 
recorded  the  Swedish  settlers'  use  of  the  root  bark 
treat  fevers,  and  the  crushed  leaves  applied  to  the  for 
head  for  headaches.  Loskiel  noted  the  migratir 
Lenape’s  use,  between  1735  and  1787,  of  the  fruit  ar 
root  bark  to  treat  ague.  Long  used  in  domestic  mec 
cine,  the  bark  was  official  in  the  United  States  Phc 
macopoeia  from  1820  to  1888  for  its  tonic  ar 
diuretic  properties,  and  the  Dispensatory  of  the  Un 
ed  States  reports  that  the  bark  also  was  useful  i 
treating  rheumatism  and  digestive  problems. 

The  butternut  had  been  used  in  American  medicii 
since  before  the  Revolutionary  War  as  a laxative,  ar 
Doctor  Barton,  an  18th  century  Philadelphia  phye 
cian,  used  butternut  for  its  purgative,  anodyne,  ar 
blistering  properties.  A home  remedy  for  raising 
blister,  from  the  commonplace  book  of  the  Hankinsc 
family  of  Reading,  begun  about  1787,  gives  directioi 
on  how  to  collect  the  bark,  the  amount  to  be  used,  i 
preparation,  and  its  application.  Butternut  bark  pi! 
were  used  in  one  of  the  cures  prescribed  by  Pet 
Smith  in  the  late  1700s.  Smith  described  both  himsr 
and  his  father,  Hezekiah  Smith,  who  lived  in  New  Je 
sey,  as  “Indian  doctors,”  since  most  of  their  remedii 
were  used  by  the  Native  Americans.  Zeisberger  ar 
Loskeil  noted  that  the  18th  century  Lenape  on  the 
westward  trek  used  the  bark  as  a styptic  on  freb 
wounds  to  relieve  pain,  prevent  swelling,  and  accelera 
healing.  The  inner  root  bark  was  official  in  the  Unitt 
States  Pharmacopoeia  from  1820  to  1905  for  its  la,  < 
ative  and  tonic  effects  (Figure  2). 

Some  plants,  such  as  the  bayberry  (Myrica  pen 
sylvanica),  skullcap  (Scutellaria  laterifolia),  Amei1 
can  elm  ( Ulmus  americana),  and  slippery  elm  (Ulmi 
julva)  have  been  documented  as  being  used  not  orj 
in  the  New  Jersey  area  by  the  Lenape,  but  also 
Oklahoma,  the  western  terminus  of  the  migration  f 
a large  number  of  the  tribe.  The  use  of  the  bayber; 
for  medicinal  purposes  was  noted  by  Kalm  in  1748 
1750,  when  an  old  Swedish  settler  informed  him  th 
the  Native  Americans  showed  him  how  to  use  the  ro 
for  a toothache  remedy.  Doctor  Barton,  in  1803,  r 
corded  the  bayberry’s  use  as  an  astringent,  f 
nephritis,  kidney  stones,  and  gonorrhea,  while  the  w; 
from  the  berries  was  used  to  cure  dysentery.  The  ba 
was  official  in  the  United  States  Pharmacopoeia  fro 
1820  to  1936  for  its  astringent  and  tonic  propertie 
and  in  the  National  Formulary  from  1936  to  1950.  W 


704 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


''lire  2 — Skullcap,  Scutellaria  laterifolia  (left)  and  bayberiy, 

rica  pennsylvanica  (right). 

! 

i 


; anoxwe  reported  the  root  as  having  curative  powers 
( the  female  generative  organs,  as  well  as  being  used 
i a blood  purifier  and  for  kidney  trouble. 

|)r.  Lawrence  Vandeveer  of  Somerset,  one  of  the 
cnders  of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey,  ex- 
> imented  with  Native  American  medicinals  and 
gan  using  skullcap  in  1772.  Vandeveer  used  skull 
lib  successfully  to  treat  hundreds  of  patients  suffering 
Ijm  hydrophobia  or  rabies,  earning  skullcap  the 
| fix  of  “mad  dog.”  The  proceedings  of  the  Essex 
Onty  Medical  Society  in  1823  recorded  that  a 
tmber  of  patients  were  saved  by  this  remedy.  The 
led  herb  became  official  in  the  United  States  Phar- 
ncopoeia  in  1863,  where  it  was  listed  until  1916  for 
I sedative  and  antispasmodie  properties.  The  Okla- 
$na  Delaware,  according  to  Wi-tapanoxwe,  used  the 
jtnt  top  as  a laxative  and  a stomach  stimulant. 

The  bark  of  the  American  elm  and  slippery  elm  has 
e same  medicinal  properties,  and  was  used  by  doc- 
Is  during  the  American  Revolution  to  treat  gunshot 
i unds.  Used  for  its  demulcent  and  emollient 
uperties,  slippery  elm  bark  was  official  in  the  United 
:: ites  Pharmacopoeia  from  1820  to  1936  and  in  the 
V tional  Formulary  from  1936  to  1960.  Accounts  of 
bark  being  used  by  the  Delaware  in  Oklahoma 
ve  been  given  by  Wi-tapanoxwe,  who  used  American 
: i bark  for  coughs  and  colds,  and  Nora  Thompson 
! an,  who  claimed  that  the  bark  was  effective  in  stop- 
:ig  coughs  and  relieving  chills. 

"or  a few  species,  Lenape  usage  can  be  documented 
: the  way  from  New  Jersey,  through  Pennsylvania, 
iliio,  and  into  Oklahoma.  Sassafras  (Sassafras 
lip idum),  flowering  dogwood  ( Cornus  Jlorida),  and 
'rginia  snakeroot  (Aristolochis  serpentaria ) are  ex- 
lples  of  medicine  plants  that  have  followed  the  long 
gration.  Sassafras  had  been  noted  as  an  Amerindian 
ifedicinal  in  the  New  Jersey  area  by  van  der  Donck  in 
50,  and  by  Thomas  in  1698,  who  recommended  it 
a cure  for  venereal  disease.  New  Jersey’s  colonists 
ed  the  root  in  the  1700s.  Kalm  was  told  by  Swedish 
ittlers  that  the  Native  Americans  used  the  plant  for 
bating  sore  eyes,  and  Loskiel  recorded  the  berries 
Jng  used  as  medicine  by  the  Lenape  east  of  the  Mis- 
i ssippi  River  between  1735  and  1787.  The  root  bark 
i is  official  in  the  United  States  Pharmacopoeia  from 
120  and  1926,  when  its  oil,  safrole,  was  used  for  its 
ijitiseptic  and  pain  relieving  properties.  The  1955  Dis- 

| 


>L. 


81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


pensatory  of  the  United  States  reports  that  a hot  in- 
fusion of  the  bark  was  once  a popular  remedy  as  a 
sudorific  for  colds,  and  was  recommended  for  disinfec- 
tion of  root  canals  in  dentistry  and  for  nasal  catarrhs. 
The  plant  also  was  popular  in  Great  Britain,  where  a 
remedy  known  as  Godfrey’s  cordial,  made  by  mixing 
sassafras  and  opium,  was  listed  in  the  National  Form- 
ulary IV  in  1722.  Both  Wi-tapanoxwe  and  Nora 
Thompson  Dean  listed  sassafras  among  the  med- 
icinals of  the  Oklahoma  Delaware.  They  used  the  bark 
in  a tonic  to  thin  the  blood,  and  so  reduce  high  blood 
pressure. 

The  root  bark  of  the  flowering  dogwood  was  con- 
sidered effective  in  treating  malaria  by  Swedish  set- 
tlers in  the  former  colony  of  New  Sweden  in  1750.  In 
the  second  half  of  the  1700s,  the  Moravian  mission- 
aries Zeisberger,  Heckewelder,  and  Loskiel,  who  all 
worked  among  the  Lenape  during  their  westward  mi- 
gration, claimed  that  the  natives  boiled  the  inner  bark 
in  water  to  make  a tea  used  to  reduce  fevers.  Although 
it  was  official  in  many  editions  of  the  United  States 
Pharmacopoeia,  it  now  is  only  considered  as  a mild 
astringent.  Wi-tapanoxwe,  in  1930,  reported  that  the 
Oklahoma  Delaware  used  the  root  to  make  a tonic. 

Virginia  snakeroot,  like  sassafras,  was  another 
Native  American  medicinal  sent  to,  and  utilized  in 
Great  Britain,  where  it  was  official  in  the  London  Phar- 
macopoeia of  1650  as  a remedy  against  the  poisonous 
effects  of  snake  bite;  van  der  Donck  listed  it  as  a med- 
icinal in  that  same  year  in  New  Netherlands.  It  became 
a popular  colonial  remedy  in  the  1700s  in  New  Jersey, 
while  at  the  same  time  being  used  by  the  Lenape  east 
of  the  Mississippi,  according  to  Loskiel,  as  a sudorific 
and  stomachic.  Visiting  royalty  Prince  Maximilian  of 
Wied  was  shown  the  plant  while  staying  at  the  Dela- 
ware Gap  in  1832,  and  was  told  that  the  inhabitants 
used  it  as  a styptic  on  wounds.  It  was  official  in  the 
United  States  Pharmacopoeia  from  1820  to  1942  and 
the  National  Formulary  from  1888  to  1955  for  its 
tonic  and  stimulant  properties.  The  Oklahoma  Dela- 
ware, according  to  Wi-tapanoxwe,  used  the  root  for  its 
tonic  qualities  (Figure  3). 

CONCLUSION 

The  plants  described  indicate  the  debt  the  colonists 
and  doctors  of  early  New  Jersey  owed  to  the  original 
inhabitants  of  the  state.  The  medicine  plants  of  the 


Figure  3 — Flowering  dogwood,  Cornus  Jlorida  (left)  and 
sassafras.  Sassafras  albidum  (right). 


705 


Lenape  served  the  Europeans  as  well  as  they  had  their 
predecessors,  and  paved  the  way  for  further  ex- 
perimentation with  indigenous  species,  many  of  which 
eventually  were  incorporated  into  our  materia  medica. 
Even  though  the  Lenape  have  all  but  migrated  from 
the  state,  they  have  left  a legacy  of  medicinal  plants  and 
cures  that  today  can  be  found  not  only  in  the  few 
natural  plant  substances  still  used  in  pharma- 
ceuticals, but  in  the  folklore  of  mixed  groups,  such  as 
the  Sand  Hill  Indians  and  the  Ramapo  Mountain 
People  of  New  Jersey. 

The  Sand  Hill  Indians  were  composed  of  Lenape  who 
never  had  migrated  and  Cherokee  families  who  had 
come  from  North  Carolina  in  the  early  1800s.  They 
lived  near  Asbury  Park  in  Monmouth  County  from 
1877  until  recent  times,  and  several  plants  that  a 
Native  American  informant  claimed  were  used  for 
herbal  cures  also  have  been  reported  as  being  used  by 
the  Lenape  in  Oklahoma.  The  list  of  herb  cures  and 
folk  remedies  used  by  the  group  of  people  of  mixed 
racial  aneestery  that  live  in  Ringwood  and  neighboring 
towns,  as  recorded  by  David  Steven  Cohen  in  The 
Ramapo  Mountain  People,  also  contains  plants  used 
by  the  Oklahoma  Delaware. 

The  use  of  sassafras,  Virginia  snakeroot,  slippery 
elm,  and  flowering  dogwood  by  these  contemporary 
people  does  not  prove  that  the  remedies  are  of  Lenape 
origin,  but  simply  indicates  the  continued  existence  of 
herb  cures  that  have  been  assimilated  into  the  diverse 
cultures  that  populate  the  state.  Even  if  it  is  impossible 
to  prove  exactly  which  of  all  the  native  cures  originated 
with  the  Lenape,  it  safely  can  be  said  that  the  inhabi- 
tants of  the  state,  before  the  coming  of  the  Europeans, 
were  the  first  medical  practitioners  and  pharmacists 
of  New  Jersey. 

REFERENCES 

1.  Barber  JW:  Historical  Collections  of  New  Jersey:  Past 
and  Present.  Spartanburg,  SC,  Reprint  Co.,  1868. 


2.  Benson  AB,  Hedin  N:  Americans  From  Sweden.  Phili:. 
phia,  PA  J.B.  Lippincott  Co.,  1950. 

3.  Brown  AC:  Early  American  Herb  Recipes.  Rutland 
Charles  E.  Tuttle  Co.,  1966. 

4.  Cohen  DS:  The  Ramapo  Mountain  People.  New  Br 
wick,  NJ,  Rutgers  University  Press,  1974. 

5.  Cohen  DS:  The  Folklore  and  Folklife  of  New  Jeh 
New  Brunswick,  NJ,  Rutgers  University  Press,  1983. 


6.  Cowen  DL.  Medicine  and  Health  in  New  Jersey:  A 
tory.  Princeton,  NJ,  D.  Van  Nostrand  Co.,  1964. 

7.  Cowen  DL:  Medicine  in  Revolutionary  New  Jei 
Trenton,  NJ,  New  Jersey  Historical  Commission,  1975. 

8.  Heckewelder  J:  History,  Manners,  and  Customs  ojM 
Indian  Natioi-is  Who  Once  Inhabited  Pennyslvania  and > 
Neighboring  States.  Philadelphia,  PA  Historical  Societll 
Pennsylvania,  1876. 

9.  Kalm  P:  Peter  Nairn's  Travels  in  North  America. 
York,  NY,  Dover  Publications,  1937. 

10.  La  Wall  CH:  The  Curious  Lore  of  Drugs  and  Medtcj? 
Garden  City,  NY,  Garden  City  Publishing  Co.,  1927. 

1 1 . Newcomb  WW  Jr:  The  Culture  and  Acculuration  of  t 
Delaware  Indians.  Anthropological  Papers.  No.  10,  Ain  Arr 
MI,  Museum  of  Anthropology,  University  of  Michigan,  II 

1 2.  Stone  E:  Medicine  Among  the  American  Indians. 
York.  NY,  Hafner  Publishing  Co.,  1962. 

13.  Tantaquidgeon  G:  A Study  oj  Delaware  Indian  M 
cine  Practice  and  Folk  Beliefs.  Harrisburg,  PA  Histoi 
Commission,  1942. 

14.  Thomas  G:  An  historical  and  geographical  aecoun 
Pensilvania  and  of  West-New  Jersey  (1689),  in  Myers  AC  ( 
Narratives  of  Early  Pennsylvania,  West-New  Jersey  i 
Delaware,  1630-1  707.  New  York,  NY,  Barnes  and  Noble,  It 

15.  van  der  Donek  A:  The  Representation  of  New  Netl 
lands  ( 1650),  in  Jameson  JF  (ed):  Narratives  of  New  Netl 
land.  New  York,  NY,  Charles  Scribner  Sons,  1909. 

16.  Vogel  VJ:  American  Indian  Medicine.  Norman,  ; 
University  of  Oklahoma  Press,  1970. 

17.  Weiner,  MA  Earth  Medicine — Earth  Food,  NewYi. 
NY:  Macmilliam  Publishing  Co.,  Collier  Books,  1980. 

18.  Weiss  HB:  Life  in  Early  New  Jersey.  Princeton,  NJ 
Van  Nostrand  Co.,  1964. 

19.  Weslager  CA  Magic  Medicines  of  the  Indians.  Son 
set,  NJ,  Middle  Atlantic  Press,  1973. 

20.  Weslager  CA  The  Delaware  Indian  Westward  Mic  * 
tion.  Wallingford,  PA,  Middle  Atlantic  Press,  1978. 

21.  Zeisberger  D:  History  of  North  American  Indians.  (" 
umbus,  OH,  State  Archeological  and  Historical  Society,  It 


706 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE1 


BRIEF  SUMMARY  (FOR  FULL  PRESCRIBING  INFORMATION,  SEE  PACKAGE  CIRCULAR.) 


INDERAL4  (propranolol  hydrochloride)  Tablets 

CLINICAL  PHARMACOLOGY 

The  Beta-Blocker  Heart  Attack  Trial  (BHAT)  was  a National  Heart,  Lung  and  Blood  Institute- 
sponsored  multicenter,  randomized,  double-blind  placebo-controlled  trial  conducted  in  31 
U.S.  centers  (plus  one  in  Canada)  in  3,837  persons  without  history  of  severe  congestive  heart 
failure  or  presence  of  recent  heart  failure;  certain  conduction  defects,  angina  since  infarction, 
who  had  survived  the  acute  phase  of  myocardial  infarction  Propranolol  was  administered  at 
either  60  or  80  mg  t i d based  on  blood  levels  achieved  during  an  initial  trial  of  40  mg  t.i.d. 
Therapy  with  INDERAL,  begun  5-21  days  following  infarction,  was  shown  to  reduce  overall 
mortality  up  to  39  months,  the  longest  period  ot  follow-up.  This  was  primarily  attributable  to  a 
reduction  in  cardiovascular  mortality.  The  protective  effect  of  INDERAL  was  consistent 
regardless  of  age,  sex  or  site  of  infarction.  Compared  to  placebo,  total  mortality  was  reduced 
39%  at  12  months  and  26%  over  an  average  follow-up  period  of  25  months  The  Norwegian 
Multicenter  Trial  in  which  propranolol  was  administered  at  40  mg  q I d gave  overall  results 
which  support  the  findings  in  the  BHAT 

Although  the  clinical  trials  used  either  t i d,  or  q i d.  dosing,  clinical,  pharmacologic  and 
pharmacokinetic  data  provide  a reasonable  basis  for  concluding  that  b i d dosing  with  pro- 
pranolol should  be  adequate  in  the  treatment  of  post-infarction  patients. 

CLINICAL:  In  the  BHAT,  patients  on  INDERAL  were  prescribed  either  180  mg/day  (82%  of 
patients)  or  240  mg/day  (18%  of  patients).  Patients  were  instructed  to  take  the  medication  3 
times  a day  at  mealtimes.  This  dosing  schedule  would  result  in  an  overnight  dosing  interval  of 
12  to  14  hours  which  is  similar  to  the  dosing  interval  for  a b.i.d.  regimen.  In  addition,  blood 
samples  were  drawn  at  various  times  and  analyzed  for  propranolol.  When  the  patients  were 
grouped  into  tertiles  based  on  the  blood  levels  observed  and  the  mortality  in  the  upper  and 
lower  tertiles  were  compared,  there  was  no  evidence  that  blood  levels  affected  mortality 

PHARMACOLOGIC.  Studies  in  normal  volunteers  have  shown  that  a 90  mg  b.i.d.  regimen 
maintains  beta  blockade  at,  or  above,  the  minimum  tor  60  mg  t.i.d  dosing  for  24  hours  even 
though  differences  occurred  at  two  time  intervals  At  10-12  hours  after  the  first  dose  of  the  day, 
t i d.  dosing  gave  more  beta  blockade  than  b i d.  dosing;  at  20-24  hours  the  trend  of  the  rela- 
tionship was  reversed  These  relationships  were  similar  in  direction  to  those  observed  for 
plasma  propranolol  levels  (see  Pharmacokinetics). 

PHARMACOKINETIC'  A bioavailability  study  in  normal  volunteers  showed  that  the  blood 
levels  produced  by  180  mg/day  given  b i d.  are  below  those  provided  by  the  same  daily  dos- 
age given  t.i.d  at  10-12  hours  after  the  first  dose  of  the  day  but  above  those  of  a t.i  d regimen 
at  20-24  hours  However,  the  blood  levels  produced  by  b.i.d  dosing  were  always  equivalent 
to  or  above  the  minimum  for  t.i.d,  dosing  throughout  the  24  hours.  In  addition,  the  mean  AUC 
on  the  fourth  day  for  the  b.i.d.  regimen  was  about  17%  greater  than  for  the  t.i.d.  regimen  (1,194 
vs.  1,024  ng/ml-  hr). 

CONTRAINDICATIONS 

INDERAL  is  contraindicated  in  1)  cardiogenic  shock,  2)  sinus  bradycardia  and  greater  than 
first  degree  block,  3)  bronchial  asthma,  4)  congestive  heart  failure  (see  WARNINGS)  unless 
the  failure  is  secondary  to  a tachyarrhythmia  treatable  with  INDERAL 

WARNINGS 

CARDIAC  FAILURE;  Sympathetic  stimulation  may  be  a vital  component  supporting  circula- 
tory function  in  patients  with  congestive  heart  failure,  and  its  inhibition  by  beta  blockade  may 
precipitate  more  severe  failure.  Although  beta  blockers  should  be  avoided  in  overt  conges- 
tive heart  failure,  if  necessary  they  can  be  used  with  close  follow-up  in  patients  with  a history 
of  failure  who  are  well  compensated  and  are  receiving  digitalis  and  diuretics.  Beta- 
adrenergic  blocking  agents  do  not  abolish  the  inotropic  action  of  digitalis  on  heart  muscle. 

IN  PATIENTS  WITHOUT  A HISTORY  OF  HEART  FAILURE,  continued  use  of  beta  blockers 
can,  in  some  cases,  lead  to  cardiac  failure.  Therefore,  at  the  first  sign  or  symptom  of  heart 
failure,  the  patient  should  be  digitalized  and/or  treated  with  diuretics,  and  the  response 
observed  closely,  or  INDERAL  should  be  discontinued  (gradually,  if  possible). 


IN  PATIENTS  WITH  ANGINA  PECTORIS,  there  have  been  reports  of  exacerbation  of 
angina  and,  in  some  cases,  myocardial  infarction,  following  abrupt  discontinuance  of 
INDERAL  therapy.  Therefore,  when  discontinuance  of  INDERAL  is  planned  the  dosage 
should  be  gradually  reduced  over  at  least  a few  weeks  and  the  patient  should  be  cau- 
tioned against  interruption  or  cessation  of  therapy  without  the  physician's  advice.  If 
INDERAL  therapy  is  interrupted  and  exacerbation  of  angina  occurs,  it  usually  is  advis- 
able to  reinstitute  INDERAL  therapy  and  take  other  measures  appropriate  for  the  man- 
agement of  unstable  angina  pectoris  Since  coronary  artery  disease  may  be 
unrecognized,  it  may  be  prudent  to  follow  the  above  advice  in  patients  considered  at  risk 
of  having  occult  atherosclerotic  heart  disease  who  are  given  propranolol  for  other 
indications 


Nonallergic  Bronchospasm  (e.g.,  chronic  bronchitis,  emphysema)  PATIENTS  WITH 
BRONCHOSPASTIC  DISEASES  SHOULD  IN  GENERAL  NOT  RECEIVE  BETA  BLOCKERS. 


INDERAL  (propranolol  hydrochloride)  should  be  administered  with  caution  since  it  rmil 
bronchodilation  produced  by  endogenous  and  exogenous  catecholamine  stimulation 
receptors 

MAJOR  SURGERY:  The  necessity  or  desirability  of  withdrawal  of  beta-blocking  ther| 
prior  to  ma|or  surgery  is  controversial.  It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  the  impaired  r| 
the  heart  to  respond  to  reflex  adrenergic  stimuli  may  augment  the  risks  of  general  ane 
and  surgical  procedures. 

INDERAL,  like  other  beta  blockers,  is  a competitive  inhibitor  of  beta-receptor  agoni: 
its  effects  can  be  reversed  by  administration  of  such  agents,  e g.,  dobutamine  or  isop 
terenol  However,  such  patients  may  be  sub|ect  to  protracted  severe  hypotension.  Dih 
starting  and  maintaining  the  heartbeat  has  also  been  reported  with  beta  blockers. 

DIABETES  AND  HYPOGLYCEMIA:  Beta-adrenergic  blockade  may  prevent  the  app 
ance  of  certain  premonitory  signs  and  symptoms  (pulse  rate  and  pressure  changes)  < 
hypoglycemia  in  labile  insulin-dependent  diabetes.  In  these  patients,  it  may  be  more  i 
to  adjust  the  dosage  of  insulin 

THYROTOXICOSIS:  Beta  blockade  may  mask  certain  clinical  signs  of  hyperthyroidism, 
fore,  abrupt  withdrawal  of  propranolol  may  be  followed  by  an  exacerbation  of  symptoi 
hyperthyroidism,  including  thyroid  storm  Propranolol  does  not  distort  thyroid  function 

IN  PATIENTS  WITH  WOLFF-PARKINSON-WHITE  SYNDROME,  several  cases  have  t 
reported  in  which,  after  propranolol,  the  tachycardia  was  replaced  by  a severe  bradyi 
requiring  a demand  pacemaker.  In  one  case  this  resulted  after  an  initial  dose  of  5 mg 
propranolol 

PRECAUTIONS 

General:  Propranolol  should  be  used  with  caution  in  patients  with  impaired  hepatic  or 
function.  INDERAL  is  not  indicated  for  the  treatment  of  hypertensive  emergencies. 

Beta-adrenoreceptor  blockade  can  cause  reduction  of  intraocular  pressure.  Patien 
should  be  told  that  INDERAL  may  interfere  with  the  glaucoma  screening  test.  Withdrar 
lead  to  a return  of  increased  intraocular  pressure 

Clinical  Laboratory  Tests:  Elevated  blood  urea  levels  in  patients  with  severe  heart  di: 
elevated  serum  transaminase,  alkaline  phosphatase,  lactate  dehydrogenase. 

DRUG  INTERACTIONS:  Patients  receiving  catecholamine-depleting  drugs  such  as 
pine  should  be  closely  observed  if  INDERAL  is  administered.  The  added  catecholami 
blocking  action  may  produce  an  excessive  reduction  of  resting  sympathetic  nervous ; 
which  may  result  in  hypotension,  marked  bradycardia,  vertigo,  syncopal  attacks,  oroi 
static  hypotension. 

Carcinogenesis,  Mutagenesis,  Impairment  of  Fertility:  Long-term  studies  In  animals 
been  conducted  to  evaluate  toxic  effects  and  carcinogenic  potential.  In  18-month  stuc 
both  rats  and  mice,  employing  doses  up  to  150  mg/kg/day,  there  was  no  evidence  of : 
cant  drug-induced  toxicity  There  were  no  drug-related  tumorigenic  effects  at  any  of  th 
age  levels.  Reproductive  studies  in  animals  did  not  show  any  impairment  of  fertility  the 
attributable  to  the  drug. 

Pregnancy  Pregnancy  Category  C INDERAL  has  been  shown  to  be  embryotoxic  in 
studies  at  doses  about  10  times  greater  than  the  maximum  recommended  human  dosi 

There  are  no  adequate  and  well-controlled  studies  in  pregnant  women.  INDERAL  st 
be  used  during  pregnancy  only  if  th.e  potential  benefit  justifies  the  potential  risk  to  the  I 

Nursing  Mothers  INDERAL  is  excreted  in  human  milk  Caution  should  be  exercised 
INDERAL  is  administered  to  a nursing  woman. 

Pediatric  Use.  Safety  and  effectiveness  in  children  have  not  been  established. 

ADVERSE  REACTIONS 

Most  adverse  effects  have  been  mild  and  transient  and  have  rarely  required  the  withdi 
therapy 

Cardiovascular  bradycardia;  congestive  heart  failure;  intensification  of  AV  block;  h' 
sion;  paresthesia  of  hands;  thrombocytopenic  purpura,  arterial  insufficiency  usually  oi 
Raynaud  type 

Central  Nervous  System:  Lightheadedness;  mental  depression  manifested  by  inson 
lassitude,  weakness,  fatigue,  reversible  mental  depression  progressing  to  catatonia;  v 
disturbances;  hallucinations;  an  acute  reversible  syndrome  characterized  by  disorieni 
for  time  and  place,  short-term  memory  loss,  emotional  lability,  slightly  clouded  sensorii 
and  decreased  performance  on  neuropsychometrics 

Gastrointestinal  nausea,  vomiting,  epigastric  distress,  abdominal  cramping,  diarrh- 
constipation,  mesenteric  arterial  thrombosis,  ischemic  colitis. 

Allergic : pharyngitis  and  agranulocytosis,  erythematous  rash,  fever  combined  with  , 
and  sore  throat,  laryngospasm  and  respiratory  distress. 

Respiratory:  bronchospasm 

Flematologic:  agranulocytosis,  nonthrombocytopenic  purpura,  thrombocytopenic 
purpura 

Auto-Immune  In  extremely  rare  instances,  systemic  lupus  erythematosus  has  been 
reported 

Miscellaneous:  alopecia,  LE-like  reactions,  psoriasiform  rashes,  dry  eyes,  male  imp 
fence,  and  Peyronie's  disease  have  been  reported  rarely.  Oculomucocutaneous  reacti. 
involving  the  skin,  serous  membranes  and  conjunctivae  reported  for  a beta  blocker  (pi 
lot)  have  not  been  associated  with  propranolol. 

‘The  appearance  of  INDERAL  tablets  is  a registered  trademark  of  Ayerst  Laboratorie 

8965/28 


AYERST  LABORATORIES 
New  York,  N Y.  10017 


Sketch  of  Medicine  in 
Jew  Jersey  to  1825 


Morris  H.  Saffron,  m.d.,  lawrenceville* 


New  Jersey  has  contributed  greatly  to  the  medical  history  of  this 
country . A brief  sketch  of  the  contributions  by  New  Jerseyans 
from  1664  to  1825  is  presented. 


When  the  English  seized  New 
Netherlands  in  1664,  the  terri- 
tory now  known  as  New  Jersey 
i [ready  had  been  very  sparsely  settled  by  Swedes  in  the 
titelaware  Valley,  by  Dutch  on  the  Hudson,  and  by  Eng- 
; sh  on  Newark  Bay.  Almost  immediately,  James,  Duke 
ijfYork  (later  James  II)  conveyed  proprietorship  of  the 
rovince  to  his  friends.  Lord  John  Berkeley  and  Sir 
leorge  Carteret;  the  subsequent  division  of  the  region 
hto  Calvinist  East  Jersey  and  Quaker-dominated  West 
ersey  was  to  produce  lasting  effects  on  the  political, 
conomic,  and  cultural  development  of  the  two  areas. 
.Yen  when  the  united  province  eventually  attained  its 
wn  royal  governor  (1738),  the  legislature,  catering  to 
nutual  mistrust  and  public  bickering,  agreed  to  meet 
n alternate  years  at  Amboy  and  Burlington. 

MEDICAL  LEGISLATION 

Medical  legislation  in  the  province  dates  back  to  the 
)uke  of  York  Law  (1665)  intended  “to  restrain  the 
)resumptuous  from  expressing  power  contrary  to  the 
ipproved  rules,  without  the  advice  of  those  studied  in 
he  art  or  the  consent  of  the  patient.”  Although 
-ouched  in  stem  language,  this  law  had  practically  no 
effect  on  the  charlatans  who  insisted  on  entering  into 
he  practice  of  medicine  at  their  own  pleasure. 

One  authority  claims  that  between  1680  and  1690 
nembers  of  the  medical  profession  held  legal  title  to 
me-quarter  of  the  land  in  the  present  state  of  New 
Jersey;  certainly  from  1692  to  1697,  medically  trained 


Andrew  Hamilton  was  entrusted  with  the  governor- 
ship of  the  entire  province,  during  which  time  he  es- 
tablished the  first  successful  postal  system  in  America 
In  respect  to  medical  control,  however,  it  should  be 
noted  that  as  early  as  March  1705,  Governor  Richard 
Ingoldsby  issued  the  following  license  at  Burlington: 
‘To  Richard  Smith,  gentleman.  Greeting.  Being  well 
informed  of  your  knowledge,  skill,  and  judgment  in  the 
practice  of  chirurgeiy  and  physic,  I do  hereby  license 
and  authorize  you  to  practice  the  said  science  of 
chirurgery  and  physic  within  this  her  Majesty's  prov- 
ince of  New  Jersey.” 

In  May  1705,  the  Governor  issued  a similar  license 
to  Nathaniel  Wade  and  it  was  this  benevolent  character 
who  distilled  medicines  for  gratuitous  use  among  the 
poor  immigrants  pouring  into  West  Jersey. 

CONDITIONS  IN  NEW  JERSEY 

Early  settlers  were  uniform  in  their  praise  of  the 
beauty  of  the  province,  comparing  favorably  the 
temperate  climate  of  New  Jersey  with  the  bitter  cold 
winters  of  New  England  and  the  sulphurous  summer 
heat  of  Virginia  Indeed,  in  spite  of  two  early,  devastat- 
ing epidemics  of  smallpox  or  measles,  recorded  as  early 
as  1638  and  1641  in  West  Jersey,  Charles  Gordon  of 
Woodridge  wrote  discouragingly  to  his  well-trained 
physician  brother  in  Scotland  (1685):  “If  you  desire  to 


*Dr.  Saffron,  Archivist-Historian  of  the  Medical  Society  of  New 
Jersey,  is  Guest  Editor  of  this  issue. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


709 


come  hither  yourself,  you  may  come  as  a planter,  or 
a merchant,  or  as  a doctor  of  medicine.  I cannot  advise 
you  as  I can  hear  of  no  diseases  to  cure,  but  some  agues 
and  cutted  fingers,  but  there  is  no  want  of  empiricks 
for  these  already.  I confess  that  you  could  do  more  than 
any  yet  in  America  being  versed  in  chirurgeiy  and 
pharmacie,  for  here  are  abundances  of  herbs,  shrubs, 
and  trees,  and  no  doubt  ones  for  making  drugs,  but 
there  is  little  imployment  in  this  way.” 

By  the  year  1 700,  the  population  of  the  province  did 
not  exceed  20,000.  One  estimate  places  the  number  of 
practitioners  at  this  period  at  20.  In  several  counties, 
Camden,  for  example,  not  a single  trained  physician 
was  to  be  found. 


The  instruction  of  medicine 
in  New  Jersey  was  handed 
down  from  generation  to 
generation. 


As  time  went  on,  the  early  euphoria  about  the  un- 
usual healthfulness  seemed  to  disappear  as  Europeans 
brought  with  them  not  only  smallpox,  but  measles  and 
venereal  disease,  while  the  swamps  and  stagnant 
waters  of  Jersey  spawned  epidemics  of  malaria  (ague) 
and  yellow  fever.  In  1714,  measles  again  assumed 
alarming  proportions  in  Salem,  and  one  observer  wrote 
“We  had  a sickly  time  this  year.  I buried  more  than  in 
ten  years  before.”  Smallpox  was  prevalent  in  both  Jer- 
seys in  1716  and  was  so  severe  in  Burlington  that  the 
Assembly  transferred  its  work  to  distant  Crosswick. 
Fifteen  years  later,  yellow  fever  imported  from  Philadel- 
phia caused  the  cancellation  of  the  annual  Burlington 
Fair.  The  procedure  of  inoculation,  introduced  into 
this  country  in  1721  by  Zabdiel  Boylston  of  Boston, 
was  supported  strongly  by  the  Reverend  Cotton 
Mather  and  this  encouraged  its  ready  acceptance  by 
the  theologian-physicians  who  made  up  the  bulk  of 
practitioners  of  East  Jersey.  As  early  as  1732,  we  learn 
that  “smallpox  spreads  very  much  in  New  Jersey  at 
Amboy,  New  Brunswick,  and  there  away.  Many  have 
been  inoculated  and  not  one  of  them  has  died,  but  have 
had  the  distemper  very  easy.” 

However,  the  most  malignant  and  frightening 
epidemic  of  all  began  in  a small  New  Hampshire  village 
in  1735  and  spread  rapidly  through  New  England  to 
reach  New  Jersey  later  in  the  same  year.  Called  the 
“throat  distemper”  it  first  was  described  by  the  Rever- 
end Jonathan  Dickinson  of  Elizabethtown  who  prac- 
ticed medicine  for  almost  three  decades  and  whose 
circuit  extended  to  the  Orange  Mountain  area;  “The 
long  continuance  and  universal  spread  of  this  dis- 
temper among  us  has  given  me  abundant  opportunity 
to  be  acquainted  with  it  in  all  its  forms.  The  first 
assault  was  in  a family  about  ten  miles  from  here 
which  proved  fatal  to  eight  of  the  ten  children  in  about 
a fortnight.  Being  called  to  visit  the  distressed  family, 
I found  upon  my  arrival  one  of  the  children  newly  dead, 
which  gave  me  the  advantage  of  a dissection  and  there- 
by a better  acquaintance  with  the  disease  than  I other- 
wise could  have  had.”  The  description  which  follows 


clearly  identifies  diphtheria  as  the  culprit,  almost 
century  before  the  Frenchman  Bretonneau  finally  gav 
the  entity  its  present  name.  Even  Dickinson’s  suj 
gested  treatment  seems  rational  for  the  period:  “Tal 
some  honey  and  the  sharpest  vinegar,  with  alum  di; 
solved  therein,  and  let  the  patient  often  gargle  it  i 
their  throats;  or  if  they  be  children,  then  take  a feathc 
and  dip  it  into  said  liqueur  and  so  wash  their  throats 

NEW  JERSEY  PHYSICIANS 

Dickinson  also  is  famous  as  the  founder  and  fir; 
president  of  the  College  of  New  Jersey  (Princeton)  i 
1747.  Tragically,  he  contracted  a virulent  form  ( 
smallpox  following  inoculation  from  which  he  sui 
cumbed.  Dickinson  was  representative  of  the  ministei 
physician,  many  of  whom  found  it  necessaiy  to  pra( 
tice  medicine  in  order  to  support  their  families.  Th 
most  learned  member  of  the  community,  the  ministe 
served  not  only  as  spiritual  head,  but  also  as  healer  c 
the  body.  Having  familiarized  himself  with  the  con 
tents  of  such  standard  medical  texts  as  Sydenharr 
Culpepper,  and  Salmon,  the  minister-physician  wa 
well  able  to  play  this  double  role  until  long  after  th 
mid-century  when  he  gradually  was  superseded  by  ful 
time  practitioners.  To  anticipate,  we  may  note  that  c 
the  17  doctors  who  met  in  1766  to  organize  the  Medi 
cal  Society  of  New  Jersey,  no  fewer  than  6 were  mei 
of  the  cloth  and  the  group  unanimously  elected  as  firs 
president.  Reverend  Robert  McKean  of  Amboy. 

In  Quaker-dominated  West  Jersey,  physicians  in 
eluded  several  well-trained  men  of  education  an( 
means,  frequently  of  Scottish  or  Welsh  origin.  Beinj 
business-oriented,  they  often  supplemented  their  pro 
fessional  revenues  by  turning  to  agriculture,  merchan 
dising,  and  real  estate  ventures.  Such  a man  was  th< 
learned  Doctor  Thomas  Cadwallader,  a resident  o 
Philadelphia  who  owned  considerable  property  in  the 
Trenton  area,  and  he  became  the  first  burgess  of  the 
borough  in  1746.  Upon  his  retirement  in  1750,  he 
donated  500  pounds  for  the  establishment  of  a public 
library  in  the  town.  His  famous  essay  on  the  “Dr} 
Gripes”  or  lead  poisoning  in  the  West  Indies,  dated  ai 
Trenton,  March  25,  1745,  shows  his  intimate  connec 
tion  with  our  state. 

A notable  foreign  observer  of  the  period  was  the 
Swedish  physician,  Peter  Kalm,  who  spent  1747  anc 
1748  studying  the  health  of  his  countrymen  settled  in 
the  region  of  Penn’s  Neck  and  Swedesboro.  He  noted 
an  epidemic  form  of  “pleurisy”  (pneumonia)  which 
decimated  the  older  population.  He  attributed  the  early 
loss  of  teeth  among  the  Europeans  to  the  excessive  use 
of  tea;  and  observed  the  presence  of  a severe  bloody  flux 
or  dysentery  endemic,  and  often  fatal,  among  the 
young  people  who  also  suffered  from  a rapid  form  of 
consumption.  Kalm  mentioned  the  presence  of  a town 
physician  in  the  various  communities  who  was  paid 
to  take  care  of  the  elderly  and  indigent. 

Other  outbreaks  of  the  period  listed  by  John  Duffy 
included:  Oyster  Bay  measles,  1730;  Burlington  flux, 
1734;  malaria  when  one  missionary  was  “baited  to 
death  with  Muscatoes  and  Goluppers  which  did  not 
let  him  rest  night  and  day,”  1738;  Burlington  yellow 
fever,  1744;  Perth  Amboy  smallpox,  1746;  Eliza- 
bethtown influenza,  1748;  Perth  Amboy  smallpox, 
1756;  and  influenza  and  typhoid,  1760s. 


710 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


] EDICAL  CARE 

n the  more  isolated  areas  of  the  province,  “kitehen- 
jiysick”  virtually  was  a necessity  because  of  the  infre- 
cency  of  qualified  practitioners.  It  was  in  these  lo- 
tions that  the  women  of  the  community  brewed  their 
Irbal  concoctions  or  “Indian  squaw  cures”  and  took 
ere  of  the  assorted  ailments. 

n New  Jersey,  community  instruction  in  medicine 
jnost  was  obtained  exclusively  through  the  system  of 
cprenticeship,  by  which  an  intelligent  youth,  with 
jme  preliminary  education  and  aptitude,  would  bind 
Imself  for  a period  ranging  from  four  to  seven  years 
t an  older  physician.  Aside  from  learning  to  bleed  and 
('p,  he  was  taught  to  prepare  and  dispense  drugs,  to 
st  bones  and  dislocations,  to  treat  bums  and  arrow 
; d gunshot  wounds,  to  reduce  hernias,  and  probably 
I inoculate  against  smallpox.  He  also  might  encounter 
J al  cases  of  toadstool  poisoning,  rattlesnake  bites, 

; d rabies,  or  read  about  them  in  lurid  accounts  in 
te  weekly  press.  In  many  instances  intimacy  of  the 
; prentice  with  the  physician’s  family  led  to  marriage 
’ th  one  of  the  preceptor’s  daughters,  and  subsequent 
jirtnership.  At  any  rate,  on  departure  he  usually  was 
Resented  with  “a  new  set  of  surgeon’s  pocket  instru- 
lents”  and  several  books. 

With  instruction  in  medicine  being  handed  down 
Ibm  generation  to  generation  it  is  not  surprising  that 
’amilies”  of  doctors  persisted  in  New  Jersey  through- 
|it  this  early  period.  Prominent  among  these  groups 
[ere  the  Blachlys,  the  Budds,  the  Elmers,  and  the 
ersons,  each  producing  six  or  more  physicians  over 
e years. 

With  the  opening  of  Princeton  College  (1747)  and 
peens  College  (1766),  standards  for  entering  on  a 
'edical  apprenticeship  were  raised  considerably,  and 
knowledge  of  Latin  and  even  Greek  later  was  ex- 
acted of  the  applicant.  Although  neither  of  these 
istitutions  gave  medical  courses,  their  presence  on 
irsey  soil  raised  the  general  level  of  education  and 
imulated  an  interest  in  science  on  the  part  of  their 
'aduates  inducing  many  to  enter  the  medical  pro- 
ssion.  Princeton  and  Queens  had  the  right  to  confer 
le  medical  degree  by  virtue  of  their  royal  charter. 
The  French  and  Indian  War  (1755  to  1763)  brought 
f)  New  Jersey  an  opportunity  for  advances  in  surgery, 
lthough  no  fighting  took  place  in  the  province  itself, 
lore  than  1,000  Jersey  Blues  fought  in  the  northern 
ampaign  from  1758.  The  construction  of  stone  army 
arracks  in  Burlington,  New  Brunswick,  Amboy,  Tren- 
>n,  and  Elizabethtown  brought  well-trained  English 
urgeons  who  were  willing  to  discuss  medical  matters 
Hth  civilian  physicians  or  to  impart  their  knowledge 
p their  surgical  mates.  As  early  as  1752,  one  surgeon, 
I’homas  Wood,  advertised  at  New  Brunswick  the  first 
ourse  of  “osteology  and  myology”  to  be  held  on  Jersey 
oil,  but  it  seems  doubtful  whether  the  lectures  ever 
/ere  given.  Surgery  benefited  as  a result  of  this  war 
xperience.  Operations  now  included  fistula  in  ano, 
nd  especially  “cutting  for  the  stone,”  since  calculosis 
/as  prevalent  among  settlers  of  English  ancestry.  One 
elebrated  lithotomy  was  performed  in  Newark  before 
i select  audience  by  the  famous  New  York  military 
urgeon,  John  Jones,  as  early  as  1767.  The  usual 
harge  for  this  procedure  was  five  pounds. 


Among  the  many  Americans  who  profited  by  contact 
with  the  British  surgeons  was  another  celebrated  in- 
oculator,  John  Cochran,  a native  of  Pennsylvania,  who 
married  the  sister  of  General  Philip  Schuyler  of  Albany 
and  settled  in  New  Brunswick  after  the  war  (1793). 

During  the  French  and  Indian  War,  smallpox  again 
had  become  epidemic  among  the  troops  who  brought 
the  disease  home  with  them.  Cumberland  county  suf- 
fered greatly,  and  one  observer  wrote:  “The  fatal  and 
not  to  be  forgotten  year  1759  when  the  Lord  sent  his 
destroying  angel  to  pass  through  this  place  and  re- 
move many  of  our  friends  into  eternity  in  a short  space 
of  time.”  Fortunately,  inoculation,  which  had 
languished  as  a result  of  unfavorable  results,  ex- 
perienced a revival  due  to  improved  methods  of  prepar- 
ing the  patient.  Bodo  Otto,  recently  arrived  from  Ger- 
many and  settled  in  the  Cohansey  district  of  West 
Jersey,  was  familiar  with  smallpox  inoculation  and 
helped  to  control  the  epidemic  in  that  region. 

The  most  famous  inoculator  in  the  province  was 
William  Barnet  of  Elizabethtown  whose  improved  tech- 
nique of  preparing  the  patient  was  said  to  have  saved 
thousands.  Benjamin  Rush  recalls  that  Barnet  was 
invited  to  Philadelphia  in  1759  to  demonstrate  his 
method  and  five  years  later  he  was  called  to  Boston  to 
open  the  first  inoculation  hospital  in  the  countiy  at 
Shirley  Point. 

Cochran,  missing  the  stimulus  of  association  with 
fellow  surgeons,  became  a leading  spirit  in  the  found- 
ing of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  which  held 
its  organization  meeting  at  New  Brunswick  on  July  23, 
1766. 

The  first  important  transaction  of  the  Society  was 
the  establishment  of  a uniform  fee  schedule,  but  this 
met  with  apprehension  on  the  part  of  the  public  and 
was  subsequently  modified.  Of  more  lasting  influence 
was  the  passage  by  the  legislature  (1772)  of  “An  Act 
To  Regulate  the  Practice  of  Physic  and  Surgery  within 
the  Colony  of  New  Jersey.”  Designed  to  eliminate  the 
quacks  who  flourished  like  the  locusts  in  Egypt,”  this 
pioneer  effort  soon  set  the  pattern  adopted  by  Massa- 
chusetts and  other  colonies. 

In  the  same  decade,  the  first  American  medical 
schools  opened  in  nearby  Philadelphia  (1765)  and  New 
York  (1767),  thus  providing  greater  access  to  formal 
medical  education  for  New  Jersey  men.  Jonathan 
Elmer  of  Bridgeton  and  John  Lawrence  of  Monmouth 
county  were  among  the  members  of  the  first  gradu- 
ating class  of  the  Philadelphia  school,  whose 
professors  included  such  outstanding  teachers  as 
John  Morgan,  William  Shippen,  and  Benjamin 
Rush — all  European  trained  men  who  exerted  wide 
influence  on  their  Jersey  students.  Of  the  70  promi- 
nent physicians  mentioned  by  Wickes  who  practiced 
in  New  Jersey  during  the  latter  half  of  the  century,  44 
were  college  graduates,  27  from  Princeton  but  only  6 
of  these  held  medical  degrees  from  foreign  medical 
schools. 

A desirable  influx  of  well-trained  physicians  of 
French  Protestant  extraction  came  to  New  Jersey  dur- 
ing the  period  under  discussion.  Exiled  from  their 
homeland  by  the  Edict  of  Nantes,  these  descendants 
of  Huguenots  included  Daniel  DeBenneville  of 
Moorestown,  Nicholas  Belleville  of  Trenton,  John 
Broguard  of  Burlington,  Peter  LeComte  of  Freehold, 


71  1 


43L.  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


and  John  A.  de  Normandie  of  Burlington.  Born  in  the 
latter  town  and  closely  related  to  the  de  Normandies 
was  John  Bard,  who  with  his  son  Samuel,  was  to  be- 
come influential  in  New  York  medical  affairs.  Bard  per- 
formed the  first  dissection  in  this  country  for  teaching 
purposes  (1750)  and  his  son  helped  to  found  the  medi- 
cal school  of  Kings  College  ( 1 767)  and  New  York  Hospi- 
tal (1771).  During  the  Revolution,  the  loyalist  Samuel 
returned  briefly  to  Burlington  where  he  worked  in  a 
vain  effort  to  manufacture  salt  from  sea  water. 

THE  MILITARY  AND  MEDICINE 

The  decade  following  the  foundation  of  the  Medical 
Society  of  New  Jersey  was  one  of  great  political  agita- 
tion as  the  public  (and  families)  split  on  the  subject 
of  separation  from  the  mother  country.  There  was  no 
political  unanimity  among  the  physicians  and  several 
of  the  more  prominent  and  wealthy  men  decided  to 
remain  loyal  to  the  Crown:  Absolom  Bainbridge  of 
Princeton,  David  Bancroft  of  Burlington,  John  Boggs 
of  Shrewsbury,  William  Bryant  of  Trenton,  the  Rever- 
end Isaac  Brown  and  his  son  Samuel  of  Newark,  Wil- 
liam Chandler  of  Elizabethtown,  Aaron  Forman  of 
Hunterdon  County,  John  Hammell  and  Charles  A. 
Howard  of  New  Brunswick,  Uzal  Johnson  of  Newark, 
John  Laurence  of  Perth  Amboy,  John  A.  de  Normandie 
of  Trenton,  and  the  Reverend  Jonathan  Odell  of  Bur- 
lington. On  the  other  hand,  over  70  Jersey  physicians 
who  were  of  an  age  to  fight,  left  their  practices  to 
receive  commissions  either  in  the  state  militia  or  in 
the  Continental  Army.  Early  in  the  Revolutionaiy  War 
(1775)  smallpox  became  epidemic  among  the  troops 
and  civilians  of  the  Boston  area,  and  Washington,  who 
at  first  feared  inoculation  as  a general  measure,  finally 
was  persuaded  by  Director  John  Morgan  to  adopt  the 
measure  enthusiastically. 

On  July  15,  1776,  the  famed  Philadelphia  anatomist 
William  Shippen,  Jr.,  who  previously  had  refused  the 
position  of  Director-General  of  the  Medical  Service, 
offered  to  him  by  General  Washington,  was  appointed 
Chief  Physician  to  the  Jersey  Flying  (Field)  Hospital  at 
Amboy,  under  the  leadership  of  General  Hugh  Mercer, 
himself  a well-trained  physician.  Shortages  of  supplies 
becoming  immediately  apparent,  Shippen  had  the  fol- 
lowing advertisement  inserted  in  a Philadelphia  paper 
"The  good  people  of  this  city  and  province  and  of  the 
province  of  New  Jersey  are  earnestly  desired  to  send 
all  the  old  sheets  and  other  old  linen  they  can  possibly 
spare  to  Dr.  Shippen,  Jr.,  for  the  New  Jersey  Hospital. 
None  will  refuse  complying  with  this  request  when 
they  consider  that  the  lint  and  bandages  made  of  the 
linen  may  be  used  in  dressing  and  caring  for  the 
wounds  of  their  own  fathers,  husbands,  or  sons.” 

Shippen’s  originally  optimistic  tone  faded  by  the  fall 
of  1 776  as  a “putrid  fever”  began  to  attack  men  of  the 
Flying  Camp.  Furthermore,  the  growing  struggle  for 
authority  and  the  lack  of  cooperation  between  Shippen 
who  had  been  granted  full  authority  in  New  Jersey  and 
Morgan  who  was  confined  to  the  west  bank  of  the 
Hudson  undoubtedly  greatly  increased  the  suffering  of 
the  sick  in  our  state  during  this  trying  period. 

New  Jersey  first  felt  the  full  impact  of  the  war  in  mid- 
September  1776,  when  the  Continental  troops  de- 
feated by  the  British  at  the  battle  of  Long  Island  were 
forced  to  evacuate  New  York  City.  Washington  ordered 


John  Morgan,  Surgeon-General,  to  transport  aboi 
1 ,000  sick  and  wounded  over  to  the  Jersey  side  of  tl 
Hudson,  a heroic  task  which,  despite  “dreadful  coi 
fusion  and  disorder”  Morgan  accomplished  with  tl 
aid  of  William  Burnet,  the  leading  surgeon  of  Newar 
The  latter,  overriding  the  fears  of  infection  of  the  loc 
inhabitants,  helped  Morgan  establish  a general  hosp 
tal,  using  the  two  local  churches,  the  court  house,  ar 
the  Academy;  in  October  a second  300-bed  facility  w; 
established  at  Hackensack. 

As  the  battered  troops  of  the  American  Army  fk 
south  towards  Trenton,  other  sick  and  wounded  we 
placed  in  Amboy,  Elizabeth,  and  New  Brunswick.  In  tl 
latter  town,  Washington  was  joined  by  John  Cochra 
the  zealous  Whig,  whose  house  became  the  target  fc 
British  wrath.  Cochran  soon  became  a member  I 
Washington’s  official  “family”  and  later,  in  Janua 
1781,  succeeded  Shippen  as  Director-General  of  tl 
Hospital.  In  late  December,  Trenton  saw  the  tic 
change,  but  the  death  of  General  Mercer  a few  weel 
later,  from  an  infected  bayonet  wound  received  at  tl 
battle  of  Princeton,  cast  a pall  on  the  troops  and  med 
cal  corps  alike. 

On  January  9,  1777,  John  Morgan  was  summari 
dismissed  from  the  Army,  to  be  superseded  by  h 
arch-rival  William  Shippen,  Jr.,  in  April  as  Surgeoi 
General.  At  this  time  many  of  the  sick  and  wounde 
in  Jersey  hospitals  were  transported  to  Pennsylvani 
however.  New  Jersey  was  to  remain  the  “cockpit  of  tl 
Revolution,”  with  one-third  of  all  the  fighting  takir 
place  on  her  soil. 

At  Morristown,  where  the  army  spent  the  winter  i 
1777,  the  small  community  was  infected  wit 
smallpox,  introduced  by  the  troops.  Inoculation  bi 
came  the  order  of  the  day,  and  John  Cochran  supe 
vised  the  procedure  at  the  Jockey  Hollow  Huts  with  j 
very  low  mortality  rate  of  about  3 in  400  patient1 
Civilians  were  treated  by  Reverend  Green  in  the  tu 
churches  of  the  town,  while  a smallpox  hospital  we 
established  at  Hanover  for  soldiers  who  had  contracte 
the  disease  in  the  “natural  way.”  Another  was  estal 
lished  at  Trenton  Barracks  which  remained  under  th 
supervision  of  the  experienced  Bodo  Otto,  who  w£j 
joined  by  his  son,  John  Augustus,  from  July  ii 
Christmas  of  1 777,  when  the  two  men  left  for  Valle 
Forge. 

The  problem  of  an  adequate  nursing  staff  was  I 
plague  the  Continental  Army  for  the  duration  of  tf 
war.  On  June  17,  1777,  General  Washington  at  Middll 
brook  ordered  that  a “proportionate  number  of  wome 
to  the  sick  of  each  regiment  shall  be  sent  to  the  hosp 
tals  at  Mendham  and  Black  Fdver  to  attend  to  the  sicj 
as  nurses.”  In  November  and  December  1777,  after  th 
defeats  at  Brandywine  and  Germantown,  and  the  los 
of  Philadelphia,  400  sick  and  wounded  were  crowde 
into  the  small  town  of  Princeton  where  the  hospit;, 
was  established  at  Nassau  Hall,  a structure  whic 
could  accommodate  at  best  only  150  men.  A devasta 
ing  putrid  infection  (typhus)  soon  developed  whic 
carried  off  scores  of  injured  who  had  come  to  the  ho: 
pital  solely  for  treatment  of  wounds.  Death  came  to  n 
less  than  six  surgeons  at  this  charnel  house  an 
James  Tilton,  who  barely  escaped  with  his  life,  has  le 
us  a vivid  description  of  the  morbid  scene.  Fortunate! 
other  Jersey  hospitals  at  Bordentown,  Trenton,  an 

THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


712 


lirlington  seem  to  have  escaped  this  infection. 

On  June  28.  1778,  the  Americans,  marching  from 
Hley  Forge,  tried  unsuccessfully  to  stop  the  British 
no  were  retreating  from  Philadelphia  to  New  York.  At 
le  batde  of  Monmouth,  many  were  prostrated  by  the 
i tense  heat,  the  sick  and  wounded  being  cared  for  in 
le  Freehold  Courthouse  and  several  local  churches. 

( hers  were  moved  to  the  New  Brunswick  barracks 
; d to  Morristown  where  the  hospital  was  reopened. 
Iter  in  1778,  the  bulk  of  Washington’s  army  en- 
cmped  for  the  winter  at  Middlebrook,  from  which  the 
i:V  sick  and  wounded  were  sent  to  hospitals  at  Bound 
l ook  and  New  Brunswick.  This  winter  proved  to  be 
uusually  mild  and  healthful,  and  it  was  at  Middle- 
look  that  Washington  ordered  a series  of  lectures  to 
1 supervised  by  Dr.  William  Brown  of  Virginia  Phy- 
« ian-General  of  the  Middle  Department— this  may 
oil  have  been  the  first  such  course  ever  to  be  given 
j New  Jersey. 

The  following  winter  (1779  to  1780)  the  Army  again 
rose  Morristown,  but  during  this  winter  the  climatic 
(jnditions  proved  to  be  appalling,  exceeding  in  severity 
te  harsh  period  at  Valley  Forge.  The  men  were  forced 
i sleep  in  tents  until  February  when  huts  finally  could 
1 erected.  Despite  the  frightful  weather,  mortality  was 
liv;  the  number  of  fatalities  at  the  small  general  hospi- 
lils  at  Basking  Ridge  and  Pluckemin  from  December 
'79  to  June  1780  amounting  to  only  86  of  a force  of 
f ,500  men.  It  was  at  Basking  Ridge  that  surgeon 
ijimes  Tilton  had  the  opportunity  to  construct  a novel 
ledical  hut.  Windowless,  with  an  earthen  floor,  and  a 
intral  fireplace  whose  smoke  circulated  throughout 
1 e hut  before  leaving  through  an  aperture  in  the  roof, 
ie  construction  was  credited  with  cutting  down  on 
ifections  and  mortality.  The  huts  at  Jockey  Hollow, 
rich  had  been  used  by  the  Pennsylvania  line  until 
«iily  1780,  then  were  reopened  as  a general  hospital. 
Ick  men  were  sent  there  from  the  Paramus  encamp- 
ment, and  the  huts  were  still  in  use  as  late  as  June 
j;81. 

4E  POSTREVOLUTIONARY  YEARS 

With  the  war  almost  over,  the  Medical  Society  of  New 
crsey  immediately  resumed  its  activities  in  November 
781,  and  by  1790  was  incorporated  formally  by  the 
legislature  for  a period  of  25  years. 

Topics  which  engrossed  the  minds  of  the  better 
jained  physicians  of  the  day  can  be  found  in  the 
jinual  addresses  given  by  the  presidents  of  MSNJ 
Dm  1767  to  1795:  use  of  lancet  in  pleurisy  (em- 
j/ema);  intermittent  fevers;  putrefaction:  inoculation; 
operties  of  blood;  nephritis;  cachexia;  changes  of 
|ood  in  disease;  mechanisms  of  the  human 
bdy — fluids  and  solids;  health  and  disease;  nutrition; 
ature  and  uses  of  animal  secretions;  natural 
lenomenon  of  sleep;  chemical  principles  of  bodies; 
fferent  properties  of  air  contained  in  the  atmosphere; 
-itridity;  cyanche;  causes  of  vital  heat  and  animal 
notions;  beneficial  effects  of  bathing;  dropsy;  and 
-ilmonary  consumption. 

At  this  period  Paul  Micheau,  a well-trained  phy- 
ician,  fostered  a schismatic  group  known  as  the  East- 
n District  Medical  Society,  in  opposition  to  the  Medi- 
il  Society.  Apparently  with  the  idea  of  founding  a 
edical  school,  Micheau  also  gave  a course  of  lectures 


on  the  practice  of  medicine,  from  May  10  to  July  25, 
1790,  for  which  he  charged  the  sum  of  five  pounds. 
Drawing  on  the  heavy  concentration  of  physicians  in 
the  Newark-Elizabethtown  area,  he  made  it  impossible 
for  the  parent  society  to  assemble  a quorum  in  West 
Jersey  where  only  one-sixth  of  the  Society’s  physicians 
resided.  As  a result,  the  State  Society  remained  quies- 
cent from  1795  until  1807  when  meetings  were  re- 
sumed. Ely  1800,  ten  New  Jersey  physicians  had  been 
granted  the  medical  degree  by  schools  in  Philadelphia 
and  New  York.  During  this  very  period  Jenner’s  vacci- 
nation was  introduced  into  Boston  by  Benjamin 
Waterhouse.  It  was  Lewis  Condict  of  Morristown,  a 
friend  of  the  latter,  who  first  brought  the  method  to 
New  Jersey  in  1802.  It  was  adopted  by  Cyrus  Pierson 
of  Essex  County  and  James  H.  Stokes  of  Moorestown, 
with  all  three  men  testing  the  effect  of  vaccination  on 
their  own  offspring  by  later  exposing  them  successfully 
to  smallpox.  John  Bowne  of  Ringoes,  who  at  one  time 
had  300  young  persons  under  inoculation,  also  put 
vaccination  to  the  severest  tests  in  order  to  prove  its 
efficacy. 

Following  the  resumption  of  Society  meetings  in 
1807,  topics  discussed  included  inflammatoiy  peri- 
pneumonia, puerperal  fever,  tetanus,  pneumonia  ty- 
phoides,  psoas  abscess,  fungus  hematoides,  in- 
tussusception, digitalis,  calomel,  alkalies  in  pulmonaiy 
consumption,  and  chorea 

Women,  who  had  been  taught  the  rudiments  of 
medical  care,  continued  to  dominate  the  practice  of 
obstetrics;  one  early  example  being  “Aunt”  Peggy 
Warner  of  Warren  County  who  defied  rain  and  snow 
during  the  Revolution  in  her  travel  on  horseback  along 
unlit  country  roads.  The  man-midwife  finally  made  his 
way  to  New  Jersey,  and  by  1 775,  a retired  army  surgeon 
in  Rahway  was  advertising  that  he  was  skilled  in  the 
art  of  midwifery  after  studying  at  the  famous  Lying- 
In  Hospital.  James  Stratton  of  Swedesboro  also  was 
familiar  with  the  use  of  Smellie’s  forceps.  The  charge 
for  natural  delivery  was  1 pound  10  shillings; 
preternatural,  using  forceps,  3 pounds.  Other  women 
assisted  their  fathers  and  husbands;  one  example 
being  the  wife  of  Dr.  Garret  Banta  of  Bergen  County, 
who  acted  in  a position  very  similar  to  our  paramedics, 
and  Elizabeth  Haddon,  after  whose  family  the  town 
takes  its  name,  was  noted  for  her  skill  in  preparing 
botanical  remedies. 

In  1786,  the  Legislature  renewed  the  licensing  act 
of  1 772,  eliminating  the  requirement  that  two  superior 
court  judges  be  present  at  the  examination. 

In  1792,  Queens  College  (Rutgers)  entered  into  an 
agreement  with  Dr.  Nicholas  Romayne  and  three  other 
physicians  of  New  York  City  whereby  students  who 
graduated  from  his  medical  school  were  given  the 
medical  degree  which  the  College  was  authorized  to 
grant.  By  1816,  at  least  34  degrees  had  been  granted. 
This  agreement,  although  sanctioned  by  the  Medical 
Society  of  New  Jersey  (1827)  eventually  was  terminated 
by  action  of  the  New  York  State  Legislature. 

It  was  during  this  period  that  Princeton  considered 
opening  a medical  school.  In  1795,  the  famous  English 
physician-chemist,  John  MacLean,  who  was  practicing 
in  Princeton  with  Ebenezer  Stockton,  had  been  invited 
to  give  a course  in  chemistry  at  Nassau  Hall.  So  suc- 
cessful was  this  venture  that  for  a while  the  Trustees 


;)L.  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


713 


thought  of  expanding  the  project;  MaeLean  remained 
an  officer  of  the  college  from  1797  to  1812,  yet  his 
efforts  made  no  progress. 

In  1816,  the  Society  was  reineorporated  by  the  State 
and  the  Board  of  Censors  of  the  various  constituent 
societies  was  instructed  to  hold  three-hour  examin- 
ations for  admission  on  such  subjects  as  anatomy, 
materia  mediea,  pharmacy,  chemistry,  physiology,  sur- 
gery, theory  and  practice  of  physic,  and  midwifery. 
Examinations  were  to  be  open  to  the  public  and  the 
successful  candidate  was  "granted  the  privilege  of 
practicing  physic  and  surgery  in  this  state.”  However, 
it  was  not  until  1825  that  the  state  legislature  finally 
conceded  to  the  Society  the  right  to  grant  medical 
degrees,  thus  placing  the  Society  on  a par  with  Prince- 
ton and  Rutgers.  It  was  at  this  period  that  Princeton 
made  a second  effort  to  found  a medical  school,  when 
John  van  Cleve,  the  brilliant  practitioner  of  the  town, 
gave  a series  of  lectures  on  medicine.  Unfortunately, 
his  death  in  1826  again  terminated  the  project. 

Some  of  the  most  popular  remedies  of  the  period 
included  nitre,  Jesuit’s  bark  (quinine),  numerous 
evaeuants  including  jalop,  rhubarb,  senna,  and  aloes; 
mercury  and  antimony,  tartar  emetic,  and  cartharides. 
At  least  one  New  Jersey  physician  resisted  the  tend- 
ency to  large  dosage.  Lawrence  Vanderveer  of  Somerset 
county  insisted  on  prescribing  small  doses,  thus  an- 
ticipating Samuel  Hahnemann’s  homeopathy  in  this 
regard.  As  for  charges,  phlebotomy  cost  1 shilling; 
tooth  extraction  1 shilling  6 pence;  inoculation  7 shil- 
ling 7 pence.  Charges  for  medication  usually  rendered 
the  bill  much  higher.  In  one  case,  for  severe  headaches 
(impending  stroke),  Moses  Elmer  directed  the  letting 
of  blood,  to  be  repeated  every  few  days  as  the  patient’s 
strength  permitted.  In  addition,  a seton  was  to  be  ap- 
plied to  the  neck  to  promote  the  discharge  of  pus,  and, 
of  course,  calomel  to  be  continued.  Contrasting  views 
on  the  proper  treatment  of  fevers  split  the  fraternity. 
Thus,  the  same  Moses  Elmer  refused  to  give  a patient 
a drop  of  water  until  the  desperate  man  managed  to 
get  to  a pail  of  water,  drank  all  he  could  and  having 
finally  recovered,  informed  the  doctor  what  had  cured 
him;  on  the  other  hand,  Franklin  Hoven  in  an  epidemic 
of  typhus  fever,  following  the  more  rational  teachings 
of  Sydenham,  gave  his  patient  cooling  drinks  ad 
libitum  and  earned  for  himself  a great  reputation. 

New  Jersey  produced  a singular  character  in  the 
herbalist  Peter  Smith  (1753  to  1816).  Although  the  son 
of  a physician,  and  a graduate  of  Princeton,  he  elected 
to  spend  his  life  wandering  with  his  family  through 
the  southern  and  midwestem  states  accumulating  in- 
formation on  the  virtues  of  plants  from  anyone  he  met. 
His  “Indian  Doctors’  Dispensatory"  is  a mine  of  infor- 
mation about  native  medicinals. 

Finally,  in  the  interest  of  the  public  the  Society  had 
appointed  in  1810  a Standing  Committee  to  study 
weather  conditions  throughout  the  state,  correlating 
these  with  current  diseases.  Organized  with  John  van 


Cleve  of  Princeton  as  Chairman,  the  Committee  ij 
1 820  expanded  to  include  bills  of  mortality  concemir 
births  and  causes  of  death. 

CONCLUSION 

In  closing  this  brief  resume  of  the  principal  even 
in  our  early  medical  history,  I wish  to  point  out  son 
of  the  political  and  other  avocational  activities  whit 
engrossed  the  attention  of  the  outstanding  physician 
of  this  period:  Oliver  Barnet— judge  of  Common  Pled 
John  Beatty— trustee  of  Princeton  and  member  of  Cot 
gress;  Moses  Bloomfield — abolitionist  who  freed 
slaves  on  July  4,  1783;  William  Burnet — member 
Continental  Congress  and  judge  of  Common  Plej! 
Jabez  Campfield— founder  of  Morris  Academy  and  a 
tive  in  Warren  County  Agricultural  Society;  John  Co( 
dit— member  of  Congress  and  founder  of  Oran) 
Academy;  Lewis  Condict — member  of  Congress  ai, 
trustee  of  Princeton;  Samuel  Dick — member  of  Co 
tinental  Congress  and  surrogate;  Jonathan  Elmerl 
member  U.S.  Senate,  judge  of  Common  Pleas;  Ebenezl 
Elmer — member  of  Congress,  judge  Common  Plea 
Jacob  Green — founding  trustee  and  vice-president  | 
Princeton;  Thomas  Henderson — member  of  Congre: 
and  judge  of  Common  Pleas;  Moses  Jaques— abo 
tionist;  Lewis  Johnstone — botanist;  Samuel  Ke 
nedy— headmaster,  Basking  Ridge  School;  Jofj 
MaeLean — professor  of  chemistry  and  natural  histo 
and  mathematics  at  Princeton;  William  Mcllvane 
trustee  of  Burlington  Academy;  John  A.  de  No 
mandie — active  in  Burlington  County  Society  ft 
Promoting  Agriculture;  Jonathan  Odell — member 
American  Phil.  Society;  Robert  C.  Patterson— preside; 
of  American  Phil.  Society  and  professor  of  mathema 
ics  at  University  of  Pennsylvania;  Isaac  Pierson— mer 
ber  of  Congress;  Cyrus  Pierson— founder  of  Caldwt 
Library;  George  Ross— trustee,  Elizabeth  Academi 
Moses  Scott— member  of  Congress;  Charles  Smith- 
trustee  of  Queens  College;  Nathaniel  Scudder- 
member  of  Continental  Congress  and  trustee  ' 
Princeton;  John  Anderson  Scudder—  member  of  Coi 
gress;  Isaac  Smith — member  of  Congress;  James  Stra 
ton— judge  of  court;  Samuel  Swan— member  of  Co; 
gress;  Hedge  Thompson — member  of  Congress  ar 
county  judge;  Lawrence  Vanderveer— trustee.  Queer1 
College;  John  van  Cleve— trustee,  Princeton;  Abrahai 
VanBuren— trustee.  Queens  College;  and  Thomas  Wi,’ 
gins — treasurer,  Princeton. 

REFERENCES 

1 . Cowen  DL:  Medicine  and  Health  in  New  Jersey:  A Hi 
tory.  Princeton,  NJ,  Van  Nostrand  Co.,  1964. 

2.  Duffy  J:  Epidemics  in  Colonial  America.  Baton  Roug; 
LA  Louisiana  State  University  Press,  1953. 

3.  Wickes  S:  History  oj  Medicine  in  New  Jersey,  and  i 
Medical  Men  from  the  Settlement  of  the  Province  to  180 
Newark,  NJ,  Martin  R Denis  & Co.,  1879. 

4.  Rogers  FB,  Sayre  AR-  The  Healing  Art  Trenton,  N 
Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey,  1966. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE’ 


714 


rBRPMgfc  THE  BROWN  PHARMACEUTICAL  CO.,  INC. 

2500  West  Sixth  Street,  Los  Angeles,  CA  90057 


For  Full  Prescribing  Information,  Please  See  PDR. 


REFER TO 

PDR 


Android  5 10  25 


Methyltestosterone  U.S.R  Tablets 


Android  f 

Fluoxymesterone  U.S.R  Tablets,  ICE 


As  in  Blue  Cross  of  New  Jersey.  The 
single  source  for  computerization. 

□ Because  Medical  Management 
Services  from  Blue  Cross  now  offers 
a unique  automated  office  system. 

□ Only  Blue  Cross  offers  this  unique 
system,  because  only  Blue  Cross  has 
the  experience  in  the  health  care  field 
(half  a century's  worth!),  the  data 
processing  know-how  and  the  claims 
processing  expertise  to  make  it  all 
work  efficiently  and  effectively. 

The  system  itself. 

You  receive  a stand-alone  system 
using  IBM  or  Texas  Instruments  com- 
puters that  is  physically  located  in 
your  office.  It  is  operated  by  your 
office  personnel — they  do  not  have 
to  have  any  data  processing  experi- 
ence— and  the  system  is  completely 
under  their  control  at  all  times. 

The  software  and  system 
support. 

This  modular  system  provides  a com- 
plete software  package  for  your  office 
which  utilizes  Blue  Cross'  expertise  in 
health  care  financing,  automated 
hospital  admission/approval  systems, 
automated  claims  submission,  and 
leadership  in  paperless  processing. 
Only  Blue  Cross  can  offer  the  bene- 
fits of  this  wealth  of  experience 
and  offer  single  source  capability 
for  computerization. 


Your  people  receive  full  and  com- 
plete training  and  ongoing  support  in 
system  operation.  We  accept  full 
responsibility  for  hardware  and  soft- 
ware maintenance. 

What  the  system  does 
for  the  physician. 

Whether  you  are  an  individual  or 
group  practice,  this  system  will  relieve 
paperwork... provide  fast  access  to 
necessary  patient  information... and 


give  you  much  more  time  to  tend  tc 
the  clinical  aspects  of  your  practice., 
and,  above  all,  increase  the  efficienc 
of  the  office  and  the  income  of  the 
practice!  All  from  a single  source  for 
computerization. 

Some  of  what  you 
get  with  the  System: 

> An  easy-to-use  system. 

> Instant  access  to  patient  account 
information  by  account  number. 


Take  a minute  to  check 
this  list! 


□ Your  volume  is  at  least  80  patients 
per  week. 


□ Your  daily  cash  control  and  records 
keeping  procedures  need  to  be 
improved. 


□ You  experience  a high  turnover  of 
clerical  employees  or  need  to 
increase  the  productivity  of  your 
present  staff. 


□ Your  receivables  are  greater  than 
17%  of  your  total  annual  charges. 


□ You  are  forced  to  write  off  more 
than  5%  of  your  net  receivables 
as  uncollectable. 


□ You  find  it  difficult  to  get  com- 
plete and  current  data  on  patient 
treatment  patterns,  facilities  utili- 
zation, and  services  on  a regular 
weekly,  monthly  and  annual  basis. 


□ You  are  running  behind  in  your 
insurance  billings  and  collections. 


□ Your  quarterly  and  annual  payroll 
reports  are  now  done  manually. 


□ Your  service  bureau  already 
charges  you  more  than  $4,200 
per  year. 


□ You  have  difficulty  getting  useful 
management  information  about 
your  practice  when  you  need  it. 


□ Your  ''most  current"  financial 
statement  for  the  practice  is 
already  out  of  date. 


If  you  have  checked  off  any  of  the  above,  you 
are  a candidate  for  Medical  Management  Services. 


uterization? 


Production  of  patients'  statements 
on  daily,  weekly  or  monthly  basis 
-whichever  billing  cycle  is  best  for 
your  practice. 

Automatic  production  of  standard 
insurance  (AMA)  claim  forms. 

A daily  charge  and  collection  sum- 
mary which  recaps  all  daily  patient 
activity. 

An  aged  accounts  receivable  trial 
balance  which  can  be  printed  on 
demand. 

Practice  productivity  reports  broken 
down  by  procedures  and  payment 
classifications  (insurance,  self-pay,  etc.) 


> Monthly  management  reports. 

> Medicare  payment  distribution 
(20%  of  co-pay  automatically  cal- 
culated if  assignment  is  accepted). 

> Single-date  entry  for  all  financial 
transactions. 

> A recall  system  which  prints  lists, 
statistics  and  "labels.” 

> Customized  reports  for  special 
requirements. 

> Automatic  retention  of  claims 
information  for  rebilling  purposes. 

> Improvement  in  cash  flow  and 
office  efficiency. 


Free  Office  Analysis 

Included  in  the  services  provided  is  a 
free  office  analysis  where  a Medical 
Management  Services  representative 
analyzes  pertinent  data  on  your  cur- 
rent work  flow,  patient  volume,  initial 
set-up  for  new  patients,  billing,  insur- 
ance filing  and  follow-up.  This  Office 
Analysis  is  a prerequisite  for  installa- 
tion and  is  made  at  no  charge. 

Fill  out  the  coupon,  or  call,  for 
further  details  and  to  initiate  your 
Office  Analysis. 


Medical  Management 
Services 


P.O.  Box  8 

Florham  Park,  NJ  07932 
(201)966-2710 


Blue  Cross 

of  New  Jersey 


Medical  Management  Services 

Blue  Cross  of  New  Jersey,  P.O.  Box  8,  Florham  Park,  NJ  07932 

□ Please  send  me  additional  information. 

□ Please  have  a representative  call  to  arrange  an  Office  Analysis. 


Dr. 


LJu^LJ. 

f 0 ' I * t;  if  • j§ 

cVVi  VV  s t v 

L l l E LI 


■ 

^ \ \ \ Office  Address 
City 


State/Zip 


Office  telephone 


1 Registered  Marks  Blue  Cross  and  Blue  Shield  Association 


MSNJ:  America’s  First  and  Oldest 
Medical  Society 


Geraldine  Hutner,  lawrenceville* 


On  July  23 , 1 766,  a group  of  physicians  met  at  Duffs  Tavern  in 
New  Brunswick  to  initiate  the  first  medical  society  in  the  United 
States . This  group  elected  officers,  set  a table  of  rates  and  fees, 
and  signed  a 1 4-item  constitution  to  improve  the  health  and 
welfare  of  citizens  in  the  state  of  New  Jersey . 


In  the  1700s,  New  Jersey  dis- 
tinctly was  divided  into  two  re- 
gions: East  Jersey,  the  Dutch 
and  English  settlement  in  the  North;  and  West  Jersey, 
the  southern  province  from  Cape  May  to  Burlington. 
When  the  Duke  of  York  gained  control  of  New  Jersey 
State,  he  united  both  sections — forming  New  Jersey. 

Approximately  150,000  people  lived  in  New  Jersey, 
with  29  percent  of  the  population  in  the  south.  There 
were  88  physicians  in  the  state  in  1766—1  physician 
for  every  1,500  persons  in  the  north  and  1 physician 
for  every  2,400  persons  in  the  south  (Figure  l).1 

At  this  time,  midway  between  the  French  and  Indian 
War  (1758)  and  the  War  of  Independence,  “the  batde 
against  disease  was  a one-sided  affair  in  which  illness 
normally  triumphed  over  the  doctor’s  primitive 
weapons  of  bleeding,  cupping,  and  purging.”2  Phy- 
sicians in  New  Jersey  felt  they  had  to  help  their  pro- 
fession, to  set  standards,  fair  practices,  and  exchange 
medical  information.  In  the  book  of  minutes  (Figure 
2)  from  the  first  medical  society  meeting  in  New  Jersey, 
mention  was  made:  “of  the  low  state  of  medicine  in 
New  Jersey,  and  the  many  difficulties  and  discourage- 
ments, alike  injurious  to  the  people  and  the  physician 
. having  for  several  years  engrossed  the  attention  of 
physicians."3 

On  June  27,  1 766,  a notice  appeared  in  the  New  York 
Mercury  newspaper  stating: 


A large  body  of  the  practitioners  in  physic  and 
surgery  in  East  New  Jersey,  having  agreed  to  form 
a society  for  the  advancement  of  their  profession 
and  the  promotion  of  public  good,  hereby  request 
and  invite  every  gentleman  of  the  profession  in  the 
province  to  attend  a meeting  at  Mr.  Duffs  Tavern 
in  the  city  of  New  Brunswick  on  Wednesday  July 
23,  at  which  time  and  place,  the  Constitution  and 
Regulations  of  the  society  are  to  be  settled  and 
subscribed.3 

On  the  comer  of  Albany  and  Peace  Streets,  Ne\ 
Brunswick,  at  Duff s Tavern,  17  professional  men  me 
for  this  voluntaiy,  organizational  meeting.  At  this  tim< 
New  Brunswick  was  a center  of  travel,  on  direct  rout 
from  New  York  to  Philadelphia;  hence,  the  perfec 
meeting  place. 

As  noted  in  The  Healing  Art  “The  men  were 
prepossessing  sight.  The  few  who  lived  near  and  wer 
inclined  to  formal  dress  wore  white  Geneva  bands  a 
the  collar:  others  appeared  in  good  black  broadelotl 
with  white  cravat,  ruffled  shirt,  silk  hat,  and  even 
wig — More  were  dressed  as  befitted  those  constantl 
in  the  saddle:  dun-colored  kerseys,  blue  broadelotl 
coat,  linen  homespun  shirt,  wool  or  yam  stockings,  fel 
hat,  plain  silver  buckle  at  shoe  and  knee,  and  shoulder 


*Ms.  Hutner  is  Managing  Editor,  The  Journal.  MSNJ. 

THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


718 


- I 


ew  Jersey  in  1766,  showing: 

The  boundaries  of  its  13 
counties. 

Their  population — census  of 
1784. 

The  number  of  their  known 
physicians. 

Founder  of  the  Medical  Society 
of  New  Jersey. 

Joined  later. 

Nonmembers. 


Igure  1 — A look  at  the  state  of  New  Jersey  in  1766,  showing 
opulation  and  physician  figures. 

?ngth  hair  loose  or  gathered  at  the  nape  with  a deer 
hong.  One  or  two  wore  military  uniforms.”4 

The  first  order  of  business  at  this  meeting  was  the 
lection  of  officers.  Reverend  Dr.  McKean,  at  age  34, 
vas  voted  president.  Dr.  McKean,  a man  of  consider- 
able fame  and  respect,  studied  medicine  and  theology 
ibroad.  He  was  a minister  and  teacher  at  St.  Peter’s 
\ngliean  Church,  in  addition  to  his  duties  as  a phy- 
sician. Dr.  Christopher  Manlove  was  elected  secretary 
tnd  Dr.  John  Cochran  was  elected  as  treasurer,  for  one 
rear. 

As  secretary.  Dr.  Manlove  kept  the  minutes.  The  long, 
larrow,  yellow  cardboard  book  still  exists  and  is  at  the 
ibrary  of  the  New  Jersey  Historical  Society.  Fourteen 
signatures  were  affixed  to  this  book  entitled,  “Instru- 
nents  of  Association  and  Constitutions  of  The  New 
Jersey  Medical  Society:”  Drs.  Robert  McKean, 
Christopher  Manlove,  John  Cochran,  Moses  Bloom- 
ield,  James  Gilliland,  William  Burnet,  Jonathan  Day- 
ton,  Thomas  Wiggins,  William  Adams,  Bemet  Budd, 
Lawrence  V.  Derveer,  John  Griffith,  Issac  Harris,  and 
rfJoseph  Sackett,  Jr.3  Three  more  physicians  arrived  at 
Duffs  Tavern  in  the  afternoon:  Drs.  Stephen  Campe, 
•Ebenezer  Blatchly,  and  an  unidentified  third  man  (Fig- 
'|ure  3). 

The  newly  signed  Constitution  of  this  association 
listed  14  items  to  be  upheld  by  the  membership.  In  the 
introduction  of  this  document  the  signers  noted, 
“Medicine  is  one  of  the  most  useful  sciences  to  man- 
kind.” They  believed  if  they  were  united  in  a well-regu- 
lated society  they  would  improve  the  health  and  wel- 
fare of  every  town,  neighborhood,  and  district  through 
encouraging  honesty,  integrity,  and  frankness  in  all 
matters  relating  to  doctors  and  patients.3  The  14  obli- 
gations cover  a wide  spectrum,  but  all  kept  in  line  with 
the  Hippocratic  oath  and  the  proper  practice  of  medi- 
cine. The  Constitution  laid  out  the  purposes  of  the 
Society  and  specific  functions,  with  meetings  twice 
each  year  and  an  annual  election  of  officers.  The  mem- 


V HE 

R1  S E. 

MINUTES. 

and 


PROCEEDINGS. 

of  the 

N i:\VJ  ERSEY  I 

MEDICAL  SOCim 


t E stahl  ill  ied 

.III  Iv  23.  1 A>6. 

» 

f 

“ - 

y \ nwiiif  ejtiKi  soacMcm  Sncntizr. 
et  Concordia, tmKjuaui  eominntti  j 

/HHHiaa  i or nt. *  * * x . / » i 

* • \hrr<  f Qmf./ia/v. 

— — — - — \ 

Figure  2 — The  cover  of  the  book  of  minutes  from  the  first 
Medical  Society  meeting. 

bers  also  agreed  to  serve  the  poor,  to  discourage 
quackery,  to  seek  consultations  when  needed,  to  im- 
prove licensing  requirements,  and  to  disseminate 
medical  knowledge. 

The  membership  then  dealt  with  the  question  of  a 
table  of  fair  fees  and  rates.  As  the  minutes  of  the  meet- 
ing noted,  “That  there  was  no  law  or  custom  through- 
out the  province  for  the  paying  of  regulation  fees,  for 
advice,  and  attendance,”  and  it  was  decided  that  “one 
general  and  unifonu  mode  of  charging”  should  be  in- 
stituted.4 

It  must  be  remembered  that  the  committee  of  men 
(Drs.  Cochran,  Wiggins,  Blatchly,  and  Sackett)  who 
drew  up  the  list  of  fees  had  great  difficulty:  they  all 
came  from  different  parts  of  the  state  and  had  varying 
financial  concerns.  After  much  discussion  they  did 
agree  on  a fixed  schedule  after  noting  in  the  preamble 
to  this  ‘rate  card'  the  following: 

The  New  Jersey  Medical  Society  considering  the 

state  of  medical  practice  in  this  Government,  and 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


719 


Figure  3— Dr.  Lawrence  V.  Derveer,  one  of  the  original  signers 
of  the  Medical  Society  Constitution,  in  1766. 


apprehending  that  as  they  have  separated  them- 
selves to  a profession  that  not  only  deprives  them 
of  many  comforts  and  indulgences  ...  by  being  at 
the  call  of  anyone,  day  or  night;  but  also  exposes 
them  to  many  disagreeable  scenes  and  often  to 
great  dangers  from  contagious  diseases,  etc.; 
besides  the  great  expense  of  education  and  the 
many  painful  years  to  be  employed  in  preparatory 
studies,  as  well  as  that  of  the  science  itself,  they 
are  in  an  especial  manner  entitled  to  a just  and 
equitable  reward  for  their  services,  at  least  to  live 
by  this  their  useful  profession.4 

A sampling  of  the  rates  (Figure  4)  gives  a look  at  the 
most  common  complaints  of  that  time. 

The  second  meeting  of  the  New  Jersey  Medical  So- 
ciety was  held  on  November  4,  1766,  in  Elizabethtown. 
The  most  important  item  on  the  agenda  was  the  prob- 
lem with  the  proposed  fair  fees  and  rates  schedule.  The 
New  Jersey  public  felt  a specific  cost  for  medical  care, 
determined  in  advance,  was  outrageous  and  that  phy- 
sicians were  trying  to  take  advantage  of  the  popu- 
lation. Backed  into  a comer,  the  Society  members 
abolished  the  prescribed  rates  and  fees  schedule.  They 
decided  each  physician  could  set  his  own  schedule  of 
rates,  as  long  as  he  did  not  exceed  the  proposed  table 
of  rates. 

The  membership  was  not  interested  solely  in  eco- 
nomic matters  at  this  meeting;  they  showed  concern 
for  medical  and  scientific  information.  The  Society  felt 
the  physicians  should  exchange  information,  opin- 
ions, cases,  and  other  relevant  material  at  all  meetings. 
Hence,  the  first  paper  was  read:  Dr.  Burnet  discussed 
the  use  of  lancet  in  pleurisy.  The  membership  then 


SAMPLING  OF  RATES 

Call 

Cost 

£ 

s 

d 

An  ordinaiy  call,  up  to  a mile  and  a half  0 

1 

6 

Each  additional  mile 

0 

1 

0 

Simple  fracture  of  the  thigh  or  leg  bone 
with  necessary  dressing  during  the 
cure 

2 

0 

0 

First  dressing  a wound,  including 
unguents 

0 

7 

6 

Amputation  of  a leg  or  thigh 

3 

0 

0 

Extirpation  of  the  tonsils 

1 

0 

0 

Extracting  a tooth 

0 

1 

6 

Obstetrical  care 

1 

10 

0 

Figure  4 — A sampling  of  the  rates. 


voted  that  each  member  would  be  required  to  read 
paper  or  present  a case  for  discussion  at  every  meeting 
In  fact,  history  has  noted  that  “learned  discussion  wa 
the  18th  century’s  device  to  overcome  the  scientifi 
shortcomings  of  the  age  of  medicine.”5 
The  third  meeting  of  this  association  was  held  oi 
May  5,  1767,  in  Amboy,  and  the  main  topic  of  dis 
eussion  was  the  education  of  future  physicians.  In  thi: 
day  and  age,  medical  practice  was  taught  by  observa 
tion— the  preceptor-apprentice  method.  The  Trans 
actions  from  this  meeting  noted: 

Some  members  motioned  that  the  method  of 
educating  young  gentleman  for  the  study  of  physic 
had  not  been  properly  adverted  to  in  this  Govern- 
ment, but  very  much  neglected,  greatly  to  the  detri- 
ment of  the  profession.  The  Society  took  the  same 
into  consideration,  and  agreed  that  for  the  advan- 
tage of  youth  and  honor  of  the  art,  that  no  student 
be  hereafter  taken  an  apprentice  by  any  member, 
unless  he  has  a competent  knowledge  of  the  Latin 
and  some  initiation  in  the  Greek.  The  time  for 
apprentices  serving  never  being  yet  settled,  though 
an  affair  of  considerable  importance,  was  taken 
into  consideration.  The  sentiments  of  the  mem- 
bers were  very  different,  but  finally  agreed  that  no 
member  do  hereafter  take  an  apprentice  for  less 
than  four  years  of  which  three  shall  be  spent  with 
his  master,  and  the  other  way  (with  his  master’s 
consent)  be  spent  in  some  school  of  physic  in 
Europe  or  America  It  appearing  absolutely  neces- 
sary to  fix  apprentices  fees,  the  sum  of  100 
pounds,  proclamation  money,  was  agreed  upon 
being  very  low,  and  no  more  than  a bare  acknowl- 
edgement for  board  during  the  above  term.6 

The  apprentice  method  was  advantageous  to  all  in 
helping  the  physician  and  teaching  the  student.  One 
must  remember  that  at  this  time,  one  of  the  first  medi- 
cal schools  in  the  country,  the  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania, was  just  beginning.7 

After  this  meeting  the  New  Jersey  Medical  Society 
grew  rapidly,  becoming  an  influential  and  educational 
association  for  the  state  of  New  Jersey  and  the  United 
States.  The  value  is  inscribed  on  the  seal  of  the  Society, 
“I  am  known  throughout  the  world  as  one  bearing  aid.” 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


720 


EFERENCES 

1.  Davidson  HA:  The  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey.  Mass 
-lysician  28:46-48,  1969. 

2.  Medical  World  News:  New  Jersey  marks  bicentennial, 
.igust  26,  1966. 

3.  The  New  Jersey  Medical  Society:  The  Rise,  Minutes,  and 
vceedtngs  of  The  New  Jersey  Medical  Society.  Newark,  NJ, 
>nings  & Hardham,  1875. 


4.  Rogers  FB,  Sayre  AR  The  Healing  Art.  Trenton,  NJ, 
Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey,  1966. 

5.  Cowen  DL:  Medicine  and  Health  in  New  Jersey:  A His- 
tory. Princeton,  NJ,  D.  Van  Nostrand  Company,  1964. 

6.  New  Jersey  Medical  Society:  Transactions,  May  5,  1767, 
p.  18-19. 

7.  Marsh  EJ:  An  outline  history  of  the  Medical  Society  of 
New  Jersey  to  1903.  Proc  NJ  Historical  Society,  January  1942. 


! 


i 

i 


tOL.  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


721 


Introducing 
the  cure  to  all 
your  admini- 
strative headaches. 

The  Medical  Man- 
agement System 
from  RCA.  This  unique  system  was 
designed  by  a physician  for  physi- 
cians. It  handles  everything  from  in- 
surance claims  and  patient  billing  to 
invoice  tracking  and  cash  disburse- 
ments. It  takes  the  hassle  out  of 
time-consuming  billing  procedures 
and  gives  you  greater  control  of  the 
business  side  of  your  practice. 


You’ll  feel 
good  about 
the  RCA  Med- 
ical Management 
■ System  when 
you  see  the  price, 
too.  It’s  affordable.  Easy  to  use.  And 
includes  an  IBM  personal  computer, 
a high-capacity  disc  storage  unit,  a 
printer,  and  the  RCA  Medical  Man- 
agement software. 

We’ll  take  care  of  everything  — 
delivery,  installation  and  user  train- 
ing. And  the  entire  system  is  backed 
by  RCA’s  one-year,  on-site  service 
warranty. 


The  RCA  solution 
lor  paperwork 

headaches 


Make  an  appointment  today  to 
see  a special  demonstration  of  the 
RCA  Medical  Management  Sys- 
tem. Just  call  collect  (609)  338- 
4129  and  let  RCA  help  make  your 
practice  perfect. 

ItCil  Services 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


722 


'he  History  of  Medical  Journalism 
s New  Jersey 

Arthur  Krosnick,  m.d.,  lawrenceville* 


The  history  of  medical  journalism  in  New  Jersey  is  rich  and 
illustrious.  Linked  by  the  practitioner's  eagerness  to  transfer 
information  to  others  .journals  and  periodicals  have  become  a 
storehouse  of  interesting  and  stimulating  material. 


Although  journalism  is  the  busi- 
ness of  managing,  editing,  or 
writing  for  journals  or  news- 
tipers,  the  distillation  of  this  concept  is  the  com- 
unication  of  ideas.  From  Hippocrates  to  the  present, 
lysicians  and  teachers  have  been  obliged  to  share 
jieir  knowledge  and  experience  with  students  and 
;ers.  The  transition  from  word-of-mouth  and  show- 
ld-tell  to  electronic  communication  has  been  less  a 
lange  in  concept  than  an  advance  in  technology, 
mphasis  has  moved  from  description  and  empiricism 
pathogenesis,  laboratory  and  clinical  testing,  elassi- 
bation,  and  specific  therapy  over  the  past  two-and-a- 
ilf  centuries  in  New  Jersey,  but  practitioners  of  medi- 
ne — from  the  barely  trained  novices  and  apprentices 
the  first  half  of  the  18th  century  in  New  Jersey  to 
ie  present  scholarly  scientists  who  manipulate 
NA— are  linked  by  their  eagerness  to  transfer  infor- 
ation  to  others. 

ETTERS,  ORAL  COMMUNICATION,  JOURNALS, 

ND  DIARIES:  1623  TO  1766 

Because  of  the  development  of  language  and  the  use 
symbols  to  communicate  ideas,  man  has  dis- 
nguished  himself  from  lesser  creatures  and  has  made 
ant  strides  from  the  cave  to  the  computer.  The 
)oken  word  was  the  bridge  from  practitioner  to  ap- 
rentice,  even  as  it  is  today.  Present-day  medical  and 
' dentific  meetings  are  based  on  a foundation  of  lec- 


tures and  workshops— albeit  supported  by  slides— but 
these  differ  mainly  as  to  the  size  of  the  audience. 

Colonial  practitioners,  who  were  few  in  number, 
used  their  senses  for  observation,  palpation,  and  olfac- 
tion and  auscultation  (before  and  after  the  invention 
of  the  stethoscope)  to  make  diagnoses  and  used  their 
experience  and  instincts  to  make  therapeutic  de- 
cisions since  the  primitive  state  of  medicine  and  medi- 
cal education  offered  few  alternatives.  During  the  col- 
onial and  pre-Medical  Society  periods  the  majority  of 
“physicians”  had  not  received  any  formal  training.  The 
“practice  of  the  healing  art  was  chiefly  in  the  care  of 
the  clergy”  who  were  intelligent  and  well  educated: 
“Many  of  them  were  distinguished  for  their  knowledge 
in  medicine,  and  were  authors  of  some  of  the  earliest 
medical  papers  printed  in  America.  In  some  instances 
the  schoolmaster  also  was  the  physician  and  surgeon 
of  the  neighborhood.  When  the  literature  of  the  pro- 
fession was  confined  to  the  few  writers  of  those  early 
days,  it  was  easy  for  the  student  in  literature  and  sci- 
ence to  furnish  himself  with  the  theories  of  medicine 
and  practice."1 

In  the  more  sparsely  settled  regions  of  the  colonies, 
women  cared  for  the  sick;  being  untrained,  they  turned 
to  “medicinal  recipes”  in  their  family  record  books, 
many  examples  of  which  are  stored  in  the  manuscript 
collections  of  the  New  Jersey  Historical  Society. 


*Dr.  Krosnick  is  Editor,  The  Journal,  MSNJ. 


OL.  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 

J 


723 


During  the  colonial  period,  physicians  kept  journals 
and  diaries  in  which  they  recorded  the  dates,  services 
(house  call,  phlebotomy,  extraction  of  tooth,  and  medi- 
cines), and  fees.  This  fascinating  material  points  out 
the  limitation  of  treatments  (bleeding,  purging,  dress- 
ing, and  reduction  of  fractures)  and  the  regular  de- 
pendence on  empirical  medicinals  with  modest  con- 
cepts of  dietary  manipulation. 

During  the  slow  transition  from  observation,  em- 
piricism, and  trial-and-error  to  a “medical  science”  in 
colonial  New  Jersey,  the  “doctor’s”  major  resource  for 
information  was  the  spoken  word.  One  can  imagine 
the  discussions  about  the  first  epidemic  in  the  prov- 
ince, which  virtually  annihilated  the  Swedes  and  Eng- 
lish in  Salem  Creek,  about  the  first  recognition  of 
malaria  at  the  end  of  the  17th  century,  and  the  initial 
cases  of  smallpox  in  1715  and  yellow  fever  in  1743  in 
Burlington.  Diphtheria  and  scarlet  fever  were  New  Jer- 
sey scourges  in  1735  and  1736,  although  they  were  not 
recognized  as  such. 

Medical  information  was  published  in  newspapers 
and  in  other  nonmedical  publications.  A newspaper  at 
the  time  carried  the  following  item:  "In  July  1751,  was 
committed  to  the  care  of  Dr.  Peter  Billings,  an  ex- 
perienced physician  and  man-midwife,  and  formerly  in 
the  King’s  service,  the  most  extraordinary  and  re- 
markable cure  that  was  ever  performed  in  the  world 
upon  one  Maiy  Smith,  single  woman.  She  had  been 
upwards  of  18  years  out  of  her  senses  (most  of  the  time 
raving  mad),  eating  her  own  excrements,  and  was  com- 
pletely cured  by  him  in  two  months — contrary  to  the 
opinion  of  all  who  knew  her.” 

Modest  communications  in  the  form  of  descriptive 
letters  probably  were  the  first  example  of  formal  medi- 
cal writing  in  those  days.  An  early  record  of  such  a 
letter,  written  in  1738  and  1739,  and  later  published 
as  a pamphlet  in  Boston,  was  the  handiwork  of  Rev. 
Jonathan  Dickinson. 

This  publication,  "Observations  on  that  Terrible 
Disease  Vulgarly  Called  the  Throat  Distemper  with  Ad- 
vices as  to  the  Method  of  Cure,”  was  published  in  1 740 
and  doubtlessly  represents  the  first  published  case 
report  from  a New  Jersey  physician.  Jonathan 
Dickinson,  a clergyman,  theologian,  physician,  author, 
and  first  president  of  the  College  of  New  Jersey  (Prince- 
ton University),  wrote  his  first  medical  publication 
when  asked  about  his  experiences  in  New  Jersey  with 
the  throat  distemper  in  1738.  At  the  behest  of  a pub- 
lisher he  agreed  to  describe  his  observations  and  treat- 
ment. His  paper  contained  a remarkable  epidemio- 
logical and  clinical  description  of  “that  extraordinary 
disease,  which  has  made  such  awful  desolations  in  the 
country,  commonly  called  the  throat  distemper.”  Ul- 
timately the  deadly  infection  was  called  diphtheria 
(1826).  Dickinson  wrote  “in  the  most  plain  and  fam- 
iliar manner”  in  order  to  “communicate  to  you  some 
of  my  experiences  in  this  distemper”  and  “to  con- 
tribute what  I can  towards  the  relief  of  the  afflicted  and 
miserable.”  What  an  auspicious  beginning  by  a clini- 
cian-writer for  New  Jersey  journalism!1 

TRANSACTIONS  OF  THE  NEW  JERSEY 
MEDICAL  SOCIETY 

America's  first  medical  society  was  formed  at  Duffs 
Tavern  in  New  Brunswick  on  Wednesday,  July  23, 


Figure  1— Dr.  Stephen  Wickes  (1813-1889)  edited  the  Tran, 
actions  which  then  were  printed  in  a single  volume.  D 
Wickes  also  served  as  90th  president  of  the  Medical  Soeiei 
of  New  Jersey. 

1766,  and  was  called  the  New  Jersey  Medical  Society 
The  Secretary  took  minutes  at  this  and  each  subse 
quent  meeting  by  hand,  and  these  were  careful! 
preserved.  At  its  Annual  Meeting,  May  25,  1875,  th 
Society  voted  to  examine  and  publish  the  old  records 
Stephen  Wickes  edited  the  Transactions  from  1766  t< 
1859,  which  then  were  printed  in  a single  volume.  Th 
title  page.  The  Rise,  Minutes,  and  Proceedings  of  th 
New  Jersey  Medical  Society,  from  the  original  docu 
ment,  is  held  in  the  manuscript  collection  of  the  Ne1 
Jersey  Historical  Society.3 

The  Transactions  represented  the  proceedings  o 
the  Annual  Meeting  and  were  highlighted  by  the  Presi 
dent’s  address;  they  represent  a gold  mine  of  interest 
ing  and  important  medical,  social,  public  health,  am 
governmental  and  legislative  issues.  The  inaugural  ad 
dress  of  the  president  often  contained  clinical  materia 
e.g.  the  first  tumor  conference.  In  the  1785  Trans 
actions,  a 17-year-old  boy  was  presented  to  the  a s ; 
sembly  who  discussed  the  removal  of  a tumor  from  th 
patient’s  forearm.  In  1787,  Dr.  William  Burnet,  wh< 
was  the  second  president  of  the  Society,  delivered  th< 
first  scientific  paper  by  a member  of  the  organization 
“On  the  Nature  and  Importance  of  the  Healing  Art, 
which  later  was  published. 

THE  NEW  JERSEY  MEDICAL  REPORTER 

Unlike  the  Transactions  of  the  New  Jersey  Medico 
Society,  the  New  Jersey  Medical  Reporter  was  the  firs 
professional  journal  “devoted  to  the  interests  of  medi 
cal  science  generally.”  It  was  published  quarterly  by  ; j 
very  business-like  editor,  Joseph  Parrish,  M.D.,  of  Bur 
lington,  who  charged  $2  per  annum,  payable  in  ad 
vance,  or  $10  for  six  copies  to  be  sent  to  one  address 
Parrish  warned  that  “those  who  wish  to  be  placed  or 
our  subscription  list  will  please  make  their  remit 
tanees  without  delay.”  Volume  I,  No.  1,  was  dated  Octo 
ber  1847  and  included  proceedings  of  the  New  Jersey 
Medical  Society,  committee  reports,  a rather  testy  com 
mentary  against  the  system  of  medicine  started  by 

| 

THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


724 


amuel  Hahnemann,  called  homeopathy,  and  proeeed- 
igs  of  the  National  Medical  Convention  held  in  New 
ork  in  1846  and  in  Philadelphia  in  1847  (New  Jersey 
as  not  officially  represented  by  action  of  the  State 
ociety).  There  is  an  editorial  explaining  the  reasons 
>r  publishing  the  New  Jersey  Medical  Reporter:  To 
rovide  the  proceedings  of  meetings  of  the  Society,  to 
‘produce  papers  presented  to  District  Societies,  to  lay 
efore  the  subscribers  a general  summary  of  medical 
?ience  such  as  may  be  obtained  from  the  various 
indred  periodicals  of  this  countiy  and  Europe,  and 
i publish  editorials,  biographical  notices,  and  other 
ems  depending  on  available  space.  Parrish  also  wrote 
n editorial  on  the  new  scientific  breakthrough,  “Ap- 
lication  of  the  Vapour  of  Sulphuric  Ether  in  Practical 
ledicine  and  Obstetrics.”  There  also  were  articles  on 
Dlints,  a ease  report  (placenta  praevia),  book  reviews, 
nd  so  on.4 

In  1850,  Dr.  Samuel  W.  Butler,  a new  graduate  from 
le  Medical  Department  of  the  University  of  Penn- 
/Ivania,  commenced  practice  in  Burlington  and  was 
ppointed  assistant  editor  of  the  Reporter.  In  1854, 
arrish  retired  and  Butler  became  the  editor  and 
roprietor  of  the  Reporter  which  he  changed  to  a 
lonthly  publication.  He  was  so  successful  as  an  editor 

Iiat  “in  1858  he  determined  to  remove  from  the  some- 
what provincial  quiet  of  Burlington  to  Philadelphia,  at 
pat  time,  and  largely  still  the  professional  metropolis 
f the  country."5  He  then  made  another  daring  change, 
ltering  the  journal  to  a national  weekly  publication 
I0<t  a copy,  $3  per  annum)  and  retitling  it.  The  Weekly 
ledical  and  Surgical  Reporter.  According  to  a subse- 
uent  editor,  D.G.  Brinton,  Butler  continued  to  publish 
Ipe  Reporter  during  the  Civil  War,  “when  nearly  every 
ther  medical  periodical  in  the  country  was  obliged  to 
uccumb.” 

1HE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF 
EW  JERSEY 

H.  Genet  Taylor  first  suggested  a monthly  journal  in 
is  presidential  address  in  1889.  In  September  1904, 
olume  1,  No.  1 of  The  Journal  commenced  publi- 
ation  under  the  direction  of  the  Committee  on  Publi- 
ation,  as  ordered  by  the  Board  of  Trustees  in  July  of 
aat  year.  Richard  C.  Newton,  M.D.,  of  Montclair,  was 
ppointed  the  first  editor. 

Some  of  the  reasons  for  becoming  a monthly  were: 

) to  enlist  the  interest  (and  membership  in  the  So- 
lety)  of  younger  New  Jersey  physicians;  2)  to  provide 
better  means  of  communication  among  the  mem- 
ers;  3)  to  make  the  members  better  acquainted  with 
ach  other,  to  induce  them  to  attend  and  participate 
a meetings,  and  to  promote  a higher  grade  of  scien- 
ific  work;  4)  to  collect  and  print  excellent  addresses 
nd  papers;  5)  to  induce  the  hospitals  and  asylums  in 
few  Jersey  to  prepare  and  publish  better  scientific  and 
jinical  reports;  and  6)  to  aid  collateral  organizations, 
.g.  state  and  municipal  health  boards,  the  Sanitary 
association,  and  the  State  Board  of  Medical  Exam- 
iners.6 

It  appears  that  the  reasons  have  been  fulfilled  and 
ontinue  to  be  valid.  During  the  last  80  years,  there 
lave  been  seven  editors  of  The  Journal:  Richard  Cole 
Jewton  (1904  to  1906);  David  C.  English  (1906  to 


1924);  Heniy  O.  Reik  (1925  to  1933);  Alfred  E.  Shipley 
(1934);  Frank  Overton  (1935  to  1940);  Henry  A. 
Davidson  (1941  to  1973);  and  Arthur  Krosnick  (1973 
to  present). 

The  Journal  has  remained  the  mouthpiece  of  the 
State  Society,  but  its  editors  have  functioned  with  in- 
dependence and  honesty.  While  the  character  of  The 
Journal  has  changed  very  little,  its  style  has  varied 
with  the  times,  reflecting  advances  in  medicine  and 
science,  changes  in  socioeconomic  and  legislative  cir- 
cumstances, and  the  needs  of  the  members  of  the  So- 
ciety. 

Older  issues  are  a storehouse  of  exciting  medical 
facts  that  link  practitioners  through  many  aspects  of 
health  and  science  but  especially  at  the  moments  of 
great  discoveries  or  worldly  events.  Four  wars  have 
intervened  during  the  life  of  The  Journal  and  the 
scientific  discoveries  have  been  so  numerous  as  to  defy 
tabulation  in  this  essay.  Names  like  Ehrlich  and  Mayo, 
items  like  paper  milk  bottles  and  the  roentgen  ray,  and 
drugs  like  sulfa  and  recombinant  DNA  insulin,  are  in 
the  pages  of  The  Journal. 

A number  of  significant  changes  have  characterized 
our  present  award-winning  magazine:  1)  an  active, 
participatory  Committee  on  Publication;  2)  appoint- 
ment of  a highly  competent  Editorial  Board,  manu- 
script reviewers,  and  book  reviewers;  3)  an  up-beat, 
positive  approach  to  covers,  graphics,  typography, 
readability,  and  editing;  4)  a strong  participation  by 
university-affiliated  authors  and  contributors  to 
special  departments;  5)  emphasis  on  current  and  fu- 
ture trends  in  health,  economies,  professional  liability, 
governmental  and  regulatory  influences,  and  the  role 
of  the  physician  and  organized  medicine  in  New  Jer- 
sey’s health  care  system;  6)  a staff  with  publication 
skills  at  the  cutting-edge  of  the  craft;  and  7)  special 
issues. 

In  1947,  MSNJ  started  a Periodic  Newsletter  during 
the  presidency  of  Royal  A.  Sehaaf  of  Newark  with  Rich- 
ard I.  Nevin,  emeritus  executive  director  and  editor; 
this  became  the  Membership  Newsletter  with  a change 
from  a special-subject  publication  to  a more  diverse, 
4-page  periodical  published  under  the  direction  of  the 
Council  on  Public  Relations  with  Vincent  A.  Maressa, 
executive  director,  as  the  editor.  In  July  1983,  the 
Membership  Newsletter  was  terminated  as  an  inde- 
pendent publication  and  was  incorporated  in  The 
Journal. 

PUBLICATIONS  AND  HEALTH-RELATED 
JOURNALS 

State  Board  of  Medical  Examiners  of  New  Jersey 
Annual  Report.  The  First  Annual  Report  of  the  State 
Board  was  published  in  1891.  The  Board  was  ap- 
pointed July  8,  1890,  under  “an  act  to  regulate  the 
practice  of  medicine  and  surgery,”  which  was  known 
as  the  Medical  Law  and  was  approved  March  12,  1881. 
The  first  published  report  “To  His  Excellency  Leon 
Abbett,  Governor  of  New  Jersey,”  was  submitted  by 
Wm.  Periy  Watson,  M.D.,  Secretary.  It  concerned  itself 
mainly  with  the  imperfection  of  the  law  and  the  ease 
with  which  individuals  with  bogus  credentials  become 
legalized  physicians  in  this  state.7 

The  first  state  examination  was  given  on  October  10, 


0L.  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


725 


1890,  to  1 1 candidates  for  licensure  to  practice  medi- 
cine; 10  passed  and  were  granted  certificates.  Each 
report  thereafter  contained  the  scores  of  the  exam- 
inees and  the  institution  at  which  their  medical  educa- 
tion was  obtained.  The  Ninth  Annual  Report  indicated 
that  121  candidates  were  examined  for  license  to  prac- 
tice medicine  and  surgery  and  97  passed.7 

Bulletin  of  the  Academy  of  Medicine  of  New  Jer- 
sey. The  Academy,  founded  in  1911,  did  not  establish 
a journal  until  April  15,  1955.  The  first  Bulletin  had 
James  E.  Gardam  as  acting  editor,  and  served  to 
provide  to  the  Fellows  of  the  Academy  the  proceedings 
of  a symposium  on  heparin  which  was  given  at  the 
Academy  of  Medicine  on  December  16,  1954.  The 
President  was  Asher  Yaguda,  M.D.  Some  very  il- 
lustrious scientific  speakers  and  writers  were  rep- 
resented in  the  Bulletin,  which  dealt  with  such  timely 
subjects  as  corticotropin  (Philips  S.  Hench,  Nobel  Prize 
recipient  addressed  this  symposium),  alcoholism, 
highway  safety,  and  fluoridation.  The  Bulletin  ceased 
publication  in  December  1970.9 

Public  Health  News:  New  Jersey  State  Depart- 
ment of  Health.  MSNJ  President  George  T.  Welch’s 
prediction  in  1893  that  a cabinet-level  Secretary  of 
Health  would  be  appointed  early  in  the  20th  century 
came  true.  In  1865,  the  Legislature  appointed  a State 
Sanitary  Commission,  and  in  1873  created  the  State 
Board  of  Health.  In  1903,  New  Jersey  became  the  first 
state  to  license  municipal  health  officers  and  sanitary 
inspectors.  In  1915,  legislation  established  the  State 
Department  of  Health  to  replace  the  Board  and  follow- 
ing this,  a monthly  publication.  Public  Health  News 
appeared.  This  periodical  still  exists  and  reports  cur- 
rent public  health  data,  advice,  and  statistics. 

New  Jersey  Journal  of  Pharmacy.  The  New  Jersey 
Pharmaceutical  Association  was  the  first  such  or- 
ganization in  the  United  States  when  it  was  founded 
in  1 870.  The  origin  of  the  Association  was  a conference 
with  members  of  the  Essex  County  Medical  Society. 
The  New  Jersey  Journal  of  Pharmacy  succeeded  the 
Proceedings  of  the  Association  in  1927  and  is  pub- 
lished monthly.1213 

The  Country  Practitioner  or  New  Jersey  Journal 
of  Medical  and  Surgical  Practice.  Published  1879  to 

1881  by  Dr.  E.P.  Townsend  at  Beverly.11 

New  Jersey  Eclectic  Medical  and  Surgical 
Journal.  Published  in  New  Jersey  from  1874  to  1876; 
then  moved  to  New  York.11 

New  Jersey  State  Homeopathic  Medical  Society. 

Published  Transactions  or  Proceedings  from  1855  to 
1911. 11 

The  Fountain  or  Hydropathic  Journal.  Published 
at  Morristown  in  1846. 11 

The  New  Jersey  Association  of  Osteopathic  Phy- 
sicians and  Surgeons.  The  Association  was  or- 
ganized in  1901.  It  published  a Bulletin  from  1901  to 
1963  when  it  became  the  Journal  of  the  Association.11 

The  New  Jersey  State  Dental  Society.  The  Society 
has  published  Transactions  or  Proceedings  since 
1870.  Their  journal  was  called  the  New  Jersey  Dental 


Journal  from  1912  to  1919;  in  1929,  the  currei 
monthly  Journal  of  the  New  Jersey  State  Dental  Si 
ciety  started.11 

Auxiliary  of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jerse\ 

The  Women’s  Auxiliaiy  to  the  Medical  Society  of  Ne 
Jersey  was  organized  at  the  Annual  Meeting  in  Atlant 
City  on  June  17  to  19,  1926;  the  name  later  w; 
changed  by  dropping  “Women’s.”  Although  the  Au 
iliaiy  did  not  publish  a journal,  their  Primer  (The  Bh 
Book)  encouraged  the  members  to  read  The  Jourru 
of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  and  the  offici 
organ  of  the  Women’s  Auxiliaiy  to  the  American  Med 
cal  Association  called  The  Journal  and  published  sine 
1928.  They  also  were  encouraged  to  read  the  AM 
magazine  Hygeia  (now  called  Today's  Health).'3  1 
September  1948,  the  Auxiliary  Newsletter  was  ii 
itiated  and  has  been  published  ever  since.  Present 
titled  The  Shingle,  it  is  published  three  times  a yea 
its  editor  is  Mrs.  Thomas  H.  McGlade,  and  associa 
editor  is  Mrs.  Ralph  Fioretti. 

Health  Hints;  Junior  Health  Hints.  These  pub) 
cations  were  prepared  as  a public  service  by  the  Sul 
committee  on  Public  Relations  of  the  Medical  Socie 
of  New  Jersey  under  the  editorship  of  Richard  I.  Nevi; 
Executive  Officer.  Each  issue  contained  papers  ii 
tended  for  classroom  presentation. 

SUMMARY 

The  histoiy  of  medicine,  medical  education,  medic 
organizations,  and  the  histoiy  of  medical  joumalisi 
in  New  Jersey  is  rich  and  illustrious.  Our  olde 
journals  and  periodicals  are  a storehouse  of  interes 
ing  and  stimulating  material  which  spans  two-and-; 
half  centuries. 

REFERENCES 

1.  Wickes  S:  History  of  Medicine  in  New  Jersey  and  1 
Medical  Men.  Newark,  NJ,  Martin  R.  Dennis  & Co.,  1879,  p 
14-15,  p.  37,  pp.  89-98,  p.  234. 

2.  McClenahan  RL:  New  Jersey  medical  histoiy  in  the  cc 
onial  period.  Proceedings  New  Jersey  Historical  Society,  p 
362-374. 

3.  Transactions.  Med  Soc  NJ  1776,  pp.  3-4,  p.  9,  184: 
1859,  1861,  1893. 

4.  New  Jersey  Medical  Reporter  and  Transactions  of  tl 
New  Jersey  Medical  Society.  Burlington,  NJ,  1848. 

5.  The  Medical  and  Surgical  Reporter.  D.G.  Brinton,  M. 
(ed).  Philadelphia,  PA  December  1873  to  July  1874,  p.  6( 

6.  J Med  Soc  NJ  Vol.  1.  Richard  Cole  Newton  (ed).  Newar 
NJ,  September  1904-June  1905. 

7.  First  Annual  Report  of  the  State  Board  of  Medical  Exar 
iners  of  New  Jersey.  Trenton,  1891. 

8.  Saffron  MH:  A History  of  the  Academy  of  Medicine  < 
New  Jersey,  1911-1981.  Lawrenceville,  NJ  1981,  p.  3. 

9.  Bulletin,  AMNJ,  1955-1970. 

10.  Benson  DS:  Highlights  of  the  history  of  public  heal 
in  New  Jersey:  Public  Health  News  45:165-169,  1964. 

1 1 . Cowen  DL:  Medicine  and  Health  in  New  Jersey: 
History.  Princeton,  NJ,  D.  Van  Nostrand  Company,  Inc.,  196 

12.  Cowen  DL:  Fifty  years  of  the  New  Jersey  journal 
pharmacy.  New  Jersey  Journal  of  Pharmacy  50:14-17,  197 

13.  Rogers  F,  Sayre  AR-  The  Healing  Art  Trenton,  NJ,  Mec 
cal  Society  of  New  Jersey,  1966. 


726 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


Find  your  doctor  is  the  headline  in  what  has  to  be  one  of  the  largest 
posters  ever  produced — three  feet  by  five. 

This  poster  is  in  fact  a directory  of  the  approximately  10,000  Participating 
P.A.C.E.  Physicians  and  Providers. 

Distributed  to  10,000  of  our  larger  P.A.C.E  subscriber  businesses,  it  has 
proven  to  be  a unique  and  effective  way  to  promote  participation,  and  the 
key  role  the  Participating  Doctor  plays  in  this  comprehensive  health 


care  coverage. 

Currently  seven  out  of  ten  of  your  colleagues  are  participating 


in  P.A.C.E. 

The  P.A.C.E  program  takes  into  account 
the  kind  of  medicine  you  practice,  and  where 
you  practice. 

P.A.C.E.  provides  Participating  Physicians 
more  equitable  and  consistant  payments. 

We  actively  seek  your  participation 
in  this  unique  P.A.C.E.  program,  1 

for  more  information  please  call  JKL 
(201)  456-3200. 


The  card  that  you  can  count  on ... 

©Blue  Shield 

of  New  Jersey 


ONLY  DALMANE  (flurazepam  HCI/Ro 
' 1 PROVIDES  ALL  THESE  BENE 

FOR  RESTFUL  SLI 


• Rapid  sleep  onset1 
total  time  asleep^ 
Undiminished*efficacy  for  at  leas 
r 2%  consecutive  nightsf 
Patients  usually  awake  rested  an 

refreshed7 


• Avoids  causing  early  awakenings  ( 
rebound  insomnia  after  discontinuation2  5 1 


iy  Roche  Products  Inc.  All  rights  reserved. 


15-MG/30-MG  CAPSULES 


Caution  patients  about  driving,  operating  hazardous  machinery  or  drinking 
alcohol  during  therapy.  Limit  dose  to  15  mg  in  elderly  or  debilitated  patients. 
Contraindicated  during  pregnancy. 


See  next  page  for  references  and  sun 


1 product  information. 


* 


DALMANEs 

flurozepom  HCI/Poche 


References:  1.  Kales  J et  al:  Clin  Pharmacol  Ther 
72:691  697,  Jul-Aug  1971  2.  Kales  A et  al:  Clin  Phar- 
macol Ther  78:356-363,  Sep  1975.  3.  Kales  A et  al 
Clin  Pharmacol  Ther  79:576-583,  May  1976.  4.  Kales  A 
et  al:  Clin  Pharmacol  Ther  32  781-788,  Dec  1982 
5.  Frost  JD  Jr,  DeLucchi  MR:  J Am  Geriatr  Soc 
27  541-546,  Dec  1979  6.  Kales  A,  Kales  JD:  J Clin 
Pharmacol  3:140-150,  Apr  1983  7.  Greenblatl  DJ, 

Allen  MD,  Shader  Rl  Clin  Pharmacol  Ther  21  355-361, 
Mar  1977  8.  Zimmerman  AM  Curr  Ther  Res 
13  18  22,  Jan  1971  9.  Amrein  R et  al  Drugs  Exp  Clin 
Res  9(1 ) 85-99,  1983  10.  Monti  JM  Methods  Find  Exp 
Clin  Pharmacol  3 303-326,  May  1981  11.  Greenblatt  DJ 
et  al:  Sleep  5(Suppl  1)  S18-S27,  1982  12.  Kales  A 
et  al  Pharmacology  26  121-137,  1983 


DALMANE"  <S 

flurazepam  HCI/Roche 

Before  prescribing,  please  consult  complete 
product  information,  a summary  of  which  follows: 

Indications:  Effective  in  all  types  of  insomnia  charac- 
terized by  difficulty  in  falling  asleep,  frequent  nocturnal 
awakenings  and/or  early  morning  awakening:  in 
patients  with  recurring  insomnia  or  poor  sleeping 
habits,  in  acute  or  chronic  medical  situations  requiring 
restful  sleep.  Objective  sleep  laboratory  data  have 
shown  effectiveness  for  at  least  28  consecutive  nights 
of  administration  Since  insomnia  is  often  transient 
and  intermittent,  prolonged  administration  is  generally 
not  necessary  or  recommended  Repeated  therapy 
should  only  be  undertaken  with  appropriate  patient 
evaluation 

Contraindications:  Known  hypersensitivity  to  fluraze- 
pam HCI,  pregnancy  Benzodiazepines  may  cause 
fetal  damage  when  administered  during  pregnancy 
Several  studies  suggest  an  increased  risk  of  congeni- 
tal malformations  associated  with  benzodiazepine  use 
during  the  first  trimester  Warn  patients  of  the  potential 
risks  to  the  fetus  should  the  possibility  of  becoming 
pregnant  exist  while  receiving  flurazepam  Instruct 
patient  to  discontinue  drug  prior  to  becoming  preg- 
nant Consider  the  possibility  of  pregnancy  prior  to 
instituting  therapy. 

Warnings:  Caution  patients  about  possible  combined 
effects  with  alcohol  and  other  CNS  depressants  An 
additive  effect  may  occur  if  alcohol  is  consumed  the 
day  following  use  for  mghtfime  sedation  This  potential 
may  exist  for  several  days  following  discontinuation 
Caution  against  hazardous  occupations  requiring 
complete  mental  alertness  (e  g , operating  machinery, 
driving)  Potential  impairment  of  performance  of  such 
activities  may  occur  the  day  following  ingestion.  Not 
recommended  for  use  in  persons  under  15  years  of 
age  Though  physical  and  psychological  dependence 
have  not  been  reported  on  recommended  doses, 
abrupt  discontinuation  should  be  avoided  with  gradual 
tapering  of  dosage  for  those  patients  on  medication 
for  a prolonged  period  of  time  Use  caution  in  adminis- 
tering to  addiction-prone  individuals  or  those  who 
might  increase  dosage 

Precautions:  In  elderly  and  debilitated  patients,  it  is 
recommended  that  the  dosage  be  limited  to  15  mg  to 
reduce  risk  of  oversedation,  dizziness,  confusion  and' 
or  ataxia  Consider  potential  additive  effects  with  other 
hypnotics  or  CNS  depressants.  Employ  usual  precau- 
tions in  severely  depressed  patients,  or  in  those  with 
latent  depression  or  suicidal  tendencies,  or  in  those 
with  impaired  renal  or  hepatic  function. 

Adverse  Reactions:  Dizziness,  drowsiness,  light- 
headedness, staggering,  ataxia  and  falling  have 
occurred,  particularly  in  elderly  or  debilitated  patients. 
Severe  sedation,  lethargy,  disorientation  and  coma, 
probably  indicative  ot  drug  intolerance  or  overdosage, 
have  been  reported  Also  reported:  headache,  heart- 
burn, upset  stomach,  nausea,  vomiting,  diarrhea, 
constipation,  Gl  pain,  nervousness,  talkativeness, 
apprehension,  irritability,  weakness,  palpitations,  chest 
pains,  body  and  joint  pains  and  GU  complaints  There 
have  also  been  rare  occurrences  of  leukopenia,  gran- 
ulocyfopema,  sweating,  flushes,  difficulty  in  focusing, 
blurred  vision,  burning  eyes,  faintness,  hypotension, 
shortness  of  breath,  pruritus,  skin  rash,  dry  mouth, 
bitter  taste,  excessive  salivation,  anorexia,  euphoria, 
depression,  slurred  speech,  confusion,  restlessness, 
hallucinations,  and  elevated  SGOT,  SGPT,  total  and 
direct  bilirubins,  and  alkaline  phosphatase;  and  para- 
doxical reactions,  eg,  excitement,  stimulation  and 
hyperactivity. 

Dosage:  Individualize  for  maximum  beneficial  effect. 
Adults:  30  mg  usual  dosage;  f5  mg  may  suffice  in 
some  patients.  Elderly  or  debilitated  patients:  15  mg 
recommended  initially  until  response  is  determined 
Supplied:  Capsules  containing  15  mg  or  30  mg 
flurazepam  HCI. 


Roche  Products  Inc 
Manati,  Puerto  Rico  00701 


"FIRST  OF  STATE" 
1984  NEW  JERSEY 
DUCK  STAMP  PRINT 


Federal  and  state  duck  stamp  prints  are  among 
the  most  desired  collections  in  the  U.S.  The 
federal  program  is  now  51  years  old  and  is  worth  in 
excess  of  $80,000.00!  A complete  set  of  "first  of 
state"  duck  stamp  print  is  worth  $16,000.00!  Mow 
new  Jersey  is  offering  their  "first".  The  design  is  of 
a pair  of  Canvasbacks  resting  in  water.  Tom 
Hirata's  painting  is  crisp,  clear  and  classic! 

A framed  new  Jersey  Duck  Stamp  Print  is  a 
perfect  addition  to  your  home  or  office. 

Call  collect  (609)  983-3771 
Ask  published  and  national  authority  Joe 
McCaddin  for  the  possible  tax  advantages  in  col- 
lecting duck  stamp  prints. 


MARLTON 
SPORT  n 
WILDLIFE 
GALLERY 


(609)  983-3771 


Print  with  two  mint  stamps  $142.50 

Executive  "color"  Remarque  Edition  w/mints 
w/signed  w/medallion  & rem.  $561.50 


*Eraming — Two  stamp  openings  $ 80.00 
Executive  Edition  $110.00 


Mail  Order— Add  $7.50  for  framed  UPS  delivery 

Add  $5.00  for  unframed  UPS  delivery 


Signature 

name 

Phone 

Address 

City 

State  Zip 

Credit  Card  # 

Exp.  Date 

VISA/NC  Accepted 

| ‘All  matting  is  to  museum  specifications  with  hand-stained 
| Walnut.  Medallion  editions  will  be  framed  in  Mahogany  with 
| gold  lip  to  accent  the  medallion. 

I 


730 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSI 


Preliminary  Report  of  Yellow  Fever 
During  the  18th  Century* 


William  J.  Snape,  m.d.,  haddonfield 
Edward  L.  Wolfe,  ph.d.,  pitman 


Written  evidence  suggests  yellow  fever  existed  in  the  18th 
century.  The  source  of  infection  was  watermen  who  plied  the 
creeks  and  rivers  to  Philadelphia  and  infected  Philadelphia 
fugitives  who,  for  prophylactic  or  therapeutic  reasons,  sought 
refuge  in  southern  New  Jersey. 


Despite  the  frequent  notice  of 
those  calamitous  epidemics  of 
yellow  fever  that  ravaged  Phila- 
delphia in  the  closing  years  of  the  18th  centuiy,  very 
little  information  readily  is  available  concerning  the 
effects  of  this  pestilence  on  neighboring  New  Jersey. 
The  several  histories  of  the  counties  of  the  lower  half 
of  New  Jersey  that  were  published  in  the  last  half  of 
the  19th  century  make  little  or  no  mention  of  the 
disorder.1 3 In  spite  of  such  silence,  it  seemed  reason- 
able to  assume  that  West  Jersey  should  especially  have 
been  vulnerable  to  contamination  not  only  because  of 
its  proximity  and  its  social,  religious,  and  economic 
dependence  upon  Philadelphia  but  also  the  conse- 
quent social  interaction  between  the  two  communities. 
Not  surprisingly,  a search  of  representative  letters, 
diaries,  day  books,  and  medical  treatises  reveals 
enough  documentation  of  yellow  fever  to  justify  a sum- 
mary notice  of  its  effects  on  the  lower  counties. 

Although  some  of  the  outbreaks  of  the  disorder  were 
sufficiently  severe  to  desolate  small  settlements  along 
the  creeks  and  rivers  of  West  Jersey,  the  inaccessibility 
of  the  records  of  these  outbreaks  has  led  to  the  ap- 
parently reasonable  conclusion  that  the  area  escaped 
the  several  attacks  of  the  disease  even  as  it  ravaged 
Philadelphia4  Such  a conclusion,  unfortunately,  is 
quite  false. 

West  Jersey,  at  that  time,  was  composed  of  the  terri- 
tory now  known  as  Burlington,  Camden,  Gloucester, 


Cumberland,  Salem,  and  Cape  May  Counties,  an  area 
of  slightly  over  3,000  square  miles5  inhabited  by  about 
53,000  people.6  Thus,  the  population  concentration 
was  very  low. 

In  contrast,  at  the  time  of  the  1793  epidemic,  the  city 
of  Philadelphia  was  confined  within  an  area  that  ex- 
tended only  nine  blocks  along  the  Delaware  River  and 
did  not  extend  much  beyond  Independence  Hall.7  It 
was  in  this  congested,  unsanitary  area  that  most  of  the 
susceptible  50,000  population  was  crowded  into 
streets,  alleys,  and  courts.  About  4,000  persons  died  of 
the  pestilence. 

Although  the  sparse  settlement  of  West  Jersey  surely 
inhibited  the  spread  of  yellow  fever,  it  did  not  prevent 
outbreaks  of  the  disease. 

In  1700,  following  the  first  disastrous  epidemic  in 
Philadelphia,  there  was  another  milder  attack  of  yellow 
fever  that  killed  40  settlers  “on  the  two  sides  of  the 
river,"  according  to  William  Penn.8 

Moreover,  Cowen  noted  yellow  fever  was  present  in 
Burlington  County  in  1746,  at  a time  when  it  generally 
was  not  known  to  be  extant  in  Philadelphia.9 

In  1793,  John  Hunt’s  diary  specifically  identified 
only  one  case  of  yellow  fever  in  Burlington  County.10 
The  diary  noted  that  Sara  White  died  at  N.  Barton’s, 
of  the  “fever.”  Two  days  earlier,  however,  “10th  month, 

‘Presented  to  the  Medical  History  Society  ot  New  Jersey  on 
May  18,  1983.  Correspondence  may  be  addressed  to  Dr. 
Snape,  261  Moore  Lane,  Haddonfield,  NJ  08033. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


731 


1st  day,"  Hunt  recorded  that  “many  people  in  the  coun- 
try as  well  as  the  city  died  of  the  fever.”  Again,  in  1798, 
Hunt  noted  on  September  1 that  “the  epidemic  is  very 
mortal  in  Philadelphia  and  the  greater  part  of  the  in- 
habitants is  fled  and  it  is  in  Burlington  . . . and  that 
it’s  at  Morrises  River  very  mortal  12  died  in  1 1 days 
and  we  hear  that  divers  had  died  on  the  highways,  in 
the  woods,  bams,  and  at  Moorestown  several  buried 
last  week  with  that  disorder.”  That  Hunt  moved  from 
reporting  on  Philadelphians  fleeing  to  Burlington  to 
reporting  on  the  “divers”  who  “died  on  the  highways” 
seems  to  indicate  that  some  of  those  who  died  were 
fugitives  from  Philadelphia  Fugitives  from  epidemics 
often  could  find  no  habitation  for  their  last  hours  of 
life  and  expired  along  the  highways,  in  woods,  or  in 
bams. 

Mathew  Carey,11  in  his  brief  account  of  the  1793 
epidemic,  and  Elizabeth  Drinker,12  the  charming 
Quaker  diarist,  noted  the  wife  and  daughter  of  Joseph 
Morgan  died  of  yellow  fever  at  Pensaucon  (Penn- 
sauken)  Creek  in  what  now  is  the  northern  portion  of 
Camden  County.  The  diarist  noted  another  Quaker, 
Samuel  Cooper’s  son,  was  “dead  at  ye  Ferry,"  un- 
doubtedly Cooper  Feny,  which  was  the  former  name 
of  part  of  Camden  City.  Mrs.  Drinker  also  made  men- 
tion of  the  death  of  “one  Vincent  M.  Pelosi.”  Mr.  Pelosi 
lived  at  what  now  is  Second  and  Cooper  Streets, 
Camden.  In  the  1798  epidemic,  Condie  and  Folwell 
mentioned  26  deaths  at  Cooper  Ferry.13 

Haddonfield,  which  at  this  time  was  one  of  the  four 
or  five  villages  of  this  area  and  certainly  was  the  social 
and  commercial  center,  surprisingly  has  little 
documentation  of  yellow  fever.  Although  there  is  men- 
tion of  smallpox,  cholera  and  typhus  fever,  there  is  no 
mention  of  yellow  fever  in  the  memoirs  of  Bowman 
Hendiy,  the  physician  of  the  town.14  Yet,  Haddonfield 
should  have  been  susceptible  to  the  spread  of  the  fever. 
There  was  at  least  one  very  busy  landing  on  the  Cooper 
Creek  (now  River),  and  it  was  on  the  Feriy  Road  con- 
necting South  Jersey  to  Philadelphia  at  Cooper’s  Feriy. 
Moreover,  it  acted  as  a transportation  terminus  for  the 
surrounding  backcountiy. 

John  Clement,  in  his  scrapbook,  briefly  mentioned 
that  yellow  fever  occasionally  was  present  in  Haddon- 
field.15 Mathew  Carey,  in  his  account  of  the  1793 
epidemic,  noted  there  were  infected  refugees  in  Had- 
donfield, some  of  whom  apparently  expired.11  He  be- 
lieved that  the  disease  was  not  transmitted  to  the  local 
residents  in  these  instances.  Samuel  Mickle  men- 
tioned in  his  1798  diaiy:  “Some  people  died  at  Haddon- 
field with  yellow  fever.”16  Neither  Carey  nor  Mickle, 
unfortunately,  provided  specific  details. 

Gloucester,  now  Gloucester  City,  was  at  the  time  of 
the  epidemics,  receding  in  importance  since  losing  the 
county  seat  to  Woodbuiy.  We  know  that  at  least  two 
infected  refugees  were  there  in  1793.  Samuel  Mickle 
related  that  one  of  these  unfortunates  died.  His  name 
is  unknown  as  are  any  facts  about  him  except  that  he 
died  “back  of  the  schoolhouse.”16  The  other  refugee 
was  the  Reverend  Dr.  Robert  Blackwell,  who  was 
rominent  in  Philadelphia  social  circles.  He  was  the 
■ Anglican  missionary  in  West  Jersey  and  served  in 
A capacity  of  acting  Continental  Surgeon  and 
Ce  p.  tin  at  Valley  Forge.  Despite  his  confinement  in 
New  .Jersey,  he  was  treated  daily  by  Dr.  Benjamin 


Rush’s  associates.  Dr.  Rush’s  letters  regarding  hi 
treatment  are  enlightening  in  regard  to  the  therapy  c 
the  period.17 

Woodbuiy  and  its  environs  were  assaulted  by  th 
fever  in  1793,  1797,  and  1798.  It  is  uncertain  whethe. 
there  were  more  yellow  fever  cases  in  Woodbury  thaj 
elsewhere  during  this  period  or  whether  more  evidenc 
for  its  existence  has  persisted.  The  diarist  Samui 
Mickle,  who  had  what  appears  to  be  morbid  in  teres 
in  disease  and  death,  left  some  details  of  the  pestileni 
tial  visitation.  Not  only  does  his  diary  provide  interest 
ing  statistics  of  yellow  fever  and  other  diseases,  but  hi 
daybook  supplies  unusual  details  of  some  of  the  out 
breaks.  Letters  from  Dr.  William  Lummis,  of  Wooc 
buiy,18  and  Dr.  James  Stratton,  of  Swedesboroughji 
give  evidence  of  the  local  incidence  of  yellow  fever  in 
Gloucester  County.  The  report  of  John  Otto  publisher 
in  Benjamin  Rush’s  volume,  Inquiries,20  documents 
a large  outbreak  of  the  disease  and  its  associaten 
climatic  conditions  in  1797  at  Red  Bank,  which  is  onl 
three  miles  west  of  Woodbury.  Noah  Webster21  als-: 
described  this  outbreak  that  caused  at  least  ten  death 
in  the  settlement.22 

Mickle  documented  18  cases  in  the  1793  epidemi 
in  Woodbury  and  the  neighboring  county  and  an  equ£ 
number  in  1798.  Mr.  Mickle  mentioned  5 cases  oi 
Timber  Creek,  3 cases  at  Thompson  Point  (Paulsboro 
Haddonfield,  and  deaths  at  Carpenter’s  Bridge  (Man 
tua).  He  noted  that  Joseph  Sloan,  a Quaker,  died  an 
was  buried  in  Newton,  some  40  miles  away.  Accordin 
to  John  Hunt’s  diaiy,  there  were  1 1 deaths  at  Poi 
Elizabeth  on  the  Maurice  River.  Dr.  Stratton  describe 
outbreaks  at  Carpenter’s  Bridge  (Mantua)  and  at  Ole 
man  Creek.  In  both  cases,  the  infection  was  brough 
from  Philadelphia  by  watermen.19  Dr.  Jonathan  Elme 
described  cases  and  deaths  in  Bridgeton,  on  th 
Cohansey  River.23  In  the  1798  epidemic,  Condie  an; 
Folwell  listed  26  deaths  of  yellow  fever  at  Chews  Lane 
ing  on  the  Timber  Creek. 


Fugitives  from  epidemics 
often  could  find  no 
habitation  in  their  last 
hours  of  life  and  expired 
along  the  highways. 


One  of  the  interesting  theories  propounded  by  D 
Rush  was  that  infected  fugitives  did  not  communicat 
the  disease  to  exposed  inhabitants.  The  following  case 
seem  to  cast  doubt  on  Dr.  Rush’s  theory.  In  the  fall  cj 
1 797,  Dr.  John  Otto,  a Philadelphia  physician  who  ha 
family  ties  in  Gloucester  County,  studied  a seriou 
outbreak  of  yellow  fever  at  Red  Bank,  a farming  coir 
munity  of  five  families.  It  is  believed  that  29  person 
sickened  and  several  died.  In  August  of  1 798,  Dr.  Otf 
contracted  yellow  fever  and  sought  refuge  in  Woodbui 
at  the  home  of  Dr.  George  Campbell.16  Although  D 
Otto  recovered.  Dr.  Campbell  took  the  disorder  an 
died.  Likewise  Mrs.  Hopper,  who  lived  near  Woodbur 
nursed  a fugitive  from  Philadelphia  She  expired  as  di 
two  of  her  children.  Dr.  Stratton  reported  an  instanc 
where  watermen  went  to  Philadelphia  froi 


732 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE': 


arpenter’s  Landing.  While  in  Philadelphia  they  be- 
une  intoxicated  and  went  into  Southwark  and  helped 
lace  victims  into  coffins.  They  returned  to  Carpenter's 
anding  (Mantua)  and  in  four  or  five  days  sickened 
id  died,  but  not  before  transmitting  the  disease  to 
i?veral  others  of  the  community,  some  of  whom  ex- 
1 red. 19 

The  1798  epidemic  was  characterized  not  only  by  its 
rulence  but  also  by  its  extensive  spread  along  the 
astern  seaboard.  Portsmouth,  Boston.  Newport,  New 
fork,  Virginia  Baltimore,  and  Wilmington  were  at- 
icked  by  the  pestilence.  Wilmington  was  gravely  as- 
lulted:  252  people  succumbed.  A Miss  Sally  Harding 
bd  from  Wilmington  to  her  uncle,  a Mr.  Peterson.  His 
ome  was  in  "Cove,”  which  was  about  three  miles 
Dove  what  is  now  Pennsgrove,  New  Jersey.  About  a 
eek  later  she  developed  the  symptoms  of  yellow  fever 
at  recovered.  Her  uncle  contracted  the  disorder  and 
so  recovered  after  a serious  illness.  Her  nurse,  how- 
/er,  succumbed  to  the  infection,  as  did  one  of  her 
sitors,  a Mr.  Miller,  a medical  student.13  According  to 
jondie  and  Folwell,  there  also  were  cases  of  yellow  fever 
. this  time  in  Trenton  and  Lumberton.13 

ONCLUSION 

From  this  review  of  various  primary  sources,  it  is 
^parent  that  yellow  fever  existed  in  New  Jersey  in 
793,  1797,  and  1798.  Some  of  the  outbreaks  were 
latively  severe  considering  the  sparsity  of  the  popu- 
tion. 

The  evidence  suggests  that  the  infection  was  com- 
unicated  to  the  population  of  West  Jersey  by  water- 
men who  plied  the  creeks  and  rivers  to  Philadelphia 
id  by  infected  Philadelphia  fugitives  who,  for  pro- 
lylaetic  purposes  or  even  for  therapeutic  reasons, 
>ught  refuge  in  southern  New  Jersey. 

There  is  scattered  evidence  that  yellow  fever  was 
resent  in  New  Jersey  in  the  18th  century  and  con- 
ijnued  investigation  perhaps  will  reveal  it  was,  eon- 
dering  the  sparse  population,  quite  prevalent. 

The  lack  of  recognition  of  the  degree  of  involvement 
West  Jersey  probably  was  due  to  (1)  the  primitive 
ilture  and  governmental  organization  at  that  time; 
id  (2)  the  dreadful  desolation  that  involved  Philadel- 
hia,  which  was  then  the  medical  center  of  the  North 
imerican  continent,  made  the  outbreaks  in  South  Jer- 


sey seem  relatively  insignificant. 

REFERENCES 

1.  CushingT:  History  of  the  Counties  of  Gloucester.  Salem, 
and  Cumberland.  New  Jersey.  Philadelphia.  PA  Everts  and 
Peek,  1883. 

2.  Prowell  GR  The  History  of  Camden  County.  New  Jer- 
sey. Philadelphia,  PA  L.J.  Richards  and  Co.,  1886. 

3.  Woodward  EM:  History  of  Burlington  County.  New  Jer- 
sey. Philadelphia,  PA  Everts  & Peck,  1883. 

4.  Cowen  DL:  Medicine  and  Health  in  New  Jersey.  Prince- 
ton, NJ,  C.  Van  Nostrand  Co.,  Inc.,  1964,  p.  41. 

5.  Murphy  JL:  Compendium  of  Censuses.  1726-1905. 
State  of  New  Jersey.  Trenton,  NJ,  1906. 

6.  Gordon  TF:  Gazeteer  of  New  Jersey.  Daniel  Fenton. 
Trenton,  NJ,  1834. 

7.  Weigley  RF  (ed):  Philadelphia.  A 300-Year  History.  New 
York,  NY.  W.W.  Norton  Co.,  1982,  P.  172. 

8.  Bronner  EB:  William  Penn’s  Holy  Experiment.  Philadel- 
phia, PA  Temple  University  Publications,  1962. 

9.  Cowen  DL:  Medicine  and  Health  in  New  Jersey.  Prince- 
ton, NJ.  C.  Van  Nostrand  Co.,  Inc.,  1961,  p.  2. 

10.  John  Hunt  Diary,  1788  to  1800,  volume  3. 

1 1.  Carey,  M:  A Short  Account  of  the  Malignant  Fever  Late- 
ly Prevalent  in  Philadelphia.  4th  edition.  Printed  by  author, 
1794,  p.  81-82. 

12.  Biddle  HD  (ed):  Extracts  from  the  Journal  of  Elizabeth 
Drinker.  1759  to  1807.  Philadelphia,  PA  J.B.  Lippincott  Co., 
1889,  p.  197,  204,  209. 

1 3.  Condie  T,  Folwell  R:  History  of  the  Pestilence  Common- 
ly Called  Yellow  Fever  Which  Almost  Desolated  Philadel- 
phia. Philadelphia,  PA  1798,  p.  97. 

14.  Memoir  of  Bowman  Hendry.  M.D.  Late  of  Gloucester 
County.  New  Jersey,  by  a Physician.  Philadelphia,  PA  King 
& Baird,  1848. 

15.  Clement,  J:  Sketches  of  the  Village  of  Haddonfield, 
New  Jersey.  Manuscript,  1844. 

16.  Mickle  S:  Samuel  Mickle  Diary.  1792-1812,  p.  38,  p. 
73,  p.  76. 

17.  Butterfield  LH  (ed):  Letters  of  Benjamin  Rush,  Vol  I 
and  Vol  II.  Philadelphia,  PA  The  American  Philosophical  So- 
ciety and  Princeton  University  Press,  1951,  p.  718-723. 

18.  Hardie  J:  An  Account  of  the  Malignant  Fever  Lately 
Prevalent  in  New  York,  1798,  p.  36. 

19.  Stratton  J:  Letter  to  Dr.  Joseph  Griffitts.  Manuscript 
collection  at  Philadelphia  College  of  Physicians. 

20.  Otto  J:  Benjamin  Rush  Medical  Inquiries  and  Ob- 
servations. Volume  V.  Philadelphia,  PA  Thomas  Dobson, 
1798,  p.  95. 

21.  Webster  N:  A Brief  History  of  Epidemics  and  Pestilen- 
tial Diseases.  Hartford,  CT,  Hudson  and  Goodwin,  1799,  p. 
319. 

22.  Mickle  S:  Samuel  Mickle's  Daybook  of  Accounts. 

23.  Elmer  LQC:  The  Constitution  and  Government  of  the 
Province  and  State  of  New  Jersey.  Newark,  NJ,  Martin  R 
Dennis  and  Co.,  1872,  p.  416. 


0L.  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


733 


with  Benefits  for 
a Lifetime 

ONCE-DA1LY  CONTROL 
WITH  HEART-SAVING  BENEFITS 

By  reducing  heart  rate  and  cardiac  contractility,  INDERAL  LA  helps 
protect  the  heart  from  the  potentially  serious  and  debilitating 
consequences  of  ischemia.  A highly  effective  antianginal  agent  for 
around-the-clock  control  of  symptoms,  INDERAL  LA  also  provides 
cardiovascular  protection  for  a sense  of  security  in  the  years  ahead. 

PROTECTION  AND  EXPERIENCE 
NO  CALCIUM  BLOCKER  CAN  MATCH 


Unlike  calcium  blockers,  INDERAL  LA — either  alone  or  with  a 
nitrate — is  recommended  for  early  treatment  of  angina  in  the 
majority  of  patients.  Equally  important,  INDERAL  LA  delivers  the 
proven  performance  and  safety  profile  of  INDERAL  tablets — 
confirmed  by  millions  of  patients  during  16  years  of  clinical  use. 


START  WITH  80  MG  ONCE  DAILY 


Dosage  may  be  increased  to  160  mg  once  daily,  as  needed,  to 
achieve  optimal  control.  INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  used  in  congestive 
heart  failure,  sinus  bradycardia,  cardiogenic  shock,  heart  block  greater 
than  first  degree,  and  bronchial  asthma.  Please  see  next  page  for 
further  details  and  brief  summary  of  prescribing  information. 


ONCE-DAILY 


hi 

80  120  160 

LONG  ACTING  mg  mg  mg 

CAPSULES 


Ayerstj 


The  aopearance  of 
INDERAL  LA 
capsules  is  a registered 
trademark  of 
Ayerst  Laboratories. 


#18 


ONCE-DAILY 


JUST  ONCE  EACH  DAY 
FOR  SIMPLIFIED  CORE  , 

THERAPY  IN  ANGINA  (PROPRANOLOL  HCI) 


INDERALLA  iii 


LONG  ACTING 
CAPSULES 


80  120  160 
mg  mg  mg 


BRIEF  SUMMARY  (FOR  FULL  PRESCRIBING  INFORMATION.  SEE  PACKAGE  CIRCULAR  ) 
INDERAL'  LA  brand  of  propranolol  hydrochloride  (Long  Acting  Capsules) 
DESCRIPTION.  Inderal  LA  Is  formulated  to  provide  a sustained  release  of  propranolol 
hydrochloride-  Inderal  LA  is  available  as  80  mg,  120  mg,  and  160  mg  capsules 
CLINICAL  PHARMACOLOGY.  INDERAL  is  a nonselective  beta-adrenergic  receptor 
blocking  agent  possessing  no  other  autonomic  nervous  system  activity.  It  specifically  com- 
petes with  beta-adrenergic  receptor  stimulating  agents  for  available  receptor  sites  When 
access  to  beta-receptor  sites  is  blocked  by  INDERAL,  the  chronotropic,  inotropic,  and 
vasodilator  responses  to  beta-adrenergic  stimulation  are  decreased  proportionately. 

INDERAL  LA  Capsules  (80, 120,  and  160  mg)  release  propranolol  HCI  at  a controlled  and 
predictable  rate.  Peak  blood  levels  following  dosing  with  INDERAL  LA  occur  at  about  6 hours 
and  the  apparent  plasma  half-life  is  about  10  hours  When  measured  at  steady  state  over  a 24- 
hour  period  the  areas  under  the  propranolol  plasma  concentration-time  curve  (AUCs)  for  the 
capsules  are  approximately  60%  to  65%  ol  the  AUCs  for  a comparable  divided  daily  dose  of 
INDERAL  tablets.  The  lower  AUCs  for  the  capsules  are  due  to  greater  hepatic  metabolism  of 
propranolol,  resulting  from  the  slower  rate  of  absorption  of  propranolol.  Over  a twenty-four  (24) 
hour  period,  blood  levels  are  fairly  constant  for  about  twelve  (12)  hours  then  decline 
exponentially. 

INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  considered  a simple  mg  for  mg  substitute  for  conventional 
propranolol  and  the  blood  levels  achieved  do  not  match  (are  lower  than)  those  of  two  to  four 
times  daily  dosing  with  the  same  dose  When  changing  to  INDERAL  LA  from  conventional 
propranolol,  a possible  need  for  retitration  upwards  should  be  considered  especially  to 
maintain  effectiveness  at  the  end  of  the  dosing  interval  In  most  clinical  settings,  however, 
such  as  hypertension  or  angina  where  there  is  little  correlation  between  plasma  levels  and 
clinical  effect,  INDERAL  LA  has  been  therapeutically  equivalent  to  the  same  mg  dose  of 
conventional  INDERAL  as  assessed  by  24-hour  effects  on  blood  pressure  and  on  24-hour 
exercise  responses  of  heart  rate,  systolic  pressure  and  rate  pressure  product  INDERAL  LA 
can  provide  effective  beta  blockade  for  a 24-hour  period 

The  mechanism  of  the  antihypertensive  effect  of  INDERAL  has  not  been  established 
Among  the  factors  that  may  be  involved  in  contributing  to  the  antihypertensive  action  are  (1) 
decreased  cardiac  output,  (2)  inhibition  of  renin  release  by  the  kidneys,  and  (3)  diminution  of 
tonic  sympathetic  nerve  outflow  from  vasomotor  centers  in  the  brain  Although  total  peripheral 
resistance  may  increase  initially,  it  readjusts  to  or  below  the  pretreatment  level  with  chronic 
use.  Effects  on  plasma  volume  appear  to  be  minor  and  somewhat  variable  INDERAL  has 
been  shown  to  cause  a small  increase  in  serum  potassium  concentration  when  used  in  the 
treatment  of  hypertensive  patients. 

In  angina  pectoris,  propranolol  generally  reduces  the  oxygen  requirement  of  the  heart  at 
any  given  level  of  effort  by  blocking  the  catecholamine-ifiduced  increases  in  the  heart  rate, 
systolic  blood  pressure,  and  the  velocity  and  extent  of  myocardial  contraction  Propranolol 
may  increase  oxygen  requirements  by  increasing  left  ventricular  fiber  length,  end  diastolic1 
pressure  and  systolic  ejection  period  The  net  physpqgic  effect  of  beta-adrenergic  blockade 
is  usually  advantageous  and  is  manifested  during  exercise  by  delayed  onset  of  pain  and 
increased  work  capacity. 

In  dosages  greater  than  required  for  beta  blockade,  INDERAL  also  exerts  a qumidine-like 
or  anesthetic-like  membrane  action  which  affects  the  cardiac  ac.UQ.n„gotential . Xhg  signtfi- 
cance  of  the  membrane  action  in  the  treatment  of  arrhythmias  is  uncertain 

The  mechanism  of  the  antimigraine  effect  of  propranofot  has  not  beenestabfished  Beta- 
adrenergic  receptors  have  been  demonstrated  in  the  piaf  vessels  of  the  brain. 

Beta  receptor  blockade  can  be  useful  in  conSgjjQS  in  which,  because  of  pathologic  or 
functional  changes,  sympathetic  activity  is  detrimental  to  the  patient  But  there  are  also 
situations  in  which  sympathetic  stimulation  is  vital  For  exampleHh  patients  wfflTCeverefy 
damaged  hearts,  adequate  ventricular  function  is  maintained  by  virtue  of  sympathetic  drive 
which  should  be  preserved.  In  the  presence  of  AV  block,  greater  than  first  degree,  beta 
blockade  may  prevent  the  necessary  facilitating  effect  of  sympathetic  activity  on  conduction 
Beta  blockade  results  in  bronchial  constriction  by  interfering  with  adrenergic  bronchodilator 
activity  which  should  be  preserved  in  patients  subject  to  bronchospasm. 

Propranolol  is  not  significantly  dialyzable. 

INDICATIONS  AND  USAGE.  Hypertension:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  in  the  manage- 
ment of  hypertension;  it  may  be  used  alone  or  used  in  combination  with  other  antihypertensive 
agents,  particularly  a thiazide  diuretic.  INDERAL  LA  is  not  indicated  in  the  management  of 
hypertensive  emergencies. 

Angina  Pectoris  Due  to  Coronary  Atherosclerosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated 
for  the  long-term  management  of  patients  with  angina  pectoris. 

Migraine:  INDERAL  LA  is  Indicated  for  the  prophylaxis  of  common  migraine  headache 
The  efficacy  of  propranolol  in  the  treatment  of  a migraine  attack  that  has  started  has  not  been 
established  and  propranolol  is  not  indicated  for  such  use. 

Hypertrophic  Subaortic  Stenosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  useful  in  the  management  of 
hypertrophic  subaortic  stenosis,  especially  for  treatment  of  exertional  or  other  stress-induced 
angina,  palpitations,  and  syncope.  INDERAL  LA  also  improves  exercise  performance.  The 
effectiveness  of  propranolol  hydrochloride  In  this  disease  appears  to  be  due  to  a reduction  of 
the  elevated  outflow  pressure  gradient  which  is  exacerbated  by  beta-receptor  stimulation 
Clinical  improvement  may  be  temporary 

CONTRAINDICATIONS.  INDERAL  is  contraindicated  in  1)  cardiogenic  shock;  2)  sinus 
bradycardia  and  greater  than  first  degree  block;  3)  bronchial  asthma;  4)  congestive  heart 
failure  (see  WARNINGS)  unless  the  failure  is  secondary  to  a tachyarrhythmia  treatable  with 
INDERAL 

WARNINGS.  CARDIAC  FAILURE  Sympathetic  stimulation  may  be  a vital  component  sup- 
porting circulatory  function  in  patients  with  congestive  heart  failure,  and  its  inhibition  by  beta 
blockade  may  precipitate  more  severe  failure.  Although  beta  blockers  should  be  avoided  in 
overt  congestive  heart  failure,  if  necessary,  they  can  be  used  with  close  follow-up  in  patients 
with  a history  of  failure  who  are  well  compensated  and  are  receiving  digitalis  and  diuretics 
Beta-adrenergic  blocking  agents  do  not  abolish  the  inotropic  action  of  digitalis  on  heart 
muscle. 

IN  PATIENTS  WITHOUT  A HISTORY  OF  HEART  FAILURE,  continued  use  of  beta  blockers 
can,  in  some  cases,  lead  to  cardiac  failure  Therefore,  at  the  first  sign  or  symptom  of  heart 
failure,  the  patient  should  be  digitalized  and/or  treated  with  diuretics,  and  the  response 
observed  closely,  or  INDERAL  should  be  discontinued  (gradually,  if  possible). 


IN  PATIENTS  WITH  ANGINA  PECTORIS,  there  have  been  reports  of  exacerbation  of 
angina  and,  In  some  cases,  myocardial  infarction,  following  abrupt  discontinuance  of 
INDERAL  therapy.  Therefore,  when  discontinuance  of  INDERAL  is  planned  the  dosage 
should  be  gradually  reduced  over  at  least  a few  weeks,  and  the  patient  should  be 
cautioned  against  interruption  or  cessation  of  therapy  without  the  physician's  advice.  If 
INDERAL  therapy  is  interrupted  and  exacerbation  of  angina  occurs,  it  usually  Is  advis- 
' i reinstitute  INDERAL  therapy  and  take  other  measures  appropriate  for  the  man- 
aoernsni  ol  unstable  angina  pectoris.  Since  coronary  artery  disease  may  be 
;ogn;zed,  it  may  be  prudent  to  follow  the  above  advice  in  patients  considered  at  risk 
occult  atherosclerotic  heart  disease  who  are  given  propranolol  for  other 

indications 


NonaM#  got  Sy.unchospasm  (e.g.,  chronic  bronchitis,  emphysema) — 

PATIENTS  Wl  I H 8RONCHOSPASTIC  DISEASES  SHOULD  IN  GENERAL  NOT  RECEIVE  BETA 
BLOCKERS  INDERAL  should  be  administered  with  caution  since  it  may  block  bronchodila- 
tion  produced  by  endogenous  and  exogenous  catecholamine  stimulation  of  beta  receptors. 


MAJOR  SURGERY  The  necessity  or  desirability  of  withdrawal  of  beta-blocking  thifj 
prior  to  ma|or  surgery  is  controversial  It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  the  impaired  abi  ol 
the  heart  to  respond  to  reflex  adrenergic  stimuli  may  augment  the  risks  of  general  anesti-ia 
and  surgical  procedures 

INDERAL  (propranolol  HCI),  like  other  beta  blockers,  is  a competitive  inhibitor  of  j. 
receptor  agonists  and  its  effects  can  be  reversed  by  administration  of  such  agents,  | , 
dobutamme  or  isoproterenol  However,  such  patients  may  be  subject  to  protracted  sti* 
hypotension  Difficulty  in  starting  and  maintaining  the  heartbeat  has  also  been  reportec't 
beta  blockers 

DIABETES  AND  HYPOGLYCEMIA  Beta-adrenergic  blockade  may  prevenl  the  j 
pearance  of  certain  premonitory  signs  and  symptoms  (pulse  rate  and  pressure  change  d 
acute  hypoglycemia  in  labile  insulin-dependent  diabetes.  In  these  patients,  it  may  be  t 
difficult  to  ad|ust  the  dosage  ot  insulin 

THYROTOXICOSIS:  Beta  blockade  may  mask  certain  clinical  signs  of  hyperthyroiqr 
Therefore,  abrupt  withdrawal  of  propranolol  may  be  followed  by  an  exacerbation  of  symp  is 
of  hyperthyroidism,  including  thyroid  storm  Propranolol  does  not  distort  thyroid  function  t 
IN  PATIENTS  WITH  WOLFF-PARKINSON-WHITE  SYNDROME,  several  cases  have  ! || 
reported  in  which,  after  propranolol,  the  tachycardia  was  replaced  by  a severe  bradycJu 
requiring  a demand  pacemaker  In  one  case  this  resulted  after  an  initial  dose  of  EjQ 
propranolol 

PRECAUTIONS.  General:  Propranolol  should  be  used  with  caution  in  patients  with  imp,  i: 
hepatic  or  renal  function  INDERAL  is  not  indicated  for  the  treatment  of  hyperter 
emergencies. 

Beta  adrenoreceptor  blockade  can  cause  reduction  of  intraocular  pressure  Pat 
should  be  told  thal  INDERAL  may  interfere  with  the  glaucoma  screening  test  Withdrawal 
lead  to  a return  of  increased  intraocular  pressure. 

Clinical  Laboratory  Tests  Elevated  blood  urea  levels  in  patients  with  severe  heart  disc 
elevated  serum  transaminase,  alkaline  phosphatase,  lactate  dehydrogenase 

DRUG  INTERACTIONS:  Patients  receiving  catecholamine-depleting  drugs  such  as  ri 
pine  should  be  closely  observed  if  INDERAL  is  administered.  The  added  catecholan 
blocking  action  may  produce  an  excessive  reduction  of  resting  sympathetic  nervous  ac 
which  may  result  in  hypotension,  marked  bradycardia,  vertigo,  syncopal  attacks,  or  orthos 
hypotension. 

Carcinogenesis,  Mutagenesis.  Impairment  ot  Fertility  Long-term  studies  in  animals  I 
been  conducted  to  evaluate  toxic  effects  and  carcinogenic  potential  In  18-month  studu 
both  rats  and  mice,  employing  doses  up  to  150  mg/kg/day,  there  was  no  evidence  of  sigmfi 
drug-induced  toxicity  There  were  no  drug-related  tumorigenic  effects  at  any  of  the  do: 
tevets.  Reproductive  studies  in  animats  did  not  show  any  impairment  of  fertility  that 
attributable  to  the  drug. 

Pregnancy  Pregnancy  Category  C IKTOERAL  has  been  shown  to  be  embryotoxi 
.animal  studies  atKfpses  about  IQtimesgreaterthan  the  maximum  recommended  human  dj 
SIS# There  are  no  adequate  and  wefFcopIrotted  studies  in  pregnant  women  INDERAL  sh 
be  used  during  pregnancy  only  il  the  potential  benefit  justifies  the  potential  risk  to  the  fi 
Nursing  Mothers  INDERAL  is  excreted  in  human  milk  Caution  should  be  exercised  v\ 
INDERAL  is  administered  to  a nursing  woman. 

Pediatric  Use:  Safety  and  effectiveness  in  children  have  not  been  established. 
ADVERSE  REACTIONS.  Most  adverse  effects  have  been  mild  and  transient  and  t 
'y  required  the  withdrawal  of  therapy. 

Cardiovascular:  bradycardia,  congestive  heart  failure,  intensification  of  AV  block;  h- 
sion;  paresthesia  of  hands;  thrombocytopenic  purpura;  arterial  insufficiency,  usually  o 
laynaudlype.  jm  W 

Central  Nervous  System  liqMjpadedness;  mental  depression  manifested  by  insorr 
lassitude,  weakness,  fatigue,  reversible  mental  depression  progressing  to  catatonia;  vi 
disturbances;  hallucinations;  an  acute  reversible  syndrome  characterized  by  disorientatio 
time  and  place,  short-term  memory  loss,  emotional  lability,  slightly  clouded  sensorium, 
decreased  performance  on  neuropsychometrics 

Gastrointestinal:  nausea,  vomiting,  epigastric  distress,  abdominal  cramping,  diarrl 
constipation,  mesenteric  arterial  thrombosis,  ischemic  colitis. 

Allergic:  pharyngitis  and  agranulocytosis,  erythematous  rash,  fever  combined  with  acl 
and  sore  throat,  laryngospasm  and  respiratory  distress. 

Respiratory  bronchospasm. 

Ftematologic  agranulocytosis,  nonthrombocytopenic  purpura,  thrombocytopr 
purpura 

Auto-Immune  In  extremely  rare  instances,  systemic  lupus  erythematosus  has  b 
reported 

Miscellaneous  alopecia,  LE-like  reactions,  psoriasiform  rashes,  dry  eyes,  male  in 
fence,  and  Peyronie's  disease  have  been  reported  rarely  Oculomucocutaneous  react 
involving  the  skin,  serous  membranes  and  conjunctivae  reported  for  a beta  blocker  (practt 
have  not  been  associated  with  propranolol. 

DOSAGE  AND  ADMINISTRATION.  INDERAL  LA  provides  propranolol  hydrochloride 
sustained-release  capsule  for  administration  once  daily  If  patients  are  switched  from  INDEI- 
tablets  to  INDERAL  LA  capsules,  care  should  be  taken  to  assure  that  the  desired  therape 
effect  is  maintained  INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  considered  a simple  mg  for  mg  substitute 
INDERAL.  INDERAL  LA  has  different  kinetics  and  produces  lower  blood  levels.  Retitration  i 
be  necessary  especially  to  maintain  effectiveness  at  the  end  of  the  24-hour  dosing  inter 
HYPERTENSION — Dosage  must  be  individualized  The  usual  initial  dosage  is  80 
INDERAL  LA  once  daily,  whether  used  alone  or  added  to  a diuretic.  The  dosage  may 
increased  to  120  mg  once  daily  or  higher  until  adequate  blood-pressure  control  is  achiev 
The  usual  maintenance  dosage  is  120  to  160  mg  once  daily.  In  some  instances  a dosage  of 
mg  may  be  required  The  time  needed  for  full  hypertensive  response  to  a given  dosag 
variable  and  may  range  from  a few  days  to  several  weeks. 

ANGINA  PECTORIS — Dosage  must  be  individualized.  Starting  with  80  mg  INDERAL 
once  daily,  dosage  should  be  gradually  increased  at  three  to  seven  day  intervals  until  optirr 
response  is  obtained  Although  individual  patients  may  respond  at  any  dosage  level, 
average  optimum  dosage  appears  to  be  160  mg  once  daily  In  angina  pectoris,  the  value  - 
safety  of  dosage  exceeding  320  mg  per  day  have  not  been  established 

If  treatment  is  to  be  discontinued,  reduce  dosage  gradually  over  a period  of  a few  we 
(see  WARNINGS) 

MIGRAINE — Dosage  must  be  individualized.  The  initial  oral  dose  is  80  mg  INDERAL 
once  daily  The  usual  effective  dose  range  is  160-240  mg  once  daily  The  dosage  may 
increased  gradually  to  achieve  optimum  migraine  prophylaxis.  If  a satisfactory  response  is 
obtained  within  four  to  six  weeks  after  reaching  the  maximum  dose,  INDERAL  LA  ther 
should  be  discontinued.  It  may  be  advisable  to  withdraw  the  drug  gradually  over  a perloi 
several  weeks. 

HYPERTROPHIC  SUBAORTIC  STENOSIS— 80-160  mg  INDERAL  LA  once  daily  I 
PEDIATRIC  DOSAGE — At  this  time  the  data  on  the  use  of  the  drug  in  this  age  group  are  - 
limited  to  permit  adequate  directions  for  use 

*The  appearance  of  INDERAL  LA  capsules  is  a registered  trademark  of  Ayerst  Laborator  I 

8833/.' 


Ayerst, 


AYERST  LABORATORIES 
New  York,  NY.  10017 


736 


THE  JOUFLNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


rHE  History  of  Medicine  and 
MEDICAL  Care  in  New  Brunswick 

Norman  Reitman,  m.d.,  highland  park* 


dja  ■ 

II 

1 

The  evolution  of  medicine  in  New  Brunswick  from  colonial  times 
to  the  present  is  discussed.  A brief  history  of  medical  education 
as  it  involved  historic  Queens  College , now  Rutgers  University , 
is  given.  The  development  of  health  facilities  in  New  Brunswick 
is  noted. 

' " 


A 


t the  time  of  the  13  original  col- 
onies, the  total  number  of  prac- 
titioners of  medicine  was  3,500. 
our  hundred  practitioners  had  formal  training  and 
100  of  them  earned  a medical  degree.  The  University 
)f  Pennsylvania,  one  of  the  first  medical  schools  in  the 
Jnited  States,  graduated  its  first  class  in  1768.  There 
vere  ten  graduates,  one  of  whom  came  from  New  Jer- 
sey. At  the  end  of  the  18th  century,  there  were  300 
3ractitioners  in  New  Jersey,  of  whom  41  had  earned 
nedical  degrees. 

Three  categories  of  practitioners  existed  in  the  col- 
onies at  that  time.  The  first  were  those  who  had  earned 
degrees  in  Europe,  England,  Ireland,  or  Scotland,  and 
a few  who  graduated  from  the  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania The  second  and  most  common  group  were 
those  students  apprenticed  to  established  phy- 
sicians who  spent  a varying  period  of  time  with  them 
jand  then  went  into  their  own  practices,  having  learned 
medicine  the  pragmatic  way.  Finally,  there  were  the 
(practitioners  who,  for  the  most  part,  were  self-trained 
and  who  lived  in  various  outlying  settlements  and 
Jeommunities  throughout  the  colonies  and  practiced  a 
sort  of  herbal  or  folk  medicine. 

The  first  record  of  a physician  in  the  New  Brunswick 
area  is  that  of  Dr.  Henry  Greenland  who  practiced  from 
1670  to  1706.  His  office  was  on  the  east  side  of  the 
Raritan  River,  in  what  is  now  Highland  Park.  Not  un- 
common in  those  days,  he  also  owned  a local  tavern. 


The  first  course  of  medical  instruction  given  in  the 
New  Brunswick  area  was  by  Dr.  Thomas  Wood,  who 
gave  a course  in  osteology  and  myology  in  1752. 

DEVELOPMENT  OF  MEDICINE 

The  catalyst  for  the  development  of  medicine  in  this 
area  goes  back  to  the  French  and  Indian  Wars  (1756 
to  1763).  New  Brunswick  was  the  staging  area  for  the 
British  Expeditionary  Force  in  that  conflict.  The  bar- 
racks were  at  Newark,  New  Brunswick,  Morristown, 
and  Trenton.  The  British  troops  based  here  were  ac- 
companied by  their  medical  units  consisting  of  the 
medical  officers  and  the  corpsmen.  They  kept  the 
soldiers  who  were  ill  or  injured  in  the  barracks,  and 
for  the  first  time  the  local  physicians  saw  the  modem 
medicine  of  the  day  practiced  by  the  British  Medical 
Corps. 

On  April  14,  1766,  in  New  Brunswick,  the  Medical 
Society  of  New  Jersey  was  organized  at  Duffs  Tavern, 
a well-known  landmark  on  the  west  bank  of  the 
Raritan  River.  It  was  the  first  medical  society  in  the 
American  colonies.  The  Middlesex  County  Medical  So- 
ciety also  was  founded  in  that  same  year. 

PRACTICING  PHYSICIANS 

Another  significant  medical  event  is  associated  with 

*Dr.  Reitman  is  a Clinical  Professor  of  Medicine,  UMDNJ- 
Rutgers  Medical  School. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


737 


New  Brunswick — the  licensure  of  physicians.  In  those 
early  days,  almost  anyone  who  wished  to  practice  the 
healing  art  could  do  so.  In  1772,  Dr.  John  Cochran,  an 
outstanding  New  Brunswick  physician  in  the  colonial 
and  revolutionary  period,  was  instrumental  in  seeking 
the  passage  of  a bill  “to  regulate  the  practice  of  physic 
and  surgery  within  the  colony  of  New  Jersey”  by  the 
colonial  legislature.  This  represented  the  first  licensing 
of  physicians  in  our  state.  Those  who  wished  to  qualify 
were  examined  by  the  Medical  Society  and  then  were 
licensed  by  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  Colonies. 
This  was  the  only  licensing  body  in  existence  at  that 
time.  Later,  the  state  organized  a Board  of  Medical 
Examiners  under  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey, 
which  was  responsible  for  licensing  of  the  physicians. 

Dr.  Cochran  was  very  active  in  many  other  pro- 
fessional activities  in  that  era  A friend  and  confidante 
of  Generals  Washington  and  Lafayette,  he  eventually 
became  the  Director  General  of  Hospitals  for  the  Con- 
tinental Army.  He  was  instrumental  in  organizing  a 
smallpox  vaccination  program  in  the  New  Brunswick 
area  and  it  is  recorded  that  in  1774  he  vaccinated  400 
people  in  New  Brunswick  with  no  deaths.  He  also 
served  as  the  third  President  of  the  Medical  Society  of 
New  Jersey. 

Other  prominent  New  Brunswick  physicians  during 
the  Revolution  were  Drs.  Moses  Scott  and  John  Van 
Cleve.  Dr.  Scott  served  as  Chief  Surgeon  of  the  Con- 
tinental Army  Hospital  in  Piscataway.  Dr.  Van  Cleve, 
a Princeton  alumnus  and  trustee,  attempted  to  estab- 
lish a medical  school  at  Princeton;  he  died  before  his 
ambitions  could  be  realized. 

Dr.  Charles  Smith  was  the  first  student  to  get  a 
medical  degree  from  Queens  College  in  1 798.  He  later 
became  a trustee  of  Queens  College,  which  in  1825 
became  Rutgers  College. 

An  interesting  personality  during  the  1840s  was  Dr. 
Augustus  Taylor,  practicing  physician,  mayor  of  New 
Brunswick,  and  certified  sea  captain  who  sailed 
around  Cape  Horn  to  California  and  the  west  coast  of 
the  Americas  many  times.  In  his  diaiy  of  March  3, 
1838,  he  speaks  of  “establishing  a dispensary  for  the 
purpose  of  prescribing  and  furnishing  medicine  gratu- 
itously to  the  poor.”  He  quotes  the  famous  English 
physician,  Suydenham,  who  said  “the  poor  were  his 
best  patients  because  God  was  their  paymaster.” 

In  1850,  another  local  physician.  Dr.  Hollingshead, 
was  concerned  about  the  fate  of  the  insane  and  estab- 
lished an  asylum  for  the  insane  under  state  or  munici- 
pal auspices.  This  was  the  forerunner  of  today’s  State 
Department  of  Institutions  and  Agencies. 

In  1885,  Dr.  Hemy  Rutgers  Baldwin  founded  the 
Wells  Memorial  Hospital  which  was  later  to  become 
Middlesex  General  Hospital  and  in  1907,  Dr.  Francis 
Donohue  with  Monsignor  O’Grady  founded  what  today 
is  St.  Peter’s  Medical  Center. 

HOSPITAL  CARE 

The  development  of  hospitals  in  this  area  is  interest- 
ing. Records  show  that  in  April  1872,  the  City  Council 
considered  a New  Brunswick  Hospital  Board  but  it 
never  materialized.  In  the  same  year,  the  Franciscan 
Sisters  from  Loretto,  Pennsylvania,  came  to  New 
Brunswick  and  established  St.  Peter’s  General  Hospi- 


tal. The  hospital  was  closed  for  economic  reasons  after 
two  years;  however  the  building  was  re-opened  as  an 
orphan  asylum  and  home  for  the  aged  several  years 
after  that.  In  1884,  a New  Brunswick  City  Hospital  was 
started  as  a contagious  disease  facility  where  patients 
could  be  kept  when  they  had  infectious  diseases.  The! 
following  year  when  the  Wells  Memorial  Hospital  was 
built  on  Somerset  Street,  the  New  Brunswick  City  Hos-i 
pital  became  part  of  the  Wells  Memorial  Hospital.  The 
original  Wells  building  stood  on  the  site  of  the  present' 
Robert  Wood  Johnson  Tower  of  Middlesex  General-; 
University  Hospital  and  for  years  was  known  as  the! 
Wells  Building.  It  served  as  part  of  the  hospital  facility 
as  recently  as  1968. 

In  1907,  St.  Peter’s  General  Hospital  was  founded 
and  minutes  of  the  trustees’  meetings  exist  from  that; 
time.  In  1917,  Wells  Memorial  Hospital  became  the 
Middlesex  General  Hospital;  in  1926,  the  Brown  Street 
addition  was  built,  giving  Middlesex  100  beds.  In  1929, 
St.  Peter’s  General  Hospital  moved  to  its  present  lo- 
cation on  Easton  Avenue,  opposite  Buccleuch  Park, 
constructing  a modem  facility  of  220  beds.  This  was 
the  total  number  of  hospital  beds  the  community  had 
until  the  mid-1950s  when  the  first  joint  hospital  drive 
took  place.  The  need  to  expand  both  hospitals  at  the 
same  time  prompted  the  local  leaders  to  organize  a 
combined  drive  for  both  institutions.  As  a result, 
Middlesex  Hospital  built  its  1958  building  which  in- 
creased the  bed  capacity  to  225.  Although  considered 
the  most  modem  facility  at  the  time,  it  quickly  be- 
came inadequate  and  the  need  for  more  beds  became 
evident.  St.  Peter’s  Hospital  built  its  B and  D wings, 
giving  them  an  additional  100  beds.  In  1969,  a second 
combined  hospital  drive  was  conducted  which  resulted 
in  the  Robert  Wood  Johnson  Tower  addition  to  Middle- 
sex Hospital,  housing  a modem  laboratory  and  many! 
more  beds.  St.  Peter’s  Hospital,  likewise,  built  a new 
operating  suite  and  another  wing  for  patient  care,  as  j 
well  as  updating  the  facilities  for  its  well-known  de- 
partment of  radiology. 

To  complete  the  record,  we  have  evidence  of  a corpor- 
ation in  New  Brunswick  called  the  New  Brunswick 
Affiliated  Hospitals,  which  existed  from  1965  to  1980. 
In  the  early  1960s,  local  hospitals  conducted  medical 
residency  training  programs.  These  programs  were  in 
danger  of  losing  their  accreditation  because  of  insuffi- 
cient numbers  of  beds  and  subspecialty  services  at 
each  institution.  A group  of  physicians,  Drs.  Gabriel 
Piekar,  Jasper  Van  Aveiy,  Paul  Jennings,  and  myself 
undertook  to  establish  a program  to  operate  a com- 
bined medical  residency.  This  joint  program  had 
enough  beds  and  subspeeialty  strength  for  approval. 
To  facilitate  this  program,  we  incorporated  under  the 
name  of  the  New  Brunswick  Affiliated  Hospitals.  For 
some  time,  people  thought  that  indeed  the  two  hospi- 
tals in  New  Brunswick  were  going  to  combine  into  one 
unit  but  this  never  came  to  pass. 

The  New  Brunswick  Medical  Residency  Program 
functioned  successfully;  later,  it  merged  with  the  medi- 
cal residency  programs  of  UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical ' 
School.  These  programs  have  become  highly  successful 
academic  training  programs  at  both  institutions. 

In  1976,  Middlesex  General  Hospital  became  the  pri- ! 
mary  teaching  hospital  of  UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical 
School.  Today,  Middlesex  General-University  Hospital 

THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY! 


738 


ands  as  a first-rate  academic  health  science  center 
jmbining  traditional  programs  of  a community  hos- 
jital,  and  bringing  outstanding  health  and  research 
.icilities  to  the  central  New  Jersey  area 
The  role  of  Johnson  & Johnson  must  be  mentioned, 
eeords  of  St.  Peter’s  Hospital  from  1913  reveal  an 
<pression  of  thanks  to  Johnson  & Johnson  for  sup- 
lying  all  the  bandages  and  dressings  free  of  charge, 
or  years,  the  company  supplied  both  hospitals  simi- 
irly.  Johnson  & Johnson  was  the  leading  force  to 
ilarge  and  equip  these  hospitals  and  was  mag- 
animous  in  promoting  education  in  health  care  in 
lis  area 

[EDICAL  EDUCATION 

In  1792,  a well-known  practitioner  in  New  York  City, 
r.  Nicholas  Romaigne,  petitioned  Queens  College  to 
rganize  a medical  faculty  in  New  York.  He  had  been 
n the  faculty  of  the  College  of  Physicians  and  Sur- 
eons  of  Columbia  University  but  desired  to  establish 
nother  institution.  As  a result,  Queens  College 
warded  several  medical  degrees  between  1792  and 
j798.  The  school  then  closed  but  was  re-opened  in 
|812,  again  under  the  leadership  of  the  same  Dr. 
omaigne.  It  was  known  as  the  Queens  College  Medical 
'epartment  and  graduated  21  physicians  between 
812  and  1816.  In  1825,  Queens  College  became 
utgers  College,  named  after  a benefactor,  Colonel 
enry  Rutgers.  Once  again,  the  Rutgers  Medical  Col- 
ge  flourished  under  the  leadership  of  Dr.  David 
(osack,  a distinguished  professor  from  the  College  of 
hysicians  and  Surgeons.  The  institution  awarded  27 
ledical  degrees  from  1826  to  1827.  In  that  year,  the 
j'.egents  of  the  State  of  New  York  forbade  the  issuing 
f degrees  from  a college  or  university  that  was  not 
jcensed  in  that  state.  From  1827  until  1954,  there  was 


no  formal  medical  education  in  New  Jersey  although 
an  attempt  to  establish  a medical  school  in  Newark  in 
the  1940s  failed. 

In  1954,  the  state  legislature  supported  a bond  issue 
to  establish  a medical  school  at  Rutgers.  This  was 
defeated.  However,  the  momentum  to  establish  a medi- 
cal school  in  New  Brunswick  continued.  In  1961,  the 
Kellogg  Foundation  awarded  Rutgers  $ 1 ,000,000  to  de- 
velop a two-year  medical  school  program.  In  1962,  Dr. 
H.  DeWitt  Stetten,  Jr.  was  appointed  dean  and  began 
assembling  a faculty.  The  first  class  of  16  students  was 
admitted  in  1966.  Rutgers,  the  State  University,  now 
had  its  own  medical  school.  An  excellent  basic  science 
faculty  was  recruited  but  plans  for  clinical  facilities 
and  the  development  of  a University  Hospital  were 
curtailed  when  the  state  legislature  in  1970  approved 
a bill  establishing  a separate  College  of  Medicine  and 
Dentistry  with  one  component  in  Newark  and  one  at 
the  Busch  Campus  of  Rutgers.  In  that  same  year,  the 
school  expanded  to  a four-year  curriculum,  graduating 
its  first  students  in  1972.  This  institution,  now  known 
as  the  University  of  Medicine  and  Dentistry  of  New 
Jersey,  has  grown  dramatically  in  the  past  14  years 
and  the  Rutgers  Medical  School  component  has  grown 
with  it.  At  the  present  time,  there  is  a student  body 
of  over  400  and  a large  preclinical  and  clinical  faculty 
based  in  Piseataway  and  New  Brunswick. 

CONCLUSION 

New  Brunswick— the  hub  of  New  Jersey— is  poised 
at  the  beginning  of  its  fourth  century.  I am  sure  that 
the  succeeding  years  will  continue  to  reveal  further 
achievements  by  outstanding  New  Brunswick  phy- 
sicians and  institutions  to  the  development  of  medi- 
cine that  reaches  far  beyond  the  city. 


i 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


739 


The  Life  and  Times  of  Camden 


■,  : 


Sam  Ale witz,  ph.d.,  Gloucester  township* 


In  the  late  19th  century , public  health  programs  in  Camden  city 

Cnm/Jnn  /t/iifnfft  f nn  I sir* si  s>s*s\r* sim-S s* 


lit  Lliv  ivCtw  x c7lli  Cvf  itiif  y f I IviXltf  1 jpf  tiy  i til  I lo  (li  wtillitivli  Clvjj 

and  Camden  county  were  dependent  on  political  and  economic 
experiences.  Because  of  this,  disease  was  commonplace , living 

j __  • « « | j*  . 


IC/i  OvCiltiJv  ty  IfiiOf  Ulovdov  U/Uo  CUifiii lUf  (J/IUCvf  nv 

conditions  were  precarious,  and  poor  health  was  the  norm. 


i'i 


Camden  county  public  health 
programs  in  the  late  19th  cen- 
tury were  dependent  on  political 
and  economic  experiences.  The  speed,  thoroughness, 
permanency,  and  universality  with  which  these  pro- 
grams were  implemented  may  be  used  as  an  indicator 
by  which  to  gauge  the  sincerity  of  those  politicians  and 
community  leaders  responsible  for  the  implementa- 
tion. 

Mortality  rates  were  a partial  measure  of  the  success 
of  public  health  activity.  They  were  a useful  statistical 
reference  point  but  did  not  describe  adequately  the 
lack  of  humanity  or  the  quality  of  life  which  affected 
the  health  of  many  of  the  county  residents.  While  the 
entire  community  suffered  from  the  lack  of  public  and 
private  hygiene,  the  poor  generally  were  the  most 
susceptible  victims.  They  had  few  friends  in  public 
service,  private  charity,  and  in  the  professions.  The 
county  and  city  medical  societies  were  responsive  to 
the  public  health  needs  of  the  community  when  dis- 
ease threatened  and,  at  critical  moments,  served  to 
arouse  the  politicians  to  take  positive  action;  however, 
they  did  not  sustain  these  activities  over  extended 
periods  of  time. 

CONDITIONS  IN  CAMDEN 

The  public  health  projects  which  were  undertaken 
in  Camden  county  and  Camden  city  before  the 
mid- 1 880s  were  restricted  to  the  most  basic  and  primi- 


tive sanitary  measures.  Public  and  private  welfare  was 
doled  out  reluctantly  and  with  apprehension.  The 
meager  charity  provided  to  the  poor  resulted  in  a 
subsistence  standard  of  living  which  left  them  in  poor 
health  and  exposed  to  the  ravages  of  disease. 

Buttressed  by  social,  economic,  and  medical  mis- 
representations and  myths,  Camden  county  and  mu- 
nicipal officials,  with  the  public’s  approval,  were  indif- 
ferent to  the  needs  and  often  dangerously  negligent  in 
their  duty  to  provide  basic  hygienic  and  health  ser- 
vices. The  officials  ignored  the  high  death  rate  and, 
optimistically,  expected  that  the  excellent  geographical 
location  of  Camden,  the  absence  of  overcrowded  tene- 
ments, economic  growth,  and  greater  employment  op- 
portunities would  serve  to  provide  good  health.1'4 

Camden  public  officials  tended  to  minimize  the  ex- 
tent of  the  risk  from  threatening  diseases  and  did 
nothing  until  it  often  was  too  late.  Endemic  smallpox 
and  enteric  diseases,  for  which  there  were  known  pre- 
ventives, generally  were  ignored  until  they  reached 
epidemic  proportions.  Only  the  fear  of  a dreaded 
cholera  epidemic  moved  county  and  municipal  officials 
to  institute  temporary  and  aggressive  public  health 
measures.  The  lack  of  attention  to  the  unsanitary  con 
ditions  and  to  fundamental  humanity  was  evident  in 


*Dr.  Alewitz  earned  his  Ph.D.  in  the  History  Department  of 
Case  Western  Reserve  University  in  Cleveland,  Ohio,  after  he 
retired  as  an  engineer  who  had  devoted  his  career  to  the 
improvement  of  the  quality  of  life  and  safety  in  the  home. 


740 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


a number  of  events  which  occurred  from  the  end  of 
1879  until  about  the  middle  of  1881. 

Camden  city,  with  an  area  of  6.5  square  miles,  had 
doubled  its  population  from  20,045  in  1870  to  41,659 
in  1880.  Camden  was  the  4th  largest  city  in  the  state 
and  the  44th  in  the  United  States.  Over  9,900  people 
'lived  in  the  next  three  largest  towns  and  13,257  lived 
in  222  square  miles  of  rural  countryside.  Approximate- 
ly 85  percent  of  the  population  was  native  born;  of  the 
17,166  foreign  born,  most  were  from  England,  Ireland, 
land  northern  Europe.  Kaighnsville,  a neighborhood  of 
jCamden  city,  had  an  expanding  black  community  and 
other  black  communities  were  established  in  sur- 
rounding townships.  There  was  a black  population  of 
5,652,  approximately  9 percent  of  the  county  popu- 
lation.56 

Camden  county  served  as  a home  for  thousands  of 
commuters  who  worked  and  shopped  in  Philadelphia. 
It  also  attracted  a great  many  transients,  without  any 
prospect  of  employment,  who  brought  with  them 
potential  health  problems.6 

The  businessmen  and  politicians  had  envisioned  the 
growth  of  Camden  county  into  a prosperous  industrial 
metropolis.  However,  the  adverse  economic  conditions 
of  the  1870s  caused  many  Camden  county  workers  to 
have  serious  doubts  about  their  future.  The  New  Jersey 
Bureau  of  Statistics  of  Labor  and  Industry  reported 
that  New  Jersey  unskilled  workers  earned  $412.35  a 
year,  and  skilled  workers  earned  $625  a year.  However, 
(expenses  for  a family  of  five  were  in  excess  of  $618  a 
year;  a condition  which  forced  many  of  the  Camden 
workers  into  debt  and  left  a trail  of  broken  homes.7 

Hunger  was  commonplace  and  starvation  was  ac- 
knowledged publicly.  The  editor  of  the  Camden  Daily 
Post  was  disturbed  by  the  presence  of  starvation  in 
Philadelphia  and  aboard  ships  carrying  immigrants  to 
the  United  States,  but  reported,  without  any  emotion 
or  bitterness,  starvation  in  Camden  county.28  James 
Bishop,  Chief  of  the  Bureau  of  Statistics,  called  the 
payment  of  low  wages  an  “abominable  doctrine"  that 
led  “to  strife,  poverty,  crime,  and  general  demoraliza- 
jtion,”  and  attributed  the  hard  times  in  Camden  to  an 
unequal  distribution  of  wealth.9  Dr.  Ezra  M.  Hunt,  sec- 
retary of  the  State  Board  of  Health,  further  charged 
that  the  wage  question  was  not  only  a problem  of  pay 
scale,  but  the  ability  of  a worker  to  purchase  good 
health.10 

PUBLIC  AND  PRIVATE  CONCERNS 

In  1880,  there  were  few  public  or  private  organiza- 
tions in  Camden  county  to  which  the  needy  could  turn 
for  help.  In  the  public  sector  there  was  the  county 
poorhouse  and  meager  municipal  outdoor  relief.28  In 
1879  and  1880,  the  city  of  Camden  reduced  its  welfare 
funds  from  $13,000  to  $200.  Even  with  these  sharp 
cuts  some  residents  remained  as  fearful  of  relief 
“cheaters”  who,  they  claimed,  would  squander  these 
scanty  funds  as  they  were  of  the  city  employees  who 
had  access  to  these  funds.23 

Gloucester  city  reluctantly  allocated  $750  for  welfare 
funds  for  the  year  1880.  However,  they  let  it  be  known 
that  the  $10,000  paid  in  taxes  to  the  county  provided 
adequate  funds  to  take  care  of  their  poor.2 1 Responsi- 
bility for  the  burial  of  the  poor,  the  last  act  of  charity, 
was  a contested  issue  between  the  county  and 


Gloucester  city,  with  each  refusing  to  provide  the 
necessary  money.  There  is  no  evidence  that  any  of  the 
other  communities  made  a more  generous  contribu- 
tion for  the  care  of  their  destitute  residents.24 

The  Camden  Daily  Post  was  commended  by  a group 
of  the  “most  discriminating  citizens"  for  supporting 
their  position  on  public  charity.  This  group  was  con- 
vinced of  the  "shameful  waste”  of  public  aid  to  the 
poor.2  This  position  was  not  unusual  and  was  in  ac- 
cord with  the  generally  accepted  social  theories  of  the 
period;  indiscriminate  charity  led  to  pauperism  and 
moral  and  physical  degeneration,  which  gave  rise  to 
hereditary  defectives.2  In  a letter  to  the  editor, 
"Benevolence”  expressed  the  consensus  opinion  and 
declared  that  “the  only  way  to  relieve  the  worthy  poor” 
was  through  “private  benevolence  and  not  with  public 
funds."2 

In  spite  of  the  appeals  for  private  charity,  when  the 
State  Charities  Aid  Association  of  New  Jersey  was  or- 
ganized, in  1886,  to  develop  acceptable  ways  to  dis- 
pense aid  to  the  needy,  Camden  county  was  not  rep- 
resented.2 4 Private  philanthropy  in  the  county  was  lim- 
ited to  orphanages,  soup  kitchens,  sewing  groups, 
Sunday  breakfast  missions,  and  personal  almsgiving. 
However,  private  charity  was  not  offered  freely.  It  was 
necessary  for  the  press  repeatedly  to  appeal  to  the 
humanity  of  the  residents  of  the  county  to  care  for  the 
indigent.24 

On  January  16,  1881,  the  Philadelphia  Times, 
without  mentioning  Camden  by  name,  wrote  that 
there  was  nothing  so  pathetic  in  the  world  as  men  and 
women  who  were  “half  sinking  in  that  sea  of  troubles 
which  is  the  result  of  continued  poverty.”8  On  January 
19,  1881,  the  West  Jersey  Press  accused  the  Philadel- 
phia newspaper  of  attempting  to  blackmail  the 
Camden  City  Council  for  the  purpose  of  “relieving  the 
suffering  poor.”  The  paper  rationalized  that  it  would 
be  sheer  coincidence  that  with  over  40,000  inhabi- 
tants there  would  be  no  “want  and  suffering"  and, 
furthermore,  the  money  was  ending  up  in  “pockets  of 
a certain  class  of  officials.”3  Camden’s  policy  towards 
the  poor  made  the  private  city  of  Philadelphia  appear 
generously  philanthropic. 

SANITARY  CONDITIONS 

The  sanitary  conditions  in  Camden  county  were 
primitive.  As  late  as  1886,  Camden  city,  with  60  miles 
of  dedicated  streets,  reported  that  only  1 mile  was 
paved  in  Belgian  and  asphaltum  block;  half  of  the 
streets  were  crudely  paved,  and  the  remainder  of  the 
streets  unpaved.56  However,  telephone  service  in 
Camden  city  was  operative  on  August  15,  1879,  more 
than  a year  before  the  first  Belgian  block  pavement  was 
laid  in  Federal  Street  in  1881. 2 12  Only  paved  streets 
were  contracted  to  be  cleaned,  so  that  approximately 
59  miles  of  streets  remained  quagmires  of  filth  from 
overflowing  cesspools,  culverts,  and  clogged  sewers. 
Portions  of  the  Seventh  and  Eighth  Ward,  where  the 
poor  lived,  never  were  cleaned.  Pigsties  were  kept  in 
backyards,  animals  roamed  the  streets  ireely,  and  the 
hundreds  of  horses  used  for  transportation  mid 
cartage  added  to  the  danger  of  an  already  unhealthy 
environment.236 13  Poorly  designed  and  const  meted 
sewers  and  culverts  became  elongated  cesspools  that 


VOL  81— NUMBER  9 — SEPTEMBER  1984 


741 


festered  in  the  summer  heat.13  Residents  of  com- 
munities with  inadequate  drainage  were  plagued  with 
“remittent"  fever  (malaria).  Raw  sewage  and  polluted 
run-off  water  were  carried  into  the  Delaware  River  and 
created  a noisome  nuisance.  Sewage  moved  upstream 
by  tidal  activity  from  Camden  sewer  outlets  and  across 
the  river  from  Philadelphia  into  the  Camden  water 
supply.  The  enteric  diseases  which  arose  were  called 
“Kensington  Diarrhea”  in  honor  of  the  Philadelphia 
source  of  the  scourge.2  46  The  communities  which  were 
not  sen/iced  with  city  water  mains  were  not  exempt 
from  these  dangers,  since  their  seldom  emptied 
cesspools  contaminated  the  well  water.6 

Gloucester  city,  with  a population  of  5,347,  the  sec- 
ond largest  city  in  the  county,  was  just  as  unsanitary. 
A report  in  the  West  Jersey  Press  described  the  city 
as  follows:  “The  gutter  with  its  concomitant  filth  lies 
stagnant  and  festering,  polluting  the  air  around  and 
inoculating  with  noxious  diseases  all  who  have  oc- 
casion to  pass  through  the  streets.”3 


The  public  health  projects 
which  were  undertaken 
before  the  mid- 1880s  were 
restricted  to  the  most  basic 
and  sanitary  measures . 


Housing  in  Camden,  which  had  a low  density  of  5.1 
persons  per  home,  had  been  compared  favorably  by  the 
members  of  the  1874  New  Jersey  Health  Commission 
with  conditions  in  Philadelphia,  known  as  the  “City  of 
Homes;"  while  the  tenements  in  Newark,  Jersey  City, 
Paterson,  and  Trenton  were  compared  with  the  over- 
crowded and  unsanitaiy  housing  of  the  lower  east  side 
of  New  York  City.14  What  is  significant  is  that  Camden 
had  a death  rate  of  22.9  per  thousand,  a rate  equal  to 
any  of  the  more  populated  and  overcrowded  northern 
New  Jersey  cities.6 

The  Camden  housing  statistics  did  not  paint  a re- 
alistic picture  of  housing  conditions  which  existed  in 
the  city.  Dr.  James  H.  Wroth,  in  The  Physicians  Dis- 
pensary Report  described  Kaighnsville,  a section  of 
Camden  city,  as  crowded,  with  families  occupying  one 
room  which  was  used  for  sleeping,  eating,  and  cooking; 
with  no  drainage  or  sewerage  system;  with  water 
pumps  on  the  street  comer  near  open  culverts;  and 
garbage  strewn  over  the  unpaved  streets.215  Sections 
of  Camden  city  were  repositories  of  antiquated  single 
homes,  long  in  disrepair,  which  were  inhabited  by  the 
poorest  classes  of  native  and  foreign  bom.  In  1890, 
Hunt  pointed  to  the  bad  housing  as  a cause  of  “de- 
gradation, thriftlessness,  sickness,  and  crime.”16 

In  the  county  and  its  political  subdivisions,  public 
health  agencies  were  nonexistent  or  noneffective  and 
private  medical  care  was  limited.  The  Camden  City 
Council  had  established  a Sanitary  Committee  in  1872 
but  its  activity  was  restricted  by  local  politics.  In  1886, 
the  city  reluctantly  established  an  independent  Board 
o;  Health  under  the  direction  of  a physician  but  only 
at  the  urging  of  the  medical  societies  and  after  an  1 88 1 
amendment  to  the  state  public  health  law  made  it 
mandatory.2-3-617 


MEDICAL  CARE 

Medical  care  for  the  poor  of  Camden  county  was  a 
story  of  tragic  neglect.  It  was  only  through  the  work 
of  a few  charitable  individuals  that  even  the  most  rudi- 
mentary health  services  were  provided.  On  April  1, 
1866,  through  the  efforts  of  several  local  businessmen 
and  physicians,  a Camden  City  Dispensary  for  the 
"worthy"  poor  was  opened  under  the  management  of 
the  Camden  City  Medical  Society.  Several  years  later, 
a few  beds  were  added  as  a hospital  for  the  indigent, 
and  to  provide  emergency  services.  However,  the  hospi- 
tal section  soon  was  closed  due  to  a lack  of  funds.17 
The  Dispensary  continued  to  have  a turbulent  history: 
ignored  by  the  county,  neglected  by  the  city,  and 
spurned  by  the  public  in  its  efforts  to  raise  funds,  only 
the  charity  of  a few  physicians  provided  the  services 
and  money  to  continue  their  good  works.2-317  In  1879,  \ 
after  it  became  obvious  that  the  Dispensary  would  be 
forced  to  close,  the  city  agreed  to  provide  minimum 
funds  for  drugs  and  physicians’  services.3 17  Too  many 
died  without  any  medical  assistance  and  as  late  as  j 
1881,  after  the  city  had  agreed  to  pay  for  some  of  the 
services,  the  Camden  Daily  Post  noted  the  inadequate 
medical  care  provided  to  the  Third  Medical  district 
which  comprised  the  Seventh  and  Eighth  Wards,  home 
to  many  of  the  indigent  and  working  poor.2 

The  Cooper  Hospital,  endowed  by  the  Cooper  family, 
was  incorporated  on  March  24,  1875,  and  completed 
in  1877;  however,  due  to  a lack  of  funds,  it  was  not 
opened  to  the  public  until  August  1 1,  1887.  On  Febru- 
ary 5,  1885,  the  homeopathic  physicians,  who  had 
been  criticized  frequently  by  the  Camden  County  and 
Camden  City  Medical  Societies,  opened  a small  hospi-  1 
tal  comprising  two  wards  as  well  as  an  outpatient  de- 
partment. Since  private  efforts  were  directed  toward 
the  “worthy”  poor  sick,  it  remained  for  the  county  to 
provide  a “hospital”  at  the  Almshouse  for  the  “un- 
worthy” poor,  and  this  was  opened  after  the  typhus 
epidemic  occurred  at  that  county  institution.17 

The  social  upheaval  of  the  Civil  War  and  the  subse- 
quent economic  depression  of  1873  created  an  army 
of  transients,  many  of  whom  found  their  way  through 
Camden  county  because  of  its  crossroad  location.  They  ; 
brought  with  them  the  seeds  of  disease  and  ill  health  ; 
and  served  as  a focal  point  for  arousing  fear,  hatred,  j 
and  mistrust.  As  living  proof  of  the  failure  of  public 
relief,  they  were  housed  in  the  local  jails  and  county 
almshouse  at  the  expense  of  the  taxpayers  who  were 
averse  even  to  paying  for  the  care  of  the  resident  poor. 
Dr.  Hunt,  in  a study  of  the  problem,  estimated  that  the 
cost  to  Camden  county  was  in  excess  of  $20,000  for 
the  period  of  the  typhus  epidemic  of  1880  to  1881. 6 

On  October  28,  1879,  the  Syracuse  Times  made  a 
startling  discovery.  It  found  that  the  average  citizen  of 
New  Jersey  lived  longer  and  suffered  less  from  sickness 
in  prison  than  while  at  liberty.2  It  is  highly  improbable 
that  the  allegations  applied  to  the  unsanitary  and  un- 
savory  Camden  county  jail  which  had  been  under  at-  i 
tack  as  a menace  to  the  health  of  the  prisoners  since 
1876.  In  May  1879,  the  matter  was  presented  to  the 
grand  jury  which  handed  down  an  indictment  that 
charged  the  Board  of  Chosen  Freeholders  with  main- 
taining a jail  that  was  “unwholesome,  ill-governed, 
overcrowded,  unfitted,  and  inadequate.”2'4 18  Long  after 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


742 


his  visit  to  the  jail.  Dr.  Hunt  gave  vent  to  his  anger  and 
described  the  conditions  as  follows:  “Garbage  long  un- 
emptied, beds  and  cells  beyond  description,  linen  un- 
changed for  months,  not  a towel  seen  by  inmates,  and 
the  general  condition  of  the  dungeons,  the  corridors, 
and  the  inmates,  made  it  a scene  scarcely  to  be  credited 
but  for  the  number  and  character  of  the  witnesses.” 

In  addition  to  strong  ideological  reasons  for  denying 
support  to  the  poor,  the  behavior  of  the  politicians, 
press,  and  many  residents  stemmed  from  their  con- 
scious efforts  to  reduce  county  and  municipal  ex- 
penses. Nowhere  was  this  more  obvious  than  in  the 
actions  taken  toward  those  most  dependent  on  the 
bureaucracy  for  medical  help  and  humanity:  the  men- 
tally ill. 

THE  COUNTY  ASYLUM 

The  County  Asylum  was  opened  in  1879.  It  was  es- 
tablished in  order  to  save  approximately  $6,000  per 
year  by  removing  county  residents  from  the  more 
costly  Trenton  State  Hospital.238  The  position  of  the 
Freeholders  was  that  since  the  County  Asylum  was  to 
be  used  for  incurable  patients  that  it  would  not  be 
necessary  to  provide  a full-time  physician  or  a pro- 
fessional staff.  From  the  veiy  inception  of  the  project 
the  County  Medical  Society  refused  to  give  its  whole- 
hearted approval.  Dr.  Dowling  Benjamin,  a member  of 
the  Society  Asylum  Committee,  voiced  his  doubts  and 
disapproval,  and  Dr.  J.  M.  Ridge,  who  had  served  as  a 
member  of  the  New  Jersey  State  Board  of  Health,  had 
given  tentative  approval  to  the  establishment  of  the 
County  Asylum,  but  finally  called  the  idea  “a  false 
measure  of  economy.”2'4-8  However,  the  move  was  ap- 
plauded by  the  politicians  and  business  community. 
Their  delight  was  short  lived  when  rumors  of  alleged 
mismanagement  and  cruelty  at  the  Asylum  and 
Almshouse  surfaced  and  exposed  conditions  at  the 
institution,  to  the  scrutiny  of  the  public. 

On  or  about  October  1,  1879,  the  Reverend  William 
H.  Jeffreys,  a Methodist  Episcopalian  minister  with  25 
years  of  service,  suffered  a nervous  breakdown  and  was 
admitted  to  the  Camden  County  Asylum.  On  October 
5,  1879,  Nathan  T.  Mulliner,  a well-known  and  respect- 
ed Camden  businessman  and  a member  of  the 
Camden  Masonic  Lodge  No.  15,  which  listed  among  its 
members  many  well-known  Camden  physicians,  was 
found  wandering  aimlessly  in  Trenton.  He  was  re- 
turned to  Camden  and  admitted  to  the  Asylum.  At  the 
time  of  their  admissions,  rumors  of  misconduct  and 
mismanagement  at  the  Almshouse  and  Asylum  sur- 
faced but  summarily  were  investigated  and  dismissed 
by  the  Board  of  Chosen  Freeholders.23 

A few  months  later  the  editor  of  the  Camden  Daily 
Post  found  reason  to  suggest  that  there  was  little  to 
I fear  since  “the  days  of  darkness,  dungeons,  whips,  and 
chains  of  lunatics”  were  over.2  In  spite  of  his  asser- 
tions, the  rumors  of  inhumane  treatment  at  the 
Asylum  continued  to  persist  and  the  paper  featured  a 
story,  “Our  Poor  and  Insane,”  which  detailed  a visit  by 
local  politicians  and  physicians  to  the  Asylum.  The 
report  included  support  for  the  Asylum  management 
and  a diagnosis  made  by  Mrs.  Stiles,  the  matron 
(supervisor),  that  most  of  the  patients  were  confined 
because  of  paralysis  of  the  brain  brought  on  by  in- 


ordinate use  of  tobacco  and  rum.  At  the  conclusion  of 
their  visit,  the  visitors  ate  a hearty  meal  which  was 
provided  by  the  Asylum,  no  doubt  topped  off  with 
cigars  and  wine,  “and  the  gentlemen  then  went  over 
the  hill  to  the  poorhouse  for  a visit.”2 

After  his  release  from  the  Asylum  in  November  1880, 
Jeffreys  publicly  charged  that  the  patients  were  sub- 
jected to  cruel  treatment  at  the  Asylum,  and  specifically 
called  attention  to  the  beating  administered  to 
Mulliner.  Because  of  their  social  positions  in  the  com- 
munity, his  charges  triggered  a new  series  of  inquiries 
into  the  allegations  of  mistreatment.  On  Januaiy  8, 
1881,  Masonic  Lodge  No.  15  appointed  a committee  of 
its  members  to  investigate  cruelty  at  the  Asylum  and 
mismanagement  at  the  Almshouse.  The  report  never 
was  made  public.28  The  following  day,  the  Philadel- 
phia Times  accused  the  officials  of  the  County  Insane 
Asylum  of  conducting  an  institution  with  conditions 
they  labeled  as  “madhouse  inhumanity.”  They  alleged 
that  the  Asylum  personnel  was  guilty  of  beating  the 
patients  with  blackjacks,  and  that  the  general  con- 
ditions were  worse  than  the  “filth,  foul  air,  and  fatal 
fever”  at  the  Almshouse.8 

As  a result  of  the  charges  which  were  leveled  by  the 
Philadelphia  Times  and  the  undercurrent  that  rip- 
pled outside  of  the  county  boundaries,  two  Boards  of 
Inquiiy  were  established.  The  Board  of  Chosen  Free- 
holders appointed  a committee  which  included  two 
members  of  the  Asylum  Committee,  and  members  of 
the  Joint  Committee  on  Lunatic  Asylums  of  the  state 
legislature  constituted  the  second  committee.248  The 
investigating  committees  were  established  as  volun- 
taiy  bodies,  without  legal  sanction,  and  it  became  ob- 
vious that  the  charges  made  by  Jeffreys  would  not  be 
sustained.  Twenty-eight  witnesses  were  heard  in  three 
hearings.  Only  3 of  the  witnesses  had  been  patients, 
and  1 was  the  wife  of  a patient.  Unfortunately,  those 
most  directly  involved  were  not  able  to  testify  because 
of  their  mental  condition.81920  In  the  end  the  Board  of 
Chosen  Freeholders  exonerated  itself,  while  the  state 
committee,  more  politically  astute,  issued  a report  that 
found  the  problem  of  maltreatment  due  to  inexperi- 
ence rather  than  inhumanity,  and  further  recommend- 
ed that  patients  first  be  sent  to  the  Trenton  State 
Asylum  for  treatment  before  being  declared  incur- 
able.2,4'2021 

The  results  were  greeted  by  the  Camden  press  with 
a display  of  hometown  partisanship.  Before  the  final 
reports  were  issued,  the  local  press  displayed  some 
concern  for  the  therapeutic  needs  of  the  patients  and 
the  welfare  of  the  residents  of  the  county.  The  West 
Jersey  Press  clearly  had  enunciated  the  public  view: 
the  Asylum  was  badly  managed,  “acts  of  cruelty  were 
common  and  drunkenness  frequent,”  and  the  in- 
vestigation proved  the  Freeholders  “incapacity"  and 
“unfitness”  to  run  "an  institution  for  which  some 
ideas  of  humanity"  were  essential  requirements.3  The 
state  legislature,  aware  of  the  problems  in  the  Camden 
Asylum  and  in  anticipation  of  the  final  reports,  in- 
troduced an  act  to  reform  the  management  of  county 
asylums.  They  concluded  that  it  would  “not  do  to  trifle 
with  life  and  intellect  simply  to  save  a dollar  or  two."2 

THE  ALMSHOUSE 

The  conditions  mid  inhumanity  at  the  Asylum  were 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


743 


not  an  isolated  case  of  neglect  by  public  officials.  The 
exposure  of  the  conditions  at  the  Asylum  had  been 
preceded  by  a smallpox  epidemic  that  raged  in  Camden 
city  and  a typhus  epidemic  at  the  Almshouse.  The 
politics  of  neglect,  aided  by  socioeconomic  conditions, 
and  adverse  weather,  helped  turn  the  Almshouse  into 
a death  trap.  The  extreme  cold  temperature  of  Novem- 
ber 1880,  drove  the  transients  in  Camden  to  seek  ref- 
uge in  the  local  jails  and  the  Almshouse.2  The 
Almshouse,  built  to  house  about  150  residents,  held 
approximately  275  men,  women,  and  children.  More 
than  a year  earlier,  complaints  had  been  leveled  at  the 
Freeholders  for  allowing  the  overcrowded  conditions, 
with  the  potential  for  disease,  to  exist.3419  On  July  1 1, 
1879,  at  a special  meeting  of  the  Freeholders,  plans 
were  approved  for  a needed  addition  to  the  Alms- 
house.322 Unfortunately,  the  building  was  not  finished 
in  time  to  help  the  victims  of  the  typhus  epidemic  that 
began  at  the  end  of  November  1880. 

On  November  4 or  5,  1880,  Hemy  Brown,  a transient 
laborer  from  Philadelphia  who  had  worked  in  Ellisburg 
(a  crossroad  village  in  Camden  county),  visited  his 
hometown  where  he  roomed  in  an  overcrowded,  lice- 
infested  boarding  house.  On  November  1 1 he  returned 
to  Ellisburg.  On  November  24,  Brown,  running  a high 
fever  and  in  a semiconscious  state,  was  brought  to  the 
Almshouse.  His  condition  was  diagnosed  as  “malarial 
fever,”  and  because  there  were  no  other  facilities  avail- 
able, he  was  placed  in  a 12  by  12  foot  room  with  three 
other  residents  who  soon  contracted  the  disease, 
which  then  spread  throughout  the  Almshouse.  On  De- 
cember 23,  the  heating  boiler,  in  the  new  building 
which  had  been  rushed  into  service  as  a hospital,  burst 
and  the  rooms  had  to  be  evacuated  because  of  the  cold. 
This  forced  the  already  overcrowded  patients  and  resi- 
dents into  even  closer  quarters.617 

On  Januaiy  8,  1881,  the  Philadelphia  Times  pub- 
lished the  first  of  a series  of  articles  condemning  the 
county  officials  for  creating  “a  Poor  House  Plague,  of 
filth,  foul  air,  and  dying  paupers.”8  With  47  sick  and 
1 1 dead,  the  paper  lashed  out  at  the  unsanitary  con- 
ditions and  the  inhumane  treatment  of  the  Almshouse 
residents.  There  were  suspicions  that  the  disease  was 
typhus  fever,  on  the  basis  of  pathological  studies  per- 
formed by  Drs.  Henry  E.  Branin  and  Joseph  W. 
McCullough.  However,  Drs.  Branin  and  McCullough, 
part-time  physicians  at  the  Asylum  and  Almshouse, 
respectively,  continued  to  address  the  problem  as  a 
“serious  and  malignant  epidemic  marked  with  charac- 
teristics of  typhoid,  typhus,  and  malarial  fever.”6 

Tophus  was  not  confirmed  until  E.  A.  Ward,  the  con- 
tractor for  the  new  addition  and  a well-known  poli- 
tician, was  fatally  stricken  with  the  disease  while  at 
work  at  the  Almshouse.  Dr.  William  Pepper  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Pennsylvania  was  called  in  as  his  physician 
on  January  11,  1881,  and  diagnosed  the  disease  as  a 
virulent  typhus.  An  autopsy  performed  by  two 
pathologists,  Drs.  James  Tyson  and  Henry  F.  Formad 
from  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  later  confirmed 
Dr.  Pepper’s  diagnosis.223 

On  Januaiy  17,  1881,  Dr.  Hunt  visited  the  Alms- 
house at  the  invitation  of  Drs.  Branin  and  McCullough. 
He  inspected  the  Almshouse  drainage  and  water  sys- 
tems, a normal  first  step  for  disease  control.  His  survey 
did  not  result  in  any  change  in  the  conditions  that 


prevailed  at  the  institution.  On  February  3,  Drs.  Hunt 
and  F.  Gauntt  of  Burlington  city,  and  Professor  C.  F. 
Brackett  of  Princeton,  members  of  the  State  Board  of 
Health,  visited  the  Almshouse  and  concluded  that  the 
disease  was  a threat  to  the  entire  community.  To  con- 
tain the  epidemic,  they  recommended  a system  of 
quarantine  and  a program  of  disinfection  to  be  admin-  i 
istered  by  medical  personnel.  However,  by  this  late  date 
some  of  the  residents  had  departed  hastily  from  the 
poorhouse.  Camden  city  declared  a quarantine  de- 
signed to  prevent  any  intercourse  with  the  Almshouse. 
As  a result  of  the  second  visit  by  Dr.  Hunt,  steps  finally 
were  taken  to  properly  cleanse  the  buildings  and  resi-  : 
dents.  Dr.  McCullough  reported  to  Hunt  that  he  had 
personally  “organized  a scrubbing  and  whitewash 
force.”  McCullough’s  optimism  was  well-founded,  but 
not  for  himself;  he  died  of  typhus  fever  on  March  16, 
1881. 2362023 


The  working  people  and  the 
needy  in  Camden  were  the 
victims  of  the  triad  of  sin, 
poverty,  and  disease. 


Dr.  Hunt  recognized  that  the  problem  was  more  than 
a general  cleanup  and  better  sewers  and  water  at  the 
Almshouse.  He  cited  an  unnamed  observer  who  wrote, 
“With  regard  to  the  disease  that  has  been  so  fatal,  I 
think  that  while  perhaps  it  did  not  originate  in  the 
institution,  some  of  the  conditions  were  favorable  to 
its  becoming  an  epidemic.  Many  of  the  men,  by  ex-  j 
posure  and  improper  and  scanty  living  before  they 
came  there,  were  very  much  enfeebled,  and  in  right 
condition  to  take  any  disease.  Most  of  them  are  neces- 
sarily filthy  in  their  habits.  The  clothes  of  most  of  these 
men  were  saturated  with  filth,  and  were  of  themselves 
disease-breeding.  Having  no  knowledge  of  sanitary 
laws,  they  would  shut  themselves  up  in  their  rooms  in 
the  night  and  thus  have  them  filled  with  poisoned  and 
poisonous  atmosphere.”6 

Ely  April  4,  the  epidemic  had  ended.  Of  the  103  who 
had  contracted  the  disease,  33  died;  a mortality  rate 
of  more  than  32  percent.  Hunt  wrote  to  the  Freeholders 
and  told  them  that  the  Almshouse  had  been  grossly 
neglected.  There  was  a general  feeling  that  prevailed, 
that  events  in  the  Almshouse  were  “a  visitation  of 
Providence,”  that  it  forewarned  the  county  officials  of 
the  dangers  that  can  arise  because  of  their  neglect; 
that  it  was  necessary  to  conduct  a continual  program  | 
of  providing  the  residents  with  clean  clothes  and  food, 
and  to  see  to  their  sanitary  welfare;  that  no  expense 
should  be  spared,  and  that  eveiy  precaution  should  be 
taken.6 

SMALLPOX  IN  CAMDEN 

Before  the  events  of  the  Asylum  and  Almshouse  had 
transpired,  another  epidemic  had  occurred  in  Camden 
city,  an  outbreak  that  was  as  threatening  as  the  typhus 
epidemic  and  which  took  more  lives.  In  February  1880, 
a black  worker  from  the  Kaighnsville  district  painted 
a home  in  Philadelphia  in  which  smallpox  had  been 
reported.  He  came  down  with  the  disease  and  a volun-  fl 


744 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


taiy  quarantine,  without  legal  authority,  was  placed  on 
his  home;  however,  visitors  continued  to  enter  his 
home  and  the  disease  soon  spread  throughout  the 
Seventh  and  Eighth  Wards.24  Fear  of  an  epidemic 
prompted  the  dispensary  physicians  to  urge  the  estab- 
lishment of  a hospital  to  isolate  the  victims.  However, 
the  Sanitary  Committee  of  the  Camden  City  Council 
argued  that  fumigation  was  sufficient  to  control  the 
outbreak.  Finally,  on  July  26,  1880,  a hospital  was 
established  on  a lot  between  the  Seventh  and  Eighth 
Wards,  but  not  before  a court  battle  had  ensued  be- 
tween irate  residents  who  did  not  want  the  hospital 
in  their  district  and  city  officials.  However,  the  hospital 
was  placed  on  the  previous  site  of  a dump,  on  which 
cesspool  cleaners  had  discharged  the  contents  of  their 
carts,  and  in  the  proximity  of  an  open  sewer.21724 

As  long  as  the  smallpox  attack  was  confined  mainly 
to  the  blacks  and  poor  whites  of  the  Seventh  and 
Eighth  Wards,  there  was  little  concern  shown  by  the 
Icity  or  county  officials.  The  manager  of  the  dispensary 
goffered  to  provide  free  vaccinations  if  the  city  donated 
the  vaccine;  the  offer  was  rejected.  The  City  Medical 
Society  was  unsuccessful  in  its  efforts  to  meet  with  the 
ientire  Sanitary  Committee  of  the  Camden  Council  to 
(establish  a strict  quarantine.  It  took  the  intercession 
;of  Dr.  Hunt,  at  the  behest  of  the  City  Medical  Society, 
'to  arrange  a meeting  on  July  28,  1880,  between  mem- 
bers of  the  Sanitary  Committee  and  the  local  phy- 
sicians. His  recommendations  that  quarantine  and 
(vaccination  be  implemented  immediately  were  ignored 
by  the  city  officials.  Only  the  spread  of  the  disease 
beyond  the  limits  of  the  Seventh  and  Eight  Wards 
finally  made  vaccination  more  acceptable  to  the  bu- 
reaucrats. On  August  16,  1880,  vaccinations  were 
jgiven  to  approximately  8,000  people.21924 

On  November  11,  a closed  meeting  of  the  city  phy- 
sicians was  held  and  a reassuring  statement  was  is- 
sued that  the  health  of  the  county  was  good  and  that 
the  smallpox  no  longer  was  epidemic.2  However,  Dr. 
James  H.  Wroth  of  the  Camden  County  Dispensary 
reported  that  there  had  been  numerous  unreported 
deaths  due  to  smallpox,  and  so  informed  the  State 
Board  of  Health.24  The  following  week  new  cases  were 
reported  in  the  northern  section  of  the  city.  Anxious 
to  lift  the  spectre  associated  with  the  disease,  on  De- 
cember 15  the  smallpox  epidemic  officially  was  de- 
rlclared  at  an  end  by  the  municipal  authorities.2 

Two  weeks  later  there  were  8 new  cases  reported  and 
the  epidemic  of  smallpox  had  reached  Berlin  at  an 
alarming  rate.  By  July  1881,  the  epidemic  had  ended, 
but  not  before  688  cases  were  reported,  of  which  there 
were  134  deaths.2  Hunt  called  the  procrastination  of 
adequately  protecting  the  people  of  Camden  an  “evil”; 
that  only  judicious  action  taken  at  a later  date  helped 
to  lower  the  number  of  deaths.6 

CONCLUSION 

The  working  people  and  the  needy  in  Camden  were 
the  victims  of  the  triad  of  sin,  poverty,  and  disease; 
victims  of  a system  of  debasement  that  created  self- 
jdoubt  and  uncertainty,  stinkingjails,  smallpox,  asylum 
((cruelty,  almshouse  neglect,  and  typhus  fever.  They 
were  the  victims  of  criminal  neglect  because  they  were 
poor. 


A columnist  in  the  Independent  believed  to  be  Hunt, 
later  wrote  that  the  smallpox  epidemic  startled 
Camden,  “This  city  of  contentment;”  that  no  matter 
their  enterprise,  their  response  to  this  disease  was  too 
slow  and  that  the  overcrowding  and  unsanitary  con- 
dition of  the  paupers  was  the  cause  of  the  typhus  epi- 
demic. Disease  was  commonplace,  poor  health  for  large 
numbers  of  people  the  norm,  living  conditions  precari- 
ous and  disheartening.  Fear  of  death  was  of  deeper 
concern  to  the  elite  than  the  care  of  the  “worthy"  and 
“unworthy”  poor,  so  that  their  first  concern  was  to 
reduce  the  threat  to  their  well-being,  then  they 
analyzed  the  costs  and  chose  a course  that  restricted 
further  dangers  for  themselves.  It  was  selfish  and 
short-sighted.  Hunt,  in  an  evangelistic  tirade  wrote,  “I 
tell  you  nay;  but  except  ye  repent,  ye  shall  all  perish 
even  thus.”25 

REFERENCES 

1.  Snowden  JW:  Climatology  of  southern  New  Jersey.  First 
Annual  Report  oj  the  Bureau  of  Statistics  of  Labor  and  In- 
dustries of  New  Jersey,  1878. 

2.  Camden  Daily  Post  May  17,  1879;  July  30,  1879;  Sep- 
tember 23,  1879;  October  6,  28,  1879;  November  4,  5,  7.  12, 
14,  22,  1879;  December  10,  24,  1879;  January  6,  31,  1880; 
February  6,  7,  9,  18,  1880;  March  5,  17,  29,  1880;  April  23, 
26.  27,  1880;  September  2,  3,  4,  10,  14,  1880;  November  11, 
12,  20,  23,  1880;  December  15,  30,  1880;  January  4,  8,  12, 
14,  18,  22,  25,  31,  1881;  February  4,  15.  16,  23,  1881;  April 
21,  1881. 

3.  West  Jersey  Press:  November  1 3,  27,  1 878;  December  1 1 , 

25,  1878;  January  4,  8,  15,  1879;  February  12,  19,  1879; 
March  26,  1879;  April  9,  16,  30,  1879;  May  2h  28,  1879;  June 
1 1,  1879;  July  2,  23,  1879;  August  6,  13,  1879;  September  24, 
1879;  November  7,  1879;  December  24,  1879;  January  12,  19, 

26,  1881;  March  2,  1881. 

4.  Camden  Democrat:  December  28,  1878;  January  4,  1 1, 
1879;  March  22,  1879;  April  5,  1879;  June  14,  1879;  Februaiy 
5,  1881;  March  19,  1881. 

5.  Dorwart  JM,  Mackey  PE:  Camden  County  New  Jersey, 
1616- 1976:  A Narrative  History.  Camden  County,  NJ,  County 
Cultural  & Heritage  Commission,  1976;  Prowell  GR  The  His- 
tory of  Camden  County,  New  Jersey.  Philadelphia,  PA.  L.J. 
Richards  & Co.,  1886,  pp.  421-422,  423,  708;  Ninth  Annual 
Report  of  the  Bureau  of  Labor  & Statistics,  1886. 

6.  Report  of  the  Board  of  Health  of  the  State  of  New  Jersey: 

1880,  pp.  181-183;  1881,  pp.  57-65,  317;  1884,'pp.  109-135; 
1885,  121-129;  1877,  pp.  87-101. 

7.  Fourth  Annual  Report  of  the  Bureau  of  Statistics. 

1881,  pp.  192,  266;  Seventh  Annual  Repod  of  the  Bureau  of 
Statistics,  1884,  pp.  237-256;  Glassberg  E:  Work,  wages  and 
cost  of  living:  Ethnic  differences  and  the  poverty  line  in  Phila- 
delphia, 1880.  Pennsylvania  Histonj,  XLVI,  1979;  Laurie  B, 
Hershberg  T,  Alter  G:  Immigrants  and  industry:  The  Philadel- 
phia experience.  J Social  His  IX:2 18-248,  1975. 

8.  Philadelphia  Times:  January  8,  1881;  January  9,  1881; 
January  13,  1881;  January  16,  1881;  February  1,  1881;  Febru- 
ary 6,  1881;  February  25,  1881. 

9.  First  Annual  Repod  of  the  Bureau  of  Statistics,  1878, 
p.  113;  Bishop  J:  Suggestions  for  workingmen.  Foudh  An- 
nual Repod  of  the  Bureau  of  Statistics.  1881.  p.  111. 

10.  Hunt  EM:  Food.  Third  Annual  Repod  of  the  Bureau  of 
Statistics,  1880,  pp.  319-336. 

1 1.  First  Annual  Report  of  the  State  Chcidties  Aid  Associa- 
tion of  New  Jersey  to  the  Legislature  of  the  State  of  New 
Jersey.  Morristown,  NJ,  January'  1887. 

12.  Boyer  CS:  Public  utilities  in  Camden,  NJ.  Ar\nals  of 
Camden  No.  2 (Privately  printed,  1921),  p.  8;  and  The  Span 
of  a Century:  A Chronological  History  of  the  City  of  Camden. 
Camden,  NJ,  Centennial  Anniversary  Committee  of  Camden, 
NJ.  1927,  pp.  53,  55. 

13.  Wroth  JH:  Camden  sewers.  Trans  Med  Soc  NJ,  1881, 
p.  234-238. 

14.  Report  of  the  1874  Health  Commission,  pp.  33-34;  Pub- 


/OL.  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


745 


lie  Opinion,  Vol  VI,  January  5,  1889,  p.  259. 

15.  Snowden  JW:  Report  of  the  District  Committee.  Trans 
Med  Soc  NJ.  1881,  pp.  206-207. 

16.  Hunt  EM:  The  homes  of  the  people.  Report  of  BHNJ. 
pp.  139-154,  1890. 

1 7.  Godfrey  ELB:  The  medical  profession  of  Camden  Coun- 
ty. Report  of  the  celebration  of  the  50th  anniversary  of  the 
organization  of  the  Camden  District  Medical  Society,  Febru- 
ary 1 1,  1896.  Trairs  Med  Soc  NJ,  1896:  Godfrey  ELB:  History 
oj  the  Medical  Profession  oj  Camden  County,  NJ.  Philadel- 
phia PA,  The  FA  Davis  Co.,  1890. 

18.  Boyer  CS:  The  Civil  and  Political  History  oj  Camden 
County  and  Camden  City.  Privately  printed,  1922;  Dinning 
WM:  Improvement  of  the  local  sanitary  service,  Board  of 
Health  of  the  State  of  New  Jersey.  Second  Annual  Conference 
oj  State  and  Local  Boards  oj  Health.  Trenton,  NJ,  Mac- 


Crellish  & Quigley,  State  Printers,  1907. 

19.  Camden  County  Board  of  Chosen  Freeholders:  Minutes I 
January  10,  1881,  January  31,  1881;  May  14.  1879;  June  13, 
1879;  June  14,  1879:  October  28,  1880‘ 

20.  Camden  County  Courier:  January  22,  1881;  February 
5,  1881;  March  19,  1881. 

21.  Journal  oj  the  37th  Senate  of  the  State  of  New  Jersey. 
Being  the  105th  Session  of  the  Legislature.  1881;  pp. 
998- i 000. 

22.  Special  Meeting  of  the  Board  of  Chosen  Freeholders: 
Minutes  July  11,  1879. 

23.  Branin  HE:  History  of  "typhus  Fever  at  Almshouse, 
January  8.  1881,  pp.  218,  225-226,  228-229. 

24.  Snowden  JW:  Report  of  District  Societies.  1881,  pp. 
206-207. 

25.  State  Health  Boards.  The  Independent  July  14,  1881. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


746 


On  Display:  The  Science  and 
Art  of  Healing 


A museum  is  the  caretaker  of  culture,  the  purveyor  of  history. 

A museum  captures  a moment  in  time,  halting  its  progress, 
permitting  one  to  savor  the  moment,  question  its  signifi- 
cance, and  explore  its  ramifications.  A museum  exhibition  provides  contrast 
and  comparison.  The  viewer  disembarks  from  the  20th  century  and  enters 
an  environment  laden  with  the  trappings  of  another  people  or  a different 


Figure  1 — Arrow  extractor  with  two  cutting 
blades  made  incisions  around  the  wound  to 
facilitate  removal  of  the  arrowhead. 


1 

/OL.  81  — NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


era  History  no  longer  is  relegated  to 
the  two-dimensional  pages  of  the  re- 
cord book.  History  is  experienced. 

This  is  true  for  the  three  statewide 
exhibits  highlighting  “300  Years  of 
Medicine  in  New  Jersey.”  These  exhi- 
bitions are  located  at  the  Cornelius 
Low  House/Middlesex  County  Mu- 
seum, Middlesex  General-University 
Hospital,  and  the  University  of  Medi- 
cine and  Dentistry-Rutgers  Medical 
School  At  these  sites,  visitors  can  ex- 
perience another  time— a testament  to 
the  heritage  of  the  people  who  settled 
New  Jersey.  Exhibits  include  a 1906 
hospital  ward,  a 19th  century  phy- 
sician’s office,  a 20th  century  dental 
office  and  laboratory,  military  medi- 
cine showcase,  domestic  and  folk 
medicine  display,  public  health  expo- 
sition, showcase  of  alternative  forms  of 
medical  care,  Medical  Society  of  New 
Jersey  display,  and  wallhangings  and 
posters  of  19th  century  medical  rem- 
edies. 

The  following  selection  of  photo- 
graphs by  Eric  Dummett  captures  the 
essence  of  the  celebration.  Information 
on  exhibit  hours  and  tours  is  available 
from  the  Middlesex  County  Cultural 
and  Heritage  Commission,  1-201- 
745-4489. 


747 


Kgr,  2 1 An  exhibit  case  displaying  19th  centuiy  diagnostic  instruments.  Exhibit:  UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School,  Piscatawa. 


748 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


VOL  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


749 


7?2J 


tes** 

II 

JBbmnwS 

■ mfLM 

Hr 

W | 

B Vb 

1 if 

^rT 

is  ^ 

is: 

IgJ 

1 1 

C"r'-  1 i M 

h 

\\  M 

SBc 

1 

„ . V m 

^ayiy  j 

Jf  F ^ 

| j 

3 Sel^ol P^cataway1SPlaying  ' 9tH  ren(uiy  theraPeutics  including  drugs  and  a cupping  device.  Exhibit:  UMDNJ-Rutgers 


! 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY  j 


750 


Figure  4— Instruments  belonging  to  Dr.  Henry  Neer,  a typical  19th  century  general  practitioner.  Instruments  include  those  used 
for  surgery,  obstetrical,  and  diagnostic  procedures.  Exhibit:  UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School,  Piscataway 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


751 


A + w w ww w wwW  wWWWWWW  w* 

loiSiSi 
8821' 


/ w w Sa^  W 'av'  '«■*'  '»■'  ^a»  w ^ar  w ■a»»  v w w w w ■»»*  war  w -w  w ^ar  w aar  "w  w -w  w ^ ■w  w -—  ,.Qn 

*.!i^]C^; 


(t  «cc  (o  wfii'w  ftWs.;  f|t*«sntfs  tmtg  «»<,  or  ttt  ««8  wts<  : 

'JflDIB  tPJJSSlilDLEiYj' 


«/  #/i« 


Medical  Society 


mm 

(•■  > Sj 

|d  1 
e3|i 

ill 

r,is 

< W 


O/  the  Stale  of 

SFSW=*0  HaSIE^ 

SENDS  GREETING: 

ot  five  bounty 

of  \\atii  exliiMied  unto  me  satisfactory  testimony  that  lie  batti 

studied  Tiiysie  and  Surgery  *,  and  \iai\i  also,  \\\wn  examination^  the  Censors  of 
“Tiie  Bistrict  .Mdeical  Society  for  ibe  County  of  in  the 


Mio 


\\  State  at  New -Jersey  f''’  gnen  sufficient  \»roof  at  Vis  proficiency  in tiie lie aling  art. 


'2  !^J  and  of  Vis  moral  diameter*.  as  certified  under  tlieir  bauds  and  seals,  to  me  41- 

:--;  » to 


Yectcd  as  President  of  “Tbe  Medical  Society  of  tbe  State  of  Xew -Jersey. 


ii 


rpvUO’U'  V<k  tinTckUkk  by  Virtue  of  tbe  powers  nested  in  me  "by  law , 1 do 

. «-  mmr*  tbe 

privilege  of  practising  Tbysic  and  Surgery  in  tiiis  State,  together  Nvitb  all  tiie 


ex* ant  unto  tbe  said 


S 5 


rights  and  imnumities  rAiich  usually  appertain  to  Thy s icians  and  Surgeons. 

pin  xtut'tcos  w&ewtfj,  I \iave  granted  tills  IViplonia,  sealed  ns  it  Vi  tiie  seal 

of  “Tiie  Medical  Society  of  tl\e  State  of  Xcnv- 
Aersey  k’  and  testified  under  my  band  and  seal, 
^ " at  tl\is  yttr 

in,’  of  /jia 

^ in  tiie  year  of  our  X*ord  18 


) ie ; 


n 


President. 


y*x  | D.  Fiti"rRandolp8  Printer,  ew-BrtflnttvicI* 

(jyf  ' 1 VV\  ■VX'%’WAV^-V-V^XX'V'^V-V^WA/V^ 


Figure  5 — Diploma,  issued  by  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey,  signed  by  President  Lewis  Condiet,  was  presented  to  Willian 
Pierson  on  May  9,  1820. 


752 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


/OL.  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


753 


Figures  7 and  8 — Display  case  containing  surgical  instruments.  Of  special  interest  on  the  top  shelf  (center)  are  early  anesthes 
containers  (1885);  top  shelf  (right)  is  a Lister  carbolic  acid  sprayer.  On  bottom  shelf  (right)  is  a surgeon’s  kit  from  Civil  W; 
days.  Exhibit:  UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School,  Piscataway 


! 


; 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY! 


754 


i'igure  9 — Left  to  right:  A spring  lancet  and  case,  a 16-blade  scarificator,  a pair  of  pocket  lancets  and  case,  all  used  tor  blood 
etting;  an  irrigation  syringe  and  case.  Exhibit:  UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School,  Piscataway 


*/OL.  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


755 


Figure  10— Brass  microscope  (ca  1880)  Bausch  and  Lomb  with  case  of  interchangeable  lenses.  Exhibit:  UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medici 
School,  Piscataway 


Figure  11 — Trephining  set,  one  of  the  oldest  surgical  tools,  used  to  bore  holes  in  the  skull.  Exhibit:  UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medica 

School,  Piscataway 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY i 

I 


756 


•Igure  12 — (left  bottom)  Mrs.  Dinmore’s  tin  of  cough  drops,  circa  1880;  (left  top)  a drug  scale;  (right  top)  pill  roller.  Exhibit: 
JMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School,  Piscataway 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


757 


Oral 

Suspension 
250  mg/5  ml 


500-mg  Pulvules 


iff 


I Oral 

Suspension 
125  mg/5  ml 


250-mg  Pulvules 


Keflex 

cephalexin 


Additional  information 
available  to  the  profession 
on  request. 


j jp  DISTA 


420113 


Dista  Products  Company 
Division  of  Eli  Lilly  and  Company 
Indianapolis,  Indiana  46285 
IVSfd.  by  Eli  Lilly  Industries,  Inc. 
Carolina,  Puerto  Rico  00630 


758 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS ! 


Samuel  Alexander,  m.d.,  and  the 
Uniform  Medical  Practice  Act 


Stewart  F.  Alexander,  m.d.,  park  ridge* 


Samuel  Alexander,  M.D. , was  a unique  and  talented  leader  of  the 
Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey.  Best  known  as  the  father  of  the 
Uniform  Medical  Practice  Act,  his  life  was  replete  with  acts  and 
accomplishments  that  added  a new  luster  to  the  practice  of 
medicine  in  New  Jersey. 


During  periods  of  great  stress  and 
great  need,  great  men  have  risen 
from  the  ranks  of  the  Medical 
Society  of  New  Jersey  to  advise,  protect,  and  lead. 

The  153rd  President  of  the  Medical  Society  of  New 
Jersey,  Samuel  Alexander,  M.D.,  was  just  such  a unique 
and  talented  leader  (Figure  1).  Best  known  as  the 
father  of  the  Uniform  Medical  Practice  Act,  his  life  was 
replete  with  acts  and  accomplishments  that  made  the 
image  of  the  Medical  Society  assume  new  luster.  Trac- 
ing the  path  of  this  physician  sheds  light  and  under- 
standing on  many  of  the  problems  and  changes  that 
took  place  in  the  second  century  of  the  Society. 

FAMILY  HISTORY 

Dr.  Alexander’s  father  emigrated  to  the  United  States 
before  he  was  in  his  teens.  Leaving  his  family  near 
Bratislava,  then  Austria-Hungary,  now  Czechoslovakia, 
he  worked  and  saved  to  bring  his  brothers,  sisters,  and 
parents,  one  by  one,  to  this  country.  He  married  an 
attractive  emigrant  from  Bukovena,  north  of  the 
Carpathian  Alps,  raised  a family  of  eight  children,  and 
rejoiced  in  the  freedom  of  his  new  land.  Samuel,  born 
February  22,  1888,  was  the  oldest  son  in  this  very  poor 
family — poor  in  the  material  things,  but  rich  in  charac- 
ter, integrity,  and  drive. 

Samuel  began  working  at  the  age  of  five,  selling 
newspapers;  each  penny  he  earned  went  to  the  lamily 
for  food  and  clothing.  Throughout  his  life,  he  worked 


for  everything  and  exulted  in  his  ability  to  work.  There 
were  no  scholarships  or  student  loans,  only  large 
measures  of  self-reliance.  Through  his  growing  and 
developmental  years,  Samuel  studied  avidly,  stretching 
for  knowledge,  yet  working  a portion  of  every  day.  He 
became  known  for  his  ability  to  read  letters  received 
by  those  who  could  not  read,  and  to  write  letters  for 
those  who  could  not  write.  Samuel  kept  account  books 
for  merchants,  arranged  accounting  systems  for  some, 
and  job  relief  for  others.  Paralleling  his  work  and  stud- 
ies, he  developed  a great  interest  in  athletics  and  physi- 
cal fitness.  He  ran  for  exercise  almost  a century  before 
it  became  fashionable.  Devoted  to  baseball,  Samuel 
played  hardball  without  gloves  and  excelled  at  it. 
Broken  fingers,  of  which  he  sustained  at  least  four,  did 
not  diminish  or  quench  his  love  for  this  sport.  In  later 
years,  he  would  steal  off  to  a baseball  game  whenever 
possible;  he  knew  all  the  players,  their  batting  aver- 
ages, their  weak  points,  and  their  strong  points. 

The  desire  and  drive  to  study  medicine  had  deep 
roots.  Although  it  seemed  impossible  at  times,  by  dint 
of  self-study,  night  schools,  and  college  credits,  Samuel 
was  admitted  and  graduated  from  the  Drug  Island  1 los- 
pital  College  of  Medicine  in  1910  at  the  age  ol  22. 

Samuel  was  accepted  for  internship  at  Hackensack 
Hospital  and  came  under  the  magical  powers  of  the 
talented  and  beloved  Dr.  David  St.  John,  the  founder 


*Dr.  Stewart  F.  Alexander  is  the  son  of  Dr.  Samuel  Alexander. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


759 


of  Hackensack  Hospital.  The  young  doctor  rapidly 
matured  under  the  guidance  of  the  older  physician.  It 
was  planned  that  Samuel  would  be  Dr.  St.  John’s  as- 
sociate when  he  completed  his  internship  and  would 
continue  his  training  and  career  in  surgeiy. 

Life,  however,  was  to  take  quite  a different  and  unex- 
pected turn.  Dr.  Heniy  C.  Neer,  who  had  practiced  in 
Park  Ridge  for  50  years,  became  terminally  ill  with 
cancer.  Dr.  Neer  was  a dear  friend  of  Dr.  St.  John,  and 
had  maintained  a large  practice  and  a very  current 
knowledge  of  the  newer  developments  occurring  in 
medicine.  Dr.  Neer  had  developed  a veiy  significant 
medical  library,  was  an  innovative  practitioner,  and 
was  respected  far  and  wide  by  his  peers.  He  was  a pillar 
of  the  community.  Dr.  St.  John  asked  the  young  doctor 
to  go  to  this  area  and  serve  the  people  as  Dr.  Neer  had 
done.  And  so.  Dr.  Alexander  went  to  Park  Ridge,  lived 
with  the  Neer  family,  and  assumed  the  practice.  His 
horse  and  buggy  and  winter  sleigh  soon  gave  way  to 
an  early  automobile  (Figure  2).  The  automobile,  how- 
ever, often  had  to  be  supplemented  by  oxen  to  pull  it 
out  of  the  mud  each  spring.  Dr.  Alexander  built  his 
house  and  brought  his  bride  to  it,  serenaded,  as  was 
the  custom,  by  all  the  townsfolk. 

Entering  into  practice.  Dr.  Alexander  associated 
himself  with  the  local  medical  society.  The  county 
medical  society  was  the  only  mechanism  for  pro- 
fessional exchange  and  discussion,  and  Dr.  Alexander 
saw  it  as  an  opportunity  to  initiate  continuing  medical 
education.  (The  county  medical  society  later  would 
sponsor  speakers  and  courses  at  which  the  attendance 
was  astonishingly  high.) 

Dr.  Alexander  had  a very  large  obstetric  practice. 
Home  deliveries  were  the  accepted  type  of  care;  realiz- 
ing their  limitations,  and  lack  of  reserve  support,  he 
established  the  first  maternity  home  in  the  area— it 
was  eminently  successful.  Maternal,  prenatal,  and 
postnatal  care  were  placed  on  high  priority;  the  results 
were  very  gratifying. 

As  his  professional  skills  were  honed  by  experience 
and  self-education.  Dr.  Alexander  reached  out  into  re- 
lated fields  of  maternal  welfare,  public  health,  public 
welfare,  and  public  finance.  As  president  of  the  local 
Board  of  Health  he  was  able  to  monitor  and  lead  in 
establishing  each  innovative  program  in  the  exploding 
world  of  new  medical  knowledge. 

PUBLIC  LIFE 

It  was  inevitable  that  Dr.  Alexander’s  interest  in  pub- 
lic commitment  would  lead  him  into  public  life.  Elected 
councilman  and  then  mayor.  Dr.  Alexander’s  ac- 
complishments were  legion:  he  paved  local  roads,  put 
in  sidewalks,  established  and  equipped  a municipal 
fire  department,  started  a complete  local  municipal 
water  system,  established  a municipal  owned  and  op- 
erated electric  light  and  power  system,  and  planned  for 
the  income  of  the  municipal  utility  systems  to  pay  the 
costs  of  local  government. 

Dr.  Alexander’s  record  of  achievement  came  to  the 
attention  of  county  and  state  leaders.  He  was  invited 
to  run  for  the  office  of  county  freeholder  (county  super- 
visor) in  Bergen  County;  he  was  elected,  and  never  was 
defeated  in  any  election.  Bergen  County  benefited  in 
many  ways.  His  self-education  in  finance  permitted 


Figure  1 — In  1945,  as  President  of  the  Medical  Society  of  Ne 
Jersey. 


him  to  set  new  patterns  in  county  finance  and  func 
tion.  Bergen  County  became  known  as  the  most  effi 
cient  and  most  economical  unit  in  the  state  while  blaz 
ing  new  chapters  in  public  service.  Dr.  Alexander  or! 
ganized  a method  and  formula  for  financial  support! 
of  the  hospitals  during  the  Depression  years  and  saved 
them  from  disaster.  With  great  compassion,  he  devised 
and  put  into  practice  a program  of  home  care  for  the  j 
aged,  which  emptied  the  institution  previously  known 
as  the  old-age  home.  Sensing  the  diminishing  need  foi 
tuberculosis  hospital  beds,  Dr.  Alexander  transformed] 
the  county  hospital  into  a general  hospital.  With  the  I 
assistance  and  support  of  nationally  known  consult- 
ants, he  surveyed  hospital  needs  well  into  the  future.!] 
and  initiated  the  hospital  planning  programs.  Still  in  I 
the  field  of  his  special  interest  in  public  welfare.  Dr 
Alexander  established  the  county  medical  examiner’:  j 
system  to  replace  the  archaic  coroner’s  office. 

PUBLIC  FINANCIAL  CONCERNS 

Dr.  Alexander’s  political  stature  rose  because  of  his 
public  welfare  achievements  and  a recognition  of  his 1 
unusual  grasp  and  concept  of  public  finance.  Operat- 
ing on  the  repeated  premise  that  a public  office  is  a i 
public  trust,  he  astonished  government  leaders  by 
what  could  be  accomplished.  During  the  deepest  por- 
tion of  the  Depression  when  tax  revenues  were  severely 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


760 


reduced.  Dr.  Alexander  developed  a system  to  pay  pub- 
ic employees  with  interest-bearing  script. 

Achievements  in  public  finance  brought  Dr.  Alex- 
ander to  the  attention  of  state  leaders  and  he  was  a 
frequent  consultant  to  the  state  scene:  When  the 
George  Washington  Bridge  was  nearing  completion, 
-he  state  had  no  funds  to  construct  or  complete  Route 
4,  the  only  New  Jersey  exit  planned  at  the  time.  Dr. 
Alexander  took  the  position  that  it  was  inconceivable 
that  the  bridge  would  be  opened  without  adequate 
?gress.  He  arranged  for  the  county  to  secure  the  funds 
which  were  loaned  to  the  state  so  the  first  sections  of 
Route  4 could  be  completed. 

Foreseeing  the  growing  importance  of  the  federal 
government  in  welfare  and  health  matters.  Dr.  Alex- 
ander spoke  out  clearly  in  these  fields  and  was  called 
to  testify  at  congressional  and  senate  hearings.  His 
activities  materially  influenced  legislation  in  these 
vital  areas.  He  ardently  believed  that  physicians,  with 
other  talented  health  professionals,  should  participate 
in  government  at  all  levels,  citing  that  they  had  the 
opportunity  to  make  great  contributions  to  the  welfare 
and  well-being  of  the  public.  Dr.  Alexander  believed 
that  many  were  fully  qualified  to  effect  leadership  and 
that  they  should  learn  the  art  of  transmitting  theory 
into  practical  legislation  and  procedure. 

A MEDICAL  LEADER 

Medical  leadership  was  the  achievement  of  which  he 
was  most  proud,  as  it  was  awarded  by  his  peers.  From 
his  early  days  Dr.  Alexander  recognized  the  needs  of 
medicine  in  the  exploding  technological  and  social  rev- 
olutions; he  also  recognized  the  increasing  health  and 
welfare  needs  of  the  people.  Locally,  Dr.  Alexander  was 
on  the  Board  of  Health,  and,  as  its  president  for  almost 
20  years,  guided  its  formative  years  in  the  adoption  of 
progressive  public  health  measures.  Dr.  Alexander  or- 
ganized a county  health  unit,  and  served  as  its  presi- 
dent. While  serving  the  public  health  sector,  he  was  a 
staunch  supporter  of  organized  medicine  and  its 
responsibilities  in  these  fields.  Dr.  Alexander  preached 
to  organized  medicine  that  change  was  the  nature  of 
life  and  human  relationships  and  that  change  was 
inevitable— advising  never  to  be  afraid  of  change  and 
to  desist  from  always  being  opposed  to  change.  He 
believed  medicine  should  be  in  the  forefront  with  lead- 
ership guiding  change  into  its  most  beneficial  and 
most  productive  pathways.  To  legislators.  Dr.  Alex- 
ander always  cautioned  and  opposed  promises  made 
that  could  not  be  fulfilled.  Active  in  the  county  socitey, 
he  led  to  its  incorporation  and  served  as  its  president. 
For  years  he  was  a delegate  to  the  Medical  Society  of 
New  Jersey.  He  was  dismayed  at  times  at  the  reluctance 
of  the  Society  to  step  forwad  and  confront  problems 
that  were  developing  directly  affecting  the  profession 
and  the  public.  In  a fateful  convention  in  Atlantic  City, 
he  rose  to  state  that  the  old  “laissez-faire”  attitude  was 
failing,  new  fresh  young  blood  must  be  recruited,  and 
vigorous  progressive  fearless  leadership  was  necessary; 
he  offered  a candidate  to  do  this  in  opposition  to  the 
recommendations  of  the  hitherto  sacrosanct  nomi- 
nating committee.  It  was  an  unheard  of  action,  but  it 
was  successful.  The  vibrant,  talented,  and  productive 
young  Spencer  T.  Snedecor  was  elected  president  and 


Figure  2 — Dr.  Alexander,  in  1911,  the  first  year  of  practice. 


inaugurated  a new  vision  to  the  Medical  Society  of  New 
Jersey. 

UNIFORM  MEDICAL  PRACTICE  ACT 

Over  the  years.  Dr.  Alexander  had  been  concerned 
with  the  vagaries  of  medical  licensure  and  the  public 
conception  of  and  the  public  confusion  with  health 
care.  The  license  to  practice  is  not  a right,  but  a privi- 
lege granted  to  qualified  individuals  by  the  various 
state  legislatures  to  protect  the  public.  Both  Dr.  Alex- 
ander and  the  legislature  were  perplexed  and  aston- 
ished by  the  nature  of  limited  license,  special  privilege 
legislation,  and  the  absence  of  sound  definitions  of 
medical  practice.  He  researched  and  studied  the  field, 
discussed  and  debated  objectives,  and  developed  the 
concept  that  eventually  was  expressed  as  the  Uniform 
Medical  Practice  Act.  This  had  several  fundamentals: 
public  interest  is  paramount  and  must  be  protected; 
everyone  offering  services  to  the  public  in  the  healing 
arts  must  have  the  same  or  equivalent  training;  if  an 
individual  has  the  same  or  equivalent  training  he  or 
she  then  may  offer  services  in  whatever  field  he  or  she 
is  qualified;  and  a suitable  mechanism  be  established 
in  the  Board  of  Medical  Examiners  to  monitor  and 
effect  the  rules  and  regulations. 

It  took  years  to  develop  and  prove  the  concept,  and 
years  to  convince  the  multitude  of  professional  health 
providers  that  this  was  a wise  and  prudent  proposal. 
The  legislation  had  to  be  drafted  line  by  line  and  was 
debated  at  each  step;  it  then  had  to  be  introduced  to 
the  legislators  and  to  the  legislature,  referred  to  com- 
mittees, debated,  and  redebated  until  it  finally  was 
passed  by  both  chambers  and  signed  into  law  by  the 
governor  in  1939. 

The  Uniform  Medical  Practice  Act  produced  peace 
and  calm  in  the  field  for  more  than  20  years,  and  was 
copied  and  adopted  by  many  sister  states.  Unfortunate- 
ly, in  recent  years  special  interest  pressures,  loss  of 
alertness  by  responsible  groups,  and  deterioration  of 
the  professional  image  have  eroded  and  damaged  some 
of  the  practical  and  protective  sections  of  the  law. 

Dr.  Alexander  served  on  most  of  the  committees  of 
the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey,  familiarizing 
himself  with  its  functions,  responsibilities,  and  prorn- 


/OL.  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


761 


ise.  He  served  several  terms  as  trustee  and  was  elected 
president  in  1945  to  serve  as  its  153rd  chief  executive. 
Dr.  Alexander  was  concerned  particularly  with  the  re- 
turning physician  veteran  who  had  to  make  the  some- 
times difficult  readjustment  to  civilian  practice.  Many 
of  the  young  physician  veterans  had  known  only  war- 
time medical  service  and  never  had  been  prepared  for 
private  civilian  life.  Many  of  the  older  returning  phys- 
ician veterans  had  even  more  profound  professional 
problems.  Assistance,  guidance,  and  encouragement 
were  needed.  Special  committees  were  established  and 
special  provisions  were  made  to  meet  and  to  anticipate 
needs  that  would  develop.  Opportunities  for  refresher 
courses,  opportunities  for  reorientation,  and  affording 
of  advanced  training  in  the  specialties,  financial  guid- 
ance, and  assistance  in  relocation  were  encompassed 
in  his  programs.  The  establishment  of  broad-based 
civilian  practice,  the  expansion  of  further  training  and 
specialty  qualification,  and  the  initiation  of  a tremen- 
dous hospital  construction  program  laid  the  basis  for 
the  delivery  of  the  high  quality  and  high  caliber  medi- 
cal practice  that  characterized  the  next  decades.  The 
principle  of  assistance  and  support  given  young  phys- 
icians was  a hallmark  of  his  life. 

Dr.  Alexander  had  a tremendous  feeling  and  em- 
pathy for  the  men  and  women  who  gave  so  much  to 
serve  their  country  in  time  of  war.  As  a young  phy- 
sician he  had  taken  care  of  many  Civil  War  veterans 
and  listened  as  they  relived  their  experiences;  they  gave 
him  books  and  records  of  their  units  and  he  became 
so  well  versed  in  the  history  of  the  Civil  War  that  visits 
to  the  battlefields,  later  in  life,  were  profound  and 
meaningful.  He  volunteered  for  service  in  the  medical 
department  when  General  Pershing  led  American 
forces  into  Mexico  in  1916.  In  World  War  I,  he  immedi- 
ately volunteered  but  was  rejected  because  of  a 


nonsymptomatic  deviated  septum.  Not  to  be  daunted.: 
he  had  the  septum  operated  upon  and  again  presented 
himself  as  a volunteer,  only  to  be  rejected  for  similar 
minor  but  nonremedial  defects.  In  World  War  II,  he 
served  on  the  Medical  Manpower  Board,  and  it  often 
was  his  unhappy  responsibility  to  decide  who  would 
go  and  who  would  remain.  Dr.  Alexander  felt  strongk 
that  one  could  not  accept  the  great  freedoms  and  ben- 
efits of  our  magnificent  country  without  being  willing 
to  share  in  its  responsibilities  and  sacrifices,  however 
great,  in  its  time  of  need.  After  his  death,  in  his  papers 
were  found  repeated  letters  to  the  Army,  pleading  for 
the  opportunity  to  serve  in  any  capacity,  in  any  grade 
in  any  part  of  the  world.  The  answers  always  were 
glowing  in  praise,  but  dictated  that  his  present  duties 
and  services  precluded  such  action. 

CONCLUSION 

A devoted  father  and  family  man,  Dr.  Alexander  de- 
lighted in  his  son,  daughter,  and  grandchildren.  01 
great  pride  to  him  was  his  daughter-in-law,  Lt.  Colonel 
Bernice  Wilbur  Alexander,  whose  interests,  talents,  and 
achievements  so  closely  matched  his  vision  of  the  ideal. 
Her  brilliant  war  record,  her  professional  achieve- 
ments, and  her  social,  political,  and  charitable  leader- 
ship rewarded  him  for  his  love.  During  his  terminal 
illness,  she  was  a national  figure  in  the  campaign  of 
Dwight  D.  Eisenhower  for  president.  He  died  on  Sep- 
tember 3,  1952,  before  the  election,  but  confident  that 
Dwight  D.  Eisenhower  would  be  president. 

Many  of  his  homilies  will  remain  with  us  andji 
embellish  our  lives.  Integrity,  courage,  fairness,  and 
compassion  were  basic  to  all  his  concepts.  He  said  it 
is  not  wise  for  a man  to  accumulate  great  material 
wealth;  better  is  it  to  accumulate  wisdom,  under 
standing,  and  compassion. 


762 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


SUPPOSITORY 

THERAPY 

DESIGNED  FOR 
YOUR  SPECIALTY 


VAGINAL 

RECTAL 

URETHRAL 

Progesterone 

Hydrocortisone 

Nitrofurantoin 

Boric  Acid 

Lidocaine 

(Plain  & with  HC) 

Ampicillin/ 

Analgesic 

Hydrocortisone 

Nystatin 

Emollient 

Tetracycline 

Progesterone 

Lidocaine 

(including 
rectal  soln's) 

SMZ-TMP 

All  preparations  are  available  in  your  choice  of  potency  and  are  pre- 
pared in  heat  stable  bases  suitable  for  shipping  via  United  Parcel 
Service  (UPS)  with  next  day  delivery  within  a 300  mile  radius. 

Contact  us  for  any  special  requirements  that  exist  in  your  practice 


TAX  SHELTER 


Real  Estate  Limited  Partnership 

• Manhattan  Apartment  Building 

• $10,000  minimum  investment 

• Sponsor/General  Partner  is  an  experienced  property  man- 
ager and  Real  Estate  Broker  in  New  York  City 

• Investors  will  own  over  85%  of  the  property 


Kafarski  Partnership  Limited  Partnership 
Robert  J.  Kafarski,  General  Partner 
510  West  172nd  Street,  New  York,  N.Y.  10032 

(212)  795-5271 

This  advertisement  is  not  an  offering.  No  offering  is  made  except  by  a prospectus 
filed  with  the  Bureau  of  Securities,  Department  of  Law  and  Public  Safety  of  the 
State  of  New  Jersey.  The  Bureau  of  Securities  has  not  passed  on  or  endorsed  the 
merits  of  this  offering. 


WE  ARE  SPECIALISTS 

in 

PCJBLJC  RELATIONS 

and 

MARKETING 


BELVIDERE 


PHARMACY 
& SURGICAL 


1101  South  Avenue 
Plainfield,  New  Jersey  07062 


(201)  756-6695 


FOR  THE  MEDICAL  PROFESSION 

for  a confidential  interview  call 

(201)  531-7080 

phyllis  kessel  associates 

/V  780  West  Park  Avenue,  Oakhurst,  NJ  07755 


Doctors:  Write  your  own  prescription 

to  cure  insurance  pains  . . . 


R,  Prescription 

Name  MSNJ  Member 

MSNJ  Group 

Blue  Cross/Blue  Shield 
Major  Medical  and 
Dental  Insurance 

that  provides: 

- Flexible  plans 

- Comprehensive  benefits 

- Low,  competitive  rates 

- Centralized  Administration 

Designed  and  Administered  by 

(DONALD  F SMITH^ASSOCIATES) 


* 

Name 


Prescription 


Address 

Phone  

Please  send  more  information 
on  the  MSNJ 

□ Blue  Cross/Blue  Shield  Program 

□ Major  Medical  Program 

□ Group  Dental  Program 

Return  to: 

Donald  F.  Smith  & Associates 
One  Airport  Place,  Route  206  North 
P.O.  Box  2197, 

Princeton,  New  Jersey  08540 

(609)  924-8700,  (201)  622-6046 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


763 


Note:  If  you  ’re  new  to  medical  practice  in  N.J. . . 

You  don’t  have  to  buy  commercial 
malpractice  insurance 


JAMESS.  TODD,  M.D Chairman/Board  of  Directors,  Medical  Inter-Insurance  Exchange  of  Newjersey 


AS  you  made  your  decision  to  establish  yourself 
in  New  Jersey,  you  no  doubt  heard  horror 
stories  about  our  professional  liability  insurance 
problems.  The  legal  risks  we  assume  in  this 
business  have  grown  so  far  out  of  proportion 
that  many  commercial  underwriters  have  been 
simply  unable  to  cope,  resulting  in  abrupt  and 
often  untimely  suspension  of  coverage. 

As  a new  practitioner  in  this  State,  either 
relocating  or  just  beginning  your  professional 
career,  you  have  an  alternative  to  commercial 
insurance.  The  Medical  Inter-Insurance 
Exchange  provides  an  opportunity  to  build 
your  new  practice  on  the  most  secure  footing 
possible  with  long-term  peace  of  mind. 

Founded  in  1977  at  the  peak  of  the 
“premium  crisis,”  the  Exchange  is  a wholly 
doctor-owned  cooperative  organization 
through  which  we  insure  ourselves  for  our 


own  sake.  Membership  has  grown  to  two-thircjl 
of  all  practicing  physicians  and  surgeons  in  th' 
state.  Because  we’re  in  it  for  security  — not 
for  profit  — we  can  provide  for  ourselves  the 
absolute  best  available  insurance  product  for 
the  money.  Every  dollar  we  take  in  goes  towar 
protection  (no  sales  commissions)  and  every 
dollar  left  over  is  returned  to  us  — in  cash. 

You  owe  it  to  yourself  to  know  your 
options  and  the  practicalities  of  each.  We’re 
here  to  help  you  sort  them  all  out.  Call  and 
talk  directly  to  our  Vice  President  and  Directo 
of  Policyholder  Services,  Bill  Reilly,  TOLL 
FREE  (in  NJ.)  800-257-6288  or 
(609)  896-2404  from  other  areas.  We  look 
forward  to  hearing  from  you. 


A professional  service  message  from  the 

Medical  Inter-Insurance  Exchange  of  N.J. 
Two  Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville  NJ  08648 
(609)  896-2404 


764 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Frederick  B.  Kilmer:  A Notable 
New  Jersey  Pharmacist 


Roy  A.  Bowers,  ph.d.,  new  Brunswick* 


Frederick  B.  Kilmer  was  one  of  New  Jersey  ’s  outstanding 
pharmacists . A dedicated  professional,  Kilmer  worked  to 
advance  pharmacy  and  the  role  of  the  pharmacist  in  the  health 
carefield . 


The  literature  abounds  with  the 
life  and  works  of  Frederick  B. 
Kilmer.  American  Druggist  calls 
lim  “one  of  the  most  fascinating  individuals  American 
)harmaey  has  given  to  the  world.”1  David  L.  Cowen  in 
lis  history  of  the  New  Jersey  Pharmaceutical  Assoeia- 
ion  selected  F.B.  Kilmer  as  one  of  two  outstanding 
)harmacists  in  New  Jersey  history.2 

EARLY  LIFE  AND  EDUCATION 

Frederick  Barnett  Kilmer  was  bom  on  December  1 1, 
1 85 1 , in  the  village  of  Chapinville,  Connecticut,  the  son 
)f  Charles  Kilmer,  a minister  of  the  gospel,  and  Mary 
^angdon  Kilmer.  His  early  education  was  obtained  in 
he  public  schools  of  Binghampton,  New  York,  and  the 
Wyoming  Seminary,  Kingston,  Pennsylvania.3 

Peter  A.  Soderbergh  suggested  Fred's  academic 
Dackground  to  be  a very  bothersome  and  bewildering 
ssue,  which  neither  he  nor  his  wife  helped  to  clarify 
)r  unravel.4  For  example,  after  1900,  Kilmer  permitted 
vriters  and  editors  to  describe  him  as  “Dr.”  Mrs. 
Mlmer  attributed  a “Ds.C.”  (or,  correctly,  “D.Se.")  to  her 
msband  in  her  autobiographic  writings  as  a matter 
if  course.  This  became  conventional  wisdom  in  time, 
ind  regularly  was  assumed  and  perpetuated  by 
vriters,  editors,  and  reporters.  Another  such  problem 
roneerns  the  assertion  that  Kilmer  graduated  from  the 
Mew  York  College  of  Pharmacy  with  a Ph.C.  degree  in 
:he  1880s.  Soderbergh’s  considered  conclusion  is  that 


it  is  likely  that  Kilmer  took  courses  at  the  New  York 
College  of  Pharmacy  on  and  off  from  1876.  The  College 
offered  night  courses  Monday  through  Saturday  start- 
ing in  1878,  and  Kilmer  easily  could  have  commuted 
from  Morristown,  and,  later,  New  Brunswick,  to  East 
23rd  Street  in  New  York,  over  a period  of  years.  Yet, 
Kilmer’s  name  does  not  appear  on  the  lists  of  the  New 
York  College  of  Pharmacy  graduates  for  the  period  of 
1870  to  1928. 

Kilmer  is  said  to  have  taken  “advanced  courses"  at 
Yale,  Columbia  and  Rutgers  in  chemistry.  The  New 
York  College  of  Pharmacy  was  incorporated  into  Col- 
umbia University  in  1904,  and  since  he  lived  in  New 
Brunswick,  the  home  of  Rutgers,  Kilmer  could  have 
availed  himself  of  the  opportunity  of  taking  courses 
there.  He  could  have  travelled  to  New  Haven,  but  the 
official  Yale  directory  of  graduates,  nongraduates,  and 
honorary  degree  recipients  (1901  to  1932)  does  not 
include  his  name  as  an  enrollee.  (In  fairness  to  Kilmer, 
in  his  profile  in  Who's  Who,  he  did  not  mention  Yale, 
but  he  did  allow  his  entry  to  say  that  he  graduated 
from  the  New  York  College  of  Pharmacy.)  Furthermore, 
in  his  1901  work,  The  Storg  of  Papaw,  Kilmer  is  de- 
scribed as  "Ph.C."  and  "B.I.Ch.,"  which  clouds  the  issue 
even  more,  since  he  obviously  approved  the  pamphlet 
for  release  and  thereby  encouraged  people  to  believe 
that  he  was  a degree- holder.  There  is  no  doubt  that 


*Dr.  Bowers  is  Dean  Emeritus,  Rutgers  College  of  Pharmacy. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


765 


Kilmer  was  awarded  the  honoraiy  degree  of  Master  of 
Pharmacy  (Ph.M.)  by  the  Philadelphia  College  of  Phar- 
macy and  Science  in  1920.5 

With  this  data,  we  are  obliged  to  conclude  that 
Kilmer  held  no  degrees  but  the  Ph.M.  Why  he  felt  he 
had  to  allow  the  world  to  assume  otherwise  is  an  in- 
triguing question.  A plausible  explanation  for  this  may 
rest  with  the  state  of  pharmacy  education  in  the  19th 
century.  Prior  to  1900,  “drugstore  experience”— of 
which  Kilmer  had  plenty  by  1880— was  a major  re- 
quirement for  a diploma  in  most  colleges  of  pharmacy. 
Therefore,  Soderbergh  concludes  it  entirely  is  con- 
ceivable that,  in  his  own  way,  Kilmer  did  have  the 
highest  level  of  training  in  his  time— and  that,  later, 
as  pharmacy  education  developed,  he  merely  embraced 
all  of  the  degrees  he  would  have  had  if  he  were  a 20th 
century  professional. 

PROFESSIONAL  WORK 

When  Kilmer  came  to  New  Jersey,  he  settled  in  Mor- 
ristown and  then  opened  a pharmacy  in  New  Bruns- 
wick at  the  busy  intersection  of  George  and  Albany 
Streets  where  he  remained  for  over  ten  years.  He  sold 
his  pharmacy  in  1889  to  become  director  of  the  Scien- 
tific Laboratories  of  Johnson  & Johnson. 

Kilmer’s  relationship  with  Johnson  & Johnson 
lasted  for  45  years;  at  Johnson  & Johnson  he  had 
charge  of  a variety  of  programs.  The  “scientific”  ac- 
tivities appeared  to  be  mainly  developmental:  stand- 
ardization of  tests  and  formulae,  development  of  new 
processes  and  techniques,  and  use  of  quality  control 
procedures.  Some  experimentation  took  place,  how- 
ever, with  regard  to  sterilization  of  bandages,  gauzes, 
and  ligatures.  In  addition  he  was  responsible  for  some 
of  the  advertising  and  public  relations.2 

Kilmer  contributed  immensely  to  the  early  progress 
of  the  Johnson  & Johnson  enterprise.  In  1 90 1 , he  put 
together  the  Standard  First  Aid  Manual  that  Ameri- 
cans loved  so  well,  and  it  ran  through  1 1 revisions  by 
1932.  His  editorship  of  Johnson  & Johnson’s  Red 
Cross  Notes  (1897  to  1928)  and  Red  Cross  Messenger 
( 1908  to  1930),  directed  at  the  medical  and  pharmacy 
professions,  clearly  elevated  public  awareness  several 
levels  above  where  it  had  languished  before  1900. 

Fred  Kilmer,  the  pharmacist,  displayed  a catholicity 
of  interests,  a breadth  of  intellect,  and  a capacity  for 
work.  He  joined  the  New  Jersey  Pharmaceutical  As- 
sociation in  1878  and  served  as  vice-president  in  1884, 
and  1885,  president  in  1886,  and  secretary  in  1887 
and  1888.  During  these  years,  and  long  after  he 
stopped  practicing  pharmacy,  he  was  a regular  con- 
tributor to  the  programs  of  the  New  Jersey  Pharma- 
ceutical Association  and  by  1920  about  30  of  his 
papers  had  been  published  in  the  Proceedings.2 

KILMER  AS  A WRITER 

Kilmer  published  85  articles  between  January  1897 
and  December  1933.  Appearing  in  the  American 
Journal  of  Pharmacy,  Practical  Druggist  American 
Druggist  and  the  Journal  of  the  American  Pharma- 
ceutical Association,  they  covered  pharmacognosy, 
history  of  drugs,  professionalism  in  pharmacy,  educa- 
tion, commercialism,  practical  pharmacy,  and  pharma- 
copoeia! analysis.  A large  number  of  articles  are  brief 


treatises  on  a favorite  concern:  dyspepsia  He  als< 
waxed  wise  on  medicinal  plasters,  surgical  dressings 
old-time  remedies,  pharmacopoeial  revisions.  Sain 
Hildegarde,  and  the  positive  features  of  the  Great  De 
pression.  His  first  published  article  of  any  conse 
quence  was  “Modem  Surgical  Dressing”  in  the  Ameri 
can  Journal  oj  Pharmacy  (January  1897),  a 15-pag< 
paper  he  read  in  December  1896  at  the  Philadelphia 
College  of  Pharmacy  at  age  45. 

The  voluminous  file  on  Kilmer  in  the  American  In 
stitute  of  the  History  of  Pharmacy  revealed  a stead' 
flow  of  correspondence  over  three  decades  with  Ed 
ward  Kremers,  noted  University  of  Wisconsin  phar 
macy  scientist  and  historian,  on  Kilmer’s  scientific 
investigations,  history  of  pharmacy,  drug  plants,  li 
braries,  and  views  on  the  status  of  the  pharmacist  anc 
drugstores.  The  night-shades  were  among  his  favorite] 
drug  plants.  One  of  Kilmer’s  last  letters  written  t( 
Kremers  on  January  19,  1932,  epitomized  his  respec 
for  Kremers:  “When  I am  in  search  of  something, 
generally  fire  an  inquiry  at  you,  and  you  are  always  very 
kind  in  your  returns.” 

Among  Kilmer’s  historical  pastimes  were  arranging 
exhibits,  one  of  which,  near  the  end  of  his  life  in  1933 
was  displayed  in  St.  Peter’s  Hospital,  New  Brunswick 
The  exhibit  included:  x-rays  depicting  a coin  in  th< 
stomach  of  a child;  pictures  showing  operations  o 
earlier  days,  with  crude  instruments;  copies  of  famous 
woodcuts  in  medicine  and  surgery;  and  reproductions 
of  the  famous  paintings  of  “The  Doctor”  and  “The 
Country  Doctor.”6 

As  a perennial  optimist  on  the  glorious  future  of  his 
profession,  Kilmer  continually  reminded  pharmacists ; 
in  his  speeches  and  writings  about  pharmacy’s  pro 
gress  and  opportunities  for  its  advancement.  Among 
one  of  these  contributions  was  “A  Message  of  Cheer’ 
to  the  Chicago  Veteran  Druggists  Association  in  1933 
He  began  by  skipping  back  to  the  “good  old  days”  when 
he  got  his  first  job  in  a drugstore  by  saying:  “The  very 
first  week  he  heard  the  boss  tell  a man  that  the  drug 
business  was  ’going  to  the  dogs.’  Business  was  bad  j 
Profits  were  shrinking.  Incompetent  men  were  coming 
into  the  trade.  Pharmacy  was  on  the  decline.  Every- 
thing was  gloom.  I was  troubled.  I did  not  want  to  sail! 
on  a sinking  ship.  My  first  thought  was  to  quit.  Then! 

I concluded  to  stay  the  week  out  and  get  my  two  dollars. 

I stayed  on,  and  have  been  in  the  ranks  ever  since.”  i 
Harking  back  to  the  stories  of  the  trials  and  tribu- 
lations which  have  surrounded  the  apothecary,  the 
pharmacist,  and  the  druggist  for  40  centuries,  he  said: 
“And  yet  you  find  a drugstore  on  every  comer,  and 
several  in  the  middle  of  the  block”  Then  he  went  on 
to  list  the  profession’s  accomplishments  with  the! 
caveat:  "When  we  come  to  look  things  over,  do  we  findi  i 
it  true  that  in  a generation  or  two  which  we  havej 
spanned,  pharmacy—  true  pharmacy— has  made  more 
progress  than  in  all  of  the  40  centuries  recorded  in  La 
Wall  s book  Four  Thousand  Years  of  Pharmacy.7 

Kilmer  was  a champion  of  both  pharmacy  teachers 
and  editors  as  men  of  outstanding  influence  in  mould-' 
ing  and  guiding  of  pharmacy.  “Hand  in  hand  with 
journalism  stands,”  he  wrote,  “the  College  of  Pharmacy 
in  its  work  of  guiding  youth  to  become  pharmacists. 
Interlocking  with  both  are  the  associations.  Each  is 
complementary  to  the  other.  The  advancement  of  phar- 

THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


766 


nacy  must  come  from  the  united  efforts  of  these  agen- 
cies."8 In  an  era  when  the  few  pharmacy  graduates  in 
The  profession  often  lacked  the  respect  of  drugstore 
owners,  Kilmer  repeatedly  championed  the  role  of  the 
:olleges  for  the  betterment  of  practitioners.  In  one  of 
his  articles,  "What  Is  Wrong  with  the  College  Gradu- 
ate?" he  began  by  quoting  the  head  of  a store  employ- 
ing a goodly  number  of  pharmacists  with  the  oft-heard: 
'I  wouldn't  hire  graduates  in  pharmacy,  if  I could  help 
it."  Then  he  prophesied  eloquently  that  these  future 
pharmacists  of  America  will  hereafter  control  associa- 
tions, help  to  shape  legislation,  make  plans  for  college 
feducation,  and  in  the  generations  to  come  will  control 
pharmacy.”9 

Fred  Kilmer  was  a pioneer  in  championing  the  use 
rf  the  public  media  in  the  enhancement  of  the  role  of 
the  pharmacist  in  health  care  as  one  of  the  proponents 
of  National  Pharmacy  Week.  The  idea  from  which  Na- 
tional Pharmacy  Week  emerged  was  bom  at  the  1924 
.annual  meeting  of  the  American  Pharmaceutical  As- 
jsociation.10  While  Robert  J.  Ruth  of  Philadelphia  is 
known  as  the  “Father  of  Pharmacy  Week,”  Ruth 
ihimself  paid  tribute  to  Kilmer  as  an  early  crusader  for 
the  cause  and  acknowledged  that  Kilmer’s  efforts  were 
jlargely  instrumental  in  contributing  a marked  im- 
ipetus  to  the  Pharmacy  Week  movement  and  its  world- 
Iwide  mission.  Because  of  this  interest,  Kilmer  headed 
lan  Advisory  Committee  in  1925  composed  of  promi- 
inent  men  in  pharmacy  from  every  section  of  the  coun- 
try which  led  to  its  first  observance  in  the  same  year. 

In  the  following  year  Kilmer  sparked  the  observance 
of  Pharmacy  Week  locally  in  New  Jersey  through  an 
■expansive  interview  carried  in  The  Sunday  Times, 
|New  Brunswick,  on  October  10,  1926.  He  extolled  the 
pharmacist  in  New  Jersey,  and  farsightedly  he  spoke 
of  the  opportunities  for  women  in  the  profession:  “A 
modem  development  has  been  dubbed  ‘Pharmacy  in 
Skirts.'  It  is  a fine  calling  for  women  and  for  a great 
many  of  them  a decided  success.  For  one  thing,  they 
have  cleaned  out  the  dark  comers  and  brought 
sunshine,  order,  and  artistry  into  the  old  time  drug- 
store. Women  patrons  are  glad  to  be  served  by  women 
pharmacists  and  men  don’t  object.” 

A further  example  of  Kilmer’s  devotion  to  the  eleva- 
tion of  pharmacy  among  the  public  was  a string  of 
slogans  with  which  he  is  credited.  “Your  Druggist  Is 
More  Than  a Merchant”  simply  illustrated  his  cam- 
paign for  the  elevation  of  pharmacy  to  a professional 
status.  “Try  the  Drugstore  First”  and  “Ask  Your  Drug- 
gist” indicated  that  professionalism  and  proper  atten- 
tion to  the  front  of  the  store  were  not  incompatible.2 

Kilmer  encouraged  pharmacists  to  pursue  the  his- 
tory of  pharmacy  as  a hobby.  In  his  article  “History  as 
a Pastime,"1 1 he  said  that  the  study  of  history  is  right- 
fully within  the  province  of  the  pharmacist.  The 
philosophic  aspects  of  history  should  appeal,  he  con- 
tinued, to  the  scientific  man,  but  there  are  other 
phases  of  history  that  are  more  inviting  as  recreation: 
its  pursuit  will  bring  relief  and  relaxation  from  the 
vexations  which  fill  our  lives. 

FAMILY  LIFE 

When  inquiring  into  the  life  of  Fred  Kilmer,  one  can- 
not ignore  his  family,  which  had  a profound  influence 
on  him.  Closest  to  Fred  was  his  wife,  Annie  Kilbum 


Kilmer,  a gifted  speaker,  an  entertaining  writer,  and  a 
talented  musician.  From  her  pen  came  many  magazine 
articles  and  books  of  rare  charm  and  musical  compo- 
sition for  six  of  her  son  Joyce’s  poems.  Her  home  was 
the  meeting  place  of  celebrities  in  literature,  art,  and 
music.  Possibly  her  most  poignant  feeling  toward  her 
husband  was  expressed  in  the  dedication  of  her  book. 
Whimsical  Whimsies,  written  in  1927  containing  a 
wish  which  Providence  granted: 

Dedication 

To  one  whose  counsel  was  always  asked  after  I had 
accomplished  something,  the  result  of  which  I was 
a little  dubious,  and  whose  sympathy  never  failed 
me.  Who,  while  he  may  not  have  always  under- 
stood, at  least  fully  appreciated  me — who  has 
always  granted  me  every  wish,  and  who,  I trust,  will 
grant  my  last,  that  of  allowing  me  to  go  before  him. 
These  seribblings  are  dedicated. 

My  Husband 

The  first  Kilmer  home  at  17  Codwise  Avenue  (now 
Joyce  Kilmer  Avenue),  New  Brunswick,  in  which  Joyce 
Kilmer  was  bom  (December  6,  1886)  was  acquired  by 
the  state  of  New  Jersey  and  dedicated  as  a memorial 
to  the  life  of  the  war  hero  on  July  4,  1930.  The  most 
celebrated  of  his  family,  Joyce  wrote  in  1913  the  popu- 
lar poem,  “Trees.”  The  poem  was  put  to  music  by  Oscar 
Rasbach  in  1922  and  went  on  to  become  a staple  of 
popular  singer’s  repertoires.  Both  the  poem  and  the 
song  still  are  very  popular.  The  Joyce  Kilmer  Post  No. 
25,  American  Legion,  and  the  Legion  Auxiliary  now 
occupy  the  house.  Currently,  the  second  floor  in  the 
museum  contains  memorabilia  of  Joyce.  Until  the 
death  of  Fred  Kilmer,  the  family  home  was  at  147 
College  Avenue,  New  Brunswick,  amidst  the  Rutgers 
campus,  now  the  site  of  Stonier  Hall,  a graduate  stu- 
dent dormitoiy.  Fred  maintained  a large  drug  garden 
at  his  home  which  frequently  was  open  to  the  public. 
It  has  been  said  that  Fred  enjoyed  sitting  on  his  back 
porch  overlooking  Neilson  Athletic  Field  observing 
Rutgers  Varsity  football  and  other  contests.  The  front 
of  his  home  faced  an  open  field  (now  the  site  of  a 
gymnasium)  where  the  first  intercollegiate  football 
game  occurred  in  1869— Rutgers  versus  Princeton.12 

For  those  who  came  after  the  Kilmer  family,  Joyce 
assured  preservation  of  the  family  name  among  the 
public  and  Fred  in  pharmacy.  Among  the  benefactions 
in  his  will  were  two  endowed  awards  bearing  his 
name.13  One  was  for  an  Annual  Award  to  the  author 
of  the  best  paper  submitted  to  the  New  Jersey  Pharma- 
ceutical Association  by  a graduate  pharmacist.  The 
other  is  a national  award  administered  by  the  Ameri- 
can Pharmaceutical  Association  presented  annually  to 
an  undergraduate  or  graduate  student  in  a school  of 
pharmacy  for  the  best  paper  of  the  student's  own  work 
in  the  field  of  pharmacognosy.  Fred  Kilmer  left  an  en- 
dowment to  the  Philadelphia  College  of  Pharmacy  and 
Science  (he  was  a trustee  for  ten  years)  to  provide  for 
the  maintenance  of  the  Kilmer  Botanical  Garden 
which  was  adjacent  to  the  College  until  October  1968, 
when  it  was  moved  to  an  experimental  greenhouse. 

Kilmer’s  memberships  in  scientific  societies  in- 
cluded chemical,  pharmaceutical,  biological,  sanitary, 
cultural,  and  historical  groups  in  this  country  and  in 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


767 


Britain,  Germany,  and  Argentina  exemplified  his  broad 
interests.  He  was  president  of  the  New  Brunswick 
Board  of  Health  and  of  the  New  Jersey  Microscopical 
Society.2 

CONCLUSION 

As  a person,  Fred  Kilmer  was  firm  in  his  convictions, 
taciturn,  conservative,  preoccupied,  undemonstrative, 
and  obsessed  with  his  work.  He  was  5'8"  of  medium 
build,  blue-eyed,  and  blonde— then  grey-haired.  He  was 
a smoker  of  cigars  and  a pipe,  a teetotaler,  an  avid 
reader  in  his  field,  and  very  careless  about  his  appear- 
ance in  his  twilight  years.  He  married  on  Christmas 
Day,  1871,  at  age  20,  and  outlived  his  wife  and  his  four 
children— two  of  whom  died  in  infancy,  and  one  of 
whom  took  his  own  life,  and  the  youngest,  Joyce,  the 
soldier-poet,  who  was  killed  in  action  in  France  on  July 
30,  1918.  He  bore  more  than  his  share  of  grief.  Kilmer 
died  on  December  28,  1934.  Kilmer’s  reputation  for 
parsimony  is  belied  by  the  contents  of  his  will,  through 
which  he  gave  in  excess  of  $10,000  to  churches,  hospi- 
tals, and  professional  groups. 

Fred  Kilmer  was  eccentric,  sometimes  ahead  and 


sometimes  behind  the  times,  and  often  mis 
understood— but  he  was  his  own  man.  Fred  Kilmer  lie; 
among  members  of  his  family  in  Elmwood  Cemetap 
in  New  Brunswick.  On  his  stone  it  says:  “I  have  fough 
a good  fight,  I have  finished  my  course,  I have  kept  the 
faith.”  And  so  he  did.13 

REFERENCES 

1.  American  Druggist,  May  5,  1958,  p.  90. 

2.  Cowen  DL:  The  New  Jersey  Pharmaceutical  Associa 
tion  1870-1970.  1970. 

3.  Am  J Pharm:  1935,  p.  84. 

4.  Letter  to  R.A  Bowers,  December  27,  1983. 

5.  Bulletin  of  Philadelphia  College  of  Pharmacy  and  Sci 
ence,  June  1920,  p.  4. 

6.  The  Practical  Druggist  November  1933,  p.  38. 

7.  The  Practical  Druggist  May  1933,  p.  9. 

8.  The  Druggist  Circular.  June  1927,  p.  3. 

9.  J Am  Pharm  Assoc  18:4,  1929. 

10.  Ruth  RJ:  The  history  of  national  pharmacy  week  J An 
Pharm  Assoc  20:696-706,  1931. 

11.  The  Practical  Druggist  January  1924,  p.  20. 

12.  McCormick  RP:  Rutgers:  A Bicentennial  History.  New  '■ 
Brunswick  NJ,  Rutgers  University  Press,  1966. 

13.  J Am  Pharm  Assoc  24:3,  1935. 


I 

1 


768 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


William  Augustus  Newell,  m.d.,  and 
The  Life  Saving  Service 


Peter  J.  Guthorn,  m.d.,  brielle* 


Dr.  William  A.  Newell , a Monmouth  County  physician,  made  his 
greatest  contribution  as  father  of  the  Life  Saving  Service.  This 
Service  aided  passengers  and  crews  of  wrecked  vessels  on  the 
coast  between  Sandy  Hook  and  Little  Egg  Harbor  or  the  adjacent 
Long  Island  shore. 


William  Augustus  Newell  (1817  to 
1901),  a Monmouth  County 
physician  and  political  figure, 
made  his  greatest  contribution  as  father  of  the  Life 
i Saving  Service. 

William  Augustus  descended  from  New  Jersey  fami- 
lies, but  was  bom  in  Franklin,  Ohio,  where  his  father 
was  temporarily  employed  as  a civil  engineer.  He  re- 
turned to  Monmouth  County  with  his  parents,  where 
he  attended  a classical  school  at  Perrineville  which  had 
been  opened  by  the  Rev.  William  Woodhull  soon  after 
he  took  charge  of  the  Presbyterian  Church  in  1826. 
The  family  moved  to  New  Brunswick,  where  Newell 
attended  schools,  and  graduated  from  Rutgers  College 
in  1836. 

As  part  of  a family  tradition,  William  Augustus 
elected  to  study  medicine.  He  began  with  Dr.  VanDuser 
of  New  Brunswick,  whose  daughter  Johanna  he 
eventually  married.  He  later  enrolled  in  the  University 
of  Pennsylvania,  graduating  with  a medical  degree  in 
1839.  Two  of  Newell’s  young  brothers,  William  Dun- 
ham and  Azariah  D„  studied  medicine  and  practiced 
in  Monmouth  County. 

William  Augustus  began  practice  with  his  uncle.  Dr. 
Hankinson,  at  Manahawkin.  The  small  community 
was  on  the  main  road  north  and  south  through  the 
sparsely  populated  pine  region,  closely  tied  to  the  coast 
and  Bamegat  Bay,  and  its  activities.  The  local  indus- 
tries were  fishing,  lumbering,  the  production  of 


charcoal,  subsistence  farming,  a diminishing  bog  iron 
production,  and  development  of  early  resort  activities. 
Here  he  became  acquainted  with  the  sea  and  the  loss 
of  life  following  winter  shipwrecks.  William  Augustus 
was  appalled  when  13  bodies  came  ashore  at  one  time 
and  later  reported  that  in  1846,  55  bodies  had  been 
thrown  on  the  beach  at  one  time. 

WRECKS,  WRECKING,  AND  LIFE  SAVING 

A tradition  of  relief,  aid,  and  assistance  to  ship- 
wrecked sailors  had  been  established  in  England,  and 
in  New  England  by  the  Massachusetts  Humane  Society 
in  1786.  The  Humane  Society  established  houses  of 
refuge  along  the  exposed  and  unprotected  portions  of 
the  New  England  coast.  These  provided  shelter  from 
the  weather,  food,  and  necessary  supplies  for  survival 
for  those  fortunate  enough  to  have  reached  land.  The 
Society  began  to  place  lifeboats  on  the  most  perilous 
parts  of  the  coast  about  1807.  The  first  was  at 
Cohasset,  close  to  the  southern  extremity  of  Boston 
Harbor,  an  area  of  great  potential  danger. 

The  importance  of  wrecks  and  “wrecking,"  the 
salvage  of  ships  and  cargoes,  and,  by  extension,  the 
saving  of  lives,  was  recognized  in  colonial  New  Jersey. 
Certain  parliamentary  acts  for  the  preservation  of 
ships  and  goods  forced  on  shore  or  stranded  were  to 


*Dr.  Guthorn  was  the  first  president  of  the  Medical  History 
Society  of  New  Jersey. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


769 


be  read  publicly  in  the  counties  of  Monmouth,  Burl- 
ington, Gloucester,  Salem,  Cumberland,  and  Cape  May 
at  four  succeeding  courts  of  General  Quarter  Sessions. 
Passed  June  28,  1766,  they  decreed  the  death  penalty 
for  those  willfully  attempting  to  bum  or  destroy  a ship. 
Other  legislation  in  1825,  and  later  years,  was  con- 
cerned with  the  organization  and  local  administration 
of  wreck  management  and  salvage. 

The  shore  area  was  divided  into  districts,  each  under 
a “wreckmaster.”  These  were  local  residents  of 
substance  and  good  reputation,  commonly  retired 
shipmasters  or  surfmen,  who  were  responsible  for  sav- 
ing wrecked  passengers  and  crew,  and  for  retrieving 
salvageable  cargo,  gear,  and  rigging.  They  were  ap- 
pointed for  terms  by  the  courts,  and  were  under  bond. 
Occasionally,  an  intact  stranded  vessel  could  be 
salvaged;  but  that  rarely  occurred  before  the  advent  of 
iron  or  steel  hulls. 

A distinctive  type  of  small  boat  was  developed  along 
the  shore  for  wrecking  and  life  saving.  Their  model  was 
that  of  the  smaller  beach  skiffs  used  for  fishing.  The 
“surf  boat”  and  beach  skiff  were  designed  for 
launching  through  the  surf,  to  survive  off  shore,  and 
to  land  through  the  surf.  Both  were  constructed  by  the 
same  boat  builders  and  manned  by  the  same  surfmen 
or  fishermen,  depending  upon  the  needs  of  the  mo- 
ment. 

The  boats  were  constructed  of  light  lap  strake  cedar 
planking  over  steam-bent  white  oak  frames.  The  boats 
had  a lively  sheer,  an  essentially  semicircular  mid- 
section, and  a sharply  raked,  “U”-shaped  transom. 
They  were  buoyant,  light  in  weight,  and  handy.  The 
fishing  version  was  about  15  feet  in  length  and  5 feet 
in  beam,  launched  and  rowed  or  sailed  by  two  men.  The 
surf  boat  version  was  about  25  feet  in  length  and 
comparatively  narrower  in  beam,  6 to  7 feet.  It  was 
rowed  by  four  or  five  oarsmen  and  steered  by  the  cap- 
tain in  the  stem,  using  another  long  oar.  Great  care 
was  taken  in  the  construction  of  the  boats  and  selec- 
tion of  the  crew,  particularly  the  captain  (Figure  1). 

The  operation  of  surf  boats  often  was  a joint 
enterprise.  An  “Article  of  Agreement  of  a Surf  Boat,” 
dated  April  13,  1835,  is  preserved  in  the  Monmouth 
County  Historical  Association.  The  owners,  John  S. 
Forman,  Morris  Freeman,  John  Morris,  and  William 
Akins,  agreed  to  build  and  own  a large  surf  boat  for 
the  purpose  of  working  at  wrecks.  The  document  notes 
that  in  addition  to  sharing  the  ownership,  they  are  “to 
agree  in  the  selecting  of  the  man  to  go  in  the  stem  of 
said  boat  or  be  captain."  Forman  was  a Manasquan 
lawyer;  Freeman,  a boat  builder;  and  Akins,  a retired 
shipmaster  and  surfman. 

Some  additional  light  is  shed  in  an  1846  report  by 
a legislative  commission.  Three  legislators,  Peter 
Vredenburgh,  John  S.  Darcy,  and  Jonathan  C. 
TenEyck,  were  appointed  by  the  governor  to  in- 
vestigate charges  against  inhabitants  of  the  coast  of 
Monmouth  County,  at  the  time  extending  from  Sandy 
Hook  to  Little  Egg  Harbor  Inlet.  The  charges,  refusal 
to  give  relief  to  perishing  passengers  and  crewmen, 
plundering  the  dead,  and  extracting  money  for  the 
delivery  of  bodies,  arose  following  the  wreck  of  the  ship, 
the  John  Minturn.  The  charges  were  made  by  members 
of  the  crew  to  the  American  Shipwreck  Society  of  New 
York.  They  were  taken  up  by  the  press,  particularly  in 


Figure  1 — An  artist’s  rendenng  of  surf  boat  launching.  An 
1887  chromolithograph  by  Frederic  S.  Cozzens  (1846  to 
1928).  A technically  correct  study  of  the  boat  and  crew 
launching  through  the  surf  to  render  aid  to  the  crew  of  a( 
stranded  vessel,  dimly  seen  at  the  left,  off  shore. 

New  York,  and  magnified  to  include  wholesale  charges 
of  land  piracy  and  even  murder. 

The  report  consists  of  the  sworn  (in  the  case  of  the 
Quakers,  affirmed)  depositions  of  local  inhabitants, 
the  coroner’s  memorandum  book,  and  correspon- 
dence. It  disproves  the  serious  charges  and  indicates  I 
the  guilt  of  some  of  the  crew  of  the  Minturn.  It  gives 
much  valuable  data,  including  the  use  of  the  term  “surf 
boat,”  and  imparts  a great  aura  of  respect  for  the  words 
and  judgments  of  the  wreckmasters  and  surfmen.  The  ' 
general  impression  of  the  statements  of  the  40-odd  1 
deponents  in  the  report  is  that  of  personal  hardihood, 
and  an  ability  to  come  to  terms  with  the  hostile  en- 
vironment and  its  effect. 

PRACTICE  AND  FIRST  POLITICAL  LIFE 

Dr.  Newell  established  his  own  practice  in  Im- 
laystown  in  1841,  and  won  his  first  political  office,  that 
of  township  collector.  He  was  re-elected  many  times 
until  he  moved  the  short  distance  to  the  larger  Allen- 
town, a center  of  activity  and  transportation  in  western 
Monmouth  County.  Here  his  practice  prospered  in  the 
busy  community.  Well  known  and  popular.  Dr.  Newell 
declined  a nomination  to  fill  an  unexpired  term  in 
Congress  in  1845,  but  was  elected  in  1846;  and  re- 
elected by  an  increased  majority  in  1848.  Abraham 
Lincoln,  a member  of  the  same  Congress,  occupied  an 
adjoining  seat  in  the  House.  They  boarded  and  roomed 
together,  becoming  close  friends. 

NEWELL  AND  THE  LIFE  SAVING  SERVICE 

In  an  address  to  the  Congress  in  1848,  Dr.  Newell 
reported  that  the  New  Jersey  coast  between  Sandy 
Hook  and  Little  Egg  Harbor  was  more  famous  for  ship- 
wrecks than  any  other  part  of  the  country,  including 
the  Florida  Reef,  as  the  Keys  then  were  known.  In  a 
little  more  than  nine  years  preceding  July  31,  1848, 

1 58  vessels  had  been  wrecked  on  the  New  Jersey  coast 
including  ships,  brigs,  schooners,  sloops,  and  pilot 
boats;  and  180  vessels  had  been  wrecked  on  the  adja- 
cent Long  Island  coast.  These  statistics  had  been 
gathered  by  Dr.  Newell  from  some  of  his  constituents, 
some  of  whom  had  been  deponents  in  the  1846  legis- 
lative report.  The  adjacent  New  Jersey  and  Long  Island 

THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


770 


Figure  2 — Among  the  wreckers  of  the  New  Jersey  Coast,  this 
woodcut  illustration  was  drawn  by  Granville  Perkins  (1830 
to  1895),  from  Harper's  Weekly  of  January  25,  1868.  A 
spirited  conjectural  series  of  views  of  the  activities  of  the 
wreckers  in  rescuing  stricken  passengers  and  crew  members. 
Pictured  are  a "Government  Working  House,"  wreckers'  hut, 
the  recovery  of  cases  of  flotsam  containing  bottles  of  joyful 
wreckers,  recovery  of  the  drowned,  and  finally,  "the  strangers' 
grave." 

chores  were  the  sides  of  a hazardous  funnel  directed 
to  the  entrance  of  New  York  Harbor,  at  peril  in  great 
storms  and  in  decreased  visibility,  in  the  days  before 
steam  replaced  sail.  There  was  no  national  agency  or 
regular  register  of  shipwrecks  or  marine  disasters  or 
organized  service  of  rescue. 

Dr.  Newell  pointed  out  that  the  shore  was  made  es- 
pecially dangerous  by  sand  bars  from  300  to  800  yards 
offshore,  which  could  be  covered  by  relatively  few  feet 
of  water.  A stranded  vessel's  crew  and  passengers  were 
separated  from  the  safety  of  the  shore  by  an  im- 
passable surf,  while  the  vessel  was  breaking  up  be- 
neath them.  The  ordinary  ship's  longboat  was  not  able 
to  pass  over  the  bar,  or  negotiate  the  surf  while  a surf 
boat  could,  and  would  survive  in  a sea  and  come  to 
shore  when  the  other  would  be  swamped  or  stove. 

The  important  part  of  the  address  was  an  amend- 
ment to  the  Light  House  Bill  for  $10,000  to  provide 
surf  boats,  rockets,  carronades,  and  other  necessary 
apparatus  for  the  better  protection  of  life  and  property 
from  shipwrecks  on  the  coast  of  New  Jersey,  between 
Sandy  Hook  and  Little  Egg  Harbor.  The  amendment 
was  adapted  unanimously,  and  established  the  Life 
Saving  Service  (Figure  2). 

LATER  PRACTICE,  POLITICS,  AND 
GOVERNORSHIP 

Dr.  Newell  was  an  earnest  opponent  to  the  extension 
of  human  slavery  during  his  two  terms  in  Congress 
from  1847  to  1851.  He  resumed  practice  in  Allentown, 
continuing  an  interest  in  politics,  local  fraternal  or- 
ganizations, farming,  and  the  Presbyterian  Church. 

Nominated  for  governor  in  1856  by  a convention  of 
representatives  of  the  new  Republican  party,  and  the 
American  party,  a residual  of  the  old  Whig  party,  Dr. 
Newell  was  elected,  and  served  two  tenns  from  1857 
to  1861.  President  Lincoln  appointed  him  super- 
intendent of  the  Life  Saving  Service  in  New  Jersey  in 
1861,  and  he  served  until  1864. 

Dr.  Newell  received  the  Republican  nomination  for 
Congress  a third  time  in  1864,  was  elected,  and  aided 


Figure  3— An  1880  (circa)  photo  of  Life  Saving  Station 
Number  5 at  Green's  Pond  near  Long  Branch,  now  named 
Lake  Takanasee.  The  station  was  long  associated  with  the 
Captains  Green,  who  served  as  wreckmasters,  fomied  volun- 
teer crews,  and  were  captains  of  later  life-saving  crews.  The 
surf  boat  pictured,  Ella  Green , probably  was  built  by  William 
Seaman  at  Branchport.  Other  equipment  pictured  includes 
a life  car  in  the  foreground,  invented  by  Captain  Douglas 
Ottinger  of  the  Revenue  Service,  and  later  claimed  by  Joseph 
Francis.  It  was  used  as  a rescue  vehicle  in  place  of  the 
breeches  buoy  in  high  surf.  Also  shown  are  the  Lyle  gun, 
projectiles,  storm  lamp,  line  sulky,  mid  other  necessary  gear. 
The  captain  mid  six  oarsmen  in  the  foreground  are  wearing 
cork  buoyed  life  jackets.  Two  reserves  are  on  lookout.  The 
original  building  still  is  standing. 

further  in  the  development  of  the  Life  Saving  Service 
(Figure  3).  His  old  friendship  with  President  Lincoln 
was  renewed,  and  he  served  as  attending  physician  at 
the  White  House. 

Dr.  Newell  ran  unsuccessfully  for  Congress  in  1866 
and  1870.  A factor  was  the  ascendancy  of  the  Demo- 
cratic party,  and  hostility  of  many  disappointed  Re- 
publican applicants  for  office  who  were  critical  of  his 
honest  dispensing  of  party  patronage  in  the  past.  The 
same  factors  defeated  his  1877  candidacy  of  governor. 

He  resumed  practice  in  Allentown  in  1867,  until  ap- 
pointed governor  of  the  Washington  Territory  by  Presi- 
dent Hayes  in  1880.  He  also  was  appointed  Indian 
inspector  in  the  same  territory,  practiced  medicine  for 
a year  in  Olympia,  and  was  resident  surgeon  in  a vet- 
erans’ home  there. 

FINAL  YEARS  AND  A PERSPECTIVE 

Advancing  years  and  the  death  of  his  wife  prompted 
Dr.  Newell’s  return  to  Allentown  in  1899.  He  resumed 
practice  in  response  to  local  demand  and  personal 
popularity.  As  an  elder  and  respected  statesman,  he 
was  invited  to  address  the  Monmouth  County  Histori- 
cal Association  in  1899,  and  again  the  following  year 
on  the  topic  of  the  Life  Saving  Service. 

Among  his  interests  was  the  improvement  of  agricul- 
ture. Dr.  Newell  was  president  of  the  New  Jersey  State 
Board  of  Agriculture  in  1875,  and  his  efforts  were  im- 
portant in  support  of  a federal  bureau  of  agriculture. 

Political  activities  and  personality,  and  many  social 
activities  led  to  membership  and  office  in  many  or- 
ganizations. He  was  vice-president  of  the  National 
Union  League  for  many  years.  (The  Union  League  had 
formed  in  the  North  after  disastrous  Union  Army  de- 
feats during  the  early  years  of  the  Civil  War.  Clubs  in 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


771 


many  cities  distributed  war  literature,  recruited  white 
and  black  volunteers  for  the  anny,  and  raised  money 
for  soldier’s  relief.  Union  League  clubs  in  Chicago, 
Philadelphia  and  New  York  trace  their  origin  to  this 
movement.) 

Dr.  Newell  was  also  a Freemason,  and  member  of  the 
Odd  Fellows,  and  a trustee  of  Rutgers  College.  Two  of 
his  seemingly  minor  activities  had  other  far-reaching 
effects.  He  was  a delegate  to  the  Republican  convention 
in  Chicago  in  1860  which  nominated  Abraham  Lin- 
coln. He  was  later  foreman  of  the  Monmouth  County 
Grand  Jury  which  prevented  the  reopening  of  the  Long 
Branch  gaming  and  gambling  houses  and  of  the  race 
track. 

William  Augustus  Newell  continued  to  remain  active 
until  his  death  in  Allentown  on  August  6,  1901, 
survived  by  his  three  children.  He  was  eulogized  by  a 
large  number  of  previous  supporters  and  opponents; 


and  buried  with  honors  in  the  Allentown  Presbyteriaj 
churchyard. 

REFERENCES 

1 . Allinson  S:  Acts  Of  the  General  Assembly  of  the  Provinc! 
Of  New  Jersey.  Burlington,  NJ,  1776. 

2.  Elmer  LQC:  A Digest  of  the  Law  of  New  Jersey,  Fourt , 
Ed.  Newark,  NJ,  1868. 

3.  Gordon  TF:  A Gazetteer  Of  The  State  oj  New  Jersev 
Trenton,  NJ,  1834. 

4.  Gut  horn  PJ:  The  Sea  Bright  Skiff  and  Other  Jerse 
Shore  Boats.  New  Brunswick,  NJ,  1971. 

5.  Nelson  W:  The  New  Jersey  Coast  In  Three  Centurie: j 
New  York,  NY,  1902. 

6.  Newell  WA  Remarks  to  the  Monmouth  County  Histories 
Association,  1899. 

7.  Newell  WA  Remarks  to  the  Monmouth  County  1 listorica 
Association  on  the  Life  Saving  Service,  1900. 

8.  Report  of  the  Commissioners  To  Investigate  the  Charge: 
Concerning  the  Wrecks  on  the  Monmouth  Coast,  corn! 
municated  to  the  Assembly,  March  20,  1846,  Trenton,  NJ 
1846. 


772 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Women  Physicians  of  New  Jersey: 
The  Early  Era 


Christine  E.  Haycock,  m.d.,  Newark* 


Representative  women  physicians  have  been  selected  to  try  to 
symbolize  the  roles  of  women  in  the  medical  history  of  New 
Jersey . These  outstanding  doctors  have  added  tremendously 
to  the  health  care  of  New  Jersey. 


At  the  turn  of  the  century,  there 
were  about  300  women  doctors 
in  New  Jersey.1  In  1950,  there 
were  425  women  physicians;  in  1960,  669;  in  1973, 
1,052;  and  in  1983,  over  2,000.  In  1905,  4.1  percent 
of  all  medical  students  were  women;  in  1910,  2.6  per- 
cent; in  1950,  5.9  percent;  in  1961,  5.8  percent;  in 
1965,  7.3  percent;  and  in  1975,  20.4  percent.  The  cur- 
rent percentage  is  about  32.46 

Statistics  indicate  that  there  were  19  medical  col- 
leges for  women  between  1850  and  1895.  This  number 
dropped  to  8 by  1900  and  to  2 by  1910  (in  New  York 
City  and  in  Philadelphia)  as  women  began  to  be  ac- 
cepted in  many  formerly  all-male  schools.2  The  famous 
Flexner  report  published  in  1910  was  supportive  of 
coeducational  medical  schools  and  probably  aided  this 
metamorphosis.3 

In  general,  women  were  more  apt  to  be  found  in 
family  practice,  pediatrics,  and  psychiatry.  In  the  early 
1960s,  women  physicians  in  surgical  specialties  rep- 
resented less  than  2 percent  of  all  physicians.  Although 
women  had  practiced  surgery  in  New  Jersey,  it  was  not 
until  1961  that  Dr.  Anita  Falla  and  the  author  became 
the  first  board  certified  general  surgical  specialists  in 
the  state. 

The  American  Medical  Association  (AMA)  did  not 
accept  women  as  members  until  1915,  and  even  then 
the  opportunity  to  have  a paper  accepted  for  presen- 
tation was  nearly  zero.  As  a result,  a number  of 


women’s  medical  associations  formed  around  the 
country  and  a medical  women’s  journal  was  founded. 
This  resulted  in  the  American  Medical  Women’s  As- 
sociation (AMWA)  organized  by  Bertha  Van  Hoosen  of 
Chicago,  coming  into  existence  that  same  year  as  a 
national  organization.7 

New  Jersey  medical  women  did  not  form  their  own 
organization  until  June  1924.  Dr.  Clara  De  Hart  Krans, 
of  Plainfield,  conceived  the  idea  of  “promoting  friend- 
ship” among  women  physicians  and  so  the  New  Jersey 
Medical  Women’s  Association  (NJMWA)  was  born;  in 
1927,  it  became  a branch  of  the  AMWA8  Many  promi- 
nent New  Jersey  women  physicians  have  been  mem- 
bers of  the  NJMWA  and  honored  as  "Woman  of  the 
Year.”  The  group  acts  to  secure  positions  for  phy- 
sicians and  help  the  American  Women’s  Hospital  As- 
sociation in  its  overseas  work.  The  group  also  was 
active  in  seeking  passage  of  the  HR  826  Bill  in  Con- 
gress in  1943  sponsored  by  Congressman  Emanuel 
Celler  of  New  Jersey  which  allowed  qualified  women  to 
receive  commissions  in  the  Armed  Forces.  Shortly  alter 
its  passage,  four  New  Jersey  women  physicians  were 
commissioned  and  served  in  World  War  II.  Later,  New 
Jersey  women  served  overseas  in  the  Korean  and  Viet- 
nam Wars.9 

It  would  be  impossible  to  present  a study  of  every 


*Dr.  Haycock  is  Associate  Professor  of  Surgery,  UMDNJ  New 
Jersey  Medical  School,  Newark. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  9 — SEPTEMBER  1984 


773 


early  woman  physician.  Representative  women  have 
been  chosen  to  try  to  symbolize  their  roles  in  the  medi- 
cal histoiy  of  New  Jersey  from  1834  to  the  1960s. 

Sophia  Presley,  M.D.  Bom  in  Ireland  in  1834,  Dr. 
Presley  came  to  the  United  States  as  a child.  She  stud- 
ied premed  at  Granville  Female  Seminaiy,  Ohio,  and 
attended  Women’s  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania, 
graduating  in  1876.  Since  no  other  hospital  would 
accept  her,  Dr.  Presley  interned  at  the  Women’s  Hospi- 
tal of  Philadelphia  and  remained  there  an  additional 
three  years  as  an  instructor  in  surgeiy.  Dr.  Presley 
then  set  up  a general  practice  in  Camden  in  1881  while 
remaining  a clinical  instructor  at  the  Women’s  Medical 
School.  For  seven  years  she  struggled  to  gain  member- 
ship in  the  Camden  County  Medical  Society,  finally 
succeeding  in  1896.  During  her  early  years  of  practice 
she  was  forced  to  move  at  least  nine  times  from  one 
office  apartment  to  another  until  1907  because  “repu- 
table ladies  ostracized  the  early  medical  women  of 
America  and  landlords  refused  to  rent  them  apart- 
ments for  offices.”  According  to  her  biographer,  Cleora 
Teffean,  Dr.  Presley  had  a large  practice  at  her  death 
in  1909  at  age  75  as  recorded  in  the  Journal  of  the 
Camden  County  Medical  Society.10  She  was  ac- 
credited with  “earnest  zeal  and  ability”  in  gaining  pa- 
tient confidence  especially  of  many  prominent  families. 
Dr.  Presley  authored  a number  of  papers  on  various 
topics:  acquired  syphilis,  rectal  polyps,  and  puerperal 
fever.  In  1894  to  1895  she  was  elected  secretary  of  the 
Camden  County  Medical  Society.  In  1894,  she  headed 
the  gynecological  department  of  the  Camden  City  Dis- 
pensary. 

Mary  E.  Gaston,  M.D.  Bom  in  Somerville  in  1856, 
Dr.  Gaston  attended  Vassar  College  and  graduated 
from  the  Women’s  Medical  College  in  1883.  She  ob- 
tained an  internship  in  Boston  and  returned  to 
Somerville  in  1884  to  begin  a general  practice.  Her 
obituary  noted  that  she  used  a horse  and  buggy  to 
make  rounds  in  the  early  days  of  her  practice  but  gave 
that  up  in  favor  of  walking.  Her  father  gave  her  a gun 
to  carry  to  protect  herself,  but  Dr.  Gaston  said  she  was 
more  afraid  of  the  gun  than  of  any  harm  that  might 
come  to  her  and  left  the  weapon  home  after  a few  days. 
Dr.  Gaston  retired  from  practice  in  1908  and  then 
devoted  her  time  to  establishing  the  Somerville  Civic 
League,  a Red  Cross  Chapter,  the  Somerset  County 
Health  and  Tuberculosis  Association,  and  Somerset 
Hospital.  She  died  at  100  years  of  age  in  1956. 

Alicia  H.  Ward,  M.D.,  and  Emma  Edward,  M.D.  The 
sisters  were  bom  around  1855.  Data  available  do  not 
indicate  their  medical  school,  but  they  practiced  in 
Newark  in  an  office  which  now  is  the  site  of  the  Newark 
Public  Library.  Dr.  Ward  continued  to  practice  until 
1922,  her  sister  having  passed  away  several  years 
earlier.  She  died  in  1935. 

Florence  Voorhees,  M.D.  Bom  around  1870  in 
Woodbridge,  Dr.  Voorhees  graduated  from  the 
Women’s  Homeopathic  Medical  College  in  New  York 
and  then  studied  in  Europe  as  did  many  women  to 
become  specialists.  After  returning  from  Europe  she 
opened  an  office  in  Newark  with  Dr.  Maiy  Broadnax 
and  practiced  obstetrics  and  gynecology;  she  was  on 
the  staffs  of  Presbyterian,  Saint  Barnabas,  and  East 
Orange  General  Hospitals. 


Ellen  Potter,  M.D.  One  of  the  most  prominent  early 
women  physicians  in  New  Jersey,  Dr.  Potter  was  bom 
in  1871  in  New  London,  Connecticut.  She  obtained  her 
medical  degree  from  Women’s  Medical  College  in  1903 
at  the  age  of  32.  Dr.  Potter  went  to  New  York  City  to 
study  art;  but  while  living  in  a settlement  house  she 
noticed  the  need  for  medical  care  for  the  poor  and 
decided  to  make  medicine  her  career.  After  graduation 
she  entered  general  practice  for  15  years.  She  became 
medical  director  of  Women’s  Hospital  from  1918  to 
1920.  In  1921,  she  helped  found  the  Bureau  of  Chil- 
dren of  the  Pennsylvania  Welfare  Department  and 
headed  that  agency  until  1923.  Then  she  became  sec-  I 
retary  of  welfare  in  Pennsylvania  until  1927,  the  first 
woman  to  hold  a state  cabinet  post.  Dr.  Potter  joined 
the  staff  of  the  New  Jersey  Department  of  Institutions 
and  Agencies  and  served  successively  as  organizer  and 
director  of  the  medical  department  of  North  Jersey 
Training  School  for  Feeble-Minded  Females,  Totowa 
and  then  superintendent  of  Clinton  Reformatory  for 
Women  and  the  State  Home  for  Girls,  Trenton.  In  1930, 
she  became  director  of  medicine  in  the  department 
until  1946  when  she  was  promoted  to  deputy  com- 
missioner in  charge  of  welfare  and  assistance.  In  the 
depression  of  1933,  Dr.  Potter  worked  for  the  Federal 
Relief  Administration,  directing  the  care  of  transient 
unemployed  throughout  the  countiy.  During  World 
War  II,  she  chaired  the  child  welfare  committee  of  the 
State  Office  of  Civilian  Defense.  In  1941,  she  became 
president  of  Women’s  Medical  College  serving  until 
1943  while  still  with  the  New  Jersey  Department  of  j 
Institutions  and  Agencies.  One  of  Dr.  Potter’s  main 
accomplishments  was  in  the  formulation  by  the  state 
of  regulations  governing  adoptions  in  1946.  She 
fought  to  prevent  a “black  market”  in  babies  and 
provided  protection  for  both  the  natural  parents  and 
the  adoptive  parents.  After  her  retirement  in  1952,  she 
continued  to  do  volunteer  work  for  various  state  agen- 
cies and  commissions.  She  served  as  national  presi- 
dent of  the  American  Medical  Women’s  Association  in 
1929  and  was  honored  as  the  “Woman  of  the  Year”  by 
the  New  Jersey  Medical  Women's  Association  in  1954. 
Dr.  Potter  was  beloved  by  her  colleagues  and  friends 
for  her  calm  demeanor  and  friendly  laugh.  She  enjoyed 
challenges  and  her  main  concern  was  for  the  care  of 
the  needy.  She  died  in  1958. 

Stella  Bradford,  M.D.  Bom  in  1871  in  Montclair,  Dr. 
Bradford  graduated  from  Smith  College  in  1889  and 
traveled  in  Europe  where  she  studied  in  Denmark,  ! 
Italy,  and  Germany  specializing  in  sociology.  From 
1895  to  1896,  she  taught  elementary  school  in  Eliza- 
beth and  was  an  assistant  professor  of  English  litera-  j 
ture  at  Smith  College.  Dr.  Bradford  then  entered  Cor- 
nell University  Medical  College  and  graduated  in  1902. 
After  interning  at  Worcester  Memorial  Hospital  in 
Massachusetts  she  returned  to  Montclair.  In  1903,  Dr. 
Bradford  opened  a private  practice  which  lasted  52 
years.  She  became  a clinical  assistant  at  Gouvemeur 
Hospital,  New  York,  and  founded  a tuberculosis  clinic 
there  in  1905.  Dr.  Bradford  became  interested  in 
physical  medicine  and  in  1932  was  appointed  director 
of  that  department  at  The  Mountainside  Hospital  until 
her  retirement  in  1936.  In  1950,  she  was  called  back 
from  retirement  to  head  the  department  and  stayed 
until  1953.  During  her  career  she  worked  with  handi- 


774 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


rapped  children  and  adult  patients  with  severe 
irthritis.  Dr.  Bradford  established  the  first  visiting 
uirse  service  in  Montclair  and  the  first  fresh  air  school 
ind  tuberculosis  clinic.  In  addition,  she  authored 
nany  papers  in  her  field  of  rehabilitation  medicine 
ind  was  active  in  many  professional  societies.  Dr. 
Bradford  never  married  and  died  in  1959  at  the  age 
bf  88. 

Frances  Bartlett  Tyson,  M.D.  A descendent  of  Dr. 
Josiah  Bartlett,  a signer  of  the  Declaration  of  Indepen- 
dence, Dr.  Tyson  was  bom  in  1874  in  Vineland.  At  17, 
she  tried  to  enroll  in  a nursing  school  but  was  told  she 
was  too  young.  She  took  a job  in  the  pharmacy  of 
Philadelphia's  Women’s  Hospital  and  later  graduated 
rom  The  Philadelphia  School  of  Pharmacy  in  1896. 
Working  as  a pharmacist  enabled  her  to  earn  enough 
noney  to  complete  a two-year  premedical  course  at 
Temple  University  and  to  earn  her  medical  degree  from 
Women’s  Medical  College  in  1901.  She  practiced  until 
(1909  when  she  married  William  Tyson,  an  insurance 
(nan,  who  persuaded  her  to  quit  practice;  they  had  a 
daughter  in  1910.  In  1918,  with  World  War  I creating 
a physician  shortage.  Dr.  Tyson  tried  to  convince  her 
husband  she  was  needed  in  Leonia  since  all  four  local 
physicians  were  in  the  army.  Yet  it  took  the  inter- 
vention of  the  town  council  to  convince  him:  on  his 
pommuter  train  every  day  they  complained  how  badly 
a doctor  was  needed.  He  ended  up  urging  his  wife  to 
iretum  to  practice.  During  the  influenza  epidemic  of 
ithat  year.  Dr.  Tyson  served  the  town  practically  single 
handedly,  organizing  women’s  clubs  to  help  carry  out 
feeding  schedules  for  families  with  multiple  victims. 
She  herself  fell  prey  to  the  disease  and  lost  the  hearing 
in  her  right  ear.  Dr.  Tyson  remained  in  practice,  mak- 
ing houseealls  in  all  kinds  of  weather.  She  solved  the 
problem  of  climbing  Leonia’s  icy  hills  by  wearing  her 
husband’s  galoshes  fitted  out  with  metal  cleats.  Her 
husband  died  of  leukemia  in  1948  after  a long  illness 
jand  she  became  the  supporter  of  her  family.  In  1918, 
Dr.  Tyson  was  appointed  school  physician  and  health 
officer  for  the  town.  She  remained  in  this  post  long 
after  her  retirement  from  active  practice — the  school 
board  simply  refusing  to  accept  her  resignation  at  the 
age  of  77.  At  the  age  of  83,  Dr.  Tyson  was  honored  by 
the  New  Jersey  Medical  Women’s  Association  as 
‘Woman  of  the  Year”  in  1957.  Greatly  beloved  by  her 
colleagues  and  patients.  Dr.  Tyson  remained  active  in 
volunteer  work  in  her  community  until  her  death. 

Marie  Louise  Lefort,  M.D.  Bom  in  Newark  in  1875, 
Dr.  Lefort  graduated  from  the  New  York  Infirmary  for 
Women  and  Children  in  1898.  In  1899,  she  was  ap- 
pointed district  physician  for  the  Old  Newark  Board 
of  Health  and  served  the  city  until  1918  when  she 
volunteered  to  go  to  France  to  establish  a hospital  for 
gassed  soldiers.  Dr.  Lefort  remained  in  France  at 
Rheims’s  American  Memorial  Hospital  for  21  years  and 
was  awarded  the  French  Legion  of  Honor  for  her  work. 
She  returned  to  New  Jersey  in  1939  to  retire;  and  at 
the  age  of  82,  Dr.  Lefort  died  here  in  1957. 

Sara  D.  Smalley,  M.D.  A native  of  Newark,  Dr. 
Smalley  graduated  from  New  York  Medical  College  and 
Hospital  in  1900.  She  established  a general  practice  in 
Newark  in  1901  and  remained  in  practice  until  her 
death  in  1952.  Dr.  Smalley  was  active  with  the  Newark 
Equal  Suffrage  League  and  was  a charter  member  of 


Zonta  International,  a noted  women’s  professional  or- 
ganization, which  also  included  Amelia  Earhart  as  a 
founding  member. 

Vera  Schectman,  M.D.  Bom  in  Odessa,  Russia,  in 
1884,  Dr.  Schectman  came  to  the  United  States  in 
1906.  She  graduated  from  Women’s  Medical  College  in 
1912  and  came  to  Newark  to  practice.  In  1926,  she 
became  the  first  woman  physician  on  the  staff  of  New- 
ark Beth  Israel  Hospital  and  outraged  some  of  her 
friends  and  colleagues  in  1916  by  giving  lectures  on 
sex  education.  Dr.  Schectman  was  married  and  retired 
only  a few  years  before  her  death. 

Louise  Pearce  S kilim  an,  M.D.  Bom  in  1885,  Dr. 
Skillman  lived  in  New  Jersey  for  38  years.  At  one  point 
she  led  an  expedition  through  the  jungles  of 
Leopoldville,  Africa;  in  1915,  she  helped  develop  a drug, 
tiyparsamide,  used  to  treat  African  sleeping  sickness. 
She  was  president  of  the  AMWA  in  1946.  She  died  in 
1950  at  age  65. 

Ella  Coughlan,  M.D.  Bom  in  1886  in  Hastings,  On- 
tario, Canada,  Dr.  Coughlan  had  to  fight  her  father’s 
disapproval  to  enter  medical  school.  As  a result  she 
began  her  career  as  a nurse,  a common  circumstance 
for  many  women  physicians.  When  her  father  died  and 
left  her  an  inheritance,  Dr.  Coughlan  immediately  took 
premedical  courses  at  the  University  of  Toronto  and 
entered  Women’s  Medical  College;  she  graduated  in 
1914.  After  interning  in  Women’s  Hospital  she  came 
to  Orange  as  school  physician  where  she  served  for  42 
years.  When  the  Salk  vaccine  against  polio  became 
available  she  almost  single  handedly  saw  to  it  that  over 
2,000  students  received  an  injection.  Additionally,  she 
had  a private  practice  in  gynecology  until  1948.  She 
retired  from  medicine  in  1951  and  died  some  years 
later. 

Linda  Bauer  Hauck,  M.D.  Bom  in  Newark,  Dr. 
Hauck  graduated  from  Women’s  Medical  College  in 

1914.  In  1918,  she  joined  the  Public  Health  Service  as 
a first  lieutenant  until  World  War  I concluded.  During 
this  period  she  married  and  moved  to  Irvington  where 
she  practiced  for  over  40  years.  Although  forced  to 
discontinue  practice  in  1943  because  of  poor  health. 
Dr.  Hauck  collected  clothing  and  food  to  send  abroad 
to  Holland,  England,  and  France  at  her  own  expense. 
She  was  cited  by  the  mayor  of  Walshein,  Holland,  for 
her  aid  to  the  distressed.  Much  beloved  by  her  col- 
leagues because  of  a gentle  good  humor  and  concern 
for  young  women  entering  medicine.  Dr.  Hauck  was 
honored  in  1957  as  “Woman  of  the  Year"  by  the  New 
Jersey  Medical  Women's  Association.  Dr.  Hauck  died 
in  1964  at  the  age  of  77,  and  both  her  son  and  daugh- 
ter followed  in  her  footsteps  as  physicians. 

Rita  S.  Finkler,  M.D.  Perhaps  one  of  the  most  dis- 
tinguished women  physicians  in  New  Jersey,  Dr. 
Finkler  of  Short  Hills  was  bom  in  Russia  in  1888  to 
peasant  parents.  She  began  studying  law  at  St. 
Petersburg  University  and  shortly  was  thrown  into 
prison  for  attendance  at  student  anarchistic  meetings. 
As  soon  as  she  was  released  from  prison,  Dr.  Finkler 
came  to  the  United  States  to  continue  her  studies  and 
changed  her  career  to  medicine.  Graduating  from 
Women’s  Medical  College  near  the  top  of  her  class  In 

1915,  Dr.  Finkler  made  headlines  by  becoming  the  first 
woman  intern  at  Polyclinic  after  placing  in  a com- 
petitive examination  at  Philadelphia  General  Hospital. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


775 


Dr  Finkler  made  the  news  when  she  rode  the  horse- 
drawn  ambulance  around  Philadelphia  with  "poor  old 
Jerry"  pulling  the  vehicle;  this  amusing  story  of  an 
ailing  horse  pointed  out  the  need  for  a motor  am- 
bulance. Dr.  Finkler,  who  spoke  eight  languages,  spent 
the  next  several  years  studying  abroad  concentrating 
on  endocrinology.  Also,  she  practiced  in  Newark,  writ- 
ing over  70  papers  in  the  field  of  endocrinology  after 
establishing  and  heading  the  first  such  department  of 
medicine  in  New  Jersey  at  Newark  Beth  Israel  Hospital. 
Although  retired  from  practice  after  55  years.  Dr. 
Finkler  continued  to  travel  and  lecture  throughout  the 
world  until  her  death  in  1968.  She  was  honored  as 
"Woman  of  the  Year”  by  the  NJMWA  in  1956  for  her 
work  in  1947  as  national  chairwoman  of  the  Emerg- 
ency Committee  of  the  AMWA  which  sent  over  6,000 
pounds  of  clothing,  food,  vitamins,  and  medical  instru- 
ments to  Europe  to  aid  their  colleagues. 

Elizabeth  Brackett,  M.D.  Bom  in  New  York  City  in 
1892,  Dr.  Brackett  was  raised  in  Ridgewood,  until  1912 
when  she  entered  nurse's  training  in  New  York.  After 
graduation  in  1915,  she  became  an  army  nurse  and 
served  in  France  with  an  American  unit  attached  to 
the  British  Expeditionary  Force.  It  was  in  France  that 
she  decided  to  try  to  become  a physician.  After  return- 
ing from  France,  she  entered  Columbia  University, 
graduating  in  1929  from  the  College  of  Physicians  and 
Surgeons.  After  interning  at  Newark  City  Hospital  and 
taking  residency  training  in  pediatrics  at  Children’s 
Hospital,  Philadelphia,  and  in  Newark,  Dr.  Brackett  set 
up  a practice  in  Nutley  over  a comer  dmgstore.  Find- 
ing that  she  could  not  support  herself  by  just  doing 
pediatrics,  she  became  a general  practitioner  and  sur- 
geon with  privileges  at  many  area  hospitals.  In  1962, 
Dr.  Brackett  was  honored  by  the  NJMWA  as  “Woman 
of  the  Year”  because  of  30  years  of  outstanding  sense 
of  community  welfare,  never  stinting  of  her  time  to  her 
patients;  never  refusing  a housecall  until  age  and 
health  forced  her  to  do  so.  She  actively  supported  the 
visiting  nurse  service  of  Nutley.  Dr.  Brackett  was  presi- 
dent of  the  NJMWA  and  was  national  treasurer  of 
AMWA  111  health  forced  her  retirement  in  the  1960s, 
and  she  died  in  1974. 

Mildred  Gregory,  M.D.  Bom  in  1884,  Dr.  Gregory 
was  raised  in  Newark.  She  earned  an  undergraduate 
degree  from  Wellesley  in  1916  and  a master’s  degree 
in  biology  from  Columbia,  and  taught  at  Skidmore 
College  in  Saratoga  until  1924.  Then  she  entered  Col- 
umbia College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons,  graduating 
in  1928.  After  interning  at  Newark  City  Hospital,  Dr. 
Gregory  completed  a residency  in  pediatrics  at  St. 
Mary’s  and  Babies  Hospital,  Newark.  In  additon  to 
practicing  pediatrics  in  Newark  from  1955,  Dr.  Gregory 
became  medical  director  of  Babies  Hospital  from  1949 
to  1957  and  was  one  of  the  first  women  diplomates  of 
the  American  Board  of  Pediatrics.  She  was  very  active 
with  the  YM-YWCA  of  Newark  and  the  Advisory  Com- 
mittee of  the  Essex  County  Clinic  for  Retarded  Chil- 
dren. A quiet,  unassuming  woman,  beloved  by  her  pa- 
tients and  with  outstanding  professional  ability,  Dr. 
Gregory  was  named  “Woman  of  the  Year”  by  the 
NJMWA  in  1961.  She  retired  a few  years  later  and  died 
in  1975. 

Jeannette  Munro,  M.D.  Bom  in  1894,  Dr.  Munro 
was  Princeton’s  first  woman  pediatrician  and  prac- 


ticed there  from  1933  to  1965.  She  was  honored  as 
“Woman  of  the  Year”  by  the  NJWMA  in  1965.  She 
recalls  the  era  of  S3  housecalls  and  $2  office  visits  or 
a dozen  eggs.  Dr.  Munro  originally  had  planned  a ca- 
reer in  social  work  but  changed  to  medicine  and 
graduated  from  the  University  of  Wisconsin  in  1927. 
She  found  herself  resented  as  a “specialist”  when  she 
first  opened  her  pediatric  practice,  but  she  soon  won 
over  her  colleagues  in  Princeton  by  her  dedication  and 
professionalism. 

E.  Mae  McCarroll,  M.D.  Described  as  the  “first  lady 
of  the  National  Medical  Association,"  Dr.  McCarroll  wasl 
born  in  Birmingham,  Alabama,  in  1898.  Graduating  as 
one  of  the  first  black  women  physicians  from  Women’s- 
Medical  College  in  1925,  Dr.  McCarroll  interned  at 
Kansas  City  General  Hospital  and  after  marriage  in 
1929  moved  to  Newark  where  she  practiced  for  over 
48  years.  She  was  active  in  many  civic  and  community 
affairs  and  led  a Newark  crusade  in  the  early  1930s 
to  stamp  out  venereal  disease.  In  1934,  Dr.  McCarroll 
was  appointed  a clinic  physician  in  the  venereal  dis- 
ease division  of  the  Newark  Department  of  Health.  She 
did  public  health  postgraduate  study  at  Harvard.  In 
1946,  Dr.  McCarroll  became  the  first  black  physician 
to  be  appointed  to  the  staff  of  Newark  City  Hospital  and 
she  was  named  deputy  health  officer  of  the  city.  Dr. 
McCarroll  was  active  for  over  16  years  with  the  Na- 
tional Medical  Association  and  helped  establish  its 
journal  as  a tme  professional  publication.  She  was 
honored  in  1973  as  that  organization’s  “first  lady.”  She 
currently  is  retired. 

Anne  Lardner  Moore  Shannon,  M.D.  Bom  in 

Pineville,  North  Carolina  in  1898,  Dr.  Shannon  gradu- 
ated from  Cornell  University  Medical  College  in  1924. 
She  did  her  postgraduate  work  in  Europe  and  Man-j 
hattan  General  Hospital;  and  completed  a residency  at! 
Bellevue  in  otolaryngology.  Dr.  Shannon  became  the  j 
first  woman  physician  on  the  staffs  of  The  Moun-j 
tainside  and  Montclair  Hospitals  and  the  only  woman 
surgeon.  Dr.  Shannon  was  a Diplomate  of  the  Ameri- 
can Board  of  Otolaryngology  and  a Fellow  of  the  Ameri- 
can College  of  Surgeons.  Dr.  Shannon  died  in  1960j 
after  a long  illness. 

Carye-Belle  Henle,  M.D.  Bom  in  1899,  Dr.  Henle 
received  her  medical  degree  from  Columbia  University 
College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons.  She  became  the  j 
first  woman  resident  in  radiology  at  Mount  Sinai  Hos- 
pital, New  York  City,  where  she  met  and  married  her 
husband.  Dr.  Harold  Connamacher.  In  1929,  Dr.  Henle 
purchased  x-ray  equipment  and  joined  her  husband 
in  practice  in  Newark  as  New  Jersey’s  first  woman  j 
radiologist.  In  1956,  she  was  recognized  by  her  col- 
leagues by  her  election  as  the  first  woman  president 
of  the  Radiological  Society  of  New  Jersey.  For  many 
years  she  was  deeply  engrossed  in  the  long-range 
Radium  Research  Project  of  the  New  Jersey  State  De- 
partment of  Health,  seeking  to  determine  the  long- 1 
term  effects  of  exposure  to  radioactive  material.  The 
subjects  were  radium  dial  painters  of  1910  to  1920  in 
northern  New  Jersey.  Dr.  Henle  was  honored  as 
“Woman  of  the  Year”  in  1963  by  the  NJMWA.  She 
retired  in  the  late  1960s  and  died  in  1977. 

Eva  Brodkin,  M.D.  Bom  in  Brooklyn,  New  York,  in 
1899,  Dr.  Brodkin  was  encouraged  to  become  a phy- 
sician by  her  father.  Dr.  Isador  Topkins.  She  graduated 


776 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


from  Women’s  Medical  College  in  1924  and  became  the 
first  woman  intern  at  Muhlenberg  Hospital,  Plainfield. 
When  Dr.  Brodkin  began  her  internship  she  was  told 
she  was  an  “experiment.”  She  resolved  never  to  take 
advantage  of  being  a woman,  but  did  everything  asked 
of  her  including  riding  the  ambulance  and  hauling 
stretchers.  After  entering  general  practice  in  1925,  she 
met  and  married  Dr.  Henry  Brodkin,  a thoracic  sur- 
geon. After  her  third  child,  she  and  her  husband  de- 
cided that  a specialty  would  be  better  for  her  than 
general  practice.  For  three  years,  six  times  a week,  she 
took  instructions  in  dermatology  in  New  York;  in  1931 
she  became  New  Jersey’s  first  woman  dermatologist. 
Dr.  Brodkin  was  honored  for  her  excellence  in  her 
specialty  by  her  colleagues  of  the  New  Jersey 
Dermatological  Society  who  elected  her  president  in 
1952.  Dr.  Brodkin  was  chief  of  the  dermatology  service 
at  Saint  Barnabas  Hospital  for  many  years.  Her  son, 
Dr.  Roger  Brodkin,  currently  is  professor  of 
dermatology  at  the  New  Jersey  Medical  School.  Dr. 
Brodkin  retired  several  years  ago.  She  was  honored  as 
‘Woman  of  the  Year”  by  the  NJMWA  in  1964. 

Jessie  D.  Read,  M.D.  Bom  in  1903,  Dr.  Read  was 
a gynecologist  and  obstetrician  in  Essex  County  for 
over  50  years.  She  was  a founding  fellow  of  the  Ameri- 
can College  of  Obstetrics  and  Gynecology  and  a fellow 
of  the  American  College  of  Surgeons.  Dr.  Read  was  one 
of  the  first  women  physicians  commissioned  in  the 
Army  from  New  Jersey  in  World  War  II  and  served  as 
chief  of  surgery  of  a hospital  unit  in  Europe  from  1943 
to  1946.  She  died  in  1979. 

Mary  Bacon,  M.D.  Bom  in  1904,  Dr.  Bacon  served 
Bridgeton  on  a daily  12-hour  schedule  in  general  prac- 
tice as  well  as  team  physician  for  several  local  football 
squads  from  1917  until  her  death  several  years  ago. 
She  was  president  of  the  Cumberland  County  Medical 
Society  and  first  woman  president  of  the  medical  staff 
of  Bridgeton  Hospital. 

Lena  Edwards,  M.D.  Bom  in  1900,  Dr.  Edwards 
continues  a long  medical  career  that  began  as  a resi- 
dent in  obstetrics  and  gynecology  at  Margaret  Hague 
Hospital,  Jersey  City.  She  graduated  from  Howard  Uni- 
versity. Despite  the  disadvantage  of  being  female  and 
black.  Dr.  Edwards  has  achieved  numerous  honors. 

Camille  R.  Mermod,  M.D.  Bom  in  1901,  Dr.  Mermod 
was  one  of  New  Jersey’s  most  distinguished  women 
physicians.  She  graduated  from  Stanford  University  in 
1932  and  remained  on  its  faculty  from  1932  to  1938 
as  clinical  instructor  of  medicine.  From  1938  to  1943, 
she  was  director  of  the  laboratory  at  St.  Joseph’s  Hos- 
pital, Lancaster,  Pennsylvania  She  came  to  Newark  as 
assistant  pathologist  at  Saint  Barnabas  Hospital  in 
1942.  During  World  War  II  she  covered  six  hospitals 
in  Newark  and  surrounding  areas  as  a pathologist. 
After  the  war.  Dr.  Mermod  entered  the  practice  of 
internal  medicine  and  stayed  in  that  specialty  until  her 
retirement.  She  was  chief  of  the  department  of  medi- 
cine from  1955  to  1957.  Dr.  Mermod  was  a Diplomate 
of  the  American  Board  of  Pathology  and  contributed 
many  papers  to  the  literature  in  the  field  of 
hematology.  She  was  president  of  the  American  Medi- 
cal Women’s  Association  twice,  1954  to  1955  and  1956 
to  1957.  She  edited  the  journal  of  the  association  for 
many  years.  In  1959,  she  was  “Woman  of  the  Year”  in 
New  Jersey  and  in  1965  she  was  awarded  the  Elizabeth 


Blackwell  Medal  by  AMWA,  its  highest  award.  In  1964, 
she  went  to  Italy  as  visiting  lecturer  at  Bologna  Medical 
School  and  in  1967  her  alma  mater.  Mills  College,  Cali- 
fornia, conferred  the  honorary  degree  of  Doctor  of  Laws 
upon  her  for  outstanding  work  in  scientific  fields.  In 
1969,  the  AMWA  announced  a new  award  in  Dr. 
Mermod’s  honor:  a bronze  medal  encased  in  lucite 
given  yearly  to  a layperson  who  has  given  outstanding 
service  to  the  organization.  Dr.  Mermod  died  in  1976 
at  the  age  of  75  after  a courageous  fight  with  cancer. 

Laura  E.  Morrow,  M.D.  Bom  in  1913,  Dr.  Morrow 
graduated  phi  beta  kappa  from  Rutgers  University  in 
1932.  She  completed  her  medical  training  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Pennsylvania  in  1937.  After  an  internship  in 
Lancaster,  Pennsylvania  Dr.  Morrow  completed  a psy- 
chiatric residency  at  St.  Elizabeth’s  Hospital,  Washing- 
ton, D.C.,  and  New  Jersey  Psychiatric  Hospital  in 
Greystone  Park.  She  began  her  psychiatric  practice  in 
1947  after  five  years  in  general  practice  and  still  has 
a very  limited  practice.  Dr.  Morrow  was  president  of  the 
AMWA  in  1969  after  many  years  of  active  committee 
service.  She  was  awarded  the  Elizabeth  Blackwell 
Medal  in  1974  by  the  AMWA.  She  was  the  first  woman 
president  of  the  Passaic  County  Medical  Society  in 
1972  to  1973  and  the  president  of  the  Society  of 
Clinical  Psychiatrists  of  Northern  New  Jersey  in  1965 
to  1966.  Dr.  Morrow  was  married  to  Dr.  J.  Lloyd  Mor- 
row. 

Virginia  M.  Love,  M.D.  The  first  black  psychiatrist 
employed  by  Essex  County  in  1955,  Dr.  Love  was  a 
graduate  of  Howard  University  in  1950. 

Jerene  Robbins,  M.D.  A graduate  of  Hahnemann 
Medical  College,  Dr.  Robbins  was  the  first  woman 
physician  to  be  a college  men’s  team  physician  at  St. 
Peter’s,  Jersey  City.  She  is  a thoracic  surgeon,  one  of 
the  first  in  the  state. 

Emma  M.  Richardson,  M.D.  In  1918,  Dr.  Rich- 
ardson fought  to  gain  free  medical  care  for  prenatal 
patients  to  reduce  high  maternal  death  rates. 

Edith  D.  Mangone,  M.D.  An  obstetrician  at 
Margaret  Hague  Maternity  Hospital,  Dr.  Mangone  ad- 
vocated reduction  of  maternal  deaths  by  control  of 
puerperal  infection,  eclampsia,  and  hemorrhage.  She 
wrote  papers  on  these  subjects. 

REFERENCES 

1.  Cowen  DL:  Medicine  and  Health  in  New  Jersey:  A His- 
tory. Princeton,  NJ,  D.  Van  Nostrand  Co.  Inc.,  1964. 

2.  Lopate  C:  Women  in  Medicine.  Baltimore,  MD,  The  John 
Hopkins  Press,  1968. 

3.  Flexner  A:  Medical  education.  Carnegie  Foundation  Re- 
port, 1910. 

4.  Brodie  JJ:  The  woman  physician  in  the  United  States 
today.  World  Medical  J 25:28,  1964. 

5.  Conference  on  the  Full  Utilization  of  the  Woman  Phy- 
sician: Facts  on  prospective  and  practicing  women  in  medi- 
cine. Washington,  D.C.,  1968. 

6.  Nemir  RL:  Women  in  medicine  during  the  last  half  cen- 
tury. JAMWA  33:201,  1978. 

7.  Marrett  CB:  Nineteen th  century  associations  of  medical 
women:  The  beginning  of  a movement.  JAhtWA  32:469,  1977. 

8.  Brodkin  E,  Haycock  CE,  Henle  C,  LiSooey  E:  History  N.J. 
Medical  Women's  Association  Branch  Four,  AMWA.  1972. 

9.  Walsh  MR:  Women  physicians  and  World  War  II.  JAMWA 
32:189,  1977. 

10.  Teffean  C:  Sophia  Presley.  M.D.:  The  spinsterwho  strug- 
gled seven  years  against  bias  of  male  doctors.  Bulletin 
Camden  County  Historical  Society  28:36,  1975. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


777 


r 

j 


The  Journal 
of  the  Medical 
Society  of 


New  Jersey 


presents 

300  YEARS  OF 
MEDICINE  IN  NEW  JERSEY 

September  1984 

We  are  celebrating  the  history  of  medicine  in  New  Jersey.  This  special 
issue  illuminates  the  beginnings  of  our  health  care  system  and  the  growth 
of  medical  care:  essays  highlight  those  talented  individuals  who  devoted 
themselves  to  this  system,  and  commentaries  present  the  development  of 
specialized  care  in  associated  fields  of  medicine.  Plus  a special  photography 
section  highlighting  three  statewide  exhibits. 

Copies  of  this  issue  are  available  by  sending  $5.00  (check  or  money 
order)  to  MSNJ,  Two  Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648.  All  MSNJ 
members  will  receive  one  copy  of  this  issue. 

Name 

Address 


Enclose  a $ 5.00  check  or  money  order  for  each  copy. 


778 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


A Medical  Dynasty 
in  New  Jersey 

Estelle  Brodman,  ph.d.,  hightstown* 


There  was  a large  number  of  physicians  practicing  in  Hightstown 
in  the  late  19th  and  20th  centuries . A preliminary  investigation 
showed  that  no  fewer  than  1 5 physicians  practiced  there  from 
1 886  to  the  end  of  World  War  I.  Four  families  provided  most  of 
the  medical  care  through  two  generations . 


I 


Avery  large  number  of  physicians 
practiced  in  Hightstown  in  the 
late  19th  and  early  20th  cen- 
turies. It  would  seem  that  a borough  as  small  as 
^ightstown  could  not  have  been  able  to  support  more 
[than  a couple  of  physicians,  for  at  no  time  during  this 
period  did  the  population  rise  above  2,750  people.  A 
preliminary  investigation  of  the  directories  of  Ameri- 
ucan  physicians  from  1886  to  1920,  however,  showed 
that  no  fewer  than  15  physicians  practiced  in  Hights- 
town from  1886  to  the  end  of  World  War  I.  Usually, 
there  were  5 physicians  listed  for  any  one  year,  but 
occasionally  there  might  be  6 or  even  7.  Moreover, 
many  neighboring  smaller  communities,  some  of  them 
now  incorporated  into  the  Hightstown  area  provided 
other  physicians,  who  now  and  then  moved  into  “the 
icity”  (Hightstown)  as  they  grew  older;  so  actually  there 
were  more  physicians  available  to  Hightstown  patients 
than  the  official  directories  would  seem  to  indicate. 

Another  finding  was  that  four  families  provided 
medical  care  through  at  least  two  generations;  one  of 
these  families  had  three  physicians  (including  one 
woman)  and  three  trained  nurses  during  this  period. 

In  this  paper  I shall  describe  some  of  the  conditions 
which  led  to  the  medical  situation  described,  give  some 
biographical  information  about  several  of  the  physi- 
cians, and  then  examine  the  Silver  family  dynasty  of 
physicians,  and  especially.  Dr.  Sarah  C.  Silver- White. 


HISTORIC  HIGHTSTOWN 

Hightstown  is  an  old  gristmill  town,  founded  orig- 
inally in  1721  on  the  post  road  which  ran  from 
Camden  through  Bordentown  to  Perth  Amboy,  con- 
necting with  ferries  to  Philadelphia  at  the  Camden  end 
and  with  New  York  at  the  Perth  Amboy  end.  Inter- 
secting the  Camden  to  Perth  Amboy  Road  near  Hights- 
town was  the  road  to  York,  Pennsylvania  through 
Trenton.  (Both  roads  were  important  in  the  battles  of 
the  Revolutionary  War,  and  a tavern  for  weary  travelers 
soon  sprang  up  at  their  intersection.  By  1835,  Hights- 
town had  a post  house  for  the  stage  line  between 
Princeton  and  Freehold;  later  there  were  four  hotels  for 
travellers.) 

Hightstown  continued  to  be  important  in  the  com- 
merce between  New  York  and  Philadelphia  throughout 
the  19th  eentuiy,  partially  because  one  of  the  earliest 
American  railroads,  the  Camden  and  Perth  Amboy 
Railroad,  ran  through  town.  In  addition  to  the  Camden 
and  Perth  Amboy  Railroad,  the  Union  Transportation 
Company  and  the  Pemberton  and  Hightstown  Rail- 
road (later  part  of  the  Pennsylvania  Railroad  system) 
ran  through  or  near  Hightstown.  So  important  was  the 
railroad  business  to  the  town  that  the  local  newspaper, 


*Dr.  Brodman  is  a Librarian  and  Professor  of  Medical  History 
Emerita.  Washington  University  School  of  Medicine,  St.  Louis. 
MO. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  9 — SEPTEMBER  1984 


779 


the  Hightstown  Gazette,  regularly  carried  a column, 
"Railroad  Doings,"  which  noted  changes  in  personnel, 
schedules,  prices,  sales,  and  accidents.  In  addition,  2 
of  the  15  physicians  listed  primarily  were  railroad  sur- 
geons, rather  than  full-time  Hightstown  residents' 
physicians. 

While  the  railroad  was  the  hub  for  the  agricultural 
wealth  of  the  surrounding  area — rye,  wheat,  other 
grains,  potatoes,  and  apples— it  also  allowed  physi- 
cians to  see  patients  who  lived  at  a distance;  either  by 
themselves  going  to  the  patients  in  other  vicinities,  or 
by  having  patients  come  on  the  railroad  for  appoint- 
ments with  Hightstown  doctors.  By  1906,  when  the 
first  automobile  was  purchased  by  a Hightstown  phy- 
sician, the  catchment  area  for  patients  had  expanded 
enormously  from  the  early  days. 

MEDICAL  CONDITIONS 

Because  of  its  geographical  position,  halfway  be- 
tween New  York  and  Philadelphia  the  influence  of 
these  two  cities  on  Hightstown  was  considerable:  yet 
neither  city  was  dominant  over  the  other.  Looking  at 
the  education  of  the  15  physicians  under  study,  we 
find  6 were  trained  in  medical  schools  in  Philadelphia 
4 in  New  York,  2 in  Maryland,  1 in  Ohio,  and  2 in 
unknown  places.  As  was  to  be  expected,  the  earlier 
physicians  were  more  likely  to  train  in  Philadelphia 
and  the  later  ones  in  New  York  as  that  city’s  schools 
began  to  equal  their  Philadelphia  rivals. 

Like  many  other  areas  in  New  Jersey,  Mercer  County 
had  few  hospitals  until  World  War  I.  Trenton  was  the 
only  Mercer  County  city  with  any  hospitals  at  all  in 
1890:  St.  Francis  Hospital  (founded  in  1873),  the  Tren- 
ton City  Hospital,  and  the  Trenton  Eye  and  Ear  In- 
firmary. Accidents  and  serious  illnesses  were  treated 
at  home  or  in  the  local  doctor’s  office,  while  many 
operations  still  were  being  performed  in  farmhouse 
kitchens  and  dining  rooms.  Quarantine  was  practiced 
for  school  children,  but  not  always  observed  carefully. 
In  1897,  according  to  the  Transactions  of  the  Medical 
Society  of  New  Jersey  for  that  year,  Mercer  County  had 
222  eases  of  diphtheria  with  44  deaths;  although  some 
toxin-antitoxin  vaccine  was  available  as  a preventive, 
where  it  was  used  the  mortality  rate  from  diphtheria 
fell  from  32.6  to  7.6  percent;  56  cases  of  scarlet  fever; 
and  100  eases  of  typhoid  fever.  In  1886  the  local  news- 
paper reported  that  nearly  every  youngster  in  town  had 
whooping  cough;  in  1890,  it  reported  that  “our  doctors 
are  unusually  busy  with  cases  of  influenza,  although 
the  town  itself  is  not  furnishing  many  of  their  pa- 
tients"—which  again  shows  that  the  patient  popu- 
lation extended  far  beyond  the  town  itself.  But  by  this 
time  the  telephone  and  electricity  were  coming  into  the 
town,  easing  the  work  of  all. 

Finally,  the  local  drugstore  was  advertising  not  only 
that  it  sold  paints  and  varnishes  as  well  as  drugs  and 
patent  medicines  (good  for  man  or  beast),  but  that,  as 
the  newspaper  noted  on  February  23,  1888,  “Probably 
no  one  thing  has  caused  such  a general  revival  of  trade 
at  Cunningham’s  Drug  Store  as  their  giving  away  to 
their  customers  of  so  many  free  trial  bottles  of  Dr. 
King’s  New  Discovery  for  Consumption.” 

As  might  be  expected,  medicine  in  Hightstown  in 
this  period  was  divided  by  sects  as  much  as  in  other 


areas  of  the  nation  with  several  homeopathic  physi-i 
eians  and  one  chiropracter.  The  physician  was  likely  : 
to  be  judged  by  his  perfonnanee  rather  than  his  back-!: 
ground  philosophy,  and  at  least  two  of  the  home- 
opathic physicians  were  accepted  by  both  the  public 
and  the  medical  practitioners,  as  well  as  the  state 
licensing  bodies,  even  though  the  state  medical  society 
did  not  encourage  homeopaths  to  become  members.! 
Dr.  George  H.  Franklin,  for  example,  practiced  in 
Hightstown  for  some  30  years  as  a homeopathic  phy- 
sician, as  did  Dr.  Sarah  Silver  White  who  came  back 
to  Hightstown  after  practicing  homeopathy  elsewhere 
and  was  accepted  without  question. 

BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES 

Although  there  were  15  physicians  practicing  in 
Hightstown  from  1886  through  World  War  I,  there  were 
really  only  4 who  stayed  for  any  length  of  time:  Doctors 
George  H.  Franklin,  Joseph  P.  Johnson,  George  E. 
Titus,  and  Lloyd  Wilbur. 

Dr.  George  Henry  Franklin  was  bom  in  1856  and 
received  his  medical  degree  from  the  Columbia  Univer- 
sity College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons,  New  York,  in 
1879.  He  practiced  for  a few  years  in  Windsor,  a neigh- 
boring town:  in  1886,  he  moved  to  Hightstown  and 
remained  there  the  rest  of  his  life.  Although  the  general 
practice  of  physicians  at  that  period  was  to  take  care 
of  all  cases — and  the  Hightstown  Gazette  certainly  re- 
ports his  work  in  eases  of  accidents  and  in 
epidemics— Dr.  George  Franklin  reported  to  the  Ameri- 
can Medical  Association  in  1906  that  his  practice  was 
limited  to  obstetrics  and  gynecology.  There  is  nothing 
in  the  local  archives  that  would  clarify  this  point;  on 
May  29,  1890,  the  local  newspaper  reported  that  he 
had  purchased  an  oxygen  generator  and  planned  to 
use  the  gas  in  chronic  lung  diseases,  bronchitis,  inci- 
pient consumption,  and  severe  cases  of  dyspepsia  and 
rheumatism.  Perhaps  he  changed  to  specialization  be- 
tween this  date  and  1906,  but  that  is  speculation.  Dr. 
Franklin  also  was  a joiner;  as  an  ardent  Methodist  he 
attended  many  of  the  church’s  annual  conferences, 
and  he  frequently  talked  to  the  Baptist  Men’s  Club  on 
medical  and  moral  subjects.  On  February  7,  1910,  for 
example,  he  spoke  on  tuberculosis,  then  a potent  killer 
in  Hightstown.  He  was  on  the  town  council,  elected  on 
the  “Improvement  Ticket”  in  1900,  and  he  served  for: 
a time  as  school  medical  inspector.  He  called  the  home 
and  office  he  built  in  1910  on  Main  Street  a bungalow, 
which  still  stands. 

Dr.  George  H.  Franklin  had  one  son,  Charles  Mon- 
tange  Franklin  (1881  to  1918),  who  graduated  from 
University  of  Pennsylvania  Medical  School  in  1906. 
“Monty”  Franklin  typified  the  education  of  Hightstown 
physicians,  for  the  family  was  divided,  with  one  mem-' 
ber  going  to  New  York  for  medical  training  and  the 
other  to  Philadelphia;  although  usually  it  was  the  older 
physician  who  had  the  Philadelphia  degree  and  the! 
younger  the  New  York  one.  Like  his  father,  Dr.  Charles 
Franklin  claimed  a specialization — his  practice  was 
limited  to  pediatrics,  complementing,  no  doubt,  his 
father’s  obstetrical  work. 

The  younger  Dr.  Franklin  was  one  of  the  town’s  gay 
blades,  for  the  newspaper  reports  a number  of  his 
actions  as  a young  boy  and  later  as  an  adult,  when  he 


780 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Figure  1 — Home  and  office  of  George  E.  Titus,  M.D. 


and  his  wife  gave  rather  elaborate  dinner  parties.  Un- 
fortunately, however,  he  died  during  the  flu  epidemic 
of  1918  when  he  was  only  37  years  old. 

The  second  long-acting  Hightstown  physician  was 
Dr.  Joseph  P.  Johnson,  a homeopathic  physician  who 
was  graduated  from  Hahnemann  Medical  College, 
Philadelphia,  in  1867  and  practiced  in  Hightstown 
until  1912.  In  addition  to  his  medical  practice,  of 
which  details  are  meager,  he  was  a member  of  the 
school  board  and  clerk  of  the  district  for  20  years. 
When  he  declined  to  run  again,  in  1900,  the  Hights- 
town Gazette  noted,  “He  has  done  an  immense 
amount  of  hard  work  and  shown  a deep  and  intelligent 
interest  in  our  public  schools.”  On  March  20,  1890, 
“sealed  bids  for  doctoring  the  poor  of  the  township 
were  presented  [to  the  Township  Board]  and  the  con- 
tract was  awarded  to  Dr.  J.P.  Johnson  as  the  lowest 
bidder  at  $43.50.”  Whether  his  contract  was  awarded 
him  annually  thereafter  is  not  known,  nor  are  his 
duties  spelled  out.  As  a homeopath.  Dr.  Johnson  was 
not  a member  of  the  county  or  state  medical  societies, 
but  he  certainly  was  accepted  by  the  townspeople  with 
the  same  enthusiasm  that  they  accepted  the  other 
long-term  practitioners. 

The  third  long-term  Hightstown  physician.  Dr. 
George  E.  Titus  (1855  to  1916)  and  a graduate  of 
Bellevue  Hospital  Medical  School,  class  of  1877,  prob- 
ably was  the  most  sanitarian-like  physician  of  the 
group.  He  persuaded  the  town  to  put  in  a filter  system 
for  its  water  supply  and  later  a sewer  system.  On  Janu- 
aiy  4,  1900,  he  was  authorized,  as  chairman  of  the 
town’s  Finance  Committee,  to  arrange  for  certificates 
of  indebtedness  of  $2,500  to  pay  for  the  filter  and  he 
made  regular  reports  on  the  matter.  He  also  was  active 
as  a member  of  the  County’s  Republican  Committee 
for  a number  of  years,  where  he  tried  to  have  sanitary 
measures  put  into  legislation.  Soon  after  he  came  to 
Hightstown,  he  erected  a handsome  house  and  office 
(Figure  1),  which  still  stands  on  Main  Street,  in  which 
he  lived  until  his  death  in  1916. 

Dr.  Lloyd  Wilbur  (1831  to  1900),  the  last  of  the  long- 
term physicians,  represents  a bridge  from  the  older 
education  and  practice  of  medicine  in  the  early  19th 
century  to  the  newer  systems  of  the  late  1 9th  and  20th 
centuries.  He  was  bom  in  1831  in  a rural  portion  of 


the  state  and  was  educated  at  the  Trenton  Academy 
and  the  Pennington  Seminary,  from  which  he  was 
graduated  in  1848.  He  taught  school  near  there  for  two 
years  while  also  studying  medicine  under  Dr.  George 
F.  Fort  of  New  Egypt  as  preceptor.  (Fort  later  became 
governor  of  New  Jersey,  showing  how  medicine  and 
politics  still  were  possible  joint  occupations  at  the 
time.)  In  1853,  Lloyd  Wilbur  entered  Jefferson  Medical 
College,  Philadelphia  from  which  he  obtained  his 
degree  in  1854  after  the  usual  two-year  course.  Later, 
Princeton  University  awarded  him  an  honorary  master 
of  arts  degree  for  his  civic  as  well  as  medical  efforts. 

Dr.  Wilbur  was  an  ardent  abolitionist,  and  was  a 
member  of  the  Republican  delegation  to  the  conven- 
tion which  nominated  Abraham  Lincoln  for  the  presi- 
dency. He  was  Superintendent  of  Schools  for  Mercer 
County  for  six  years,  and  State  Superintendent  of  the 
School  Census  until  that  office  was  abolished  by  the 
legislature.  In  1887,  the  borough  of  Wilbur  was  named 
for  him,  now  a part  of  Trenton. 

Wilbur’s  medical  practice  is  better  documented  than 
that  of  the  other  physicians.  His  ledger  of  patients  and 
charges  made  has  been  preserved  and  is  in  the  Hights- 
town Historical  Society.  Since  primarily  it  is  a fiscal 
accounting,  the  ledger  does  not  give  all  the  medical 
details  which  we  would  like  to  have;  moreover,  it  covers 
a period  when  he  was  just  beginning  his  practice 
(1857  to  1860).  There  are  enough  data  in  the  book  to 
derive  some  conclusions  about  his  practice— and, 
therefore,  probably  the  practice  of  other  physicians  in 
small  towns  at  that  time. 

Since  Dr.  Wilbur  bought  the  practice  of  a Dr.  Blauvelt 
in  1855,  it  is  possible  that  he  inherited  some  of  that 
physician’s  clientele.  I have  tabulated  his  records  for 
the  first  three  weeks  of  August,  for  1857,  1858,  and 
I860; 

1 . He  saw  from  1 to  1 0 patients  a day,  growing  stead- 
ily busier.  In  1857,  his  average  load  was  2.95  pa- 
tients/day;  in  1858  it  was  3.3/day,  while  in  1860  it  was 
4.6.  The  latter  year  must  have  been  a particularly  sickly 
one,  because  he  listed  more  than  4 patients/day  on  6 
of  21  days,  some  even  on  Sunday,  and  he  had  several 
10-patient  days. 

2.  He  saw  the  same  patient  on  the  average  of  five 
consecutive  days,  after  which  it  is  presumed  the  pa- 
tient was  discharged. 

3.  His  usual  charge  for  a visit  and  medicine,  or  a 
visit  and  advice,  was  50<t.  A visit  to  two  patients  in  a 
household  varied  from  75<t  to  $1.50.  Night  calls  were 
$2  to  $5,  and  obstetrical  cases  were  $5.  Variations 
occurred,  of  course;  clergymen  were  not  charged  any- 
thing and  colored  patients  12‘/2<t  a visit.  It  should  be 
emphasized,  of  course,  that  these  were  just  his 
charges:  payments  were  rarely  as  much  as  the  ledger 
indicated,  and  here  and  there  barter  payments  in-kind 
were  noted — grain,  chickens,  and  ham. 

4.  Occasionally,  the  disease  and/or  its  treatment  is 
listed.  Some  causes  for  the  fees  are  given,  as;  removal 
of  foreign  body  or  “accouchement  uxoris"  (billed,  of 
course,  to  the  husband).  Tincture  of  opium  was  given 
to  one  patient  who  was  charged  37I/2<L  though  spirits 
of  ether  cost  another  patient  50<t  and  I lydr.  ehlor.  and 
Acct.  Potass,  each  were  only  25C.  An  incision  of  the 
aveolar  (perhaps  lancing  a boil  on  the  gum)  cost  one 
father  another  SOtf  and  extracting  a tooth  cost  another 


781 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  9 — SEPTEMBER  1984 


The  Silver  family  (Figure  2)  contributed  the  most 
medical  and  heal  tin  related  care  to  the  residents  of 
Hightstown  during  this  period. 

The  oldest  member  of  the  group  was  Dr.  George  Ad- 
dison Silver  (1861  to  1944)  (Figure  3).  a graduate  of 
the  New  York  University  Medical  College  in  1881.  For 
some  years  he  was  in  practice  in  Butler,  Morris  County; 
then  he  moved  to  Windsor,  the  suburb  of  Hightstown, 
where  he  practiced  until  he  came  to  Hightstown  in 
1909. 

Dr.  George  A.  Silver’s  son.  Dr.  E.  Drew  Silver,  bom 
in  1889,  received  his  medical  degree  from  the  College 
of  Physicians  and  Surgeons  in  Baltimore  in  1913.  Dur- 
ing World  War  I he  served  in  the  Medical  Corps  as- 
signed to  the  British  Black  Watch.  While  in  Europe,  his 
wife  and  daughter  continued  to  live  in  Windsor,  often 
visiting  Hightstown  for  Sunday  family  reunions.  After 
returning  from  the  War.  Dr.  E.  Drew  Silver  (Figure  4) 
moved  his  family  and  practice  to  Hightstown. 


Three  of  the  Silver  family  women  became  nurses: 
Josephine  Drew  Silver,  Jane  Amanda  Silver,  and  Marie 
Pullen  Silver.  The  New  York-Philadelphia  education  ! 
balance  can  be  seen  in  the  training  of  these  three 
women:  Josephine  and  Jane  Amanda  were  in  the  sec- 
ond class  of  the  newly  formed  Nurse's  Training  School 
at  Bellevue  Hospital,  New  York.  Marie  was  a graduate 
of  the  Philadelphia’s  Women's  Hospital.  During  World 
War  I,  Jane  Amanda  nursed  in  Gouvemeur  Hospital, 
New  York,  and  later  became  office  nurse  for  her  sister.; 
Marie  Pullen  Silver  was  the  wife  of  Dr.  E.  Drew  Silver. 

One  can  only  speculate  whether  these  three  women 
who  became  nurses  just  before  the  turn  of  century 
might  not  have  wished  to  enter  the  medical  profession 
directly,  but  were  constrained  by  the  mores  of  the  time 
and  the  consequent  difficulty  of  finding  a reputable 
medical  school  that  would  take  medical  students.  I call 
to  your  attention  the  fact  that  women’s  medical 
schools  proliferated  because  no  other  way  of  obtaining 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


husband  25<L  A spontaneous  abortion  caused  Dr. 
Wilbur  to  ask  one  husband  for  Si  and  another  hus- 
band for  S2.  Tincture  of  digitalis  was  prescribed: 
morphine  was  injected;  a ease  of  tetanus  treated;  neu- 
ralgia was  listed  once;  and  diarrhea  and  convulsions 
each  once.  He  adjusted  a fracture  of  the  clavicle  for  one 
patient  at  a charge  of  S5,  while  seven  consecutive  visits 
to  the  unnamed  “milkman”  with  an  unlisted  disease 
were  charged  at  $5.50. 

Dr.  Lloyd  Wilbur  died  on  Januaiy  27,  1900,  and  re- 
ceived a two-column  obituaiy  in  the  local  paper  and 
a funeral  attended  by  patients  and  other  physicians 
from  throughout  New  Jersey.  The  Medical  Society  of 
New  Jersey  representative  characterized  Dr.  Wilbur  as 
a truly  accomplished  practitioner  with  a vice-like  mem- 
ory, accustomed  to  constant  study  and  often  in  consul- 
tations with  the  foremost  doctors  of  the  eountiy.  His 
ideas  and  opinions  were  said  to  be  clear-cut;  in  surgery 
he  was  found  to  be  original,  dextrous,  and  resourceful. 
The  lay  paper  commented  on  his  humane  qualities: 
"Under  a natural  bmsqueness  of  manner,  he  concealed 
a heart  that  was  as  tender  as  a woman’s,  and  his 
notable  indifference  to  charging  fees  or  collecting  bills 
has  made  many  a poor  man  and  woman  call  his  name 
blessed.” 

Dr.  Wilbur  had  two  sons,  both  of  them  physicians. 
The  older  practiced  in  Asbury  Park  and  the  younger 
continued  his  father’s  practice  in  Hightstown.  Dr.  Wil- 
liam Wilbur,  the  younger  son,  was  a graduate  of  the 
University  of  Pennsylvania  in  1888  and  returned  to 
practice  in  Hightstown  until  1906  and  again  after 
1918.  Like  his  father,  he  was  a politician  as  well  as  a 
physician,  being  sheriff  of  Mercer  County  for  a number 
of  years  and  finally  becoming  president  of  the  New 
Jersey  Sheriff s Association.  He  moved  to  Trenton  in 
1906  and  practiced  there  as  well  as  in  Hightstown  for 
some  years.  While  in  Trenton,  some  of  his  Hightstown 
patients  came  to  that  office  on  the  train  and  by  bus, 
according  to  one  resident.  Dr.  William  Wilbur  made 
several  foreign  trips— to  London  and  Paris  three 
months  after  his  father’s  death,  and  then  continued 
on  to  Oberammergau  for  the  Passion  Play.  He  was 
certainly  up-to-date,  going  to  New  York  for  the  Auto- 
mobile Show  of  1906  and  buying  a Buiek  for  himself. 

SILVER  FAMILY  MEDICAL  DYNASTY 


Figure  2 — Silver  family  photograph. 


Figure  3 — George  A Silver,  M.D. 


782 


Figure  4 — E.  Drew  Silver,  M.D. 

! a medical  education  existed,  with  even  Johns  Hopkins 
Medical  School  playing  tricks  with  the  money  Mrs. 
Garrett  gave  them  on  the  condition  that  they  admit 
women  equally  with  men,  to  emphasize  the  frustrating 
position  of  the  women  in  the  Silver  family  who  might 
have  had  the  same  bent  as  their  male  siblings. 

One  of  the  Silver  women,  however,  did  not  follow  the 
line  of  the  acquiescing  females— she  became  a phy- 
sician on  her  own  after  some  years  as  a nurse  and 
practiced  medicine  for  38  years  in  New  York  and  sev- 
eral New  Jersey  cities.  She  was  Sarah  Cubberley  Silver, 
M.D., — after  her  marriage,  she  practiced  as  Silver- 
White. 

Bom  two  years  after  her  brother.  Dr.  George  Addison 
Silver,  Sarah  Silver  (1863  to  1933)  was  graduated  at 
age  32,  in  the  1895  class  of  the  New  York  Medical 
College  and  Hospital  for  Women,  a homeopathic  in- 
stitution which  had  been  founded  in  1863;  the  College 
had  16  professors,  4 assistant  professors,  6 lecturers, 
1 demonstrator,  and  1 assistant  demonstrator— both 
men  and  women — on  the  faculty  when  she  was  a stu- 
dent there.  Unlike  many  of  the  medical  schools  of  the 
time,  this  one  had  a 4-year  graded  course  with  a 26- 
week  academic  year,  and  advertised  it  had  laboratories 
for  the  study  of  anatomy,  histology,  and  elin-ical  medi- 
cine. Matriculants  were  expected  to  have  a college 
degree  or  have  passed  the  New  York  State  Regents 
examinations,  although  like  many  medical  schools  of 
the  time,  the  stated  requirements  and  the  actual  ones 
probably  differed.  For  the  period,  however,  this  school 
was  at  least  as  good  as  many  of  those  which  accepted 
men  only. 


Figure  5 — Sarah  C.  Silver-White,  M.D. 

For  almost  a year  after  her  graduation  Sarah  Silver 
remained  at  the  hospital  run  by  the  medical  school  in 
New  York  City;  in  1896,  she  moved  to  Paterson.  From 
1896  to  1902,  she  lived  at  four  different  addresses  in 
Paterson.  At  that  point  she  returned  to  New  York  City 
and  practiced  under  her  married  name,  Silver-White, 
at  three  different  places  through  1909.  By  1912  she 
was  resident  in  Passaic,  and  had  two  different  ad- 
dresses in  that  city  until,  after  a heart  attack,  she 
returned  to  practice  in  Hightstown  in  1916:  but  even 
in  that  town  she  managed  to  live  at  three  locations 
until  her  death  at  70  years  of  age  in  June  1933  of  a 
brain  tumor.  She  ceased  to  practice  in  1930.  When 
asked  about  all  these  changes  of  address,  her  grand- 
niece said  Dr.  Sarah  was  a perfectionist;  for  her 
nothing  was  ever  right.  The  niece  also  admitted,  how- 
ever, that  Dr.  Silver-White  was  a very  difficult  woman 
to  get  along  with  at  any  time,  and  that  probably  ac- 
counts for  her  moves  (Figure  5). 

Apparently,  Dr.  Silver-White  was  a good  physician, 
even  if  a peculiar  one,  and  adored  by  her  patients. 
There  is  one  story  told  about  how  she  visited  a sick 
child  in  the  country  and  went  out  of  the  fannhouse 
to  speak  to  the  child’s  father  who  was  plowing.  To  her 
surprise,  however,  she  found  that  the  father  also  was 
ill  with  the  same  high  fever,  and  she  ordered  him  to 
go  home  and  go  to  bed.  When  he  complained  that  he 
must  finish  his  ploughing  first,  she  told  him  to  go 
home— she  would  do  the  rest  of  the  ploughing,  and  she 
did! 

Patients  that  she  had  treated  at  her  Paterson  or 
Passaic  practices  still  came  to  her  in  Hightstown  for 
medical  help,  using  the  railroad  until  buses  and  auto- 
mobiles came  in.  For  that  reason  she  had  her  office 
close  to  the  railroad  station  and  is  reputed  to  have 
learned  the  railroad  timetables  by  heart.  Her  sister. 
Jane  Amanda,  the  trained  nurse,  acted  as  her  office 
nurse,  and  is  said  to  have  made  the  patients’  and  the 
local  merchants’  lives  easier  than  did  her  rather  short- 
tempered  sister. 

CONCLUSIONS 

What  final  conclusions  can  we  draw  from  this  tale 
of  local  New  Jersey  physicians  in  the  decades  around 
the  turn  of  the  20th  century?  I think  we  can  conclude 
that: 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


783 


1.  While  none  of  the  physicians  I have  discussed 
made  any  great  additions  to  medical  knowledge  or  pub- 
lished or  experimented  anything  notable,  they  rep- 
resented the  ideal  of  the  family  physician  which  in 
today's  world  is  so  difficult  to  find. 

2.  Even  in  small  towns  in  New  Jersey,  the  physicians 
generally  were  well-educated,  either  in  allopathic  or 
homeopathic  medicine. 

3.  Most  small  town  physicians  were  general  practi- 
tioners, and  even  those  who  stated  that  they  limited 
their  practice  were  expected  to  remain  the  family  phy- 
sician as  well. 

4.  The  practice  of  medicine  at  that  time  was  not  so 


compelling  but  that  physicians  had  time  to  take  or 
civic,  religious,  and  societal  roles  not  so  common  today 

5.  As  communication  and  transportation  methods 
grew  better,  the  catchment  area  for  physicians  to  draw 
patients  enlarged  greatly.  The  railroad  was  the  princi 
pal  aid  here  until  the  time  when  the  public  transpor 
tation  bus  and  the  automobile  became  competitive. 

6.  Women  still  were  being  relegated  to  supporting 
roles  in  medicine  at  this  time,  although  an  oceasiona 
woman  physician  can  be  expected. 

7.  Just  as  tradesmen  and  craftsmen  tended  to  pass 
on  their  skills  to  their  sons,  so  physicians  often  buil 
medical  dynasties. 


784 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


The  Academy  of  Medicine  of  New  Jersey: 
A Brief  History 


Morris  H.  Saffron,  m.d.,  lawrencevtlle* 


The  Academy  of  Medicine  of  New  Jersey  (AMNJ)  is  a beacon  of 
enlightenment for  the  practicing  physician.  From  its  beginnings 
to  the  present  time,  AMNJ  has  worked  for  the  dissemination  of 
medical  information. 


When  the  Academy  of  Medicine  of 
New  Jersey  (AMNJ)  was  founded 
in  1911,  New  Jersey,  one  of  the 
few  remaining  states  without  a medical  school,  was  a 
jprofessional  wasteland.  Only  Newark  City  Hospital  had 
acquired  national  recognition  as  a center  of  medical 
education.  The  fathers  of  AMNJ.  who  included  the 
most  distinquished  physicians  of  northern  New  Jer- 
sey, made  it  clear  from  the  very  start  that  the  primary 
purpose  was  “the  dissemination  of  medical  infor- 
mation to  the  profession  and  the  public.”  From  this 
objective,  AMNJ  never  has  waivered  and  decades  before 
the  concept  of  an  enforced  CME  was  even  considered, 
the  organization  had  become  a beacon  of  enlighten- 
ment for  the  practicing  physician. 

AMNJ  was  founded  in  Newark  and  originally  was 
called  the  Academy  of  Medicine  of  Northern  New  Jer- 
sey. Its  purpose  was  to  provide  a place  for  scientific 
meetings  where  practicing  physicians  could  continue 
their  education.  An  eyewitness  account  from  an  early 
cublication  describes  the  beginning: 

“It  was  one  cold,  wintry  night  on  February  25, 
1911,  that  some  determined,  dedicated  knowledge- 
thirsty  doctors  came  streaming  intp  the  Newark 
public  library,  some  walking  across  Washington 
Park  from  the  fashionable  houses,  that,  in  those 
days,  were  located  in  the  downtown  section  of  New- 
ark. Some  came  on  bicycles,  some  in  buggies,  and 
some  chugged  along  Washington  Street  in  high- 
fendered,  open-top  automobiles.  They  came  from 


Newark  and  Jersey  City,  Hilton  and  Communipaw, 
Elizabeth,  and  Vailsburg.  By  ten  o’clock  there  were 
nearly  100  of  them,  crowded  into  a shelf-lined  cor- 
ner, perched  on  chairs  and  stools  and  book  boxes, 
eager  to  give  the  breath  of  life  to  the  age-old  idea 
of  an  Academy  of  Scholars.” 

This  formal  debut  of  the  Academy  brought  together 
a distinguished  group  of  men.  Dr.  Edward  J.  Ill,  the 
distinguished  surgeon  and  humanitarian,  was  the 
first  president.  The  early  meetings  were  held  in  the 
first  home  of  the  Academy,  the  Wiss  Building  at  671 
Broad  Street,  and  the  roster  of  speakers  during  the 
early  days  indicates  the  high  standards  set  by  the 
founders.  The  first  formal  address  was  given  on  No- 
vember 2,  1911,  by  Dr.  John  B.  Murphy,  the  famous 
Chicago  surgeon,  then  president  of  the  American 
Medical  Association. 

But  the  main  purpose  of  the  Academy— the  op- 
portunity for  free  and  open  discussion— could  not  be 
served  through  formal  lectures  alone.  April  19,  1911, 
saw  the  formation  of  four  original  sections:  medicine: 
surgery;  obstetrics  and  gynecology:  and  ear,  nose,  and 
throat.  In  1915,  pediatrics  became  a new  section.  By 
1950,  three  additional  sections  were  added:  general 
practice;  oral  medicine  and  surgery:  occupational 
medicine  and  hygiene;  additional  sections  since  have 
been  added. 


*Dr.  Saffron  is  Guest  Editor  of  this  special  issue. 


70 L.  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


785 


THE  EARLY  YEARS 


Academy  President  August  Strasser  left  in  1917  to 
serve  in  the  armed  forces;  the  Academy  was  left  under 
the  able  administration  of  Harrison  Martland,  M.D.  Six 
scheduled  meetings  were  cancelled  because  no 
quorum  was  available  (wars  notoriously  have  harmful 
effects  on  voluntary  organizations)  and  the  only  large 
conference  held  was  that  of  the  pediatric  section.  The 
shortage  of  physicians  was  felt  more  keenly  because 
of  the  calamitous  influenza  epidemic  which  ravaged 
New  Jersey  during  1918  and  1919.  This  menace 
brought  forth  on  February  19,  1919,  one  of  the  greatest 
symposia  ever  held  at  the  Academy;  the  entire  subject 
of  influenza  was  covered  from  every  conceivable  aspect. 

During  these  troubled  years  the  Fellows  never  lagged 
in  the  pursuit  of  a permanent  home  for  the  Academy. 
President  Harry  B.  Epstein  led  a successful  campaign 
for  subscription  funds  for  the  purchase  of  a 
brownstone  facing  Lincoln  Park,  and  on  October  20, 
1920,  President  John  F.  Haberty  opened  the  doors  to 
a brilliant  assembly  (Figure  1). 

By  an  agreement  signed  May  18,  1921,  the  Medical 
Library  Association  was  merged  formally  with  the 
Academy,  and  the  books  were  transferred  to  the  new 
building.  With  the  acquisition  of  a handsome  home 
and  fine  library — then  valued  at  $10,000 — the 
Academy  entered  on  the  second  prosperous  phase  of 
its  history. 

With  inadequate  financial  resources,  the  18-year-old 
Academy  was  ill  prepared  to  meet  the  depression  years 
of  1929  to  1933.  Mass  resignations  reduced  revenue 
to  such  a degree  that  a committee  was  formed  belatedly 
to  obtain  funds  for  a permanent  endowment.  Still,  in 
1930,  the  Academy  voted  to  send  a gift  of  books  to  the 
library  of  the  newly  opened  Temple  University  School 
of  Medicine,  a brave  gesture  in  those  difficult  times. 

Between  1935  and  1937,  President  Max  Danzis 
began  an  intensive  public  relations  program  which 
brought  thousands  of  lay  people  to  Academy  meetings. 
By  1936  signs  of  true  recovery  were  in  evidence.  The 
city  of  Newark  resumed  its  financial  support  of  the 
Academy  Library,  discontinued  in  1933. 

With  improving  economic  conditions,  1937  also  saw 
an  unequalled  rise  in  the  number  of  new  members.  In 
a drive  sparked  by  President  Hemy  C.  Barkhom,  over 
100  new  Fellows  joined,  bringing  the  total  to  474. 

In  1939,  on  the  85th  birthday  of  Dr.  Edward  J.  Ill, 
an  award  bearing  his  name  was  established  by  the 
Academy  (Figure  2);  the  honor  is  bestowed  annually 
upon  a New  Jersey  physician  for  dedication  and  ex- 
traordinary service  to  the  profession  and  citizens  of 
the  state. 

THE  1940s 

The  30th  anniversary  of  the  Academy  was  high- 
lighted by  the  announcement  of  the  Eagleton  gift  on 
March  18,  1941:  the  brownstone  adjacent  to  the 
Academy  home— doubling  the  space  for  the  library  and 
meetings.  With  the  acquisition  of  the  Eagleton  House 
rose  the  necessity  of  integrating  the  two  struc- 
tures—accomplished  by  1942. 

The  years  of  World  War  II  brought  serious  problems 
and  drastic  changes.  The  Academy  founding  fathers 
were  becoming  too  ill  and  feeble  to  continue  in  active 


Figure  1 — The  Academy's  first  permanent  home. 


service.  Since  the  majority  of  youthful  Fellows  were1 
called  to  active  duty,  the  roll  of  dues-paying  members 
fell  to  a distressingly  low  point.  Under  the  adminis- 
tration of  Dr.  Royal  S.  Schaaf  (1944  to  1945),  the  down- 
ward trend  in  membership  was  checked. 

In  September  1945,  President  Lee  Hughes  acted  as 
host  at  a formal  reception  to  returning  war  veterans.  I 
These  men  came  back  with  an  insatiable  appetite  for 
knowledge,  determined  to  resume  their  studies,  and  to 
embark  on  a career  of  specialization. 

THE  1950s 

The  years  1951  and  1952  saw  several  large  acquisi- 
tions by  the  library;  1,000  volumes  from  the  library  of 
Dr.  Edgar  Cardwell;  1,500  volumes  from  Princeton  Uni- 
versity; and  the  entire  collection  of  the  defunct  Essex 
County  College  of  Medicine  and  Surgery.  In  antici- 
pation of  a move  from  Newark  to  a more  accessible 
suburban  area,  the  agreement  with  the  Newark  Library 
was  terminated. 

On  March  5,  1953,  the  name  of  the  Academy  was 
officially  changed  to  the  Academy  of  Medicine  of  New 
Jersey  (AMNJ). 

On  January  7,  1954,  Dr.  Herbert  A.  Schulte  reaf- 
firmed the  position  of  the  Academy  stating:  “Post- 
graduate education  be  considered  a fundamental  func- 
tion of  the  Academy,  that  our  efforts  and  capacities  be 
extended  through  existing  or  new  avenues  to  correlate 
and  integrate  all  our  activities  to  make  them  available 
throughout  the  state,  and  that  we  implement  pro- 
grams in  order  to  avoid  duplication  and  inevitable  dis- 
persion of  interest  on  the  part  of  the  medical  pro- 
fession." This  led  to  the  formation  of  a committee  on 
education. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


786 


Figure  2 — Wells  P.  Eagleton,  the  first  recipient  of  the  Edward 
J.  Ill  Award. 


On  April  7,  1955,  the  Academy  established  the 
“Citizen’s  Award,”  to  be  given  annually  to  a New  Jersey 
resident  for  extraordinary  individual  services  for  the 
health  and  welfare  of  the  general  public.” 

In  October  1959,  the  Academy  moved  to  Bloomfield, 
to  larger  quarters. 

THE  1960s 

When  Dr.  Morris  Saffron  was  president  (1965  to 
1966),  MSNJ  had  begun  to  give  some  financial  support 
to  the  Academy  library,  yet  there  still  was  no  formal 
understanding  relative  to  postgraduate  education,  a 
subject  in  which  both  organizations  were  vitally  con- 
cerned. Drs.  Parsonnet,  Bernhard,  and  Saffron  eventu- 
ally gained  financial  assistance  from  the  Medical  So- 
ciety for  expansion  of  an  educational  program — an  al- 
location to  support  visiting  symposia  The  Academy 
was  on  the  way  to  its  present  supremacy  as  a center 
for  the  dissemination  of  medical  information. 

During  the  term  of  Dr.  W.  Franklin  Keim  as  president 
(1967  to  1968),  the  first  presentation  of  the  William 
P.  Burpeau  Award,  established  by  the  section  on  urol- 
ogy as  a memorial  to  a New  Jersey  leader  in  this 
specialty,  was  made;  the  award  since  has  been  given 
annually  to  an  impressive  list  of  urologists  from 
foreign  countries  as  well  as  our  own. 

THE  1970s 

As  the  Academy  entered  what  has  proved  to  be  the 
most  eventful  decade  of  its  histoiy,  it  already  had  at- 
tained a position  of  leadership  as  the  most  influential 
force  in  the  field  of  continuing  medical  education 
CME)  with  the  help  of  Dr.  Milton  Shoshkes  who  was 
parrying  CME  programs  to  unprecedented  heights.  Yet 


despite  the  continued  rise  in  membership,  the 
Academy  still  found  itself  in  a chronic  state  of  financial 
difficulty.  With  minimal  endowment,  AMNJ  depended 
on  dues  for  90  percent  of  its  budget,  more  than 
$50,000  of  which  went  to  support  the  library.  Although 
this  was  the  rock  on  which  the  Academy  had  been 
founded,  and  a continuing  source  of  pride  when  it  was 
the  only  major  collection  in  New  Jersey,  it  rapidly  was 
being  surpassed  by  the  two  libraries  of  the  state-sup- 
ported  medical  schools.  Finally,  the  actual  transfer  of 
some  40,000  volumes  to  Newark  was  necessary  and 
effected;  the  rare  books  were  appraised  and  the  collec- 
tion was  deposited  for  a five-year  period  in  Newark, 
with  the  understanding  that  it  could  be  recaptured  in 
the  event  that  the  Academy  found  suitable  quarters. 

In  December  1970,  the  Board  adopted  a resolution 
prepared  by  Dr.  Hemy  Davidson,  outlining  the 
Academy’s  obligations  as  the  recognized  educational 
arm  of  MSNJ.  The  Academy  agreed  to  consult  with  and 
present  annual  reports  of  its  activities  and  expen- 
ditures to  the  Committee  on  Education  of  the  Medical 
Society,  which  would  have  representation  on  the 
Academy  Board;  Dr.  James  A.  Rogers  was  the  first 
liaison  member. 

At  the  same  time,  the  Bulletin,  the  Academy  journal 
started  in  1955,  was  published  for  the  last 
time— another  sacrifice  to  economic  necessity;  it  con- 
tained six  articles  on  various  aspects  of  New  Jersey 
medical  history. 

When  Dr.  Sherman  Garrison  assumed  the  office  of 
president  (1971  to  1972),  the  unsatisfactory  fiscal 
status  demanded  his  immediate  attention.  He  ap- 
pointed Dr.  Leo  Siegel  to  head  a committee  to  negotiate 
with  potential  buyers  for  the  sale  of  the  Bloomfield 
property,  and  terminated  all  library  activities.  AMNJ 
played  host  to  a team  sent  out  by  the  AMA  to  survey 
programs;  on  August  7,  1972,  the  Academy  received 
approval  as  a category  I sponsoring  organization  for 
a period  of  four  years.  At  the  same  time  MSNJ  in- 
stituted a mandatory  requirement  of  150  hours  of  ap- 
proved study  every  three  years  for  continuing  member- 
ship. Taking  note  of  these  rapid  developments  in  the 
field  of  education.  Dr.  Siegel  voiced  his  determination 
that  the  Academy  maintain  its  leadership  in  CME, 
urging  younger  Fellows  to  advance  new  ideas  for  con- 
sideration. 

In  the  spring  of  1973,  Charles  Heitzmann  was  ap- 
pointed Executive  Director  with  Linda  Bartolo  as  his 
Associate. 

In  1973,  the  Academy  moved  to  Union.  Located  some 
15  miles  south  of  Newark,  the  Academy  had  left  Essex 
County  for  the  first  time,  thus  demonstrating  its  de- 
termination to  serve  physicians  from  every  part  of  the 
state.  Union  was  to  remain  the  “interim  home"  for  six 
years,  during  a period  marked  by  unusual  activity  and 
growth. 

Upon  the  death  of  Dr.  Henry  Davidson  in  the  sum- 
mer of  1973,  Dr.  Arthur  Bernstein  assumed  the  presi- 
dency and  served  another  tenn,  1974  to  1975. 

In  1974,  the  Academy  of  General  Dentistry  gave  its 
approval  to  the  Academy  as  their  statewide  accrediting 
body.  This  year  was  also  a time  of  expansion  of  services 
to  speciality  societies,  and  in  1984  there  are  28  special- 
ty societies  being  served  by  the  Academy. 


70 L.  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


787 


The  presidency  of  Dr.  Leon  Smith  (1977  to  1978) 
coincided  with  a period  of  unusual  growth  of  member- 
ship and  activity,  and  has  been  called  the  most  pro- 
ductive year  in  Academy  history.  During  this  year  there 
were  no  less  than  12  major  symposia  some  200  roving 
symposia  and  900  cosponsored  meetings. 

During  his  term  in  office,  President  James  A.  Rogers 
(1978  to  1979)  addressed  several  messages  to  the  Fel- 
lows in  which  he  touched  on  CME,  the  increasing 
incursion  of  government  bureaucracy  in  the  practice 
of  medicine,  the  escalating  cost  of  the  health  delivery 
system,  and  the  necessity  for  the  profession  to  col- 
laborate in  presenting  a solid  front  against  detractors. 

In  view  of  the  increasing  number  of  specialty  so- 
cieties affiliated  with  the  Academy  in  1979,  it  had  been 
suggested  that  AMNJ  sponsor  a New  Jersey  Associa- 
tion of  Medical  Specialty  Societies.  This  group  was 
organized  on  February  14,  1979,  and  thus  became  an 
added  force  supporting  the  efforts  of  organized  medi- 
cine to  keep  CME  under  the  direct  control  of  the  prac- 
ticing physician. 

In  September  1979,  after  six  years  in  Union,  the 
Academy  finally  moved  to  the  headquarters  of  the 
Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  in  Lawrenceville.  The 
advantages  were  manifold:  adequate  parking  facilities: 
ample  office  space  for  the  expanding  staff;  conference 
rooms;  an  auditorium  seating  400;  a dining  area;  and 
storage  room.  Of  even  greater  significance  was  the  fact 
that  the  Academy,  now  officially  designated  as  the 
educational  arm  of  MSNJ,  could  work  closely  with  the 
administrative  staff  of  that  Society.  Finally,  this  central 
location  symbolized  a determination  to  become  an 
Academy  for  all  of  New  Jersey. 


THE  PRESENT  YEARS 

AMNJ,  with  2,200  members  now  is  actively  studying 
the  new  developments  in  computer  technology  to  see 
whether  they  can  be  adapted  to  home  and  office  use 
as  educational  tools.  Thus,  AMNJ  is  planning  to  offer 
audio  cassettes  to  Fellows  which  will  include  the  more 
important  symposia  And  for  the  general  public  there 
is  a roster  of  80  speakers  who  can  discusss  health 
topics  before  clubs  and  other  civic  groups.  Finally, 
AMNJ  Past-President,  Dr.  Paul  Hirsch,  instituted  reg- 
ular luncheon  meetings  devoted  exclusively  to 
nonelinical  socioeconomic  topics  and  these  already 
have  proved  to  be  a new  and  successful  development. 


CONCLUSION 

The  perceptive  words  of  Dr.  C.M.  Robbins,  written  50 
years  ago,  sum  up  the  history  and  purpose  of  the 
Academy:  The  very  existence  of  the  Academy  is  a token 
of  our  interest  in  keeping  ourselves  members  of  a 
learned  profession,  and  so  long  as  we  are  a genuinely 
learned  profession,  we  can  take  pride  in  our  title  and 
need  fear  no  commercialization,  no  cheapening,  no 
regimentation.  But  no  one  can  merit  the  designation 
‘learned’  nor  keep  the  respect  of  an  increasingly  sci- 
ence-conscious public  if  he  lets  his  reservoir  of  techni- 
cal knowledge  become  obsolete.  And  here  is  the  rea 
function  of  our  Academy:  To  furnish  a forum  for  scien 
tific  discussion,  a channel  for  the  newest  medical  anc 
dental  data,  a training  center  for  the  intellectually 
curious  and  the  tools  for  the  resharpening  of  our  pro; 
fessional  wits.” 


788 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE' 


BALANCED 


CALCIUM 

BT 


Low  incidence  of  side  effects 

CARDIZEM®  (diltiazem  HC1) 
produces  an  incidence  of  adverse 
reactions  not  greater  than  that 
reported  with  placebo  therapy, 
thus  contributing  to  the  patient’s 
sense  of  well-being. 

*Cardizem  is  indicated  in  the  treatment  of  angina  pectoris  due  to 
coronary  arteiy  spasm  and  in  the  management  of  chrome  stable 
angina  (classic  effort-associated  angina)  in  patients  who  cannot 
tolerate  therapy  with  beta-blockers  and/or  nitrates  or  who  remain 
symptomatic  despite  adequate  doses  of  these  agents. 

References: 

1.  Strauss  WE,  McIntyre  KM,  Parisi  AE,  et  al:  Safety  and  efficacy 
of  diltiazem  hydrochloride  for  the  treatment  of  stable  angina 
pectoris:  Report  of  a cooperative  clinical  trial.  Am  J Cardiol 
49:560-566,  1982. 

2.  Pool  PE,  Seagren  SC,  Bonanno  JA,  et  al:  The  treatment  of  exercise- 
inducible  chronic  stable  angina  with  diltiazem:  Effect  on  treadmill 
exercise.  Chest  78  (July  suppl):234-238,  1980. 


Reduces  angina  attack  frequency 

42%  to  46%  decrease  reported  in 
multicenter  study.1 

Increases  exercise  tolerance* 

In  Bruce  exercise  test, 2 control 
patients  averaged  8.0  minutes  to 
onset  of  pain;  Cardizem  patients 
averaged  9.8  minutes  (PC.005). 

CARDIZEM 

(diltiazem  HC1) 

THE  BALANCED 
CALCIUM  CHANNEL  BLOCKER 


Please  see  full  prescribing  information  on  following  page. 


PROFESSIONAL  IISE  INFORMATION 

cardizem 

(dilhazem  HCI) 

30  mg  and  60  mu  tablets 

DESCRIPTION 

CARDIZEM  (diltiazem  hydrochloride)  is  a calcium  ion  influx 
inhibitor  (slow  channel  blocker  or  calcium  antagonist).  Chemically 
diltiazem  hydrochloride  is  1,5-Benzothiazepin-4(5H)one,3-(acetyloxy) 
-5-|2-(dimethylamino)ethyl]-2,3-dihydro-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-, 

monohydrochloride, (+)  -cis-.  The  chemical  structure  is: 


Diltiazem  hydrochloride  is  a white  to  ott-white  crystalline  powder 
with  a bitter  taste.  It  is  soluble  in  water,  methanol,  and  chloroform. 
It  has  a molecular  weight  of  450.98.  Each  tablet  of  CARDIZEM 
contains  either  30  mg  or  60  mg  diltiazem  hydrochloride  for  oral 
administration. 

CLINICAL  PHARMACOLOGY 

The  therapeutic  benefits  achieved  with  CARDIZEM  are  believed 
to  be  related  to  its  ability  to  inhibit  the  influx  of  calcium  ions 
during  membrane  depolarization  of  cardiac  and  vascular  smooth 
muscle. 

Mechanisms  ol  Action.  Although  precise  mechanisms  of  its 
antianginal  actions  are  still  being  delineated,  CARDIZEM  is  believed 
to  act  in  the  following  ways: 

1.  Angina  Due  to  Coronary  Artery  Spasm:  CARDIZEM  has  been 
shown  to  be  a potent  dilator  of  coronary  arteries  both  epicardial 
and  subendocardial.  Spontaneous  and  ergonovine-induced  cor- 
onary artery  spasm  are  inhibited  by  CARDIZEM. 

2.  Exertional  Angina:  CARDIZEM  has  been  shown  to  produce 
increases  in  exercise  tolerance,  probably  due  to  its  ability  to 
reduce  myocardial  oxygen  demand.  This  is  accomplished  via 
reductions  in  heart  rate  and  systemic  blood  pressure  at  submaximal 
and  maximal  exercise  work  loads. 

In  animal  models,  diltiazem  interferes  with  the  slow  inward 
(depolarizing)  current  in  excitable  tissue.  It  causes  excitation-contraction 
uncoupling  in  various  myocardial  tissues  without  changes  in  the 
configuration  of  the  action  potential.  Diltiazem  produces  relaxation 
of  coronary  vascular  smooth  muscle  and  dilation  of  both  large  and 
small  coronary  arteries  at  drug  levels  which  cause  little  or  no 
negative  inotropic  effect.  The  resultant  increases  in  coronary  blood 
flow  (epicardial  and  subendocardial)  occur  in  ischemic  and  nonischemic 
models  and  are  accompanied  by  dose-dependent  decreases  in  sys- 
temic blood  pressure  and  decreases  in  peripheral  resistance. 

Hemodynamic  and  Electrophysiologic  Eflects.  Like  other 
calcium  antagonists,  diltiazem  decreases  sinoatrial  and  atrioventricu- 
lar conduction  in  isolated  tissues  and  has  a negative  inotropic  effect 
in  isolated  preparations.  In  the  intact  animal,  prolongation  of  the  AH 
interval  can  be  seen  at  higher  doses. 

In  man,  diltiazem  prevents  spontaneous  and  ergonovine-provoked 
coronary  artery  spasm.  It  causes  a decrease  in  peripheral  vascular 
resistance  and  a modest  fall  in  blood  pressure  and,  in  exercise 
tolerance  studies  in  patients  with  ischemic  heart  disease,  reduces 
the  heart  rate-blood  pressure  product  for  any  given  work  load. 
Studies  to  date,  primarily  in  patients  with  good  ventricular  function, 
have  not  revealed  evidence  of  a negative  inotropic  effect;  cardiac 
output,  ejection  fraction,  and  left  ventricular  end  diastolic  pressure 
have  not  been  affected.  There  are  as  yet  few  data  on  the  interaction 
of  diltiazem  and  beta-blockers.  Resting  heart  rate  is  usually  unchanged 
or  slightly  reduced  by  diltiazem. 

Intravenous  diltiazem  in  doses  of  20  mg  prolongs  AH  conduction 
time  and  AV  node  functional  and  effective  refractory  periods  approxi- 
mately 20%.  In  a study  involving  single  oral  doses  of  300  mg  of 
CARDIZEM  in  six  normal  volunteers,  the  average  maximum  PR 
prolongation  was  14%  with  no  instances  of  greater  than  first-degree 
AV  block.  Diltiazem-associated  prolongation  of  the  AH  interval  is  not 
more  pronounced  in  patients  with  first-degree  heart  block.  In  patients 
with  sick  sinus  syndrome,  diltiazem  significantly  prolongs  sinus 
cycle  length  (up  to  50%  in  some  cases). 

Chronic  oral  administration  of  CARDIZEM  in  doses  of  up  to  240 
mg/day  has  resulted  in  small  increases  in  PR  interval,  but  has  not 
usually  produced  abnormal  prolongation. There  were,  however,  three 
instances  of  second-degree  AV  block  and  one  instance  of  third- 
degree  AV  block  in  a group  of  959  chronically  treated  patients. 

Pharmacokinetics  and  Metabolism.  Diltiazem  is  absorbed 
from  the  tablet  formulation  to  about  80%  of  a reference  capsule  and 
is  subject  to  an  extensive  first-pass  effect,  giving  an  absolute 
bioavailability  (compared  to  intravenous  dosing)  of  about  40%.  CARDIZEM 
undergoes  extensive  hepatic  metabolism  in  which  2%  to  4%  of  the 
unchanged  drug  appears  in  the  urine.  In  vitro  binding  studies  show 
CARDIZEM  is  70%  to  80%  bound  to  plasma  proteins.  Competitive 
ligand  binding  studies  have  also  shown  CARDIZEM  binding  is  not 
altered  by  therapeutic  concentrations  of  digoxin,  hydrochlorothiazide, 
phenylbutazone,  propranolol,  salicylic  acid,  or  warfarin.  Single  oral 
doses  of  30  to  120  mg  of  CARDIZEM  result  in  detectable  plasma 
levels  within  30  to  60  minutes  and  peak  plasma  levels  two  to  three 
hours  after  drug  administration.  The  plasma  elimination  half-life 
following  single  or  multiple  drug  administration  is  approximately  3.5 
hours.  Desacetyl  diltiazem  is  also  present  in  the  plasma  at  levels  of 
10%  to  20%  of  the  parent  drug  and  is  25%  to  50%  as  potent  a 
coronary  vasodilator  as  diltiazem.  Therapeutic  blood  levels  of 
CARDIZEM  appear  to  be  in  the  range  of  50  to  200  ng/ml.  There  is  a 
departure  from  dose-linearity  when  single  doses  above  60  mg  are 
given;  a 1 20-mg  dose  gave  blood  levels  three  times  that  of  the  60-mg 
dose.  There  is  no  information  about  the  effect  of  renal  or  hepatic 
impairment  on  excretion  or  metabolism  of  diltiazem 

INDICATIONS  AND  USAGE 

1  Angina  Pectoris  Due  to  Coronary  Artery  Spasm.  CARDIZEM 


is  indicated  in  the  treatment  of  angina  pectoris  due  to  coronary 
artery  spasm.  CARDIZEM  has  been  shown  effective  in  the 
treatment  of  spontaneous  coronary  artery  spasm  presenting  as 
Prinzmetal's  variant  angina  (resting  angina  with  ST-segment 
elevation  occurring  during  attacks). 

2  Chronic  Stable  Angina  (Classic  Effort-Associated  Angina). 
CARDIZEM  is  indicated  in  the  management  of  chronic  stable 
angina.  CARDIZEM  bas  been  effective  in  controlled  trials  in 
reducing  angina  frequency  and  increasing  exercise  tolerance. 

There  are  no  controlled  studies  of  the  effectiveness  of  the  concomi- 
tant use  of  diltiazem  and  beta-blockers  or  of  the  safety  of  this 
combination  in  patients  with  impaired  ventricular  function  or  conduc- 
tion abnormalities. 

CONTRAINDICATIONS 

CARDIZEM  is  contraindicated  in  (1)  patients  with  sick  sinus 
syndrome  except  in  the  presence  of  a functioning  ventricular  pacemaker, 
(2)  patients  with  second-  or  third-degree  AV  block  except  in  the 
presence  of  a functioning  ventricular  pacemaker,  and  (3)  patients 
with  hypotension  (less  than  90  mm  Hg  systolic). 

WARNINGS 

1 Cardiac  Conduction.  CARDIZEM  prolongs  AV  node  refrac- 
tory periods  without  significantly  prolonging  sinus  node  recov- 
ery time,  except  in  patients  with  sick  sinus  syndrome.  This 
effect  may  rarely  result  in  abnormally  slow  heart  rates  (particularly 
in  patients  with  sick  sinus  syndrome)  or  second-  or  third-degree 
AV  block  (six  of  1243  patients  for  0.48%).  Concomitant  use  of 
diltiazem  with  beta-blockers  or  digitalis  may  result  in  additive 
effects  on  cardiac  conduction.  A patient  with  Prinzmetal's 
angina  developed  periods  of  asystole  (2  to  5 seconds)  after  a 
single  dose  of  60  mg  of  diltiazem. 

2 Congestive  Heart  Failure.  Although  diltiazem  has  a negative 
inotropic  effect  in  isolated  animal  tissue  preparations,  hemodynamic 
studies  in  humans  with  normal  ventricular  function  have  not 
shown  a reduction  in  cardiac  index  nor  consistent  negative 
effects  on  contractility  (dp/dt).  Experience  with  the  use  of 
CARDIZEM  alone  or  in  combination  with  beta-blockers  in  patients 
with  impaired  ventricular  function  is  very  limited.  Caution  should 
be  exercised  when  using  the  drug  in  such  patients. 

3 Hypotension.  Decreases  in  blood  pressure  associated  with 
CARDIZEM  therapy  may  occasionally  result  in  symptomatic 
hypotension. 

4 Acute  Hepatic  Injury.  In  rare  instances,  patients  receiving 
CARDIZEM  have  exhibited  reversible  acute  hepatic  injury  as 
evidenced  by  moderate  to  extreme  elevations  of  liver  enzymes. 
(See  PRECAUTIONS  and  ADVERSE  REACTIONS.) 

PRECAUTIONS 

General.  CARDIZEM  (diltiazem  hydrochloride)  is  extensively  metab- 
olized by  the  liver  and  excreted  by  the  kidneys  and  in  bile.  As  with  any 
new  drug  given  over  prolonged  periods,  laboratory  parameters  should 
be  monitored  at  regular  intervals.  The  drug  should  be  used  with 
caution  in  patients  with  impaired  renal  or  hepatic  function.  In  sub- 
acute and  chronic  dog  and  rat  studies  designed  to  produce  toxicity, 
high  doses  of  diltiazem  were  associated  with  hepatic  damage.  In 
special  subacute  hepatic  studies,  oral  doses  of  125  mg/kg  and 
higher  in  rats  were  associated  with  histological  changes  in  the  liver 
which  were  reversible  when  the  drug  was  discontinued.  In  dogs, 
doses  of  20  mg/kg  were  also  associated  with  hepatic  changes; 
however,  these  changes  were  reversible  with  continued  dosing. 

Drug  Interaction.  Pharmacologic  studies  indicate  that  there 
may  be  additive  effects  in  prolonging  AV  conduction  when  using 
beta-blockers  or  digitalis  concomitantly  with  CARDIZEM.  (See 
WARNINGS). 

Controlled  and  uncontrolled  domestic  studies  suggest  that  con- 
comitant use  of  CARDIZEM  and  beta-blockers  or  digitalis  is  usually 
well  tolerated.  Available  data  are  not  sufficient,  however,  to  predict 
the  effects  of  concomitant  treatment,  particularly  in  patients  with  left 
ventricular  dysfunction  or  cardiac  conduction  abnormalities.  In  healthy 
volunteers,  diltiazem  has  been  shown  to  increase  serum  digoxin 
levels  up  to  20%. 

Carcinogenesis,  Mutagenesis,  Impairment  ot  Fertility.  A 

24-month  study  in  rats  and  a 21-month  study  in  mice  showed  no 
evidence  of  carcinogenicity.  There  was  also  no  mutagenic  response 
in  in  vitro  bacterial  tests  No  intrinsic  effect  on  fertility  was  observed 
in  rats. 

Pregnancy.  Category  C.  Reproduction  studies  have  been  con- 
ducted in  mice,  rats,  and  rabbits.  Administration  of  doses  ranging 
from  five  to  ten  times  greater  (on  a mg/kg  basis)  than  the  daily 
recommended  therapeutic  dose  has  resulted  in  embryo  and  fetal 
lethality.  These  doses,  in  some  studies,  have  been  reported  to  cause 
skeletal  abnormalities.  In  the  perinatal/postnatal  studies,  there  was 
some  reduction  in  early  individual  pup  weights  and  survival  rates. 
There  was  an  increased  incidence  of  stillbirths  at  doses  of  20  times 
the  human  dose  or  greater. 

There  are  no  well-controlled  studies  in  pregnant  women;  therefore, 
use  CARDIZEM  in  pregnant  women  only  if  the  potential  benefit 
justifies  the  potential  risk  to  the  fetus. 

Nursing  Mothers.  It  is  not  known  whether  this  drug  is  excreted 
in  human  milk  Because  many  drugs  are  excreted  in  human  milk, 
exercise  caution  when  CARDIZEM  is  administered  to  a nursing 
woman  if  the  drug's  benefits  are  thought  to  outweigh  its  potential 
risks  in  this  situation. 

Pediatric  Use.  Safety  and  effectiveness  in  children  have  not 
been  established. 

ADVERSE  REACTIONS 

Serious  adverse  reactions  have  been  rare  in  studies  carried  out  to 
date,  but  it  should  be  recognized  that  patients  with  impaired  ventricu- 
lar function  and  cardiac  conduction  abnormalities  have  usually  been 

excluded. 

In  domestic  placebo-controlled  trials,  the  incidence  of  adverse 
reactions  reported  during  CARDIZEM  therapy  was  not  greater  than 
that  reported  during  placebo  therapy. 

The  following  represent  occurrences  observed  in  clinical  studies 
which  can  be  at  least  reasonably  associated  with  the  pharmacology 
of  calcium  influx  inhibition.  In  many  cases,  the  relationship  to 
CARDIZEM  has  not  been  established.  The  most  common  occurrences, 
as  well  as  their  frequency  of  presentation,  are:  edema  (2.4%), 


headache  (2.1%),  nausea  (1.9%),  dizziness  (1.5%),  rash , 
asthenia  (1.2%),  AV  block  (1.1%).  In  addition,  the  following 
were  reported  infrequently  (less  than  1%)  with  the  order  of  pm 
tion  corresponding  to  the  relative  frequency  of  occurrence. 


Cardiovascular: 


Nervous  System: 
Gastrointestinal: 


Dermatologic: 

Other: 


Flushing,  arrhythmia,  hypotension,  bi 
dia,  palpitations,  congestive  heart  \f 
syncope. 

Paresthesia,  nervousness,  sorting 
tremor,  insomnia,  hallucinations,  and  a 
Constipation,  dyspepsia,  diarrhea,  vfn 
mild  elevations  of  alkaline  phosphatasr  f 
SGPT,  and  LDH. 

Pruritus,  petechiae,  urticaria,  photosei  n 
Polyuria,  nocturia. 


The  following  additional  experiences  have  been  noted: 

A patient  with  Prinzmetal's  angina  experiencing  epis 
vasospastic  angina  developed  periods  of  transient  asymt > 
asystole  approximately  five  hours  after  receiving  a single  t 
dose  of  CARDIZEM 

The  following  postmarketing  events  have  been  reporte  h 
quently  in  patients  receiving  CARDIZEM:  erythema  multifor  e 
kopenia;  and  extreme  elevations  of  alkaline  phosphatase  ( 
SGPT,  LDH,  and  CPK.  However,  a definitive  cause  and  effect ; i 
these  events  and  CARDIZEM  therapy  is  yet  to  be  establish1 

OVERDOSAGE  OR  EXAGGERATED  RESPONSI 

Overdosage  experience  with  oral  diltiazem  has  been 
Single  oral  doses  of  300  mg  of  CARDIZEM  have  been  well  h 
by  healthy  volunteers.  In  the  event  of  overdosage  or  exac  a 
response,  appropriate  supportive  measures  should  be  emp  ■ 
addition  to  gastric  lavage  The  following  measures  may  be  cop  t 


Bradycardia 

High-Degree  AV 
Block 

Cardiac  Failure 
Hypotension 


Administer  atropine  (0.60  to  1.0  mg),  t 
is  no  response  to  vagal  blockade,  ad  t 
isoproterenol  cautiously. 

Treat  as  for  bradycardia  above.  Fixi  j 
degree  AV  block  should  be  treated  v j 
diac  pacing 

Administer  inotropic  agents  (isopro  i 
dopamine,  or  dobutamine)  and  diureti 
Vasopressors  (eg,  dopamine  or  leva:' 
bitartrate). 


Actual  treatment  and  dosage  should  depend  on  the  severi  I 
clinical  situation  and  the  judgment  and  experience  of  the  I 
physician. 

The  oral/LD50's  in  mice  and  rats  range  from  415  to  74(  / 
and  from  560  to  810  mg/kg,  respectively.  The  intravenous  I s 
these  species  were  60  and  38  mg/kg,  respectively.  The  ora 
dogs  is  considered  to  be  in  excess  of  50  mg/kg,  while  leth; 
seen  in  monkeys  at  360  mg/kg.  The  toxic  dose  in  man  is  noj 
but  blood  levels  in  excess  of  800  ng/ml  have  not  been  as 
with  toxicity. 


DOSAGE  AND  ADMINISTRATION 
Exertional  Angina  Pectoris  Due  to  Atheroscleroti 
nary  Artery  Disease  or  Angina  Pectoris  at  Rest  Due  I 
nary  Artery  Spasm.  Dosage  must  be  adjusted  to  each  i 
needs.  Starting  with  30  mg  four  times  daily,  before  meal 
bedtime,  dosage  should  be  increased  gradually  (given  ir 
doses  three  or  four  times  daily)  at  one-  to  two-day  intent 
optimum  response  is  obtained  Although  individual  patiej 
respond  to  any  dosage  level,  the  average  optimum  dosarj 
appears  to  be  180  to  240  mg/day.There  are  no  available  data 
ing  dosage  requirements  in  patients  with  impaired  renal  on 
function.  If  the  drug  must  be  used  in  such  patients,  titration  sl 
carried  out  with  particular  caution. 

Concomitant  Use  With  Other  Antianginal  Agents: 

1.  Sublingual  NTG  may  be  taken  as  required  to  abci 
anginal  attacks  during  CARDIZEM  therapy. 

2 Prophylactic  Nitrate  Therapy -CARDIZEM  may  t 
coadministered  with  short-  and  long-acting  nitrates,  II 
have  been  no  controlled  studies  to  evaluate  the  anjj 
effectiveness  of  this  combination. 

3.  Beta-blockers.  (See  WARNINGS  and  PRECAUTIONS/ 


HOW  SUPPLIED 

Cardizem  30-mg  tablets  are  supplied  in  bottles  of  If 
0088-1771-47)  and  in  Unit  Dose  Identification  Paks  of  I'd 
0088-1771-49)  Each  green  tablet  is  engraved  with  MARIOI 
side  and  1771  engraved  on  the  other.  CARDIZEM  60-mi; 
tablets  are  supplied  in  bottles  of  100  (N9C  0088-1 772-47)  ail 
Dose  Identification  Paks  of  100  (NDC  0088-1772-49).  Eat 
tablet  is  engraved  with  MARION  on  one  side  and  1772  on  I n 


Another  patient  benefit  product  from 
PHARMACEUTICAL  DIVISION 

MARION 

LABORATORIES,  INC 

KANSAS  CITY,  MISSOURI  64137 


IIedical  Education  of  New  Jersey: 
'He  Development  of  UMDNJ 


Stanley  S.  Bergen,  jr.,  m.d.,  Newark* 


The  history  of  the  University  of  Medicine  and  Dentistry  parallels 
the  development  of  health  professions  education  in  New  Jersey. 
This  article  will  discuss  the  past  and  present  achievements  of 
nedical  education  in  the  Garden  State. 


i 


Tthe  history  of  the  University  of 
Medicine  and  Dentistry  of  New 
Jersey  (UMDNJ)  parallels  the  de- 
lopment  of  health  professions  education  New  Jersey, 
eated  to  consolidate  and  unify  all  of  the  state’s  pub- 
programs  in  medical  and  dental  education,  UMDNJ 
as  founded  in  1970  by  an  act  of  the  state  legislature 
the  College  of  Medicine  and  Dentistiy  of  New  Jersey 
MDNJ).  In  1981,  it  was  granted  status  as  a free- 
anding  university,  in  recognition  of  its  growth  and 
velopment  as  a statewide  system  for  health. 

The  creation  of  a public  university  fully  devoted  to 
e health  sciences  was  a landmark  in  the  history  of 
e state.  Throughout  New  Jersey’s  history,  no  school 
medicine  had  survived  to  celebrate  its  decennial, 
lere  were  several  unsuccessful  attempts  during  the 
5th  and  19th  centuries — including  two  by  Princeton 
diversity  and  three  by  Rutgers  University—  to  estab- 
;h  such  programs,  but  the  history  of  health  sciences 
lueation  had  been  one  of  benign  neglect. 

An  underlying  barrier  to  the  establishment  of  pro- 
ssional  education  programs  was  the  attitude  of  the 
tizenry;  perhaps  because  of  the  state’s  proximity  to 
?w  York  and  Philadelphia  with  their  numerous  pro- 
ams,  New  Jersey  did  not  need  its  own  medical  and 
mtal  schools.  For  centuries,  young  New  Jerseyans 
ere  sent  to  other  states  for  professional  education,  on 
ie  assumption  that  sufficient  numbers  would  return 
settle  and  practice  in  the  state. 


By  the  mid-20th  century,  however,  it  was  becoming 
increasingly  clear  that  this  strategy  was  not  working. 
With  109.1  physicians  in  private  practice  per  100,000 
citizens,  the  state  already  had  fallen  below  the  national 
average;  while  the  ratio  of  1 dentist  per  1,533  persons 
was  considered  good,  studies  had  shown  that  alarming 
numbers  of  practitioners  in  both  professions  were  50 
years  of  age  or  older. 

The  state  also  found  itself  lacking  many  of  the  other 
benefits  which  are  engendered  by  the  presence  of  a 
medical  school:  the  sophisticated  specialty  care  pro- 
grams which  often  are  beyond  the  resources  of  com- 
munity hospitals;  the  swift  implementation  of  new 
techniques  and  equipment;  and  the  initiation  of  re- 
search and  prevention  programs  geared  specifically  to 
the  state’s  needs. 

In  1950,  a study  commissioned  by  Governor  Alfred 
E.  Driscoll  favored  a state-sponsored  medical  school, 
based  on  emerging  trends  of  physician  shortage  and 
projected  health  needs.  Among  other  findings,  this 
study  formally  dispelled  the  long-standing  belief  that 
New  Jersey  was  prohibited  from  having  a medical 
education  program  because  of  antiviviseciion  laws. 

Despite  the  findings  of  the  Driscoll  study,  no  action 
was  taken  toward  establishment  of  a program.  The 
state’s  citizens  were  not  ready  to  accept  the  concept 
of  a publicly  funded  medical  school.  This  still  was  dem- 


*Dr.  Bergen  is  President  of  IJMDNJ. 


3L.  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


791 


onstrated  clearly  in  1954  when  a referendum  endorsed 
by  Governor  Robert  B.  Meyner,  which  would  have 
provided  $25  million  for  a state  medical  school,  was 
rejected  by  the  voters. 

In  that  same  year,  the  gauntlet  was  taken  up  by  a 
private  institution,  Seton  Hall  University,  a Catholic 
institution  supported  by  the  Archdiocese  of  Newark. 
Chartered  in  1954,  the  Seton  Hall  College  of  Medicine 
and  Dentistry,  based  at  the  Jersey  City  Medical  Center, 
enrolled  its  first  class  of  80  medical  and  40  dental 
students  in  1956.  A second  private  school,  Fairleigh 
Dickinson  University,  enrolled  its  first  class  of  45  den- 
tal students  in  the  same  year.  With  the  inauguration 
of  these  programs,  many  New  Jerseyans  were  content 
to  let  the  responsibility  for  providing  the  state’s  future 
health  manpower  rest  in  private  hands. 

This  attitude  was  not  shared,  however,  by  Governor 
Meyner.  In  1959,  the  Bane  report,  issued  by  the  Sur- 
geon General’s  Consultant  Group  on  Medical  Educa- 
tion, found  that  New  Jersey  would  need  two  additional 
medical  schools  by  1970,  just  to  maintain  current 
ratios,  and  that  the  two  existing  dental  schools  would 
have  to  continue  and  triple  their  current  combined 
enrollments.  The  report  reinforced  the  Governor’s  be- 
lief that  positive  steps  were  needed  to  head  off  a critical 
shortage  of  health  manpower  in  the  state. 

THE  PLANNING  YEARS:  1961  TO  1964 

In  1961,  Governor  Meyner  commissioned  a feasibili- 
ty study  by  a special  faculty  committee  of  Rutgers  Uni- 
versity. The  panel,  headed  by  the  late  James  H. 
Leathern,  Ph.D.,  who  then  was  director  of  the  bureau 
of  biological  research  at  the  State  University,  brought 
forward  a plan  for  an  innovative,  two-year  medical  pro- 
gram under  Rutgers  auspices,  to  be  built  on  what  now 
is  the  University’s  Piscataway  campus. 

On  June  27,  1961,  the  plan  was  transformed  into 
reality  when  a grant  of  $1,073,200  was  announced  by 
the  W.K.  Kellogg  Foundation  of  Battle  Creek,  Michigan. 
Half  of  the  grant  funds  were  earmarked  for  planning 
and  adding  faculty  to  strengthen  Rutgers  existing  de- 
partment in  the  biological  sciences  and  to  set  up  new 
departments  of  anatomy,  pathology,  and  pharma- 
cology; the  other  half  was  expected  to  cover  about  one- 
third  of  the  cost  of  a new  medical  sciences  building. 

Under  plans  set  down  by  the  Rutgers  University  fac- 
ulty committee,  the  new  school  would  closely  integrate 
medical  studies  with  graduate  work  in  biology  and  the 
life  sciences.  The  school  would  award  a master  of  medi- 
cal sciences  degree,  and  students  would  transfer  to 
other  institutions  for  the  clinical  studies  needed  to 
complete  the  medical  degree.  The  new  school  would 
heavily  emphasize  research  and  would  weave  the  social 
sciences  and  the  humanities  into  its  two-year  course 
of  study. 

In  October  1962,  DeWitt  Stetten,  Jr.,  M.D.,  Ph..D„  was 
named  dean  of  the  medical  school.  Dr.  Stetten,  an  emi- 
nent biochemical  researcher,  proved  to  be  the  school’s 
master  builder,  rapidly  launching  planning  and 
fundraising  efforts.  He  also  succeeded  in  recruiting  a 
small  but  distinguished  faculty,  and  by  1964,  though 
it  yet  had  no  students  or  buildings,  the  school  had  an 
active  research  program,  based  in  university  and  in- 
dustrial facilities. 


In  December  1963,  an  affiliation  agreement  we 
signed  between  the  school  and  Middlesex  General  Ho; 
pital,  to  provide  for  the  limited  clinical  exposure  whic 
would  be  required  in  the  basic  science  program.  E 
mid- 1964,  plans  for  a $16  million  medical  science  corr 
plex  had  been  approved  by  the  University’s  board  o 
governors,  and  the  inaugural  class  was  slated  to  begi 
studies  in  1966. 

THE  FIRST  CONFLICT:  1965 

The  Piscataway  school’s  smooth  progress,  eagerly  n 
ported  in  the  state’s  press  and  hailed  by  physician; 
educators,  and  politicians  was  interrupted  in  the  fa 
of  1964  when  the  question  arose  of  a state  takeove 
of  the  Seton  Hall  College  of  Medicine  and  Dentistrj 
The  proposal  sparked  a clash  that  was  to  divide  th 
state. 

Although  developing  as  one  of  the  strongest  youn 
academic  institutions  in  the  nation,  Seton  Hall  Colleg 
of  Medicine  and  Dentistry  was  faltering  without  th 
benefit  of  public  support.  In  1964,  with  a total  debt  o 
more  than  $7  million,  the  Archdiocese  of  Newark  peti 
tioned  the  state  of  New  Jersey  to  take  over  operation: 
of  the  medical  and  dental  school. 

While  the  decision  to  continue  the  school  under  pub 
lie  support  may  seem  logical  in  view  of  the  state’: 
growing  need,  the  transition  did  not  come  easily.  1 
fact-finding  committee  appointed  by  Governor  Riehan 
J.  Hughes  and  chaired  by  George  F.  Smith  found  re 
sistance  to  the  proposal,  particularly  from  the  school':: 
nearest  kin,  the  Rutgers  Medical  School. 

The  Seton  Hall  complex  was  urban-based,  having 
operated  for  ten  years  from  the  Jersey  City  Medica 
Center,  with  affiliations  for  clinical  training  in  severa 
other  North  Jersey  hospitals.  And  while  the  school  die 
have  a considerable  research  program,  its  curriculum 
was  oriented  primarily  toward  the  clinical  practice  o 
medicine. 

Dr.  Stetten,  however,  was  a research-oriented  pro 
fessional.  Although  he  held  a variety  of  prestigious 
teaching  and  research  posts,  he  had  not  practicec 
clinical  medicine  in  a quarter  of  a century.  In  all  of  his 
public  statements,  he  had  stressed  the  development  ol 
curriculum  with  a similar  leaning.  In  a special  article 
for  the  Vineland  Times  Journal  in  1963,  he  wrote 
“Our  school,  like  every  other  two-year  school  of  recent 
planning,  will  be  rich  in  research  orientation.  Oppor- 
tunities will  be  presented  not  only  to  secure  basic  sci- 
ence medical  training  but  also  training  toward  the 
Ph.D.  degree  in  the  basic  biological  sciences  including! 
biochemistiy,  physiology,  and  microbiology.” 

The  state  acquisition  of  Seton  Hall  was  viewed  by 
Rutgers  as  a threat  to  its  program,  both  financially  and, 
philosophically.  State  support  of  a second  school  would 
mean  that  limited  tax  dollars  would  have  to  be  split. 
And  the  two  institutions  would  be  in  competition  forj 
the  same  federal  and  private  grant  support,  particu- 
larly if  the  other  school  were  to  be  relocated  and  a new: 
campus  built  for  it. 

It  also  was  feared  that  any  relationship,  however 
remote,  between  the  developing  school  and  an  estab- 
lished, clinical-oriented,  community-based  program 
would  endanger  the  educational  goals  laid  out  for  the 
new  school.  On  this  point,  the  Rutgers  administration 


792 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


came  into  direct  conflict  with  the  Medical  Society  of 
New  Jersey  and  with  many  of  the  state’s  political  and 
community  leaders,  who  felt  that  New  Jersey  needed 
medical  practitioners,  and  not  scientists. 

Professionals  predicted  that  a research-oriented 
Rutgers  Medical  School  would  “turn  into  a monolithic, 
unyieldingly  conservative  institution,”  while  lay 
leaders  took  exception  to  the  abandonment  of  com- 
munity hospitals  and  public  health  in  favor  of  the 
laboratory. 

The  conflict  was  resolved,  for  the  time  being,  by  Gov- 
ernor Hughes,  who  wanted  both  medical  schools  for 
the  state.  He  supported  a pair  of  bills,  one  allocating 
$4  million  for  the  Seton  Hall  takeover  and  a second 
committing  $6  million  to  the  Rutgers  program.  The 
schools  were  to  operate  separately,  although  it  was 
suggested  that  in  five  years  the  two  schools  might  be 
merged,  probably  under  Rutgers  University  auspices. 
Rutgers  also  was  urged  to  direct  its  planning  toward 
a four-year  program. 

rHE  FOCUS  SHIFTS:  1965  TO  1970 

During  the  next  five  years,  the  two  institutions  con- 
inued  to  develop  their  programs  separately.  At 
Rutgers  University  Medical  School,  the  progress  was 
smooth  and  well  ordered.  In  September  1966,  a pilot 
:lass  of  16  students  entered  the  new  school.  Until  per- 
manent facilities  could  be  constructed,  the  program 
.vas  housed  in  facilities  borrowed  from  the  science 
iepartments  at  Rutgers  University.  A year  later,  in  No- 
vember 1967,  the  cornerstone  was  laid  for  the  $16 
million  medical  science  building.  By  now,  plans  in- 
cluded a psychiatric  institute  and  a 450-bed  university 
rospital.  Class  size  would  remain  at  16  until  the  new 
building  could  be  completed  in  1969. 

The  Jersey  City  school,  renamed  the  New  Jersey  Col- 
ege  of  Medicine  and  Dentistry  (NJCMD)  was  strug- 
gling for  its  veiy  survival.  The  new  public  institution 
rad  to  reverse  the  probationary  accreditation  status 
eft  behind  by  Seton  Hall,  and  to  build  a strong  full- 
time faculty,  since  a large  percentage  of  its  professional 
staff,  hired  under  Seton  Hall  auspices,  had  been  part- 
:ime  and  volunteer  clinicians. 

In  addition,  it  soon  became  apparent  that  the  school 
vould  have  to  be  relocated.  The  College’s  trustees  de- 
ermined  that  the  cost  of  rehabilitating  the  Jersey  City 
vledical  Center  would  be  nearly  as  great  as  that  of 
constructing  a new  complex.  Also,  the  political  situ- 
ation in  Jersey  City  had  made  the  College’s  position 
intenable,  with  local  politicians  attempting  to  control 
he  academic  program  and  fill  key  faculty  positions. 

A site  selection  committee  was  formed,  composed  of 
medical  educators  from  throughout  the  nation,  in 
rrder  to  choose  the  best  possible  location  for  the  new 
campus.  At  the  same  time,  however,  a massive  cam- 
paign was  launched  by  the  city  of  Newark  to  attract 
he  medical  school,  gamering  support  from  the  local 
press  and  the  community’s  social  and  health  care 
Agencies. 

The  setting  into  which  Newark  invited  the  new 
.chool  was  a forbidding  one.  Ely  the  early  1960s,  the 
city  was  a tinderbox  waiting  for  a spark.  The  most 
iesperate  set  of  social,  economic,  and  political  prob- 
ems  ever  seen  in  the  United  States  had  converged 


upon  the  city’s  populace.  Newark  of  the  1960s  was 
beset  by  crushing  poverty.  With  the  second  highest 
population  density  in  the  nation,  the  city  had  the  fifth 
highest  rate  of  unemployment,  and  was  among  the 
lowest  in  per  capita  income  and  highest  in  crime  rate. 
One-third  of  its  housing  was  classified  as  substandard, 
the  highest  percentage  in  any  city  of  comparable  size. 
The  city’s  social  and  financial  woes  were  complicated 
further  by  one  of  the  most  serious  health  pictures  in 
the  country.  It  had  the  highest  rates  of  venereal  dis- 
ease, tuberculosis,  and  maternal  mortality;  it  had  the 
seventh  highest  rate  of  drug  addiction.  Death  rates  due 
to  accidents,  lead  poisoning,  cancer,  and  heart  disease 
also  were  among  the  highest  in  the  nation.  The  city 
could  offer  its  population  little  relief  through  the  pub- 
lic health  system.  When  the  major  public  hospital,  New- 
ark City  Hospital  (established  in  1882),  opened  its 
newest  structure  in  1954,  it  already  was  obsolete,  con- 
structed from  plans  for  an  open-ward  facility,  which 
had  been  drawn  up  in  the  1930s.  EVen  though  it  was 
a relatively  new  facility,  the  city’s  financial  difficulties 
had  caused  it  to  become  run-down,  overcrowded,  and 
understaffed. 

As  early  as  1962,  Newark’s  Mayor  Hugh  Addonizio 
recognized  the  potential  value  of  a medical  school  in 
easing  the  city’s  problems.  He  offered  Newark  City  Hos- 
pital to  any  medical  school  willing  to  take  it  over  and 
run  it. 

For  many  in  the  academic  and  professional  com- 
munities, the  idea  of  building  a medical  school  in  New- 
ark was  unthinkable.  Although  some  older  educational 
institutions  had  found  themselves  in  depressed  areas 
during  the  past  decade  through  the  process  of  urban 
decay,  none  ever  deliberately  had  been  built  in  such 
a location.  Some  medical  educators,  both  on  the 
school’s  faculty  and  across  the  nation,  felt  that  a teach- 
ing institution  had  no  place  in  the  health  care  delivery 
system,  and  that  educational  programs  and  goals 
would  be  eclipsed  by  the  burden  of  providing  for  the 
community’s  overwhelming  health  needs.  Further- 
more, with  political  pressure  mounting  in  Jersey  City, 
many  hoped  to  find  a free  and  protected  environment 
for  the  troubled  school,  in  which  academic  programs 
would  develop  without  interference  or  distraction. 

In  June  1966,  the  site  selection  committee  strongly 
urged  that  the  College  accept  the  offer  of  a 138-acre 
estate  of  Mrs.  M.  Hartley  Dodge  in  Madison.  Newark, 
however,  did  not  allow  itself  it  be  written  off  so  easily. 
In  order  to  present  a better  offer  than  the  Madison  site, 
city  officials  forwarded  a plan  to  provide  185  acres  for 
the  new  campus.  According  to  Donald  Malafronte,  who 
was  both  director  of  the  Model  Cities  Program  and 
administrative  assistant  to  the  Mayor,  in  testimony 
before  the  Governor’s  Select  Commission  on  Civil  Dis- 
turbances, the  city  knew  all  along  that  it  could  not 
deliver  such  a large  parcel  of  land:  “We  felt  that  in  the 
end  they  [state  officials]  would  come  down  in  their 
demands  to  20  to  30  acres  in  Fairmount,  or  that  in 
a battle,  we  might  have  to  give  up  some  more  acreage. 
We  never  felt  they  would  ask  for  185.  We  felt  it  was  a 
ploy  on  their  part." 

According  to  Robert  R.  Cadmus,  president  of 
NJCMD,  the  College's  board  of  trustees  took  the  offer 
at  face  value.  Although  they  had  no  need  for  such  a 
large  tract  at  present,  they  felt  it  was  their  duty  to 


/OL.  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


793 


Figure  1 — UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School,  Piscataway. 


provide  as  much  flexibility  as  possible  for  future 
growth.  Neither  the  trustees  nor  the  school’s  adminis- 
tration had  any  idea  of  what  clearing  so  much  land 
would  mean  to  the  community.  By  mid- 1967,  the  Col- 
lege agreed  to  the  city’s  185-acre  offer. 

Black  Newark  residents,  however,  had  their  own  view 
of  the  medical  school  plan.  They  saw  the  College  as  a 
greedy  invader,  taking  away  their  homes  and  land,  and 
returning  nothing  to  the  community.  The  black  com- 
munity had  no  clear-cut  leadership,  and  as  a result, 
many  different  interest  groups  took  advantage  of  the 
community’s  anger  over  the  medical  school  to  promote 
interest  in  the  city’s  other  pressing  problems.  As  a 
result  of  issues  such  as  poor  housing,  unemployment, 
inadequate  education,  and  job  discrimination,  violence 
erupted,  and  Newark  rioted.  In  the  eruption,  the  medi- 
cal school  nearly  was  lost.  With  the  perceived  danger 
from  shootings  and  fires  added  to  their  objections, 
many  faculty  members  resigned.  Students  and  medical 
residents,  convinced  that  they  were  being  used  as 
pawns  in  some  political  game  and  that  their  future 
careers  were  being  jeopardized,  pressed  for  transfers 
to  other  institutions.  The  school  narrowly  missed 
being  disbanded  and  its  charter  relinquished  by  a vote 
of  its  faculty. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  state  of  New  Jersey  and  Gov- 
ernor Hughes  believed  that  the  medical  school  had  a 
valid  contribution  to  make  in  Newark.  The  situation 
warranted  new  and  extraordinary  measures,  and  the 
state  sat  down  with  the  community  and  negotiated  a 
site  for  its  medical  school. 

The  ensuing  discussions  clarified  what  the  com- 
munity wanted,  what  the  College  planned,  and  how  the 
two  sets  of  goals  could  be  unified.  The  result  was  the 
Newark  Agreements  of  1968,  a social  contract  which, 
perhaps,  was  unprecedented  in  the  history  of  medical 
education. 

Under  the  terms  of  this  agreement,  NJCMD  agreed 
to  accept  primary  responsibility  for  health  care  delivery 
in  Newark.  In  the  past,  the  services  offered  by  a medical 
school  extended  only  as  far  as  its  curricular  needs.  But 
the  College  agreed  to  assume  the  role  of  “family  phy- 
sician" to  New  Jersey’s  most  medically  underserved 
population.  In  education,  the  College  vowed  to  under- 
take special  efforts  to  step  up  the  recruitment  of  min- 
ority students  into  its  own  programs,  as  well  as  to 
develop  programs  in  the  allied  health  professions  and 


“career-ladder”  training  for  its  future  employees. 

With  the  signing  of  the  Newark  Agreements,  tl 
medical  school’s  future  was  secure.  In  1967,  it  r 
located  to  Newark.  On  July  1,  1968,  Newark  City  Hosp 
tal  was  acquired  by  the  state  for  one  dollar  and  r 
named  the  Martland  Medical  Unit  of  NJCMD  in  horn 
of  the  noted  Newark  pathologist,  Harrison  Stanfoi 
Martland,  M.D. 


A NEW  BEGINNING:  1970 


Although  the  early  experience  of  the  medical  scho 
in  Newark  had  been  a painful  one,  the  concepts 
social  commitment  and  active  participation  in  healt 
care  deliveiy  brought  forward  by  the  controversy  mac 
a profound  impact  upon  the  thinking  of  New  Jersey 
decision  makers.  The  state’s  health  care  needs  wei 
growing  more  acute  throughout  the  period,  and  publ 
and  governmental  concern  about  current  and  futui 
problems  was  increasing.  By  1970,  there  were  mar 
who  felt  that  the  “radical”  concept  applied  in  Newai 
should  become  a statewide  model. 

On  May  4,  1970,  in  a special  message,  “Educatio 
for  Better  Medical  Care,”  Governor  William  Cahill  e: 
pressed  his  concerns  for  the  health  professions  educ; 
tion  system  to  members  of  the  State  Senate  and  Gei 
eral  Assembly:  “New  Jersey  today  needs  a re-evaluatio 
of  policy  and  a renewed  commitment  to  medical  educ; 
tion.  We  have . . . reached  a point . . . when  the  implic; 
tions  of  past  decisions  can  no  longer  be  pushed  aside 

The  Governor  and  the  legislature  also  felt  that  it  we 
too  late  in  terms  of  the  state's  health  problems  to  d< 
velop  traditional  medical  and  dental  schools  and  hop 
that  they  would  yield  a sufficient  increase  in  pract 
tioners.  It  was  felt  that  since  the  state  was  more  or  les 
starting  from  scratch,  there  was  an  opportunity  to  tak 
more  positive  action  with  its  health  professions  educ; 
tion  system. 

“New  Jersey  had  the  opportunity,  and  must,  for  it 
own  health  survival,  insist  upon  that  form  of  medic;1 
education  which  considers  the  entire  medical  needs  c; 
the  state,”  Governor  Cahill  said.  “While  the  prime  bus 
ness  of  medical  educators  is  obviously  education,  th 
way  in  which  they  carry  out  their  mission  must  b 
related  to  the  total  community.”  The  Governor  ex 
pressed  concern,  however,  regarding  the  overwhelmin 
costs  of  health  professions  education,  and  the  mos 
reasonable  way  in  which  such  a burden  could  be  bom 
by  the  state.  He  feared  that  two  separate  institution 
competing  for  the  same  limited  state  and  federal  fund 
might  not  serve  the  best  interests  of  the  state,  an 
called  for  legislation  to  combine  the  two  units  unde 
a single  board  of  trustees:  “A  single  administrate 
entity  will  be  able  to  advise  me  on  problems  of  capita 
funding  for  medical  education  from  a statewide  per 
spective  and  with  expertise.” 

Instead  of  placing  the  state’s  health  professions  re 
sources  under  Rutgers  University  aegis  as  had  beei 
anticipated  in  1966,  Governor  Cahill  moved  for  th 
creation  of  a freestanding  health  sciences  universit 
charged  with  a dual  mission.  The  College  of  Medicin 
and  Dentistry  of  New  Jersey  (CMDNJ)  was  to  be  re 
sponsible  for  coordination  and  leadership  of  healtl 
professions  education  for  the  state.  At  the  same  time 
it  was  to  coordinate  a system  of  health  services  to  fil 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


794 


entified  gaps  through  its  own  base  facilities  as  well 
|i  through  cooperation  with  hospitals  and  other 
ealth  resources  statewide. 

The  financial  and  philosophical  implications  of  this 
gislation  were  too  unpalatable  for  Dr.  Stetten.  As 
ion  as  the  bill  became  law,  he  resigned  his  post  at 
utgers  Medical  School,  as  did  a number  of  other  fac- 
ty  members.  The  remainder  of  the  CMDNJ-Rutgers 
edical  School  faculty  nervously  accepted  its  new 
entity,  and  was  to  remain  ambivalent  in  its  attitude 
ward  the  new  institution  throughout  the  early 
970s. 

The  fear  in  Piscataway  was  that  the  overwhelming 
feds  of  its  Newark-based  counterpart  and  the  huge 
instruction  planned  would  relegate  its  development 
a secondary  position. 

In  Newark,  meanwhile,  the  CMDNJ-New  Jersey  Medi- 
il  School’s  administration,  faculty,  and  student  body 
gorously  supported  the  Governor's  plan  and  testified 
Tore  the  legislation  on  behalf  of  his  proposals.  It  was 
It  that  a statewide  system  would  emphasize  academic 
aality  and  would  help  with  the  local  problems  which 
id  engulfed  the  Newark  campus. 

SIDELINES  FOR  GROWTH:  1970  TO  1979 

From  its  veiy  inception,  CMDNJ  enjoyed  a good 
easure  of  willing  and  enthusiastic  support  from  the 
ate— through  its  governmental  leaders,  its  pro- 
ssional  communities,  and  the  public  at  large.  A new 
■>ard  of  trustees  was  appointed  by  the  Governor, 
awing  capable  and  dedicated  individuals  from  busi- 
es and  the  professions,  headed  by  John  K.  Kittredge, 
senior  vice-president  of  Prudential  Insurance  Com- 
jny  of  America  With  its  new  optimistic  leadership  in 
!ace,  CMDNJ  quickly  crystallized  its  priorities  for 
owth  during  its  first  decade.  Its  efforts  would  focus 
n three  major  areas  simultaneously,  each  in  itself  a 
aeulean  task:  construction  of  a new,  $200  million 
mpus  in  Newark,  and  expansion  and  improvement 
both  health  care  and  teaching  programs;  develop- 
ent  of  the  clinical  teaching  programs  at  CMDNJ- 
jtgers  Medical  School  which  would  permit  it  to  be- 
me  a full,  four-year  program  and  to  augment  health 
rvices  in  central  New  Jersey;  and  development  of  a 
edical  education  program  in  southern  New  Jersey. 

IE  GROWTH  YEARS:  NEWARK 

(Throughout  the  1970s,  the  history  of  CMDNJ  New- 
ik  was  one  of  building,  growing,  and  improving  ser- 
ies. In  1971,  the  College  broke  ground  for  its  $200- 
illion  campus  on  a 46-acre  site  in  Newark’s  central 
jird.  The  campus,  one  of  the  largest  building  pro- 
ams  ever  undertaken  by  a health  sciences  institu- 
pn,  was  dedicated  on  May  10,  1976,  a date  which  has 
ice  been  observed  as  Health  Education  Day  in  New 
rsey. 

The  campus  is  the  site  of  four  of  the  University’s  six 
hools:  UMDNJ-New  Jersey  Medical  School,  and 
vlDNJ-New  Jersey  Dental  School  (which  are  continu- 
ions  of  programs  which  began  under  Seton  Hall), 
VIDNJ-Graduate  School  of  Biomedical  Sciences 
hich  became  a school  of  the  College  in  1969),  and 
e UMDNJ-School  of  Health-Related  Professions  (es- 
blished  in  1976). 


Figure  2 — UMDNJ-Newark  campus. 


In  health  care  delivery,  the  University’s  presence  has 
had  a dramatic  impact  upon  Newark.  During  the  first 
decade,  a coalition  of  College,  state,  city,  and  federal 
health  programs  participated  in  creating  statistics 
such  as  a 50  percent  decrease  in  infant  mortality,  a 
60  percent  reduction  in  tuberculosis  deaths,  and  50 
percent  decrease  in  the  cancer  death  rate,  as  well  as 
significant  drops  due  to  bronchial  pneumonia  and 
heart  disease. 

Under  the  original  plans  developed  in  1968,  the 
medical  school  had  originally  detennined  to  maintain 
Martland  as  a primary  care  facility,  with  a new  272- 
bed  tertiary  care  referral  hospital  to  be  built  on  the  new 
campus  to  supplement  it.  On  the  advice  of  the  com- 
munity, and  particularly  of  Newark’s  Mayor  Kenneth 
A.  Gibson,  the  CMDNJ  Board  of  Trustees  reconsidered 
the  plan. 

In  1972,  the  Board  voted  to  have  plans  for  the  New- 
ark campus  redesigned,  to  incorporate  a single,  520- 
bed  facility.  UMDNJ-University  Hospital,  the  final 
phase  of  the  Newark  construction  program,  was  open- 
ed in  1979,  further  enhancing  the  University’s  ability 
to  expand  the  scope  of  its  services  and  the  quality  of 
care  it  can  offer. 

THE  GROWTH  YEARS:  PISCATAWAY 

Despite  the  faculty’s  initial  misgivings,  the  newly- 
formed  CMDNJ  moved  rapidly  to  expand  its  central 
New  Jersey  program. 

Before  the  end  of  1970,  the  opening  of  the  new  medi- 
cal science  building  on  the  Piscataway  campus  had 
allowed  expansion  of  the  entering  class  from  16  to  80 
students.  In  addition,  plans  were  finalized  for  the  80- 
bed  Institute  of  Mental  Health  Sciences,  which  would 
open  in  1972.  The  Raritan  Valley  Hospital,  Green 
Brook,  was  acquired  as  a teaching  facility,  allowing  the 
development  of  a full,  four-year  program.  A construc- 
tion program  at  the  hospital  soon  was  undertaken  to 
add  an  ambulatory  care  wing,  completed  in  1973. 

For  most  of  the  first  decade,  development  at  the 
Piscataway  school  centered  around  the  question  of  a 
teaching  hospital  and  full  enrollment  in  the  medical 
degree  program.  From  the  beginning.  Raritan  Valley 
was  viewed  as  a temporary  or  partial  solution,  since 
it  was  clear  that  the  131-bed  facility  never  could  ac- 
commodate the  full  entering  class,  which  would  level 
off  at  108  by  1973. 


)L.  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


795 


The  acquisition  of  Raritan  Valley  did  allow,  however, 
beginnings  of  a medical  degree  program.  By  1972,  the 
first  third-year  class  of  32  students  was  enrolled,  allow- 
ing for  the  school  to  award  its  first  medical  degrees  in 
1974.  Third-year  enrollment  was  expanded  to  56  the 
following  year,  where  it  would  remain  until  additional 
clinical  facilities  were  acquired.  In  the  meantime, 
though,  nearly  half  of  each  entering  class  had  to  leave 
the  state  to  complete  their  degrees. 

In  1971,  Governor  Cahill  had  promised  to  build  a 
325-bed  university  hospital  adjacent  to  the  medical 
school  in  Piscataway.  Two  years  later.  Governor  Bren- 
dan T.  Byrne  reduced  the  plan  to  a 181 -bed  tertiary 
care  center,  citing  issues  such  as  cost  containment,  too 
many  hospital  beds  in  the  area,  and  effective  utiliza- 
tion of  resources.  By  1974,  architectural  plans  for  this 
unit  had  been  developed  and  the  state  had  issued 
bonds  to  finance  its  construction.  But  the  bond  issue 
was  not  placed  for  sale,  and  plans  for  the  hospital 
remained  in  limbo. 


The  history  of  UMDNJ 
parallels  the  development  of 
health  professions 
education. 


The  status  of  the  on-eampus  hospital  remained  un- 
clarified, and  in  Januaiy  1976,  a special  committee 
was  appointed  to  consider  functional  alternatives  to  a 
construction  program.  The  search  led  eventually  to 
Middlesex  General  Hospital,  New  Brunswick,  partly  as 
a reaffirmation  of  the  College’s  commitment  to  the 
state’s  underserved  urban  centers.  Negotiations  were 
opened  with  the  364-bed  facility,  resulting  in  an  ex- 
panded affiliation  agreement,  signed  on  November  23, 
1977,  which  designated  it  as  the  school’s  core  teaching 
hospital. 

The  additional  resources  and  space  provided  by  the 
union  with  the  hospital,  which  recently  changed  its 
name  to  Middlesex  General-University  Hospital,  have 
allowed  the  third-  and  fourth-year  classes  to  reach  full 
size. 

THE  GROWTH  YEARS:  SOUTH  JERSEY 

The  idea  of  a medical  education  program  in 
southern  New  Jersey  was  first  advanced  by  Governor 
Hughes  in  1965.  As  he  signed  into  law  the  bill  by  which 
the  Seton  Hall  College  of  Medicine  and  Dentistry  be- 
came the  state’s  second  public  program  in  the  health 
sciences,  he  predicted  that  New  Jersey  would  soon 
have  “a  third  medical  school,  this  one  in  southern  New 
Jersey.” 

For  the  time  being,  however,  the  financial  pressures 
of  developing  two  health  sciences  campuses  proved  to 
be  enough  for  the  state.  Seven  years  passed  and 
another  governor  was  in  office  before  the  concept  was 
brought  forward  again.  It  took  seven  more  years,  and 
yet  another  administration,  before  the  first  medical 
students  actually  began  training  in  south  Jersey. 

In  1971,  with  the  beginning  of  progress  already  in 
evidence  at  the  Newark  and  Piscataway  campuses. 
Governor  Cahill  felt  that  the  time  had  come  for  CMDNJ 


to  explore  the  question  of  taking  its  mission  statewic 
He  directed  CMDNJ  through  the  Department  of  High 
Education  to  develop  a feasibility  study  concerning  tl 
creation  of  a medical  school  in  south  Jersey.  The  1 
month  investigation  included  an  extensive  series 
meetings  with  hospitals,  medical  and  osteopathic  c 
ganizations,  state,  local,  and  federal  accrediting  age 
eies,  and  other  interested  parties. 

The  report,  presented  to  the  Governor  in  May  197 
clearly  established  the  need  for  a medical  educatic 
program  serving  the  seven-county  southern  region, 
showed  that  southern  New  Jersey  already  had  a ph 
sieian-to-population  ratio  considerably  lower  than  tl 
state  and  national  average,  and  that  an  alarmii 
number  of  those  currently  in  practice  were  50  yea 
of  age  and  older.  It  was  determined  that  there  wou 
be  a shortage  of  at  least  100  physicians  a year  in  tl 
area  by  1980.  Other  problems  related  to  physieic 
supply  which  were  indicated  included  poor  geograph 
distribution,  decreasing  numbers  of  practitioners 
the  primary  care  disciplines,  and  extensive  d 
pendenee  upon  foreign  medical  graduates.  The  repo 
noted  serious  health  trends  developing  in  south  Jersif 
and  pointed  out  CMDNJ’s  potential  ability  to  help  r| 
verse  the  steadily  worsening  statistics. 

The  plan  advanced  by  CMDNJ  was  for  a medic 
“school  without  walls.”  This  term  described  a progra 
which  would  conduct  its  clinical  education  in  existir 
community  hospitals,  rather  than  undertaking  coi 
struction  of  a new  teaching  facility.  The  concept,  whicj 
later  was  employed  very  successfully  by  the  UMDN. 
Rutgers  Medical  School,  was  designed  to  save  the  sta 
money  and  to  strengthen  ties  with  local  resources  arj 
professionals. 

The  idea  of  an  osteopathic  component  for  the  soul 
Jersey  program  was  raised  from  the  outset  of  the  plaji 
ning  process,  in  the  interests  of  the  best  utilization 
local  resources.  Two  of  the  largest  and  best  equippel 
hospitals  in  the  region  were  osteopathic  hospital 
Moreover,  a large  percentage  of  the  area’s  practicir; 
physicians,  particularly  in  the  primary  care  specialtie 
were  D.O.s. 

Originally,  the  College  had  wished  to  establish 
single  program  with  a unified  faculty  with  option 
tracks  which  would  allow  students  to  choose  to  purse 
either  the  M.D.  degree  or  the  D.O.  degree.  Although 
preliminary  discussions  showed  both  professions  r 
sistant  to  such  a plan,  CMDNJ  believed  that  it  wou! 
be  appropriate  for  the  College  to  take  a leadership  rol 
in  such  an  innovative  venture,  aimed  at  cementir 
relations  and  enhancing  communications  between  tl 
two  branches  of  medicine. 

Later,  to  meet  accreditation  requirements  and  II 
qualify  for  federal  funds,  the  program  changed  fornj 
A new  school,  the  CMDNJ-New  Jersey  School  of  0 
teopathic  Medicine,  would  be  founded,  in  addition  I 
an  allopathic  (M.D.)  program,  the  CMDNJ-South  Jersti 
Medical  Education  Program,  which  would  be  an  e:j 
tension  of  the  Newark  and  Piscataway  programs. 

In  1975,  Governor  Brendan  Bryne  signed  the  Ne 
Jersey  legislature’s  bill  1540,  which  directed  CMDN 
to  establish,  develop,  and  operate  both  osteopathic  art 
allopathic  educational  programs  in  south  Jersey  t 
1976.  The  College  accelerated  its  efforts  to  implemer 
its  dual  program. 

THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE’ 


796 


The  allopathic  educational  program  was  developed 
s a satellite  campus  of  CMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical 
ehool,  in  which  students  would  take  their  first  two 
ears  at  the  Newark  medical  school,  and  then  under- 
ike  the  clinical  portion  of  their  education  in  south 
ersey  hospitals.  Cooper  Medical  Center,  Camden,  was 
lentified  as  the  core  teaching  hospital  for  the  pro- 
ram in  1977,  becoming  CMDNJ’s  first  affiliated  hos- 
ital  in  south  Jersey. 

A pilot  group  of  1 2 students  undertook  clinical  train- 
lg  at  Cooper  Medical  Center  in  1978.  The  first  full 
lass  of  UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School  at  Camden 
egan  studies  in  Newark  in  1981,  and  entered  their 
lird-year  clinical  classes  at  the  Camden  facility,  now 
ailed  Cooper  Hospital-University  Medical  Center,  in 
983.  Ultimately,  the  allopathic  program  will  have  96 
aird-  and  fourth-year  students  based  in  Camden, 

UMDNJ-School  of  Osteopathic  Medicine  became  a 
)rmal  school  in  December  1976.  In  order  to  bring  the 
ew  school  into  operations  as  quickly  as  possible  a 
lan  was  devised  in  which  osteopathic  students  tem- 
orarily  would  receive  basic  sciences  education  at 
MDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School,  and  take  clinical 


training  at  John  F.  Kennedy  Memorial  Hospital,  Strat- 
ford, which  became  its  primary  teaching  affiliate  in 
1977.  Its  first  class  of  D.O.  candidates  were  enrolled  in 
September  1977,  and  began  clinical  training  at  John 
Kennedy  Memorial  Hospital  (now  Kennedy  Memorial 
Hospital/University  Medical  Center)  in  September 
1979. 

CONCLUSION 

The  achievement  of  University  status  in  1981  came 
at  a turning  point  in  UMDNJ’s  development  (Figures 
1 and  2).  During  the  first  decade,  the  institution  vir- 
tually had  met  its  enrollment  goals  and  built  its  cam- 
puses, often  with  limited  resources  and  less-than-per- 
fect  conditions,  it  had  created  innovative  solutions  to 
meet  the  commitments  set  upon  it  by  its  local  com- 
munities, the  state,  and  the  higher  education  system. 
It  had  helped  to  maximize  utilization  of  New  Jersey’s 
resources  bv  forming  cooperative  programs  with  other 
educational  facilities,  and  by  affiliating  with  communi- 
ty hospitals  to  utilize,  rather  than  to  duplicate,  existing 
health  care  programs. 


3L  81 -NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


797 


The  First  40  Years  of  Osteopathic 

Medicine  in  New  Jersey 

Robert  L.  Thompson,  ed.d.,  and  Christine  Chico,  d.o.,  piscataway* 

! 


This  essay  sketches  the  story  of  the  first  40  years  of  osteopathic 
medicine  in  New  Jersey,  from  1900  to  1940.  This  account 
discusses  the  fight  for  legal  recognition  and  the  right  to  practice. 


Andrew  Taylor  Still,  a frontier 
physician  and  former  surgeon 
in  the  Kansas  militia  during  the 
Civil  War,  was  the  founder  of  “osteopathy,”  a major 
reform  movement  in  American  medicine.  Still  dated 
his  new  approach  to  the  treatment  of  disease  to  June 
22,  1874,  when  he  abandoned  traditional  medical 
practice  in  favor  of  osteopathy  which  rejected  the  use 
of  drugs  and  emphasized  the  importance  of  the  unim- 
paired function  of  the  musculoskeletal  system 
nourished  by  healthy  vascular  and  nervous  systems. 
Osteopathic  treatment  consisted  of  the  use  of 
palpatoiy  diagnosis  to  identity  the  location  and  extent 
of  the  “osteopathic  lesion,”  the  source  of  the  patient's 
complaint,  normally  followed  by  manipulative 
procedures  to  treat  the  affected  area  or  part.  Good 
nutritional  practices,  proper  rest,  and  exercise  were 
prescribed;  the  use  of  tobacco  and  alcohol  were  dis- 
couraged and  often  forbidden,  particularly  by  Still 
himself.3  After  an  itinerant  career  in  the  Kansas-Mis- 
souri  area.  Still  settled  in  Kirksville,  Missouri,  where 
he  opened  his  American  School  of  Osteopathy  in  1892. 
The  first  course  of  study  was  only  9 months  long.4  In 
1894,  the  state  chartered  his  school  which  authorized 
Still  to  award  a professional  degree.  Although  the 
School  undoubtedly  was  permitted  to  confer  the  M.D. 
degree.  Still  chose  "Diplomate  in  Osteopathy"  which 
later  was  changed  to  “Doctor  of  Osteopathy;”  the  D.O. 
degree  conferred  to  this  day.  Still's  original  school  and 


imitations  which  sprang  up  immediately  had  no  for 
mal  educational  requirements  for  entrance,  a situatioi 
which  was  to  cause  significant  difficulty  for  the  D.O.’ 
in  their  attempts  to  obtain  legal  and  professional  rec 
ognition  including  those  D.O.'s  in  New  Jersey.  By  190C 
the  curriculum  had  expanded  to  two  years  and  11 
months,  by  mandate  of  the  Associated  Colleges  of  Os1 
teopathy  and  to  a compulsory  three  years  and  2' 
months  program  in  1904  by  direction  of  the  Americal 
Osteopathic  Association,  founded  in  1901.1 

According  to  anecdotal  reports,  osteopaths  firs! 
practiced  in  New  Jersey  in  1897  to  1898.  It  is  no| 
surprising  that  the  first  published  response  to  th< 
arrival  of  these  new  drugless  practitioners  appeared  ir 
the  Transactions  of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey! 
and  The  Journal , MSNJ.  In  the  reports  for  the  distric! 
societies,  E.L.B.  Godfrey,  M.D.,  of  Camden,  presented  a 
warning  in  1899  entitled  "Osteopathy"  which  he  caller 
‘The  latest  of  these  fraudulent  systems  to  attain  th<! 
proportions  of  a popular  fad  ...  in  comparison  witl 
which  the  other  ‘pathies'  shine  as  radiant  stars.”5  Dr 
Godfrey  further  declared  that  the  claims  that  os 
teopathy  did  not  come  under  the  provisions  of  th<| 
Medical  Practice  Act  of  1890  were  false.  The  1899  re 
j 

*Dr.  Thompson  is  Associate  Dean  for  Student  Affairs  am 
Admissions  and  Adjunct  Associate  Professor,  Osteopathi 
Sciences,  UMDNJ-School  of  Osteopathic  Medicine; 
Piscataway;  and  Dr.  Chico  is  an  Intern,  Dallas  Memorial  Hos 
pital,  Texas. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSET 


798 


ort  of  the  State  Board  of  Medical  Examiners  also 
oted  the  situation:  “Section  IV.  The  Present  Medical 
aw.  There  are  but  few  medical  graduates  of  reputable 
ledical  colleges  who  attempt  to  evade  the  law.  More 
ifficulty  is  experienced  with  fraudulent  practitioners 
Iho  practice  medicine  in  violation  of  the  law  while 
aiming  technical  exemption  from  its  provisions,  the 
hief  of  whom  are  Christian  Scientists  and  os- 
xipaths."  In  spite  of  this  hostile  professional  climate, 
le  D.O.’s  soon  let  it  be  known  that  they  intended  to 
smain. 

In  the  first  of  two  articles,  Hariy  Linden  Chiles,  D.O., 
f Essex  County,  recalled  that  "a  dozen  osteopaths, 
ractieally  all  of  the  recognized  osteopaths  in  the 
tates"  met  in  Newark  on  October  17,  1901,  and  or- 
anized  the  New  Jersey  Osteopathic  Society  (NJOS).7 
i November  1902,  the  members  of  NJOS  convened  in 
renton  to  legally  establish  their  group;  the  articles  of 
icorporation  for  the  Society  are  dated  April  18,  1903. 
he  present  name  of  the  organization.  New  Jersey  As- 
oeiation  of  Osteopathic  Physicians  and  Surgeons 
4JAOPS)  was  adopted  on  May  8,  1948.  As  Chiles  re- 
orted:  "The  organization  of  the  State  Society  followed 
y its  incorporation  seemed  to  be  accepted  by  the 
ledical  organization  [The  Medical  Society  of  New  Jer- 
ey]  as  notice  that  the  osteopaths  intended  to  stay  and 
iroaden  as  a profession.”7  On  December  6,  1902,  the 
lembers  of  NJOS  met  in  Newark  to  consider  the  first 
f many  bills  to  come  which  were  presented  to  the 
?gislature  to  provide  for  the  licensing  of  osteopaths 
nd  the  establishment  of  a separate  board  of  os- 
eopathic  examiners  to  oversee  the  profession.7 

HE  FIRST  LICENSING  ACT— 1913 

In  1905,  a bill  proposed  by  the  newly  organized  os- 
eopaths  providing  for  a separate  board  of  osteopathic 
xaminers  died  in  committee  hearings.  A substitute 
•ill  offered  by  the  Medical  Society  placing  the  D.O.’s 
mder  the  State  Board  of  Medical  Examiners  with  os- 
eopathic  representation  similarly  failed. 

During  the  administration  of  Governor  J.  Franklin 
ort  in  1910,  the  medical  community  proposed  an 
mendment  to  the  Medical  Practice  Act  raising 
preliminary  educational  requirements  for  physicians 
I'hich  would  have  excluded  most  osteopaths  then  in 
practice  from  qualifying  for  licensure  under  any  subse- 
|uent  legislation.7  During  a public  hearing  on  the  bill, 
lovemor  Fort  had  an  acrimonious  exchange  with  Dr. 
rnther  Halsey  representing  the  Medical  Society  over 
he  Governor’s  campaign  promises  to  the  medical  pro- 
sssion  to  support  high  educational  standards  for 
physicians.  The  Governor  called  Dr.  Halsey  a “liar”  and 
he  incident  was  reported  by  the  press.  Governor  Fort 
etoed  the  bill  which  had  passed  both  houses  of  the 
“gislature.  At  their  Annual  Meeting  a few  weeks  later, 
he  Medical  Society  recorded  “His  actions  have  re- 
ulted  in  lowering  the  standards  of  preliminary  educa- 
ional  requirements  in  New  Jersey  and  the  consequent 
dss  of  reciprocity  between  our  state  and  the  state  ol 
Jew  York.”8  The  Governor  later  invited  several  New 
lersey  D.O.’s  to  be  among  the  medical  guests  at  a re- 
eption  at  the  Summer  White  House  in  Long  Branch 
or  General  Leonard  Wood:  Chiles  noted  that  this  ac- 
ion  was  a significant  mark  of  recognition  for  the  pro- 
ession.7 


In  1913,  the  members  of  NJOS.  120  strong,  were 
unable  to  successfully  oppose  a bill  to  amend  the  Medi- 
cal Practice  Act  similar  to  the  proposed  measures  of 
1905  which  placed  the  authority  to  license  osteopaths 
under  the  State  Board  of  Medical  Examiners.  An  in- 
fluential group  of  “irregular"  osteopaths,  those  D.O.’s 
who  had  graduated  from  an  osteopathic  school  unap- 
proved by  the  AOA,  who  were  not  members  of  NJOS 
sided  with  members  of  the  Medical  Society  in  support 
of  a joint  M.D.-D.O.  board  of  examiners.  At  a meeting 
of  NJOS  on  March  19,  1913,  the  members  agreed  that 
it  was  useless  to  oppose  further  the  offensive  bill  which 
passed  the  legislature  on  April  2,  and  signed  into  law. 
Dr.  D.  Webb  Cranberry,  president  of  NJOS,  was  selected 
to  be  the  first  osteopathic  representative  on  the  State 
Board  of  Medical  Examiners.7 

The  Registnj  of  Osteopathy  in  the  office  of  the  New 
Jersey  State  Board  of  Medical  Examiners,  Trenton, 
contains  the  names  and  the  required  personal  and 
educational  information  about,  the  first  113  D.O.’s  who 
presented  credentials  certifying  to  their  personal  at- 
tendance and  graduation  from  a regularly  organized 
school  of  osteopathy.  Each  of  these  D.O.’s  was  “regis- 
tered" on  April  12,  1913,  and  given  a license  to  file  with 
the  clerk  of  the  court  in  the  county  where  he  resided. 
Thirty-four  percent  of  this  original  number  were 
women.  Many  of  the  “irregular”  osteopaths  presented 
credentials  to  the  Board  in  order  to  be  registered.  Dr. 
Cranberry  recommended  rejection  of  most  of  these  ap- 
plicants. His  recommendations  were  sustained  by  the 
Board  but  the  disappointed  “irregulars”  sued  the 
Board  to  obtain  their  licenses.  The  compromise  solu- 
tion required  the  applicants  to  take  additional  instruc- 
tion, The  process  of  litigation,  however,  brought  em- 
barrassing publicity  to  the  D.O.’s  concerning  the  short- 
lived New  Jersey  College  of  Osteopathy  in  Passaic 
(1906  to  1910)  where  diplomas  were  issued  for  little 
or  no  attendance. 

What  did  the  osteopaths  receive  in  this  legislation? 
They  received  a license  to  practice  “osteopathy"  which 
forbade  them  from  prescribing  or  administering  any 
drugs  or  medications  and  the  performance  of  any  sur- 
gery “which  required  a cutting  edge.”  They  were  per- 
mitted to  practice  obstetrics,  but  were  not  permitted 
to  relieve  the  pain  of  childbirth  with  analgesics;  they 
were  authorized  to  sign  birth  certificates  and  death 
certificates,  but  were  forbidden  to  perform  any  emer- 
gency surgery  which  might  have  saved  a life.  In  ad- 
dition, they  were  required  to  observe  the  same 
procedures  as  M.D.’s  in  reporting  contagious  diseases. 
According  to  the  new  licensing  act,  D.O.’s  would  take 
the  same  examinations  as  M.D.  candidates  with  the 
exception  of  drug  therapeutics  being  examined  in- 
stead of  osteopathic  principles  and  practices.  They 
were  limited  by  the  new  law  to  the  use  of  manipulative 
osteopathic  treatments  although  they  considered 
themselves  to  be  complete  physicians.  As  Heiminski 
reported,  the  first  state  practice  laws  which  estab- 
lished the  rights  of  osteopaths  denied  them  identifi- 
cation as  complete  physicians  and  served  to  establish 
them  instead  as  practitioners  who  were  legally  limited 
to  the  use  of  manipulative  procedures,9  This  "status 
inconsistency"  has  confused  the  public  as  to  the  place 
of  the  osteopathic  physician  in  the  hierarchy  of  health 
care  professionals.1 


7OL.  81— NUMBER  9 — SEPTEMBER  1984 


799 


No  account  of  medical  history  of  this  period  can  omit 
a reference  to  the  critical  analysis  made  of  medical 
education  by  Abraham  Flexner  in  1909  to  1910  on 
behalf  of  the  Carnegie  Foundation  for  the  Advance- 
ment of  Teaching.  He  ridiculed  the  pretensions  of  the 
osteopathic  colleges  toward  any  scientific  medical 
education,  but  recognized  that  they  were  well-run 
businesses.10  The  osteopathic  schools  always  playing 
catch-up  ball  did  not  need  the  Flexner  Report  to  en- 
courage them;  the  years  following  his  report  marked 
the  beginnings  of  a vigorous  curriculum  expansion  in 
both  the  basic  and  clinical  sciences. 

CURRICULUM  REFORM  AND 
EDUCATIONAL  STANDARDS 

The  period  between  the  first  osteopathic  licensing 
act  in  1913  and  the  achievement  of  unlimited  practice 
rights  in  New  Jersey  in  1935  was  marked  by  two  im- 
portant developments;  the  evolution  of  the  curriculum 
in  the  D.O.  schools  and  the  impetus  to  improve  the 
general  educational  standards  of  the  profession.1 

There  was  no  instruction  in  drug  therapeutics  in  the 
curriculum  of  the  early  osteopathic  schools.  This  void 
caused  difficulties  for  the  D.O.  applicant  for  licensure 
in  states  with  a joint  M.D.-D.O.  board  of  medical  exam- 
iners such  as  New  Jersey.  Although  the  D.O.’s  were  not 
examined  in  materia  medica,  there  were  questions 
about  drug  therapeutics  on  other  sections  of  the  exam- 
inations. The  “lesionists”  D.O.’s  insisted  upon  restric- 
ting osteopathic  practice  hence  osteopathic  instruc- 
tion to  manipulative  procedures  and  drugless  adjuncts 
such  as  diet  and  exercise.  The  “broad”  osteopaths 
wished  to  be  able  to  employ  some  of  the  more  common 
drugs  including  analgesics.  The  American  Osteopathic 
Association  did  not  agree  to  permit  the  inclusion  of 
pharmacology  or  drug  therapeutics  in  the  curricula  of 
the  osteopathic  schools  until  1929. 

The  lack  of  uniform  educational  standards  for  ad- 
mission to  the  osteopathic  schools  was  another  major 
sticking  point  whenever  D.O.’s  pressed  for  a lib- 
eralization of  state  medical  practice  arts.  The  AOA  did 
not  stipulate  that  the  completion  of  a high  school 
education  was  necessary  for  entrance  until  1920.  Dur- 
ing the  1921  session  of  the  New  Jersey  legislature,  two 
bills  were  introduced  concerning  the  regulation  of  os- 
teopathic medicine.  One  bill  called  for  the  creation  of 
a new  board  of  examiners  to  regulate  drugless  practi- 
tioners; the  bill  failed  chiefly  because  members  of  the 
regular  medical  establishment  were  committed  to 
maintaining  the  licensing  authority  for  all  health  pro- 
fessionals under  the  jurisdiction  of  a composite  board 
of  examiners.11  The  more  difficult  bill  proposed  much 
higher  educational  standards  for  osteopaths.  The 
measure  would  require  all  applicants  for  a license  to 
have  completed  private  or  public  high  school  and  one 
year  of  preprofessional  education  at  the  college  level 
before  entering  an  osteopathic  school.  The  bill  also 
called  for  an  increase  to  two  years  of  premedical  stud- 
ies by  1925.  In  addition,  it  was  proposed  that  the  D.O. 
applicant  complete  a one-year  intensive  postgraduate 
program  in  surgery  at  an  osteopathic  college.  A special 
examination  then  was  to  be  required  in  surgery.  The 
successful  licensee  then  would  be  empowered  to  prac- 
tice as  an  osteopathic  physician  and  surgeon.  The  fact 
that  there  were  no  hospitals  in  New  Jersey  in  which 


a D.O.  could  perform  surgery  was  a significant  fact 
in  the  total  movement  by  New  Jersey  D.O.’s  to  establi: 
their  own  institutions.  After  the  bill  had  failed,  f 
president  of  NJAOPS  suggested  that  the  high  i 
standards  proposed  for  D.O.'s  had  nothing  to  do  wi 
greater  protection  for  the  public,  but  was  in  fact  a mo 
to  reduce  professional  competition."  The  osteopath 
profession  in  New  Jersey  as  elsewhere  continued 
gain  a public  following,  but  incidents  such  as  the  di 
missal  in  February  1928,  of  Dr.  James  E.  Chastney 
Hasbrouck  Heights  as  the  local  school  physician  on  tl 
grounds  that  he  was  not  qualified  by  law  to  sen 
exemplified  some  of  the  professional  discord  whir 
existed  and  kept  the  public  confused  about  the  stati 
of  the  osteopath." 


The  postwar  period  opened 
a new  horizon  for  the 
osteopath. 


In  1929,  the  osteopaths  again  mounted  a major  carr 
paign  to  gain  more  favorable  practice  rights.  The  NJO 
supported  Senate  44  which  would  have  required  tw 
years  of  premed  education  and  a two-year  intemshi 
for  D.O.’s  who  wished  to  practice  obstetrics  and  sui 
gery  without  restriction.  This  measure  died  in  commit 
tee. 

Although  educational  standards  were  bein 
tightened  by  both  D.O.  and  M.D.  schools,  the  Minutel 
of  the  State  Board  of  Medical  Examiners  for  November 
18,  1926,  contain  instructions  to  the  secretary  to  writ 
to  the  osteopathic  colleges  concerning  the  admission 
of  students  who  have  not  completed  high  school.  B 
the  end  of  the  1920s,  the  osteopathic  profession  hail 
confronted  and  dealt  with  the  problem  of  curriculun 
reform,  particularly  the  introduction  of  drug  thera 
peutics  and  educational  standards  had  been  raised! 
The  six  colleges  of  osteopathy  were  graduating  on  thij 
average  a total  of  350  new  D.O.’s  annually.1 


THE  GOAL  IS  REACHED 


The  decade  of  the  1930s  did  not  begin  on  a felicitomj 
note.  The  Bulletin  of  NJAOPS  for  Januaiy  1930,  re 
ported  that  one  D.O.  had  been  arrested  weekly  since 
Christmas  for  practicing  beyond  the  limit  of  the; 
license.  In  a special  mailing,  NJAOPS  warned  its  mem 
bers  to  avoid  writing  prescriptions,  administering 
drugs,  or  giving  irrigations.  These  embarrassments! 
did  not  concern  the  osteopaths  who  scrupulously  prac- 
ticed “ten-fingered  osteopathy”  within  the  law,  but 
they  were  symbolic  of  a basic  inconsistency  between 
the  D.O.’s  education  as  a complete  physician  and  the 
restrictions  of  an  out-of-date  medical  practice  law.  Just 
when  the  profession  needed  them  the  most,  a particu- 
larly talented  and  dedicated  group  of  leaders  emerged 
at  NJAOPS  who  combined  political  astuteness  with 
organizational  skills.  From  1932  until  the  passage  of 
the  new  medical  practice  act  in  1935,  these  leaders 
directed  an  unrelenting  campaign  to  achieve  full  prac- 
tice rights  for  the  profession. 


800 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


In  September  1932,  NJAOPS  was  ready  to  begin  the 
gislative  battle  again.  The  members  were  informed  by 
r.  O.  J.  Snyder,  dean  of  the  Philadelphia  College  of 

[steopathy,  at  their  monthly  meeting  that  if  they 
mght  the  “status  and  dignity  of  licensed  physicians 
i a parity  with  the  medical  doctor,  you  must  first 
•cure  legislation  that  will  vest  in  you  like  authority 
hder  the  law.”12  On  Februaiy  27,  1933,  the  Senate 
ajority  Leader  Clifford  R Powell  introduced  Senate 
26  which  included  expanded  practice  rights  and  an 
idependent  board  of  examiners  for  the  D.O.’s.  By  the 
ear’s  end  no  progress  had  been  made  because  of  “per- 
mal  political  ambitions  and  cliques  in  Trenton.”  In 
pbruary  1934,  NJAOPS  president  John  T.  Atkinson  of 
ontclair  reported  that  the  “medical  machine"  was 
jutting  finishing  touches  on  a bill  which  would  greatly 
.‘strict  the  osteopaths  then  in  practice  and  make  it 
npossible  for  new  D.O.’s  to  enter  the  state.  Ely  March, 
le  D.O.’s  bill  of  the  previous  year  was  introduced  as 
enate  73  and  the  M.D.’s  brought  in  Senate  183.  The 
ledical  bill  proposed  to  deny  the  use  of  the  titles  “Dr."; 
Doctor”;  “Physician”;  and  “Surgeon"  to  all  but  doctors 
f medicine  or  dentists.  Any  other  practitioner  found 
|sing  the  forbidden  designations  on  business  cards, 
tterheads,  or  office  signs  would  be  punished  by  a 
200  fine  for  the  first  offense.12  The  bill  was  so  ex- 
'aordinarily  punitive  that  it  failed. 

The  last  Bulletin  of  the  Association  is  dated  March 
935.  Chairman  English  appealed  to  as  many  D.O.’s 
Ind  friends  of  osteopathy  as  possible  to  crowd  the  halls 
f the  General  Assembly  in  Trenton  when  the  new 
ledical  Practice  Act  came  up  for  a vote.  On  May  6,  a 
mch  revised  bill  which  was  the  result  of  hours  of 
anferences  between  the  D.O.’s  and  M.D.’s  passed  the 
ssembly  44  to  1;  on  May  24  Governor  Hoffman  signed 
le  legislation  which  would  admit  D.O.’s  by  examin- 
tion  for  licensure  to  the  unlimited  practice  of  medi- 
ine  and  surgery.12  The  bill  provided  that  D.O.’s  and 
I.D.’s  would  have  to  meet  the  same  premedical  and 
rofessional  educational  requirements  to  qualify  for  a 
cense  after  November  1,  1941;  another  clause  stipu- 
ited  that  no  further  licenses  to  practice  “osteopathy” 
rould  be  issued  after  July  1,  1939.  On  that  date  an 
ra  in  the  history  of  medicine  in  New  Jersey  would 
ome  to  an  end. 


AFTERMATH 

The  law  specified  that  osteopaths  currently  practic- 
ing would  be  required  to  complete  a two-year  post- 
graduate course  in  order  to  qualify  for  an  unlimited 
license.  At  the  end  of  the  course  they  were  to  be  exam- 
ined in  surgery  and  medical  therapeutics. 

With  a tremendous  struggle  finished,  NJOS  began  to 
build  the  Association's  membership  rolls.  In  1936,  a 
count  of  D.O.’s  in  New  Jersey  showed  a total  of  319  of 
whom  163  belonged  to  the  NJOS.  When  World  War  II 
arrived.  New  Jersey  D.O.’s  like  osteopathic  physicians 
nationwide  found  themselves  disqualified  for  federal 
service  because  they  were  not  graduates  of  a “Class  A” 
medical  school.  They  became  by  default  the  health 
providers  to  a large  number-  of  the  civilian  population 
and  demonstrated  their  contribution  was  more  signifi- 
cant than  might  ever  have  been  imagined.  Conse- 
quently, the  postwar  period  opened  up  a whole  new 
horizon  for  the  osteopath  which  still  is  being  realized 
today. 

REFERENCES 

1.  Gevitz  N:  The  D.O.'s:  Osteopathic  Medicine  in  America. 
Baltimore,  MD,  The  John  Hopkins  University  Press,  1982. 

2.  Booth  ER  History  oj  Osteopathy  and  Twentieth-Cen- 
tury Medical  Practice.  Cincinnati,  OH,  The  Caxton  Press, 
1924. 

3.  Still  AT:  The  Autobiography  of  Andrew  Taylor  Still. 
Kirksville,  MO,  1908,  pp.  112-117. 

4.  Hildreth  AG:  The  Lengthening  Shadow  of  Andrew  Tay- 
lor Still.  Kirksville,  MO,  1942,  p.  39. 

5.  Godfrey  ELB:  Osteopathy.  Trans  Med  Soc  NJ.  1899,  p. 
322. 

6.  Ninth  Annual  Report  of  the  State  Board  of  Medical 
Examiners,  1899.  Trenton,  NJ,  MaeCrellish  and  Quigley. 
State  Printers,  1900. 

7.  Chiles  HL:  The  Establishment  of  Osteopathic  Practice  in 
New  Jersey,  Part  I.  Bulletin  NJ  Osteopathic  Soc  39:5-6,  1941. 

8.  Rogers  FB,  Sayre  AR  The  Healing  Art:  A History  oj  the 
Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey.  Trenton,  NJ,  The  Medical 
Society  of  New  Jersey,  1966,  p.  189. 

9.  Helminski  F:  That  Peculiar  Science:  Osteopathic  Medi- 
cine and  the  Law.  Law  Med  32-37,  1984. 

10.  Flexner  A Medical  Education  in  the  United  States  and 
Canada:  A Report  to  the  Carnegie  Foundation  for  the  Ad- 
vancement of  Teaching.  Boston,  MA,  The  Merrymount  Press, 
1910,  pp.  62-67. 

11.  Newark  Evening  News,  March  5,  1921;  October  6, 
1921;  March  1,  1928;  May  24,  1935. 

12.  The  Bulletin,  October  1932;  March  1934. 


rOL.  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


801 


The  History  of  the 

New  Jersey  Hospital  Association 


Linda  Staab,  princeton* 


In  1918,  hospital  executives  saw  the  need  for  an  organization  to 
promote  the  concerns  of  the  health  care  industry  and  to  solve 
common  problems . Hence,  the  New  Jersey  Hospital  Association 
was  bom. 


On  January  11,  1863,  St.  Maiy 
Hospital,  Hoboken,  was  founded 
by  four  Franciscan  Sisters  of  the 
Poor  from  Germany.  In  1864,  the  same  order  sent  three 
additional  nuns  from  Germany  to  found  St.  Francis 
Hospital,  Jersey  City.  Women  from  six  Protestant 
Episcopal  churches  in  Newark  in  1865  founded  Saint 
Barnabas  Medical  Center,  staffed  completely  by  volun- 
teers. (Now  located  in  Livingston,  Saint  Barnabas 
Medical  Center  no  longer  is  associated  with  a religious 
denomination.)  By  the  end  of  the  decade,  eight  more 
hospitals  had  been  established:  Jersey  City  Charity 
Hospital  (its  forerunner  was  the  Pest  House,  founded 
in  1805  and  used  to  quarantine  those  with  infectious 
diseases):  Saint  Michael’s  Medical  Center,  Newark;  the 
Asylum  for  Essex  County  Incurables;  the  New  Jersey 
Lunatic  Asylum,  Trenton;  St.  Joseph’s  Hospital  and 
Medical  Center,  Paterson;  German  Hospital:  Hospital  of 
the  Ladies  Association;  and  St.  Peter’s  Medical  Center, 
New  Brunswick. 

This,  then,  was  the  genesis  of  civilian  hospital  his- 
tory in  New  Jersey,  and  institutions  continued  to  be 
established  to  provide  care  within  the  state. 

NEW  JERSEY  HOSPITAL  ASSOCIATION 

Ely  1918,  seven  hospital  executives  saw  the  need  for 
an  organization  to  promote  the  concerns  of  the  health 
care  industry  and  to  find  solutions  to  common  prob- 
lems. The  executives  met  at  Newark  City  Hospital  and 


established  the  New  Jersey  Hospital  Associatie 
(NJHA).  Hospitals  represented  were  Muhlenberg  Ho 
pital,  Plainfield:  Elizabeth  General  Hospital:  Hudsc 
Tuberculosis  Hospital  and  Sanitarium,  Secaucus;  Me 
ristown  Hospital;  Paterson  General  Hospital;  Chri 
Hospital,  Jersey  City;  and  Newark  City  Hospital. 

Following  that  first  gathering  in  1918,  meetings 
the  Association  were  held  for  several  years.  Questior 
of  how  hospitals  managed  their  affairs  and  the  sharir 
of  information  on  operational  issues  lay  at  the  base 
regular  meetings;  but,  “before  the  ease  of  automobi 
transportation,  it  was  difficult  to  attract  membe: 
from  all  parts  of  the  state  to  the  meetings  (so) . . . tl 
Association  lay  dormant  for  a period." 

THE  1920s  AND  1930s 

The  1920s  were  a growing  time  for  the  New  Jerse 
Hospital  Association.  NJHA  now  was  strong  enough  1 
host  two  of  the  American  Hospital  Association’s  ai 
nual  conventions  in  Atlantic  City— one  in  1926  an 
one  in  1929.  Then,  with  just  63  days  remaining  in  th 
decade,  the  stock  market  crash  had  begun.  The  D< 
pression  enshrouded  the  United  States  and  much  ( 
the  world.  In  the  decade  that  followed,  unemploymer 
reached  12  million.  Congress  passed  the  Social  Secu; 
ity  Act  and  labor  unions  won  their  first  major  cor 


*Ms.  Staab  is  Assistant  Director,  Public  Relations,  New  Jerse 
Hospital  Association. 


802 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE' 


tracts  from  the  automotive  and  steel  industries.  In  New 
Jersey,  efforts  were  underway  to  increase  access  to 
hospital  care  for  the  middle  class  and  the  poor.  An 
^vent  of  lasting  significance  was  the  establishment  in 
1932  of  the  Hospital  Service  Plan  of  New  Jesey  (Blue 
Cross).  The  Service  Plan  was  organized  by  the  cooper- 
ative effort  of  17  New  Jersey  hospitals,  with  the  hospi- 
tals agreeing  to  accept  flat  rate  payment  of  $6  per  diem. 

Between  1931  and  1936,  the  New  Jersey  Emergency 
Relief  Administration  payments  exceeded  $6  million 
for  support  of  general  health  services,  more  than  $2 
million  of  which  went  directly  to  hospitals  for  the  care 
of  indigent  patients. 

rHE  1940s 

During  the  1940s,  hospitals  continued  their  battle 
:o  find  ways  to  provide  adequate  care  for  indigent  pa- 
ients.  Following  an  extensive  study,  the  NJHA  Welfare 
Committee  in  1945  recommended  that  legal  re- 
sponsibilities for  providing  good  hospital  care  for  the 
ndigent  be  defined  more  clearly,  that  public 
luthorities  recognize  that  the  indigent  were  entitled 
;o  a high  standard  of  care,  and  that  payment  to  hospi- 
:als  be  commensurate  with  the  services  rendered  so 
hat  a hospital’s  financial  status  would  not  be  jeop- 
irdized. 

In  the  latter  1940s,  returning  soldiers  flooded  the 
ration  and  the  wounded  crowded  hospitals,  increasing 
:he  demand  for  nurses.  A 1948  NJHA  survey  showed 
hat  ten  hospitals  in  the  state  closed  a total  of  321  beds 
lue  to  the  lack  of  nurses.  In  response  to  the  shortage, 
NJHA  began  preparing  a report  on  “Recommended 
Minimum  Standards  for  Salaries  and  Personnel  Prac- 
:ices  of  Institutional  Staff  Nurses.”  On  the  national 
evel.  Congress  reacted  to  the  enhanced  expectations 
rf  returning  veterans  by  passing  the  Hill-Burton  Act. 
rhe  act,  created  to  aid  hospital  construction  and  mod- 
ernization, provided  hospitals  with  low-interest  con- 
struction loans  in  exchange  for  pledges  to  absorb  a 
percentage  of  charity  cases.  Most  New  Jersey  hospitals 
received  grants  from  this  program  during  the  1950s 
and  1960s. 

NJHA  also  was  experiencing  changes  and  growth:  in 
1947,  Harold  Johnston  was  hired  as  the  first  full-time 
executive  secretary  (now  the  office  of  the  president).  In 
addition,  NJHA  formed  the  Middle  Atlantic  Hospital 
Conference  (forerunner  of  the  present  Middle  Atlantic 
Health  Congress)  with  the  New  York  and  Pennsylvania 
Hospital  Associations. 

THE  1950s  AND  1960s 

In  the  1950s,  transportation  and  communication 
leaped  forward;  the  urban  population  began  the  tran- 
sition to  the  suburban  population,  reversing  the  trend 
which  helped  make  the  expansion  of  hospital  develop- 
ment possible  in  the  first  half  of  the  century.  The  cities 
developed  “inner  cities.”  Money  began  to  flow  to  the 
suburbs,  leaving  inner  city  hospitals  to  cope  with  a 
high  percentage  of  indigent  patients.  Additionally,  the 
hi-tech  push  into  space  commenced,  adding  momen- 
tum to  the  technological  advances  occurring  in  hospi- 
tals and  necessitating  additional  skills  and  continuing 
education  for  health  care  practitioners.  Reflecting  the 
growth,  the  Hospital  Association  purchased,  for 


$18,500,  its  headquarters  building  in  Trenton,  re- 
maining there  until  relocating  to  Princeton  in  the 
1960s. 

NJHA  continued  to  be  involved  with  the  concerns  of 
the  nursing  profession.  During  this  time,  NJHA  as- 
sisted in  revisions  to  the  Nurses  Practice  Act.  The  in- 
volvement established  NJHA  as  the  official  consultant 
to  the  Board  of  Nursing  on  matters  of  curriculum  for 
schools  of  nursing. 

The  relationship  with  another  group — unions — also 
drew  NJHA’s  attention.  In  1950,  when  unions  at- 
tempted to  solicit  hospital  employees,  court  decisions 
held  that  because  hospitals  were  classified  as  chari- 
table organizations  and  not  as  industries,  unions  had 
no  legal  right  to  demand  collective  bargaining.  By 
1958,  however,  the  situation  was  changing,  and  the 
Association  developed  a series  of  institutes  stressing 
the  positive  aspects  of  labor-management  relations.  By 
1960,  NJHA  had  commissioned  landmark  studies  of 
labor  relations  in  hospitals.  In  1966  to  1967,  in  the 
landmark  Christ  Hospital  case,  the  U.S.  Supreme 
Court  declared  that  New  Jersey  hospitals  were  not  to 
be  considered  exempt  from  labor  unionization  at- 
tempts. 

—iiw  iiiimniii  iimiw if  iii  i i in  i 1 1'! ifwwnwiwimwii— nw 

In  the  1960s , 
reimbursement  and 
planning  became  targets  for 
action  by  NJHA. 


In  1963,  Jack  Owen  took  over  and  was  to  lead  the 
Association  for  19  years. 

The  passage  of  Medicare  and  Medicaid  in  the  1960s 
mitigated  the  problem  of  providing  health  care  for 
those  unable  to  pay.  But  the  relief  was  only  partial  and 
those  hospitals  with  severe  indigency  problems  began 
to  stagger  under  the  financial  burden.  Solutions  were 
still  to  be  found. 

Early  in  1964,  NJHA  founded  the  Hospital  Research 
and  Educational  Trust  of  New  Jersey  to  study  ways  in 
which  “men,  money,  and  materials  can  be  more  effec- 
tively used  in  the  hospital  operation,  and  to  study  new 
concepts  in  health  care.”  The  next  year  saw  the  estab- 
lishment of  the  NJHA  Insurance  Fund,  a group  in- 
surance program  for  hospital  employees. 

Two  complicated  issues— reimbursement  and  plan- 
ning— became  targets  for  action  by  hospitals  in  the 
Garden  State.  A voluntary  health  planning  mechanism 
was  developed  in  the  mid-1960s  under  the  aegis  of 
NJHA.  It  became  the  independent,  nonprofit  Health 
Facilities  Planning  Council,  functioning  under  a Board 
of  Trustees  with  regional  committees  representing 
various  sections  of  the  state. 

Local  planning  committees  were  established  in  each 
section  to  review  hospital  projects  and  provide  rec- 
ommendations to  a statewide  board. 

As  for  reimbursement,  in  1968,  15  hospitals  began 
a voluntary  budget  review  process,  subjecting  their 
budgets  to  the  Hospital  Research  and  Educational 
Trust.  This  was  just  the  beginning  of  a long  and  veiy 
complex  trail. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


803 


THE  1970s 

During  (he  1970s,  a federal  health  planning  program 
supplanted  New  Jersey’s  voluntary  planning  program. 
Under  the  federal  program,  New  Jersey  was  divided 
into  regional  planning  areas  in  which  five  Health  Sys- 
tems Agencies  presently  function.  The  governing 
boards  of  these  agencies  are  composed  of  volunteers 
and  include  at  least  51  percent  consumer  represen- 
tation. 

In  1971,  the  state  legislature  enacted  the  Health  Fa- 
cilities Planning  Act  which  created  the  Health  Care 
Administration  Board  (HCAB),  and  eertificate-of-need 
controls  on  hospital  capital  projects.  The  Hospital  As- 
sociation assisted  hospitals  in  applying  for  certificates 
of  need  and  represented  the  industry  at  meetings  of 
the  HCAB. 

In  1975,  the  Department  of  Health  implemented  a 
new  payment  system,  the  Standard  Hospital  Account- 
ing and  Rate  Evaluation  System  (SHARE).  This  system 
used  a uniform  cost-reporting  system  and  determined 
rates  by  comparing  similar  hospitals. 

The  following  year,  in  response  to  a crisis  in  avail- 
ability of  malpractice  insurance  and  to  soaring 
premiums,  the  Health  Care  Insurance  Exchange  was 
formed.  It  was  the  first  licensed,  hospital-owned  in- 
surance reciprocal  in  the  United  States. 

In  1978,  with  inflation  at  a fever  pitch,  the  state 
legislature  enacted  S-446,  a law  which  set  the  stage  for 
a statewide  prospective  payment  system.  This  law 
created  the  Hospital  Ratesetting  Commission  with  the 
power  to  approve  rates  for  all  payers  of  hospital  ser- 
vices. It  altered  the  manner  in  which  these  rates  are 
approved  or  adjusted  and  made  major  changes  in  the 
Health  Care  Facilities  Act  of  1971.  By  extending  the 
state’s  ratesetting  power  to  all  payers,  hospital  rates 
were  controlled  for  the  privately  insured  persons  and 
the  uninsured  as  well.  The  law  enabled  the  state  to 
apply  for  a federal  waiver  to  set  rates  for  Medicare 
patients  and  provided  that  hospital  rates  be  based  on 
defined  “financial  elements”  which  guaranteed  that 
basic  costs,  such  as  those  for  indigent  care  and  bad 
debts,  would  be  covered.  At  last  there  was  some  real 
relief  promised  for  hospitals  burdened  with  a dis- 
proportionate share  of  indigent  patients. 

NJHA  devoted  considerable  effort  to  help  hospitals 
implement  the  new  reimbursement  system,  which  was 
based  on  Diagnosis  Related  Groups  (DRGs),  developing 
management  reports,  and  a comprehensive  data  base. 
The  Association  also  worked  vigorously  to  achieve 
modifications  and  refinements  as  needed. 

Another  issue  which  began  to  receive  attention  from 
the  state  and  federal  governments  was  licensure  of 
health  care  personnel.  By  1970,  over  800  occupations 


and  professions  were  licensed,  and  NJHA  had  writt  i 
“Guidelines  for  Drafting  and/or  Evaluating  Proposl 
Legislation  for  the  Licensing  of  Health  Personnel,”  a 
ing  for  a re-evaluation  of  the  licensing  system.  T 
state  and  federal  governments  formed  study  groups 
1971  and  both  referred  to  the  NJHA  position  papers* 
licensure.  The  matter  of  credentialing  continued  to 
debated  into  the  next  decade. 

With  the  passing  years,  health  care  technology  t 
came  more  complicated  and  more  encompassing,  ai 
the  issues  became  even  more  complex.  Professo 
health  care  providers,  clergy,  and  ordinary  citizens  c 
bated  the  definition  of  life  and  of  death,  the  ethics  ai 
economics  of  access  to  hi-tech  equipment  and  pr 
eedures,  and  the  ethics  and  economics  regarding  tl 
use  of  life-support  equipment  and  when  to  discontim 
its  use.  The  Karen  Quinlan  case  forced  a hard  decisk 
in  the  New  Jersey  courts.  In  1976,  the  State  Supren 
Court  ruled  that  patients  may  be  allowed  to  die  if  the 
is  “no  reasonable  possibility  of  the  patient  ever  emer 
ing  from  a comatose  condition  to  a cognitive,  sapiei 
state,”  providing  that  the  patient’s  prognosis  is  coi 
firmed  by  a prognosis  or  similar  type  of  committe 
Representatives  from  state  government  and  pr 
fessional  groups  later  agreed  with  the  court  that  tl 
prognosis  for  the  patient’s  recovery  should  be  the  bas 
for  such  decisions.  Voluntary  guidelines  were  d 
veloped  and  subsequently  forwarded  to  New  Jersey 
hospitals  to  assist  them  in  establishing  prognos 
committees  to  confirm  the  attending  doctor’s  opinio 
that  the  patient’s  condition  is  hopeless.  The  prognos 
committee  of  six  or  seven  physicians  was  to  be  coi 
vened  at  the  written  request  of  the  patient’s  family  ( 
guardian. 

In  1977,  NJHA  moved  into  its  modem  facility  i 
Princeton. 

THE  PRESENT  DECADE 

In  1982,  Louis  P.  Scibetta,  was  appointed  presiden 
of  the  Association.  The  Association  develops  position 
and  initiates  programs  on  behalf  of  hospitals  througJi 
a structure  of  councils  and  committees,  composed  c 
hospital  representatives,  which  report  to  the  NJLL 
Board  of  Trustees.  The  councils  are:  Council  on  AuX 
iliaries;  Council  on  Finance;  Council  on  Govemmen: 
Relations:  Council  on  Hospital  Governance;  Council  oi 
Management  Practices;  Council  on  Planning;  an< 
Council  on  Professional  Practice. 

Today,  hospitals  in  New  Jersey  provide  quality  car'1 
in  more  than  100  communities.  Employing  sorb 
94,000  workers  and  spending  more  than  $3  billioi 
annually  in  the  state,  hospitals  have  become  one  of  tb 
state’s  largest  industries. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


804 


Tew  Jersey  State 
Turses*  Association 

ANET  L.  FlCKEISSEN,  R.N.,  LANOKA  HARBOR* 


The  New  Jersey  State  Nurses*  Association  has  a history  of  striving 
o elevate  health  care  standards  and  services  for  all  people  in  our 
itate.  And  today , the  Associations  activities  are  as  complex  and 
iroad  as  current  nursing  practices . 


i 

, 


The  New  Jersey  State  Nurses'  As- 
sociation (NJSNA),  the  official 
voice  for  professional  nursing  in 
;w  Jersey,  has  a rich  history  of  striving  to  elevate 
?alth  care  standards  and  services  for  all  people 
irough  high  standards  of  nursing  practice.  During  its 
3 years,  the  Association  has  matured  into  a force 
^fitting  the  largest  group  of  health  care  providers.  The 
ssociation  was  organized  on  December  4,  1901,  at 
ewark  City  Hospital  where  200  graduate  nurses 
ithered  to  form  an  organization  which  could  secure 
gistration  and  advance  the  young  nursing  pro- 
ssion. 

At  the  turn  of  the  century,  nursing  was  not  regu- 
ted:  untrained  nurses  competed  with  graduates  of 
aining  schools.  “Residence  duty”  was  the  provision 
care  in  the  home  for  24  hours  a day  until  the  patient 
^covered.  The  title  “nurse”  did  not  connote  a pro- 
ssional  practitioner;  women  could  be  self-proclaimed 
urses  or  have  taken  correspondence  or  “short 
Durses”  and  earn  the  same  $25  weekly  fee  as  the 
raduate  of  the  finest  hospital  school  of  nursing. 
Thus,  the  foremost  goal  for  the  the  Association  was 
) have  a state  registration  law  enacted.  In  April  1903, 
le  New  Jersey  bill  to  license  nurses  became  the  sec- 
ad  such  law  in  the  nation.  This  simple  registration 
iw  granted  licenses  to  graduates  of  two-year  hospital 
aining  programs.  In  1912,  the  bill  was  strengthened 
hen  Governor  Woodrow  Wilson  signed  into  effect  the 


law  creating  the  Board  of  Nurse  Examiners,  giving 
nurses  an  autonomous  regulatory  board.  Raising 
educational  standards,  defining  the  practice  of  nurs- 
ing, and  licensing  nurses  continue  to  be  functions  of 
the  Board  of  Nursing. 

The  early  decades  of  the  Association  were  a time  of 
tremendous  growth  in  both  the  number  of  nurses  and 
the  scope  of  nursing  in  New  Jersey.  An  Association 
investigation  during  1910  focused  on  county  alms- 
houses, revealing  sordid  conditions:  The  Essex  County 
Almshouse  in  Newark  housed  240  “inmates"  with  all 
types  of  illnesses;  the  inmates  cared  for  each  other, 
summoning  a physician  only  to  pronounce  death.  The 
Nurses’  Association  formed  an  Almshouse  Committee 
to  rectify  such  squalor  through  improved  sanitation 
and  isolation  of  those  with  communicable  diseases.  A 
Committee  on  Establishing  Nurses  in  Towns  in  New 
Jersey  then  was  created  to  improve  public  health  con- 
ditions; this  group  was  the  forerunner  of  community 
health  nurses.  In  1907,  New  Jersey's  first  visiting  nurs- 
es were  placed  in  Trenton  and  Camden  as  a result  of 
the  Committee’s  work.  These  early  visiting  nurses 
taught  venereal  prophylaxis  and  infant  welfare  and 
campaigned  to  eliminate  public  drinking  cups. 

During  the  Depression,  the  young  Association  dealt 
with  momentous  changes  in  nursing  practice.  Few 


*Ms.  Fickeissen  is  the  History  Project  Director  of  the  New 
Jersey  State  Nurses'  Association. 


rOL.  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


805 


people  could  afford  to  hire  private  duty  nurses;  the 
resultant  unemployment  among  nurses  was  stagger- 
ing. One  registry  reported  that  their  nurses  averaged 
only  one  week  of  work  during  1932.  Hospitals  em- 
ployed few  if  any  of  the  nurses  that  they  trained,  rely- 
ing instead  on  students  to  staff  the  wards  under  little 
or  no  supervision. 

The  New  Jersey  State  Nurses’  Association  responded 
to  the  crisis  by  promoting  the  eight-hour  day  and  en- 
couraging hospitals  to  hire  graduate  nurses  to  supple- 
ment the  students  or  untrained  attendants  who 
provided  meager  services  to  patients.  The  Association 
also  condemned  the  proliferation  of  nursing  schools  in 
hospitals;  New  Jersey  alone  had  48  hospital  schools  by 
1933,  some  without  a single  full-time  nursing  instruc- 
tor. Through  the  Board  of  Nursing,  the  Association 
raised  the  standards  for  nursing  education  by  man- 
dating a high  school  diploma  raising  the  passing 
scores  on  the  licensing  examination,  and  requiring  at 
least  one  full-time  nursing  instructor  in  every  school. 

The  nursing  glut  of  the  1930s  was  replaced  by  a 
critical  shortage  in  the  1940s  when  the  nation  went 
to  war.  To  meet  the  increased  demand  for  nurses,  the 
Association  worked  to  recruit  students  into  nursing 
schools  and  classified  nurses  as  essential  or  available 
for  active  duty.  Nearly  3,000  New  Jersey  nurses  served 
in  either  the  Army  or  Navy  Nurse  Corps  during  the  war. 

To  meet  the  demand  for  nurses,  all  42  of  New  Jersey’s 
nursing  schools  participated  in  the  Cadet  Nurse  pro- 
gram in  which  students  spent  their  last  six  months 
of  training  in  either  civilian  or  military  hospitals.  To 
cope  with  the  acute  shortages  of  nurses  in  civilian 
hospitals,  guidelines  were  developed  by  NJSNA  for  the 
many  auxiliary  hospital  workers  such  as  aides  and 
volunteers  that  were  needed  to  supplement  the  nurs- 
ing staff.  The  Association  also  established  a counseling 


sendee  to  assist  the  large  number  of  inactive  nurse 
to  return  to  nursing  for  the  war  effort. 

After  the  war,  salaries,  benefits,  and  working  eor 
ditions  were  slow  to  improve.  The  Association  pushe 
to  reduce  the  48-hour  work  week  to  40  hours  and  t 
reduce  salaries.  The  Association  expended  mue 
energy  from  the  late  1940s  through  the  1970s  on  eec 
nomie  and  general  welfare  issues  for  nurses. 

Changes  in  the  past  three  decades  have  been  les 
abrupt  than  those  of  the  Depression  and  war,  but  ar 
no  less  revolutionary.  With  increasing  teehnolog; 
escalating  costs,  cost  containment,  and  more  acute! 
ill  patients,  come  the  need  for  highly  educated  an 
skilled  nurses  able  to  give  humanistic,  eost-effectiv 
care.  Nurses  expanded  their  roles  to  include  th 
provision  of  primaiy  care.  Nurse  practitioner 
prepared  for  expanded  practice  with  graduate  educe 
tion  and  certification  in  the  specialty  area  NJSNA  cor 
tributed  to  the  revision  of  the  Nurse  Practice  Act  ii 
1974  which  presently  defines  nursing  as:  diagnosinj 
and  treating  human  responses  to  actual  or  potentk 
physical  and  emotional  health  problems,  through  sue! 
services  as  case  finding,  health  teaching,  health  cour 
seling,  and  provision  of  care  supportive  to  or  restore 
tive  of  life  and  well-being. 

Legislation  directing  Blue  Shield  reimbursement  fo 
nurses  in  private  practice  was  passed  earlier  this  yea 

Today,  the  Association’s  activities  are  as  eomple 
and  broad  as  current  nursing  practice.  Ineorporatin 
nursing  resource  use  into  hospital  rate  structures 
helping  chemically  impaired  nurses,  lobbying  for  Com 
parable  Worth  legislation,  detecting  and  minimizin 
occupational  hazards  for  nurses,  promoting  nursin, 
image,  and  preserving  nursing  history  are  only  a fracj 
tion  of  the  ongoing  activities  of  the  New  Jersey  Stat! 
Nurses’  Association. 


806 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE' 


New  Jersey  Medical 
Historiography,  1964-1984 


David  L.  Cowen,  m.a.,  litt.  d.,  rossmoor* 


With  the  growing  interest  in  the  history  of  medicine,  the  author 
updates  his  bibliography  on  New  Jersey  medicine . The  study 
indicates  the  many  accomplishments  in  medicine. 


i 


This  issue  of  The  Journal  is  an 
indication  of  the  interest  in  the 
history  of  medicine  and  allied 
sciences  in  New  Jersey  during  the  last  two  decades. 
There  are  four  factors  accounting  for  this  growth:  1) 
:he  general  interest  in  history  engendered  first  by  the 
:ercentenary  of  New  Jersey  and  the  bicentennial  of  the 
Jnited  States;  2)  the  increasing  interest  in  the  history 
of  medicine  by  general  historians,  social  historians, 
and  historians  of  science;  3)  the  establishment  of  the 
Medical  History  Society  of  New  Jersey,  essentially  the 
accomplishment  of  Morris  H.  Saffron,  M.D.,  Ph.D.,  a 
man  trained  as  a physician  and  a historian:  and  4)  the 
Interest  of  Arthur  Krosnick,  M.D.,  in  the  history  of 
(medicine,  and  his  encouragement  of  the  publication 
of  historical  articles  in  The  Journal. 

The  purpose  of  this  paper  is  to  continue  and  to 
update  the  “Bibliographic  Notes”  that  were  appended 
to  my  Medicine  and  Health  in  New  Jersey:  A History 
(Princeton,  1964),  written  as  part  of  the  state’s 
tercentenary  celebration. 

GENERAL  MEDICAL  HISTORY 

My  1964  publication,  the  first  full-scale  history  of 
medicine  of  New  Jersey — Stephen  Wickes’s  History  of 
Medicine  in  New  Jersey  (Newark,  1879)  stopped  at 
1800 — soon  was  followed  by  the  more  detailed,  il 
lustrated,  and  exemplary.  The  Healing  Art:  A History 
of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  (Trenton,  1966) 


by  Dr.  Fred  B.  Rogers  and  A Reasoner  Sayre.  Although 
issued  in  celebration  of  the  bicentennial  of  the  Medical 
Society  of  New  Jersey,  the  book  is  a comprehensive 
account  of  the  history  of  medicine  in  the  state:  the 
history  of  the  Society  is  given  within  the  compass  of 
this  general  history. 

Dr.  Rogers  presented  a brief  essay  entitled,  "The 
Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  Since  1766,”  to  a na- 
tional audience  in  JAMA  (196:645-646,  1966).  Morris 
Fishbein  reciprocated  with  “An  Historical  Appraisal: 
The  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey"  (J  Med  Soc  NJ 
63:228-236,  1966)  which,  although  rather  general,  did 
make  reference  to  the  New  Jersey  experience.  Dr.  Saf- 
fron, in  his  "New  Jersey  or  Massachusetts,”  (JAMA 
245:2031-2032,  1981;  J Med  Soc  NJ  79:758-759,  1982) 
probably  has  laid  to  rest  any  question  of  the  priority 
of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey. 

Studies  of  other  professional  groups  have  included 
Samuel  Berg’s  “The  Essex  County  Pathological  and 
Anatomical  Society:  A Belated  Obituary”  (J  Med  Soc  NJ 
66:479-480,  1969)  in  which  the  closing  of  the  Society 
in  1967  is  recounted:  Dr.  Saffron’s  "Academy  of  Medi- 
cine of  New  Jersey — A Brief  Histoiy"  (Bull  NJ  Acad  Sci 
9:5-15,  1964);  and  Herbert  E.  Spiegel’s  "History  of  the 
New  Jersey  Section.  AACC”  (Clin  Chem  23,  No.  2.  Pt. 
1:295-296,  1977). 


*Dr.  Cowen  is  Professor  Emeritus,  History.  Rutgers  Univer- 
sity. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


807 


A number  of  other  articles  of  interest  to  the  general 
history  of  medicine  are  to  be  found  in  the  periodical 
literature.  These  include  Peter  Guthorn’s  “Calling  Dr. 
Hubbard:  Two  Hundred  Years  of  New  Jersey  Medicine” 
(J  Med  Soc  NJ  61:419-421,  1964)  which  covers  the 
early  histoiy  of  the  State  Society  and  describes  the 
medical  practices  of  the  Jacobus  Hubbards,  father  and 
son:  Dr.  Saffron  has  described  “A  Medical  Diploma  of 
1820"  (J  Med  Soe  NJ  69:684-686,  1972),  in  which  he 
presents  biographical  sketches  of  the  signer,  Lewis 
Condiet,  and  the  recipient,  William  Pierson;  Saffron 
also  offered  “Remarks  on  New  Jersey’s  Contribution  to 
Medicine"  (J  Med  Soc  NJ  73:14-15,  1976)  in  which  he 
briefly  recounted  the  achievements  of  nine  New  Jersey 
physicians:  David  L.  Cowen,  Louis  D.  King,  and 
Nicholas  G.  Lordi  have  described  the  prescribing  prac- 
tices of  several  Burlington  physicians  in  their  “Nine- 
teenth Century  Drug  Therapy:  Computer  Analysis  of 
the  1854  Prescription  Files  of  a Burlington  Pharmacy" 
(J  Med  Soc  NJ  78:758-761,  1981). 

THE  REVOLUTION 

The  New  Jersey  Historical  Society  mounted  an 
exhibit  on  New  Jersey  medicine  in  the  Revolution.  The 
catalogue  of  the  exhibit,  and  two  historical  essays,  have 
been  published  under  the  title  of  the  exhibit:  New 
Jersey  Medicine  in  the  Revolutionary  Era,  1 763-1  783 
(Newark,  1976).  The  two  essays  were:  “Medical  Back- 
ground of  the  American  Revolution"  by  Fred  Rogers 
(pp.  7-8)  and  Dr.  Saffron’s  major  address  delivered  at 
the  opening  of  the  exhibit  on  "Medical  Men  and  Events 
in  Revolutionary  New  Jersey"  (pp.  9-16). 

Richard  Torres-Reye  has  given  a careful, 
documented  account  of  the  medical  situation  at  Mor- 
ristown in  his  Morristown  National  Park,  1779-1780 
Encampment  A Study  of  Medical  Services  (Washing- 
ton, 1971).  Fred  Rogers  has  written  on  “The  Old  Bar- 
racks at  Trenton:  Military  Hospital  of  the  Revolution” 
(J  Med  Soc  NJ  73:1 1-13,  1976)  in  which  he  pays  special 
attention  to  William  Shippen.  Dr.  Saffron  has  written 
on  the  “Medical  Aspects  of  the  Middlebrook  Encamp- 
ment (J  Med  Soc  NJ  76:376-378,  1979). 

Fred  Rogers’s  biographical  sketch  of  “Dr.  William 
Bryant  (1730-1786)  Physician  and  Antiquary”  ( Acad 
Med  NJ  Bull  16,  No.  4:18-25,  1970)  tells  the  story  of 
a loyalist  physician.  Rudolf  E.  Trice  has  written  a bio- 
graphical memoir  of  “Hugh  Mercer:  Physician  Hero  of 
the  American  Revolution"  (Virginia  Med  108:104-106, 
1981 ),  but  it  makes  little  reference  to  Mercer  as  a phys- 
ician. 

My  booklet.  Medicine  in  Revolutionary  New  Jersey, 
(Trenton,  1975)  is  a study  of  the  whole  Revolutionary 
scene. 

Dr.  Saffron’s  work  centering  on  John  Cochran  is  by 
far  the  most  significant  on  the  period.  His  articles 
include,  “John  Cochran  (1730-1807):  Director  General 
of  the  Hospital  of  the  United  States”  ( Trans  Stud  Coll 
Phys  Phila  43:379-387,  1976);  “Dr.  John  Cochran,  the 
New  Jersey  Years”  (Acad  Med  NJ  Bull  16,  No.  4:26-34, 
1970):  “Confrontation  in  New  Jersey:  The  Hospital  Ver- 
sus the  Line”  (J  Med  Soc  NJ  73: 108 1-1087,  1976);  “The 
Tilton  Affair"  (JAMA  236:67-72,  1976).  Dr.  Saffron’s 
studies  culminated  with  Surgeon  to  Washington:  Dr. 
John  Cochran  1 730-1807  (New  York,  1977)  which  con- 


tains a biography  of  Cochran  and  reprints  his  letter 
books. 

Finally,  reference  must  be  made  to  Whitfield  J.  Bel 
Jr.'s  John  Morgan:  Continental  Doctor  (Philadelphia 
1965)  which  does  mention,  though  scantily,  the  New 
Jersey  scene. 

COUNTY  AND  LOCAL  HISTORY 

Dr.  Michael  A.  Nevins  has  written  about  Bergen 
County:  his  book.  Early  Physicians  of  Northeastern 
Bergen  County  (Spring  Valley,  1979),  contains  many 
interesting  photographs  and  illustrations,  describing 
19th  and  early  20th  century  medical  practice  in  that 
part  of  the  county.  Nevins  also  wrote  "Bergen  County’s 
Poet-Physicians”  (J  Med  Soc  NJ  77:831-833,  1980)  in 
which  he  describes  the  work  of  Drs.  English,  Cone, 
Williams,  and  Rosner.  With  Stewart  F.  Alexander, 
Nevins  authored  “Home  Care  Delivery  in  Bergen  Coun- 
ty in  the  19th  Century”  (J  Med  Soc  NJ  80:283-287, 
1983)  based  on  the  records  of  Dr.  Henry  C.  Neer. 

Another  work  on  the  local  level  is  that  by  Norman 
Reitman,  “Medicine  and  Medical  Care  in  New  Bruns- 
wick,” in  RH.  Patt’s,  The  Tercentennial  Lectures,  New 
Brunswick.  N.J.  (New  Brunswick,  1982). 

INDIAN  AND  FOLK  MEDICINE 

Clinton  Weslager,  in  Magic  Medicine  Among  the  In- 
dians (Somerset,  1973)  devotes  a chapter  to  “New  Jer- 
sey ‘Sand  Hill  Indian’  Remedies.”  Susan  Hamburger 
wrote  on  “Medicine  of  the  Leni  Lenape  Indians  of  New 
Jersey”  (Discovery  [University  College,  Rutgers  Univer- 
sity),  25-33,  1975). 

A booklet  describing  the  1979  exhibition  at  the  New- 
ark Museum,  Green  Magic:  Useful  Wild  Plants  of  New 
Jersey  (Newark,  1979),  lists  and  illustrates  41  plants 
and  gives  the  medicinal  as  well  as  other  uses  for  them. 

David  S.  Cohen  has  paid  some  attention  to  folk  medi- 
cine; his  The  Ramapo  Mountain  People  (New  Bruns- 
wick, 1974)  contains  an  appendix  on  “Herb  Cures  and 
Folk  Remedies,”  and  The  Folklore  and  Folklife  of  New 
Jersey  (New  Brunswick,  1983)  has  a chapter  on  medi- 
cal folklore. 

The  reprinting  of  the  Early  Recollections  and  Life 
of  Dr.  James  Still,  (1970),  first  published  in  1877,  re- 
counts the  life  and  career  of  a self-educated  black  “doc-  | 
tor”  who  became  known  as  the  “Doctor  of  the  Pines.” 

SURGERY 

The  only  study  of  the  histoiy  of  surgery  is  Henry  H. 
Kessler's,  “The  Evolution  of  Orthopedic  Surgery  and 
Rehabilitation  in  New  Jersey”  (Acad  Med  NJ  Bull 
13:94-104,  1967). 

EDUCATION 

The  only  study  related  to  the  history  of  medical 
education  is  my  booklet.  Medical  Education  The 
Queens-Rutgers  Experience  1792-1836  (New  Bruns-  i 
wick,  1966). 

PUBLIC  HEALTH  AND  EPIDEMIOLOGY 

Two  studies  dealing  with  public  health  in  the  col- 
onial period  are:  Lany  R Gerlach’s  “Smallpox  Inocu- 
lation in  Colonial  New  Jersey:  A Contemporary  Ac-  j 
count"  (J  Rutgers  U Lib  31:21-28,  1967),  an  annotated 
description  of  inoculation  methods  from  the  Hen- 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


808 


irickson  Family  Papers  (1753-1787);  and  William  J. 
3nape  and  Edward  L.  Wolfe’s  “The  Studies  of  Yellow 
“ever  by  Noah  Webster  and  John  Conrad  Otto  at  Red 
Sank,  New  Jersey"  (Bull  Gloucester  Co  HistSoc  19,  No. 
1:25-30.  1984). 

Fred  Rogers  provided  a short  review  in  “Medicine 
ind  Public  Health  in  New  Jersey”  (J  Med  Soc  NJ 
37:541-543,  1970).  Stuart  Galishoff  provided  major 
contributions;  his  Safeguarding  the  Public  Health 
Newark  1895-1918  is  the  only  book  on  the  histoiy  of 
Dublic  health  in  New  Jersey.  Galishoff  also  wrote:  “New- 
ark and  the  Great  Influenza  Pandemic  of  1918”  ( Bull 
Hist  Med  43:246-258,  1969);  “The  Passaic  Valley 
Trunk  Sewer"  (NJ  Hist  88:197-214,  1970);  “Cholera  in 
Newark,  New  Jersey”  (J  Hist  Med  All  Sci  25:438-448, 
1970);  and  "Newark  and  the  Great  Polio  Epidemic  of 
1916”  (NJ  Hist  94:101-1 1 1,  1976). 

The  career  of  Hemy  L.  Coit  of  Newark  is  told  in 
Vlanfred  J.  Waserman’s  thorough  study:  “Henry  L.  Coit 
and  the  Certified  Milk  Movement  in  the  Development 
af  Modem  Pediatrics”  (Bull  Hist  Med  46:359-390, 
1972). 

“Ezra  Hunt  Mundy — Physician,  Writer,  Human- 
itarian” (J  Med  Soc  NJ  78:381-385,  1981)  by  Samuel 
Ale witz  is  a study  of  the  leading  figure  in  New  Jersey’s 
Dublic  health  movement. 

Samuel  Berg,  in  Harrison  Stanford  Martland,  M.D.: 
The  Story  of  a Physician,  a Hospital  and  an  Era  (New 
7ork,  1978)  covers  Dr.  Martland’s  work  on  radium  in- 
toxication. The  major  work  has  been  done  by  William 
D.  Sharpe:  “Harrison  S.  Martland  and  the  New  Jersey 
Radium  Dial  Painters"  (Acad  Med  NJ  Bull  16:55-62, 
1970);  “Chronic  Radium  Intoxication:  Clinical  and 
[Autopsy  Findings  on  Long-Term  New  Jersey 
Survivors”  (EnvirRes  8:243-283,  1974);  and  “The  New 
Jersey  Radium  Dial  Painters:  A Classic  in  Occupa- 
tional Carcinogenesis”  (Bull  Med  Hist  52:560-570, 
1978). 

Two  other  papers  with  relevance  to  the  public  health 
are  William  D.  Sharpe’s  “Autopsies  at  Newark  City  Hos- 
pital, 1908-1911”  (J  Med  Soc  NJ  81:53-62,  1984)  and 
Allen  N.  Koplin’s  “Anti-smoking  Legislation:  The  New 
Jersey  Experience”  (J  Pub  Hlth  Pol  2:247-255,  1981). 

MENTAL  HEALTH 

The  only  work  of  substance  with  a New  Jersey  orien- 
tation on  mental  health  is  Frederick  M.  Herrmann’s 
Dorothea  L.  Dix  and  the  Politics  of  Institutional  Re- 
form (Trenton,  1981). 

THE  RH  FACTOR 

One  of  the  significant  developments  in  medical  sci- 
ence was  the  work  done  on  the  Rh  factor  at  Newark 
Beth  Israel  Hospital  by  Philip  Levine  as  described  in 
Camp’s  “Forensic  Serology  in  the  United  States”  ( Amer 
J Forerts  Med  Pathol  1:47-55,  1980).  Another  article 
on  the  subject  is  AS.  Wiener’s  “Karl  Landsteiner,  M.D.: 
Histoiy  of  the  Rh-Hr  Blood  Group  System”  (NYS  J Med 
69:2915-2935,  1969)  and  AG.  Erskine  and  AS.  Wiener, 
The  Principles  and  Practice  of  Blood  Grouping  (St. 
Louis,  1973,  pp.  320-322). 

MICROBIOLOGY 

Claude  E.  Dolman’s  concise  biography  of  Theobald 
Smith  and  a bibliography  of  Smith’s  works  can  be 


found  in  Dictionary  of  Scientific  Biography  (New  York, 
1975  Vol.  12,  pp.  480-486).  Other  of  Dolman’s  studies 
include,  “Theobald  Smith:  Life  and  Work”  (NYS  J Med 
69:2801-2816,  1969);  “Texas  Cattle  Fever:  Tribute  to 
Theobald  Smith"  (Clio  Medica  4:1-31,  1969); 

‘Theobald  Smith  and  his  Presidential  Address  to  the 
Society  of  American  Bacteriologists”  (ASM  News, 
47:231-235,  1981);  and  “Theobald  Smith  (1859-1934), 
Pioneer  American  Microbiologist"  (Persp  Biol  Med 
25:417-427,  1982). 

The  Nobel  Prize  winning  work  of  Selman  Waksman 
has  produced  considerable  historical  attention:  The 
Conquest  of  Tuberculosis  (Berkeley,  1964);  Micro- 
biology in  New  Jersey  (Ann  Arbor,  1 965);  “The  Road 
to  Streptomycin  and  Beyond;  A Chapter  in  the  History 
and  Application  of  Antibiotics”  (Rev  Soc  Mex  Hist  Nat 
30:301-306,  1969);  and  an  account  of  his  role  in  in- 
troducing the  word  “antibiotics”  as  a noun  in  the 
Journal  of  the  History  of  Medicine  and  Allied  Sci- 
ences 28:284-286,  1973. 

H.  Boyd  Woodruff,  whose  autobiographical  “A  Soil 
Microbiologist’s  Odyssey”  (Ann  Rev  Microbiol  1981, 
1-28)  recounts  his  experiences  working  with  Waksman 
and  his  work  in  industry  with  Merck,  Sharp  and 
Dohme.  Woodruff  also  has  edited  Scientific  Contribu- 
tions of  Selman  A Waksman : Selected  Articles  Pub- 
lished in  Honor  of  his  80th  Birthday  (New  Brunswick, 
1968). 

Julius  H.  Comroe,  Jr.  has  shown  how  Waksman’s 
interest  in  soil  microbiology  developed  into  an  interest 
in  antibiotics  and  led  to  the  discovery  of  streptomycin 
in  his  “Pay  Dirt:  The  Stoiy  of  Streptomycin  Part  I:  From 
Waksman  to  Waksman”  (Amer  Rev  Respir  Dis 
117:773-781,  1978). 

Finally,  the  most  recent  work  at  the  Waksman  In- 
stitute is  described  by  Hubert  A Lechevalier’s  The  De- 
velopment of  Applied  Microbiology  at  Rutgers  (New 
Brunswick,  1982). 

DENTISTRY 

The  March  1970  issue  of  the  Journal  of  the  New 
Jersey  State  Dental  Society  was  devoted  to  the  histoiy 
of  the  Society  and  of  dentistiy. 

Ian  C.  Bennett’s  “New  Jersey  Dental  School:  History 
and  Progress”  (J  NJ  Dent  Assoc  10:10-11,  1974)  de- 
scribes the  growth  of  the  faculty  and  students  of  the 
school,  the  introduction  of  a three  calendar  year  pro- 
gram in  1971,  and  changes  in  the  curriculum.  There 
also  is  a "History  of  the  New  Jersey  State  Dental  So- 
ciety” in  the  Bulletin  of  the  Union  County  Dental  So- 
ciety (48:8-11,  1968). 

PHARMACY  AND  THE  PHARMACEUTICAL 
INDUSTRY 

I have  written  The  New  Jersey  Pharmaceutical  As- 
sociation, 1870-1970  (Trenton,  1970)  covering  the  his- 
toiy of  the  Association,  vignettes  of  the  histoiy  of  phar- 
macy in  New  Jersey,  and  a biographical  roster  of  the 
members  of  the  Association.  Louis  D.  King  and  I de- 
scribed a dosage  form  introduced  by  a nationally 
known  pharmacist  from  Camden  in  "George  Beringer 
and  the  Fluid  Glycerates"  (J  Am  Phann  Assoc 
6:435-438,  1966).  1 have  written  on  "The  Swiss  Ameri- 
can Pharmaceutical  Houses  of  New  Jersey"  (Ciba.  Hoff- 
mann-LaRoche,  and  Sandoz)  in  G.  Schramm,  Neue 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


809 


Beitrage  zur  Geschichte  der  Pharmcizie  (Zurich, 
1978)  pp.  37-45.  W.H.  Helffand,  H.B.  Woodruff,  K.M.H. 
Coleman,  and  D.L.  Cowen  wrote  on  "Wartime  Indus- 
trial Development  of  Penicillin  in  the  United  States," 
The  History  of  Antibiotics:  A Symposium  (Madison, 
1980). 

HOSPITALS 

Nevins,  Berg,  Sharpe,  and  Kessler  mention  hospitals 
in  their  works.  Only  two  articles  devoted  entirely  to 
hospital  history  have  been  found:  Rosary  S. 

Gilheaney’s  “Early  Newark  Hospitals"  (Proc  NJ  Hist  Soc 
83:10-23,  1965)  and  Thomas  J.  White’s  “Frank  Hague 
and  the  Jersey  City  Medical  Center"  (Acad  Med  NJ  Bull 
16,  No.  4:50-53,  1970). 

SECTARIAN  MEDICINE 

H.B.  Weiss  and  H.R  Kemble  wrote  The  Great  Ameri- 
can Water-Cure  Craze:  A History  of  Hydropathy  in  the 
United  States  (Trenton,  1967). 

R.L.  Numbers  wrote  “Health  Reform  on  the  Dela- 
ware” (NJ  Hist  92:5-12,  1974)  in  which  the  chief 
protagonist  is  Russell  Thacher  Troll,  M.D.,  who  ran  the 
Eastern  Hygeian  Home  at  Florence  Heights  in  Burl- 
ington County. 

Alfred  R Henderson’s  “Frederick  M.  Allen,  M.D.  and 
the  Psychiatric  [sic,  an  error  for  “Physiatric”)  Institute 
at  Morristown.  N.J.  (1920-1938)”  (Acad  Med  NJ  Bull 
16,  No.  4:40-49,  1970),  is  another  selection. 

PHYSICIANS  AND  PATIENTS 

The  Journal  of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
devoted  its  September  1983  issue  to  William  Carlos 
Williams.  Other  writings  about  Williams  include:  Paul 
Mariani’s  William  Carlos  Williams:  A New  World 
Naked  (New  York,  1981);  Linda  W.  Wagner’s  “William 
Carlos  Williams:  Poet-Physician  of  Rutherford”  (JAMA 
204:15-20,  1968);  William  B.  Ober’s  “William  Carlos 
Williams,  M.D.  (1883-1963):  Physician  and  Poet”  (NYS 
J Med  69: 1 084- 1 098,  1969):  Nicholas  Dewey’s  “William 
Carlos  Williams:  The  Writer  as  a Physician”  (Acad  Med 
NJ  Bull  16:64-73,  1970);  and  Robert  Coles’s  “William 
Carlos  Williams:  A Writing  Physician”  (JAMA 

245:41-42,  1981). 

Another  New  Jersey  poet,  Walt  Whitman,  has  been 
the  subject  of  study:  Charles  E.  Feinberg,  “Medical  His- 
toiy:  Walt  Whitman  and  His  Doctors”  (Arch  Intern  Med 
1 14-834,  1964);  Harold  B.  Bamshaw,  “Walt  Whitman’s 
Physicians  in  Canada”  (Trans  Coll  Phys  Phila 
31:227-230,  1964);  and  "Walt  Whitman’s  Medical  Prob- 
lems While  in  Canada”  (Acad  Med  NJ  Bull  16,  No. 
4:35-39,  1970). 

A brief  account  of  “The  Medical  Van  Leer  Family  of 
Pennsylvania  and  New  Jersey”  (Trans  Stud  Coll  Phys 
Phila  38:44-46,  1970)  by  Dorothy  Lansing  is  a family 
history. 

“Edward  Wharton  Sprague,  M.D.,  FAC.S”  by  Morris 
H.  Saffron  was  the  leading  article  in  the  Academy  oj 
Medicine  of  New  Jersey  Bulletin  (16,  No.  4:2-1 1,  1970). 

Dr.  Morris  H.  Saffron  was  the  subject  of  a short 


sketch  describing  his  bibliophilic  interests  in  Medico 
Economics  (57:178-180,  1980)  by  A.Z.  Bain,  entitle< 
“How  to  Profit  from  Medical  History — Collect  It."  j - 

ORAL  HISTORY 

The  Medical  History  Society  of  New  Jersey  ha 
undertaken  a continuing  oral  history  program  undt 
Stuart  Sammis:  interviews  already  have  been  tape 
with  Morris  H.  Saffron:  James  Hillier,  the  developer  c 
the  electron  microscope;  Richard  Leedy,  Richard  Feig< 
and  Paul  Smith,  osteopathic  physicians  who  practice 
under  the  old  limited  practices  arrangements;  Josep 
Gardam,  head  of  the  Newark  Board  of  Health  for  5' 
years:  Thomas  White,  chief  of  medicine  at  the  Jerse 
City  Medical  Center  for  many  years;  Roy  A.  Bower? 
dean  emeritus  of  the  Rutgers  College  of  Pharmacy 
Lena  Edwards;  and  Arthur  Bernstein,  noted  Newar 
cardiologist.  All  of  the  transcriptions  will  be  depositei 
in  the  Archives  of  UMDNJ  and  at  the  Academy  of  Medi 
cine  of  New  Jersey. 

HISTORIANS 

Milton  Asbel  has  written  widely  on  the  history  o 
dentistry  and  of  dental  education  in  the  United  States 
Harry  Bloch  has  written  vignettes  on  interesting  facet: 
of  medical  history.  Estelle  Brodman  has  written  on  ora 
medical  history  and  other  topics.  Francis  Chinard  ha: 
written  on  the  American  physician,  Edward  Miller 
Vincent  Cirillo  has  written  on  early  views  on  blooc 
fluidity.  David  L.  Cowen  continues  to  write  on  the  his 
tory  of  pharmacy,  the  materia  medica  and  relatec 
topics.  Norman  Dain  has  authored  three  books  on  tht 
history  of  insanity  in  the  United  States.  G.L.  Geisor 
has  written  on  the  history  of  physiology.  Gerald  Grol 
has  written  on  the  history  of  mental  illness  and  menta 
institutions  in  the  United  States.  William  H.  Helfanc 
continues  his  interest  in  medical  and  pharmaceutica 
art  and  graphics.  The  late  Joseph  Kler  wrote  on  Louis 
Pasteur.  Arthur  Krosniek  has  written  on  the  art  ol 
Banting.  Hubert  A.  Lechevalier  and  Morris 
Solotorovsky  have  published  a history  of  microbiology 
Max  M.  Novich  has  written  on  early  sports  medicine 
William  Ober  displays  an  urbane  and  catholic  interesi 
in  the  arts,  literature,  biography,  and  medical  science 
Gary  Puckrein  has  written  on  colonial  medicine  and 
health.  James  Reed  has  written  on  the  history  of  the 
birth  control  movement  in  the  United  States.  Fred 
Rogers  has  written  on  the  practitioners  of  New  Eng- 
land. Morris  H.  Saffron  has  continued  his  interest  in 
medieval  medicine.  William  Sharpe  has  published  on 
medicine  in  the  Confederacy  and  on  the  history  of  thej 
Pennsylvania  Hospital.  Judith  Walkowitz  has  written 
on  prostitution  in  Victorian  England.  Richard  Wedeen 
has  written  on  the  caricatures  of  gout. 

CONCLUSION 

The  history  of  medicine  is  an  ongoing  and  growing; 
discipline  in  New  Jersey.  This  study  indicates  not  only 
what  has  been  accomplished,  but  perhaps,  more  im- 
portant, what  still  remains  to  be  done. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


810 


HME  Calendar 


1 


Thefollowing  is  a list  of 
continuing  medical 
education  courses  for  the 
next  two  months.  Contact 
the  sponsoring 
organization  for  further 
information. 


I 


This  list  is  compiled  through  the  coop- 
eration of  the  Committee  on  Medical 
Education  of  the  Medical  Society  of  New 
Jersey,  The  Academy  of  Medicine  of 
New  Jersey,  the  New  Jersey  Chapter  of 
the  American  Academy  of  Family  Phy- 
sicians, and  the  Office  of  Continuing 
Medical  Education  of  the  UMDNJ.  For 
information  on  accreditation,  please 
contact  the  sponsoring  organization (s), 
indicated  by  italics— last  line  of  each 
item. 

ANESTHESIOLOGY 

Nov. 

20  Dinner  Meeting 

6-9  P.M.— Ramada  Inn,  Clark 
(NJ  State  Society  of 
Anesthesiologists  and  AMNJ) 

CARDIOLOGY 

Oct. 

17  Calcium  and  Cardiovascular 
Function 

1:30-5:30  P.M. — Drew  University, 
Madison 


(Drew  University,  CIBA-Geigy 
Pharmaceutical  Division,  and 
AMNJ) 

22  Pharmacological  Treatment  of 

23  Cardiovascular  Diseases 

8:30  AM.-5: 1 5 P.M. — Resorts 
International,  Atlantic  City 
(UMDNJ  and  AMNJ) 

Nov. 

15  Cardiology:  Newer  Cardiac  Drags 

2-3  P.M. — John  E.  Runnells 
Hospital  of  Union  County 
(John  E.  Runnells  Hospital  and 
AMNJ) 

MEDICINE 

Oct. 

3 Venom  Therapy 

8-9:30  P.M. — The  Manor,  West 
Orange 

(NJ  Allergy  Society  and  AMNJ) 

3 CDS  Prescribing  Practices 

1:30-2:30  P.M.— Essex  County 
Hospital  Center,  Cedar  Grove 
(AMNJ) 

3 Endocrine  Conferences 

10  3:30-5  P.M. — Rotates  between 

17  Newark  Beth  Israel  Medical  Center, 

24  University  Hospital,  United 

31  Hospitals  Medical  Center,  Newark, 
and  VA  Medical  Center,  East 
Orange 

(Endocrinology  Section,  AMNJ) 

3 Medical  Grand  Rounds 

10  12  noon- 1 P.M. —Rutgers  Medical 

17  School,  Medical  Education  Bldg., 

24  New  Brunswick 

31  (UMDNJ  and  AMNJ) 

3 Medicine  Morbidity  and  Mortality 
Conference 

8- 9  AM  — Rutgers  Medical  School, 
Medical  Education  Bldg.,  New 
Brunswick 

(UMDNJ  and  AMNJ) 

4 Immuno regulation:  Basic 

1 1 Concepts  and  Applications 

18  4-6  P.M. —Institute  for  Medical 

25  Research,  Copewood  St.,  Camden 
(Institute for  Medical  Research 
and  AMNJ) 

5 Treatment  of  Acute  Hypertension 

19  Headache 

9 AM.— St.  Francis  Medical  Center. 
Trenton 

(St.  Francis  Medical  Center) 

9 Common  Problems  in  Diagnosis 
and  Management  of  Congenital 
Infections 

9-  1 0 AM. —Freehold  Area  Hospital 
(AMNJ) 

9 The  Role  of  the  Computer  in 
Dermatology 

8- 1 0 P.M. — Sehering  Corporation, 
Kenilworth 

(NJ  Dermatological  Society  and 
AMNJ) 

10  AIDS 

9:30-10:30  AM. —Bergen  Pines 
County  Hospital,  Paramus 
(AMNJ) 

10  Diet  and  Cancer— Albert  Siegel 
Memorial 

2-5  P.M. —Saint  Barnabas  Medical 
Center,  Livingston 


10 

17 

31 


11 


13 


17 


17 


18 


23 


24 


24 


27 


30 


30 


Nov. 

1 

8 

15 

29 


2 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


(NJ  Gastroenterological  Society, 
American  Cancer  Society,  and 
AMNJ) 

Nephrotic  Syndrome 
Leukemias  In  the  Adult 
Pulmonary  Rehabilitation 

1-2:30  P.M. — VA  Medical  Center, 
Bldg.  93,  Lyons 

(VA  Medical  Center  and  AMNJ) 

Medical  Update:  Use  of  Thyroid 
Function  Tests 

12  noon- 1 P.M.— Carrier 
Foundation,  Belle  Mead 
(Carrier  Foundation  and  AMNJ) 
Hyperthermia  for  Cancer 

8:30  A.M.  5 P.M. — Medical  Society  of 
New  Jersey,  Lawrenceville 
(AMNJ) 

Dermatological  Conference 

6- 9  P.M. — Rutgers  Community 
Health  Plan,  U.S.  Hwy  #1  and  Rt. 

18,  New  Brunswick 

(UMDNJ -Rutgers  Medical  School) 

AIDS 

1:30-2:30  P.M.— Trenton 
Psychiatric  Hospital 
(AMNJ) 

Rational  Approach  to  Antibiotic 
Therapy  and  New  Antibiotics 

5-7:30  P.M. — Somerset  Medical 
Center,  Somerville 
(Somerset  Medical  Center  and 
AMNJ) 

Calcium  Metabolism  in  a Geriatric 
Patient 

12  noon-1  P.M. — West  Jersey 
Hospital,  Camden 
(AMNJ) 

Seventh  Annual  Cancer 
Symposium 

8-4  P.M. — Executive  Motor  Lodge, 
Mount  Laurel 

(Burlington  County  Memorial 
Hospital) 

Regional  CME  Meeting,  ACP  and 
NJSIM 

9 AM. -4  P.M. — Landmark  Inn, 
Woodb  ridge 

(American  College  of  Physicians 
(New  Jersey)  and  New  Jersey 
Society  of  Internal  Medicine) 

Basic  and  Practical  EKG  Course 
8:30  A M. -6  P.M. —Sheraton  Heights 
Hotel,  Hasbrouck  Heights 
(Palisades  General  Hospital  and 
AMNJ) 

AIDS  in  Children 

7- 9  P.M. — Englewood  Hospital 
Learning  Center,  Englewood 
(Englewood  Hospital  and  AMNJ) 
Basal  Cell  Skin  Conference 

9 A.M. — Office  of  Dr.  Warshaw,  519 
East  Broad  St.,  Westfield 


Immunoregulation:  Basic 
Concepts  and  Applications 

4-6  P.M. — Institute  for  Medical 
Research,  Copewood  St.,  Camden 
(Institute  for  Medical  Research 
and  AMNJ) 

AIDS 

1 2 noon  1 P.M. — Freehold  Area 

Hospital 

(AMNJ) 


81  1 


THE  ACADEMY  OF  MEDICINE  OF  NEW  JERSEY 

presents 

a symposium  on 

HYPERTHERMIA  FOR  CANCER 

Saturday,  October  13,  1984 
8:30  a. m. -3:00  p.m. 

at 

MSNJ  Headquarters,  Lawrencevitle,  N.J. 

For  further  information  contact: 


of  New  Jersey 


EXECUTIVE  OFFICES 

The  Academy  of  Medicine  of  New  Jersey 
Two  Princess  Road 
Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648 
(609)  896-1717 


The  Academy  of  Medicine  of  New  Jersey,  Physicians  for  Social 
Responsibility,  Northern  New  Jersey  Chapter,  Department  of 
Preventive  Medicine  and  Community  Health,  UMDNJ-New 
Jersey  Medical  School  present 

a symposium  on 


POTENTIAL  HUMAN  AND  ECOLOGICAL 
DISASTERS 


Saturday,  October  20,  1984 
9:00  p.m. -3:00  p.m.  at 

For  further  information  contact: 


Town  & Campus  Restaurant 
West  Orange,  New  Jersey 


of  New  Jersey 


EXECUTIVE  OFFICES 

The  Academy  of  Medicine  of  New  Jersey 

Two  Princess  Road 

Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648 

(609)  896-1717 


The  Academy  of  Medicine  of  New  Jersey 
Association  for  Hospital  Medical  Education  ol 
New  Jersey 

The  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 

presents 
a workshop  on 


0 


CME  ESSENTIALS 


Wednesday,  September  19,  1984 
8:30  a. m. -4:00  p.m, 

at 

MSNJ  HEADQUARTERS,  Lawrenceville 

Those  CME  managers  and  planners  in  attendance  will:  Gaini  ^ 
exposure  to  a broad  range  of  needs  assessment  procedures- 
from  faculty  and  fellow  participants;  Choose  those  needs 
assessment  concepts  and  techniques  which  will  best  apply  tc 
their  particular  environment;  Observe  one  or  more  accredita- 
tion site  survey  scenarios  and  determine  the  collegial  and 
consultative  nature  of  the  site  survey  process  and  define  whatj 
is  expected  in  the  accreditation  and  site  survey  process. 

PROGRAM  CO-CHAIRMAN: 

Alfred  A.  Alessi,  M.D. 

Director  of  Medical  Education 
Academy  of  Medicine  of  New  Jersey 
Brewster  Miller,  M.D. 

Director  of  Medical  Education  r 

Somerset  Medical  Center 


of  New  Jersey 


for  further  information  contact: 

EXECUTIVE  OFFICES 
The  Academy  of  Medicine  of  New  Jersey 
Two  Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648 
(609)  896-1717 


LIKOFF  CARDIOVASCULAR  INSTITUTE 

of  Hahnemann  Medical  College  & Hospital 

230  N.  Broad  Street,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania  19102  (215)  448-8063 

CARDIOLOGY  UPDATE.  . . 


IS  DESIGNED  FOR  THE  PHYSICIAN  AND  PROVIDES  AN  INTENSIVE  SURVEY  OF  THE 
CURRENT  STATUS  OF  CLINICAL  CARDIOLOGY.  . . 

OCTOBER  3,  1984 

ACUTE  MYOCARDIAL  INFARCTION 

MODERATOR:  WILLIAM  FRANKL,  M.D. 

3:00  CASE  PRESENTATION  Edward  Catherwood,  M.D. 

3:30  RELATIVE  VALUE  OF  TREADMILL  EXERCISE  TESTING  Stuart  Snyder,  M.D. 
4:00  THALLIUM  IMAGING  AND  RADIONUCLIDE  ANGIOGRAPHY 

EARLY  AFTER  MYOCARDIAL  INFARCTION  Abdulmassih  S.  Iskandrian,  M.D. 
4:30  CORONARY  ARTERIOGRAPHY  FOR  PATIENTS  WITH  ACUTE  MYOCARDIAL 

INFARCTION:  SHOULD  IT  BE  DONE  IN  ALL  PATIENTS?  Charles  E.  Bemis,  M.D. 
5:00  THROMBOLYSIS  IN  ACUTE  MYOCARDIAL  INFARCTION: 

INDICATIONS,  NEW  AGENTS,  AND  RESULTS  Demetrios  Kimbiris,  M.D. 

LECTURE  HALL  “A”— 2nd  floor  New  College  Building,  Hahnemann  University 
15th  and  Vine  Streets,  Philadelphia,  PA 


• NO  REGISTRATION  FEE  • NO  ADVANCE  REGISTRATION  REQUIRED  • 
• CME  CATEGORY  I CREDITS  CERTIFIED  • 

**WINE  & CHEESE  SERVED  FOLLOWING  CONFERENCE** 


812 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


2 ND-YAC  Laser  in  G.I. 

16  The  Physician  as  a Patient 
30  Sanity  in  Today’s  Beta-Blocker 
Market 

9 AM.— Crean  Hall,  St.  Francis 
Medical  Center,  Trenton 
(St.  Francis  Medical  Center) 

6 Antibiotic  Update 

9- 1 0 A.M.— Freehold  Area  Hospital 
(AMNJ) 

7 AIDS 

1 -2:30  P.M.— Christ  Hospital,  Jersey 

City 

(AMNJ) 

7 Medical  Grand  Rounds 

14  12  noon-1  P.M.— Rutgers  Medical 

21  School,  Medical  Education  Bldg., 

)28  New  Brunswick 

(UMDNJ  and  AMNJ) 

7 Medicine  Morbidity  and  Mortality 
Conference 


The  Journal  of  the 
Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 

presents 

300  YEARS  OF 
MEDICINE  IN  NEW  JERSEY 

September  1984 

We  are  celebrating  the  history  of  medicine  in  New  Jersey.  This  special  issue 
illuminates  the  beginnings  of  our  health  care  system  and  the  growth  of  medical 
care:  essays  highlight  those  talented  individuals  who  devoted  themselves  to  this 
system,  and  commentaries  present  the  development  of  specialized  care  in  as- 
sociated fields  of  medicine.  Plus  a special  photography  section  highlighting  three 
statewide  exhibits. 

Copies  of  this  issue  are  available  by  sending  $5.00  (check  or  money  order) 
to  MSNJ,  Two  Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648.  All  MSNJ  members  will 
receive  one  copy  of  this  issue. 

Name — 

Address 

■ 


Enclose  a $5.00  check  or  money  order  for  each  copy. 


8-9  A M.— Rutgers  Medical  School, 
Medical  Education  Bldg.,  New 
Brunswick 
(UMDNJ  and  AMNJ) 

7 Common  Dermatoses 

1:30-2:30  P.M. — Essex  County 
Hospital  Center,  Cedar  Grove 
(AMNJ) 

7 Endocrine  Conferences 

14  3:30-5  P M. — Rotates  between 

21  Newark  Beth  Israel  Medical  Center, 
28  University  Hospital,  United 

Hospitals  Medical  Center,  Newark, 
and  VA  Medical  Center,  East 
Orange 

(Endocrinology  Section.  AMNJ) 

13  Topic  To  Be  Announced 

8- 1 0 P.M.— Schering  Corp., 
Kenilworth 

(NJ  Dermatological  Society  and 
AMNJ) 


1 4 Early  Diagnosis  an  d Treatment  of 

Commonly  Seen  Office  Problems 

8:30  A.M. -5  P.M. — Medical  Society  of 
NJ,  Lawrenceville 
(NJ  Academy  of  Family 
Physicians  and  AMNJ) 

14  Dermatologic  Manifestations  of 
Life-Threatening  Illness 

1-2:30  P.M.— Bldg.  93,  VA  Medical 
Center,  Lyons 

(VA  Medical  Center  and  AMNJ) 

15  Diagnosis  and  Management  of 
Anaerobic  Infection 

5-7:30  P.M. — Somerset  Medical 
Center,  Somerville 
(Somerset  Medical  Center  and 
AMNJ) 

15  Case  Presentations 

8-10  P.M. — The  Mountainside 
Hospital,  Montclair 


43  L.  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


813 


ARE  YOU  A SAINT  MICHAEL’S  ALUMNUS? 

Saint  Michael’s  Medical  Center,  Newark,  NJ,  a 117  year  old 
teaching  hospital,  is  forming  a medical  alumni  association.  We 
are  seeking  some  5,000  physicians  who  served  as  residents 
and  interns.  Over  the  years  many  of  our  former  house  staff 
members  have  relocated  making  consistant  communication 
difficult. 

Our  alumni  association  will  be  oriented  towards  four  goals: 
professional,  medical,  social  and  educational.  Plans  are 
already  being  made  for  a medical  reunion  dinner  and  sym- 
posium in  the  fall. 

If  you  are  a former  member  of  Saint  Michael’s  house  staff  or 
know  another  staffer's  whereabouts, 

877-5494  or  write  to: 

SAINT  MICHAEL’S  MEDICAL  CENTER 
268  Dr.  Martin  Luther  King,  Jr.  Blvd. 

Newark,  NJ  07102 
attn:  Office  of  Public  Affairs 


NEW  YORK 
FERTILITY  RESEARCH 
FOUNDATION,  INC. 

For  the  Investigation  of 

Problems  of  Human  Infertility 

i 

The  Foundation  provides  a complete 
diagnostic  and  consultation  service  for  in-  j 
fertile  couples.  Investigations  are  con- 
ducted by  well-known  specialists  in  con-  j 
junction  with  consultants  in  the  various 
fields  of  medicine  related  to  infertility. 

The  Foundation  is  supported  by  an  in-  ! 
house  modern  laboratory  equipped  to  do 
most  tests  required  for  diagnosis  and 
treatment.  Literature  on  request. 


1430  Second  Avenue,  Suite  103 
New  York,  N.Y.  10021 
Phone:  (212)  744-5500 


ACUPUNCTURE  IN  CLINICAL  PRACTICE 

N.Y.  State  Boards  of  Medicine  & Dentistry  25-hour  accredited 
seminar  and  workshop  on  the  latest  theories  & techniques  of 
manual  and  electro-acupuncture,  applicable  toward  the  200- 
hour  requirement  for  certification,  will  be  given  for  licensed 
clinicians  (with  or  without  prior  training)  during  the  weekend  of 
Sept.  9-11,  1984  and  again  the  weekend  of  Oct.  26-28,  1984  at 
the  Barbizon  Plaza  Hotel,  New  York  City.  Co-sponsored  by  the 
International  College  of  Acupuncture  & Electro-Therapeutics,  its 
office  journal,  Acupuncture  & Electro-Therap.  Res.,  Int.J  (pub- 
lished by  Pergamon  Press  and  indexed  in  15  major  indexing 
periodicals;  INDEX  MEDICUS,  etc.),  the  Heart  Disease  Research 
Foundation  and  the  Neuroscience  Dept,  of  Long  Island  College 
Hospital,  Pharmacology  Dept,  of  The  Chicago  Medical  School. 
Also  eligible  for  AMA/CME  credit.  For  information,  contact  Y. 
Omura,  M.D.,  ScD.,  800  Riverside  Drive  (8-1),  NYC  10032.  Tel: 
(212)  781-6262  or  (212)  WA8-0658,  or  Saul  Heller,  M.D.,  Tel: 
(212)  838-7514. 


please  call  (201) 


814 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY: 


(NJ  Gastroenterological  Society 
and  AMNJ) 

20  New  Treatment  Modes  and 
Implications  for  the  Future  in 
Diabetes 

12  noon— St.  Mary’s  Hospital, 
Orange 

(St.  Mary's  Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

21  Dermatological  Conferences 

6-9  P.M.— Rutgers  Community 
Health  Plan,  U.S.  Hwy.  1 & Rt.  18, 
New  Brunswick 
(UMDNJ  and  AMNJ) 

28  Dermatologic  Manifestations  of 
Life-Threatening  Illness 

1-2:30  P.M. — VA  Medical  Center, 
Lyons 

(VA  Medical  Center  and  AMNJ) 

28  Controversies  in  Geriatrics 

I -5  P.M. —Medical  Society  of  NJ, 
Lawreneeville 

(AMNJ) 

29  Laser  Treatment  of  Massive  GI 
Hemorrhage 

I I AM.- 12  noon — St.  Joseph's 
Hospital  and  Medical  Center, 
Paterson 

(AMNJ) 

fEUROLOGY/ PSYCHIATRY 
)ct. 

1 Cocaine  Addiction  in  a Hysterical 
Woman 

8:15-10:30  P.M. —Marquette  Road, 
Upper  Montclair 
(Essex  Psychiatric  Seminar  and 
AMNJ) 

3 Use  of  Botulin  Toxin  To  Treat 
Essential  Blepharospasm 

6-9  P.M. — The  Manor,  West  Orange 
(AMNJ) 

4 Research  Update:  Aging,  The 
Elderly,  and  E.C.T. 

12  noon-1  P.M. —Carrier 
Foundation,  Belle  Mead 
(Carrier  Foundation  and  AMNJ) 

5 Lecture  Series 

12  1:30-5:30  P.M. —Trenton 

19  Psychiatric  Hospital 
|26  (NJ  Division  of  Mental  Health  and 

Hospitals  and  AMNJ) 

L 1 Gender,  Identity,  Cognitive 
Development,  and  Emotional 
Conflict 

8  P.M. — Saint  Barnabas  Medical 
Center,  Livingston 
(NJ  Psychoanalytic  Society  and 
AMNJ) 

15  Lecture  Series 

8:30- 1 0:30  P.M. — 30 1 Broad  Ave„ 
Englewood 

(NJ  Psychoanalytic  Society  and 
AMNJ) 

16  Current  Management  of 
Intracerebral  Hemorrhage 

12  noon— St.  Mary’s  Hospital, 

Orange 

(AMNJ) 

17  Personality  Variables  in 
Substance  Abuse 

1-3  P.M.— Fair  Oaks  Hospital, 
Summit 

(Fair  Oaks  Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

1 8 Coordination  of  Psychiatric 
Treatment  in  the  Hospital  and 
Community 


3-4  P.M.— Ancora  Psychiatric 
Hospital,  Hammonton 
(Ancora  Psychiatric  Hospital  and 
AMNJ) 

19  The  State  of  Psychiatry  for  1984 

8:30-10:30  P.M.— Coachman  Inn, 
Cranford 

(NJ  Psychiatric  Association  and 
AMNJ) 

23  Alzheimer’s  Disease 

24  9:15  AM. -4:45  P.M. — Carrier 
Foundation,  Belle  Mead 
(Carrier  Foundation  and  AMNJ) 

24  Affective  Disorders:  New 
Advances  in  Diagnosis  and 
Treatment 

1 -3  P.M. — Fair  Oaks  Hospital, 
Summit 

(Fair  Oaks  Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

Nov. 

1 Psychotherapy  Outcome  Research 

8 The  Wish  To  Be  Held 

15  Smoking,  Personality,  and  Health 

29  Humor  In  Psychotherapy 

12  noon-1  P.M. — Carrier 
Foundation,  Belle  Mead 
(Carrier  Foundation  and  AMNJ) 

2 Lecture  Series 

9 1:30-5:30  P.M. —Trenton 

16  Psychiatric  Hospital 

23  (NJ  Division  of  Mental  Health  and 

30  Hospitals  and  AMNJ) 

3 Clinical  Issues  in  Adoption 

8:30  AM. -5  P.M. —Fair  Oaks 

Hospital,  Summit 

(Fair  Oaks  Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

5 Psychosomatic  Disorder  Followed 
by  a Tic 

8:15-10:30  P.M.— 192  Chittenden 
Road,  Clifton 

(Essex  Psychiatric  Seminar  and 
AMNJ) 

7  Therapeutic  Touch — Research 
and  Clinical  Findings 

1-2:30  P.M.— VA  Medical  Center, 
Lyons 

(VA  Medical  Center  and  AMNJ) 

7 Louis  Loeser  Memorial  Lecture 

8- 1 0 P.M.— South  Mountain  School, 
South  Orange 

(NJ  Psychiatric  Association.  NJ 
Medical  School  and  AMNJ) 

8 Certain  Aspects  of  Forensic 
Psychiatry  Applicable  to  the 
Chronic  Care  Psychiatric  Hospital 

1 -3  P.M.— Essex  County  Hospital 
Center,  Cedar  Grove 
(Essex  County  Hospital  and 
AMNJ) 

14  Industrial  /Occupational  Medicine 
and  Psychiatry 

9: 1 5 AM. -4:30  P.M. —Carrier 
Foundation,  Belle  Mead 
(Carrier  Foundation  and  AMNJ) 

1 5 Topic  To  Be  Announced 

8:30  P.M. —Hackensack  Medical 
Center 

(NJ  Psychoanalytic  Society  and 
AMNJ) 

15  Psychopharmacology  I 

29  Psychopharmacology  II 

3-4  P.M. —Ancora  Psychiatric 
Hospital,  Hammonton 
(AMNJ) 

19  Lecture  Series 


8:30- 1 0:30  P.M. — 30 1 Broad  Ave., 
Englewood 

(NJ  Psychoanalytic  Society  and 
AMNJ) 

OBSTETRICS/GYNECOLOGY 

Oct. 

25  Semi-Annual  Meeting 

9 AM. -5  P.M. — Rutgers  Medical 
School,  Piscataway 
(NJ  Obstetrical  and  Gynecological 
Society  and  AMNJ) 

PATHOLOGY 

Oct. 

25  DEIS — An  Update 

1 1 AM.- 12  noon— St.  Joseph’s 
Hospital  and  Medical  Center, 
Paterson 

(St  Joseph's  Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

Nov. 

1 7 Surgical  Pathology  of  the  Breast: 
Diagnosis  and  Therapeutic 
Implications 

9  AM.- 1 P.M.— Rutgers  Medical 
School,  Piscataway 
(NJ  Society  of  Pathologists  and 
AMNJ) 

PEDIATRICS 

Oct. 

10  Pediatric  Gastroenterology 
Update  for  the  Practitioner 

9 AM. -3  P.M. — Newark  Beth  Israel 
Medical  Center 
(Newark  Beth  Israel  Medical 
Center  and  AMNJ) 

1 7 Childhood  Oncology  of  the  Bone, 
Blood,  and  Brain 

1 -4  P.M.— Rutgers  Medical  School, 
Medical  Education  Bldg.,  New 
Brunswick 
(UMDNJ  and  AMNJ) 

20  First  Annual  Tri-State  Gifted 
Conference 

9 AM.-3  P.M.— Camden  County 
College,  Blackwood 
(Educational  Information  and 
Resource  Center) 

30  AIDS  in  Children 

7-9  P.M. —Englewood  Hospital 
Learning  Center,  Englewood 
(Englewood  Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

Nov. 

6 Newer  Aspects  of  Pneumonia  in 
Infants  and  Children 

8:30-9:30  AM.— Newark  Beth  Israel 
Medical  Center 
(Newark  Beth  Israel  Medical 
Center  and  AMNJ) 

7 Current  Diagnosis  and 
Management  of  Pediatric 
Rheumatologic  Diseases 

8:30  A.M. -2  P.M.— Rutgers  Medical 
School,  Piscataway 
(Arthritis  Foundation.  NJ  Chapter. 
NJ  Rheumatism  Association,  and 
AMNJ) 

RADIOLOGY 

Oct. 

1 1  New  Aspects  of  Ultrasonography 

18  Saint  Barnabas  Medical  Center, 
Livingston 

(NJ  Institute  of  Ultrasound  in 


/OL.  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


815 


it  rs  Not  What  You  Know, 

It’s  How  You  Record  It. 


Most  busy 
physicians 
find  continuing 
medical  education, 
credits  easier  to 
collect  than 
to  remember. 

So  the  Academy 
of  Medicine  of 
New  Jersey  is  offer- 
ing an  easy  system 
for  recording  and  reporting 
CME  credits  for  AMA  recognition 
as  well  as  Medical  Society  and 
professional  organization  membership. 

A computerized  CME  recordkeeping 
system  is  available  to  every  New  Jersey 
physician.  All  you  do  is  send  us  a 
reporting  card  (which  your  office  staff  can 


complete). 
We'll  keep 
your 
records 
and  keep 
you 
informed 
semi- 
annually 
of  your 
accumulation. 
This  service  is  free  to  Academy 
members.  Non-members  (whom 
we  encourage  to  join)  pay  $30  per  year. 
If  you're  interested,  complete  and  mail  this 

coupon. 

Note:  The  Medical  Society  of  New 
Jersey  accepts  these  CME  Reports  as 
documentation  to  meet  CME 
membership  requirements. 


Please  register  me  for  AMNJ's  computerized  CME  record-keeping  service. 
Name  


Address 
City  


State 


Zip 


Telephone  Number  

Your  New  Jersey  Medical  License  No.  (five  numerical  digits  only). 
Academy  member:  Yes  □ 

No  □ Please  enclose  check 
Interested  in  Academy  membership:  Yes  □ No  □ 


Mail  to:  Academy  of  Medicine  of  New  Jersey,  2 Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648 


816 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Medicine.  Radiological  Society  of 
NJ.  and  AMNJ) 

25  Visiting  Professorship  Program 

1:30-5  P.M. — Saint  Barnabas 
Medical  Center,  Livingston 
(Dept,  of  Radiology.  Saint 
Barnabas  Medical  Center,  and 
AMNJ) 

Nov. 

8 Current  Status  of  Carotid  Imaging 

7:30  P.M. — Saint  Barnabas  Medical 
Center,  Livingston 
(NJ  Institute  of  Ultrasound  in 
Medicine.  Radiological  Society  of 
NJ.  and  AMNJ) 

2 1 Radiation  Therapy  Oncology 
Group 

6:30-9:30  P.M —The  Manor,  West 
Orange 

(Radiotherapy  Section  AMNJ) 

SURGICAL  SPECIALTIES 
Oct. 

23  Ophthalmology  Update 
1984-1985 

8-10  P.M. —Englewood  Club, 
Englewood 

(Englewood  Surgical  Society  and 
AMNJ) 

Nov. 

27  Breast  Reconstruction  After 
Mastectomy 

8-10  P.M. —Englewood  Club, 
Englewood 

(Englewood  Surgical  Society  and 
AMNJ) 

MISCELLANEOUS 

Oct. 

4 Medical  Hypnosis  Course 

11  4-8  P.M.— Carrier  Foundation,  Belle 

18  Meade 

(Carrier  Foundation  and  AMNJ) 

17  Most  Useful  Visual  Aids  for 
Geriatric  Patients 

7:30  P.M. — Saint  Barnabas  Medical 
Center,  Livingston 
(Ophthalmology  Section,  AMNJ) 

18  Computers  in  Medicine 

1 1 A.M.-12  noon— St.  Joseph’s 
Hospital  and  Medical  Center, 
Paterson 

(AMNJ) 

18  Nurse  as  Expert  Witness  in  Court 

12  noon-1  P.M. — Carrier 
Foundation,  Belle  Mead 
(Carrier  Foundation  and  AMNJ) 

20  Potential  Ecological  and  Medical 
Disasters 

8:30  A.M.-3:30  P.M. — Location  to  be 
announced 

(NJ  Chapter  of  Physicians  for 
Social  Responsibility  and  AMNJ) 

Nov. 

1 Medical  Hypnosis  Course 

8 4-8  P.M. —Carrier  Foundation,  Belle 

15  Meade 

29  (Carrier  Foundation  and  AMNJ) 

1 4 Withholding  or  Withdrawal  of  Life 
Support — Legal  and 
Ethical /Moral  Aspects 

8:30  A.M.-3:30  P.M. —Hilton  Inn, 
Tinton  Falls 

(NJ  Society  oj  Critical  Care 
Medicine  and  AMNJ) 


A peripheral 
vasodilator 

for  treatment  of 

leg  cramps 
cold  feet 
tinnitus 
discomfort  on 
standing 


LIPO-NICIN 


Nicotinic  Acid  Therapy 

For  patient’s 

comfort/convenience 

in  choice  of 


3 strengths 


Gradual  Release 

LIPO-NICIN°/300  mg. 

Each  time-release  capsule  con- 


tains: 

Nicotinic  Acid  300  mg. 

Ascorbic  Acid 150  mg. 

Thiamine  HCL  (B-1) 25  mg. 

Riboflavin  (B-2) 2 mg. 

Pyridoxine  HCL  (B-6) 10  mg. 


in  a special  base  of  prolonged 
therapeutic  effect. 

DOSE:  1 to  2 tablets  daily. 
AVAILABLE:  Bottles  of  100,  500. 


Immediate  Release 


LIPO-NICIN®/250  mg. 

Each  yellow  tablet  contains: 

Nicotinic  Acid  250  mg 

Niacinamide 75  mg 

Ascorbic  Acid 150  mg 

Thiamine  HCL  (B-1) 25  mg 

Riboflavin  (B-2) 2 mg 

Pyridoxine  HCL  (B-6) 10  mg 


DOSE:  1 to  3 tablets  daily 
AVAILABLE:  Bottles  of  100,  500 

LIPO-NICIN*7100  mg. 

Each  blue  tablet  contains: 


Nicotinic  Acid  100  mg 

Niacinamide 75  mg. 

Ascorbic  Acid 150  mg 

Thiamine  HCL  (B-1) 25  mg. 

Riboflavin  (B-2) 2 mg 

Pyridoxine  HCL  (B-6)  . 10  mg 


DOSE:  1 to  5 tablets  daily. 
AVAILABLE:  Bottles  of  100,  500 


Indications:  For  use  as  a vasodi 
lator  in  the  symptoms  of  cold 
feet,  leg  cramps,  dizziness, 
memory  loss  or  tinnitus  when 
associated  with  impaired  peri- 
pheral circulation.  Also  provides 
concomitant  administration  of 
the  listed  vitamins  The  warm 
tingling  flush  which  may  follow 
each  dose  of  LIPO-NICIN®  100 
mg  or  250  mg  is  one  of  the 
therapeutic  effects  that  often 
produce  psychological  benefits 
to  the  patient 

Side  Effects:  Transient  flushing 
and  feeling  of  warmth  seldom  re- 
quire discontinuation  of  the  drug 
Transient  headache,  itching  and 
tingling,  skin  rash,  allergies  and 
gastric  disturbance  may  occur 
Contraindications:  Patients  with 
known  Idiosyncrasy  to  nicotinic 
acid  or  other  components  of  the 
drug  Use  with  caution  in  preg- 
nant patients  and  patients  with 
glaucoma,  severe  diabetes,  im- 
paired liver  function,  peptic  ul- 
cers, and  arterial  bleeding 


Write  for  literature  and  samples 

(BRcWWJfc  THE  BROWN  PHARMACEUTICAL  CO..  INC.  pf 
2500  West  Sixth  Street,  Los  Angeles,  California  90057 


MEDICAL  PRACTICE 
SALES  AND  APPRAISALS 

We  specialize  in  the  valuation  and  selling  of 
medical  practices.  If  interested  in  buying  or  selling 
a medical  practice,  contact  our  Brokerage 
Division  at: 

Health  Care  Personnel  Consulting,  Inc. 

403  GSB  Building 
1 Belmont  Avenue 
Bala  Cynwyd,  PA  19004 

215-667-8630 


The  Journal  of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
announces  the  reprinting  of  the 

\ 

WILLIAM  CARLOS  WILLIAMS 
COMMEMORATIVE  ISSUE 

September,  1983 

Honoring  the  100th  anniversary  of  the  birth  of  New  Jersey’s  prize-winning  poet  and  physician. 
Included  in  this  handsomely  illustrated,  full-color  issue  will  be  original  articles  by  persons 
close  to  William  Carlos  Williams,  artwork  from  his  social  and  intellectual  circle,  and  samples 
of  his  finest  writings. 

Copies  of  this  special  issue  are  available  by  sending  $5.00  for  each  (check  or  money  order) 
to  MSNJ,  Two  Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648. 

Please  send  a copy  of  the  WilSiam  Carlos  Williams  Commemorative  Issue  to: 


Enclose  a $5.00  check  or  money  order  for  each  copy. 


Financial  Planners 
for  the 

Medical  Profession 

Investments,  Pensions,  Insurance,  Etc. 

• Honest 

• Sophisticated 

• Profusely  Referenced 

609-778-4388 


818 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


•»  V.IJ' 

To  Career  Oriented  £mo 

® Comp..«vel„come 

a nM"r'"te"r““ 

™ F,exib,e  schedule 
^ CME  credits 
g “*»»"<irural,e,1,ns! 

j E v°*  p«.*,PWa ,„d llw 

Frrrn. 


certification 

«ted  J5S^Jw*c'«n  Associates  p . 

family  practjce  i f °^rd  e'igibi/ity  in  ern  'A-' P^fers  dedi- 
emergency  deparfm  ,na  med'cine  or  ™ 9encV  medicine 

Ca»  or  write  to  us  foXPeri|nCe  ^ With  Prior 

"-'■-Kss;:: 


DOC 


>ik; 


xk: 


3MC 


DOCTORS: 

Are  your  billing,  filing  and  business  sys- 
tems in  your  office  running  as  smoothly  and 
efficiently  as  your  medical  practice? 

If  not,  Mary  Ann  Hamburger,  Associates 
is  your  answer.  Sixteen  years  ago  Mary  Ann 
Hamburger  of  Maplewood,  New  Jersey  took 
a job  for  a doctor  managing  this  office. 
Today,  as  a medical  management  consult- 
ant, Mary  Ann  knows  where  the  problem 
areas  are  and  she  can  make  sure  that 
everything  runs  smoothly  for  the  physician 
and  his  or  her  staff.  Part  of  her  job  is  to 
make  certain  that  the  current  billing  system 
is  running  efficiently,  to  update  the  filing 
system,  work  with  third  party  billing,  help 
clear  up  any  booking  problems  as  far  as 
appointments  are  concerned  and  work  with 
any  other  problems  relating  to  the  business 
side  of  the  medical  practice. 

Mary  Ann’s  skills  will  benefit  any  doctor 
in  an  existing  practice  and  all  new  doctors 
who  are  setting  up  their  practices  in  the 
near  future.  Her  services  can  also  include 
the  hiring  aspect  of  the  doctor’s  offices  if 
desired. 

FOR  FURTHER  INFORMATION  ON 
MEDICAL  MANAGEMENT,  CONTACT 
MARY  ANN  HAMBURGER,  ASSOCIATES 
AT  201-763-7394. 


It’s  Your  Affair, 

So  Don’t  Lift  A Finger 


Since  we  want  your 
special  day  to  be  carefree 
just  lift  the  phone  and  call 


Perfect  Catering  For  A Perfect  Affair 

Trenton,  New  Jersey 

609-890-0778 


:x>c 


DOC 


DOC 


DOC 


DOC 


MEDICAL  COMPUTERS 

DEC  - IBM  - TELEVIDEO 
ALTOS  - NCR 

THINKING  OF  COMPUTERIZING  YOUR  PRACTICE? 

FBL  MEDICAL  COMPUTER  SPECIALISTS  offers 

a wide  variety  of  hardware/software  configurations  for  every 
medical  office,  hospital  and  clinic  application. 


• AUTOMATIC  INSURANCE 
FORM  PREPARATION 

• ACCOUNTS  RECEIVABLE 
CONTROL 

• AUTOMATIC  PATIENT  RECALL 

• PRACTICE  MANAGEMENT 
REPORTS 

• CLINICAL  RECORDS 

• ACCOUNTS  PAYABLE 


• APPOINTMENT 
SCHEDULING 

• ELECTRONIC  CLAIMS 
SUBMISSION 

• WORD  PROCESSING 

• MEDICARE/MEDICAID 
BILLING 

• GENERAL  LEDGER 

• INVENTORY 


UNIX  SOFTWARE  AVAILABLE  FOR  ALTOS  AND  NCR 
MUMPS  SOFTWARE  AVAILABLE  FOR  DEC 


SPECIALISTS  IN  MULTI-USER,  MULTI-TASKING 
DATA-BASE  MANAGEMENT  SYSTEMS 


FBL 


PROVIDING  YOU  WITH  OVER  15  YEARS 
OF  MEDICAL  COMPUTER  EXPERIENCE 

CONSULTING  SERVICE  AVAILABLE 


3 ROUTE  46W,  FAIRFIELD,  N J 07006 


201-882-9210 


/OL.  81— NUMBER  9 — SEPTEMBER  1984 


819 


NEUROLOGIST  wanted  for  diagnosis,  treatment 
and  patient  care  in  all  areas  of  neurology;  Re- 
quires M.D.  degree  and  three  years  training  as  a 
resident  in  neurology;  40  hours  per  week; 
$66,500.00  per  year.  Position  located  in  Southern 
New  Jersey.  Mail  resume  to  CN053,  A.E.C.  #74, 
Trenton,  N.J.  08625.  Resumes  must  be  received 
within  two  weeks  of  publication  date  of  this 
advertisement. 


PRIMARY  CARE  PHYSICIAN— Family  Practice  or 
Internal  Medicine  BE/BC— Solo  and  partnership 
opportunities,  immediate  and  July  1985,  in  central 
New  Jersey;  convenient  to  Philadelphia  and  New 
York;  excellent  local  housing,  schools,  univer- 
sities, cultural  activities:  hospital  affiliation  in  350 
bed  full  service  facility;  financial  assistance  avail- 
able; preference  given  to  graduates  of  major 
medical  schools  and  programs;  reply  box 
NJ  Physician  Recruitment  Association 
P.O.  Box  35 
Pennington,  NJ  08534 


Need  A Temporary  Physician? 

CompHealth  treats  your  practice  as  if  it  were  our 
own  during:  vacations,  CMEs,  recruiting,  clinic 

start-up  or  other  absences. 

Want  Free  Time  While  You 
Practice  Medicine? 

Join  CompHealth’s  Locum  Tenens  Physician  Group. 

★ 

For  further  information  about  temporary  coverage 
or  locum  tenens  practice  opportunities,  call: 

jjjj  CompHealth 

A Physician  Group 

WILSON  ROSS,  Regional  Administrator 
244  East  Hanover  St. 

Trenton,  NJ  08608 
Telephone:  609-392-1111 


IfiMUgL 

A great  way  of  life 


c=f-i 


A SPECIAL  PRACTICE  FOR  SPECIALISTS 

If  you’re  a surgeon  or  OB/GYN  or  other  medi- 
cal specialist,  the  Air  Force  may  have  a special 
practice  for  you. 

What  makes  it  special?  You’ll  enjoy  an  excel- 
lent pay  and  benefits  package.  Your  regular  work- 
ing hours  will  allow  you  to  spend  more  time  with 
your  family.  You’ll  receive  30  days  of  vacation  with 
pay  each  year.  And  you  will  work  with  modern 
equipment  and  some  of  the  most  highly  trained 
professionals  in  the  world,  serving  your  country 
and  your  patients.  Now  that’s  special!  Find  out  just 
how  special  your  practice  can  be. 

Contact: 

Maj.  Sandra  Klassy 

609-723-0455 


* 


820 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE' 


CLASSIFIED  ADVERTISEMENTS 


OBSTETRICS-GYNECOLOGY— Board 
eligible,  NJ  licensed,  subspecialty  fellow- 
ship experience  in  Micro-surgery,  Hys- 
teroscopy,  Infertility,  Artificial  insemina- 
tion, Gyn-endocrinology.  Seeks  practice 
opportunity.  Available  now.  Write  Box  No. 
96,  JMSNJ. 


ORTHOPAEDIC  SURGEON— American 
graduate,  trained  at  Downstate  Medical 
Center,  NY.  Seeks  position,  solo,  group  or 
hospital  based.  Call  212-819-8706  (busi- 
ness hours). 


PHYSICIAN— Lifetime  NJ  resident  seeks 
position  in  a pediatric  group  after  com- 
pletion of  postgraduate  training.  Avail- 
able July  1985.  Please  contact  Charles 
Geneslaw,  8372  Loveridge  Court.  Rich- 
mond, VA  23229. 


PHYSICIAN— MD  for  industrial  and  oc- 
cupational health  care  facility  in  the 
South  Jersey  resort  area  Opening  No- 
vember or  December.  Duties  to  include 
emergency,  follow-up/and  return  to  work 
treatment,  as  well  as  pre-placement  and 
annual  physical  exams.  Send  CV  to  Box 

INo.  95,  JMSNJ. 

■ 


EQUIPMENT  FOR  SALE— Various  office 
items  including  physical  therapy  equip- 
ment. Please  phone  for  full  listing  or  in- 
formation. Livingston.  201-994-3200. 


FOR  SALE — 45-year  old  Family  Practice 
in  East  Orange,  NJ.  Must  sell  due  to 
death  of  physician.  Contact:  A.  D.  Rosen, 
14333  Addison  Street,  **115,  Sherman 
Oaks,  CA  91423.  818-789-2715. 


FOR  SALE — South  Orange,  3 story 
home,  professional  zone  near  all  trans- 
portation within  10  minutes  of  St. 
Barnabas,  St.  Marys  Hospital  and  Hospi- 
tal Center  at  Orange.  Please  address  in- 
quires to  Box  No.  92,  JMSNJ. 


OFFICE  SPACE  TO  SUBLET— Beauti- 
fully furnished  office  in  professional 
building  in  prestigious  Haddonfield, 
South  Jersey.  Ideal  for  surgeon  or  sub- 
specialist. 609-354-1511. 


OFFICE  SPACE  TO  SUBLET— Liv- 
ingston. 349  E.  Northfield  Road,  near  St. 
Barnabas.  Fully  furnished,  all  utilities  in- 
cluded. Close  to  public  transportation. 
Available  immediately.  201-992-4442. 


NEEDED  PHYSICIANS— For  successful 
well  known  walk-in  medical  office  center. 
Central  NJ.  Full  and  part  time,  skilled 
(personable  American-trained  MDs.  Send 
CV  to  E.V.  McGinley,  MD,  1005  N.  Wash- 
ington Avenue,  Green  Brook,  NJ  08812. 
201-968-8900. 


OFFICE  SPACE  TO  SHARE— Mor- 
ristown, central  location.  Near  hospital, 
fully  equipped,  newly  decorated.  All  util- 
ities included.  Ample  parking  available. 
Near  public  transportation.  Available  im- 
mediately. (201)  267-2555. 


OFFICE  SPACE  TO  SHARE— North 
Brunswick/Somerset.  Fully  equipped 
pediatricians’  office  located  on  Highway 
27  in  North  Brunswick/Somerset  area, 
in  new  professional  building.  Call 
201-828-4850  for  information. 


OFFICE  SPACE  TO  SHARE— Westfield, 
central  location.  Near  hospital,  fully 
equipped,  attractively  decorated.  All  util- 
ities included.  Ample  parking  available. 
Near  public  transportation.  Available  im- 
mediately. (201)  267-2555. 


OFFICE  SPACE — Atlantic  City.  For  rent, 
medical  office  fully  equipped  and 
furnished.  1,300  square  feet.  Call 
609-822-0270. 


OFFICE  FOR  SHARE  or  RENT— New 

Brunswick,  Highland  Park  area. 
Furnished,  700  square  feet.  Ample  park- 
ing. Close  to  the  hospital.  8500/month 
plus  utilities,  for  rent.  For  share, 
$300/month  including  utilities.  Call 
201-572-5050  or  572-7553. 


OFFICE  SPACE — South  Orange.  Com- 
plete professional  office  for  rent.  1,500 
square  feet,  parking.  Telephone 
201-751-3300. 


OFFICE  SPACE — For  Rent.  Professional 
office  for  rent  in  West  New  York.  Comer 
location  with  parking  space  on  Doctor’s 
row.  Close  to  hospital  and  public  trans- 
portation. Call  201-278-1000  or 
201-947-4333. 


FOR  RENT— Professional  office  space  for 
rent  Millbum  prestigious  building,  775 
square  feet.  On-site  parking,  on  bus 
route.  Call  201-731-1900. 


RATE  INFORMATION  FOR  MEMBERS:  $5.00  per  insertion  up  to  25  words;  10  cents  each  additional  word.  Payable  in  advance. 
WORD  COUNT:  Count  as  one  word  all  single  words,  two  initials  of  a name,  each  abbreviation,  isolated  numbers,  groups  of 
numbers,  hyphenated  words.  Count  name  and  address  as  five  words,  telephone  number  as  one  word,  and  “Write  Box  No.  000, 
c/o  JMSNJ”  as  six  words.  COPY  DEADLINE:  Fifth  of  preceding  month. 


PRACTICE  FOR  SALE 

Pediatric  Practice— Northeast  New  Jersey. 
Established,  growing  practice.  Attractive  lease, 
good  staff,  fully  equipped,  pleasant  community. 
Address  inquiries  to: 

The  Health  Care  Group 
400  GSB  Building 
Bala  Cynwyd,  PA  19004 
215-667-8630 


It’s  A Major  Medical  Explosion 

The  Lakewood,  Toms  River  and  Point  Pleasant  hospitals 
are  all  going  ahead  with  major  expansion  programs . . . 
Bricktown  opens  new  facility. 


Cross  River  Professional  Center 

400  to  2,300  Square  Feet 

'A  Mile  South  of  Kimball  Medical  Center 

• $12  per  square  foot  minutes  to  all  four  major 

• Graduated  rent  schedules  hospitals 

® Ownership  options  available  • Private  entrances  and  all 

• Fully  landscaped  services  available 

• Centrally  located  and  10  • Equipment  leases  available 

6KRRYMOR  ENTERPRISES  Protected 

1200  River  Avenue  (Route  9),  Lakewood,  NJ  08701  • (201)  367-2226 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  9— SEPTEMBER  1984 


821 


HELPER  BROUGHTON  I X . 

4 World  Trade  Center 
New  York,  N.Y.  10048 

INVESTMENT  BANKERS  AND  SPECIALISTS 
IN  MEDICALLY  RELATED  NEW  ISSUES  AND 

TRADING  SECURITIES 

STEVEN  HIRSCH 

Director  of  Professional  Corporations  and  Fund  Management 

In  New  York:  (212)  938-1210 
Out  of  State:  (800)  221-4188 


NOW  LEASING . . . 

_ ii + \A/ith  c;iini 


Preconstruction  rates.  Excellent  location  with  superb  facilities. 

Adjacent  to  commercial  and  residential  centers. 

interiors  to  your  specifications  with  support  services  Reared 
Ownership  possibilities.  Call  Michael  Lewis  at  (609)  235-16M. 


A— Existing; 

B,  C,  D:  Completion  1/30/85 


east  gate 


MEDICAL 

CENTER 


Church  Street  & Gaither  Drive 
Mount  Laurel,  New  Jersey  08054 


822 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


The  Journal  « y "w 

’'S  New  Jersey 

OCTOBER  1984 


n rr 


h-  tr* 


S3* 


P 


IN  VITRO  FERTILIZATION: 
THE  HUMAN  OVUM  AT  VARIOUS  STAGES 


E.  & W.  BLANKSTEEN 

E.  & W.  BLANKSTEEN  AGENCY,  INC. 

ADMINISTRATORS 

THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEV 

ENDORSED  PLANS  OF: 

LONG-TERM  INCOME  PROTECTION  PLAN 
MAJOR  MEDICAL 
OVERHEAD  EXPENSE 
HOSPITAL-MONEY 
6-POINT  HIGH  LIMIT  ACCIDENT 
TERM  LIFE 
KEOGH 

NON-GMGOP  PROGRAMS  OF: 

HOMEOWNER’S 
OFFICE  PACKAGE 
LIFE 
IRA 

PENSION 

75  Montgomery  Street 

Jersey  City,  WJl  07201  - 

(201)  333-4340  1(800)  BLANK  AG 


he  IBM  Personal  Computer 
tool  for  modern  times 

1 the  Medical  Office. 


EDI-SCAN®,  Authorized  IBM®  Value- 
tided  Dealer  for  the  Personal  Computer 

i Comprehensive  $8,995.00  MEDI-SCAN  In-office 
i ng  And  Accounting  System  Includes: 

he  IBM  Personal  Computer  XT  with  128K, 

Megabyte  hard  disk. 

he  IBM  Graphics  Printer. 

EDI-SCAN  software  — customized  for  your 
lattice,  including  procedure  numbers  for  state 
iiencies.  Generates  accounting  reports, 
i mprehensive  patient  statements,  insurance 
; d third  party  forms. 

Rational  electronic  paperless  billing  to  third  party 
■ encies,  where  applicable. 

jaining — Complete  in-office  training  for  your  staff. 

Ipport  — “HOT-LINE”  800  number  for 
( ntinuous  support. 

EDI-SCAN  Single  Source 
pport  System 

i )I-SCAN’S  unique,  comprehensive  hardware  and  software  maintenance  agreement  guarantees  continuing 
i ice  and  repair,  system  updates  and  additional  customization,  plus  in-office  training — all  from  one  source.  Our 
id  training  consultants  and  technicians  are  dedicated  to  giving  you  the  best  possible  service. 

3 Personal  Computer  XTs  are  in  stock  in  our  local  warehouses  ready  to  be  immediately  installed.  Over  five 
idred  physicians  are  using  the  MEDI-SCAN  System — join  them  in  making  the  IBM  PC-XT  “A  tool  for  modem 
res  in  the  medical  office.” 

Approved  nationwide  by  over  25  third  party  carriers  for  electronic  claims  submission 


tvould  like  to  know  more  about  the  MEDI-SCAN 
;/stem  on  the  IBM  Personal  Computer  XT. 

r. 

ddress 


Or  call:  800-922-1021 
In  MA:  800462-1009 

Send  to:  MEDI-SCAN 
90  Madison  Street,  Worcester  MA  01608 


ty- 


fione 


State. 


Zip. 


irvice  centers  currently  in:  New  England  • Mid  Atlantic  States  • Mid  Western  States  • California  • Texas 

1EDI-SCAN  is  a registered  trademark  of  PAL  Assoc.  Inc. 

L Associates  is  an  Authorized  IBM  Value-Added  Dealer  for  the  Personal  Computer. 
tM  is  a registered  trademark  of  International  Business  Machines  Corporation. 


OL.  81 -NUMBER  10— OCTOBER  1984 


823 


October  1984 


THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY 
OF  NEW  JERSEY 

Founded  July  23,  1 766 


Officers  and  Trustees 


President  and  Chairman  of  the  Board 

Frank  Y.  Watson,  M.D.  (Essex)  Glen  Ridge 

President-Elect 

Ralph  J.  Fioretti,  M.D.  (Bergen)  Rochelle  Park 

First  Vice-President 

Edward  A Schauer,  M.D.  (Monmouth)  Farmingdale 

Second  Vice-President 

Harry  M.  Carnes,  M.D.  (Camden)  Audubon 

Immediate  Past-President 

Alexander  D.  Kovacs,  M.D.  (Union)  Scotch  Plains 

Secretary 

Arthur  Bernstein,  M.D.  (Essex)  South  Orange 

Treasurer 

Paul  J.  Hirseh,  M.D.  (Somerset)  Bridgewater 

Trustees 

Joel  S.  Cherashore,  M.D.  (1986)  (Essex)  Nutley 

Douglas  M.  Costabile,  M.D.  (1987)  (Union)  Murray  Hill 

Palma  E.  Formica,  M.D.  (1987) 

(Middlesex)  New  Brunswick 

Harry  W.  Fullerton,  Jr.,  M.D.  (1985) 

(Salem)  Carney’s  Point 

Frank  Gingerelli,  M.D.  (1986)  (Bergen)  Hackensack 

Michael  M.  Heeg,  M.D.  (1987)  (Mercer)  Trenton 

Louis  L.  Keeler,  M.D.  (1985)  (Camden)  Collingswood 

John  P.  Kengeter,  M.D.  (1987)  (Ocean)  Toms  River 

Edwin  W.  Messey,  M.D.  (1985)  (Burlington)  Willingboro 

Myles  C.  Morrison,  Jr.,  M.D.  (1985)  (Morris)  ....  Morristown 

John  J.  Pastore,  M.D.  (1986)  (Cumberland)  Vineland 

Carl  Restivo,  Jr.,  M.D.  (1987)  (Hudson)  Jersey  City 

Bernard  Robins,  M.D.  (1987)  (Essex)  Springfield 

Gerald  H.  Rozan,  M.D.  (1987)  (Passaic)  Wayne 


Publication  Committee 

Paul  J.  Hirseh,  M.D.,  Chairman 
Dirck  L.  Brendlinger,  M.D. 
Frederick  B.  Cohen,  M.D. 

A.  Olusegun  Fayemi,  M.D. 

La  Verne  Fioretti 
Robert  M.  MacMillan,  M.D. 
Leon  G.  Smith,  M.D. 

Editor 

Arthur  Krosniek,  M.D. 

Managing  Editor 

Geraldine  R Hutner 

Assistant  Managing  Editor 

Dorothy  J.  Griffith 

Advertising  Manager 

E.  Elizabeth  Cookson 

Graphic  Artist 

Frank  Cecala 

Executive  Director 

Vincent  A Maressa 

Executive  Director  Emeritus 

Richard  I.  Nevin 


Editorial  Board 


Councilors 

First  District 

(Essex,  Morris,  Union,  and  Warren  Counties) 


Edward  M.  Coe,  M.D.  (1987)  Cranford 

Second  District 

(Bergen,  Hudson,  Passaic,  and  Sussex  Counties) 

Robert  A Weinstein,  M.D.  (1986)  Newton 

Third  District 

(Hunterdon,  Mercer,  Middlesex,  and  Somerset  Counties) 

Louis  G.  Fares,  M.D.  (1985)  Trenton 

Fourth  District 

(Burlington,  Camden,  Monmouth,  and  Ocean  Counties) 

Frederick  W.  Durham,  M.D.  (1987)  Haddonfield 

Fifth  District 

(Atlantic,  Cape  May,  Cumberland,  Gloucester,  and 
Salem  Counties) 

Paul  H.  Steel,  M.D.  (1986)  Atlantic  City 

AMA  Delegates 

William  J.  DElia,  M.D.,  Chairman  (1985)  Spring  Lake 

Alfred  A Alessi,  M.D.  (1986)  Hackensack 

Frederick  W.  Durham,  M.D.  (1986)  Haddonfield 

Palma  E.  Formica  M.D.  (1986)  New  Brunswick 

Karl  T.  Franzoni,  M.D.  (1986)  Trenton 

John  S.  Madara  M.D.  (1986)  Salem 

Henry  J.  Mineur,  M.D.  (1986)  Cranford 

Myles  C.  Morrison,  Jr.,  M.D.  (1985)  Morristown 

Howard  D.  Slobodien,  M.D.  (1985)  Metuchen 


AMA  Trustee 

James  S.  Todd,  M.D.  (Ridgewood) 


Jerome  Abrams,  M.D.  (Obstet/Gynecol) 
Joseph  Alpert,  M.D.  (Vase  Surg) 

Harold  Arlen,  M.D.  (Otolaiyngol) 

Alfonse  Cinotti,  M.D.  (Ophthalmol) 
Robert  Dodelson,  M.D.  (Nephrol) 
Norman  H.  Ertel,  M.D.  (Int  Med/Endocrinol) 
Daniel  P.  Greenfield,  M.D.  (Psychiat) 
Christine  E.  Haycock,  M.D.  (Sports  Med) 
Monroe  S.  Karetzky,  M.D.  (Pulmon  Med) 
Avrum  L.  Katcher,  M.D.  (Pediatr) 
Stanley  C.  Leonberg,  Jr.,  M.D.  (Neurol) 

Joel  D.  Levinson,  M.D.  (Gastroenterol) 
Joseph  A Lieberman,  III,  M.D.  (Fam  Med) 
Alan  J.  Lippman,  M.D.  (Oncol) 

Henry  R Liss,  M.D.  (Neurosurg) 

Geobel  A Marin,  M.D.  (Int  Med/Gastroenterol) 
Donald  G.  McKaba  M.D.  (Allergy) 

Robby  Meijer,  M.D.  (Plas  Surg) 

Frank  T.  Padberg,  Jr.,  M.D.  (Surg) 
Christopher  A Papa  M.D.  (Dermatol) 
Edwin  L.  Rothfeld,  M.D.  (Cardiol) 
Benjamin  F.  Rush,  Jr.,  M.D.  (Surg) 
Morris  H.  Saffron,  M.D.  (Med  His) 

Mark  M.  Singer,  M.D.  (Int  Med/Endocrinol) 
Sheldon  D.  Solomon,  M.D.  (Rheum) 

Lloyd  N.  Spindell,  M.D.  (Radiol) 

A Arthur  Sugerman,  M.D.  (Psychiat) 
Stephen  F.  Wang,  M.D.  (Pediatr) 

Edwin  S.  Wilson,  M.D.  (Radiol) 

Louis  S.  Zeiger,  M.D.  (Nucl  Med) 

Robert  B.  Zufall,  M.D.  (Urol) 


The  Journal  of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  (ISSN-0025-7524)  is  published  monthly  (since  1904)  exo 
semimonthly  in  July  (13  issues),  under  direction  of  the  Committee  on  Publication,  by  the  Medical  Society  of  N 
Jersey,  Two  Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648.  Printed  in  East  Stroudsburg,  PA  by  the  Hughes  Print; 
Co.  Whole  number  of  issues  967.  Member’s  subscription  ($10)  is  included  in  Society  dues.  Rates  for  nonmembf 
S20;  outside  USA  add  $7.50  for  postage.  Single  copies,  $2.  Address  communications  to  The  Journal  MSNJ,  T 
Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648,  (609)  896-1766.  Second-class  postage  paid  at  Trenton,  NJ,  and  additioi 
entry  office.  Copyright  1984  by  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS 


824 


ist,  Cranford 
ity  of  Ne||j$i 


Henry  Miiteur,  M.D.,  Cara 
Speaker  ofine  House  of  Delegates  of  the  Medical 


"Sadly,  as  the  cost  of  medical 
care  increases  and  the  scope  of 
many  health  insurance  pro- 
grams decreases,  my  patients 
wind  up  in  a terrible  squeeze. 

|I  found  a very  satisfactory  solu- 
tion. I became  a participating 
physician  in  Health  Ways. 

With  Health  Ways,  I can  prac- 
tice the  kind  of  medicine  that 
will  truly  benefit  my  patients 
I without  worrying  about  their 
financial  positions  because  of 


the  Health  Ways  unique  physi- 
cian reimbursement  policy. 

That's  a significant  plus. 

In  addition,  the  administra- 
tive and  financial  structure  of 
Health  Ways  is  fighting  the  as- 
tonishing escalation  of  costs  by 
covering  procedures  easily  done 
on  an  out-patient  basis  rather 
than  in  the  hospital.  That  makes 
a lot  of  sense.  So  does  their  pol- 
icy of  covering  routine  check-ups. 
And  since  the  bills  go  directly 


to  Health  Ways,  the  specter  of 
unpaid  bills  is  eliminated." 

Health  Ways  can  be  most 
valuable  to  your  practice  too. 
For  more  information,  call  Jon 
Marsicano,  M.D.,  Vice  Presi- 
dent, Medical  Affairs,  at  1-800- 
624-0720. 

HealthWays 

YOUR  WAY  TO  BETTErVmEALTI  I CARE 


)L.  81— NUMBER  10— OCTOBER  1984 


825 


The  Journal 
of  the  Medical 
Society  of 


New  Jersey 

OCTOBER  1! 


Membership  Newsletter 
Professional  Liability  Commentary 
Editorials 

Hospital  Governing  Boards 

hbh  Contributions 

849  Initial  Experience  with  In  Vitro  Fertilization  in  New  Jersey 

E.  Kemmann,  M.D.,  D.  Colburn,  M.D.,  S.  Pasquale,  M.D.,  J.  Nosher,  M.D., 

V. T.  Brandeis,  M.D.,  A.M.  Delist  M.D.,  R.M.  Shelden,  M.D., 

New  Brunswick 

857  Myth  or  Fact:  Can  Women  Self-Diagnose  Pregnancy? 

GA.  Bachmann,  M.D.,  New  Brunswick 
863  Risks  Associated  with  Post-Traumatic  Flashbacks 

A.  Burstein,  M.D.,  Freehold 

867  Midtrimester  Amniocentesis  for  Prenatal  Diagnosis 

A Ghiatas,  M.D.,  Long  Branch 

870  Microsurgical  Resection  of  AV  Malformations  from  Vital  Areas 
of  the  Brain 

O.R.  Hubschmann,  M.D.,  andA.J.  Krieger,  M.D.,  Newark 
875  Effects  of  AIDS  on  Various  Aspects  of  Blood  Banking 

M.  Kuriyan,  M.D.,  F.  Muschenheim,  M.D.,  C.  Bianco,  M.D., 

New  Brunswick 

878  Androgen-Secreting  Ovarian  Tumors  in  Postmenopausal  Women 

W. B.  Ober,  M.D.,  Hackensack 

884  Imaging:  Magnetic  Resonance  Imaging  (MRI) 

K.L.  Jewel,  M.D.,  B.I.  Loigman,  M.D..  R.F.  Mattem,  M.D., 

S.D.  Richman,  M.D.,  C.C.  Royer,  M.D.,  CA.  Whelan,  M.D.,  Caldwell 
889  Update:  Immunizations  During  Pregnancy 

S.R.  Preblud,  M.D.,  KJ.  Bart  M.D.,  A.R.  Hinman,  M.D.,  Atlanta,  GA 
89 1 Commentary:  Update  of  Diagnostic  Related  Groups 
M.E.  Johnson,  Lawrenceville 


829 

837 

841 

847 


i Doctors’  Notebook  i . ~ 

893  Trustees’  Minutes:  July  15,  1984 

894  UMDNJ  Notes,  Stanley  S.  Bergen,  Jr.,  M.D. 

895  MSNJ  Auxiliary,  Grace  Gellman 

895  New  Members 

896  Tamisiea  Award 

896  Physicians  Seeking  Location  in  New  Jersey 

MSNJ  Departments 

899  CME  Calendar 

903  Letters  to  the  Editor 

904  Book  Reviews 
906  Obituaries 

908  Information  for  Authors 


On  The  Cover:  The  first  in  vitro 
fertilization  program  in  New  Jer- 
sey is  underway  and  the  results 
are  in.  The  complete  story  on  this 
new  method  of  treating  infertility 
begins  on  page  849. 


IN  VJTBO  FERTILIZATION 
THE  HUMAN  OVUM  AT  VARIOUS  STAGES 


826 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS 


Find  your  doctor  is  the  headline  in  what  has  to  be  one  of  the  largest 


posters  ever  produced — three  feet  by  five. 

This  poster  is  in  fact  a directory  of  the  approximately  10,000  Participating 
P.A.C.E.  Physicians  and  Providers. 

Distributed  to  10,000  of  our  larger  P.A.C.E  subscriber  businesses,  it  has 
proven  to  be  a unique  and  effective  way  to  promote  participation,  and  the 
key  role  the  Participating  Doctor  plays  in  this  comprehensive  health 
care  coverage. 

Currently  seven  out  of  ten  of  your  colleagues  are  participating 
in  P.A.C.E. 

The  P.A.C.E  program  takes  into  account 
the  kind  of  medicine  you  practice,  and  where 

P.A.C.E.  provides  Participating  Physicians 
more  equitable  and  consistant  payments. 

We  actively  seek  your  participation 
in  this  unique  P.A.C.E.  program,  -J 

for  more  information  please  call  A ® 

(201)  456-3200.  Ik, 


THE  NEW  JERSEY  ACADEMY  OF  FAMILY  PHYSICIANS 

presents  its 


33rd  ANNUAL  CONVENTION 
AND  SCIENTIFIC  MEETING 

March  13-16,  1985 

at 

HARRAH’S  TRUMP  PLAZA  HOTEL  & CASINO 
ATLANTIC  CITY,  NEW  JERSEY 


The  Scientific  Meeting  will  include  speakers  on: 

“Cardiology,  Infectious  Diseases,  Dermatology  and  Sports 
Medicine”  in  the  Plenary  Sessions 

and 


the  Workshops  will  include  sessions  on: 

“Flexible  Sigmoidoscopy,  Minor  Office  Surgery,  Basic  Casting 
Techniques  and  Cardiac  Rehabilitation  as  well  as  additional 
subjects  of  Clinical  Importance” 

CREDIT  HOURS 

14  Hours  AAFP  Prescribed  Credit 
14  Category  I Credits 


For  Further  information  Contact: 

Jean  M.  Winkler 
Executive  Secretary 

New  Jersey  Academy  of  Family  Physicians 
Two  Princess  Road 
Lawrenceville,  New  Jersey  08648 
(609)  896-9130 


828 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS: 


Membership 

Newsletter 


fHE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


VOLUME  15 


O-DAY  LIMITATION  ON  ALL  PRESCRIPTIONS 

The  Board  of  Trustees,  on  Januaiy  15  1984,  ap- 
roved  a recommendation  from  the  Council  on  Mental 
[ealth,  calling  for  an  extension  of  the  30-day  limitation 
n the  filling  of  prescriptions  for  controlled  substances 
fter  the  date  issued  (as  proposed  in  an  amendment 
) N.JAC.  8:65-7.5)  to  include  all  drugs.  This  should 
ot  affect  medications  that  are  taken  continuously, 
uch  as  antibiotics,  birth  control  pills,  and  diabetic 
nd  thyroid  drugs,  as  these  prescriptions  can  be  made 
ut  to  allow  a certain  number  of  refills. 

To  support  the  forwarding  of  this  recommendation 
) the  New  Jersey  State  Department  of  Health,  the 
ouncil  on  Mental  Health  is  requesting  members  to 
Libmit  instances  in  which  they  feel  prescriptions  have 
een  filled  after  30  days  of  issuance  which  have  caused 
roblems  in  patients,  i.e.  medications  used  for  con- 
itions  other  than  those  for  which  the  prescriptions 
rere  written,  lack  of  control  of  use  of  medications. 
Please  forward  comments  to  George  L.  Trieben- 
acher,  M.D.,  Chairman,  Council  on  Mental  Health,  at 
pe  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  headquarters. 

SYCHOTHERAFY  PROGRESS  NOTES 

The  Division  of  Medical  Assistance  and  Health  Ser- 
ices  has  submitted  a proposed  rule  concerning  the 
equirements  for  Psychotherapy  Progress  Notes  to  the 
lew  Jersey  Register.  The  rule  describes  the  essential 
omponents  of  a psychotherapy  progress  note,  includ- 
ig,  but  not  limited  to,  date  and  duration  of  service, 
iame  of  modality  used,  notations  of  treatment  results, 
tc.  The  full  text  of  the  proposal  will  appear  in  the 
legister.  If  there  are  any  problems  or  questions,  con- 
act  Henry  W.  Hardy,  Esq.,  Administrative  Practice  Of- 
ficer, (1-609)  292-7079. 

GERIATRIC  CARE 

Every  physician  has  geriatric  patients.  While  many 
ieople  over  the  age  of  65  remain  healthy  and  active, 
ome  have  medical  problems  which  require  assistance 
torn  others.  Some  of  the  common  problems  include: 
ack  of  knowledge  regarding  benefits,  entitlements, 
nd  the  aging  process;  management  of  chronic  pain; 
motional  and  financial  strain;  anxiety;  depression; 
Juilt;  and  time  management.  There  are  support  groups 


available  to  help  these  patients,  such  as  the  New  Jersey 
Senior  Citizens  Hotline,  (1-800)  792-8820,  and  county 
offices  on  aging. 

FOREIGN  MEDICAL  GRADUATES 

Foreign  medical  graduates’  (FMGs)  role  in  organized 
medicine  was  explored  at  the  AMA  Ad  Hoc  Committee 
Meeting  on  FMGs,  held  on  September  5,  1984.  The 
purpose  of  the  Committee  is  to  study  the  problems  and 
special  concerns  of  FMGs,  including  U.S.  citizens  who 
studied  in  foreign  medical  schools.  One  of  the  expected 
results  is  increased  involvement  of  FMGs  in  organized 
medicine. 

PRESCRIPTION  ABUSE 

Prescription  Abuse  Data  Synthesis  (PADS)  project  of 
the  AMA  has  resulted  in  1 1 arrests  and  8 convictions 
in  Michigan.  Some  41  cases  still  are  under  investiga- 
tion by  enforcement  agencies  participating  in  a task 
force  for  identifying  practitioners  who  prescribe  excep- 
tionally high  volumes  of  controlled  drugs.  The  law  en- 
forcement agencies,  in  consultation  with  the  Michigan 
Medical  Society  and  the  Department  of  Licensing  and 
Regulation,  identified  the  practitioners  by  coordi- 
nating state  efforts  with  computerized  federal  tracking 
systems.  Michigan  authorities  said  that  prescription 
drugs  had  been  abused  or  misused  by  more  Americans 
than  cocaine,  hallucinogens,  or  heroin.  Most  are 
diverted  at  the  retail  level,  including  physicians'  offices, 
pharmacies,  and  clinics. 

ALTERNATIVE  MEDICAL  LIABILITY  ACT 

AMA  testified  in  opposition  to  H.R  5400  which  es- 
tablishes an  alternative  system  for  settlement  of  pro- 
fessional liability  claims  arising  from  the  provision  of 
health  care  services  paid  for  or  provided  by  federal 
programs.  H.R  5400  permits  a physician  or  hospital 
to  offer  compensation  to  an  injured  patient  for  that 
patient’s  “net  economic  loss"  and  by  so  doing  foreclose 
the  patient  from  suits  for  compensation  in  the  court 
system.  The  AMA  stated  that  it  is  not  clear  that  the 
bill  will  reduce  any  incidences  of  the  practice  of  "de- 
fensive medicine."  Rather  than  reduce  aggregate 
health  care  costs,  the  bill  is  likely  to  increase  them  and 
lead  to  higher  liability  premiums.  (Subcommittee  on 
Health,  House  Ways  and  Means  Committee.) 


: A)L.  81— NUMBER  10— OCTOBER  1984 


829 


Legislative  Update 

Status  of  Legislation  on  Which  MSNJ  Has  Taken  an  Active  Position 


Bill 

Subject 

MSNJ 

Position 

Committee 

Present  Status 

S-70 

Codey 

To  change  requirements  for 
eligibility  to  be  Commissioner  of 
Health 

Active  Opposition 

Senate:  IHW 

In  committee 

S-lll 

Bubba 

To  require  a physician  to  present 
surgical  consent  forms  at  the  time 
surgery  is  agreed  upon 

Active  Opposition 

Senate:  LIP 

In  committee 

S-243 

Hagedom 

To  provide  procedures  for 
involuntary  civil  commitment  of 
the  mentally  ill 

Active  Opposition 

Senate:  IHW 

In  committee 

S-317 

Lynch 

To  provide  for  regulation  of  the 
practice  of  contact  lens  dispensing 

Active  Opposition 

Senate:  LIP 

Withdrawn 
by  sponsor 

S-424 

Dorsey 

To  provide  for  the  abolishment  of 
certain  state  agencies  for  specific 
periods  of  time  and  to  create  a 
Joint  Legislative  Committee  on 
Regulatory  Agencies 

Active  Support 

Senate:  SGF&IR&VA 

In  committee 

S-607 

Bassano 

To  require  the  padding  of  all  metal 
bars  in  school  buses  with  energy- 
absorbing  materials  to  be  included 
in  the  State  Board  of  Education's 
rules  and  regulations 

Active  Support 

Senate:  LPS&D 

In  committee 

S-723 

Brown 

To  require  the  State  Department 
of  Health  to  prepare  a booklet  on 
breast  cancer  and  require 
physicians  to  give  a copy  of  the 
booklet  to  breast  cancer  patients 

Active  Opposition 

Senate:  IHW 

In  committee 

S-752 

Hirkala 

To  provide  that  certain 
information  of  hospitals  and  long- 
term health  care  facility  review 
committees  be  considered 
confidential 

Active  Support 

Senate:  IHW 

In  committee 

S-754 

Hirkala 

To  provide  immunity  from  civil 
liability  to  members  of  hospital 
governing  bodies  in  connection 
with  certain  review  actions  taken 
by  them 

Active  Support 

Senate:  J 

In  committee 

S-1067 

Feldman 

To  establish  and  license  two 
categories  of  social  workers 

Active  Opposition 

Senate:  IHW 

In  committee 

S-1079 

Dumont 

Provides  for  a three-year  statute  of 
limitations,  except  for  fraud, 
intentional  concealment,  or 
nontherapeutic  or  diagnostic 
purpose.  Minors  have  until 
age  1 1 on  any  injuiy  prior  to  age  8 

Active  Support 

Senate:  J 

In  committee 

S-ll  12 

To  establish  a cap  on  the  amount 
of  damages  which  may  be  awarded 
for  pain  and  suffering  in  certain 
civil  actions 

Active  Support 

Senate:  J 

In  committee 

S-1135 

Dalton 

To  eliminate  certain  sources  of 
windfall  benefits  in  personal 
injury  and  wrongful  death  actions 

Active  Support 

Senate:  J 

In  committee 

S-1140 

Feldman 

To  impose  certain  requirements 
on  the  plaintiff  in  a medical 
malpractice  proceeding 

Active  Support 

Senate:  J 

In  committee 

S-1182 

Saxton 

To  establish  the  Automobile 
Insurance  Medical  Fee  Schedule 
Board 

Active  Opposition 

Senate:  LIP 

In  committee 

S-1190 

Feldman 

To  authorize  a court  to  award 
reasonable  attorney’s  fees  to  a 
party  who  prevails  against  a 
frivolous  claim  for  relief  in  a civil 
action 

Active  Support 

Senate:  J 

In  committee 

: 

THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS 


830 


Legislative  Update 

Status  of  Legislation  on  Which  MSNJ  Has  Taken  an  Active  Position 


Bill 

Subject 

MSNJ 

Position 

Committee 

Present  Status 

S-1349 

Lipman 

To  require  prior  patient  written 
authorization  before  a doctor  can 
perform  either  a biopsy  or 
mastectomy,  or  both,  in  cases  of 
surgery  for  a breast  tumor 

Active  Opposition 

Senate:  IHW 

Out  of 
committee, 
amended; 
2nd  reading 

A-115 

Otlowski 

To  authorize  optometrists  to 
prescribe  a limited  number  of  eye 
medications 

Active  Opposition 

Assembly:  HERP 

In  committee 

A-708 

To  create  a temporary  committee 
to  study  Diagnosis  Related  Group 
System  used  for  setting  hospital 
rates  and  appropriate  $45,000 

Active  Support 

Assembly:  CHHS 

In  committee 

A-926 

Weidel 

To  create  an  Automobile 
Insurance  Fee  Schedule  Board  in 
the  Department  of  Insurance  to 
adopt  a reasonable  fee  schedule  for 
medical  services  arising  from 
passenger  automobile  accidents 

Active  Opposition 

Assembly:  BI 

In  committee 

A-960 

Miller 

To  permit  individual  patients  or 
insurers  to  appeal  hospital  bills  in 
cases  of  assignments  under  the 
Diagnosis  Related  Groups 

Active  Support 

Assembly:  CHHS 

In  committee 

A-963 

Miller 

To  eliminate  the  Diagnosis  Related 
Groups  methodology  and  replace  it 
with  one  to  be  devised  by  the 
Department  of  Health  in  one  year 

Active  Support 

Assembly:  CHHS 

In  committee 

A- 1056 
Muziani 

To  require  attending  physicians 
and  certified  nurse  midwives  to 
inform  pregnant  women  of  any 
drugs  expected  to  be  used  during 
pregnancy  and  the  possible  effects 
thereof 

Active  Opposition 

Assembly:  CHHS 

In  committee 

A- 1 1 1 6 
Patera 

To  permit  licensed  psychologists 
to  certify  disability  under  the 
‘Temporary  Disability  Benefits 
Law” 

Active  Opposition 

Assembly:  L 

In  committee 

A-1158 

Herman 

To  require  licensed  physicians  or 
chiropractors  to  notify  the  Board 
of  Medical  Examiners  if  they 
accept  Medicare  assignments 

Active  Opposition 

Assembly:  HERP 

In  committee 

A- 1 47 1 
Garvin 

1 

A- 1479 
Deverin 

To  require  a physician  to  obtain, 
in  advance,  the  patient’s 
authorization  to  perform  a biopsy 
or  mastectomy 

To  provide  for  the  licensure  of 
podiatric,  orthopedic,  and  urologic 
x-ray  technologists 

Active  Opposition 

Active  Opposition 

No  Action  (same 
asS-515) 

Senate:  IHW 
Assembly:  HERP 

Passed 

Assembly;  out 
of  committee: 
2nd  reading 

In  committee 

A- 1 54 1 

To  provide  for  the  licensing  of 
persons  who  practice  hypnosis 
and  limit  the  practice,  teaching,  or 
preparation  of  hypnosis  tapes  to 
licensed  practitioners 

Active  Opposition 

Assembly:  HERP 

In  committee 

Senate  Committee  Key 

IHW:  Institutions,  Health  and  Welfare 

J:  Judiciaiy 

LIP:  Labor,  Industry  and  Professions 

LPS&D:  Law,  Public  Safety  and  Defense 

SGF&IR&VA  State  Government,  Federal  & Interstate  Relations  & Veterans  Affairs 

Assembly  Committee  Key 

BI:  Banking  and  Insurance 

CHHS:  Corrections,  Health  and  Human  Services 

HERP:  Higher  Education  and  Regulated  Professions 

L:  Labor  


>L.  81— NUMBER  10— OCTOBER  1984 


831 


Attendance  at  Board  of  Trustees’  Meetings:  County  Societies 
January  1984-May  1984 


Atlantic  County 

January  15 
February  19 

March  18 
April  15 


May  2 

Bergen  County 

January  15 
February  19 
March  18 

Camden  County 

January  15 


February  19 
March  18 


April  15 


May  2 


Alan  J.  Simpson,  M.D.,  President 
Melvin  Markowitz,  M.D.,  Executive 
Committee 

William  Silverman,  M.D.,  Treasurer 
John  C.  Baker,  M.D.,  President-Elect 
Edwin  H.  McKnight,  M.D. 

Mrs.  Jo  Ann  Raco,  Executive  Director 
Alan  J.  Simpson,  M.D.,  President 


Marc  J.  Crilly,  M.D.,  President-Elect 
Mare  J.  Crilly,  M.D.,  President-Elect 
Mare  J.  Crilly,  M.D.,  President-Elect 


August  P.  Ciell,  M.D. 

Booth  H.  Durham,  M.D. 

Louis  L.  Keeler,  M.D.,  President 
Louis  L.  Keeler,  M.D.,  President 
August  P.  Ciell,  M.D. 

Louis  L.  Keeler,  M.D.,  President 
Donald  Orth,  M.D. 

Joseph  A.  Riggs,  M.D. 

George  T.  Hare,  M.D. 

Joseph  A.  Riggs,  M.D. 

Ralph  A Skowron,  M.D. 

Louis  L.  Keeler,  M.D.,  President 


Cumberland  County 

January  15  L.  Willis  Allen,  M.D.,  Past  President 


Essex  County 

February  19 

March  18 
April  15 
May  2 
May  6 


Bernard  Robins,  M.D. 

Carolyn  W.  Watson,  M.D. 

Carolyn  W.  Watson,  M.D. 

Carolyn  W.  Watson,  M.D. 

Mr.  Arthur  Ellenberger,  Executive  Secretary 
Mr.  Arthur  Ellenberger,  Executive  Secretary 
William  Greifinger,  M.D. 

Carolyn  W.  Watson,  M.D. 


Gloucester  County 

April  15  Churchill  L.  Blakey,  M.D.,  Secretary 


Hudson  County 

February  19  Janet  Geraghty-Deutseh,  M.D. 

Mrs.  Adelene  F.  Lynch,  Executive  Secretary 
April  15  Joseph  W.  Fleisher,  M.D. 

May  2 Charles  L.  Cunniff,  M.D. 


Mercer  County 

January  15  Mrs.  Joey  Huddy,  Executive  Secretary 
Ms.  Anne  Petchel 

February  19  Mrs.  Joey  Huddy,  Executive  Secretary 
Ms.  Anne  Petchel 


March  18  Michael  M.  Heeg,  M.D. 

Michael  J.  Larkin,  M.D. 

April  15  Mrs.  Joey  Huddy,  Executive  Secretary 

Ms.  Anne  Petchel 


February  19 


Middlesex  County 

January  15  Norval  F.  Kemp,  M.D.,  President-Elect 

Mrs.  Mary  Alice  Bruno,  Executive  Director 
Norval  F.  Kemp,  M.D.,  President-Elect 
Norval  F.  Kemp,  M.D.,  President-Elect 
Mrs.  Mary  Alice  Bruno,  Executive  Director 
Norval  F.  Kemp,  M.D.,  President-Elect 
Mrs.  Mary  Alice  Bruno,  Executive  Director 
Robert  E.  Steward,  M.D..  President 
Mrs.  Mary  Alice  Bruno,  Executive  Director 


March  18 
April  15 


May  2 
May  6 


Monmouth  County 

February  1 9 Birute  S.  Preikstas,  M.D. 

March  18  Mrs.  Patricia  Klemm,  Executive  Secretary 


Morris  County 

January  15 
February  19 
March  18 

April  15 


Arthur  Ginsburg,  M.D.,  President 
Michael  R Henderson.  M.D. 

Arthur  Ginsburg,  M.D.,  President 
James  B.  Massengill,  M.D. 

Allan  L.  Gardner,  M.D.,  President-Elect 
Arthur  Ginsburg,  M.D.,  President 


Ocean  County 

January  1 5 Michael  C.  DiBella.  M.D.,  President 

Edward  D.  Fiore,  M.D.,  President-Elect 


Passaic  County 

January  15  Mr.  William  T.  McGuire,  Executive  Director 
Gerald  H.  Rozan,  M.D.,  President 
February  19  David  J.  Blackman,  M.D.,  President-Elect 
Gerald  H.  Rozan,  M.D.,  President 
April  15  David  J.  Blackman,  M.D.,  President-Elect 


Somerset  County 

February  19  Albert  M.  Doswald,  M.D.,  President 
April  15  Albert  M.  Doswald,  M.D.,  President 


Union  County 

January  15 

March  18 

April  15 
May  2 

May  6 


Frank  R Romano,  M.D.,  Past  President 
Mrs.  Ethel  Stevens,  Executive  Director 
Frank  R Romano,  M.D.,  Past  President 
Mrs.  Ethel  Stevens,  Executive  Director 
Frank  R Romano,  M.D.,  Past  President 
Frank  R Romano,  M.D.,  Past  President 
Mrs.  Ethel  Stevens,  Executive  Director 
Frank  R Romano,  M.D.,  Past  President 


Warren  County 

February  19  Volmar  A.  Mereschak,  M.D.,  President 


AMA  DELEGATES  REPORT 

Health  Policy  Agenda.  A special  reference  commit- 
tee was  appointed  to  consider  the  159  principles  de- 
veloped by  the  Health  Policy  Agenda  for  the  American 
people.  These  principles  are  broad  value  statements 
about  what  should  exist  in  the  health  policy  area  In- 
stead of  adopting  the  principles  as  AMA  policy,  the 
House  voted  to  endorse  them  as  working  principles  to 
help  guide  AMA  representatives  to  HPA  Work  Groups 
and  Advisory  Committees  throughout  the  remainder 
of  the  project,  scheduled  for  completion  in  1986.  In  its 
next  phase,  the  HPA  will  translate  the  principles  into 
policy  recommendations  and  action  plans. 

Hospital  Medical  Staff  Issues.  The  Hospital  Medical 
Staff  Section  met  for  two  days  prior  to  the  opening  of 


the  AMA  House.  Over  700  representatives  were  regi; 
tered  from  virtually  every  state.  They  considered  aboi 
60  resolutions  and  submitted  18  resolutions  for  cor 
sideration  by  the  AMA  House.  Enthusiasm  amor. 
HMSS  representatives  remains  high  and  participatio 
in  this  policymaking  process  is  expected  to  increas 
The  goal  is  to  have  every  hospital  send  a representati\ 
to  further  enhance  communication  between  the  AM 
and  local  hospital  medical  staffs.  The  AMA  House  ap 
proved  a number  of  resolutions  related  to  the  organize 
tion  and  operation  of  the  medical  staff.  The  House 

• Supported  the  medical  staff s authority  to  approVj 
or  disapprove  all  amendments  to  medical  staff  bylaw: 

• Supported  the  idea  that  hospital  governing  board 
cannot  unilaterally  change  medical  staff  bylaws. 

• Asked  the  AMA  to  prepare  and  distribute  a doci 


832 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


Attendance  at  Board  of  Trustees'  Meetings:  Specialty  Societies, 
Academy  of  Medicine  of  New  Jersey,  and  Auxiliary 
January  1984-May  1984 


' 


Jew  Jersey  Allergy  Society 

February  19  Clement  Maecia,  M.D.,  President-Elect 

lew  Jersey  State  Society  of  Anesthesiologists 

March  18  Stanley  Bresticker,  M.D. 

April  15  Stanley  Bresticker,  M.D. 

lew  Jersey  Chapter,  American  College  of  Emergency 
Physicians 

January  1 5 Rudolf  E.  Schwaeble,  M.D. 

February  1 9 Rudolf  E.  Schwaeble,  M.D. 

March  18  Rudolf  E.  Schwaeble,  M.D. 

April  15  Rudolf  E.  Schwaeble,  M.D. 

May  6 Rudolf  E.  Schwaeble,  M.D. 

lew  Jersey  Academy  of  Family  Physicians 

April  15  S.  Thomas  Carter,  Jr.,  M.D.,  President-Elect 

Joseph  A Lieberman,  III,  M.D.,  Vice- 
President 
Carl  F.  Meier,  M.D. 

George  L.  Triebenbacher,  M.D.,  President 
May  2 George  L.  Triebenbacher,  M.D.,  President 

May  6 George  L.  Triebenbacher,  M.D.,  President 


lew  Jersey  Society  of  Internal  Medicine 

February  19  Frank  J.  Malta,  M.D. 

March  18  Frank  J.  Malta,  M.D. 

May  6 Frank  J.  Malta,  M.D. 

lew  Jersey  Association  of  Medical  Specialty  Societies 

February  19  Frank  J.  Malta,  M.D..  President 
March  18  Stanley  Bresticker,  M.D. 

Frank  J.  Malta,  M.D.,  President 
April  1 5 Stanley  Bresticker,  M.D. 

May  6 Frank  J.  Malta,  M.D.,  President 

lew  Jersey  Obstetrical  and  Gynecological  Society 

January  15  John  D.  Franzoni,  M.D. 

February  19  John  D.  Franzoni,  M.D. 

April  15  John  D.  Franzoni,  M.D. 


:nt  on  the  legal  status  of  medical  staffs. 

1 Encouraged  hospitals  and  medical  staffs  to  make 
medical  staff  rules  available  to  physicians. 

1 Directed  the  AMA  to  oppose  any  regulation  that 
uld  mandate  voting  privileges  for  nonphysician 
:mbers  of  the  medical  staff. 

I Recommended  that  medical  staffs  develop  bylaw 
^visions  that  affirm  the  binding  effect  of  medical 
iff  bylaws  on  the  hospital  governing  board  and  the 
;dical  staff. 

■Professional  Liability.  On  the  last  day  of  the  meet- 
* the  Board  of  Trustees  submitted  a report  informng 
; House  that  a special  task  force  will  be  established 
study  professional  liability.  The  task  force  is  charged 
th  coordinating  current  AMA  activities  and  focusing 
;m  on  professional  liability  insurance.  AMA  Ex- 
itive  Vice-President,  James  H.  Sammons,  M.D.,  will 
air  the  task  force.  Other  members  include  AMA  Gen- 
ii Counsel,  the  Assistant  Executive  Vice-President, 
d two  Deputy  Executive  Vice-Presidents.  The  Board 

II  submit  a report  at  the  1984  Interim  Meeting. 

LA-HOSPITAL  MEDICAL  STAFF 
CTION  MEETING 

There  will  be  a meeting  of  the  AMA-Hospital  Medical 
jaff  Section  on  November  29  to  December  3,  1984,  at 
|5  Hilton  Hawaiian  Village,  Honolulu.  The  meeting 


New  Jersey  Academy  of  Ophthalmology  and  Otolaryngology 

February  19  Edward  P.  Siegel,  M.D. 

New  Jersey  Orthopaedic  Society 

March  18  Bernard  A Rineberg,  M.D. 

New  Jersey  Society  of  Pathologists 

February  1 9 Lawrence  Sylvia,  M.D.,  Vice-President 

New  Jersey  Society  of  Physical  Medicine  and  Rehabilitation 

Feburary  19  Robert  Iskowitz,  M.D.,  Member-at- Large 

American  College  of  Physicians — New  Jersey 

February  1 9 David  A Willard,  M.D.,  Liaison 
April  15  David  A Willard,  M.D.,  Liaison 

New  Jersey  Psychiatric  Association 

January  1 5 John  C.  Patterson,  M.D.,  President 
February  19  John  C.  Patterson,  M.D.,  President 
March  18  John  C.  Patterson,  M.D.,  President 

New  Jersey  Rheumatism  Association 

January  15  William  E.  Ryan,  M.D.,  Liaison 
Feburary  19  William  E.  Ryan,  M.D.,  Liaison 
March  18  William  E.  Ryan,  M.D.,  Liaison 
April  15  William  E.  Ryan,  M.D.,  Liaison 

May  6 William  E.  Ryan,  M.D.,  Liaison 

Academy  of  Medicine  of  New  Jersey 

January  1 5 Sherman  Garrison,  M.D. 

February  19  Sherman  Garrison,  M.D. 

Mr.  Charles  J.  Heitzmann,  Executive 
Director 

March  18  Sherman  Garrison,  M.D. 

May  2 Sherman  Garrison,  M.D. 

Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  Auxiliary 

January  1 5 Mrs.  Gale  Wayman,  President 
February  19  Mrs.  Gale  Wayman,  President 


will  consist  of  group  sessions,  open  assembly,  and  pol- 
icy deliberations.  For  more  information  contact  the 
AMA,  Department  of  Hospital  Medical  Staff  Services, 
535  North  Dearborn  Street,  Chicago,  IL  60610  or  call, 
(1-312)  645-4747. 

leadership  conference 

The  Women  Physicians’  Leadership  Conference  will 
be  held  on  October  27,  1984,  from  8:30  am.  to  3:00  p.m. 
at  the  Medical  Education  Building,  UMDNJ-Rutgers 
Medical  School,  New  Brunswick.  Speakers  will  present 
the  following  subjects:  Organizational  Skills;  Time 
Management;  Working  with  Professional  Colleagues: 
After  a Residency:  and  Women  in  Organized  Medicine. 
For  reservations,  please  call  (1-609)  896-1766,  Ad  Hoc 
Committee  on  Women  Membership,  MSNJ. 

HOMEBOUND  PATIENT  CARE 

If  you  have  a patient  who  is  homebound  with  health 
problems  and  is  medically  at  risk.  The  Homebound 
Communications  Program  sponsored  by  the  New  Jer- 
sey Hospital  Association,  ( 1 -609)  452-9280,  may  be  the 
answer  to  your  problem.  It  is  a fee  for  service,  24-hour 
support  network. 

DEFICIT  REDUCTION  ACT 

As  you  may  be  aware.  Congress  passed  the  "Deficit 


|L.  81— NUMBER  10— OCTOBER  1984 


833 


Reduction  Act  of  1984,”  and  the  President  has  signed 
it.  Here  is  a brief  summaiy  of  provisions  in  this  law 
important  to  physicians. 

Medicare  Fee  Freeze.  One  portion  of  the  Act  is  enti- 
tled the  “Medicare  and  Medicaid  Budget  Reconcili- 
ation Amendments  of  1984.”  If  you  treat  any  Medicare 
beneficiaries  at  all,  its  principal  effect  is  to  pressure 
you  into  entering  a participating  physician  agreement 
to  accept  assignment  for  all  services  to  those  patients. 

Most  of  you  will  want  to  carefully  consider  signing 
the  agreement.  It  would  commit  you  to  accept  as  full 
payment  (80  percent  from  your  Medicare  carrier  and 
the  20  percent  coinsurance  portion)  for  each 
procedure  or  service  to  any  Medicare  patient  for  a year 
starting  October  1,  1984,  the  lesser  of:  your  1982  “cus- 
tomary charge”  or  the  1982  “prevailing  charge”  in  your 
region  for  the  procedure  or  service.  This  is  presumably 
what  you  had  been  receiving  for  the  year  just  ended 
in  June. 

The  Act  provides  several  penalties  for  not  “signing 
up”  and  there  is  a sort  of  reward  to  encourage  your 
participation.  First  of  all,  each  time  a nonparticipating 
physician  “knowingly  and  willfully"  charges  a Medi- 
care beneficiary  a fee  greater  than  he  charged  for  that 
procedure  or  service  in  the  second  quarter  of  1984 
(April  1 through  June  30),  he  will  be  subject  to  a fine 
(up  to  $2,000  per  charge)  and  to  exclusion  from  the 
Medicare  program  until  1989  or  later.  The  effect  is  to 
“freeze”  your  fees  to  any  Medicare  beneficiaries  you 
serve. 

Secondly,  if  you  do  not  participate,  your  “customary 
charge"  will  disregard  any  fee  above  that  of  the  second 
quarter  of  1984  until  at  least  October  1,  1986. 

Finally,  a directory  will  be  published  of  all  doctors 
who  agree  to  participate.  The  directory  will  be  dis- 
tributed to  all  Social  Security  offices  and  to  senior 
citizens’  organizations  and  a letter  will  be  sent  to  all 
Medicare  beneficiaries  about  the  directory.  Also,  a toll- 
free  phone  number  will  be  set  up  by  each  Medicare 
carrier  for  Medicare  beneficiaries  to  call  for  names  of 
participating  physicians. 

Your  reward,  of  sorts,  for  signing  up  is  that  you  may 
increase  your  fees  any  time  after  you  become  a partici- 
pant. While  the  increases  would  not  be  collectible  for 
Medicare  patients  for  a year,  they  would  increase  your 
profile  for  higher  Medicare  payments  starting  October 
1,  1985.  And  they  would  presumably  be  collectible  from 
non-Medicare  patients  and  insurers  in  the  normal 
manner. 

You  need  to  consider  the  reduction  in  your  income 


if  you  participate,  but  you  also  should  consider  tl 
effect  on  your  standing  in  your  market  if  you  are  ij 
publicized  as  a participant. 

In  all  events,  you  should  note  that  the  customary  a | 
prevailing  charges,  which  limit  Medicare’s  payment  i 
your  procedures  and  services,  are  frozen  (which  h 
determined  what  Medicare  would  pay  in  the  year  ji 
ended,  June  30,  1984)  until  October  1,  1985. 

On  the  basis  of  our  initial  study  of  this  Act,  c 
advice  to  doctors  who  treat  Medicare  beneficiaries 
1 ) consider  carefully  whether  or  not  to  sign  the  parti 
pation  agreement  by  which  you  would  accept  assij 
ment  for  all  procedures  and  services  you  provide 
Medicare  patients;  and  2)  do  not  increase  your  fees 
Medicare  beneficaries  until  October  1,  1985,  ab( 
their  second  quarter,  1984  level  unless  you  sign  sui 
an  agreement.  The  higher  charge  in  mid-July  woi 
apparently  be  a violation  even  if  you  sign  the  agr, 
ment  in  August  or  September  when  it  becomes  av; 
able! 

Tax  Law  Changes.  This  new  Act  also  contains 
voluminous  portion  entitled  the  ‘Tax  Reform  Act 
1984.”  While  there  are  numerous  changes  affectinj 
wide  range  of  provisions,  here  is  a list  of  the  items 
most  concern  to  our  clients:  1 ) automobiles’  busin< 
write-offs  were  reduced,  but  not  as  adversely  as  we  h 
expected;  2)  home  computers’  write-offs  were  limit 
3)  recordkeeping  becomes  required  for  business  < 
duction  of  automobiles  and  home  computers; 
cafeteria  plans  have  new  rules  and  will  need  your 
tention;  5)  tuition  benefits  for  medical  and  den 
school  faculty  may  be  affected  seriously;  6)  VEB1 
(“voluntary  employees’  beneficiary  organization 
probably  will  lose  their  appeal;  and  7)  interest-fi 
loans  from  your  corporation  to  you  also  are  seriou 
affected. 

Retirement  Plan  Project.  You  should  have  receiv 
information  about  The  Health  Care  Group  retiremf 
plans  drafted  to  satisfy  the  1984  TEFRA  requiremen 
The  fees  for  these  plans  are  considerably  less  th 
“traditional”  fees  for  individually  designed  plans,  aj 
contain  all  the  provisions  considered  so  important 
professional  health  care  providers.  Call  their  toll-fij 
number,  (1-800)  441-0737,  or  write  to  receive  me 
information  and  take  advantage  of  this  special  ( 
portunity. 

FINI 

“Envy  eats  nothing  but  its  own  heart.” 


834 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS 


I 


BALANCED 

CALCIUM 


jOw  incidence  of  side  effects 

IAEDIZEM®  (diltiazem  HC1) 
iroduces  an  incidence  of  adverse 
eactions  not  greater  than  that 
^ported  with  placebo  therapy, 
hus  contributing  to  the  patient’s 
ense  of  well-being. 

irdizem  is  indicated  in  the  treatment  of  angina  pectoris  due  to 
ronaiy  artery  spasm  and  in  the  management  of  chronic  stable 
igina  (classic  effort-associated  angina)  in  patients  who  cannot 
jlerate  therapy  with  beta-blockers  and/or  nitrates  or  who  reman 
mptomatic  despite  adequate  doses  of  these  agents. 

sferences: 

Strauss  WE,  McIntyre  KM,  Paris!  AP,  et  al:  Safety  and  efficacy 
of  diltiazem  hydrochloride  for  the  treatment  of  stable  angina 
pectoris:  Report  of  a cooperative  clinical  trial.  Am  J Cardiol 
49:560-566,  1982. 

Pool  PE,  Seagren  SC,  Bonanno  JA,  et  al:  The  treatment  of  exercise- 
inducible  chronic  stable  angina  with  diltiazem:  Effect  on  treadmill 
exercise.  Chest  78  (July  suppl):234-238,  1980. 


Reduces  angina  attack  frequency* 

42%  to  46%  decrease  reported  in 
multicenter  study.1 

Increases  exercise  tolerance* 

In  Bruce  exercise  test,2  control 
patients  averaged  8.0  minutes  to 
onset  of  pain;  Cardizem  patients 
averaged  9.8  minutes  (P<.005). 

CARDIZEM 

(diltiazem  HC1) 

THE  BALANCED 
CALCIUM  CHANNEL  BLOCKER 


ft 


Please  see  full  prescribing  information  on  following  page. 


2/84 


PROFESSIONAL  USE  INFORMATION 


cardizem 

(dilhazem  HCI) 

30  mg  and  60  mg  tablets 

DESCRIPTION 

CARDIZEM*1  (diltiazem  hydrochloride)  is  a calcium  ion  influx 
inhibitor  (slow  channel  blocker  or  calcium  antagonist).  Chemically, 
diltiazem  hydrochloride  is  1 ,5-Benzothiazepin-4(5H)one,3-(acetyloxy) 
-5-[2-(dimethylamino)ethyl  ]-2,3-dihydro-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-, 
monohydrochloride, (+)  -cis-.The  chemical  structure  is: 


CH2CH2N(CH3)2 

Diltiazem  hydrochloride  is  a white  to  ott-white  crystalline  powder 
with  a bitter  taste.  It  is  soluble  in  water,  methanol,  and  chloroform. 

It  has  a molecular  weight  of  450.98.  Each  tablet  of  CARDIZEM 
contains  either  30  mg  or  60  mg  diltiazem  hydrochloride  for  oral 
administration. 

CLINICAL  PHARMACOLOGY 

The  therapeutic  benefits  achieved  with  CARDIZEM  are  believed 
to  be  related  to  its  ability  to  inhibit  the  influx  of  calcium  ions 
during  membrane  depolarization  of  cardiac  and  vascular  smooth 
muscle. 

Mechanisms  of  Action.  Although  precise  mechanisms  of  its 
antianginal  actions  are  still  being  delineated,  CARDIZEM  is  believed 
to  act  in  the  following  ways: 

1.  Angina  Due  to  Coronary  Artery  Spasm:  CARDIZEM  has  been 
shown  to  be  a potent  dilator  of  coronary  arteries  both  epicardial 
and  subendocardial.  Spontaneous  and  ergonovine-induced  cor- 
onary artery  spasm  are  inhibited  by  CARDIZEM. 

2.  Exertional  Angina:  CARDIZEM  has  been  shown  to  produce 
increases  in  exercise  tolerance,  probably  due  to  its  ability  to 
reduce  myocardial  oxygen  demand.  This  is  accomplished  via 
reductions  in  heart  rate  and  systemic  blood  pressure  at  submaximal 
and  maximal  exercise  work  loads 

In  animal  models,  diltiazem  interferes  with  the  slow  inward 
(depolarizing)  current  in  excitable  tissue.  It  causes  excitation-contraction 
uncoupling  in  various  myocardial  tissues  without  changes  in  the 
configuration  of  the  action  potential.  Diltiazem  produces  relaxation 
of  coronary  vascular  smooth  muscle  and  dilation  of  both  large  and 
small  coronary  arteries  at  drug  levels  which  cause  little  or  no 
negative  inotropic  effect.  The  resultant  increases  in  coronary  blood 
flow  (epicardial  and  subendocardial)  occur  in  ischemic  and  nonischemic 
models  and  are  accompanied  by  dose-dependent  decreases  in  sys- 
temic blood  pressure  and  decreases  in  peripheral  resistance. 

Hemodynamic  and  Electrophysiologic  Effects.  Like  other 
calcium  antagonists,  diltiazem  decreases  sinoatrial  and  atrioventricu- 
lar conduction  in  isolated  tissues  and  has  a negative  inotropic  effect 
in  isolated  preparations.  In  the  intact  animal,  prolongation  of  the  AH 
interval  can  be  seen  at  higher  doses. 

In  man,  diltiazem  prevents  spontaneous  and  ergonovine-provoked 
coronary  artery  spasm.  It  causes  a decrease  in  peripheral  vascular 
resistance  and  a modest  fall  in  blood  pressure  and,  in  exercise 
tolerance  studies  in  patients  with  ischemic  heart  disease,  reduces 
the  heart  rate-blood  pressure  product  for  any  given  work  load. 
Studies  to  date,  primarily  in  patients  with  good  ventricular  function, 
have  not  revealed  evidence  of  a negative  inotropic  effect;  cardiac 
output,  ejection  fraction,  and  left  ventricular  end  diastolic  pressure 
have  not  been  affected.  There  are  as  yet  few  data  on  the  interaction 
of  diltiazem  and  beta-blockers.  Resting  heart  rate  is  usually  unchanged 
or  slightly  reduced  by  diltiazem. 

Intravenous  diltiazem  in  doses  of  20  mg  prolongs  AH  conduction 
time  and  AV  node  functional  and  effective  refractory  periods  approxi- 
mately 20%.  In  a study  involving  single  oral  doses  of  300  mg  of 
CARDIZEM  in  six  normal  volunteers,  the  average  maximum  PR 
prolongation  was  14%  with  no  instances  of  greater  than  first-degree 
AV  block.  Diltiazem-associated  prolongation  of  the  AH  interval  is  not 
more  pronounced  in  patients  with  first-degree  heart  block.  In  patients 
with  sick  sinus  syndrome,  diltiazem  significantly  prolongs  sinus 
cycle  length  (up  to  50%  in  some  cases). 

Chronic  oral  administration  of  CARDIZEM  in  doses  of  up  to  240 
mg/day  has  resulted  in  small  increases  in  PR  interval,  but  has  not 
usually  produced  abnormal  prolongation.  There  were,  however,  three 
instances  of  second-degree  AV  block  and  one  instance  of  third- 
degree  AV  block  in  a group  of  959  chronically  treated  patients. 

Pharmacokinetics  and  Metabolism.  Diltiazem  is  absorbed 
from  the  tablet  formulation  to  about  80%  of  a reference  capsule  and 
is  subject  to  an  extensive  first-pass  effect,  giving  an  absolute 
bioavailability  (compared  to  intravenous  dosing)  of  about  40%.  CARDIZEM 
undergoes  extensive  hepatic  metabolism  in  which  2%  to  4%  of  the 
unchanged  drug  appears  in  the  urine.  In  vitro  binding  studies  show 
CARDIZEM  is  70%  to  80%  bound  to  plasma  proteins.  Competitive 
ligand  binding  studies  have  also  shown  CARDIZEM  binding  is  not 
altered  by  therapeutic  concentrations  of  digoxin,  hydrochlorothiazide, 
phenylbutazone,  propranolol,  salicylic  acid,  or  warfarin.  Single  oral 
doses  of  30  to  120  mg  of  CARDIZEM  result  in  detectable  plasma 
levels  within  30  to  60  minutes  and  peak  plasma  levels  two  to  three 
hours  after  drug  administration.  The  plasma  elimination  half-life 
following  single  or  multiple  drug  administration  is  approximately  3.5 
hours.  Desacetyl  diltiazem  is  also  present  in  the  plasma  at  levels  of 
10%  to  20%  of  the  parent  drug  and  is  25%  to  50%  as  potent  a 
coronary  vasodilator  as  diltiazem.  Therapeutic  blood  levels  of 
CARDIZEM  appear  to  be  in  the  range  of  50  to  200  ng/ml.  There  is  a 
departure  from  dose-linearity  when  single  doses  above  60  mg  are 
given;  a 120-mg  dose  gave  blood  levels  three  times  that  of  the  60-mg 
dose.  There  is  no  information  about  the  effect  of  renal  or  hepatic 
impairment  on  excretion  or  metabolism  of  diltiazem, 

INDICATIONS  AND  USAGE 

1 Angina  Pectoris  Due  to  Coronary  Artery  Spasm.  CARDIZEM 


is  indicated  in  the  treatment  of  angina  pectoris  due  to  coronary 
artery  spasm.  CARDIZEM  has  been  shown  effective  in  the 
treatment  of  spontaneous  coronary  artery  spasm  presenting  as 
Prinzmetal's  variant  angina  (resting  angina  with  ST-segment 
elevation  occurring  during  attacks). 

2 Chronic  Stable  Angina  (Classic  Effort-Associated  Angina). 
CARDIZEM  is  indicated  in  the  management  of  chronic  stable 
angina.  CARDIZEM  has  been  effective  in  controlled  trials  in 
reducing  angina  frequency  and  increasing  exercise  tolerance. 

There  are  no  controlled  studies  of  the  effectiveness  of  the  concomi- 
tant use  of  diltiazem  and  beta-blockers  or  of  the  safety  of  this 
combination  in  patients  with  impaired  ventricular  function  or  conduc- 
tion abnormalities. 

CONTRAINDICATIONS 

CARDIZEM  is  contraindicated  in  (1)  patients  with  sick  sinus 
syndrome  except  in  the  presence  of  a functioning  ventricular  pacemaker, 
(2)  patients  with  second-  or  third-degree  AV  block  except  in  the 
presence  of  a functioning  ventricular  pacemaker,  and  (3)  patients 
with  hypotension  (less  than  90  mm  Hg  systolic). 

WARNINGS 

1 Cardiac  Conduction.  CARDIZEM  prolongs  AV  node  refrac- 
tory periods  without  significantly  prolonging  sinus  node  recov- 
ery time,  except  in  patients  with  sick  sinus  syndrome.  This 
effect  may  rarely  result  in  abnormally  slow  heart  rates  (particularly 
in  patients  with  sick  sinus  syndrome)  or  second-  or  third-degree 
AV  block  (six  of  1243  patients  for  0.48%).  Concomitant  use  of 
diltiazem  with  beta-blockers  or  digitalis  may  result  in  additive 
effects  on  cardiac  conduction.  A patient  with  Prinzmetal's 
angina  developed  periods  of  asystole  (2  to  5 seconds)  after  a 
single  dose  of  60  mg  of  diltiazem. 

2 Congestive  Heart  Failure.  Although  diltiazem  has  a negative 
inotropic  effect  in  isolated  animal  tissue  preparations,  hemodynamic 
studies  in  humans  with  normal  ventricular  function  have  not 
shown  a reduction  in  cardiac  index  nor  consistent  negative 
effects  on  contractility  (dp/dt).  Experience  with  the  use  of 
CARDIZEM  alone  or  in  combination  with  beta-blockers  in  patients 
with  impaired  ventricular  function  is  very  limited.  Caution  should 
be  exercised  when  using  the  drug  in  such  patients. 

3.  Hypotension.  Decreases  in  blood  pressure  associated  with 
CARDIZEM  therapy  may  occasionally  result  in  symptomatic 
hypotension. 

4.  Acute  Hepatic  Injury.  In  rare  instances,  patients  receiving 
CARDIZEM  have  exhibited  reversible  acute  hepatic  injury  as 
evidenced  by  moderate  to  extreme  elevations  of  liver  enzymes. 
(See  PRECAUTIONS  and  ADVERSE  REACTIONS.) 

PRECAUTIONS 

General.  CARDIZEM  (diltiazem  hydrochloride)  is  extensively  metab- 
olized by  the  liver  and  excreted  by  the  kidneys  and  in  bile.  As  with  any 
new  drug  given  over  prolonged  periods,  laboratory  parameters  should 
be  monitored  at  regular  intervals.  The  drug  should  be  used  with 
caution  in  patients  with  impaired  renal  or  hepatic  function.  In  sub- 
acute and  chronic  dog  and  rat  studies  designed  to  produce  toxicity, 
high  doses  of  diltiazem  were  associated  with  hepatic  damage.  In 
special  subacute  hepatic  studies,  oral  doses  of  125  mg/kg  and 
higher  in  rats  were  associated  with  histological  changes  in  the  liver 
which  were  reversible  when  the  drug  was  discontinued.  In  dogs, 
doses  ol  20  mg/kg  were  also  associated  with  hepatic  changes; 
however,  these  changes  were  reversible  with  continued  dosing. 

Drug  Interaction.  Pharmacologic  studies  indicate  that  there 
may  be  additive  effects  in  prolonging  AV  conduction  when  using 
beta-blockers  or  digitalis  concomitantly  with  CARDIZEM.  (See 
WARNINGS). 

Controlled  and  uncontrolled  domestic  studies  suggest  that  con- 
comitant use  of  CARDIZEM  and  beta-blockers  or  digitalis  is  usually 
well  tolerated.  Available  data  are  not  sufficient,  however,  to  predict 
the  effects  of  concomitant  treatment,  particularly  in  patients  with  left 
ventricular  dysfunction  or  cardiac  conduction  abnormalities.  In  healthy 
volunteers,  diltiazem  has  been  shown  to  increase  serum  digoxin 
levels  up  to  20%. 

Carcinogenesis,  Mutagenesis,  Impairment  of  Fertility.  A 

24-month  study  in  rats  and  a 21-month  study  in  mice  showed  no 
evidence  of  carcinogenicity.  There  was  also  no  mutagenic  response 
in  in  vitro  bacterial  tests  No  intrinsic  effect  on  fertility  was  observed 
in  rats 

Pregnancy.  Category  C Reproduction  studies  have  been  con- 
ducted in  mice,  rats,  and  rabbits.  Administration  of  doses  ranging 
from  five  to  ten  times  greater  (on  a mg/kg  basis)  than  the  daily 
recommended  therapeutic  dose  has  resulted  in  embryo  and  fetal 
lethality.  These  doses,  in  some  studies,  have  been  reported  to  cause 
skeletal  abnormalities.  In  the  perinatal/postnatal  studies,  there  was 
some  reduction  in  early  individual  pup  weights  and  survival  rates. 
There  was  an  increased  incidence  of  stillbirths  at  doses  of  20  times 
the  human  dose  or  greater. 

There  are  no  well-controlled  studies  in  pregnant  women;  therefore, 
use  CARDIZEM  in  pregnant  women  only  if  the  potential  benefit 
justifies  the  potential  risk  to  the  fetus. 

Nursing  Mothers.  It  is  not  known  whether  this  drug  is  excreted 
in  human  milk.  Because  many  drugs  are  excreted  in  human  milk, 
exercise  caution  when  CARDIZEM  is  administered  to  a nursing 
woman  if  the  drug's  benefits  are  thought  to  outweigh  its  potential 
risks  in  this  situation. 

Pediatric  Use.  Safety  and  effectiveness  in  children  have  not 
been  established. 

ADVERSE  REACTIONS 

Serious  adverse  reactions  have  been  rare  in  studies  carried  out  to 
date,  but  it  should  be  recognized  that  patients  with  impaired  ventricu- 
lar function  and  cardiac  conduction  abnormalities  have  usually  been 
excluded. 

In  domestic  placebo-controlled  trials,  the  incidence  of  adverse 
reactions  reported  during  CARDIZEM  therapy  was  not  greater  than 
that  reported  during  placebo  therapy. 

The  following  represent  occurrences  observed  in  clinical  studies 
which  can  be  at  least  reasonably  associated  with  the  pharmacology 
of  calcium  influx  inhibition.  In  many  cases,  the  relationship  to 
CARDIZEM  has  not  been  established.  The  most  common  occurrences, 
as  well  as  their  frequency  of  presentation,  are:  edema  (2.4%), 


headache  (2.1%),  nausea  (1.9%),  dizziness  (1.5%), 
asthenia  (1.2%),  AV  block  (1.1%).  In  addition,  the  fol 
were  reported  infrequently  (less  than  1%)  with  the  ordi 
tion  corresponding  to  the  relative  frequency  of  occuri 


Cardiovascular 


Nervous  System: 
Gastrointestinal: 


Dermatologic: 

Other: 


Flushing,  arrhythmia,  hypotens 
dia,  palpitations,  congestive 
syncope 

Paresthesia,  nervousness, 
tremor,  insomnia,  hallucinations 
Constipation,  dyspepsia,  diarrl 
mild  elevations  of  alkaline  phosp 
SGPT,  and  LDH. 

Pruritus,  petechiae,  urticaria,  pt 
Polyuria,  nocturia. 


The  following  additional  experiences  have  been  no 
A patient  with  Prinzmetal's  angina  experiencim 
vasospastic  angina  developed  periods  of  transient 
asystole  approximately  five  hours  after  receiving  a 
dose  of  CARDIZEM 

The  following  postmarketing  events  have  been  i 
quently  in  patients  receiving  CARDIZEM:  erythema  m 
kopenia,  and  extreme  elevations  of  alkaline  phospl 
SGPT,  LDH,  and  CPK.  However,  a definitive  cause  and  i 
these  events  and  CARDIZEM  therapy  is  yet  to  be  esl 


OVERDOSAGE  OR  EXAGGERATED  RESPI 

Overdosage  experience  with  oral  diltiazem  has 
Single  oral  doses  of  300  mg  of  CARDIZEM  have  been 
by  healthy  volunteers.  In  the  event  of  overdosage  c 
response,  appropriate  supportive  measures  should  b 
addition  to  gastric  lavage.  The  following  measures  may 


Bradycardia 

High-Degree  AV 
Block 

Cardiac  Failure 
Hypotension 


Administer  atropine  (0.60  to  1. 
is  no  response  to  vagal  blocka 
isoproterenol  cautiously. 

Treat  as  for  bradycardia  abov 
degree  AV  block  should  be  tre 
diac  pacing. 

Administer  inotropic  agents  ( 
dopamine,  or  dobutamine)  and 
Vasopressors  (eg,  dopamine 
bitartrate). 


Actual  treatment  and  dosage  should  depend  on  the 
clinical  situation  and  the  judgment  and  experience 
physician 

The  oral/LD50's  in  mice  and  rats  range  from  415 
and  from  560  to  810  mg/kg,  respectively.  The  intrave 
these  species  were  60  and  38  mg/kg,  respectively.  T 
dogs  is  considered  to  be  in  excess  of  50  mg/kg,  whil 
seen  in  monkeys  at  360  mg/kg.  The  toxic  dose  in  mar 
but  blood  levels  in  excess  of  800  ng/ml  have  not  be 
with  toxicity. 


DOSAGE  AND  ADMINISTRATION 
Exertional  Angina  Pectoris  Due  to  Atherosc 
nary  Artery  Disease  or  Angina  Pectoris  at  Rest 
nary  Artery  Spasm.  Dosage  must  be  adjusted  to 
needs.  Starting  with  30  mg  four  times  daily,  before 
bedtime,  dosage  should  be  increased  gradually  (gi 
doses  three  or  four  times  daily)  at  one-  to  two-day 
optimum  response  is  obtained.  Although  individual 
respond  to  any  dosage  level,  the  average  optimum 
appears  to  be  180  to  240  mg/day.  There  are  no  availabl 
ing  dosage  requirements  in  patients  with  impaired  re 
function  If  the  drug  must  be  used  in  such  patients,  titr 
carried  out  with  particular  caution. 

Concomitant  Use  With  Other  Antianginal  Ag 
1 . Sublingual  NTG  may  be  taken  as  required 
anginal  attacks  during  CARDIZEM  therapy. 

2 Prophylactic  Nitrate  Therapy -CARDIZEM 
coadministered  with  short-  and  long-acting  nitr 
have  been  no  controlled  studies  to  evaluate 
effectiveness  of  this  combination. 

3.  Beta-blockers.  (See  WARNINGS  and  PRECAUT 


HOW  SUPPLIED 

Cardizem  30-mg  tablets  are  supplied  in  bottles 
0088-1771-47)  and  in  Unit  Dose  Identification  Paks 
0088-1 771-49).  Each  green  tablet  is  engraved  with  U 
side  and  1771  engraved  on  the  other.  CARDIZEM 
tablets  are  supplied  in  bottles  of  100  (NDC  0088-1772 
Dose  Identification  Paks  of  100  (NDC  0088-1772-4! 
tablet  is  engraved  with  MARION  on  one  side  and  177 


Another  patient  benefit  product  from 
PHARMACEUTICAL  DIVISION 

MARION 

LABORATORIES.  INC 

KANSAS  CITY,  MISSOURI  64137 


ROFESSIONAL  LIABILITY 
OMMENTARY* 

The  Costs  of 
Medical  Care 


j 

DRG  Care:  Estate  of  Deceased 
Physician;  Informed  Consent  Medical 
Suit;  Where  Litigation  Spawns;  Did  You 
Know 


rospective  pricing  for  care 
rendered  to  Medicare  patients 
in  hospitals  will  heighten 
ilpractice  risk,  speakers  emphasized  at  a recent 
irida  seminar  of  the  American  Hospital  Association’s 
ciety  for  Risk  Management.  Pressures  to  reduce 
gth  of  stay,  cut  back  on  tests,  and  substitute  less 
jensive  diagnostic  and  therapeutic  procedures 
lid  depress  existing  standards  of  care,  said  Monte 
Jahnke,  J.D.,  of  the  Detroit  firm  of  Kerr,  Russell,  and 
her.  Physicians  “have  a sense  of  the  standard  of  care 
it  applies  to  a given  class  of  treatment,”  said  the 
troit  attorney.  “That  standard . . . has  been . . . uni- 
m:  what  you  did  for  the  average  appendectomy  pa- 
nt was  pretty  well  what  you  do  for  the  next  one.  But 
der  the  DRG/Medicare  system,  there  might  be  a 
idency  to  reduce  standards  to  reflect  the  extent  of 
vices  possible  under  the  new  fiscal  restraints.  That 
ild  create  differential  expectations  between  Medi- 
e and  non-Medicare  services,  stimulating  liability 
k Wherever  you  have  non-Medicare  patients  getting 
e standard  of  care  and  Medicare  patients  receiving 
haps  somewhat  less,  there  is  a liability  potential.” 
rriction  between  hospitals  seeking  to  discharge  pa- 
nts expeditiously  and  physicians  holding  out  for  a 
iger  length  of  stay  undoubtedly  will  result,  the  at- 
ney  said.  He  noted  one  case  in  which  a jury  awarded 
00,000  to  a patient  whose  leg  had  to  be  amputated 
er  the  utilization  review  nurse  insisted  on  discharg- 
1:5  her  four  days  earlier  than  her  physician  wanted 
r to  be  released. 

II; 

l 

I 

L.  81— NUMBER  10-OCTOBER  1984 


Jahnke  said  that  since  what  a physician  writes  down 
as  the  appropriate  diagnosis  will  determine  how  much 
a hospital  will  get  paid  under  DRGs,  the  medical  record 
now  becomes  “the  centerpiece  for  reimbursement.” 
That  means  the  record  also  becomes  even  more  critical 
in  documenting  the  care  that  is  given. 

Not  every  suspected  coronaiy  patient  needs  to  be 
placed  in  an  intensive  or  coronaiy  care  bed,  where 
costs  are  “tremendous,”  Jahnke  admitted,  but  Michael 
Azarra,  president  of  Valley  Hospital,  Ridgewood,  point- 
ed out  that  keeping  people  out  of  facilities  they  don’t 
really  need  is  important,  “The  flip  side ...  is  that  if  you 
have  guessed  wrong,  you  have  got  a liability  problem.” 
( Medical  Liability  Monitor,  Vol.  9,  No.  3,  March  27, 
1984) 

PATIENT  CAN  SUE  ESTATE  OF  DECEASED 
PHYSICIAN 

A deceased  physician’s  estate  can  be  reopened  after 
probate  and  subjected  to  a medical  malpractice  action 
based  on  a newly  discovered  injury,  an  Oklahoma  ap- 
pellate court  ruled. 

The  patient  had  extensive  gynecological  surgery  in 
November  1967.  After  the  surgery,  she  had  kidney 
trouble  and  high  blood  pressure.  Her  operating  phy- 
sician allegedly  made  no  effort  to  determine  the  cause. 
He  died  on  May  13,  1975.  His  estate  was  probated  and 
closed  several  months  later.  In  October  1978,  the  pa- 
tient’s condition  was  diagnosed  as  a hydronephrotic 
kidney  caused  by  the  improper  tying  off  of  the  ureter 
during  the  1967  surgery.  Removal  of  the  kidney  re- 
lieved her  symptoms. 

The  patient  filed  suit  to  have  the  physician’s  estate 
reopened.  A trial  court  denied  her  request,  but  the 
appellate  court  reversed.  The  court  noted  that  an  estate 
could  be  reopened  by  a person  who  had  a claim  based 
on  a contract  if  he  had  a legal  excuse  for  not  filing  a 
claim  during  the  original  probate  of  the  estate.  There 
was  no  reason  why  the  malpractice  claimant  should 
have  less  rights  since  her  claim  did  not  arise  until  after 
the  physician’s  death,  the  court  said.  The  fact  that 
there  might  exist  some  question  concerning  the  collec- 
tability of  a judgment  in  the  future  does  not  preclude 
opening  the  estate,  the  court  said — Gates  v Baum,  673 
P.2d  519  (Okla  Ct.  of  App.,  Sept.  6,  1983;  cert,  denied, 
Okla  Sup.  Ct.,  December  13,  1983).  (The  Citation,  Vol. 
49,  No.  4,  June  1,  1984) 

$1.4  MILLION  AWARD  IN  INFORMED  CONSENT 
MEDICAL  SUIT 

Ruling  that  a Bronx  woman  did  not  get  a clear  expla- 
nation from  her  doctor  of  all  the  risks  of  a hys- 
terectomy, a State  Supreme  Court  juiy  has  ordered  the 
doctor  to  pay  her  $1,490,500  because  he  failed  to  get 
informed  consent,  the  woman’s  lawyer  said  yesterday. 
The  47-year-old  woman  contended  that  an  operation 
performed  in  1977  by  the  defendant  physician  resulted 
in  the  loss  of  her  health  and  job  and  made  her  totally 
dependent  on  others.  She  had  worked  for  the  city's 


*This  item  from  the  Department  of  Professional  Liability  Con- 
trol, MSNJ.  was  prepared  by  James  E.  George,  M.D.,  J.D.,  and 
A.  Ronald  Rouse  who  are,  respectively,  Director  of  the  Depart- 
ment and  Director  of  Special  Projects. 


837 


Department  of  Social  Services  and  was  earning 
$12,500  a.  year.  A Bronx  jury  of  three  men  and  three 
women  said  they  found  no  malpractice  or  professional 
negligence  by  the  defendant  physician,  a gynecologist. 
But  they  ruled  that  he  had  failed  to  make  the  plaintiff 
aware  enough  of  the  possible  alternatives  and  out- 
comes to  obtain  her  informed  consent  to  perform  the 
operation.  ( The  New  York  Times,  February  22,  1984) 

MALPRACTICE:  WHERE  LITIGATION  SPAWNS 

It  is  no  surprise  that  most  medical  malpractice  ac- 
tions against  physicians  stem  from  incidents  in  hospi- 
tals (Table);  only  one  in  five  originates  in  offices.  But 
a current  study  by  a leading  liability  insurer  identifies 
a new  trouble  spot:  ambulatoiy  surgicenters.  Though 
such  claims  account  for  less  than  1 percent  of  those 
filed,  they  rank  fourth  in  average  cost  per  claim.  ( Medi- 
cal Economics,  May  28,  1984) 

DID  YOU  KNOW  . . . 

Two  in  five  doctors  surveyed  recently  by  the  AMA  say 
they’re  ordering  more  diagnostic  tests  than  they  did 
five  years  ago,  and  nearly  half  have  increased  referrals 
to  other  physicians?  The  AMA  estimates  that  the  an- 
nual tab  for  defensive  medicine  has  grown  to  $15.1 
billion,  more  than  the  total  malpractice  judgments 
against  physicians  last  year.  (Medical  Economics, 
April  2,  1984) 

Florida’s  physician-owned  malpractice  insurer  suf- 
fered a net  operating  loss  of  $8.5  million  last  year,  a 
precipitious  drop  after  the  $4.6  million  it  lost  in  1982 
and  the  relatively  modest  deficit  of  $113,000  in  1981? 
As  a result,  physicians  are  getting  socked  with  a 30 
percent  increase  in  premiums  for  the  third  year  in  a 
row.  The  average  cost  of  the  cases  settled  by  the  insurer 
in  1983  was  a whopping  $198,000.  ( Medical  Econ- 
omics, April  2,  1984) 


I 

TABLE 

Where  Malpractice  Claims  Are  Most  Apt  to  Arise* 


Location 

Percentage 

Average  coi 

$35,324 

Hospital  operating  room 

32.3 

Physician’s  office 

18.0 

25,260 

Hospital  emergency  room 

12.3 

24,836 

Hospital  patient-care  area 

11.8 

37,565 

Hospital  obstetrics  units 

8.2 

64,364 

Clinic 

7.9 

21,053 

Hospital — other  areas 

5.3% 

23,685 

Hospital  outpatient 

surgery 

1.0 

14,815 

Surgicenters 

0.8 

29,334 

Other  locations 

2.4 

‘Based  on  claims  filed  in  1983.  Source:  St.  Paul  Fire  ai 
Marine  Insurance  Co. 


Insurers  in  Wisconsin  want  to  increase  liabi 
premiums  by  an  average  50  percent  this  year?  If 
increases  are  approved,  premiums  for  neurosurge< 
would  jump  from  $17,295  a year  to  $25,096;  ob/g 
from  $9,431  to  $16,730;  and  gps/fps,  the  lowest  r 
category,  from  $1,528  to  $2,323  ayear?  The  state  m( 
cal  society  is  countering  by  backing  a malpractice 
form  plan  that  includes  sanctions  against  “repeat 
fenders,”  forcing  carriers  to  prepare  adequate  defen 
for  physicians,  a cap  on  pain  and  suffering  awards, 
restructuring  of  award  payments,  and  the  eliminat 
of  duplicate  compensation.  (Medical  Economics,  A] 
16,  1984) 


838 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF 


>NJ  Members  . . . 

? has  never  been  a better  time  to  improve  your  Keogh  and  Corporate  Retirement  Plans 


h Care  Consulting,  Inc.  (HCC),  primary 
te  of  THE  HEALTH  CARE  GROUP,  and 
ledical  Society  of  New  Jersey  introduce 
ely  program  for  individually  designed 
ment  plans — 

drafted  exclusively  for  physicians’ 
aractice  needs 

containing  more  than  30  comprehen- 
sive, frequently  overlooked  features 
nvaluable  to  medical  practices 

complying  with  TEFRA  as  you  must  in 
1984 

blowing  the  same  physicians  directed 
nvestment  choices  for  incorporated  and 
jnincorporated  practices 

md  providing  innovative  Ongoing  Plan 
Service — accessibility  to  consultation  and 
idvice,  routine  amendments  and  our 
exclusive  Retirement  Planning 
slewsletter 


i PICAL 
1 P9 oety 

— OF  NEW  JERSEY 

EXECUTIVE  OFFICE'S  n r 

IPHONE  609-896-1766 

eQr  FeIl°w  Member:  September,  j 984 

n” hr 

”“c" 

:y;e  importantly  ^ must  '*  1984 

— — 

" corporate  prototype  pZs  ***  Vestments  - Wtvt„ 

,n  the  thoughtful  H ~ Un'ncorP°rated  Keogh*?  While 

Health  Care  descriptive  material  . ^ members 

haor,  _ '~oriSUltinn  . ..  OVOlInhln  ** 


* thoughtful  d ' "S  ~ ^^:ad\ToT^ 

Health  Care  r„  descriptive  material  9*  members 


&rar  - - -pii:  r:::f  ■ s& 

y™mf0rmati™™  you  evaluate  your  retirement 


NEM:gsl 

Enclosure 


'Money  purchase,  profit-^  ■ 

* efc-; 

1 «**■ 


Sincere  Ly, 

^airman  cTmChi°ne’  M'D- 


s a pivotal  year  for  retirement  planning,  with  the  challenges  presented  by  TEFRA  and  the 
rtunity  for  individually  drafted  plans.  ' 


is  extremely  pleased  to  work  with  MSNJ  and  has  prepared  informative  material  on 

ement  planning  under  TEFRA,”  'comprehensive  plan  features,”  and  a "checklist  to  review 
plans,”  available  by  phoning  toll-free  or  writing  — 


Care  Group 

Society  of  New  Jersey/ 
are  Consulting,  Inc. 

: HEALTH  CARE  CROUP 
Imont  Avenue 


Inwyd,  PA  19004 
41-0737 
7-2468 


Name  _ 
Address 


Phone  

Unincorporated  □ Incorporated  □ Fiscal  year  ends 


)L.  81— NUMBER  10— OCTOBER  1984 


839 


Consider  the 
causative  organisms... 


jl 


250-mg  Pulvulest.i.d. 

offers  effectiveness  against 
the  major  causes  of  bacterial  bronchitis 

H.  influenzae,  H.  influenzae,  S.  pneumoniae,  S.  pyogenes 

(ampicillin-susceptible)  (ampicillin-resistant) 


Brief  Summary  Consult  the  package  literature  for  prescribing 
information 

Indications  and  Usage:  Ceclor"  (cefaclor,  Lilly)  is  indicated  in  the 
treatment  of  the  following  infections  when  caused  by  susceptible 
strains  of  the  designated  microorganisms 

Lower  respiratory  infections,  including  pneumonia  caused  by 
Streptococcus  pneumoniae  (Diplococcus  pneumoniae).  Haemoph- 
ilus influenzae,  and  S pyogenes  (group  A beta-hemolytic 
streptococci) 

Appropriate  culture  and  susceptibility  studies  should  be 
performed  to  determine  susceptibility  of  the  causative  organism 
to  Ceclor 

Contraindication:  Ceclor  is  contraindicated  in  patients  with  known 
allergy  to  the  cephalosporin  group  of  antibiotics. 

Warnings:  IN  PENICILLIN-SENSITIVE  PATIENTS,  CEPHALO- 
SPORIN ANTIBIOTICS  SHOULD  BE  ADMINISTERED  CAUTIOUSLY 
THERE  IS  CLINICAL  AND  LABORATORY  EVIDENCE  OF  PARTIAL 
CROSS-ALLERGENICITY  OF  THE  PENICILLINS  AND  THE 
CEPHALOSPORINS,  AND  THERE  ARE  INSTANCES  IN  WHICH 
PATIENTS  HAVE  HAD  REACTIONS,  INCLUDING  ANAPHYLAXIS, 
TO  BOTH  DRUG  CLASSES 

Antibiotics,  including  Ceclor,  should  be  administered  cautiously 
to  any  patient  who  has  demonstrated  some  form  of  allergy, 
particularly  to  drugs. 

Pseudomembranous  colitis  has  been  reported  with  virtually  all 
broad-spectrum  antibiotics  (including  macrolides,  semisynthetic 
penicillins,  and  cephalosporins);  therefore,  it  is  important  to 
consider  its  diagnosis  in  patients  who  develop  diarrhea  in 
association  with  the  use  of  antibiotics  Such  colitis  may  range  in 
severity  from  mild  to  life-threatening 

Treatment  with  broad-spectrum  antibiotics  alters  the  normal 
flora  of  the  colon  and  may  permit  overgrowth  of  Clostridia.  Studies 
indicate  that  a toxin  produced  by  Clostridium  difficile  is  one 
primary  cause  of  antibiotic-associated  colitis. 

Mild  cases  of  pseudomembranous  colitis  usually  respond  to 
drug  discontinuance  alone  In  moderate  to  severe  cases,  manage- 


ment should  include  sigmoidoscopy,  appropriate  bacteriologic 
studies,  and  fluid,  electrolyte,  and  protein  supplementation. 
When  the  colitis  does  not  improve  after  the  drug  has  been 
discontinued,  or  when  it  is  severe,  oral  vancomycin  is  the  drug 
of  choice  for  antibiotic-associated  pseudomembranous  colitis 
produced  by  C.  difficile  Other  causes  of  colitis  should  be 
ruled  out. 

Precautions  General  Precautions  — If  an  allergic  reaction  to 
Ceclor"  (cefaclor,  Lilly)  occurs,  the  drug  should  be  discontinued, 
and,  if  necessary,  the  patient  should  be  treated  with  appropriate 
agents,  eg,  pressor  amines,  antihistamines,  or  corticosteroids. 

Prolonged  use  of  Ceclor  may  result  in  the  overgrowth  of 
nonsusceptible  organisms  Careful  observation  of  the  patient  is 
essential  If  superinfection  occurs  during  therapy,  appropriate 
measures  should  be  taken 

Positive  direct  Coombs'  tests  have  been  reported  during  treat- 
ment with  the  cephalosporin  antibiotics  In  hematologic  studies 
or  in  transfusion  cross-matching  procedures  when  antiglobulin 
tests  are  performed  on  the  minor  side  or  in  Coombs'  testing  of 
newborns  whose  mothers  have  received  cephalosporin  antibiotics 
before  parturition,  it  should  be  recognized  that  a positive 
Coombs'  test  may  be  due  to  the  drug 

Ceclor  should  be  administered  with  caution  in  the  presence  of 
markedly  impaired  renal  function  Under  such  conditions,  careful 
clinical  observation  and  laboratory  studies  should  be  made 
because  safe  dosage  may  be  lower  than  that  usually  recommended 

As  a result  of  administration  of  Ceclor,  a false-positive  reaction 
for  glucose  in  the  urine  may  occur  This  has  been  observed  with 
Benedict's  and  Fehling's  solutions  and  also  with  Clinitest" 
tablets  but  not  with  Tes-Tape*  (Glucose  Enzymatic  Test  Strip, 
USP,  Lilly) 

Broad-spectrum  antibiotics  should  be  prescribed  with  caution  in 
individuals  with  a history  of  gastrointestinal  disease,  particularly 
colitis. 

Usage  in  Pregnancy  - Pregnancy  Category  B - Reproduction 
studies  have  been  performed  in  mice  and  rats  at  doses  up  to  12 
times  the  human  dose  and  in  ferrets  given  three  times  the  maximum 


human  dose  and  have  revealed  no  evidence  of  impaired  fertility 
or  harm  to  the  fetus  due  to  Ceclor  " (cefaclor.  Lilly).  There  are, 
however,  no  adequate  and  well-controlled  studies  in  pregnant 
women  Because  animal  reproduction  studies  are  not  always 
predictive  of  human  response,  this  drug  should  be  used  during 
pregnancy  only  if  clearly  needed. 

Nursing  Mothers  - Small  amounts  of  Ceclor  have  been  detected 
in  mother's  milk  following  administration  of  single  500-mg  doses 
Average  levels  were  0 18,  0.20,  0.21,  and  0.16  mcg/ml  at  two, 
three,  four,  and  five  hours  respectively.  Trace  amounts  were 
detected  at  one  hour  The  effect  on  nursing  infants  is  not  known 
Caution  should  be  exercised  when  Ceclor  is- administered  to  a 
nursing  woman 

Usage  in  Children  - Safety  and  effectiveness  of  this  product  for 
use  in  infants  less  than  one  month  of  age  have  not  been  established 
Adverse  Reactions  Adverse  effects  considered  related  to  therapy 
with  Ceclor  are  uncommon  and  are  listed  below 

Gastrointestinal  symptoms  occur  in  about  2 5 percent  of 
patients  and  include  diarrhea  (1  in  70). 

Symptoms  of  pseudomembranous  colitis  may  appear  either 
during  or  after  antibiotic  treatment  Nausea  and  vomiting  have 
been  reported  rarely 

Hypersensitivity  reactions  have  been  reported  in  about  1 5 
percent  of  patients  and  include  morbiliform  eruptions  (1  in  100) 
Pruritus,  urticaria,  and  positive  Coombs'  tests  each  occur  in  less 
than  1 in  200  patients  Cases  of  serum-sickness-like  reactions 
(erythema  multiforme  or  the  above  skin  manifestations  accompanied 
by  arthritis/arthralgia  and,  frequently,  fever)  have  been  reported 
These  reactions  are  apparently  due  to  hypersensitivity  and  have 
usually  occurred  during  or  following  a second  course  of  therapy 
with  Ceclor  Such  reactions  have  been  reported  more  frequently 
in  children  than  in  adults  Signs  and  symptoms  usually  occur  a few 
days  after  initiation  of  therapy  and  subside  within  a few  days 
after  cessation  of  therapy  No  serious  sequelae  have  been  reported 
Antihistamines  and  corticosteroids  appear  to  enhance  resolution 
of  the  syndrome 

Cases  of  anaphylaxis  have  been  reported,  half  of  which  have 


occurred  in  patients  with  a history  of  penicillin  allerg 
Other  effects  considered  related  to  therapy  includi 
eosinophilia  (1  in  50  patients)  and  genital  pruritus  or 
(less  than  1 in  100  patients). 

Causal  Relationship  Uncertain  - Transitory  abnorn 
clinical  laboratory  test  results  have  been  reported.  All] 
were  of  uncertain  etiology,  they  are  listed  below  to  si 
alerting  information  for  the  physician 
Hepatic  - Slight  elevations  in  SGOT.  SGPT,  or  alk? 
phosphatase  values  (1  in  40) 

Hematopoietic  - transient  fluctuations  in  leukocyi 
predominantly  lymphocytosis  occurring  in  infants  and* 
children  (1  in  40) 

Renal-  Slight  elevations  in  BUN  or  serum  creatinine 
1 in  500)  or  abnormal  urinalysis  (less  than  1 in  200). 


Note  Ceclor"  (cefaclor,  Lilly)  is  contraindicated  in  p; 
with  known  allergy  to  the  cephalosporins  and  should 
cautiously  to  penicillin-allergic  patients 
Penicillin  is  the  usual  drug  of  choice  in  the  treatin'  ] 
prevention  of  streptococcal  infections,  including  the  i 
of  rheumatic  fever  See  prescribing  information 
©1984,  ELI  LILLY  AND  COMPANY 


Additional  information  available 
the  profession  on  request  from 
Eli  Lilly  and  Company. 
Indianapolis.  Indiana  46285 
Eli  Lilly  Industries,  Inc 
Carolina,  Puerto  Rico  00630 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS 


840 


Editorial 

The  Rising  Cost  of 
Medical  Care 


The  cost  of  health  care  has  preoccupied 
individual  physicians,  organized 
medicine,  government,  labor, 
management,  health  economists,  and 
patients.  This  complex  issue  will  be 
discussed  in  future  editorials. 


At  their  March  18,  1984,  meeting, 
the  Board  of  Trustees  approved 
a recommendation  of  the  Coun- 
|l  on  Public  Relations  to  direct  the  Editor  of  The 
h> umal  to  write  (or  have  written)  a series  of  editorials 
'll  that  subject  which  has  preoccupied  individual  phy- 
Jans,  organized  medicine,  government,  labor,  man- 
(ement,  health  economists,  and,  above  all,  patients— 
e cost  of  health  care  to  the  individual  and  to  the 
lition.  Grappling  with  this  topic  hypothetically  and 
agmatically  is  a bit  like  explaining  a Jackson  Pollock 
■ istract  painting  or  a Milton  Babbitt  composition 
ised  on  the  12-tone  musical  scale  to  a group  of 
terested  but  uninformed  sixth  graders.  Or,  it  may  be 
Skened  to  the  proverbial  elephant  (health  care  cost) 

1 ing  described  by  six  blind  men  (medicine,  govem- 
ent,  consumers,  management,  labor,  and  econo- 
ists)  (Figure). 

At  the  outset,  one  must  admit  that  the  subject  is 
1 mplex  and  growing.  Simplistic  solutions  such  as  fix- 
g physician  fees,  prospective  hospital  payment  under 
Diagnosis  Related  Group  (DRG)  scheme,  rationing  of 
■alth  care,  interdicting  the  availability  and  utilization 
• expensive  and  complex  technological  equipment,  or 
en  a combination  of  these  and  other  unthought  of 
•tions,  are  not  likely  to  unfurrow  the  nation’s  brow, 
ke  the  shadow  target  of  the  boxer  during  a condition- 
ig  workout,  the  subject  keeps  changing,  bobbing,  and 

)L.  81— NUMBER  10— OCTOBER  1984 


weaving,  growing  larger  and  then  smaller;  the  shadowy 
opponent  always  stays  on  his  feet  until  the  lights  go 
off.  It  is  unalterably  true  that  the  health  care  cost 
elephant  is  not  going  to  go  away,  and  that  the  six  blind 
men  never  may  be  able  to  “see”  the  whole  beast.  Never- 
theless, by  mandate  and  in  an  attempt  to  be  relevant, 
The  Journal  will  take  a crack  at  the  subject. 

We  readily  admit  that  these  pieces  are  being  written 
for  the  wrong  audience.  Most  physicians  will  read 
them  and  say,  “I  know  that!”  and  they  probably  will 
know  “that”  and  a lot  more.  The  patient— the  “con- 
sumer” as  the  economist  likes  to  call  him,  or  the 
“client”  as  the  social  worker  says — should  be  reading 
these  editorials.  Short  of  that,  practitioners  may  or- 
ganize their  ideas  and  discuss  them  calmly  and  ration- 
ally with  their  patients,  their  friends,  their  state  and 
national  representatives  (when  possible),  and  their 
own  providers  of  goods  and  services. 

Why  are  medical  costs  rising?  That  is  not  a difficult 
question  to  answer,  as  long  as  one  can  provide  a long 
and  intertwining  answer.  Do  medical  costs  differ  from 
the  costs  of  bread,  computers,  a ticket  to  the  World 
Series,  or  a Michael  Jackson  concert?  You’re  dam 
tootin’  they  do! 

There  are  many  factors  which  one  can  tick  off  and 
I intend  to  do  just  that,  but  one  I shall  not  dwell  on 
is  fundamental  and  that  is  the  spirit  of  freedom  of 
choice.  Americans  do  not  like  to  be  told  they  can’t  have 
this,  or  they  must  do  that.  They  do  not  like  to  queue 
up  for  anything  (especially  left-over  cheese  that  their 
government  is  tiying  to  pawn  off  on  them  for  a few 
votes).  Scientists  and  biomedical  engineers  do  not 
want  to  be  told  they  should  not  dream  up  a better 
mousetrap.  Physicians  hate  being  told  they  must 
prescribe  a generic  drug- especially  when  its  pharma- 
cokinetics are  unclear.  American  politicians  with  cor- 
onary artery  disease  want  that  quadruple  bypass,  but 
grumble  that  170,000  such  operations  were  performed 
last  year  in  the  United  States  at  a cost  of  more  than 
$3  billion.  Who  is  to  get  the  bypass,  the  organ  trans- 
plant, the  ICU  care,  the  pacemaker,  or  the  hundreds 
of  other  expensive  treatments,  devices,  and  studies 
which  are  commonplace  in  this  America? 

The  definable  contributing  forces  to  health  care  cost 
can  be  considered  as  a kind  of  laundiy  list,  which 


Figure — The  health  care  cost  elephant.  Credit:  JAK/’84. 


841 


obviously  needs  intensive  dissection  in  future  edi- 
torials (these  will  not  be  listed  in  order  of  importance): 

1.  Inflation.  Inflation  is  the  reason  a good  5<£  cup 
of  coffee  now  costs  50<t.  It  is  a complex  economic  sub- 
ject which  U.S.  presidents  like  to  blame  on  previous 
administrations.  It  has  to  do  with  undue  expansion  of 
currency  by  the  issuing  of  paper  money,  which  govern- 
ments then  like  to  take  back  by  taxation  and  borrow- 
ing at  the  expense  of  future  generations.  It  is  as- 
sociated with  runaway  prices  and  runaway  credit.  Is- 
rael’s three-figure  inflation  is  among  the  highest  in  the 
world,  but  high  single-digit  inflation  in  the  United 
States  is  not  a comfort  to  those  on  fixed  incomes, 
whether  they  are  pensioners  or  hospitals  on  DRG. 

2.  Technology.  Science  and  research  are  the  quest 
for  truth.  Biomedical  engineers,  basic  scientists,  and 
clinical  researchers  are  bound  to  make  discoveries 
which  enhance  the  potential  for  a better  life.  America 
is  the  world  frontier  for  the  development  of  remarkable 
equipment,  pharmaceuticals,  and  other  technological 
advances — and  should  remain  so. 

3.  Government  Factors.  The  contribution  of  gov- 
ernment dollars  to  medical  and  scientific  education 
and  research  represents  a major  investment.  However, 
the  cost  of  government  regulation  of  the  health  indus- 
try also  is  a preponderant  part  of  the  nation’s  health 
care  costs.  This  cannot  be  overemphasized. 

4.  Consumer  Factors.  The  patient,  as  well  as  the 
ordinary  citizen  who  simply  is  growing  older,  con- 
tributes a great  deal  to  the  nation’s  medical  costs. 
Intrinsic  diseases,  such  as  diabetes,  cause  an  obliga- 
tory expenditure  of  treatment  dollars,  but  add  the  fac- 
tor of  lost  wages.  The  cost  of  drugs  and  the  excessive 
demand  for  services  are  major  factors  which,  to  some 
extent,  are  patient  controlled. 

5.  Professional  Factors.  The  physician  has  been 
labeled  the  “gatekeeper”  for  health  care  services,  and 
thus  has  been  identified  as  a source  of  the  problem 
of  high  cost.  Fees  are  obvious,  but  the  peripheral  costs 
which  include  professional  liability  expenditures  and 
continuing  medical  education  also  must  be  factored. 
Not  to  be  forgotten  are  costs  engendered  outside  the 


physician’s  control  by  paraprofessionals  and  others 
6.  Lifestyle.  It  is  unquestionable  that  America', 


modem  lifestyle  possibly  is  the  largest  factor.  Tobaccc 
alcohol,  and  substance  abuse,  directly  and  indirectl; 
eat  up  many  billions  of  dollars.  Failure  to  use  aut 
seatbelts,  the  simple  dominance  of  the  auto  and  th 
motorcycle  in  American  life,  the  sedentary  existeno 
and  nutrition  abuse  leading  to  obesity  must  be  fa< 
tored  in  as  well. 

7.  Psychosocial  Factors.  Americans  believe  they  ai 
entitled  to  the  good  life,  and  this  includes  good  healtl 
Television  has  shown  that  the  28-minute  cure  (leavin 
time  for  commercials)  should  be  the  norm  for  mos 
serious  diseases,  and  much  less  for  ordinary  ones.  Th 
roles  of  stress  to  the  ordinary  citizen  and  the  costs  c 
crime  (murder,  suicide,  rape,  and  physical  abuse  to  se 
and  others)  and  other  psychological  and  social  facto: 
are  large. 

8.  Hospital,  Nursing  Home,  and  Home  Care  Cost 

What  do  you  do  with  the  sick,  the  elderly,  those  wh 
cannot  care  for  themselves,  or  who  need  care  whic 
only  can  be  provided  in  an  institutional  setting?  Th! 
answers  are  obvious,  but  that  does  not  mitigate  th 
costs,  which  are  gigantic  and  growing.  Simple,  th 
solution  is  not — for  the  hospital  is  the  recipient  of  th 
problems  engendered  by  all  of  the  above. 

9.  Public  Health  Costs.  The  State  Department  c 
Health  and  Human  Services — and  their  federal  healt 
agency  equivalents— are  responsible  for  a great  deal  ( 
the  health  dollar  expenditure.  A close  look  at  thes 
areas  is  as  essential  as  all  the  rest. 

So  what  can  be  said  about  health  care  costs?  Is  th 
patient  responsible?  Yes.  Is  government  responsible 
Yes.  Is  the  physician  the  gatekeeper?  Yes.  Is  lifesty! 
a factor?  Yes.  Is  science  responsible?  Yes.  Is  inflatio 
a problem?  Absolutely.  Are  hospitals,  nursing  home: 
and  psychological  and  social  factors  contributory?  Cei 
tainly. 

We  will  explore  each  of  these  areas,  which  has  bee| 
touched  on  ever  so  briefly,  in  future  editorials.  In  th, 
meantime,  as  the  man  used  to  say,  don’t  touch  thcj  l 
dial!  AT 


842 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


IDITORIAL 


Dr.  John  F.  Kustrup 
1907-1984 


John  Francis  Kustrup,  Sr.,  M.D.,  was 
the  1 7 6th  president  of  the  Medicial 
Society  of  New  Jersey.  He  died  on  July 
5,  1984. 

; 

j 


We  have  lost  a fine  surgeon,  a con- 
cerned and  caring  physician,  a 
humanitarian,  and  a good 
i nd.  John  Kustrup  was  a household  name  among 
i irge  segment  of  Mercer  County  and  central  New 
I sey  residents  who  were  his  devoted  patients,  and 
ijo  spoke  of  him  with  near- reverence, 
til  soft  voice,  a contagious  smile,  a gentle  good  humor, 
ul  twinkling  eyes  were  his  trademarks.  Colleagues 
s]  ke  with  great  respect  and  affection  for  John 
< drup. 

jom  in  Trenton  in  1907,  John  studied  medicine  at 
j >rgetown  University  Medical  School  and  graduated 
u930.  He  interned  at  St.  Francis  Hospital  where  he 
ar  served  as  director  and  chief  of  surgery.  He  fulfilled 
i argical  residency  at  the  Delaware  Memorial  Hospi- 
c Wilmington,  and  did  graduate  work  at  the  Gradu- 
School  of  Medicine,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
t his  peak.  Dr.  Kustrup  was  elected  President  of 
■1 NJ  in  1968,  after  having  served  the  Mercer  County 
iical  Society,  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey,  and 

i 81— NUMBER  10— OCTOBER  1984 


the  AMA  in  numerous  important  capacities  including 
Fellow,  Officer,  and  AMA  Delegate.  His  professional  ac- 
complishments included  fellowship  in  the  American 
College  of  Surgeons  and  the  International  College  of 
Surgeons,  and  multiple  hospital  appointments. 

Dr.  Kustrup  enjoyed  telling  anecdotes  about  himself 
and  his  local  colleagues  who  competed  for  house  calls 
in  the  impecunious  days  of  the  Depression,  which  were 
so  difficult  for  new  medical  graduates.  His  greatest 
prides  were  his  two  sons,  John  F.  Kustrup,  Jr.,  a sur- 
geon, and  William  J.  Kustrup,  an  ophthalmologist,  both 
of  whom  are  active  members  of  the  Mercer  County  and 
State  Medical  Societies. 

John  F.  Kustrup  is  survived  by  his  wife,  the  former 
Eva  H.  Williams,  his  daughter,  Elizabeth  Kustrup 
Sheahan,  and  his  two  sons.  He  was  honored  with 
MSNJ’s  Golden  Merit  Award  for  50  years  of  medical 
service  to  his  community  in  1980. 

Fine  physicians  like  John  F.  Kustrup  do  not  die,  for 
they  live  on  in  the  hearts  of  those  they  leave  behind. 

AK 


843 


Protection 
th  Benefits 
a Lifetime 


ONCE-DAILY  CONTROL 
WITH  HEART-SAVING  BENEFITS 

By  reducing  heart  rate  and  cardiac  contractility,  INDERAL  LA  helps 
protect  the  heart  from  the  potentially  serious  and  debilitating 
consequences  of  ischemia.  A highly  effective  antianginal  agent  for 
around-the-clock  control  of  symptoms,  INDERAL  LA  also  provides 
cardiovascular  protection  for  a sense  of  security  in  the  years  ahead. 

PROTECTION  AND  EXPERIENCE 
NO  CALCIUM  BLOCKER  CAN  MATCH 

Unlike  calcium  blockers,  INDERAL  LA— either  alone  or  with  a 
nitrate — is  recommended  for  early  treatment  of  angina  in  the 
majority  of  patients.  Equally  important,  INDERAL  LA  delivers  the 
proven  performance  and  safety  profile  of  INDERAL  tablets— 
confirmed  by  millions  of  patients  during  16  years  of  clinical  use. 

START  WITH  80  MG  ONCE  DAILY 

Dosage  may  be  increased  to  160  mg  once  daily,  as  needed,  to 
hieve  optimal  control.  INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  used  in  congestive 
eart  failure,  sinus  bradycardia,  cardiogenic  shock,  heart  block  greater 
than  first  degree,  and  bronchial  asthma.  Please  see  next  page  for 
further  details  and  brief  summary  of  prescribing  information. 


ONCE-DAILY 


LONG  ACTING 
CAPSULES 


The  appearance  ol 
INDERAl  I A 


Ayerst 


capsules  is  a registered 
trademark  ot 
Ayerst  L aboratories 


ONCE-DAILY 


JUST  ONCE  EACH  DAY 
FOR  SIMPLIFIED  CORE  , 

THERAPY  IN  ANGINA  (PROPRANOLOL  HCI) 


INDERAL  LA  -i 


LONG  ACTING 
CAPSULES 


£ 

s 

V 

V 

v 

80 

120 

160 

mg 

mg 

mg 

I 


i 


BRIEF  SUMMARY  (FOR  FULL  PRESCRIBING  INFORMATION.  SEE  PACKAGE  CIRCULAR  ) 
INDERAL  LA  brand  of  propranolol  hydrochloride  (Long  Acting  Capsules) 
DESCRIPTION.  Inderal  LA  is  formulated  to  provide  a sustained  release  of  propranolol 
hydrochloride  Inderal  LA  is  available  as  80  mg,  120  mg,  and  160  mg  capsules. 

CLINICAL  PHARMACOLOGY.  INDERAL  is  a nonselective  beta-adrenergic  receptor 
blocking  agent  possessing  no  other  autonomic  nervous  system  activity.  It  specifically  com- 
petes with  beta-adrenergic  receptor  stimulating  agents  for  available  receptor  sites.  When 
access  to  beta-receptor  sites  is  blocked  by  INDERAL,  the  chronotropic,  inotropic,  and 
vasodilator  responses  to  beta-adrenergic  stimulation  are  decreased  proportionately. 

INDERAL  LA  Capsules  (80, 120,  and  160  mg)  release  propranolol  HCI  at  a controlled  and 
predictable  rate.  Peak  blood  levels  following  dosing  with  INDERAL  LA  occur  at  about  6 hours 
and  the  apparent  plasma  half-life  is  about  10  hours  When  measured  at  steady  state  over  a 24- 
hour  period  the  areas  under  the  propranolol  plasma  concentration-time  curve  (AUCs)  for  the 
capsules  are  approximately  60%  to  65%  of  the  AUCs  for  a comparable  divided  daily  dose  of 
INDERAL  tablets  The  lower  AUCs  for  the  capsules  are  due  to  greater  hepatic  metabolism  of 
propranolol,  resulting  from  the  slower  rateot  absorption  of  propranolol.  Over  a twenty-four  (24) 
hour  period,  blood  levels  are  fairly  constant  for  about  twelve  (12)  hours  then  decline 
exponentially 

INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  considered  a simple  mg  for  mg  substitute  for  conventional 
propranolol  and  the  blood  levels  achieved  do  not  match  (are  lower  than)  those  of  two  to  four 
times  daily  dosing  with  the  same  dose.  When  changing  to  INDERAL  LA  from  conventional 
propranolol,  a possible  need  for  retitration  upwards  should  be  considered  especially  to 
maintain  effectiveness  at  the  end  of  the  dosing  interval.  In  most  clinical  settings,  however, 
such  as  hypertension  or  angina  where  there  Is  little  correlation  between  plasma  levels  and 
clinical  effect,  INDERAL  LA  has  been  therapeutically  equivalent  to  the  same  mg  dose  of 
conventional  INDERAL  as  assessed  by  24-hour  effects  on  blood  pressure  and  on  24-hour 
exercise  responses  of  heart  rate,  systolic  pressure  and  rate  pressure  product.  INDERAL  LA 
can  provide  effective  beta  blockade  for  a 24-hour  period. 

The  mechanism  of  the  antihypertensive  effect  of  INDERAL  has  not  been  established. 
Among  the  factors  that  may  be  involved  in  contributing  to  the  antihypertensive  action  are  (1) 
decreased  cardiac  output,  (2)  inhibition  of  renin  release  by  the  kidneys,  and  (3)  diminution  of 
tonic  sympathetic  nerve  outflow  from  vasomotor  centers  in  the  brain.  Although  total  peripheral 
resistance  may  increase  initially,  it  read|usts  to  or  below  the  pretreatment  level  with  chronic 
use.  Effects  on  plasma  volume  appear  to  be  minor  and  somewhat  variable.  INDERAL  has 
been  shown  to  cause  a small  increase  in  serum  potassium  concentration  when  used  in  the 
treatment  of  hypertensive  patients. 

In  angina  pectoris,  propranolol  generally  reduces  the  oxygen  requirement  of  the  heart  at 
any  given  level  of  effort  by  blocking  the  catecholamine-induced  increases  in  the  heart  rate, 
systolic  blood  pressure,  and  the  velocity  and  extent  of  myocardial  contraction  Propranolol 
may  increase  oxygen  requirements  by  increasing  left  ventricular  fiber  length,  end  diastolic;  , 
pressure  and  systolic  election  period  The  net  physiologic  effect  of  beta-adrenergic  blockade 
is  usually  advantageous  and  is  manifested  during  exercise  by  delayed  onset  of  pain  and 
increased  work  capacity. 

In  dosages  greater  than  required  for  beta  blockade,  INDERAL  also  exerts  a quimdine-like 
or  anesthetic-like  membrane  action  which  affects  the  cardiac  action  potential  The  signifi- 
cance of  the  membrane  action  in  the  treatment  of  arrhythmias  is  uncertain 

The  mechanism  of  the  antimigraine  effect  of  propranolol  has  not  been  established  Beta- 
adrenergic  receptors  have  been  demonstrated  in  the  plat  vessels  of  the  brain. 

Beta  receptor  blockade  can  be  useful  in  conditions  in  which,  because  of  pathologic  or 
functional  changes,  sympathetic  activity  is  detrimental  to  the  patient  But  there  are  also 
situations  in  which  sympathetic  stimulation  is  vital.  For"  example!' "in  patients  with  Severely 
damaged  hearts,  adequate  ventricular  function  is  maintained  by  virtue  of  sympathetic  drive 
which  should  be  preserved.  In  the  presence  of  AV  block,  greater  than  first  degree,  beta 
blockade  may  prevent  the  necessary  facilitating  effect  of  sympathetic  activity  on  conduction. 
Beta  blockade  results  in  bronchial  constriction  by  interfering  with  adrenergic  bronchodilator 
activity  which  should  be  preserved  in  patients  sub|ect  to  bronchospasm. 

Propranolol  is  not  significantly  dialyzable 

INDICATIONS  AND  USAGE.  Hypertension:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  in  the  manage- 
ment of  hypertension;  it  may  be  used  alone  or  used  in  combination  with  other  antihypertensive 
agents,  particularly  a thiazide  diuretic.  INDERAL  LA  is  not  indicated  in  the  management  of 
hypertensive  emergencies. 

Angina  Pectoris  Due  to  Coronary  Atherosclerosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated 
for  the  long-term  management  of  patients  with  angina  pectoris. 

Migraine:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  for  the  prophylaxis  of  common  migraine  headache 
The  efficacy  of  propranolol  in  the  treatment  of  a migraine  attack  that  has  started  has  not  been 
established  and  propranolol  is  not  indicated  for  such  use. 

Hypertrophic  Subaortic  Stenosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  useful  in  the  management  of 
hypertrophic  subaortic  stenosis,  especially  for  treatment  of  exertional  or  other  stress-induced 
angina,  palpitations,  and  syncope.  INDERAL  LA  also  improves  exercise  performance.  The 
effectiveness  of  propranolol  hydrochloride  in  this  disease  appears  to  be  due  to  a reduction  of 
the  elevated  outflow  pressure  gradient  which  is  exacerbated  by  beta-receptor  stimulation. 
Clinical  improvement  may  be  temporary. 

CONTRAINDICATIONS.  INDERAL  is  contraindicated  in  1)  cardiogenic  shock;  2)  sinus 
bradycardia  and  greater  than  first  degree  block;  3)  bronchial  asthma;  4)  congestive  heart 
failure  (see  WARNINGS)  unless  the  failure  is  secondary  to  a tachyarrhythmia  treatable  with 
INDERAL 

WARNINGS.  CARDIAC  FAILURE;  Sympathetic  stimulation  may  be  a vital  component  sup- 
porting circulatory  function  in  patients  with  congestive  heart  failure,  and  its  inhibition  by  beta 
blockade  may  precipitate  more  severe  failure.  Although  beta  blockers  should  be  avoided  in 
overt  congestive  heart  failure,  if  necessary,  they  can  be  used  with  close  follow-up  in  patients 
with  a history  of  failure  who  are  well  compensated  and  are  receiving  digitalis  and  diuretics 
Beta-adrenergic  blocking  agents  do  not  abolish  the  inotropic  action  of  digitalis  on  heart 
muscle. 

IN  PATIENTS  WITHOUT  A HISTORY  OF  HEART  FAILURE,  continued  use  of  beta  blockers 
can,  in  some  cases,  lead  to  cardiac  failure.  Therefore,  at  the  first  sign  or  symptom  of  heart 
failure,  the  patient  should  be  digitalized  and/or  treated  with  diuretics,  and  the  response 
observed  closely,  or  INDERAL  should  be  discontinued  (gradually,  if  possible). 


IN  PATIENTS  WITH  ANGINA  PECTORIS,  there  have  been  reports  of  exacerbation  of 
angina  and,  in  some  cases,  myocardial  infarction,  following  abrupt  discontinuance  of 
INDERAL  therapy.  Therefore,  when  discontinuance  of  INDERAL  is  planned  the  dosage 
should  be  gradually  reduced  over  at  least  a few  weeks,  and  the  patient  should  be 
cautioned  against  interruption  or  cessation  of  therapy  without  the  physician  s advice  If 
INDERAL  therapy  is  interrupted  and  exacerbation  of  angina  occurs,  it  usually  is  advis- 
able to  reinstitute  INDERAL  therapy  and  take  other  measures  appropriate  for  the  man- 
agement of  unstable  angina  pectoris  Since  coronary  artery  disease  may  be 
unrecognized,  it  may  be  prudent  to  follow  the  above  advice  in  patients  considered  at  risk 
of  having  occult  atherosclerotic  heart  disease  who  are  given  propranolol  for  other 
indications. 


Nonallergic  Bronchospasm  (e.g.,  chronic  bronchitis,  emphysema)  — 

PATIENTS  WITH  BRONCHOSPASTIC  DISEASES  SHOULD  IN  GENERAL  NOT  RECEIVE  BETA 
BLOCKERS.  INDERAL  should  be  administered  with  caution  since  it  may  block  bronchodila- 
tion  produced  by  endogenous  and  exogenous  catecholamine  stimulation  of  beta  receptors. 


,i 


MAJOR  SURGERY:  The  necessity  or  desirability  of  withdrawal  of  beta-blocking  tl 
prior  to  ma|or  surgery  is  controversial.  It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  the  impaired  a] 
the  heart  to  respond  to  reflex  adrenergic  stimuli  may  augment  the  risks  of  general  ane| 
and  surgical  procedures. 

INDERAL  (propranolol  HCI),  like  other  beta  blockers,  is  a competitive  inhibitor  oj,s 
receptor  agonists  and  its  effects  can  be  reversed  by  administration  of  such  agentr 
dobutamme  or  isoproterenol.  However,  such  patients  may  be  subject  to  protracted 
hypotension.  Difficulty  in  starting  and  maintaining  the  heartbeat  has  also  been  reported 
beta  blockers 

DIABETES  AND  HYPOGLYCEMIA  Beta-adrenergic  blockade  may  prevent  I 
pearance  of  certain  premonitory  signs  and  symptoms  (pulse  rate  and  pressure  cham; 
acute  hypoglycemia  in  labile  insulin-dependent  diabetes.  In  these  patients,  it  may  be 
difficult  to  adjust  the  dosage  of  insulin 

THYROTOXICOSIS:  Beta  blockade  may  mask  certain  clinical  signs  of  hyperthyre! 
Therefore,  abrupt  withdrawal  of  propranolol  may  be  followed  by  an  exacerbation  of  syrr 
of  hyperthyroidism,  including  thyroid  storm  Propranolol  does  not  distort  thyroid  function 
IN  PATIENTS  WITH  WOLFF-PARKINSON-WHITE  SYNDROME,  several  cases  have 
reported  in  which,  after  propranolol,  the  tachycardia  was  replaced  by  a severe  bradyj 
requiring  a demand  pacemaker  In  one  case  this  resulted  after  an  initial  dose  of  I 
propranolol. 

PRECAUTIONS.  General:  Propranolol  should  be  used  with  caution  in  patients  with  im| 
hepatic  or  renal  function.  INDERAL  is  not  indicated  for  the  treatment  of  hyperti 
emergencies. 

Beta  adrenoreceptor  blockade  can  cause  reduction  of  intraocular  pressure  P 
should  be  told  that  INDERAL  may  interfere  with  the  glaucoma  screening  test.  Withdraw 
lead  to  a return  of  increased  intraocular  pressure. 

Clinical  Laboratory  Tests . Elevated  blood  urea  levels  in  patients  with  severe  heart  di: 
elevated  serum  transaminase,  alkaline  phosphatase,  lactate  dehydrogenase 

DRUG  INTERACTIONS  Patients  receiving  catecholamine-depleting  drugs  such  as 
pine  should  be  closely  observed  if  INDERAL  is  administered.  The  added  catechol 
blocking  action  may  produce  an  excessive  reduction  of  resting  sympathetic  nervous  s 
which  may  result  in  hypotension,  marked  bradycardia,  vertigo,  syncopal  attacks,  ororthi 
hypotension. 

Carcinogenesis,  Mutagenesis.  Impairment  of  Fertility:  Long-term  studies  in  animal;, 
been  conducted  to  evaluate  toxic  effects  and  carcinogenic  potential.  In  18-month  stur 
both  rats  and  mice,  employing  doses  up  to  150  mg/kg/day,  there  was  no  evidence  of  sign 
drug-induced  toxicity  There  were  no  drug-related  tumorigenlc  effects  at  any  of  the  d 
fevefs  Reproductive  studies  in  animals  did  not  show  any  impairment  of  fertility  th 
attributable  to  the  drug 

Pregnancy  Pregnancy  Category  C,  INDERAL  has  been  shown  to  be  embryotc 
animal  studies  at  doses  about  10  times  greater  than  the  maximum  recommended  human 
There  are  no  adequate  and  well-controtted  studies  in  pregnant  women  INDERAL  ; 
be  used  during  pregnancy  only  if  the  potential  benefit  justifies  the  potential  risk  to  the 
Nursing  Mothers  INDERAL  is  excreted  in  human  milk.  Caution  should  be  exercised 
INDERAL  is,.administered  to  a nursing  woman 

Pediatric  Use  Safety  and  effectiveness  in  children  have  not  been  established 
ADVERSE  REACTIONS.  Most  adverse  effects  have  been  mild  and  transient  anc| 
rarely  required  the  withdrawal  of  therapy. 

Cardiovascular:  bradycardia,  congestive  heart  failure,  intensification  of  AV  block, 
tension;  paresthesia  of  hands;  thrombocytopenic  purpura,  arterial  insufficiency,  usually 
Raynaud  type 

Central  Nervous  System  lightheadedness;  mental  depression  manifested  by  msc 
lassitude,  weakness,  fatigue;  reversible  mental  depression  progressing  to  catatonia,  ■» 
disturbances,  hallucinations;  an  acute  reversible  syndrome  characterized  by  disorientatlm 
time  and  place,  short-term  memory  loss,  emotional  lability  slightly  clouded  sensoriurrlKt 
decreased  performance  on  neuropsychometrics 

Gastrointestinal  nausea,  vomiting,  epigastric  distress,  abdominal  cramping,  dials, 
constipation,  mesenteric  arterial  thrombosis,  ischemic  colitis 

Allergic  pharyngitis  and  agranulocytosis,  erythematous  rash,  fever  combined  with  a[Kt| 
and  sore  throat,  laryngospasm  and  respiratory  distress. 

Respiratory:  bronchospasm 

Hematologic:  agranulocytosis,  nonthrombocytopenic  purpura,  thrombocytolic 
purpura 

Auto-Immune:  In  extremely  rare  instances,  systemic  lupus  erythematosus  has  jin 
reported 

Miscellaneous:  alopecia,  LE-like  reactions,  psoriasiform  rashes,  dry  eyes,  male  j)-, 
tence,  and  Peyronie's  disease  have  been  reported  rarely.  Oculomucocutaneous  real's 
involving  the  skin,  serous  membranes  and  coniunctivae  reported  for  a beta  blocker  (praijf- 
have  not  been  associated  with  propranolol 


c: 


DOSAGE  AND  ADMINISTRATION.  INDERAL  LA  provides  propranolol  hydrochlorid 
sustained-release  capsule  for  administration  once  daily.  If  patients  are  switched  from  IND 
tablets  to  INDERAL  LA  capsules,  care  should  be  taken  to  assure  that  the  desired  theraj 
effect  is  maintained  INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  considered  a simple  mg  for  mg  substiti 
INDERAL  INDERAL  LA  has  different  kinetics  and  produces  lower  blood  levels.  Retitratioi 
be  necessary  especially  to  maintain  effectiveness  at  the  end  of  the  24-hour  dosing  mt 
HYPERTENSION — Dosage  must  be  individualized.  The  usual  initial  dosage  is  8 
INDERAL  LA  once  daily,  whether  used  alone  or  added  to  a diuretic.  The  dosage  m; 
increased  to  120  mg  once  daily  or  higher  until  adequate  blood-pressure  control  is  achi. 
The  usual  maintenance  dosage  is  120  to  160  mg  once  daily  In  some  instances  a dosagei  P) 
mg  may  be  required.  The  time  needed  for  full  hypertensive  response  to  a given  doss  8 
variable  and  may  range  from  a few  days  to  several  weeks 

ANGINA  PECTORIS — Dosage  must  be  individualized.  Starting  with  80  mg  INDER/jP 
once  daily,  dosage  should  be  gradually  increased  at  three  to  seven  day  intervals  until  opLj11 
response  is  obtained.  Although  individual  patients  may  respond  at  any  dosage  levelM 
average  optimum  dosage  appears  to  be  160  mg  once  daily.  In  angina  pectoris,  the  valuijo 1 
safety  of  dosage  exceeding  320  mg  per  day  have  not  been  established 

If  treatment  is  to  be  discontinued,  reduce  dosage  gradually  over  a period  of  a few  wPl 
(see  WARNINGS). 

MIGRAINE — Dosage  must  be  individualized  The  initial  oral  dose  is  80  mg  INDER/p 
once  daily.  The  usual  effective  dose  range  is  160-240  mg  once  daily  The  dosage  m*j 
increased  gradually  to  achieve  optimum  migraine  prophylaxis.  If  a satisfactory  response  j* 
obtained  within  four  to  six  weeks  after  reaching  the  maximum  dose,  INDERAL  LA  th  V; 
should  be  discontinued  It  may  be  advisable  to  withdraw  the  drug  gradually  over  a pen  1 
several  weeks 

HYPERTROPHIC  SUBAORTIC  STENOSIS— 80-160  mg  INDERAL  LA  once  daily,  j j 
PEDIATRIC  DOSAGE — At  this  time  the  data  on  the  use  of  the  drug  in  this  age  group  aijSi 
limited  to  permit  adequate  directions  for  use. 

*The  appearance  of  INDERAL  LA  capsules  is  a registered  trademark  of  Ayerst  Laboralt' 


8833 1 


* . AYERST  LABORATORIES 

MyerSlY  New  York,  N.Y.  10017 


846 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


ospital  Governing 
oards* 

Hospital  Medical  Staffs 
ind  Their  Retention  of 
Separate  Legal  Counsel 


Vincent  A.  Maressa,  j.d. 


heAMA  and  MSNJ  have  recommended  that 
ospitcd  medical  staffs  should  retain  legal 
mnsel  separate  and  distinctfrom  that 
itained  by  the  hospital  governing  board. 


I 


The  American  Medical  Associa- 
tion and  the  Medical  Society  of 
New  Jersey  have  recommended 
1 1 hospital  medical  staffs  should  retain  legal  counsel 
t arate  and  distinct  from  that  retained  by  the  hospi- 
sgoveming  board. 

awyers  representing  hospitals  have  opposed  this 
(cept  arguing  that  the  medical  staff  simply  is  an 
o anizational  extension  of  the  governing  board;  and 
1 1,  consequently,  there  is  no  separate  or  self-govem- 
r.  medical  staff.  That  position  is  not  sound  and  does 
i<  withstand  scrutiny.  It  is  clear  that  the  medical  staff 
n st  be  organized  so  as  to  be  separate  from  the  gov- 
i ing  board.  The  Joint  Commission  on  Accreditation 
'Hospitals  (JCAH)  standards.  Medicare  and  Medicaid 
e llations,  and  hospital  licensing  laws  in  New  Jersey 
il  equire  that  the  medical  staff  be  organized  separ- 
ily 

nother  frequently  raised  issue  is  that  a separate 
n lical  staff  means  increased  corporate  and  tort  lia- 
'iy  and  potential  for  greater  antitrust  exposure. 
V ither  the  staff  is  separate  or  not,  its  members  per- 
r ally  will  be  liable  only  to  the  extent  that  they  partici- 
*i;  in  wrongful  conduct.  Hospitals  gain  no  advantage 


81— NUMBER  1 0 — OCTOBER  1984 


from  treating  the  medical  staff  as  a nonentity.  The 
antitrust  rule  of  reason  concept,  which  would  be  the 
general  rule  of  law  applied,  would  involve  a study  of  the 
particular  circumstances  in  each  case,  and  not 
whether  or  not  there  is  a separate  organized  staff. 

Legal  ethics  require  the  attorney  to  present  his 
client’s  point  of  view  as  best  he  can.  Since  the  medical 
staff  and  the  governing  board  can  have  a divergent 
position  on  any  issue,  separate  counsel  is  not  only 
desirable,  it  is  necessary.  Retention  of  separate  counsel 
is  not  at  all  inconsistent  with  the  mutual  commitment 
of  the  staff  and  governing  board  to  quality  care.  Telling 
medical  staffs  they  cannot  consult  and  retain  separate 
counsel  is  not  legally  sound,  ignores  reality,  and  pro- 
motes confrontation.  Governing  boards  and  medical 
staffs  should  recognize  their  unique  and  common 
responsibilities  in  providing  the  best  care  they  can. 
They  also  should  appreciate  the  necessity  of  adequate 
and  separate  legal  representation  in  the  discharge  of 
those  responsibilities. 

*The  material  for  this  column  is  edited  by  Arthur  Krosnick, 
M.D.,  Editor  of  The  Journal;  Vincent  Maressa,  J.D.,  Executive 
Director  of  MSNJ;  and  James  E.  George,  M.D.,  J.D.,  Director 
of  the  Department  of  Professional  Liability. 


847 


The  Easy 
Alternative . . . 


Lease  the  car  of  your  choice  from  us  You  choose 
the  model,  color  and  options  ...  we  do  the  rest! 
Our  leasing  program  can  be  custom-tailored  to 
include  insurance,  if  you  desire  We  feature 
personalized  service  and  the  extra  attention  to 
detail  you’re  looking  for. 

Call  us  today  at  (201)  257-2300  or  (212)  964-0037 
to  lease  YOUR  car  ..  the  convenient,  easy  way. 


6 Connerty  Court  • East  Brunswick,  NJ  08816 


Note:  If  you  ’re  new  to  medical  practice  in  N.J. . . 


You  don’t  have  to  buy  commercial 
malpractice  insurance 


JAMESS.  TODD,  M.D.,  Chairman/Board  of  Directors,  Medical  Inter-Insurance  Exchange  of  New  Jersey 


AS  you  made  your  decision  to  establish  yourself 
in  New  Jersey,  you  no  doubt  heard  horror 
stories  about  our  professional  liability  insurance 
problems.  The  legal  risks  we  assume  in  this 
business  have  grown  so  far  out  of  proportion 
that  many  commercial  underwriters  have  been 
simply  unable  to  cope,  resulting  in  abrupt  and 
often  untimely  suspension  of  coverage. 

As  a new  practitioner  in  this  State,  either 
relocating  or  just  beginning  your  professional 
career,  you  have  an  alternative  to  commercial 
insurance.  The  Medical  Inter-Insurance 
Exchange  provides  an  opportunity  to  build 
your  new  practice  on  the  most  secure  footing 
possible  with  long-term  peace  of  mind. 

Founded  in  1977  at  the  peak  of  the 
“premium  crisis,”  the  Exchange  is  a wholly 
doctor-owned  cooperative  organization 
through  which  we  insure  ourselves  for  our 


own  sake.  Membership  has  grown  to  two-thijl$ 
of  all  practicing  physicians  and  surgeons  in  lies 
state.  Because  we’re  in  it  for  security  — not 
for  profit  — we  can  provide  for  ourselves  tl 
absolute  best  available  insurance  product  for 
the  money.  Every  dollar  we  take  in  goes  tow  ( 
protection  (no  sales  commissions)  and  every 
dollar  left  over  is  returned  to  us  — in  cash. 

You  owe  it  to  yourself  to  know  your 
options  and  the  practicalities  of  each.  We’re 
here  to  help  you  sort  them  all  out.  Call  and 
talk  directly  to  our  Vice  President  and  Direc  t 
of  Policyholder  Services,  Bill  Reilly,  TOLL 
FREE  (in  N.J.)  800-257-6288  or 
(609)  896-2404  from  other  areas.  We  look 
forward  to  hearing  from  you. 


A professional  service  message  from  the 

Medical  Inter-Insurance  Exchange  of  N.J. 
Two  Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville  NJ  08648 
(609)  896-2404 


848 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JER9 


Initial  Experience  with  In  Vitro 
Fertilization  in  New  Jersey 

E.  Kemmann,  m.d.,  D.  Colburn,  m.d.,  S.  Pasquale,  m.d.,  J.  Nosher,  m.d., 
V.T.  Brandeis,  m.d.,  A.M.  Delisi,  m.d.,  R.M.  Shelden,  M.D.,  NEW  BRUNSWICK* 


In  vitro  fertilization  is  a new  method  in  the  management  of 
previously  untreatable  infertility  situations.  The  first  program  in 
\ew  Jersey  became  operational  in  1983.  Organization , patient 
selection , procedures , and  initial  results  of  the  early  experience 
pfin  vitro  fertilization  are  described. 


Louise  Brown,  bom  in  England 
on  July  25,  1978,  was  the  first 
child  conceived  after  fertiliza- 
t n of  the  oocyte  outside  of  her  mother’s  body.1  Subse- 
cently,  the  technology  of  in  vitro  fertilization  (IVF) 
nidly  evolved  and  expanded.  The  first  IVF  program 
i the  United  States  was  initiated  amidst  controversy 
i Norfolk,  Virginia  The  first  pregnancy  in  the  Norfolk 
pgram  occurred  in  April  1981,  and  completed  suc- 
Cisfully  in  December  1981. 2 3 At  the  annual  meeting 
c the  American  Fertility  Society  in  the  spring  of  1982, 
Ip  investigators  from  the  Norfolk  program,  as  well  as 
a ew  physicians  who  had  started  programs  elsewhere, 
iborted  their  initial  experiences.  Thus,  it  was  ap- 
p rent  the  stage  had  been  set  to  make  the  introduction 
c IVF  possible  on  a wider  scale. 

3ecause  of  our  own  experience  in  the  use  of 
j£  radotropins,  laparoscopy,  and  tissue  culturing,  we 
srmised  that  IVF  was  feasible  at  our  institution,  and 
v uld  be  useful  for  our  patients. 

during  1982,  the  program  protocol  was  developed 
ad  approval  of  the  Committee  on  Human  Research 
vs  obtained;  financial  and  logistical  questions  were 
r olved,  and  members  of  the  team  attended  an  IVF 
v rkshop  in  Norfolk.4  Early  in  1983  construction  of  an 
Fi'-culture  room  was  completed  and  the  room 
e pipped.  The  program  officially  opened  in  May  1983. 
d*e  following  is  a report  on  the  IVF  experience  during 
4 remainder  of  1983.  The  IVF  program  at  UMDNJ- 


Rutgers  Medical  School,  Middlesex  General-University 
Hospital  is  the  first  and  only  program  with  known 
pregnancies  in  New  Jersey. 

MATERIAL  AND  METHODS 

Referred  or  interested  patients  are  telephone 
screened  and  placed  on  a list  from  which  they  are  given 
appointments  to  the  screening  clinic.  In  the  screening 
clinic,  the  fertility  situation  is  evaluated,  and  the  cou- 
ple is  presented  with  an  explanation  of  the  procedures 
involved.  Further  workup  (if  necessary)  will  be  done  in 
the  screening  clinic  before  admission  to  the  active  pro- 
gram. Patients  with  inappropriate  indication  for  IVF 
will  be  so  advised.  In  the  screening  clinic  the  couple 
will  meet  at  least  one  of  the  physicians  of  the  program 
as  well  as  the  program  coordinator. 

As  the  couple  approaches  the  active  phase  of  the 
program,  the  coordinator  provides  further  explanation 
and  support  as  needed.  The  coordinator  leads  the  cou- 
ple through  each  phase  of  the  program.  An  informed 
consent  is  signed  before  entering  the  active  phase. 

PATIENT  SELECTION 

Between  May  and  November  1983,  27  patients  were 

‘From  the  Departments  of  Obstetrics  and  Gynecology  and 
Radiology,  UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School.  Correspondence 
may  be  addressed  to  Dr.  Kemmann.  UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical 
School,  Academic  Health  Science  Center,  CN  19,  New  Bruns- 
wick, NJ  08903. 


T.  81— NUMBER  10— OCTOBER  1984 


849 


TABLE  1 

Patient  Profile  oj  27  Women  Started 
in  Active  Treatment  Phase 

• Married 

• Tubal  infertility 

(post-tuboplasty/ ectopic) 

• Age:  range,  24  to  37;  mean,  32 

• Infertility:  range,  35-10  years;  mean,  5.5 

• Male:  normal  semen  analysis 

entered  into  the  active  treatment  program.  Their  ages 
ranged  from  24  to  37  (mean  32)  years,  and  all  women 
had  infertility  due  to  absent  or  chronically  damaged 
tubes.  Other  criteria  for  patient  selection  were:  1 ) mar- 
ried infertile  women  with  no  contraindication  to  IVF 
and  pregnancy;  2)  age  less  than  38  years;  and  3)  ac- 
ceptable semen  analysis  of  husband  ( > 1 5 x 106 
sperm/ml,  motility  > 40  percent,  morphology  > 40 
percent  normal)  (Table  1). 

All  patients  had  previous  pelvic  surgeiy.  Screening 
laparoscopies  generally  were  not  done,  but  the  patients 
either  agreed  or  disagreed  beforehand  to  possible 
laparotomy  if  laparoscopy  could  not  secure  ovarian 
access.  Normal  ovulation  was  not  a prerequisite  of  in- 
clusion. 

TREATMENT 

Induction  of  Ovulation.  Initially,  we  used  human 
menopausal  gonadotropin  (hMG)  alone  for  follicular 
stimulation,  but  later  adopted  a combination  regimen 
of  clomiphene  citrate,  50  mg  daily,  day  2 to  6 po,  com- 
bined with  hMG  75  I.U.  intramuscularly  daily  (Figure 
1).  Thus,  the  first  part  of  the  induction  phase  was 
fixed.  After  day  6,  daily  hMG  was  continued  on  an 
individually  adjusted  basis  (variable  part  of  induction 
phase).  During  this  regimen,  serum  estradiol  levels 
(E2)  and  pelvic  sonograms  were  obtained  daily  or  every 
other  day  to  monitor  follicular  growth.  Once  the  most 
advanced  follicle  reached  16  to  18  mm  in  diameter,  and 
two  or  more  follicles  were  present,  hMG  administration 
was  discontinued  and  24  to  36  hours  later  5,000  I.U. 
of  human  chorionic  gonadotropin  (hCG)  were  given 
intramuscularly.  Patients  with  more  than  two  follicles 
of  at  least  16  mm  size  and  without  significant  serum 
E2  decline  prior  to  hCG  administration  were  sched- 
uled for  laparoscopy  about  34  hours  after  hCG  admin- 
istration (range  28  to  36). 

While  the  wife  was  receiving  hMG,  the  husband  was 
treated  with  doxycilline  100  mg  daily  to  reduce  the 
possible  effect  of  genitourinary  infections  on  the  in 
vitro  ovum  cultures  later. 

Laparoscopy.  Laparoscopy  usually  was  performed  in 
the  morning,  using  standard  technique  with  C02  in- 
sufflation under  general  anesthesia  Follicles  were 
aspirated  using  a Norfolk  aspirating  needle  (12  gauge) 
through  the  operating  channel  of  a 10  mm  Wolf 
laparoscope.  Through  a second  puncture,  a grasping 
forceps  was  placed  to  stabilize  the  ovary.  The  follicular 
aspirates  were  collected  in  a culture  tube  trap  (Falcon, 
#2003,  12  x 75mm)  connected  to  the  aspirating  needle 
via  Teflon  tubing  through  a silicone  stopper.  Suction 
was  controlled  by  means  of  a finger  valve  attached  to 
the  aspiration  needle  and  vacuum  provided  from  con- 


E2 

PQ, 


700- 

500- 


300- 

200« 

100- 

50- 


DAY 

SONAR 


INDUCTION  PHASE 
FIXED  . VARIABLE 


OVULATORY 

PHASE 


0 0 0 0 0 


rTTTTTT 


LUTEAL  PHASE 

fhCG  maintenance) 


I'C'V ' ,,  l l , r_r 


A.  5000  hCG 
J 34  hrs 
B:  Laparoscopy 
| 48  hrs 
C.  Embryo -transte 


0:  50  mg  c c 
I ; 75  i u hMG  1 


Figure  1 — Scheme  of  treatment  regimen.  Medication  consii 
of  50  mg/day  of  clomiphene  citrate  for  five  days  (circles)  £ 
75  I.U.  hMG/day  for  variable  time  (small  arrows).  hMG  d- 
may  be  modified  according  to  estrogen  response. 


tinuous  wall  suction  at  100  to  120  mm  Hg;  it  wji 
controlled  by  the  operator.  In  general,  after  aspirati 
the  follicular  fluid,  the  follicle  was  flushed  and,  sep, 
ately,  the  needle  was  rinsed  using  Dulbecco’s  PBS  so 
tion.  Each  specimen  was  transferred  immediately 
personnel  in  the  adjacent  IVF-culture  room. 

Embryo  Recovery,  Fertilization,  and  Culture.  E 
biyo  culture  procedures  essentially  were  as  describ 
for  the  Norfolk  program  with  minor  modification 
Stock  Hams  F-10  media  (GIBCO,  cat  #430-1200)  w 
prepared  by  dissolving  9.1  gm  F-10  powder  in  5 
redistilled,  ultrapure  (0.2  micron  filter)  water,  addi 
sodium  bicarbonate  (2.1  g,  25  mM),  calcium  lack 
(0.245  g,  0.9  mM),  and  penicillin  G (75  mg/1).  We  c 
not  use  streptomycin  in  our  culture  media  Afl 
equilibration  with  5 percent  C02  in  air  (USP)  for 
to  15  minutes,  the  stock  solution  was  adjusted  to  j 
7.35-7.40  with  HC1  or  NaOH;  osmolality  was  adjust 
to  280  mmoles/kg,  and  filter  sterilized  (0.2  micro: 
Culture  media  were  stored  up  to  two  weeks  at  4°( 

Patient  serum  was  obtained  after  administration 
hCG  during  the  ovulation  induction  phase  and  dec 
tivated  at  58°C  for  30  minutes.  Culture  medium  (Har 
F-10)  was  brought  to  37°C,  equilibrated  with  5 perce! 
C02,  and  supplemented  with  7.5  percent  deactivate 
serum  for  insemination  medium  (IM),  and  15  perce 
serum  for  growth  medium  (GM).  After  supplement; 
tion,  pH  and  osmolality  were  checked  and  readjusts 
as  needed,  then  resterilized  with  0.2  micron  filter.  I 
semination  medium,  2.0  ml  per  dish,  was  aliquoted 
an  appropriate  number  of  culture  dishes  (Falcc 
#3037)  and  allowed  to  equilibrate  in  the  incubator  fj 
16  to  20  hours  prior  to  laparoscopy.  Growth  mediu 
was  similarly  aliquoted  and  equilibrated  after  recove 
of  oocytes  at  laparoscopy. 

For  instrument  rinse,  follicular  wash,  and  follicul 
fluid  dilution,  we  used  Dulbeceo’s  phosphate  bufferc 
saline  (GIBCO,  cat  #450-1300).  DPBS  was  prepared  .1 
per  manufacturer's  recommendations  with  addition 
0.1  g calcium  chloride  and  75  mg  penicillin  G,  adjustr 
to  pH  7.4  at  37°C,  and  280  mmoles/kg,  then  stored 
4°C.  Prior  to  laparoscopy,  DPBS  was  supplement) 
with  10  to  15  units/ml  sodium  heparin,  aseptica! 
loaded  into  syringes  for  follicular  flushing,  and  allowe 
to  equilibrate  at  40  to  45°C  (ambient  C02  atmosphere 


850 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE, 


I jure  2A — Mature  ovum.  Note  radial  orientation  of  coronal 
ills  adjacent  to  zona  pellucida  (1),  with  expanded,  mucified 
E-a  peripheral  to  corona  (2),  and  the  enlarged,  but  more 
c isely  arranged  cumulus  cells  on  the  periphery  (3).  Approx - 
iately  160  x after  photographic  enlargement. 


F;ure  2B — Fertilized  ovum  18.5  hours  postinsemination, 
bnuclei  are  juxtaposed,  but  fusion  (syngamy)  has  not  oc- 
rred  (1).  Note  primary  and  secondary  polar  bodies  in  the 
: ivitelline  space  (2).  Approximately  900  x after  photo- 
2 phic  enlargement. 

Jpon  aspiration  of  the  follicular  contents,  the  trap 
as  removed,  capped,  and  handed  directly  to  culture 
rsonnel  in  the  adjacent  culture  facility.  Time  of 
iij)iration  was  noted  and  the  aspirate  volume  was  ap- 
nximated  by  comparison  with  a previously  calibrated 
[be.  Contents  of  the  trap  immediately  were  decanted 
io  a warmed  (38°C)  culture  dish  (Falcon  #3002)  and 
;:oer  examined  immediately  or  temporarily  placed  in 
humidified  37°C  incubator  if  examination  was  de- 
red  more  than  one  to  two  minutes.  The  aspirate  was 
hmined  at  10  to  40  x and  oocytes  immediately  were 
nsferred  via  siliconized  Pasteur  pipet  from  the 
<jicular  aspirate  or  wash  to  insemination  medium 
ip  placed  in  the  culture  incubator  (5  percent  C02  in 
h 37.3°  C,  98  percent  RH).  Detailed  examination  of 
F oocyte  was  postponed  until  all  follicular  aspirates 
i i washings  had  been  examined  thoroughly  and  any 
l|iitional  oocytes  transferred  to  insemination  me- 
lim. 

i)ach  oocyte  was  examined  and  classified  as  1) 

1 ovulatory  (expanded  cumulus  and  corona,  Figure 
2i;  2)  intermediate  (expanded  cumulus  with  compact 

' L.  81— NUMBER  10— OCTOBER  1984 


Figure  2C — Six-cell  embryo  (only  three  blastomeres  in  focus) 
48  hours  postinsemination.  Approximately  900  x after  photo- 
graphic enlargement. 


corona);  3)  immature  (compact  cumulus  and  corona); 
or  4)  atretic  (absence  of  cellullar  vestments  and/or  dis- 
torted, discolored,  or  fragmented  ooplasm).  Although 
this  examination  was  subjective  and  often  incomplete 
due  to  poor  visualization  of  the  oocyte  through  the 
surrounding  cell  vestments,  no  attempt  was  made  at 
this  stage  to  remove  covering  cells  in  order  to  enhance 
visualization. 

After  classification  of  the  recovered  oocyte,  the  hus- 
band was  asked  to  deliver  a semen  specimen.  Semen 
(1  ml)  was  diluted  with  insemination  medium  (2  ml) 
then  centrifuged  at  approximately  225  x g for  10 
minutes  at  room  temperature.  The  supernatant  was 
discarded,  the  pellet  resuspended  in  2 ml  fresh  in- 
semination medium  recentrifuged  as  above,  and  the 
second  supernatant  fluid  removed.  Without  disturbing 
the  sperm  cell  pellet,  1 ml  of  insemination  medium  was 
overlayered,  and  the  tube  placed  nearly  horizontal  in 
the  C02  incubator.  During  the  ensuing  incubation,  the 
sperm  cell  pellet  settled  out  of  the  tube  tip  and  spread 
over  the  lower  tube  wall,  forming  a large  surface  area 
for  “escape”  by  active  spermatozoa  After  60  to  90  min- 
utes, the  insemination  medium  with  active  sperm  was 
collected  without  disturbing  any  residual  pellet.  Sperm 
motility  and  density  were  determined,  and  aliquotes  of 
the  washed  sperm  preparation  diluted  as  needed  with 
insemination  medium.  Typically,  these  sperm  prep- 
arations demonstrated  greater  than  the  90  percent 
motility,  even  when  initial  motility  was  less  than  40 
percent.  Recovered  spermatozoa  could  be  maintained 
under  these  culture  conditions  at  least  48  hours 
without  discernible  decrease  in  motility. 

Following  6 to  8 hours  preincubation  (up  to  24 
hours  for  immature  oocytes),  approximately  2 x 105 
motile  sperm  in  50  to  100  ,ul  insemination  medium 
were  placed  with  each  oocyte.  The  oocytes  were  in- 
cubated with  sperm  for  12  to  16  hours,  then  trans- 
ferred to  2 ml  of  growth  medium  previously  equil- 
ibrated for  at  least  14  hours.  At  this  time,  embiyos 
were  examined  for  polar  bodies  and  pronuclei,  the 
presence  of  2 pronuclei  being  taken  as  presumptive 
evidence  of  normal  spemi  penetration  (Figure  2B). 
Subsequently,  embiyos  were  examined  daily  to  assess 
cleavage  and  development. 

Embryo  Transfer.  Embryo  transfer  and  followup 


851 


were  scheduled  48  to  60  hours  after  insemination.  The 
average  time  between  laparoscopy  and  transfer  was  56 
hours.  At  this  point  successfully  fertilized  oocytes  con- 
sisted of  four  or  more  cells  (Figure  2C).  All  transfers 
were  performed  on  an  outpatient  basis  without 
anesthesia  Prior  to  the  transfer,  patients  were  treated 
with  tetracycline  250  mg  q4h,  but  this  was  discon- 
tinued the  day  after  transfer.  Patients  were  placed  in 
a semilithotomy  position.  A Norfolk  transfer  cannula 
consisting  of  a 20  ga  Teflon  tubing  with  side  opening 
was  used.5  Prior  to  transfer,  the  syringe  (1  cc)  and 
catheter  were  aseptically  flushed,  then  filled  with 
growth  medium  wrapped  in  sterile  covering  and  placed 
overnight  in  the  C02  incubator.  At  transfer,  excess 
growth  medium  was  expelled;  then,  20  to  30  microliter 
columns  of  air,  growth  medium,  air,  and  growth  me- 
dium were  aspirated  into  the  catheter.  Embiyos  were 
placed  in  the  central  GM  column  via  hand-drawn  glass 
micropipet,  and  the  assembled  apparatus  handed  to 
the  transfer  physician.  The  cervix  was  wiped  with  a 
cotton-tipped  applicator  and  a single-toothed 
tenaculum  applied.  The  Norfolk  cannula  was  inserted 
into  the  external  os  and  the  Teflon  catheter  was  in- 
serted to  a premeasured  distance.  After  gently  com- 
pressing the  syringe  plunger  to  expell  the  embryo  into 
the  womb,  the  tubing  was  retracted  and  the  cannula 
removed.  The  cannula  then  was  examined  (20  to  40 
x stereoscope)  to  ensure  that  the  embryo  had  been 
transferred.  The  patient  remained  in  Trendelenburg 
position  for  4 to  6 hours  and  then  discharged. 

Post-transfer  patients  were  seen  every  three  days  to 
check  serum  estradiol  and  progesterone  levels.  At  each 
visit,  1,000  I.U.  hCG  were  administered  intramuscular- 
ly (unless  serum  E2  level  at  the  previous  visit  exceeded 
500  pg/ml)  starting  with  the  day  of  transfer.  If  no 
menses  had  occurred  16  days  post-transfer,  a beta- 
hCG  level  (serum)  was  obtained,  and  positive  results 
were  verified  by  subsequent  presence  of  an  in- 
trauterine gestational  sac  on  sonography. 

RESULTS 

Twenty-seven  women  were  started  on  ovulation-in- 
ducing medication  for  50  treatment  cycles.  Of  these  50, 
25  treatment  cycles  were  abandoned  because  follicular 
development  was  deemed  unsatisfactory  by  above 
criteria.  Four  of  the  27  patients  never  came  to 
laparoscopy  because  of  inadequate  follicular  develop- 
ment. 

In  23  patients,  25  treatment  cycles  led  to  laparoscopy 
and,  in  3 patients,  to  laparotomy.  Oocytes  were  re- 
covered in  20  situations,  with  a mean  recoveiy  rate  of 
1.8/case.  Fertilization  (as  per  cleavage)  was  noted  in  18 
of  20  cases  with  a rate  of  1 . 7/case.  Embryo  transfer  was 
perfonned  in  18  patients.  Figure  1 demonstrates  rep- 
resentative stages  of  oocyte/embiyo  development  in 
culture. 

In  16  patients,  menses  occurred  approximately  14 
days  post-transfer.  Two  patients  conceived  (Table  2). 

PREGNANCIES 

Patient  1 (Figure  3)  is  a 32-year-old  P0020  who  had 
two  previous  ectopic  pregnancies  resulting  in  right 
salpingectomy  and  left  salpingo-oophoreetomy. 

After  her  last  menstrual  period  on  October  14,  1983, 
a clomiphene  citrate-hMG  regimen  was  started  and 


TABLE  2 

Result  of  IVF  Therapy  in  23  Patients 
Who  Underwent  25  Laparoscopies 

• Laparoscopies 

25 

• Oocytes  recovered 

20  (80%) 

• Transfers 

18  (72%) 

• Pregnancy 

2 ( 8%) 

Figure  3 — Treatment  cycle  of  first  patient  who  conceived 
eles:  50  mg  clomiphene  citrate;  small  arrows:  75  I.U.  hMC 
5,000  I.U.  hCG;  B:  laparoscopy;  C:  embiyo  transfer;  (P):  pi 
nancy  test  positive  16  days  after  transfer). 


monitored  by  serum  estradiol  and  sonography,  h'ji 
was  administered  on  October  24,  with  laparoscopy  1 
hours  later;  two  oocytes  were  recovered.  Both  oocyi 
were  fertilized  and  underwent  cleavage,  and  on  Oc- 
ber  27  both  oocytes  were  transferred.  The  pregnau 
test  on  November  14  was  positive,  and  a followup  soi- 
gram  verified  presence  of  a single  intrauterine  gesf 
tion. 

Patient  2 is  a 30-year-old  P0000  with  failed  bilate  1 
fimbrioplasty  in  1979.  In  addition,  on  Sims-Huhrr 
test,  spermatozoa  were  noted  to  be  nonmobile,  anu 
test  for  cervical  sperm-antibodies  (Elisa)  was  positii* 
After  her  last  menstrual  period  on  November  Ell 
clomiphene  citrate-hMG  regimen  was  initiated  aSf 
monitored  using  E2  levels  and  sonograpl 
Laparoscopy  was  performed  on  November  18,  1983  (jf 
hours  post-hCG),  and  one  oocyte  was  recovered.  Af 
fertilization  and  cleavage,  the  embiyo  was  transfen 
on  November  21.  A positive  pregnancy  test  was  ( 
tained  December  6,  1983,  verified  three  weeks  later 
sonography. 


COMMENT 


This  report  describes  our  first  experience  with 
vitro  fertilization  (IVF)  in  New  Jersey.  Locally,  the 
eeption  of  the  procedure  was  favorable  and  met 
major  objections.  To  minimize  concern  regardi; 
“extra"  fertilized  egg  cells,  our  policy  is  to  place 
fertilized,  normally  developing  oocytes  into  the  n 
temal  womb.  Indeed,  the  reinsertion  of  more  than  o 
embryo  has  been  shown  to  increase  the  probability 
establishing  a pregnancy.  No  embryo  was  arbitral 
abandoned.  Embryos  were  left  undisturbed  during  c, 
ture  except  for  minimal  examination  to  assess  develc 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS 


852 


■nt.  Initial  concerns  about  the  outcome  of  these  “un- 
tural"  pregnancies  largely  have  been  alleviated  by 
5 experience  of  other  IVF  programs  with  an  increas- 
l number  of  seemingly  normal  pregnancy  outcomes, 
vertheless,  further  observation  and  caution  appear 
ident  until  sufficient  experience  has  been  attained 
assess  adequately  the  long-term  implications  of  in 
ro  fertilization  procedure.  All  patients  are  made 
are  of  this  issue. 

patients  specifically  were  quite  receptive  to  the  local 
roduction  of  IVF;  for  many  patients,  travel— perhaps 
leatedly— to  a distant  IVF  center  is  psychologically 
,j  economically  disadvantageous.  The  central  lo- 
ion  of  the  IVF  facilities  in  New  Brunswick  makes 
possible  for  some  patients  to  continue  their  daily 
itine  as  they  participate  in  the  program. 

'he  main  side  effect  upon  participants  of  the  IVF 
igram  is  stress.  Despite  thorough  and  rational  ex- 
nations, each  couple  believes  that  they  will  be  the 
ky  one  who  “beats  the  odds.”  We  have  found  it  help- 
to  institute  an  ongoing  counselling  program,  to 
wide  not  only  psychological  support  and  education 
: patients,  but  also  to  provide  feedback  to  IVF  person- 
so  that  the  programs  will  be  sensitive  to  patient 
i“ds. 

Results  of  our  work  fall  well 
within  those  seen  in  the 
reported  IVF  experience. 

here  are  a number  of  points  in  which  our  program 
ijers  from  the  majority  of  other  programs: 

The  Rutgers  Medical  School  program  has  been 
fe  to  enter  interested  patients  relatively  quickly  into 
screening  process.  Although  some  programs  have 
icribed  waiting  lists  of  several  hundreds  or  even 
rlusands  of  patients,  it  is  apparent  that  many  names 
j waiting  lists  represent  inactive  or  ineligible  pa- 
nts. Seriously  interested  patients  usually  can  be 
m within  a few  months. 

In  our  program,  evidence  of  normal  ovulation  was 

< a prerequisite  for  admission.  We  believe  that  as 
dents  are  treated  with  ovulation-inducing  agents, 

' presence  of  normal  ovulation  in  unstimulated  cy- 

I may  be  of  little  relevance.  At  this  time,  the  patients 
’ h elevated  FSH  levels  (indicating  ovarian  failure)  are 
' igible. 

It  appears  to  us  that  most  programs  either  use 
Iniphene  citrate  or  human  menopausal  gonado- 
Din  (hMG)  regimens  to  control  follicular  growth. 

> ' program  uses  a combined  clomiphene-hMG-hCG 
e men  which  appears  to  give  us  relatively  controlled, 
Hietable  growth  of  follicles.  Nonetheless,  a signifi- 
c t number  of  induction  cycles  were  terminated  prior 
>urgeiy  because  of  inappropriate  follicular  response. 

II  complications  were  encountered  with  this  ap- 
lach. 

Whereas  many  programs  use  a rapid  LH  assay  to 

< ne  the  LH  surge,  we  rely  on  other  criteria  to  evalu- 
patients  just  prior  to  laparoscopy.  Our  criteria  for 

deeding  with  laparoscopy  include:  1)  a normal 

I 

I 

t 81— NUMBER  10— OCTOBER  1984 


estradiol  profile;  2)  sonographically  defined  pro- 
gressive follicular  growth;  and  3)  at  least  two  sono- 
graphically defined  follicular  cysts  for  harvesting.  The 
rationale  of  this  approach  is  to  obtain  germ  cells  from 
well-stimulated  follicles  in  adequate  number  to  im- 
prove the  overall  chance  of  success. 

• Many  programs  use  medication  to  support  the 
luteal  phase  and,  in  general,  progesterone  supplemen- 
tation appears  popular.  We  are  using  a supplemental 
regimen  of  hCG,  on  the  basis  that  hCG  will  stimulate 
the  ovarian  corpus  luteum  and  then  raise  both  en- 
dogenous estrogen  and  progesterone,  whereas  ex- 
ogenous progesterone  supplementation  may  distort 
the  estrogen/progesterone  ratio. 

Our  results  fall  well  within  those  seen  in  the  reported 
IVF  experience:  the  efficacy  of  IVF  in  summary  of  2,037 
laparoscopies  done  worldwide  at  12  centers  indicates 
a transfer  rate  of  55  percent,  and  a pregnancy  rate  of 
8 percent;  the  pregnancy  rate  was  16.5  trans- 
fers/pregnancy.6 Our  results  are  very  similar  to  this 
overall  experience.  Although  the  future  of  IVF  appears 
promising,  there  are  a number  of  issues  which  require 
careful  attention.  Foremost,  the  efficiency  (preg- 
nancies/laparoscopy) of  IVF  procedures  needs  to  be 
improved.  As  a medical  procedure,  IVF  still  is  in  the 
early  developmental  stage  and  it  is  reasonable  to  expect 
significant  improvement  with  cumulative  experience. 
As  efficiency  increases,  IVF  may  compete  more  effec- 
tively with  tubal  surgery  as  a primary  approach  to 
overcome  tubal  infertility.  Applications  other  than 
tubal  problems  need  to  be  defined  further.  As  most 
centers,  we  have  opened  access  to  our  program  now 
to  those  patients  who  have  unexplained  infertility,  en- 
dometriosis with  failed  previous  therapy,  and  patients 
whose  husbands  have  untreatable  oligospermia.  At  the 
same  time,  however,  it  should  be  recognized  that  pa- 
tients in  these  latter  categories  may  have 
pathophysiologies  less  amenable  to  IVF  therapy  than 
those  with  tubal  occlusions.  We  also  increased  the  age 
limit  to  allow  patients  up  to  39  years  to  enter  the 
program. 

A major  problem  for  many  patients  is  the  current 
classification  of  IVF  procedures  as  “experimental”  by 
insurance  carriers.  The  expense  of  the  procedure 
(about  $5,000  per  attempt)  is  composed  of  labor  in- 
tensive elements  many  of  which  are,  by  themselves, 
accepted  medical  procedure.  The  current  situation 
makes  it  difficult  for  a sizable  number  of  infertile  cou- 
ples for  whom  IVF  offers  perhaps  the  only  possibility 
for  achieving  pregnancy  to  take  advantage  of  this 
procedure’s  potential. 

ADDENDUM 

Since  the  completion  of  the  article  both  patients  who 
were  pregnant  have  delivered.  Patient  1 was  delivered 
at  term  by  cesarean  section  on  July  18,  1984,  of  a 
healthy,  male  infant  weighing  10  pounds,  1 ounce.  The 
indication  was  cephalopelvic  disproportion  with  a 
large  infant  who  never  entered  the  pelvis.  The  prior 
pregnancy  course  had  been  uneventful. 

Patient  2 delivered  at  37'/2  weeks  a healthy  6 pound, 
5 ounce  male  infant  on  July  23,  1984.  This  delivery  also 
was  by  cesarean  section  with  an  indication  of  placenta 
previa  During  this  pregnancy,  several  episodes  of  pain- 


853 


less  vaginal  bleeding  had  occurred  since  July  3,  and 
required  hospitalization  on  two  occasions.  Sonogram 
studies  indicated  placenta  previa  as  cause.  Delivery 
occurred  electively  after  maturity  studies  had  been  per- 
formed, and  the  operation  confirmed  the  presence  of 
a placenta  previa 

Both  mothers  and  infants  are  doing  well. 

REFERENCES 

1.  Step  toe  PC,  Edwards  RG:  Birth  after  the  reimplantation 
of  a human  embiyo.  Lancet  2:366,  1978. 

2.  Jones  HW  Jr,  Jones  GS,  Andrews  HC,  Acosta  A,  Bundren 


C,  Garcia  J,  Sandow  B,  Veeck  L,  Wilkes  C,  Witmyer  J,  Worth  : 
JE,  Wright  G:  The  program  for  in  vitro  fertilization  at  North 
Fert  Steril  38:14-21,  1982. 

3.  Garcia  J,  Acosta  A,  Andrews  MC,  Jones  GS,  Jones  ]|l 
Jr,  Mantzaviros  T,  Mayer  F,  McDowell  J,  Sandow  B,  Veecl. 
Whibly  T,  Wilkes  C,  Wright  G Jr:  In  vitro  fertilization  in  A 
folk,  Virginia  1980-1983.  J In  Vitro  Fert  Embryo  Tra, 
1:24-28,  1984. 

4.  Acosta  A Proceedings  of  the  in  vitro  fertilization  wc; 
shop,  Norfolk,  VA,  Sept  1982.  Infertility,  6:1-4,  1983. 

5.  Jones  HW  Jr,  Acosta  A Garcia  J,  Sandow  B,  Veeck  L:  - 
the  transfer  of  conceptuses  from  oocyte  fertilized  in  vitro.  I- 
Steril  39:241-243,  1983. 

6.  Grobstein  C,  Flower  M,  Mendeloff  J:  Scieit 
222:127-133,  1983. 


I 


854 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS 


New  low  price...major  savings 

The  dramatic  reduction  in  the  price  ot  Motrin  Tablets  means  substantial  savings 
trom  now  on  tor  your  patients  and  tor  patients  all  across  the  country  tor  whom  Motrin 

Tablets  are  prescribed. 

Motrin  is  priced  lower  than  Clinoril,  Feldene,  or  Naprosyn. 

The  price  of  Motrin  Tablets  to  pharmacies  has  been  reduced  as  much  as  35%. 
Patients  taking  the  average  dosage  should  now  pay  less  for  therapy  with  Motrin  Tablets 
than  for  almost  any  other  nonsteroidal  anti-inflammatory  drug  you 
prescribe... less,  for  example,  than  for  Clinoril,  Feldene,  or  Naprosyn.  And,  of  course, 
all  strengths  of  Motrin  Tablets  continue  to  be  available  by  prescription  only. 

Please  see  the  following  page  for  a brief  summary  of  prescribing  information. 


• /*■ 


iDunroren 


TABLETS 

mo 


Good  medicine...good  value 


© 1984  The  Upjohn  Company 


The  Upjohn  Company 


Upjohn 


Kalamazoo,  Michigan  49001 


i 


<.  81— NUMBER  10— OCTOBER  1984 


855 


Motrin®  Tablets  (ibuprofen) 

Contraindications:  Anaphylactoid  reactions  have  occurred  in  individuals  hypersensitive  to 
Motrin  Tablets  or  with  the  syndrome  of  nasal  polyps,  angioedema  and  bronchospastic  reactivity 
to  aspirin,  iodides,  or  other  nonsteroidal  anti-inflammatory  agents. 

Warnings:  Peptic  ulceration  and  Gl  bleeding,  sometimes  severe,  have  been  reported.  Ulceration, 
perforation  and  bleeding  may  end  fatally.  An  association  has  not  been  established.  Use  Motrin 
Tablets  under  close  supervision  in  patients  with  a history  of  upper  gastrointestinal  tract  disease, 
after  consulting  ADVERSE  REACTIONS.  In  patients  with  active  peptic  ulcer  and  active 
rheumatoid  arthritis,  try  nonulcerogenic  drugs,  such  as  gold.  If  Motrin  Tablets  are  used,  observe 
the  patient  closely  for  signs  of  ulcer  perforation  or  Gl  bleeding. 

Chronic  studies  in  rats  and  monkeys  have  shown  mild  renal  toxicity  with  papillary  edema  and 
necrosis.  Renal  papillary  necrosis  has  rarely  been  shown  in  humans  treated  with  Motrin  Tablets. 
Precautions:  Blurred  and/or  diminished  vision,  scotomata,  and/or  changes  in  color  vision  have 
been  reported.  If  these  develop,  discontinue  Motrin  Tablets  and  the  patient  should  have  an 
ophthalmologic  examination,  including  central  visual  fields  and  color  vision  testing. 

Fluid  retention  and  edema  have  been  associated  with  Motrin  Tablets;  use  with  caution  in  patients 
with  a history  of  cardiac  decompensation  or  hypertension.  In  patients  with  renal  impairment, 
reduced  dosage  may  be  necessary.  Prospective  studies  of  Motrin  Tablets  safety  in  patients  with 
chronic  renal  failure  have  not  been  done. 

Motrin  Tablets  can  inhibit  platelet  aggregation  and  prolong  bleeding  time.  Use  with  caution  in 
persons  with  intrinsic  coagulation  defects  and  on  anticoagulant  therapy. 

Patients  should  report  signs  or  symptoms  of  gastrointestinal  ulceration  or  bleeding,  skin  rash, 
weight  gain,  or  edema. 

Patients  on  prolonged  corticosteroid  therapy  should  have  therapy  tapered  slowly  when  Motrin 
Tablets  are  added. 

The  antipyretic,  anti-inflammatory  activity  of  Motrin  Tablets  may  mask  inflammation  and  fever. 

As  with  other  nonsteroidal  anti-inflammatory  drugs,  borderline  elevations  of  liver  tests  may 
occur  in  up  to  15%  of  patients.  These  abnormalities  may  progress,  may  remain  essentially 
unchanged,  or  may  be  transient  with  continued  therapy.  Meaningful  elevations  of  SGPT  or  SGOT 
(AST)  occurred  in  controlled  clinical  trials  in  less  than  1%  of  patients.  Severe  hepatic  reactions, 
including  jaundice  and  cases  of  fatal  hepatitis,  have  been  reported  with  ibuprofen  as  with  other 
nonsteroidal  anti-inflammatory  drugs.  If  liver  disease  develops  or  if  systemic  manifestations 
occur  (e.g.  eosinophilia,  rash,  etc.),  Motrin  should  be  discontinued. 

Drug  interactions.  Aspirin:  used  concomitantly  may  decrease  Motrin  blood  levels. 

Coumarin:  bleeding  has  been  reported  in  patients  taking  Motrin  and  coumarin. 

Pregnancy  and  nursing  mothers:  Motrin  should  not  be  taken  during  pregnancy  or  by  nursing 
mothers. 

Adverse  Reactions:  The  most  frequent  type  of  adverse  reaction  occurring  with  Motrin  is 
gastrointestinal  of  which  one  or  more  occurred  in  4%  to  16%  of  the  patients. 

Incidence  Greater  than  1%  (but  less  than  3%)- Probable  Causal  Relationship 
Gastrointestinal:  Nausea,*  epigastric  pain*  heartburn,*  diarrhea,  abdominal  distress,  nausea 
and  vomiting,  indigestion,  constipation,  abdominal  cramps  or  pain,  fullness  of  Gl  tract  (bloating 
and  flatulence);  Central  Nervous  System:  Dizziness,*  headache,  nervousness;  Dermatologic: 
Rash*  (including  maculopapular  type),  pruritus,  Special  Senses:  Tinnitus;  Metabolic/Endocrine: 
Decreased  appetite;  Cardiovascular:  Edema,  fluid  retention  (generally  responds  promptly  to 
drug  discontinuation;  see  PRECAUTIONS). 

Incidence  less  than  1%-Probable  Causal  Relationship** 

Gastrointestinal:  Gastric  or  duodenal  ulcer  with  bleeding  and/or  perforation,  gastrointestinal 
hemorrhage,  melena,  gastritis,  hepatitis,  laundice,  abnormal  liver  function  tests;  Central 
Nervous  System:  Depression,  insomnia,  confusion,  emotional  lability,  somnolence,  aseptic 
meningitis  with  fever  and  coma;  Dermatologic:  Vesiculobullous  eruptions,  urticaria,  erythema 
multiforme,  Stevens-Johnson  syndrome,  alopecia;  Special  Senses:  Hearing  loss,  amblyopia 
(blurred  and/or  diminished  vision,  scotomata,  and/or  changes  in  color  vision)  (see  PRECAU- 
TIONS); Hematologic:  Neutropenia,  agranulocytosis,  aplastic  anemia,  hemolytic  anemia  (some- 
times Coombs  positive),  thrombocytopenia  with  or  without  purpura,  eosinophilia,  decreases  in 
hemoglobin  and  hematocrit;  Cardiovascular:  Congestive  heart  failure  in  patients  with  marginal 
cardiac  function,  elevated  blood  pressure,  palpitations;  Allergic:  Syndrome  of  abdominal  pain, 
fever,  chills,  nausea  and  vomiting;  anaphylaxis;  bronchospasm  (see  CONTRAINDICATIONS), 
Renal:  Acute  renal  failure  in  patients  with  pre-existing  significantly  impaired  renal  function, 
decreased  creatinine  clearance,  polyuria,  azotemia,  cystitis,  hematuria;  Miscellaneous:  Dry  eyes 
and  mouth,  gingival  ulcer,  rhinitis. 

Incidence  less  than  1%-Causai  Relationship  Unknown** 

Gastrointestinal:  Pancreatitis;  Central  Nervous  System:  Paresthesias,  hallucinations,  dream 
abnormalities,  pseudotumor  cerebri;  Dermatologic:  Toxic  epidermal  necrolysis,  photoallergic 
skin  reactions;  Special  Senses:  Conjunctivitis,  diplopia,  optic  neuritis;  Hematologic:  Bleeding 
episodes  (eg  , epistaxis,  menorrhagia);  Metabolic/Endocrine:  Gynecomastia,  hypoglycemic 
reaction;  Cardiovascular:  Arrhythmias  (sinus  tachycardia,  sinus  bradycardia);  Allergic:  Serum 
sickness,  lupus  erythematosus  syndrome,  Henoch-SchOnlein  vasculitis;  Renal:  Renal  papillary 
necrosis. 

‘Reactions  occurring  in  3%  to  9%  of  patients  treated  with  Motrin.  (Those  reactions  occurring  in 
less  than  3%  of  the  patients  are  unmarked.) 

♦♦Reactions  are  classified  under  ' 'Probable  Causal  Relationship  ( PCR )"  if  there  has  been  one 
positive  rechallenge  or  if  three  or  more  cases  occur  which  might  be  causally  related.  Reactions 
are  classified  under  Causal  Relationship  Unknown"  if  seven  or  more  events  have  been  reported 
but  the  criteria  for  PCR  have  not  been  met. 

Overdosage:  In  cases  of  acute  overdosage,  the  stomach  should  be  emptied.  The  drug  is  acidic 
and  excreted  in  the  urine  so  alkaline  diuresis  may  be  beneficial. 

Dosage  and  Administration:  Rheumatoid  arthritis  and  osteoarthritis.  Suggested  dosage  is  300, 
400,  or  600  mg  t.i.d.  or  q.i.d.  Do  not  exceed  2400  mg  per  day.  Mild  to  moderate  pain:  400  mg 
every  4 to  6 hours  as  necessary. 

Caution:  Federal  law  prohibits  dispensing  without  prescription.  med  b-7-s 


Motrin  is  a registered  trademark  of  The  Upphn  Manufacturing  Company. 


Upjohn 


The  Upjohn  Company 
Kalamazoo,  Michigan  49001 


My  Patients  Were  Fine . . 
My  Practice  Was  Ailing! 


My  Remedy: 

EXECU-FLOW  SYSTEMS... 
“A  Good  Shot  In  The  Arm!” 


Computers  are  revolutionizing  the  practice  of 
medicine.  Execu-Flow  Systems  is  at  the  forefront 
of  this  revolution,  providing  you  with  the  latest  in 
software/hardware  technology. 


You  can  start  with  Patient  Billing  and  Insurance 
Processing,  and  add  other  systems  such  as 
Appointment  Scheduling,  Medical  Records, 
Electronic  Claims,  Word  Processing,  etc. 


Our  many  years  of  experience  with  practices 
such  as  yours,  GUARANTEES  our  mutual  suc- 
cess. Our  system  provides  you  with  the  peace-of- 
mind  in  knowing  that  your  practice  is  operating  at 
peak  efficiency. 


Could  your  practice  use  a “Shot  in  the  Arm?” 


Multi-tasking  IBM  XT/IBM  9000/ 
CONTEL  CADO  Systems 
Software  for  YOUR  SPECIALTY 
Automatic  Prescription  System 
Complete  “Paperless”  Office  Available 
Comprehensive  Patient  Recall  System 


rirMMr_H  mill 


SYSTEMS  INC 


■ 


2013  Morris  Avenue,  Union,  N.J.  07083 
or  call  ( 201)  851-0750 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS  T. 


856 


Myth  or  Fact: 

Dan  Women  Self-Diagnose  Pregnancy? 

Gloria  a.  Bachmann,  m.d.,  new  Brunswick* 


The  unproved  belief  that  most  women  can  self-diagnose 
pregnancy  before  medical  confirmation  is  accepted  widely.  To 
test  the  accuracy  of  self -diagnosis,  283  women  who  requested  a 
pregnancy  test  because  of  late  menses  were  asked  to  complete 
a structured , self-administered  questionnaire. 


The  diagnosis  of  pregnancy  is 
based  on  symptoms  and  signs, 
especially  missed  menses, 
licited  by  history  taking,  physical  examination,  and 
iboratoiy  procedures.  Most  often  the  diagnosis  rests 
1th  detection  of  human  chorionic  gonadotropin 
iCG)  in  urine  or  serum.1  Although  some  current  preg- 
aney  tests  can  detect  HCG  nine  days  after  ovulation, 
i general  most  detect  HCG  after  the  first  missed 
lenses.  However,  false  negative  and  false  positive  re- 
ults  can  occur  because  of  substances  interfering  with 
le  HCG  measurement  or  by  HCG  or  HCG-like 
scretion  in  the  absence  of  pregnancy.2  Moreover,  HCG 
etection  in  the  urine  is  a probable  sign  of  pregnancy 
ither  than  an  absolute  sign.  Identification  of  fetal 
eart  activity,  perception  of  fetal  movement  by  the 
Kaminer,  and  the  recognition  of  the  fetus  radio- 
igically  or  sonographically  are  considered  absolute 
;gns  of  pregnancy. 

Some  physicians  believe  that  the  diagnosis  of  preg- 
ancy  can  be  supported  before  absolute  signs  are  rec- 
gnizable  by  asking  the  woman  if  she  is  pregnant.3 
elf-predietion  of  pregnancy  is  of  special  interest  in  the 
rea  of  in  vitro  fertilization. 

Can  women  accurately  predict  those  cycles  in  which 
ie  implanted  fertilized  ovum  has  resulted  in  a preg- 
ancy?  This  research  studied  the  accuracy  of  a 
Oman's  self-prediction  of  pregnancy  before  preg- 
ancy  test  results  and  physical  examination  were 


known  to  her.  It  also  evaluated  specific  factors  affect- 
ing her  diagnosis. 

MATERIALS  AND  METHODS 

Two  hundred  eighty-three  women,  aged  16  through 
28  years  (mean,  22.8  years),  who  requested  a preg- 
nancy test  because  of  a late  menses,  were  studied  at 
three  health  centers  in  New  Brunswick.  Six  women  (2 
percent)  of  the  sample  wanted  to  be  pregnant.  Sixty- 
four  (23  percent)  women  had  previous  pregnancy  ex- 
perience. Ninety-eight  percent  of  the  sample  had  their 
last  menses  60  days  or  less  before  requesting  a preg- 
nancy test.  Each  woman  was  asked  to  fill  out  a com- 
prehensive, structured  contraception  and  sexual  his- 
tory questionnaire  which  included  questions  on 
whether  she  believed  she  was  pregnant,  and  if  subjec- 
tive symptoms  of  pregnancy  were  present.  All  question- 
naires were  filled  out  before  the  results  of  the  preg- 
nancy test  (NeoCept®)  were  available  and  before  a 
physical  examination  was  done. 

NeoCept®  is  a urine  test  for  pregnancy  based  on  the 
hemagglutination  inhibition  reaction  between  HCG- 
sensitized  blood  cells  and  antisera  to  HCG.  It  is  positive 


*Dr.  Bachmann  is  affiliated  with  the  Department  of  Ob- 
stetrics and  Gynecology,  UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School. 
Correspondence  may  be  addressed  to  Dr.  Bachmann,  UMDNJ- 
Rutgers  Medical  School,  Department  of  Obstetrics  and 
Gynecology,  Academic  Health  Science  Center,  CN  19,  New 
Brunswick,  NJ  08903. 


9L.  81— NUMBER  10— OCTOBER  1984 


857 


at  an  average  of  16  days  after  ovulation,  at  which  time 
the  concentration  of  HCG  in  the  urine  is  about  200 
mIU/ml.4  This  corresponds  to  about  the  time  of  the 
first  missed  period. 

RESULTS 

Of  the  283  pregnancy  tests,  118  (42  percent)  were 
positive  and  165  (58  percent)  were  negative.  Of  118 
women  with  positive  pregnancy  tests,  92  percent  were 
correct  in  stating  they  were  pregnant;  women  with 
previous  pregnancy  experience  were  94  percent  ac- 
curate. Of  105  women  with  negative  pregnancy  tests, 
57  percent  incorrectly  stated  they  were  pregnant;  64 
percent  with  previous  pregnancy  experience  incorrect- 
ly thought  they  were  pregnant. 

Accuracy  of  Prediction.  Of  the  283  women  request- 
ing pregnancy  tests,  204  thought  they  were  pregnant, 
however,  only  109  (53  percent)  did  have  a positive 
pregnancy  test.  Of  the  79  subjects  who  did  not  think 
they  were  pregnant,  70  (89  percent)  were  correct  and 
had  negative  pregnancy  tests  while  9(11  percent)  were 
inaccurate  and  indeed  were  pregnant  (Figure).  Of  the 
study  population,  64  women  who  had  previous  preg- 
nancy experience  were  not  more  accurate  in  their  pre- 
diction of  pregnancy  than  the  rest  of  the  group. 

Subjective  Symptoms  and  Signs  of  Pregnancy.  Of 
the  118  subjects  with  positive  pregnancy  tests,  59  (50 
percent)  felt  pregnant  as  compared  to  34  (21  percent) 
of  the  165  women  with  negative  pregnancy  tests. 

Accuracy  of  Pregnancy  Prediction  of  Subjective 
Symptoms.  Eighty-nine  (44  percent)  of  the  204  women 
who  thought  they  were  pregnant  had  subjective  symp- 
toms of  pregnancy.  Of  these  89  women,  57  subsequent- 
ly had  a positive  HCG.  Therefore,  of  all  women  who 
thought  they  were  pregnant,  only  57  (29  percent)  had 
symptoms  of  pregnancy  and  indeed  were  pregnant;  32 
women  ( 1 5 percent)  had  symptoms  but  were  not  preg- 
nant. 

Of  the  79  women  who  did  not  think  they  were  preg- 
nant, only  5 percent  had  symptoms  of  pregnancy.  Of 
this  group,  only  2 (3  percent)  with  a subsequently 
negative  test  reported  subjective  symptoms. 

Unprotected  Intercourse  and  Contraceptive  Use. 
Women  who  felt  they  were  pregnant  reported  the  high- 
er percentage  of  unprotected  intercourse  (59  percent 
as  compared  to  36  percent).  As  expected,  women  who 
thought  they  were  pregnant  and  subsequently  had  a 
positive  pregnancy  test  had  the  higher  rate  of  un- 
protected intercourse  (71  percent),  and  the  higher  per- 
centage of  failure  to  use  contraceptive  agents  (16  per- 
cent compared  to  10  percent). 

DISCUSSION  OF  RESULTS 

Women  who  requested  a pregnancy  test  to  rule  out 
an  unwanted  pregnancy  did  not  have  a high  degree  of 
accuracy  in  predicting  pregnancy.  Only  53  percent 
were  correct  in  accurately  self-diagnosing  pregnancy. 
However,  of  those  women  not  believing  they  were  preg- 
nant, 89  percent  were  accurate.  Symptoms  of  preg- 
nancy were  reported  more  often  by  women  with 
positive  pregnancy  tests  who  thought  they  were  preg- 
nant, but  subjective  symptoms  were  not  more  accurate 
than  the  woman’s  self-prediction  of  pregnancy.  The 


Accuracy  of  Self-Diagnosis  of  Pregnancy 


niques  as  compared  to  those  who  did  not  think  th 
were  pregnant.  In  fact,  more  women  requested  a pr< 
nancy  test  because  of  unprotected  intercourse  th 
because  of  pregnancy  symptoms.  Despite  recent  £ 
vances  in  fertility  control  techniques,  many  worm 
especially  in  this  younger  population  avoid  or  are  i 
consistent  with  contraception. 

SUMMARY 

It  appears  that  self-diagnosis  is  not  accurate  in  pi 
dieting  pregnancy  and  physicians  should  not  rely  < 
history  alone.  Many  women  assume  that  they  are  pre: 
nant  after  a missed  menstrual  period  until  pregnan; 
testing  and  pelvic  examination  give  them  a conclusij 
answer.  However,  if  a woman  states  she  is  not  prej 
nant,  she  most  probably  is  correct.  Data  from  a popi 
lation  of  women  desirous  of  pregnancy  and  from 
population  of  women  undergoing  in  vitro  fertilizatii 
are  needed  for  comparison. 

REFERENCES 

1.  Williams:  Obstetrics,  12th  Edition.  1980,  p.  261. 

2.  Horwitz  CA  Pregnancy  tests  1980:  Advantages  and  lir 
tations.  Lab  Med  11:620,  1980. 

3.  Derman  R,  Corson  S,  Horwitz  CA  Lau  HL,  Soderstrci 
R Early  diagnosis  of  pregnancy:  A symposium.  J Repro  M 
26:4,  1981. 

4.  Wang  CF,  Gemzell  C:  Neocept®:  A simple,  sensitive  uri 
test  of  early  pregnancy  in  women  undergoing  ovulation 
duction.  J Repro  Med  4:193-195,  1982. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS1 


858 


(BR5M2)  THE  BROWN  PHARMACEUTICAL  CO.,  INC. 

2500  West  Sixth  Street,  Los  Angeles,  CA  90057 


For  Full  Prescribing  Information,  Please  See  PDR. 


REFER  TO 

PDR 


Android  5 TO  25 


Methyltestosterone  U.S.R  Tablets 


Android/f 

Fluoxymesterone  U.S.R  Tablets,  10  m 


Aistonce 
each  day... 

First-step  blood  pressure  control 
with  optimal  simplicity 


Benefits  diuretics  cannot  offer : . .Once  daily  inderal  la 

(propranolol  hydrochloride)  with  its  smooth  24-hour  control  of  blood 
pressure  provides  a high  degree  of  patient  acceptance  without  potas- 
sium problems,  plus  the  cardiovascular  benefits  of  the  world’s  leading 
beta  blocker. 

Experience  no  other  beta  blocker  can  match.. . Once  daily 

INDERAL  LA  delivers  the  proven  performance  and  safety  profile  of 
INDERAL  tablets— confirmed  by  millions  of  patients  during  16  years 
of  clinical  use.  INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  used  in  congestive  heart 
failure,  sinus  bradycardia,  heart  block  greater  than  first  degree,  or 
bronchial  asthma. 


Start  with  80  mg  once  daily. . - Dosage  may  be  increased  to 
120  mg  or  160  mg  once  daily  as  needed  to  achieve  additional  control. 
Please  see  next  page  for  further  details  and  brief  summary  of 
prescribing  information. 


> hi 

80  120  160 
mg  mg  mg 

The  appearance  ol  INDERAL  LA  capsules 
is  u registered  trademark  ol  Aycrsl  Laboratories 

Ayerst 


Just  once  each  day 
for  initial  therapy  in 
HYPERTENSION. 


ONCE-DAILY 


INDERAL  LA 

(PROPRANOLOL  HCI)  CAPSULES 


1 


BRIEF  SUMMARY  (FOR  FULL  PRESCRIBING  INFORMATION,  SEE  PACKAGE  CIRCULAR.) 
INDERAL'  LA  brand  of  propranolol  hydrochloride  (Long  Acting  Capsules) 
DESCRIPTION.  Inderal  LA  is  formulated  to  provide  a sustained  release  of  propranolol 
hydrochloride.  Inderal  LA  is  available  as  80  mg.  120  mg,  and  160  mg  capsules. 

CLINICAL  PHARMACOLOGY.  INDERAL  is  a nonseleclive  beta-adrenergic  receptor 
blocking  agent  possessing  no  other  autonomic  nervous  system  activity.  It  specifically  com- 
petes with  beta-adrenergic  receptor  stimulating  agents  for  available  receptor  sites.  When 
access  to  beta-receptor  sites  is  blocked  by  INDERAL,  the  chronotropic,  inotropic,  and 
vasodilator  responses  to  beta-adrenergic  stimulation  are  decreased  proportionately. 

INDERAL  LA  Capsules  (80, 120,  and  160  mg)  release  propranolol  HCI  at  a controlled  and 
predictable  rate.  Peak  blood  levels  following  dosing  with  INDERAL  LA  occur  at  about  6 hours 
and  the  apparent  plasma  half-life  is  about  10  hours.  When  measured  at  steady  state  over  a 24- 
hour  period  the  areas  under  the  propranolol  plasma  concentration-time  curve  (AUCs)  tor  the 
capsules  are  approximately  60%  to  65%  of  the  AUCs  for  a comparable  divided  daily  dose  of 
INDERAL  tablets  The  lower  AUCs  for  the  capsules  are  due  to  greater  hepatic  metabolism  of 
propranolol,  resulting  from  the  slower  rate  of  absorption  of  propranolol.  Over  a twenty-four  (24) 
hour  period,  blood  levels  are  fairly  constant  for  about  twelve  (12)  hours  then  decline 
exponentially. 

INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  considered  a simple  mg  for  mg  substitute  for  conventional 
propranolol  and  the  blood  levels  achieved  do  not  match  (are  lower  than)  those  of  two  to  four 
times  daily  dosing  with  the  same  dose.  When  changing  to  INDERAL  LA  from  conventional 
propranolol,  a possible  need  for  retitration  upwards  should  be  considered  especially  to 
maintain  effectiveness  at  the  end  of  the  dosing  interval.  In  most  clinical  settings,  however, 
such  as  hypertension  or  angina  where  there  is  little  correlation  between  plasma  levels  and 
clinical  effect,  INDERAL  LA  has  been  therapeutically  equivalent  to  the  same  mg  dose  of 
conventional  INDERAL  as  assessed  by  24-hour  effects  on  blood  pressure  and  on  24-hour 
exercise  responses  of  heart  rate,  systolic  pressure  and  rate  pressure  product.  INDERAL  LA 
can  provide  effective  beta  blockade  for  a 24-hour  period. 

The  mechanism  of  the  antihypertensive  effect  of  INDERAL  has  not  been  established 
Among  the  factors  that  may  be  involved  in  contributing  to  the  antihypertensive  action  are  (1) 
decreased  cardiac  output,  (2)  inhibition  of  renin  release  by  the  kidneys,  and  (3)  diminution  of 
tonic  sympathetic  nerve  outflow  from  vasomotor  centers  in  the  brain.  Although  total  peripheral 
resistance  may  increase  initially,  it  readjusts  to  or  below  the  pretreatment  level  with  chronic 
use  Effects  on  plasma  volume  appear  !o  be  minor  and  .g^piewhat  variable  INDERAL  has 
been  shown  to  cause  a small  increase  in  serum  potassi  J||f:oncentration  when  usecjpf|  the 
treatment  of  hypertensive  patients  * gg 

In  angina  pectoris,  propranolol  generally  reduces  the  oxygen  requirement  Of  lhe?hea#%t 
any  given  level  of  effort  by  blocking  the  catecholamme*K^^b  inc^^few,the  hqg|l/rate. 
systolic  blood  pressure,  and  the  velocity  and  extent  offlBMSr  dial 

may  increase  oxygen  requirements  by  increasing  left  i ventricular  tajigf* lenjffl^jjljflPstolic 
pressure  and  systolic  election  period  The  net  physiologic  effect  ol  beta-adru  ;urgic  blockade 
is  usually  advantageous  and  is  manifested  during  mm'i  n o by  delayed  ••wise!  o‘  pain  and 
increased  work  capacity 

In  dosages  greater  than  required  for  beta  blockade.  INDERAL  also  exerts  a quinidine  |pt' 
or  anesthetic -like  membrane  action  which  affects  the  Cardiac  action  potential.:  THe  sigftifF 
cance  of  the  membrane  action  in  the  treatment  of  arpwniffltfe  i^^cen»  i*:'.  * f 

The  mechanism  ol  the  antimigraine  effect  of  piopranoW  has  not  beefi.estaSlished  Beid 
adrenergic  receptors  have  been  demonstrated  in  the  plat  vfessefe  of  the  brain 

Bela  receptor  blockade  can  be  useful  in  condSns  m which,  because  of  pathoiogBbr 
functional  changes,  sympathetic  activity  is  detrim^^J§?fh(f:j^ai#it.'But  there  are  also 
situations  in  which  sympathetic  stimulation  is  vital  RfYAxampleHri  paffents  WTrrT severely 
damaged  hearts,  adequate  ventricular  function  is  maintained  by  virtue  ol  sympathetic  drive 
which  should  be  preserved  In  the  presence  of  AV  block,  greater  than  first  degree,  beta 
blockade  may  prevent  the  necessary  facilitating  effect  of  sympathetic  activity  on  conduction 
Beta  blockade  results  in  bronchial  constriction  by  interfering  with  adrenergic  bronchodilator 
activity  which  should  be  preserved  in  patients  subject  to  bronchospasm 

Propranolol  is  not  significantly  dialyzable 

INDICATIONS  AND  USAGE.  Hypertension:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  in  the  manage- 
ment of  hypertension,  it  may  be  used  alone  or  used  in  combination  with  other  antihypertensive 
agents,  particularly  a thiazide  diuretic  INDERAL  LA  is  not  indicated  in  the  management  of 
hypertensive  emergencies. 

Angina  Pectoris  Due  to  Coronary  Atherosclerosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated 
for  the  long-term  management  of  patients  with  angina  pectoris. 

Migraine:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  for  the  prophylaxis  of  common  migraine  headache. 
The  efficacy  of  propranolol  in  the  treatment  of  a migraine  attack  that  has  started  has  not  been 
established  and  propranolol  is  not  indicated  for  such  use. 

Hypertrophic  Subaortic  Stenosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  useful  in  the  management  of 
hypertrophic  subaortic  stenosis,  especially  for  treatment  of  exertional  or  other  stress-induced 
angina,  palpitations,  and  syncope  INDERAL  LA  also  improves  exercise  performance.  The 
effectiveness  of  propranolol  hydrochloride  in  this  disease  appears  to  be  due  to  a reduction  of 
the  elevated  outflow  pressure  gradient  which  is  exacerbated  by  beta-receptor  stimulation. 
Clinical  improvement  may  be  temporary. 

CONTRAINDICATIONS.  INDERAL  is  contraindicated  in  1)  cardiogenic  shock;  2)  sinus 
bradycardia  and  greater  than  first  degree  block;  3)  bronchial  asthma;  4)  congestive  heart 
failure  (see  WARNINGS)  unless  the  failure  is  secondary  to  a tachyarrhythmia  treatable  with 
INDERAL 

WARNINGS.  CARDIAC  FAILURE:  Sympathetic  stimulation  may  be  a vital  component  sup- 
porting circulatory  function  in  patients  with  congestive  heart  failure,  and  its  inhibition  by  beta 
blockade  may  precipitate  more  severe  failure  Although  beta  blockers  should  be  avoided  in 
overt  congestive  heart  failure,  if  necessary,  they  can  be  used  with  close  follow-up  in  patients 
with  a history  of  failure  who  are  well  compensated  and  are  receiving  digitalis  and  diuretics. 
Beta-adrenergic  blocking  agents  do  not  abolish  the  inotropic  action  of  digitalis  on  heart 
muscle 

IN  PATIENTS  WITHOUT  A HISTORY  OF  HEART  FAILURE,  continued  use  of  beta  blockers 
can,  in  some  cases,  lead  to  cardiac  failure.  Therefore,  at  the  first  sign  or  symptom  of  heart 
failure,  the  patient  should  be  digitalized  and/or  treated  with  diuretics,  and  the  response 
observed  closely,  or  INDERAL  should  be  discontinued  (gradually,  if  possible). 


IN  PATIENTS  WITH  ANGINA  PECTORIS,  there  have  been  reports  of  exacerbation  of 
angina  and,  in  some  cases,  myocardial  infarction,  following  abrupt  discontinuance  of 
INDERAL  therapy.  Therefore,  when  discontinuance  of  INDERAL  is  planned  the  dosage 
should  be  gradually  reduced  over  at  least  a few  weeks,  and  the  patient  should  be 
cautioned  against  interruption  or  cessation  of  therapy  without  the  physician's  advice.  If 
INDERAL  therapy  is  interrupted  and  exacerbation  of  angina  occurs,  it  usually  is  advis- 
able to  reinstitute  INDERAL  therapy  and  take  other  measures  appropriate  for  the  man- 
agement of  unstable  angina  pectoris.  Since  coronary  artery  disease  may  be 
unrecognized,  it  may  be  prudent  to  follow  the  above  advice  in  patients  considered  at  risk 
of  having  occult  atherosclerotic  heart  disease  who  are  given  propranolol  for  other 
indications. 

Nonallergic  Bronchospasm  (e.g.,  chronic  bronchitis,  emphysema)  — 

PATIENTS  WITH  BRONCHOSPASTIC  DISEASES  SHOULD  IN  GENERAL  NOT  RECEIVE  BETA 
BLOCKERS.  INDERAL  should  be  administered  with  caution  since  it  may  block  bronchodila- 
tion  produced  by  endogenous  and  exogenous  catecholamine  stimulation  of  beta  receptors. 


MAJOR  SURGERY.  The  necessity  or  desirability  of  withdrawal  of  beta-blockincjjb 
prior  to  maior  surgery  is  controversial.  It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  the  impaired:! 
the  heart  to  respond  to  reflex  adrenergic  stimuli  may  augment  the  risks  of  general  ar;| 
and  surgical  procedures 

INDERAL  (propranolol  HCI),  like  other  beta  blockers,  is  a competitive  inhibitor® 
receptor  agonists  and  its  effects  can  be  reversed  by  administration  of  such  age;‘| 
dobutamine  or  isoproterenol  However,  such  patients  may  be  subject  to  protracts  ■ 
hypotension  Difficulty  in  starting  and  maintaining  the  heartbeat  has  also  been  repe  l 
bst3  blockers 

DIABETES  AND  HYPOGLYCEMIA:  Beta-adrenergic  blockade  may  preven  m 
pearance  of  certain  premonitory  signs  and  symptoms  (pulse  rate  and  pressure  cht.l 
acute  hypoglycemia  in  labile  insulin-dependent  diabetes.  In  these  patients,  it  may  I 
difficult  to  ad|ust  the  dosage  of  insulin 

THYROTOXICOSIS:  Beta  blockade  may  mask  certain  clinical  signs  of  hyperth 
Therefore,  abrupt  withdrawal  of  propranolol  may  be  followed  by  an  exacerbation  of  s j 
of  hyperthyroidism,  including  thyroid  storm.  Propranolol  does  not  distort  thyroid  fund: 
IN  PATIENTS  WITH  WOLFF-PARKINSON-WHITE  SYNDROME,  several  cases  h; 
reported  in  which,  after  propranolol,  the  tachycardia  was  replaced  by  a severe  braj 
requiring  a demand  pacemaker  In  one  case  this  resulted  after  an  initial  dose 
propranolol 

PRECAUTIONS.  General.  Propranolol  should  be  used  with  caution  in  patients  with  j 
hepatic  or  renal  function.  INDERAL  is  not  indicated  for  the  treatment  of  hypd 
emergencies. 

Beta  adrenoreceptor  blockade  can  cause  reduction  of  intraocular  pressure 
should  be  told  that  INDERAL  may  interfere  with  the  glaucoma  screening  test  Withdr,! 
lead  to  a return  of  increased  intraocular  pressure. 

Clinical  Laboratory  Tests  Elevated  blood  urea  levels  in  patients  with  severe  heart 
elevated  serum  transaminase,  alkaline  phosphatase,  lactate  dehydrogenase 

DRUG  INTERACTIONS:  Patients  receiving  catecholamine-depleting  drugs  such 
pine  should  be  closely  observed  if  INDERAL  is  administered.  The  added  catecf 
blocking  action  may  produce  an  excessive  reduction  of  resting  sympathetic  nervou 
which  may  result  in  hypotension,  marked  bradycardia,  vertigo,  syncopal  attacks,  oro: 
hypotension. 

Carcinogenesis.  Mutagenesis,  Impairment  ol  Fertility:  Long-term  studies  in  anin 
been  conducted  to  evaluate  toxic  effects  and  carcinogenic  potential  In  18-month  ; 
Jaotbrats  and  rrji|Ai,employtngdoses..i4>tQj50mg/kg/day.  there  was  no  evidence  of  s 
drug-tndiiced, toxicity  There  y^e|ho  drug-jelated  tumorigenic  effects  al  any  of  tht 
flevel^fc^pSductive  studies  m animals  did  not  show  any  impairment  of  fertility  ; 

[ attributable  'to  thjHBK 

PLetijn£ncy  tSuShcv  GaJgbry  C -INDERAL  has  been  shown  to  be  embry 
^ni^Slrsmies  a^Jpses  about  10  times  greater  than  the  maximum  recommended  hunt 
Theii’are  no  adequate ah'd  welt-controlled  studies  in  pregnant  women  INDER/ 
be  used  during  pregnancy  only  if  the  potential  benefit  justifies  the  potential  risk  to  j 
Nursing  Mottfms  INDERAL  is  excreted  in  human  milk  Caution  should  be  exerci; 

■ ITJ DERAILS  administered  to  a nursing  woman 

L PeoSmc  Use:  Safely  and  effectiveaifts  in  children  have  not  been  established 
ADVERSE  REACTIONS.  Most  adjalpse  effects  have  been  mild  and  transient  ;l 
rpreiy  required  the  withdrawal pf  therapy 

jo.  Gjj%’yiovagpLtl$r:  jbradj&afdia)  congestive  heart  failure,  intensification  of  AV  blot 
’ tensiotK^esthe  Jaoi  nands  thrombocytopenic  purpura,  arterial  insufficiency,  usu; 
‘TteynauoType  k hP  - * 

Central  Nervous  System:  hghtbuadedness.  mental  depression  manifested  by  ij 
lassitude,  weakness,  fatiguer^rersibie  mental  depression  progressing  to  cataton 
disturbances,  hallucinations;  an  acute  reversible  syndrome  characterized  by  disorier 
time  and  place,  short-term  memory  loss,  emotional  lability,  slightly  clouded  sensor 
decreased  performance  on  neuropsychometrics. 

Gastrointestinal:  nausea,  vomiting,  epigastric  distress,  abdominal  cramping, 
constipation,  mesenteric  arterial  thrombosis,  ischemic  colitis 

Allergic:  pharyngitis  and  agranulocytosis,  erythematous  rash,  fever  combined  wi : 
and  sore  throat,  laryngospasm  and  respiratory  distress 
Respiratory:  bronchospasm. 

Hematologic:  agranulocytosis,  nonthrombocytopenic  purpura,  thromboc| 
purpura 

Auto-Immune:  In  extremely  rare  instances,  systemic  lupus  erythematosus  Tt 
reported 

Miscellaneous:  alopecia,  LE-like  reactions,  psoriasiform  rashes,  dry  eyes,  mr 
tence,  and  Peyronie's  disease  have  been  reported  rarely.  Oculomucocutaneous 
involving  the  skin,  serous  membranes  and  coniunctivae  reported  for  a beta  blocker  (| 
have  not  been  associated  with  propranolol 

DOSAGE  AND  ADMINISTRATION.  INDERAL  LA  provides  propranolol  hydrochli; 
sustained-release  capsule  for  administration  once  daily.  If  patients  are  switched  from  I 
tablets  to  INDERAL  LA  capsules,  care  should  be  taken  to  assure  that  the  desired  thr, 
effect  is  maintained  INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  considered  a simple  mg  for  mg  sub 
INDERAL  INDERAL  LA  has  different  kinetics  and  produces  lower  blood  levels  Retitr; 
be  necessary  especially  to  maintain  effectiveness  at  the  end  of  the  24-hour  dosinc 
HYPERTENSION — Dosage  must  be  individualized.  The  usual  initial  dosage  i 
INDERAL  LA  once  daily,  whether  used  alone  or  added  to  a diuretic.  The  dosagel 
increased  to  120  mg  once  daily  or  higher  until  adequate  blood-pressure  control  is  e 
The  usual  maintenance  dosage  is  120  to  160  mg  once  daily.  In  some  instances  a dosa 
mg  may  be  required.  The  time  needed  for  full  hypertensive  response  to  a given  c 
variable  and  may  range  from  a few  days  to  several  weeks 

ANGINA  PECTORIS — Dosage  must  be  individualized.  Starting  with  80  mg  INDi 
once  daily,  dosage  should  be  gradually  increased  at  three  to  seven  day  intervals  until' 
response  is  obtained  Although  individual  patients  may  respond  at  any  dosage  !i 
average  optimum  dosage  appears  to  be  160  mg  once  daily  In  angina  pectoris,  the  vi 
safety  of  dosage  exceeding  320  mg  per  day  have  not  been  established 

If  treatment  is  to  be  discontinued,  reduce  dosage  gradually  over  a period  of  a fe  * 
(see  WARNINGS).  f 

MIGRAINE — Dosage  must  be  individualized.  The  initial  oral  dose  is  80  mg  INDIj 
once  daily.  The  usual  effective  dose  range  is  160-240  mg  once  daily  The  dosage 
increased  gradually  to  achieve  optimum  migraine  prophylaxis  If  a satisfactory  respoi 
obtained  within  four  to  six  weeks  after  reaching  the  maximum  dose,  INDERAL  Lf 
should  be  discontinued  It  may  be  advisable  to  withdraw  the  drug  gradually  over  a 
several  weeks 

HYPERTROPHIC  SUBAORTIC  STENOSIS— 80-160  mg  INDERAL  LA  once  daily 
PEDIATRIC  DOSAGE— At  this  time  the  data  on  the  use  of  the  drug  in  this  age  grout) 
limited  to  permit  adequate  directions  for  use 

*The  appearance  of  INDERAL  LA  capsules  is  a registered  trademark  of  Ayerst  Lab; 


AYERST  LABORATORIES 
New  York,  N.Y.  10017 


Ayerst 


862 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  10— OCTOBER  IT* 


USKS  Associated  With 

^ST-TRAUMATIC  FLASHBACKS* 


Allan  Burstein,  m.d.,  freehold* 


Post-traumatic  flashbacks  occur  in  8 to  13  percent  of  persons 
following  a war  experience , catastrophe , motor  vehicle  or 
industrial  accident , or  assault.  Sixty  patients  were  evaluated  and 
13  were  found  to  have  post-traumatic  flashbacks.  Physicians 
should  anticipate  problems  and  look  for  and  treat  flashbacks. 


Post- traumatic  flashbacks  are 
clearly  perceived  revisualiza- 
tions of  the  trauma  scene  or  a 
luma-related  scene  occurring  with  realistic  intensi- 
The  traumatic  experience  may  be  a war  experience, 
catastrophe,  or  much  more  prevalent  traumas  such 
; motor  vehicle  accidents,  industrial  accidents,  or  as- 
ults.  An  incidence  for  flashbacks  of  8 to  13  percent 
is  been  noted  in  bereaved  widows,1,  combat  veterans,2 
id  a mixed  trauma  group.3 

The  dangers  associated  with  hallucinations,  as 
cur  in  schizophrenia  or  delirium,  are  well-ree- 
i*;nized.4  In  response  to  an  imagined  threat,  the  indi- 
idual  may  exhibit  a flight  reaction  and,  for  example, 
ap  from  an  open  window.  It  is  believed  that  such 
jght  reactions  are  possible  with  post-traumatic 
ishbacks,  but  very  few  references  to  this  problem 
lapear  in  the  literature.  Furthermore,  such  possibl- 
es are  not  necessarily  recognized  by  the  physician 
eating  the  victims  of  motor  vehicle  accidents,  as- 
lults,  or  other  commonly  seen  traumas. 

ETHOD  AND  RESULTS 

The  following  study  was  undertaken  to  ascertain  the 
evalence  of  dangerous  flashbacks  commonly  en- 
auntered  among  medical-surgical  patients  referred 
|r  psychiatric  consultation. 

Sixty  patients  who  met  the  DSM  III  criteria  for  post- 
aumatic  stress  disorder  (Table)  were  evaluated  as 


they  were  referred  from  medical  specialists  for  consul- 
tation in  the  hospital  or  office.  The  evaluation  con- 
sisted of  an  interview  and  confirmation  of  symptoms 
from  a family  member  or  from  a treating  professional. 

Twenty  (33  percent)  of  this  group  reported 
flashbacks  (10  males  and  10  females;  mean  age  32.3). 
Care  was  taken  to  distinguish  between  revisualiza- 
tions and  other  visual  imagery,  i.e.  illusions.  Confirma- 
tion was  obtained  in  13  eases.  The  traumatic  stresses 
involved  were:  motor  vehicle  accidents  (n  = 1 1 );  assaults 
(n  = 4);  work-related  accidents  (n  = 3);  and  other  (n  = 2). 
The  mean  time  from  the  trauma  to  the  evaluation  was 
32.7  weeks.  Of  these  20  patients,  none  had  a prior 
history  of  psychiatric  problems  or  manifestations  of 
psychotic  symptoms,  or  alcohol  or  drug  abuse. 

In  all  cases,  the  revisualizations,  which  consisted  of 
a scene  from  the  trauma  lasting  for  a minute  or  less, 
were  precipitated  by  an  event  reminiscent  of  the 
trauma  (a  thought,  a pain,  or  a similar  situation).  The 
flashbacks  occurred  either  frequently  (several 
times/week,  n = 16)  or  rarely  (2  or  fewer  episodes,  n = 4). 

In  nine  of  these  cases  (45  percent)  the  flashbacks 
precipitated  either  a dangerous  or  a potentially 
dangerous  situation,  according  to  the  judgment  of  the 
patients,  witnesses,  and  this  investigator.  The  trau- 


*Dr.  Burstein  is  in  private  practice.  Correspondence  may  be 
addressed  to  Dr.  Burstein,  Wemrock  Professional  Mall,  505 
Stillwells  Comer  Road,  Freehold,  NJ  07728. 


0L.  81— NUMBER  10— OCTOBER  1984 


863 


matic  events  in  these  eases  were  either  a motor  vehicle 
accident  (n  = 8)  or  an  industrial  accident  (n=l).  In  this 
group,  confirmation  was  obtained  in  seven  cases. 

CASE  REPORT  1 

A 35-year-old  petrochemical  worker  was  involved  in 
a plant  explosion.  Severe  bums  resulted  in  a lengthy 
hospitalization.  During  that  time  he  began  to  ex- 
perience frightening  dream  disturbances  in  which 
scenes  of  the  accident  were  repeated.  He  became  de- 
pressed and,  once  home,  quarreled  often  with  his  wife. 
There  was  no  sexual  interest  nor  interest  in  any  of  his 
prior  activities.  At  times  he  would  start  to  cry  for  no 
apparent  reason.  Seven  months  after  the  accident  he 
returned  to  work,  but  several  weeks  later  there  was 
another  explosion.  Standard  procedure  at  the  plant 
would  have  been  an  immediate  response  on  his  part 
to  help  his  coworkers  and  stop  the  fire.  However,  he 
froze  at  the  sight  of  the  flames  and  revisualized  his 
prior  accident.  Subsequently,  he  felt  guilty  and  quite 
vulnerable.  He  requested  and  was  granted  a change  in 
work  status. 

CASE  REPORT  2 

A 22-year-old  woman  was  involved  in  a motor  vehicle 
accident  which  resulted  in  facial  lacerations  and  or- 
thopedic injuries.  Following  the  accident,  she  began  to 
have  dream  disturbances  involving  a repetition  of  the 
accident.  The  dreams  were  so  vivid  that  sleep  which 
already  was  disturbed  became  impossible.  She  was  de- 
pressed, withdrew  from  social  relationships,  and  dis- 
continued her  modeling  career.  When  she  resumed 
driving  she  found  herself  experiencing  frequent  (sev- 
eral per  week)  flashbacks  of  the  accident.  At  times,  she 
would  “freeze”  behind  the  wheel,  scream,  or  “slam  on 
the  brakes."  She  attempted  to  cope  with  the  flashbacks 
by  either  not  driving  or  driving  as  slowly  as  possible. 

DISCUSSION 

This  study  suggests  that  flashbacks  occurring  dur- 
ing tasks  that  involve  concentration  and  quick  judg- 
ment pose  a risk  to  the  patient  and  others.  Moreover, 
they  are  not  rare  in  general  medical  practice.  This 
evaluation  only  dealt  with  patients  who  were  referred 
for  psychiatric  consultation.  Many  medical  and 
surgical  practitioners,  however,  treat  their  patients’ 
psychiatric  disorders  without  psychiatric  consul- 
tation.5 Hence,  this  study  reflects  only  a glimpse  of  the 
total  picture. 

Two  reasons  for  the  poor  recognition  of  flashbacks 
in  general  practice  are  suggested.  Firstly,  a clear,  con- 
sistent post-traumatic  symptom  picture  has  been 
recognized  only  within  the  past  few  years.  Post-trau- 
matic stress  disorder  formerly  was  called  gross  stress 
reaction,  traumatic  neurosis,  shell  shock,  or  combat 
fatigue  by  different  investigators.  The  presentation 
may  be  complicated  and  confusing  to  the  primary 
physician. 

Secondly,  as  Horowitz  has  suggested,  patients  often 
will  not  report  flashbacks  unless  specifically  asked6 
seeing  them  as  symptoms  of  “madness”  or  loss  of 
control. 

At  this  point,  treatment  considerations  are  tentative. 
One  pilot  study  indicates  that  those  individuals  ex- 
periencing post-traumatic  dream  disturbances  are  at 


TABLE 

Diagnostic  Criteria  Jor  Post-traumatic  Stress  Disorder*] 

A Existence  of  a recognizable  stressor  that  would  evokt 
significant  symptoms  of  distress  in  almost  everyone 

B.  Re-experiencing  of  the  trauma  as  evidenced  by  a 
least  one  of  the  following: 

(1)  Recurrent  and  intrusive  recollections  of  th< 
event 

(2)  Recurrent  dreams  of  the  event 

(3)  Sudden  acting  or  feeling  as  if  the  traumatii 
event  were  reoccurring,  because  of  an  associa 
tion  with  an  environmental  or  ideational  stimu 
lus 

C.  Numbing  of  responsiveness  to  or  reduced  involve 
ment  with  the  external  world,  beginning  some  timi 
after  the  trauma  as  shown  by  at  least  one  of  th 
following: 

( 1 ) Markedly  diminished  interest  in  one  or  more  sig 
nificant  activities 

(2)  Feeling  of  detachment  or  estrangement  fron 
others 

(3)  Constricted  affect 

D.  At  least  two  of  the  following  symptoms  that  were  nc 
present  before  the  trauma 

(1)  Hyperalertness  or  exaggerated  startle  response 

(2)  Sleep  disturbance 

(3)  Guilt  about  surviving  when  others  have  not,  o 
about  behavior  required  for  survival 

(4)  Memory  impairment  or  trouble  concentrating 

(5)  Avoidance  of  activities  that  arouse  recollection  c 
the  traumatic  event 

(6)  Intensification  of  symptoms  by  exposure  t 
events  that  symbolize  or  resemble  the  traumatf 
event 

*From  the  Diagnostic  and  Statistical  Manual  of  Mentc 

Disorders.  3rd  Edition.  American  Psychiatric  Associatior 

risk  to  experience  flashbacks.7  Case  reports  suggi 
that  phenelzine8  and  imipramine9  may  stop  flashbac 
as  well  as  calm  the  patient  and  control  the  sleep  aj 
dream  disturbances.  However,  more  formal  study 
the  problem  of  post-traumatic  flashbacks  must 
done. 

REFERENCES 

1 . Parkes  CM:  The  first  year  of  bereavement:  A longitudii 
study  of  reaction  of  London  widows  to  the  death  of  th 
husbands.  Psychiatry  33:444-467,  1970. 

2.  Panzarella  RF,  Mantell  DM,  Bridenbargh  RH:  Psychiat 
syndromes,  self  concepts,  and  Vietnam  veterans,  in  Figley  ( 
(ed).  Stress  Disorders  Among  Vietnam  Veterans.  New  Yo 
NY,  Bruner  Mazel,  1978,  p.  161. 

3.  Horowitz  MJ,  Wilner  H,  Kaltreider  N,  et  al.:  Signs  a 
symptoms  of  post-traumatic  stress  disorder.  Arch  Gen  Pi 
chiatry  37:  85-92,  1980. 

4.  Linn  L:  Clinical  manifestations  of  psychiatric  disorde 
in  Kaplan  HI,  Freedman  AM,  Sadock  BJ  (eds),  Co 
prehensive  Textbook  of  Psychiatry/III.  Baltimore,  MD,  V 
liams  and  Wilkins,  1980,  p.  1018. 

5.  Fauman  MA  Psychiatric  components  of  medical  a 
surgical  practice,  II:  Referral  and  treatment  of  psychiat 
disorders.  Am  J Psychiatry  140:  760-763,  1983. 

6.  Horowitz  MJ:  Stress  Response  Syndromes.  New  Yo 
NY,  Jason  Aronson  Inc.,  1976,  p.  37. 

7.  Burstein  A Dream  disturbances  and  flashbacks.  J C 
Psychiatry  (in  press). 

8.  Hogben  GL,  Cornfield  RB:  The  treatment  of  trauma 
war  neurosis  with  phenelzine.  Arch  Gen  Psychiol 
38:440-445,  1981. 

9.  Burstein  A Imipramine  treatment  of  flashbacks.  Arf 
Psychiatry  140:509,  1983. 


864 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS 


VOTE. 

EXERCISE 

YOUR 

RIGHT. 

NOVEMBER  6,  1984 


A Public  Service  of  JEMPAC 


Copies  of  JEMPAC  and  AMPAC  reports  are  filed  with  the  Federal  Election  Commission  and  are  available  for  purchase  from 
The  Federal  Election  Commission,  Washington,  D.C. 


L.  81— NUMBER  10— OCTOBER  1984 


865 


It’s  Your  Affair, 

So  Don’t  Lift  A Finger 


Since  we  want  your 
special  day  to  be  carefree 
just  lift  the  phone  and  call 


Perfect  Catering  For  A Perfect  Affair 

Trenton,  New  Jersey 
609-890-0778 


' TAX  SHELTERS 

Just  one  of  the  personal 
financial  services 
available  to  you  from  the 

physician’s  bank. 

• tax  planning 

• lines  of  credit 

• equipment  financing 

• retirement  planning 

• money  management 

• cash  flow  • investments 
• estate  planning 

Call  or  Write 

Joseph  J.  Verbaro,  Jr. 

Senior  Vice  President 

(201)  228-9770 


i 


■ vTl  1ST 

FINANCIAL  AND  TRUST  SERVICES  / 

DIVISION  OF  SECURITY  NATIONAL  BANK  & TRUST  COMPANY 
OF  NEW  JERSEY 

101  Eisenhower  Parkway 

Roseland,  New  Jersey  07068  Member  F.D.I.C 


Doctors:  Write  your  own  prescription 

to  cure  insurance  pains  . . . 

Prescription 

Prescription 

W 

Wflmp  MSNJ  Member 

Name 

Address 

MSNJ  Group 

Blue  Cross/Blue  Shield 
Major  Medical  and 

Dental  Insurance 

that  provides: 

- Flexible  plans 

- Comprehensive  benefits 

- Low,  competitive  rates 

- Centralized  Administration 

Designed  and  Administered  by 

(DONALD  E SMITH ASSOCIATES) 

Phone 

Please  send  more  information 
on  the  MSNJ 

□ Blue  Cross/Blue  Shield  Program 

□ Major  Medical  Program 

□ Group  Dental  Program 

Return  to: 

Donald  F.  Smith  & Associates 
One  Airport  Place,  Route  206  Nortl 
P.O.  Box  2197, 

Princeton,  New  Jersey  08540 

(609)  924-8700,  (201)  622-6046 

866 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSY 


! 

HlDTRIMESTER  AMNIOCENTESIS 

fOR  Prenatal  Diagnosis 

Abraham  Ghiatas,  m.d.,  long  branch* 


i 


At  Monmouth  Medical  Center , 152  women  underwent 
amniocentesis  because  of  advanced  maternal  age,  suspected 
neural  tube  defect,  or  adverse  family  history  for  chromosomal  or 
biochemical  disorders.  Amniocentesis  in  the  midtrimester  of 
pregnancy  is  a safe  and  accurate  method  of  prenatal  diagnosis. 


The  improvement  of  cytogenetic 
and  tissue  culture  techniques 
as  well  as  the  widespread  ac- 
“ptanee  of  amniocentesis  as  a diagnostic  aid,  have 
lowed  the  detection  of  many  inborn  errors  of 
iietabolism  and  chromosome  abnormalities,  such  as 
isomy  21  and  Tay-Sachs  disease. 

In  1955,  investigators  were  using  the  presence  of  x- 
uromatin  in  the  nuclei  of  amniotic  fluid  cells  for 
renatal  sex  determination.4  In  1965,  adrenogenital 
/ndrome  was  diagnosed  in  a fetus  by  measuring  the 
vels  of  17  ketosteroids  and  pregnanetnol  in  amniotic 
uid  obtained  in  the  39th  week  of  gestation.4  In  1966, 
le  technique  of  amniotic  fluid  cell  culture  was  in- 
oduced.4 

TOICATIONS 

Amniocentesis  is  indicated  when  the  risk  of  an  ab- 
ormal  child  is  greater  than  the  risk  of  fetal  ab- 
ormalities  in  the  general  population:  advanced  ma- 
mmal age  (over  35  years),  previous  birth  of  a child  with 
liown’s  syndrome  or  any  other  trisomy,  or  previous 
irth  of  a child  with  a neural  tube  defect  such  as 
leningomyelocele.236  Also,  it  is  indicated  when  the 
imily  history  suggests  that  one  parent  has  or  may  be 
carrier  of  a disorder  that  has  a chromosomal  or 
ioehemical  etiology.3-6 

The  results  from  the  work  performed  at  Monmouth 
ledical  Center  are  shown  in  Tables  1,  2,  and  3. 


TECHNIQUE 

The  procedure  is  simple.  After  the  abdomen  is 
prepared  aseptieally,  1 percent  lidoeaine  is  used  as  a 
local  anesthetic.  A 22-gauge  spinal  needle  with  stylet 
is  used  to  obtain  approximately  30  ml  of  amniotic 
fluid.  To  avoid  contaminating  the  sample  with  ma- 
ternal tissue,  the  stylet  must  be  in  place  when  the 
needle  is  advanced.  One  syringe  is  used  to  draw  the 
initial  0.5  ml  of  fluid  to  be  sure  it  is  clear  of  blood  and 
then  a second  syringe  is  used  to  obtain  the  specimen.5 

Ultrasonography  is  used  prior  to  amniocentesis  to 
localize  placenta  fetus,  and  fetal  age.  Also,  ultra- 
sonography provides  information  of  the  optimal  site 
and  depth  for  insertion  of  the  needle  to  obtain  a sam- 
ple of  amniotic  fluid.  This  is  marked  on  the  abdominal 
wall  and  amniocentesis  is  carried  out  immediately 
thereafter  to  minimize  changes  related  to  movement 
of  the  fetus. 

The  preferred  gestational  age  for  amniocentesis  is 
between  15  to  20  weeks  which  allows  sufficient  time 
to  repeat  amniocentesis  if  cell  culture  fails  and  also 
allows  a diagnosis  before  quickening. 

After  amniocentesis  is  completed,  the  fetal  heart  ac- 
tivity is  observed  by  using  ultrasonography. 


*Dr.  Ghiatas  is  a resident  in  diagnostic  radiology  at  Mon- 
mouth Medical  Center.  Long  Branch.  Correspondence  may  be 
addressed  to  Dr.  Ghiatas,  Monmouth  Medical  Center,  Third 
and  Pavilion  Avenues,  Long  Branch,  NJ  07740. 


OL.  81— NUMBER  10— OCTOBER  1984 


867 


TABLE  1 

Indications  for  Amniocentesis 

Indications 

No. 

% 

Advanced  maternal  age 
(included  also  border- 
line advanced  maternal 
age) 

141 

92.7 

Neural  tube  defect 

8 

5.3 

Other 

3 

2.0 

Gestational  Age 

TABLE  2 

Gestationcd  Age 

No. 

% 

Under  15  weeks 

2 

1.3 

15  to  20  weeks 

149 

98.1 

Over  20  weeks 

1 

0.6 

RESULTS  AND  DISCUSSION 


Amniocentesis,  a joint  procedure  at  Monmouth 
Medical  Center  performed  by  the  Department  of  Ob- 
stetrics and  Gynecology  and  the  Department  of  Radi- 
ology, was  performed  on  152  women  over  a period  of 
two  years  (1981  to  1983).  Of  this  group,  120  (78.9 
percent)  were  between  35  to  39  years  of  age,  12  (7.9 
percent)  were  over  40  years  of  age,  and  20  (13.2  per- 
cent) were  below  the  age  of  35  (in  this  group  also  was 
included  the  borderline  advanced  maternal  age, 
women  age  34  to  35).  The  indications  for  am- 
niocentesis are  summarized  in  Table  1. 

In  the  group,  "other,”  were  two  women  aged  33  and 
28  who  underwent  amniocentesis  due  to  maternal 
anxiety  and  one  woman  who  had  multiple  radiologic 
examinations  during  childhood  (age  24). 

The  reasons  given  for  neural  tube  defect  were: 
previous  deliver/  of  aneneephalie  child;  previous  de- 
livery of  hydrocephalic  and  spina  bifida  child;  previous 
delivery  of  Down’s  syndrome  child;  and  family  history 
of  Down's  syndrome. 

Analysis  of  Table  1 indicates  that  98  percent  of  the 
performed  amniocenteses  were  indicated  and  only  2 
percent  of  them  were  not  justified. 

The  gestational  age  at  the  time  of  amniocentesis  is 
shown  in  Table  2.  Table  2 indicates  98. 1 percent  of  the 
amniocenteses  were  performed  at  the  indicated  gesta- 
tional age  (15  to  20  weeks)  and  only  1.9  percent  were 
performed  either  earlier  or  later  than  the  indicated 
gestational  age. 

The  number  of  attempts  to  obtain  amniotic  fluid  as 
well  as  the  gestational  week  when  the  attempt  was 
done  are  shown  in  Table  3. 

Analysis  of  Table  3 shows  that  in  89.4  percent  of  the 


amniocenteses,  amniotic  fluid  was  obtained  at  the  fir 
attempt  and  5.3  percent  at  the  second  attempt.  T1 
reason  for  repeated  amniocentesis  was  failure  to  oi 
tain  fluid  on  the  first  or  second  tap.  The  reason  ford 
tap  was  the  patient's  refusal  to  allow  second  tap  aft 
the  failure  of  the  first. 

COMPLICATIONS 

The  complications  of  amniocentesis15,6  can  )h 
divided  into  two  groups.  The  first  is  fetal  compile! 
tions:  direct  fetal  trauma;  cord  hematoma;  hemorrha 
and  preterm  labor;  and  premature  rupture  of  the  met 
branes. 

The  second  group  is  maternal  complications:  ai 
nionitis;  fetomatemal  transfusion;  amniotic  fluid  ei 
holism;  and  Rh — isoimmunization. 

Only  one  patient  had  a complication  related  to  a i, 
niocentesis.  After  the  amniocentesis,  she  abort' 
spontaneously.  Communication  with  the  majority 
the  patients,  the  attending  physicians,  and  the  gene! 
counseling  office  at  Monmouth  Medical  Center  did  n 
reveal  any  other  complications. 

All  of  the  obtained  amniotic  fluids  were  clear  exce 
11  (7.1  percent)  amniocenteses  where  the  amnioi 
fluid  was  slightly  bloody  but  did  not  interfere  with  t 
cell  culture.  Only  one  cell  culture  indicated  trisomy  : 
and  the  patient  elected  abortion. 

SUMMARY 

The  collected  and  analyzed  data  of  152  ai 
niocenteses  performed  at  Monmouth  Medical  Cent 
indicate  the  high  degree  of  safety  of  the  method  (or 
1 complication  in  152  cases)  when  the  procedure 
performed  on  justified  cases  (98  percent  in  our  stuc 
at  the  indicated  gestational  age  (98.1  percent  in  o 
group).  Also,  it  indicated  the  high  degree  of  success 
performing  the  procedure  in  order  to  obtain  amnio! 
fluid.  In  our  group  only  3.3  percent  the  tap  was  dry  ai 
only  7.1  percent  of  the  obtained  amniotic  fluid  w 
slightly  bloody. 

REFERENCES 

1.  Broome  DL.  Wilson  MG,  Weiss  B.  et  al.:  Needle  puncti 
of  fetus:  A complication  of  second-trimester  amniocentes 
Am  J Obstet  Gynecol  126:247,  1976. 

2.  Cambell  Stuart  MB:  Early  prenatal  diagnosis  of  neu 
tube  defects  by  ultrasound.  Clin  Obstet  Gynecol  20:35 l -3f 
1977. 

3.  Chandra  P.  Nitowsky  HM,  Marion  R et  al.:  Experier 
with  sonography  as  an  adjunct  to  amniocentesis  for  prena; 
diagnosis  of  fetal  genetic  disorders.  Am  J Obstet  Gynei i 
133:519,  1979. 

4.  Danford  ND:  Obstetrics  and  Gynecology.  4th  EditU\ 
New  York,  NY,  Harper  and  Row,  1982. 

5.  Golbus  SM:  Ultrasonography  in  Obstetrics  a 

Gynecology.  Philadelphia,  PA,  W.B.  Saunders,  1983. 

6.  NICHD  National  Registry  for  Amniocentesis  Stu! 
Group:  Midtrimester  amniocentesis  for  prenatal  diagnos 
safety  and  accuracy.  JAMA  236:1471,  1976. 


TABLE  3 


Amniocentesis 

Attempts 

Attempts 

No. 

% 

Gestational  Week 

15 

16 

17 

18  19 

20 

20+ 

1st 

136 

89.4 

4 

6 

65 

41  18 

1 

1 

2nd 

9 

5.3 

2 

4 

3 

3rd 

2 

1.4 

1 

1 

Dry 

5 

3.3 

2 

4 

1 

ji 


868 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


TAX  SHELTER 

Real  Estate  Limited  Partnership 

Manhattan  Apartment  Building 
$10,000  minimum  investment 

Sponsor/General  Partner  is  an  experienced  property  man- 
ager and  Real  Estate  Broker  in  New  York  City 
Investors  will  own  over  85%  of  the  property 

Kafarski  Partnership  Limited  Partnership 
Robert  J.  Kafarski,  General  Partner 
10  West  172nd  Street,  New  York,  N.Y.  10032 

(212)  795-5271 

Th  advertisement  is  not  an  offering  No  offering  is  made  except  by  a prospectus 
fil  with  the  Bureau  of  Securities,  Department  of  Law  and  Public  Safety  of  the 
St  of  New  Jersey  The  Bureau  of  Securities  has  not  passed  on  or  endorsed  the 
mi  s of  this  offering 


WE  ARE  SPECIALISTS 

in 

PUBLIC  RELATIONS 

and 

MARKETING 

FOR  THE  MEDICAL  PROFESSION 

for  a confidential  interview  call 

(201)  531-7080 

phyllis  kessel  associates 

780  West  Park  Avenue,  Oakhurst,  NJ  07755 


MEDICAL  COMPUTERS 

DEC  - IBM  - TELEVIDEO 
ALTOS  - NCR 

I UNKING  OF  COMPUTERIZING  YOUR  PRACTICE? 

IlL  MEDICAL  COMPUTER  SPECIALISTS  offers 

a ode  variety  of  hardware/software  configurations  for  every 
r dical  office,  hospital  and  clinic  application. 


lUTOMATIC  INSURANCE 
ORM  PREPARATION 

Lccounts  RECEIVABLE 
■CONTROL 

Ivutomatic  PATIENT  RECALL 

• 'RACT1CE  MANAGEMENT 
IEPORTS 

TUNICAL  RECORDS 
jXCCOUNTS  PAYABLE 

I’ 


• APPOINTMENT 
SCHEDULING 

• ELECTRONIC  CLAIMS 
SUBMISSION 

• WORD  PROCESSING 

• MEDICARE/MEDICAID 
BILLING 

• GENERAL  LEDGER 

• INVENTORY 


UNIX  SOFTWARE  AVAILABLE  FOR  ALTOS  AND  NCR 
MUMPS  SOFTWARE  AVAILABLE  FOR  DEC 


SPECIALISTS  IN  MULTI-USER,  MULTI-TASKING 
DATA-BASE  MANAGEMENT  SYSTEMS 


r b l 


PROVIDING  YOU  WITH  OVER  15  YEARS 
OF  MEDICAL  COMPUTER  EXPERIENCE 

CONSULTING  SERVICE  AVAILABLE 


ROUTE  46W,  FAIRFIELD,  N J.  07006 


201-882-9210 


"FIRST  OF  STATE" 
1984  NEW  JERSEY 
DUCK  STAMP  PRINT 


Federal  and  state  duck  stamp  prints  are  among 
the  most  desired  collections  in  the  U.S.  The 
federal  program  is  now  51  years  old  and  is  worth  in 
excess  of  $80,000.00!  A complete  set  of  "first  of 
state"  duck  stamp  print  is  worth  $16,000.00!  Mow 
Mew  Jersey  is  offering  their  "first".  The  design  is  of 
a pair  of  Canvasbacks  resting  in  water.  Tom 
Hirata  s painting  is  crisp,  clear  and  classic! 

A framed  Hew  Jersey  Duck  Stamp  Print  is  a 
perfect  addition  to  your  home  or  office. 


Call  collect  (609)  983-3771 

Ask  published  and  national  authority  Joe 
McCaddin  for  the  possible  tax  advantages  in  col- 
lecting duck  stamp  prints. 


MARLTON 
SPORT  N 
WILDLIFE 
GALLERY 


(609)  983-3771 


Print  with  two  mint  stamps  $142.50 

Executive  "color”  Remarque  Edition  w/mints 
w/signed  w/medallion  & rem.  $561.50 

*Framing—Two  stamp  openings  $ 80.00 
Executive  Edition  $110.00 

Mail  Order— Add  $7.50  for  framed  UPS  delivery 

Add  $5.00  for  unframed  UPS  delivery 

Signature  _ 

Name  Phone 

Address  

City State Zip 

Credit  Card  # Exp.  Date 

VISA/MC  Accepted 

’All  matting  is  to  museum  specifications  with  hand-stained 
Walnut.  Medallion  editions  will  be  framed  in  Mahogany  with 
gold  lip  to  accent  the  medallion. 


)L.  81— NUMBER  10— OCTOBER  1984 


869 


Microsurgical  Resection  of  AV  Malformations 
from  Vital  Areas  of  the  Brain 


OTAKAR  R.  HUBSCHMANN,  M.D.,  AND  ABBOTT  J.  KRIEGER,  M.D.,  NEWARK* 


Cerebral  arteriovenous  malformations  may  cause  spontaneous 
intracerebral  hemorrhage  resulting  in  death  or  severe  disability . 
Modem  microsurgical  techniques  and  neuroanesthesia  allow  for 
the  resection  ofAVMsfrom  vital  areas  of  the  brain  without  an 
increase  in  neurological  deficit  as  a result  of  surgery. 


Arteriovenous  malformations 
(AVM)  of  the  brain  are  one  of 
several  causes  of  a spontaneous 
intracerebral  hemorrhage.  Unlike  the  more  common 
spontaneous  hypertensive  hemorrhage  or  ruptured 
aneurysm,  the  presence  of  AVM  often  is  heralded  by 
recurrent  headaches  or  seizures  prior  to  rupture.1  The 
importance  of  recognizing  these  “warning"  symptoms 
has  increased  recently  as  new  microsurgical  tech- 
niques allow  the  resection  of  AVMs  prior  to  their  rup- 
ture even  from  areas  previously  considered  inoperable. 

The  surgical  resection  of  these  lesions  has  attained 
even  greater  significance  recently  since  it  has  been 
recognized  that,  in  addition  to  a life-threatening  in- 
tracerebral hemorrhage,  a dementia-like  syndrome, 
thought  to  be  caused  by  the  pulsatile  force  of  the  AVM. 
relative  ischemia  of  the  normal  brain  in  the  vicinity 
caused  by  the  shunting  of  blood  through  the  AVM,  or 
both,  add  to  the  total  disability  over  a period  of  years. 

The  new  aggressive  approach  to  the  treatment 
adopted  at  our  institution  has  been  directed  not  only 
to  AVMs  located  in  the  "silent"  areas,  but  also  to  those 
located  in  critical  areas  of  the  brain.  Our  experience, 
along  with  that  of  others  who  have  adopted  a similar 
approach,  indicates  that  resectioning  of  an  AVM  from 
a vital  area  can  be  accomplished  with  no  mortality  and 
little  additional  morbidity.2 

This  report  describes  our  experience  with  seven  pa- 
tients who  have  been  operated  on  successfully  using 

870 


modem  microsurgical  techniques,  some  of  which  he 
been  developed  at  our  institution. 

MATERIALS  AND  METHODS 

Seven  patients  with  cerebral  arteriovems 
malformation  (AVMs)  in  the  motor  area  (3),  the  spei 
area  (3),  and  the  close  vicinity  of  the  internal  eapsie 
(1)  were  operated  on.  All  patients  were  followed  ba 
neurologist  both  pre-  and  postoperatively.  P<| 
operative  angiograms  demonstrating  a total  resect  a 
of  the  AVM  were  performed  on  each  patient  and  • 
viewed  by  a neuroradiologist.  Age,  sex,  location  of  e 
AVM,  and  postoperative  results  at  six  months  are  siJ 
marized  in  the  Table.  The  following  are  case  repcjs 
on  four  of  these  patients. 

CASE  REPORT  1 

A 33-year-old,  right-handed  male  presented  wit  a 
history  of  several  years  of  headaches  and  seizures,  cjd: 
a recent  subarachnoid  hemorrhage  which  nece'i- 
tated  his  admission. 

He  had  only  a mild  hemiparesis  (4/5)  in  the  proxirii 
muscles  of  the  upper  right  extremity,  hyperrefleJ. 
and  minimal  spasticity.  There  was,  however,  a sigrji- 

*Dr.  Hubschmann  is  Associate  Professor  and  Dr.  Kriege  s 
Professor  and  Chief,  Section  of  Neurological  Surgery.  UMDp 
New  Jersey  Medical  School.  Newark.  Correspondence  may 
addressed  to  Dr.  Hubschmann,  UMDNJ-New  Jersey  Medil 
School.  100  Bergen  Street.  M.S.B.H.-592.  Newark.  NJ  0713. 

THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERfV 


igure  1 — The  arterial  phase  of  cerebral  angiogram  showing  an  AVM  located  within  the  motor  strip  (left).  The  schematic 
rawing  of  the  somatotopic  representation  within  the  motor  strip  is  on  the  right. 


'Igure  2 — Preoperative  angiogram  of  the  same  patient  on  the  left  showing  the  AVM.  On  the  right  is  a postoperative 
ingiogram  showing  a total  resection  of  the  AVM  and  preservation  of  normal  cerebral  vasculature. 


it  degree  of  functional  impairment  of  the  hand, 

• “cifieally,  clumsiness  of  the  fingers  and  thumb  dur- 
1;  rapid  alternating  movements.  The  angiogram  re- 
ds the  relationship  of  the  AVM  to  the  motor  strip 
Figure  1.  A total  resection  of  the  AVM  was  achieved 
gure  2).  After  surgery,  the  patient  exhibited  a total 
niplegia  of  the  arm,  the  face,  and  the  leg,  although 
was  fully  awake.  The  initial  return  of  function  began 
the  legs  and  proximal  muscles  of  the  upper  extremi- 
bn  the  fourth  day;  in  two  weeks,  the  patient  was  able 
walk  with  minimal  assistance  and  lift  the  arm  about 
lj5.  At  six  weeks,  he  had  findings  similar  to  the 
‘operative  ones  except  for  the  hand  function  which 
nained  severely  impaired  although  he  could  use  the 
nd  to  feed  himself.  At  six  months,  his  neurological 
■ imination  was  virtually  the  same  as  preoperatively, 
hough  the  hyperreflexia  and  the  spasticity  were 
mewhat  greater  than  before  surgery. 


CASE  REPORT  2 

A 32-year-old  black  female  was  admitted  after  the 
sudden  onset  of  severe  headaches  and  the  rapid  de- 
velopment of  a flaccid  left  lower  extremity  monoplegia 
with  only  minimal  drift  of  the  left  upper  extremity  and 
total  sparing  of  the  face.  A CT  brain  scan  showed  a 
hematoma  in  the  medial  aspect  of  the  hemisphere  and 
an  AVM. 

At  surgery,  the  main  draining  vein  was  followed  to 
the  arterial  portion  of  the  lesion  and  the  whole  AVM 
was  identified  and  totally  resected.  After  surgery,  the 
patient  awoke  rapidly  with  a total  hemiplegia  on  the 
left  including  face,  arm,  and  leg  equally.  The  full  return 
of  function  to  the  face  and  the  upper  extremity  was 
complete  within  24  hours  and  she  could  walk  unaided 
in  two  weeks.  At  six  months,  her  findings  were  limited 
to  a minimal  weakness  of  the  lower  extremities, 


L.  81— NUMBER  10— OCTOBER  1984 


871 


Figure  3— Cerebral  angiogram  showing  an  AVM  located  in  the  receptive  speech  area  (left).  An  anatomical  drawing  of  tl 
reported  speech  area  is  presented  to  the  right  (from  case  report  3). 


Figure  4 — CT  brain  scan  showing  a large  AVM  in  the  left 
temporal  lobe. 


characterized  primarily  by  a 5/5  left  ileopsoas  weak- 
ness, hyperreflexia,  and  an  upgoing  toe  on  that  side. 
Functionally,  there  was  only  a barely  noticeable  limp. 

CASE  REPORT  3 

A 52-year-old  female  with  a long  history  of  headaches 
and  seizures  had  a positive  CT  brain  scan  during  a 
routine  evaluation.  Examination  was  entirely  normal 
including  bedside  testing  for  aphasia.  The  spinal  fluid 
was  normal.  Cerebral  angiogram  revealed  a large  AVM 
located  in  the  left  posterior  part  of  the  middle  and 
superior  temporal  gyrus,  extending  toward  the  angular 
gyrus  (Figure  3).  At  surgery,  a total  resection  of  the 

872 


AVM  was  achieved.  The  patient  woke  promptly  fl 
anesthesia  with  no  neurological  deficit.  Bedside  t!| 
ing  for  aphasia  on  the  second  postoperative  day 's 
unchanged  from  preoperatively.  She  remai  c 
asymptomatic  at  sfx  months  followup. 

CASE  REPORT  4 

A 58-year-old  man  had  a history  of  several  year 
headaches  and  seizures  that  recently  had  increase! 
frequency.  CT  brain  scan  demonstrated  a large  A 
located  in  the  left  posterior  temporal  lobe  (Figure | 
Cerebral  angiogram  confirmed  the  presence  of  an  c- 
tensive  AVM  in  the  temporal  and  parietal  lobes.  Til 
removal  of  the  AVM  was  achieved.  Postoperatively,  I 
patient  did  well;  he  was  afebrile  but  had  a signifies 
receptive  dysphasia.  CT  brain  scan  showed  evidenc 
postoperative  swelling  which  persisted  for  sevij 
weeks.  The  dysphasia  gradually  improved.  Six  we: 
after  surgery,  a drainage  from  the  wound  occurred.  1 
cultures  were  positive  and  the  infected  bone  flap  ij 
removed.  At  surgery,  an  epidural  collection  of  pus  c< 
municating  with  a small  intracerebral  extension,  \n 
evacuated  and  he  was  treated  with  intravenous  aJ 
biotics.  Postoperatively,  his  dysphasia  rapidly  il 
proved.  Four  months  later,  he  was  readmitted  foil 
cranioplasty.  His  postoperative  course  was  uneventl 
The  cosmetic  results  were  excellent.  There  was  o 
evidence  of  dysphasia  or  any  other  neurological  ,i- 
pairment  at  the  time  of  discharge. 

DISCUSSION 

Ruptured  cerebral  arteriovenous  malformatk  si 
(AVMs)  may  cause  a devastating  neurological  defiJ 
from  local  brain  destruction  or  death.  On  oceasii. 
unruptured  AVMs  may  cause,  in  addition  to  seizus 
and/or  headaches,  a progressive  dementia-like  si| 
drome  usually  ascribed  to  a relative  ischemia  of  e 
brain  which  is  caused  by  a diversion  of  blood  from  e 
normal  brain  into  an  AVM.  The  mortality  and  morbii- 
tv  of  an  AVM  is  greatest  when  it  is  located  in  vital  arns 
since  even  a small  hemorrhage,  well  tolerated  in  sill 
areas,  may  lead  to  a devastating  neurological  defi  t. 
The  likelihood  of  bleeding  causing  serious  neurologi  il 
problems  or  death  increases  markedly  when  the  cu- 

THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSf 


TABLE 

Patient  Results* 


Age 

(years) 

Sex 

Preoperative  Symptoms 

46 

F 

TIA.  speech  arrest,  SAH 

42 

M 

SAH.  transient 
expressive  aphasia 

12 

M 

Intracerebral  hematoma, 
aphasia  complete  right 
hemiplegia,  and  coma 

32 

M 

TIAs.  SAH.  4/5  right 
hemiparesis 

28 

F 

Intracerebral  hematoma 
right  lower  extremity 
monoplegia  mild  (5/5) 
right  upper  extremity 
paresis 

58 

M 

Intracerebral  hematoma 
left  hemiplegia  coma 

56 

M 

Seizures,  headaches 

Location  of  AVM 

Postoperative 
(Six-month  activity) 

Left  angular-middle 
temporal  gyrus 

No  deficit, 
normal  activity 

Left  middle 
frontal  gyrus 

No  deficit, 
normal  activity 

Left  middle 
frontal  gyms 

No  dysphasia  on 
routine  testing, 
mild  right  hemi- 
paresis, attends 
school  and  plays 
soccer 

Left  motor 
cortex 

Mild  right  hemi- 
paresis (4/5A  L). 
unemployed, 
normal  recrea- 
tional activity 

Left  motor 
cortex 

Minimal  (5/5) 
low  extremity 
monoparesis, 
unemployed, 
drug  addict, 
normal  recrea- 
tional activity 

Right  motor 
cortex 

Left  hemiparesis, 
2/5  left  upper  and 
4/5  left  lower 
extremities 

Left  temporal  lobe 

Asymptomatic. 
No  asphasia 

TIA:  transient  ischemic  attack:  SAH:  subarachnoid  hemorrhage. 
‘Grading  system  = 5/5:  full  strength:  0/5:  total  inability  to  move. 


iition  exists  in  a young  patient  with  a longer  life  expec- 
incy.  The  best  candidates  for  surgery  are  those  where 
)ie  risks  are  the  greatest,  i.e.  young  people  with  AVMs 
1 vital  areas  who  can  be  operated  on  prior  to  their 
|ieeding. 

Since  the  danger  of  bleeding  from  an  AVM  persists 

Iith  its  incomplete  obliteration,  often  the  case  with 
nbolization  treatment,  a complete  surgical  excision 
; the  ideal  treatment  of  choice. 

Incomplete  obliteration  often  is  the  ease  with  em- 
olization,  partieularily  when  multiple  feeders  are  sup- 
lying  the  AVM.  During  embolization,  small  particles 
r rapidly  setting  glues,  either  alone  or  in  combination, 
re  used.  A catheterization  of  the  main  feeding  vessels 
as  become  possible  in  the  hands  of  a few  experts  in 
Tis  country  and  abroad.  The  high  velocity  flow 
Trough  the  AVM  assures  that  initially  all  the  particles 
nter  the  AVM.  Once  a significant  portion  of  the  AVM 
> obliterated,  however,  the  flow  relationships  change 
nd  at  some  point  the  flow  through  the  AVM  is  not 
ignifieantly  different  than  through  the  normal  brain, 
his  may  result  in  the  ability  to  occlude  only  the  main 
?eder  as  subsequent  injections  of  the  embolizing 
ubstanee  may  result  in  occlusion  of  normal  vessels. 
Infortunately,  incompletely  obliterated  AVMs  are 
mown  to  regrow  and  their  partial  occlusion  does  not 
lessen  the  risk  of  a bleed. 

Although  surgical  results  in  the  past  always  have  not 
efleeted  the  expectations  based  on  the  pathological 


analysis.  McCormick  and  others  have  pointed  out  that 
there  is  a strong  theoretical  basis  for  a total  resectabili- 
ty of  most  AVMs,  regardless  of  their  location.3 

The  AVMs  are  congenital  anomalies  resulting  from 
the  lack  of  development  of  a capillary  interface  between 
the  arteries  and  veins.  As  a result,  there  is  a markedly 
decreased  resistance  to  the  blood  flow  in  the  system 
which  results  in  shunting  of  blood  from  normal  areas 
producing  a separate  high  flow-low  resistance  system 
in  the  AVM.  This  contributes  to  continuous  enlarge- 
ment of  this  system  throughout  a lifetime,  and  leads 
to  a rupture  and  bleeding  which  is  the  primary  cause 
of  mortality  and  morbidity.  The  main  vessels  supplying 
the  AVM  usually  do  not  supply  normal  brain  struc- 
tures and  conversely,  normal  brain  tissue,  usually  is 
not  present  within  an  AVM.  McCormick  has  shown 
that  abnormal  neurons  and  increased  glial  population 
are  sometimes  found  within  the  AVM  while  a plane  of 
gliotic  sear,  often  laden  with  hemosiderin,  separates 
the  AVM  from  normal  brain  tissue.  Theoretically,  an 
AVM  safely  can  be  resected  if  the  surgeon  is  able  to 
obliterate  only  the  vessels  supplying  the  AVM  without 
occluding  the  normal  vessels  in  the  vicinity,  and 
providing  the  resection  is  within  the  gliotic  plane  sur- 
rounding the  AVM.  Despite  the  sound  theoretical  base 
for  a successful  surgical  resection,  surgery  for  AVMs 
remains  a formidable  task  and  should  be  performed 
by  experienced  microvascular  neurosurgeons  at  in- 
stitutions with  adequate  technological  support. 


I'OL.  81— NUMBER  10— OCTOBER  1984 


873 


Our  results,  and  those  of  others,  indicate  that  resec- 
tion, even  of  formidable  AVMs,  can  be  accomplished 
without  mortality  and  without  producing  significant 
long-term  morbidity.  The  neurological  deficit  that  all 
patients  (with  the  exception  of  one)  experienced  after 
surgery  lasted  between  24  hours  and  seven  days,  and 
eventually  disappeared  in  all.  This  was  caused  by  the 
cellular  dysfunction  of  the  cortical  cells  induced  by  the 
necessary  mechanical  manipulation  at  surgery,  rather 
than  by  an  injury  to  important  vascular  structures. 
None  of  the  patients  has  a neurological  deficit  that  was 
worse  after  surgery  than  preoperatively  and  several,  in 
whom  there  was  a deficit  due  to  hematoma,  improved 
dramatically  postoperatively. 

Based  on  our  results,  and  the  increasing  number  of 
excellent  results  of  surgical  resections  of  AVMs  from 
vital  areas  of  the  brain  as  reported  in  the  literature. 


we  feel  that  an  aggressive  surgical  approach  is  i 
dicated  in  carefully  selected  AVMs.  With  the  increase 
technical  ability  of  neurosurgeons  specializing  - 
microsurgeiy  and  improved  preoperative  and  pc 
operative  support,  more  and  more  patients  who  und- 
go  operative  resection  of  an  AVM  will  have  excelln 
results  which  will  eliminate  the  ever-present  dangeiiift 
a neurological  deficit  or  death  caused  by  a sudc 
rupture  of  an  unoperated  AVM. 

REFERENCES 

1.  Stein  BM,  Wolpert  SM:  Arteriovenous  malformation:  ii 
the  brain  Arch  Neurol  37:1-5,  1980. 

2.  Kune  Z:  Surgery  of  arteriovenous  malformations  in  t 
speech  and  motor-sensory  regions.  J Neurosurg  40:293-ci. 
1979. 

3.  McCormick  WF:  The  pathology  of  vascular  ("artei 
venous")  malformations.  J Neurosurg  24:807-816.  1966. 


874 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS  f 


Effects  of  AIDS  on  Various 
^spects  of  Blood  Banking 


lERCY  KURIYAN,  M.D.,  FREDERICK  MUSCHENHEIM,  M.D.,  CELSO  BIANCO,  M.D.,  NEW  BRUNSWICK* 


leports  about  acquired  immunodeficiency  syndrome  (AIDS)  have 
caused  anxiety  in  prospective  recipients  of  blood  and  blood 
products.  Physicians  should  remember  that  the  risk  of  AIDS  from 
ransfusion  is  much  smaller  than  that  of  other  known  risks . 
Judicial  use  of  blood  and  blood  components  and  encouraging 
lealthy  individuals  to  donate  are  the  preventive  measures . 


Information  and  misinformation 
about  acquired  immunodefi- 
ciency syndrome  (AIDS),  a dis- 
: e of  unknown  etiology,  has  been  reported  by  the 
i dia.  This  has  resulted  in  widespread  anxiety  in  pro- 
active recipients  of  blood  transfusions  and  even  has 
e to  misconceptions  regarding  the  safety  of  blood 
liations. 

1 ARS  OF  AIDS  IN  DONOR  RECIPIENTS 

t Roper  organization  survey  of  a nationwide  rep- 
entative  sample  of  2,000  adults,  age  18  and  over, 

1 ealed  that  50  percent  of  the  survey  population  be- 
ifes  that  receiving  a blood  transfusion  can  cause 
'OS.  The  poll  also  found  that  nearly  one  in  four 
lerieans  questioned  incorrectly  thinks  that  donat- 
| blood  for  transfusion  to  a blood  bank  can  cause 
!pS.' 

SK  OF  AIDS  FROM  BLOOD  AND  ITS  PRODUCTS 

-pidemiologie  data  suggest  that  there  may  be  some 
k of  transmitting  AIDS  by  transfusion  of  blood  or 
components.  AIDS  has  occurred  in  patients  with 
nophilia.  Seventeen  cases  among  the  approximately 
l 000  such  patients  in  the  United  States  have  been 
' orted.2  The  hemophiliac  patients  who  contracted 
OS  all  had  been  treated  with  large  doses  of  eom- 
rcially  prepared  factor  VIII  concentrates  derived 
; lost  exclusively  from  paid  donors  numbering  many 
>usands  for  each  lot.  Studies  have  shown  reduction 


of  T helper/T  suppressor  cell  ratios  in  patients  receiv- 
ing lyophilized  concentrate,  but  not  in  patients  treated 
with  cryopreeipitated  antihemophiliac  globulin 
prepared  from  single  volunteer  donors.35  However, 
more  recent  surveys  indicate  that  a large  number  of 
persons  with  hemophilia  regardless  of  the  source  of 
factor  VIII  have  abnormalities  of  helper/suppressor 
ratios.  Transfusion  of  blood  or  components  from  single 
donors  also  have  been  suspected  in  the  transmission 
of  AIDS.  Reports  of  15  AIDS  cases  in  adult  transfusion 
recipients  who  are  not  members  of  the  high-risk  group 
and  which  comprise  1 percent  of  total  AIDS  cases  now 
are  under  investigation.67  In  these  cases,  diagnosis 
was  made  one  to  three  years  after  transfusion  with  a 
median  of  18  months.  The  number  of  donors  per  pa- 
tient ranged  from  2 to  42  with  a median  of  20  donors 
per  AIDS  patient.  In  7 of  these  cases,  1 of  the  donors 
either  belonged  to  a high-risk  group  or  had  low  T 
helper/T  suppressor  ratios.  Control  studies  have  not 
yet  been  performed.  However,  in  none  of  these  cases 
has  a blood  donor  with  AIDS  been  identified.  The  only 
case  of  transfusion-associated  AIDS  was  described  in 
a 20-month  old  infant  who  received  a unit  of  platelets 
from  a donor  who  developed  AIDS  7 months  after 


*Dr.  Kuriyan  is  Director,  New  Jersey  Blood  Services;  Dr. 
Muschenheim  is  Director  of  Laboratories,  Oneida  Hospital, 
New  York;  and  Dr.  Bianco  is  Director  of  Research  and  Develop- 
ment, Greater  New  York  Blood  Program.  Correspondence  may 
be  addressed  to  Dr.  Kuriyan,  New  Jersey  Blood  Services,  5- 
A Joyce  Kilmer  Avenue,  New  Brunswick.  NJ  08901. 


L.  81— NUMBER  10— OCTOBER  1984 


875 


donating  blood.  The  child  underwent  multiple  double- 
exchange transfusions  for  hemolytic  disease  of  the 
newborn,  and  received  blood  and  blood  products  from 
19  donors.8 

Blood,  platelet,  and  fresh  frozen  plasma  transfusions 
from  volunteer  donors  have  not  been  linked  definitely 
to  the  development  of  AIDS  in  any  of  the  more  than 
15  million  transfusion  recipients  in  the  United  States 
in  the  past  three  years.  About  98  percent  of  the  whole 
blood  or  blood  components  used  for  transfusion  in  the 
United  States  and  100  percent  of  that  used  in  New 
Jersey  come  from  volunteer  donors.9 

PRECAUTIONS  IN  BLOOD  COLLECTION 

To  prevent  possible  transmission  of  AIDS  by  blood 
and  its  products,  blood  collection  agencies  around  the 
country,  including  New  Jersey,  have  instituted  several 
public  health  measures  based  on  recommendations  of 
the  United  States  Public  Health  Service.10  These  in- 
clude educational  programs  to  infonn  persons  at  high 
risk  of  AIDS  to  refrain  from  blood  or  plasma  donations 
(Table  1 ).  Medical  screening  of  donors  has  been  ex- 
tended to  exclude  anyone  with  signs  or  symptoms  as- 
sociated with  AIDS  (Table  2).  This  has  resulted  in  a 
2 percent  increase  in  donor  deferral  by  medical  history. 
The  Greater  New  York  Blood  Program  and  its  divisions 
have  a unit-exclusion  system  which  permits  individ- 
uals in  the  high-risk  group  to  designate  their  blood  for 
research.  Every  donor  is  given  a confidential  form 
which  summarizes  current  information  on  AIDS  and 
lists  the  high-risk  groups.  The  form  allows  him  or  her 
to  confidentially  designate  their  donation  for  research 
only  and  not  for  transfusion.  These  units,  as  well  as 
those  from  donors  who  left  the  form  blank  are  removed 
from  inventory  and  are  not  distributed  to  hospitals. 
About  1.2  percent  of  persons  who  donated  in  New  Jer- 
sey through  this  program  over  an  eight-month  period 
specified  that  their  blood  be  used  for  research  only. 
Individuals  at  high  risk  of  exposure  to  AIDS  have  been 
most  cooperative  in  voluntarily  withholding  their 
donation  of  blood  for  transfusion. 

SURROGATE  TESTING 

No  test  yet  has  been  found  that  reliably  can  screen 
blood  donors  for  exposure  to  AIDS.  One  recent  study 
suggests  that  acid-labile  alpha  interferon  might  prove 
to  be  an  identifying  marker  in  asymptomatic  pa- 
tients.11 Other  nonspecific  tests  to  identify  blood 
donors  at  risk  for  AIDS  currently  being  evaluated  in- 
clude antibodies  to  core  antigen  of  hepatitis  B virus, 
antibodies  to  cytomegalovirus  (CMV),  T helper/  T sup- 
pressor cell  ratios,  alpha  thymosin,  and  Beta  2 micro- 
globulin. These  assays  have  been  found  abnormal  in 
AIDS  patients  and  some  high-risk  groups.  However, 
none  has  been  shown  to  detect  a possible  carrier  state 
for  AIDS. 

PRECAUTIONS  IN  BLOOD  USAGE 

Additional  caution  in  the  use  of  blood  and  blood 
products  by  treating  physicians  is  necessary  when 
considering  the  known  risks  of  transfusion  (hepatitis, 
cytomegalovirus,  malaria  and  hemolytic  reactions) 
and  those  under  investigation,  e.g.  AIDS. 

In  mild  hemophiliacs,  ciyoprecipitate  is  being  rec- 
ommended for  use  in  factor  replacement  therapy.12 


TABLE  1 

Persons  at  High  Risk* 

1 

Risk  Groups  for  AIDS 

Cases 

% o 
Toti 

Homosexual  or  bisexual  males 

1909 

71.: 

IV  drug  user,  no  history  of 
homosexuality 

460 

17.: 

Haitian,  no  history  of  homosexuality  or 
drug  use 

131 

4.< 

Hemophiliac 

17 

O.f 

Other 

161 

6.( 

‘AIDS:  Weekly  Surveillance  Report.  CDC,  November  7 
1983. . 

TABLE  2 

AIDS— Related  Donor  Medical  Screening* 

1.  Ann  inspection  and  questioning  for  intravenous  dr 
use 

2.  History  of  AIDS 

3.  Cough  or  upper  respiratory  infection 

4.  Persistent  recurrent  night  sweats 

5.  Lymph  node  enlargement 

6.  Tumor-like  nodules  or  lumps  on  skin 

7.  Persistent  diarrhea 

8.  Fever 

9.  Unexplained  weight  loss 

‘Donors  with  a positive  response  are  deferred. 

TABLE  3 

Requisites  for  Autologous  Transfusion 

1 . Autologous  transfusion  request  from  physician 

2.  Written  consent  by  donor-patient 

3.  Donor  hemoglobin  level  of  1 1 g/dl  or  greater 

4.  Oral  iron  supplements  when  multiple  phlebotomies 
needed 

5.  Identification  tags  for  blood  and  components 

6.  Communication  protocols  to  notify  physician  or 
hospital  of  presurgical  autologous  blood  availability 


TABLE  4 

Hazards  of  Transfusion 


Hemolytic  reaction 

Nonhemolytic  reaction 

Hypersensitivity  dermal 
reactions 

Anaphylaxis,  severe 
Hepatitis  B* 

Malaria 


1 in  2,500  to  4,500 
1 to  3 percent  frequen 

3 percent  of  transfusi 
Less  than  1 in  20,000 
74  per  million 
4.9  per  million 


Acquired  immunodeficiency  syndrome** 

Hemophiliac  plus  blood  1 per  million 

transfusion 

Blood  transfusion  only  1 in  2 million 

*MMWR.  May  1983  (approximate  estimate  based  on  car 
of  hepatitis  B reported  post-transfusion),  p.  2355. 
“Forum— views  and  opinions,  Bruce  A.  Lenes.  CCBC 
Newsletter,  June  10,  1983,  p.  6. 


876 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JEF  % 


Jactor  VIII  concentrates  continue  to  be  the  mode  of 
lerapy  for  severe  hemophilia.  All  elective  surgical 
rocedures  in  these  patients  need  to  be  evaluated  with 
'spect  to  advantages  and  disadvantages  of  delay.  A 
ew  heat-treated  factor  VIII  concentrate  (Hemophil  T) 
as  been  licensed  recently.  This  process  may  reduce 
le  hepatitis  risk  associated  with  these  derivatives  but 

is  unknown  whether  it  will  change  the  AIDS  risk. 

UTOLOGOUS  DONATION 

Autologous  blood  transfusion,  especially  for  elective 
lirgery,  has  been  encouraged  (Table  3).  The  use  of 
itologous  blood  is  ideal  but  feasible  only  in  patients 
ho  probably  will  not  require  much  blood  and  whose 
palth  status  permits  blood  donations.  Generally, 
ood  for  autologous  donation  is  taken  from  patients 
ith  hematocrit  of  34  percent  ( 1 1 gm  of  hemoglobin) 

- higher,  and  at  a frequency  of  about  one  unit  per 
eek.  Plastic,  orthopedic,  gynecological,  and  general 
jrgery  (e.g.  cholecystectomy,  mastectomy,  or 
'ostatectomy)  are  elective  procedures  for  which  dona- 
ton  from  self  is  useful.  Intraoperative  and  post- 
nerative  salvage  using  commercially  available  auto- 
ansfusion  units  have  applications  in  elective 
qscular  surgery  and  trauma  cases. 

ESIGNATED  OR  DIRECTED  DONATIONS 

Requests  for  use  of  donors  selected  by  the  potential 
jcipient  has  been  a sequela  to  the  fear  surrounding 
!DS.  However,  the  major  blood  banking  organiza- 
jons — the  American  Association  of  Blood  Banks 
ABB),  the  American  National  Red  Cross  (ANRC),  and 
ie  Council  of  Community  Blood  Centers  (CCBC) — in 
joint  statement  “strongly  recommended  that  directed 
pnations  programs  not  be  conducted."  There  is  no 
'ssurance  that  such  programs  increase  the  safety  of 
ood.  Patient-selected  donors  are  under  pressure  to 
ve  blood  and  may  not  be  as  truthful  about  their 
embership  in  a high-risk  group  as  a volunteer,  un- 
immitted  donor.  In  addition,  directed  donations  may 
srupt  a smoothly  functioning  blood  system. 

EW  JERSEY  STATUS 

The  Blood  Bank  Task  Force  for  New  Jersey  along 
ith  the  New  Jersey  Department  of  Health  and  Blood 
ank  Association  issued  a similar  statement  dis- 


couraging directed  donations.13  They  further  con- 
cluded that  available  data  support  the  fact  that  AIDS 
is  not  being  spread  by  blood  transfusion  from  volun- 
teer donors,  and  that  appropriate  public  health 
measures  have  been  instituted  by  the  region’s  blood 
collection  facilities  to  protect  the  quality  of  the  regional 
blood  supply. 

CONCLUSION 

The  practicing  physician  should  remember  that  the 
risk  of  AIDS  from  transfusion  is  much  smaller  than 
that  of  the  other  potential  risks  (Table  4).  Judicious 
use  of  blood  and  blood  components  and  encourage- 
ment of  the  healthy  individual  to  donate  are  the  best 
preventive  measures  available. 

REFERENCES 

1.  Roper  Organization  Poll,  August  13-20,  1983. 

2.  Acquired  Immunodeficiency  Syndrome  (AIDS):  Weekly 
surveillance  report,  AIDS  Activity,  Center  for  Infectious  Dis- 
ease, Centers  for  Disease  Control,  November  7,  1983. 

3.  Lederman  MM,  Ratnoff  OD,  Schillian  JJ,  Jones  PK, 
Sehacter  B:  Impaired  cell-mediated  immunity  in  patients 
with  classic  hemophilia  N Engl  J Med  308:79-82,  1983. 

4.  Menitove  JE,  Aster  RH,  Casper  JT,  et  al.:  T-lymphoeyte 
subpopulations  in  patients  with  classic  hemophilia  treated 
with  cryoprecipitate  and  lyophilized  concentrates.  N Engl  J 
Med  308:83-86,  1983. 

5.  Goldsmith  JC,  et  al.:  T-lymphocyte  subpopulation  ab- 
normalities apparently  in  healthy  patients  with  hemophilia. 
Ann  Intern  Med  98:294-296,  1983. 

6.  Update:  AIDS.  United  States  Morbidity  & Mortality 
Weekly  Report  September  9,  1983. 

7.  Jett  JR  Kuritsky  JN,  Katzmann  JA  Homburger  HA:  Ac- 
quired immunodeficiency  syndrome  associated  with  product 
transfusion.  Ann  Intern  Med  99:621-624,  1983. 

8.  Ammann  AJ,  Cowan,  MJ,  Wara  DW,  Weintrub  P,  Dutz 
S,  Goldman  H,  Perkins  HA:  Acquired  immunodeficiency  in  an 
infant:  Possible  transmission  by  means  of  blood  products. 
Lancet  98:956-958,  1983. 

9.  State  of  New  Jersey  Department  of  Health:  1982 
Statistical  Summary  of  Blood  Use  in  New  Jersey. 

10.  Petriccian  JC:  Letter  to  all  establishments  collecting 
human  blood  for  transfusion.  Office  of  Biologies,  FDA  March 
24,  1983. 

11.  ME  Eyster,  et  al.:  Acid-labile  alpha  interferon;  a pos- 
sible preclinical  marker  for  acquired  immunodeficiency  syn- 
drome in  hemophiliacs.  N Engl  J Med  309:583,  1983. 

12.  The  National  Hemophilia  Foundation  Medical  and 
Scientific  Advisory  Council,  January  14,  1983. 

13.  Statement  of  Blood  Bank  Task  Force  of  New  Jersey, 
June  30,  1983. 


>L.  81— NUMBER  10— OCTOBER  1984 


877 


Androgen-Secreting  Ovarian  Tumors  in 
Postmenopausal  Women 

William  B.  Ober.  m.d.,  Hackensack* 


Two  patients  with  lipid  cell  tumors  of  the  ovary  demonstrate  that 
radioimmunoassay  for  total  serum  testosterone  is  the  best 
laboratory  clue  to  androgenization  and  that  radiologic  studies 
may  miss  small  ovarian  tumors.  The  expense  of  endocrine  testing 
requires  physicians  to  select  the  tests  most  likely  to  provide 
decisive  information. 


The  clinical  syndrome  of  an- 
drogenization generally  is  well 
recognized.  Such  signs  and 
symptoms  as  hirsutism,  acne,  temporal  hair  recession, 
hypertrophy  of  the  clitoris,  and  a lowered  tessitura  are 
the  effects  of  excess  circulating  androgen,  chiefly 
testosterone,  converted  peripherally  to  dihydrotestos- 
terone by  5-alpha-reduetase  at  the  target  organs.  In 
prepubertal  girls  and  premenopausal  women,  the 
diagnostic  possibilities  are  numerous,  including 
micropolycystic  ovaries,  ovarian  hyperthecosis,  hyper- 
plasia of  the  adrenal  cortex,  and  other  complex  en- 
docrine syndromes.  In  postmenopausal  women,  excess 
testosterone  production  virtually  is  limited  to  patients 
with  benign  or  malignant  adrenocortical  tumors  or 
with  a few  histological  types  of  ovarian  tumor  that 
usually  are  benign.  That  exceptions  occur  should  be 
noted:  an  androgenic  thecoma,1  a Krukenberg  tumor 
metastatic  from  the  colon  or  stomach  with  luteinized 
stroma,2  and  reports  of  other  unexpected  lesions. 

Given  today’s  techniques  for  testing  steroid 
hormones  and  their  metabolites  and  radiological  tech- 
niques for  localizing  lesions,  it  seems  possible  to  de- 
velop a simplified,  cost-effective  plan  for  investigating 
postmenopausal  women  who  are  androgenized  and  for 
determining  the  appropriate  surgical  approach. 

CASE  REPORT  1 

A 71  -year-old  woman  complained  of  hirsutism  de- 


veloping slowly  over  two  years.  Coarse  dark  hair  fii 
appeared  on  the  face;  it  grew  slowly  at  first,  then  mo 
rapidly  to  the  point  where  electrolysis  was  necessa 
During  the  previous  six  months,  dark  hair  began 
appear  on  the  chest.  Neither  recession  of  the  hairli 
at  the  temples  nor  acne  was  present.  Menarche  beg 
at  age  15,  and  menses  were  regular.  She  had  sever' 
pregnancies,  none  of  which  were  carried  to  ten 
Menopause  was  at  age  50  and  without  complicatior 
Physical  examination  was  normal  except  for  slig 
enlargement  of  the  clitoris.  Abdominal  hair  was 
creased  over  both  lower  quadrants.  Table  1 lists  e 
docrine  determinations.  Bimanual  pelvic  examinatic 
disclosed  a small  mobile  uterus;  no  adnexal  mass  w; 
felt.  A pelvic  sonogram  was  normal.  A CAT  scan  showr 
normal  adrenal  glands.  At  laparotomy,  the  uterus  w; 
small  and  the  ovaries  were  normal  for  age.  No  gro: 
tumor  was  seen.  Total  abdominal  hysterectomy  ari 
bilateral  salpingo-oophoreetomy  were  carried  out.  T1 
right  ovary  measured  2.5  x 1.8  x 0.8  cm,  and  in  ■' 
medulla  was  a spherical  1.4  cm,  soft  brown  tumcj 
sharply  circumscribed  from  the  cortex  which  conf 
pletely  surrounded  it.  Microscopic  examinatic 
showed  it  to  be  composed  of  an  admixture  of  mediun 


*Dr.  Ober  is  Director  Emeritus,  Department  of  Laboratorie 
Hackensack  Medical  Center.  Correspondence  may  be  a; 
dressed  to  Dr.  Ober,  Hackensack  Medical  Center,  Departme: 
of  Pathology,  Hackensack,  NJ  07601. 


878 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


tudy 

erum  testosterone 


TABLE  1 

Endocrine  Determinations 

Value 

326  ng/dl 


Normal  Range 

10  to  75 


lasma  DHEA-S 

1 13  mcg/dl 

50  to  230 

SH 

59  MlU/ml 

2 to  22 

H 

48  MlU/ml 

22  to  133 

rolactin 

4.3  ng/ml 

6 to  30 

SH 

8 MU/ml 

1 to  10 

4 

8.2  mcg/dl 

4 to  13 

j3  uptake 

42% 

24  to  36 

;stradiol 

8.8  ng/dl 

3 to  5 

4-hour  urinary 
ree  cortisol 

44  mcg/dl 

20  to  90 

TABLE  2 

Endocrine  Determinations 

itudy 

Value 

Normal  Range 

ierum  testosterone  379  ng/dl 

20  to  150 

•’lasma  DHEA-S 

380  mcg/dl 

1 10  to  610 

'SH 

77  MlU/ml 

40  to  200 

— 

’rolactin 

— 

j'SH 

1.7  MU/ml 

0 to  4.5 

4 

7 mcg/dl 

4.5  to  12.5 

'3  uptake 

28% 

23  to  34 

Estradiol 

; 

— 

Ierum  cortisol, 
2.00  P.M. 

13.5  mcg/dl 

A.M.  7 to  25 
P.M.  2 to  9 

?ed  polyhedral  cells  with  bright  eosinophilic 
itoplasm  and  larger  polyhedral  cells  with  clear 
toplasm  (Figure  1).  The  former  resembled  luteinized 
lls;  the  latter  resembled  adrenocortical  cells.  Oc- 
sional  transitional  cells  were  seen.  Crystalloids  of 
'inke  were  not  identified.  The  overlying  circumfer- 
jitial  cortex  was  slightly  thickened  and  hypercellular. 
pe  tumor  was  classified  as  a lipid  cell  tumor,  stromal 
teoma  type.  Significant  lesions  were  not  present  in 
e other  organs. 

• One  week  after  the  operation  the  serum  testosterone 
|/el  was  38  ng/dl  (normal,  10  to  75  ng). 


VSE  REPORT  2 

A 61  -year-old  woman  complained  of  hoarseness  that 
ltd  not  been  relieved  by  cough  syrup.  Her  regular 
iiysician  recognized  that  the  hoarseness  represented 
‘lowering  of  her  tessitura.  She  had  been  in  good  gen- 
al  health  except  for  a cholecystectomy  two  years 
eviously.  Menarche  had  occurred  at  age  1 1 '4  and 
Tnses  were  regular.  She  was  a gravida  3,  para  3. 
enopause  had  occurred  at  age  53  and  was  aecom- 
tnied  by  moderate  metrorrhagia. 


V 


■ fC  qO  t 

s.  ? «*•*... 

t tf, 

4 r,  ?>  • A 

>*  **  J *•  * % 

•>.  *'  , 


y,  »'  £ » 

* . A. 

A * 

- Km 


v,  ••  ' 

* , * _ £ * m 


, „ 4 

vV 

•*  , f T # 


* > . ^ v® 

* . * •.  ‘ * 

* m * 

> 


& * 


, ,**s 

? >#  * 


: K ^J|  % 


♦ * « 


r **  * 

w it-  # 


‘4* 
V 


.?  t 


* • 


\ 

Mix  * :> 


* * * 


V 


L I' 


• ♦ vs- 


3 . # 


4 m ^ 


$*  f*  * l % 

• - * • * '4  t v ' * " 5 te 

f ® «’  ■•  , , v * 

» ff  s 4 * ■*  ’ 

3 ^ *« 


„ _ : . v % ^ 

I ->  rv*  / | S m * 

*5’  « . g ; * 4*  * T 


- * ; •- , - 
t 

♦ . • » 


\tm  * 


i tk 


* 


- 


Figure  1 — The  ovarian  tumor  (case  report  1)  is  composed  of 
a mixture  of  small  polyhedral  cells  with  bright  eosinophilic 
cytoplasm  and  large  cells  with  foamy,  finely  vacuolated 
cytoplasm.  Hematoxylin-eosin,  240  x. 


Physical  examination  disclosed  facial  hirsutism  and 
new  growth  of  hair  along  the  linea  alba  lower  ab- 
domen, and  upper  thighs.  The  clitoris  was  con- 
spicuously enlarged.  The  uterus  was  small  and  mobile; 
no  adnexal  mass  was  palpable.  A pelvic  sonogram  was 
normal,  and  a CAT  scan  showed  no  enlargement  of  the 
adrenal  glands.  Table  2 lists  endocrine  determinations. 

At  laparotomy,  the  uterus  contained  a leiomyoma, 
and  the  tubes  and  ovaries  were  normal  for  age.  Total 
abdominal  hysterectomy  and  bilateral  salpingo- 
oophorectomy  were  carried  out.  The  left  ovary 
measured  1.8  x 1.5  x 0.8  cm  and  contained  a 1 cm 
discrete  brown-tan  nodule  in  its  center.  Microscopic 
examination  revealed  it  to  be  composed  of  medium- 
sized polyhedral  cells  with  eosinophilic  cytoplasm  and 
distinct  cell  membranes.  A few  cells  contained  small 
vacuoles  in  the  cytoplasm  and  a few  cells  were  large, 
polyhedral,  and  had  a clear  cytoplasm  resembling 
adrenocortical  cells.  A fine  capillary  network  was  pres- 
ent. Crystalloids  of  Reinke  were  not  found.  The  lesion 
was  classified  as  a lipid  cell  tumor.  The  myometrium 
contained  several  medium-sized  leiomyomata,  and  the 
endometrium  was  atrophic.  No  significant  changes 
were  seen  in  the  other  structures  (Figure  2). 

CLINICAL  CONSIDERATIONS 

Approximately  75  percent  of  women  over  60  have  an 
increased  amount  of  hair  on  the  upper  lip  or  chin 
which  is  hypertrichosis,  not  clinical  hirsutism. r’  The 
increase  in  hair  is  slight  to  moderate  and  stable.  It  is 
not  accompanied  by  other  signs  of  excess  androgen 
production  and  is  a cosmetic  rather  than  a medical 
problem.  Blood  and  urine  androgens  may  be  at  or  near 


)L.  81— NUMBER  10— OCTOBER  1984 


879 


Figure  2 — The  ovarian  tumor  (case  report  2)  is  composed  of 
medium-sized  polyhedral  cells  with  finely  vacuolated 
cytoplasm.  Hematoxylin-eosin,  240  x. 


the  upper  limit  of  normal  for  age,  perhaps  the  result 
of  ovarian  cortico-stromal  hyperplasia  or  post- 
menopausal increase  in  the  number  of  ovarian  hilus 
cells.  Clinically  significant  hirsutism  is  progressive, 
albeit  the  rate  of  progression  may  be  slow;  sooner  or 
later,  it  is  accompanied  by  one  or  another  physical  sign 
of  androgenization.  Serum  testosterone  in  such  pa- 
tients usually  is  elevated  to  double  the  upper  limit  of 
normal  or  higher  and  often  is  well  into  the  male  range. 
Patients  react  variably  to  progressive  hirsutism.  It 
usually  has  been  present  for  several  months,  often  over 
a year,  before  they  seek  medical  attention.  In  case  re- 
port 2,  the  patient  consulted  her  doctor  because  she 
thought  she  was  hoarse,  though  her  degree  of 
hirsutism  was  greater  than  in  case  report  1. 

The  problem  facing  the  clinician  is  to  decide  whether 
the  source  of  increased  testosterone  is  ovarian  or 
adrenal.  Hyperthyroidism  is  not  accompanied  by 
hirsutism;  onlyjuvenile  patients  with  hypothyroidism 
are  hirsute,  and  then  only  to  a minor  degree.  Some 
patients  with  Cushing’s  syndrome  may  be  hirsute,  but 
hypertension,  plethora,  and  body  habitus  serve  as 
ready  points  of  distinction  between  that  entity  and 
androgenization  from  an  ovarian  or  adrenocortical 
tumor.  With  few  exceptions,  an  elevated  serum 
testosterone  level  in  a postmenopausal  woman  limits 
the  diagnosis  to  a tumor  of  either  of  those  two  organs. 

In  prepubertal  girls  and  women  in  the  reproductive 
age,  the  range  of  diagnostic  possibilities  is  wider  and 
subtle  alterations  in  the  kinetics  of  androgen 
metabolism  may  be  present.4  Studies  of  production 
rate  and  metabolic  clearance  may  be  valuable  in  such 
patients.  Selective  sampling  by  catheterization  of  ovar- 


ian and  adrenal  veins  and  determination 
testosterone  and  androstenedione  gradients  may  yie 
useful  information  in  these  younger  women  wi 
clinical  androgenization. 

If  case  reports  in  the  literature  are  any  guide, 
appears  that  although  androgen-secreting  tumors 
the  ovary  are  uncommon,  androgen-secreting  tumo 
of  the  adrenal  cortex  are  rare.  It  is  not  feasible  to  assij 
numerical  values  to  their  relative  frequency  but,  giv< 
a postmenopausal  woman  with  an  androgen-seeretii 
tumor,  the  greater  probability  is  that  it  will  be  local 
in  an  ovary.  Radiologic  and  laboratory  investigation 
such  patients  should  be  designed  to  exclude 
adrenocortical  tumor.  Physical  examination  may  n 
be  helpful  since  most  adrenal  tumors  are  not  lari 
enough  to  present  as  a flank  mass  and  only  about  h; 
the  androgenic  ovarian  tumors  can  be  palpated  r( 
bimanual  pelvic  examination. 

Adenomas  and  carcinomas  of  the  adrenal  cortex  mi 
occur  at  any  age  from  infancy  to  old  age.  Fewer  th; 
15  percent  of  them  occur  in  postmenopausal  wome| 
Estrogen-secreting  tumors  produce  precocious  pubr 
ty  in  girls,  menstrual  irregularities  in  adult  wome 
and  gynecomastia  in  males.  Androgen-seeretii 
tumors  produce  precocious  puberty  in  boys;  t 
tumors  are  clinically  inconspicuous  in  adult  mal< 
and  produce  the  androgenization  syndrome  in  femal 
irrespective  of  age.  About  25  percent  of  adrenocortic 
carcinomas  secrete  enough  androgen  to  produce  e 
docrine  signs  and  symptoms.56 

Androgen-secreting  ovarian  tumors  likewise  c 
occur  at  any  age.  The  Sertoli-Leydig  cell  tumor  is  me 
frequent  in  younger  than  in  older  women,  but  abo 
40  percent  of  the  varieties  of  lipid  cell  tumor  occur 
postmenopausal  women.16 

PATHOLOGIC  CONSIDERATIONS 

The  archetypal  adrenocortical  adenoma  is  an  e 
capsulated  spherical  or  ovoid  nodule  with  a soft  yelli 
to  yellow-brown  cut  surface.  The  majority  are  over 
cm  in  diameter.  They  may  weigh  from  50  gm  to  o\ 
1,000  gm.  Microscopic  examination  usually  reve; 
polyhedral  cells  that  closely  resemble  cells  of  t 
adrenal  cortex  with  clear  or  vacuolated  cytoplasm  ai 
well-defined  cell  membranes,  arranged  in  a variety 
patterns.  In  a minority  of  specimens,  bizarre  cells  wi 
hyperchromatic  nuclei  and  an  increased  mitotic  n 
are  seen,  and  venous  invasion  may  be  demonstrab 
It  is  tempting  to  consider  this  as  evidence  of  mal 
nancy  but,  in  the  majority  of  such  exampf 
metastasis  does  not  occur.  One  of  the  recurrent  pre 
lems  in  endocrine  neoplasms  is  to  distinguish  betwe 
adenomatous  hyperplasia  versus  true  adenoma  ai 
between  adenomas  with  cell  atypia  versus  trj 
carcinoma.  Adrenocortical  carcinomas  tend  to 
larger  than  adenomas  with  weights  over  500  gm  r 
uncommon.  Their  cell  population  may  be  mixed,  i 
polyhedral  cells  resembling  adrenal  cortex  admix 
with  fields  of  less  well-differentiated  cells,  and  with  0 
usual  microscopical  stigmata  of  malignancy.  Capsul 
invasion  and  infiltration  of  retroperitoneal  fat  by  poc 
ly  differentiated  cells  occurs  and  is  good  evidence 
malignant  potential,  but  metastatic  deposits  demc 
strated  at  the  time  of  operation  or  subsequently  pre 
ably  are  the  only  real  proof  of  malignancy. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS 


880 


Occasional  examples  of  testosterone-secreting 
idrenal  tumors  4 cm  in  diameter  or  smaller  have  been 
eported.7 10  The  patients  were  from  20  months  to  76 
'ears  old.  In  two  patients,  administration  of  HCG  in- 
creased androgen  production.89 

Primary  androgen-producing  tumors  of  the  ovary  es- 
;entially  are  limited  to  two  types,  the  Sertoli-Leydig  cell 
umor  with  its  subtypes  and  the  family  of  lipid  cell 
umors.  Sertoli-Leydig  cell  tumors  characteristically 
ippear  as  rounded  masses  that  may  be  yellow,  orange, 
ilive,  brown,  or  variegated— the  color  depending  on  the 
>roportions  of  neutral  fat  and  lipochromes.  They  vaiy 
n size  from  2 cm  in  diameter  to  10  cm  or  more  in 
liameter.  The  great  majority  occur  in  women  under 
he  age  of  30;  only  about  10  percent  occur  in  post- 
nenopausal  women.  Well-differentiated  examples 
Jmost  always  are  benign,  but  Sertoli-Leydig  cell 
umors  of  intermediate  or  poor  differentiation  are 
apable  of  producing  metastatic  deposits. 

The  family  of  lipid  cell  tumors  includes  adrenal  rest 
umors,  hilus  cell  tumors,  stromal  luteomas,  and  pure 
.eydig  cell  tumors  without  a Sertoli  cell  component, 
because  histological  distinctions  within  this  group  are 
lot  precise,  the  neutral  term  "lipid  cell  tumor"  has 
>een  recommended,  though  a more  accurate  term 
night  be  steroid  cell  tumor.  They  appear  as  soft 
pherieal  masses  sharply  demarcated  from  surround- 
ing ovarian  tissue  and  having  the  same  range  of  colors 
ts  Sertoli-Leydig  cell  tumors.  Those  occurring  in  the 
iroad  ligament  or  mesovarium  may  well  arise  from 
idrenocortical  rests  that  are  common  in  those  lo- 
ations.  The  fact  that  some  are  associated  with  formes 
rustres  of  Cushing's  disease  cannot  be  taken  as 
■videnee  of  origin  in  an  adrenal  rest,  but  rather  reflect 
he  pattern  of  steroidogenesis  in  those  tumors.  Hilus 
•ell  and  Leydig  cell  tumors  can  be  identified  specifically 
>y  demonstrating  crystalloids  of  Reinke,  but  these  in- 
raeytoplasmic  protein  crystals  are  inconstant,  being 
ound  in  only  40  percent  of  such  tumors.12  Over  60 
lercent  of  them  occur  in  women  under  the  age  of  50; 
hey  are  relatively  more  common  in  postmenopausal 
vomen  than  Sertoli-Leydig  cell  tumors.  Only  infre- 
quently do  lipid  cell  tumors  exceed  6 cm  in  diameter; 
he  majority  are  about  2 cm  to  4 cm  in  size.  It  is 
mpossible  to  distinguish  between  Sertoli-Leydig  cell 
umor  and  lipid  cell  tumor  on  clinical  or  en- 
locrinological  grounds. 

IADIOLOGIC  CONSIDERATIONS 

Radiologic  localization  of  an  androgen-secreting 
umor  depends  on  demonstrating  the  image  of  a mass. 
Current  CAT  scan  technology  enables  a radiologist  to 
lemonstrate  with  precision  an  adrenal  mass  as  small 
i 1 cm  in  size.  Pelvic  sonography  can  demonstrate 
umors  2 cm  in  size  that  distort  the  contour  of  an 
•vary.  One  limitation  of  pelvic  sonography  is  that  a 
ubserosal  leiomyoma  of  the  uterus  may  be  difficult  to 
listinguish  from  an  ovarian  mass.  Another  problem  is 
hat  a tumor-bearing  ovary  may  prolapse  into  the 
>ouch  of  Douglas  so  that  its  image  is  not  separable 
onographieally  from  the  uterus.  The  two  cases  pres- 
nted  here  could  not  be  detected  by  pelvic  sonography 
because  they  were  small  and  entirely  within  the 
•ubstanee  of  the  ovary. 


ENDOCRINE  TESTING 

Androgenization  in  a postmenopausal  woman  is  the 
effect  of  excess  testosterone  production.  This  best  is 
determined  by  radioimmunoassay  for  total  serum 
testosterone.  Unlike  its  precursor  androstenedione, 
testosterone  is  not  a 1 7-ketosteroid,  and  measuring 
urinary  1 7-ketosteroids  may  prove  misleading.  Ap- 
proximately 98  percent  of  serum  testosterone  is  bound 
to  protein  and  the  remainder  is  free.  Although  free 
testosterone  can  be  measured,  elevation  of  total 
testosterone  suffices  for  diagnosis. 

Any  tumor  that  synthesizes  testosterone  can  and 
often  does  synthesize  estrogens  by  aromatization  of 
the  “A”  ring  in  the  steroid  molecule.  This  is  consistent 
with  clinical  evidence  for  estrogen  production  in 
adrenocortical  tumors  and  in  any  of  the  various  ov- 
arian tumors  mentioned.  Immunohistochemical  lo- 
calization of  steroids  in  Sertoli-Leydig  cell  tumors 
showed  large  amounts  of  testosterone  in  Leydig  cells, 
less  constant  and  smaller  amounts  in  Sertoli  cells,  in- 
constant amounts  of  estradiol  and  estriol  in  both  cell 
types,  and  even  small  amounts  of  progesterone  in  a few 
cases.13  Any  woman  with  elevated  serum  testosterone 
almost  is  certain  to  have  elevated  estrogen  levels  not 
only  because  of  production  in  the  tumor  but  also  be- 
cause of  peripheral  conversion  of  testosterone  to 
estrogens.  Determination  of  estrogen  levels  in  urine  or 
blood  adds  little  information  of  value  in  an  an- 
drogenized  postmenopausal  woman.  The  amount  of 
estrogen  usually  is  insufficient  to  produce  cor- 
nification  in  vaginal  exfoliative  cytology. 


Androgenization  in  a post- 
menopausal women  is  the 
effect  of  excess  testosterone 
production . 


It  is  not  necessary  to  test  thyroid  function  in  a 
clinically  euthyroid  patient,  nor  is  it  appropriate  to 
determine  prolactin  values  in  a woman  without  galac- 
torrhea. Determination  of  pituitary  gonadotropin 
levels  adds  little  importance  to  the  diagnosis.  Though 
stimulation  and  suppression  tests  with  chorionic 
gonadotropin  may  yield  interesting  biologic  infor- 
mation about  the  dependency  of  steroid-producing 
tumors,  they  are  not  of  diagnostic  value. 

Tests  of  adrenocortical  function  in  this  setting  are 
essential.  If  they  are  within  normal  limits,  one  may  be 
confident  that  the  tumor  is  ovarian,  except  for  the  rare 
pure  testosterone-secreting  adrenocortical  tumor.  The 
most  sensitive  and  specific  test  of  adrenal  androgen 
function  is  the  plasma  level  of  dehydroepiandrosterone 
sulfate  (DS  or  DHEA-S)  by  radioimmunoassay.14  In- 
asmuch as  over  95  percent  of  circulating  DHEA-S  is 
from  the  adrenal  cortex  and  less  than  5 percent  from 
gonadal  sources,  a significant  elevation  indicates  the 
elevated  testosterone  is  from  the  adrenal.15  Only  an 
occasional  ovarian  tumor  will  produce  significant 
amounts  of  DHEA-S  as  well  as  testosterone.  Like  radio- 
immunoassay determinations  of  serum  testosterone, 
plasma  DHEA-S  values  are  highly  replicable. 


3L.  81— NUMBER  10— OCTOBER  1984 


881 


Taking  into  account  that  as  many  as  one-third  of 
patients  with  androgen-secreting  tumors  may  exhibit 
“Cushingoid"  features,  i.e.  signs  and  symptoms  less 
than  full-blown  Cushing’s  disease,  it  is  not  un- 
reasonable to  test  glucocorticoid  function  by  either  a 
single  determination  of  urinaiy-free  cortisol  in  a 24- 
hour  collection  or  a morning/evening  measurement  of 
serum  cortisol.  (In  case  report  2,  a single  mid-after- 
noon serum  cortisol  was  used.  This  may  be  less 
sensitive  than  testing  for  diurnal  decline,  but  the  nor- 
mal value  gave  reasonable  assurance  that  adrenal 
glucocorticoid  function  was  unimpaired.)  The  clini- 
cian must  balance  the  inconvenience  of  two 
venipunctures  for  diurnal  rhythm  versus  the  nuisance 
and  possible  inaccuracy  of  collecting  a 24-hour  urine 
specimen.  Scully  has  seen  two  lipid  cell  tumors  of  the 
ovary  with  metastases  associated  with  florid  Cushing’s 
syndrome  and  elevated  serum  cortisol.16 

An  elegant,  highly  specific  method  of  testing  is  retro- 
grade venous  catheterization  with  selective  sampling 
from  each  ovarian  and  each  adrenal  vein.17 18  Using  this 
technique,  all  appropriate  endocrine  tests  can  be  car- 
ried out  at  one  time  and  the  site  of  tumor  localized. 
But  it  is  an  invasive  method,  and  there  often  is  techni- 
cal difficulty  in  catheterizing  the  right  adrenal  vein. 
And,  of  course,  it  quadruples  the  cost  of  endocrine 
testing. 

COST  EFFECTIVENESS 

Endocrine  testing  is  expensive  so  the  judicious 
physician  will  select  only  those  tests  most  likely  to 
provide  decisive  diagnostic  information.  One  should 
distinguish  between  diagnostic  tests  and  those  that 
merely  provide  information  that  is  “interesting  to 
know."  The  clinical  pathology  laboratory  is  not  the 
place  to  satisfy  medical  curiosity  at  the  expense  of  the 
patient  or  the  insurance  carrier.  At  present,  except  for 
special  laboratories  in  research  centers  and  university- 
affiliated  hospitals,  most  of  the  infrequently  requested 
endocrine  tests  are  performed  by  commercial  reference 
laboratories.  These  centers  are  equipped  to  receive 
specimens  from  widely  distributed  community  and 
voluntary  hospitals  as  well  as  from  doctors’  private 
offices.  Most  practicing  physicians  and  nonuniversity 
hospitals  do  not  have  access  to  the  specialized  labora- 
tories in  research  centers  and  university-affiliated  hos- 
pitals. Most  of  the  analytic  procedures  are  carried  out 
by  radioimmunoassay.  Although  many  community 
hospital  laboratories  are  equipped  to  carry  out  radio- 
immunoassay on  selected  substances,  the  feasible 
range  of  tests  they  can  offer  is  limited  by  the  frequency 
with  which  they  are  requested.  Assays  for  digoxin,  in- 
sulin, T4  , TSH,  and  hepatitis  antigens  and  antibodies 
frequently  are  requested  and  can  be  reported  with 
replicable  results  and  prompt  turnaround  time.  Tests 
for  polypeptide  and  steroid  hormones,  however,  are 
less  frequently  ordered.  Not  only  is  accuracy  reduced 
when  uncommonly  performed  tests  are  carried  out, 
but  reagent  costs  render  it  uneconomical  for  com- 
munity hospital  laboratories  to  offer  them. 

Table  3 lists  the  charges  for  the  tests  mentioned  as 
given  in  the  fee  schedules  of  three  of  the  leading  refer- 
ence laboratories  in  this  country.  Three  tests  (total 
serum  testosterone,  plasma  DHEA-S,  and  two  de- 


TABLE 3 

1983  Charges  jor  Selected  Endocrine  Tests  by  Three 


Major  Reference  Laboratories 

Labora-  Labora- 
tory I tory  2 

. 

Labora- 
tory  3 

Testosterone,  total 

$47.85 

$52.00 

$59.75 

Testosterone,  free 

74.90 

72.00 

72.00 

‘DHEA-S, + plasma 

35.00 

45.00 

60.00 

‘Cortisol,  plasma++ 

28.00 

33.50 

34.50 

Cortisol,  free,  urine 

35.20 

32.90 

40.00 

FSH 

27.50 

27.00 

37.50 

L1I 

28.00 

26.40 

37.50 

Prolactin 

40.00 

39.00 

52.00 

TSH 

34.00 

33.00 

39.50 

T3  uptake 

6.95 

7.50 

14.00 

t4 

8.05 

7.75 

16.00 

Estrogens,  total 

35.20 

32.90 

49.00 

All  tests  except  T3  uptake  performed  by  radio 
immunoassay  on  serum,  except  as  stated. 

+:  DHEA-S  = dehydroepiandrosterone  sulfate. 

++:  Requires  two  specimens,  one  at  8:00  a m.,  one  at  4.0( 

P.M. 


terminations  of  plasma  cortisol)  range  in  total  co 
from  Si 38.85  to  Si 88.75  with  an  average  cost 
$163.87.  These  are  the  minimum  tests  needed 
evaluate  an  androgenized  postmenopausal  woma 
Also  listed  in  Table  3 are  the  prices  for  free  testo 
terone,  pituitary  gonadotropins,  and  thyroid  functio 
as  well  as  total  estrogens  and  prolactin.  By  not  orde 
ing  these  tests,  the  attending  physician  can  save  fro 
$213.55  to  $285.50  with  an  average  of  $243.15.  It  b 
comes  apparent  that  the  checklist  of  tests  offered  Is 
reference  laboratories  is  an  open  and  tempting  invit 
tion. 

Except  for  the  urinaiy-free  cortisol  assay,  this  di 
cussion  deliberately  has  excluded  tests  for  pituita 
and  gonadal  hormones  on  24-hour  urine  specimen) 
which  invariably  are  more  expensive  than  tests  c 
serum  or  plasma.  Also,  excluded  is  testing  for  estrogf 
fractions  because  they  are  not  relevant  in  women  wil 
androgenization.  The  figures  provided  do  not  take  in 
account  the  cost  of  obligatoiy  routine  urinalysi 
hemogram,  and  automated  blood  chemistry  pane 
which  are  as  conveniently  performed  in  local  labor 
tories  as  in  reference  laboratories.  No  data  are  give 
on  the  costs  of  an  adrenal  CAT  scan  or  a pelvic  som 
gram  inasmuch  as  they  vary  widely  depending  on  ge; 
graphical  location. 

Perhaps  it  is  timely  to  recall  the  comment  made  t, 
Mozart  who,  already  an  established  composer  at  2 
first  saw  scores  of  Handel’s  music  in  the  library  < 
Baron  van  Swieten:  “He  achieves  the  greatest  effect 
by  the  simplest  means." 

REFERENCES 

1.  Case  records  of  the  Massachusetts  General  Hospit 
case  10-1980.  N Engl  J Med  302:621-626,  1980. 


882 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


'2.  Clinico-Pathologic  Conference:  Knickerbocker  Hospital. 

' State  J Med  59:1083-1090,  1959. 

3.  Melick  R Taft  HP:  Observations  on  body  hair  in  old 
pple.  J Clin  Endocrinol  Metab  19:1597-1607,  1959. 

4.  Kirschner  MA  Bardin  CW:  Androgen  production  and 
dabolism  in  normal  and  virilized  women.  Metabolism 
-.667-688,  1972. 

> 5.  Huvos  AG,  Hajdu  SI,  Brasfield  RD,  Foote  FW  Jr:  Adrenal 
i rtical  carcinoma:  Clinicopathologic  study  of  34  cases. 

■ incer  25:354-361,  1970. 

3.  Hajjar  RA  Kickey  RC,  Samaan  NA  Adrenal  cortical 
Ircinoma:  A study  of  32  patients.  Cancer  35:549-554,  1975. 

7.  Burr  IM,  Graham  T,  Sullivan  J,  Hartman  WH,  O'Neill  J: 
testosterone-secreting  tumor  of  the  adrenal  producing  vir- 

! cation  in  a female  infant.  Lancet  2:643-644,  1973. 

8.  Werk  EE  Jr,  Sholiton  LJ,  Kalejs  L:  Testosterone-secreting 
Irenal  adenoma  under  gonadotropin  control.  N Engl  J Med 
19:767-770,  1973. 

9.  Givens  JR  Andersen  RN,  Wiser  WL,  Coleman  SA  Fish  SA: 
gonadotropin-responsive  adrenocortical  adenoma.  J Clin 
idocrinol  Metab  38:126-133,  1974. 

10.  Larson  BA  Vanderlaan  WP,  Judd  HL,  McCullough  DL: 
testosterone-producing  adrenal  cortical  adenoma  in  an 

lerly  woman.  J Clin  Endocrinol  Metab  42:882-887,  1976. 

11.  Scully  RE:  Tumors  of  the  ovaiy  and  maldeveloped 


! 

i 


gonads.  Atlas  of  tumor  pathology,  second  series,  fascicle  16. 
Armed  Eorces  Institute  Pathology  190-208,  1979. 

12.  Taylor  HB,  Norris  HJ:  Lipid  cell  tumors  of  the  ovary. 
Cancer  20:1953-1962,  1967. 

13.  Kumian  RJ,  Aidrade  D,  Gobelsmann  U.  Taylor  CR  Im- 
munohistochemical  study  of  steroid  localization  in  Sertoli 
Leydig  cell  tumors  of  the  ovaiy  and  testis.  Cancer 
42:1772-1783,  1978. 

14.  Korth-Schutz  S,  Levin  LS,  New  MI:  Dehydroepian- 
drosterone  sulfate  (DS)  levels,  a rapid  test  for  abnormal 
adrenal  androgen  secretion.  J Clin  Endocrinol  Metab 
42:1005  1013,  1976. 

15.  Clinicopathologic  Conference:  Hirsutism  progressing  to 
virilization  in  an  older  woman.  Am  J Med  70: 1255- 1 266,  1981 

16.  Scully  RE:  Personal  communication. 

17.  Judd  HL,  Spore  WW,  Talmer  LB,  Rigg  LA  Yen  SCC, 
Benirschke  K:  Preoperative  localization  of  a testosterone- 
secreting  ovarian  tumor  by  retrograde  venous  catheterization 
and  selective  sampling.  Am  J Obstet  Gynecol  120:91-96, 
1974. 

18.  Casthely  S,  Diaminidis  HP,  Pierre-Louis  R Hilar  cell 
tumor  of  the  ovary:  Diagnostic  value  of  plasma  testosterone 
by  selective  ovarian  vein  catheterization.  Am  J Obstet 
Gynecol  129:108-110,  1977. 


)L.  81— NUMBER  10— OCTOBER  1984 


883 


IMAGING: 

Magnetic  Resonance  Imaging  (MRI)* 


Kenneth  L.  Jewel,  m.d.,  Barry  I.  Loigman,  m.d.,  Richard  F.  Matte rn,  m.d., 

Steven  D.  Richman,  m.d.,  Charles  C.  Royer,  m.d.,  Charles  A.  Whelan,  m.d.,  caldwell* 


MRI  is  a new  imaging  modality  which  creates  images  of  the  head 
and  body  in  any  anatomic  plane  without  the  use  of  ionizing 
radiation  or  the  need  for  intravenous  contrast  injection.  Accepted 
as  the  diagnostic  procedure  of  choice  to  evaluate  the  brain  and 
spinal  cord,  the  capability  to  image  the  remainder  of  the  body 
with  equal  accuracy  is  viewed  with  great  expectation. 


Computerized  imaging  for  medi- 
cal diagnosis  has  been  the 
major  radiological  advance  of 
the  last  decade.  The  integration  of  computer  tech- 
niques in  x-ray  computerized  tomography  (CT),  nu- 
clear medicine,  real-time  ultrasonography,  and  digital 
subtraction  angiography  (DSA)  has  allowed  for  re- 
markable improvements  in  diagnostic  capabilities.  A 
recent  development,  computerized  magnetic  reso- 
nance imaging  (MRI),  promises  even  greater  advances 
in  medical  imaging. 

Since  the  first  MRI  images  in  1973,1  rapid  and  sig- 
nificant progress  has  been  made,  so  that  today’s  im- 
ages offer  superb  tomographic  display  with  spatial  res- 
olution comparable  to  CT  and  unparalleled  contrast 
resolution.  The  fact  that  these  extraordinary  images 
are  created  without  the  use  of  ionizing  radiation  and 
without  the  need  for  intravenous  contrast  material, 
adds  considerably  to  the  excitement  and  anticipation 
sweeping  the  medical  community. 

The  purpose  of  this  paper  is  to  display  normal  neu- 
roanatomy and  representative  neuropathologic  states 
demonstrating  the  usefulness  of  clinical  MRI.  We 
emphasize  that  MRI  is  extremely  useful  for  imaging 
the  pelvis,23  liver,4  heart,5  pancreas,6  kidneys,7  adrenal 
glands,8  and  musculoskeletal  system.9  This  brief  com- 
munication cannot  encompass  the  already  vast  litera- 
ture on  MRI  so  the  interested  reader  is  referred  to  the 
many  articles  and  texts  on  this  subject. 


METHOD 

The  magnetic  resonance  images  displayed  (Figure  j 
1 to  7B)  are  obtained  on  a Diasonics  0.5  Tesla  supe 
conductive  magnet  operating  at  a field  strength  of  3. 
Kgauss  and  corresponding  to  a resonant  frequency  ( 

15  MHZ  for  hydrogen  nuclei.  The  MR  imaging  systei  i 
is  housed  in  a copper  and  aluminum-lined  rooi  ' 
specially  shielded  against  aberrant  radio  waves.  Th 
radiofrequeney  (RF)  coils  are  saddle  shaped  with  a 1 
aperture  of  25  cm  for  head  imaging  and  55  cm  for  bod I 
imaging.  Utilizing  a multislice  spin  echo  technique, 
typical  imaging  series  with  a repetition  time  of  2. 
seconds  (TR  = 2.0)  takes  approximately  1 7 minutes  fc  \i 
20  image  levels.  In  each  plane,  the  first  spin  echo  (TJ  S 
= 28  msec)  and  second  echo  (TE  = 56  msec)  ar!  ■ 
analyzed.  A typical  patient  study  with  images  in  coy  ! 
onal  and  transaxial  planes  requires  about  30  minute:  t 
Early  examinations  were  performed  as  part  of  a Feden  I * 
Drug  Administration  (FDA)  approved  investigation^] 
protocol.  Recently,  the  FDA  granted  formal  approval  t | 
utilize  MR  imaging  to  produce  eross-seetional  display 

’IMAGING  is  a new  column  presented  in  The  Journal  unde 
the  direction  of  Judith  K.  Amorosa,  M.D.,  Director  of  Medici  4 
Education,  Department  of  Radiology,  UMDNJ-Rutgers  Med 
cal  School. 

’’From  the  Montclair  Radiological  Associates.  Coij  | 
respondence  may  be  addressed  to  Dr.  Jewel,  Montclair  Radi( 
logical  Associates,  445  Bloomfield  Avenue,  Caldwell,  N 
07006.  kn 


884 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE1  0[ 


Figure  2A — A transaxial  image  demonstrates  the  presence  of 
abnormal  signal  in  the  suprasellar  cistern  (open  arrow).  The 
juxtasellar  internal  carotid  arteries  as  well  as  both  orbits,  lens 
structure,  and  optic  nerves  are  depicted  clearly. 


Figure  2B — A second  echo  sagittal  image  demonstrates  the 
T2  weighted  configuration  of  the  chromophobe  adenoma  The 
ballooned  sellar  component  (open  arrow)  and  the  rounded 
suprasellar  configuration  (black  arrowhead)  are  noted. 


can  be  applied  to  most  patients  with  neurological  com- 
plaints. Patients  who  are  better  studied  with  CT  x-ray 
techniques  are  those  on  life-support  systems,  with 
cardiac  pacemakers,  and  with  intracranial  aneurysm 
clips. 


885 


igure  1A — A transaxial  section  through  the  centrum  semi 
i vale  demonstrating  a rather  typical  demyelinating  disease 
rocess  pattern  with  multiple  areas  of  increased  NMR  signal 
i the  periventricular  areas  and  central  white  matter  (open 
> rrows). 


Figure  IB — A midsagittal  image  demonstrating  considerable 
'cortical  atrophy  (open  arrows)  as  well  as  clear  delineation  of 
[ he  fourth  ventricle  (black  arrowhead)  as  well  as  exquisite 
[delineation  of  the  normal  aqueduct  (small  black  arrow). 


|i>f  the  head  and  body  recognizing  this  technique  as  a 
safe  and  effective  medical  advance.  Patient  cooperation 
|and  acceptance  of  the  procedure  have  been  excellent. 

DISCUSSION 

MRI  appears  to  be  superior  to  CT  in  evaluating  most 
ibnormalities  of  the  nervous  system.  The  technique 


|/OL.  81— NUMBER  10— OCTOBER  1984 


Figure  3A — A transaxial  image  through  the  orbits,  midbrain, 
and  temporal  lobes  and  demonstrates  the  presence  of  mul- 
tiple serpiginous  low  NMR  signals  seen  in  the  left  temporal 
lobe  (black  arrows).  Again,  the  orbits,  lens,  medial,  and  lateral 
rectus  muscles  and  optic  nerves  are  seen. 


Figure  3B — A coronal  view  demonstrates  the  temporal  lobe 
location  of  this  angiographically  documented  arteriovenous 
malformation. 


In  contrast  to  x-ray  computed  tomography  (CT), 
which  relies  on  x-ray  attenuation,  MR  images  reflect 
the  interaction  of  hydrogen  protons  with  strong  gra- 
dient magnetic  fields  and  radiofrequency  pulses.  The 
proper  selection  of  imaging  sequences  is  challenging 
to  the  radiologist  who  must  weigh  signal  to  noise 
ratios,  contrast  and  spatial  resolution,  imaging  times, 
and  imaging  planes. 

Marked  improvement  in  the  contrast  resolution  and 


Figure  4A — This  illustrates  marked  cerebellar  hypoplasi 
Both  cerebellar  hemispheres  (open  arrows)  are  hypoplasti 
an  enlarged  cistema  magna  is  noted.  The  basilar  artery  (smc 
black  arrow)  is  clearly  demonstrated.  The  maxillary  sinusr 
and  retroantral  fat  are  clearly  depicted. 


Figure  4B — An  enlarged  fourth  ventricle  (black  arrowhead)  a 
well  as  marked  degree  of  cerebellar  hvpoplasia  (open  arrow 
The  interpeduncular  and  prepontine  cisterns  also  ar 
enlarged  and  the  spinal  cord  is  somewhat  atrophic. 


soft  tissue  discrimination  are  only  two  of  the  striking 
advantages  of  MRI.  Several  other  factors  herald  an  ex 
citing  future.  MR  images  are  totally  noninvasive  an 
do  not  require  the  injection  of  iodinated  contrast 
agents.  The  patient  receives  no  exposure  to  ionizing 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE' 


886 


, ricular  enlargement  (black  arrowheads)  with  the  presence  ol 
, 1 high  NMR  signal  area  in  the  anterior  superior  aspect  (black 
arrows)  of  the  third  ventricle  typical  in  location  for  a colloid 


I Figure  5B — A second  echo  midsagittal  section  illustrating  the 
oresence  of  the  high  NMR  signal  in  the  anterior  superior 
aspect  of  the  third  ventricle  (black  arrow)  typical  in  location 
(for  a colloid  cyst.  The  anterior  cerebral  artery  is  seen  as  is 
‘ (the  basilar  artery. 

radiation  and  there  are  no  known  biological  haz- 
ards.1011  Projections  are  readily  obtained  directly  in  any 
ii  .plane  and  the  image  degradation  commonly  seen  in  CT 
' reconstruction  of  sagittal  images  does  not  occur  with 
i(  MRI.  The  ability  to  visualize  directly  in  coronal,  sagit- 
s jtal,  and  axial  planes,  and  the  remarkable  ease  with 
. which  this  can  be  accomplished,  allows  for  greater 


Figure  6 — Periventricular  edema  (open  arrows)  surrounding 
mildly  dilated  lateral  ventricles. 


precision  in  anatomic  location.  Bone  artifacts  are 
absent  in  MRI.  This  allows  for  clear  visualization  of 
many  structures,  e.g.  posterior  fossa  brain  stem, 
spinal  cord,  which  are  less  well  seen  by  CT.  Blood  ves- 
sels are  extremely  well  seen  without  the  need  for  in- 
travenous contrast  material.1213 

It  clearly  has  been  documented  that  MRI  is  vastly 
superior  to  CT  in  the  diagnosis  of  white  matter  dis- 
eases of  brain14  including  multiple  sclerosis,  leukodys- 
trophy, and  Biswanger's  disease.  MRI  is  equal  to  or 
superior  to  CT  in  most  intracranial  pathological  con- 
ditions.15 In  a series  of  70  cases,  MRI  detected  an  ab- 
normality missed  with  CT  or  showed  more  lesions 
than  did  CT  in  16  patients16  including  metastatic  dis- 
ease, postinfectious  states,  and  posterior  fossa  and 
brain  stem  pathology.  Recently,  reports  of  the  useful- 
ness of  MRI  in  the  diagnosis  of  head  trauma  including 
isodense  subdural  hematoma  has  been  described.1718 
Lesions  of  the  spinal  cord  including  syringomyelia  and 
cord  tumors  are  ideally  visualized  by  MRI  as  well.  Be- 
cause MRI  is  free  of  biological  hazards  and  is  totally 
noninvasive,  its  usefulness  as  a screening  procedure 
is  unrivaled.  In  addition,  its  superb  contrast  resolution 
enables  MRI  to  be  an  extremely  sensitive  diagnostic 
modality  in  imaging  the  brain  and  central  nervous 
system. 

REFERENCES 

1.  Lautebur  PC:  Image  formation  by  induced  local  inter- 
actions: Examples  employing  nuclear  magnetic  resonance. 
Nature  242:190-191,  1973. 

2.  Hrieak  H,  Williams  RD,  Spring  DB,  et  til.:  Anatomy  and 
pathology  of  the  male  pelvis  by  magnetic  resonance  imaging. 
AJR  141:1  101-11  10,  1983. 

3.  Hrieak  H,  Alpers  C,  Crooks  LE.  Sheldon  PE:  Magnetic 
resonance  imaging  of  the  female  pelvis.  AJR  141:1  1 19-1  128, 
1983. 

4.  Smith  FW,  Mallard  JR,  Reed  A,  Hutchinson  JMS:  Nuclear 
magnetic  resonance  tomographic  imaging  in  liver  disease. 
Lancet  1:963-966,  1981. 


E VOL.  81— NUMBER  10— OCTOBER  1984 


887 


6 


Figure  7 A — A transaxial  view  reveals  the  presence  of  a large 
area  of  increased  NMR  signal  (small  black  arrows),  the  central 
portion  of  which  reveals  an  area  of  some  decreased  NMR 
signal  (open  arrow).  The  lower  NMR  signal  area  corresponds 
to  the  actual  neoplasm  (glioblastoma)  while  the  higher  NMR 
signal  corresponds  to  extensive  surrounding  cerebral  edema 
Enlarged  frontal  sinuses  and  periventricular  edema  also  is 
noted. 


5.  Lanzer  P,  Botvinick  EH,  Schiller  NB,  et  al.:  Cardiac  imag- 
ing using  gated  magnetic  resonance.  Radiology  1 50: 121  1 27, 
1984. 

6.  Smith  FW,  Reid  A,  Hutchinson  JMS,  Mallard  JR  Nuclear 
magnetic  resonance  imaging  of  the  pancreas.  Radiology 
142:677-680,  1982. 

7.  Hricak  H,  Crooks  LE,  Sheldon  PE,  Kaufman  L:  Nuclear 
magnetic  resonance  imaging  of  the  kidney.  Radiology 
146:425-432,  1983. 

8.  Moon  KL,  Hricak  H,  Crooks  LE,  et  al.:  Nuclear  magnetic 
resonance  imaging  of  the  adrenal  gland:  A preliminary  report. 
Radiology  147:155-160,  1983. 

9.  Moon  KL,  Genant  HK,  Helms  CA,  et  al.:  Musculoskeletal 
applications  of  nuclear  magnetic  resonance.  Radiology 
147:161  171,  1983. 

10.  Wolff  S,  Crooks  LE,  Brown  P,  et  al.:  Tests  for  DNA  and 
chromosomal  damage  induced  by  nuclear  magnetic  reso- 
nance imaging.  Radiology  136:707-710,  1980. 

11.  Schwartz  JL,  Crooks  LE:  NMR  imaging  produces  no 


Figure  7B — A parasagittal  view  demonstrates  the  infiltrate 
high  NMR  signal  seen  as  a result  of  this  malignant  tur'fi 
(small  black  arrows)  and  again  the  area  of  decreased  Nit 
signal  corresponds  to  the  area  of  actual  neoplasia. 

observable  mutation  or  cytotoxicity  in  mammalion  cells.  A?l  , 
180:707-710,  1980. 

12.  Kaufman  L,  Crooks  LE,  Sheldon  PE,  et  al.:  Evaluatiu  . 
of  NMR  imaging  for  detection  and  quantification  of  obstn  ' 
tion  in  vessels.  Invest  Radiol  17:554-560.  1982. 

13.  Alfidi  J,  Haaga  JR  El  Yousef  SJ,  et  al.:  Preliminr 
experimental  results  in  humans  and  animals  with  a sup- 
conducting,  whole  body  nuclear  magnetic  resonance  scann  .. 
Radiology  1 43: 1 75  181,  1982. 

14.  Young  IR  Randell  CP,  Kaplan  PW,  et  al.:  Nuclei 
magnetic  resonance  imaging  in  white  matter  diseases  of  t J 
brain  using  spin-echo  sequences.  J Comput  Assist  Tomi’I 
7:290-294,  1983. 

15.  Byddar  GM,  Steiner  RE,  Young  IR  et  al.:  Clinical  Nl\| 
imaging  of  the  brain:  140  cases.  AJR  319:215-236,  1982  | 

16.  Brant  Zawadzki  M,  Davis  PL,  Crooks  LE,  et  al.:  NY: 
demonstration  of  cerebral  abnormalities:  Comparison  will 


CT.  AJR  140:847-854,  1983. 

1 7.  Han  JS,  Kaufman  B,  Alfidi  RJ,  et  al.:  Head  trauma  eva  >1 
ated  by  magnetic  resonance  and  computed  tomography:.! 
comparison.  Radiology  150:71-77,  1984. 

18.  Sipponen  JT,  Sipponen  RE,  Sivula  A- Chronic  subdu  1 
hematoma:  Demonstration  by  magnetic  resonance.  Rad  | 
logy  150:79-85,  1984. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


888 


Update:  Immunizations 
During  Pregnancy 


Stephen  R.  Preblud,  m.d.,  Kenneth  J.  Bart,  m.d.,  Alan  R.  Hinman,  m.d.,  Atlanta,  ga* 


» 

In  this  essay , the  authors  clarify  the  Centers  for  Disease 
Control  recommendations  regarding  rubella  vaccination  of 
postpubertal females. 


This  essay  is  in  response  to  the 
article,  “Guidelines  for  Im- 
munization During  Pregnancy,” 
>y  Dreyfuss  et  al.  in  The  Journal  in  July  1983.  On  page 
>12,  it  is  stated:  "The  CDC  currently  recommends  that 
ubella  vaccine  be  administered  only  after  pregnancy 
las  been  ruled  out.  . . .”  While  it  has  been  some  time 
ince  the  article  appeared,  we  think  it  is  important  to 
larify  the  CDC  recommendations  regarding  vacci- 
nation of  postpubertal  females. 

The  authors  imply  that  some  sort  of  test  be  per- 
ormed  to  rule  out  pregnancy.  However,  as  of  1978  the 
mmunization  Practices  Advisory  Committee  (ACIP)  of 
he  CDC  has  recommended:  “In  view  of  the  importance 
>f  protecting  this  age  group  against  rubella,  asking 
emales  if  they  are  pregnant,  excluding  those  who  are, 
ind  explaining  the  theoretical  risks  to  the  others  are 
easonable  precautions  in  a rubella  immunization  pro- 
gram.” Neither  pregnancy  testing  nor  prevaccination 
serologic  screening  routinely  are  recommended.  These 
ecommendations  have  been  repeated  in  the  ACIP 
statements  that  appeared  subsequently,1  the  most  re- 
sent being  in  the  June  8,  1984,  issue  of  the  MMWR.2 

The  authors  express  concern  about  the  teratogenic 
potential  of  the  RA  27/3  vaccine  licensed  in  the  United 
States  in  1979.  Information  published  at  the  time  that 
he  article  appeared  in  The  Journal,  but  that  was  not 
sited,  indicated  that  the  RA  27/3  vaccine  had  no  more 
eratogenic  potential  than  the  other  previously  avail- 

vOL.  81— NUMBER  10— OCTOBER  1984 


able  rubella  vaccines.3  5 As  of  December  1 983  no  CRS- 
like  defects  have  been  observed  in  121  infants  bom  to 
susceptible  women  who  received  the  RA  27/3  vaccine 
within  3 months  before  or  after  the  estimated  date  of 
conception.6  Thus,  the  data  continue  to  show  that  the 
fetal  risk  associated  with  the  RA  27/3  vaccine  “is  so 
small  as  to  be  negligible  and  ordinarily  should  not  be 
a reason  to  consider  interruption  of  pregnancy.”2  Be- 
cause of  the  theoretical  risk  of  fetal  defects,  the  vaccine 
still  should  not  be  given  to  women  known  to  be  preg- 
nant. 

Vaccination  of  children  has  resulted  in  a dramatic 
decrease  in  the  reported  incidence  rates  of  rubella  and 
congenital  rubella  syndrome  (CRS)  in  this  countiy.7 
The  provisional  1983  totals  for  rubella  (954  cases)  and 
CRS  (4  cases  that  are  confirmed  or  compatible  with 
the  syndrome)  represent  alltime  lows.89  As  vaccinated 
children  enter  the  childbearing  age,  rubella  and  CRS 
will  be  eliminated.  However,  this  process  will  take  10 
to  30  years.  In  the  meantime,  a relatively  small  but 
preventable  number  of  CRS  cases  will  continue  to 
occur,  each  with  an  estimated  lifetime  cost  in  excess 


‘From  the  Department  of  Health  and  Human  Services, 
Centers  for  Disease  Control,  Atlanta,  Georgia,  where  Dr. 
Preblud  is  Medical  Epidemiologist,  Dr.  Bart  is  Chief, 
Surveillance,  Investigations  and  Research  Branch,  and  Dr. 
Hinman  is  Director,  Division  of  Immunization,  Center  for 
Prevention  Services. 


889 


.'00  000. 10  The  continuing  occurrence  of  rubella  in 
childbearing  age  populations  is  a result  of  a failure 
either  to  have  been  infected  or  vaccinated.  Approx- 
imately 10  to  15  percent  of  this  population  still  is 
susceptible,  a rate  similar  to  that  noted  in  prevaccine 
years.7 

The  elimination  of  CRS  can  be  hastened  by  increas- 
ing our  efforts  to  effectively  vaccinate  postpubertal  in- 
dividuals, especially  women.  Such  efforts  recently  have 
resulted  in  a decline  in  the  reported  incidence  rate  of 
rubella  in  postpubertal  persons.89  An  important  ele- 
ment in  this  progress  has  been  vaccinating  this  popu- 
lation according  to  ACIP  guidelines  for  determining 
immunity,  i.e.  having  written  proof  of  vaccination  on 
or  after  the  first  birthday  or  documentation  of  positive 
serologic  testing.2  Vaccine  is  indicated  for  all  individ- 
uals lacking  either  of  these  two  criteria  of  immunity 
(a  physician’s  diagnosis  of  rubella  is  unreliable  and  is 
not  acceptable  for  proof  of  immunity). 

Great  strides  have  been  made  in  the  control  and 
eventual  elimination  of  CRS.  It  is  important  to  clarity 
for  the  readership  what  the  current  rubella  vacci- 
nation recommendations  are  so  vaccine  may  be  given 
effectively  to  those  most  in  need. 


REFERENCES 

1.  Immunization  Practices  Advisory  Committee:  Rubeii 
prevention.  MMWR  30:37-42,  47,  1981. 

2.  Immunization  Practices  Advisory  Committee:  Rubeii 
prevention.  MMWR  33:301-10,  315-318,  1984. 

3.  Preblud  SR  Stetler  HC,  Frank  JA  Jr,  Greaves  WL,  Hi 
man  AR  Herrmann  KL:  Fetal  risk  associated  with  rube, 
vaccine.  JAMA  246:1413-7,  1417,  1981. 

4.  Centers  for  Disease  Control:  Rubella  vaccination  durir 
pregnancy — United  States,  1971-1981.  MMWR  31:477-4£ 

1982. 

5.  Centers  for  Disease  Control:  Rubella  vaccination  durii; 
pregnancy — United  States,  1971-1982.  MMWR  32:429-4o 

1983. 

6.  Centers  for  Disease  Control:  Rubella  vaccination  durii  i 
pregnancy — United  States,  1971-1983.  MMWR  33:365-3£ 
373,  1984. 

7.  Orenstein  WA  Bart  KJ,  Hinman  AR  et  al.:  The  o 
portunity  and  obligation  to  eliminate  rubella  from  the  Unit  . 
States.  JAMA  251:1988,  1984. 

8.  Centers  for  Disease  Control:  Rubella  and  congenil 
rubella— United  States,  1980-1983.  MMWR  32:505-510,  19£ 

9.  Centers  for  Disease  Control:  Rubella  and  congenil  ( 
rubella— United  States,  1983.  MMWR  33:237-242,  247,  198 

1 0.  Koplan  JP,  White  CC:  An  update  of  the  benefits  and  cc  > 
of  measles  and  rubella  immunization,  in,  proceedings  of  t; 
symposium,  “Conquest  of  Agents  that  Endanger  the  BrairH 
Baltimore,  MD,  October  28-29,  1982  (in  press). 


| 


890 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


COMMENTARY:  UPDATE  OF 

Diagnostic  Related  Groups 

1 

Martin  E.  Johnson,  lawrenceville* 


Under  the  Diagnosis  Related  Group  (DRG)  system , New  Jersey 
hospitals  are  reimbursed  on  a fixed  rate . DRGs  have  not  proved 
their  effectiveness  or  value.  An  evaluation  of  the  system  is  needed. 


The  year  1979  ushered  in  a 
change  in  health  care  delivery 
for  20  hospitals  in  the  state  of 
Jew  Jersey.  It  was  the  year  the  Yale  School  of  Public 
lealth’s  program  of  Diagnostic  Related  Groups  (DRGs) 
ystem  of  payment  for  hospital  care  was  to  be  given 
i field  trial.  The  New  Jersey  Department  of  Health 
ought  and  received  a $2  million  federal  grant  in  1976 
o fund  an  “experimental”  application  of  the  DRG  con- 
ept.  While  the  experiment  never  was  completed  as  an 
•bjeetive  study,  the  state’s  104  general  hospitals  went 
n the  DRG  system  in  three  groups  between  1 980  and 
982. 

Under  the  DRG  system,  the  hospitals  no  longer  are 
eimbursed  for  what  was  spent  to  treat  the  patient, 
'he  payment  is  based  on  a fixed  rate  for  each  of  the 
-67  categories  of  DRGs.  Under  this  system,  hospitals 
3se  money  if  they  spend  more  than  the  assigned  rate 
nd  they  keep  the  difference  if  they  spend  less  than 
he  assigned  rate.  This  gives  hospitals  a financial  in- 
entive  to  be  selective  and  cost  conscious;  but  it  does 
iot  assure  optimal  care  and  it  could  prejudice  the 
reatment  selected. 

Early  legislative  activity  coupled  with  unwarranted 
egulatoiy  zeal  brought  about  a statewide  adoption  of 
he  DRGs  without  a definitive  evaluation. 

A former  Commissioner  of  Health,  who  was  a prime 
nover  for  the  DRG  system  in  New  Jersey,  with  the  use 
f some  unusual  mental  gymnastics  indicated  it  was 


“neither  appropriate  nor  possible  to  evaluate  the  DRG 
system  until  all  the  hospitals  have  been  on  it  for  a full 
year.”  This  philosophy  flies  in  the  face  of  all  accepted 
procedures  for  orderly  evaluation  of  a delivery  system 
prior  to  full  implementaton.  To  do  so,  the  Department 
of  Health  applied  for  and  received  a five-year,  $4  million 
federal  grant  to  continue  the  experiment.  The  program 
still  is  to  be  given  a valid  evaluation  even  though  it  was 
introduced  statewide  in  1980. 

The  current  Commissioner  of  Health,  Dr.  J.  Richard 
Goldstein,  has  stated  “The  hospitals  are  responding  to 
the  DRGs  cost-cutting  incentives  and  patient  care  has 
not  suffered.”  The  credibility  of  this  statement  was 
challenged  by  Dr.  Goldstein  when  he  said  that  there 
is  “no  single  measure  of  whether  the  system  is  work- 
ing.” He  further  stated  the  national  rate  of  change  in 
hospital  operating  expenses  is  the  state’s  “yardstick 
for  comparison”  and  that  “we  would  like  to  do  better 
than  the  national  average”— something  New  Jersey 
was  doing  prior  to  the  implementation  of  DRGs. 

As  mentioned  in  a commentary  on  DRGs  that  ap- 
peared in  the  May  1984  issue  of  The  Journal  of  the 
Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey,  Mr.  Vincent  Maressa 
Executive  Director  of  the  Medical  Society,  indicated 
the  rate  of  hospital  care  costs  in  New  Jersey  for  six 


"Mr.  Johnson  is  Director  of  Public  Affairs  and  Medical  Educa- 
tion, MSNJ.  Correspondence  may  be  addressed  to  Mr.  John 
son,  MSNJ,  Two  Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville.  NJ  08648. 


OL.  81— NUMBER  10— OCTOBER  1984 


891 


prior  to  the  DRGs  installation  in  New  Jersey.  The 
Hew  Jersey  hospitals  averaged  3.5  percent  below  the 
national  average.  The  first  year  after  the  program  was 
used.  New  Jersey  came  in  3.4  percent  below  the  na- 
tional average;  the  second  year  New  Jersey  came  in  4.7 
percent  below  the  national  average.  On  the  surface, 
this  would  look  encouraging  until  you  consider  the 
fact  that  the  national  average  of  cost  increase  for  that 
year  was  1.7  percent  more  than  the  established  trend 
had  been. 

The  Department  of  Health  stated  that  the  first  year 
of  DRGs  net  patient  service  revenue  increased  22.6 
percent.  The  actual  costs  increased  13.6  percent.  This 
reflects  in  a 36  percent  or  more  increase  in  cost  to  the 
public.  The  second  year,  the  net  revenues  increased  by 
14.8  percent  and  the  costs  went  up  14.0  percent  for 
a cost  increase  to  the  patient  of  28.8  percent  or  more. 
It  is  unlikely  that  state  and  national  bureaucrats  will 
admit  the  error  of  their  ways.  Under  such  a situation 
it  is  inevitable  that  the  DRG  system  will  collapse.  They 
will  in  all  probability  try  to  implicate  the  medical  pro- 
fession in  the  disaster  to  shift  the  blame  from  its  right- 
ful place. 

There  have  been  several  articles  in  The  New  York 
Times  of  recent  date  that  have  pointed  out  the  dif- 
ferences of  opinion  regarding  the  value  of  DRGs  and 
its  effect  on  hospital  care.  One  of  the  articles, 
"Statistical  Analysis  Difficult,”  indicated  the  complexi- 
ty of  the  New  Jersey  DRG  system  has  created  problems 
for  those  charged  with  running  the  program  as  well 
as  those  evaluating  it.  The  difficulty  in  arriving  at  a 
viable  statistical  analysis  was  referred  to  by  Dr.  William 


Hsio,  a Harvard  University  School  of  Public  Healt 
economist.  He  indicated  “a  lot  of  effort  went  into  in 
plementing  the  DRG  program,  but,  not  enough  plar 
ning  was  done  in  how  to  evaluate  the  results.”  Th 
same  article  quoted  Stanford  Weiner,  a political  scier 
tist  from  M.I.T.,  as  stating  “It  is  striking  that  a prograi 
now  entering  its  fifth  year,  a program  that  involves  $ 
billion  in  hospital  reimbursements,  that  nothing  clos 
to  reliable  numbers  are  available  from  either  the  stal 
or  the  federal  government.” 

Dr.  J.  Richard  Goldstein,  Commissioner  of  Health,  i 
the  same  article  acknowledged  that  more  attentio 
was  given  to  how  to  implement  the  DRG  program  tha 
how  to  evaluate  it.  He  stated,  “This  was  typical  of  mo:  ■ 
government-sponsored  programs.” 

Dr.  Frank  J.  Primich  in  a letter  to  the  editor  of  Th 
New  York  Times  referred  to  the  April  2,  1984,  editoria  ; 
“Failure  of  a Hospital  Diet.”  Dr.  Primich  indicated  th; 
government,  labor  and  management,  and  insuranc 
industry  have  promised  more  than  they  can  provid 
Recently,  the  Health  Care  Financing  Administratioll 
advised  the  Department  of  Health  that  the  New  Jerse 
DRG  waiver  is  revoked,  effective  December  31,  198< 
What  was  bom  in  confusion  and  raised  in  haste  hi 
grown  into  a runaway  monster  without  responsibilil 
or  control. 

Free  enterprise  does  not  mean  “free  lunch.”  Pn 
gramming  of  restrictive  hospital  health  care  withor 
a system  of  accountability  that  encompasses  a ; 
aspects  of  the  delivery  of  that  care  is  sheer  lunacy  an 
typical  of  bureaucratic  bungling.  It  is  fraught  wit 
danger  and  doomed  to  failure. 


892 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


>OCTORS* 

fOTEBOOK 


Trustees'  Minutes; 
UMDNJ  Notes;  MSNJ 
Auxiliary;  New  Members; 
Tamisiea  Award; 
Physicians  Seeking 
Location  in  New  Jersey 


trustees’  Minutes 
illy  15,  1984 

A regular  meeting  of  the  Board  of 
mstees  was  held  on  Sunday,  July 
3,  1984,  at  the  Executive  Offices  in 
twrenceville.  Detailed  minutes  are 
a file  with  the  secretary  of  your 
>unty  society.  A summary  of  sig- 
ficant  actions  follows: 

eport  of  the  President  . . . 

) State  Board  of  Medical  Exam- 
ers’  Meeting  on  Chiropractic  . . . 

4ted  that  a proposal  expanding  the 
andards  and  scope  of  chiropractic 
as  referred  back  to  the  State  Board 
pmmittee  on  Chiropractic  for  a de- 
rmination  on  appropriate  tests  to 
b performed  by  chiropractors. 

0 Annual  Meeting  Scientific 
sssion  Format . . . Noted  a sugges- 
jbn  that  scientific  sessions  at  the 
nnual  Meeting  concentrate  on  only 
ie  topic. 

eport  of  the  Executive 
irector  . . . 

) MSNJ  1984  Membership  . . . 

bted  that  as  of  June  30,  1984, 
embership  was  at  7,299.  Noted  the 
bssibility  of  including  a request  for 


payment  of  first-year  dues  with  the 
membership  application. 

(2)  MSNJ  Financial  State- 
ments . . . Approved  the  unaudited 
financial  statements  for  the  period 
ending  May  31,  1984. 

(3)  Legal  Matters  . . . 

(a)  SBME  v Greco  . . . Authorized 
MSNJ  to  join  in  the  petition  for 
certification  in  the  Greco  case. 

(b)  Federal  Trade  Commission  . . . 
Noted  a preliminary  response  has 
been  filed  with  the  Federal  Trade 
Commission  in  response  to  their  in- 
vestigation of  MSNJ,  relating  to  the 
potential  violation  of  price  fixing 
and  market  restraint. 

(c)  Subordinated  Loan  Status  . . . 
Noted  final  decision  on  sub- 
ordinated loan  litigation  still  is 
pending  in  Tax  Court. 

(4)  Medicaid  . . . Noted  that  a sub- 
committee of  the  Medicaid  Cost 
Containment  Committee  has  rec- 
ommended that  physicians’  fees  for 
ambulatory  and  office  care  be  up- 
graded in  accordance  with  the  plan 
designed  for  Atlantic  and  Mercer 
counties;  the  subcommittee  also  has 
recommended  reapplication  to  the 
federal  government  to  institute  the 
project. 

(5)  Medicare  Fee  Freeze  . . . 

Agreed  that  the  AMA  should  be  re- 
quested to  review  the  Medicare  fee 
freeze  carefully,  and  give  consider- 
ation to  the  litigation  of  all  ap- 
propriate issues  on  behalf  of  all  U.S. 
physicians. 

(6)  Physician  Supervision  of  Lim- 
ited Licensed  Practitioners  . . . Ad- 
vised that  a response  from  MSNJ 
will  be  released  shortly  on  the  matter 
of  physician  supervision  of  limited 
licensed  practitioners. 

(7)  Membership  Directory 
Voted  to  continue  listing  the  names 
of  all  physicians  in  the  hospital  staff 
section. 

NJ  Hospital  Association  . . . 

(1)  DRG  Waiver  . . . Received  as  in- 
formative a report  concerning  the 
application  guidelines  on  the  dem- 
onstration waiver  which  permits 
Medicare  to  participate  in  the  DRG 
program. 

Note:  Due  to  increasing  hospital 
rates,  the  demonstration  waiver  is 
revoked  and  New  Jersey  must  obtain 
a new  waiver  or  note  that  hospitals 
will  be  paid  for  Medicare  services  in 
accordance  with  the  national  pro- 
spective payment  system  beginning 
January  1,  1985. 


Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
Student  Association  . . . Endorsed 
the  resolution  submitted  by  the  Stu- 
dent Association  to  request  the 
Board  of  Trustees  of  UMDNJ  not  to 
change  the  nomenclature  of  UMDNJ 
component  schools. 

Council  on  Public  Relations  . . . 

(1)  Patient  Education  Pro- 
gram-Resolution #15  (1984)  . . . 

Approved  the  following  three  rec- 
ommendations: 

(1)  That  there  not  be  a voluntary 
assessment  of  the  membership  at  this 
time. 

(2)  That  $40,000  be  reallocated  from 
various  other  accounts  to  public  rela- 
tions for  the  1984  to  1985  fiscal  year, 
bringing  the  public  relations  account  to 
$160,000. 

(3)  That  a minimum  amount  of 
$200,000  to  $225,000  be  put  into  the 
1985  to  1986  budget  for  public  relations 
purposes. 

(2)  MSNJ  Public  Relations 
Firm  . . . Approved  the  following  rec- 
ommendation: 

That  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
retain  the  present  public  relations  firm 
for  the  current  year.  Several  public  rela- 
tions firms  will  be  interviewed  and  re- 
quested to  provide  proposals  adapted  to 
a future  budget  of  $200,000-$225,000. 

Committee  on  Impaired 
Physicians  . . . 

(1)  Protocol  for  the  Management 
of  Physicians  Alleged  To  Be  Neu- 
* ©logically  Impaired  or  Senile  and 
No  Longer  Competent  Practition- 
ers . . . Approved  the  following  rec- 
ommendation: 

That  the  Board  of  Trustees  endorse  the 
Protocol  for  the  Management  of  Phy- 
sicians Alleged  To  Be  Neurologically  Im- 
paired or  Senile  and  No  Longer  Compe- 
tent Practitioners. 

(2)  Protocol  for  the  Management 
of  Physicians  Accused  of  Sexual 
Misconduct  . . . Approved  the  fol- 
lowing recommendation: 

That  the  Board  of  Trustees  endorse  the 
Protocol  for  the  Management  of  Physi- 
cians Accused  of  Sexual  Misconduct. 

(3)  License  Applications  Form  . . . 

Approved  the  following  resolution: 

That  the  resolution  in  support  of  the 
position  of  the  New  Jersey  Psychiatric 
Association  regarding  the  present  New 
Jersey  Medical  Application  form  be  en- 
dorsed. 


3L.  81— NUMBER  10— OCTOBER  1984 


893 


(4)  AMA  Conference  on  Impaired 

Physicians  . . . Approved  the  follow- 
ing recommendation: 

That  MSNJ  will  underwrite,  from  the 
Impaired  Physicians  Program  budget, 
the  expenses  incurred  by  Dr.  Ivovich,  Dr. 
McBride,  and  Edward  Reading  while  at- 
tending the  AMA  meeting  on  the  Im- 
paired Physician  in  September  at  the 
Meadowlands  Hilton  in  Secaucus. 

Committee  on  Conservation  of 
Vision  . . . Approved  the  following 
recommendation  concerning  the 
Statewide  Eye  Screening  Coordi- 
nating Council: 

That  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
endorse  the  formation  of  a Statewide  Eye 
Screening  Coordinating  Council  by  the 
New  Jersey  State  Commission  for  the 
Blind  and  Visually  Impaired  and  appoint 
a representative  from  the  Committee  on 
Conservation  of  Vision  to  serve  on  the 
Council. 


Old  Business  . . . 

( 1 ) Health  Care  Facilities  Planning 
Act — Certificate  of  Need  . . . Noted 
that  MSNJ’s  position  remains  the 
same  concerning  the  Health  Care 
Facilities  Planning  Act:  MSNJ  would 
support  an  amendment  requiring  a 
certificate  of  need  from  all  sources 
on  services  that  have  been  re- 
gionalized via  a duly  adopted  regu- 
lation, contingent  upon  the  re- 
gionalization regulation  automati- 
cally expiring  after  two  years  unless 
readopted  on  the  basis  of  demon- 
strated need. 

(2)  Physicians’  Assistants  . . . 

Noted  that  MSNJ  is  opposed  to  the 
concept  of  licensure  of  physicians’ 
assistants  in  New  Jersey. 


IJMDNJ  Notes 

Stanley  S.  Bergen,  Jr.,  M.D. 

UMDNJ’s  ability  to  care  for  pa- 
tients and  to  provide  specialized  ser- 
vices for  some  of  the  more  difficult 
cases  of  physicians  practicing  in 
New  Jersey  will  be  enhanced  greatly 
if  the  8241  million  budget  for  1985 
to  1986  adopted  by  our  Board  of 
Trustees  makes  it  through  the  long 
state  appropriation  process  without 
damaging  cuts. 

Among  budgeted  plans  for  de- 
velopment of  clinical  specialty  pro- 
grams are  8 1.6  million  for  faculty 
and  enhancement  of  radiation  ther- 
apy, chemotherapy,  and  pathology 
programs  at  the  Cancer  Research 


and  Treatment  Center  on  the  New- 
ark campus:  84  million  for  a new 
cardiac  surgery  unit  at  University 
Hospital  in  Newark  and  additional 
clinical  faculty  at  both  UMDNJ- 
Rutgers  Medical  School,  Piscata- 
way/New  Brunswick  and  UMDNJ- 
New  Jersey  Medical  School,  Newark; 
and  81  million  for  expanding  the  re- 
gional trauma  centers  at  Cooper 
Hospital/University  Medical  Center, 
Camden,  and  University  Hospital, 
Newark. 

Hospital  revenues  would  account 
for  most  of  the  83  million  increase 
planned  to  improve  the  neuro- 
surgery program  at  University  Hos- 
pital and  staff-donated  nuclear 
magnetic  resonance  (NMR)  imaging 
equipment  at  University  Hospital, 
expand  pulmonary,  anesthesiology, 
and  immunology  subspecialties  at 
the  medical  school;  and  open  new 
educational  programs  in  southern 
New  Jersey. 

Our  budget  proposal  is  ambitious 
but  responsible,  focusing  on  Univer- 
sity-wide priorities  that  are  based  on 
their  importance  to  New  Jersey’s 
health  care  needs  and  UMDNJ's 
long-term  goals. 

In  light  of  the  high  rate  of  cancer 
mortality  in  New  Jersey,  there  is  sig- 
nificant activity  by  the  state's  public 
university  of  the  health  sciences  to 
combat  this  disease  through  the 
most  effective  therapies  known,  by 
educating  cancer  specialists,  and  in 
continuing  research  to  find  causes 
and  cures.  These  developments  on 
the  cancer  front  are  noteworthy: 

• The  Newark-based  Cancer  Re- 
search and  Treatment  Center,  part 
of  University  Hospital,  has  opened  a 
“cancer  hotline”  available  to  phy- 
sicians wanting  to  make  direct  refer- 
rals and  to  students  doing  research. 
The  number,  (1-201)  456-6666,  is 
served  by  a Cancer  Center  employee 
during  business  hours  and  an 
answering  service  on  nights  and 
weekends. 

• The  cancer  program  at  Univer- 
sity Hospital  has  received  a three- 
year  certificate  of  approval  from  the 
Commission  on  Cancer  of  the 
American  College  of  Physicians.  The 
approval  designated  the  Newark  pro- 
gram at  the  “teaching  hospital”  level. 

® Twelve  UMDNJ  faculty  members 
were  awarded  more  than  8876,000 
of  the  first  81.2  million  granted  by 
the  state’s  new  Commission  on 
Cancer  Research  to  undertake  basic 
research  that  will  enlarge  our  knowl- 


edge of  this  disease.  The  new  sta 
program,  funded  by  a five-cent  i 
on  cigarettes,  is  providing  vital  s*d 
money  for  promising  laboratory  j 
search  efforts  that  may  gener  e 
added  support  from  other  souru 
One  faculty  member,  Chung  S.  Yaj, 
Ph.D.,  professor  of  biochemistry); 
UMDNJ-New  Jersey  Medical  Schd. 
has  received  a state  grant  of  880,(0 
to  study  the  link  betwen 
esophageal  cancer  and  the  si- 
ergestic  effects  of  alcohol  consun 
tion  and  smoking,  and  has  n 
American  Cancer  Society  grant)! 
8155,987  to  investigate  the  conr:- 
tion  between  esophageal  cancer  ag 
riboflavin  deficiency. 

It  is  a great  pleasure  for  me  to  i 
nounce  the  appointment  of  Dr.  Ri : 
ard  C.  Reynolds  as  UMDNJ’s  fi!it 
senior  vice-president  for  acadeijj 
affairs. 

We  are  fortunate  to  have  an  ir 
vidual  of  Dean  Reynold’s 
complishment  and  recognized 
pertise  to  provide  the  administral 
leadership  on  academic  progras 
and  policies  for  the  University.  In 
absence,  he  will  assume 
authority  and  responsibilities  of 
president  of  UMDNJ. 

Dr.  Reynolds,  an  internist 


e 


£0 


community  health  specialist,  ca 
to  UMDNJ  in  1978  by  way  of 
Johns  Hopkins  University  Schoo 
Medicine  and  University  of  Flor 
School  of  Medicine. 

His  leadership  of  the  UMDlifj 
Rutgers  Medical  School  througla; 
complicated  and  difficult  periodjifl 
growth  is  testament  to  his  leacji 
ship  abilities  and  calm,  consider  e 
personality;  he  continues  as  dear! 
that  school. 

The  first  Distinguished  Profes  r 
title  to  be  awarded  by  the  UMDJ) 


Board  of  Trustees  has  been  giver  o 
R.  Walter  Schlesinger,  M... 
emeritus  professor  of  microbiol<y 
at  UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  Sch>l 
and  a world-renowned  virologist,  rj 
Schlesinger  came  to  UMDNJ  in  191 
as  professor  and  chairman  of  the  - 
partment  of  microbiology,  served  s 
assistant  dean  of  UMDNJ-Rutgs 
Medical  School  from  1963  to  191 
and  acting  dean  in  1970  to  1971.  e 
has  received  a number  of  outstaj  - 
ing  awards,  published  extensivfj 
and  been  active  in  a variety  of  scfj  - 
tific  organizations  and  projects,  e 
continues  researching  the  n - 
tionship  of  influenza  to  neurologitl 
complications. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS1 


894 


tlSNJ  Auxiliary 

irace  Ge liman 
>resident 

Thank  you  Auxiliary  members  for 
olunteering  your  time  and  talents 
oward  the  statewide  “Eye  Health 
Screening  Program"  held  during  the 
/eek  of  September  17,  1984. 

A note  of  appreciation  to  Mrs. 
Charles  Moloney  and  her  committee 
3r  arranging  the  super  workshop 
n September  24,  1984,  in  Law- 
enceville.  The  workshop,  “Avenues 
eading  to  Personal  Success,”  was 
resented  by  John  J.  Moore,  Ph.D.,  of 
oyola  University,  Chicago.  It  was  a 
are  opportunity  for  the  member- 
hip  to  enhance  those  qualities  of 
leadership  they  already  demon- 
trate. 

Are  you  registered  to  vote?  Is  your 
pouse  registered  to  vote?  Do  not  sit 
his  election  out.  Do  it  together — 
ote  on  November  6,  1984. 

We  are  fortunate  to  have  an  Aux- 
iary  member  who  also  is  a travel 
gent.  She  can  write  all  travel  ar- 
angements— airline  tickets  and 
otel  accommodations— and  has 
greed  to  contribute  her  share  of 


commission  from  these  arrange- 
ments directly  to  the  Medical  Stu- 
dent Loan  Fund  in  the  name  of  the 
respective  county.  Call  Mrs.  John 
Holdcraft  (Grace)  at  (1-609) 
848-2788  for  further  information. 


New  Members 

The  Journal  of  the  Medical  So- 
ciety of  New  Jersey  would  like  to  wel- 
come the  following  new  members: 

Atlantic  County 

Wilfredo  Carreno,  M.D.,  Linwood 
Frederick  G.  Dalzell,  M.D.,  Northfield 
James  A Wilson,  M.D.,  West  Orange 

Bergen  County 

Fe  S.  Arboleda,  M.D.,  Dumont 
Deodatta  V.  Bendre,  M.D.,  Ridgewood 
Richard  A.  D’Amico,  M.D.,  Englewood 
Russell  A Ferstandig,  M.D.,  Ridgewood 
John  D.  Frattarola,  M.D.,  Fort  Lee 
Salvatore  Infantino,  M.D.,  Fair  Lawn 
David  N.  Levin,  M.D.,  Teaneek 
Norma  Jean  Murray,  M.D.,  Cliffside  Park 
George  A.  Remisovsky,  M.D.,  Fort  Lee 
Steven  M.  Stoller,  M.D.,  Ridgewood 
Bruce  N.  Terrin,  M.D.,  Hackensack 

Burlington  County 

Ivan  T.  Krohn,  M.D.,  Moorestown 
J.  Mark  J.  Meredith,  M.D.,  Vincentown 
Jeffrey  B.  Morris,  M.D.,  Marlton 
Mark  A Tatz,  M.D.,  Mount  Laurel 

Camden  County 

Nathan  I.  Feldman,  M.D.,  Voorhees 


Richard  M.  Goldfarb,  M.D.,  Voorhees 
Robert  B.  Hill,  M.D.,  Camden 
Leonard  I.  Japko,  M.D.,  Camden 
George  R Kenner,  Jr.,  M.D.,  Camden 
Sidi  Y.  Noor,  M.D.,  Voorhees 
Michael  J.  Reichman,  M.D.,  Cherry  Hill 
Kenneth  J.  Weiss,  M.D.,  Camden 

Cape  May  County 

Wai-Ling  Lai,  M.D.,  Cape  May  Court 
House 

Cumberland  County 

Robert  E.  Coifman,  M.D.,  Vineland 
Howard  Leibowitz,  M.D.,  Vineland 
Armando  P.  Russo,  M.D.,  Vineland 
Rajendra  M.R  Sharma,  M.D.,  Vineland 
Dirk  E.  Skinner,  M.D.,  Vineland 

Essex  County 

Carol  A Bainbridge,  M.D.,  Bloomfield 
Herbert  L.  Glatt,  M.D.,  Bloomfield 
Stanley  Klughaupt,  M.D.,  Belleville 
Nicholas  G.  Melillo,  M.D.,  West  Orange 
Dragan  Pecirep,  M.D.,  Newark 
Louis  J.  Petracca,  M.D.,  Bloomfield 
Alan  J.  Sarokhan,  M.D.,  Short  Hills 
Ajit  M.  Shah,  M.D.,  Caldwell 
Hilda  B.  Templeton,  M.D.,  West  Orange 

Gloucester  County 

Jeffrey  T.  Gibson,  M.D.,  Woodbury 
James  C.  McMaster,  D.O.,  Woodbury 
Laurence  A Primack,  M.D.,  Sewall 

Hudson  County 

Edith  E.  Andrade,  M.D.,  North  Bergen 
Angelo  DeMarco,  M.D.,  Newark 
Stephen  P.  McCarthy,  M.D.,  Bayonne 

Hunterdon  County 

Jan  K.  Kniskem,  M.D.,  Flemington 


The  Journal  of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
announces  the  reprinting  of  the 

WILLIAM  CARLOS  WILLIAMS 
COMMEMORATIVE  ISSUE 

September,  1983 

Honoring  the  100th  anniversary  of  the  birth  of  New  Jersey’s  prize-winning  poet  and  physician. 
Included  in  this  handsomely  illustrated,  full-color  issue  will  be  original  articles  by  persons 
close  to  William  Carlos  Williams,  artwork  from  his  social  and  intellectual  circle,  and  samples 
of  his  finest  writings. 

Copies  of  this  special  issue  are  available  by  sending  $5.00  for  each  (check  or  money  order) 
to  MSNJ,  Two  Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648. 

Please  send  a copy  of  the  William  Carlos  Williams  Commemorative  Issue  to: 


— 

Enclose  a $5.00  check  or  money  order  for  each  copy. 


OL.  81— NUMBER  10— OCTOBER  1980  895 


Mercer  County 
KanizaA.  Banglawala  M.D., 

Lawrenceville 

Alexanders.  Carney,  M.D.,  Princeton 
Prabodhkumar  Damani,  M.D.,  Trenton 
Charles  J.F.  McHugh,  M.D.,  Voorhees 
John  J.  Shelmet,  M.D.,  Trenton 
Venkateswaraiyer  Subramoni,  M.D., 
Hamilton 

Eugene  U.  Thiessen,  M.D.,  Hightstown 

Middlesex  County 

Venis  F.  Fanous.  M.D.,  South  Bound 
Brook 

Geeta  R Ghanekar,  M.D.,  Iselin 
Dieter  M.  Kramsch,  M.D.,  Rahway 
Gary  H.  Levin,  M.D.,  Edison 
Soheir  Saad  El-Dine  Ramadan,  M.D., 
Morristown 

Luz  E.  Rodriquez,  M.D.,  Metuchen 
Krishnaswami  Srinivasan.  M.D.,  Parlin 
Craig  J.  Wiederman,  M .D..  Woodbridge 

Monmouth  County 

Steven  Berkowitz,  M.D.,  Neptune  City 
Michael  Lee  Bernstein,  M.D.,  Colts  Neck 
Steven  A.  Bohm,  M.D.,  Freehold 
Jeffrey  M.  Chalal,  M.D.,  Marlboro 
Paul  M.  DiLorenzo,  M.D.,  Asbury  Park 
Anthony  Emanuel,  M.D.,  Freehold 
Russell  A.  Gross,  M.D.,  Colts  Neck 
Shelly  L.  Ludwig.  M.D.,  Freehold 
Norman  S.  Nolan,  M.D.,  Middletown 
Gerald  E.  Pflum,  M.D.,  Shrewsbury 
Diane  Rose,  M.D.,  Marlboro 
Eric  J.  Rosenstock,  M.D.,  Neptune 
Vardha  S.  Sailam.  M.D.,  Red  Bank 
Joseph  W.  Schauer,  M.D.,  III,  Farmingdale 
Rajagopalan  Sivaprasad,  M.D.,  Long 
Branch 

Morris  County 

Eugenia  George.  M.D.,  Maplewood 
Richard  R Hawrylo.  M.D.,  Morristown 
ChongS.  Jaw,  M.D.,  Parsippany 
Stephen  D.  Krasnica  M.D.,  Denville 
Bertram  Kummel,  M.D.,  Morristown 
Barbara  Mitchell,  M.D.,  Morristown 
Robert  F.  Mohr,  M.D.,  Morristown 
James  B.  Rubenstein,  M.D..  Morristown 

Ocean  County 

Bankim  Shah,  M.D..  Whiting 

Passaic  County 

John  J.  Farkas,  M.D.,  Paterson 
Rita  B.  Jhaveri,  M.D.,  Paterson 
Thil  Yoganathan,  M.D.,  Paterson 

Somerset  County 

Robert  A.  Harman.  M.D.,  Somerville 
Angela  Lanfranchi.  M.D.,  Bound  Brook 
Simon  D.  Murray,  M.D.,  Somerset 

Union  County 

Shalom  Y.  Abboudi,  M.D.,  North 
Plainfield 

Kenneth  M.  Bahrt.  M.D.,  Plainfield 
Walter  J.  Borowski,  M.D.,  Linden 
John  N.  Burling,  M.D..  Linden 
Joseph  P.  Calderone,  Jr.,  M.D., 
Mountainside 

Thomas  J.  Gianis,  M.D.,  Summit 
James  Scott  Gillin,  M.D.,  Summit 
Alan  W.  Goldfeder,  M.D.,  Union 
Joseph  Guida,  M.D.,  Linden 
Alan  H.  Greenspan,  M.D.,  Westfield 
Anthony  Iuzzolino,  M.D.,  Hillside 
Sabata  J.  Lombardo,  M.D.,  Elizabeth 
Uday  C.  Mehta  M.D.,  Mountainside 
Bernard  M.  Wagner,  M.D..  Summit 


Tamisiea  Award 

At  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Aero- 
space Medical  Association,  May  6 to 
11,  1984,  in  San  Diego,  California, 
Dr.  Milton  H.  Gordon  was  the  recipi- 
ent of  the  John  A.  Tamisiea  Award 
given  annually  to  an  individual  who 
has  made  an  outstanding  contribu- 
tion to  the  art  and  science  of  avia- 
tion medicine  in  its  application  to 
general  aviation. 

Dr.  Gordon,  a fellow  of  the  Associa- 
tion, moved  to  Israel  with  his  wife, 
Natalie,  in  1974.  Since  that  time  he 
has  been  serving  as  the  civil  air  sur- 
geon of  the  state  of  Israel,  the  chief 
medical  officer  for  civil  aviation 
medicine.  In  that  capacity  his 
special  field  of  interest  has  been 
agricultural  aviation  and  toxicology 
in  its  relation  to  the  health  and  safe- 
ty of  spray  pilots  and  ground  crews, 
and  it  is  for  this  particular  area  of 
aviation  medicine  that  he  has  been 
especially  recognized. 

The  Aerospace  Medical  Associa- 
tion is  the  world’s  largest  society  of 
its  kind  with  4000  members  con- 
sisting of  physicians,  engineers, 
physicists,  physiologists,  and  air 
crew  members. 

Dr.  Gordon  is  a member  of  the 
Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey. 


Physicians  Seeking 
Location  in  New  Jersey 

The  following  physicians  have  writ- 
ten to  the  Executive  Offices  of  MSNJ 
seeking  information  on  possible  op- 
portunities for  practice  in  New  Jersey. 
The  information  listed  below  has  been 
supplied  by  the  physician.  If  you  are 
interested  in  any  further  information 
concerning  these  physicians,  we  sug- 
gest you  make  inquiries  directly  to 
them. 

ALLERGY/IMMUNOLOGY— Leonard 
Bielory,  M.D.,  688  Concerto  La.,  Silver 
Spring,  MD  20901.  UMDNJ  1980. 
Board  eligible.  Solo  preferred,  but  flex- 
ible. Available  March  1985. 

T.M.  Bokhari,  M.D.,  48  Anderson  Pkwy., 
Cedar  Grove,  NJ  07009.  FJMC.  Also  in- 
fectious diseases  (pediatric).  Board 
certified  (PED).  Group,  partnership, 
solo.  Available. 

ANESTHESIOLOGY— Cau  Pham.  M.D., 
856  Nelson,  Apt.  206,  Chicago,  IL 
60657.  Saigon  (South  Vietnam)  1974. 
Group  or  partnership.  Available. 

FAMILY  MEDICINE— Maiy  F.  Cam- 
pagnolo,  M.D.,  10  Overlook  Rd.,  Apt.  5- 


E,  Summit,  NJ  07901.  George  Wa- 
ington  University  1982.  Board  eligil * 
Group  or  partnership.  Available  Jy 
1985. 

GASTROENTEROLOGY— Harry 
Buraek,  M.D.,  5548  Waterman  PI.,  ; 
Louis,  MO  63112.  Albany  1978.  A; 
internal  medicine.  Board  certifil. 
Partnership,  group,  solo.  Available. 
Prakash  V.  Huded,  M.D.,  80-15  41  A. 
Apt.  606,  Elmhurst,  NY  113  1 
Kamatak  (India)  1970.  Board  certifil. 
Solo,  group,  partnership.  Available. 
Neil  Tarkin,  M.D.,  6700  192nd 
Fresh  Meadows,  NY  11365.  New  Yu 
Medical  1978.  Also,  internal  medich. 
Board  certified  (IM).  Any  type  pract 
Available. 

’IUbI 

GENERAL  MEDICINE— John  J.  Ki 
M.D.,  127  Garfield  Ave.,  Jersey  City,  ' 
07305.  Catholic  Medical  Coll™ 
(Korea)  1966.  Group,  partnership,  so. 
Available. 

INTERNAL  MEDICINE— David  M.  Brcjl 
bart,  M.D.,  50  Hillpark  Ave.,  Apt.  k 
Great  Neck,  NY  11021.  SUNY-Dov 
state  1979.  Also  pulmonary  medici 
Board  certified  (IM):  board  eligie 
(PM).  Pulmonary,  pulmonary/ interld 
medicine,  multispeeialty  group.  Av 
able  July  1985. 

Harry  D.  Buraek,  M.D.,  5548  Watemi 
PI.,  St.  Louis,  MO  63112.  Albany  19). 
Also  gastroenterology.  Board  certif  i. 
Partnership,  group,  solo.  Available. 
Aditi  Gupta,  M.D.,  27  Sturbridge  r. 
West,  Piscataway,  NJ  08854.  Ly 
Hardinge  (India)  1980.  Board  eligi ;. 
Clinic/hospital  or  group.  Available 
Lee  W.  Hoffer,  M.D.,  1017  E.  80th  , 
Brooklyn,  NY  1 1236.  Rome  (Italy)  19). 
Solo,  partnership,  group.  Available 
Quang  T.  Nguyen,  M.D.,  15  I. 

Englewood  Ave.,  Bergenfield,  NJ  076. 
Saigon  (South  Vietnam)  19'. 
Subspecialty,  nephrology.  Bo;d 
eligible.  Any  type  practice.  Availab; 
Claudia  Anne  Pollet,  M.D.,  612 

Parkway  Dr..  Baltimore.  MD  212!. 
Mount  Sinai  1981.  Board  eligi.1. 
Salaried  position  in  emergency  rod, 
clinic,  or  urgent  care  center.  Availa ;. 
Paul  V.  Renda  M.D.,  3206  Myra  j... 
Apt.  D,  Durham,  NC  27707.  Mo  it 
Sinai  1981.  Board  eligible.  Solo,  groj). 
clinic  (preferably  southern  NJ).  Av.l- 
able. 

Virod  K.  Shah.  M.D.,  345  Watkins  lA, 
Battle  Creek,  MI  49017.  M.P.  SH 
(India)  1975.  Board  eligible.  Any  t e 
practice.  Available. 

Neil  Tarkin,  M.D.,  6700  192nd 
Fresh  Meadows,  NY  11365.  New  Yjk 
Medical  1978.  Also,  internal  medici.1 
Board  certified  (IM).  Any  type  pract.1. 
Available. 

Robert  L.  Werner,  D.O.,  148  Resen  r 
Rd.,  Parsippany,  NJ  07054.  UMD f- 
NJSOM  1981.  Board  eligible.  Solo  r 
partnership.  Available  July  1985. 

NEPHROLOGY— Quang  T.  Nguyen,  M,. 
15  W.  Englewood  Ave.,  Bergenfield,  J 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


896 


07621.  Saigon  (South  Vietnam)  1967. 
Also,  internal  medicine.  Board  eligible. 
Any  type  practice.  Available. 

IBSTETRICS/GYNECOLOGY— Edwin 
R Guzman.  M.D.,  1200  E.  98th  St.. 
Brooklyn,  NY  1 1236.  New  York  Medical 
1980.  Board  eligible.  Group  or  partner- 
ship. Available. 

Atul  S.  Sheth,  M.D.,  2951  S.  King  Dr.. 
Chicago.  IL60616.  T.N.  Medical  College 
(India)  1972.  Specializing  in  infertility, 
reproductive  endocrinology.  Board 
eligible.  Partnership,  single  multiple 
group  practice,  academia  Available. 

►CCUPATIONAL  MEDICINE— Errol 
Emmet  Vernon,  M.D.,  2018  Pickerton 
Dr„  Deer  Park,  TX  77536.  University  of 
the  West  Indies  (Jamaica)  1978.  Board 
eligible.  Group.  Available. 

ATHOLOGY—  Steven  P.  Katz,  M.D.. 
9634  S.  Karlov  Ave„  Oak  Lawn,  IL 
60453.  Nebraska  1972.  Board  certified 
(PA  and  CLIN).  Hospital  or  group.  Avail- 
able on  one  month's  notice. 

EDIATRICS— Charles  H.  Geneslaw, 
M.D.,  8372  Loveridge  Ct.,  Richmond, 
VA  23229.  UMDNJ  1982.  Partnership. 
Available  Julv  1985. 

ULMONARY  MEDICINE— David  M 
Breidbart,  M.D..  50  Hillpark  Ave.,  Apt. 
j l-R  Great  Neck,  NY  11021.  SUNY- 
Downstate.  Also,  internal  medicine. 
Board  eligible  (PM);  board  certified 
(IM).  Pulmonary,  pulmonary/intemal 
medicine,  multispecialty  group.  Avail- 
able July  1985. 

URGERY,  GENERAL— Leonardo  A. 
Garduno,  M.D.,  2170  S.  Goebbert  Rd., 
Apt.  1-109,  Arlington  Heights,  I L 60005. 
University  of  the  East  (Philippines) 
1968.  Any  type  practice.  Available. 
Daniel  M.  Goldman,  M.D.,  3450  Wayne 
Ave.,  Apt.  19-S,  Bronx,  NY  10467.  Also, 
vascular  surgery.  Board  eligible.  Part- 
nership or  single  specialty  group. 
Available  July  1985. 

David  A.  Guthrie,  M.D.,  3130  Heath- 
stead  PL,  Charlotte,  NC  28210.  West 
Virginia  1978.  Also,  vascular  surgery. 

, Board  eligible.  Group  or  partnership. 
Available  July  1985. 

Barry  Jordan,  M.D.,  260  Garth  Rd., 
Scarsdale,  NY  10583.  South  Carolina 
1977.  Board  eligible.  Group,  partner- 
ship, solo.  Available. 

J.  Bernard  LeSage,  M.D.,  P.O.  Box  699, 
Middlesboro,  KY  40965.  Montreal 
(Canada)  1945.  Board  certified.  Admin- 
istrative medicine.  Available. 

>URGERY,  VASCULAR— Daniel  M. 
Goldman,  M.D.,  3450  Wayne  Ave.,  Apt. 
19-S,  Bronx,  NY  10467.  Also,  general 
surgery.  Board  eligible.  Partnership  or 
single  specialty  group.  Available  July 
1985. 

David  A Guthrie,  M.D.,  3130  Heath- 
stead  Pl„  Charlotte,  NC  28210.  West 
Virginia  1978.  Also,  general  surgery. 
Board  eligible.  Group  or  partnership. 
Available  July  1985. 


OL.  81— NUMBER  10— OCTOBER  1984 

i 


A peripheral 
vasodilator 


for  treatment  of 

leg  cramps 
cold  feet 
tinnitus 
discomfort 
standing 


s 


LIPO-NICIN 


Nicotinic  Acid  Therapy 

For  patient’s 

comfort/convenience 

in  choice  of 


3 strengths 


Gradual  Release 

LIPO-NICIN«/300  mg. 

Each  time-release  capsule  con- 


tains: 

Nicotinic  Acid  300  mg. 

Ascorbic  Acid 150  mg. 

Thiamine  HCL  (B-1) 25  mg. 

Riboflavin  (B-2) 2 mg. 

Pyridoxine  HCL  (B-6) 10  mg 


in  a special  base  ot  prolonged 
therapeutic  effect. 

OOSE:  1 to  2 tablets  daily. 
AVAILABLE:  Bottles  of  100,  500 


Immediate  Release 


LIPO-NICIN®/250  mg. 

Each  yellow  tablet  contains: 

Nicotinic  Acid  250  mg. 

Niacinamide 75  mg. 

Ascorbic  Acid 150  mg. 

Thiamine  HCL  (B-1) 25mg 

Riboflavin  (B-2) 2 mg. 

Pyridoxine  HCL  (B-6) 10  mg. 


DOSE:  1 to  3 tablets  daily. 
AVAILABLE:  Bottles  of  100,  500 


LIPO-NICIN®/100  mg. 

Each  blue  tablet  contains: 


Nicotinic  Acid  100  mg. 

Niacinamide 75  mg 

Ascorbic  Acid 150  mg. 

Thiamine  HCL  (B-1) 25  mg. 

Riboflavin  (B-2) 2 mg. 

Pyridoxine  HCL  (B-6) 10  mg 


DOSE:  1 to  5 tablets  daily 
AVAILABLE:  Bottles  of  100,  500. 


Indications:  For  use  as  a vasodi- 
lator in  the  symptoms  of  cold 
feet,  leg  cramps,  dizziness, 
memory  loss  or  tinnitus  when 
associated  with  impaired  peri- 
pheral circulation.  Also  provides 
concomitant  administration  of 
the  listed  vitamins  The  warm 
tingling  flush  which  may  follow 
each  dose  of  LIPO-NICIN®  100 
mg.  or  250  mg.  is  one  of  the 
therapeutic  effects  that  often 
produce  psychological  benefits 
to  the  patient 

Side  Effects:  Transient  flushing 
and  feeling  of  warmth  seldom  re- 
quire discontinuation  of  the  drug 
Transient  headache,  itching  and 
tingling,  skin  rash,  allergies  and 
gastric  disturbance  may  occur 

Contraindications:  Patients  with 
known  idiosyncrasy  to  nicotinic 
acid  or  other  components  of  the 
drug.  Use  with  caution  in  preg- 
nant patients  and  patients  with 
glaucoma,  severe  diabetes,  im- 
paired liver  function,  peptic  ul- 
cers, and  arterial  bleeding. 


Write  for  literature  and  samples 

(broWJJI  THE  BROWN  PHARMACEUTICAL  CO„  INC. 

2500  West  Sixth  Street,  Los  Angeles,  California  90057  PDR 


THE  ACADEMY  OF  MEDICINE 
OF  NEW  JERSEY 

presents 
a symposium  on 


HYPERTHERMIA  FOR 


CANCER 


Saturday,  October  13,  1984 
8:30  a. m. -3:00  p.m. 


at 


MSNJ  HEADQUARTERS,  Lawrenceville,  N.J. 


This  Symposium  will  present  the  most  current  scientific  infor- 
mation concerning  the  concomitant  use  of  Hyperthermia  in  the 
treatment  of  cancer  of  the  body,  including  the  brain. 


PROGRAM  CHAIRMAN: 

Arthur  Winter,  M.D. 

Attending  Neurological  Surgery 
The  Hospital  Center  at  Orange 
Saint  Barnabas  Medical  Center, 
Livingston 


For  further  information,  please  contact: 


6e^yo/.  EXECUTIVE  OFFICES 


\ The  Academy  of  Medicine  of  New  Jersey 
5 Two  Princess  Road 
® Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648 


of  New  Jersey  (609)  896-1717 


The  Academy  of  Medicine  of  New  Jersey 
Physicians  for  Social  Responsibility, 

Northern  New  Jersey  Chapter 
Department  of  Preventive  Medicine  and  Community  Health 
UMDNJ— New  Jersey  Medical  School 


present 

a symposium  on 


POTENTIAL  HUMAN  AND 
ECOLOGIC  DISASTERS 


Saturday,  October  20,  1984 
9:00  a. m. -3:00  p.m. 

at 

Town  & Campus  Restaurant 
West  Orange,  New  Jersey 


Those  who  attend  this  conference  will  gain  an  understanding  of  ttll 
following: 

The  consequences  of  exposure  to  high  level  radiation  with  a partic: 
lar  emphasis  on  long  term  effects  on  birth  defect  and  tumor  incident  i 
The  consequences  of  exposure  to  low  level  radiation  (radium  ar 
uranium).  Mechanism  of  exposure  and  health  risk  will  be  discusse: 
The  health  effects  of  exposure  to  leakage  from  chemical  toxic  was 
disposal  sites  and  all  the  available  studies  that  have  been  complete 
will  be  reviewed  and  the  requirements  for  additional  study  will  t;  < 
analyzed. 


For  further  information,  please  contact: 


■Kl°\ 


of  New  Jersey 


EXECUTIVE  OFFICES 
The  Academy  of  Medicine  of  New  Jers 
Two  Princess  Road 
Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648 
(609)  896-1717 


LIKOFF  CARDIOVASCULAR  INSTITUTE 

of  Hahnemann  Medical  College  & Hospital 

230  N.  Broad  Street,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania  19102  (215)  448-8063 


CARDIOLOGY  UPDATE.  . . 


IS  DESIGNED  FOR  THE  PHYSICIAN  AND  PROVIDES  AN  INTENSIVE  SURVEY  OF  THE 
CURRENT  STATUS  OF  CLINICAL  CARDIOLOGY.  . . 

WEDNESDAY,  NOVEMBER  7,  1984 

SUDDEN  DEATH 

MODERATOR:  JOEL  MORGANROTH,  M.D. 


3:00  CASE  PRESENTATION  Pasquale  M.  Procacci,  M.D. 

3:30  THE  ROLE  OF  ELECTROPHYSIOLOGIC  STUDIES 
IN  THE  MANAGEMENT  OF  PATIENTS  WITH 

VENTRIBULAR  ARRHYTHMIAS  Charles  R.  Webb,  M.D. 

4:00  IDENTIFICATION  OF  PATIENTS  AT  HIGH  RISK 

TO  SUDDEN  DEATH  Scott  R.  Spieiman,  M.D. 

4:30  CAN  WE  SELECT  DRUGS  BASED  ON  ELECTROPHYSIOLOGIC 

MECHANISMS  AND  PHARMACOLOGIC  PRINCIPLES?  Leonard  N.  Horowitz,  M.D. 
5:00  NEW  ANTI  ARRHYTHMIC  AGENTS:  USE  AND  LIMITATIONS 
OF  ENCAINIDE,  FLECANIDE,  AMIODARONE,  ETHMOZIN 
AND  MEXILITINE  Joel  Morganroth,  M.D. 

LECTURE  HALL  “A” — 2nd  floor  New  College  Building,  Hahnemann  University 
15th  and  Vine  Streets,  Philadelphia,  PA 
• NO  REGISTRATION  FEE  • NO  ADVANCE  REGISTRATION  REQUIRED  • 

• CME  CATEGORY  I CREDITS  CERTIFIED  • 

**WINE  & CHEESE  SERVED  FOLLOWING  CONFERENCE** 


898 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSI 


:ME  Calendar 


The  following  is  a list  of 
continuing  medical 
education  courses  for  the 
next  two  months.  Contact 
the  sponsoring 
organization  for  further 
information. 


'his  list  is  compiled  through  the  coop- 
ration  of  the  Committee  on  Medical 
ducation  of  the  Medical  Society  of  New 
ersey,  the  Academy  of  Medicine  of  New 
ersey,  the  New  Jersey  Chapter  of  the 
unerican  Academy  of  Family  Phy- 
icians,  and  the  Office  of  Continuing 
ledical  Education  of  the  UMDNJ.  For 
formation  on  accreditation,  please 
ontact  the  sponsoring  organizadon(s). 
Indicated  by  italics— last  line  of  each 
:em. 


ANESTHESIOLOGY 

ov. 

0  Dinner  Meeting 

6-9  P.M.— Ramada  Inn,  Clark 
(NJ  State  Society  of 
Anesthesiologists  and  AiMNJ) 

ARDIOLOGY 

ov. 

7 Modem  Concepts  in 
Echocardiography 

9:30-1 1 AM. — Bergen  Pines  County 
Hospital,  Paramus 
(Bergen  Pines  County  Hospital 
and  AMNJ) 

5  Cardiology:  Newer  Cardiac  Drugs 

2-3  P.M. — John  E.  Runnells 
Hospital  of  Union  County 
(John  E.  Runnells  Hospital  and 
AMNJ) 

«c. 

8 Streptokinase  and  Percutaneous 
Transluminar  Angioplasty 

12  noon— St.  Mary's  Hospital, 

Orange 

(AMNJ) 


0L.  81— NUMBER  10— OCTOBER  1984 


MEDICINE 

Nov. 

1  Antibiotic  Updates 

9  AM.— Freehold  Area  Hospital 
(AMNJ) 

1 Immunoregulation:  Basic 
8 Concepts  and  Applications 

15  4-6  P.M.— Institute  for  Medical 

29  Research,  Copewood  St.,  Camden 
(Institute  for  Medical  Research 
and  AMNJ) 

2 AIDS 

12  noon-1  P.M.— Freehold  Area 

Hospital 

(AMNJ) 

2 ND-YAC  Laser  in  G.I. 

16  The  Physician  as  a Patient 

30  Sanity  in  Today’s  Beta-Blocker 
Market 

9 AM  — Crean  Hall,  St.  Francis 
Medical  Center,  Trenton 
(St  Francis  Medical  Center) 

6 Antibiotic  Update 

9- 1 0 AM. —Freehold  Area  Hospital 
(AMNJ) 

7 AIDS 

1-2:30  P.M. —Christ  Hospital,  Jersey 

City 

(AMNJ) 

7 Indications  for  Invasive  Studies 

12  noon— St.  Mary’s  Hospital, 

Passaic 

(AMNJ) 

7 Medical  Grand  Rounds 

14  12  noon- 1 P.M.— Rutgers  Medical 

21  School,  Medical  Education  Bldg., 

28  New  Brunswick 

(UMDNJ  and  AMNJ) 

7 Medicine  Morbidity  and  Mortality 

Conference 

8-9  A.M. — Rutgers  Medical  School, 
Medical  Education  Bldg.,  New 
Brunswick 
(UMDNJ  and  AMNJ) 

7 Common  Dermatoses 

1:30-2:30  P.M. —Essex  County 
Hospital  Center,  Cedar  Grove 
(AMNJ) 

7 Endocrine  Conferences 

14  3:30-5  P.M. —Rotates  between 

21  Newark  Beth  Israel  Medical  Center, 
28  University  Hospital,  United 

Hospitals  Medical  Center,  Newark, 
and  VA  Medical  Center,  East 
Orange 

(Endocrinology  Section,  AMNJ) 

12  A New  Medical  Entity— Mixed 
Angina 

7- 8:30  P.M. — Wallkill  Valley  General 
Hospital 

(Pfizer  Laboratories  and  AiMNJ) 

13  Topic  To  Be  Announced 

8-  1 0 P.M.— Schering  Corp., 
Kenilworth 

(NJ  Dermatological  Society  and 
AMNJ) 

1 4 Early  Diagnosis  and  Treatment  of 
Commonly  Seen  Office  Problems 

8:30  A.M. -5  P.M.— Medical  Society  of 
NJ,  Lawrenceville 
(NJ  Academy  of  Family 
Physiciar^s  and  AMNJ) 

14  Dermatologic  Manifestations  of 
Life-Threatening  Illness 

1 -2:30  P.M. —Bldg.  93,  VA  Medical 


Center,  Lyons 

(VA  Medical  Center  and  AMNJ) 

1 5  Diagnosis  and  Management  of 
Anaerobic  Infection 

5- 7:30  P.M. — Somerset  Medical 
Center,  Somerville 
(Somerset  Medical  Center  and 
AMNJ) 

1 5 Case  Presentations 

8-10  P.M. —The  Mountainside 
Hospital,  Montclair 
(NJ  Gastroenterological  Society 
and  AMNJ) 

20  New  Treatment  Modes  and 
Implications  for  the  Future  in 
Diabetes 

12  noon— St.  Maiy's  Hospital, 
Orange 

(St  Mary’s  Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

21  Dermatological  Conferences 

6- 9  P.M. —Rutgers  Community 
Health  Plan,  U.S.  Hwy.  1 & Rt.  18, 
New  Brunswick 

(UMDNJ  and  AMNJ) 

21  Mitral  Valve  Prolapse 

1-2  P.M. — West  Hudson  Hospital, 
Kearny 

(West  Hudson  Hospital  and 
AMNJ) 

2 1 Antiviral  Update 
28  Modem  Concepts  and  Etiology  of 
Diabetes  Mellitus 

9:30-1 1 AM. — Bergen  Pines  County 
Hospital,  Paramus 
(Bergen  Pines  County  Hospital 
and  AMNJ) 

28  Dermatologic  Manifestations  of 
Life-Threatening  Illness 

1-2:30  P.M.— VA  Medical  Center, 
Lyons 

(VA  Medical  Center  and  AMNJ) 

28  Controversies  in  Geriatrics 

1-5  P.M.— Medical  Society  of  NJ, 

Lawrenceville 

(AMNJ) 

29  Laser  Treatment  of  Massive  GI 
Hemorrhage 

1 1 AM.- 12  noon — St.  Joseph's 
Hospital  and  Medical  Center, 
Paterson 
(AMNJ) 

Dec. 

4 AIDS 

9:00  AM  — Holy  Name  Hospital, 

Teaneek 

(AMNJ) 

5 AIDS 

9:00  AM. —Warren  Hospital, 

Phillipsburg 

(AMNJ) 

5 Clinical  Abstract  Meeting 

1-5  P.M. — The  Manor,  West  Orange 
(Oncology  Society  of  NJ  and 
AMNJ) 

5 Endocrine  Conferences 

12  3:30-5  P.M. —Rotates  between 
19  Newark  Beth  Israel  Medical  Center. 
26  University  Hospital,  United 

Hospitals  Medical  Center.  Newark, 
and  VA  Medical  Center.  East 
Orange 

(Endocrinology  Section  and 
AMNJ) 

5 Medical  Grand  Rounds 

12  12  noon-1  P.M. — Rutgers  Medical 


899 


Temple  University  Hospital 

Department  of  Orthopedic  Surgery  is 
pleased  to  announce  the  association  of 
Russell  E.  Windsor,  MD  within  the  prac- 
tice of  orthopedic  surgery  including 
joint  reconstruction  and  sports  medi- 
cine. 


THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 

PRESENTS 

WOMEN  PHYSICIANS 
LEADERSHIP  CONFERENCE 

SATURDAY,  OCTOBER  27,  1984 
8:30  AM-3:00  PM 
MEDICAL  EDUCATION  BUILDING 
UMDNJ-RUTGERS 

NEW  BRUNSWICK,  NEW  JERSEY 
LUNCH  & RECEPTION 

STUDENTS  RESIDENTS  PHYSICIANS 

$5.00  $10.00  $25.00 

Reservations— 1 -609-896-1 766 


1985  CME  CRUISE/CONFERENCES  ON  SELECTED 
MEDICAL  TOPICS 

Caribbean,  Mexican,  Hawaiian,  Alaskan,  Mediter- 
ranean. 7-14  days  year-round.  Approved  for  20-24  CME 
Cat.  1 credits  (AMA/PRA)  & AAFP  prescribed  credit. 
Distinguished  professors.  FLY  ROUNDTRIP  FREE  ON 
CARIBBEAN,  MEXICAN,  & ALASKAN  CRUISES. 
Execellent  group  fares  on  finest  ships.  Registration  limited. 
Pre-scheduled  in  compliance  with  present  IRS  require- 
ments. 

Information:  International  Conferences,  189  Lodge 
Ave.,  Huntington  Station,  N.Y.  11746.  (516)  549-0869. 


ARE  YOU  A SAINT  MICHAEL’S  ALUMNUJ' 

Saint  Michael's  Medical  Center,  Newark,  NJ,  a 117  year  d 
teaching  hospital,  is  forming  a medical  alumni  association,  'i; 
are  seeking  some  5,000  physicians  who  served  as  reside 
and  interns.  Over  the  years  many  of  our  former  house  si f 
members  have  relocated  making  consistant  communicatil' 
difficult. 

Our  alumni  association  will  be  oriented  towards  four  got 
professional,  medical,  social  and  educational.  Plans 
already  being  made  for  a medical  reunion  dinner  and  sy 
posium  in  the  fall. 

If  you  are  a former  member  of  Saint  Michael's  house  staff 
know  another  staffer’s  whereabouts,  please  call  (2> 
877-5494  or  write  to: 

SAINT  MICHAEL’S  MEDICAL  CENTER 
268  Dr.  Martin  Luther  King,  Jr.  Blvd. 

Newark,  NJ  07102 
attn:  Office  of  Public  Affairs 


POST-GRADUATE 


MEDICAL  SCHOOL 


WINTER  COURSE  SCHEDULE 


DECEMBER 

12/3-6  350  Neurosurgery  NYC/1984  (Grand  Hyatt) 
12/3-7  314.  Toxicology  and  Pharmacology 

12/10-12  321  Managing  Clinical  Problems 

in  the  Elderly 

12/17-22  603  Computed  Tomography 

(Grand  Hyatt) 

12/15-16  733  Basic  Review  of  Pathology  and 

Radiology  for  Urologists 

JANUARY 

1/9-6/26/85  302.  Internal  Medicine  Board  Review 
Wednesdays  4:00  to  7:00pm 

MARCH 

3/11-15  321b  Managing  Clinical  Problems 

in  the  Elderly 
(Cerromar  Beach  Hotel,  Puerto  Rico) 
3/11-15  603b.  Computed  Tomography 

(Cerromar  Beach  Hotel) 
3/18-22  304  Seminar  in  Advanced 

Rheumatology 

3/25-29  100.  Anesthesiology  Board  Review  IV 

3/30-31  735.  Lasers  in  Urology 


FOR  INFORMATION  NYU  Post-Graduate 

Medical  School 

550  First  Avenue  New  York,  NY  10016 
(212)  340-5295  (24hr.  service) 


NEW  YORK 
FERTILITY  RESEARCH 
FOUNDATION,  INC. 

For  the  Investigation  of 

Problems  of  Human  Infertility 

The  Foundation  provides  a complelj 
diagnostic  and  consultation  service  for  ir 
fertile  couples.  Investigations  are  cor 
ducted  by  well-known  specialists  in  cor 
junction  with  consultants  in  the  variOL 
fields  of  medicine  related  to  infertility. 

The  Foundation  is  supported  by  an  ir 
house  modern  laboratory  equipped  to  d 
most  tests  required  for  diagnosis  an 
treatment.  Literature  on  request. 

• 

1430  Second  Avenue,  Suite  103 
New  York,  N.Y.  10021 
Phone:  (212)  744-5500 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSI 


900 


9 School,  Medical  Education  Bldg., 
New  Brunswick 
(UMDNJ  and  AMNJ) 

6  Management  of  Congenital 
Infections 

9 A.M.— Freehold  Area  Hospital 
(AMNJ) 

6 lmmunoregulation:  Basic 
3 Concepts  and  Applications 

4-6  P.M— Institute  for  Medical 
Research,  Copewood  St„  Camden 
(Institute  for  Medical  Research 
and  AMNJ) 

7 Medicine  Morbidity  and  Mortality 
Conference 

8-9  A.M.— Rutgers  Medical  School, 
Medical  Education  Bldg.,  New 
j Brunswick 

(UMDNJ  and  AMNJ) 

2 Clinical  Immunology 

1 :00  P.M. — VA  Medical  Center, 

1 Lyons 
(AMNJ) 

2 What  Is  New  in  Allergy? 

8-9:30  P.M. —Schering  Corporation, 
Kenilworth 

(NJ  Allergy  Society,  Schering 
Corp.,  and  AMNJ) 


1 3  Management  of  Abdominal 
Emergencies 

1 1:00  A.M. — St.  Joseph’s  Hospital 
and  Medical  Center,  Paterson 
(AMNJ) 

13  The  Prevention  and  Reversibility 
of  Heart  Disease 

12  noon-1  P.M. —Carrier 
Foundation,  Belle  Mead 
(Carrier  Foundation  and  AMNJ) 

13  Indications,  Techniques,  and 

Results  in  Coronary  Thrombolysis 

5-7:30  P.M  — Somerset  Medical 
Center,  Somerville 
(Somerset  Medical  Center  and 
AMNJ) 

NEUROLOGY/  PSYCHIATRY 
Nov. 

1 Psychotherapy  Outcome  Research 

8 The  Wish  To  Be  Held 

15  Smoking,  Personality,  and  Health 
29  Humor  In  Psychotherapy 

12  noon- 1 P.M. — Carrier 
Foundation,  Belle  Mead 
(Carrier  Foundation  and  AMNJ) 

2 Lecture  Series 

9 1:30-5:30  P.M. — Trenton 


16  Psychiatric  Hospital 

23  (NJ  Division  oj Mental  Health  and 
30  Hospitals  and  AMNJ) 

3 Clinical  Issues  in  Adoption 

8:30  AM. -5  P.M. — Fair  Oaks 

Hospital,  Summit 

(Fair  Oaks  Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

5 Psychosomatic  Disorder  Followed 
by  a Tic 

8:15-10:30  P.M. — 192  Chittenden 
Road,  Clifton 

(Essex  Psychiatric  Seminar  and 
AMNJ) 

7  Therapeutic  Touch— Research 
and  Clinical  Findings 

1-2:30  P.M. — VA  Medical  Center, 
Lyons 

(VA  Medical  Center  and  AMNJ) 

7 Louis  Loeser  Memorial  Lecture 

8- 1 0 P.M. — South  Mountain  School. 
South  Orange 

(NJ  Psychiatric  Association,  NJ 
Medical  School,  and  AMNJ) 

8 Certain  Aspects  of  Forensic 
Psychiatry  Applicable  to  the 
Chronic  Care  Psychiatric  Hospital 

1 -3  P.M. —Essex  County  Hospital 
Center,  Cedar  Grove 
(Essex  County  Hospital  and 
AMNJ) 

1 0 Prevention  of  Mental  Illness  in 
Children 

9  AM. -4  P.M. — The  Mountainside 
Hospital,  Montclair 
(The  Mountainside  Hospital  and 
AMNJ) 

14  Industrial  /Occupational  Medicine 
and  Psychiatry 

9: 1 5 AM. -4:30  P.M. — Carrier 
Foundation,  Belle  Mead 
(Carrier  Foundation  and  AMNJ) 

15  Topic  To  Be  Announced 

8:30  P.M. — Hackensack  Medical 
Center 

(NJ  Psychoanalytic  Society  and 
AMNJ) 

1 5 Psychopharmacology  I 
29  Psychopharmacology  II 

3-4  P.M. — Ancora  Psychiatric 
Hospital,  Hammonton 
(AMNJ) 

1 7 What’s  New  in  the  Management  of 
Cerebrovascular  Disease? 

8 AM. -4  P.M  — Marriott,  Saddle 
Brook 

(UMDNJ-NJ  Medical  School  and 
AMNJ) 

19  Lecture  Series 

8:30- 10:30  P.M. — 301  Broad  Ave„ 
Englewood 

(NJ  Psychoanalytic  Society  and 
AMNJ) 

Dec. 

3  Survival  Guilt  with  Somatic 
Symptoms 

8: 1 5- 1 0:30  P.M. —4  Garden  Place. 
Nut  ley 

(Essex  Psychiatric  Seminar  and 
AMNJ) 

3 When  the  Patient  Abuses  Drugs: 

Skills  for  the  Outpatient  Therapist 

1 4 P.M. — Fair  Oaks  Hospital. 
Summit 

(Fair  Oaks  Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

6 Medical  Hypnosis  Course 


The  Journal  of  the 
Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 

presents 

300  YEARS  OF 
MEDICINE  IN  NEW  JERSEY 

September  1984 

We  are  celebrating  the  history  of  medicine  in  New  Jer- 
sey. This  special  issue  illuminates  the  beginnings  of  our 
health  care  system  and  the  growth  of  medical  care:  essays 
highlight  those  talented  individuals  who  devoted  themselves 
to  this  system,  and  commentaries  present  the  development 
of  specialized  care  in  associated  fields  of  medicine.  Plus  a 
special  photography  section  highlighting  three  statewide 
exhibits. 

Copies  of  this  issue  are  available  by  sending  $5.00 
(check  or  money  order)  to  MSNJ,  Two  Princess  Road,  Law- 
renceville,  NJ  08648.  All  MSNJ  members  will  receive  one  copy 
of  this  issue. 


Name 


Enclose  a $5.00  check  or  money  order  for  each  copy. 


3L.  81— NUMBER  10— OCTOBER  1984 


901 


13  4-8  P.M.— Carrier  Foundation, 

Belle  Meade 

(Carrier  Foundation  and  AMNJ) 

12  Sleep  Disorders 
1:30-2:30  P.M.—  Rutgers 
Community  Health  Plan,  57  U.S. 
Hwy.  # 1 , New  Brunswick 
(Rutgers  Community  Health  Plan 
and  AMNJ) 

13  Becoming  a Psychotherapist 

12  noon-1  P.M. — Carrier 
Foundation,  Belle  Meade 
(Carrier  Foundation  and  AMNJ) 

1 3 Child  Sexual  Abuse 

8:30  AM. -5  P.M. —Fair  Oaks 

Hospital,  Summit 

(Fair  Oaks  Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

20  Coordination  of  Psychiatric 
Treatment  in  the  Hospital  and 
Community 

3:00  P.M. —Ancora  Psychiatric 
Hospital,  Hammonton 
(Ancora  Psychiatric  Hospital) 

1 7 Lecture  Series 

8:30- 10:30  P.M. —301  Broad  Ave„ 
Englewood 

(NJ  Psychoanalytic  Society  and 
AMNJ) 

OBSTETRICS/GYNECOLOGY 

Dec. 

3 Prophylactic  Mastectomy  and 
Treatment  of  the  Second  Breast 

8 A.M. -5  P.M. — UMDNJ-Rutgers 
Medical  School,  Medical  Education 
Bldg.,  New  Brunswick 
(UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School) 

4 Psychosocial  Issues  and 
Interactions  in  Breast  Disease 

9 AM. -4  P.M. — UMDNJ-Rutgers 
Medical  School,  Medical  Education 
Bldg.,  New  Brunswick 
(UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School) 

PATHOLOGY 

Nov. 

1 7 Surgical  Pathology  of  the  Breast: 
Diagnosis  and  Therapeutic 
Implications 

9AM.-1  P.M. — Rutgers  Medical 
School,  Piscataway 
(NJ  Society  of  Pathologists  and 
AMNJ) 

PEDIATRICS 

Nov. 

6  Newer  Aspects  of  Pneumonia  in 
Infants  and  Children 


8:30-9:30  AM. — Newark  Beth  Israel 
Medical  Center 
(Newark  Beth  Israel  Medical 
Center  and  AMNJ) 

7  Current  Diagnosis  and 
Management  of  Pediatric 
Rheumatologic  Diseases 

8:30  A.M. -2  P.M. —Rutgers  Medical 
School,  Piscataway 
(Arthritis  Foundation,  NJ  Chapter, 
NJ  Rheumatism  Association,  and 
AMNJ) 

9 The  Current  Approach  to  the 

Investigation  and  Management  of 
Urinary  Tract  Infections  in 
Children 

8-9:30  AM. — Overlook  Hospital, 
Summit 

(Overlook  Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

RADIOLOGY 

Nov. 

7 Newer  X-ray  Imaging  Techniques 

21  1:30-2:30  P.M. — Rutgers 

Community  Health  Plan,  57  U.S. 
Hwy.  #1,  New  Brunswick 
(Rutgers  Community  Health  Plan 
and  AMNJ) 

8 Current  Status  of  Carotid  Imaging 

7:30  P.M  — Saint  Barnabas  Medical 
Center,  Livingston 
(NJ  Institute  of  Ultrasound  in 
Medicine.  Radiological  Society  of 
NJ,  and  AMNJ) 

20  Nuclear  Magnetic  Resonance 

12  noon— St.  Maiy's  Hospital, 

Orange 

(AMNJ) 

2 1 Radiation  Therapy  Oncology 
Group 

6:30-9:30  P.M. — The  Manor,  West 
Orange 

(Radiotherapy  Section,  AMNJ) 

Dec. 

5  NMR— Clinical  Imaging 

1 :30  P.M. —Essex  County  Hospital 

Center,  Cedar  Grove 

(AMNJ) 

15  Topic  To  Be  Announced 

7:30-10  P.M. —Saint  Barnabas 
Medical  Center,  Livingston 
(NJ  Institute  of  Ultrasound  in 
Medicine  and  AMNJ) 

20  Radiology  Meeting 

7:30  P.M. — Saint  Barnabas  Medical 
Center,  Livingston 
(Radiological  Society  ofNJ  and 
AMNJ) 


SURGERY 

Dec. 

1 Clinical  Meeting 

All  Day  Session — UMDNJ-NJ 
Medical  School,  Newark 
(NJ  Chapter,  American  College 
Surgeons  and  AMNJ) 

6  Surgical  Treatment  of  Morbid 
Obesity 

1 2 noon — West  Jersey  Hospital, 

Camden 

(AMNJ) 

14  Surgical  Emergencies  in  the 
Newborn 

8-9:30  AM. — Overlook  Hospital. 
Summit 

(Overlook  Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

1 8 Arterial  Clot  Lysis  Using 
Streptokinase 

8- 1 0 P.M. — Englewood  Club, 
Englewood 

(Englewood  Surgical  Society  ar 
AMNJ) 

SURGICAL  SPECIALTIES 
Nov. 

27  Breast  Reconstruction  After 
Mastectomy 

8-10  P.M. — Englewood  Club, 
Englewood 

(Englewood  Surgical  Society  ar 
AMNJ) 


MISCELLANEOUS 

Nov. 

1 Medical  Hypnosis  Course 

8 4-8  P.M. —Carrier  Foundation,  Be 

15  Meade 

29  (Carrier  Foundation  and  AMNJ) 

1 4  Withholding  or  Withdrawal  of  Li 
Support— Legal  and 
Ethical  /Moral  Aspects 

8:30  AM. -3:30  P.M. — Hilton  Inn, 
Tinton  Falls 

(NJ  Society  of  Critical  Care 
Medicine  and  AMNJ) 

Dec. 

5 DRG— Cost  Containment 

10:30  AM. — St.  Maiy’s  Hospital. 

Passaic 

(AMNJ) 

29  Nuclear  Holocaust  Prevention 

12  noon-1  P.M. — Carrier 
Foundation,  Belle  Meade 
(Carrier  Foundation  and  AMNJ) 


902 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE’ 


ETTERS  TO  THE 
EDITOR 


ji 


Of 

Dr.  Martland’s  Ashes; 
Dr.  Leon  J.  Anson 


>r.  Maitland's  Ashes 

July  5,  1984 

ear  Doctor  Krosnick: 

Your  response  to  Dr.  James 
ellet’s  letter  to  the  Editor  (April 
384)  in  which  he  criticized  you  for 
Ising  a photograph  of  Dr.  Harrison 
Martland  on  The  Journal  cover,  a 
garette  between  his  lips  while  per- 
trming  an  autopsy,  was  cogent  to 
le  extent  that  it  was  based  on  the 
istorical  perspective  of  smoking. 
Unanswered,  however,  was  Dr. 
ellet’s  comment  on  Dr.  Martland’s 
nsensitivity  of  the  ashes  dangling 
ad  about  to  fall  on  the  remains  of 
ae  cadaver.”  Like  many  others,  he 
It  better  able  to  concentrate  on  the 
latter  at  hand  with  a cigarette  be- 
veen  his  lips  even  without  puffing. 


More  to  the  point,  ashes  never  fell  on 
a cadaver;  one  of  the  interns  near 
him  (and  they  always  were  crowded 
around  the  table)  would  hold  a sheet 
of  paper  under  the  cigarette  and  tap 
it  to  dislodge  the  ashes  at  the  ap- 
propriate time.  Martland’s  assistant 
held  a small  hose  and  washed  blood 
from  the  organ  whenever  it  was  ad- 
vanced toward  him,  which  was  fre- 
quently; always  respect,  always 
cleanliness. 

If  the  individual  on  the  table  being 
studied  could  have  noted  the  in- 
tensity of  Martland’s  search  for  the 
truth  and  the  intensity  of  the  in- 
tern’s attention  to  his  remarks,  the 
cigarette  would  have  been  forgiven. 
I am  sure  that  Dr.  Bellet  would  have 
tolerated  the  cigarette  if  he  had  had 
the  good  fortune  of  attending  one  of 
Dr.  Martland’s  renowned  autopsy 
performances. 

(signed)  Samuel  Berg,  M.D. 


Dr.  Leon  J.  Anson 

July  20,  1984 
Dear  Doctor  Krosnick 
When  we  lose  a revered  colleague, 
it  does  not  seem  enough  for  The 
Journal  to  announce  on  the  obitu- 
ary page  just  the  bare  facts  of  his  or 
her  career.  I enclose  such  a fact 
sheet  for  publication,  but  I feel  it 
more  fitting  that  the  information  be 
conveyed  in  the  following  way: 

On  June  21,  1984,  Leon  J.  Anson, 
M.D.,  died,  after  44  years  of  dedi- 
cated and  compassionate  service  to 
his  Union  County  patients.  Bom  in 
New  York  City  on  February  5,  1913, 
Dr.  Anson  graduated  from  the  Medi- 
cal College  of  Virginia  in  1938.  After 
further  training  at  Conemaugh  Val- 
ley Memorial  Hospital,  Johnstown, 
PA,  and  Newcomb  Memorial  Hospi- 
tal, Vineland,  he  entered  private 
practice  in  Fanwood  in  1939.  He 
continued  there  until  1978,  except 
for  2 years  during  the  Second  World 
War  when  he  served  as  a captain  in 
the  Air  Force.  He  was  affiliated  with 


Overlook  Hospital,  where  the  Family 
Practice  Service  remains  as  a living 
tribute  to  him;  he  initially  was  as- 
sociated with  its  development,  and 
remained  the  zealous  custodian  of 
its  growth  and  direction,  and 
drafted  the  original  bylaws  for  the 
department. 

Dr.  Anson  was  a Renaissance 
man— he  practiced  modem  medi- 
cine expertly,  but  in  an  old-world 
way.  Always  available  to  his  patients 
(he  never  took  vacations),  whether 
their  need  was  for  medical  treat- 
ment, or  help  in  a family  crisis;  he 
knew  all  the  members  of  each  house- 
hold, as  he  cared  for  three  and  even 
four  generations  of  them. 

Dr.  Anson  was  a serious  student 
of  Shakespeare,  with  a great  love  for 
the  sonnets.  He  also  was  a 
Wagnerite,  who  could  amuse  his 
opera  buff  friends  by  singing  along 
with  Callas,  as  well  as  Melchior.  His 
expert  knowledge  and  fine  collection 
of  oriental  mgs  added  to  the  luxuiy 
of  sharing  musical  sessions  in  his 
home.  As  with  his  medicine,  he  con- 
tinued to  read  and  add  to  his  knowl- 
edge and  understanding  of  these 
interests  to  the  end  of  his  days. 

His  effectiveness  in  organizing 
physician  colleagues  in  the  hospital, 
the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey, 
and  the  Summit  Medical  Society  in 
large  measure  was  due  to  the  energy 
and  integrity  with  which  he  set 
about  each  task  but  his  wry  humor 
and  instinct  for  bringing  people 
together,  were  the  means  by  which 
he  crafted  an  extended  family 
throughout  the  hospital. 

He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Betty 
Bowers  Anson;  a daughter,  Judith 
Anson  Lee;  and  four  grandchildren, 
Tadd,  Maya,  Joshua,  and  Jared  Lee, 
of  Vista,  California;  also  a sister, 
Doris  Krumholz  of  New  York  City. 

I trust  you  will  find  room  for  some 
of  this  more  alive  portrait  of  Leon 
and  perhaps  in  the  future  The 
Journal  will  encourage  the  sub- 
mission of  tributes,  instead  of  bare 
facts. 

(signed)  Margaret  E.  Symonds,  M.D. 


'OL.  81— NUMBER  10— OCTOBER  1984 


903 


Book  reviews 


Alzheimer's  Disease; 
Current  Pediatric 
Diagnosis  and  Treatment; 
Illustrated  Textbook  of 
Gynaecology;  Law  of 
Medical  Practice  in 
Pennsylvania  and  New 
Jersey;  Review  of  Medical 
Microbiology 


Alzheimer's  Disease:  The 
Standard  Reference 

Barry  Reisberg,  M.D.,  (ed).  New 
York,  NY,  The  Free  Press  (Mac- 
millan Division),  1983.  Pp.  475.  Il- 
lustrated. 

Bariy  Reisberg,  M.D.,  assistant 
professor,  department  of  psychiatry. 
New  York  University  Medical  Center, 
has  composed  a textbook  and 
brought  together  all  of  the  research 
and  information  on  the  clinical  and 
pathological  aspects  of  Alzheimer’s 
disease  (AD).  World-renowned  ex- 
perts have  written  and  covered  the 
history,  background  of  AD,  path- 
ology, neuroehemistry,  epidemiol- 
ogy, and  genetic  aspects;  the  clinical, 
differential,  and  psychometric 
diagnoses,  as  well  as  diagnostic 
procedures  and  therapeutic  treat- 
ments are  likewise  discussed. 

By  presenting  this  volume  of  the 


most  recent  research,  he  hopes  he 
has  laid  the  groundwork  for  future 
research. 

AD  is  the  fourth  leading  cause  of 
death  in  the  United  States  and  the 
major  cause  for  nursing  home  ad- 
missions among  Americans.  In  its 
mild  to  moderate  stages,  it  results  in 
early  retirement  and  social  with- 
drawal for  millions  of  people 
throughout  the  world.  The  incidence 
of  AD  continues  to  grow  as  the  dis- 
ease of  the  century.  Thousands  also 
are  confined  in  state  and  veterans 
hospitals,  and  a majority  of  persons 
are  cared  for  in  their  own  homes  by 
relatives  and  home  health  aides,  re- 
quiring continuous  supervision  and 
care. 

This  neuropathological  entity  was 
described  clearly  by  Alois  Alzheimer 
in  1907.  Interestingly,  it  was  de- 
scribed by  Sophocles  in  the  5th  cen- 
tury, B.C.,  and  reinforced  by 
Shakespeare  in  his  description  of 
the  behavior  patterns  of  King  Lear. 
Often  terms  such  as  “senile  demen- 
tia” or  “presenile  dementia”  or  “pri- 
mary degenerative  dementia"  are 
used  clinically  to  describe  cognitive 
abnormalities,  not  invariably  as- 
sociated with  AD  type  brain  damage. 
Many  theories  as  to  cause  still  are 
being  followed  in  research  labora- 
tories around  the  world. 

The  purpose  of  this  volume  is  to 
establish  a milestone  for  the  medical 
profession’s  understanding  of  AD. 
One  fact  is  made  clear  in  many  of  the 
discussions:  AD  is  not  a normal 
characteristic  of  aging.  It  may  be 
that  AD,  like  hypertension  and 
atherosclerosis,  is  a multifactorial 
disease,  and  if  this  is  true,  then  the 
medications  that  are  suitable  for  the 
management  of  the  symptoms  have 
yet  to  be  found.  However,  one  medi- 
cation does  stand  out,  the  ergoloid 
mesylates.  It  is  the  most  widely  used 
and  investigated  cerebral  metabolic 
enhancing  agent.  It  has  been  postu- 
lated by  Reisberg  that  ergoloid 
mesylates  may  be  more  effective  in 
senile  dementia  of  AD  than  in  those 
with  multi-infarct  dementia. 

In  comparison  with  placebo,  or 
with  papaverine,  the  ergoloid 
mesylates  have  shown  a good 
margin  of  safety  in  elderly  patients 
and  somewhat  superior  results. 

Alzheimer's  Disease  is  indeed 
well  recommended  for  all  clinicians, 
students,  and  health  science  li- 
braries. 

Hariy  M.  Poppick,  M.D. 


Current  Pediatric 
Diagnosis  and  Treatmem 
8th  Edition 

C.  Henry  Kempe,  M.D.,  Henry  K.  Sil 
ver,  M.D.,  and  Donough  O'Brien 
M.D.,  (eds).  Los  Altos,  CA,  Langt 
Medical  Publications,  1984.  Pp 
1164.  ($27) 

Dr.  Kempe  died  recently.  The 
world  pediatric  community  will  mis: 
him.  He  will  be  remembered  fof 
many  contributions  including  alert 
ing  us  to  the  problems  of  child  abuse 
and  for  his  shepherding  thi: 
marvelous  text  through  eight  won 
derful  editions. 

I have  been  practicing  pediatric: 
for  30  years.  Nonetheless,  this  tex 
provided  some  new,  useful,  o 
interesting  fact  every  ten  pages.  It  i: 
a good  book  to  keep  on  your  desk  fo: 
use  when  puzzling  problems  arise  o: 
to  peruse  during  quiet  moments,  as| 
suming  that  taking  care  of  childrerj 
ever  allows  quiet  moments. 

The  present  federal  adminis 
tration  is  not  likely  to  be  pleasec 
with  the  chart  on  page  671  whicl 
suggests  that  early  surgical  inter? 
vention  is  not  recommended  for  ; 
newborn  if  severe  cerebral  birtl 
trauma  and  gross  disabling  conj 
genital  abnormalities  are  present 
On  the  other  hand  they  might  lik< 
the  suggestion  on  page  324  tha 
$200,000,000  might  be  saved  eaclj 
year  by  practically  eliminating 
tonsillectomy  and  adenoidectormi 
and  that  this  money  better  could  b<, 
spent  elsewhere. 

In  the  wake  of  our  recent  epidemic1 
of  viral  influenza,  we  all  have  seerj 
cases  of  benign  acute  childhooc 
myositis.  I am  happy  to  note  tha: 
this  subject  is  included  in  the  tex 
though  I am  disappointed  that  the 
value  of  the  serum  CPK  in  confirm 
ing  the  diagnosis  is  not  mentioned 

I recommend  this  book  to  all  phy 
sicians  who  have  children  or  set 
children  in  their  practices. 

Solomon  J.  Cohen,  M.D 


Illustrated  Textbook  of 
Gynaecology 

MacKay,  Beischer,  Cox,  and  Wood ; 
Artarmon,  Australia,  Holt 
Saunders,  Ltd.,  1983.  Pp.  496.  II 
lustrated.  ($39.50) 

This  textbook  is  exactly  what  the 
title  implies.  It  is  a standard  treatise 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


904 


in  basic  medical  and  operative 
ynecology  which  contains  many 
ihotographs  of  gynecologic  eon- 
litions.  The  photographs  and  il- 
astrations  reflect  the  authors’ 
>road  expertise  in  that  they  are  nu- 
nerous  and  reveal  a variety  of  com- 
non  and  not-so-common  con- 
litions.  Although  all  the  photo- 
;raphs  are  in  black  and  white,  they 
yell  illustrate  the  conditions  they 
yish  to  present.  Hopefully,  however, 
uture  editions  will  include  some 
olor  photographs. 

Each  chapter  starts  with  an  over- 
iew  of  the  topic  which  is  to  be  pre- 
ented  and  there  is  little  overlap  be- 
ween  subjects.  The  Australian 
uthors  possess  the  gift  of  language 
hat  their  English  counterparts  do. 
'his  ability,  to  use  the  mother 
anguage  with  style  and  wit,  often  is 
lissing  with  some  of  our  American 
yriters. 

A minor  problem  may  be  the  read- 
r’s  unfamiliarity  with  some  of  the 
)cal  instruments,  i.e.,  a Devine’s 
fame  (a  type  of  self-retractor).  The 
tudent,  however,  does  get  an  in- 
ight  into  modern  gynecologic 
hinking  and  techniques  as  prae- 
iced  on  another  continent. 

The  text  is  recommended  to  stu- 
ents  and  gynecologists  who  wish  to 
roaden  their  understanding  of  the 
ubjeet  by  being  exposed  to  the  state 
f the  art  in  another  modem  com- 
uinity.  G.F.  Hansen,  M.D. 

?he  Law  of  Medical 
Practice  in  Pennsylvania 
md  New  Jersey 

ost  Peters,  Stahl,  Peters,  Fineberg, 
nd  Kroll.  Rochester,  NY,  The  Low- 
ers Cooperative  Publishing  Co., 
984.  Pp.  1080. 

The  authors  of  The  Law  of  Medi- 


! 


OL.  81— NUMBER  10— OCTOBER  1984 


cal  Practice  in  Pennsylvania  and 
New  Jersey  have  succeeded  in  com- 
piling a most  instructive  and  read- 
able text  dealing  with  a difficult  sub- 
ject. This  comprehensive  volume  is 
a useful  and  welcome  reference  and 
resource  tool  for  physicians,  at- 
torneys, hospital  administrators,  in- 
surance professionals,  and  others 
wishing  to  acquire  knowledge  of 
medicolegal  matters. 

The  text  addresses  various  state 
regulations,  statutes,  and  judicial 
decisions  that  concern  the  entire 
spectmm  of  medical  practice  in  New 
Jersey  and  Pennsylvania.  The  book 
begins  with  chapters  covering  cur- 
rent issues  affecting  medical  prac- 
tice starting  with  a brief  history  of 
the  medical  system  in  the  United 
States  and  encompassing  issues 
such  as  medical  education,  health 
care  facilities,  hospital  adminis- 
tration and  regulation,  and  medical 
staff  issues. 

Chapters  4 to  8 perhaps  are  the 
most  useful  to  physicians  and  at- 
torneys. Chapter  4 presents  a 
thoroughly  referenced  and  com- 
prehensive overview  of  the  law  of 
medical  malpractice  and  the  liti- 
gation system  as  both  have  evolved 
in  New  Jersey  and  Pennsylvania 
Chapter  5 presents  useful  infor- 
mation with  regard  to  physician 
licensure  in  both  states.  Chapters  6 
and  7 set  forth  in  detail  the  various 
regulatory  requirements  in  both 
states,  including  public  health  mat- 
ters, reporting  requirements,  con- 
trolled substances,  and  a review  of 
the  laws  and  situations  which  might 
expose  a physician  to  criminal  lia- 
bility. The  final  chapter  is  a thought- 
provoking  presentation  illustrating 
a wide  range  of  medical  problems 
requiring  the  application  of  ethical 
decision  making. 

The  26  appendices  cover  many 


areas  discussed  in  the  text  and  in- 
clude schedules  of  controlled  sub- 
stances in  both  states,  a legal 
glossary,  codes  of  ethics,  standard 
medical  abbreviations,  sample  legal 
documents,  and  sample  medical  re- 
cords. 

The  authors  are  to  be  con- 
gratulated for  their  scholarly  yet 
practical  approach  to  a most  dif- 
ficult subject. 

James  E.  George,  M.D.,  J.D. 


Review  of  Medical 
Microbiology 

C.  Jawetz,  J.T.  Melnick,  E.A. 
Adelberg  (eds).  Los  Altos,  CA,  Lange 
Medical  Publications,  1984.  Pp.  557. 
($18.50) 

This  is  the  16th  edition  of  the  very 
popular  medical  microbiology  hand- 
book which  first  was  published  in 
1 954  by  the  same  authors;  every  two 
years  a new  edition  is  produced  so 
that  the  material  is  current. 

This  edition  contains  the  latest 
materials  of  acquired  immunodefi- 
ciency syndrome  genetics,  virology, 
and  chemotherapy.  The  literaiy  style 
is  unchanged  with  every  line 
“chockful”  of  information  and  facts, 
a superb  manner  for  reviewing  ma- 
terial. On  the  other  hand,  medical 
students  seeing  this  material  for  the 
first  time  may  be  overwhelmed  by 
the  condensation  and  lack  of  flow  of 
material.  The  success  of  this  series 
is  illustrated  by  the  translation  into 
12  languages.  In  535  pages,  every 
phase  of  basic  and  medical  micro- 
biology is  reviewed.  The  present 
outline,  photographs,  charts,  and 
references  are  first  rate. 

This  series  is  a favorite  of  mine 
and  my  son— a medical  student. 

Leon  G.  Smith,  M.D. 


905 


OBITUARIES 


Drs.  Anson;  Barach; 
Barbarosh;  Bianco; 
Bomstein;  Cassidy;  Franz; 
Grieco;  Keates; 
Laufenberg;  Petrosino; 
Pores;  Rosen;  Rossi; 
Sawyer;  Sciortino; 
Spivack;  Williams 


Dr.  Leon  J.  Anson 

A general  practitioner  in  Garwood 
for  almost  40  years,  Leon  J.  Anson, 
M.D.,  died  on  June  21,  1984,  at  his 
home  in  Mountainside.  Bom  in 
1913,  Dr.  Anson  received  his  medi- 
cal degree  from  the  Medical  College 
of  Virginia  in  1938.  He  was  a mem- 
ber of  our  Union  County  component, 
and  board  certified  in  family  prac- 
tice. Prior  to  his  retirement  in  1978, 
Dr.  Anson  had  been  affiliated  with 
Overlook  Hospital,  Summit.  He 
served  as  town  physician  in  Gar- 
wood for  several  years  and  was 
police  surgeon  in  Mountainside  for 
almost  15  years. 

Dr.  Richard  L.  Barach 

The  head  of  radiology  at  The  Medi- 
cal Center  at  Princeton,  Richard  L. 
Barach.  M.D.,  died  on  July  2,  1984. 
In  addition  to  his  duties  at  The 
Medical  Center,  Dr.  Barach  was  a 
consultant  for  the  Carrier  Foun- 
dation. Belle  Mead,  and  Princeton 


University.  Bom  in  1922,  Dr.  Barach 
earned  his  medical  degree  from  Yale 
University  School  of  Medicine  in 
1949.  For  the  past  25  years.  Dr. 
Barach  had  made  his  home  in 
Princeton.  A member  of  our  Mercer 
County  component  and  of  the 
American  Medical  Association.  Dr. 
Barach  was  a Fellow  of  the  American 
College  of  Radiology  and  a 
Diplomate  of  the  American  Board  of 
Radiology. 

Dr.  Allan  B.  Barbarosh 

At  the  untimely  age  of  48,  Allan  B. 
Barbarosh,  M.D.,  died  of  cancer  on 
June  25,  1984,  in  Seattle,  Washing- 
ton. An  obstetrician/gynecologist  in 
Dover,  Dr.  Barbarosh  was  bom  in 
Newark,  and  was  graduated  from 
Chicago  Medical  School,  Illinois,  in 
1961.  He  was  a member  of  our 
Morris  County  component,  and  of 
the  American  Medical  Association. 
Dr.  Barbarosh  was  board  certified  in 
his  specialty,  and  a Fellow  of  the 
American  College  of  Obstetricians 
and  Gynecologists.  He  had  been  af- 
filiated with  Dover  General  Hospital, 
and  was  chairman  of  their  depart- 
ment of  obstetrics  and  gynecology. 

Dr.  John  J.  Bianco 

Word  has  been  received  of  the 
death  of  John  James  Bianco,  M.D. 
Bom  in  1915,  Dr.  Bianco  was  gradu- 
ated from  Temple  University  School 
of  Medicine,  Philadelphia  in  1941.  A 
retired  member  of  our  Cumberland 
County  component,  living  in  Florida 
Dr.  Bianco  was  a member  of  the 
American  Medical  Association,  a Fel- 
low of  the  American  College  of  Sur- 
geons, and  a Diplomate  of  the  Ameri- 
can Board  of  Obstetrics  and  Gyne- 
cology. 

Dr.  Paul  K.  Bomstein 

A member  of  our  Monmouth 
County  component,  Paul  Kenneth 
Bomstein,  M.D.,  died  on  June  15, 
1984.  An  internist,  with  an  office  in 
Asbury  Park  for  many  years.  Dr. 
Bomstein  was  bom  in  1910  in 
Paterson.  He  received  his  medical 
education  at  Indiana  University 
School  of  Medicine,  Indianapolis,  In- 
diana, graduating  in  1933.  Dr. 
Bomstein  was  board  certified  in 
internal  medicine,  and  was  a Fellow 
of  the  American  College  of  Physi- 
cians and  of  the  American  College  of 


Cardiology.  He  had  been  affiliate 
with  Monmouth  Medical  Cente 
Long  Branch;  Metropolitan  Hospita 
New  York  City;  and  Paul  Kimba 
Hospital,  Lakewood.  Dr.  Bomstei 
also  served  as  a consultant  to 
number  of  hospitals  including  D( 
borah  Heart  and  Lung  Cente 
Browns  Mills.  Dr.  Bomstein  was 
recipient  of  MSNJ’s  Golden  Mer 
Award  in  1983  in  recognition  of  5 
years  of  medical  practice. 

Dr.  Herbert  E.  Cassidy 

At  the  age  of  56,  Herbert  Eugen  \ 
Cassidy,  M.D.,  a member  of  op; 
Hudson  County  component,  died  o 
May  31,  1984.  Graduating  from  th 
State  University  College  of  Medicini 
New  York,  in  1956,  Dr.  Cassidy  oper 
ed  a practice  specializing  in  ped 
atries  in  northern  New  Jersey.  Du;i 
ing  his  career.  Dr.  Cassidy  was  aj| 
filiated  with  Jersey  City  Medic; 
Center  and  Bayonne  Hospital.  D 
Cassidy  was  a member  of  the  Amer  j 
can  Medical  Association  and  a Fe! 
low  of  the  American  College  ( 
Sports  Medicine. 

Dr.  Ronald  L.  Franz 

At  the  untimely  age  of  36,  RonaJ 
Leslie  Franz,  M.D.,  died  July  1 
1984.  Bom  in  New  York,  Dr.  Frar 
received  his  medical  education  froi 
the  Free  University  of  Bmsseli 
Belgium  in  1969.  He  completed  a 
internship  at  Coney  Island  Hospita 
New  York,  in  1977  and  a resident 
in  1978.  At  the  time  of  his  death,  D; 
Franz  was  an  internist  with  a pr 
vate  practice  in  Morrisville,  Peni 
sylvan  i a Dr.  Franz  was  a member  < 
our  Mercer  County  component  an 
of  the  American  Geriatric  Societ 
He  was  affiliated  with  Helene  Ful1 
Medical  Center,  Trenton. 

Dr.  Emil  H.  Grieco 

We  just  have  learned  of  the  deat 
on  October  20,  1983,  of  Emil  Hem 
Grieco,  M.D.,  a member  of  or 
Hudson  County  component.  Bom  i| 
1907  in  Bayonne,  Dr.  Grieco  r<! 
ceived  his  medical  degree  from  Ne 
York  University  School  of  Medicirjl 
in  1933,  and  returned  to  his  nativ 
city  where  he  established  a practic 
in  cardiology.  He  was  a member  <| 
the  American  Medical  Association, 
Fellow  of  the  American  College  (ij 
Physicians,  and  a Diplomate  iij 
internal  medicine.  He  had  been  a 


906 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


filiated  with  Bayonne  Hospital,  ser- 
ving for  several  years  as  the  director 
pf  the  department  of  medicine.  In 
1983,  Dr.  Grieeo  received  MSNJ's 
Golden  Merit  Award,  honoring  his 
50  years  in  medicine. 

Dr.  George  H.  Keates 

George  H.  Keates,  M.D.,  an  in- 
jtemist  in  Linwood  for  the  past  22 
/ears,  died  in  Shore  Memorial  Hos- 
pital, Somers  Point,  at  the  untimely 
age  of  53,  on  June  7,  1984.  Bom  in 
Atlantic  City,  Dr.  Keates  received  his 
!medical  degree  from  Temple  Univer- 
sity School  of  Medicine,  Philadel- 
phia in  1956.  Dr.  Keates  was  af- 
filiated with  Shore  Memorial  Hospi- 
tal, and  had  served  as  president  of 
the  hospital  staff  in  1975.  He  had 
been  medical  director  of  the 
•Linwood  Convalescent  Center,  and 
Was  active  in  community  affairs 
having  served  as  school  physician 
or  the  Linwood  public  school  sys- 
:em  and  for  Oakcrest  High  School. 
Dr.  Keates  also  was  a certified  avia- 
ion medical  examiner  for  the  Feder- 
al Aviation  Administration. 

Dr.  Joseph  W.  Laufenberg 

Word  has  been  received  of  the 
leath  of  Joseph  William  Laufenberg, 
VI. D.,  on  May  5,  1984.  Bom  in  1915, 
Jr.  Laufenberg  earned  his  medical 
degree  at  Hahnemann  Medical  Col- 
ege,  Philadelphia  in  1941.  An  ab- 
dominal surgeon.  Dr.  Laufenberg 
vas  affiliated  with  Helene  Fuld 
Vledical  Center,  Trenton.  A retired 
aiember  of  our  Mercer  County  eom- 
aonent  and  a member  of  the  Ameri- 
can Medical  Association,  Dr. 
-aufenberg  retired  to  Plumstead 
Township  three  years  ago. 

Dr.  Carmen  P.  Petrosino 

Carmen  Patrick  Petrosino,  M.D., 
lied  on  February  15,  1984.  A mem- 
>er  of  our  Hudson  County  compo- 
lent.  Dr.  Petrosino  was  an  obstetri- 
ian,  with  a practice  in  Hoboken.  He 
vas  affiliated  with  Riverside  Hospi- 
al,  Seeaucus,  and  St.  Mary  Hospital, 
doboken.  Graduating  in  1950  from 
he  University  of  Bologna  Italy,  Dr. 
Petrosino  came  to  the  United  States 
n 1953.  Dr.  Petrosino  was  a 
)iplomate  of  the  American  Board  of 
Obstetrics  and  Gynecology,  a Fellow 
>f  the  American  College  of  Ob- 
itetrics  and  Gynecology  and  of  the 


American  College  of  Surgery,  and  a 
member  of  the  American  Medical  As- 
sociation. 

Dr.  Ira  H.  Pores 

Word  recently  was  received  of  the 
death  on  February  12,  1984,  of  Ira 
Howard  Pores,  M.D.,  a member  of 
our  Essex  County  component.  Only 
39  years  old  at  the  time  of  his  death, 
Dr.  Pores  was  bom  in  New  York  City 
and  received  his  medical  degree 
from  the  State  University  of  New 
York  at  Buffalo  in  1973.  He  was  a 
cardiologist  with  offices  in  Millbum. 
Dr.  Pores  was  a member  of  our  Essex 
County  component,  and  had  been 
board  certified  in  internal  medicine. 

Dr.  Charles  D.  Rosen 

An  internist  in  East  Orange  for  48 
years,  Charles  Daniel  Rosen,  M.D., 
died  in  East  Orange  General  Hospi- 
tal on  June  9,  1984.  Bom  in  New 
York  City  in  1910,  Dr.  Rosen  was 
graduated  from  Long  Island  College 
of  Medicine,  Brooklyn,  in  1935.  He 
was  a member  of  our  Essex  County 
component,  a member  of  the  Ameri- 
can Medical  Association,  and  a Fel- 
low of  the  American  College  of  Chest 
Physicians.  He  had  been  affiliated 
with  Presbyterian  Hospital,  Newark; 
East  Orange  General  Hospital;  and 
the  Geriatric  Center,  Belleville. 


Dr.  John  R.  Rossi 

John  Richard  Rossi,  M.D.,  a re- 
tired member  of  our  Hudson  County 
component,  died  on  March  2,  1984. 
Bom  in  1910,  Dr.  Rossi  received  his 
medical  degree  from  the  Faculty  of 
Medicine  of  Rome,  Italy  in  1938.  He 
completed  an  internship  at  St.  Fran- 
cis Hospital,  New  York.  An  anesthe- 
siologist, Dr.  Rossi  was  affiliated 
with  Bayonne  Hospital  during  his 
career  and  served  as  president  of  the 
Bayonne  Medical  Society  in  1959. 


Dr.  Blackwell  Sawyer 

In  his  85th  year,  Blackwell  Sawyer, 
M.D.,  died  on  June  24,  1984,  at  Com- 
munity Memorial  Hospital,  Toms 
River.  Born  in  Elizabeth  City,  North 
Carolina,  Dr.  Sawyer  received  his 
medical  degree  from  Jefferson  Medi- 
cal College  in  1924.  He  practiced 
family  medicine  in  Toms  River  for 
over  40  years  until  1970  when  he 
moved  to  Island  Heights.  Dr.  Sawyer 


was  a member  of  our  Ocean  County 
component,  and  a member  of  the 
American  Medical  Association.  He 
was  affiliated  with  Paul  Kimball 
Hospital,  Lakewood,  and  Communi- 
ty Memorial  Hospital,  Toms  River.  In 
1948,  Dr.  Sawyer  received  the  Na- 
tional Outstanding  Country  Doctor 
Award. 

Dr.  Joseph  Sciortino 

At  only  63  years  of  age,  Joseph 
Sciortino,  M.D.,  died  at  United  Hos- 
pitals Medical  Center,  Newark  on 
June  10,  1984.  Dr.  Sciortino  was 
bom  in  Bellefonte,  Pennsylvania, 
and  was  graduated  from  the  Faculty 
of  Medicine,  University  of  Palermo, 
Italy,  in  1955.  From  the  age  of  7 until 
1958,  Dr.  Sciortino  lived  in  Italy,  re- 
turning to  the  United  States  in  that 
year  and  establishing  his  practice  in 
Elizabeth.  He  was  a member  of  our 
Union  County  component,  and  had 
been  chief  anesthesiologist  at  St. 
Vincent’s  Hospital,  Montclair,  and 
on  the  staff  at  Alexian  Brothers  Hos- 
pital, Elizabeth. 

Dr.  David  Spivack 

A senior  member  of  our  Union 
County  component,  David  Spivack 
M.D.,  died  June  24,  1 984.  A native  of 
New  York  City,  Dr.  Spivack  received 
his  medical  degree  from  New  York 
University’s  College  of  Medicine  in 
1933.  He  established  a practice  in 
general  surgery  in  Elizabeth,  and 
had  been  affiliated  with  St.  Eliza- 
beth’s, Alexian  Brothers,  and  Eliza- 
beth General  Hospitals  in  that  city. 
Dr.  Spivack  was  a Fellow  of  the  Inter- 
national College  of  Surgeons;  in 
1983,  he  received  MSNJ’s  Golden 
Merit  Award  in  recognition  of  his  50 
years  of  medical  practice.  He  was  75 
years  old  at  the  time  of  his  death. 

Dr.  David  P.  Williams,  Jr. 

An  internist  in  Boonton  for  many 
years,  David  Porter  Williams,  Jr., 
M.D.,  died  on  June  23,  1984.  Dr.  Wil- 
liams was  bom  in  Bakerstown, 
Pennsylvania  in  1912,  and  received 
his  medical  degree  from  Western  Re 
serve  University  School  of  Medicine, 
Cleveland,  Ohio,  in  1938.  He  was  a 
member  of  our  Morris  County  com- 
ponent, and  a member  of  the  Ameri- 
can Medical  Association.  He  had 
been  affiliated  with  S(.  Clare  Hospi- 
tal, Denville,  and  Riverside  Hospital, 
Boonton. 


rOL.  81— NUMBER  10— OCTOBER  1984 


907 


Author  Information 

Style 

Sheet 


The  Journal  is  the 
official  organ  of  the 
Medical  Society  of  New 
Jersey.  The  goals  of  The 
Journal  are  educational 
and  informational.  All 
material  published  in  The 
Journal  is  copyrighted  by 
MSNJ. 


CONTENT 

The  educational  content  of  each 
issue  appears  as  scientific  articles, 
based  on  research,  original  concepts 
relative  to  epidemiology  of  disease, 
and  treatment  methodology;  case  re- 
ports based  on  unusual  clinical  ex- 
periences; review  articles;  clinical 
notes,  succinct  items  on  some 
aspect  or  new  observation  or  tech- 
nique of  a ease  experience;  and 
special  articles,  which  include  evalu- 
ations, policy  and  position  papers, 
and  reviews  of  nonseientific  sub- 
jects. Other  topics  include  commen- 
tary (critical  narration);  medical  his- 
tory; therapeutic  drug  information: 
pediatric  briefs;  nutrition  update; 
and  an  opinion  column.  Editorials 
are  prepared  by  the  Editor  and  by 
guest  contributors  on  timely  and  rel- 
evant subjects;  editorials  are  the  re- 
sponsibility of  the  author.  The  Doc- 
tors' Notebook  section  contains  or- 
ganizational, informational,  and  ad- 
ministrative items  from  MSNJ  and 
from  the  community.  Letters  to  the 
Editor  and  book  reviews  are  wel- 
come and  will  be  published  as  spa^e 
permits.  The  principal  aim  in  the 
preparation  of  a contribution 
should  be  relevance  to  diagnosis  and 
treatment  and  to  education  of  pa- 
tients and  professionals.  Preference 
will  be  given  to  professional  authors 
from  New  Jersey  and  to  out-of-state 
lecturers  who  submit  a suitable 


manuscript  based  on  a presentation 
made  in  New  Jersey. 

ASSIGNMENT  OF  COPYRIGHT 

In  compliance  with  the  Copyright 
Revision  Act  of  1976  (effective  Janu- 
ary 1,  1978),  a transmittal  letter  or 
a separate  statment  accompanying 
material  offered  to  The  Journal  of 
the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
must  contain  the  following  language 
and  must  be  signed  by  all  authors: 

“In  consideration  of  The  Journal 
of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
taking  action  in  reviewing  and  edit- 
ing my  submission,  the  author(s) 
undersigned  hereby  transfers,  as- 
signs, or  otherwise  conveys  all 
copyright  ownership  to  the  Medical 
Society  of  New  Jersey,  in  the  event 
that  such  work  is  published  in  The 
Journal.  MSNJ." 

SPECIFICATIONS 

Submit  two  manuscripts  that 
must  be  typewritten  and  double- 
spaced  on  8V2”  by  1 1 " paper. 
Statistical  methods  used  in  articles 
should  be  identified.  Acknowl- 
edgements will  be  made  only  for 
specific  preparation  of  an  essential 
part  of  the  manuscript. 

Authors  are  asked  to  seek  clarity, 
accuracy,  and  originality;  attention 
to  details  of  grammar,  spelling,  and 
typing  are  important. 

The  title  page  should  include  the 
full  name,  degrees,  and  affiliations  of 
all  authors,  and  the  name  and  ad- 
dress of  the  author  to  whom  reprint 
requests  should  be  sent. 

The  author  should  submit  a 40- 
word  abstract  to  be  used  at  the  be- 
ginning of  the  article. 

Tables  must  be  typewritten  and 
double-spaced  on  separate  8V2"  by 
1 1"  sheets,  with  a title  and  number. 
Symbols  for  units  should  be  con- 
fined to  column  headings,  and  ab- 
breviations, properly  explained, 
should  be  kept  to  a minimum. 

Illustrations  should  be  pro- 
fessional quality,  black-and-white 
glossy  prints.  The  name  of  the 
author,  figure  number,  and  the  top 
of  the  figure  should  be  noted  on  a 
label  attached  to  the  back  of  each 
illustration.  Where  photographs  of 
patients  are  used,  the  subjects 
should  not  be  identifiable  or  publi- 
cation permission,  signed  by  the 
subject  or  responsible  person,  must 
be  included  with  the  photograph. 
Material  taken  from  other  publi- 
cations must  give  credit  to  the 


source;  written  permission  for  re 
publication  from  the  original  pub 
lisher  must  be  submitted.  The  cos 
of  color  photographs  must  be  bom 
by  the  author. 

Generic  names  should  be  usei 
with  proprietary  names  indicate' 
parent heticallv  or  as  a footnote  wit) 
the  first  use  of  the  generic  narm 
Proprietary  names  of  devices  shouf 
be  indicated  by  the  registration  syrr 
bol — “. 


The  summary  of  the  article  shoul 
not  exceed  250  words;  it  should  eor 
tain  only  essential  facts. 

References  should  not  exceed  3 
citations  except  in  review  article; 
and  should  be  cited  consecutively  i 
the  text  by  numbers  in  parenthese 
at  the  end  of  the  sentence.  The  refe 
ence  list  should  be  typewritten  an 
double-spaced  on  separate  8'/2"  t 
1 1"  sheets  in  the  numerical  order  i 
which  they  are  first  cited  in  the  tex 
The  style  of  reference  is  that  of  Inde 
Medic  us: 

1.  Goldwvn  RM:  Subeutaneor 

m as  tec  to  my.  J Med  Soc 
74;  1050-1052,  1977. 

2.  Dixon  WJ,  Massey  FJ:  Introdu 
tion  to  Statistical  Analysis.  Ne 
York.  NY,  McGraw-Hill,  1969, 
42-48. 


A 


PUBLICATION  POLICY 


Receipt  of  each  manuscript  will  t 
acknowledged  and  a copy  delivere 
to  the  Editor  who  refers  the  paper  t 
one  or  more  members  of  the  Ed 
torial  Board.  The  final  decision  is  n 
served  for  the  Editor.  No  direct  eoi 
tact  between  the  reviewers  and  tf 
authors  will  be  permitted,  bi 
authors  will  be  informed  of  the  r 
viewers'  comments.  The  publieatic 
lag  for  original  articles  may  be  s 
months  or  more.  Galley  proofs  w 
be  submitted  to  the  author  for  eo 
reetion  of  typographical  errors. 


REPRINT  ORDERS 


Reprints  may  be  ordered  after  tl 
author  is  notified  that  the  artic 
has  been  selected  for  a specific  issi 
of  JMSNJ.  A cheek  for  the  cost 
reprints  including  remake  charge 
order  is  received  after  due  date  mu 
accompany  the  order. 


COMMUNICATIONS 

All  communications  should 
sent  to  the  Editor,  The  Jounv 
MSNJ,  2 Princess  Road,  La’ 
reneeville,  NJ  08648. 


908 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


Kirwan  Financial  Croup,  Inc . 


Financial  Planners 
for  the 

Medical  Profession 

Investments,  Pensions,  Insurance,  Etc. 

• Honest 

• Sophisticated 

• Profusely  Referenced 

609-778-4388 


CARDIOLOGIST: 

Opportunity  to  practice  cardiology  with  well-estab- 
shed  practice  conveniently  located  to  a large  teaching 
lospital.  Duties  include  supervising  and  interpreting 
readmills,  Holter  monitors,  2D  and  M-Mode 
ichocardiography  performed  in  office,  patient  examin- 
itions,  hospital  rounds  and  cardiac  catheterizations, 
abilities  to  do  streptokinase  and/or  angioplasty  de- 
irable.  Excellent  beginning  salary  and  fringe  benefits, 
ocated  in  Pennsylvania. 

Reply  with  C-V  to  Box  No.  97,  JMSNJ  Immediate 
)pening. 


Need  A Temporary  Physician? 

CompHealth  treats  your  practice  as  if  it  were  our 
own  during:  vacations,  CMEs,  recruiting,  clinic 

start-up  or  other  absences. 

Want  Free  Time  While  You 
Practice  Medicine? 

Join  CompHealth’s  Locum  Tenens  Physician  Group. 

1 

★ 

For  further  information  about  temporary  coverage 
or  locum  tenens  practice  opportunities,  call: 

j£J|  CompHealth 

A Physician  Group 

WILSON  ROSS,  Regional  Administrator 
244  East  Hanover  St. 

Trenton,  NJ  08608 
Telephone:  609-392-1111 


!DL.  81— NUMBER  10— OCTOBER  1984 


MEDICAL  PRACTICE 
SALES  AND  APPRAISALS 

We  specialize  in  the  valuation  and  selling  of 
medical  practices.  If  interested  in  buying  or  selling 
a medical  practice,  contact  our  Brokerage 
Division  at: 

Health  Care  Personnel  Consulting,  Inc. 

403  GSB  Building 
1 Belmont  Avenue 
Bala  Cynwyd,  PA  19004 
215-667-8630 


Don't  take 
a chance 
with  your 
career... 

Emergency  Physi- 
cian Associates  is 
seeking  physicians 
with  Emergency 
Medicine,  Inter- 
nal Medicine  and 
Family  Practice  backgrounds  who  are  ex- 
perienced and  interested  in  a challenging 
career  in  Emergency  Medicine. 

We  are  currently  interviewing  for  posi- 
tions in  N. J. , Pa. , N. Y. , De.  and  Md. 

Send  your  C.V.  in  confidence  to: 

James  E.  George,  M.D. 

Emergency  Physician  Associates 

P.O.  Box  298 

Woodbury,  N.J.  08096 

Or  call  Susan  L.  Hughes,  Physician 

Recruitment  at  (609)  848-3817. 


909 


It’s  A Major  Medical  Explosion 


The  Lakewood,  Toms  River  and  Point  Pleasant  hospitals 
are  all  going  ahead  with  major  expansion  programs . . . 
Bricktown  opens  new  facility. 


Cross  River  Professional  Center 

400  to  2,300  Square  Feet 

'A  Mile  South  of  Kimball  Medical  Center 

• $12  per  square  foot  minutes  to  all  four  major 

• Graduated  rent  schedules  hospitals 

• Ownership  options  available  • Private  entrances  and  all 

• Fully  landscaped  services  available 

• Centrally  located  and  10  • Equipment  leases  available 

BNRRy/WOR  ENTERPRIiEi 

1200  River  Avenue  (Route  9),  Lakewood,  NJ  08701  • (201)  367-2226 


! 


IDEAL  OFFICE/RESIDENCE 
DOCTOR,  DENTIST,  ORTHODONTIST 

Morris  County,  Rockaway 

Custom  4 bedroom  ranch,  3 car  garage.  Fully  air-con- 
ditioned, fire,  smoke  and  burglar  alarmed.  Separate  for  office 
entrance  and  large  parking  area.  Excellent  for  new  practitioner 
or  second  office.  Community  in  need  of  all  and  every  type  of 
professional  service. 

For  more  information  call:  Sharon  Albeck,  Century  21  — 

WAYNE  NORMAN  ASSOCIATES 

20  W.  Main  St. 

Rockaway,  New  Jersey  07866 
2 201-625-1250 


It’s  Your  Affair, 

So  Don’t  Lift  A Finger 

Since  we  want  your 
special  day  to  be  carefree 
just  lift  the  phone  and  call 


Perfect  Catering  For  A Perfect  .Affair 

Trenton,  New  Jersey 
609-890-0778 


HOME/OFFICE  FOR  SALE — Madison,  N.J.  Classic  fou 
bedroom  Colonial;  seven  room  office  suite  with  separate  en 
trance;  parklike  setting;  geographically  located  near  all  are; 
hospitals.  Call:  Mrs.  Burrows 


Lois  Schneider  Realtor 


441  Springfield  Avenue 
Summit,  N.J.  07901 


201-227-1 


391 


MEDICAL  COMPUTED 


DEC  - IBM  - TELEVIDEO 
ALTOS  - NCR 

THINKING  OF  COMPUTERIZING  YOUR  PRACTICE 

FBL  MEDICAL  COMPUTER  SPECIALISTS  offer 

a wide  variety  of  hardware/software  configurations  for  ever1 
medical  office,  hospital  and  clinic  application. 


• AUTOMATIC  INSURANCE 
FORM  PREPARATION 

• ACCOUNTS  RECEIVABLE 
CONTROL 

• AUTOMAUC  PATIENT  RECALL 

• PRACTICE  MANAGEMENT 
REPORTS 

• CLINICAL  RECORDS 

• ACCOUNTS  PAYABLE 

UNIX  SOFTWARE  AVAILABLE  FOR  ALTOS  AND  NCR 
MUMPS  SOFTWARE  AVAILABLE  FOR  DEC 


SPECIALISTS  IN  MULTI-USER.  MULTI-TASKING 
DATA-BASE  MANAGEMENT  SYSTEMS 


3 ROUTE  46W, 


PROVIDING  YOU  WITH  OVER  15  YEAR, 
OF  MEDICAL  COMPUTER  EXPERIENC 

CONSULTING  SERVICE  AVAILABLE 
FAIRFIELD,  N.J.  07006  201  -882-921  (j| 


F B L 

BT~ 


• APPOINTMENT 
SCHEDULING 

• ELECTRONIC  CLAIM! 
SUBMISSION 

• WORD  PROCESSING 

• MEDICARE/ MEDICAII 
BILLING 

• GENERAL  LEDGER 

• INVENTORY 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSI 


910 


CLASSIFIED  ADVERTISEMENTS 


JVESTHESIOLOGIST — Seeks  group  or 
artnership,  1976,  Far  Eastern  Univer- 
ity Hospital.  Available  January  1985. 
elephone  212-345-2822. 


VTERNIST — Board  certified,  board 
ugible  cardiologist;  33,  trained  in  Swan- 
anz,  temporary  pacemaker.  Echo.  Three 
?ars  experience  internal  medicine.  Pos- 
ion  wanted  in  area  internal  medicine  or 
irdiology.  Phone  215-592-1843  or  reply 
» Box  No.  99,  JMSNJ. 


■VTERNIST — Board  eligible,  looking  for 
ib  opportunity  or  group  practice.  Avail- 
ole  immediately.  201-463-8571. 

BSTETRICS/ GYNECOLOGY — Board 
igible,  NJ  licensed,  subspecialty  fellow- 
lip  experience  in  Micro-surgery,  hys- 
■roscopy,  infertility,  artificial  insemina- 
on,  gyn-endocrinology.  Seeks  practice 
oportunity.  Available  now.  Write  Box  No. 
3.  JMSNJ. 

EDIATRICIAN— Board  eligible,  33,  with 
years  experience  in  general  pediatric 
■actice,  strong  neonatal  background, 
/ailable  July  1985.  Desires  opportunity 
New  Jersey.  Contact  Box  No.  101, 
iidSNJ. 

URGICAL  ASSISTANT  — Board 
i'rtified  ophthalmologist  would  like  a 
nsition  as  a surgical  assistant  2 or  3 

E*iys  a week.  Would  prefer  Central  New 
■rsey,  but  would  consider  other  lo- 
tions in  New  Jersey— New  York  area 
I rite  Box  No.  98.  JMSNJ. 
— 

RTHOPAEDIC  SURGEON— American 
iaduate,  trained  at  Downstate  Medical 
mter,  NY;  seeks  position  solo,  group  or 
>spital  based.  Call  during  business 
iurs  212-819-8706  or  write  Box  No. 
>0,  JMSNJ. 


IYSICIAN — Lifetime  NJ  resident  seeks 
I isition  in  a pediatric  group  after  com- 
letion  of  postgraduate  training.  Avail- 
l*le  July  1985.  Please  contact  Charles 
meslaw,  8372  Loveridge  Court,  Rich- 
ond,  VA  23229. 

— 
\DIOLOGIST — Board  certified,  trained 
general  diagnosis,  nuclear  medicine, 
ecial  procedures,  CT  and  ultrasound, 
ailable  full  or  part-time.  Group  prac- 
e or  hospital  based.  North  or  Central 
1.  Write  Box  No.  81,  JMSNJ. 


NEEDED  PHYSICIANS — For  successful, 
well  known,  walk-in  medical  office  center. 
Central  NJ.  Full  and  part  time,  skilled 
personable,  American  trained  MDs.  Send 
CV  to  E.  V.  McGinley,  MD,  1005  N.  Wash- 
ington Avenue,  Green  Brook,  NJ  08812. 
201-968-8900. 


PHYSICIAN — MD  for  industrial  and  oc- 
cupational health  care  facility  in  the 
South  Jersey  resort  area  Opening  No- 
vember or  December.  Duties  to  include 
emergency  follow-up/and  return  to  work 
treatment,  as  well  as  pre-placement  and 
annual  physical  exams.  Send  CV  to  Box 
No.  95,  JMSNJ. 


WANTED  — RADIOLOGY  OFFICE 
PRACTICE — Board  certified  radiologist 
with  nine  years  hospital  based  ex- 
perience is  seeking  to  buy  into  or  buy  out 
an  active  private  radiology  office  practice 
in  Northern  or  Central  NJ.  Write  Box  No. 
71,  JMSNJ. 


FOR  SALE — Active  Family  and  Indus- 
trial Practice  in  Northwestern  NJ.  Close 
to  three  hospitals.  Office  consists  of  large 
waiting  room,  nurses  station,  three  ex- 
amining rooms,  consultation  room,  lab- 
oratory, x-ray  and  dark  room  and  lava- 
tory. Full  basement  on  0.6  acre  lot.  Room 
for  expansion  or  another  building.  Ask- 
ing price  8275,000.  Call  after  8:30  p.m. 
201-267-0699. 


FOR  SALE) — Like  new  ECG  portable 
COMPUT-EK  with  2 boxes  ECG  roll 
paper,  8900.  Telephone  days 
201  750-8474  or  nights  201-647-3793. 


FOR  SALE — Two  Hamilton  "premiere" 
examining  tables.  Never  used.  Mint  con- 
dition, 8500  each.  Call  evenings 
201-529-3690. 


FOR  SALE — RECP  instrument  complete 
with  accessories,  JF-IT,  in  absolutely  new 
condition.  Used  for  a short  period.  Price 
quite  reasonable  and  negotiable.  Con- 
tact; 201-794-8900. 


WANTED — Used  Medical  Office  Equip- 
ment and  Furniture  in  good  condition. 
Call  201-287-6357  after  7 p.m.  or  write 
P.  O.  Box  1048,  Edison,  NJ  08817. 


FOR  RENT — Professional  office  space  for 
rent.  Millbum  pnesl^teVs  building,  775 
square  feet,  -dg^/srte  parking,  on  bus 
route.  Call  201-731-1900. 


OFFICE  FOR  SHARE  or  RENT— New 

Brunswick,  Highland  Park  area. 
Furnished,  700  square  feet.  Ample  park- 
ing, close  to  the  hospital.  Rent 
8500/month  plus  utilities.  For  share 
S300/month  including  utilities.  Call 
201-846-1661  or  572-7553. 


OFFICE  TO  SHARE — Bergenfield.  Cen- 
trally located,  professional  building, 
parking,  furnished  900  square  feet.  Five 
minutes  from  hospitals.  Call 
201-385-8350,  Ronny  Meier,  MD,  297 
South  Washington  Avenue,  Bergenfield, 
NJ  07621. 


OFFICE  SPACE — Atlantic  City.  For  rent, 
medical  office  fully  equipped  and 
furnished.  1,300  square  feet.  Call 
609-822-0270. 


OFFICE  SPACE — Bloomingdale,  town  of 
8000  needs  physician,  general  practice. 
New  medical  office,  990  square  feet.  Two 
examining  rooms,  x-ray  room,  dark  room, 
medical  laboratory,  consultation  room. 
Off  street  parking.  H/AC.  201-337-4152 
or  201-337-3801. 


OFFICE  SPACE — Livingston.  In  Modem 
Professional  building,  convenient  to 
major  highways.  Ample  parking.  Terms 
negotiable.  Available  immediately.  Con- 
tact 201-992-5588. 


OFFICE  SUITE — Southern  Jersey 
(Gloucester  Township,  Camden  County). 
For  rent  in  new  medical  building;  1000 
or  2000  square  foot  suites  available. 
Located  in  rapidly  growing,  highly  de- 
sirable area  near  several  large  hospitals. 
Ideal  for  family  practice  or  specialist. 
Building  to  be  completed  late  1984.  Call 
Dr.  Ribatsky  609-227-2221. 


FOR  RENT — West  Orange,  Office,  850 
square  feet.  Small  medical  building. 
Parking,  buses,  convenient  to  Route  280 
and  hospitals.  Call  201-676-3030. 


FOR  RENT — West  New  York.  Pro- 
fessional office,  comer  location  with 
parking  space  on  Doctors'  row.  Close  to 
hospital  and  public  transporation.  Call 
201  278  1000  or  201-947-4333. 


I IE  INFORMATION  FOR  MEMBERS:  85.00  per  insertion  up  to  25  words;  10  cents  each  additional  word.  Payable  in  advance. 
IPRD  COUNT:  Count  as  one  word  all  single  words,  two  initials  of  a name,  each  abbreviation,  isolated  numbers,  groups  of 
bribers,  hyphenated  words.  Count  name  and  address  as  five  words,  telephone  number  as  one  word,  and  "Write  Box  No.  000. 

■ JMSNJ"  as  six  words.  COPY  DEADLINE:  Fifth  of  preceding  month. 


I 


91  1 


' L.  81— NUMBER  10— OCTOBER  1984 


NOVEMBER  6,  1984 


I 

1 


A Public  Service  of  JEMPAC 


; 

Copies  of  JEMPAC  and  AMPAC  reports  are  filed  with  the  Federal  Election  Commission  and  are  available  for  purchase  from 
The  Federal  Election  Commission,  Washington,  D.C. 


912 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JE1 


The  Journal 
of  theSmedical 
Society  of 


New  Jersey 

NOVEMBER  1984 


j H %luhch~, 

AORTIC  AND  MITRAL 
VALVE  REPLACEMENT 


E.  & W.  BLANKSTEEN 

E.  & W.  BLANKSTEEN  AGENCY,  INC. 

ADMINISTRATORS 

THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 

ENDORSED  PLANS  OF: 

LONG-TERM  INCOME  PROTECTION  PLAN 
MAJOR  MEDICAL 
OVERHEAD  EXPENSE 
HOSPITAL-MONEY 
6-POINT  HIGH  LIMIT  ACCIDENT 
TERM  LIFE 

KEOGH  I 

NON-GROCIP  PROGRAMS  OF: 

HOMEOWNER’S 
OFFICE  PACKAGE 
LIFE 

IRA  ? 

PENSION  I 


75  Montgomery  Street 

Jersey  City,  N.J.  07201 

(201)  333-4340  1(800)  BLANK  AG 


’85  BUICK  ELECTRA 
4-DR  SEDAN 


Here's  a car  so  new  that  it's  the  first  of  the 
'85's.  But  thanks  to  its  front-wheel  drive, 
Multi-port  Fuel  Injection,  four-wheel 
independent  suspension,  advanced 
aerodynamics  and  generously  applied 
electronics,  the  new  Park  Avenue  will 
stay  on  the  leading  edge  of  automotive 
design  for  many  years  to  come. 


PAY  NOTHING 
DOWN  & ENJOY 
72,000 
FREE  MILES 
ON  US. 

BECAUSE 
PROFESSIONALS 
COME  FIRST 
AT  FENNESSEY... 
IT’S  THE  LEASE 
WE  CAN  DO. 


Why  tie  up  your  precious  capital?  Drive 
away  today  in  plush  Buick  luxury.. .the 
modern  way,  with  Fennessey 
Professional  Leasing.  Free  up  your  cash. 
Free  yourself  from  up-front  down 
payments.  Budget  your  car  costs 
conveniently  and  accurately! 


Rt.  202-206  North  • Somerville,  N.J.  08876 
Call  725-3020  • 

Open  Daily  9-9  • Fri.  til  6 • Sat.  til  5 


SEE 


BUY 

LEASE 

RENT 

SO  EASY 

, 1 1 FINNISStY 

Central  Jersey's  Largest 

No  Down  Payment,  72,000 

TO  REACH! 

Only  29.95  per  day  for  new 

Only  4 minutes 

_ X/FU.  202  205 

Selection  of  New  Buicks  and 

free  miles  with  full  mfrs.  car 

Buick  Skylarks  or  Skyhawks.. 

W / North 

Trade  Cars! 

warranty. 

always  available!  50  free 
miles. 

from  Somerville 

RT.22  S 
West 

L.  81— NUMBER  11— NOVEMBER  1984 


913 


November  1984 


THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY 
OF  NEW  JERSEY 

Founded  July  23,  1 7 66 


Publication  Committee 

Paul  J.  Hirsch,  M.D.,  Chairman 


Officers  and  Trustees 


President  and  Chairman  of  the  Board 

Frank  Y.  Watson,  M.D.  (Essex)  Glen  Ridge 

President-Elect 

Ralph  J.  Fioretti,  M.D.  (Bergen)  Rochelle  Park 

First  Vice-President 

Edward  A Schauer,  M.D.  (Monmouth)  Farmingdale 

Second  Vice-President 

Harry  M.  Carnes,  M.D.  (Camden)  Audubon 

Immediate  Past-President 

Alexander  D.  Kovacs,  M.D.  (Union)  Scotch  Plains 

Secretary 

Arthur  Bernstein,  M.D.  (Essex)  South  Orange 

Treasurer 

Paul  J.  Hirsch,  M.D.  (Somerset)  Bridgewater 

Trustees 

Joel  S.  Cherashore,  M.D.  (1986)  (Essex)  Nutley 

Douglas  M.  Costabile,  M.D.  (1987)  (Union)  Murray  Hill 

Palma  E.  Formica  M.D.  (1987) 

(Middlesex)  New  Brunswick 

Hariy  W.  Fullerton,  Jr.,  M.D.  (1985) 

(Salem)  Carney’s  Point 

Frank  Gingerelli,  M.D.  (1986)  (Bergen)  Hackensack 

Michael  M.  Heeg,  M.D.  (1987)  (Mercer)  Trenton 

Louis  L.  Keeler,  M.D.  (1985)  (Camden)  Collingswood 

John  P.  Kengeter,  M.D.  (1987)  (Ocean)  Toms  River 

Edwin  W.  Messey,  M.D.  (1985)  (Burlington)  Willingboro 

Myles  C.  Morrison,  Jr.,  M.D.  (1985)  (Morris)  ....  Morristown 

John  J.  Pastore,  M.D.  (1986)  (Cumberland)  Vineland 

Carl  Restivo,  Jr.,  M.D.  (1987)  (Hudson)  Jersey  City 

Bernard  Robins,  M.D.  (1987)  (Essex)  Springfield 

Gerald  H.  Rozan,  M.D.  (1987)  (Passaic)  Wayne 


Dirck  L.  Brendlinger,  M.D. 
Frederick  B.  Cohen,  M.D. 

A.  Olusegun  Fayemi,  M.D. 

La  Verne  Fioretti 
Robert  M.  MacMillan,  M.D. 
Leon  G.  Smith,  M.D. 

Editor 

Arthur  Krosnick,  M.D. 

Managing  Editor 

Geraldine  R Hutner 

Assistant  Managing  Editor 

Dorothy  J.  Griffith 

Advertising  Manager 

E.  Elizabeth  Cookson 

Graphic  Artist 

Frank  Cecala 

Executive  Director 

Vincent  A Maressa 

Executive  Director  Emeritus 

Richard  I.  Nevin 

Editorial  Board 


Councilors 

First  District 

(Essex,  Morris,  Union,  and  Warren  Counties) 

Edward  M.  Coe,  M.D.  (1987)  Cranford 

Second  District 

(Bergen,  Hudson,  Passaic,  and  Sussex  Counties) 

Robert  A Weinstein,  M.D.  (1986)  Newton 

Third  District 

(Hunterdon,  Mercer,  Middlesex,  and  Somerset  Counties) 

Louis  G.  Fares,  M.D.  (1985)  Trenton 

Fourth  District 

(Burlington,  Camden,  Monmouth,  and  Ocean  Counties) 

Frederick  W.  Durham,  M.D.  (1987)  Haddonfield 

Fifth  District 

(Atlantic,  Cape  May,  Cumberland,  Gloucester,  and 
Salem  Counties) 

Paul  H.  Steel,  M.D.  (1986)  Atlantic  City 

AMA  Delegates 

William  J.  D’Elia  M.D.,  Chairman  (1985)  Spring  Lake 

Alfred  A Alessi,  M.D.  (1986)  Hackensack 

Frederick  W.  Durham,  M.D.  (1986)  Haddonfield 

Palma  E.  Formica  M.D.  (1986)  New  Brunswick 

Karl  T.  Franzoni,  M.D.  (1986)  Trenton 

John  S.  Madara  M.D.  (1986)  Salem 

Henry  J.  Mineur,  M.D.  (1986)  Cranford 

Myles  C.  Morrison,  Jr.,  M.D.  (1985)  Morristown 

Howard  D.  Slobodien,  M.D.  (1985)  Metuchen 


AMA  Trustee 

James  S.  Todd,  M.D.  (Ridgewood) 


Bergen 


Jerome  Abrams,  M.D.  (Obstet/Gynecol) 
Joseph  Alpert,  M.D.  (Vase  Surg) 

Harold  Arlen,  M.D.  (Otolaryngol) 

Alfonse  Cinotti,  M.D.  (Ophthalmol) 
Robert  Dodelson,  M.D.  (Nephrol) 
Norman  H.  Ertel,  M.D.  (Int  Med/Endocrinol) 
Daniel  P.  Greenfield,  M.D.  (Psychiat) 
Christine  E.  Haycock,  M.D.  (Sports  Med) 
Monroe  S.  Karetzky,  M.D.  (Pulmon  Med) 
Avrum  L.  Katcher,  M.D.  (Pediatr) 
Stanley  C.  Leonberg,  Jr.,  M.D.  (Neurol) 

Joel  D.  Levinson,  M.D.  (Gastroenterol) 
Joseph  A Lieberman,  III,  M.D.  (Fam  Med) 
Alan  J.  Lippman,  M.D.  (Oncol) 

Henry  R Liss,  M.D.  (Neurosurg) 

Geobel  A Marin,  M.D.  (Int  Med/Gastroenterol) 
Donald  G.  MeKaba  M.D.  (Allergy) 

Robby  Meijer,  M.D.  (Plas  Surg) 

Frank  T.  Padberg,  Jr.,  M.D.  (Surg) 
Christopher  A Papa  M.D.  (Dermatol) 
Edwin  L.  Rothfeld,  M.D.  (Cardiol) 
Benjamin  F.  Rush,  Jr.,  M.D.  (Surg) 
Morris  H.  Saffron,  M.D.  (Med  His) 

Mark  M.  Singer,  M.D.  (Int  Med/Endocrinol) 
Sheldon  D.  Solomon,  M.D.  (Rheum) 

Lloyd  N.  Spindell,  M.D.  (Radiol) 

A Arthur  Sugerman,  M.D.  (Psychiat) 
Stephen  F.  Wang,  M.D.  (Pediatr) 

Edwin  S.  Wilson,  M.D.  (Radiol) 

Louis  S.  Zeiger,  M.D.  (Nucl  Med) 

Robert  B.  Zufall,  M.D.  (Urol) 


The  Journal  of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  (ISSN-0025-7524)  is  published  monthly  (since  1904)  exc 
semimonthly  in  July  (13  issues),  under  direction  of  the  Committee  on  Publication,  by  the  Medical  Society  of  * 
Jersey,  Two  Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648.  Printed  in  East  Stroudsburg,  PA  by  the  Hughes  Print 
Co.  Whole  number  of  issues  968.  Member’s  subscription  ($10)  is  included  in  Society  dues.  Rates  for  nonmemtx 
$20;  outside  USA  add  $7.50  for  postage.  Single  copies,  $2.  Address  communications  to  The  Journal  MSNJ,  1 
Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648,  (609)  896-1766.  Second-class  postage  paid  at  Trenton,  NJ,  and  additio 
entry  office.  Copyright  1984  by  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey. 


914 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS 


- 


-JME  OUA 

PLUS- 


...the  only  name  you  need  to  remember  in 
BIOMEDICAL  COMMUNICATIONS. 


- medical  illustrations  (including  anatomical, 
surgical,  scientific,  and  legal) 

- charts  and  graphs 

- patient  education  art  work 

- cartooning 

- 35mm  slide  productions  (including  slide  tapes 
and  multi-media  shows) 

- medical  and  biological  photography 

- video  tape  productions 


Effectively  communicating  your  ideas  is  our  goal. 


-V 

’201)  766-7747 


Media  Plus 

64  Conkling  St. 

Basking  Ridge,  NJ  07920 


Note:  If  you  ’re  new  to  medical  practice  in  N.J. . . . 

ifou  don’t  have  to  buy  commercial 

malpractice  insurance 

AMES  S . T ODD , M . D . , Chairman/Board  of  Directors,  Medical  In  ter-Insurance  Exchange  of  New Jersey 

IS  you  made  your  decision  to  establish  yourself 
n New  Jersey,  you  no  doubt  heard  horror 
tories  about  our  professional  liability  insurance 
problems.  The  legal  risks  we  assume  in  this 
msiness  have  grown  so  far  out  of  proportion 
hat  many  commercial  underwriters  have  been 
imply  unable  to  cope,  resulting  in  abrupt  and 
bften  untimely  suspension  of  coverage. 

As  a new  practitioner  in  this  State,  either 
elocating  or  just  beginning  your  professional 
itareer,  you  have  an  alternative  to  commercial 
nsurance.  The  Medical  Inter-Insurance 
exchange  provides  an  opportunity  to  build 
'our  new  practice  on  the  most  secure  footing 
possible  with  long-term  peace  of  mind. 

Founded  in  1977  at  the  peak  of  the 
; ‘premium  crisis,”  the  Exchange  is  a wholly 
lloctor-owned  cooperative  organization 
hrough  which  we  insure  ourselves  for  our 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  11— NOVEMBER  1984  915 


own  sake.  Membership  has  grown  to  two-thirds 
of  all  practicing  physicians  and  surgeons  in  the 
state.  Because  we’re  in  it  for  security  — not 
for  profit  — we  can  provide  for  ourselves  the 
absolute  best  available  insurance  product  for 
the  money.  Every  dollar  we  take  in  goes  toward 
.protection  (no  sales  commissions)  and  every 
dollar  left  over  is  returned  to  us  — in  cash. 

You  owe  it  to  yourself  to  know  your 
options  and  the  practicalities  of  each.  We  re 
here  to  help  you  sort  them  all  out.  Call  and 
talk  directly  to  our  Vice  President  and  Director 
of  Policyholder  Services,  Bill  Reilly,  TOLL 
FREE  (in  N.J.)  800-2  57-6288  or 
(609)  896-2404  from  other  areas.  We  look 
forward  to  hearing  from  you. 

A professional  service  message  from  the 

Medical  Inter-Insurance  Exchange  of  N.J. 

Two  Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville  NJ  08648 
(609)  896-2404 


/•s 


The  Journal 
the  Medical 
Society  of 


New  Jersey 

NOVEMBER  198 


919  Membership  Newsletter 

923  Professional  Liability  Commentary 

929  Editorial 

93 1 Hospital  Governing  Boards 


Contributions 

935  Maternal  Deaths  in  New  Jersey — 1982 

G.F.  Hansen,  M.D.,  and  M.  Gregory,  M.D.,  Newark 

94 1 Ceftriaxone,  A Third  Generation  Cephalosporin 

E. S.  Johnson,  M.D.,  M.  Fedder,  M.D.,  L.G.  Smith,  M.D.,  Newark 

949  Aortic  and  Mitral  Valve  Replacement:  Part  1 

P.J.  Olivieri,  M.D.,  andJ.B.  Kostis,  M.D.,  New  Brunswick 

959  Indium- 1 1 1-Oxine-Labeled  Leukocyte  Imaging 

F. M.  Palace,  M.D.,  and  R.F.  Crystal,  M.D.,  Morristown 

967  Pharmacological  Basis  of  Therapeutics: 

Insulin-Like  Growth  Factors 

MA  Brostrom,  Ph.D„  Piscataway 

973  Pediatric  Briefs 

R.H.  Rapkin,  M.D.,  F.C.  Behrle,  M.D.,  S.C.  Sun,  M.D.,  Newark 

■MB  DOCTORS’  iOTEBOOK^HH^^MBMM 

977  Trustees’  Minutes:  September  16,  1984 
979  UMDNJ  Notes,  Stanley  S.  Bergen,  Jr.,  M.D. 

979  MSNJ  Auxiliary,  Grace  Gellman 

980  AMNJ  Report,  Robert  S.  Rigolosi,  M.D. 

980  Physicians  Seeking  Location  in  New  Jersey 

Mi  MSNJ  Departments  mbi^^^mbhi 

983  1984-1985  Committees  & Councils 

988  Statement  of  Ownership,  Management,  and  Circulation 

991  CME  Calendar 

995  Letters  to  the  Editor 

996  Book  Reviews 
1005  Obituaries 

1 007  Information  for  Authors 


On  The  Cover:  Drs.  Olivieri  and 

New  Jersey 

Kostis  discuss  the  histoiy  of 

„ _ j 

aortic  and  mitral  stenosis  and 

aortic  and  mitral  regurgitation 
in  the  first  part  of  their  study 
on  valve  replacement,  begin- 
ning on  page  949. 

VALVE  fiEPI.ACF.MFXT 

THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERJ 


916 


New  low  price...major  savings 

The  dramatic  reduction  in  the  price  of  Motrin  Tablets  means  substantial  savings 
from  now  on  for  your  patients  and  for  patients  all  across  the  country  for  whom  Motrin 

Tablets  are  prescribed. 

Motrin  is  priced  lower  than  Clinoril,  Feldene,  or  Naprosyn. 

The  price  of  Motrin  Tablets  to  pharmacies  has  been  reduced  as  much  as  35%. 
Patients  taking  the  average  dosage  should  now  pay  less  for  therapy  with  Motrin  Tablets 
than  for  almost  any  other  nonsteroidal  anti-inflammatory  drug  you 
prescribe... less,  for  example,  than  for  Clinoril,  Feldene,  or  Naprosyn.  And,  of  course, 
all  strengths  of  Motrin  Tablets  continue  to  be  available  by  prescription  only. 

Please  see  the  following  page  for  a brief  summary  of  prescribing  information. 


Motrin 


buDrolen 


Good  medicine...good  value 


TABLETS 

mg 


© 1984  The  Upjohn  Company  The  Upjohn  Company  23  Kalamazoo,  Michigan  49001 


L.  81-NUMBER  1 1— NOVEMBER  1984 


917 


MofrirP  Tablets  (ibuprofen) 

Contraindications:  Anaphylactoid  reactions  have  occurred  in  individuals  hypersensitive  to 
Motrin  Tablets  or  with  the  syndrome  of  nasal  polyps,  angioedema  and  bronchospastic  reactivity 
to  aspirin,  iodides,  or  other  nonsteroidal  anti-inflammatory  agents. 

Warnings:  Peptic  ulceration  and  Gl  bleeding,  sometimes  severe,  have  been  reported.  Ulceration, 
perforation  and  bleeding  may  end  fatally.  An  association  has  not  been  established.  Use  Motrin 
Tablets  under  close  supervision  in  patients  with  a history  of  upper  gastrointestinal  tract  disease, 
after  consulting  ADVERSE  REACTIONS.  In  patients  with  active  peptic  ulcer  and  active 
rheumatoid  arthritis,  try  nonulcerogemc  drugs,  such  as  gold.  If  Motrin  Tablets  are  used,  observe 
the  patient  closely  for  signs  of  ulcer  perforation  or  Gl  bleeding. 

Chronic  studies  in  rats  and  monkeys  have  shown  mild  renal  toxicity  with  papillary  edema  and 
necrosis.  Renal  papillary  necrosis  has  rarely  been  shown  in  humans  treated  with  Motrin  Tablets 
Precautions:  Blurred  and/or  diminished  vision,  scotomata,  and/or  changes  in  color  vision  have 
been  reported.  If  these  develop,  discontinue  Motrin  Tablets  and  the  patient  should  have  an 
ophthalmologic  examination,  including  central  visual  fields  and  color  vision  testing. 

Fluid  retention  and  edema  have  been  associated  with  Motrin  Tablets;  use  with  caution  in  patients 
with  a history  of  cardiac  decompensation  or  hypertension.  In  patients  with  renal  impairment, 
reduced  dosage  may  be  necessary.  Prospective  studies  of  Motrin  Tablets  safety  in  patients  with 
chronic  renal  failure  have  not  been  done. 

Motrin  Tablets  can  inhibit  platelet  aggregation  and  prolong  bleeding  time.  Use  with  caution  in 
persons  with  intrinsic  coagulation  defects  and  on  anticoagulant  therapy. 

Patients  should  report  signs  or  symptoms  of  gastrointestinal  ulceration  or  bleeding,  skin  rash, 
weight  gain,  or  edema. 

Patients  on  prolonged  corticosteroid  therapy  should  have  therapy  tapered  slowly  when  Motrin 
Tablets  are  added. 

The  antipyretic,  anti-inflammatory  activity  of  Motrin  Tablets  may  mask  inflammation  and  fever. 

As  with  other  nonsteroidal  anti-inflammatory  drugs,  borderline  elevations  of  liver  tests  may 
occur  in  up  to  15%  of  patients.  These  abnormalities  may  progress,  may  remain  essentially 
unchanged,  or  may  be  transient  with  continued  therapy.  Meaningful  elevations  of  SGPT  or  SGOT 
(AST)  occurred  in  controlled  clinical  trials  in  less  than  1%  of  patients.  Severe  hepatic  reactions, 
including  jaundice  and  cases  of  fatal  hepatitis,  have  been  reported  with  ibuprofen  as  with  other 
nonsteroidal  anti-inflammatory  drugs.  If  liver  disease  develops  or  if  systemic  manifestations 
occur  (e.g.  eosinophilla,  rash,  etc.),  Motrin  should  be  discontinued. 

Drug  interactions.  Aspirin:  used  concomitantly  may  decrease  Motrin  blood  levels. 

Coumarm:  bleeding  has  been  reported  in  patients  taking  Motrin  and  co'umarin. 

Pregnancy  and  nursing  mothers:  Motrin  should  not  be  taken  during  pregnancy  or  by  nursing 
mothers. 

Adverse  Reactions:  The  most  frequent  type  of  adverse  reaction  occurring  with  Motrin  is 
gastrointestinal  of  which  one  or  more  occurred  in  4%  to  16%  of  the  patients. 

Incidence  Greater  than  1 % (but  less  than  3%)- Probable  Causal  Relationship 
Gastrointestinal:  Nausea*  epigastric  pain,*  heartburn,*  diarrhea,  abdominal  distress,  nausea 
and  vomiting,  Indigestion,  constipation,  abdominal  cramps  or  pain,  fullness  of  Gl  tract  (bloating 
and  flatulence);  Central  Nervous  System:  Dizziness*  headache,  nervousness;  Dermatologic: 
Rash*  (including  maculopapular  type),  pruritus,  Special  Senses:  Tinnitus;  Metabolic/Endocrine: 
Decreased  appetite;  Cardiovascular:  Edema,  fluid  retention  (generally  responds  promptly  to 
drug  discontinuation;  see  PRECAUTIONS). 

Incidence  less  than  1%-Probable  Causal  Relationship** 

Gastrointestinal:  Gastric  or  duodenal  ulcer  with  bleeding  and/or  perforation,  gastrointestinal 
hemorrhage,  melena,  gastritis,  hepatitis,  jaundice,  abnormal  liver  function  tests;  Central 
Nervous  System:  Depression,  insomnia,  confusion,  emotional  lability,  somnolence,  aseptic 
meningitis  with  fever  and  coma;  Dermatologic:  Vesiculobullous  eruptions,  urticaria,  erythema 
multiforme,  Stevens-Johnson  syndrome,  alopecia;  Special  Senses:  Hearing  loss,  amblyopia 
(blurred  and/or  diminished  vision,  scotomata,  and/or  changes  in  color  vision)  (see  PRECAU- 
TIONS); Hematologic:  Neutropenia,  agranulocytosis,  aplastic  anemia,  hemolytic  anemia  (some- 
times Coombs  positive),  thrombocytopenia  with  or  without  purpura,  eosinophilia,  decreases  in 
hemoglobin  and  hematocrit;  Cardiovascular:  Congestive  heart  failure  in  patients  with  marginal 
cardiac  function,  elevated  blood  pressure,  palpitations;  Allergic:  Syndrome  of  abdominal  pain, 
fever,  chills,  nausea  and  vomiting;  anaphylaxis;  bronchospasm  (see  CONTRAINDICATIONS); 
Renal:  Acute  renal  failure  in  patients  with  pre-existing  significantly  impaired  renal  function, 
decreased  creatinine  clearance,  polyuria,  azotemia,  cystitis,  hematuria;  Miscellaneous:  Dry  eyes 
and  mouth,  gingival  ulcer,  rhinitis. 

Incidence  less  than  1%— Causal  Relationship  Unknown** 

Gastrointestinal:  Pancreatitis;  Central  Nervous  System:  Paresthesias,  hallucinations,  dream 
abnormalities,  pseudotumor  cerebri;  Dermatologic:  Toxic  epidermal  necrolysis,  photoallergic 
skin  reactions;  Special  Senses:  Conjunctivitis,  diplopia,  optic  neuritis;  Hematologic:  Bleeding 
episodes  (e.g.,  epistaxis,  menorrhagia);  Metabolic/Endocrine:  Gynecomastia,  hypoglycemic 
reaction;  Cardiovascular:  Arrhythmias  (sinus  tachycardia,  sinus  bradycardia);  Allergic:  Serum 
sickness,  lupus  erythematosus  syndrome,  Henoch-Schonlein  vasculitis;  Renal:  Renal  papillary 
necrosis 

‘Reactions  occurring  in  3%  to  9%  of  patients  treated  with  Motrin.  (Those  reactions  occurring  in 
less  than  3%  of  the  patients  are  unmarked.) 

“Reactions  are  classified  under  Probable  Causal  Relationship  ( PCR )"  if  there  has  been  one 
positive  rechallenge  or  if  three  or  more  cases  occur  which  might  be  causally  related.  Reactions 
are  classified  under  "Causal  Relationship  Unknown"  if  seven  or  more  events  have  been  reported 
but  the  criteria  for  PCR  have  not  been  met. 

Overdosage:  In  cases  of  acute  overdosage,  the  stomach  should  be  emptied.  The  drug  is  acidic 
and  excreted  in  the  urine  so  alkaline  diuresis  may  be  beneficial. 

Dosage  and  Administration:  Rheumatoid  arthritis  and  osteoarthritis.  Suggested  dosage  is  300, 
400,  or  600  mg  t.i.d.  or  q.i.d.  Do  not  exceed  2400  mg  per  day.  Mild  to  moderate  pain:  400  mg 
every  4 to  6 hours  as  necessary. 

Caution:  Federal  law  prohibits  dispensing  without  prescription.  med  b-7-s 


Motrin  is  a registered  trademark  of  The  Upjohn  Manufacturing  Company. 


Upjohn 


The  Upjohn  Company 
Kalamazoo,  Michigan  49001 


"FIRST  OF  STATE] 
1984  NEW  JERSE1 
DUCK  STAMP  PRUT 


Federal  and  state  duck  stamp  prints  are  amoj 
the  most  desired  collections  in  the  U.S.  T| 
federal  program  is  now  51  years  old  and  is  wort™ 
excess  of  $80,000.00!  A complete  set  of  "firstll 
state"  duck  stamp  print  is  worth  $16,000.00!  n| 
Mew  Jersey  is  offering  their  "first".  The  design  is  f 
a pair  of  Canvasbacks  resting  in  water.  Tc  j 
Hirata  s painting  is  crisp,  clear  and  classic! 

A framed  Mew  Jersey  Duck  Stamp  Print  id 
perfect  addition  to  your  home  or  office. 

Call  collect  (609)  983-3771 
Ask  published  and  national  authority  jja 
McCaddin  for  the  possible  tax  advantages  in  cl 
lecting  duck  stamp  prints. 


MARLTON 
SPORT  N 
WILDLIFE 
GALLERY 


(609)  983-3771 


Print  with  two  mint  stamps  $142.50 

Executive  "color"  Remarque  Edition  w/mints 
w/signed  w/medallion  & rem.  $561.50 

*Eraming — Two  stamp  openings  $ 80.00 
Executive  Edition  $110.00 

Mail  Order — Add  $7.50  for  framed  UPS  delivery 
Add  $5.00  for  unframed  UPS  delivery 

Signature  

Marne  Phone 

Address  -} 

City State Zip 

Credit  Card  # Exp.  Date I 

VISA/MC  Accepted 

| “All  matting  is  to  museum  specifications  with  hand-staiil 
| Walnut.  Medallion  editions  will  be  framed  in  Mahogany  \ ti 
| gold  lip  to  accent  the  medallion. 

L 4 


918 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERfS 


Membership 

Newsletter 


THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


VOLUME  16 


EGALIZE  USE  OF  HEROIN 

The  AMA  is  opposed  to  the  proposed  House  floor 
ction  on  H.R  5290  which  would  establish  a four-year 
Togram  under  which  heroin  would  be  made  available 
o hospitals  and  hospice  pharmacies  for  terminally  ill 
ancer  patients  with  intractable  pain. 

The  Association  opposes  this  legislation  on  three 
'rounds:  1 ) Heroin  is  not  necessary  since  it  is  no  more 
ffective  than  analgesics  now  available,  including 
iilaudid  HP;  2)  Congressional  action  would  establish 
n inappropriate  precedent  by  pre-empting  the  con- 
umer  protective  provisions  of  the  Food,  Drug,  and 
Cosmetic  Act  that  are  designed  to  assure  the  safety 
nd  effectiveness  of  available  drug  products  based  on 
ound  scientific  data;  and  3)  The  availability  of  heroin 
ould  substantially  increase  the  security  problems  of 
Hospitals  and  hospices. 

lMA  LAW  SUIT— MEDICARE  FEE  FREEZE 

The  AMA  filed  suit  on  September  21,  1984,  in  the 
ederal  Court,  Southern  District,  Indiana,  against  the 
sderal  government  and  the  Secretary  of  HHS  regard- 
ing the  Medicare  fee  freeze.  The  plaintiffs  will  be  the 
vMA  and  the  Indiana  Medical  Society  and  certain 
dedicare  beneficiaries.  The  complaints  are  as  follows: 
) The  plaintiffs  consider  the  fee  freeze  unconstitu- 
ional;  it  violates  equal  protection  laws;  2)  It  effectively 
lenies  beneficiaries  the  right  to  select  their  own  phy- 
ician;  and  3)  It  creates  unlawful  interference  in  the 
ontract  rights  of  physicians  and  Medicare  bene- 
iciaries.  The  AMA  also  is  going  to  file  for  a preliminary 
njunction  against  the  October  deadline  for  signing, 
'hey  are  claiming  the  carriers  have  been  unable  to 
rovide  physicians  with  the  information  they  need  on 
musual  fees.  This  prevents  the  physicians  from  know- 
tig  at  what  rate  they  would  be  reimbursed  if  they 
igned  the  agreement. 

tMA  COMMENTS  ON  FEDERAL  LEGISLATION 
tND  REGULATIONS 

Direct  Medicare  Reimbursement  for  Services  Per- 
orated by  Registered  Nurse  Anesthetists.  In  a letter 
o the  House  and  Senate  sponsors  of  H.R  4683  and 
».  1772,  authorizing  direct  Medicare  reimbursement 
o registered  nurse  anesthetists,  the  AMA  stated  that 


the  legislation  is  unnecessary  due  to  a recent  modi- 
fication in  the  law  authorizing  cost-based  reimburse- 
ment for  services  performed  by  nurse  anesthetists, 
through  September  30,  1987,  and  calling  for  a study 
on  Medicare  reimbursement  methods  that  will  not  dis- 
courage the  use  of  nurse  anesthetists.  (Letter  to  Rep- 
resentatives Frank,  Jacobs,  Waxman  and  to  Senators 
Matsunaga,  Dole,  Durenberger,  July  30,  1984.) 

Restructuring  the  Social  Security  Administration 
as  an  Independent  Agency.  In  a statement  to  the  Ways 
and  Means  Committee,  the  AMA  stated  that  it  believes 
that  any  discussion  concerning  major  reorganization 
of  the  Department  of  Health  and  Human  Services 
should  include  strong  consideration  of  establishing  a 
separate  U.S.  Department  of  Health.  The  increasingly 
complex  nature  of  medical  and  other  health  issues 
facing  the  federal  government  requires  knowledgeable 
management  and  direction.  Such  direction  and  man- 
agement could  be  provided  if  a separate  department 
is  created  to  focus  on  these  important  and  sensitive 
issues.  Until  such  time  as  a separate  department  is 
established,  the  AMA  supports  H.R  5438,  which 
elevates  the  Assistant  Secretary  for  Health  to  the  pos- 
ition of  Undersecretary  of  Health.  (Statement,  Subcom- 
mittee on  Social  Security,  House  Ways  and  Means 
Committee,  August  1,  1984.) 

Medicare  Program  Payment  to  Health  Maintenance 
Organizations  and  Competitive  Medical  Plans.  The 
AMA  submitted  comments  to  HCFA  on  a proposed  rule 
to  implement  Medicare  reimbursement  for  eligible 
health  maintenance  organizations  (HMO)  and  com- 
petitive medical  plans  (CMP).  The  Association  called 
for  modifications  to  the  proposed  rule  to  “assure  that 
beneficiaries  will  be  informed  fully  of  the  consequences 
of  a decision  to  join  or  not  join  an  HMO  or  CMP.  We 
also  are  concerned  that,  while  the  law  authorizing 
such  organizations  to  provide  health  care  services  re- 
quires these  organizations  to  make  ‘adequate 
provision  against  the  risk  of  insolvency,’  this  proposed 
rule  does  not  provide  an  adequate  means  of  assuring 
beneficiaries  such  protection."  In  addition,  the  AMA 
commented  on  the  use  of  the  term  “physician"  in  thp 
proposed  rule,  the  definition  of  “emergency  services." 
and  marketing  activities  allowed  for  HMOs  and  CMPs. 
(Letter  and  statement  to  Health  Care  Financing  Ad- 
ministration, August  1,  1984). 


OL.  81— NUMBER  11— NOVEMBER  1984 


919 


PHYSICIANS’  SERVICES  COMPONENT  OF 
CONSUMER  PRICE  INDEX 

The  purpose  of  the  physicians’  services  component 
of  the  Consumer  Price  Index  (CPI)  is  to  measure 
c hanges  in  physicians'  fees  paid  out  of  pocket  by  con- 
sumers. This  has  three  important  implications:  First, 
the  index  does  not  deal  with  issues  of  utilization.  If 
more  people  visit  physicians  as  a result  of  a flu 
epidemic,  this  will  have  no  direct  effect  on  the  index. 
Second,  to  the  degree  that  consumers’  use  of  phy- 
sicians' services  are  covered  by  third  parties,  this  does 
not  enter  into  the  data  base  for  construction  of  the 
price  index  for  physician  services.  Third,  given  the  out- 
of-pocket  orientation  of  the  survey  methodology,  the 
physicians’  services  component  systematically  under- 
represents services  delivered  by  physicians  who 
specialize  in  areas  for  which  the  great  part  of  charges 
are  covered  by  insurance. 

AMA  STATEMENTS 

National  Minimum  Drinking  Age.  The  AMA  sup- 
ported a bill,  H.R  2441,  which  would  encourage  states 
to  raise  their  minimum  drinking  age  to  21  by 
withholding  federal  highway  funds  from  states  which 
do  not  comply.  (Letter  to  Congressman  John  E.  Porter, 
March  1,  1984). 

Uniform  Minimum  Drinking  Age  Act  of  1984.  The 

AMA  commented  on  S.  2263,  a bill  which  would  en- 
courage states  to  raise  the  minimum  drinking  age  to 
21  by  reducing  federal  highway  funds  for  each  year 
that  a state  does  not  comply.  While  supporting  the 
purposes  of  the  bill,  the  AMA  urged  stronger  sanctions 
against  states  which  fail  to  raise  the  drinking  age  to 
21  years.  (Letter  to  Senator  Frank  R Lautenberg, 
March  16,  1984.) 

Airline  Medical  Kits.  The  American  Medical  As- 
sociation recommended  that  the  following  minimum 
diagnostic  and  therapeutic  equipment  be  required  on 
all  commercial  airline  flights:  a stethoscope,  a 
sphygmomanometer,  airways,  splints,  tongue  blades, 
and  flashlight.  The  AMA  also  called  upon  the  FAA  to 
conduct  a study  to  determine  the  number,  frequency, 
and  types  of  inflight  medical  emergencies  so  as  to  de- 
termine the  specific  need  for  extended  medical  kits 
and  the  most  appropriate  contents  for  such  kits.  (Let- 
ter to  Federal  Aviation  Administration,  January  6, 
1984.) 

Motor  Vehicle  Safety.  The  AMA  urged  the  immedi- 
ate implantation  of  a program  requiring  passive  re- 
straints, preferably  air  cushions,  in  all  new  auto- 
mobiles. The  Association  also  reaffirmed  its  support 
for  child  passenger  restraint  laws,  for  mandatory  seat 
belt  utilization  laws,  and  for  legislative  action  to 
promote  the  availability  of  effective  seat  belts  in  all 
motor  vehicles  in  public  use.  (Letter  to  Department  of 
Transportation,  June  22,  1984.) 

Dangerous  Drug  Diversion  Control  Act  of  1984. 
The  AMA  expressed  concern  over  the  problem  of  di- 
version of  controlled  substances  to  illicit  channels  and 
awareness  of  the  adverse  medical,  economic,  and  social 
consequences  of  such  activity.  The  Association  also 


described  a number  of  measures  it  has  undertaken  t 
combat  illicit  drug  diversion  including  the  develop 
ment  of  the  Prescription  Abuse  Data  Synthesis  mode 
The  AMA  supported  the  general  thrust  of  H.R  4691 
a bill  that  would  amend  the  Controlled  Substances  A( 
and  suggested  modifications  that  would  strengthe 
the  bill.  In  addition,  the  Association  supported  ad( 
quate  funding  for  the  Drug  Enforcement  Admini: 
tration.  (Statement  to  Crime  Subcommittee  of  th 
House  Judiciary  Committee,  February  22,  1984.) 

Physician  Reimbursement  Under  Medicare.  Th 
AMA  testified  on  the  success  and  growth  of  the  Med 
care  program,  the  growth  of  health  care  costs,  and  hoi 
physician  reimbursement  and  beneficiary  liability  i 
determined  under  Medicare.  The  testimony  discusset 
the  Association’s  support  for  a one-year  freeze  in  ph] 
sicians’  fees  and  that  this  voluntaiy  freeze  was  "in  lir, 
with  a one-year  freeze  of  Medicare  payments  to  ph; 
sicians  as  proposed  by  the  President  in  his  recer 
budget."  The  Association  opposed  proposals  to  modi 
physician  reimbursement  by  basing  payments  o 
diagnosis  related  groups  (DRG),  mandating  assigi 
ment,  and  through  the  “participating  physician”  coi 
cept.  (Testimony  before  Senate  Special  Committee  o 
Aging,  March  16,  1984.) 

PROPOSED  RULE:  MEDICAID  ELIGIBILITY 

The  Division  has  proposed  a rule  concerning  a p; 
tient's  financial  eligibility  for  Medicaid.  The  proposi 
indicates  that  there  is  no  reimbursement  for  service 
performed  after  termination  of  eligibility.  This  stan< 
ard  conforms  to  the  New  Jersey  Medicaid  law  (N.J.S. 
30:4D-3i,  j)  which  requires  that  persons  must  t 
financially  eligible  for  AFDC,  SSI,  etc.  in  order  to  recei\ 
Medicaid  services.  This  proposal  has  appeared  in  tf 
New  Jersey  Register.  (August  20,  1984,  at  16  NJ! 
2219(a)). 


DR.  COLBURN  ELECTED  TO  NEW  JERSEY 
GENERAL  ASSEMBLY 

Harold  Colburn,  Jr.,  M.D.,  a member  of  our  Bui 
ington  County  component,  the  Board  of  Directors  i 
JEMPAC,  and  a Burlington  County  Freeholder  w 
elected  by  an  overwhelming  margin  to  the  Assembl 
Dr.  Colburn  will  fill  the  Eighth  District  Assembly  se: 
left  vacant  in  July  by  the  death  of  his  Republican  cc 
league,  Robert  J.  Meyer. 

The  September  special  election  saw  Dr.  Colburn, 
dermatologist,  defeat  his  Democratic  rival,  Phil 
Haines,  by  a three  to  two  ratio,  capturing  15  of  tl 
district’s  23  towns.  MSNJ’s  political  action  commits 
contributed  several  thousands  of  dollars  to  Dr.  Cc 
bum’s  campaign.  Dr.  Colburn,  who  will  finish  the  r 
maining  year  of  Meyer’s  term,  will  be  the  only  phy* 
cian  in  the  state  legislature. 

FINI 

“All  the  flowers  of  all  the  tomorrows  are  in  the  seec 
of  today." 


920 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSI 


Nothing  else 
can  take  its  place. 

INDERAL 

(PROPRANOLOL  HCI) 


10  mg  20  mg  40  mg  60  mg  80  mg  90  mg’ 


BRIEF  SUMMARY  (FOR  FULL  PRESCRIBING  INFORMATION,  SEE  PACKAGE  CIRCULAR.) 


INDERAL®  (propranolol  hydrochloride)  Tablets 

CLINICAL  PHARMACOLOGY 

The  Beta-Blocker  Heart  Attack  Trial  (BHAT)  was  a National  Heart.  Lung  and  Blood  Institute- 
sponsored  multicenter,  randomized,  double-blind  placebo-controlled  trial  conducted  in  31 
U S.  centers  (plus  one  in  Canada)  in  3.837  persons  without  history  of  severe  congestive  heart 
failure  or  presence  of  recent  heart  failure;  certain  conduction  defects;  angina  since  infarction, 
who  had  survived  the  acute  phase  of  myocardial  infarction.  Propranolol  was  administered  at 
either  60  or  80  mg  t. i d.  based  on  blood  levels  achieved  during  an  initial  trial  of  40  mg  t.i.d. 
Therapy  with  INDERAL,  begun  5-21  days  following  infarction,  was  shown  to  reduce  overall 
mortality  up  to  39  months,  the  longest  period  of  follow-up.  This  was  primarily  attributable  to  a 
reduction  in  cardiovascular  mortality.  The  protective  effect  of  INDERAL  was  consistent 
regardless  of  age,  sex  or  site  of  infarction.  Compared  to  placebo,  total  mortality  was  reduced 
39%  at  12  months  and  26%  over  an  average  follow-up  period  of  25  months.  The  Norwegian 
Multicenter  Trial  in  which  propranolol  was  administered  at  40  mg  q.i.d.  gave  overall  results 
which  support  the  findings  in  the  BHAT 

Although  the  clinical  trials  used  either  t.i.d.  or  q.i.d.  dosing,  clinical,  pharmacologic  and 
pharmacokinetic  data  provide  a reasonable  basis  for  concluding  that  b i d dosing  with  pro- 
pranolol should  be  adequate  in  the  treatment  of  post-infarction  patients. 

CLINICAL:  In  the  BHAT  patients  on  INDERAL  were  prescribed  either  180  mg/day  (82%  of 
patients)  or  240  mg/day  (18%  of  patients).  Patients  were  instructed  to  take  the  medication  3 
times  a day  at  mealtimes.  This  dosing  schedule  would  result  in  an  overnight  dosing  interval  of 
12  to  14  hours  which  is  similar  to  the  dosing  interval  for  a b.i.d.  regimen.  In  addition,  blood 
samples  were  drawn  at  various  times  and  analyzed  for  propranolol.  When  the  patients  were 
grouped  into  tertiles  based  on  the  blood  levels  observed  and  the  mortality  in  the  upper  and 
lower  tertiles  were  compared,  there  was  no  evidence  that  blood  levels  affected  mortality. 

PHARMACOLOGIC;  Studies  in  normal  volunteers  have  shown  that  a 90  mg  b.i  d.  regimen 
maintains  beta  blockade  at,  or  above,  the  minimum  for  60  mg  t.i.d.  dosing  for  24  hours  even 
though  differences  occurred  at  two  time  intervals.  At  10-12  hours  after  the  first  dose  of  the  day, 
t.i.d  dosing  gave  more  beta  blockade  than  b i d.  dosing;  at  20-24  hours  the  trend  of  the  rela- 
tionship was  reversed.  These  relationships  were  similar  in  direction  to  those  observed  for 
plasma  propranolol  levels  (see  Pharmacokinetics). 

PHARMACOKINETIC:  A bioavailability  study  in  normal  volunteers  showed  that  the  blood 
levels  produced  by  180  mg/day  given  b i d.  are  below  those  provided  by  the  same  daily  dos- 
age given  t.i  d.  at  10-12  hours  after  the  first  dose  of  the  day  but  above  those  of  a t.i  d.  regimen 
at  20-24  hours.  However,  the  blood  levels  produced  by  b i d.  dosing  were  always  equivalent 
to  or  above  the  minimum  for  t.i.d.  dosing  throughout  the  24  hours.  In  addition,  the  mean  AUC 
on  the  fourth  day  for  the  b.i.d.  regimen  was  about  17%  greater  than  for  the  t.i.d.  regimen  (1,194 
vs.  1,024  ng/ml-  hr), 

CONTRAINDICATIONS 

INDERAL  is  contraindicated  in  1)  cardiogenic  shock,  2)  sinus  bradycardia  and  greater  than 
first  degree  block,  3)  bronchial  asthma.  4)  congestive  heart  failure  (see  WARNINGS)  unless 
the  failure  is  secondary  to  a tachyarrhythmia  treatable  with  INDERAL. 

WARNINGS 

CARDIAC  FAILURE:  Sympathetic  stimulation  may  be  a vital  component  supporting  circula- 
tory function  in  patients  with  congestive  heart  failure,  and  its  inhibition  by  beta  blockade  may 
precipitate  more  severe  failure.  Although  beta  blockers  should  be  avoided  in  overt  conges- 
tive heart  failure,  if  necessary  they  can  be  used  with  close  follow-up  in  patients  with  a history 
of  failure  who  are  well  compensated  and  are  receiving  digitalis  and  diuretics.  Beta- 
adrenergic  blocking  agents  do  not  abolish  the  inotropic  action  of  digitalis  on  heart  muscle. 

IN  PATIENTS  WITHOUT  A HISTORY  OF  HEART  FAILURE,  continued  use  of  beta  blockers 
can,  in  some  cases,  lead  to  cardiac  failure  Therefore,  at  the  first  sign  or  symptom  of  heart 
failure,  the  patient  should  be  digitalized  and/or  treated  with  diuretics,  and  the  response 
observed  closely,  or  INDERAL  should  be  discontinued  (gradually,  if  possible). 


IN  PATIENTS  WITH  ANGINA  PECTORIS,  there  have  been  reports  of  exacerbation  of 
angina  and,  in  some  cases,  myocardial  infarction,  following  abrupt  discontinuance  of 
INDERAL  therapy  Therefore,  when  discontinuance  of  INDERAL  is  planned  the  dosage 
should  be  gradually  reduced  over  at  least  a few  weeks  and  the  patient  should  be  cau- 
tioned against  interruption  or  cessation  of  therapy  without  the  physician's  advice.  If 
INDERAL  therapy  is  interrupted  and  exacerbation  of  angina  occurs,  it  usually  is  advis- 
able to  reinstitute  INDERAL  therapy  and  take  other  measures  appropriate  for  the  man- 
agement of  unstable  angina  pectoris.  Since  coronary  artery  disease  may  be 
unrecognized,  it  may  be  prudent  to  follow  the  above  advice  in  patients  considered  at  risk 
of  having  occult  atherosclerotic  heart  disease  who  are  given  propranolol  for  other 
indications 


Nonallergic  Bronchospasm  (e.g.,  chronic  bronchitis,  emphysema)  PATIENTS  WITH 
BRONCHOSPASTIC  DISEASES  SHOULD  IN  GENERAL  NOT  RECEIVE  BETA  BLOCKERS. 


INDERAL  (propranolol  hydrochloride)  should  be  administered  with  caution  since  it  may  t 
bronchodilation  produced  by  endogenous  and  exogenous  catecholamine  stimulation  of 
receptors. 

MAJOR  SURGERY:  The  necessity  or  desirability  of  withdrawal  of  beta-blocking  therap 
prior  to  major  surgery  is  controversial.  It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  the  impaired  abil 
the  heart  to  respond  to  reflex  adrenergic  stimuli  may  augment  the  risks  of  general  anesth 
and  surgical  procedures. 

INDERAL,  like  other  beta  blockers,  is  a competitive  inhibitor  of  beta-receptor  agonists 
its  effects  can  be  reversed  by  administration  of  such  agents,  e g.,  dobutamine  or  isopro- 
terenol. However,  such  patients  may  be  subject  to  protracted  severe  hypotension.  Diffici 
starting  and  maintaining  the  heartbeat  has  also  been  reported  with  beta  blockers 

DIABETES  AND  HYPOGLYCEMIA:  Beta-adrenergic  blockade  may  prevent  the  appea 
ance  of  certain  premonitory  signs  and  symptoms  (pulse  rate  and  pressure  changes)  of ; 
hypoglycemia  in  labile  insulin-dependent  diabetes.  In  these  patients,  it  may  be  more  dift 
to  adjust  the  dosage  of  insulin. 

THYROTOXICOSIS:  Beta  blockade  may  mask  certain  clinical  signs  of  hyperthyroidism.  Tf 
fore,  abrupt  withdrawal  of  propranolol  may  be  followed  by  an  exacerbation  of  symptoms 
hyperthyroidism,  including  thyroid  storm.  Propranolol  does  not  distort  thyroid  function  te 

IN  PATIENTS  WITH  WOLFF-PARKINSON-WHITE  SYNDROME,  several  cases  have  bet 
reported  in  which,  after  propranolol,  the  tachycardia  was  replaced  by  a severe  bradyca 
requiring  a demand  pacemaker.  In  one  case  this  resulted  after  an  initial  dose  of  5 mg 
propranolol 

PRECAUTIONS 

General:  Propranolol  should  be  used  with  caution  in  patients  with  impaired  hepatic  or  re 
function.  INDERAL  is  not  indicated  for  the  treatment  of  hypertensive  emergencies. 

Beta-adrenoreceptor  blockade  can  cause  reduction  of  intraocular  pressure.  Patients 
should  be  told  that  INDERAL  may  interfere  with  the  glaucoma  screening  test.  Withdraws 
lead  to  a return  of  increased  intraocular  pressure. 

Clinical  Laboratory  Tests:  Elevated  blood  urea  levels  in  patients  with  severe  heart  dise 
elevated  serum  transaminase,  alkaline  phosphatase,  lactate  dehydrogenase. 

DRUG  INTERACTIONS:  Patients  receiving  catecholamine-depleting  drugs  such  as  re 
pine  should  be  closely  observed  if  INDERAL  is  administered  The  added  catecholamine 
blocking  action  may  produce  an  excessive  reduction  of  resting  sympathetic  nervous  ac 
which  may  result  in  hypotension,  marked  bradycardia,  vertigo,  syncopal  attacks,  or  ortf 
static  hypotension 

Carcinogenesis,  Mutagenesis,  Impairment  of  Fertility:  Long-term  studies  in  animals  h 
been  conducted  to  evaluate  toxic  effects  and  carcinogenic  potential.  In  18-month  studie 
both  rats  and  mice,  employing  doses  up  to  150  mg/kg/day,  there  was  no  evidence  of  sir 
cant  drug-induced  toxicity.  There  were  no  drug-related  tumorigenic  effects  at  any  of  the 
age  levels.  Reproductive  studies  in  animals  did  not  show  any  impairment  of  fertility  that 
attributable  to  the  drug. 

Pregnancy  Pregnancy  Category  C.  INDERAL  has  been  shown  to  be  embryotoxic  in  < 
studies  at  doses  about  10  times  greater  than  the  maximum  recommended  human  dose. 

There  are  no  adequate  and  well-controlled  studies  in  pregnant  women.  INDERAL  she 
be  used  during  pregnancy  only  if  the  potential  benefit  justifies  the  potential  risk  to  the  te 

Nursing  Mothers:  INDERAL  is  excreted  in  human  milk.  Caution  should  be  exercised  v 
INDERAL  is  administered  to  a nursing  woman. 

Pediatric  Use:  Safety  and  effectiveness  in  children  have  not  been  established 
ADVERSE  REACTIONS 


Most  adverse  effects  have  been  mild  and  transient  and  have  rarely  required  the  withdrs 
therapy 

Cardiovascular  bradycardia;  congestive  heart  failure;  intensification  of  A V block,  hy| 
sion;  paresthesia  of  hands;  thrombocytopenic  purpura;  arterial  insufficiency  usually  of 
Raynaud  type 

Central  Nervous  System:  Lightheadedness;  mental  depression  manifested  by  msom 
lassitude,  weakness,  fatigue;  reversible  mental  depression  progressing  to  catatonia;  vi 
disturbances;  hallucinations;  an  acute  reversible  syndrome  characterized  by  disorient; 
for  time  and  place,  short-term  memory  loss,  emotional  lability,  slightly  clouded  sensoriu 
and  decreased  performance  on  neuropsychometrics. 

Gastrointestinal:  nausea,  vomiting,  epigastric  distress,  abdominal  cramping,  diarrhe 
constipation,  mesenteric  arterial  thrombosis,  ischemic  colitis 

Allergic:  pharyngitis  and  agranulocytosis,  erythematous  rash,  fever  combined  with  a 
and  sore  throat,  laryngospasm  and  respiratory  distress. 

Respiratory:  bronchospasm. 

Hematologic:  agranulocytosis,  nonthrombocytopenic  purpura,  thrombocytopenic 


purpura. 

Auto-Immune:  In  extremely  rare  instances,  systemic  lupus  erythematosus  has  been 
reported. 

Miscellaneous:  alopecia,  LE-like  reactions,  psoriasiform  rashes,  dry  eyes,  male  impc 
tence,  and  Peyronie's  disease  have  been  reported  rarely.  Oculomucocutaneous  reactiq 
involving  the  skin,  serous  membranes  and  conjunctivae  reported  for  a beta  blocker  (pr 
lol)  have  not  been  associated  with  propranolol. 

"The  appearance  of  INDERAL  tablets  is  a registered  trademark  of  Ayerst  Laboratorie: 


8965/28 


Ayerst 


AYERST  LABORATORIES 
New  York,  N.Y.  10017 


’ROFESSIONAL  LIABILITY 

Commentary* 

Malpractice:  Two 
Points  of  View 


Is  the  problem  medical  malpractice 
claims  or  medical  malpractice ? 
Attention  needs  to  be  focused  on  the 
incidence  of  actual  malpractice. 


Much  attention  has  been  given  re- 
cently to  allegations  that  soar- 
ing health  care  costs  are  the  re- 
lit of  increasing  medical  malpractice  suits.  The  facts 
cmonstrate  that  this  is  not  correct. 

For  example,  in  1980,  the  total  cost  of  health  care 
!i  Pennsylvania  was  $10.7  billion;  the  total  amount 
lid  out  in  1980  as  a result  of  malpractice  claims  was 
mere  4/10  of  1 percent  of  that  figure. 

Regarding  the  costs  of  malpractice  insurance  in 
mnsylvania,  the  average  physician  spends  3.5  per- 
mit of  his  gross  income  on  medical  malpractice  in- 
irance,  a tax-deductible  business  expense— exactly 
ie  national  average.  It  is  very  likely  that  most  motor- 
ts  pay  about  as  large  a percentage  of  their  gross 
icomes  for  automobile  insurance  that  is  not  tax  de- 
jctible.  Of  course,  some  physicians  whose  specialties 
volve  especially  high  risks  to  patients  pay  higher 
^rcentages  of  their  gross  for  medical  malpractice  in- 
trance; however  these  specialists  also  enjoy  net  in- 
imes  substantially  higher  than  the  average  phy- 
leian. 

Legislative  efforts  to  reduce  or  eliminate  needed 
>mpensation  for  the  victims  of  medical  malpractice 
ill  not  cut  costs.  Someone  will  pay  for  the  harm  done. 
Such  proposals  simply  would  shift  this  heavy  cost 
trden  from  the  wrongdoer  who  caused  it,  onto  the 
icks  of  the  victims,  their  families,  and  the  taxpaying 
tblic. 

Instead  of  the  wrongdoer  paying  for  the  harm  out 
liability  insurance  for  medical  malpractice  or  other- 


wise, the  victim  and  the  victim’s  family  would  pay  out 
of  their  savings  and  other  assets,  including  their 
health  insurance  (group  and  private),  their  sick  leave, 
and  disability  insurance,  and  ultimately  the  taxpayer 
will  pay  in  many  cases  through  Medicare,  Medicaid, 
medical  assistance,  and  public  assistance  of  all  types. 

Allegations  of  enormous  costs  attributable  to  so- 
called  “defensive”  medicine  cannot  be  verified  or 
substantiated.  In  fact,  performing  procedures  solely  to 
protect  the  doctor  from  a possible  lawsuit  without  any 
medical  need  is  not  only  unethical  but  also  an  assault 
and  batteiy  on  the  patient.  “Defensive”  medicine  is 
nothing  more  than  an  emotional  and  pejorative  term 
used  by  doctors  to  describe  either  the  grudging  prac- 
tice of  more  careful  medicine  which  means  better,  safer 
health  care  for  patients,  or  a rationalization  to  excuse 
the  profitable  over-utilization  of  medical  resources. 

Further,  the  potential  for  liability  prevents  many 
deaths  and  countless  serious  injuries  every  year  which 
would  cost  the  health  care  system  far  more  than  the 
total  cost  of  all  malpractice  claim  payments. 

Moreover,  there  is  no  justification  for  granting  phy- 
sicians special  privileges  and  immunities  not  held  by 
any  other  class  of  citizens.  Doctors  should  be  respon- 
sible for  their  conduct  like  anyone  else. 

Only  1 in  10  incidents  of  malpractice  results  in  a 
claim  being  made.  Less  than  half  of  these  claims  result 
in  compensation  from  medical  malpractice  insurance. 
In  fact,  no  more  than  1 out  of  25  incidents  of  malprac- 
tice result  in  the  victim  receiving  compensation 
through  malpractice  insurance. 

The  problem  is  not  medical  malpractice  claims,  it  is 
medical  malpractice.  Claims  and  litigation  are  merely 
the  symptoms.  Instead  of  focusing  our  efforts  on  shift- 
ing the  cost  of  medical  malpractice  from  the  wrongdoer 
who  caused  the  harm  onto  the  backs  of  the  victims  and 
the  taxpaying  public,  attention  should  be  focused  on 
reducing  the  incidence  of  actual  malpractice.  Such  ef- 
forts not  only  would  result  in  real  savings,  but  would 
prevent  much  human  misery. 

The  relatively  small  number  of  incompetent  and  im- 
paired physicians  who  cause  a disproportionate  share 
of  malpractice  claims  should  be  removed  from  the 
practice  of  medicine.  According  to  Pennsylvania  Medi- 
cal Society  statistics,  at  least  10  percent  of  phy- 
sicians are  impaired  by  drug  or  alcohol  abuse  at  some- 
time in  their  careers. 

According  to  recent  testimony  in  front  of  the  U.S. 
Senate  Committee  on  Aging,  chaired  by  Senator  John 
Heinz  (R,  PA),  Pennsylvania  is  one  of  fewer  than  ten 
states  without  a law  requiring  hospitals,  peer  review 
and  professional  organizations,  insurance  companies, 
and  others  who  know  the  names  of  incompetent  and 
impaired  physicians  to  report  those  names  to  the  State 
Licensing  Board  so  that  appropriate  action  can  be 
taken. 

Also  needed  is  risk  management  legislation  to  iden- 
tify frequently  recurring  types  of  malpractice  in  order 
to  develop  standardized  training  and  procedures  to 
prevent  future  instances  of  similar  malpractice. 


*This  item  from  the  Department  of  Professional  Liability  Con- 
trol, MSNJ,  was  prepared  by  James  E.  George,  M.D.,  J.D.,  and 
A Ronald  Rouse,  who  are  respectively.  Director  of  the  Depart- 
ment and  Director  of  Special  Projects. 


)L.  81— NUMBER  11— NOVEMBER  1984 


923 


The  Pennsylvania  Trial  Lawyers  Association  is  eager 
to  work  with  other  concerned  organizations  to  help 
develop  a comprehensive  program  for  health  care  cost 
containment  and  quality  assurance. 

James  F.  Mundy 

Chairman,  Pennsylvania  Trial  Lawyers  Association 
Task  Force  on  Health  Care  Cost 
(The  Philadelphia  Inquirer , July  18,  1984) 

REPLY:  LAWSUITS  RAISE  HEALTH  CARE  COSTS 

The  article  by  James  F.  Mundy,  “Malpractice  Suits: 
A Medical  Problem,”  included  a number  of  statements 
that  are  subject  to  question. 

The  first  of  these  is  that  increasing  numbers  of 
medical  malpractice  suits  are  not  a factor  in  soaring 
health  care  costs  and  that  the  cost  of  malpractice  in- 
surance is  proportionately  no  greater  than  what  most 
car  owners  pay  for  insurance. 

While  Mr.  Mundy  quotes  an  average  national  figure 
of  3.5  percent  of  a physician’s  gross  income  as  the  cost 
of  medical  liability  insurance,  that  figure,  even  if  ac- 
cepted as  accurate,  does  not  reflect  the  true  one  of 
many  physicians  in  the  Philadelphia  area  who  are 
practicing  the  more  complicated  and  risk-associated 
specialties,  such  as  general  surgery  and  surgical 
specialties. 

A more  realistic  figure  for  this  group  is  15  percent 
to  20  percent  of  gross  income,  such  gross  income  being 
well  below  what  many  people  may  believe  these  phy- 
sicians earn.  There  are  many  surgical  specialists  who 
may  be  grossing  $ 100,000  and  who  are  paying  $33,000 
or  more,  in  addition  to  all  other  expenses  necessary  to 
maintain  a practice. 

Mr.  Mundy  is  in  error  when  he  states  that  “defensive 
medicine”  is  illusory  and  does  not  play  a part  in  the 
increasing  cost  of  medical  care.  Testimony  before  the 
House  Ways  and  Means  Committee  on  June  28  set  the 
cost  of  defensive  medicine  at  $15  billion  or  more  a year, 
and  these  are  only  incurred  to  protect  the  physician 
from  allegations  of  malpractice  when  a medical  result 
is  less  than  optimal.  These  defensive-measure  figures 
are  real,  not  imagined. 


Mr.  Mundy  suggests  that  getting  rid  of  the  incomp 
tent  physicians  would  solve  the  problem,  suggestir 
that  there  would  be  very  few  malpractice  claims.  T1 
incompetent  physician  is  generally  not  the  one  again 
whom  claims  are  made.  Most  claims  are  against  tl 
leaders  in  the  medical  community,  those  to  whom  ai; 
physician  would  gladly  go  if  he  himself  needed  medic 
care. 

Errors  in  medical  care  do  occur,  and  when  a patiei 
is  harmed  there  should  be  adequate  compensatio 
This  is  why  the  physicians  carry  professional  liabilii 
insurance. 

However,  while  the  aggregate  insurance  fund  s 
aside  is  more  than  adequate,  less  than  35  perce 
reaches  the  injured  parties.  The  remainder  is  gobbl< 
up  by  the  cost  of  litigation,  the  beneficiaries  being  tl 
plaintiff,  and  defense  bars. 

If  the  plaintiff s bar  is  truly  concerned  with  the  wi 
fare  of  their  clients,  why  is  it  so  opposed  to  a limit  < 
the  fees  that  they  would  be  paid?  The  schedi 
proposed  by  the  Medical  Society  adequately  would  r 
imburse  a lawyer  for  his  efforts,  without  allowing  hi 
a windfall.  At  present,  in  may  cases,  the  patient’s  la'! 
yer  receives  much  more  than  his  client.  The  insuran 
fund  has  not  been  set  up  as  “slush”  fund  for  lawyei 

Jerry  Zaslow,  M.D.,  J. 

Preside] 

Philadelphia  County  Medical  Socie 
( The  Philadelphia  Inquirer,  August  8,  198 

FOOTNOTE 

The  problem  of  outsized  awards  in  medical  malprgj 
tice  eases  appears  to  be  getting  worse,  according  to 
study  by  the  Insurance  Information  Institute.  La 
year,  judgments  against  physicians  and  hospitals 
California  totaled  $31.8  million,  compared  with  $1E 
million  the  previous  year.  And  the  average  award 
$649,210  was  more  than  twice  1982’s  figure  1 
$257,222.  On  the  other  hand,  the  number  of  verdic; 
in  the  plaintiffs  favor  dropped  18  percent.  (Media 
Economics,  July  23,  1984) 


924  THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS 


that  work,  claims  service  that  is  second  to  none  and  the  peace  of 
mind  that  only  St.  Paul’s  experienced  staff  and  financial  resources 
can  provide. 

Call  Tim  Morse,  senior  marketing  officer  in  The  St.  Paul's  Medical  Services 
Division.  His  toll  free  phone  number  is  1-800-328-2189,  extension  7642. 
He’ll  explain  our  approach  and  put  you  in  touch  with  an  independent 
insurance  agent  who  understands  your  needs. 


p know  they  mean  well.  But  you  also  need  to  know  that  many 
p practice  insurers  simply  don’t  have  The  St.  Paul’s  financial 
ibility.  Assets  over  $5.3  billion.  Expertise  measured  by  more  than 
3 years  in  the  insurance  business.  Commitment  best  exemplified 
nearly  50  years  of  providing  insurance  to  the  medical  community. 

»re  than  55,000  physicians,  over  1,550  hospitals  and  hundreds 
thousands  of  other  health  care  professionals  already  insure 
ih  The  St.  Paul.  They  benefit  from  loss  prevention  programs 


Medical  Services  Division 

St.  Paul  Fire  and  Marine  Insurance  Company/St.  Paul  Mercury  Insurance  Company/The  St.  Paul  Insurance  Company/St.  Paul  Guardian  Insurance  Company/The 
St.  Paul  Insurance  Company  of  Illinois.  Property  and  Liability  Affiliation  of  The  St.  Paul  Companies  Inc.,  Saint  Paul,  Minnesota  55102. 


YOUR  MfH/eOrtxXnl 
Irnmnct  * agent 


On  nitrates, 
but  angina  still 
strflkes... 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS 


926 


After  a nitrate, 
add  ISOPTIN 

(verapamil  HCl/Knoll) 

To  protect  your  patients,  as  well  as  their  quality  of  life, 
add  isoptln  Instead  of  a beta  blocker. 


First,  Isoptin  not  only  reduces  myocardial  oxygen  demand 
by  reducing  peripheral  resistance,  but  also  increases  coro- 
nary perfusion  by  preventing  coronary  vasospasm  and 
dilating  coronary  arteries  — both  normal  and  stenotic. 
These  are  antianginal  actions  that  no  beta  blocker 
can  provide. 

Second,  Isoptin  spares  patients  the 
beta-blocker  side  effects  that  may 
compromise  the  quality  of  life. 

With  Isoptin,  fatigue,  bradycardia  and  mental 
depression  are  rare.  Unlike  beta  blockers, 

Isoptin  can  safely  be  given  to  patients  with 
asthma,  COPD,  diabetes  or  peripheral 
vascular  disease.  Serious  adverse 
reactions  with  Isoptin  are  rare 
at  recommended  doses;  the 
single  most  common  side 
effect  is  constipation  (6.3%). 

Cardiovascular  contra- 
indications to  the  use  of 
Isoptin  are  similar  to  those 
of  beta  blockers:  severe 
left  ventricular  dysfunction, 
hypotension  (systolic  pres- 
sure <90  mm  Hg)  or  cardio- 
genic shock,  sick  sinus  syndrome 
(if  no  artificial  pacemaker  is  present) 
and  second-  or  third-degree  AV  block. 

So,  the  next  time  a nitrate  is  not  enough,  add 
Isoptin . . .for  more  comprehensive  antianginal 
protection  without  side  effects  which  may 
cramp  an  active  life  style. 


ISOPTIN.  Added 
antianginal  protection 
without  beta-blocker 
side  effects. 


Please  see  brief  summary  on  following  page. 


L.  81 -NUMBER  11— NOVEMBER  1984 


ISOPTIN  TABLETS 

(verapamil  HCl/Knoll) 

80  mg  and  120  mg 

Contraindications:  Severe  left  ventricular  dysfunction  (see  Warn- 
ings), hypotension  (systolic  pressure  <90  mm  Hg)  or  cardiogenic 
shock,  sick  sinus  syndrome  (if  no  pacemaker  is  present),  2nd-  or  3rd- 
degree  AV  block.  Warnings:  ISOPTIN  should  be  avoided  in  patients 
with  severe  left  ventricular  dysfunction  (e.g.,  ejection  fraction  <30%) 
or  moderate  to  severe  symptoms  of  cardiac  failure.  Control  milder 
heart  failure  with  optimum  digitalization  and/or  diuretics  before 
ISOPTIN  is  used.  ISOPTIN  may  occasionally  produce  hypotension 
(usually  asymptomatic,  orthostatic,  mild,  and  controlled  by  decrease 
in  ISOPTIN  dose).  Occasional  elevations  of  liver  enzymes  have  been 
reported;  patients  receiving  ISOPTIN  should  have  liver  enzymes  moni- 
tored periodically.  Patients  with  atrial  flutter/fibrillation  and  an  acces- 
sory AV  pathway  (e.g.,  W-P-W  or  L-G-L  syndromes)  may  develop  a 
very  rapid  ventricular  response  after  receiving  ISOPTIN  (or  digitalis). 
Treatment  is  usually  D.C. -cardioversion.  AV  block  may  occur  (3rd 
degree,  0.8%).  Development  of  marked  Ist-degree  block  or  progres- 
sion to  2nd-  or  3rd-degree  block  requires  reduction  in  dosage  or, 
rarely,  discontinuation  and  institution  of  appropriate  therapy.  Sinus 
bradycardia,  2nd-degree  AV  block,  sinus  arrest,  pulmonary  edema, 
and/or  severe  hypotension  were  seen  in  some  critically  ill  patients 
with  hypertrophic  cardiomyopathy  who  were  treated  with  ISOPTIN. 
Precautions:  ISOPTIN  should  be  given  cautiously  to  patients  with 
impaired  hepatic  function  (in  severe  dysfunction  use  about  30%  of 
the  normal  dose)  or  impaired  renal  function,  and  patients  should  be 
monitored  for  abnormal  prolongation  of  the  PR  interval  or  other 
signs  of  overdosage.  Studies  in  a small  number  of  patients  suggest 
that  concomitant  use  of  ISOPTIN  and  beta  blockers  may  be  beneficial 
in  patients  with  chronic  stable  angina.  Combined  therapy  can  also 
have  adverse  effects  on  cardiac  function.  Therefore,  until  further 
studies  are  completed,  ISOPTIN  should  be  used  alone,  if  possible  If 
combined  therapy  is  used,  patients  should  be  monitored  closely. 
Combined  therapy  with  ISOPTIN  and  propranolol  should  usually  be 
avoided  in  patients  with  AV  conduction  abnormalities  and/or  de- 
pressed left  ventricular  function  or  in  patients  who  have  also  recently 
received  methyldopa.  Chronic  ISOPTIN  treatment  increases  serum 
digoxin  levels  by  50%  to  70%  during  the  first  week  of  therapy,  which 
can  result  in  digitalis  toxicity.  The  digoxin  dose  should  be  reduced 
when  ISOPTIN  is  given,  and  the  patient  carefully  monitored.  ISOPTIN 
may  have  an  additive  hypotensive  effect  in  patients  receiving  blood- 
pressure-lowering  agents.  Disopyramide  should  not  be  given  within 
48  hours  before  or  24  hours  after  ISOPTIN  administration.  Until  fur- 
ther data  are  obtained,  combined  ISOPTIN  and  quimdine  therapy  in 
patients  with  hypertrophic  cardiomyopathy  should  probably  be 
avoided,  since  significant  hypotension  may  result.  Adequate  animal 
carcinogenicity  studies  have  not  been  performed.  One  study  in  rats 
did  not  suggest  a tumorigenic  potential,  and  verapamil  was  not 
mutagenic  in  the  Ames  test.  Pregnancy  Category  C:  There  are  no 
adequate  and  well-controlled  studies  in  pregnant  women.  This  drug 
should  be  used  during  pregnancy,  labor,  and  delivery  only  if  clearly 
needed.  It  is  not  known  whether  verapamil  is  excreted  in  breast  milk; 
therefore,  nursing  should  be  discontinued  during  ISOPTIN  use. 
Adverse  Reactions:  Hypotension  (2.9%),  peripheral  edema  (1.7%), 
AV  block:  3rd  degree  (0.8%),  bradycardia:  HR<50/min  (1 .1  %),  CHF 
or  pulmonary  edema  (0.9%),  dizziness  (3.6%),  headache  (1.8%), 
fatigue  (1.1%),  constipation  (6.3%),  nausea  (1.6%).  The  following 
reactions,  reported  in  less  than  0.5%,  occurred  under  circumstances 
where  a causal  relationship  is  not  certain:  confusion,  paresthesia, 
insomnia,  somnolence,  equilibrium  disorders,  blurred  vision,  syncope, 
muscle  cramps,  shakiness,  claudication,  hair  loss,  maculae,  and  spotty 
menstruation.  Overall  continuation  rate  of  94.5%  in  1,166  patients. 
How  Supplied:  ISOPTIN  (verapamil  HCI)  is  supplied  in  80  mg  and 
120  mg  sugar-coated  tablets.  July  1982  2068 

O.  KNOLL  PHARMACEUTICAL  COMPANY 

knoll  30  NORTH  JEFFERSON  ROAD,  WHIPPANY  NEW  JERSEY  07981 

2195 


My  Patients  Were  Fine . . . 
My  Practice  Was  Ailing! 


My  Remedy: 

EXECU-FL0W  SYSTEMS... 
“A  Good  Shot  In  The  Arm!” 


Computers  are  revolutionizing  the  practice  of 
medicine.  Execu-Flow  Systems  is  at  the  forefront 
of  this  revolution,  providing  you  with  the  latest  in 
software /hard ware  technology. 

You  can  start  with  Patient  Billing  and  Insurance 
Processing,  and  add  other  systems  such  as 
Appointment  Scheduling,  Medical  Records, 
Electronic  Claims,  Word  Processing,  etc. 

Our  many  years  of  experience  with  practices 
such  as  yours,  GUARANTEES  our  mutual  suc- 
cess. Our  system  provides  you  with  the  peace-of- 
mind  in  knowing  that  your  practice  is  operating  at 
peak  efficiency. 

Could  your  practice  use  a “Shot  in  the  Arm?’’ 

. 

• Multi-tasking  IBM  XT/IBM  9000/ 

CONTEL  CADO  Systems 

• Software  for  YOUR  SPECIALTY 

• Automatic  Prescription  System 

• Complete  “Paperless”  Office  Available 

• Comprehensive  Patient  Recall  System 

sjiswr+v  mm  systems  inc. 

2013  Morris  Avenue,  Union,  N.J.  07083 
or  call  (201)  851-0750 


928 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


* 

Editorial 

I Did  Not  Sign 


I did  not  sign  the  Medicare  contract  con- 
cerning the  fee  freeze  and  I have  no  in- 
tention to  do  so. 


Like  all  physicians,  I received  a 
Medicare  contract.  1 read  it 
carefully,  but  I did  not  sign  and 
have  no  intention  to  do  so. 

I have  many  patients  who  have  a card  entitling  them 
> have  health  care  services  reimbursed  by  the  federal 
jvemment  to  which  they  have  paid  taxes  for  many 
;ars.  They  are  not  Medicare  patients;  they  are  people 
ho  have  an  insurance  card!  Among  them  are  individ- 
als  who  are  barely  surviving  economically,  some  who 
re  millionaires,  and  many  who  are  very  comfortable 
nancially. 

The  Medicare  contract  and  the  law  (the  Deficit  Re- 
action Act  of  1984,  P.L.  98-369),  on  which  the  con- 
act  was  based,  contains  some  promises  and  some 
meats.  I made  a careful  analysis  of  my  practice  and 
(included  that  the  fee  freeze  followed  by  P.O.  98-369 
;ill  reduce  my  practice  income  from  30  to  50  percent, 
ad  will  necessitate  a marked  reduction  of  my  office 
:aff  (registered  nurse,  insurance  clerk-bookkeeper,  re- 
?ptionist,  part-time  physician,  and  part-time  dieti- 
i an).  I also  concluded  that  I could  not  function  on  a 

0L.  81— NUMBER  11— NOVEMBER  1984 


60-  to  80-hour  week  with  less  help  and  such  a drastic 
reduction  in  practice  income. 

Aside  from  the  above,  I did  not  sign  as  a matter  of 
principle: 

1 . The  law  is  unfair  and  discriminatory.  There  is  no 
profession  in  America  whose  salaries  and  income  are 
frozen.  The  President,  House  of  Representatives,  and 
Senate  have  not  frozen  their  salaries,  despite  the  fact 
that  many  of  them  are  millionaires.  Government  em- 
ployees have  not  had  their  wages  frozen.  The  lawyers 
who  negotiated  a $180  million  settlement  for  alleged 
victims  of  the  herbicide  Agent  Orange  asked  for  up  to 
$26  million  in  legal  fees. 

2.  I do  not  advertise.  Being  old-fashioned,  I feel  it 
lowers  my  profession  to  advertise  in  newspapers  and 
other  media  The  privilege  of  having  my  name  on  a 
“participating  physicians”  list  is  no  carrot  and  having 
my  name  on  a “nonparticipating  physicians”  list  is  no 
threat. 

3.  The  law  is  a threat  to  patients’  freedom  of  choice. 
My  patients  select  me  as  their  physician  and  keep  me 
as  their  physician  because  they  choose  to  do  so.  If  I 
meet  their  needs,  they  stay  with  me.  If  I do  not  they 
select  another  physician. 

4.  They  are  wrong  again — the  government  planners 
were  wrong  when  they  estimated  the  cost  of  Medicare 
and  Medicaid.  They  will  be  wrong  again  for  the  “sav- 
ings” will  be  an  atom  in  the  bucket  known  as  the 
national  deficit. 

Each  of  us  has  to  make  his  or  her  own  decision.  I 
applaud  the  AMA  for  initiating  a lawsuit  against 
Margaret  Heckler,  Secretary  of  the  Department  of 
Health  and  Human  Services.  The  complaint  argues 
that  the  law  violates  the  rights  of  Medicare 
beneficiaries  and  of  physicians  in  several  ways: 

1.  It  is  possible  that  patients  would  lose  their  right 
(granted  by  the  Medicare  law)  to  choose  the  physician 
because  that  physician  would  be  economically  unable 
to  continue  caring  for  them  for  the  amount  of  money 
to  be  paid  by  Medicare. 

2.  At  the  end  of  the  freeze  period.  Medicare’s  80 
percent  of  an  approved  amount  will  be  less  for  patients 
of  nonparticipating  physicians  for  the  same  services. 
This  is  a violation  of  the  Medicare  law  and  of  the  Fifth 
Amendment. 

3.  The  freeze,  which  prohibits  nonparticipating 
physicians  from  increasing  their  charges  to  Medicare 
patients — even  when  those  patients  are  able  and  per- 
fectly willing  to  pay  more — forbids  physicians  from 
freely  making  contracts  with  patients.  Such  restric- 
tions do  not  exist  against  any  other  part  of  our  society, 
or  against  any  other  element  of  the  economy. 

I intend  to  treat  my  patients,  who  are  recipients  of 
Medicare  benefits  and  who  select  me  as  their  phy- 
sician, to  the  best  of  my  ability.  Like  all  physicians,  I 
will  accept  the  insurance  payment  for  those  who  can- 
not afford  to  pay  my  usual  fee.  I expect  most  New  Jersey 
physicians  will  do  the  same. 

It  seems  obvious  to  me  that  this  is  the  moment  for 
American  physicians  to  take  a strong  stand  together. 
As  Harry  Schwartz,  Ph.D.,  the  nationally  known 
journalist,  editor,  and  critic,  said,  “The  American  Medi- 
cal Association  is  the  only  game  in  town,"  when  it 
comes  to  protecting  physicians’  rights.  A.K. 


929 


A MIDLAKIK  CREDIT  LHI 
CM  PUT  SMM)  RIGHT 
AT  YOUR  FMGERTIPSr 


“Need  a larger  line  of  credit?  Try  our 
Capital  Linesm  account  on  for  size.  It  gives  you 
a standing  line  of  credit.  Anywhere  from 
$10,000  to  $100,000. 

‘Any  time  a great  opportunity  comes  your 
way,  simply  write  one  of  your  Capital  Line 
checks.  As  often  as  you  like.  For  as  little 
as  $500.  Or  as  much  as  $100,000.  CO/IA 

“Applying  is  easy,  too.  Just  stop  by  f l/l/lr 

any  Midlantic  office.  Our  brief  appli-  f]An  TU/lf  f/*  I* 
cation  could  be  the  last  of  its  kind  § |/f|  f ff  l/lrUiiFi 

you’ll  ever  have  to  fill  out.  rvW}  flJV  Till 

“Let  the  Hungry  Bankers  UlUNI  I fit 

put  up  to  $100,000  of  financial  mmm a A|i||||/ 

leverage  right  at  your  fingertips.  HIIHhKY 
“Then,  when  you  need  it,  M - in#nM 

youvego.it  ftMAjE/ro 


Bob  Van  Buren,  Chairman , 
Midlantic  Banks  Inc. 


“Investments.  Auctions.  College. 
Business  expansion. 

“Will  you  have  ready  capital  when 
golden  opportunities  knock?  The  Hungry 
Bankers  say  ‘Yes! 

“We  give  you  a choice  of  credit  lines 
that  put  you  in  touch  with  a whole  world  of 
financial  freedom. 

“Chec-King,  for  instance,  adds  the 
convenience  of  a line  of  credit  to  your 
Midlantic  checking  or 
NOW  account. 

Whenever  you 
need  money, 
write  a check 
—up  to  the 
limit  of  your 
credit  line. 


110SPITAL  GOVERNING 
BOARDS* 

Fiduciary  Responsibility 


Vincent  A.  Maressa,  j.d. 


Members  of  a hospital  governing  board 

S are  fiduciaries  of  the  hospital 
corporation.  This  relationship  is  a 
| special  one— ethically  and  legally. 

Ij 


Members  of  a hospital  governing 
board  are  fiduciaries  of  the  hos- 
pital corporation,  and  of  the 
lareholders  or  members  of  the  corporation.  This  rela- 
onship  is  a special  one,  both  ethically  and  legally.  It 
cans  that  the  interests  of  the  individual  must  be 

f’bordinated  to  that  of  the  institution.  Board  mem- 
rs  may  not  take  secret  profits  from  the  hospital  or 
Tipete  with  it.  Board  members  must  exercise  reason- 
le  care,  skill,  and  diligence  in  the  discharge  of  their 
ties. 

The  requirements  of  proper  fiduciary  conduct  pres- 
t serious  questions  for  physicians  and  lay  members 
ving  on  hospital  governing  boards.  There  is  no  per 
f rule  that  one  cannot  render  this  service  objectively 
id  to  the  full  benefit  of  the  hospital  corporation  while 
ivancing  his  own  interests.  It  does  mean,  however, 

Iiat  physicians  who  serve  on  a governing  board  should 
tat  structure  their  private  practices  to  have  a substan- 
al  adverse  impact  on  the  hospital’s  operation.  Busi- 
essmen  on  the  board  may  contract  with  the  hospital. 
t hose  contracts,  however,  should  be  at  arm’s-length 
pd  carefully  reviewed  to  assure  absolute  fairness  to 
ie  hospital.  Attorneys  serving  as  board  members 
"lould  not  be  acting  as  legal  counsel  to  the  board  or 
) the  hospital  administration.  Their  representation  of 


either  should  be  only  on  a limited  and  ad  hoc  basis, 
which  has  undergone  careful  scrutiny. 

Post,  Peters,  and  Stahl  point  out  in  their  recent  pub- 
lication, The  Laws  of  Medical  Practice  in  Penn- 
sylvania and  New  Jersey,  that  according  to  the  Penn- 
sylvania administrative  code,  members  of  a governing 
body  may  not  maintain  substantial,  personal,  or  busi- 
ness interests,  which  conflict  with  those  of  the  hospi- 
tal. All  such  members  must  execute  a conflict  of 
interest  statement.  The  code  further  proscribes  certain 
forms  of  self-dealing. 

In  New  Jersey,  we  do  not  have  specific  statutoiy  or 
regulatory  laws  on  this  topic.  Our  case  law  declares 
simply  that  a fiduciaiy  duty  exists  not  only  to  the 
hospital,  but  to  the  general  public  it  serves.  Breach  of 
this  duty  can  lead  to  personal  liability  for  acts  carried 
out  in  the  name  of  the  hospital. 

Every  governing  body  should  request  its  legal  coun- 
sel to  present  an  opinion  and  discussion  of  applicable 
conflict  of  interest  and  fiduciary  law  and  conduct  so 
that  governing  board  members  may  properly  serve  the 
hospital  entity. 

*The  material  for  this  column  is  coedited  by  Arthur  Krosnick, 
M.D.,  Editor,  The  Journal,  MSNJ;  Vincent  A.  Maressa,  J..D., 
Executive  Director,  MSNJ;  and  James  E.  George,  M.D.,  J.D., 
Director  of  Professional  Liability.  MSNJ. 


OL.  81— NUMBER  11— NOVEMBER  1984 


931 


DOCUMENTED 

IN  THE  SLEEP  LABORATORY 


1-5 


• • • 


DALMANE  (flurazepam  HCI/RocI 

PROVIDES  ALL  THESE  BENEFIT 
FOR  RESTFUL  SLEEf 

• Rapid  sleep  onset1! 
"ore  total  time'asfe 
Undiminished  efficacy  for  at  leat 
28  consecutive  nights 
Patients  usually  awake  rested  an 

refreshed 

• Avoids  causing  early  awakenings  c 
rebound  insomnia  after  discontinuation2  510' 


Copyright  fy84  hv  Roche  Products  Inc  All  rights  reserved. 


I 1 


m 


JJSE  THERE  IS  NO 

■"i/rsm  - , _ _« 


15-MG/30-MG  CAPSULES 


Caution  patients  about  driving,  operating  hazardous  machinery 


y or  drinking 

alcohol  during  therapy.  Limit  dose  to  15  mg  in  elderly  or  debilitated  patients, 
Contraindicated  during  pregnancy. 


See  next  page  for  references  and  su^nmauof product  information 


DALMANE 

flurozepom  HCI/Poche 

References:  1.  Kales  J et  at.  Clin  Pharmacol  Ther 

12  691-697.  Jul-Aug  1971  2.  Kales  A el  al:  Clin  Phar- 
macol Ther  18: 356-363,  Sep  1975.  3.  Kales  A et  al: 

Clin  Pharmacol  Ther  19: 576-583,  May  1976  4.  Kales  A 
et  at  Clin  Pharmacol  Ther  32:781  -788,  Dec  1982. 

5.  Frost  JD  Jr,  DeLucchi  MR  J Am  Geriatr  Soc 
27  541-546,  Dec  1979  6.  Kales  A,  Kales  JD  J Clin 
Pharmacol  3 140-150,  Apr  1983  7.  Greenblatt  DJ. 

Allen  MD,  Shader  Rl:  Clin  Pharmacol  Ther  21  355-361, 
Mar  1977.  8.  Zimmerman  AM  Curr  Ther  Res 

13  18-22,  Jan  1971  9.  Amrein  R et  at  Drugs  Exp  Clin 
Res  9(1)  85-99,  1983  10.  Monti  JM  Methods  Find  Exp 
Clin  Pharmacol  3 303-326  May  1981  11.  Greenblatt  DJ 
et  al:  Sleep  5(Suppl  1)  S18-S27,  1982  12.  Kales  A 

et  al  Pharmacology  26  121-137,1983 


DALMANE"  @ 

flurazepam  HCI/Roche 

Before  prescribing,  please  consult  complete 
product  information,  a summary  of  which  follows: 

Indications:  Effective  in  all  types  of  insomnia  charac- 
terized by  difficulty  in  falling  asleep,  freguent  nocturnal 
awakenings  and/or  early  morning  awakening,  in 
patients  with  recurring  insomnia  or  poor  sleeping 
habits,  in  acute  or  chronic  medical  situations  reguiring 
restful  sleep  Ob|ective  sleep  laboratory  data  have 
shown  effectiveness  for  at  least  28  consecutive  nights 
of  administration.  Since  insomnia  is  often  transient 
and  intermittent,  prolonged  administration  is  generally 
not  necessary  or  recommended  Repeated  therapy 
should  only  be  undertaken  with  appropriate  patient 
evaluation 

Contraindications:  Known  hypersensitivity  to  fluraze- 
pam HCI,  pregnancy  Benzodiazepines  may  cause 
fetal  damage  when  administered  during  pregnancy. 
Several  studies  suggest  an  increased  risk  of  congeni- 
tal malformations  associated  with  benzodiazepine  use 
during  the  first  trimester  Warn  patients  of  the  potential 
risks  to  the  fetus  should  the  possibility  of  becoming 
pregnant  exist  while  receiving  flurazepam  Instruct 
patient  to  discontinue  drug  prior  to  becoming  preg- 
nant Consider  the  possibility  of  pregnancy  prior  to 
instituting  therapy 

Warnings:  Caution  patients  about  possible  combined 
effects  with  alcohol  and  other  CNS  depressants  An 
additive  effect  may  occur  if  alcohol  is  consumed  the 
day  following  use  for  nighttime  sedation  This  potential 
may  exist  for  several  days  following  discontinuation 
Caution  against  hazardous  occupations  requiring 
complete  mental  alertness  (e  g , operating  machinery, 
driving).  Potential  impairment  of  performance  of  such 
activities  may  occur  the  day  following  ingestion  Not 
recommended  for  use  in  persons  under  15  years  of 
age.  Though  physical  and  psychological  dependence 
have  not  been  reported  on  recommended  doses, 
abrupt  discontinuation  should  be  avoided  with  gradual 
tapering  of  dosage  for  those  patients  on  medication 
for  a prolonged  period  of  time  Use  caution  in  adminis- 
tering to  addiction-prone  individuals  or  those  who 
might  increase  dosage 

Precautions:  In  elderly  and  debilitated  patients,  it  is 
recommended  that  the  dosage  be  limited  to  15  mg  to 
reduce  risk  of  oversedation,  dizziness,  confusion  and 
or  ataxia  Consider  potential  additive  effects  with  other 
hypnotics  or  CNS  depressants  Employ  usual  precau- 
tions in  severely  depressed  patients,  or  in  those  with 
latent  depression  or  suicidal  tendencies,  or  in  those 
with  impaired  renal  or  hepatic  function 
Adverse  Reactions:  Dizziness,  drowsiness,  light- 
headedness, staggering,  ataxia  and  falling  have 
occurred,  particularly  in  elderly  or  debilitated  patients 
Severe  sedation,  lethargy,  disorientation  and  coma, 
probably  indicative  of  drug  intolerance  or  overdosage, 
have  been  reported  Also  reported  headache,  heart- 
burn, upset  stomach,  nausea,  vomiting,  diarrhea, 
constipation,  Gl  pain,  nervousness,  talkativeness, 
apprehension,  irritability,  weakness,  palpitations,  chest 
pains,  body  and  joint  pains  and  GU  complaints  There 
have  also  been  rare  occurrences  of  leukopenia,  gran- 
ulocytopenia, sweating,  flushes,  difficulty  in  focusing, 
blurred  vision,  burning  eyes,  faintness,  hypotension, 
shortness  of  breath,  pruritus,  skin  rash,  dry  mouth, 
bitter  taste,  excessive  salivation,  anorexia,  euphoria, 
depression,  slurred  speech,  confusion,  restlessness, 
hallucinations,  and  elevated  SGOT,  SGPT,  total  and 
direct  bilirubins,  and  alkaline  phosphatase:  and  para- 
doxical reactions,  eg.  excitement,  stimulation  and 
hyperactivity 

Dosage:  Individualize  for  maximum  beneficial  effect. 
Adults:  30  mg  usual  dosage;  15  mg  may  suffice  in 
some  patients.  Elderly  or  debilitated  patients:  15  mg 
recommended  initially  until  response  is  determined 
Supplied:  Capsules  containing  15  mg  or  30  mg 
flurazepam  HCI. 


Roche  Products  Inc 
Manati,  Puerto  Rico  00701 


MEDICAL  COMPUTERS 


DEC  - IBM  - TELEVIDEO 
ALTOS  - NCR 


THINKING  OF  COMPUTERIZING  YOUR  PRACTICE? 

FBL  MEDICAL  COMPUTER  SPECIALISTS  offers 

a wide  variety  of  hardware/software  configurations  for  every 
medical  office,  hospital  and  clinic  application. 


• AUTOMATIC  INSURANCE  • 

FORM  PREPARATION 

• ACCOUNTS  RECEIVABLE  • 

CONTROL 

• AUTOMATIC  PATIENT  RECALL  • 

• PRACTICE  MANAGEMENT  • 

REPORTS 

• CLINICAL  RECORDS  • 

• ACCOUNTS  PAYABLE  • 

UNIX  SOFTWARE  AVAILABLE  FOR  ALTOS  AND  NCR 
MUMPS  SOFTWARE  AVAILABLE  FOR  DEC 


SPECIALISTS  IN  MULTI-USER,  MULTI-TASKING 
DATA-BASE  MANAGEMENT  SYSTEMS 


PROVIDING  YOU  WITH  OVER  15  YEARS 
OF  MEDICAL  COMPUTER  EXPERIENCE 


CONSULTING  SERVICE  AVAILABLE 
3 ROUTE  46W.  FAIRFIELD,  N J 07006  201-882-9210 


1 r b l 

c> 


APPOINTMENT 

SCHEDULING 

ELECTRONIC  CLAIMS 
SUBMISSION 

WORD  PROCESSING 

MEDICARE/MEDICAID 

BILLING 

GENERAL  LEDGER 
INVENTORY 


' TAX  SHELTERS  ' 

Just  one  of  the  personal 
financial  services 
available  to  you  from  the 

physician’s  bank. 

• tax  planning  i 

• lines  of  credit 

• equipment  financing 

• retirement  planning 


• money  management 
• cash  flow  • investments 
• estate  planning 

Call  or  Write 

Joseph  J.  Verbaro,  Jr. 
Senior  Vice  President 

(201)  228-9770 


i 


ivTnsT 

FINANCIAL  AND  TRUST  SERVICES  / 


DIVISION  OF  SECURITY  NATIONAL  BANK  & TRUST  COMPANY 
OF  NEW  JERSEY 


\ 


101  Eisenhower  Parkway 
Roseland,  New  Jersey  07068 


Member  F.D.I.C. 


934 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS ' 


Maternal  Deaths  In 
Vew  Jersey— 1982* 


Gerard  F.  Hansen,  m.d.,  m.p.h.,  Newark** 
Margaret  Gregory,  m.d.,  faa.p.,  trenton** 


Twenty-four  deaths  of  pregnant  women  were  reported  in 
New  Jersey  in  1982.  Obstetrical  hemorrhage  was  a factor  in 
three  of  the  nine  potentially  preventable  deaths.  Complications 
following  postpartum  sterilization  were  associated  with 
six  maternal  deaths. 


The  Subcommittee  on  Maternal 
Mortality,  a subdivision  of  the 
Committee  of  Maternal  and  In- 
it  Welfare,  is  charged  with  investigating  all  maternal 
aths  in  New  Jersey  on  a yearly  basis.  This  task  is 
complished  with  the  help  and  cooperation  of  the 
atemal  and  Child  Health  Program  of  the  State  De- 
rtment  of  Health.  Health  care  facilities  are  required 
report  maternal  deaths  and  to  forward  to  the  State 
•partment  of  Health  a copy  of  the  available  records, 
aterials  then  are  forwarded  to  the  chairperson  of  the 
beommittee  for  review.  The  chairperson  assigns 
ch  case  or  cases  to  a member  of  the  subcommittee. 
ie  committee  member  prepares  a brief  outline  of 
ch  case  and  it  is  presented  at  the  annual  meeting 
the  subcommittee.  A consensus  regarding  prevent- 
ility  is  reached  and  a report  is  issued  and  published 
The  Journal.  The  focus  of  the  article  is  educational 
d serves  to  point  out  areas  of  care  that  can  be  im- 
oved. 

SSULTS 

There  were  94,965  live  births  in  New  Jersey  in  1982; 

deaths  of  pregnant  women  were  reported  and 
csented  to  the  committee  for  evaluation.1  This  is  an 
.rease  over  the  18  deaths  reported  in  1981, 2 but  this 
iy  be  due  to  increased  surveillance  and  a question 
the  revised  death  certificate  which  asks  if  the  per- 
p was  pregnant  at  the  time  of  death. 

Abdominal  delivery,  multiparity,  and  being 


nonwhite,  continue  to  be  factors  that  increase  the  risk 
of  maternal  death.  Prenatal  care  was  deemed  adequate 
in  only  46  percent  of  the  cases.  Six  of  the  20  maternal 
deaths  did  not  have  a postmortem  examination. 

A maternal  death  is  defined  as  the  death  of  a woman 
within  90  days  of  termination  of  pregnancy  regardless 
of  duration  or  site  of  pregnancy,  from  any  cause  related 
to  or  aggravated  by  the  pregnancy  or  its  management, 
but  not  from  accidental  or  incidental  causes.3  The 
World  Health  Organization  fWHO)  uses  42  days  of  ter- 
mination of  pregnancy  in  its  statistics.  New  Jersey 
currently  uses  the  WHO  definition. 

A nonmaternal  death  is  the  death  of  a woman  who 
was  pregnant  but  whose  demise  was  not  relative  to  the 
pregnancy  or  its  management.  A bombing,  an  auto 
accident,  a fire,  and  a drug  overdose  each  caused  one 
nonmaternal  death.  Such  catastrophes  remind  us  that 


This  article  is  the  result  of  the  work  of  (he  members  of  the 
Subcommittee  on  Maternal  Mortality  and  the  State  Depart 
ment  of  Health:  James  P.  Thompson,  M.D.,  Chairman;  Jerald 
R Cureton,  M.D.;  Joseph  DeStefano,  M.D.;  Eugene  M. 
Graziano,  M.D.;  Margaret  Gregory,  M.D.:  William  Hartko.  M.D.; 
Michael  Kreitzer,  M.D.;  Robert  Malatesta,  M.D.;  Thomas  A. 
Noone,  M.D.;  Joseph  Saladino,  M.D.;  and  Leah  Ziskin.  M.D. 

**Dr.  Hansen  is  Associate  Professor  of  Clinical  Obstetrics  and 
Gynecology  and  Director  of  the  Obstetrical  and  Gynecology 
Clinic  at  the  UMDNJ  New  Jersey  Medical  School.  Dr.  Gregory 
is  Coordinator.  Maternal  and  Child  Health  Program  New  Jer- 
sey State  Department  of  Health.  Correspondence  may  be  ad- 
dressed to  the  Department  of  Ob-Gyn,  UMDNJ-New  Jersey 
Medical  School,  100  Bergen  Street,  Newark,  NJ  07103. 


L.  81— NUMBER  11— NOVEMBER  1984 


935 


TABLE  1 

Classification  and  Mortality  Rates 

Live  Births* 

94,965 

Maternal  Deaths 

24 

Nonmatemal 

4 

Indirect 

8 

Direct 

12 

Rate  (indirect  only) 

8.4/100,000  live  births 

Rate  (direct  only) 

12.6/100,000  live  births 

Rate  (all  causes) 

21.0/100,000  live  births 

*Live  births  are  events  in  New  Jersey  hospitals.  Total 
births  to  New  Jersey  residents  in  1983  exceeded  this  total 
because  some  women  delivered  out  of  state. 

TABLE 

2 

Characteristics  of  Maternal  Deaths  by  Race,  Age, 

and  Prenatal 

Care* 

Race 

Number 

Percent 

White 

8 

40 

Other 

12 

60 

Age 

Less  than  20 

1 

5 

20  to  34 

13 

65 

35  to  39 

3 

15 

Greater  than  40 

3 

15 

Prenatal  Care 

None 

2 

10 

Inadequate 

1 

5 

Unknown 

8 

40 

Adequate 

8 

40 

Excluded  (ectopic) 

1 

5 

‘Nonmatemal  deaths  excluded 

accidental  injuries  too  often  occur  to  pregnant  women. 
Drugs  still  remain  a problem  in  our  society  as 
evidenced  by  one  death  of  a pregnant  woman.  The 
above  deaths  should  be  preventable  and  were  due  to 
conditions  in  our  society  that  must  be  addressed. 

An  indirect  maternal  death  is  the  death  of  a preg- 
nant woman  resulting  from  previously  existing  disease 
or  a disease  that  develops  during  pregnancy,  labor,  or 
the  puerperium  which  is  not  directly  due  to  obstetrical 
causes,  but  is  aggravated  by  the  physiological  effects 
of  pregnancy.  There  were  eight  such  deaths,  six  of 
which  were  felt  to  be  nonpreventable  by  our  present 
medical  standards  of  care. 

A potentially  preventable  death  was  due  to 
cardiomegaly  in  a patient  who  died  one  day  after  a 
postpartum  sterilization.  The  patient  had  a history  of 
alcohol  and  drug  abuse  and  should  have  been  evalu- 
ated medically  before  an  elective  procedure  such  as  a 
tubal  ligation  was  performed.  A second  patient  died  of 
paralytic  ileus  following  a postpartum  sterilization.  It 
was  felt  that  too  little  attention  was  paid  to  the  patient 
postoperatively. 

Three  of  the  six  indirect  nonpreventable  deaths  were 
due  to  diseases  of  the  heart  (rheumatic  heart  disease, 
aortic  valve  disease,  and  cardiomyopathy).  One  ease  of 
gangrene  of  the  small  bowel  following  repeat  cesarean 
section  with  tubal  ligation  was  felt  to  be  nonprevent- 


TABLE  3 

Parity  and  Duration  of  Pregnancy 


Parity 

Number 

Percent 

0 

2 

10 

1 to  3 

14 

70 

4 to  6 

3 

15 

Unknown 

1 

5 

Gestational  Age 

Less  than  20  weeks 

2 

10 

20  to  28 

3 

15 

28  to  40 

8 

40 

Over  40 

6 

30 

Unknown 

1 

5 

TABLE  4 


Classification 

and  Preventability 

Nonmatemal 

Maternal 

Indirect 

8 

Nonpreventable 

6 

Preventable 

2 

Direct 

12 

Nonpreventable 

4 

Preventable 

8 

Physician  factor 

8 

Patient  factor 

1* 

*In  one  death  physician  and  patient  shared  preventabili 


able.  The  deaths  of  one  patient  with  cystic  fibrosis  a I 
another  with  a rare  hemolytic  anemia  were  jud^l 
nonpreventable  by  present  day  standards  of  care.  : 

A direct  maternal  death  is  the  death  of  a pregntN 
woman  usually  from  complications  of  the  pregnar  . 
labor,  puerperium,  intercessions,  omissions,  incorrt! 
treatment,  or  a chain  of  events  resulting  from  any! 
these  complications. 

Two  cases  of  amniotic  fluid  embolus  were  found! 
be  nonpreventable  as  in  each  case  there  had  been  >ij 
preceding  event  (such  as  injudicious  use  of  Pitocii® 
that  could  have  contributed  to  the  events.  An  auto]j| 
in  one  instance  established  the  cause  of  death  to  h;jl 
been  amniotic  fluid  embolism  and  not  eclampsia  it 
was  diagnosed  clinically.  The  value  of  postmort  M 
examination  in  this  ease  is  obvious.  A patient  witll 
ruptured  ectopic  pregnancy  was  dead  on  arrival  ajl 
hospital;  she  had  not  sought  prenatal  care. 

Of  the  eight  direct  maternal  deaths  that  were  feltl 
be  potentially  preventable,  three  deaths  were  due  )j 
postpartum  hemorrhage.  In  two  of  these  cases,  placnl 
ta  previa  and  cesarean  section  were  involved  and  the 
was  a failure  to  adequately  and  quickly  replace  bid 
loss  resulting  in  shock  and  development  of  coagulati;$ 
disorders.  The  third  patient  died  as  a result  of  hem 
rhage  due  to  a ruptured  uterus  when  an  internal  vj 
sion  for  a dead  infant  was  attempted.  In  this  instanj 
the  woman  was  obese  and  presented  herself  at  fl 
hospital  with  a history  of  contractions  for  one  dayt 
fetal  arm  had  prolapsed  through  the  cervix.  BecaD 
of  the  obesity,  a version  was  attempted  and  the  uteijf 


936 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS 


TABLE  5 

Causes  of  Death 

No.  Total 


I.  NonmatemsJ  4 

Auto  accident  1 

Bombing  1 

Drug  overdose  1 

Fire  1 

II.  Maternal 

A.  Indirect  8 

1.  Nonpreventable 

Hemolytic  anemia  1 

Rheumatic  heart  disease  1 

Cystic  fibrosis  1 

Gangrene  of  the  small  bowel  1 

Aortic  valve  disease  1 

Subarachnoid  hemorrhage  1 

2.  Preventable 

Paralytic  ileus  post-tubal  litigation  1 

Cardiac  failure  associated  with  tubal  ligation  1 

B.  Direct  12 

1.  Nonpreventable 

Amniotic  fluid  embolus  2 

Ruptured  ectopic  pregnancy  1 

2.  Preventable 

Amniotic  fluid  embolus  1 

Anesthesia  1 

Postpartum  hemorrhage  3 

Self-induced  abortion  1 

Adult  respiratory  distress  syndrome  secondary  to  sepsis  1 

Septic  pulmonary  embolus  after  postpartum  tubal  ligation  1 

Ileus  secondary  to  torsion  of  greater  omentum  1 


uterine  segment  was  not  diagnosed  prior  to  post- 
mortem examination.  A patient  in  the  hospital  with  a 
history  of  ruptured  membranes  at  20  weeks’  gestation, 
not  confirmed,  attempted  a self-abortion  with  a clothes 
hanger.  Autopsy  revealed  a lower  segment  uterine 
laceration  with  a pneumocardium  of  300  ce  of  air  in 
the  right  side  of  the  heart.  An  awareness  of  the  desper- 
ation of  this  woman  might  have  prevented  this 
tragedy.  It  is  important  to  remember  that  this  type  of 
situation  might  recur  if  abortions  once  more  are  made 
illegal. 

One  patient  had  cardiac  failure  secondary  to  inabili- 
ty to  successfully  intubate  the  patient  for  anesthesia 
prior  to  tubal  ligation.  It  was  felt  that  the  procedure 
should  have  been  postponed  if  optimal  anesthesia 
could  not  be  safely  obtained. 

A diabetic  patient  20  days  after  cesarean  section  was 
readmitted  because  of  mechanical  small  bowel  ob- 
struction secondary  to  a pelvic  abscess.  She  previously 
had  a paralytic  ileus  following  delivery.  Failure  to  see 
the  patient  sooner  after  discharge  from  the  hospital 
was  felt  to  be  a factor  in  her  demise. 

RECOMMENDATIONS 

Since  the  purpose  of  the  review  of  maternal  deaths 
is  educational,  the  following  observations  are  pres- 
ented: 

A.  81— NUMBER  11— NOVEMBER  1984  937 


TABLE  6 

Prevent  ability  of  Maternal  Deaths 

v Indirect  Causes 

8 

Nonpreventable 

6 

Preventable 

2 

5.  Direct  Causes 

12 

Nonpreventable 

4 

Preventable 

8 

1.  Physician  factor 

8 

2.  Patient  factor 

1* 

One  death  had  physician  and  patient  factor 

[ otured.  A pathologic  retraction  ring  was  found  at 
Idopsy.  While  cesarean  section  on  a 270-pound 
i man  with  a dead  baby  would  be  difficult  and  frus- 


t ting,  the  attempted  version  was  ill  advised. 

)ne  patient  died  of  a septic  pulmonary  embolus  two 
eks  after  postpartum  tubal  ligation.  Another  patient 
d five  days  after  sterilization  due  to  ileus  secondary 
torsion  of  the  greater  omentum.  These  cases  remind 
that  sterilization  of  the  female  is  not  an  innocuous 
rcedure  and  such  patients  must  be  monitored  as 
'efully  after  surgery  as  any  patient  undergoing  ab- 
I minal  surgery. 

V ease  of  amniotic  fluid  embolism  was  felt  to  be 
' *ven table  because  a tear  in  the  anterior  lower 


1.  The  presence  of  cardiac  problems  should  be  de- 
termined by  careful  history  and  physical  evaluation. 
The  first  physician  who  sees  an  adult  female  may  be 
the  physician  who  will  deliver  her  infant.  The  initial 
examination  may  disclose  a previously  undiagnosed 
cardiac  defect  that  must  be  followed  closely.  This  rec- 
ommendation applies  to  all  pre-existing  conditions 
which  diligently  should  be  searched  for  as  they  in- 
fluence the  number  of  maternal  deaths. 

2.  Postpartum  tubal  ligation  is  an  operation  that 
has  all  the  risks  of  any  abdominal  procedure.  As  it  is 
an  elective  operation,  surgery  can  and  should  be  post- 
poned if  the  patient  has  any  problem  or  condition  that 
merits  evaluation  before  the  procedure  is  performed. 


The  patient  should  receive  the  same  careful  pc 
operative  care  as  she  would  have  received  for  j 
laparotomy.  It  should  be  noted  that  six  mater 
deaths  were  associated  with  a sterilization  procedi 

3.  Careful  outpatient  followup  of  all  surgical 
tients,  especially  diabetics,  is  essential. 

REFERENCES 

1.  New  Jersey  State  Department  of  Health:  Maternal 
Child  Health  Program,  Program  Report.  Trenton,  NJ,  IS 

2.  Hansen  GF,  Gregory  M:  Maternal  deaths  in  New  J 
sey— 1981.  J Med  Soc  NJ  80:261-263,  1983. 

3.  Braunn  AW,  Cefalo  RC  (eds):  Guidelines  Jor  Perini 
Care.  202-203,  1983. 


i 


938 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JER Tj 


BALANCED 
CALCIUM 


Low  incidence  of  side  effects 

CARDIZEM®  (diltiazem  HC1) 
produces  an  incidence  of  adverse 
reactions  not  greater  than  that 
reported  with  placebo  therapy, 
thus  contributing  to  the  patient’s 
sense  of  well-being. 

'Cardizem  is  indicated  in  the  treatment  of  angina  pectoris  due  to 
coronary  arteiy  spasm  and  in  the  management  of  chronic  stable 
angina  (classic  effort-associated  angina)  in  patients  who  cannot 
tolerate  therapy  with  beta-blockers  and/ob  nitrates  or  who  remain 
symptomatic  despite  adequate  doses  of  these  agents. 

• References: 

1.  Strauss  WE,  McIntyre  KM,  Parisi  AF,  et  al:  Safety  and  efficacy 

of  diltiazem  hydrochloride  for  the  treatment  of  stable  angina 
pectoris:  Report  of  a cooperative  clinical  trial.  Am  J Cardiol 
49:560-566,  1982.  " 

2.  Pool  PE,  Seagren  SC,  Bonanno  JA,  et  al:  The  treatment  of  exercise- 
inducible  chronic  stable  angina  with  diltiazem:  Effect  on  treadmill 
exercise.  Chest  78  (July  suppl):234-238,  1980. 


Reduces  angina  attack  frequency* 

42%  to  46%  decrease  reported  in 
multicenter  study.1 

Increases  exercise  tolerance* 

In  Bruce  exercise  test,2  control 
patients  averaged  8.0  minutes  to 
onset  of  pain;  Cardizem  patients 
averaged  9.8  minutes  (PC.005). 

CARDIZEM 

(diltiazem.  HC1) 

THE  BALANCED 
CALCIUM  CHANNEL  BLOCKER 


I 


Please  see  full  prescribing  information  on  following  page. 


2/84 


PROFESSIONAL  USE  INFORMATION 


cardizem 

(diltiazem  HCI) 

30  and  60  mg  tablets 


DESCRIPTION 

CARDIZEM"  (diltiazem  hydrochloride)  is  a calcium  ion  influx 
Inhibitor  (slow  channel  blocker  or  calcium  antagonist).  Chemically, 
diltiazem  hydrochloride  is  1,5-Benzothiazepin-4(5H)one,3-(acetyloxy) 
-5-[2-(dimethylamino)ethyl]-2,3-dihydro-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-, 
monohydrochloride, (+)  -cis-.The  chemical  structure  is: 


Diltiazem  hydrochloride  is  a white  to  ott-white  crystalline  powder 
with  a bitter  taste.  It  is  soluble  in  water,  methanol,  and  chloroform. 
It  has  a molecular  weight  of  450.98.  Each  tablet  of  CARDIZEM 
contains  either  30  mg  or  60  mg  diltiazem  hydrochloride  for  oral 
administration 


CLINICAL  PHARMACOLOGY 

The  therapeutic  benefits  achieved  with  CARDIZEM  are  believed 
to  be  related  to  its  ability  to  inhibit  the  influx  of  calcium  ions 
during  membrane  depolarization  of  cardiac  and  vascular  smooth 
muscle. 

Mechanisms  of  Action.  Although  precise  mechanisms  of  its 
antianglnal  actions  are  still  being  delineated,  CARDIZEM  is  believed 
to  act  in  the  following  ways: 

1.  Angina  Due  to  Coronary  Artery  Spasm:  CARDIZEM  has  been 
shown  to  be  a potent  dilator  of  coronary  arteries  both  epicardial 
and  subendocardial.  Spontaneous  and  ergonovine-induced  cor- 
onary artery  spasm  are  inhibited  by  CARDIZEM. 

2.  Exertional  Angina:  CARDIZEM  has  been  shown  to  produce 
increases  In  exercise  tolerance,  probably  due  to  its  ability  to 
reduce  myocardial  oxygen  demand.  This  is  accomplished  via 
reductions  in  heart  rate  and  systemic  blood  pressure  at  submaximal 
and  maximal  exercise  work  loads. 

In  animal  models,  diltiazem  interferes  with  the  slow  inward 
(depolarizing)  current  in  excitable  tissue.  It  causes  excitation-contraction 
uncoupling  in  various  myocardial  tissues  without  changes  in  the 
configuration  of  the  action  potential.  Diltiazem  produces  relaxation 
of  coronary  vascular  smooth  muscle  and  dilation  of  both  large  and 
small  coronary  arteries  at  drug  levels  which  cause  little  or  no 
negative  inotropic  effect.  The  resultant  increases  in  coronary  blood 
flow  (epicardial  and  subendocardial)  occur  in  ischemic  and  nonischemic 
models  and  are  accompanied  by  dose-dependent  decreases  in  sys- 
temic blood  pressure  and  decreases  In  peripheral  resistance. 

Hemodynamic  and  Electrophysiologic  Effects.  Like  other 
calcium  antagonists,  diltiazem  decreases  sinoatrial  and  atrioventricu- 
lar conduction  in  isolated  tissues  and  has  a negative  inotropic  effect 
in  isolated  preparations.  In  the  intact  animal,  prolongation  of  the  AH 
Interval  can  be  seen  at  higher  doses. 

In  man,  diltiazem  prevents  spontaneous  and  ergonovine-provoked 
coronary  artery  spasm.  It  causes  a decrease  in  peripheral  vascular 
resistance  and  a modest  fall  in  blood  pressure  and,  in  exercise 
tolerance  studies  In  patients  with  ischemic  heart  disease,  reduces 
the  heart  rate-blood  pressure  product  tor  any  given  work  load. 
Studies  to  date,  primarily  in  patients  with  good  ventricular  function, 
have  not  revealed  evidence  of  a negative  inotropic  effect:  cardiac 
output,  ejection  fraction,  and  left  ventricular  end  diastolic  pressure 
have  not  been  affected.  There  are  as  yet  few  data  on  the  interaction 
ot  diltiazem  and  beta-blockers.  Resting  heart  rate  is  usually  unchanged 
or  slightly  reduced  by  diltiazem. 

Intravenous  diltiazem  in  doses  of  20  mg  prolongs  AH  conduction 
time  and  AV  node  functional  and  effective  refractory  periods  approxi- 
mately 20%.  In  a study  involving  single  oral  doses  of  300  mg  of 
CARDIZEM  in  six  normal  volunteers,  the  average  maximum  PR 
prolongation  was  14%  with  no  instances  of  greater  than  first-degree 
AV  block.  Diltiazem-associated  prolongation  of  the  AH  interval  is  not 
more  pronounced  in  patients  with  first-degree  heart  block.  In  patients 
with  sick  sinus  syndrome,  diltiazem  significantly  prolongs  sinus 
cycle  length  (up  to  50%  in  some  cases). 

Chronic  oral  administration  of  CARDIZEM  in  doses  of  up  to  240 
mg/day  has  resulted  in  small  increases  in  PR  interval,  but  has  not 
usually  produced  abnormal  prolongation.  There  were,  however,  three 
instances  of  second-degree  AV  block  and  one  instance  of  third- 
degree  AV  block  in  a group  of  959  chronically  treated  patients. 

Pharmacokinetics  and  Metabolism.  Diltiazem  is  absorbed 
from  the  tablet  formulation  to  about  80%  of  a reference  capsule  and 
is  subject  to  an  extensive  first-pass  effect,  giving  an  absolute 
bioavailability  (compared  to  intravenous  dosing)  of  about  40%.  CARDIZEM 
undergoes  extensive  hepatic  metabolism  in  which  2%  to  4%  of  the 
unchanged  drug  appears  in  the  urine.  In  vitro  binding  studies  show 
CARDIZEM  is  70%  to  80%  bound  to  plasma  proteins.  Competitive 
ligand  binding  studies  have  also  shown  CARDIZEM  binding  is  not 
altered  by  therapeutic  concentrations  of  digoxin,  hydrochlorothiazide, 
phenylbutazone,  propranolol,  salicylic  acid,  or  warfarin.  Single  oral 
doses  of  30  to  120  mg  of  CARDIZEM  result  in  detectable  plasma 
levels  within  30  to  60  minutes  and  peak  plasma  levels  two  to  three 
hours  after  drug  administration.  The  plasma  elimination  half-life 
following  single  or  multiple  drug  administration  is  approximately  3.5 
hours.  Desacetyl  diltiazem  is  also  present  in  the  plasma  at  levels  of 
10%  to  20%  of  the  parent  drug  and  is  25%  to  50%  as  potent  a 
coronary  vasodilator  as  diltiazem  Therapeutic  blood  levels  of 
CARDIZEM  appear  to  be  in  the  range  ot  50  to  200  ng/ml.  There  is  a 
departure  from  dose-linearity  when  single  doses  above  60  mg  are 
given:  a 120-mg  dose  gave  blood  levels  three  times  that  of  the  60-mg 
dose.  There  is  no  information  about  the  effect  of  renal  or  hepatic 
impairment  on  excretion  or  metabolism  of  diltiazem. 

INDICATIONS  AND  USAGE 

1 Angina  Pectoris  Due  to  Coronary  Artery  Spasm.  CARDIZEM 


is  indicated  in  the  treatment  of  angina  pectoris  due  to  coronary 
artery  spasm.  CARDIZEM  has  been  shown  effective  in  the 
treatment  ot  spontaneous  coronary  artery  spasm  presenting  as 
Prinzmetal's  variant  angina  (resting  angina  with  ST-segment 
elevation  occurring  during  attacks). 

2 Chronic  Stable  Angina  (Classic  Effort-Associated  Angina). 
CARDIZEM  is  indicated  in  the  management  of  chronic  stable 
angina.  CARDIZEM  has  been  effective  in  controlled  trials  in 
reducing  angina  freguency  and  Increasing  exercise  tolerance. 

There  are  no  controlled  studies  of  the  effectiveness  of  the  concomi- 
tant use  of  diltiazem  and  beta-blockers  or  of  the  safety  of  this 
combination  in  patients  with  Impaired  ventricular  function  or  conduc- 
tion abnormalities. 

CONTRAINDICATIONS 

CARDIZEM  is  contraindicated  in  (1)  patients  with  sick  sinus 
syndrome  except  in  the  presence  ot  a functioning  ventricular  pacemaker, 
(2)  patients  with  second-  or  third-degree  AV  block  except  in  the 
presence  of  a tunctioning  ventricular  pacemaker,  and  (3)  patients 
with  hypotension  (less  than  90  mm  Hg  systolic). 

WARNINGS 

1 . Cardiac  Conduction.  CARDIZEM  prolongs  AV  node  refrac- 
tory periods  without  significantly  prolonging  sinus  node  recov- 
ery time,  except  in  patients  with  sick  sinus  syndrome.  This 
effect  may  rarely  result  in  abnormally  slow  heart  rates  (particularly 
in  patients  with  sick  sinus  syndrome)  or  second-  or  third-degree 
AV  block  (six  of  1243  patients  for  0.48%).  Concomitant  use  of 
diltiazem  with  beta-blockers  or  digitalis  may  result  in  additive 
effects  on  cardiac  conduction.  A patient  with  Prinzmetal's 
angina  developed  periods  of  asystole  (2  to  5 seconds)  after  a 
single  dose  ot  60  mg  ot  diltiazem 

2 Congestive  Heart  Failure.  Although  diltiazem  has  a negative 
inotropic  effect  in  isolated  animal  tissue  preparations,  hemodynamic 
studies  in  humans  with  normal  ventricular  function  have  not 
shown  a reduction  in  cardiac  index  nor  consistent  negative 
effects  on  contractility  (dp/dt).  Experience  with  the  use  of 
CARDIZEM  alone  or  in  combination  with  beta-blockers  in  patients 
with  impaired  ventricular  function  is  very  limited.  Caution  should 
be  exercised  when  using  the  drug  in  such  patients. 

3.  Hypotension.  Decreases  in  blood  pressure  associated  with 
CARDIZEM  therapy  may  occasionally  result  in  symptomatic 
hypotension. 

4 Acute  Hepatic  Injury.  In  rare  instances,  patients  receiving 
CARDIZEM  have  exhibited  reversible  acute  hepatic  injury  as 
evidenced  by  moderate  to  extreme  elevations  of  liver  enzymes. 
(See  PRECAUTIONS  and  ADVERSE  REACTIONS.) 

PRECAUTIONS 

General.  CARDIZEM  (diltiazem  hydrochloride)  is  extensively  metab- 
olized by  the  liver  and  excreted  by  the  kidneys  and  in  bile.  As  with  any 
new  drug  given  over  prolonged  periods,  laboratory  parameters  should 
be  monitored  at  regular  intervals.  The  drug  should  be  used  with 
caution  in  patients  with  impaired  renal  or  hepatic  function.  In  sub- 
acute and  chronic  dog  and  rat  studies  designed  to  produce  toxicity, 
high  doses  of  diltiazem  were  associated  with  hepatic  damage.  In 
special  subacute  hepatic  studies,  oral  doses  of  125  mg/kg  and 
higher  in  rats  were  associated  with  histological  changes  in  the  liver 
which  were  reversible  when  the  drug  was  discontinued.  In  dogs, 
doses  of  20  mg/kg  were  also  associated  with  hepatic  changes: 
however,  these  changes  were  reversible  with  continued  dosing. 

Drug  Interaction.  Pharmacologic  studies  indicate  that  there 
may  be  additive  effects  in  prolonging  AV  conduction  when  using 
beta-blockers  or  digitalis  concomitantly  with  CARDIZEM.  (See 
WARNINGS). 

Controlled  and  uncontrolled  domestic  studies  suggest  that  con- 
comitant use  of  CARDIZEM  and  beta-blockers  or  digitalis  is  usually 
well  tolerated  Available  data  are  not  sufficient,  however,  to  predict 
the  effects  ot  concomitant  treatment,  particularly  in  patients  with  left 
ventricular  dysfunction  or  cardiac  conduction  abnormalities.  In  healthy 
volunteers,  diltiazem  has  been  shown  to  increase  serum  digoxin 
levels  up  to  20%. 

Carcinogenesis,  Mutagenesis,  Impairment  of  Fertility.  A 

24-month  study  in  rats  and  a 21-month  study  in  mice  showed  no 
evidence  of  carcinogenicity.  There  was  also  no  mutagenic  response 
in  in  vitro  bacterial  tests.  No  intrinsic  effect  on  fertility  was  observed 
in  rats. 

Pregnancy.  Category  C.  Reproduction  studies  have  been  con- 
ducted in  mice,  rats,  and  rabbits.  Administration  of  doses  ranging 
from  five  to  ten  times  greater  (on  a mg/kg  basis)  than  the  daily 
recommended  therapeutic  dose  has  resulted  in  embryo  and  fetal 
lethality.  These  doses,  in  some  studies,  have  been  reported  to  cause 
skeletal  abnormalities.  In  the  perinatal/postnatal  studies,  there  was 
some  reduction  in  early  individual  pup  weights  and  survival  rates. 
There  was  an  increased  incidence  of  stillbirths  at  doses  of  20  times 
the  human  dose  or  greater. 

There  are  no  well-controlled  studies  in  pregnant  women;  therefore, 
use  CARDIZEM  in  pregnant  women  only  if  the  potential  benefit 
justifies  the  potential  risk  to  the  fetus. 

Nursing  Mothers.  It  is  not  known  whether  this  drug  is  excreted 
in  human  milk.  Because  many  drugs  are  excreted  in  human  milk, 
exercise  caution  when  CARDIZEM  is  administered  to  a nursing 
woman  if  the  drug's  benefits  are  thought  to  outweigh  its  potential 
risks  in  this  situation. 

Pediatric  Use.  Safety  and  effectiveness  in  children  have  not 
been  established. 

ADVERSE  REACTIONS 

Serious  adverse  reactions  have  been  rare  in  studies  carried  out  to 
date,  but  it  should  be  recognized  that  patients  with  impaired  ventricu- 
lar function  and  cardiac  conduction  abnormalities  have  usually  been 
excluded. 

In  domestic  placebo-controlled  trials,  the  incidence  of  adverse 
reactions  reported  during  CARDIZEM  therapy  was  not  greater  than 
that  reported  during  placebo  therapy. 

The  following  represent  occurrences  observed  in  clinical  studies 
which  can  be  at  least  reasonably  associated  with  the  pharmacology 
of  calcium  influx  inhibition.  In  many  cases,  the  relationship  to 
CARDIZEM  has  not  been  established.  The  most  common  occurrences, 
as  well  as  their  frequency  of  presentation,  are;  edema  (2.4%), 


headache  (2.1%),  nausea  (1.9%),  dizziness  (1.5%),  ras  .< 
asthenia  (1.2%),  AV  block  (1.1%).  In  addition,  the  followiirt 
were  reported  infrequently  (less  than  1%)  with  the  order  of  !j 
tion  corresponding  to  the  relative  frequency  of  occurrence 


Cardiovascular: 


Nervous  System: 
Gastrointestinal: 


Dermatologic: 

Other: 


Flushing,  arrhythmia,  hypotension,  M 
dia,  palpitations,  congestive  heauic 
syncope. 

Paresthesia,  nervousness,  soma 
tremor,  insomnia,  hallucinations,  and  m 
Constipation,  dyspepsia,  diarrhea,  m 
mild  elevations  of  alkaline  phosphata  3 
SGPT,  and  LDH 

Pruritus,  petechiae,  urticaria,  photo;  i 
Polyuria,  nocturia. 


The  following  additional  experiences  have  been  noted: 

A patient  with  Prinzmetal's  angina  experiencing  ep  r 
vasospastic  angina  developed  periods  of  transient  asyr  a 
asystole  approximately  five  hours  after  receiving  a sine » 
dose  of  CARDIZEM 

The  following  postmarketing  events  have  been  repoi 
quently  in  patients  receiving  CARDIZEM  erythema  multit  si 
kopenia,  and  extreme  elevations  ot  alkaline  phosphata:  S 
SGPT,  LDH,  and  CPK,  However,  a definitive  cause  and  effec  ii 
these  events  and  CARDIZEM  therapy  is  yet  to  be  establi:  If 


QVERDOSAGE  OR  EXAGGERATED  RESPON! 

Overdosage  experience  with  oral  diltiazem  has  bee 
Single  oral  doses  ot  300  mg  of  CARDIZEM  have  been  wel 
by  healthy  volunteers  In  the  event  of  overdosage  or  ex 
response,  appropriate  supportive  measures  should  be  era 
addition  to  gastric  lavage.  The  following  measures  may  be  w 


Bradycardia 


High-Degree  AV 
Block 


Cardiac  Failure 


Hypotension 


Administer  atropine  (0.60  to  1.0  mi 
is  no  response  to  vagal  blockade, ; 
isoproterenol  cautiously. 

Treat  as  for  bradycardia  above.  F 
degree  AV  block  should  be  treated 
diac  pacing. 

Administer  inotropic  agents  (isop 
dopamine,  or  dobutamine)  and  diure 
Vasopressors  (eg,  dopamine  or  le 
bitartrate). 

Actual  treatment  and  dosage  should  depend  on  the  sevi 
clinical  situation  and  the  judgment  and  experience  of  tt 
physician 

The  oral/LD50's  in  mice  and  rats  range  from  415  to  7 
and  from  560  to  810  mg/kg,  respectively.  The  intravenou 
these  species  were  60  and  38  mg/kg,  respectively. The  o 
dogs  is  considered  to  be  in  excess  of  50  mg/kg,  while  lei 
seen  in  monkeys  at  360  mg/kg.  The  toxic  dose  in  man  is  r 
but  blood  levels  in  excess  of  800  ng/ml  have  not  been  t 
with  toxicity. 


DOSAGE  AND  ADMINISTRATION 

Exertional  Angina  Pectoris  Due  to  Atherosclerc 
nary  Artery  Disease  or  Angina  Pectoris  at  Rest  Dui 
nary  Artery  Spasm.  Dosage  must  be  adjusted  to  eacl 
needs  Starting  with  30  mg  four  times  daily,  before  me 
bedtime,  dosage  should  be  increased  gradually  (given 
doses  three  or  four  times  daily)  at  one-  to  two-day  intej 
optimum  response  is  obtained.  Although  individual  pat: 
respond  to  any  dosage  level,  the  average  optimum  dos 
appears  to  be  180  to  240  mg/day.  There  are  no  available  da 
ing  dosage  requirements  in  patients  with  impaired  renal ; 
function.  It  the  drug  must  be  used  in  such  patients,  titration 
carried  out  with  particular  caution. 

Concomitant  Use  With  Other  Antianglnal  Agent:; 

1.  Sublingual  NTG  may  be  taken  as  required  to  a | 
anginal  attacks  during  CARDIZEM  therapy. 

2 Prophylactic  Nitrate  Therapy -CARDIZEM  mays 
coadministered  with  short-  and  long-acting  nitrates  I 
have  been  no  controlled  studies  to  evaluate  the  ill 
effectiveness  of  this  combination. 

3.  Beta-blockers.  (See  WARNINGS  and  PRECAUTION: 


HOW  SUPPLIED 

Cardizem  30-mg  tablets  are  supplied  in  bottles  of 
0088-1771-47)  and  in  Unit  Dose  Identification  Paks  of 
0088-1771-49).  Each  green  tablet  is  engraved  with  MARI; 
side  and  1771  engraved  on  the  other.  CARDIZEM  60-r 
tablets  are  supplied  in  bottles  of  100  (NDC  0088-1 772-47); 
Dose  Identification  Paks  of  100  (NDC  0088-1772-49).  Ei 
tablet  is  engraved  with  MARION  on  one  side  and  1772  oi 

Issul 


; 

! 


Another  patient  benefit  product  from 
PHARMACEUTICAL  DIVISION 

MARION 

LABORATORIES.  INC 

KANSAS  CITY,  MISSOURI  64137 


Ceftriaxone,  a Third 

GENERATION  CEPHALOSPORIN 


Edward  S.  Johnson,  m.d.,  Marc  Fedder,  m.d.,  Leon  G.  Smith,  m.d.,  Newark* 


: 


i 

i 

I 

l 


i 

Ceftriaxone  is  a new  third  generation  cephalosporin  with  an 
inusually  prolonged  half-life  and  broad  antibacterial 
ipectrum.  These  properties  decrease  length  of  hospital  stay. 
)ur  studies  show  ceftriaxone  as  a safe  and  effective 

mtibioticfor  serious  bacterial  infections. 




i 

eftriaxone,  a new  third  gener- 
■ ation  cephalosporin,  has  good 

activity  against  gram-positive 
1 gram-negative  bacteria  and  has  increased  stability 
dnst  various  types  of  beta-lactamases. 1 Ceftriaxone 
> a prolonged  serum  half-life  of  6.5  h to  8.6  h and 
drug  can  be  given  at  longer  time  intervals  than 
st  other  conventional  antibiotics.2  Ceftriaxone  pen- 
ates  into  the  cerebrospinal  and  intestinal  fluids 
dily  and  the  elimination  from  these  compartments 
Islower  than  other  related  B-lactam  antibiotics.3 

TERIALS  AND  METHODS 

|eftriaxone  was  used  to  treat  46  patients  and  of 
jse,  38  patients  met  the  clinical  criteria  for  evalu- 
>n  in  this  study.  The  8 patients  who  were  excluded 
In  the  study  included  5 patients  with  no  bacterial 
hogen  isolated,  and  3 patients  who  signed  out  of 
hospital  against  medical  advice. 
jJl  of  the  patients  in  this  study  were  treated  as  inpa- 
its  at  Saint  Michael’s  Medical  Center,  Newark.  Pa- 
lts  were  selected  on  the  basis  of  documented  infec- 
I'ls  or  suspected  bacterial  infections  after  being 
luated  by  the  infectious  diseases  staff.  All  of  the 
dents  were  18  years  or  older  and  written  consent 
Is  obtained  from  all  of  the  patients.  Cultures  were 
Gained  prior  to  starting  patients  on  ceftriaxone  ther- 
! . A culture  was  repeated  usually  48  hours  after 
'ting  therapy  and  where  clinically  indicated  or 

I 

C 81 -NUMBER  11 -NOVEMBER  1984 


feasible  at  the  end  of  therapy.  A bacterial  organism  was 
isolated  on  all  patients  in  the  group  that  was  evaluated. 

Ceftriaxone  (Ro  13-9904)  is  a 2-aminothiazolyl 
methoxyimino  cephalosporin  derivative.4  The  drug 
was  obtained  from  Hoffmann-La  Roche,  Inc.,  and  was 
in  the  form  of  a crystalline  powder.  The  drug  was  ad- 
ministered every  12  or  24  hours  either  intramuscular- 
ly or  intravenously.  The  drug  was  diluted  with  water 
and  mixed  with  50  cc  of  D5W  or  50  cc  of  normal  saline 
for  intravenous  use.  For  intramuscular  use,  the  drug 
was  mixed  with  1 percent  lidocaine  hydrochloride 
solution.  Lidocaine  was  used  in  place  of  sterile  water 
to  minimize  discomfort  of  the  intramuscular  injection. 
Many  of  the  patients  with  osteomyelitis  were  treated 
as  outpatients  after  initial  evaluation  and  treatment 
as  inpatients.  A daily  intramuscular  injection  was 
given  for  these  patients.  The  bacterial  isolate  suscep- 
tibility of  ceftriaxone  was  determined  by  standardized 
Kirby-Bauer  technique.  The  minimal  inhibitory  con- 
centrations for  all  isolates  were  determined  by  the 
microliter  technique  (Dynatech).  Tiypticase  Soy  broth 
was  used  with  an  inoculum  of  culture  containing  105 
colony-forming  units  per  ml  of  an  overnight  broth. 

Osteomyelitis  was  diagnosed  by  aspiration  cultures 
of  the  bone  or  by  bone  biopsy  cultures.  Radiology  stud- 

*Dr.  Smith  is  Director,  Department  of  Medicine.  Saint 
Michael’s  Medical  Center.  Newark.  Correspondence  may  be 
addressed  to  Dr.  Smith,  Saint  Michael’s  Medical  Center,  268 
Martin  Luther  King,  Jr.  Blvd.,  Newark,  NJ  07102. 


941 


ies  and  bone  and  gallium  scans  were  used  to  support 
the  diagnosis.  A clinical  cure  was  defined  as  resolution 
of  local  and  systemic  symptoms  of  the  patients  and  a 
bacteriologic  cure  was  defined  as  a sterile  culture.  The 
patients  with  osteomyelitis  who  had  no  further 
drainage  and  had  radiologic  changes  such  as  resolving 
osteomyelitis  were  evaluated  as  a clinical  improve- 
ment. Those  patients  who  had  complete  resolution  of 
their  osteomyelitis  were  evaluated  as  clinical  cure. 

Pneumonia  was  diagnosed  by  a positive  culture, 
positive  gram  stains  of  the  sputum,  and  radiographic 
evidence  of  a pulmonary  infiltrate.  Cure  of  pneumonia 
was  established  when  sputum  cultures  were  negative 
and  the  infiltrate  in  the  chest  x-ray  had  resolved. 

Skin  and  soft  tissue  infection  was  based  on  a 
positive  culture  and  the  clinical  involvement  of  the 
skin  and  soft  tissue.  The  skin  and  soft  tissue  infec- 
tions were  defined  as  cured  when  the  tissues  healed 
to  their  normal  visual  and  tonic  configuration. 

A diagnosis  of  pyelonephritis  was  made  by  fever, 
costovertebral  angle  tenderness,  and  positive  culture. 
A cure  was  defined  as  a sterile  culture  at  five  to  nine 
days  post-therapy,  and  when  clinical  symptoms  had 
abated. 

In  the  eases  of  meningitis,  typhoid  fever,  and 
gangrene,  the  appropriate  sites  were  cultured 
(cerebrospinal  fluid,  blood,  or  urine)  and  a diagnosis 
was  based  on  proper  isolation  of  the  infecting  or- 
ganism. These  miscellaneous  entities  were  defined  as 
cured  when  appropriate  cultures  were  sterile.  In  our 
patient  with  meningitis,  a cell  count  with  differential 
glucose  and  protein  was  done  on  the  cerebrospinal 
fluid.  This  was  repeated  for  a total  of  four  times 
throughout  the  patient’s  two-month  course. 

All  of  the  patients  in  this  study  were  monitored  for 
toxicity  of  ceftriaxone;  complete  blood  counts,  includ- 
ing differential  counts  and  platelet  counts,  were  done 
on  each  patient.  Other  laboratory  tests  included  BUN, 
creatinine,  SGOT,  SGPT,  alkaline  phosphatase, 
bilirubin,  and  urine  analysis  (biochemical  and  micro- 
scopic). This  was  repeated  every  four  days  while  the 
patient  was  on  ceftriaxone  or  where  clinically  in- 
dicated. The  patients  were  followed  daily  by  a member 
of  our  attending  infectious  diseases  staff. 

RESULTS 

In  the  20  patients  who  were  treated  for  osteomyelitis 
with  ceftriaxone,  16  patients  had  a bacteriologic  cure 
of  their  disease.  Three  patients  had  resistant  or- 
ganisms but  did  show  clinical  improvement  after 
being  treated  with  ceftriaxone.  Patient  12,  having 
sensitive  organisms  to  ceftriaxone,  did  not  respond 
clinically  to  the  medication.  The  patient  was  treated 
with  vancomycin  and  rifampin  and  responded  clinical- 
ly and  a cure  was  obtained.  There  were  9 chronic  cases 
and  7 acute  cases  that  were  cured,  and  several  of  these 
patients  had  numerous  bacterial  isolates.  The  or- 
ganisms isolated  in  the  17  sensitive  cases  included  1 1 
isolates  of  Staphylococcus  aureus,  4 isolates  of  S. 
epidermidis,  4 isolates  of  Escherichia  coli,  2 isolates 
of  Proteus  mirabilis,  2 isolates  of  Acinetobacter 
anitratus,  2 isolates  of  Enterobacter  cloacae,  and  1 
isolate  of  Salmonella  enteritidis  and  Pseudomonas 
aeruginosa,  Bacteroides  ovatus  was  resistant  to  cef- 
triaxone and  clindamycin  in  patient  11.  However,  it 


was  sensitive  to  the  tetracyclines.  The  3 patients 
whom  resistant  organisms  were  found  had  the  folio 
ing  bacterial  isolates;  2 isolates  of  S.  epidermidis; 
isolate  each  of  enterococci  and  E.  cloacae.  Patient 
had  a hip  prosthesis  in  place  which  may  have  ; 
tributed  to  failure  of  ceftriaxone.  In  our  series,  2 p 
tients  required  surgical  intervention  because 
abscess  cavities  within  the  bone.  One  of  these  patier, 
(11)  later  was  found  to  have  Ehlers-Danlos  disea; 
This  may  have  attributed  to  her  poor  wound  healii 

Eleven  of  our  patients  were  treated  as  outpatier 
after  initial  hospitalization  and  evaluation.  All  exce 
1 could  tolerate  the  intramuscular  injections  as  outp 
tients  and  that  patient  was  readmitted  for  intraveno 
therapy.  Ceftriaxone  was  well  tolerated  by  our  patien 
only  1 patient  had  a transient  rise  of  liver  trar 
aminases.  In  our  9 chronic  cases  and  7 acute  eas. 
that  were  cured,  improvement  was  noted  radiologica, 
The  chronic  cases  either  had  resolving  osteomyelii 
or  resolution  of  osteomyelitis  on  x-ray  and  bone  a I 
gallium  scans.  All  of  our  7 acute  cases  had  comple 
resolution  of  osteomyelitis  on  x-ray  and  bone  gallic  i 
scans.  The  dosing  interval  in  our  osteomyelitis  cal 
was  12  to  24  hours  and  total  dosages  ranged  from 
to  84  gm  over  a time  interval  of  15  to  44  days.  Thd 
chronic  osteomyelitis  patients  need  long-term  eva 
ation  to  see  if  there  was  a clinical  and  bacteriolo,: 
cure  under  the  period  of  observation. 

Our  skin  and  soft  tissue  infections  included  fc 
cases  of  cellulitis;  pathogens  isolated  indue  I 
Staphylococcus  aureus  (three),  group  a be 
hemolytic  strep  (one),  and  group  b strep  (one).  The 
patients  responded  well  to  therapy  with  complete  re 
lution  of  their  lesions.  Other  sites  of  infection  indue  I 
facial  abscess,  postoperative  thoracotomy  wound  inf  • 
tion,  and  ulcer  of  the  right  leg.  Patient  25,  with  fac 
abscess,  had  recurrent  abscess  since  childhood  a: 
recurrence  could  not  be  prevented.  The  patient  hi 
extensive  immunologic  and  bacteriologic  studies.  Jo 
syndrome  was  a consideration,  but  the  evaluation  wl 
negative  for  any  disease  entity.  S.  epidermidis  vjl 
isolated  from  the  facial  abscess.  S.  aureus  a 
enterococci  were  isolated  from  the  postoperat 
wound  infection  and  S.  aureus  was  isolated  from  tj 
leg  ulcer.  All  of  these  patients  responded  to  there!1 
with  complete  resolution  of  their  infections. 

We  had  four  cases  of  pneumonia  and  our  isola 
included  Streptococcus  pneumoniae  (two),  group 
beta-hemolytic  streptococci  (two),  and  group  b be 
hemolytic  streptococci  (one).  All  responded  to  then 
and  had  complete  resolution  of  chest  x-ray  findirjj 
within  five  to  six  days  and  sterile  sputum  or  ! 
sputum. 

All  patients  with  pyelonephritis  had  Escherichia  c i 
(four)  and  Proteus  mirabilis  (one).  All  patients 
sponded  with  clearing  of  urine  of  bacteria  and  re 
lution  of  costovertebral  angle  tenderness  and  feve 

Miscellaneous  infections  treated  with  ceftriaxone 
eluded:  meningitis,  typhoid  fever,  and  gangrene  of  I ' 
right  great  toe.  Ceftriaxone  was  used  to  tn; 
Enterobacter  cloacae  meningitis.  The  patient  suffei'l 
severe  trauma  in  an  automobile  accident  and  had  fr 
tured  vertebrae  with  leaking  cerebrospinal  fluid, 
had  prior  treatment  with  ampicillin  and  gentamicin ! 
another  hospital.  The  levels  of  gentamicin  were  the  ■ 


942 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS1, 


TABLE 


Site  of  Clinical  Infection,  Bacteriology,  Response,  and  Duration  of  Therapy 
in  38  Patients  Who  Received  Ceftriaxone  for  5 or  More  Days 


Site  of  Infection 

Bacteria  Isolated 

Response  Clinically 

Days  of  Therapy 

Osteomyelitis 

Staphylococcus  aureus 

Cure 

42 

Osteomyelitis 

Escherichia  coli 

Cure 

21 

Osteomyelitis 

Enterococci,  Enterobacter  cloacae 

Failure 

6 

Osteomyelitis 

Salmonella  enteritidis 

Cure 

34 

Osteomyelitis 

S.  aureus 

Cure 

46 

Osteomyelitis 

S.  epidermidis 

Cure 

42 

Osteomyelitis 

Osteomyelitis 

S.  aureus 

Cure 

40 

S.  aureus 

Cure 

42 

Osteomyelitis 

S.  epidermidis 

Improved  clinically 
but  baeteriologic  failure 

42 

Osteomyelitis 

Acinetobacter  anitratus, 
E.  cloacae. 

E.  coli.  S.  aureus 

Cure 

42 

Osteomyelitis 

E.  cloacae. 

S.  aureus.  E.  coli. 
Bacteroides  ovatus 

Cure 

42 

Osteomyelitis 

S.  aureus.  S.  epidermidis 

Clinical  failure 

15 

Osteomyelitis 

S.  epidermidis 

Failure 

42 

Osteomyelitis 

| 

P.  mirabilis. 

S.  epidermidis 

Cure 

15 

{ Osteomyelitis 

Acinetobacter  anitratus 

Cure 

41 

Osteomyelitis 

P.  mirabilis 

Cure 

43 

Osteomyelitis 

S.  aureus 

Cure 

42 

Osteomyelitis 

S.  aureus 

Cure 

42 

Osteomyelitis 

S.  aureus 

Cure 

42 

Osteomyelitis 

Pseudomonas  aeruginosa, 
E.  coli 

Cure 

35 

Cellulitis 

S.  aureus 

Cure 

10  '/2 

Cellulitis 

S.  aureus 

Cure 

7 

Cellulitis 

S.  aureus 

Cure 

8 

Cellulitis 

S.  aureus. 

Group  a Streptococcus 

Cure 

1 7 Vi 

Facial  abscess 

S.  epidermidis 

Clinical  improvement 

1 1 

Wound  infection 

' 

S.  aureus. 
Enterococci 

Cure 

21 

Leg  ulcer 

S.  aureus 

Cure 

8 

Pneumonia 

H.  influenza 

Cure 

6 

Pneumonia 

Streptococcus  pneumoniae 

Cure 

5 

Pneumonia 

Group  a beta  streptococci 

Cure 

8 

Pneumonia 

Streptococcus  pneumoniae 

Cure 

6 

Pyelonephritis 

E.  coli 

Cure 

6 

Pyelonephritis 

E.  coli  P.  mirabilis 

Cure 

1 1 

Meningitis 

E.  cloacae 

Cure 

27 

Typhoid  Fever 

Salmonella  typhi 

Cure 

1 1 

Gangrene  great  toe 

Serratia  marcescens 

Cure 

14 

(l.  81— NUMBER  11 -NOVEMBER  1984 


943 


peutic  at  peak  and  trough  and  the  maximum  dose  of 
ampieillin  was  given  (12  gm),  but  the  E.  cloacae  was 
not  eradicated  from  the  cerebrospinal  fluid.  In  our  hos- 
pital, the  E.  cloacae  (MIC  2.0  mg/ml)  was  resistant  to 
ampieillin  but  sensitive  to  gentamicin.  The  patient  was 
treated  with  gentamicin  60  mg  intravenously  every 
Q8H  for  34  days  and  intrathecal  gentamicin  7 mg 
three  times  daily  for  9 days  concurrently  with  ceftria- 
xone (2  g intravenously  Q8H).  After  6 days  of  combined 
drug  therapy  repeat  cultures  from  the  cerebrospinal 
fluid  were  sterile.  The  patient  went  on  to  have  an  un- 
eventful recovery. 

Our  one  case  of  typhoid  fever  responded  well  to  cef- 
triaxone. Salmonella  typhi  was  isolated  from  three 
blood  cultures  but  was  not  isolated  from  the  stool. 
Repeat  blood  cultures,  done  five  days  after  treatment 
with  ceftriaxone  were  sterile.  The  patient  was  treated 
with  intramuseular/intravenous  ceftriaxone  for  seven 
days  and  for  four  days  as  an  outpatient.  The  patient 
then  was  followed  up  by  her  local  medical  doctor;  at 
the  end  of  six  months  she  has  had  no  further  relapse 
of  her  disease. 

The  patient  with  gangrene  of  the  right  great  toe  had 
Serratia  marcescens  and  Escherichia  coli  isolated 
from  the  wound.  Treatment  with  ceftriaxone  resulted 
in  sterile  cultures  but  eventually  the  toe  was  am- 
putated. The  patient  recovered. 

In  our  study,  ceftriaxone  has  been  found  to  be  highly 
active  against  gram-positive  and  gram-negative  or- 
ganisms. Ceftriaxone  also  inhibited  members  of  the 
enterobacteriacae  at  lower  concentrations  than  older 
cephalosporins  and  its  activity  against  Escherichia 
coli  and  Klebsiella  pneumoniae  was  similar  to  that 
of  cefotaxime  and  moxalactam.5  The  long  elimination 
half-life  of  ceftriaxone  of  approximately  8.2  hours 
should  make  this  drug  veiy  useful  for  the  treatment 
of  outpatients,  especially  those  with  osteomyelitis.4 
The  advantage  of  using  ceftriaxone  in  the  treatment 
of  osteomyelitis  is  that  its  prolonged  serum  half-life 
allowed  us  to  treat  1 1 of  our  20  patients  as  outpatients, 
with  a once-a-day  treatment  regimen.  All  outpatients 
tolerated  the  intramuscular  injections  except  1 patient 
who  was  readmitted  for  intravenous  treatment.  In  the 
3 patients  with  osteomyelitis  who  failed  clinically,  1 
of  these  patients  had  a hip  prosthesis  in  place;  2 had 
Staphylococcus  epidermidis  and  1 of  these  patients 
had  enterococci  and  Enterobacter  cloacae.  Ceftria- 


xone, like  other  new  B-lactam  antibiotics,  has  redud 
activity  against  staphylococci  species  compared  to  tl 
first  and  second  generation  cephalosporins  such 
cephalothin  and  cefamandole.6  7 However,  t 
achievable  serum  concentrations  of  ceftriaxone  far  e 
ceed  the  MIC  for  most  staphylococcal  specie 
Cephalosporins  in  general  are  not  very  effecti 
against  the  enterococci.8  Only  1 patient  had  a tran 
ent  increase  in  SGOT  and  SGPT  which  resolved.  It  a] 
will  be  beneficial  in  those  patients  with  serio 
bacterial  infections  who  can  be  treated  on  an  out]: 
tient  basis/osteomyelitis  and  typhoid  fever.  This 
fieaey  along  with  favorable  pharmacokinetics  sho 
that  ceftriaxone  should  be  useful  in  the  treatment : 
serious  bacterial  infections.  If  this  drug  is  priced  prc 
erly,  it  could  revolutionalize  the  method  of  treati ; 
osteomyelitis,  soft  tissue  infections,  pneumonias,  a I 
conceivably  even  meningitis  as  an  outpatie 
procedure.  This  is  a major  factor  in  hospital  cost  cc 
tainment  today  as  hospital  stay  was  reduced  by  i 
percent  in  major  illnesses. 

REFERENCES 

1.  Patel  IH,  Weinfeld  RE,  Konikoff  J,  Parsonnet  M:  Pham 
eokinetics  and  tolerance  of  ceftriaxone  in  humans  ai 
single-dose  intramuscular  administration  in  water  and  li< 
caine  diluents.  Antimicrob  Agents  Chemother  21:402-4 
1982. 

2.  Epstein  J,  Hasselquist  S,  Simon  G:  Efficacy  of  cefti 
xone  in  serious  bacterial  infections.  Antimicrob  Age ; 
Chemother  21:402-406,  1982. 

3.  Johnson  RC,  Bey  RE,  Wolgamot  SJ:  Comparison  of  i: 
activities  of  ceftriaxone  and  penicillin  G against  expertm 
tally  induced  syphilis  in  rabbits.  1982.  Antimicrob  Age > 
Chemother  21:984-988,  1982. 

4.  Beskid  G,  Cleeland  W,  Deloreno  A Trown  PW:  In  v> 
activity  of  ceftriaxone  (Ro  13-9904)  a broad  spectrum  sei 
synthetic  cephalosporin.  Antimicrob  Agents  Chemot Jr 
20:159-167,  1981. 

5.  Neu  H,  Merpol  N,  Kwung  F:  Antibacterial  activity  of  (j- 
triaxone  (Ro  13-9904)  a B-lactamase  stable  cephalospoi . 
Antimicrob  Agents  Chemother  19:44-423,  1981. 

6.  Eickhoff  TC,  Ehret  J:  Comparative  in  vitro  studies  of  > 
13-9904  a new  cephalosporin  derivative.  Antimicrob  Ages 
Chemother  18:240-242,  1981. 

7.  Angehm  P,  Probst  P,  Reiner  R Then  R Ro  13-990! 
long-acting  broad  spectrum  cephalosporin:  In  vitro  and  i 
vivo  studies.  Antimicrob  Agents  Chemother  18:913-9, 
1980. 

8.  Thompson  RL,  Wright  AJ:  Cephalosporin  antibiot 
Mayo  Clinic  Proc  58(2):  79-87.  1980. 


944 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS ' 


Lease  the  car  of  your  choice  from  us.  You  choose 
the  model,  color  and  options  ...  we  do  the  rest! 
Our  leasing  program  can  be  custom-tailored  to 
include  insurance,  if  you  desire.  We  feature 
personalized  service  and  the  extra  attention  to 
detail  you’re  looking  for. 

Call  us  today  at  (201)  257-2300  or  (212)  964-0037 
to  lease  YOUR  car ...  the  convenient,  easy  way. 


6 Connerty  Court  • East  Brunswick,  NJ  08816 


Doctors:  Write  your  own  prescription 

to  cure  insurance  pains  . . . 

ft,  Prescription 

B Prescription 



lame  MSNJ  Member 

IT 

Name 

Address 

MSNJ  Group 

Blue  Cross/Blue  Shield 
Major  Medical  and 
Dental  Insurance 

that  provides: 

- Flexible  plans 

- Comprehensive  benefits 

- Low,  competitive  rates 

- Centralized  Administration 

Designed  and  Administered  by 

(DONALD  F SMITH <>> ASSOCIATES) 

Phone 

Please  send  more  information 
on  the  MSNJ 

□ Blue  Cross/Blue  Shield  Program 

□ Major  Medical  Program 

□ Group  Dental  Program 
Return  to: 

Donald  F.  Smith  & Associates 
One  Airport  Place,  Route  206  North 
P.O.  Box  2197, 

Princeton,  New  Jersey  08540 

(609)  924-8700,  (201)  622-6046 

The  Easy 
Alternative . . . 


L.  81— NUMBER  11— NOVEMBER  1984 


945 


“When  the  Ayerst  rep  told  me 
it  costs  about  454  a day, 

I said  you  can  stop  right  there.” 

Most  doctors  are  pleasantly  surprised  to  learn  that  the  average  cost  of 
daily  therapy  with  the  world’s  most  widely  used  beta  blocker  is  so  little, 
not  much  more  than  the  cost  of  a daily  newspaper. 

When  it’s  INDERAL  tablets  (propranolol  hydrochloride)  you  want  for 
your  hypertension  patients,  remember  to  specify  Dispense  As  Written 
(DAW)  or  Do  Not  Substitute  on  your  prescriptions.  That  way,  you  can 
always  be  assured  they’ll  get  INDERAL®. 

Please  see  next  page  for  brief  summary  of  prescribing  information. 


“When  the  Ayerst  rep  told  me 
it  costs  about  45<t  a day, 

I said  you  can  stop  right  there.” 

Inderal 


(PROPRANOLOL  HCI) 


10  mg  20  mg  40  mg  60  mg  80  mg  90  mg* 


BRIEF  SUMMARY  (FOR  FULL  PRESCRIBING  INFORMATION,  SEE  PACKAGE  CIRCULAR.) 


INDERAL®  (propranolol  hydrochloride)  Tablets 

CLINICAL  PHARMACOLOGY 

The  Beta-Blocker  Heart  Attack  Trial  (BHAT)  was  a National  Heart,  Lung  and  Blood  Institute- 
sponsored  multicenter,  randomized,  double-blind  placebo-controlled  trial  conducted  in  31 
U S,  centers  (plus  one  in  Canada)  in  3,837  persons  without  history  of  severe  congestive  heart 
failure  or  presence  of  recent  heart  failure;  certain  conduction  defects;  angina  since  infarction, 
who  had  survived  the  acute  phase  of  myocardial  infarction  Propranolol  was  administered  at 
either  60  or  80  mg  t i d based  on  blood  levels  achieved  during  an  initial  trial  of  40  mg  t.i  d 
Therapy  with  INDERAL,  begun  5-21  days  following  infarction,  was  shown  to  reduce  overall 
mortality  up  to  39  months,  the  longest  period  of  follow-up  This  was  primarily  attributable  to  a 
reduction  in  cardiovascular  mortality  The  protective  effect  of  INDERAL  was  consistent 
regardless  of  age,  sex  or  site  of  infarction.  Compared  to  placebo,  total  mortality  was  reduced 
39%  at  12  months  and  26%  over  an  average  follow-up  period  of  25  months.  The  Norwegian 
Multicenter  Trial  in  which  propranolol  was  administered  at  40  mg  q.i.d.  gave  overall  results 
which  support  the  findings  in  the  BHAT 

Although  the  clinical  trials  used  either  t.i.d.  or  q.i.d  dosing,  clinical,  pharmacologic  and 
pharmacokinetic  data  provide  a reasonable  basis  for  concluding  that  b i d.  dosing  with  pro- 
pranolol should  be  adequate  in  the  treatment  of  post-infarction  patients. 

CLINICAL  In  the  BHAT,  patients  on  INDERAL  were  prescribed  either  180  mg/day  (82%  of 
patients)  or  240  mg/day  (18%  of  patients).  Patients  were  instructed  to  take  the  medication  3 
times  a day  at  mealtimes.  This  dosing  schedule  would  result  in  an  overnight  dosing  interval  of 
12  to  14  hours  which  is  similar  to  the  dosing  interval  for  a b i d regimen  In  addition,  blood 
samples  were  drawn  at  various  times  and  analyzed  for  propranolol  When  the  patients  were 
grouped  into  tertiles  based  on  the  blood  levels  observed  and  the  mortality  in  the  upper  and 
lower  tertiles  were  compared,  there  was  no  evidence  that  blood  levels  affected  mortality 

PHARMACOLOGIC  Studies  in  normal  volunteers  have  shown  that  a 90  mg  b i d regimen 
maintains  beta  blockade  at,  or  above,  the  minimum  for  60  mg  t.i.d  dosing  for  24  hours  even 
though  differences  occurred  at  two  time  intervals.  At  10-12  hours  after  the  first  dose  of  the  day, 
t.i.d.  dosing  gave  more  beta  blockade  than  b.i  d.  dosing;  at  20-24  hours  the  trend  of  the  rela- 
tionship was  reversed  These  relationships  were  similar  In  direction  to  those  observed  for 
plasma  propranolol  levels  (see  Pharmacokinetic). 

PHARMACOKINETIC;  A bioavailabihty  study  in  normal  volunteers  showed  that  the  blood 
levels  produced  by  180  mg/day  given  b i d are  below  those  provided  by  the  same  daily  dos- 
age given  t.i.d  at  10-12  hours  after  the  first  dose  of  the  day  but  above  those  of  a t.i  d.  regimen 
at  20-24  hours.  However,  the  blood  levels  produced  by  b.i  d dosing  were  always  equivalent 
to  or  above  the  minimum  for  t.i.d.  dosing  throughout  the  24  hours.  In  addition,  the  mean  AUC 
on  the  fourth  day  for  the  b.i  d.  regimen  was  about  17%  greater  than  for  the  t.i.d.  regimen  (1,194 
vs.  1,024  ng/ml-  hr) 

CONTRAINDICATIONS 

INDERAL  is  contraindicated  in  1)  cardiogenic  shock,  2)  sinus  bradycardia  and  greater  than 
first  degree  block,  3)  bronchial  asthma,  4)  congestive  heart  failure  (see  WARNINGS)  unless 
the  failure  is  secondary  to  a tachyarrhythmia  treatable  with  INDERAL. 

WARNINGS 

CARDIAC  FAILURE.  Sympathetic  stimulation  may  be  a vital  component  supporting  circula- 
tory function  in  patients  with  congestive  heart  failure,  and  its  inhibition  by  beta  blockade  may 
precipitate  more  severe  failure  Although  beta  blockers  should  be  avoided  in  overt  conges- 
tive heart  failure,  if  necessary  they  can  be  used  with  close  follow-up  in  patients  with  a history 
of  failure  who  are  well  compensated  and  are  receiving  digitalis  and  diuretics.  Beta- 
adrenergic  blocking  agents  do  not  abolish  the  inotropic  action  of  digitalis  on  heart  muscle. 

IN  PATIENTS  WITHOUT  A HISTORY  OF  HEART  FAILURE,  continued  use  of  beta  blockers 
can,  in  some  cases,  lead  to  cardiac  failure.  Therefore,  at  the  first  sign  or  symptom  of  heart 
failure,  the  patient  should  be  digitalized  and/or  treated  with  diuretics,  and  the  response 
observed  closely,  or  INDERAL  should  be  discontinued  (gradually,  if  possible) 


IN  PATIENTS  WITH  ANGINA  PECTORIS,  there  have  been  reports  of  exacerbation  of 
angina  and,  in  some  cases,  myocardial  infarction,  following  abrupt  discontinuance  of 
INDERAL  therapy  Therefore,  when  discontinuance  of  INDERAL  is  planned  the  dosage 
should  be  gradually  reduced  over  at  least  a few  weeks  and  the  patient  should  be  cau- 
tioned against  interruption  or  cessation  of  therapy  without  the  physician's  advice  If 
INDERAL  therapy  is  interrupted  and  exacerbation  of  angina  occurs,  it  usually  is  advis- 
able to  reinstitute  INDERAL  therapy  and  take  other  measures  appropriate  for  the  man- 
agement of  unstable  angina  pectoris.  Since  coronary  artery  disease  may  be 
unrecognized,  it  may  be  prudent  to  follow  the  above  advice  in  patients  considered  at  risk 
of  having  occult  atherosclerotic  heart  disease  who  are  given  propranolol  for  other 
indications 


Nonallergic  Bronchospasm  (e.g.,  chronic  bronchitis,  emphysema)  PATIENTS  WITH 
BRONCHOSPASTIC  DISEASES  SHOULD  IN  GENERAL  NOT  RECEIVE  BETA  BLOCKERS. 


INDERAL  (propranolol  hydrochloride)  should  be  administered  with  caution  since  it  m 
bronchodilation  produced  by  endogenous  and  exogenous  catecholamine  stimulatioi 
receptors. 

MAJOR  SURGERY;  The  necessity  or  desirability  of  withdrawal  of  beta-blocking  the 
prior  to  major  surgery  is  controversial.  It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  the  impaired . 
the  heart  to  respond  to  reflex  adrenergic  stimuli  may  augment  the  risks  of  general  an< 
and  surgical  procedures. 

INDERAL,  like  other  beta  blockers,  is  a competitive  inhibitor  of  beta-receptor  agom 
its  effects  can  be  reversed  by  administration  of  such  agents,  e.g  dobutamine  or  isop 
terenol.  However,  such  patients  may  be  subject  to  protracted  severe  hypotension  Dh 
starting  and.maintaining  the  heartbeat  has  also  been  reported  with  beta  blockers 
DIABETES  AND  HYPOGLYCEMIA  Beta-adrenergic  blockade  may  prevent  the  app 
ance  of  certain  premonitory  signs  and  symptoms  (pulse  rate  and  pressure  changes) 
hypoglycemia  in  labile  insulin-dependent  diabetes.  In  these  patients,  it  may  be  more  I 
to  adjust  the  dosage  of  insulin. 

THYROTOXICOSIS;  Beta  blockade  may  mask  certain  clinical  signs  of  hyperthyroidism  | 
fore,  abrupt  withdrawal  of  propranolol  may  be  followed  by  an  exacerbation  of  symptc  | 
hyperthyroidism,  including  thyroid  storm  Propranolol  does  not  distort  thyroid  function 
IN  PATIENTS  WITH  WOLFF-PARKINSON-WHITE  SYNDROME,  several  cases  have  i 
reported  in  which,  after  propranolol,  the  tachycardia  was  replaced  by  a severe  bradj  j 
requiring  a demand  pacemaker.  In  one  case  this  resulted  after  an  initial  dose  of  5 mg 
propranolol 

PRECAUTIONS 

General.  Propranolol  should  be  used  with  caution  in  patients  with  impaired  hepatic  o 
function.  INDERAL  is  not  indicated  for  the  treatment  of  hypertensive  emergencies. 

Beta-adrenoreceptor  blockade  can  cause  reduction  of  intraocular  pressure  Patiei 
should  be  told  that  INDERAL  may  interfere  with  the  glaucoma  screening  test  Withdr; 
lead  to  a return  of  increased  intraocular  pressure 
Clinical  Laboratory  Tests:  Elevated  blood  urea  levels  in  patients  with  severe  heart  c 
elevated  serum  transaminase,  alkaline  phosphatase,  lactate  dehydrogenase. 

DRUG  INTERACTIONS:  Patients  receiving  catecholamine-depleting  drugs  such  a 
pine  should  be  closely  observed  if  INDERAL  is  administered  The  added  catecholarr 
blocking  action  may  produce  an  excessive  reduction  of  resting  sympathetic  nervous 
which  may  result  in  hypotension,  marked  bradycardia,  vertigo,  syncopal  attacks,  on 
static  hypotension 

Carcinogenesis,  Mutagenesis,  Impairment  of  Fertility:  Long-term  studies  in  animal 
been  conducted  to  evaluate  toxic  effects  and  carcinogenic  potential  In  18-month  stu 
both  rats  and  mice,  employing  doses  up  to  150  mg/kg/day,  there  was  no  evidence  ol 
cant  drug-induced  toxicity.  There  were  no  drug-related  tumorigemc  effects  at  any  of 
age  levels  Reproductive  studies  in  animals  did  not  show  any  impairment  of  fertility  tt 
attributable  to  the  drug. 

Pregnancy  Pregnancy  Category  C INDERAL  has  been  shown  to  be  embryotoxic  f 
studies  at  doses  about  10  times  greater  than  the  maximum  recommended  human  do|r 
There  are  no  adequate  and  well-controlled  studies  in  pregnant  women  INDERAL : i 
be  used  during  pregnancy  only  if  the  potential  benefit  justifies  the  potential  risk  to  the  I 
Nursing  Mothers:  INDERAL  is  excreted  in  human  milk.  Caution  should  be  exercise  f 
INDERAL  is  administered  to  a nursing  woman 
Pediatric  Use:  Safety  and  effectiveness  in  children  have  not  been  established 
ADVERSE  REACTIONS 

Most  adverse  effects  have  been  mild  and  transient  and  have  rarely  required  the  with;l 
therapy 

Cardiovascular  bradycardia;  congestive  heart  failure;  intensification  of  AV  block,  it 
sion;  paresthesia  of  hands;  thrombocytopenic  purpura;  arterial  insufficiency  usually  jl 
Raynaud  type 

Central  Nervous  System:  Lightheadedness;  mental  depression  manifested  by  msi  I 
lassitude,  weakness,  fatigue;  reversible  mental  depression  progressing  to  catatonia  ( 
disturbances;  hallucinations;  an  acute  reversible  syndrome  characterized  by  disorie  I 
for  time  and  place,  short-term  memory  loss,  emotional  lability,  slightly  clouded  senso  I 
and  decreased  performance  on  neuropsychometrics 
Gastrointestinal  nausea,  vomiting,  epigastric  distress,  abdominal  cramping,  diaril 
constipation,  mesenteric  arterial  thrombosis,  ischemic  colitis. 

Allergic  pharyngitis  and  agranulocytosis,  erythematous  rash,  fever  combined  witjl 
and  sore  throat,  laryngospasm  and  respiratory  distress. 

Respiratory , bronchospasm 

Hematologic  agranulocytosis,  nonthrombocytopenic  purpura,  thrombocytopeniql 
purpura 

Auto-Immune:  In  extremely  rare  instances,  systemic  lupus  erythematosus  has  ben 
reported. 

Miscellaneous  alopecia,  LE-like  reactions,  psoriasiform  rashes,  dry  eyes,  male  in,- 
tence,  and  Peyronie's  disease  have  been  reported  rarely  Oculomucocutaneous  rea  * 
involving  the  skin,  serous  membranes  and  conjunctivae  reported  for  a beta  blocker  jit 
lol)  have  not  been  associated  with  propranolol 
•The  appearance  of  INDERAL  tablets  is  a registered  trademark  of  Ayerst  Laboratoj 

9371/1 


Ayerst 


AYERST  LABORATORIES 
New  York,  N Y.  10017 


I 


948 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERJi' 


Aortic  and  Mitral  Valve 
Replacement:  Part  1* 


Philip  J.  Olivieri,  m.d.,  and  John  B.  Kostis,  m.d.,  new  Brunswick** 


The  development  of  valvular  pro  theses  and  reconstructive 
procedures  has  revolutionized  the  management  of  valvular  heart 
disease . Part  1 will  discuss  the  clinical  presentation  and  natural 
history  of  aortic  stenosis,  mitral  stenosis,  aortic  regurgitation, 
and  mitral  regurgitation  without  surgery . 


It  has  been  nearly  a quarter  of  a 
century  since  the  first  aortic 
and  mitral  prostheses  were  in- 
;rted  by  Harken,  Starr,  and  Edwards.12  Since  then, 
alve  replacement  has  revolutionized  the  management 
f valvular  heart  disease.  The  clinical  course  of  the 
reprosthetic  era,  often  characterized  by  a latent 
eriod  of  variable  duration  followed  by  inexorable  de- 
coration and  death,  has  been  modified  so  that  a 
itum  to  normal  or  near-normal  cardiac  function  is 
ossible. 

As  Kirklin  and  Pacifico  have  stated,  “The  value  to  the 
atient  of  valve  repair  or  replacement  is  determined  by 
le  resulting  improvement  in  the  length  and  quality 
r life  over  that  imposed  by  the  natural  history  of  the 
isease.”3  Accurate  knowledge  of  the  natural  history  of 
le  valvular  lesions  is  thus  of  great  importance. 

This  article  reviews  the  natural  history  of  aortic  and 
ritral  stenosis  and  regurgitation,  the  results  of  sur- 
ety, and  the  crucial  issue  of  timing  of  surgical  inter- 
ention.  Finally,  special  considerations  including  re- 
air of  native  valves  and  replacement  of  prosthetic 
lives  will  be  discussed. 

ORTIC  STENOSIS 

Aortic  stenosis  is  characterized  by  a reduction  in  the 
iDrmal  (2  to  4 cm2)  valve  area  and  a systolic  pressure 
'adient  between  the  left  ventricle  and  the  aorta  at  the 
rlvular  level.  It  usually  develops  across  nonobstructed 


bicuspid  valves  damaged  by  turbulent  flow  with  sec- 
ondary calcification.7  Anatomically  normal  valves  also 
can  calcify  (“wear  and  tear”  stenosis  in  the  elderly). 
Congenital  unicuspid,  bicuspid,  or  tricuspid  stenosis 
is  seen  and  rheumatic  stenoses  occur.  Regardless  of 
the  etiology,  aortic  stenosis  is  a self-perpetuating  pro- 
cess whose  rate  of  progression  is  not  predictable. 

Bogart  et  al.  studied  1 1 adult  patients  (mean  age  48 
years)  with  two  cardiac  catheterizations  (mean  interval 
59  months):  they  had  not  had  aortic  valve  surgery.8 
They  found  progression  in  10  patients  with  a decrease 
of  mean  valve  area  from  1.2  ± 0.2  cm2  to  0.7  ±0.1  cm2; 
and  an  increase  in  mean  left  ventricular-aortic  gra- 
dient from  31  ± 4 mm/Hg  to  75  ± 13  mm/Hg.  The 
shortest  time  interval  was  from  27  to  29  months. 
Cheitlin  et  al.  performed  31  sets  of  catheterizations  (62 
catheterizations  in  total)  on  29  unoperated  adults  with 
aortic  stenosis  (mean  interval,  43.5  months.)9  They 
found  an  increase  in  the  peak  systolic  gradient  across 
the  aortic  valve  of  at  least  50  percent  in  16  of  the  31 
studies.  In  the  progressive  group,  the  average  rate  of 
increase  was  1.3  mm/Hg/month  with  a maximum  rate 
of  3.8  mm/Hg/month  observed.  Although  a long  latent 
period  typifies  aortic  stenosis,  it  is  clear  that  the  pro- 

*Part  2 will  appear  in  the  next  issue  of  The  Journal.  MSNJ. 

**From  the  Division  of  Cardiovascular  Diseases,  UMDNJ- 
Rutgers  Medical  School.  Correspondence  may  be  addressed 
to  Dr.  Kostis,  UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School.  CN  19,  New 
Brunswick.  NJ  08903. 


pL.  81— NUMBER  11— NOVEMBER  1984 


949 


COMPOSITE  SURVIVAL  DATA  FOR  VALVULAR  LESIONS 
WITH  MEDICAL  MANAGEMENT 


300 


Survival  Data 


I ! I 


Lv~ 


X? 


Ao 


Figure  1 — Aortic  stenosis.  Left  panel:  Postextrasystolic  poten- 
tiation. Note  the  increased  systolic  pressure  in  the  post- 
extrasystolic beat  (large  arrow).  Flight  panel:  Transvalvular 
gradient  on  left  ventricular  (LV)  to  aortic  (Ao)  pullback. 


AS:  Rapaport  & Frank 
MS:  Rapaporl  & Rowe 
AR  Rapaporl  & Spagnuolo  j 
MR:  Rapaport  & Hammerme: 


Figure  2 — Composite  survival  data  for  valvular  lesions  vl 
medical  management. 


gression  of  this  lesion  can  be  quite  rapid.  The  con- 
ditions predisposing  toward  rapid  progression  remain 
largely  unknown.  Wagner  and  Selzer  recently  reviewed 

50  adult  patients  (mean  age  54  ± 4 years)  with  aortic 
stenosis  (peak  left  ventricular-aortic  gradient  38  ± 27 
mm/Hg;  valve  area  1.3  ± 0.7  cm2.)10  There  were  7 pa- 
tients with  congenital  and  22  patients  with  rheumatic 
lesions.  An  older  group  of  patients  (mean  age  62  versus 

51  ± 9 years)  had  degenerative-calcific  aortic  stenosis. 
A second  cardiac  catheterization  3.5  ± 3 years  later 
revealed  a gradient  of  57  ± 30  mm/Hg  and  a valve  area 
of  0.8  ± 0.4  cm2  for  all  patients.  The  group  divided  into 
21  rapid  progressors  (0.3  ± 0.21  em2/year)  and  29  slow 
progressors  (0.02  ± 0.08  em2/year).  Seventy-six  per- 
cent of  the  rapid  progressors  had  degenerative-calcific 
aortic  stenosis  as  opposed  to  only  21  percent  of  the 
slow  progressors. 

Adults,  unlike  children,  rarely  are  asymptomatic 
when  significant  aortic  stenosis  is  present.  The  pres- 
ence of  symptoms  in  medically  managed  aortic 
stenosis  suggests  an  ominous  prognosis:  angina,  syn- 
cope, and  congestive  heart  failure  portend  death  on  the 
average  of  five,  three,  and  two  years,  respectively."  In 
addition,  even  asymptomatic  patients  remain  at  in- 
creased risk  for  sudden  death.  The  physical  findings 
include  a narrow  pulse  pressure,  delayed  carotid  up- 
stroke and  peripheral  pulses,  sustained  left  ventricular 
heave,  S4  gallop,  and  a harsh  aortic  systolic  ejection 
murmur  radiating  to  the  carotid  arteries.  These  find- 
ings together  with  noninvasive  data  select  patients  for 
invasive  study.  The  noninvasive  data  include  valve 
calcification  on  chest  x-ray  or  fluoroscopy,  left  ven- 
tricular hypertrophy  with  strain  pattern  on  elec- 
trocardiogram, and  increased  left  ventricular  posterior 
wall  or  septal  thickness,  or  nonvisualized  aortic  leaflets 
on  echocardiogram.  Cardiac  catheterization,  with  the 
demonstration  of  a left  ventricular-aortic  gradient 
greater  than  50  mm/Hg  (Figure  1 ) or  a calculated  valve 
area  less  than  0.4  cm2/m2  body  surface  area,  is 
diagnostic  of  hemodynamically  important  aortic 
stenosis.  The  aortic  valve  area  should  be  determined 
when  possible  (i.e.  in  the  absence  of  concomitant  aortic 
regurgitation)  since  patients  with  critical  stenosis  may 
have  small  left  ventricular-aortic  gradients  due  to  a 
decrease  in  cardiac  output. 

The  poor  prognosis  of  aortic  stenosis  with  medical 
management  has  been  documented  in  several  studies 
(Table).  These  studies  should  be  compared  with  cau- 


tion: statistical  methods  differ  and  current  medi, 
practices  obviously  are  not  reflected  in  the  early 
ports.  Nevertheless,  the  data  of  Bergeron  et  al„  Wo . 
Takeda  et  al.,  and  Rotman  et  al.  reflect  a wide  ran 
of  clinical  experience.12 15  Combined  data  from  t 
studies  of  Frank  et  al.  and  Rapaport  are  shown  i 
Figure  2. 16 7 The  five-year  and  ten-year  survivals  in  th 
pooled  group  are  40  percent  and  18  percent,  respecti  ■ 
ly.  More  recently,  Schwarz  et  al.  found  a 21  percent 
year  survival  among  19  adults  with  severe  aoi: 
stenosis  (left  ventricular-aortic  gradient  89.6  ± 1 ] 
mm/Hg)  who  refused  surgery.17  This  dismal  outco : 
contrasted  sharply  with  the  results  of  surgical  m;- 
agement. 

MITRAL  STENOSIS 

Mitral  stenosis  is  characterized  by  a reduction  in  t ; 
normal  (3  to  4 cm2)  valve  area  and  a diastolic  pressu 
gradient  between  the  left  atrium  and  the  left  ventri? 
at  the  valvular  level.  It  does  not  cause  pressure  or  v 
ume  overload  of  the  left  ventricle.  The  etiology  of  mit  1 
stenosis  almost  exclusively  is  rheumatic.  OtfS 
etiologies,  including  congenital  mitral  stenosis,  <A 
rare.  However,  the  lesion  probably  is  perpetuated  bjj 
nonspecific  process  akin  to  that  for  aortic  steno;s 
rather  than  a continuing  rheumatic  valvulitis.18 

The  natural  history  of  mitral  stenosis  depends  up  i 
the  interplay  of  two  obstructions  to  blood  flow:  a “p 
mary”  obstruction  at  the  mitral  valve  and  a “secoi- 
ary"  one  at  the  pulmonary  arterioles  (Figure  3).  In  tp 
average  patient,  the  lesion  is  hemodynamically  - 
significant  during  the  first  10  years  after  the  initl 
rheumatic  insult  when  the  valve  area  is  above  2.5  cil 
Dyspnea  develops  on  exertion  after  20  years  when  li 
valve  area  drops  below  2.5  cm2  and  appears  at  rt 
when  the  area  drops  below  1 .5  cm2.  Pulmonary  hypo- 
tension occurs  when  the  valve  area  is  reduced  bel  i 
1.0  cm2.  Unlike  aortic  stenosis,  where  symptoms  herd 
a short,  severe  course  until  death,  mitral  stenosis* 
a gradually  progressive  symptomatic  lesion.19  Int- 
current  complications  such  as  infective  endocardi  . 
atrial  fibrillation,  or  peripheral  embolization  serve  ) 
alter  the  basic  course. 

The  physical  findings  of  mitral  stenosis  are  a lo  1 
SI  (increased  Ml),  opening  snap  (S2-OS  interval  In 
than  0.08  seconds  with  significant  lesions),  ad 
apical  diastolic  rumble.  Left  atrial  enlargement  can  - 

|| 


950 


THE  JOUFtNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS1 


-rrsc*'  ‘SbE,- 


A.  Mitral  stenosis  without  pulmonary 
vascular  disease 


B.  Mitral  stenosis  with  pulmonary 

vascular  disease:  “secondary  stenosis” 

gure  3 — Obstructions  to  blood  flow  in  mitral  stenosis.  Nor- 
al  values:  Right  atrium  5,  right  ventricle  20/5,  pulmonary 
tery  20/8  (mean  12),  pulmonary  capillary  and  vein  6,  left 
rium  6,  left  ventricle  120/6  mm/Hg. 


en  on  the  chest  x-ray  and  left  atrial  abnormality  is 
esent  on  the  electrocardiogram.  Eehoeardiographie 
idings  essentially  are  diagnostic:  thickened,  ab- 
irmally  moving  mitral  leaflets  on  M-mode  (Figure  4) 
directly  visualized  small  orifice  on  short-axis  view, 
o-dimensional  mode.  Cardiac  catheterization  still  is 
quired  to  measure  the  transvalvular  gradient  (Figure 
and  to  calculate  the  valve  area  (in  the  absence  of 
ncomitant  mitral  regurgitation),  to  measure  the 
llmonary  vascular  resistance,  and  to  determine  the 
esenee  of  concurrent  valvular  or  coronary  arteiy 
lions. 

Survival  data  in  mitral  stenosis  are  presented  in  the 
ible.  Data  reflect  not  only  the  level  of  available  medi- 
1 therapy  but  also  the  stage  at  which  the  patients 
itially  are  assessed.  Rowe  et  al.  reported  61  percent 
'-year  survival  among  250  medically  treated  pa- 
nts.20 One-half  were  asymptomatic  when  the  initial 
agnosis  was  made  and  one-third  were  below  the  age 
20  years.  A 1 1 5-patient  subgroup  of  the  250  patients 
'aracterized  by  older  age  and  more  advanced  disease 
is  followed  for  20  years:  45  percent  survived  for  1 1 
ars,  30  percent  for  15  years,  and  21  percent  for  20 
ars.  Forty-three  percent  of  the  subgroup  with  milder 
pease  (Rowe’s  class  1)  had  40  percent  20-year 
rvival,  whereas  57  percent  with  greater  dysfunction 
Ijowe's  classes  2 and  3)  had  only  8 percent  20-year 
rvival.  These  data  are  consistent  with  studies  by 
jssen,  Roy  and  Gopinath,  and  Munoz  et  al.2123 

II.  81— NUMBER  11— NOVEMBER  1984 


Figure  4— Mitral  stenosis.  This  M-mode  echocardiogram 
demonstrates  the  classic  appearance  of  mitral  stenosis.  The 
mitral  leaflets  are  thickened  and  there  is  anterior  diastolic 
movement  of  the  posterior  leaflet  (double  arrow).  The  E-to-F 
slope  of  the  anterior  leaflet  (single  arrow)  is  reduced  greatly. 


Figure  5 — Mitral  stenosis.  Transvalvular  pressure  gradient 
obtained  by  simultaneous  recording  from  catheters  in  the  left 
ventricle  (LV)  and  the  pulmonary  capillary  wedge  (W).  The 
variable  left  ventricular  filling  in  atrial  fibrillation  accounts 
for  the  beat-to-beat  changes. 

Rapaport  reported  80  percent  5-year  and  60  percent 
10-year  survivals  in  an  unselected  group  of  133  pa- 
tients7. Pooled  data  from  the  studies  of  Rowe  et  al.  and 
Rapaport  are  shown  in  Figure  2.  The  5-year  and  10- 
year  survivals  are  75  percent  and  60  percent,  respec- 
tively. 


Aortic  regurgitation  is  present  when  the  left  ven- 
tricle receives  backward  flow  from  the  aorta  during 
diastole.  Rotman  et  al.  reported  59  patients  whose 
lesions  represented  diverse  etiologies.15  They  included 
rheumatic  (39  percent),  unknown  (25  percent), 
subacute  bacterial  endocarditis  (10  percent),  Marfan’s 
syndrome  or  cystic  medial  necrosis  (8  percent),  com- 
bined rheumatic/endocarditis  (7  percent),  luetic  (7 
percent),  ruptured  valve  (2  percent),  and  dissecting 
aneurysm  (2  percent).  Asymptomatic  periods 
measured  in  decades  were  frequent  with  rheumatic, 
connective  tissue,  or  luetic  lesions. 

The  most  common  presentation  of  aortic  regurgi- 
tation is  congestive  heart  failure.  Angina  occurs  in 
one-third  of  patients  but  the  typical  chronic  chest  pain 
most  likely  is  thoracic  wall  pain  from  the  hyper- 
dynamic precordium.24  Syncope  and  sudden  death  are 
rare.  Physical  findings  include  a hyperdynamic 
precordium  with  an  inferolaterally  displaced  point  of 
maximum  impulse.  The  S2  is  diminished  (decreased 
A2)  and  there  is  an  aortic  decrescendo  diastolic 


AORTIC  REGURGITATION 


951 


TABLE 


Bergeron  et  al. 
195412 


Wood 

195813 


Takeda  et  al.14 


Rotman  et  al. 
197115 


Frank  et  al. 
1973 16 


Rapaport 

19757 


Schwarz  et  al. 
198217 


Natural  History  of  Valvular  Lesions 


Aortic  Stenosis 


Mitral  Stenosis 


Retrospective,  autopsy  series  of 
100  symptomatic  patients:  50 
percent  survival  2 years  after 
onset  of  angina  syncope,  atrial 
fibrillation,  or  failure.  Less  than 
25  percent  5-year  survival. 

Series  of  64  symptomatic  pa- 
tients with  clinically  severe 
stenosis  (48  pure  stenosis,  16 
stenosis/regurgitation).  One-half 
lost  to  followup  1 to  7 years  ob- 
servation. Fifty-six  percent  of  the 
remaining  32  patients  died. 

Series  of  60  patients  with 
isolated  stenosis.  Eighty-two  per- 
cent dead  after  4 to  15  years.  Av- 
erage age  at  death  was  62.5 
years. 

Surgical  series  with  25  medically 
treated  patients  (10  operative 
candidates,  15  nonoperative  can- 
didates). Fifty  percent  (5/10)  6.1- 
year  survival  versus  79  percent 
4.5-year  survival. 

Series  of  15  patients  with 
stenosis.  Survivals  of  48  percent 
at  5 years  and  20  percent  at  10 
years. 

Series  of  42  unselected  patients 
with  survivals  of  38  percent  at  5 
years  and  20  percent  at  1 0 years. 

Surgical  series  with  19  medically 
treated  patients.  Twenty-one  per- 
cent 3-year  survival. 


Series  of  250  patients  (one-hal 
asymptomatic,  one-third  les: 
than  20  years  old)  with  61  per 
cent  overall  10-year  survival:  8^ 
percent  class  1,  42  percent  clas: 

2,  15  percent  class  3 (Rowe’: 
classes).  An  older  115-patien 
subgroup  had  an  overall  21  per 
cent  20-year  survival:  40  percen 
class  1,  8 percent  classes  2 ani 

3. 

Series  of  271  symptomatic  pa 
tients  (average  age  41.5  year 
old)  first  seen  1933-1949  wit) 
overall  34  percent  10-yea 
survival;  NYHA  class  III  (B,C):  6: 
percent  5-year,  30  percent  1C 
year  survival;  NYHA  class  IV  (D' 
15  percent  5-year,  0 percent  1C 
year  survival. 

Roy  and  Gopinath  Series  of  100  patients  with  mil 
196822  (80  percent  8-year  survival)  c 

severe  (47  percent  8-yea 
survival)  stenosis. 

Rapaport  Series  of  133  unselected  patieni  . 

19757  with  survivals  of  80  percent  at 

years  and  60  percent  at  10  year) 

Munoz  et  al.  Surgical  series  with  58  symptl 

197522  matic  patients  (NYHA  classes 

III,  IV)  treated  medically.  FortJ 
five  percent  5-year  survival. 

(continue 


Rowe  et  al. 
I96020 


Olesen 

196221 


murmur.  Clues  to  chronic,  hemodynamically  signiii- 
cant  aortic  regurgitation  include  a widened  pulse 
pressure  (greater  than  60  mm/Hg)  and  concomitant 
peripheral  signs  (de  Musset’s  sign:  head  bobbing;  and 
Quincke’s  sign:  subungual  capillary  pulsations), 

diastolic  pressure  less  than  70  mm/Hg  (Traube’s  sign: 
femoral  “pistol  shots”),  and  reversed  peripheral 
diastolic  blood  flow  (Duroziez’s  sign:  femoral 
systolic/diastolic  bruits  with  proximal/distal  com- 
pression). The  pulse  pressure:systolic  pressure  ratio  is 
greater  than  50  percent.  The  chest  x-ray  shows  left 
ventricular  enlargement  and  the  electrocardiogram  re- 
veals systolic  or  diastolic  overload  left  ventricular  hy- 
pertrophy (producing  tall  and  upright  T waves  in  the 
precordial  leads  instead  of  the  typical  “strain”  pattern 
in  V5.6  with  systolic  overload).  The  echocardiogram  may 
demonstrate  left  ventricular  enlargement  and  hyper- 
dynamic function  (Figure  6).  Spagnuolo  et  al.  iden- 
tified a triad  of  left  ventricular  enlargment,  elec- 
trocardiographic abnormalities  (high  voltage,  ST-seg- 
ment  depression,  and  T-wave  inversion),  and  abnormal 
blood  pressure  (systolic  pressure  greater  than  140 
mm/Hg,  diastolic  pressure  less  than  40  mm/Hg,  or 


both)  in  31  patients  with  rheumatic  aortic  regui- 
tation.25  Thirty-three  percent  of  the  group  either  cd 
or  had  congestive  heart  failure  or  angina  within  >e 
year,  48  percent  within  two  years,  65  percent  vjh 
three  years,  and  87  percent  within  six  years  of  acqyi- 
tion  of  the  triad.  Cardiac  catheterization  with  contiji 
aortography  and  quantitation  of  the  regurgitant  fci 
tion  is  diagnostic  (Figure  7). 

The  clinical  impression  that  aortic  regurgitation  n 
be  well  compensated  for  a long  period  has  been  derr  l- 
strated  by  several  studies  (Table).  Bland  and  Whe:r 
reported  overall  10-year  and  20-year  survivals:)! 
almost  62  percent  and  44  percent,  respectively,  am  $ 
87  young  people  with  rheumatic  aortic  regurgitatio 26 
Rotman  et  al.  found  an  80  percent  2.8-year  surval 
among  29  unoperated  patients  in  a surgical  stur5 
Spagnuolo  et  al.  defined  a high-risk  group  of  31* 
tients  with  a 6-year  survival  of  71  percent  and  a R- 
risk  group  of  72  patients  with  only  a single  death  < -t 
the  same  period  by  the  presence  or  absence  of  the  t id 
described  above.25  Rapaport  reported  75  percent  5-'  tf 
and  50  percent  10-year  survivals  among  35  unselecd 
patients  with  chronic  lesions.7  The  pooled  data  f 11 

THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JER 


952 


TABLE 


Natural  History  of  Valvular  Lesions 

Aortic  Regurgitation  Mitral  Regurgitation 


Bland  and  Wheeler  Series  of  87  children  and  adoles- 

95726  cents  with  severe  rheumatic  re- 

gurgitation followed  10  to  20 
years.  Forty-six  patients 
(1921-1931  series):  Survivals  of 
76  percent,  61  percent,  50  per- 
cent, 43  percent  at  5,  10,  15,  20 
years.  Forty-one  patients 
(1931-1943  series):  Survivals  of 
76  percent,  63  percent  at  5,  10 
years. 


totman  et  al. 
971 15 


pagnuolo  et  al. 
971 25 


apaport 

9757 


chwarz  et  al. 
982 17 




Surgical  series  with  29  medically 
treated  patients.  Survival  of  80 
percent  at  2.8  years. 

Series  of  31  high-risk  patients 
with  71  percent  6-year  survival 
and  72  low-risk  patients  with  1 
death  in  6 years.  Risk  assigned 
by  the  presence  or  absence  of  a 
triad  of  left  ventricular  enlarge- 
ment, electrocardiographic,  and 
blood  pressure  abnormalities. 

Series  of  35  unselected  patients 
with  survivals  of  75  percent  at  5 
years  and  50  percent  at  10  years. 

Surgical  series  with  28  medically 
treated  patients.  Eighty-seven 
percent  5-year  survival. 


Wilson  and  Lim 
195729 


Rapaport 

19577 


Munoz  et  al. 
197522 


Series  of  392  patients  with  pure 
rheumatic  regurgitation  seen  be- 
tween 1916  and  1956,  followed 
from  age  20  years  until  death  or 
the  close  of  the  study.  Twelve 
deaths  in  the  group  (1  en- 
docarditis, 1 1 “other").  Overall 
annual  mortality  rate  over  ages 
20  to  52  years  of  2.76/1000,  not 
significantly  different  from  the 
overall  United  States  death  rate 
for  the  same. 

Series  of  70  unselected  patients 
with  survivals  of  80  percent  at  5 
years  and  60  percent  at  10  years. 
Series  of  102  unselected  patients 
with  stenosis/regurgitation  with 
survivals  of  67  percent  at  5 years 
and  33  percent  at  1 0 years,  worse 
than  the  pure  regurgitation 
group. 

Surgical  series  with  99  sympto- 
matic patients  (29  pure  regurgi- 
tation, 70  stenosis/ regurgita- 
tion) treated  medically.  Forty-six 
percent  5-year  survival. 


Hammermeister  et  al.  Series  of  36  medically  treated  pa- 
197830  tients  with  survival  probabilities 

of  54  percent  at  5 years  and  22 
percent  at  10  years. 


gnuolo  et  al.  (high-risk  group)  and  Rapaport  are 
jwn  in  Figure  2.  The  5-year  and  10-year  survivals 
76  percent  and  62  percent,  respectively.  More  re- 
ady, Schwarz  et  al.  had  a 5-year  survival  of  87  per- 
among  28  operative  candidates  who  did  not 
i ergo  surgery.17 

ne  problem  in  managing  patients  with  chronic 
: ic  regurgitation  is  that  they  may  develop  ir- 
■ rsible  myocardial  damage  severely  jeopardizing  fu- 
i surgical  therapy  while  remaining  asymptomatic, 
i ddition,  they  may  develop  a rapid  downhill  course 
b symptoms  do  occur.  Guidelines  for  resolving  the 
nma  of  surgical  timing  are  discussed  in  the  next 
; ion. 

J RAL  REGURGITATION 

iitral  regurgitation  is  present  when  the  left  atrium 
f ives  backward  flow  from  the  left  ventricle  during 
"pie.  The  etiology  of  clinically  isolated,  severe, 
bnic,  pure  mitral  regurgitation  was  reviewed  by 
<jer  et  al.  in  97  patients  over  the  age  of  30  years 
nprgoing  mitral  valve  replacement.27  The  etiology 
amitral  valve  prolapse  in  62  percent,  coronary  ar- 
i disease  (papillaiy  muscle  dysfunction)  in  30  per- 
‘i.  infective  endocarditis  on  previously  normal 
1 ;s  in  5 percent,  and  rheumatic  in  3 percent.  Thus, 
i<  etiology  was  nonrheumatie  in  97  percent  of  the 
* Tits  in  this  recent  series,  strongly  supporting  the 
ral  consensus  that  rheumatic  fever  no  longer  is 
;ajor  cause  of  mitral  regurgitation. 


As  with  aortic  regurgitation,  mitral  regurgitation 
presents  the  left  ventricle  with  a chronic  volume  over- 
load. Patients  usually  develop  fatigue  and  an  insidious 
loss  of  exercise  capacity  as  early  manifestations  of  con- 
gestive heart  failure.  Self-limitation  of  activity  can 
further  postpone  the  onset  of  symptoms.  Eventually, 
dyspnea  on  exertion  and  then  at  rest  is  followed  by 
frank  failure.  Onset  of  atrial  fibrillation  is  the  most 
common  cause  of  sudden  decompensation.28  The 
physical  findings  include  a parasternal  lift  due  to  left 
atrial  expansion  and  a displaced,  hyperdynamic  left 
ventricle.  The  first  heart  sound  is  diminished  (de- 
creased Ml)  and  there  is  a high-pitched,  blowing, 
apical  holosystolic  murmur  radiating  to  the  axilla  and 
back.  This  classical  murmur  was  described  primarily 
in  association  with  rheumatic  lesions.  The  murmur  of 
mitral  valve  prolapse  is  midsystolic  and  that  of  cor- 
onary arteiy  disease  often  is  late  systolic.  An  S3  gallop 
commonly  is  heard.  The  chest  x-ray  shows  left  atrial 
and  ventricular  enlargement  and  the  electrocardio- 
gram demonstrates  left  atrial  abnormality  and  systolic 
or  diastolic  overload  left  ventricular  hypertrophy.  The 
echocardiogram  also  may  reveal  left  atrial  enlargement 
and  a hyperdynamic  left  ventricle.  Unlike  the  stenotic 
lesions  of  the  aortic  and  mitral  valves,  the  regurgitant 
lesions  cannot  be  diagnosed  on  the  basis  of  direct 
echocardiographic  visualization;  they  must  be  inferred 
on  the  basis  of  indirect  hemodynamic  effects.  Cardiac 
catheterization  with  left  ventriculography  demonstrat- 
ing regurgitant  flow  in  systole  to  the  left  atrium  is 


81 


—NUMBER  11— NOVEMBER  1984 


953 


Figure  6 — Left  ventricular  volume  overload.  This  M-mode 
echocardiogram  was  obtained  from  a patient  with  chronic 
aortic  regurgitation  and  demonstrates  the  appearance  of  left 
ventricular  (LV)  volume  overload.  The  left  ventricle  is  enlarged 
and  hyperdynamic.  A similar  appearance  is  seen  with  chronic 
mitral  regurgitation. 


diagnostic  (Figure  8). 

Survival  data  for  mitral  regurgitation  are  presented 
in  the  Table.  It  should  be  emphasized  that  mitral  re- 
gurgitation is  not  invariably  progressive.28  Due  to  the 
long  clinical  course  during  which  cardiac  compensa- 
tion is  maintained,  there  are  less  data  available  on  the 
natural  history  of  the  disease.  Kirkland  and  Pacifico, 
reviewing  the  natural  history  of  mitral  valvular  disease 
in  their  surgical  study,  cited  Olesen’s  data  for  mitral 
stenosis  but  could  find  “no  comparable  data  for  pa- 
tients with  mitral  valvular  incompetence"  in  1973. 3 
Wilson  and  Lim  reported  a series  of  392  patients  with 
pure  rheumatic  mitral  regurgitation  seen  between 
1916  and  1956.  The  patients  were  followed  from  20 
years  of  age  until  death  or  the  close  of  the  study.  There 
were  only  12  deaths  in  the  group:  one  was  attributed 
to  infectious  endocarditis  and  the  remaining  1 1 to 
“other”  noncardiac  causes.29  Rapaport  reported  80  per- 
cent 5-year  and  60  percent  10-year  survival  among  70 
unselected  patients  with  pure  mitral  regurgitation.7  He 
also  reported  67  percent  5-year  and  33  percent  10-year 
survival,  respectively,  in  a group  of  102  unselected  pa- 
tients with  combined  mitral  stenosis/regurgitation. 
Munoz  et  al.  found  a 46  percent  overall  5-year  survival 
in  a group  of  99  patients  comprised  of  29  pure  and 
70  mixed  lesions.22  Hammermeister  et  al.  found 
survival  probabilities  of  54  percent  and  22  percent  at 
5 years  and  10  years,  respectively,  for  a group  of  36 
medically  treated  patients.30  Pooled  data  from  the  stud- 
ies of  Rapaport  and  Hammermeister  et  al.  are  shown 
in  Figure  2:  the  5-year  survival  is  69  percent  and  the 
10-year  survival  is  41  percent. 

Patients  with  mitral  regurgitation,  like  their 
counterparts  with  aortic  regurgitation,  may  develop 
irreversible  myocardial  damage  during  the  asymp- 
tomatic phase  of  their  disease.  Due  to  favorable  un- 
loading of  the  left  ventricle,  patients  with  mitral  regur- 
gitation can  sustain  more  cardiac  dysfunction  without 
decompensation.  However,  when  decompensation 
necessitating  surgical  intervention  does  occur,  the 
postoperative  course  is  less  favorable  than  that  with 
aortic  regurgitation. 

PART  2 

Part  2 will  present  recent  surgical  data  and  discuss 


Figure  7 — Aortic  regurgitation.  This  figure  illustrates  ar 
teriogram  in  the  left  anterior  oblique  projection.  A pig 
catheter  is  present  in  the  ascending  aorta  (single  arri 
There  is  severe  aortic  regurgitation  with  greater  opacifica! 
of  the  left  ventricular  chamber  (double  arrow)  than  the  ac!| 


A 

Figure  8 — Mitral  regurgitation.  This  figure  illustrates  ajf 
ventriculogram  in  right  anterior  oblique  projection.  A pi  il 
catheter  is  present  in  the  left  ventricle  (single  arrow).  Til 
is  severe  mital  regurgitation  due  to  mitral  valve  prolapse,  jif 
left  atrium  (double  arrow)  is  enlarged  greatly  and  conU1 
material  can  be  seen  refluxing  into  the  pulmonary  veil 


the  indications,  timing,  and  hemodynamic  impli 
tions  of  surgery. 

REFERENCES 

1.  Harken  DE,  Soroff  HS,  Taylor  WJ,  Lefemine  AA,  Gi  a 
SK,  Lunzer  S:  Partial  anti  complete  prostheses  in  aortic  in  f- 
ficiency.  J Thorac  Cardiovasc  Surg  40:744-762,  1960. 

2.  Starr  A,  Edwards  ML:  Mitral  replacement:  Clinicaly 
perience  with  a ball-valve  prosthesis.  Ann  Surg  154:726-9 
1961. 

3.  Kirklin  JW,  Pacifico  AD:  Surgery  for  acquired  valvjir 
heart  disease.  N Engl  J Med  288:133-140;  194-199,  19 

4.  Rahimtoola  SH:  Early  valve  replacement  for  the  preT 
vation  of  function.  Am  J Cardiol  40:472-474,  1977. 

5.  Hammermeister  KE:  Chronic  valvular  disease  n 

adults— when  to  operate.  J Cardiovasc  Med  6:632-655,  lT 

6.  Rahimtoola  SH:  Valve  replacement  should  not  be  r- 
formed  in  all  asymptomatic  patients  with  severe  aortic1' 
competence.  J Thorac  Cardiovasc  Surg  79:163-172,  19'. 

7.  Rapaport  E:  Natural  history  of  aortic  and  mitral  V'e 
disease.  Am  J Cardiol  35:221-227,  1975. 

8.  Bogart  DB.  Murphy  BL.  Wong  Bys,  Pugh  DM,  DunrP 
Progression  of  aortic  stenosis.  Chest  76:391-396,  1979; 

9.  Cheitlin  MD.  Gertz  EW,  Brundage  BH,  Calson  CJ,  QbJ1 
JA,  Bode  RS:  Rate  of  progression  of  severity  of  valvular  adc 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JER!y 


954 


Inosis  in  the  adult.  Am  Heart  J 98:689-700,  1979. 

0.  Wagner  S.  Selzer  A:  Patterns  of  progression  of  aortic 
nosis:  A longitudinal  hemodynamic  study.  Circulation 
709-712.  1982. 

1 . Ross  J Jr,  Braunwald  E:  Aortic  stenosis.  Circulation  38- 
-pi  V:V61-V67,  1968. 

2.  Bergeron  J,  Abelman  WH,  Vazquez-Milan  H,  Ellis  LB: 
tic  stenosis-clinical  manifestations  and  course  of  the  dis- 
e.  Arch  Intern  Med  94:911-924,  1954. 

3.  Wood  P:  Aortic  stenosis.  Am  J Cardiol  1:533-571,  1958. 

4.  Takeda  J,  Warren  R Holzman  D:  Prognosis  of  aortic 
iosis.  Arch  Surg  87:931-963,  1963. 

5.  Rotman  M,  Morris  JJ  Jr,  Behar  VS,  Peter  RH,  Kong  Y: 
tic  valvular  disease.  Am  J Med  51:241-257.  1971. 

6.  Frank  S,  Johnson  A Ross  J Jr  Natural  history  of 
mlar  aortic  stenosis.  Br  Heart  J 35:41-46,  1973. 

7.  Schwarz  F,  Bauman  P,  Manthey  J,  Hoffman  M,  Schuler 
/lehmel  H,  Schmitz  W.  Kubler  W:  The  effect  of  aortic  valve 
acement  on  survival.  Circulation  66:1105-1110,  1982. 

3.  Selzer  A Cohn  KE:  Natural  histoiy  of  mitral  stenosis: 
?view.  Circulation  45:878-890,  1972. 

3.  Matthews  MB,  Medd  WE,  Gorlin  R Aortic  stenosis:  A 
ical  study.  Br  Med  J 2:759-763,  1955. 

3.  Rowe  JC,  Bland  EF,  Sprague  HB,  White  PD:  The  course 
nitral  stenosis  without  surgery.  Ten-  and  20-year  per- 
:tives.  Ann  Intern  Med  52:741-749,  1960. 
t.  Olesen  KH:  The  natural  history  of  271  patients  with 
-al  stenosis  under  medical  treatment.  Br  Heart  J 


24:349-357,  1962. 

22.  Munoz  S,  Gallardo  J,  Diaz-Gorrin  JR  Medina  O:  In- 
fluence of  surgery  on  the  natural  histoiy  of  rheumatic  mitral 
and  aortic  valve  disease.  Am  J Cardiol  35:234-242,  1975. 

23.  Goldschlager  N,  Pfeifer  J,  Cohn  R Popper  R Selzer  A 
The  natural  histoiy  of  aortic  regurgitation.  Am  J Med 
54:577-588,  1973. 

25.  Spagnuolo  M,  Kloth  H,  Taranta  A Doyle  E,  Pasternack 
B:  Natural  history  of  aortic  regurgitation.  Circulation 
44:368-380,  1971. 

26.  Bland  EF,  Wheeler  EO:  Severe  aortic  regurgitation  in 
young  people.  N Engl  J Med  256:667-672,  1957. 

27.  Waller  BF,  Morrow  AG,  Maron  BJ,  Del  Negro  AA  Kent 
KM,  McGrath  FJ,  Wallace  RB,  McIntosh  CL,  Roberts  WC: 
Etiology  of  clinically  isolated,  severe,  chronic,  pure  mitral  re- 
gurgitation: Analysis  of  97  patients  over  30  years  of  age 
having  mitral  valve  replacement.  Am  Heart  J 104:276-288 
1982. 

28.  Selzer  A,  Katayama  F:  Mitral  regurgitation:  Clinical  pat- 
terns, pathophysiology,  and  natural  histoiy.  Medicine 
51:337-366,  1972. 

29.  Wilson  MG,  Lim  WN:  The  natural  histoiy  of  rheumatic 
heart  disease  in  the  third,  fourth,  and  fifth  decades  of  life. 
Circulation  16:700-712,  1957. 

30.  Hammermeister  KE,  Fisher  L,  Kennedy  JW,  Samuels  S, 
Dodge  HT:  Prediction  of  late  survival  in  patients  with  mitral 
valve  disease  form  clinical,  hemodynamic,  and  quantitative 
angiographic  variables.  Circulation  57:341-349,  1978. 


j 


I 


-31—  NUMBER  11— NOVEMBER  1984 


955 


Benefits  diuretics  cannot  offer . ..Once-daily  inderal  la 

(propranolol  hydrochloride)  with  its  smooth  24-hour  control  of  blood 
pressure  provides  a high  degree  of  patient  acceptance  without  potas- 
sium problems,  plus  the  cardiovascular  benefits  of  the  world’s  leading 
beta  blocker. 

Experience  no  other  beta  blocker  can  match . . . Once-daily 

INDERAL  LA  delivers  the  proven  performance  and  safety  profile  of 
INDERAL  tablets — confirmed  by  millions  of  patients  during  16  years 
of  clinical  use.  INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  used  in  congestive  heart 
failure,  sinus  bradycardia,  heart  block  greater  than  first  degree,  01* 
bronchial  asthma. 


Start  with  80  mg  once  daily. . - Dosage  may  be  increased  to 
120  mg  or  160  mg  once  daily  as  needed  to  achieve  additional  control. 
Please  see  next  page  for  further  details  and  brief  summary  of 
prescribing  information. 


hi 

80  120  160 
mg  mg  mg 

The  appearance  of  INDERAL  LA  capsules 
is  a registered  trademark  of  Ayers't  Laboratories 

[Ayerst  j 


Just  once  each  day 
for  initial  therapy  in 
HYPERTENSION. 


ONCE-DAILY 


INDERALLA 

(PROPRANOLOL  HCI) 


LONG  ACTING 
CAPSULES 


80  120  160 

mg  mg  mg 


BRIEF  SUMMARY  (FOR  FULL  PRESCRIBING  INFORMATION,  SEE  PACKAGE  CIRCULAR.) 
INDERAL'  LA  brand  of  propranolol  hydrochloride  (Long  Acting  Capsules) 
DESCRIPTION.  Inderal  LA  is  formulated  to  provide  a sustained  release  of  propranolol 
hydrochloride.  Inderal  LA  is  available  as  80  mg,  120  mg,  and  160  mg  capsules. 
CLINICAL  PHARMACOLOGY.  INDERAL  is  a nonselective  beta-adrenergic  receptor 
blocking  agent  possessing  no  other  autonomic  nervous  system  activity.  It  specifically  com- 
petes with  beta-adrenergic  receptor  stimulating  agents  for  available  receptor  sites.  When 
access  to  beta-receptor  sites  is  blocked  by  INDERAL,  the  chronotropic,  inotropic,  and 
vasodilator  responses  to  beta-adrenergic  stimulation  are  decreased  proportionately 

INDERAL  LA  Capsules  (80, 120,  and  160  mg)  release  propranolol  HCI  at  a controlled  and 
predictable  rate.  Peak  blood  levels  following  dosing  with  INDERAL  LA  occur  at  about  6 hours 
and  the  apparent  plasma  hall-life  is  about  10  hours.  When  measured  at  steady  state  over  a 24- 
hour  period  the  areas  under  the  propranolol  plasma  concentration-time  curve  (AUCs)  for  the 
capsules  are  approximately  60%  to  65%  of  the  AUCs  for  a comparable  divided  daily  dose  of 
INDERAL  tablets.  The  lower  AUCs  for  the  capsules  are  due  to  greater  hepatic  metabolism  of 
propranolol,  resulting  from  the  slower  rate  of  absorption  of  propranolol.  Over  a twenty-four  (24) 
hour  period,  blood  levels  are  fairly  constant  for  about  twelve  (12)  hours  then  decline 
exponentially. 

INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  considered  a simple  mg  for  mg  substitute  for  conventional 
propranolol  and  the  blood  levels  achieved  do  not  match  (are  lower  than)  those  of  two  to  four 
times  daily  dosing  with  the  same  dose.  When  changing  to  INDERAL  LA  from  conventional 
propranolol,  a possible  need  for  retitration  upwards  should  be  considered  especially  to 
maintain  effectiveness  at  the  end  of  the  dosing  interval.  In  most  clinical  settings,  however, 
such  as  hypertension  or  angina  where  there  is  little  correlation  between  plasma  levels  and 
clinical  effect,  INDERAL  LA  has  been  therapeutically  equivalent  to  the  same  mg  dose  of 
conventional  INDERAL  as  assessed  by  24-hour  effects  on  blood  pressure  and  on  24-hour 
exercise  responses  of  heart  rate,  systolic  pressure  and  rate  pressure  product  INDERAL  LA 
can  provide  effective  beta  blockade  for  a 24-hour  period 

The  mechanism  of  the  antihypertensive  effect  of  INDERAL  has  not  been  established. 
Among  the  factors  that  may  be  involved  in  contributing  to  the  antihypertensive  action  are  (1) 
decreased  cardiac  output,  (2)  inhibition  of  renin  release  by  the  kidneys,  and  (3)  diminution  of 
tonic  sympathetic  nerve  outflow  from  vasomotor  centers  in  the  brain  Although  total  peripheral 
resistance  may  increase  initially,  it  readjusts  to  or  below  the  pretreatment  level  with  chronic 
use.  Effects  on  plasma  volume  appear  to  be  minor  ai  d somewhat  variable.  INDERAL  has 
been  shown  to  cause  a small  increase  in  serum  potassii|rm'Concentration  when  usedljf  the 
treatment  of  hypertensive  patients.  St— . 

In  angina  pectoris,  propranolol  generally  reduces  the  oxygen  requirement  of  the  heart-at 
any  given  level  of  effort  by  blocking  the  catecholamine<iftdu©id  increases  in  the  hen  rate, 
systolic  blood  pressure,  and  the  velocity  and  extent  of  myocardial  dorttraction.  Propranolol 
may  increase  oxygen  requirements  by  increasing  left^eTtfnctllar  fiber  length  erw-f'disistolic 
pressure  and  systolic  ejection  period  The  net  physiologic  effect  of  beta-adrenorgtc  qiock-ade 
is  usually  advantageous  and  Is  manifested  during.  exdrcise*ifey>de1ayed  onset  of  pain  and 
increased  work  capacity. 


MAJOR  SURGERY  The  necessity  or  desirability  of  withdrawal  of  beta-blocking  tf| 
prior  to  maior  surgery  is  controversial  It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  the  impaired  at> 
the  heart  to  respond  to  retlex  adrenergic  stimuli  may  augment  the  risks  of  general  anes « 
and  surgical  procedures. 

INDERAL  (propranolol  HCI),  like  other  beta  blockers,  is  a competitive  inhibitor  oi  l 
receptor  agonists  and  its  effects  can  be  reversed  by  administration  of  such  agents! 
dobutamine  or  isoproterenol.  However,  such  patients  may  be  subject  to  protracted  s| 
hypotension.  Difficulty  in  starting  and  maintaining  the  heartbeat  has  also  been  reporter 
bctci  blockers 

DIABETES  AND  HYPOGLYCEMIA:  Beta-adrenergic  blockade  may  prevent  tl'j 
pearance  of  certain  premonitory  signs  and  symptoms  (pulse  rate  and  pressure  chanc  | 
acute  hypoglycemia  in  labile  insulin-dependent  diabetes  In  these  patients,  it  may  bit 
difficult  to  ad|ust  the  dosage  of  insulin. 

THYROTOXICOSIS:  Beta  blockade  may  mask  certain  clinical  signs  of  hyperthyrc  j 
Therefore,  abrupt  withdrawal  of  propranolol  may  be  followed  by  an  exacerbation  of  sym,i 
of  hyperthyroidism,  including  thyroid  storm  Propranolol  does  not  distort  thyroid  functions 

IN  PATIENTS  WITH  WOLFF-PARKINSON-WHITE  SYNDROME,  several  cases  have: 
reported  in  which,  after  propranolol,  the  tachycardia  was  replaced  by  a severe  brady, 
requiring  a demand  pacemaker.  In  one  case  this  resulted  after  an  initial  dose  of H 
propranolol. 

PRECAUTIONS.  General:  Propranolol  should  be  used  with  caution  in  patients  with  im 
hepatic  or  renal  function.  INDERAL  is  not  indicated  for  the  treatment  of  hypertl 
emergencies. 


In  dosages  greater  than  required  for  beta  blockade,  INDERAL  also  exerts  a quinidine 


- - ne-if  - _ 

or  anesthetic-like  membrane  action  which  affects  the  cardiac  action  pote-t  ai.  ihe  siuron-  INDERAL  is  administered  to  a ntsifsing  weenan 
cance  of  the  membrane  action  in  the  treatment  of  ^Wfhm^isSncerfaK  jar"!  ::  PediatricVse:  SaWy  Wd  effe  ctivejps  ir 

""  ' ' ‘ ‘ ADVERSE  REACTIONS.  ^«»ad)Jrse  effects  have  been  mild  and  transient  an 


Beta  adrenoreceptor  blockade  can  cause  reduction  of  intraocular  pressure 
should  be  told  that  INDERAL  may  interfere  with  the  glaucoma  screening  test  Withdraw 
lead  to  a return  of  increased  intraocular  pressure. 

Clinical  Laboratory  Tests:  Elevated  blood  urea  levels  in  patients  with  severe  heart  d 
elevated  serum  transaminase,  alkaline  phosphatase,  lactate  dehydrogenase. 

DRUG  INTERACTIONS:  Patients  receiving  catecholamine-depleting  drugs  such  a: 
pine  should  be  closely  observed  if  INDERAL  is  administered  The  added  catechol; 
blocking  action  may  produce  an  excessive  reduction  of  resting  sympathetic  nervous 
which  may  result  in  hypotension,  marked  bradycardia,  vertigo,  syncopal  attacks,  or  orth 
hypotension 

Carcinogenesis,  Mutagenesis,  Impairment  ot  Fertility:  Long-term  studies  in  animal 
been  conducted  to  evaluate  toxic  effects  and  carcinogenic  potential.  In  18-month  stu 
■tettwats  aad  naj& gmploytfig  dosestqp^  J50  mg/kg/day.  there  was  no  evidence  of  sigr 
dniq-in,:  jcoU  toxicin  There  were  no  drug-related  tumorigemc  effects  at  any  of  the  c 
nevellf  Reproductive  studies  lb  wjmals  dig  not  show  any  impairment  of  fertility  th‘ 
attributable  to  theKdrug.  

Pregnancy  ppgnapcy  QalWbry  CJNDERAL  has  been  shown  to  be  embryot 
animal  studies  at  CfSses  about  10  tiries  preafer  than  the  maximum  recommended  humar 
' n here  are  n<P8oeq3sPind  weft-controlled  studies  in  pregnant  women  INDERAL 
be  used  during  pregnancy  only  if  the  potential  benefit  justifies  the  potential  risk  to  thi 
Nursing  Motfjmfc:  INDERAL  is  excreted  in  human  milk.  Caution  should  be  exercisei 


The  mechanism  of  the  antimigraine  effect  of  propranolol  has  not  o««nestab  shed  Beta 
adrenergic  receptors  have  been  demonstrated  in  J^afri 

Beta  receptor  blockade  can  be  useful  in  conditions  iniarbilft  because  of  pathologic  or 
functional  changes,  sympathetic  activity  is  detrimental  to  the  patient,  lut  there  are  also 
situations  in  which  sympathetic  stimulation  is  vital  FoPSxamplerm  patients  wimseverely 
damaged  hearts,  adequate  ventricular  function  is  maintained  by  virtue  of  sympathetic  drive 
which  should  be  preserved.  In  the  presence  of  AV  block,  greater  than  first  degree,  beta 
blockade  may  prevent  the  necessary  facilitating  effect  of  sympathetic  activity  on  conduction 
Beta  blockade  results  in  bronchial  constriction  by  interfering  with  adrenergic  bronchodilator 
activity  which  should  be  preserved  in  patients  subject  to  bronchospasm. 

Propranolol  is  not  significantly  dialyzable. 

INDICATIONS  AND  USAGE.  Hypertension:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  in  the  manage- 
ment of  hypertension;  it  may  be  used  alone  or  used  in  combination  with  other  antihypertensive 
agents,  particularly  a thiazide  diuretic.  INDERAL  LA  is  not  indicated  in  the  management  of 
hypertensive  emergencies. 

Angina  Pectoris  Due  to  Coronary  Atherosclerosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated 
for  the  long-term  management  of  patients  with  angina  pectoris. 

Migraine:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  for  the  prophylaxis  of  common  migraine  headache 
The  efficacy  of  propranolol  in  the  treatment  of  a migraine  attack  that  has  started  has  not  been 
established  and  propranolol  is  not  indicated  for  such  use. 

Hypertrophic  Subaortic  Stenosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  useful  in  the  management  of 
hypertrophic  subaortic  stenosis,  especially  for  treatment  of  exertional  or  other  stress-induced 
angina,  palpitations,  and  syncope.  INDERAL  LA  also  improves  exercise  performance.  The 
effectiveness  of  propranolol  hydrochloride  in  this  disease  appears  to  be  due  to  a reduction  of 
the  elevated  outflow  pressure  gradient  which  is  exacerbated  by  beta-receptor  stimulation. 
Clinical  improvement  may  be  temporary. 

CONTRAINDICATIONS.  INDERAL  is  contraindicated  in  1)  cardiogenic  shock;  2)  sinus 
bradycardia  and  greater  than  first  degree  block;  3)  bronchial  asthma;  4)  congestive  heart 
failure  (see  WARNINGS)  unless  the  failure  is  secondary  to  a tachyarrhythmia  treatable  with 
INDERAL. 

WARNINGS.  CARDIAC  FAILURE:  Sympathetic  stimulation  may  be  a vital  component  sup- 
porting circulatory  function  in  patients  with  congestive  heart  failure,  and  its  inhibition  by  beta 
blockade  may  precipitate  more  severe  failure.  Although  beta  blockers  should  be  avoided  in 
overt  congestive  heart  failure,  if  necessary,  they  can  be  used  with  close  follow-up  in  patients 
with  a history  of  failure  who  are  well  compensated  and  are  receiving  digitalis  and  diuretics. 
Beta-adrenergic  blocking  agents  do  not  abolish  the  inotropic  action  of  digitalis  on  heart 
muscle. 

IN  PATIENTS  WITHOUT  A HISTORY  OF  HEART  FAILURE,  continued  use  of  beta  blockers 
can,  in  some  cases,  lead  to  cardiac  failure.  Therefore,  at  the  first  sign  or  symptom  of  heart 
failure,  the  patient  should  be  digitalized  and/or  treated  with  diuretics,  and  the  response 
observed  closely,  or  INDERAL  should  be  discontinued  (gradually,  if  possible). 


i in  children  have  not  been  established. 


IN  PATIENTS  WITH  ANGINA  PECTORIS,  there  have  been  reports  of  exacerbation  of 
angina  and.  in  some  cases,  myocardial  infarction,  following  abrupt  discontinuance  of 
INDERAL  therapy.  Therefore,  when  discontinuance  of  INDERAL  is  planned  the  dosage 
should  be  gradually  reduced  over  at  least  a few  weeks,  and  the  patient  should  be 
cautioned  against  interruption  or  cessation  of  therapy  without  the  physician's  advice.  If 
INDERAL  therapy  is  interrupted  and  exacerbation  of  angina  occurs,  it  usually  is  advis- 
able to  reinstitute  INDERAL  therapy  and  take  other  measures  appropriate  for  the  man- 
agement of  unstable  angina  pectoris.  Since  coronary  artery  disease  may  be 
unrecognized,  it  may  be  prudent  to  follow  the  above  advice  in  patients  considered  at  risk 
of  having  occult  atherosclerotic  heart  disease  who  are  given  propranolol  for  other 
indications. 


rarely«B|uired|h|  withdm.va'  of  thetjiy 

GadijiovadS9&  (Drady^dia;-S0irg&stive  heart  failure;  intensification  of  AV  block 
.tensioru  paiesthesia  ot  hands:  thrombocytopenic. purpura;  arterial  insufficiency,  usuall 
ftaynauoType  '*  Jm 

Central  Nervous  Sysfem^Mieadedness;  mental  depression  manifested  by  Ins 
lassitude,  weakness,  fatiguenwersible  mental  depression  progressing  to  catatonia 
disturbances,  hallucinations;  an  acute  reversible  syndrome  characterized  by  disorient; 
time  and  place,  short-term  memory  loss,  emotional  lability,  slightly  clouded  sensoriu 
decreased  performance  on  neuropsychometrics. 

Gastrointestinal:  nausea,  vomiting,  epigastric  distress,  abdominal  cramping,  di 
constipation,  mesenteric  arterial  thrombosis,  ischemic  colitis 

Allergic:  pharyngitis  and  agranulocytosis,  erythematous  rash,  fever  combined  with 
and  sore  throat,  laryngospasm  and  respiratory  distress. 

Respiratory  bronchospasm. 

Hematologic:  agranulocytosis,  nonthrombocytopenic  purpura,  thrombocyt 
purpura. 

Auto-Immune:  In  extremely  rare  instances,  systemic  lupus  erythematosus  ha: 
reported. 

Miscellaneous : alopecia,  LE-like  reactions,  psoriasiform  rashes,  dry  eyes,  male 
tence,  and  Peyronie’s  disease  have  been  reported  rarely.  Oculomucocutaneous  re 
involving  the  skin,  serous  membranes  and  conjunctivae  reported  for  a beta  blocker  (pr 
have  not  been  associated  with  propranolol 
DOSAGE  AND  ADMINISTRATION.  INDERAL  LA  provides  propranolol  hydrochlor 
sustained-release  capsule  for  administration  once  daily.  If  patients  are  switched  from  IN 
tablets  to  INDERAL  LA  capsules,  care  should  be  taken  to  assure  that  the  desired  ther,' 
effect  is  maintained  INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  considered  a simple  mg  for  mg  subsl 
INDERAL  INDERAL  LA  has  different  kinetics  and  produces  lower  blood  levels  Retitrati 
be  necessary  especially  to  maintain  effectiveness  at  the  end  of  the  24-hour  dosing  i 
HYPERTENSION — Dosage  must  be  individualized  The  usual  initial  dosage  is 
INDERAL  LA  once  daily,  whether  used  alone  or  added  to  a diuretic.  The  dosage  i 
increased  to  120  mg  once  daily  or  higher  until  adequate  blood-pressure  control  is  ac 
The  usual  maintenance  dosage  is  120  to  160  mg  once  daily.  In  some  instances  a dosag; 
mg  may  be  required  The  time  needed  for  full  hypertensive  response  to  a given  do1# 
variable  and  may  range  from  a few  days  to  several  weeks 

ANGINA  PECTORIS — Dosage  must  be  individualized.  Starting  with  80  mg  INDEi 
once  daily,  dosage  should  be  gradually  increased  at  three  to  seven  day  intervals  until  o /' 
response  is  obtained  Although  individual  patients  may  respond  at  any  dosage  lej 
average  optimum  dosage  appears  to  be  160  mg  once  daily  In  angina  pectoris,  the  va1 
safety  of  dosage  exceeding  320  mg  per  day  have  not  been  established 

If  treatment  is  to  be  discontinued,  reduce  dosage  gradually  over  a period  of  a fey  I 
(see  WARNINGS)  fl 

MIGRAINE — Dosage  must  be  individualized.  The  initial  oral  dose  is  80  mg  INDE 
once  daily.  The  usual  effective  dose  range  is  160-240  mg  once  daily.  The  dosage 
increased  gradually  to  achieve  optimum  migraine  prophylaxis.  It  a satisfactory  respon 
obtained  within  four  to  six  weeks  after  reaching  the  maximum  dose,  INDERAL  LA 
should  be  discontinued.  It  may  be  advisable  to  withdraw  the  drug  gradually  over  a p 
several  weeks. 

HYPERTROPHIC  SUBAORTIC  STENOSIS— 80-160  mg  INDERAL  LA  once  daily 
PEDIATRIC  DOSAGE— At  this  time  the  data  on  the  use  of  the  drug  in  this  age  group 
limited  to  permit  adequate  directions  for  use 

♦The  appearance  of  INDERAL  LA  capsules  is  a registered  trademark  of  Ayerst  LaboM 

891  ZtM 


Nonallergic  Bronchospasm  (e.g,,  chronic  bronchitis,  emphysema) — 

PATIENTS  WITH  BRONCHOSPASTIC  DISEASES  SHOULD  IN  GENERAL  NOT  RECEIVE  BETA 
BLOCKERS.  INDERAL  should  be  administered  with  caution  since  it  may  block  bronchodila- 
tion  produced  by  endogenous  and  exogenous  catecholamine  stimulation  of  beta  receptors. 


Ayerst 


AYERST  LABORATORIES 
New  York,  N.Y.  10017 


958 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS 


NDIUM-  111  -OXINE-LABELED 

,eukocyte  Imaging 


'red  M.  Palace,  m.d.,  and  Raymond  F.  Crystal,  m.d.,  Morristown* 


I 


n the  postoperative  period , it  is  difficult  to  determine  the  location 
fan  inflammatory  process  for  purpose  of  drainage.  Fifteen 
yatients  participated  in  a study  in  which  injection  of  the  patient's 
twn  white  blood  cells  labeled  with  indium- 1 1 1 -oxine  was  used  to 
iemonstrate  localizedfoci  of  inflammation. 


In  the  evaluation  of  the  patient 
who  has  developed  signs  and 
symptoms  of  infection  after  ab- 
i ninal  surgery,  a surgeon  has  few  effective  modalities 
> liagnosis.  A chest  x-ray,  a urinalysis,  and  an  evalu- 
nn  of  the  incision  for  infection  are  utilized. 

'T  scanning  as  the  first  step  in  screening  is  not  cost 
I 'Ctive.  It  is  most  helpful  when  a relatively  small  area 
£ o be  scanned,  since  individual  tomographic  slices 
m the  diaphragm  to  the  pubis  at  centimeter  inter- 
r 5 are  high  in  cost,  high  in  radiation,  and  low  in 
r ds.1  It  is  difficult,  if  not  impossible,  to  differentiate 
) ween  a noncontrast  filled  bowel  loop  and  an  abscess 
) these  computer-created  images, 
jfltrasonography  also  is  limited  in  value  by  the  fact 
I t postoperative  patients  show  a reactive  (adynamic) 
Ijjis  and  bowel  gas  is  an  effective  barrier  to  ultra- 
ographic  evaluation.  Scanning  the  patient  after  an 
i 'avenous  injection  of  gallium  67  has  been  used  for 
) poses  of  localization  of  an  abscess.  Disadvantages 
t (1)  the  slow  nature  of  the  procedure,  i.e.  gallium 
bst  clear  the  soft  tissues  before  localization  of  an 
i cess  can  be  made,  usually  in  36  to  48  hours;  (2)  the 
Gerial  is  excreted  through  the  gastrointestinal  tract 
1 1 therefore  the  colon  (especially  the  right  colon)  is 
ialized  unless  massive  efforts  to  cleanse  the  colon 
M made;  and  (3)  radiogallium  is  taken  up  in  the 
ural  line  itself  (probably  by  histiocytes  there), 
new  modality  of  diagnosis  now  is  avail- 

, 

'•  81— NUMBER  11— NOVEMBER  1984 


able — injection  of  the  patient’s  own  indium- 1 1 1-oxine- 
labeled  white  blood  cells  (WBC).  This  technique  can  be 
used  to  localize  foci  of  inflammation  and  infection. 

METHODS 

Fifteen  patients  at  Morristown  Memorial  Hospital 
participated  in  a phase  III  clinical  evaluation  of  in- 
dium-1 1 1-oxine-labeled  WBC  as  approved  by  the  Hos- 
pital’s Institutional  Review  Board.  Fifty  cc  of  blood  was 
withdrawn  in  a heparin-coated  syringe  and  sent  to  a 
commercial  laboratory**  where  the  patient’s  WBC  were 
labeled  using  a technique  approved  by  the  Amersham 
Corporation  and  the  Food  and  Drug  Administration.9 
The  tagged  WBC  (containing  approximately  500  uc  of 
radioindium)  were  returned  to  the  hospital  within 
three  hours;  the  patient  was  injected  with  these  cells 
and  imaging  of  the  patient  was  performed  4 to  18 
hours  later  using  either  a 61  tube  (General  Electric) 
Maxicamera  or  a 37  tube  Gamma  Camera  (Picker  Cor- 
poration). Images  to  include  the  top  of  the  head  down 
to  below  the  hips  in  both  the  anterior  and  posterior 
positions  were  taken.  The  extremities  were  imaged  if 


*Dr.  Palace  is  Chief,  Section  of  Nuclear  Medicine,  and  Dr. 
Crystal  is  Attending  Surgeon,  Colon-Rectal  Surgery.  Mor- 
ristown Memorial  Hospital.  Correspondence  may  be  ad- 
dressed to  Dr.  Palace,  Morristown  Memorial  Hospital,  100 
Madison  Avenue,  Morristown,  NJ  07960. 

**Syncor.  Inc.,  Fairfield,  NJ. 

959 


cliniceilly  indicated  and  300,000  counts  per  image  were 
collected.  The  following  are  representative  case  his- 
tories. 

CASE  REPORT  1 

A 72-year-old  female  was  hospitalized  with  dyspnea 
requiring  intubation,  ventilator  support,  and  steroid 
therapy.  Ten  days  later,  she  underwent  antrectomy, 
vagotomy,  and  gastroduodenostomy  for  a bleeding 
duodenal  ulcer.  The  bleeding  persisted  postoperativelv 
and  a subtotal  gastrectomy  and  gastrojejunostomy 
were  performed.  Three  days  later,  she  developed  pneu- 
monitis which  was  treated  with  tobramycin  and  clin- 
damycin intravenously.  In  spite  of  antibiotics,  she 
maintained  a persistent  temperature  elevation  to 
38.6°C  and  a leukemoid  reaction  with  WBC  count  of 
44.800.  Gallium  scanning  showed  increased  uptake  in 
the  left  lung  (consistent  with  the  patient's  left  lower 
lobe  pulmonary  infiltrate)  and  increased  uptake  in  the 
left  flank  (Figure  1 ).  CT  scan  of  the  abdomen  (after  oral 
and  intravenous  contrast  material)  demonstrated  no 
abnormal  collections.  Indium-111  WBC  study  one 
week  later  demonstrated  abnormal  uptake  in  both 
lower  lobes  and  throughout  the  entire  colon  (Figure  2). 
Bv  this  time  the  patient  developed  diarrhea  and  was 
passing  ten  liquid  stools  per  day.  The  stool  culture  was 
negative  for  salmonella  shigella  and  other  enteric 
pathogens.  Three  stools  were  positive  for  Clostridium 
difficile  toxin.  Colonoscopy  to  50  cm  revealed  multiple 
whitish  plaques  throughout,  consistent  with 
pseudomembranous  colitis.  Treatment  with  van- 
comycin was  begun  and  within  one  week  the  diarrhea 
had  stopped  and  the  patient’s  WBC  count  had  fallen 
to  13,600. 

This  seriously  ill  elderly  patient,  who  received  a 
number  of  antibiotics  including  clindamycin,  was  at 
high  risk  for  the  development  of  pseudomembranous 
colitis.  Nevertheless,  various  symptoms  and  signs 
(diarrhea  abdominal  pain,  fever,  leukocytosis,  and,  in 
some  cases,  megacolon)  may  make  diagnosis  difficult, 
particularly  in  patients  who  have  undergone 
gastrointestinal  surgery.2  Traditionally,  the  most  re- 
liable diagnostic  tools  were  considered  to  be  the  proc- 
toscopic examination,  barium  contrast  study  of  the 
colon,  and  biopsy.3 

The  indium-labeled  WBC  scan  may  evaluate  patients 
rapidly  (six  hours)  with  an  acute  abdomen  which  is 
fulminant  and  in  which  intubation  ol  the  colon  or  the 
hydrostatic  pressure  of  an  enema  may  be  hazardous, 
and  with  colitis  which  may  be  differentiated  from 
other  causes  of  diarrhea  by  a noninvasive  method  be- 
cause of  the  severity  and  extent  of  the  inflammation. 
The  indium-labeled  WBC  scan  also  is  an  accurate 
method  for  assessing  the  patient  with  acute  ulceration 
and  Crohn's  disease.4 

CASE  REPORT  2 

An  82-year-old  white  female  underwent  Hartmann 
resection  of  the  left  colon  with  a distal  transverse  co- 
lostomy on  May  8,  1983,  for  acute  and  chronic 
diverticulitis  with  partial  colonic  obstruction.  Post- 
operativelv. she  developed  a wound  infection  due  to 
Pseudomonas  aeruginosce  E.  coli.  and  enterococcus. 
On  May  23,  1983,  an  indium-1 1 1 -labeled  WBC  scan 


Figure  1 — Anterior  view  of  abdomen:  gallium  scan.  Note  i 
Hum  uptake  in  the  liver  and  colon  as  usually  seen  (case  rejl 
1). 


Figure  2— Anterior  view  of  abdomen  and  pelvis:  incur 
study.  Note  normal  uptake  in  the  liver  and  spleen  anc'b 
normal  uptake  in  the  colon  demonstrating  the  pseudor  i' 
branous  colitis  (case  report  1). 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JER 


960 


Figure  4— Anterior  view  (18  hours)  indium  scan.  Note  ab- 
normal uptake  in  the  suture  line  and  in  the  left  lower  quad 
rant  representing  the  fistula  and  normal  uptake  in  the  liver 
and  spleen  (case  report  2). 

This  information  may  affect  the  choice  between 
surgical  and  percutaneous  drainage.7 

CASE  REPORT  3 

A 26-year-old  white  female,  whose  Crohn's  disease 
was  first  diagnosed  at  age  13,  underwent  resection  of 
the  terminal  ileum  and  cecum  at  age  17.  She  subse- 
quently had  recurrent  exacerbations  of  weight  loss, 
fever,  anorexia  and  diarrhea.  In  July  1982,  the 
diagnosis  of  pregnancy  was  associated  with  fever,  18 
to  20  pound  weight  loss,  pain  in  the  right  lower  quad- 
rant, and  a mass.  Sigmoidoscopy  revealed  many  shal- 
low serpiginous  ulcers  of  the  mucosa  of  the  rectum. 
In  November  1982,  she  was  admitted  to  Morristown 
Memorial  Hospital  and  the  preganancy  was  termin- 
ated. A small  bowel  x-ray  study  showed  a collection  of 
barium,  within  an  abscess  cavity  in  the  right  upper 
quadrant,  believed  to  have  extravasated  through  a fis- 
tulous tract  from  the  small  bowel.  There  was  complete 
involvement  of  the  large  bowel  with  what  appeared  to 
be  granulomatous  colitis.  On  November  30.  she  under 
went  a diverting  ileostomy  and  drainage  of  a right 
retroperitoneal  abscess.  Postoperativelv  she  was 

961 


gure  3 — Anterior  view  gallium  scan  (48  hours)  demonstrat- 
g the  abnormal  (but  weak)  uptake  in  the  left  lower  quadrant 
lase  report  2). 

as  performed.  An  abnormal  collection  of  radionuclide 
insistent  with  a large  abscess  was  seen  in  the  left 
teral  abdomen  extending  from  the  inferior  margin  of 
ie  spleen  into  the  pelvis.  There  also  was  abnormally 
creased  uptake  of  radionuclide  extending  from  the 
phoid  to  the  pubis  consistent  with  an  infected  mid- 
pe  abdominal  incision.  On  May  26,  1983,  a barium 
iiema  study  through  the  colostomy  demonstrated  a 
rge  abscess  cavity  in  the  left  gutter  which  filled  with 
mum  presumably  through  a fistulous  communica- 
pn.  A sump  drain  was  placed  in  this  abscess  cavity 
id  cultures  grew  Pseudomonas  and  E.  eoli  (Figures 
to  6). 

Intra-abdominal  abscess  following  colonic  surgery  is 
)t  rare.  In  a study  of  231  consecutive  colonic  oper- 
ions,  four  patients  developed  intra-abdominal 
:>scesses.5  Unrecognized  and  untreated,  intra-ab- 
)minal  abscesses  may  lead  to  additional  complica- 
ms  and  death.  Identification  and  localization  of  such 
i abscess  by  a noninvasive  technique  is  highly  de- 
rable  yet  not  always  easily  accomplished.  The  ac- 
iracy  of  indium-labeled  WBC  scan  for  this  purpose 
is  been  well  documented.6  A particular  benefit  of 
ich  a noninvasive  test  is  its  ability  to  identify  the 
umber  of  purulent  collections  in  a particular  patient. 

JL.  81 -NUMBER  11 -NOVEMBER  1984 


Figure  5 — Posterior  view  of  indium  study  showing  large 
intra-abdominal  and  intrapelvic  abscess  (case  report  2). 

treated  with  clindamycin  and  tobramycin  and  was 
afebrile  until  December  6,  1982,  when  her  temperature 
rose  to  38.3°C.  Progressive  anemia  required  trans- 
fusion of  nine  units  of  packed  cells  between  December 
4 and  December  9.  She  had  recurrent  fever  and  on 
December  21,  1982,  an  indium-labeled  WBC  scan 
showed  abnormal  uptake  in  multiple  loops  of  small 
bowel  in  the  right  mid-epigastrium  consistent  with  an 
active  granulomatous  process  (Figure  7).  A huge  area 
of  abnormal  uptake  filled  much  of  the  left  side  of  the 
pelvis,  and  extended  up  to  the  spleen.  This  was 
thought  to  represent  phlegmon  or  abscess  involving 
the  distal  descending  colon  and  rectosigmoid.  White 
blood  count  at  that  time  was  16,500.  CT  scan  of  the 
abdomen  demonstrated  a large  mass  of  loculated  fluid, 
thought  to  represent  the  phlegmon  as  previously  de- 
scribed (Figures  8 and  9).  A barium  enema  through  the 
rectum  demonstrated  the  devitalized  colon  to  be  ap- 
propriately narrow  so  that  the  abnormal  uptake  on  the 
indium  scan  and  the  CT  study  could  not  represent  an 
inflamed  colon.  On  December  23,  1982,  the  patient 
underwent  an  incision  and  drainage  of  an  infected 
intraperitoneal  hematoma.  By  Januaiy  5,  1983,  she 
was  afebrile  with  a pulse  of  80  and  a white  blood  count 
of  10,600.  A subsequent  indium-labeled  study  showed 
resolution  of  the  abdominal/pelvie  mass  previously  de- 


Figure  6— Anterior  posterior  view  of  barium  enema  illustrai 
ing  a catheter  in  the  colostomy  and  contrast  material  fillin 
the  peritoneal  abscess  (case  report  2). 


scribed  but  the  abnormal  small  bowel  and  colonic  uj 
take  remained. 

This  case  demonstrates  a variety  of  radiological  me 
dalities  used  to  diagnose  intra-abdominal  and  retre 
peritoneal  abscesses.  The  first  abscess  was  demor 
strated  by  a small  bowel  series,  which  confirmed 
fistulous  connection  between  the  bowel  and  absees 
cavity.  An  infected  hematoma  was  first  localized  by  th 
indium  study  and  further  documented  by  the  C 
study.  The  resolution  of  the  abscess  was  well  demor 
strated  by  repeat  indium  scanning  which  also  demon 
strated  that  the  tagged  leukocytes  will  be  taken  up  b 
an  actively  inflamed  colon.  This  principle  has  beei 
applied  to  the  differentiation  of  the  pancreatic  absees 
from  pancreatic  pseudocyst  using  indium- 1 1 1-labelei 
leukocytes  (Figures  7 to  9). 8 

DISCUSSION 

Indium- 1 1 1-autologous  white  blood  cells  have  beei 
used  for  localization  of  abscesses,  fistulae,  and  os; 
teomyelitis  for  many  years  first  having  been  used  fo 
this  purpose  in  1976. 9 The  radionuclide  is  deposited 
wherever  white  cells  are  sequestered  which  explain 
the  distribution  of  the  radioindium  in  the  bone  mar 
row,  in  the  liver,  and  in  the  spleen.  Areas  of  focal  infec 
tion  usually  are  demonstrated  well.  The  materia 
usually  is  not  deposited  in  normal  bowel  and  has  beei; 
shown  to  have  clinical  utility  in  the  evaluation  of  pa' 
tients  with  granulomatous  and  ulcerative  bowel  dis; 
ease.4  False  positive  studies  are  found  in  cases  o; 
swallowed  leukocytes  (e.g.  sinusitis,  rhinitis,  en 
dotrachial  tubes,  nasogastric  tubes),  accessory  spleens: 
and  transplant  rejections.10 

False  negative  studies  occur  in  patients  with  longj 
standing  abscesses  which  perhaps  do  not  have  an  ade| 
quate  blood  supply  and,  therefore,  lack  a mechanism 
for  the  white  cells  to  be  sequestered  there.  Similarly; 
in  an  area  of  osteomyelitis  where  the  periosteum  i-‘i 
tightly  adherent  and  where  there  is  a choking  otf  o 

THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


962 


R L 


Igure  7— Anterior  view  of  abdomen  and  pelvis  indium  study 
Hl8  hours).  Note  abnormal  uptake  in  the  left  lower  quadrant 
epresenting  the  infected  hematoma.  Note  abnormal  uptake 
ight  lower  quadrant  representing  abnormal  small  bowel  (re- 
gional enteritis)  (case  report  3). 


ie  blood  supply,  there  is  an  occasional  false  negative 
fudy.  The  sensitivity  and  specificity  of  the  indium 
fudy  is  reported  to  be  95  percent  and  97  percent, 
fespeetively. 1 1 

Indium- 1 1 1-WBC  imaging  is  at  least  as  sensitive  as 
allium  in  imaging  and  has  far  greater  specificity  due 
(jib  the  fact  that  there  is  no  normal  bowel  uptake,  which 
sj>  gallium’s  major  disadvantage.  This  study  will  be  of 
ignificant  aid  to  the  physician  in  the  evaluation  of 
atients  with  occult  inflammatory  disease  especially 
/hen  many  of  the  paperwork  obstacles  to  wider  utiliza- 
lon  have  been  relieved. 


REFERENCES 

1.  Karsell  PR  II,  O’Connell  MJ:  Computer  tomography  in 
eareh  of  cancer  of  unknown  origin.  JAMA  248:340-343, 
982. 

2.  Dowel  VR  Jn  Antibiotic  associated  colitis.  Hosp  Prac  75: 
979. 

| 3.  Tedesco  FJ,  Stanley  RJ,  Alpers  DH:  Diagnostic  features 
OL.  81— NUMBER  11— NOVEMBER  1984 


Figure  8 — Initial  image  of  CT  scan  demonstrating  contrast 
materia]  in  the  defunctionalized  colon  (case  report  3). 


CF  NORMAL  I M 1 = 5 1 2 

SLC  THK  10  C E H 0 

MAT  512  USP  1/2  WIN  353 

TILT  . 1 POST  D I A 4 0.3 


#4071  1 7 SCAN  ' t 4 

TBL  -280 


Figure  9— Pelvic  CT  scan  demonstrating  huge  pelvic  mass 
subsequently  drained  (ease  report  3). 


of  clindomyein-associated  pseudomembranous  colitis.  N Engl 
J Med  290:841,  1974. 

4.  Stein  DT,  Gray  GM,  Gregory  PB,  Anderson  M,  Goodwin 
DA,  MeDougall  IR-  Location  and  activity  of  ulceration  and 
Crohn's  colitis  by  indium  111  leukocyte  scan. 
Gastroenterology  84:388-393,  1 983. 

5.  Crystal  RF,  Chang  P:  The  surgeon,  the  surgery,  the  pa- 
tient, and  the  disease;  factors  complicating  colonic  surgery. 
Ann  Surg  181:9-14,  1975. 

6.  Coleman  RE,  Black  RE,  Welch  DM,  Maxwell  JG:  In- 
dium-11 1 labeled  leukocytes  in  the  evaluation  of  suspected 
abdominal  abscesses.  Am  J Surg  118:273,  1983. 

7.  Aeder  MI,  et  al.:  Role  of  surgical  and  percutaneous 
drainage  in  the  treatment  of  abdominal  abscesses.  Arch  Surg 
118:273,  1983. 

8.  Bicknell  TA.  Kohatsu,  S,  Goodwin  DA:  Use  of  indium-  111 
labeled  autologous  leukocytes  in  differentiating  pancreatic 
abscess  from  pseudocyst.  Am  J Surg  142:312,  1981. 

9.  Siegel  AW,  Amot  RN.  Thakur  ML,  et  al.:  Indium-ill- 
labeled  leukocytes  for  localization  of  abscesses.  Lancet 
2:1056,  1976. 

10.  Coleman,  RE,  Walsh,  E:  Possible  pitfalls  with  clinical 
imaging  of  indium- 1 1 1 leukocytes:  concise  communication. 
J Nucl  Med  21:122.  1980. 

11.  McDougal  IR,  Goodwin  DA:  Editor's  correspondence. 
Arch  Int  Med  142:1407,  1982. 


963 


Protection 
with  Benefits  for 
a Lifetime 

ONCE-DAILY  CONTROL 
WITH  HEART-SAVING  BENEFITS 

By  reducing  heart  rate  and  cardiac  contractility,  INDERAL  LA  helps 
protect  the  heart  from  the  potentially  serious  and  debilitating 
consequences  of  ischemia.  A highly  effective  antianginal  agent  for 
around-the-clock  control  of  symptoms,  INDERAL  LA  also  provides 
cardiovascular  protection  for  a sense  of  security  in  the  years  ahead. 

PROTECTION  AND  EXPERIENCE 
NO  CALCIUM  BLOCKER  CAN  MATCH 

Unlike  calcium  blockers,  INDERAL  LA — either  alone  or  with  a 
nitrate — is  recommended  for  early  treatment  of  angina  in  the 
majority  of  patients.  Equally  important,  INDERAL  LA  delivers  the 
proven  performance  and  safety  profile  of  INDERAL  tablets— 
confirmed  by  millions  of  patients  during  16  years  of  clinical  use. 

START  WITH  80  MG  ONCE  DAILY 

Dosage  may  be  increased  to  160  mg  once  daily,  as  needed,  to 
achieve  optimal  control.  INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  used  in  congestive 
heart  failure,  sinus  bradycardia,  cardiogenic  shock,  heart  block  greater 
than  first  degree,  and  bronchial  asthma.  Please  see  next  page  for 
further  details  and  brief  summary  of  prescribing  information. 


ONCE-DAILY 


LONG  ACTING 
CAPSULES 


Ayerst 


The  appearance  of 
INDERAl  LA 
capsules  is  a registered 
trademark  of 
Ayerst  L aboratories 


ONCE- DAILY 


JUST  ONCE  EACH  DAY 
FOR  SIMPLIFIED  CORE  , 

THERAPY  IN  ANGINA  (PROPRANOLOL HCI) 


INDERALLA 


2CC 


LONG  ACTING 
CAPSULES 


80 

mg 


120 

mg 


160 

mg 


BRIEF  SUMMARY  (FOR  FULL  PRESCRIBING  INFORMATION,  SEE  PACKAGE  CIRCULAR  ) 
INDERAL*  LA  brand  of  propranolol  hydrochloride  (Long  Acting  Capsules) 
DESCRIPTION.  Inderal  LA  Is  formulated  to  provide  a sustained  release  of  propranolol 
hydrochloride.  Inderal  LA  is  available  as  80  mg,  120  mg,  and  160  mg  capsules. 

CLINICAL  PHARMACOLOGY.  INDERAL  is  a nonselective  beta-adrenergic  receptor 
blocking  agent  possessing  no  other  autonomic  nervous  system  activity.  It  specifically  com- 
petes with  beta-adrenergic  receptor  stimulating  agents  tor  available  receptor  sites.  When 
access  to  beta-receptor  sites  is  blocked  by  INDERAL,  the  chronotropic,  inotropic,  and 
vasodilator  responses  to  beta-adrenergic  stimulation  are  decreased  proportionately. 

INDERAL  LA  Capsules  (80, 120,  and  160  mg)  release  propranolol  HCI  at  a controlled  and 
predictable  rate.  Peak  blood  levels  following  dosing  with  INDERAL  LA  occur  at  about  6 hours 
and  the  apparent  plasma  half-life  is  about  10  hours  When  measured  at  steady  state  over  a 24- 
hour  period  the  areas  under  the  propranolol  plasma  concentration-time  curve  (AUCs)  for  the 
capsules  are  approximately  60%  to  65%  of  the  AUCs  for  a comparable  divided  daily  dose  of 
INDERAL  tablets  The  lower  AUCs  for  the  capsules  are  due  to  greater  hepatic  metabolism  of 
propranolol,  resulting  from  the  slower  rate  of  absorption  of  propranolol.  Over  a twenty-four  (24) 
hour  period,  blood  levels  are  fairly  constant  for  about  twelve  (12)  hours  then  decline 
exponentially. 

INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  considered  a simple  mg  for  mg  substitute  for  conventional 
propranolol  and  the  blood  levels  achieved  do  not  match  (are  lower  than)  those  of  two  to  four 
times  daily  dosing  with  the  same  dose  When  changing  to  INDERAL  LA  from  conventional 
propranolol,  a possible  need  for  retitration  upwards  should  be  considered  especially  to 
maintain  effectiveness  at  the  end  of  the  dosing  interval.  In  most  clinical  settings,  however, 
such  as  hypertension  or  angina  where  there  is  little  correlation  between  plasma  levels  and 
clinical  effect.  INDERAL  LA  has  been  therapeutically  equivalent  to  the  same  mg  dose  of 
conventional  INDERAL  as  assessed  by  24-hour  effects  on  blood  pressure  and  on  24-hour 
exercise  responses  of  heart  rate,  systolic  pressure  and  rate  pressure  product  INDERAL  LA 
can  provide  effective  beta  blockade  for  a 24-hour  period 

The  mechanism  of  the  antihypertensive  effect  of  INDERAL  has  not  been  established 
Among  the  factors  that  may  be  involved  in  contributing  to  the  antihypertensive  action  are  (1) 
decreased  cardiac  output,  (2)  inhibition  of  renin  release  by  the  kidneys,  and  (3)  diminution  of 
tonic  sympathetic  nerve  outflow  from  vasomotor  centers  in  the  brain.  Although  total  peripheral 
resistance  may  increase  initially,  it  read|usts  to  or  below  the  pretreatment  level  with  chronic 
use  Effects  on  plasma  volume  appear  to  be  minor  and  somewhat  variable  INDERAL  has 
been  shown  to  cause  a small  increase  in  serum  potassium  concentration  when  used  in  the 
treatment  of  hypertensive  patients 

In  angina  pectoris,  propranolol  generally  reduces  the  oxygen  requirement  of  the  heart  at 
any  given  level  of  effort  by  blocking  the  catecholamine  inducer.1  increases  in  'he  hear*  rate  , 
systolic  blood  pressure,  and  the  velocity  and  extent  of  'nyoc.iidiai  contraction  Propranolol,, 
may  increase  oxygen  requirements  by  increasing  left  ventricular  fifijar  length,  end  atastolicl 
pressure  and  systolic  election  period  The  net  physiologic  effect  of  beta  adrenergic  blockade 
is  usually  advantageous  and  is  manifested  during  exercise  by  delayed  onset  of  pain  and 
increased  work  capacity 

In  dosages  greater  than  required  for  beta  blockade,  INDERAL  also  exerts  a quimdine-hke 
or  anesthetic-like  membrane  action  which  affects  the  cardiac  action  potent  a 'he  signifi- 
cance of  the  membrane  action  in  the  treatment  of  arrbyfbrftias  ispnee^n  3| 

The  mechanism  of  the  antimigraine  effect  of  propranolol  has  ngEpeen  established, 
adrenergic  receptors  have  been  demonstrated  i ri  the  piafvissets  of  the  brain. 

Beta  receptor  blockade  can  be  useful  in  conditions  in  whicht"bepause  of  pathologifc  or 
functional  changes,  sympathetic  activity  is  detrimental  to  the  patient  But  there  are  also 
situations  in  which  sympathetic  stimulation  is  vital.  For  example  in  patients wftWseverely 
damaged  hearts,  adequate  ventricular  function  is  maintained  by  virtue  of  sympathetic  drive 
which  should  be  preserved  In  the  presence  of  AV  block,  greater  than  first  degree,  beta 
blockade  may  prevent  the  necessary  facilitating  effect  of  sympathetic  activity  on  conduction 
Beta  blockade  results  in  bronchial  constriction  by  interfering  with  adrenergic  bronchodilator 
activity  which  should  be  preserved  in  patients  subiect  to  bronchospasm 

Propranolol  is  not  significantly  dialyzable 

INDICATIONS  AND  USAGE.  Hypertension:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  in  the  manage- 
ment of  hypertension;  it  may  be  used  alone  or  used  in  combination  with  other  antihypertensive 
agents,  particularly  a thiazide  diuretic.  INDERAL  LA  is  not  indicated  in  the  management  of 
hypertensive  emergencies. 

Angina  Pectoris  Due  to  Coronary  Atherosclerosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated 
for  the  long-term  management  of  patients  with  angina  pectoris. 

Migraine:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  for  the  prophylaxis  of  common  migraine  headache 
The  efficacy  of  propranolol  in  the  treatment  of  a migraine  attack  that  has  started  has  not  been 
established  and  propranolol  is  not  indicated  for  such  use. 

Hypertrophic  Subaortic  Stenosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  useful  in  the  management  of 
hypertrophic  subaortic  stenosis,  especially  for  treatment  of  exertional  or  other  stress-induced 
angina,  palpitations,  and  syncope  INDERAL  LA  also  improves  exercise  performance.  The 
effectiveness  of  propranolol  hydrochloride  in  this  disease  appears  to  be  due  to  a reduction  of 
the  elevated  outflow  pressure  gradient  which  is  exacerbated  by  beta-receptor  stimulation 
Clinical  improvement  may  be  temporary. 

CONTRAINDICATIONS.  INDERAL  is  contraindicated  in  1)  cardiogenic  shock;  2)  sinus 
bradycardia  and  greater  than  first  degree  block;  3)  bronchial  asthma;  4)  congestive  heart 
failure  (see  WARNINGS)  unless  the  failure  is  secondary  to  a tachyarrhythmia  treatable  with 
INDERAL 

WARNINGS.  CARDIAC  FAILURE;  Sympathetic  stimulation  may  be  a vital  component  sup- 
porting circulatory  function  in  patients  with  congestive  heart  failure,  and  its  inhibition  by  beta 
blockade  may  precipitate  more  severe  failure  Although  beta  blockers  should  be  avoided  in 
overt  congestive  heart  failure,  if  necessary,  they  can  be  used  with  close  follow-up  in  patients 
with  a history  of  failure  who  are  well  compensated  and  are  receiving  digitalis  and  diuretics 
Beta-adrenergic  blocking  agents  do  not  abolish  the  inotropic  action  of  digitalis  on  heart 
muscle 

IN  PATIENTS  WITHOUT  A HISTORY  OF  HEART  FAILURE,  continued  use  of  beta  blockers 
can,  in  some  cases,  lead  to  cardiac  failure.  Therefore,  at  the  first  sign  or  symptom  of  heart 
failure,  the  patient  should  be  digitalized  and/or  treated  with  diuretics,  and  the  response 
observed  closely,  or  INDERAL  should  be  discontinued  (gradually,  if  possible). 


IN  PATIENTS  WITH  ANGINA  PECTORIS,  there  have  been  reports  of  exacerbation  of 
angina  and,  in  some  cases,  myocardial  infarction,  following  abrupt  discontinuance  of 
INDERAL  therapy  Therefore,  when  discontinuance  of  INDERAL  is  planned  the  dosage 
should  be  gradually  reduced  over  at  least  a few  weeks,  and  the  patient  should  be 
cautioned  against  interruption  or  cessation  of  therapy  without  the  physician’s  advice  If 
INDERAL  therapy  is  interrupted  and  exacerbation  of  angina  occurs,  it  usually  is  advis- 
able to  reinstitute  INDERAL  therapy  and  take  other  measures  appropriate  for  the  man- 
agement of  unstable  angina  pectoris  Since  coronary  artery  disease  may  be 
unrecognized,  it  may  be  prudent  to  follow  the  above  advice  in  patients  considered  at  risk 
of  having  occult  atherosclerotic  heart  disease  who  are  given  propranolol  for  other 
indications. 


MAJOR  SURGERY:  The  necessity  or  desirability  of  withdrawal  of  beta-blocking  th; 
prior  to  maior  surgery  is  controversial.  It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  the  impaired  ab  I 
the  head  to  respond  to  reflex  adrenergic  stimuli  may  augment  the  risks  of  general  anesl;| 
and  surgical  procedures. 

INDERAL  (propranolol  HCI),  like  other  beta  blockers,  is  a competitive  inhibitor  of 
receptor  agonists  and  its  effects  can  be  reversed  by  administration  of  such  agents, 
dobutamine  or  isoproterenol  However,  such  patients  may  be  subject  to  protracted  sj 
hypotension  Difficulty  in  stading  and  maintaining  the  headbeat  has  also  been  repodei 
b©t3  blockers 

DIABETES  AND  HYPOGLYCEMIA  Beta-adrenergic  blockade  may  prevent  th 
pearance  of  cedain  premonitory  signs  and  symptoms  (pulse  rate  and  pressure  chang 
acute  hypoglycemia  in  labile  insulin-dependent  diabetes.  In  these  patients,  it  may  be 
difficult  to  ad|ust  the  dosage  of  insulin 

THYROTOXICOSIS:  Beta  blockade  may  mask  cedain  clinical  signs  of  hypedhyroi 
Therefore,  abrupt  withdrawal  of  propranolol  may  be  followed  by  an  exacerbation  of  symji 
of  hypedhyroidism,  including  thyroid  storm.  Propranolol  does  not  distod  thyroid  function 
IN  PATIENTS  WITH  WOLFF-PARKINSON-WHITE  SYNDROME,  several  cases  have 
repoded  in  which,  after  propranolol,  the  tachycardia  was  replaced  by  a severe  bradyq 
requiring  a demand  pacemaker.  In  one  case  this  resulted  after  an  initial  dose  of 
propranolol 

PRECAUTIONS.  General:  Propranolol  should  be  used  with  caution  in  patients  with  imp 
hepatic  or  renal  function.  INDERAL  is  not  indicated  for  the  treatment  of  hyperte! 
emergencies. 

Beta  adrenoreceptor  blockade  can  cause  reduction  of  intraocular  pressure.  Pe 
should  be  told  that  INDERAL  may  interfere  with  the  glaucoma  screening  test  Withdraw: 
lead  to  a return  of  increased  intraocular  pressure 

Clinical  Laboratory  Tests . Elevated  blood  urea  levels  in  patients  with  severe  head  dis 
elevated  serum  transaminase,  alkaline  phosphatase,  lactate  dehydrogenase 

DRUG  INTERACTIONS:  Patients  receiving  catecholamine-depleting  drugs  such  as 
pine  should  be  closely  observed  if  INDERAL  is  administered  The  added  catechola 
blocking  action  may  produce  an  excessive  reduction  of  resting  sympathetic  nervous  a 
which  may  result  in  hypotension,  marked  bradycardia,  vedigo,  syncopal  attacks,  orodhc 
hypotension 

Carcinogenesis,  Mutagenesis,  Impairment  ot  Fertility:  Long-term  studies  in  animals 
been  conducted  to  evaluate  toxic  effects  and  carcinogenic  potential  In  18-month  stuc 
both  rats  and  mice,  employing  doses  up  to  150  mg/kg/day,  there  was  no  evidence  of  sign 
drug-induced  toxicity  There  were  no  drug-related  tumorigenic  effects  at  any  of  the  dr 
levels,  Reproductive  studies  in  animals  did  not  show  any  impairment  of  fertility  tha 
attributable  to  the  drug 

Pregnancy  Pregnancy  Category  C I INDERAL  has  been  shown  to  be  embryotc 
...animal  studies  aldoses  about  10  times  greater  than  the  maximum  recommended  human 
Tfiere  are  no  adequate  and  well-controlled  studies  in  pregnant  women  INDERAL  s 
be  used  during, pregnancy  only  if  the  potential  benefit  justifies  the  potential  risk  to  the 
Nursing  ftUfps:  INDERAL  is  excreted  in  human  milk.  Caution  should  be  exercised 
INDERAL  triminis’ered  to  a nursing  woman 

Pediatric  Use  Safety  and  effectiveness  in  children  have  not  been  established 
ADVERSE  REACTIONS.  Most  adverse  effects  have  been  mild  and  transient  and 
tfely  required  the  withdrawal  of  therapy 

Cardiovascular:  bradycardia,  congestive  heart  failure;  intensification  of  AV  block; 
hsion;  paresthesia  Of  hands;  thrombocytopenic  purpura,  arterial  insufficiency,  usually 
“PfaynaudType.  '****'  jm 

Central  Nervous  System:  liqtiibeasieriness  mental  depression  manifested  by  insc 
lassitude,  weakness,  fatigue;  reversible  mental  depression  progressing  to  catatonia 
disturbances;  hallucinations:  an  acute  reversible  syndrome  characterized  by  disorientat 
time  and  place,  short-term  memory  loss,  emotional  lability,  slightly  clouded  sensoriun 
decreased  performance  on  neuropsychometrics. 

Gastrointestinal:  nausea,  vomiting,  epigastric  distress,  abdominal  cramping,  dia 
constipation,  mesenteric  arterial  thrombosis,  ischemic  colitis. 

Allergic:  pharyngitis  and  agranulocytosis,  erythematous  rash,  fever  combined  with  £ 
and  sore  throat,  laryngospasm  and  respiratory  distress. 

Respiratory:  bronchospasm 
Hematologic:  agranulocytosis,  nonthrombocytopenic  purpura,  thrombocyte 
purpura 

Auto-Immune:  In  extremely  rare  instances,  systemic  lupus  erythematosus  has 
reported 

Miscellaneous  alopecia,  LE-like  reactions,  psoriasiform  rashes,  dry  eyes,  male 
fence,  and  Peyronie's  disease  have  been  reported  rarely  Oculomucocutaneous  rea! 
involving  the  skin,  serous  membranes  and  conjunctivae  reported  for  a beta  blocker  (praj 
have  not  been  associated  with  propranolol. 

DOSAGE  AND  ADMINISTRATION.  INDERAL  LA  provides  propranolol  hydrochloric 
sustained-release  capsule  for  administration  once  daily.  If  patients  are  switched  from  INC; 
tablets  to  INDERAL  LA  capsules,  care  should  be  taken  to  assure  that  the  desired  thera 
effect  is  maintained  INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  considered  a simple  mg  for  mg  substit 
INDERAL  INDERAL  LA  has  different  kinetics  and  produces  lower  blood  levels  RetitratiC; 
be  necessary  especially  to  maintain  effectiveness  at  the  end  of  the  24-hour  dosing  in 
HYPERTENSION — Dosage  must  be  individualized.  The  usual  initial  dosage  is  t| 
INDERAL  LA  once  daily,  whether  used  alone  or  added  to  a diuretic.  The  dosage  it 
increased  to  120  mg  once  daily  or  higher  until  adequate  blood-pressure  control  is  ach) 
The  usual  maintenance  dosage  is  120  to  160  mg  once  daily  In  some  instances  a dosage; 
mg  may  be  required  The  time  needed  for  full  hypertensive  response  to  a given  dos! 
variable  and  may  range  from  a few  days  to  several  weeks.  , 

ANGINA  PECTORIS — Dosage  must  be  individualized.  Starting  with  80  mg  INDEE’ 
once  daily  dosage  should  be  gradually  increased  at  three  to  seven  day  intervals  until  op) 
response  is  obtained  Although  individual  patients  may  respond  at  any  dosage  lev/ 
average  optimum  dosage  appears  to  be  160  mg  once  daily.  In  angina  pectoris,  the  valij 
safety  of  dosage  exceeding  320  mg  per  day  have  not  been  established. 

If  treatment  is  to  be  discontinued,  reduce  dosage  gradually  over  a period  of  a few 
(see  WARNINGS). 

MIGRAINE — Dosage  must  be  individualized.  The  initial  oral  dose  is  80  mg  INDEFj 
once  daily  The  usual  effective  dose  range  is  160-240  mg  once  daily  The  dosage  m 
increased  gradually  to  achieve  optimum  migraine  prophylaxis.  If  a satisfactory  response 
obtained  within  four  to  six  weeks  after  reaching  the  maximum  dose,  INDERAL  LA  tl 
should  be  discontinued  It  may  be  advisable  to  withdraw  the  drug  gradually  over  a pe| 

HYPERTROPHIC  SUBAORTIC  STENOSIS— 80-160  mg  INDERAL  LA  once  daily. 
PEDIATRIC  DOSAGE — At  this  time  the  data  on  the  use  of  the  drug  in  this  age  group 
limited  to  permit  adequate  directions  for  use. 

*The  appearance  of  INDERAL  LA  capsules  is  a registered  trademark  of  Ayerst  Labor 


883 


Nonallergic  Bronchospasm  (e.g.,  chronic  bronchitis,  emphysema) — 

PATIENTS  WITH  BRONCHOSPASTIC  DISEASES  SHOULD  IN  GENERAL  NOT  RECEIVE  BETA 
BLOCKERS.  INDERAL  should  be  administered  with  caution  since  it  may  block  bronchodila- 
tion  produced  by  endogenous  and  exogenous  catecholamine  stimulation  of  beta  receptors. 


Ayerst 


AYERST  LABORATORIES 
New  York,  N.Y.  10017 


966 


THE  JOUFINAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JER9 


Pharmacological  Basis  of  Therapeutics 
nsulin-Like  Growth  Factors* 


Margaret  A.  Brostrom,  ph.d.,  piscataway** 


Insulin  and  the  insulin-like  growth  J actors  IGF-I  and  IGF-II  belong 
to  a family  of  growth-promoting  polypeptides  that  share  a con- 
siderable degree  of  structural  similarity . Members  of  the  family 
hf  insulin-like  growth  factors  have  their  own  receptors  but  some 

polypeptides  crossreact  with  receptors  for  other  family  members. 




Insulin  and  insulin-like  growth 
factors  belong  to  a family  of 
biologically  active  growth- 
fomoting  polypeptides  that  share  a considerable 
cgree  of  similarity  in  primary  and  secondary  struc- 
tre  and  may  have  a common  evolutionary  origin.1 
his  family  includes  insulin-like  growth  factor  I (IGF- 
1 which  also  is  called  somatomedin  C and  is  homolo- 
t us  to  proinsulin,  insulin-like  growth  factor  II  (IGF- 
I which  also  is  homologous  to  proinsulin,  relaxin,  and 
■2  more  distant  relative,  nerve  growth  factor.  These 
fctors  are  single  chain  polypeptides  of  7,000  to  9,000 
j)lecular  weight;  they  are  acid-soluble,  acid  and  heat 
Sable,  and  inactivated  by  thiols.2  IGF-I  and  IGF-II  are 
[;ntical  at  45  of  73  amino  acid  positions  examined. 
Ith  factors  have  been  isolated  from  human  plasma, 
Ifer,  and  liver-derived  cells  and  are  bound  in  serum 
cparendy  by  a complex  carrier  system.3  Concentra- 
t ns  of  IGF-I  and  IGF-II  in  human  plasma  appear  to 
t regulated  by  growth  hormone  in  accord  with  the 
■pothesis  that  these  substances  serve  as  mediators 
c growth  hormone  action.  Like  insulin,  both 
Sjbstances  stimulate  glucose  oxidation  and 
f agenesis  in  adipose  tissue;  stimulations,  however, 
a - not  affected  by  antibodies  to  insulin  and  are  much 

Sailer  than  those  produced  by  insulin.2  In  cartilage, 
;se  factors  enhance  sulfate  incorporation  into 
cosaminoglycans;  in  cartilage,  muscle,  and 
roblasts,  they  stimulate  RNA,  DNA,  and  protein  syn- 

VL.  81— NUMBER  11— NOVEMBER  1984 


thesis;  and,  when  applied  to  certain  cultured  cell  types 
they  promote  cell  multiplication.  Many  of  the  actions 
previously  attributed  to  growth  hormone  now  are 
recognized  to  be  mediated  by  IGF-I  and  IGF-II.4  Thus, 
a role  for  these  factors  in  the  control  of  growth  is 
favored  strongly  by  the  available  evidence. 

It  has  been  proposed  that  insulin,  IGF-I,  and  IGF-II 
exert  their  metabolic  effects  via  insulin  receptors  and 
their  growth-promoting  effects  through  IGF  receptors.5 
Knowledge  regarding  insulin  and  IGF  receptors  recent- 
ly has  been  reviewed.6  Each  insulin-like  factor  has  its 
own  receptor  but  some  polypeptides  crossreact  with 
lower  affinity  with  receptors  for  the  other  polypeptides. 
IGF-I,  for  example,  binds  to  the  receptor  for  IGF-II  with 
a relatively  high  affinity,  and  vice  versa  In  contrast, 
both  peptides  bind  to  the  insulin  receptor  with  low 
affinity.  Insulin  binds  to  the  IGF-I  receptor  with  poor 


*This  article,  fifth  in  a series,  prepared  under  the  leadership 
of  Bruce  McL.  Breckenridge,  M.D.,  Chairman,  Department  of 
Pharmacology,  UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School,  is  a brief  re- 
view of  recent  advances  in  pharmacology  and  related  pre- 
clinical  sciences  which  will  help  readers  to  understand  the 
actions  of  new  and  established  therapeutic  agents.  The  re- 
views do  not  consider  indications  for  specific  drugs,  incom- 
patabilities,  or  dosage  forms,  which  can  be  found  in  the  AMA 
Drug  Evaluations,  5th  Edition,  1983. 

**From  the  Department  of  Pharmacology,  UMDNJ-Rutgers 
Medical  School.  Correspondence  may  be  addressed  to  Dr.  M. 
Brostrom.  UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School,  P.O.  Box  101. 
Piscataway,  NJ  08854. 


967 


affinity  and  has  little  or  no  affinity  for  the  IGF-II  recep- 
tor. Proinsulin  has  a weak  affinity  for  the  relaxin  recep- 
tor. Such  findings  imply  similarities  among  receptors 
for  insulin-like  factors,  and  similarities  indeed  have 
been  found.  Receptors  for  IGF-I  and  IGF-II  have  been 
identified  and  characterized.  The  IGF-I  receptor  has  a 
subunit  structure  which  is  remarkably  similar  to  that 
of  the  insulin  receptor.  It  is  a glycoprotein  of  approx- 
imately 350  killidaltons  and,  when  subjected  to  elec- 
trophoresis without  prior  reduction,  high  molecular 
weight  species  with  mobilities  similar  to  unreduced 
forms  of  insulin  receptors  are  observed.  After  complete 
reduction,  a species  of  135  killidaltons,  which  cor- 
responds to  the  a subunit  of  the  insulin  receptor,  is 
present.  In  some  studies,  a second  species  of  90 
killidaltons  has  been  observed;  this  species  cor- 
responds to  the  13  subunit  of  the  insulin  receptor.  The 
/?  subunits  of  both  receptors,  in  contrast  to  their  a 
subunits,  are  only  weakly  labeled  in  affinity  labeling 
studies.  The  IGF-I  receptor,  like  the  insulin  receptor, 
has  been  shown  to  exist  as  a disulfide-linked  heter- 
otetramer  with  a subunit  structure  (cv/3) 2 . Monoclonal 
antibodies  have  been  produced  which  recognize  pref- 
erentially either  insulin  receptors  or  IGF-I  receptors.6 
However,  each  antibody  erossreacts  with  both  recep- 
tors showing  clearly  that  the  two  receptors  are  related 
immunologically. 

The  IGF-II  receptor  appears  structurally  to  be  some- 
what different  from  both  the  insulin  receptor  and  the 
IGF-I  receptor.  Studies  are  consistent  with  a single 
polypeptide  that  is  not  linked  through  disulfide  bonds 
to  other  membrane  proteins.  The  IGF-II  receptor  has 
a molecular  weight  of  approximately  260,000  and  ap- 
pears to  be  held  together  by  intrachain  disulfide 
bonds.  Investigators  in  the  field  are  puzzled  as  to  why 
IGF-II  receptors  should  be  so  different.  However,  a 
200,000  molecular  weight  peptide,  labeled  by  prior  ex- 
posure of  cells  possessing  insulin  receptors  to  radio- 
active amino  acid  and  precipitated  by  antibody  to  the 
insulin  receptor,  has  been  identified  and  hypothesized 
to  be  a biosynthetic  precursor  of  the  insulin  receptor.7 
It  is  possible  that  proteolytic  processing  of  this 
precursor  could  generate  the  a and  (3  subunits.  If  this 
is  the  case,  then  the  200  killidalton  precursor  would 
be  homologous  to  the  single  polypeptide  IGF-II  receptor 
which  would  possess  a and  (3  subunits  in  a single 
linear  sequence.  The  insulin  and  IGF-I  receptors  are 
anticipated  to  undergo  posttranslational  modi- 
fications through  which  two  precursor  molecules 
would  be  linked  by  disulfide  bonds  and  then  cleaved 
to  generate  a tetramer.  By  contrast,  the  IGF-II  receptor 
is  expected  to  be  resistant  to  such  post-translational 
processing. 

Extensive  experimentation  into  the  mechanism  of 
insulin  action  689  indicates  that  occupation  of  insulin 
receptors  may  result  in  (a)  phosphorylation  of  tyrosine 
residues  on  the  receptor  through  the  activation  of  a 
protein  kinase  intimately  associated  with  the  receptor, 
(b)  generation  via  proteolytic  events  of  a chemical 
mediator,  (c)  receptor-mediated  internalization  of  in- 
sulin, and  (d)  receptor  “down-regulation.”  Whether 
comparable  events  follow  the  binding  of  IGF-I  or  IGF- 
II  to  their  specific  receptors  remains  to  be  demon- 
strated. 

Two  published  studies  are  consistent  with  the  con- 


cept that  alterations  in  insulin-like  growth  factor  cor 
centrations  occur  during  disease.  In  one  study, 
serum  concentrations  of  IGF-I  and  IGF-II  were  di 
termined  for  80  adult  patients  with  diabetes  and  6 
control  subjects.  The  rationale  for  conducting  tl 
study  was  the  long-recognized  association  of  pituitai 
growth  hormone  with  the  development  of  diabetic  re 
inopathy,  thickening  of  capillary  basement  men 
branes,  and  microvaseular  complications.  Coneentr. 
tions  of  IGF-I  in  serum  from  patients  with  type  I (ir 
sulin-dependent)  diabetes  were  significantly  high* 
than  normal  and  higher  than  serum  concentrations  < 
this  factor  in  type  II  (noninsulin-dependent)  diabete 
The  serum  concentrations  of  IGF-II,  however,  did  n< 
appear  to  be  altered  in  type  I disease  and  were  lowi 
than  normal  in  type  II  diabetes.  The  most  strikir 
finding  was  a gross  elevation  of  IGF-I  in  diabetic  adul 
with  rapidly  progressing  proliferative  disease  of  tl 
retina  It  was  postulated  that  high  levels  of  IGF-I  migl 
contribute  to  or  cause  the  accelerated  phase  of  d 
terioration  and,  indeed,  the  capacity  of  IGF-I  to  stim 
late  cell  multiplication  is  compatible  with  thj 
hypothesis.  Other  interpretations  are  possible,  hoi 
ever,  and  the  study  has  been  criticized."  12  Nonetheles 
further  research  in  this  area  is  warranted.  I 
vestigators  of  the  study  claim  that,  at  the  minima 
IGF-I  levels  can  serve  to  identify  patients  at  risk  f 
rapid  deterioration  of  vision  and,  therefore,  may  1 
useful  for  selecting  patients  for  more  vigorous  insul 
therapy  or  an  alternate  form  of  therapy. 


Actions  attributed  to  growth 
hormone  are  recognized  to 
be  modified  by  IGF-I  and 
IGF-II. 


Children  with  craniopharyngiomal  tumors  oft 
exhibit  delayed  growth  and  short  stature  secondary 
impaired  hypothalamopituitary  function.  Po; 
operatively,  the  impaired  growth  rate  frequently  i 
mains  low.  Recently,  19  children  with  era! 
ophaiyngioma  and  demonstrated  growth  hormone  c 
ficiency  were  examined  for  IGF  concentrations  as  w 
as  for  levels  of  insulin  and  prolactin.13  Patients  we: 
placed  into  three  groups  based  on  their  rate  of  grow 
during  the  first  postoperative  year.  Children  in  gro1 
A showed  excessive  growth,  in  group  B normal  grow 
and  in  group  C decreased  growth.  The  children  in 
three  groups  had  low  or  undetectable  growth  hormo 
levels.  Measurements  of  serum  IGF  levels,  however, 
vealed  differences  among  the  three  groups  which  coi 
explain  the  differences  in  growth  rate.  Patients 
group  C presented  with  a classic  picture 
hypopituitarism  and  exhibited  low  serum  concent 
tions  of  IGF-I,  - prolactin,  and  insulin.  On  the  otl 
hand,  IGF-I  levels  appeared  to  be  normal  and  prolacj 
to  be  elevated  in  most  patients  in  groups  A and  B.  Sui 
results  are  compatible  with  the  notion  that  IGF-I  i: 
growth  mediator.  Since  all  patients  exhibited  low 
absent  growth  hormone,  it  was  proposed  that  hi 
prolactin  levels  shown  by  patients  in  groups  A anci 
were  responsible  for  generation  of  normal  amounts ' 
IGF-I.  IGF-II  levels  were  normal  in  most  patients  in 


968 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS' 


ree  groups  implying  that  generation  of  IGF-II  is  less 
■pendent  on  growth  hormone  or  high  circulating 
olactin  than  is  IGF-I.  Insulin  levels  were  low  in 
oups  B and  C but  were  elevated  in  group  A It  was 
ncluded  that  in  group  B normal  IGF-I  levels  in 
sponse  to  elevated  prolactin  permitted  normal 
owth  whereas  the  excessive  growth  in  group  A pa- 
ints may  have  been  caused  by  the  action  of  insulin, 
iesent  in  excessive  concentrations,  at  IGF-I  receptors, 
le  children  in  group  C with  both  low  insulin  and  low 
F-I  levels  would  be  predicted,  therefore,  to  fail  to  grow 
,>rmally. 

INCLUSION 

Further  studies  of  the  role  of  insulin-like  factors  and 
eir  receptors  in  growth  regulation  undoubtedly  will 
suit  in  a better  understanding  of  the  importance  of 
ese  factors  in  disease.  With  such  advances  should 
me  new  or  better  approaches  to  the  pharmacologic 
ntrol  of  diabetic  retinopathy,  growth  hormone  defi- 
?ncy,  or  other  disorders  characterized  by  abnormal 
tawth. 

DFERENCES 

. Blundell  TL,  Humbel  RE:  Hormone  families:  Pancreatic 
rmones  and  homologous  growth  factors.  Nature  287:  781, 
SO. 

1.  Rechler  MM,  Nissley  SP,  King  GL,  Moses  AC,  Van  Ob- 
■ghen-Schilling  E,  Romanus  JA,  Knight  AB,  Short  PA 
lite  RM:  Multiplication  stimulating  activity  (MSA)  from  the 
L 3A  rat  liver  cell  line:  Relation  to  human  somatomedins 


and  insulin.  J Supramol  Struct  Cell  Biochem  15:  253,  1981. 

3.  Zapf  J,  Rinderkneeht  E,  Humbel  RE,  Froesch  ER 
Nonsuppressible  insulin-like  activity  (NSILA)  from  human 
serum:  Recent  accomplishments  and  their  physiologic  im- 
plications. Metabolism  27:  1803,  1978. 

4.  Zapf  J,  Sehoenle  E,  Froesch  ER  Insulin-like  growth  fac- 
tors I and  II:  Some  biological  actions  and  receptor  binding 
characteristics  of  two  purified  constituents  of  nonsup- 
pressible insulin-like  activity  of  human  serum.  Eur  J 
Biochem  87:  285,  1978. 

5.  Kahn  CR  Baird  KL,  Flier  JS,  Grunfeld  C,  Harmon  JT, 
Harrison  LC.  Karlsson  FA  Kasuga  J,  King  GL,  Lang  UC, 
Podskany  JM,  Van  Obberghen  E:  Insulin  receptors,  receptor 
antibodies,  and  the  mechanism  of  insulin  action.  Rec  Prog 
Hormone  Res  37:  477,  1981. 

6.  Jacobs  S,  Cuatreeasas  P:  Insulin  receptors.  Ann  Rev 
Pharmacol  Toxicol  23:  461,  1983. 

7.  Deutseh  PJ,  Wan  C,  Rosen  OM,  Rubin  CS:  Latent  insulin 
receptors  and  possible  receptor  precursors  in  3T3— LI 
adipocytes.  Proc  Natl  Acad  Sci  USA  80:  133,  1983. 

8.  Strauss  DS:  Effects  of  insulin  on  cellular  growth  and 
proliferation.  Life  Sci  29:  2131,  1981. 

9.  Lamer  J,  Cheng  K,  Schwartz  C,  Kikuchi  K,  Tamura  S, 
Creaey  S,  Dubler  R Galasko  G,  Pullin  C,  Katz  M:  Insulin 
mediators  and  their  control  of  metabolism  through  protein 
phosphorylation.  Rec  Prog  Hormone  Res  38:  511,  1982. 

10.  Merriman  TJ,  Zapf  J,  Froesch  ER  Insulin-like  growth 
factors.  Studies  in  diabetics  with  and  without  retinopathy.  N 
Engl  J Med  309:  527,  1983. 

1 1.  Carroll  PB:  Insulin-like  growth  factors  and  diabetic  ret- 
inopathy. N Engl  J Med  309:  1649,  1983. 

12.  Kombluth  A Insulin-like  growth  factors  and  diabetic 
retinopathy.  N Engl  J Med  309:  1649,  1983. 

13.  Bucher  H,  Zapf  J,  Torresani  T,  Prader  A Froesch  ER 
Illig  R Insulin-like  growth  factors  I and  II,  prolactin,  and 
insulin  in  19  growth  hormone-deficient  children  with  ex- 
cessive, normal,  or  decreased  longitudinal  growth  after  oper- 
ation for  craniopharyngioma  N Engl  J Med  309:  1 142,  1983. 


( 


>.  81 -NUMBER  1 1 


NOVEMBER  1984 


969 


As  in  Blue  Cross  of  New  Jersey.  The 
single  source  for  computerization. 

□ Because  Medical  Management 
Services  from  Blue  Cross  now  offers 
a unique  automated  office  system. 

□ Only  Blue  Cross  offers  this  unique 
system,  because  only  Blue  Cross  has 
the  experience  in  the  health  care  field 
(half  a century's  worth!),  the  data 
processing  know-how  and  the  claims 
processing  expertise  to  make  it  all 
work  efficiently  and  effectively. 

The  system  itself. 

You  receive  a stand-alone  system 
using  IBM  or  Texas  Instruments  com- 
puters that  is  physically  located  in 
your  office.  It  is  operated  by  your 
office  personnel — they  do  not  have 
to  have  any  data  processing  experi- 
ence— and  the  system  is  completely 
under  their  control  at  all  times. 

The  software  and  system 
support. 

This  modular  system  provides  a com- 
plete software  package  for  your  office 
which  utilizes  Blue  Cross'  expertise  in 
health  care  financing,  automated 
hospital  admission/approval  systems, 
automated  claims  submission,  and 
leadership  in  paperless  processing. 
Only  Blue  Cross  can  offer  the  bene- 
fits of  this  wealth  of  experience 
and  offer  single  source  capability 
for  computerization. 


Your  people  receive  full  and  com- 
plete training  and  ongoing  support  in 
system  operation.  We  accept  full 
responsibility  for  hardware  and  soft- 
ware maintenance. 

What  the  system  does 
for  the  physician. 

Whether  you  are  an  individual  or 
group  practice,  this  system  will  relieve 
paperwork. ..provide  fast  access  to 
necessary  patient  information... and 


give  you  much  more  time  to  tend  tc 
the  clinical  aspects  of  your  practice., 
and,  above  all,  increase  the  efficienc 
of  the  office  and  the  income  of  the 
practice!  All  from  a single  source  for 
computerization. 

Some  of  what  you 
get  with  the  System: 

> An  easy-to-use  system. 

> Instant  access  to  patient  account 
information  by  account  number,  i 


Take  a minute  to  check 
this  list! 


□ Your  volume  is  at  least  80  patients 
per  week. 

□ Your  daily  cash  control  and  records 
keeping  procedures  need  to  be 
improved. 

□ Your  receivables  are  greater  than 
17%  of  your  total  annual  charges. 

□ You  are  forced  to  write  off  more 
than  5%  of  your  net  receivables 
as  uncollectable. 

□ You  are  running  behind  in  your 
insurance  billings  and  collections. 

□ Your  service  bureau  already 
charges  you  more  than  $4,200 
per  year. 


□ You  experience  a high  turnover  ol 
clerical  employees  or  need  to 
increase  the  productivity  of  your 
present  staff. 

□ You  find  it  difficult  to  get  com- 
plete and  current  data  on  patient 
treatment  patterns,  facilities  utili- 
zation, and  services  on  a regular 
weekly,  monthly  and  annual  basis 

□ Your  quarterly  and  annual  payrol 
reports  are  now  done  manually. 

□ You  have  difficulty  getting  useful 
management  information  about 
your  practice  when  you  need  it. 

□ Your  "most  current"  financial 
statement  for  the  practice  is 
already  out  of  date. 


If  you  have  checked  off  any  of  the  above , you 
are  a candidate  for  Medical  Management  Services. 


i 


luterization? 


lfpl 

£ : 


'roduction  of  patients'  statements 
m daily,  weekly  or  monthly  basis 
-whichever  billing  cycle  is  best  for 
our  practice. 

automatic  production  of  standard 
isurance  (AMA)  claim  forms, 
v daily  charge  and  collection  sum- 
iary  which  recaps  all  daily  patient 
ctivity. 

;n  aged  accounts  receivable  trial 
alance  which  can  be  printed  on 
emand. 

ractice  productivity  reports  broken 
iown  by  procedures  and  payment 
assifications  (insurance,  self-pay,  etc.) 


> Monthly  management  reports. 

> Medicare  payment  distribution 
(20%  of  co-pay  automatically  cal- 
culated if  assignment  is  accepted). 

> Single-date  entry  for  all  financial 
transactions. 

> A recall  system  which  prints  lists, 
statistics  and  "labels." 

> Customized  reports  for  special 
requirements. 

> Automatic  retention  of  claims 
information  for  rebilling  purposes. 

> Improvement  in  cash  flow  and 
office  efficiency. 


Free  Office  Analysis 

Included  in  the  services  provided  is  a 
free  office  analysis  where  a Medical 
Management  Services  representative 
analyzes  pertinent  data  on  your  cur- 
rent work  flow,  patient  volume,  initial 
set-up  for  new  patients,  billing,  insur- 
ance filing  and  follow-up.  This  Office 
Analysis  is  a prerequisite  for  installa- 
tion and  is  made  at  no  charge. 

Fill  out  the  coupon,  or  call,  for 
further  details  and  to  initiate  your 
Office  Analysis. 


Medical  Management 
Services  JUH  _ 

Blue  Cross 


P.O.  Box  8 

Florham  Park,  NJ  07932 
(201)966-2710 


of  New  Jersey 


Medical  Management  Services 

Blue  Cross  of  New  Jersey,  P.O.  Box  8,  Florham  Park,  NJ  07932 

□ Please  send  me  additional  information. 

□ Please  have  a representative  call  to  arrange  an  Office  Analysis. 


Dr 


Keflex 

cephalexin 


Additional  information 
available  to  the  profession 
on  request. 


^DISTA 


420113 


Dista  Products  Company 
Division  of  Eli  Lilly  and  Company 
Indianapolis,  Indiana  46285 
Mfd.  by  Eli  Lilly  Industries,  Inc. 
Carolina,  Puerto  Rico  00630 


972 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JER  W 


>ediatric  Briefs 


Richard  H.  Rap  kin,  m.d.,  Franklin  C.  Behrle,  m.d.,  Shyan  C.  Sun,  m.d.,  Newark* 


Pediatric  Briefs  are  abstracted  from  the  Newsletter,  a continuing 
medical  education  project  of  the  Department  of  Pediatrics, 
UMDNJ-New  Jersey  Medical  School  and  the  Children’s  Hospital 
of  New  Jersey. 


:yden  JJ:  Com  starch,  Candida  albicans,  and 
aper  rash.  Pediatr  Dermatol  1:322,  1984. 

Growth  of  Candida  was  not  enhanced  by  com 
arch  or  talcum  powder.  Both  com  starch  and  talcum 
duced  friction.  ‘The  use  of  these  materials  as  part 
the  overall  management  of  diaper  dermatitis  ap- 
:ars  to  be  both  safe  and  rational.” 

Com  starch,  for  diaper  rash,  is  cheap,  universally 
ailable,  and  works  well.  Baby  powder  containing 
lcum  costs  more  and  smells  good.  Com  starch  is 
ore  absorbent,  too.  Whether  com  starch  is  indeed 
‘tter  than  talcum  has  not  been  studied.  Whether 
ther  is  needed  at  all  also  is  not  known, 
mkey  RJ,  et  al.:  Visual  hallucinations  in  children 
ceiving  decongestants.  BrMedJ  288:1369,  1984. 
Three  children  developed  visual  hallucinations  after 
king  usual  doses  of  Actifed®.  Other  dmgs  or  toxins 
ire  not  found.  The  active  ingredient,  pseudo- 
hedrine,  was  implicated. 

Side  effects  of  virtually  useless  dmgs  are  very  im- 
rtant  to  note.  Since  the  drug  has  limited  or  no  ben- 
' it,  the  cost  to  benefit  ratio  depends  upon  no  side 
1 ects.  If  benefits  are  clear,  then  occasional  mild  side 
ects  may  be  tolerable. 

The  authors  conclude:  “Ask  about  decongestant 
■age  when  faced  with  a child  presenting  with  visual 
illucinations.” 

oilman  ST:  The  decline  of  rheumatic  fever  (RF): 
bat  impact  on  our  management  of  pharyngitis.  Am 
Dis  Child  138:426,  1984. 


In  the  1920s  to  1950s,  RF  was  the  major  cause  of 
death  in  the  age  group  5 to  19.  There  has  been  a major 
decline  in  incidence  (we  now  see  one  to  two  cases  per 
year  in  our  hospital  compared  to  one  per  month  or 
more  in  1970)  and  the  decline  is  unexplained.  On  the 
other  hand,  throat  symptoms  are  now  the  third  most 
common  visit  to  a physician,  throat  cultures  cost  $10 
to  $12,  and  some  patients  with  positive  throat  cultures 
are  not  ill  with  acute  streptococcal  phaiyngitis  but 
rather  are  long-term  carriers. 

In  a recent  symposium  cosponsored  by  Ross  Labs 
and  the  American  Heart  Association  and  endorsed  by 
NIH,  the  following  recommendations  were  agreed  to: 

• “Throat  cultures  should  remain  the  basis  for 
diagnosis . . .”  of  strep  in  the  age  group  4 to  20;  a 
negative  culture  avoids  unnecessaiy  prescribing  of 
antibiotics. 

• Oral  penicillin  is  preferred  to  benzathine  penicillin 
(except  in  predictably  veiy  poor  compliance)  because 
of  its  reduced  anaphylaxis  risk.  “Whenever  practical, 
therapy  should  be  delayed  until  culture  results  are 
available.” 

‘Abstracts  are  from  the  Department  of  Pediatrics  Newsletter, 
UMDNJ-New  Jersey  Medical  Society,  Vol.  9,  No.  7,  1984.  Dr. 
Rapkin  is  Editor  and  Medical  Director  of  Children's  Hospital 
of  New  Jersey,  Newark.  Coeditors  are  Dr.  Behrle,  Professor  and 
Chairman,  Department  of  Pediatrics,  UMDNJ-New  Jersey 
Medical  School,  and  Dr.  Sun,  Director  of  Neonatology,  Chil- 
dren's Hospital  of  New  Jersey,  Newark.  Correspondence  may 
be  addressed  to  Dr.  Rapkin,  Children’s  Hospital  of  New  Jersey. 
15  South  9th  Street,  Newark,  NJ  07107. 


>L.  81— NUMBER  11— NOVEMBER  1984 


973 


• Followup  cultures  are  not  indicated  since  they 
usually  only  identify  long-term  carriers  for  whom  re- 
peated courses  of  antibiotics  are  not  indicated. 

• Cultures  of  asymptomatic  contacts  are  not  in- 
dicated. 

The  American  Heart  Association  will  likely  adopt 
these  principles  very  soon.  They  are  eminently  reason- 
able and  ought  to  form  the  basis  for  our  current  man- 
agement of  phaiyngitis. 

Lo  CW,  et  al.:  Chronic  protracted  diarrhea  of  infancy: 
A nutritional  disease.  Pediatrics  72:786,  1983. 

Intractable  diarrhea  of  infancy  has  been  known  for 
decades.  It  is  believed  to  be  a vicious  cycle  of  diarrhea, 
malabsorption,  malnutrition,  and  failure  to  thrive. 
Although  the  mechanisms  that  contribute  may  vaiy, 
the  syndrome  which  results  has  mucosal  atrophy  and 
malabsorption  and  the  eponyrn  “slick-gut  syndrome” 
has  been  used.  Malnutrition  is  not  only  one  of  the 
major  contributors  to  intractability  (inability  to  re- 
generate gut  mucosa)  but  also  is  the  major  conse- 
quence of  the  syndrome.  After  known  causes  have  been 
ruled  out  by  a thorough  workup  (and,  almost  always, 
this  includes  a small  bowel  biopsy),  the  diagnosis 
usually  is  obvious.  Treatment  often  is  protracted  and 
requires  enteral  or  parenteral  alimentation.  Prevention 
often  is  possible  by  recognizing  that  a nutritional 
emergency  exists  in  marginally  nourished  infants  with 
gastroenteritis  and  acting  appropriately:  avoidance  of 
iatrogenic  starvation,  i.e.  clear  fluids  and  diluted  for- 
mulas. 

The  latter  is  the  most  important  aspect  for  the  pri- 
mary care  physician  to  recognize.  The  small  marginally 
nourished  infant  with  gastroenteritis  must  be  fed.  If 
fluid  losses  are  excessive,  the  infant  can  receive  paren- 
teral fluid  replacement  simultaneous  with  feeding. 
Mok  JYQ,  et  al.:  Symptoms,  atophy,  and  bronchial 
reactivity  after  lower  respiratory  infection  in  infancy. 
Outcome  for  acute  bronchitis,  bronchiolitis,  and 
pneumonia  in  infancy.  Arch  Dis  Child  59:299,  306, 
1984. 

Two  hundred  children  admitted  to  the  hospital  with 
lower  respiratory  infection  were  followed  for  seven 
years  as  well  as  matched  controls.  Index  cases  had  an 
increased  incidence  of  cough,  wheezing,  asthma  and 
bronchial  reactivity  compared  to  controls.  When  the 
cases  were  segregated  by  disease  category  (bronchitis, 
bronchiolitis,  pneumonia),  there  were  no  differences 
between  but  each  category  differed  from  controls  in  the 
above  symptoms  and  signs.  When  the  cases  were  segre- 
gated by  atopic  background  or  not,  there  were  again 
no  difference  between,  but  each  category  differed  from 
controls,  in  the  same  ways. 

The  authors  also  noted  that  bronchial  hyper-reac- 
tivity was  equally  distributed  among  atopic  and 
nonatopic  subgroups  and  speculate  that  “infection  of 
the  respiratory  tract  during  a vulnerable  period  of  lung 
growth  in  infancy  causes  direct  injury  or  induces 
changes  that  lead  to  an  increase  in  respiratory  symp- 
toms and  impairment  of  lung  function  during  child- 
hood.” 

The  confusion  of  which  causes  what,  and  what 
predisposes  to  which  is  not  clarified  by  this  fine  group 


of  studies.  The  data  are  worth  careful  considerate 
and  add  to  our  storehouses  of  knowledge,  even  thouj 
they  do  not  solve  the  puzzle. 

Rumack  BH:  Acetaminophen  overdose  in  young  ch 
dren.  Am  J Dis  Child  138:428,  1984. 

This  article  represents  another  collaborative  stu 
by  the  Rocky  Mountain  Poison  Control  Center  foci 
ing  on  the  side  effects  of  overdosage  by  acetaminoph 
elixirs  and  alcohol-containing  drugs  for  a specific  a: 
group  of  six  years  and  younger.  This  research  cc 
eluded  that  when  an  acetaminophen  plus  alcohol  dr; 
is  taken  in  toxic  doses,  hepatoprotection  occurs, 
SGPT,  SGOT,  and  bilirubin  have  a mild  increase.  T: 
laboratory  results  are  in  distinct  contrast  to  to:: 
doses  of  acetaminophen  taken  alone  or  with  a co- 
bination  of  other  drugs  such  as  propoxyphene,  c 
deine,  antihistamines,  or  anticholinergics.  The  clinfl 
level  of  safety  is  greater  for  acetaminophen  overdo 
in  a young  child  compared  to  an  adolescent  or  adv; 
This  indicates  some  degree  of  hepatoprotection  in  tjj 
young  child  to  the  toxic  metabolites  of  acetaminoph 
A tenfold  increase  in  dosage  is  necessary  beforu 
potential  threat  exists  in  the  child.  However,  the  pi  I 
sieian  still  must  determine  the  acetaminophen  lev!> 
in  the  blood  in  any  overdosage.  If  the  levels  are  abr 
the  established  nomogram  levels  at  4 or  more  hou 
after  ingestion,  or  by  history  a patient  has  inges  1 
150  mg/kg  and  levels  cannot  be  determined  within  i 
hours,  the  specific  antidote  of  oral  acetycyste  jj 
should  be  started  in  order  to  prevent  irreversi1 
hepatic  damage. 

Fever  control  should  be  reviewed  with  parents,  p - 
ing  specific  attention  to  type  of  antipyretic  and  s 
dosage.  Because  acetaminophen  has  noncumulate 
kinetics  and  levels  are  not  increased  in  dehydrat  jj 
states,  it  is  the  safest  antipyretic  for  the  young  chi. 
Hobbs,  CJ:  Skull  fracture  and  the  diagnosis  of  abu  . 
Arch  Dis  Child  59:246,  1984. 

Eighty-nine  children  under  two  years  of  age  up 
skull  fracture  were  studied  retrospectively.  The  fu- 
ture characteristics  more  often  found  in  abused  cli- 
dren  were:  multiple  or  complex  fractures;  depresd. 
wide  and  growing  fractures;  involvement  of  more  tip 
one  cranial  bone;  nonparietal  fracture;  associated  - 
tracranial  injury  including  subdural  hematoma  The 
were  no  fractures  over  5 mm  wide  in  nonabused  cl 
dren  and  most  accidents  usually  resulted  in  sirf 
narrow,  linear  fractures,  most  commonly  of  the  pari1  il 
bone.  The  author  suggests  that  in  young  child)  ji; 
where  a minor  fall  is  alleged,  the  character  of  a s jll 
fracture  may  help  in  recognizing  abuse. 

The  author  mentions  that  the  diagnosis  of  ab  e 
was  assisted  by  the  presence  of  multiple  injus 
characteristic  of  abuse  in  27  of  29  cases.  This  is  w 
important  to  recognize  and  in  the  author’s  wo  s, 
“Many  of  the  children  represent  the  severe  end  of  £ 
spectrum  of  skull  fracture  in  abuse.  It  is  possible  ifj 
‘more  gently  battered  babies’  might  be  indisr 
guishable  from  those  having  minor  falls.”  Neverthelis. 
the  fracture  characteristics  described  in  this  a rle 
should  be  useful  adjuncts  in  the  ongoing  probler 
diagnosing  child  abuse. 


974 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JEF  f 


NJ  Members  . . . 

has  never  been  a better  time  to  improve  your  Keogh  and  Corporate  Retirement  Plans 


i Care  Consulting,  Inc.  (HCC),  primary 
je  of  THE  HEALTH  CARE  GROUP,  and 
edical  Society  of  New  Jersey  introduce 
jly  program  for  individually  designed 
pent  plans — 

rafted  exclusively  for  physicians’ 
ractice  needs 

pntaining  more  than  30  comprehen- 
ve,  frequently  overlooked  features 
^valuable  to  medical  practices 

implying  with  TEFRA  as  you  must  in  1984 

lowing  the  same  physicians  directed 
ivestment  choices  for  incorporated  and 
nincorporated  practices 

id  providing  innovative  Ongoing  Plan 
ervice— accessibility  to  consultation  and 
dvice,  routine  amendments  and  our 
kclusive  Retirement  Planning  Newsletter 


■?gy  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


EXECUTIVE  OFFICER  r,  , I 

CES  ° Two  PRIWcfcq  an 

^UWRENCEV,UE.UEWJEnSEy 

Dear  Fen  c 0 TELEpHONE6o9-e96.1766 

, ow  Member:  SePtember,  igg4 

The  Medical 

arePleaSedtoannoZc°efau™  ,JerSgy  tbe  Co 

pu  Pl°n  f°r  "»«**- 

° — -- -- 

— comp;y  ^ - — - ■*«*. 

,n  the  thoughtful  H unmcorPorated  L 6S' 

Health  Core  Con,  1,escriPt<ve  materia,  9h  m^bers 

hese  sDprini  ?onsu‘t,ng  has  Mailable-* 


, '"vestments  - K*,st‘ng  plan  chom 

— o;  unwcor— 

the  ene^g  car*  or  (q;; 

^XlsT  WB  these  mater, all  ^ ^ ' "C5 


NEM:gsl 
Eric  losure 

define d be 


a pivotal  year  for  retirement  planning,  with  the  challenges  presented  by  TEFRA  and  the 
- unity  for  individually  drafted  plans. 


(extremely  pleased  to  work  with  MSNJ  and  has  prepared  informative  material  on 

ment  planning  under  TEFRA/’  "comprehensive  plan  features/’  and  a "checklist  to  review 

Ians,’’  available  by  phoning  toll-free  or  writing  — 


2 th  Care  Group 

oociety  of  New  Jersey/ 

1 ire  Consulting,  Inc. 

< IEALTH  CARE  CROUP 
Hont  Avenue 
> vyd,  PA  19004 
■ -0737 
2468 


Name 


Address 


Phone 


Unincorporated  □ 


Incorporated  □ 


Fiscal  year  ends 


L.  81— NUMBER  11— NOVEMBER  1984 


975 


i^T=Pjwim 


THE  BROWN  PHARMACEUTICAL  CO.,  INC. 

2500  West  Sixth  Street,  Los  Angeles,  CA  90057 


For  Full  Prescribing  Information,  Please  See  PDR. 


REFER  TO 

PDR 


Android  510  25 

Methyltestosterone  U.S.R  Tablets 


Android/f 

Fluoxymesterone  U.S.R  Tablets,  ICW 


)OCTORS’ 

rOTEBOOK 


rustees’  Minutes: 
eptember  16, 1984 

A regular  meeting  of  the  Board  of 
rnstees  was  held  on  September  16, 
184,  at  the  Executive  Offices  in 
iwrenceville.  Detailed  minutes  are 
i file  with  the  secretary  of  your 
unty  society.  A summary  of  sig- 
jficant  actions  follows: 

;w  Jersey  Orthopaedic  Society 
rant  . . . Received  a check  for 
,000,  the  second  of  three  con- 
ibutions  from  the  New  Jersey  Or- 
opaedic  Society. 

jport  of  the  President  . . . 
re  Institute  of  New  Jersey  . . . 

)ted  that  MSNJ  was  honored  by 
e Eye  Institute  of  New  Jersey  for 
onsoring  the  yearly  Eye  Health 
reening  Program. 

;port  of  the  Executive  Director . . . 

) MSNJ  1984  Membership  . . . 

pted  that  paid  membership  was 
150  as  of  August  31,  1984. 

) Continuing  Medical  Education 

• Noted  that  a mailing  was  sent  to 
0 members  who  failed  to  main- 
in  their  continuing  medical  edu- 
tion  status. 

) Review  of  MSNJ  Financial 


Statements  . . . Reviewed  financial 
statements  for  the  periods  ending 
June  30  and  July  31,  1984. 

(4)  Auto  Leasing  Proposal  . . . Ap- 
proved the  following  recommen- 
dation: 

That  staff  proceed  to  negotiate  an  auto 
leasing  arrangement  in  accordance  with 
the  details  outlined  in  the  August  10, 
1984,  memorandum  of  the  Executive  Di- 
rector. 

(5)  Status  Report  on  Legal 
Matters  . . . 

(a)  Subordinated  Loan  Certificates 
—Internal  Revenue  Service  . . . 

Noted  that  a report  of  the  hearing 
examiner  is  expected  in  November 
and  a decision  of  the  U.S.  Tax  Court 
would  come  shortly  thereafter. 

(b)  State  Board  of  Medical  Exam- 
iners versus  Greco  . . . Noted  the 
Appellate  Division  upheld  the  SBME 
decision  and  MSNJ  has  filed  a peti- 
tion for  certification  to  the  New  Jer- 
sey Supreme  Court. 

(6)  Regulatory  Proposals  . . . 

(a)  State  Board  of  Nursing— Nurse 
Anesthetists  . . . Accepted  the  fol- 
lowing proposal  on  the  basic  qualifi- 
cations for  a nurse  anesthetist:  have 
a current  license  to  practice  as  a 
registered  professional  nurse:  have 
graduated  from  a program  in  nurse 
anesthesia  accredited  by  the  na- 
tionally recognized  accrediting  body 
approved  by  the  Board  of  Nursing; 
have  passed  the  certifying  examin- 
ation administered  by  that  author- 
ity: and  have  maintained  the  re- 
quired certification  criteria 

(b)  State  Board  of  Medical  Exam- 
iners— Termination  of  Pregnancy 
. . . Accepted  the  following  proposal 
specifying  the  circumstances  under 
which  a medical  practitioner  could 
perform  certain  types  of  termination 
of  pregnancy  at  more  advanced 
stages:  as  long  as  the  procedures  are 
done  in  licensed  health  care  facili- 
ties, and  that  facilities  performing 
terminations  of  pregnancy  during 
the  second  trimester  must  have  a 
medical  director  and  a credentials 
committee  which  evaluates  and  de- 
termines the  ability  of  the  operating 
physician  to  conduct  the  various 
types  of  termination  procedures  to 
be  consistent  with  the  health,  safety, 
and  welfare  of  the  public. 

(c)  State  Board  of  Medical  Exam- 
iners—Delegation  of  Physical  Mo- 
dalities to  Unlicensed  Physician 
Aides  . . . Noted  MSNJ’s  generally 
supportive  position  on  unlicensed 


physician  aides,  with  the  exception 
of  the  inclusion  of  podiatrists  and 
chiropractors  directing  aides  or 
physical  therapists.  Noted  that  the 
rule  was  accepted  by  SBME  and 
MSNJ’s  letter  on  the  issue  was  re- 
ferred to  the  Credentials  Committee. 

(7)  Medicare  Fee  Freeze  . . . 
Directed  that  a fact  sheet  be  de- 
veloped and  circulated  to  the  mem- 
bership setting  forth  the  pros  and 
eons  of  the  Medicare  amendments 
and  an  explanation  of  “partici- 
pating” and  “nonparticipating” 
physicians.  In  addition,  referred  to 
the  Council  on  Public  Relations  the 
motion  to  take  steps  to  explain  this 
situation  to  the  media  with  the 
possibility  of  a full-page  ad  in  all 
major  New  Jersey  newspapers.  Also, 
agreed  that  consideration  should  be 
given  to  providing  posters  and  book- 
lets for  distribution  in  physicians’ 
offices. 

Council  on  Legislation  . . . 

(1)  Assignment  of  Benefits  to 
Physicians  . . . Approved  the  follow- 
ing recommendation: 

That  MSNJ  seek  amendment  to  the 
current  law,  making  it  a requirement 
that  when  assignment  of  benefits  is 
made  by  a patient  to  a physician,  the 
insurance  company  must  pay  the  phy- 
sician. Also,  if  the  insurance  company 
inadvertently  pays  the  patient,  the  in- 
surance company  must  pay  the  phy- 
sician and  then  retrieve  the  money  from 
the  patient.  (It  is  suggested  that  the  New 
York  State  law  be  used  as  a guide.) 

(2)  Current  State  Legislation  . . . 

Approved  all  the  positions  rec- 
ommended by  the  Council  on  Legis- 
lation, with  the  exception  of 
A-1881,  1882,  1883,  1884,  and 
1885  (organ  transplants)  which 
were  changed  from  “approved”  to 
“no  action.”  (The  list  will  be  publish- 
ed in  the  next  issue.) 

(3)  Fall  Conferences  . , . Approved 
the  following  recommendation: 

That  the  Fall  Conference  be  devoted  to 
legislative  and  lobbying  activities  and  be 
conducted  under  the  auspices  of  the 
Council  on  Legislation. 

Committee  on  Annual  Meeting  . . . 

(1)  1985  Daily  Schedule  . . . Ap 

proved  the  following  recommen- 
dation: 

That  the  Board  of  Trustees  approve  the 
proposed  daily  schedule  for  the  1985  An- 
nual Meeting. 


:>L.  81— NUMBER  11— NOVEMBER  1984 


977 


(2)  Sessions  of  the  House  of  Del- 
egates . . . Approved  the  following 
recommendation: 

That  the  Committee  on  Revision  of 
Constitution  and  Bylaws  be  instructed  to 
prepare  an  amendment  to  the  Bylaws 
which  would  transfer  the  election  from 
the  second  session  of  the  House  of  Del- 
egates to  the  third  session  of  the  House 
of  Delegates. 

Committee  on  Retirement  Plan  for 
Physicians  . . . Noted  that  the  Com- 
mittee approved  the  program  offered 
by  the  Health  Care  Group  and 
agreed  that  it  should  be  an  endorsed 
program  of  MSNJ. 

State  Board  of  Medical  Examiners 

. . . Approved  the  following  rec- 
ommendation: 


That  should  the  Medical  Inter-In- 
surance Exchange  of  New  Jersey  decide 
to  appeal  the  case  of  Ignacio  Cruz,  M.D., 
that  MSNJ  join  the  case  in  an  amicus 
position. 

Old  Business  . . . 

( 1 ) Health  Care  Facilities  Planning 
Act— Certificate  of  Need  . . . Agreed 
to  notify  the  Commissioner  of 
Health  that  MSNJ  will  support  legis- 
lation (S-1840)  which  calls  for  the 
total  exemption  of  the  private  prac- 
tice of  medicine  from  the  certificate 
of  need  law. 

(2)  Special  Hearing  on  UMDNJ’s 
Medical  Education  Programs  . . . 

Instructed  the  President  or  his  de- 
signee to  attend  a panel  hearing  that 
would  be  reviewing  UMDNJ's  medi- 
cal education  programs. 


Correspondence  . . . 

(1)  From  John  C.  Berry,  Directoi 
Department  of  Health  and  Huma 
Services,  Bureau  of  Program  Ope: 
ations  . . . Noted  the  response  t 
advertising  on  behalf  of  HMOs  (Re: 
olution  #26): 

"Under  Section  1876  of  the  Soci; 
Security  Act,  HMOs  can  contra* 
with  the  federal  government  to  ei 
roll  Medicare  beneficiaries  an 
provide  covered  services  to  then1; 
Following  an  HMO’s  federal  qualif 
cation  and  subsequent  contra* 
with  the  Health  Care  Financing  A* 
ministration,  and  at  the  request  * 
the  HMO  itself,  notices  are  maile 
out  to  each  beneficiary  residing  i 
the  service  enrollment  area  of  tn 
HMO. 

“It  is  not  our  intent  to  promoi 
one  health  care  delivery  system  ov* 
another.  The  purpose  of  the  notic 
is  simply  to  inform  beneficiaries  < 
the  existence  of  an  alternative  to  tf 
traditional  fee-for-service  syster : 
Because  the  federal  government  he 
an  obligation  to  notify  beneficiarie 
of  federal  programs  of  their  righi 
under  these  programs,  we  beli^ 
that  such  mailings  are  appropriat 
The  notice  was  developed  to  a 
quaint  beneficiaries  with  an  altem;; 
tive  system  with  which  most  are  ui : 
familiar. 

“The  language  of  the  notice,  whic 
has  been  approved  by  the  America 
Medical  Association,  was  designej; 
to  be  purely  informational  in  natunj 
not  to  encourage  the  use  of  HMCI 
over  the  fee-for-service  system.  Th! 
notice  specifically  states  that  enrol;  I 
ment  in  the  HMO  is  optional  an: 
that  Medicare  beneficiaries  who  s|l 
choose  may  continue  to  receiy  j 
health  care  from  their  present  pfy 
sicians  and  other  providers.” 

(2)  From  J.  Richard  Goldstein; 
M.D.,  State  Commissioner  o; 
Health  . . . Noted  response  to  Resc;  I 
lution  #12  on  water  pollution: 

“Please  be  assured  that  we  shar 
the  concern  of  the  Medical  Society  c 
New  Jersey  as  expressed  by  Resole 
tion  #12. 

“We  have  been  advised  that  Nei! 
York  City  is  in  the  midst  of  a cor 
truction  program  to  complete  th 
North  River  and  Red  Hook  treatmer 
plants  by  the  end  of  1985.  The  Nort 
River  plant  is  expected  to  be  on  lin 
by  the  time  the  convention  center  i 


The  Journal  of  the 
Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 

presents 

300  YEARS  OF 
MEDICINE  IN  NEW  JERSEY 

September  1984 

We  are  celebrating  the  history  of  medicine  in  New  Jer- 
sey. This  special  issue  illuminates  the  beginnings  of  our 
health  care  system  and  the  growth  of  medical  care:  essays 
highlight  those  talented  individuals  who  devoted  themselves 
to  this  system,  and  commentaries  present  the  development 
of  specialized  care  in  associated  fields  of  medicine.  Plus  a 
special  photography  section  highlighting  three  statewide 
exhibits. 

Copies  of  this  issue  are  available  by  sending  $5.00 
(check  or  money  order)  to  MSNJ,  Two  Princess  Road,  Law- 
renceville,  NJ  08648.  All  MSNJ  members  will  receive  one  copy 
of  this  issue. 


Name 


978 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


■ompleted  and  it  is  anticipated  that 
he  sewage  waste  from  there  will  be 
reated  by  that  plant. 

“The  issue  of  the  raw  sewage  dis- 
harge  by  New  York  City  into  the 
Hudson  and  East  Rivers  should  be 
iddressed  in  large  part  by  the  eom- 
)letion  of  the  two  treatment  plants. 
Vhile  the  elimination  of  much  of  the 
aw  sewage  discharge  should  result 
n some  improvement  in  water 
luality,  there  are  a number  of  other 
actors,  such  as  sludge  dumping,  in- 
lustrial  discharges,  run  off,  and 
ombined  sewer  systems  which 
rypass  treatment  during  heavy 
ains,  which  negatively  impact  on 
vater  quality  in  the  northern  New 
Jersey-New  York  area  and  may  affect 
ecreational  bathing  beaches  in 
Monmouth  and  Ocean  Counties, 
rhese  issues  are  being  addressed  by 
tew  Jersey-DEP,  the  U.S.  En- 
/ironmental  Protection  Agency,  the 
tew  York  State  Department  of  En- 
/ironmental  Conservation,  the  New 
fork  City  Department  of  En- 
/ironmental  Protection,  the  Inter- 
state Sanitation  Commission,  and 
others. 

“I  have  taken  the  liberty  of  for- 
varding  a copy  of  Resolution  #12  to 
he  Interstate  Sanitation  Com- 
nission  for  their  review. 

“I  would  like  to  commend  the 
Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  for 
aking  the  time  to  express  your  con- 
:ems  on  this  issue.” 


UMDNJ  Notes 

Stanley  S.  Bergen,  Jr.,  M.D. 
Resident 

As  this  column  goes  to  press,  I am 
rwaiting  the  recommendations  of  a 
ranel  of  five  distinguished 
educators  and  scientists  who  were 
lamed  to  review  our  South  Jersey 
nedical  education  programs.  In  ac- 
cord with  a resolution  of  the  New 
Jersey  Board  of  Higher  Education, 
he  panel  was  asked  to  focus  on  the 
ong-term  suitability  of  the  Univer- 
sity’s multiple  existing  programs  for 
meeting  the  State’s  needs  with  phy- 
sicians educated  according  to  the 
lighest  standards. 

Specific  questions  being  ad- 
dressed include:  Should  UMDNJ  os- 
eopathic  students  receive  two  years 
bf  basic  science  instruction  at 
JMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School  in 
Piscataway  and  then  transfer  south 
or  clinical  instruction  under  School 
bf  Osteopathic  Medicine  faculty  at 


SOM’s  hospital  affiliate?  Should  a 
basic  science  capacity  be  added  to 
SOM  so  that  its  entire  four-year  pro- 
gram is  offered  in  one  location? 

In  late  September,  the  group  vis- 
ited the  Piscataway  campus,  Tren- 
ton, and  the  Camden  area  to  hear 
firsthand  from  UMDNJ  and  Depart- 
ment of  Higher  Education  leaders, 
as  well  as  other  interested  parties, 
on  the  South  Jersey  medical  educa- 
tion programs. 

The  panel  was  to  examine  the 
scope,  quality,  and  effectiveness  of 
the  medical  education  which 
UMDNJ  provides  in  southern  New 
Jersey  through  UMDNJ-Rutgers 
Medical  School,  Camden,  and 
UMDNJ-School  of  Osteopathic  Medi- 
cine, Camden  and  Stratford.  New 
Jersey’s  need  for  physicians,  the 
statewide  distribution  of  health  care 
personnel  and  facilities,  and  the 
state’s  fiscal  capability  were  to  be 
considered. 

The  consulting  group  was  ex- 
pected to  scrutinize  the  quality  of 
both  existing  and  proposed  cur- 
ricula, faculty  and  interschool  fac- 
ulty relationships,  educational  facili- 
ties, student  performance,  and  hos- 
pital and  professional  relationships 
among  both  M.D.  and  D.O.  institu- 
tions, physicians,  and  faculty. 

We  are  fortunate  to  have  on  the 
panel  for  this  crucial  study  Dr.  Ivan 

L.  Bennett,  Jr.,  executive  vice-presi- 

dent for  health  affairs  of  New  York 
University:  Dr.  Leighton  Cluff,  ex- 
ecutive vice-president  of  The  Robert 
Wood  Johnson  Foundation:  Dr. 

Myron  Magen,  dean  of  Michigan 
State  University;  Dr.  Max  Michael, 
Jr.,  assistant  vice-president  for 
health  affairs  of  the  University  of 
Florida:  and  Dr.  Steven  Beering, 

M. D.,  president  of  Purdue  Univer- 
sity. 

The  otolaryngology-head  and  neck 
surgery  section  of  UMDNJ-New  Jer- 
sey Medical  School,  Newark,  has  de- 
veloped a light,  flexible  silicone  rub- 
ber prosthesis  for  the  patient  whose 
larynx  has  been  removed  and  has 
not  succeeded  in  recovering  the 
ability  to  speak  by  using  the  "burp 
talk"  technique. 

With  the  help  of  this  new 
prosthetic  device,  which  has  been 
approved  by  the  Food  and  Drug  Ad- 
ministration, most  patients  easily 
can  learn  to  speak  by  diverting  air 
up  through  the  throat  and  forming 
word  sounds  by  working  the  throat 
muscles.  Good  results  have  been  ob- 


tained in  about  40  patients  with  the 
device,  which  costs  $25  and  lasts 
three  to  six  months. 

Services  provided  by  the  “Post- 
Laryngectomy  Voice  Rehabilitation 
Program”  at  UMDNJ’s  University 
Hospital  include  surgery  to  prepare 
the  patient  for  insertion  of  the 
prosthesis,  instructions  in  its  use, 
and  followup  care. 

The  “New  Jersey  Larynx,”  also  de- 
veloped at  UMDNJ-New  Jersey  Medi- 
cal School,  used  the  patient’s  skin  to 
form  a substitute  larynx,  but  that 
must  be  done  at  the  time  the  larynx 
is  excised  surgically. 

The  purchase  of  a computerized 
gamma  camera,  able  to  take  pictures 
at  the  rate  of  one  million  counts  per 
second,  has  been  made  possible  by 
a $179,000  gift  to  UMDNJ-Rutgers 
Medical  School  by  the  Fannie  E.  Rip- 
pel  Foundation,  Madison.  The  Scin- 
ticor  will  make  possible  a procedure 
called  “first  pass  isotope  technique" 
that  is  safe,  painless,  and  as  ac- 
curate as  possible  in  evaluating  the 
condition  of  the  patient’s  heart.  The 
data  will  enable  physicians  to 
prescribe  the  most  effective  treat- 
ment for  their  patients  and  help 
them  to  decide  which  ones  would 
benefit  from  surgery.  A portable  unit 
will  be  used  on  cardiac  patients  at 
Middlesex  General-University  Hospi- 
tal, New  Brunswick,  before,  during, 
and  after  heart  surgery.  It  can  be 
used  at  bedside  in  intensive  care  or 
the  operating  room.  The  Scinticor 
also  will  be  used  for  research  at  the 
medical  school. 


MSNJ  Auxiliary 

Grace  Ge  liman 
President 

The  chairman  of  the  Impaired 
Spouses  of  Physicians  Committee, 
Josephine  Pesaresi,  attended  the 
Sixth  AMA  Conference  on  the  Im- 
paired Physician  in  Secaucus.  Also, 
representing  the  Auxiliary  was 
Bergen  County  Medical  Society  Aux- 
iliary President,  Barbara  Goldstein. 

The  Fall  Leadership  Workshop  in 
Lawrenceville  was  well  attended  and 
enthusiastically  received.  John  J. 
Moore,  Ph.D.,  Professor  at  Loyola 
University,  Chicago,  presented  a 
dynamic  program  on  “Avenues 
Leading  to  Personal  Success,”  and 
“Ingredients  for  Self-Assurance.” 

Five  county  presidents-elect — 
representing  Bergen,  Mercer,  Salem. 
Sussex,  and  Union  Counties— 


/OL.  81— NUMBER  11— NOVEMBER  1984 


979 


attended  the  AMA  Auxiliary  Leader- 
ship Confluence  in  October  in  Chi- 
cago. 

Evelyn  Basralian,  convention 
chairman,  and  the  Committee,  met 
at  Americana  Host  Farm  Resort  in 
Lancaster.  The  members  really  have 
a treat  in  store  during  May  2-5, 
1985.  A fun  program,  together  with 
the  regular  business,  is  in  the  plan- 
ning stage. 

It  is  time  to  think  “holidays.” 
AMA-ERF  chairman,  Marilyn 
Pashuck  has  great  boutique  items 
and  at  a saving.  Invite  her  to  your 
county  meetings  and  just  see.  Con- 
sult your  county  auxiliary  AMA-ERF 
chairman  to  assist  you  in  selecting 
holiday  cards  for  your  office  from  an 
outstanding  selection. 

Happy  Thanksgiving! 


AMNJ  Report 

Robert  S.  Rigolosi,  M.D. 

President 

In  late  August,  the  Academy  of 
Medicine  mailed  its  popular  Annual 
Calendar  for  1984-1985  to  all  Fel- 
lows and  Institutional  Members 
throughout  New  Jersey.  Receipt  of 
this  publication  always  is  a signal 
that  the  academic  year  is  about  to 
begin  and  it  appears  from  the  im- 
pressive content  that  this  will  be  our 
most  prolific  year  ever. 

On  September  12,  our  Education 
Committee,  under  the  chair- 
manship of  Dr.  A1  Alessi,  held  their 
annual  joint  meeting  with  our  scien- 
tific section  officers.  The  purpose  of 
the  meeting  was  to  orient  the  new 
committee  members  and  section  of- 
ficers to  their  role  in  the  category  I 
accreditation  process  and  the  mech- 
anism to  schedule  section  meetings. 
Over  30  members  and  staff  were  in 
attendance. 

The  Academy  in  conjunction  with 
the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
and  the  AHME  of  New  Jersey  held  a 
workshop  on  CME  essentials  on 
Wednesday,  September  18,  1984,  at 
the  Executive  Offices.  The  Work- 
shop, designed  for  directors  of  medi- 
cal education,  coordinators  of  CME, 
hospital  medical  directors,  quality 
assurance  directors,  and  hospital 
staff  involved  in  CME  management, 
studied  the  following:  exposure  to  a 
broad  range  of  needs  assessment 
procedures  from  faculty  and  fellow 
participants:  needs  assessment  con- 
cepts and  techniques  which  best 


apply  to  a particular  environment; 
one  or  more  accreditation  site 
survey  scenarios  and  determination 
of  the  collegial  and  consultative 
nature  of  the  site  survey  process; 
and  definition  of  what  is  expected  in 
the  accreditation  and  site  survey 
process. 

On  Saturday,  October  13,  1984, 
the  Academy  will  be  sponsoring  its 
first  major  symposium  of  the 
academic  year.  The  program,  “Hy- 
perthermia for  Cancer,”  will  be  held 
at  the  Executive  Offices  and  the  pro- 
gram chairman  is  Dr.  Arthur  Winter. 
The  symposium  will  present  the 
most  current  scientific  information 
concerning  the  concomitant  use  of 
hyperthermia  in  the  treatment  of 
cancer  of  the  body,  including  the 
brain. 

Our  second  major  symposium  will 
be  held  on  Saturday,  October  20, 
1984,  at  the  Town  and  Campus  Res- 
taurant in  West  Orange.  Dr.  Donald 
Louria  will  chair,  “Potential  Human 
and  Ecologic  Disasters,”  which 
among  other  areas  will  examine  the 
health  effects  of  exposure  to  leakage 
from  chemical  toxic  waste  disposal 
sites  and  all  the  available  studies 
that  have  been  completed  will  be  re- 
viewed and  the  requirements  for  ad- 
ditional study  will  be  analyzed.  High 
and  low  level  radiation  exposure 
consequences  also  will  be  discussed. 

The  speaker  for  the  Academy’s 
first  First  Wednesday  program  of  the 
year  was  Dr.  David  Rogers,  president 
of  the  Robert  Wood  Johnson  Foun- 
dation. Dr.  Rogers  addressed  the 
topic,  “Cutting  Medical  Care  Costs,” 
with  comments  from  his  recent 
JAMA  article. 


Physicians  Seeking 
Location  in  New  Jersey 

The  following  physicians  have  writ- 
ten to  the  Executive  Offices  of  MSNJ 
seeking  information  on  possible  op- 
portunities for  practice  in  New  Jersey. 
The  information  listed  below  has  been 
supplied  by  the  physician.  If  you  are 
interested  in  any  further  information 
concerning  these  physicians,  we  sug- 
gest you  make  inquiries  directly  to 
them. 

ANESTHESIOLOGY— Howard  Ang,  M.D., 
7 29  Hegeman  Ave.,  #3-A  Brooklyn,  NY 
11212.  Far  Eastern  University  1976. 
Group  or  partnership.  Available  Janu- 
ary 1985. 

FAMILY  MEDICINE—  Maiy  F.  Cam- 
pagnolo,  M.D.,  10  Overlook  Rd„  Apt.  5- 


E,  Summit,  NJ  07901.  George  Wash- 
ington University  1982.  Board  eligible. 
Group  or  partnership.  Available  July 
1985. 

Caiy  A.  Davidson,  M.D.,  100B  Findeme'  it 
Ave.,  Bridgewater,  NJ  08807.  SUNY-Up 
state  1982.  Board  eligible.  Rural  or 
suburban  practice,  family  practice, 
solo,  group.  Available  July  1985. 

GASTROENTEROLOGY— Kenneth 
Russell  Feuer,  M.D.,  3120  Parkway, 
Cheverly,  MD  20785.  Baylor  1980.  Also 
internal  medicine.  Board  certified  (IM), 
Available  July  1985. 

Henry  J.  Katz,  M.D.,  20  Waterside  Plaza 
New  York,  NY  10010.  Albany  Medical 
College  1980.  Board  certified  (IM). 
Group  or  partnership.  Available. 

Eliot  H.  Zimbalist,  M.D.,  430  East  67 
St.,  Apt.  12F.  New  York,  NY  10021.  Mt.il 
Sinai  1980.  Also  internal  medicine.  1 
Board  certified  (IM).  Group,  partner-  \ 
ship,  multispeeialty.  Available  July1 
1985. 

GENERAL  MEDICINE — Parviz  Babalavi,  ( 
M.D.,  6265  Austin  St.,  Rego  Park,  NY 
1 1374.  Tehran  (Iran).  Hospital  or  office 
setting,  ENT  background.  Available. 

INTERNAL  MEDICINE— David  M.  Breid-  , 
bart,  M.D.,  50  Hillpark  Ave.,  Apt.  1-R 
Great  Neck,  NY  11021.  SUNY- Down- 
state  1979.  Also  pulmonary  medicine. 
Board  certified  (IM);  board  eligible 
(PM).  Pulmonary,  pulmonaiy/intemal 
medicine,  multispecialty  group.  Avail- 
able July  1985. 

Kenneth  Russell  Feuer,  M.D.,  3120 
Parkway,  Cheverly,  MD  20785.  Baylor 
1980.  Also,  gastroenterology.  Board 
certified.  Available  July  1985. 

Cory  Krueger,  M.D.,  2301  Woodward  St. 
Apt.  C-12,  Philadelphia  PA  19115. 
Rutgers  1982.  Board  eligible.  Group  or  , 
partnership.  Available  July  1985. 
Gianfranco  Umberto  Meduri,  M.D.,  430 
East  67  St.,  Apt.  9C,  New  York,  NY 
10021.  Padua  (Italy)  1977.  Also, 
pulmonary.  Board  certified  (IM). 
Group,  academic,  industrial.  Available 
August  1985. 

Virod  K.  Shah,  M.D.,  345  Watkins  Lane, 
Battle  Creek  MI  49017.  M.P.  Shah 
(India)  1975.  Board  eligible.  Any  type 
practice.  Available. 

Robert  L.  Werner.  D.O.,  148  Reservoir 
Rd.,  Parsippany,  NJ  07054.  UMDNJ- 
NJSOM  1981.  Board  eligible.  Solo  or 
partnership.  Available  July  1985. 

OBSTETRICS/GYNECOLOGY— Nissim 
Contente,  M.D.,  7300  Cedar  Post  Rd., 
Apt.  10E,  Liverpool,  NY.  Guadalajara 
(Mexico)  1979.  Board  eligible.  Group  or 
partnership.  Available  July  1985. 
Amnon  Fein,  M.D.,  223  East  Ave.,  Apt. 
6B,  Syracuse,  NY  13224.  Guadalajara 
(Mexico)  1980.  Group  or  partnership. 
Available  July  1985. 

OCCUPATIONAL  MEDICINE—  Errol j 
Emmet  Vernon,  M.D.,  2018  Pickerton 
Dr„  Deer  Park  TX  77536.  University  of 
the  West  Indies  (Jamaica)  1978.  Board 
eligible.  Group.  Available. 


980 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


PTHALMOLOGY— George  R.  Coar, 

1 M.D.,  3245  Beechwood  Blvd.,  Apt.  C-l  1, 
Pittsburgh,  PA.  Jefferson  1981.  Board 
eligible.  Group,  partnership,  solo.  Avail- 
able July  1985. 

Peter  J.  Famiglietti,  M.D.,  Box  76,  R.D. 
#5,  Danville,  PA  17821.  University  of 
Connecticut  1981.  Board  eligible. 
Group  or  partnership.  Available  July 

1985. 

, Barry  N.  Shaklan,  M.D.,  6207  Blaek- 
' berry  Lane,  Dallas,  TX  75248.  Seton 
Hall  1961.  Board  certified.  Available. 

'aTHOLOGY— Steven  P.  Katz,  M.D., 
9634  S.  Karlov  Ave.,  Oak  Lawn,  IL 
! 60453.  Nebraska  1972.  Board  certified 
' (PA  and  CLIN).  Hospital  or  group.  Avail- 
1 able  on  one  month's  notice. 

’EDIATRICS— Charles  H.  Geneslaw, 

! M.D.,  8372  Loveridge  Ct„  Richmond, 
VA  23229.  UMDNJ  1982.  Partnership. 
Available  July  1985. 

Nellie  Novak,  M.D.,  1015  West  Cherry 
Hill  Apts.  Cherry  Hill,  NJ  08002. 
Sverdlovsk  (USSR)  1974.  Board 
eligible.  Group,  partnership,  HMO. 
Available  July  1985. 

’ULMONARY  MEDICINE— David  M. 
Breidbart,  M.D.,  50  Hillpark  Ave.,  Apt. 
1-R  Great  Neck,  NY  11021.  SUNY- 
Downstate.  Also,  internal  medicine. 
Board  eligible  (PM);  board  certified 
(IM).  Pulmonary,  pulmonary/intemal 
medicine,  multispecialty  group.  Avail- 
able July  1985. 

Gianfranco  Umberto  Meduri,  M.D.,  430 
East  67  St„  Apt.  9C,  New  York,  NY 
10021.  Padua  (Italy)  1977.  Also, 
internal  medicine.  Board  certified  (IM). 
Group,  academic,  industrial.  Available 
August  1985. 

SURGERY — Victor  P.  Bruno,  M.D.,  702 
Fordham  Rd„  Bala  Cynwyd,  PA  19004. 
Georgetown  1978.  Board  eligible. 
Group  or  partnership.  Available  May 

1986. 

Daniel  M.  Goldman,  M.D.,  3450  Wayne 
Ave.,  Apt.  19-S,  Bronx,  NY  10467.  Also, 
vascular  surgery.  Board  eligible.  Part- 
nership or  single  specialty  group. 
Available  July  1985. 

David  A.  Guthrie,  M.D.,  3130  Heath- 
stead  PL,  Charlotte,  NC  28210.  West 
Virginia  1978.  Also,  vascular  surgery. 
Board  eligible.  Group  or  partnership. 
Available  July  1985. 

SURGERY,  VASCULAR— Daniel  M. 
Goldman,  M.D.,  3450  Wayne  Ave.,  Apt. 
19-S,  Bronx,  NY  10467.  Also,  general 
surgery.  Board  eligible.  Partnership  or 
single  specialty  group.  Available  July 
1985. 

David  A.  Guthrie,  M.D.,  3130  Heath- 
stead  Pl„  Charlotte,  NC  28210.  West 
Virginia  1978.  Also,  general  surgery. 
Board  eligible.  Group  or  partnership. 
Available  July  1985. 

UROLOGY— Richard  S.D.  Tushman, 
M.D.,  519  Vantage  PL,  Richmond,  VA 
23236.  Cornell  1980.  Board  eligible. 
Available  July  1985. 


A peripheral 
vasodilator 


for  treatment  of 

leg  cramps 
cold  feet 
tinnitus 
discomfort  on 
standing 


LIPO-NICIN 


Nicotinic  Acid  Therapy 

For  patient’s 

comfort/convenience 

in  choice  of 


3 strengths 


Gradual  Release 

LIPO-NICIN®/300  mg. 

Each  time-release  capsule  con- 


tains: 

Nicotinic  Acid  300  mg. 

Ascorbic  Acid 150  mg. 

Thiamine  HCL  (B-1) 25  mg. 

Riboflavin  (B-2) 2 mg. 

Pyridoxine  HCL(B-6) 10  mg. 


in  a special  base  of  prolonged 
therapeutic  effect. 

DOSE:  1 to  2 tablets  daily. 
AVAILABLE:  Bottles  of  100,  500. 


Immediate  Release 

LIPO-NICIN®/250  mg. 

Each  yellow  tablet  contains: 


Nicotinic  Acid  250  mg 

Niacinamide 75  mg 

Ascorbic  Acid 150  mg 

Thiamine  HCL  (B-1) 25mg 

Riboflavin  (B-2) 2 mg 

Pyridoxine  HCL  (B-6)  10  mg 


DOSE:  1 to  3 tablets  daily. 
AVAILABLE:  Bottles  of  100,  500. 

LIPO-NICIN®/100  mg.  #|| 

Each  blue  tablet  contains:  ''Ifp 


Nicotinic  Acid  100  mg 

Niacinamide 75  mg 

Ascorbic  Acid 150  mg 

Thiamine  HCL  (B-1) 25  mg 

Riboflavin  (B-2) 2 mg 

Pyridoxine  HCL  (B-6) 10  mg 


DOSE:  1 to  5 tablets  daily. 
AVAILABLE:  Bottles  of  100,  500. 


Indications:  For  use  as  a vasodi- 
lator in  the  symptoms  of  cold 
feet,  leg  cramps,  dizziness, 
memory  loss  or  tinnitus  when 
associated  with  impaired  peri- 
pheral circulation.  Also  provides 
concomitant  administration  of 
the  listed  vitamins.  The  warm 
tingling  flush  which  may  follow 
each  dose  of  LIPO-NICIN®  100 
mg.  or  250  mg.  is  one  of  the 
therapeutic  effects  that  often 
produce  psychological  benefits 
to  the  patient. 

Side  Effects:  Transient  flushing 
and  feeling  of  warmth  seldom  re- 
quire discontinuation  of  the  drug 
Transient  headache,  itching  and 
tingling,  skin  rash,  allergies  and 
gastric  disturbance  may  occur. 

Contraindications:  Patients  with 
known  idiosyncrasy  to  nicotinic 
acid  or  other  components  of  the 
drug.  Use  with  caution  in  preg- 
nant patients  and  patients  with 
glaucoma,  severe  diabetes,  im- 
paired liver  function,  peptic  ul- 
cers, and  arterial  bleeding. 


Write  for  literature  and  samples 

(br§EJ2>  the  BROWN  PHARMACEUTICAL  CO.,  INC. 

2500  West  Sixth  Street,  Los  Angeles,  California  90057  IPDR 


Find  your  doctor  is  the  headline  in  what  has  to  be  one  of  the  largest 
posters  ever  produced — three  feet  by  five. 

This  poster  is  in  fact  a directory  of  the  approximately  10,000  Participating 
P.A.C.E.  Physicians  and  Providers. 

Distributed  to  10,000  of  our  larger  P.A.C.E  subscriber  businesses,  it  has 
proven  to  be  a unique  and  effective  way  to  promote  participation,  and  the 
key  role  the  Participating  Doctor  plays  in  this  comprehensive  health 


-Bi  W Mm 
&/  W -:i'  '-M  zz  i 

<#* 

, .. 

feV-’v 

^L..  Si?...,  m Ji‘ A fa  ; 


care  coverage. 

Currently  seven  out  of  ten  of  your  colleagues  are  participating 
in  P.A.C.E. 

The  P.A.C.E  program  takes  into  account 
the  kind  of  medicine  you  practice,  and  where 
you  practice. 

P.A.C.E.  provides  Participating  Physicians 
more  equitable  and  consistant  payments. 

We  actively  seek  your  participation 
in  this  unique  P.A.C.E.  program, 
for  more  information  please  call  - ' 

(201)  456-3200. 


The  card  that  you  can  count  on... 

Rf])  Blue  Shield 

JJ  of  New  Jersey 


984-1985  Committees  & Councils 


\NDING  COMMITTEES 

tnmittee  on  Annual  Meeting 

iff  Liaison,  Eileen  Pfeiffer) 

nk  R Romano,  Sr.,  M.D., 

Chairman  (1985)  Dunellen 

imas  J.  Connolly,  Jr„  M.D.  (1987)  Jersey  City 

rren  E.  Crane,  M.D.  (1986)  Trenton 

want  G.  Keswani,  M.D.  (1987)  Livingston 

n F.  Marshall,  M.D.  (1986)  Trenton 

1 A.  Restivo,  Sr„  M.D.  (1985)  Wayne 

John  Holdcraft,  Auxiliary 

Member  (1985)  Woodbury 

lur  Bernstein,  M.D.,  Secretary. 

Ex-ojficio  Member  South  Orange 

S.  Cherashore,  M.D.,  Consultant  Nutley 

rving  Dunn,  M.D.,  Consultant  Mantoloking 

Grew  G.  Hudaeek,  M.D.,  Consultant  Morristown 

i irles  S.  Krueger,  M.D.,  Consultant  Mount  Holly 

I eph  E.  Salvatore,  M.D.,  Consultant  Tenafly 

I 

entitle  Program  (Sections) 

■iff  Liaison,  Eileen  Pfeiffer) 

l;rgy 

*ela  S.  Salanito,  M.D.,  Chairman  Upper  Montclair 

d Bigelsen,  M.D.,  Secretary  Dover 

sthesiology 

(er  A.  Moore,  M.D.,  Chairman  Moorestown 

ia  Hupert,  M.D.,  Secretary  Livingston 

diovascular  Diseases 

|lul  N.  Timmapuri,  M.D.,  Chairman  Ridgefield  Park 

ly  K Thamman,  M.D.,  Secretary  Lodi 

;st  Diseases 

in  Berlin,  M.D.,  Chairman  Jersey  City 

oical  Pathology 

ig  H.  Hyun,  M.D.,  Chairman  Plainfield 

bert  R Riekert,  M.D.,  Secretary  Livingston 

rmatology 

H.  Gouterman,  M.D.,  Chairman  Roseland 

ergency  Medicine 

ert  H.  Helm,  M.D.,  Chairman  West  Collingswood 

dolf  E.  Schwaeble,  M.D.,  Secretary  Mendham 

nily  Practice 

ristopher  Babigian,  M.D., 

Chairman  Par  am  us 

stroenterology,  Colon  and  Rectal  Surgery 

H.  Fischer,  M.D.,  Chairman  Fair  Lawn 

in  C.  McConnell,  M.D.,  Secretary  Fair  Lawn 

urosurgery  and  Neurology 

an  L.  Gardner,  M.D.,  Chairman  Summit 

urice  M.  Davidson,  M.D.,  Secretary  Somers  Point 

ste tries  and  Gynecology 

;eph  A.  Varallo,  M.D.,  Chairman  Atlantic  City 

"nard  A.  Pekala  M.D.,  Secretary  Cherry  Hill 

geology 

xander  Z.  Haas,  M.D.,  Chairman  New  Brunswick 

lliam  M.  Schulman,  M.D.,  Secretary  Lakewood 

hthalmology 

al  M.  Tishler,  M.D.,  Chairman  Willingboro 

vid  I.  Gerstein,  M.D.,  Secretary  Irvington 

thopaedic  Surgery 

njamin  I.  Smolenski,  M.D.,  Chairman  Mt.  Laurel 

bert  J.  Weierman,  M.D.,  Secretary  South  Orange 

^laryngology.  Head  and  Neck  Surgery 

'mund  L.  Sattenspiel,  M.D.,  Chairman  Freehold 

phen  F.  Mattel,  M.D.,  Secretary  Clifton 

iia tries 

ward  Arkans,  M.D.,  Chairman  Moorestown 

ysical  Medicine  and  Rehabilitation 

ampa  V.  Bid,  M.D.,  Chairman  West  Orange 

nn  J.  Kraus,  M.D.,  Secretary  Morristown 

istic  and  Reconstructive  Surgery 

gene  C.  Carroecia,  M.D.,  Chairman  Ventnor  City 

pchiatry 

nneth  J.  Rubin,  M.D.,  Chairman  Long  Branch 


Radiology 

Charles  A.  Whelan,  M.D.,  Chairman  Montclair 

David  V.  Habif,  Jr.,  M.D.,  Secretary  Teaneck 

Rheumatology 

Kenneth  H.  Maurer,  M.D.,  Chairman  Cherry  Hill 

David  M.  Sagransky,  M.D.,  Secretary  Linwood 

Surgery 

Edward  W.  Vemer,  M.D.,  Chairman  Newark 

Ralph  S.  Greco,  M.D.,  Secretary  New  Brunswick 


Advisory  Committee  to  the  Auxiliary 

(Staff  Liaison,  Shirley  Walsh) 

Frank  R Romano,  Sr.,  M.D.,  Chairman  (1985)  . Dunellen 


George  T.  Hare,  M.D., 

Vice-Chairman  (1986)  Haddonfield 

Ralph  J.  Fioretti,  M.D., 

President-Elect  (1986)  Rochelle  Park 

Werner  J.  Hollendonner,  M.D.  (1985)  Hamilton  Square 

Joseph  N.  Micale,  M.D.  (1987)  North  Bergen 

J.  James  Pegues,  M.D.  (1987)  Mount  Holly 

Mrs.  Ralph  B.  Wayman,  Jr.,  Auxiliary 

Member  { 1985)  Yardley,  PA 


Committee  on  Credentials 

(Staff  Liaison,  Arthur  White) 

Arthur  Bernstein,  Chairman.  Secretary, 

Ex-ojficio  Member  South  Orange 

Thomas  E.  Mattingly,  Jr.,  M.D., 

Vice-Chairman  (1985)  Mount  Holly 

William  A.  Allgair,  M.D.  (1985)  South  River 

Edward  M.  Coe,  M.D.  (1986)  Cranford 

James  N.  Judson,  M.D.  (1987)  Cape  May  Court  House 

Roger  C.  Laauwe,  M.D.  (1986)  Wayne 

Lawrence  B.  Owen,  M.D.  (1987)  Salem 


Committee  on  Finance  and  Budget 

(Staff  Liaison,  Arthur  White) 


Harry  M.  Carnes,  M.D.,  Chairman  (1987)  Audubon 

Palma  E.  Formica,  M.D., 

Vice-Chairman  (1985)  Old  Bridge 

Douglas  M.  Costabile,  M.D.  (1987)  Murray  Hill 

Matis  A.  Fermaglieh,  M.D.  (1987)  Teaneck 

Edward  A.  Sehauer,  M.D.  First 

Vice-President  (1987)  Farmingdale 

B.  Ralph  Wayman,  Jr.,  M.D.  (1986)  Yardley,  PA 

Mrs.  Elmer  Grimes,  Auxiliary 

Member  (1985)  Haddonfield 

Paul  J.  Hirseh,  M.D.,  Treasurer,  Ex  officio 

Member  Bridgewater 


Committee  on  Medicaid 

(Staff  Liaison,  Joseph  C.  Lucci) 


Thomas  S.  Bellavia,  M.D., 

Chairman  

James  Q.  Atkinson,  M.D 

Gertrude  B.  Brundage,  M.D 

Bayard  Coggeshall,  M.D 

Jonathan  C.  Gibbs,  M.D 

Sheldon  Lang,  M.D 

Arganey  L’Avnire  Lucas,  Jr.,  M.D 

Bernard  A.  Pekala  M.D 

Carl  J.  Records,  M.D 

William  Silverman,  M.D 

Murray  Pine,  D.O.,  Consultant  

Frank  Y.  Watson,  M.D.,  President 

Invited  Guest  

Ralph  J.  Fioretti,  M.D.,  President-Elect. 

Invited  Guest  

1.  Fulton  Erlichman,  M.D..  Invited  Guest 

Jack  Kallop,  Invited  Guest  

Thomas  Russo,  Invited  Guest  

S.  Eugene  Yuliano,  M.D.,  Invited  Guest 
Joseph  C.  Lucci,  Invited  Guest  


Hasbrouek  Heights 

Vincentown 

East  Orange 

Morristown 

Jersey  City 

Passaic 

Morristown 

Cheriy  Hill 

Rio  Grande 

Atlantic  City 

Newark 

Glen  Ridge 

Rochelle  Park 

Trenton 

Millville 

Trenton 

Trenton 

Lawrenceville 


>L.  81— NUMBER  11— NOVEMBER  1984 


983 


Vincent  A.  Maressa  Executive  Director, 

Invited  Guest  Lawrenceville 

Committee  on  Medical  Defense  and  Insurance 

(Staff  Liaison,  Joseph  C.  Lucci) 

Michael  J.  Doyle,  M.D.,  Chairman  (1985)  Neptune 

E.  Arthur  Kratzman,  M.D., 

Vice-Chairman  (1987)  Plainfield 

Albert  M.  Doswald,  M.D.  (1987)  Bridgewater 

Stanley  Karp,  M.D.  (1985)  Cinnaminson 

Carl  A.  Restivo,  Jr.,  M.D.  (1986)  Jersey  City 

Harvey  P.  Yeager,  M.D.  (1986)  West  Orange 

Mrs.  William  Allgair,  Auxiliary 

Member  ( 1985)  South  River 

Suresh  G.  Wabel,  M.D.,  Resident 

Member  (1985)  Edison 

Christopher  Seidler,  Student 

Representative  New  York,  NY 

Arthur  Bernstein,  M.D.,  Secretary, 

Ex-officio  Member  South  Orange 

William  H.  Ainslie,  Sr.,  M.D.,  Consultant  Metuchen 

Joseph  V.  Bocchino,  M.D.,  Consultant  Westfield 

Anthony  J.  Bruno,  M.D.,  Consultant  Elizabeth 

William  J.  D’Elia  M.D.,  Consultant  Spring  Lake 

John  D.  Franzoni,  M.D.,  Consultant  Trenton 

Ernest  C.  Hillman,  Jr.,  M.D.,  Consultant  Glen  Ridge 

Paul  J.  Kreutz,  M.D.,  Consultant  Elizabeth 

Henry  Liss,  M.D.,  Consultant  Chatham 

Jesse  Schulman,  M.D.,  Consultant  Lakewood 

Committee  on  Medical  Education 

(Staff  Liaison,  Martin  E.  Johnson) 

Edwin  W.  Messey,  M.D.,  Chairman  (1987)  Willingboro 

Stephen  Colameco,  M.D.  (1985)  Camden 

Brewster  S.  Miller,  M.D.  (1986)  Somerville 

Roberta  G.  Rubin,  M.D.  (1986)  Glen  Ridge 

Sanford  H.  Vemick,  M.D.  (1985)  Hazlet 

Stephen  F.  Wang,  M.D.  (1987)  Morristown 

Mrs.  Joseph  Basralian,  Auxiliary 

Member  (1985)  Hasbrouck  Heights 

Jerome  Yatskowitz,  Student 

Representative  (1985)  Maplewood 

Alfred  A.  Alessi,  M.D.,  Consultant  Hackensack 

Arthur  Bernstein,  M.D.,  Secretary, 

Consultant  South  Orange 

William  C.  Black,  M.D.,  Consultant  Hackensack 

Alfonse  A.  Cinotti,  M.D.,  Consultant  Jersey  City 

Samuel  F.  D’Ambola  M.D., 

Consultant  Atlantic  Highlands 

Burton  M.  Feinsmith,  M.D.,  Consultant  Westfield 

Paul  J.  Hirsch,  M.D.,  Treasurer,  Consultant  . Bridgewater 

Anthony  B.  Minnefor,  M.D.,  Consultant  Paterson 

William  F.  Minogue,  M.D.,  Consultant  Summit 

Dryden  Morse,  M.D.,  Consultant  Browns  Mills 

Robert  S.  Rigolosi,  M.D.,  Consultant  Paramus 

William  S.  Vaun,  M.D.,  Consultant  Long  Branch 

Committee  on  Medical  Student  Loan  Fund 

(Staff  Liaison,  Arthur  White) 

David  Greifinger,  M.D.,  Chairman  (1985)  Belleville 

Antonio  P.  Battaglia,  M.D.  (1985)  Gibbstown 

Palma  E.  Formica,  M.D.  (1986)  Old  Bridge 

Theodora  J.  Maio,  M.D.  (1987)  Clifton 

James  P.  Thompson,  M.D.  (1986)  Upper  Montclair 

Mrs.  Ralph  B.  Wayman,  Jr.,  Auxiliary 

Member  (1985)  Yardley,  PA 


Committee  on  Publication 

(Staff  Liaison,  Geraldine  Hutner) 

Paul  J.  Hirsch,  M.D.,  Treasurer,  Chairman 


(1985)  Bridgewater 

Dirck  L.  Brendlinger,  M.D.  (1987)  Marlton 

Frederick  B.  Cohen,  M.D.  (1986)  Newark 

A.  Olusegun  Fayemi,  M.D.  (1987)  Teaneck 

Robert  M.  MacMillan,  M.D.  (1985)  Browns  Mills 

Leon  G.  Smith,  M.D.  (1986)  Roseland 


Mrs.  Ralph  J.  Fioretti,  Auxiliary 

Member  (1985)  Rochelle  Pc 

Ralph  J.  Fioretti,  M.D.,  President-Elect 

Ex-officio  Member  Rochelle  P; 

Arthur  Bernstein,  M.D.,  Secretary, 

Ex-officio  Member  South  Orar 

Arthur  Krosnick,  M.D.,  Editor, 

Ex-officio  Member  Trent 

Committee  on  Revision  of  Constitution  and  Byla 

(Staff  Liaison,  Diana  C.  Gore) 

John  H.  Lifland,  M.D.,  Chairman  (1986)  Somerv 

William  Greifinger,  M.D., 

Vice-Chairman  (1985)  Bellev 

William  A.  Allgair,  M.D.  (1987)  South  Ri 

Michael  M.  Heeg,  M.D.  (1985)  Trent 

Pascal  A.  Pironti,  M.D.  (1987)  Sumi 

Ford  C.  Spangler,  M.D.  (1986)  Sal; 

Mrs.  James  Brennan,  Auxiliary 

Member  (1985)  Cherry  1 

Arthur  Bernstein,  M.D.,  Secretary, 

Ex-officio  Member  South  Orar 

Hillel  M.  Ben-Asher,  M.D.,  Consultant  Morrista 

William  J.  D'Elia,  M.D.,  Consultant  Spring  L; 

John  S.  Madara  M.D.,  Consultant  Sal 

Heniy  J.  Mineur,  M.D.,  Consultant  Westfi 

Charles  I.  Nadel,  M.D.,  Consultant  Irving 

Carl  A.  Restivo,  Jr.,  M.D.,  Consultant  Jersey  ( 

Bernard  Robins,  M.D.,  Consultant  Springfi 


ADMINISTRATIVE  COUNCILS 

Council  on  Legislation 

(Staff  Liaison,  June  O'Hare) 


Irving  P.  Ratner,  M.D.,  Chairman  (1986)  Willingt 

Howard  H.  Lehr,  M.D.,  Vice-Chairman  (1987)  ...  Fanw 

L.  Willis  Allen,  M.D.  (1987)  Milh 

Anthony  P.  Caggiano,  Jr.,  M.D.  (1986)  Glen  Ri 

Thomas  J.  Connolly,  Jr.,  (1985)  Jersey  <1 

William  J.  D’Elia  M.D.  (1986)  Spring  L 

Leon  A.  Fraser,  M.D.  (1985)  Tren 

S.  Stuart  Mally,  M.D.  (1985)  Atlantic  (j 

Joseph  N.  Micale,  M.D.  (1986)  North  Bert 

Bernard  A.  Rineberg,  M.D.  (1987)  New  Brunsvi 

Arne  L.  Skilbred,  M.D.  (1987)  Glen  Ri 

Irving  Weiss,  M.D.  (1985)  Pompton  PI; 


Mrs.  Frank  Campo,  Auxiliary  Member  (1985)  Trent) 

William  D.  Salerno,  M.D.,  Resident 

Member  (1985)  Saddle  Br 

David  M.  MacPeek,  M.D.,  Alternate  Resident 

Member  (1985)  Bensalem,ji 

Thomas  M.  Fynan,  Student 

Representative  (1985)  Someji 

Joseph  P.  Cillo,  M.D.,  Consultant  Cran  1 

Frank  Gingerelli,  M.D.,  Consultant  Hackensl 

R Gregory  Sachs,  M.D.,  Consultant  Sumi 

j: 

Council  on  Medical  Services 

(Staff  Liaison,  Joseph  C.  Lucci) 

Joseph  W.  Fleisher,  M.D., 

Chairman  (1985)  Scotch  Pin 

Richard  H.  Sharrett,  M.D., 

Vice-Chairman  (1986)  Plain  I 

Joel  S.  Cherashore,  M.D.  (1985)  Nijl 

Stuart  Hirsch,  M.D.  (1986)  Bridgew! 

John  S.  Madara  M.D.  (1986)  Sal 

John  J.  Pastore,  M.D.  (1987)  Vineljj 

Lindsay  L.  Pratt,  M.D.  (1986)  Carr  I 

Robert  S.  Rigolosi,  M.D.  (1985)  Paral 

Herman  M.  Robinson,  M.D.  (1987)  Living; « 

David  A.  Willard,  M.D.  (1985)  Princp 

Edwin  S.  Wilson,  M.D.  (1987)  Mount  fl 

Frank  A Wolf,  M.D.  (1987)  Phillips!  r. 

Mrs.  Frank  R Romano,  Sr.,  Auxiliary 

Member  ( 1985)  Plain! 

Ralph  J.  Fioretti,  M.D.,  President-Elect 

Ex-officio  Member  Rochelle  If; 


984 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JER9 


[atthew  J.  Speesler,  M.D.,  Resident 

Member  (1985)  Somerset 

[elinda  S.  Lantz,  Student 

Representative  (1985)  Piscataway 

ictor  H.  Boogdanian,  M.D.,  Consultant  . New  Brunswick 

arl  T.  Franzoni,  M.D.,  Consultant  Trenton 

arl  A.  Restivo,  Jr.,  M.D.,  Consultant  Jersey  City 

jeffrey  M.  Solomon,  M.D.,  Consultant  Vineland 

obert  H.  Stackpole,  M.D.,  Consultant  Roselle 


ouncil  on  Mental  Health 

staff  Liaison,  Joseph  C.  Lucei) 


reorge  L.  Triebenbaeher,  M.D., 

j Chairman  (1985)  Beach  Haven 

j/illiam  H.  Bristow,  Jr.,  M.D., 

Vice-Chairman  (1986)  Ridgewood 

hurchill  L.  Blakey,  M.D.  (1987)  Wenonah 

arrell  R Crouse,  M.D.  (1985)  Woodstown 

Ivin  Friedland,  M.D.  (1986)  Livingston 

lorton  Friedman,  M.D.  (1985)  Millbum 

.J.  George,  M.D.  (1985)  Vineland 

homas  R Houseknecht,  M.D.  (1986)  Moorestown 

oseph  J.  Kline,  M.D.  (1987)  Trenton 

i/illiam  R Nadel,  M.D.  (1987)  Plainfield 

homas  Robbins,  M.D.  (1987)  Hightstown 

llerald  H.  Rozan,  M.D.  (1986)  Wayne 

Irs.  Alexander  D.  Kovacs,  Auxiliary 

Member  (1985)  Scotch  Plains 

)avid  Nover,  Student  Representative  (1985)  Somerset 

Jexander  D.  Kovacs,  M.D.,  Immediate  Past- 

President  Ex-ojficio  Member  Scotch  Plains 

(any  H.  Brunt,  Jr.,  M.D.,  Consultant  Wall 

jnold  M.  Kallen,  M.D.,  Consultant  Piscataway 

lartin  H.  Weinberg,  M.D.,  Consultant  West  Trenton 


Council  on  Public  Health 

Staff  Liaison,  Joseph  C.  Lucci) 


Charles  J.  Moloney,  M.D., 

Chairman  (1987)  Moorestown 

tichard  C.  Reynolds,  M.D., 

Vice-Chairman  (1986)  Piscataway 

)avid  J.  Blackman,  M.D.  (1986)  Wayne 

Edward  M.  Coe,  M.D.  (1986)  Cranford 

'homas  E.  Desmond,  M.D.  (1985)  Edison 

dbert  Ehrlich,  M.D.  (1985)  Fort  Lee 

lenry  A.  Katz,  M.D.  (1985)  Mountain  Lakes 

llenn  P.  Lambert  M.D.  (1987)  Flemington 

Villiam  Pawluk,  M.D.  (1986)  Medford 

Jarasimhaloo  Venugopal,  M.D.  (1987)  Vineland 

foseph  P.  Zawadsky,  M.D.  (1985)  New  Brunswick 

/Irs.  Guillermo  Garcia  Auxiliary 

Member  (1985)  Bayonne 

’aul  Feldan,  (1985)  Student 

Representative  New  Brunswick 

'aith  E.  Nathan,  Alternate  Student 

Representative  Moorestown 

idward  A.  Schauer,  M.D.,  First  Vice-President 

Ex-ojficio  Member  Farmingdale 

tonald  Altman,  M.D.,  Consultant  Trenton 

Council  On  Public  Relations 

Staff  Liaison,  Martin  E.  Johnson) 

x)uis  G.  Bosco,  M.D.,  Chairman  (1987)  Clifton 

ioseph  W.  Bitsack,  M.D., 

Vice-Chairman  (1987)  Hackensack 

lohn  E.  Durst  M.D.  (1986)  Freehold 

Vmando  F.  Goraeci,  M.D.  (1985)  Woodbuiy 

dichael  M.  Heeg,  M.D.  (1986)  Trenton 

Robert  J.  Lorello,  M.D.  (1986)  Belleville 

Ion  Marsicano,  M.D.  (1985)  Iselin 

Sdwin  W.  Messey,  M.D.  (1985)  Willingboro 

John  J.  Pastore,  M.D.  (1987)  Vineland 

L Gregory  Sachs,  M.D.  (1985)  Summit 

lesse  Schulman,  M.D.  (1986)  Lakewood 

Jeffrey  M.  Solomon,  M.D.  (1987)  Vineland 

drs.  Paul  J.  Hirsch,  Auxiliary 

Member  (1985)  Bridgewater 


Harry  M.  Carnes,  M.D.,  Second  Vice-President 


Ex-ojficio  Member  Audubon 

Frank  J.  Malta  M.D.,  Consultant  Toms  River 

Frank  J.  Primich,  M.D.,  Consultant  West  New  York 


SPECIAL  COMMITTEES 


Committee  on  Biomedical  Ethics 

(Staff  Liaison,  June  O’Hare) 

David  Eckstein,  M.D.,  Chairman  Trenton 

James  L.  Breen,  M.D Livingston 

John  P.  Capelli,  M.D Haddonfield 

Joseph  F.  Fennelly,  M.D Madison 

Robert  V.  P.  Hutter,  M.D Livingston 

Rudolf  E.  Schwaeble,  M.D Mendham 

Arthur  Winter,  M.D Livingston 

Benjamin  Wilfond,  Student 

Representative  South  Orange 

Robert  C.  Cassidy,  Ph.D.,  Consultant  New  Brunswick 

Russell  L.  McIntyre,  Th.D.,  Consultant  Piscataway 

Committee  on  Drug  and  Alcohol  Abuse 

(Staff  Liaison,  Martin  E.  Johnson) 

Daniel  P.  Greenfield,  M.D.,  Chairman  Short  Hills 

William  J.  Annitto,  M.D Summit 

Jorge  L.  Bascara  M.D Trenton 

David  I.  Canavan,  M.D Lawrenceville 

Thomas  R Houseknecht,  M.D Moorestown 

Richard  M.  Liss,  M.D Manville 

Lawrence  L.  Livomese,  M.D Middlesex 

Edwin  A Turner,  Jr.,  M.D Upper  Saddle  River 

James  S.  Wales,  Jr.,  M.D Perth  Amboy 

Matt  Martin,  Consultant  Trenton 

Alfred  E.  Palmier!  M.D.  Consultant  Clifton 

Riley  Regan,  Consultant  Trenton 

Loretta  B.  Ridolfi,  RP„  Consultant  Trenton 

Richard  J.  Russo,  M.S.P.H.,  Consultant  Trenton 

Robert  Warden,  D.O.,  Consultant  Stratford 

Committee  on  Emergency  Medical  Care 

(Staff  Liaison,  Joseph  C.  Lucci) 

Rudolf  E.  Schwaeble,  M.D.,  Chairman  Mendham 

John  A Flood,  M.D.,  Vice-Chairman  Trenton 

Clifford  B.  Blasi,  M.D Sea  Girt 

Ames  L.  Filippone,  Jr„  M.D Morristown 

Ronald  L.  Franz,  M.D MorrisviUe,  PA 

Jack  R Karel,  M.D Verona 

Dorson  S.  Mills,  M.D Elmer 

Robert  L.  Wegiyn,  M.D Elizabeth 

David  A Halsey,  Student  Representative  Haddonfield 

Joseph  Kavanaugh,  Consultant  Martinsville 

Allen  M.  Koplin,  M.D.,  Consultant  Trenton 

Henry  R Liss,  M.D.,  Consultant  Chatham 

Ellsworth  Havens,  Consultant  Princeton 

Committee  on  Impaired  Physicians 

(Staff  Liaison,  David  I.  Canavan,  M.D.) 

Boris  G.  Ivovich,  M.D.,  Chairman  Clinton 

Lee  Allen  North  Andover 

Lawrence  F.  Barnet,  M.D Paterson 

Ann  Beams  Cranford 

Warren  I.  Brandwine,  D.O Cherry  Hill 

Albert  M.  Bromberg,  M.D Springfield 

Edward  M.  Coe,  M.D Cranford 

Sheila  Walsh  Cogan,  M.D Red  Bank 

A Vincent  DeRobbio,  M.D Newark 

Paul  C.  Fagen,  M.D Montclair 

Ronald  I.  ForsteF,  M.D Union 

Joseph  R Fontanella  M.D Point  Pleasant 

Joseph  Giannasio,  M.D Jersey  City 

Mark  S.  Gold,  M.D Summit 

Jerrold  Goldstein,  D.O Far  Hills 

Daniel  P.  Greenfield,  M.D Short  Hills 

A Starr  Ingram,  M.D Westfield 

Alvin  Kaplan,  M.D Bound  Brook 

Wilbur  F.  Kell,  D.O Somerdale 

Doulat  Keswani,  M.D Ridgewood 


T)L.  81— NUMBER  11— NOVEMBER  1984 


985 


Andrew  J.V.  Klein,  M.D Orange 

Anthony  Komninos,  M.D Morristown 

Thomas  J.  Liddy,  M.D Livingston 

Leonard  Liebowitz,  M.D Old  Bridge 

George  W.  Lutz,  M.D Somerville 

James  Manlandro,  DO.O  Cape  May  Court  House 

Herbert  T.  McBride,  M.D Toms  River 

Michael  J.  McCarthy,  M.D Raritan 

Arthur  McLellan,  M.D Summit 

George  J.  Mellendick,  M.D Perth  Amboy 

Rita  Roslyn  Newman,  M.D Short  Hills 

Josephine  Pesaresi  Hackensack 

George  Pierson,  D.O Sparta 

Marcus  E.  Sanford,  M.D Somerville 

Ward  M.  Schultz,  M.D New  Providence 

Frank  C.  Snope,  M.D Piscataway 

Harvey  D.  Strassman,  M.D Camden 

William  C.  Van  Ost,  M.D Englewood 

Robert  M.  Warden,  D.O Stratford 

Committee  on  Long-Range  Planning  Development 

(Staff  Liaison,  Diana  C.  Gore) 

Bernard  Robins,  M.D.,  Chairman  (1986)  Springfield 

Alfred  A Alessi,  M.D.  (1987)  Hackensack 

William  J.  D’Elia,  M.D.  (1986)  Spring  Lake 

Philip  J.  LoPresti,  M.D.  (1987)  Haddon  Heights 

Thomas  E.  Mattingly,  Jr„  M.D.  (1985)  Mount  Holly 

Frank  R Romano,  Sr.,  M.D.  (1986)  Dunellen 

L.  Arne  Skilbred,  M.D.,  (1986)  Glen  Ridge 

Committee  on  Maternal  and  Child  Care 

(Staff  Liaison,  Joseph  C.  Lucci) 

Peter  A Beaugard,  M.D.  Chairman  Remington 

Gerard  F.  Hansen,  M.D.,  Vice-Chairman  Hackensack 

Caterina  A Gregori,  M.D Livingston 

John  T.  Harrigan,  M.D New  Brunswick 

Thomas  A Noone,  M.D > Haddonfield 

Thomas  R C.  Sisson,  M.D Perth  Amboy 

James  P.  Thompson,  M.D Upper  Montclair 

William  M.  Unwin,  Student 

Representative  Highland  Park 

George  J.  Halpin,  M.D.,  Consultant  Trenton 

Committee  on  Medical  Aspects  of  Sports 

(Staff  Liaison,  Joseph  C.  Lucci) 

Christine  E.  Haycock,  M.D.,  Chairman  Newark 

Frank  L.  Barham,  M.D Trenton 

Norman  W.  Garwood,  M.D Crosswicks 

Paul  J.  Hirsch,  M.D.,  Treasurer  Bridgewater 

Glenn  P.  Lambert,  M.D Flemington 

Alan  M.  Levy,  M.D Westwood 

Vincent  Mclnemey,  M.D Paterson 

Max  M.  Novich,  M.D Perth  Amboy 

Benjamin  I.  Smolenski,  M.D Mount  Laurel 

Peter  Hyans,  Student  Representative  Piscataway 

Sarah  Dougherty,  Consultant  Trenton 

Abner  West,  Consultant  Elizabeth 

Committee  on  Peer  Review  (DRG  Appeals) 

(Staff  Liaison,  Vincent  A Maressa) 

William  A Dwyer,  Jr.,  M.D.,  Chairman  Wayne 

Paul  I.  Bookstaver,  M.D Saddle  Brook 

Donald  P.  Burt,  M.D Parsippany 

Phillip  Davison,  M.D Roselle 

Charles  E.  Dooley,  Jr„  M.D Springfield 

Joseph  W.  Fleisher,  M.D Springfield 

D.  D.  Griffith,  M.D East  Brunswick 

Charles  Harris,  M.D Toms  River 

Alvin  I.  Kaplan,  M.D Bound  Brook 

Mohammad  Khan,  M.D Trenton 

Francis  J.  Lumia,  M.D Browns  Mills 

Nelson  Manowitz,  M.D Springfield 

A an  W.  Robbins,  M.D Freehold 

Mark  Stem,  M.D Cherry  Hill 

Robert  J.  Weierman,  M.D South  Orange 

Michael  E.  Beams,  D.O.,  Consultant  Cranford 

Louis  Scibetta,  Consultant  Princeton 


Committee  on  Retirement  Plan  for  Physicians 

(Staff  Liaison,  Joseph  C.  Lucci) 


Nicholas  E.  Marchione,  M.D.,  Chairman  Vinelam 

Paul  J.  Kreutz,  M.D Elizabeth 

Jack  William  P.  Love,  M.D Woodbur 

Henry  J.  Mineur,  M.D Westfief 

Robert  E.  Steward,  M.D North  Brunswic' 


SPECIAL  COMMITTEE  TO 
COUNCIL  ON  MEDICAL  SERVICES 

Committee  on  Occupational  Health,  Worker’s 
Compensation,  and  Rehabilitation 


(Staff  Liaision,  Joseph  C.  Lucci) 

George  P.  Bisgeier,  M.D.,  Chairman  Newar 

Andrew  G.  Hudacek,  M.D.,  Vice-Chairman  Morristowj 

J.  Campbell  Howard,  M.D Mountainsid 

Michael  N.  Jennings,  M.D Somervil) 

Bertram  M.  Kummel,  M.D Morristowll 

Edwin  A Turner,  Jr.,  M.D Upper  Saddle  Rive 

Mathilda  R Vaschak,  M.D North  Plainfielij 

John  S.  Tobin,  M.D.,  Consultant  Princetoji 


SPECIAL  COMMITTEES  TO 
COUNCIL  ON  PUBLIC  HEALTH 


Committee  on  Cancer  Control 

(Staff  Liaison,  Joseph  C.  Lucci) 


Benjamin  F.  Rush,  Jr.,  M.D.,  Chairman  Newar 

Donald  Brief,  M.D Millbur 

Sherman  Garrison,  M.D Bridgeto 

George  J.  Hill,  M.D Newar 

Warren  H.  Knauer,  M.D Hillsic 

Abert  A Pineda,  M.D Clifto 

Harvey  Rothberg,  M.D Princeto 

Elissa  J.  Santoro,  M.D Irvingto 


Eva  B.  Stahl,  M.D Highland  Par 

Harvey  P.  Yeager,  M.D Millbur  j 


Committee  on  Child  Health 

(Staff  Liaison,  Joseph  C.  Lucci) 

Glenn  P.  Lambert  M.D.,  Chairman  

James  Q.  Atkinson,  M.D 

Thomas  F.  Bejgrowicz,  M.D 

Anthony  Brickman,  M.D 

William  J.  Farley,  M.D 

Harry  E.  Turse,  M.D 

Catherine  P.  Bush,  Student  Representative 


LindeU 

....  T rente' 

Brief, 

....  Medfoi! 
Wood-Rid^i 


Committee  on  Conservation  of  Vision 

(Staff  Liaison,  Joseph  C.  Lucci) 


Marc  L.  Engel,  M.D.,  Chairman  Holmd 

Malcolm  H.  Bloch,  M.D Morristow: 

Afonse  A Cinotti,  M.D Jersey  Ci 

Samuel  Diskan,  M.D Atlantic  Ci 

Ivan  H.  Jacobs,  M.D North  Plainfie 

Oram  R Kline,  Jr„  M.D Woodbu 

Ralph  A Skowron,  M.D Cherry  H 

Saul  M.  Tischler,  M.D Cherry  H 

Marc  L.  Engel,  M.D.,  Consultant  Holmd: 

Ivan  H.  Jacobs,  M.D.,  Consultant  North  Plainfiel 

Committee  on  Environmental  Health 

(Staff  Liaison,  Joseph  C.  Lucci) 

Philip  J.  G.  Quigley,  M.D., 

Chairman  Point  Pleasant  Beat 

Seymour  Charles,  M.D Maplewoc: 

Stanley  R Lane,  M.D Moorestow 

Richard  H.  Musgnug,  M.D Medford  Lakf 

E.  Spencer  Paisley,  M.D Haddon  Heigh 

William  I.  Weiss,  M.D Livingstcj 

Meyer  T.  Weissman,  M.D Cranbu 

Bradley  S.  Panton,  Student 

Representative  New  Brunswic 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


986 


le  IBM  Personal  Computer 
tool  for  modern  times 
j the  Medical  Office. 

!DI-SCAN®,  an  Authorized  IBM®  Value- 
led  Dealer  for  the  Personal  Computer 

Comprehensive  $8.995.00  MEDI-SCAN  In-office 
l g And  Accountin g System  Includes: 

p IBM  Personal  Computer  XT  with  128K, 

Megabyte  hard  disk. 

2 IBM  Graphics  Printer. 

)DI-SCAN  software — customized  for  your 
ctice,  including  procedure  numbers  for  state 
:ncies.  Generates  accounting  reports, 
nprehensive  patient  statements,  insurance 
1 third  party  forms. 

tional  electronic  paperless  billing  to  third  party 
jncies,  where  applicable. 

lining— Complete  in-office  training  for  your  staf 

pport— “HOT-LINE”  800  number  for 
itinuous  support. 

IDI-SCAN  Single  Source 
pport  System 

>I-SCAN’S  unique,  comprehensive  hardware  and  software  maintenance  agreement  guarantees  continuing 
ce  and  repair,  system  updates  and  additional  customization,  plus  in-office  training — all  from  one  source.  Our 
training  consultants  and  technicians  are  dedicated  to  giving  you  the  best  possible  service. 

Personal  Computer  XTs  are  in  stock  in  our  local  warehouses  ready  to  be  immediately  installed.  Over  three 
ired  physicians  are  using  the  MEDI-SCAN  System — join  them  in  making  the  IBM  PC-XT  “A  tool  for  modem 
s in  the  medical  office.” 

Networking  available  for  group  practices  and  clinics 

wuld  like  to  know  more  about  the  MEDI 
stem  on  the  IBM  Personal  Computer  XT 


Idress 

ty State Zip 

lone  ( ) 

rvice  centers  currently  in:  New  England  • Mid  Atlantic  States  • Mid  Western  States  • California  • Texas 

EDI-SCAN  is  a registered  trademark  of  PAL  Assoc.  Inc. 

^ Associates  is  an  Authorized  IBM  Value-Added  Dealer  for  the  Personal  Computer. 

M is  a registered  trademark  of  International  Business  Machines  Corporation 


)L.  81— NUMBER  11— NOVEMBER  1984 


987 


Statement  of  Ownership, 
Management,  and  Circulation 


(Required  by  39  U.S.C.  3685) 

1.  Title  of  Publication:  THE  JOURNAL  of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey. 


1A.  Publication  No.:  0025-7524. 

2.  Date  of  Filing:  September  28,  1984. 

3.  Frequency  of  Issue:  Monthly. 

3A  No.  of  Issues  Published  Annually:  12  + 1 = 13. 

3B.  Annual  Subscription  Price:  $20.00. 

4.  Location  of  Known  Office  of  Publication:  2 Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville, 
Mercer  County,  NJ  08648. 

5.  Location  of  the  Headquarters  or  General  Business  Office  of  the  Publisher: 
2 Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  Mercer  County,  NJ  08648. 

6.  Names  and  addresses  of  publisher,  editor,  and  managing  editor  Pub- 
lisher, Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey,  2 Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648. 
Editor,  Arthur  Krosnick,  M.D.,  2 Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648.  Man- 
aging Editor,  Geraldine  R Hutner,  2 Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648. 

7.  Owner  (if  owned  by  a corporation,  its  name  and  address  must  be  stated 
and  also  immediately  thereunder  the  names  and  addresses  of  stockholders 
owning  or  holding  1 percent  or  more  of  total  amount  of  stock.  If  not  owned 
by  a corporation,  the  names  and  addresses  of  the  individual  owners  must  be 
given.  If  owned  by  a partnership  or  other  unincorporated  firm,  its  name  and 
address,  as  well  as  that  of  each  individual  must  be  given.  If  the  publication 
is  published  by  a nonprofit  organization,  its  name  and  address  must  be 
stated.):  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey,  2 Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ 
08648  (a  nonprofit  corporation  of  New  Jersey). 

8.  Known  bondholders,  mortgages,  and  other  security  holders  owning  or 
holding  1 percent  or  more  of  total  amount  of  bonds,  mortgages,  or  other 
securities:  none  (a  nonprofit  corporation  of  New  Jersey). 

9.  For  completion  by  nonprofit  organization  authorized  to  mail  at  special 
rates  (Section  41 1.3,  DMM  only).  The  purpose,  function,  and  nonprofit  status 
of  this  organization  and  the  exempt  status  for  federal  income  tax  purposes 
have  not  changed  during  preceding  12  months. 

10.  Extent  and  nature  of  circulation: 


Extent  and  nature  of  circulation 
A Total  no.  copies  printed  (net  press  run) 

B.  Paid  circulation 

1.  Sales  through  dealers  and  carriers, 
street  vendors,  and  counter  sales 

2.  Mail  subscriptions 

C.  Total  paid  circulation  (sum  of  B1  and  B2) 

D.  Free  distribution  by  mail  carrier  or  other  means- 
samples,  complimentary,  and  other  free  copies 

E.  Total  distribution  (sum  of  C and  D) 

F.  Copies  not  distributed 

1.  Office  use,  left-over,  unaccounted,  spoiled  after 
printing 

2.  Return  from  new  agents 

G.  Total  (sum  of  E,  FI,  and  2 — should  equal  net  press 
run  shown  in  A) 


Actual 
no.  of 
copies  of 
Average  single 
no.  copies  issue 
each  issue  published 
during  nearest 
preceding  to  filing 
12  months  date 
11,500  10,600 


9,605 

9,755 

9,605 

9,755 

1,671 

609 

11,276 

10,364 

224 

236 

11,500 

10,600 

11.  I certify  that  the  statements  made  by  me  above  are  correct  and  complete. 

(signed)  Arthur  White 
Director  of  Finance  and  Administrative  Services 


12.  For  completion  by  publishers  mailing  at  the  regular  rates  (Section 
132.121,  Postal  Service  Manual).  39  U.S.C.  3626  provides  in  pertinent  part:  “No 
person  who  would  have  been  entided  to  mail  matter  under  former  section  4359 
of  this  title  shall  mail  such  matter  at  the  rates  provided  under  this  subsection 
unless  he  files  annually  with  the  Postal  Service  a written  request  for  per- 
mission to  mail  matters  at  such  rates."  In  accordance  with  the  provisions  of 
this  statute.  1 hereby  request  permission  to  mail  the  publication  named  in  Item 
1 at  the  phased  postage  rate  presently  authorized  by  39  U.S.C.  3626  (signed). 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS' 


988 


"One  of  the  main  reasons  I 
iose  to  become  a participating 
ealthWays  physician  was  because 
HealthVVays  basic  philosophy  of 
ordinated  patient  care.  As  a spe- 
ilist,  this  is  of  extreme  importance 
me.  I work  closely  with  my  pa- 
ints' primary  care  physicians  who 
low  them  intimately  since  they 
e them  on  a regular  basis.  This 
lysician  cooperation  delivers  the 
ost  complete  care  possible 


without  duplication  or  disparities. 

In  addition,  since  HealthVVays 
covers  its  members  for  surgical 
procedures  in  the  setting  most 
appropriate,  I can  even  perform 
simple  surgery  in  my  own  office 
when  hospitalization  really  isn't 
necessary.  That  makes  inordinate 
sense  for  many  patients  and  for  me. 

There's  a great  deal  of  logic 
to  HealthVVays  as  a health  plan. 


And  a great  deal  of  logic  for  phy- 
sicians to  become  participants." 

To  learn  all  the  HealthVVays 
benefits  for  you  and  your  patients, 
call  Jon  Marsicano,  M.D.,  Vice 
President,  Medical  Affairs,  at 
1-800-624-0720. 

HealthWays 

YOUR  WAY  TO  BETTErVhEALTH  CAR! 

© 1984  HealthWays,  Inc. 


T)L.  81— NUMBER  11— NOVEMBER  1984 


989 


ACUPUNCTURE  IN  CLINICAL  PRACTICE 

N.Y.  State  Boards  of  Medicine  & Dentistry  25-hour  accredited 
seminar  and  workshop  on  the  latest  theories  & techniques  of 
manual  & electro-acupuncture  and  TENS,  applicable  toward  the 
200-hour  requirement  for  certification,  will  be  given  for  licensed 
clinicians  (with  or  without  prior  training)  during  the  weekend  of 
Dec.  14-16,  1984  and  again  the  weekend  of  Feb.  1-3,  1985  at 
the  Barbizon  Plaza  Hotel,  New  York  City.  Co-sponsored  by  the 
International  College  of  Acupuncture  & Electro-Therapeutics,  its 
official  journal,  Acupuncture  & Electro-Therap.  Res.,  Int.J.  (pub- 
lished by  Pergamon  Press  and  indexed  in  15  major  indexing 
periodicals;  INDEX  MEDICUS,  etc.),  the  Heart  Disease  Research 
Foundation  and  the  Neuroscience  Dept,  of  Long  Island  College 
Hospital,  Pharmacology  Dept,  of  The  Chicago  Medical  School. 
Also  eligible  for  AMA/CME  credit.  For  information,  contact  Y. 
Omura,  M.D.,  ScD.,  800  Riverside  Drive  (8-1),  NYC  10032.  Tel: 
(212)  781-6262  or  (212)  WA8-0658,  or  Saul  Heller,  M.D.,  Tel: 
(212)  838-7514. 


The  Academy  of  Medicine  of  New  Jersey 

presents 
a symposium  on 


Medical  & Surgical  Management  of 
Cerebrovascular  Insufficiency 

Saturday,  November  17,  1984 
8:00  a. m. -1:00  p.m. 
at 


UMDNJ-New  Jersey  Medical  School,  Newark 

This  course  is  intended  for  family  physicians  and  surgeons, 
internists  and  neurologists  interested  in  the  care  of  patients 
with  cerebrovascular  insufficiency.  In  addition,  these  topics 
will  be  of  value  to  vascular  technologists  interested  in  Nonin- 
vasive  Vascular  Laboratory  testing. 

LEARNING  OBJECTIVE:  To  review  the  diagnostic  and  medi- 
cal management  of  cerebrovascular  insufficiency.  To  become 
familiar  with  diagnostic  testing  to  include  the  role  of  CT  & NMR 
scanning  and  noninvasive  vascular  laboratory  studies.  To  be- 
come familiar  with  the  technical  considerations  and  results  of 
extracranial  to  intracranial  bypass  and  carotid  endarterectomy 
in  the  treatment  of  patients  with  cerebrovascular  insufficiency. 
To  review  and  be  familiar  with  the  medical  and  surgical  man- 
agement of  asystemic  extracranial  carotid  occlusive  disease. 


For  further  information  contact: 


of  New  Jersey 


EXECUTIVE  OFFICES 

The  Academy  of  Medicine  of  New  Jersey 

Two  Princess  Road 

Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648 

(609)  896-1717 


NEW  JERSEY  SOCIETY 
OF  PATHOLOGISTS 

34TH  ANNUAL  SLIDE  SEMINA I 

SATURDAY,  NOVEMBER  17,  1984 
AT 

UMDNJ-RUTGERS  MEDICAL  SCHOOL 
PISCATAWAY,  NEW  JERSEY 
9:00  A. M. -1:00  P.M. 

ON 

SURGICAL  PATHOLOGY  OF  THE  BREAST:  D I AG  NO  I 
AND  THERAPEUTIC  IMPLICATIONS 

SPEAKER: 

Robert  V.P.  Hutter,  M.D. 

Chairman,  Department  of  Pathology 
St.  Barnabas  Medical  Center,  Livingston 
Adjunct  Professor  of  Pathology, 

College  of  Physicians  & Surgeons, 
Columbia  University 

A wide  variety  of  cases  submitted  by  members  will  be  (I 
cussed.  Members  will  receive  slide  sets  and  case  histories* 
limited  number  of  slide  sets  are  available  to  non-members  r 
$35.00. 

OBJECTIVE:  The  program  is  designed  for  diagnostic  surg  i 
pathologists.  The  objectives  are  to  become  familiar  with  sp<- 
fic  types  of  diagnostic  problems  and  rare  types  of  bret 
cancer,  to  emphasize  the  clinical-pathological  interactio. 
and  to  discuss  the  role  of  the  pathologist  in  the  managem  t 
of  patients  with  these  types  of  lesions. 

For  Further  Information  Contact: 

Cathy  Gillmer,  Executive  Secretary 
New  Jersey  Society  of  Pathologists 
Two  Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648 
Phone  (609)  896-1717 


The  Academy  of  Medicine  of  New  Jersey 

presents 

A SYMPOSIUM  ON 
CONTROVERSIES  IN  GERIATRIC: 

on 

WEDNESDAY,  NOVEMBER  28,  1984 
1:00  p.m. -5:00  p.m. 
at 

MSNJ  HEADQUARTERS  BUILDING 
Lawrenceville,  New  Jersey 

The  symposium  will  identify  specific  medical  and  social  pnj- 
lems  of  the  aged.  In  addition  we  plan  to  determine  who  sho  i 
be  in  charge  of  the  elderly:  a primary  care  physician,  o j 
specialist  in  geriatrics.  Finally  we  plan  to  decide  whether  r 
not  geriatrics  is  a specialty  of  medicine.  The  program  is  i- 
signed  for  internists,  family  practitioners,  administrators  f 
long  term  care  facilities  and  other  interested  professions 

For  further  information  contact: 

EXECUTIVE  OFFICES 
The  Academy  of  Medicine  of  New  Jers/ 
Two  Princess  Road 
Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648 
(201)  896-1717 


of  New  Jersey 


990 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSI- 


;ME  Calendar 


i 


The  following  is  a list  of 
continuing  medical 
education  courses  for  the 
next  two  months.  Contact  the 
sponsoring  organization  for 
further  information. 


LNESTHESIOLOGY 

an. 

2 Dinner  Meeting 

6-9  P.M. — Ramada  Inn.  Clark 
(NJ  State  Society  of 
Anesthesiologists  andAMNJ) 

ARDIOLOGY 

Itec. 

8  Streptokinase  and  Percutaneous 
Transluminar  Angioplasty 

12  noon — St.  Mary’s  Hospital, 

Orange 

(AMNJI 

MEDICINE 

tec. 

4  AIDS 

9  AM.— Holy  Name  Hospital, 

Teaneck 

(AMNJ) 

4 Research  in  Group  B 
Streptococcal  Disease 

8:30-9:30  AM.— Newark  Beth  Israel 
Medical  Center 
(Newark  Beth  Israel  Medical 
Center  and  AMNJ) 

5 ATOS 

9 AM. — Warren  Hospital, 

Phillipsburg 

(AMNJ) 

5  Clinical  Abstract  Meeting 

1-5  P.M. —The  Manor,  West  Orange 
(Oncology  Society  of  NJ  and 
AMNJ) 

5 Endocrine  Conferences 

12  3:30-5  P.M.— Rotates  between 

19  Newark  Beth  Israel  Medical  Center, 


26  University  Hospital,  United 

Hospitals  Medical  Center,  Newark, 
and  VA  Medical  Center, 

East  Orange 

(Endocrinology  Section  and 
AMNJ) 

5 Medical  Grand  Rounds 

12  12  noon-1  P.M. — Rutgers  Medical 
19  School,  Medical  Education  Bldg., 

New  Brunswick 
(UMDNJ  and  AMNJ) 

5 Medicine  Morbidity  and  Mortality 
Conference 

8-9  AM.— Rutgers  Medical  School, 
Medical  Education  Bldg.,  New 
Brunswick 
(UMDNJ  and  AMNJ) 

6 Management  of  Congenital 
Infections 

9 AM. — Freehold  Area  Hospital 
(AMNJ) 

6  Immunoregulation:  Basic 

1 3 Concepts  and  Applications 

4- 6  P.M. —Institute  for  Medical 
Research,  Copewood  St.,  Camden 
(Institute for  Medical  Research 
and  AMNJ) 

12  Clinical  Immunology 

I P.M .— VA  Medical  Center,  Lyons 
(AMNJ) 

1 2 What  Is  New  in  Allergy? 

8-9:30  P.M. —Schering  Corporation, 
Kenilworth 

(NJ  Allergy  Society,  Schering 
Corp..  andAMNJ) 

1 3 Management  of  Abdominal 
Emergencies 

I I AM  — St.  Joseph’s  Hospital  and 
Medical  Center,  Paterson 
(AMNJ) 

13  The  Prevention  and  Reversibility 
of  Heart  Disease 

12  noon-1  P.M.— Carrier 
Foundation,  Belle  Mead 
(Carrier  Foundation  and  AMNJ) 

13  Indications,  Techniques,  and 

Results  in  Coronary  Thrombolysis 

5- 7:30  P.M. —Somerset  Medical 
Center,  Somerville 
(Somerset  Medical  Center  and 
AMNJ) 


Jan. 

2  Internal  Medicine  Review  Course 

9 3-6  P.M.— Overlook  Hospital, 

16  Summit 

23  (Overlook  Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

30 

2 Endocrine  Conferences 

9 3:30-5  P M — Rotates  between 

16  Newark  Beth  Israel  Medical  Center, 
23  University  Hospital,  United 
30  Hospitals  Medical  Center,  Newark 
and  VA  Medical  Center, 

East  Orange 

(Endocrinology  Section  and 
AMNJ) 

2 Medical  Grand  Rounds 

9 12  noon-1  P.M.— Rutgers  Medical 

16  School,  Medical  Education  Bldg., 
23  New  Brunswick 
30  (UMDNJ  and  AMNJ) 

2 Medicine  Morbidity  and  Mortality 
Conference 

8-9  A.M. — Rutgers  Medical  School, 


Medical  Education  Bldg.,  New 

Brunswick 

(UMDNJ  and  AMNJ) 

2 Immunoregulation:  Basic 

1 0  Concepts  and  Applications 
17  4-6  P.M. — Institute  for  Medical 

24  Research,  Copewood  St.,  Camden 
31  (Institute  for  Medical  Research 

and  AMNJ) 

8 Melanoma  Precursors 

8-10  P.M. —Schering  Corp., 
Kenilworth 

(NJ  Dermatological  Society  and 
AMNJ) 

8 AIDS 

8-9  AM  — Wayne  General  Hospital 
(AMNJ) 

9 AIDS 

1-2  P.M.— VA  Hospital,  Lyons 
(AMNJ) 

1 5 Cocaine  Abuse 

12  noon— St.  Maiy’s  Hospital, 

Orange 

(AMNJ) 

16  Dermatological  Conference 

6-8  P.M.— Rutgers  Community 
Health  Plan,  U.S.  Hwy.  1 & Rt.  18, 
New  Brunswick 

(UMDNJ -Rutgers  Medical  School 
and  AMNJ) 

17  New  Concepts  in  Digoxm 
Metabolism 

1 1 AM  - 12  noon— St.  Joseph’s 
Hospital,  Paterson 

(St  Joseph's  Hospital  and  Medical 
Center  and  AMNJ) 

17  Geriatrics 

3 P.M. — Ancora  Psychiatric 
Hospital,  Hammonton 
(AMNJ) 

17  Whither  Multiple  Sclerosis? 

5-7:30  P.M.— Somerset  Medical 
Center,  Somerville 
(Somerset  Medical  Center  and 
AMNJ) 

30  Mitral  Valve  Prolapse 

1 -2:30  P.M .— VA  Medical  Center, 
Lyons,  Bldg.  93 

(VA  Medical  Center  and  AMNJ) 

NEUROLOGY/PSYCHIATRY 

Dec. 

3 Survival  Guilt  with  Somatic 
Symptoms 

8: 1 5- 1 0:30  P.M.— 4 Garden  Place, 

N utley 

(Essex  Psychiatric  Seminar  and 
AMNJ) 

3 When  the  Patient  Abuses  Drugs: 
Skills  for  the  Outpatient  Therapist 

1 -4  P.M. —Fair  Oaks  Hospital, 
Summit 

(Fair Oaks  Hospital  andAMNJ) 

6 Medical  Hypnosis  Course 

13  4-8  P.M. —Carrier  Foundation. 

Belle  Meade 

(Carrier  Foundation  andAMNJ) 

12  Sleep  Disorders 

1:30-2:30  P.M. —Rutgers 
Community  Health  Plan,  57  U.S. 
Hwy.  #1,  New  Brunswick 
(Rutgers  Community  Health  Plan 
and  AMNJ) 

1 3 Becoming  a Psychotherapist 

12  noon- 1 P.M.— Carrier 


/OL.  81— NUMBER  11— NOVEMBER  1984 


991 


American  Society  For  Parenteral  & Enteral  Nutrition® 

9TH  CLINICAL  CONGRESS 

January  21-24,  1985 

FONTAINEBLEAU  HOTEL 
MIAMI  BEACH,  FLORIDA 

For  more  information  contact:  A S P E N.,  8605  Cameron  Street,  Suite 
500,  Silver  Spring,  MD  20910,  (202)  638-5881. 


1985  CME  CRUISE/CONFERENCES  ON  SELECTED 
MEDICAL  TOPICS 

Caribbean,  Mexican,  Hawaiian,  Alaskan,  Mediter- 
ranean. 7-14  days  year-round.  Approved  for  20-24  CME 
Cat.  1 credits  (AMA/PRA)  & AAFP  prescribed  credit. 
Distinguished  professors.  FLY  ROUNDTRIP  FREE  ON 
CARIBBEAN,  MEXICAN,  & ALASKAN  CRUISES. 
Execellent  group  fares  on  finest  ships.  Registration  limited. 
Pre-scheduled  in  compliance  with  present  IRS  require- 
ments. 

Information:  International  Conferences,  189  Lodge 
Ave.,  Huntington  Station,  N.Y.  11746.  (516)  549-0869. 


PEDIATRIC  UPDATE  1985 

Hotel  de  Paris,  Monte  Carlo,  Monaco 
March  16-24,  1985 

Sponsored  by:  Department  of  Pediatrics,  Schneide 
Children’s  Hospital,  Long  Island  Jewish-Hillside  Medi 
cal  Center,  New  Hyde  Park,  NY.  Faculty:  Philij 
Lanzkowsky,  M.D.,  Jean  Alexander  Cortner,  M.D.,  Jan 
G.  Schaller,  M.D.,  and  Irving  Schulman,  M.D.  Credits 
21  hours  Category  1 ACCME,  AMA  and  AAFP. 
Information:  Continuing  Education  Coordinator,  Lon 
Island  Jewish-Hillside  Medical  Center,  New  Hyde  Park 
NY  11042,  (718)  470-2114. 


V LIKOFF  CARDIOVASCULAR  INSTITUTE 

of  Hahnemann  Medical  College  & Hospital 

230  N.  Broad  Street,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania  19102  (215)  448-8063 

CARDIOLOGY  UPDATE.  . . 

IS  DESIGNED  FOR  THE  PHYSICIAN  AND  PROVIDES  AN  INTENSIVE  SURVEY  OF  THE 
CURRENT  STATUS  OF  CLINICAL  CARDIOLOGY.  . . 

WEDNESDAY,  DECEMBER  5,  1984 

HYPERTENSION 


MODERATOR:  DAVID  T.  LOWENTHAL,  M.D 

3:00  Case  Presentation 
3:30  Should  Mild  Hypertension  be  Treated? 

4:00  What  is  the  Step-Care  Management? 

4:30  Managing  Hypertensive  Emergencies 
5:00  Managing  Resistent  Hypertension:  What  are  the 
Benefits  of  Antihypertensive  Therapy? 


M.D. 

Stanley  Spitzer, 

M.D. 

Sheldon  R.  Bender, 

M.D. 

David  T.  Lowenthal, 

M.D. 

Stuart  Snyder, 

M.D. 

David  T.  Lowenthal, 

M.D. 

LECTURE  HALL  “A”— 2nd  floor  New  College  Building,  Hahnemann  University 
15th  and  Vine  Streets,  Philadelphia,  PA 
• NO  REGISTRATION  FEE  • NO  ADVANCE  REGISTRATION  REQUIRED  • 
• CME  CATEGORY  I CREDITS  CERTIFIED  • 

**WINE  & CHEESE  SERVED  FOLLOWING  CONFERENCE** 


992 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSI 


Foundation,  Belle  Meade 
(Carrier  Foundation  and  AMNJ) 

Child  Sexual  Abuse 

8:30  AM. -5  P.M. —Fair  Oaks 

Hospital,  Summit 

(Fair  Oaks  Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

I  Coordination  of  Psychiatric 
Treatment  in  the  Hospital  and 
Community 

3 P.M.— Ancora  Psychiatric 
Hospital,  Hammonton 
(Ancora  Psychiatric  Hospital) 

Lecture  Series 

8:30- 1 0:30  PM— 30 1 Broad  Ave„ 
Englewood 

(NJ  Psychoanalytic  Society  and 
AMNJ) 

th. 

Case  Seminars  and  Supervision  to 
Improve  Psychotherapeutic 
Techniques 

8-10  P.M.— 310  Harding  Dr.,  South 
Orange 

(Advanced  Psychiatric  Study 
Group  and  AMNJ) 

Sexual  Obsession  in  a 20-Year 
Marriage 

8: 1 5- 1 0:30  P.M.—  1 1 1 Ridgewood 
Ave„  Glen  Ridge 

(Essex  Psychiatric  Seminar  and 
AMNJ) 

Neurology:  New  Treatments  of 
Cerebrovascular  Disease 


2  P.M.— John  E.  Runnells  Hospital, 

Berkeley  Heights 

(AMNJ) 

21  Lecture  Series 

8:30- 1 0:30  P.M. —30 1 Broad  Ave„ 
Englewood 

(NJ  Psychoanalytic  Society  and 
AMNJ) 

OBSTETRICS/GYNECOLOGY 

Dec. 

3 Prophylactic  Mastectomy  and 
Treatment  of  the  Second  Breast 

8 AM. -5  P.M. — UMDNJ-Rutgers 
Medical  School,  Medical  Education 
Bldg.,  New  Brunswick 
(UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School) 

4 Psychosocial  Issues  and 
Interactions  in  Breast  Disease 

9 AM. -4  P.M. — UMDNJ-Rutgers 
Medical  School,  Medical  Education 
Bldg.,  New  Brunswick 
(UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School) 


PEDIATRICS 

Jan. 

1 1 Extracorporeal  Membrane 
Oxygenation  for  Neonatal 
Respiratory  Failure 

8-9:30  AM.— Overlook  Hospital, 
Summit 

(Overlook  Hospital  and  AMNJ) 


RADIOLOGY 

Dec. 

5 NMR— Clinical  Imaging 

1:30  P.M. —Essex  County  Hospital 

Center,  Cedar  Grove 

(AMNJ) 

1 5 Topic  To  Be  Announced 

7:30-10  P.M.— Saint  Barnabas 
Medical  Center,  Livingston 
(NJ  Institute  of  Ultrasound  in 
Medicine  and  AMNJ) 

20  Radiology  Meeting 

7:30  P.M. —Saint  Barnabas  Medical 
Center,  Livingston 
(Radiological  Society  of  NJ  and 
AMNJ) 

27  Visiting  Professorship  Program 

1 :30-5  P.M —Saint  Barnabas 
Medical  Center,  Livingston 
(Saint  Barnabas  Medical  Center 
and  AMNJ) 

Jan. 

1 6 Combined  Modality  Therapy  in 
the  Treatment  of  Unresectable 
Carcinoma  of  the  Pancreas 

6:30-10  P.M. —The  Manor,  West 
Orange 

(Radiotherapy  Section  and  AMNJ) 

1 7 Multimodality  Approach  to  Renal 
Disease 

7:30-10  P.M. — Saint  Barnabas 
Medical  Center,  Livingston 
(NJ  Institute  of  Ultrasound  in 
Medicine  and  AMNJ) 

SURGERY 

Dec. 

1 Clinical  Meeting 

All  Day  Session— UMDNJ-NJ 
Medical  School,  Newark 
(NJ  Chapter,  American  College  of 
Surgeons  and  AMNJ) 

6 Surgical  Treatment  of  Morbid 
Obesity 

12  noon— West  Jersey  Hospital, 

Camden 

(AMNJ) 

14  Surgical  Emergencies  in  the 
Newborn 

8-9:30  AM.— Overlook  Hospital, 
Summit 

(Overlook  Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

18  Arterial  Clot  Lysis  Using 
Streptokinase 

8-10  P.M. — Englewood  Club, 
Englewood 

(Englewood  Surgical  Society  and 
AMNJ) 

Jan. 

22  Malignant  Hyperthermia 

8- 1 0 P.M. —Englewood  Club. 
Englewood 

(Englewood  Surg.  Soc.  and  AMNJ) 

MISCELLANEOUS 

Dec. 

5 DRG— Cost  Containment 

10:30  AM.— St.  Mary's  Hospital, 

Passaic 

(AMNJ) 

29  Nuclear  Holocaust  Prevention 

12  noon-1  P.M. —Carrier 
Foundation,  Belle  Meade 
(Carrier  Foundation  and  AMNJ) 


COME  JOIN  US 


The  219th  Annual  Meeting 
Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 


Americana  Host  Farm  Resort 
Lancaster,  Pennsylvania 


May  2-5, 1985 


i 


JL.  81— NUMBER  11— NOVEMBER  1984 


993 


r 


CLIP  & SA' 


The  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
and  the  Healthcare  Information  Network 

Television  Program  Guide 
September-May 

Closed  circuit  television  programs  related  to  issues  and  concerns  of  physician  members  of  MSNJ. 


• PRESIDENT’S  FORUM:  hosted  by  Frank  Y.  Watson,  M.D.,  President,  MSNJ 

• THE  IMPAIRED  PHYSICIAN:  hosted  by  David  I.  Canavan,  M.D.,  Director, 

Impaired  Physicians  Program,  MSNJ 

• STATE  OF  THE  ART:  hosted  by  Howard  D.  Slobodien,  M.D.,  Past  President,  MSNJ 
Programs  will  be  featured  the  first,  second,  and  third  Tuesday  of  each  month  at  1:00  p.m.  There  will  i 
an  800  number  for  viewer  participation. 


Presented  solely  through  those  New  Jersey  hospitals  which  are  subscribers  to  the  HIN  closed  circ 
television  network.  A listing  of  participating  hospitals  is  on  the  bottom  of  this  page. 

For  additional  information  or  comments,  contact  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey,  Department  of  Spec 
Projects,  A.  Ronald  Rouse,  Director. 


President’s  Forum 

Frank  Y.  Watson,  M.D.,  President  of 
the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey, 
will  host  this  program  with  selected 
members  from  the  Board  of  Trustees 
and  appropriate  Council  and  Commit- 
tee Chairpersons  who  will  present  in- 
formation discussed  at  the  previous 
Board  meetings. 

Air  time  for  this  program  is  financed 
by  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey. 
Tuesday,  October  2,  1984 
Tuesday,  November  6,  1984 
Tuesday,  December  4,  1984 
Tuesday,  January  1,  1985 
Tuesday,  February  5,  1985 
Tuesday,  March  5,  1985 
Tuesday,  April  2,  1985 
Tuesday,  May  7,  1985 


The  impaired  Physician 

Air  time  for  this  program  is  financed 
by  the  Health  Care  Insurance  Ex- 
change (HCIE)  and  the  Princeton  In- 
surance Company  (PIC). 

Tuesday,  September  11,  1984 
“Acute  Case  of  the 
Impaired  Physician” 
Tuesday,  October  9,  1984 
“Rehabilitation  Programs” 
Tuesday,  November  13,  1984 
"Aftercare” 

Tuesday,  December  11,  1984 
“The  Family  and  The  Disease ” 
Tuesday,  January  8,  1985 
“Support  Groups” 

Tuesday,  February  12,  1985 
“Problems  of  Re-Entry” 
Tuesday,  March  12,  1985 
“Followup/Monitoring” 
Tuesday,  April  9,  1985 
“Recidivism/Special  Problems” 


State  of  the  Art 

Air  time  for  this  program  is  finann 
by  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jen 
Tuesday,  October  16,  1984 
Professional  Liability 
James  E.  George,  M.D.,  J.D. 
and 

Mr.  Adam  Wilczek 
Tuesday,  November  20,  1984  * 
Continuing  Medical  Education 
Paul  Hirsch,  M.D., 

Edwin  Messey,  M.D. 
and 

Robert  Rigolosi,  M.D. 
Tuesday,  December  18,  1984 
MSNJ  Legislative  Activities 
Mr.  Joseph  Katz 
and 

Mr.  Clark  Martin 

The  following  programs  will  be  r 
nounced  at  a later  date: 

Tuesday,  January  15,  1985  ' 
Tuesday,  February  19,  1985 
Tuesday,  March  19,  1985 
Tuesday,  April  16,  1985  i 
Tuesday,  May  21,  1985 


Participating  Hospitals*:  Beth  Israel  Hospital;  Freehold  Area  Hospital;  Memorial  General  Hospital;  Mi- 
ristown  Memorial  Hospital;  Northern  Ocean  Hospital  System,  Inc.;  Pascack  Valley  Hospital;  Saint  Elizabn 
Hospital;  Saint  Mary’s  Hospital;  Saint  Peter’s  Medical  Center;  and  Underwood-Memorial  Hospital. 

Hospitals  Declaring  a Preliminary  Interest:  Atlantic  City  Medical  Center;  ACMC-Mainland  Division;  Be/ 
Bacharach  Rehab.  Hospital;  Bridgeton  Hospital;  Carrier  Foundation;  Clara  Maass  Medical  Center;  Co- 
munity  Memorial  Hospital;  Deborah  Heart  & Lung  Center;  Englewood  Hospital  Association;  Hackensext 
Medical  Center;  Holy  Name  Hospital;  Hospital  Center  at  Orange;  John  F.  Kennedy  Medical  Ctr.;  KMH/UMi 
Stratford  Division;  Kessler  Institute  for  Rehab.;  Monmouth  Medical  Center;  Muhlenberg  Hospital;  New«k 
Beth  Israel  Medical  Ctr.;  Newton  Memorial  Hospital;  Riverside  Hospital;  Salem  County  Memorial  Hospi  I; 
and  Saint  Clare’s  Hospital;  Saint  Francis  Medical  Center;  Warren  Hospital;  West  Hudson  Hospital;  and  W it 
Jersey  Hospital-Northern  Division. 


‘Listing  of  hospitals  may  have  changed  since  this  printing. 


CLIP  & S/E 


994 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS  f 


IETTERS  TO  THE 
1DITOR 


I 


i 

Actinomycosis;  Faithful 

Vorker;  Length  of  Stay 

— * 

i 

l 

i ctinomycosis 

August  20,  1984 
[ ar  Doctor  Krosnick 
|[  would  like  to  report  two  pediatric 
t ses  of  thoracic  actinomycosis,  an 
itcommon  entity. 

1.  An  eight-year-old  male  was  in 
jod  health  until  he  fell  onto  the 
1 ndlebars  of  his  bicycle  producing 
; abrasion  of  his  left  lateral  thorax, 
jin  and  erythema  developed  and 
ten  he  visited  the  surgical  clinic 
[here  a debridement  was  per- 
i Tried.  He  returned  two  weeks  later 
cause  of  drainage  at  the  site.  A 
lture  and  smear  were  obtained, 
le  smear  revealed  sulfur  granules 
long  the  pus  cells.  He  was  ad- 
itted  and  started  on  intravenous 
gh-dose  penicillin;  1,000,000 
pits  IV  q 6h.  The  culture  grew  Ac- 
tomyces  israelii.  Drainage  con- 
hued  and  x-ray  examination 

I towed  a progressive  empyema  He 
en  underwent  a thoracotomy 
lich  led  to  a rapid  resolution  of  the 
ipyema  He  was  discharged  and 
ntinued  on  oral  phenoxymethyl 
nicillin  250  mg  q 6h  for  one 
onth.  Followup  chest  x-rays  and 
lysical  examination  documented 
mplete  recovery. 

2.  A 13-year-old  male  who  has 
iffered  from  psychomotor  retarda- 
)n  from  birth  was  noted  on  physi- 


cal examination  to  have  a cystic 
mass  of  the  left  chest  wall.  A chest 
x-ray  showed  a pleural  empyema  A 
thoracotomy  was  performed  and 
chest  tubes  were  placed  for 
drainage.  A gram  stain  of  the  ma- 
terial obtained  at  surgery  showed 
sulfur  granules  and  cultures  grew 
Actinomyces  species.  He  was  placed 
on  high-dose  intravenous  penicillin; 
1,000,000  units  IV  q 4h  for  two 
weeks  and  showed  gradual  improve- 
ment. He  was  continued  on  oral 
phenoxymethyl  penicillin  250  mg  po 
q 6h  for  six  weeks  with  subsequent 
complete  resolution  of  the  pleural  re- 
action. 

The  second  patient  had  the  poor 
dental  hygiene  and  malnutrition 
that  has  been  associated  with 
pulmonary  infection  with  ac- 
tinomycosis. The  appearance  of  the 
mass  was  consistent  with  the  “tun- 
neling” described  with  ac- 
tinomycosis’s disregard  of  tissue 
planes.13  Mass  lesions  have  been  re- 
ported in  other  cases.3  The  first  pa- 
tient was  unusual  in  that  infection 
had  apparently  spread  from  the  skin 
to  the  pleura  He  had  been  in  other- 
wise excellent  health  previously. 
Both  patients’  management  re- 
quired the  placement  of  chest  tubes 
which  usually  are  not  required  in 
treating  this  entity.  In  previous  re- 
ports, the  length  of  treatment  with 
oral  penicillin  following  high-dose 
intravenous  penicillin  had  not  been 
well  established. 

(signed)  Robert  B.  Baker,  M.D. 

REFERENCES 

1.  Rose  HD,  Varkey  B,  Kesevan  KCP: 
Thoracic  actinomycosis  caused  by  Ac- 
tinomyces meyeri.  Am  Rev  Resp  Dis 
125:251-254,  1982. 

2.  Spinola  SM,  Bell  RA  Henderson  FW: 
Actinomycosis.  Am  J Dis  Child 
135:336-339,  1982. 

3.  Seaman  WB:  The  case  of  the  in- 
fected lung.  Hosp  Prac  23-26,  1982. 

4.  Harrison  RN,  et.  al.:  Acute  ac- 
tinomycotic empyema.  Thorax 
34:406-407,  1982. 

5.  Stanley  TV:  Deep  actinomycosis  in 
childhood.  Acta  Ped  Scand  69:173-176, 
1982. 

Faithful  Worker 

August  23,  1984 

Dear  Doctor  Krosnick 

I would  like  to  call  to  your  atten- 
tion an  item  I think  merits  notice. 

Joan  Basic  is  Executive  Secretary 
of  Bergen  County  Medical  Society 
and  has  worked  faithfully  in  the 
Bergen  County  vineyard  for  more 


than  13  years.  We  just  have  been 
notified  by  the  American  Society  of 
Association  Executives  of  Washing- 
ton, D.C.,  that  the  ASAE  Certifica- 
tion Commission  has  presented  her 
with  the  Certified  Association  Ex- 
ecutive Award. 

To  put  this  in  the  proper  per- 
spective, let  me  point  out  that  there 
are  825  members  of  the  American 
Association  of  Medical  Society  Ex- 
ecutives, but  only  34  are  CAEs.  And, 
indeed,  there  are  no  medical  ex- 
ecutives in  New  Jersey  who  have 
achieved  CAE  status.  The  examin- 
ation itself  is  a grueling  affair  and 
takes  a whole  day.  Most  of  the  execs 
who  stand  for  the  examination 
usually  study  for  two  years  in  ad- 
vance. 

Mrs.  Basic  also  is  the  paid  Ex- 
ecutive Secretary  of  our  Bergen 
County  Auxiliary.  To  the  best  of  my 
knowledge,  she  is  the  only  paid 
County  Auxiliary  exec  in  the  coun- 
try. 

We  obviously  are  justly  proud  of 
Mrs.  Basic's  accomplishments. 

(signed)  George  Willis 
Executive  Director 
Bergen  County  Medical  Society 

Length  of  Stay 

September  10,  1984 
Dear  Doctor  Krosnick 

I have  noticed  a disturbing  trend 
among  physicians;  more  and  more 
of  them  are  equating  quality  of  care 
in  hospitalized  patients  with  the 
length  of  stay  in  the  hospital.  The 
shorter  the  stay,  the  better  the  quali- 
ty of  care.  Of  all  the  people,  phy- 
sicians are  accepting  this  myth  as 
gospel.  In  almost  any  medical  meet- 
ing, some  physicians  will  get  up  and 
describe,  in  very  flowery  language, 
how  in  a certain  diagnosis  the  hos- 
pital stay  was  reduced  by  half  a day 
or  so  and  will  give  a pat  on  the  back 
of  the  medical  staff  for  raising  the 
quality  of  patient  care. 

With  the  onslaught  of  PSROs, 
PROs,  HMOs,  DRGs,  and  all  the 
other  abbreviated  modalities  of 
medical  interferences,  abbreviated 
stay  in  the  hospital  does  not  neces- 
sarily mean  better  quality  of  patient 
care.  In  some  cases,  an  extra  day  or 
two  in  the  hospital  actually  can  im- 
prove the  standard  of  life  and  health 
of  the  patient.  Suddenly,  we  are 
being  exposed  to  too  much  adminis- 
trative medicine. 

(signed)  Jagdish  C.  Dang,  M.D. 


)L.  81— NUMBER  11— NOVEMBER  1984 


995 


Book  Reviews 


Breast  Cancer;  Classics  of 
Cardiology;  Handbook  of 
Pediatric  Primary  Care 


Breast  Cancer:  Diagnosis 
and  Management,  Vol.  1 

Gianni  Bonadonna,  M.D.,  (ed).  New 
York  NY,  John  Wiley  & Sons,  1984. 
Pp.  347.  Illustrated, 

Dr.  Bonadonna  of  the  National 
Tumor  Institute  in  Milan  has 
gathered  an  impressive  array  of 
European  and  American  cancer 
specialists;  they  have  contributed  a 
total  of  17  chapters  which  purport 
to  cover  practically  every  aspect  of 
the  diagnosis  and  management  of 
breast  cancer  from  basic  biology  and 
pathology  to  surgery,  chemotherapy, 
radiotherapy,  and  psychology. 

Their  stated  aim  was  to  provide  a 
“distillation  of  current  results”  but 
unfortunately  they  produced  a tedi- 
ous textbook  containing  a volumi- 
nous amount  of  detailed  infor- 
mation, much  of  which  is  only  semi- 
distilled,  if  not  raw. 

Most  clinicians  who  periodically 
assume  a degree  of  responsibility  for 
the  diagnosis  and  management  of 


this  most  common  type  of  cancer 
readily  would  welcome  a book  con- 
taining the  latest  information,  but 
this  mistura  of  facts,  opinions,  and 
research  findings  tends  to  confuse, 
overwhelm,  and  even  discourage 
those  readers  who  already  are  not 
knowledgeable  in  their  own  specific 
areas  of  expertise. 

The  present  volume,  the  first  in  a 
series  dealing  with  cancer,  cannot 
be  recommended  to  anyone  but  the 
most  sophisticated  physician. 

Jerome  Abrams,  M.D. 

Classics  of  Cardiology, 
Volume  Three 

Callahan,  Keys,  and  Key  (eds). 
Malabar,  FL,  Robert  Krieger  Pub- 
lishing Co.,  1983.  Pp.  623.  Il- 
lustrated. 

Classics  in  Cardiology,  Volume  3 
is  a collection  of  47  selected  research 
manuscripts  published  between 
1895  and  1954;  the  theme  of  these 
papers  is  cardiovascular  diseases. 
Though  many  of  the  authors  of 
these  papers  are  recognized  as  ven- 
erable physician-scientists,  some 
are  not  recognized  readily;  however, 
the  nature  of  the  contribution  to 
medical  science  is  in  all  cases. 

The  editors  have  prepared  brief 
biographies  of  these  authors.  These 
vignettes  acquaint  the  reader  with 
the  author  and  provide  some 
framework  for  the  significance  of 
the  research  article  then  presented. 
The  student  of  medical  history  will 
see  these  biographies  as  starting 
points  for  more  indepth  study.  Of 
interest  was  the  availability  of  the 
birth  date  for  deriving  the  scientists’ 
ages  at  the  times  of  their  significant 
contributions.  The  manuscripts  are 
presented  chronologically  from  the 
oldest  (1895)  to  most  recent  (1954). 
The  last  three  pages  before  the 
author  index  consist  of  a section  of 
key  references  entitled,  “History  of 
Cardiology,”  providing  additional 
sources  for  the  person  interested  in 
further  reading. 

To  what  group  of  readers  is  this 
book  directed?  Individuals  within 
the  medical  sciences  who  are  history . 
buffs  certainly  will  want  to  read  this 
book.  Laypeople  doing  background 
medical  science  historical  research, 
e.g.  journalists,  may  find  the  book 
useful  but  not  the  manuscripts.  The 
book  might  be  useful  as  a text  for 
studying  protocol  methodology  and 
how  it  has  or  has  not  evolved  over 


the  past  90  years.  Finally,  this  bo< 
is  ideal  as  a reference  text  in  tl 
medical  library  for  the  informatu 
contained  will  not  be  out-of-da 
next  year. 

Robert  M.  MacMillan,  M. 

Handbook  of  Pediatric 
Primary  Care, 

Second  Edition 

Chow,  Durand,  Feldman,  and  Mi 
New  York,  NY,  John  Wiley  & So 
1984.  Pp.  1,300.  ($36.95) 

The  purpose  of  this  book  is 
provide  concise  primary  care  pe 
atric  information  in  handbook  stj 
The  authors,  all  nurses,  h; 
directed  their  efforts  primarily 
pediatric  nurse  practitioners. 

The  book  is  divided  into  par 
Part  one  focuses  on  assessment  a 
management  of  the  healthy  ch 
part  two  addresses  assessment  a 
management  of  common  clini 
problems.  The  information  is  p 
sented  in  a straightforward  manr 
with  enough  prose  to  compleme 
extensive  outlines  covering  essent 
information.  In  each  chapter,  t 
authors  enhance  their  pres< 
tations  with  many  tables  fr< 
classical  texts  and  articles  in  t 
pediatric  literature,  e.g.  Tanner  a 
developmental  staging. 

The  strength  of  this  text  is 
provide  primary  health  c< 
workers,  especially  nurses,  w 
ample  reference  sources,  biblii 
raphies,  and  charts.  Emphasis 
placed  on  diagnosis  and  supp 
counseling  of  the  child/parent  dy 
The  weakness  in  a book  of  tl 
nature  is  the  lack  of  therapeu 
specifics,  which  for  the  most  p 
are  mentioned  in  a general  sense, 
exception  is  the  treatment  of  i 
naiy  tract  infections  which  is  rati 
complete.  Being  an  “updated”  s 
ond  edition,  some  of  the  bibliog 
phy  is  stale  by  dates.  Mention 
made  of  Probana  and  Neomulls 
formulas  (now  off  the  market).  M 
tiple  pressure  TB  testing  by  H 
test  is  obsolete.  The  etiology  of  pm 
monia  by  Streptococcus  pni 
moniae  and  Diplococcus  pw 
moniae  is  redundant. 

The  book  is  handsomely  bound 
black  with  gold  lettering  and 
analogous  in  appearance  to  a slig 
ly  larger  version  of  our  friend,  7 
Merck  Manual. 

Frank  C.  Vanore,  M 


996 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS1 


m 

y 


■wm- 

:•'■?•  is. 


y--X' 


New  studies 
uncover  the 
potassium  effects  of 
beta-2  blockade 


Clinical  pharmacology 
data  from  the 
New  England  Journal 
of  Medicine: 

"... when  normal  young  men  are  given  infu- 
sions of  epinephrine  at  levels  such  as  those 
that  circulate  in  patients  with  myocardial 

I infarction,  their  serum  potassium  concen- 
trations fall  by  about  0.8  mmol  per  liter. 
Hypokalemia  is  prevented  by... beta-2 
blockade."' 


INDERAL 
(propranolol  HCI) 
prevented  beta-2 
mediated  hypokalemia 

In  a pharmacological  study  comparing 
INDERAL  with  atenolol,  10  hypertensive 
patients  were  infused  with  the  nonselective 
beta  agonist,  isoproterenol,  which  also 
stimulates  beta-2  mediated  hypokalemia. 
At  doses  high  enough  to  overcome  beta-1 
mediated  heart  rate  reductions,  the  hypo- 
kalemia caused  by  isoproterenol  was 
blunted  by  INDERAL,  but  not  by  atenolol.2 

INDERAL  compared  with  atenolol: 
change  in  plasma  potassium  after 
beta-agonist  infusion2 


3.5  7 14  35  70 

ng/kg  1 min ' 

INDERAL  tablets,  80  mg  qid 
Atenolol,  100  mg  qd 
No  beta  blockade 


-adapted  from 
Vincent  et  al,  p 1122 


Please  see  last  page  for  brief  summary  of  prescribing  information. 


'I 


. ■ 

' w ' 

Epinephrine- 
induced  hypokalemi, 

can  intensify 
diuretic-induced 
hypokalemia 


i 

IL 

f-  r-"> 


From  the  Lancet: 


Epinephrine-induced 
hypokalemia  can  cause 
ECG  abnormalities 
typical  of  other  forms 
of  hypokalemia 

In  a study  of  the  effects  of  epinephrine- 
induced  hypokalemia  on  the  electro- 
cardiogram, it  was  shown  that  levels  of 
plasma  epinephrine  similar  to  those 
observed  during  myocardial  infarction 
can  produce  changes  in  ventricular  re- 
polarization, which  are  reflected  in 
T-wave  flattening  and  QT  prolonga- 
tion in  normal  subjects.5 

In  clinical  pharmacology  studies  of  hyper- 
tensive and  normal  patients,  epinephrine- 
induced  hypokalemia  was  prevented  by 
beta-2  blockade.2  4 


Please  see  last  page  for  brief  summary  of  prescribing  information. 


"Although  both  diuretics  and  adrenaline  are 
known  to  cause  hypokalaemia , we  believe 
that  this  is  the  first  demonstration  that  these 
two  factors  can  act  in  an  additive  manner. 
Routine  monitoring  of  serum  potassium  in 
patients  on  thiazide  diuretics  may  under- 
estimate the  risks  of  hypokalaemia."3 

Epinephrine  drives  potassium  into  cells— 
an  effect  that  has  been  shown  to  be  under 
beta-2  receptor  control4;  thiazides  promote 
excretion  of  potassium.  When  these  ac- 
tions occur  together,  hypokalemia  can 
intensify  significantly.3 


Once-daily  INDERAL  LA 
(propranolol  HCI)  for 
smooth  blood  pressure 
control  without  the 
potassium  problems 
of  diuretics 

Patients  with  "uncomplicated"  hyper- 
tension may  develop  ventricular 
arrhythmias  in  the  presence  of  hypo- 
kalemia.6 Once-daily  INDERAL  LA 
maintains  smooth  blood  pressure  reduc- 
tions without  a negative  effect  on  serum 
potassium  and  provides  patients  with 
broad  cardiovascular  benefits-all  in 
a convenient  daily  dose. 

Like  conventional  INDERAL  tablets, 
INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  used  in  the 
presence  of  congestive  heart  failure,  sinus 
bradycardia,  heart  block  greater  than  first 
degree,  and  bronchial  asthma. 


And  for  lifetime 
benefits  in  foundation 
treatment  of  angina 

Once-daily  INDERAL  LA  provides  24-hour 
control  of  angina  symptoms-plus  the 
cardiovascular  benefits  of  the  world's  lead- 
ing beta  blocker.  And  unlike  calcium 
channel  blockers,  INDERAL  LA,  alone  or 
with  a nitrate,  is  recommended  for  first-line 
treatment  of  stable  angina. 

Simply  start  new  patients  on  80  mg 
INDERAL  LA  once  daily.  Dosage  may 
be  increased  to  160  mg  once  daily  to 
achieve  maximal  control. 


LONG  ACTING 
CAPSULES 


The  appearance  of  these  capsules  is  a registered  trademark  of  Ayerst  Laboratories. 
Please  see  last  page  for  brief  summary  of  prescribing  information 


III 

80  mg  120  mg  160  mg 


INDERAL 

mmaam  TABLETS 

I Ri> 0 

ng  20  mg  40  m 

appearance  of  these  tabli 

Once  daily 


9 


10  mg  20  mg  40  mg  60  mg  80  mg  90  mg 

The  appearance  of  these  tablets  is  a registered  trademark  of  Ayerst  Laboratories. 


(PROPRANOLOL  HCI) 


V M so 

lALIJ 

Q 

120 

[ J 
160  (l  i 

LA  mg 

«=-~a 

mg 

mg 

LONG  ACTING 

W 

CAPSULES 

The  appearance  of  these  capsules  is  a registered  trademark  of  Ayerst  Laboratories. 


BRIEF  SUMMARY  (FOR  FULL  PRESCRIBING  INFORMATION,  SEE  PACKAGE  CIRCULARS.) 
INDERAL’  (propranolol  hydrochloride)  Tablets  and  Injectable 
INDERAL’  LA  (propranolol  hydrochloride)  Long  Acting  Capsules 
INDICATIONS  AND  USAGE— INDERAL  Tablets 
Hypertension:  INDERAL  (propranolol  hydrochloride)  is  indicated  in  the  management  of 
hypertension  It  may  be  used  alone  or  used  in  combination  with  other  antihypertensive 
agents,  particularly  a thiazide  diuretic  INDERAL  is  not  indicated  in  the  management  of 
hypertensive  emergencies. 

Angina  Pectoris  Due  to  Coronary  Atherosclerosis:  INDERAL  is  indicated  for  the 
long-term  management  of  patients  with  angina  pectoris 
Cardiac  Arrhythmias: 

1 ) Supraventricular  arrhythmias 

a)  Paroxysmal  atrial  tachycardias,  particularly  those  arrhythmias  induced  by  cate- 
cholamines or  digitalis  or  associated  with  the  Wolff-Parkinson-White  syndrome.  (See  W-P-W 
under  WARNINGS.)  b)  Persistent  sinus  tachycardia  which  is  noncompensatory  and  impairs 
the  well-being  of  the  patient,  c)  Tachycardias  and  arrhythmias  due  to  thyrotoxicosis  when 
causing  distress  or  increased  hazard  and  when  immediate  effect  is  necessary  as  ad|unctive, 
short  term  (2-4  weeks)  therapy  May  be  used  with,  but  not  in  place  of,  specific  therapy.  (See 
Thyrotoxicosis  under  WARNINGS.)  d)  Persistent  atrial  extrasystoles  which  impair  the  well- 
being of  the  patient  and  do  not  respond  to  conventional  measures,  e)  Atrial  flutter  and 
fibrillation  when  ventricular  rate  cannot  be  controlled  by  digitalis  alone,  or  when  digitalis  is 
contraindicated 

2 ) Ventricular  tachycardias 

Ventricular  arrhythmias  do  not  respond  to  propranolol  as  predictably  as  do  the  supra- 
ventricular arrhythmias  a)Ventricular  tachycardias  With  the  exception  of  those  induced  by 
catecholamines  or  digitalis,  INDERAL  is  not  the  drug  of  first  choice  In  critical  situations  when 
cardioversion  technics  or  other  drugs  are  not  indicated  or  are  not  effective,  INDERAL  may  be 
considered  If,  after  consideration  of  the  risks  involved,  INDERAL  is  used,  it  should  be  given 
intravenously  in  low  dosage  and  very  slowly.  (See  DOSAGE  AND  ADMINISTRATION  ) Care  in 
the  administration  of  INDERAL  with  constant  electrocardiographic  monitoring  is  essential  as 
the  tailing  heart  requires  some  sympathetic  drive  for  maintenance  of  myocardial  tone  b) 
Persistent  premature  ventricular  extrasystoles  which  do  not  respond  to  conventional  mea- 
sures and  impair  the  well-being  of  the  patient 

3 ) Tachyarrhythmias  of  digitalis  intoxication 

If  digitalis-induced  tachyarrhythmias  persist  following  discontinuance  of  digitalis  and  cor- 
rection of  electrolyte  abnormalities,  they  are  usually  reversible  with  oral  INDERAL  Severe 
bradycardia  may  occur  (See  OVERDOSAGE ) Intravenous  propranolol  hydrochloride  is 
reserved  for  life-threatening  arrhythmias  Temporary  maintenance  with  oral  therapy  may  be 
indicated  (See  DOSAGE  AND  ADMINISTRATION  in  the  package  circulars  ) 

4.)  Resistant  tachyarrhythmias  due  to  excessive  catecholamine  action  during  anesthesia 
Tachyarrhythmias  due  to  excessive  catecholamine  action  during  anesthesia  may  some- 
times arise  because  of  release  of  endogenous  catecholamines  or  administration  of  cate- 
cholamines. When  usual  measures  fail  in  such  arrhythmias,  INDERAL  may  be  given 
intravenously  to  abolish  them  All  general  inhalation  anesthetics  produce  some  degree  of 
myocardial  depression  Therefore,  when  INDERAL  (propranolol  hydrochloride)  is  used  to 
treat  arrhythmias  during  anesthesia,  it  should  be  used  with  extreme  caution  and  constant 
ECG  and  central  venous  pressure  monitoring  (See  WARNINGS  ) 

Myocardial  Infarction:  INDERAL  is  indicated  to  reduce  cardiovascular  mortality  in 
patients  who  have  survived  the  acute  phase  of  myocardial  infarction  and  are  clinically  stable. 

Migraine:  INDERAL  is  indicated  for  the  prophylaxis  of  common  migraine  headache  The 
efficacy  of  propranolol  in  the  treatment  of  a migraine  attack  that  has  started  has  not  been 
established  and  propranolol  is  not  indicated  for  such  use. 

Hypertrophic  Subaortic  Stenosis:  INDERAL  is  useful  in  the  management  of  hyper- 
trophic subaortic  stenosis,  especially  for  treatment  of  exertional  or  other  stress-induced 
angina,  palpitations,  and  syncope  INDERAL  also  improves  exercise  performance  The 
effectiveness  of  propranolol  hydrochloride  in  this  disease  appears  to  be  due  to  a reduction  of 
the  elevated  outflow  pressure  gradient  which  is  exacerbated  by  beta  receptor  stimulation 
Clinical  improvement  may  be  temporary. 

Pheochromocytoma:  After  primary  treatment  with  an  alpha-adrenergic  blocking 
agent  has  been  instituted,  INDERAL  may  be  useful  as  adjunctive  therapy  if  the  control  of 
tachycardia  becomes  necessary  before  or  during  surgery 
It  is  hazardous  to  use  INDERAL  unless  alpha-adrenergic  blocking  drugs  are  already  in 
use,  since  this  would  predispose  to  serious  blood  pressure  elevation.  Blocking  only  the 
peripheral  dilator  (beta)  action  of  epinephrine  leaves  its  constrictor  (alpha)  action 
unopposed. 

In  the  event  of  hemorrhage  or  shock,  there  is  a disadvantage  in  having  both  beta  and 
alpha  blockade  since  the  combination  prevents  the  increase  in  heart  rate  and  peripheral 
vasoconstriction  needed  to  maintain  blood  pressure. 

With  inoperable  or  metastatic  pheochromocytoma,  INDERAL  may  be  useful  as  an  adjunct 
to  the  management  of  symptoms  due  to  excessive  beta  receptor  stimulation 
INDICATIONS  AND  USAGE— INDERAL  LA  Long  Acting  Capsules 
Hypertension:  INDERAL  LA  (propranolol  hydrochloride)  is  indicated  in  the  manage- 
ment of  hypertension;  it  may  be  used  alone  or  used  in  combination  with  other  antihyperten- 
sive agents,  particularly  a thiazide  diuretic  INDERAL  LA  is  not  indicated  in  the  management 
of  hypertensive  emergencies. 

Angina  Pectoris  Due  to  Coronary  Atherosclerosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  for 
the  long-term  management  of  patients  with  angina  pectoris 
Migraine:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  for  the  prophylaxis  of  common  migraine  headache 
The  efficacy  of  propranolol  in  the  treatment  of  a migraine  attack  that  has  started  has  not  been 
established  and  propranolol  is  not  indicated  for  such  use 
Hypertrophic  Subaortic  Stenosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  useful  in  the  management  of 
hypertrophic  subaortic  stenosis,  especially  for  treatment  of  exertional  or  other  stress-in- 
duced angina,  palpitations,  and  syncope  INDERAL  LA  also  improves  exercise  perfor- 
mance The  effectiveness  of  propranolol  hydrochloride  in  this  disease  appears  to  be  due  to  a 
reduction  of  the  elevated  outflow  pressure  gradient  which  is  exacerbated  by  beta-receptor 
stimulation  Clinical  improvement  may  be  temporary 

CONTRAINDICATIONS.  INDERAL  and  INDERAL  LA  are  contraindicated  in  1)  car- 
diogenic shock,  2)  sinus  bradycardia  and  greater  than  first  degree  block;  3)  bronchial 
asthma;  4)  congestive  heart  failure  (see  WARNINGS)  unless  the  failure  is  secondary  to  a 
tachyarrhythmia  treatable  with  INDERAL. 


i 


WARNINGS.  CARDIAC  FAILURE  Sympathetic  stimulation  may  be  a vital  componi|  i 
supporting  circulatory  function  in  patients  with  congestive  heart  failure,  and  its  inhibition  [ 
beta  blockade  may  precipitate  more  severe  failure  Although. beta  blockers  should  j 
avoided  in  overt  congestive  heart  failure,  if  necessary,  they  can  be  used  with  close  follow- 
in  patients  with  a history  of  failure  who  are  well  compensated  and  are  receiving  digitalis  a 
diuretics  Beta-adrenergic  blocking  agents  do  not  abolish  the  inotropic  action  of  digitalis  i 
heart  muscle 

IN  PATIENTS  WITFIOUT  A HISTORY  OF  HEART  FAILURE,  continued  use  of  beta  block, 
can,  in  some  cases,  lead  to  cardiac  failure.  Therefore,  at  the  first  sign  or  symptom  of  he 
failure,  the  patient  should  be  digitalized  and/or  treated  with  diuretics,  and  the  respor 
observed  closely,  or  INDERAL  should  be  discontinued  (gradually,  if  possible). 


IN  PATIENTS  WITH  ANGINA  PECTORIS,  there  have  been  reports  of  exacerbation  c 
angina  and,  in  some  cases,  myocardial  infarction,  following  abrupt  discontinuance  c 
INDERAL  (propranolol  hydrochloride)  therapy.  Therefore,  when  discontinuance  c 
INDERAL  is  planned  the  dosage  should  be  gradually  reduced  over  at  least  a few  weeks 
and  the  patient  should  be  cautioned  against  interruption  or  cessation  of  therapy  withou 
the  physician's  advice  If  INDERAL  therapy  is  interrupted  and  exacerbation  of  angm. 
occurs,  it  usually  is  advisable  to  reinstitute  INDERAL  therapy  and  take  other  measure 
appropriate  for  the  management  of  unstable  angina  pectoris  Since  coronary  arter. 
disease  may  be  unrecognized,  it  may  be  prudent  to  follow  the  above  advice  in  patient 
considered  at  risk  of  having  occult  atherosclerotic  heart  disease  who  are  given  pro. 
pranolol  for  other  indications 


Nonallergic  Bronchospasm  (e.g.,  chronic  bronchitis,  emphysema 

PATIENTS  WITH  BRONCHOSPASTIC  DISEASES  SHOULD  IN  GENERAL  NOT  RECE 
BETA  BLOCKERS.  INDERAL  should  be  administered  with  caution  since  it  may  block  bi 
chodilation  produced  by  endogenous  and  exogenous  catecholamine  stimulation  of  b 
receptors 

MAJOR  SURGERY  The  necessity  or  desirability  of  withdrawal  of  beta-blocking  ther 
prior  to  ma|or  surgery  is  controversial  It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  the  impaired  abilit 
the  heart  to  respond  to  reflex  adrenergic  stimuli  may  augment  the  risks  of  general  anesthe)' 
and  surgical  procedures 

INDERAL,  like  other  beta  blockers,  is  a competitive  inhibitor  of  beta-receptor  agonists 
its  effects  can  be  reversed  by  administration  of  such  agents,  e g , dobutamine  or 
proterenol.  However,  such  patients  may  be  subject  to  protracted  severe  hypotens1 
Difficulty  in  starting  and  maintaining  the  heartbeat  has  also  been  reported  with  b 
blockers 

DIABETES  AND  HYPOGLYCEMIA  Beta-adrenergic  blockade  may  prevent  the 
pearance  of  certain  premonitory  signs  and  symptoms  (pulse  rate  and  pressure  changes! 
acute  hypoglycemia  in  labile  insulin-dependent  diabetes  In  these  patients,  it  may  be  nr 
difficult  to  adjust  the  dosage  of  insulin. 

THYROTOXICOSIS  Beta  blockade  may  mask  certain  clinical  signs  of  hyperthyroidi 
Therefore,  abrupt  withdrawal  of  propranolol  may  be  followed  by  an  exacerbation  of  syi 
toms  of  hyperthyroidism,  including  thyroid  storm  Propranolol  does  not  distort  thyroid  fi1 
tion  tests 

IN  PATIENTS  WITH  WOLFF-PARKINSON-WHITE  SYNDROME,  several  cases  have  b 
reported  in  which,  after  propranolol,  the  tachycardia  was  replaced  by  a severe  bradyca 
requiring  a demand  pacemaker  In  one  case  this  resulted  after  an  initial  dose  of  5 
propranolol 

PRECAUTIONS.  General  Propranolol  should  be  used  with  caution  in  patients 
impaired  hepatic  or  renal  function  INDERAL  is  not  indicated  for  the  treatment  of  hyperten 
emergencies. 

Beta  adrenoreceptor  blockade  can  cause  reduction  of  intraocular  pressure  Patii 
should  be  told  that  INDERAL  may  interfere  with  the  glaucoma  screening  test.  Withdr; 
may  lead  to  a return  of  increased  intraocular  pressure 

Clinical  Laboratory  Tests:  Elevated  blood  urea  levels  in  patients  with  severe  heart  dise, 
elevated  serum  transaminase,  alkaline  phosphatase,  lactate  dehydrogenase. 

DRUG  INTERACTIONS:  Patients  receiving  catecholamine-depleting  drugs  such  as  re 
pine  should  be  closely  observed  if  INDERAL  is  administered  The  added  catecholarr 
blocking  action  may  produce  an  excessive  reduction  of  resting  sympathetic  nervous  act 
which  may  result  in  hypotension,  marked  bradycardia,  vertigo,  syncopal  attacks 
orthostatic  hypotension 

Carcinogenesis,  Mutagenesis,  Impairment  of  Fertility  Long-term  studies  in  animals  f 
been  conducted  to  evaluate  toxic  effects  and  carcinogenic  potential.  In  18-month  studit, 
both  rats  and  mice,  employing  doses  up  to  150  mg/kg/day,  there  was  no  evidenci 
significant  drug-induced  toxicity  There  were  no  drug-related  tumorigenic  effects  at  ar 
the  dosage  levels  Reproductive  studies  in  animals  did  not  show  any  impairment  of  fer 
that  was  attributable  to  the  drug. 

Pregnancy:  Pregnancy  Category  C.  INDERAL  has  been  shown  to  be  embryotoxil 
animal  studies  at  doses  about  10  times  greater  than  the  maximum  recommended  hul 
dose. 

There  are  no  adequate  and  well-controlled  studies  in  pregnant  women.  INDERAL  sm 
be  used  during  pregnancy  only  if  the  potential  benefit  justifies  the  potential  risk  to  the  fe 

Nursing  Mothers  INDERAL  is  excreted  in  human  milk  Caution  should  be  exercised  w| 
INDERAL  is  administered  to  a nursing  woman. 

Pediatric  Use:  Safety  and  effectiveness  in  children  have  not  been  established 
ADVERSE  REACTIONS.  Most  adverse  effects  have  been  mild  and  transient  and  t 
rarely  required  the  withdrawal  of  therapy. 

Cardiovascular  bradycardia;  congestive  heart  failure;  intensification  of  AV  block;  hi 
tension;  paresthesia  of  hands;  thrombocytopenic  purpura;  arterial  insufficiency,  usual! 
the  Raynaud  type. 

Central  Nervous  System.  Lightheadedness;  mental  depression  manifested  by  inson; 
lassitude,  weakness,  fatigue;  reversible  mental  depression  progressing  to  catatonia;  vij 
disturbances;  hallucinations;  an  acute  reversible  syndrome  characterized  by  disorient: 
for  time  and  place,  short-term  memory  loss,  emotional  lability,  slightly  clouded  sensor; 
and  decreased  performance  on  neuropsychometrics 

Gastrointestinal  nausea,  vomiting,  epigastric  distress,  abdominal  cramping,  diarr 
constipation,  mesenteric  arterial  thrombosis,  ischemic  colitis. 

Allergic  pharyngitis  and  agranulocytosis,  erythematous  rash,  fever  combined  with  ac;] 
and  sore  throat,  laryngospasm  and  respiratory  distress. 

Respiratory:  bronchospasm 

Hematologic:  agranulocytosis,  nonthrombocytopenic  purpura,  thrombocytop  > 
purpura 

Auto-Immune:  In  extremely  rare  instances,  systemic  lupus  erythematosus  has  t;' 
reported 

Miscellaneous:  alopecia,  LE-like  reactions,  psoriasiform  rashes,  dry  eyes,  male  ir?r3 
tence,  and  Peyronie's  disease  have  been  reported  rarely.  Oculomucocutaneous  reac  t, 
involving  the  skin,  serous  membranes  and  coniunctivae  reported  for  a beta  blocker  (pH 
tolol)  have  not  been  associated  with  propranolol.  t ,. 

REFERENCES. 

1.  Epstein  FH,  Rosa  RM:  Adrenergic  control  of  serum  potassium.  N Engl  J 1 
1983;309:1450-1451.  2.  Vincent  HH,  Boomsma  F,  Man  in't  Veld  AJ,  et  al:  Effects  of  sele  5 
and  nonselective  (3-agonists  on  plasma  potassium  and  norepinephrine.  J Cardiovasc  I £ , 
macol  1984;6  107-114  3.  Struthers  AD,  Whitesmith  R,  Reid  JL  Prior  thiazide  diuretic  tit 
ment  increases  adrenaline-induced  hypokalaemia.  Lancet  1983,1  1358-1361  4.  Browr ID- 
Brown  DC,  Murphy  MB  Hypokalemia  from  beta?-receptor  stimulation  by  circulating  - 
nephrine  N Engl  J Med  1983;309:1414-1419  5.  Struthers  AD,  Reid  JL,  Whitesmith  R, 
Effect  of  intravenous  adrenaline  on  electrocardiogram,  blood  pressure,  and  serum 
tassium  Br  Heart  J 1983:49  90-93.  6.  Holland  OB,  Nixon  JV,  Kuhnert  L:  Diuretic-indi 
ventricular  ectopic  activity  Am  J Med  1981,70:762-768 

9410/  * 

AYERST  LABORATORIES 
New  York,  N Y.  10017 


Copyright  © 1984  AYERST  LABORATORIES 

Division  of  AMERICAN  HOME  PRODUCTS  CORPORATION 


i 


C3ITUARIES 




rs.  Bemardin;  Camejo; 
arr;  Carr  as;  D’Agostin; 

. inkel;  Hely;  Kratka; 
acaulay;  Mettler; 
odarelli;  Ortolano;  Parvin; 
ollis;  and  Sandella 


\ 


It.  R.M.  Bemardin 

A pediatrician  with  offices  in  Col- 
1 gswood  and  Cherry  Hill,  Ronald 
D|mrice  Bemardin,  M.D.,  died  at  his 
Ime  on  July  19,  1984.  Bom  in  Col- 
nbia,  South  Carolina,  in  1918,  Dr. 
Imardin’s  family  moved  to  Phila- 
dphia.  He  received  his  medical 
cgree  from  Jefferson  Medical  Col- 
lie in  1944,  and  immediately 
ftered  the  United  States  Army’s 
iidical  corps  for  the  duration  of 
^Drld  War  II.  A member  of  our 

< imden  County  component  and  the 
merican  Medical  Association,  Dr. 
1 Tnardin  was  board  certified  in  his 
: ecialty.  For  20  years  he  was  chief 

< the  pediatrics  department  at 
boper  Hospital/University  Medical 
bnter,  and  also  was  affiliated  with 
' ar  Lady  of  Lourdes  Hospital,  Cam- 
1 n,  and  Garden  State  Hospital, 
arlton.  Dr.  Bemardin  was  clinical 
ofessor  of  pediatrics  at  the  Univer- 
ty  of  Medicine  and  Dentistry’s 
rmden  campus. 


Dr.  Rafael  Camejo 

Word  has  been  received  of  the 
death  of  Rafael  Camejo,  M.D.,  on  May 
8,  1984.  Bom  in  1926  in  the  Domin- 
ican Republic,  Dr.  Camejo  earned 
his  medical  degree  at  the  University 
of  Santo  Domingo  in  1954.  He  com- 
pleted his  internship  at  St.  Peter’s 
Hospital,  New  York,  in  1956.  An 
anesthesiologist,  Dr.  Camejo  was  af- 
filiated with  West  Hudson  Hospital, 
Kearny;  he  was  a member  of  our 
Hudson  County  component. 

Dr.  Josephus  C.  Carr 

At  the  age  of  78,  Josephus  Cor- 
nelius Carr,  M.D.,  a member  of  our 
Essex  County  component,  died  on 
August  16,  1984.  Dr.  Carr  was  a gen- 
eral surgeon  who  received  his  medi- 
cal degree  from  Harvard  University 
College  of  Medicine  in  1925.  His  of- 
fice was  located  in  Newark  and  Dr. 
Carr  was  affiliated  with  both  Doc- 
tors Hospital  and  Beth  Israel  Medi- 
cal Center  in  that  same  city.  Dr.  Carr 
was  a member  of  the  American 
Medical  Association,  and  a Fellow  of 
the  American  Geriatric  Society,  of 
the  American  Society  of  Abdominal 
Surgeons,  and  of  the  International 
Academy  of  Proctology.  In  1975,  in 
recognition  of  his  50  years  as  a 
physician.  Dr.  Carr  was  a recipient 
of  MSNJ’s  Golden  Merit  Award. 


Dr.  Peter  D.  Carras 

The  former  medical  director  of 
Christian  Health  Care  Center,  Wyc- 
koff,  Peter  Demosthenes  Carras, 
M.D.,  died  on  July  4,  1984.  Bom  in 
1918  in  Paterson,  Dr.  Carras  earned 
his  medical  degree  at  Hahnemann 
Medical  College  and  Hospital,  Penn- 
sylvania, in  1943.  An  internist  in 
private  practice.  Dr.  Carras  also  was 
affiliated  with  Paterson  General 
Hospital  until  1975;  from  1975  to 
1983,  Dr.  Carras  was  affiliated  with 
the  Christian  Health  Care  Center.  A 
member  of  our  Passaic  County  com- 
ponent and  of  the  American  Medical 
Association,  Dr.  Carras  was  a 
Diplomate  of  the  American  Board  of 
Internal  Medicine  and  a Fellow  of 
the  American  College  of  Physicians. 


Dr.  Henry  D’Agostin 

At  the  advanced  age  of  86,  Heniy 
D’Agostin,  M.D.,  a gynecologist  until 
his  retirement  in  1962,  died  on  July 


5,  1984.  Bom  in  Union  City,  Dr. 
D’Agostin  obtained  his  medical 
degree  from  New  York  University 
School  of  Medicine  in  1923.  He  had 
practiced  his  specialty  in  Cliffside 
Park,  and  had  been  affiliated  with 
Englewood  Hospital  for  35  years.  He 
was  a Fellow  of  the  American  College 
of  Obstetricians  and  Gynecologists, 
and  a Fellow  of  the  American  College 
of  Surgeons.  Dr.  D’Agostin  had  been 
a member  of  our  Bergen  County 
component  and  of  the  American 
Medical  Association. 

Dr.  JerroW  S.  Finkel 

At  the  untimely  age  of  55,  Jerrold 
S.  Finkel,  M.D.,  an  obstetrician  and 
gynecologist  with  offices  in  Edison, 
died  on  August  25,  1984.  A member 
of  our  Middlesex  County  compo- 
nent, Dr.  Finkel  was  bom  in  Newark, 
and  was  a graduate  of  Hahnemann 
Medical  College  and  Hospital,  Penn- 
sylvania in  1955.  He  was  a member 
of  the  American  Medical  Associa- 
tion, board  certified  in  his  specialty, 
and  a Fellow  of  the  American  College 
of  Obstetricians  and  Gynecologists. 
He  had  been  an  assistant  clinical 
professor  at  the  New  Jersey  Medical 
School,  Newark,  and  Rutgers  Medi- 
cal School,  Piscataway. 

Dr.  Charles  J.  Hely 

Charles  James  Hely,  M.D.,  a phy- 
sician of  Westfield  who  practiced  his 
specialties  in  that  city  for  over  30 
years,  died  at  his  home  on  August 
14,  1984.  Bom  in  1914,  Dr.  Hely  re- 
ceived his  medical  degree  from 
Hahnemann  Medical  College  and 
Hospital,  Pennsylvania,  in  1943.  He 
had  been  an  obstetrician  and  chair- 
man of  that  specialty’s  department 
at  both  Muhlenberg  and  Rahway 
Hospitals,  as  well  as  an  assistant 
clinical  professor  of  obstetrics  and 
gynecology  at  both  the  New  Jersey 
Medical  School,  Newark,  and  Rutgers 
Medical  School,  Piscataway.  In  more 
recent  years  he  switched  to  family 
practice,  and  finally  practiced  oc- 
cupational medicine,  having  served 
till  his  death  from  1975  as  medical 
director  for  E.I.  duPont  de  Nemours 
& Company  at  their  facilities  in 
Linden  and  Newark.  Dr.  Hely  was  a 
member  of  our  Union  County  com- 
ponent, a member  of  the  American 
Medical  Association,  and  a Fellow  of 
the  American  College  of  Obstetri- 
cians and  Gynecologists.  He  had 


)L.  81— NUMBER  11— NOVEMBER  1984 


1005 


been  active  in  community  affairs: 
serving  as  school  physician  for  the 
Westfield  school  system  for  35  years, 
medical  advisor  to  the  Westfield 
Rescue  Squad,  and  a member  of  the 
advisory  council  of  the  Visiting 
Nurses  Association.  In  1973  he 
served  a tour  of  duty  with  Project 
Hope  on  a Navajo  reservation  in  Ari- 
zona During  World  War  II,  Dr.  Hely 
served  as  a battalion  surgeon  with 
the  U.S.  Marine  Corps,  and  was 
awarded  the  Bronze  Star  for  bravery 
in  action. 

Dr.  Harold  D.  Kratka 

Harold  David  Kratka  M.D.,  a 
member  of  our  Morris  County  com- 
ponent, died  on  July  5,  1984,  at  the 
untimely  age  of  58.  Bom  in  the 
Bronx,  Dr.  Kratka  received  his  medi- 
cal degree  from  the  Faculty  of  Medi- 
cine, University  of  Geneva  Switzer- 
land in  1956.  A pediatrician,  he  es- 
tablished a practice  in  Dover  and 
had  been  the  head  of  the  pediatrics 
department  at  Dover  General  Hospi- 
tal. Dr.  Kratka  was  board  certified  in 
his  specialty  and  was  a Fellow  of  the 
American  Academy  of  Pediatrics. 

Dr.  Francis  A.  Macaulay 

We  just  have  learned  of  the  death 
on  March  20,  1984,  of  Francis  A. 
Macaulay,  M.D.,  in  Delray  Beach, 
Florida  A member  of  our  Bergen 
County  component.  Dr.  Macaulay 
was  bom  in  Canada  in  1898,  and 
received  his  medical  degree  from 
McGill  University  Faculty  of  Medi- 
cine, Montreal,  Canada  in  1926.  An 
obstetrician.  Dr.  Macaulay  estab- 
lished his  practice  in  Teaneck  where 
he  remained  until  his  retirement  in 
1975.  He  was  a member  of  the 
American  Medical  Association.  Dr. 
Macaulay  had  been  affiliated  with 
Holy  Name  Hospital,  Teaneck,  and 
had  served  as  school  physician  in 
that  community.  In  1976,  Dr. 
Macaulay  received  MSNJ’s  Golden 
Merit  Award  honoring  his  50  years 
as  a physician. 

Dr.  Fred  A.  Mettler 

A member  of  our  Morris  County 
component,  Frederick  Albert  Met- 
tler, M.D.,  died  on  May  22,  1984. 


Bom  in  1907  in  New  York,  Dr.  Met- 
tler received  his  medical  degree  from 
the  University  of  Georgia  Medical 
School  in  1937.  A private  practicing 
specialist  in  neurology  and  psy- 
chiatry, Dr.  Mettler  was  a member  of 
the  American  Medical  Association. 
Dr.  Mettler  was  active  in  Medical  So- 
ciety affairs;  for  ten  years  he  served 
on  the  Committee  on  Medical  De- 
fense and  Insurance.  He  also  served 
as  chairman  of  an  advisory  commit- 
tee to  review  health  care  in  New  Jer- 
sey prisons. 

Dr.  Walter  H.  Modarelli 

Walter  Hector  Modarelli,  M.D.,  at 
the  age  of  74,  died  on  May  27,  1984. 
Dr.  Modarelli,  a retired  member  of 
our  Hudson  County  component,  was 
an  internist  affiliated  with  St.  Mary 
Hospital,  Hoboken,  and  Poliak  Hos- 
pital, Jersey  City.  A Diplomate  of  the 
American  Board  of  Internal  Medi- 
cine, Dr.  Modarelli  also  was  a Fellow 
of  the  American  Academy  of 
Cerebral  Palsy  and  a member  of  the 
American  Medical  Association.  Dr. 
Modarelli  received  his  medical 
degree  from  the  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania School  of  Medicine  in  1935. 

Dr.  James  J.  Ortolan© 

A specialist  in  dermatology  and 
cancer  diseases,  James  Joseph  Or- 
tolano,  M.D.,  died  on  June  23,  1984. 
Dr.  Ortolano,  a retired  member  of 
our  Hudson  County  component,  was 
bom  in  1907  and  graduated  from 
Georgetown  University  School  of 
Medicine  in  1932.  He  completed  an 
internship  at  St.  Maiy  Hospital, 
Hoboken,  and  then  entered  private 
practice.  During  his  affiliation  with 
St.  Maiy  Hospital,  Dr.  Ortolano 
served  as  president  of  the  hospital 
medical  staff.  In  1982,  Dr.  Ortolano 
received  MSNJ’s  Golden  Merit 
Award  for  50  years  of  medical  service 
to  his  community. 

Dr.  Robert  W.  Parvin 

On  August  26,  1984,  Robert  W. 
Parvin,  M.D.,  tragically  died  by 
drowning  in  the  family  swimming 
pool,  at  the  age  of  64.  Bom  in 
Camden,  Dr.  Parvin  received  his 


medical  degree  from  the  UniversF 
of  Pennsylvania  School  of  MediciT 
in  1944.  His  prime  specialty  was  o 
thopedic  surgeiy,  and  he  was  a 
filiated  with  Burlington  Counil 
Memorial  Hospital,  Mount  Holly,  f, 
a consultant  for  that  specialty,  an 
also  served  as  their  director  of  med 
cal  education.  Dr.  Parvin  was 
member  of  our  Burlington  Couni 
component,  and  also  a member  < 
the  American  Medical  Associatioi! 
He  was  board  certified  in  orthoped 
surgeiy.  For  more  than  30  years  D 
Parvin  had  served  with  the  Unite 
States  Army’s  Medical  Corps;  he  ha 
been  chief  of  orthopedic  surgery  i 
the  U.S.  Military  Academy,  We: 
Point,  New  York,  and  had  done  torn 
of  duty  in  Europe,  Korea  and  mil  l 
tary  facilities  in  the  United  State 
emerging  with  the  rank  of  colonel  i 
1976. 


Dr.  Nicholas  L.  Pollis 

We  just  have  learned  of  the  deat 
on  June  10,  1984,  of  Nicholas  I 
Pollis,  M.D.,  a member  of  our  Esse 
County  component.  Bom  in  1901 
Dr.  Pollis  received  his  medics 
degree  from  Tufts  University  Schoc 
of  Medicine  in  1928,  and  prior  to  hi 
retirement  in  the  early  1970s,  h 
had  practiced  family  medicine  ii 
Newark.  He  had  been  affiliated  wit! 
St.  James  Hospital  and  Sain 
Michael’s  Medical  Center,  Newarl 
Dr.  Pollis  had  been  a member  of  th 
American  Medical  Association. 

Dr.  Joseph  F.  Sandella 

An  internist  in  New  Brunswicl 
Joseph  Frank  Sandella,  M.D.,  die 
on  August  28,  1984.  A native  of  Ne^ 
York  City,  bom  in  1905,  Dr.  Sandell 
was  graduated  from  Bellevue  Hosp 
tal  Medical  College  in  1931.  A merr 
ber  of  our  Middlesex  County  compc 
nent.  Dr.  Sandella  was  boar 
certified  in  his  specialty,  and  a Fe 
low  of  the  American  College  of  Ph} 
sicians.  He  had  been  affiliated  wit 
St.  Peter’s  and  Middlesex  Genen 
Hospitals,  New  Brunswick,  and  wit 
Roosevelt  Hospital,  Metuchen.  I 
1981,  Dr.  Sandella  received  MSNJ 
Golden  Merit  Award  honoring  his  5 
years  of  medical  practice. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


1006 


Author  Information 

Style 

Sheet 


The  Journal  is  the 
official  organ  of  the 
Medical  Society  of  New 
Jersey.  The  goals  of  The 
Journal  are  educational 
and  informational.  All 
material  published  in  The 
Journal  is  copyrighted  by 
MSNJ. 


t CONTENT 

The  educational  content  of  each 
[issue  appears  as  scientific  articles, 
rased  on  research,  original  concepts 
relative  to  epidemiology  of  disease, 
rnd  treatment  methodology;  case  re- 
ports based  on  unusual  clinical  ex- 
periences; review  articles;  clinical 
Ihotes,  succinct  items  on  some 
aspect  or  new  observation  or  tech- 
lique  of  a case  experience;  and 
repecial  articles,  which  include  evalu- 
ations, policy  and  position  papers, 
band  reviews  of  nonscientific  sub- 
jects. Other  topics  include  commen- 
tary (critical  narration);  medical  his- 
rltory;  therapeutic  drug  information; 
pediatric  briefs;  nutrition  update; 
and  an  opinion  column.  Editorials 
are  prepared  by  the  Editor  and  by 
guest  contributors  on  timely  and  rel- 
evant subjects;  editorials  are  the  re- 
sponsibility of  the  author.  The  Doc- 
tors’ Notebook  section  contains  or- 
ganizational, informational,  and  ad- 
ministrative items  from  MSNJ  and 
from  the  community.  Letters  to  the 
Editor  and  book  reviews  are  Wel- 
lcome and  will  be  published  as  space 
ipermits.  The  principal  aim  in  the 
preparation  of  a contribution 
ishould  be  relevance  to  diagnosis  and 
treatment  and  to  education  of  pa- 
tients and  professionals.  Preference 
will  be  given  to  professional  authors 
from  New  Jersey  and  to  out-of-state 
lecturers  who  submit  a suitable 


manuscript  based  on  a presentation 
made  in  New  Jersey. 

ASSIGNMENT  OF  COPYRIGHT 

In  compliance  with  the  Copyright 
Revision  Act  of  1976  (effective  Janu- 
ary 1,  1978),  a transmittal  letter  or 
a separate  statment  accompanying 
material  offered  to  The  Journal  of 
the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
must  contain  the  following  language 
and  must  be  signed  by  all  authors: 

“In  consideration  of  The  Journal 
of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
taking  action  in  reviewing  and  edit- 
ing my  submission,  the  author(s) 
undersigned  hereby  transfers,  as- 
signs, or  otherwise  conveys  all 
copyright  ownership  to  the  Medical 
Society  of  New  Jersey,  in  the  event 
that  such  work  is  published  in  The 
Journal,  MSNJ.” 

SPECIFICATIONS 

Submit  two  manuscripts  that 
must  be  typewritten  and  double- 
spaced on  8'/2"  by  11"  paper. 
Statistical  methods  used  in  articles 
should  be  identified.  Acknowl- 
edgements will  be  made  only  for 
specific  preparation  of  an  essential 
part  of  the  manuscript. 

Authors  are  asked  to  seek  clarity, 
accuracy,  and  originality;  attention 
to  details  of  grammar,  spelling,  and 
typing  are  important. 

The  title  page  should  include  the 
full  name,  degrees,  and  affiliations  of 
all  authors,  and  the  name  and  ad- 
dress of  the  author  to  whom  reprint 
requests  should  be  sent. 

The  author  should  submit  a 40- 
word  abstract  to  be  used  at  the  be- 
ginning of  the  article. 

Tables  must  be  typewritten  and 
double-spaced  on  separate  8V2"  by 
11"  sheets,  with  a title  and  number. 
Symbols  for  units  should  be  con- 
fined to  column  headings,  and  ab- 
breviations, properly  explained, 
should  be  kept  to  a minimum. 

Illustrations  should  be  pro- 
fessional quality,  black-and-white 
glossy  prints.  The  name  of  the 
author,  figure  number,  and  the  top 
of  the  figure  should  be  noted  on  a 
label  attached  to  the  back  of  each 
illustration.  Where  photographs  of 
patients  are  used,  the  subjects 
should  not  be  identifiable  or  publi- 
cation permission,  signed  by  the 
subject  or  responsible  person,  must 
be  included  with  the  photograph. 
Material  taken  from  other  publi- 
cations must  give  credit  to  the 


source;  written  permission  for  re- 
publication from  the  original  pub- 
lisher must  be  submitted.  The  cost 
of  color  photographs  must  be  borne 
by  the  author. 

Generic  names  should  be  used 
with  proprietary  names  indicated 
parenthetically  or  as  a footnote  with 
the  first  use  of  the  generic  name. 
Proprietary  names  of  devices  should 
be  indicated  by  the  registration  sym- 
bol— ®. 

The  summary  of  the  article  should 
not  exceed  250  words;  it  should  con- 
tain only  essential  facts. 

References  should  not  exceed  35 
citations  except  in  review  articles, 
and  should  be  cited  consecutively  in 
the  text  by  numbers  in  parentheses 
at  the  end  of  the  sentence.  The  refer- 
ence list  should  be  typewritten  and 
double-spaced  on  separate  8V2"  by 
11"  sheets  in  the  numerical  order  in 
which  they  are  first  cited  in  the  text. 
The  style  of  reference  is  that  of  Index 
Me  die  us: 

1.  Goldwyn  RM:  Subcutaneous 
mastectomy.  J Med  Soc  NJ 
74:1050-1052,  1977. 

2.  Dixon  WJ,  Massey  FJ:  Introduc- 
tion to  Statistical  Analysis.  New 
York,  NY,  McGraw-Hill,  1969,  pp. 
42-48. 

PUBLICATION  POLICY 

Receipt  of  each  manuscript  will  be 
acknowledged  and  a copy  delivered 
to  the  Editor  who  refers  the  paper  to 
one  or  more  members  of  the  Edi- 
torial Board.  The  final  decision  is  re- 
served for  the  Editor.  No  direct  con- 
tact between  the  reviewers  and  the 
authors  will  be  permitted,  but 
authors  will  be  informed  of  the  re- 
viewers’ comments.  The  publication 
lag  for  original  articles  may  be  six 
months  or  more.  Galley  proofs  will 
be  submitted  to  the  author  for  cor- 
rection of  typographical  errors. 

REPRINT  ORDERS 

Reprints  may  be  ordered  after  the 
author  is  notified  that  the  article 
has  been  selected  for  a specific  issue 
of  JMSNJ.  A check  for  the  cost  of 
reprints  including  remake  charge  if 
order  is  received  after  due  date  must 
accompany  the  order. 

COMMUNICATIONS 

All  communications  should  be 
sent  to  the  Editor,  The  Journal, 
MSNJ,  2 Princess  Road,  Law- 
renceville,  NJ  08648. 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  11— NOVEMBER  1984 


1007 


Kirwan  Financial  Croup,  Inc. 

Financial  Planners 
for  the 

Medical  Profession 

Investments,  Pensions,  Insurance,  Etc. 

• Honest 

• Sophisticated 

• Profusely  Referenced 

609-778-4388 


It’s  Your  Affair, 

So  Don’t  Lift  A Finger 


Since  we  want  your 
special  day  to  be  carefree 
just  lift  the  phone  and  call 


Perfect  Catering  For  A Perfect  Affair 

Trenton,  New  Jersey 
609-890-0778 


1008 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


SUPPOSITORY 

THERAPY 

DESIGNED  FOR 
YOUR  SPECIALTY 


VAGINAL 

RECTAL 

URETHRAL 

Progesterone 

Hydrocortisone 

Nitrofurantoin 

Boric  Acid 

Lidocaine 

(Plain  & with  HC) 

Ampicillin/ 

Analgesic 

Hydrocortisone 

Nystatin 

Emollient 

Tetracycline 

Progesterone 

Lidocaine 

(including 
rectal  soln's) 

SMZ-TMP 

All  preparations  are  available  in  your  choice  of  potency  and  are  pre- 
pared in  heat  stable  bases  suitable  for  shipping  via  United  Parcel 
Service  (UPS)  with  next  day  delivery  within  a 300  mile  radius. 


Contact  us  for  any  special  requirements  that  exist  in  your  practice 

BELVIDERE  & SURGICAL 


1101  South  Avenue 
Plainfield,  New  Jersey  07062 


(201)756-6695 


Need  A Temporary  Physician? 

You  can  take  time  off  while  your  practice  keeps  working! 
Lease  CompHealth  physicians  for  your  vacations,  CME’s 
or  for  supplementary  help. 

Want  Free  Time  While  You 
Practice  Medicine? 

Join  CompHealth’s  Locum  Tenens  Physician  Group. 

★ 

For  further  information  about  temporary  coverage 
or  locum  tenens  practice  opportunities,  call: 

412-741-3310 

jjjj  CompHealth 

A Physician  Group 


WILSON  ROSS,  Regional  Administrator 
114  Centennial  Avenue 
Sewickley,  PA  15143 


Don't  take 
a chance 
with  your 
career... 

Emergency  Physi- 
cian Associates  is 
seeking  physicians 
with  Emergency 
Medicine,  Inter- 
nal Medicine  and 
Family  Practice  backgrounds  who  are  ex- 
perienced and  interested  in  a challenging 
career  in  Emergency  Medicine. 

We  are  currently  interviewing  for  posi- 
tions in  N.J.,  Pa.,  N.Y. , De.  and  Md. 


Send  your  C.V.  in  confidence  to: 

James  E.  George,  M.D. 

Emergency  Physician  Associates 

P.O.  Box  298 

Woodbury,  N.J.  08096 

Or  call  Susan  L.  Hughes,  Physician 

Recruitment  at  (609)  848-3817.  E3 


PRACTICES 
FOR  SALE 

Allergy- 

Suburban  Philadelphia.  Very  efficient  practice 
which  offers  considerable  growth  potential. 

Pediatric- 

Central  New  Jersey.  High  quality  practice  in 
residential  area. 

Ob/Gyn— 

Washington  state.  Physician  is  relocating.  Must 
sell. 

Rheumatology/LM.— 

Arizona 

ENT- 

Several  large  practices  in  Mid-Atlantic  region. 

For  more  information  on  these  and  other  available 
private  practices,  please  call: 

(215)  667-8630 

Health  Care  Personnel  Consulting,  Inc. 

403  GSB  Building 
One  Belmont  Avenue 
Bala  Cynwyd,  Pa.  19004 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  11— NOVEMBER  1984 


1009 


TAX  ADVANTAGED 
INVESTMENT 


Available  in  Princeton,  N.J.  technology  operation. 
Already  approved  by  the  IRS,  total  commitment  made 
before  the  end  of  the  year  is  deductible  as  expenses 
against  taxable  income. 

For  more  information  call  Mr.  Duncan  anytime  at 
201-842-9247  or  leave  word  anytime  at  1-800-824-7888 
operator  314. 


It’s  A Major  Medical  Explosion 


The  Lakewood,  Toms  River  and  Point  Pleasant  hospitals 
are  all  going  ahead  with  major  expansion  programs . . . 
Bricktown  opens  new  facility. 


Cross  River  Professional  Center 

400  to  2,300  Square  Feet 


Va  Mile  South  of  Kimball  Medical  Center 

• $12  per  square  foot  minutes  to  all  four  major 

• Graduated  rent  schedules  hospitals 

• Ownership  options  available  • Private  entrances  and  all 

• Fully  landscaped  services  available 

• Centrally  located  and  10  • Equipment  leases  available 

BKRRy/WOR  ENTcRPRIJEi 

1200  River  Avenue  (Route  9),  Lakewood,  NJ  08701  • (201)  367-2226 


I 


Personnel 
See  Also 
Page  1009 


CARDIOLOGIST: 

Opportunity  to  practice  cardiology  with  well-estab- 
lished practice  conveniently  located  to  a large  teaching 
hospital.  Duties  include  supervising  and  interpreting 
Treadmills,  Holter  monitors,  2D  and  M-Mode 
Echocardiography  performed  in  office,  patient  examin- 
ations, hospital  rounds  and  cardiac  catheterizations. 
Abilities  to  do  streptokinase  and/or  angioplasty  de- 
sirable. Excellent  beginning  salary  and  fringe  benefits. 
Located  in  Pennsylvania. 

Reply  with  C-V  to  Box  No.  97,  JMSNJ  Immediate 
Opening. 




Family  Practitioner 

Excellent  opportunity  for  Board  Certified/Eligible 
Family  Practitioner  to  take  over  established  Hos- 
pital-Owned Clinic  practice  near  medium-sized 
Eastern  Pennsylvania  city  serving  a referral  popu- 
lation of  35,000. 

Contact:  Judith  Kennedy 
1 -(800)  441-0996  or  (215)  896-5080 


MEDICAL  PRACTICE 
SALES  AND  APPRAISALS 

We  specialize  in  the  valuation  and  selling  of 
medical  practices.  If  interested  in  buying  or  selling 
a medical  practice,  contact  our  Brokerage 
Division  at: 

Health  Care  Personnel  Consulting,  Inc. 

403  GSB  Building 
1 Belmont  Avenue 
Bala  Cynwyd,  PA  19004 

215-667-8630 


Plastic  Surgeon 

Attractive  opportunity  for  Board  Eligible  or  Board 
Certified  Plastic  Surgeon  to  join  an  established 
Plastic  Surgeon  in  private  practice.  Affiliation  with 
three  hospitals  in  medium-sized  Pennsylvania  city 
serving  a referral  population  of  1 million. 
Contact:  Tina  Carrigan 
1-(800)  441-0996  or  (215)  896-5080 


1010 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


CLASSIFIED  ADVERT  ISEMENTS 


AMILY  PHYSICIAN— BE  with  over 
iwenty  years  practice  experience  in  the 
netropolitan  area  Wishes  to  relocate  to 
irea  truly  in  need  of  an  idealistic  and 
fledicated  physician  whose  only  goal  is  a 

I1  ense  of  professional  fulfillment  true  ser- 
ice.  Must  be  in  New  Jersey.  Write  Box 
Jo.  105,  JMSNJ. 

FAMILY  PRACTICE— Board  eligible, 
\CLS  certified,  personable,  American 
graduate.  Desires  office/hospital  work  in 
>ntral/Northem  NJ.  Please  call  201- 
145-7162  or  write  to  218  Chestnut  St, 
PA-6,  Roselle  Park,  NJ  07204. 


GENERAL  SURGEON— Board  eligible, 
vishes  to  join  another  surgeon  or  group 
n the  area  of  Union  County  or  adjoining 
counties.  If  interested  contact  Dr.  Bruno 
(215-787-2152. 


INTERNIST — Will  complete  residency 
June,  1985.  Ambitious,  with  excellent 
oedside  manner,  desires  Southern  New 
Jersey  group.  If  interested,  please  contact 
Dr.  Krueger  at  215-456-7890. 


ORTHOPAEDIC  SURGEON— American 
graduate,  trained  at  Downstate  Medical 
Center,  NJ.  Seeks  solo,  group  or  hospital 
based  position.  Call  212-819-8706  dur- 
ing business  hours  or  write  to  Box  No. 
100,  JMSNJ. 


PHYSICIAN — Lifetime  NJ  resident  seeks 
position  in  pediatric  group  after  comple- 
tion of  postgraduate  training.  Avail 
able  July  1985.  Please  contact  Charles 
Geneslaw,  8372  Loveridge  Court,  Rich- 
mond, VA  23229. 


PHYSICAL  THERAPIST — NJ  registered, 
ivailable.  Seeking  cooperative  work  with 
physician  home/office.  Prefers  NJ  sea- 
shore. Write  Box  No.  106,  JMSNJ. 


RADIOLOGIST — Board  certified  in 
radiology  and  Nuclear  medicine.  NJ 
licensed.  Teaching  hospital  affiliation, 
desires  supervision  of  Nuclear  Medicine 
with  ultrasound  & CT.  Reply  Box  No. 
107,  JMSNJ. 


NEEDED  — CARDIOLOGIST/ 
INTERNIST — To  join  busy  Cardiology 
and  Internal  Medicine  practice.  Immedi- 
ate or  July  ’85  availability.  Edison,  NJ. 
Reply  Box  No.  108,  JMSNJ. 


NEEDED  — CARDIOLOGIST/ 
INTERNIST — Cardiologist  needed  for 
multi-specialty  Internal  Medicine  group 
in  South  Jersey  area  near  Atlantic  City. 
Salary  with  eventual  partnership.  Excel- 
lent benefit  package.  If  interested  please 
send  curriculum  vitae  to  Box  No.  102, 
JMSNJ. 


NEEDED— EMERGENCY  PHYSICIAN— 

For  new  urgent  care  center  in  west 
Morris  County.  Excellent  opportunity. 
Reply  Box  No.  104,  JMSNJ. 


NEEDED — INTERNIST — To  join  active  3 
man  pediatric  practice.  Fully  furnished 
offices  with  lab  and  x-ray  available.  Excel- 
lent opportunity.  Call  201-584-9390. 


NEEDED— PHYSICIANS— New  pro- 
fessional office  center.  Ideal  location  for 
all  specialties.  X-ray  and  lab  available. 
Many  extras.  201-584-9390. 


NEEDED— PHYSICIANS— For  success- 
ful well  know  walk-in  medical  office 
center.  Central  New  Jersey.  Full  and  part 
time.  Skilled  and  personable,  American- 
trained  MDs.  Send  C.V.  to  E.V.  McGinley, 
M.D.,  1005  N.  Washington  Avenue,  Green 
Brook,  NJ  08812  or  call  201-968-8900. 


NEEDED— PSYCHIATRIST— Board 
certified  or  eligible.  Full  time  position. 
Full  service  mental  health  organization. 
$49,000  plus  extras,  full  benefits.  Scenic 
Bucks  County  near  Philadelphia  Call 
Ms.  Cifelli  215-822-7510. 


FOR  SALE — Collins  Cardio  Pulmonary 
Lung  Analyzer.  Modular-Stead  Wells 
Model  #0300  with  Collins  Eagle  I Com- 
puter and  Printer.  Interested  parties  call 
Monday  to  Friday  609-883-0500,  Ext.  13. 


FOR  SALE— PRACTICE/HOME/ 
OFFICE — 47  year  old  Family  Practice 
with  home  and  office  on  large  piece  of 
property  in  attractive  Bergen  County 
community.  Phone  201-438-8895. 


FOR  SALE— HOME/OFFICE— Four 
bedroom  colonial  with  800  square  feet 
office  attached  with  4 exam  rooms,  lab, 
waiting  room.  Located  in  fastest  growing 
area  in  NJ  Marlboro,  Manalapan  Town- 
ship. Asking  $154,500.  Call  201- 
946-2286. 


FOR  SALE— PRACTICE— Established 
Primary  Care  Practice  in  Ocean  County 
area.  X-ray  equipment,  EKG  and  cardiac 
monitor.  Write  Box  No.  103,  JMSNJ. 


FOR  SALE — South  Orange,  Prospect 
Street,  comer  property.  Eight  rooms. 
Suitable  for  professional  use.  $129,000 
by  owner.  Please  phone  201-762-4558. 


OFFICE  FOR  RENT  OR  SHARE— New 

Brunswick-Highland  Park  area  Fur- 
nished, 700  square  feet,  ample  parking, 
close  to  the  hospital.  Rent  for 
$500/month  plus  utilities  or  Share  for 
$300/month  including  utilities.  Call 
201-846-1661  or  572-7553. 


OFFICE  SPACE — Available  for  rent  in 
medical  office  in  Kenilworth,  NJ.  Write 
Box  No.  109,  JMSNJ. 


OFFICE  SPACE — Union,  2nd  floor  above 
internist,  busy  neighborhood  on  busline. 
Excellent  location  for  optometrist  psy- 
chiatrist, dentist  or  surgical  subspecial- 
ty. Call  201-686-6616  Dr.  Worth. 


FOR  RENT — Professional  office  in  West 
New  York.  Comer  location  with  parking 
space,  on  Doctor’s  row.  Close  to  hospital 
and  public  transportation.  Call  201- 
278-1000  or  201-947-4333. 


1ATE  INFORMATION  FOR  MEMBERS:  $5.00  per  insertion  up  to  25  words;  10  cents  each  additional  word.  Payable  in  advance. 
i/ORD  COUNT:  Count  as  one  word  all  single  words,  two  initials  of  a name,  each  abbreviation,  isolated  numbers,  groups  of 
umbers,  hyphenated  words.  Count  name  and  address  as  five  words,  telephone  number  as  one  word,  and  "Write  Box  No.  000, 
/o  JMSNJ"  as  six  words.  COPY  DEADLINE:  Fifth  of  preceding  month. 


Y)L.  81 


NUMBER  11 


NOVEMBER  1984 


101  1 


The  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
and  the  Healthcare  Information  Network 

Television  Program  Guide 
September-May 

Closed  circuit  television  programs  related  to  issues  and  concerns  of  physician  members  of  MSNJ. 


• PRESIDENT’S  FORUM:  hosted  by  Frank  Y.  Watson,  M.D.,  President,  MSNJ 

• THE  IMPAIRED  PHYSICIAN:  hosted  by  David  I.  Canavan,  M.D.,  Director, 

Impaired  Physicians  Program,  MSNJ 

• STATE  OF  THE  ART:  hosted  by  Howard  D.  Slobodien,  M.D.,  Past  President,  MSNJ 
Programs  will  be  featured  the  first,  second,  and  third  Tuesday  of  each  month  at  1:00  p.m.  There  will  b 
an  800  number  for  viewer  participation. 

Presented  solely  through  those  New  Jersey  hospitals  which  are  subscribers  to  the  HIN  closed  circu 
television  network.  A listing  of  participating  hospitals  is  on  the  bottom  of  this  page. 

For  additional  information  or  comments,  contact  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey,  Department  of  Specie 
Projects,  A.  Ronald  Rouse,  Director. 


President’s  Forum 

Frank  Y.  Watson,  M.D.,  President  of 
the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey, 
will  host  this  program  with  selected 
members  from  the  Board  of  Trustees 
and  appropriate  Council  and  Commit- 
tee Chairpersons  who  will  present  in- 
formation discussed  at  the  previous 
Board  meetings. 

Air  time  for  this  program  is  financed 
by  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey. 
Tuesday,  October  2,  1984 
Tuesday,  November  6,  1984 
Tuesday,  December  4,  1984 
Tuesday,  January  1,  1985 
Tuesday,  February  5,  1985 
Tuesday,  March  5,  1985 
Tuesday,  April  2,  1985 
Tuesday,  May  7,  1985 


The  Impaired  Physician 

Air  time  for  this  program  is  financed 
by  the  Health  Care  Insurance  Ex- 
change (HCIE)  and  the  Princeton  In- 
surance Company  (PIC). 

Tuesday,  September  11,  1984 
“Acute  Case  of  the 
Impaired  Physician” 
Tuesday,  October  9,  1984 
“Rehabilitation  Programs” 
Tuesday,  November  13,  1984 
“Aftercare” 

Tuesday,  December  11,  1984 
“The  Family  and  The  Disease” 
Tuesday,  January  8,  1985 
“Support  Groups" 

Tuesday,  February  12,  1985 
“Problems  of  Re-Entry" 
Tuesday,  March  12,  1985 
"Followup/Monitoring” 
Tuesday,  April  9,  1985 
“Recidivism/Special  Problems" 


State  of  the  Art 

Air  time  for  this  program  is  finance 
by  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jerse 
Tuesday,  October  16,  1984 
Professional  Liability 
James  E.  George,  M.D.,  J.D. 
and 

Mr.  Adam  Wilczek 
Tuesday,  November  20,  1984 
Continuing  Medical  Education 
Paul  Hirsch,  M.D., 

Edwin  Messey,  M.D. 
and 

Robert  Rigolosi,  M.D. 
Tuesday,  December  18,  1984 
MSNJ  Legislative  Activities 
Mr.  Joseph  Katz 
and 

Mr.  Clark  Martin 

The  following  programs  will  be  at 
nounced  at  a later  date: 

Tuesday,  January  15,  1985 
Tuesday,  February  19,  1985 
Tuesday,  March  19,  1985 
Tuesday,  April  16,  1985 
Tuesday,  May  21,  1985 


Participating  Hospitals*:  Beth  Israel  Hospital;  Freehold  Area  Hospital;  Memorial  General  Hospital;  Mor 
ristown  Memorial  Hospital;  Northern  Ocean  Hospital  System,  Inc.;  Pascack  Valley  Hospital;  Saint  Elizabett 
Hospital;  Saint  Mary’s  Hospital;  Saint  Peter’s  Medical  Center;  and  Underwood-Memorial  Hospital. 

Hospitals  Declaring  a Preliminary  Interest:  Atlantic  City  Medical  Center;  ACMC-Mainland  Division;  Bett) 
Bacharach  Rehab.  Hospital;  Bridgeton  Hospital;  Carrier  Foundation;  Clara  Maass  Medical  Center;  Com' 
munity  Memorial  Hospital;  Deborah  Heart  & Lung  Center;  Englewood  Hospital  Association;  Hackensacl1 
Medical  Center;  Holy  Name  Hospital;  Hospital  Center  at  Orange;  John  F.  Kennedy  Medical  Ctr.;  KMH/UMC 
Stratford  Division;  Kessler  Institute  for  Rehab.;  Monmouth  Medical  Center;  Muhlenberg  Hospital;  Newarl 
Beth  Israel  Medical  Ctr.;  Newton  Memorial  Hospital;  Riverside  Hospital;  Salem  County  Memorial  Hospital 
and  Saint  Clare’s  Hospital;  Saint  Francis  Medical  Center;  Warren  Hospital;  West  Hudson  Hospital;  and  Wes 
Jersey  Hospital-Northern  Division. 


‘Listing  of  hospitals  may  have  changed  since  this  printing. 


CLIP  & SAV 


1012 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


The  Journal 
of  the  Medical 
Society  of 


E.  & W.  BLANKSTEEN 
E.  & W.  BLANKSTEEN  AGENCY,  INC. 

ADMINISTRATORS 

THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 

ENDORSED  PLANS  OF:  ■ t ' -7 

LONG-TERM  INCOME  PROTECTION  PLAN 
MAJOR  MEDICAL 
OVERHEAD  EXPENSE 
HOSPITAL-MONEY 
6-POINT  HIGH  LIMIT  ACCIDENT 
TERM  LIFE 
KEOGH 

MON-GMOCIP  PROGRAMS  OF: 

HOMEOWNER’S 
OFFICE  PACKAGE 
LIFE 
IRA 

PENSION 


75  Montgomeiy  Street 

Jersey  City,  N.J0  07201 

(201)  333-4340  1(800)  BLANK  AG 


You  know  they  mean  well.  But  you  also  need  to  know  that  many 
malpractice  insurers  simply  don’t  have  The  St.  Paul’s  financial 
stability.  Assets  over  $5.3  billion.  Expertise  measured  by  more  than 
130  years  in  the  insurance  business.  Commitment  best  exemplified 
by  nearly  50  years  of  providing  insurance  to  the  medical  community. 

More  than  55,000  physicians,  over  1,550  hospitals  and  hundreds 
of  thousands  of  other  health  care  professionals  already  insure 
with  The  St.  Paul.  They  benefit  from  loss  prevention  programs 


that  work,  claims  service  that  is  second  to  none  and  the  peace  of 
mind  that  only  St.  Paul’s  experienced  staff  and  financial  resources 
can  provide. 

Call  Tim  Morse,  senior  marketing  officer  in  The  St.  Paul's  Medical  Services 
Division.  His  toll  free  phone  number  is  1-800-328-2189,  extension  7642. 
He’ll  explain  our  approach  and  put  you  in  touch  with  an  independent 
insurance  agent  who  understands  your  needs. 


WORRY-FREE  INSURANCE  FROM 


ISKtoul 


Medical  Services  Division 

St.  Paul  Fire  and  Marine  Insurance  Company/§t.  Paul  Mercury  Insurance  Company/The  St.  Paul  Insurance  Company/Sl.  Paul  Guardian  Insurance  Company/The 
St.  Paul  Insurance  Company  of  Illinois.  Property  and  Liability  Affiliation  of  The  St.  Paul  Companies  Inc.,  Saint  Paul,  Minnesota  55102. 


your  jnowndent 

Imumctg  AGENT 


The  Journal 
>f  the  Medical 
Society  of 


New  Jerse 


DECEMBER  196 


1084 


Features 


Membership  Newsletter 
Physician  Legal  Bulletin 
Professional  Liability  Commentary 
Editorial 

Hospital  Governing  Boards 


Contributions 


Compulsive  Gambling 

Assemblyman  Chuck  Hardwick,  Westfield 

New  Jersey  Combats  Compulsive  Gambling 

R.M.  Klein,  Trenton 

Aortic  and  Mitral  Valve  Replacement:  Part  2 

P.  Olivien,  M.D.,  andJ.  Kostis,  M.D.,  New  Brunswick 

Dialysis  for  End-Stage  Renal  Disease 

JA.  Walker,  M.D.,  R.  Dodelson,  M.D.,  R.P.  Eisinger,  M.D., 

New  Brunswick 

Pharmacological  Basis  of  Therapeutics:  Dopamine  Receptors 

R.E.  Heikkila,  Ph,D„  Piscataway 

Doctors’  Notebook 

Trustees’  Minutes:  October  21,  1984 
UMONJ  Notes,  Stanley  S.  Bergen,  Jr.,  M.D. 

MSNJ  Auxiliary,  Grace  Gellman 
Current  Legislation 
Retired  Lives  Reserve 
New  Members 

Physicians  Seeking  Location  in  New  Jersey 


MSNJ  Departments 


1984-1985  Liaison  Representatives 

CME  Calendar 

Book  Reviews 

Obituaries 

Index:  Volume  81 

Information  for  Authors 


On  The  Cover:  There  is  a need 
for  full  state  involvement  to 
help  compulsive  gamblers  in 
New  Jersey,  We  feature  two 
articles  on  the  subject,  begin- 
ning on  page  1046.  Cover  by 
Frank  Cecala 


1016 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


New  studies  uncover 
the  potassium  effects  of 
beta-2  blockade 

Clinical  pharmacology  data 
from  The  New  England  Journal 
of  Medicine: 

when  normal  young  men  are  given 
infusions  of  epinephrine  at  levels  such 
as  those  that  circulate  in  patients  with 
myocardial  infarction , their  serum 
potassium  concentrations  fall  by  about 
0.8  [mmol]  per  liter.  Hypokalemia  is 
prevented  by  selective  beta-2 
blockade."' 


Evidence  | 
that  al  I bei 
are  not  cit 


Right  from  the  star 
in  hypertension.. 


80  mg  120  mg  160  mg 
Please  see  brief  summary  of 


information 


Ur> 1 1 long  ag  mo 

rnUrHANULUL  rfUi  capsules 


The  appearance  of  these  capsules 
is  a registered  trademark 
of  Ayerst  Laboratories 


nce-daily  INDERAL  LA 
(propranolol  HCI)  for 
smooth  blood  pressure 
control  without  the 
potassium  problems 
of  diuretics 

Once-daily  INDERAL  LA  (propranolol  HCI) 
avoids  the  risk  of  diuretic-induced  ECG  ab- 
normalities due  to  hypokalemia.2  3 In  addi- 
tion, INDERAL  LA  preserves  potassium 
balance  without  additive  agents  or  supple- 
ments while  providing  simple,  well-tolerated 
therapy  with  broad  cardiovascular  benefits. 

Once-daily  INDERAL  LA 
for  the  cardiovascular 
benefits  of  the  world's 
leading  beta  blocker 

Simply  start  with  80  mg  once  daily.  Dosage 
may  be  increased  to  1 20  mg  to  1 60  mg  once 
daily  as  needed  to  achieve  additional  control. 

Like  conventional  INDERAL  tablets, 

INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  used  in  the 
presence  of  congestive  heart  failure,  sinus 
bradycardia,  heart  block  greater  than  first 
degree,  and  bronchial  asthma 


Once-daily 

R"”“ffiK/NO0ML  LA 

(PROPRANOLOL  HCI)  L(CAPSULESG 

BRIEF  SUMMARY  (FOR  FULL  PRESCRIBING  INFORMATION , SEE  PACKAGE  CIRCULAR.) 
INDERAL*  LA  brand  of  propranolol  hydrochloride  (Long  Acting  Capsules) 
DESCRIPTION.  Inderal  LA  is  formulated  to  provide  a sustained  release  of  propranolol 
hydrochloride  Inderal  LA  Is  available  as  80  mg,  120  mg.  and  160  mg  capsules. 

CLINICAL  PHARMACOLOGY.  INDERAL  is  a nonselective  beta-adrenergic  receptor 
blocking  agent  possessing  no  other  autonomic  nervous  system  activity  It  specifically  com- 
petes with  beta-adrenergic  receptor  stimulating  agents  for  available  receptor  sites.  When 
access  to  beta-receptor  sites  is  blocked  by  INDERAL,  the  chronotropic,  inotropic,  and 
vasodilator  responses  to  beta-adrenergic  stimulation  are  decreased  proportionately. 

INDERAL  LA  Capsules  (80, 120,  and  160  mg)  release  propranolol  HCI  at  a controlled  and 
predictable  rate.  Peak  blood  levels  following  dosing  with  INDERAL  LA  occur  at  about  6 hours 
and  the  apparent  plasma  half-life  is  about  10  hours.  When  measured  at  steady  state  over  a 24- 
hour  period  the  areas  under  the  propranolol  plasma  concentration-time  curve  (AUCs)  for  the 
capsules  are  approximately  60%  to  65%  of  the  AUCs  for  a comparable  divided  dally  dose  of 
INDERAL  tablets  The  lower  AUCs  for  the  capsules  are  due  to  greater  hepatic  metabolism  of 
propranolol,  resulting  from  the  slower  rate  of  absorption  of  propranolol  Over  a twenty-four  (24) 
hour  period,  blood  levels  are  fairly  constant  for  about  twelve  (12)  hours  then  decline 
exponentially 

INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  considered  a simple  mg  for  mg  substitute  for  conventional 
propranolol  and  the  blood  levels  achieved  do  not  match  (are  lower  than)  those  of  two  to  four 
times  daily  dosing  with  the  same  dose.  When  changing  to  INDERAL  LA  from  conventional 
propranolol,  a possible  need  for  retitration  upwards  should  be  considered  especially  to 
maintain  effectiveness  at  the  end  of  the  dosing  interval.  In  most  clinical  settings,  however, 
such  as  hypertension  or  angina  where  there  is  little  correlation  between  plasma  levels  and 
clinical  effect,  INDERAL  LA  has  been  therapeutically  equivalent  to  the  same  mg  dose  of 
conventional  INDERAL  as  assessed  by  24-hour  effects  on  blood  pressure  and  on  24-hour 
exercise  responses  of  heart  rate,  systolic  pressure  and  rate  pressure  product,  INDERAL  LA 
can  provide  effective  beta  blockade  for  a 24-hour  period 

The  mechanism  of  the  antihypertensive  effect  of  INDERAL  has  not  been  established. 
Among  the  factors  that  may  be  Involved  in  contributing  to  the  antihypertensive  action  are  (1) 
decreased  cardiac  output,  (2)  inhibition  of  renin  release  by  the  kidneys,  and  (3)  diminution  of 
tonic  sympathetic  nerve  outflow  from  vasomotor  centers  In  the  brain.  Although  total  peripheral 
resistance  may  increase  initially,  It  readjusts  to  or  below  the  pretreatment  level  with  chronic 
use  Effects  on  plasma  volume  appear  to  be  minor  and  somewhat  variable.  INDERAL  has 
been  shown  to  cause  a small  increase  in  serum  potassium  concentration  when  used  in  the 
treatment  of  hypertensive  patients. 

In  angina  pectoris,  propranolol  generally  reduces  the  oxygen  requirement  of  the  heart  at 
any  given  level  of  effort  by  blocking  the  catecholamine-induced  Increases  in  the  heart  rate, 
systolic  blood  pressure,  and  the  velocity  and  extent  of  myocardial  contraction.  Propranolol 
may  increase  oxygen  requirements  by  increasing  left  ventricular  fiber  length,  end  diastolic 
pressure  and  systolic  election  period.  The  net  physiologic  effect  of  beta-adrenergic  blockade 
is  usually  advantageous  and  is  manifested  during  exercise  by  delayed  onset  of  pain  and 
increased  work  capacity. 

In  dosages  greater  than  required  for  beta  blockade.  INDERAL  also  exerts  a qumidine-like 
or  anesthetic-like  membrane  action  which  affects  the  cardiac  action  potential.  The  signifi- 
cance of  the  membrane  action  in  the  treatment  of  arrhythmias  is  uncertain. 

The  mechanism  of  the  antimigraine  effect  of  propranolol  has  not  been  established  Beta- 
adrenergic  receptors  have  been  demonstrated  in  the  pial  vessels  of  the  brain. 

Beta  receptor  blockade  can  be  useful  in  conditions  in  which,  because  of  pathologic  or 
functional  changes,  sympathetic  activity  is  detrimental  to  the  patient  But  there  are  also 
situations  in  which  sympathetic  stimulation  is  vital.  For  example,  in  patients  with  severely 
damaged  hearts,  adequate  ventricular  function  is  maintained  by  virtue  of  sympathetic  drive 
which  should  be  preserved  In  the  presence  of  A V block,  greater  than  first  degree,  beta 
blockade  may  prevent  the  necessary  facilitating  effect  of  sympathetic  activity  on  conduction 
Beta  blockade  results  in  bronchial  constriction  by  interfering  with  adrenergic  bronchodilator 
activity  which  should  be  preserved  in  patients  subject  to  bronchospasm 

Propranolol  is  not  significantly  dialyzable 

INDICATIONS  AND  USAGE.  Hypertension:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  in  the  manage- 
ment of  hypertension;  it  may  be  used  alone  or  used  in  combination  with  other  antihypertensive 
agents,  particularly  a thiazide  diuretic.  INDERAL  LA  is  not  indicated  in  the  management  of 
hypertensive  emergencies. 

Angina  Pectoris  Due  to  Coronary  Atherosclerosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated 
for  the  long-term  management  of  patients  with  angina  pectoris. 

Migraine:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  for  the  prophylaxis  of  common  migraine  headache 
The  efficacy  of  propranolol  in  the  treatment  of  a migraine  attack  that  has  started  has  not  been 
established  and  propranolol  is  not  indicated  for  such  use. 

Hypertrophic  Subaortic  Stenosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  useful  in  the  management  of 
hypertrophic  subaortic  stenosis,  especially  for  treatment  of  exertional  or  other  stress-induced 
angina,  palpitations,  and  syncope  INDERAL  LA  also  improves  exercise  performance  The 
effectiveness  ol  propranolol  hydrochloride  in  this  disease  appears  to  be  due  to  a reduction  of 
the  elevated  outflow  pressure  gradient  which  is  exacerbated  by  beta-receptor  stimulation. 
Clinical  improvement  may  be  temporary 

CONTRAINDICATIONS.  INDERAL  is  contraindicated  in  1)  cardiogenic  shock,  2)  sinus 
bradycardia  and  greater  than  first  degree  block;  3)  bronchial  asthma;  4)  congestive  heart 
failure  (see  WARNINGS)  unless  the  failure  is  secondary  to  a tachyarrhythmia  treatable  with 
INDERAL 

WARNINGS.  CARDIAC  FAILURE;  Sympathetic  stimulation  may  be  a vital  component  sup- 
porting circulatory  function  in  patients  with  congestive  heart  failure,  and  its  inhibition  by  beta 
blockade  may  precipitate  more  severe  failure  Although  beta  blockers  should  be  avoided  in 
overt  congestive  heart  failure,  if  necessary,  they  can  be  used  with  close  follow-up  in  patients 
with  a history  of  failure  who  are  well  compensated  and  are  receiving  digitalis  and  diuretics 
Beta-adrenergic  blocking  agents  do  not  abolish  the  inotropic  action  of  digitalis  on  heart 
muscle. 

IN  PATIENTS  WITHOUT  A HISTORY  OF  HEART  FAILURE,  continued  use  of  beta  blockers 
can,  in  some  cases,  lead  to  cardiac  failure.  Therefore,  at  the  first  sign  or  symptom  of  heart 
failure,  the  patient  should  be  digitalized  and/or  treated  with  diuretics,  and  the  response 
observed  closely,  or  INDERAL  should  be  discontinued  (gradually,  if  possible). 

IN  PATIENTS  WITH  ANGINA  PECTORIS,  there  have  been  reports  of  exacerbation  of 
angina  and,  in  some  cases,  myocardial  infarction,  following  abrupt  discontinuance  of 
INDERAL  therapy.  Therefore,  when  discontinuance  of  INDERAL  is  planned  the  dosage 
should  be  gradually  reduced  over  at  least  a few  weeks,  and  the  patient  should  be 
cautioned  against  interruption  or  cessation  of  therapy  without  the  physician's  advice.  If 
INDERAL  therapy  is  interrupted  and  exacerbation  of  angina  occurs,  it  usually  is  advis- 
able to  reinstitute  INDERAL  therapy  and  take  other  measures  appropriate  for  the  man- 
agement of  unstable  angina  pectoris  Since  coronary  artery  disease  may  be 
unrecognized,  it  may  be  prudent  to  follow  the  above  advice  in  patients  considered  at  risk 
of  having  occult  atherosclerotic  heart  disease  who  are  given  propranolol  for  other 
indications. 

Nonallergic  Bronchospasm  (e.g.,  chronic  bronchitis,  emphysema) — 

PATIENTS  WITH  BRONCHOSPASTIC  DISEASES  SHOULD  IN  GENERAL  NOT  RECEIVE  BETA 
BLOCKERS,  INDERAL  should  be  administered  with  caution  since  it  may  block  bronchodila- 
tion  produced  by  endogenous  and  exogenous  catecholamine  stimulation  of  beta  receptors. 

MAJOR  SURGERY:  The  necessity  or  desirability  of  withdrawal  of  beta-blocking  therapy 
prior  to  major  surgery  is  controversial.  It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  the  impaired  ability  of 
the  heart  to  respond  to  reflex  adrenergic  stimuli  may  augment  the  risks  ot  general  anesthe- 
sia and  surgical  procedures. 


1 1 

Q 

, 80  i 

1AL  U 

mg 

..  - 

| 

\J 

120 


160 

mg 


The  appearance  of  these  capsules  I 
is  a registered  trademark 
of  Ayerst  Laboratories. 


INDERAL  (propranolol  HCI),  like  other  beta  blockers,  is  a competitive  inhibitor  oj; 
receptor  agonists  and  its  effects  can  be  reversed  by  administration  of  such  agent;' 
dobutamme  or  isoproterenol  However,  such  patients  may  be  sub|ect  to  protracted  n 
hypotension.  Difficulty  in  starting  and  maintaining  the  heartbeat  has  also  been  reports 
bst3  blockers 

DIABETES  AND  HYPOGLYCEMIA  Beta-adrenergic  blockade  may  prevent  tig 
pearance  of  certain  premonitory  signs  and  symptoms  (pulse  rate  and  pressure  chani ) 
acute  hypoglycemia  in  labile  insulin-dependent  diabetes.  In  these  patients,  it  may  bq 
difficult  to  ad|ust  the  dosage  of  insulin 

THYROTOXICOSIS:  Beta  blockade  may  mask  certain  clinical  signs  of  hyperthyrr  9> 
Therefore,  abrupt  withdrawal  of  propranolol  may  be  followed  by  an  exacerbation  of  syn' 
of  hyperthyroidism,  including  thyroid  storm  Propranolol  does  not  distort  thyroid  functioi 
IN  PATIENTS  WITH  WOLFF-PARKINSON-WHITE  SYNDROME,  several  cases  havi_ 
reported  in  which,  after  propranolol,  the  tachycardia  was  replaced  by  a severe  bradjH 
requiring  a demand  pacemaker  In  one  case  this  resulted  after  an  initial  dose  oftir 
propranolol 

PRECAUTIONS.  General  Propranolol  should  be  used  with  caution  in  patients  with  irrl 
hepatic  or  renal  function.  INDERAL  (propranolol  HCI)  is  not  indicated  for  the  treatr 
hypertensive  emergencies 

Beta  adrenoreceptor  blockade  can  cause  reduction  of  intraocular  pressure  Fa 
should  be  told  that  INDERAL  may  interfere  with  the  glaucoma  screening  test.  Withdraw, q 
lead  to  a return  of  increased  intraocular  pressure 

Clinical  Laboratory  Tests:  Elevated  blood  urea  levels  in  patients  with  severe  heart  d q 
elevated  serum  transaminase,  alkaline  phosphatase,  lactate  dehydrogenase 

DRUG  INTERACTIONS:  Patients  receiving  catecholamine-depleting  drugs  such  an 
pine  should  be  closely  observed  if  INDERAL  is  administered  The  added  catechol)  j 
blocking  action  may  produce  an  excessive  reduction  of  resting  sympathetic  nervous  'I 
which  may  result  in  hypotension,  marked  bradycardia,  vertigo,  syncopal  attacks,  orortHa 
hypotension 

Carcinogenesis,  Mutagenesis,  Impairment  of  Fertility:  Long-term  studies  in  animaji 
been  conducted  to  evaluate  toxic  effects  and  carcinogenic  potential.  In  18-month  stil 
both  rats  and  mice,  employing  doses  up  to  150  mg/kg/day,  there  was  no  evidence  of  sigu 
drug-induced  toxicity.  There  were  no  drug-related  tumongenic  effects  at  any  of  the  c|j{ 
levels  Reproductive  studies  in  animals  did  not  show  any  impairment  of  fertility  thin 
attributable  to  the  drug 

Pregnancy:  Pregnancy  Category  C.  INDERAL  has  been  shown  to  be  embryot; 
animal  studies  at  doses  about  10  times  greater  than  the  maximum  recommended  humai  u 
There  are  no  adequate  and  well-controlled  studies  in  pregnant  women.  INDERAL  iu 
be  used  during  pregnancy  only  if  the  potential  benefit  justifies  the  potential  risk  to  thrlu 
Nursing  Mothers  INDERAL  is  excreted  in  human  milk.  Caution  should  be  exercise'  K 
INDERAL  is  administered  to  a nursing  woman 

Pediatric  Use:  Safety  and  effectiveness  in  children  have  not  been  established 
ADVERSE  REACTIONS.  Most  adverse  effects  have  been  mild  and  transient  an  a 
rarely  required  the  withdrawal  of  therapy.  ■ 


Cardiovascular:  bradycardia;  congestive  heart  failure;  intensification  of  A V block  p 

II  I 


tension;  paresthesia  of  hands;  thrombocytopenic  purpura;  arterial  insufficiency,  usuall1 
Raynaud  type 

Central  Nervous  System  lightheadedness;  mental  depression  manifested  by  ins 
lassitude,  weakness,  fatigue;  reversible  mental  depression  progressing  to  catatonia, 
disturbances,  hallucinations;  an  acute  reversible  syndrome  characterized  by  disorients 
time  and  place,  short-term  memory  loss,  emotional  lability,  slightly  clouded  sensoriuib 
decreased  performance  on  neuropsychometrics 

Gastrointestinal  nausea,  vomiting,  epigastric  distress,  abdominal  cramping,  dill 
constipation,  mesenteric  arterial  thrombosis,  ischemic  colitis. 

Allergic  pharyngitis  and  agranulocytosis,  erythematous  rash,  fever  combined  with  fl 
and  sore  throat,  laryngospasm  and  respiratory  distress 

Respiratory:  bronchospasm 

Hematologic:  agranulocytosis,  nonthrombocytopenic  purpura,  thrombocyti 
purpura 

Auto-Immune  In  extremely  rare  instances,  systemic  lupus  erythematosus  ha: 
reported. 

Miscellaneous . alopecia,  LE-like  reactions,  psoriasiform  rashes,  dry  eyes,  mat 
tence,  and  Peyronie's  disease  have  been  reported  rarely.  Oculomucocutaneous  re.] 
involving  the  skin,  serous  membranes  and  coniunctivae  reported  for  a beta  blocker  (pn 
have  not  been  associated  with  propranolol 
DOSAGE  AND  ADMINISTRATION.  INDERAL  LA  provides  propranolol  hydrochloril 
sustained-release  capsule  for  administration  once  daily.  If  patients  are  switched  trom  INI| 
tablets  to  INDERAL  LA  capsules,  care  should  be  taken  to  assure  that  the  desired  ther, 
effect  is  maintained  INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  considered  a simple  mg  for  mg  substi 
INDERAL  INDERAL  LA  has  different  kinetics  and  produces  lower  blood  levels.  RetitraticlJ 
be  necessary  especially  to  maintain  effectiveness  at  the  end  of  the  24-hour  dosing  irM 

HYPERTENSION— Dosage  must  be  individualized  The  usual  initial  dosage  is  fn 
INDERAL  LA  once  daily,  whether  used  alone  or  added  to  a diuretic.  The  dosage  n I 
increased  to  120  mg  once  daily  or  higher  until  adequate  blood  pressure  control  is  acne 
The  usual  maintenance  dosage  is  120  to  160  mg  once  daily.  In  some  instances  a dosagej 
mg  may  be  required  The  time  needed  for  full  hypertensive  response  to  a given  do:’ 
variable  and  may  range  from  a few  days  to  several  weeks. 

ANGINA  PECTORIS — Dosage  must  be  individualized  Starting  with  80  mg  INDEF|L 
once  daily,  dosage  should  be  gradually  increased  at  three  to  seven  day  intervals  until  0| 
response  is  obtained  Although  individual  patients  may  respond  at  any  dosage  le> 
average  optimum  dosage  appears  to  be  160  mg  once  daily.  In  angina  pectoris,  the  val'llt 
safety  of  dosage  exceeding  320  mg  per  day  have  not  been  established 

If  treatment  is  to  be  discontinued,  reduce  dosage  gradually  over  a period  of  a few  S 
(see  WARNINGS) 

MIGRAINE — Dosage  must  be  individualized  The  initial  oral  dose  is  80  mg  INDEFrl 
once  daily.  The  usual  effective  dose  range  is  160-240  mg  once  daily  The  dosage  nil 
increased  gradually  to  achieve  optimum  migraine  prophylaxis.  If  a satisfactory  response 
obtained  within  four  to  six  weeks  after  reaching  the  maximum  dose,  INDERAL  LA  L3| 
should  be  discontinued  It  may  be  advisable  to  withdraw  the  drug  gradually  over  a p6)J 
several  weeks 

HYPERTROPHIC  SUBAORTIC  STENOSIS— 80-160  mg  INDERAL  LA  once  daily.  I 
PEDIATRIC  DOSAGE — At  this  time  the  data  on  the  use  of  the  drug  in  this  age  group  !ti 
limited  to  permit  adequate  directions  for  use. 

REFERENCES 

1.  Epstein  FH,  Rosa  RM:  Adrenergic  control  of  serum  potassium.  N Engl  J Med'3 
309  1450-1451  2.  Holland  OB.  Nixon  JV,  Kuhnert  L:  Diuretic-induced  ventricular  ej‘ 
activity.  Am  J Med  1981;70:762-768  3.  Holme  I,  Helgeland  A,  Hermann  I,  et  al:  Treatnj 
mild  hypertension  with  diuretics  The  importance  of  ECG  abnormalities  in  the  Oslo  study 
MRFIT,  JAMA  1984;251:1298-1299. 

941  f 

AYERST  LABORATORIES 
New  York,  N Y.  10017 


Copyright  © 1984  AYERST  LABORATORIES 

Division  of  AMERICAN  HOME  PRODUCTS  CORPORATION 


Membership 

Newsletter 

HE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


VOLUME  17 


IE  MEDICAL  FAMILY 

The  Impaired  Physicians  Program,  in  conjunction 
' th  the  Auxiliaries  of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jer- 
i Y and  of  the  New  Jersey  Association  of  Osteopathic 
hysicians  and  Surgeons,  is  planning  a program  on 
lie  medical  family:  its  strengths  and  weakness,  and 
i suring  its  survival.  The  program  will  be  held  on  Sun- 
<y,  March  24,  1985.  For  further  information,  please 
ill,  Linda  Pleva,  at  (609)  896-1766. 

/OMAL  TESTING 

The  AMA  supports  the  draft,  “Principles  for  the 
l ilization  and  Care  of  Vertebrate  Animals  Used  in 
'sting.  Research,  and  Training.”  The  Association 
s ited  that  adherence  to  the  principles  would  ensure 
I at  laboratory  animals  are  used  and  cared  for  properly 
1 thout  imposing  unreasonable  restrictions  on  the 
i e of  animals  in  biochemical  research.  (Letter  of  Sep- 
inber  20,  1984,  to  the  National  Institutes  of  Health.) 

! ‘ECIAL  JOURNAL  ISSUES 

The  Journal  of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  has 
! Printed  the  William  Carlos  Williams  Commemorative 
hue  (September  1983),  a celebration  of  this  New  Jer- 
! y physician  and  poet. 

The  September  1984  issue  of  The  Journal  is  a study 

< the  history  of  the  healing  art  in  this  state.  “300  Years 

< Medicine  in  New  Jersey”  is  a collection  of  essays 
; tended  to  dispel  erroneous  myths  about  the  health 
; ofessionals  of  New  Jersey. 

Both  issues  are  available  from  MSNJ,  Two  Princess 
i >ad,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648,  for  $5. 

1 IEOPERATIVE  CHEST  X-RAY 

The  AMA  supported  the  draft  report,  “Preoperative 
1 lest  Radiology,”  which  concluded  that  the  amount  of 

< nically  significant  information  derived  from  such  x- 
! ys  is  insufficient  to  justify  ordering  them  routinely, 
le  Association  also  stated  that  it  virtually  is  impos- 

Dle  to  set  forth  a summary  list  of  all  appropriate 


indications  for  ordering  chest  x-rays.  (Letter  of  Sep- 
tember 20,  1984,  to  the  Food  and  Drug  Adminis- 
tration.) 

MALPRACTICE  REINSURANCE  ASSOCIATION 

The  legislatively  created  Malpractice  Reinsurance 
Association  which  was  opposed  by  MSNJ  is  in 
financial  difficulty.  During  the  period  from  1975  to 
1977,  MSNJ  argued  that  the  proposal  was  not  real 
insurance,  was  faulty  in  design,  and  was  inadequately 
financed.  The  Commissioner  of  Insurance  has  rec- 
ognized the  existence  of  the  deficit  and  at  a recent 
meeting  with  MSNJ  and  Medical  Inter-Insurance  Ex- 
change officers  he  agreed  to  appoint  a Blue  Ribbon 
Committee  to  advise  him  on  a proper  resolution. 

The  issue  simply  stated  is  whether  all  physicians  or 
only  those  insured  at  the  time  of  loss  by  the  Re- 
insurance Association  will  be  assessed  the  necessary 
amounts.  MSNJ  and  MIIENJ  have  maintained  that 
only  physicians  insured  by  the  Reinsurance  Associa- 
tion are  subject  to  assessment. 

Please  monitor  MSNJ  and  MIIENJ  publications  for 
further  information. 

PERTUSSIS  VACCINE 

Pertussis  vaccine  availability  remains  tenuous,  par- 
ticipants concurred  at  the  Pertussis  Strategy  Con- 
ference sponsored  by  the  American  Academy  of  Pedi- 
atrics. Due  to  a plethora  of  product  liability  lawsuits, 
a number  of  large  U.S.  pharmaceutical  houses  have 
ceased  manufacturing  the  vaccine.  As  a result,  some 
physicians  are  concerned  about  rising  prices  and 
whether  the  supply  of  the  vaccine  will  be  adequate  to 
meet  the  need.  Lederle  Laboratories  remains  the  sole 
manufacturer  in  this  country.  Connaught,  a Canadian 
company,  also  manufactures  the  vaccine  for  U.S.  dis- 
tribution. AAP  President  Paul  Wehrle,  M.D.,  said  that 
the  reported  cases  of  pertussis  totaled  1 .500  to  2,000 
per  year.  Deaths  attributable  to  pertussis  range  from 
only  6 to  1 1 a year.  Without  vaccine,  the  incidence  of 
the  disease  could  rise.  In  foreign  countries  where  im- 
munization rates  have  dropped,  such  as  Sweden,  the 


>L.  81— NUMBER  12— DECEMBER  1984 


1021 


United  Kingdom,  and  Japan,  pertussis  cases  have 
quickly  increased.  In  the  UK  where  only  50  percent  of 
the  population  is  immunized,  a major  epidemic  is  pre- 
dicted. If  the  manufacturers  stop  making  the  vaccine, 
Dr.  Wehrle  said,  the  AAP  would  work  with  government, 
industry,  the  AMA,  and  other  groups  to  guarantee  its 
continuing  availability. 

AMBULATORY  SURGICAL  CENTERS 

The  Division  of  Medical  Assistance  and  Health  Ser- 
vices has  proposed  a rule  that  will  appear  in  the  New 
Jersey  Register.  The  rule  concerns  requirements  and 
reimbursement  for  Ambulatory  Surgical  Centers 
(ASC). 

The  purpose  of  an  ASC  is  to  provide  surgical  services 
to  Medicaid  patients  not  requiring  hospitalization. 
The  type  of  surgical  procedures  covered  are  those  that 
cannot  be  performed  in  a physician’s  office,  but  could 
safely  be  performed  in  an  ASC. 

In  order  for  an  ASC  to  participate  as  a provider  in 
the  New  Jersey  Medicaid  Program,  the  ASC  must  be 
approved  by  Medicare  (Title  XVIII),  licensed  by  the  New 
Jersey  Department  of  Health,  and  have  signed  an 
agreement  with  the  Division. 

The  surgical  procedures  that  may  be  performed  by 
an  ASC  are  assigned  to  one  of  four  existing  payment 
groups.  Reimbursement  is  made  at  the  rate  that  cor- 
responds with  the  appropriate  group. 

The  physician  who  performs  the  surgery  can  submit 
the  HCFA-1500  claim  form  and  be  reimbursed  in  ac- 
cordance with  Medicaid  policies,  procedures,  and  fee 
schedules. 

Please  note  this  is  only  a summary  of  the  proposal. 
The  text  of  the  proposal  provides  more  detail. 

DRIVING  UNDER  THE  INFLUENCE 

For  the  first  offense  for  drunken  driving,  there  is  a 
fine  of  not  less  than  $250  nor  more  than  $400,  and 
a period  of  detainment  of  not  less  than  12  hours  nor 
more  than  48  hours  spent  during  two  consecutive  days 
of  not  less  than  6 hours  each  day  and  served  as 
prescribed  by  the  program  requirements  of  the  Intox- 
icated Driver  Resource  Centers.  In  the  discretion  of  the 
court,  the  term  of  imprisonment  will  be  not  more  than 
30  days  and  the  driver  shall  forthwith  forfeit  his  right 
to  operate  a motor  vehicle  over  the  highways  of  this 
state  for  a period  of  not  less  than  six  months  nor  more 
than  one  year. 

For  a second  violation,  a person  shall  be  subject  to 
a fine  of  not  less  than  $500  nor  more  than  $ 1 ,000  and 
shall  be  ordered  by  the  court  to  perform  community 
service  for  a period  of  30  days,  which  shall  be  of  such 
form  and  on  such  terms  as  the  court  shall  deem  ap- 
propriate under  the  circumstances  and  shall  be 
sentenced  to  imprisonment  for  a term  of  not  less  than 
48  consecutive  hours,  which  shall  not  be  suspended 
or  served  on  probation,  nor  more  than  90  days,  and 
shall  forfeit  his  right  to  operate  a motor  vehicle  over 
the  highways  of  this  state  for  a period  of  two  years 
upon  conviction,  and,  after  the  expiration  of  said 
period,  he  may  make  application  to  the  director  of  the 
Division  of  Motor  Vehicles  for  a license  to  operate  a 
motor  vehicle,  which  application  may  be  granted  at  the 
discretion  of  the  director. 

For  a third  or  subsequent  violation,  a person  shall 


be  subject  to  a fine  of  $1,000  and  shall  be  sentencn 
to  imprisonment  for  a term  of  not  less  than  180  day  ' 
except  that  the  court  may  lower  such  term  for  each  dj: 
not  exceeding  90  days,  served  performing  communi 
service  in  such  form  and  on  such  terms  as  the  cou 
shall  deem  appropriate  under  the  circumstances  ar 
shall  thereafter  forfeit  his  right  to  operate  a mot 
vehicle  over  the  highways  of  this  state  for  10  year 

If  the  driving  privilege  of  any  person  is  under  rev 
cation  or  suspension  for  a violation  of  any  provisic 
of  this  Title  at  the  time  of  any  conviction  for  a violatic 
of  this  section,  the  revocation  or  suspension  perk 
imposed  shall  commence  as  of  the  date  of  terminatic. 
of  the  existing  revocation  or  suspension  period, 
court  that  imposes  a term  of  imprisonment  under  th 
section  may  sentence  the  person  so  convicted  to  tl 
county  jail,  to  the  workhouse  of  the  county  wherein  tli 
offense  was  committed,  to  an  inpatient  rehabilitatic 
program  or  to  an  Intoxicated  Driver  Resource  Cent 
or  other  facility  approved  by  the  director  of  tl 
Division  of  Motor  Vehicles  and  the  director  of  tl 
Division  of  Alcoholism  in  the  Department  of  Healt 
provided  that  for  a third  or  subsequent  offense  a pe 
son  shall  not  serve  a term  of  imprisonment  at  an  Into: 
icated  Driver  Resource  Center. 

A person  who  has  been  convicted  of  a previous  vi 
lation  of  this  section  need  not  be  charged  as  a secon 
or  subsequent  offender  in  the  complaint  made  again: 
him  in  order  to  render  him  liable  to  the  punishmer 
imposed  by  this  section  on  a second  or  subsequei 
offender,  but  if  the  second  offense  occurs  more  that 
ten  years  after  the  first  offense  the  court  shall  treat  tl 
second  conviction  as  a first  offense  for  sentenciri 
purposes  and  if  a third  offense  occurs  more  than  te 
years  after  the  second  offense,  the  court  shall  treat  tl 
third  conviction  as  a second  offense  for  sentencin 
purposes. 

A person  convicted  under  this  section  must  satis  i 
the  screening,  evaluation,  referral,  and  program  n! 
quirements  of  the  Division  of  Motor  Vehicles’  Bureaf 
of  Alcohol  Countermeasures,  and  of  the  Intoxicate 
Driver  Resource  Centers.  The  sentencing  court  sha 
inform  the  person  convicted  that  failure  to  satisfy  sue 
requirements  shall  result  in  a mandatory  two-day  ten 
of  imprisonment  in  a county  jail  and  a driver  licens: 
revocation  or  suspension  and  continuation  of  rev(| 
cation  or  suspension  until  such  requirements  are  sa 
isfied,  unless  stayed  by  court  order.  Upon  sentencing 
the  court  shall  forward  to  the  Bureau  of  Alcoh< 
Countermeasures  a copy  of  a person’s  conviction  rc 
cord.  A fee,  not  to  exceed  $40,  shall  be  payable  to  th 
Division  of  Motor  Vehicles  for  the  Bureau  of  Alcohi 
Countermeasures’  screening  and  evaluation  progran 

Upon  conviction  of  a violation  of  this  section,  th 
court  shall  collect  the  New  Jersey  driver’s  license  c 
licenses  of  the  person  so  convicted  and  forward  sue 
license  or  licenses  to  the  director  of  the  Division  ( 
Motor  Vehicles.  The  person  convicted  shall  be  ir 
formed  orally  and  in  writing.  A person  shall  be  require 
to  acknowledge  receipt  of  that  written  notice  in  wriii 
ing. 

FTNI 

‘The  nicest  thing  about  being  imperfect  is  the  jo 
it  brings  to  others.” 


1022 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE1 


mricana 
it  Farm  Resort 


HOUSING 

APPLICATION 


219TH  ANNUAL  MEETING 
MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 

THURSDAY,  MAY  2,  TO  SUNDAY,  MAY  5,  1985 


: DLLOWING  ARE  ALL-INCLUSIVE  PACKAGE  PLANS  BASED  ON 
D IED  AMERICAN  PLAN,  INCLUDING  DINNER  AND  BREAKFAST 
L STARTING  WITH  DINNER  ON  THE  DAY  OF  ARRIVAL,  THE  SAT- 
dV  NIGHT  BANQUET,  LIVE  CABARET  SHOWS  EACH  EVENING 
FIRING  A DIFFERENT  SHOW  EVERY  NIGHT,  STATE  SALES  TAX, 
) iLL  GRATUITIES  COVERING  BELLMEN  FOR  IN/OUT  LUGGAGE 
Ice,  chambermaids,  and  all  MEAL  SERVICE  AS  OUTLINED: 


J NIGHT  PACKAGE 

5 0 PER  PERSON,  SINGLE  OCCUPANCY 

4 0 PER  PERSON,  DOUBLE  OCCUPANCY 

0 0 PER  CHILD  SHARING  A ROOM  WITH  PARENTS 

II i-NIGHT  PACKAGE 

7 0 PER  PERSON,  SINGLE  OCCUPANCY 
10  PER  PERSON,  DOUBLE  OCCUPANCY 
0 PER  CHILD  SHARING  A ROOM  WITH  PARENTS 

\IIGHT  PACKAGE 

0 PER  PERSON,  SINGLE  OCCUPANCY 

10  PER  PERSON,  DOUBLE  OCCUPANCY 

0 PER  CHILD  SHARING  A ROOM  WITH  PARENTS 


• Forms  received  after  April  1,  1985, 
will  be  confirmed  on  an  “if  avail- 
able” basis, 

• Fill  out  only  one  form  for  each  room 
required. 

• DEPOSIT  OF  $100  PER  ROOM 
MUST  ACCOMPANY  FORM  TO 
CONFIRM  RESERVATIONS. 

• Please  make  check  payable  to 
HOST  FARM.  Major  credit  cards  ac- 
cepted at  hotel,  but  not  for  deposit. 

• Hotel  confirmation  is  required  for 
check-in. 

• Send  form  and  deposit  to: 

Host  Reservations 
2300  Lincoln  Highway  East 
Lancaster,  PA  17602 
717-299-5500 


K TYPE  OF  ROOM  REQUIRED: 


□ SINGLE  OCCUPANCY  □ DOUBLE  OCCUPANCY 
□ WILL  BE  SHARING  ROOM** 


| hotel  will  not  be  responsible  for  assigning  roommates.  Unless  roommate  is  stated,  you  will  be 

assigned  a single  occupancy  accommodation. 


loE  PRINT  OR  TYPE  THE  FOLLOWING  INFORMATION: 


31  MATES: 


NO.  of  CHILDREN: 


CHILDREN’S  AGES: 


ESS- 

E: 

STATE: 

ZIP: 

K IF  OFFICIAL 

DELEGATE  □ 

COUNTY: 

’ML  DATE 

DAY 

CHECK-IN:  AFTER  4 PM 

1. 

RTURE  DATF 

DAY 

CHECK-OUT:  BY  12  NOON 

IEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY— 21 9TH  ANNUAL  MEETING 


#2220 


OL.  81— NUMBER  12— DECEMBER  1984 


1023 


LOCATION  MAP 


Americana 
Host  Farm  Resort 


2300  Lincoln  Highway  East  (Route  30),  Lancaster,  Pennsylvania  17602  (717)  299-5500 


FROM  NEW  YORK 
Take  New  Jersey  Turnpike 
South  to  Pa  Turnpike  Take  Pf 
Turnpike  West  to  Interchange  No. 
21 . Travel  South  on  U S Rte.  222 
to  U S.  Route  30  Travel  East  on 
U S Route  30,  approximately  5 
miles  to  Americana  Host  Farm 
Resort 


FROM  PITTSBURGH 
& POINTS  WEST 
Travel  East  on  Pa.  Turnpike  to 
Int  19  Go  South  on  1-283  for  30 
miles  into  Route  30  East  for  6 
miles  to  Americana  Host  Farm 
Resort 


FROM  PHILADELPHIA 
Take  Pa  Turnpike  West  to  Inter- 
change No.  21  Travel  South  on 
U S Rte  222  to  U S Route  30 
Travel  East  on  U S Route  30,  ap- 
proximately 5 miles  to  Americana 
Host  Farm  Resort 


FROM  BALTIMORE 
& WASHINGTON 
Go  North  on  Interstate  Route 
83  to  York,  Pa  Turn  East  on  U S 
Route  30  for  32  miles  to  Ameri- 
cana Host  Farm  Resort. 


BY  AIR 
Harrisburg  International  Airpor 
(just  35  minutes  from  Host  by  lim 
ousine  or  car)  via  TWA  and  U S 
Air,  and  Lancaster  Airport  only 
minutes  away  with  daily  flights  vi< 
U S Air 

BY  RAILROAD 
Amtrak  to  Lancaster  Station. 
Taxi  and  Rent-a-Car  Service 
available 


1024 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE’ 


Legislative  Update 

Status  of  Legislation  on  Which  MSNJ  Has  Taken  an  Active  Position 


Bill 

Subject 

MSNJ 

Position 

Committee 

Present  Statu 

S-70 

Codey 

To  change  requirements  for 
eligibility  to  be  Commissioner  of 
Health 

Active  Opposition 

Senate:  IHW 

In  committee 

S-lll 

Bubba 

To  require  a physician  to  present 
surgical  consent  forms  at  the  time 
surgery  is  agreed  upon 

Active  Opposition 

Senate:  LIP 

In  committee 

S-243 

Hagedom 

To  provide  procedures  for 
involuntary  civil  commitment  of 
the  mentally  ill 

Active  Opposition 

Senate:  IHW 

In  committee 

S-424 

Dorsey 

To  provide  for  the  abolishment  of 
certain  state  agencies  for  specific 
periods  of  time  and  to  create  a 
Joint  Legislative  Committee  on 
Regulatory  Agencies 

Active  Support 

Senate:  SGF&IR&VA 

In  committee 

S-607 

Bassano 

To  require  the  padding  of  all  metal 
bars  in  school  buses  with  energy- 
absorbing materials  to  be  included 
in  the  State  Board  of  Education’s 
rules  and  regulations 

Active  Support 

Senate:  LPS&D 

In  committee 

S-723 

Brown 

To  require  the  State  Department 
of  Health  to  prepare  a booklet  on 
breast  cancer  and  require 
physicians  to  give  a copy  of  the 
booklet  to  breast  cancer  patients 

Active  Opposition 

Senate:  IHW 

In  committee 

S-752 

Hirkala 

To  provide  that  certain 
information  of  hospitals  and  long- 
term health  care  facility  review 
committees  be  considered 
confidential 

Active  Support 

Senate:  IHW 

In  committee 

S-754 

Hirkala 

To  provide  immunity  from  civil 
liability  to  members  of  hospital 
governing  bodies  in  connection 
with  certain  review  actions  taken 
by  them 

Active  Support 

Senate:  J 

In  committee 

S-1067 

Feldman 

To  establish  and  license  two 
categories  of  social  workers 

Active  Opposition 

Senate:  IHW 

In  committee 

S-1079 

Dumont 

Provides  for  a three-year  statute  of 
limitations,  except  for  fraud, 
intentional  concealment,  or 
nontherapeutic  or  diagnostic 
purpose.  Minors  have  until  age  1 1 
or  any  injury  prior  to  age  8 

Active  Support 

Senate:  J 

In  committee 

S-1112 

Hurley 

To  establish  a cap  on  the  amount 
of  damages  which  may  be  awarded 
for  pain  and  suffering  in  certain 
civil  actions 

Active  Support 

Senate:  J 

In  committee 

S-1135 

Dalton 

To  eliminate  certain  sources  of 
windfall  benefits  in  personal 
injury  and  wrongful  death  actions 

Active  Support 

Senate:  J 

In  committee 

ft 

* L.  81— NUMBER  12— DECEMBER  1984 


1025 


Legislative  Update 

Status  of  Legislation  on  Which  MSNJ  Has  Taken  an  Active  Position 

Bill 

Subject 

MSNJ 

Position 

Committee 

Present  Status 

S-1140 

Feldman 

To  impose  certain  requirements 
on  the  plaintiff  in  a medical 
malpractice  proceeding 

Active  Support 

Senate:  J 

In  committee 

S-1182 

Saxton 

To  establish  the  Automobile 
Insurance  Medical  Fee  Schedule 
Board 

Active  Opposition 

Senate:  LIP 

In  committee 

S-1190 

Feldman 

To  authorize  a court  to  award 
reasonable  attorney’s  fees  to  a 
party  who  prevails  against  a 
frivolous  claim  for  relief  in  a civil 
action 

Active  Support 

Senate:  J 

In  committee 

S-1714 

Bassano 

Licenses  podiatric  x-ray 
technicians  and  allows  them  to 
take  x-rays  of  the  leg*  and  foot 
area  Their  curriculum  and 
examination  will  be  established 
and  conducted  by  the  Radiologic 
Technology  Board  of  Examiners 
(‘Note:  Current  law  limits  the 
podiatrist  to  the  “lower  leg”  and 
foot.) 

Active  Opposition 

Senate:  LIP 

Out  of 
committee, 
amended; 
2nd  reading 

S-1775 

Orechlo 

Allows  chiropractors  who  are 
licensed  to  practice  by  written 
examination  in  any  state  and  who 
have  completed  4,300  classroom 
hours  in  a chiropractic  school  to 
become  licensed  to  practice  by 
virtue  of  a clinical  examination 

Active  Opposition 

Senate:  LIP 

Out  of 
Assembly; 
2nd  reading 

S- 1 839 
Dalton 

Amends  existing  law  to  allow  a 
psychologist  to  supply  evidence  of 
a need  for  guardianship  of  a minor 
who  is  in  the  custody  of  the 
Division  of  Mental  Retardation 

Active  Opposition 

Senate:  IHW 

In  committee 

S- 1 840 
Cardinale 

Exempts  the  private  practice  of 
medicine  from  the  certificate  of 
need  law 

Active  Support 

Senate:  IHW 

In  committee 

S- 1 846 
Garibaldi 

Provides  that  cancers  caused  by 
exposure  to  heat,  cold,  radiation, 
or  a known  carcinogen  which 
manifest  themselves  in  active 
police  or  firemen  are  assumed  to 
be  accidental  and  work-related 
disabilities 

Active  Opposition 

Senate:  SGF&IR&VA 

In  committee 

A-115 

Otlowski 

To  authorize  optometrists  to 
prescribe  a limited  number  of  eye 
medications 

Active  Opposition 

Assembly:  HERP 

In  committee 

A-708 

Hardwick 

To  create  a temporary  committee 
to  study  Diagnosis  Related  Group 
System  used  for  setting  hospital 
rates  and  appropriate  $45,000 

Active  Support 

Assembly:  CHHS 

In  committee 

1026 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


Legislative  Update 


Status  of  Legislation  on  Which  MSNJ  Has  Taken  an  Active  Position 


Bill 

Subject 

MSNJ 

Position 

Committee 

Present  Stati 

A-926 

Weldel 

To  create  an  Automobile 
Insurance  Fee  Schedule  Board  in 
the  Department  of  Insurance  to 
adopt  a reasonable  fee  schedule  for 
medical  services  arising  from 
passenger  automobile  accidents 

Active  Opposition 

Assembly:  BI 

In  committee 

A-960 

Miller 

To  permit  individual  patients  or 
insurers  to  appeal  hospital  bills  in 
cases  of  assignments  under  the 
Diagnosis  Related  Groups 

Active  Support 

Assembly:  CHHS 

In  committee 

A-963 

Miller 

To  eliminate  the  Diagnosis  Related 
Groups  methodology  and  replace  it 
with  one  to  be  devised  by  the 
Department  of  Health  in  one  year 

Active  Support 

Assembly:  CHHS 

In  committee 

A- 1056 
Muziani 

To  require  attending  physicians 
and  certified  nurse  midwives  to 
inform  pregnant  women  of  any 
drugs  expected  to  be  used  during 
pregnancy  and  the  possible  effects 

Active  Opposition 

Assembly:  CHHS 

Out  of 
committee: 
2nd  reading; 
amended 

A-1116 

Patero 

To  permit  licensed  psychologists 
to  certify  disability  under 
Temporary  Disability  Benefits  Law 

Active  Opposition 

Assembly:  L 

Out  of 
committee: 
2nd  reading; 
amended 

A- 1 1 59 
Herman 

To  require  licensed  physicians  or 
chiropractors  to  notify  the  Board 
of  Medical  Examiners  if  they 
accept  Medicare  assignments 

Active  Opposition 

Assembly:  HERP 

In  committee 

A-1471 

Garvin 

To  require  a physician  to  obtain, 
in  advance,  the  patient’s 
authorization  to  perform  a biopsy 
or  mastectomy 

Active  Opposition 

Senate:  IHW 

Passed  in 
Senate 

A-1541 

Karcher 

To  provide  for  the  licensing  of 
persons  who  practice  hypnosis 
and  limit  the  practice,  teaching,  or 
preparation  of  hypnosis  tapes  to 
licensed  practitioners 

Active  Opposition 

Assembly:  HERP 

In  committee 

A- 1559 
Garvin 

Requires  Dept,  of  Health  and  the 
State  Board  of  Medical  Examiners 
to  prepare  a booklet  on  all  aspects 
of  the  treatment  of  breast  cancer. 
Physicians  are  required  to 
distribute  the  book  to  appropriate 
patients  and  to  discuss  it  with 
them. 

Active  Opposition 

Assembly:  CHHS 

In  committee 

A- 1682 
Muhler 

Creates  a seven-person  Board 
within  the  Department  of  Human 
Services  vested  with  the  authority 
to  release  or  continue  the 
commitment  of  persons  who  were 
found  incapable  of  standing  trial 
or  not  guilty  by  reasons  of 
insanity.  A Superior  Court  judge 
currently  makes  these  decisions 

Active  Opposition 

Assembly:  CHHS 

In  committee 

L.  81— NUMBER  12— DECEMBER  1984 


Legislative  Update 

Status  of  Legislation  on  Which  MSNJ  Has  Taken  an  Active  Position 


Bill 

Subject  MSNJ  Committee  Present  Status 

Position 

A- 1870 
Garvin 

Amends  existing  statutes  to  Active  Support  Assembly:  Cl  In  committee 

require  either  seat  belts  or 
restraint  systems  for  all  children 
under  ten  in  a motor  vehicle. 

Current  law  applies  to  children 
under  age  five 

A- 1921 
Miller 

Establishes  a 3-year  statute  of  Active  Support  Assembly:  JUD  In  committee 

limitations  in  tort  actions  against 

health  care  providers.  Children 

would  have  until  age  1 1 to  bring 

action  for  injuries  prior  to  age  8. 

After  age  8,  they  come  under  the  3- 
year  standard.  Fraud, 
concealment,  and  unintentional 
foreign  bodies  “toll”  the  statute 

A- 1922 
Miller 

Provides  that  within  60  days  of  Active  Support  Assembly:  JUD  In  committee 

filing  a medical  malpractice 

complaint,  the  plaintiff  must 

supply  an  affidavit,  by  a qualified 

expert  that  reasonable  cause 

exists  to  believe  malpractice 

occurred 

A-2115 

Otlowski 

Permits  optometrists  to  use  Active  Opposition  Assembly:  CHHS  Out  of 

topical  drugs  for  treatment  and  committee: 

diagnostic  purposes  2nd  reading 

AR-31 

Herman 

Requests  the  Commissioner  of  Active  Support  Assembly:  CHHS  In  committee 

Health  to  vigorously  educate  the 

public,  particularly  young  people, 

about  the  dangers  of  cigarette 

smoking 

Senate  Assembly 

Committee  Key  Committee  Key 

IHW:  Institutions,  Health  and  Welfare  BI:  Banking  and  Insurance 


J: 

LIP: 

LPS&D: 

SGF&IR&VA: 

Judiciary  CHHS:  Corrections,  Health  and  Human  Services 

Labor,  Industry  and  Professions  Cl:  Commerce  and  Industry 

Law,  Public  Safety  and  Defense  HERP:  Higher  Education  and  Regulated  Professions 

State  Government,  Federal  & Interstate  JUD:  Judicial 

Relations  & Veterans  Affairs  L:  Labor 

1028 

THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSB 

Consider  the 
causative  organisms... 


cefaclor 


250-mg  Pulvules  t.i.d. 


offers  effectiveness  against 
the  major  causes  of  bacterial  bronchitis 

H.  influenzae,  H.  influenzae,  S.  pneumoniae,  S.  pyogenes 

(ampicillin-susceptible)  (ampicillin-resistant) 


i)f  Summary  Consult  the  package  literature  for  prescribing 
rmation 

cations  and  Usage:  Ceclor"  (cefaclor,  Lilly)  is  indicated  in  the 
tment  of  the  following  infections  when  caused  by  susceptible 
inns  of  the  designated  microorganisms 
ower  respiratory  infections,  including  pneumonia  caused  by 
tptococcus  pneumoniae  (Diplococcus  pneumoniae),  Haemoph- 
mfluenzae,  and  S pyogenes  (group  A beta-hemolytic 
ptococci) 

Appropriate  culture  and  susceptibility  studies  should  be 
'ormed  to  determine  susceptibility  of  the  causative  organism 
leclor 

traindication:  Ceclor  is  contraindicated  in  patients  with  known 
,irgy  to  the  cephalosporin  group  of  antibiotics, 
nines  IN  PENICILLIN-SENSITIVE  PATIENTS,  CEPHALO- 
)RIN  ANTIBIOTICS  SHOULD  BE  ADMINISTERED  CAUTIOUSLY 
RE  IS  CLINICAL  AND  LABORATORY  EVIDENCE  OF  PARTIAL 
)SS-ALLERGENICITY  OF  THE  PENICILLINS  AND  THE 
mOSPORINS,  AND  THERE  ARE  INSTANCES  IN  WHICH 
IENTS  HAVE  HAD  REACTIONS,  INCLUDING  ANAPHYLAXIS, 
BOTH  DRUG  CLASSES 

mtibiotics,  including  Ceclor,  should  be  administered  cautiously 
ny  patient  who  has  demonstrated  some  form  of  allergy, 
icularly  to  drugs 

’seudomembranous  colitis  has  been  reported  with  virtually  all 
ltd  spectrum  antibiotics  (including  macrolides,  semisynthetic 
icillins,  and  cephalosporins);  therefore,  it  is  important  to 
sider  its  diagnosis  in  patients  who  develop  diarrhea  in 
ociation  with  the  use  of  antibiotics.  Such  colitis  may  range  in 
Brity  from  mild  to  life-threatening 
reatment  with  broad-spectrum  antibiotics  alters  the  normal 
3 of  the  colon  and  may  permit  overgrowth  of  Clostridia.  Studies 
cate  that  a toxin  produced  by  Clostridium  difficile  is  one 
Mary  cause  of  antibiotic-associated  colitis. 

Md  cases  of  pseudomembranous  colitis  usually  respond  to 
) discontinuance  alone  In  moderate  to  severe  cases,  manage 

1 


ment  should  include  sigmoidoscopy,  appropriate  bacteriologic 
studies,  and  fluid,  electrolyte,  and  protein  supplementation 
When  the  colitis  does  not  improve  after  the  drug  has  been 
discontinued,  or  when  it  is  severe,  oral  vancomycin  is  the  drug 
of  choice  for  antibiotic-associated  pseudomembranous  colitis 
produced  by  C difficile  Other  causes  of  colitis  should  be 
ruled  out 

Precautions.  General  Precautions  - If  an  allergic  reaction  to 
Ceclor  ’ (cefaclor,  Lilly)  occurs,  the  drug  should  be  discontinued, 
and.  if  necessary,  the  patient  should  be  treated  with  appropriate 
agents,  eg.  pressor  amines,  antihistamines,  or  corticosteroids. 

Prolonged  use  of  Ceclor  may  result  in  the  overgrowth  of 
nonsusceptible  organisms  Carefu* 1  observation  of  the  patient  is 
essential  If  superinfection  occurs  during  therapy,  appropriate 
measures  should  be  taken 

Positive  direct  Coombs'  tests  have  been  reported  during  treat- 
ment with  the  cephalosporin  antibiotics.  In  hematologic  studies 
or  in  transfusion  cross-matching  procedures  when  antiglobulin 
tests  are  performed  on  the  minor  side  or  in  Coombs'  testing  of 
newborns  whose  mothers  have  received  cephalosporin  antibiotics 
before  parturition,  it  should  be  recognized  that  a positive 
Coombs'  test  may  be  due  to  the  drug 

Ceclor  should  be  administered  with  caution  in  the  presence  ot 
markedly  impaired  renal  function.  Under  such  conditions,  careful 
clinical  observation  and  laboratory  studies  should  be  made 
because  safe  dosage  may  be  lower  than  that  usually  recommended 

As  a result  ot  administration  of  Ceclor,  a false-positive  reaction 
for  glucose  in  the  urine  may  occur.  This  has  been  observed  with 
Benedict's  and  Fehling's  solutions  and  also  with  Clinitest" 
tablets  but  not  with  Tes-Tape"  (Glucose  Enzymatic  Test  Strip. 
USP,  Lilly) 

Broad-spectrum  antibiotics  should  be  prescribed  with  caution  in 
individuals  with  a history  of  gastrointestinal  disease,  particularly 
colitis. 

Usage  in  Pregnancy  - Pregnancy  Category  B - Reproduction 
studies  have  been  performed  in  mice  and  rats  at  doses  up  to  12 
times  the  human  dose  and  in  ferrets  given  three  times  the  maximum 


human  dose  and  have  revealed  no  evidence  of  impaired  fertility 
or  harm  to  the  fetus  due  to  Ceclor'  (cefaclor,  Lilly)  There  are, 
however,  no  adequate  and  well-controlled  studies  in  pregnant 
women  Because  animal  reproduction  studies  are  not  always 
predictive  of  human  response,  this  drug  should  be  used  during 
pregnancy  only  if  clearly  needed 

Nursing  Mothers  - Small  amounts  of  Ceclor  have  been  detected 
in  mother  s milk  following  administration  of  single  500-mg  doses 
Average  levels  were  0 18,  0.20,  0.21 , and  0. 1b  mcg/ml  at  two, 
three,  four,  and  five  hours  respectively.  Trace  amounts  were 
detected  at  one  hour  The  effect  on  nursing  infants  is  not  known 
Caution  should  be  exercised  when  Ceclor  is* administered  to  a 
nursing  woman 

Usage  in  Children  - Safety  and  effectiveness  of  this  product  for 
use  in  infants  less  than  one  month  of  age  have  not  been  established 
Adverse  Reactions:  Adverse  effects  considered  related  to  therapy 
with  Ceclor  are  uncommon  and  are  listed  below 

Gastrointestinal  symptoms  occur  in  about  2.5  percent  of 
patients  and  include  diarrhea  (1  in  70). 

Symptoms  of  pseudomembranous  colitis  may  appear  either 
during  or  after  antibiotic  treatment  Nausea  and  vomiting  have 
been  reported  rarely 

Hypersensitivity  reactions  have  been  reported  in  about  1 5 
ercent  of  patients  and  include  morbiliform  eruptions  (1  in  100) 
ruritus,  urticaria,  and  positive  Coombs'  tests  each  occur  in  less 
than  1 in  200  patients.  Cases  ot  serum-sickness-likc  reactions 
(erythema  multiforme  or  the  above  skin  manifestations  accompanied 
by  arthritis/arthralgia  and,  frequently,  fever)  have  been  reported 
These  reactions  aie  apparently  due  to  hypersensitivity  and  have 
usually  occurred  during  or  following  a second  course  ot  therapy 
with  Ceclor  Such  reactions  have  been  reported  more  frequently 
in  children  than  in  adults.  Signs  and  symptoms  usually  occur  a lew 
days  after  initiation  of  therapy  and  subside  within  a few  days 
alter  cessation  ol  therapy  No  senmis  sequelae  have  been  reported 
Antihistamines  and  corticosteroids  appear  to  enhanco  resolution 
of  the  syndrome 

Cases  of  anaphylaxis  have  been  reported,  hall  ot  which  have 


occurred  in  patients  with  a history  of  penicillin  allergy 

Other  effects  considered  related  to  therapy  included 
eosinophilia  (1  in  50  patients)  and  genital  pruritus  or  vaginitis 
(less  than  1 in  100  patients) 

Causal  Relationship  Uncertain  - Transitory  abnormalities  in 
clinical  laboratory  test  results  have  been  reported  Although  they 
were  of  uncertain  etiology,  they  are  listed  below  to  serve  as 
alerting  information  for  the  physician 

Hepatic  - Slight  elevations  in  SGOT.  SGPT.  or  alkaline 
phosphatase  values  (1  in  40) 

Hematopoietic  - Transient  fluctuations  in  leukocyte  count, 
predominantly  lymphocytosis  occurring  in  infants  and  young 
children  (1  In  40) 

Renal  - Slight  elevations  in  BUN  or  serum  creatinine  (less  than 
1 in  500)  or  abnormal  urinalysis  (less  than  1 in  200) 

I061782R) 


Note  Ceclor*  (cefaclor,  Lilly)  is  contraindicated  in  patients 
with  known  allergy  to  the  cephalosporins  and  should  be  given 
cautiously  to  penicillin-allergic  patients 
Penicillin  Is  the  usual  drug  of  choice  in  the  treatment  and 
prevention  of  streptococcal  Infections,  including  the  prophylaxis 

ol  rheumatic  fever  See  prescribing  information 
© 1984.  ELI  LILLY  AND  COMPANY 


Additional  information  available  to 
the  profession  on  request  from 
Eli  Lilly  and  Company 
Indianapolis  Indiana  4628b 
Eli  Lilly  Iftdntrits  lw 
Carolina  Puerto  Rico  00630 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  12— DECEMBER  1984 


1029 


Angina 
Protection 
with  Benefits  for 
a Lifetime 

ONCE-DAILY  CONTROL 
WITH  HEART-SAVING  BENEFITS 

By  reducing  heart  rate  and  cardiac  contractility,  1NDERAL  LA  helps 
protect  the  heart  from  the  potentially  serious  and  debilitating 
consequences  of  ischemia.  A highly  effective  antianginal  agent  for 
around-the-clock  control  of  symptoms,  INDERAL  LA  also  provides 
cardiovascular  protection  for  a sense  of  security  in  the  years  ahead. 

PROTECTION  AND  EXPERIENCE 
NO  CALCIUM  BLOCKER  CAN  MATCH 

Unlike  calcium  blockers,  INDERAL  LA — either  alone  or  with  a 
nitrate — is  recommended  for  early  treatment  of  angina  in  the 
majority  of  patients.  Equally  important,  INDERAL  LA  delivers  the 
proven  performance  and  safety  profile  of  INDERAL  tablets — 
confirmed  by  millions  of  patients  during  16  years  of  clinical  use. 


START  WITH  80  MG  ONCE  DAILY 

Dosage  may  be  increased  to  160  mg  once  daily,  as  needed,  to 
achieve  optimal  control.  INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  used  in  congestive 
heart  failure,  sinus  bradycardia,  cardiogenic  shock,  heart  block  greater 
than  first  degree,  and  bronchial  asthma.  Please  see  next  page  for 
further  details  and  brief  summary  of  prescribing  information. 


ONCE-DAILY 


ii 

80  120 

LONG  ACTING  mg  mg 

CAPSULES  . 


The  appearance  ol 
INDFRAl  LA 
capsules  is  a register*1 
trademark  ol 
Ayerst  l ahoralones 


Ayerst 


ONCE- DAILY 


JUST  ONCE  EACH  DAY 
FOR  SIMPLIFIED  CORE 
THERAPY  IN  ANGINA  (PROPRANOLOL  HCI) 


INDERAL LA  ill 


LONG  ACTING 
CAPSULES 


80 

mg 


120 

mg 


160 

mg 


BRIEF  SUMMARY  (FOR  FULL  PRESCRIBING  INFORMATION,  SEE  PACKAGE  CIRCULAR ) 
INDERAL'  LA  brand  of  propranolol  hydrochloride  (Long  Acting  Capsules) 
DESCRIPTION.  Inderal  LA  Is  formulated  to  provide  a sustained  release  of  propranolol 
hydrochloride.  Inderal  LA  is  available  as  80  mg,  120  mg,  and  160  mg  capsules. 

CLINICAL  PHARMACOLOGY.  INDERAL  is  a nonselective  beta-adrenergic  receptor 
blocking  agent  possessing  no  other  autonomic  nervous  system  activity.  It  specifically  com- 
petes with  beta-adrenergic  receptor  stimulating  agents  for  available  receptor  sites.  When 
access  to  beta-receptor  sites  is  blocked  by  INDERAL,  the  chronotropic,  inotropic,  and 
vasodilator  responses  to  beta-adrenergic  stimulation  are  decreased  proportionately. 

INDERAL  LA  Capsules  (80, 120,  and  160  mg)  release  propranolol  HCI  at  a controlled  and 
predictable  rate.  Peak  blood  levels  following  dosing  with  INDERAL  LA  occur  at  about  6 hours 
and  the  apparent  plasma  half-life  is  about  10  hours.  When  measured  at  steady  state  over  a 24- 
hour  period  the  areas  under  the  propranolol  plasma  concentration-time  curve  (AUCs)  for  the 
capsules  are  approximately  60%  to  65%  of  the  AUCs  for  a comparable  divided  daily  dose  of 
INDERAL  tablets.  The  lower  AUCs  for  the  capsules  are  due  to  greater  hepatic  metabolism  of 
propranolol,  resulting  from  the  slower  rate  of  absorption  of  propranolol  Over  a twenty-four  (24) 
hour  period,  blood  levels  are  fairly  constant  for  about  twelve  (12)  hours  then  decline 
exponentially. 

INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  considered  a simple  mg  for  mg  substitute  for  conventional 
propranolol  and  the  blood  levels  achieved  do  not  match  (are  lower  than)  those  of  two  to  four 
times  daily  dosing  with  the  same  dose.  When  changing  to  INDERAL  LA  from  conventional 
propranolol,  a possible  need  for  retitration  upwards  should  be  considered  especially  to 
maintain  effectiveness  at  the  end  of  the  dosing  interval.  In  most  clinical  settings,  however, 
such  as  hypertension  or  angina  where  there  is  little  correlation  between  plasma  levels  and 
clinical  effect.  INDERAL  LA  has  been  therapeutically  equivalent  to  the  same  mg  dose  of 
conventional  INDERAL  as  assessed  by  24-hour  effects  on  blood  pressure  and  on  24-hour 
exercise  responses  of  heart  rate,  systolic  pressure  and  rate  pressure  product.  INDERAL  LA 
can  provide  effective  beta  blockade  for  a 24-hour  period 

The  mechanism  of  the  antihypertensive  effect  of  INDERAL  has  not  been  established 
Among  the  factors  that  may  be  involved  in  contributing  to  the  antihypertensive  action  are  (1) 
decreased  cardiac  output,  (2)  inhibition  of  renin  release  by  the  kidneys,  and  (3)  diminution  of 
tonic  sympathetic  nerve  outflow  from  vasomotor  centers  in  the  brain  Although  total  peripheral 
resistance  may  increase  initially,  it  readjusts  to  or  below  the  pretreatment  level  with  chronic 
use.  Effects  on  plasma  volume  appear  to  be  minor  and  somewhat  variable  INDERAL  has 
been  shown  to  cause  a small  increase  in  serum  potassium  concentration  when  used  in  the 
treatment  of  hypertensive  patients 

In  angina  pectoris,  propranolol  generally  reduces  the  oxygen  requirement  of  the  heart  at 
any  given  level  of  effort  by  blocking  the  catecholamine-induced  increases  in  the  heart  rate, 
systolic  blood  pressure,  and  the  velocity  and  extent  of  myocardial  contraction  Propranolol 
may  increase  oxygen  requirements  by  increasing  left  ventricular  fiber  length,  end  diastolic  i': 
pressure  and  systolic  election  period  The  net  physiologic  effect  of  beta-adrenergic  blockade 
is  usually  advantageous  and  is  manifested  during  exercise  by  delayed  onsef  of  pain  and 
increased  work  capacity. 

In  dosages  greater  than  required  for  beta  blockade.  INDERAL  also  exerts  a quinidine-like 
or  anesthetic-like  membrane  action  which  affects  the  cardiac  acLor:  potentia  The  signifi- 
cance ol  the  membrane  action  in  the  treatment  of  arrhythmias  is  uncertain 

The  mechanism  of  the  antimigraine  effect  of  propranolol  has  not  been  established  Beta- 
adrenergic  receptors  have  been  demonstrated  in  the  plat  vessels  of  the  brain. 

Beta  receptor  blockade  can  be  useful  in  conditions  in  which,  because  of  pathologic  or 
functional  changes,  sympathetic  activity  is  detrimental  to  the  patient  But  there  are  also 
situations  in  which  sympathetic  stimulation  is  vital  For^examplerTri  patients  with  Severely" 
damaged  hearts,  adequate  ventricular  function  is  maintained  by  virtue  of  sympathetic  drive 
which  should  be  preserved.  In  the  presence  of  A V block,  greater  than  first  degree,  beta 
blockade  may  prevent  the  necessary  facilitating  effect  of  sympathetic  activity  on  conduction. 
Beta  blockade  results  in  bronchial  constriction  by  interfering  with  adrenergic  bronchodilator 
activity  which  should  be  preserved  in  patients  subject  to  bronchospasm. 

Propranolol  is  not  significantly  dialyzable. 

(INDICATIONS  AND  USAGE.  Hypertension:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  in  the  manage- 
ment of  hypertension;  it  may  be  used  alone  or  used  in  combination  with  other  antihypertensive 
agents,  particularly  a thiazide  diuretic.  INDERAL  LA  is  not  indicated  in  the  management  of 
hypertensive  emergencies. 

Angina  Pectoris  Due  to  Coronary  Atherosclerosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated 
for  the  long-term  management  of  patients  with  angina  pectoris. 

Migraine:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  for  the  prophylaxis  of  common  migraine  headache. 
The  efficacy  of  propranolol  in  the  treatment  of  a migraine  attack  that  has  started  has  not  been 
established  and  propranolol  is  not  indicated  for  such  use. 

Hypertrophic  Subaortic  Stenosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  useful  in  the  management  of 
hypertrophic  subaortic  stenosis,  especially  for  treatment  of  exertional  or  other  stress-induced 
angina,  palpitations,  and  syncope.  INDERAL  LA  also  improves  exercise  performance.  The 
effectiveness  of  propranolol  hydrochloride  in  this  disease  appears  to  be  due  to  a reduction  of 
the  elevated  outflow  pressure  gradient  which  is  exacerbated  by  beta-receptor  stimulation. 
Clinical  improvement  may  be  temporary. 

CONTRAINDICATIONS.  INDERAL  is  contraindicated  in  1)  cardiogenic  shock;  2)  sinus 
bradycardia  and  greater  than  first  degree  block;  3)  bronchial  asthma;  4)  congestive  heart 
failure  (see  WARNINGS)  unless  the  failure  is  secondary  to  a tachyarrhythmia  treatable  with 
INDERAL 

WARNINGS.  CARDIAC  FAILURE:  Sympathetic  stimulation  may  be  a vital  component  sup- 
porting circulatory  function  in  patients  with  congestive  heart  failure,  and  its  inhibition  by  beta 
blockade  may  precipitate  more  severe  failure.  Although  beta  blockers  should  be  avoided  in 
overt  congestive  heart  failure,  if  necessary,  they  can  be  used  with  close  follow-up  in  patients 
with  a history  of  failure  who  are  well  compensated  and  are  receiving  digitalis  and  diuretics. 
Beta-adrenergic  blocking  agents  do  not  abolish  the  inotropic  action  of  digitalis  on  heart 
muscle. 

IN  PATIENTS  WITHOUT  A HISTORY  OF  HEART  FAILURE,  continued  use  of  beta  blockers 
can,  in  some  cases,  lead  to  cardiac  failure.  Therefore,  at  the  first  sign  or  symptom  of  heart 
failure,  the  patient  should  be  digitalized  and/or  treated  with  diuretics,  and  the  response 
observed  closely,  or  INDERAL  should  be  discontinued  (gradually,  if  possible). 


IN  PATIENTS  WITH  ANGINA  PECTORIS,  there  have  been  reports  of  exacerbation  of 
angina  and,  in  some  cases,  myocardial  infarction,  following  abrupt  discontinuance  of 
INDERAL  therapy  Therefore,  when  discontinuance  of  INDERAL  is  planned  the  dosage 
should  be  gradually  reduced  over  at  least  a few  weeks,  and  the  patient  should  be 
cautioned  against  interruption  or  cessation  of  therapy  without  the  physician's  advice  If 
INDERAL  therapy  is  interrupted  and  exacerbation  of  angina  occurs,  it  usually  is  advis- 
able to  reinstitute  INDERAL  therapy  and  take  other  measures  appropriate  for  the  man- 
agement of  unstable  angina  pectoris.  Since  coronary  artery  disease  may  be 
unrecognized,  it  may  be  prudent  to  follow  the  above  advice  in  patients  considered  at  risk 
of  having  occult  atherosclerotic  heart  disease  who  are  given  propranolol  for  other 
indications. 


Nonallergic  Bronchospasm  (e.g.,  chronic  bronchitis,  emphysema) — 

PATIENTS  WITH  BRONCHOSPASTIC  DISEASES  SHOULD  IN  GENERAL  NOT  RECEIVE  BETA 
BLOCKERS.  INDERAL  should  be  administered  with  caution  since  it  may  block  bronchodila- 
tion  produced  by  endogenous  and  exogenous  catecholamine  stimulation  of  beta  receptors. 


MAJOR  SURGERY:  The  necessity  or  desirability  of  withdrawal  of  beta-blocking  therj 
prior  to  ma|or  surgery  is  controversial  It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  the  impaired  abilil 
the  heart  to  respond  to  reflex  adrenergic  stimuli  may  augment  the  risks  of  general  anesthr 
and  surgical  procedures. 

INDERAL  (propranolol  HCI),  like  other  beta  blockers,  is  a competitive  inhibitor  of  b 
receptor  agonists  and  its  effects  can  be  reversed  by  administration  of  such  agents,  e 
dobutamine  or  isoproterenol.  However,  such  patients  may  be  subject  to  protracted  se\ 
hypotension.  Difficulty  in  starting  and  maintaining  the  heartbeat  has  also  been  reported 
bets  blockers 

, DIABETES  AND  HYPOGLYCEMIA  Beta-adrenergic  blockade  may  prevent  the 
pearance  of  certain  premonitory  signs  and  symptoms  (pulse  rate  and  pressure  changes 
acute  hypoglycemia  in  labile  insulin-dependent  diabetes  In  these  patients,  it  may  be  rr' 
difficult  to  ad|ust  the  dosage  of  insulin 

THYROTOXICOSIS:  Beta  blockade  may  mask  certain  clinical  signs  of  hyperthyroidi 
Therefore,  abrupt  withdrawal  of  propranolol  may  be  followed  by  an  exacerbation  of  symptc 
of  hyperthyroidism,  including  thyroid  storm.  Propranolol  does  not  distort  thyroid  function  te 
IN  PATIENTS  WITH  WOLFF-PARKINSON-WHITE  SYNDROME,  several  cases  have  bi 
reported  in  which,  after  propranolol,  the  tachycardia  was  replaced  by  a severe  bradycai 
requiring  a demand  pacemaker  In  one  case  this  resulted  after  an  initial  dose  of  5 
propranolol 

PRECAUTIONS.  General  Propranolol  should  be  used  with  caution  in  patients  with  impai 
hepatic  or  renal  function  INDERAL  is  not  indicated  for  the  treatment  of  hypertens 
emergencies. 

Beta  adrenoreceptor  blockade  can  cause  reduction  of  intraocular  pressure.  Patie 
should  be  told  that  INDERAL  may  interfere  with  the  glaucoma  screening  test  Withdrawal  n 
lead  to  a return  of  increased  intraocular  pressure 

Clinical  Laboratory  Tests;  Elevated  blood  urea  levels  in  patients  with  severe  heart  disea 
elevated  serum  transaminase,  alkaline  phosphatase,  lactate  dehydrogenase 

DRUG  INTERACTIONS:  Patients  receiving  catecholamine-depleting  drugs  such  as  re 
pine  should  be  closely  observed  if  INDERAL  is  administered.  The  added  catecholami 
blocking  action  may  produce  an  excessive  reduction  of  resting  sympathetic  nervous  actr 
which  may  result  in  hypotension,  marked  bradycardia,  vertigo,  syncopal  attacks,  or  orthost. 
hypotension. 

Carcinogenesis,  Mutagenesis,  Impairment  of  Fertility . Long-term  studies  in  animals  h, 
been  conducted  to  evaluate  toxic  effects  and  carcinogenic  potential  In  18-month  studie 
both  rats  and  mice,  employing  doses  up  to  150mg/kg/day,  there  was  no  evidence  of  sigmfic 
drug-induced  toxicity  There  were  no  drug-related  tumorigenic  effects  at  any  of  the  dose 
levels  Reproductive  studies  in  animals  did  not  show  any  impairment  of  fertility  that  v 
attributable  to  the  drug. 

Pregnant  y Pregnancy  Category  C INDERAL  has  been  shown  to  be  embryotoxic 
animal  studies  at  doses  about  10  times  greater  than  the  maximum  recommended  human  do 
There  are  nb  adequate  and  well-controlled  studies  in  pregnant  women  INDERAL  sho 
be  used  during  pregnancy  only  if  the  potential  benefit  justifies  the  potential  risk  to  the  fet 
Nursing  Mothers:  INDERAL  is  excreted  in  human  milk  Caution  should  be  exercised  wf 
INDERAL  is  administered  to  a nursing  woman 

Pediatric  Use:  Safety  and  effectiveness  in  children  have  not  been  established 
ADVERSE  REACTIONS.  Most  adverse  effects  have  been  mild  and  transient  and  h 
rarely  . requiredllhe  withdrawal  of  therapy, 

Cardiovascular:  bradycarciia.  congestive  heart  fajiure,  intensification  of  A V block;  hyj 
tension:  paresthesia  of  hands;  thrombocytopenic  purpura;  arterial  insufficiency,  usually  of 
Raynaud  type 

Central  Nervous  System  lightheadedness;  mental  depression  manifested  by  insomr 
lassitude,  weakness,  fatigue;  reversible  mental  depression  progressing  to  catatonia;  vis 
disturbances,  hallucinations;  an  acute  reversible  syndrome  characterized  by  disorientation 
time  and  place,  short-term  memory  loss,  emotional  lability,  slightly  clouded  sensorium 
decreased  performance  on  neuropsychometrics 

Gastrointestinal:  nausea,  vomiting,  epigastric  distress,  abdominal  cramping,  diarrhi 
constipation,  mesenteric  arterial  thrombosis,  ischemic  colitis. 

Allergic:  pharyngitis  and  agranulocytosis,  erythematous  rash,  fever  combined  with  achi 
and  sore  throat,  laryngospasm  and  respiratory  distress. 

Respiratory  bronchospasm. 

Hematologic:  agranulocytosis,  nonthrombocytopenic  purpura,  thrombocytopei 
purpura. 

Auto-Immune:  In  extremely  rare  instances,  systemic  lupus  erythematosus  has  be 
reported 

Miscellaneous:  alopecia,  LE-like  reactions,  psoriasiform  rashes,  dry  eyes,  male  imp 
tence,  and  Peyronie's  disease  have  been  reported  rarely.  Oculomucocutaneous  reactic 
involving  the  skin,  serous  membranes  and  coniunctivae  reported  fora  beta  blocker  (practol 
have  not  been  associated  with  propranolol 

DOSAGE  AND  ADMINISTRATION.  INDERAL  LA  provides  propranolol  hydrochloride  n 
sustained-release  capsule  for  administration  once  daily  If  patients  are  switched  from  INDER. 
tablets  to  INDERAL  LA  capsules,  care  should  be  taken  to  assure  that  the  desired  therapeu 
effect  is  maintained  INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  considered  a simple  mg  for  mg  substitute 
INDERAL.  INDERAL  LA  has  different  kinetics  and  produces  lower  blood  levels.  Retitration  m 
be  necessary  especially  to  maintain  effectiveness  at  the  end  of  the  24-hour  dosing  interv 
HYPERTENSION — Dosage  must  be  individualized  The  usual  initial  dosage  is  80  r 
INDERAL  LA  once  daily,  whether  used  alone  or  added  to  a diuretic.  The  dosage  may 
increased  to  120  mg  once  daily  or  higher  until  adequate  blood-pressure  control  is  achieve 
The  usual  maintenance  dosage  is  120  to  160  mg  once  daily  In  some  instances  a dosage  of  6 
mg  may  be  required  The  time  needed  for  full  hypertensive  response  to  a given  dosage 
variable  and  may  range  from  a few  days  to  several  weeks 

ANGINA  PECTORIS — Dosage  must  be  individualized  Starting  with  80  mg  INDERAL 
once  daily,  dosage  should  be  gradually  increased  at  three  to  seven  day  intervals  until  optimt 
response  is  obtained  Although  individual  patients  may  respond  at  any  dosage  level,  t 
average  optimum  dosage  appears  to  be  160  mg  once  daily  In  angina  pectoris,  the  value  a 
safety  of  dosage  exceeding  320  mg  per  day  have  not  been  established 

It  treatment  is  to  be  discontinued,  reduce  dosage  gradually  over  a period  of  a few  weei 
(see  WARNINGS) 

MIGRAINE — Dosage  must  be  individualized.  The  initial  oral  dose  is  80  mg  INDERAL 
once  daily.  The  usual  effective  dose  range  is  160-240  mg  once  daily  The  dosage  may 
increased  gradually  to  achieve  optimum  migraine  prophylaxis.  If  a satisfactory  response  is  r| 
obtained  within  four  to  six  weeks  after  reaching  the  maximum  dose,  INDERAL  LA  thera 
should  be  discontinued  It  may  be  advisable  to  withdraw  the  drug  gradually  over  a period 
several  weeks 

HYPERTROPHIC  SUBAORTIC  STENOSIS— 80-160  mg  INDERAL  LA  once  daily. 
PEDIATRIC  DOSAGE— At  this  time  the  data  on  the  use  of  the  drug  in  this  age  group  are  I 
limited  to  permit  adequate  directions  for  use. 

*The  appearance  of  INDERAL  LA  capsules  is  a registered  trademark  of  Ayerst  Laboratory 

8833/3! 


Ayerst 


AYERST  LABORATORIES 
New  York,  N.Y.  10017 


1032 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


:he  medical  society  of  new  JERSEY  VOLUME  5 


rHE  Alternative  Medical  Liability  Act: 
Proposed  Solution  to  the  Malpractice  Problem 


James  E.  George,  m.d.,  j.d.,  and  Madelyn  S.  Quattrone,  j.d.,  lawrenceville 


Physicians  and  their  professional 
liability  insurers  have  been 
proponents  of  reform  in  the  area 
medical  malpractice  litigation.  In  its  present  form, 
edical  malpractice  litigation  is  expensive  and  time 
)nsuming  for  everyone  involved.  Over  recent  years, 
mrts  have  recognized  new  causes  of  action  and  have 
warded  monetary  damages  for  new  categories  of  in- 

Eiries.  In  addition,  court  backlog  results  in  lengthy 
elays  before  cases,  which  have  not  been  resolved  out 
f court,  finally  are  adjudicated. 

In  April  1984,  a federal  bill,  known  as  HR  5400,  was 
itended  to  reform  some  aspects  of  medical  malprac- 
ce  litigation,  and  was  introduced  in  the  U.S.  House 
f Representatives.  The  bill  has  received  mixed  reviews 
. om  those  likely  to  be  affected  by  it. 

This  essay  outlines  the  salient  points  of  HR  5400 
nd  presents  discussion  of  its  potential  impact  on 
hysicians,  hospitals,  insurers,  patients,  and  at- 
imeys. 

According  to  its  sponsors,  W.  Henson  Moore  (Re- 
ublican,  Louisiana)  and  Richard  A.  Gephardt  (Demo- 
rat  Missouri),  the  bill  is  intended  to  provide  an  incen- 
ve  for  hospitals,  physicians,  and  other  health  care 
roviders  to  identify  and  settle  potential  cases  of 
lalpractice.  (In  May,  Senator  David  Durenberger 
Republican,  Missouri],  introduced  the  same  legis- 
ition  in  the  Senate  as  S 2690).  The  bill  is  intended 
3 save  insurance  dollars  by  avoiding  excessive  re- 
overies  while  assuring  that  patients  are  compensated 
3r  losses.  The  authors  of  the  legislation  hope  that  the 
measure  indirectly  will  minimize  the  need  for  the  prac- 
tice of  defensive  medicine  and  its  resultant  increase 
a the  cost  of  health  care. 


THE  ALTERNATIVE  MEDICAL  LIABILITY  ACT 

If  enacted,  HR  5400,  “The  Alternative  Medical  Lia- 
bility Act,”  would  provide  a system  for  compensating 
patients  in  cases  of  personal  injury  arising  out  of  pa- 
tient care  provided  under  federally  funded  programs 
(Medicare,  Medicaid,  CHAMPUS,  CHAMPVA,  and 
others).  The  federal  system  would  allow  physicians  and 
other  health  care  providers  to  avoid  the  risk  of  poten- 
tial lawsuits  for  medical  malpractice  by  enabling  the 
potentially  liable  health  care  providers  to  make  an 
offer,  within  a specified  period  of  time,  to  pay  the  in- 
jured patient’s  economic  losses.  The  patient  to  whom 
an  offer  is  made  would  lose  his  right  to  sue  for  dam- 
ages in  a court  of  law. 

The  offer  is  a commitment  to  pay  compensation  ben- 
efits and  not  a specified  amount  of  dollars.  Under  the 
proposed  legislation,  the  injured  patient  would  be  enti- 
tled to  receive  compensation  for  certain  economic 
losses  and  attorney  fees,  but  could  not  recover  monies 
for  pain  and  suffering  and  loss  of  consortium  claims. 

The  alternative  federal  system  would  not  apply  to 
cases  involving  the  death  of  a patient  or  intentional 
misconduct  by  a health  care  provider.  Nor  would  it 
apply  to  any  personal  injuries  occurring  before  Janu- 
ary 1987,  or  to  malpractice  cases  in  those  states  that 
have  enacted  liability  systems  which  conform  to  the 
federal  alternative  system. 

The  proposed  federal  system  of  patient  compensa- 


*From  the  Department  of  Professional  Liability  Control. 
MSNJ,  where  Dr.  George  is  Director  and  Editor  of  PLB  and 
Ms.  Quattrone  is  Assistant  Editor  of  PLB.  Correspondence 
may  be  addressed  to  A Ronald  Rouse.  MSNJ,  Two  Princess 
Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648. 


/OL.  81— NUMBER  12— DECEMBER  1984 


1033 


tion  would  be  applicable  only  to  cases  arising  out  of 
medical  services  rendered  under  Medicare,  Medicaid, 
the  CHAMPUS  and  CHAMPVA  programs,  the  federal 
program  employees  health  benefits  program,  and  other 
federal  health  programs. 


HR  5400  has  received  mixed 
reviews  from  those  likely  to 
be  effected  by  it. 


TIMELINESS 

The  bill  gives  hospitals  and  doctors  a specified 
period  of  time  to  look  over  their  adverse  outcome  cases 
to  determine  which  ones  are  probable  liability  cases 
and  to  identify  which  cases  are  likely  to  lead  to  liti- 
gation. The  health  care  providers  are  expected  to  iden- 
tify the  cases  for  which  they  will  make  a compensation 
offer,  or  “tender  of  compensation  benefits”  as  it  is 
termed  in  the  proposed  bill. 

Physicians  and  other  health  care  providers  must  re- 
view their  cases  expeditiously.  Tenders  must  be  made 
to  injured  patients  no  later  than  180  days  after  the 
date  of  the  patient’s  discharge  from  the  institution 
where  the  occurrence  took  place  or,  if  the  patient  was 
not  an  inpatient,  180  days  after  the  date  of  the  incident 
giving  rise  to  the  injury. 

Compensation  benefits  must  be  paid  no  later  than 
30  days  after  the  date  that  the  claimant  has  provided 
reasonable  proof  of  the  fact  and  amount  of  net  eco- 
nomic loss  incurred.  In  the  event  benefits  are  not  paid 
on  a timely  basis,  claimants  are  entitled  to  interest  at 
the  annual  rate  of  interest  applied  to  judgments  in  the 
state  where  the  injury  occurred. 

JOINT  LIABILITY 

The  proposal  permits  physicians  and  other  health 
care  providers  who  make  an  offer  of  payment  to  a 
patient  to  join  as  parties  other  physicians  or  health 
care  providers.  The  party  who  is  joined  is  deemed  to 
have  agreed  to  pay  a share  of  the  compensation  ben- 
efits. Disagreements  between  the  parties  with  regard 
to  any  party’s  share  will  be  resolved  by  binding  arbi- 
tration based  on  the  comparative  fault  of  the  providers. 

COMPENSATION  BENEFITS 

The  proposed  bill  restricts  the  monetary  recovery 
allowable  to  injured  patients.  The  injured  patient  will 
have  no  right  to  recover  monetary  damages  for  pain 
and  suffering,  mental  anguish,  physical  impairment, 
punitive  damages,  lost  earning  capacity,  or  loss  of  con- 
sortium. A patient  to  whom  a tender  is  made  is  limited 
to  recovery  for  his  net  economic  loss  plus  attorney’s 
fees.  Economic  loss  includes  reasonable  expenses  in- 
curred for  products,  services,  and  accommodations 
reasonably  needed  for  medical  care,  training,  and  re- 
medial treatment,  including  rehabilitation  treatment 
and  occupational  training.  A patient  also  may  recover 
for  the  loss  of  income  from  the  work  he  would  have 
performed  if  he  had  not  been  injured.  This  amount, 
however,  will  be  reduced  by  any  income  from 


substitute  work  actually  performed  by  the  individ  i 
or  by  income  he  would  have  earned  in  appropri  e 
available  substitute  work  which  he  unreasonav 
failed  to  undertake.  Also,  compensable  are  reasona  e 
expenses  injured  parties  incur  in  obtaining  ordin  y 
and  necessary  services  they  no  longer  are  able  to  p - 
form. 

A significant  feature  is  the  requirement  that  all  b i 
efits  payable  by  the  provider  must  be  reduced  by  e 
amount  payable  by  health,  accident  insurance,  wagt  r 
salary  continuation  plan,  or  disability  income  or  i 
surance.  Compensation  benefits  will  cease  after  a fi  »- 
year  period  during  which  no  claim  for  payments 
made. 

If  it  is  determined  that  a provider  has  defemd 
against  a claim  that  is  fraudulent  or  without  a reas  t 
able  foundation,  the  provider  will  be  allowed  to  reco  ? 
reasonable  attorney’s  fees.  Claimants  also  are  entit  e 
to  reasonable  attorney’s  fees. 


COURT  INVOLVEMENT 

The  federal  proposal  does  not  eliminate  involvemt  t 
of  the  courts.  Courts  will  not  have  a role  in  determin:  g 
liability  under  the  proposal.  Rather,  courts  will  hav  a 
role  in  determining  the  adequacy  of  settlements  a i 
in  the  discovery  of  relevant  information  upon  whji 
the  settlement  amount  is  determined.  Discov  v 
procedures  such  as  depositions  and  interrogators 
may  be  used  in  accordance  with  the  rules  of  con. 
Claimants  would  be  obliged  to  disclose  evidence  f 
their  earnings  and  to  submit  to  a physical  or  mer  il 
examination  by  a physician.  In  addition,  a claim;  t 
must  furnish  reports  relating  to  subsequent  treatm<  t 
and  testing  in  connection  with  his  alleged  injuric 

Where  compensation  benefits  have  been  offered  y 
a provider  and  the  injured  individual  disputes  e 
amount  of  compensation  owing,  the  provider  or  e 
claimant  may  apply  to  a court  of  appropriate  jurist 
tion  for  a declaration  as  to  the  amount  owed,  /y 
compensation  benefit  exceeding  a value  of  $5,0004 
net  economic  loss  must  have  the  proposal  of  a co  t 
having  jurisdiction  of  the  matter.  Court  approval  s 
required  to  determine  whether  the  settlement  is  a - 
quate  and  fair  to  the  claimant. 

Payments  may  be  made  to  a claimant  in  a lump  sn 
or  in  periodic  payments.  Settlement  agreements  r 
judgments  may  be  modified  as  to  the  amounts  payc  e 
in  the  future  under  two  circumstances.  Payments  n y 
be  adjusted  upon  a finding  that  a material  ii 
substantial  change  of  circumstances  in  the  claimai  s 
condition,  loss,  or  rehabilitation  has  occurred  after  e 
date  of  the  agreement  or  judgment  or  where  r v 
evidence  is  discovered. 

ASSIGNED  CLAIMS  PLAN 


To  participate  in  the  federal  plan,  providers  m it 
participate,  either  directly  or  indirectly  through  an  ji- 
surance  company,  in  an  assigned  claims  plan,  '.t 
assigned  claims  plan  may  be  organized  by  the  st;p. 
provided  it  meets  federal  requirements,  or  if  no  st  e 
plan  exists,  the  assigned  claims  plan  will  be  organ!  d 
federally  and  maintained.  The  purpose  of  an  assigi  d 
claims  plan  is  to  provide  for  assessment  of  costs  n 
a fair  basis.  If  a compensation  obliger  is  financi  y 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS  ' 


1034 


nable  to  pay  compensation  benefits  it  owes,  the 
aims  will  be  assigned  to  a member  or  members  of  the 
an. 

OMMENTARY 

Is  the  bill  workable  and  is  it  fair?  These  are  two 
aestions  invariably  raised  by  health  care  providers 
id  their  insurers.  Attorneys  invariably  ask,  is  the  bill 

S institutional?  Is  it  fair  to  provide  a system  of  limited 
covery  for  patient  injuries  to  one  segment  of  the 
ipulation  and  a system  for  more  expanded  recovery 
i another  segment  of  the  population? 

Physicians  and  their  insurers  have  applauded  the 
incept  of  the  reduction  in  compensable  categories  of 
images.  The  elimination  of  awards  for  pain  and  suf- 
ring  and  for  loss  of  consortium  and  the  reduction  in 
rnefits  by  payments  made  to  the  patient  by  his  in- 
lrance  or  other  collateral  sources  clearly  are 
meficial  to  the  provider. 

Other  features  of  the  bill  have  raised  some  cause  for 
incem.  Will  more  patients  be  compensated  under  the 


:| 

I 


proposed  system  as  compared  to  the  present  system 
so  as  to  offset  any  benefits  to  physicians  and  their 
insurers?  Will  the  provisions  for  joining  other  phy- 
sicians and  providers  result  in  the  continued  practice 
of  defensive  medicine? 

Physicians  who  believe  they  have  provided  proper 
and  acceptable  care  in  cases  which  nonetheless  result 
in  a bad  outcome  may  be  unwilling  to  make  an  offer 
to  pay  compensation  within  the  time  period  provided. 
Is  the  short  time  period  fair?  Who  will  be  empowered 
to  make  a compensation  offer,  the  physician  or  his 
insurer?  How  will  the  assigned  claims  plan  work? 

On  balance,  it  appears  that  HR  5400  seeks  to  ac- 
complish many  of  the  objectives  sought  by  physicians 
and  their  insurers.  The  bill  deserves  careful  thought 
and  analysis  so  that  the  medical  community  can  assist 
drafters  of  the  proposal. 

There  has  never  been  a panacea  in  the  area  of  medi- 
cal malpractice.  It  is  doubtful  that  HR  5400  will  fill  this 
role.  If  HR  5400  is  ever  passed  into  law,  it  still  will  take 
many  months  to  know  whether  the  medical  malprac- 
tice problem  is  better,  worse,  or  the  same. 


1 


I 


0L.  81— NUMBER  12— DECEMBER  1984 


1035 


Find  your  doctor  is  the  headline  in  what  has  to  be  one  of  the  largest 
posters  ever  produced — three  feet  by  five. 

This  poster  is  in  fact  a directory  of  the  approximately  10,000  Participating 
- P.A.C.E.  Physicians  and  Providers. 

Distributed  to  10,000  of  our  larger  P.A.C.E  subscriber  businesses,  it  has 
proven  to  be  a unique  and  effective  way  to  promote  participation,  and  the 


key  role  the  Participating  Doctor  plays  in  this  comprehensive  health 


care  coverage. 

Currently  seven  out  of  ten  of  your  colleagues  are  participating 
in  P.A.C.E. 

The  P.A.C.E  program  takes  into  account 
the  kind  of  medicine  you  practice,  and  where 

P.A.C.E.  provides  Participating  Physicians 
more  equitable  and  consistant  payments. 

We  actively  seek  your  participation 
in  this  unique  P.A.C.E.  program,  Ip 

for  more  information  please  call  jm: 

(201)  456-3200.  ■ 


tOFESSIONAL  LIABILITY 
IMMENTARY* 

[alpractice  Rates 
idAwards 


■HHM 


■orporate  Negligence;  Can  Legislators 
olve  Problems?;  Did  You  Know?;  Award 
m Deaf  Child 


I 


I 

n the  recent  Washington  State 
Supreme  Court  case  of  Pedroza 
v Bryant  677  P.2d  166  (1984), 
t!  Court  held  that  a hospital’s  duty  of  care  under  the 
Ttrine  of  corporate  negligence  extends  only  to  those 
ko  are  patients  within  the  institution.  Under  the 
Urine  of  corporate  negligence,  a hospital  has  the 
nponsibility  of  supervising  the  medical  treatment 
p vided  to  hospital  patients  by  members  of  the  medi- 
l staff.  Hospital  liability  for  the  negligent  acts  of 
p fsicians  may  arise  when  it  is  shown  that  a hospital 
b i failed  to  exercise  reasonable  care  in  the  granting, 
Ijiewal,  or  delineation  of  privileges. 

n the  Pedroza  case,  a woman  sought  treatment  at 
b ' physician’s  private  office  when  she  began  to  ex- 
p ience  problems  associated  with  her  pregnancy.  The 
man  subsequently  was  admitted  to  Skagit  Valley 
spital  where  the  child  successfully  was  delivered  by 
arean  section,  though  the  patient  did  not  survive, 
e doctor  who  initially  misdiagnosed  her  condition 
1 limited  staff  privileges  at  the  hospital, 
he  plaintiff  had  argued  that  the  hospital  should  be 
)le  for  the  negligence  of  the  physician  because  the 
eased  woman  had  chosen  his  services  as  a result 
lis  having  staff  privileges  at  the  hospital  and  there- 
e she  was  a potential  patient  of  the  hospital.  The 
irt  rejected  this  argument,  holding  that:  ‘The  hospi- 
I holds  itself  out  to  the  community  as  a competent 
I wider  of  medical  care.  The  hospital  does  not  hold 

fL.  81— NUMBER  12— DECEMBER  1984 


itself  out  as  an  inspector  or  insurer  of  the  private 
practices  of  its  staff  members.  The  delineation  of  staff 
privileges  by  the  hospital  can  only  affect  the 
procedures  used  by  staff  members  while  they  are  in- 
side hospital  walls.  The  public  cannot  reasonably  ex- 
pect anything  more.” 

Although  the  Washington  Court  did  not  find  liability 
in  this  instance,  the  Pedroza  case  signifies  the  con- 
tinuing trend  of  this  country  toward  acceptance  of  the 
doctrine  of  corporate  negligence  in  medical  malprac- 
tice cases,  a view  which  was  accepted  by  a trial  court 
in  this  state  in  1975  [Corleto  v Shore  Memorial  Hospi- 
tal, 138  N.J.  Super  302  (Law  Div.  1975)]  and  which  is 
likely  to  be  accepted  by  the  Supreme  Court  of  New 
Jersey  should  the  issue  be  raised  in  that  Court.  At  the 
same  time,  the  Pedroza  case  is  significant  because  it 
limits  the  doctrine  to  acts  occurring  in  the  hospital. 

CAN  LEGISLATORS  SOLVE  YOUR  PROBLEMS? 

“Stop  harping  about  plaintiffs’  lawyers  and  banging 
on  legislative  doors  asking  for  special  interest  tort  re- 
form and  instead  get  your  own  act  together,”  California 
Assembly  Speaker  Willie  Brown  told  the  Physician  In- 
surers Association  of  America 

Brown,  who  reportedly  earned  at  least  $ 1 30,000  from 
his  law  practice  and  speeches  last  year  to  supplement 
his  $41,000  Assembly  income,  was  described  in  News- 
week (June  11,  1984)  as  an  “ayatollah"  who  has  be- 
come the  top  Democrat  in  California  and  one  of  the 
most  influential  blacks  in  American  politics. 

The  major  effect  of  his  June  1 speech  at  Lake  Tahoe 
was  to  rankle  members  in  what  became  a prolonged 
sparring  match  between  Brown  and  the  audience. 
Here’s  a sampling  of  the  pull-no-punches  encounter: 

Question:  “I’m  having  trouble  understanding  how  a 
plaintiffs  lawyer  can  justify  receiving  a $400,000  fee 
in  a million  dollar  malpractice  verdict.” 

Brown : “You  folks  have  got  to  stop  concentrating  on 
what  a plaintiffs  lawyer  makes.  Instances  of  those 
large  sums  are  rare.  It’s  like  talking  about  what  a doc- 
tor charges.  Your  arguing  that  point  is  counter- 
productive.” 

Question : “Physicians  are  practicing  defensive  medi- 
cine to  reduce  chances  of  being  sued  by  patients,  and 
isn’t  that  bringing  higher  medical  bills  to  patients  who 
are  your  constituents?” 

Brown : ’That’s  also  a counterproductive  argument. 
When  I need  treatment,  I want  you  to  use  every  exotic 
machine,  every  alternative  method  to  make  sure 
nothing  is  missed  so  that  I can  be  healthy  forever  and 
ever  and  ever,  without  you  being  motivated  by  fear  of 
suit.” 

Question:  “Yet  here  is  this  plaintiffs  lawyer  with  his 
huge  fee  and  in  my  (medical)  practice  there  are  limits 
to  what  I can  charge— limits  from  Medicare,  Medicaid, 
and  state  agencies." 

Brown:  “Again,  you  are  making  the  wrong  argument 
in  the  wrong  arena  Lawyers’  fees  are  limited,  too.  in 
many  areas  by  various  agencies  when  they  represent 
estates  or  minors  or  the  indigent,  and,  oi  course,  you 
are  not  required  to  take  Medicare  patients." 

•This  item  from  the  Department  of  Professional  Liability  Con 
trol,  MSNJ,  was  prepared  by  James  E.  George,  M.D..  J.D..  and 
A Ronald  Rouse  who  are,  respectively,  Director  of  the  Depart- 
ment and  Director  of  Special  Projects. 


1037 


Question:  “Would  you  support  a no-fault  system  to 
replace  the  tort  system  in  California?” 

Brown .-  “Yes.  Here  is  an  opportunity  to  abandon  self- 
ish roles  we  play  as  individual  advocates,  looking  out 
basically  for  our  own  interests  but  always  couching  it 
as  if  we’re  looking  out  for  someone  else’s — the  patient’s 
or  the  victim’s.  What  we  have  is  a social  problem — of 
people  being  injured  and  needing  compensation— not 
a crisis  generated  by  one  or  two  big  verdicts.” 

Brown  said  the  entire  system  for  compensating  vic- 
tims could  collapse  and  expressed  great  concern  about 
social  distribution  that  could  occur  as  a result.  “If  you 
are  prepared  to  discuss  contingency  fees  of  lawyers  at 
the  same  table  and  in  the  same  room  where  your  pro- 
fessional fees  are  discussed,  I would  agree  to  that.  The 
public,  of  course,  would  like  to  see  us  in  that  kind  of 
a contest  because  they  think  we  all  charge  too  much.” 
(Medical  Liability  Monitor,  Vol.  9,  No.  7,  July  25,  1984) 

DID  YOU  KNOW  . . . 

A California  disciplinary  board  could  be  prevented 
from  discouraging  treatment  it  considers  unsafe?  The 
Jehovah’s  Witnesses  have  won  the  right  to  sue  the 
state  for  violating  their  religious  freedom  by  discourag- 
ing doctors  from  performing  “bloodless”  surgery.  That, 
the  Witnesses  say,  infringes  on  their  First  Amendment 
rights,  since  group  members  refuse  blood  transfusions 
as  a matter  of  religious  belief.  ( Medical  Economics, 
May  28,  1984) 

As  the  role  of  professional  review  organizations 
changes  under  Medicare’s  prospective-payment  sys- 
tem, physicians  will  become  more  vulnerable  to  lia- 
bility claims,  PRO  directors  warn?  For  example,  if  a 
review  board  determines  that  a physician  performed 
unnecessary  surgery,  the  Medicare  patient  will  be 
notified.  The  result  could  be  a malpractice  suit  against 
the  doctor.  PROs  recommend  that  doctors  take  this 
precaution:  Get  your  review  board’s  approval  of  the 
procedure  before  surgery.  ( Medical  Economics,  July  9, 
1984) 

Medical  liability  rates  increased  last  year  as  the  fre- 
quency and  severity  of  malpractice  claims  continued 
to  rise,  according  to  the  American  Medical  Assurance 
Co.?  The  average  loss  by  settlement  or  judgment  rose 
approximately  20  percent.  As  a result,  22  physician- 
owned  companies  raised  premiums  ranging  from  6 to 
30  percent  adding  at  least  $60  million  to  the  overall 


cost  of  medical  liability  insurance.  In  1984,  at  least  K 
physician  companies  already  have  increased  ratet 
again.  The  increases  range  from  6 to  39  percent 
Others  will  increase  premiums  before  the  end  of  tht 
year.  (AMA  Newsletter,  Vol.  16,  No.  19,  May  22,  1984 

AWARD  TO  DEAF  CHILD 

The  state  was  liable  for  $1,500,000  for  medica 
malpractice  for  the  negligent  evaluation  and  treatmen 
of  a deaf  child  at  a state  school,  a New  York  appellatt 
court  ruled. 

The  patient  was  bom  prematurely  on  August  20 
1962,  to  a mother  who  had  a family  history  of  epilepsy 
After  repeated  hospitalizations,  he  was  institu 
tionalized.  His  medical  records  indicated  that  his  hear 
ing  was  questionable.  A Kuhlmann  I.Q.  test  was  admin 
istered  and  he  recorded  a score  of  24.  On  the  basis  o 
that  test  score,  he  was  considered  not  suitable  for  i 
trainable  and  educable  program. 

In  May  1967,  he  was  enrolled  in  a speech  class.  His 
teacher  labeled  him  as  a “very  bright"  child  who  coulc 
“learn  quickly.”  In  August  1967,  he  was  described  ai| 
an  interested  youngster  who  was  extrememly  alert  bu 
deaf.  Despite  those  observations  inconsistent  with  hit 
recorded  I.Q.  of  24,  he  was  not  re-evaluated  intellectual 
ly  until  June  1971.  In  November  1976,  a claim  waf 
brought  against  the  state  of  New  York  by  the  patient 
both  individually  and  by  his  parent  and  natural  guard 
ian,  to  recover  damages  emanating  from  the  patient’s 
admission  and  confinement  at  one  state  school  frorr 
June  1965  to  August  1972,  and  at  another  state  schoo 
from  August  1972  to  December  31,  1974.  A trial  cour 
found  that  the  state  committed  medical  malpracticf 
and  awarded  the  patient  $2,500,000  as  compensatior 
for  the  lost  years  of  proper  training. 

Reducing  the  award  to  $1,500,000,  the  appellati 
court  said  the  trial  court’s  award  was  an  exorbitan 
amount  reflecting  the  court’s  sympathy.  The  court  ac 
curately  determined  that  the  state’s  action  was  medi 
cal  malpractice,  rather  than  educational  malpractice 
for  which  there  was  no  action.  Failure  to  conduct  a re 
evaluation  of  the  patient’s  classification  as  an  imbecili 
with  any  degree  of  diligence  departed  from  accepte( 
medical  standards  and  was  malpractice,  the  cour 
said — Snow  v State  of  New  York,  469  N.Y.S.2d  959  (N.Y 
Sup.  Ct„  App.  Div.,  Dec.  27,  1983).  (The  Citation,  Vol 
49,  No.  6,  July  1,  1984) 


. 


I 

THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


1038 


New  low  price...major  savings 

The  dramatic  reduction  in  the  price  ot  Motrin  Tablets  means  substantial  savings 
from  now  on  for  your  patients  and  for  patients  all  across  the  country  for  whom  Motrin 

Tablets  are  prescribed. 

Motrin  is  priced  lower  than  Clinoril,  Feldene,  or  Naprosyn. 

The  price  of  Motrin  Tablets  to  pharmacies  has  been  reduced  as  much  as  35%. 
Patients  taking  the  average  dosage  should  now  pay  less  for  therapy  with  Motrin  Tablets 
than  for  almost  any  other  nonsteroidal  anti-inflammatory  drug  you 
prescribe... less,  for  example,  than  for  Clinoril,  Feldene,  or  Naprosyn.  And,  of  course, 
all  strengths  of  Motrin  Tablets  continue  to  be  available  by  prescription  only. 

Please  see  the  following  page  for  a brief  summary  of  prescribing  information. 


Motrin 

ibuorofen 


TABLETS 

mg 


Good  medicine...good  value 


© 1984  The  Upjohn  Company  The  Upjohn  Company 


Kalamazoo,  Michigan  49001 


L 81— NUMBER  12— DECEMBER  1984 


1039 


Motrin*1  Tablets  (ibuprofen) 

Contraindications:  Anaphylactoid  reactions  have  occurred  in  individuals  hypersensitive  to 
Motrin  Tablets  or  with  the  syndrome  of  nasal  polyps,  angioedema  and  bronchospastic  reactivity 
to  aspirin,  iodides,  or  other  nonsteroidal  anti-inflammatory  agents. 

Warnings:  Peptic  ulceration  and  Gl  bleeding,  sometimes  severe,  have  been  reported.  Ulceration, 
perforation  and  bleeding  may  end  fatally.  An  association  has  not  been  established.  Use  Motrin 
Tablets  under  close  supervision  in  patients  with  a history  of  upper  gastrointestinal  tract  disease, 
after  consulting  ADVERSE  REACTIONS,  In  patients  with  active  peptic  ulcer  and  active 
rheumatoid  arthritis,  try  nonulcerogemc  drugs,  such  as  gold.  If  Motrin  Tablets  are  used,  observe 
the  patient  closely  for  signs  of  ulcer  perforation  or  Gl  bleeding 
Chronic  studies  in  rats  and  monkeys  have  shown  mild  renal  toxicity  with  papillary  edema  and 
necrosis.  Renal  papillary  necrosis  has  rarely  been  shown  in  humans  treated  with  Motrin  Tablets. 
Precautions:  Blurred  and/or  diminished  vision,  scotomata,  and/or  changes  in  color  vision  have 
been  reported.  If  these  develop,  discontinue  Motrin  Tablets  and  the  patient  should  have  an 
ophthalmologic  examination,  including  central  visual  fields  and  color  vision  testing. 

Fluid  retention  and  edema  have  been  associated  with  Motrin  Tablets;  use  with  caution  in  patients 
with  a history  of  cardiac  decompensation  or  hypertension.  In  patients  with  renal  impairment, 
reduced  dosage  may  be  necessary.  Prospective  studies  of  Motrin  Tablets  safety  in  patients  with 
chronic  renal  failure  have  not  been  done. 

Motrin  Tablets  can  inhibit  platelet  aggregation  and  prolong  bleeding  time.  Use  with  caution  in 
persons  with  intrinsic  coagulation  defects  and  on  anticoagulant  therapy. 

Patients  should  report  signs  or  symptoms  of  gastrointestinal  ulceration  or  bleeding,  skin  rash, 
weight  gain,  or  edema. 

Patients  on  prolonged  corticosteroid  therapy  should  have  therapy  tapered  slowly  when  Motrin 
Tablets  are  added 

The  antipyretic,  anti-inflammatory  activity  of  Motrin  Tablets  may  mask  inflammation  and  fever. 

As  with  other  nonsteroidal  anti-inflammatory  drugs,  borderline  elevations  of  liver  tests  may 
occur  in  up  to  15%  of  patients.  These  abnormalities  may  progress,  may  remain  essentially 
unchanged,  or  may  be  transient  with  continued  therapy  Meaningful  elevations  of  SGPT  or  SGOT 
(AST)  occurred  in  controlled  clinical  trials  in  less  than  1%  of  patients.  Severe  hepatic  reactions, 
including  |aundice  and  cases  of  fatal  hepatitis,  have  been  reported  with  ibuprofen  as  with  other 
nonsteroidal  anti-inflammatory  drugs.  If  liver  disease  develops  or  if  systemic  manifestations 
occur  (e  g eosinophilia,  rash,  etc.),  Motrin  should  be  discontinued 
Drug  interactions.  Aspirin:  used  concomitantly  may  decrease  Motrin  blood  levels. 

Coumarm  bleeding  has  been  reported  in  patients  taking  Motrin  and  coumarin. 

Pregnancy  and  nursing  mothers:  Motrin  should  not  be  taken  during  pregnancy  or  by  nursing 
mothers. 

Adverse  Reactions:  The  most  frequent  type  of  adverse  reaction  occurring  with  Motrin  is 
gastrointestinal  of  which  one  or  more  occurred  in  4%  to  16%  of  the  patients. 

Incidence  Greater  than  1 % (but  less  than  3%)— Probable  Causal  Relationship 
Gastrointestinal:  Nausea*  epigastric  pain*  heartburn*  diarrhea,  abdominal  distress,  nausea 
and  vomiting,  indigestion,  constipation,  abdominal  cramps  or  pain,  fullness  of  Gl  tract  (bloating 
and  flatulence);  Central  Nervous  System:  Dizziness*  headache,  nervousness;  Dermatologic: 
Rash*  (including  maculopapular  type),  pruritus;  Special  Senses:  Tinnitus;  Metabolic/Endocrine: 
Decreased  appetite;  Cardiovascular:  Edema,  fluid  retention  (generally  responds  promptly  to 
drug  discontinuation;  see  PRECAUTIONS). 

Incidence  less  than  1%-Probable  Causal  Relationship** 

Gastrointestinal:  Gastric  or  duodenal  ulcer  with  bleeding  and/or  perforation,  gastrointestinal 
hemorrhage,  melena,  gastritis,  hepatitis,  |aundice,  abnormal  liver  function  tests;  Central 
Nervous  System:  Depression,  insomnia,  confusion,  emotional  lability,  somnolence,  aseptic 
meningitis  with  fever  and  coma,  Dermatologic:  Vesiculobullous  eruptions,  urticaria,  erythema 
multiforme,  Stevens-Johnson  syndrome,  alopecia;  Special  Senses:  Hearing  loss,  amblyopia 
(blurred  and/or  diminished  vision,  scotomata,  and/or  changes  in  color  vision)  (see  PRECAU- 
TIONS); Hematologic:  Neutropenia,  agranulocytosis,  aplastic  anemia,  hemolytic  anemia  (some- 
times Coombs  positive),  thrombocytopenia  with  or  without  purpura,  eosinophilia,  decreases  in 
hemoglobin  and  hematocrit,  Cardiovascular:  Congestive  heart  failure  in  patients  with  marginal 
cardiac  function,  elevated  blood  pressure,  palpitations;  Allergic:  Syndrome  of  abdominal  pain, 
fever,  chills,  nausea  and  vomiting;  anaphylaxis;  bronchospasm  (see  CONTRAINDICATIONS); 
Renal:  Acute  renal  failure  in  patients  with  pre-existing  significantly  impaired  renal  tunction, 
decreased  creatinine  clearance,  polyuria,  azotemia,  cystitis,  hematuria.  Miscellaneous:  Dry  eyes 
and  mouth,  gingival  ulcer,  rhinitis. 

Incidence  less  than  1%-Causal  Relationship  Unknown** 

Gastrointestinal:  Pancreatitis;  Central  Nervous  System:  Paresthesias,  hallucinations,  dream 
abnormalities,  pseudotumor  cerebri;  Dermatologic:  Toxic  epidermal  necrolysis,  photoallergic 
skin  reactions;  Special  Senses:  Coniunctivitis,  diplopia,  optic  neuritis;  Hematologic:  Bleeding 
episodes  (e.g„  epistaxis,  menorrhagia),  Metabolic/Endocrine:  Gynecomastia,  hypoglycemic 
reaction;  Cardiovascular:  Arrhythmias  (sinus  tachycardia,  sinus  bradycardia);  Allergic:  Serum 
sickness,  lupus  erythematosus  syndrome,  Henoch-Schonlein  vasculitis;  Renal:  Renal  papillary 
necrosis. 

♦Reactions  occurring  in  3%  to  9%  of  patients  treated  with  Motrin.  (Those  reactions  occurring  in 
less  than  3%  of  the  patients  are  unmarked.) 

♦♦Reactions  are  classified  under  Probable  Causal  Relationship  (PCR)"  if  there  has  been  one 
positive  rechallenge  or  if  three  or  more  cases  occur  which  might  be  causally  related.  Reactions 
are  classified  under  "Causal  Relationship  Unknown"  if  seven  or  more  events  have  been  reported 
but  the  criteria  for  PCR  have  not  been  met. 

Overdosage:  In  cases  of  acute  overdosage,  the  stomach  should  be  emptied.  The  drug  is  acidic 
and  excreted  in  the  urine  so  alkaline  diuresis  may  be  beneficial. 

Dosage  and  Administration:  Rheumatoid  arthritis  and  osteoarthritis.  Suggested  dosage  is  300, 
400,  or  600  mg  t.i.d.  or  q.i.d.  Do  not  exceed  2400  mg  per  day.  Mild  to  moderate  pain:  400  mg 
every  4 to  6 hours  as  necessary. 

Caution:  Federal  law  prohibits  dispensing  without  prescription.  med  b-7-s 


Motrin  is  a registered  trademark  of  The  Upjohn  Manufacturing  Company. 


Upjohn 


The  Upjohn  Company 
Kalamazoo,  Michigan  49001 


Helping  Medical 


Management  Manage 


Sixteen  years  ago,  Mary  Ann  Hamburger  of 
Maplewood  took  a job  for  a doctor  managing 
his  office.  Today,  as  a medical  management 
consultant,  Mary  Ann  Hamburger  Assoc. 's 
responsibilities  include  making  sure  everything 
runs  smoothly  for  the  physician  and  his  or  her 
staff. 

Part  of  her  job  is  to  make  certain  that  the 
current  billing  system  is  working  efficiently,  to 
update  the  filing  system,  to  clear  up  any  book- 
ing problems  as  far  as  appointments  are 
concerned  and  any  problems  relating  to  the 
management  or  business  side  of  a medical 
practice. 

Mary  Ann  Hamburger  Assoc,  will  benefit  any 
doctor  in  an  existing  practice  having  a problem 
with  the  business  aspect  of  his  or  her  practice 
and  all  new  doctors  who  plan  to  set  up  practice 
in  the  near  future.  Her  service  can  also  include 
the  hiring  aspect  of  doctors’  offices,  if  desired. 

Further  information  on  medical  management 
is  available  from  Mary  Ann  at 


201-763-7394 


ta  V C|jp|  TpDC 


Just  one  of  the  personal 
financial  services 
available  to  you  from  the 

physician’s  bank. 


• tax  planning 

• lines  of  credit 

• equipment  financing 

• retirement  planning 


• money  management 
• cash  flow  • investments 
• estate  planning 


i 


Cali  or  Write 

Joseph  J.  Verbaro,  Jr. 
Senior  Vice  President 

(201)  228-9770 


■MTRU5T 

FINANCIAL  AND  TRUST  SERVICES  ~~J 


DIVISION  OF  SECURITY  NATIONAL  BANK  & TRUST  COMPANY 
OF  NEW  JERSEY 


\ 


101  Eisenhower  Parkway 
Roseland,  New  Jersey  07068 


f 

It 


Member  F.D.I.C 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE, 


1040 


EDITORIAL 

[s  There  a Doctor  in  the 
House? 


Frank  J.  Primich,  m.d. 


The  cost  crisis  in  health  care  has  created 
a variety  of  problems.  And  something 
must  be  done.  Can  physicians  help  solve 

some  of  these  problems? 

— 


Traditionally,  when  problems 
arose  regarding  illness  or  injury, 
the  first  opinion  sought  was 
l at  of  a physician.  Currently,  the  “cost  crisis”  in 
1 alth  care  has  spawned  a plethora  of  instant  experts. 
' iey  range  from  politicians  to  Ph.Ds.  The  few  token 
I Ds  consulted  either  are  far  removed  from  direct  pa- 
pnt  care  or  are  obligated  to  present  a cooperative 
psition  to  make  the  best  of  a bad  situation. 
Lawyers  and  consumer  advocates  have  had  a field 
| ly  exploiting  the  side  effects  of  medications  and  oper- 
ive  procedures.  Since  there  is  nothing  in  life  which 
: risk-free,  cost-free,  or  free  of  responsibility,  every 
i cision  must  reflect  the  risk-benefit  ratio  involved. 
When  one  considers  alternatives  in  treatment  in- 
uding  no  treatment,  the  factors  of  risk,  cost  and 
i fort  must  be  balanced  against  the  benefit  to  be  de- 
:/ed.  The  concept  of  informed  consent  assumes 
/areness  of  predictable  risks  and  costs,  and  reason- 
>le  expectations  regarding  results.  Ideally,  such  de- 
1 sions  are  best  made  by  the  patient  and  the  physician, 
ltiy  of  a third  party,  be  it  government  or  private 
surer,  injects  a different  set  of  value  judgments. 
The  Utopian  vision  of  high-quality  health  care  for  all 
nericans  is  a desirable,  though  actuarially  impos- 
3le,  goal.  The  irresponsible  political  promise  of  such 
t /els  of  care  sowed  the  seeds  of  our  dilemma  Entrap- 
ent  by  government  has  drawn  harsh  criticism  in  the 
Dscam  and  DeLorean  cases,  wherein  individuals  suc- 
imbed  to  the  lure  of  illegal  profit.  In  health  care,  the 
itrapment  consisted  of  encouraging  “legal”  expen- 
1 tures  on  overexpansion,  overutilization,  and  mar- 
nally  beneficial  technological  advances.  While  there 
idoubtedly  were  some  who  improperly,  illegally,  or 
amorally  exploited  the  system,  the  vast  majority  simp- 
abided  by  the  rules  and  guidelines  of  the  era 


Excessive  costs  eventually  became  apparent.  Mis- 
directing the  blame  was  a political  imperative.  Such 
misdiagnosis  precludes  any  adequate  cure. 

The  crisis  atmosphere  associated  with  the  impend- 
ing bankruptcy  of  Social  Security  dominated  domestic 
concerns  through  prolonged  bipartisan  negotiations 
of  a “solution.”  Medicare's  instability  of  similar  propor- 
tions was  “resolved”  as  an  afterthought  Changes  were 
introduced  with  no  substantive  evidence  of  supposed 
benefits,  nor  consideration  of  predictable  damages. 

Diagnosis  Related  Groups  (DRGs)  originated  as  a 
method  of  cost  analysis.  Conversion  to  a reimburse- 
ment methodology  was  fraught  with  potential  hazards. 
DRGs  best  are  described  as  an  illogical,  impersonal, 
and  often  inhumane  system  directed  almost  exclusive- 
ly to  cost  containment  with  an  inevitable  negative 
impact  upon  quality  and  availability  of  health  care. 
Incremental  introduction  is  akin  to  the  “frog  in  boiling 
water”  analogy.  The  gradual  change  is  met  by  accom- 
modation until  it  is  too  late  to  escape  the  end  result. 

New  Jersey’s  federally  sponsored  “experiment”  with 
DRGs  began  in  1980.  MSNJ’s  concerns  were  allayed  by 
the  promise  that  the  program  would  be  limited  and 
voluntary.  When  it  was  arbitrarily  expanded  to  a man- 
datory all-inclusive  system,  objections  and  warnings 
from  practicing  physicians  fell  on  deaf  ears.  My  testi- 
mony before  government  committees  was  disregarded. 
It  was  announced  that  “something  had  to  be  done,” 
and  any  untoward  side  effects  would  be  addressed 
when  they  occurred. 

The  prime  impetus  to  passage  of  the  regulations  was 
the  unsubstantiated  claim  of  success  by  the  New  Jer- 
sey State  Department  of  Health.  To  this  day,  there  has 
been  no  appreciable  evidence  to  support  that  claim.  It 
was  ironic  that  the  federal  Health  Care  Financing  Ad- 
ministration now  has  refused  to  extend  the  New  Jersey 
waiver  because  of  “excessive  cost  increases.”  Actually, 
the  charge  is  inaccurate.  It  evolved  from  one  of  the 
many  apple  and  orange  comparisons  that  our  reliance 
on  computerized  statistics  fosters.  The  figures  are 
compiled,  at  great  expense,  using  different  units  of 
measurement  which  ensure  the  favorable  or  un- 
favorable bottom  line  being  sought.  The  academicians 
have  little  comprehension  of  the  human  values  in- 
volved. The  appalling  inaccuracy  of  their  projections 
deserves  further  condemnation. 

Arbitrary  determination  of  the  appropriate  per- 
centage of  GNP  to  be  allotted  to  health  care  is  presump- 
tuous. Most  individuals  gladly  would  expend  more 
than  10.5  percent  of  their  gross  product  to  maintain 
or  regain  their  health.  Billions  are  spent  on  fads  and 
quackery.  When  a problem  is  vital  and  personal,  cost 
considerations  become  secondary.  Assuming  the 
citizenry  to  be  incompetent  of  exercising  free  choice 
and  individual  responsibility  regarding  health  care 
portends  confiscation  of  our  other  liberties.  Decisions 
made  by  dictate  or  lotteiy  will  shatter  forever  our 
treasured  illusion  of  self-determination. 

Meanwhile,  enslavement  of  physicians  under  social- 
ized medicine  will  deter  the  entry  of  students  into  the 
study  and  practice  of  medicine.  Computers  may  fill  the 
void  for  a while,  but  the  day  will  come  when  the  urgent 
cry,  “Is  there  a doctor  in  the  house?"  will  be  answered 
by  an  eerie  silence. 


0L.  81— NUMBER  12— DECEMBER  1984 


1041 


First-step  blood  pressure  control 
with  optimal  simplicity 


Benefits  diuretics  cannot  offer. . .Once-daily  inderal  la 

(propranolol  hydrochloride)  with  its  smooth  24-hour  control  of  blood 
pressure  provides  a high  degree  of  patient  acceptance  without  potas- 
sium problems,  plus  the  cardiovascular  benefits  of  the  world’s  leading- 
beta  blocker. 

Experience  no  other  beta  blocker  can  match. . . Once-daily 

INDERAL  LA  delivers  the  proven  performance  and  safety  profile  of 
INDERAL  tablets — confirmed  by  millions  of  patients  during  16  years 
of  clinical  use.  INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  used  in  congestive  heart 
failure,  sinus  bradycardia,  heart  block  greater  than  first  degree,  or 
bronchial  asthma. 


Start  with  80  mg  once  daily . . . Dosage  may  be  increased  to 
120  mg  or  160  mg  once  daily  as  needed  to  achieve  additional  control 
Please  see  next  page  for  further  details  and  brief  summary  of 
prescribing  information. 


80  120  160 

mg  mg  mg 

The  appearance  of  INDERAL  LA  capsules 
is  a registered  trademark  of  Ayerst  Laboratories 


Just  once  each  day 
for  initial  therapy  in 
HYPERTENSION. 


ONCE-DAILY 


INDERAL  LA 

(PROPRANOLOL  HOI) 


LONG  ACTING 
CAPSULES 


80 

mg 


120 

mg 


BRIEF  SUMMARY  (FOR  FULL  PRESCRIBING  INFORMATION,  SEE  PACKAGE  CIRCULAR.) 
INDERAL'  LA  brand  of  propranolol  hydrochloride  (Long  Acting  Capsules) 
DESCRIPTION.  Inderal  LA  is  formulated  to  provide  a sustained  release  of  propranolol 
hydrochloride  Inderal  LA  is  available  as  80  mg.  120  mg,  and  160  mg  capsules 
CLINICAL  PHARMACOLOGY.  INDERAL  is  a nonselective  beta-adrenergic  receptor 
blocking  agent  possessing  no  other  autonomic  nervous  system  activity  It  specifically  com- 
petes with  beta-adrenergic  receptor  stimulating  agents  for  available  receptor  sites.  When 
access  to  beta-receptor  sites  is  blocked  by  INDERAL,  the  chronotropic,  inotropic,  and 
vasodilator  responses  to  beta-adrenergic  stimulation  are  decreased  proportionately. 

INDERAL  LA  Capsules  (80, 120,  and  160  mg)  release  propranolol  HCI  at  a controlled  and 
predictable  rate.  Peak  blood  levels  following  dosing  with  INDERAL  LA  occur  at  about  6 hours 
and  the  apparent  plasma  half-life  is  about  10  hours  When  measured  at  steady  state  over  a 24- 
hour  period  the  areas  under  the  propranolol  plasma  concentration-time  curve  (AUCs)  for  the 
capsules  are  approximately  60%  to  65%  of  the  AUCs  for  a comparable  divided  daily  dose  of 
INDERAL  tablets  The  lower  AUCs  for  the  capsules  are  due  to  greater  hepatic  metabolism  of 
propranolol,  resulting  from  the  slower  rate  of  absorption  of  propranolol.  Over  a twenty-four  (24) 
hour  period,  blood  levels  are  fairly  constant  for  about  twelve  (12)  hours  then  decline 
exponentially. 

INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  considered  a simple  mg  for  mg  substitute  for  conventional 
propranolol  and  the  blood  levels  achieved  do  not  match  (are  lower  than)  those  of  two  to  four 
times  daily  dosing  with  the  same  dose.  When  changing  to  INDERAL  LA  from  conventional 
propranolol,  a possible  need  for  retitration  upwards  should  be  considered  especially  to 
maintain  effectiveness  at  the  end  of  the  dosing  interval.  In  most  clinical  settings,  however, 
such  as  hypertension  or  angina  where  there  is  little  correlation  between  plasma  levels  and 
clinical  effect,  INDERAL  LA  has  been  therapeutically  equivalent  to  the  same  mg  dose  of 
conventional  INDERAL  as  assessed  by  24-hour  effects  on  blood  pressure  and  on  24-hour 
exercise  responses  of  heart  rate,  systolic  pressure  and  rate  pressure  product  INDERAL  LA 
can  provide  effective  beta  blockade  for  a 24-hour  period. 

The  mechanism  of  the  antihypertensive  effect  of  INDERAL  has  not  been  established. 
Among  the  factors  that  may  be  involved  in  contributing  to  the  antihypertensive  action  are  (1) 
decreased  cardiac  output,  (2)  inhibition  of  renin  release  by  the  kidneys,  and  (3)  diminution  of 
tonic  sympathetic  nerve  outflow  from  vasomotor  centers  in  the  brain.  Although  total  peripheral 
resistance  may  increase  initially,  it  readjusts  to  or  below  the  pretreatment  level  with  chronic 
use  Effects  on  plasma  volume  appear  to  be  minor  and^jnewhat  variable  INDERAL  has 
been  shown  to  cause  a small  increase  in  serum  potassiiMficoncentration  when  usecjppthe 
treatment  of  hypertensive  patients  f-  _ „ JML— 

In  angina  pectoris,  propranolol  generally  reduces  retMt^^W^pS^^prat 

any  given  level  of  effort  by  blocking  the  catecholamme^i^Sb  incaBHSLnthe  heatjfrate. 
systolic  blood  pressure,  and  the  velocity  and  extent  of.;|^o<Sardiai  ®1tra^3ft^ra^fanolol 
may  increase  oxygen  requirements  by  increasing  leftspltri^ular  titrflengfrf'^^f®stolic 
pressure  and  systolic  election  period  The  net  physiologic  effect  ul  oeta-adiwrurgic  blockade 
is  usually  advantageous  and  is  manifested  during  e^rcisPiay-defayed  rWsef  'ol  pain  and 
increased  work  capacity  JBf 

In  dosages  greater  than  required  for  beta  blockade  INDERAL  also  exerts  a quinidine-Hf 
or  anesthetic-like  membrane  action  which  affects  the  cardujc  action  poicntiaL  The jg 
cance  ol  the  membrane  action  in  the  treatment  of  .jrrhvthmr^i^friceria 

The  mechanism  of  the  antimigraine  etlect  of  propranotot  has  not  beeAfS^pjlisherr 
adrenergic  receptors  have  been  demonstrated  in  the  ptaf  vessels  of  the  brain 


Beta  receptor  blockade  can  be  useful  in  condtjOns  iryarfrich,  because  of  path 
functional  changes,  sympathetic  activity  is  detrimental  to  the  patiert.  Bn’  there 


situations  in  which  sympathetic  stimulation  is  vital  Forexample\1n  patients  wtfn  severely 
damaged  hearts,  adequate  ventricular  function  is  maintained  by  virtue  of  sympathetic  drive 
which  should  be  preserved  In  the  presence  of  A V block,  greater  than  first  degree,  beta 
blockade  may  prevent  the  necessary  facilitating  effect  of  sympathetic  activity  on  conduction. 
Beta  blockade  results  in  bronchial  constriction  by  interfering  with  adrenergic  bronchodilator 
activity  which  should  be  preserved  in  patients  subject  to  bronchospasm. 

Propranolol  is  not  significantly  dialyzable 

INDICATIONS  AND  USAGE.  Hypertension:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  in  the  manage- 
ment of  hypertension;  it  may  be  used  alone  or  used  in  combination  with  other  antihypertensive 
agents,  particularly  a thiazide  diuretic.  INDERAL  LA  is  not  Indicated  in  the  management  of 
hypertensive  emergencies. 

Angina  Pectoris  Due  to  Coronary  Atherosclerosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated 
for  the  long-term  management  of  patients  with  angina  pectoris. 

Migraine:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  for  the  prophylaxis  of  common  migraine  headache 
The  efficacy  of  propranolol  in  the  treatment  of  a migraine  attack  that  has  started  has  not  been 
established  and  propranolol  is  not  indicated  for  such  use. 

Hypertrophic  Subaortic  Stenosis:  INDERAL  LA  Is  useful  in  the  management  of 
hypertrophic  subaortic  stenosis,  especially  for  treatment  of  exertional  or  other  stress-induced 
angina,  palpitations,  and  syncope  INDERAL  LA  also  improves  exercise  performance.  The 
effectiveness  of  propranolol  hydrochloride  in  this  disease  appears  to  be  due  to  a reduction  of 
the  elevated  outflow  pressure  gradient  which  is  exacerbated  by  beta-receptor  stimulation. 
Clinical  improvement  may  be  temporary. 

CONTRAINDICATIONS.  INDERAL  is  contraindicated  in  1)  cardiogenic  shock;  2)  sinus 
bradycardia  and  greater  than  first  degree  block;  3)  bronchial  asthma;  4)  congestive  heart 
failure  (see  WARNINGS)  unless  the  failure  is  secondary  to  a tachyarrhythmia  treatable  with 
INDERAL 

WARNINGS.  CARDIAC  FAILURE:  Sympathetic  stimulation  may  be  a vital  component  sup- 
porting circulatory  function  in  patients  with  congestive  heart  failure,  and  its  inhibition  by  beta 
blockade  may  precipitate  more  severe  failure.  Although  beta  blockers  should  be  avoided  in 
overt  congestive  heart  failure,  if  necessary,  they  can  be  used  with  close  follow-up  in  patients 
with  a history  of  failure  who  are  well  compensated  and  are  receiving  digitalis  and  diuretics. 
Beta-adrenergic  blocking  agents  do  not  abolish  the  inotropic  action  of  digitalis  on  heart 
muscle. 

IN  PATIENTS  WITFIOUT  A HISTORY  OF  HEART  FAILURE,  continued  use  of  beta  blockers 
can,  in  some  cases,  lead  to  cardiac  failure.  Therefore,  at  the  first  sign  or  symptom  of  heart 
failure,  the  patient  should  be  digitalized  and/or  treated  with  diuretics,  and  the  response 
observed  closely,  or  INDERAL  should  be  discontinued  (gradually,  if  possible). 


IN  PATIENTS  WITH  ANGINA  PECTORIS,  there  have  been  reports  of  exacerbation  of 
angina  and.  in  some  cases,  myocardial  infarction,  following  abrupt  discontinuance  of 
INDERAL  therapy  Therefore,  when  discontinuance  of  INDERAL  is  planned  the  dosage 
should  be  gradually  reduced  over  at  least  a few  weeks,  and  the  patient  should  be 
cautioned  against  interruption  or  cessation  of  therapy  without  the  physician's  advice.  If 
INDERAL  therapy  is  interrupted  and  exacerbation  of  angina  occurs,  it  usually  is  advis- 
able to  reinstitute  INDERAL  therapy  and  take  other  measures  appropriate  for  the  man- 
agement of  unstable  angina  pectoris.  Since  coronary  artery  disease  may  be 
unrecognized,  it  may  be  prudent  to  follow  the  above  advice  in  patients  considered  at  risk 
of  having  occult  atherosclerotic  heart  disease  who  are  given  propranolol  for  other 
indications. 


MAJOR  SURGERY:  The  necessity  or  desirability  of  withdrawal  of  beta-blocking  thlj 
prior  to  ma|or  surgery  is  controversial.  It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  the  impaired  ab!u 
the  heart  to  respond  to  reflex  adrenergic  stimuli  may  augment  the  risks  of  general  aneshjj 
and  surgical  procedures. 

INDERAL  (propranolol  HCI),  like  other  beta  blockers,  is  a competitive  inhibitor  ol  .j. 
receptor  agonists  and  its  effects  can  be  reversed  by  administration  of  such  agents;  j, 
dobutamme  or  isoproterenol  However,  such  patients  may  be  subject  to  protracted  s;l 
hypotension.  Difficulty  in  starting  and  maintaining  the  heartbeat  has  also  been  reporieCjj 
b6t3  blockers 

DIABETES  AND  HYPOGLYCEMIA:  Beta-adrenergic  blockade  may  prevent  th  3 
pearance  of  certain  premonitory  signs  and  symptoms  (pulse  rate  and  pressure  chang  0 
acute  hypoglycemia  in  labile  insulin-dependent  diabetes.  In  these  patients,  it  may  be  » 
difficult  to  ad|ust  the  dosage  of  insulin 

THYROTOXICOSIS:  Beta  blockade  may  mask  certain  clinical  signs  of  hyperthyroi  n 
Therefore,  abrupt  withdrawal  of  propranolol  may  be  followed  by  an  exacerbation  of  symi:  | 
of  hyperthyroidism,  including  thyroid  storm  Propranolol  does  not  distort  thyroid  function  i 

IN  PATIENTS  WITH  WOLFF-PARKINSON-WHITE  SYNDROME,  several  cases  have  i 
reported  in  which,  after  propranolol,  the  tachycardia  was  replaced  by  a severe  bradycj# 
requiring  a demand  pacemaker.  In  one  case  this  resulted  after  an  initial  dose  of 
propranolol 

PRECAUTIONS.  General . Propranolol  should  be  used  with  caution  in  patients  with  imp  I 
hepatic  or  renal  function  INDERAL  is  not  indicated  for  the  treatment  of  hyperte  * 
emergencies. 

Beta  adrenoreceptor  blockade  can  cause  reduction  of  intraocular  pressure  Pa  Is 
should  be  told  that  INDERAL  may  interfere  with  the  glaucoma  screening  test  Withdrawajr, 
lead  to  a return  of  increased  intraocular  pressure. 

Clinical  Laboratory  Tests:  Elevated  blood  urea  levels  In  patients  with  severe  heart  disja 
elevated  serum  transaminase,  alkaline  phosphatase,  lactate  dehydrogenase 


DRUG  INTERACTIONS:  Patients  receiving  catecholamine-depleting  drugs  such  as 
pine  should  be  closely  observed  if  INDERAL  is  administered.  The  added  catechola 
blocking  action  may  produce  an  excessive  reduction  of  resting  sympathetic  nervous  ai 
which  may  result  in  hypotension,  marked  bradycardia,  vertigo,  syncopal  attacks,  or  ortho 
hypotension 

Carcinogenesis,  Mutagenesis.  Impairment  ol  Fertility  Long-term  studies  in  animals 
been  conducted  to  evaluate  toxic  effects  and  carcinogenic  potential  In  18-month  stud 
both  pats  aad  rTus^emnlcftat^kdoses^atol  50  mg/kg/day.  there  was  no  evidence  of  signi 
drug-induced  toxicity  There  wen’  no  drug-related  tumorigemc  effects  at  any  of  the  dc 
neve^pBmyduc|WJBaies  ariimals  did  not  show  any  impairment  of  fertility  tha 
attributable  10  the  drug. 


-mmincY 

diwnaTstudies  ati  _ 
Th&to';are  ndtodeql 


be  used  during  1 
Nursing  Mot) 
DERA  ~ 

"’"“'icl 

VERSE  RE 


ry  C JNDERAL  has  been  shown  to  be  embryoto 
_ er  than  the  maximum  recommended  human 
rolled  studies  in  pregnant  women.  INDERAL  si 


jnancy  only  if  the  potential  benefit  |ustifies  the  potential  risk  to  the  t 
is  INDERAL  is  excreted  in  human  milk  Caution  should  be  exercised  r 


ss  in  children  have  not  been  established, 
effects  have  been  mild  and  transient  and 


^KSUve  heart  failure,  intensification  of  AV  block, 
ocytopemc  purpura;  arterial  insufficiency,  usually  If 

laua’Type  — - jm 

Central  Nervous  Sysfem^^pheadedness,  mental  depression  manifested  by  insoll 
lassitude,  weakness,  fatigu^iversible  mental  depression  progressing  to  catatonia,  a 
disturbances,  hallucinations;  an  acute  reversible  syndrome  characterized  by  disorientatijir 
time  and  place,  short-term  memory  loss,  emotional  lability,  slightly  clouded  sensorium  I 
decreased  performance  on  neuropsychometrics. 

Gastrointestinal,  nausea,  vomiting,  epigastric  distress,  abdominal  cramping,  diai  I 
constipation,  mesenteric  arterial  thrombosis,  ischemic  colitis. 

Allergic:  pharyngitis  and  agranulocytosis,  erythematous  rash,  fever  combined  with  a jj 
and  sore  throat,  laryngospasm  and  respiratory  distress. 

Respiratory  bronchospasm 

Flematologic  agranulocytosis,  nonthrombocytopenic  purpura,  thrombocytoiit 
purpura 

Auto  immune:  In  extremely  rare  instances,  systemic  lupus  erythematosus  has  jf 
reported 

Miscellaneous:  alopecia,  LE-like  reactions,  psoriasiform  rashes,  dry  eyes,  male  k 
tence,  and  Peyronie’s  disease  have  been  reported  rarely  Oculomucocutaneous  rears 
involving  the  skin,  serous  membranes  and  con|unctivae  reported  for  a beta  blocker  (pracjl 
have  not  been  associated  with  propranolol 

DOSAGE  AND  ADMINISTRATION.  INDERAL  LA  provides  propranolol  hydrochloride 
sustained-release  capsule  for  administration  once  daily  If  patients  are  switched  from  IND/ 1 
tablets  to  INDERAL  LA  capsules,  care  should  be  taken  to  assure  that  the  desired  theradl 
effect  is  maintained  INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  considered  a simple  mg  for  mg  substiti  I 
INDERAL  INDERAL  LA  has  different  kinetics  and  produces  lower  blood  levels.  Retitratioi II 
be  necessary  especially  to  maintain  effectiveness  at  the  end  of  the  24-hour  dosing  inti* 
HYPERTENSION — Dosage  must  be  individualized  The  usual  initial  dosage  is  8 j 
INDERAL  LA  once  daily,  whether  used  alone  or  added  to  a diuretic.  The  dosage  mijj 
increased  to  120  mg  once  daily  or  higher  until  adequate  blood-pressure  control  is  achijl 
The  usual  maintenance  dosage  is  120  to  160  mg  once  daily.  In  some  instances  a dosage  i t 
mg  may  be  required  The  time  needed  for  full  hypertensive  response  to  a given  dosrjii 
variable  and  may  range  from  a few  days  to  several  weeks 

ANGINA  PECTORIS— Dosage  must  be  individualized.  Starting  with  80  mg  INDER/sj 
once  daily,  dosage  should  be  gradually  increased  at  three  to  seven  day  intervals  until  opt  ™ 
response  is  obtained  Although  individual  patients  may  respond  at  any  dosage  levdl 
average  optimum  dosage  appears  to  be  160  mg  once  daily  In  angina  pectoris,  the  valu .K 
safety  of  dosage  exceeding  320  mg  per  day  have  not  been  established 

If  treatment  is  to  be  discontinued,  reduce  dosage  gradually  over  a period  of  a few  v:l 
(see  WARNINGS)  (J 

MIGRAINE — Dosage  must  be  individualized  The  initial  oral  dose  is  80  mg  INDER/ 1 ' 
once  daily.  The  usual  effective  dose  range  is  160-240  mg  once  daily  The  dosage  m;j< 
increased  gradually  to  achieve  optimum  migraine  prophylaxis.  If  a satisfactory  responseij 
obtained  within  four  to  six  weeks  after  reaching  the  maximum  dose.  INDERAL  LA  th  1 
should  be  discontinued  It  may  be  advisable  to  withdraw  the  drug  gradually  over  a peril1 

S0V0C3I  \/V66kS 

HYPERTROPHIC  SUBAORTIC  STENOSIS— 80-160  mg  INDERAL  LA  once  daily  i 
PEDIATRIC  DOSAGE— At  this  time  the  data  on  the  use  of  the  drug  in  this  age  group  aJ 
limited  to  permit  adequate  directions  for  use 

*The  appearance  of  INDERAL  LA  capsules  is  a registered  trademark  of  Ayerst  Labora" 


895(7 


Nonallergic  Bronchospasm  (e.g.,  chronic  bronchitis,  emphysema)  — 

PATIENTS  WITH  BRONCHOSPASTIC  DISEASES  SHOULD  IN  GENERAL  NOT  RECEIVE  BETA 
BLOCKERS.  INDERAL  should  be  administered  with  caution  since  it  may  block  bronchodila- 
tion  produced  by  endogenous  and  exogenous  catecholamine  stimulation  of  beta  receptors. 


Ayerst 


AYERST  LABORATORIES 


New  York,  N.Y.  10017 


1044 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE, 


Iospital  Governing 
joards* 

Federal  Prospective 
Payment  and  the  NJ 
Demonstration  Waiver 


Vincent  A.  Maressa,  j.d. 


The  time  has  come  for  hospitals,  the 
Health  Department,  and  the  legislature 
to  find  a solution  to  the  problem  oj  the 
New  Jersey  demonstration  waiver. 


! 


The  Administrator  of  the  Health 
Care  Financing  Administration, 
Carolyne  K.  Davis,  Ph.D.,  noti- 
ed  the  Commissioner  of  Health  that  the  federal  dem- 
nstration  waiver  from  the  Seeretaiy  of  Health  and 
uman  Services  for  the  experimental  cost  control  pro- 
ram being  conducted  in  New  Jersey  was  revoked,  ef- 
xdive  December  31,  1984.  In  her  letter.  Dr.  Davis  in- 
licated  that  the  New  Jersey  program  failed  to  demon- 
ijtrate  it  was  less  expensive  than  the  federal  form  of 
reimbursement.  Dr.  Davis  then  gave  the  Health  Depart- 
lent  two  options:  1)  go  into  the  federal  system  on 
anuaiy  1,  1985,  or  2)  qualify  for  a new  waiver 
ursuant  to  the  Social  Security  Amendments  of  1983. 
The  Commissioner  of  Health  and  the  New  Jersey 
Pfospital  Association  maintain  that  option  #2  is  the 
nly  viable  course  for  New  Jersey  to  follow.  In  order  for 
ew  Jersey  to  qualify,  however,  a number  of  criteria 
lust  be  met.  These  are: 

1.  The  program  must  apply  to  substantially  all  acute 
are  hospitals  in  the  state  and  review  at  least  75  per- 

OL.  81— NUMBER  12— DECEMBER  1984 


cent  of  all  inpatient  revenues  or  expenses  of  those 
hospitals.  (Comment:  New  Jersey  should  be  able  to 
meet  this  standard.) 

2.  The  program  must  provide  equitable  treatment  to 
all  payors,  hospital  employees,  and  patients.  (Current 
actions  in  New  Jersey  afford  different  rules  to  different 
payors,  i.e.  union  funds  are  “self-payors”  and  by  pass- 
ing payments  through  the  patient  can  opt  for  DRG 
rates  or  charges,  “self-payors,”  i.e.  people  with  an  un- 
insured exposure  exceeding  $250  can  opt  for  charges, 
prompt  payors  get  a discount.  Blue  Cross  gets  a 
prompt  payor,  and  community  service  discount.  (Com- 
ment: Whether  this  is  “equitable”  and  meets  the  legal 
standard  is  a matter  for  debate.) 

3.  The  program  must  not  cost  the  federal  govern- 
ment more  than  the  federal  DRG  system  would  cost 
over  a three-year  period.  (Comment:  Since  New  Jersey 
produces  about  35  percent  outliers  and  provides  com- 
pensation for  indigent  and  teaching  costs  not  covered 
in  the  federal  program,  compliance  here  is  doubtful.) 

4.  The  program  must  permit  health  maintenance 
organizations  or  other  competitive  medical  plans  to 
negotiate  directly  with  hospitals  concerning  rates  for 
inpatient  services.  (Comment:  This  requirement 
creates  havoc  with  the  all-payor  concept  and  will 
produce  a further  cost  shift  by  having  Medicare  and 
Medicaid  pay  a greater  portion  of  indigent  care.) 

5.  The  program  must  not  result  in  admission  prac- 
tices that  reduce  the  level  of  treatment  provided  to 
uninsured  low-income,  high  cost,  or  emergency  pa- 
tients. (Comment:  New  Jersey  currently  is  meeting  this 
standard.) 

6.  The  program  must  use  prospective  payment 
methods.  (Comment:  This  already  is  settled  as  a com- 
ponent of  our  system.) 

A state  with  an  existing  demonstration  waiver  would 
have  to  meet  the  first  4 requirements  listed  above. 
There  are  1 1 statutory  requirements  in  all,  but  I did 
not  believe  the  other  5 requirements  necessaiy  to  this 
discussion.  Since  the  New  Jersey  waiver  has  been  “re- 
voked," it  would  appear  that  the  Health  Department 
will  have  to  submit  an  application  that  complies  with 
the  1 1 statutory  requirements. 

There  is  a further  subtle  twist  to  the  law.  The  Sec- 
retary of  HHS  cannot  deny  a waiver  because  Medicare 
payments  exceed  federal  Medicare  costs.  The  Secretary 
may  reduce  future  Medicare  payments  to  hospitals  in 
that  state  to  recoup  overpayments.  Thus,  the  over- 
payment would  generate  future  credit  lines,  and  the 
hospitals  involved  could  find  themselves  in  a real  cash 
shortfall  in  future  operating  years. 

Clearly,  the  current  New  Jersey  practice  of  funding 
indigent  and  teaching  costs  by  extra  charges  to  the 
patients  using  our  hospitals  reduces  the  possibility  of 
any  acceptable  performance  as  a waivered  state.  The 
time  has  come  for  all  concerned  hospitals,  the  Health 
Department,  and  the  legislature  to  find  a realistic  solu- 
tion. That  solution  is  likely  to  be  unpopular  since  the 
only  workable  one  I can  see  is  general  tax  revenue.  I 
do  not  like  taxes:  however,  I do  not  believe  we  can 
continue  fooling  ourselves. 

*The  material  for  this  column  is  coedited  by  Arthur  Krosnick, 
M.D.,  Editor,  The  Journal.  MSNJ;  Vincent  A.  Maressa.  J.D.. 
Executive  Director.  MSNJ;  and  James  E.  George.  M.D.,  J.D.. 
Director  of  Professional  Liability,  MSNJ. 


1045 


COMPULSIVE 

GAMBLING 


i 


first  became  involved  with  com- 
pulsive gambling  six  years  ago 
in  my  first  term  as  an  As- 
semblyman. A woman  concerned  that  her  husband 
was  gambling  away  the  family’s  income  called  me  to 
ask  if  there  was  anything  I could  do.  She  thought  it 


a shame  that  the  state  so  actively  promoted  legalize 
gambling  and  I agreed  with  her.  I began  looking  in 
gambling  and  as  I learned  more  about  compulsf 
gamblers,  the  more  I became  involved  in  finding  wa; 
to  help  them. 

Now,  six  years  after  that  first  talk,  important  pro. 


By  Assemblyman  Chuck  Hardwick,  Westfield 


1046 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


COMPULSIVE  GAMBLING 


bss  has  been  made.  A full-time  office  on  compulsive 
[ambling  has  been  opened,  several  conferences  on 
Dmpulsive  gambling  have  been  held,  and  the  public 
t large  has  become  more  aware  of  this  devastating 
isease. 

This  year.  New  Jersey  will  derive  roughly  7 percent 
f its  budget — or  $521  million — from  legalized  gam- 
ling.  The  basic  tenet  behind  all  my  proposals  to  help 
ompulsive  gamblers  is  the  belief  that  since  the  state 
erives  so  much  money  from  gambling,  it  has  an  obli- 
ation  to  help  those  who  are  hurt  by  it.  It  seems  like 
uch  a logical  argument.  But  it  has  not  been  easy  to 
onvince  legislators  and  state  administrators  to  con- 
ribute  in  some  way  to  the  treatment  of  compulsive 
amblers. 

In  1982,  I successfully  sponsored  an  appropriation 
f $60,000  for  seed  money  to  begin  a compulsive  gam- 
bler's treatment  project  in  New  Jersey.  (In  1980  and 
981,  former  Governor  Brendan  Byrne  vetoed  the  ap- 
ropriation.)  The  funds,  signed  into  New  Jersey's  1982 
o 1983  state  budget  by  Governor  Thomas  Kean,  were 
iven  to  the  State  Department  of  Health,  which  con- 
racted  with  the  National  Council  on  Compulsive  Gam- 
ming to  form  a New  Jersey  chapter.  Last  year,  I was 
uccessful  in  having  that  appropriation  increased  to 
5200,000. 


The  program  has  focused  on  making  the  public 
Ware  of  the  problem  of  compulsive  gambling  through 
onferences,  the  press,  and  meetings  with  the  private 
.eetor.  At  present,  it  would  not  be  economically  feasible 
or  the  state  to  fund  a full  medical  treatment  facility 
or  compulsive  gamblers.  But  I currently  am  investigat- 
,ng  ways  in  which  the  gambling  industry  can  help 
ontribute  to  the  present  program;  this  may  generate 
, mough  funds  to  open  an  outpatient  clinic,  perhaps  in 
Atlantic  City. 

Indeed,  the  past  two  years  have  seen  a great  deal  of 
rrogress  in  defining  the  problem  of  compulsive  gam- 
ming since  the  public  approved  of  casino  development 
n Atlantic  City  in  1978.  The  casinos  have  contributed 
n part  to  the  frequency  and  visibility  of  compulsive 
gambling.  The  next  step  is  to  determine  what  sort  of 
gambling  procedures  contribute  to  compulsive  gam- 
bling. One  of  the  most  devasting  procedures,  I believe, 
s the  way  in  which  “casino  credit”  is  distributed. 

Simply,  casino  credit  is  money  given  to  a gambler, 
nterest  free,  so  he  can  continue  gambling  after  his 
noney  has  run  out.  When  one  looks  into  the  casino 
l:redit  issue,  as  I have  done,  one  finds  that  casinos  have 
pwo  types  of  credit:  one  for  convenience;  the  other  is 
because  the  gambler  is  flat  broke. 

I learned  this  after  I conducted  my  own  investigation 
jby  visiting  casino  officials,  talking  to  gamblers,  and 
working  with  a casino  credit  manager.  I found  that 
casino  credit  is  given  much  too  freely,  often  without 


regard  for  a person’s  ability  to  repay.  The  State  Com- 
mission of  Investigation,  which  conducted  public  hear- 
ings on  casino  credit  abuse  last  spring,  discovered  the 
same  sort  of  practices. 

In  an  effort  to  remedy  the  casino  credit  situation,  I 
have  proposed  three  pieces  of  legislation: 

• The  first  would  prohibit  casinos  from  giving  ad- 
ditional credit  to  gamblers  who  already  have  checks  or 
markers  that  have  been  returned  for  insufficient  funds 
pending  at  any  other  casino.  This  would  help  prevent 
an  indebted  gambler  from  hopping  from  casino  to 
casino  to  gamble  himself  further  into  debt  or  to  borrow 
money  from  one  casino  to  pay  his  debt  at  another 
casino. 

• The  second  proposal  would  require  casinos  to 
wait  24  hours  between  the  time  a person  applies  for 
credit  and  the  casinos  issue  it.  This  delay  would  allow 
the  gambler  time  to  reflect  on  his  or  her  desire  to 
continue  gambling. 

• My  third  proposal  would  remove  the  statute  that 
permits  casinos  to  deduct  up  to  4 percent  of  their 
winnings  as  uncollectable  debts.  This  change  would 
create  a greater  incentive  for  casinos  to  extend  credit 
only  to  those  who  can  repay.  It  would  provide  more 
funds  for  the  elderly  and  the  handicapped,  who  are 
helped  by  various  programs  through  the  Casino  Rev- 
enue Fund. 

Another  of  my  proposals  would  require  the  gambling 
industry  to  contribute  to  the  treatment  of  compulsive 
gamblers.  It  would  levy  a $25  annual  fee  on  each  of  the 
nearly  12,000  slot  machines  in  Atlantic  City,  all  lottery 
ticket  machines,  and  parimutuel  ticket  machines.  The 
money  would  be  used  for  the  treatment  of  compulsive 
gamblers.  For  the  present  year,  I was  successful  in 
negotiating  an  allocation  of  $75,000  to  the  University 
of  Medicine  and  Dentistry  of  New  Jersey  from  the  State 
Lottery  Commission  to  help  fund  a study  to  investigate 
the  causes  of  compulsive  gambling.  By  law,  lottery 
money  is  distributed  in  part  to  higher  education;  these 
funds  were  awarded  to  UMDNJ  for  compulsive  gam- 
bling research. 

Legalized  gambling  is  here  to  stay  in  New  Jersey! 
What  we  must  do  is  to  learn  how  best  to  conduct  it. 
A proposal  of  mine  to  form  a Governor’s  Advisory  Com- 
mittee on  Gambling  currently  is  before  the  New  Jersey 
Legislature.  The  Committee  would  consist  of  public 
officials,  mental  health  experts,  former  compulsive 
gamblers,  and  other  citizens  who  would  study  current 
gambling  practices,  designate  problem  areas,  and  rec- 
ommend solutions. 


’Assemblyman  Chuck  Hardwick  is  the  Minority  Whip.  Cor- 
respondence may  be  addressed  to  Assemblyman  Hardwick. 
100  Quimby  Street,  Westfield.  NJ  07090. 


70L.  81— NUMBER  12— DECEMBER  1984 


1047 


On  nitrates, 
but  angina  still 
strikes,.. 


I 

' 


; 

1 

! 

! 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSI 


1048 


After  a nitrate, 

add  ISOPTIN 

(verapamil  HCl/Knoll) 


To  protect  your  patients,  as  well  as  their  quality  of  life, 

add  Isoptin  instead  of  a beta  blocker. 


First,  Isoptin  not  only  reduces  myocardial  oxygen  demand 
by  reducing  peripheral  resistance,  but  also  increases  coro- 
nary perfusion  by  preventing  coronary  vasospasm  and 
dilating  coronary  arteries  — both  normal  and  stenotic. 
These  are  antianginal  actions  that  no  beta  blocker 
can  provide. 

Second,  Isoptin  spares  patients  the 
beta-blocker  side  effects  that  may 
compromise  the  quality  of  life. 

With  Isoptin,  fatigue,  bradycardia  and  mental 
depression  are  rare.  Unlike  beta  blockers, 

Isoptin  can  safely  be  given  to  patients  with 
asthma,  COPD,  diabetes  or  peripheral 
vascular  disease.  Serious  adverse 
reactions  with  Isoptin  are  rare 
at  recommended  doses;  the 
single  most  common  side 
effect  is  constipation  (6.3%). 

Cardiovascular  contra- 
indications to  the  use  of 
Isoptin  are  similar  to  those 
of  beta  blockers:  severe 
left  ventricular  dysfunction, 
hypotension  (systolic  pres- 
sure <90  mm  Hg)  or  cardio- 
genic shock,  sick  sinus  syndrome 
(if  no  artificial  pacemaker  is  present) 
and  second-  or  third-degree  AV  block. 

So,  the  next  time  a nitrate  is  not  enough,  add 
Isoptin ...  for  more  comprehensive  antianginal 
protection  without  side  effects  which  may 
cramp  an  active  life  style. 


ISOPTIN.  Added 
antianginal  protection 
without  beta-blocker 
side  effects. 


Please  see  brief  summary  on  following  page. 


I 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  12— DECEMBER  1984 


1049 


1S0PT1N  ,.\wi,s 

(verapamil  HCl/Knoll) 

80  mg  and  120  mg 

Contraindications:  Severe  left  ventricular  dysfunction  (see  Warn- 
ings), hypotension  (systolic  pressure  <90  mm  Hg)  or  cardiogenic 
shock,  sick  sinus  syndrome  (if  no  pacemaker  is  present),  2nd-  or  3rd- 
degree  AV  block.  Warnings:  ISOPTIN  should  be  avoided  in  patients 
with  severe  left  ventricular  dysfunction  (e.g.,  ejection  fraction  <30%) 
or  moderate  to  severe  symptoms  of  cardiac  failure.  Control  milder 
heart  failure  with  optimum  digitalization  and/or  diuretics  before 
ISOPTIN  is  used.  ISOPTIN  may  occasionally  produce  hypotension 
(usually  asymptomatic,  orthostatic,  mild,  and  controlled  by  decrease 
in  ISOPTIN  dose).  Occasional  elevations  of  liver  enzymes  have  been 
reported;  patients  receiving  ISOPTIN  should  have  liver  enzymes  moni- 
tored periodically.  Patients  with  atrial  flutter/fibrillation  and  an  acces- 
sory AV  pathway  (e.g.,  W-P-W  or  L-G-L  syndromes)  may  develop  a 
very  rapid  ventricular  response  after  receiving  ISOPTIN  (or  digitalis). 
Treatment  is  usually  D.C. -cardioversion.  AV  block  may  occur  (3rd 
degree,  0.8%).  Development  of  marked  1 st-degree  block  or  progres- 
sion to  2nd-  or  3rd-degree  block  requires  reduction  in  dosage  or, 
rarely,  discontinuation  and  institution  of  appropriate  therapy.  Sinus 
bradycardia,  2nd-degree  AV  block,  sinus  arrest,  pulmonary  edema, 
and/or  severe  hypotension  were  seen  in  some  critically  ill  patients 
with  hypertrophic  cardiomyopathy  who  were  treated  with  ISOPTIN. 
Precautions:  ISOPTIN  should  be  given  cautiously  to  patients  with 
impaired  hepatic  function  (in  severe  dysfunction  use  about  30%  of 
the  normal  dose)  or  impaired  renal  function,  and  patients  should  be 
monitored  for  abnormal  prolongation  of  the  PR  interval  or  other 
signs  of  overdosage.  Studies  in  a small  number  of  patients  suggest 
that  concomitant  use  of  ISOPTIN  and  beta  blockers  may  be  beneficial 
in  patients  with  chronic  stable  angina.  Combined  therapy  can  also 
have  adverse  effects  on  cardiac  function.  Therefore,  until  further 
studies  are  completed,  ISOPTIN  should  be  used  alone,  if  possible.  If 
combined  therapy  is  used,  patients  should  be  monitored  closely. 
Combined  therapy  with  ISOPTIN  and  propranolol  should  usually  be 
avoided  in  patients  with  AV  conduction  abnormalities  and/or  de- 
pressed left  ventricular  function  or  in  patients  who  have  also  recently 
received  methyldopa.  Chronic  ISOPTIN  treatment  increases  serum 
digoxin  levels  by  50%  to  70%  during  the  first  week  of  therapy,  which 
can  result  in  digitalis  toxicity.  The  digoxin  dose  should  be  reduced 
when  ISOPTIN  is  given,  and  the  patient  carefully  monitored.  ISOPTIN 
may  have  an  additive  hypotensive  effect  in  patients  receiving  blood- 
pressure-lowering  agents.  Disopyramide  should  not  be  given  within 
48  hours  before  or  24  hours  after  ISOPTIN  administration.  Until  fur- 
ther data  are  obtained,  combined  ISOPTIN  and  quinidine  therapy  in 
patients  with  hypertrophic  cardiomyopathy  should  probably  be 
avoided,  since  significant  hypotension  may  result.  Adequate  animal 
carcinogenicity  studies  have  not  been  performed.  One  study  in  rats 
did  not  suggest  a tumorigenic  potential,  and  verapamil  was  not 
mutagenic  in  the  Ames  test.  Pregnancy  Category  C:  There  are  no 
adequate  and  well-controlled  studies  in  pregnant  women.  This  drug 
should  be  used  during  pregnancy,  labor,  and  delivery  only  if  clearly 
needed.  It  is  not  known  whether  verapamil  is  excreted  in  breast  milk; 
therefore,  nursing  should  be  discontinued  during  ISOPTIN  use. 
Adverse  Reactions:  Hypotension  (2.9%),  peripheral  edema  (1.7%), 
AV  block:  3rd  degree  (0.8%),  bradycardia:  HR<50/min  (1.1%),  CHF 
or  pulmonary  edema  (0.9%),  dizziness  (3.6%),  headache  (1.8%), 
fatigue  (1.1%),  constipation  (6.3%),  nausea  (1.6%).  The  following 
reactions,  reported  in  less  than  0.5%,  occurred  under  circumstances 
where  a causal  relationship  is  not  certain:  confusion,  paresthesia, 
insomnia,  somnolence,  equilibrium  disorders,  blurred  vision,  syncope, 
muscle  cramps,  shakiness,  claudication,  hair  loss,  maculae,  and  spotty 
menstruation.  Overall  continuation  rate  of  94.5%  in  1,166  patients. 
How  Supplied:  ISOPTIN  (verapamil  HCI)  is  supplied  in  80  mg  and 
120  mg  sugar-coated  tablets.  July  1982  2068 

O KNOLL  PHARMACEUTICAL  COMPANY 

knofl  30  NORTH  JEFFERSON  ROAD,  WHIPPANY  NEW  JERSEY  07981 

2195 


1 

My  Patients  Were  Fine . . . 

My  Practice  Was  Ailing! 


My  Remedy: 

EXECU-FL0W  SYSTEMS... 
“A  Good  Shot  In  The  Arm!” 


Computers  are  revolutionizing  the  practice  of 
medicine.  Execu-Flow  Systems  is  at  the  forefront 
of  this  revolution,  providing  you  with  the  latest  in 
software/hardware  technology. 

You  can  start  with  Patient  Billing  and  Insurance 
Processing,  and  add  other  systems  such  as 
Appointment  Scheduling,  Medical  Records, 
Electronic  Claims,  Word  Processing,  etc. 

Our  many  years  of  experience  with  practices 
such  as  yours,  GUARANTEES  our  mutual  suc- 
cess. Our  system  provides  you  with  the  peace-of- 
mind  in  knowing  that  your  practice  is  operating  at 
peak  efficiency. 

Could  your  practice  use  a “Shot  in  the  Arm?" 

• Multi-tasking  IBM  XT/IBM  9000/ 

CONTEL  CADO  Systems 

• Software  for  YOUR  SPECIALTY 

• Automatic  Prescription  System 

• Complete  “Paperless”  Office  Available 

• Comprehensive  Patient  Recall  System 


SYSTEMS  INC 


2013  Morris  Avenue,  Union,  N.J.  07083 
or  call  (201)  851-0750 


1050 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERS 


COMPULSIVE  GAMBLING 


NEW  JERSEY 
COMBATS 
COMPULSIVE 
GAMBLING 


The  Council  on  Compulsive  Gam- 
bling of  New  Jersey,  Inc.,  an  af- 
filiate of  The  National  Council 
| Compulsive  Gambling,  has  been  operational  since 
Lnuary  1983.  An  appropriation  of  funds  in  the  1983 
‘w  Jersey  State  budget  provided  money  to  hire  a 

i — — 

By  Robert 

* - - ■ - 

i 


director  and  to  establish  the  olfice  oi  The  Council  on 
Compulsive  Gambling  of  New  Jersey.  Inc.  The  Council 
was  incorporated  as  a private,  nonprofit  health  agency 
and  has  received  a contract  from  the  state  ol  New 
Jersey  to  render  a variety  of  services  for  the  benefit  ot 
the  general  public  affected  by  compulsive  gambling 

M.  Klein 


)L.  81— NUMBER  12— DECEMBER  1984 


1051 


COMPULSIVE  GAMBLING 


At  a statewide  meeting , The  Council  on  Compulsive  Gambling  oj 
New  Jersey,  Inc.,  highlighted  its  present  programs,  including  a 
24-hour  hotline  service  and  a state  networking  system.  The 
Council  plans  additional  services  to  help  compulsive  gamblers 
in  the  state. 


and  for  the  professional  community  which  ministers 
to  them. 

The  Council  has  developed  and  promoted  a state- 
wide public  education  and  information  campaign.  To 
this  end,  several  of  our  goals  already  are  in  place.  Our 
Trenton  office  provides  agency  and  referral  services 
during  business  hours.  We  can  be  reached  at 
609-599-3299.  Our  hotline  number  for  help  in  New 
Jersey  is  functioning  smoothly  and  successfully.  Any- 
one calling  800-G-A-M-B-L-E-R,  24  hours  a day,  seven 
days  a week,  is  put  in  contact  with  someone  who 
understands  and  can  help.  Network  and  cable  TV, 
radio  and  newspapers,  and  our  own  correspondence 
and  literature,  publicize  this  number. 

Approximately  150  persons  attended  our  North  Jer- 
sey and  South  Jersey  seminars,  which  were  geared 
toward  training  of  professional  care  providers.  Our 
purpose  was  to  heighten  their  awareness  in  identifi- 
cation, and  expertise  in  treating  and  referring  com- 
pulsive gamblers  and  their  families. 

Our  First  Annual  Statewide  Conference  on  Com- 
pulsive Gambling  took  place  on  September  28,  1983. 
We  are  gratified  and  proud  that  this  landmark  event 
was  a cooperative  venture  with  the  Medical  Society  of 
New  Jersey.  The  Council  is  indebted  to  Dr.  David  I. 
Canavan,  Medical  Director  of  the  Impaired  Physicians 
Program,  for  his  great  contributions  to  assure  the  suc- 
cess of  this  day-long  conference.  More  than  20 
physicians  along  with  psychologists,  social  workers,  re- 
habilitation counselors,  and  representatives  from  the 


mental  health  and  criminal  justice  systems  were 
attendance.  Evaluation  indicated  that  the  presente 
were  very  well  received,  and  that  areas  vital  to  ti 
attending  professionals  had  been  addressed. 

The  Council  on  Compulsive  Gambling  of  New  Jers 
is  involved  in  networking  with  a great  many  agencit 
organizations,  and  community  leaders,  in  order 
serve  better  the  citizens  of  New  Jersey. 

A Blue  Ribbon  Task  Force  on  Compulsive  Gamblii 
has  been  established  to  develop  a dialogue  among 
wide  spectrum  of  professional  disciplines.  It  is  hop* 
that  an  awareness  of  this  hidden  illness  will  be  cor 
municated  to  the  constituencies  of  this  Task  Fore 
Input  from  the  Task  Force  members  will  be  invaluab 
in  helping  The  Council  to  reach  its  objectives  ar 
goals. 

The  Council  is  working  to  collect  data  on  the  gar 
bling  problem  in  New  Jersey.  For  example,  one  r 
markable  statistic  is  that  in  1982,  of  the  250, 0( 
people  brought  to  Atlantic  City  by  a chartered  bt 
company,  75  percent  of  the  passengers  were  sent 
citizens.  We  particularly  must  consider  the  needs 
students  and  women. 

We  owe  so  very  much  to  so  many:  our  staff.  Boa. 
of  Directors,  Advisory  Board,  Council  members,  ar 
friends. 


*Mr.  Klein  is  Executive  Director,  The  Council  on  Compulsi 
Gambling  of  New  Jersey,  Inc.,  Trenton. 

THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


1052 


BALANCED 

CALCIUM 


Low  incidence  of  side  effects 

3ARDIZEM®  (diltiazem  HC1) 
produces  an  incidence  of  adverse 
reactions  not  greater  than  that 
reported  with  placebo  therapy, 
thus  contributing  to  the  patient’s 
sense  of  well-being. 

lardizem  is  indicated  in  the  treatment  of  angina  pectoris  due  to 
coronary  artery  spasm  and  in  the  management  of  chronic  stable 
tngina  (classic  effort-associated  angina)  in  patients  who  cannot 
derate  therapy  with  beta-blockers  and/or  nitrates  or  who  remain 
symptomatic  despite  adequate  doses  of  these  agents. 

References: 

L Strauss  WE,  McIntyre  KM,  Parisi  AF,  et  al:  Safety  and  efficacy 
of  diltiazem  hydrochloride  for  the  treatment  of  stable  angina 
pectoris:  Report  of  a cooperative  clinical  trial.  Am  J Card 1 ql 
49:560-566,  1982. 

3.  Pool  PE,  Seagren  SC,  Bonanno  JA,  et  al:  The  treatment  of  exercise 
inducible  chronic  stable  angina  with  diltiazem:  Effect,  on  treadmill 
j exercise.  Chest  78  (July  suppl):234-238,  1980. 


Reduces  angina  attack  frequency* 

42%  to  46%  decrease  reported  in 
multicenter  study.1 

Increases  exercise  tolerance* 

In  Bruce  exercise  test,2  control 
patients  averaged  8.0  minutes  to 
onset  of  pain;  Cardizem  patients 
averaged  9.8  minutes  (PC.005). 

CARDIZEM 

(diltiazem  HC1) 

THE  BALANCED 
CALCIUM  CHANNEL  BLOCKER 


Please  see  full  prescribing  information  on  following  page. 


2/84 


PROFESSIONAL  USE  INFORMATION 


cardizem, 

(dilhazem  HCI) 

30  mg  and  60  mg  tablets 


DESCRIPTION 

CARDIZEM"  (diltiazem  hydrochloride)  Is  a calcium  ion  influx 
inhibitor  (slow  channel  blocker  or  calcium  antagonist)  Chemically, 
diltiazem  hydrochloride  is  1,5-Benzothiazepm-4(5H)one.3-(acetyloxy) 
-5-[2-(dimethylamino)ethyl  |-2,3  dihydro  2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-. 
monohydrochloride,(  + ) -cis-  The  chemical  structure  is: 


Diltiazem  hydrochloride  is  a white  to  off-white  crystalline  powder 
with  a bitter  taste.  It  is  soluble  in  water,  methanol,  and  chloroform 
It  has  a molecular  weight  of  450.98.  Each  tablet  of  CARDIZEM 
contains  either  30  mg  or  60  mg  diltiazem  hydrochloride  for  oral 
administiatlon 


CLINICAL  PHARMACOLOGY 

The  therapeutic  benefits  achieved  with  CARDIZEM  are  believed 
to  be  related  to  its  ability  to  inhibit  the  Influx  of  calcium  ions 
during  membrane  depolarization  of  cardiac  and  vascular  smooth 
muscle 

Mechanisms  of  Action.  Although  precise  mechanisms  of  its 
antianginal  actions  are  still  being  delineated,  CARDIZEM  is  believed 
to  act  in  the  following  ways: 

1.  Angina  Due  to  Coronary  Artery  Spasm:  CARDIZEM  has  been 
shown  to  be  a potent  dilator  of  coronary  arteries  both  epicardial 
and  subendocardial.  Spontaneous  and  ergonovine-induced  cor- 
onary artery  spasm  are  inhibited  by  CARDIZEM 

2.  Exertional  Angina:  CARDIZEM  has  been  shown  to  produce 
increases  in  exercise  tolerance,  probably  due  to  its  ability  to 
reduce  myocardial  oxygen  demand.  This  is  accomplished  via 
reductions  in  heart  rate  and  systemic  blood  pressure  at  submaximal 
and  maximal  exercise  work  loads. 

In  animal  models,  diltiazem  interfeies  with  the  slow  inward 
(depolarizing)  current  in  excitable  tissue  It  causes  excitation-contraction 
uncoupling  in  various  myocardial  tissues  without  changes  in  the 
configuration  of  the  action  potential.  Diltiazem  produces  relaxation 
of  coronary  vascular  smooth  muscle  and  dilation  of  both  large  and 
small  coronary  arteries  at  drug  levels  which  cause  little  or  no 
negative  inotropic  effect  The  resultant  increases  in  coronary  blood 
flow  (epicardial  and  subendocardial)  occur  in  ischemic  and  nonischemic 
models  and  are  accompanied  by  dose-dependent  decreases  in  sys- 
temic blood  pressure  and  decreases  in  peripheral  resistance 

Hemodynamic  and  Electrophysiologic  Effects.  Like  other 
calcium  antagonists  diltiazem  decreases  sinoatrial  and  atrioventricu- 
lar conduction  in  isolated  tissues  and  has  a negative  inotropic  effect 
in  isolated  preparations.  In  the  intact  animal,  prolongation  of  the  AH 
interval  can  be  seen  at  higher  doses. 

In  man,  diltiazem  prevents  spontaneous  and  ergonovine-provoked 
coronary  artery  spasm  It  causes  a decrease  in  peripheral  vascular 
resistance  and  a modest  fall  in  bluod  pressure  and,  in  exercise 
tolerance  studies  in  patients  with  ischemic  heart  disease,  reduces 
the  heart  rate-blood  pressure  product  for  any  given  work  load. 
Studies  to  date,  primarily  In  patients  with  good  ventricular  function, 
have  not  revealed  evidence  of  a negative  inotropic  effect:  cardiac 
output,  ejection  fraction,  and  left  ventricular  end  diastolic  pressure 
have  not  been  affected.  There  are  as  yet  few  data  on  the  interaction 
of  diltiazem  and  beta-blockers.  Resting  heart  rate  is  usually  unchanged 
or  slightly  reduced  by  diltiazem. 

Intravenous  diltiazem  in  doses  of  20  mg  prolongs  AH  conduction 
time  and  AV  node  functional  and  effective  refractory  periods  approxi- 
mately 20%.  In  a study  involving  single  oral  doses  of  300  mg  of 
CARDIZEM  in  six  normal  volunteers,  the  average  maximum  PR 
prolongation  was  14%  with  no  instances  of  greater  ttian  first-degree 
AV  block  Diltiazem  associatea  prolongation  of  the  AH  interval  is  not 
more  pronounced  in  patients  with  first-degree  heart  block  In  patients 
with  sick  sinus  syndrome,  diltiazem  significantly  prolongs  sinus 
cycle  length  (up  to  50%  in  some  cases). 

Chronic  oral  administration  of  CARDIZEM  in  doses  of  up  to  240 
mg/day  has  resulted  in  small  increases  in  PR  interval,  but  has  not 
usually  produced  abnormal  prolongation.  There  were,  however,  three 
instances  of  second-degree  AV  block  and  one  instance  of  third- 
degree  AV  block  in  a group  of  959  chronically  treated  patients. 

Pharmacokinetics  and  MetaDolism.  Diltiazem  is  absorbed 
from  the  tablet  formulation  to  about  80%  of  a reference  capsule  and 
is  subject  to  an  extensive  first-pass  effect,  giving  an  absolute 
bioavailability  (compared  to  intravenous  dosing)  of  about  40%.  CARDIZEM 
undergoes  extensive  hepatic  metabolism  in  which  2%  to  4%  of  the 
unchanged  drug  appears  in  the  urine  In  vitro  binding  studies  show 
CARDIZEM  is  70%  to  80%  bound  to  plasma  proteins  Competitive 
ligand  binding  studies  have  also  shown  CARDIZEM  binding  is  not 
altered  by  therapeutic  concentrations  of  digoxin,  hydrochlorothiazide, 
phenylbutazone,  propranolol,  salicylic  acid,  or  warfarin.  Single  oral 
doses  of  30  to  120  mg  of  CARDIZEM  result  in  detectable  plasma 
levels  within  30  to  60  minutes  and  peak  plasma  levels  two  to  three 
hours  after  drug  administration  The  plasma  elimination  half-life 
following  single  or  multiple  drug  administration  is  approximately  3.5 
hours  Desacetyl  diltiazem  is  also  present  in  the  plasma  at  levels  of 
10%  to  20%  of  the  parent  drug  and  is  25%  to  50%  as  potent  a 
coronary  vasodilator  as  diltiazem.  Therapeutic  blood  levels  of 
CARDIZEM  appear  to  be  in  the  range  of  50  to  200  ng/ml.  There  is  a 
departure  from  dose-linearity  when  single  doses  above  60  mg  are 
given;  a 120-mg  dose  gave  blood  levels  three  times  that  of  the  60-mg 
dose.  There  is  no  information  about  the  effect  of  renal  or  hepatic 
impairment  on  excretion  or  metabolism  of  diltiazem. 

INDICATIONS  AND  USAGE 

1  Angina  Pectoris  Due  to  Coronary  Aitery  Spasm.  CARDIZEM 


is  indicated  in  the  treatment  of  angina  pectoris  due  to  coronary 
artery  spasm.  CARDIZEM  has  been  shown  effective  in  the 
treatment  of  spontaneous  coronary  artery  spasm  presenting  as 
Prinzmetal's  variant  angina  (resting  angina  with  ST-segment 
elevation  occurring  during  attacks). 

2 Chronic  Stable  Angina  (Classic  Effort-Associated  Angina). 
CARDIZEM  is  indicated  in  the  management  of  chronic  stable 
angina.  CARDIZEM  has  been  effective  in  controlled  trials  in 
reducing  angina  frequency  and  increasing  exercise  tolerance. 

There  are  no  controlled  studies  of  the  effectiveness  of  the  concomi- 
tant use  of  diltiazem  and  beta-blockers  or  of  the  safety  of  this 
combination  in  patients  with  impaired  ventricular  function  or  conduc- 
tion abnormalities. 

CONTRAINDICATIONS 

CARDIZEM  is  contraindicated  in  (1)  patients  with  sick  sinus 
syndrome  except  in  the  presence  of  a functioning  ventricular  pacemaker, 
(2)  patients  with  second-  or  third-degree  AV  block  except  in  the 
presence  of  a functioning  ventricular  pacemaker,  and  (3)  patients 
with  hypotension  (less  than  90  mm  Hg  systolic). 

WARNINGS 

1.  Cardiac  Conduction.  CARDIZEM  prolongs  AV  node  refrac- 
tory periods  without  significantly  prolonging  sinus  node  recov- 
ery time,  except  in  patients  with  sick  sinus  syndrome  This 
effect  may  rarely  result  in  abnormally  slow  heart  rates  (particularly 
in  patients  with  sick  sinus  syndrome)  or  second-  or  third-degree 
AV  block  (six  of  1243  patients  for  0.48%).  Concomitant  use  of 
diltiazem  with  beta-blockers  or  digitalis  may  result  in  additive 
effects  on  caidiac  conduction.  A patient  with  Prinzmetal’s 
angina  developed  periods  of  asystole  (2  to  5 seconds)  after  a 
single  dose  of  60  mg  of  diltiazem. 

2.  Congestive  Heart  Failure.  Although  diltiazem  has  a negative 
inotropic  effect  in  isolated  animal  tissue  preparations,  hemodynamic 
studies  in  humans  with  normal  ventricular  function  have  not 
shown  a reduction  in  cardiac  index  nor  consistent  negative 
effects  on  contractility  (dp/dt).  Experience  with  the  use  of 
CARDIZEM  alone  or  in  combination  with  beta-blockers  in  patients 
with  impaired  ventricular  function  is  very  limited  Caution  should 
be  exercised  when  using  the  drug  in  such  patients 

3 Hypotension.  Decreases  in  blood  pressure  associated  with 
CARDIZEM  therapy  may  occasionally  result  in  symptomatic 
hypotension. 

4 Acute  Hepatic  Injury.  In  rare  instances,  patients  receiving 
CARDIZEM  have  exhibited  reversible  acute  hepatic  injury  as 
evidenced  by  moderate  to  extreme  elevations  of  liver  enzymes. 
(See  PRECAUTIONS  and  ADVERSE  REACTIONS.) 

PRECAUTIONS 

General.  CARDIZEM  (diltiazem  hydrochloride)  is  extensively  metab- 
olized by  the  liver  and  excreted  by  the  kidneys  and  in  bile.  As  with  any 
new  drug  given  over  prolonged  periods,  laboratory  parameters  should 
be  monitored  at  regular  intervals.  The  drug  should  be  used  with 
caution  in  patients  with  impaired  renal  or  hepatic  function.  In  sub- 
acute and  chronic  dog  and  rat  studies  designed  to  produce  toxicity, 
high  doses  of  diltiazem  were  associated  with  hepatic  damage.  In 
special  subacute  hepatic  studies,  oral  doses  of  125  mg/kg  and 
higher  in  rats  were  associated  with  histological  changes  in  the  liver 
which  were  reversible  when  the  drug  was  discontinued.  In  dogs, 
doses  of  20  mg/kg  were  also  associated  with  hepatic  changes; 
however,  these  changes  were  reversible  with  continued  dosing. 

Drug  Interaction.  Pharmacologic  studies  indicate  that  there 
may  be  additive  effects  in  prolonging  AV  conduction  when  using 
beta-blockers  or  digitalis  concomitantly  with  CARDIZEM.  (See 
WARNINGS). 

Controlled  and  uncontrolled  domestic  studies  suggest  that  con- 
comitant use  of  CARDIZEM  and  beta-blockers  or  digitalis  is  usually 
well  tolerated  Available  data  are  not  sufficient,  however,  to  predict 
the  effects  of  concomitant  treatment,  particularly  in  patients  with  left 
ventricular  dysfunction  or  cardiac  conduction  abnormalities.  In  healthy 
volunteers,  diltiazem  has  been  shown  to  increase  serum  digoxin 
levels  up  to  20%. 

Carcinogenesis,  Mutagenesis,  Impairment  of  Fertility.  A 

24-month  study  in  rats  and  a 21 -month  study  in  mice  showed  no 
evidence  of  carcinogenicity.  There  was  also  no  mutagenic  response 
in  in  vitro  bacterial  tests.  No  intrinsic  effect  on  fertility  was  observed 
in  rats. 

Pregnancy.  Category  C.  Reproduction  studies  have  been  con- 
ducted in  mice,  rats,  and  rabbits.  Administration  of  doses  ranging 
from  five  to  ten  times  greater  (on  a mg/kg  basis)  than  the  daily 
recommended  therapeutic  dose  has  resulted  in  embryo  and  fetal 
lethality.  These  doses,  in  some  studies,  have  been  reported  to  cause 
skeletal  abnormalities  In  the  perinatal/postnatal  studies,  there  was 
some  reduction  in  early  individual  pup  weights  and  survival  rates. 
There  was  an  increased  incidence  of  stillbirths  at  doses  of  20  times 
the  human  dose  or  greater. 

There  are  no  well-controlled  studies  in  pregnant  women;  therefore, 
use  CARDIZEM  in  pregnant  women  only  if  the  potential  benefit 
justifies  the  potential  risk  to  the  fetus. 

Nursing  Mothers.  It  is  not  known  whether  this  drug  is  excreted 
in  human  milk.  Because  many  drugs  are  excreted  in  human  milk, 
exercise  caution  when  CARDIZEM  is  administered  to  a nursing 
woman  it  the  drug's  benefits  are  thought  to  outweigh  its  potential 
risks  in  this  situation. 

Pediatric  Use.  Safety  and  effectiveness  in  children  have  not 
been  established. 

ADVERSE  REACTIONS 

Serious  adverse  reactions  have  been  rare  in  studies  carried  out  to 
date,  but  it  should  be  recognized  that  patients  with  impaired  ventricu- 
lar function  and  cardiac  conduction  abnormalities  have  usually  been 
excluded. 

In  domestic  placebo-controlled  trials,  the  incidence  of  adverse 
reactions  reported  during  CARDIZEM  therapy  was  not  greater  than 
that  reported  during  placebo  therapy. 

The  following  represent  occurrences  observed  in  clinical  studies 
which  can  be  at  least  reasonably  associated  with  the  pharmacology 
of  calcium  influx  inhibition  In  many  cases,  the  relationship  to 
CARDIZEM  has  not  been  established.  The  most  common  occurrences, 
as  well  as  their  frequency  of  presentation,  are:  edema  (2.4%), 


headache  (2.1%),  nausea  (1.9%),  dizziness  (1.5%),  i 
asthenia  (1.2%),  AV  block  (1.1%).  In  addition,  the  folic  g 
were  reported  infrequently  (less  than  1%)  with  the  order  u 
tion  corresponding  to  the  relative  frequency  of  occurre 


Cardiovascular: 


Nervous  System; 


Gastrointestinal: 


Dermatologic: 

Other: 


Flushing,  arrhythmia,  hypotensitj 
dia,  palpitations,  congestive  h,  i 
syncope. 

Paresthesia,  nervousness,  sat 
tremor,  insomnia,  hallucinations,;  y 
Constipation,  dyspepsia,  diarrhc« 
mild  elevations  of  alkaline  phosph  t 
SGPT,  and  LDH 

Pruritus,  petechiae,  urticaria,  pho  ir 
Polyuria,  nocturia. 


The  following  additional  experiences  have  been  not 
A patient  with  Prinzmetal's  angina  experiencing 
vasospastic  angina  developed  periods  of  transient  a 
asystole  approximately  five  hours  after  receiving  a t 
dose  of  CARDIZEM 

The  following  postmarketing  events  have  been  re  g 
quently  in  patients  receiving  CARDIZEM  erythema  mu 
kopenia;  and  extreme  elevations  of  alkaline  phosph; 
SGPT,  LDH,  and  CPK.  However,  a definitive  cause  and  el 
these  events  and  CARDIZEM  therapy  is  yet  to  be  esta 


OVERDOSAGE  OR  EXAGGERATED  RESPO  i 

Overdosage  experience  with  oral  diltiazem  has  I 
Single  oral  doses  of  300  mg  of  CARDIZEM  have  been  v 
by  healthy  volunteers.  In  the  event  of  overdosage  or 
response,  appropriate  supportive  measures  should  be 
addition  to  gastric  lavage  The  following  measures  may  b 


Bradycardia 


High-Degree  AV 
Block 


Cardiac  Failure 


Hypotension 


Administer  atropine  (0.60  to  1.0 
is  no  response  to  vagal  blockadi 
isoproterenol  cautiously. 

Treat  as  for  bradycardia  above, 
degree  AV  block  should  be  trea 
diac  pacing. 

Administer  inotropic  agents  (is 
dopamine,  or  dobutamine)  and  di 
Vasopressors  (eg.  dopamine  or 
bitartrate). 

Actual  treatment  and  dosage  should  depend  on  the  s 
clinical  situation  and  the  ludgment  and  experience  olt 
physician. 

The  oral/LD50’s  in  mice  and  rats  range  from  415  tr 
and  from  560  to  810  mg/kg,  respectively.  The  intraven 
these  species  were  60  and  38  mg/kg,  respectively.  Thi 
dogs  is  considered  to  be  in  excess  of  50  mg/kg,  while 
seen  in  monkeys  at  360  mg/kg  The  toxic  dose  in  man ! 
but  blood  levels  in  excess  of  800  ng/ml  have  not  bee 
with  toxicity. 


DOSAGE  AND  ADMINISTRATION 
Exertional  Angina  Pectoris  Due  to  Atheroscli 
nary  Artery  Disease  or  Angina  Pectoris  at  Rest  I 
nary  Aitery  Spasm.  Dosage  must  be  adjusted  to  e, 
needs.  Starting  with  30  mg  four  times  daily,  before  r 
bedtime,  dosage  should  be  increased  gradually  (givr 
doses  three  or  four  times  daily)  at  one-  to  two-day  ii 
optimum  response  is  obtained  Although  individual  i 
respond  to  any  dosage  level,  the  average  optimum  c 
appears  to  be  180  to  240  mg/day.  There  are  no  available 
ing  dosage  requirements  in  patients  with  impaired  ren: 
function.  If  the  drug  must  be  used  in  such  patients,  titrat! 
carried  out  with  particular  caution. 

Concomitant  Uso  With  Other  Antianginal  Agoi 
1 Sublingual  NTG  may  be  taken  as  required  to 
anginal  attacks  during  CARDIZEM  therapy. 


2.  Prophylactic  Nitrate  Therapy -CARDIZEM  n 
coadministered  with  short-  and  long-acting  nitrat 


ouaummioiGi uu  vvii.ii  oiiuii  auu  ivjuy  aomiy  miiui 

have  been  no  controlled  studies  to  evaluate  thi 
effectiveness  of  this  combination. 

3 Beta-blockers.  (See  WARNINGS  and  PRECAUTIC 


HOW  SUPPLIED 

Cardizem  30-mg  tablets  are  supplied  in  bottles  i 
0088-1771-47)  and  in  Unit  Dose  Identification  Paks 
0088-1771-49).  Each  green  tablet  is  engraved  with  M7 
side  and  1771  engraved  on  the  other.  CARDIZEM  6i 
tablets  are  supplied  in  bottles  of  100  (NDC  0088-1772-4 
Dose  Identification  Paks  of  100  (NDC  0088-1772-49) 
tablet  is  engraved  with  MARION  on  one  side  and  1772 

Is1! 


Another  patient  benefit  product  from 
PHARMACEUTICAL  DIVISION 

MARION 

LABORATORIES,  INC 

KANSAS  CITY,  MISSOURI  64137 


\ortic  and  Mitral  Valve 

REPLACEMENT:  PART  2* 


Philip  Olivieri,  m.d.,  and  John  Kosns,  m.d.,  new  Brunswick** 


The  results  of  surgical  management  compared  to  medical 
management  of  the  valvular  lesions  are  presented.  The 
hemodynamic  consequences  of  surgery  and  the  validity  of 
noninvasive  guidelines  for  timing  surgical  intervention  are 
discussed.  Special  situations  involving  the  repair  of  native  valves 
and  the  replacement  of  valve  prostheses  are  reviewed. 


I 

ii 

he  value  of  valve  replacement 
Kj  clearly  has  been  established  in 
A acute  aortic  and  mitral  regurgi- 
I nt  lesions  and  in  chronic  valvular  lesions  when  the 
|*.tient  is  symptomatic.  However,  the  need  for  and  tim- 
|g  of  surgical  intervention  in  chronic  valvular  disease 
| asymptomatic  or  minimally  symptomatic  patients 
i controversial.  Rahimtoola  has  cautioned  that  the 
uks  of  early  valve  replacement  (operative  mortality, 
rioperative  myocardial  damage,  questionable  long- 
rm  prosthetic  performance,  and  influence  on 
yocardial  function)  should  be  weighed  carefully 
fainst  the  possible  symptomatic  relief  and  increased 
i rvival  resulting  from  a successful  operation.4  De- 
late detailed  attempts  to  create  rational  guidelines  for 
I rgical  intervention  in  these  patients,  the  decision  to 
i change  “native  valve  disease  for  prosthetic  valve  dis- 
ise”  remains  to  a large  extent  a matter  of  clinical 
dgment.56 

DRTIC  STENOSIS 

It  is  useful  to  separate  operative  or  inhospital  mor- 
lllity  from  long-term  mortality  in  assessing  the  benefit 
i any  valvular  surgery.  In  general,  operative  mortality 
i 5 percent  or  greater  for  single  and  10  percent  or 
eater  for  double  valve  replacement.31  Aortic  valve  re- 
acement  usually  is  thought  to  have  a more  favorable 
ig-term  prognosis  than  mitral  valve  replacement 
though  some  authors  dispute  this.2332  The  early  re- 

)L.  81— NUMBER  12— DECEMBER  1984 


suits  of  aortic  valve  replacement  were  poor  due  to  high 
operative  mortality.  Rotman  et  al.  reported  a series  of 
39  patients  with  aortic  stenosis  who  underwent  43 
procedures  (36  replacements  and  6 valvulotomies) 
with  an  operative  mortality  of  31  percent.15  Improve- 
ments in  surgical  technique  such  as  cold  cardioplegia 
with  potassium  arrest,  postsurgical  management  with 
pulmonary  arterial  balloon-flotation  catheters  and 
afterload  reducing  drugs,  and  valve  prostheses  dra- 
matically have  changed  the  figures.  The  7 percent  oper- 
ative mortality  in  a recent  study  by  Schwarz  et  al.  is 
typical  and  the  3.5  percent  mortality  cited  by  Cobbs 
et  al.  is  not  uncommon.17-33 

The  results  of  several  surgical  series  are  presented 
in  Table  1.  Surgical  therapy  clearly  is  superior  to  medi- 
cal therapy  in  the  presence  of  significant  aortic 
stenosis.  Schwarz  et  al.  reported  87  percent  3-year 
survival  by  life-table  analysis  in  a 1 25-patient  operative 
group  versus  2 1 percent  3-year  survival  in  a 19-patient 
nonoperative  group.  The  data  of  Schwarz  et  al.  are 
compared  to  composite  data  for  the  natural  history  of 
the  disease  in  Figure  1. 

The  indications  for  surgery  in  aortic  stenosis  are 


*Part  1 appeared  in  the  previous  issue  of  The  Journal,  MSNJ. 

**From  the  Division  of  Cardiovascular  Diseases,  UMDNJ- 
Rutgers  Medical  School.  Correspondence  may  be  addressed 
to  Dr.  Kostis,  UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School,  CN  19.  New 
Brunswick,  NJ  08903. 


1055 


TABLE  1 


Rotman  et  al. 
1971 15 


Munoz  et  al. 
197523 


Smith  et  al. 
197834 


Carabello  et  al. 
198043 


Schwarz  et  al. 
198217 


Bonchek  et  al. 
197446 


Munoz  et  al. 
197523 


Ward  and  Hancock 
197549 


Results  of  Surgical  Intervention 


Aortic  Stenosis 

Series  of  39  patients  with  aortic 
stenosis,  underwent  43 
procedures  (37  replacements 
and  6 valvulotomies)  with  oper- 
ative mortality  31  percent.  Series 
of  24  patients  with  stenosis/ 
regurgitation,  underwent  26 
procedures  (23  replacements 
and  3 valvulotomies)  with  oper- 
ative mortality  25  percent. 

Series  of  47  patients  with  all 
types  of  aortic  valve  disease 
underwent  aortic  valve  replace- 
ment with  operative  mortality  27 
percent  and  70  percent  5-year 
survival. 

Series  of  10  patients  with  severe 
aortic  stenosis  and  congestive 
heart  failure  underwent  valve  re- 
placement with  operative  mor- 
tality 21  percent  and  74  ± 10 
percent  actuarially  predicted  3- 
year  + 5-year  survival. 

Series  of  14  patients  with  severe 
aortic  stenosis  and  congestive 
heart  failure  underwent  valve  re- 
placement with  operative  mor- 
tality 21  percent.  Group  I (10  of 
1 1 with  improvement):  afterload 
mismatch.  Group  II  (1  of  1 1 with 
no  improvement  + 3 operative 
fatalities):  depressed  contractili- 
ty- 

Series  of  125  surgical  patients 
with  operative  mortality  7 per- 
cent and  actuarially  predicted  87 
percent  3-year  survival  versus  19 
medically  treated  patients  with 
21  percent  survival. 

Mitral  Stenosis 

Series  of  150  patients  with  all 
types  of  mitral  valve  disease 
underwent  mitral  valve  replace- 
ment with  operative  mortality  2 
percent  and  actuarially  predicted 
85  percent  5-year  survival  (40  of 
150  with  pure  mitral  stenosis). 

Series  of  118  patients  with 
mitral  stenosis  who  underwent 
open  mitral  commissurotomy 
with  operative  mortality  of  5 per- 
cent. Series  of  45  patients  with 
all  types  of  mitral  valve  disease 
who  underwent  valve  replace- 
ment with  operative  mortality  24 
percent  and  60  percent  5-year 
survival. 

Series  of  27  patients  with  severe 
mitral  valve  disease  and 


pulmonary  hypertension  under- 
went mitral  valve  replacement 
with  56  percent  5-year  survival. 
Group  of  21  similar  patients 
managed  medically  had  10  per- 
cent 5-year  survival. 


Hammermeister  et  al.  Series  of  249  patients  with  all 
197830  types  of  mitral  valve  disease:  74 

percent  5-year  survival  in 
surgical  group  v 62  percent 
survival  in  medical  group.  Group 
of  45  patients  with  mitral 
stenosis/regurgitation  and  85 
percent  5-year  survival  in  group 
of  22  medically  managed  pa- 
tients. 

Series  of  545  patients  with  all 
types  of  mitral  valve  disease 
(stenosis  160,  regurgitation  76, 
and  stenosis/regurgitation  309) 
underwent  mitral  valve  replace- 
ment with  7 percent  operative 
mortality.  Increased  cardiothor- 
acic  ratio,  left  atrial  size,  or  poor 
hemodynamics  prognostic. 

Series  of  202  patients  with 
mitral  stenosis  underwent  open 
mitral  commissurotomy  with  op- 
erative mortality  1.7  percent  and 
actuarially  predicted  92  percent  : 
10-year  survival. 

Rutledge  et  al.  Series  of  303  patients  with 

198244  mitral  stenosis  underwent  closed 

mitral  commissurotomy  between 
1954  and  1980  with  an  operative 
mortality  of  2 percent  and  actu- 
arially predicted  survivals  of  95 
percent  at  5 years,  82  percent  at 
10  years,  and  70  percent  at  15 
years.  Subgroup  of  54  patients 
underwent  valve  replacement  at 
mean  9.6  years  with  operative 
mortality  of  13  percent  and  actu- 
arially predicted  95  percent  5- 
year  and  74  percent  10-year 
survivals. 

Aortic  Regurgitation 


Gross  et  al. 
1981 45 


Dalby  et  al. 
1 98 1 50 


Rotman  et  al.  Series  of  30  patients  with  aortic 

1971 15  regurgitation  underwent  31 

procedures  (30  replacements 
and  1 homograft)  with  operative 
mortality  16  percent. 

Heniy  et  al.  I.  Series  of  50  symptomatic  pa- 

tients with  49  of  50  good 
echocardiograms:  100  percent 

(49  of  49)  had  left  ventricular 
dilatation,  29  percent  (14  of  49) 
had  fractional  shortening  less 
than  25  percent.  Operative  mor- 
tality 6 percent.  Late  mortality  16 
percent  at  5 to  43  months;  8 of 
continued 


1056 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


TABLE  1 


Results  of  Surgical  Intervention 


49  with  congestive  heart  failure. 
Overall  43-month  survival  77 
percent.  High-risk  group  (left 
ventricular  end-systolic  diameter 
above  55  mm,  fractional 
shortening  below  25  percent)  ac- 
counted for  69  percent  (9  of  13) 
early  + late  mortality. 

II.  Series  of  37  symptomatic  pa- 
tients with  serial  echocardio- 
grams and  mean  followup  of  34 
months;  38  percent  (14  of  37) 
subsequently  operated  v 62  per- 
cent (23  of  37)  nonoperated  (re- 
mained asymptomatic). 

Greves  et  al.  Series  of  45  patients  with  severe 

198151  isolated  aortic  regurgitation 

underwent  valve  replacement 
with  4.4  percent  operative  mor- 
tality; actuarially  predicted  85 
percent  5-year  survival  in  39  pa- 
tients. 

Kumpuris  et  al.  Group  A (postaortic  valve  re- 

198257  placement  normalization  of  left 

ventricular  function)  with  no 
congestive  heart  failure  or  death. 
Group  B (postsurgical  pro- 
gression with  43  percent  failure 
and  29  percent  mortality. 


Series  of  symptomatic  patients 
with  85  percent  2-year  and  63 
percent  4-year  survival.  Opera- 
tive morality  6 percent.  High-risk 
group  contained  low-risk  sub- 
group with  preserved  exercise  ca- 
pacity. 

Surgical  series  with  operative 
mortality  7 percent  and  actu- 
arially predicted  86  percent  5- 
year  survival  v 87  percent  5-year 
survival  in  medical  cohort. 


Mitral  Regurgitation 

Hammermeister  et  al.  Series  of  61  surgical  patients 
with  70  percent  5-year  survival  v 
54  percent  5-year  survival  among 
36  medically  managed  patients. 

Phillips  et  al.  Series  of  105  patients  with 

mitral  regurgitation  underwent 
valve  replacement  with  4 percent 
operative  mortality  and  82  per- 
cent actuarially  predicted  5-year 
survival.  Only  age  above  60  years 
or  preoperative  ejection  fraction 
less  than  40  percent  predicted 
decreased  5-year  survival. 


Bonow  et  al. 
198254 


Schwarz  et  al. 
198217 


ummarized  in  Table  2.  The  decision  to  recommend 
urgeiy  in  symptomatic  patients  in  order  to  prolong 
fe  and  to  provide  relief  is  straightforward.  Prompt 
peration  is  indicated  even  in  those  with  severe  con- 
gestive heart  failure  or  ejection  fraction  less  than  20 
Percent.3435  Age  should  not  be  a barrier  to  surgical 
ntervention  since  benefit  has  been  demonstrated  even 
la  those  greater  than  70  years.36  Surgery  in 
symptomatic  patients  depends  upon  hemodynamic 
tatus:  surgery  is  indicated  to  decrease  the  risk  of 
udden  death  in  the  presence  of  a transvalvular  gra- 
lient  greater  than  50  mm/Hg  and/or  a valve  area  less 
han  0.4  em2/m2  body  surface  area 
Aortic  valvulotomy  rarely  is  possible  in  the  adult 
•opulation.  Calcification  of  the  aortic  valve  uniformly 

3 present  in  adult  aortic  stenosis  rendering 
alvulotomy  technically  impossible  without  the  crea- 
ion  of  unacceptable  aortic  regurgitation.  Accordingly, 
he  procedure  of  choice  is  replacement  of  the  aortic 
alve  with  a mechanical  or  bioprosthesis. 

A controversy  recently  has  arisen  concerning  the 
leed  for  preoperative  cardiac  catheterization  in  pa- 
tents undergoing  valve  replacement.  St.  John  Sutton 
[t  al.  and  Brandenburg  have  suggested  that  cardiac 
atheterization  can  be  avoided  in  selected  patients  by 
finical  assessment  and  echocardiography.3738  Hakki  et 
1,  O’Rourke,  and  Rahimtoola  among  others  have  pres- 
nted  detailed  arguments  stressing  the  need  for 
atheterization  in  the  great  majority  of  patients.31'41 
Catheterization  is  required  to  determine  the  severity 

4 the  valvular  lesion,  to  detect  hidden  associated 
alvular  disease,  to  definitively  assess  the  degree  of  left 
entricular  dysfunction,  and  to  evaluate  the  coronary 


arteries.  It  seems  prudent,  at  the  present  time,  to  con- 
tinue the  practice  of  preoperative  cardiac  catheteriza- 
tion and  coronary  arteriography  in  all  candidates  for 
valvular  surgery. 

Significant  coronary  arterial  stenosis  should  be 
bypassed  at  the  same  surgery  which  corrects  the 
valvular  lesions.  Combined  valve  and  coronary  artery 
bypass  surgery  can  be  performed  with  a similar  opera- 
tive risk  and  late  results  as  valve  replacement  alone.42 

The  left  ventricular  response  to  the  pressure  over- 
load imposed  by  chronic  aortic  stenosis  has  been  re- 
viewed by  Ross.35  Following  an  initial  period  of  relative 
left  ventricular  decompensation,  concentration  hyper- 
trophy develops  with  a return  to  normal  cardiac  out- 
put. Hyperfunction  is  evidenced  by  the  leftward  shift 
of  the  pressure  versus  ventricular  volume  curve  (Fig- 
ure 2).  However,  the  relation  of  wall  stress  to  ven- 
tricular diameter  remains  linear,  demonstrating  nor- 
mal contractility.  With  decreasing  contractility,  this 
relation  is  shifted  downward  and  to  the  right.  Follow- 
ing successful  valve  replacement,  the  hvpertrophy  re- 
gresses and  the  left  ventricular  function  either  re- 
mains normal  or  returns  to  normal  within  six  months. 
Ross  concludes,  “Mechanical  overload  per  se  rather 
than  irreversible  depressed  myocardial  contractility 
primarily  is  responsible  for  reduced  left  ventricular 
function  preoperatively  in  many  patients,  although  in 
a few,  depressed  contractility  is  clearly  important."35 
This  concept  is  supported  by  the  report  of  Carabello 
et  al.  who  described  14  patients  with  critical  aortic 
stenosis  (valve  area  less  than  0.4  cm2/m2)  and  con- 
gestive heart  failure  submitted  to  valve  replacement.43 
There  were  3 operative  deaths  (operative  mortality  21 


/OL.  81— NUMBER  12— DECEMBER  1984 


1057 


TABLE  2 


Symptomatic: 

Asymptomatic: 


Symptomatic: 

Asymptomatic: 


Symptomatic: 

Asymptomatic: 


Indications  for  Valvular  Surgery 


Aortic  Stenosis 

Surgery  recommended 

Surgery  recommended  if: 

a.  Transvalvular  gradient 
greater  than  50  mm/Hg  and/or 

b.  Valve  area  less  than  0.4 
cm2/m2  body  surface  area 
Advanced  age  no  barrier  to  sur- 
geiy 

Mitral  Stenosis 

Surgery  recommended 

Surgery  recommended  if: 
a Special  circumstances  such 
as  systemic  embolization 
b.  Evidence  of  progressive 
pulmonary  hypertension 

Aortic  Regurgitation 

Surgery  recommended 

Surgery  recommended  if: 

a.  M-mode  echocardiographic 
left  ventricular  end-systolic 
diameter  greater  than  55  mm;  or 

b.  M-mode  echocardiographic 
fractional  shortening  less  than 
25  percent  and  invasive  study 
confirms  left  ventricular  dys- 
function 

The  noninvasive  criteria  do  not 


apply  to  a small  subset  of  pa- 
tients in  whom  exercise  capacity 
is  preserved. 

Mitral  Regurgitation 

Surgery  not  recommended  if 
symptoms  can  be  satisfactorily 
controlled  by  standard  medical 
therapy.  Disease  not  necessarily 
progressive. 

Surgery  recommended  if  there  is 
evidence  of  progressive  left  ven- 
tricular dysfunction  and  de- 
terioration. 

Surgery  not  recommended  if 
condition  remains  stable. 

Surgery  recommended  if: 

a.  M-mode  echocardiographic 
left  ventricular  end-diastolic 
diameter  greater  than  80  mm;  or 

b.  M-mode  echocardiographic 
left  ventricular  end-systolic 
diameter  greater  than  50  mm;  or 

c.  M-mode  echocardiographic 
fractional  shortening  less  than 
30  percent; 

d.  M-mode  echocardiographic 
ejection  fraction  less  than  55 
percent:  and  invasive  study  con- 
firms left  ventricular  dys- 
function. 


Symptomatic: 


Asymptomatic: 


t 


percent)  and  1 1 survivors.  Ten  of  the  survivors  who 
showed  substantial  improvement  comprised  Group  I. 
A linear  relation  was  found  between  the  ejection  frac- 
tion and  left  ventricular  wall  stress  in  Group  I consis- 
tent with  afterload  mismatch.  The  3 operative  fatalities 
and  1 unimproved  survivor  comprised  Group  II.  A 
lowered  ejection  fraction  for  a given  left  ventricular 
wall  stress  was  found  in  Group  II,  consistent  with  de- 
creased contractility.  Thus,  the  concept  of  afterload 
mismatch  (inappropriate  hypertrophy  for  the  imposed 
afterload)  can  help  to  explain  the  beneficial  effect  of 
surgeiy  in  most  patients. 


MITRAL  STENOSIS 

The  first  surgical  therapy  in  valvular  heart  disease 
was  mitral  valvulotomy  for  mitral  stenosis.  Rowe  et  al. 
in  their  classic  study  of  the  natural  history  of  mitral 
stenosis  included  the  early  data  from  Harkens  group 
showing  the  benefits  of  that  procedure.20  Mitral  com- 
missurotomy continues  to  be  the  ideal  “first  proce- 
dure” in  surgical  candidates  with  suitable  valve 
pathology  (noncalcified,  mobile  leaflets).  While  open 
mitral  commissurotomy  currently  is  the  procedure  of 
choice  among  most  surgeons,  closed  mitral  com- 
missurotomy equally  is  safe  and  remains  useful  in 
experienced  hands.  Rutledge  et  al.  reported  a series  of 
303  patients  who  underwent  closed  mitral  com- 
missurotomy for  acquired,  isolated  mitral  stenosis  be- 
tween 1954  and  1980  with  an  operative  mortality  of 


Years 

Figure  1 — Aortic  stenosis:  Survival  data  for  medical  vers’ 
surgical  management. 

2 percent.44  Gross  et  al.  reported  a series  of  202  p 
tients  who  underwent  open  mitral  commissurotorr' 
between  1967  and  1978  with  an  operative  mortality  (. 
1.7  percent.45 

Those  patients  whose  valves  are  not  suitable  fc; 
commissurotomy  or  in  whom  commissurotomy  he; 
failed  must  undergo  mitral  valve  replacement.  Thi 
procedure  carries  a higher  operative  mortality  than  tf 
simpler  commissurotomy.  Kirklin  and  Pacifico  cite 
surgical  series  reviewed  by  Kouchoukos  with  a hosp 
tal  mortality  of  5 percent  for  pure  mitral  stenosis 
Boncheck  reported  a series  of  150  patients  (includin 
40  patients  with  mitral  stenosis)  who  underwent  elec 


1058 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


I 

£ 

*•  E 


Volume  (cc) 

Figure  2— Pressure  versus  ventricular  volume  in  valvular 
aeart  disease. 


Medical  management  composite  data 
Rapaport  (7) 

Rowe  et  al.  (20) 

Surgical  management: 

Rutledge  et  al  (44) 


Years 

Figure  3 — Mitral  stenosis:  Survival  data  for  medical  versus 
surgical  managment. 


ive  mitral  valve  replacement  with  only  2 percent  oper- 
ative mortality.46 

The  results  of  several  surgical  series  are  presented 
n Table  1.  Munoz  et  al.  demonstrated  the  superiority 
)f  surgical  therapy  in  mitral  stenosis.23  They  found  an 
35  percent  5-year  survival  in  1 18  patients  undergoing 
)pen  mitral  commissurotomy  with  an  operative  mor- 
ality of  5 percent.  The  5-year  survival  in  a medically 
reated  group  of  58  patients  with  mitral  stenosis  was 
15  percent.  The  report  of  Rutledge  et  al.  particularly 
s useful  because  it  showed  that  an  initial  or  even 
•epeat  mitral  commissurotomy  does  not  prejudice  the 
-esults  of  later  mitral  valve  replacement.  The  actu- 
irially  predicted  5-,  1 0-.  and  1 5-year  survival  in  the  303 
jatients  were  95  percent,  82  percent,  and  70  percent, 
-espectively.  Fifty-four  patients  (18  percent)  subse- 
quently underwent  mitral  valve  replacement  at  a mean 
)f  9.6  years.  The  indications  were  residual  stenosis 
vith  or  without  mild  regurgitation  in  33  patients  (61 
iercent),  restenosis  in  15  (28  percent),  and  moderate- 
o-severe  mitral  regurgitation  in  6 (11  percent).  The 
iperative  mortality  was  13  percent  and  the  actuarially 
predicted  5-  and  10-year  survivals  were  95  percent  and 
74  percent,  respectively.  The  data  of  Rutledge  et  al.  for 
nitral  valve  replacement  are  compared  to  composite 
lata  for  the  natural  history  of  the  disease  in 
dgure  3. 

The  indications  for  surgery  in  mitral  stenosis  are 
summarized  in  Table  2.  Surgery  is  recommended  in 
symptomatic  patients  in  order  to  improve  functional 
status  and  provide  symptomatic  relief.  Thus,  patients 
n New  York  Heart  Association  classes  III  and  IV  are 
surgical  candidates.  Asymptomatic  (class  I)  patients 
ire  not  ordinarily  surgical  candidates  except  in  special 
circumstances  such  as  following  an  episode  of  system- 
c embolization.  The  class  II  patient  presents  a thera- 
peutic dilemma  Close  followup  is  indicated  and  a high 
ndex  of  suspicion  for  pulmonary  hypertension  should 
)e  maintained. 

As  noted,  mitral  commissurotomy  (either  open  or 
closed)  is  the  procedure  of  choice  in  suitable  patients, 
rhose  with  residual  stenosis  or  restenosis  may  under- 
go a second  commissurotomy  with  beneficial  results 
ilthough  Rutledge  et  al.  found  a positive  correlation 
)etween  repeat  commissurotomy  and  subsequent 
nitral  valve  replacement.  Insertion  of  a prosthetic  de- 
vice can  be  performed  with  a low  operative  mortality 
ind  good  long-term  results,  especially  on  an  elective 
>asis  when  class  IV  patients  or  patients  with  severe 


pulmonary  hypertension  are  avoided  by  early  surgery. 
Patients  aged  30  years  or  younger  with  severe  symp- 
toms, with  physical  signs  of  isolated  severe  mitral 
stenosis,  and  appropriate  noninvasive  finding  are 
among  the  small  group  of  patients  that  may  be  ex- 
cluded from  preoperative  cardiac  catheterization.40 

Although  stroke  volume  and  cardiac  output  are  re- 
duced in  the  presence  of  mitral  stenosis,  the  function 
of  the  left  ventricle  is  fairly  well  preserved  (Figure  2). 
Unsuspected  deterioration  of  the  left  ventricular  func- 
tion does  not  occur.  Flessas  and  Ryan  have  reported 
that  patients  with  mitral  stenosis  demonstrate  a nor- 
mal chronotropic  and  pressor  response  to  isometric 
exercise.47  Wroblewski  et  al.  have  reported  that  the 
right  ventricle  performs  normally  in  patients  with 
moderate  pulmonaiy  hypertension,  maintaining  nor- 
mal size  and  ejection  fraction.48 

Following  successful  surgery,  substantial  reduction 
in  left  atrial  and  pulmonary  pressures  should  occur. 
Patients  in  whom  surgery  has  been  delayed  until  the 
development  of  irreversible  pulmonary  hypertension 
are  at  great  risk.  The  series  of  Ward  and  Hancock  is 
instructive:  27  patients  with  severe  pulmonary  hyper- 
tension and  mitral  valve  disease  underwent  valve  re- 
placement with  a 56  percent  5-year  survival.49  A simi- 
lar group  of  21  patients  treated  medically  had  a 10 
percent  5-year  survival.  Thus,  pulmonary  hypertension 
should  be  considered  an  indication  for  surgery  even 
though  the  surgical  risk  is  high  since  the  nonsurgical 
prognosis  is  dismal.  This  concept  is  supported  by  the 
report  of  Dalby  et  al.,  who  studied  preoperative  factors 
affecting  the  outcome  of  isolated  mitral  valve  replace- 
ment.50 They  found  increased  operative  mortality  in 
patients  with  a large  cardiothoracic  ratio,  a large  left 
atrium,  and  “poor  hemodynamics."  Poor  hemody- 
namics were  defined  as  combinations  of  cardiac  index 
less  than  1 .5  liters/min/m2,  systolic  pulmonary  arterial 
pressure  greater  than  100  mm/Hg,  pulmonary 
vascular  resistance  greater  than  or  equal  to  10  units, 
or  left  ventricular  end-diastolic  pressure  of  20  mm/Hg 
or  greater.  However,  they  also  found  that  the  long-tenn 
prognosis  in  those  patients  was  no  different  from  pa- 
tients without  the  preoperative  abnormalities.  Clearly, 
there  is  a need  for  meticulous  perioperative  care  in  the 
compromised  patients  in  order  to  reap  the  long-term 
benefits  of  surgery. 

AORTIC  REGURGITATION 

The  regurgitant  lesions  of  the  aortic  and  mitral 


/OL.  81— NUMBER  12— DECEMBER  1984 


1059 


AORTIC  REGURGITATION  SURVIVAL  DATA  FOR  MEDICAL 
VERSUS  SURGICAL  MANAGEMENT 


valves  impose  a volume  overload  on  the  left  ventricle. 
However,  the  loading  conditions  are  such  that  chronic 
compensation  is  possible  and  each  lesion  therefore  is 
characterized  by  long  latency.  During  the  latent 
periods,  irreversible  myocardial  damage  can  occur  and 
it  is  this  fact  which  is  responsible  for  the  therapeutic 
dilemma  in  timing  surgical  intervention.  The  current 
operative  mortality  is  an  important  factor  in  the  de- 
cision to  recommend  surgeiy.  A high  operative  risk 
would  tend  to  postpone  the  decision  to  undergo  sur- 
gery whereas  a low  risk  would  allow  the  patient  to 
obtain  the  benefits  of  earlier  intervention. 

As  noted  in  the  discussion  of  aortic  stenosis,  the 
early  results  of  aortic  valve  replacement  were  poor  due 
to  high  operative  mortality.  Rotman  et  al.  reported  a 
series  of  30  patients  with  aortic  regurgitation  who 
underwent  31  procedures  (30  replacements  and  1 
homograft)  with  an  operative  mortality  of  16  percent.15 
Later  studies  reflect  not  only  the  improvements  cited 
in  the  discussion  of  aortic  stenosis,  but  also  an  in- 
creased understanding  of  the  pathophysiology  of  re- 
gurgitant lesions.  Greves  et  al.  recently  reported  a 
series  of  45  patients  who  underwent  aortic  valve  re- 
placement for  severe  isolated  aortic  regurgitation  be- 
tween 1973  and  1979  with  an  operative  mortality  of 
4.4  percent.51 

The  results  of  several  surgical  series  are  presented 
in  Table  1.  Schwarz  et  al.  reported  86  percent  5-year 
survival  by  life- table  analysis  in  a 127-patient  operative 
group  versus  87  percent  5-year  survival  in  a 13-patient 
nonoperative  group.17  They  concluded,  "Aortic  valve 
replacement  does  not  change  long-term  survival  in  pa- 
tients with  aortic  regurgitation,  although  those  with 
left  ventricular  dysfunction  tended  to  live  longer.”  The 
data  of  Schwarz  et  al.  are  compared  to  composite  data 
for  the  natural  history  of  the  disease  in  Figure  4. 

In  March  1980,  a two-part  prospective  study  by 
Henry  et  al.  entitled,  "Observations  on  the  Optimum 
Time  for  Operative  Intervention  for  Aortic  Regurgi- 
tation,” appeared  in  Circulation.52  Part  I presented  the 
results  of  aortic  valve  replacement  in  50  symptomatic 
patients.  The  operative  mortality  was  6 percent  and  the 
overall  survival  at  43  months  was  77  percent.  Forty- 
nine  patients  had  good  quality  echocardiograms  and 
formed  the  basis  for  the  study.  They  found  100  percent 
of  the  patients  had  left  ventricular  dilatation  and  29 
percent  had  fractional  shortening  less  than  25  percent. 
A high-risk  group  of  13  patients  with  left  ventricular 
end-systolic  diameter  greater  than  55  mm  and  a frac- 
tional shortening  less  than  25  percent  was  identified. 
A 69  percent  mortality  (9  of  13  patients,  combined 
early  and  late  deaths)  occurred  in  this  group.  Part  II 
presented  the  results  of  37  asymptomatic  patients 
with  serial  echocardiograms  and  a mean  followup  of 
34  months.  Fourteen  patients  (38  percent)  developed 
symptoms  and  went  to  surgery:  the  “subsequently  op- 
erated" group.  Twenty-three  patients  (62  percent)  re- 
mained asymptomatic:  the  “nonoperated"  group.  The 
left  ventricular  end-systolic  diameter  was  53.0  mm  in 
the  subsequently  operated  group  versus  44.3  mm  in 
the  nonoperated  group.  The  fractional  shortening  was 
28.8  percent  in  the  subsequently  operated  group  ver- 
sus 33.9  percent  in  the  nonoperated  group.  The  maxi- 
mum rate  of  change  of  the  left  ventricular  end-systolic 
diameter  was  greater  than  7 mm/year  in  only  1 patient. 


Years 


Figure  4— Aortic  regurgitation:  Survival  data  for  medical  vei 
sus  surgical  management. 

On  the  basis  of  these  data,  Heniy  et  al.  proposed  tha 
a low-risk  group  with  left  ventricular  end-systolic 
diameter  less  than  50  mm  could  be  followed  safely  a 
yearly  intervals  with  medical  management.52  A high 
risk  group  with  left  ventricular  end-systolic  diameteij 
greater  than  55  mm  identified  potential  surgical  can 
didates  for  valve  replacement  requiring  further  study 
In  an  editorial  comment  on  the  report  of  Henry  et  al. 
O’Rourke  and  Crawford  stressed  the  need  for  individ 
ual  assessment  of  the  asymptomatic  patient  witt 
severe  aortic  regurgitation  and  noted  that  the  left  ven 
tricular  end-systolic  criteria  were  suggestive  but  no 
proved.53 

Bonow  et  al.  reported  that  the  low-risk  group  witf 
aortic  regurgitation  defined  by  Heniy  et  al.  hac 
survival  comparable  to  aortic  stenosis  patients  witf 
aortic  valve  replacement.54  They  also  identified  a low 
risk  subgroup  within  the  previously  defined  high-risl 
group  characterized  by  preserved  exercise  tolerana 
(completion  of  Stage  I of  the  National  Institutes  o 
Health  exercise  protocol).  Retained  exercise  capacity 
did  not  correlate  with  either  left  ventricular  end 
systolic  diameter  or  fractional  shortening;  it  indepen 
dently  predicted  a good  postoperative  prognosis. 

The  noninvasive  guidelines  proposed  by  Heniy  et  al 
and  Bonow  et  al.  would  appear  to  provide  a rationa 
basis  for  the  appropriate  timing  for  surgical  inter 
vention  in  aortic  regurgitation.  However,  there  are  dif 
ficulties  in  reproducing  echocardiographic  data 
Rahimtoola  cites  a study  by  Turina  et  al.  presented  tc 
the  Working  Group  of  the  European  Society  o 
Cardiology  on  Valvular  Pros  theses  (Lyon,  France;  Octo 
ber  1979)  in  which  the  results  of  Henry  et  al.  were  no 
duplicated.41 

The  indications  for  surgery  in  aortic  regurgitatior 
are  summarized  in  Table  2.  The  benefit  of  surgery  ir 
symptomatic  patients  for  relief  of  symptoms  ancj 
prolongation  of  life  is  established.  This  is  not  the  casi 
in  asymptomatic  patients.  They  should  be  follower 
closely  utilizing  the  guidelines  discussed  above  to  an 
ticipate  the  development  of  left  ventricular  dys 
function.  A small  number  of  severely  symptomatic  pa 
tients  aged  30  years  or  younger  with  physical  signs  o 
isolated  severe  chronic  aortic  regurgitation  may  b< 
candidates  for  valve  replacement  without  preoperativi 
cardiac  catheterization.40  However,  the  great  majorit; 
of  symptomatic  patients  and  all  asymptomatic  pa 
tients  should  not  undergo  valve  replacement  withou 
invasive  studies. 


1060 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


MITRAL  REGURGITATION:  SURVIVAL  DATA  FOR  MEDICAL 
VERSUS  SURGICAL  MANAGEMENT 


Medical  management,  composite  data 
Rapaport  (7) 

Hammermeister  et  al.  (30) 

Surgical  management 
Phillips  et  al.  (58) 


Med. 


<lgure  5— Mitral  regurgitation:  Survival  data  for  medical  ver- 
;us  surgical  management. 


It  may  be  possible  on  rare  occasions  to  repair  the 
ortic  valve,  especially  in  patients  in  whom  regurgi- 
ation  is  due  to  aneurysmal  dilatation  of  the  annulus 
nd  aortic  root.  In  most  cases,  however,  aortic  valve 
splacement  is  the  procedure  of  choice.  Reparative 
rocedures  have  a tendency  to  deteriorate  in  the  high 
ressure  and  stress  aortic  position. 

Having  discussed  aortic  valve  replacement  in  both 
ortic  stenosis  and  regurgitation,  it  is  appropriate  to 
riefly  review  the  data  on  replacement  of  dysfunctional 
ortic  prosthetic  devices.  Rossiter  et  al.  reported  109 
ortic  valve  reoperations  with  an  operative  mortailty 
f 14  percent  (15  of  109)  and  a late  mortality  of  25 
ercent  (23  of  94). 55  They  found  that  preoperative 
ardiac  functional  status  and  the  nature  of  the 
athology  mandating  valve  replacement  were  the  prin- 
ipal  determinants  of  both  early  and  late  mortality, 
atients  with  prosthetic  endocarditis  or  stenosis  con- 
tituted  higher-risk  subpopulations.  Cohn  et  al.  re- 
orted  27  patients  who  underwent  repeat  surgeiy  (8 
)r  endocarditis,  10  for  primaiy  valve  dysfunction,  and 

for  perivalvular  leak)  with  an  operative  mortality  of 
5 percent  (4  of  27)  compared  with  5.2  percent  for 
aitial  aortic  valve  replacement.56  They  concluded  that 
le  inhospital  risk  for  replacement  of  a prosthetic  valve 
ras  not  different  from  that  of  primary  replacement 
nless  the  patient  deteriorated  to  class  IV  and  required 
mergency  surgery. 

The  left  ventricular  response  to  the  volume  overload 
nposed  by  chronic  aortic  regurgitation  has  been  re- 
iewed  by  Ross.35  It  is  characterized  by  the  develop- 
lent  of  eccentric  left  ventricular  hypertrophy.  The  left 
entricle  can  maintain  a large  ejection  fraction  without 

large  increase  in  the  left  ventricular  end-diastolic 
ressure  due  to  the  gradual  increase  in  left  ventricular 
iastolic  compliance,  the  reduced  afterload  due  to 
hronic  peripheral  vasodilatation,  and  the  develop- 
lent  of  appropriate  ventricular  hypertrophy.  The 
iastolic  pressure-volume  relation  shifts  to  the  right 
ugure  2).  When  myocardial  contractility  decreases, 
he  end-systolic  volume-wall  stress  relation  shifts 
ownward  to  the  right.  At  that  time,  irreversible 
lyocardial  damage  is  present.  Following  successful 
urgery  prior  to  the  onset  of  irreversible  damage,  Kum- 
uris  et  al.  found  complete  normalization  of  end- 
ystolic  dimension  and  of  mean-  and  end-systolic  wall 
tresses  with  persistence  of  a normal  shortening  frac- 
ion.57  Their  study  supported  the  observations  ol 


Henry  et  al.  and  reinforced  the  need  for  surgical  inter- 
vention prior  to  the  onset  of  left  ventricular  deteriora- 
tion. 

MITRAL  REGURGITATION 

In  comparison  with  the  data  accumulated  for  aortic 
valve  replacement  in  aortic  regurgitation,  there  is  a 
paucity  of  comparable  surgical  data  for  mitral  replace- 
ment in  mitral  regurgitation.  This  is  due  in  part  to  the 
long  latent  period  which  characterizes  the  natural  his- 
tory of  the  disease.  Also,  early  operative  mortality  fig- 
ures were  even  less  favorable  than  those  for  aortic 
regurgitation.  Recently,  improved  surgical  techniques 
and  understanding  of  the  pathophysiology  of  the 
lesion  have  led  to  improved  operative  mortality.  Phil- 
lips et  al.  recently  reported  on  105  patients  who  under- 
went mitral  valve  replacement  for  isolated  mitral  regur- 
gitation between  1974  and  1979  with  4 percent  in- 
hospital  deaths.58  In  certain  groups  of  patients  it  is 
possible  to  repair  rather  than  replace  the  mitral  valve. 
Kay  et  al.  performed  133  consecutive  mitral  repairs  for 
pure  mitral  regurgitation  with  an  operative  mortality 
of  5 percent.59  Carpentier  et  al.  reported  10  years’  ex- 
perience (1969  to  1978)  with  mitral  reconstruction 
with  an  inhospital  mortality  of  4.2  percent  in  patients 
undergoing  mitral  repair  only.60  In  a preliminary  re- 
port, Boncheck  had  1 operative  death  in  9 consecutive 
patients  undergoing  insertion  of  a prosthetic  ring.61 

The  results  of  several  series  are  presented  in  Table 
1.  Hammermeister  et  al.  found  borderline  improve- 
ment over  medical  treatment  with  surgical  treatment 
for  mitral  regurgitation.30  They  reported  70  percent  5- 
year  survival  in  a 61 -patient  operative  group  versus  54 
percent  5-year  survival  in  the  nonoperative  group.  Phil- 
lips et  al.  had  an  actuarially  predicted  82  percent  5- 
year  survival  among  105  patients  with  mitral  valve 
replacement.58  Only  age  above  60  years  and  a 
preoperative  ejection  fraction  less  than  40  percent 
were  found  to  correlate  with  a decreased  5-year 
survival.  The  data  of  Phillips  et  al.  are  compared  to 
composite  data  for  the  natural  histoiy  of  the  disease 
in  Figure  5. 

The  indications  for  surgery  in  mitral  regurgitation 
are  summarized  in  Table  2.  Surgery  is  indicated  in 
symptomatic  patients  for  symptomatic  relief  and  pres- 
ervation of  left  ventricular  function  when  standard 
medical  management  is  not  successful.  It  should  be 
emphasized  again  that  mitral  regurgitation  is  not 
necessarily  progressive  and  that  moderate- to-severe 
disease  can  be  tolerated  for  many  years  without  ill 
effects.  Bonehek  recommends  surgeiy  for  symptoms 
alone  in  class  III  patients.32  Class  II  patients  who  are 
content  with  their  exercise  capacity  should  be  followed 
with  chest  x-rays  at  six-month  intervals.  If  cardiac 
enlargement  is  noted,  the  chest  x-ray  should  be  re- 
peated after  three  months.  Progressive  deterioration 
requires  further  noninvasive  and  subsequent  invasion 
investigation.  Ross  recommends  that  cardiac 
catheterization  should  be  performed  when 
asymptomatic  patients  demonstrate  left  ventricular 
end-diastolic  diameter  approaching  80  mm.  end- 
systolic  diameter  greater  than  50  mm.  fractional 
shortening  less  them  30  percent,  or  ejection  fraction 
less  than  55  percent.35 


OL.  81— NUMBER  12— DECEMBER  1984 


1061 


Mitral  valve  repair  utilizing  a prosthetic  ring  often 
is  possible  in  nonrheumatic  mitral  regurgitation.  This 
procedure  avoids  the  complications  of  prosthetic  dys- 
function and  the  need  for  chronic  anticoagulation. 
Furthermore,  there  is  some  preliminary  data  to  sug- 
gest that  hemodynamic  function  is  preserved  to  a 
greater  extent  than  with  valve  replacement.61  However, 
mitral  valve  replacement  remains  the  procedure  of 
choice  in  rheumatic  mitral  regurgitation  as  well  as 
those  nonrheumatic  cases  where  repair  is  not  feasible. 

The  data  on  replacement  of  dysfunctional  prosthetic 
mitral  valves  suggest  that  this  can  be  performed 
without  increased  risk  provided  that  the  patient  has 
not  deteriorated  to  class  IV  or  requires  an  emergency 
operation.  Rossiter  et  al.  reported  123  mitral  reopera- 
tions with  an  early  mortality  of  10  percent  (12  of  123) 
and  a late  mortality  of  16  percent  (18  of  1 1 1)55.  Cohn 
et  al.  reported  31  mitral  replacements  (6  for  en- 
docarditis, 19  for  primary  valve  dysfunction,  and  6 for 
perivalvular  leak)  with  13  percent  operative  mortality 
(4  of  13)  compared  with  6.4  percent  for  initial  mitral 
valve  replacement.56 

Unlike  the  increased  left  ventricular  function  com- 
monly seen  after  aortic  valve  replacement  for  aortic 
regurgitation,  left  ventricular  function  usually  de- 
teriorates further  after  mitral  valve  replacement  for 
mitral  regurgitation.  Patients  with  aortic  regurgitation 
tend  to  tolerate  larger  left  ventricular  end-systolic  vol- 
umes than  those  with  mitral  regurgitation.  The  expla- 
nation for  these  findings  has  its  roots  in  the  mechan- 
isms by  which  the  left  ventricle  compensates  for  vol- 
ume overloading  in  mitral  regurgitation.  This  subject 
has  been  reviewed  in  detail  by  Ross.57 

There  is  an  increase  in  left  ventricular  end-diastolic 
compliance  as  the  left  ventricle  enlarges.  The  increase 
in  end-diastolic  volume  and  fiber  length  permit  the  left 
ventricle  to  eject  a large  stroke  volume  via  the  Frank- 
Starling  mechanism  (Figure  2).  The  left  ventricle  is 
protected  from  developing  increased  end-diastolic 
pressure  or  wall  stress  by  the  afterload  reduction  of  the 
valvular  lesion:  the  regurgitant  fraction  is  ejected  into 
the  highly  compliant,  low  pressure  left  atrium.  Since 
there  is  no  isovolumetric  contraction,  the  energy  of 
contraction  can  be  expended  in  useful  shortening 
rather  than  the  development  of  wall  tension.  There  is 
no  decrease  in  coronary  arteiy  perfusion  as  sometimes 
occurs  in  aortic  regurgitation.  As  with  aortic  regurgi- 
tation, the  wall  stress-volume  relation  shifts  to  the 
right  with  the  development  of  eccentric  hypertrophy. 
High  stroke  volume  is  maintained,  mean  wall  stress 
decreases,  and  the  ejection  fraction  may  be  super- 
normal. With  decreased  contractility,  the  curves  shift 
downward  and  to  the  right.  When  the  low  impedance 
mitral  leak  is  corrected  surgically,  the  left  ventricle 
must  suddenly  deliver  the  full  stroke  volume  in  the 
high-impedanee  aorta  The  hidden  myocardial  damage 
is  suddenly  unmasked  and  the  ejection  fraction  de- 
clines. 

The  effects  of  mitral  valve  replacement  on  the 
anatomy  and  physiology  of  the  left  ventricle  are  still 
incompletely  understood.  One  study  has  shown  that 
myocyte  disarray  develops  in  papillary  muscles  re- 
leased from  their  attachments  after  mitral  valve  re- 
placement.62 This  type  of  disarray  was  not  thought  to 
occur  postnatally.  Another  study  identified  transverse 


midventricular  disruption  as  the  etiology  of  ver 
tricular  rupture  following  placement  of  a Hancoc 
porcine  prosthesis.33  The  authors  speculated  that  th 
release  of  papillary  muscles  from  their  attachment 
weakened  the  anatomical  support  of  the  mi( 
ventricular  region  leading  to  subsequent  ruptur 
Twenty  years  ago,  Lillehie  et  al.  suggested  that  th 
disruption  of  papillary  muscles  with  surgery  was  r< 
sponsible  for  the  subsequent  left  ventricular  enlarge 
ment  after  mitral  valve  replacement.63  This  hypothesi 
was  thought  to  have  been  disproved  by  Rastelli  et  a| 
who  studied  canine  mitral  valve  replacement  with  an 
without  preservation  of  chordae  tendineae  and  foun  ■ 
their  presence  or  absence  irrelevant  to  cardiac  pei 
formance.64  However,  the  preliminary  report  c 
preserved  hemodynamic  function  following  mitr; 
valve  repair  by  Bonchek  suggests  that  the  canine  e> 
periments  may  not  have  been  pertinent.61 

REFERENCES 

1.  Harken  DE,  Soroff  HS,  Taylor  WJ,  Lafemine  AA,  Gupt 
SK,  Lunzer  S:  Partial  and  complete  prostheses  in  aortic  insu 
ficiency.  J Thorac  Cardiovasc  Surg  40:744-762,  1960. 

2.  Starr  A Edwards  ML:  Mitral  replacement:  Clinical  q 
perience  with  a ball-valve  prosthesis.  Ann  Surg  154:726-74( 
1961. 

3.  Kirklin  JW,  Pacifico  AD:  Surgery  for  acquired  valvule 
heart  disease.  N Engl  J Med  288:133-140;  194-199,  1973. 

4.  Rahimtoola  SH:  Early  valve  replacement  for  the  presei 
vation  of  function.  Am  J Cardiol  40:472-474,  1977. 

5.  Hammenneister  KE:  Chronic  valvular  disease  i: 

adults— when  to  operate.  J Cardiovasc  Med  6:632-655,  198: 

6.  Rahimtoola  SH:  Valve  replacement  should  not  be  pei 
formed  in  all  asymptomatic  patients  with  severe  aortic  ir 
competence.  J Thorac  Cardiovasc  Surg  79:163-172,  1980. 

7.  Rapaport  E:  Natural  history  of  aortic  and  mitral  valv 
disease.  Am  J Cardiol  35:221-227,  1975. 

8.  Bogart  DB,  Murphy  BL,  Wong  BYS,  Pugh  DM,  Dunn  M 
Progression  of  aortic  stenosis.  Chest  76:391-396,  1979. 

9.  Cheitlin  MD,  Gertz  EW,  Brundage  BH,  Calson  CJ,  Quasi 
JA  Bode  RS:  Rate  of  progression  of  severity  of  valvular  aorti 
stenosis  in  the  adult.  Am  Heart  J 98:689-700,  1979. 

10.  Wagner  S,  Selzer  A Patterns  of  progression  of  aorti  ■ 
stenosis:  A longitudinal  hemodynamic  study.  Circulation 
65:709-712,  1982. 

1 1 . Ross  J Jr,  Braunwald  E:  Aortic  stenosis.  Ctrculatlor 
38:suppl  V:V6 1 -V67,  1968. 

12.  Bergeren  J.  Abelman  WH,  Vazquez-Milan  H,  Ellis  LEi 
Aortic  stenosis-clinical  manifestations  and  course  of  the  dis 
ease.  Arch  Intern  Med  94:911-924,  1954. 

13.  Wood  P:  Aortic  stenosis.  Am  J Cardiol  1:553-571,  1958, 

14.  Takeda  J,  Warren  R Holzman  D:  Prognosis  of  aorti 
stenosis.  Arch  Surg  87:931-963,  1963. 

15.  Rotman  M,  Morris  JJ  Jr„  Behar  VS,  Peter  RH,  Kong  'VI 
Aortic  valvular  disease.  Am  J Med  51:241-257,  1971. 

16.  Frank  S,  Johnson  A Ross  J Jr.:  Natural  history  oi 
valvular  aortic  stenosis.  Br  Heart  J 35:41-46,  1973. 

17.  Schwarz  F,  Bauman  P,  Manthey  J,  Hoffman  M,  Schula 
G,  Mehmel  H,  Schmitz  W,  Kubler  W:  The  effect  of  aortic  valvi 
replacement  on  survival.  Circulation  66:1105-1110,  1982. 

18.  Selzer  A Cohn  KE:  Natural  history  of  mitral  stenosis 
A review.  Circulation  45:878-890,  1972. 

19.  Matthews  MB,  Medd  WE,  Gorlin  R Aortic  stenosis:  fr 
clinical  study.  Br  Med  J 2:759-763,  1955. 

20.  Rowe  JC,  Bland  EF,  Sprague  HB,  White  PD:  The  course 
of  mitral  stenosis  without  surgery:  Ten-  and  20-year  per 
spectives.  Ann  Intern  Med  52:741-749,  1960. 

21.  Olesen  KH:  The  natural  history  of  271  patients  with] 
mitral  stenosis  under  medical  treatment.  Br  Heart  J 
24:349-357,  1962. 

22.  Roy  SB,  Gopinath  N:  Mitral  stenosis.  Circulatior 
38:suppl  V:V68-V76,  1968. 

23.  Munoz  S,  Gallardo  J,  Diaz-Gorrin  JR  Medina  O:  In 
fluence  of  surgery  on  the  natural  history  of  rheumatic  mitra 

THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


1062 


id  aortic  valve  disease.  Am  J Cardiol  35:234-242,  1975. 

24.  Goldschlager  N,  Pfeifer  J,  Cohn  K,  Popper  R Selzer  A: 
le  natural  history  of  aortic  regurgitation.  Am  J Med 
1:577-588.  1973. 

25.  Spagnuolo  M,  Kloth  H,  Taranta  A,  Doyle  E,  Pasternack 
Natural  histoiy  of  aortic  regurgitation.  Circulation 

1:368-380,  1971.  ' 

26.  Bland  EF,  Wheeler  EO:  Severe  aortic  regurgitation  in 
ung  people.  N Engl  J Med  256:667-672,  1957. 

27.  Waller  BF,  Morrow  AG,  Maron  BJ,  Del  Negro  AA  Kent 
4,  McGrath  FJ,  Wallace  RB,  McIntosh  CL,  Roberts  WC: 
iologv  of  clinically  isolated,  severe,  chronic,  pure  mitral  re- 
irgitation:  Analysis  of  97  patients  over  30  years  of  age 
iving  mitral  valve  replacement.  Am  Heart  J 104:276-288, 
182. 

28.  Selzer  A,  Katayama  F:  Mitral  regurgitation:  Clinical  pat- 
ms,  pathophysiology,  and  natural  histoiy.  Medicine 
:337-366,  1972. 

29.  Wilson  MG,  Lim  WN:  The  natural  history  of  rheumatic 
•art  disease  in  the  third,  fourth,  and  fifth  decades  of  life. 
rculation  16:700-712,  1957. 

30.  Hammermeister  KE,  Fisher  L,  Kennedy  JW,  Samuels  S, 
)dge  HT:  Prediction  of  late  survival  in  patients  with  mitral 
Ive  disease  from  clinical,  hemodynamic,  and  quantitative 
igiographic  variables.  Circulation  57:341-349,  1978. 

31.  Rahimtoola  SH:  Valvular  heart  disease:  A perspective. 
Am  Coll  Cardiol  1:199-215. 

32.  Bonchek  LI:  Indications  for  surgery  of  the  mitral  valve, 
n J Cardiol  46:155-158,  1980. 

33.  Cobbs  BW  Jr.,  Hatcher  CR  Jr.,  Craver  JM,  Jones  EL, 
■well  CW:  Transverse  midventricular  disruption  after  mitral 
Ive  replacement.  Am  Heart  J 99:33-50,  1980. 

34.  Smith  N,  McAnulty  JH,  Rahimtoola  SH:  Severe  aortic 
mosis  with  impaired  left  ventricular  function  and  clinical 
•art  failure:  Results  of  valve  replacement.  Circulation 
1:255-264,  1978. 

35.  Ross  J Jr.:  Left  ventricular  function  and  the  timing  of 
rgical  treatment  in  valvular  heart  disease.  Ann  Intern  Med 
r.  498-504,  1981. 

36.  Canepa-Anson  R Emanuel  RW:  Elective  aortic  and 
itral  valve  surgery  in  patients  over  70  years  of  age.  Br  Heart 
41:493-497,  1979. 

37.  St.  John  Sutton  MG,  St.  John  Sutton  M,  Oldershaw  P, 
icchetti  R Paneth  M,  Lennox  SC.  Gibson  DG:Valve  replace- 
ent  without  preoperative  cardiac  catheterization.  N Engl  J 
ed  305:1233-1238,  1981. 

38.  Brandenburg  RO:  No  more  routine  catheterization  for 
Ivular  disease.  N Engl  J Med  305:1277-1278,  1981. 

39.  Hakki  A,  Kimbiris  D,  Iskandrian  AS,  Segal  BL,  Mintz 
3,  Benis  CE:  Angina  pectoris  and  coronaiy  artery  disease 

patients  with  severe  aortic  valvular  disease.  Am  Heart  J 
10:441-449.  1980. 

40.  O'Rourke  RA  Preoperative  cardiac  catheterization:  Its 
■ed  in  most  patients  with  valvular  heart  disease.  JAMA 
r8:745-750,  1982. 

41.  Rahimtoola  SH:  The  need  for  cardiac  catheterization 
d angiography  in  valvular  heart  disease  is  not  disproven. 
m Intern  Med  97:433-439,  1982. 

42.  Wisoff  G,  Fogel  R Weisz  D,  Garvey  J,  Hamby  R:  Com- 
ned  valve  and  coronary  artery  surgery.  Ann  Thorac  Surg 
:440-443,  1979. 

43.  Carabello  BA,  Green  LH,  Grossman  W,  Cohn  LH,  Koster 
s Collins  JJ:  Hemodynamic  determinants  of  prognosis  of 
rtic  valve  replacement  in  critical  aortic  stenosis  and  ad- 
nced  congestive  heart  failure.  Circulation  62:42-48,  1980. 

44.  Rutledge  R McIntosh  CL,  Morrow  AG,  Picken  CA  Siwek 
1,  Zwischenberger  JB,  Schier  JJ:  Mitral  valve  replacement 
:er  closed  mitral  commissurotomy.  Circulation  66:suppl 
162-1166,  1982. 

45.  Gross  RI,  Cunningham  JN  Jr,  Snively  SL,  Catinella  FP, 
ithan  IM,  Adams  PX,  Spencer  FC:  Long-term  results  of  open 
dical  mitral  commissurotomy:  Ten-year  followup  study  of 


202  patients.  Am  J Cardiol  47:821-825,  1981. 

46.  Bonchek  LI:  Mitral  valve  replacement  with  cloth-cov- 
ered composite-seat  prostheses:  The  case  for  early  operation. 
J Thorac  Cardiovasc  Surg  67:93-109,  1974. 

47.  Flessas  AP,  Ryan  TJ:  Cardiovascular  responses  to 
isometric  exercise  in  patients  with  mitral  stenosis.  Arch  In- 
tern Med  142:1629-1633,  1982. 

48.  Wroblewski  E,  James  F,  Spann  JF,  Bove  AA:  Right  ven- 
tricular performance  in  mitral  stenosis.  Am  J Cardiol 
47:51-55,  1981. 

49.  Ward  C,  Hancock  BW:  Extreme  pulmonary  hyper- 
tension caused  by  mitral  valve  disease:  Natural  histoiy  and 
results  of  surgery.  Br  Heart  J 37:74-78,  1975. 

50.  Dalby  AJ,  Firth  BG,  Forman  R Preoperative  factors 
affecting  the  outcome  of  isolated  mitral  valve  replacement:  A 
10-year  review.  Am  J Cardiol  47:826-834,  1981. 

51.  Greves  J,  Rahimtoola  SH,  McAnulty  JH,  DeMots  H, 
Clark  DG,  Greenberg  B,  Starr  A:  Preoperative  criteria  predic- 
tive late  survival  following  valve  replacement  for  severe  aortic 
regurgitation.  Am  Heart  J 101:300-308,  1981. 

52.  Henry  WL,  Bonow  RO,  Borer  JS,  Ware  JH,  Kent  KM, 
Redwood  DR  McIntosh  CL,  Morrow  AG,  Epstein  SE:  Observa- 
tions on  the  optimum  time  for  operative  intervention  for 
aortic  regurgitation.  I.  Evaluation  of  the  results  of  aortic  valve 
replacement  in  symptomatic  patients.  Circulation 
61:471-492,  1980. 

53.  O'Rourke  RA,  Crawford  MH:  Editorial:  Timing  of  valve 
replacement  in  patients  with  chronic  aortic  regurgitation. 
Circulation  61:493-495,  1980. 

54.  Bonow  RO,  Rosing  DR  Kent  KM,  Epstein  SE:  Timing 
of  operation  for  chronic  aortic  regurgitation.  Am  J Cardiol 
50:325-336,  1982. 

55.  Rossiter  SJ,  Miller  DC,  Stinson  EB,  Oyer  PE,  Reitz  BA, 
Shumway  NE:  Aortic  and  mitral  prosthetic  valve  reoperations. 
Arch  Surg  114:1279-1283,  1979. 

56.  Cohn  LH,  Koster  JK  Jr,  VandeVanter  S,  Collins  JJ:  The 
inhospital  risk  of  rereplacement  of  dysfunctional  mitral  and 
aortic  valves.  Circulation  66:suppl  1:1 153-1 156,  1982. 

57.  Kumpuris  AG,  Quinones  MA,  Waggoner  AD,  Kanon  DJ, 
Nelson  JG,  Miller  RR-  Importance  of  preoperative  hypertrophy, 
wall  stress,  and  end-systolic  dimension  as  echocardiographic 
predictors  of  normalization  of  left  ventricular  dilatation  after 
valve  replacement  in  chronic  aortic  insufficiency.  Am  J 
Cardiol  49:1091-1100,  1982. 

58.  Phillips  HR  Levine  FH,  Carter  JE,  Boucher  CA.  Osbak- 
ken  MD,  Okada  RD.  Akins  CW,  Daggett  WM,  Buckley  MJ, 
Pohost  GM:  Mitral  valve  replacement  for  isolated  mitral  regur- 
gitation: Analysis  of  clinical  course  and  later  postoperative  left 
ventricular  ejection  fraction.  Am  J Cardiol  48:647-654,  1981. 

59.  Kay  JH,  Zubiate  P,  Mendez  AM,  Carpena  C,  Watanabe 
K,  Magidson  O:  Mitral  valve  repair  for  patients  with  pure 
mitral  insufficiency.  JAMA  236:1584-1586,  1976. 

60.  Carpentier  A,  Chauvaud  S,  Fabiani  JN,  Deloche  A, 
Relland  J,  Lessana  A,  d'Allaines  CL,  Blondeau  PH,  Piwnica  A 
Dubost  CH:  Reconstructive  surgeiy  of  mitral  valve  in- 
competence: Ten-year  appraisal.  J Thorac  Cardiovasc  Surg 
79:338-348,  1980. 

61.  Bonchek  LI:  Correction  of  mitral  valve  disease  without 
valve  replacement.  Am  Heart  J 104:865-868,  1982. 

62.  Pirolo  JS,  Hutchins  GM,  Moore  GW,  Weisfeldt  ML: 
Myocyte  disarray  develops  in  papillary  muscles  released  from 
normal  tension  after  mitral  valve  replacement.  Circulation 
66:841-846,  1982. 

63.  Lillehie  CW,  Levy  MJ,  Bonnabear  RC:  Mitral  valve  re- 
placement with  preservation  of  papillaiy  muscles  and 
chordae  tendineae.  J Thorac  Cardiovasc  Surg  47:532-543, 
1964. 

64.  Rastelli  GC,  Tsakiris  AG,  Fiye  RL.  Kirklin  JW:  Exercise 
tolerance  and  hemodynamic  studies  after  replacement  of 
canine  mitral  value  with  and  without  preservation  of  chordae 
tendineae.  Circulation  34:suppl  1:134-14 1 , 1967. 


)L.  81— NUMBER  12— DECEMBER  1984 


1063 


When  the  Ayerst  rep  told 


me 

it  costs  about  454  a day, 

I said  you  can  stop  right  there 


Most  doctors  are  pleasantly  surprised  to  learn  that  the  average  cost  of 
daily  therapy  with  the  world’s  most  widely  used  beta  blocker  is  so  little, 
not  much  more  than  the  cost  of  a daily  newspaper. 

When  it’s  INDERAL  tablets  (propranolol  hydrochloride)  you  want  for 
your  hypertension  patients,  remember  to  specify  Dispense  As  Written 
(DAW)  or  Do  Not  Substitute  on  your  prescriptions.  That  way,  you  can 
always  be  assured  they’ll  get  INDERAL®. 

Please  see  next  page  for  brief  summary  of  prescribing  information. 


“When  the  Ayerst  rep  told  me 
it  costs  about  45?  a day, 

I said  you  can  stop  right  there.” 


10  mg 


SNDERAL 

(PROPRANOLOL  HCI) 


20  mg  40  mg  60  mg  80  mg 


90  mg* 


BRIEF  SUMMARY  (FOR  FULL  PRESCRIBING  INFORMATION , SEE  PACKAGE  CIRCULAR.) 


INDERAL®  (propranolol  hydrochloride)  Tablets 

CLINICAL  PHARMACOLOGY 

The  Beta-Blocker  Heart  Attack  Trial  (BHAT)  was  a National  Heart,  Lung  and  Blood  Institute- 
sponsored  multicenter,  randomized,  double-blind  placebo-controlled  trial  conducted  in  31 
U S centers  (plus  one  in  Canada)  in  3,837  persons  without  history  of  severe  congestive  heart 
failure  or  presence  of  recent  heart  failure;  certain  conduction  defects;  angina  since  infarction, 
who  had  survived  the  acute  phase  of  myocardial  infarction.  Propranolol  was  administered  at 
either  60  or  80  mg  t.i.d.  based  on  blood  levels  achieved  during  an  initial  trial  of  40  mg  t.i.d 
Therapy  with  INDERAL.  begun  5-21  days  following  infarction,  was  shown  to  reduce  overall 
mortality  up  to  39  months,  the  longest  period  of  follow-up.  This  was  primarily  attributable  to  a 
reduction  in  cardiovascular  mortality.  The  protective  effect  of  INDERAL  was  consistent 
regardless  of  age,  sex  or  site  of  infarction.  Compared  to  placebo,  total  mortality  was  reduced 
39%  at  12  months  and  26%  over  an  average  follow-up  period  of  25  months.  The  Norwegian 
Multicenter  Trial  in  which  propranolol  was  administered  at  40  mg  q id  gave  overall  results 
which  support  the  findings  in  the  BHAT 

Although  the  clinical  trials  used  either  t.i.d.  or  q i d.  dosing,  clinical,  pharmacologic  and 
pharmacokinetic  data  provide  a reasonable  basis  for  concluding  that  b i d dosing  with  pro- 
pranolol should  be  adequate  in  the  treatment  of  post-infarction  patients 
CLINICAL  In  the  BHAT,  patients  on  INDERAL  were  prescribed  either  180  mg/day  (82%  of 
patients)  or  240  mg/day  (18%  of  patients).  Patients  were  instructed  to  take  the  medication  3 
times  a day  at  mealtimes.  This  dosing  schedule  would  result  in  an  overnight  dosing  interval  of 
12  to  14  hours  which  is  similar  to  the  dosing  interval  for  a b.i.d.  regimen.  In  addition,  blood 
samples  were  drawn  at  various  times  and  analyzed  for  propranolol.  When  the  patients  were 
grouped  into  tertiles  based  on  the  blood  levels  observed  and  the  mortality  in  the  upper  and 
lower  tertiles  were  compared,  there  was  no  evidence  that  blood  levels  affected  mortality. 

PHARMACOLOGIC:  Studies  in  normal  volunteers  have  shown  that  a 90  mg  b.i  d.  regimen 
maintains  beta  blockade  at,  or  above,  the  minimum  for  60  mg  t.i  d.  dosing  for  24  hours  even 
though  differences  occurred  at  two  time  intervals  At  10-12  hours  after  the  first  dose  of  the  day, 
t.i.d  dosing  gave  more  beta  blockade  than  b.i.d.  dosing;  at  20-24  hours  the  trend  of  the  rela- 
tionship was  reversed  These  relationships  were  similar  in  direction  to  those  observed  for 
plasma  propranolol  levels  (see  Pharmacokinetic). 

PHARMACOKINETIC:  A bioavailability  study  in  normal  volunteers  showed  that  the  blood 
levels  produced  by  180  mg/day  given  b i d.  are  below  those  provided  by  the  same  daily  dos- 
age given  t.i.d.  at  10-12  hours  after  the  first  dose  of  the  day  but  above  those  of  at  id.  regimen 
at  20-24  hours  However,  the  blood  levels  produced  by  b i d.  dosing  were  always  equivalent 
to  or  above  the  minimum  for  1 1 d.  dosing  throughout  the  24  hours  In  addition,  the  mean  AUC 
on  the  fourth  day  for  the  b i d regimen  was  about  17%  greater  than  for  the  t.i.d.  regimen  (1,194 
vs.  1,024  ng/mh  hr) 

CONTRAINDICATIONS 

INDERAL  is  contraindicated  in  1)  cardiogenic  shock.  2)  sinus  bradycardia  and  greater  than 
first  degree  block,  3)  bronchial  asthma,  4)  congestive  heart  failure  (see  WARNINGS)  unless 
the  failure  is  secondary  to  a tachyarrhythmia  treatable  with  INDERAL 

WARNINGS 

CARDIAC  FAILURE.  Sympathetic  stimulation  may  be  a vital  component  supporting  circula- 
tory function  in  patients  with  congestive  heart  failure,  and  its  inhibition  by  beta  blockade  may 
precipitate  more  severe  failure.  Although  beta  blockers  should  be  avoided  in  overt  conges- 
tive heart  failure,  if  necessary  they  can  be  used  with  close  follow-up  in  patients  with  a history 
of  failure  who  are  well  compensated  and  are  receiving  digitalis  and  diuretics.  Beta- 
adrenergic  blocking  agents  do  not  abolish  the  inotropic  action  of  digitalis  on  heart  muscle 
IN  PATIENTS  WITHOUT  A HISTORY  OF  HEART  FAILURE,  continued  use  of  beta  blockers 
can,  in  some  cases,  lead  to  cardiac  failure  Therefore,  at  the  first  sign  or  symptom  of  heart 
failure,  the  patient  should  be  digitalized  and/or  treated  with  diuretics,  and  the  response 
observed  closely,  or  INDERAL  should  be  discontinued  (gradually,  if  possible) 


IN  PATIENTS  WITH  ANGINA  PECTORIS,  there  have  been  reports  of  exacerbation  of 
angina  and,  in  some  cases,  myocardial  infarction,  following  abrupt  discontinuance  of 
INDERAL  therapy.  Therefore,  when  discontinuance  of  INDERAL  is  planned  the  dosage 
should  be  gradually  reduced  over  at  least  a few  weeks  and  the  patient  should  be  cau- 
tioned against  interruption  or  cessation  of  therapy  without  the  physician's  advice.  If 
INDERAL  therapy  is  interrupted  and  exacerbation  of  angina  occurs,  it  usually  is  advis- 
able to  reinstitute  INDERAL  therapy  and  take  other  measures  appropriate  for  the  man- 
agement of  unstable  angina  pectoris.  Since  coronary  artery  disease  may  be 
unrecognized,  it  may  be  prudent  to  follow  the  above  advice  in  patients  considered  at  risk 
of  having  occult  atherosclerotic  heart  disease  who  are  given  propranolol  for  other 
indications 


Nonallergic  Bronchospasm  (e.g.,  chronic  bronchitis,  emphysema)— PATIENTS  WITH 
BRONCHOSPASTIC  DISEASES  SHOULD  IN  GENERAL  NOT  RECEIVE  BETA  BLOCKERS. 


INDERAL  (propranolol  hydrochloride)  should  be  administered  with  caution  since  it  may  :• 
bronchodilation  produced  by  endogenous  and  exogenous  catecholamine  stimulation  o b 
receptors 

MAJOR  SURGERY:  The  necessity  or  desirability  of  withdrawal  of  beta-blocking  therap 
prior  to  major  surgery  is  controversial.  It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  the  impaired  abi  : 
the  heart  to  respond  to  reflex  adrenergic  stimuli  may  augment  the  risks  of  general  anestf ; 
and  surgical  procedures. 

INDERAL,  like  other  beta  blockers,  is  a competitive  inhibitor  of  beta-receptor  agonists  l 
its  effects  can  be  reversed  by  administration  of  such  agents,  e.g  , dobutamineor  isopro- 
terenol However,  such  patients  may  be  subject  to  protracted  severe  hypotension  Diffici  r 
starting  and  maintaining  the  heartbeat  has  also  been  reported  with  beta  blockers. 

DIABETES  AND  HYPOGLYCEMIA  Beta-adrenergic  blockade  may  prevent  the  appea 
ance  of  certain  premonitory  signs  and  symptoms  (pulse  rate  and  pressure  changes)  of ; s 
hypoglycemia  in  labile  insulin-dependent  diabetes.  In  these  patients,  it  may  be  more  diff 
to  ad|ust  the  dosage  of  insulin 

THYROTOXICOSIS,  Beta  blockade  may  mask  certain  clinical  signs  of  hyperthyroidism  Tt 
fore,  abrupt  withdrawal  of  propranolol  may  be  followed  by  an  exacerbation  of  symptoms 
hyperthyroidism,  including  thyroid  storm  Propranolol  does  not  distort  thyroid  function  te 

IN  PATIENTS  WITH  WOLFF-PARKINSON-WHITE  SYNDROME,  several  cases  have  bet 
reported  in  which,  after  propranolol,  the  tachycardia  was  replaced  by  a severe  bradycai 
requiring  a demand  pacemaker  In  one.case  this  resulted  after  an  initial  dose  of  5 mg 
propranolol 

PRECAUTIONS 

General  Propranolol  should  be  used  with  caution  in  patients  with  impaired  hepatic  or  re' 
function  INDERAL  is  not  indicated  for  the  treatment  of  hypertensive  emergencies. 

Beta-adrenoreceptor  blockade  can  cause  reduction  of  intraocular  pressure  Patients 
should  be  told  that  INDERAL  may  interfere  with  the  glaucoma  screening  test  Withdraws  ; 
lead  to  a return  of  increased  intraocular  pressure 

Clinical  Laboratory  Tests:  Elevated  blood  urea  levels  in  patients  with  severe  heart  dise  , 
elevated  serum  transaminase,  alkaline  phosphatase,  lactate  dehydrogenase. 

DRUG  INTERACTIONS:  Patients  receiving  catecholamine-depleting  drugs  such  as  re  | 
pine  should  be  closely  observed  if  INDERAL  is  administered  The  added  catecholamine  I 
blocking  action  may  produce  an  excessive  reduction  of  resting  sympathetic  nervous  ac 
which  may  result  in  hypotension,  marked  bradycardia,  vertigo, syncopal  attacks,  or  orth 
static  hypotension 

Carcinogenesis,  Mutagenesis,  Impairment  of  Fertility:  Long-term  studies  in  animals  hr 
been  conducted  to  evaluate  toxic  effects  and  carcinogenic  potential.  In  18-month  studie 
both  rats  and  mice,  employing  doses  up  to  150  mg/kg/day,  there  was  no  evidence  of  sig 
cant  drug-induced  toxicity  There  were  no  drug-related  tumorigenic  effects  at  any  of  the r 
age  levels.  Reproductive  studies  in  animals  did  not  show  any  impairment  of  fertility  lhal  v 
attributable  to  the  drug 

Pregnancy:  Pregnancy  Category  C.  INDERAL  has  been  shown  to  be  embryotoxic  in  a ilj 
studies  at  doses  about  10  times  greater  than  the  maximum  recommended  human  dose 

There  are  no  adequate  and  well-controlled  studies  in  pregnant  women  INDERAL  shoi 
be  used  during  pregnancy  only  if  the  potential  benefit  justifies  the  potential  risk  to  the  fell 

Nursing  Mothers:  INDERAL  is  excreted  in  human  milk.  Caution  should  be  exercised  wl|  I 
INDERAL  is  administered  to  a nursing  woman 

Pediatric  Use1  Safety  and  effectiveness  in  children  have  not  been  established 
ADVERSE  REACTIONS 

Most  adverse  effects  have  been  mild  and  transient  and  have  rarely  required  the  withdrav ' 
therapy 

Cardiovascular  bradycardia;  congestive  heart  failure,  intensification  of  AV  block,  hyp' 
sion,  paresthesia  of  hands;  thrombocytopenic  purpura;  arterial  insufficiency  usually  of  tf 
Raynaud  type. 

Central  Nervous  System  Lightheadedness;  mental  depression  manifested  by  msomn 
lassitude,  weakness,  fatigue,  reversible  mental  depression  progressing  to  catatonia;  visi 
disturbances;  hallucinations;  an  acute  reversible  syndrome  characterized  by  di sorientat 
for  time  and  place,  short-term  memory  loss,  emotional  lability,  slightly  clouded  sensoriurr 
and  decreased  performance  on  neuropsychometrics 

Gastrointestinal  nausea,  vomiting,  epigastric  distress,  abdominal  cramping,  diarrhea 
constipation,  mesenteric  arterial  thrombosis,  ischemic  colitis. 

Allergic:  pharyngitis  and  agranulocytosis,  erythematous  rash,  fever  combined  wilhacj 
and  sore  throat,  laryngospasm  and  respiratory  distress. 

Respiratory  bronchospasm 

Hematologic  agranulocytosis,  nonthrombocytopenic  purpura,  thrombocytopenic 
purpura 

Auto-Immune:  In  extremely  rare  instances,  systemic  lupus  erythematosus  has  been 
reported 

Miscellaneous:  alopecia,  LE-like  reactions,  psoriasiform  rashes,  dry  eyes,  male  impo- 
tence, and  Peyronie's  disease  have  been  reported  rarely.  Oculomucocutaneous  reactior 
involving  the  skin,  serous  membranes  and  conjunctivae  reported  for  a beta  blocker  (pra- 
lol)  have  not  been  associated  with  propranolol 
•The  appearance  of  INDERAL  tablets  is  a registered  trademark  of  Ayerst  Laboratories 

9371/1184 

i 

AYERST  LABORATORIES 
New  York,  N.Y.  10017 


1066 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Dialysis  for  End-Stage 
Ienal  Disease 


John  A.  Walker,  m.d.,  Robert  Dodelson,  m.d.,  Robert  P.  Eisinger,  m.d.  new  Brunswick* 


a consequence  of  end-stage  renal  disease , approximately 
30,000 persons  in  the  U.S.  are  dependent  upon  chronic  dialysis. 1 
These  people  receive  care  from  non-nephrologists  who  may  not 
ie familiar  entirely  with  the  various  dialytic  modalities  and 
special  needs  of  this  population. 


In  1854,  Thomas  Graham,  a 
Scottish  chemist,  used  the  term 
dialysis  (from  the  Greek  dialyo, 
separate)  to  describe  the  movement  of  various 
utes  across  a semipermeable  membrane.2  In  1918, 
s concept  was  applied  in  vivo  by  Abel  and  his  co- 
rkers. They  demonstrated  the  removal  of  nonprotein 
rogen  from  the  blood  of  a dog  by  passing  the 
imal’s  anticoagulated  blood  through  a series  of 
loidin  tubes  contained  within  a saline-filled  glass 
ket.3  Their  device  bears  a striking  resemblance  to 
: hollow-fiber  dialyzers  used  today, 
n 1926,  the  first  human  hemodialysis  was  per- 
med in  Germany  by  Haas.  However,  it  was  not  until 
15  that  Kolff  performed  the  first  hemodialysis  that 
stained  a patient  suffering  from  acute  renal  failure 
til  recoveiy  ensued.2 

'echnical  refinements  of  the  hemodialysis  tech- 
[ue  included  the  development  of  more  efficient 
lyzing  membranes  and  incorporation  of  the  mem- 
ine  into  smaller  containers.  However,  hemodialysis 
named  available  only  to  those  with  reversible  renal 
ure  as  there  was  no  way  of  gaining  repeated,  long- 
m access  to  the  circulation. 

n 1960,  Quinton  and  colleagues  developed  an  ex- 
nal  arteriovenous  shunt.  Permanently  placed  into 
: vasculature,  this  device  allowed  repeated  access  to 
: circulation.4  Thus,  the  goal  of  chronic  hemodialysis 
the  patient  with  irreversible  renal  failure  was  re- 


alized. The  cost  of  chronic  hemodialysis  remained  a 
formidable  obstacle  until  1972,  when  passage  of  Public 
Law  92-603  extended  Medicare  coverage  to  all  patients 
with  end-stage  renal  disease.5 

PREDIALYSIS  MANAGEMENT 

Most  individuals  with  advanced  chronic  renal  fail- 
ure, regardless  of  etiology,  exhibit  a steady  decline  in 
renal  function  until  dialysis  is  necessary  to  avoid  or 
reverse  uremia  The  nature  of  this  decline  and  mod- 
ulating therapies  are  the  subject  of  intensive  investiga- 
tion.6,7 

It  is  not  the  purpose  of  this  article  to  review  the 
management  of  the  patient  with  chronic  renal  failure. 
However,  several  important  steps  should  be  taken  once 
an  individual  with  irreversible  renal  failure  is  iden- 
tified. The  patient  should  be  informed  of  the  eventual 
need  for  dialysis  and  the  various  dialytic  modalities 
available.  Consultation  with  a nephrologist  may  be  de- 
sirable at  this  time,  since  all  modalities  are  not  suitable 
for  all  patients.  In  appropriate  settings,  renal  trans- 
plantation may  be  offered  as  the  initial  treatment  for 
end-stage  renal  disease  or  as  an  option  to  be  con 


*From  the  Department  of  Medicine.  Division  of  Nephrology. 
UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School,  New  Brunswick  Cor 
respondence  may  be  addressed  to  Dr.  Walker,  UMDNJ- 
Rutgers  Medical  School,  Academic  Health  Science  Center.  CN 
19,  New  Brunswick,  NJ  08903. 


L 81— NUMBER  12— DECEMBER  1984 


1067 


sidered  once  dialysis  is  established.  In  any  event,  such 
a presentation  allows  decisions  to  be  made  in  a rela- 
tively unhurried  fashion.  Delaying  a discussion  of 
dialysis  until  the  patient  is  nearly  uremic  or  overtly 
uremic  is  of  no  benefit. 

If  hemodialysis  is  deemed  appropriate,  vascular  ac- 
cess should  be  established  prior  to  initiating  chronic 
hemodialysis.  The  arteriovenous  fistula,  developed  by 
Brescia  and  Cimino  in  the  mid-1960s,  presently  is  the 
preferred  technique.8  A subcutaneous  arteriovenous 
(AV)  anastomosis  is  created  surgically,  typically  in  the 
nondominant  upper  extremity.  In  a few  weeks  to 
months,  the  diverted  arterial  flow  “arterializes”  the  ve- 
nous system,  creating  a network  of  hypertrophied  ves- 
sels that  can  withstand  multiple  needle  punctures  and 
provide  optimal  blood  flow.  If  the  native  vasculature 
cannot  support  an  AV  fistula  (as  may  be  the  case  in 
diabetic  or  elderly  individuals),  a synthetic  or  bovine 
graft  may  be  anastomosed  into  the  extremity’s  blood 
vessels.  In  either  case,  the  access  should  be  established 
by  an  experienced  vascular  surgeon. 

The  existence  of  a healed,  mature  vascular  access 
greatly  facilitates  the  initiation  of  chronic  hemodial- 
ysis and  avoids  the  need  for  femoral  vessel  cannulation 
or  subclavian  vein  catheterization.  Since  the  AV  fistula 
is  a high-flow,  high-pressure  system,  it  must  not  be 
subjected  to  sphygmomanometiy  or  routine  venipunc- 
ture. 

When  to  initiate  chronic  dialysis  depends  upon  a 
combination  of  clinical  and  laboratory  data9  Few 
would  argue  that  dialysis  ought  to  begin  when  the 
creatinine  clearance  (Ccr)  falls  below  5 ml/min,  even 
if  the  patient  feels  reasonably  well.  Uremic  symptoms 
are  not  reversed  readily  by  dialysis  and  there  is  little 
to  be  gained  by  temporizing  for  another  month  or  two 
at  the  risk  of  developing  uremic  bleeding,  hyper- 
kalemia pericarditis,  or  neuropathy.  At  Ccrs  of  10  to 
5 ml/min,  the  patient  should  be  monitored  for  any 
vague  constitutional  symptoms  such  as  anorexia 
weakness,  or  pruritus  which  may  be  manifestations  of 
uremia  Such  individuals  often  note  a remarkable  im- 
provement in  their  sense  of  well-being  after  initiation 
of  dialysis.  Ely  this  time,  the  primary  physician  and  the 
patient  should  have  established  a relationship  with  a 
nephrologist  who  will  be  able  to  assist  in  deciding 
when  to  begin  dialysis. 

For  a more  extensive  discussion  of  the  management 
of  the  predialysis  patient,  the  reader  is  referred  to  re- 
cent reviews.1011 

HEMODIALYSIS— PRINCIPLES 

Dialysis  can  accomplish  two  objectives:  1)  the  re- 
moval of  excess  solutes  that  accumulate  in  the  body 
as  a result  of  their  diminished  excretion;  and  2)  the 
removal  of  water  that  accumulates  as  a consequence 
of  the  end-stage  kidney's  inability  to  generate  free 
water.  Although  the  kidney’s  role  as  a hormonal  organ 
is  well  established,  resultant  derangements  from  end- 
stage  renal  disease  are  not  directly  ameliorated  by 
chronic  dialysis. 

Regardless  of  the  hardware  employed,  the  basic  prin- 
ciples of  hemodialysis  are  the  same.  Blood  is 
withdrawn  into  an  extracorporeal  circuit  where,  via  a 
roller  pump,  it  is  passed  across  a synthetic,  semi- 
permeable  membrane.  This  membrane  separates  the 


blood  from  the  dialysate,  a solution  with  a compositii| 
that,  with  certain  exceptions,  approximates  plasr 
water.  A typical  dialysate  contains  sodium,  chlori<; 
magnesium,  and  calcium  in  concentrations  equal  to 
slightly  less  than  that  of  normal  plasma  Potassiu 
may  be  added  to  a concentration  of  2 to  3 mEqj 
Dextrose  may  be  added  to  prevent  hypoglycemia  a 
facilitate  water  removal.  Acetate  replaces  bicarbone 
as  a buffer,  since  the  latter  would  precipitate  calciu 
and  magnesium  in  the  commercially  prepared  sol 
tions.  Recent  data  suggest  acetate  may  have  delete 
ous  effects  on  the  cardiovascular  system  during  heir 
dialysis,  and  dialysis  machines  now  are  available  tb 
mix  bicarbonate  into  a buffer-free  dialysate  just  befc. 
the  solution  reaches  the  membrane.12 

The  synthetic  dialysis  membrane  commonly 
manufactured  from  regenerated  cellulose.  None 
lulosic  membranes,  e.g.  polyacrylonitrile,  also  are  ava- 
able.13  These  newer  materials  can  effect  grealj 
clearances  of  larger  molecules,  theoretically  an  adva 
tage  if  middle  molecules  are  indeed  responsible  f 
abnormalities  that  persist  in  spite  of  chror 
hemodialysis.  The  membrane  is  packaged  in  a co 
tainer  that  has  inlet  and  outlet  ports  for  both  bloi 
and  dialysate.  This  unit  is  referred  to  as  the  dialyzi 

Most  present-day  dialyzers  utilize  a membrane  r 
ranged  to  form  either  a bundle  of  hollow  fibers  wi 
internal  diameters  of  200  to  300  /uM  or  a series 
parallel  plates.  Both  are  enclosed  within  a rigid  col 
tainer  and  are  noneompliant.  This  noncompliance  pi 
mits  the  removal  of  water  from  the  plasma  by  applyiiji 
negative  hydrostatic  pressure  to  the  dialysate  side 
the  membrane. 

The  dialysis  machine  delivers  blood  and  dialysate 
the  dialyzer  at  appropriate  rates.  Once  the  blood  a l 
dialysate  come  into  contact  with  the  membrarl 
solutes  begin  moving  across  the  membrane  down  thf 
concentration  gradients.  In  this  fashion,  undesirat1 
solutes  such  as  urea  and  creatinine  are  removed  fro 
the  plasma 

Most  dialysis  machines  in  use  today  are  single-pas 
proportioning  systems.  That  is,  the  dialysate  makes 
single  pass  across  the  membrane,  countercurrent 
blood  flow,  and  then  is  discarded.  The  average  dialysa 
flow  rate  is  500  ml/min.  To  avoid  the  need  for  storir 
the  120  liters  of  dialysate  required  for  a four-hoi 
treatment,  the  machine  proportions  a dialysate  coi 
centrate  into  treated  tap  water  at  a 1:35  ratio.  T1 
machine  monitors  the  dialysate  for  prop** 
temperature  and  electrical  conductivity  (the  latter  is 
measurement  of  proper  proportioning  function).  T! 
machine  also  measures  pressures  within  the  e: 
tracorporeal  blood  circuit  and  monitors  for  air  leal 
within  the  blood  lines.  These  features  are  incorporate 
in  a compact  machine  with  automatic  monitoring  an 
shut-off  functions,  thus  making  home  hemodialysis 
practical  option  for  many  patients. 

Another  type  of  dialysis  machine  regenerates  use 
dialysate  by  passing  it  through  a cartridge  containir 
urease,  ion  exchange  resins,  and  activated  charcof 
The  regenerated  dialysate  then  can  be  passed  throug 
the  dialyzer  again.  This  system  requires  only  5.5  litei 
of  dialysate  and  thus  is  not  dependent  upon  a continij 
ous  water  supply.  EEowever,  dialysis  with  this  systei 
results  in  changes  in  serum  chemistries  that  are  som< 


1068 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSE 


hat  different  from  those  seen  with  single-pass  sys- 
ms.  It  is  not  in  widespread  use.14 
The  removal  of  excess  water  is  accomplished  as 
ater  is  separated  from  the  protein  and  cellular  ele- 
ents  of  the  blood,  a process  known  as  ultrafiltration, 
jring  hemodialysis,  ultrafiltration  is  achieved  largely 
r applying  appropriate  hydrostatic  pressure  to  one 
de  of  the  membrane.  In  single-pass  systems  utilizing 
mcompliant  dialyzers,  the  application  of  negative 
rdrostatic  pressure  to  the  dialysate  circuit  results  in 
■t  fluid  removal  from  the  plasma  water.  How  much 
lid  must  be  removed  is  determined  by  the  difference 
■tween  a patient’s  weight  at  the  beginning  of  a 
alysis  treatment  and  that  individual’s  diy  weight, 
le  dry  weight  is  the  weight  at  which  the  patient  is 
nically  euvolemic  and  usually  normotensive.  By 
lowing  the  ultrafiltration  properties  of  the  particular 
alyzer  being  used,  the  dialysis  staff  can  adjust  the 
achine  to  ultrafilter  the  volume  of  water  necessaiy 
achieve  diy  weight  at  the  treatment’s  conclusion. 
Ultrafiltration  also  may  be  effected  by  using  osmotic 
ther  than  hydrostatic  forces.  This  principle  is  em- 
Dyed  in  peritoneal  dialysis. 

3E  DIALYSIS  REGIMEN 

The  usual  hemodialysis  “prescription”  consists  of  4 
5 hours  of  dialysis  administered  thrice  weekly.  For 
ost  patients,  this  leads  to  resolution  of  many  of  the 
emic  symptoms  that  may  have  been  present  prior  to 
itiation  of  dialysis.  Twelve  to  15  hours  of 
■modialysis  weekly  also  maintain  urea  nitrogen  levels 
ithin  an  acceptable  range.  Unfortunately,  chronic 
“modialysis  does  not  resolve  all  features  of  end-stage 
nal  disease.  Some  degree  of  anemia  persists  in  most 
itients.  Moreover,  problems  such  as  osteodystrophy 
id  neuropathy  may  progress  in  spite  of  regular 
alysis.  That  these  problems  may  ameliorate  after  a 
iccessful  renal  transplant  is  evidence  that  the 
alysis  regimen  does  not  completely  replace  normal 
nal  function.1516 


Chronic  dialysis  affords  in- 
creased longevity  to  the  ma- 
jority of  patients  with  end- 
stage  renal  disease. 


rhe  excretion  of  various  solutes  by  the  kidney  com- 
Dnly  is  expressed  in  terms  of  clearance.  The  method 
which  the  kidney  clears  solutes  from  the  plasma  is 
ite  different  from  that  seen  with  dialyzing  mem- 
anes.  This  is  evident  when  the  clearances  of  two 
lutes  of  different  molecular  size  are  compared.  The 
:arances  of  creatinine  (113  daltons)  and  inulin 
200  daltons)  by  the  normal  kidney  are  nearly  iden- 
al  (approximately  100  ml/min).  Yet,  when  dialyzer 
trances  of  these  substances  are  measured,  the 
:arance  of  inulin  is  much  less  than  that  of  creatinine 
ml/min  v 90  ml/min,  respectively).  Thus,  the 
alyzer  clears  small  molecules  such  as  urea  and 
;atinine  rapidly,  and  clearances  of  these  solutes  may 
improved  by  increasing  blood  flow  rates  across  the 
;mbrane.  However,  dialyzer  clearances  of  molecules 


larger  than  500  daltons  are  low.  The  clearance  of 
molecules  in  this  middle  range  (500  to  5,000  daltons) 
may  be  improved  somewhat  by  increasing  the  duration 
of  dialysis  and/or  increasing  the  surface  area  of  the 
dialyzing  membrane.17 

These  observations  are  explained  by  the  fact  that 
solute  clearance  across  the  dialyzing  membrane  is  gov- 
erned by  the  relatively  small  pore  size  of  the  membrane 
and  the  varying  sizes  of  plasma  solutes.  Small 
molecules  easily  pass  through  the  membrane  pores; 
larger  molecules  diffuse  across  the  membrane  with 
greater  difficulty  as  their  molecular  sizes  increase.  It 
has  been  proposed  that  the  persistence  of  some  of  the 
complications  of  end-stage  renal  disease  (anemia,  neu- 
ropathy, and  osteodystrophy)  in  spite  of  regular 
dialysis  is  due  to  an  accumulation  of  these  poorly 
cleared  middle  molecules.18  A great  deal  of  investigative 
activity  has  not  yet  identified  which  middle  molecules 
might  be  uremic  toxins.19  Dialysis  regimens  have  been 
modified  in  an  effort  to  improve  clearances  of  these 
solutes.  However,  a recent  national  cooperative  study 
showed  that  when  compared  with  patients  whose  BUN 
was  allowed  to  remain  high  (90  mg/dl),  chronic 
hemodialysis  patients  whose  BUNs  were  kept  low  (50 
mg/dl)  required  fewer  hospitalizations  regardless  of 
whether  they  received  9 or  13'/2  hours  of  dialysis  week- 
ly.20 These  results  tend  to  refute  the  middle  molecule 
hypothesis,  which  would  have  predicted  a better  out- 
come for  the  patients  who  received  longer  treatments 
regardless  of  urea  levels. 

Presently,  therefore,  dialysis  regimens  are  designed 
to  maintain  reasonable  levels  of  measurable  solutes 
and  an  acceptable  state  of  fluid  balance.  For  most  pa- 
tients, 12  to  15  hours  of  dialysis  weekly  appear  ade- 
quate. 

MEDICAL  MANAGEMENT  OF  THE 
DIALYSIS  PATIENT 

Nearly  all  patients  receiving  chronic  hemodialysis 
must  adhere  to  certain  dietaiy  restrictions.  It  is  dif- 
ficult to  ultrafilter  large  volumes  in  the  course  of  a 
four-hour  dialysis  treatment  without  precipitating 
hypotension,  syncope,  or  muscle  cramps.  Therefore, 
fluid  intake  must  be  closely  monitored  and  limited  if 
interdialytic  fluid  gains  are  excessive.  Most  patients 
are  placed  on  sodium  and  potassium  restrictions  as 
well. 

In  contrast  to  the  protein  restriction  often 
prescribed  for  predialysis  azotemic  patients,  chronic 
hemodialysis  patients  are  encouraged  to  consume  a 
high-quality  protein  diet  (1  gm/kg/day).  since  regular 
dialysis  will  maintain  urea  at  acceptable  levels.  Un- 
fortunately, this  protein  intake  obligates  a substantial 
phosphate  intake.  High  phosphate  levels  generally  are 
undesirable  in  the  chronic  hemodialysis  patient,  as 
they  perpetuate  the  vicious  cycle  of  secondary  hyper- 
parathyroidism and  resultant  osteodystrophy.21  Ac- 
cordingly, oral  phosphate  binders  in  the  form  of 
aluminum  hydroxide  or  aluminum  carbonate  are  ad- 
ministered. The  constipation  these  agents  may  induce 
makes  patient  compliance  difficult.  Stool  softeners  or 
oral  sorbitol  may  alleviate  this  problem,  but  oc- 
casionally a tap  water  or  soap-suds  enema  is  necessaiy. 
Under  no  circumstances  should  a dialysis  patient  re 


)L.  81— NUMBER  12— DECEMBER  1984 


1069 


ceive  a Fleet®  enema  or  a magnesium-containing 
cathartic.  The  phosphate  and  magnesium  loads  these 
agents  respectively  contain  clearly  are  dangerous  to 
the  individual  with  end-stage  renal  disease.  Most  pa- 
tients take  a daily  water-soluble  vitamin  and  folate 
supplement  to  replace  dialysis  losses.22 

The  excretion  of  many  drugs  and  their  metabolites 
is  dependent  upon  normal  renal  function. 
Furthermore,  some  medications  are  removed  efficient- 
ly by  hemodialysis.  These  factors  must  be  taken  into 
account  when  prescribing  medication  for  the  chronic 
hemodialysis  patient.  Failure  to  do  so  may  result  in 
drug  toxicity  or  subtherapeutic  drug  levels.23  Dosing 
guidelines  are  available  to  aid  the  clinician  in  planning 
appropriate  medication  regimens.24 

A detailed  discussion  of  the  medical  complications 
associated  with  chronic  hemodialysis  is  beyond  the 
scope  of  this  article.  However,  we  will  briefly  discuss 
certain  problems  the  non-nephrologist  may  encounter 
in  the  chronic  hemodialysis  patient. 

Often  referred  to  as  the  Achilles’  heel  of  chronic 
hemodialysis,  the  vascular  access  may  be  the  site  of 
several  complications.25  Both  grafts  and  native  fistulas 
may  become  thrombosed  or  stenotic,  resulting  in 
diminished  blood  flow  through  the  access  network.26 
Such  a complication  may  be  heralded  by  loss  of  the 
thrill  over  the  fistula  Prompt  referral  to  a vascular 
surgeon  is  indicated,  as  thrombectomy  or  revision  of 
the  access  will  likely  be  necessaiy.  As  the  vascular  ac- 
cess is  a high-flow,  turbulent  system,  antibiotic  pro- 
phylaxis is  recommended  for  the  chronic  hemodialysis 
patient  scheduled  to  undergo  dental,  upper  respir- 
atory, genitourinary,  or  gastrointestinal  procedures.27 

The  vascular  access  always  should  be  considered  a 
source  of  an  otherwise  unexplained  bacteremia  even 
when  the  access  site  clinically  appears  benign. 
Staphylococci  are  common  organisms  in  this  setting, 
and  endocarditis  may  complicate  the  picture.28  Ap- 
propriate antibiotic  therapy  alone  may  suffice  when  a 
native  fistula  is  the  source  of  infection,  but  infected 
synthetic  or  bovine  grafts  may  have  to  be  removed  to 
effect  a cure.29 

That  cardiovascular  complications  are  common  in 
the  chronic  hemodialysis  population  is  not  surprising, 
since  many  of  these  patients  have  a history  of 
cardiovascular  disease.  Hypertension  in  the  end-stage 
renal  disease  population  usually  is  due  to  fluid  over- 
load. Normotension  is  achieved  with  fluid  and  salt  re- 
striction along  with  progressive  ultrafiltration  to  the 
appropriate  dry  weight.  However,  a minority  of  patients 
remain  hypertensive  despite  euvolemia  and  will  re- 
quire antihypertensive  medication.  Increased  pe- 
ripheral vascular  resistance  secondary  to  hyper- 
reninemia  has  been  shown  to  be  responsible  for  many 
such  cases.30  In  the  past,  bilateral  nephrectomy  was 
required  to  control  blood  pressure  when  pharma- 
cologic therapy  failed.  The  availability  of  newer  agents 
such  as  captopril  and  minoxidil  now  largely  render 
this  procedure  unnecessary.31  Indeed,  the  “end-stage” 
kidney  still  may  perform  some  degree  of  solute  excre- 
tion and  hormonal,  e.g.  erythropoietin,  production,  so 
preservation  of  renal  parenchyma  usually  is  desirable. 

Hemodialysis  may  precipitate  hypotension  and  ar- 
rhythmias in  patients  with  ischemic  heart  disease. 
These  problems  may  be  aggravated  if  interdialytic  fluid 


gains  are  excessive.  In  these  fragile  patients,  adequa-  Lc 
ultrafiltration  rates  may  be  achieved  if  the  ultr 
filtration  is  performed  without  concomitant  dialysis 
The  anemia  that  accompanies  end-stage  renal  disea:* 
may  exacerbate  angina  Such  patients  may  requi 
periodic  red  blood  cell  transfusions  to  avoid  sympf 
matic  ischemia 

Pericarditis  commonly  is  not  observed  once  regul 
dialysis  is  well  underway.  However  if,  through  a varie 
of  circumstances,  a patient  is  relatively  underdialyze: 
pericarditis  may  be  the  first  overt  manifestation 
uremia33  Patients  receiving  chronic  hemodialysis  m 
be  at  increased  risk  for  viral  infections,  which  may  1 
manifest  as  pericarditis.34 

In  spite  of  these  problems,  the  presence 
cardiovascular  disease  could  not  be  considered  a 
absolute  contraindication  to  hemodialysis.  Many  sue 
patients  tolerate  chronic  hemodialysis  without  undi 
difficulty.  It  may  be  necessary  to  provide  a trial 
hemodialysis  before  recommending  another  modalit 

The  majority  of  chronic  hemodialysis  patien 
exhibit  a normocytic  anemia  While  diminish^ 
erythropoietin  production  may  play  an  etiologic  rolj 
erythropoietin  levels  have  been  noted  to  be  normal  < 
even  elevated  in  some  patients.35  Impaired  bone  ma 
row  erythrogenesis  and  shortened  red  blood  cr 
survival  are  demonstrable  in  end-stage  renal  diseas 
and  these  undoubtedly  are  important  factors  in  tl 
pathophysiology  of  the  anemia36  Many  patients  tole 
ate  hematocrits  of  20  to  30  percent  surprisingly  we 
There  usually  is  no  need  to  administer  blood  tran 
fusions  unless  a patient  becomes  symptomatic.  TI 
hematocrit  often  will  increase  once  a patient  is  starte|i 
on  chronic  hemodialysis.37  Furthermore,  routir 
transfusions  may  lead  to  iron  overload  and  heme 
siderosis.38  39  Patients  may,  however,  develop  iro 
deficiency  due  to  small  but  ongoing  blood  losses  ir 
curred  with  each  treatment,  since  some  red  cells  ii! 
evitably  are  left  behind  in  dialyzers  and  blood  lines.; 
Oral  iron  supplements  therefore  are  given  to  most  p;; 
tients.  Parenteral  androgens  often  are  helpful  in  mair 
taining  adequate  hemoglobin  levels.41  A number  q 
studies  have  shown  improved  renal  transplant  surviv; 
in  patients  who  received  red  cell  transfusions  prior  tj 
the  transplantation.42  The  reason  for  this  is  poorl 
understood,  but  most  transplant  centers  now  rec 
ommend  that  patients  awaiting  a cadaveric  rem 
transplant  receive  several  units  of  packed  red  cell! 
before  surgery.43 

Many  chronic  hemodialysis  patients  have 
prolonged  bleeding  time  due  to  a qualitative  platele: 
dysfunction.  This  may  improve  following  dialysis.44 1 
addition,  administration  of  cryoprecipitate  or  ir 
travenous  desmopressin  may  temporarily  correct  thi 
defect.45-46 

Osteodystrophy  remains  a frustrating  problem  fo 
patients  and  physicians.  Chronic  hemodialysis  pa 
tients  may  suffer  from  a variety  of  bone  disorder? 
including  osteosclerosis,  osteitis  fibrosa  cystica,  ami 
osteomalacia47  Attempts  to  suppress  the  high  para 
thyroid  hormone  (PTH)  levels  seen  in  many  patient 
by  controlling  serum  phosphate  and  administerin, 
oral  calcium  and  vitamin  D analogues  may  be  onf| 
partially  successful.  High  PTH  levels  also  have  beei 
incriminated  as  an  etiologic  factor  in  the  anemia  am 

THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


1070 


mropathy  of  end-stage  renal  disease.48-49  Para- 
yroidectomy  may  be  necessary  in  resistant  cases. 
?cently,  a group  of  chronic  hemodialysis  patients  has 
>en  described  with  osteomalacia  increased  bone 
uminum  content,  myopathy,  and  normal  PTH 
/els.50  In  these  patients  trials  of  chelation  therapy 
ith  desferrioxamine  to  reduce  aluminum  stores  pres- 
itly  are  in  progress.51 

The  chronic  hemodialysis  population  is  at  increased 
sk  for  infection.  The  cell-mediated  immune  response 
depressed.52  This  may  in  part  explain  the  higher 
eidence  of  hepatitis  B and  mycobacterial  infections 
|fen  in  these  patients.5354  However,  responses  to  im- 
unization  often  are  adequate.55  Therefore,  adminis- 
lation  of  pneumococcus,  influenza,  and,  if  hepatitis 
'surface  antibodies  are  not  present,  hepatitis  B vac- 
/ne  is  recommended. 

Neurologic  disorders  may  cause  signfieant  problems 
the  chronic  hemodialysis  patient.  Uremic  neu- 
ipathies,  both  sensory  and  motor,  may  be  arrested  by 
ironic  hemodialysis  but  improvement  usually  is 
|)ted  only  after  a successful  renal  transplant.16 
ncephalopathy  may  indicate  a central  nervous  sys- 
m infection,  subdural  hematoma  or  dialysis  demen- 
'a.56  The  last  is  a syndrome  peculiar  to  chronic 
emodialysis  patients,  often  accompanied  by  dys- 
raxia,  myoclonus,  and  a characteristic  elec- 
oeneephalogram.  Aluminium  has  been  implicated  as 
n etiologic  factor,  but  the  exact  cause  of  this  often 
tal  disorder  remains  unknown.57 
Chronic  hemodialysis  also  may  be  associated  with 
number  of  iatrogenic  complications.  Hemolysis  may 
:cur  if  dialysate  water  contains  high  levels  of  copper 
■ chloramine.5859  Proper  water  treatment  at  the 
ialysis  unit  usually  will  prevent  this.  Water-borne 
acterial  contaminants  may  cause  febrile  reactions.60 
ecently,  a review  of  liver  biopsies  obtained  from  CHD 
jatients  revealed  areas  of  inflammation  and  fibrosis  in 
hich  silicone  particles  were  found.  The  silicone 
resumably  entered  the  circulation  via  spallation  of 
licone  blood  tubing  by  the  dialysis  machine’s  roller 
amp.61  Patients  on  chronic  hemodialysis  must  be  an- 
icoagulated  with  heparin  during  each  dialysis  session 
) prevent  their  blood  from  clotting  within  the  dialyzer. 
Ihis  may  increase  the  risk  of  bleeding  if  other 
jathology  is  present  (e.g.  peptic  ulcer  disease). 

ERITONEAL  DIALYSIS 

At  present,  only  about  10  percent  of  the  end-stage 
■nal  disease  population  is  maintained  on  some  form 
('  chronic  peritoneal  dialysis;  there  is  considerable 
iterest  in  this  increasingly  popular  modality.62 
The  concept  of  utilizing  the  peritoneum  as  a dialyz- 
lg  membrane  dates  back  to  the  1920s.63  However,  it 
as  not  until  the  1970s  that  Moncrief  and  Popovich 
leorized  that  adequate  dialysis  could  be  achieved  by 
sequentially  instilling  and  draining  two  liter  aliquots 
f dialysate  into  and  out  of  the  peritoneal  cavity  five 
mes  daily.64  This  concept  has  evolved  into  the  tech- 
ique  of  continuous  ambulatory  peritoneal  dialysis 

:apd). 

When  compared  with  artificial  dialyzers,  the  peri- 
rneum,  in  many  respects,  is  less  efficient.  Peritoneal 
earances  of  small  molecules  such  as  urea  and 
reatinine  are  substantially  less  than  those  achieved 


with  hemodialysis  membranes.65  However,  in  CAPD 
the  dialysate  is  almost  constantly  in  contact  with  the 
peritoneum.  Therefore,  when  calculated  on  a weekly 
basis,  small  molecular  clearances  nearly  are  equivalent 
in  the  two  modalities.  Furthermore,  clearance  of  larger 
molecules  actually  is  better  in  CAPD  than  with  chronic 
hemodialysis.  Nolph  has  explained  these  features  with 
a model  of  the  peritoneal  membrane  that  incorporates 
a small  number  of  large  pores  through  which  larger 
molecules  may  easily  pass.66 

Ultrafiltration  in  CAPD  is  accomplished  via  osmotic, 
rather  than  hydrostatic,  forces.  Peritoneal  dialysate  is 
rendered  hypertonic  to  plasma  by  adding  dextrose. 
Peritoneal  instillation  of  this  hypertonic  solution 
causes  plasma  water  to  move  out  of  the  vascular  space 
into  the  peritoneal  cavity.  This  volume  then  is  removed 
when  the  dialysate  is  drained. 


Infection  in  the  form  of  peri- 
tonitis remains  the  most 
common  complication  of 
CAPD . 


The  actual  technique  of  CAPD  is  relatively  simple.  A 
permanent,  flexible  catheter  is  placed  surgically  in  the 
peritoneal  cavity.  A short  segment  of  this  catheter  re- 
mains external,  and  is  attached  to  a connecting  tube. 
At  the  end  of  the  connecting  tube  is  a spike  connector. 
The  dialysate  is  supplied  in  plastic  bags.  Two  liter 
aliquots  usually  are  employed.  The  spike  connector  is 
inserted  into  the  dialysate  bag  and  dialysate  is  instilled 
into  the  peritoneal  cavity.  When  emptied,  the  bag  and 
connecting  tube  are  rolled  up  and  tucked  under  the 
patient’s  clothing.  The  dialysate  is  allowed  to  dwell  in 
the  peritoneal  cavity  for  approximately  four  hours.  The 
bag  then  is  unrolled  and  the  dialysate  is  allowed  to 
drain  back  into  the  bag.  The  bags  are  designed  to 
accommodate  the  extra  volume  removed  by  ultra- 
filtration. When  drainage  is  complete,  the  drained  bag 
is  discarded  and  a bag  of  fresh  dialysate  attached  to 
the  spike  connection.  The  cycle  then  is  repeated.  The 
exchange  of  bags  must  be  performed  using  sterile  tech- 
nique. Three  exchanges  are  performed  during  the  day. 
A fourth  aliquot  is  instilled  at  bedtime  and  drained  in 
the  morning.  In  this  fashion,  adequate  biochemical 
and  volume  control  can  be  achieved.67 

The  exchange  technique  is  taught  to  most  patients, 
who  then  are  able  to  perform  their  own  dialysis. 
Although  CAPD  must  be  done  daily,  these  patients  are 
freed  from  the  logistic  and  temporal  restrictions  of 
chronic  hemodialysis.  Patients  who  are  employed  must 
perform  one  exchange  at  the  workplace.  Traveling  no 
longer  is  restricted,  since  the  CAPD  patient  can  pack 
the  necessary  quantity  of  dialysate  and  supplies.  The 
exchanges  can  be  performed  wherever  a small  sterile 
field  can  be  set  up. 

CAPD  thus  is  an  appropriate  modality  for  the  end- 
stage  renal  disease  patient  whose  activities  or  employ- 
ment would  make  adherence  to  a thrice  weekly 
hemodialysis  schedule  difficult.  Patients  with  a trail 
cardiovascular  status  also  might  be  considered  for 
CAPD,  where  ultrafiltration  rates  are  slower,  thus  ef- 
fecting a gentler  control  of  volume.  Diabetics  with  cnd- 


OL.  81— NUMBER  12— DECEMBER  1984 


1071 


stage  renal  disease  may  do  well  on  CAPD.  Regular  in- 
sulin added  to  the  dialysate  often  results  in  improved 
blood  glucose  control  and  dispenses  with  the  need  for 
subcutaneous  insulin  injections.  However,  total  in- 
sulin requirements  increase  due  to  the  added 
carbohydrate  load  of  the  dialysate  dextrose.68 

A history  of  multiple  abdominal  surgical  procedures 
is  a relative  contraindication  to  CAPD.  The  presence 
of  adhesions  or  peritoneal  scarring  may  impair  the 
efficacy  of  the  dialysis.  Abdominal  ostomies  usually  are 
a contraindication  to  CAPD  due  to  the  increased  risk 
of  catheter  infection,  and  abdominal  or  inguinal 
hernias  should  be  repaired  prior  to  initiating  CAPD. 
Patients  with  a history  of  low  back  pain  or  lumbar  disk 
disease  have  reported  worsening  of  their  symptoms 
with  CAPD.  CAPD  may  produce  increased  dyspnea  in 
those  with  severe  chronic  lung  disease,  presumably 
due  to  the  limitation  of  diaphragmatic  mobility  in- 
duced by  the  instillation  of  the  large  dialysate  vol- 
umes.69 Finally,  successful  CAPD  requires  a motivated, 
compliant  patient  who  will  perform  the  four  daily  ex- 
changes using  aseptic  technique.  If  the  patient  is  not 
able  to  perform  the  exchanges,  a family  member  may 
be  trained.  However,  in  our  opinion  nonself-adminis- 
tered CAPD  is  an  arrangement  that  should  be  ap- 
proached with  caution. 

Infection  in  the  form  of  peritonitis  remains  the  most 
common  complication  of  CAPD.  Even  in  centers  with 
a large  CAPD  population  and  long-term  experience, 
infection  rates  average  one  to  two  episodes  per  patient 
year  67 

Infecting  organisms  presumbly  gain  entry  to  the 
peritoneal  cavity  via  the  catheter  lumen  or  the  sub- 
cutaneous tunnel  through  which  the  catheter  courses 
before  entering  the  cavity.  The  vast  majority  of  cases 
are  of  bacterial  origin  with  Staphylococcus  aureus 
and  Staphylococcus  epidermidis  responsible  for 
about  three-quarters  of  episodes.  Gram-negative  spe- 
cies are  the  etiology  in  about  20  percent  of  cases.  A 
small  number  of  infections  are  caused  by  mycobacteria 
or  fungi.70 

Peritonitis  associated  with  CAPD  initially  may  mani- 
fest only  as  clouding  of  the  drained  dialysate  without 
pain  or  fever.  The  presence  of  greater  than  100  white 
blood  cells/mm3  in  the  drained  dialysate  is  considered 
evidence  of  peritonitis.  Such  uncomplicated  cases  can 
be  treated  with  the  addition  of  antibiotics  to  the 
dialysate  and  continuation  of  the  CAPD  schedule.  A 
cephalosporin  and  an  aminoglycoside  typically  are  em- 
ployed, and  the  appropriate  antibiotic  continued  when 
the  offending  organism  is  identified.  Patient  technqiue 
is  reviewed  carefully,  as  errors  or  omissions  may  have 
precipitated  the  infection.  Failure  to  eradicate  the  in- 
fection or  repeated  episodes  of  peritonitis  may  necessi- 
tate removal  of  the  dialysis  catheter  and  transfer  to 
hemodialysis.70 

In-line  bacterial  filters  now  are  available  and 
preliminary  studies  of  these  devices  are  encouraging.71 
A device  which  uses  ultraviolet  radiation  to  sterilize 
the  spike  connection  recently  was  released  for  patient 
use.  These  and  other  modifications  in  the  CAPD  tech- 
nique may  lessen  the  incidence  of  peritonitis  in  the 
future. 

Peritoneal  dialysis  may  be  administered  in  other 
fashions.  A cycling  machine  is  available  that  automati- 


cally performs  several  exchanges  overnight  while  tf 
patient  sleeps.  A two-liter  dialysate  volume  dwells  i'l 
the  abdomen  during  the  day,  and  the  patient  agah 
connects  to  the  cycler  when  retiring.  This  techniqu 
known  as  continuous  cyclic  peritoneal  dialysis  (CCPC 
eliminates  the  need  for  a patient  to  interrupt  dai ; 
activities  to  perform  dialysate  exchanges.  It  remains  lr 
be  seen  whether  this  modality  is  intrinsically  superir 
to  CAPD. 

Peritoneal  dialysis  may  be  administered  thrice  weel  t 
ly,  with  hourly  exchanges  performed  for  10  to  12  hour 
This  technique,  known  as  intermittent  peritone; 
dialysis  (IPD),  usually  is  performed  in  a dialysis  uni 
It  is  typically  reserved  for  the  debilitated,  often  elder 
individual  who  cannot  receive  other  forms  of  per 
toneal  dialysis  and  who  cannot  tolerate  chron; 
hemodialysis.  However,  30  to  40  hours  of  intermitter 
peritoneal  dialysis  weekly  may  not  provide  sufficier 
dialysis  if  residual  renal  function  is  very  low.72  f 
should  not  be  considered  for  the  otherwise  health 
end-stage  renal  disease  patient. 

It  is  difficult  to  compare  peritoneal  dialysis  wit 
hemodialysis.  The  majority  of  patients  with  end-stag 
renal  disease  in  this  country  receive  chronij 
hemodialysis,  and  patients  previously  relegated  to  per 
toneal  dialysis  may  constitute  a different  subgrou 
with  respect  to  cardiovascular  disease,  diabetej 
mellitus,  and  other  risk  factors.  Nevertheless,  whe! 
compared  with  chronic  hemodialysis,  CAPD  ca 
achieve  comparable  degrees  of  biochemical  and  flui 
control.73  Whether  CAPDs  augmented  clearance  c 
middle  molecules  results  in  improved  morbidity  is  a, 
yet  an  unproved  expectation.  A disturbing  aspect 
CAPD  are  retrospective  studies  showing  a high  drop 
out  rate.  A study  of  European  CAPD  programs  showe 
a 51  percent  drop-out  rate  at  two  years.62  It  is  hope 
that  better  infection  control  will  lead  to  an  improve 
ment  of  this  phenomenon. 

SURVIVAL  WITH  DIALYSIS 

The  risk  of  death  among  patients  receiving  dialysi 
is  about  20  percent  per  year.  This  figure  must  b 
viewed  in  light  of  the  fact  that  two-thirds  of  dialysf 
patients  in  the  United  States  are  over  50  years  old.7 
Many  of  these  individuals  have  significant  extrarena 
especially  cardiovascular,  diseases  when  beginning 
dialysis  therapy.  It  is  not  surprising  then,  that  th< 
majority  of  deaths  in  the  end-stage  renal  disease  popu 
lation  are  of  cardiovascular  etiologies.  Survival  o 
younger  patients  (less  than  50  years  old)  receiving 
dialysis  is  superior  (90  percent  at  1 year).74  There  id 
no  doubt  that  chronic  dialysis  affords  increased  Ion 
gevity  to  the  majority  of  patients  with  end-stage  rena 
disease.  Whether  chronic  dialysis  sustains  an  ac 
ceptable  quality  of  life  is  a more  difficult  issue  to  ad 
dress.  A recent  study  analyzed  the  level  of  physica 
activity  and  employment  status  of  nearly  2,500  dialysf 
patients.  Sixty  percent  of  nondiabetic  patients  wen' 
capable  of  physical  activity  beyond  that  of  self-care 
This  figure  was  only  23  percent  for  the  diabetic  group 
Fifty-two  percent  of  nondiabetic  men  were  un 
employed.75 

Although  these  results  may  not  be  an  accurate  reflec 
tion  of  the  entire  end-stage  renal  disease  program,  the} 
do  point  out  that  dialysis,  while  capable  of  sustaining 


1072 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


fe.  cannot  be  expected  to  improve  other  significant 
athology  that  may  have  led  to  renal  disease  in  the  first 
lace.  Nevertheless,  chronic  dialysis  permits 
lousands  of  individuals  who  would  otherwise  be  dead 
) lead  useful  and  satisfying  lives.  That  many  patients 
ow  are  receiving  their  second  decade  of  chronic 
ialysis  is  a significant  testament  to  this  remarkable 
?chnology.76 

EFERENCES 

1.  Luke  R Renal  replacement  therapy.  N Engl  J Med 
38: 1593- 1 595,  1983. 

2.  Drukker  W:  Haemodialysis:  A historical  review,  in:  Druk- 
?r  W,  Parsons  F,  Maher  J (eds):  Replacement  of  Renal  Func- 
on  by  Dialysis.  The  Hague,  Martinus  Nijhoff,  1978,  pp.  3-37. 

3.  Abel  JJ,  Rowntree  LG,  Turner  BB:  On  the  removal  of 
iffusable  substances  from  the  circulating  blood  of  living 
limals  by  dialysis.  J Pharmacol  Exp  Ther  5:275-316,  1918. 

4.  Quinton  W,  Dillard  D,  Scribner  B:  Cannulation  of  blood 
’ssels  for  prolonged  hemodialysis.  Trans  Am  Soc  Artif  Intern 
rgans  6:104-1 13,  1960. 

5.  Blagg  C:  Cost  of  dialysis  and  transplantation,  in:  Fried- 
an  E fed):  Strategy  in  Renal  Failure.  New  York,  NY,  John 
'iley  & Sons,  1978,  pp.  483-503. 

6.  Hostetter  T,  Brenner  B:  Glomerular  adaptations  to  renal 
juiy,  in:  Brenner  B,  Stein  J (eds):  Chronic  Renal  Failure. 
?w  York,  NY,  Churchill  Livingstone,  1981,  pp.  1-27. 

7.  Brenner  B,  Meyer  T,  Hostetter  T:  Dietary  protein  intake 
id  the  progressive  nature  of  kidney  disease:  The  role  of 
mrodynamically  mediated  glomerular  injury  in  the 
ithogenesis  of  progressive  glomerular  sclerosis  in  aging, 
nal  ablation,  and  intrinsic  renal  disease.  N Engl  J Med 
)7:652-659,  1982. 

8.  Brescia  M,  Cimino  J,  Appel  K,  Hurwich  B:  Chronic 
;modialysis  using  venipuncture  and  a surgically  created 
teriovenous  fistula  N Engl  J Med  275:1089-1092,  1966. 

9.  Friedman  E:  Pre-end-stage  assessment  of  the  azotemic 
itient,  in:  Friedman  E (ed):  Strategy  in  Renal  Failure.  New 
)rk,  NY,  John  Wiley  & Sons,  1978,  p.  7-44. 

10.  Mitch  W:  Conservative  management  of  chronic  renal 
ilure,  in:  Brenner  B,  Stein  J (eds):  Chronic  Renal  Failure. 
;w  York,  NY,  Churchill  Livingstone,  1981,  pp.  116-152. 

11.  Kurtzman  N:  Chronic  renal  failure:  Metabolic  and 
inical  consequences.  Hosp  Pract  17(8):107-122,  1982. 

12.  Samar  R Bicarbonate  and  acetate  in  hemodialysis. 
ontemporary  Dialysis  August  1981,  pp.  10-23. 

13.  Funck-Brentano  J-L,  Man  N:  The  polyacrylonitrile 
embrane  and  the  rhodial  system:  Their  practical  appli- 
:tion,  in:  Drukker  W,  Parsons  F,  Maher  J (eds):  Replacement 
Renal  Function  by  Dialysis.  The  Hague,  Martinus  Nijhoff, 
)78,  pp.  125-134. 

14.  Drukker  W,  Parsons  F,  Gordon  A:  Practical  application 
dialysate  regeneration:  The  Redy  system,  in:  Drukker  W, 

irsons  F,  Maher  J (eds):  Replacement  of  Renal  Function  by 
ialysis.  The  Hague,  Martinus  Nijhoff,  1978,  pp.  244-258. 

15.  Cobum  J,  Slatopolsky  E:  Vitamin  D,  parathyroid 
irmone,  and  renal  osteodystrophy,  in:  Brenner  B,  Rector  F 
is):  The  Kidney.  2nd  Edition.  Philadelphia,  PA,  W.B. 
lunders  Co.,  1981,  pp.  2213-2305. 

16.  Bolton  C,  Baltzan  M,  Baltzan  R Effects  of  renal  trans- 
antation  on  uremic  neuropathy.  N Engl  J Med 
14:1170-1175,  1971. 

17.  Babb  A,  Popovich  R Christopher  T,  Scribner  B:  The 
nesis  of  the  square  meter-hour  hypothesis.  Trans  Am  Soc 
tif  Intern  Organs  17:81-91,  1971. 

18.  Navarro  J,  Contreras  P,  Touraine  J,  et  al.:  Are  'middle 
oleeules’  responsible  for  toxic  phenomena  in  chronic  renal 
ilure?  Nephron  32:301-307,  1982. 

19.  Contreras  P,  Later  R Navarro  J,  et  al.:  Molecules  in  the 
iddle  molecular  weight  range.  Nephron  32:193-201,  1982. 

20.  Lowrie  E,  Laird  N,  Parker  T,  Sargent  J:  Effect  of  the 
modialysis  prescription  on  patient  morbidity.  N Engl  J Med 
>5:1176-1181,  1981. 

21.  Bricker  N:  On  the  pathogenesis  of  the  uremic  state.  N 
igl  J Med  286:1093-1099,  1972. 

22.  Kopple  J,  Swendseid  M:  Vitamin  nutrition  in  patients 


undergoing  maintenance  hemodialysis.  Kidney  Int  7S79- 
S84,  1975. 

23.  Muther  R Bennett  W:  Drug  metabolism  in  renal  failure, 
in:  Brenner  B,  Stein  J (eds):  Chronic  Renal  Failure.  New  York 
NY,  Churchill  Livingstone,  1981,  pp.  287-323. 

24.  Bennett  W,  Aronoff  G,  Morrison  G,  et  al.:  Drug  prescrib- 
ing in  renal  failure:  Dosing  guidelines  for  adults.  Am  J Kid 
Dis  3:155-193,  1983. 

25.  Kjellstrand  C:  The  Achilles'  heel  of  the  hemodialysis 
patient.  Arch  Intern  Med  138:1063-1064,  1978. 

26.  Butt  R Vascular  concerns  in  preparing  for  end-stage 
care,  in:  Friedman  E (ed):  Strategy  in  Renal  Failure.  New 
York  NY,  John  Wiley  & Sons,  1978,  pp.  187-208. 

27.  Durack  D:  Prophylaxis  of  infective  endocarditis,  in: 
Mandell  G,  Douglas  G,  Bennett  J (eds):  Principles  and  Prac- 
tice of  Infectious  Diseases.  New  York,  NY,  John  Wiley  & Sons 
1979,  pp.  701-710. 

28.  Dobkin  J,  Miller  M,  Steigbigel  N:  Septicemia  in  patients 
on  chronic  hemodialysis.  Ann  Intern  Med  88:28-33,  1978. 

29.  Cross  A,  Steigbigel  R-  Infective  endocarditis  and  access 
site  infections  in  patients  on  hemodialysis.  Med  55:453-466 
1976. 

30.  Vertes  V,  Cangiano  J,  Berman  L,  Gould  A:  Hypertension 
in  end-stage  renal  disease.  N Engl  J Med  280:978-981,  1969. 

31.  Pettinger  W,  Mitchell  H:  Minoxidil — an  alternative  to 
nephrectomy  for  refractory  hypertension.  N Engl  J Med 
289:167-171,  1973. 

32.  Shinaberger  J,  Brautbar  N,  Miller  J,  Gardner  P:  Suc- 
cessful application  of  sequential  hemofiltration  followed  by 
diffusion  dialysis  with  standard  dialysis  equipment.  Trans 
Am  Soc  Artif  Intern  Organs  24:677-681,  1978. 

33.  Leehey  D.  Daugirdas  J,  Ing  T:  Early  drainage  of  peri- 
cardial effusion  in  patients  with  dialysis  pericarditis.  Arch 
Intern  Med  143:1673-1675,  1983. 

34.  Osanloo  E,  Shalhoub  R Cioffi  R Parker  R Viral  peri- 
carditis in  patients  receiving  hemodialysis.  Arch  Intern  Med 
139:301-303,  1979. 

35.  Caro  J,  Brown  S,  Miller  O,  et  al.:  Eiythropoietin  levels 
in  uremic  nephric  and  anephric  patients.  J Lab  Clin  Med 
93:449-458,  1979. 

36.  Ohno  Y,  Rege  A,  Fisher  J,  Barona  J:  Inhibitors  of 
erythroid  colony-forming  cells  (CFU-E  and  BFU-E)  in  sera  of 
azotemic  patients  with  anemia  of  renal  disease.  J Lab  Clin 
Med  92:916-923,  1978. 

37.  Radtke  H,  Frei  U,  Erbes  P,  et  al.:  Improving  anemia  by 
hemodialysis:  Effect  on  serum  erythropoietin.  Kidney  Int 
17:382-387,  1980. 

38.  Gokal  R Millard  P,  Weatherall  D,  et  al.:  Iron  metabolism 
in  haemodialysis  patients.  Quart  J Med  48:369-391,  1979. 

39.  Ali  M,  Fayemi  O,  Rigolosi  R et  al.:  Hemosiderosis  in 
hemodialysis  patients.  JAMA  244:343-345,  1980. 

40.  Longnecker  R Goffinet  J,  Hendler  E:  Blood  loss  during 
maintenance  hemodialysis.  Trans  Amer  Soc  Artif  Int  Organs 
20:135-141,  1974. 

41.  Hendler  E,  Goffinet  J,  Ross  S,  et  al.:  Controlled  study 
of  androgen  therapy  in  anemia  of  patients  on  maintenance 
hemodialysis.  N Engl  J Med  291:1046-1051,  1974. 

42.  Opelz  G,  Terasaki  P:  Improvement  of  kidney-graft 
survival  with  increased  numbers  of  blood  transfusions.  N 
Engl  J Med  299:799-803,  1978. 

43.  Moore  S:  The  enigma  of  blood  transfusions  and  kidney 
transplantation.  Mayo  Clin  Proc  57:431-438,  1982. 

44.  Stewart  J,  Castaldi  P:  Uremic  bleeding:  A reversible 
platelet  defect  corrected  by  dialysis.  Quart  J Med  36:409-423, 
1967. 

45.  Janson  P,  Jubelirer  S,  Weinstein  M,  Deykin  D:  Treat- 
ment of  the  bleeding  tendency  in  uremia  with  cryoprecipitate. 
N Engl  J Med  303:1318-1322,  1980. 

46.  Mannucci  P,  Remuzzi  G,  Pusineri  F,  et  al.:  Deamino-8- 
D-arginine  vasopressin  shortens  the  bleeding  time  in  uremia 
N Engl  J Med  308:8-12,  1983. 

47.  Avioli  L,  Teitelbaum  S:  Renal  osteodystrophy,  in:  Earley 
L,  Gottschalk  C (eds):  Strauss  and  Welt's  Diseases  of  the 
Kidney.  3rd  Edition  Boston,  MA,  Little,  Brown  & Co..  1979, 
pp.  307-370. 

48.  Potasman  I,  Better  O:  The  role  of  secondary  hyper- 
parathyroidism in  the  anemia  of  chronic  renal  failure. 
Nephron  33:229-231,  1983. 

49.  Avram  M,  Feinfeld  D,  Huatuco  A:  Search  for  the  uremic 


9L.  81— NUMBER  12— DECEMBER  1984 


1073 


toxin.  N Engl  J Med  298:1000-1003,  1978. 

50.  Hodsman  A,  Sherrard  D,  Wong  E,  et  al.:  Vitamin-D- 
resistant  osteomalacia  in  hemodialysis  patients  lacking  sec- 
ondary hyperparathyroidism.  Ann  Intern  Med  94:629-637, 
1981. 

51.  Brown  D,  Dawsom  J,  Ham  K,  Xipell  J:  Treatment  of 
dialysis  osteomalacia  with  desferrioxamine.  Lancet 
11:343-345,  1982. 

52.  Goldblum  S,  Reed  W:  Host  defenses  and  immunologic 
alterations  associated  with  chronic  hemodialysis.  Ann  Intern 
Med  93:597-613,  1980. 

53.  Szmuness  W,  Prince  A,  Grady  G,  et  al.:  Hepatitis  B 
infection.  JAMA  227:901-906,  1974. 

54.  Lundin  A,  Adler  A,  Berlyne  G,  Friedman  E:  Tuberculosis 
in  patients  undergoing  maintenance  dialysis.  Am  J Med 
67:597-602,  1979. 

55.  Simberkoff  M,  Schiffman  G,  Katz  L,  et  al.:  Pneu- 
mococcal capsular  polysaccharide  vaccination  in  adult 
chronic  hemodialysis  patients.  J Lab  Clin  Med  96:363-370, 
1980. 

56.  Raskin  N,  Fishman  R Neurologic  disorders  in  renal 
failure.  N Engl  J Med  294  (Part  1):  143- 148,  294  (Part 
111:204-210,  1976. 

57.  Sideman  S,  Manor  D:  The  dialysis  dementia  syndrome 
and  aluminum  intoxication.  Nephron  31:1-10,  1982. 

58.  Manzler  A Schreiner  A Copper-induced  acute 
hemolytic  anemia  Ann  Intern  Med  73:409-412,  1970. 

59.  Yawata  Y,  Howe  R Jacob  H:  Abnormal  red  cell 
metabolism  causing  hemolysis  in  uremia  Ann  Intern  Med 
79:362-367,  1973. 

60.  Hindman  S,  Favero  M,  Carson  L,  et  al.:  Pyrogenic  reac- 
tions during  haemodialysis  caused  by  extramural  endotoxin. 
Lancet  11:732-734,  1975. 

61.  Leong  A Disney  A Gove  D:  Spallation  and  migration 
of  silicone  from  blood-pump  tubing  in  patients  on 
hemodialysis.  N Engl  J Med  306:135-140,  1982. 

62.  Nolph  K Boen  F,  Farrell  P,  Pyle  R Continuous  am- 
bulatory peritoneal  dialysis  in  Australia  Europe,  and  the 
United  States:  1981.  Kidney  Int  23:3-8,  1983. 

63.  Ganter  G:  Ueber  die  Beseitigung  giftiger  Stoffe  aus  dem 


Blute  durch  Dialyse.  Munch  Med  Wochenschr  70:1478-1481 
1923. 

64.  Popovich  R Moncrief  J,  Nolph  K,  et  al.:  Continuou 
ambulatory  peritoneal  dialysis.  Ann  Intern  Med  88:449-45( 
1978. 

65.  Nolph  K Popovich  R Ghods  A Twardowski  Z:  Determ 
nants  of  low  clearances  of  small  solutes  during  peritonei 
dialysis.  Kidney  Int  13:117-123,  1978. 

66.  Nolph  K,  Sorkin  M:  Continuous  ambulatory  peritonei 
dialysis,  in:  Brenner  B,  Stein  J (eds):  Chronic  Renal  Failur 
New  York,  NY,  Churchill  Livingstone,  1981,  pp.  193-218. 

67.  Levey  A Harrington  J:  Continuous  peritoneal  dialysi 
for  chronic  renal  failure.  Med  61:330-338,  1982. 

68.  Rottembourg  J,  Shahat  Y,  Agrafiotis  A et  al.:  Contini 
ous  ambulatory  peritoneal  dialysis  in  insulin-dependent  di; 
betic  patients:  A 40-month  experience.  Kidney  Int  23:40-41 
1983. 

69.  Twardowski  Z,  Prowant  B,  Nolph  K et  al.:  High  volum< 
low  frequency  continuous  ambulatory  peritoneal  dialysis 
Kidney  Int  23:64-70,  1983. 

70.  Vas  S:  Microbiologic  aspects  of  chronic  ambulator 
peritoneal  dialysis.  Kidney  Int  23:83-92,  1983. 

71.  Ash  S,  Horswell  R Heeter  E,  Bloch  R Effect  of  th 
peridex®  filter  on  peritonitis  rates  in  a CAPD  populatior 
Peritoneal  Dialysis  Bulletin  3:89-93,  1983. 

72.  Ahmad  S,  Gallagher  N,  Shen  F:  Intermittent  peritonet 
dialysis:  Status  reassessed.  Trans  Am  Soc  Artif  Intern  Organ 
25:86-89,  1979. 

73.  Nolph  K Sorkin  M,  Rubin  J,  et  al.:  Continuous  am 
bulatory  peritoneal  dialysis:  Three-year  experience  at  on 
center.  Ann  Intern  Med  92:609-613,  1980. 

74.  Krakauer  H,  Grauman  J,  McMullan  M,  Creede  C:  Th 
recent  U.S.  experience  in  the  treatment  of  end-stage  ren; 
disease  by  dialysis  and  transplantation.  N Engl  J Mei 
308:1558-1563,  1983. 

75.  Gutman  R Stead  W,  Robinson  R Physical  activity  ant 
employment  status  of  patients  on  maintenance  dialysis.  1 
Engl  J Med  304:309-313,  1981. 

76.  Neff  M,  Eiser  A Slifkin  R et  al.:  Patients  surviving  1( 
years  of  hemodialysis.  Am  J Med  74:996-1004,  1983. 


1074 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


New  studies 
uncover  the 
potassium  effects  oi 
beta-2  blockade 


Clinical  pharmacology 
data  from  the 
New  England  Journal 
of  Medicine: 

f...when  normal  young  men  are  given  infu- 
sions of  epinephrine  at  levels  such  as  those 
that  circulate  in  patients  with  myocardial 
infarction , their  serum  potassium  concen- 
trations fall  by  about  0.8  mmol  per  liter. 
Hypokalemia  is  prevented  by... beta-2 
blockade."' 


INDERAL 
(propranolol  HCI) 
prevented  beta-2 
mediated  hypokalemia 

In  a pharmacological  study  comparing 
INDERAL  with  atenolol,  10  hypertensive 
patients  were  infused  with  the  nonselective 
beta  agonist,  isoproterenol,  which  also 
stimulates  beta-2  mediated  hypokalemia. 
At  doses  high  enough  to  overcome  beta-1 
mediated  heart  rate  reductions,  the  hypo- 
kalemia caused  by  isoproterenol  was 
blunted  by  INDERAL,  but  not  by  atenolol.2 

INDERAL  compared  with  atenolol: 
change  in  plasma  potassium  after 
beta-agonist  infusion2 


_L 


J_ 


3.5 


14 


35  70 

ng/kg ' min ' 

INDERAL  tablets,  80  mg  qid 
Atenolol,  100  mg  qd 
No  beta  blockade 


140  280  560 


—adapted  from 
Vincent  et  al,  p 1122 


Hil 


'tabkl^ade  mNDERAJL 

fPPnPRANM  (11  HCI 

M £ , rnUr HfVVULUL  r/u/y 

■ ■ •.  ■ ■ 

Please  see  last  page  for  brief  summary  of  prescribing  information. 

■ -J:  ■ -''H  ' j j 

I 

C:  ■ <•  ■ V'i"’,  ■ 

, - - ' 1 

, 

■ u;.;;  • 


Epinephrine- 
induced  hypokalemij 

can  intensify 
diuretic-induced 
hypokalemia 


.-S'  . > 


m 

S- 


'.V^vv 
' - 
•\'  vO 


|l 


j 

j 

j 


■; 

/‘i‘r ' 


Please  see  la 


From  the  Lancet: 

"Although  both  diuretics  and  adrenaline  are 
known  to  cause  hypokalaemia,  we  believe 
that  this  is  the  first  demonstration  that  these 
two  factors  can  act  in  an  additive  manner. 
Routine  monitoring  of  serum  potassium  in 
patients  on  thiazide  diuretics  may  under- 
estimate the  risks  of  hypokalaemia.' 


Epinephrine-induced 


lypokalemi 
:CG  abnorr 


la  can  cause 


" 3 


Epinephrine  drives  potassium  into  cells— 
an  effect  that  has  been  shown  to  be  under 
beta-2  receptor  control4;  thiazides  promote 
excretion  of  potassium.  When  these  ac- 
tions occur  together,  hypokalemia  can 
intensify  significantly.3 


ECG  abnormalities 
typical  of  other  forms 
of  hypokalemia 

In  a study  of  the  effects  of  epinephrine- 
induced  hypokalemia  on  the  electro- 
cardiogram, it  was  shown  that  levels  of 
plasma  epinephrine  similar  to  those 
observed  during  myocardial  infarction 
can  produce  changes  in  ventricular  re- 
polarization, which  are  reflected  in 
T-wave  flattening  and  QT  prolonga- 
tion in  normal  subjects.5 

In  clinical  pharmacology  studies  of  hyper- 
tensive and  normal  patients,  epinephrine- 
induced  hypokalemia  was  prevented  by 
beta-2  blockade.2  4 


MM 


Once-daily  INDERAL  LA 
(propranolol  HCI)  for 
smooth  blood  pressure 
control  without  the 
potassium  problems 
of  diuretics 

Patients  with  "uncomplicated"  hyper- 
tension may  develop  ventricular 
arrhythmias  in  the  presence  of  hypo- 
kalemia.6 Once-daily  INDERAL  LA 
maintains  smooth  blood  pressure  reduc- 
tions without  a negative  effect  on  serum 
potassium  and  provides  patients  with 
broad  cardiovascular  benefits-all  in 
a convenient  daily  dose. 

Like  conventional  INDERAL  tablets, 
INDERAL  LA  should  not  be  used  in  the 
presence  of  congestive  heart  failure,  sinus 
bradycardia,  heart  block  greater  than  first 
degree,  and  bronchial  asthma. 


And  for  lifetime 
benefits  in  foundation 
treatment  of  angina 

Once-daily  INDERAL  LA  provides  24-hour 
control  of  angina  symptoms-plus  the 
cardiovascular  benefits  of  the  world's  lead- 
ing beta  blocker.  And  unlike  calcium 
channel  blockers,  INDERAL  LA,  alone  or 
with  a nitrate,  is  recommended  for  first-line 
treatment  of  stable  angina. 

Simply  start  new  patients  on  80  mg 
INDERAL  LA  once  daily.  Dosage  may 
be  increased  to  1 60  mg  once  daily  to 
achieve  maximal  control. 


■ _ 

XV  : •••; 


The  appearance  of 
Please  see  la 


LW  £ I-  JW 

nmiZIJUi 

v-v. 


■a. registered  tfademarK  of  Ayerst  Laboratories 
.(  summary  of, prescribing  information 


80  mg  120  mg  160  mg 


INDERAL 

inmmuxia  TABLETS 

, ' k Tk 

A A f ’\  i :C/% rk  M l \ X \ 

V f V 

10  mg  20  mg  40  mg  60  mg  80  mg  90  mg 

The  appearance  of  these  tablets  Is  a registered  trademark  of  Ayerst  Laboratories. 


Once-daily 

80  120 

mg  mg 

(PR0PR4N0L0L  HQ)  “ps™ 

The  appearance  of  these  capsules  is  a registered  trademark  of  Ayerst 


HAL  U 


160 


Q 

IRAL  m 

m/m 


mg  =5 

y 


Laboratories 


BRIEF  SUMMARY  (FOR  FULL  PRESCRIBING  INFORMATION,  SEE  PACKAGE  CIRCULARS  ) 
INDERAL^  (propranolol  hydrochloride)  Tablets  and  Injectable 
INDERAL'S  LA  (propranolol  hydrochloride)  Long  Acting  Capsules 
INDICATIONS  AND  USAGE— INDERAL  Tablets 

Hypertension:  INDERAL  (propranolol  hydrochloride)  is  indicated  in  the  management  of 
hypertension.  It  may  be  used  alone  or  used  in  combination  with  other  antihypertensive 
agents,  particularly  a thiazide  diuretic.  INDERAL  is  not  indicated  in  the  management  of 
hypertensive  emergencies. 

Angina  Pectoris  Due  to  Coronary  Atherosclerosis:  INDERAL  is  indicated  for  the 
long-term  management  of  patients  with  angina  pectoris 

Cardiac  Arrhythmias: 

1 ) Supraventricular  arrhythmias 

a)  Paroxysmal  atrial  tachycardias,  particularly  those  arrhythmias  induced  by  cate- 
cholamines or  digitalis  or  associated  with  the  Wolff-Parkinson-White  syndrome.  (See  W-P-W 
under  WARNINGS.)  b)  Persistent  sinus  tachycardia  which  is  noncompensatory  and  impairs 
the  well-being  of  the  patient  c)  Tachycardias  and  arrhythmias  due  to  thyrotoxicosis  when 
causing  distress  or  increased  hazard  and  when  immediate  effect  is  necessary  as  adiunctive, 
short  term  (2-4  weeks)  therapy.  May  be  used  with,  but  not  in  place  of,  specific  therapy.  (See 
Thyrotoxicosis  under  WARNINGS.)  d)  Persistent  atrial  extrasystoles  which  impair  the  well- 
being of  the  patient  and  do  not  respond  to  conventional  measures,  e)  Atrial  flutter  and 
fibrillation  when  ventricular  rate  cannot  be  controlled  by  digitalis  alone,  or  when  digitalis  is 
contraindicated. 

2. )  Ventricular  tachycardias 

Ventricular  arrhythmias  do  not  respond  to  propranolol  as  predictably  as  do  the  supra- 
ventricular arrhythmias.  a)Ventricular  tachycardias.  With  the  exception  of  those  induced  by 
catecholamines  or  digitalis,  INDERAL  is  not  the  drug  of  first  choice.  In  critical  situations  when 
cardioversion  technics  or  other  drugs  are  not  indicated  or  are  not  effective,  INDERAL  may  be 
considered  If,  after  consideration  of  the  risks  involved,  INDERAL  is  used,  it  should  be  given 
intravenously  in  low  dosage  and  very  slowly.  (See  DOSAGE  AND  ADMINISTRATION.)  Care  in 
the  administration  of  INDERAL  with  constant  electrocardiographic  monitoring  is  essential  as 
the  failing  heart  requires  some  sympathetic  drive  for  maintenance  of  myocardial  tone  b) 
Persistent  premature  ventricular  extrasystoles  which  do  not  respond  to  conventional  mea- 
sures and  impair  the  well-being  of  the  patient. 

3. )  Tachyarrhythmias  of  digitalis  intoxication 

If  digitalis-induced  tachyarrhythmias  persist  following  discontinuance  of  digitalis  and  cor- 
rection of  electrolyte  abnormalities,  they  are  usually  reversible  with  oral  INDERAL.  Severe 
bradycardia  may  occur.  (See  OVERDOSAGE.)  Intravenous  propranolol  hydrochloride  is 
reserved  for  life-threatening  arrhythmias.  Temporary  maintenance  with  oral  therapy  may  be 
indicated  (See  DOSAGE  AND  ADMINISTRATION  in  the  package  circulars  ) 

4. )  Resistant  tachyarrhythmias  due  to  excessive  catecholamine  action  during  anesthesia. 
Tachyarrhythmias  due  to  excessive  catecholamine  action  during  anesthesia  may  some- 
times arise  because  of  release  of  endogenous  catecholamines  or  administration  of  cate- 
cholamines When  usual  measures  fail  in  such  arrhythmias,  INDERAL  may  be  given 
intravenously  to  abolish  them  All  general  inhalation  anesthetics  produce  some  degree  of 
myocardial  depression.  Therefore,  when  INDERAL  (propranolol  hydrochloride)  is  used  to 
treat  arrhythmias  during  anesthesia,  it  should  be  used  with  extreme  caution  and  constant 
ECG  and  central  venous  pressure  monitoring  (See  WARNINGS.) 

Myocardial  Infarction:  INDERAL  is  indicated  to  reduce  cardiovascular  mortality  in 
patients  who  have  survived  the  acute  phase  of  myocardial  infarction  and  are  clinically  stable 

Migraine:  INDERAL  is  indicated  for  the  prophylaxis  of  common  migraine  headache  The 
efficacy  of  propranolol  in  the  treatment  of  a migraine  attack  that  has  started  has  not  been 
established  and  propranolol  is  not  indicated  for  such  use. 

Hypertrophic  Subaortic  Stenosis:  INDERAL  is  useful  in  the  management  of  hyper- 
trophic subaortic  stenosis,  especially  for  treatment  of  exertional  or  other  stress-induced 
angina,  palpitations,  and  syncope  INDERAL  also  improves  exercise  performance.  The 
effectiveness  of  propranolol  hydrochloride  in  this  disease  appears  to  be  due  to  a reduction  of 
the  elevated  outflow  pressure  gradient  which  is  exacerbated  by  beta  receptor  stimulation 
Clinical  improvement  may  be  temporary. 

Pheochromocytoma:  After  primary  treatment  with  an  alpha-adrenergic  blocking 
agent  has  been  instituted,  INDERAL  may  be  useful  as  adjunctive  therapy  if  the  control  of 
tachycardia  becomes  necessary  before  or  during  surgery 

It  is  hazardous  to  use  INDERAL  unless  alpha-adrenergic  blocking  drugs  are  already  in 
use,  since  this  would  predispose  to  serious  blood  pressure  elevation  Blocking  only  the 
peripheral  dilator  (beta)  action  of  epinephrine  leaves  its  constrictor  (alpha)  action 
unopposed 

In  the  event  of  hemorrhage  or  shock,  there  is  a disadvantage  in  having  both  beta  and 
alpha  blockade  since  the  combination  prevents  the  increase  in  heart  rate  and  peripheral 
vasoconstriction  needed  to  maintain  blood  pressure. 

With  inoperable  or  metastatic  pheochromocytoma,  INDERAL  may  be  useful  as  an  ad|unct 
to  the  management  of  symptoms  due  to  excessive  beta  receptor  stimulation 
INDICATIONS  AND  USAGE— INDERAL  LA  Long  Acting  Capsules 

Hypertension:  INDERAL  LA  (propranolol  hydrochloride)  is  indicated  in  the  manage- 
ment of  hypertension;  it  may  be  used  alone  or  used  in  combination  with  other  antihyperten- 
sive agents,  particularly  a thiazide  diuretic  INDERAL  LA  is  not  indicated  in  the  management 
of  hypertensive  emergencies. 

Angina  Pectoris  Due  to  Coronary  Atherosclerosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  for 
the  long-term  management  of  patients  with  angina  pectoris. 

Migraine:  INDERAL  LA  is  indicated  for  the  prophylaxis  of  common  migraine  headache. 
The  efficacy  of  propranolol  in  the  treatment  of  a migraine  attack  that  has  started  has  not  been 
established  and  propranolol  is  not  indicated  for  such  use. 

Hypertrophic  Subaortic  Stenosis:  INDERAL  LA  is  useful  in  the  management  of 
hypertrophic  subaortic  stenosis,  especially  for  treatment  of  exertional  or  other  stress-in- 
duced angina,  palpitations,  and  syncope  INDERAL  LA  also  improves  exercise  perfor- 
mance. The  effectiveness  of  propranolol  hydrochloride  in  this  disease  appears  to  be  due  to  a 
reduction  of  the  elevated  outflow  pressure  gradient  which  is  exacerbated  by  beta-receptor 
stimulation.  Clinical  improvement  may  be  temporary. 

CONTRAINDICATIONS.  INDERAL  and  INDERAL  LA  are  contraindicated  in  1)  car- 
diogenic shock;  2)  sinus  bradycardia  and  greater  than  first  degree  block;  3)  bronchial 
asthma;  4)  congestive  heart  failure  (see  WARNINGS)  unless  the  failure  is  secondary  to  a 
tachyarrhythmia  treatable  with  INDERAL. 


WARNINGS.  CARDIAC  FAILURE.  Sympathetic  stimulation  may  be  a vital  compori 
supporting  circulatory  function  in  patients  with  congestive  heart  failure,  and  its  inhibition 
beta  blockade  may  precipitate  more  severe  failure.  Although  beta  blockers  should1! 
avoided  in  overt  congestive  heart  failure,  if  necessary,  they  can  be  used  with  close  follow) 
in  patients  with  a history  of  failure  who  are  well  compensated  and  are  receiving  digitalis  j| 
diuretics.  Beta-adrenergic  blocking  agents  do  not  abolish  the  inotropic  action  of  digitali  j 
heart  muscle 

IN  PATIENTS  WITHOUT  A HISTORY  OF  HEART  FAILURE,  continued  use  of  beta  bloci  j 
can,  in  some  cases,  lead  to  cardiac  failure  Therefore,  at  the  first  sign  or  symptom  of  h ) 
failure,  the  patient  should  be  digitalized  and/or  treated  with  diuretics,  and  the  respc) 
observed  closely,  or  INDERAL  should  be  discontinued  (gradually,  if  possible). 


IN  PATIENTS  WITH  ANGINA  PECTORIS,  there  have  been  reports  of  exacerbation 
angina  and,  in  some  cases,  myocardial  infarction,  following  abrupt  discontinuance  i 
INDERAL  (propranolol  hydrochloride)  therapy.  Therefore,  when  discontinuance/ 
INDERAL  is  planned  the  dosage  should  be  gradually  reduced  over  at  least  a few  week: 
and  the  patient  should  be  cautioned  against  interruption  or  cessation  of  therapy  withoi 
the  physician's  advice  If  INDERAL  therapy  is  interrupted  and  exacerbation  of  angiri 
occurs,  it  usually  is  advisable  to  reinstitute  INDERAL  therapy  and  take  other  measunl 
appropriate  for  the  management  of  unstable  angina  pectoris.  Since  coronary  arte: 
disease  may  be  unrecognized,  it  may  be  prudent  to  follow  the  above  advice  in  patier 
considered  at  risk  of  having  occult  atherosclerotic  heart  disease  who  are  given  prj 
pranolol  for  other  indications 


Nonallergic  Bronchospasm  (e.g.,  chronic  bronchitis,  emphyserm 

PATIENTS  WITH  BRONCHOSPASTIC  DISEASES  SHOULD  IN  GENERAL  NOT  RECI 
BETA  BLOCKERS.  INDERAL  should  be  administered  with  caution  since  it  may  block  tl 
chodilation  produced  by  endogenous  and  exogenous  catecholamine  stimulation  of 
receptors 

MAJOR  SURGERY  The  necessity  or  desirability  of  withdrawal  of  beta-blocking  the 
prior  to  major  surgery  is  controversial.  It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  the  impaired  abil 
the  heart  to  respond  to  reflex  adrenergic  stimuli  may  augment  the  risks  of  general  anesth 
and  surgical  procedures 

INDERAL,  like  other  beta  blockers,  is  a competitive  inhibitor  of  beta-receptor  agonists 
its  effects  can  be  reversed  by  administration  of  such  agents,  e.g,  dobutamine  or 
proterenol  However,  such  patients  may  be  subject  to  protracted  severe  hypoten: 
Difficulty  in  starting  and  maintaining  the  heartbeat  has  also  been  reported  with  I 
blockers 

DIABETES  AND  HYPOGLYCEMIA  Beta-adrenergic  blockade  may  prevent  the 
pearance  of  certain  premonitory  signs  and  symptoms  (pulse  rate  and  pressure  change 
acute  hypoglycemia  in  labile  insulin-dependent  diabetes  In  these  patients,  it  may  be  i 
difficult  to  adjust  the  dosage  of  insulin 
THYROTOXICOSIS:  Beta  blockade  may  mask  certain  clinical  signs  of  hyperthyroic 
Therefore,  abrupt  withdrawal  of  propranolol  may  be  followed  by  an  exacerbation  of  sj 
toms  of  hyperthyroidism,  including  thyroid  storm  Propranolol  does  not  distort  thyroid  f 
tion  tests 

IN  PATIENTS  WITH  WOLFF-PARKINSON-WHITE  SYNDROME,  several  cases  have  t 
reported  in  which,  after  propranolol,  the  tachycardia  was  replaced  by  a severe  bradyc: 
requiring  a demand  pacemaker  In  one  case  this  resulted  after  an  initial  dose  of  E 
propranolol 

PRECAUTIONS.  General  Propranolol  should  be  used  with  caution  in  patients 
impaired  hepatic  or  renal  function  INDERAL  is  not  indicated  forthe  treatment  of  hypertef 
emergencies. 

Beta  adrenoreceptor  blockade  can  cause  reduction  of  intraocular  pressure.  Pat 
should  be  told  that  INDERAL  may  interfere  with  the  glaucoma  screening  test.  Withdr 
may  lead  to  a return  of  increased  intraocular  pressure 
Clinical  Laboratory  Tests:  Elevated  blood  urea  levels  in  patients  with  severe  heart  dise 
elevated  serum  transaminase,  alkaline  phosphatase,  lactate  dehydrogenase. 

DRUG  INTERACTIONS  Patients  receiving  catecholamine-depleting  drugs  such  as  r 
pine  should  be  closely  observed  if  INDERAL  is  administered  The  added  catecholar 
blocking  action  may  produce  an  excessive  reduction  of  resting  sympathetic  nervous  ac 
which  may  result  in  hypotension,  marked  bradycardia,  vertigo,  syncopal  attack 
orthostatic  hypotension 

Carcinogenesis,  Mutagenesis,  Impairment  of  Fertility  Long-term  studies  in  animals 
been  conducted  to  evaluate  toxic  effects  and  carcinogenic  potential  In  18-month  studi 
both  rats  and  mice,  employing  doses  up  to  150  mg/kg/day,  there  was  no  evident 
significant  drug-induced  toxicity.  There  were  no  drug-related  tumorigemc  effects  at  a 
the  dosage  levels.  Reproductive  studies  in  animals  did  not  show  any  impairment  of  fe 
that  was  attributable  to  the  drug. 

Pregnancy:  Pregnancy  Category  C.  INDERAL  has  been  shown  to  be  embryotox 
animal  studies  at  doses  about  10  times  greater  than  the  maximum  recommended  hi1 
dose 

There  are  no  adequate  and  well-controlled  studies  in  pregnant  women  INDERAL  sf 
be  used  during  pregnancy  only  if  the  potential  benefit  justifies  the  potential  risk  to  the  f 
Nursing  Mothers  INDERAL  is  excreted  in  human  milk  Caution  should  be  exercised  v 
INDERAL  is  administered  to  a nursing  woman 
Pediatric  Use  Safety  and  effectiveness  in  children  have  not  been  established 
ADVERSE  REACTIONS.  Most  adverse  effects  have  been  mild  and  transient  and 
rarely  required  the  withdrawal  of  therapy 

Cardiovascular:  bradycardia,  congestive  heart  failure;  intensification  of  AV  block;  t 
tension;  paresthesia  of  hands;  thrombocytopenic  purpura;  arterial  insufficiency,  usua 
the  Raynaud  type. 

Central  Nervous  System  Lightheadedness;  mental  depression  manifested  by  msor, 
lassitude,  weakness,  fatigue;  reversible  mental  depression  progressing  to  catatonia;  v 
disturbances;  hallucinations;  an  acute  reversible  syndrome  characterized  by  disorient 
for  time  and  place,  short-term  memory  loss,  emotional  lability,  slightly  clouded  senso 
and  decreased  performance  on  neuropsychometrics. 

Gastrointestinal  nausea,  vomiting,  epigastric  distress,  abdominal  cramping,  diari 
constipation,  mesenteric  arterial  thrombosis,  Ischemic  colitis. 

Allergic:  pharyngitis  and  agranulocytosis,  erythematous  rash,  fever  combined  with  ac 
and  sore  throat,  laryngospasm  and  respiratory  distress 
Respiratory:  bronchospasm 
Hematologic  agranulocytosis,  nonthrombocytopenic  purpura,  thrombocytop 
purpura  L 

Auto-Immune:  In  extremely  rare  instances,  systemic  lupus  erythematosus  has  P/i 
reported. 

Miscellaneous:  alopecia,  LE-like  reactions,  psoriasiform  rashes,  dry  eyes,  male  iii 
tence,  and  Peyronie’s  disease  have  been  reported  rarely  Oculomucocutaneous  reac 
involving  the  skin,  serous  membranes  and  conjunctivae  reported  for  a beta  blocker  (|, 
tolol)  have  not  been  associated  with  propranolol. 

REFERENCES. 

1.  Epstein  FH,  Rosa  RM  Adrenergic  control  of  serum  potassium  N Engl  J [j 
1983;309:1450-1451  2.  Vincent  HH,  Boomsma  F,  Man  in't  Veld  AJ,  et  al:  Effects  of  se!e|“ 
and  nonselective  0-agonists  on  plasma  potassium  and  norepinephrine.  J Cardiovasc 
macol  1984;6  107-114  3.  Struthers  AD,  Whitesmith  R,  Reid  JL  Prior  thiazide  diuretic 
ment  increases  adrenaline-induced  hypokalaemia  Lancet  1983,1  1358-1361  4.  Brown 
Brown  DC,  Murphy  MB  Hypokalemia  from  betap-receptor  stimulation  by  circulating" 
nephrine  N Engl  J Med  1983;309:1414-1419  5.  Struthers  AD,  Reid  JL,  Whitesmith  R. 
Effect  of  intravenous  adrenaline  on  electrocardiogram,  blood  pressure,  and  serun^ 
tassium  Br  Heart  J 1983;49:90-93.  6.  Holland  OB,  Nixon  JV,  Kuhnert  L:  Diuretic-indyl 
ventricular  ectopic  activity.  Am  J Med  1981;70:762-768 

9410/ 1 

AYERST  LABORATORIES 
New  York,  N Y.  10017 


Copyright  © 1984  AYERST  LABORATORIES 

Division  of  AMERICAN  HOME  PRODUCTS  CORPORATION 


CLIP  & SAVE-| 


The  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
and  the  Healthcare  Information  Network 

Television  Program  Guide 
September-May 

(osed  circuit  television  programs  related  to  issues  and  concerns  of  physician  members  of  MSNJ. 

• PRESIDENT’S  FORUM:  hosted  by  Frank  Y.  Watson,  M.D.,  President,  MSNJ 

• THE  IMPAIRED  PHYSICIAN:  hosted  by  David  I.  Canavan,  M.D.,  Director, 

Impaired  Physicians  Program,  MSNJ 

• STATE  OF  THE  ART:  hosted  by  Howard  D.  Slobodien,  M.D.,  Past  President,  MSNJ 

lograms  will  be  featured  the  first,  second,  and  third  Tuesday  of  each  month  at  1:00  p.m.  There  will  be 
ji  800  number  for  viewer  participation. 

lesented  solely  through  those  New  Jersey  hospitals  which  are  subscribers  to  the  HIN  closed  circuit 
revision  network.  A listing  of  participating  hospitals  is  on  the  bottom  of  this  page. 

hr  additional  information  or  comments,  contact  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey,  Department  of  Special 
lojects,  A.  Ronald  Rouse,  Director. 


President’s  Forum 

: nk  Y.  Watson,  M.D.,  President  of 
I Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey, 
\ host  this  program  with  selected 
imbers  from  the  Board  of  Trustees 
ii  appropriate  Council  and  Commit- 
:<  Chairpersons  who  will  present  in- 
tmation  discussed  at  the  previous 
Bard  meetings. 

a time  for  this  program  is  financed 
Dthe  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey. 
Tuesday,  October  2,  1984 
Tuesday,  November  6,  1984 
Tuesday,  December  4,  1984 
Tuesday,  January  1,  1985 
Tuesday,  February  5,  1985 
Tuesday,  March  5,  1985 
Tuesday,  April  2,  1985 
Tuesday,  May  7,  1985 


I 


The  Impaired  Physician 

Air  time  for  this  program  is  financed 
by  the  Health  Care  Insurance  Ex- 
change (HCIE)  and  the  Princeton  In- 
surance Company  (PIC). 

Tuesday,  September  11,  1984 
“ Acute  Case  of  the 
Impaired  Physician” 
Tuesday,  October  9,  1984 
“Rehabilitation  Programs” 
Tuesday,  November  13,  1984 
“Aftercare” 

Tuesday,  December  11,  1984 
“The  Family  and  The  Disease" 
Tuesday,  January  8,  1985 
"Support  Groups” 

Tuesday,  February  12,  1985 
“Problems  of  Re-Entry” 
Tuesday,  March  12,  1985 
“Followup/Monitoring” 
Tuesday,  April  9,  1985 
“Recidivism/Special  Problems" 


State  of  the  Art 

Air  time  for  this  program  is  financed 
by  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey. 
Tuesday,  October  16,  1984 
Professional  Liability 
James  E.  George,  M.D.,  J.D. 
and 

Mr.  Adam  Wilczek 
Tuesday,  November  20,  1984 
Continuing  Medical  Education 
Paul  Hirsch,  M.D., 

Edwin  Messey,  M.D. 
and 

Robert  Rigolosi,  M.D. 
Tuesday,  December  18,  1984 
MSNJ  Legislative  Activities 
Mr.  Joseph  Katz 
and 

Mr.  Clark  Martin 

The  following  programs  will  be  an- 
nounced at  a later  date: 

Tuesday,  January  15,  1985 
Tuesday,  February  19,  1985 
Tuesday,  March  19,  1985 
Tuesday,  April  16,  1985 
Tuesday,  May  21,  1985 


’rticipating  Hospitals*:  Beth  Israel  Hospital;  Freehold  Area  Hospital;  Memorial  General  Hospital;  Mor- 
i:own  Memorial  Hospital;  Northern  Ocean  Hospital  System,  Inc.;  Pascack  Valley  Hospital;  Saint  Elizabeth 
ispital;  Saint  Mary’s  Hospital;  Saint  Peter’s  Medical  Center;  and  Underwood-Memorial  Hospital. 


Ispitals  Declaring  a Preliminary  Interest:  Atlantic  City  Medical  Center;  ACMC-Mainland  Division;  Betty 
3charach  Rehab.  Hospital;  Bridgeton  Hospital;  Carrier  Foundation;  Clara  Maass  Medical  Center;  Com- 
r nity  Memorial  Hospital;  Deborah  Heart  & Lung  Center;  Englewood  Hospital  Association;  Hackensack 
t dical  Center;  Holy  Name  Hospital;  Hospital  Center  at  Orange;  John  F.  Kennedy  Medical  Ctr.;  KMH/UMC- 
>atford  Division;  Kessler  Institute  for  Rehab.;  Monmouth  Medical  Center;  Muhlenberg  Hospital;  Newark 
3ih  Israel  Medical  Ctr.;  Newton  Memorial  Hospital;  Riverside  Hospital;  Salem  County  Memorial  Hospital; 
^ Saint  Clare’s  Hospital;  Saint  Francis  Medical  Center;  Warren  Hospital;  West  Hudson  Hospital;  and  West 
sey  Hospital-Northern  Division. 


sting  of  hospitals  may  have  changed  since  this  printing. 


CLIP  & SAVE- 


' >L. 


81— NUMBER  12— DECEMBER  1984 


1083 


Pharmacological  Basis  of  Therapeutics: 
Dopamine  Receptors* 


Richard  E.  Heikkila,  ph.d.,  piscataway** 


Drugs  that  interact  with  dopamine  receptorst  either  to  facilitate 
or  to  inhibit  their  actions , are  important  clinically.  Dopamine 
receptor  agonists  commonly  are  used  to  treat  Parkinson  patients. 
In  contrast , dopamine  receptor  antagonists  commonly  are  used 
as  antipsychotic  agents.  An  understanding  of  how  these  drugs 
interact  with  their  specific  receptors  is  of  clinical  significance. 


D 


opamine  (3,4-dihydroxyphenyl- 
ethylamine)  is  formed  from 
dietary  tyrosine  after  the  ac- 
tions of  the  enzymes,  tyrosine  hydroxylase  and  dopa 
decarboxylase  (Table  1).  The  enzyme  dopamine-beta- 
hydroxylase,  which  is  missing  from  dopamine  neu- 
rons, forms  norepinephrine  from  dopamine  within 
norepinephrine  neurons.  As  recently  as  1957, 
dopamine  was  thought  to  be  only  an  inactive  precursor 
of  norepinephrine  and  to  have  no  real  importance  of 
its  own. 

After  its  release  from  its  presynaptic  storage  pool 
into  a synaptic  cleft,  a number  of  things  can  happen 
to  dopamine.  Firstly,  and  probably  most  importantly, 
dopamine  can  bind  to  its  receptors  on  a postsynaptic 
membrane.  This  binding  of  dopamine  to  its  receptor 
is  an  initial  step  in  a cascade  of  events  which  ultimate- 
ly results  in  a biological  response,  e.g.  movement.  Syn- 
aptically  released  dopamine  also  can  be  inactivated 
and  it  is  thought  that  the  major  mechanism  for  the 
inactivation  of  dopamine  is  its  reuptake  back  into  the 
presynaptic  neuron.  Dopamine  also  is  inactivated  by 
the  actions  of  the  degradative  enzymes,  catechol-o- 
methyl-transferase  and  monoamine  oxidase.  This  lat- 
ter enzyme  exists  in  at  least  two  different  forms,  a 
monoamine  oxidase  A and  a monoamine  oxidase  B. 

There  are  several  distinct  dopamine  pathways 
within  the  mammalian  central  nervous  system.  The 
nigrostriatal  dopaminergic  system,  which  is  important 


in  proper  motor  coordination,  is  degenerated  i 
Parkinson’s  disease.  A second  dopamine  system,  th 
tuberoinfundibular,  controls  the  release  of  pituit; 
hormones  such  as  prolactin.  A third  dopamine  syste: 
the  mesolimbic,  is  thought  to  be  involved  with  t 
regulation  of  emotional  behavior.  For  example,  it  is  fei 
that  schizophrenics  have  an  overactive  mesolimbi 
dopamine  system  and  that  the  antipsychotic  effects 
neuroleptic  drugs  are  due  to  their  blockade  of  over 
active  dopamine  receptors  in  areas  of  the  brain  inj 
neivated  by  the  mesolimbic  dopamine  system.7 

Besides  the  above-mentioned  antipsychotic  agents) 
there  are  several  clinically  used  drugs  that  modulat 
dopaminergic  activity.  For  example,  1-dopa,  the  direc 
precursor  of  dopamine,  and  other  directly  actinj 
dopaminergic  agonists  such  as  bromocriptine 
lergotrile,  and  pergolide,  successfully  have  been  usee 
in  the  treatment  of  Parkinson’s  disease.  In  addition  te 


‘This  article,  sixth  in  a series,  prepared  under  the  leadershif 
of  Bruce  McL.  Breckenridge,  M.D.,  Chairman,  Department  o 
Pharmacology,  UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School,  is  a brief  re 
view  of  recent  advances  in  pharmacology  and  relatec 
preclinical  sciences,  which  will  help  readers  to  understanc 
the  action  of  new  and  established  therapeutic  agents.  Th< 
reviews  do  not  consider  indications  for  specific  drugs,  incom 
patibilities,  or  dosage  forms,  which  can  be  found  in  the  AM/ 
Drug  Evaluations,  5th  Edition,  1983. 

“From  the  Department  of  Neurology,  UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medi 
cal  School.  Correspondence  may  be  addressed  to  Dr.  Heikkila 
UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School,  Piscataway,  NJ  08854. 


1084 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


TABLE  1 


tyrosine 


tyrosine 


hydroxylase 


1-dopa 


dopa 


decarboxylase 


dopamine 


leir  use  as  antiparkinsonian  agents,  several  dop- 
nine  agonists  have  been  used  to  control  the  secretion 
prolactin.  Mazindol,  a compound  which  blocks  the 
■uptake  of  synaptically  released  dopamine,  is  used  as 
i anorexic  agent  while  yet  another  dopamine  uptake 
locker,  nomifensine,  is  utilized  in  Europe  as  an  anti- 
spressant. 

In  addition  to  these  beneficial  drugs,  several  drugs 
abuse  have  dopaminergic  activity.  For  example, 
mphetamine  and  cocaine  facilitate  the  release  of 
opamine  and  block  the  reuptake  of  synaptically  re- 
used dopamine,  respectively.  Both  of  these  latter  ae- 
ons, facilitation  of  dopamine  release  and  blockade  of 
opamine  reuptake,  would  raise  the  effective 
opamine  level  in  the  synaptic  cleft  that  then  could 
iteract  with  the  dopamine  receptor.  It  is  reasonable 
d suggest  that  other  dopamine  uptake  inhibitors  or 
opamine-releasing  agents,  like  cocaine  and  amphet- 
mine,  may  have  potential  for  abuse. 

The  ultimate  target  of  all  drugs  that  interact  with 
opamine  systems  is  the  dopamine  receptor.  Drugs 
hat  enhance  dopaminergic  activity  lead  to  a greater 
timulation  of  the  dopamine  receptor  and,  conversely, 
ilrugs  that  decrease  dopaminergic  activity  lead  to  a 
liminished  stimulation  of  the  dopamine  receptor, 
'here  exists  considerable  evidence  that  there  are  mul- 
iple  classes  of  dopamine  receptors.  For  the  most  part, 
his  evidence  has  been  derived  from  biochemical 
ind/or  pharmacological  experimentation  done  in  vitro. 

There  are  several  schemes  that  exist  for  the  classi- 
fication of  dopamine  receptors.1 5-6-9 11  In  these  various 
schemes,  the  number  of  subclasses  of  the  dopamine 
eceptor  ranges  from  two  to  five.  With  so  many  classi- 
ication  schemes  being  used,  it  is  not  surprising  that 
i great  deal  of  confusion  exists  in  this  field.  What  was 
rue  yesterday  in  fact  may  not  be  true  today!  Perhaps 
i great  deal  of  this  confusion  exists  because  the  experi- 
nents  that  form  the  basis  of  the  classification  schemes 
ire  simple  to  carry  out,  but  at  the  same  time  are  dif- 
ficult to  interpret.  And  oftentimes,  the  appropriateness 
if  the  classification  scheme  is  dependent  upon  a 
number  of  assumptions,  all  of  which  not  always  are 
obviously  valid. 

Probably  the  first  classification  scheme  for  dop- 
amine receptors  that  gained  a widespread  acceptance 
was  that  of  Kebabian  and  Caine  (Table  2). 5 Published 
in  1979,  this  scheme  is  based  upon  the  effects  of  a 


TABLE  2 


Classification  of  Dopamine  Receptor  Subtypes  According 
to  Kebabian  and  Caine 


Linked  to  adenylate 
cyclase 

Specific  agonist 
Specific  antagonist 


D-l  Receptor 

Positively 
SKF  38393 
SCH  23390 


D-2  Receptor 

Negatively 
LY  141865 
Sulpiride 


drug  on  adenylate  cyclase  activity  and  on  prolactin 
secretion.  According  to  this  classification,  stimulation 
of  the  D-l  dopamine  receptor  leads  to  increased  cyclic 
AMP  formation.  Stimulation  of  the  D-2  dopamine  re- 
ceptor leads  to  no  increment,  and  in  fact  a decrement, 
in  cyclic  AMP  formation.  In  contrast  to  its  effects  on 
cyclic  AMP  formation,  stimulation  of  the  D-l  receptor 
has  no  effect  on  prolactin  secretion  while  stimulation 
of  the  D-2  receptor  leads  to  an  inhibition  of  prolactin 
secretion.5  According  to  Kebabian  and  Caine,  the  D-l 
dopamine  receptors  are  found  in  several  mammalian 
tissues  including  the  superior  cervical  ganglion,  the 
retina  the  neostriatum,  and  the  parathyroid  gland. 
The  D-2  dopamine  receptors  are  located  in  various 
tissues,  including  the  neostriatum  and  the  anterior 
and  intermediate  lobes  of  the  pituitaiy. 

Dopamine  and  several  other  drugs  including 
apomorphine  and  pergolide,  stimulate  both  the  D-l 
and  D-2  dopamine  receptor.2  Dopamine,  for  example, 
is  known  to  bring  about  increases  in  levels  of  cyclic 
AMP  and  to  inhibit  prolactin  secretion.  In  contrast,  the 
commonly  used  antipsychotic  agents,  haloperidol  and 
chlorpromazine,  by  themselves  cause  an  increase  in 
prolactin  secretion,  and  additionally  can  prevent  the 
dopamine  mediated  rise  in  cyclic  AMP  formation.5 
These  two  drugs,  therefore,  are  antagonists  of  both  the 
D-l  and  D-2  dopamine  receptors.  While  these  drugs 
stimulate  (or  inhibit)  both  D-l  and  D-2  receptors,  there 
are  other  agents  that  are  relatively  specific  and  interact 
with  one  or  the  other  of  these  receptor  subtypes.  For 
example,  SKF  38393  is  a D-l  receptor  agonist  and  has 
little  or  no  effect  on  D-2  receptors.10  In  contrast, 
LY- 14 1865  is  a D-2  receptor  agonist  that  has  little  or 
no  effect  on  D-l  dopamine  receptors.12  Specific  an- 
tagonists also  exist.  SCH  23390  is  a D-l  receptor  an- 
tagonist4 while  sulpiride  is  a D-2  antagonist.9  And  if 
all  of  this  is  not  confusing  enough,  there  are  drugs 
including  bromocriptine  and  several  other  structurally 
similar  ergot  alkaloids  that  are  D-l  receptor  an- 
tagonists and  D-2  receptor  agonists.8  It  is  clear  from 
this  information  that  the  rather  simple  classification 
scheme  of  Kebabian  and  Caine  for  dopamine  receptors 
can  become  quite  complex.5 

Another  classification  scheme  for  dopamine  recep- 
tors is  put  forth  by  Seeman.9  This  classification 
scheme,  which  is  based  strictly  on  radioligand  binding 
experiments,  has  four  subclasses  of  dopamine  recep- 
tors. These  four  subclasses  are  called  D-l,  D-2,  D-3,  and 
D-4  and  are  defined  on  the  basis  of  their  relative  af- 
finities for  dopamine  agonists,  i.e.  dopamine,  and 
dopamine  antagonists,  i.e.  spiperone.  As  defined  by 
Seeman,  the  D-l  receptor  has  a ^M  affinity  for 
dopamine  agonists  and  a juM  affinity  for  dopamine 
antagonists;  the  D-2  receptor  has  pM  affinity  for 
dopamine  agonists  and  nM  affinity  for  dopamine  an- 
tagonists; the  D-3  receptor  has  nM  affinity  for 
dopamine  agonists  and  //M  affinity  for  antagonists; 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  12— DECEMBER  1984 


1085 


and  the  D-4  receptor  has  nM  affinity  for  both 
dopamine  agonists  and  antagonists.  Another  classi- 
fication scheme  based  on  radioligand  binding,  perhaps 
less  popular  than  that  of  Seeman,  is  that  of  Sokoloff 
et  al.11  In  this  scheme,  the  D-l  and  D-3  dopamine 
receptors  are  defined  exactly  as  by  Seeman.  However, 
the  definitions  for  the  D-2  and  D-4  receptors  are  exact- 
ly reversed  in  these  two  schemes.  Stated  differently,  the 
D-2  receptor  as  defined  by  Seeman  is  identical  to  the 
D-4  receptor  as  defined  by  Sokoloff  et  al.9 11  Accordingly, 
the  D-4  receptor  in  the  Seeman  classification  is  the 
D-2  receptor  as  defined  by  Sokoloff  et  al.  It  is  not  sur- 
prising that  there  is  confusion,  at  least  in  the  minds 
of  some.  What  adds  even  more  to  the  confusion  is  that 
all  of  these  binding  experiments,  while  easy  to  carry 
out,  are  quite  difficult  to  interpret.  They  further  often 
rest  on  rather  dubious  assumptions,  usually  in  what 
agent  is  used  to  define  specific  receptor  binding.  Even 
more  surprising  is  that  this  rather  suspect  primary 
data  often  is  analyzed  by  means  of  rather  sophisticated 
computer  techniques.  It  is  clear  that  the  method  of 
data  analysis  is  far  superior  to  the  method  of  data 
collection. 

While  there  may  be  reservations  in  the  minds  of 
some,  others  have  proceeded  and  seemingly  made 
sense  out  of  the  confusion.  It  recently  has  been  pointed 
out,  again  from  binding  experiments  analyzed  by  so- 
phisticated computer  techniques,  that  a model  can  be 
constructed  in  which  there  are  only  two  dopamine 
receptors.6  In  this  scheme,  the  D-3  receptor  is  a high 
affinity  agonist  state  of  the  D-l  receptor.  Moreover,  the 
D-4  receptor  is  the  high  affinity  agonist  state  of  the 
D-2  receptor.  In  this  model,  the  D- 1 and  the  D-3  states 
are  interconvertible  as  are  the  D-2  and  D-4  receptors. 
While  it  is  too  early  to  determine  whether  this  model 
is  consistent  with  all  of  the  diverse  experimental  ob- 
servations, this  scheme  clearly  has  the  potential  to 
make  some  method  out  of  what  has  heretofore  been 
madness.  It  furthermore  has  the  potential  to  bring 
together  observations  based  on  binding  experiments 
with  observations  based  on  adenylate  cyclase  experi- 
ments. 

In  terms  of  a time  framework,  all  of  these  above 
observations  on  dopamine  receptors  have  been  rather 
recent.  It  is  far  too  early  to  decide  the  physiological 
relevance  of  these  various  classes  of  dopamine  recep- 


tors.3 For  example,  it  is  not  clear  if  the  ideal  ant 
Parkinsonian  agent  should  possess  both  D-l  and  D- 
receptor  agonist  properties,  or  in  contrast  should  ii! 
teract  with  only  one  subclass  of  the  dopamine  recepto 
Conversely,  it  is  not  clear  if  the  ideal  antipsychoti 
agent  will  have  relative  specificity  or  in  contrast  wi 
be  an  antagonist  of  both  (all)  subclasses  of  tf 
dopamine  receptor.  It  is  conceivable  that  situation! 
will  arise  in  which  it  is  desirable  to  have  specif 
agonists  or  antagonists.  It  also  is  clear  that  in  additioj 
to  having  practical  implications  many  of  these  agent, 
have  been  extremely  valuable  tools  which  have  helpe 
to  further  our  knowledge  of  dopaminergic  function 

REFERENCES 

1 . Cools  AR  The  puzzling  ‘cascade’  of  multiple  receptors  fc 
dopamine.  An  appraisal  of  the  current  situation.  Trends  t 
Pharmacol  Sci  2:178,  1981. 

2.  Fuller  RW,  Clemens  JA  Komfeld  EC,  Snoddy  HI, 
Smalstig  EB,  Bach  NJ:  Effects  of  (8/3)-8-[(methylthio 
methyl] -6-propylergoline  on  dopaminergic  function  and  brail 
dopamine  turnover  in  rats.  Life  Sci  24:375,  1979. 

3.  Gershanik  O,  Heikkila  RE,  Duvoisin  RC:  Behavioral  co 
relations  of  dopamine  receptor  activation.  Neurology  33:148! 
1983. 

4.  Iorio  LC , Barnett  A,  Leitz  FH,  Houser  VP,  Korduba  C i 
SCH  23390,  a potential  benzazepine  antipsychotic  wit 
unique  interactions  on  dopaminergic  systems.  J Pharmact 
Exp  Ther  226:462,  1983. 

5.  Kebabian  JW,  Caine  DB:  Multiple  receptors  fc 

dopamine.  Nature  277:93,  1979. 

6.  Leff  SE,  Creese  I:  Dopamine  receptors  re-explainei 
Trends  in  Pharmacol  Sci  8:463,  1983. 

7.  Mackay  AVP,  Iversen  LL,  Rossor  M,  Spokes  E,  Bird  I 
Arregui  A,  Creese  I,  Snyder  SH:  Increased  brain  dopamir 
and  dopamine  receptors  in  schizophrenia  Arch  Gen  Psi 
chiatry  39:991,  1982. 

8.  Markstein  R Neurochemical  effects  of  some  ergot  deriv; 
tives:  A basis  for  their  antiparkinson  actions.  J Neural  Tran 
51:39,  1981. 

9.  Seeman  P:  Nomenclature  of  central  and  peripher; 
dopaminergic  sites  and  receptors.  Biochem  Pharmact 
31:2563,  1982. 

10.  Setler  PE,  Sarau  HM,  Zirkle  CL,  Saunders  HL:  The  cer 
tral  effects  of  a novel  dopamine  agonist.  Eur  J Pharmact 
50:419,  1978. 

1 1.  Sokoloff  P,  Martres  MP,  Schwartz  JC:  Three  classes  c 
dopamine  receptor  (D-2,  D-3,  D-4)  identified  by  binding  stuc 
ies  with  3H-apomorphine  and  3H-domperidone.  Arch  Pharmc 
col  315:89,  1980. 

12.  Tsuruta  K,  Frey  EA  Grewe  CW.  Cote  TE,  Eskay  R1 
Kebabian  JW:  Evidence  that  LY- 14 1865  specifically  stimu 
lates  the  D-2  dopamine  receptor.  Nature  292:463,  1981. 


1086 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


(brc2EZZ>  the  BROWN  PHARMACEUTICAL  CO.,  INC. 

2500  West  Sixth  Street,  Los  Angeles,  CA  90057 


For  Full  Prescribing  Information,  Please  See  PDR. 


REFER  TO 


PDR 


Android  5 10  25 

Methyltestosterone  U.S.R  Tablets 

Android/f 

Fluoxymesterone  U.S.R  Tablets,  10m9 


DOCTOR’S 

NOTEBOOK 


Trustees' Minutes;  UMDNJ 
Notes;  MSNJ  Auxiliary: 
Current  Legislation; 
Retired  Lives  Reserve;  New 
Members;  Physicians 
Seeking  Location  in 
New  Jersey 


Trustees’  Minutes 
October  21,  1984 

A regular  meeting  of  the  Board  of 
Trustees  was  held  on  Sunday,  Octo- 
ber 21,  1984,  at  the  Executive  Of- 
fices in  Lawrenceville.  Detailed 
minutes  are  on  file  with  the  sec- 
retary of  your  county  society.  A sum- 
mary of  significant  actions  follows: 

President’s  Report . . . 

DRG  (Medicare/Medicaid  Waiver) 

. . . Noted  that  a three-year  waiver 
extension  application  has  been  filed 
with  the  U.S.  Dept,  of  Health  and 
Human  Services  by  Mr.  Scibetta, 
NJHA,  and  is  on  file  at  MSNJ  head- 
quarters. 

Report  of  Executive  Director  . . . 

(1)  MSNJ  1984  Paid  Membership 

. . . Noted  that  paid  membership 
was  7,497,  as  of  September  28,  1984. 

(2)  MSNJ  Financial  Statements 
. . . Noted  that  financial  statements 
for  the  periods  ending  August  1984 
and  September  1984  were  reviewed 
and  approved. 

(3)  Reinsurance  Association  Defi- 
cit . . . Noted  that  a task  force  is 
being  formed  by  Commissioner 
Goldstein  to  study  the  medical 
malpractice  deficit  of  the  Re- 


insurance Association  and  other  re- 
lated issues. 

(4)  Medicare  Fee  Freeze  . . . Noted 
that  the  AMA  has  filed  a lawsuit  on 
the  Medicare  amendments  in  the  In- 
diana Federal  District  Court. 

Note:  By  reason  of  the  filing  of  a 
motion  for  preliminary  injunction, 
members  of  the  Indiana  State  Medi- 
cal Association  and/or  the  members 
of  AMA  who  have  not  received  their 
fee  profiles  from  Medicare  carriers 
were  granted  a 15-day  filing  ex- 
tension. 

(5)  Litigation  Report . . . 

(a)  Subordinated  Loan  Certifi- 
cates-lntemal  Revenue  Service  . . . 

Noted  that  a report  still  is  pending. 

(b)  State  Board  of  Medical  Exam- 
iners v Cruz  . . . Agreed  to  partici- 
pate amicus  if  this  case  is  appealed. 

(6)  AMA  Council  on  Long-Range 
Planning  and  Development  . . . 
Congratulated  Dr.  Palma  Formica 
on  her  appointment  to  the  AMA 
Council  on  Long-Range  Planning 
and  Development. 

Committee  on  Impaired  Physicians 

. . . Approved  the  following  rec- 
ommendation: 

That  the  Board  of  Trustees  authorize  the 
scheduling,  advertising,  and  necessary 
expenditures  for  the  spring  conference 
on  the  medical  family. 

Audit  Review  Committee  . . . Ap- 
proved the  following  recommen- 
dations: 

That  the  audited  financial  statements  be 
accepted  and  a copy  thereof  forwarded  to 
each  component  medical  society. 

That  Ernst  and  Whinney  be  continued  as 
the  external  auditors. 

Old  Business  . . . 

(1)  1984  Annual  Meeting  Resolu- 
tions . . . 

(a)  Blue  Shield  Participating  Phy- 
sician Agreements  (Resolution  #5) 

• . . Voted  not  to  take  legal  action 
concerning  Blue  Shield’s  partici- 
pating physician  agreements. 

(b)  Expanded  Legislative  Service 
(Resolution  *14)  . . . Approved  the 
following  new  procedures  for  in- 
forming members  about  legislative 
issues:  Council  on  Legislation  will 
meet  quarterly  with  county  and 
specialty  society  representatives; 
regulatory  proposals  will  be  subjects 
of  special  memorandums  to  county 
and  specialty  societies  and  hospital 


medical  staffs;  a section  of  Th 
Journal  will  contain  a legislative  up 
date  every  other  month. 

(c)  Collective  Bargaining  Agent  fc 
Physicians’  Services  (Resolutio 
*25)  . . . Voted  not  to  implemer 
this  resolution  calling  for  MSNJ  t 
act  as  collective  bargaining  agent  fc 
its  members,  and  directed  the  Cour 
cil  on  Medical  Services  to  researc 
and  consider  the  development  ( 
suggested  relative  value  guideline 
for  the  various  specialties  in  Ne> 
Jersey. 

(2)  Public  Relations  Program  . . 

Referred  to  the  Council  on  Publi 
Relations  a request  from  the  Unio 
County  Medical  Society  asking  the 
MSNJ  implement  a public  relation 
program  addressed  to  senio 
citizens  in  an  effort  to  combat  th 
new  Medicare  regulations  and  up 
coming  DRG  proposals. 

New  Business  . . . 

Physician  Reimbursement  in  Re 
habilitation  Hospitals  . . . Voted  t 
support  the  position  being  taken  b 
the  NJ  Society  of  Physical  Medicin 
and  Rehabilitation  which  state 
that  the  practice  of  medicine  in  re 
habilitation  institutions  in  New  Jei 
sey  should  not  be  treated  different! 
from  that  practiced  generally  acros 
the  country  as  it  applies  to  Medicare 
Also,  voted  to  refer  to  the  Council  o 
Medical  Services  for  discussion  th 
overall  topic  of  Medicare  reimburse 
ment. 

UMDNJ  Notes 

Stanley  S.  Bergen,  Jr.,  M.D. 
President 

A UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  Schoo 
research  group  has  found  that  twe 
drugs— pargyline  and  deprenil— 
prevent  symptoms  of  Parkinson’s) 
disease  from  developing  in  mice.  The 
advance  was  reported  in  the  Octobei 
4,  1984,  issue  of  Nature.  The  UMDN<_ 
research  team,  which  hopes  to  tes 
the  drugs  in  human  patients,  is  lec 
by  Roger  C.  Duvoisin,  M.D.,  professo:! 
and  chairman  of  the  department  o 
neurology  at  the  medical  school;  he 
is  an  internationally  known  re 
search  specialist  on  Parkinson’s  dis 
ease. 

This  group  was  the  first  to  suci 
ceed  in  reproducing  symptoms  o 
parkinsonism  in  mice.  That  was 
achieved  by  injecting  the  laboratory 
animals  with  a chemical  contami 
nant  called  MPTP.  Then  the  scien 


1088 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


ists  found  that  pargyline  and 
leprenil  prevent  MPTP-injected 
lice  from  developing  parkinsonism 
ymptoms. 

If  those  drugs  succeed  in  halting 
he  progression  of  Parkinson’s  dis- 
ase  in  human  patients,  we  will  be 

lot  closer  to  solving  the  riddle  of 
his  disorder. 

Robert  L.  Johnson,  M.D.,  director 
f adolescent  medicine  at  UMDNJ’s 
[ewark  campus,  recently  delivered  a 
tern  message  to  the  Congressional 
Slack  Caucus  in  Washington,  D.C. 
he  associate  professor  of  clinical 
ediatrics  at  UMDNJ-New  Jersey 
ledical  School  stated  that  a rising 
ide  of  violence  is  today  the  major 
hreat  to  youth,  particularly  black 
outh,  and  current  methods  of  deal- 
ig  with  it  are  ineffective  and  impo- 
mt. 

The  violence  Dr.  Johnson  spoke  of 
anges  from  automobile  accidents  to 
uicide  and  homicide  and  often 
rises  from  alcohol  and  drug  abuse. 
Wiile  the  teens  are  perceived  as  the 
ealthiest  age  group,  it  is  the  only 
ortion  of  the  population  in  which 
he  rates  of  violent  injury  and  death 
re  increasing,  he  said. 

Dr.  Johnson,  speaking  at  the 
lealth  Brain  Trust  Workshop  of  the 
4th  Annual  Congressional  Black 
laucus  Legislative  Weekend,  called 
nr  "a  new  formula  that  will  allow  us 
3 understand  and  respond  to  the 
iolence  that  threatens  our  youth,” 
nd  asserted  that  traditional  ap- 
roaches  to  health  care  are  ineffec- 
ive  in  dealing  with  juvenile  delin- 
uency  and  related  problems. 

The  UMDNJ  physician,  who  is 
'lack,  believes  that  a “holistic”  ap- 
roach  is  necessary  to  “reach  into 
he  lives  of  adolescents  to  determine 
/here  help  is  needed.”  Traditional 
pproaches  to  care  must  be  broad- 
ned.  According  to  Dr.  Johnson,  the 
ilea  is  to  find  a void  in  the  youth’s 
fe  and  then  strive  to  fill  it,  through 
areful  followup  and  services. 

A research  team  headed  by  John 
V.C.  Bird,  Ph.D.,  director  of  the  Bu- 
sau  of  Biological  Research  at 
Rutgers  University,  and  Fred  Roisen, 
I.D.,  acting  chairman  of  the  depart - 
lent  of  anatomy  at  UMDNJ-Rutgers 
ledical  School,  has  reported  a natu- 
al  inhibitor  to  the  cellular  enzymes 
aat  cause  the  destruction  of  muscle 
ells  in  muscle  diseases. 

In  1977,  Dr.  Bird  and  his  col- 
'agues  discovered  the  enzymes  re- 
ponsible  for  the  wasting  of  muscles 


in  diseases  such  as  the  muscular 
dystrophies.  Since  they  began  work- 
ing collaboratively,  Drs.  Bird  and 
Roisen’s  groups  have  been  able  to 
purify  the  enzymes,  raise  antibodies 
to  the  enzymes,  and,  with  the  tech- 
niques of  fluorescent  and  electron 
microscopy,  demonstrate  the  actual 
location  and  movement  of  the  de- 
structive enzymes  in  muscle  cells. 

The  major  significance  of  the  new 
finding  is  that  we  now  have  some 
ideas  on  how  the  cell  regulates  these 
destructive  enzymes,  or  proteinases, 
with  its  own  endogenous  inhibitor 
under  normal  conditions.  With 
purified  inhibitor  and  antibodies  to 
the  inhibitor  now  available,  several 
exciting  research  possibilities  exist 
which  involve  the  design  of  better 
synthetic  inhibitors  and  gene  clon- 
ing. In  the  future,  it  may  be  possible 
by  genetic  engineering  to  insure 
that  patients  have  enough  of  this 
inhibitor. 

The  Melvyn  H.  Motolinsky  Foun- 
dation, which  supports  research  on 
blood  diseases,  particularly  leu- 
kemia, announced  the  first  recipient 
of  a permanent  fellowship  at 
UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School, 
which  houses  the  Foundation’s  Lab- 
oratory for  Hematology  Research  at 
its  New  Brunswick  campus.  The 
Melvyn  H.  Motolinsky  Foundation 
was  established  in  1972  in  memory 
of  its  namesake,  an  attorney  who 
died  of  leukemia  in  1969  at  the  age 
of  26.  Kathleen  Toomey,  M.D.,  re- 
ceived the  $25,000  award.  She  is  in 
her  third  year  of  postgraduate  train- 
ing at  the  UMDNJ  school. 


MSNJ  Auxiliary 

Grace  Gellman 
President 

We  are  at  the  midpoint  of  the  Aux- 
iliary year.  County  community  ser- 
vice programs  are  in  progress. 

The  fundraising  projects  are  tak- 
ing shape.  Those  marvelous  parties 
will  be  realities  in  a few  months.  It 
takes  a year  of  hard  work  to  produce 
such  an  affair,  the  proceeds  from 
which  benefit  community-based 
programs,  health-related  scholar- 
ships, and  grants  or  loans  to  stu- 
dents. 

Your  Auxiliary’s  President-elect, 
Mrs.  Charles  Moloney,  and  I have 
been  privileged  to  represent  New 
Jersey  at  the  State  Medical  Auxiliary 
conventions  in  Virginia,  West  Vir- 
ginia, Pennsylvania,  and  New  York. 


Our  Legislation  Chairman,  Mrs. 
Frank  Campo,  is  arranging  what  has 
become  an  annual  trip  to  Washing- 
ton, D.C.,  where  we  meet  with  our 
respective  legislators.  This  year  the 
trip  will  be  April  17-18,  1985.  Aux- 
iliary members  from  neighboring 
states  have  expressed  interest  in 
joining  us. 

Keep  thinking  “Convention”  in 
Lancaster,  Pennsylvania,  May  3-5, 
1985.  Mrs.  Joseph  Basralian  and 
Mrs.  John  Holdcraft  are  working 
hard  to  make  it  a winner.  Golf,  ten- 
nis, and  bridge  tournaments  will  be 
held — come  join  us  at  Americana 
Host  Farm. 

The  holiday  season  is  upon  us. 
Best  wishes  for  a happy  one! 


Current  Legislation 

The  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  Medi- 
cal Society  of  New  Jersey  approved 
the  recommended  positions  on  the 
following  bills  of  medical  interest, 
unless  noted  otherwise: 

S-331 -Lynch— Medicaid.  Requires 
Medicaid  to  provide  treatment  for  pa- 
tients that  are  drug  abusers.  The  treat- 
ment must  be  prescribed  by  a physician 
and  provided  in  an  approved  facility.  Ap- 
proved (Doctor  Lehr  voted  in  the 
negative  and  asked  to  be  so  recorded). 

S- 1 1 77-Gagliano — Jury  Duty.  Revises 
the  jury  selection  system  in  New  Jersey. 
Every  citizen  of  the  United  States  over 
the  age  of  18  and  residing  in  New  Jersey 
will  be  placed  on  the  pool  list.  Existing 
exemptions  for  police,  fire,  health  care 
personnel,  etc.,  are  repealed.  Disap- 
proved, because  inclusion  of  health  care 
professionals  will  cause  unwarranted 
disruption  in  the  provision  of  health  care 
services  to  the  ill  and  injured  residents 
of  New  Jersey. 

S-  1287-Gagliano— Criminal  Re- 
sponsibility. Abolishes  insanity  as  a de- 
fense. Allows  mental  health  to  be  con- 
sidered a mitigating  factor  in  sentencing. 
Action  Deferred,  pending  further  infor- 
mation from  the  Council  on  Mental 
Health. 

S-1295-Lynch— Athletic  Trainers. 

Licenses  athletic  trainers  through  the 
State  Board  of  Medical  Examiners.  They 
can  provide  physical  treatment  modal- 
ities ordered  by  a licensed  physician. 
They  must  be  employed  by  a school,  col- 
lege, university,  or  professional  team.  No 
action. 

S-1342-Lesniak— Pesticides.  Regu- 
lates the  manufacture,  use,  and  disposal 
of  pesticides.  Authorizes  and  directs  the 
Department  of  Environmental  Protec- 
tion to  prevent  the  contamination  of 
water  supplies.  Approved. 

S-1504-Graves— Lead  Poisoning 
(same  as  A- 1048).  Requires  the  Depart- 
ment of  Health  to  screen  high-risk  chil- 
dren between  the  ages  of  one  to  five  years 
for  lead  poisoning.  A similar  bill  passed 
the  Legislature  last  year,  but  was  con- 


OL.  81— NUMBER  12— DECEMBER  1984 


1089 


ditionally  vetoed  by  the  Governor.  His 
concerns  have  been  addressed  in  S- 1 504. 

Approved. 

S-1513-Codey— Medicaid.  Prohibits 
administrators  of  nursing  homes  from 
requiring  incoming  patients  or  their 
families  to  sign  agreements  to  stay  as 
private  patients  when  they  are  eligible  as 
Medicaid  patients.  Also  prohibits  the 
divesting  of  assets  within  24  months  of 
an  application  for  Medicaid  eligibility. 
Disapproved,  Medicaid  payments  to  hos- 
pitals are  based  on  the  same  rates  as 
those  paid  by,  or  on  behalf  of,  all  other 
patients.  Medicaid  payments  to  nursing 
homes  are  below  the  rates  fairly  charged 
to  other  patients.  As  a result  of  Medicaid 
patients  not  paying  a fair  rate,  all  other 
patients  are  charged  more.  Medicaid  pa- 
tients and  families  with  assets  should 
make  a contribution  to  a fair  rate. 

S-1515-Codey— Nursing  Homes. 
Prohibits  nursing  homes  from  refusing 
to  accept  Medicaid  recipients  if  their  oc- 
cupancy level  is  below  the  statewide  aver- 
age as  calculated  by  the  Commissioner  of 
Human  Services.  Exceptions  can  be 
granted  based  upon  bed  capacity  and 
financial  status  of  the  institution.  No  Ac- 
tion. 

S- 1534-Cowan— Antitrust  Immunity. 

Expands  immunity  from  antitrust  suits 
to  licensing  boards  to  include  their  ac- 
tions regarding  admittance  to  a pro- 
fession, suspension,  and  revocation  of 
licenses.  Disapproved,  because  members 
of  licensing  boards  should  continue  to  be 
legally  responsible  for  their  decisions 


and  actions.  (Drs.  Lehr,  Allen,  Salerno, 
and  Sachs  voted  for  an  upgraded  pos- 
ition of  Active  Opposition  and  requested 
to  be  so  recorded.) 

S-1557-Russo— Wrongful  Death  of 
Minors- Damages.  Permits  the  awarding 
of  compensatory  damages  in  cases  of 
wrongful  death  of  minors.  There  would 
be  a limitation  of  $100,000.  (Current  law 
limits  these  awards  to  pecuniary  loss, 
together  with  established  special  dam- 
ages.) Disapproved,  because  only  dam- 
ages established  by  proof  should  be  sub 
ject  to  award.  Supreme  Court  decisions 
in  New  Jersey  have  established  a reason- 
able and  workable  format  for  awarding 
damages  in  wrongful  death  actions.  This 
bill  would  create  an  unwarranted  ex- 
pansion and  escalate  the  cost  of  casualty 
insurance  without  any  benefit  to  the 
public. 

S-1584-DiFrancesco— Abuse  of 
Elderly  Disabled  or  Incapacitated  Per- 
sons. Requires  every  person  who  has 
reasonable  cause  to  believe  an  elderly  or 
disabled  person  is  the  victim  of  abuse  or 
exploitation  to  report  that  information  to 
the  Commissioner  of  Human  Services  or 
his  designee.  Approved. 

S- 1 650-Ewing— Biotechnology  ( same 
as  A- 1764).  This  bill  establishes  the  ad- 
vanced technology  center  in  biotech 
nology  on  the  adjoining  campuses  and 
under  the  joint  governance  of  Rutgers, 
The  State  University,  and  UMDNJ.  The 
purpose  of  establishing  this  center  is  to 
promote  the  development  of  biotech- 
nology research,  and  to  stimulate  ad- 


ditional job  opportunities  and  new  bus! 
ness  in  this  state.  This  bill  implemen 
recommendation  1 of  the  report  of  tf 
Governor's  Commission  of  Science  ar 
Technology.  Approved. 

S-1654-Ewing— Science  and  Teel 
nology  (same  as  A- 1767).  This  b 
creates  a New  Jersey  Commission  on  Sc 
ence  and  Technology  in  the  Departmer 
of  Commerce  and  Economic  Develo] 
ment.  This  bill  implements  recommer 
dation  38  of  the  report  of  the  Governor 
Commission  on  Science  and  Technolog 
This  new  agency  will  have  the  respons 
bility  for  formulating  long-range  plar 
and  programs  for  science  and  technolog 
in  New  Jersey.  Approved. 

S-1714-Bassano — Podiatric  X-ra 
Technicians.  Licenses  podiatric  x-ra!, 
technicians  and  allows  them  to  take  > ; 
rays  of  the  "leg*  and  foot  area."  Thei 
curriculum  and  examination  will  be  es 
tablished  and  conducted  by  the  Radio  4 
logic  Technology  Board  of  Examiner:1 
(‘Note:  Current  law  limits  the  podiatris 
to  the  "lower  leg"  and  foot.)  Active  Op 
position,  this  legislation  is  inferior  t 
S-515  which,  adequately,  addresses  th 
issue. 

S-1717-Lynch— Education  Bom 
Fund.  Creates  an  $80  million  bond  fun< 
to  finance  the  construction  of  a networl 
of  advanced  technology  centers  at  private 
and  public  institutions  of  higher  educa 
tion.  Approved. 

S- 1 720-Bassano — Marriage  Certifi 
cates.  Requires  all  female  marriag 
license  applicants  under  age  45  to  under 
go  rubella  testing  in  addition  t( 
serological  testing.  Conditional  Ap 
proval,  pending  amendment  "that  thi: 
bill  will  expire  in  ten  years." 

S-1721-Bassano— Rh  Testing.  Re 
quires  every  physician  attending  £] 
woman  at  the  time  of  delivery,  miscar 
riage,  abortion,  or  during  the  prenata 
period  to  secure  an  Rh  test.  If  the  test  is 
Rh  negative  the  physician,  within  24 
hours  of  receipt  of  the  results,  shall  ad 
vise  the  woman  of  its  significance  anc 
the  availability  of  preventive  treatment 
Disapproved,  as  unnecessary  legislation 
and  the  practice  of  medicine  by  legis 
lation.  This  procedure  already  is  being 
done  in  physicians'  offices  and  should; 
remain  a matter  within  the  professional' 
judgment  of  the  physician. 

S-1756-McManimon—  Acupuncture; 
(same  as  A-2025).  Provides  that! 
acupuncturists  licensed  in  another  state: 
immediately  shall  be  eligible  for  appoint- 
ment to  the  Acupuncture  Examining) 
Board.  No  Action  (Law  c.76  (1984)). 

S-1775-Orechio — Chiropractic.  A1-' 
lows  chiropractors  who  are  licensed  to'1 
practice  by  written  examination  in  any 
state  and  who  have  completed  4,300 
classroom  hours  in  a chiropractic  school 
to  become  licensed  to  practice  by  virtue 
of  a clinical  examination.  Active  Opposi- 
tion, current  law  (which  is  now  within 
the  purview  of  the  State  Board  of  Medical 1 
Examiners)  is  preferable  to  this  legis- 
lation. 

S-1828-O’Connor— Licensing  of 
Dietitians  and  Dietetic  Technicians 

(Same  as  A-2070).  Requires  the  licensing 
of  dietitians  and  dietetic  technicians 
through  the  State  Board  of  Dietetics. 


Daily  Schedule 
219th  Annual  Meeting 

May  2-5,  1985 
Americana  Host  Farm  Resort 
Lancaster,  Pennsylvania 

Thursday,  May  2,  1985 

9:00  am  — Registration  Opens 
9:00  am  — Message  Center  Opens 
2:00  p.m— House  of  Delegates 

4:00  p.m— Reference  Committees  (Three  Reference  Committee  Meetings) 

Friday,  May  3,  1985 

7:30  am. — Registration  Opens 
9:00  am  — House  of  Delegates  (election) 

9:00  am  — Message  Center  and  Exhibits  Open 
12:00  noon— Golden  Merit  Award  Ceremony  Followed  by  Reception 
2:30  p.m— Reference  Committees  (Three  Reference  Committee  Meetings) 
5:00  p.m. — JEMPAC  Political  Forum 
5:45  p.m. — JEMPAC  Wine  and  Cheese  Reception 

Saturday,  May  4,  1985 

8:00  am.— Registration  Opens 
8:30  am  — House  of  Delegates 
9:00  am  — Message  Center  and  Exhibits  Open 
1:30  p.m. — House  of  Delegates 

6:30  p.m  — Inaugural  Reception  followed  by  Inaugural  Dinner 

Sunday,  May  5,  1985 

8:00  am. — Registration  Opens 
9:00  am  — Message  Center  and  Exhibits  Open 
9:00  am. — Program  of  Major  Interest  to  Physicians 
12  noon— Luncheons  and  Board  of  Trustees’  Meeting 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


1090 


Hetetics  is  defined  as  the  application  of 
ne  principles  of  the  science  of  food  and 
utrition  for  the  development  and  man- 
gement  of  nutrition  services  to  attain 
nd  maintain  health.  It  includes  evalu- 
tion  and  consultation.  Approved. 

S- 183  9 -Dal  ton  — Guardianship, 
mends  existing  law  to  allow  a psychol- 
gist  to  supply  evidence  of  a need  for 
uardianship  of  a minor  who  is  in  the 
jstody  of  the  Division  of  Mental  Re- 
irdation.  Active  Opposition,  decisions 
f this  nature  should  be  made  under  the 
jpervision  of  a psychiatrist,  not  a 
inical  psychologist. 

S-  1840-Cardinale— Certificate  of 
eed.  Exempts  the  private  practice  of 
ledicine  from  the  certificate  of  need  law. 

ctive  Support. 

S- 1846 -Garibaldi-  Disability. 

rovides  that  cancers  caused  by  ex- 
osure  to  heat,  radiation,  or  a known 
arcinogen  which  manifest  themselves 
1 active  police  and  firemen  are  assumed 
) be  accidental  and  work-related  dis- 
bilities.  Active  Opposition,  this  legis- 
ition  is  an  intrusion  on  the  private  prac- 
ce  of  medicine  and  improperly  and  in- 
orrectly  produces  a diagnosis  by  legis- 
ition. 

SR-25-Cardinale— Certificate  of 
feed.  Authorizes  the  Senate  Institu- 
ions.  Health,  and  Welfare  Committee  to 
onduct  an  investigation  of  certain 
ertificate  of  need  denials  in  northeast 
tergen  County.  No  Action. 
SR-45-Pallone.  A Senate  resolution 
lemorializing  the  Congress  of  the  Unit- 
d States  to  enact  legislation  to  extend 
ndefinitely  New  Jersey’s  Medicare 
waiver  which  allows  the  state  to  set  hos- 
ital  rates  for  the  Medicare  and  Medicaid 
rograms.  No  Action. 

A- 5 24-  Weidel  — Life -Sustaining 
Procedures.  Provides  that  terminally  ill 
>atients  may  direct  their  physicians, 
hrough  a written  document  to  withhold 
r withdraw  mechanical  or  artificial 
!neans  to  sustain  or  supplant  vital  func- 
ion  when  those  acts  only  artificially  will 
irolong  death.  The  directive  shall  comply 

IVith  statutory  form.  The  physician  rely- 
ng  upon  it  shall  determine  it  complies 
vith  the  statute.  No  Action  (refer  to  the 
Committee  on  Biomedical  Ethics  for  re- 
tort back  to  the  Council  on  Legislation 
it  its  October  meeting). 
A-1048-Villame— Lead  Poisoning 
same  as  S-1504).  Requires  the  Depart- 
nent  of  Health  to  screen  high-risk  chil- 
Iren  between  the  ages  of  one  and  five 
rears  for  lead  poisoning.  A similar  bill 
massed  the  Legislature  last  year,  but  was 
onditionally  vetoed  by  the  Governor.  Ap- 
proved. 

A- 1438 -Schwartz— Athletic  Trainers. 

Same  as  S-1295  with  minor  differences. 

fo  Action. 

A- 1539-Doyle— Acupuncture.  Creates 
i separate  Acupuncture  Examining 
Board  with  regulatory  authority.  No  Ac- 

ion. 

A- 1559 -Garvin— Breast  Cancer-In- 
ormed  Consent.  Requires  the  Depart- 
ment of  Health  and  the  State  Board  of 
Medical  Examiners  to  prepare  a booklet 
an  all  aspects  of  the  treatment  of  breast 
:ancer.  Attending  physicians  are  re- 
quired to  distribute  the  book  to  ap- 


propriate patients  and  to  discuss  it  with 
them.  Active  Opposition,  physicians 
have  the  medicaJ-legal  obligation  to  se- 
cure informed  consent  from  all  their  pa- 
tients regardless  of  the  condition  in- 
volved. The  legislature  should  not  be- 
come involved  in  specific  acts  of  medical 
judgment  and  patient  information. 
These  must  be  developed  by  science, 
education,  and  standards  of  practice.  If 
codification  is  necessary  that  is  a func- 
tion of  the  appropriate  regulatory  agen- 
cies. 

A-1677-Biyant— Medical  Education. 

Provides  for  the  Chancellor  of  Higher 
Education  to  contract  with  Meharry 
Medical  College  and  School  of  Dentistry, 
located  in  Nashville,  Tennessee,  to  export 
five  to  ten  medical  students  and  three  to 
five  dental  students  into  each  Meharry 
class.  Admission  will  be  solely  on 
academic  merit.  Students  shall  come 
from  a disadvantaged  or  minority  back- 
ground. Disapproved,  the  purpose  of 
this  bill  best  can  be  resolved  by  utilizing 
educational  facilities  within  the  state. 

A-  1682-Muhler— Psychiatric  Review- 
Criminally  Insame.  Creates  a seven  per- 
son board  within  the  Department  of 


Human  Services  vested  with  the 
authority  to  release  or  continue  the  com- 
mitment of  persons  who  were  found  in- 
capable of  standing  trial  or  not  guilty  by 
reasons  of  insanity.  A Superior  Court 
judge  currently  makes  these  decisions. 
Active  Opposition,  this  authority  should 
remain  within  the  jurisdiction  of  the  Su- 
perior Court  judge.  The  Court  is  more 
experienced  in  objectively  evaluating  the 
evidence  presented  and  the  needs  of  the 
individual  and  society  in  general. 

A- 1 688-Shusted — Anatomical  Gifts. 
Requires  hospitals  to  ascertain,  when- 
ever possible,  whether  a patient  has 
made  an  anatomical  gift  and  to  make 
that  information  a part  of  the  record.  No 
Action. 

A- 1764-Gill— Biotechnology.  This  bill 
establishes  the  advanced  technology 
center  in  biotechnology  on  the  adjoining 
campuses  and  under  the  joint  gov- 
ernance of  Rutgers,  The  State  University, 
and  UMDNJ.  The  purpose  of  establishing 
this  center  is  to  promote  the  develop- 
ment of  biotechnology  research,  and  to 
stimulate  additional  job  opportunities 
and  new  business  in  this  state.  This  bill 
implements  recommendation  1 of  the  re- 


The  Journal  of  the 
Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 

presents 

300  YEARS  OF 
MEDICINE  IN  NEW  JERSEY 

September  1984 

We  are  celebrating  the  history  of  medicine  in  New  Jer- 
sey. This  special  issue  illuminates  the  beginnings  of  our 
health  care  system  and  the  growth  of  medical  care:  essays 
highlight  those  talented  individuals  who  devoted  themselves 
to  this  system,  and  commentaries  present  the  development 
of  specialized  care  in  associated  fields  of  medicine.  Plus  a 
special  photography  section  highlighting  three  statewide 
exhibits. 

Copies  of  this  issue  are  available  by  sending  $5.00 
(check  or  money  order)  to  MSNJ,  Two  Princess  Road,  Law- 
renceville,  NJ  08648.  All  MSNJ  members  will  receive  one  copy 
of  this  issue. 


Name 


Address 


Enclose  a $5.00  check  or  money  order  for  each  copy. 


VOL  81— NUMBER  12— DECEMBER  1984 


1091 


port  of  the  Governor’s  Commission  on 
Science  and  Technology.  Approved. 

A-1767-GU1— Science  and  Tech- 
nology. This  bill  creates  a New  Jersey 
Commission  on  Science  and  Technology 
in  the  Department  of  Commerce  and 
Economic  Development.  This  bill  imple- 
ments recommendation  38  of  the  report 
of  the  Governor's  Commission  on  Sci- 
ence and  Technology.  This  new  agency 
will  have  the  responsibility  for  for- 
mulating long-range  plans  and  programs 
for  science  and  technology  in  New  Jersey. 
Approved. 

A-1786-Gallo — Hemophilia.  Requires 
all  hospital  services  contracts  to  include 
services  and  products  rendered  at  home 
under  the  supervision  of  a state-ap- 
proved hemophilia  treatment  center.  Ap- 
proved. 

A-1787-Gallo — Hemophilia.  Same  as 
A- 1786,  applies  to  group  health  in- 
surance contracts.  Approved. 

A- 1 788-Gallo— Hemophilia.  Same  as 
A- 1787,  applies  to  individual  health  in- 
surance contracts.  Approved. 

A - 1829-Otlowski  — Medicaid. 
Prohibits  families  from  encouraging 
elderly  relatives  to  divest  assets  in  order 
to  become  Medicaid  eligible.  Prohibits 
hospitals,  nursing  homes,  and  inter- 
mediate care  facilities  from  receiving 
contributions  from  Medicaid  eligible  in- 
dividuals or  their  families  at  any  time. 
Prohibits  a skilled  nursing  facility  (SNF) 
or  intermediate  care  facility  (ICF)  from 
denying  admission  on  the  basis  of  Medi- 
caid coverage.  (The  Commissioner  of 
Human  Services  may  make  particular  ex- 
ceptions based  on  capacity  or  financial 
condition  of  the  facility.  Prohibits  the 
SNF  and  ICF  from  leveraging  private  pay 
status  via  contract  prior  to  acceptance  as 
a Medicaid  patient.  Action  Deferred,  re- 
cent amendments  to  the  bill  were  not 
available  for  Council  review.  This  bill, 
therefore,  is  referred  directly  to  the  Board 
of  Trustees,  in  amended  form,  for  their 
consideration  and  action. 

A-1840-Kem — Wrongful  Death.  Re- 
quires that  when  a wrongful  death  settle- 
ment is  "structured,”  the  Court  will  de- 
termine prior  to  the  settlement  who  will 
receive  and  in  what  proportions.  No  Ac- 
tion. 

A-1854-Gallo— Alzheimer's  Disease. 

Increases  the  legislative  members  on  the 
Alzheimer’s  Commission  to  give  them  a 
majority.  No  Action. 

A-1870-Garvin— Motor  Vehicles. 
Amends  existing  statutes  to  require 
either  belts  or  restraint  systems  for  all 
children  under  ten  traveling  in  a motor 
vehicle.  Current  law  applies  to  children 
under  age  five.  Active  Support. 

A-1881-Perun — Insurance  Coverage 
of  Organ  Transplants.  Requires  medical 
service  corporations  to  provide  coverage 
for  transplant  procedures  in  their  con- 
tracts. No  Action. 

A-1882,  1883,  1884,  1885-Perun— 
Organ  Transplant.  Requires  health  in- 
surers and  HMOs  to  cover  organ  trans- 
plants in  their  contracts.  No  Action. 

A- 1921 -Miller— Professional  Liabili- 
ty-Statute of  Limitations.  Establishes  a 
three-year  statute  of  limitations  in  tort 
actions  against  health  care  providers. 
Children  would  have  until  age  1 1 to 


bring  an  action  for  injuries  prior  to  age 
8.  After  age  8 they  come  under  the  three 
year  standard.  Fraud  concealment  and 
unintentional  foreign  bodies  ‘‘toU"  the 
statute.  Active  Support. 

A- 1922-Miller— Professional  Liabili- 
ty— Affidavit  of  Merit.  Provides  that 
within  60  days  of  filing  a medical 
malpractice  complaint,  the  plaintiff  must 
supply  an  affidavit,  by  a qualified  expert, 
that  reasonable  cause  exists  to  believe 
malpractice  occurred.  Active  Support. 

A-  1924-McEnroe— Nurse -Midwife. 
Requires  the  Commissioner  of  Health  to 
establish  a nurse-midwife  prenatal  dem- 
onstration project  at  East  Orange  Gen- 
eral Hospital  in  accordance  with  guide- 
lines established  by  the  Commissioner. 
Action  Deferred,  pending  further  infor- 
mation from  the  Essex  County  Medical 
Society. 

A-2070-Muhler— Licensing  of  Dieti- 
tians and  Dietetic  Technicians  (same  as 
S-1828).  Requires  the  licensing  of  dieti- 
tians and  dietetic  technicians  through 
the  State  Board  of  Dietetics.  Dietetics  is 
defined  as  the  application  of  principles  of 
the  science  of  food  and  nutrition  for  the 
development  and  management  of  nutri- 
tion services  to  attain  and  maintain 
health.  It  includes  evaluation  and  consul- 
tation. Approved. 

A-2155-Otlowski-Use  of  Drugs  by  Op- 
tometrists. Permits  optometrists  to  use 
topical  drugs  for  treatment  and 
diagnostic  purposes.  Active  Opposition, 
optometrists  are  not  medical  doctors  and 
therefore  should  not  be  given  the  man- 
date, via  legislation,  to  administer  drugs. 
If  the  wrong  medication  is  prescribed, 
what  could  appear  to  be  a simple  prob- 
lem could  develop  into  destructive  pro- 
cess of  the  eye  in  a very  short  period  of 
time.  The  bill  is  short-sighted  in  attempt- 
ing to  provide  lesser  cost  care  to  the  gen- 
eral public  at  the  expense  of  the  quality. 

AR-25-Rocco— Nonviable  Human 
Fetuses.  Requests  the  Commissioner  of 
Health  to  vigorously  educate  the  public, 
particularly  young  people,  about  the 
dangers  of  cigarette  smoking.  Active 
Support. 

AR-62-Felice.  An  Assembly  Resolu- 
tion memorializing  the  Congress  of  the 
United  States  to  enact  legislation  to  ex- 
tend to  January  1,  1986,  New  Jersey’s 
Medicare  waiver  which  allows  the  state 
to  set  hospital  rates  for  the  Medicare  and 
Medicaid  programs.  No  Action. 


Retired  Lives  Reserve 

On  July  18,  1984,  Pres.  Reagan 
signed  into  law  the  Tax  Reform  Bill 
of  1984  which  included  the  long- 
awaited  approval  of  the  corporate 
employee  benefit  Retired  Lives  Re- 
serve. This  plan  was  endorsed  by  the 
Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  for  its 
membership  in  1981. 

Retired  Lives  Reserve  is  a tailored 
fringe  benefit  program  providing 
permanent  group  term  life  in- 
surance to  reward  select  employees. 
The  concept  offers  a valuable  asset 
without  the  tax  obligations  by 


providing:  during  employment,  cor 
ventional  group  term  life  insuranc 
coverage;  and  at  retirement,  prepai 
group  term  life  insurance  coverag 
for  life. 

Assuredly,  this  is  the  ultimate  ta; 
favored  method  of  purchasing  lil 
insurance.  Both  the  group  term  an 
reserve  deposits  paid  by  the  corpoj 
ation  are  fully  deductible  and  are  nc. 
included  in  the  physician’s  gross  ir 
come.  Benefits  under  a Retired  Live 
Reserve  plan  are  not  subject  to  iiT 
come  tax,  gift  tax,  or  federal  estat 
tax  if  properly  arranged. 

Initially,  Retired  Lives  Reserve  wa 
conceived  over  1 8 years  ago  for  larg 
public  corporations,  but  was  mad 
available  a few  years  ago  to  closel 
held  professional  corporations.  Aftej/ 
26  private  letter  rulings  by  the  IR! 
approving  the  Retired  Lives  Reserv 
concept,  it  finally  has  become  th 
“law  of  the  land.” 

Physician  advantages  are: 

1.  Physician  contribution:  Nont 

2.  Provides  postretirement  in 
surance  coverage  that  is  income  tax 
free,  gift  tax-free,  and  federal  estat 
tax-free. 

3.  Allows  physicians  to  designate 
beneficiary  and  assign  ownershi] 
rights  to  suit  individual  needs. 

4.  Lifetime  death  benefits. 

5.  No  cost  after  retirement. 

6.  Death  benefits  continue  afte 
retirement  regardless  of  status  o 
the  corporation. 

Corporation  advantages  are: 

1.  Provides  impressive  coverage 
to  benefit  key  people. 

2.  Total  deposit  paid  by  the  cor 
poration  is  tax  deductible. 

3.  Corporation  deposit  ceases 
upon  retirement. 

4.  Reserve  investment  fund  grows 
on  an  income  tax-free  basis. 

5.  Plan  cannot  be  cancelled  by  the 
insurance  company. 

6.  Stop  and  go  provisions. 

7.  Simple  and  inexpensive  to  ad 
minister. 

The  program  endorsed  by  the: 
Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  has 
earned  an  average  of  14.79  percent; 
tax-free  over  the  past  five  years.  For 
more  information  about  the  Medical 
Society  of  New  Jersey  plan  call  or 
write  Joseph  C.  Lucci,  Director  olj 
Medical  and  Insurance  Affairs,  2 
Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ 
08648,  (609)  896-1766. 

William  P.  Squire,  Jr. 

President  of  Employee  Benefits 
of  America,  Inc.,  Washington,  D.C. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


1092 


Yew  Members 

The  Journal  of  the  Medical  So- 
iety  of  New  Jersey  would  like  to  wel- 
•ome  the  following  new  members: 

Atlantic  County 

/larianito  O.  Asperilla,  M.D.,  Atlantic  City 
Eduardo  A Dijameo,  M.D.,  Atlantic  City 
larry  D.  Glasser,  M.D.,  Atlantic  City 
tobert  M.  Goldberg,  M.D.,  Somers  Point 
ituart  A Sackstein,  M.D.,  Atlantic  City 

tergen  County 

lames  J.  Cappola,  M.D.,  Englewood 
/licael  A.  DeGennaro,  M.D.,  Dumont 
)ary  J.  Savatsky,  M.D.,  Hackensack 

lurlington  County 

tnthony  D.  Dippolito,  M.D.,  Mount  Holly 
/lichael  S.  Entmacher,  M.D.,  Moorestown 
/lartin  B.  Laufe,  M.D.,  Mount  Laurel 
lohn  Francis  McGrail,  M.D.,  Mount  Holly 
tichard  S.  Murray.  M.D.,  Mount  Holly 
Uan  S.  Penziner,  M.D.,  Willingboro 
)avid  A.  Popper,  M.D.,  Mount  Holly 
‘hyllis  J.  Shetty,  M.D.,  Mount  Laurel 
Martin  S.  Topiel,  M.D.,  Mount  Holly 

Camden  County 

'homas  J.  O’Dowd.  M.D.,  Cherry  Hill 

Dssex  County 

teynald  Altema,  M.D.,  Newark 
Charles  S.  Goldberg,  M.D.,  Montclair 
.eonard  JafTe,  M.D.,  Bayonne 


Philip  E.  Kline,  M.D.,  Newark 
Stanley  J.  Robboy,  M.D.,  Newark 

Gloucester  County 

Michael  J.  Denner,  M.D.,  Woodbury 

Hudson  County 

William  P.  Boyan,  M.D. 

George  L.  Colon,  M.D.,  Jersey  City 
Dominick  Condo,  M.D.,  Jersey  City 
Keith  A.  Gresham,  M.D.,  Jersey  City 
Patrick  J.  McGovern,  Jr.,  M.D.,  Jersey  City 
Sooksan  Traisakwatana,  M.D., 

Jersey  City 

Hunterdon  County 

Joel  R.L.  Ehrenkranz,  M.D.  Morristown 

Mercer  County 

Donna  L.  Brosbe,  M.D.,  Trenton 
Colleen  A.  Cooper,  M.D.,  Trenton 
Anil  S.  Deshpande,  M.D.,  Trenton 
Ernest  E.  Dorflinger,  M.D.,  Trenton 
Marcella  M.  Frank,  M.D.,  Cherry  Hill 
Gary  A.  Karpf,  M.D.,  Princeton 
Charles  S.  Kososky,  M.D.,  Trenton 
Robert  L.  Moser,  M.D.,  Trenton 
William  J.  Mullally,  II,  M.D.,  Trenton 
Aaron  A.  Spom,  M.D.,  Trenton 
Frederick  M.  Williams,  M.D.,  Trenton 

Monmouth  County 

Paul  A.  Caviale,  M.D.,  Long  Branch 
Dale  E.  Edlin,  M.D.,  Middletown 
David  S.  Handlin,  M.D.,  Long  Branch 
Bruce  A Karmel,  M.D.,  Englishtown 
Irwin  E.  Landau,  M.D.,  Hazlet 


Kenneth  W.  Ordene,  M.D.,  Freehold 
Vicente  C.  Suoribio,  Jr.,  M.D., 
Wanamassa 

Robert  L.  Zanni,  M.D.,  Long  Branch 

Morris  County 

Vincent  B.  Adamo,  M.D.,  Parsippany 
Donald  M.  Chervenak  M.D.,  Florham 
Park 

Philip  Felig,  M.D.,  East  Hanover 
Thomas  G.  Fruzynski,  M.D.,  Landing 
Jesse  S.  Greenblum,  M.D.,  Parsippany 
Bohdan  E.  Halibey,  M.D.,  Succasunna 
Judith  L.  Magi,  M.D.,  Florham  Park 
Lawrence  C.  Swayne,  M.D.,  Morristown 

Passaic  County 

Kishore  K.  Ahuja,  M.D.,  Paterson 
Henry  H.  Balzani,  M.D.,  Clifton 
Francis  A D’Urso,  M.D.,  Hawthorne 
Arnold  Olefson,  M.D.,  Wayne 
Tae  Y.  Park,  M.D.,  Clifton 
Rafael  D.  Pereira,  M.D.,  Passaic 
Steven  H.  Ressler,  M.D.,  Saddle  Brook 
Frederic  E.  Wien,  M.D.,  Paterson 
Parvin  A Zisman,  M.D.,  Hewitt 

Somerset  County 

Lee  A Balaklaw,  M.D.,  Somerset 

Union  County 

Robert  J.  Bereik  M.D.,  Rahway 
Sanford  Fineman,  M.D.,  Union 
Luis  E.  Garcia,  M.D.,  Elizabeth 
Steven  J.  Kalamaras,  M.D.,  Elizabeth 
Douglas  J.  Pravda,  M.D.,  Kenilworth 
John  F.  Vigorita,  M.D.,  Summit 


The  Journal  of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
announces  the  reprinting  of  the 

WILLIAM  CARLOS  WILLIAMS 
COMMEMORATIVE  ISSUE 

September,  1983 

Honoring  the  100th  anniversary  of  the  birth  of  New  Jersey’s  prize-winning  poet  and  physician. 
Included  in  this  handsomely  illustrated,  full-color  issue  will  be  original  articles  by  persons 
close  to  William  Carlos  Williams,  artwork  from  his  social  and  intellectual  circle,  and  samples 
of  his  finest  writings. 

Copies  of  this  special  issue  are  available  by  sending  $5.00  for  each  (check  or  money  order) 
to  MSNJ,  Two  Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648. 

Please  send  a copy  of  the  William  Carlos  Williams  Commemorative  Issue  to: 


Enclose  a $5.00  check  or  money  order  for  each  copy. 


/OL.  81— NUMBER  12— DECEMBER  1984 


1093 


Physicians  Seeking 
Location  in  New  Jersey 

The  following  physicians  have  writ- 
ten to  the  Executive  Offices  of  MSNJ 
seeking  information  on  possible  op- 
portunities for  practice  in  New  Jersey. 
The  information  listed  below  has  been 
supplied  by  the  physician.  If  you  are 
interested  in  any  further  information 
concerning  these  physicians,  we  sug- 
gest you  make  inquiries  directly  to 
them. 

ANESTHESIOLOGY— Howard  Ang,  M.D., 
7-29  Hegeman  Ave.,  #3-A  Brooklyn,  NY 
11212.  Far  Eastern  University  1976. 
Group  or  partnership.  Available  Janu- 
ary 1985. 

DERMATOLOGY— Catherine  A.  Nordby, 
M.D.,  871  Beaconsfield,  Grosse  Pointe 
Park,  MI  48230.  St.  Louis  1980.  Board 
eligible.  Specialty  or  multispecialty 
group.  Available  July  1985. 

EMERGENCY  MEDICINE— Gerard  B. 
Martin,  M.D.,  871  Beaconsfield,  Grosse 
Pointe  Park,  MI  48230.  St.  Louis  1980. 
Board  eligible.  Teaching  hospital  with 
emergency  medicine  residency  or 
trauma  center  with  research  potential. 
Available  July  1985. 

FAMILY  MEDICINE— Maiy  F.  Cam 
pagnolo,  M.D.,  10  Overlook  Rd.,  Apt.  5- 
E,  Summit,  NJ  07901.  George  Wash- 
ington University  1982.  Board  eligible. 
Group  or  partnership.  Available  July 
1985. 


Cary  A.  Davidson,  M.D.,  100B  Findeme 
Ave.,  Bridgewater,  NJ  08807.  SUNY-Up- 
state  1982.  Board  eligible.  Rural  or 
suburban  practice,  family  practice, 
solo,  group.  Available  July  1985. 

GASTROENTEROLOGY— Ronald  J. 
Cirillo,  M.D.,  7 Sandpiper  Dr., 

Voorhees,  NJ  08043.  Guadalajara 
(Mexico)  1978.  Also  internal  medicine. 
Board  eligible  (IM).  Any  type  practice. 
Available  July  1985. 

Kenneth  Russell  Feuer,  M.D.,  3120 
Parkway,  Cheverly,  MD  20785.  Baylor 
1980.  Also  internal  medicine.  Board 
certified  (IM).  Available  July  1985. 
Henry  J.  Katz,  M.D.,  20  Waterside  Plaza, 
New  York,  NY  10010.  Albany  Medical 
College  1980.  Board  certified  (IM). 
Group  or  partnership.  Available. 
Steven  M.  Samuels,  M.D.,  4908  David 
Court,  Cincinnati,  OH  45215.  Louvain 
(Belgium)  1980.  Also  internal  medi- 
cine. Board  certified  (IM).  Group  or 
partnership.  Available  July  1985. 

Eliot  H.  Zimbalist,  M.D.,  430  East  67 
St.,  Apt.  12F,  New  York,  NY  10021.  Mt. 
Sinai  1980.  Also  internal  medicine. 
Board  certified  (IM).  Group,  partner- 
ship, multispecialty.  Available  July 
1985. 

INTERNAL  MEDICINE— David  M.  Breid- 
bart,  M.D.,  50  Hillpark  Ave.,  Apt.  1-R, 
Great  Neck,  NY  11021.  SUNY-Down- 
state  1979.  Also  pulmonary  medicine. 
Board  certified  (IM);  board  eligible 
(PM).  Pulmonary,  pulmonary/intemal 
medicine,  multispecialty  group.  Avail- 
able July  1985. 

Ronald  J.  Cirillo,  M.D.,  7 Sandpiper  Dr., 


Voorhees,  NJ  08043.  Guadalajcj 
(Mexico)  1978.  Subspecialty,  gash- 
enterology.  Board  eligible.  Any  ty; 
practice.  Available  July  1985. 

Kenneth  Russell  Feuer,  M.D.,  31:) 
Parkway,  Cheverly,  MD  20785.  Bay)- 
1980.  Also,  gastroenterology.  Boal 
certified.  Available  July  1985. 

Cory  Krueger,  M.D.,  2301  Woodwal 
St.,  Apt.  C-12,  Philadelphia,  PA  191 1| 
Rutgers  1982.  Board  eligible.  Group  • 
partnership.  Available  July  1985. 
Phillip  A.  Lecso,  M.D.,  5138  Regen 
Dr.,  Toledo.  OH  43615.  Medical  Collet 
of  Ohio  1982.  Board  eligible.  Sing 
multispecialty  group,  partnershi 
Available  July  1985. 

Dominic  Mazzocchi,  M.D.,  1231 
89th  St.,  Brooklyn,  NY  11236.  Puer 
Rico  1981.  Board  eligible.  Group  I 
partnership.  Available  January  1981 
Gianfranco  Umberto  Meduri,  M.D.,  4G 
East  67  St.,  Apt.  9C,  New  York,  F 
10021.  Padua  (Italy)  1977.  Als 
pulmonary.  Board  certified  (IM 
Group,  academic,  industrial.  Availab 
August  1985. 

Richard  Narvaez,  M.D.,  516  Berkley  R< 
Narberth,  PA  19072.  Temple  198 
Group,  partnership,  HMO,  solo.  Aval 
able  July  1985. 

Steven  M.  Samuels,  M.D.,  4908  Davi 
Court  Cincinnati,  OH  45215.  Louvai 
(Belgium)  1980.  Subspecialb 
gastroenterology.  Board  certifier 
Group  or  partnership.  Available  Ju] 
1985. 

Jerrold  P.  Schwartz,  M.D.,  69  Gold  Si 
Apt.  12-C,  New  York,  NY  10038.  Dijo 
(France)  1982.  Group,  clinic,  hospita 
based,  long-term  care.  Available  Jul 
1985. 

Virod  K.  Shah,  M.D.,  345  Watkins  Lam! 
Battle  Creek,  MI  49017.  M.P.  Shai 
(India)  1975.  Board  eligible.  Any  typ) 
practice.  Available. 

Sarajane  Stirling,  M.D.,  2329  Lombari 
St.,  Philadelphia  PA  19146.  SUNY-Upl 
state  1982.  Board  eligible.  Group  o 
partnership.  Available  July  1985. 
Robert  L.  Werner,  D.O.,  148  Reservoi 
Rd.,  Parsippany,  NJ  07054.  UMDNJ 
NJSOM  1981.  Board  eligible.  Solo  o 
partnership.  Available  July  1985. 
Lewis  B.  Zimet,  M.D.,  4313  Carambol; 
Circle  South,  Coconut  Creek,  FI 
33066.  Far  Eastern  (Philippines)  1981 
Board  eligible.  Solo,  group,  partner! 
ship,  industrial,  or  hospital-based 
Available. 

OBSTETRICS/GYNECOLOGY— Nissiir 
Contente,  M.D.,  7300  Cedar  Post  Rd. 
Apt.  10E,  Liverpool,  NY.  Guadalajan 
(Mexico)  1979.  Board  eligible.  Group  oi 
partnership.  Available  July  1985. 
Amnon  Fein,  M.D.,  223  East  Ave.,  Apt 
6B,  Syracuse,  NY  13224.  Guadalajara 
(Mexico)  1980.  Group  or  partnership 
Available  July  1985. 

OPHTHALMOLOGY— George  R Coar 
M.D.,  3245  Beechwood  Blvd.,  Apt  C-l  1, 
Pittsburgh,  PA.  Jefferson  1981.  Board 
eligible.  Group,  partnership,  solo.  Avail- 
able July  1985. 


Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
1985  Annual  Meeting 

The  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  will  be  conducting  its  219th 
Annual  Meeting,  May  2 through  May  5,  1985,  at  the  Americana  Host 
Farm  Resort,  in  Lancaster,  Pennsylvania 

You  can  plan  your  arrival  for  Thursday,  May  2nd  with  a Sunday, 
May  5th  departure. 

There  will  be  500  rooms  available  at  Host  Farm  Resort  and  an 
additional  100  rooms  available  in  the  immediate  area 

The  Hotel  will  maintain  a shuttle  bus  service  to  and  from  the  Host 
Farm  Building  and  the  Host  Corral  Building. 

This  Annual  Meeting  will  have  total  exclusivity  of  all  function 
rooms,  dining  rooms,  golf  and  tennis  facilities,  entertainment,  health 
clubs,  swimming  pools,  two  miles  of  bicycle  and  jogging  trails,  hand- 
ball, etc. 

Sightseeing  and  factory  outlet  shopping  here  in  the  beautiful 
Pennsylvania  Dutch  Country  will  be  very  appealing. 

GET  YOUR  RESERVATION  IN  EARLY 


1094 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Peter  J.  Famiglietti,  M.D.,  Box  76,  RD. 
*5.  Danville,  PA  17821.  University  of 
Connecticut  1981.  Board  eligible. 
Group  or  partnership.  Available  July 

1985. 

Barry  N.  Shaklan,  M.D.,  6207  Black- 
berry Lane,  Dallas,  TX  75248.  Seton 
Hall  1961.  Board  certified.  Available. 

ITHOLOGY— Steven  P.  Katz,  M.D., 
9634  S.  Karlov  Ave.,  Oak  Lawn,  IL 
60453.  Nebraska  1972.  Board  certified 
(PA  and  CLIN).  Hospital  or  group.  Avail- 
able on  one  month’s  notice. 

DDIATRICS — Charles  H.  Geneslaw, 
M.D.,  8372  Loveridge  Ct„  Richmond, 
VA  23229.  UMDNJ  1982.  Partnership. 
Available  July  1985. 

Suhaila  Siddiqi  Hussain,  M.D.,  104 
Running  Brook  Rd.  East,  Ewing,  NJ 
08638.  Baghdad  (Iraq)  1979.  Board 
eligible.  Group,  partnership,  solo.  Avail- 
able. 

Nellie  Novak,  M.D.,  1015  West  Cherry 
Hill  Apts.,  Cherry  HiU,  NJ  08002. 
Sverdlovsk  (USSR)  1974.  Board 
eligible.  Group,  partnership,  HMO. 
Available  July  1985. 

JLMONARY  MEDICINE— David  M. 
Breidbart,  M.D.,  50  Hillpark  Ave.,  Apt. 
1-R  Great  Neck,  NY  11021.  SUNY- 
Downstate.  Also,  internal  medicine. 
Board  eligible  (PM);  board  certified 
(IM).  Pulmonary,  pulmonary/intemal 
medicine,  multispecialty  group.  Avail- 
able July  1985. 

Gianfranco  Umberto  Meduri,  M.D.,  430 
East  67  St.,  Apt  9C,  New  York,  NY 
10021.  Padua  (Italy)  1977.  Also, 
internal  medicine.  Board  certified  (IM). 
Group,  academic,  industrial.  Available 
August  1985. 

JRGERY— Victor  P.  Bruno,  M.D.,  702 
Fordham  Rd.,  Bala  Cynwyd,  PA  19004. 
Georgetown  1978.  Board  eligible. 
Group  or  partnership.  Available  May 

1986. 

Daniel  M.  Goldman,  M.D.,  3450  Wayne 
Ave.,  Apt.  19-S,  Bronx,  NY  10467.  Also, 
vascular  surgery.  Board  eligible.  Part- 
nership or  single  specialty  group. 
Available  July  1985. 

David  A Guthrie,  M.D.,  3130  Heath- 
stead  PI.,  Charlotte,  NC  28210.  West 
Virginia  1978.  Also,  vascular  surgery. 
Board  eligible.  Group  or  partnership. 
Available  July  1985. 

JRGERY,  VASCULAR— Daniel  M. 
Goldman,  M.D.,  3450  Wayne  Ave.,  Apt. 
19-S,  Bronx,  NY  10467.  Also,  general 
surgery.  Board  eligible.  Partnership  or 
single  specialty  group.  Available  July 
1985. 

David  A Guthrie,  M.D.,  3130  Heath- 
stead  PI.,  Charlotte,  NC  28210.  West 
Virginia  1978.  Also,  general  surgery. 
Board  eligible.  Group  or  partnership. 
Available  July  1985. 

IOLOGY — Richard  S.D.  Tushman, 
M.D.,  519  Vantage  PI.,  Richmond,  VA 
23236,  Cornell  1980.  Board  eligible. 
Available  July  1985. 


For  patient’s 

comfort/convenience 

in  choice  of 


LIPO-NICIN 

Nicotinic  Acid  Therapy 


A peripheral 
vasodilator 

for  treatment  of 

leg  cramps 
cold  feet 
tinnitus 
discomfort  on 
standing 


3 strengths 


Gradual  Release 

LIPO-NICIN®/300  mg. 

Each  time-release  capsule  con- 


tains: 

Nicotinic  Acid  300  mg. 

Ascorbic  Acid 150  mg. 

Thiamine  HCL  (B-1) 25  mg. 

Riboflavin  (B-2) 2 mg. 

Pyridoxine  HCL  (B-6) 10  mg. 


in  a special  base  of  prolonged 
therapeutic  effect. 

DOSE:  1 to  2 tablets  daily. 
AVAILABLE:  Bottles  of  100,  500. 


Immediate  Release 


LIPO-NICIN®/250  mg. 

Each  yellow  tablet  contains: 

Nicotinic  Acid  250  mg 

Niacinamide 75  mg 

Ascorbic  Acid 150  mg 

Thiamine  HCL  (B-1) 25  mg 

Riboflavin  (B-2) 2 mg 

Pyridoxine  HCL  (B-6) 10  mg 


DOSE:  1 to  3 tablets  dally. 
AVAILABLE:  Bottles  of  100,  500. 

LIPO-NICIN®/100  mg.  |§j§ 

Each  blue  tablet  contains: 


Nicotinic  Acid  100  mg. 

Niacinamide 75  mg. 

Ascorbic  Acid 150  mg. 

Thiamine  HCL  (B-1) 25  mg. 

Riboflavin  (B-2) 2 mg. 

Pyridoxine  HCL  (B-6) 10  mg. 


DOSE:  1 to  5 tablets  daily. 
AVAILABLE:  Bottles  of  100,  500. 


Indications:  For  use  as  a vasodi- 
lator in  the  symptoms  of  cold 
feet,  leg  cramps,  dizziness, 
memory  loss  or  tinnitus  when 
associated  with  impaired  peri- 
pheral circulation.  Also  provides 
concomitant  administration  of 
the  listed  vitamins.  The  warm 
tingling  flush  which  may  follow 
each  dose  of  LIPO-NICIN®  100 
mg.  or  250  mg.  is  one  of  the 
therapeutic  effects  that  often 
produce  psychological  benefits 
to  the  patient. 

Side  Effects:  Transient  flushing 
and  feeling  of  warmth  seldom  re- 
quire discontinuation  of  the  drug. 
Transient  headache,  itching  and 
tingling,  skin  rash,  allergies  and 
gastric  disturbance  may  occur. 

Contraindications:  Patients  with 
known  idiosyncrasy  to  nicotinic 
acid  or  other  components  of  the 
drug.  Use  with  caution  in  preg- 
nant patients  and  patients  with 
glaucoma,  severe  diabetes,  im- 
paired liver  function,  peptic  ul- 
cers, and  arterial  bleeding. 


Write  for  literature  and  samples 

( BR<yCT?fc  THE  BROWN  PHARMACEUTICAL  CO.,  INC. 
2500  West  Sixth  Street,  Los  Angeles,  California  90057 


)L.  81— NUMBER  12— DECEMBER  1984 


1984-1985  MSNJ 

Liaison  Representatives 


Academy  of  Medicine  of  New  Jersey 

(1)  Board  of  Trustees/ Liaison  Committee 
(Liaison  requested  by  Academy — June  19,  1966) 


Alfred  A.  Alessi,  M.D Hackensack 

Arthur  Bernstein,  M.D South  Orange 

Sherman  Garrison,  M.D Bridgeton 


(2)  Postgraduate  Medical  Education  Study  Committee 
(Representation  requested  by  Academy— November  15,  1964) 


Blood  Banking  Task  Force  for  New  Jersey 

(University  of  Medicine  and  Dentistry  of  New  Jersey — Octol  r 
1981) 


Frank  Campo,  M.D Trent) 

t 


Blue  Cross-Blue  Shield  Plans  of  New  Jersey,  Perman< 
Committee  on 

(Appointment  of  Committee  requested  by  MSP— April 
1960) 


Edwin  W.  Messey,  M.D.,  Chairman,  Committee  on 


Medical  Education  Willingboro 

Stephen  F.  Wang,  M.D.,  Member,  Committee 

on  Medical  Education  Morristown 


Agent  Orange  Commission,  New  Jersey 

(Established  by  Governor— March  1980) 


Frank  Y.  Watson,  M.D.,  President  Glen  Rid 

Vincent  A Maressa  Executive  Director  Lawrencev; 

Equal  representation  from: 


Medical-Surgical  Plan  of  New  Jersey 
Hospital  Service  Plan  of  New  Jersey 
New  Jersey  Hospital  Association 


Laura  E.  Morrow,  M.D Passaic 

AMA-Education  Research  Foundation 

(Liaison  requested,  by  AMA— October  7,  1951) 

David  Greifinger,  M.D.,  Chairman,  Committee  on 

Medical  Student  Loan  Fund  Belleville 

Archivist-Historian 

(Appointment  requested  by  the  Medical  History  Society  of 
New  Jersey — April  1982) 

Morris  H.  Saffron,  M.D New  York,  NY 

Audit  Review  Committee  (1983-1984) 

(Appointed  annually  to  review  previous  year’s  audit) 


Ralph  J.  Fioretti,  M.D.,  President-Elect, 

Chairman  Rochelle  Park 

Joel  S.  Cherashore,  M.D Nutley 

Douglas  M.  Costabile,  M.D Murray  Hill 

Edwin  W.  Messey,  M.D Willingboro 

Edward  A Schauer,  M.D.,First 

Vice-President  Farmingdale 

Paul  J.  Hirsch,  M.D.,  Treasurer,  Consultant  ...  Bridgewater 
Harry  M.  Carnes,  M.D.,  Chairman,  Committee  on 

Finance  and  Budget  Audubon 

Palma  E.  Formica  M.D.,  Vice-Chairman, 

Committee  on  Finance  and  Budget  Old  Bridge 


Blindness,  New  Jersey  Society  To  Prevent 

(Requested  by  the  Society  for  the  Prevention  of  Blind- 
ness— March  19,  1978) 


Commissioner’s  Physician  Advisory  Committee 

(Representation  requested  by  State  Commissioner  of  Heal 
to  assist  in  the  Diagnosis  Related  Group  (DRG)  co 
cept — June  1977) 

Frank  Y.  Watson,  M.D.,  President*  Glen  Rid‘ 

’Douglas  M.  Costabile,  M.D.,  Murray  Hill,  designated  as  Pre!' 
dent’s  representative  for  1984-1985. 


Diabetes  Coordinating  Council 

(Representation  requested  by  Department  of  Health 
November  10,  1980) 

Arthur  Krosnick,  M.D Trent( 


DRG  Position,  Ad  Hoc  Committee  on  Presentation  of  MSP 

(Established  by  Board  of  Trustees— December  19,  1982) 


Alfred  A.  Alessi,  M.D.,  Co-Chairman  Hackensaij 

Frank  J.  Primich,  M.D.,  Co-Chairman  West  New  Yoil 

Stanley  S.  Bergen,  Jr.,  M.D Newar 

John  P.  Capelli,  M.D Haddonfiej 


James  E.  George,  M.D.,  J.D Woodbu  :i 

Edwin  W.  Messey,  M.D Willingboi 

Myles  C.  Morrison,  Jr.,  M.D Morristovvi 

Gerald  H.  Rozan,  M.D Wayr. 

Howard  D.  Slobodien,  M.D Metuche 


Drug  and  Alcohol  Problems,  Statewide  Committee  To  Assii 
Local  School  Districts  with 


(Representation  requested  by  Department  of  Education,  Ri 
gional  Curriculum  Services  Unit-South — June  5,  1984) 


Marc  L.  Engel,  M.D.,  Chairman,  Committee  on 

Conservation  of  Vision  Holmdel 

Blood  Bank  Association,  New  Jersey 

(Liaison  requested  by  New  Jersey  Blood  Bank  Associa- 
tion— April  25,  1969) 

Frank  Campo,  M.D Trenton 


Ed  Reading,  M.Div Lawrencevil 

Education,  State  Department  of 

(Liaison  requested  by  the  Assistant  Commissioner  of  Educi; 
tion — September  21,  1958) 

Glenn  P.  Lambert,  M.D.,  Chairman,  Special 

Committee  on  Child  Health  Flemingto: 


1096 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


nergency  Medical  Personnel  and  Hospitals,  Division  on 
omen  Training  Program  for 

epresentation  requested  by  Department  of  Community  Af- 
irs.  Division  on  Women— August  2,  1984) 

pjdolf  E.  Schwaeble,  M.D Mendham 

tecudve  Committee 

rovided  in  the  Bylaws,  Chapter  III  (e)) 

•ank  Y.  Watson,  M.D.,  President,  Chairman  ...  Glen  Ridge 

ilph  J.  Fioretti,  M.D.,  President-Elect  Rochelle  Park 

iward  A Sehauer,  M.D.,  First 

Vice-President  Farmingdale 

any  M.  Carnes,  M.D.,  Second  Vice-President  ....  Audubon 
exander  D.  Kovacs,  M.D.,  Immediate 

Past-President  Scotch  Plains 

rthur  Bernstein,  M.D.,  Secretary, 

Consultant  South  Orange 

ml  J.  Hirsch,  M.D.,  Treasurer,  Consultant  ...  Bridgewater 

raduate  Medical  Education,  Advisory  Council  on 

^presentation  requested  by  UMDNJ— 1979) 

jwin  W.  Messey,  M.D Willingboro 

ealth  Care  Administration  Board 

:ep resen tatlve  appointed  by  MSNJ— 1976  and  July  1983) 

dward  A.  Sehauer,  M.D Farmingdale 

Ronald  Rouse,  MSNJ  Staff  Member  Lawrenceville 

ealth  Issues,  Commissioner’s  Special  Committee  on 

Representation  requested  by  Commissioner  of  Health — July 
483) 


ouglas  M.  Costabile,  M.D Murray  Hill 

■ank  Campo,  M.D.,  Alternate  Trenton 

... 


ealth  Maintenance  Organization  Projects,  Advisory 
ommittee  To  Participate  in  the  Review  of 

iecommended  to  Executive  Director,  State  Health  Coordi- 
ating  Council,  Department  of  Health— 1974) 

jenry  J.  Mineur,  M.D Westfield 

ealth  Professions  Education  Advisory  Council 

’epresentative  requested  by  Department  of  Higher  Educa- 
on— 1976) 

filliam  J.  D’Elia,  M.D Spring  Lake 

ealth  Sciences  Group,  New  Jersey 

lembership  requested  by  the  Group — January  19,  1975) 

dward  G.  Bourns,  M.D Jamesburg 

ml  J.  Hirsch,  M.D.,  Treasurer  Bridgewater 

smard  A.  Rineberg,  M.D New  Brunswick 

ealth  Sciences  Group  Legislative  Affairs  Committee, 
ew  Jersey 

-iaison  requested  by  the  Group— November  16,  1975) 

Ung  P.  Ratner,  M.D.,  Chairman,  Council  on 

Legislation  Willingboro 

ighway  Safety  Policy  Advisory  Council,  New  Jersey 

domination  for  appointment  by  Governor  requested  by  Di- 
ctor,  Department  of  Law  and  Public  Safety,  Division  of 
otor  Vehicles — March  19,  1984) 

artin  E.  Johnson  Lawrenceville* 

Appointment  pending 

ospital  Association,  New  Jersey 

.iaison  established  at  request  of  New  Jersey  Hospital  As- 
ixdation— December  17,  1967) 


-ank  Y.  Watson,  M.D Glen  Ridge 

EMPAC,  Conference  Committee  with 

iRstablished  at  request  of  JEMPAC — June  25,  1967 

ving  P.  Ratner,  M.D.,  Chairman,  Council  on 

Legislation  Willingboro 

oseph  W.  Fleisher,  M.D.,  Chairman,  Council  on 

Medical  Service  Bayonne 

any  M.  Carnes,  M.D.,  Second  Vice-President  ....  Audubon 


OL.  81— NUMBER  12— DECEMBER  1984 


Legislation 

( 1 ) Federal  Keymen  (Mechanism  established  by  MSNJ— April 
4,  1954,  to  serve  as  official  intermediaries  between  MSNJ  and 
the  federal  legislators):  14  Congressional  District  Keymen  and 
2 Senatorial  Keymen. 

(2)  State  Keymen  (Mechanism  established  by  MSNJ— July 
13,  1952):  Keyman  in  40  legislative  districts/21  component 
societies. 

Medical  Assistance  Advisory  Council 

(At  the  request  of  the  New  Jersey  Department  of  Human 
Services—  1 980) 

Thomas  S.  Bellavia,  M.D Hasbrouck  Heights* 

‘Appointment  pending 

Medical  Assistants,  State  of  New  Jersey,  Inc.,  American 
Association  of 

(Liaison  requested  by  Association— September  15,  1963) 
Giovanni  Lima,  M.D Kearny 

Medical  Liaison  Committees 

(High-level  conference  groups  for  discussion  and  consider- 
ation of  items  of  mutual  interest) 


Frank  Y.  Watson,  M.D.,  President  Glen  Ridge 

Ralph  J.  Fioretti,  M.D.,  President-Elect  Rochelle  Park 

Edward  A.  Sehauer,  M.D.,  First 

Vice-President  Farmingdale 

Harry  M.  Carnes,  M.D.,  Second  Vice-President  ....  Audubon 
Alexander  D.  Kovacs,  M.D.,  Immediate  Past 

President  Scotch  Plains 

Arthur  Bernstein,  M.D.,  Secretary  South  Orange 

Paul  J.  Hirsch,  M.D.,  Treasurer  Bridgewater 

Vincent  A.  Maressa,  Executive  Director  Lawrenceville 


(1)  Medical-Dental 

(Liaison  requested  by  the  Dental  Society— June  10,  1951) 

(2)  Medical-Hospital 

(Liaison  established  by  MSNJ— October  25,  1953) 

(3)  Medical-Legal 

(Liaison  established  by  MSNJ— October  25,  1953) 

(4)  Medical-Nursing 

(Liaison  established  by  MSNJ— April  4,  1954) 

(5)  Medical-Osteopathic 
(Liaison  requested  by  Osteopathic 

Association— September  17,  1961) 

(6)  Medical-Pharmaceutical 

(Liaison  established  by  MSNJ — July  26,  1953) 

Mental  Retardation,  Governor’s  Council  on  the 
Prevention  of 

(Appointed  by  Governor— June  22,  1984) 

Stanley  S.  Bergen,  Jr.,  M.D Newark 

Middlesex  County  Tercentennial— 300  Years  of  Medicine 
Exhibit 

(Liaison  requested  by  Middlesex  County— November  21, 
1982) 


Arthur  Krosnick,  M.D Trenton 

Morris  H.  Saffron,  M.D New  York,  NY 


Peer  Review  Organization  of  New  Jersey,  Inc., 

Federation  for 

(Representation  on  Board  of  the  Federation  requested— June 
1984) 

Myles  C.  Morrison,  Jr.,  M.D Morristown 

Pharmaceutical  Assistance  to  the  Aged  and  Disabled 
Advisory  Council 

(Appointed  by  Commissioner  of  the  Department  of  Human 
Services— physician  representation  requested  by  Division  of 
Medical  Assistance— December  19.  1980) 

Frank  J.  Malta,  M.D Toms  River 

Pharmacopeial  Convention,  The  United  States 

(MSNJ  invited  to  appoint  a delegate  to  serve— August  1980) 

Frank  J.  Malta,  M.D Toms  River 


1097 


Physician  Jury  Service,  Ad  Hoc  Committee  on 

(Appointed  by  President,  pursuant  to  resolution  adopted  by 
1983  House  of  Delegates) 

L.  Arne  Skilbred,  M.D.,  Chairman  Glen  Ridge 

John  J.  Crosby,  Jr.,  M.D Jersey  City 

Howard  H.  Lehr,  M.D Fanwood 

Irving  P.  Ratner,  M.D Willingboro 

Bernard  A Rineberg,  M.D New  Brunswick 

Poison  Information  and  Education  System,  Advisory 
Board  to  New  Jersey 

(Representation  requested  by  Department  of  Health— 
January  21,  1983) 

Rudolf  E.  Schwaeble,  M.D Mendham 

Prescription  Abuse  Avoidance  Committee 

(Representation  requested  by  State  Board  of  Medical  Exam- 
iners—April  4,  1983) 

David  I.  Canavan,  M.D Lawrenceville 

Daniel  Greenfield,  M.D Piscataway 

Public  Health  Council,  New  Jersey 

(Nomination  for  appointment  by  Governor  to  serve  a seven- 
year  term  requested  by  Department  of  Health — June  1,  1984) 

Henry  A.  Katz,  M.D Morristown* 

‘Appointment  pending 

Radiation  Protection,  Advisory  Committee  on  Nuclear 
Medicine  to  New  Jersey  Commission  on 

(Consultant  in  nuclear  medicine  appointed  by  Com- 
mission— November  20,  1966) 

Henry  J.  Powsner,  M.D Princeton 

Radiation  Protection,  Consultant  Serving  New  Jersey  Com- 
mission on 

(Nomination  for  appointment  to  Commission  requested— 
March  17,  1963) 

Frank  Gingerelli,  M.D Hackensack 

Radiologic  Technology  Board  of  Examiners 

(Agency  of  the  Commission  on  Radiation  Protection,  Depart- 
ment of  Environmental  Protection— appointed  by  Governor, 
1983) 

Armando  F.  Goracci,  M.D Woodbury 

Resolutions,  Committee  on  Annual  Meeting 

(Established  by  Board  of  Trustees  July  18,  1971,  to  review  all 
resolutions  in  advance  of  the  Annual  Meeting) 

Armando  F.  Goracci,  M.D.,  Chairman  Woodbury 


Howard  D.  Slobodien,  M.D Metucli 

Alexander  D.  Kovacs,  M.D Scotch  Pla  i 


Safety  Council,  New  Jersey  State 

(Provided  in  Council  Bylaws— 1962) 


! 


Frank  Y.  Watson,  M.D.,  President  Glen  Ric< 

George  P.  Bisgeier,  M.D.,  President’s  Representative,  Chr 
man,  Special  Committee  on  Occupational  Health,  Workt; 
Compensation,  and  Rehabilitation  New;k 


State  Board  of  Medical  Examiners 

(Trustees  designated  to  attend  monthly  meetings  on  a rol 
ing  basis— per  Board  of  Trustees  December  15,  1974,  a: 
August  8,  1979) 


Ralph  J.  Fioretti,  M.D.,  President-Elect  Rochelle  P;< 

Martin  E.  Johnson,  MSNJ  Staff  Member  Lawrencev  ? 


Statewide  Health  Coordinating  Council  (SHCC)  and/or 
Review  Committee 

(Liaison  established  January  15,  1978 — appointed  by  Pre- 
dent  of  MSNJ) 


Ralph  J.  Fioretti,  M.D.,  President-Elect  Rochelle  Par' 

A Ronald  Rouse,  MSNJ  Staff  Member  Lawrencev  ? 

‘Appointed  1982.  Doctor  Fioretti  will  serve  in  this  capacr 
until  he  becomes  President,  at  which  time  the  new  Seco  I 
Vice-President  will  serve  as  his  replacement. 


Student  Association,  MSNJ 

(Formed— July  17,  1977) 


Palma  E.  Formica,  M.D Old  Brid 

L.  Scott  Stoney,  Rutgers  Medical  School  Piscataw; 

Kevin  Kerlin,  New  Jersey  Medical  School  Newa 


UMDNJ,  Foundation  of  the 

(MSNJ  representative  appointed  yearly  by  the  Board 
Trustees  to  serve  as  a trustee,  pursuant  to  the  Bylaws  of  ti 
Foundation—  1 979) 


Arthur  Bernstein,  M.D South  Oran; 


Widows  and  Orphans  of  Medical  Men  of  New  Jersey,  Tl> 
Society  for  the  Relief  of 

(Liaison  requested  by  Society— May  17,  1959) 


Joseph  R Jehl,  M.D. 


Cliftc 


Women  Membership,  Ad  Hoc  Committee  on 

(Established  by  Board  of  Trustees— December  19,  1982) 


Carolyn  W.  Watson,  M.D.,  Chairman  Glen  Rid|i 

Roberta  G.  Rubin,  M.D.,  Vice-Chairman  ...  Pompton  Plair 

Vivian  Chen,  M.D Brunswig 

Janet  Geraghty-Deutsch,  M.D Jersey  Ci 

Birute  S.  Preikstas,  M.D Oakhuni 


1098 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


ME  Calendar 


The  following  is  a list  of 
Continuing  medical 
education  courses  for  the 
i ext  two  months.  Contact  the 
sponsoring  organization  for 
further  information. 

| 

i 

his  list  is  compiled  through  the  coop- 
ation  of  the  Committee  on  Medical 
ducation  of  the  Medical  Society  of  New 
srsey,  the  Academy  of  Medicine  of  New 
srsey,  the  New  Jersey  Chapter  of  the 
merican  Academy  of  Family  Phy- 
, clans,  and  the  Office  of  Continuing 
iedical  Education  of  the  UMDNJ.  For 
(formation  on  accreditation,  please 
antact  the  sponsoring  organization(s), 
i cheated  by  italics — last  line  of  each 
em. 


NESTHESIOLOGY 

an. 

2  Dinner  Meeting 

6-9  P.M.— Ramada  Inn,  Clark 
(NJ  State  Society  of 
Anesthesiologists  andAMNJ) 

ARDIOLOGY 

eb. 

9  Angina  after  Bypass  Surgery 

12  noon— St.  Mary’s  Hospital, 

Orange 

(AMNJ) 

IEDICINE 

an. 

2 Internal  Medicine  Review  Course 

9 3-6  P.M.— Overlook  Hospital, 

6 Summit 

3 (Overlook  Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

0 

2 Endocrine  Conferences 

9 3:30-5  P.M. —Rotates  between 

6 Newark  Beth  Israel  Medical  Center, 
13  University  Hospital,  United 

10  Hospitals  Medical  Center,  Newark, 
and  VA  Medical  Center, 

East  Orange 

(Endocrinology  Section  and 
AMNJ) 


'OL.  81— NUMBER  12— DECEMBER  1984 


2 Medical  Grand  Rounds 

9 12  noon-1  P.M. — Rutgers  Medical 

16  School,  Medical  Education  Bldg., 

23  New  Brunswick 

30  (UMDNJ  and  AMNJ) 

2 Medicine  Morbidity  and  Mortality 
Conference 

8-9  AM. — Rutgers  Medical  School, 
Medical  Education  Bldg.,  New 
Brunswick 
(UMDNJ  andAMNJ) 

2 Immunoregulation : Basic 
1 0 Concepts  and  Applications 

17  4-6  P.M. —Institute  for  Medical 

24  Research,  Copewood  St.,  Camden 

31  (Institute Jor  Medical  Research 
and  AMNJ) 

4  Renal  Conferences  in  Nephrology 

18  4-5  P.M. — UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical 
School,  Med.  Education  Bldg., 

Rm.  393 

(Nephrology  Society  of  NJ  and 
AMNJ) 

8 Melanoma  Precursors 

8-10  P.M. —Schering  Corp., 
Kenilworth 

(NJ  Dermatological  Society  and 
AMNJ) 

8 AIDS 

8-9  AM.— Wayne  General  Hospital 
(AMNJ) 

9 AIDS 

I -2  P.M.— VA  Hospital,  Lyons 
(AMNJ) 

15  Cocaine  Abuse 

12  noon— St.  Mary’s  Hospital, 

Orange 

(AMNJ) 

16  Dermatological  Conference 

6-8  P.M. —Rutgers  Community 
Health  Plan,  U.S.  Hwy.  1 & Rt.  18, 
New  Brunswick 

(UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical  School 
and  AMNJ) 

1 7 New  Concepts  in  Digoxin 
Metabolism 

I I AM.- 12  noon— St.  Joseph’s 
Hospital,  Paterson 

(St  Joseph's  Hospital  and  Medical 
Center  and  AMNJ) 

17  Geriatrics 

3  P.M.— Ancora  Psychiatric 
Hospital,  Hammonton 
(AMNJ) 

17  Whither  Multiple  Sclerosis? 

5-7:30  P.M.— Somerset  Medical 
Center,  Somerville 
(Somerset  Medical  Center  and 
AMNJ) 

24  Visiting  Professorship  Program 

1:30-5  P.M. —Saint  Barnabas 
Medical  Center,  Livingston 
(Saint  Barnabas  Medical  Center 
and  AMNJ) 

30  Mitral  Valve  Prolapse 

1-2:30  P.M.— VA  Medical  Center, 
Lyons,  Bldg.  93 

(VA  Medical  Center  and  AMNJ) 

Feb. 

1 Renal  Conferences  in  Nephrology 

15  4-5  P.M  — UMDNJ-Rutgers  Medical 

School,  Med.  Education  Bldg., 

Rm.  393 

(Nephrology  Society  oj  NJ  and 
AMNJ) 


6 Endocrine  Conferences 

13  3:30-5  P.M.— Rotates  between 

20  Newark  Beth  Israel  Medical  Center, 
27  University  Hospital,  United 

Hospitals  Medical  Center,  Newark, 
and  VA  Medical  Center,  Orange 
(Endocrinology  Section*  AMNJ) 

6 Internal  Medicine  Review  Course 

13  3-6  P.M. —Overlook  Hospital, 

20  Summit 

27  (Overlook  Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

7 Immunoregulation:  Basic 

1 4 Concepts  and  Applications 

21  4-6  P.M. —Institute  for  Medical 

28  Research,  Copewood  St.,  Camden 
(Institute Jor  Medical  Research 
and  AMNJ) 

1 2  Virology  in  Dermatology 

8-10  P.M. —Schering  Corporation, 

Kenilworth 

(AMNJ) 

20  Rutgers  Dermatological 
Conference 

6-9P.M.— U.S.  Hwy.  1 and  Rt.  18, 

New  Brunswick 

(UMDNJ) 

2 1 The  Thyroid— Its  ups  and  Downs 

5-7:30  P.M. —Somerset  Medical 
Center,  Somerville 
(Somerset  Medical  Center  and 
AMNJ) 

28  New  Treatment  of  Modalities  and 
Implications  of  Diabetes 

1 1 AM.— St.  Joseph’s  Hospital  & 
Medical  Center,  Paterson 
(AMNJ) 

28  Visiting  Professorship  Program 

1:30-5  P.M.— Saint  Barnabas 
Medical  Center,  Livingston 
(Saint  Barnabas  Medical  Center 
and  AMNJ) 


NEUROLOGY/PSYCHIATRY 

Jan. 

3 Case  Seminars  and  Supervision 
17  To  Improve  Psychotherapeutic 

Techniques 

8-10  P.M.— 310  Harding  Dr.,  South 
Orange 

(Advanced  Psychiatric  Study 
Group  andAMNJ) 

7 Sexual  Obsession  in  a 20-Year 
Marriage 

8:15-1 0:30  P.M  — 1 1 1 Ridgewood 
Ave.,  Glen  Ridge 

(Essex  Psychiatric  Seminar  and 
AMNJ) 

1 7 Neurology:  New  Treatments  of 
Cerebrovascular  Disease 

2 P.M. —John  E.  Runnells  Hospital, 

Berkeley  Heights 

(AMNJ) 

1 7 Psychodynamic  Art  Therapy 

8-10  P.M. —Saint  Barnabas  Medical 
Center,  Livingston 
(NJ  Psychoanalytic  Society  and 
AMNJ) 

21  Lecture  Series 

8:30-10:30  P.M  — 301  Broad  Ave., 
Englewood 

(NJ  Psychoanalytic  Society  and 
AMNJ) 

Feb. 

4 Mother-Daughter  Fusion 


1099 


The  Academy  of  Medicine  of  New  Jersey 
in  cooperation  with 
Overlook  Hospital 
presents 

“AN  INTENSIVE  REVIEW 
OF  INTERNAL  MEDICINE” 

JANUARY  16,  1985  to  MAY  22,  1985 

(19  Successive  Wednesdays) 

3:00  P.M.-6:00  P.M. 
at 

OVERLOOK  HOSPITAL 
SUMMIT,  NEW  JERSEY 

The  course  is  designed  to  provide  a comprehensive  review 
contemporary  concepts  in  Internal  Medicine.  It  is  designed  f » 
practicing  internists  and  family  practitioners.  The  review  v 
also  be  useful  for  residents.  Syllabus  material  will  be  dil 
tributed  during  the  course  which  will,  when  compiled,  provir 
an  extremely  useful  reference. 

Course  Chairman: 

Michael  Bernstein,  M.D. 

For  further  information  on  registration,  faculty,  and  fee 
please  contact: 

/r('yo/^  Tina  D’Oria 

^ Acaderr>y  °f  Medicine  of  New  Jers< 

£ ymU  5'  Two  Princess  Road 
v”  Lawrenceville,  NJ  08648 

°.  New  Jersey  Phone:  (609)  896-1717 

■ 11 

!’ 

LIKOFF  CARDIOVASCULAR  INSTITUTE 

of  Hahnemann  Medical  College  & Hospital 

230  N.  Broad  Street,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania  19102  (215)  448-8063 

CARDIOLOGY  UPDATE.  . . 

IS  DESIGNED  FOR  THE  PHYSICIAN  AND  PROVIDES  AN  INTENSIVE  SURVEY  OF  THE 
CURRENT  STATUS  OF  CLINICAL  CARDIOLOGY.  . . 

WEDNESDAY,  JANUARY  2,  1985 

CARDIOMEGALY:  DIFFERENTIAL  DIAGNOSIS 

MODERATOR:  WILLIAM  LIKOFF,  M.D. 

3:00  CASE  PRESENTATION  William  S.  Haaz,  M.D. 

3:30  DILATED  CARDIOMYOPATHY:  DIFFERENTIAL 

DIAGNOSIS  Stuart  Snyder,  M.D. 

4:00  DILATED  CARDIOMYOPATHY:  VASODILATOR  AND  INOTROPIC  THERAPY- 

PASSION  OR  SKEPTICISM  Mariell  J.  Likoff,  M.D. 

4:30  ACUTE  RECURRENT  PERICARDITIS:  A THERAPEUTIC 

CHALLENGE  Daniel  Mason,  M.D. 

5:00  CARDIAC  TAMPONADE:  PATHOPHYSIOLOGY  AND 

MANAGEMENT  Harold  Kay,  M.D. 

LECTURE  HALL  “A"— 2nd  floor  New  College  Building,  Hahnemann  University 
15th  and  Vine  Streets,  Philadelphia,  PA 
• NO  REGISTRATION  FEE  • NO  ADVANCE  REGISTRATION  REQUIRED  • 

• CME  CATEGORY  I CREDITS  CERTIFIED  • 

“WINE  & CHEESE  SERVED  FOLLOWING  CONFERENCE** 


SIXTH  ANNUAL 
MINIRESIDENCY 
IN  OCCUPATIONAL  MEDICINE 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MEDICINE  AND 
DENTISTRY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


DEPT.  OF  ENVIRONMENTAL  AND  COMMUNITY  MEDICINE 
RUTGERS  MEDICAL  SCHOOL 
PISCATAWAY,  NEW  JERSEY  08854 

DATE: 

March  11-29,  1985/15  weekdays/8:30  a m. -4:30  p.m.,  6 
evening  classes/6:30-8:30  p.m. 

PURPOSE: 

To  provide  a comprehensive  review  of  key  concepts  in  Occu- 
pational Medicine  given  by  eminent  specialists  from  univer- 
sity, government  and  industry.  To  aid  in  obtaining  board 
eligibility  and  certification. 

ACCREDITATION: 

The  University  of  Medicine  and  Dentistry  of  New  Jersey-Office 
of  Continuing  Education  certifies  thal  this  continuing  medical 
education  activity  meets  the  criteria  for  90  hours  of  credit  in 
Category  I for  the  Physician’s  Recognition  Award  of  the 
American  Medical  Association,  provided  the  program  is  com- 
pleted as  designed. 

SUBJECTS: 

Industrial  Hygiene,  Occupational  Disease,  Toxicology,  Prac- 
tice of  Occupational  Medicine,  Epidemiology  and  Biostatistics, 
Ergonomics,  Public  Health  Administration. 

INQUIRIES:  UMDNJ-Office  of  Continuing  Education 
Box  101,  Piscataway,  N.J.  08854 
Patricia  Reid  (201)  463-4707 


1100 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


8: 1 5- 1 0:30  P.M.— 9 Marquette  Road, 
Upper  Montclair 
(Essex  Psychiatric  Seminar  and 
AMNJ] 

3 Sleep  Apnea 

1:30  P.M. — Essex  County  Hospital 

Center,  Cedar  Grove 

(AMNJ) 

7 Diagnosis  and  Management  of 
Migraine 

1 1 AM.— St.  Joseph’s  Hospital  and 
Medical  Center,  Paterson 
(St  Joseph's  Medical  Center  and 
AMNJ) 

7 Case  Seminars 


21  8-10  P.M. — 310  Harding  Drive, 

South  Orange 

(Advanced  Psychiatric  Study 
Group  and  AMNJ) 

18  Lecture  Series 

8:30- 1 0:30  P.M  — 30 1 Broad  Ave„ 
Englewood 

(NJ  Psychoanalytic  Society  and 
AMNJ) 

21  Coordination  Psychiatric 

Treatment  in  the  Hospital  and 
the  Community 

3 P.M.— Ancora  Psychiatric 
Hospital,  Hammonton 
(AMNJ) 


The  Journal  of  the 
Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 


presents 

300  YEARS  OF 
MEDICINE  IN  NEW  JERSEY 

September  1984 

We  are  celebrating  the  history  of  medicine  in  New  Jer- 
sey. This  special  issue  illuminates  the  beginnings  of  our 
health  care  system  and  the  growth  of  medical  care:  essays 
highlight  those  talented  individuals  who  devoted  themselves 
to  this  system,  and  commentaries  present  the  development 
of  specialized  care  in  associated  fields  of  medicine.  Plus  a 
special  photography  section  highlighting  three  statewide 
exhibits. 

Copies  of  this  issue  are  available  by  sending  $5.00 
(check  or  money  order)  to  MSNJ,  Two  Princess  Road,  Law- 
renceville,  NJ  08648.  All  MSNJ  members  will  receive  one  copy 
of  this  issue. 


Name  _ 
Address 


Enclose  a $5.00  check  or  money  order  for  each  copy. 


28  Third  Annual  Conference  on 
Emergency  Psychiatry 

Three  days — Atlantic  City 
(O'Neill  Lynch  Associates,  Wayne, 
PA) 

PEDIATRICS 


Jan. 

1 1 Extracorporeal  Membrane 
Oxygenation  for  Neonatal 
Respiratory  Failure 

8-9:30  AM. — Overlook  Hospital, 
Summit 

(Overlook  Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

Feb. 

8 Controversies  in  Pediatric 
Nutrition 

8-9:30  AM. — Overlook  Hospital, 
Summit 

(Overlook  Hospital  and  AMNJ) 

RADIOLOGY 


Jan. 

1 6 Combined  Modality  Therapy  in 
the  Treatment  of  Unresectable 
Carcinoma  of  the  Pancreas 

6:30- 1 0 P.M. — The  Manor,  West 
Orange 

(Radiotherapy  Section  and  AMNJ) 

1 7 Multimodality  Approach  to  Renal 
Disease 

7:30-10  P.M. — Saint  Barnabas 
Medical  Center,  Livingston 
(NJ  Institute  of  Ultrasound  in 
Medicine  and  AMNJ) 

Feb. 

21  Radiology  Meeting 

7:30  P.M  — Saint  Barnabas  Medical 
Center,  Livingston 
(Radiological  Society  oj NJ  and 
Diagnostic  Radiology  Section. 
AMNJ) 

SURGERY 


Jan. 

1 5 Surgical  Grand  Rounds 

29  7-9  AM  — Hackensack  Medical 
Center 

(Hackensack  Medical  Center  and 
AMNJ) 

22  Malignant  Hyperthermia 

8-10  P.M. — Englewood  Club, 
Englewood 

(Englewood  Surg.  Soc.  and  AMNJ) 

Feb. 

12  Surgical  Grand  Rounds 

26  7-9  AM. — Hackensack  Medical 
Center 

(Hackensack  Medical  Center  and 
AMNJ) 

26  Venous  Disease  and  Venous 
Surgery 

8-10  P.M.— Englewood  Club, 
Englewood 

(Englewood  Surgical  Society  and 
AMNJ) 

MISCELLANEOUS 

Feb. 

12  Malpractice 

1 2 noon — West  Jersey  Hospital, 

Camden 

(AMNJ) 


OL  81— NUMBER  12— DECEMBER  1984 


1 101 


ACUPUNCTURE  IN  CLINICAL  PRACTICE 

N.Y.  State  Boards  of  Medicine  & Dentistry  25-hour  accredited 
seminar  and  workshop  on  the  latest  theories  & techniques  of 
manual  & electro-acupuncture  and  TENS,  applicable  toward  the 
200-hour  requirement  for  certification,  will  be  given  for  licensed 
clinicians  (with  or  without  prior  training)  during  the  weekend  of 
Dec.  14-16,  1984  and  again  the  weekend  of  Feb.  1-3,  1985  at 
the  Barbizon  Plaza  Hotel,  New  York  City.  Co-sponsored  by  the 
International  College  of  Acupuncture  & Electro-Therapeutics,  its 
official  journal,  Acupuncture  & Electro-Therap.  Res.,  Int.J.  (pub- 
lished by  Pergamon  Press  and  indexed  in  15  major  indexing 
periodicals;  INDEX  MEDICUS,  etc.),  the  Heart  Disease  Research 
Foundation  and  the  Neuroscience  Dept,  of  Long  Island  College 
Hospital,  Pharmacology  Dept,  of  The  Chicago  Medical  School. 
Also  eligible  for  AMA/CME  credit.  For  information,  contact  Y. 
Omura,  M.D.,  ScD.,  800  Riverside  Drive  (8-1),  NYC  10032.  Tel: 
(212)  781-6262  or  (212)  WA8-0658,  or  Saul  Heller,  M.D.,  Tel: 
(212)  838-7514. 


Kirwan  Financial  Croup,  Inc. 

Financial  Planners 
for  the 

Medical  Profession 

Investments,  Pensions,  Insurance,  Etc. 

• Honest 

• Sophisticated 

• Profusely  Referenced 

609-778-4388 


NEW  YORK 
FERTILITY  RESEARCH 
FOUNDATION,  INC. 

For  the  Investigation  of 

Problems  of  Human  Infertility 

The  Foundation  provides  a comple 
diagnostic  and  consultation  service  for  ii 
fertile  couples.  Investigations  are  coi 
ducted  by  weli-known  specialists  in  coi 
junction  with  consultants  in  the  varioi 
fields  of  medicine  related  to  infertility. 

The  Foundation  is  supported  by  an  ir 
house  modern  laboratory  equipped  to  d 
most  tests  required  for  diagnosis  an 
treatment.  Literature  on  request. 

1430  Second  Avenue,  Suite  103 
New  York,  N.Y.  10021 
Phone:  (212)  744-5500 


Neuroimaging  Update  1985 

February  1-6,  1985 

Camino  Real 
Puerto  Vallarta,  Mexico 

COURSE  DESCRIPTION 

This  conference  is  designed  for  radiologists,  neurologists,  neurosurgeons  and  other  physicians  with  interest  in  various 
neuroimaging  modalities.  The  program  will  provide  a comprehensive  and  intensive  review  of  the  basic  principles,  practical 
application  and  analysis  of  the  current  imaging  techniques  encompassing  computed  tomography,  digital  subtraction  angio- 
graphy, neurointerventional  procedures,  neuro-sonography  and  nuclear  magnetic  resonance.  Emphasis  will  be  on  the  new 
exciting  technology— N.M.R.  which  will  be  highlighted  by  a special  session  for  the  research  and  development  presented 
by  the  major  NMR  manufacturers.  In  addition,  daily  round  table  discussion  with  the  faculty  members  will  be  conducted 
during  breakfast. 

TUITION 

The  tuition  for  this  course  is  $475.00  for  physicians  and  $300.00  for  residents  in  training  with  a letter  of  verification  of  status. 

A refund  of  less  than  $50.00  will  be  made  upon  written  request  received  prior  to  Dec.  15.  1984. 

ACCREDITATION 

20  hours  of  Category  I,  CME  by  American  College  of  Radiology. 

For  Further  Information,  Contact: 

S.  Howard  Lee,  M.D.  Course  Director,  (201)  668-3085;  3089  for  course  program.  J.  Brown  Travel  Agency,  Travel  Coordinator, 
(315)  446-7600  for  travel  arrangements. 

Price  per  person  for  “Land  Arrangements”  Package 


Single 

Double 


COURSE 


$785.00 

$505.00 

DIRECTOR 


Seungho  Howard  Lee,  M.D. 


William  G.  Bradley,  Jr.,  M.D.,  Ph.D. 
Mokhtar  Gado,  M.D. 

Burton  P.  Drayer,  M.D. 

Seungho  Howard  Lee,  M.D. 

Thomas  P.  Naidich,  M.D. 


Triple  $425.00 

Children  $ 80.00 

PROGRAM  DIRECTORS 

C.V.G.  Krishna  Rao,  M.D. 
Theodore  Villafana,  Ph.D. 


FACULTY 

C.V.G.  Krishna  RAO,  M.D. 
Theodore  Villafana,  Ph.D. 
Meredith  A.  Weinstein,  M.D. 
Charles  Citrin,  M.D. 

Gary  DeFillip,  M.D. 


MUHLENBEtt,  HOSPITAL  II 


Dept.  Radiology  and 
Medical  Education 
Muhlenburg  Hospita 
Plainfield,  N.J. 


1102 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


BOOK  REVIEWS 


Basic  and  Clinical 
Pharmacology;  Current 
Medical  Diagnosis  and 
Treatment— 1984;  Current 
Gastroenterology; 

Merritt's  Textbook  of 
Neurology;  The  Source 
Book  of  Plastic  Surgery; 
Symposium  of  Plastic  and 
Reconstructive  Surgery  of 
the  Eye  and  Adnexa 


Basic  and  Clinical 
Pharmacology 

Bertram  Katzung,  M.D.,  (ed).  Los 
Altos,  CA  Lange  Medical  Publi- 
:ations,  1984.  Pp.  888.  Illustrated. 
$26) 

Basic  and  Clinical  Pharmacology 
s an  excellent,  concise  textbook  of 
Dharmacology  for  students  of  medi- 
cine and  related  health  sciences. 
Sach  chapter  is  authored  by  individ- 
uals with  expertise  in  the  area 

Altogether,  63  individuals  have 
contributed  to  this  volume,  but  the 
editor,  a professor  of  pharmacology 
at  the  University  of  California  San 
Francisco,  has  attained  far  greater 
clarity  and  uniformity  of  style  than 
are  found  in  many  multiauthored 
texts. 

The  orientation  of  facts  and  con- 
cepts presented  is  unmistakably 
clinical  and  is  commonly  organized 
3n  the  basis  of  clinical  uses  rather 
than  molecular  mechanism  of  ac- 
tion. Often,  chapters  attempt  to  ex- 
plain the  rationale  for  therapy  by  re- 
lating the  molecular  actions  of  drugs 
to  our  current  understanding  of  the 
pathophysiological  basis  of  disease. 
The  initial  three  chapters,  which 
provide  information  about  drug  re- 
ceptors, pharmacodynamics,  and 
pharmacokinetics,  notably  are  excel- 
lent in  explaining  contemporary 
concepts  in  a manner  suitable  for 


medical  students.  While  reasonably 
complete  and  current,  the  infor- 
mation presented  is  not  encyclo- 
pedic in  scope  and  tends  to 
emphasize  central  facts  and  con- 
cepts. This  provides  a text  of  man- 
ageable dimensions  for  an  introduc- 
tory course  in  pharmacology  rather 
than  an  exhaustive  reference  com- 
pendium. 

Bibliographies  provided  at  the  end 
of  the  chapter  are  thoughtfully 
selected,  recent,  and  commonly 
provide  good  guidance  to  those  seek- 
ing additional  information  on  a par- 
ticular topic.  Useful  appendices 
summarize  important  drug  inter- 
actions, drug  effects  on  laboratory 
tests,  and  trade  name-generic  name 
identities. 

Bruce  McL.  Brecken ridge, 
M.D.,  Ph.D. 

Current  Medical 
Diagnosis  and 
Treatment — 1 984 

Marcus  A.  Krupp,  M.D.,  and  Milton 
J.  Chatton,  M.D.  (eds).  Los  Altos,  CA, 
Lange  Medical  Publications,  1984. 
Pp.  1.153.  ($26) 

This  book  has  become  a standard 
item  on  the  bookcase  behind  the 
doctor’s  desk.  There  must  be  several 
times  a week  we  must  look  up  a vital 
point  quickly  as  the  patient  in  ques- 
tion is  waiting  in  our  office. 

The  text  has  34  chapters  covering 
the  entire  field  of  medicine  and  a 
very  good  index  enabling  one  to 
quickly  find  the  topic  of  interest. 
The  book  is  useful  for  a quick  review 
of  a subject  in  order  to  find  the 
answer  to  one  or  two  questions,  i.e. 
what  is  the  best  antibiotic  for  otitis 
media  in  an  adult;  what  are  the  key 
features  of  AIDS;  and  which  is  the 
best  prophylactic  medication 
against  diarrhea  for  a traveler  going 
to  Mexico. 

The  book  is  reissued  annually  and 
written  by  respected  experts.  Many 
readers  will  disagree  with  points  of 
the  book  because  the  authors  strive 
for  extreme  terseness  and  simple 
facts  while  medical  subjects  often 
are  confusing  and  “facts”  doubtful. 
A small  bibliography  follows  each 
topic  subject  and  the  interested 
reader  can  delve  more  deeply  and 
reach  his  or  her  own  conclusion 
among  the  many  choices.  This  re- 
viewer recommends  this  book  for 
purchase  and  frequent  use. 

Norman  Riegel,  M.D. 


Current 

Gastroenterology , 

Volume  4 

Gary  Gitnick  (ed).  New  York,  NY, 
John  Wiley  & Sons,  1984.  Pp.  461. 
Illustrated.  ($60) 

This  book  represents  the  editor’s 
fifth  annual  review  of  progress  in 
gastroenterology.  The  first  year’s  vol- 
ume combined  hepatology  and 
gastroenterology— this  now  has 
been  split  into  separate  reviews  enti- 
tled Current  Hepatology  and  Cur- 
rent Gastroenterology. 

This  text  is  a multiauthored  litera- 
ture review  and,  therefore,  the  con- 
tents of  the  nine  separate  chapters 
risk  reflecting  the  personal  preju- 
dices of  the  chapter  author.  Each 
chapter  has  been  reviewed  not  only 
by  the  editor  but  also  by  an  expert 
in  the  field,  who  advises  the  chapter 
author  on  errors  of  omission  or  un- 
balanced views.  The  authors  are 
charged  with  selecting  the  most  sig- 
nificant report  from  the  literature 
and  assessing  areas  of  progress  or 
change.  The  aim  is  to  include  im- 
portant articles  that  further  our 
understanding  of  the  workings  of 
the  particular  organ  and  help  us  to 
deal  with  the  disorders  of  this  organ 
as  scientists  and  clinicians. 

By  and  large,  this  aim  has  been 
achieved.  The  chapter  authors  will 
be  well  recognized  by  gastroen- 
terologists as  respected  experts  in 
their  various  fields.  In  fact,  this  very 
well  may  be  the  best  review  of 
gastroenterology  that  I have  come 
across  in  quite  some  time.  The  book 
is  aimed  specifically  for  those  with 
a solid  background  in  gastroenter- 
ology. However,  it  will  also  be  useful 
for  someone  interested  in  a brief  up- 
date of  a particular  topic  which  is 
well  referenced. 

The  book  is  divided  into  nine  sec- 
tions beginning  with  the  traditional 
chapters  on  the  esophagus,  stom- 
ach, small  intestine,  colon,  and  pan- 
creas. This  is  followed  by  sections  on 
gastrointestinal  hormones  and 
gastrointestinal  malignancies.  The 
next  chapter  is  interestingly  con- 
cerned with  extraintestinal  mani- 
festations of  gastrointestinal  dis- 
ease and  gastrointestinal  mani- 
festations of  extraintestinal  disease. 
Finally,  the  chapter  on  advances  in 
gastrointestinal  endoscopy  is  both 
appropriate  and  appreciated. 

I found  reading  this  text  both 


VOL.  81— NUMBER  12— DECEMBER  1984 


1 103 


pleasurable  and  practical.  Certainly, 
some  chapters  have  more  clinical 
relevance  than  others.  I recommend 
this  book  to  all  my  colleagues  in 
gastroenterology  and  anyone  else 
with  an  interest  or  background  in 
this  area. 

Joel  D.  Levinson,  M.D. 

Merritt’s  Textbook  of 
Neurology , 

Seventh  Edition 

Lewis  P.  Rowland,  M.D.,  (ed).  Phila- 
delphia, PA  Lea  & Febiger,  1984. 
Pp.  774.  Illustrated.  ($48.50) 

Dr.  H.  Houston  Merritt  first  pub- 
lished this  text  in  1955  and  then 
was  the  sole  author.  It  has  been  a 
standard  neurology  text  for  three 
decades.  Dr.  Merritt  remained  its 
only  author  until  the  sixth  edition 
when  he  accepted  some  limited  con- 
tributions by  others.  He  died  in 
1979.  His  current  successor  as  di- 
rector of  the  neurology  service  at  the 
Neurological  Institute  of  Presby- 
terian Hospital,  New  York  City,  Dr. 
Lewis  P.  Rowland,  now  has  as- 
sembled some  70  authors  to  compile 
this  latest  edition.  Most  of  them 
were  former  students  of  the  original 
author. 

Much  of  Dr.  Merritt’s  material  re- 
mains, but  the  contributors  have 
updated  and  added  new  material  in 
many  areas.  One  entirely  new  fea- 
ture is  an  opening  segment  of  50 
pages  devoted  to  the  description  of 
symptoms  of  neurologic  disorders 
such  as  headache,  coma  dementia 
weakness,  and  involuntary  move- 
ments. That  section  will  be  most 
useful  to  students  and  house  of- 
ficers, but  all  physicians  will  profit 
by  reading  it. 

The  editor  has  woven  the  con- 
tributions into  a very  uniform  fabric 
that  is  both  complete  and  com- 
prehensive. The  effort  to  preserve 
Merritt’s  clear,  simple,  and  lucid 
style  of  writing  is  successful,  though 
some  sentences  are  quite  long  and 


complex.  One  minor  detraction  is 
the  relatively  small  print  size,  per- 
haps utilized  to  limit  the  overall  size 
of  the  book.  Presentation  of  this 
wealth  of  material  flows  smoothly, 
but  is  so  extensive  that  probably  few 
will  read  through  the  complete  text 
except  for  beginning  neurology  resi- 
dents. References  are  recent,  ap- 
propriate, and  kept  to  a reasonable 
number.  Indexing  is  extensive  and 
very  usable.  And,  the  cost  of  the  text 
certainly  is  reasonable  by  today’s 
standards. 

Interns,  residents,  general  phy- 
sicians, and  neurologists  all  will  find 
this  latest  edition  of  a familiar  text 
both  a bargain  and  very  useful  in  its 
new  format.  The  late  Dr.  Merritt 
would  be  very  proud  indeed  of  this 
edition. 

Stanley  C.  Leonberg  Jr.,  M.D. 

The  Source  Book  of 
Plastic  Surgery 

Frank  McDowell,  M.D.,  (ed).  Balti- 
more, MD,  Williams  & Wilkins, 
1977.  Pp.  509.  Illustrated.  ($50.95) 

The  Source  Book  gives  a historical 
review  of  the  beginnings  of  plastic 
surgery.  It  includes  many  original 
articles  translated  by  distinguished 
modem  plastic  surgeons  and  others. 
The  “linkage”  of  one  historic  publi- 
cation to  another  has  been  done  ex- 
pertly with  the  use  of  editorial  com- 
ments and  short  descriptions  of  the 
original  authors. 

Some  emphasis  has  been  placed 
on  the  history  of  rhinoplasties  and 
the  repair  of  cleft  lip  and  palate. 
However,  since  most  of  the  dis- 
tinguished originators  of  the  re- 
constructive procedures  were  out- 
standing general  surgeons  and 
physicians,  this  book  should  be  of 
interest  to  all.  Biographies  of  some 
of  the  great  builders  in  the  field  of 
plastic  surgery  have  been  included 
at  the  end. 

Dr.  McDowell,  a well-known  sur- 
geon and  for  many  years  editor  of 


the  American  Journal  of  Plasr. 
and  Reconstructive  Surgery,  has  i| 
constructed  a most  valuable  boo 
that  will  be  an  addition  to  every  sc 
geon’s  library  and  a must  for  eve 
plastic  surgeon. 

Robby  Meijer,  M. 

Third  International 
Symposium  of  Plastic 
and  Reconstructive 
Surgery  of  the  Eye  and 
Adnexa 

Aston,  Homblass,  Meltzer,  Ree 
(eds).  Baltimore,  MD,  Williams  J 
Wilkins,  1982.  Pp.  362.  Illustratei 
($68) 

The  Third  International  Syn 
posium  of  Plastic  and  Reconstnu 
tive  Surgery  of  the  Eye  andAdnexi 
is  an  authoritative  and  completi 
text  on  the  subject  of  ophthalmi 
plastic  and  reconstructive  surgerj 
that  should  appeal  to  a very  wid< 
range  of  specialists  and  sub! 
specialists;  this  includes  genera! 
plastic  surgeons,  ophthalmologists 
ear,  nose,  and  throat  surgeons 
dermatologists,  oral  surgeons,  anc 
neurosurgeons. 

The  book  is  well  organized  anc 
consists  of  excellent  articles  by  rec 
ognized  experts  in  their  field.  The 
subjects  covered  are  of  interest  to  al 
subspecialists,  yet  are  combined  in 
one  text  in  detail.  All  of  the  sections 
are  well  written,  informative,  and 
worthwhile,  but  the  section  “Con 
genital  Deformity  of  the  Orbital  Re- 
gion” is  particularly  outstanding. 
The  sections  ‘Tumors  of  the  Orbit," 
“Lacrimal  Disorders,"  “Soft  Tissue 
Sockets,”  and  “Ptosis”  are  not  as 
strong. 

This  text  is  strongly  recommend- 
ed as  a reference  source  for  any  of 
the  subspecialists  who  encounter 
patients  with  various  problems  in 
ophthalmic  plastic  and  reconstruc- 
tive surgery. 

Joseph  A.  Mauriello,  Jr.,  M.D. 


1104 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


IBITUARTES 


Drs.  Branigan ; Frost; 
Gardner;  Moeckel; 
Rosamilia;  Silverman; 
Winter 

I 


»r.  G.V.  Branigan,  Jr. 

George  Velesto  Branigan,  Jr.,  M.D., 
irmer  director  of  the  department  of 
"thopedic  surgery  at  Valley  Hospi- 
d,  Ridgewood,  died  on  August  22, 
384.  Bom  in  1924,  Dr.  Branigan 
;ceived  his  medical  degree  from 
eorgetown  University  School  of 
ledicine,  Washington,  D.C.,  in  1948. 
ifter  completing  an  internship  at 
eterans  Administration  Hospital, 
rooklyn.  Dr.  Branigan  started  a pri- 
ate  orthopedic  practice  in  Oakland 
i 1950;  after  serving  in  the  Korean 
far,  he  moved  his  office  to  Ridge- 
ood  in  1960.  Dr.  Branigan  was  af- 
liated  with  Ridgewood  Hospital  for 
3 years;  he  also  served  on  the  staff 
if  Paterson  General  Hospital.  A 
lember  of  our  Passiac  County  com- 
onent  and  of  the  American  Dental 
ssociation.  Dr.  Branigan  was  a 
I'iplomate  of  the  American  Board  of 
jrthopedic  Surgery  and  a Fellow  of 
le  American  College  of  Surgeiy. 

>r.  Inglis  F.  Frost 

At  the  grand  age  of  96,  Inglis 
olger  Frost,  M.D.,  died  on  July  27, 
984.  Bom  in  New  York,  Dr.  Frost 
eceived  his  medical  degree  from 
ale  Medical  School  in  1912.  After 


an  internship  at  Lenox  Hill  Hospital, 
New  York,  he  opened  his  own  prac- 
tice in  New  York  City.  In  1919,  Dr. 
Frost  moved  to  Morristown,  where 
he  practiced  until  his  retirement  in 
1959.  During  his  lengthy  career,  he 
was  affiliated  with  Riverside  Hospi- 
tal, Boonton;  General  Hospital, 
Dover;  St.  Clare  Hospital,  Denville; 
and  Memorial  Hospital,  Morristown. 
In  1933,  Dr.  Frost  served  as  presi- 
dent of  the  Morris  County  Medical 
Society  and  in  1964,  he  served  as 
president  of  the  New  Jersey  Ob- 
stetrical and  Gynecological  Society. 
Dr.  Frost  was  a recipient  of  MSNJ’s 
Golden  Merit  Award  in  1962,  in  rec- 
ognition of  50  years  of  medical  prac- 
tice. Dr.  Frost  was  a retired  member 
of  our  Morris  County  component,  a 
Fellow  of  the  American  College  of 
Obstetricians  and  Gynecologists 
and  of  the  American  College  of  Sur- 
geons, and  a member  of  the  Ameri- 
can Medical  Association. 

Dr.  Kenneth  E.  Gardner 

Kenneth  Earl  Gardner,  M.D.,  the 
166th  President  of  the  Medical  So- 
ciety of  New  Jersey,  died  on  Septem- 
ber 12,  1984,  at  the  age  of  81.  Dr. 
Gardner,  a family  practitioner  from 
Bloomfield,  served  the  medical  com- 
munity for  over  50  years;  during  his 
lengthy  career  he  was  affiliated  with 
The  Mountainside  Hospital, 
Montclair.  Dr.  Gardner  earned  his 
medical  degree  from  the  University 
of  Pennsylvania  Medical  School  in 
1930  and  completed  postgraduate 
work  at  Philadelphia  General  Hospi- 
tal and  Columbia  University.  A Fel- 
low of  the  American  College  of  Chest 
Physicians,  Dr.  Gardner  was  a re- 
tired member  of  our  Essex  County 
component,  and  a member  of  the 
American  Medical  Association.  Dr. 
Gardner  served  the  Medical  Society 
as  a judicial  councilor,  and  chair- 
man of  the  subcommittee  on  public 
health  and  of  the  welfare  committee. 
In  1980,  Dr.  Gardner  received 
MSNJ’s  Golden  Merit  Award  in  rec- 
ognition of  his  50  years  as  a phy- 
sician. 

Dr.  C.  William  Moeckel 

Clarence  William  Moeckel,  M.D., 
died  in  April  1984.  Bom  in  1904,  Dr. 
Moeckel  earned  his  medical  degree 
at  Tufts  University  School  of  Medi- 
cine. Massachusetts,  in  1928.  A gen- 
eral surgeon.  Dr.  Moeckel  was  af- 
filiated with  The  Mountainside  Hos- 


pital, Montclair.  He  was  a retired 
member  of  our  Essex  County  com- 
ponent, a member  of  the  American 
Medical  Association,  and  a Fellow  of 
the  American  College  of  Surgery. 

Dr.  Ralph  E.  Rosamilia 

Ralph  Elmer  Rosamilia,  M.D.,  chief 
of  surgeiy  at  Clara  Maass  Medical 
Center,  Belleville,  from  1961  to  1971, 
died  on  July  27,  1984.  Bom  in  New- 
ark in  1906,  Dr.  Rosamilia  earned  a 
medical  degree  from  Syracuse  Uni- 
versity Medical  School,  New  York,  in 
1932.  He  maintained  a practice  in 
Newark  for  42  years,  retiring  in 
1976.  Dr.  Rosamilia  was  a retired 
member  of  our  Essex  County  com- 
ponent. In  1982,  Dr.  Rosamilia  re- 
ceived MSNJ’s  Golden  Merit  Award 
honoring  his  50  years  as  a phy- 
sician. 

Dr.  T.M.  Silverman 

At  the  age  of  92,  Theodore  M.  Sil- 
verman, M.D.,  died  on  September  9, 
1984.  Bom  in  New  York  City,  Dr.  Sil- 
verman completed  his  medical 
education  at  the  University  of  Geor- 
gia Medical  School  in  1920.  He 
moved  to  New  Jersey  a few  years 
later  and  was  affiliated  with  St. 
Elizabeth  Hospital  and  Alexian 
Brothers  Hospital,  both  in  Elizabeth. 
Dr.  Silverman  was  a retired  member 
of  our  Somerville  County  compo- 
nent, a member  of  the  American 
Medical  Association,  and  a Fellow  of 
the  American  Academy  of  Family 
Practice. 

Dr.  Egon  W.  Winter 

At  the  age  of  8 1 , Egon  Werner  Win- 
ter, M.D.,  died  at  home  on  August  24, 
1984.  Dr.  Winter  was  a 1925  gradu- 
ate of  the  University  of  Geisen  Medi- 
cal School,  Germany.  He  emigrated 
to  the  United  States  in  1938  and 
opened  a practice  in  Maplewood, 
where  he  served  the  community  for 
20  years.  An  obstetrician-gynecolo- 
gist, Dr.  Winter  was  affiliated  with 
Saint  Barnabas  Medical  Center.  Liv- 
ingston, and  Newark  Beth  Israel 
Medical  Center.  Dr.  Winter  was  a 
member  of  our  Essex  County  com- 
ponent and  of  the  American  Medical 
Association,  a Diplomate  of  the 
American  Board  of  Obstetrics  and 
Gynecology,  and  a Fellow  of  the 
American  College  of  Surgeons  and  of 
the  International  College  of  Sur- 
geons. 


'OL.  81— NUMBER  12— DECEMBER  1984 


1 105 


MSNJ  Members  . . . 

rhere  has  never  been  a better  time  to  improve  your  Keogh  and  Corporate  Retirement  Plans 


Health  Care  Consulting,  Inc.  (HCC),  primary 
affiliate  of  THE  HEALTH  CARE  GROUP,  and 
he  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  introduce 
t timely  program  for  individually  designed 
etirement  plans — 

— drafted  exclusively  for  physicians' 
practice  needs 

— containing  more  than  30  comprehen- 
sive, frequently  overlooked  features 
invaluable  to  medical  practices 

— complying  with  TEFRA  as  you  must  in  1984 

— allowing  the  same  physicians  directed 
investment  choices  for  incorporated  and 
unincorporated  practices 

— and  providing  innovative  Ongoing  Plan 
Service — accessibility  to  consultation  and 
advice,  routine  amendments  and  our 
exclusive  Retirement  Planning  Newsletter 


, MbDICAL 
SQCiety 
OF  NEW  JERSEY 

_ 

€ar  Fell° w Member:  September,  i g84 

?*sSS$ 

fZT  iner  " ^ must  « 1984 

ftures  des^  m 

Health  ~ descriptive  wembe 

Plans  TmT  WW  find  materials  Urn  , ^ 

Umely  Informative  as  v„ 

°°  you  evaluate  your  retirement 


HEM:gsl 

Enclosure 


Sincerely , 

Chairman  cl  M'D- 


1984  is  a pivotal  year  for  retirement  planning,  with  the  challenges  presented  by  TEFRA  and  the 
opportunity  for  individually  drafted  plans.  ~ 


HCC  is  extremely  pleased  to  work  with  MSNJ  and  has  prepared  informative  material  on 

“retirement  planning  under  TEFRA,"  “comprehensive  plan  features,"  and  a “checklist  to  review 
your  plans,"  available  by  phoning  toll-free  or  writing  — 


Health  Care  Group 

Vledical  Society  of  New  Jersey/ 
Health  Care  Consulting,  Inc. 
z/o  THE  HEALTH  CARE  GROUP 
One  Belmont  Avenue 
Bala  Cynwyd,  PA  19004 
1-800-441-0737 
;215)  667-2468 


Name  _ 
Address 


Phone  

Unincorporated  □ Incorporated  □ Fiscal  year  ends 


1106 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Index:  Volume  8i 
January  to  December  1984 


Published  monthly  under  the  direction  of  the  Committee  on  Publication 

Paul  J.  Hirsch,  M.D.,  Chairman 
Dirck  L.  Brendlinger,  M.D. 

Frederick  B.  Cohen,  M.D. 

A.  Olusegun  Fayemi,  M.D. 

La  Verne  Fioretti 
Robert  M.  MacMillan,  M.D. 

Leon  G.  Smith,  M.D. 

Arthur  Krosnick,  M.D.,  Editor 
Geraldine  R.  Hutner,  Managing  Editor 
Dorothy  J.  Griffith,  Assistant  Managing  Editor 

Editorial  Office 
Two  Princess  Road 
Lawrenceville , NJ  08648 

Society  established  July  23,  1766 
The  Journal  founded  September  1,  1904 


70L.  81— NUMBER  12— DECEMBER  1984 


1 107 


ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 


The  Journal  acknowledges  the  contributions  of  the 
members  of  the  Editorial  Board  (whose  names  are 
listed  on  the  title  page  of  each  issue)  for  their  as- 


sistance in  evaluating  scientific  manuscripts.  Th 
Journal  also  wishes  to  thank  the  following  Ad  Ho 
Reviewers  and  Book  Reviewers  for  1984: 


AD 

Herman  Baker,  Ph.D. 

Salvatore  Bongiovanni,  M.D. 

James  E.  George,  M.D.,  J.D. 

Robert  A.  Goldstone,  M.D. 

Bernard  Grossman,  M.D. 

Murray  Kahn,  M.D. 

Sidney  Ketyer,  M.D. 


BOOK 

Jerome  Abrams,  M.D. 

James  W.  Allen,  M.D. 

Joseph  Alpert,  M.D. 

Herman  Baker,  Ph.D. 

Bruce  McL.  Breckenridge,  M.D.,  Ph.D. 

Solomon  J.  Cohen,  M.D. 

Samuel  E.  Einhom,  M.D. 

Jay  Eldredge,  M.D. 

James  E.  George,  M.D.,  J.D. 

Robert  A.  Goldstone,  M.D. 

Ralph  S.  Greco,  M.D. 

Gerard  F.  Hansen,  M.D. 

Christine  E.  Haycock,  M.D. 

Neil  B.  Homer,  M.D. 

Murray  Kahn,  M.D. 

Jack  R Karel,  M.D. 

Avrum  L.  Katcher,  M.D. 

Sidney  Ketyer,  M.D. 

J.F.J.  Leyson,  M.D. 

Stanley  C.  Leonberg,  Jr.,  M.D. 


REVIEWERS 

Bernard  J.  Koven,  M.D. 
Russell  L.  McIntyre,  Th.D. 
Michael  L.  Mund,  M.D. 
Peter  E.  Nathan,  Ph.D. 
Michael  A.  Nevins,  M.D. 
Max  M.  Novich,  M.D. 
James  S.  Todd,  M.D. 


REVIEWERS 

Joel  D.  Levinson,  M.D. 

Hugh  F.  Luddecke,  M.D. 
Robert  M.  MacMillan,  M.D. 
John  S.  Madara,  M.D. 
Dominic  A.  Mauriello,  M.D. 
Joseph  A.  Mauriello,  Jr.,  M.D. 
Robby  Meijer,  M.D. 

Michael  A.  Nevins,  M.D. 
Christopher  A Papa,  M.D. 
Joseph  Peyser,  M.D. 

Hany  M.  Poppick,  M.D. 

T.K.  Rathmell,  M.D. 

Norman  Riegel,  M.D. 

Edwin  L.  Rothfeld,  M.D. 
Manuel  A Rowen,  M.D. 

Mark  M.  Singer,  M.D. 

Leon  G.  Smith,  M.D. 

Robert  K.  Spiro,  M.D. 

Wemer  Steinberg,  M.D. 

Frank  C.  Vanore,  M.D. 


TABLE  OF  PAGES 


January 
February 
March  ... 

April  

May  

June  


1-  88  July  527-  612 

89-160  August  613-  690 

161-256  September  691-  822 

257-352  October  823-  912 

353-440  November  913-1012 

441-526  December  1013-1122 


KEY 


*— Article 
br— Book  review 
cr— Case  report 
cn — Clinical  note 
cm— Commentary 
ed — Editorial 


ip— Impaired  physicians 

le— Letter  to  the  editor 

+— Obituary 

op — Opinion 

ra— Review  article 

sp— Special  article 

sa— State  of  the  art  article 


1108 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


'Abel,  Henri  E„  M.D +685 

Academy  of  Medicine  Awards  ed541 

Academy  of  Medicine  of  New  Jersey: 

A Brief  History— Saffron  *785 

Academy  of  Medicine  of  New  Jersey  Report— 

Hirsch  71,  145.  238,  330,  424,  511,  980 

Acute  Radiation  Pneumonitis— Silberstein;  Malcolm; 

Braun;  Fayemi  cr49 

t Actinomycosis— Baker  Ie995 

Acutely  111  Elderly.  The — Joel  *655 

Adverse  Drug  Reaction  after  Administration  of 
Influenza  Vaccine — Solomon;  Morlino; 

Martucci;  Ney  cn573 

Aesthetic  Breast  Surgery— Greco  br344 

Affuso,  Philip  S„  M.D cr43 

Agarwal,  Shashi  K,  M.D *110,  cr211 

AIDS,  Blood  Banks  and  edl05 

AIDS.  Effects  of,  on  Various  Aspects  of  Blood 

Banking — Kuriyan;  Muschenheim;  Bianco  *875 

AIDS?,  May  a Blood  Bank  Refuse  Donations  To 
Prevent  the  Spread  of— Smith;  Brennan; 

McDonough  *125 

Alabama  Granny  Midwife— Holmes  mh389 

Alcoholic  Cardiomyopathy — GAsp&r  cr557 

lAlewitz,  Sam,  Ph.D *740 

Alexander,  Samuel,  M.D.,  and  the  Uniform  Medical 

Practice  Act — Alexander  *759 

Alexander,  Stewart  F„  M.D *661,  *759 

Allen,  James  W„  M.D *377 

Altin,  Robert  S.,  M.D cr217 

Alzheimer's  Disease:  The  Standard  Reference 

Book — Poppick  br904 

AMA  Principles  of  Medical  Ethics  sa31 

Amniocentesis  for  Prenatal  Diagnosis, 

Midtrimester— Ghiatas  *867 

Amyloidosis— Varga  Ie248 

Amyloidosis  and  Idiopathic  Hypertrophic  Subaortic 
Stenosis,  Cardiac— Daniels;  Weinberg; 

Rangwala  Mintz  *481 

Androgen-Secreting  Ovarian  Tumors  in 

Postmenopausal  Women— Ober  *878 

Anesthesiologist,  Professional  Liability  and  the  285 

Aneurysm  of  the  Descending  Thoracic  Aorta— 

Agarwal;  Haft;  Bachik  cr2 1 1 

Aneurysm,  Tracheoesophageal  Fistula  and 

Arteriosclerotic  Aortic — Schiffman  cr563 

Annual  Meeting  btl44,  bt235,  bt328 

Annual  Review  of  Neuroscience,  Volume  7— 

Leonberg  br605 

Annual  Review  of  Nutrition,  Volume  3— Baker  br605 

Anson,  Leon  J..  M.D Ie903,  +906 

Anthony,  David  W„  M.D +251 

Anticonvulsant  Agents— Geller  322 

Antinori,  C.H.,  M.D cr393 


Aorta  Aneurysm  of  the  Descending  Thoracic — 

Agarwal;  Haft;  Bachik  cr211 

Aortic  and  Mitral  Valve  Replacement,  Part  1 — 

Olivieri;  Kostis  *949 

Aortic  and  Mitral  Valve  Replacement  Part  2— 

Olivieri;  Kostis  *1055 

Area  Health  Education  Center  Program,  The— Landay; 

Cohen;  Reynolds  *37 

Arthroscopy:  Diagnosis  and  Surgical  Practice— 

Goldstone  br605 

Aspiration  in  Metastatic  Malignant  Melanoma 

Fine-Needle— Rothman;  Olaizola  Baker  crl35 

: \Atlas  of  Human  Cross-Sectional  Anatomy — 

Peyser  br683 

Autopsies  at  Newark  City  Hospital,  1908-1911  — 

Sharpe  mh53 

Auxiliary,  President  of  MSNJ  475 

Azzara  Emanuel  S.,  M.D +435 


■— 

Baby  Doe — Brogan  

Baby  Doe  and  Prognosis  Committee — Katcher 

I, 


le517 

edl06 


Bachik,  Michael,  M.D cr211 

Bachmann,  Gloria  A,  M.D *857 

Baker,  John,  C.T crl35 

Banting,  The  Art  of — Krosnick  mhl38 

Banting,  Sir  Frederick  G.— The  Artist  edl05 

Barach,  Richard  L.,  M.D +906 

Barber,  George  E„  M.D +82 

Bart,  Kenneth  J.,  M.D *887 

Basic  and  Clinical  Endocrinology — Singer  br249 

Basic  and  Clinical  Pharmacology — Breckenridge 

brll03 

Basic,  Joan:  Executive  Secretaiy— Willis  Ie995 

Benefits,  Assignment  of  bt997 

Benign  Neglect  Whatever  Happened  to?— Nevins  ...  cm222 

Bergen,  Stanley  S.,  Jr.,  M.D.,  Newark  70,  *791 

Bemardin,  Ronald  Maurice,  M.D +1005 

Bernhard,  Joel  A,  M.D +607 

Bernstein,  Ellen  H„  M.D +435 

Bianco,  Celso,  M.D *875 

Bimbaum,  Leo,  M.D +607 

Births:  A Survey  of  Patients,  Out-of-Hospital— 

Gregory;  McDonough;  Maciorowski;  Miller  *549 

Block,  Paul  J„  M.D +435 

Blood  Banks  and  AIDS  edl05 

Bochenek  Joseph  P„  M.D +520 

Book  Reviews  83,  155,  249,  344,  433,  518, 

605,  683,  904,  996,  1103 

Brain,  Microsurgical  Resection  of  AV  Malformations 
from  Vital  Areas  of  the — Hubschmann; 

Krieger  *870 

Brain-Damaged  Persons,  Rehabilitation  of  Cognitive 

Function  in — Pollack;  Kohn;  Miller  *311 

Brandeis,  V.T.,  M.D *849 

Branigan,  G.V.,  Jr.,  M.D +1105 

Braun,  Evalynne  V.,  M.D cr49 

Breast  Cancer,  Alternative  Treatment— Seltzer  lei 53 

Breast  Cancer:  Diagnosis  and  Management 

Volume  1 — Abrams  br996 

Brennan,  Richard,  LL.D *125 

Brodman,  Estelle,  Ph.D  *779 

Brostrom,  Margaret  A,  Ph.D *967 

Bowers,  Roy  A,  Ph.D *765 

Buckley,  Jeremiah  L.,  M.D +520 

Bump,  S.  Calthrop,  M.D +685 

Burstein,  Allan,  M.D *863 

Byck  Louis,  M.D +685 


c 


Camden,  The  Life  and  Times  of— Alewitz  *740 

Camejo,  Rafael,  M.D +1005 

Canavan,  David  I„  M.D ip65,  ip  140,  ip507 

Cancer  Control  Coordinating  Council  bt235 

Cancer,  Impact  of,  on  Patient  and  Family, 

The  Psychological— Singer  *383 

Carcinoma  in  Children,  Infantile  Embryonal — 

Affuso;  Fayemi  cr43 

Carcinoma  Peroral  Esophageal  Endoprosthesis  for 
the  Management  of  Incurable— Kalkay: 

Pancen  Derman  cr45 

Cardiac  Amyloidosis  and  Idiopathic  Hypertrophic 
Subaortic  Stenosis— Daniels;  Weinberg; 

Rangwala  Mintz  *481 

Cardiomyopathy,  Alcoholic — G&sp&r  cr557 

Carr,  Josephus  C„  M.D +1005 

Carras,  Peter  D„  M.D +1005 

Cassidy,  Herbert  E„  M.D +906 

Ceftriaxone,  A Third  Generation  Cephalosporin— 

Johnson;  Fedder;  Smith  *941 

Cenizal,  Jesus,  M.D crl31 

Cephalosporin,  Ceftriaxone,  A Third  Generation — 

Johnson;  Fedder;  Smith  *941 

Certificate  of  Need  bt997 

Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  bt589 

Challenge  of  the  Geriatric  Imperative— Nevins  ed631 

Chanin,  Israel  L„  M.D +251 

Chico,  Christine,  D.O *798 

Child  Find— Stromsland  Ie604 

Chinard,  Francis,  M.D *661 


vDL.  81— NUMBER  12— DECEMBER  1984 


1 109 


Chiropractic  Practice  bt509 

Chiropractic,  State  Board  Committee  on  bt893 

Choi,  Jay  Jong-11,  M.D cn569 

Cholankeril,  John  V.,  M.D crl31 

Cholecystitis,  Imaging:  An  Approach  to  the 

Diagnosis  of— Zeiger  *411 

Cinotti,  Alfonse  A,  M.D ed632 

Classics  of  Cardiology,  Volume  3— MacMillan  br996 

Clinical  Gastroenterology:  A Problem-Oriented 

Approach — Riegel  br83 

Clinical  Nuclear  Medicine — Homer  br433 

Clinician's  Approach  to  Endocrine  Problems: 

45  Case  Studies— Singer  br683 

CME  Calendar  77,  149,  241,  337,  429,  515, 

597,  677,  899,  991,  1099 

CME  Information  597 

Cognitive  Function  in  Brain-Damaged  Persons — 

Pollack  *311 

Cohen,  Benjamin  L„  D.O *37 

Cohen,  Sidney  L.,  M.D +154 

Colburn,  Daniel  W„  M.D *849 

Colitis,  Radiographic  Findings  in  Pseudomembranous— 

Altin  cr217 

Color  Atlas  of  Life  before  Birth — Steinberg  brl55 

Color  Atlas  of  Diabetes,  A— Einhom  br605 

Common  Skin  Disorders,  2nd  Edition— Papa  br344 

Compulsive  Gambling:  Your  Assemblyman 

Speaks— Hardwick  *1046 

Computer  System,  Selection  of  a Medical  Office- 

Alien  *377 

Computerized  Tomography-Guided  Percutaneous 

Needle  Biopsy— Jewel  *297 

Computerizing  Your  Medical  Office:  A Guide  for 

Physicians  and  Their  Staff— Allen  br433 

Conroy  Case,  The— Rothberg  cm229 

Controversies  in  Dermatology — Kahn  br683 

Conversations  in  Medicine — Weisse  mh576 

Coronary  Artery  Disease  in  Infants  and  Children— 

Eldredge  brl55 

Corporate  Practice  of  Medicine  bt423 

Corporate  Restructuring  of  New  Jersey  Hospitals  ....  bt509 

Cost  of  Health  Care,  The— Courier  669 

Cost  of  Medical  Care  hg465 

Courier,  Jim  669 

Cowen,  David  L.,  MA,  Litt.D *807 

Crystal,  Raymond  F„  M.D *959 

Current  Emergency  Diagnosis  and  Treatment— 

Karel  brl55 

Current  Gastroenterology,  Volume  4 — Levinson  brll03 

Current  Legislation  1089 

Current  Medical  Diagnosis  and  Treatment  1984 — 

Riegel  brll03 

Current  Pediatric  Diagnosis  and  Treatment 

8th  Edition — Cohen  br904 

Current  Surgical  Diagnosis  and  Treatment 

6th  Edition— Spiro  br83 

Current  Therapy  in  Obstetrics  and  Gynecology  II— 

Hansen  br433 

■ D— 

D’Agostin,  Henry,  M.D +1105 

Daniels,  Richard  A,  M.D *481 

Death,  Pronouncement  of  bt589 

Deaths  Related  to  Narcotics  Overdose  in  New  Jersey — 

Feuer;  French  *291 

Delisi,  AM.,  M.D *849 

Demographic  Study  of  Membership  btl43 

Derm  an,  Arnold,  M.D cr45 

Deuell,  William  D„  M.D +520 

DeVivo,  John  A,  M.D +685 

Diabetes:  A New  and  Complete  Guide  to  Healthier 

Living — Einhom  br344 

Diagnostic  Virology  Laboratory  Report — Michalski  425 

Dialysis  for  End-Stage  Renal  Disease— Walken 

Dodelson;  Eisinger  *1067 

Dickinson,  George  W„  M.D +685 

Disorders  of  the  Hip — Goldstone  br344 

Dodelson,  Robert,  M.D *1067 


Donnelly,  John  H„  M.D +341 

Dopamine  Receptors,  Pharmacological  Basis  of 

Therapeutics— Heikkila  *108 

DRG:  New  Jersey  and  the  Federal  System— 

Rineberg  cm40li 

DRG  Position  bt50! 

DRG  Waivers  bt235,  bt89; 

DRGs:  Two  Viewpoints— Maressa;  Rubacky  Ie68 

DRGs:  Update  of— Johnson  cm89 

Dropping  the  Ball:  Tennis,  Golf,  and  Alcohol — 

Van  Ost  edl8 

Drossner,  Jacob  L.,  M.D +607 

Dues  Discount  for  Medical  School  Faculty  btl4C 


Effects  of  AIDS  on  Various  Aspects  of  Blood 

Banking— Kuriyan;  Muschenheim;  Bianco  *875 

Eicosanoids— Mediators  of  Biological  Functions— 

Wolff  507 

Eisinger,  Robert  P„  M.D *1067 

Elective  Offices  of  MSNJ  bt32/i- 

Electrocardiogram  in  Infants  and  Children: 

A Systemic  Approach.  The—  MacMillan  br515 

Emergency  Medicine— Karel  br24£ 

Endoprosthesis  for  the  Management  of  Incurable 
Esophageal  Carcinoma,  Peroral 

Esophageal— Kalkay;  Pancer;  Derman  cr4E 

Esposito,  Joseph  I„  M.D +251 

Essertier,  H.C.,  M.D +346 

Ethics,  AMA  Principles  of  Medical  sa31 

Evaluation  and  Decision  Making  for  Health 

Services  Programs— Madara  br519 

Evaluation  of  the  Suicidal  Adolescent  Patient 

Admitted  to  an  Urban  Hospital— Pierog;  Hill  ...  *197 
Extra-Anatomic  Bypasses  in  Aortoenteric  Fistulas— 
Antinori;  Kain;  Kuchler;  Manuele; 

Pierucci;  Villanueva  cr393 

E)ye  Health  Screening  Week— Cinotti  ed632 

E^ye  Screening  Coordinating  Council  bt893 

— — F 


Familial  Dysalbuminemic  Hyperthyroxinemia 

A Variant— Goldman;  Iflinges  cr404 

Farmer,  Walter  D„  M.D +435 

Farrer,  William  E„  M.D cr317 

Fayemi,  A Olusegun,  M.D cr43,  cr49 

Fedder,  Marc,  M.D *941 

Fee  Freeze  bt893 

Fee  Freeze,  Medicare  bt997 

Ferrary,  Paul  B.,  M.D +154 

Fertilization  in  New  Jersey:  Initial  Experience 
with  In  Vitro— Kemmann;  Colburn; 

Pasquale;  Nosher;  Brandeis;  Delisi; 

Shelden  *849 

Fetal  Alcohol  Syndrome,  Task  Force  on  146 

Feuer,  Elizabeth,  M.D *291 

Fickeissen,  Janet  L„  RN *805 

Filippone,  Dennis  R,  M.D 331 

Finance  and  Budget  Committee  on  bt510 

Fine-Needle  Aspiration  in  Metastatic  Malignant 

Melanoma — Rothman;  Olaizola;  Baker  crl35 

Finkel,  Jerrold  S„  M.D +1005 

First  Clinical  Year  of  Medical  School,  The— 

Kranzlen  Vitting;  Reynolds  *113 

Fischer,  Alvin  L„  M.D +685 

Fistulas,  Extra-Anatomic  Bypasses  in  Aortoenteric— 
Antinori;  Kain;  Kuchler;  Manuele; 

Pierucci;  Villanueva  cr393 

Fitzpatrick,  Thomas  P *701 

Flashback,  FUsks  Associated  with  Post-traumatic— 

Burstein  *863 

Frank,  Perry,  M.D +520 

Frantantuno,  M.J.,  M.D +346 

Franz  Ronald  L.,  M.D +906 

French,  John,  MA  *291 

Frost  Inglis  F„  M.D +1105 

Fulcrums  and  Forums,  and  Clout — Bourns  Ie681 


1110 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


Fundamentals  of  Family  Medicine—  Peyser  br249 

Fundamentals  of  Immunology,  2nd  Edition— 

Luddecke  br519 


— — G -—■■■« 

Gambling,  New  Jersey  Initiates  Steps  To  Combat 


Compulsive— Klein  *1051 

Gardam,  Joseph  W„  M.D +685 

Gardner,  Kenneth  E„  M.D +1105 

Gcispcir,  Istvdn  A,  M.D cr557 

Geller,  Herbert  M„  Ph.D 322 

Gellman,  Mrs.  William  B 475 

Geriatric  Assessment  Programs— Rubenstein  *651 

I Geriatric  Imperative  *637 

Ghlatas,  Abraham,  M.D *867 

Gilbert,  Donald  K.  M.D +346 

Glasgold,  Alvin  I.,  M.D *187 

Glick,  Bernard,  M.D +520 

Golden  Merit  Awards  476 

Goldman,  Michael  H„  M.D cr404,  cr501 

Goldstein,  Herman  H„  M.D +82 

Goldstein,  Jonathan,  M.D *110 

Good,  Charles  K,  M.D +686 


Gossypol,  An  Oral  Male  Contraceptive— Penningroth  . 663 


Gotsch,  Audrey  R,  Ph.D *493 

Greenfield,  Arthur  W„  M.D +435 

Gregory,  Margaret,  M.D *549,  *935 

Grieco,  Emil  H„  M.D +906 

Gross,  Arthur  F„  M.D +251 

Grossman,  Bernard,  M.D op421 

Guide  to  Cardiology,  The — Rowen  br684 

Guided  Blind  Endotracheal  Intubation— Choi; 

Potian;  Yoo;  Wu  cn569 

Guthom,  Peter  J„  M.D *769 


H 


Haft,  Jacob,  M.D *110,  *211 

Hall,  Perry  O.,  M.D +154 

Halperin,  David,  M.D +251 

Handbook  of  Pediatric  Primary  Care,  2nd  Edition— 

Vanore  br996 

Hansen,  Gerard  F„  M.D *935 

Hardwick,  Chuck  *1046 

Harrington,  John  H„  M.D +520 

Harris,  Edward,  M.D *661 

Haycock,  Christine  E„  M.D *773 

Health  and  Human  Values:  A Guide  to  Making 

Your  Own  Decisions — Nevins  brll03 

Health  Care  Facilities  Planning  Act  bt894 

Health  Care  Facility  Committee,  Blue  Ribbon 

Ad  Hoc  btl43 

Heart  Multiple  Imaging  Procedures— Ketyer  br83 

Hebble,  Judy  *493 

Heikkila,  Richard  E„  Ph.D *1084 

Hely,  Charles  J„  M.D +1005 

Henderson,  George  T„  M.D +251 

Hermann,  John  H„  M.D +435 

Hill,  Austin,  Ph.D *197 

Hill,  Clarence  T„  M.D +607 

Hinman,  Alan  R,  M.D *899 

Hirsch,  Paul  J„  M.D 71,  145,  238,  330,  424,  511,  980 

Historiography,  1964-1984,  New  Jersey  Medical— 

Cowen  *807 

History  of  Medicine  and  Medical  Care  in 

New  Brunswick,  The— Reitman  *737 

I Hitzemann,  Luis  A,  M.D +686 

HMO  Advertising  bt589 

Holmes,  Linda,  M.PA  mh389 

Horowitz,  Susan  B„  Ph.D *187 

Hospital  Association,  The  History  of  the 

New  Jersey— Staab  *802 

Hospital  Governing  Boards  21,  107,  185,  283,  465, 

545,  635,  847,  931,  1045 

Hospital  Medical  Staff  Section  bt423 

Hubschmann,  Otakar  R,  M.D *870 

Hydatid  Disease  of  the  Liver— Kessler,  Ketyen 

Cholankerll;  Cenizal  crl31 


Hymowitz,  Norman,  Ph.D *487 

Hyperprolactinemia  in  a Patient  with 

Pseudotumor  Cerebri— Goldman;  Rabin  cr501 

Hypertensive  Patients;  Promoting  Compliance  in— 

Supino;  Gotsch;  Van  Harlingen;  Hebble  *493 

Hyperthyroxinemia-  A Variant,  Familial 

Dysalbuminemic — Goldman;  Klinges  cr404 


I 


Illustrated  Computer  Tomography:  A Practical 

Guide  to  CT  Interpretations—  Homer  br433 

Illustrated  Textbook  of  Gynaecology— Hansen  br904 

Imaging;  An  Approach  to  the  Diagnosis 

of  Cholecystitis— Zeiger  *411 

Imaging,  Indium- 1 1 1-Oxine- Labeled  Leukocyte- 

Palace;  Crystal  *959 

Immunizations  During  Pregnancy — Preblud; 

Bart;  Hinman  *889 

Impaired  Physicians  Program  65,  140,  507,  667 

Indium-1 1 1-Oxine- Labeled  Leukocyte  Imaging- 

Palace;  Crystal  *959 

Infantile  Embryonal  Carcinoma  in  Children— 

Affuso;  Fayemi  cr43 

Initial  Experience  with  In  Vitro  Fertilization  in 
New  Jersey— Kemmann;  Colburn;  Pasquale; 

Nosher;  Brandeis;  Delisi;  Shelden  *849 

Insulin-Like  Growth  Factors,  Pharmacological  Basis 

of  Therapeutics— Brostrom  *967 

Interface  between  the  Acute  Hospital  and 

Long-Term  Care,  The— Kane;  Kennie  *643 

Intrauterine  Testicular  Torsion — Rosenberg; 

Zimmerman  cr320 

Intubation,  Guided  Blind  Endotracheal— 

Choi;  Potian;  Yoo;  Wu  cn569 

Is  There  a Doctor  in  the  House?— 

Primich  edl041 

Is  There  an  Indigenous  Viral  Flora  in  Man?— 

Michalski  *121 


J 


Jacobus,  Raymond  E.,  M.D +520 

James,  Harold  E„  M.D +154 

JEMPAC  Report  26 

JEMPAC  Update— Ryan  *586 

Jewel,  Kenneth  L„  M.D *297,  *884 

Joel,  Lucille  A,  Ed.D *655 

Johnson,  Edward  S.,  M.D *941 

Johnson,  Martin  E cm891 

Journal  Format,  The— Bergen;  Sakson  Ie517 

Journalism,  The  History  of  Medical,  in  New  Jersey— 

Krosniek  *723 

Juhasz,  Nicholas  M„  M.D +686 


K 


Kain,  E.H.,  M.D cr393 

Kalkay,  M.  Nuri,  M.D cr45 

Kane,  William  J„  M.D *643 

Karl,  Sarah  *487 

Karshmer,  Nathan,  M.D +251 

Katcher,  Avrum  L„  M.D edl06 

Keates,  George  H„  M.D +907 

Kemmann,  E„  M.D *849 

Kennie,  David  C.,  M.D *643 

Kessler,  Michael  A,  M.D crl31 

Ketyer,  Sidney,  M.D crl31 

Kilmer,  Frederick  B„  A Notable  New  Jersey 

Pharmacist— Bowers  *765 

Klein,  Robert  M *1051 

Kler,  Joseph  H„  M.D 75,  +251 

Kline,  Oram  R,  M.D +346 

Klinges,  Karl,  M.D cr404 

Kohn,  Herbert,  Ph.D *311 

Koralek,  Adolph,  H„  M.D +346 

Kostant,  George  H„  M.D +251 

Kostis,  John,  M.D *949,  *1055 


VOL  81— NUMBER  12— DECEMBER  1984 


1111 


Kovacs,  Alexander,  D„  M.D 70,  144,  473 

Kranzler,  Henry,  M.D *113 

Kratka,  Harold  D„  M.D +1006 

Krleger,  Abbott  J.,  M.D *870 

Krosnick,  Arthur,  M.D mhl38,  *723 

Kubes,  Zdenek,  M.D +435 

Kuchler,  JA,  M.D cr393 

Kudos  to  The  Journal,  Its  Staff,  and  Others  ed462 

Kuriyan,  Mercy,  M.D *875 

Kustrup,  Dr.  John  F„  M.D.,  1907-1984  ed842 


L 


Ladas,  George,  M.D +251 

Landay,  Merwyn  A,  D.D.S *37 

Laquatra,  Idamarle  *487 

LaPorta,  Michael  L„  M.D +686 

Lasker,  Norman,  M.D *415 

Laufenberg,  Joseph  W„  M.D +907 

Law  of  Medical  Practice  in  Pennsylvania  and 

New  Jersey,  The — George  br905 

Law  of  the  Duck,  The— Mlnzter  Ie343 

Leach,  John  E„  M.D +607 

Legal  Services  Plan  bt509 

Legislation,  Current  1089 

Lenape  Contribution  to  New  Jersey 

Medicine,  The— Fitzpatrick  *701 

Length  of  Stay— Dang  Ie995 

Letters  to  the  Editor  81,  153,  247,  342,  517, 

604,  681,  903,  995 

Limited  Licensed  Practitioners  bt589 


Liver,  Hydatid  Disease  of  the — Kessler;  Ketyen 


Cholankeril;  Cenizal  crl31 

Loigman,  Barry  I„  M.D *884 


M 


Macaulay,  Francis  A,  M.D +1006 

Maciorowski,  Linda  RN *549 

Magnetic  Resonance  Imaging  (MR1) — 

Jewel,  Loigman;  Mattem;  Richman; 

Royer  Whelan  *884 

Male  Reproduction  and  Fertility — Leyson  br250 

Mancene,  Edward  M„  M.D +607 

Mandatory  Assignment  bt589;  le604 

Manual  of  Clinical  Gastroenterology — Riegel  br83 

Manuele,  V.J.,  M.D cr393 

Maressa  Vincent  A,  M.D cm409 

Marrella  Louis  F.,  M.D +82 

Martland,  Harrison  F„  M.D.— Bellet;  Berg  Ie342;  le903 

Martucci,  Mary,  RN cn573 

Mass  for  Physicians— Desmond  Ie681 

Maternal  Deaths  in  New  Jersey,  1982 — 

Hansen;  Gregory  *935 

Mattem,  Richard  R,  M.D *884 

May  A Blood  Bank  Refuse  Donations  To  Prevent 
the  Spread  of  AIDS?— Smith;  Brennan; 

McDonough  *125 

McCormack,  John  L.,  M.D *190 

McCue,  John  B.,  M.D +252 

McDonough,  Brian,  J.D *125 

McDonough,  Robert  B„  RN *549 

Medicaid  Cost  Containment  bt893 

Medical  Care,  The  Rising  Cost  of  ed841 

Medical  Dynasty  in  New  Jersey,  A — Brodman  *779 

Medical  Philately— Kler  75 

Medical  Staff  Standards  bt235 

Medication  Dispensing  bt423 

Medicine  for  the  Practicing  Physician — Poppick  br250 

Medicine  in  New  Jersey  to  1825,  A Sketch  of— 

Saffron  *709 

Meehan,  Martin  M„  M.D +82 

Melanoma,  Fine-Needle  Aspiration  in  Metastatic 

Malignant— Rothman;  Olaizola;  Baker  crl35 

Meltsner,  Louis,  M.D +252 

Membership  Newsletter  7,  94,  167,  265,  359,  449, 

532,  619,  829,  919,  1021 

Merritt's  Textbook  oj  Neurology,  Seventh  Edition— 

Leonberg  brll04 


Method  of  Abdominal  Wound  Closure,  A — 

Samson;  Schulman;  Sabo;  Schulman; 

Silvers  *205 

Mettler,  Fred  A,  M.D + 1105 

Metzer,  Freeman  W.,  M.D +435 

Michalski,  Frank  J„  Ph.D *121,  425 

Microsurgical  Resection  of  AV  Malformations 
from  Vital  Areas  of  the  Brain— 

Hubschmann;  Krleger  *87( 

Midtrimester  Amniocentesis  for  Prenatal 

Diagnosis— Ghiatas  *867 

Milch,  Ronald  B *647 

Miller,  Eva,  M.S *54£ 

Miller,  Michael  H„  Ph.D *31 1 

Mintz,  Gary,  M.D *481 

Mitral  Valve  Replacement  Aortic  and— 

Olivieri;  Kostis  *949,  *1055 

Modarelli,  Walter  H„  M.D +1006 

Moeckel,  C.  William,  M.D +1105 

Morlino,  John,  D.O cn573 

MSNJ:  America’s  First  and  Oldest  Medical  Society— 

Hutner  *718 

MSNJ  Annual  Meeting  ed543 

MSNJ  Auxiliary  ....  71,  145,  237,  329,  673,  895,  979,  1089 

MSNJ  News— Via  HIN  TV  edl80 

Muschenheim,  Frederick,  M.D *875, 

Myers,  Norman  V.,  M.D +686! 

Myth  or  Fact  Can  Women  Self-Diagnose 

Pregnancy?— Bachmann  *857 


'N' 


Narcotics  Overdose  in  New  Jersey,  Deaths  Related  to— 

Feuer;  French  *291 

Nelson's  Textbook  of  Pediatrics,  12th  Edition— 

Katcher  br684 

Nevins,  Michael  A,  M.D cm222,  *637,  *661 

New  Frontiers  in  Mammary  Pathology — Rathmell  . br519 
New  Jersey  Initiates  Steps  To  Combat  Compulsive 

Gambling — Klein  *1051 

New  Jersey  Hospital  Association  bt68 

New  Members  71,  330,  511,  673,  895,  1093 

Newell,  William  Augustus,  M.D.,  and  the  Life 

Saving  Service— Guthom  *769 

Ney,  Dolores,  RN cn573  j 

Nobile,  James  J„  M.D +435 

Nominating  Committee,  Report  of  335 

Nosher,  J.,  M.D *849 

Nuclear  Magnetic  Resonance  (NMR)  Imaging- 

Homer  br434 

Nurses’  Association,  New  Jersey  State— Fickeissen  ....  *805 


i 


Ober,  William  B„  M.D *878 

Obituaries  82,  154,  251,  346,  435,  520, 

607,  685,  906,  1005,  1105 

Olaizola,  Yayone,  M.D crl35 

Olivieri,  Philip,  M.D *949,  *1055 

Olson,  Vendela  E„  M.D +520 

Opportunity  for  Change,  An— Milch  *647 

Orthopaedic  Society,  New  Jersey  bt997 

Osteopathic  Medicine  in  New  Jersey,  The 

First  40  Years— Thompson;  Chico  *798 

Out-of-Hospital  Births:  A Survey  of  Patients— 

Gregory;  McDonough;  Maciorowski;  Miller  *549 

Ovarian  Tumors  in  Postmenopausal  Women, 

Androgen-Secreting— Ober  *878 

Overcoming  Psychic  Numbing — Grossman  op421 

Ownership  Statement  988 


Pacemaker  Therapy—  Rothfeld  br434 

Palace,  Fred  M„  M.D *959 

Pancer,  Bernard,  M.D cr45 

Pancreatic  Pseudocyst  Associated  with  Valproic 

Acid  Therapy — Baskies  cr399 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


1112 


’arvin,  Robert  W.,  M.D +1006 

’asquale,  S„  M.D *849 

’atient  Care  at  State  Psychiatric  Institutions  and 

Mental  Health  Centers  bt235 

'atient  Education  Program  bt589,  bt893 

’ediatrie  Briefs  63,  325,  973 

’eer  Review  Organization  btl43 

’elosi,  Marco  A,  M.D *303 

’enningroth,  Stephen  M„  Ph.D 663 

’eroral  Esophageal  Endoprosthesis  for  the 
Management  of  Incurable  Esophageal 

Carcinoma— Kalkay;  Pancer,  Derman  cr45 

’etrosino,  Carmen  P„  M.D +907 

’harmacological  Basis  of 

Therapeutics  322,  503,  663,  967,  1084 

’himosis:  A Cause  of  Renal  Failure — Rosenberg  Ie81 

,’hysical  Examinations  by  Nurses  bt423 

’hysical  Therapy  and  Unlicensed  Aides  bt509 

’hysician  Legal  Bulletin  285,  623,  1033 

’hysicians  in  the  Mouse  Trap — Smith  ed371 

’hysicians  Seeking  Location  in 


512,  594,  674,  896,  980,  1094 

’ierog,  Sophie,  M.D *197 

’ierucci,  L„  Jr.,  M.D cr393 

’neumonitis,  Acute  Radiation— Silberstein,  Malcolm; 

Braun;  Fayemi  cr49 

’ollack,  Irwin  W„  M.D.,  Piscataway  *311 

’ollis,  Nicholas  L„  M.D +1006 

’ores,  Ira  H„  M.D +907 

’ostmyocardial  Infarction  Rupture  of  the  Ventricular 

Septum— Agarwal;  Haft;  Goldstein  *110 

’otian,  Marcelino,  M.D.,  Newark  cn569 


’orner  and  the  Profession  of  Obstetrics— Abrams  ...  br344 

tactical  Infectious  Diseases— Mauriello  br250 

Tactical  Solutions  to  Common  Transfusion 

Problems— Taylor  591 

’reblud,  Stephen  R,  M.D *889 

’regnancy.  Immunizations  During — Preblud; 

Bart;  Hinman  *889 

’regnancy.  Myth  or  Fact:  Can  Women 

Self-Diagnose? — Bachmann  *857 

’regnancy.  Termination  of  btl088 

’remenstrual  Syndrome:  Fact  or  Fantasy?  Pelosi  *303 

’rescriptions  for  Controlled  Substances  bt235 

’resident’s  Column — Kovacs  69,  144,  236,  328 

’residential  Column— Minzter  Ie343 

’reventing  Death  from  “Hits”— Sugerman  ed281 

Mmary  Prevention  of  Coronary  Heart  Disease: 

A Practical  Guide  for  the  Clinician— 

Poppick  brl55 

’rimich,  Frank  J„  M.D edl041 

’RO  bt423,  bt510 

’rofessional  Liability  Commentary  13,  99,  175, 

276,  365,  456,  537,  629,  837,  923,  1037 

Pn ogress  in  Cardiology,  Volume  //—Poppick  br518 

’romoting  Compliance  in  Hypertensive  Patients— 

Supino;  Gotsch;  Van  Harlingen;  Hebble  *493 

’seudocyst  Associated  with  Valproic  Acid  Therapy, 

Pancreatic — Baskies  cr399 

’seudotumor  Cerebri,  Hyperprolactinemia  in  a 

Patient  with— Goldman;  Rabin  cr501 

’sychological  Effects  of  Rhinoplasty— 

Glasgold;  Horowitz  *187 

’sychological  Impact  of  Cancer  on  Patient  and 

Family,  The— Singer  *383 

’ulmonary  Edema  Complicating  Epiglottitis— 

Blankson;  Scott;  Bekes  Ie247 


Quality  of  Care  Audit  of  Services  bt589 


R 


labin,  Aaron,  M.D cr501 

ladiographic  Findings  in  Pseudomembranous 

Colitis— Altin  cr217 


Radionuclide  Testicular  Scanning— McCormack  *190 

Ramamurti,  Suresh,  M.D cr317 

Rangwala  An  is  F„  M.D *481 

Read,  Hilton  S.,  M.D +346 

Reading,  Edward  G„  M.  Div ip667 

Rehabilitation  of  Cognitive  Function  in  Brain- 

Damaged  Persons — Pollack;  Kohn;  Miller  *311 

Reich,  Samuel  B„  M.D +521 

Reitman,  Norman,  M.D *737 

Renal  Disease,  Dialysis  for  End-Stage— Walken 

Dodelson;  Eisinger  *1067 

Renal  Failure,  Diet  and  Nutrition  in  Chronic — 

Lasker  *415 

Reorganization  of  Hospital  Staff— Harris  Ie342 

Retired  Lines  Reserve  1092 

Review  of  Microbiology — Smith  br905 

Reynolds,  Richard  C„  M.D *37,  *113 

Rhinoplasty,  Psychological  Effects  of— Glasgold; 

Horowitz  *187 

Richman,  Steven  D„  M.D *884 

Rineberg,  Bernard  A,  M.D cm406 

Risks  Associated  With  Post-traumatic  Flashbacks— 

Burstein  *863 

Rocco,  Leo  C.,  M.D +607 

Rosamilia  Ralph  E„  M.D +1105 

Rosen,  Charles  D„  M.D +907 

Rosenberg,  Joel,  M.D *320 

Rossi,  John  R,  M.D +907 

Rothberg,  Harvey,  M.D cm229 

Rothman,  Donald,  M.D crl35 

Royer,  Charles  C.,  M.D *884 

Rubenstein,  Laurence  Z.,  M.D *651 

Rusin,  Michael  J„  M.D +252 

Ryan,  William  E„  M.D *586 


s 


Sabo,  Jack  C.,  M.D *205 

Saffron,  Morris  H„  M.D *709,  *785 

Samson,  Ian  D„  M.D *205 

Sandella  Joseph  F„  M.D +1006 

Saul,  Maslah,  M.D +607 

Sawyer,  Blackwell,  M.D +907 

Schefrin,  Alexander  E.,  M.D +82 

Schiffman,  Raymond,  M.D cr563 

Schulman,  Jesse,  M.D *205 

Schulman,  William  M„  M.D *205 

School,  The  First  Clinical  Year  of  Medical— Kranzler; 

Vitting;  Reynolds  *113 

Sciortino,  Joseph,  M.D +907 

SCRAP— Hymowitz;  Laquatra  Karl  *487 

Selection  of  a Blue  Cross/Blue  Shield  Trustee — 

Maressa  ed463 

Selection  of  a Medical  Office  Computer  System- 

Alien  *377 

Seltzer,  Murray  H„  M.D lei 53 

Septum,  Postmyocardial  Infarction  Rupture  of  the 

Ventricular — Agarwal;  Haft;  Goldstein  *110 

Sharpe,  William  D„  M.D mh53 

Shelden,  RM *849 

Should  Community  Hospitals  Have  Geriatric 

Units? — Nevins  *687 

Silberstein,  Stuart,  M.D cr49 

Silverman,  Theodore  M +1105 

Silvers,  Lawrence  W„  M.D *205 

Sims,  Eugene  W.R,  M.D +82 

Singer,  Barton  A,  Ph.D *383 

Smith,  Leon  G„  M.D *125,  ed371,  *941 

Smoking  Cessation  Reduction  Act  Program,  The — 

Hymowitz;  Laquatra  Karl  *487 

Snape,  William  J.,  M.D *731 

Social  Transformation  of  American  Medicine— 

Madara  br83 

Solomon,  Robert,  M.D cn573 

Source  Book  of  Plastic  Surgery,  The  — Meijer  brl  104 

Specialty  Society  Representation  bt327 

Spivak,  David,  M.D +907 

Spleen,  Tuberculous  Abscess  of  the — Farrer; 

Ramamurti  cr317 


/OL.  81— NUMBER  12— DECEMBER  1984 


1 1 13 


Sports,  Committee  on  Medical  Aspects  of  bt327 

Sports  Medicine:  Health  Care  for  Young  Athletes — 

Haycock  br518 

Staab,  Linda  *802 

State  Board  of  Medical  Examiners  bt68 

Stein,  Arthur  H„  M.D +252 

Stein,  Steven  F„  M.D +346 

Stenosis,  Cardiac  Amyloidosis  and  Idiopathic 

Hypertrophic  Subaortic— Daniels;  Weinberg; 

Rangwala;  Mintz  *481 

Stewart,  Irving  J„  M.D +521 

Stutchin,  Abe  D„  M.D +435 

Subordinated  Loan  Certificates  btl088 

Sugerman,  A.  Arthur,  M.D ed281 

Suicidal  Adolescent  Patient  Admitted  to  an  Urban 

Hospital,  Evaluation  of  the— Pierog;  Hill  *197 

Summary  Statement  of  ACP  Study  Group— Nevins; 

Alexander  Chinard;  Harris;  Wallen  *661 

Supino,  Phyllis,  Ed.D *493 


T 


Tamisiea,  John  A,  Award  896 

Taylor,  H.L.,  M.D 591 

Technological  Basis  of  Radiation  Therapy: 

Practical  Clinical  Applications— Ketyer  br684 

TEFRA  Regulations  btl44,  bt589 

Temporary  Vocal  Cord  Paralysis— Demos  Ie247 

Testicular  Scanning,  Ftadionuclide— McCormack  *190 

Testicular  Torsion,  Intrauterine— Rosenberg; 

Zimmerman  cr320 

Third  International  Symposium  of  Plastic  and 
Reconstructive  Surgery  of  the  Eye  and 

Adnexa—  Mauriello  brll04 

Thompson,  Robert  L„  Ed.D *798 

Tomography-Guided  Percutaneous  Needle  Biopsy, 

Computerized — Jewel  *297 

Total  Mastectomy  v Partial  Mastectomy  and 

Radiation  Therapy— Cabrera;  Schwartz  Ie247 

Tracheoesophageal  Fistula  and  Arteriosclerotic 

Aortic  Aneurysm— Schiffman  cr563 

Transfusion  Problems,  Practical  Solutions  to— 

Taylor  591 

Trustees’  Minutes  68,  143,  235,  327,  425,  509, 

589,  893,  977,  1088 

Tuberculous  Abscess  of  the  Spleen— Farren 

Ramamurti  cr317 


— ■ 1 u—^— 

UMDNJ,  Medical  Education  of  New  Jersey: 

The  Development  of— Bergen  *785 


UMDNJ  Notes  70,  144,  237,  329,  424,  510, 

590,  762,  894,  979,  1088 
Urgi-Centers  bt235 


Vaccine,  Adverse  Drug  Reaction  After  Administration 


of  Influenza — Solomon;  Morlino; 

Martucci;  Ney  cn57. 

Van  Harlingen,  David,  Ed.D *49 

Van  Ost,  William  C.,  M.D edl8 

Vanderbeek,  Stuart  W„  M.D +52 

Varhol,  Joseph  G„  M.D +8: 

Varicose  Veins,  Related  Diseases  and 

Schlerotherapy:  A Guide  for  Practitioners— 

Alpert  br60i 

Villanueva,  D.T.,  M.D cr39;  t 

Vitting,  Kevin,  M.D *11:1 

Vocal  Cord  Paralysis— Pizzo  Ie8 

Voss,  John  C.,  M.D +68( 


iWi 


" 


Walker,  John  A.,  M.D *106' 

Wallen,  Marven,  M.D *66 

Walters,  George  M„  M.D +25:1 

Watson,  Frank  Y„  M.D ed461,  46! 

Weems,  Don  B„  Sr.,  M.D +8:: 

Weinberg,  Ronald,  M.D *48 

Weintraub,  William  L.,  M.D +8:1 

Weisse,  Allen  B„  M.D mh57( 

Whatever  Happened  to  Benign  Neglect?— Nevins  ....  cm22i 

Whelan,  Charles  A.,  M.D *88^ 

White,  Thomas  J„  M.D +68t 

Williams,  David  P„  Jr.,  M.D +90'! 

Williams  Issue,  Comments  on— Kohn  Ie681 

Williams,  William  Carlos,  A Postscript  edl7 

Willoughby,  Frances  L„  M.D +684 

Winsten,  Sol  S.,  M.D +154] 

Winter,  Egon  W„  M.D +1105 

Wolfe,  Donald  J„  Ph.D 50c 

Wolfe,  Edward  L.,  Ph.D *731 

Women  Physicians  of  New  Jersey:  The  Early  Era- 

Haycock  *773: 

Wound  Closure,  A Method  of  Abdominal — 

Samson;  Schulman;  Sabo;  Schulman; 

Silvers  *205 

Wu,  Wen-Hsien,  M.D cn569 


Yellow  Fever  During  the  18th  Century,  Preliminary 

Report  of— Snape;  Wolfe  

Yoo,  Eun  Ye,  M.D 

Youngest  Science,  The — Madara  


*731 

cn569! 

brl55 


Zeiger,  Louis  S„  M.D 41  lj 

Zimmerman,  Milton,  M.D cr320 


1 1 14 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


MEDICAL  COMPUTERS 


It’s  Your  Affair, 

■>()  Don’t  Lift  A Finger 

Since  we  want  your 
special  day  to  be  carefree 
just  lift  the  phone  and  call 


Perfect  Catering  For  A Perfect  Affair 

Trenton,  New  Jersey 

609-890-0778 


DEC  - IBM  - TELEVIDEO 
ALTOS  - NCR 


THINKING  OF  COMPUTERIZING  YOUR  PRACTICE? 

FBL  MEDICAL  COMPUTER  SPECIALISTS  offers 

a wide  variety  of  hardware/software  configurations  for  every 
medical  office,  hospital  and  clinic  application. 


• AUTOMATIC  INSURANCE 

• 

APPOINTMENT 

FORM  PREPARATION 

SCHEDULING 

• ACCOUNTS  RECEIVABLE 

• 

ELECTRONIC  CLAIMS 

CONTROL 

SUBMISSION 

• AUTOMATIC  PATIENT  RECALL 

WORD  PROCESSING 

• PRACTICE  MANAGEMENT 

• 

MEDICARE  MEDICAID 

REPORTS 

BILLING 

• CLINICAL  RECORDS 

• 

GENERAL  LEDGER 

• ACCOUNTS  PAYABLE 

• 

INVENTORY 

UNIX  SOFTWARE  AVAILABLE  FOR  ALTOS  AND  NCR 
MUMPS  SOFTWARE  AVAILABLE  FOR  DEC 


SPECIALISTS  IN  MULTI-USER,  MULTI-TASKING 
DATA-BASE  MANAGEMENT  SYSTEMS 


PROVIDING  YOU  WITH  OVER  15  YEARS 
OF  MEDICAL  COMPUTER  EXPERIENCE 

CONSULTING  SERVICE  AVAILABLE 
3 ROUTE  46W,  FAIRFIELD,  N.J.  07006  201-882-9210 


F B L 

e>'"' — ■■  -- 


Doctors:  Write  your  own  prescription 

to  cure  insurance  pains  . . . 

Prescription 

Prescription 

uamo  MSNJ  Member 

X 

Name 

Address 

MSNJ  Group 

Blue  Cross/Blue  Shield 
Major  Medical  and 
Dental  Insurance 

that  provides: 

- Flexible  plans 

- Comprehensive  benefits 

- Low,  competitive  rates 

- Centralized  Administration 

Designed  and  Administered  by 

f DONALD  F SMITH ASSOCIATES) 

Phone 

Please  send  more  information 
on  the  MSNJ 

□ Blue  Cross/Blue  Shield  Program 

□ Major  Medical  Program 

□ Group  Dental  Program 
Return  to: 

Donald  F.  Smith  & Associates 
One  Airport  Place,  Route  206  North 
P.O.  Box  2197, 

Princeton,  New  Jersey  08540 

(609)  924-8700,  (201)  622-6046 

□L.  81— NUMBER  12— DECEMBER  1984 


1 1 15 


Author  Information 

Style 

Sheet 


The  Journal  is  the 
official  organ  of  the 
Medical  Society  of  New 
Jersey.  The  goals  of  The 
Journal  are  educational 
and  informational.  All 
material  published  in  The 
Journal  is  copyrighted  by 
MSNJ. 


CONTENT 

The  educational  content  of  each 
issue  appears  as  scientific  articles, 
based  on  research,  original  concepts 
relative  to  epidemiology  of  disease, 
and  treatment  methodology;  ease  re- 
ports based  on  unusual  clinical  ex- 
periences; review  articles;  clinical 
notes,  succinct  items  on  some 
aspect  or  new  observation  or  tech- 
nique of  a case  experience;  and 
special  articles,  which  include  evalu- 
ations, policy  and  position  papers, 
and  reviews  of  nonseientific  sub- 
jects. Other  topics  include  commen- 
tary (critical  narration);  medical  his- 
tory; therapeutic  drug  information; 
pediatric  briefs;  nutrition  update; 
and  an  opinion  column.  Editorials 
are  prepared  by  the  Editor  and  by 
guest  contributors  on  timely  and  rel- 
evant subjects;  editorials  are  the  re- 
sponsibility of  the  author.  The  Doc- 
tors’ Notebook  section  contains  or- 
ganizational, informational,  and  ad- 
ministrative items  from  MSNJ  and 
from  the  community.  Letters  to  the 
Editor  and  book  reviews  are  wel- 
come and  will  be  published  as  space 
permits.  The  principal  aim  in  the 
preparation  of  a contribution 
should  be  relevance  to  diagnosis  and 
treatment  and  to  education  of  pa- 
tients and  professionals.  Preference 
will  be  given  to  professional  authors 
from  New  Jersey  and  to  out-of-state 
lecturers  who  submit  a suitable 


manuscript  based  on  a presentation 
made  in  New  Jersey. 

ASSIGNMENT  OF  COPYRIGHT 

In  compliance  with  the  Copyright 
Revision  Act  of  1976  (effective  Janu- 
aiy  1,  1978),  a transmittal  letter  or 
a separate  statment  accompanying 
material  offered  to  The  Journal  of 
the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
must  contain  the  following  language 
and  must  be  signed  by  all  authors: 

“In  consideration  of  The  Journal 
of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey 
taking  action  in  reviewing  and  edit- 
ing my  submission,  the  author(s) 
undersigned  hereby  transfers,  as- 
signs, or  otherwise  conveys  all 
copyright  ownership  to  the  Medical 
Society  of  New  Jersey,  in  the  event 
that  such  work  is  published  in  The 
Journal,  MSNJ.” 

SPECIFICATIONS 

Submit  two  manuscripts  that 
must  be  typewritten  and  double- 
spaced on  8'/2"  by  11"  paper. 
Statistical  methods  used  in  articles 
should  be  identified.  Acknowl- 
edgements will  be  made  only  for 
specific  preparation  of  an  essential 
part  of  the  manuscript. 

Authors  are  asked  to  seek  clarity, 
accuracy,  and  originality;  attention 
to  details  of  grammar,  spelling,  and 
typing  are  important. 

The  title  page  should  include  the 
full  name,  degrees,  and  affiliations  of 
all  authors,  and  the  name  and  ad- 
dress of  the  author  to  whom  reprint 
requests  should  be  sent. 

The  author  should  submit  a 40- 
word  abstract  to  be  used  at  the  be- 
ginning of  the  article. 

Tables  must  be  typewritten  and 
double-spaced  on  separate  8V2"  by 
1 1"  sheets,  with  a title  and  number. 
Symbols  for  units  should  be  con- 
fined to  column  headings,  and  ab- 
breviations, properly  explained, 
should  be  kept  to  a minimum. 

Illustrations  should  be  pro- 
fessional quality,  black-and-white 
glossy  prints.  The  name  of  the 
author,  figure  number,  and  the  top 
of  the  figure  should  be  noted  on  a 
label  attached  to  the  back  of  each 
illustration.  Where  photographs  of 
patients  are  used,  the  subjects 
should  not  be  identifiable  or  publi- 
cation permission,  signed  by  the 
subject  or  responsible  person,  must 
be  included  with  the  photograph. 
Material  taken  from  other  publi- 
cations must  give  credit  to  the 


source;  written  permission  for  re--, 
publication  from  the  original  pub- 
lisher must  be  submitted.  The  cost! 
of  color  photographs  must  be  borne 
by  the  author. 

Generic  names  should  be  used 
with  proprietary  names  indicated 
parenthetically  or  as  a footnote  with 
the  first  use  of  the  generic  name. 
Proprietary  names  of  devices  should 
be  indicated  by  the  registration  sym- 
bol— \ 

The  summary  of  the  article  shouldj 
not  exceed  250  words;  it  should  con- 
tain only  essential  facts. 

References  should  not  exceed  35 
citations  except  in  review  articles, 
and  should  be  cited  consecutively  in 
the  text  by  numbers  in  parentheses) 
at  the  end  of  the  sentence.  The  refer-] 
ence  list  should  be  typewritten  and; 
double-spaced  on  separate  8V2"  by 
1 1"  sheets  in  the  numerical  order  in 
which  they  are  first  cited  in  the  text. 
The  style  of  reference  is  that  of  Index 
Medic  us: 

1.  Goldwyn  RM:  Subcutaneous 
mastectomy.  J Med  Soc  Nu 
74:1050-1052,  1977. 

2.  Dixon  WJ,  Massey  FJ;  Introduc- 
tion to  Statistical  Analysis.  New$ 
York,  NY,  McGraw-Hill.  1969,  pp 
42-48. 


PUBLICATION  POLICY 


Receipt  of  each  manuscript  will  be« 
acknowledged  and  a copy  delivered 
to  the  Editor  who  refers  the  paper  to 
one  or  more  members  of  the  Edi- 
torial Board.  The  final  decision  is  re- 
served for  the  Editor.  No  direct  con- 
tact between  the  reviewers  and  the] 
authors  will  be  permitted,  but 
authors  will  be  informed  of  the  re-: 
viewers’  comments.  The  publication 
lag  for  original  articles  may  be  six 
months  or  more.  Galley  proofs  will 
be  submitted  to  the  author  for  cor- 
rection of  typographical  errors. 


REPRINT  ORDERS 

Reprints  may  be  ordered  after  the' 
author  is  notified  that  the  article 
has  been  selected  for  a specific  issue 
of  JMSNJ.  A check  for  the  cost  of 
reprints  including  remake  charge  ifl 
order  is  received  after  due  date  must 
accompany  the  order. 


COMMUNICATIONS 


All  communications  should  be 
sent  to  the  Editor,  The  Journal, 
MSNJ,  2 Princess  Road,  Law- 
renceville,  NJ  08648. 


1116 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY , 


lericana 
st  Farm  Resort 


HOUSING 

APPLICATION 


219TH  ANNUAL  MEETING 
MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 

THURSDAY,  MAY  2,  TO  SUNDAY,  MAY  5,  1985 


FOLLOWING  ARE  ALL-INCLUSIVE  PACKAGE  PLANS  BASED  ON 
IFIED  AMERICAN  PLAN,  INCLUDING  DINNER  AND  BREAKFAST 
Y STARTING  WITH  DINNER  ON  THE  DAY  OF  ARRIVAL,  THE  SAT- 
INY NIGHT  BANQUET,  LIVE  CABARET  SHOWS  EACH  EVENING 
‘URING  A DIFFERENT  SHOW  EVERY  NIGHT,  STATE  SALES  TAX, 
ALL  GRATUITIES  COVERING  BELLMEN  FOR  IN/OUT  LUGGAGE 
/ICE,  CHAMBERMAIDS,  AND  ALL  MEAL  SERVICE  AS  OUTLINED: 


T-NIGHT  PACKAGE 

.00  PER  PERSON,  SINGLE  OCCUPANCY 

.00  PER  PERSON,  DOUBLE  OCCUPANCY 

.00  PER  CHILD  SHARING  A ROOM  WITH  PARENTS 


•E-NIGHT  PACKAGE 

00  PER  PERSON,  SINGLE  OCCUPANCY 

00  PER  PERSON,  DOUBLE  OCCUPANCY 

,00  PER  CHILD  SHARING  A ROOM  WITH  PARENTS 

-NIGHT  PACKAGE 

00  PER  PERSON,  SINGLE  OCCUPANCY 

00  PER  PERSON,  DOUBLE  OCCUPANCY 

00  PER  CHILD  SHARING  A ROOM  WITH  PARENTS 


Forms  received  after  April  1,  1985, 
will  be  confirmed  on  an  “if  avail- 
able” basis. 

Fill  out  only  one  form  for  each  room 
required. 

DEPOSIT  OF  $100  PER  ROOM 
MUST  ACCOMPANY  FORM  TO 
CONFIRM  RESERVATIONS. 

Please  make  check  payable  to 
HOST  FARM.  Major  credit  cards  ac- 
cepted at  hotel,  but  not  for  deposit. 

Hotel  confirmation  is  required  for 
check-in. 

Send  form  and  deposit  to: 

Host  Reservations 
2300  Lincoln  Highway  East 
Lancaster,  PA  17602 
717-299-5500 


DK  TYPE  OF  ROOM  REQUIRED:  □ SINGLE  OCCUPANCY  □ DOUBLE  OCCUPANCY 

□ WILL  BE  SHARING  ROOM** 


e hotel  will  not  be  responsible  for  assigning  roommates.  Unless  roommate  is  stated,  you  will  be 

assigned  a single  occupancy  accommodation. 


iSE  PRINT  OR  TYPE  THE  FOLLOWING  INFORMATION: 


E: NO.  of  CHILDREN:  . 

MMATES: CHILDREN’S  AGES: 


1ESS: 


slE: 


STATE: 


ZIP: 


;k  if  official  delegate  □ 

YAL  DATE  DAY 

^RTURE  DATE DAY 


COUNTY: 


CHECK-IN:  AFTER  4 PM 
CHECK-OUT:  BY  12  NOON 


/IEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY— 219TH  ANNUAL  MEETING 


/OL.  81— NUMBER  12— DECEMBER  1984 


#2220 


1 1 17 


Americana 
Host  Farm  Resort 


2300  Lincoln  Highway  East  (Route  30),  Lancaster,  Pennsylvania  17602  (717)  299-5500 


FROM  NEW  YORK 
Take  New  Jersey  Turnpike 
South  to  Pa.  Turnpike.  Take  Pc 
Turnpike  West  to  Interchange  No 
21 . Travel  South  on  U S Fite.  222 
to  U S.  Route  30  Travel  East  on 
U S Route  30,  approximately  5 
miles  to  Americana  Host  Farm 
Resort 


FROM  PITTSBURGH 
& POINTS  WEST 
Travel  East  on  Pa.  Turnpike  to 
Int.  19  Go  South  on  1-283  tor  30 
miles  into  Route  30  East  for  6 
miles  to  Americana  Host  Farm 
Resort 


FROM  PHILADELPHIA 
Take  Pa.  Turnpike  West  to  Inter- 
change No.  21 . Travel  South  on 
U S Rte.  222  to  U S Route  30 
Travel  East  on  U S.  Route  30,  ap- 
proximately 5 miles  to  Americana 
Host  Farm  Resort 


FROM  BALTIMORE 
& WASHINGTON 
Go  North  on  Interstate  Route 
83  to  York,  Pa  Turn  East  on  U S 
Route  30  for  32  miles  to  Ameri- 
cana Host  Farm  Resort 


BY  AIR 

Harrisburg  International  Airport 
(just  35  minutes  from  Host  by  lim- 
ousine or  car)  via  TWA  and  U S. 
Air,  and  Lancaster  Airport  only 
minutes  away  with  daily  flights  via 
U S Air. 

BY  RAILROAD 
Amtrak  to  Lancaster  Station. 
Taxi  and  Rent-a-Car  Service 
available 


1118 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


MEDICAL  RESIDENT  IN  INTERNAL  MEDICINE  want- 
ed for  diagnosis  and  treatment  in  all  areas  of  internal 
medicine  under  supervision  of  hospital  staff.  Requires 
M.D.  degree  in  Medicine  and  one  year  training  as  a 
Medical  Resident;  $22,785  per  year;  40  hours  a week. 
Send  resumes  to  Hackensack  Job  Service,  50  Passaic 
Street,  Hackensack,  New  Jersey  07601.  J.O.  #0964012 
No  fee  charged. 


CARDIOLOGIST: 

Opportunity  to  practice  cardiology  with  well-estab- 
lished practice  conveniently  located  to  a large  teaching 
hospital.  Duties  include  supervising  and  interpreting 
Treadmills,  Hotter  monitors,  2D  and  M-Mode 
Echocardiography  performed  in  office,  patient  examin- 
ations, hospital  rounds  and  cardiac  catheterizations. 
Abilities  to  do  streptokinase  and/or  angioplasty  de- 
sirable. Excellent  beginning  salary  and  fringe  benefits. 
Located  in  Pennsylvania. 

Reply  with  C-V  to  Box  No.  97,  JMSNJ  Immediate 
Opening. 

: 


PRACTICE  OPPORTUNITIES 

\LLERGY  — Suburban  Philadelphia— -fully 
equipped,  excellent  staff,  and  favorable 
lease. 

’EDIATRICS — New  Jersey  near  NYC— very  suc- 
cessful practice  with  excellent  growth  record. 

iNT— Pennsylvania— large,  fast-growing  prac- 
tice. All  new  equipment. 

VI/RHEUMATOLOGY— Arizona— well-equipped 
practice  in  large  city. 

;)B/GYN— Washington  State— Seller  moving, 
needs  Buyer  ASAP. 

^LLERGY/IMMUNOLOGY— Close  to  New  York 
City.  Good  opportunity  for  Pediatrician/ 
Allergist. 

or  more  information  on  these  or  other  practice 

ales  or  position  opportunities,  call  (215) 

67-8630  or  send  your  Curriculum  Vitae  to: 

HEALTH  CARE 
PERSONNEL  CONSULTING 

403  GSB  Building 
Bala  Cynwyd,  PA  19004 

II — 

OL.  81— NUMBER  12— DECEMBER  1984 


ORTHOPEDIC  SURGEON 

Excellent  opportunity  for  board  eligible/certified  Or- 
thopedic Surgeon  to  replace  same  in  medium-sized  city 
in  progressive/rural  Eastern  Pennsylvania.  Candidate 
should  have  significant  interest  in  sports  medicine.  Call 
Judith  Kennedy  at  1-800-441-0996  or  in  PA  at 
215-896-5080  collect. 


OBSTETRICIAN/GYNECOLOGIST 

Attractive  opportunity  for  board  eligible/certified 
OB/GYN  to  establish  practice  in  medium-sized  city  in 
progressive/rural  Eastern  Pennsylvania.  Candidate 
must  be  supportive  of  hospital  midwifery  program.  Call 
Judith  Kennedy  at  1-800-441-0996  or  in  PA  at 
215-896-5080  collect. 


SPECIALISTS! 

If  you’re  a pediatrician,  OB/GYN  or  other  medical 
specialist,  we  need  your  services  to  complete  a brand- 
new,  elegant,  boutique-style  shopping  and  office 
center.  Excellent  location  in  upscale,  affluent,  growing 
area.  Just  5 miles  from  Middlesex  General  University 
Hospital  and  St.  Peters  Medical  Center.  Several  medi- 
cal offices  within  center.  Hidden  Lake  Towne  Center. 
Between  Routes  1 and  27  in  North  Brunswick,  New 
Jersey. 

For  information,  please  call 
(201)  846-5700. 


1 1 19 


MEDICAL  PRACTICE 
SALES  AND  APPRAISALS 

We  specialize  in  the  valuation  and  selling  of 
medical  practices.  If  interested  in  buying  or  selling 
a medical  practice,  contact  our  Brokerage 
Division  at: 

Health  Care  Personnel  Consulting,  Inc. 

403  GSB  Building 
1 Belmont  Avenue 
Bala  Cynwyd,  PA  19004 

215-667-8630 


RESIDENTIAL/PROFESSIONAL 

Luxury  Ranch  in  Hartshorn  location.  3 bedrooms,  3 baths.  50  foot 
expanse  for  living  and  dining  rooms.  Den  with  fireplace  plus  5 room 
professional  suite.  $469,000.  Call  201-467-3883.  Evenings  call  Phyllis 
Brightman  at  201-376-5342. 


MILLBURN/ 
SHORT  HILLS 

59  Main  Street 

The  Sign  of  Experience  201-467-3883 


OPHTHALMIC  SURGI-CENTER  AND  LARGE 
EYE  CLINIC  AVAILABLE  AT  ONCE. 

Capacity  for  over  400  major  and  900  minor 
surgical  procedures.  Eye  clinic  capacity,  12,000 
per  year.  Deluxe  living  quarters. 

CALL  215-423-4477. 

N.A.  KARAKASHIAN,  M.D. 


UNIQUE  BUSINESS  OPPORTUNITY 
FOR  PHYSICIANS 

American  Bloodpressure  Centers,  Inc.  is  a rapidly 
growing  chain  of  hypertension  treatment  facilities 
located  in  major  regional  shopping  malls.  If  you 
would  like  to  explore  how  this  sound  business 
growth  opportunity  might  help  you  build  toward 
a financially  secure  future  contact: 

Richard  E.  Winter,  M.D. 

Chairman  of  the  Board 
777  Third  Avenue 
New  York,  New  York  10017 
212-303-1706 


Don’t  take 
a chance 
with  your 
career... 

Emergency  Physi- 
cian Associates  is 
seeking  physicians 
with  Emergency 
Medicine,  Inter- 
nal Medicine  and 
Family  Practice  backgrounds  who  are  ex- 
perienced and  interested  in  a challenging 
career  in  Emergency  Medicine. 

We  are  currently  interviewing  for  posi- 
tions in  N.J.,  Pa.,  N.Y.,  De.  and  Md. 


Send  your  C.  V.  in  confidence  to: 

James  E.  George,  M.D. 

Emergency  Physician  Associates 

P.O.  Box  298 

Woodbury,  N.J.  08096 

Or  call  Donna  L.  Wallace,  Physician 

Recruitment  at  (609)  848-3817.  E3 


Need  A Temporary  Physician? 

You  can  take  time  oft  while  your  practice  keeps  working! 
Lease  CompHealth  physicians  for  your  vacations,  CME’s 
or  for  supplementary  help. 


Want  Free  Time  While  You 
Practice  Medicine? 

Join  CompHealth’s  Locum  Tenens  Physician  Group. 


For  further  information  about  temporary  coverage 
or  locum  tenens  practice  opportunities,  call: 

412-741-3310 

jjU  CompHealth 

A Physician  Group 


WILSON  ROSS,  Regional  Administrator 
114  Centennial  Avenue 
Sewickley,  PA  15143 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


1120 


CLASSIFIED  ADVERTISEMENTS 


CARDIOLOGIST/  INTERNIST  NEEDED 

Cardiologist  needed  for  multi-specialty 
Internal  Medicine  group  in  the  South 
Jersey  area  near  Atlantic  City.  Salary 
with  eventual  partnership.  Excellent 
benefit  package.  If  interested  please  send 
:urriculum  vitae  to  Box  No.  102,  JMSNJ. 


EMERGENCY  PHYSICIAN  NEEDED— 

"or  new  urgent  care  center  in  West 
Morris  County.  Excellent  opportunity. 
Reply  Box  No.  104,  JMSNJ. 


I 

FAMILY  PHYSICIAN /INTERNIST 
NEEDED— BC/BE  opportunity  for  per- 
sonable, energetic  physician  in  expand- 
ing practice,  Central  New  Jersey.  Immedi- 
ate opening  or  July,  1985.  Send  CV  to 
3ox  No.  Ill,  JMSNJ. 


DEEDED:  GENERAL  INTERNIST— Ideal 
Central  New  Jersey  practice.  Position 
ivailable  immediately.  Reply  Box  No.  112 
IMSNJ. 


NTERNIST  NEEDED— To  join  active 
hree-man  pediatric  practice.  Fully 
amished  offices  with  lab  and  x-ray  avail- 
ble.  Excellent  opportunity.  201  — 
84-9390. 


‘HYSICIANS  NEEDED— For  successful 
Veil  known  walk-in  medical  office  center, 
Central  NJ.  Full  and  part-time.  Skilled 
ind  personable  American  trained  MDs 
end  CV  to  E.V.  McGinley,  M.D.,  1005  N. 
Washington  Avenue,  Green  Brook,  NJ 
J8812. 


HYSICIANS  NEEDED— New  pro 

:ssional  office  center.  Ideal  location  for 
11  specialties.  X-ray  and  lab  available, 
lany  extras.  201-584-9390. 


HYSICIAN  NEEDED— Full  and  part- 
me  physicians/general  practice  needed 
pr  new  medical  center  in  Little  Falls,  NJ. 
all  Sandy  at  201-890-0855  for  further 
lformation. 


DIAGNOSTIC  RADIOLOGIST— 32  year 
old  Mayo  Clinic  trained  Diagnostic 
Radiologist  experienced  in  all  aspects  of 
Radiology  seeks  opportunity  to  practice 
in  New  Jersey  or  greater  Philadelphia 
area  Interested  in  locum  tenens,  inter- 
preting all/or  selected  films,  full  or  part- 
time  position  in  a clinic  setting.  Call 
215-245-8904. 


FAMILY  PRACTICE— Board  eligible, 
ACLS  certified,  personable,  American 
graduate.  Desires  office/hospital  work  in 
Central/Northem  New  Jersey.  Please  call, 
if  interested,  201-245-7162  or  write  to 
218  Chestnut  St.,  #A-6,  Roselle  Park,  NJ 
07204. 


ORTHOPAEDIC  SURGEON— American 
graduate,  trained  at  Downstate  Medical 
Center,  NJ.  Seeks  solo,  group  or  hospital 
based  position.  Call  212-819-8706  dur- 
ing business  hours  or  write  to  Box  No. 
100,  JMSNJ. 


RADIOLOGIST — Board  certified  in 
radiology  and  nuclear  medicine.  NJ 
licensed.  Teaching  hospital  affiliation, 
desires  supervision  of  Nuclear  Medicine 
with  ultrasound  and  CT.  Reply  Box  No. 
107,  JMSNJ. 


RADIOLOGIST — Recently  retired,  BC, 
very  experienced,  would  like  part-time 
work;  Central  NJ,  have  car,  will  travel. 
Write  Box  No.  110,  JMSNJ. 


RADIOLOGIST— Five  years  teaching 
hospital  base  experience  in  Diagnostic 
Radiology.  Seeking  to  buy  a well  estab- 
lished practice.  Solo  or  Partnership. 
Write  to  M.M.  Bashiri,  M.D.,  104-20 
Queens  Blvd,  Forest  Hills,  NY  11375. 


FOR  SALE— HOME/OFFICE— Four  bed 
room  colonial  with  800  square  foot  office 
attached  with  4 exam  rooms,  lab  and 
waiting  room.  Located  in  fastest  growing 
area  in  NJ— Marlboro,  Manalapan  Town- 
ship. Asking  $154,500.  Call  201- 
946-2286. 


FOR  SALE — Established  Primary  Care 
Practice  in  Ocean  County  area  X-ray 
equipment,  EKG  and  cardiac  monitor. 
Write  Box  No.  103,  JMSNJ. 


FOR  SALE — Vectra  camera  for  mam- 
mary thermography.  Used  two  years,  like 
new.  Call  201-992-0450.  Leave  return 
number  on  tape. 


OFFICE  SPACE — Kenilworth,  NJ.  Space 
available  for  rent  in  medical  office.  Write 
Box  No.  109,  JMSNJ. 


OFFICE  SPACE  RENT  or  SHARE— New 

Brunswick/Highland  Park  area  Fur- 
nished 700  square  feet.  Ample  parking, 
close  to  the  hospital.  For  Rent, 
$500/month  plus  utilities.  For  Share, 
$300/month  including  utilities.  Call 
201-846-1661  or  201-572-7553. 


OFFICE  FOR  RENT — Fully  equipped  of- 
fice used  for  primary  female  care  by  a 
husband-wife  team,  available  at  once  due 
to  illness.  Phone  ringing  actively  by  pa- 
tients who  want  to  be  seen.  Wonderful 
opportunity  to  get  fast  start  in  practice 
in  a good  town  on  public  transportation 
route.  Call  Jon  Wilson  at  201-356-6263 
for  particulars. 


OFFICE  SPACE — Chatham.  Professional 
offices  in  fine  residential  community. 
Tri-county  line,  Essex,  Union,  Morris 
Counties.  Near  Overlook  Hospital.  Now 
available,  call  201-635-8455  or  in  eve- 
nings 201-992-8886. 


OFFICE  SPACE — Professional  office  for 
rent  in  West  New  York.  Comer  location 
with  parking;  on  Doctor’s  row.  Close  to 
hospital  and  public  transportation.  Call 
201-278-1000  or  201-947-4333. 


OFFICE  TO  SHARE — Morristown,  cen- 
tral location.  Near  hospital,  fully 
equipped,  newly  decorated.  All  utilities 
included.  Ample  parking  available.  Near 
public  transportation.  Available  immedi- 
ately 201-267-2555. 


OFFICE  TO  SHARE — Westfield,  central 
location,  near  hospital,  fully  equipped,  at- 
tractively decorated.  All  utilities  included. 
Ample  parking  available.  Near  public 
transportation.  Available  immediately 
201-233-5800. 


! 

’ATE  INFORMATION  FOR  MEMBERS:  $5.00  per  insertion  up  to  25  words;  10  cents  each  additional  word.  Payable  in  advance. 
/ORD  COUNT:  Count  as  one  word  all  single  words,  two  initials  of  a name,  each  abbreviation,  isolated  numbers,  groups  of 
umbers,  hyphenated  words.  Count  name  and  address  as  five  words,  telephone  number  as  one  word,  and  "Write  Box  No.  000, 
'o  JMSNJ”  as  six  words.  COPY  DEADLINE:  Fifth  of  preceding  month. 


I 


OL  81— NUMBER  12— DECEMBER  1984 


1 121 


Note:  If  you  ’re  new  to  medical  practice  in  N. J. . 


You  don’t  have  to  buy  commercial 
malpractice  insurance 

JAMES  S.  TODD,  M.D.,  Chairman/Board  of  Directors,  Medical  Inter-Insurance  Exchange  of Newjersey 


AS  you  made  your  decision  to  establish  yourself 
in  New  Jersey,  you  no  doubt  heard  horror 
stories  about  our  professional  liability  insurance 
problems.  The  legal  risks  we  assume  in  this 
business  have  grown  so  far  out  of  proportion 
that  many  commercial  underwriters  have  been 
simply  unable  to  cope,  resulting  in  abrupt  and 
often  untimely  suspension  of  coverage. 

As  a new  practitioner  in  this  State,  either 
relocating  or  just  beginning  your  professional 
career,  you  have  an  alternative  to  commercial 
insurance.  The  Medical  Inter-Insurance 
Exchange  provides  an  opportunity  to  build 
your  new  practice  on  the  most  secure  footing 
possible  with  long-term  peace  of  mind. 

Founded  in  1977  at  the  peak  of  the 
“premium  crisis,”  the  Exchange  is  a wholly 
doctor-owned  cooperative  organization 
through  which  we  insure  ourselves  for  our 


own  sake.  Membership  has  grown  to  two-thirds 
of  all  practicing  physicians  and  surgeons  in  the 
state.  Because  we’re  in  it  for  security  — not 
for  profit  — we  can  provide  for  ourselves  the 
absolute  best  available  insurance  product  for 
the  money.  Every  dollar  we  take  in  goes  toward 
protection  (no  sales  commissions)  and  every 
dollar  left  over  is  returned  to  us  — in  cash. 

You  owe  it  to  yourself  to  know  your 
options  and  the  practicalities  of  each.  We’re 
here  to  help  you  sort  them  all  out.  Call  and 
talk  directly  to  our  Vice  President  and  Director 
of  Policyholder  Services,  Bill  Reilly,  TOLL 
FREE  (in  N.J.)  800-257-6288  or 
(609)  896-2404  from  other  areas.  We  look 
forward  to  hearing  from  you. 

A professional  service  message  from  the 

Medical  Inter-Insurance  Exchange  of  N.J. 

Two  Princess  Road,  Lawrenceville  NJ  08648 
(609)  896-2404 


PHYSICIAN  PROMOTE  THYSELF! 


* 


We’re  IMPACT  COMMUNICATIONS  and  we  can  help  you  do  just  that.  During  the  past  six  years, 
we’ve  pioneered  the  business  of  promoting  and  marketing  medical  practices  throughout  the 
State.  Whether  your  practice  is  small  or  large,  established  or  new,  we  can  provide  you  with 
discreet  and  effective  public  relations  and  marketing  services  at  very  reasonable  rates. 


Our  Services  Include : 


Broadcast  interviews  (TV,  radio,  cable) 
Articles  and  news  releases 
Community  speaking  engagements 
Advertising 


Direct  mail 
Office  brochures 

Patient  handouts  and  newsletters 
Video-tape  presentations 


Employee  communications 


Call  us  today  for  an  initial  evaluation.  We  can  transform  your  hard  work  into  headlines! 

IMPACT  COMMUNICATIONS 


*with  apologies  to  Aesculapius 


2033  Lemoine  Avenue 
Fort  Lee,  New  Jersey  07024 

(201)  947-3777 


1122 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  JERSEY 


The  Journal 
of  the  Medical 
Society  of 


New  Jersey 

JULY  1984 


Transactions 
1984  House  of  Delegates 
218th  Annual  Meeting 
May  3-6,  1984 


I 


The  Library 

Acquisitions  Division 

, . can  Francisco 

Univ.  of  Cant., 

San  Francisco,  Calif.  9 143 


S 


i 


Transactions 

1984  House  of  Delegates 


1983  TRANSACTIONS 

At  its  first  session  on  May  3,  1984,  the  House  of  Delegates  approved  the  Transactions  of  the  1983  House  of  Delegatf 
as  published  in  the  July  1983,  Transactions  of  The  Journal. 


ACTION  TO  LIMIT  DEBATE 

At  its  first  session  on  May  3,  1984,  the  House  of  Delegates  agreed,  upon  motion,  that  no  one  may  speak  more  thg 
once  on  any  given  subject  except  in  rebuttal  or  by  express  permission  of  the  House,  and  that  floor  time  in  eac 
instance  shall  be  limited  to  four  minutes  unless  exception  is  made  by  the  House. 


REPORTS  AND  RESOLUTIONS 

Reports  and  resolutions  and  the  actions,  thereon,  are  included  under  the  Reference  Committee  to  which  they  wei 
assigned.  The  House  takes  action  only  on  the  resolved  sections  of  a resolution. 


THE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY 
OF  NEW  JERSEY 

Founded  July  23,  1 7 66 


Officers  and  Trustees 

President  and  Chairman  of  the  Board 

Frank  Y.  Watson,  M.D.  (Essex)  Glen  Ridge 

'President-Elect 

Ralph  J.  Fioretti,  M.D.  (Bergen)  Rochelle  Park 

First  Vice-President 

Edward  A.  Schauer,  M.D.  (Monmouth)  Famiingdale 

Second  Vice-President 

Harry  M.  Carnes,  M.D.  (Camden)  Audubon 

Immediate  Past-President 

Alexander  D.  Kovaes,  M.D.  (Union)  Scotch  Plains 

Secretary 

Arthur  Bernstein,  M.D.  (Essex)  South  Orange 

Treasurer 

Paul  J.  Hirseh,  M.D.  (Somerset)  Bridgewater 

Trustees 

Joel  S.  Cherashore,  M.D.  (1986)  (Essex)  Nutley 

Douglas  M.  Costabile,  M.D.  (1987)  (Union)  Murray  Hill 

Palma  E.  Formica,  M.D.  (1987) 

(Middlesex)  New  Brunswick 

Harry  W.  Fullerton.  Jr.,  M.D.  (1985) 

(Salem)  Carney's  Point 

Frank  Gingerelli,  M.D.  (1986)  (Bergen)  Hackensack 

Michael  M.  Heeg,  M.D.  (1987)  (Mercer)  Trenton 

Louis  L.  Keeler,  M.D.  (1985)  (Camden)  Collingswood 

John  P.  Kengeter,  M.D.  (1987)  (Ocean)  Toms  River 

Edwin  W.  Messey,  M.D.  (1985)  (Burlington)  Willingboro 

Myles  C.  Morrison,  Jr.,  M.D.  (1985)  (Morris)  ....  Morristown 

John  J.  Pastore,  M.D.  (1986)  (Cumberland)  Vineland 

[Carl  Restivo,  Jr.,  M.D.  (1987)  (Hudson)  Jersey  City 

(Bernard  Robins,  M.D.  (1987)  (Essex)  Springfield 

Gerald  H.  Rozan,  M.D.  (1987)  (Passaic)  Wayne 


Councilors 

First  District 

(Essex,  Morris,  Union,  and  Warren  Counties) 


Edward  M.  Coe,  M.D.  (1987)  Cranford 

Second  District 

(Bergen,  Hudson,  Passaic,  and  Sussex  Counties) 

Robert  A Weinstein,  M.D.  (1986)  Newton 

Third  District 


(Hunterdon,  Mercer,  Middlesex,  and  Somerset  Counties) 


Louis  G.  Fares,  M.D.  (1985)  Trenton 

Fourth  District 

(Burlington,  Camden,  Monmouth,  and  Ocean  Counties) 

Frederick  W.  Durham,  M.D.  (1987)  Haddonfield 

Fifth  District 

(Atlantic,  Cape  May,  Cumberland,  Gloucester,  and 
Salem  Counties) 

Paul  H.  Steel,  M.D.  (1986)  Atlantic  City 

AMA  Delegates 

William  J.  D’Elia  M.D.,  Chairman  (1985)  Spring  Lake 

[Alfred  A.  Alessi,  M.D.  (1986)  Hackensack 

-Frederick  W.  Durham,  M.D.  (1986)  Haddonfield 

Palma  E.  Formica  M.D.  (1986)  New  Brunswick 

Karl  T.  Franzoni,  M.D.  (1986)  Trenton 

John  S.  Madara  M.D.  (1986)  Salem 

'Henry  J.  Mineur,  M.D.  (1986)  Cranford 

[Myles  C.  Morrison,  Jr.,  M.D.  (1985)  Morristown 

Howard  D.  Slobodien,  M.D.  (1985)  Metuchen 

AMA  Trustee 

James  S.  Todd,  M.D.  (Ridgewood)  Bergen 


July  Transactions  1984 


Publication  Committee 

Paul  J.  Hirseh,  M.D.,  Chairman 
Dirck  L.  Brendlinger,  M.D. 
Frederick  B.  Cohen,  M.D. 

A.  Olusegun  Fayemi,  M.D. 
Robert  M.  MacMillan,  M.D. 
Leon  G.  Smith,  M.D. 

La  Verne  Fioretti 


Editor 

Arthur  Krosnick,  M.D. 


Managing  Editor 

Geraldine  R Hutner 

Assistant  Managing  Editor 

Dorothy  J.  Griffith 

Advertising  Manager 

E.  Elizabeth  Cookson 


Executive  Director 

Vincent  A.  Maressa 


Executive  Director  Emeritus 

Richard  I.  Nevin 

Editorial  Board 

Jerome  Abrams,  M.D.  (Obstet/Gynecol) 
Joseph  Alpert,  M.D.  (Vase  Surg) 

Harold  Arlen,  M.D.  (Otolaryngol) 

Alfonse  Cinotti,  M.D.  (Ophthalmol) 
Robert  Dodelson,  M.D.  (Nephrol) 
Norman  H.  Ertel,  M.D.  (Int  Med/Endocrinol) 
Daniel  P.  Greenfield,  M.D.  (Psychiat) 
Christine  E.  Haycock  M.D.  (Sports  Med) 
Monroe  S.  Karetzky,  M.D.  (Pulmon  Med) 
Avrum  L.  Katcher,  M.D.  (Pediatr) 
Stanley  C.  Leonberg,  Jr.,  M.D.  (Neurol) 

Joel  D.  Levinson,  M.D.  (Gastroenterol) 
Joseph  A Lieberman,  III,  M.D.  (Fam  Med) 
Henry  R Liss,  M.D.  (Neurosurg) 

Geobel  A Marin,  M.D.  (Int  Med/Gastroenterol) 
Donald  G.  McKaba  M.D.  (Allergy) 

Robby  Meijer,  M.D.  (Plas  Surg) 

Frank  T.  Padberg,  Jr.,  M.D.  (Surg) 
Christopher  A.  Papa  M.D.  (Dermatol) 
Norman  Riegel,  M.D.  (Book  Review) 
Edwin  L.  Rothfield,  M.D.  (Cardiol) 
Benjamin  F.  Rush,  Jr.,  M.D.  (Surg) 
Morris  H.  Saffron,  M.D.  (Med  His) 

Mark  M.  Singer.  M.D.  (Int  Med/Endocrinol) 
Sheldon  D.  Solomon,  M.D.  (Rheum) 

Lloyd  N.  Spindell.  M.D.  (Radiol) 

A.  Arthur  Sugerman,  M.D.  (Psychiat) 
Stephen  F.  Wang,  M.D.  (Pediatr) 

Edwin  S.  Wilson,  M.D.  (Radiol) 

Louis  S.  Zeiger,  M.D.  (Nucl  Med) 

Robert  B.  Zufall,  M.D.  (Urol) 


'he  Journal  of  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Jersey  (ISSN-0025-7524)  is  published  monthly  (since  1904)  except 
emimonthly  in  July  (13  issues),  under  direction  of  the  Committee  on  Publication,  by  (he  Medical  Society  of  New 
ersey.  Two  Princess  Road,  Lawreneeville,  NJ  08648.  Printed  in  East  Stroudsburg,  PA,  by  (lie  Hughes